Repatch (from linux) of OSX IRAF

904 files changed, 219862 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/pkg/images/README b/pkg/images/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc538f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/README
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+IMAGES -- General image processing tasks and utilties.
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+imcoords	- Image world coordinate handling
+imfilter	- Filtering (tasks which modify pixel values)
+imfit		- Fitting (fitting functions to image data)
+imgeom		- Geometry (tasks which move pixels around)
+immatch		- Image matching
+imutil		- Miscellaneous image utilties
+tv		- Image display (prototype package)
diff --git a/pkg/images/Revisions b/pkg/images/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0f2e070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,3680 @@
+.help revisions Jan97 images
+.nf
+
+imfit/src/imsurfit.x
+    The 'fbuf' and 'colsfit' pointers were declared with the wrong type.
+    (5/4/13, MJF)
+
+tv/imedit/epstatistics.x
+    The 'x', 'y', and 'z' pointers were declared as TY_INT instead of TY_REAL
+    (5/4/13, MJF)
+
+immatch/src/linmatch/rgltools.x
+    There were TY_INT arrays being called with Memr[] (4/20/13)
+
+imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+    There were missing arguments that will cause "refpoint=user" to crash
+    with a floating point overflow.  (9/21/12, Valdes)
+
+imatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+    Removed TRAP debug message.  (5/11/12, Valdes)
+
+imatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
+    Changed 1 Gpixel limit (see 6/11/09) to 100 Gpixel.  (5/11/12, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx
+lib/geofit.gx
+    The real path of t_geomap.gx code treated geomap.h floating parameters
+    as being of type PIXEL rather than double.  Also in the real path
+    of geofit.gx there was an attempt to coerce an INDEFD to a real value.
+    (5/10/12, Valdes)
+
+imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+imcoords/ccmap.par
+lib/geofit.x
+lib/geogmap.gx
+    Updates to the previous changes.  A new option "tweak" was added to
+    the values for the "refpoint" parameter to allow controlling whether
+    to tweak the input tangent point.  (3/16/12, Valdes)
+
+imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+imcoords/ccmap.par
+imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp
+    Changes to allow constraining WCS solutions to specified tangent point
+    parameters (reference pixel and reference coordinate).
+
+    1. New parameters xref and yref can be set to a value or header keyword
+    in order to constrain the solution to the specified reference pixel.
+
+    This adds parameters so potentially requires users to update scripts.
+
+    (2/7/12, Valdes)
+
+lib/geoset.x +
+lib/mkpkg
+lib/geofit.x
+lib/geomap.h
+lib/geofit.gx
+    These changes are to allow calling gsurfit with the fit constrained
+    to a specific reference point and value.  This is used by ccmap to
+    constrain WCS solutions to specified CRVAL/CRPIX values.
+
+    1. Added geoset procedures to set some new parameters.
+    2. The new parameters are passed on to gsurfit.
+
+    These changes should be transparent to any existing usage.  These
+    chanages are coupled to changes in gsurfit.
+
+    (2/7/12, Valdes)
+
+
+=====
+v2.16
+=====
+
+immatch/imcombine.par
+    The enumerated values for the combine value had to be expanded to
+    agree with the help page and the task functionality.  (Valdes, 12-16-11)
+
+imgeom/doc/imlintran.hlp
+    Corrected the description of the image scaling to remove extra
+    terms (i.e. "xt = xt/xmag + yt/ymag" becomes "xt = xt/xmag") (12/16/11)
+
+imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp
+    Modifications to allow using multiple exposures to produce one
+    solution.  This was done in such a way that no new parameters are
+    needed.  (8/9/11, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
+    The image id data was not properly initialized when some data was
+    excluded causing a segmentation fault with the grow option is used
+    with masks or non-overlapping data.  (4/1/11, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg
+    The "standalone" target was not correct for the imc library changes.
+    (4/1/11, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+    A feature to reduced memory requirments by removing the user area of
+    the image header structure is a problem when masks and wcs offsets are
+    used due to the need for the mask matching code to access the wcs.  For
+    now this feature is turned off.  (3/4/11, Valdes)
+
+========
+V2.15.1a
+========
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaclip.gx
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/iccclip.gx
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmm.gx
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icpclip.gx
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsclip.gx
+    The change that allowed the array containing the number of good pixels
+    to be negative was not taken into account in these routines.  While I
+    did not fully check the logic the simple step of applying a floor of
+    zero to the array values should be safe since these routines were
+    originally written to expect values from 0 on up.  (1/10/11, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/mkpkg
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/mkpkg
+immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg
+mkpkg
+    Converted the generic combining code into a core library so that
+    other versions of combine (such as in ccdred, mscred, nfextern)
+    will share the same code rather than have copies.  (1/4/11, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x
+    Accidentally left a debugging statement that printed the letter C.
+    This is now removed.  (12/10/10, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x
+    The step that stripped any directory from the image name for the $I
+    value of the imcmb parameter failed for extensions.  (11/17/10, Valdes)
+
+immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/mkpkg
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaverage.gx
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icnmodel.gx   +
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.h
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icquad.gx     +
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/mkpkg
+    Added two combine options -- "quadrature" and "nmodel".  This allows
+    sigma images to be input and output.  (4/21/10, Valdes)
+
+immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+immatch/imcombine.par
+immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icmedian.x
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmedian.gx
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.com
+immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.h
+immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Added a specialized "lmedian" option to use the lower value when there
+    are only two values contributing to the output.  (4/12/10, Valdes)
+
+images/imcoords/src/t_hpctran.x
+images/imcoords/src/healpix.x
+images/imcoords/src/mkpkg
+images/imcoords/doc/hpctran.hlp
+images/imcoords/hpctran.par
+images/imcoords/imcoords.cl
+images/imcoords/imcoords.hd
+images/imcoords/imcoords.men
+images/x_images.x
+    A new task to convert between HEALPix row and spherical coordinates.
+    Data access to a HEALPix FITS binary table can be done with the
+    TABLES package but being able to compute the row from a coordinate
+    was needed.  (7/28/09, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+    The earlier change 10/22/08 that closes the masks between each line
+    had an error that instead of doing this only after trying without
+    closing the masks it was doing it every time.
+    (7/21/09, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+    The data buffers were not initialized after a salloc which could
+    cause a arithmetic error when doing offset images.  This came up
+    with mergeamps.  (7/9/09, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
+    To protect against wild errors in the offsets (usually from a problem
+    with the WCS) for making a stack a warning error occurs if the output
+    size exceeds 1Gpixels when offsets used.  (6/11/09, Valdes)
+
+images/imcoords/src/t_ccsetwcs.x
+    The behavior described in the help when there is more than one image and
+    only one solution specified does not agree with the code.  I changed the
+    code to agree with the help.  (5/21/09, Valdes)
+
+images/imutil/src/nhedit.x
+images/imutil/src/getcmd.x
+images/imutil/nhedit.par
+images/imutil/doc/nhedit.hlp
+    A "rename" parameter switch was added for renaming a keyword.  The
+    value field is the new keyword name.  (2/25/09, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+    If the input images have "[0]" and the output is to list only then
+    the extension is stripped.  This is to allow a grouping task to
+    output the parent images of mefs.  (1/20/09, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
+    When keepids=yes (such as with weighting) and using the "novalue" masktype
+    the id array was not set causing errors in icaverage.
+    (1/5/09, Valdes)
+
+images/imutil/src/hedit.x
+    Fixed a problem in the he_gval() procedure in which the use of '$'
+    in a field name was causing the imgstr to always fail.  Added a check
+    so the field name is queried witout the leading '$'  (1/2/09, MJF)
+
+pkg/xtools/imfilter/src/runmed.x
+    Modified because of an argument change in an xtools/rmmed.x routine.  
+    There was not functional change.  (10/29/08, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icemask.x
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/imcombine.h
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/xtimmap.com
+    More changes to optimize large number of image and memory behavior.
+    (10/23/08, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+    Debugging statements were added controled by an define at the top.
+    This allows watching when images are mapped and unmapped.
+    (10/22/08, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.h
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+    If memory runs out not only is the image buffer size reduced but the
+    pixel masks (if used) are closed after each access.  This may be
+    rather inefficient but was the simplest way to handle the fact that
+    masks are stored in memory and can't easily be buffered in line
+    blocks.  (10/22/08, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaclip.gx
+    When too many pixels are rejected the operation of adding back some
+    pixels would clobber the sigma value; i.e. reuse of a variable still
+    in use.  (10/13/08, Valdes)
+
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaclip.gx
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/iccclip.gx
+images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsclip.gx
+    When clipping about the median from below the rejection could
+    terminate early, because the wrong variable was used, resulting in
+    an incorrect value.  I believe this will only be a problem when the
+    sigma factor is very small.  (10/07/08, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.14.1
+=======
+
+images/x_images.x
+images/imutil/imutil.cl
+images/imutil/imutil.hd
+images/imutil/imutil.men
+images/imutil/nhedit.par	+
+images/imutil/doc/nhedit.hlp	+
+images/imutil/src/nhedit.x	+
+images/imutil/src/getcmd.x	+
+images/imutil/src/mkpkg
+    Installed the NHEDIT task (HEDIT with comments) (8/19/08, MJF)
+
+images/immatch/doc/geomap.hlp
+images/immatch/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed some typos in the doc.  (8/13/08, MJF)
+
+images$imutil/src/imexpr.gx
+    Quoted strings in the expression database were not being handle
+    correction.  Specifically, the quotes were stripped and single
+    quotes were being parsed as character constants.
+    (8/12/08, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x
+    The PROCID keywords have not proven to be very meaningful.  In the
+    interests of backwards compatibility, if imcmb=$I these keywords are
+    still written but otherwise they are not.
+    (7/23/08, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par
+images$immatch/imcombine.par
+images$immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new parameter "imcmb" was added to control the value written to the
+    IMCMBnnn keywords in the output image.  The value is a keyword in the
+    input images to be copied to the output IMCMBnnn keywords.  The default
+    parameter value, "$I", is the basename input image name as before.
+    (7/22/08, Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/t_imstat.x
+    The clipping calculation was resetting the user supplied pixel limits.
+    Instead, any clipping limits need to remain bounded by the user
+    limits.
+    (7/15/08, Valdes)
+
+images$imfilter/runmed.par
+images$imfilter/doc/runmed
+images$imfilter/src/t_runmed.x
+images$imfilter/src/runmed.x
+images$imfilter/src/rmmed.x -
+    1.  rmmed.x was moved to xtools.
+    2.	A new parameter, nclip, was added to allow clipping of high values
+    	from the running median.
+    (2/29/08, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+images$tv/imexamine/ievimexam.x
+    Fixed some procedure calls closed with a ']' instead of ')' (02/17/08, MJF)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaverage.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmedian.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.h
+    1.  Added a new "masktype" option called "novalue".  This uses 0 for
+	good pixels, "maskvalue" for pixels with no data, and any other value
+	for bad pixels.  When there is no overlapping good data the blank
+	value is used if all the pixels are no data and otherwise the
+	image pixel values are combined as if good.  The output mask will
+	have 0 for good, 1 for no data, and 2 for data based on bad data.
+    2.	The "masktype" option can now be "!<keyword> <type>" to specify
+    	both a keyword for the mask and any mask type method.
+    (2/11/08, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_ccfind.x
+    When using a ZPN projection, the transform code in mwcs tries to 
+    reference the parent image to get the PV matrix keywords.  This task
+    called sk_decwcs() to open the WCS, but for an image it then unmapped
+    the image.  When the task later uses the 'mw' pointer to transform coords
+    the ZPN reference to the parent image is invalid and results in a 
+    segfault.  Changed the code to call sk_decim() directly and operate on
+    the currently open image instead.  (1/23/08, MJF)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+images$immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpsfm.x
+images$imutil/src/t_imtile.x
+images$tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+    Fixed various type declaration problems (1/21/08, MJF)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/icmask.x
+    Changes to support the pmmap features of mask matching.  (1/21/08, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x
+    When recording the images combined only the basename is now used.
+    (1/21/08, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+     Added a listonly argument.  This is not currently used by IMCOMBINE but
+     is used in other packages sharing this library.  (1/21/08, Valdes)
+
+images/lib/rgtransform.x
+image/immatch/src/listmatch/t_xyxymatch.x
+     Changed the name of the rg_intersect() function to rg_intersection()
+     to avoid a possible conflict with an xtools procedure of the same
+     name.  (1/16/08, MJF)
+
+images$tv/imed.par
+     Added entries for missing minvalue/maxvalue params (1/14/08, MJF)
+
+images$immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx
+     Changed the output precision of the rotation angles from 3 to 5
+     decimal places.  (1/14/08, MJF)
+
+images$imfilter/src/runmed.x
+     Modified to use yt_mappm for the input mask.  The default is still to
+     work in logical coordinates but now the user can set "pmmatch=world"
+     to match masks in world coordinates to efficiently implement the
+     dimsum approach to second pass sky subtraction.
+     (1/9/08, Valdes)
+
+=====
+V2.14
+=====
+images$imfilter/src/rmmed.x
+     A data structure was allocated with a wrong length (too short) resulting
+     in the possiblity of a segmentation violation.  (1/18/07, Valdes)
+    
+images$immmatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
+     The optimization for large numbers of offset images which don't
+     overlap (such as a strip of exposures) caused problems with
+     offsets on 3D images.  The optimization was made to apply only
+     with 1D or 2D output images.  (10/20/06, Valdes)
+
+images$immmatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+     The addition of the sum option failed to add a case for selecting how
+     to set the keepids flag.  Add SUM to the switch on line 229.
+     (2/28/06, Fitzpatrick, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/mkcwcs.cl
+     I can't remember if there was a reason for the first two hedit calls.
+     But if a new image is being created these calls cause a warning error.
+     The safest way to address this without remember if there is a reason
+     for the statements is to put them inside a block that is executed only
+     if the image exists.  (1/27/06, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/mkcwcs.cl	+
+images$imcoords/src/mkcwwcs.cl	+
+images$imcoords/doc/mkcwcs.hlp	+
+images$imcoords/doc/mkcwwcs.hlp	+
+images$imcoords/imcoords.cl
+images$imcoords/imcoords.men
+images$imcoords/imcoords.hd
+    Two new tasks were added to create or modify simple and standard
+    celestial and celestial/wavelength WCS.  The parameters are designed
+    to make it simpler for a user to specify WCS information in a
+    natural way without understanding the details of the WCS structure.
+    The tasks may be used to make data-less WCS for templates or to
+    add or update a WCS in an image.  These scripts depend on the
+    changes to WCSCOPY and WCSEDIT which are the underlying interfaces
+    to the WCS.
+    (6/24/05, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_wcsedit.x
+images$imcoords/wcsedit.par
+images$imcoords/doc/wcsedit.hlp
+    Modified to allow a new data-less WCS header to be created of
+    dimensionality given by the new parameter "wcsdim".
+    (6/23/05, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcscopy.x
+images$immatch/doc/wcscopy.hlp
+    Modified to allow creation of a new data-less WCS header.  Also checking
+    on image sizes and dimensionality was commented out.
+    (6/23/05, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.12.3
+=======
+
+images$imfilter/src/t_runmed.x
+images$imfilter/src/runmed.x
+images$imfilter/src/rm_med.x
+images$imfilter/src/mkpkg
+images$imfilter/runmed.par
+images$imfilter/doc/runmed.hlp
+images$imfilter/imfilter.cl
+images$imfilter/imfilter.hd
+images$imfilter/imfilter.men
+images$x_images.x
+    Installed new running median task.  (5/6/05, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_ccsetwcs.x
+    The option to specify a list of images with a single plate solution
+    record, as described in the help, was not working.  This was fixed.
+    (10/8/04, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcscopy.x
+    Removed a check that would not allow dataless WCS to be copied.
+    (8/25/04, Cooke & Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/imgets.x
+    Modified so that strings with double quotes can be accessed.
+    (7/27/04, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/imcombine.h
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par
+images$immatch/imcombine.par
+    As a special unadvertised feature the "maskvalue" parameter may be
+    specified with a leading '<' or '>'.  Ultimately a full expression
+    should be added and documented.  (7/26/04, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/Revisions +
+    Added a feature to allow masks specified without a path to be found
+    either in the current directory or the directory with the image.  This
+    is useful when images to be combined are distributed across multiple
+    directories.  (7/16/04, Valdes)
+
+========
+V2.12.2a
+========
+
+images$immatach/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
+    Offset one-dimensional images do not combine correctly because the
+    imgnl routines reset the index counter for the first element in
+    this case.  This index counter was being used assuming only the
+    second dimension would increment; i.e. images were at least 2D.
+    (4/8/04, Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/hedit.x
+    The task could segfault when initializing/adding a new keyword with a
+    null value.  The evexpr operator was being initialized as a scalar and
+    the string pointer wasn't allocated, added a check so string pointer
+    is always allocated to at least one char.  (3/23/04, MJF)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
+    If the image dimensionality is zero then use the WCS dimensionality.
+    (3/15/04, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
+    An error in mw_openim was trapped but the garbage in the return value
+    caused a segmentation error during error recovery.  A fix was made to
+    this and also to report, as a comment, the MWCS error.
+    (3/12/04, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.12.2
+=======
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+    The change for the short image name from 8/20/03 was lost.  This
+    change restores it.  (2/3/04, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+    Copying the IMIO structure to an internal structure required two
+    amovi calls in order to maintain alignment.  (2/12/04, Zarate/Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/geometry/t_geoxytran.x
+images$immatch/src/geometry/trinvert.x          +
+images$immatch/src/geometry/mkpkg
+images$immatch/geoxytran.par
+images$immatch/doc/geoxytran.hlp
+    A new parameter "direction" was added to GEOXYTRAN to allow evaluating
+    the transformation in either the forward direction (the previous behavior
+    and default with the new parameter) or the backward direction.  The
+    help page was updated to describe this new feature and address confusion
+    over the relationship between geomap, geotran, and geoxytran.
+    (2/7/03, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/imalign.cl
+    Restructured to avoid goto statements, no functional changes (12/29/03, MJF)
+
+images$lib/geomap.gx
+    Small change to improve stability.  Instead of checking the value
+    of the difference of two large numbers for zero, the equality of
+    the two numbers is checked.  (10/29/03, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+    Increase the stored filename length.  (8/20/03, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
+    When using offsets based on physical coordinates and there is a flip
+    the routine was incorrectly using imunmap instead of xt_imunmap.
+    (7/30/03, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icstat.gx
+    Fixed an incorrect declaration for asum$t() in the generic routine.
+    This is the correct fix for:
+	images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icstat.x
+	    Fixed an incorrect declaration for asumd() (7/8/03, MJF)
+    (7/30/03, Valdes)
+
+images$imgeom/src/t_imshift.x
+    Fixed and incorrect declaration for clgetd() (7/8/03, MJF)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/stfprofile.x
+    The selection of a point to get a first estimation of the FWHM in
+    stf_fit did not check for the case of a zero value.  This could cause
+    a floating divide by zero.  (5/5/03, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/stfprofile.x
+    The subpixel evaluation in stf_profile involves fitting an image
+    interpolator to a subraster.  To avoid attempting to evaluate a point
+    outside the center of the edge pixels, which is a requirement of the
+    image interpolators, the interpolator is fit to the full data raster
+    and the evaluations exclude the boundary pixels.  (5/5/03, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+images$tv/imexamine/stfprofile.x	+
+images$tv/imexamine/mkpkg.x
+    Separated the routines in stfmeasure.x to correspond to those used
+    in OBSUTIL.  (5/6/03, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+    Due to the way IMIO works it converts an out of memory error to
+    cannot open pixel file if a memory alloaction error occurs when
+    allocating file descriptor memory.  So if this error occurs and the
+    number of images is small the error will be interpreted as
+    a memory allocation error.  (4/9/03, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Added errchk's for im_pmmapo to avoid the potential for a segmentation
+    violation due to an uncaught error.  (9/16/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imgeom/src/t_imshift.x
+    An incorrect shift of one pixel would appear when the specified shift
+    was near zero and less than the precision of a real; i.e. yshift=1e-9.
+    The code was changed to use double precision as appropriate.
+    (9/12/02, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iemw.x
+    Added a heuristic check for the appropriate hHmM formats.
+    (9/12/02, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    A common case of matching a mask to an image is where the pixel sizes
+    are the same but there are offsets and/or different sizes.  An optimized
+    mask matching based on using range lists and not calling mwcs was
+    added.  (9/12/02, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    The matched mask was incorrectly returning the input mask when the
+    scale and offset matched but not the size.  (9/10/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/imrep.gx
+    In imrepr$t there was a declaration error for ilower.  (see buglog #507)
+    (9/4/02, Valdes/Warner)
+
+images$immatch/src/listmatch/t_imctroid.x
+    Added a F_FLUSHNL for the standard output to avoid having the warnings
+    printed with eprintf from occuring in the middle of the output
+    lines.  This caused a problem in imalign when scanning the lines.
+    (8/19/02, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.12.1
+=======
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
+    The pixel masks listed in the log output was wrong.  This only applies
+    to the log, the correct mask is used during processing.  (6/26/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/src/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/src/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    If the xregister task parameter interactive = yes and the output images
+    are defined then the computed shifts are not applied. This occurs  because
+    the reinitialization routine triggered by the 'n' keystroke command is in
+    the wrong place. The work around is to run xregister twice, once
+    interactively to compute the shifts, and again non-interactively to
+    apply them. (6/20/02, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
+    Needed to disable axis mapping to handle cases where the input
+    images are dimensionally reduced.  (6/14/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+    The size of image header data structures was computed incorrectly
+    resulting in the potential for segmenation violations.  (6/14/02, Valdes)
+
+=====
+V2.12
+=====
+
+images$imutil/src/t_imstat.x
+    If nclip > 0 and the initial mean and standard deviation are INDEF
+    (a very unlikely occurence unless there is a mask) the k-sigma
+    limit computation  in the imstatistics task could overflow. This does
+    not affect released code. (5/01/02, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+    The fix of 4/8/02 had been inadvertently undone.  (4/25/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/imadiv.gx
+images$imutil/src/generic.imadiv.x
+    Fixed an error in the code which evaluates an expression of the form
+    "inimage / 0" which was causing a bus error on the macosx but not on
+     solaris. This error has apparently been there for ever. (4/24/02, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
+    The projection option was no longer working.  There was a typo in
+    t_imcombine.x, the dimensionality of the image was not set
+    properly in icombine.x and icsetout.x, and the masks for projected
+    images was not correct.  (4/22/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
+    When computing offsets the registration point was the reference pixel
+    returned by mw_gwterm for the first image.  The code then went on to
+    assume this was a logical pixel when comparing with the other images,
+    which is not true when there is a physical coordinate system.  The
+    algorithm was fixed by converting the reference point to logical
+    coordinates.  (4/18/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_ccget.x
+    Ccget was not transforming the units and applying the user supplied
+    formatting parameters if the input or output coordinate system, e.g.
+    ICRS, was the same as the catalog coordinate system. This does not
+    affect released code. (04/16/02, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+    There was a bug in the recent change to open and close masks as needed
+    where a possibly null filename pointer was being checked for being
+    a null string.  (4/8/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
+    Added a check for INDEF valued input coordinates. (4/04/02, Davis)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    Image sections in the image name retrieved from the display server
+    are now handled more intelligently.  In particular, 2D sections of
+    higher dimensional images will now examine the correct 2D section
+    rather than just the lowest 2D plane.  (3/20/02, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/t_display.x
+    If an image section of a higher dimensional image is displayed the
+    image section is included in the image name sent to the display
+    server.  Previously the section was stripped and so it was not
+    possible to know the 2D section displayed.  For now we keep backwards
+    compatibility by stripping any section from 2D parent images.
+    (3/20/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+    Added error checks for imunmap of the output files.  In the final
+    staage of closing the output if an error occurs, principally in
+    writing mask, this will at least allow the primary combined output
+    image to be written.  This is useful when an extremely large combining
+    operation is performed.  (3/6/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icstat.gx
+    Rather than open all the masks at the beginning the masks are now
+    opened and closed as needed.  For situations with offsets this
+    can reduce the amount of memory required for the masks.
+    (3/6/02, Valdes)
+
+images$/imutil/src/hselect.x
+images$/imutil/src/hedit.x
+    Added missing xev_freeop calls to the hedit and hselect tasks and a missing
+    mfree call to the hselect task. (3/5/02, Davis)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    When imexmaine fails to map the image name returned by the display server
+    it uses the frame buffer.  Previously there was no warning message about
+    failing to map the image.  Now there is a warning.  This is only given
+    once until the image name is changed either by going to a new frame
+    buffer or doing a new display.  (3/4/02, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+images$tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+    When the frame buffer is used as the image source (when the image name
+    in the display frame cannot be mapped) the final imunmap woutd
+    attempt to unmap the same descriptor twice.  (3/1/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
+    Fixed a bug the logical to tv coordinate mapping which could occur
+    if the section subsmapling parameter was > 1, the input image was a section
+    of a higher dimensioned image, and the first dimension was not one
+    of those extracted. (3/1/02, Davis)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    The 'p' was not properly updated for the multiple WCS changes.
+    (2/26/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+    The header keywords were not being fully copied.  (2/20/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icstat.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+    asum$t declared incorrectly as type PIXEL rather than real.  xt_cpix
+    incorrectly defined as pointer function instead of a subroutine.
+    (2/20/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/t_minmax.x
+    Fixed a floating overflow error in minmax which occurred if the
+    dimensionality of the input image was 0 and the update parameter
+    was set to yes. In this case the min and max values were set to
+    INDEF (min and max computation is done internally in double precision)
+    could not fit into the real valued min and max slots in imhdr.h
+    hence the conversion error. (2/19/02, Davis)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    The changes to support multiple WCS per frame involved keeping track of
+    the full WCS frame id (i.e. 101) rather than just the frame number.
+    There was a minor error in this bookkeeping when incrementing the
+    the next display frame to be used.  (2/19/02, Valdes)
+
+images$lib/imcopy.x
+    Added a missing sfree statement to the img_imcopy routine. (2/18/02, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaverage.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsigma.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icscale.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icemask.x
+images$immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If weights of zero are given for an image then that image will not
+    contribute to the output weighted average unless all of the
+    non-excluded images have zero weight.   In that case the unweighted
+    average is output.  The exposure mask is the sum of the exposure times
+    of the images with non-zero weights.  These changes allow combining
+    only data which is considered good (photometric or good seeing) as
+    specified by the weights but still including non-good data in the
+    final image when there is no good data.  The combinined zero weight
+    data will have an exposure time mask value of zero.  (2/8/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.h
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.h
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par
+images$immatch/imcombine.par
+images$immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The masktype parameter may now specify !<keyword> to select the keyword
+    to use for a mask.  When this option is selected the mask value
+    interpretation is "goodval".  (2/5/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
+    If pl_loadf fails then pl_loadim is tried.  This adds support for
+    masks in FITS extensions.  (2/5/02, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Added the feature that the bad pixel mask or overlay mask may be
+    specified by a keyword value with the syntax !<keyword>.  This is
+    important for multiextension files where various masks are set
+    as keywords.  The new task OBJMASKS also writes the object mask name
+    that is created for an image in the header.  Use of !objmask then
+    allows the object mask to be used for the bad pixel mask (to set
+    the scaling using only sky pixels) and for overlay.
+    (2/5/02, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/sigm2.x
+    The routine to compute the maximum value as the interpolated quantity
+    was incorrect because the size of the input and output arrays were
+    treated as the same when they are not.  This is used for overlay
+    display which produced the symptom of horizontal lines.
+    (2/5/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.h
+    The buffer size management calculation based on the number of input
+    images was no longer working because unless IM_BUFFRAC is explicitly
+    set to 0, the requested buffer size is just a lower limit.  The buffer
+    size calculation was modified and calls to set IM_BUFFRAC to zero were
+    added.  (1/30/02, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
+    The code to close unused images when they are not needed had an error
+    when there were y offsets.  Rather than closing each image when it not
+    longer contributed to an output line due to an offset, it was instead
+    closing all images on every line and then mapping them again.
+    (1/29/02, Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/t_minmax.x
+    Removed extra arguments from the calls to clpstr. (01/07/02, Davis)
+
+images$imutil/src/t_imstat.x
+    Added a call setting IM_BUFFRAC to 0 to the memory caching code in the
+    imstatistics task in order to force the imio buffer to be the size of
+    the input image.
+    (12/10/01, Davis)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
+images$imcoords/src/rgstr.gx
+images$imcoords/src/rgstr.x
+    Wcsctran may produce a string_file error if the input image is
+    dimensionally reduced. The problem was caused by an uninitialized
+    array. The code works ig by chance the array is initialized to 0.
+    (12/8/01, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src/icscale.x
+    Fixed bug with normalization.  (12/4/01, Valdes)
+
+images$imutil/src/hedit.par
+images$imutil/doc/hedit.hlp
+images$imutil/src/hedit.x
+    For backwards compatability modified the precedence of the operator
+    switches from addonly / add / delete to add / addonly / delete. 
+    Also clarified the switch precedence rules in the help page.
+    (11/13/01, Davis)
+
+images$imutil/src/imheader.x
+    Fixed imheader so it prints out an image size of 0 if IM_NDIM(im) is
+    is 0 instead of the contents of the first element of the IM_LEN(im,1)
+    vector which may be non-zero. (11/05/01, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+images$immatch/src/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+images$immatch/src/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Fixed a bug in the xregister multiple region handling code that was 
+    preventing xregister from computing x-correlations on regions beyond
+    the first in interactive mode. (10/17/01, Davis)
+
+images$imcoords/src/t_skyctran.x
+images$imcoords/src/t_sffind.x
+images$imfilter/src/mode.x
+images$imutil/doc/hedit.hlp
+images$imutil/doc/imdivide.hlp
+images$tv/doc/Tv.hlp
+images$tv/iis/doc/Cv.hlp
+images$tv/iis/doc/cv.hlp
+images$tv/iis/ids/doc/Imdis.hlp
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    Fixed various missing/extra argument problems in the images package
+    code that were found with spplint. Also fixed miscellaneous help page
+    formatting problems. (9/19/01 Davis)
+
+images$imutil/src/t_imjoin.x
+    Changed the clgetc call to clgstr calls for the pixtype parameter in
+    imjoin. This change is required to avoid an "ERROR: Parameter not a legal
+    character constant (parname)" error introduced by recent changes to the CL.
+    Basically "" is no longer a legal argument for clgetc. (9/17/01 Davis)
+
+
+images$imutil/imstatistics.par
+images$imutil/doc/imstatistics.hlp
+images$imutil/src/imstat.h
+images$imutil/src/t_imstat.x
+    1. Added an interative rejection capability to the imstatistics task.
+    2. Added a cacheing option that can speed up the performance of the
+       task if the midpt/mode statistic is computed or if iterative rejection
+       is performed.
+    (8/30/01, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/src	+
+    1. Further modifications and optimizations.
+    2. Reorganized with a subdirectory of common routines shared with
+       the CCD reduction versions.
+    (8/29/01, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine
+images$immatch/imcombine.par
+images$immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    1.  New parameters "headers", "bpmasks", "rejmasks",  "nrejmasks",
+	and "expmasks" provide additional types of output.  The old
+	parameters "rejmask" and "plfile" were removed.  The new
+	"nrejmasks" parameter corresponds to the old "plfile" and the
+	new "rejmasks" parameter corresponds to the old "rejmask".
+    2.  There is a new "combine" type "sum" for summing instead of
+	averaging the final set of offset, scaled, and weighted
+	pixels.
+    3.  There is a new parameter "outlimits" to allow output of a
+	subregion of the full output.  This is useful for raster
+	surveys with large numbers of images.
+    4.  Additional keywords may appear in the output headers.
+    5.   The scaling is now done relative to the first image rather than
+	an average over the images.  This is done so that flux related
+	keywords such as exposure time and airmass remain
+	representative.
+    6.  The environment parmaeter "imcombine_option" allows using an
+	algorithm that opens and closes images.  This is very slow but
+	allows combining large numbers of images which are not the same
+	size.
+    7.  New help page.
+    (8/17/01, Valdes)
+
+tv$imexamine/iecimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/ieeimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/iegcur.x
+tv$imexamine/iegimage.x
+tv$imexamine/iegnfr.x
+tv$imexamine/iehimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/ieimname.x
+tv$imexamine/iejimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/ielimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/ieopenlog.x
+tv$imexamine/ieqrimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/ierimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/iesimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/ietimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/ievimexam.x
+tv$imexamine/imexam.h
+tv$imexamine/t_imexam.x
+    Modifications to use multiple WCS mappings.  (8/13/01, Valdes)
+
+tv$imexamine/mkpkg
+tv$imexamine/x_imexam.x	+
+tv$imexamine/imexamine.par	+
+    Added a mkpkg target to compile standalone; i.e. mkpkg standalone.
+    (8/13/01, Valdes)
+
+immatchx$src/ximcoords/t_ccmap.x
+    Fixed a bug in the ccmap refpoint = "coords" option that could produce a
+    totally inaccurate reference point estimate if the image spanned 0
+    hours right ascension due to coordinate wrap around. (7/20/01 Davis)
+
+
+images$imgeom/src/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task that can cause a previous block of lines
+    to be repeated instead of a new block computed. This bug was introduced
+    when magnify was upgraded to use the new interpolants code and to use 
+    boundary extension in imio. A typo was made in the update which produces
+    the error in the case where the buffer does not update when a new group of
+    lines is computed.  This situtation is not normally supposed to occur
+    but may in the situation where the magnification factors are greater than
+    the internal buffer size of 16 output image lines. (6/21/01, Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/t_combine.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/icgdata.gx
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/icscale.x
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/xtimmap.x	+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkgx
+    When combining more images than there are IRAF FIO descriptors the
+    additional images are mapped and unmapped as needed.  There is no
+    limit now on the number of images or that they be capable of being
+    stacked into a single image for combining by projection.  The creation
+    of a temporary stack image is no longer done.  (6/16/01, Valdes)
+
+images$immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpfilter.x
+images$immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpconvolve.x
+    Fixed a floating point error in the replace algorithm gaussian fitting
+    routines that occurs if the argument to the log function is exactly zero.
+    Fixed a symmetry error in the convolve routine that would produce a 
+    corrected psf that was flipped in x and y if the psf matching kernel
+    did not have mirror symmetry. The solution was simply to rotate the
+    convolution kernel 180 degrees before applying it to the input image.
+    The matching kernel itself is correctly oriented and can be used 
+    directly with the fconvolve task.  (5/15/01 Davis)
+
+images$imutil/hedit.par
+images$imutil/doc/hedit.hlp
+images$imutil/src/hedit.hlp
+    Added a new addonly parameter to the hedit task. If addonly is set
+    a new field will only be added to the image header if it does not
+    already exist. (4/30/01, Davis)
+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Fixed problems with ds_match.  The new version is more robust and
+    correct.  A bad pixel for the displayed image is the maximum of all
+    pixels in the pixel mask which fall within the display pixel.   This
+    version still does not allow any relative rotations but does allow
+    non-integer offsets.  (4/24/01, Valdes)
+
+images$imgeom/src/t_im3dtran.x
+images$imgeom/src/t_imtrans.x
+images$imgeom/src/t_imshift.x
+images$imgeom/src/t_magnify.x
+    Modified the im3dtran, imtranspose, imshift, and magnify tasks so that
+    the output image which is mapped NEW_COPY is closed before the input image.
+    To the best of my knowledge this has not caused problems to date but
+    it could (3/1/01 Davis)
+
+images$immatch/src/imcombine/icsetout.x
+    The physical coordinates of the output WCS are now reset.
+    (3/1/01 Valdes)
+
+images$lib/geomap.h
+images$lib/geogmap.h
+images$lib/geofit.gx
+images$lib/geofit.x
+images$lib/geogmap.gx
+images$lib/geogmap.x
+images$lib/geograph.gx
+images$lib/geograph.x
+images$lib/geomap.key
+images$lib/coomap.key
+images$immatch/geomap.par
+images$immatch/doc/geomap.hlp
+images$immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx
+images$immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.x
+images$imcoords$ccmap.par
+images$imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+images$imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp
+
+    Added a new parameter maxiter to the geomap and ccmap tasks. Maxiter
+    defines the maximum number of rejection iterations and has a default
+    value of 0 for no rejection.
+
+    Changed the default value of the ccmap and geomap parameter reject from
+    INDEF to 3.0.  (05/01/01 Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/
+    Added the tasks CCGET and CCSTD to the image package. (10/12/00 Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/lib/geomfit.gx
+pkg/images/lib/geomfit.x
+pkg/images/lib/geogmap.gx
+pkg/images/lib/geogmap.x
+pkg/images/lib/geogmap.h
+pkg/images/lib/geogragh.gx
+pkg/images/lib/geograph.x
+pkg/images/lib/geomap.key
+pkg/images/lib/coomap.key
+    Added a :order command to ccmap and geomap so that the user can change all
+    the orders at once. (10/12/00 Davis)
+
+    Modified the error checking to fix a segvio problem which occured in ccmap
+    and geomap if the number of points was too few for a good fit and verbose
+    was set to no. (10/12/00 Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/imcctran.par
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_imcctran.x
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/imcctran.hlp
+    Added support for doing coordinate transformations accurately on
+    images with non-zenithal projections where rotating the CD matrix
+    does not work accurately.
+
+    Added a new parameter longpole to the imcctran  task. If longpole =yes
+    then coordinate transformations with zenithal projections will be
+    rotated using longpole rather than the CD matrix. (2/7/00 Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/
+pkg/images/imcoords/
+    The immatch and imcoords packages were modified to use the new version
+    of the skywcs routines in xtools. (10/12/00, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/imcentroid.par
+pkg/images/immatch/imalign.par
+pkg/images/immatch/imalign.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcentroid.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imalign.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_imctroid.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/mkpkg
+    Added a new parameter maxshift to the imcentroid and imalign tasks. 
+    Maxshift is the maximum permitted difference between the computed and
+    predicted shifts. Maxshift can be used to reject objects whose centers
+    have wandered too far from the expected center. By default maxshift is
+    undefined. (10/9/00, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/sffind.x
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/starfind.hlp
+    Modified the way starfind computes the background estimate used to compute
+    the first and second order moments so that it does not depend on the
+    value and density of the central pixel. (10/9/00, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    Modified the conversion of pclip from a fraction to a number of images
+    because for even number of images the number above/below the median
+    is one too small.  (9/26/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icimstack.x
+    Error handling when running out of memory with immap (due to a very
+    large min_lenuserarea) and when trying to stack was fixed up to
+    report reasonable error messages and to not go into an infinite loop
+    trying to manage memory.  (9/13/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icgdata.gx
+    Additional errchk declarations were needed to catch out of memory
+    during image reading which were not caught during the initial
+    pass at reading the images.  (9/11/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    When a "cannot open image" error occurs for some other reason than
+    running out of file descriptors the task would go into an infinite
+    loop or given a segmentation error.  The checking was improved to
+    avoid this.  (8/31/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    When there is an output mask or sigma image and the number of images
+    exceeds the maximum number allowed by the number of logical file
+    descriptors the task failed to delete the files when starting over
+    using the stacked image approach.  This would result in an image
+    already exists error.  This was fixed by deleting the files upon
+    error recovery.  (8/9/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/x_imcombine.x	+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par	+
+    Added a mkpkg entry to allow making the IMCOMBINE task independently
+    of the entire IMAGES package for testing and debugging purposes.
+    (6/21/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icimstack.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/iclog.x
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    When there are a large number of images with bad pixel masks both the
+    input images and the bad pixel masks are stacked for combining.  The
+    addition of stacking the masks allows for independent bad pixel masks
+    for each input image which was not supported previously.
+    (6/21/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icmedian.gx
+    Replaced median algorithm with the faster Wirth algorithm.
+    (5/16/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/lib/skywcs.x
+    Incorrect values for the epoch of observations were being computed
+    and printed by tasks like skyctran and imcctran if the input coordinate
+    system was read from an image and the input coordinate system was
+    galactic. The problem was that the epoch was being converted to MJD 
+    twice instead of once. Unless a proper motion correction was being computed
+    this problem should have little practical effect although it is
+    disturbing to odd units in the file headers. (1/31/00, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/imcombine.par
+    The "outtype" parameter can take the value "none" in addition to one
+    of the standard datatypes.  The help page was incorrect/unclear what
+    was meant by not specifying an output type.
+    (1/18/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icgdata.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/iclog.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icmask.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icscale.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icsetout.x
+    Changed declarations for the array "out" to be ARB rather than 3 in
+    some places (because it was not changed when another element was added)
+    or 4.  This will insure that any future output elements added will
+    no require changing these arguments for the sake of cosmetic correctness.
+    (1/13/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icsetout.x
+    Fixed error with MWCS dimension mismatch when using offsets on
+    input images which have been dimensionally reduced.  (1/12/00, Valdes)
+
+========
+V2.11.3a
+========
+=======
+V2.11.3
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmode.x
+pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmode.x
+pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_hist.x
+    Changed the fast median / mode histogram storage from short to int to
+    avoid overflows in the case that xfilter * yfilter > 32767 and > 32767
+    pixels fall into a single bin as may happen in bad pixel regions.
+    (11/19/99, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+    An input array was declared with a value of 3 though it was passed to
+    the routine with 4 elements.  Later there was a reference to
+    the 4th element.  While this is legal as the size in the declaration
+    is a dummy this was a compiler error on one platform.  Changed the
+    declaration to 4.  (11/19/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    A call to IMUNMAP within the THEN clause of an IFERR replaces the
+    error string (inappropriately) so that a later ERRACT reports the
+    wrong error.  The code was modified to get the error string before
+    calling IMUNMAP and then restores the error condition with an
+    ERROR call instead of an ERRACT.  (10/21/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    Modified error recovery to avoid a tranfer out of an IFERR block
+    message.  (10/14/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Updated the expected number of images that can be combined without
+    stacking.  (10/11/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkpkg
+pkg/images/imgeom/src/mkpkg
+pkg/images/immmatch/src/imcombine/generic/mkpkg
+pkg/images/immmatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg
+pkg/images/immmatch/src/imutil/generic/mkpkg
+pkg/images/immmatch/src/imutil/mkpkg
+    Added some missing file dependencies and removed some uneccessary ones
+    from the mkpkg files. (9/21/99, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.11.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imarith.x
+    Added a check for division by zero in the header keywords.  A warning
+    is printed, the keyword is not updated, and task completes without
+    aborting.  (8/10/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccsetwcs.x
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccxytran.x
+    Update the ccsetwcs and cctran tasks so they can deal correctly with the
+    zpx transformation. These tasks had been updated in immatchx but the
+    updates did not make it into the images versions of the tasks.
+    (Davis, June 26, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_starfind.x
+    Modified the default output file naming code to deal rationally with
+    fits image extension names.
+    (Davis, June 26, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/lib/skywcs.h
+pkg/images/lib/skywcs.x
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/ttycur.key
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/skycur.key
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccfind.hlp
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccsetwcs.hlp
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/skyctran.hlp
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/imcctran.hlp
+    Added support for the ICRS system to the images.imcoords package.
+    (Davis, June 24, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/geomap.hlp
+    Added some notes and an example to explain and illustrate the role of the
+    reference and input coordinates for different applicatons. i.e. image
+    resampling and coordinate transformation.
+    (Davis, June 18, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the transform list decoding routine that was preventing
+    geotran from using the same transform for all the input images.
+    (Davis, June 18, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icsetout.x
+    Changed to better parse the offset types.  The WCS correction for
+    offsets was incorrect.  (6/17/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the units initialization code. (Davis, June 3, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccsetwcs.x
+    Improved the error message handling in the case when a database
+    records either not be found or could not be successfully decoded
+    in the ccsetwcs task. (Davis, June 3, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.x
+    Fixed a type mismatch problem in a call to max that was causing compilation
+    errors on the Dec Station. (Davis, June 2, 1999)
+ 
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified whether the offset is done before scaling or afterword.
+    (5/18/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccsetwcs.hlp
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/imcctran.hlp
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/skyctran.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/skyxymatch.hlp
+    Added some information about the new DATE-OBS format to the help
+    pages for the ccsetwcs, imctran, skyctran, and skyxymatch tasks.
+
+    (Davis, May 13, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/lib/skywcs.x
+    Added support for the new DATE-OBS format to the mwcs decoding routines.
+    All tasks in the imcoords and immatch packages which read the image wcs
+    will pick up the change.
+
+    (Davis, May 13, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_xyxymatch.x
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccxymatch.x
+    Fixed the xyxymatch and ccxymatch tasks so that they work properly when
+    the number of reference files is greater than 1 and equal to the
+    number of input files. In that case xyxymatch and ccxymatch are supposed
+    to pair up the input and reference files one to one instead of using the
+    last file in the reference file list.
+
+    (Davis, February 22, 1999)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcscopy.x
+    Modified wcscopy to update the RADECSYS, EQUINOX, and MJD-WCS keywords
+    as well as the mwcs keywords.
+    (1/7/99, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/gregister.par
+pkg/images/immatch/sregister.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/wregister.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/gregister.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/sregister.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/wregister.hlp
+    Installed new versions of the gregister, sregister, and wregister tasks
+    (these tasks are scripts which call geotran) which support 1D and 2D
+    sinc and look-up table sinc interpolation and 2D drizzle resampling.
+    (12/29/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imgeom/rotate.par
+pkg/images/imgeom/imlintran.par
+pkg/images/imgeom/doc/rotate.hlp
+pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imlintran.hlp
+    Installed new versions of the rotate and imlintran tasks (these tasks are
+    scripts which call geotran) which support 2D sinc and look-up table sinc
+    interpolation and 2D drizzle resampling.
+    (12/29/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immmatch/geotran.par
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.h
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotimtran.x
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Installed a new version of the geotran task which supports 1D and 2D
+    sinc and look-up table sinc interpolation and 1D and 2D drizzle resampling.
+    Simplified the code and modified the out-of-bounds pixel handling algorithm
+    to conform to the other image resampling tasks. Corrected a couple of bugs
+    in the 1D image resampling code.
+    (12/29/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/xregister.par
+pkg/images/immatch/src/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/rgximshift.x
+pkg/images/imgeom/doc/xregister.hlp
+    Installed a new version of the xregister task which supports 2D sinc and
+    look-up table sinc interpolation and 2D drizzle resampling.
+    (12/29/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imgeom/shiftlines.par
+pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_shiftlines.x
+pkg/images/imgeom/src/shiftlines.x
+pkg/images/imgeom/doc/shiftlines.hlp
+    Installed a new version of the shiftlines task which supports 1D sinc and
+    look-up table sinc interpolation and 1D drizzle resampling.
+    (12/28/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imgeom/imshift.par
+pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imshift.hlp
+    Installed a new version of the imshift task which supports 2D sinc and
+    look-up table sinc interpolation and 2D drizzle resampling.
+    (12/28/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imgeom/magnify.par
+pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/imgeom/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Installed a new version of the magnify task which supports 1D and 2D
+    sinc and look-up table sinc interpolation and 1D and 2D drizzle resampling.
+    Modified the out-of-bounds pixel handling algorithm to conform to the
+    other image resampling tasks.
+    (12/28/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icsetout.x
+    Fixed a problem with input images that have dimensional reduction.
+    (10/6/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imarith.x
+    If noact = yes, IMARITH would fail with a segmentation violation. This
+    was occuring because the header updating code was trying to access
+    the output image which did not exist. (9/16/98, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+    The logic in STF_FIT for determining the points to fit and the point
+    to use for the initial width estimate was faulty allowing some bad
+    cases to get through.  (7/31/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icgdata.gx
+    Needed to initialize the number of pixels combined for the case where
+    there is initially no data.  (7/29/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The internal calculation type was changed from the highest precedence
+    type of the input images to the highest of the input and output.
+    This allows setting the output type to be real to force computation
+    in real for integer input images.  Not doing this could cause severe
+    truncation errors if the users specify there own scaling values.
+    (7/14/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/epix.h
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/t_imedit.x
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/epcolon.x
+pkg/images/tv/doc/imedit.hlp
+    The temporary editing buffer image was made into a unique temporary
+    image rather than the fixed name of "epixbuf".  (6/30/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    The steps to check if an image and mask have an integer relationship
+    (integer sampling and integer offsets) in their physical coordinate
+    systems could fail because real precision was not high enough
+    in MWCS transformation calls.  Changed variables and MWCS calls
+    to double.  (5/29/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/ic_rmasks.x	+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/ic_log.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg
+pkg/images/immatch/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Added a new output which is a pixel mask identifying which pixel in which
+    input image is rejected or not included in the final output.
+    (5/15/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/lib/geograph.gx
+pkg/lib/geograph.x
+    Modifed the plot labels to say "reject =" instead of "sigrej = " to
+    maintain naming consistency with the reject parameter.
+    (2/23/98 LED)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icsetout.x
+    The updating of the WCS for offset images was not being done correctly.
+    (2/5/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+    Modified algorithm for efficiency.  (1/28/98, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icgdata.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/iclog.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icmm.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.com
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/imcombine.par
+    Changed the grow parameter to a real radius.  (12/30/97, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Added 2D grow capability.  (12/30/97, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icaverage.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icmedian.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/generic/mkpkg
+    Added new argument to select whether to set values with no data to
+    a blank value.  This allows the calling task to set values without
+    having them overridden with the blank value.  (12/30/97, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icmm.gx
+    Fixed a bug where the image IDs were not being kept.  (12/30/97, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.11.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/lsqfit.h
+pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglscale.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgliscale.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglsqfit.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglplot.x
+    Fixed several bugs in the linmatch bad region handling code. The
+    bad region flag was not being set if the input image regions were
+    partially of the image or the sizes of the input reference and input
+    regions were different image, the error status flag was not being correctly
+    set after a bad region was detected, and the linear least squares fits
+    were not being properly protected against bad data regions, and
+    non-physical data fits. The graphics routines were also changed
+    to force windowing around the good data points. (12/19/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglscale.x
+    The linmatch task could produce a floating operand error if the fitting
+    algorithm was "mean", "median", or "mode", and one or more of the reference
+    image regions had a mean, median, or mode values of 0.0. (12/15/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/imcopy.x
+pkg/images/lib/imcopy.x
+    There were two different versions of the imcopy.x file  in the images
+    packages which were causing different behavior in the imcopy task.
+    Updated the version in the lib subdirectory and deleted the version in
+    imutil/src. (11/18/97, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_median.x
+pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_mode.x
+    The constant for constant boundary extension was declared as in integer
+    instead of a real in the median and mode tasks causing an FPE error on
+    the Dec Alpha if the value could not be converted. A value of 0 for
+    constant would work correctly. (11/11/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    When using STF images the failure error when there are too many images
+    is SYS_IKIOPEN rather than the others that occur with OIF, etc.
+    Added this error code to be caught and have the program build a
+    stacked image to combine.  (10/21/97, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/icscale.x
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    When the zero offsets or weights are specified in a file the weight
+    adjustment for differeing sky levels is not done.  (10/3/97, Valdes)
+
+=====
+V2.11
+=====
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imtile.x
+    Modified the imtile task to avoid a potential divide by zero error
+    in the range decoding software. This error was actually due to
+    an interface change to the xtools$ranges.x code, which has since been
+    changed back, but the potential for error was there. (8/22/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/sffind.x
+    Fixed a type mismatch in the call to atan2. (8/18/97, LED)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
+    Fixed a segmentation violation caused by attempting to close the
+    mask data structures during error recovery when the error occurs
+    before the data structures are defined.  (8/14/97, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/imhistogram.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imhistogram and phistogram tasks that could cause
+    an invalid floating point operation if the image contained pixels
+    outside the valid integer range. (7/31/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    Fixed a bug in xregister that could occur if: the correlation parameter
+    was set to "fourier" and one of the correlation regions was completely
+    off the input image. In this case all the region shifts following
+    the first bad one were being set to INDEF. (7/25/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/lib/skywcs.x
+    Modified the coordinates structure initialization routine to explictly set
+    the physical and logical axis maps on startup rather than leaving them
+    undefined.  (6/16/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/wcsxymatch.par
+pkg/images/immatch/wcsmap.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/wregister.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsxymatch.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsmap.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/wregister.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcsxymatch.hlp
+    Added the transpose parameter to the wcsxymatch, wcsmap, and wregister
+    task to permit users to force an image transpose in cases where the
+    image wcs does not contain enough information, e.g. axtype is undefined
+    or set to the same units.
+    (6/10/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/geomap.par
+pkg/images/immatch/skymap.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/wcsmap.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/sregister.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/wregister.cl
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/geomap.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/skymap.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsmap.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/wregister.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/sregister.hlp
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpbckgrd.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+pkg/images/imcoords/ccmap.par
+pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
+pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_imcctran.x
+pkg/images/lib/coomap.key
+pkg/images/lib/geofit.gx
+pkg/images/lib/geofit.x
+pkg/images/lib/geograph.gx
+pkg/images/lib/geograph.x
+pkg/images/lib/geomap.h
+pkg/images/lib/geomap.key
+pkg/images/lib/rgtransform.x
+    Modifed the geomap, wcsmap, skymap, wregister, sregister, and ccmap
+    tasks to use the new cross terms option in the gsurfit library.
+    This involved changing two boolean parameters in each task to string
+    parameters, making the interactive fitting software shared by all
+    these tasks aware of the change, and modifying the gsinit calls
+    to do the initialization properly.
+    (5/1/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/src/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/immatch/src/geotran.x
+    Fixed various bugs triggered by the case where the user sets xmin, xmax,
+    ymin, or ymax, explicitly, and xmin > xmax or ymin > ymax. Improved
+    the precision of the flux conservation algorithm at the same time.
+    (4/30/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/imcopy.x
+    Changed imcopy so that it ignores the output image section if the
+    input and output root names are the same, making its behavior
+    consistent with other images package tasks which can overwrite the input
+    image. (4/24/97, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Minor readability changes.  (4/14/97, Valdes)
+
+===============================
+Package Reorganization
+===============================
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imsum.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Provided options for USHORT data.  (12/10/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new option for computing offsets from the image WCS has been added.
+    (11/30/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    Changed the error checking to catch additional errors relating to too
+    many files.  (11/12/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsort.gx
+    There was an error in the ic_2sort routine when there are exactly
+    three images that one of the explicit cases did not properly keep
+    the image identifications.  See buglog 344.  (8/1/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+    The routine mde_yefilter was being called with the wrong number of
+    arguments.
+    (7/18/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icimstack.x +
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The limit on the maximum number of images that can be combined, set by
+    the maximum number of logical file descriptors, has been removed.  If
+    the condition of too many files is detected the task now automatically
+    stacks all the images in a temporary image and then combines them with
+    the project option.
+    (5/14/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxfit.x
+    Changed several Memr[] references to Memi[] in the rg_fit routine.
+    This bug was causing a floating point error in the xregister task
+    on the Dec Alpha if the coords file was defined, and could potentially
+    cause problems on other machines.
+    (Davis, April 3, 1996)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+pkg/images/doc/geomap.hlp
+     Corrected the definition of skew in the routines which compute a geometric
+     interpretation of the 6-coefficient fit, which compute the coefficients
+     from the geometric parameters, and in the relevant help pages.
+     (2/19/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/doc/median.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+    Added a verbose parameter to the median, rmedian, mode, rmode, fmedian,
+    frmedian, fmode, and frmode tasks. (11/27/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the help page for geotran. The default values for
+    the xscale and yscale parameters were incorrectly listed as INDEF,
+    INDEF instead of 1.0, 1.0. (11/14/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    Fixed a bug where a variable was improperly used for two different
+    purposes causing the algorithm to fail (bug 316).  (10/19/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified a point about how the sigma is calculated with the SIGCLIP
+    option.  (10/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    To deal with the case of readnoise=0. and image data which has points with
+    negative mean or median and very small minimum readnoise is set
+    internally to avoid computing a zero sigma and dividing by it.  This
+    applies to the noise model rejection options.  (8/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_utils.x
+    Added new ring median and modal filtering tasks frmedian, rmedian,
+    frmode, and rmode to the images package.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/median.hlp
+pkg/images/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/median.h
+pkg/images/filters/mode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+pkg/images/filters/mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_hist.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_sort.x
+    Added minimum and maximum good data parameters to the fmedian, fmode,
+    median, and mode filtering tasks.  Removed the 64X64 kernel size limit
+    in the median and mode tasks.  Replaced the common blocks with structures
+    and .h files.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the buffering of the x and y coordinate surface interpolants
+    which can cause a memory corruption error if, nthe nxsample or nysample
+    parameters are > 1, and the nxblock or nyblock parameters are less
+    than the x and y dimensions of the input image. Took the opportunity
+    to clean up the code.
+    (6/13/95, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.4
+=======
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Corrected a harmless typo in the code which determines the minimum
+    and maximum x values and improved the precision of the test when the
+    input is double precision.
+    (4/18/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Added a description of the interactive parameter to the fit1d help page.
+    (4/17/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    If an error occurs while opening an input image header the error
+    recovery will close all open images and then propagate the error.
+    For the case of running out of file descriptors with STF format
+    images this will allow the error message to be printed rather
+    than the error code.  (4/3/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+    Added a test on the status code returned from the fitting routine so
+    the xregister tasks does not go ahead and write an output image when
+    the user quits the task in in interactive mode.
+    (3/31/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The behavior of the weights when using both multiplicative and zero
+    point scaling was incorrect; the zero levels have to account for
+    the scaling.  (3/27/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Changed some amovr and amovi calls to amovkr and amovki calls.
+    (3/15/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgximshift.x
+    The buffering margins set for the bicubic spline interpolants were
+    increased to improve the flux conservation properties of the interpolant
+    in cases where the data is undersampled. (12/6/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+    In several places the construct array[1++nx-wborder] was being used
+    instead of array[1+nx-wborder]. Apparently caused by a typo which
+    propagated through the code, the Sun compilers did not catch this, but
+    the IBM/RISC6000 compilers did. (11/16/94, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/xregister.par
+pkg/images/doc/xregister.hlp
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxdbio.x
+    The xregister task was modified to to write the output shifts file
+    in either text database format (the current default)  or in simple text
+    format. The change was made so that the output of xregister could
+    both be edited more easily by the user and be used directly with the
+    imshift task. (11/11/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    A Memc in the ratio output option was incorrectly used instead of Memr
+    when the bug fix of 11/16/93 was made.  (10/14/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    The procedure rg_xlaplace was being incorrectly declared as an integer
+    procedure.
+    (8/1/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxregions.x
+    The routine strncmp was being called (with a missing number of characters
+    argument) instead of strcmp. This was causing a bus error under solaris
+    but not sun os whenever the user set regions to "grid ...". (7/27/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    The Gaussian fitting can return a negative sigma**2 which would cause
+    an FPE when the square root is taken.  This will only occur when
+    there is no reasonable signal.  The results of the gaussian fitting
+    are now set to INDEF if this unphysical result occurs.  (7/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+    A routine expecting two char arrays was being passed two real arrays
+    instead resulting in a segmentation violation if calctype=real
+    and reject > 0.
+    (6/21/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH now deletes the CCDMEAN keyword if present.  (6/21/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    1.	The restoration of deleted pixels to satisfy the nkeep parameter
+	was being done inside the iteration loop causing the possiblity
+	of a non-terminating loop; i.e. pixels are rejected, they are
+	restored, and the number left then does not statisfy the termination
+	condition.  The restoration step was moved following the iterative
+	rejection.
+    2.	The restoration was also incorrectly when mclip=no and could
+	lead to a segmentation violation.
+    (6/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    The path names to the xregister task interactive help files was incorrect.
+    (6/13/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    Found and fixed another typo bug.  (6/7/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+    The sigma scaling flag, doscale1, would not be set in the case of
+    a mean offset of zero though the scale factors could be different.
+    (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a missing line: l = Memi[mp1].  (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    The reordering step when a central median is used during rejection
+    but the final combining is average was incorrect if the number
+    of rejected low pixels was greater than the number of pixel
+    number of pixels not rejected.  (5/25/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    In cases where there was no input geomap database, geotran was
+    unnecessarily  overiding the size of the input image requested by the
+    user if the size of the image was bigger than the default output size
+    (the size of the output image which would include all the input image
+    pixels is no user shifts were applied).
+    (5/10/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    1.  There is now a warning error if the scale, zero, or weight type
+	is unknown.
+    2.  An sfree was being called before the allocated memory was finished
+	being used.
+    (5/2/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    For some objects the moment analysis could fail producing a floating
+    overflow error in imexamine, because the code was trying to use
+    INDEF as the initial value of the object fwhm.  Changed the gaussian
+    fitting code to use a fraction of the fitting radius as the initial value
+    for the fitted full-width half-maximum in cases where the moment analysis
+    cannot compute an initial value.
+    (4/15/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Changed the mean, median, mode, and zero formats from 6g to 7.5g to
+    insure 5 significant digits regardless of signs and decimal points.
+    (4/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Tried again to clarify the scaling as multiplicative and the offseting
+    as additive for file input and for log output.  (3/22/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iacclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iscclip.gx
+    The image sigma was incorrectly computed when an offset scaling is used.
+    (3/8/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The MINMAX example confused low and high.  (3/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+    Fixed a bug in the geomap code which caused the linear portion of the transformation
+    to be computed incorrectly if the x and y fits had a different functional form.
+    (12/29/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/do/imcombine.hlp
+    The output pixel datatypes now include unsigned short integer.
+    (12/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the example of offseting.  (11/23/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When doing operations in place the input and output buffers are the
+    same and the difference and ratio operations assumed they were not
+    causing the final results to be wrong.  (11/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg/images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    If no calculation type is specified then it will be at least real
+    for a division.  Since the output pixel type defaults to the
+    calculation type if not specified this will also result in a
+    real output if dividing two integer images.  (11/12/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If there were fewer initial pixels than specified by nkeep then the
+    task would attempt to add garbage data to achieve nkeep pixels.  This
+    could occur when using offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.  The
+    code was changed to check against the initial number of pixels rather
+    than the number of images.  Also a negative nkeep is no longer
+    converted to a positive value based on the number of images.  Instead
+    it specifies the maximum number of pixels to reject from the initial
+    set of pixels.  (11/8/93, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Added MWCS calls to update the axis mapping when using the project
+    option in IMCOMBINE.  (10/8/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The help indicated that user input scale or zero level factors
+    by an @file or keyword are multiplicative and additive while the
+    task was using then as divisive and subtractive.  This was
+    corrected to agree with the intend of the documentation.
+    Also the factors are no longer normalized.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    The case in which absolute offsets are specified but the offsets are
+    all the same did not work correctly.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Fixed two bugs in the imsurfit task bad pixel rejection code. For low
+    k-sigma rejections factors the bad pixel list could overflow resulting
+    in a segmentation violation or a hung task. Overlapping ranges were
+    not being decoded into a bad pixel list properly resulting in 
+    oscillating bad pixel rejection behavior where certain groups of
+    bad pixels were alternately being included and excluded from the fit.
+    Both bugs are fixed in iraf 2.10.3
+    (9/21/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified how bad pixel masks work with the "project" option.
+    (9/13/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When the input and output images are the same there was an typo error
+    such that the output was opened separately but then never unmapped
+    resulting in the end of the image not being updated.  (8/6/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    The algorithm for making sure there are enough file descriptors failed
+    to account for the need to reopen the output image header for an
+    update.  Thus when the number of input images + output images + logfile
+    was exactly 60 the task would fail.  The update occurs when the output
+    image is unmapped so the solution was to close the input images first
+    except for the first image whose pointer is used in the new copy of the
+    output image.  (8/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg$images/filters/t_median.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error trapping code in the median and mode tasks.
+    The call to eprintf contained an extra invalid error code agument.
+    (7/28/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap.par
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error handling code in geomap which was producing
+    a segmentation violation on exit if the user's coordinate list
+    had fewer than 3 data points. Also improved the error messages
+    presented to the user in both interactive and non-interactive mode.
+    (7/7/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+    There was an indexing error in setting up the ID array when using
+    the grow option.  This caused the CRREJECT/CCDCLIP algorithm to
+    fail with a floating divide by zero error when there were non-zero
+    shifts.  (5/26/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation is now done so that the original input data
+    is not lost.  This slightly greater inefficiency is required so
+    that an output sigma image may be computed if desired.  (5/10/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Added support for type ushort to the imshift task in cases where the
+    pixel shifts are integral.
+    (5/8/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/rotate.hlp
+    Fixed a bug in the rotate task help page which implied that automatic
+    image size computation would occur if ncols or nlines were set no 0
+    instead of ncols and nlines.
+    (4/17/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    There was no error checking when writing to the output image.  If
+    an error occurred (the example being when an imaccessible imdir was
+    set) obscure messages would result.  Errchks were added.
+    (4/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Fixed 2 sign errors in the equations in the documentation describing
+    the elliptical gaussian fucntion.
+    (4/13/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/t_imslice.x
+    Removed an error check in the imslice task, which was preventing it from
+    being used to reduce the dimensionality of images where the length of 
+    the slice dimension is 1.0.
+    (2/16/83, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+    The fmedian task was printing debugging information under iraf 2.10.2.
+    (1/25/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    When using mclip=yes and when more pixels are rejected than allowed by
+    the nkeep parameter there was a subtle bug in how the pixels are added
+    back which can result in a segmentation violation.
+	if (nh == n2)  ==>  if (nh == n[i])
+    (1/20/93, Valdes)
+
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.com
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.h
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/doc/combine.hlp
+    The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+    or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+    to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+    weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+    image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+    controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+    algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+    or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+    the output image.
+    (9/30/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Added a call to flush after the status line printout so that the output
+    will appear immediately. (8/19/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/mkpkg
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+    The fmedian task could crash with a segmentation violation if mapping
+    was turned off (hmin = zmin and hmax = zmax) and the input image
+    contained data outside the range defined by zmin and zmax. (8/18/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a very unlikely possibility that if all the input pixels had
+    exactly the same number of rejected pixels the weighted average would
+    be done incorrectly because the dflag would not be set.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icmm.gx
+    This procedure failed to set the dflag resulting in the weighted average
+    being computed in correctly.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    At some point changes were made but not documented dealing with image
+    sections on the input/output.  The changes seem to have left off the
+    final step of opening the output image using the appropriate image
+    sections.  Because of this it is an error to use an image section
+    on an input image when the output image is different; i.e.
+    
+	cl> fit1d dev$pix[200:400,*] junk
+	
+    This has now been fixed.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscales.x
+    The zero levels were incorrectly scaled twice.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icstat.gx
+    Contained the statement
+	nv = max (1., (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+    which is max(real,int).  Changed the 1. to a 1.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    These files contained multiple cases (ten or so) of constructs such as
+    "max (1., ...)" or "max (0., ...)" where the ... could be either real
+    or double.   In the double cases the DEC compiler complained about a
+    type mismatch since 1. is real.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the section reading code. Imsurfit is supposed to switch
+    the order of the section delimiters in x and y if x2 < x1 or y2 < 1.
+    Unfortunately the y test was actually "if (y2 < x1)" instead of 
+    "if (y2 < y1)". Whether or not the code actually works correctly
+    depends on the value of x1 relative to y2. This bug was not present
+    in 2.9.1 but is present in subsequent releases. (7/30/92 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The case theta=90 and ratio > 0.0 but  < 1.0 was producing an incorrect
+    convolution if bilinear=yes, because the major axis sigmas being 
+    input along the x and y axes were sigma and ratio * sigma respectively
+    instead of ratio * sigma and sigma in this case.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Modified imcopy to write its verbose output to STDOUT instead of
+    STDERR. (6/24/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    The step where impl1$t is called to check if there is enough memory
+    did not set the return buffer because the values are irrelevant for
+    this check.  However, depending on history, this buffer could have
+    arbitrary values and later when IMIO attempts to flush this buffer,
+    at least in the case of image type coersion, cause arithmetic errors.
+    The fix was to clear the returned buffers.  (4/27/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imslice.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    Modified the calls to mw_shift and mw_scale to explicitly set the
+    number of logical axes instead of using the default of 0.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified imtranspose so that it correctly picks up the axis map
+    and writes it to the output image wcs. (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/register.par
+pkg$images/geotran.par
+pkg$images/doc/register.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Changed the default values of the parameters xscale and yscale in
+    the register and geotran tasks from INDEF to 1.0 (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+pkg$images/doc/imtranspose.hlp
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it does a true transpose of the
+    axes instead of simply modifying the lterm. (4/8/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Added the formats parameter for formatting the output pixel coordinates
+    to the listpixels task. These formats take precedence over the formats
+    stored in the WCS in the image header and the previous default format.
+    (4/7/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Added wcs support to the imstack task. (4/2/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels so that it will work correctly  if the dimension
+    of the wcs is less than the dimension of the image. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Modified the rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks wcs updating
+    code to deal correclty with dimensionally reduced data. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/ipslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation with an even number of points for short data
+    could overflow (addition of two short values) and be incorrect.
+    (3/16/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    1. Improved the precision of the blkavg task wcs updating code.
+    2. Changed the blkrep task wcs updating code so that it is consistent
+    with blkavg. This means that a blkrep command followed by a blkavg
+    command or vice versa will return the original coordinate system
+    to within machine precision. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels to print out an error if it could not open the
+    wcs in the image. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imtranspose task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/14/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+    There was a bug allowing the number of valid pixels counter to become
+    negative.  Also there was a step which should not be done if the
+    number of valid pixels is less than 1; i.e. all pixels rejected.
+    A test was put in to skip this step.  (3/13/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imslice.x
+pkg$images/doc/imslice.hlp
+    Added wcs support to the imslice task.
+    (3/12/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the code for computing the standard deviation, kurtosis,
+    and skew, wherein precision was being lost because two of the intermediate
+    variables in the computation were real instead of double precision.
+    (3/10/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    1. Modified listpixels task to use the MWCS axis "format" attributes 
+    if they are present in the image header.
+    2. Added support for dimensionally reduced images, i.e.
+    images which are sections of larger images and whose coordinate
+    transformations depend on the reduced axes, to the listpixels task. 
+    (3/6/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Changed error messages to say IMCOMBINE instead of ICOMBINE.
+    (3/2/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Added listing of read noise and gain.  (2/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    1.  Datatype declaration for asumi was incorrect.
+    2.  Reduced the minimum number of images allowed for PCLIP to 3.
+    (1/7/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+    The first pixel to be checked was incorrectly set to 0 instead of 1
+    resulting in a segvio when using the grow option.  (12/6/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+    Fixed datatype declaration errors found by SPPLINT. (11/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the kurtosis computation found by ST.
+    (Davis 10/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+pkg$images/doc/imstat.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the mode computation in imstatistics. The parabolic
+    interpolation correction for computing the histogram peak was being
+    applied in the wrong direction. Note that for dev$pix the wrong answer
+    is actually closer to the expected answer than the correct answer
+    due to binning effects. 
+    (Davis 9/24/91)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The code which computes the gaussian kernel was producing a divide by
+    zero error if ratio=0.0 and bilinear=yes (2.10 version only).
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the magnify help page.
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+    There was a typo,  Memr[d[k]+k] --> Memr[d[j]+k].  (9/17/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icstat.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmask.x
+    The offsets were used improperly in computing image statistics.
+    (Valdes, 9/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    The shifts file pointer was not being correctly initialized to NULL 
+    in the case where no shifts file was declared. When the task
+    was invoked repeatedly from a script, this could result in an array being
+    referenced, for which space had not been previously allocated.
+    (Davis 7/29/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imc* -
+pkg$images/imarith/ic* +
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imarith/generic/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Replaced old version of IMCOMBINE with new version supporting masks,
+    offsets, and new algorithms.  (Valdes 7/19/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Imhistogram has been modified to print the value of the middle of
+    histogram bin instead of the left edge if the output type is list 
+    instead of plot. (Davis 6/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/t_imsurfit.x
+    Modified the sections file reading code to check the order of the
+    x1 x2 y1 y2 parameters and switch (x1,x2) or (y1,y2) if x2 < x1 or
+    y2 < y1 respectively. (Davis 5/28/91)
+
+pkg$images/listpixels.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+pkg$images/doc/listpixels.hlp
+    Modified the listpixels task to be able to print the pixel coordinates
+    in logical, physical or world coordinates. The default coordinate
+    system is still logical as before. (Davis 5/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/images.par
+pkg$images/doc/minmax.hlp
+pkg$images/imutil/t_minmax.x
+pkg$images/imutil/minmax.x
+    Minmax was modified to do the minimum and maximum values computations
+    in double precision or complex instead of real if the input image
+    pixel type is double precision or complex. Note that the minimum and
+    maximum header values are still stored as real however.
+    (Davis 5/16/91)
+
+imarith/t_imarith.x
+    There was a missing statement to set the error flag if the image
+    dimensions did not  match.  (5/14/91, Valdes)
+
+doc/imarith.hlp
+    Fixed some formatting problems in the imarith help page. (5/2/91 Davis)
+
+imarith$imcombine.x
+    Changed the order in which images are unmapped to have the output images
+    closed last.  This is to allow file descriptors for the temporary image
+    used when updating STF headers.  (4/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.x
+    The blkavg task was partially modified to support complex image data. 
+    The full modifications cannot be made because of an error in abavx.x
+    and the missing routine absux.x.
+    (4/18/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    The x and y fits cross-terms switch was not being set correctly to "yes"
+    in the case where xxorder=2 and xyorder=2 or in the case where yxorder=2
+    and yyorder=2.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    Modified the line which prints the geometric parameters to use the
+    variable name xshift and yshift instead of delx and dely.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the pixel rejection code which occurred when upper was >
+    0.0 and lower = 0.0 or lower > 0 and upper = 0.0. The problem was that
+    the code was simply setting the rejection limits to the computed sigma
+    times the upper and lower parameters without checking for the 0.0
+    condition first.  In the first case this results in all points with
+    negative residuals being rejected and in the latter all points with
+    positive residuals are rejected.
+    (2/25/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/hedit.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/hselect.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imheader.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imgets.hlp
+    Added a reference to imgets in the SEE ALSO sections of the hedit and
+    hselect tasks.
+    Added a reference to hselect and hedit in the SEE ALSO sections of the
+    imheader and imgets tasks.
+    (2/22/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/gradient.hlp
+pkg$images/laplace.hlp
+pkg$images/gauss.hlp
+pkg$images/convolve.hlp
+pkg$images/gradient.par
+pkg$images/laplace.par
+pkg$images/gauss.par
+pkg$images/convolve.par
+pkg$images/t_gradient.x
+pkg$images/t_laplace.x
+pkg$images/t_gauss.x
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+pkg$images/convolve.x
+pkg$images/xyconvolve.x
+pkg$images/radcnv.x
+    The convolution operators were modified to run more efficiently in
+    certain cases. The LAPLACE task was modified to make use of the
+    radial symmetry of the convolution kernel in the y direction as well
+    as the x direction resulting in a modest speedup in execution time.
+    A new parameter bilinear was added to the GAUSS and CONVOLVE tasks.
+    By default and if appropriate mathematically,  GAUSS now makes use of
+    the bilinearity or separability of the Gaussian function,
+    to separate the 2D convolution in x and y into two equivalent
+    1D convolutions in x and y, resulting in a considerable speedup
+    in execution time. Similarly the user can know program CONVOLVE to
+    compute a bilinear convolution instead of a full 2D 1 if appropriate.
+    (1/29/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x
+    CONVOLVE was not decoding the legal 1D kernel "1.0 2.0 1.0" correctly
+    although the alternate form "1.0 2.0 1.0;" worked. Leading
+    blanks in string kernels as in for example " 1.0 2.0 1.0" also generated
+    and error.  Fixed these bugs and added some  additional error checking code.
+    (11/28/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Added a detailed mathematical description of the gaussian kernel used
+    by the GAUSS task to the help page.
+
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/rotate.cl
+pkg$images/imlintran.cl
+pkg$images/register.cl
+pkg$images/register.par
+	Added src="script file name" entries to the IMAGES help database
+	for the tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN, and REGISTER. Changed the CL
+	script for REGISTER to a procedure script to remove the ugly
+	local variable declarations. Added a few comments to the scripts.
+	(12/11/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Added a new parameter binwidth to imhistogram. If binwidth is defined
+    it determines the histogram resolution in intensity units, otherwise
+    nbins determines the resolution as before. (10/26/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/sections.hlp
+    Clarified what is meant by an image template and that the task itself
+    does not check whether the specified names are actually images.
+    The examples were improved.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Changed lines to columns in example 2.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    When an error occured while parsing the mode section the untrapped error
+    caused further problems downstream.  Because it would require adding
+    lots of errchks to cause the program to gracefully abort I instead made
+    it a warning.  (10/2/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/hedit.x
+    Hedit was computing but not using min_lenarea. If the user specified
+    a min_lenuserarea greater than the default of 28800 then the default
+    was being used instead of the larger number.
+
+pkg$imarith/imasub.gx
+    The case of subtracting an image from the constant zero had a bug
+    which is now fixed.  (8/14/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it will work on type ushort images.
+    (6/6/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images
+    Added world coordinate system support to the following tasks: imshift,
+    shiftlines, magnify, imtranspose, blkrep, blkavg, rotate, imlintran,
+    register and geotran. The only limitation is that register and geotran
+    will only support simple linear transformations. 
+    (2/24/90 Davis)
+    
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a problem in the boundary extension "reflect" option code for small
+    images which was causing odd values to be inserted at the edges of the
+    image.
+    (2/14/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    A new parameter "hist_type" was added to the imhistogram task giving
+    the user the option of plotting the integral, first derivative and
+    second derivative of the histogram as well as the normal histogram.
+    Code was contributed by Rob Seaman.
+    (2/2/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    The path name of the help file was being erroneously renamed with
+    the result that when users ran the double precision version of the
+    code they could not find the help file.
+    (26/1/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x
+    Added some checks for 1-D images.
+    (1/20/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x,imstat.h
+    Made several minor bug fixes and alterations in the imstatistics task
+    in response to user complaints and suggestions.
+
+    1. Changed the verbose parameter to the format parameter. If format is
+    "yes" (the default) then the selected fields are printed in fixed format
+    with column labels. Other wise the fields are printed in free format
+    separated by 2 blanks. This fixes the problem of fields running together.
+
+    2. Fixed a bug in the code which estimates the median from the image
+    histogram by linearly interpolating around the midpt of the integrated
+    histogram. The bug occurred when more than half the pixels were in the
+    first bin.
+
+    3. Added a check to ensure that the number of fields did not overflow
+    the fields array.
+
+    4. Removed the extraneous blank line printed after the title.
+
+    5. The pound sign is now printed at the beginning of the column header
+    string regardless of which field is printed first. In the previous
+    versions it was only being printed if the image name field was
+    printed first.
+
+    6. Changed the name of the median field to midpt in response to user
+    confusions about how the median is computed.
+
+    (1/20/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imslice.hlp
+    The imslice was not correctly computing the number of lines in the
+    output image in the case where the slice dimension was 1.
+    (12/4/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified and documented definitions of the scale, offset, and weights.
+    (11/30/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    High order surfaces of a certain functional form could occasionally
+    produce out of bounds pixel errors. The bug was caused by not properly
+    computing the distortion of the image boundary for higher order
+    surfaces.
+    (11/21/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/imshift.x
+    The circulating buffer space was not being freed after each execution
+    of IMSHIFT. This did not cause an error in execution but for a long
+    list of frames could result in alot of memory being tied up.
+    (10/25/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH is not prepared to deal with images sections in the output.
+    It used to look for '[' to decide if the output specification included
+    and image section.  This has been changed to call the IMIO procedure
+    imgsection and check if a non-null section string is returned.
+    Thus it is up to IMIO to decide what part of the image name is
+    an image section.  (9/5/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Fixed bug causing infinite loop when computing mode of constant value
+    section.  (8/14/89, Valdes)
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1989
+    Added a couple of switches to that skew and kurtosis are not computed
+    if they are not to be printed.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 14, 1989
+    A simple mod was made to the skew and kurtosis computation to avoid
+    divide by zero errors in case of underflow.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/chpixtype.par
+    Davis, Jun 13, 1989
+    The parameter file has been modified to accept an output pixel
+    type of ushort.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, Jun 2, 1989
+    A new scheme to detect file errors is now used.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Jun 1, 1989
+    1. If the user set regions = "sections" but the sections file
+    did not exist the task would go into an infinite loop. The problem
+    was a missing error check on the open statement.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x,imhistogram.par
+    Davis, May 31, 1989
+    A new version of imhistogram has been installed. These mods have
+    been made over a period of a month by Doug Tody and Rob Seaman.
+    The mods include
+    1. An option to turn off log scaling of the y axis of the histogram plot.
+    2. A new autoscale parameter which avoids aliasing problems for integer
+       data.
+    3. A new parameter top_close which resolves the ambiguity in the top
+       bin of the histogram.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+   Valdes, May 9, 1989
+   Because a file descriptor was not reserved for string buffer operations
+   and a call to stropen in cnvdate was not error checked the task would
+   hang when more than 115 images were combined.  Better error checking
+   was added and now an error message is printed when the maximum number
+   of images that can be combined is exceeded.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+   Valdes, May 6, 1989
+   Operations in which the output image has an image section are now
+   skipped with a warning message.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/sigma.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, May 6, 1989
+    1.  The weighted sigma was being computed incorrectly.
+    2.  The argument declarations were wrong for integer input images.
+	Namely the mean vector is always real.
+    3.  Minor change to imcmode.gx to return correct datatype.
+
+pkg$images/imstack,imslice
+    Davis, April 1, 1989
+    The proto images tasks imstack and imslice have been moved from the
+    proto package to the images package. Imstack is unchanged except that
+    it now supports the image data types USHORT and COMPLEX. Imslice has
+    been modified to allow slicing along any dimension of the image instead
+    of just the highest dimension.
+
+pkg$images/imstatistics.
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. A totally new version of the imstatistics task has been written
+    and replaces the old version. The new task allows the user to select
+    which statistical parameters to compute and print. These include
+    the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis and the
+    minimum and maximum pixel values.
+
+pkg$images/imhistogram.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+pkg$images/doc/imhistogram.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. The imhistogram task has been modified to plot "box" style histograms
+    as well as "line" type histograms. Type "line" remains the default.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.par,register.par,geomap.par
+pkg$images/doc/geomap.hlp,register.hlp,geotran.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 6, 1989
+    1. Improved the parameter prompting in GEOMAP, REGISTER and GEOTRAN
+    and improved the help pages.
+    2. Changed GEOMAP database quantities "xscale" and "yscale" to "xmag"
+    and "ymag" for consistency . Geotran was changed appropriately.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    For short data a short variable was wraping around when there were
+    a significant number of saturated pixels leading to an infinite loop.
+    The variables were made real regardless of the image datatype.
+    (3/1/89, Valdes)
+ 
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Davis, Feb 28, 1989
+    1. Added support for type USHORT to the imcopy task. This is a merged
+    ST modification.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcthreshold.gx
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1989
+    1.  Added provision for blank value when all pixels are rejected by the
+        threshold.
+    2.  Fixed a bug that was improperly scaling images in the threshold option.
+    3.  The offset printed in the log now has the opposite sign so that it
+	is the value "added" to bring images to a common level.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Feb 23, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in the median fitting code which could cause the porgram
+    to go into an infinite loop if the region to be fitted was less than
+    the size of the whole image.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Feb 16, 1989
+    Modified magnify to work on 1D images as well as 2D images. The
+    documentation has been updated.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, Feb 15, 1989
+    Modified the GEOTRAN and REGISTER tasks so that they can handle a list
+    of transform records one for each input image.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Feb 8, 1989
+    Added test for nx=1.
+ 
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    Valdes, Feb 3, 1989
+    The test for the datatype of the output sigma image was wrong.
+ 
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x,listpixels.par
+    Davis, Feb 6, 1989
+    The listpixels task has been modified to print out the pixels for a 
+    list of images instead of a single image only. A title line for each
+    image listed can optionally be printed on the standard output if
+    the new parameter verbose is set to yes.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, Feb 2, 1989
+    Added a new parameter shifts_file to the imshift task. Shifts_file
+    is the name of a text file containing the the x and yshifts for
+    each input image to be shifted. The number of input shifts must
+    equal the number of input images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Davis, Jan 17, 1989
+    Added an error message for the case where the coordinates is empty
+    of there are no points in the specified data range. Previously the
+    task would proceed to the next coordinate file without any message.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Jan 14, 1989
+    Added the parameter flux conserve to the magnify task to bring it into
+    line with all the other geometric transformation tasks.
+
+pgk$images/geometry/geotran.x,geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jan 2, 1989
+    A bug was fixed in the flux conserve code. If the x and y reference
+    coordinates  are not in pixel units and are not 1 then
+    the computed flux per pixel was too small by xscale * yscale.
+
+pkg$images/filters/acnvrr.x,convolve.x,boxcar.x,aboxcar.x
+    Davis, Dec 27, 1988
+    I changed the name of the acnvrr procedure to cnv_radcnvr to avoid
+    a name conflict with a vops library procedure. This only showed
+    up when shared libraries were implemented. I also changed the name
+    of the aboxcarr procedure to cnv_aboxr to avoid conflict with the
+    vops naming conventions.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcaverage.gx
+    Davis, Dec 22, 1988
+    Added an errchk statement for imc_scales and imgnl$t to stop the
+    program bombing with segmentation violations when mode <= 0.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Dec 8, 1988
+    1.  IMCOMBINE now prints the scale as a multiplicative quantity.
+    2.  The combined exposure time was not being scaled by the scaling
+	factors resulting in a final exposure time inconsistent with the
+	data.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Davis, Nov 30, 1988
+    Changed the list+ mode so that bin value and count are printed out instead
+    of bin count and value. This makes the plot and list modes compatable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Nov 17, 1988
+    Added the n=n+1 back into the inner loop of imstat.
+
+pkg$images/geotran.par,register.par
+    Davis, Nov 11 , 1988
+    Fixed to glaring errors in the parameter files for register and geotran.
+    Xscale and yscale were described as pixels per reference unit when
+    they should be reference units per pixel. The appropriate bug fix has been
+    made.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, November 7, 1988
+    The routine gsrestore was not being error checked. If either of the
+    input x or y coordinate surface was linear and the other was not,
+    the message came back GSRESTORE: Illegal x coordinate. This bug has
+    been fixed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, October 19, 1988
+    A vops clear routine was not called generically causing a crash with
+    double images.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_fmedian.x,t_median.x,t_fmode.x,t_mode.x,t_gradient.x
+    t_gauss.x,t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x
+    Davis, October 4, 1988
+    I fixed a bug in the error handling code for the filters tasks. If
+    and error occurred during task execution and the input image name was
+    the same as the output image name then the input image was trashed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.gx
+    Valdes, September 28, 1988
+    It is now an error for the mode to be nonpositive when scaling or weighting.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmedian.gx
+    Valdes, August 16, 1988
+    The median option was selecting the n/2 value instead of (n+1)/2.  Thus,
+    for an odd number of images the wrong value was being determined for the
+    median.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, August 11, 1988
+    1. Imshift has been modified to uses the optimized code if nearest
+    neighbour interpolation is requested. A nint is done on the shifts
+    before calling the quick shift routine.
+    2. If the requested pixel shift is too large imshift will now
+    clean up any pixelless header files before continuing execution.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+    Davis, July 13, 1988
+    Blkavg has been fixed so that it will work on 1D images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x,imtrans.x
+    Davis, July 12, 1988
+    Imtranspose has been modified to work on complex images.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_chpix.x
+    Davis, June 29, 1988
+    A new task chpixtype has been added to the images package. Chpixtype
+    changes the pixel types of a list of images to a specified output pixel
+    type. Seven data types are supported "short", "ushort", "int", "long"
+    "real" and "double".
+
+pkg$images/geometry/rotate.cl,imlintran.cl,t_geotran.x
+    Davis, June 10, 1988
+    The rotate and imlintran scripts have been rewritten to use procedure
+    scripts. This removes all the annoying temporary cl variables which
+    appear when the user does an lpar. In previous versions of these
+    two tasks the output was restricted to being the same size as the input
+    image. This is still the default case, but the user can now set the
+    ncols and nrows parameters to the desired output size. I ncols or nlines
+    < 0 then then the task compute the output image size required to contain
+    the whole input image.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x,t_gradient.x,t_gauss.x,convolve.x
+    Davis, June 1, 1988
+    The convolution operators laplace, gauss and convolve have been modified
+    to make use of radial symmetry in the convolution kernel. In gauss and
+    laplace the change is transparent to the user. For the convolve operator
+    the user must indicate that the kernel is radially symmetric by setting
+    the parameter radsym. For kernels of 7 by 7 or greater the speedup
+    in timings is on the order of 30% on the Vax 750 with the fpa.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Apr 11, 1988
+    1.  The use of a mode sections was handled incorrectly.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1988
+    1.  Added an error check for a failure in IMMAP.  The missing error check
+	caused FIT1D to hang when a bad input image was specified.
+
+pkg$images/magnify.par
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, Dec 7, 1987
+    1.  Added option list to parameter prompts.
+    2.  Fixed minor typo in help page
+    3.  The mode calculation in IMCOMBINE would go into an infinite loop
+	if all the pixel values were the same.  If all the pixels are the
+	same them it skips searching for the mode and returns the constant
+	number.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Nov 25, 1987
+    1. A bug in the boundary extension = wrap option was found in the
+    IMLINTRAN task. The problem occured in computing values for out of
+    bounds pixels in the range 0.0 < x < 1.0, ncols < x < ncols + 1.0,
+    0.0 < y < 1.0 and nlines < y < nlines + 1.  The computed coordinates
+    were falling outside the boundaries of the interpolation array.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x,geograph.x
+    Davis, Nov 19, 1987
+    1. The geomap task now writes the name of the output file into the database.
+    2. Rotation angles of 360. degrees have been altered to 0 degrees.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x,imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Davis, Nov 2, 1987
+    A bug in the regions fitting option of the IMSURFIT task has been found
+    and fixed. This bug would occur when the user set the regions parameter
+    to sections and then listed section which overlapped each other. The
+    modified ranges package was not handling the overlap correctly and
+    computing a number of points which was incorrect.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/* +
+    Valdes, Sep 30, 1987
+    The directory was reorganized to put generic code in the subdirectory
+    generic.
+
+    A new task called IMCOMBINE has been added.  It provides for combining
+    images by a number of algorithms, statistically weighting the images
+    when averaging, scaling or offsetting the images by the exposure time
+    or image mode before combining, and rejecting deviant pixels.  It is
+    almost fully generic including complex images and works on images of
+    any dimension.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    Davis, Sept 3, 1987
+    A bug in the flux conserving algorithm was found in the geotran code.
+    The symptom was that the flux of the output image occasionally was
+    negative. This would happen when two conditions were met, the transformation
+    was of higher order than a simple rotation, magnification, translation
+    and an axis flip was involved. The mathematical interpretation of this
+    bug is that the coordinate surface had turned upside down. The solution
+    for people running systems with this bug is to multiply there images
+    by -1.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h,t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Aug 6, 1987
+    A new option was added to the parameter regions in the imsurfit task.
+    Imsurfit will now fit a surface to a single circular region defined
+    by an x and y center and a radius.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1987
+    Geotran and register were failing when the output image number of rows
+    and columns was different from the input number of rows and columns.
+    Geotran was mistakenly using the input images sizes to determine the
+    number of output lines that should be produced. The same problem occurred
+    when the values of the boundary pixels were being computed. The program
+    was using the output image dimensions to compute the boundary pixels
+    instead of the input image dimensions.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, Jun 11, 1987
+    A bug in the error checking code in the geomap task was fixed. The
+    condition of too few points for a reasonable was not being trapped
+    correctly. The appropriate errchk statements were added.
+
+pkg$images/geomap.par
+    Davis, Jun 10, 1987
+    The default fitting function was changed to polynomial. This will satisfy
+    most users who wish to do shifts, rotations, and magnifications and
+    avoid the neccessity of correctly setting the xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax
+    parameters. For the chebyshev and legendre polynomial functions these
+    parameters must be explicitly set.  For reference coordinates in pixel
+    units the normal settings are 1, ncols, 1 and nlines respectively.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/hselect.x,imheader.x,images$/imutil/hselect.x
+    Davis, Jun 8, 1987
+    Imheader has been modified to open an image with the default min_lenuserarea
+    Hselect and hedit will now open the image setting the user area to the
+    maximum of 28800 chars or the min_lenuser environment variable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    An error in the image minimum computation was corrected. This error
+    would show up most noiticeably if imstat was run on a 1 pixel image.
+    The min value would be left set to MAX_REAL.
+
+pkg$images/filters/mkpkg
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    I added mach.h to the dependency file list of t_fmedian.x and
+    recompiled. The segmentation violations I had been getting in the
+    program disappeared.
+
+pkg$images/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, April 15, 1987
+    1. I changed the names of the procedures shiftlines and shiftlinesi
+    to sh_lines and sh_linesi. When the original names were contracted
+    to 6 letter fortran names they became shifti and shifts which just
+    so happens to collide with shifti and shifts in the subdirectory
+    osb. On VMS this was causing problems with the shareable libraries.
+    If images was linked with -z there was no problem.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+    Valdes, March 24, 1987
+    1.  IMSUM was failing to unmap images opened to check image dimensions
+	in a quick first pass through the image list.  This is probably
+	the source of the out of files problem with STF images.  It may
+	be the source of the out of memory problem reported from AOS/IRAF.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+pkg$images/imfit/mkpkg
+    Valdes, March 17, 1987
+    1. Added error checking for the illegal operation in which both input
+       and output image had an image section.  This was causing the task
+       to crash.  The task now behaves properly in this circumstance and
+       even allows the fitted output to be placed in an image section of
+       an existing output image (even different than the input image
+       section) provided the input and output images have the same sizes.
+
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+    Davis, March 3, 1987
+    1. Fixed the kernel decoding routine in the convolve task so that
+    it now recognizes the row delimter character in string entry mode.
+
+pkg$images/geometry,filters
+    Davis, February 27, 1987
+    1. Changed all the imseti (im, TY_BNDRYPIXVAL, value) calls to imsetr.
+
+pkg$images/t_minmax.x,minmax.x
+    Davis, February 24, 1987
+    1. Minmax has been changed to compute the minimum and maximum pixel
+    as well as the minimum and maximum pixel values. The pixels are output
+    in section notation and stored in the minmax parameter file.
+
+pkg$images/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, February 19, 1987
+    1. Magnify was aborting with the error MSIFIT: Too few datapoints
+    when trying to reduce an image using the higher order interpolants
+    poly3, poly5 and spline3. I increased the NEDGE defined constant
+    from 2 to three and modified the code to use the out of bounds
+    imio.
+
+pkg$images/geograph.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, February 17, 1987
+    1. Geomap now uses the gpagefile routine to page the .keys file.
+    The :show command deactivates the workstation before printing a
+    block of text and reactivates it when it is finished.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap,geotran
+    Davis, January 26, 1987
+    1. There have been substantial changes to the geomap, and geotrans
+    tasks and those tasks rotate, imlintran and register which depend
+    on them.
+    2. Geomap has been changed to be able to compute a transformation
+    in both single and double precision.
+    3. The geotran code has been speeded up considerably. A simple rotate
+    now takes 70 seconds instead of 155 seconds using bilinear interpolation.
+    4. Two new cl parameters nxblock and nyblock have been added to the
+    rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks. If the output image
+    is smaller than these parameters then the entire output image
+    is computed at once. Otherwise the output image is computed in blocks
+    nxblock by nyblock in size.
+    5. The 3 geotran parameters rotation, scangle and flip have been replaced
+    with two parameters xrotation and yrotation which serve the same purpose.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, January 19, 1987
+    1. The shiftlines task has been completely rewritten. The following
+    are the major changes.
+    2. Shiftlines now makes use of the imio boundary extension operations.
+    Therefore the four options: nearest pixel, reflect, wrap and constant
+    boundary extension are available.
+    3. The interpolation code has been vectorised. The previous version
+    was using the function call asieval for every output pixel evaluated.
+    The asieval call were replaced with asivector calls.
+    4. An extra CL parameter constant to support constant boundary
+    exension was added.
+    5. The shiftlines help page was modified and the date changed to
+    January 1987.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, January 12, 1987
+    1. I changed the amedr call to asokr calls. For my application it did
+    not matter whether the input array is left partially sorted and the asokr
+    routine is more efficient.
+
+pkg$images/lib/pixlist.x
+    Davis, December 12, 1986
+    1. A bug in the pl_get_ranges routine caused the routine to fail when the
+    number of ranges got too large. The program could not detect the end of
+    the ranges and would go into an infinite loop.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, December 3, 1986
+    1. Imstat was failing on constant images because finite machine precision
+    could result in a negative sigma squared. Added a check for this condition.
+
+pkg$images/filters/fmode.x
+    Davis, October 27, 1986
+    1. Added a check for 0 data range before calling amapr.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+    Valdes, October 20, 1986
+    1. Found and fixed bug in this routine which caused pixel rejection
+    to fail some fraction of the time.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx
+    Valdes, October 13, 1986
+    1.  There was a bug when the replication factor for axis 1 was 1.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Hammond, October 8, 1986
+    1. Running imhistogram on a constant valued image would result in
+       a "floating divide by zero fault" in ahgm.  This condition is
+       now trapped and a warning printed if there is no range in the data.
+
+pkg$images/tv/doc/cvl.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Typo in V2.3 documentation fixed: "zcale" -> "zscale".
+
+pkg$images/fit1d.par
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  When querying for the output type the query was:
+
+Type of output (fit, difference, ratio) (fit|difference|ratio) ():
+
+    	The enumerated values were removed since they are given in the
+	prompt string.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+pkg$images/do/imsum.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Medians or pixel rejection with more than 15 images is now
+	correct.  There was an error in buffering.
+    2.  Averages of integer datatype images are now correct.  The error
+	was caused by summing the pixel values divided by the number
+	of images instead of summing the pixel values and then dividing
+	by the number of images.
+    3.  Option keywords may now be abbreviated.
+    4.  The output pixel datatype now defaults to the calculation datatype
+	as is done in IMARITH.  The help page was modified to indicate this.
+    5.  Dynamic memory is now used throughout to reduce the size of the
+	executable.
+    6.  The bugs 1-2 are present in V2.3 and not in V2.2.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, October 6, 1986
+    1.  The parameter "debug" was changed to "noact".  "debug" is reserved
+	for debugging information.
+    2.  The output pixel type now defaults to the calculation datatype.
+    3.  The datatype of constant operands is determined with LEXNUM.  This
+	fixes a bug in which a constant such as "1." was classified as an
+	integer.
+    4.  Trailing whitespace in the string for a constant operand is allowed.
+	This fixes a bug with using "@" files created with the task FIELDS
+	from a table of numbers.  Trailing whitespace in image names is
+	not checked for since this should be taken care of by lower level
+	system services.
+    5.  The reported bug with the "max" operation not creating a pixel file
+	was the result of the previous round of changes.  This has been
+	corrected.  This problem does not exist in the released version.
+    6.  All strings are now dynamically allocated.  Also IMTOPENP is used
+	to open a CL list directly.
+    7.  The help page was revised for points (1) and (2).
+
+pkg$images/fmode.par
+pkg$images/fmd_buf.x
+pkg$images/med_sort.x
+    Davis, September 29, 1986
+    1. Changed the default value of the unmap parameter in fmode to yes. The
+       documentation was changed and the date modified.
+    2. Added a test to make sure that the input image was not a constant
+       image in fmode and fmedian.
+    3. Fixed the recently added swap macro in the sort routines which
+       was giving erroneous results for small boxes in tasks median and mode.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Changed subroutine name with a VOPS prefix to one with a FIT1D
+	prefix.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imdivide.x
+pkg$images/doc/imdivide.hlp
+pkg$images/imdivide.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Modified this ancient and obsolete task to remove redundant
+	subroutines now available in the VOPS library.
+    2.  The option to select action on zero divide was removed since
+	there was only one option.  Parameter file changed.
+    3.  Help page revised.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/doc/blkrep.hlp +
+pkg$images/doc/mkpkg
+pkg$images/images.cl
+pkg$images/images.men
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/x_images.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  A new task called BLKREP for block replicating images has been added.
+	This task is a complement to BLKAVG and performs a function not
+	available in any other way.
+    2.  Help for BLKREP has been added.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imadiv.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to provide replacement of divisions
+	by zero with a constant parameter value.
+    2.  The documentation has been revised to include this change and to
+	clarify and emphasize areas of possible confusion.
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/blkavg.hlp
+    Valdes, September 18, 1986
+    1.  The MAGNIFY help document was expanded to clarify that images with axis
+        lengths of 1 cannot be magnified.  Also a discussion of the output
+	size of a magnified image.  This has been misunderstood often.
+    2.  Minor typo fix for BLKAVG.
+
+images$geometry/blkav.gx: Davis, September 7, 1986
+    1. The routine blkav$t was declared a function but called everywhere as
+    a procedure. Removed the function declaration.
+
+images$filters/med_sort.x: Davis, August 14, 1986
+    1. A bug in the sorting routine for MEDIAN and MODE in which the doop
+    loop increment was being set to zero has been fixed. This bug was
+    causing MEDIAN and MODE to fail on class 6 for certain sized windows.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x: Davis, July 24, 1986
+    1. A bug in the type=ratio option of fit1d was fixed. The iferr call
+    on the vector operator adivr was not trapping a divide by zero
+    condition. Changed adivr to adivzr.
+
+images$iminfo/listpixels.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargl to pargi for writing out the column number of the
+    pixels.
+
+images$iminfo/t_imstat.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargr to a pargd for the double precision quantitiies
+    sum(MIN) and sum(MAX).
+
+images$imfit/t_lineclean.x: Davis, July 14, 1986
+    1. Bug in the calling sequence for ic_clean fixed. The ic pointer
+    was not being passed to ic_clean causing access violation and/or
+    segmentation violation errors.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x, lineclean.x:  Valdes, July 3, 1986
+    1.  FIT1D and LINECLEAN modified to use new ICFIT package.
+
+From Valdes June 19, 1986
+
+1. The help page for IMSUM was modified to explicitly state what the
+median of an even number of images does.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 13, 1986
+
+1. A bug in CONVOLVE in which insufficient space was being allocated for
+long (> 161 elements) 1D kernels has been fixed. CONVOLVE was not
+allocating sufficent extra space.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 12, 1986
+
+1. I have changed the default value of parameter unmap in task FMEDIAN to
+yes to preserve the original data range.
+
+2. I have changed the value of parameter row_delimiter from \n to ;.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis May 12, 1986
+
+1. Changed the angle convention in GAUSS so that theta is the angle of the
+major axis with respect to the x axis measured counter-clockwise as specified
+in the help page instead of the negative of that angle.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Apr 28, 1986
+
+1. Moved geomap.key to lib$scr and made redefined HELPFILE in geogmap.x
+appropriately.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith/imsum.gx:  Valdes Apr 25, 1986
+    1.  Fixed bug in generic code which called the real VOPS operator
+	regardless of the datatype.  This caused IMSUM to fail on short
+	images.
+
+From Davis Apr 17, 1986
+
+1. Changed constructs of the form boolean == false in the file imdelete.x
+to ! boolean.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith:  Valdes, April 8, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when adding images to
+	also added the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+    2.  IMSUM has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when summing images to
+	also sum the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 24, 1986:
+
+1.  When modifying IMARITH to handle mixed dimensions the output image header
+was made a copy of the image with the higher dimension.  However, the default
+when the images were of the same dimension changed to be a copy of the second
+operand.  This has been changed back to being a copy of the first operand
+image.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 21, 1986:
+
+1. A NULL pointer bug in the subroutine plfree inside IMSURFIT was causing
+segmentation violation errors. A null pointer test was added to plfree.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 20, 1986:
+
+1. A bug involving in place operations in several image tasks has been  fixed.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 19, 1986:
+
+1. IMSURFIT no longer permits the input image to be replaced by the output
+image.
+
+2. The tasks IMSHIFT, IMTRANSPOSE, SHIFTLINES, and GEOTRAN  have been modified
+to use the images tools xt_mkimtemp and xt_delimtemp for in place
+calculations.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 13, 1986:
+
+1.  Bug dealing with type coercion in short datatype images in IMARITH and IMSUM
+which occurs on the SUN has been fixed.
+------
+From Valdes Mar 10, 1986:
+
+1.  IMSUM has been modified to work on any number of images.
+
+2.  Modified the help page
+------
+From Valdes Feb 25, 1986:
+
+There have been two changes to IMARITH:
+
+1.  A bug preventing use of image sections has been removed.
+
+2.  An improvement allowing use of images of different dimension.
+The algorithm is as follow:
+
+	a.  Check if both operands are images.  If not the output
+	image is a copy of the operand image.
+
+	b.  Check that the axes lengths are the same for the dimensions
+	in common.  For example a 3D and 2D image must have the same
+	number of columns and lines.
+
+	c.  Set the output image to be a copy of the image with the
+	higher dimension.
+
+	d.  Repeat the operation over the lower dimensions for each of
+	the higher dimensions.
+
+For example, consider subtracting a 2D image from a 3D image.  The output
+image will be 3D and the 2D image is subtracted from each band of the
+3D image.  This will work for any combination of dimensions.  Another
+example is dividing a 3D image by a 1D image.  Then each line of each
+plane and each band will be divided by the 1D image.  Likely applications
+will be subtracting biases and darks and dividing by response calibrations
+in stacked observations.
+
+3.  Modified the help page
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+From Davis Mar 6, 1986:
+
+1. A serious bug had crept into GAUSS after I made some changes. For 2D
+images the sense of the sigma was reversed, i.e sigma = 2.0 was actually
+sigma = 0.5. This bug has now been fixed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Jan 13, 1986:
+
+1. Listpixels will now print out complex pixel values correctly.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 12, 1985:
+
+1. The directional gradient operator has been added to the images package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1.  IMARITH has been modified to first check if an operand is an existing
+file.  This allows purely numeric image names to be used.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1. A Laplacian (second derivatives) operator has been added to the images
+package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 10, 1985:
+
+1. The new convolution tasks  boxcar, gauss and convolve have been added
+to the images package. Convolve convolves an image with an arbitrary
+user supplied rectangular kernel. Gauss convolves an image with a 2D
+Gaussian of arbitrary size. Boxcar will smooth an image using a smoothing
+window of arbitrary size.
+
+2. The images package source code has been reorganized into the following
+subdirectories: 1) filters 2) geometry 3) imfit 4) imarith 4) iminfo and
+5) imutil 6) lib. Lib contains routines which may be of use to several IRAF
+tasks such as ranges. The imutil subdirectory contains tasks which modify
+images in some way such as hedit. The iminfo subdirectory contains code
+for displaying header and pixel values and other image characteristics
+such as the histogram. Image arithmetic and fitting routines are found
+in imarith and imfit respectively. Filters contains the convolution and
+median filtering routines and geometry contains the geometric distortion
+corrections routines.
+
+3. The documentation of the main images package has been brought into
+conformity with the new IRAF standards.
+
+4. Documentation for imdelete, imheader, imhistogram, listpixels and
+sections has been added to the help database.
+
+5. The parameter structure for imhistogram has been simplified. The
+redundant parameters sections and setranges have been removed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+From Valdes Nov 4, 1985:
+
+1.  IMCOPY modified so that the output image may be a directory.  Previously
+logical directories were not correctly identified.
+------
+
+From Davis Oct 21, 1985:
+
+1. A bug in the pixel rejection cycle of IMSURFIT was corrected. The routine
+make_ranges in ranges.x was not successfully converting a sorted list of
+rejected pixels into a list of ranges in all cases.
+
+2. Automatic zero divide error checking has been added to IMSURFIT.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 17, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d now allows averaging of image lines or columns when interactively
+setting the fitting parameters.  The syntax is "Fit line = 10 30"; i.e.
+blank separated line or column numbers.  A single number selects just one
+line or column.  Be aware however, that the actual fitting of the image
+is still done on each column or line individually.
+
+2.  The zero line in the interactive curve fitting graphs has been removed.
+This zero line interfered with fitting data near zero.
+------
+From Rooke Oct 10, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage was changed to "blkavg" and modified to support any allowed
+number of dimensions.  It was also made faster in most cases, depending on 
+the blocking factors in each dimension.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 4, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean modified to allow separate low and high rejection
+limits and rejection iterations.
+------
+From Davis Oct 3, 1985:
+
+1. Minmax was not calculating the minimum correctly for integer images.
+because the initial values were not being set correctly.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 1, 1985:
+
+1. Imheader was modified to print the image history.  Though the history
+mechanism is little used at the moment it should become an important part
+of any image.
+
+2.  Task revisions renamed to revs.
+------
+From Davis Sept 30, 1985:
+
+1. Two new tasks median and fmedian have been added to the images package.
+Fmedian is a fast median filtering algorithm for integer data which uses
+the histogram of the image to calculate the median at each window. Median
+is a slower but more general algorithm which performs the same task.
+------
+From Valdes August 26, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage has been modified to include an new parameter called option.
+The current options are to average the blocks or sum the blocks.
+------
+From Valdes August 7, 1985
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean wer recompiled with the modified icfit package.
+The new package contains better labeling and graph documentation.
+
+2.  The two tasks now have parameters for setting the graphics device
+and reading cursor input from a file.
+______
+From: /u2/davis/ Tue 08:27:09 06-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: imshift bug
+ 
+Imshift was shifting incorrectly when an integral pixel shift in x and
+a fractional pixel shift in y was requested. The actual x shift was
+xshift + 1. The bug has been fixed and imshift will now work correctly for
+any combination of fractional and integral pixel shifts
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Fri 18:14:12 02-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images task
+ 
+A new task GEOMAP has been added to the images package. GEOMAP calculates
+the spatial transformation required to map one image onto another.
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Thu 16:47:49 01-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images tasks
+ 
+The tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN and GEODISTRAN have been added to the images
+package. ROTATE rotates and shifts an image. IMLINTRAN will rotate, rescale
+and shift an an image. GEODISTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion.
+------
+From Valdes July 26, 1985:
+
+1.  The task revisions has been added to page revisions to the images
+package.  The intent is that each package will have a revisions task.
+Note that this means there may be multiple tasks named revisions loaded
+at one time.  Typing revisions alone will give the revisions for the
+current package.  To get the system revisions type system.revisions.
+
+2.  A new task called fit1d replaces linefit.  It is essentially the same
+as linefit except for an extra parameter "axis" which selects the axis along
+which the functions are to be fit.  Axis 1 is lines and axis 2 is columns.
+The advantages of this change are:
+
+	a.  Column fitting can now be done without transposing the image.
+	    This allows linefit to be used with image sections along
+	    both axes.
+	b.  For 1D images there is no prompt for the line number.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/images.cl b/pkg/images/images.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..342b3bea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/images.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#{ IMAGES package -- General image processing.
+
+# Check that login.cl version matches IRAF version.  This has nothing to
+# do with IMAGES, this is just a convenient place to test for an old
+# login.cl, since IMAGES is virtually guaranteed to be loaded with IRAF.
+
+if (cl.logver != cl.version && cl.logregen) {
+    print ("WARNING: login.cl is outdated - rebuild with `mkiraf'")
+    beep; sleep(1); beep; sleep(1); beep
+}
+
+set	imcoords 	= "images$imcoords/"
+set	imfilter	= "images$imfilter/"
+set	imfit		= "images$imfit/"
+set	imgeom		= "images$imgeom/"
+set	immatch		= "images$immatch/"
+set	imutil		= "images$imutil/"
+set	tv		= "images$tv/"
+
+package	images
+
+task	imcoords.pkg	= "imcoords$imcoords.cl"
+task	imfilter.pkg	= "imfilter$imfilter.cl"
+task	imfit.pkg	= "imfit$imfit.cl"
+task	imgeom.pkg	= "imgeom$imgeom.cl"
+task	immatch.pkg	= "immatch$immatch.cl"
+task	imutil.pkg	= "imutil$imutil.cl"
+task	tv.pkg		= "tv$tv.cl"
+
+# Load images subpackages (tv is not autoloaded).
+imcoords
+imfilter
+imfit
+imgeom
+immatch
+imutil
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/images.hd b/pkg/images/images.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8521746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/images.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# Help directory for the IMAGES package.
+
+$imcoords	= "./imcoords/"
+$imfilter	= "./imfilter/"
+$imfit		= "./imfit/"
+$imgeom		= "./imgeom/"
+$immatch	= "./immatch/"
+$imutil		= "./imutil/"
+$tv		= "./tv/"
+
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
+imcoords	men=imcoords$imcoords.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=imcoords$imcoords.cl,
+		pkg=imcoords$imcoords.hd
+
+imfilter	men=imfilter$imfilter.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=imfilter$imfilter.cl,
+		pkg=imfilter$imfilter.hd
+
+imfit		men=imfit$imfit.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=imfit$imfit.cl,
+		pkg=imfit$imfit.hd
+
+imgeom		men=imgeom$imgeom.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=imgeom$imgeom.cl,
+		pkg=imgeom$imgeom.hd
+
+immatch		men=immatch$immatch.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=immatch$immatch.cl,
+		pkg=immatch$immatch.hd
+
+imutil		men=imutil$imutil.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=imutil$imutil.cl,
+		pkg=imutil$imutil.hd
+
+tv		men=tv$tv.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=tv$tv.cl,
+		pkg=tv$tv.hd
diff --git a/pkg/images/images.men b/pkg/images/images.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b9301a60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/images.men
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+       imcoords - Image coordinates package
+       imfilter - Image filtering package
+	  imfit - Image fitting package
+         imgeom - Image geometric transformation package
+        immatch - Image matching and combining package
+	 imutil - Image utilities package
+	     tv - Image display utilities package
diff --git a/pkg/images/images.par b/pkg/images/images.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..73c03774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/images.par
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Package parameters for IMAGES.
+
+version,s,h,"12Jan97"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/Revisions b/pkg/images/imcoords/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c411d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,2026 @@
+.help revisions Jan97 images.imcoords
+.nf
+
+===============================
+Package Reorganization
+===============================
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imsum.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Provided options for USHORT data.  (12/10/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new option for computing offsets from the image WCS has been added.
+    (11/30/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    Changed the error checking to catch additional errors relating to too
+    many files.  (11/12/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsort.gx
+    There was an error in the ic_2sort routine when there are exactly
+    three images that one of the explicit cases did not properly keep
+    the image identifications.  See buglog 344.  (8/1/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+    The routine mde_yefilter was being called with the wrong number of
+    arguments.
+    (7/18/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icimstack.x +
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The limit on the maximum number of images that can be combined, set by
+    the maximum number of logical file descriptors, has been removed.  If
+    the condition of too many files is detected the task now automatically
+    stacks all the images in a temporary image and then combines them with
+    the project option.
+    (5/14/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxfit.x
+    Changed several Memr[] references to Memi[] in the rg_fit routine.
+    This bug was causing a floating point error in the xregister task
+    on the Dec Alpha if the coords file was defined, and could potentially
+    cause problems on other machines.
+    (Davis, April 3, 1996)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+pkg/images/doc/geomap.hlp
+     Corrected the definition of skew in the routines which compute a geometric
+     interpretation of the 6-coefficient fit, which compute the coefficients
+     from the geometric parameters, and in the relevant help pages.
+     (2/19/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/doc/median.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+    Added a verbose parameter to the median, rmedian, mode, rmode, fmedian,
+    frmedian, fmode, and frmode tasks. (11/27/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the help page for geotran. The default values for
+    the xscale and yscale parameters were incorrectly listed as INDEF,
+    INDEF instead of 1.0, 1.0. (11/14/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    Fixed a bug where a variable was improperly used for two different
+    purposes causing the algorithm to fail (bug 316).  (10/19/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified a point about how the sigma is calculated with the SIGCLIP
+    option.  (10/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    To deal with the case of readnoise=0. and image data which has points with
+    negative mean or median and very small minimum readnoise is set
+    internally to avoid computing a zero sigma and dividing by it.  This
+    applies to the noise model rejection options.  (8/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_utils.x
+    Added new ring median and modal filtering tasks frmedian, rmedian,
+    frmode, and rmode to the images package.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/median.hlp
+pkg/images/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/median.h
+pkg/images/filters/mode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+pkg/images/filters/mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_hist.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_sort.x
+    Added minimum and maximum good data parameters to the fmedian, fmode,
+    median, and mode filtering tasks.  Removed the 64X64 kernel size limit
+    in the median and mode tasks.  Replaced the common blocks with structures
+    and .h files.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the buffering of the x and y coordinate surface interpolants
+    which can cause a memory corruption error if, nthe nxsample or nysample
+    parameters are > 1, and the nxblock or nyblock parameters are less
+    than the x and y dimensions of the input image. Took the opportunity
+    to clean up the code.
+    (6/13/95, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.4
+=======
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Corrected a harmless typo in the code which determines the minimum
+    and maximum x values and improved the precision of the test when the
+    input is double precision.
+    (4/18/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Added a description of the interactive parameter to the fit1d help page.
+    (4/17/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    If an error occurs while opening an input image header the error
+    recovery will close all open images and then propagate the error.
+    For the case of running out of file descriptors with STF format
+    images this will allow the error message to be printed rather
+    than the error code.  (4/3/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+    Added a test on the status code returned from the fitting routine so
+    the xregister tasks does not go ahead and write an output image when
+    the user quits the task in in interactive mode.
+    (3/31/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The behavior of the weights when using both multiplicative and zero
+    point scaling was incorrect; the zero levels have to account for
+    the scaling.  (3/27/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Changed some amovr and amovi calls to amovkr and amovki calls.
+    (3/15/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgximshift.x
+    The buffering margins set for the bicubic spline interpolants were
+    increased to improve the flux conservation properties of the interpolant
+    in cases where the data is undersampled. (12/6/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+    In several places the construct array[1++nx-wborder] was being used
+    instead of array[1+nx-wborder]. Apparently caused by a typo which
+    propagated through the code, the Sun compilers did not catch this, but
+    the IBM/RISC6000 compilers did. (11/16/94, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/xregister.par
+pkg/images/doc/xregister.hlp
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxdbio.x
+    The xregister task was modified to to write the output shifts file
+    in either text database format (the current default)  or in simple text
+    format. The change was made so that the output of xregister could
+    both be edited more easily by the user and be used directly with the
+    imshift task. (11/11/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    A Memc in the ratio output option was incorrectly used instead of Memr
+    when the bug fix of 11/16/93 was made.  (10/14/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    The procedure rg_xlaplace was being incorrectly declared as an integer
+    procedure.
+    (8/1/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxregions.x
+    The routine strncmp was being called (with a missing number of characters
+    argument) instead of strcmp. This was causing a bus error under solaris
+    but not sun os whenever the user set regions to "grid ...". (7/27/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    The Gaussian fitting can return a negative sigma**2 which would cause
+    an FPE when the square root is taken.  This will only occur when
+    there is no reasonable signal.  The results of the gaussian fitting
+    are now set to INDEF if this unphysical result occurs.  (7/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+    A routine expecting two char arrays was being passed two real arrays
+    instead resulting in a segmentation violation if calctype=real
+    and reject > 0.
+    (6/21/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH now deletes the CCDMEAN keyword if present.  (6/21/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    1.	The restoration of deleted pixels to satisfy the nkeep parameter
+	was being done inside the iteration loop causing the possiblity
+	of a non-terminating loop; i.e. pixels are rejected, they are
+	restored, and the number left then does not statisfy the termination
+	condition.  The restoration step was moved following the iterative
+	rejection.
+    2.	The restoration was also incorrectly when mclip=no and could
+	lead to a segmentation violation.
+    (6/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    The path names to the xregister task interactive help files was incorrect.
+    (6/13/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    Found and fixed another typo bug.  (6/7/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+    The sigma scaling flag, doscale1, would not be set in the case of
+    a mean offset of zero though the scale factors could be different.
+    (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a missing line: l = Memi[mp1].  (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    The reordering step when a central median is used during rejection
+    but the final combining is average was incorrect if the number
+    of rejected low pixels was greater than the number of pixel
+    number of pixels not rejected.  (5/25/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    In cases where there was no input geomap database, geotran was
+    unnecessarily  overiding the size of the input image requested by the
+    user if the size of the image was bigger than the default output size
+    (the size of the output image which would include all the input image
+    pixels is no user shifts were applied).
+    (5/10/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    1.  There is now a warning error if the scale, zero, or weight type
+	is unknown.
+    2.  An sfree was being called before the allocated memory was finished
+	being used.
+    (5/2/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    For some objects the moment analysis could fail producing a floating
+    overflow error in imexamine, because the code was trying to use
+    INDEF as the initial value of the object fwhm.  Changed the gaussian
+    fitting code to use a fraction of the fitting radius as the initial value
+    for the fitted full-width half-maximum in cases where the moment analysis
+    cannot compute an initial value.
+    (4/15/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Changed the mean, median, mode, and zero formats from 6g to 7.5g to
+    insure 5 significant digits regardless of signs and decimal points.
+    (4/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Tried again to clarify the scaling as multiplicative and the offseting
+    as additive for file input and for log output.  (3/22/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iacclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iscclip.gx
+    The image sigma was incorrectly computed when an offset scaling is used.
+    (3/8/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The MINMAX example confused low and high.  (3/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+    Fixed a bug in the geomap code which caused the linear portion of the transformation
+    to be computed incorrectly if the x and y fits had a different functional form.
+    (12/29/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/do/imcombine.hlp
+    The output pixel datatypes now include unsigned short integer.
+    (12/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the example of offseting.  (11/23/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When doing operations in place the input and output buffers are the
+    same and the difference and ratio operations assumed they were not
+    causing the final results to be wrong.  (11/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg/images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    If no calculation type is specified then it will be at least real
+    for a division.  Since the output pixel type defaults to the
+    calculation type if not specified this will also result in a
+    real output if dividing two integer images.  (11/12/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If there were fewer initial pixels than specified by nkeep then the
+    task would attempt to add garbage data to achieve nkeep pixels.  This
+    could occur when using offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.  The
+    code was changed to check against the initial number of pixels rather
+    than the number of images.  Also a negative nkeep is no longer
+    converted to a positive value based on the number of images.  Instead
+    it specifies the maximum number of pixels to reject from the initial
+    set of pixels.  (11/8/93, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Added MWCS calls to update the axis mapping when using the project
+    option in IMCOMBINE.  (10/8/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The help indicated that user input scale or zero level factors
+    by an @file or keyword are multiplicative and additive while the
+    task was using then as divisive and subtractive.  This was
+    corrected to agree with the intend of the documentation.
+    Also the factors are no longer normalized.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    The case in which absolute offsets are specified but the offsets are
+    all the same did not work correctly.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Fixed two bugs in the imsurfit task bad pixel rejection code. For low
+    k-sigma rejections factors the bad pixel list could overflow resulting
+    in a segmentation violation or a hung task. Overlapping ranges were
+    not being decoded into a bad pixel list properly resulting in 
+    oscillating bad pixel rejection behavior where certain groups of
+    bad pixels were alternately being included and excluded from the fit.
+    Both bugs are fixed in iraf 2.10.3
+    (9/21/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified how bad pixel masks work with the "project" option.
+    (9/13/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When the input and output images are the same there was an typo error
+    such that the output was opened separately but then never unmapped
+    resulting in the end of the image not being updated.  (8/6/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    The algorithm for making sure there are enough file descriptors failed
+    to account for the need to reopen the output image header for an
+    update.  Thus when the number of input images + output images + logfile
+    was exactly 60 the task would fail.  The update occurs when the output
+    image is unmapped so the solution was to close the input images first
+    except for the first image whose pointer is used in the new copy of the
+    output image.  (8/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg$images/filters/t_median.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error trapping code in the median and mode tasks.
+    The call to eprintf contained an extra invalid error code agument.
+    (7/28/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap.par
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error handling code in geomap which was producing
+    a segmentation violation on exit if the user's coordinate list
+    had fewer than 3 data points. Also improved the error messages
+    presented to the user in both interactive and non-interactive mode.
+    (7/7/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+    There was an indexing error in setting up the ID array when using
+    the grow option.  This caused the CRREJECT/CCDCLIP algorithm to
+    fail with a floating divide by zero error when there were non-zero
+    shifts.  (5/26/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation is now done so that the original input data
+    is not lost.  This slightly greater inefficiency is required so
+    that an output sigma image may be computed if desired.  (5/10/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Added support for type ushort to the imshift task in cases where the
+    pixel shifts are integral.
+    (5/8/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/rotate.hlp
+    Fixed a bug in the rotate task help page which implied that automatic
+    image size computation would occur if ncols or nlines were set no 0
+    instead of ncols and nlines.
+    (4/17/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    There was no error checking when writing to the output image.  If
+    an error occurred (the example being when an imaccessible imdir was
+    set) obscure messages would result.  Errchks were added.
+    (4/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Fixed 2 sign errors in the equations in the documentation describing
+    the elliptical gaussian fucntion.
+    (4/13/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/t_imslice.x
+    Removed an error check in the imslice task, which was preventing it from
+    being used to reduce the dimensionality of images where the length of 
+    the slice dimension is 1.0.
+    (2/16/83, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+    The fmedian task was printing debugging information under iraf 2.10.2.
+    (1/25/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    When using mclip=yes and when more pixels are rejected than allowed by
+    the nkeep parameter there was a subtle bug in how the pixels are added
+    back which can result in a segmentation violation.
+	if (nh == n2)  ==>  if (nh == n[i])
+    (1/20/93, Valdes)
+
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.com
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.h
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/doc/combine.hlp
+    The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+    or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+    to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+    weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+    image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+    controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+    algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+    or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+    the output image.
+    (9/30/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Added a call to flush after the status line printout so that the output
+    will appear immediately. (8/19/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/mkpkg
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+    The fmedian task could crash with a segmentation violation if mapping
+    was turned off (hmin = zmin and hmax = zmax) and the input image
+    contained data outside the range defined by zmin and zmax. (8/18/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a very unlikely possibility that if all the input pixels had
+    exactly the same number of rejected pixels the weighted average would
+    be done incorrectly because the dflag would not be set.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icmm.gx
+    This procedure failed to set the dflag resulting in the weighted average
+    being computed in correctly.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    At some point changes were made but not documented dealing with image
+    sections on the input/output.  The changes seem to have left off the
+    final step of opening the output image using the appropriate image
+    sections.  Because of this it is an error to use an image section
+    on an input image when the output image is different; i.e.
+    
+	cl> fit1d dev$pix[200:400,*] junk
+	
+    This has now been fixed.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscales.x
+    The zero levels were incorrectly scaled twice.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icstat.gx
+    Contained the statement
+	nv = max (1., (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+    which is max(real,int).  Changed the 1. to a 1.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    These files contained multiple cases (ten or so) of constructs such as
+    "max (1., ...)" or "max (0., ...)" where the ... could be either real
+    or double.   In the double cases the DEC compiler complained about a
+    type mismatch since 1. is real.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the section reading code. Imsurfit is supposed to switch
+    the order of the section delimiters in x and y if x2 < x1 or y2 < 1.
+    Unfortunately the y test was actually "if (y2 < x1)" instead of 
+    "if (y2 < y1)". Whether or not the code actually works correctly
+    depends on the value of x1 relative to y2. This bug was not present
+    in 2.9.1 but is present in subsequent releases. (7/30/92 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The case theta=90 and ratio > 0.0 but  < 1.0 was producing an incorrect
+    convolution if bilinear=yes, because the major axis sigmas being 
+    input along the x and y axes were sigma and ratio * sigma respectively
+    instead of ratio * sigma and sigma in this case.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Modified imcopy to write its verbose output to STDOUT instead of
+    STDERR. (6/24/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    The step where impl1$t is called to check if there is enough memory
+    did not set the return buffer because the values are irrelevant for
+    this check.  However, depending on history, this buffer could have
+    arbitrary values and later when IMIO attempts to flush this buffer,
+    at least in the case of image type coersion, cause arithmetic errors.
+    The fix was to clear the returned buffers.  (4/27/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imslice.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    Modified the calls to mw_shift and mw_scale to explicitly set the
+    number of logical axes instead of using the default of 0.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified imtranspose so that it correctly picks up the axis map
+    and writes it to the output image wcs. (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/register.par
+pkg$images/geotran.par
+pkg$images/doc/register.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Changed the default values of the parameters xscale and yscale in
+    the register and geotran tasks from INDEF to 1.0 (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+pkg$images/doc/imtranspose.hlp
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it does a true transpose of the
+    axes instead of simply modifying the lterm. (4/8/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Added the formats parameter for formatting the output pixel coordinates
+    to the listpixels task. These formats take precedence over the formats
+    stored in the WCS in the image header and the previous default format.
+    (4/7/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Added wcs support to the imstack task. (4/2/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels so that it will work correctly  if the dimension
+    of the wcs is less than the dimension of the image. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Modified the rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks wcs updating
+    code to deal correclty with dimensionally reduced data. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/ipslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation with an even number of points for short data
+    could overflow (addition of two short values) and be incorrect.
+    (3/16/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    1. Improved the precision of the blkavg task wcs updating code.
+    2. Changed the blkrep task wcs updating code so that it is consistent
+    with blkavg. This means that a blkrep command followed by a blkavg
+    command or vice versa will return the original coordinate system
+    to within machine precision. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels to print out an error if it could not open the
+    wcs in the image. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imtranspose task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/14/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+    There was a bug allowing the number of valid pixels counter to become
+    negative.  Also there was a step which should not be done if the
+    number of valid pixels is less than 1; i.e. all pixels rejected.
+    A test was put in to skip this step.  (3/13/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imslice.x
+pkg$images/doc/imslice.hlp
+    Added wcs support to the imslice task.
+    (3/12/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the code for computing the standard deviation, kurtosis,
+    and skew, wherein precision was being lost because two of the intermediate
+    variables in the computation were real instead of double precision.
+    (3/10/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    1. Modified listpixels task to use the MWCS axis "format" attributes 
+    if they are present in the image header.
+    2. Added support for dimensionally reduced images, i.e.
+    images which are sections of larger images and whose coordinate
+    transformations depend on the reduced axes, to the listpixels task. 
+    (3/6/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Changed error messages to say IMCOMBINE instead of ICOMBINE.
+    (3/2/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Added listing of read noise and gain.  (2/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    1.  Datatype declaration for asumi was incorrect.
+    2.  Reduced the minimum number of images allowed for PCLIP to 3.
+    (1/7/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+    The first pixel to be checked was incorrectly set to 0 instead of 1
+    resulting in a segvio when using the grow option.  (12/6/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+    Fixed datatype declaration errors found by SPPLINT. (11/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the kurtosis computation found by ST.
+    (Davis 10/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+pkg$images/doc/imstat.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the mode computation in imstatistics. The parabolic
+    interpolation correction for computing the histogram peak was being
+    applied in the wrong direction. Note that for dev$pix the wrong answer
+    is actually closer to the expected answer than the correct answer
+    due to binning effects. 
+    (Davis 9/24/91)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The code which computes the gaussian kernel was producing a divide by
+    zero error if ratio=0.0 and bilinear=yes (2.10 version only).
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the magnify help page.
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+    There was a typo,  Memr[d[k]+k] --> Memr[d[j]+k].  (9/17/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icstat.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmask.x
+    The offsets were used improperly in computing image statistics.
+    (Valdes, 9/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    The shifts file pointer was not being correctly initialized to NULL 
+    in the case where no shifts file was declared. When the task
+    was invoked repeatedly from a script, this could result in an array being
+    referenced, for which space had not been previously allocated.
+    (Davis 7/29/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imc* -
+pkg$images/imarith/ic* +
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imarith/generic/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Replaced old version of IMCOMBINE with new version supporting masks,
+    offsets, and new algorithms.  (Valdes 7/19/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Imhistogram has been modified to print the value of the middle of
+    histogram bin instead of the left edge if the output type is list 
+    instead of plot. (Davis 6/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/t_imsurfit.x
+    Modified the sections file reading code to check the order of the
+    x1 x2 y1 y2 parameters and switch (x1,x2) or (y1,y2) if x2 < x1 or
+    y2 < y1 respectively. (Davis 5/28/91)
+
+pkg$images/listpixels.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+pkg$images/doc/listpixels.hlp
+    Modified the listpixels task to be able to print the pixel coordinates
+    in logical, physical or world coordinates. The default coordinate
+    system is still logical as before. (Davis 5/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/images.par
+pkg$images/doc/minmax.hlp
+pkg$images/imutil/t_minmax.x
+pkg$images/imutil/minmax.x
+    Minmax was modified to do the minimum and maximum values computations
+    in double precision or complex instead of real if the input image
+    pixel type is double precision or complex. Note that the minimum and
+    maximum header values are still stored as real however.
+    (Davis 5/16/91)
+
+imarith/t_imarith.x
+    There was a missing statement to set the error flag if the image
+    dimensions did not  match.  (5/14/91, Valdes)
+
+doc/imarith.hlp
+    Fixed some formatting problems in the imarith help page. (5/2/91 Davis)
+
+imarith$imcombine.x
+    Changed the order in which images are unmapped to have the output images
+    closed last.  This is to allow file descriptors for the temporary image
+    used when updating STF headers.  (4/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.x
+    The blkavg task was partially modified to support complex image data. 
+    The full modifications cannot be made because of an error in abavx.x
+    and the missing routine absux.x.
+    (4/18/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    The x and y fits cross-terms switch was not being set correctly to "yes"
+    in the case where xxorder=2 and xyorder=2 or in the case where yxorder=2
+    and yyorder=2.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    Modified the line which prints the geometric parameters to use the
+    variable name xshift and yshift instead of delx and dely.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the pixel rejection code which occurred when upper was >
+    0.0 and lower = 0.0 or lower > 0 and upper = 0.0. The problem was that
+    the code was simply setting the rejection limits to the computed sigma
+    times the upper and lower parameters without checking for the 0.0
+    condition first.  In the first case this results in all points with
+    negative residuals being rejected and in the latter all points with
+    positive residuals are rejected.
+    (2/25/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/hedit.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/hselect.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imheader.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imgets.hlp
+    Added a reference to imgets in the SEE ALSO sections of the hedit and
+    hselect tasks.
+    Added a reference to hselect and hedit in the SEE ALSO sections of the
+    imheader and imgets tasks.
+    (2/22/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/gradient.hlp
+pkg$images/laplace.hlp
+pkg$images/gauss.hlp
+pkg$images/convolve.hlp
+pkg$images/gradient.par
+pkg$images/laplace.par
+pkg$images/gauss.par
+pkg$images/convolve.par
+pkg$images/t_gradient.x
+pkg$images/t_laplace.x
+pkg$images/t_gauss.x
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+pkg$images/convolve.x
+pkg$images/xyconvolve.x
+pkg$images/radcnv.x
+    The convolution operators were modified to run more efficiently in
+    certain cases. The LAPLACE task was modified to make use of the
+    radial symmetry of the convolution kernel in the y direction as well
+    as the x direction resulting in a modest speedup in execution time.
+    A new parameter bilinear was added to the GAUSS and CONVOLVE tasks.
+    By default and if appropriate mathematically,  GAUSS now makes use of
+    the bilinearity or separability of the Gaussian function,
+    to separate the 2D convolution in x and y into two equivalent
+    1D convolutions in x and y, resulting in a considerable speedup
+    in execution time. Similarly the user can know program CONVOLVE to
+    compute a bilinear convolution instead of a full 2D 1 if appropriate.
+    (1/29/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x
+    CONVOLVE was not decoding the legal 1D kernel "1.0 2.0 1.0" correctly
+    although the alternate form "1.0 2.0 1.0;" worked. Leading
+    blanks in string kernels as in for example " 1.0 2.0 1.0" also generated
+    and error.  Fixed these bugs and added some  additional error checking code.
+    (11/28/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Added a detailed mathematical description of the gaussian kernel used
+    by the GAUSS task to the help page.
+
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/rotate.cl
+pkg$images/imlintran.cl
+pkg$images/register.cl
+pkg$images/register.par
+	Added src="script file name" entries to the IMAGES help database
+	for the tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN, and REGISTER. Changed the CL
+	script for REGISTER to a procedure script to remove the ugly
+	local variable declarations. Added a few comments to the scripts.
+	(12/11/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Added a new parameter binwidth to imhistogram. If binwidth is defined
+    it determines the histogram resolution in intensity units, otherwise
+    nbins determines the resolution as before. (10/26/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/sections.hlp
+    Clarified what is meant by an image template and that the task itself
+    does not check whether the specified names are actually images.
+    The examples were improved.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Changed lines to columns in example 2.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    When an error occured while parsing the mode section the untrapped error
+    caused further problems downstream.  Because it would require adding
+    lots of errchks to cause the program to gracefully abort I instead made
+    it a warning.  (10/2/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/hedit.x
+    Hedit was computing but not using min_lenarea. If the user specified
+    a min_lenuserarea greater than the default of 28800 then the default
+    was being used instead of the larger number.
+
+pkg$imarith/imasub.gx
+    The case of subtracting an image from the constant zero had a bug
+    which is now fixed.  (8/14/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it will work on type ushort images.
+    (6/6/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images
+    Added world coordinate system support to the following tasks: imshift,
+    shiftlines, magnify, imtranspose, blkrep, blkavg, rotate, imlintran,
+    register and geotran. The only limitation is that register and geotran
+    will only support simple linear transformations. 
+    (2/24/90 Davis)
+    
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a problem in the boundary extension "reflect" option code for small
+    images which was causing odd values to be inserted at the edges of the
+    image.
+    (2/14/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    A new parameter "hist_type" was added to the imhistogram task giving
+    the user the option of plotting the integral, first derivative and
+    second derivative of the histogram as well as the normal histogram.
+    Code was contributed by Rob Seaman.
+    (2/2/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    The path name of the help file was being erroneously renamed with
+    the result that when users ran the double precision version of the
+    code they could not find the help file.
+    (26/1/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x
+    Added some checks for 1-D images.
+    (1/20/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x,imstat.h
+    Made several minor bug fixes and alterations in the imstatistics task
+    in response to user complaints and suggestions.
+
+    1. Changed the verbose parameter to the format parameter. If format is
+    "yes" (the default) then the selected fields are printed in fixed format
+    with column labels. Other wise the fields are printed in free format
+    separated by 2 blanks. This fixes the problem of fields running together.
+
+    2. Fixed a bug in the code which estimates the median from the image
+    histogram by linearly interpolating around the midpt of the integrated
+    histogram. The bug occurred when more than half the pixels were in the
+    first bin.
+
+    3. Added a check to ensure that the number of fields did not overflow
+    the fields array.
+
+    4. Removed the extraneous blank line printed after the title.
+
+    5. The pound sign is now printed at the beginning of the column header
+    string regardless of which field is printed first. In the previous
+    versions it was only being printed if the image name field was
+    printed first.
+
+    6. Changed the name of the median field to midpt in response to user
+    confusions about how the median is computed.
+
+    (1/20/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imslice.hlp
+    The imslice was not correctly computing the number of lines in the
+    output image in the case where the slice dimension was 1.
+    (12/4/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified and documented definitions of the scale, offset, and weights.
+    (11/30/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    High order surfaces of a certain functional form could occasionally
+    produce out of bounds pixel errors. The bug was caused by not properly
+    computing the distortion of the image boundary for higher order
+    surfaces.
+    (11/21/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/imshift.x
+    The circulating buffer space was not being freed after each execution
+    of IMSHIFT. This did not cause an error in execution but for a long
+    list of frames could result in alot of memory being tied up.
+    (10/25/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH is not prepared to deal with images sections in the output.
+    It used to look for '[' to decide if the output specification included
+    and image section.  This has been changed to call the IMIO procedure
+    imgsection and check if a non-null section string is returned.
+    Thus it is up to IMIO to decide what part of the image name is
+    an image section.  (9/5/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Fixed bug causing infinite loop when computing mode of constant value
+    section.  (8/14/89, Valdes)
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1989
+    Added a couple of switches to that skew and kurtosis are not computed
+    if they are not to be printed.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 14, 1989
+    A simple mod was made to the skew and kurtosis computation to avoid
+    divide by zero errors in case of underflow.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/chpixtype.par
+    Davis, Jun 13, 1989
+    The parameter file has been modified to accept an output pixel
+    type of ushort.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, Jun 2, 1989
+    A new scheme to detect file errors is now used.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Jun 1, 1989
+    1. If the user set regions = "sections" but the sections file
+    did not exist the task would go into an infinite loop. The problem
+    was a missing error check on the open statement.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x,imhistogram.par
+    Davis, May 31, 1989
+    A new version of imhistogram has been installed. These mods have
+    been made over a period of a month by Doug Tody and Rob Seaman.
+    The mods include
+    1. An option to turn off log scaling of the y axis of the histogram plot.
+    2. A new autoscale parameter which avoids aliasing problems for integer
+       data.
+    3. A new parameter top_close which resolves the ambiguity in the top
+       bin of the histogram.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+   Valdes, May 9, 1989
+   Because a file descriptor was not reserved for string buffer operations
+   and a call to stropen in cnvdate was not error checked the task would
+   hang when more than 115 images were combined.  Better error checking
+   was added and now an error message is printed when the maximum number
+   of images that can be combined is exceeded.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+   Valdes, May 6, 1989
+   Operations in which the output image has an image section are now
+   skipped with a warning message.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/sigma.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, May 6, 1989
+    1.  The weighted sigma was being computed incorrectly.
+    2.  The argument declarations were wrong for integer input images.
+	Namely the mean vector is always real.
+    3.  Minor change to imcmode.gx to return correct datatype.
+
+pkg$images/imstack,imslice
+    Davis, April 1, 1989
+    The proto images tasks imstack and imslice have been moved from the
+    proto package to the images package. Imstack is unchanged except that
+    it now supports the image data types USHORT and COMPLEX. Imslice has
+    been modified to allow slicing along any dimension of the image instead
+    of just the highest dimension.
+
+pkg$images/imstatistics.
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. A totally new version of the imstatistics task has been written
+    and replaces the old version. The new task allows the user to select
+    which statistical parameters to compute and print. These include
+    the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis and the
+    minimum and maximum pixel values.
+
+pkg$images/imhistogram.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+pkg$images/doc/imhistogram.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. The imhistogram task has been modified to plot "box" style histograms
+    as well as "line" type histograms. Type "line" remains the default.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.par,register.par,geomap.par
+pkg$images/doc/geomap.hlp,register.hlp,geotran.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 6, 1989
+    1. Improved the parameter prompting in GEOMAP, REGISTER and GEOTRAN
+    and improved the help pages.
+    2. Changed GEOMAP database quantities "xscale" and "yscale" to "xmag"
+    and "ymag" for consistency . Geotran was changed appropriately.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    For short data a short variable was wraping around when there were
+    a significant number of saturated pixels leading to an infinite loop.
+    The variables were made real regardless of the image datatype.
+    (3/1/89, Valdes)
+ 
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Davis, Feb 28, 1989
+    1. Added support for type USHORT to the imcopy task. This is a merged
+    ST modification.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcthreshold.gx
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1989
+    1.  Added provision for blank value when all pixels are rejected by the
+        threshold.
+    2.  Fixed a bug that was improperly scaling images in the threshold option.
+    3.  The offset printed in the log now has the opposite sign so that it
+	is the value "added" to bring images to a common level.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Feb 23, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in the median fitting code which could cause the porgram
+    to go into an infinite loop if the region to be fitted was less than
+    the size of the whole image.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Feb 16, 1989
+    Modified magnify to work on 1D images as well as 2D images. The
+    documentation has been updated.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, Feb 15, 1989
+    Modified the GEOTRAN and REGISTER tasks so that they can handle a list
+    of transform records one for each input image.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Feb 8, 1989
+    Added test for nx=1.
+ 
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    Valdes, Feb 3, 1989
+    The test for the datatype of the output sigma image was wrong.
+ 
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x,listpixels.par
+    Davis, Feb 6, 1989
+    The listpixels task has been modified to print out the pixels for a 
+    list of images instead of a single image only. A title line for each
+    image listed can optionally be printed on the standard output if
+    the new parameter verbose is set to yes.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, Feb 2, 1989
+    Added a new parameter shifts_file to the imshift task. Shifts_file
+    is the name of a text file containing the the x and yshifts for
+    each input image to be shifted. The number of input shifts must
+    equal the number of input images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Davis, Jan 17, 1989
+    Added an error message for the case where the coordinates is empty
+    of there are no points in the specified data range. Previously the
+    task would proceed to the next coordinate file without any message.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Jan 14, 1989
+    Added the parameter flux conserve to the magnify task to bring it into
+    line with all the other geometric transformation tasks.
+
+pgk$images/geometry/geotran.x,geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jan 2, 1989
+    A bug was fixed in the flux conserve code. If the x and y reference
+    coordinates  are not in pixel units and are not 1 then
+    the computed flux per pixel was too small by xscale * yscale.
+
+pkg$images/filters/acnvrr.x,convolve.x,boxcar.x,aboxcar.x
+    Davis, Dec 27, 1988
+    I changed the name of the acnvrr procedure to cnv_radcnvr to avoid
+    a name conflict with a vops library procedure. This only showed
+    up when shared libraries were implemented. I also changed the name
+    of the aboxcarr procedure to cnv_aboxr to avoid conflict with the
+    vops naming conventions.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcaverage.gx
+    Davis, Dec 22, 1988
+    Added an errchk statement for imc_scales and imgnl$t to stop the
+    program bombing with segmentation violations when mode <= 0.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Dec 8, 1988
+    1.  IMCOMBINE now prints the scale as a multiplicative quantity.
+    2.  The combined exposure time was not being scaled by the scaling
+	factors resulting in a final exposure time inconsistent with the
+	data.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Davis, Nov 30, 1988
+    Changed the list+ mode so that bin value and count are printed out instead
+    of bin count and value. This makes the plot and list modes compatable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Nov 17, 1988
+    Added the n=n+1 back into the inner loop of imstat.
+
+pkg$images/geotran.par,register.par
+    Davis, Nov 11 , 1988
+    Fixed to glaring errors in the parameter files for register and geotran.
+    Xscale and yscale were described as pixels per reference unit when
+    they should be reference units per pixel. The appropriate bug fix has been
+    made.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, November 7, 1988
+    The routine gsrestore was not being error checked. If either of the
+    input x or y coordinate surface was linear and the other was not,
+    the message came back GSRESTORE: Illegal x coordinate. This bug has
+    been fixed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, October 19, 1988
+    A vops clear routine was not called generically causing a crash with
+    double images.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_fmedian.x,t_median.x,t_fmode.x,t_mode.x,t_gradient.x
+    t_gauss.x,t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x
+    Davis, October 4, 1988
+    I fixed a bug in the error handling code for the filters tasks. If
+    and error occurred during task execution and the input image name was
+    the same as the output image name then the input image was trashed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.gx
+    Valdes, September 28, 1988
+    It is now an error for the mode to be nonpositive when scaling or weighting.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmedian.gx
+    Valdes, August 16, 1988
+    The median option was selecting the n/2 value instead of (n+1)/2.  Thus,
+    for an odd number of images the wrong value was being determined for the
+    median.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, August 11, 1988
+    1. Imshift has been modified to uses the optimized code if nearest
+    neighbour interpolation is requested. A nint is done on the shifts
+    before calling the quick shift routine.
+    2. If the requested pixel shift is too large imshift will now
+    clean up any pixelless header files before continuing execution.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+    Davis, July 13, 1988
+    Blkavg has been fixed so that it will work on 1D images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x,imtrans.x
+    Davis, July 12, 1988
+    Imtranspose has been modified to work on complex images.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_chpix.x
+    Davis, June 29, 1988
+    A new task chpixtype has been added to the images package. Chpixtype
+    changes the pixel types of a list of images to a specified output pixel
+    type. Seven data types are supported "short", "ushort", "int", "long"
+    "real" and "double".
+
+pkg$images/geometry/rotate.cl,imlintran.cl,t_geotran.x
+    Davis, June 10, 1988
+    The rotate and imlintran scripts have been rewritten to use procedure
+    scripts. This removes all the annoying temporary cl variables which
+    appear when the user does an lpar. In previous versions of these
+    two tasks the output was restricted to being the same size as the input
+    image. This is still the default case, but the user can now set the
+    ncols and nrows parameters to the desired output size. I ncols or nlines
+    < 0 then then the task compute the output image size required to contain
+    the whole input image.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x,t_gradient.x,t_gauss.x,convolve.x
+    Davis, June 1, 1988
+    The convolution operators laplace, gauss and convolve have been modified
+    to make use of radial symmetry in the convolution kernel. In gauss and
+    laplace the change is transparent to the user. For the convolve operator
+    the user must indicate that the kernel is radially symmetric by setting
+    the parameter radsym. For kernels of 7 by 7 or greater the speedup
+    in timings is on the order of 30% on the Vax 750 with the fpa.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Apr 11, 1988
+    1.  The use of a mode sections was handled incorrectly.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1988
+    1.  Added an error check for a failure in IMMAP.  The missing error check
+	caused FIT1D to hang when a bad input image was specified.
+
+pkg$images/magnify.par
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, Dec 7, 1987
+    1.  Added option list to parameter prompts.
+    2.  Fixed minor typo in help page
+    3.  The mode calculation in IMCOMBINE would go into an infinite loop
+	if all the pixel values were the same.  If all the pixels are the
+	same them it skips searching for the mode and returns the constant
+	number.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Nov 25, 1987
+    1. A bug in the boundary extension = wrap option was found in the
+    IMLINTRAN task. The problem occured in computing values for out of
+    bounds pixels in the range 0.0 < x < 1.0, ncols < x < ncols + 1.0,
+    0.0 < y < 1.0 and nlines < y < nlines + 1.  The computed coordinates
+    were falling outside the boundaries of the interpolation array.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x,geograph.x
+    Davis, Nov 19, 1987
+    1. The geomap task now writes the name of the output file into the database.
+    2. Rotation angles of 360. degrees have been altered to 0 degrees.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x,imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Davis, Nov 2, 1987
+    A bug in the regions fitting option of the IMSURFIT task has been found
+    and fixed. This bug would occur when the user set the regions parameter
+    to sections and then listed section which overlapped each other. The
+    modified ranges package was not handling the overlap correctly and
+    computing a number of points which was incorrect.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/* +
+    Valdes, Sep 30, 1987
+    The directory was reorganized to put generic code in the subdirectory
+    generic.
+
+    A new task called IMCOMBINE has been added.  It provides for combining
+    images by a number of algorithms, statistically weighting the images
+    when averaging, scaling or offsetting the images by the exposure time
+    or image mode before combining, and rejecting deviant pixels.  It is
+    almost fully generic including complex images and works on images of
+    any dimension.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    Davis, Sept 3, 1987
+    A bug in the flux conserving algorithm was found in the geotran code.
+    The symptom was that the flux of the output image occasionally was
+    negative. This would happen when two conditions were met, the transformation
+    was of higher order than a simple rotation, magnification, translation
+    and an axis flip was involved. The mathematical interpretation of this
+    bug is that the coordinate surface had turned upside down. The solution
+    for people running systems with this bug is to multiply there images
+    by -1.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h,t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Aug 6, 1987
+    A new option was added to the parameter regions in the imsurfit task.
+    Imsurfit will now fit a surface to a single circular region defined
+    by an x and y center and a radius.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1987
+    Geotran and register were failing when the output image number of rows
+    and columns was different from the input number of rows and columns.
+    Geotran was mistakenly using the input images sizes to determine the
+    number of output lines that should be produced. The same problem occurred
+    when the values of the boundary pixels were being computed. The program
+    was using the output image dimensions to compute the boundary pixels
+    instead of the input image dimensions.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, Jun 11, 1987
+    A bug in the error checking code in the geomap task was fixed. The
+    condition of too few points for a reasonable was not being trapped
+    correctly. The appropriate errchk statements were added.
+
+pkg$images/geomap.par
+    Davis, Jun 10, 1987
+    The default fitting function was changed to polynomial. This will satisfy
+    most users who wish to do shifts, rotations, and magnifications and
+    avoid the neccessity of correctly setting the xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax
+    parameters. For the chebyshev and legendre polynomial functions these
+    parameters must be explicitly set.  For reference coordinates in pixel
+    units the normal settings are 1, ncols, 1 and nlines respectively.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/hselect.x,imheader.x,images$/imutil/hselect.x
+    Davis, Jun 8, 1987
+    Imheader has been modified to open an image with the default min_lenuserarea
+    Hselect and hedit will now open the image setting the user area to the
+    maximum of 28800 chars or the min_lenuser environment variable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    An error in the image minimum computation was corrected. This error
+    would show up most noiticeably if imstat was run on a 1 pixel image.
+    The min value would be left set to MAX_REAL.
+
+pkg$images/filters/mkpkg
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    I added mach.h to the dependency file list of t_fmedian.x and
+    recompiled. The segmentation violations I had been getting in the
+    program disappeared.
+
+pkg$images/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, April 15, 1987
+    1. I changed the names of the procedures shiftlines and shiftlinesi
+    to sh_lines and sh_linesi. When the original names were contracted
+    to 6 letter fortran names they became shifti and shifts which just
+    so happens to collide with shifti and shifts in the subdirectory
+    osb. On VMS this was causing problems with the shareable libraries.
+    If images was linked with -z there was no problem.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+    Valdes, March 24, 1987
+    1.  IMSUM was failing to unmap images opened to check image dimensions
+	in a quick first pass through the image list.  This is probably
+	the source of the out of files problem with STF images.  It may
+	be the source of the out of memory problem reported from AOS/IRAF.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+pkg$images/imfit/mkpkg
+    Valdes, March 17, 1987
+    1. Added error checking for the illegal operation in which both input
+       and output image had an image section.  This was causing the task
+       to crash.  The task now behaves properly in this circumstance and
+       even allows the fitted output to be placed in an image section of
+       an existing output image (even different than the input image
+       section) provided the input and output images have the same sizes.
+
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+    Davis, March 3, 1987
+    1. Fixed the kernel decoding routine in the convolve task so that
+    it now recognizes the row delimter character in string entry mode.
+
+pkg$images/geometry,filters
+    Davis, February 27, 1987
+    1. Changed all the imseti (im, TY_BNDRYPIXVAL, value) calls to imsetr.
+
+pkg$images/t_minmax.x,minmax.x
+    Davis, February 24, 1987
+    1. Minmax has been changed to compute the minimum and maximum pixel
+    as well as the minimum and maximum pixel values. The pixels are output
+    in section notation and stored in the minmax parameter file.
+
+pkg$images/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, February 19, 1987
+    1. Magnify was aborting with the error MSIFIT: Too few datapoints
+    when trying to reduce an image using the higher order interpolants
+    poly3, poly5 and spline3. I increased the NEDGE defined constant
+    from 2 to three and modified the code to use the out of bounds
+    imio.
+
+pkg$images/geograph.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, February 17, 1987
+    1. Geomap now uses the gpagefile routine to page the .keys file.
+    The :show command deactivates the workstation before printing a
+    block of text and reactivates it when it is finished.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap,geotran
+    Davis, January 26, 1987
+    1. There have been substantial changes to the geomap, and geotrans
+    tasks and those tasks rotate, imlintran and register which depend
+    on them.
+    2. Geomap has been changed to be able to compute a transformation
+    in both single and double precision.
+    3. The geotran code has been speeded up considerably. A simple rotate
+    now takes 70 seconds instead of 155 seconds using bilinear interpolation.
+    4. Two new cl parameters nxblock and nyblock have been added to the
+    rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks. If the output image
+    is smaller than these parameters then the entire output image
+    is computed at once. Otherwise the output image is computed in blocks
+    nxblock by nyblock in size.
+    5. The 3 geotran parameters rotation, scangle and flip have been replaced
+    with two parameters xrotation and yrotation which serve the same purpose.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, January 19, 1987
+    1. The shiftlines task has been completely rewritten. The following
+    are the major changes.
+    2. Shiftlines now makes use of the imio boundary extension operations.
+    Therefore the four options: nearest pixel, reflect, wrap and constant
+    boundary extension are available.
+    3. The interpolation code has been vectorised. The previous version
+    was using the function call asieval for every output pixel evaluated.
+    The asieval call were replaced with asivector calls.
+    4. An extra CL parameter constant to support constant boundary
+    exension was added.
+    5. The shiftlines help page was modified and the date changed to
+    January 1987.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, January 12, 1987
+    1. I changed the amedr call to asokr calls. For my application it did
+    not matter whether the input array is left partially sorted and the asokr
+    routine is more efficient.
+
+pkg$images/lib/pixlist.x
+    Davis, December 12, 1986
+    1. A bug in the pl_get_ranges routine caused the routine to fail when the
+    number of ranges got too large. The program could not detect the end of
+    the ranges and would go into an infinite loop.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, December 3, 1986
+    1. Imstat was failing on constant images because finite machine precision
+    could result in a negative sigma squared. Added a check for this condition.
+
+pkg$images/filters/fmode.x
+    Davis, October 27, 1986
+    1. Added a check for 0 data range before calling amapr.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+    Valdes, October 20, 1986
+    1. Found and fixed bug in this routine which caused pixel rejection
+    to fail some fraction of the time.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx
+    Valdes, October 13, 1986
+    1.  There was a bug when the replication factor for axis 1 was 1.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Hammond, October 8, 1986
+    1. Running imhistogram on a constant valued image would result in
+       a "floating divide by zero fault" in ahgm.  This condition is
+       now trapped and a warning printed if there is no range in the data.
+
+pkg$images/tv/doc/cvl.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Typo in V2.3 documentation fixed: "zcale" -> "zscale".
+
+pkg$images/fit1d.par
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  When querying for the output type the query was:
+
+Type of output (fit, difference, ratio) (fit|difference|ratio) ():
+
+    	The enumerated values were removed since they are given in the
+	prompt string.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+pkg$images/do/imsum.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Medians or pixel rejection with more than 15 images is now
+	correct.  There was an error in buffering.
+    2.  Averages of integer datatype images are now correct.  The error
+	was caused by summing the pixel values divided by the number
+	of images instead of summing the pixel values and then dividing
+	by the number of images.
+    3.  Option keywords may now be abbreviated.
+    4.  The output pixel datatype now defaults to the calculation datatype
+	as is done in IMARITH.  The help page was modified to indicate this.
+    5.  Dynamic memory is now used throughout to reduce the size of the
+	executable.
+    6.  The bugs 1-2 are present in V2.3 and not in V2.2.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, October 6, 1986
+    1.  The parameter "debug" was changed to "noact".  "debug" is reserved
+	for debugging information.
+    2.  The output pixel type now defaults to the calculation datatype.
+    3.  The datatype of constant operands is determined with LEXNUM.  This
+	fixes a bug in which a constant such as "1." was classified as an
+	integer.
+    4.  Trailing whitespace in the string for a constant operand is allowed.
+	This fixes a bug with using "@" files created with the task FIELDS
+	from a table of numbers.  Trailing whitespace in image names is
+	not checked for since this should be taken care of by lower level
+	system services.
+    5.  The reported bug with the "max" operation not creating a pixel file
+	was the result of the previous round of changes.  This has been
+	corrected.  This problem does not exist in the released version.
+    6.  All strings are now dynamically allocated.  Also IMTOPENP is used
+	to open a CL list directly.
+    7.  The help page was revised for points (1) and (2).
+
+pkg$images/fmode.par
+pkg$images/fmd_buf.x
+pkg$images/med_sort.x
+    Davis, September 29, 1986
+    1. Changed the default value of the unmap parameter in fmode to yes. The
+       documentation was changed and the date modified.
+    2. Added a test to make sure that the input image was not a constant
+       image in fmode and fmedian.
+    3. Fixed the recently added swap macro in the sort routines which
+       was giving erroneous results for small boxes in tasks median and mode.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Changed subroutine name with a VOPS prefix to one with a FIT1D
+	prefix.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imdivide.x
+pkg$images/doc/imdivide.hlp
+pkg$images/imdivide.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Modified this ancient and obsolete task to remove redundant
+	subroutines now available in the VOPS library.
+    2.  The option to select action on zero divide was removed since
+	there was only one option.  Parameter file changed.
+    3.  Help page revised.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/doc/blkrep.hlp +
+pkg$images/doc/mkpkg
+pkg$images/images.cl
+pkg$images/images.men
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/x_images.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  A new task called BLKREP for block replicating images has been added.
+	This task is a complement to BLKAVG and performs a function not
+	available in any other way.
+    2.  Help for BLKREP has been added.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imadiv.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to provide replacement of divisions
+	by zero with a constant parameter value.
+    2.  The documentation has been revised to include this change and to
+	clarify and emphasize areas of possible confusion.
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/blkavg.hlp
+    Valdes, September 18, 1986
+    1.  The MAGNIFY help document was expanded to clarify that images with axis
+        lengths of 1 cannot be magnified.  Also a discussion of the output
+	size of a magnified image.  This has been misunderstood often.
+    2.  Minor typo fix for BLKAVG.
+
+images$geometry/blkav.gx: Davis, September 7, 1986
+    1. The routine blkav$t was declared a function but called everywhere as
+    a procedure. Removed the function declaration.
+
+images$filters/med_sort.x: Davis, August 14, 1986
+    1. A bug in the sorting routine for MEDIAN and MODE in which the doop
+    loop increment was being set to zero has been fixed. This bug was
+    causing MEDIAN and MODE to fail on class 6 for certain sized windows.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x: Davis, July 24, 1986
+    1. A bug in the type=ratio option of fit1d was fixed. The iferr call
+    on the vector operator adivr was not trapping a divide by zero
+    condition. Changed adivr to adivzr.
+
+images$iminfo/listpixels.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargl to pargi for writing out the column number of the
+    pixels.
+
+images$iminfo/t_imstat.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargr to a pargd for the double precision quantitiies
+    sum(MIN) and sum(MAX).
+
+images$imfit/t_lineclean.x: Davis, July 14, 1986
+    1. Bug in the calling sequence for ic_clean fixed. The ic pointer
+    was not being passed to ic_clean causing access violation and/or
+    segmentation violation errors.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x, lineclean.x:  Valdes, July 3, 1986
+    1.  FIT1D and LINECLEAN modified to use new ICFIT package.
+
+From Valdes June 19, 1986
+
+1. The help page for IMSUM was modified to explicitly state what the
+median of an even number of images does.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 13, 1986
+
+1. A bug in CONVOLVE in which insufficient space was being allocated for
+long (> 161 elements) 1D kernels has been fixed. CONVOLVE was not
+allocating sufficent extra space.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 12, 1986
+
+1. I have changed the default value of parameter unmap in task FMEDIAN to
+yes to preserve the original data range.
+
+2. I have changed the value of parameter row_delimiter from \n to ;.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis May 12, 1986
+
+1. Changed the angle convention in GAUSS so that theta is the angle of the
+major axis with respect to the x axis measured counter-clockwise as specified
+in the help page instead of the negative of that angle.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Apr 28, 1986
+
+1. Moved geomap.key to lib$scr and made redefined HELPFILE in geogmap.x
+appropriately.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith/imsum.gx:  Valdes Apr 25, 1986
+    1.  Fixed bug in generic code which called the real VOPS operator
+	regardless of the datatype.  This caused IMSUM to fail on short
+	images.
+
+From Davis Apr 17, 1986
+
+1. Changed constructs of the form boolean == false in the file imdelete.x
+to ! boolean.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith:  Valdes, April 8, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when adding images to
+	also added the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+    2.  IMSUM has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when summing images to
+	also sum the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 24, 1986:
+
+1.  When modifying IMARITH to handle mixed dimensions the output image header
+was made a copy of the image with the higher dimension.  However, the default
+when the images were of the same dimension changed to be a copy of the second
+operand.  This has been changed back to being a copy of the first operand
+image.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 21, 1986:
+
+1. A NULL pointer bug in the subroutine plfree inside IMSURFIT was causing
+segmentation violation errors. A null pointer test was added to plfree.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 20, 1986:
+
+1. A bug involving in place operations in several image tasks has been  fixed.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 19, 1986:
+
+1. IMSURFIT no longer permits the input image to be replaced by the output
+image.
+
+2. The tasks IMSHIFT, IMTRANSPOSE, SHIFTLINES, and GEOTRAN  have been modified
+to use the images tools xt_mkimtemp and xt_delimtemp for in place
+calculations.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 13, 1986:
+
+1.  Bug dealing with type coercion in short datatype images in IMARITH and IMSUM
+which occurs on the SUN has been fixed.
+------
+From Valdes Mar 10, 1986:
+
+1.  IMSUM has been modified to work on any number of images.
+
+2.  Modified the help page
+------
+From Valdes Feb 25, 1986:
+
+There have been two changes to IMARITH:
+
+1.  A bug preventing use of image sections has been removed.
+
+2.  An improvement allowing use of images of different dimension.
+The algorithm is as follow:
+
+	a.  Check if both operands are images.  If not the output
+	image is a copy of the operand image.
+
+	b.  Check that the axes lengths are the same for the dimensions
+	in common.  For example a 3D and 2D image must have the same
+	number of columns and lines.
+
+	c.  Set the output image to be a copy of the image with the
+	higher dimension.
+
+	d.  Repeat the operation over the lower dimensions for each of
+	the higher dimensions.
+
+For example, consider subtracting a 2D image from a 3D image.  The output
+image will be 3D and the 2D image is subtracted from each band of the
+3D image.  This will work for any combination of dimensions.  Another
+example is dividing a 3D image by a 1D image.  Then each line of each
+plane and each band will be divided by the 1D image.  Likely applications
+will be subtracting biases and darks and dividing by response calibrations
+in stacked observations.
+
+3.  Modified the help page
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+From Davis Mar 6, 1986:
+
+1. A serious bug had crept into GAUSS after I made some changes. For 2D
+images the sense of the sigma was reversed, i.e sigma = 2.0 was actually
+sigma = 0.5. This bug has now been fixed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Jan 13, 1986:
+
+1. Listpixels will now print out complex pixel values correctly.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 12, 1985:
+
+1. The directional gradient operator has been added to the images package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1.  IMARITH has been modified to first check if an operand is an existing
+file.  This allows purely numeric image names to be used.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1. A Laplacian (second derivatives) operator has been added to the images
+package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 10, 1985:
+
+1. The new convolution tasks  boxcar, gauss and convolve have been added
+to the images package. Convolve convolves an image with an arbitrary
+user supplied rectangular kernel. Gauss convolves an image with a 2D
+Gaussian of arbitrary size. Boxcar will smooth an image using a smoothing
+window of arbitrary size.
+
+2. The images package source code has been reorganized into the following
+subdirectories: 1) filters 2) geometry 3) imfit 4) imarith 4) iminfo and
+5) imutil 6) lib. Lib contains routines which may be of use to several IRAF
+tasks such as ranges. The imutil subdirectory contains tasks which modify
+images in some way such as hedit. The iminfo subdirectory contains code
+for displaying header and pixel values and other image characteristics
+such as the histogram. Image arithmetic and fitting routines are found
+in imarith and imfit respectively. Filters contains the convolution and
+median filtering routines and geometry contains the geometric distortion
+corrections routines.
+
+3. The documentation of the main images package has been brought into
+conformity with the new IRAF standards.
+
+4. Documentation for imdelete, imheader, imhistogram, listpixels and
+sections has been added to the help database.
+
+5. The parameter structure for imhistogram has been simplified. The
+redundant parameters sections and setranges have been removed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+From Valdes Nov 4, 1985:
+
+1.  IMCOPY modified so that the output image may be a directory.  Previously
+logical directories were not correctly identified.
+------
+
+From Davis Oct 21, 1985:
+
+1. A bug in the pixel rejection cycle of IMSURFIT was corrected. The routine
+make_ranges in ranges.x was not successfully converting a sorted list of
+rejected pixels into a list of ranges in all cases.
+
+2. Automatic zero divide error checking has been added to IMSURFIT.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 17, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d now allows averaging of image lines or columns when interactively
+setting the fitting parameters.  The syntax is "Fit line = 10 30"; i.e.
+blank separated line or column numbers.  A single number selects just one
+line or column.  Be aware however, that the actual fitting of the image
+is still done on each column or line individually.
+
+2.  The zero line in the interactive curve fitting graphs has been removed.
+This zero line interfered with fitting data near zero.
+------
+From Rooke Oct 10, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage was changed to "blkavg" and modified to support any allowed
+number of dimensions.  It was also made faster in most cases, depending on 
+the blocking factors in each dimension.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 4, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean modified to allow separate low and high rejection
+limits and rejection iterations.
+------
+From Davis Oct 3, 1985:
+
+1. Minmax was not calculating the minimum correctly for integer images.
+because the initial values were not being set correctly.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 1, 1985:
+
+1. Imheader was modified to print the image history.  Though the history
+mechanism is little used at the moment it should become an important part
+of any image.
+
+2.  Task revisions renamed to revs.
+------
+From Davis Sept 30, 1985:
+
+1. Two new tasks median and fmedian have been added to the images package.
+Fmedian is a fast median filtering algorithm for integer data which uses
+the histogram of the image to calculate the median at each window. Median
+is a slower but more general algorithm which performs the same task.
+------
+From Valdes August 26, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage has been modified to include an new parameter called option.
+The current options are to average the blocks or sum the blocks.
+------
+From Valdes August 7, 1985
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean wer recompiled with the modified icfit package.
+The new package contains better labeling and graph documentation.
+
+2.  The two tasks now have parameters for setting the graphics device
+and reading cursor input from a file.
+______
+From: /u2/davis/ Tue 08:27:09 06-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: imshift bug
+ 
+Imshift was shifting incorrectly when an integral pixel shift in x and
+a fractional pixel shift in y was requested. The actual x shift was
+xshift + 1. The bug has been fixed and imshift will now work correctly for
+any combination of fractional and integral pixel shifts
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Fri 18:14:12 02-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images task
+ 
+A new task GEOMAP has been added to the images package. GEOMAP calculates
+the spatial transformation required to map one image onto another.
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Thu 16:47:49 01-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images tasks
+ 
+The tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN and GEODISTRAN have been added to the images
+package. ROTATE rotates and shifts an image. IMLINTRAN will rotate, rescale
+and shift an an image. GEODISTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion.
+------
+From Valdes July 26, 1985:
+
+1.  The task revisions has been added to page revisions to the images
+package.  The intent is that each package will have a revisions task.
+Note that this means there may be multiple tasks named revisions loaded
+at one time.  Typing revisions alone will give the revisions for the
+current package.  To get the system revisions type system.revisions.
+
+2.  A new task called fit1d replaces linefit.  It is essentially the same
+as linefit except for an extra parameter "axis" which selects the axis along
+which the functions are to be fit.  Axis 1 is lines and axis 2 is columns.
+The advantages of this change are:
+
+	a.  Column fitting can now be done without transposing the image.
+	    This allows linefit to be used with image sections along
+	    both axes.
+	b.  For 1D images there is no prompt for the line number.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/ccfind.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccfind.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbc980f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccfind.par
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Parameters for the CCFIND task
+
+# Input and output files and images
+input,f,a,,,,The list input celestial coordinate files
+output,f,a,"",,,The output matched coordinates files
+images,f,a,"",,,The input images
+
+# The input coordinate file format
+lngcolumn,i,h,1,,,Column containing the ra / longitude
+latcolumn,i,h,2,,,Column containing the dec / latitude 
+lngunits,s,h,"",,,Input ra / longitude units
+latunits,s,h,"",,,Input dec / latitude units
+insystem,s,h,"j2000",,,Input celestial coordinate system
+
+# The celestial coordinate system reference point parameters
+usewcs,b,h,no,,,Locate objects using the existing image wcs ?
+xref,r,h,INDEF,,,The x reference pixel
+yref,r,h,INDEF,,,The y reference pixel
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,The x axis scale in arcsec / pixel
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,The y axis scale in arcsec / pixel
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The x rotation angle in degrees
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The y axis rotation angle in degrees
+lngref,s,h,"INDEF",,,Reference point ra / longitude coordinate
+latref,s,h,"INDEF",,,Reference point dec / latitude coordinate
+lngrefunits,s,h,"",,,Reference point ra / longitude units
+latrefunits,s,h,"",,,Reference point dec / latitude units
+refsystem,s,h,"j2000",,,Reference point coordinate system
+projection,s,h,"tan",,,Sky projection geometry
+
+# Centeaing parameters.
+center,b,h,yes,,,Center the pixel coordinates ?
+sbox,i,h,21,11,,Search box width in pixels
+cbox,i,h,9,5,,Centering box width in pixels
+datamin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum good data value
+datamax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum good data value
+background,r,h,INDEF,,,Background reference value
+maxiter,i,h,5,2,,Maximum number of iterations
+tolerance,i,h,0,0,,Tolerance for convergence in pixels
+
+# Output parameters.
+xformat,s,h,"",,,Output format for the x coordinate
+yformat,s,h,"",,,Output format for the y coordinate
+
+# Task mode parameters.
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about progress of task ?
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/ccget.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccget.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50f00a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccget.par
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# Parameters for the CCGET task
+
+# Input and output files and images
+input,f,a,,,,The input catalog file(s)
+output,f,a,,,,The output catalog file(s) 
+
+# The user field parameters.
+lngcenter,s,a,"00:00:00.0",,,Ra / Longitude of field center
+latcenter,s,a,"00:00:00",,,Dec / Latitude of field center
+lngwidth,r,a,1.0,0.0,360.0,Ra / Longitude field width in degrees
+latwidth,r,a,1.0,0.0,180.0,Dec / Latitude field width in degrees
+fcsystem,s,h,"",,,The field center celestial coordinate system
+fclngunits,s,h,"",,,Ra / Longitude units of field center
+fclatunits,s,h,"",,,Dec / Latitude units of field center
+
+# The input catalog file parameters
+colaliases,s,h,"",,,Input catalog column aliases
+lngcolumn,s,h,"c2",,,Column containing the ra / longitude
+latcolumn,s,h,"c3",,,Column containing the dec / latitude 
+catsystem,s,h,"j2000",,,Catalog celestial coordinate system
+catlngunits,s,h,"",,,Catalog ra / longitude units
+catlatunits,s,h,"",,, Catalog dec / latitude units
+
+# The output catalog file parameters
+outsystem,s,h,"",,,Output celestial coordinate system
+olngunits,s,h,"",,,Output ra / longitude units
+olatunits,s,h,"",,, Ouput dec / latitude units
+olngformat,s,h,"",,,Output ra / longitude format
+olatformat,s,h,"",,, Ouput dec / latitude format
+exprs,s,h,"c[*]",,,The list of output column expressions
+formats,s,h,"",,,The optional output formats string
+
+# Output and graphics mode parameters
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about progress of task ?
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/ccmap.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccmap.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bba6a4c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccmap.par
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Parameters for the CCMAP task
+
+# Input and output files and images
+input,f,a,,,,The input coordinate files
+database,f,a,,,,The output database file
+solutions,s,h,"",,,The database plate solution names
+images,f,h,"",,,The input images
+results,f,h,"",,,The optional results summary files
+
+# The input coordinate file format
+xcolumn,i,h,1,,,Column containing the x coordinate
+ycolumn,i,h,2,,,Column containing the y coordinate
+lngcolumn,i,h,3,,,Column containing the ra / longitude
+latcolumn,i,h,4,,,Column containing the dec / latitude 
+xmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum logical x pixel value
+xmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum logical x pixel value
+ymin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum logical y pixel value
+ymax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum logical y pixel value
+lngunits,s,h,"",,,Input ra / longitude units
+latunits,s,h,"",,,Input dec / latitude units
+insystem,s,h,"j2000",,,Input celestial coordinate system
+
+# The celestial coordinate system reference point parameters
+refpoint,s,h,"coords","|coords|user|tweak|",,Source of the reference point definition
+xref,s,h,"INDEF",,,Reference point in x
+yref,s,h,"INDEF",,,Reference point in y
+lngref,s,h,"INDEF",,,Reference point ra / longitude telescope coordinate
+latref,s,h,"INDEF",,,Reference point dec / latitude telescope coordinate
+refsystem,s,h,"INDEF",,,Reference point telescope coordinate system
+lngrefunits,s,h,"",,,Reference point ra / longitude units
+latrefunits,s,h,"",,,Reference point dec / latitude units
+
+# Coordinate map fitting parameters
+projection,s,h,"tan",,,Sky projection geometry
+fitgeometry,s,h,"general",|shift|xyscale|rotate|rscale|rxyscale|general|,,Fitting geometry
+function,s,h,"polynomial",|chebyshev|legendre|polynomial|,,Surface type
+xxorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of xi fit in x
+xyorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of xi fit in y
+xxterms,s,h,"half","|none|half|full|",,Xi fit cross terms type
+yxorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of eta fit in x
+yyorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of eta fit in y
+yxterms,s,h,"half","|none|half|full|",,Eta fit cross terms type
+maxiter,i,h,0,,,The maximum number of rejection iterations
+reject,r,h,3.0,,,Rejection limit in sigma units
+
+# Output and graphics mode parameters
+update,b,h,no,,,Update the image world coordinate system ?
+pixsystem,s,h,"logical",|logical|physical|",,Input pixel coordinate system
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about progress of task ?
+interactive,b,h,yes,,,Fit the transformation interactively ?
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,Default graphics device
+cursor,*gcur,h,,,,Graphics cursor
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/ccsetwcs.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccsetwcs.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45afbf7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccsetwcs.par
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Parameters for the COOWCS task
+
+# Input and output files and images
+images,f,a,,,,The input images
+database,f,a,,,,The input database file
+solutions,f,a,"",,,The input plate solutions
+
+# The celestial coordinate system parameters
+xref,r,h,INDEF,,,The x reference pixel
+yref,r,h,INDEF,,,The y reference pixel
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,The x axis scale in arcsec / pixel
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,The y axis scale in arcsec / pixel
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The x axis rotation angle in degrees
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The y axis rotation angle in degrees
+lngref,r,h,INDEF,,,The ra / longitude reference coordinate in lngunits
+latref,r,h,INDEF,,,The dec / latitude reference coordinate in latunits
+lngunits,s,h,"",,,The ra / longitude reference coordinate units
+latunits,s,h,"",,,The dec / latitude reference coordinate units
+transpose,b,h,no,,,Transpose the computed image wcs ?
+projection,s,h,"tan",,,The sky projection geometry
+coosystem,s,h,"j2000",,,The celestial coordinate system
+
+# Output and graphics mode parameters
+update,b,h,yes,,,Update the image world coordinate system ?
+pixsystem,s,h,"logical","|logical|physical|",,The input pixel coordinate system
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/ccstd.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccstd.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13dc92b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccstd.par
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Parameter set for the CCSTD Task
+
+input,s,a,,,,The input coordinate files
+output,s,a,,,,The output coordinate files
+database,s,a,,,,The input database file
+solutions,s,a,,,,The plate solutions
+geometry,s,h,"linear","|linear|geometric|",,"The solution type (linear,geometric)"
+forward,b,h,yes,,,Transform to standard coordinates ?
+polar,b,h,no,,,Work in polar standard coordinates ?
+xref,r,h,INDEF,,,The X reference coordinate
+yref,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y reference coordinate
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,The X axis scale in arcsec per X reference coordinate
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y axis scale in arcsec per Y reference coordinate
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The X axis rotation angle in degrees
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y axis rotation angle in degrees
+lngref,r,h,INDEF,,,The ra / longitude reference coordinate in lngunits
+latref,r,h,INDEF,,,The dec / latitude reference coordinate in latunits
+lngunits,s,h,"",,,The ra / longitude coordinate units
+latunits,s,h,"",,,The dec / latitude coordinate units
+projection,s,h,"tan","",,The sky projection geometry
+xcolumn,i,h,1,1,100,Input column containing the x / standard coordinate
+ycolumn,i,h,2,1,100,Input column containing the y / standard coordinate
+lngcolumn,i,h,3,1,100,Input column containing the longitude / standard coordinate
+latcolumn,i,h,4,1,100,Input column containing the latitude / standard coordinate
+lngformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the standard / longitude coordinate
+latformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the standard / latitude coordinate
+xformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the standard / x coordinate
+yformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the standard / y coordinate
+min_sigdigits,i,h,7,,,Minimum precision of the output coordinates
+mode,s,h,'ql'
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/cctran.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/cctran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9c51d48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/cctran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Parameter set for the CCTRAN Task
+
+input,s,a,,,,The input coordinate files
+output,s,a,,,,The output coordinate files
+database,f,a,,,,The input database file
+solutions,s,a,,,,The input plate solutions
+geometry,s,h,"geometric","|linear|geometric|",,"Transformation type (linear,geometric)"
+forward,b,h,yes,,,Transform x / y to ra / dec (yes) or vice versa (no) ?
+
+xref,r,h,INDEF,,,The X reference pixel
+yref,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y reference pixel
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,The X axis scale in arcsec per pixel
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y axis scale in arcsec per pixel
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The X axis rotation angle in degrees
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y axis rotation angle in degrees
+lngref,r,h,INDEF,,,The ra / longitude reference coordinate in lngunits	
+latref,r,h,INDEF,,,The dec / latitude reference coordinate in latunits
+lngunits,s,h,"",,,The input / output ra / longitude reference coordinate units
+latunits,s,h,"",,,The input / output dec / latitude reference coordinate units
+projection,s,h,"tan",,,The sky projection geometry
+
+xcolumn,i,h,1,1,100,Input column containing the x / ra / longitude coordinate
+ycolumn,i,h,2,1,100,Input column containing the y / dec / latitude coordinate
+lngformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the ra / longitude / x coordinate
+latformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the dec / latitude / y coordinate
+min_sigdigits,i,h,7,,,Minimum precision of the output coordinates
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/ccxymatch.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccxymatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5fe93ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/ccxymatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# Parameter file for CCXYMATCH
+
+input,f,a,,,,The input pixel coordinate lists
+reference,f,a,,,,The input celestial coordinate lists
+output,f,a,,,,The output matched coordinate lists
+tolerance,r,a,1,,,The matching tolerance in arcseconds
+ptolerance,r,a,3,,,The matching tolerance in pixels
+
+refpoints,f,h,"",,,The optional list of reference points
+xin,r,h,INDEF,,,The X coordinate of the reference point
+yin,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y coordinate of the reference point
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,The X axis scale in arcseconds / pixel
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y  axis scale in arcseconds / pixel
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The X axis rotation in degrees
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,The Y axis rotation in degrees
+projection,s,h,"tan",,,The sky projection geometry
+lngref,r,h,INDEF,,,The ra / longitude of the reference point
+latref,r,h,INDEF,,,The dec / latitude of the reference point
+
+lngcolumn,i,h,1,1,,The reference list ra / longitude coordinate column
+latcolumn,i,h,2,1,,The reference list dec / latitude coordinate column
+xcolumn,i,h,1,1,,The pixel list x coordinate column
+ycolumn,i,h,2,1,,The pixel list y coordinate column
+lngunits,s,h,"hours","|degrees|radians|hours|",,The ra / longitude units
+latunits,s,h,"degrees","|degrees|radians|",,The dec / latitude units
+
+separation,r,h,3.0,,,The minimum object separation in arcseconds
+pseparation,r,h,9.0,,,The minimum object separation in pixels
+matching,s,h,"triangles","|tolerance|triangles|",,The matching algorithm
+nmatch,i,h,30,,,The maximum number of points for triangles algorithm
+ratio,r,h,10.0,5.0,10.0,The maximum ratio of longest to shortest side of triangle
+nreject,i,h,10,,,The maximum number of rejection iterations
+
+lngformat,s,h,"",,,The format of the output ra / longitude coordinate
+latformat,s,h,"",,,The format of the output dec / latitude coordinate
+xformat,s,h,"%13.3f",,,The format of the output x coordinate
+yformat,s,h,"%13.3f",,,The format of the output y coordinate
+
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose mode ?
+
+mode,s,h,ql,,,
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccfind.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccfind.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33eceb7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccfind.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
+.help ccfind Jun99 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+ccfind -- locate objects in an image given a celestial coordinate list and
+the image wcs
+.ih
+USAGE
+ccfind input output image
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input celestial coordinate files. Coordinates may be entered
+by hand by setting input to "STDIN". A STDIN coordinate list is terminated
+by typing <EOF> (usually <ctrl/d> or <ctrl/z>).
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output matched coordinate files. The computed pixel values
+are appended to the input coordinate file line and written to output. The number
+of output files must equal the number of input files. Results may be
+printed on the terminal by setting output to "STDOUT".
+.le
+.ls image
+The list of input images associated with the input coordinate files. The number
+of input images must equal the number of input coordinate files.
+.le
+.ls lngcolumn = 1, latcolumn = 2
+The input coordinate file columns containing the celestial ra / longitude and
+dec / latitude coordinates respectively.
+.le
+.ls lngunits = "", latunits = ""
+The units of the input ra / longitude and dec / latitude coordinates. The
+options are "hours", "degreees", and "radians" for ra / longitude and
+"degrees" and "radians" for dec / latitude. If lngunits and latunits are
+undefined they default to the preferred units for the coordinates
+system specified by \fIinsystem\fR, e.g. "hours" and "degrees" for
+equatorial systems and "degrees" and "degrees" for ecliptic, galactic, and
+supergalactic systems.
+.le
+.ls insystem = "j2000"
+The input celestial coordinate system. The \fIinsystem\fR parameter
+sets the preferred units for the input celestial coordinates, and
+tells CCFIND how to transform the input celestial coordinates 
+the input image celestial coordinate system. The systems of most
+interest to users are "icrs", "j2000", and "b1950".  The full set
+of options are the following:
+
+.ls equinox [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system if equinox is a
+Julian epoch, e.g. J2000.0 or 2000.0, or the equatorial mean place
+pre-IAU 1976 system (FK4) if equinox is a Besselian epoch, e.g. B1950.0
+or 1950.0. Julian equinoxes are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian equinoxes
+by a B or b. Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as
+Besselian epochs if they are < 1984.0, Julian epochs if they are >= 1984.0.
+Epoch is the epoch of the observation and may be a Julian
+epoch, a Besselian epoch, or a Julian date. Julian epochs
+are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to the epoch type of
+equinox if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls icrs [equinox] [epoch]
+The International Celestial Reference System (ICRS) where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk5 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system where equinox is a
+Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0  or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0. Epoch
+is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls noefk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system but without the E-terms
+where equinox is a Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0 or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls apparent epoch
+The equatorial geocentric apparent place post-IAU 1976 system where
+epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.
+.le
+.ls ecliptic epoch
+The ecliptic coordinate system where epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch values < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.
+.le
+.ls galactic [epoch]
+The IAU 1958 galactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+.ls supergalactic [epoch]
+The deVaucouleurs supergalactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+
+In all the above cases fields in [] are optional with the defaults as
+described. The epoch field for the icrs, fk5, galactic, and supergalactic
+coordinate systems is only used if the input coordinates are in the
+equatorial fk4, noefk4, fk5, or icrs systems and proper motions are supplied.
+Since CCFIND does not currently support proper motions these fields are
+not required.
+.le
+.ls usewcs = no
+Use image header information to compute the input image celestial coordinate
+system ? If usewcs is "yes", the image coordinate system is read from the
+image header.  If usewcs is "no", the input image celestial coordinates
+system is defined by \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR,
+\fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR, 
+\fIlngrefunits\fR, \fIlatrefunits\fR, \fIrefsystem\fR, and \fIprojection\fR
+parameters respectively.
+.le
+.ls xref = INDEF, yref = INDEF
+The x and y pixel coordinates of the reference point.
+xref and yref default to the center of the image in pixel coordinates.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The x and y scale factors in arcseconds per pixel.  xmag and ymag default
+to 1.0 and 1.0 arcseconds per pixel.
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The x and y rotation angles in degrees. xrotation and yrotation are
+interpreted as the rotation of the ra / longitude and dec / latitude
+coordinates with respect to the x and y axes, and default 0.0 and 0.0 degrees
+respectively. To set east to the up, down, left, and right directions,
+set xrotation to 90, 270, 180, and 0 respectively. To set north to the
+up, down, left, and right directions, set yrotation to  0, 180, 90, and 270
+degrees respectively. Any global rotation must be added to both the
+xrotation and yrotation values.
+.le
+.ls lngref = "INDEF", latref = "INDEF"
+The ra / longitude and dec / latitude of the reference point. Lngref and latref
+may be numbers, e.g 13:20:42.3 and -33:41:26, or keywords for the
+appropriate parameters in the image header, e.g. RA and DEC for NOAO
+image data. If lngref and latref are undefined they default to 0.0 and 0.0
+respectively.
+.le
+.ls lngrefunits = "", latrefunits = ""
+The units of the reference point celestial  coordinates. The options
+are "hours", "degrees", and "radians" for the ra / longitude coordinates,
+and "degrees" and "radians" for the dec /latitude coordinates.
+If lngrefunits and latrefunits are undefined they default to the preferred
+units of the reference system.
+.le
+.ls refsystem = "INDEF"
+The celestial coordinate system of the reference point. Refsystem may
+be any one of the options listed under the \fIinsystem\fR parameter, e.g.
+"b1950", or an image header keyword containing the epoch of the observation
+in years, e.g. EPOCH for NOAO data.  If refsystem is undefined
+the celestial coordinate system of the reference point defaults to the
+celestial coordinate system of the input coordinates \fIinsystem\fR.
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan"
+The sky projection geometry. The most commonly used projections in
+astronomy are "tan", "arc", "sin", and "lin". Other supported projections
+are "ait", "car", "csc", "gls", "mer", "mol", "par", "pco", "qsc", "stg",
+"tsc", and "zea".
+.le
+.ls center = yes
+Center the object pixel coordinates using an x and y marginal centroiding
+algorithm ?
+.le
+.ls sbox = 21
+The search box width in pixels. Sbox defines the region of the input image
+searched and used to compute the initial x and y marginal centroids. Users
+worried about contamination can set sbox = cbox, so that the first
+centering iteration will be the same as the others.
+.le
+.ls cbox = 9
+The centering box width in pixels. Cbox defines the region of the input
+image used to compute the final x and y marginal centroids.
+.le
+.ls datamin = INDEF, datamax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good data values. Values outside this range
+are exclude from the x and y marginal centroid computation.
+.le
+.ls background = INDEF
+The background value used by the centroiding algorithm. If background is
+INDEF, a value equal to the mean value of the good data pixels for
+each object is used.
+.le
+.ls maxiter = 5
+The maximum number of centroiding iterations to perform. The centroiding
+algorithm will halt when this limit is reached or when the desired tolerance
+is reached.
+.le
+.ls tolerance = 0
+The convergence tolerance of the centroiding algorithm. Tolerance is
+defined as the maximum permitted integer shift of the centering box in
+pixels from one iteration to the next.
+.le
+.ls verbose
+Print messages about actions taken by the task?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+CCFIND locates the objects in the input celestial coordinate lists \fIinput\fR
+in the input images \fIimage\fR using the image world coordinate system,
+and writes the located objects to the output matched coordinates files
+\fIoutput\fR. CCFIND computes the pixel coordinates of each object by,
+1) transforming the input celestial coordinates to image celestial coordinate
+system, 2) using the image celestial coordinate system to compute the
+initial pixel coordinates, and 3) computing the final pixel coordinates
+using a centroiding algorithm. The image celestial coordinate system may
+be read from the image header or supplied by the user. The CCFIND output
+files are suitable for input to the plate solution computation task CCMAP.
+
+The input ra / longitude and dec / latitude coordinates are read from
+columns \fIlngcolumn\fR and \fIlatcolumn\fR in the input coordinate
+file respectively.
+
+The input celestial coordinate system is set by the \fIinsystem\fR parameter,
+and must be one of the following: equatorial, ecliptic, galactic, or
+supergalactic.  The equatorial coordinate systems must be one of: 1) FK4,
+the mean place pre-IAU 1976 system, 2) FK4-NO-E, the same as FK4 but without
+the E-terms, 3) FK5, the mean place post-IAU 1976 system, 4) ICRS the
+International Celestial Reference System, 5) GAPPT, the geocentric apparent
+place in the post-IAU 1976 system.
+
+The \fIlngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR parameters set the units of the input
+celestial coordinates. If undefined, lngunits and latunits assume sensible
+defaults for the input celestial coordinate system set by the \fIinsystem\fR
+parameter, e.g. "hours" and "degrees" for equatorial coordinates and "degrees"
+and "degrees" for galactic coordinates.
+
+If the \fIusewcs\fR parameter is "yes", the image celestial coordinate
+system is read from the image header keywords CRPIX, CRVAL, CD or CDELT/CROTA,
+RADECSYS, EQUINOX or EPOCH, and MJD-OBS or DATE-OBS, where the mathematical
+part of this transformation is shown below.
+
+.nf
+        xi = a + b * x + c * y
+       eta = d + e * x + f * y
+         b = CD1_1
+         c = CD1_2
+         e = CD2_1
+         f = CD2_2
+         a = - b * CRPIX1 - c * CRPIX2
+         d = - e * CRPIX1 - f * CRPIX2 
+       lng = CRVAL1 + PROJ (xi, eta)
+       lat = CRVAL2 + PROJ (xi, eta)
+.fi
+
+If usewcs is "no", then the image celestial coordinate system is computed
+using the values of the \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR,
+\fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR,
+\fIlngrefunits\fR, \fIlatrefunits\fR, \fIrefsystem\fR, and \fIprojection\fR
+supplied by the user, where the mathematical part of this transformation is
+shown below.
+
+.nf
+        xi = a + b * x + c * y
+       eta = d + e * x + f * y
+         b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+         c = -ymag * sin (yrotation)
+         e = xmag * sin (xrotation)
+         f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+         a = - b * xref - c * yref 
+         d = - e * xref - f * yref
+       lng = lngref + PROJ (xi, eta)
+       lat = latref + PROJ (xi, eta)
+.fi
+
+In both the above examples, x and y are the pixel coordinates, xi and eta
+are the usual projected (standard) coordinates, lng and lat are the celestial
+coordinates, and PROJ stands for the projection function,  usually
+the tangent plane projection function.
+
+Once the image celestial coordinate system is determined, CCFIND transforms
+the input celestial coordinates to the image celestial coordinate system
+using the value of the \fIinsystem\fR parameter, and either the values of
+the image header keywords RADECSYS, EQUINOX / EPOCH, and MJD-OBS / DATE-OBS
+(if \fIusewcs\fR = "yes"), or the value of the \fIrefsystem\fR parameter (if
+\fIusewcs\fR = "no"), and then transforms the image celestial coordinates
+to pixel coordinates using the inverse of the transformation functions
+shown above.
+
+If \fIcenter\fR is yes, CCFIND locates the objects in the input
+image using an  xn and y marginal centroiding algorithm. Pixels
+inside a box \fIsbox\fR pixels wide centered in the initial coordinates,
+are used to locate the objects in the image. Accurate final centering
+is done using pixels inside a region \fIcbox\fR pixels wide centered on
+these initial coordinates. Sbox should be set to a value large enough
+to locate the object, but small enough to exclude other bright sources.
+Cbox should be set to a value small enough to exclude sky values and other
+bright sources, but large enough to include the wings of point sources.
+Bad data can be excluded from the centroiding algorithm by setting
+the \fIdatamin\fR and \fIdatamax\fR parameters. If \fIbackground\fR is
+undefined then the centroiding algorithm sets the background value to
+the mean of the good data values inside the centering box.
+The centroiding algorithm iterates until the maximum number of
+iterations \fImaxiter\fR limit is reached, or until the tolerance
+criteria \fItolerance\fR is achieved.
+
+Only objects whose coordinates are successfully located in the 
+input image are written to the output coordinate file. The computed
+output pixel coordinates are appended to the input image line using
+the format parameters \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR parameters,
+whose default values are "%10.3f" and "%10.3f" respectively
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+   
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+   
+   
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+   
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+   
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+   
+Examples
+   
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+   
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+cctran.hlp-(67%)-line 268-file 1 of 1
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+   
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Locate the object in the list wpix.coords in the image wpix using
+the existing image header wcs. The input celestial coordinates file
+contains j2000 GSC catalog coordinates of 5 objects in the field.
+The image wcs is in b1950.
+
+.nf
+cl> imcopy dev$wpix wpix
+    ... copy the test image into the current directory
+
+cl> hedit wpix equinox 1950.0 add+
+    ... change the epoch keyword value to the correct number
+
+cl> type wpix.coords
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79
+
+cl> ccfind wpix.coords wpix.match wpix usewcs+
+
+Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match
+    Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Refsystem: wpix.imh logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK4 Equinox: B1950.000
+    Epoch: B1987.25767884 MJD: 46890.00000
+Located 5 objects in image wpix
+
+cl> type wpix.match
+# Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match
+#     Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Refsystem: wpix.imh logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+#     Coordinates: equatorial FK4 Equinox: B1950.000
+#     Epoch: B1987.25767884 MJD: 46890.00000
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52     327.504    410.379
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18     465.503     62.101
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23     442.013    409.654
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15     224.351    131.200
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79     134.373    356.327
+
+cl> ccmap wpix.match ccmap.db xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2 ...
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous example but input the image coordinate system by hand.
+The scale is known to be ~0.77 arcseconds per pixel, north is up, east is left,
+and the center of the image is near ra = 13:27:47, dec = 47:27:14 in 1950
+coordinates.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccfind wpix.coords wpix.match wpix xmag=-0.77 ymag=.77 lngref=13:27:47 \
+latref=47:27:14 refsystem=b1950.
+
+Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match.1
+    Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Refsystem: b1950  Coordinates: equatorial FK4
+    Equinox: B1950.000 Epoch: B1950.00000000 MJD: 33281.92346
+Located 5 objects in image wpix
+
+
+cl> type wpix.match 
+
+# Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match
+#     Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Refsystem: b1950  Coordinates: equatorial FK4
+#     Equinox: B1950.000 Epoch: B1950.00000000 MJD: 33281.92346
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52     327.504    410.379
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18     465.503     62.101
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23     442.013    409.654
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15     224.351    131.200
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79     134.373    356.327
+.fi
+
+3. Repeat the previous example but read the ra, dec, and epoch from the
+image header keywords RA, DEC, and EPOCH. It turns out the telescope
+RA and DEC recorded in the image header are not very accurate and that
+EPOCH is 0.0 instead of 1987.26 so we will fix up the header before
+trying out the example.
+
+.nf
+cl> hedit wpix EPOCH 1987.26
+cl> hedit wpix RA '13:29:21'
+cl> hedit wpix DEC '47:15:42'
+
+cl> ccfind wpix.coords wpix.match wpix xmag=-0.77 ymag=.77 lngref=RA \
+latref=DEC refsystem=EPOCH
+
+Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match
+    Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Refsystem: 1987.26  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J1987.260 Epoch: J1987.26000000 MJD: 46891.21500
+Located 5 objects in image wpix
+
+# Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match
+#     Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Refsystem: 1987.26  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J1987.260 Epoch: J1987.26000000 MJD: 46891.21500
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52     327.504    410.379
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18     465.503     62.101
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23     442.013    409.654
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15     224.351    131.200
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79     134.373    356.327
+.fi
+
+4. Use ccfind to predict the pixel coordinate in the last example by
+turning off the object centering, and mark the predicted coordinates
+on the image display with red dots.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccfind wpix.coords wpix.match wpix xmag=-0.77 ymag=.77 lngref=RA \
+latref=DEC refsystem=EPOCH center-
+
+Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match
+    Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Refsystem: 1987.26  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J1987.260 Epoch: J1987.26000000 MJD: 46891.21500
+Located 5 objects in image wpix
+
+cl> type wpix.match
+
+# Input File: wpix.coords  Output File: wpix.match
+#     Image: wpix  Wcs: 
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Refsystem: 1987.26  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J1987.260 Epoch: J1987.26000000 MJD: 46891.21500
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52     333.954    401.502
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18     465.338     53.175
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23     447.687    399.967
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15     226.600    125.612
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79     141.892    351.084
+
+cl> display wpix 1
+
+cl> fields wpix.match 3,4 | tvmark 1 STDIN col=204
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+starfind, ccxymatch, ccmap, ccsetwcs, cctran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccget.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccget.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fef9afba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccget.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+.help ccget Oct00 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+ccget -- extract objects in a user specified field from a text file catalog
+.ih
+USAGE
+ccget input output lngcenter latcenter lngwidth latwidth
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The input text file catalog(s). The text file columns must be
+delimited by whitespace and all the input catalogs must have the same format.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output catalogs containing the extracted objects. The number of
+output catalogs must be one or equal to the number of input catalogs.
+.le
+.ls lngcenter, latcenter
+The center of the field containing the objects to be extracted. Lngcenter and
+latcenter are assumed to be in the coordinate system specified by
+\fIfcsystem\fR, e.g. ra and dec for equatorial systems, galactic longitude and
+latitude for galactic systems, etc. and in the units specified by
+\fIfclngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR.
+.le
+.ls lngwidth, latwidth
+The width of the user specified field in degrees.
+.le
+.ls fcsystem = ""
+The celestial coordinate system of the field center. If undefined fcsystem
+defaults to the catalog celestial coordinate system specified by
+\fIcatsystem\fR. The two systems of
+most interest to users are "j2000" and "b1950". The full set of options is:
+
+.ls equinox [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system if equinox is a
+Julian epoch, e.g. J2000.0 or 2000.0, or the equatorial mean place
+pre-IAU 1976 system (FK4) if equinox is a Besselian epoch, e.g. B1950.0
+or 1950.0. Julian equinoxes are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian equinoxes
+by a B or b. Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as
+Besselian epochs if they are < 1984.0, Julian epochs if they are >= 1984.0.
+Epoch is the epoch of the observation and may be a Julian
+epoch, a Besselian epoch, or a Julian date. Julian epochs
+are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to the epoch type of
+equinox if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk5 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system where equinox is a
+Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0  or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0. Epoch
+is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls noefk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system but without the E-terms
+where equinox is a Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0 or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls apparent epoch
+The equatorial geocentric apparent place post-IAU 1976 system where
+epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.
+.le
+.ls ecliptic epoch
+The ecliptic coordinate system where epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch values < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.
+.le
+.ls galactic [epoch]
+The IAU 1958 galactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+.ls supergalactic [epoch]
+The deVaucouleurs supergalactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+
+In all the above cases fields in [] are optional with the defaults as
+described. The epoch field for the fk5, galactic, and supergalactic
+coordinate systems is only used if the input coordinates are in the
+equatorial fk4, noefk4, or fk5 systems and proper motions are supplied.
+Since ccget does not currently support proper motions these fields are
+not required.
+.le
+
+.ls fclngunits = "", fclatunits = ""
+The units of the field center coordinates. The options are "hours", "degrees",
+and "radians" for the ra / longitude coordinate and "degrees" and "radians"
+for the dec / latitude coordinates. If fclngunits and fclatunits are undefined
+they default to the preferred units for the given system, e.g. "hours" and
+degrees" for equatorial systems and "degrees" and "degrees" for ecliptic,
+galactic, and supergalactic systems.
+.le
+.ls colaliases = ""
+The list of input catalog column aliases separated by commas. By default the
+catalog columns are "c1", "c2", "c10", etc. If colaliases is defined then
+the aliases are assigned to the columns in order. For example if colaliases
+is "id,ra,dec,v,bv" then columns c1, c2, c3, c4, c5 will be assigned
+the names id, ra, dec, v, and bv and any remaining columns in the input catalog
+file will be assigned default names beginning with c6.
+.le
+.ls lngcolumn = "c2", latcolumn = "c3"
+The input catalog columns containing the coordinates of catalog objects.
+.le
+.ls catsystem = "j2000"
+The celestial coordinate system of the input catalog(s). The two systems of
+most interest to users are "j2000" and "b1950". The full set of options is
+described in the \fIfcsystem\fR parameter section.
+.le
+.ls catlngunits = "", catlatunits = ""
+The units of the catalog coordinates. The options are "hours", "degrees",
+and "radians" for the ra / longitude coordinate and "degrees" and "radians"
+for the dec / latitude coordinates. If catlngunits and catlatunits are undefined
+they default to the preferred units for the catalog system, e.g. "hours" and
+degrees" for equatorial systems and "degrees" and "degrees" for ecliptic,
+galactic, and supergalactic systems.
+.le
+.ls outsystem = ""
+The celestial coordinate system of the output coordinates. If undefined
+outsystem defaults to the celestial coordinate system of the catalog.
+The two systems of most interest to users are "j2000" and "b1950". The
+full set of options is described under the \fIfcsystem\fR parameter
+section.
+.le
+.ls olngunits = "", olatunits = ""
+The units of the output coordinates. The options are "hours", "degrees",
+and "radians" for the ra / longitude coordinate and "degrees" and "radians"
+for the dec / latitude coordinates. If olngunits and olatunits are undefined
+they default to the preferred units for outsystem, e.g. "hours" and degrees" for
+equatorial systems and "degrees" and "degrees" for ecliptic, galactic, and
+supergalactic systems.
+.le
+.ls olngformat = "", olatformat=""
+The output ra / longitude and dec / latitude formats if the output
+celestial coordinate system is different from the catalog celestial
+coordinate system. The defaults are "  %010.1h" for hours, "  %9h" for degrees
+and "  %9.7g" for radians.
+.le
+.ls exprs = "c[*]"
+The list of output columns and column expressions separated by commas.
+By default the entire record for the extracted object is output exactly
+as it is. The output columns can be individual columns e.g. c1 or c5
+or column ranges, e.g. c[1-10] or c[2-4]. Column expressions are
+expressions of the catalog columns, e.g c4 + c5.  Columns and column
+expression are output in the order in which they appear in exprs.
+.le
+.ls formats = ""
+An optional list of column formats separated by commas. Column formats must
+be placeholders, e.g. the letter f for existing columns which are not
+reformatted (with the possible exception of the coordinate columns).
+Column expression formats may be any regular formatting expression.
+For example if \fIexprs\fR is "c[1-3],c4+c5,c5+c7", then formats might be
+"f,%7.3f,%7.3f".
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages on the standard output about actions taken by the task.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+Ccget extracts objects in a user specified field from the input catalogs
+\fIinput\fR and writes the extracted records to the output
+catalogs \fIoutput\fR.
+
+The user field is specified by the parameters \fIlngcenter\fR, \fIlatcenter\fR,
+\fIlngwidth\fR, and \fIlatwidth\fR, where the field center is entered in
+the celestial coordinate system specified by \fIfcsystem\fR and the
+units are specified by \fIfclngunits\fR and \fIfclatunits\fR. If fcsystem
+is undefined it defaults to the value of the catalog coordinate system
+\fIcatsystem\fR.
+
+The input catalogs must be text files containing 2 or more columns separated
+by whitespace. By default these columns are assigned names of the form
+c1, c2, ..., cn. Legal columns names must have the form described
+in the following column names section. Users may assign their own names
+to the columns by setting
+the \fIcolaliases\fR parameter. The input catalog columns \fIlngcolumn\fR and
+\fIlatcolumn\fR must contain the ra / longitude and dec / latitude coordinates
+of the catalog objects respectively. The parameters \fIcatsystem\fR,
+\fIcatlngunits\fR, and \fIcatlatunits\fR specify the coordinate system
+of the input catalog and its coordinate units respectively.
+
+At task startup the user field center is transformed from the coordinate
+system defined by \fIfcsystem\fR to the catalog coordinate system
+\fIcatsystem\fR and the ra / longitude and dec / latitude limits of the
+user field are computed. As each input catalog record is read, the catalog
+coordinates are decoded and tested against these limits. If the 
+object is inside the user field then the column and column
+expressions specified by \fIexprs\fR are extracted from the input catalogs
+and written to the output catalogs.
+
+If the output celestial coordinate system \fIoutsystem\fR is
+different from \fIcatsystem\fR, then the catalog coordinates are transformed
+and to the output coordinates system, and written to the output catalog
+in the units specified
+by \fIolngunits\fR and \fIolatunits\fR, with the formats specified by
+\fIolngformat\fR and \fIolatformat\fR. Existing columns are written to
+the output catalog in the same
+format they have in the input catalog. Column expressions are written
+using the formats specified by \fIformats\fR or the builtin defaults
+of %5b, %10d, %10g, or %s for boolean, integer, floating point, or
+string columns  respectively.
+
+.ih
+COLUMN NAMES
+
+By default column names are of the form c1, c2, ..., cN. However users can
+also define their own column names, which must have the following syntax
+
+.nf
+	{a-zA-Z}[{a-zA-Z0-9._$}]*
+.fi
+
+where [] indicates optional, {} indicates a class, - indicates an ascii
+range of characters, and * indicates zero or more occurrences. In words
+a column name must begin with an alphabetic character and be followed
+by any combination of alphabetic, digit, or '.', '_', and '$' characters.
+The ccget task imposes a 19 character limit on the columns names so it is
+best to keep them short.
+
+.ih
+COLUMN EXPRESSIONS
+
+Expressions must consist of operands and operators. The operands may be
+column names, numeric constants, functions, and quoted string constants.
+Values given as sexagesimal strings are automatically converted to
+decimal numbers. The operators are arithmetic, logical, and string.
+
+The following operators are supported:
+
+    
+.nf
+            +  -  *  /              arithmetic operators
+            **                      exponentiation
+            //                      string concatenation
+            !  -                    boolean not, unary negation
+            <  <= >  >=             order comparison (works for strings)
+            == != && ||             equals, not equals, and, or
+            ?=                      string equals pattern
+            ? :                     conditional expression
+.fi
+
+The following intrinsic functions are supported:
+
+    
+.nf
+            abs     atan2   deg     log     min     real    sqrt
+            acos    bool    double  log10   mod     short   str
+            asin    cos     exp     long    nint    sin     tan
+            atan    cosh    int     max     rad     sinh    tanh
+.fi
+
+    
+.ih
+COLUMN FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+
+
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+
+Examples
+
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+SOME BUILTIN CATALOG FORMATS
+
+The nlandolt.dat catalog in noao$photcal/catalogs/ has the following format.
+
+.nf
+# Column     Quantity 
+
+       1           id
+       2           ra
+       3          dec
+       4            v
+       5          b-v
+       6          u-b
+       7          v-r
+       8          r-i
+       9          v-i
+      10            n   
+      11            m 
+      12       err(v)
+      13     err(b-v)
+      14     err(u-b)
+      15     err(v-r)
+      16     err(r-i)
+      17     err(v-i)
+.fi
+
+where the coordinates are in j2000, the errors are all mean errors of the mean,
+and n and m are the number of observations and number of independent nights
+of observations respectively.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+The catalog references are
+
+.nf
+nlandolt.dat - Landolt, A.U. 1992, A.J. 104, 340
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+Example 1. Extract all Landolt standard stars within a 1 degree field
+surrounding the position ra = 3:55:00 dec = 0:00:00 (J2000).
+
+.nf
+cl> ccget nlandolt.dat output 03:55:00.0 0:00:00 1.0 1.0
+.fi
+
+Example 2. Repeat example 1 but output the coordinates in the b1950
+celestial coordinate system.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccget nlandolt.dat output 03:55:00.0 0:00:00 1.0 1.0 \
+outsystem=b1950
+.fi
+
+Example 3. Repeat example 1 but extract only the id, ra, dec, v, 
+and b-v fields from the Landolt catalog.  Note that since these
+columns are the first five in the catalog they can be specified
+as a range.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccget nlandolt.dat output 03:55:00.0 0:00:00 1.0 1.0 \
+exprs="c[1-5]"
+.fi
+
+Example 4. Repeat example 1 but extract the id, ra, dec, b and
+b-r colors. Note that b and b-r are not columns in the input catalog
+but may be computed from them. Note also that formats should be
+specified to give the desired spacing, although defaults will be
+supplied.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccget nlandolt.dat output 03:55:00.0 0:00:00 1.0 1.0 \
+exprs="c[1-3],c4+c5,c5+c7" formats="%7.3f,%7.3f
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e19d30fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccmap.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,1028 @@
+.help ccmap Jan01 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+ccmap -- compute plate solutions using matched pixel and celestial coordinate
+lists
+.ih
+USAGE
+ccmap input database
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The input text files containing the pixel and celestial coordinates of
+points in the input images. The coordinates are listed one per line with x, y,
+ra / longitude, and dec / latitude in the columns specified by the
+\fIxcolumn\fR, \fIycolumn\fR, \fIlngcolumn\fR, and \fIlatcolumn\fR parameters
+respectively.  Whether all files are combined to produce one solution or
+each file produces a separate solution depends on whether there is a
+matching list of output \fIsolutions\fR names or \fIresults\fR files.
+.le
+.ls database
+The text database file where the computed plate solutions are stored.
+.le
+.ls solutions = ""
+An optional list of plate solution names. If there are multiple input
+coordinate files and no name or a single name is specified then the
+input coordinates are combined to produce a single solution.  Otherwise
+the list must match the number of input coordinate files.  If no names are
+supplied then the database records are assigned the names of the input
+images \fIimages\fR, or the names of the coordinate files \fIinput\fR.
+In the case of multiple coordinate files the first image or input is used.
+.le
+.ls images = ""
+The images associated with the input coordinate files. The number of images
+must be zero or equal to the number of input coordinate files. If an input
+image exists and the \fIupdate\fR parameter is enabled, the image wcs will
+be created from the linear component of the computed plate solution
+and written to the image header.
+.le
+.ls results = ""
+Optional output files containing a summary of the results including a
+description of the plate geometry and a listing of the input coordinates,
+the fitted coordinates, and the fit residuals. The number of
+results files must be zero, one or equal to the number of input files. If
+results is "STDOUT" the results summary is printed on the standard output.
+If there are multiple input coordinate files and zero or one output is
+specified then the input coordinates are combined to produce a single solution.
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2, lngcolumn = 3, latcolumn = 4
+The input coordinate file columns containing the x, y, ra / longitude and
+dec / latitude values.
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The range of x and y pixel coordinates over which the computed coordinate
+transformation is valid. These limits should be left at INDEF or set to
+the values of the column and row limits of the input images, e.g xmin = 1.0,
+xmax = 512, ymin= 1.0, ymax = 512 for a 512 x 512 image.  If xmin, xmax, ymin,
+or ymax are undefined, they are set to the minimum and maximum x and y
+pixels values in \fIinput\fR.
+.le
+.ls lngunits = "", latunits = ""
+The units of the input ra / longitude and dec / latitude coordinates. The
+options are "hours", "degrees", and "radians" for ra / longitude, and
+"degrees" and "radians" for dec / latitude. If the lngunits and latunits
+are undefined they default to the preferred units for the coordinate system
+specified by \fIinsystem\fR, e.g. "hours" and "degrees" for equatorial
+systems, and "degrees" and "degrees" for ecliptic, galactic, and
+supergalactic systems.
+.le
+.ls insystem = "j2000"
+The input celestial coordinate system. The \fIinsystem\fR parameter
+sets the preferred units for the input celestial coordinates,
+tells CCMAP how to transform the celestial coordinates of the reference
+point from the reference point coordinate system to the input coordinate
+system, and sets the correct values of the image header keywords CTYPE,
+RADECSYS, EQUINOX, and MJD-WCS if the image header wcs is updated. The 
+systems of most interest to users are "icrs", "j2000", and "b1950" which
+stand for the ICRS J2000.0, FK5 J2000.0 and FK4 B1950.0 celestial coordinate
+systems respectively.  The full set of options are the following:
+
+.ls equinox [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system if equinox is a
+Julian epoch, e.g. J2000.0 or 2000.0, or the equatorial mean place
+pre-IAU 1976 system (FK4) if equinox is a Besselian epoch, e.g. B1950.0
+or 1950.0. Julian equinoxes are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian equinoxes
+by a B or b. Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as
+Besselian epochs if they are < 1984.0, Julian epochs if they are >= 1984.0.
+Epoch is the epoch of the observation and may be a Julian
+epoch, a Besselian epoch, or a Julian date. Julian epochs
+are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to the epoch type of
+equinox if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls icrs [equinox] [epoch]
+The International Celestial Reference System where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk5 [equinox] [epoch] 
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system where equinox is a
+Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0  or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0. Epoch
+is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls noefk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system but without the E-terms
+where equinox is a Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0 or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls apparent epoch 
+The equatorial geocentric apparent place post-IAU 1976 system where
+epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.
+.le
+.ls ecliptic epoch
+The ecliptic coordinate system where epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch values < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.
+.le
+.ls galactic [epoch]
+The IAU 1958 galactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+.ls supergalactic [epoch]
+The deVaucouleurs supergalactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+
+In all the above cases fields in [] are optional with the defaults as
+described. The epoch field for the icrs, fk5, galactic, and supergalactic
+coordinate systems is only used if the input coordinates are in the
+equatorial fk4, noefk4, fk5, or icrs systems and proper motions are supplied.
+Since CCMAP does not currently support proper motions these fields are
+not required.
+.le
+
+.ls refpoint = "coords"
+The definition of the sky projection reference point in celestial coordinates,
+e.g. the tangent point in the case of the usual tangent plane projection.
+The options are:
+.ls coords
+The celestial coordinates of the reference point are set to the mean of the 
+input celestial coordinates, e.g. the mean of ra / longitude and dec /
+latitude coordinates. If the true tangent point is reasonably close to
+the center of the input coordinate distribution and the input is not
+too large, this approximation is reasonably accurate.
+.le
+.ls user
+The values of the keywords \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR, \fIrefsystem\fR,
+\fIlngrefunits\fR, and \fIlatrefunits\fR are used to determine the celestial
+coordinates of the reference point.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xref = "INDEF", yref = "INDEF"
+The reference pixel may be specified as a value or image header keyword.
+In the latter case a reference image must be specified.  By specifying
+the reference pixel the solution will be constrained to putting the
+reference coordinate at that point.
+.le
+.ls lngref = "INDEF", latref = "INDEF"
+The ra / longitude and dec / latitude of the reference point(s).  Lngref
+and latref may be numbers, e.g 13:20:42.3 and -33:41:26 or keywords for the
+appropriate parameters in the image header, e.g. RA/DEC or CRVAL1/CRVAL2.
+Each parameter may be a list to apply different reference points to
+each input coordinate list.  If lngref and latref are undefined then
+the position of the reference point defaults to the mean of the input
+coordinates.
+.le
+.ls refsystem = "INDEF"
+The celestial coordinate system of the reference point. Refsystem may
+be any one of the options listed under the \fIinsystem\fR parameter, e.g.
+"b1950", or an image header keyword containing the epoch of the observation
+in years, e.g. EPOCH for NOAO data. In the latter case the coordinate system is
+assumed to be equatorial FK4 at equinox EPOCH. If refsystem is undefined
+the celestial coordinate system of the reference point defaults to the
+celestial coordinate system of the input coordinates \fIinsystem\fR.
+.le
+.ls lngrefunits = "", latrefunits = ""
+The units of the reference point celestial  coordinates. The options
+are "hours", "degrees", and "radians" for the ra / longitude coordinates,
+and "degrees" and "radians" for the dec /latitude coordinates. 
+If lngunits and latunits are undefined they default to the  units of the
+input coordinate system.
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan"
+The sky projection geometry. The most commonly used projections in astronomy
+are "tan", "arc", "sin", and "lin". Other supported  standard projections
+are "ait", "car","csc", "gls", "mer", "mol", "par", "pco", "qsc", "stg",
+"tsc", and "zea". A new experimental function "tnx", a combination of the
+tangent plate projection and polynomials, is also available.
+.le
+.ls fitgeometry = "general"
+The plate solution geometry to be used. The options are the following, where
+xi and eta refer to the usual standard coordinates used in astrometry.
+.ls shift
+Xi and eta shifts only are fit.
+.le
+.ls xyscale
+Xi and eta shifts and x and y magnification factors in " / pixel are fit.
+Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rotate
+Xi and eta shifts and a rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rscale
+Xi and eta shifts, a magnification factor in " / pixel assumed to be the same
+in x and y, and a rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rxyscale
+Xi and eta shifts, x and y magnifications factors in " / pixel, and a rotation
+angle are fit.  Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls general
+A polynomial of arbitrary order in x and y is fit. A linear term and a
+distortion term are computed separately. The linear term includes a xi and eta
+shift, an x and y scale factor in " / pixel, a rotation and a skew.  Axis
+flips are also allowed for in the linear portion of the fit. The distortion
+term consists of a polynomial fit to the residuals of the linear term. By
+default the distortion term is set to zero.
+.le
+
+For all the fitting geometries except "general" no distortion term is fit,
+i.e. the x and y polynomial orders are assumed to be 2 and the cross term
+switches are assumed to be set to "none", regardless of the values of the
+\fIxxorder\fR, \fIxyorder\fR, \fIxxterms\fR, \fIyxorder\fR, \fIyyorder\fR
+and \fIyxterms\fR parameters set by the user.
+.le
+.ls function = "polynomial"
+The type of analytic coordinate surface to be fit. The options are the
+following.
+.ls legendre
+Legendre polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+Chebyshev polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls polynomial
+Power series polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xxorder = 2, xyorder = 2,  yxorder = 2, yyorder = 2
+The order of the polynomials in x and y for the xi and eta fits respectively.
+The default order and cross term settings define the linear term in x
+and y, where the 6 coefficients can be interpreted in terms of an xi and eta
+shift, an x and y scaling in " / pixel, and rotations of the x and y axes.
+The "shift", "xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale", fitting geometries
+assume that the polynomial order parameters are 2 regardless of the values
+set by the user. If any of the order parameters are higher than 2 and
+\fIfitgeometry\fR is "general", then a distortion surface is fit to the
+residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls xxterms = "half", yxterms = "half"
+The options are:
+.ls none
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x or powers of y but not
+powers of both.
+.le
+.ls half
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1, xyorder - 1) for the xi fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1, yyorder - 1) for the eta fit. This is the recommended
+option for higher order plate solutions. 
+.le
+.ls full
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1 + xyorder - 1) for the xi fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1 + yyorder - 1) for the eta fit.
+.le
+
+The "shift", "xyscale", "rotation",
+"rscale", and "rxyscale" fitting geometries, assume that the
+cross term switches are set to "none" regardless of the values set by the user.
+If either of the cross-terms parameters is set to "half" or "full" and
+\fIfitgeometry\fR is "general" then a distortion surface is fit to the
+residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls maxiter = 0
+The maximum number of rejection iterations. The default is no rejection.
+.le
+.ls reject = INDEF
+The rejection limit in units of sigma.
+.le
+.ls update = no
+Update the world coordinate system in the input image headers ?
+The required numerical quantities represented by the keywords CRPIX,
+CRVAL, and CD are computed from the linear portion of the plate solution,
+The values of the keywords CTYPE, RADECSYS, EQUINOX, and MJD-WCS
+are set by the \fIprojection\fR and \fIinsystem\fR parameters. As there
+is currently no standard mechanism for storing the higher order plate solution
+terms if any in the image header wcs, these terms are currently ignored
+unless the projection function is the experimental function "tnx". The "tnx"
+function is not FITS compatible and can only be understood by IRAF. Any existing
+image wcs represented by the above keywords is overwritten during the update.
+.le
+.ls pixsystem = "logical"
+The input pixel coordinate system. The options are:
+.ls logical
+The logical pixel coordinate system is the coordinate system of the image
+pixels on disk. Since most users measure the pixel coordinates of objects
+in this system, "logical" is the system of choice for most applications.
+.le
+.ls physical
+The physical coordinate system is the pixel coordinate system of the
+parent image if any. This option may be useful for users working on images
+that are pieces of a larger mosaic.
+.le
+
+The choice of pixsystem has no affect on the fitting process, but does 
+determine how the image header wcs is updated.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print detailed messages about the progress of the task on the standard output ?
+.le
+.ls interactive = yes
+Compute the plate solution interactively ?
+In interactive mode the user may interact with the fitting process, e.g.
+change the order of the fit, reject points, display the data and refit, etc.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The graphics device.
+.le
+.ls cursor = ""
+The graphics cursor.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+CCMAP computes the plate solution for an image or set of images using lists
+of matched pixel and celestial coordinates. The celestial coordinates
+are usually equatorial coordinates, but may also be ecliptic, galactic,
+or supergalactic coordinates.  The input coordinate files \fIinput\fR must
+be text file tables whose columns are delimited by whitespace. The pixel
+and celestial coordinates are listed in input, one per line with  x, y,
+ra / longitude, and dec / latitude in columns \fIxcolumn\fR, \fIycolumn\fR,
+\fIlngcolumn\fR, and \fIlatcolumn\fR respectively.
+
+The \fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR parameters define
+the region of validity of the fit in the pixel coordinate system. They should
+normally either be left set to INDEF, or set to the size of input images
+\fIimages\fR if any, e.g. xmin= 1.0, xmax= 512.0, ymin = 1.0, ymax = 512.0
+for a 512 square image. If set these parameters are also used to reject out
+of range pixel data before the actual fitting is done.
+
+The \fIlngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR parameters set the units of the input
+celestial coordinates. If undefined lngunits and latunits assume sensible
+defaults for the input celestial coordinate system set by the \fIinsystem\fR
+parameter, e.g. "hours" and "degrees" for equatorial coordinates and "degrees"
+and "degrees" for galactic coordinates. The input celestial coordinate system
+must be one of the following: equatorial, ecliptic, galactic, or supergalactic.
+The equatorial coordinate systems must be one of: 1) FK4, the mean place
+pre-IAU 1976 system, 2) FK4-NO-E, the same as FK4 but without the E-terms,
+3) FK5, the mean place post-IAU 1976 system, 4) GAPPT, the geocentric apparent
+place in the post-IAU 1976 system.
+
+The plate solution computed by CCMAP has the following form, where x and y
+are the pixel coordinates of points in the input image and xi and eta are the
+corresponding standard coordinates in units of " / pixel.
+
+.nf
+     xi = f (x, y)
+    eta = g (x, y)
+.fi
+
+The standard coordinates xi and eta are computed from the input celestial
+coordinates using the sky projection geometry \fIprojection\fR and
+the celestial coordinates of the projection reference point set by
+the user. The default projection is the tangent plane or gnomonic
+projection commonly used in optical astronomy. The projections most commonly
+used in astronomy are "sin" (the orthographic projection, used in radio
+aperture synthesis), "arc" (the zenithal equidistant projection, widely
+used as an approximation for Schmidt telescopes), and "lin" (linear).
+Other supported projections are "ait", "car", "csc", "gls", "mer", "mol",
+"par", "pco", "qsc", "stg", "tsc", and "zea". The experimental projection
+function "tnx" combines the "tan" projection with a polynomial fit
+to the residuals can be used to represent more complicated distortion
+functions.
+
+There are two modes in which this task works with multiple input
+coordinate lists.  In one case each input list and possible associated
+image is treated independently and produce separate solutions.  To
+select this option requires specifying a matching list of solution
+names or output results files.  Note that this can also be simply done
+by running the task multiple times with a single input list each time.
+
+In the second mode data from multiple input lists are combined to
+produce a single solution.  This is useful when multiple exposures are
+taken to define a higher quality astrometric solution.  This mode is
+selected when there are multiple input lists, and possibly associated
+images, and no solution name or a single solution name is specified.
+
+When combining input data each set of coordinates may have different
+reference points which can be specified either as a list or by
+reference to image header keywords.  The different reference points
+are used to convert each set of coordinates to the same coordinate
+frame.  Typically this occurs when a set of exposures, each with the
+same coordinate reference pixel, has slightly different pointing as
+defined by the coordinate reference value.  These different points
+result from a dither and can be useful to more completely sample the
+image pixel space.  In other words, astrometric reference stars can be
+moved around the images to produce many more fitting points than occur
+with a single exposure. The key point to this process is that the
+shifts are mapped by the reference points of the pointing and the
+standard coordinates are independent of the pointing.
+
+A particular feature primarily intending for combining multiple
+exposures, but applies to single exposures as well, is an adjustment to
+the specified tangent point value based on the image WCS.  When images,
+reference pixels, and reference coordinates are all defined and the
+images contain a celestial WCS the following computation is performed.
+The reference information replaces the WCS tangent point values, though
+typically the initial reference information is specified as the tangent
+point, and the updated WCS is used to evaluate celestial coordinates
+from the input pixel coordinates. The average difference between the WCS
+evaluated coordinates and the input celestial coordinates is computed.
+This difference is applied to the reference point prior to the standard
+coordinate plate solution calculation.  In other words, the reference
+point is tweaked in the initial image WCS to make it agree on average with
+the input reference coordinates.  If one updates the WCS of the images by
+the plate solution and the repeats the plate solution, particularly when
+using multiple exposures, an iterative convergence to a self-consistent
+WCS of both the tangent point and plate solution can be obtained.
+
+Several polynomial cross terms options are available. Options "none", 
+"half", and "full" are illustrated below for a quadratic polynomial in
+x and y.
+
+.nf
+xxterms = "none", xyterms = "none"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+    xi = a11 + a21 * x + a12 * y +
+         a31 * x ** 2 + a13 * y ** 2
+   eta = a11' + a21' * x + a12' * y +
+         a31' * x ** 2 + a13' * y ** 2
+
+xxterms = "half", xyterms = "half"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+    xi = a11 + a21 * x + a12 * y +
+         a31 * x ** 2 + a22 * x * y + a13 * y ** 2
+   eta = a11' + a21' * x + a12' * y +
+         a31' * x ** 2 + a22' * x * y + a13' * y ** 2
+
+xxterms = "full", xyterms = "full"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+    xi = a11 + a21 * x + a31 * x ** 2 +
+         a12 * y + a22 * x * y +  a32 * x ** 2 * y +
+         a13 * y ** 2 + a23 * x *  y ** 2 + a33 * x ** 2 * y ** 2
+   eta = a11' + a21' * x + a31' * x ** 2 +
+         a12' * y + a22' * x * y +  a32' * x ** 2 * y +
+         a13' * y ** 2 + a23' * x *  y ** 2 + a33' * x ** 2 * y ** 2
+.fi
+
+If \fIrefpoint\fR is "coords", then the sky projection reference point is set
+to the mean of the input celestial coordinates. For images where the true
+reference point is close to the center of the input coordinate distribution,
+this definition is adequate for many purposes. If \fIrefpoint\fR is "user",
+the user may either set the celestial coordinates of the reference
+point explicitly, e.g. \fIlngref\fR = 13:41:02.3 and \fIlatref\fR = -33:42:20,
+or point these parameters to the appropriate keywords in the input image
+header, e.g. \fIlngref\fR = RA, \fIlatref\fR = DEC for NOAO image data.
+If undefined the celestial coordinate system of the reference point
+\fIrefsystem\fR defaults to the celestial coordinate system of the input
+coordinates, otherwise it be any of the supported celestial coordinate
+systems described above. The user may also set \fIrefsystem\fR to the
+image header keyword containing the epoch of the celestial reference point
+coordinates in years, e.g. EPOCH for NOAO data. In this case the
+reference point coordinates are assumed to be equatorial FK4 coordinates at the
+epoch specified by EPOCH. The units of the reference point celestial
+coordinates are specified by the \fIlngrefunits\fR and \fIlatrefunits\fR
+parameters. Lngrefunits and latrefunits default to the values of the input
+coordinate units if undefined by either the user or the \fIrefsystem\fR
+parameter. ONCE DETERMINED THE REFERENCE POINT CANNOT BE RESET DURING
+THE FITTING PROCESS.
+
+The \fIxref\fR and \fIyref\fR parameters may be used to constrain the
+solution to putting the reference coordinate at the reference pixel.
+Effectively what this does is fix the zero-th order coefficient in the
+linear part of the solution.  If a reference pixel is not specified the
+solution will produce a point determined from the zero-th order
+constant coefficient.  This may not be what is expected based on
+the specified reference celestial coordinate.
+
+The fitting functions f and g are specified by the \fIfunction\fR parameter
+and may be power series polynomials, Legendre polynomials, or Chebyshev
+polynomials of order \fIxxorder\fR and \fIxyorder\fR in x and \fIyxorder\fR
+and \fIyyorder\fR in y. Cross-terms are optional and are turned on and
+off by setting the \fIxxterms\fR and \fIxyterms\fR parameters. If the
+\fBfitgeometry\fR parameter is anything other than "general", the order
+parameters assume the value 2 and the cross-terms switches assume the value
+"none", regardless of the values set by the user. All computation are done in
+double precision. Automatic pixel rejection may be enabled by setting
+\fImaxiter\fR > 0 and \fIreject\fR to a  positive value, usually something
+in the range 2.5-5.0.
+
+CCMAP may be run interactively by setting \fIinteractive\fR to "yes" and
+inputting commands by the use of simple keystrokes. In interactive mode the
+user has the option of changing the fitting parameters and displaying the
+data and fit graphically until a satisfactory fit has been achieved. The
+keystroke commands are listed below.
+
+.nf
+
+?       Print options
+f       Fit data and graph fit with the current graph type (g,x,r,y,s)
+g       Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r     Graph the xi residuals versus x and y respectively
+y,s     Graph the eta residuals versus x and y respectively
+d,u     Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o       Overplot the next graph
+c       Toggle the line of constant x and y plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x and y through nearest data point
+l       Print xishift, etashift, xscale, yscale, xrotate, yrotate
+q       Exit the interactive fitting code
+.fi
+
+The parameters listed below can be changed interactively with simple colon
+commands. Typing the parameter name along will list the current value.
+
+.nf
+:show                List parameters
+:projection          Sky projection 
+:refpoint            Sky projection reference point
+:fit      [value]    Fit type (shift,xyscale,rotate,rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]    Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,polynomial)
+:xxorder  [value]    Xi fitting function order in x
+:xyorder  [value]    Xi fitting function order in y
+:yxorder  [value]    Eta fitting function order in x
+:yyorder  [value]    Eta fitting function order in y
+:xxterms  [n/h/f]    The xi fit cross terms type
+:yxterms  [n/h/f]    The eta fit cross terms type
+:maxiter  [value]    Maximum number of rejection iterations
+:reject   [value]    K-sigma rejection threshold
+.fi
+
+The final fit is stored in the text database file \fIdatabase\fR file in a
+format suitable for use by the CCSETWCS and CCTRAN tasks. Each fit is
+stored in a record whose name is the name of the input image \fIimage\fR
+if one is supplied, or the name of the input coordinate file \fIinput\fR.
+
+If the \fIupdate\fR switch is "yes" and an input image is specified,
+a new image wcs is derived from the linear component of the computed plate
+solution and written to the image header. The numerical components of
+the new image wcs are written to the standards FITS keywords, CRPIX, CRVAL,
+and CD, with the actual values depending on the input pixel coordinate
+system \fIpixsystem\fR. 
+The FITS keywords which define the image celestial coordinate
+system CTYPE, RADECSYS, EQUINOX, and MJD-WCS are set by the \fIinsystem\fR and
+\fIprojection\fR parameters. 
+
+The first four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec / latitude
+axis CTYPE keywords specify the celestial coordinate system. They are set to
+RA-- / DEC- for equatorial coordinate systems, ELON / ELAT for the ecliptic
+coordinate system, GLON / GLAT for the galactic coordinate system, and
+SLON / SLAT for the supergalactic coordinate system.
+
+The second four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec /
+latitude axis CTYPE keywords specify the sky projection geometry. IRAF
+currently supports the TAN, SIN, ARC, AIT, CAR, CSC, GLS, MER, MOL, PAR, PCO,
+QSC, STG, TSC, and ZEA standard projections, in which case the second 4
+characters of CTYPE are set to  -TAN, -ARC, -SIN, etc. IRAF and CCMAP also
+support the experiment TAN plus polynomials function driver. 
+
+If the input celestial coordinate system is equatorial, the value of the
+RADECSYS keyword specifies the fundamental equatorial system, EQUINOX
+specifies the epoch of the mean place, and MJD-WCS specifies the epoch 
+for which the mean place is correct. The permitted values of
+RADECSYS are FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, ICRS, and GAPPT. EQUINOX is entered in years
+and interpreted as a Besselian epoch for the FK4 system, a Julian epoch
+for the FK5 system. The epoch of the wcs MJD-WCS is entered as 
+a modified Julian date. Only those keywords necessary to defined the
+new wcs are written. Any existing keywords which are not required to
+define the wcs or are redundant are removed, with the exception of
+DATE-OBS and EPOCH, which are left unchanged for obvious (DATE_OBS) and
+historical (use of EPOCH keyword at NOAO) reasons.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes", various pieces of useful information are
+printed to the terminal as the task proceeds. If \fIresults\fR is set to a
+file name then the original pixel and celestial coordinates, the fitted
+celestial coordinates, and the residuals of the fit in arcseconds are written
+to that file.
+
+The transformation computed by the "general" fitting geometry is arbitrary
+and does not correspond to a physically meaningful model. However the computed
+coefficients for the linear term can be given a simple geometrical 
+interpretation for all the fitting geometries as shown below.
+
+.nf
+	fitting geometry = general (linear term)
+	     xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	    eta = d + e * x + f * y
+
+	fitting geometry = shift
+	     xi = a + x
+	    eta = d + y
+
+	fitting geometry = xyscale
+	     xi = a + b * x
+	    eta = d + f * y
+
+	fitting geometry = rotate
+	     xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	    eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	    b * f - c * e = +/-1
+	    b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+	fitting geometry = rscale
+	     xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	    eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	    b * f - c * e = +/- const
+	    b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+	fitting geometry = rxyscale
+	     xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	    eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	    b * f - c * e = +/- const
+.fi
+
+The coefficients can be interpreted as follows. X0, y0, xi0, eta0
+are the origins in the reference and input frames respectively. By definition
+xi0 and eta0 are 0.0 and 0.0 respectively. Rotation and skew are the rotation
+of the x and y axes and their deviation from perpendicularity respectively.
+Xmag and ymag are the scaling factors in x and y in " / pixel and are assumed
+to be positive by definition.
+
+.nf
+	general (linear term)
+	    xrotation = rotation - skew / 2
+	    yrotation = rotation + skew / 2
+	    b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	    c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	    e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	    f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	    a = xi0 - b * x0 - c * y0 = xshift
+	    d = eta0 - e * x0 - f * y0 = yshift
+
+	shift
+	    xrotation = 0.0,  yrotation = 0.0
+	    xmag = ymag = 1.0
+	    b = 1.0
+	    c = 0.0
+	    e = 0.0
+	    f = 1.0
+	    a = xi0 - x0 = xshift
+	    d = eta0 - y0 = yshift
+
+	xyscale
+	    xrotation 0.0 / 180.0 yrotation = 0.0
+	    b = + /- xmag
+	    c = 0.0
+	    e = 0.0
+	    f = ymag
+	    a = xi0 - b * x0 = xshift
+	    d = eta0 - f * y0 = yshift
+
+	rscale
+	    xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+	    mag = xmag = ymag
+	    const = mag * mag
+	    b = mag * cos (xrotation)
+	    c = mag * sin (yrotation)
+	    e = -mag * sin (xrotation)
+	    f = mag * cos (yrotation)
+	    a = xi0 - b * x0 - c * y0 = xshift
+	    d = eta0 - e * x0 - f * y0 = yshift
+
+	rxyscale
+	    xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+	    const = xmag * ymag
+	    b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	    c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	    e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	    f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	    a = xi0 - b * x0 - c * y0 = xshift
+	    d = eta0 - e * x0 - f * y0 = yshift
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+
+Additional information on the IRAF world coordinate systems can be found in
+the help pages for the WCSEDIT and WCRESET tasks.
+Detailed documentation for the IRAF world coordinate system interface MWCS
+can be found in the file "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp". This file can be
+formatted and printed with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ |
+lprint".
+
+Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the draft paper "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from the iraf anonymous ftp
+archive and the draft paper which supersedes it "Representations of Celestial
+Coordinates in FITS" by Greisen and Calabretta available from the NRAO
+anonymous ftp archives.
+
+The spherical astronomy routines employed here are derived from the Starlink
+SLALIB library provided courtesy of Patrick Wallace. These routines
+are very well documented internally with extensive references provided
+where appropriate. Interested users are encouraged to examine the routines
+for this information. Type "help slalib" to get a listing of the SLALIB
+routines, "help slalib opt=sys" to get a concise summary of the library,
+and "help <routine>" to get a description of each routine's calling sequence,
+required input and output, etc. An overview of the library can be found in the
+paper "SLALIB - A Library of Subprograms", Starlink User Note 67.7
+by P.T. Wallace, available from the Starlink archives.
+
+
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute the plate scale for the test image dev$pix given the following
+coordinate list. Set the tangent point to the mean of the input celestial
+coordinates. Compute the plate scale interactively.
+
+.nf
+cl> type coords
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52  327.50  410.38
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18  465.50   62.10
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23  442.01  409.65
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15  224.35  131.20
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79  134.37  356.33
+
+cl> imcopy dev$pix pix
+
+cl> hedit pix epoch 1987.26 
+
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db image=pix xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2
+
+    ... a plot of the mapping function appears
+    ... type ? to see the list of commands
+    ... type x to see the xi fit residuals versus x
+    ... type r to see the xi fit residuals versus y
+    ... type y to see the eta fit residuals versus x
+    ... type s to see the eta fit residuals versus y
+    ... type g to return to the default plot
+    ... type l to see the computed x and y scales in " / pixel
+    ... type q to quit and save fit
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat example 2 but compute the fit non-interactively and list the
+fitted values of the ra and dec and their residuals on the standard
+output.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db image=pix results=STDOUT xcol=3 ycol=4 \
+lngcol=1 latcol=2 inter- 
+
+# Coords File: coords  Image: pix
+#     Database: coords.db  Record: pix
+# Refsystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Coordinate mapping status
+#     XI fit ok.  ETA fit ok.
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+# Coordinate mapping parameters
+#     Sky projection geometry: tan
+#     Reference point: 13:29:48.129  47:11:53.37  (hours  degrees)
+#     Reference point: 318.735  273.900  (pixels  pixels)
+#     X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+#     X and Y axis rotation: 179.110  358.958  (degrees  degrees)
+# Wcs mapping status
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat wcs rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+# 
+#                     Input Coordinate Listing
+# X      Y       Ra          Dec        Ra(fit)      Dec(fit)    Dra    Ddec
+# 
+327.5  410.4  13:29:47.30  47:13:37.5  13:29:47.28  47:13:37.9  0.128 -0.370
+465.5   62.1  13:29:37.41  47:09:09.2  13:29:37.42  47:09:09.2 -0.191 -0.062
+442.0  409.6  13:29:38.70  47:13:36.2  13:29:38.70  47:13:35.9  0.040  0.282
+224.3  131.2  13:29:55.42  47:10:05.2  13:29:55.40  47:10:05.1  0.289  0.059
+134.4  356.3  13:30:01.82  47:12:58.8  13:30:01.84  47:12:58.7 -0.267  0.091
+.fi
+
+3. Repeat the previous example but in this case input the position of the
+tangent point in fk4 1950.0 coordinates.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db image=pix results=STDOUT xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 \
+latcol=2 refpoint=user lngref=13:27:46.9 latref=47:27:16 refsystem=b1950.0 \
+inter- 
+
+# Coords File: coords  Image: pix
+#     Database: coords.db  Record: pix
+# Refsystem: b1950.0  Coordinates: equatorial FK4
+#     Equinox: B1950.000 Epoch: B1950.00000000 MJD: 33281.92346
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Coordinate mapping status
+#     XI fit ok.  ETA fit ok.
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+# Coordinate mapping parameters
+#     Sky projection geometry: tan
+#     Reference point: 13:29:53.273  47:11:48.36  (hours  degrees)
+#     Reference point: 250.256  266.309  (pixels  pixels)
+#     X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+#     X and Y axis rotation: 179.126  358.974  (degrees  degrees)
+# Wcs mapping status
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat wcs rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+#
+#                     Input Coordinate Listing
+#  X      Y       Ra         Dec        Ra(fit)      Dec(fit)    Dra    Ddec
+
+327.5  410.4  13:29:47.30  47:13:37.5  13:29:47.28  47:13:37.9  0.128 -0.370
+465.5   62.1  13:29:37.41  47:09:09.2  13:29:37.42  47:09:09.2 -0.191 -0.062
+442.0  409.6  13:29:38.70  47:13:36.2  13:29:38.70  47:13:35.9  0.040  0.282
+224.3  131.2  13:29:55.42  47:10:05.2  13:29:55.40  47:10:05.1  0.289  0.059
+134.4  356.3  13:30:01.82  47:12:58.8  13:30:01.84  47:12:58.7 -0.267  0.091
+.fi
+
+Note the computed image scales are identical in examples 2 and 3 but that
+the assumed position of the tangent point is different (the second estimate
+is more accurate) producing different values for the pixel and celestial
+coordinates of the reference point and small differences in the computed
+rotation angles.
+ 
+4. Repeat the previous example but in this case extract the position of the
+tangent point in from the image header keywords RA, DEC, and EPOCH. 
+
+.nf
+cl> imheader pix l+ 
+
+...
+DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'            /  DATE DD/MM/YY
+RA      = '13:29:24.00'         /  RIGHT ASCENSION
+DEC     = '47:15:34.00'         /  DECLINATION
+EPOCH   =              1987.26  /  EPOCH OF RA AND DEC
+...
+
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db image=pix results=STDOUT xcol=3 ycol=4 \
+lngcol=1 latcol=2 refpoint=user lngref=RA latref=DEC refsystem=EPOCH \
+inter-
+
+# Coords File: coords  Image: pix
+#     Database: coords.db  Record: pix
+# Refsystem: fk4 b1987.26  Coordinates: equatorial FK4
+#     Equinox: B1987.260 Epoch: B1987.26000000 MJD: 46890.84779
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Coordinate mapping status
+#     XI fit ok.  ETA fit ok.
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+# Coordinate mapping parameters
+#     Sky projection geometry: tan
+#     Reference point: 13:29:56.232  47:11:38.19  (hours  degrees)
+#     Reference point: 211.035  252.447  (pixels  pixels)
+#     X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+#     X and Y axis rotation: 179.135  358.983  (degrees  degrees)
+# Wcs mapping status
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat wcs rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+# 
+#                     Input Coordinate Listing
+#  X      Y       Ra         Dec        Ra(fit)      Dec(fit)    Dra    Ddec
+
+327.5  410.4  13:29:47.30  47:13:37.5  13:29:47.28  47:13:37.9  0.128 -0.370
+465.5   62.1  13:29:37.41  47:09:09.2  13:29:37.42  47:09:09.2 -0.191 -0.062
+442.0  409.6  13:29:38.70  47:13:36.2  13:29:38.70  47:13:35.9  0.040  0.282
+224.3  131.2  13:29:55.42  47:10:05.2  13:29:55.40  47:10:05.1  0.289  0.059
+134.4  356.3  13:30:01.82  47:12:58.8  13:30:01.84  47:12:58.7 -0.267  0.091
+
+.fi
+
+Note that the position of the tangent point is slightly different again but
+that this does not have much affect on the fitted coordinates for this image.
+
+5. Repeat the third example but this time store the computed world coordinate
+system in the image header and check the header update with the imheader and
+skyctran tasks.
+
+.nf
+cl> imheader pix l+ 
+...
+DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'            /  DATE DD/MM/YY
+RA      = '13:29:24.00'         /  RIGHT ASCENSION
+DEC     = '47:15:34.00'         /  DECLINATION
+EPOCH   =              1987.26  /  EPOCH OF RA AND DEC
+...
+
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db image=pix results=STDOUT xcol=3 ycol=4  \
+lngcol=1 latcol=2 refpoint=user lngref=13:27:46.9 latref=47:27:16    \
+refsystem=b1950.0 inter- update+
+
+# Coords File: coords  Image: pix
+#     Database: coords.db  Record: pix
+# Refsystem: b1950.0  Coordinates: equatorial FK4
+#     Equinox: B1950.000 Epoch: B1950.00000000 MJD: 33281.92346
+# Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Coordinate mapping status
+# Coordinate mapping status
+#     XI fit ok.  ETA fit ok.
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+# Coordinate mapping parameters
+#     Sky projection geometry: tan
+#     Reference point: 13:29:53.273  47:11:48.36  (hours  degrees)
+#     Reference point: 250.256  266.309  (pixels  pixels)
+#     X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+#     X and Y axis rotation: 179.126  358.974  (degrees  degrees)
+# Wcs mapping status
+#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat wcs rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+# Updating image header wcs
+# 
+# 
+#                     Input Coordinate Listing
+#  X      Y       Ra          Dec        Ra(fit)     Dec(fit)    Dra    Ddec
+
+327.5  410.4  13:29:47.30  47:13:37.5  13:29:47.28  47:13:37.9  0.128 -0.370
+465.5   62.1  13:29:37.41  47:09:09.2  13:29:37.42  47:09:09.2 -0.191 -0.062
+442.0  409.6  13:29:38.70  47:13:36.2  13:29:38.70  47:13:35.9  0.040  0.282
+224.3  131.2  13:29:55.42  47:10:05.2  13:29:55.40  47:10:05.1  0.289  0.059
+134.4  356.3  13:30:01.82  47:12:58.8  13:30:01.84  47:12:58.7 -0.267  0.091
+
+cl> imheader pix l+ 
+...
+DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'            /  DATE DD/MM/YY
+RA      = '13:29:24.00'         /  RIGHT ASCENSION
+DEC     = '47:15:34.00'         /  DECLINATION
+EPOCH   =              1987.26  /  EPOCH OF RA AND DEC
+...
+RADECSYS= 'FK5     '
+EQUINOX =                2000.
+MJD-WCS =              51544.5
+WCSDIM  =                    2
+CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+CRVAL1  =     202.471969550729
+CRVAL2  =     47.1967667056819
+CRPIX1  =     250.255619786203
+CRPIX2  =     266.308757328719
+CD1_1   =  -2.1224568721716E-4
+CD1_2   =  -3.8136850875221E-6
+CD2_1   =  -3.2384199624421E-6
+CD2_2   =  2.12935798198448E-4
+LTM1_1  =                   1.
+LTM2_2  =                   1.
+WAT0_001= 'system=image'
+WAT1_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=ra'
+WAT2_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=dec'
+...
+
+cl> skyctran coords STDOUT "pix log" "pix world" lngcol=3 latcol=4 trans+
+
+# Insystem: pix logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+#     Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+#     Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Outsystem: pix world  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+#     Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+#     Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+
+# Input file: incoords  Output file: STDOUT
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52 13:29:47.284 47:13:37.89
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18 13:29:37.425 47:09:09.24
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23 13:29:38.696 47:13:35.95
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15 13:29:55.396 47:10:05.09
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79 13:30:01.842 47:12:58.70
+
+.fi
+
+Note that two versions of the rms values are printed, one for the fit
+and one for the wcs fit. For the default fitting parameters these
+two estimates should be identical. If a non-linear high order plate
+solution is requested however, the image wcs will have lower precision
+than the than the full plate solution, because only the linear component
+of the plate solution is preserved in the wcs.
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cctran,ccsetwcs,skyctran,imctran,finder.tfinder,finder.tastrom
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccsetwcs.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccsetwcs.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5700cbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccsetwcs.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+.help ccsetwcs Jun99 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+ccsetwcs -- create an image wcs from a plate solution 
+.ih
+USAGE
+ccsetwcs image database solutions
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+The input images for which the wcs is to be created.
+.le
+.ls database
+The text database file written by the ccmap task containing the
+plate solutions. If database is undefined ccsetwcs computes
+the image wcs using the xref, yref, xmag, ymag, xrotation, yrotation,
+lngref, latref, lngrefunits, latrefunits, and projection parameters.
+.le
+.ls solutions
+The list of plate solutions. The number of plate solutions must be one
+or equal to the number of input images.  Solutions is either a user name
+supplied to the ccmap task, or the
+name of the ccmap task input image for which the plate solution is valid,
+or the name of the coordinate file that the ccmap task used to compute the
+plate solution. The quantities stored in transform always supersede the
+values of the xref, yref, xmag, ymag, xrotation, yrotation, lngref, latref,
+lnrefunits, latrefunits, and projection parameters.
+.le
+.ls xref = INDEF, yref = INDEF
+The x and y pixel coordinates of the sky projection reference point.
+If database is undefined then xref and yref default to the center of the
+image in pixel coordinates, otherwise these parameters are ignored.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The x and y scale factors in arcseconds per pixel. If database is undefined
+xmag and ymag default to 1.0 and 1.0 arcsec / pixel, otherwise these parameters
+are ignored.
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The x and y rotation angles in degrees measured counter-clockwise with
+respect to the x and y axes. Xrotation and yrotation are interpreted as the
+rotation of the coordinates with respect to the x and y axes and default 0.0
+and 0.0 degrees. For example xrotation and yrotation values of 30.0 and 30.0
+will rotate a point 30 degrees counter-clockwise with respect to the x and y
+axes. To flip the x axis coordinates in this case either set the angles to
+210.0 and 30.0 degrees or leave the angles set to 30.0 and 30.0 and set the
+xmag parameter to a negative value. To set east to the up, down, left, and
+right directions, set xrotation to 90, 270, 180, and 0 respectively. To set
+north to the up, down, left, and right directions, set yrotation to  0, 180,
+90, and 270 degrees respectively. Any global rotation must be added to both the
+xrotation and yrotation values.
+.le
+.ls lngref = INDEF, latref = INDEF
+The celestial coordinates of the sky projection reference point, e.g.
+the ra and dec of the reference point for equatorial systems. If database is
+undefined lngref and latref default to 0.0 and 0.0, otherwise these parameters
+are ignored.
+.le
+.ls lngunits = "", latunits = ""
+The units of the lngref and latref parameters.
+The options are "hours", "degrees", "radians" for the ra / longitude
+coordinates, and "degrees" and "radians" for the dec / latitude coordinates.
+If database is undefined then lngunits and latunits default to the preferred
+units for the celestial coordinate system defined by the \fIcoosystem\fR
+parameter, otherwise these parameters are ignored.
+.le
+.ls transpose = no
+Transpose the newly created image wcs ?
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan"
+The sky projection geometry. The most commonly used projections in
+astronomy are "tan", "arc", "sin", and "lin". Other supported projections
+are "ait", "car", "csc", "gls", "mer", "mol", "par", "pco", "qsc", "stg",
+"tsc", and "zea".
+.le
+.ls coosystem = "j2000"
+The celestial coordinate system. The systems of most interest to users
+are "icrs", "j2000" and "b1950" which stand for the ICRS J2000.0, FK5 J2000.0,
+and FK4 B1950.0 celestial coordinate systems respectively. The full set of
+options are listed below. The celestial coordinate system sets the preferred
+units for the lngref and latref parameters and the correct values of the image
+wcs header keywords CTYPE, RADECSYS, EQUINOX, and MJD-WCS if the image header
+wcs is updated.  If database is undefined the coosystem parameter is used,
+otherwise this parameter is ignored.
+
+.ls equinox [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system if equinox is a
+Julian epoch, e.g. J2000.0 or 2000.0, or the equatorial mean place
+pre-IAU 1976 system (FK4) if equinox is a Besselian epoch, e.g. B1950.0
+or 1950.0. Julian equinoxes are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian equinoxes
+by a B or b. Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as
+Besselian epochs if they are < 1984.0, Julian epochs if they are >= 1984.0.
+Epoch is the epoch of the observation and may be a Julian
+epoch, a Besselian epoch, or a Julian date. Julian epochs
+are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to the epoch type of
+equinox if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls icrs [equinox] [epoch]
+The International Celestial Reference System where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk5 [equinox] [epoch] 
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system where equinox is a
+Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0  or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0. Epoch
+is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls noefk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system but without the E-terms
+where equinox is a Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0 or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls apparent epoch 
+The equatorial geocentric apparent place post-IAU 1976 system where
+epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.
+.le
+.ls ecliptic epoch
+The ecliptic coordinate system where epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch values < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.
+.le
+.ls galactic [epoch]
+The IAU 1958 galactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+.ls supergalactic [epoch]
+The deVaucouleurs supergalactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+
+In all the above cases fields in [] are optional with the defaults as
+described. The epoch field for icrs, fk5, galactic, and supergalactic
+coordinate systems is required only if the input coordinates are in the
+equatorial fk4, noefk4, fk5, or icrs systems and proper motions are defined.
+.le
+.ls update = yes
+Update the world coordinate system in the input image headers ?
+The numerical quantities represented by the keywords CRPIX,
+CRVAL, and CD are computed from the linear portion of the plate solution.
+The values of the keywords CTYPE, RADECSYS, EQUINOX, and MJD-WCS
+are set by the \fIprojection\fR and \fIcoosystem\fR parameters if database
+is undefined, otherwise projection and coosystem are read from the plate
+solution. As there is currently no standard mechanism for storing the higher
+order plate solution terms if any in the image header wcs, these terms are
+ignored. Any existing image wcs represented by the above keywords is
+overwritten during the update.
+.le
+.ls pixsystem = "logical"
+The pixel coordinate system. The options are:
+.ls logical
+The logical pixel coordinate system is the coordinate system of the image
+pixels on disk. Since most users measure the pixel coordinates of objects
+in this system, "logical" is the system of choice for most applications.
+.le
+.ls physical
+The physical coordinate system is the pixel coordinate system of the
+parent image. This option is useful for users working on images that are
+pieces of a larger mosaic.
+.le
+
+The pixsystem parameter is only used if no database solution is specified.
+Otherwise pixsystem is read from the database file.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print detailed messages about the progress of the task on the standard output ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+CCSETWCS creates an image world coordinate system from the plate solution
+computed by the CCMAP task or supplied by the user, and writes it to the
+headers of the input images \fIimages\fR if the \fIupdate\fR parameter is yes.
+
+The plate solution can either be read from record \fIsolutions\fR in the
+database file \fIdatabase\fR written by CCMAP, or specified by the user
+via the \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR,
+\fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR, \fIlngunits\fR, \fIlatunits\fR,
+\fItranspose\fR, \fIprojection\fR, \fIcoosystem\fR and \fIpixsystem\fR
+parameters.
+
+The plate solution computed by CCMAP has the following form where x and y
+are the image pixel coordinates and xi and eta are the corresponding standard
+coordinates in arcseconds per pixel. The standard coordinates are computed
+by applying the appropriate sky projection to the celestial coordinates.
+
+
+.nf
+	 xi = f (x, y)
+	eta = g (x, y)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either power series, Legendre, or Chebyshev
+polynomials whose order and region of validity were set by the user when
+CCMAP was run. The computed plate solution is somewhat arbitrary and does
+not correspond to any physically meaningful model. However the linear
+component of the plate solution can be given the simple geometrical
+interpretation shown below.
+
+.nf
+	  xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	 eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = xi0 - b * xref - c * yref = xshift
+	   d = eta0 - e * xref - f * yref = yshift
+	   xi0 = 0.0
+	   eta0 = 0.0
+.fi
+
+xref, yref, xi0, and eta0 are the origins of the pixel and standard
+coordinate systems respectively. xmag and ymag are the x and y scale factors
+in " / pixel and xrotation and yrotation are the rotation angles measured
+counter-clockwise of the x and y axes.
+
+If the CCMAP database is undefined then CCSETWCS computes a linear plate
+solution using the parameters \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR,
+\fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR,
+\fIlngunits\fR, \fIlatunits\fR, \fItranspose\fR,  and
+\fIprojection\fR as shown below. Note that in this case
+xrotation and yrotation are interpreted as the rotation of the coordinates
+themselves not the coordinate axes. 
+
+.nf
+	  xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	 eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = -ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = xi0 - b * xref - c * yref = xshift
+	   d = eta0 - e * xref - f * yref = yshift
+	   xi0 = 0.0
+	   eta0 = 0.0
+.fi
+
+The \fItranspose\fR parameter can be used to transpose the newly created
+image wcs.
+
+If the \fIupdate\fR switch is "yes" and an input image is specified,
+a new image wcs is derived from the linear component of the computed plate
+solution and written to the image header. The numerical components of
+the new image wcs are written to the standards FITS keywords, CRPIX, CRVAL,
+and CD, with the actual values depending on the pixel coordinate system
+\fIpixsystem\fR read from the database or set by the user. The FITS keywords
+which define the image celestial coordinate system CTYPE, RADECSYS, EQUINOX,
+and MJD-WCS are set by the \fIcoosystem\fR and \fIprojection\fR parameters.
+
+The first four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec / latitude
+axis CTYPE keywords specify the celestial coordinate system. They are set to
+RA-- / DEC- for equatorial coordinate systems, ELON / ELAT for the ecliptic
+coordinate system, GLON / GLAT for the galactic coordinate system, and
+SLON / SLAT for the supergalactic coordinate system.
+
+The second four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec /
+latitude axis CTYPE keywords specify the sky projection geometry.
+The second four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec /
+latitude axis CTYPE keywords specify the sky projection geometry. IRAF
+currently supports the TAN, SIN, ARC, AIT, CAR, CSC, GLS, MER, MOL, PAR, PCO,
+QSC, STG, TSC, and ZEA standard projections, in which case the second 4
+characters of CTYPE are set to  -TAN, -ARC, -SIN, etc.
+
+If the input celestial coordinate system is equatorial, the value of the
+RADECSYS keyword specifies the fundamental equatorial system, EQUINOX
+specifies the epoch of the mean place, and MJD-WCS specifies the epoch
+for which the mean place is correct. The permitted values of
+RADECSYS are FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, ICRS, and GAPPT. EQUINOX is entered in years
+and interpreted as a Besselian epoch for the FK4 system, a Julian epoch
+for the FK5 and ICRS system. The epoch of the wcs MJD-WCS is entered as
+a modified Julian date. Only those keywords necessary to defined the
+new wcs are written. Any existing keywords which are not required to
+define the wcs or are redundant are removed, with the exception of
+DATE-OBS and EPOCH, which are left unchanged for obvious (DATE-OBS) and
+historical (use of EPOCH keyword at NOAO) reasons.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes", various pieces of useful information are
+printed to the terminal as the task proceeds.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional information on the IRAF world coordinate systems can be found in
+the help pages for the WCSEDIT and WCRESET tasks.
+Detailed documentation for the IRAF world coordinate system interface MWCS
+can be found in the file "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp". This file can be
+formatted and printed with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ |
+lprint".
+
+Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the draft paper "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from the iraf anonymous ftp
+archive and the draft paper which supersedes it "Representations of Celestial
+Coordinates in FITS" by Greisen and Calabretta available from the NRAO
+anonymous ftp archives.
+
+The spherical astronomy routines employed here are derived from the Starlink
+SLALIB library provided courtesy of Patrick Wallace. These routines
+are very well documented internally with extensive references provided
+where appropriate. Interested users are encouraged to examine the routines
+for this information. Type "help slalib" to get a listing of the SLALIB
+routines, "help slalib opt=sys" to get a concise summary of the library,
+and "help <routine>" to get a description of each routine's calling sequence,
+required input and output, etc. An overview of the library can be found in the
+paper "SLALIB - A Library of Subprograms", Starlink User Note 67.7
+by P.T. Wallace, available from the Starlink archives.
+
+
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute the plate solution for an image with the ccmap task and then
+use the ccsetwcs task to create the image wcs. Check the results with the
+imheader and skyctran tasks.
+
+.nf
+cl> type coords
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52  327.50  410.38
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18  465.50   62.10
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23  442.01  409.65
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15  224.35  131.20
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79  134.37  356.33
+
+
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db image=pix xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2 \
+inter-
+Coords File: coords  Image: pix
+    Database: coords.db  Record: pix
+Refsystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Coordinate mapping status
+    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:48.129  47:11:53.37  (hours  degrees)
+    Reference point: 318.735  273.900  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y axis rotation: 179.110  358.958  (degrees  degrees)
+Wcs mapping status
+    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat wcs rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+
+cl> type coords.db
+# Mon 15:10:37 13-May-96
+begin   coords
+        xrefmean        318.7460000000001
+        yrefmean        273.9320000000001
+        lngmean         13.49670238888889
+        latmean         47.19815944444444
+        coosystem       j2000
+        projection      tan
+        lngref          13.49670238888889
+        latref          47.19815944444444
+        lngunits        hours
+        latunits        degrees
+        xpixref         318.7352667484295
+        ypixref         273.9002619912411
+        geometry        general
+        function        polynomial
+        xishift         247.3577084680361
+        etashift        -206.1795977453246
+        xmag            0.7641733802338992
+        ymag            0.7666917500560622
+        xrotation       179.1101291109185
+        yrotation       358.9582148846163
+        wcsxirms        0.2288984454992771
+        wcsetarms       0.2411034140453112
+        xirms           0.2288984454992771
+        etarms          0.2411034140453112
+        surface1        11
+                        3.      3.
+                        2.      2.
+                        2.      2.
+                        0.      0.
+                        134.3700000000001       134.3700000000001
+                        465.5000000000002       465.5000000000002
+                        62.1    62.1
+                        410.3800000000001       410.3800000000001
+                        247.3577084680361       -206.1795977453246
+                        -0.7640812161068504     -0.011868034832272
+                        -0.01393966623835092    0.7665650170136847
+        surface2        0
+
+
+
+cl> imheader pix l+
+...
+DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'            /  DATE DD/MM/YY
+RA      = '13:29:24.00'         /  RIGHT ASCENSION
+DEC     = '47:15:34.00'         /  DECLINATION
+EPOCH   =              1987.26  /  EPOCH OF RA AND DEC
+...
+
+
+cl> ccsetwcs pix coords.db pix 
+Image: pix  Database: coords.db  Record: pix
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:48.129  47:11:53.37  (hours   degrees)
+    Ra/Dec logical image axes: 1  2
+    Reference point: 318.735  273.900  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y coordinate rotation: 179.110  358.958  (degrees  degrees)
+Updating image header wcs
+
+cl> imheader pix l+
+...
+DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'            /  DATE DD/MM/YY
+RA      = '13:29:24.00'         /  RIGHT ASCENSION
+DEC     = '47:15:34.00'         /  DECLINATION
+EPOCH   =              1987.26  /  EPOCH OF RA AND DEC
+...
+RADECSYS= 'FK5     '
+EQUINOX =                2000.
+MJD-WCS =              51544.5
+WCSDIM  =                    2
+CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+CRVAL1  =     202.450535833334
+CRVAL2  =     47.1981594444445
+CRPIX1  =     318.735266748429
+CRPIX2  =     273.900261991241
+CD1_1   =  -2.1224478225190E-4
+CD1_2   =  -3.8721295106530E-6
+CD2_1   =  -3.2966763422978E-6
+CD2_2   =  2.12934726948246E-4
+LTM1_1  =                   1.
+LTM2_2  =                   1.
+WAT0_001= 'system=image'
+WAT1_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=ra'
+WAT2_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=dec'
+
+cl> skyctran coords STDOUT "pix log" "pix world" lngcol=3 latcol=4 trans+
+
+# Insystem: pix logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+#     Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+#     Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Outsystem: pix world  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+#     Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+#     Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+
+# Input file: incoords  Output file: STDOUT
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52 13:29:47.284 47:13:37.89
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18 13:29:37.425 47:09:09.24
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23 13:29:38.696 47:13:35.95
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15 13:29:55.396 47:10:05.09
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79 13:30:01.842 47:12:58.70
+.fi
+
+The skyctran task is used to test that the input image wcs is indeed correct.
+Columns 1 and 2 contain the original ra and dec values and columns 3 and 4
+contain the transformed values. The second imheader listing shows what the
+image wcs looks like.
+
+
+2. Repeat the previous example but enter the plate solution parameters by
+hand.
+
+.nf
+cl> ccsetwcs pix "" xref=318.735 yref=273.900 lngref=13:29:48.129 \
+latref=47:11:53.37 xmag=.764 ymag=.767 xrot=180.890 yrot=1.042
+Image: pix
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:48.129  47:11:53.37  (hours   degrees)
+    Ra/Dec logical image axes: 1  2
+    Reference point: 318.735  273.900  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y coordinate rotation: 180.890  1.042  (degrees  degrees)
+Updating image header wcs
+
+
+cl> skyctran coords STDOUT "pix log" "pix world" lngcol=3 latcol=4 trans+
+
+# Insystem: pix logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+#     Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+#     Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+# Outsystem: pix world  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+#     Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+#     Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+
+# Input file: incoords  Output file: STDOUT
+
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52 13:29:47.285 47:13:37.93
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18 13:29:37.428 47:09:09.17
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23 13:29:38.698 47:13:35.99
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15 13:29:55.395 47:10:05.04
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79 13:30:01.839 47:12:58.72
+.fi
+
+Note that there are minor differences between the results of examples 1
+and 2 due to precision differences in the input. Note also the difference
+in the way the xrotation and yrotation angles are defined between examples
+1 and 2. In example 2 the rotations are defined as coordinate rotations,
+whereas in example one they are described as axis rotations.
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ccmap, cctran, skyctran, imctran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccstd.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccstd.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b24def49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccstd.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+.help ccstd Oct00 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+ccstd -- transform pixel and celestial coordinates to standard coordinates
+and vice versa
+.ih
+USAGE
+ccstd input output database solutions
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The input coordinate files. Coordinates may be entered by hand by setting input
+to "STDIN".
+.le
+.ls output
+The output coordinate files. The number of output files must be one or equal
+to the number of input files. Results may be printed on the terminal by
+setting output to "STDOUT".
+.le
+.ls database
+The text database file written by the ccmap task which contains the
+desired plate solutions. If database is undefined ccstd computes the
+standard coordinates or pixel and celestial coordinates using the current
+values of the xref, yref, xmag ymag, xrotation, yrotation, lngref, latref,
+and projection parameters.
+.le
+.ls solutions
+The database record containing the desired plate solution. 
+The number of records must be one or equal to the number of input coordinate
+files. Solutions is either the user name supplied to ccmap, the name of the
+image input to ccmap for which the plate solution is valid, or the name of the
+coordinate file that the ccmap task used to compute the plate solution.
+The quantities stored in solutions always supersede the values of the
+parameters xref, yref, xmag, ymag, xrotation, yrotation, lngref, latref,
+and projection.
+.le
+.ls geometry = "geometric"
+The type of geometric transformation. The geometry parameter is
+only requested if database is defined. The options are:
+.ls linear
+Transform the pixel coordinates to standard coordinates or vice versa
+using the linear part of the plate solution.
+only.
+.le
+.ls geometric
+Transform the pixel coordinates to standard coordinates or vice versa
+using the full plate solution.
+.le
+.le
+.ls forward = yes
+Transform from pixel and celestial coordinates to standard coordinates ? If
+forward is "no" then the plate solution is inverted and standard coordinates
+are transformed to pixel and celestial coordinates.
+.le
+.ls polar = no
+Convert to and from polar standard coordinates instead of Cartesian standard
+coordinates?
+.le
+.ls xref = INDEF, yref = INDEF
+The pixel coordinates of the reference point. If database is undefined
+then xref and yref default to 0.0 and 0.0, otherwise these parameters are
+ignored.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The x and y scale factors in arcseconds per pixel. If database is undefined
+xmag and ymag default to 1.0 and 1.0 arcseconds per pixel, otherwise these
+parameters are ignored.
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The x and y rotation angles in degrees measured counter-clockwise with
+respect to the x and y axes. If database is undefined then xrotation and
+yrotation are interpreted as the rotation of the coordinates with respect
+to the x and y axes and default to 0.0 and 0.0 degrees. For example xrotation
+and yrotation values of 30.0 and 30.0 degrees will rotate a point 30 degrees
+counter-clockwise with respect to the x and y axes. To flip the x axis
+coordinates in this case either set the angles to 210.0 and 30.0 degrees
+or leave the angles at 30.0 and 30.0 and set the xmag parameter to a negative
+value. If database is defined these parameters are ignored. The ccmap task
+computes the x and y rotation angles of the x and y axes, not the rotation
+angle of the coordinates. An celestial coordinate system rotated 30 degrees
+counter-clockwise with respect to the pixel coordinate system will produce
+xrotation and yrotation values o 330.0 and 330.0 or equivalently -30.0 and
+-30.0 degrees in the database file not 30.0 and 30.0.
+.le
+.ls lngref = INDEF, latref = INDEF
+The celestial coordinates of the reference point, e.g. the ra and dec
+of the reference point for equatorial systems, galactic longitude and
+latitude of the reference for galactic systems. If database is undefined
+lngref and latref default to 0.0 and 0.0, otherwise these parameters are
+ignored.
+.le
+.ls lngunits = "", latunits = ""
+The units of the input or output ra / longitude and dec / latitude coordinates.
+The options are "hours", "degrees", "radians" for ra / longitude coordinates,
+and "degrees" and "radians" for dec / latitude systems. If lngunits and
+latunits are undefined they default to the values in the database records.
+If database is undefined then lngunits and latunits default to "hours" and
+"degrees" respectively.
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan"
+The sky projection geometry. The options are "tan", "sin", "arc" and
+"lin". If database is undefined then the value of the projection parameter
+is used, otherwise this parameter is ignored.
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2
+The columns in the input coordinate file containing the x and y coordinates
+if the \fIforward\fR parameter is "yes", or the corresponding standard
+coordinates xi and eta if the forward parameter is "no".
+.le
+.ls lngcolumn = 3, latcolumn = 4
+The columns in the input coordinate file containing the celestial coordinates
+if the \fIforward\fR parameter is "yes", or the corresponding standard
+coordinates xi and eta if the forward parameter is "no".
+.le
+.ls lngformat = "", latformat = ""
+The default output format of the transformed coordinates in lngcolumn and 
+latcolumn. If forward = yes then the default output format is "%10.3f".
+Otherwise the defaults are "%12.2h" for output coordinates in hours, "%11.1h"
+for output coordinates in degrees, and "%13.7g" for output coordinates in
+radians.
+.le
+.ls xformat = "", yformat = ""
+The default output format of the transformed coordinates in xcolumn and
+ycolumn. The default is "%10.3f".
+.le
+.ls min_sigdigits = 7
+The minimum precision of the output coordinates.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+CCSTD transforms the list of input coordinates in the
+text file \fIinput\fR and writes the transformed
+coordinates to the text file \fIoutput\fR. The input coordinates
+are read from and the output coordinates written to, the columns
+\fIxcolumn\fR, \fIycolumn\fR, \fIlngcolumn\fR, and \fIlatcolumn\fR
+in the input and output
+files. The format of the output coordinates can be specified using the
+\fIxformat\fR, \fIyformat\fR, \fIlngformat\fR and \fIlatformat\fR parameters.
+If the output formats are unspecified the coordinates are written  out with
+reasonable default formats, e.g. "%10.3f" for standard coordinates,
+"%12.2h" and "11.1h" for celestial coordinates in hours or degrees,
+and "%13.7g" for celestial coordinates in radians. All the remaining
+fields in the
+input file are copied to the output file without modification. Blank lines
+and comment lines are also passed to the output file unaltered.
+
+The plate solution can either be read from record \fIsolutions\fR
+in the database file \fIdatabase\fR written by CCMAP, or specified
+by the user via the \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR,
+\fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR, 
+and \fIprojection\fR parameters. \fIlngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR
+define the units of the input celestial coordinates. If 
+undefined they default to the values in the database or to
+the quantities "hours" and "degrees" respectively. The standard coordinates
+are always written and read in units of arcseconds.
+
+If the \fIforward\fR
+parameter is "yes", the input coordinates are assumed to be pixel coordinates
+and celestial coordinates. The pixel coordinates are transformed to standard
+coordinates using the plate solution, and celestial coordinates are
+transformed to standard coordinates using the position of the reference
+point \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR, and the projection specified by
+\fIprojection\fR. If \fIforward\fR is "no", then
+the input coordinates are assumed to be standard coordinates and 
+those in \fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR are transformed to pixel
+coordinates by inverting the plate solution, and those in \fIlngcolumn\fR
+and \fIlatcolumn\fR are transformed to celestial coordinates using the
+position of the reference point and the specified projection.
+
+The plate solution computed by CCMAP has the following form where x and y
+are the pixel coordinates and xi and eta are the corresponding fitted standard
+coordinates in arcseconds per pixel. The observed standard coordinates are
+computed by applying the appropriate sky projection to the celestial
+coordinates.
+
+
+.nf
+	 xi = f (x, y)
+	eta = g (x, y)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either power series, Legendre, or Chebyshev
+polynomials whose order and region of validity were set by the user when
+CCMAP was run. The plate solution is arbitrary and does not correspond to
+any physically meaningful model. However the first order terms can be given
+the simple geometrical interpretation shown below.
+
+.nf
+	  xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	 eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = xi0 - b * xref - c * yref = xshift
+	   d = eta0 - e * xref - f * yref = yshift
+	   xi0 = 0.0
+	   eta0 = 0.0
+.fi
+
+xref, yref, xi0, and eta0 are the origins of the reference and output
+coordinate systems respectively. xi0 and eta0 are both 0.0 by default.
+xmag and ymag are the x and y scales in " / pixel, and xrotation and yrotation
+are the x and y axes rotation angles measured counter-clockwise from original
+x and y axes.
+
+If the CCMAP database is undefined then CCSTD computes a linear plate
+solution using the parameters \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR,
+\fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR,
+\fIlngunits\fR, \fIlatunits\fR and \fIprojection\fR as shown below. Note
+that in this case xrotation and yrotation are interpreted as the rotation
+of the coordinates not the rotation of the coordinate axes.
+
+.nf
+	  xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	 eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = -ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = xi0 - b * xref - c * yref = xshift
+	   d = eta0 - e * xref - f * yref = yshift
+	   xi0 = 0.0
+	   eta0 = 0.0
+.fi
+
+Linear plate solutions are evaluated in the forward and reverse sense
+using the appropriate IRAF mwcs system routines. Higher order plate
+solutions are evaluated in the forward sense using straight-forward
+evaluation of the polynomial terms, in the reverse sense by applying
+Newton's method to the plate solution.
+
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+   
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+   
+   
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+   
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+   
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+   
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+   
+Examples
+   
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+   
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+   
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+.nf
+1. Compute the standard coordinates in arcseconds per pixel given a list of
+pixel and equatorial coordinates and the position of the reference point in
+pixel and equatorial coordinates.
+
+cl> type coords
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52  327.50  410.38
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18  465.50   62.10
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23  442.01  409.65
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15  224.35  131.20
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79  134.37  356.33
+
+cl> ccstd coords STDOUT "" xref=256.5 yref=256.5 lngref=13:29:48.1 \
+latref = 47:11:53.4 xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2
+  -8.180   104.120    71.000   153.880
+-109.087  -164.189   209.000  -194.400
+ -95.753   102.854   185.510   153.150
+  74.688  -108.235   -32.150  -125.300
+ 139.745    65.441  -122.130    99.830
+
+2. Repeat the previous example but output the results in polar coordinates.
+The first and third columns contain the radius coordinate in arcseconds,
+the second and fourth columns contain the position angle in degrees measured
+counter-clockwise with respect to the standard coordinates.
+
+cl> ccstd coords STDOUT "" xref=256.5 yref=256.5 lngref=13:29:48.1 \
+latref = 47:11:53.4 xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2 polar+
+104.441    94.492   169.470    65.231
+197.124   236.400   285.434   317.073
+140.526   132.952   240.560    39.542
+131.504   304.608   129.359   255.609
+154.309    25.093   157.740   140.737
+
+
+3. Compute the plate solution and use it to evaluate the Cartesian and
+polar standard coordinates for the input coordinate list used in example 1.
+
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2 inter-
+Coords File: coords  Image: 
+    Database: coords.db  Record: coords
+Refsystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Coordinate mapping status
+    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:48.129  47:11:53.37  (hours  degrees)
+    Reference point: 318.735  273.900  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y axis rotation: 179.110  358.958  (degrees  degrees)
+
+
+cl> type coords.db
+# Mon 10:29:13 24-Nov-97
+begin   coords
+        xrefmean        318.7460000000001
+        yrefmean        273.9320000000001
+        lngmean         13.49670238888889
+        latmean         47.19815944444444
+        coosystem       j2000
+        projection      tan
+        lngref          13.49670238888889
+        latref          47.19815944444444
+        lngunits        hours
+        latunits        degrees
+        xpixref         318.7352667484295
+        ypixref         273.9002619912411
+        geometry        general
+        function        polynomial
+        xishift         247.3577084680361
+        etashift        -206.1795977453246
+        xmag            0.7641733802338992
+        ymag            0.7666917500560622
+        xrotation       179.1101291109185
+        yrotation       358.9582148846163
+        wcsxirms        0.2288984454992771
+        wcsetarms       0.2411034140453112
+        xirms           0.2288984454992771
+        etarms          0.2411034140453112
+        surface1        11
+                        3.      3.
+                        2.      2.
+                        2.      2.
+                        0.      0.
+                        134.3700000000001       134.3700000000001
+                        465.5000000000002       465.5000000000002
+                        62.1    62.1
+                        410.3800000000001       410.3800000000001
+                        247.3577084680361       -206.1795977453246
+                        -0.7640812161068504     -0.011868034832272
+                        -0.01393966623835092    0.7665650170136847
+        surface2        0
+
+
+cl> ccstd coords STDOUT coords.db coords xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2
+  -8.471   104.146    -8.599   104.517
+-109.378  -164.163  -109.188  -164.100
+ -96.044   102.880   -96.084   102.598
+  74.397  -108.210    74.107  -108.269
+ 139.454    65.467   139.721    65.376
+
+cl> ccstd coords STDOUT coords.db coords xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2 \
+polar+
+104.490    94.650   104.870    94.704
+197.264   236.325   197.106   236.361
+140.744   133.032   140.565   133.122
+131.317   304.509   131.202   304.391
+154.056    25.148   154.259    25.075
+
+4. Use the previous plate solution to transform the pixel and equatorial
+coordinates to standard coordinates but enter the plate solution by hand.
+
+cl> ccstd coords STDOUT "" xref=318.735 yref=273.900 lngref=13:29:48.129 \
+latref=47:11:53.37 xmag=.764 ymag=.767 xrot=180.890 yrot=1.042 xcol=3    \
+ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2
+  -8.475   104.150    -8.599   104.559
+-109.382  -164.159  -109.161  -164.165
+ -96.048   102.884   -96.064   102.640
+  74.393  -108.206    74.092  -108.313
+ 139.450    65.471   139.688    65.401
+
+cl> ccstd coords STDOUT "" xref=318.735 yref=273.900 lngref=13:29:48.129 \
+latref=47:11:53.37 xmag=.764 ymag=.767 xrot=180.890 yrot=1.042 xcol=3    \
+ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2 polar+
+104.494    94.652   104.912    94.702
+197.263   236.324   197.145   236.378
+140.750   133.032   140.582   133.105
+131.311   304.509   131.230   304.374
+154.054    25.150   154.240    25.089
+
+Note that there are minor differences between the results of examples 3 and
+4 due to precision differences in the input, and that the angles input
+to ccstd in example 4 are the coordinate rotation angles not the axes
+rotation angles as printed by ccmap. The difference is exactly 180 degrees
+in both cases.
+
+5. Use the plate solution computed in example 3 to convert a list
+of standard coordinates into the equivalent pixel and celestial coordinates.
+
+cl> type stdcoords
+  -8.471   104.146    -8.599   104.517
+-109.378  -164.163  -109.188  -164.100
+ -96.044   102.880   -96.084   102.598
+  74.397  -108.210    74.107  -108.269
+ 139.454    65.467   139.721    65.376
+
+cl> ccstd stdcoords STDOUT coords.db coords xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2  \
+forward-
+
+13:29:47.30 47:13:37.5   327.499   410.381
+13:29:37.41 47:09:09.2   465.500    62.101
+13:29:38.70 47:13:36.2   442.010   409.650
+13:29:55.42 47:10:05.1   224.350   131.200
+13:30:01.82 47:12:58.8   134.370   356.330
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ccmap, ccsetwcs, cctran, finder.tastrom, skyctran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/cctran.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/cctran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..202598f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/cctran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+.help cctran Dec96 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+cctran -- transform from pixel to celestial coordinates and vice versa
+using the computed plate solution
+.ih
+USAGE
+cctran input output database solutions
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The coordinate files to be transformed.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output coordinate files. The number of output files must
+be one or equal to the number of input files.
+.le
+.ls database
+The text database file written by the ccmap task containing the
+desired plate solution. If database is undefined cctran computes
+a linear plate solution using the current values of the xref, yref, xmag
+ymag, xrotation, yrotation, lngref, latref, and projection parameters.
+.le
+.ls solutions
+The database record containing the desired plate solution. 
+The number of records must be one or equal to the number of input coordinate
+files. Solutions is either a user name supplied to ccmap, the name of the
+ccmap task
+input image for which the plate solution is valid, or the name of the
+coordinate file that the ccmap task used to compute the plate solution.
+The quantities stored in
+solutions always supersede the values of xref, yref, xmag, ymag,
+xrotation, yrotation, lngref, latref, and projection.
+.le
+.ls geometry = "geometric"
+The type of geometric transformation. The geometry parameter is
+only requested if database is defined. The options are:
+.ls linear
+Transform the coordinates using only the linear part of the plate solution.
+.le
+.ls geometric
+Transform the coordinates using the full plate solution.
+.le
+.le
+.ls forward = yes
+Transform from pixel to celestial coordinates ? If forward is "no" then
+the plate solution is inverted and celestial coordinates are transformed
+to pixel coordinates.
+.le
+.ls xref = INDEF, yref = INDEF
+The x and y pixel coordinates of the reference point. If database is undefined
+then xref and yref default to 0.0 and 0.0, otherwise these parameters are
+ignored.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The x and y scale factors in arcseconds per pixel. If database is undefined
+xmag and ymag default to 1.0 and 1.0 arcseconds per pixel, otherwise these
+parameters are ignored.
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The x and y rotation angles in degrees measured counter-clockwise with
+respect to the x and y axes. Xrotation and yrotation are interpreted as the
+rotation of the coordinates with respect to the x and y axes and default to
+0.0 and 0.0 degrees. For example xrotation and yrotation values of 30.0 and
+30.0 degrees will rotate a point 30 degrees counter-clockwise with respect to
+the x and y axes. To flip the x axis coordinates in this case either set the
+angles to 210.0 and 30.0 degrees or leave the angles at 30.0 and 30.0 and set
+the xmag parameter to a negative value. To set east to the up, down, left, and
+right directions, set xrotation to 90, 270, 180, and 0 respectively. To set
+north to the up, down, left, and right directions, set yrotation to  0, 180,
+90, and 270 degrees respectively. Any global rotation must be added to both the
+xrotation and yrotation values.
+.le
+.ls lngref = INDEF, latref = INDEF
+The celestial coordinates of the reference point, e.g. the ra and dec
+of the reference point for equatorial systems, galactic longitude and
+latitude for galactic systems. If database is undefined
+lngref and latred default to 0.0 and 0.0, otherwise these parameters are
+ignored.
+.le
+.ls lngunits = "", latunits = ""
+The units of the input or output ra / longitude and dec / latitude coordinates.
+The options are "hours", "degrees", "radians" for ra / longitude coordinates,
+and "degrees" and "radians" for dec / latitude systems. If lngunits and
+latunits are undefined they default to the values in the database records.
+If database is undefined then lngunits and latunits default to "hours" and
+"degrees" respectively.
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan"
+The sky projection geometry. The most commonly used projections in
+astronomy are "tan", "arc", "sin", and "lin". Other supported projections
+are "ait", "car", "csc", "gls", "mer", "mol", "par", "pco", "qsc", "stg",
+"tsc", and "zea".
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2
+The columns in the input coordinate file containing the x and y coordinates
+if the \fIforward\fR parameter is "yes", the celestial ra / longitude and
+dec / latitude if the forward parameter is "no".
+.le
+.ls lngformat = "", latformat = ""
+The format of the output coordinates. The defaults are "%10.3f" for 
+output coordinates in pixels, "%12.2h" for coordinates in hours,
+"%11.1h" for coordinates in degrees,
+and "%13.7g" for coordinates in radians.
+.le
+.ls min_sigdigits = 7
+The minimum precision of the output coordinates.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+CCTRAN applies the plate solution to a list of pixel or celestial
+coordinates in the text file \fIinput\fR and writes the transformed
+coordinates to the text file \fIoutput\fR. The input coordinates
+are read from and the output coordinates written to, the columns
+\fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR in the input and output
+files. The format of the output coordinates can be specified using the
+\fIlngformat\fR and \fIlatformat\fR parameters. If the output formats
+are unspecified the coordinates are written  out with reasonable
+default precisions, e.g. "%10.3f" for pixel coordinates, "%12.2h" and "11.1h"
+for coordinates in hours or degrees,
+and "%13.7g" for coordinates in radians. All the remaining fields in the
+input file are copied to the output file without modification. Blank lines
+and comment lines are also passed to the output file unaltered.
+
+The plate solution is either read from record \fIsolutions\fR
+in the database file \fIdatabase\fR written by CCMAP, or specified
+by the user via the \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR,
+\fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR, 
+and \fIprojection\fR parameters. If \fILngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR
+are undefined they default to the values in the database or to
+the quantities "hours" and "degrees" respectively.
+If the \fIforward\fR
+parameter is "yes", the input coordinates are assumed to be pixel coordinates
+and are transformed to celestial coordinates. If \fIforward\fR is "no", then
+the input coordinates are assumed to be celestial coordinates and are
+transformed to pixel coordinates.
+
+The transformation computed by CCMAP has the following form where x and y
+are the pixel coordinates and xi and eta are the corresponding standard
+coordinates in arcseconds per pixel. The standard coordinates are computed
+by applying the appropriate sky projection to the celestial coordinates.
+
+
+.nf
+	 xi = f (x, y)
+	eta = g (x, y)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either power series, Legendre, or Chebyshev
+polynomials whose order and region of validity were set by the user when
+CCMAP was run. The plate solution is arbitrary and does not correspond to
+any physically meaningful model. However the first order terms can be given
+the simple geometrical interpretation shown below.
+
+.nf
+	  xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	 eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = xi0 - b * xref - c * yref = xshift
+	   d = eta0 - e * xref - f * yref = yshift
+	   xi0 = 0.0
+	   eta0 = 0.0
+.fi
+
+xref, yref, xi0, and eta0 are the origins of the reference and output
+coordinate systems respectively. xi0 and eta0 are both 0.0 by default.
+xmag and ymag are the x and y scales in " / pixel, and xrotation and yrotation
+are the x and y axes rotation angles measured counter-clockwise from original
+x and y axes.
+
+If the CCMAP database is undefined then CCTRAN computes a linear plate
+solution using the parameters \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR,
+\fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIlngref\fR, \fIlatref\fR,
+\fIlngunits\fR, \fIlatunits\fR and \fIprojection\fR as shown below. Note
+that in this case xrotation and yrotation are interpreted as the rotation
+of the coordinates not the rotation of the coordinate axes.
+
+.nf
+	  xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	 eta = d + e * x + f * y
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = -ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = xi0 - b * xref - c * yref = xshift
+	   d = eta0 - e * xref - f * yref = yshift
+	   xi0 = 0.0
+	   eta0 = 0.0
+.fi
+
+Linear plate solutions are evaluated in the forward and reverse sense
+using the appropriate IRAF mwcs system routines. Higher order plate
+solutions are evaluated in the forward sense using straight-forward
+evaluation of the polynomial terms, in the reverse sense by applying
+Newton's method to the plate solution.
+
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+   
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+   
+   
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+   
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+   
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+   
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+   
+Examples
+   
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+   
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+   
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute the plate solution and evaluate the forward transformation for
+the following input coordinate list.
+
+.nf
+cl> type coords
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52  327.50  410.38
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18  465.50   62.10
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23  442.01  409.65
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15  224.35  131.20
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79  134.37  356.33
+
+
+cl> ccmap coords coords.db xcol=3 ycol=4 lngcol=1 latcol=2 inter-
+Coords File: coords  Image: 
+    Database: coords.db  Record: coords
+Refsystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Coordinate mapping status
+    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.229  0.241   (arcsec  arcsec)
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:48.129  47:11:53.37  (hours  degrees)
+    Reference point: 318.735  273.900  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.764  0.767  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y axis rotation: 179.110  358.958  (degrees  degrees)
+
+
+cl> type coords.db
+# Mon 15:10:37 13-May-96
+begin   coords
+        xrefmean        318.7460000000001
+        yrefmean        273.9320000000001
+        lngmean         13.49670238888889
+        latmean         47.19815944444444
+        coosystem       j2000
+        projection      tan
+        lngref          13.49670238888889
+        latref          47.19815944444444
+        lngunits        hours
+        latunits        degrees
+        xpixref         318.7352667484295
+        ypixref         273.9002619912411
+        geometry        general
+        function        polynomial
+        xishift         247.3577084680361
+        etashift        -206.1795977453246
+        xmag            0.7641733802338992
+        ymag            0.7666917500560622
+        xrotation       179.1101291109185
+        yrotation       358.9582148846163
+        wcsxirms        0.2288984454992771
+        wcsetarms       0.2411034140453112
+        xirms           0.2288984454992771
+        etarms          0.2411034140453112
+        surface1        11
+                        3.      3.
+                        2.      2.
+                        2.      2.
+                        0.      0.
+                        134.3700000000001       134.3700000000001
+                        465.5000000000002       465.5000000000002
+                        62.1    62.1
+                        410.3800000000001       410.3800000000001
+                        247.3577084680361       -206.1795977453246
+                        -0.7640812161068504     -0.011868034832272
+                        -0.01393966623835092    0.7665650170136847
+        surface2        0
+
+
+
+cl> cctran coords STDOUT coords.db coords xcol=3 ycol=4 lngformat=%0.3h \
+latformat=%0.2h
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52 13:29:47.284 47:13:37.89
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18 13:29:37.425 47:09:09.24
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23 13:29:38.696 47:13:35.95
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15 13:29:55.396 47:10:05.09
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79 13:30:01.842 47:12:58.70
+
+cl> cctran coords STDOUT coords.db coords xcol=1 ycol=2 forward-
+327.341   409.894  327.50  410.38
+465.751    62.023  465.50   62.10
+441.951   410.017  442.01  409.65
+223.970   131.272  224.35  131.20
+134.717   356.454  134.37  356.33
+.fi
+
+Note that for the forward transformation the original ras and decs are in
+columns 1 and 2 and the computed ras and decs are in columns 3 and 4, but
+for the reverse transformation the original x and y values are in columns
+3 and 4 and the computed values are in columns 1 and 2.
+
+
+2. Use the previous plate solution to transform x and y values to
+ra and dec values and vice versa but enter the plate solution by hand.
+
+.nf
+cl> cctran coords STDOUT "" xcol=3 ycol=4 lngformat=%0.3h latformat=%0.2h \
+xref=318.735 yref=273.900 lngref=13:29:48.129 latref=47:11:53.37 \
+xmag=.764 ymag=.767 xrot=180.890 yrot=1.042
+13:29:47.297  47:13:37.52 13:29:47.285 47:13:37.93
+13:29:37.406  47:09:09.18 13:29:37.428 47:09:09.17
+13:29:38.700  47:13:36.23 13:29:38.698 47:13:35.99
+13:29:55.424  47:10:05.15 13:29:55.395 47:10:05.04
+13:30:01.816  47:12:58.79 13:30:01.839 47:12:58.72
+
+cl> cctran coords STDOUT "" xcol=1 ycol=2 xref=318.735 yref=273.900 \
+lngref=13:29:48.129 latref=47:11:53.37 xmag=.764 ymag=.767 \
+xrot=180.890 yrot=1.042 forward-
+327.347   409.845  327.50  410.38
+465.790    62.113  465.50   62.10
+441.983   409.968  442.01  409.65
+223.954   131.334  224.35  131.20
+134.680   356.426  134.37  356.33
+
+.fi
+
+Note that there are minor differences between examples 1 and 2 due to
+precision differences in the input, and that the angles input to cctran
+in example 2 are the coordinate rotation angles not the axes rotation angles
+as printed by ccmap. The different is exactly 180 degrees in both cases.
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ccmap, ccsetwcs, finder.tastrom, skyctran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccxymatch.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccxymatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6987a437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/ccxymatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
+.help ccxymatch Oct96 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+ccxymatch -- Match celestial and pixel coordinate lists using various methods
+.ih
+USAGE
+ccxymatch input reference output tolerance [ptolerance]
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input pixel coordinate files.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of input celestial coordinate files. The number of celestial coordinate
+files must be one or equal to the number of pixel coordinate files.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output matched coordinate files containing: 1) the celestial coordinates
+of the matched objects in columns 1 and 2, 2) the pixel coordinates of the
+matched objects in columns 3 and 4, and 3) the line numbers of the matched
+objects in the celestial coordinate and pixel lists in columns 5 and 6.
+.le
+.ls tolerance
+The matching tolerance in arcseconds. 
+.le
+.ls ptolerance
+The matching tolerance in pixels. The ptolerance parameter is required 
+by the "triangles" matching algorithm but not by the "tolerance" matching
+algorithm.
+.le
+.ls refpoints = ""
+A file of tie points used to compute the linear transformation
+from the pixel coordinate system to the celestial coordinate system. Refpoints
+is a text file containing the celestial coordinates of 1-3 tie points
+in the first line, followed by the pixel coordinates of the same 1-3 tie points
+in succeeding lines. The celestial coordinates are assumed to be
+in the units specified by \fIlngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR.
+If refpoints is undefined then the parameters \fIxin\fR, \fIyin\fR,
+\fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIprojection\fR,
+\fIlngref\fR, and \fIlatref\fR are used to compute the linear transformation.
+.le
+.ls xin = INDEF, yin = INDEF
+The x and y origin of the pixel coordinate system. Xin and yin default to 
+0.0 and 0.0 respectively.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The x and y scale factors in arcseconds per pixel. Xmag and
+ymag default to 1.0 and 1.0 respectively.
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The x and y rotation angles measured in degrees counter-clockwise. Xrotation
+and yrotation default to 0.0 and 0.0 degrees respectively. To set east to the
+up, down, left, and right directions, set xrotation to 90, 270, 180, and 0
+respectively. To set north to the up, down, left, and right directions, set
+yrotation to  0, 180, 90, and 270 degrees respectively. Any global rotation
+must be added to both the xrotation and yrotation values.
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan"
+The sky projection geometry. The most commonly used projections in
+astronomy are "tan", "arc", "sin", and "lin". Other supported projections
+are "ait", "car", "csc", "gls", "mer", "mol", "par", "pco", "qsc", "stg",
+"tsc", and "zea".
+.le
+.ls lngref = INDEF, latref = INDEF
+The origin of the celestial coordinate system. Lngref and latref define the
+reference point of the sky projection \fIprojection\fR, and default to the
+mean of the ra / longitude and dec / latitude coordinates respectively. Lngref
+and latref are assumed to be in units of \fIlngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR.
+.le
+.ls lngcolumn = 1, latcolumn = 2
+The columns in the celestial coordinate list containing the ra / longitude
+and dec / latitude coordinate values.
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2
+The columns in the pixel coordinate list containing the x and y coordinate
+values.
+.le
+.ls lngunits = "hours", latunits = "degrees"
+The units of the celestial coordinates. The options are "hours", "degrees",
+and "radians" for lngunits, and "degrees" and "radians" for latunits.
+.le
+.ls separation = 3.0
+The minimum separation in arcseconds for objects in the celestial coordinate
+lists. Objects closer together than separation arcseconds
+are removed from the celestial coordinate lists prior to matching.
+.le
+.ls pseparation = 9.0
+The minimum separation in pixels  for objects in the pixel coordinate
+lists. Objects closer together than pseparation pixels
+are removed from the pixel coordinate lists prior to matching.
+.le
+.ls matching = "triangles"
+The matching algorithm. The choices are:
+.ls tolerance
+A linear transformation is applied to the pixel coordinates,
+the appropriate projection is applied to the celestial coordinates,
+the transformed pixel and celestial coordinates are sorted, 
+points which are too close together are removed, and the pixel coordinates
+which most closely match the celestial coordinates to within the
+user specified tolerance are determined.  The tolerance algorithm requires
+an initial estimate for the linear transformation.  This estimate can be
+derived by supplying the coordinates of tie points via the
+\fIrefpoints\fR file, or by setting the linear transformation parameters
+\fIxin\fR, \fIyin\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR,
+\fIyrotation\fR, \fIprojection\fR, \fIlngref\fR, and \fIlatref\fR. Assuming that
+a good initial estimate for the required linear transformation is supplied,
+the tolerance algorithm functions well in the presence of shifts, axis
+flips, x and y scale changes, rotations, and axis skew between the two
+coordinate systems. The algorithm is sensitive to higher order distortion terms
+in the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.ls triangles
+A linear transformation is applied to the pixel coordinates,
+the appropriate projection is applied to the celestial coordinates,
+the transformed pixel and celestial coordinates are sorted, points
+which are too close together are removed, and the pixel coordinates
+are matched to the celestial coordinates using a triangle pattern
+matching algorithm and user specified tolerance parameters.
+The triangles pattern matching algorithm does not require prior knowledge
+of the linear transformation, although it will use a transformation if one
+is supplied.  The algorithm functions well in the presence of
+shifts, axis flips, magnification, and rotation between the two coordinate
+systems, as long as both lists have a reasonable number of objects
+in common and the errors in the computed coordinates are small.
+However as the algorithm depends on comparisons of similar triangles, it
+is sensitive to differences in the x and y coordinate scales,
+skew between the x and y axes, and higher order distortion terms
+in the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.le
+.ls nmatch = 30
+The maximum number of celestial and pixel coordinates used
+by the "triangles" pattern matching algorithm. If either list contains
+more coordinates than nmatch, the lists are subsampled. Nmatch should be
+kept small as the computation and memory requirements of the "triangles"
+algorithm depend on a high power of the lengths of the respective lists.
+.le
+.ls ratio = 10.0
+The maximum ratio of the longest to shortest side of the 
+triangles generated by the "triangles" pattern matching algorithm.
+Triangles with computed longest to shortest side ratios > ratio
+are rejected from the pattern matching algorithm. Ratio should never
+be set higher than 10.0 but may be set as low as 5.0.
+.le
+.ls nreject = 10
+The maximum number of rejection iterations for the "triangles" pattern
+matching algorithm.
+.le
+.ls lngformat = "", latformat = ""
+The format of the output celestial coordinates. The default formats are
+"%13.3h", "%13.3h", and "%13.7g" for units of "hours", "degrees", and
+"radians" respectively.
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%13.3f", yformat = "%13.3f"
+The format of the output pixel coordinates.
+By default the coordinates are output right justified in a field of
+13 characters with 3 places following the decimal point.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+CCXYMATCH matches ra / dec or longitude / latitude coordinates in the
+celestial coordinate list \fIreference\fR to their corresponding x and y
+coordinates in the pixel coordinate list \fIinput\fR using user specified
+tolerances in arcseconds \fItolerance\fR and pixels \fIptolerance\fR, and 
+writes the matched coordinates to the output file \fIoutput\fR. The output
+file is suitable for input to the plate solution computation task CCMAP.
+
+CCXYMATCH matches the coordinate lists by: 1) projecting the celestial
+coordinates onto a plane using the sky projection geometry \fIprojection\fR
+and the reference point \fIlngref\fR and \fIlatref\fR,
+2) computing an initial guess for the linear transformation required to
+match the pixel coordinate system to the projected celestial coordinate system,
+3) applying the computed transformation to the pixel coordinates, 4) sorting
+the projected celestial and pixel coordinates lists, 5) removing points with a
+minimum separation specified by the parameters \fIseparation\fR and
+\fIpseparation\fR from both lists, 6) matching the two lists using either
+the "triangles" or "tolerance" matching algorithms, and 7) writing the matched
+list to the output file.
+
+An initial estimate for the linear transformation is computed in one of 
+two ways. If \fIrefpoints\fR is defined, the celestial and pixel coordinates
+of up to three tie points are read from succeeding lines in the refpoints file,
+and used to compute the linear transformation.  The coordinates of the tie
+points can be typed in by hand if \fIrefpoints\fR is "STDIN". The formats of
+two sample refpoints files are shown below.
+
+.nf
+# First sample refpoints file (1 reference file and N input files)
+
+ra1 dec1  [ra2 dec2 [ra3 dec3]] # tie points for reference coordinate file
+ x1   y1  [ x2  y2  [ x3   y3]] # tie points for input coordinate file 1
+ x1   y1  [ x2  y2  [ x3   y3]] # tie points for input coordinate file 2
+..    ..  [ ..  ..  [ ..   ..]
+ x1   y1  [ x2  y2  [ x3   y3]] # tie points for input coordinate file N
+
+
+# Second sample refpoints file (N reference files and N input files)
+
+ra1 dec1  [ra2 dec2 [ra3 dec3]] # tie points for reference coordinate file 1
+ x1   y1  [ x2   y2 [ x3   y3]] # tie points for input coordinate file 1
+ra1 dec1  [ra2 dec2 [ra3 dec3]] # tie points for reference coordinate file 2
+ x1   y1  [ x2   y2 [ x3   y3]] # tie points for input coordinate file 2
+ ..   ..  [ ..   .. [ ..   ..]]
+ra1 dec1  [ra2 dec2 [ra3 dec3]] # tie points for reference coordinate file N
+ x1   y1  [ x2   y2 [ x3   y3]] # tie points for input coordinate file N
+
+.fi
+
+If the refpoints file is undefined the parameters \fIxin\fR, \fIxin\fR,
+\fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR, \fIxrotation\fR are used
+to compute a linear transformation from the pixel coordinates to the
+standard coordinates xi and eta as shown below. Orientation and skew
+are the orientation of the x and y axes and their deviation from
+perpendicularity respectively.
+
+
+.nf
+	 xi = a + b * x + c * y
+	eta = d + e * x + f * y
+    
+	xrotation = orientation - skew / 2
+	yrotation = orientation + skew / 2
+	b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	c = -ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	e = xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	a = 0.0 - b * xin - c * yin = xshift
+	d = 0.0 - e * xin - f * yin = yshift
+.fi
+
+Both methods of computing the initial linear transformation compute the
+standard coordinates xi and eta by projecting the celestial coordinates
+onto a plane using the sky projection geometry \fIprojection\fR and the
+reference point \fIlngref\fR and \fIlatref\fR. The celestial coordinates
+are assumed to be in units of \fIlngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR and the
+standard coordinates are in arcseconds. The linear transformation and its
+geometric interpretation are shown below.
+
+The celestial and pixel coordinates are read from columns \fIlngcolumn\fR and
+\fIlatcolumn\fR in the celestial coordinate list, and \fIxcolumn\fR, and
+\fIycolumn\fR in the pixel coordinate list respectively. The pixel
+coordinates are transformed using the linear transformation described above,
+the celestial coordinate in units of \fIlngunits\fR and \fIlatunits\fR
+are projected to standard coordinates in arcseconds, and stars closer together
+than \fIseparation\fR arcseconds and \fIpseparation\fR pixels are removed
+from the celestial and pixel coordinate lists respectively.
+
+The coordinate lists are matched using the matching algorithm specified by
+\fImatching\fR. If matching is "tolerance", CCXYMATCH searches the transformed
+sorted pixel coordinate list for the coordinates that are within the matching
+tolerance \fItolerance\fR and closest to the current standard coordinates.
+The major advantage of the "tolerance" algorithm is that it can handle x and y
+scale differences and axis skew in the coordinate transformation. The major
+disadvantage of the "tolerance" algorithm is that the user must supply
+tie point information in all but the simplest case of small x and y
+shifts between the pixel and celestial coordinate systems.
+
+If matching is "triangles", CCXYMATCH constructs a list of triangles
+using up to \fInmatch\fR celestial coordinates and transformed pixel
+coordinates and performs a pattern matching operation on the resulting
+triangle lists. If the number of coordinates in both lists is less than
+\fInmatch\fR the entire list is matched using the "triangles" algorithm
+directly, otherwise the "triangles" algorithm is used to estimate a new
+linear transformation, the input coordinate list is transformed using
+the new transformation, and the entire list is matched using the "tolerance"
+algorithm. The major advantage of the "triangles" algorithm is that it
+requires no tie point information from the user. The major disadvantages of the
+algorithm are that, it is sensitive to x and y scale differences and axis
+skew between the celestial and pixel coordinate systems, and can be
+computationally expensive.
+
+The matched celestial and pixel coordinates are written to columns 1, 2, 3,
+and 4 of the output file, in the formats specified by the \fIlngformat\fR,
+\fIlatformat\fR, \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR parameters.  The original
+line numbers in the celestial and pixels coordinate files are written to
+columns 5 and 6.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is yes, detailed messages about actions taken by the
+task are written to the terminal as the task executes.
+
+.ih
+ALGORITHMS
+
+The "triangles" algorithm uses a sophisticated pattern matching
+technique which requires no tie point information from the user.
+It is expensive computationally and is therefore restricted to a maximum
+of \fInmatch\fR objects from the celestial and pixel coordinate lists.
+
+The "triangles" algorithm first generates a list
+of all the possible triangles that can be formed from the points in each list.
+For a list of nmatch points this number is the combinatorial factor
+nmatch! / [(nmatch-3)! * 3!] or  nmatch * (nmatch-1) * (nmatch-2) / 6.
+The length of the perimeter, ratio of longest to shortest side, cosine
+of the angle between the longest and shortest side, the tolerances in
+the latter two quantities and the direction of the arrangement of the vertices
+of each triangle are computed and stored in a table.
+Triangles with vertices closer together than \fItolerance\fR and
+\fIptolerance\fR, or
+with a ratio of the longest to shortest side greater than \fIratio\fR
+are discarded. The remaining triangles are sorted in order of increasing
+ratio.  A sort merge algorithm is used to match the triangles using the
+ratio and cosine information, the tolerances in these quantities, and
+the maximum tolerances for both lists. The ratios of the
+perimeters of the matched triangles are compared to the most common ratio
+for the entire list, and triangles which deviate too widely from this number
+are discarded. The number of triangles remaining are divided into
+the number which match in the clockwise sense and the number which match
+int the counter-clockwise sense. Those in the minority category
+are eliminated.
+The rejection step can be repeated up to \fInreject\fR times or until
+no more rejections occur, whichever comes first.
+The last step in the algorithm is a voting procedure in which each remaining
+matched triangle casts three votes, one for each matched pair of vertices.
+Points which have fewer than half the maximum number of
+votes are discarded. The final set of matches are written to the output file.
+
+The "triangles" algorithm functions well when the celestial and
+pixel coordinate lists have a sufficient number of objects (50%, 
+in some cases as low as 25%) of their objects in common, any distortions
+including x and y scale differences and skew between the two systems are small,
+and the random errors in the coordinates are small. Increasing the value of
+the \fItolerance\fR parameter will increase the ability to deal with
+distortions but will also produce more false matches which after some point
+will swamp the true matches.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A detailed description of the "triangles" pattern matching algorithm used here
+can be found in the article "A Pattern-Matching Algorithm for Two-
+Dimensional Coordinate Lists" by E.J. Groth, A.J. 91, 1244 (1986).
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute the plate solution for a 1528 by 2288 B band image of M51 by
+matching a list of reference stars extracted from the Guide Star Catalog
+with the regions task against a list of bright stars detected with the daofind
+task. The approximate image center is RA = 13:29:52.8 and DEC = +47:11:41
+(J2000) and the image scale is 0.43 arcseconds / pixel.
+
+.nf
+... Get the guide stars (see stsdas.analysis.gasp package).
+cl> regions 13:29:52.8 47:11:41 0.27 m51b.gsc.tab
+
+... Convert the binary table to a text file (see package tables.ttools).
+cl> tprint  m51b.gsc.tab > m51b.gsc
+
+... Examine the guide star list.
+cl> type m51b.gsc
+
+#  Table m51b.gsc.tab  Tue 10:39:55 22-Oct-96
+
+# row      RA_HRS      RA_DEG     DEC_DEG        MAG
+#           hours     degrees     degrees magnitudes
+
+    1 13:29:13.33 202:18:19.9  47:14:16.3       12.3
+    2 13:29:05.51 202:16:22.6  47:10:44.7       14.8
+    3 13:29:48.60 202:27:09.0  47:07:42.5       15.0
+    4 13:29:47.30 202:26:49.4  47:13:37.5       10.9
+    5 13:29:31.65 202:22:54.7  47:18:54.7       15.0
+    6 13:29:06.16 202:16:32.4  47:04:53.1       14.9
+    7 13:29:37.40 202:24:21.1  47:09:09.2       15.1
+    8 13:29:38.70 202:24:40.5  47:13:36.2       15.0
+    9 13:29:55.42 202:28:51.3  47:10:05.2       15.4
+   10 13:29:06.91 202:16:43.7  47:04:07.9       12.4
+   11 13:29:29.73 202:22:25.9  47:12:04.1       15.1
+   12 13:30:07.96 202:31:59.4  47:05:18.3       14.7
+   13 13:30:01.82 202:30:27.2  47:12:58.8       11.8
+   14 13:30:36.75 202:39:11.2  47:04:05.9       14.9
+   15 13:30:34.04 202:38:30.6  47:16:44.8       13.2
+   16 13:30:14.95 202:33:44.3  47:10:27.6       13.4
+
+... Locate bright stars in the image (see noao.digiphot.daophot package).
+... Suitable values for fwhmpsf, sigma, ... and threshold can be determined
+... using the imstatistics and imexamine tasks. Some experimentation may be
+... necessary to determine optimal values.
+cl> daofind m51b "default" fwhmpsf=4.0 sigma=5.0 threshold=20.0
+
+...  Examine the star list.
+cl> type m51b.coo.1
+
+   ...
+#N XCENTER   YCENTER   MAG      SHARPNESS   SROUND      GROUND      ID 
+   ...
+   401.034   147.262   -2.315   0.473       -0.075      -0.170      1     
+   261.137   453.696   -1.180   0.481       -0.373      -0.135      2     
+   860.002   480.061   -1.397   0.373       -0.218      -0.178      3     
+   69.342    675.895   -0.955   0.368       -0.294      -0.133      4     
+   1127.791  680.033   -1.166   0.449       -0.515      -0.326      5     
+   972.435   691.544   -1.722   0.449       -0.327      -0.060      6     
+   1348.891  715.084   -1.069   0.389       -0.242      -0.145      7     
+   946.114   797.067   -0.543   0.406       -0.198      -0.069      8     
+   698.455   811.407   -1.620   0.437       -0.038      -0.028      9     
+   964.566   853.201   -0.317   0.382       0.031       -0.086      10    
+   236.088   864.817   -3.515   0.429       -0.164      -0.035      11    
+   919.703   909.835   -3.775   0.447       0.051       0.007       12    
+   406.592   985.807   -0.715   0.424       -0.307      -0.068      13    
+   920.790   986.083   -0.600   0.364       -0.047      0.021       14    
+   761.403   1037.795  -1.944   0.383       -0.023      0.120       15    
+   692.012   1050.603  -0.508   0.339       -0.365      -0.164      16    
+   1023.330  1060.144  -1.897   0.381       -0.246      -0.288      17    
+   681.864   1066.937  -0.059   0.467       -0.175      0.135       18    
+   1307.802  1085.564  -1.173   0.435       0.032       -0.207      19    
+   716.494   1094.800  -0.389   0.421       -0.412      -0.032      20    
+   715.935   1106.616  -3.747   0.649       0.271       0.245       21    
+   1093.813  1300.189  -1.557   0.377       -0.309      -0.078      22    
+   596.406   1353.798  -0.461   0.383       0.029       -0.103      23    
+   1212.117  1362.636  -0.362   0.369       -0.180      0.043       24    
+   251.355   1488.048  -0.909   0.357       -0.390      0.077       25    
+   600.659   1630.261  -1.392   0.423       0.013       -0.312      26    
+   329.448   2179.233  -0.824   0.442       -0.463      0.325       27    
+
+... Match the two lists using the "triangles" algorithm and tolerances of
+... 1.0 arcseconds and 3.0 pixels respectively.
+cl> ccxymatch m51b.coo.1 m51b.gsc m51b.mat.1 1.0 3.0 lngcolumn=2 latcolumn=4
+
+... Examine the matched file.
+cl> type m51b.mat.1
+
+# Input: m51b.coo.1  Reference: m51b.gsc  Number of tie points: 0
+# Initial linear transformation
+#     xref[tie] =         0. +         1. * x[tie] +         0. * y[tie]
+#     yref[tie] =         0. +         0. * x[tie] +         1. * y[tie]
+# dx: 0.00 dy: 0.00 xmag: 1.000 ymag: 1.000 xrot: 0.0 yrot: 0.0
+#
+# Column definitions
+#    Column 1: Reference Ra / Longitude coordinate
+#    Column 2: Reference Dec / Latitude coordinate
+#    Column 3: Input X coordinate
+#    Column 4: Input Y coordinate
+#    Column 5: Reference line number
+#    Column 6: Input line number
+
+ 13:29:48.600   47:07:42.50        860.002       480.061      8    44
+ 13:29:38.700   47:13:36.20       1093.813      1300.189     13    63
+ 13:29:55.420   47:10:05.20        698.455       811.407     14    50
+ 13:29:29.730   47:12:04.10       1307.802      1085.564     16    60
+ 13:30:07.960   47:05:18.30        401.034       147.262     17    42
+ 13:30:14.950   47:10:27.60        236.088       864.817     21    52
+
+... Compute the plate solution.
+cl> ccmap m51b.mat.1 ccmap.db results=STDOUT xcolumn=3 ycolumn=4 lngcolumn=1 \
+latcolumn=2 refpoint=user lngref=13:29:52.8 latref=47:11:41  interactive=no
+
+Coords File: m51b.mat.1  Image: 
+    Database: ccmap.db  Record: m51b.mat.1
+Refsystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Coordinate mapping status
+    XI fit ok.  ETA fit ok.
+    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.206  0.103   (arcsec  arcsec)
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:52.800  47:11:41.00  (hours  degrees)
+    Reference point: 760.656  1033.450  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.430  0.431  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y axis rotation: 180.158  359.991  (degrees  degrees)
+
+                        Input Coordinate Listing
+   X      Y        Ra         Dec        Ra(fit)    Dec(fit)    Dra    Ddec
+
+ 860.0  480.1  13:29:48.60 47:07:42.5  13:29:48.62 47:07:42.5 -0.153  0.017
+1093.8 1300.2  13:29:38.70 47:13:36.2  13:29:38.73 47:13:36.4 -0.258 -0.164
+ 698.5  811.4  13:29:55.42 47:10:05.2  13:29:55.43 47:10:05.2 -0.062  0.024
+1307.8 1085.6  13:29:29.73 47:12:04.1  13:29:29.70 47:12:04.0  0.318  0.123
+ 401.0  147.3  13:30:07.96 47:05:18.3  13:30:07.96 47:05:18.4  0.028 -0.073
+ 236.1  864.8  13:30:14.95 47:10:27.6  13:30:14.94 47:10:27.5  0.127  0.073
+.fi
+
+
+
+2. Repeat example 1 but replace the daofind pixel list with one generated
+using the center task and a finder chart created with the skymap task.
+
+.nf
+... Get the guide stars. (see stsdas.analysis.gasp package)
+cl> regions 13:29:52.8 47:11:41 0.27 m51b.gsc.tab
+
+... Create the finder chart (see stsdas.analysis.gasp package)
+cl> gasp.skymap m51b.gsc.tab 13:29:52.8 47:11:41 INDEF 0.27            \
+objstyle=square racol=RA_HRS deccol=DEC_DEG magcol=MAG interactive-    \
+dev=stdplot
+
+... Convert the binary table to a text file. (see tables.ttools package)
+cl> tprint  m51b.gsc.tab > m51b.gsc
+
+... Mark and center the guide stars on the image display using the finder
+... chart produced by the skymap task and the center task (see  the
+... digiphot.apphot package).
+cl> display m51b 1 fi+
+cl> center m51b cbox=7.0 ...
+cl> pdump m51b.ctr.1 xcenter,ycenter yes > m51b.pix 
+
+... Display the pixel coordinate list.
+cl> type m51b.pix
+
+401.022  147.183
+236.044  864.882
+698.368  811.329
+860.003  480.051
+1127.754  680.020
+1307.819  1085.615
+1093.464  1289.595
+1212.001  1362.594
+1348.963  715.085
+
+... Match the two lists using the "triangles" algorithm and tolerances of
+... 1.0 arcseconds and 3.0 pixels respectively.
+cl> ccxymatch m51b.pix m51b.gsc m51b.mat.2 1.0 3.0 lngcolumn=2 latcolumn=4
+
+... Examine the matched file.
+cl> type m51b.mat.2
+
+# Input: m51b.pix  Reference: m51b.gsc  Number of tie points: 0
+# Initial linear transformation
+#       xi[tie] =         0. +         1. * x[tie] +         0. * y[tie]
+#      eta[tie] =         0. +         0. * x[tie] +         1. * y[tie]
+# dx: 0.00 dy: 0.00 xmag: 1.000 ymag: 1.000 xrot: 0.0 yrot: 0.0
+#
+# Column definitions
+#    Column 1: Reference Ra / Longitude coordinate
+#    Column 2: Reference Dec / Latitude coordinate
+#    Column 3: Input X coordinate
+#    Column 4: Input Y coordinate
+#    Column 5: Reference line number
+#    Column 6: Input line number
+
+ 13:29:48.600   47:07:42.50        860.003       480.051      8     4
+ 13:29:37.400   47:09:09.20       1127.754       680.020     12     5
+ 13:29:55.420   47:10:05.20        698.368       811.329     14     3
+ 13:29:29.730   47:12:04.10       1307.819      1085.615     16     6
+ 13:30:07.960   47:05:18.30        401.022       147.183     17     1
+ 13:30:14.950   47:10:27.60        236.044       864.882     21     2
+
+... Compute the plate solution.
+cl> ccmap m51b.mat.2 ccmap.db results=STDOUT xcolumn=3 ycolumn=4 lngcolumn=1 \
+latcolumn=2 refpoint=user lngref=13:29:52.8 latref=47:11:41 interactive=no
+
+Coords File: m51b.mat.2  Image: 
+    Database: junk.db  Record: m51b.mat.2
+Refsystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Coordinate mapping status
+    XI fit ok.  ETA fit ok.
+    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.312  0.0664   (arcsec  arcsec)
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:52.800  47:11:41.00  (hours  degrees)
+    Reference point: 761.093  1033.230  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.430  0.431  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y axis rotation: 180.175  359.998  (degrees  degrees)
+
+                        Input Coordinate Listing
+   X      Y        Ra         Dec        Ra(fit)    Dec(fit)    Dra    Ddec
+.fi
+
+
+3. Repeat example 1 but use the "tolerance" matching algorithm and apriori
+knowledge of the celestial and pixel coordinates of the nucleus of M51,
+the x and y image scales, and the orientation of the detector on the telescope
+to match the two lists.
+
+.nf
+... Match the two lists using the ccxymatch "tolerance" algorithm and
+... a matching tolerance of 2.0 arcseconds. Note the negative and positive
+... signs on the xmag and ymag parameters and lack of any rotation,
+... indicating that north is up and east is to the left.
+cl> ccxymatch m51b.coo.1 m51b.gsc m51b.mat.3 2.0 lngcolumn=2 latcolumn=4 \
+matching=tolerance xin=761.40 yin=1037.80 xmag=-0.43 ymag=0.43 xrot=0.0  \
+yrot=0.0 lngref=13:29:52.80 latref=47:11:42.9
+
+... Examine the matched file.
+cl> type m51b.mat.3
+
+# Input: m51b.coo.1  Reference: m51b.gsc  Number of tie points: 0
+# Initial linear transformation
+#     xref[tie] =    327.402 +      -0.43 * x[tie] +         0. * y[tie]
+#     yref[tie] =   -446.254 +         0. * x[tie] +       0.43 * y[tie]
+# dx: 327.40 dy: -446.25 xmag: 0.430 ymag: 0.430 xrot: 180.0 yrot: 0.0
+#
+# Column definitions
+#    Column 1: Reference Ra / Longitude coordinate
+#    Column 2: Reference Dec / Latitude coordinate
+#    Column 3: Input X coordinate
+#    Column 4: Input Y coordinate
+#    Column 5: Reference line number
+#    Column 6: Input line number
+
+ 13:30:07.960   47:05:18.30        401.034       147.262     17    42
+ 13:29:48.600   47:07:42.50        860.002       480.061      8    44
+ 13:29:37.400   47:09:09.20       1127.791       680.033     12    46
+ 13:29:55.420   47:10:05.20        698.455       811.407     14    50
+ 13:30:14.950   47:10:27.60        236.088       864.817     21    52
+ 13:29:29.730   47:12:04.10       1307.802      1085.564     16    60
+ 13:29:38.700   47:13:36.20       1093.813      1300.189     13    63
+
+
+... Compute the plate solution.
+cl> ccmap m51b.mat.3 ccmap.db results=STDOUT xcolumn=3 ycolumn=4 lngcolumn=1 \
+latcolumn=2 refpoint=user lngref=13:29:52.8 latref=47:11:41 interactive=no
+
+Coords File: m51b.mat.3  Image: 
+    Database: ccmap.db  Record: m51.mat.3
+Refsystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Insystem: j2000  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.000 MJD: 51544.50000
+Coordinate mapping status
+    XI fit ok.  ETA fit ok.
+    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: 0.342  0.121   (arcsec  arcsec)
+Coordinate mapping parameters
+    Sky projection geometry: tan
+    Reference point: 13:29:52.800  47:11:41.00  (hours  degrees)
+    Reference point: 760.687  1033.441  (pixels  pixels)
+    X and Y scale: 0.430  0.431  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)
+    X and Y axis rotation: 180.174  359.949  (degrees  degrees)
+
+                        Input Coordinate Listing
+   X      Y        Ra         Dec        Ra(fit)    Dec(fit)    Dra    Ddec
+
+ 401.0  147.3  13:30:07.96 47:05:18.3  13:30:07.97 47:05:18.4 -0.109 -0.109
+ 860.0  480.1  13:29:48.60 47:07:42.5  13:29:48.64 47:07:42.5 -0.385 -0.045
+1127.8  680.0  13:29:37.40 47:09:09.2  13:29:37.34 47:09:09.0  0.572  0.152
+ 698.5  811.4  13:29:55.42 47:10:05.2  13:29:55.43 47:10:05.2 -0.118  0.009
+ 236.1  864.8  13:30:14.95 47:10:27.6  13:30:14.92 47:10:27.5  0.290  0.116
+1307.8 1085.6  13:29:29.73 47:12:04.1  13:29:29.72 47:12:04.0  0.082  0.060
+1093.8 1300.2  13:29:38.70 47:13:36.2  13:29:38.73 47:13:36.4 -0.332 -0.184
+.fi
+
+
+
+4. Repeat example 3 but input the appropriate linear transformation via a list
+of tie points, rather than setting the transformation parameters directly.
+
+.nf
+... Display the tie points.
+cl> type refpts
+13:29:55.42 47:10:05.2  13:29:38.70 47:13:36.2  13:30:14.95 47:10:27.6
+     698.5       811.4      1093.8      1300.2       236.1       864.8
+
+... Match the lists using the ccxymatch "tolerance" algorithm and a matching
+... tolerance of 2.0 arcseconds. Note the negative and positive signs on the
+... xmag and ymag parameters and lack of any rotation, indicating that north
+... is up and east is to the left.
+cl> ccxymatch m51b.coo.1 m51b.gsc m51b.mat.4 2.0 refpoints=refpts          \
+lngcolumn=2 latcolumn=4 matching=tolerance lngref=13:29:52.80              \
+latref=47:11:42.9
+
+... Examine the matched list.
+cl> type m51b.mat.4
+
+# Input: m51b.coo.1  Reference: m51b.gsc  Number of tie points: 3
+#     tie point:   1  ref:    26.718   -97.698  input:   698.500   811.400
+#     tie point:   2  ref:  -143.629   113.354  input:  1093.800  1300.200
+#     tie point:   3  ref:   225.854   -75.167  input:   236.100   864.800
+#
+# Initial linear transformation
+#       xi[tie] =   327.7137 + -0.4306799 * x[tie] + -2.0406E-4 * y[tie]
+#      eta[tie] =  -448.0854 + 0.00103896 * x[tie] +   0.430936 * y[tie]
+# dx: 327.71 dy: -448.09 xmag: 0.431 ymag: 0.431 xrot: 179.9 yrot: 0.0
+#
+# Column definitions
+#    Column 1: Reference Ra / Longitude coordinate
+#    Column 2: Reference Dec / Latitude coordinate
+#    Column 3: Input X coordinate
+#    Column 4: Input Y coordinate
+#    Column 5: Reference line number
+#    Column 6: Input line number
+
+
+ 13:30:07.960   47:05:18.30        401.034       147.262     17    42
+ 13:29:48.600   47:07:42.50        860.002       480.061      8    44
+ 13:29:37.400   47:09:09.20       1127.791       680.033     12    46
+ 13:29:55.420   47:10:05.20        698.455       811.407     14    50
+ 13:30:14.950   47:10:27.60        236.088       864.817     21    52
+ 13:29:29.730   47:12:04.10       1307.802      1085.564     16    60
+ 13:29:38.700   47:13:36.20       1093.813      1300.189     13    63
+
+
+... Compute the plate solution which is identical to the solution computed
+... in example 2.
+cl> ccmap m51b.mat.4 ccmap.db results=STDOUT xcolumn=3 ycolumn=4 lngcolumn=1 \
+latcolumn=2 refpoint=user lngref=13:29:52.8 latref=47:11:41 interactive=no
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+stsdas.gasp.regions,stsdas.gasp.skymap,tables.ttools.tprint,daophot.daofind,ccmap
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/hpctran.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/hpctran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16a550c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/hpctran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.help hpctran Jul09 imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+hpctran -- Convert between HEALPix row and spherical coordinate
+.ih
+USAGE
+hpctran lng=xxx lat=xxx
+.br
+hpctran row=xxx
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls row     
+HEALPix table row (1 indexed).
+This is used as input if the direction
+is "row2ang" or is used to store the value if the direction is
+"ang2row".
+.le
+.ls lng, lat
+Spherical coordinate consisting of a longitude and latitude.
+These are used as input if the direction
+is "ang2row" or is used to store the value if the direction is
+"row2ang".  The units are interpreted as selected by the \fIcunits\fR
+parameter.  The type of coordinates appropriate for a particular map
+is defined by the map provider.
+.le
+.ls nside = 512
+The number of pixels per face side.
+.le
+.ls cunits = "degrees" (degrees|hourdegree|radians)
+The units of the longitude and latitude.  The "hourdegree" is for
+longitude in hours and latitude in degrees.
+.le
+.ls maptype = "nest" (nest|ring)
+The map pixelization type which may be "nest" or "ring".
+.le
+.ls direction = "ang2row" (ang2row|row2ang)
+The conversion direction.  "ang2row" converts a spherical coordinate
+to a map row or pixel number.  "row2ang" converts a map row or pixel
+number to a spherical coordinate.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+HEALPix is an acronym for Hierarchical Equal Area isoLatitude Pixelization
+of a sphere.  See the reference section for a technical description of the
+pixelization and mathematics.  As suggested in the name, this pixelization,
+or tiling, produces a subdivision of a spherical surface in which each
+"pixel" covers the same surface area as every other pixel.  A HEALPix FITS
+"map" is a table where each row contains "pixel" data for a region on the
+sphere.  It is a table because the pixels don't form a raster as in an
+image.
+
+The pixelization is defined by a resolution parameter which may be expressed
+in various ways.  This task uses the number of pixels along a side of one of
+the 12 basic faces.  The number of pixels/rows is 12 * nside * nside.  The
+pixelization has two forms supported by this task.  These are called
+"nested" and "ring".
+
+The HEALPix WCS task, \fBhpctran\fR, provides a translation between
+the table row number and a spherical coordinate.  It is up to the
+creator of the table to choose the spherical coordinate system.  This
+might be an equatorial, galactic, or super-galactic system.  There may
+be a keyword specifying the system.  This is the case with WMAP data.
+
+This task only provides the conversion.  Access to the "pixel" data
+requires other tools.  For binary tables the \fBtables\fR may be used.
+
+This task allows the spherical coordinates to be input and output in three
+forms, as hours and degrees (e.g. RA/DEC), as degrees (e.g.  l/b), and as
+radians.  On input one may use sexagesimal since IRAF automatically converts
+this to decimal.  On output the values are produced in decimal form.
+
+The output is provide in two ways to provide flexibility in scripting.  One
+is writing the results to the task parameters.  Note that it is recommended
+that tasks which write to there parameter be "cached" with the \fBcache\fR
+command to avoid problems with background submission or multiple scripts
+running in parallel.  The other output is printed to the standard output.
+Regardless of the direction of conversion the printed output is in the same
+order of row number, longitude, and latitude.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+A CMB WMAP file is obtained and one wants the temperature at a particular
+point on the sky.  Note that the WMAP format is "nested" and
+coordinate system is galactic.
+
+.nf
+cl> hpctran lng=50.12 lat=-33.45
+2298092 50.12 -33.45000000000001
+cl> = hpctran.row
+2298092
+cl> tdump wmap_iqusmap_r9_5yr_K1_v3.fits col=TEMPERATURE row=2298092
+cl> tdump ("wmap_iqusmap_r9_5yr_K1_v3.fits", col="TEMPERATURE",
+>>> row=hpctran.row)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCE
+\fIHEALPIX - a Framework for High Resolution Discretization, and Fast
+Analysis of Data Distributed on the Sphere\fR,
+by K.M. Gorski, Eric Hivon, A.J. Banday, B.D. Wandelt, F.K. Hansen, M.
+Reinecke, M. Bartelmann, 2005, ApJ 622, 759.
+.ih
+CREDIT
+Some code from the HEALPix distribution at http://healpix.jpl.nasa.gov
+was translated to SPP for use in this routine.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ttools
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/imcctran.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/imcctran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..760f3caf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/imcctran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+.help imcctran Oct00 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+imcctran -- convert between image celestial coordinate systems 
+.ih
+USAGE
+imcctran image outsystem
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+The list of images whose celestial coordinate systems are to be converted. The
+image celestial coordinate system must be one of the standard FITS celestial
+coordinate systems: equatorial (FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, ICRS, or GAPPT), ecliptic,
+galactic, or supergalactic.
+.le
+.ls outsystem
+The input and output celestial coordinate systems. The options are
+the following:
+.ls <imagename> [wcs]
+The celestial coordinate system is the world coordinate system of the image
+<imagename> and the input or output pixel coordinates may be in the
+"logical", "tv", "physical" or "world" coordinate systems. If wcs is not
+specified "logical" is assumed, unless the input coordinates are read from the
+image cursor, in which case "tv" is assumed. The image celestial coordinate
+system must be one of the valid FITS celestial coordinate systems:
+equatorial (FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, or GAPPT), ecliptic, galactic, or
+supergalactic.
+.le
+.ls equinox [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system if equinox is a
+Julian epoch, e.g. J2000.0 or 2000.0, or the equatorial mean place
+pre-IAU 1976 system (FK4) if equinox is a Besselian epoch, e.g. B1950.0
+or 1950.0. Julian equinoxes are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian equinoxes
+by a B or b. Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as
+Besselian epochs if they are < 1984.0, Julian epochs if they are >= 1984.0.
+Epoch is the epoch of the observation and may be a Julian
+epoch, a Besselian epoch, or a Julian date. Julian epochs
+are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to the epoch type of
+equinox if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls icrs [equinox] [epoch]
+The International Celestial Reference System where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk5 [equinox] [epoch] 
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system where equinox is a
+Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0  or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0. Epoch
+is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls noefk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system but without the E-terms
+where equinox is a Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0 or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls apparent epoch 
+The equatorial geocentric apparent place post-IAU 1976 system where
+epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.
+.le
+.ls ecliptic epoch
+The ecliptic coordinate system where epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch values < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.
+.le
+.ls galactic [epoch]
+The IAU 1958 galactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+.ls supergalactic [epoch]
+The deVaucouleurs supergalactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+
+In all the above cases fields in [] are optional with the defaults as
+described. The epoch field for the fk5, icrs, galactic, and supergalactic
+coordinate systems is required only if the input coordinates are in the
+equatorial fk4, noefk4, fk5, or icrs systems and proper motions are defined.
+.le
+.ls nx = 10, ny = 10
+The dimensions of the coordinate grid used to compute the rotation angle and,
+optionally, the x and y magnification factors required to transform the input
+image celestial coordinate system to the output celestial coordinate system.
+.le
+.ls longpole = no
+If longpole = yes the zenithal projections ARC, SIN, STG, TAN, and ZEA
+will be transformed by updating the longpole and latpole parameters instead
+of rotating the CD matrix in the usual manner.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task on the standard output ?
+.le
+.ls update = yes
+Update the image celestial coordinate system ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+IMCCTRAN converts the celestial coordinate system stored in the headers of the
+input images \fIimage\fR to the celestial coordinate system specified by
+\fIoutsystem\fR, and updates the input image header appropriately. The input
+and output celestial coordinate systems must be one of the following:
+equatorial, ecliptic, galactic, or supergalactic. The equatorial coordinate
+systems must be one of: 1) FK4, the mean place pre-IAU 1976 system, 2) FK4-NO-E,
+the same as FK4 but without the E-terms, 3) FK5, the mean place post-IAU 1976
+system, 4), ICRS, the International Celestial Reference System, 5) GAPPT,
+the geocentric apparent place in the post-IAU 1976 system. 
+
+The input celestial coordinate system is read from the input image header.
+IMCCTRAN assumes that the celestial coordinate system is specified by the FITS
+keywords CTYPE, CRPIX, CRVAL, CD (or alternatively CDELT / CROTA), RADECSYS,
+EQUINOX (or EPOCH), MJD-WCS (or MJD-OBS, or DATE-OBS). USERS SHOULD TAKE NOTE
+THAT MJD-WCS IS CURRENTLY NEITHER A STANDARD OR A PROPOSED FITS STANDARD
+KEYWORD. HOWEVER IT OR SOMETHING SIMILAR, IS REQUIRED TO SPECIFY THE EPOCH OF
+THE COORDINATE SYSTEM WHICH MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE EPOCH OF THE OBSERVATION.
+
+The first four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec / latitude
+axis CTYPE keywords specify the celestial coordinate system.  The currently
+permitted values of CTYPE[1:4] are RA-- / DEC- for equatorial coordinate
+systems, ELON / ELAT for the ecliptic coordinate system, GLON / GLAT for the
+galactic coordinate system, and SLON / SLAT for the supergalactic coordinate
+system.
+
+The second four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec /
+latitude axis CTYPE keywords specify the sky projection geometry. IRAF
+currently supports the AIT, ARC, CAR, CSC, GLS, MER, PAR, PCO, QSC,
+SIN,  STG, TAN, TSC, and ZEA geometries as well as two internal projection
+geometries TNX, and ZPX. Consequently the currently permitted values of
+CTYPE[5:8] are -AIT, -ARC, -CAR, -CSC, -GLS, -MER, -PAR, -PCO, -QSC,
+-SIN, -STG, -TAN, -TSC, -ZEA as well as -ZPX and -TNX. 
+
+If the input image celestial coordinate system is equatorial, the value of the
+RADECSYS keyword specifies which fundamental equatorial system is to be
+considered. The permitted values of RADECSYS are FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, ICRS,
+and GAPPT.  If the RADECSYS keyword is not present in the image header, the
+values of the EQUINOX / EPOCH keywords (in that order of precedence) are used
+to determine the fundamental equatorial coordinate system. EQUINOX or EPOCH
+contain the epoch of the mean place and equinox for the FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5,
+and ICRS systems (e.g 1950.0 or 2000.0). The default equatorial system is
+FK4 if EQUINOX or EPOCH < 1984.0, FK5 if EQUINOX or EPOCH >= 1984.0, and FK5
+if RADECSYS, EQUINOX, and EPOCH are undefined. If RADECSYS is defined but
+EQUINOX and EPOCH are not, the equinox defaults to 1950.0 for the FK4 and
+FK4-NO-E systems, and 2000.0 for the FK5 and ICRS systems. The equinox value is
+interpreted as a Besselian epoch for the FK4 and FK4-NO-E systems, and as a
+Julian epoch for the FK5 and ICRS systems.  Users are
+strongly urged to use the EQUINOX keyword in preference to the EPOCH keyword,
+if they must enter their own equinox values into the image header. The FK4 and
+FK4-NO-E systems are not inertial and therefore also require the epoch of the
+observation (the time when the mean place was correct), in addition to the
+equinox. The epoch is specified, in order of precedence, by the values of the
+keywords MJD-WCS or MJD-OBS (which contain the modified Julian date, JD -
+2400000.5, of the coordinate system), or the DATE-OBS keyword (which contains
+the date of the observation in the form DD/MM/YY, CCYY-MM-DD, or
+CCYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.S). As the latter quantity may
+only be accurate to a day, the MJD-WCS or MJD-OBS specification is preferred.
+If all 3 keywords are absent the epoch defaults to the value of equinox.
+Equatorial coordinates in the GAPPT system require only the specification
+of the epoch of observation which is supplied via the MJD-WCS, MJD-OBS,
+or DATE-OBS keywords (in that order of precedence) as for the FK4 and
+FK4-NO-E system.
+
+If the input image celestial coordinate system is ecliptic the mean ecliptic
+and equinox of date are required. These are supplied via the MJD-WCS, MJD-OBS,
+or DATE-OBS keywords (in that order or precedence) as for the equatorial FK4,
+FK4-NO-E, and GAPPT systems.
+
+The output coordinate system is specified by the \fIoutsystem\fR parameter
+as described in the PARAMETERS section.
+
+If an error is encountered when decoding the input or output world coordinate
+systems, an error message is printed on the standard output (if \fIverbose\fR
+is "yes"), and the input image left unmodified.
+
+If the input projection is one of the zenithal projections TAN, SIN, STG,
+ARC, or ZEA, then the header coordinate transformation can be preformed by
+transforming the CRVAL parameters and rotating the CD matrix as described in 
+detail below. Otherwise the CRVAL values are transformed, the CD matrix is
+left unmodified, and the LONGPOLE and LATPOLE parameters required to perform
+the rotation are computed. If \fIlongpole\fR is yes then the zenithal
+coordinate systems will also be transformed using LONGPOLE and LATPOLE. At
+present IRAF looks for longpole and latpole parameters in the appropriate
+WATN_* keywords. If these are undefined the appropriate default values for
+each projection are assumed and new values are written to the WATN_* keywords.
+
+The new image celestial coordinate system is computed as follows.  First a
+grid of \fInx\fR by \fIny\fR pixel and celestial coordinates, evenly spaced
+over the input image, is generated using the input image celestial coordinate
+system.  Next these input celestial coordinates are transformed to coordinates
+in the output celestial coordinate system. Next the input celestial coordinates
+of the reference point (stored in degrees in the input image CRVAL keywords)
+are transformed to coordinates in the output celestial coordinate system,
+and new x and y pixel coordinates are computed using the transformed reference
+point coordinates but the original input CD matrix. The differences
+between the predicted and initial x and y pixel coordinates are used to
+compute the x and y axis rotation angles and the x and y magnification factors
+required to transform the original CD matrix to the correct new CD matrix.
+The process is shown schematically below.
+
+.nf
+1.       x,y(input grid) -> ra,dec(input grid)
+
+2.    ra,dec(input grid) -> ra,dec(output grid)
+
+3. ra_ref,dec_ref(input) -> ra_ref,dec_ref(output)
+
+4.   ra,dec(output grid) -> x,y(predicted grid)
+
+5.      x,y(input  grid) -> F -> x,y(predicted grid)
+
+6.      cd matrix(input) -> F -> cd matrix(output)
+.fi
+
+F is the fitted function of the x and y axis rotation angles and the
+x and y scaling factors required to match the input x and y values to the
+predicted x and y values.
+
+For most celestial coordinate transformations the fitted x and y scale factors
+will be very close to 1.0 and the x and y rotation angles will be almost
+identical. However small deviations from unity scale factors and identical 
+x and y axis rotation angles do occur when transforming coordinates systems
+with the skewed axes.
+
+The precision of the transformations is usually very high, on the order
+of 10E-10 to 10E-11 in most cases.  However conversions to and from the FK4
+equatorial system are less precise as these transformations
+involve the addition and subtraction of the elliptical aberration
+or E-terms. In this case the x and y scale factors correct for the first
+order E-terms and do significantly improve the precision of the coordinate
+transformation. The quadratic terms, i.e. terms in xy, x**2, and y**2
+however are not corrected for, and their absence does diminish the precision
+of the transformation coordinate transformation. For most practical purposes
+this loss of precision is insignificant.
+
+After the fit is completed, the celestial coordinates of the reference point
+in dd:mm:ss.s in the old and new systems, the rotation angle in degrees, the x
+and y scaling factors, and an estimate of the rms error of the x and y
+coordinate transformation are printed on the standard output. 
+
+If \fIupdate\fR is yes, then the image header parameters CRVAL, CD,
+CTYPE, RADECSYS, EQUINOX, EPOCH, and MJD-WCS are modified, deleted, or
+added as appropriate. The position of the reference pixel in the
+image (stored in the CRPIX keywords), and the sky projection geometry, e.g.
+TAN, SIN, ARC, ETC are unchanged.
+
+USERS NEED TO BE AWARE THAT THE IRAF IMAGE WORLD COORDINATE SYSTEM
+CURRENTLY (IRAF VERSIONS 2.10.4 PATCH 2 AND EARLIER) SUPPORTS ONLY THE
+EQUATORIAL SYSTEM (CTYPE (ra axis) = "RA--XXXX" CTYPE (dec axis) = "DEC-XXXX")
+WHERE XXXX IS THE PROJECTION TYPE, EVEN THOUGH THE IMCCTRAN TASK 
+SUPPORTS GALACTIC, ECLIPTIC, AND SUPERGALACTIC COORDINATES. IMCCTRAN will
+update the image correctly for non-equatorial systems, but IRAF will
+not be able to read these transformed image coordinate systems correctly.
+
+USERS SHOULD ALSO REALIZE THAT IMAGE WORLD COORDINATE SYSTEM REPRESENTATION
+IN FITS IS STILL IN THE DRAFT STAGE. ALTHOUGH IMCCTRAN TRIES TO CONFORM TO
+THE CURRENT DRAFT PROPOSAL AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE, WHERE NO ADOPTED STANDARDS
+CURRENTLY EXIST, THE FINAL FITS STANDARD MAY DIFFER FROM THE ONE ADOPTED HERE.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional information on the IRAF world coordinate systems can be found in
+the help pages for the WCSEDIT and WCRESET tasks.
+Detailed documentation for the IRAF world coordinate system interface MWCS
+can be found in the file "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp". This file can be
+formatted and printed with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ |
+lprint".
+
+Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the draft paper "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from the iraf anonymous ftp
+archive and the draft paper which supersedes it "Representations of Celestial
+Coordinates in FITS" by Greisen and Calabretta available from the NRAO
+anonymous ftp archives.
+
+The spherical astronomy routines employed here are derived from the Starlink
+SLALIB library provided courtesy of Patrick Wallace. These routines
+are very well documented internally with extensive references provided
+where appropriate. Interested users are encouraged to examine the routines
+for this information. Type "help slalib" to get a listing of the SLALIB
+routines, "help slalib opt=sys" to get a concise summary of the library,
+and "help <routine>" to get a description of each routine's calling sequence,
+required input and output, etc. An overview of the library can be found in the
+paper "SLALIB - A Library of Subprograms", Starlink User Note 67.7
+by P.T. Wallace, available from the Starlink archives.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+[1]. Precess the equatorial FK5 J2000 celestial coordinate system of the
+input 512 by 512 pixel square input image to J1975.0.
+
+.nf
+cl> imcctran image j1975.0 
+
+INPUT IMAGE: image
+Insystem: image logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+    Epoch: J1987.25667351 MJD: 46890.00000
+Outsystem: j1975  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J1975.000 Epoch: J1975.00000000 MJD: 42413.25000
+Crval1,2: 201:56:43.5, 47:27:16.0 -> 201:40:53.8, 47:35:01.2 dd:mm:ss.s
+    Scaling: Xmag: 1.000000 Ymag: 1.000000 Xrot: 359.923 Yrot: 359.923 degrees
+    Rms: X fit: 8.465123E-11 pixels  Y fit: 5.204446E-11 pixels
+.fi
+
+Before the transformation the image coordinate system looked like the following.
+
+.nf
+    ...
+    EPOCH   =                 2000
+    DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'          
+    CRPIX1  =               257.75
+    CRPIX2  =               258.93
+    CRVAL1  =      201.94541667302
+    CRVAL2  =             47.45444
+    CDELT1  =        -2.1277777E-4
+    CDELT2  =         2.1277777E-4
+    CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+    CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+    ...
+.fi
+
+After the transformation the header looks like the following.
+
+.nf
+    ...
+    DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'          
+    CRPIX1  =               257.75
+    CRPIX2  =               258.93
+    CRVAL1  =     201.681616387759
+    CRVAL2  =      47.583668865029
+    CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+    CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+    RADECSYS= 'FK5     '
+    EQUINOX =                1975.
+    MJD-WCS =             42413.25
+    WCSDIM  =                    2
+    CD1_1   =  -2.1277757990523E-4
+    CD1_2   =  2.84421945372844E-7
+    CD2_1   =  2.84421945363011E-7
+    CD2_2   =  2.12777579905235E-4
+    LTM1_1  =                   1.
+    LTM2_2  =                   1.
+    WAT0_001= 'system=image'
+    WAT1_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=ra'
+    WAT2_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=dec'
+    ...
+.fi
+
+Note the rms of the x and y fits is on the order 10.0e-10 to 10.0e-11 which
+is the expected numerical precision of the transformation.
+
+
+[2]. Convert the input image used in example 1 to the BFK4 1950.0 system. 
+
+.nf
+cl> imcctran image B1950.0
+
+INPUT IMAGE: image
+Insystem: image logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+    Epoch: J1987.25667351 MJD: 46890.00000
+Outsystem: B1950  Coordinates: equatorial FK4
+    Equinox: B1950.000 Epoch: B1950.00000000 MJD: 33281.92346
+Crval1,2: 201:56:43.5, 47:27:16.0 -> 201:25:02.3, 47:42:47.1 dd:mm:ss.s
+    Scaling: Xmag: 0.999999 Ymag: 0.999999 Xrot: 359.848 Yrot: 359.848 degrees
+    Rms: X fit: 1.302837E-7 pixels  Y fit: 8.545616E-8 pixels
+
+.fi
+
+Note that precision of the transformation is still good but is significantly
+less that the precision of the previous example. This is due to the fact
+that the quadratic terms in the E-term computation are not included in the
+transformation. 
+
+The transformed image header in this case looks like the following.
+
+.nf
+    ...
+    DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'          
+    CRPIX1  =               257.75
+    CRPIX2  =               258.93
+    CRVAL1  =     201.417300629944
+    CRVAL2  =     47.7130749603847
+    CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+    CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+    RADECSYS= 'FK4     '
+    EQUINOX =                1950.
+    MJD-WCS =       33281.92345905
+    WCSDIM  =                    2
+    CD1_1   =  -2.1277680505752E-4
+    CD1_2   =  5.66226465943254E-7
+    CD2_1   =  5.66226470798410E-7
+    CD2_2   =  2.12776805056766E-4
+    LTM1_1  =                   1.
+    LTM2_2  =                   1.
+    WAT0_001= 'system=image'
+    WAT1_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=ra'
+    WAT2_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=dec'
+    ...
+.fi
+
+
+[3].  Transform the celestial coordinate system of the input image used in
+examples 1 and 2 to the galactic coordinate system.
+
+.nf
+cl> imcctran image galactic
+
+INPUT IMAGE: image
+Insystem: image logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+    Epoch: J1987.25667351 MJD: 46890.00000
+Outsystem: galactic  Coordinates: galactic
+    MJD: 33281.92346 Epoch: J1949.99979044 B1950.00000000
+rval1,2: 201:56:43.5, 47:27:16.0 -> 106:01:19.4, 68:27:46.1 dd:mm:ss.s
+    Scaling: Xmag: 1.000000 Ymag: 1.000000 Xrot: 202.510 Yrot: 202.510 degrees
+    Rms: X fit: 9.087450E-11 pixels  Y fit: 3.815443E-11 pixels
+.fi
+
+The transformed header looks like the following.
+
+.nf
+    ...
+    DATE-OBS= '05/04/87'          
+    CRPIX1  =               257.75
+    CRPIX2  =               258.93
+    CRVAL1  =     106.022047915293
+    CRVAL2  =     68.4627934475432
+    CTYPE1  = 'GLON-TAN'
+    CTYPE2  = 'GLAT-TAN'
+    MJD-WCS =       33281.92345905
+    WCSDIM  =                    2
+    CD1_1   =  1.96567112095654E-4
+    CD1_2   =  8.14601120181094E-5
+    CD2_1   =  8.14601120174619E-5
+    CD2_2   =  -1.9656711209802E-4
+    LTM1_1  =                   1.
+    LTM2_2  =                   1.
+    WAT0_001= 'system=image'
+    WAT1_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=glon'
+    WAT2_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=glat'
+    ...
+.fi
+
+Users should not that although imcctran can write a legal galactic coordinate
+system to the image header, it and other iraf tasks cannot currently
+read this coordinate system.
+
+[4]. Repeat the previous example but don't update the image header.
+
+.nf
+cl> imcctran image galactic update-
+
+INPUT IMAGE: image
+Insystem: image logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+    Epoch: J1987.25667351 MJD: 46890.00000
+Outsystem: galactic  Coordinates: galactic
+    MJD: 33281.92346 Epoch: J1949.99979044 B1950.00000000
+
+Current wcs
+    Axis            1           2  
+    Crval    201.9454     47.4544  
+    Crpix      257.75      258.93  
+    Cd 1    -2.128E-4          0.  
+    Cd 2           0.    2.128E-4  
+
+New wcs
+    Axis            1           2  
+    Crval    106.0220     68.4628  
+    Crpix      257.75      258.93  
+    Cd 1     1.966E-4    8.146E-5  
+    Cd 2     8.146E-5   -1.966E-4  
+
+Crval1,2: 201:56:43.5, 47:27:16.0 -> 106:01:19.4, 68:27:46.1 dd:mm:ss.s
+    Scaling: Xmag: 1.000000 Ymag: 1.000000 Xrot: 202.510 Yrot: 202.510 degrees
+    Rms: X fit: 9.087450E-11 pixels  Y fit: 3.815443E-11 pixels
+.fi
+
+[5]. Repeat example 1 and check the accuracy of the results by using the
+skyctran task on the original image and on the transformed image.
+
+.nf
+cl> type coords
+  1.0   1.0
+512.0   1.0
+512.0 512.0
+  1.0 512.0
+
+cl> skyctran coords STDOUT "image logical" J1975.0
+
+Insystem: image logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J2000.000
+    Epoch: J1987.25667351 MJD: 46890.00000
+Outsystem: j1975  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+    Equinox: J1975.000 Epoch: J1975.00000000 MJD: 42413.25000
+
+Input file: coords  Output file: STDOUT
+
+  1.0   1.0  13:27:02.9797 47:31:43.269
+512.0   1.0  13:26:24.3330 47:31:43.793
+512.0 512.0  13:26:24.3448 47:38:15.219
+  1.0 512.0  13:27:03.0718 47:38:14.693
+
+cl> imcctran image j1975.0
+
+cl> skyctran coords STDOUT "image logical" "image world"
+
+Insystem: image logical  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J1975.000
+    Epoch: J1975.00000000 MJD: 42413.25000
+Outsystem: image world  Projection: TAN  Ra/Dec axes: 1/2
+    Coordinates: equatorial FK5 Equinox: J1975.000
+    Epoch: J1975.00000000 MJD: 42413.25000
+
+Input file: coords  Output file: STDOUT
+
+  1.0   1.0  13:27:02.9797 47:31:43.269
+512.0   1.0  13:26:24.3330 47:31:43.793
+512.0 512.0  13:26:24.3448 47:38:15.219
+  1.0 512.0  13:27:03.0718 47:38:14.693
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+At present IRAF requires that the LONGPOLE and or LATPOLE keywords be
+defined in the appropriate WAT_* keywords, e.g. WAT1_* and WAT2_* for
+a 2D image. If these are not present then default values are assumed.
+The new values are computed and added to the WAT1_* and WAT2_* keywords.
+
+At present the experimental TNX and ZPX projections cannot be transformed
+with precision. Users should use the SKYCTRAN task to transform individual
+coordinate pairs.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+setjd,precess,galactic,xray.xspatial.skypix,stsdas.toolbox.tools.tprecess
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/mkcwcs.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/mkcwcs.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..542e4ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/mkcwcs.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.help mkcwcs Jun05 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+mkcwcs -- make or update a simple celestial wcs
+.ih
+USAGE
+mkcwcs wcsname
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls wcsname
+Image to be created or modified.  If a new (non-existent) image is specified
+then a data-less image (NDIM=0) is created.
+.le
+.ls wcsref = ""
+Image whose WCS is first inherited and then updated.
+.le
+
+.ls equinox = INDEF
+Equinox of the coordinates specified in decimal years.  If INDEF then the
+current value is not modified.
+.le
+.ls ra = INDEF
+Right ascension in hours.  This may be typed in standard sexagesimal
+notation though it will be converted to decimal hours in EPARAM and
+to decimal degrees in the WCS as required by the standard.  If INDEF
+then the current value is not modified.
+.le
+.ls dec = INDEF
+Declination in degrees.  This may be typed in standard sexagesimal
+notation though it will be converted to decimal degrees in EPARAM.
+If INDEF then the current value is not modified.
+.le
+.ls scale = INDEF, pa = 0., lefthanded = yes
+Celestial pixel scale in arc seconds per pixel, the position angle in
+degrees, and the handedness of the axes.  These are all represented by
+the WCS rotation matrix.  If the scale is INDEF the current
+rotation matrix is unchanged and the position angle is ignored.  If the
+scale is not INDEF then orthogonal axes are defined with the same scale on
+both axes.  The handedness of the axes are specified by the
+\fIlefthanded\fR parameter.  The position angle is measured from north
+increasing with the image lines (up in a standard display) and rotated
+towards east.  Note that if the axes are lefthanded the angle is
+counterclockwise and if not it is clockwise.
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan" (tan|sin|linear)
+WCS projection function which may be "tan", "sin", or "linear".
+.le
+.ls rapix = INDEF, decpix = INDEF
+The reference pixel for the right ascension (first image axis) and for
+the declination (second image axes).  The reference pixel may be fractional
+and lie outside the size of the image as allowed by the standard.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+MKCWCS creates or modifies a celestial (RA/DEC) WCS in an image header.  If a
+new image is specified the WCS is created in a data-less image header.  A
+data-less WCS may be used in various tasks as a template.  If a reference
+WCS is specified it is copied in whole and then desired elements of the WCS
+are modified.  If a new WCS is created without a reference the initial values
+are for the pixel coordinates.
+
+The elements of the WCS which may be set are the coordinate equinox,
+the right ascension and declination, the pixel scale, the axes orientation,
+and the reference pixel in the image which corresponds to the specified
+right ascension and declination.  If values are specified they WCS elements
+are left unchanged.
+
+The WCS is simple and not completely general because it defines the first
+coordinate axis to be right ascension and the second to be declination and
+that the axes are orthogonal with a uniform pixel scale (apart from the
+projection function).
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Create a data-less header by specifying a new wcs name.
+
+.nf
+    cl> mkcwcs new ra=1:20:23.1 dec=-12:11:13 scale=0.25
+.fi
+
+The reference pixel will be (0,0).  To apply it later to an actual
+image (say with WCSCOPY) would require assigning the reference pixel.
+Note the use of sexagesimal notation.
+
+2. Modify the WCS of an existing image by changing the reference value
+and pixel.
+
+.nf
+    cl> mkcwcs old ra=1:20:23.1 dec=-12:11:13 rapix=1234 decpix=345
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+wcsedit,wcscopy,mkcwwcs
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/mkcwwcs.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/mkcwwcs.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7140aa8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/mkcwwcs.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.help mkcwwcs Jun05 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+mkcwwcs -- make or update a simple celestial/wavelength wcs
+.ih
+USAGE
+mkcwwcs wcsname
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls wcsname
+Image to be created or modified.  If a new (non-existent) image is specified
+then a data-less image (NDIM=0) is created.
+.le 
+.ls wcsref = ""
+Image whose WCS is first inherited and then updated.
+.le
+
+.ls equinox = INDEF
+Equinox of the coordinates specified in decimal years.  If INDEF then the
+current value is not modified.
+.le
+.ls ra = INDEF
+Right ascension in hours.  This may be typed in standard sexagesimal
+notation though it will be converted to decimal hours in EPARAM and
+to decimal degrees in the WCS as required by the standard.  If INDEF
+then the current value is not modified.
+.le
+.ls dec = INDEF
+Declination in degrees.  This may be typed in standard sexagesimal
+notation though it will be converted to decimal degrees in EPARAM.
+If INDEF then the current value is not modified.
+.le
+.ls scale = INDEF, pa = 0., lefthanded = yes
+Celestial pixel scale in arc seconds per pixel, the position angle in
+degrees, and the handedness of the axes.  These are all represented by
+the WCS rotation matrix.  If the scale is INDEF the current
+rotation matrix is unchanged and the position angle is ignored.  If the
+scale is not INDEF then orthogonal axes are defined with the same scale on
+both axes.  The handedness of the axes are specified by the
+\fIlefthanded\fR parameter.  The position angle is measured from north
+increasing with the image lines (up in a standard display) and rotated
+towards east.  Note that if the axes are lefthanded the angle is
+counterclockwise and if not it is clockwise.
+.le
+.ls projection = "tan" (tan|sin|linear)
+WCS projection function for the celestial axes which may be
+"tan", "sin", or "linear".
+.le
+
+.ls wave = INDEF
+Reference wavelength in arbitrary units.  If INDEF then the current
+value is not modified.
+.le
+.ls wscale = INDEF
+Wavelength scale in arbitrary units per pixel.  If INDEF then the current
+value is not modified.
+.le
+
+.ls rapix = INDEF, decpix = INDEF, wpix = INDEF
+The reference pixel for the right ascension (first image axis), for
+the declination (second image axes), and for the wavelength
+(third axis).  The reference pixel may be fractional
+and lie outside the size of the image as allowed by the standard.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+MKCWWCS creates or modifies a celestial (RA/DEC) plus wavelength
+three-dimensional WCS in an image header.  If a
+new image is specified the WCS is created in a data-less image header.  A
+data-less WCS may be used in various tasks as a template.  If a reference
+WCS is specified it is copied in whole and then desired elements of the WCS
+are modified.  If a new WCS is created without a reference the initial values
+are for the pixel coordinates.
+
+The elements of the WCS which may be set are the coordinate equinox,
+the right ascension and declination, the pixel scale, the axes orientation,
+the reference wavelength, the wavelength scale (i.e. dispersion),
+and the reference pixel in the image which corresponds to the specified
+right ascension and declination.  If values are specified the WCS elements
+are left unchanged.
+
+The WCS is simple and not completely general because it defines the first
+coordinate axis to be right ascension, the second to be declination, and
+the third to be wavelength.  The axes are orthogonal and the celestial axes
+have a uniform pixel scale (apart from the effects of the projection
+function).
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Create a data-less header by specifying a new wcs name.
+
+.nf
+    cl> mkcwwcs new ra=1:20:23.1 dec=-12:11:13 wave=5500. \
+    >>> scale=0.25 wscale=1.23
+.fi
+
+The reference pixel will be (0,0,0).  To apply it later to an actual
+image (say with WCSCOPY) would require assigning the reference pixel.
+Note the use of sexagesimal notation.
+
+2. Modify the WCS of an existing image by changing the reference value
+and pixel.
+
+.nf
+    cl> mkcwwcs old ra=1:20:23.1 dec=-12:11:13 wave=5500. \
+    >>> rapix=1234 decpix=345 wpix=1024
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+wcsedit,wcscopy,mkcwcs
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/skyctran.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/skyctran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d91dd983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/skyctran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,861 @@
+.help skyctran Jun99 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+skyctran -- convert astronomical coordinates from one system to another
+.ih
+USAGE
+skyctran input output insystem outsystem
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The source of the input coordinates. The options are:
+.ls <filename>
+The list of input coordinate files. Coordinates may be entered by hand by
+setting input to "STDIN". A STDIN coordinate list is terminated by typing
+q or <EOF> (usually <ctrl/d> or <ctrl/z>).
+.le
+.ls imcursor
+If the input file name is equal to the reserved keyword "imcursor" the input
+coordinates are read from the image cursor and the input coordinate system
+is the coordinate system of the image specified by the insystem parameter.
+The coordinate list is terminated by typing q or  <EOF> (usually <ctrl/d> or
+<ctr/z>).
+.le
+.ls grid
+If the input file name is equal to the reserved
+keyword "grid", an \fInilng\fR by \fInilat\fR grid of equally spaced
+input coordinates
+is generating spanning the region defined by \fIilngmin\fR, \fIilngmax\fR,
+\fIilatmin\fR, \fIilatmax\fR.
+.le
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output coordinate files. The number of output files must be
+equal to one or the number of input files. Results may be printed on the
+terminal by setting output to "STDOUT".
+.le
+.ls insystem, outsystem
+The input and output celestial coordinate systems. The options are
+the following:
+.ls <imagename> [wcs]
+The celestial coordinate system is the world coordinate system of the image
+<imagename> and the input or output pixel coordinates may be in the
+"logical", "tv", "physical" or "world" coordinate systems. If wcs is not
+specified "logical" is assumed, unless the input coordinates are read from the
+image cursor, in which case "tv" is assumed. The image celestial coordinate
+system must be one of the valid FITS celestial coordinate systems:
+equatorial (FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, ICRS, or GAPPT), ecliptic, galactic, or
+supergalactic.
+.le
+.ls icrs [equinox] [epoch]
+The International Celestial Reverence System where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls equinox [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system if equinox is a
+Julian epoch, e.g. J2000.0 or 2000.0, or the equatorial mean place
+pre-IAU 1976 system (FK4) if equinox is a Besselian epoch, e.g. B1950.0
+or 1950.0. Julian equinoxes are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian equinoxes
+by a B or b. Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as
+Besselian epochs if they are < 1984.0, Julian epochs if they are >= 1984.0.
+Epoch is the epoch of the observation and may be a Julian
+epoch, a Besselian epoch, or a Julian date. Julian epochs
+are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to the epoch type of
+equinox if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk5 [equinox] [epoch] 
+The equatorial mean place post-IAU 1976 (FK5) system where equinox is
+a Julian or Besselian epoch e.g. J2000.0  or B1980.0.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated as Julian epochs.
+The default value of equinox is J2000.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls fk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system where equinox is a
+Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0  or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0. Epoch
+is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls noefk4 [equinox] [epoch]
+The equatorial mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system but without the E-terms
+where equinox is a Besselian or Julian epoch e.g. B1950.0 or J2000.0,
+and epoch is the Besselian epoch, the Julian epoch, or the Julian date of the
+observation.
+Equinoxes without the J / j or B / b prefix are treated
+as Besselian epochs. The default value of equinox is B1950.0.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.  If undefined epoch defaults to equinox.
+.le
+.ls apparent epoch 
+The equatorial geocentric apparent place post-IAU 1976 system where
+epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date.
+.le
+.ls ecliptic epoch
+The ecliptic coordinate system where epoch is the epoch of observation.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch, or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian epochs
+if the epoch values < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian day.
+.le
+.ls galactic [epoch]
+The IAU 1958 galactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+.ls supergalactic [epoch]
+The deVaucouleurs supergalactic coordinate system.
+Epoch is a Besselian epoch, a Julian epoch or a Julian date.
+Julian epochs are prefixed by a J or j, Besselian epochs by a B or b.
+Epochs without the J / j or B / b prefix default to Besselian
+epochs if the epoch value < 1984.0, Julian epochs
+if the epoch value <= 3000.0, otherwise epoch is interpreted as
+a Julian date. The default value of epoch is B1950.0.
+.le
+
+In all the above cases fields in [] are optional with the defaults as
+described. The epoch field for fk5, icrs, galactic, and supergalactic
+coordinate systems is required only if the input coordinates are in the
+equatorial fk4, noefk4, fk5, or icrs systems and proper motions are defined.
+.le
+.ls transform = no
+If transform = no the computed output coordinates are appended to the
+input line and the new extended line is written to the output file. If
+transform = yes the computed output coordinates replace
+the input coordinates in the input line and the edited line is written
+to the output file. Transform is always set to "no" if the input
+is from the unredirected standard input.
+.le
+.ls lngcolumn = 1, latcolumn = 2
+The columns in the input file containing the x/ra/longitude and
+y/dec/latitude coordinates. Lngcolumn and latcolumn are always 1 and
+2 if the input is from the unredirected standard input.
+.le
+.ls plngcolumn = INDEF, platcolumn = INDEF
+The columns in the input file containing the ra and dec proper motions
+in " / year. If plngcolumn and platcolumn are INDEF the proper motions
+are assumed to be undefined. Proper motions
+are used only if the input coordinate system is equatorial fk4, noefk4,
+fk5, or icrs.  Plngcolumn and platcolumn are always 3 and 4 if the input is from
+the unredirected standard input.
+.le
+.ls pxcolumn = INDEF, rvcolumn = INDEF
+The columns in the input file containing the parallax and radial velocity in
+in " and km / sec respectively. If pxcolumn and rvcolumn are INDEF, the 
+parallax and radial velocities are assumed to be 0.0 and 0.0.
+Parallaxes and radial velocities are only used if proper motions are
+defined. Pxcolumn and rvcolumn are always 5 and 6 if the input is from the
+unredirected standard input.
+.le
+.ls ilngmin = INDEF, ilngmax = INDEF, ilatmin = INDEF, ilatmax = INDEF 
+The lower and upper limits of the coordinate grid if \fIinput\fR =
+"grid".
+Ilngmin and ilngmax default to 1.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 and, 2048.0, ncols, 24.0,
+360.0, and TWOPI for coordinates in units of INDEF, pixels, hours, degrees,
+and radians respectively. Ilatmin and ilatmax default to 1.0, 1.0,
+-90.0, -90.0, -HALFPI and, 2048.0, nlines, 90.0, 90.0, and HALFPI
+for units of INDEF, pixels, degrees, degrees, and radians respectively.
+.le
+.ls nilng = 10, nilat = 10
+The size of the computed coordinate grid if \fIinput\fR = "grid".
+.le
+.ls ilngunits = "", ilatunits = ""
+The units of the input ra/longitude and dec/latitude coordinates.
+The options are:
+.ls hours
+Read the sky coordinates in hours.
+.le
+.ls degrees
+Read the sky coordinates in degrees.
+.le
+.ls radians
+Read the sky coordinates in radians.
+.le
+
+If the input system is the <imagename> [logical/tv/physical]
+system, pixel units are assumed regardless of the values
+of ilngunits or ilatunits.  The default ilngunits and
+ilatunits values are
+hours and degrees for the equatorial coordinate systems and degrees and
+degrees for the remaining sky coordinate systems.
+.le
+.ls ilngformat = "", ilatformat = ""
+The output format of the input x/ra/longitude and y/dec/latitude coordinates
+if \fIinput\fR = "grid".
+The options are discussed in the formats section of the help page below.
+If the input coordinate system is the <imagename> [logical/tv/physical]
+system, default formats of %10.3f and %10.3f are assumed regardless
+of the values of ilngunits and ilatunits. Otherwise default formats
+of %12.3h, %12.2h, and %13.7g are assumed for input units of "hours", "degrees",
+and "radians" respectively. For values of \fIinput\fR other than "grid"
+the output formats of the input coordinates are the same as the input
+formats.
+.le
+.ls olngunits = "", olatunits = ""
+The units of the output ra/longitude and dec/latitude coordinates.
+The options are:
+.ls hours
+Output the sky coordinates in hours.
+.le
+.ls degrees
+Output the sky coordinates in degrees.
+.le
+.ls radians
+Output the sky coordinates in radians.
+.le
+
+If the output system is the <imagename> [logical/tv/physical]
+system, pixel units are assumed regardless of the values
+of olngunits or olatunits.  The default olngunits and
+olatunits values are
+hours and degrees for the equatorial coordinate systems and degrees and
+degrees for the remaining sky coordinate systems.
+.le
+.ls olngformat = "", olatformat = ""
+The format of the computed x/ra/longitude and y/dec/latitude coordinates.
+The options are discussed in the formats section of the help page below.
+If the output coordinate system is the <imagename> [logical/tv/physical]
+system, default formats of %10.3f and %10.3f are assumed regardless
+of the values of olngunits and olatunits. Otherwise default formats
+of %12.3h, %12.2h, and %13.7g are assumed for output units of "hours",
+"degrees", and "radians" respectively.
+.le
+.ls icommands = ""
+The default image display cursor.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task on the standard output?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+SKYCTRAN converts coordinates in the input files
+\fIinput\fR from the input celestial coordinate system \fIinsystem\fR
+to the output celestial coordinate system \fIoutsystem\fR and writes the
+converted coordinates to the output files \fIoutput\fR. The input
+files may be simple text files, the standard input "STDIN",
+the image display cursor "imcursor", or a user specified coordinate grid.
+The output files may be simple
+text files or the standard output "STDOUT". SKYCTRAN may be used
+to change the units of the input coordinates, e.g. from degrees and degrees
+to hours and degrees, to precess the coordinates, to convert from one
+celestial coordinate system to another, e.g. from equatorial to ecliptic
+coordinates and vice versa, and to locate common objects in
+images whose fundamental coordinate systems are the same but observed at
+different epochs, e.g. FK4 B1950.0 and FK4 B1975.0, or different, e.g.
+equatorial FK4 B1950.0 and galactic.
+
+The input data are read from columns \fIlngcolumn\fR, \fIlatcolumn\fR,
+\fIplngcolumn\fR, \fIplatcolumn\fR, \fIpxcolumn\fR, and \fIrvcolumn\fR
+in the input files and if \fItransform\fR = yes, the converted coordinates are
+written to the same columns in the output files. If \fItransform\fR = "no",
+the converted coordinates are appended to the input line creating two
+additional columns in the output file. If the input file is the
+unredirected standard input then transpose is always "no". Comment lines, blanks
+lines, and lines for which the input coordinates could not be successfully
+decoded are passed on to the output file without modification.
+
+The input and output celestial coordinate systems \fIinsystem\fR and
+\fIoutsystem\fR must be one of the following: equatorial, ecliptic, galactic, or
+supergalactic.  The equatorial systems must be one of: 1) FK4, the mean
+place pre-IAU 1976 system, 2) FK4-NO-E, the same as FK4 but without the
+E-terms, 3) FK5, the mean place post-IAU 1976 system, 4) ICRS,
+the International Celestial Reference System, 5) GAPPT, the geocentric
+apparent place in the post-IAU 1976 system. 
+
+If \fIinsystem\fR or \fIoutsystem\fR is an image name then the celestial
+coordinate system is read from the image header. SKYCTRAN assumes that
+the celestial coordinate system is represented in the image header by
+the FITS keywords CTYPE, CRPIX, CRVAL, CD (or alternatively CDELT / CROTA),
+RADECSYS, EQUINOX (or EPOCH), and MJD-WCS (or MJD_OBS or DATE-OBS). USERS
+SHOULD TAKE NOTE THAT MJD-WCS IS CURRENTLY NEITHER A STANDARD OR
+PROPOSED FUTS STANDARD KEYWORD. HOWEVER IT OR SOMETHING SIMILAR IS REQUIRED
+TO SPECIFY THE EPOCH OF THE COORDINATE SYSTEM WHICH MAY BE DIFFERENT
+FROM THE EPOCH OF THE OBSERVATION.
+
+The first four characters of the values of the ra/longitude and dec/latitude
+axis CTYPE keywords specify the celestial coordinate system.
+The permitted CTYPE values are RA--/DEC- for equatorial coordinate systems,
+ELON/ELAT for the ecliptic coordinate system, GLON/GLAT for the galactic
+coordinate system, and SLON/SLAT for the supergalactic coordinate system,
+
+If the image celestial coordinate system is equatorial, the value
+of the RADECSYS keyword specifies the fundamental equatorial system.
+The permitted values of RADECSYS are FK4, FK4-NO-E,
+FK5, ICRS, and GAPPT. If the RADECSYS keyword is not
+present in the image header, the values of the EQUINOX or EPOCH keywords
+in that order of precedence are used to determine the fundamental
+equatorial system. EQUINOX or EPOCH contain the
+epoch of the mean place and equinox for the FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, and ICRS
+systems, e.g 1950.0 or 2000.0. The default equatorial system is FK4 if
+EQUINOX or EPOCH < 1984.0, FK5 if EQUINOX or EPOCH >= 1984.0, and FK5 if
+RADECSYS, EQUINOX and EPOCH are undefined.
+If RADECSYS is defined but EQUINOX and EPOCH are not the equinox
+defaults to 1950.0 for the FK4 and FK4-NO-E systems and 2000.0 for the FK5
+and ICRS systems.
+The equinox value is interpreted as a Besselian epoch for the FK4 and
+FK4-NO-E systems and as a Julian epoch for the FK5 and ICRS systems. Users are
+strongly urged to use the EQUINOX keyword in preference to the EPOCH
+keyword if they must enter their own values of the equinox into
+the image header. The FK4 and
+FK4-NO-E systems are not inertial and therefore also require the epoch of the 
+observation (the time when the mean place was correct) in addition to the
+equinox.  The input coordinate system epoch of the observation is also required
+if the input coordinate system is FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, or ICRS and proper motions
+are supplied.
+The epoch is specified, in order of precedence, by the values of
+the keywords MJD-WCS or MJD-OBS containing the modified Julian date
+(JD - 2400000.5) of
+the coordinate system, or the DATE-OBS keyword containing
+the date of the observation in the form DD/MM/YY, CCYY-MM-DD, or
+CCYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.S. As the latter quantity may
+only be accurate to a day, the MJD-WCS or MJD-OBS specifications are
+preferable. If both
+keywords are absent the epoch defaults to the value of equinox.
+Equatorial coordinates in the GAPPT system require
+only the specification of the epoch of observation which is supplied
+via the MJD-WCS, MJD-OBS or DATE-OBS keywords as for the FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5,
+and ICRS systems.
+
+If the celestial coordinate system is ecliptic the mean ecliptic and equinox of
+date are required. They are supplied via the MJD-WCS, MJD-OBS or DATE-OBS
+keywords as for the equatorial FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, ICRS, and GAPPT systems.
+
+If, the output coordinate system is galactic or supergalactic, the input
+coordinate system is FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, or ICRS and proper motions are
+supplied with the input coordinates, then the output epoch of the
+observation is also required. This is supplied via the MJD-WCS, MJD-OBS or
+DATE-OBS keywords as for the equatorial FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, ICRS, GAPPT,
+and ecliptic systems.
+
+USERS NEED TO BE AWARE THAT THE IRAF IMAGE WORLD COORDINATE SYSTEM
+CURRENTLY (IRAF VERSIONS 2.10.4 PATCH 2 AND EARLIER) SUPPORTS ONLY THE
+EQUATORIAL SYSTEM (CTYPE (ra axis) = "RA--XXXX" CTYPE (dec axis) = "DEC-XXXX")
+WHERE XXXX IS THE PROJECTION TYPE, EVEN THOUGH THE SKYCTRAN TASK 
+SUPPORTS GALACTIC, ECLIPTIC, AND SUPERGALACTIC COORDINATES.
+
+USERS SHOULD ALSO REALIZE THAT IMAGE WORLD COORDINATE SYSTEM REPRESENTATION
+IN FITS IS STILL IN THE DRAFT STAGE. ALTHOUGH SKYCTRAN TRIES TO CONFORM TO
+THE CURRENT DRAFT PROPOSAL WHERE NO ADOPTED STANDARDS CURRENTLY EXIST, THE
+FINAL FITS STANDARD MAY DIFFER FROM THE ONE ADOPTED HERE.
+
+The IRAF builtin world coordinate systems "logical", "tv", "physical", and
+world are also supported. This means for example that users can begin
+with cursor coordinates in image 1, use the image header of image 1
+to transform the pixel coordinates to the celestial coordinate system of
+image 1, convert the image 1 celestial coordinates to celestial coordinates
+in the image 2 celestial coordinate system, and finally transform the
+celestial coordinate system 2 coordinates to pixel coordinates in image 2,
+all in one step.
+
+The \fIlogical coordinate system\fR is the pixel coordinate system of the
+current image. This coordinate system is the one used by the image
+input/output routines to access the image on disk. In the
+logical coordinate system,
+the coordinates of the pixel centers must lie within the following
+range: 1.0 <= x[i] <= nx[i], where x[i] is the coordinate in dimension i,
+nx[i] is the size of the image in dimension i, and the current maximum
+number of image dimensions is 7. In the case of an image section,
+the nx[i] refer to the dimensions of the section, not the dimensions
+of the full image.
+
+The \fItv coordinate system\fR is the pixel coordinate system used by the
+display servers XIMTOOL, SAOIMAGE, and IMTOOL.
+For images which are not image sections
+the tv and logical coordinate systems are identical. For images which are
+image sections the tv and physical coordinate systems are identical if
+the image has not undergone any prior linear transformations such as
+axis flips, section copies, shifts, scale changes, rotations, etc.
+
+The \fIphysical coordinate system\fR is the coordinate system in which the
+pixel coordinates of an object are invariant to successive linear
+transformations
+of the image. In this coordinate system, the pixel coordinates of an object
+in an image remain the same, regardless of any section copies, shifts,
+rotations, etc on the image. For example, an object with the
+physical coordinates (x,y) in an image would still have physical
+coordinates (x, y) in an image which is a section of the original image.
+
+The \fIworld coordinate system\fR is the default coordinate system for the
+image. The default world coordinate system is the one named by the
+environment variable "defwcs" if defined in the user environment (initially
+it is undefined) and present in the image header; else it is the first
+world coordinate system
+defined for the image (the .imh and .hhh image format support only one wcs
+but the .qp format can support more); else it is the physical coordinate
+system.
+
+IF AN ERROR IS ENCOUNTERED WHEN DECODING THE INPUT OR OUTPUT WORLD COORDINATE
+SYSTEMS, THEN AN ERROR FLAG IS PRINTED IN THE OUTPUT FILE AND ON THE STANDARD
+OUTPUT IF \fIVERBOSE\fR IS YES, AND THE INPUT COORDINATES ARE COPIED TO THE
+OUTPUT COORDINATES WITHOUT CHANGE.
+
+\fIIlngunits\fR, \fIilatunits\fR, \fIolngunits\fR, and \fIolatunits\fR
+set the units of the input and output coordinate systems.
+If the input or output system is the <imagename> [logical/tv/physical]
+system pixel units are assumed regardless of the values
+of <i/o>lngunits or <i/o>latunits.  The default <i/o>lngunits and
+<i/o>latunits values are
+hours and degrees for the equatorial celestial coordinate system and
+degrees and degrees for the remaining celestial coordinate systems.
+
+The formats of the computed x/ra/longitude and y/dec/longitude coordinates
+are specified with the \fIolngformat\fR and \fIolatformat\fR parameters.
+The options are discussed in the formats section of the help page below.
+If the output coordinate system is the <imagename> [logical/tv/physical],
+default formats of %10.3f and %10.3f are assumed regardless
+of the values of olngunits and olatunits. Otherwise default formats
+of %12.3h, %12.2h, and %g are assumed for output units of "hours", "degrees",
+and "radians" respectively.
+
+.ih
+USER COMMANDS
+
+If the input file is STDIN the user can type in the input data by hand and
+set the input and output coordinate systems, the input and output coordinate
+units, and the output coordinate format interactively. The available commands
+are listed below.
+
+.nf
+	INTERACTIVE KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+
+The following commands must be followed by a carriage return.
+
+?	Print help
+:	Execute colon command
+data	Measure object
+q	Exit task
+
+
+	VALID DATA STRING
+
+x/ra/long y/dec/lat [pmra pmdec [parallax radial velocity]]
+
+... x/ra/long y/dec/lat must be in pixels or the input units
+... pmra and pmdec must be in " / year
+... parallax must be in "
+... radial velocity must be in km / sec
+
+	COLON COMMANDS
+
+The following commands must be followed by a carriage return.
+
+:show				Show the input and output coordinate systems
+:isystem	[string]	Show / set the input coordinate system
+:osystem	[string]	Show / set the output coordinate system
+:iunits		[string string]	Show / set the input coordinate units
+:ounits		[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate units
+:oformat	[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate format
+
+	VALID INPUT AND OUTPUT COORDINATE SYSTEMS
+
+image [logical/tv/physical/world]
+equinox [epoch]
+noefk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk5 [equinox [epoch]]
+icrs [equinox [epoch]]
+apparent epoch
+ecliptic epoch
+galactic [epoch]
+supergalactic [epoch]
+
+	VALID INPUT AND OUTPUT CELESTIAL COORDINATE UNITS
+	          AND THEIR DEFAULT FORMATS
+
+hours		%12.3h
+degrees		%12.2h
+radians		%13.7h
+.fi
+
+.ih
+IMAGE CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+In interactive image cursor mode the user can set the input and output
+coordinate systems, the output coordinate units, and the output coordinate
+formats. The available commands are listed below.
+
+.nf
+	INTERACTIVE KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+
+?	Print help
+:	Execute colon command
+spbar	Measure object
+q	Exit task
+
+
+	COLON COMMANDS
+
+:show				Show the input and output coordinate systems
+:isystem	[string]	Show / set the input coordinate system
+:osystem	[string]	Show / set the output coordinate system
+:ounits		[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate units
+:oformat	[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate format
+
+	VALID INPUT COORDINATE SYSTEMS
+
+image [tv]
+
+	VALID OUTPUT COORDINATE SYSTEMS
+
+image [logical/tv/physical/world]
+equinox [epoch]
+noefk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk5 [equinox [epoch]]
+icrs [equinox [epoch]]
+apparent epoch
+ecliptic epoch
+galactic [epoch]
+supergalactic [epoch]
+
+	VALID OUTPUT COORDINATE UNITS AND THEIR DEFAULT FORMATS
+
+hours		%12.3h
+degrees		%12.2h
+radians		%13.7g
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional information on the IRAF world coordinate systems can be found in
+the help pages for the WCSEDIT and WCRESET tasks.
+Detailed documentation for the IRAF world coordinate system interface MWCS
+can be found in the file "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp". This file can be
+formatted and printed with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ |
+lprint".
+
+Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the draft paper "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from the iraf anonymous ftp
+archive and the draft paper which supersedes it "Representations of Celestial
+Coordinates in FITS" by Greisen and Calabretta available from the NRAO
+anonymous ftp archives.
+
+The spherical astronomy routines employed here are derived from the Starlink
+SLALIB library provided courtesy of Patrick Wallace. These routines
+are very well documented internally with extensive references provided
+where appropriate. Interested users are encouraged to examine the routines
+for this information. Type "help slalib" to get a listing of the SLALIB
+routines, "help slalib opt=sys" to get a concise summary of the library,
+and "help <routine>" to get a description of each routine's calling sequence,
+required input and output, etc. An overview of the library can be found in the
+paper "SLALIB - A Library of Subprograms", Starlink User Note 67.7
+by P.T. Wallace, available from the Starlink archives.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Precess the fk4 coordinates typed in by the user to the fk5 system with
+and without the proper motion values.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran STDIN STDOUT fk4 fk5
+
+	# Insystem: fk4  Coordinates: equatorial FK4
+	#     Equinox: B1950.000 Epoch: B1950.00000000 MJD: 33281.92346
+	# Outsystem: fk5  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+	#     Equinox: J2000.000 Epoch: J2000.00000000 MJD: 51544.50000
+
+	# Input file: STDIN  Output file: STDOUT
+
+	... not including proper motion
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1 13:31:03.855  27:02:35.13
+
+	... including proper motion
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1 .36 -0.16
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1 .36 -0.16 13:31:05.215  27:02:27.37
+
+	... change the output coordinate system to fk5 1975.0 and repeat
+	:os fk5 1975.0
+	:os
+
+	# Outsystem:  fk5 1975.0  Coordinates: equatorial FK5
+	#     Equinox: J1975.000 Epoch: J1975.00000000 MJD: 42413.25000
+
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1 13:29:53.564  27:10:17.69
+
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1 .36 -0.16
+	13:28:43.2 27:18:01.1 .36 -0.16 13:29:54.244  27:10:13.80
+
+	... type EOF to quit
+	<EOF>
+.fi
+
+2. Precess a list of RAS in hours and DECS in degrees in the FK5 system
+equinox 1980.0 to equinox 2000.0 and write both the input coordinates and
+the output coordinates in hours and degrees to the output file. 
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist j1980.0 j2000.0 
+
+		... or equivalently ...
+
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist j1980.0 2000.0
+
+		... or equivalently ...
+
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist "fk5 1980.0" fk5
+.fi
+
+Note that if the coordinate system, e.g. fk5, is not specified explicitly
+then equinoxes < 1984 must be prefixed by J, or a Besselian rather than
+a Julian epoch will be assumed.
+
+3. Repeat the previous example but replace the input coordinates with
+the precessed coordinates in the output file.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist j1980.0 j2000.0 transform+
+.fi
+
+4. Precess a list of RAS in hours and DECS in degrees in the FK4 system
+equinox 1950.0 to equinox 1975.0 and write both the input coordinates and
+the output coordinates in hours and degrees to the output file. The input
+and output epochs of observation default to the respective equinox
+values.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist 1950.0 1975.0 
+
+		... or equivalently ...
+
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist b1950.0 b1975.0 
+
+		... or equivalently ...
+
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist fk4 b1975.0 
+
+		... or equivalently ...
+
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist fk4 "fk4 1975.0" 
+.fi
+
+5. Convert a list of RAS in hours and DECS in degrees in the FK4 system
+equinox 1950.0 to RAS in hours and DECS in degrees in the FK5 system
+equinox 2000.0, and replace the input coordinates with the
+output coordinates in the output file. The Besselian epoch of the
+observation is 1987.25.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist "b1950.0 1987.25" j2000.0 \
+	    transform+
+.fi
+
+6. Convert a list of RAS in hours and DECS in degrees to RAS in degrees
+and DECS in degrees, and replace the input coordinates with the output
+coordinates in the output file. As the input and output coordinate systems
+and equinoxes are the same no precession is performed.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist 2000.0 2000.0 olngunits=degrees \
+	    transform+
+.fi
+
+7. Convert a list of RAS in hours and DECS in degrees in the FK4
+system, equinox 1950.0, epoch of observation 1987.24, to galactic
+coordinates, and write both the input and output coordinate to the
+output file.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist "b1950.0 1987.25" galactic
+.fi
+
+8. Convert a list of RAS in hours and DECS in degrees in the FK5
+system, equinox 2000.0, to ecliptic coordinates on Julian date
+2449879.5, replacing the input coordinates with the converted
+coordinates in the output file.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist j2000 "ecliptic 2449879.5" \
+	    transform+
+.fi
+
+9. Display an image and use the cursor and image header coordinate
+system, equatorial FK4, equinox 1950.0, epoch 1987.25  to print the pixel
+and galactic coordinates of the marked objects on the image display.
+Note that the test image dev$wpix has an incorrect value of EPOCH (0.0) that
+would have confused skyctran and need to be changed.
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcopy dev$wpix wpix
+	cl> hedit wpix epoch 1950.0
+	cl> display wpix 1 fi+
+	cl> skyctran imcursor STDOUT wpix galactic
+.fi
+
+10. Convert a list of RAS in hours and DECS in degrees measured in the
+image created in example 9 to the FK5 equinox 2000.0 coordinate system.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist "wpix world" j2000.0
+
+		   ... or equivalently ...
+
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist "b1950.0 1987.25" j2000.0
+.fi
+
+11. Using an image whose header coordinate system is equatorial FK5
+equinox 2000.0 and a different image of the same region whose coordinate
+system is galactic use the image display and cursor to create a list of
+tie points in logical pixel coordinates that can be used as input to the
+registration tasks geomap and geotran. Note that this example  and examples
+12 and 13 below will not work on iraf system earlier than 2.11 because galactic
+image header coordinates are not fully supported. They will work
+however on two images which have equatorial coordinates systems
+which are precessed with respect to each other.
+
+
+.nf
+	cl> display image1
+
+	    ... this is the reference image
+
+	cl> skyctran imcursor outlist image1 "image2 logical"
+
+	    ... mark many widely scattered points on the displayed
+		image image1 terminating the input list with 
+		<EOF> which is usually <ctrl/z> or <ctrl/d>
+.fi
+
+12. Repeat example 11 but use a previously prepared list of image1
+logical pixel coordinates as input to the task.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran inlist outlist "image1 logical"\
+	    "image2 logical"
+.fi
+
+13. Repeat example 11 but have skyctran automatically generate a grid
+of 100 tie points.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyctran grid outlist "image1 logical"\
+	    "image2 logical"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+setjd,precess,galactic,xray.xspatial.skypix,stsdas.toolbox.tools.tprecess
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/starfind.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/starfind.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9817735e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/starfind.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+.help starfind May97 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+starfind -- automatically detect stellar objects in a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+starfind image output hwhmpsf threshold
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+The list of input images. The input images must be two-dimensional.
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output object files. The number of output files must equal the
+number of input images. If output is "default", or "dir$default", or a
+directory specification then a default name of the form
+dir$root.extension.version is constructed, where dir$ is the directory name,
+root is the root image name, extension is "obj", and version is the next
+available version number.
+.le
+.ls hwhmpsf
+The half-width half-maximum of the image PSF in pixels.
+.le
+.ls threshold
+The detection threshold above local background in ADU.
+.le
+.ls datamin = INDEF, datamax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good data values in ADU. Datamin and datamax
+default to the constants -MAX_REAL and MAX_REAL respectively.
+.le
+.ls fradius = 2.5 (hwhmpsf)
+The fitting radius in units of hwhmpsf. Fradius defines the size
+of the Gaussian kernel used to compute the density enhancement image, and
+the size of the image region used to do the moment analysis.
+.le
+.ls sepmin = 5.0 (hwhmpsf)
+The minimum separation for detected objects in units of hwhmpsf.
+.le
+.ls npixmin = 5
+The minimum area of the detected objects in pixels.
+.le
+.ls maglo = INDEF, maghi = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum magnitudes of the detected objects. Maglo and maghi
+default to the constants -MAX_REAL and MAX_REAL respectively.
+.le
+.ls roundlo = 0.0,  roundhi = 0.2
+The minimum and maximum ellipticity values of the detected objects, where
+ellipticity is defined as 1 - b / a, and a and b are the semi-major and
+semi-minor axis lengths respectively.
+.le
+.ls sharplo = 0.5, sharphi = 2.0
+The minimum and maximum sharpness values of the detected objects, where
+sharpness is defined to be the ratio of the object size to the
+hwhmpsf parameter value.
+.le
+.ls wcs = ""
+The world coordinate system.  The options are:
+.ls "     "
+The world coordinate system is undefined. Only logical (pixel) coordinates
+are printed.
+.le
+.ls logical
+The world coordinate system is the same as the logical (pixel) coordinate
+system,  but two sets of identical logical (pixel) coordinates are printed.
+.le
+.ls physical
+The world coordinate system is the same as the logical (pixel) coordinate
+system of the parent image if any.
+.le
+.ls world
+The world coordinate system of the image if any.
+.le
+.le
+.ls wxformat = "", wyformat = ""
+The output format for the x and y axis world coordinates. If wxformat and
+wyformat are undefined then: 1) the value of the wcs format attribute is
+used if the output wcs is "world" and the attribute is defined, 2) "%9.3f"
+is used if the output wcs is "logical" or "physical", and "%11.8g" is used
+if the output wcs is "world". If the input image is a sky projection image and
+the x and y axes are ra and dec respectively, then the formats "%12.2H" and
+"%12.1h" will print the world coordinates in hours and degrees respectively.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The boundary extension type. The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the other side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.0
+The constant for constant boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls nxblock = INDEF, nyblock = 256
+The working block size. If undefined nxblock and nyblock default
+to the number of columns and rows in the input image respectively.
+.le
+.ls verbose = no
+Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+STARFIND searches the input images \fIimage\fR for local density maxima
+with half-widths at half-maxima of ~ \fIhwhmpsf\fR and peak amplitudes
+greater than ~ \fIthreshold\fR above the local background, and writes
+the list of detected objects to \fIoutput\fR.
+
+STARFIND is a modified version of the DAOPHOT package DAOFIND algorithm.
+However STARFIND is intended for use with the IMAGES package image matching
+and image coordinates tasks and is therefore configured somewhat differently
+than the version used in the photometry packages.
+
+.ih
+ALGORITHMS
+
+STARFIND assumes that the point spread function can be approximated by a radial
+Gaussian function whose sigma is 0.84932 * \fIhwhmpsf\fR pixels. STARFIND uses
+this model to construct a convolution kernel which is truncated at
+max (2.0, \fIfradius * hwhmpsf\fR) pixels and normalized to zero power.
+
+For each point in the image density enhancement values are computed by
+convolving the input image with the radial Gaussian function. This operation
+is mathematically equivalent to fitting the image data at each point, in the
+least-squares sense, with a truncated, lowered, radial Gaussian function.
+After the convolution each density enhancement value is an estimate of
+the amplitude of the best fitting radial Gaussian function at that point.
+If \fIdatamin\fR and \fIdatamax\fR are defined then bad data is ignored,
+i.e. rejected from the fit, during the computation of the density enhancement
+values. Out of bounds image pixels are evaluated using the boundary extension
+algorithm parameters \fIboundary\fR and \fIconstant\fR. Out of
+bounds density enhancement values are set to zero.
+
+After the convolution, STARFIND steps through the density enhancement
+image searching for density enhancements greater then \fIthreshold\fR
+and brighter than any density enhancements within a radius of
+\fIsepmin * hwhmpsf\fR pixels. For each potential detection the
+local background is estimated and used, along with the values of
+\fIdatamin\fR and \fIdatamax\fR, to estimate the position (Xc and Yc),
+size (Area and Hwhm), shape (E and Sharp), orientation (Pa), and
+brightness (Mag) of each object using the second order moments analysis
+shown below.
+
+.nf
+   I0 = sum (I)
+    N = sum (1.0)
+    if (N <= 0)
+        Sky = maxdata - maxden
+    else
+        Sky = I0 / N
+
+   M0 = sum (I - Sky)
+   Mx = sum (X * (I - Sky))
+   My = sum (Y * (I - Sky))
+
+   Xc = Mx / M0
+   Xc = My / M0
+  Mag = -2.5 * log10 (M0)
+ Area = N
+
+  Mxx = sum ((X - Xc) * (X - Xc) * (I - Sky))
+  Mxy = sum ((X - Xc) * (Y - Yc) * (I - Sky))
+  Myy = sum ((Y - Yc) * (Y - Yc) * (I - Sky))
+
+ Hwhm = sqrt (log (2) * (Mxx + Myy))
+    E = sqrt ((Mxx - Myy) ** 2 + 4 * Mxy ** 2) / (Mxx + Myy))
+   Pa = 0.5 * atan (2 * Mxy / (Mxx - Myy))
+Sharp = Hmhw / Hwhmpsf 
+.fi
+
+The sums are computed using pixels which lie within \fIfradius * hwhmpsf\fR of
+the maximum density enhancement, and whose values are within the good data
+limits defined by \fIdatamin\fR and \fIdatamax\fR, and which are above the local
+background estimate (Sky).
+
+Objects whose magnitude, roundness, and sharpness characteristics are outside
+the values defined by \fImaglo\fR, \fImaghi\fR, \fIroundlo\fR, \fIroundhi\fR,
+\fIsharplo\fR, and \fIsharphi\fR and whose total areas is less than
+\fInpixmin\fR pixels are rejected from the list.
+
+If \fIwcs\fR parameter is defined, the world coordinates as well as
+the pixel coordinates of the detected objects are computed and printed
+using the formats defined by \fIwxformat\fR and \fIwyformat\fR.
+
+To minimize the memory requirements and increase efficiency, STARFIND
+is configured to operate on data blocks that are \fInxblock * nyblock\fR
+in size. To keep the image i/o operation to a minimum nxblock is set
+to INDEF and defaults to the number of columns in the input image.
+Setting both parameter to INDEF will force STARFIND to perform the
+whole operation in memory.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+ absent, 0      use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Find stellar objects with peak values greater than 100 counts above
+local background in the test image dev$wpix whose fwhm is ~2.5 pixels.
+
+.nf
+cl> starfind dev$wpix default 1.25 100.
+cl> display dev$wpix 1 fi+
+cl> tvmark 1 wpix.obj.1 col=204 
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous example but tell starfind to compute and print
+world coordinates in hours and degrees as well as pixel coordinates.
+
+.nf
+cl> starfind dev$wpix default 1.25 100. wcs=world wxf="%12.2H"\
+    wyf="%12.1h"
+cl> display dev$wpix 1 fi+
+cl> tvmark 1 wpix.obj.1 col=204 
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+Starfind requires approximately 8 CPU seconds to search a 512 by  512
+image  using  a   7 by 7 pixel convolution kernel (SPARCStation2).
+		
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imcentroid, apphot.daofind, daophot.daofind
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsctran.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsctran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8ee4316
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsctran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+.help wcsctran May95 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+wcsctran -- use the image WCS to transform between IRAF coordinate systems
+.ih
+USAGE
+wcsctran input output image inwcs outwcs
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input coordinate files. The number of input coordinate
+files must be one or equal to the number of input images. Coordinates
+may be entered by hand by setting input to "STDIN".
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output coordinate files. The number of coordinate files
+must be one or equal to the number of input images. Results may be printed
+on the terminal by setting output to "STDOUT".
+.le
+.ls image
+The list of input images containing the WCS information.
+.le
+.ls inwcs, outwcs
+The input and output coordinate systems. Coordinates in the input
+file are assumed to be in the input system. Coordinates are written to
+the output file in the output system. The options are:
+.ls logical
+Logical coordinates are pixel coordinates relative to the current
+image. The logical coordinate system is the coordinate system used by
+the image input/output routines to access the image data on disk.
+.le
+.ls tv    
+Tv coordinates are pixel coordinates used by the ximtool and saoimage
+display servers.
+Tv coordinates include the effects of any input image section, but
+do not include the effects of previous linear transformations.
+If the input image name does not include an image section, then tv coordinates
+are identical to logical coordinates. If the input image name does include
+a section, and the input image has not been linearly transformed or 
+copied from a parent image, tv coordinates are identical to physical
+coordinates.
+.le
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are pixel coordinates invariant with respect to linear
+transformations of the physical image data.  For example, if the current
+image was created by extracting a section of another image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the current image will be equal to the physical
+coordinates of the same object in the parent image, although the logical
+coordinates will be different.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image coordinates in any units which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data. For example, 
+the ra and dec of an object will always be the same no matter how the image
+is linearly transformed. The default world coordinate
+system is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header, 2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+.le
+.le
+.ls columns = "1 2 3 4 5 6 7"
+The list of columns separated by whitespace or commas in the input coordinate
+file containing the coordinate values.
+The number of specified columns must be greater than or equal to the
+dimensionality of the input image. The coordinates are read in the
+order they are specified in the columns parameter.
+.le
+.ls units = ""
+The units of the input coordinate values, normally degrees for the sky
+projection coordinate systems and angstroms for spectral coordinate
+systems. 
+The options are:
+.ls hours
+Input coordinates specified in hours are converted to decimal degrees by
+multiplying by 15.0.
+.le
+.ls native
+The internal units of the wcs. No conversions on the input coordinates
+are performed.
+.le
+
+Units conversions are performed only if the input wcs is "world".
+.le
+.ls formats = ""
+The format for the computed output coordinates. If the formats
+parameter is undefined then: 1) the value of the wcs format attribute
+is used if the output wcs is "world" and the attribute is defined, 2)
+%g format is used with the precision set to the maximum of the precision of
+the input coordinates and the value of the min_sigdigits parameter.
+.le
+.ls min_sigdigits = 7
+The minimum precision of the output coordinates if, the formats parameter
+is undefined, and the output coordinate system is "world" but the wcs
+format attribute is undefined.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print comment lines to the output file as the task executes.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+WCSCTRAN transforms a list of coordinates, read from  the input file
+\fIinput\fR, from the coordinate system defined by \fIinwcs\fR to the
+coordinate system defined by \fIoutwcs\fR using world coordinate system
+information in the input image \fIimage\fR header and writes the results
+to the output file \fIoutput\fR.
+
+The input coordinates are read from and written to the
+columns in the input / output file specified by the \fIcolumns\fR parameter. 
+The units of the input coordinate units are assumed to be the internal
+units of the coordinate system as defined in the image header, normally
+degrees for sky projection coordinate systems and angstroms for
+spectral coordinate systems. For convenience input coordinates in hours
+are accepted and converted to decimal degrees if the \fIunits\fR parameter
+is set appropriately.
+
+The format of the output units can be set using the
+\fIformats\fR parameter. If the  output formats are unspecified then the
+output coordinates are written using, 1) the value of wcs format attribute if
+outwcs = "world" and the attribute is defined, or, 2) the %g format and a 
+precision which is the maximum of the precision of the input coordinates
+and the value of the \fImin_sigdigits\fR parameter. All remaining
+fields in the input file are copied to the output file without modification.
+
+WCSCTRAN transforms coordinates from one builtin IRAF coordinate system
+to another.  The builtin coordinate systems are "logical", "physical", and
+"world". For convenience WCSCTRAN also supports the "tv" coordinate system
+which is not a builtin IRAF system, but is used by the display server tasks
+XIMTOOL, SAOIMAGE, and IMTOOL.
+
+The \fIlogical coordinate system\fR is the pixel coordinate system of the
+current image. This coordinate system is the one used by the image
+input/output routines to access the image on disk. In the
+logical coordinate system,
+the coordinates of the pixel centers must lie within the following
+range: 1.0 <= x[i] <= nx[i], where x[i] is the coordinate in dimension i,
+nx[i] is the size of the image in dimension i, and the current maximum
+number of image dimensions is 7. In the case of an image section,
+the nx[i] refer to the dimensions of the section, not the dimensions
+of the full image.
+
+The \fItv coordinate system\fR is the pixel coordinate system used by the
+display servers XIMTOOL, SAOIMAGE, and IMTOOL. 
+For images which are not image sections
+the tv and logical coordinate systems are identical. For images which are
+image sections the tv and physical coordinate systems are identical if
+the image has not undergone any prior linear transformations such as
+axis flips, section copies, shifts, scale changes, rotations, etc.
+
+The \fIphysical coordinate system\fR is the coordinate system in which the
+pixel coordinates of an object are invariant to successive linear
+transformations
+of the image. In this coordinate system, the pixel coordinates of an object
+in an image remain the same, regardless of any section copies, shifts,
+rotations, etc on the image. For example, an object with the
+physical coordinates (x,y) in an image would still have physical 
+coordinates (x, y) in an image which is a section of the original image.
+
+The \fIworld coordinate system\fR is the default coordinate system for the
+image. The default world coordinate system is the one named by the
+environment variable "defwcs" if defined in the user environment (initially
+it is undefined) and present in the image header; else it is the first
+world coordinate system
+defined for the image (the .imh and .hhh image format support only one wcs
+but the .qp format can support more); else it is the physical coordinate
+system.
+
+In most cases the number of input coordinates is equal to the number of
+output coordinates, and both are equal to the dimensions of the input image.
+In some cases however, the number of output coordinates may be greater or
+less than the number of input coordinates. This situation occurs
+if the input image has been dimensionally-reduced, i.e. is a section
+of a higher-dimensioned parent image, and the input coordinate system
+or the output coordinate system but not both is "logical" or "tv".
+For example, if the input image is a 1D line extracted from a 2D parent
+image with a sky projection world coordinate system, and the user
+specifies a transformation from the "logical" to "world" systems, 
+only one input coordinate (column number) is required, but two output
+coordinates (ra and dec) are produced. If the input and output coordinate
+systems are reversed, then two input coordinates (ra and dec) are required,
+but only one output coordinate (column number) is produced. If the number of
+output coordinates is less than the number of input coordinates, the extra
+input coordinate columns in the input file are set to INDEF in the output file.
+If the number of output columns is greater than the number of input columns,
+the extra coordinate columns are added to the end of the output line.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+  
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+  
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+  
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+  
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+  
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+  
+Examples
+  
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+  
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+  
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional information on IRAF world coordinate systems can be found in
+the help pages for the WCSEDIT and WCRESET tasks.
+Detailed documentation for the IRAF world coordinate system interface MWCS
+can be found in the file "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp". This file can be
+formatted and printed with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ |
+lprint".  Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the document "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from our anonymous ftp
+archive.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Find the pixel coordinates of a list of objects in an image, given a list
+of their ras and decs in hh:mm:ss.s and dd:mm:ss format. Limit the precision
+of the output coordinates to 3 decimal places. In this example, the input
+ras and decs are assumed to be in columns 1 and 2 of the input coordinate
+file, and the ras must be converted from hours to decimal degrees.
+
+.nf
+	im> wcsctran incoords outcoords image world logical units="h n" \
+	    formats="%8.3f %0.3f"
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous example using the same input coordinate list to
+produce output coordinate lists for a list of input images.
+
+.nf
+	im> wcsctran incoords @outcoolist @imlist world logical units="h n" \
+	    formats="%8.3f %8.3f"
+.fi
+
+3. Transform pixel coordinates in a photometry file to ra and dec
+coordinates, writing the output coordinates in hh:mm:ss.ss and dd:mm:ss.s
+format. The input pixel coordinates are stored in columns 3 and 4 of the
+input coordinate file.
+
+.nf
+	im> wcsctran magfile omagfile image logical world col="3 4" \
+	    formats="%12.2H %12.1h"
+.fi
+
+4. Given a set of pixel coordinates in the parent image, find the pixel
+coordinates of the same objects in an image which is a shifted, rotated
+and scaled version of the parent image. The input coordinate list
+is created using the displayed parent image and the rimcursor task. 
+The output coordinate lists is marked on the displayed transformed 
+image using the tvmark task.
+
+.nf
+	im> display parent 1 fi+
+	im> rimcursor > coolist
+	im> imlintran parent image 45.0 45.0 1.5 1.5 xin=256 yin=256 \
+	    xout=281 yout=263
+	im> wcsctran coolist ocoolist image physical logical
+	im> display image 2 fi+
+	im> tvmark 2 outcoolist
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+wcsreset, wcsedit, rimcursor, listpixels, lintran
+
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsedit.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsedit.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..836add95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsedit.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+.help wcsedit Apr92 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+wcsedit -- edit an image world coordinate system parameter 
+.ih
+USAGE
+wcsedit image parameter value axes1
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+The list of images for which the WCS is to be edited.  Image sections are
+ignored.  If the image does not exist a data-less image header is first
+created with the default WCS of dimensionality given by the "wcsdim"
+parameter.
+.le
+.ls parameter
+The WCS parameter to be edited. The WCS parameters recognized by
+WCSEDIT are: 1) the FITS WCS
+parameters crpix, crval, cd  and, 2) the IRAF WCS parameters ltv, ltm, wtype,
+axtype, units, label, and format.  Only one WCS parameter may be edited at a
+time.
+.le
+.ls value
+The new parameter value. The numerical parameters crpix, crval, cd, ltv, and
+ltm will not be updated if WCSEDIT is unable to decode the parameter value
+into a legal floating point number.
+.le
+.ls axes1
+The list of principal axes for which \fIparameter\fR is to be edited.
+Axes1 can
+be entered as a list of numbers separated by commas, e.g. "1,2" or as a
+range, e.g. "1-2".
+.le
+.ls axes2
+The list of dependent axes for which \fIparameter\fR is to be edited.
+Axes2 can
+be entered as a list of numbers separated by commas, e.g. "1,2" or as a
+range, e.g. "1-2". The axes2 parameter is only required if
+\fIparameter\fR is "cd" or "ltm".
+.le
+.ls wcs = "world"
+The WCS to be edited.  The options are: the builtin systems "world" or
+"physical", or a named system, e.g. "image" or "multispec". The builtin system
+"logical" may not be edited.
+.ls world
+If \fIwcs\fR is "world" the default WCS is edited. The default WCS
+is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header,
+2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+.le
+.ls physical
+If \fIwcs\fR is "physical", WCS is the pixel coordinate system of
+the original image, which may be different from the pixel coordinate system
+of the current image, if the current image is the result of an
+imcopy or other geometric transformation operation. In the "physical"
+coordinate system the ltv, ltm and the axis attribute
+parameters wtype, axtype, units, label, and format may be edited, but the FITS
+parameters crval, crpix, and cd cannot.
+.le
+.ls name
+A user supplied wcs name.
+If the named WCS does not exist in the image, a new one of that
+name initialized to the identity transform, will be opened for editing, and
+the old WCS will be destroyed. This option should only be used for creating
+a totally new FITS WCS.
+.le
+.le
+.ls wcsdim = 2
+WCS dimensionality when creating a new data-less image header.
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Edit the WCS interactively?
+.le
+.ls commands = ""
+The interactive editing command prompt.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken in interactive or non-interactive mode?
+.le
+.ls update = yes
+Update the image header in non-interactive mode? A specific command  exists
+to do this in interactive mode.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+WCSEDIT modifies the WCS of an existing image or creates a data-less image
+header of the dimensionality given by the \fIwcsdim\fR parameter.
+
+In non-interactive mode WCSEDIT replaces the current value of the WCS
+parameter \fIparameter\fR with the new value \fIvalue\fR in the headers of
+\fIimages\fR and prints a summary of the new WCS on the terminal.  If
+\fIverbose\fR is "no" the summary is not printed.  If \fIverbose\fR is
+"yes" and \fIupdate\fR is "no", the result of the editing operation
+is printed on the terminal but the header is not modified.
+
+The WCS parameter \fIparameter\fR may be one of: crval, crpix, cd, ltv, ltm,
+wtype, axtype, units, label, or format in either upper or lower case.
+The WCS array parameters crpix, crval, ltv, wtype, axtype, units, label,
+and format
+may be edited for more than one axis at a time by setting \fIaxes1\fR to a
+range of axes values. The WCS matrix parameters cd and ltm may be edited for
+more than one axis at a time by setting both \fIaxes1\fR and \fIaxes2\fR to
+a range of values. In this case, if no \fIaxes2\fR values are entered,
+\fIaxes2\fR = "", the
+diagonal elements of the cd and ltm matrices specified by \fIaxes1\fR are
+edited. A single non-diagonal element of the cd or ltm matrices can be
+edited by setting \fIaxis1\fR and \fIaxis2\fR to a single number.
+
+The user can create a new WCS from scratch by setting
+\fIwcs\fR to a name different from the name of the WCS in the image header.
+A new WCS with the same dimension as the image and initialized
+to the identity transformation  is presented to the user for editing.
+IF THE USER UPDATES THE IMAGE HEADER AFTER EDITING THE NEW WCS, ALL
+PREVIOUS WCS INFORMATION IS LOST.
+
+In interactive mode, WCSEDIT displays the current WCS
+on the terminal if \fIverbose\fR = "yes", and prompts the user for 
+an editing command.  The supported editing commands are shown below.
+
+.nf
+	              BASIC  COMMANDS
+
+?		Print the WCSEDIT commands
+show		Print out the current WCS
+update		Quit WCSEDIT and update the image WCS
+quit		Quit WCSEDIT without updating the image WCS
+
+
+	      PARAMETER DISPLAY AND EDITING COMMANDS
+
+crval  [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS crval parameter(s)
+crpix  [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS crpix parameter(s)
+cd     [value axes1 [axes2]]	Show/set the FITS cd parameter(s)
+ltv    [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF ltv parameter(s)
+ltm    [value axes1 [axes2]]	Show/set the IRAF ltm parameter(s)
+wtype  [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS/IRAF axes transform(s)
+axtype [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS/IRAF axis type(s)
+units  [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF units(s)
+label  [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF axes label(s)
+format [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF axes coordinate format(s)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+THE WCS PARAMETERS
+
+Below is a list of the WCS parameters as they appear encoded in the in the
+IRAF image header. Parameters marked with E can be edited directly with
+WCSEDIT. Parameters marked with U should be updated automatically by WCSEDIT
+if the proper conditions are met. The remaining parameters cannot be edited
+with WCSEDIT. A brief description of the listed parameters is given below.
+For a detailed description of the meaning of these parameters, the user
+should consult the two documents listed in the REFERENCES section.
+
+.nf
+WCSDIM          WCS dimension (may differ from image)
+
+CTYPEn   U      coordinate type 
+CRPIXn   E      reference pixel
+CRVALn   E      world coords of reference pixel
+CDi_j    E      CD matrix
+
+CDELTn   U      CDi_i if CD matrix not used (input only)
+CROTA2   U      rotation angle if CD matrix not used
+
+LTVi     E      Lterm translation vector
+LTMi_j   E      Lterm rotation matrix
+
+WATi_jjj U      WCS attributes for axis I (wtype,axtype,units,label,format)
+WAXMAPii        WCS axis map 
+.fi
+
+The WCSDIM and WAXMAP parameters cannot be edited by WCSEDIT, unless a
+new WCS is created in which case WCSDIM is set to
+the dimension of the input image and the axis map is deleted.
+The FITS parameters CRPIX, CRVAL, and CD
+define the transformation between the world coordinate system and the pixel
+coordinate system of the image and may be edited directly.  The more general
+FITS CD matrix notation supersedes the FITS CDELT/CROTA notation if both are
+present on input, and is used by preference on output.  The FITS parameter
+CTYPE cannot be edited directly by WCSEDIT but is correctly updated on
+output using the current values of the WCS parameters wtype and axtype
+parameters, if there was a pre-existing FITS header in the image.  On input
+IRAF currently recognizes the following values of the FITS parameter CTYPE:
+RA---TAN and DEC--TAN (the tangent plane sky projection), RA---SIN and
+DEC--SIN (the sin sky projection), RA---ARC and DEC--ARC (the arc sky
+projection), LINEAR, and MULTISPEC, from which it derives the correct values
+for wtype and axtype.
+
+The LTV and LTM are IRAF parameters which define the transformation between
+the
+current image pixel coordinate system and the original pixel coordinate system,
+if the current image was derived from a previous
+image by a geometric transformation, e.g. IMCOPY or IMSHIFT.
+Both parameters may be edited directly by WCSEDIT, but with the exception
+of resetting the LTV vector to 0 and the LTM matrix to the identity
+matrix it is not usually desirable to do so. The task WCSRESET can also
+be used for this purpose.
+
+The WATi_jjj parameters are not directly accessible by WCSEDIT but the five
+axis attributes which are encoded under these keywords (wtype, axtype,
+units, label, and format) may be edited.
+The IRAF WCS code currently
+recognizes the following values for "wtype": "linear", "tan", "sin",
+"arc", and "multispec".  If "wtype" is not defined or cannot
+be decoded by the WCS code "linear" is assumed.
+Axtype should be "ra" or "dec" if wtype is one of the sky projections
+"tan", "sin" or "arc", otherwise it should be undefined.
+WCSEDIT will combine the values of "wtype" and "axtype" on output to
+produce the correct value of the FITS keyword CTYPE.
+The "label" and "units" parameter may be set to any string constant.
+Format must be set to a legal IRAF format as described in the section
+below.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+    
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer 
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+    
+    
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+    
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+    
+    
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+    
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+    
+Examples
+    
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+    
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h	    format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h	    right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h	    left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h	    right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h	    left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+    
+%H	    / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H	    / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H	    / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H	    / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H	    / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Detailed documentation for the IRAF world coordinate system interface MWCS
+can be found in the file "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp". This file can be
+formatted and printed with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ |
+lprint".  Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the document "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from our anonymous ftp
+archive.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Change the default output coordinate formats for an image with a defined
+FITS tangent plane projection in its header, for the RA axis (axis 1), and the
+DEC axis (axis 2) to %H and %h respectively. Then display the image and use
+rimcursor to produce a coordinate list of objects whose coordinates are
+printed as hh:mm:ss.s and dd:mm:ss.s respectively.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image format %H 1
+	cl> wcsedit image format %h 2
+	cl> display image 1
+	cl> rimcursor wcs=world > coordlist
+	    ... mark the coordinates
+.fi
+
+2. Change the default sky projection for an image with a defined tangent
+plane projection to one with a sin projection.  Note that wtype for both
+axis1 and axis2 must be changed to "sin". Check the results first before
+doing the actual update.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image wtype sin 1-2 update-
+	cl> wcsedit image wtype sin 1-2
+.fi
+
+
+3. Change the diagonal elements of the FITS cd matrix to 2.0. The off
+diagonal elements are 0.0. This is equivalent to resetting the image scale.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image cd 2.0 1-2 ""
+.fi
+
+4. Set the value of the FITS cd matrix elements, cd[2,1] and cd[1,2] to 0.0. 
+This removes any rotation/skew from the WCS definition.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image cd 0.0 2 1
+	cl> wcsedit image cd 0.0 1 2
+.fi
+
+5. Change the FITS crval value for axis 2.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image crval 47.85 2
+.fi
+
+6. Create a totally new WCS for an image, deleting the previous WCS
+and set the diagonal elements of the cd matrix to 0.68. 0.68 is the
+scale of the 36 inch telescope at KPNO.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image cd 1.5 1-2 wcs="kpno9m"
+.fi
+
+7. Interactively edit the WCS of an image. with an existing FITS header.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image interactive+
+
+	    ... summary of current WCS is printed on terminal
+
+	    wcsedit: ?
+
+	    ... user types in ? to see list of wcsedit commands
+
+            wcsedit: cd 2.0 1-2
+
+	    ... user changes the scale of the WCS
+
+	    wcsedit: format %0.3f 1-2
+
+	    ... user changes format so the coordinates will be printed
+		out with 3 decimals of precision by any tasks which
+		can read the WCS format parameter such as rimcursor
+		and listpixels
+
+	    wcsedit: show
+
+	    ... user checks the new wcs
+
+	    wcsedit: update
+
+	    ... user quits editor and updates the image header
+.fi
+
+8. Open and edit a new WCS for an image. Any pre-existing WCS will
+be destroyed, assuming that the default wcs is not "newwcs".
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsedit image wcs=newwcs intera+
+
+	    wcsedit: ....
+	    wcsedit: ....
+
+	    ... edit in the desired values
+
+	    wcsedit: update
+
+	    ... update the image header.
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+The IRAF WCS code supports the dimensional reduction of images,
+for example creating an image with smaller dimensions than its parent, but
+may not be fully compatible with FITS when this occurs.
+In this case user may need to fix up an illegal or
+incorrect WCS with HEDIT or HFIX bypassing the WCS code used by WCSEDIT.
+
+WCSEDIT does not permit the user to edit any parameters encoded in the
+WATi_jjj keywords other than the five listed: wtype, axtype, units, label,
+and format. For example WCSEDIT cannot be used to edit the "speci" parameters
+used by the IRAF spectral reductions code "multispec" format. The spectral
+reduction code itself should be used to do this, although hfix can
+be used to fix a serious problem should it arise.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+wcsreset,hedit,hfix
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsreset.hlp b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsreset.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..401e0ae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/doc/wcsreset.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+.help wcsreset Apr92 images.imcoords
+.ih
+NAME
+wcsreset -- reset the image coordinate system
+.ih
+USAGE
+wcsreset image wcs
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+The list of images for which the coordinate system is to be reset.  Image
+sections are ignored.
+.le
+.ls wcs    
+The name of the coordinate system to be reset. The following systems are
+pre-defined:
+.ls physical
+Reset the physical coordinate system to the logical coordinate system, but
+leave the default world coordinate system unchanged.  This operation removes
+the history of past image operations such as imcopy, imshift, magnify, etc
+from the definition of the physical coordinate system, but not from the
+definition of the world coordinate system.
+.le
+.ls world
+Reset the default world coordinate system to the logical coordinate system.
+This operation removes all world coordinate system information from the
+image header.
+.le
+
+In addition to these two reserved world coordinate systems, the name of any
+other defined world coordinate system, for example "multispec" may be given.
+In this case WCSRESET resets the named coordinate system to the logical
+coordinate system only if it is present in the image header.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+WCSRESET resets the coordinate system \fIwcs\fR in the images specified by
+\fIimage\fR to the logical coordinate system, and prints messages about the
+actions taken if \fIverbose\fR = "yes". Since WCSRESET modifies the
+image headers it should be used with caution.
+
+Logical coordinates are coordinates relative to the current image.  The
+logical coordinate system is the one used by the image input/output routines
+to access the image on disk.  In an image raster logical coordinate system,
+the coordinates of the pixel centers must lie within the following
+range: 1.0 <= x[i] <= nx[i], where x[i] is the coordinate in dimension i,
+nx[i] is the size of the image in dimension i, and the current maximum
+number of image dimensions is 7. In the case of an image section of an image
+raster, the nx[i] refer to the dimensions of the section, not the dimensions
+of the full image. The logical coordinate system cannot by definition be
+reset.
+
+The physical coordinate system is the coordinate system in which the
+coordinates of an object are invariant to successive linear transformations
+of the image. In this coordinate system, the pixel coordinates of an object
+in an image raster remain the same, regardless of any imcopy, imshift,
+rotate, etc operations on the image. The most common reason for desiring to
+reset the physical coordinate system to the logical coordinate system is to
+make the new image independent of its history by removing the effects of
+these linear transformation operations from its physical coordinate system.
+Resetting the physical coordinate system to the logical coordinate system,
+does not alter the default world coordinate system. If for example the input
+image is a spectrum, with a defined dispersion solution, resetting the
+physical coordinate system will not alter the dispersion solution.
+Similarly if the input image is a direct CCD image with a defined sky
+projection world coordinate system, resetting the physical coordinate system
+will not alter the sky projection.
+
+The world coordinate system is the default coordinate system for the
+image. The default world coordinate system is the one named by the
+environment variable "defwcs" if defined in the user environment (initially
+it is undefined) and present in the image header; else it is the first
+world coordinate system
+defined for the image (the .imh and .hhh image format support only one wcs
+but the .qp format can support more); else it is the physical coordinate
+system.  Resetting the default coordinate system to the logical
+coordinate system will destroy all coordinate information for that system,
+for that image.
+
+If the user sets the parameter wcs to a specific system, for example
+to "multispec", only images with the coordinate system "multispec"
+will have their coordinate system reset.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Detailed documentation for the IRAF world coordinate system interface MWCS
+can be found in the file "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp". This file can be
+formatted and printed with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ |
+lprint".  Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the document "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from our anonymous ftp
+archive.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. The user runs implot on a section of the spectrum outspec with the
+wcs parameter set to "physical".
+
+.nf
+	implot outsec[30:50] wcs=physical
+.fi
+
+To his/her surprise the range of the plot in x produced by implot is
+[129,149] not [30:50] as expected.  The user lists the image header with the
+imheader task and sees the following.
+
+.nf
+        WCSDIM  =                    1
+        CTYPE1  = 'LINEAR  '
+        CRVAL1  =     4953.94775390626
+        CRPIX1  =                 -98.
+        CDELT1  =   0.0714096948504449
+        CD1_1   =   0.0714096948504449
+        WAT0_001= 'system=linear
+        WAT1_001= 'wtype=linear label=Wavelength units=Angstroms 
+        LTV1    =                 -99.
+        LTM1_1  =                   1.
+.fi
+
+The standard FITS keywords CTYPE1, CRVAL1, CRPIX1, and CDELT1 are present.
+The CD1_1 keyword is part of the new FITS CD matrix notation and in this
+example duplicates the function of CDELT1.  The remaining keywords WCSDIM,
+WAT0_001, WAT1_001, LTV1, and LTM1_1 are IRAF specific keywords. The
+user notes that the LTV1 keyword is -99. not 0. and suddenly remembers that
+outspec was created by extracting a piece of a larger spectrum using the
+imcopy task as shown below.
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcopy inspec[100:200] outspec
+.fi
+
+The section [30:50] in outspec actually corresponds to the section [129:149]
+in inspec and it is this coordinate system that implot is plotting when
+wcs = "physical". The user decides has he/she does not want to know
+about the pixel coordinate system of the original image and runs wcsreset
+to reset the physical coordinate system to the logical coordinate system.
+
+.nf
+	wcsreset outspec physical
+.fi
+
+The new header of outspec looks like the following.
+
+.nf
+    WCSDIM  =                    1
+    CTYPE1  = 'LINEAR  '
+    CRVAL1  =     4953.94775390626
+    CRPIX1  =                 -98.
+    CDELT1  =   0.0714096948504449
+    CD1_1   =   0.0714096948504449
+    WAT0_001= 'system=linear                                                    
+    WAT1_001= 'wtype=linear label=Wavelength units=Angstroms
+    LTM1_1  =                   1.
+.fi
+
+It is identical to the header listed above except that the
+LTV1 keyword is not defined and is therefore 0. The user runs
+implot with wcs = "physical" as before and sees a plot which extends
+from 30 to 50 as expected.
+
+2. Reset the physical coordinate system of the direct CCD image skypix
+which has a defined sky projection system. Skypix was created by
+copying the central [129:384,129:384] of a 512 square image into a 256
+square image.
+
+The image header is the following.
+
+.nf
+	CRPIX1  =               129.75
+        CRPIX2  =               130.93
+        CRVAL1  =      201.94541667302
+        CRVAL2  =             47.45444
+        CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+        CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+        CDELT1  =        -2.1277777E-4
+        CDELT2  =         2.1277777E-4
+        WCSDIM  =                    2
+        CD1_1   =  -2.1277777000000E-4
+        CD2_2   =  2.12777770000000E-4
+        LTV1    =                -128.
+        LTV2    =                -128.
+        LTM1_1  =                   1.
+        LTM2_2  =                   1.
+        WAT0_001= 'system=image
+	WAT1_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=ra
+	WAT2_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=dec
+.fi
+
+The user runs implot on skypix wcs = "physical"
+
+.nf
+	implot skypix wcs=physical
+.fi
+
+and sees a plot in x which extends from 129 to 384 which are the coordinates
+of skypix in the original image.
+The user resets the physical coordinate system to the logical coordinate
+system.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsreset m51 physical
+.fi
+
+The new header looks like the following. Note that the LTV1 and LTV2 keywords
+have disappeared, they are 0. but everything else is the same.
+
+.nf
+	CRPIX1  =               129.75
+        CRPIX2  =               130.93
+        CRVAL1  =      201.94541667302
+        CRVAL2  =             47.45444
+        CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+        CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+        CDELT1  =        -2.1277777E-4
+        CDELT2  =         2.1277777E-4
+        WCSDIM  =                    2
+        CD1_1   =  -2.1277777000000E-4
+        CD2_2   =  2.12777770000000E-4
+        LTM1_1  =                   1.
+        LTM2_2  =                   1.
+        WAT0_001= 'system=image
+	WAT1_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=ra
+	WAT2_001= 'wtype=tan axtype=dec
+.fi
+
+When the user runs implot with wcs = "physical" he/she sees a plot which
+extends from 1 to 256 as expected.
+
+3. Initialize the world coordinate system of the previous image.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsreset skypix world
+.fi
+
+The header now looks like the following.
+
+.nf
+	WCSDIM  =                    2
+	LTM1_1  =                   1.
+	LTM2_2  =                   1.
+	WAT0_001= 'system=physical               
+	WAT1_001= 'wtype=linear
+	WAT2_001= 'wtype=linear
+.fi
+
+The world system defaults to the physical coordinates system and the
+physical coordinate system is identical to the logical coordinate system.
+All coordinate information has been destroyed.
+
+4. Initialize the world coordinate system "spec1". If the default world
+coordinate
+system "spec1" cannot be found in the image header a warning message
+will be issued and nothing will be changed.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsreset spectrum spec1
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+rimcursor,listpixels,wcsedit,hedit,hfix
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/hpctran.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/hpctran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e58ee94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/hpctran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# HEALPIXWCS
+
+row,i,h,,,,Map row
+lng,r,h,,,,Longitude
+lat,r,h,,,,Latitude
+nside,i,h,512,,,Resolution parameter
+cunits,s,h,"degrees","hourdegree|degrees|radians",,Coordinate units
+maptype,s,h,"nest","nest|ring",,Map type
+direction,s,h,"ang2row","ang2row|row2ang",,Conversion direction
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/imcctran.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcctran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13e9638e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcctran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Parameter file for the IMCCTRAN task
+
+image,f,a,,,,"List of input images"
+outsystem,s,a,,,,"The new image coordinate system"
+nx,i,h,10,,,"The coordinate grid size in x"
+ny,i,h,10,,,"The coordinate grid size in y"
+longpole,b,h,no,,,"Update longpole rather than the cd matrix where appropriate ?"
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,"Print messages about actions taken ?"
+update,b,h,yes,,,"Update the image header ?"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.cl b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f756aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#{ IMCOORDS -- The Image Coordinates Package.
+
+set	imcoords	= "images$imcoords/"
+
+package	imcoords
+
+# Tasks.
+
+task	ccfind,
+	ccget,
+	ccmap,
+	ccsetwcs,
+	ccstd,
+	cctran,
+	ccxymatch,
+	hpctran,
+	imcctran,
+	skyctran,
+	starfind,
+	wcsctran,
+	wcsedit,
+	wcsreset	= "imcoords$x_images.e"
+
+task	mkcwcs		= "imcoords$src/mkcwcs.cl"
+task	mkcwwcs		= "imcoords$src/mkcwwcs.cl"
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.hd b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f60d023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Help directory for the IMCOORDS package
+
+$doc		= "images$imcoords/doc/"
+$src		= "images$imcoords/src/"
+
+ccfind		hlp=doc$ccfind.hlp,		src=src$t_ccfind.x
+ccget		hlp=doc$ccget.hlp,		src=src$t_ccget.x
+ccmap		hlp=doc$ccmap.hlp,		src=src$t_ccmap.x
+ccsetwcs	hlp=doc$ccsetwcs.hlp,		src=src$t_ccsetwcs.x
+ccstd		hlp=doc$ccstd.hlp,		src=src$t_ccstd.x
+cctran		hlp=doc$cctran.hlp,		src=src$t_cctran.x
+ccxymatch	hlp=doc$ccxymatch.hlp,		src=src$t_ccxymatch.x
+hpctran		hlp=doc$hpctran.hlp,		src=src$t_hpctran.x
+imcctran	hlp=doc$imcctran.hlp,		src=src$t_imcctran.x
+mkcwcs		hlp=doc$mkcwcs.hlp,		src=src$mkcwcs.cl
+mkcwwcs		hlp=doc$mkcwwcs.hlp,		src=src$mkcwwcs.cl
+skyctran        hlp=doc$skyctran.hlp,   	src=src$t_skyctran.x
+starfind        hlp=doc$starfind.hlp,   	src=src$t_starfind.x
+wcsctran	hlp=doc$wcsctran.hlp,	  	src=src$t_wcsctran.x
+wcsedit		hlp=doc$wcsedit.hlp,	  	src=src$t_wcsedit.x
+wcsreset	hlp=doc$wcsreset.hlp,	  	src=src$t_wcsreset.x
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.men b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a30ac9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.men
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+	 ccfind - Find catalog sources in an image 
+	  ccget - Extract objects from a text file catalog
+	  ccmap - Compute image plate solutions using matched coordinate lists
+       ccsetwcs - Create an image celestial wcs from the ccmap plate solution
+          ccstd - Transform to and from standard astrometric coordinates
+	 cctran - Transform coordinate lists using the ccmap plate solution
+      ccxymatch - Match celestial and pixel coordinate lists
+        hpctran - Convert between HEALPix row and spherical coordinate
+       imcctran - Transform image header from one celestial wcs to another
+         mkcwcs - Make or update a simple celestial wcs
+        mkcwwcs - Make or update a simple celestial/wavelength 3D wcs
+       skyctran - Transform coordinates from one celestial wcs to another
+       starfind - Automatically detect stellar objects in a list of images
+       wcsctran - Transform coordinates from one iraf image wcs to another
+	wcsedit - Edit an image wcs parameter
+       wcsreset - Reset the specified image wcs
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cef3f3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/imcoords.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Jan97"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imcoords/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1cb9e6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# MKPKG for the IMCOORDS Package
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/skyctran.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/skyctran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5658ffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/skyctran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Parameter file for the SKYCOORDS task.
+
+input,s,a,"STDIN",,,The input coordinate files(s)
+output,s,a,"STDOUT",,,The output coordinate file(s)
+insystem,s,a,"fk4",,,The input coordinate system
+outsystem,s,a,"fk5",,,The output coordinate system
+transform,s,h,no,,,Transform the input coordinate file ?
+lngcolumn,i,h,1,,,The input file column containing the x/ra/longitude
+latcolumn,i,h,2,,,The input file column containing the y/dec/latitude
+plngcolumn,i,h,INDEF,,,The input file column containing the x/ra/longitude pm
+platcolumn,i,h,INDEF,,,The input file column containing the y/dec/latitude pm
+pxcolumn,i,h,INDEF,,,The input file column contain the parallax
+rvcolumn,i,h,INDEF,,,The input file column contain the radial velocity
+ilngmin,r,h,INDEF,,,The input grid x/ra/longitude minimum
+ilngmax,r,h,INDEF,,,The input grid x/ra/longitude maximum
+ilatmin,r,h,INDEF,,,The input grid y/dec/latitude minimum
+ilatmax,r,h,INDEF,,,The input grid y/dec/latitude maximum
+nilng,i,h,10,1,,Number of grid points in x/ra/longitude
+nilat,i,h,10,1,,Number of grid points in y/dec/latitude
+ilngunits,s,h,"",,,The input ra/longitude units
+ilatunits,s,h,"",,,The input dec/latitude units
+ilngformat,s,h,"",,,The input grid x/ra/longitude format
+ilatformat,s,h,"",,,The input grid y/dec/latitude format
+olngunits,s,h,"",,,The output ra/longitude units
+olatunits,s,h,"",,,The output dec/latitude units
+olngformat,s,h,"",,,The output x/ra/longitude format
+olatformat,s,h,"",,,The output y/dec/latitude format
+icommands,*imcur,h,"",,,The image display cursor
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccfunc.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccfunc.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f60498a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccfunc.x
@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+
+# CC_RPROJ -- Read the projection parameters from a file into an IRAF string
+# containing the projection type followed by an MWCS WAT string, e.g
+# "zpn projp1=value projp2=value" .
+
+int procedure cc_rdproj (fd, projstr, maxch)
+
+int     fd              #I the input file containing the projection parameters
+char    projstr[ARB]    #O the output projection parameters string
+int     maxch           #I the maximum size of the output projection string
+
+int     projection, op
+pointer sp, keyword, value, param
+int     fscan(), nscan(), strdic(), gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        projstr[1] = EOS
+        if (fscan (fd) == EOF)
+            return (0)
+
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (keyword, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (param, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        call gargwrd (Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME)
+        projection = strdic (Memc[keyword], Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME,
+            WTYPE_LIST)
+        if (projection <= 0 || projection == WTYPE_LIN || nscan() == 0) {
+            call sfree (sp)
+            return (0)
+        }
+
+        # Copy the projection function into the projection string.
+        op = 1
+        op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[keyword], projstr[op], maxch)
+
+        # Copy the keyword value pairs into the projection string.
+        while (fscan(fd) != EOF) {
+            call gargwrd (Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME)
+            call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (nscan() != 2)
+                next
+            call sprintf (Memc[param], SZ_FNAME, " %s = %s")
+                call pargstr (Memc[keyword])
+                call pargstr (Memc[value])
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[param], projstr[op], maxch - op + 1)
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (projection)
+end
+
+
+define  NEWCD     Memd[ncd+(($2)-1)*ndim+($1)-1]
+
+# CC_WCSIM -- Update the image world coordinate system.
+
+procedure cc_wcsim (im, coo, projection, lngref, latref, sx1, sy1, transpose)
+
+pointer	im			#I the pointer to the input image
+pointer	coo			#I the pointer to the coordinate structure
+char	projection[ARB]		#I the sky projection geometry
+double	lngref, latref		#I the position of the reference point.
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointer to linear surfaces
+bool	transpose		#I transpose the wcs
+
+int	ndim, naxes, ax1, ax2, axmap, wtype
+double	xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d, denom, xpix, ypix, tlngref, tlatref
+pointer	mw, sp, str, r, w, cd, ltm, ltv, iltm, nr, ncd, axes, axno, axval
+int	mw_stati(), sk_stati(), strdic()
+pointer	mw_openim()
+
+begin
+	mw = mw_openim (im)
+	ndim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+
+	# Allocate working memory for the vectors and matrices.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (axno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (axval, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (axes, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (iltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (nr, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ncd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Compute the original logical to world transformation.
+	call mw_gaxmap (mw, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], ndim)
+        call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+
+	# Get the axis map.
+	call mw_gaxlist (mw, 03B, Memi[axes], naxes)
+	axmap = mw_stati (mw, MW_USEAXMAP)
+	ax1 = Memi[axes]
+	ax2 = Memi[axes+1]
+
+	# Set the system.
+	iferr (call mw_newsystem (mw, "image", ndim))
+	    ;
+
+	# Set the axes and projection type.
+	if (projection[1] == EOS) {
+	    call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, "linear", "")
+	} else {
+	    call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, projection,
+	        "axis 1: axtype=ra axis 2: axtype=dec")
+	}
+
+	# Compute the new referemce point.
+	switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    tlngref = lngref
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    tlngref = RADTODEG(lngref)
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    tlngref = 15.0d0 * lngref
+	default:
+	    tlngref = lngref
+	}
+	switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    tlatref = latref
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    tlatref = RADTODEG(latref)
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    tlatref = 15.0d0 * latref
+	default:
+	    tlatref = latref
+	}
+	if (! transpose) {
+	    Memd[w+ax1-1] = tlngref
+	    Memd[w+ax2-1] = tlatref
+	} else {
+	    Memd[w+ax1-1] = tlatref
+	    Memd[w+ax2-1] = tlngref
+	}
+
+
+	# Fetch the linear coefficients of the fit.
+	call geo_gcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+	# Compute the new reference pixel.
+	denom = a * d - c * b
+	if (denom == 0.0d0)
+	    xpix = INDEFD
+	else
+	    xpix = (b * yshift - d * xshift) / denom 
+	if (denom == 0.0d0)
+	    ypix = INDEFD
+	else
+	    ypix =  (c * xshift - a * yshift) / denom
+	Memd[nr+ax1-1] = xpix
+	Memd[nr+ax2-1] = ypix
+
+	# Compute the new CD matrix.
+	if (! transpose) {
+	    NEWCD(ax1,ax1) = a / 3600.0d0
+	    NEWCD(ax1,ax2) = c / 3600.0d0
+	    NEWCD(ax2,ax1) = b / 3600.0d0
+	    NEWCD(ax2,ax2) = d / 3600.0d0
+	} else {
+	    NEWCD(ax1,ax1) = c / 3600.0d0
+	    NEWCD(ax1,ax2) = a / 3600.0d0
+	    NEWCD(ax2,ax1) = d / 3600.0d0
+	    NEWCD(ax2,ax2) = b / 3600.0d0
+	}
+
+	# Reset the axis map.
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, axmap)
+
+        # Recompute and store the new wcs if update is enabled.
+	call mw_saxmap (mw, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], ndim)
+        if (sk_stati (coo, S_PIXTYPE) == PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL) {
+            call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+        } else {
+            call mwmmuld (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltm], Memd[cd], ndim)
+            call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+            call asubd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[r], ndim)
+            call mwvmuld (Memd[iltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], ndim)
+            call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+	}
+
+	# Save the fit.
+	if (! transpose) {
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, ax1)
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, ax2)
+	} else {
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, ax2)
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, ax1)
+	}
+	call sk_saveim (coo, mw, im)
+        call mw_saveim (mw, im)
+	call mw_close (mw)
+
+	# Force the CDELT keywords to update. This will be unecessary when
+	# mwcs is updated to deal with non-quoted and / or non left-justified
+	# CTYPE keywords..
+	wtype = strdic (projection, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, WTYPE_LIST)
+	if (wtype > 0)
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_WTYPE, wtype)
+	call sk_ctypeim (coo, im)
+
+	# Reset the fit. This will be unecessary when wcs is updated to deal
+	# with non-quoted and / or non left-justified CTYPE keywords.
+	call sk_seti (coo, S_WTYPE, 0)
+	call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, 0)
+	call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, 0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_NWCSIM -- Update the image world coordinate system.
+
+procedure cc_nwcsim (im, coo, projection, lngref, latref, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+        transpose)
+
+pointer im                      #I the pointer to the input image
+pointer coo                     #I the pointer to the coordinate structure
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the sky projection geometry
+double  lngref, latref          #I the position of the reference point.
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer sx2, sy2                #I pointer to distortion surfaces
+bool    transpose               #I transpose the wcs
+
+int     l, i, ndim, naxes, ax1, ax2, axmap, wtype, szatstr
+double  xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d, denom, xpix, ypix, tlngref, tlatref
+pointer mw, sp, r, w, cd, ltm, ltv, iltm, nr, ncd, axes, axno, axval
+pointer projstr, projpars, wpars, mwnew, atstr
+bool    streq()
+int     mw_stati(), sk_stati(), strdic(), strlen(), itoc()
+pointer mw_openim(), mw_open()
+errchk  mw_gwattrs(), mw_newsystem()
+
+begin
+        # Open the image wcs and determine its size.
+        mw = mw_openim (im)
+        ndim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+
+        # Allocate working memory for the wcs attributes, vectors, and
+        # matrices.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (wpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (axno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (axval, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (axes, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (iltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (nr, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ncd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Open the new wcs and set the system type.
+        mwnew = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+        call mw_gsystem (mw, Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+        iferr {
+            call mw_newsystem (mw, "image", ndim)
+        } then {
+            call mw_newsystem (mwnew, Memc[projstr], ndim)
+        } else {
+            call mw_newsystem (mwnew, "image", ndim)
+        }
+
+        # Set the LTERM.
+        call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_sltermd (mwnew, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+
+        # Store the old axis map for later use.
+        call mw_gaxmap (mw, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], ndim)
+
+        # Get the celestial coordinate axes list.
+        call mw_gaxlist (mw, 03B, Memi[axes], naxes)
+        axmap = mw_stati (mw, MW_USEAXMAP)
+        ax1 = Memi[axes]
+        ax2 = Memi[axes+1]
+
+        # Set the axes and projection type for the celestial coordinate
+        # axes. Don't worry about the fact that the axes may in fact be
+        # glon and glat, elon and elat, or slon and slat, instead of
+        # ra and dec. This will be fixed up later.
+        if (projection[1] == EOS) {
+            call mw_swtype (mwnew, Memi[axes], ndim, "linear", "")
+        } else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+                call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+                call gargstr (Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            call sprintf (Memc[wpars], SZ_LINE,
+                "axis 1: axtype = ra %s axis 2: axtype = dec %s")
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+            if (streq (Memc[projstr], "tnx") && sx2 == NULL && sy2 == NULL)
+                call strcpy ("tan", Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+            call mw_swtype (mwnew, Memi[axes], ndim, Memc[projstr], Memc[wpars])
+        }
+
+        # Copy the attributes of the remaining axes to the new wcs.
+        szatstr = SZ_LINE
+        call malloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+        do l = 1, ndim {
+            if (l == ax1 || l == ax2)
+                next
+            iferr {
+                call mw_gwattrs (mw, l, "wtype", Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            } then {
+                call mw_swtype (mwnew, l, 1, "linear", "")
+            } else {
+                call mw_swtype (mwnew, l, 1, Memc[projpars], "")
+            }
+            for (i = 1; ; i = i + 1) {
+                if (itoc (i, Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE) <= 0)
+                    Memc[projpars] = EOS
+                repeat {
+                    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, l, Memc[projpars],
+                        Memc[atstr], szatstr))
+                        Memc[atstr] = EOS
+                    if (strlen(Memc[atstr]) < szatstr)
+                        break
+                    szatstr = szatstr + SZ_LINE
+                    call realloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+                }
+                if (Memc[atstr] == EOS)
+                    break
+                call mw_swattrs (mwnew, l, Memc[projpars], Memc[atstr])
+            }
+        }
+        call mfree (atstr, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Compute the new referemce point.
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlngref = RADTODEG(lngref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlngref = 15.0d0 * lngref
+        default:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlatref = latref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlatref = RADTODEG(latref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlatref = 15.0d0 * latref
+        default:
+            tlatref = latref
+        }
+        if (! transpose) {
+            Memd[w+ax1-1] = tlngref
+            Memd[w+ax2-1] = tlatref
+        } else {
+            Memd[w+ax1-1] = tlatref
+            Memd[w+ax2-1] = tlngref
+        }
+        # Fetch the linear coefficients of the fit.
+        call geo_gcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+        # Compute the new reference pixel.
+        denom = a * d - c * b
+        if (denom == 0.0d0)
+            xpix = INDEFD
+        else
+            xpix = (b * yshift - d * xshift) / denom
+        if (denom == 0.0d0)
+            ypix = INDEFD
+        else
+            ypix =  (c * xshift - a * yshift) / denom
+        Memd[nr+ax1-1] = xpix
+        Memd[nr+ax2-1] = ypix
+
+        # Compute the new CD matrix.
+        if (! transpose) {
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax1) = a / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax2) = c / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax1) = b / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax2) = d / 3600.0d0
+        } else {
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax1) = c / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax2) = a / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax1) = d / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax2) = b / 3600.0d0
+        }
+
+        # Recompute and store the new wcs.
+        call mw_saxmap (mwnew, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], ndim)
+        if (sk_stati (coo, S_PIXTYPE) == PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL) {
+            call mw_swtermd (mwnew, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+        } else {
+            call mwmmuld (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltm], Memd[cd], ndim)
+            call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+            call asubd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[r], ndim)
+            call mwvmuld (Memd[iltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], ndim)
+            call mw_swtermd (mwnew, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+        }
+
+        # Add the second order terms in the form of the wcs attributes
+        # lngcor and latcor. These are not FITS standard and can currently
+        # be understood only by IRAF.
+        if ((streq(Memc[projstr], "zpx") || streq (Memc[projstr], "tnx")) &&
+            (sx2 != NULL || sy2 != NULL)) {
+            if (! transpose)
+                call cc_wcscor (im, mwnew, sx1, sx2, sy1, sy2, "lngcor",
+                    "latcor", ax1, ax2)
+            else
+                call cc_wcscor (im, mwnew, sx1, sx2, sy1, sy2, "lngcor",
+                    "latcor", ax2, ax1)
+        }
+
+        # Save the fit.
+        if (! transpose) {
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, ax1)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, ax2)
+        } else {
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, ax2)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, ax1)
+        }
+        call sk_saveim (coo, mwnew, im)
+        call mw_saveim (mwnew, im)
+        call mw_close (mwnew)
+        call mw_close (mw)
+
+        # Force the CTYPE keywords to update. This will be unecessary when
+        # mwcs is updated to deal with non-quoted and / or non left-justified
+        # CTYPE keywords..
+        wtype = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME, WTYPE_LIST)
+        if (wtype > 0)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_WTYPE, wtype)
+        call sk_ctypeim (coo, im)
+
+        # Reset the fit.
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_WTYPE, 0)
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, 0)
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, 0)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_WCSCOR -- Reformulate the higher order surface fit into a correction
+# term in degrees that can be written into the header as a wcs attribute.
+# This attribute will be written as string containing the surface definition.
+
+procedure cc_wcscor (im, mw, sx1, sx2, sy1, sy2, xiname, etaname, xiaxis,
+        etaaxis)
+
+pointer im              #I pointer to the input image
+pointer mw              #I pointer to the wcs structure
+pointer sx1, sx2        #I pointer to the linear and distortion xi surfaces
+pointer sy1, sy2        #I pointer to the linear and distortion eta surfaces
+char    xiname[ARB]     #I the wcs xi correction attribute name
+char    etaname[ARB]    #I the wcs eta correction attribute name
+int     xiaxis          #I the xi axis number
+int     etaaxis         #I the eta axis number
+
+int     i, j, function, xxorder, xyorder, xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms
+int     nx, ny, npix, ier
+double  sxmin, sxmax, symin, symax, ratio, x, y, xstep, ystep, ximin, ximax
+double  etamin, etamax
+pointer sp, xpix, ypix, xilin, etalin, dxi, deta, wgt, nsx2, nsy2
+int     dgsgeti()
+double  dgsgetd()
+begin
+        if (sx2 == NULL && sy2 == NULL)
+            return
+        if (dgsgeti (sx1, GSTYPE) != dgsgeti (sy1, GSTYPE))
+            return
+
+        # Get the function, xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax parameters for the
+        # surfaces.
+        function = min (dgsgeti (sx1, GSTYPE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSTYPE))
+        sxmin = max (dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMIN), dgsgetd (sy1, GSXMIN))
+        sxmax = min (dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMAX), dgsgetd (sy1, GSXMAX))
+        symin = max (dgsgetd (sx1, GSYMIN), dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMIN))
+        symax = min (dgsgetd (sx1, GSYMAX), dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMAX))
+
+        # Get the order and cross-terms parameters from the higher order
+        # functions.
+        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+            xxorder = dgsgeti (sx2, GSXORDER)
+            xyorder = dgsgeti (sx2, GSYORDER)
+            xxterms = dgsgeti (sx2, GSXTERMS)
+        } else {
+            xxorder = dgsgeti (sx1, GSXORDER)
+            xyorder = dgsgeti (sx1, GSYORDER)
+            xxterms = dgsgeti (sx1, GSXTERMS)
+        }
+        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+            yxorder = dgsgeti (sy2, GSXORDER)
+            yyorder = dgsgeti (sy2, GSYORDER)
+            yxterms = dgsgeti (sy2, GSXTERMS)
+        } else {
+            yxorder = dgsgeti (sy1, GSXORDER)
+            yyorder = dgsgeti (sy1, GSYORDER)
+            yxterms = dgsgeti (sy1, GSXTERMS)
+        }
+
+        # Choose a reasonable coordinate grid size based on the x and y order
+        # of the fit and the number of rows and columns in the image.
+        ratio = double (IM_LEN(im,2)) / double (IM_LEN(im,1))
+        nx = max (xxorder + 3, yxorder + 3, 10)
+        ny = max (yyorder + 3, xyorder + 3, nint (ratio * 10))
+        npix = nx * ny
+
+        # Allocate some working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (xpix, npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ypix, npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (xilin, npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (etalin, npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (dxi, npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (deta, npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (wgt, npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Compute the grid of x and y points.
+        xstep = (sxmax - sxmin) / (nx - 1)
+        ystep = (symax - symin) / (ny - 1)
+        y = symin
+        npix = 0
+        do j = 1, ny {
+            x = sxmin
+            do i = 1, nx {
+                Memd[xpix+npix] = x
+                Memd[ypix+npix] = y
+                x = x + xstep
+                npix = npix + 1
+            }
+            y = y + ystep
+        }
+
+
+        # Compute the weights
+        call amovkd (1.0d0, Memd[wgt], npix)
+
+        # Evalute the linear surfaces and convert the results from arcseconds
+        # to degrees.
+        call dgsvector (sx1, Memd[xpix], Memd[ypix], Memd[xilin], npix)
+        call adivkd (Memd[xilin], 3600.0d0, Memd[xilin], npix)
+        call alimd (Memd[xilin], npix, ximin, ximax)
+        call dgsvector (sy1, Memd[xpix], Memd[ypix], Memd[etalin], npix)
+        call adivkd (Memd[etalin], 3600.0d0, Memd[etalin], npix)
+        call alimd (Memd[etalin], npix, etamin, etamax)
+
+        # Evalute the distortion surfaces, convert the results from arcseconds
+        # to degrees, and compute new distortion surfaces.
+        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+            call dgsvector (sx2, Memd[xpix], Memd[ypix], Memd[dxi], npix)
+            call adivkd (Memd[dxi], 3600.0d0, Memd[dxi], npix)
+            call dgsinit (nsx2, function, xxorder, xyorder, xxterms,
+               ximin, ximax, etamin, etamax)
+            call dgsfit (nsx2, Memd[xilin], Memd[etalin], Memd[dxi],
+                Memd[wgt], npix, WTS_UNIFORM, ier)
+            call cc_gsencode (mw, nsx2, xiname, xiaxis)
+        } else
+            nsx2 = NULL
+        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+            call dgsvector (sy2, Memd[xpix], Memd[ypix], Memd[deta], npix)
+            call adivkd (Memd[deta], 3600.0d0, Memd[deta], npix)
+            call dgsinit (nsy2, function, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms,
+               ximin, ximax, etamin, etamax)
+            call dgsfit (nsy2, Memd[xilin], Memd[etalin], Memd[deta],
+                Memd[wgt], npix, WTS_UNIFORM, ier)
+            call cc_gsencode (mw, nsy2, etaname, etaaxis)
+        } else
+            nsy2 = NULL
+
+        # Store the string in the mcs structure in the format of a wcs
+        # attribute.
+
+        # Free the new surfaces.
+        if (nsx2 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (nsx2)
+        if (nsy2 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (nsy2)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_GSENCODE -- Encode the surface in an mwcs attribute.
+
+procedure cc_gsencode (mw, gs, atname, axis)
+
+pointer mw              #I pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer gs              #I pointer to the surface to be encoded
+char    atname[ARB]     #I attribute name for the encoded surface
+int     axis            #I axis for which the encode surface is encoded
+
+int     i, op, nsave, szatstr, szpar
+pointer sp, coeff, par, atstr
+int     dgsgeti(), strlen(), gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        nsave = dgsgeti (gs, GSNSAVE)
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (coeff, nsave, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (par, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call dgssave (gs, Memd[coeff])
+
+        szatstr = SZ_LINE
+        call malloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+        op = 0
+        do i = 1, nsave {
+            call sprintf (Memc[par], SZ_LINE, "%g ")
+                call pargd (Memd[coeff+i-1])
+            szpar = strlen (Memc[par])
+            if (szpar > (szatstr - op)) {
+                szatstr = szatstr + SZ_LINE
+                call realloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+            }
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[par], Memc[atstr+op], SZ_LINE)
+
+        }
+
+        call mw_swattrs (mw, axis, atname, Memc[atstr])
+        call mfree (atstr, TY_CHAR)
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccstd.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccstd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..319d18ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccstd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+# CC_INIT_STD -- Get the parameter values relevant to the transformation from
+# the cl or the database file. 
+#
+procedure cc_init_std (dt, record, geometry, lngunits, latunits, sx1,
+	sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+pointer	dt			#I pointer to database file produced by geomap
+char	record[ARB]		#I the name of the database record
+int	geometry		#I the type of geometry to be computed
+int	lngunits		#I the input ra / longitude units
+int	latunits		#I the input dec / latitude units
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+pointer	mw			#O pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo			#O pointer to the coordinate structure
+
+double	lngref, latref
+int	recstat, proj
+pointer	sp, projstr, projpars
+int	cc_dtrecord(), strdic()
+pointer	cc_celwcs()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (dt == NULL) {
+
+	    call cc_rinit (lngunits, latunits, sx1, sy1, mw, coo)
+	    sx2 = NULL
+	    sy2 = NULL
+
+	} else {
+
+	    recstat = cc_dtrecord (dt, record, geometry, coo, Memc[projpars],
+	        lngref, latref, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	    if (recstat == ERR) {
+		coo = NULL
+		sx1 = NULL
+		sy1 = NULL
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+    		mw = NULL
+	    } else {
+		call sscan (Memc[projpars])
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+	        proj = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME,
+		    WTYPE_LIST)
+	        if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+		    Memc[projpars] = EOS
+		mw = cc_celwcs (coo, Memc[projpars], lngref, latref)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_FREE_STD -- Free the previously defined transformation.
+
+procedure cc_free_std (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#U pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#U pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+pointer	mw			#U pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo			#U pointer to the celestial coordinate structure
+
+begin
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy2)
+	if (mw != NULL)
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	if (coo != NULL)
+	    call sk_close (coo)
+end
+
+
+# CC_RINIT -- Compute the required wcs structure from the input parameters.
+
+procedure cc_rinit (lngunits, latunits, sx1, sy1, mw, coo)
+
+int	lngunits	#I the input ra / longitude units
+int	latunits	#I the input dec / latitude units
+pointer	sx1		#O pointer to the linear x coordinate surface
+pointer	sy1		#O pointer to the linear y coordinate surface
+pointer	mw		#O pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo		#O pointer to the celestial coordinate structure
+
+double	xref, yref, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot, lngref, latref
+int	coostat, proj, tlngunits, tlatunits, pfd
+pointer	sp, projstr
+double	clgetd()
+double	dgseval()
+int	sk_decwcs(), sk_stati(), strdic(), open()
+pointer	cc_celwcs(), cc_rdproj()
+errchk	open()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some workin space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the reference point pixel coordinates.
+	xref = clgetd ("xref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xref))
+	    xref = 0.0d0
+	yref = clgetd ("yref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yref))
+	    yref = 0.0d0
+
+	# Get the scale factors.
+	xscale = clgetd ("xmag")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xscale))
+	    xscale = 1.0d0
+	yscale = clgetd ("ymag")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yscale))
+	    yscale = 1.0d0
+
+	# Get the rotation angles.
+	xrot = clgetd ("xrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xrot))
+	    xrot = 0.0d0
+	xrot = -DEGTORAD(xrot)
+	yrot = clgetd ("yrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yrot))
+	    yrot = 0.0d0
+	yrot = -DEGTORAD(yrot)
+
+	# Initialize the linear part of the solution.
+        call dgsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, NO, double (-MAX_REAL),
+            double (MAX_REAL), double (-MAX_REAL), double (MAX_REAL))
+        call dgsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, NO, double (-MAX_REAL),
+            double (MAX_REAL), double (-MAX_REAL), double (MAX_REAL))
+        call geo_rotmagd (sx1, sy1, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+	call geo_xyshiftd (sx1, sy1, -dgseval (sx1, xref, yref),
+	    -dgseval (sy1, xref, yref))
+
+	lngref = clgetd ("lngref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(lngref))
+	    lngref = 0.0d0
+	latref = clgetd ("latref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(latref))
+	    latref = 0.0d0
+
+        coostat = sk_decwcs ("j2000", mw, coo, NULL)
+        if (coostat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+            if (mw != NULL)
+                call mw_close (mw)
+        }
+        if (lngunits <= 0)
+            tlngunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	else
+	    tlngunits = lngunits
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, tlngunits)
+        if (latunits <= 0)
+            tlatunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	else
+	    tlatunits = latunits
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_NLATUNITS, tlatunits)
+
+	call clgstr ("projection", Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+	iferr {
+	    pfd = open (Memc[projstr], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	} then {
+	    proj = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE, WTYPE_LIST)
+	    if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+	        Memc[projstr] = EOS
+	} else {
+	    proj = cc_rdproj (pfd, Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+	    call close (pfd)
+	}
+	mw = cc_celwcs (coo, Memc[projstr], lngref, latref) 
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define  MAX_NITER       20
+
+# CC_DO_STD -- Transform the coordinates using the full transformation
+# computed by CCMAP.
+
+procedure cc_do_std (x, y, xt, yt, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, forward)
+
+double  x, y                    #I initial positions
+double  xt, yt                  #O transformed positions
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer sx2, sy2                #I pointer to distortion surfaces
+bool    forward                 #I forward transform
+
+double  f, fx, fy, g, gx, gy, denom, dx, dy
+int     niter
+pointer newsx, newsy
+double  dgseval()
+
+begin
+
+        if (forward) {
+
+            xt = dgseval (sx1, x, y)
+            if (sx2 != NULL)
+                xt = xt + dgseval (sx2, x, y)
+            yt = dgseval (sy1, x, y)
+            if (sy2 != NULL)
+                yt = yt + dgseval (sy2, x, y)
+
+        } else {
+
+            xt = x / 1.0
+            yt = y / 1.0
+
+            call dgsadd (sx1, sx2, newsx)
+            call dgsadd (sy1, sy2, newsy)
+            niter = 0
+            repeat {
+
+                f = dgseval (newsx, xt, yt) - x
+                call dgsder (newsx, xt, yt, fx, 1, 1, 0)
+                call dgsder (newsx, xt, yt, fy, 1, 0, 1)
+
+                g = dgseval (newsy, xt, yt) - y
+                call dgsder (newsy, xt, yt, gx, 1, 1, 0)
+                call dgsder (newsy, xt, yt, gy, 1, 0, 1)
+
+                denom = fx * gy - fy * gx
+                dx = (-f * gy + g * fy) / denom
+                dy = (-g * fx + f * gx) / denom
+                xt = xt + dx
+                yt = yt + dy
+                if (max (abs (dx), abs (dy), abs(f), abs(g)) < 1.0e-5)
+                    break
+
+                niter = niter + 1
+
+            } until (niter >= MAX_NITER)
+
+            call dgsfree (newsx)
+            call dgsfree (newsy)
+        }
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccxytran.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccxytran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..537c28f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ccxytran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+include <math.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+# Define the transform geometries
+define	GEO_LINEAR	1
+define	GEO_DISTORTION	2
+define	GEO_GEOMETRIC	3
+
+# CC_INIT_TRANSFORM -- Get the parameter values relevant to the
+# transformation from the cl. 
+
+procedure cc_init_transform (dt, record, geometry, lngunits, latunits, sx1,
+	sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+pointer	dt			#I pointer to database file produced by geomap
+char	record[ARB]		#I the name of the database record
+int	geometry		#I the type of geometry to be computed
+int     lngunits                #I the input ra / longitude units
+int     latunits                #I the input dec / latitude units
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+pointer	mw			#O pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo			#O pointer to the coordinate structure
+
+double	lngref, latref
+int	recstat, proj
+pointer	sp, projstr, projpars
+int	cc_dtrecord(), strdic()
+pointer	cc_geowcs(), cc_celwcs()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (dt == NULL) {
+
+	    sx1 = NULL
+	    sy1 = NULL
+	    sx2 = NULL
+	    sy2 = NULL
+	    call cc_linit (lngunits, latunits, mw, coo)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    recstat = cc_dtrecord (dt, record, geometry, coo, Memc[projpars],
+	        lngref, latref, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	    if (recstat == ERR) {
+		coo = NULL
+		sx1 = NULL
+		sy1 = NULL
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+    		mw = NULL
+	    } else {
+                call sscan (Memc[projpars])
+                    call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+                proj = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME,
+                    WTYPE_LIST)
+                if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+                    Memc[projpars] = EOS
+                if (sx2 == NULL && sy2 == NULL)
+                    mw = cc_geowcs (coo, Memc[projpars], lngref, latref,
+                        sx1, sy1, false)
+                else
+                    mw = cc_celwcs (coo, Memc[projpars], lngref, latref)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_FREE_TRANSFORM -- Free the previously defined transformation.
+
+procedure cc_free_transform (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#U pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#U pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+pointer	mw			#U pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo			#U pointer to the celestial coordinate structure
+
+begin
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy2)
+	if (mw != NULL)
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	if (coo != NULL)
+	    call sk_close (coo)
+end
+
+
+# CC_LINIT -- Compute the required wcs structure from the input parameters.
+
+procedure cc_linit (lngunits, latunits, mw, coo)
+
+int     lngunits                #I the input ra / longitude units
+int     latunits                #I the input dec / latitude units
+pointer	mw			#O pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo			#O pointer to the celestial coordinate structure
+
+double	xref, yref, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot, lngref, latref
+int	coostat, proj, tlngunits, tlatunits, pfd
+pointer	sp, projstr
+double	clgetd()
+int	sk_decwcs(), sk_stati(), open(), strdic(), cc_rdproj()
+pointer	cc_mkwcs()
+errchk	open()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some workin space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the reference point pixel coordinates.
+	xref = clgetd ("xref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xref))
+	    xref = 0.0d0
+	yref = clgetd ("yref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yref))
+	    yref = 0.0d0
+
+	xscale = clgetd ("xmag")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xscale))
+	    xscale = 1.0d0
+	yscale = clgetd ("ymag")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yscale))
+	    yscale = 1.0d0
+
+	xrot = clgetd ("xrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xrot))
+	    xrot = 0.0d0
+	yrot = clgetd ("yrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yrot))
+	    yrot = 0.0d0
+
+	lngref = clgetd ("lngref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(lngref))
+	    lngref = 0.0d0
+	latref = clgetd ("latref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(latref))
+	    latref = 0.0d0
+
+        coostat = sk_decwcs ("j2000", mw, coo, NULL)
+        if (coostat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+            if (mw != NULL)
+                call mw_close (mw)
+        }
+        if (lngunits <= 0)
+            tlngunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	else
+	    tlngunits = lngunits
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, tlngunits)
+        if (latunits <= 0)
+            tlatunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	else
+	    tlatunits = latunits
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_NLATUNITS, tlatunits)
+
+        call clgstr ("projection", Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+        iferr {
+            pfd = open (Memc[projstr], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+        } then {
+            proj = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE, WTYPE_LIST)
+            if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+                Memc[projstr] = EOS
+        } else {
+            proj = cc_rdproj (pfd, Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+            call close (pfd)
+        }
+
+
+	mw = cc_mkwcs (coo, Memc[projstr], lngref, latref, xref, yref,
+	    xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot, false)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_DTRECORD -- Read the transform from the database records written by
+# CCMAP.
+
+int procedure cc_dtrecord (dt, record, geometry, coo, projection,
+	lngref, latref, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer dt                      #I pointer to the database
+char    record[ARB]             #I the database records to be read
+int	geometry		#I the transform geometry
+pointer coo                     #O pointer to the coordinate structure
+char    projection[ARB]         #O the sky projection geometry
+double  lngref, latref          #O the reference point world coordinates
+pointer sx1, sy1                #O pointer to the linear x and y fits
+pointer sx2, sy2                #O pointer to the distortion x and y fits
+
+int     i, op, ncoeff, junk, rec, coostat, lngunits, latunits
+pointer mw, xcoeff, ycoeff, sp, projpar, projvalue
+double  dtgetd()
+int     dtlocate(), dtgeti(), dtscan(), sk_decwcs(), strdic(), strlen()
+int	gstrcpy()
+errchk	dgsrestore(), dtgstr(), dtdgetd(), dtgeti()
+
+begin
+        # Locate the appropriate records.
+        iferr (rec = dtlocate (dt, record))
+            return (ERR)
+
+        # Open the coordinate structure.
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "coosystem", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        coostat = sk_decwcs (projection, mw, coo, NULL)
+        if (coostat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+            if (mw != NULL)
+                call mw_close (mw)
+            projection[1] = EOS
+            return (ERR)
+        }
+
+        # Get the reference point units.
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "lngunits", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        lngunits = strdic (projection, projection, SZ_FNAME, SKY_LNG_UNITLIST)
+        if (lngunits > 0)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngunits)
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "latunits", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        latunits = strdic (projection, projection, SZ_FNAME, SKY_LAT_UNITLIST)
+        if (latunits > 0)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_NLATUNITS, latunits)
+
+        # Get the reference point.
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "projection", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        iferr (lngref = dtgetd (dt, rec, "lngref"))
+            return (ERR)
+        iferr (latref = dtgetd (dt, rec, "latref"))
+            return (ERR)
+
+        # Read in the coefficients.
+        iferr (ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface1"))
+            return (ERR)
+        call malloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call malloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+        do i = 1, ncoeff {
+            junk = dtscan(dt)
+            call gargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+            call gargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+        }
+
+        # Restore the fit.
+        call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+        call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+        # Get distortion part of fit.
+        ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface2")
+        if (ncoeff > 0 && (geometry == GEO_GEOMETRIC ||
+            geometry == GEO_DISTORTION)) {
+            call realloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call realloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+            do i = 1, ncoeff {
+                junk = dtscan (dt)
+                call gargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+                call gargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+            }
+
+            # Restore distortion part of fit.
+	    iferr {
+                call dgsrestore (sx2, Memd[xcoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sx2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sx2 = NULL
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+                call dgsrestore (sy2, Memd[ycoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sy2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sy2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+        } else {
+            sx2 = NULL
+            sy2 = NULL
+        }
+
+        # Get the projection parameters if any.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (projpar, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projvalue, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        op = strlen (projection) + 1
+        do i = 0, 9 {
+            call sprintf (Memc[projpar], SZ_FNAME, "projp%d")
+                call pargi (i)
+            iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, Memc[projpar], Memc[projvalue],
+                SZ_FNAME))
+                next
+            op = op + gstrcpy (" ", projection[op], SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[projpar], projection[op],
+                SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (" = ", projection[op], SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[projvalue], projection[op],
+                SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+        }
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+define	MAX_NITER	20
+
+# CC_DO_TRANSFORM -- Transform the coordinates using the full transformation
+# computed by CCMAP and the MWCS celestial coordinate wcs.
+
+procedure cc_do_transform (x, y, xt, yt, ct, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, forward)
+
+double  x, y                    #I initial positions
+double  xt, yt                  #O transformed positions
+pointer	ct			#I pointer to the mwcs transform
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer sx2, sy2                #I pointer to distortion surfaces
+bool	forward			#I forward transform
+
+double	xm, ym, f, fx, fy, g, gx, gy, denom, dx, dy
+int	niter
+pointer	sumsx, sumsy, newsx, newsy
+double  dgseval()
+
+begin
+
+	if (forward) {
+
+            xm = dgseval (sx1, x, y)
+            if (sx2 != NULL)
+                xm = xm + dgseval (sx2, x, y)
+            ym = dgseval (sy1, x, y)
+            if (sy2 != NULL)
+                ym = ym + dgseval (sy2, x, y)
+	    xm = xm / 3600.0d0
+	    ym = ym / 3600.0d0
+
+	    call mw_c2trand (ct, xm, ym, xt, yt)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Use a value of 1.0 for an initial guess at the plate scale. 
+	    call mw_c2trand (ct, x, y, xm, ym)
+	    xm = xm * 3600.0d0
+	    ym = ym * 3600.0d0
+
+	    call dgsadd (sx1, sx2, sumsx)
+	    call dgsadd (sy1, sy2, sumsy)
+
+	    niter = 0
+	    xt = xm 
+	    yt = ym
+	    repeat {
+
+		if (niter == 0) {
+		    newsx = sx1
+		    newsy = sy1
+		} else if (niter == 1) {
+		    newsx = sumsx
+		    newsy = sumsy
+		}
+
+	        f = dgseval (newsx, xt, yt) - xm
+	        call dgsder (newsx, xt, yt, fx, 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (newsx, xt, yt, fy, 1, 0, 1)
+
+	        g = dgseval (newsy, xt, yt) - ym
+	        call dgsder (newsy, xt, yt, gx, 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (newsy, xt, yt, gy, 1, 0, 1)
+
+		denom = fx * gy - fy * gx
+		if (denom == 0.0d0)
+		    break
+		dx = (-f * gy + g * fy) / denom
+		dy = (-g * fx + f * gx) / denom
+		xt = xt + dx
+		yt = yt + dy
+		if (max (abs (dx), abs (dy), abs(f), abs(g)) < 1.0e-5)
+		    break
+
+		niter = niter + 1
+
+	    } until (niter >= MAX_NITER)
+
+	    call dgsfree (sumsx)
+	    call dgsfree (sumsy)
+	}
+end
+
+define  NEWCD     Memd[cd+(($2)-1)*ndim+($1)-1]
+
+# CC_MKWCS -- Compute the wcs from the user parameters.
+
+pointer procedure cc_mkwcs (coo, projection, lngref, latref, xref, yref,
+        xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot, transpose)
+
+pointer coo                     #I pointer to the coordinate structure
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the sky projection geometry
+double  lngref, latref          #I the world coordinates of the reference point
+double  xref, yref              #I the reference point in pixels
+double  xscale, yscale          #I the x and y scale in arcsec / pixel
+double  xrot, yrot              #I the x and y axis rotation angles in degrees
+bool    transpose               #I transpose the wcs
+
+int     ndim
+double  tlngref, tlatref
+pointer sp, axes, ltm, ltv, r, w, cd, mw, projstr, projpars, wpars
+int     sk_stati()
+pointer mw_open()
+
+begin
+	# Open the wcs.
+        ndim = 2
+        mw = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (wpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (axes, ndim, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Set the wcs.
+        iferr (call mw_newsystem (mw, "image", ndim))
+            ;
+
+        # Set the axes.
+        Memi[axes] = 1
+        Memi[axes+1] = 2
+
+        # Set the axes and projection type.
+        if (projection[1] == EOS) {
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, "linear", "")
+        } else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+                call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+                call gargstr (Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            call sprintf (Memc[wpars], SZ_LINE,
+                "axis 1: axtype = ra %s axis 2: axtype = dec %s")
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, Memc[projstr], Memc[wpars])
+        }
+
+        # Compute the referemce point world coordinates.
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlngref = RADTODEG(lngref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlngref = 15.0d0 * lngref
+        default:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlatref = latref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlatref = RADTODEG(latref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlatref = 15.0d0 * latref
+        default:
+            tlatref = latref
+        }
+
+        if (! transpose) {
+            Memd[w] = tlngref
+            Memd[w+1] = tlatref
+        } else {
+            Memd[w+1] = tlngref
+            Memd[w] = tlatref
+        }
+
+        # Compute the reference point pixel coordinates.
+        Memd[r] = xref
+        Memd[r+1] = yref
+
+        # Compute the new CD matrix.
+        if (! transpose) {
+            NEWCD(1,1) = xscale * cos (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,1) = -yscale * sin (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(1,2) = xscale * sin (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,2) = yscale * cos (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+        } else {
+            NEWCD(1,1) = xscale * sin (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,1) = yscale * cos (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(1,2) = xscale * cos (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,2) = -yscale * sin (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+        }
+
+        # Compute the Lterm.
+        call aclrd (Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_mkidmd (Memd[ltm], ndim)
+
+        # Store the wcs.
+        call mw_sltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (mw)
+end
+
+# CC_GEOWCS -- Create the wcs from the geometric transformation computed
+# by CCMAP
+
+pointer procedure cc_geowcs (coo, projection, lngref, latref, sx1, sy1,
+        transpose)
+
+pointer coo                     #I the pointer to the coordinate structure
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the sky projection geometry
+double  lngref, latref          #I the coordinates of the reference point
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+bool    transpose               #I transpose the wcs
+
+int     ndim
+double  xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d, denom, xpix, ypix, tlngref, tlatref
+pointer mw, sp, projstr, projpars, wpars, r, w, cd, ltm, ltv, axes
+int     sk_stati()
+pointer mw_open()
+
+begin
+        ndim = 2
+        mw = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+
+        # Allocate working memory for the vectors and matrices.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (wpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (axes, 2, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Set the wcs.
+        iferr (call mw_newsystem (mw, "image", ndim))
+            ;
+
+        # Set the axes.
+        Memi[axes] = 1
+        Memi[axes+1] = 2
+
+        # Set the axes and projection type.
+        if (projection[1] == EOS) {
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, "linear", "")
+        } else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+                call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+                call gargstr (Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            call sprintf (Memc[wpars], SZ_LINE,
+                "axis 1: axtype = ra %s axis 2: axtype = dec %s")
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, Memc[projstr], Memc[wpars])
+        }
+
+        # Compute the new referemce point.
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlngref = RADTODEG(lngref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlngref = 15.0d0 * lngref
+        default:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlatref = latref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlatref = RADTODEG(latref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlatref = 15.0d0 * latref
+        default:
+            tlatref = latref
+        }
+        if (! transpose) {
+            Memd[w] = tlngref
+            Memd[w+1] = tlatref
+        } else {
+            Memd[w] = tlatref
+            Memd[w+1] = tlngref
+        }
+
+
+        # Fetch the linear coefficients of the fit.
+        call geo_gcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+        # Compute the new reference pixel.
+        denom = a * d - c * b
+        if (denom == 0.0d0)
+            xpix = INDEFD
+        else
+            xpix = (b * yshift - d * xshift) / denom
+        if (denom == 0.0d0)
+            ypix = INDEFD
+        else
+            ypix =  (c * xshift - a * yshift) / denom
+        Memd[r] = xpix
+        Memd[r+1] = ypix
+
+        # Compute the new CD matrix.
+        if (! transpose) {
+            NEWCD(1,1) = a / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(1,2) = c / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,1) = b / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,2) = d / 3600.0d0
+        } else {
+            NEWCD(1,1) = c / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(1,2) = a / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,1) = d / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(2,2) = b / 3600.0d0
+        }
+
+        # Compute the Lterm.
+        call aclrd (Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_mkidmd (Memd[ltm], ndim)
+
+        # Recompute and store the new wcs if update is enabled.
+        call mw_sltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (mw)
+end
+
+
+
+
+# CC_CELWCS -- Create a wcs which compute the projection part of the
+# transformation only
+
+pointer procedure cc_celwcs (coo, projection, lngref, latref)
+
+pointer coo                     #I the pointer to the coordinate structure
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the sky projection geometry
+double  lngref, latref          #I the position of the reference point.
+
+int     ndim
+pointer sp, projstr, projpars, wpars, ltm, ltv, cd, r, w, axes, mw
+int     sk_stati()
+pointer mw_open()
+
+begin
+        # Open the wcs.
+        ndim = 2
+        mw = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (wpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (axes, 2, TY_INT)
+
+
+        # Set the wcs.
+        iferr (call mw_newsystem (mw, "image", ndim))
+            ;
+
+        # Set the axes and projection type.
+        Memi[axes] = 1
+        Memi[axes+1] = 2
+        if (projection[1] == EOS) {
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, "linear", "")
+        } else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+                call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+                call gargstr (Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            call sprintf (Memc[wpars], SZ_LINE,
+                "axis 1: axtype = ra %s axis 2: axtype = dec %s")
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, Memc[projstr], Memc[wpars])
+        }
+
+        # Set the lterm.
+        call mw_mkidmd (Memd[ltm], ndim)
+        call aclrd (Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_sltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+
+        # Set the wterm.
+        call mw_mkidmd (Memd[cd], ndim)
+        call aclrd (Memd[r], ndim)
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            Memd[w] = lngref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            Memd[w] = RADTODEG(lngref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            Memd[w] = 15.0d0 * lngref
+        default:
+            Memd[w] = lngref
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            Memd[w+1] = latref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            Memd[w+1] = RADTODEG(latref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            Memd[w+1] = 15.0d0 * latref
+        default:
+            Memd[w+1] = latref
+        }
+        call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (mw)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/healpix.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/healpix.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1156607c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/healpix.x
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+include	<math.h>
+
+define	MTYPES	"|nest|ring|"
+define	NEST	1
+define	RING	2
+
+define	NS_MAX		8192
+define	TWOTHIRDS	0.66666666667
+
+
+# ANG2PIX -- Compute the HEALPix map row from a spherical coordinate.
+#
+# It is up to the caller to know the coordinate type, map type, and
+# resolution for the map.
+#
+# The returned row is 1 indexed.
+
+procedure ang2row (row, lng, lat, mtype, nside)
+
+int	row			#O Table row
+double	lng			#I Longitude (deg)
+double	lat			#I Latitude (deg)
+int	mtype			#I HEALPix map type
+int	nside			#I Resolution parameter
+
+int	ipix
+double	phi, theta
+errchk	ang2pix_nest, ang2pix_ring
+
+begin
+	# Check parameters and call appropriate procedure.
+
+	if (nside < 1 || nside > NS_MAX)
+	    call error (1, "nside out of range")
+
+	if (lat < -90D0 || lat > 90D0)
+	    call error (2, "latitude out of range")
+
+	phi = DEGTORAD (lng)
+	theta = DEGTORAD (90D0 - lat)
+
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case NEST:
+	    call ang2pix_nest (nside, theta, phi, ipix)
+	case RING:
+	    call ang2pix_ring (nside, theta, phi, ipix)
+	default:
+	    call error (3, "unknown HEALPix map type")
+	}
+
+	row = ipix + 1
+end
+
+
+# PIX2ANG -- Compute spherical coordinate from HEALPix map row.
+#
+# It is up to the caller to know the coordinate type, map type, and
+# resolution for the map.
+
+procedure row2ang (row, lng, lat, mtype, nside)
+
+int	row			#I Table row (1 indexed)
+double	lng			#O Longitude (deg)
+double	lat			#O Latitude (deg)
+int	mtype			#I HEALPix map type
+int	nside			#I Resolution parameter
+
+int	ipix
+double	phi, theta
+errchk	pix2ang_nest, pix2ang_ring
+
+begin
+	# Check input parameters and call appropriate procedure.
+
+	if (nside < 1 || nside > NS_MAX)
+	    call error (1, "nside out of range")
+
+	if (row < 1 || row > 12*nside*nside)
+	    call error (1, "row out of range")
+
+	ipix = row - 1
+
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case NEST:
+	    call pix2ang_nest (nside, ipix, theta, phi)
+	case RING:
+	    call pix2ang_ring (nside, ipix, theta, phi)
+	default:
+	    call error (3, "unknown HEALPix map type")
+	}
+
+	lng = RADTODEG (phi)
+	lat = 90D0 - RADTODEG (theta)
+end
+
+
+# The following routines are SPP translations of the HEALPix software from
+# the authors identified below.  If it matters, the C version was used
+# though the translation is not necessarily exact.  Comments were
+# largely removed.
+#
+# I'm not sure if the arguments to the floor function in the original
+# can be negative.  Assuming not I just do an integer truncation.
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#  Copyright (C) 1997-2008 Krzysztof M. Gorski, Eric Hivon,
+#                          Benjamin D. Wandelt, Anthony J. Banday,
+#                          Matthias Bartelmann,
+#                          Reza Ansari & Kenneth M. Ganga
+#
+#
+#  This file is part of HEALPix.
+#
+#  HEALPix is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+#  by
+#  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#  (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#  HEALPix is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#  GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#  along with HEALPix; if not, write to the Free Software
+#  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+#  02110-1301  USA
+#
+#  For more information about HEALPix see http://healpix.jpl.nasa.gov
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
+
+	
+# ANG2PIX_NEST -- Compute HEALPix index for a nested map.
+
+procedure ang2pix_nest (nside, theta, phi, ipix)
+
+int	nside			#I Resolution parameter
+double	theta			#I Latitude (rad from pole)
+double	phi			#I Longitude (rad)
+int	ipix			#O HEALPix index
+
+double	z, za, tt, tp, tmp
+int	face_num, jp, jm
+long	ifp, ifm
+int	ix, iy, ix_low, ix_hi, iy_low, iy_hi, ipf, ntt
+int	 x2pix[128], y2pix[128]
+int	 setup_done
+
+errchk	mk_xy2pix
+
+data	setup_done/NO/
+
+begin
+	if (setup_done == NO) {
+	    call mk_xy2pix (x2pix, y2pix)
+	    setup_done = YES
+	}
+
+	z  = cos (theta)
+	za = abs (z)
+	if (phi >= TWOPI)
+	    phi = phi -  TWOPI
+	if (phi < 0.)
+	    phi = phi +  TWOPI
+	tt = phi / HALFPI
+	
+	if (za <= TWOTHIRDS) {
+	    jp = int (NS_MAX * (0.5 + tt - z * 0.75))
+	    jm = int (NS_MAX * (0.5 + tt + z * 0.75))
+	    
+	    ifp = jp / NS_MAX
+	    ifm = jm / NS_MAX
+	    
+	    if (ifp==ifm)
+	        face_num = mod (ifp, 4) + 4
+	    else if (ifp<ifm)
+	        face_num = mod (ifp, 4)
+	    else
+	        face_num = mod (ifm, 4) + 8
+	    
+	    ix = mod (jm, NS_MAX)
+	    iy = NS_MAX - mod (jp, NS_MAX) - 1
+	} else {
+	    ntt = int (tt)
+	    if (ntt >= 4)
+	        ntt = 3
+	    tp = tt - ntt
+	    tmp = sqrt (3. * (1. - za))
+	    
+	    jp = int (NS_MAX * tp * tmp)
+	    jm = int (NS_MAX * (1. - tp) * tmp)
+	    jp = min (jp, NS_MAX-1)
+	    jm = min (jm, NS_MAX-1)
+	    
+	    if (z >= 0) {
+		face_num = ntt
+		ix = NS_MAX - jm - 1
+		iy = NS_MAX - jp - 1
+	    } else {
+		face_num = ntt + 8
+		ix =  jp
+		iy =  jm
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	ix_low = mod (ix, 128) + 1
+	ix_hi  = ix / 128 + 1
+	iy_low = mod (iy, 128) + 1
+	iy_hi  = iy / 128 + 1
+
+	ipf = (x2pix[ix_hi] + y2pix[iy_hi]) * (128 * 128) +
+	    (x2pix[ix_low] + y2pix[iy_low])
+	ipf = ipf / (NS_MAX/nside)**2
+	ipix = ipf + face_num * nside**2
+end
+
+	
+# ANG2PIX_RING -- Compute HEALPix index for a ring map.
+
+procedure ang2pix_ring (nside, theta, phi, ipix)
+
+int	nside			#I Resolution parameter
+double	theta			#I Latitude (rad from pole)
+double	phi			#I Longitude (rad)
+int	ipix			#O HEALPix index
+
+int	nl2, nl4, ncap, npix, jp, jm, ipix1
+double	z, za, tt, tp, tmp
+int	ir, ip, kshift
+  
+begin
+	z = cos (theta)
+	za = abs (z)
+	if ( phi >= TWOPI)
+	    phi = phi - TWOPI
+	if (phi < 0.)
+	    phi = phi + TWOPI
+	tt = phi / HALFPI
+
+	nl2 = 2 * nside
+	nl4 = 4 * nside
+	ncap  = nl2 * (nside - 1)
+	npix  = 12 * nside * nside
+
+	if (za <= TWOTHIRDS) {
+
+	    jp = int (nside * (0.5 + tt - z * 0.75))
+	    jm = int (nside * (0.5 + tt + z * 0.75))
+
+	    ir = nside + 1 + jp - jm
+	    kshift = 0
+	    if (mod (ir,2) == 0)
+	        kshift = 1
+
+	    ip = int ((jp + jm - nside + kshift + 1) / 2) + 1
+	    if (ip > nl4)
+	        ip = ip - nl4
+
+	    ipix1 = ncap + nl4 *  (ir - 1) + ip 
+	} else {
+
+	    tp = tt - int (tt)
+	    tmp = sqrt (3. *  (1. - za))
+
+	    jp = int (nside * tp * tmp)
+	    jm = int (nside * (1. - tp) * tmp)
+
+	    ir = jp + jm + 1
+	    ip = int (tt * ir) + 1
+	    if (ip > 4*ir)
+	        ip = ip - 4 * ir
+
+	    ipix1 = 2 * ir * (ir - 1) + ip
+	    if (z<=0.) {
+	      ipix1 = npix - 2 * ir * (ir + 1) + ip
+	    }
+	}
+	ipix = ipix1 - 1
+end
+
+
+# PIX2ANG_NEST -- Translate HEALpix nested row to spherical coordinates.
+
+procedure pix2ang_nest (nside, ipix, theta, phi)
+
+int	nside			#I Resolution parameter
+int	ipix			#I HEALPix index
+double	theta			#O Latitude (rad from pole)
+double	phi			#O Longitude (rad)
+
+int	npface, face_num
+int	ipf, ip_low, ip_trunc, ip_med, ip_hi
+int	ix, iy, jrt, jr, nr, jpt, jp, kshift, nl4
+double	z, fn, fact1, fact2
+
+int	pix2x[1024], pix2y[1024]
+
+int	jrll[12], jpll[12], setup_done
+data	jrll/2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4/
+data	jpll/1, 3, 5, 7, 0, 2, 4, 6, 1, 3, 5, 7/
+data	setup_done/NO/
+
+begin
+	if (setup_done == NO) {
+	    call mk_pix2xy (pix2x,pix2y)
+	    setup_done = YES
+	}
+
+	fn = 1. * nside
+	fact1 = 1. / (3. * fn * fn)
+	fact2 = 2. / (3. * fn)
+	nl4   = 4 * nside
+
+	npface = nside * nside
+
+	face_num = ipix / npface + 1
+	ipf = mod (ipix, npface)
+
+	ip_low = mod (ipf, 1024) + 1
+	ip_trunc = ipf / 1024 
+	ip_med = mod (ip_trunc, 1024) + 1
+	ip_hi  = ip_trunc / 1024 + 1
+
+	ix = 1024*pix2x[ip_hi] + 32*pix2x[ip_med] + pix2x[ip_low]
+	iy = 1024*pix2y[ip_hi] + 32*pix2y[ip_med] + pix2y[ip_low]
+
+	jrt = ix + iy
+	jpt = ix - iy
+
+	jr =  jrll[face_num] * nside - jrt - 1
+	nr = nside
+	z  = (2 * nside - jr) * fact2
+	kshift = mod (jr - nside, 2)
+	if( jr < nside) {
+	    nr = jr
+	    z = 1. - nr * nr * fact1
+	    kshift = 0
+	} else if (jr > 3*nside) {
+	    nr = nl4 - jr
+	    z = - 1. + nr * nr * fact1
+	    kshift = 0
+	}
+
+	jp = (jpll[face_num] * nr + jpt + 1 + kshift)/2
+	if (jp > nl4)
+	    jp = jp - nl4
+	if (jp < 1)
+	    jp = jp + nl4
+
+	theta = acos(z)
+	phi = (jp - (kshift+1)*0.5) * (HALFPI / nr)
+end
+
+
+# PIX2ANG_RING -- Convert HEALpix pixel to spherical coordinates.
+
+procedure pix2ang_ring (nside, ipix, theta, phi)
+
+int	nside			#I Resolution parameter
+int	ipix			#I HEALPix index
+double	theta			#O Latitude (rad from pole)
+double	phi			#O Longitude (rad)
+
+int	nl2, nl4, npix, ncap, iring, iphi, ip, ipix1
+double	fact1, fact2, fodd, hip, fihip
+
+begin
+	npix = 12 * nside * nside
+	ipix1 = ipix + 1
+	nl2 = 2 * nside
+	nl4 = 4 * nside
+	ncap = 2 * nside * (nside - 1)
+	fact1 = 1.5 * nside
+	fact2 = 3.0 * nside * nside
+
+	if (ipix1 <= ncap) {
+
+	    hip = ipix1 / 2.
+	    fihip = int (hip)
+	    iring = int (sqrt (hip - sqrt (fihip))) + 1
+	    iphi = ipix1 - 2 * iring * (iring - 1)
+
+	    theta = acos (1. - iring * iring / fact2)
+	    phi = (iphi - 0.5) * PI / (2. * iring)
+
+	} else if (ipix1 <= nl2 * (5 * nside + 1)) {
+
+	    ip    = ipix1 - ncap - 1
+	    iring = (ip / nl4) + nside
+	    iphi  = mod (ip, nl4) + 1
+
+	    fodd  = 0.5 * (1 + mod (iring + nside, 2))
+	    theta = acos ((nl2 - iring) / fact1)
+	    phi   = (iphi - fodd) * PI / (2. * nside)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    ip    = npix - ipix1 + 1
+	    hip   = ip/2.
+	    
+	    fihip = int (hip)
+	    iring = int (sqrt (hip - sqrt (fihip))) + 1
+	    iphi  = 4. * iring + 1 - (ip - 2. * iring * (iring-1))
+
+	    theta = acos (-1. + iring * iring / fact2)
+	    phi   = (iphi - 0.5) * PI / (2. * iring)
+
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_XY2PIX
+#
+# Sets the array giving the number of the pixel lying in (x,y)
+# x and y are in {1,128}
+# the pixel number is in {0,128**2-1}
+#
+# if  i-1 = sum_p=0  b_p * 2^p
+# then ix = sum_p=0  b_p * 4^p
+# iy = 2*ix
+# ix + iy in {0, 128**2 -1}
+
+procedure mk_xy2pix (x2pix, y2pix)
+
+int	x2pix[128], y2pix[128]
+
+int	i, j, k, ip, id
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, 128
+	    x2pix[i] = 0
+
+	do i = 1, 128 {
+	    j = i - 1
+	    k = 0
+	    ip = 1
+	    while (j != 0) {
+		id = mod (j, 2)
+		j  = j / 2
+		k  = ip * id + k
+		ip = ip * 4
+	    }
+	    x2pix[i] = k
+	    y2pix[i] = 2 * k
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_PIX2XY
+#
+# Constructs the array giving x and y in the face from pixel number
+# for the nested (quad-cube like) ordering of pixels.
+# 
+# The bits corresponding to x and y are interleaved in the pixel number.
+# One breaks up the pixel number by even and odd bits.
+
+procedure mk_pix2xy (pix2x, pix2y)
+
+int	pix2x[1024], pix2y[1024]
+
+int	kpix, jpix, ix, iy, ip, id
+
+begin
+
+	do kpix = 1, 1024
+	    pix2x[kpix] = 0
+
+	do kpix = 1, 1024 {
+	    jpix = kpix - 1
+	    ix = 0
+	    iy = 0
+	    ip = 1 
+	    while (jpix != 0) {
+		id = mod (jpix, 2)
+		jpix = jpix / 2
+		ix = id * ip + ix
+		  
+		id = mod (jpix, 2)
+		jpix = jpix / 2
+		iy = id * ip + iy
+		  
+		ip = 2 * ip
+	    }
+
+	    pix2x[kpix] = ix
+	    pix2y[kpix] = iy
+	}
+
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkcwcs.cl b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkcwcs.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fde777cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkcwcs.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+# MKCWCS -- Make celestial WCS.
+
+procedure mkcwcs (wcsname)
+
+file	wcsname			{prompt="WCS to create"}
+file	wcsref = ""		{prompt="WCS reference\n"}
+
+real	equinox = INDEF		{prompt="Equinox (years)"}
+real	ra = INDEF		{prompt="RA (hours)"}
+real	dec = INDEF		{prompt="DEC (degrees)"}
+real	scale = INDEF		{prompt="Celestial pixel scale (arcsec/pix)"}
+real	pa = 0.			{prompt="Position angle (deg)"}
+bool	lefthanded = yes	{prompt="Left-handed system?"}
+string	projection = "tan"	{prompt="Celestial projection\n",
+				enum="linear|tan|sin"}
+
+real	rapix = INDEF		{prompt="RA reference pixel"}
+real	decpix = INDEF		{prompt="DEC reference pixel"}
+
+begin
+	int	wcsdim = 2
+	real	c, s, lh
+	file	name, ref, wcs
+
+	# Determine the input and reference images.
+	name = wcsname
+	if (fscan (wcsref, ref) > 0)
+	    wcscopy (name, ref)
+
+	# Set the axes.
+	if (imaccess (name)) {
+	    hedit (name, "ctype1", "RA---TAN",
+		add+, addonly-, verify-, show-, update+)
+	    hedit (name, "ctype2", "DEC---TAN",
+		add+, addonly-, verify-, show-, update+)
+	}
+	wcsedit (name, "axtype", "ra", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+	    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	wcsedit (name, "axtype", "dec", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+	    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	wcsedit (name, "wtype", projection, "1,2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+	    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+
+	# Set the celestial equinox if desired.  Note this is not WCS.
+	if (equinox != INDEF)
+	    hedit (name, "equinox", equinox,
+	        add+, addonly-, verify-, show-, update+)
+
+	# Set the reference point if desired.
+	if (ra != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crval", ra*15, "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	if (dec != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crval", dec, "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+
+	# Set the scales and celestial position angle.
+	if (scale != INDEF) {
+	    if (pa != INDEF) {
+		c = cos (pa * 3.14159 / 180.) / 3600.
+		s = sin (pa * 3.14159 / 180.) / 3600.
+	    } else {
+	        c = 1.
+		s = 0.
+	    }
+	    if (lefthanded) {
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*c, "1", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*s, "1", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*s, "2", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*c, "2", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	    } else {
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*c, "1", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*s, "1", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*s, "2", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*c, "2", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set reference pixel if desired.
+	if (rapix != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crpix", rapix, "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	if (decpix != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crpix", decpix, "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkcwwcs.cl b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkcwwcs.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30e26814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkcwwcs.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# MKCWWCS -- MaKe Celestial, Wavelength 3D World Coordinate System
+
+procedure mkcwwcs (wcsname)
+
+file	wcsname			{prompt="WCS to create"}
+file	wcsref = ""		{prompt="WCS reference\n"}
+
+real	equinox = INDEF		{prompt="Equinox (years)"}
+real	ra = INDEF		{prompt="RA (hours)"}
+real	dec = INDEF		{prompt="DEC (degrees)"}
+real	scale = INDEF		{prompt="Celestial pixel scale (arcsec/pix)"}
+real	pa = 0.			{prompt="Position angle (deg)"}
+bool	lefthanded = yes	{prompt="Left-handed system?"}
+string	projection = "tan"	{prompt="Celestial projection\n",
+				enum="linear|tan|sin"}
+
+real	wave = INDEF		{prompt="Wavelength"}
+real	wscale = INDEF		{prompt="Wavelength scale\n"}
+
+real	rapix = INDEF		{prompt="RA reference pixel"}
+real	decpix = INDEF		{prompt="DEC reference pixel"}
+real	wpix = INDEF		{prompt="Wavelength reference pixel"}
+
+begin
+	int	wcsdim = 3
+	real	c, s, lh
+	file	name, ref, wcs
+
+	# Determine the input and reference images.
+	name = wcsname
+	if (fscan (wcsref, ref) > 0)
+	    wcscopy (name, ref)
+
+	# Set the axes.
+	wcsedit (name, "axtype", "ra", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+	    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	wcsedit (name, "axtype", "dec", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+	    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	wcsedit (name, "wtype", projection, "1,2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+	    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+
+	# Set the celestial equinox if desired.  Note this is not WCS.
+	if (equinox != INDEF)
+	    hedit (name, "equinox", equinox,
+	        add+, addonly-, verify-, show-, update+)
+
+	# Set the reference point if desired.
+	if (ra != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crval", ra*15, "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	if (dec != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crval", dec, "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	if (wave != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crval", wave, "3", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+
+	# Set the scales and celestial position angle.
+	if (scale != INDEF) {
+	    if (pa != INDEF) {
+		c = cos (pa * 3.14159 / 180.) / 3600.
+		s = sin (pa * 3.14159 / 180.) / 3600.
+	    } else {
+	        c = 1.
+		s = 0.
+	    }
+	    if (lefthanded) {
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*c, "1", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*s, "1", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*s, "2", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*c, "2", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	    } else {
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*c, "1", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", -scale*s, "1", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*s, "2", "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+		wcsedit (name, "cd", scale*c, "2", "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		    wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	    }
+	}
+	if (wscale != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "cd", wscale, "3", "3", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+
+	# Set reference pixel if desired.
+	if (rapix != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crpix", rapix, "1", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	if (decpix != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crpix", decpix, "2", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+	if (wpix != INDEF)
+	    wcsedit (name, "crpix", wpix, "3", wcsdim=wcsdim,
+		wcs="world", interactive-, verbose-, update+)
+
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b1632ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# Library for the IMAGES IMCOORDS Subpackage Tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../
+$exit
+
+generic:
+        $set    GEN = "$$generic -k"
+
+	$ifolder (rgstr.x, rgstr.gx)
+	    $(GEN) rgstr.gx -o rgstr.x $endif
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+        $ifeq (USE_GENERIC, yes) $call generic $endif
+
+        ccfunc.x        <imhdr.h> <math.h> <mwset.h> <pkg/skywcs.h> \
+			<math/gsurfit.h>
+        ccstd.x         <mach.h> <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+        ccxytran.x      <math.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+	healpix.x	<math.h>
+	rgstr.x		<ctype.h>
+        sfconvolve.x    <imset.h> <math.h> starfind.h
+        sffind.x        <error.h> <mach.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <fset.h> \
+                        <math.h> starfind.h
+        sftools.x       <mach.h> starfind.h
+        skyctran.x      <fset.h> <ctype.h> <math.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+	t_ccfind.x	<fset.h> <ctype.h> <imhdr.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+        t_ccget.x       <fset.h> <evvexpr.h> <math.h> <ctotok.h> <lexnum.h> \
+                        <ctype.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+        t_ccmap.x       <fset.h> <math/gsurfit.h> <ctype.h> <math.h> \
+                        <imhdr.h> "../../lib/geomap.h" <pkg/skywcs.h>
+        t_ccsetwcs.x    <imhdr.h> <math.h> <mwset.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+        t_ccstd.x       <fset.h> <ctype.h> <math.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+        t_cctran.x      <fset.h> <ctype.h> <math.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+	t_ccxymatch.x   <fset.h> <pkg/skywcs.h> "../../lib/xyxymatch.h"
+	t_hpctran.x	<math.h>
+        t_imcctran.x    <fset.h> <imhdr.h> <mwset.h> <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h> \
+			<pkg/skywcs.h>
+        t_skyctran.x    <fset.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+        t_starfind.x    <fset.h>
+        t_wcsctran.x    <imio.h> <fset.h> <ctype.h> <imhdr.h> <ctotok.h> \
+                        <mwset.h>
+	t_wcsedit.x	<fset.h> <imhdr.h> <mwset.h>
+	t_wcsreset.x	<error.h> <imhdr.h> <mwset.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/rgstr.gx b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/rgstr.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3647f80b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/rgstr.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# RG_APACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the output buffer. Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from the input
+# line to the output buffer.
+
+procedure rg_apack_line$t (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields,
+    cinfields, ncin, coords, laxno, formats, nsdig, ncout, min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	field_pos[ARB]		#I starting positions for the fields
+int	nfields			#I the number of fields
+int	cinfields[ARB]		#I fields to be replaced
+int	ncin			#I the number of input fields
+PIXEL	coords[ARB]		#I the transformed coordinates
+int	laxno[ARB]		#I the logical axis mapping
+pointer	formats[ARB]		#I array of format pointers
+int	nsdig[ARB]		#I array of numbers of significant digits
+int	ncout			#I the number of coordinates	
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of signficant digits
+
+int	op, num_field, width, cf, cfptr
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize output pointer.
+	op = 1
+
+	# Copy the file replacing fields as one goes.
+	do num_field = 1, nfields {
+
+	    # Find the width of the field.
+	    width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+	    # Find the field to be replaced.
+	    cfptr = 0
+	    do cf = 1, ncin {
+		if (cinfields[cf] != num_field)
+		    next
+		cfptr = cf
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	    # Replace the field.
+	    if (cfptr != 0) {
+		if (laxno[cfptr] == 0) {
+		    Memc[field] = EOS
+		    next
+	            #call li_format_field$t ($INDEF$T, Memc[field], maxch,
+		        #Memc[formats[cfptr]], nsdig[cfptr], width,
+			#min_sigdigits)
+		} else
+	            call li_format_field$t (coords[laxno[cfptr]], Memc[field],
+		        maxch, Memc[formats[laxno[cfptr]]], nsdig[laxno[cfptr]],
+		        width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else {
+	        # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+		call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+	    }
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	do cfptr = ncin + 1, ncout {
+
+	    # Copy out the extra fields if any.
+	    if (laxno[cfptr] == 0) {
+		Memc[field] = EOS
+		next
+	        #call li_format_field$t ($INDEF$T, Memc[field], maxch, "%g",
+		    #min_sigdigits, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else
+	        call li_format_field$t (coords[laxno[cfptr]], Memc[field],
+		    maxch, Memc[formats[laxno[cfptr]]], nsdig[laxno[cfptr]],
+		    width, min_sigdigits)
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (!IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/rgstr.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/rgstr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e3d0836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/rgstr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+
+
+
+# RG_APACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the output buffer. Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from the input
+# line to the output buffer.
+
+procedure rg_apack_liner (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields,
+    cinfields, ncin, coords, laxno, formats, nsdig, ncout, min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	field_pos[ARB]		#I starting positions for the fields
+int	nfields			#I the number of fields
+int	cinfields[ARB]		#I fields to be replaced
+int	ncin			#I the number of input fields
+real	coords[ARB]		#I the transformed coordinates
+int	laxno[ARB]		#I the logical axis mapping
+pointer	formats[ARB]		#I array of format pointers
+int	nsdig[ARB]		#I array of numbers of significant digits
+int	ncout			#I the number of coordinates	
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of signficant digits
+
+int	op, num_field, width, cf, cfptr
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize output pointer.
+	op = 1
+
+	# Copy the file replacing fields as one goes.
+	do num_field = 1, nfields {
+
+	    # Find the width of the field.
+	    width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+	    # Find the field to be replaced.
+	    cfptr = 0
+	    do cf = 1, ncin {
+		if (cinfields[cf] != num_field)
+		    next
+		cfptr = cf
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	    # Replace the field.
+	    if (cfptr != 0) {
+		if (laxno[cfptr] == 0) {
+		    Memc[field] = EOS
+		    next
+	            #call li_format_field$t ($INDEF$T, Memc[field], maxch,
+		        #Memc[formats[cfptr]], nsdig[cfptr], width,
+			#min_sigdigits)
+		} else
+	            call li_format_fieldr (coords[laxno[cfptr]], Memc[field],
+		        maxch, Memc[formats[laxno[cfptr]]], nsdig[laxno[cfptr]],
+		        width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else {
+	        # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+		call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+	    }
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	do cfptr = ncin + 1, ncout {
+
+	    # Copy out the extra fields if any.
+	    if (laxno[cfptr] == 0) {
+		Memc[field] = EOS
+		next
+	        #call li_format_field$t ($INDEF$T, Memc[field], maxch, "%g",
+		    #min_sigdigits, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else
+	        call li_format_fieldr (coords[laxno[cfptr]], Memc[field],
+		    maxch, Memc[formats[laxno[cfptr]]], nsdig[laxno[cfptr]],
+		    width, min_sigdigits)
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (!IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+
+# RG_APACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the output buffer. Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from the input
+# line to the output buffer.
+
+procedure rg_apack_lined (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields,
+    cinfields, ncin, coords, laxno, formats, nsdig, ncout, min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	field_pos[ARB]		#I starting positions for the fields
+int	nfields			#I the number of fields
+int	cinfields[ARB]		#I fields to be replaced
+int	ncin			#I the number of input fields
+double	coords[ARB]		#I the transformed coordinates
+int	laxno[ARB]		#I the logical axis mapping
+pointer	formats[ARB]		#I array of format pointers
+int	nsdig[ARB]		#I array of numbers of significant digits
+int	ncout			#I the number of coordinates	
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of signficant digits
+
+int	op, num_field, width, cf, cfptr
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize output pointer.
+	op = 1
+
+	# Copy the file replacing fields as one goes.
+	do num_field = 1, nfields {
+
+	    # Find the width of the field.
+	    width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+	    # Find the field to be replaced.
+	    cfptr = 0
+	    do cf = 1, ncin {
+		if (cinfields[cf] != num_field)
+		    next
+		cfptr = cf
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	    # Replace the field.
+	    if (cfptr != 0) {
+		if (laxno[cfptr] == 0) {
+		    Memc[field] = EOS
+		    next
+	            #call li_format_field$t ($INDEF$T, Memc[field], maxch,
+		        #Memc[formats[cfptr]], nsdig[cfptr], width,
+			#min_sigdigits)
+		} else
+	            call li_format_fieldd (coords[laxno[cfptr]], Memc[field],
+		        maxch, Memc[formats[laxno[cfptr]]], nsdig[laxno[cfptr]],
+		        width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else {
+	        # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+		call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+	    }
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	do cfptr = ncin + 1, ncout {
+
+	    # Copy out the extra fields if any.
+	    if (laxno[cfptr] == 0) {
+		Memc[field] = EOS
+		next
+	        #call li_format_field$t ($INDEF$T, Memc[field], maxch, "%g",
+		    #min_sigdigits, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else
+	        call li_format_fieldd (coords[laxno[cfptr]], Memc[field],
+		    maxch, Memc[formats[laxno[cfptr]]], nsdig[laxno[cfptr]],
+		    width, min_sigdigits)
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (!IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sfconvolve.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sfconvolve.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39411c2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sfconvolve.x
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+include <imset.h>
+include <math.h>
+include "starfind.h"
+
+
+# SF_EGPARAMS -- Calculate the parameters of the elliptical Gaussian needed
+# to compute the Gaussian convolution kernel.
+
+procedure sf_egparams (sigma, ratio, theta, nsigma, a, b, c, f, nx, ny)
+
+real	sigma			#I sigma of Gaussian in x
+real	ratio			#I ratio of half-width in y to x
+real	theta			#I position angle of Gaussian
+real	nsigma			#I limit of convolution
+real	a, b, c, f		#O ellipse parameters
+int	nx, ny			#O dimensions of the kernel
+
+real	sx2, sy2, cost, sint, discrim
+bool	fp_equalr ()
+
+begin
+	# Define some temporary variables.
+	sx2 = sigma ** 2
+	sy2 = (ratio * sigma) ** 2
+	cost = cos (DEGTORAD (theta))
+	sint = sin (DEGTORAD (theta))
+
+	# Compute the ellipse parameters.
+	if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0)) {
+	    if (fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) || fp_equalr (theta, 180.)) {
+		a = 1. / sx2
+		b = 0.0
+		c = 0.0
+	    } else if (fp_equalr (theta, 90.0)) {
+		a = 0.0
+		b = 0.0
+		c = 1. / sx2
+	    } else
+		call error (0, "SF_EGPARAMS: Cannot make 1D Gaussian.")
+	    f = nsigma ** 2 / 2.
+	    nx = 2 * int (max (sigma * nsigma * abs (cost), RMIN)) + 1
+	    ny = 2 * int (max (sigma * nsigma * abs (sint), RMIN)) + 1
+	} else {
+	    a = cost ** 2 / sx2 + sint ** 2 / sy2
+	    b = 2. * (1.0 / sx2 - 1.0 / sy2) * cost * sint
+	    c = sint ** 2 / sx2 + cost ** 2 / sy2
+	    discrim = b ** 2 - 4. * a * c
+	    f = nsigma ** 2 / 2.
+	    nx = 2 * int (max (sqrt (-8. * c * f / discrim), RMIN)) + 1
+	    ny = 2 * int (max (sqrt (-8. * a * f / discrim), RMIN)) + 1
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SF_EGKERNEL -- Compute the non-normalized and normalized elliptical
+# Gaussian kernel and the skip array.
+
+real procedure sf_egkernel (gkernel, ngkernel, skip, nx, ny, gsums, a, b, c, f)
+
+real	gkernel[nx,ny]		#O output Gaussian amplitude kernel
+real	ngkernel[nx,ny]		#O output normalized Gaussian amplitude kernel
+int	skip[nx,ny]		#O output skip subraster
+int	nx, ny			#I input dimensions of the kernel
+real	gsums[ARB]		#O output array of gsums
+real	a, b, c, f		#I ellipse parameters
+
+int	i, j, x0, y0, x, y
+real	rjsq, rsq, relerr, ef
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	x0 = nx / 2 + 1
+	y0 = ny / 2 + 1
+	gsums[GAUSS_PIXELS] = 0.0
+	gsums[GAUSS_SUMG] = 0.0
+	gsums[GAUSS_SUMGSQ] = 0.0
+
+	# Compute the kernel and principal sums.
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    y = j - y0
+	    rjsq = y ** 2
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		x = i - x0
+		rsq = sqrt (x ** 2 + rjsq)
+		ef = 0.5 * (a * x ** 2 + c * y ** 2 + b * x * y)
+		gkernel[i,j] = exp (-1.0 * ef)
+		if (ef <= f || rsq <= RMIN) {
+		    ngkernel[i,j] = gkernel[i,j]
+		    gsums[GAUSS_SUMG] = gsums[GAUSS_SUMG] + gkernel[i,j]
+		    gsums[GAUSS_SUMGSQ] = gsums[GAUSS_SUMGSQ] +
+		        gkernel[i,j] ** 2
+		    skip[i,j] = NO
+		    gsums[GAUSS_PIXELS] = gsums[GAUSS_PIXELS] + 1.0
+		} else {
+		    ngkernel[i,j] = 0.0
+		    skip[i,j] = YES
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Store the remaining sums.
+	gsums[GAUSS_DENOM] = gsums[GAUSS_SUMGSQ] - gsums[GAUSS_SUMG] ** 2 /
+	    gsums[GAUSS_PIXELS]
+	gsums[GAUSS_SGOP] = gsums[GAUSS_SUMG] / gsums[GAUSS_PIXELS]
+
+	# Normalize the kernel.
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	     do i = 1, nx {
+	        if (skip[i,j] == NO)
+		    ngkernel[i,j] = (gkernel[i,j] - gsums[GAUSS_SGOP]) /
+			gsums[GAUSS_DENOM]
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	relerr = 1.0 / gsums[GAUSS_DENOM]
+
+	return (sqrt (relerr))
+end
+
+
+# SF_FCONVOLVE --  Solve for the density enhancements in the case where
+# datamin and datamax are not defined.
+
+procedure sf_fconvolve (im, c1, c2, l1, l2, bwidth, imbuf, denbuf, ncols,
+	nlines, kernel, skip, nxk, nyk)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the input image
+int	c1, c2			#I column limits in the input image
+int	l1, l2			#I line limits in the input image
+int	bwidth			#I width of pixel buffer
+real	imbuf[ncols,nlines]	#O the output data buffer
+real	denbuf[ncols,nlines]	#O the output density enhancement buffer
+int	ncols, nlines		#I dimensions of the output buffers
+real	kernel[nxk,nyk]		#I the convolution kernel
+int	skip[nxk,nyk]		#I the skip array
+int	nxk, nyk		#I dimensions of the kernel
+
+int	i, col1, col2, inline, index, outline
+pointer	sp, lineptrs
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+
+begin
+	# Set up an array of linepointers.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lineptrs, nyk, TY_POINTER)
+
+	# Set the number of image buffers.
+	call imseti (im, IM_NBUFS, nyk)
+
+	# Set input image column limits.
+	col1 = c1 - nxk / 2 - bwidth
+	col2 = c2 + nxk / 2 + bwidth
+
+	# Initialise the line buffers at the same time copying the image
+	# input the data buffer. 
+	inline = l1 - bwidth - nyk / 2
+	do index = 1 , nyk - 1 {
+	    Memi[lineptrs+index] = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+	    call amovr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+index]], imbuf[1,index], ncols)
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Zero the initial density enhancement buffers.
+	do i = 1, nyk / 2
+	    call amovkr (0.0, denbuf[1,i], ncols)
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do outline = 1, l2 - l1 + 2 * bwidth + 1 {
+
+	    # Scroll the input buffers.
+	    do i = 1, nyk - 1
+		Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = Memi[lineptrs+i]
+
+	    # Read in new image line and copy it into the image buffer.
+	    Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, inline,
+	        inline)
+
+	    # Compute the input image line into the data buffer.
+	    call amovr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]], imbuf[1,index], ncols)
+
+	    # Generate first output image line.
+	    call aclrr (denbuf[1,outline+nyk/2], ncols)
+	    do i = 1, nyk
+		call sf_skcnvr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i-1]],
+		    denbuf[1+nxk/2,outline+nyk/2], c2 - c1 + 2 * bwidth + 1,
+		        kernel[1,i], skip[1,i], nxk)
+
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	    index = index + 1
+	}
+
+	# Zero the final density enhancement buffer lines.
+	do i = nlines - nyk / 2 + 1, nlines
+	    call amovkr (0.0, denbuf[1,i], ncols)
+
+	# Free the image buffer pointers.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SF_GCONVOLVE --  Solve for the density enhancement image in the case where
+# datamin and datamax are defined.
+
+procedure sf_gconvolve (im, c1, c2, l1, l2, bwidth, imbuf, denbuf, ncols,
+	nlines, kernel, skip, nxk, nyk, gsums, datamin, datamax)
+
+pointer	im			# pointer to the input image
+int	c1, c2			#I column limits in the input image
+int	l1, l2			#I line limits in the input image
+int	bwidth			#I width of pixel buffer
+real	imbuf[ncols,nlines]	#O the output data buffer
+real	denbuf[ncols,nlines]	#O the output density enhancement buffer
+int	ncols, nlines		#I dimensions of the output buffers
+real	kernel[nxk,nyk]		#I the first convolution kernel
+int	skip[nxk,nyk]		#I the sky array
+int	nxk, nyk		#I dimensions of the kernel
+real	gsums[ARB]		#U array of kernel sums
+real	datamin, datamax	#I the good data minimum and maximum
+
+int	i, nc, col1, col2, inline, index, outline
+pointer	sp, lineptrs, sd, sgsq, sg, p
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	# Set up an array of linepointers.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lineptrs, nyk, TY_POINTER)
+
+	# Set the number of image buffers.
+	call imseti (im, IM_NBUFS, nyk)
+
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	nc = c2 - c1 + 2 * bwidth + 1
+	call salloc (sd, nc, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (sgsq, nc, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (sg, nc, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (p, nc, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set input image column limits.
+	col1 = c1 - nxk / 2 - bwidth
+	col2 = c2 + nxk / 2 + bwidth
+
+	# Initialise the line buffers.
+	inline = l1 - bwidth - nyk / 2
+	do index = 1 , nyk - 1 {
+	    Memi[lineptrs+index] = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+	    call amovr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+index]], imbuf[1,index], ncols)
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Zero the initial density enhancement buffers.
+	do i = 1, nyk / 2
+	    call amovkr (0.0, denbuf[1,i], ncols)
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do outline = 1, l2 - l1 + 2 * bwidth + 1 {
+
+	    # Scroll the input buffers.
+	    do i = 1, nyk - 1
+		Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = Memi[lineptrs+i]
+
+	    # Read in new image line.
+	    Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, inline,
+	        inline)
+
+	    # Compute the input image line into the data buffer.
+	    call amovr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]], imbuf[1,index], ncols)
+
+	    # Generate first output image line.
+	    call aclrr (denbuf[1,outline+nyk/2], ncols)
+	    call aclrr (Memr[sd], nc)
+	    call amovkr (gsums[GAUSS_SUMG], Memr[sg], nc)
+	    call amovkr (gsums[GAUSS_SUMGSQ], Memr[sgsq], nc)
+	    call amovkr (gsums[GAUSS_PIXELS], Memr[p], nc)
+
+	    do i = 1, nyk
+		call sf_gdsum (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i-1]],
+		    denbuf[1+nxk/2,outline+nyk/2], Memr[sd],
+		    Memr[sg], Memr[sgsq], Memr[p], nc, kernel[1,i],
+		    skip[1,i], nxk, datamin, datamax)
+	    call sf_gdavg (denbuf[1+nxk/2,outline+nyk/2], Memr[sd], Memr[sg],
+	        Memr[sgsq], Memr[p], nc, gsums[GAUSS_PIXELS],
+		gsums[GAUSS_DENOM], gsums[GAUSS_SGOP])
+
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	    index = index + 1
+	}
+
+	# Zero the final density enhancement buffer lines.
+	do i = nlines - nyk / 2 + 1, nlines
+	    call amovkr (0.0, denbuf[1,i], ncols)
+
+	# Free the image buffer pointers.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SF_SKCNVR -- Compute the convolution kernel using a skip array.
+
+procedure sf_skcnvr (in, out, npix, kernel, skip, nk)
+
+real	in[npix+nk-1]		#I the input vector
+real	out[npix]		#O the output vector
+int	npix			#I the size of the vector
+real	kernel[ARB]		#I the convolution kernel
+int	skip[ARB]		#I the skip array
+int	nk			#I the size of the convolution kernel
+
+int	i, j
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    sum = out[i]
+	    do j = 1, nk {
+		if (skip[j] == YES)
+		    next
+		sum = sum + in[i+j-1] * kernel[j]
+	    }
+	    out[i] = sum
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SF_GDSUM -- Compute the vector sums required to do the convolution.
+
+procedure  sf_gdsum (in, sgd, sd, sg, sgsq, p, npix, kernel, skip, nk,
+	datamin, datamax)
+
+real	in[npix+nk-1]		#I the input vector
+real	sgd[ARB]		#U the computed input/output convolution vector
+real	sd[ARB]			#U the computed input/output sum vector
+real	sg[ARB]			#U the input/ouput first normalization factor
+real	sgsq[ARB]		#U the input/ouput second normalization factor
+real	p[ARB]			#U the number of points vector
+int	npix			#I the size of the vector
+real	kernel[ARB]		#I the convolution kernel
+int	skip[ARB]		#I the skip array
+int	nk			#I the size of the convolution kernel
+real	datamin, datamax	#I the good data limits.
+
+int	i, j
+real	data
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    do j = 1, nk {
+		if (skip[j] == YES)
+		    next
+		data = in[i+j-1]
+		if (data < datamin || data > datamax) {
+		    sgsq[i] = sgsq[i] - kernel[j] ** 2
+		    sg[i] = sg[i] - kernel[j]
+		    p[i] = p[i] - 1.0
+		} else {
+		    sgd[i] = sgd[i] + kernel[j] * data 
+		    sd[i] = sd[i] + data
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SF_GDAVG -- Compute the vector averages required to do the convolution.
+
+procedure  sf_gdavg (sgd, sd, sg, sgsq, p, npix, pixels, denom, sgop)
+
+real	sgd[ARB]		#U the computed input/output convolution vector
+real	sd[ARB]			#I the computed input/output sum vector
+real	sg[ARB]			#I the input/ouput first normalization factor
+real	sgsq[ARB]		#U the input/ouput second normalization factor
+real	p[ARB]			#I the number of points vector
+int	npix			#I the size of the vector
+real	pixels			#I number of pixels
+real	denom			#I kernel normalization factor
+real	sgop			#I kernel normalization factor
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    if (p[i] > 1.5) {
+		if (p[i] < pixels) {
+		    sgsq[i] = sgsq[i] - (sg[i] ** 2) / p[i]
+		    if (sgsq[i] != 0.0)
+			sgd[i] = (sgd[i] - sg[i] * sd[i] / p[i]) / sgsq[i]
+		    else
+			sgd[i] = 0.0
+		} else
+		    sgd[i] = (sgd[i] - sgop * sd[i]) / denom
+	    } else
+		sgd[i] = 0.0
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sffind.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sffind.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..367893e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sffind.x
@@ -0,0 +1,739 @@
+include <error.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include <math.h>
+include "starfind.h"
+
+
+# SF_FIND -- Find stars in an image using a pattern matching technique and
+# a circularly symmetric Gaussian pattern.
+
+procedure sf_find (im, out, sf, nxblock, nyblock, wcs, wxformat, wyformat,
+	boundary, constant, verbose)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to the input image
+int	out		#I the output file descriptor
+pointer	sf		#I pointer to the apphot structure
+int	nxblock		#I the x dimension blocking factor
+int	nyblock		#I the y dimension blocking factor
+char	wcs[ARB]	#I the world coordinate system
+char	wxformat[ARB]	#I the x axis world coordinate format
+char	wyformat[ARB]	#I the y axis world coordinate format
+int	boundary	#I type of boundary extension
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+int	verbose		#I verbose switch
+
+int	i, j, fwidth, swidth, norm
+int	l1, l2, c1, c2, ncols, nlines, nxb, nyb, nstars, stid
+pointer	sp, gker2d, ngker2d, skip, fmtstr, twxformat, twyformat
+pointer	imbuf, denbuf, str, mw, ct
+real	sigma, nsigma, a, b, c, f, gsums[LEN_GAUSS], relerr, dmin, dmax
+real	maglo, maghi
+
+bool	streq()
+int	sf_stfind()
+pointer	mw_openim(), mw_sctran()
+real	sf_egkernel()
+errchk	mw_openim(), mw_sctran(), mw_gattrs()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (twxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (twyformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Compute the parameters of the Gaussian kernel.
+	sigma = HWHM_TO_SIGMA * SF_HWHMPSF(sf)
+	nsigma =  SF_FRADIUS(sf) / HWHM_TO_SIGMA
+	call sf_egparams (sigma, 1.0, 0.0, nsigma, a, b, c, f, fwidth, fwidth)
+
+	# Compute the separation parameter
+	swidth = max (2, int (SF_SEPMIN(sf) * SF_HWHMPSF(sf) + 0.5))
+
+	# Compute the minimum and maximum pixel values.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(SF_DATAMIN(sf)) && IS_INDEFR(SF_DATAMAX(sf))) {
+	    norm = YES
+	    dmin = -MAX_REAL
+	    dmax = MAX_REAL
+	} else {
+	    norm = NO
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(SF_DATAMIN(sf)))
+		dmin = -MAX_REAL
+	    else
+		dmin = SF_DATAMIN(sf)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(SF_DATAMAX(sf)))
+		dmax = MAX_REAL
+	    else
+		dmax = SF_DATAMAX(sf)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the magnitude limits
+	if (IS_INDEFR(SF_MAGLO(sf)))
+	    maglo = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    maglo = SF_MAGLO(sf)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(SF_MAGHI(sf)))
+	    maghi = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    maghi = SF_MAGHI(sf)
+
+	# Open the image WCS. 
+	if (wcs[1] == EOS) {
+	    mw = NULL
+	    ct = NULL
+	} else {
+	    iferr {
+	        mw = mw_openim (im)
+	    } then {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		mw = NULL
+	        ct = NULL
+	    } else {
+	        iferr {
+		    ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", wcs, 03B)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    ct = NULL
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		    mw = NULL
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set the WCS formats.
+	if (ct == NULL)
+	    call strcpy (wxformat, Memc[twxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	else if (wxformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (mw != NULL) {
+                iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, 1, "format", Memc[twxformat],
+		    SZ_FNAME)) {
+		    if (streq (wcs, "world")) 
+	        	call strcpy ("%11.8g", Memc[twxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		    else
+	        	call strcpy ("%9.3f", Memc[twxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    } else
+	        call strcpy ("%9.3f", Memc[twxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (wxformat, Memc[twxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (ct == NULL)
+	    call strcpy (wyformat, Memc[twyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	else if (wyformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (mw != NULL) {
+                iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, 2, "format", Memc[twyformat],
+		    SZ_FNAME)) {
+		    if (streq (wcs, "world")) 
+	        	call strcpy ("%11.8g", Memc[twyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		    else
+	        	call strcpy ("%9.3f", Memc[twyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    } else
+	        call strcpy ("%9.3f", Memc[twyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (wyformat, Memc[twyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Create the output format string.
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr],
+	    SZ_LINE, "   %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s\n")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.3f")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.3f")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[twxformat])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[twyformat])
+	    call pargstr ("%7.2f")
+	    call pargstr ("%6d")
+	    call pargstr ("%6.2f")
+	    call pargstr ("%6.3f")
+	    call pargstr ("%6.1f")
+	    call pargstr ("%7.3f")
+	    call pargstr ("%6d")
+
+	# Set up the image boundary extension characteristics.
+        call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+        call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, 1 + fwidth / 2 + swidth)
+        if (boundary == BT_CONSTANT)
+            call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Set up the blocking factor.
+	# Compute the magnitude limits
+	if (IS_INDEFI(nxblock))
+	    nxb = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	else
+	    nxb = nxblock
+	if (IS_INDEFI(nyblock))
+	    nyb = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nyb = nyblock
+
+	# Print the detection criteria on the standard output.
+	if (verbose == YES) {
+	    call fstats (out, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("\nImage: %s  Output: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call printf ("Detection Parameters\n")
+	    call printf (
+	    "    Hwhmpsf: %0.3f (pixels)  Threshold: %g (ADU) Npixmin: %d\n")
+		call pargr (SF_HWHMPSF(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_THRESHOLD(sf))
+		call pargi (SF_NPIXMIN(sf))
+	    call printf ("    Datamin: %g (ADU)  Datamax: %g (ADU)\n")
+		call pargr (SF_DATAMIN(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_DATAMAX(sf))
+	    call printf ("    Fradius: %0.3f (HWHM)  Sepmin: %0.3f (HWHM)\n\n")
+		call pargr (SF_FRADIUS(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_SEPMIN(sf))
+	}
+
+	if (out != NULL) {
+	    call fstats (out, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call fprintf (out, "\n# Image: %s  Output: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call fprintf (out, "# Detection Parameters\n")
+	    call fprintf (out,
+	    "#     Hwhmpsf: %0.3f (pixels)  Threshold: %g (ADU)  Npixmin: %d\n")
+		call pargr (SF_HWHMPSF(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_THRESHOLD(sf))
+		call pargi (SF_NPIXMIN(sf))
+	    call fprintf (out, "#     Datamin: %g (ADU)  Datamax: %g (ADU)\n")
+		call pargr (SF_DATAMIN(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_DATAMAX(sf))
+	    call fprintf (out, "#     Fradius: %g (HWHM)  Sepmin: %g (HWHM)\n")
+		call pargr (SF_FRADIUS(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_SEPMIN(sf))
+	    call fprintf (out, "# Selection Parameters\n")
+		call pargi (SF_NPIXMIN(sf))
+	    call fprintf (out, "#     Maglo: %0.3f  Maghi: %0.3f\n")
+		call pargr (SF_MAGLO(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_MAGHI(sf))
+	    call fprintf (out, "#     Roundlo: %0.3f Roundhi: %0.3f\n")
+		call pargr (SF_ROUNDLO(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_ROUNDHI(sf))
+	    call fprintf (out, "#     Sharplo: %0.3f  Sharphi: %0.3f\n")
+		call pargr (SF_SHARPLO(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_SHARPHI(sf))
+	    call fprintf (out, "# Columns\n")
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     1: X      2: Y \n")
+	    if (ct == NULL) {
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     3: Mag    4: Area\n")
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     5: Hwhm   6: Roundness\n")
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     7: Pa     8: Sharpness\n\n")
+	    } else {
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     3: Wx     4: Wy \n")
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     5: Mag    6: Area\n")
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     7: Hwhm   8: Roundness\n")
+	        call fprintf (out, "#     9: Pa    10: Sharpness\n\n")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Process the image block by block.
+	stid = 1
+	nstars = 0
+	do j = 1, IM_LEN(im,2), nyb {
+
+	    l1 = j
+	    l2 = min (IM_LEN(im,2), j + nyb - 1)
+	    nlines = l2 - l1 + 1 + 2 * (fwidth / 2 + swidth)
+
+	    do i = 1, IM_LEN(im,1), nxb {
+
+		# Allocate space for the convolution kernel.
+		call malloc (gker2d, fwidth * fwidth, TY_REAL)
+		call malloc (ngker2d, fwidth * fwidth, TY_REAL)
+		call malloc (skip, fwidth * fwidth, TY_INT)
+
+		# Allocate space for the data and the convolution.
+	        c1 = i
+	        c2 = min (IM_LEN(im,1), i + nxb - 1)
+		ncols = c2 - c1 + 1 + 2 * (fwidth / 2 + swidth)
+		call malloc (imbuf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+		call malloc (denbuf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+
+		# Compute the convolution kernels.
+		relerr = sf_egkernel (Memr[gker2d], Memr[ngker2d], Memi[skip],
+	    	    fwidth, fwidth, gsums, a, b, c, f)
+
+		# Do the convolution.
+		if (norm == YES)
+	            call sf_fconvolve (im, c1, c2, l1, l2, swidth, Memr[imbuf],
+		        Memr[denbuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[ngker2d], Memi[skip],
+			fwidth, fwidth)
+		else
+	            call sf_gconvolve (im, c1, c2, l1, l2, swidth, Memr[imbuf],
+		        Memr[denbuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[gker2d], Memi[skip],
+			fwidth, fwidth, gsums, dmin, dmax)
+
+	        # Find the stars.
+		nstars = sf_stfind (out, Memr[imbuf], Memr[denbuf], ncols,
+		    nlines, c1, c2, l1, l2, swidth, Memi[skip], fwidth,
+		    fwidth, SF_HWHMPSF(sf), SF_THRESHOLD(sf), dmin, dmax,
+		    ct, SF_NPIXMIN(sf), maglo, maghi, SF_ROUNDLO(sf),
+		    SF_ROUNDHI(sf), SF_SHARPLO(sf), SF_SHARPHI(sf),
+		    Memc[fmtstr], stid, verbose)
+
+		# Increment the sequence number.
+		stid = stid + nstars
+
+		# Free the memory.
+		call mfree (imbuf, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (denbuf, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (gker2d, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (ngker2d, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (skip, TY_INT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Print out the selection parameters.
+	if (verbose == YES) {
+	    call printf ("\nSelection Parameters\n")
+	    call printf ( "    Maglo: %0.3f  Maghi: %0.3f\n")
+		call pargr (SF_MAGLO(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_MAGHI(sf))
+	    call printf ( "    Roundlo: %0.3f  Roundhi: %0.3f\n")
+		call pargr (SF_ROUNDLO(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_ROUNDHI(sf))
+	    call printf ( "    Sharplo: %0.3f  Sharphi: %0.3f\n")
+		call pargr (SF_SHARPLO(sf))
+		call pargr (SF_SHARPHI(sf))
+	}
+
+	if (mw != NULL) {
+	    call mw_ctfree (ct)
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	}
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SF_STFIND -- Detect images in the convolved image and then compute image
+# characteristics using the original image.
+
+int procedure sf_stfind (out, imbuf, denbuf, ncols, nlines, c1, c2, l1, l2,
+	sepmin, skip, nxk, nyk, hwhmpsf, threshold, datamin, datamax,
+	ct, nmin, maglo, maghi, roundlo, roundhi, sharplo, sharphi,
+	fmtstr, stid, verbose)
+
+int	out			#I the output file descriptor
+real	imbuf[ncols,nlines]	#I the input data buffer
+real	denbuf[ncols,nlines]	#I the input density enhancements buffer
+int	ncols, nlines		#I the dimensions of the input buffers
+int	c1, c2			#I the image columns limits
+int	l1, l2			#I the image lines limits
+int	sepmin			#I the minimum object separation
+int	skip[nxk,ARB]		#I the pixel fitting array
+int	nxk, nyk		#I the dimensions of the fitting array
+real	hwhmpsf			#I the HWHM of the PSF in pixels
+real	threshold		#I the threshold for object detection
+real	datamin, datamax	#I the minimum and maximum good data values
+pointer	ct			#I the coordinate transformation pointer
+int	nmin			#I the minimum number of good object pixels
+real	maglo,maghi		#I the magnitude estimate limits
+real	roundlo,roundhi		#I the ellipticity estimate limits
+real	sharplo, sharphi	#I the sharpness estimate limits
+char	fmtstr[ARB]		#I the format string
+int	stid			#U the object sequence number
+int	verbose			#I verbose mode
+
+int	line1, line2, inline, xmiddle, ymiddle, ntotal, nobjs, nstars
+pointer	sp, cols, sharp, x, y, ellip, theta, npix, mag, size
+int	sf_detect(), sf_test()
+
+begin
+	# Set up useful line and column limits.
+	line1 = 1 + sepmin + nyk / 2
+	line2 = nlines - sepmin - nyk / 2 
+	xmiddle = 1 + nxk / 2
+	ymiddle = 1 + nyk / 2
+
+	# Set up a cylindrical buffers and some working space for
+	# the detected images.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cols, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (mag, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (npix, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (size, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ellip, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (theta, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (sharp, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Generate the starlist line by line.
+	ntotal = 0
+	do inline = line1, line2 {
+
+	    # Detect local maximum in the density enhancement buffer.
+	    nobjs = sf_detect (denbuf[1,inline-nyk/2-sepmin], ncols, sepmin,
+	        nxk, nyk, threshold, Memi[cols])
+	    if (nobjs <= 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Do not skip the middle pixel in the moments computation.
+	    call sf_moments (imbuf[1,inline-nyk/2], denbuf[1,inline-nyk/2],
+	        ncols, skip, nxk, nyk, Memi[cols], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+		Memi[npix], Memr[mag], Memr[size], Memr[ellip], Memr[theta],
+		Memr[sharp], nobjs, datamin, datamax, threshold, hwhmpsf,
+		real (-sepmin - nxk / 2 + c1 - 1), real (inline - sepmin -
+		nyk + l1 - 1))
+
+	    # Test the image characeteristics of detected objects.
+	    nstars = sf_test (Memi[cols], Memr[x], Memr[y], Memi[npix],
+	        Memr[mag], Memr[size], Memr[ellip], Memr[theta], Memr[sharp],
+		nobjs, real (c1 - 0.5), real (c2 + 0.5), real (l1 - 0.5),
+		real (l2 + 0.5),  nmin, maglo, maghi, roundlo, roundhi,
+		sharplo, sharphi)
+
+	    # Print results on the standard output.
+	    if (verbose == YES)
+	        call sf_write (STDOUT, Memi[cols], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+		    Memr[mag], Memi[npix], Memr[size], Memr[ellip],
+		    Memr[theta], Memr[sharp], nstars, ct, fmtstr,
+		    ntotal + stid)
+
+	    # Save the results in the file.
+	    call sf_write (out, Memi[cols], Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[mag],
+	        Memi[npix], Memr[size], Memr[ellip], Memr[theta],
+		Memr[sharp], nstars, ct, fmtstr, ntotal + stid)
+
+	    ntotal = ntotal + nstars
+
+	}
+
+	# Free space
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (ntotal)
+end
+
+
+# SF_DETECT -- Detect stellar objects in an image line. In order to be
+# detected as a star the candidate object must be above threshold and have
+# a maximum pixel value greater than any pixels within sepmin pixels.
+
+int procedure sf_detect (density, ncols, sepmin, nxk, nyk, threshold, cols)
+
+real	density[ncols, ARB]	#I the input density enhancements array
+int	ncols			#I the x dimension of the input array
+int	sepmin			#I the minimum separation in pixels
+int	nxk, nyk		#I size of the fitting area
+real	threshold		#I density threshold
+int	cols[ARB]		#O column numbers of detected stars
+
+int	i, j, k, ymiddle, nxhalf, nyhalf, ny, b2, nobjs, rj2, r2
+define	nextpix_	11
+
+begin
+	ymiddle = 1 + nyk / 2 + sepmin
+	nxhalf = nxk / 2
+	nyhalf = nyk / 2
+	ny = 2 * sepmin + 1
+	b2 = sepmin ** 2
+
+	# Loop over all the columns in an image line.
+	nobjs = 0
+	for (i = 1 + nxhalf + sepmin; i <= ncols - nxhalf - sepmin; ) {
+
+	    # Test whether the density enhancement is above threshold.
+	    if (density[i,ymiddle] < threshold)
+		goto nextpix_
+
+	    # Test whether a given density enhancement satisfies the
+	    # separation criterion.
+	    do j = 1, ny {
+		rj2 = (j - sepmin - 1) ** 2
+		do k = i - sepmin, i + sepmin {
+		    r2 = (i - k) ** 2 + rj2
+		    if (r2 <= b2) {
+		        if (density[i,ymiddle] < density[k,j+nyhalf])
+		           goto nextpix_
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add the detected object to the list.
+	    nobjs = nobjs + 1
+	    cols[nobjs] = i
+
+	    # If a local maximum is detected there can be no need to
+	    # check pixels in this row between i and i + sepmin.
+	    i = i + sepmin
+nextpix_
+	    # Work on the next pixel.
+	    i = i + 1
+	}
+
+	return (nobjs)
+end
+
+
+# SF_MOMENTS -- Perform a moments analysis on the dectected objects.
+
+procedure sf_moments (data, den, ncols, skip, nxk, nyk, cols, x, y,
+	npix, mag, size, ellip, theta, sharp, nobjs, datamin, datamax,
+	threshold, hwhmpsf, xoff, yoff)
+
+real	data[ncols,ARB]		#I the input data array
+real	den[ncols,ARB]		#I the input density enhancements array
+int	ncols			#I the x dimension of the input buffer
+int	skip[nxk,ARB]		#I the input fitting array
+int	nxk, nyk		#I the dimensions of the fitting array
+int	cols[ARB]		#I the input initial positions	
+real	x[ARB]			#O the output x coordinates
+real	y[ARB]			#O the output y coordinates
+int	npix[ARB]		#O the output area in number of pixels
+real	mag[ARB]		#O the output magnitude estimates
+real	size[ARB]		#O the output size estimates
+real	ellip[ARB]		#O the output ellipticity estimates
+real	theta[ARB]		#O the output position angle estimates
+real	sharp[ARB]		#O the output sharpness estimates
+int	nobjs			#I the number of objects
+real	datamin, datamax	#I the minium and maximum good data values
+real	threshold		#I threshold for moments computation
+real	hwhmpsf			#I the HWHM of the PSF
+real	xoff, yoff		#I the x and y coordinate offsets
+
+int	i, j, k, xmiddle, ymiddle, sumn
+double	pixval, sumix, sumiy, sumi, sumixx, sumixy, sumiyy, r2, dx, dy, diff
+double	mean
+
+begin
+	# Initialize
+	xmiddle = 1 + nxk / 2
+	ymiddle = 1 + nyk / 2 
+
+	# Compute the pixel sum, number of pixels, and the x and y centers.
+	do i = 1, nobjs {
+
+	    # Estimate the background using the input data and the
+	    # best fitting Gaussian amplitude
+	    sumn = 0
+	    sumi = 0.0
+	    do j = 1, nyk {
+		do k = 1, nxk {
+		    if (skip[k,j] == NO)
+			next
+		    pixval = data[cols[i]-xmiddle+k,j]
+		    if (pixval < datamin || pixval > datamax)
+			next
+		    sumi = sumi + pixval
+		    sumn = sumn + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (sumn <= 0)
+	        mean = data[cols[i],ymiddle] - den[cols[i],ymiddle]
+	    else
+		mean = sumi / sumn
+
+	    # Compute the first order moments.
+	    sumi = 0.0
+	    sumn = 0
+	    sumix = 0.0d0
+	    sumiy = 0.0d0
+	    do j = 1, nyk {
+		do k = 1, nxk {
+		    if (skip[k,j] == YES)
+			next
+		    pixval = data[cols[i]-xmiddle+k,j]
+		    if (pixval < datamin || pixval > datamax)
+			next
+		    pixval = pixval - mean
+		    if (pixval <= 0.0)
+			next
+		    sumi = sumi + pixval
+		    sumix = sumix + (cols[i] - xmiddle + k) * pixval
+		    sumiy = sumiy + j * pixval
+		    sumn = sumn + 1
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Use the first order moments to estimate the positions
+	    # magnitude, area, and amplitude of the object.
+	    if (sumi <= 0.0) {
+		x[i] = cols[i] 
+		y[i] = (1.0 + nyk) / 2.0 
+		mag[i] = INDEFR
+		npix[i] = 0
+	    } else {
+		x[i] = sumix / sumi 
+		y[i] = sumiy / sumi 
+		mag[i] = -2.5 * log10 (sumi)
+		npix[i] = sumn
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the second order central moments using the results of
+	    # the first order moment analysis.
+	    sumixx = 0.0d0
+	    sumiyy = 0.0d0
+	    sumixy = 0.0d0
+	    do j = 1, nyk {
+		dy = j - y[i]
+		do k = 1, nxk {
+		    if (skip[k,j] == YES)
+			next
+		    pixval = data[cols[i]-xmiddle+k,j]
+		    if (pixval < datamin || pixval > datamax)
+			next
+		    pixval = pixval - mean
+		    if (pixval <= 0.0)
+			next
+		    dx = cols[i] - xmiddle + k - x[i]
+		    sumixx = sumixx + pixval * dx ** 2
+		    sumixy = sumixy + pixval * dx * dy
+		    sumiyy = sumiyy + pixval * dy ** 2
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Use the second order central moments to estimate the size,
+	    # ellipticity, position angle, and sharpness of the objects.
+	    if (sumi <= 0.0) {
+		size[i] = 0.0
+		ellip[i] = 0.0
+		theta[i] = 0.0
+		sharp[i] = INDEFR
+	    } else {
+		sumixx = sumixx / sumi
+		sumixy = sumixy / sumi
+		sumiyy = sumiyy / sumi
+		r2 = sumixx + sumiyy
+		if (r2 <= 0.0) {
+		    size[i] = 0.0
+		    ellip[i] = 0.0
+		    theta[i] = 0.0
+		    sharp[i] = INDEFR
+		} else {
+		    size[i] = sqrt (LN_2 * r2)
+		    sharp[i] = size[i] / hwhmpsf
+		    diff = sumixx - sumiyy
+		    ellip[i] = sqrt (diff ** 2 + 4.0d0 * sumixy ** 2) / r2
+		    if (diff == 0.0d0 && sumixy == 0.0d0)
+			theta[i] = 0.0
+		    else
+		        theta[i] = RADTODEG (0.5d0 * atan2 (2.0d0 * sumixy,
+			    diff))
+		    if (theta[i] < 0.0)
+			theta[i] = theta[i] + 180.0
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Convert the computed coordinates to the image system.
+	    x[i] = x[i] + xoff
+	    y[i] = y[i] + yoff
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SF_TEST -- Check that the detected objects are in the image, contain
+# enough pixels above background to be measurable objects, and are within
+# the specified magnitude, roundness and sharpness range.
+
+int procedure sf_test (cols, x, y, npix, mag, size, ellip, theta, sharps,
+	nobjs, c1, c2, l1, l2, nmin, maglo, maghi, roundlo, roundhi,
+	sharplo, sharphi)
+
+int	cols[ARB]			#U the column ids of detected object
+real	x[ARB]				#U the x position estimates
+real	y[ARB]				#U the y positions estimates
+int	npix[ARB]			#U the area estimates
+real	mag[ARB]			#U the magnitude estimates
+real	size[ARB]			#U the size estimates
+real	ellip[ARB]			#U the ellipticity estimates
+real	theta[ARB]			#U the position angle estimates
+real	sharps[ARB]			#U sharpness estimates
+int	nobjs				#I the number of detected objects
+real	c1, c2				#I the image column limits
+real	l1, l2				#I the image line limits
+int	nmin				#I the minimum area
+real	maglo, maghi			#I the magnitude limits
+real	roundlo, roundhi		#I the roundness limits
+real	sharplo, sharphi		#I the sharpness limits
+
+int	i, nstars
+
+begin
+	# Loop over the detected objects.
+	nstars = 0
+	do i = 1, nobjs {
+
+	    if (x[i] < c1 || x[i] > c2)
+		next
+	    if (y[i] < l1 || y[i] > l2)
+		next
+	    if (npix[i] < nmin)
+		next
+	    if (mag[i] < maglo || mag[i] > maghi)
+		next
+	    if (ellip[i] < roundlo || ellip[i] > roundhi)
+		next
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(sharps[i]) && (sharps[i] < sharplo ||
+	        sharps[i] > sharphi))
+		next
+
+	    # Add object to the list.
+	    nstars = nstars + 1
+	    cols[nstars] = cols[i]
+	    x[nstars] = x[i]
+	    y[nstars] = y[i]
+	    mag[nstars] = mag[i]
+	    npix[nstars] = npix[i]
+	    size[nstars] = size[i]
+	    ellip[nstars] = ellip[i]
+	    theta[nstars] = theta[i]
+	    sharps[nstars] = sharps[i]
+	}
+
+	return (nstars)
+end
+
+
+# SF_WRITE -- Write the results to the output file.
+
+procedure sf_write (fd, cols, x, y, mag, npix, size, ellip, theta, sharp,
+	nstars, ct, fmtstr, stid)
+
+int     fd                              #I the output file descriptor
+int     cols[ARB]                       #I column numbers
+real    x[ARB]                          #I xcoords
+real    y[ARB]                          #I y coords
+real    mag[ARB]                        #I magnitudes
+int     npix[ARB]                       #I number of pixels
+real    size[ARB]                       #I object sizes
+real    ellip[ARB]                      #I ellipticities
+real    theta[ARB]                      #I position angles
+real    sharp[ARB]                      #I sharpnesses
+int     nstars                          #I number of detected stars in the line
+pointer	ct				#I coordinate transformation
+char	fmtstr[ARB]			#I the output format string
+int     stid                            #I output file sequence number
+
+double	lx, ly, wx, wy
+int     i
+
+begin
+        if (fd == NULL)
+            return
+
+        do i = 1, nstars {
+            call fprintf (fd, fmtstr)
+                call pargr (x[i])
+                call pargr (y[i])
+		if (ct != NULL) {
+		    lx = x[i]
+		    ly = y[i]
+		    call mw_c2trand (ct, lx, ly, wx, wy)
+		    call pargd (wx)
+		    call pargd (wy)
+		}
+                call pargr (mag[i])
+		call pargi (npix[i])
+                call pargr (size[i])
+                call pargr (ellip[i])
+                call pargr (theta[i])
+		call pargr (sharp[i])
+                call pargi (stid + i - 1)
+        }
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sftools.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sftools.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02bec379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/sftools.x
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include "starfind.h"
+
+# SF_GPARS-- Read in the star finding parameters from the datapars file.
+
+procedure sf_gpars (sf)
+
+pointer sf                      #I pointer to the star finding structure
+
+int	clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the data structure.
+	call sf_init (sf)
+
+        # Fetch the star finding parameters.
+	SF_HWHMPSF(sf) = clgetr ("hwhmpsf")
+	SF_FRADIUS(sf) = clgetr ("fradius")
+	SF_THRESHOLD(sf) = clgetr ("threshold")
+	SF_DATAMIN(sf) = clgetr ("datamin")
+	SF_DATAMAX(sf) = clgetr ("datamax")
+	SF_SEPMIN(sf) = clgetr ("sepmin")
+	SF_NPIXMIN(sf) = clgeti ("npixmin")
+	SF_MAGLO(sf) = clgetr ("maglo")
+	SF_MAGHI(sf) = clgetr ("maghi")
+	SF_ROUNDLO(sf) = clgetr ("roundlo")
+	SF_ROUNDHI(sf) = clgetr ("roundhi")
+	SF_SHARPLO(sf) = clgetr ("sharplo")
+	SF_SHARPHI(sf) = clgetr ("sharphi")
+end
+
+
+# SF_INIT -- Initialize the STARFIND task data structure and set the 
+# star finding parameters to their default values.
+
+procedure sf_init (sf)
+
+pointer	sf			#U pointer to the star finding structure
+
+begin
+	call calloc (sf, LEN_STARFIND, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	SF_HWHMPSF(sf) = DEF_HWHMPSF
+	SF_FRADIUS(sf) = DEF_FRADIUS
+	SF_THRESHOLD(sf) = DEF_THRESHOLD
+	SF_DATAMIN(sf) = DEF_DATAMIN
+	SF_DATAMAX(sf) = DEF_DATAMAX
+	SF_SHARPLO(sf) = DEF_SHARPLO
+	SF_SHARPHI(sf) = DEF_SHARPHI
+	SF_ROUNDLO(sf) = DEF_ROUNDLO
+	SF_ROUNDHI(sf) = DEF_ROUNDHI
+	SF_MAGLO(sf) = DEF_MAGLO
+	SF_MAGHI(sf) = DEF_MAGHI
+	SF_SEPMIN(sf) = DEF_SEPMIN
+	SF_NPIXMIN(sf) = DEF_NPIXMIN
+end
+
+
+# SF_FREE -- Free the STARFIND task data structure.
+
+procedure sf_free (sf)
+
+pointer	sf			#U pointer to the star finding structure
+
+begin
+	call mfree (sf, TY_STRUCT)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/skyctran.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/skyctran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22d182e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/skyctran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,2057 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+define	HELPFILE1	"imcoords$src/skycur.key"
+define	HELPFILE2	"imcoords$src/ttycur.key"
+
+define	CURCMDS		"|show|isystem|osystem||ounits|oformats|"
+define	TYPECMDS	"|show|isystem|osystem|iunits|ounits|oformats|"
+
+define	CCMD_SHOW	1
+define	CCMD_ISYSTEM	2
+define	CCMD_OSYSTEM	3
+define	CCMD_IUNITS	4
+define	CCMD_OUNITS	5
+define	CCMD_OFORMATS	6
+
+
+# SK_TTYTRAN -- Transform the typed coordinate list.
+
+procedure sk_ttytran (infd, outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout, ilngunits,
+	ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits, olngformat, olatformat)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input image wcs
+pointer	mwout			#I the output image wcs
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+int	ilngunits		#I the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input dec/latitude units
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra/longitude format
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#I the output dec/latitude format
+
+double	ilng, ilat, pilng, pilat, px, rv, tlng, tlat, olng, olat
+int	newsystem, newformat, newobject, tilngunits, tilatunits, tolngunits
+int	tolatunits, ip, key
+pointer	ctin, ctout, sp, cmd, fmtstr, tolngformat, tolatformat, str1, str2
+double	sl_da1p()
+int	scan(), nscan(), sk_stati(), ctod()
+pointer	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+errchk	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	newsystem = YES
+	newformat = YES
+	newobject = NO
+	ctin = NULL
+	ctout = NULL
+
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Loop over the input.
+	while (scan() != EOF) {
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    key = Memc[cmd]
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    case '?':
+		call pagefile (HELPFILE2, "[space=cmhelp,q=quit,?=help]")
+
+	    case 'q':
+		break
+
+	    case ':':
+		call sk_ccolon (infd, outfd, cooin, cooout, mwin, mwout,
+		    ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits, olngformat,
+		    olatformat, Memc[cmd+1], TYPECMDS, newsystem, newformat)
+
+	    default:
+		newobject = YES
+	    }
+
+	    if (newobject == NO)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the input coordinates.
+	    call sscan (Memc[cmd])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() < 2)
+		next
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (ctod (Memc[str1], ip, ilng) <= 0)
+		next
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (ctod (Memc[str2], ip, ilat) <= 0)
+		next
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+
+	    # Decode the proper motions.
+	    if (nscan() < 4) {
+		pilng = INDEFD
+		pilat = INDEFD
+	    } else {
+	        ip = 1
+	        if (ctod (Memc[str1], ip, pilng) <= 0)
+		    next
+	        ip = 1
+	        if (ctod (Memc[str2], ip, pilat) <= 0)
+		    next
+		if (IS_INDEFD(pilng) || IS_INDEFD(pilat)) {
+		    pilng = INDEFD
+		    pilat = INDEFD
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Decode the parallax and radial velocity
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() < 6) {
+		px = 0.0d0
+		rv = 0.0d0
+	    } else {
+	        ip = 1
+	        if (ctod (Memc[str1], ip, px) <= 0)
+		    next
+	        ip = 1
+	        if (ctod (Memc[str2], ip, rv) <= 0)
+		    next 
+		if (IS_INDEFD(px))
+		    px = 0.0d0
+		if (IS_INDEFD(rv))
+		    rv = 0.0d0
+	    }
+
+	    # Compile the mwcs transformation.
+	    if (newsystem == YES) {
+		if (ctin != NULL)
+		    call mw_ctfree (cooin)
+		if (ctout != NULL)
+		    call mw_ctfree (cooout)
+		iferr {
+		    ctin = sk_ictran (cooin, mwin)
+		    ctout = sk_octran (cooout, mwout)
+		} then {
+		    ctin = NULL
+		    ctout = NULL
+		}
+		newsystem = NO
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the input and output coordinate units and the output format.
+	    if (newformat == YES) {
+        	if (ilngunits <= 0)
+            	    tilngunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        	else
+            	    tilngunits = ilngunits
+        	if (ilatunits <= 0)
+            	    tilatunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATUNITS)
+        	else
+            	    tilatunits = ilatunits
+        	if (olngunits <= 0)
+            	    tolngunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        	else
+            	    tolngunits = olngunits
+        	if (olatunits <= 0)
+            	    tolatunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLATUNITS)
+        	else
+            	    tolatunits = olatunits
+        	call sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, olngformat, olatformat,
+            	    tolngunits, tolatunits, Memc[tolngformat],
+		    Memc[tolatformat], SZ_FNAME)
+        	call sk_iunits (cooin, mwin, tilngunits, tilatunits,
+		    tilngunits, tilatunits)
+        	call sk_ounits (cooout, mwout, tolngunits, tolatunits,
+		    tolngunits, tolatunits)
+		call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%%s %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[tolngformat])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[tolatformat])
+		newformat = NO
+	    }
+
+	    # Perform the coordinate transformation.
+	    if (sk_stati(cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR || sk_stati (cooout,
+		S_STATUS) == ERR) {
+
+		olng = ilng
+		olat = ilat
+
+	    } else {
+
+	        # Compute the input coordinate to world coordinates in radians.
+	        call sk_incc (cooin, mwin, ctin, tilngunits, tilatunits, ilng,
+		    ilat, olng, olat)
+
+	        # Convert the proper motions to the correct units.
+	        if (!IS_INDEFD(pilng) && !IS_INDEFD(pilat)) {
+		    pilng = DEGTORAD(pilng * 15.0d0 / 3600.0d0)
+		    pilat = DEGTORAD(pilat / 3600.0d0)
+		    call sl_dtps (pilng / 15.0d0, pilat, 0.0d0, olat, pilng,
+		        pilat)
+		    pilng = sl_da1p (pilng)
+		    pilat = pilat - olat 
+	        } else {
+		    pilng = INDEFD
+		    pilat = INDEFD
+		}
+
+	        # Perform the transformation.
+	        call sk_lltran (cooin, cooout, olng, olat, pilng, pilat, px,
+		    rv, tlng, tlat)
+
+	        # Convert the celestial coordinates in radians to the output
+	        # coordinates.
+	        call sk_outcc (cooout, mwout, ctout, tolngunits, tolatunits,
+		    tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+	    }
+
+	    # Write the results.
+	    call fprintf (outfd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		call pargd (olng)
+		call pargd (olat)
+	    if (outfd != STDOUT) {
+	        call printf (Memc[fmtstr])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargd (olng)
+		    call pargd (olat)
+	    }
+
+	    newobject = NO
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	MAX_FIELDS	100		# Maximum number of fields in list
+define	TABSIZE		8		# Spacing of tab stops
+
+# SK_LISTRAN -- Transform the coordinate list.
+
+procedure sk_listran (infd, outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout, lngcolumn,
+	latcolumn, plngcolumn, platcolumn, pxcolumn, rvcolumn, ilngunits,
+	ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits, olngformat, olatformat,
+	min_sigdigits, transform)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input image wcs
+pointer	mwout			#I the output image wcs
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+int	lngcolumn		#I the input ra/longitude column
+int	latcolumn		#I the input dec/latitude column
+int	plngcolumn		#I the input ra/longitude pm column
+int	platcolumn		#I the input dec/latitude pm column
+int	pxcolumn		#I the input parallax column
+int	rvcolumn		#I the input radial column
+int	ilngunits		#I the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input dec/latitude units
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra/longitude format
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#I the output dec/latitude format
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+bool	transform		#I transform the input file
+
+double	ilng, ilat, tlng, tlat, olng, olat, pilng, pilat, px, rv
+int	nline, ip, max_fields, nfields, offset, nchars, nsdig_lng, nsdig_lat
+int	tilngunits, tilatunits, tolngunits, tolatunits
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, field_pos, outbuf, ctin, ctout
+pointer	tolngformat, tolatformat
+double	sl_da1p()
+int	sk_stati(), li_get_numd(), getline()
+pointer	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+errchk	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+
+begin
+	# Compile the input abd output transformations.
+	# coordinate units.
+	iferr {
+	    ctin = sk_ictran (cooin, mwin) 
+	    ctout = sk_octran (cooout, mwout)
+	} then
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set the default input and output units.
+	if (ilngunits <= 0)
+            tilngunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	else
+	    tilngunits = ilngunits
+        if (ilatunits <= 0)
+            tilatunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATUNITS)
+	else
+	    tilatunits = ilatunits
+        if (olngunits <= 0)
+            tolngunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	else
+	    tolngunits = olngunits
+        if (olatunits <= 0)
+            tolatunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLATUNITS)
+	else
+	    tolatunits = olatunits
+
+	# Set the output format.
+        call sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, olngformat, olatformat,
+            tolngunits, tolatunits, Memc[tolngformat], Memc[tolatformat],
+            SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Check the input and output units.
+	call sk_iunits (cooin, mwin, tilngunits, tilatunits, tilngunits,
+	    tilatunits)
+	call sk_ounits (cooout, mwout, tolngunits, tolatunits, tolngunits,
+	    tolatunits)
+
+	# Loop over the input coordinates.
+	max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+	for (nline = 1; getline (infd, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF; nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	    # Check for blank lines and comment lines.
+	    for (ip = inbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip = ip + 1)
+                ;
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '#') {
+                # Pass comment lines on to the output unchanged.
+                call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+                next
+            } else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+                # Blank lines too.
+                call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+            call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+            call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos], max_fields,
+                nfields)
+
+	    if (lngcolumn > nfields || latcolumn > nfields) {
+                call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                    call pargi (nline)
+                call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+lngcolumn-1]
+            nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], ilng, nsdig_lng)
+            if (nchars == 0) {
+                call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                call eprintf ("Bad x value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                    call pargi (nline)
+                call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+latcolumn-1]
+            nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], ilat, nsdig_lat)
+            if (nchars == 0) {
+                call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                call eprintf ("Bad y value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                    call pargi (nline)
+                call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    # Get the proper motions.
+	    if (! IS_INDEFI(plngcolumn) && ! IS_INDEFI(platcolumn)) {
+	        if (plngcolumn > nfields || platcolumn > nfields) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+	        offset = Memi[field_pos+plngcolumn-1]
+                nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], pilng, nsdig_lng)
+                if (nchars == 0) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Bad pm value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+	        offset = Memi[field_pos+platcolumn-1]
+                nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], pilat, nsdig_lat)
+                if (nchars == 0) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Bad pm value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+		if (IS_INDEFD(pilng) || IS_INDEFD(pilat)) {
+		    pilng = INDEFD
+		    pilat = INDEFD
+		}
+	    } else {
+		pilng = INDEFD
+		pilat = INDEFD
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the parallax value.
+	    if (! IS_INDEFI(pxcolumn)) {
+	        if (pxcolumn > nfields) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+	        offset = Memi[field_pos+pxcolumn-1]
+                nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], px, nsdig_lat)
+                if (nchars == 0) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf (
+		        "Bad parallax value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+		if (IS_INDEFD(px))
+		    px = 0.0d0
+	    } else
+		px = 0.0d0
+
+	    # Get the parallax value.
+	    if (! IS_INDEFI(rvcolumn)) {
+	        if (rvcolumn > nfields) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+	        offset = Memi[field_pos+rvcolumn-1]
+                nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], rv, nsdig_lat)
+                if (nchars == 0) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf (
+		        "Bad radial velocity value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+		if (IS_INDEFD(rv))
+		    rv = 0.0d0
+	    } else
+		rv = 0.0d0
+
+	    # Convert the input coordinates to world coordinates in radians.
+	    call sk_incc (cooin, mwin, ctin, tilngunits, tilatunits, ilng,
+	        ilat, olng, olat)
+
+	    # Convert the proper motions to the correct units.
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(pilng) || IS_INDEFD(pilat)) {
+		pilng = INDEFD
+		pilat = INDEFD
+	    } else {
+	        pilng = DEGTORAD(pilng * 15.0d0 / 3600.0d0)
+	        pilat = DEGTORAD(pilat / 3600.0d0)
+	        call sl_dtps (pilng / 15.0d0, pilat, 0.0d0, olat, pilng, pilat)
+	        pilng = sl_da1p (pilng)
+	        pilat = pilat - olat
+	    }
+
+	    # Perform the transformation.
+	    call sk_lltran (cooin, cooout, olng, olat, pilng, pilat,
+	        px, rv, tlng, tlat)
+
+	    # Convert the output celestial coordinates from radians to output
+	    # coordinates.
+	    call sk_outcc (cooout, mwout, ctout, tolngunits, tolatunits,
+	        tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+
+	    # Output the results.
+	    if (transform) {
+	        call li_pack_lined (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+		    Memi[field_pos], nfields, lngcolumn, latcolumn, olng,
+		    olat, Memc[tolngformat], Memc[tolatformat], nsdig_lng,
+		    nsdig_lat, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else {
+		call li_append_lined (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+		    olng, olat, Memc[tolngformat], Memc[tolatformat],
+		    nsdig_lng, nsdig_lat, min_sigdigits)
+	    }
+	    call putline (outfd, Memc[outbuf])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SK_COPYTRAN -- Copy the input coordinate file to the output coordinate file.
+
+procedure sk_copytran (infd, outfd, lngcolumn, latcolumn, transform)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the output file descriptor
+int	lngcolumn		#I the input ra/longitude column
+int	latcolumn		#I the input dec/latitude column
+bool	transform		#I tranform the input file
+
+double	ilng, ilat
+int	ip, nline, max_fields, nfields, xoffset, yoffset, nchars
+int	nsdig_lng, nsdig_lat, xwidth, ywidth
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, outbuf, field_pos
+int	getline(), li_get_numd()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+
+	if (transform) {
+	    while (getline (infd, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF)
+	        call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+	} else {
+	    max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+	    for (nline = 1; getline (infd, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF;
+	        nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	        # Check for blank lines and comment lines.
+	        for (ip = inbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip = ip + 1)
+                    ;
+	        if (Memc[ip] == '#') {
+                    # Pass comment lines on to the output unchanged.
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+                    next
+                } else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+                    # Blank lines too.
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+                    next
+                }
+
+	        # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+                call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+                call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos],
+		    max_fields, nfields)
+
+	        if (lngcolumn > nfields || latcolumn > nfields) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+
+	        xoffset = Memi[field_pos+lngcolumn-1]
+                nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+xoffset-1], ilng, nsdig_lng)
+                if (nchars == 0) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Bad x value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+	        xwidth = Memi[field_pos+lngcolumn] - Memi[field_pos+lngcolumn-1]
+
+	        yoffset = Memi[field_pos+latcolumn-1]
+                nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+yoffset-1], ilat, nsdig_lat)
+                if (nchars == 0) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf ("Bad y value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                    call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                    next
+                }
+	        ywidth = Memi[field_pos+latcolumn] - Memi[field_pos+latcolumn-1]
+
+		call li_cappend_line (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+		    xoffset, yoffset, xwidth, ywidth)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[outbuf])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SK_CURTRAN -- Transform the cursor coordinate list.
+
+procedure sk_curtran (outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout, olngunits, olatunits,
+	olngformat, olatformat, transform)
+
+int	outfd			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input image wcs
+pointer	mwout			#I the output image wcs
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra/longitude format
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#I the output dec/latitude format
+bool	transform		#I transform the input file
+
+double	ilng, ilat, tlng, tlat, olng, olat
+int	wcs, key, tolngunits, tolatunits, newsystem, newformat, newobject
+int	ijunk
+pointer	sp, cmd, fmtstr, ctin, ctout, tolngformat, tolatformat
+real	wx, wy
+int	clgcur(), sk_stati()
+pointer	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+errchk	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	newsystem = YES
+	newformat = YES
+	newobject = NO
+	ctin = NULL
+	ctout = NULL
+
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (tolngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (tolatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	while (clgcur ("icommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+	    SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    newobject = NO
+	    ilng = wx
+	    ilat = wy
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    case '?':
+		call pagefile (HELPFILE1, "[space=cmhelp,q=quit,?=help]")
+
+	    case 'q':
+		break
+
+	    case ':':
+		call sk_ccolon (NULL, outfd, cooin, cooout, mwin, mwout,
+		    ijunk, ijunk, olngunits, olatunits, olngformat,
+		    olatformat, Memc[cmd], CURCMDS, newsystem, newformat)
+
+	    case ' ':
+		newobject = YES
+
+	    default:
+		;
+	    }
+
+	    if (newobject == NO)
+		next
+
+	    # Compile the mwcs transformation.
+	    if (newsystem == YES) {
+	        if (ctin != NULL)
+		    call mw_ctfree (ctin)
+	        if (ctout != NULL)
+		    call mw_ctfree (ctout)
+	        iferr {
+	    	    ctin = sk_ictran (cooin, mwin)
+	    	    ctout = sk_octran (cooout, mwout)
+		} then {
+	    	    ctin = NULL
+	    	    ctout = NULL
+		}
+		newsystem = NO
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the output coordinates units and format.
+	    if (newformat == YES) {
+        	if (olngunits <= 0)
+            	    tolngunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        	else
+            	    tolngunits = olngunits
+        	if (olatunits <= 0)
+            	    tolatunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLATUNITS)
+        	else
+            	    tolatunits = olatunits
+        	call sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, olngformat, olatformat,
+            	    tolngunits, tolatunits, Memc[tolngformat],
+		    Memc[tolatformat], SZ_FNAME)
+        	call sk_ounits (cooout, mwout, tolngunits, tolatunits,
+		   tolngunits, tolatunits)
+		if (sk_stati(cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR || sk_stati(cooout,
+	    	    S_STATUS) == ERR) {
+	    	    if (transform)
+		        call strcpy ("%10.3f %10.3f\n", Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE)
+	     	    else
+		        call strcpy ("%10.3f %10.3f  %10.3f %10.3f\n",
+			    Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE)
+		} else {
+	    	    if (transform) {
+	                call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s\n")
+	                    call pargstr (Memc[tolngformat])
+	                    call pargstr (Memc[tolatformat])
+	            } else {
+	                call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE,
+			    "%%10.3f %%10.3f  %s %s\n")
+	                call pargstr (Memc[tolngformat])
+	                call pargstr (Memc[tolatformat])
+	            }
+	        }
+		newformat = NO
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the transformation.
+	    if (sk_stati(cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR || sk_stati(cooout,
+	    	    S_STATUS) == ERR) {
+		olng = ilng
+		olat = ilat
+	    } else {
+	    	call sk_incc (cooin, mwin, ctin, SKY_DEGREES, SKY_DEGREES,
+	            ilng, ilat, olng, olat)
+	    	call sk_lltran (cooin, cooout, olng, olat, INDEFD, INDEFD,
+		    0.0d0, 0.0d0, tlng, tlat)
+	    	call sk_outcc (cooout, mwout, ctout, tolngunits,
+		   tolatunits, tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+	    }
+
+	    # Write out the results.
+	    if (transform) {
+	        call fprintf (outfd, Memc[fmtstr])
+	            call pargd (olng)
+	            call pargd (olat)
+	    } else {
+	        call fprintf (outfd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		    call pargr (wx)
+		    call pargr (wy)
+	            call pargd (olng)
+	            call pargd (olat)
+	    }
+
+	    newobject = NO
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# SKY_CCOLON -- Process image cursor colon commands.
+
+procedure sk_ccolon (infd, outfd, cooin, cooout, mwin, mwout, ilngunits,
+	ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits, olngformat, olatformat, cmdstr,
+	cmdlist, newsystem, newformat)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the output file descriptor
+pointer	cooin			#U the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	cooout			#U the output coordinate descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#U the input image wcs
+pointer	mwout			#U the output image wcs
+int	ilngunits		#U the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#U the input dec/latitude units
+int	olngunits		#U the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#U the output dec/latitude units
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#U the output ra/longitude format
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#U the output dec/latitude format
+char	cmdstr[ARB]		#I the input command string
+char	cmdlist[ARB]		#I the input command list
+int	newsystem		#U new coordinate system ?
+int	newformat		#U new coordinate format ?
+
+int	ncmd, stat
+pointer	sp, cmd, str1, str2, str3, str4, tmw, tcoo
+int	sk_stati(), strdic(), sk_decwcs()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (str1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (str2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (str3, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (str4, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Get the command.
+        call sscan (cmdstr)
+        call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+        if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+            call sfree (sp)
+            return
+        }
+
+	# Process the command.
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, cmdlist)
+        call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	switch (ncmd) {
+
+	case CCMD_SHOW:
+            call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+            if (sk_stati (cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                call fprintf (outfd,
+                "# Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+	    call sk_stats (cooin, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+            call sk_iiwrite (outfd, "Insystem", Memc[str1], mwin,
+                cooin)
+	    if (infd == NULL)
+	        call sk_wiformats (cooin, ilngunits, ilatunits, "%10.3f",
+		    "%10.3f", Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3], Memc[str4],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+	        call sk_wiformats (cooin, ilngunits, ilatunits, "INDEF",
+		    "INDEF", Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3], Memc[str4],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+	    call fprintf (outfd, "#     Units: %s %s  Format: %s %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		call pargstr (Memc[str3])
+		call pargstr (Memc[str4])
+            if (sk_stati(cooout, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                call fprintf (outfd,
+                "# Error decoding the output coordinate system\n")
+	    call sk_stats (cooout, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+            call sk_iiwrite (outfd, "Outsystem", Memc[str1], mwout,
+                cooout)
+	    call sk_woformats (cooin, cooout, olngunits, olatunits,
+		olngformat, olatformat, Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3],
+		Memc[str4], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call fprintf (outfd, "#     Units: %s %s  Format: %s %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		call pargstr (Memc[str3])
+		call pargstr (Memc[str4])
+	    call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+
+	    if (outfd != STDOUT) {
+                call printf ("\n")
+                if (sk_stati (cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                    call printf (
+                    "Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+	        call sk_stats (cooin, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+                call sk_iiprint ("Insystem", Memc[str1], mwin, cooin)
+	        if (infd == NULL)
+	            call sk_wiformats (cooin, ilngunits, ilatunits, "%10.3f",
+		        "%10.3f", Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3],
+			Memc[str4], SZ_FNAME)
+	        else
+	            call sk_wiformats (cooin, ilngunits, ilatunits, "INDEF",
+		        "INDEF", Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3], Memc[str4],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("#     Units: %s %s  Format: %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str3])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str4])
+                if (sk_stati(cooout, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                    call printf (
+                    "Error decoding the output coordinate system\n")
+	        call sk_stats (cooout, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+                call sk_iiprint ("Outsystem", Memc[str1], mwout, cooout)
+	        call sk_woformats (cooin, cooout, olngunits, olatunits,
+		    olngformat, olatformat, Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3],
+		    Memc[str4], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("    Units: %s %s  Format: %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str3])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str4])
+	        call printf ("\n")
+	    }
+
+	case CCMD_ISYSTEM:
+	    stat = sk_decwcs (Memc[cmd], tmw, tcoo, NULL)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || stat == ERR || (infd == NULL &&
+	        tmw == NULL)) {
+		if (tmw != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (tmw)
+		call sk_close (tcoo)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+                if (sk_stati(cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                    call fprintf (outfd,
+                    "# Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+	        call sk_stats (cooin, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+                call sk_iiwrite (outfd, "Insystem", Memc[str1], mwin, cooin)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+		if (outfd != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+                    if (sk_stati(cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                        call printf (
+                        "# Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+	            call sk_stats (cooin, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+                    call sk_iiprint ("Insystem", Memc[str1], mwin, cooin)
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (mwin != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mwin)
+		call sk_close (cooin)
+		mwin = tmw
+		cooin = tcoo
+		if (infd == NULL)
+		    call sk_seti (cooin, S_PIXTYPE, PIXTYPE_TV)
+		newsystem = YES
+		newformat = YES
+	    }
+
+	case CCMD_OSYSTEM:
+	    stat = sk_decwcs (Memc[cmd], tmw, tcoo, NULL)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || stat == ERR) {
+		if (tmw != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (tmw)
+		call sk_close (tcoo)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+                if (sk_stati(cooout, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                    call fprintf (outfd,
+                    "# Error decoding the output coordinate system\n")
+	        call sk_stats (cooout, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+                call sk_iiwrite (outfd, "Outsystem", Memc[str1], mwout, cooout)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+		if (outfd != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+                    if (sk_stati(cooout, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+                        call printf (
+                        "# Error decoding the output coordinate system\n")
+	            call sk_stats (cooout, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+                    call sk_iiprint ("Outsystem", Memc[str1], mwout, cooout)
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (mwout != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mwout)
+		call sk_close (cooout)
+		mwout = tmw
+		cooout = tcoo
+		newsystem = YES
+		newformat = YES
+	    }
+
+	case CCMD_IUNITS:
+	    call sscan (Memc[cmd])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call sk_wiformats (cooin, ilngunits, ilatunits, "", "",
+		    Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3], Memc[str4], SZ_FNAME)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+	        call fprintf (outfd, "# Units: %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+		if (outfd != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+	            call printf ("Units: %s %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		ilngunits = strdic (Memc[str1], Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME,
+		    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST)
+		ilatunits = strdic (Memc[str2], Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME,
+		    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST)
+		newformat = YES
+	    }
+
+	case CCMD_OUNITS:
+	    call sscan (Memc[cmd])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call sk_woformats (cooin, cooout, olngunits, olatunits,
+		    olngformat, olatformat, Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3],
+		    Memc[str4], SZ_FNAME)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+	        call fprintf (outfd, "# Units: %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+		if (outfd != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+	            call printf ("Units: %s %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		olngunits = strdic (Memc[str1], Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME,
+		    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST)
+		olatunits = strdic (Memc[str2], Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME,
+		    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST)
+		newformat = YES
+	    }
+
+	case CCMD_OFORMATS:
+	    call sscan (Memc[cmd])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str2], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call sk_woformats (cooin, cooout, olngunits, olatunits,
+		    olngformat, olatformat, Memc[str1], Memc[str2], Memc[str3],
+		    Memc[str4], SZ_FNAME)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+	        call fprintf (outfd, "# Formats: %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str3])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str4])
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+		if (outfd != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+	            call printf ("Formats: %s %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[str3])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[str4])
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy (Memc[str1], olngformat, SZ_FNAME)
+		call strcpy (Memc[str2], olatformat, SZ_FNAME)
+		newformat = YES
+	    }
+
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SK_GRTRAN -- Transform the grid coordinate list.
+
+procedure sk_grtran (outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout, ilngmin, ilngmax,
+	nilng, ilatmin, ilatmax, nilat, ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits,
+	olatunits, ilngformat, ilatformat, olngformat, olatformat, transform)
+
+int	outfd			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input image wcs
+pointer	mwout			#I the output image wcs
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+double	ilngmin			#I the x/ra/longitude minimum
+double	ilngmax			#I the x/ra/longitude maximum
+int	nilng			#I the number of x/ra/longitude grid points
+double	ilatmin			#I the y/dec/longitude minimum
+double	ilatmax			#I the y/dec/longitude maximum
+int	nilat			#I the number of y/dec/latitude grid points
+int	ilngunits		#I the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input dec/latitude units
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+char	ilngformat[ARB]		#I the input ra/longitude format
+char	ilatformat[ARB]		#I the input dec/latitude format
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra/longitude format
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#I the output dec/latitude format
+bool	transform		#I transform the input file
+
+double	ilng1, ilng2, ilat1, ilat2, ilngstep, ilatstep, ilng, ilat, olng, olat
+double	tlng, tlat
+int	i, j, tilngunits, tilatunits, tolngunits, tolatunits
+pointer	sp, fmtstr, ctin, ctout, tilngformat, tilatformat
+pointer	tolngformat, tolatformat
+int	sk_stati()
+pointer	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+errchk	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+
+begin
+	# Compile the input and output transformations.
+	iferr {
+	    ctin = sk_ictran (cooin, mwin)
+	    ctout = sk_octran (cooout, mwout)
+	} then
+	    return
+
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tilngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tilatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Set the input and output units.
+        if (ilngunits <= 0)
+            tilngunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        else
+            tilngunits = ilngunits
+        if (ilatunits <= 0)
+            tilatunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATUNITS)
+        else
+            tilatunits = ilatunits
+        if (olngunits <= 0)
+            tolngunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        else
+            tolngunits = olngunits
+        if (olatunits <= 0)
+            tolatunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLATUNITS)
+        else
+            tolatunits = olatunits
+
+	# Set the input and output formats.
+        call sk_iformats (cooin,  ilngformat, ilatformat,
+            tilngunits, tilatunits, Memc[tilngformat], Memc[tilatformat],
+            SZ_FNAME)
+        call sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, olngformat, olatformat,
+            tolngunits, tolatunits, Memc[tolngformat], Memc[tolatformat],
+            SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Check the input and output units.
+        call sk_iunits (cooin, mwin, tilngunits, tilatunits, tilngunits,
+            tilatunits)
+        call sk_ounits (cooout, mwout, tolngunits, tolatunits, tolngunits,
+            tolatunits)
+
+	# Create the format string.
+	if (transform) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tolngformat])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tolatformat])
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s\n")
+	       	call pargstr (Memc[tilngformat])
+	       	call pargstr (Memc[tilatformat])
+	       	call pargstr (Memc[tolngformat])
+	       	call pargstr (Memc[tolatformat])
+	}
+
+	# Compute the grid parameters in x/ra/longitude.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilngmin)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        ilng1 = 1.0d0
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+	            ilng1 = 1.0d0
+		default:
+		    switch (tilngunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                ilng1 = 0.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                ilng1 = 0.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                ilng1 = 0.0d0
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    ilng1 = ilngmin
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilngmax)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        ilng2 = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGAX)
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+	            ilng2 = sk_stati(cooin, S_NLNGAX)
+		default:
+		    switch (tilngunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                ilng2 = 24.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                ilng2 = 360.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                ilng2 = TWOPI
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    ilng2 = ilngmax
+	if (nilng == 1)
+	    ilngstep = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    ilngstep = (ilng2 - ilng1) / (nilng - 1)
+
+	# Compute the grid parameters in y/dec/latitude.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilatmin)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        ilat1 = 1.0d0
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+		    ilat1 = 1.0d0
+		default:
+		    switch (tilatunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                ilat1 = 0.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                ilat1 = -90.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                ilat1 = -HALFPI
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    ilat1 = ilatmin
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilatmax)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        ilat2 = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATAX)
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+	            ilat2 = sk_stati(cooin, S_NLATAX)
+		default:
+		    switch (tilatunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                ilat2 = 24.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                ilat2 = 90.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                ilat2 = HALFPI
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    ilat2 = ilatmax
+	if (nilat == 1)
+	    ilatstep = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    ilatstep = (ilat2 - ilat1) / (nilat - 1)
+
+	# Compute the grid of points.
+	do j = 1, nilat {
+
+	    ilat = ilat1 + (j - 1) * ilatstep
+
+	    do i = 1, nilng {
+
+	        ilng = ilng1 + (i - 1) * ilngstep
+
+		# Convert the input coordinates to world coordinates in
+		# radians.
+		call sk_incc (cooin, mwin, ctin, tilngunits, tilatunits,
+		    ilng, ilat, olng, olat)
+
+	        # Perform the transformation.
+	        call sk_lltran (cooin, cooout, olng, olat, INDEFD,
+		    INDEFD, 0.0d0, 0.0d0, tlng, tlat)
+
+	        # Convert the celestial coordinates to output coordinates.
+		call sk_outcc (cooout, mwout, ctout, tolngunits, tolatunits,
+		    tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+
+	        # Write out the results
+	        if (transform) {
+	            call fprintf (outfd, Memc[fmtstr])
+	                call pargd (olng)
+	                call pargd (olat)
+	        } else {
+	            call fprintf (outfd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		        call pargd (ilng)
+		        call pargd (ilat)
+	                call pargd (olng)
+	                call pargd (olat)
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SK_GRCOPY -- Copy the input logical pixel grid to the output logical
+# pixel grid.
+
+procedure sk_grcopy (outfd, cooin, cooout, ilngmin, ilngmax, nilng, ilatmin,
+	ilatmax, nilat, ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits, ilngformat,
+	ilatformat, olngformat, olatformat, transform) 
+
+int	outfd			#I the output file descriptor
+pointer	cooin			#I the pointer to input coordinate structure
+pointer	cooout			#I the pointer to output coordinate structure
+double	ilngmin			#I the x/ra/longitude minimum
+double	ilngmax			#I the x/ra/longitude maximum
+int	nilng			#I the number of x/ra/longitude grid points
+double	ilatmin			#I the y/dec/longitude minimum
+double	ilatmax			#I the y/dec/longitude maximum
+int	nilat			#I the number of y/dec/latitude grid points
+int	ilngunits		#I the input x/ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input y/dec/latitude/units
+int	olngunits		#I the output x/ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output y/dec/latitude/units
+char	ilngformat[ARB]		#I the input x format string
+char	ilatformat[ARB]		#I the intput y format string
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#I the output x format string
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#I the output y format string
+bool	transform		#I transform the input file
+
+double	x1, x2, x, y1, y2, y, xstep, ystep
+int	i, j, tilngunits, tilatunits, tolngunits, tolatunits
+pointer	sp, tilngformat, tilatformat, tolngformat, tolatformat, fmtstr
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tilngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tilatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tolatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set the input units.
+        if (ilngunits <= 0)
+            tilngunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        else
+            tilngunits = ilngunits
+        if (ilatunits <= 0)
+            tilatunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATUNITS)
+        else
+            tilatunits = ilatunits
+        if (olngunits <= 0)
+            tolngunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        else
+            tolngunits = olngunits
+        if (olatunits <= 0)
+            tolatunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLATUNITS)
+        else
+            tolatunits = olatunits
+
+	# Set the input and output formats.
+        call sk_iformats (cooin,  ilngformat, ilatformat,
+            tilngunits, tilatunits, Memc[tilngformat], Memc[tilatformat],
+            SZ_FNAME)
+        call sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, olngformat, olatformat,
+            tolngunits, tolatunits, Memc[tolngformat], Memc[tolatformat],
+            SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Create the format string.
+	if (transform) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tolngformat])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tolatformat])
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tilngformat])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tilatformat])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tolngformat])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[tolatformat])
+	}
+
+	# Compute the grid parameters in x/ra/longitude.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilngmin)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        x1 = 1.0d0
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+	            x1 = 1.0d0
+		default:
+		    switch (tilngunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                x1 = 0.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                x1 = 0.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                x1 = 0.0d0
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    x1 = ilngmin
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilngmax)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        x2 = sk_stati(cooin, S_NLNGAX)
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+	            x2 = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGAX)
+		default:
+		    switch (tilngunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                x2 = 24.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                x2 = 360.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                x2 = TWOPI
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    x2 = ilngmax
+	if (nilng == 1)
+	    xstep = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    xstep = (x2 - x1) / (nilng - 1)
+
+	# Compute the grid parameters in y/dec/latitude.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilatmin)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        y1 = 1.0d0
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+		    y1 = 1.0d0
+		default:
+		    switch (tilatunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                y1 = 0.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                y1 = -90.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                y1 = -HALFPI
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    y1 = ilatmin
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ilatmax)) {
+	    switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+	        y2 = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATAX)
+	    default:
+		switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_CTYPE)) {
+		case 0:
+	            y2 = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATAX)
+		default:
+		    switch (tilatunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+	                y2 = 24.0d0
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	                y2 = 90.0d0
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	                y2 = HALFPI
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    y2 = ilatmax
+	if (nilat == 1)
+	    ystep = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    ystep = (y2 - y1) / (nilat - 1)
+
+	# Compute the points.
+	y = y1
+	do j = 1, nilat {
+	    x = x1
+	    do i = 1, nilng {
+		if (transform) {
+	            call fprintf (outfd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		        call pargd (x)
+		        call pargd (y)
+		} else {
+	            call fprintf (outfd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		        call pargd (x)
+		        call pargd (y)
+		        call pargd (x)
+		        call pargd (y)
+		}
+		x = x + xstep
+	    }
+	    y = y + ystep
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SK_WIFORMATS -- Format the input units and format strings.
+
+procedure sk_wiformats (cooin, ilngunits, ilatunits, ilngformat,
+	ilatformat, ilngunitstr, ilatunitstr, oilngformat, oilatformat, maxch)
+
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate structure
+int	ilngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+char	ilngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra/longitude format string
+char	ilatformat[ARB]		#I the output dec/latitude format string
+char	ilngunitstr[ARB]	#O the output output ra/longitude format string
+char	ilatunitstr[ARB]	#O the output output dec/latitude format string
+char	oilngformat[ARB]	#O the output output ra/longitude format string
+char	oilatformat[ARB]	#O the output output dec/latitude format string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum length of the format strings
+
+int	tilngunits, tilatunits
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Determine the correct units.
+        if (ilngunits <= 0)
+            tilngunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        else
+            tilngunits = ilngunits
+        if (ilatunits <= 0)
+            tilatunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATUNITS)
+        else
+            tilatunits = ilatunits
+
+	# Format the units strings.
+	if (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE) != PIXTYPE_WORLD) {
+	    call strcpy ("pixels", ilngunitstr, maxch)
+	    call strcpy ("pixels", ilatunitstr, maxch)
+	} else {
+	    switch (tilngunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+	        call strcpy ("hours", ilngunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	        call strcpy ("degrees", ilngunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	        call strcpy ("radians", ilngunitstr, maxch)
+	    }
+	    switch (tilatunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+	        call strcpy ("hours", ilatunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	        call strcpy ("degrees", ilatunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	        call strcpy ("radians", ilatunitstr, maxch)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Format the format strings.
+	call sk_iformats (cooin, ilngformat, ilatformat,
+	    tilngunits, tilatunits, oilngformat, oilatformat,
+	    SZ_FNAME)
+end
+
+
+# SK_IFORMATS -- Set the input format strings.
+
+procedure sk_iformats (cooin, ilngformat, ilatformat, ilngunits, ilatunits,
+	oilngformat, oilatformat, maxch)
+
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate structure
+char	ilngformat[ARB]		#I the input ra/longitude format string
+char	ilatformat[ARB]		#I the input dec/latitude format string
+int	ilngunits		#I the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input dec/latitude units
+char	oilngformat[ARB]	#O the input ra/longitude format string
+char	oilatformat[ARB]	#O the input dec/latitude format string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum length of the format strings
+
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	if (ilngformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (sk_stati(cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", oilngformat, maxch)
+	    else {
+		switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+		case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL: 
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", oilngformat, maxch)
+		default:
+		    switch (ilngunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+			call strcpy ("%12.3h", oilngformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+			call strcpy ("%12.2h", oilngformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+			call strcpy ("%13.7g", oilngformat, maxch)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (ilngformat, oilngformat, maxch)
+
+	if (ilatformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (sk_stati (cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+	        call strcpy ("%10.3f", oilatformat, maxch)
+	    else {
+	        switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	        case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL: 
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", oilatformat, maxch)
+	        default:
+		    switch (ilatunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+			call strcpy ("%12.3h", oilatformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+			call strcpy ("%12.2h", oilatformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+			call strcpy ("%13.7g", oilatformat, maxch)
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (ilatformat, oilatformat, maxch)
+end
+
+
+# SK_WOFORMATS -- Format the units and format strings.
+
+procedure sk_woformats (cooin, cooout, olngunits, olatunits, olngformat,
+	olatformat, olngunitstr, olatunitstr, oolngformat, oolatformat, maxch)
+
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate structure
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate structure
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra/longitude format string
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#I the output dec/latitude format string
+char	olngunitstr[ARB]	#O the output output ra/longitude format string
+char	olatunitstr[ARB]	#O the output output dec/latitude format string
+char	oolngformat[ARB]	#O the output output ra/longitude format string
+char	oolatformat[ARB]	#O the output output dec/latitude format string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum length of the format strings
+
+int	tolngunits, tolatunits
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Determine the correct units.
+        if (olngunits <= 0)
+            tolngunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        else
+            tolngunits = olngunits
+        if (olatunits <= 0)
+            tolatunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLATUNITS)
+        else
+            tolatunits = olatunits
+
+	# Format the units strings.
+	if (sk_stati(cooout, S_PIXTYPE) != PIXTYPE_WORLD) {
+	    call strcpy ("pixels", olngunitstr, maxch)
+	    call strcpy ("pixels", olatunitstr, maxch)
+	} else {
+	    switch (tolngunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+	        call strcpy ("hours", olngunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	        call strcpy ("degrees", olngunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	        call strcpy ("radians", olngunitstr, maxch)
+	    }
+	    switch (tolatunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+	        call strcpy ("hours", olatunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+	        call strcpy ("degrees", olatunitstr, maxch)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+	        call strcpy ("radians", olatunitstr, maxch)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Format the format strings.
+	call sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, olngformat, olatformat,
+	    tolngunits, tolatunits, oolngformat, oolatformat,
+	    SZ_FNAME)
+end
+
+
+# SK_OFORMATS -- Set the output format strings.
+
+procedure sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, olngformat, olatformat, olngunits,
+	olatunits, oolngformat, oolatformat, maxch)
+
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate structure
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate structure
+char	olngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra/longitude format string
+char	olatformat[ARB]		#I the output dec/latitude format string
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+char	oolngformat[ARB]	#O the output output ra/longitude format string
+char	oolatformat[ARB]	#O the output output dec/latitude format string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum length of the format strings
+
+int	sptype
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	if (olngformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (sk_stati(cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", oolngformat, maxch)
+	    else {
+		if (sk_stati(cooout, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+		    sptype = sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)
+		else
+		    sptype = sk_stati (cooout, S_PIXTYPE)
+		switch (sptype) {
+		case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL: 
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", oolngformat, maxch)
+		default:
+		    switch (olngunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+			call strcpy ("%12.3h", oolngformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+			call strcpy ("%12.2h", oolngformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+			call strcpy ("%13.7g", oolngformat, maxch)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (olngformat, oolngformat, maxch)
+
+	if (olatformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (sk_stati (cooin, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", oolatformat, maxch)
+	    else {
+		if (sk_stati(cooout, S_STATUS) == ERR)
+		    sptype = sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)
+		else
+		    sptype = sk_stati (cooout, S_PIXTYPE)
+		switch (sptype) {
+		case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL: 
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", oolatformat, maxch)
+		default:
+		    switch (olatunits) {
+		    case SKY_HOURS:
+			call strcpy ("%12.3h", oolatformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_DEGREES:
+			call strcpy ("%12.2h", oolatformat, maxch)
+		    case SKY_RADIANS:
+			call strcpy ("%13.7g", oolatformat, maxch)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (olatformat, oolatformat, maxch)
+end
+
+
+# SK_ICTRAN -- Compile the input mwcs transformation.
+
+pointer procedure sk_ictran (cooin, mwin) 
+
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input mwcs descriptor
+
+int	axbits
+pointer	ctin
+int	sk_stati()
+pointer	mw_sctran()
+errchk	mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	if (mwin != NULL) {
+	    switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+		axbits = 2 ** (sk_stati(cooin, S_XLAX) - 1) +
+		    2 ** (sk_stati(cooin, S_YLAX) - 1)
+		iferr {
+		    if (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE) == PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL)
+		        ctin = mw_sctran (mwin, "physical", "world", axbits)
+		    else
+		        ctin = mw_sctran (mwin, "logical", "world", axbits)
+		} then
+		    call error (0, "Error compiling input mwcs transform")
+	    default:
+		ctin = NULL
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    ctin = NULL
+	}
+
+	return (ctin)
+end
+
+
+# SK_IUNITS -- Set the input celestial coordinate units.
+
+procedure sk_iunits (cooin, mwin, ilngunits, ilatunits, oilngunits, oilatunits)
+
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input mwcs descriptor
+int	ilngunits		#I the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input dec/latitude units
+int	oilngunits		#O the output input ra/longitude units
+int	oilatunits		#O the output input dec/latitude units
+
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	if (mwin != NULL) {
+	    switch (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+		oilngunits = SKY_DEGREES
+		oilatunits = SKY_DEGREES
+	    default:
+	        oilngunits = ilngunits
+	        oilatunits = ilatunits
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    oilngunits = ilngunits
+	    oilatunits = ilatunits
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SK_OCTRAN -- Compile the output mwcs transformation.
+
+pointer procedure sk_octran (cooout, mwout)
+
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+pointer	mwout			#I the output mwcs descriptor
+
+int	axbits
+pointer	ctout
+int	sk_stati()
+pointer	mw_sctran()
+errchk	mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	if (mwout != NULL) {
+	    switch (sk_stati(cooout, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+		axbits = 2 ** (sk_stati (cooout, S_XLAX) - 1) +
+		    2 ** (sk_stati (cooout, S_YLAX) - 1)
+		iferr {
+		    if (sk_stati (cooout, S_PIXTYPE) == PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL)
+		        ctout = mw_sctran (mwout, "world", "physical", axbits)
+		    else
+		        ctout = mw_sctran (mwout, "world", "logical", axbits)
+		} then
+		    call error (0, "Error compiling output mwcs transform")
+	    default:
+		ctout = NULL
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    ctout = NULL
+	}
+
+	return (ctout)
+end
+
+
+# SK_OUNITS -- Compile the output mwcs transformation and set the output
+# celestial coordinate units.
+
+procedure sk_ounits (cooout, mwout, olngunits, olatunits, oolngunits,
+	oolatunits)
+
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+pointer	mwout			#I the output mwcs descriptor
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+int	oolngunits		#O the output output ra/longitude units
+int	oolatunits		#O the output output dec/latitude units
+
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	if (mwout != NULL) {
+	    switch (sk_stati(cooout, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_TV, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+		oolngunits = SKY_RADIANS
+		oolatunits = SKY_RADIANS
+	    default:
+	        oolngunits = olngunits
+	        oolatunits = olatunits
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    oolngunits = olngunits
+	    oolatunits = olatunits
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SK_INCC -- Transform the input coordinates to the correct celestial
+# coordinates in radians.
+
+procedure sk_incc (cooin, mwin, ctin, ilngunits, ilatunits, ilng, ilat,
+	olng, olat)
+
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input mwcs descriptor
+pointer	ctin			#I the mwcs transformation descriptor
+int	ilngunits		#I the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input dec/latitude units
+double	ilng			#I the input ra/longitude coordinates 
+double	ilat			#I the input dec/latitude coordinates 
+double	olng			#O the output ra/longitude coordinates 
+double	olat			#O the output dec/latitude coordinates 
+
+double	tlng, tlat
+double	sk_statd()
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Convert the input image coordinates to world coordinates.
+	if (mwin != NULL) {
+	    switch (sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+		if (ctin == NULL) {
+		    olng = ilng
+		    olat = ilat
+		} else if (sk_stati (cooin, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati (cooin,
+	    	    S_PLATAX)) {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctin, ilng, ilat, olng, olat)
+		} else {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctin, ilng, ilat, olat, olng)
+		}
+	    case PIXTYPE_TV:
+		tlng = (ilng - sk_statd(cooin, S_VXOFF)) /
+		    sk_statd (cooin, S_VXSTEP)
+		tlat = (ilat - sk_statd (cooin, S_VYOFF)) /
+		    sk_statd (cooin, S_VYSTEP)
+		if (ctin == NULL) {
+		    olng = tlng
+		    olat = tlat
+		} else if (sk_stati (cooin, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati (cooin,
+		        S_PLATAX)) {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctin, tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+		} else {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctin, tlng, tlat, olat, olng)
+		}
+	    case PIXTYPE_WORLD:
+	        olng = ilng
+	        olat = ilat
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    olng = ilng
+	    olat = ilat
+	}
+
+	# Convert the input values to radians.
+	switch (ilngunits) {
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    olng = DEGTORAD(15.0d0 * olng)
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    olng = DEGTORAD(olng)
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    ;
+	}
+	switch (ilatunits) {
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    olat = DEGTORAD(15.0d0 * olat)
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    olat = DEGTORAD(olat)
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    ;
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SK_OUTCC -- Transform the output celestial coordinates to the correct
+# output coordinate system.
+
+procedure sk_outcc (cooout, mwout, ctout, olngunits, olatunits, ilng, ilat,
+	olng, olat)
+
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+pointer	mwout			#I the output mwcs descriptor
+pointer	ctout			#I the output mwcs transformation descriptor
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+double	ilng			#I the output ra/longitude coordinates 
+double	ilat			#I the output dec/latitude coordinates 
+double	olng			#O the output coordinates 
+double	olat			#O the output coordinates 
+
+double	tlng, tlat
+double	sk_statd()
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Convert the output image coordinates to image coordinates.
+	#if (mwout == NULL || (sk_stati(cooin, S_PIXTYPE) == PIXTYPE_WORLD &&
+	#    sk_stati (cooout, S_PIXTYPE) == PIXTYPE_WORLD)) {
+	if (mwout == NULL || ctout == NULL) { 
+	    switch (olngunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+		olng = RADTODEG(ilng / 15.0d0)
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+		olng = RADTODEG(ilng)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    switch (olatunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+		olat = RADTODEG(ilat / 15.0d0)
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+		olat = RADTODEG(ilat)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    ;
+	    }
+	} else  {
+	    switch (sk_stati (cooout, S_PIXTYPE)) {
+	    case PIXTYPE_LOGICAL, PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL:
+		tlng = RADTODEG(ilng)
+		tlat = RADTODEG(ilat)
+		if (ctout == NULL) {
+		    olng = tlat
+		    olat = tlng
+		} else if (sk_stati(cooout, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati(cooout,
+		    S_PLATAX)) {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctout, tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+		} else {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctout, tlat, tlng, olng, olat)
+		}
+	    case PIXTYPE_TV:
+		tlng = RADTODEG(ilng)
+		tlat = RADTODEG(ilat)
+		if (ctout == NULL) {
+		    olng = tlat
+		    olat = tlng
+		} else if (sk_stati(cooout, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati(cooout,
+		        S_PLATAX)) {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctout, tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+		} else {
+		    call mw_c2trand (ctout, tlat, tlng, olng, olat)
+		}
+		olng = olng * sk_statd(cooout, S_VXSTEP) +
+		    sk_statd(cooout, S_VXOFF)
+		olat = olat * sk_statd (cooout, S_VYSTEP) +
+		    sk_statd (cooout, S_VYOFF)
+	    case PIXTYPE_WORLD:
+		if (sk_stati(cooout, S_PLNGAX) > sk_stati(cooout,
+		    S_PLATAX)) {
+		    olng = ilat
+		    olat = ilng
+	            switch (olngunits) {
+	            case SKY_HOURS:
+		    	olat = RADTODEG(olat / 15.0d0)
+	            case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    	olat = RADTODEG(olat)
+	            case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    	;
+	            }
+	            switch (olatunits) {
+	            case SKY_HOURS:
+		    	olng = RADTODEG(olng / 15.0d0)
+	            case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    	olng = RADTODEG(olng)
+	            case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    	;
+	            }
+		} else {
+	            switch (olngunits) {
+	            case SKY_HOURS:
+		    	olng = RADTODEG(ilng / 15.0d0)
+	            case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    	olng = RADTODEG(ilng)
+	            case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    	;
+	            }
+	            switch (olatunits) {
+	            case SKY_HOURS:
+		    	olat = RADTODEG(ilat / 15.0d0)
+	            case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    	olat = RADTODEG(ilat)
+	            case SKY_RADIANS:
+		   	;
+	            }
+	    	}
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/skycur.key b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/skycur.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2aa61fe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/skycur.key
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+	INTERACTIVE KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+
+?	Print help
+:	Execute colon command
+spbar	Measure object
+q	Exit task
+
+
+	COLON COMMANDS
+
+:show				Show the input and output coordinate systems
+:isystem	[string]	Show / set the input coordinate system
+:osystem	[string]	Show / set the output coordinate system
+:ounits		[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate units
+:oformat	[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate format
+
+	VALID INPUT COORDINATE SYSTEMS
+
+image [tv]
+
+	VALID OUTPUT COORDINATE SYSTEMS
+
+image [logical/tv/physical/world]
+equinox [epoch]
+noefk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk5 [equinox [epoch]]
+icrs [equinox [epoch]]
+apparent epoch
+ecliptic epoch
+galactic [epoch]
+supergalactic [epoch]
+
+	VALID OUTPUT CELESTIAL COORDINATE UNITS AND THEIR DEFAULT FORMATS
+
+hours		%12.3h
+degrees		%12.2h
+radians         %13.7g
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/starfind.h b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/starfind.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d535716a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/starfind.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# STARFIND Structure
+
+define	LEN_STARFIND (15)
+
+define	SF_HWHMPSF	Memr[P2R($1)]	 # HWHM of the PSF in pixels
+define	SF_FRADIUS	Memr[P2R($1+1)]	 # Fitting radius in HWHM
+define	SF_DATAMIN	Memr[P2R($1+2)]	 # Minimum good data limit in ADU
+define	SF_DATAMAX	Memr[P2R($1+3)]	 # Maximum good data limit in ADU
+define	SF_THRESHOLD	Memr[P2R($1+4)]	 # Detection threshold in ADU
+define	SF_SEPMIN	Memr[P2R($1+5)]	 # Minimum separation in HWHM
+define	SF_SHARPLO	Memr[P2R($1+6)]	 # Lower sharpness limit
+define	SF_SHARPHI	Memr[P2R($1+7)]	 # Upper sharpness limit
+define	SF_ROUNDLO	Memr[P2R($1+8)]	 # Lower roundness limit
+define	SF_ROUNDHI	Memr[P2R($1+9)]	 # Upper roundness limit
+define	SF_MAGLO	Memr[P2R($1+10)] # Lower magnitude limit
+define	SF_MAGHI	Memr[P2R($1+11)] # Upper magnitude limit
+define	SF_NPIXMIN	Memi[$1+12]	 # Minimum pixels above  threshold
+
+
+# default values
+
+define	DEF_HWHMPSF	1.0
+define	DEF_FRADIUS	1.5
+define	DEF_THRESHOLD	0.0
+define	DEF_SEPMIN	1.5
+define	DEF_DATAMIN	-MAX_REAL
+define	DEF_DATAMAX	MAX_REAL
+define	DEF_SHARPLO	0.2
+define	DEF_SHARPHI	1.0
+define	DEF_ROUNDLO	-1.0
+define	DEF_ROUNDHI	1.0
+define	DEF_MAGLO	-MAX_REAL
+define	DEF_MAGHI	MAX_REAL
+define	DEF_NPIXMIN	5
+
+
+# define the gaussian sums structure
+
+define  LEN_GAUSS               10
+
+define  GAUSS_SUMG              1
+define  GAUSS_SUMGSQ            2
+define  GAUSS_PIXELS            3
+define  GAUSS_DENOM             4
+define  GAUSS_SGOP              5
+
+
+# miscellaneous constants
+
+define  HWHM_TO_SIGMA           0.8493218
+define	RMIN			2.001
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccfind.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccfind.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a8bc9b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccfind.x
@@ -0,0 +1,782 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <fset.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+# T_CCFIND -- Locate objects with known celestial coordinates in an image
+# using the image WCS or a user supplied WCS. Write the matched celestial and
+# coordinates list to the output file.
+
+procedure t_ccfind ()
+
+bool	usewcs, center, verbose
+double	xref, yref, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, tlngref, tlatref, txref, tyref
+double	txmag, tymag, txrot, tyrot
+int	ip, nchars, sbox, cbox, min_sigdigits, ncenter, maxiter, tol
+int	inlist, ninfiles, outlist, noutfiles, imlist, nimages, in, out
+int	lngcolumn, latcolumn, lngunits, latunits, coostat, refstat
+int	lngrefunits, latrefunits, proj, pfd
+pointer	sp, insystem, refsystem, infile, outfile, image, projstr, str
+pointer	slngref, slatref, xformat, yformat, coo, refcoo, im, mw
+real	datamin, datamax, back
+
+bool	clgetb()
+double	clgetd(), imgetd()
+int	clpopnu(), clplen(), imtopenp(), imtlen(), clgeti(), clgwrd(), strlen()
+int	sk_decwcs(), sk_decim(), open(), clgfil(), imtgetim(), strncmp(), ctod()
+int	cc_listran(), strdic(), cc_rdproj()
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	immap(), cc_mkwcs()
+errchk	imgstr(), imgetd(), open()
+
+begin
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (insystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (refsystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (slngref, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (slatref, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input data file list.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("input")
+	ninfiles = clplen (inlist)
+	if (ninfiles <= 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: The input coordinate file list is empty\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the output results lists.
+	outlist = clpopnu ("output")
+	noutfiles = clplen (outlist)
+	if (noutfiles != ninfiles) {
+	    call eprintf (
+	    "Error: The number of input and output files must be the same\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+
+	# Get the input image list.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("images")
+	nimages = imtlen (imlist)
+	if (nimages != ninfiles) {
+	    call eprintf (
+	    "Error: The number of input files and images must be the same\n")
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the coordinates file format.
+	lngcolumn = clgeti ("lngcolumn")
+	latcolumn = clgeti ("latcolumn")
+	call clgstr ("insystem", Memc[insystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (lngunits = clgwrd ("lngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    lngunits = 0
+	iferr (latunits = clgwrd ("latunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    latunits = 0
+
+	# Get the user wcs if there is one.
+	usewcs = clgetb ("usewcs")
+	if (! usewcs) {
+	    xref = clgetd ("xref")
+	    yref = clgetd ("yref")
+	    xmag = clgetd ("xmag")
+	    ymag = clgetd ("ymag")
+	    xrot = clgetd ("xrot")
+	    yrot = clgetd ("yrot")
+	    call clgstr ("lngref", Memc[slngref], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call clgstr ("latref", Memc[slatref], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call clgstr ("refsystem", Memc[refsystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (strncmp (Memc[refsystem], "INDEF", 5) == 0)
+	        Memc[refsystem] = EOS
+            call clgstr ("projection", Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+            iferr {
+                pfd = open (Memc[projstr], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+            } then {
+                proj = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE,
+                    WTYPE_LIST)
+                if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+                    Memc[projstr] = EOS
+            } else {
+                proj = cc_rdproj (pfd, Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+                call close (pfd)
+            }
+	}
+	iferr (lngrefunits = clgwrd ("lngrefunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    lngrefunits = 0
+	iferr (latrefunits = clgwrd ("latrefunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    latrefunits = 0
+
+	# Get the centering parameters.
+	center = clgetb ("center")
+	sbox = clgeti ("sbox")
+	cbox = clgeti ("cbox")
+	datamin = clgetr ("datamin")
+	datamax = clgetr ("datamax")
+	back = clgetr ("background")
+	maxiter = clgeti ("maxiter")
+	tol = clgeti ("tolerance")
+	if (mod (sbox,2) == 0)
+	    sbox = sbox + 1
+	if (mod (cbox,2) == 0)
+	    cbox = cbox + 1
+
+	# Get the output formatting parameters.
+        call clgstr ("xformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+        call clgstr ("yformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+        #min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+        min_sigdigits = 7
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input coordinate system and determine its units.
+	coostat = sk_decwcs (Memc[insystem], mw, coo, NULL) 
+	if (coostat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: Cannot decode the input coordinate system\n")
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	if (lngunits > 0)
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngunits)
+	if (latunits > 0)
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_NLATUNITS, latunits)
+
+	# Flush standard output on newline.
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Loop over the files.
+	while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF &&
+	    clgfil (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF &&
+	    imtgetim(imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input file of celestial coordinates.
+	    in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the output file of matched coordinates.
+	    out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	     im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	     if (IM_NDIM(im) != 2) {
+		call printf ("Skipping file: %s Image: %s is not 2D\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		call imunmap (im)
+		call close (in)
+		call close (out)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Print the input and out file information.
+	    if (verbose && out != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("\nInput File: %s  Output File: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outfile])
+		call printf ("    Image: %s  Wcs: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call pargstr ("")
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (out, "\n# Input File: %s  Output File: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		call pargstr (Memc[outfile])
+	    call fprintf (out, "#     Image: %s  Wcs: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call pargstr ("")
+
+	    # Open the wcs and compile the transformation.
+	    if (usewcs) {
+
+		# Read the image wcs, skipping to the next image if the wcs
+		# is unreadable.
+	        refstat = sk_decim (im, Memc[image], mw, refcoo)
+	        if (refstat == ERR || mw == NULL) {
+		    if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+	                call printf (
+		        "Error: Cannot decode the image coordinate system\n")
+	            call fprintf (out,
+		        "Error: Cannot decode the image coordinate system\n")
+	            if (mw != NULL)
+		        call mw_close (mw)
+		    call sk_close (refcoo)
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		    call close (out)
+		    call close (in)
+		    next
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Get the image pixel reference coordinates
+                if (IS_INDEFD(xref))
+                    txref = (1.0d0 + IM_LEN(im,1)) / 2.0
+                else
+                    txref = xref
+                if (IS_INDEFD(yref))
+                    tyref = (1.0d0 + IM_LEN(im,2)) / 2.0
+                else
+                    tyref = yref
+
+		# Get the image scale in arcsec / pixel.
+                if (IS_INDEFD(xmag))
+                    txmag = 1.0d0
+                else
+                    txmag = xmag
+                if (IS_INDEFD(ymag))
+                    tymag = 1.0d0
+                else
+                    tymag = ymag
+
+		# Get the coordinate axes rotation angles in degrees.
+                if (IS_INDEFD(xrot))
+                    txrot = 0.0d0
+                else
+                    txrot = xrot
+                if (IS_INDEFD(yrot))
+                    tyrot = 0.0d0
+                else
+                    tyrot = yrot
+
+		# Get the celestial coordinates of the tangent point from
+		# the image header or from the user.
+		iferr (tlngref = imgetd (im, Memc[slngref])) {
+		    ip = 1
+		    nchars = ctod (Memc[slngref], ip, tlngref)
+		    if (nchars <= 0 || nchars != strlen (Memc[slngref]))
+			tlngref = 0.0d0
+		    else if (IS_INDEFD(tlngref) || tlngref < 0.0d0 ||
+		        tlngref > 360.0d0)
+			tlngref = 0.0d0
+		}
+		iferr (tlatref = imgetd (im, Memc[slatref])) {
+		    ip = 1
+		    nchars = ctod (Memc[slatref], ip, tlatref)
+		    if (nchars <= 0 || nchars != strlen (Memc[slatref]))
+			tlatref = 0.0d0
+		    else if (IS_INDEFD(tlatref) || tlatref < -90.0d0 ||
+		        tlatref > 90.0d0)
+			tlatref = 0.0d0
+		}
+
+		# Get the image reference system from the image header
+		# or from the user.
+		if (Memc[refsystem] == EOS)
+		    call strcpy (Memc[refsystem], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		else {
+		    iferr (call imgstr (im, Memc[refsystem], Memc[str],
+		        SZ_FNAME))
+			call strcpy (Memc[refsystem], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+		refstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[str], mw, refcoo, NULL)
+		if (refstat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+	    	    if (mw != NULL)
+	                call mw_close (mw)
+		    call sk_close (refcoo)
+		    refstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[insystem], mw, refcoo, NULL)
+		}
+
+		# Force the units of the tangent point.
+		if (lngrefunits > 0)
+	    	    call sk_seti (refcoo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngrefunits)
+		if (latrefunits > 0)
+	    	    call sk_seti (refcoo, S_NLATUNITS, latrefunits)
+
+		# Build the wcs.
+		mw = cc_mkwcs (refcoo, Memc[projstr], tlngref, tlatref,
+		    txref, tyref, txmag, tymag, txrot, tyrot, false)
+
+		# Force the wcs to look like an image wcs.
+		call sk_seti (refcoo, S_PIXTYPE, PIXTYPE_LOGICAL)
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Print out a description of the input coordinate and image
+	    # systems.
+	    if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		call sk_iiprint ("Insystem", Memc[insystem], NULL, coo)
+	    call sk_iiwrite (out, "Insystem", Memc[insystem], NULL, coo)
+	    call sk_stats (refcoo, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (usewcs) {
+	        if (verbose && out != STDOUT) {
+		    call sk_iiprint ("Refsystem", Memc[str], mw, refcoo)
+		}
+	        call sk_iiwrite (out, "Refsystem", Memc[str], mw, refcoo)
+	        call fprintf (out, "\n")
+	    } else {
+	        if (verbose && out != STDOUT) {
+		    call sk_iiprint ("Refsystem", Memc[str], NULL, refcoo)
+		}
+	        call sk_iiwrite (out, "Refsystem", Memc[str], NULL, refcoo)
+	        call fprintf (out, "\n")
+	    }
+
+	    # Transform the coordinate lists.
+	    ncenter = cc_listran (in, out, im, NULL, mw, coo, refcoo, lngcolumn,
+		latcolumn, lngunits, latunits, lngrefunits, latrefunits,
+		center, sbox / 2, cbox / 2, datamin, datamax, back,
+		maxiter, tol, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat], min_sigdigits)
+
+	    if (verbose && out != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("Located %d objects in image %s\n")
+		    call pargi (ncenter)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		call printf ("\n")
+	    }
+	    call sk_close (refcoo)
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+    	    call imunmap (im)
+	    call close (out)
+	    call close (in)
+	}
+
+
+	call sk_close (coo)
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call clpcls (outlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	MAX_FIELDS	100		# Maximum number of fields in list
+define	TABSIZE		8		# Spacing of tab stops
+
+# CC_LISTRAN -- Transform the coordinate list.
+
+int procedure cc_listran (infd, outfd, im, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout,
+	lngcolumn, latcolumn, ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits,
+	center, sbox, cbox, datamin, datamax, back, maxiter, tol, oxformat,
+	oyformat, min_sigdigits)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the output file descriptor
+pointer	im			#I the input image descriptor
+pointer	mwin			#I the input image wcs
+pointer	mwout			#I the output image wcs
+pointer	cooin			#I the input coordinate descriptor
+pointer	cooout			#I the output coordinate descriptor
+int	lngcolumn		#I the input ra/longitude column
+int	latcolumn		#I the input dec/latitude column
+int	ilngunits		#I the input ra/longitude units
+int	ilatunits		#I the input dec/latitude units
+int	olngunits		#I the output ra/longitude units
+int	olatunits		#I the output dec/latitude units
+bool	center			#I center the pixel coordinates
+int	sbox			#I the search box half-width in pixels
+int	cbox			#I the centering box half-width in pixels
+real	datamin			#I the minimum good data value
+real	datamax			#I the maximum good data value
+real	back			#I the background reference value
+int	maxiter			#I the maximum number of iterations
+int	tol			#I the fitting tolerance in pixels
+char	oxformat[ARB]		#I the output x format
+char	oyformat[ARB]		#I the output y format
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+double	ilng, ilat, tlng, tlat, olng, olat
+int	nline, ip, max_fields, nfields, offset, nchars, nsdig_lng, nsdig_lat
+int	tilngunits, tilatunits, tolngunits, tolatunits, cier, ncenter
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, field_pos, outbuf, ctin, ctout
+pointer	toxformat, toyformat
+int	sk_stati(), li_get_numd(), getline(), cc_center()
+pointer	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+errchk	sk_ictran(), sk_octran()
+
+begin
+	# Compile the input and output transformations.
+	iferr {
+	    ctin = sk_ictran (cooin, mwin) 
+	    ctout = sk_octran (cooout, mwout)
+	} then
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (toxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (toyformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set the default input and output units.
+	if (ilngunits <= 0)
+            tilngunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	else
+	    tilngunits = ilngunits
+        if (ilatunits <= 0)
+            tilatunits = sk_stati (cooin, S_NLATUNITS)
+	else
+	    tilatunits = ilatunits
+        if (olngunits <= 0)
+            tolngunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	else
+	    tolngunits = olngunits
+        if (olatunits <= 0)
+            tolatunits = sk_stati (cooout, S_NLATUNITS)
+	else
+	    tolatunits = olatunits
+
+	# Set the output format.
+        call sk_oformats (cooin, cooout, oxformat, oyformat,
+            tolngunits, tolatunits, Memc[toxformat], Memc[toyformat],
+            SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Check the input and output units.
+	call sk_iunits (cooin, mwin, tilngunits, tilatunits, tilngunits,
+	    tilatunits)
+	call sk_ounits (cooout, mwout, tolngunits, tolatunits, tolngunits,
+	    tolatunits)
+
+	# Loop over the input coordinates.
+	max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+	ncenter = 0
+	for (nline = 1; getline (infd, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF; nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	    # Check for blank lines and comment lines.
+	    for (ip = inbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip = ip + 1)
+                ;
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '#') {
+                # Pass comment lines on to the output unchanged.
+                call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+                next
+            } else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+                # Blank lines too.
+                call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+            call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+            call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos], max_fields,
+                nfields)
+
+	    if (lngcolumn > nfields || latcolumn > nfields) {
+                call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                call eprintf ("Skipping object %d in file %s: too few fields\n")
+                    call pargi (nline)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                #call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+lngcolumn-1]
+            nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], ilng, nsdig_lng)
+            if (nchars == 0) {
+                call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                call eprintf ("Skipping object %d in file %s: bad ra value\n")
+                    call pargi (nline)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                #call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+latcolumn-1]
+            nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], ilat, nsdig_lat)
+            if (nchars == 0) {
+                call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                call eprintf ("Skipping object %d in file %s: bad dec value\n")
+                    call pargi (nline)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+                #call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    # Convert the input coordinates to world coordinates in radians.
+	    call sk_incc (cooin, mwin, ctin, tilngunits, tilatunits, ilng,
+	        ilat, olng, olat)
+
+	    # Perform the transformation.
+	    call sk_lltran (cooin, cooout, olng, olat, INDEFD, INDEFD,
+	        0.0d0, 0.0d0, tlng, tlat)
+
+	    # Convert the output celestial coordinates from radians to output
+	    # coordinates.
+	    call sk_outcc (cooout, mwout, ctout, tolngunits, tolatunits,
+	        tlng, tlat, olng, olat)
+
+	    # Is the object on the image ?
+	    if (olng <  0.5d0 || olng > (IM_LEN(im,1) + 0.5d0) ||
+	        olat < 0.5d0 || olat > (IM_LEN(im,2) + 0.5d0)) {
+                call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                call eprintf ("Skipping object %d in file %s: off image %s\n")
+                    call pargi (nline)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+                #call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Center the coordinates.
+	    if (center) {
+		cier = cc_center (im, sbox, cbox, datamin, datamax, back,
+		    maxiter, tol, olng, olat, olng, olat)
+		if (cier == ERR) {
+                    call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+                    call eprintf (
+		"Skipping object %d in file %s: cannot center in image %s\n")
+                        call pargi (nline)
+                        call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		        call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+                    #call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		    next
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Output the results.
+	    call li_append_lined (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+	        olng, olat, Memc[toxformat], Memc[toyformat], nsdig_lng,
+		nsdig_lat, min_sigdigits)
+	    call putline (outfd, Memc[outbuf])
+	    ncenter = ncenter + 1
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (ncenter)
+end
+
+
+# CC_CENTER -- Given an initial x and y coordinate compute a more accurate
+# center using a centroiding technique.
+
+int procedure cc_center (im, sbox, cbox, datamin, datamax, back, maxiter,
+	tolerance, xinit, yinit, xcenter, ycenter)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the input image
+int	sbox			#I the search box half-width in pixels
+int	cbox			#I the centering box half-width in pixels
+real	datamin			#I the minimum good data value
+real	datamax			#I the maximum good data value
+real	back			#I the background reference value
+int	maxiter			#I the maximum number of iterations.
+int	tolerance		#I the tolerance for convergence in pixels
+double	xinit, yinit		#I the initial x and y positions
+double	xcenter, ycenter	#I the final x and y positions
+
+bool	converged
+double	xold, yold, xnew, ynew
+int	i, fbox, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny
+real	lo, hi, sky
+pointer	buf, sp, xbuf, ybuf
+pointer	imgs2r()
+real	cc_ctr1d()
+errchk	imgs2r(), cc_threshold(), cc_rowsum(), cc_colsum(), cc_ctr1d()
+
+
+begin
+	xold = xinit
+	yold = yinit
+	converged = false
+
+	do i = 1, maxiter {
+
+	    if (i == 1)
+		fbox = sbox
+	    else
+		fbox = cbox
+	    x1 = max (nint (xold) - fbox, 1)
+	    x2 = min (nint (xold) + fbox, IM_LEN(im,1))
+	    y1 = max (nint (yold) - fbox, 1)
+	    y2 = min (nint (yold) + fbox, IM_LEN(im,2))
+	    nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (xbuf, nx, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ybuf, ny, TY_REAL)
+
+	    iferr {
+		buf = imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+		call cc_threshold (Memr[buf], nx * ny, datamin, datamax,
+		    back, lo, hi, sky)
+		call cc_rowsum (Memr[buf], Memr[xbuf], nx, ny, lo, hi, sky)
+		call cc_colsum (Memr[buf], Memr[ybuf], nx, ny, lo, hi, sky)
+		xnew = x1 + cc_ctr1d (Memr[xbuf], nx)
+		ynew = y1 + cc_ctr1d (Memr[ybuf], ny)
+	    } then {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return (ERR)
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+
+	    # Force at least one iteration.
+	    if (i > 1) {
+	        if (abs(nint(xnew) - nint(xold)) <= tolerance &&
+	            abs(nint(ynew) - nint(yold)) <= tolerance) {
+		    converged = true
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    xold = xnew
+	    yold = ynew
+	}
+
+	if (converged) {
+	    xcenter = xnew
+	    ycenter = ynew
+	    return (OK)
+	} else {
+	    xcenter = xinit
+	    ycenter = yinit
+	    return (ERR)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# CC_THRESHOLD -- Find the low and high thresholds for the subraster.
+
+procedure cc_threshold (raster, npix, datamin, datamax, back, ldatamin,
+	ldatamax, lback)
+
+real    raster[ARB]             #I input data
+int     npix                    #I length of input data
+real	datamin			#I minimum good data value
+real	datamax			#I maximum good data value
+real	back			#I background value
+real	ldatamin		#I local minimum good data value
+real	ldatamax		#I local maximum good data value
+real	lback			#I local background value
+
+real	junk
+int     awvgr()
+errchk  alimr, awvgr
+
+begin
+        # use the local data min or max for thresholds that are INDEF.
+        if (IS_INDEFR(datamin) || IS_INDEFR(datamax))
+            call alimr (raster, npix, ldatamin, ldatamax)
+        if (! IS_INDEFR(datamin))
+            ldatamin = datamin
+        if (! IS_INDEFR(datamax))
+            ldatamax = datamax
+
+        if (IS_INDEFR(back)) {
+            if (awvgr (raster, npix, lback, junk, ldatamin,
+		ldatamax) <= 0)
+                call error (1, "No data in good data range")
+        } else
+            lback = back
+
+        ldatamin = max (ldatamin, lback)
+        ldatamax = ldatamax
+end
+
+
+# CC_ROWSUM -- Sum all rows in a raster, subject to the thresholds, the
+# background, and other parameters.
+
+procedure cc_rowsum (raster, row, nx, ny, lo, hi, back)
+
+real    raster[nx,ny]           #I the input 2-D subraster
+real    row[ARB]                #O the output averaged row vector
+int     nx, ny                  #I dimensions of the subraster
+real	lo, hi			#I minimum and maximum good data values
+real	back			#I the background value
+
+int     i, j
+real    pix, minpix, maxpix
+
+begin
+	# Compute the x marginal.
+        call aclrr (row, nx)
+        do j = 1, ny
+            do i = 1, nx {
+                pix = raster[i,j]
+                if (lo <= pix && pix <= hi)
+                    row[i] = row[i] + pix - back
+            }
+        call adivkr (row, real(ny), row, nx)
+
+        # Check for low values.
+        call alimr (row, nx, minpix, maxpix)
+        if (minpix < 0.0)
+            call error (1, "Negative value in marginal row")
+end
+
+
+# CC_COLSUM -- Sum all columns in a raster, subject to the thresholds, the
+# background, and other parameters.
+
+procedure cc_colsum (raster, col, nx, ny, lo, hi, back)
+
+real    raster[nx,ny]           #I 2-D subraster
+real    col[ARB]                #O 1-D squashed col vector
+int     nx, ny                  #I dimensions of the subraster
+real	lo, hi			#I minimum and maximum good data values
+real	back			#I the background value
+
+
+int     i, j
+real    pix, minpix, maxpix
+
+begin
+	# Compute the y marginal.
+        call aclrr (col, ny)
+        do j = 1, ny
+            do i = 1, nx {
+                pix = raster[i,j]
+                if (lo <= pix && pix <= hi)
+                    col[j] = col[j] + pix - back
+            }
+        call adivkr (col, real(nx), col, ny)
+
+        # Check for low values.
+        call alimr (col, ny, minpix, maxpix)
+        if (minpix < 0.)
+            call error (1, "Negative value in marginal column")
+end
+
+
+# CC_CNTR1D -- Compute the the first moment.
+
+real procedure cc_ctr1d (a, npix)
+
+real    a[ARB]                  #I marginal vector
+int     npix                    #I size of the vector
+
+real    centroid, pix, sumi, sumix
+int     i
+
+begin
+        sumi = 0.
+        sumix = 0.
+        do i = 1, npix {
+            pix = a[i]
+            sumi = sumi + pix
+            sumix = sumix + pix * (i-1)
+        }
+
+        if (sumi == 0.0)
+	    call error (1, "The center is undefined\n")
+        else
+            centroid = sumix / sumi
+
+        return (centroid)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccget.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccget.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8955daf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccget.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1201 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <fset.h>
+include <evvexpr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <ctotok.h>
+include <lexnum.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+# Define the input data structure
+
+define	DC_DLENGTH		10
+define	DC_NCOLUMNS		Memi[$1]    # the number of columns in record
+define	DC_LNGCOLUMN		Memi[$1+1]  # the ra / longitude column index
+define	DC_LATCOLUMN		Memi[$1+2]  # the dec / latitude column index 
+define	DC_COLNAMES		Memi[$1+3]  # the column names pointer
+define	DC_RECORD		Memi[$1+4]  # the record pointer
+define	DC_COFFSETS		Memi[$1+5]  # the column offsets
+
+define	MAX_NCOLUMNS		100         # the maximum number of columns
+define	SZ_COLNAME		19          # the column name
+define	TABSIZE			8           # the spacing of the tab stops
+
+# Define the output structure
+
+define  EC_ELENGTH		10
+
+define	EC_NEXPR		Memi[$1]    # the number of expressions
+define	EC_ELIST		Memi[$1+1]  # the expression list pointer
+define	EC_ERANGES		Memi[$1+2]  # the expression column ranges
+define	EC_EFORMATS		Memi[$1+3]  # the expression formats
+define	EC_ELNGFORMAT		Memi[$1+4]  # the expression formats
+define	EC_ELATFORMAT		Memi[$1+5]  # the expression formats
+
+define	MAX_NEXPR		20
+define	MAX_NERANGES		100
+define	SZ_EXPR			SZ_LINE
+define	SZ_EFORMATS		 9
+
+# T_CCGET -- Given a field center, field width, and field epoch extract objects
+# within the rectangular field from a catalog.
+
+procedure t_ccget ()
+
+double	dlngcenter, dlatcenter, dlngwidth, dlatwidth, tlngcenter, tlatcenter
+double	dlng1, dlng2, dlat1, dlat2
+int	ip, inlist, ninfiles, outlist, noutfiles, fclngunits, fclatunits
+int	fldstat, catstat, outstat, catlngunits, catlatunits, olngunits
+int	olatunits, in, out
+pointer	sp, lngcenter, latcenter, fcsystem, catsystem, outsystem, olngformat
+pointer	olatformat, lngcolumn, latcolumn, colnames, exprs, formats
+pointer	infile, outfile, str
+pointer	fldcoo, catcoo, outcoo, mw, dc, ec
+bool	verbose
+double	clgetd()
+pointer	cc_dinit(), cc_einit()
+int	clpopnu(), clplen(), ctod(), strncmp(), clgwrd(), sk_decwcs()
+int	sk_stati(), clgfil(), open()
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+errchk	clgwrd()
+
+begin
+	# Open the list of input catalogs. These catalogs must have the
+	# same format.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("input")
+	ninfiles = clplen (inlist)
+	if (ninfiles <= 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: The input catalog list is empty\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Open the list of output catalogs. The number of output catalogs
+	# must be 1 or equal to the number of input catalogs.
+	outlist = clpopnu ("output")
+	noutfiles = clplen (outlist)
+	if (noutfiles <= 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: The output catalog list is empty\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    return
+	} else if (noutfiles > 1 && noutfiles != ninfiles) {
+	    call eprintf (
+	    "Error: The number of input and output catalogs are not the same\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lngcenter, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (latcenter, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fcsystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (catsystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lngcolumn, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (latcolumn, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (colnames, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outsystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (olngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (olatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (exprs, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (formats, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the field center coordinates and make some preliminary checks.
+	call clgstr ("lngcenter", Memc[lngcenter], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("latcenter", Memc[latcenter], SZ_FNAME)
+	ip = 1
+	if (ctod (Memc[lngcenter], ip, dlngcenter) <= 0)
+	    dlngcenter = INDEFD
+	else if (dlngcenter < 0.0 || dlngcenter > 360.0)
+	    dlngcenter = INDEFD
+	ip = 1
+	if (ctod (Memc[latcenter], ip, dlatcenter) <= 0)
+	    dlatcenter = INDEFD
+	else if (dlatcenter < -90.0 || dlatcenter > 90.0)
+	    dlatcenter = INDEFD
+	if (IS_INDEFD(dlngcenter) || IS_INDEFD(dlatcenter)) {
+	    call eprintf ( "Error: Undefined field center\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	dlngwidth = clgetd ("lngwidth")
+	if (dlngwidth < 0.0 || dlngwidth > 360.0)
+	    dlngwidth = INDEFD
+	dlatwidth = clgetd ("latwidth")
+	if (dlatwidth < 0.0 || dlatwidth > 180.0)
+	    dlatwidth = INDEFD
+	if (IS_INDEFD(dlngwidth) || IS_INDEFD(dlatwidth)) {
+	    call eprintf ( "Error: Undefined field width\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the field coordinate system and convert INDEF to EOS
+	# to avoid passing the wcs decoding routine a large number.
+	call clgstr ("fcsystem", Memc[fcsystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (strncmp (Memc[fcsystem], "INDEF", 5) == 0)
+	    Memc[fcsystem] = EOS
+
+	# Get the field center coordinate units.
+	iferr (fclngunits = clgwrd ("fclngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    fclngunits = 0
+	iferr (fclatunits = clgwrd ("fclatunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    fclatunits = 0
+
+	# Get the coordinates file format.
+	call clgstr ("lngcolumn", Memc[lngcolumn], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("latcolumn", Memc[latcolumn], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the catalog coordinate system and convert INDEF to EOS
+	# to avoid passing the wcs decoding routine a large number.
+	call clgstr ("catsystem", Memc[catsystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (strncmp (Memc[catsystem], "INDEF", 5) == 0)
+	    Memc[catsystem] = EOS
+
+	# Get the input catalog coordinate units.
+	iferr (catlngunits = clgwrd ("catlngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    catlngunits = 0
+	iferr (catlatunits = clgwrd ("catlatunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    catlatunits = 0
+
+	# Get the output catalog coordinates system.
+	call clgstr ("outsystem", Memc[outsystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (strncmp (Memc[outsystem], "INDEF", 5) == 0)
+	    Memc[outsystem] = EOS
+
+	# Get the output catalog coordinate units.
+	iferr (olngunits = clgwrd ("olngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    olngunits = 0
+	iferr (olatunits = clgwrd ("olatunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    olatunits = 0
+	call clgstr ("olngformat", Memc[olngformat], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("olatformat", Memc[olatformat], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Get the output catalog format.
+	call clgstr ("colaliases", Memc[colnames], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("exprs", Memc[exprs], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("formats", Memc[formats], SZ_LINE)
+
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the reference coordinate system.
+	if (streq (Memc[catsystem], Memc[fcsystem]) &&
+	    (fclngunits == catlngunits) &&
+	    (fclatunits == catlatunits)) {
+	    fldcoo = NULL
+	} else {
+	    fldstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[fcsystem], mw, fldcoo, NULL)
+	    if (fldstat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+	        if (mw != NULL)
+	            call mw_close (mw)
+	        fldcoo = NULL
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Open the catalog coordinate system.
+	catstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[catsystem], mw, catcoo, NULL) 
+	if (catstat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: Cannot decode the input coordinate system\n")
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    if (fldcoo != NULL)
+	        call sk_close (fldcoo)
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (outlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Determine the units of the input coordinate system.
+	if (catlngunits <= 0)
+	    catlngunits = sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	if (catlatunits <= 0)
+	    catlatunits = sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	call sk_seti (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS, catlngunits)
+	call sk_seti (catcoo, S_NLATUNITS, catlatunits)
+	if (fldcoo == NULL) {
+	    if (fclngunits <= 0)
+	        fclngunits = sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	    if (fclatunits <= 0)
+	        fclatunits = sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	} else {
+	    if (fclngunits <= 0)
+	        fclngunits = sk_stati (fldcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	    if (fclatunits <= 0)
+	        fclatunits = sk_stati (fldcoo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	    call sk_seti (fldcoo, S_NLNGUNITS, fclngunits)
+	    call sk_seti (fldcoo, S_NLATUNITS, fclatunits)
+	}
+
+	# Open the output catalog coordinate system.
+	if (streq (Memc[outsystem], Memc[catsystem]) &&
+	    (olngunits == catlngunits) &&
+	    (olatunits == catlatunits)) {
+	    outcoo = NULL
+	} else {
+	    outstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[outsystem], mw, outcoo, NULL) 
+	    if (outstat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+	        call eprintf (
+		    "Warning: Cannot decode the output coordinate system\n")
+	        if (mw != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+	        outcoo = NULL
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set the output catalog units.
+	if (outcoo == NULL) {
+	    if (olngunits <= 0)
+	        olngunits = sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	    if (olatunits <= 0)
+	        olatunits = sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	} else {
+	    if (olngunits <= 0)
+	        olngunits = sk_stati (outcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	    if (olatunits <= 0)
+	        olatunits = sk_stati (outcoo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	    call sk_seti (outcoo, S_NLNGUNITS, olngunits)
+	    call sk_seti (outcoo, S_NLATUNITS, olatunits)
+	}
+
+	# Get default output coordinate formats.
+	if (outcoo != NULL) {
+	    if (Memc[olngformat] == EOS || Memc[olngformat] == ' ') {
+	        switch (sk_stati(outcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    call strcpy ("  %010.1h", Memc[olngformat], SZ_EFORMATS)
+		case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    call strcpy ("  %9.0h", Memc[olngformat], SZ_EFORMATS)
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    call strcpy ("  %9.7g", Memc[olngformat], SZ_EFORMATS)
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if (Memc[olatformat] == EOS || Memc[olngformat] == ' ') {
+	        switch (sk_stati(outcoo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    call strcpy ("  %010.1h", Memc[olatformat], SZ_EFORMATS)
+		case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    call strcpy ("  %9.0h", Memc[olatformat], SZ_EFORMATS)
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    call strcpy ("  %9.7g", Memc[olatformat], SZ_EFORMATS)
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Convert the field center coordinates to the catalog
+	# coordinate system.
+	if (fldcoo == NULL) {
+	    tlngcenter = dlngcenter
+	    tlatcenter = dlatcenter
+	} else {
+	    call sk_ultran (fldcoo, catcoo, dlngcenter, dlatcenter,
+	        tlngcenter, tlatcenter, 1) 
+	}
+
+	# Determine the corners of the field in degrees. At present
+	# the maximum longitude width is actually 180 not 360 degrees
+	# and the maximum latitude width is 180 degrees.
+	call cc_limits (catcoo, tlngcenter, tlatcenter, dlngwidth,
+	    dlatwidth, dlng1, dlng2, dlat1, dlat2)
+
+	# Flush standard output on newline.
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Initialize the data structure.
+	dc = cc_dinit (Memc[colnames], Memc[lngcolumn], Memc[latcolumn])
+
+	# Initialize the expressions structure.
+	ec = cc_einit (Memc[exprs], Memc[formats], Memc[olngformat],
+	    Memc[olatformat])
+
+	# Decode the expressions using info in the data structure.
+	call cc_edecode (dc, ec)
+
+	# Loop over the catalog files.
+	while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open text file of coordinates.
+	    in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the output file.
+	    if (clgfil (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+	        out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Print the input and output file information.
+	    if (verbose && out != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("\nCatalog File: %s  Output File: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outfile])
+	    }
+	    if (out != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (out, "\n# Catalog File: %s  Output File: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outfile])
+	    }
+
+	    # Print information about the field center coordinate system.
+	    if (fldcoo == NULL) {
+	        if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		    call sk_iiprint ("Field System", Memc[catsystem], NULL,
+		        catcoo)
+		if (out != NULL)
+		    call sk_iiwrite (out, "Field System", Memc[catsystem],
+		        NULL, catcoo)
+	    } else {
+		if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		    call sk_iiprint ("Field System", Memc[fcsystem], NULL,
+		        fldcoo)
+		if (out != NULL)
+		    call sk_iiwrite (out, "Field System", Memc[fcsystem], NULL,
+		        fldcoo)
+	    }
+
+	    # Print information about the input coordinate system.
+	    if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		call sk_iiprint (
+		    "Catalog System", Memc[catsystem], NULL, catcoo)
+	    if (out != NULL)
+		call sk_iiwrite (out, "Catalog System", Memc[catsystem], NULL,
+		    catcoo)
+
+	    # Print information about the output coordinate system.
+	    if (outcoo == NULL) {
+	        if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		    call sk_iiprint ("Output System", Memc[catsystem], NULL,
+		        catcoo)
+		if (out != NULL)
+		    call sk_iiwrite (out, "Output System", Memc[catsystem],
+		        NULL, catcoo)
+	    } else {
+		if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		    call sk_iiprint ("Output System", Memc[outsystem], NULL,
+		        outcoo)
+		if (out != NULL)
+		    call sk_iiwrite (out, "Output System", Memc[outsystem],
+		        NULL, outcoo)
+	    }
+		    
+	    # Print the corners field parameters.
+	    if (verbose && out != STDOUT) {
+		if (sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS) == SKY_HOURS)
+		    call printf (
+		        "#\n# Field Center: %10h %9h  Width: %0.4f %0.4f\n")
+		else
+		    call printf (
+		        "#\n# Field Center: %11h %9h  Width: %0.4f %0.4f\n")
+		    call pargd (tlngcenter)
+		    call pargd (tlatcenter)
+		    call pargd (dlngwidth)
+		    call pargd (dlatwidth)
+		if (sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS) == SKY_HOURS)
+		    call printf ("# Field Limits: %9H %9H  %9h %9h\n#\n")
+		else
+		    call printf ("# Field Limits: %9h %9h  %9h %9h\n#\n")
+		    call pargd (dlng1)
+		    call pargd (dlng2)
+		    call pargd (dlat1)
+		    call pargd (dlat2)
+	    }
+
+	    if (out != NULL) {
+		if (sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS) == SKY_HOURS)
+		    call fprintf (out,
+		        "#\n# Field Center: %10h %9h  Width: %0.4f %0.4f\n")
+		else
+		    call fprintf (out,
+		        "#\n# Field Center: %11h %9h  Width: %0.4f %0.4f\n")
+		    call pargd (tlngcenter)
+		    call pargd (tlatcenter)
+		    call pargd (dlngwidth)
+		    call pargd (dlatwidth)
+		if (sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS) == SKY_HOURS)
+		    call fprintf (out, "# Field Limits: %9H %9H  %9h %9h\n#\n")
+		else
+		    call fprintf (out, "# Field Limits: %9h %9h  %9h %9h\n#\n")
+		    call pargd (dlng1)
+		    call pargd (dlng2)
+		    call pargd (dlat1)
+		    call pargd (dlat2)
+	    }
+
+	    # Read in the data line by line, selecting the records of
+	    # interest.
+	    call cc_select (in, out, dc, ec, catcoo, outcoo, tlngcenter,
+	        tlatcenter, dlngwidth, dlatwidth, dlng1, dlng2, dlat1,
+		dlat2, verbose)
+
+	    call close (in)
+	    if (noutfiles == ninfiles)
+		call close (out)
+	}
+
+	call cc_dfree (dc)
+	call cc_efree (ec)
+
+	if (noutfiles != ninfiles)
+	    call close (out)
+	if (fldcoo != NULL)
+	    call sk_close (fldcoo)
+	call sk_close (catcoo)
+	if (outcoo != NULL)
+	    call sk_close (outcoo)
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call clpcls (outlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_LIMITS - Given the field center and field width compute the ra /
+# longitude and dec / latitude limits of the region of interest.
+
+procedure cc_limits (catcoo, dlngcenter, dlatcenter, dlngwidth, dlatwidth,
+        dlng1, dlng2, dlat1, dlat2)
+
+pointer	catcoo			#I the pointer to the catalog wcs
+double	dlngcenter		#I the field center ra / longtitude
+double	dlatcenter		#I the field center dec / latitude
+double	dlngwidth		#I the field ra / longitude width (degrees)
+double	dlatwidth		#I the field dec / latitude width (degrees)
+double 	dlng1			#O the lower field ra / longitude limit
+double 	dlng2			#O the upper field ra / longitude limit
+double 	dlat1			#O the lower field dec / latitude limit
+double 	dlat2			#O the upper field dec / longitude limit
+
+double	tlngcenter, tlatcenter, cosdec, dhlngwidth
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Convert the field center coordinates to degrees.
+        switch (sk_stati(catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlngcenter = 15.0d0 * dlngcenter
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlngcenter = dlngcenter
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlngcenter = RADTODEG(dlngcenter)
+        default:
+            tlngcenter = dlngcenter
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlatcenter = 15.0d0 * dlatcenter
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlatcenter = dlatcenter
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlatcenter = RADTODEG(dlatcenter)
+        default:
+            tlatcenter = dlatcenter
+        }
+
+	# Find the field corners.
+	dlat1 = tlatcenter - 0.5d0 * dlatwidth
+	if (dlat1 <= -90.0d0) {
+	    dlat1 = -90.0d0
+	    dlat2 = min  (tlatcenter + 0.5d0 * dlatwidth, 90.0d0)
+	    dlng1 = 0.0d0
+	    dlng2 = 360.0d0
+	    return
+	}
+
+	dlat2 = tlatcenter + 0.5d0 * dlatwidth
+	if (dlat2 >= 90.0d0) {
+	    dlat2 = 90.0d0
+	    dlat1 = max (tlatcenter - 0.5d0 * dlatwidth, -90.0d0)
+	    dlng1 = 0.0d0
+	    dlng2 = 360.0d0
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (tlatcenter > 0.0d0)
+	    cosdec = cos (DEGTORAD(dlat2))
+	else
+	    cosdec = cos (DEGTORAD(dlat1))
+	dhlngwidth = 0.5d0 * dlngwidth / cosdec
+	if (dhlngwidth >= 180.0d0) {
+	    dlng1 = 0.0d0
+	    dlng2 = 360.0d0
+	} else {
+	    dlng1 = tlngcenter - dhlngwidth
+	    if (dlng1 < 0.0d0)
+	        dlng1 = dlng1 + 360.0d0
+	    dlng2 = tlngcenter + dhlngwidth 
+	    if (dlng2 > 360.0d0)
+	        dlng2 = dlng2 - 360.0d0
+	}
+end
+
+
+# CC_SELECT -- Select and print the records matching the field position
+# and size criteria.
+
+procedure cc_select (in, out, dc, ec, catcoo, outcoo, lngcenter, latcenter,
+	lngwidth, latwidth, dlng1, dlng2, dlat1, dlat2, verbose)
+
+int	in			#I the input file file descriptor
+int	out			#I the output file descriptor
+pointer	dc			#I the file data structure
+pointer	ec			#I the expression structure
+pointer	catcoo			#I the input catalog coordinate structure
+pointer	outcoo			#I the output catalog coordinate structure
+double	lngcenter, latcenter	#I the field center coordinates 
+double	lngwidth, latwidth	#I the field widths in degrees
+double	dlng1, dlng2		#I the ra / longitude limits in degrees
+double	dlat1, dlat2		#I the dec / latitude limits in degrees
+bool	verbose			#I verbose mode
+
+double	dlngcenter, dlatcenter, tlng, tlat, dlng, dlat, dist
+double  tmplng, tlngcenter
+int	ip, op, i, j, nline, lngoffset, latoffset, offset1, offset2, nsig
+pointer	sp, inbuf, outbuf, newval, eptr, rptr, fptr, pexpr
+pointer	evvexpr(), locpr()
+int	getline(), li_get_numd(), sk_stati(), gstrcpy(), strlen()
+bool	streq()
+extern	cc_getop()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Convert the field center coordinates to degrees.
+        switch (sk_stati(catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            dlngcenter = 15.0d0 * lngcenter
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            dlngcenter = RADTODEG(lngcenter)
+        default:
+            dlngcenter = lngcenter
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            dlatcenter = 15.0d0 * latcenter
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            dlatcenter = RADTODEG(latcenter)
+        default:
+            dlatcenter = latcenter
+        }
+
+	for (nline = 1; getline (in, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF; nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	    # Skip over leading white space.
+            for (ip = inbuf; IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]); ip = ip + 1)
+                ;
+
+            # Skip comment and blank lines.
+            if (Memc[ip] == '#')
+                next
+            else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS)
+                next
+
+            # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+            call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+            call li_find_fields (Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)], Memi[DC_COFFSETS(dc)],
+	        MAX_NCOLUMNS, DC_NCOLUMNS(dc))
+
+	    # Decode the longitude coordinate.
+	    if (DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc) > DC_NCOLUMNS(dc))
+		next
+	    lngoffset = Memi[DC_COFFSETS(dc)+DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc)-1]
+	    if (li_get_numd (Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)+lngoffset-1], tlng, nsig) == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the latitude coordinate.
+	    if (DC_LATCOLUMN(dc) > DC_NCOLUMNS(dc))
+		next
+	    latoffset = Memi[DC_COFFSETS(dc)+DC_LATCOLUMN(dc)-1]
+	    if (li_get_numd (Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)+latoffset-1], tlat, nsig) == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Convert the catalog coordinates to degrees.
+            switch (sk_stati(catcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                dlng = 15.0d0 * tlng
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                dlng = RADTODEG(tlng)
+            default:
+		dlng = tlng
+            }
+            switch (sk_stati (catcoo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                dlat = 15.0d0 * tlat
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                dlat = RADTODEG(tlat)
+            default:
+		dlat = tlat
+            }
+
+	    # Test the converted ra /dec or longitude / latitude value
+	    # versus the user defined ra / longitude and dec / latitude
+	    # limits.
+	    if (dlat < dlat1 || dlat > dlat2)
+		next
+	    if (dlng1 < dlng2) {
+		if (dlng >= dlng1 && dlng <= dlng2)
+		    ;
+		else
+		    next
+	    } else {
+		if (dlng > dlng2 && dlng < dlng1)
+		    next
+		else
+		    ;
+	    }
+
+	    # Check the longitude coordinate distance to remove pathologies
+	    # in longitude or latitude strips involving the pole. This is
+	    # an extra test of my own.
+	    if (dlng1 < dlng2) {
+	        dist = abs (dlng - dlngcenter)
+	    } else {
+		if (dlng > dlng1)
+		    tmplng = dlng - 360.0d0 
+		else
+		    tmplng = dlng
+		if (dlngcenter > dlng1)
+		    tlngcenter = dlngcenter - 360.0d0
+		else
+		    tlngcenter = dlngcenter
+		dist = abs (tmplng - tlngcenter)
+	    }
+	    if (abs (2.0d0*dist*cos(DEGTORAD(dlat))) > lngwidth) 
+	        next
+
+	    # If all the columns are selected and no column expressions have
+	    # been defined dump the input records to the output.
+
+	    if (outcoo == NULL && (streq (Memc[EC_ELIST(ec)], "*") ||
+	        streq (Memc[EC_ELIST(ec)], "c[*]"))) {
+	        if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		    call putline (STDOUT, Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)])
+	        if (out != NULL)
+		    call putline (out, Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Otherwise loop through the user specified output fields
+	    # and expressions.
+
+	    # Initialize the expression list pointers.
+	    rptr = EC_ERANGES(ec)
+	    eptr = EC_ELIST(ec)
+	    fptr = EC_EFORMATS(ec)
+
+	    # Initiliaze the output buffer.
+	    op = outbuf
+	    Memc[op] = EOS
+
+	    do i = 1, EC_NEXPR(ec) {
+
+		# The next user output field is an expression.
+		if (IS_INDEFI(Memi[rptr])) {
+
+		    pexpr = evvexpr (Memc[eptr], locpr (cc_getop), dc, 0, dc, 0)
+		    switch (O_TYPE(pexpr)) {
+		    case TY_BOOL:
+			if (Memc[fptr] == '%')
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, Memc[fptr])
+			else
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, "%5b")
+			    call pargi (O_VALI(pexpr))
+		    case TY_CHAR:
+			if (Memc[fptr] == '%')
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, Memc[fptr])
+			else
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, "  %s")
+			   call pargstr (O_VALC(pexpr))
+		    case TY_INT:
+			if (Memc[fptr] == '%')
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, Memc[fptr])
+			else
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, "  %10d")
+			    call pargi (O_VALI(pexpr))
+		    case TY_REAL:
+			if (Memc[fptr] == '%')
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, Memc[fptr])
+			else
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, "  %10g")
+			    call pargr (O_VALR(pexpr))
+		    case TY_DOUBLE:
+			if (Memc[fptr] == '%')
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, Memc[fptr])
+			else
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE, "  %10g")
+			    call pargd (O_VALD(pexpr))
+		    }
+		    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[newval], Memc[op],
+		        min (SZ_LINE - op + outbuf, strlen (Memc[newval])))
+
+		# The next user fields are columns.
+		} else if (Memi[rptr] >= 1 && Memi[rptr+1] <= MAX_NCOLUMNS) {
+
+		    # Transform the coordinates if necessary.
+		    if (outcoo != NULL)
+	    		call sk_ultran (catcoo, outcoo, tlng, tlat, tlng,
+			    tlat, 1) 
+
+		    pexpr = NULL
+		    do j = max (1, Memi[rptr]), min (Memi[rptr+1],
+		        DC_NCOLUMNS(dc)), Memi[rptr+2] {
+	    		offset1 = Memi[DC_COFFSETS(dc)+j-1]
+	    		offset2 = Memi[DC_COFFSETS(dc)+j]
+			if (outcoo != NULL && offset1 == lngoffset) {
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE,
+			        Memc[EC_ELNGFORMAT(ec)])
+				call pargd (tlng)
+		            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[newval], Memc[op],
+		                min (SZ_LINE - op + outbuf,
+				strlen (Memc[newval])))
+			} else if (outcoo != NULL && offset1 == latoffset) {
+			    call sprintf (Memc[newval], SZ_LINE,
+			        Memc[EC_ELATFORMAT(ec)])
+				call pargd (tlat)
+		            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[newval], Memc[op],
+		                min (SZ_LINE - op + outbuf,
+				strlen (Memc[newval])))
+			} else
+			    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)+offset1-1],
+			        Memc[op], min (SZ_LINE - op + outbuf,
+			        offset2 - offset1))
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Update the expression list pointers.
+		eptr = eptr + SZ_EXPR + 1
+		rptr = rptr + 3
+		fptr = fptr + SZ_EFORMATS + 1
+		if (pexpr != NULL)
+		    call mfree (pexpr, TY_STRUCT)
+	    }
+
+	    # Attach a newline and EOS to the newly formatted line and output
+	    # it.
+	    if (Memc[outbuf] != EOS) {
+		Memc[op] = '\n'
+		Memc[op+1] = EOS
+	        if (verbose && out != STDOUT)
+		    call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outbuf])
+	        if (out != NULL)
+		    call putline (out, Memc[outbuf])
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_DINIT -- Initialize the ccget data structure.
+
+pointer procedure cc_dinit (cnames, lngname, latname)
+
+char	cnames[ARB]		#I optional list of columm names
+char	lngname[ARB]		#I the ra / longitude column name or number
+char	latname[ARB]		#I the dec / latitude column name or number
+
+int	i, ip, op
+pointer	dc, cptr
+int	cc_cnames(), ctotok(), ctoi()
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call calloc (dc, DC_DLENGTH, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Define the column names.
+	call calloc (DC_COLNAMES(dc), MAX_NCOLUMNS * (SZ_COLNAME + 1), TY_CHAR)
+	Memc[DC_COLNAMES(dc)] = EOS
+
+	ip = 1
+	cptr = DC_COLNAMES(dc)
+	do i = 1, MAX_NCOLUMNS {
+	    op = 1
+	    if (cc_cnames (cnames, ip, Memc[cptr], SZ_COLNAME) == EOF) {
+	        call sprintf (Memc[cptr], SZ_COLNAME, "c%d")
+		    call pargi (i)
+	    } else if (ctotok (Memc[cptr], op, Memc[cptr], SZ_COLNAME) !=
+	        TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        call sprintf (Memc[cptr], SZ_COLNAME, "c%d")
+		    call pargi (i)
+	    }
+	    call strlwr (Memc[cptr])
+	    cptr = cptr + SZ_COLNAME + 1
+	}
+
+	# Find the longitude and latitude columns.
+	ip = 1
+	DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc) = 0
+	if (ctoi (lngname, ip, DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc)) <= 0) {
+	    cptr = DC_COLNAMES(dc)
+	    do i = 1, MAX_NCOLUMNS {
+		if (streq (lngname, Memc[cptr])) {
+		    DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc) = i
+		    break
+		}
+	        cptr = cptr + SZ_COLNAME + 1
+	    }
+	}
+	if (DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc) <= 0)
+	    DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc) = 2
+
+	ip = 1
+	DC_LATCOLUMN(dc) = 0
+	if (ctoi (latname, ip, DC_LATCOLUMN(dc)) <= 0) {
+	    cptr = DC_COLNAMES(dc)
+	    do i = 1, MAX_NCOLUMNS {
+		if (streq (latname, Memc[cptr])) {
+		    DC_LATCOLUMN(dc) = i
+		    break
+		}
+	        cptr = cptr + SZ_COLNAME + 1
+	    }
+	}
+	if (DC_LATCOLUMN(dc) <= 0)
+	    DC_LATCOLUMN(dc) = DC_LNGCOLUMN(dc) + 1
+
+	call calloc (DC_RECORD(dc), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	Memc[DC_RECORD(dc)) = EOS 
+
+	call calloc (DC_COFFSETS(dc), MAX_NCOLUMNS + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	return (dc)
+end
+
+
+# CC_DFREE -- Free the ccget data structure.
+
+procedure cc_dfree (dc)
+
+pointer	dc			#U pointer to the data structure
+
+begin
+	call mfree (DC_COLNAMES(dc), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (DC_RECORD(dc), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (DC_COFFSETS(dc), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (dc, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# CC_CNAMES -- Decode the list of column names into individual column names.
+
+int procedure cc_cnames (colnames, ip, name, maxch)
+
+char    colnames[ARB]           #I list of column names
+int     ip                      #I pointer into the list of names
+char    name[ARB]               #O the output column name
+int     maxch                   #I maximum length of a column name
+
+int     op, token
+int     ctotok(), strlen()
+
+begin
+        # Decode the column labels.
+        op = 1
+        while (colnames[ip] != EOS) {
+
+            token = ctotok (colnames, ip, name[op], maxch)
+            if (name[op] == EOS)
+                next
+
+            #if ((token == TOK_UNKNOWN) || (token == TOK_CHARCON))
+                #break
+
+            if ((token == TOK_PUNCTUATION) && (name[op] == ',')) {
+                if (op == 1)
+                    next
+                else
+                    break
+            }
+
+	    if (token != TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+		op = 1
+		next
+	    }
+
+            op = op + strlen (name[op])
+	    if (colnames[ip] == ' ') {
+                if (op == 1)
+                    next
+                else
+                    break
+	    }
+        }
+
+        name[op] = EOS
+        if ((colnames[ip] == EOS) && (op == 1))
+            return (EOF)
+        else
+            return (op - 1)
+end
+
+
+# CC_EINIT -- Initialize the ccget expression structure.
+
+pointer procedure cc_einit (exprs, formats, lngformat, latformat)
+
+char	exprs[ARB]		#I the input expression list
+char	formats[ARB]		#I the input formats list
+char	lngformat[ARB]		#I the input output ra / longitude format
+char	latformat[ARB]		#I the input output dec / latitude format
+
+int	i, ip, nexpr
+pointer	ec, cptr, fptr
+int	cc_enames()
+
+begin
+	call calloc (ec, EC_ELENGTH, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Define the column names.
+	call malloc (EC_ELIST(ec), MAX_NEXPR * (SZ_EXPR + 1), TY_CHAR)
+	Memc[EC_ELIST(ec)] = EOS
+
+	# Create list of expressions.
+	ip = 1
+	cptr = EC_ELIST(ec)
+	nexpr = 0
+	do i = 1, MAX_NEXPR {
+	    if (cc_enames (exprs, ip, Memc[cptr], SZ_EXPR) == EOF)
+		break
+	    call strlwr (Memc[cptr])
+	    cptr = cptr + SZ_EXPR + 1
+	    nexpr = nexpr + 1
+	}
+	EC_NEXPR(ec) = nexpr
+
+
+	# Decode the list of expressions into column names, column ranges,
+	# and column expressions.
+	call calloc (EC_ERANGES(ec), 3 * MAX_NERANGES + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	call calloc (EC_EFORMATS(ec), MAX_NEXPR * (SZ_EFORMATS + 1), TY_CHAR)
+	Memc[EC_EFORMATS(ec)] = EOS
+	ip  = 1
+	fptr = EC_EFORMATS(ec)
+	cptr = EC_ELIST(ec)
+	do i = 1, EC_NEXPR(ec) {
+	    if (cc_enames (formats, ip, Memc[fptr], SZ_EFORMATS) == EOF)
+		break
+	    fptr = fptr + SZ_EFORMATS + 1
+	    cptr = cptr + SZ_EXPR + 1
+	}
+
+	call calloc (EC_ELNGFORMAT(ec), SZ_EFORMATS, TY_CHAR)
+	call strcpy (lngformat, Memc[EC_ELNGFORMAT(ec)], SZ_EFORMATS)
+	call calloc (EC_ELATFORMAT(ec), SZ_EFORMATS, TY_CHAR)
+	call strcpy (latformat, Memc[EC_ELATFORMAT(ec)], SZ_EFORMATS)
+
+	return (ec)
+end
+
+
+# CC_EFREE -- Free the ccget expression structure.
+
+procedure cc_efree (ec)
+
+pointer	ec			#U pointer to the expression structure
+
+begin
+	call mfree (EC_ELIST(ec), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (EC_ERANGES(ec), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (EC_EFORMATS(ec), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (EC_ELNGFORMAT(ec), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (EC_ELATFORMAT(ec), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (ec, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# CC_ENAMES -- Decode the list of expressions into individual expressions.
+
+int procedure cc_enames (exprs, ip, name, maxch)
+
+char    exprs[ARB]	        #I list of expressions
+int     ip                      #I pointer into the list of names
+char    name[ARB]               #O the output column name
+int     maxch                   #I maximum length of a column name
+
+int     op, token
+int     ctotok(), strlen()
+
+begin
+        # Decode the column labels.
+        op = 1
+        while (exprs[ip] != EOS) {
+
+            token = ctotok (exprs, ip, name[op], maxch)
+            if (name[op] == EOS)
+                next
+
+            if ((token == TOK_PUNCTUATION) && (name[op] == ',')) {
+                if (op == 1)
+                    next
+                else
+                    break
+            }
+
+
+            op = op + strlen (name[op])
+        }
+
+        name[op] = EOS
+        if ((exprs[ip] == EOS) && (op == 1))
+            return (EOF)
+        else
+            return (op - 1)
+end
+
+
+# CC_EDECODE -- Decode the expression list.
+
+procedure cc_edecode (dc, ec)
+
+pointer	dc			#I the pointer to the data structure
+pointer	ec			#I the pointer to the expression structure
+
+int	i, j, ip1, ip2, c1, c2, lindex, rindex, column
+pointer	sp, ename, eptr, cptr, rptr
+char	lbracket, rbracket
+int	ctotok(), strldx(), ctoi()
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ename, SZ_EXPR, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	lbracket = '['
+	rbracket = ']'
+	eptr = EC_ELIST(ec)
+	rptr = EC_ERANGES(ec)
+
+	do i = 1, EC_NEXPR(ec) {
+
+	    ip1 = 1
+	    lindex = strldx (lbracket, Memc[eptr])
+	    rindex = strldx (rbracket, Memc[eptr])
+	    ip2 = lindex + 1
+	    if (Memc[eptr] == 'c' && lindex == 2 && rindex > lindex) {
+		if (Memc[eptr+lindex] == '*') {
+		    c1 = 1
+		    c2 = MAX_NCOLUMNS
+		} else {
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[eptr], ip2, c1) <= 0)
+		        c1 = 0
+		    else  if (c1 < 1 || c1 > MAX_NCOLUMNS)
+		        c1 = 0
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[eptr], ip2, c2) <= 0)
+		        c2 = 0
+		    else
+		        c2 = -c2
+		    if (c2 < 1 || c2 > MAX_NCOLUMNS)
+		        c2 = 0
+		}
+
+		if (c1 > 0 && c2 > c1) {
+		    Memi[rptr] = c1
+		    Memi[rptr+1] = c2
+		    Memi[rptr+2] = 1
+		}
+	    } else if (ctotok (Memc[eptr], ip1, Memc[ename], SZ_EXPR) ==
+	        TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        cptr = DC_COLNAMES(dc)
+		column = 0
+	        do j = 1, MAX_NCOLUMNS {
+		    if (streq (Memc[eptr], Memc[cptr])) {
+			column = j
+		        break
+		    }
+	            cptr = cptr + SZ_COLNAME + 1
+	        }
+		if (column > 0) {
+		    Memi[rptr] = j
+		    Memi[rptr+1] = j
+		    Memi[rptr+2] = 1
+		} else if (ctotok (Memc[eptr], ip1, Memc[ename], SZ_EXPR) !=
+		    EOS) {
+		    Memi[rptr] = INDEFI
+		    Memi[rptr+1] = INDEFI
+		    Memi[rptr+2] = INDEFI
+		}
+	    } else {
+		Memi[rptr] = INDEFI
+		Memi[rptr+1] = INDEFI
+		Memi[rptr+2] = INDEFI
+	    }
+	    eptr = eptr + SZ_EXPR + 1
+	    rptr = rptr + 3
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_GETOP -- Fetch an operand from the data structure.
+
+procedure cc_getop (dc, operand, o)
+
+pointer	dc			#I pointer to the data structure
+char	operand[ARB]		#I name of operand to be returned
+pointer	o			#I pointer to output operand
+
+int	ip, column, offset, csize, type, nchars
+pointer	cptr
+bool	streq()
+int	lexnum(), ctod(), ctoi()
+
+begin
+	# Find the symbol.
+	cptr = DC_COLNAMES(dc)
+	column = 0
+	do ip = 1, MAX_NCOLUMNS {
+	    if (streq (operand, Memc[cptr])) {
+		column = ip
+		break
+	    }
+	    cptr = cptr + SZ_COLNAME + 1
+	}
+	if (column <= 0)
+	    call xvv_error1 ("Column '%s' not found", operand[1])
+
+	# Find column pointer.
+	offset = Memi[DC_COFFSETS(dc)+column-1]
+	csize = Memi[DC_COFFSETS(dc)+column] - offset
+	cptr = DC_RECORD(dc)+offset-1
+
+	# Determine the type of the symbol.
+	ip = 1
+	type = lexnum (Memc[cptr], ip, nchars)
+	#if (Memc[cptr+nchars+ip-1] != EOS)
+	    #type = LEX_NONNUM
+
+	# Decode the symbol.
+	switch (type) {
+	case LEX_OCTAL, LEX_DECIMAL, LEX_HEX:
+	    call xvv_initop (o, 0, TY_INT)
+	    ip = 1
+	    nchars = ctoi (Memc[cptr], ip, O_VALI(o))
+	case LEX_REAL:
+	    call xvv_initop (o, 0, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    ip = 1
+	    nchars = ctod (Memc[cptr], ip, O_VALD(o))
+	case LEX_NONNUM:
+	    call xvv_initop (o, csize, TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[cptr], O_VALC(o), csize)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..969438be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccmap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,2079 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <fset.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+include "../../lib/geomap.h"
+
+# Define the source of the reference point.
+define	CC_REFPOINTSTR		"|coords|user|tweak|"
+define	CC_COORDS		1
+define	CC_USER			2
+define	CC_TWEAK		3
+
+# Define the possible pixel types.
+define  CC_PIXTYPESTR           "|logical|physical|"
+define  CC_LOGICAL              1
+define  CC_PHYSICAL             2
+
+# Define some limits on the input file
+define	MAX_FIELDS		100     # the max number of fields in the list
+define	TABSIZE			8       # the spacing of the tab stops
+
+# Define the default data buffer size
+define	CC_DEFBUFSIZE	1000		# the default buffer size
+
+# T_CCMAP -- Compute the linear portion of the transformation required
+# to convert image  x and y coordinates to ra / longitude and dec / latitude
+# coordinates.  This version allows combining multiple inputs with different
+# tangent points (as in a dither set) to create a single solution.
+
+procedure t_ccmap ()
+
+pointer	in, im, tdxref, tdyref, tdlngref, tdlatref
+pointer	sp, infile, image, database, insystem, refsystem, str
+pointer	xref, yref, lngref, latref
+pointer	graphics, coo, refcoo, tcoo, mw, fit, out, gd, projstr
+double	dxref, dyref, dlngref, dlatref, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, reject
+int	i, inlist, ninfiles, nin, imlist, nimages, coostat, refstat, nchars, ip 
+int	xreflist, yreflist, lngreflist, latreflist
+int	xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, lngunits, latunits, res, pfd
+int	lngrefunits, latrefunits, refpoint_type, tweak, projection
+int	reslist, nresfiles
+int	geometry, function, xxorder, xyorder, xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms
+int	reclist, nrecords, pixsys, maxiter
+bool	verbose, update, interactive
+
+double	clgetd()
+pointer	dtmap(), immap(), gopen(), cc_utan(), cc_imtan()
+int	clpopnu(), clplen(), imtopenp(), imtlen(), clgeti(), clgwrd(), strlen()
+int	sk_decwcs(), sk_stati(), imtgetim(), clgfil(), open(), ctod()
+int	errget(), imtopen(), strncmp(), cc_rdproj(), strdic()
+bool	clgetb()
+errchk	open(), cc_map()
+
+begin
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (database, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (insystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xref, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yref, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lngref, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (latref, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (refsystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (graphics, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input data file list.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("input")
+	ninfiles = clplen (inlist)
+	if (ninfiles <= 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: The input coordinate file list is empty\n")
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Open the database output file.
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[database], SZ_FNAME)
+	out = dtmap (Memc[database], APPEND)
+
+        # Open the record list.
+        call clgstr ("solutions", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+        if (Memc[str] == EOS) {
+            reclist = NULL
+            nrecords = 0
+        } else {
+            reclist = imtopen (Memc[str])
+            nrecords = imtlen (reclist)
+        }
+        if (nrecords > 1 && nrecords != ninfiles) {
+            call eprintf ("Error: List of record names does not match input\n")
+            call clpcls (inlist)
+            call dtunmap (out)
+            if (reclist != NULL)
+                call imtclose (reclist)
+            call sfree (sp)
+            return
+        }
+
+	# Get the input image list.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("images")
+	nimages = imtlen (imlist)
+	if (nimages > 1 && nimages != ninfiles) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: Coordinate files and images don't match\n")
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+            call dtunmap (out)
+            if (reclist != NULL)
+                call imtclose (reclist)
+            call sfree (sp)
+            return
+	}
+
+	# Get the output results lists.
+	reslist = clpopnu ("results")
+	nresfiles = clplen (reslist)
+	if (nresfiles > 1 && nresfiles != ninfiles) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: List of results files does not match input\n")
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (reslist)
+	    call dtunmap (out)
+            if (reclist != NULL)
+                call imtclose (reclist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the coordinates file format.
+	xcolumn = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	ycolumn = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	lngcolumn = clgeti ("lngcolumn")
+	latcolumn = clgeti ("latcolumn")
+	call clgstr ("insystem", Memc[insystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (lngunits = clgwrd ("lngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    lngunits = 0
+	iferr (latunits = clgwrd ("latunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    latunits = 0
+
+	# Get the reference point parameters.
+	refpoint_type = clgwrd ("refpoint", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    CC_REFPOINTSTR)
+	tweak = refpoint_type
+	xreflist = clpopnu ("xref")
+	yreflist = clpopnu ("yref")
+	lngreflist = clpopnu ("lngref")
+	latreflist = clpopnu ("latref")
+	call clgstr ("refsystem", Memc[refsystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (strncmp (Memc[refsystem], "INDEF", 5) == 0)
+	    Memc[refsystem] = EOS
+	iferr (lngrefunits = clgwrd ("lngrefunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    lngrefunits = 0
+	iferr (latrefunits = clgwrd ("latrefunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    latrefunits = 0
+
+	# Get the minimum and maximum reference values.
+	xmin = clgetd ("xmin")
+	xmax = clgetd ("xmax")
+	ymin = clgetd ("ymin")
+	ymax = clgetd ("ymax")
+
+	# Get the coordinate mapping parameters.
+        call clgstr ("projection", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+        iferr {
+            pfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+        } then {
+            projection = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_PROJLIST)
+            if (projection <= 0 || projection == WTYPE_LIN)
+                Memc[projstr] = EOS
+            else
+                call strcpy (Memc[str], Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+        } else {
+            projection = cc_rdproj (pfd, Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+            call close (pfd)
+        }
+	geometry = clgwrd ("fitgeometry", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_GEOMETRIES)
+	function = clgwrd ("function", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_FUNCS)
+	xxorder = clgeti ("xxorder")
+	xyorder = clgeti ("xyorder")
+	xxterms = clgwrd ("xxterms", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS) - 1
+	yxorder = clgeti ("yxorder")
+	yyorder = clgeti ("yyorder")
+	yxterms = clgwrd ("yxterms", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS) - 1
+	maxiter = clgeti ("maxiter")
+	reject = clgetd ("reject")
+
+	# Get the input and output parameters.
+	update = clgetb ("update")
+        iferr (pixsys = clgwrd ("pixsystem", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+            CC_PIXTYPESTR))
+            pixsys = PIXTYPE_LOGICAL
+        else if (pixsys == CC_PHYSICAL)
+            pixsys = PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL
+        else
+            pixsys = PIXTYPE_LOGICAL
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input coordinate system.
+	coostat = sk_decwcs (Memc[insystem], mw, coo, NULL) 
+	if (coostat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: Cannot decode the input coordinate system\n")
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call clpcls (inlist)
+	    call clpcls (reslist)
+	    call dtunmap (out)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Determine the units of the input coordinate system.
+	if (lngunits <= 0)
+	    lngunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngunits)
+	if (latunits <= 0)
+	    latunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	call sk_seti (coo, S_NLATUNITS, latunits)
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_PIXTYPE, pixsys)
+
+	# Set default reference coordinate.
+	Memc[xref] = EOS
+	Memc[yref] = EOS
+	Memc[lngref] = EOS
+	Memc[latref] = EOS
+
+	# Open the reference coordinate system if possible.
+	refstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[refsystem], mw, refcoo, NULL)
+	if (refstat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mw)
+	    refcoo = NULL
+	    if (lngrefunits <= 0)
+	        lngrefunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	    if (latrefunits <= 0)
+	        latrefunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	} else {
+	    if (lngrefunits <= 0)
+	        lngrefunits = sk_stati (refcoo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	    call sk_seti (refcoo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngrefunits)
+	    if (latrefunits <= 0)
+	        latrefunits = sk_stati (refcoo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	    call sk_seti (refcoo, S_NLATUNITS, latrefunits)
+	}
+
+	# Get the graphics parameters.
+	interactive = clgetb ("interactive")
+	call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[graphics], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Flush standard output on newline.
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Initialize the coordinate mapping structure.
+	call geo_minit (fit, projection, geometry, function, xxorder, xyorder,
+	    xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter, reject)
+	call strcpy (Memc[projstr], GM_PROJSTR(fit), SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Process the input.
+	call calloc (in, ninfiles, TY_INT)
+	call calloc (im, ninfiles, TY_POINTER)
+	call calloc (tdxref, ninfiles, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call calloc (tdyref, ninfiles, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call calloc (tdlngref, ninfiles, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call calloc (tdlatref, ninfiles, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call amovkd (INDEFD, Memd[tdxref], ninfiles)
+	call amovkd (INDEFD, Memd[tdyref], ninfiles)
+	call amovkd (INDEFD, Memd[tdlngref], ninfiles)
+	call amovkd (INDEFD, Memd[tdlatref], ninfiles)
+
+	# Loop over the files.  This is a little messy in order to allow
+	# both the case where all inputs are combined or separately done.
+	repeat {
+
+	    nin = 0
+	    while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Open text file of coordinates.
+		Memi[in+nin] = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+		# Open the input image.
+		if (nimages > 0) {
+		    if (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) == EOF) {
+			Memi[im+nin] = NULL
+		    } else if (update) {
+			Memi[im+nin] = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE, 0)
+		    } else {
+			Memi[im+nin] = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    }
+		    if (Memi[im+nin] != NULL) {
+			if (IM_NDIM(Memi[im+nin]) != 2) {
+			    call printf ("Skipping file: %s Image: %s is not 2D\n")
+				call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+				call pargstr (Memc[image])
+			    call imunmap (Memi[im+nin])
+			    next
+			}
+		    } else
+			Memc[image] = EOS
+		} else {
+		    Memi[im+nin] = NULL
+		    Memc[image] = EOS
+		}
+
+		if (nin == 0) {
+
+		    # Open the results file.
+		    if (nresfiles <= 0)
+			res = NULL
+		    else if (clgfil (reslist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+			res = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		    else
+		        res = NULL
+
+		    # Set the output file record name.
+		    if (nrecords > 0) {
+			if (imtgetim (reclist, GM_RECORD(fit), SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+			    ;
+		    } else if (Memi[im] == NULL) {
+			call strcpy (Memc[infile], GM_RECORD(fit), SZ_FNAME)
+		    } else {
+			#call imgimage (Memc[image], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+			call strcpy (Memc[image], GM_RECORD(fit), SZ_FNAME)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Determine the coordinates of the reference point if possible.
+	    	if (clgfil (xreflist, Memc[xref], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    ;
+	    	if (clgfil (yreflist, Memc[yref], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    ;
+	    	if (clgfil (lngreflist, Memc[lngref], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    ;
+	    	if (clgfil (latreflist, Memc[latref], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    ;
+		ip = 1
+		nchars = ctod (Memc[xref], ip, dxref)
+		if (nchars <= 0 || nchars != strlen (Memc[xref]))
+		    dxref = INDEFD
+		ip = 1
+		nchars = ctod (Memc[yref], ip, dyref)
+		if (nchars <= 0 || nchars != strlen (Memc[yref]))
+		    dyref = INDEFD
+		ip = 1
+		nchars = ctod (Memc[lngref], ip, dlngref)
+		if (nchars <= 0 || nchars != strlen (Memc[lngref]))
+		    dlngref = INDEFD
+		if (dlngref < 0.0d0 || dlngref > 360.0d0)
+		    dlngref = INDEFD
+		ip = 1
+		nchars = ctod (Memc[latref], ip, dlatref)
+		if (nchars <= 0 || nchars != strlen (Memc[latref]))
+		    dlatref = INDEFD
+		if (dlatref < -90.0d0 || dlatref > 90.0d0)
+		    dlatref = INDEFD
+
+		Memd[tdxref+nin] = dxref
+		Memd[tdyref+nin] = dyref
+		Memd[tdlngref+nin] = dlngref
+		Memd[tdlatref+nin] = dlatref
+
+		# Determine the tangent points and convert them to the
+		# celestial coordinate system of the input data, 
+
+		# The tangent point will be determined directly from
+		# the input coordinates.
+		if (refpoint_type == CC_COORDS) {
+
+		    if (nin == 0) {
+			if (verbose && res != STDOUT)
+			    call sk_iiprint ("Refsystem", Memc[insystem],
+				NULL, coo)
+			if (res != NULL)
+			    call sk_iiwrite (res, "Refsystem", Memc[insystem],
+				NULL, coo)
+		    }
+		    Memd[tdxref+nin] = INDEFD
+		    Memd[tdyref+nin] = INDEFD
+		    Memd[tdlngref+nin] = INDEFD
+		    Memd[tdlatref+nin] = INDEFD
+
+		# The tangent point was set by the user and a tangent point
+		# reference system may or may not have been defined.
+		} else if (! IS_INDEFD(dlngref) && ! IS_INDEFD (dlatref)) {
+
+		    tcoo = cc_utan (refcoo, coo, dxref, dyref, dlngref, dlatref,
+		        Memd[tdlngref+nin], Memd[tdlatref+nin],
+			lngrefunits, latrefunits)
+		    call sk_stats (tcoo, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) 
+		    if (nin == 0) {
+			if (verbose && res != STDOUT)
+			    call sk_iiprint ("Refsystem", Memc[str], NULL, tcoo)
+			if (res != NULL)
+			    call sk_iiwrite (res, "Refsystem", Memc[str],
+				NULL, tcoo)
+			call sk_close (tcoo)
+		    }
+
+		} else if (Memi[im+nin] != NULL) {
+
+		    tcoo = cc_imtan (Memi[im+nin], Memc[xref], Memc[yref],
+			Memc[lngref], Memc[latref], Memc[refsystem],
+			refcoo, coo, Memd[tdxref+nin], Memd[tdyref+nin],
+			Memd[tdlngref+nin], Memd[tdlatref+nin],
+			lngrefunits, latrefunits)
+		    call sk_stats (tcoo, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) 
+		    if (nin == 0) {
+			if (verbose && res != STDOUT)
+			    call sk_iiprint ("Refsystem", Memc[str], NULL, tcoo)
+			if (res != NULL)
+			    call sk_iiwrite (res, "Refsystem", Memc[str],
+				NULL, tcoo)
+			call sk_close (tcoo)
+		    }
+
+		# The tangent point will be determined directly from
+		# the input coordinates.
+		} else {
+
+		    if (nin == 0) {
+			if (verbose && res != STDOUT)
+			    call sk_iiprint ("Refsystem", Memc[insystem],
+				NULL, coo)
+			if (res != NULL)
+			    call sk_iiwrite (res, "Refsystem", Memc[insystem],
+				NULL, coo)
+		    }
+		    Memd[tdxref+nin] = INDEFD
+		    Memd[tdyref+nin] = INDEFD
+		    Memd[tdlngref+nin] = INDEFD
+		    Memd[tdlatref+nin] = INDEFD
+
+		}
+
+		if (nin == 0) {
+		    # Print information about the input coordinate system.
+		    if (verbose && res != STDOUT)
+			call sk_iiprint ("Insystem", Memc[insystem], NULL, coo)
+		    if (res != NULL)
+			call sk_iiwrite (res, "Insystem", Memc[insystem],
+			    NULL, coo)
+		}
+
+		# Print the input and out file information.
+		if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("\nCoords File: %s  Image: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+			call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call printf ("    Database: %s  Solution: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[database])
+			call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+		}
+		if (res != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (res, "\n# Coords File: %s  Image: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+			call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call fprintf (res, "#     Database: %s  Solution: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[database])
+			call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+		}
+
+		nin = nin + 1
+		if (nrecords > 1 || nresfiles > 1)
+		    break
+	    }
+	    if (nin == 0)
+	        break
+
+	    iferr { 
+		if (interactive)
+	            gd = gopen (Memc[graphics], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+		else
+	            gd = NULL
+		call cc_map (gd, nin, Memi[in], out, Memi[im], res, coo, fit,
+		    xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, tweak,
+		    Memd[tdxref], Memd[tdyref], Memd[tdlngref], Memd[tdlatref],
+		    xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, update, verbose)
+		if (gd != NULL)
+	    	    call gclose (gd)
+	    } then {
+		if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		    if (nin == 1) {
+			call printf ("Error fitting coordinate list: %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    } else
+			call printf ("Error fitting coordinate lists\n")
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		    Memc[str] = EOS
+		    if (errget (Memc[str], SZ_LINE) == 0)
+			;
+		    call printf ("    %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		}
+		if (res != NULL) {
+		    if (nin == 1) {
+			call fprintf (res,
+			    "# Error fitting coordinate list: %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    } else
+			call fprintf (res,
+			    "# Error fitting coordinate lists\n")
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		    if (errget (Memc[str], SZ_LINE) == 0)
+			;
+		    call fprintf (res, "#     %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		}
+		if (gd != NULL)
+		    call gclose (gd)
+	    }
+
+
+	    if (nresfiles == ninfiles)
+		call close (res)
+	    do i = 1, nin {
+		call close (Memi[in+i-1])
+		if (Memi[im+i-1] != NULL)
+		    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (in, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (im, TY_POINTER)
+	call mfree (tdxref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (tdyref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (tdlngref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (tdlatref, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	call geo_free (fit)
+	call sk_close (coo)
+	call clpcls (xreflist)
+	call clpcls (yreflist)
+	call clpcls (latreflist)
+	call clpcls (lngreflist)
+	if (nresfiles < ninfiles)
+	    call close (res)
+	call dtunmap (out)
+        if (reclist != NULL)
+            call imtclose (reclist)
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call clpcls (reslist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_UTAN -- Convert the user defined tangent point from the reference
+# point celestial coordinate system to the input coordinate celestial
+# coordinate system.
+
+pointer	procedure cc_utan (refcoo, coo, idxref, idyref, idlngref, idlatref, odlngref, odlatref,
+	lngrefunits, latrefunits)
+
+pointer	refcoo			#I pointer to the reference point system
+pointer	coo			#I pointer to the input coordinate system
+double	idxref			#I the input x reference point
+double	idyref			#I the input y reference point
+double	idlngref		#I the input reference point ra / longitude
+double	idlatref		#I the input reference point dec / latitude
+double	odxref			#O the output x reference point
+double	odyref			#O the output y reference point
+double	odlngref		#O the output reference point ra / longitude
+double	odlatref		#O the output reference point dec / latitude
+int	lngrefunits		#I the input reference ra / longitude units
+int	latrefunits		#I the input reference dec / latitude units
+
+pointer	trefcoo
+pointer	sk_copy()
+
+begin
+	odxref = idxref
+	odyref = idyref
+	if (refcoo != NULL) {
+	    trefcoo = sk_copy (refcoo)
+	} else {
+	    trefcoo = sk_copy (coo)
+	    call sk_seti (trefcoo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngrefunits)
+	    call sk_seti (trefcoo, S_NLATUNITS, latrefunits)
+	}
+	call sk_ultran (trefcoo, coo, idlngref, idlatref, odlngref, odlatref, 1)
+
+	return (trefcoo)
+end
+
+
+# CC_IMTAN -- Read the tangent point from the image and convert it from the
+# reference point celestial coordinate system to the input coordinate celestial
+# coordinate system.
+
+pointer	procedure cc_imtan (im, xref, yref, lngref, latref, refsystem, refcoo,
+	coo, odxref, odyref, odlngref, odlatref, lngrefunits, latrefunits)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the input image
+char	xref[ARB]		#I the x reference keyword
+char	yref[ARB]		#I the y reference keyword
+char	lngref[ARB]		#I the ra / longitude keyword
+char	latref[ARB]		#I the dec / latitude keyword
+char	refsystem[ARB]		#I the reference point coordinate system
+pointer	refcoo			#I pointer to the reference point system
+pointer	coo			#I pointer to the input coordinate system
+double	odxref			#O the output x reference point
+double	odyref			#O the output y reference point
+double	odlngref		#O the output reference point ra / longitude
+double	odlatref		#O the output reference point dec / latitude
+int	lngrefunits		#I the input reference ra / longitude units
+int	latrefunits		#I the input reference dec / latitude units
+
+double	idxref, idyref, idlngref, idlatref, idepoch
+pointer	sp, str, tcoo, mw
+double	imgetd()
+pointer	sk_copy()
+int	sk_decwcs()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (idxref = imgetd (im, xref))
+	    idxref = INDEFD
+	iferr (idyref = imgetd (im, yref))
+	    idyref = INDEFD
+	iferr (idlngref = imgetd (im, lngref))
+	    idlngref = INDEFD
+	if (idlngref < 0.0d0 || idlngref > 360.0d0)
+	    idlngref = INDEFD
+	iferr (idlatref = imgetd (im, latref))
+	    idlatref = INDEFD
+	if (idlatref < -90.0d0 || idlatref > 90.0d0)
+	    idlatref = INDEFD
+
+	if (!IS_INDEFD(idxref))
+	    odxref = idxref
+	if (!IS_INDEFD(idyref))
+	    odyref = idyref
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD(idlngref) || IS_INDEFD(idlatref))
+	    tcoo = sk_copy (coo)
+	else if (refcoo != NULL) {
+	    tcoo = sk_copy (refcoo)
+	    call sk_ultran (tcoo, coo, idlngref, idlatref, odlngref,
+	        odlatref, 1) 
+	} else {
+	    iferr (idepoch = imgetd (im, refsystem))
+		idepoch = INDEFD
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(idepoch))
+		tcoo = sk_copy (coo)
+	    else {
+		call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "fk4 b%g")
+		    call pargd (idepoch)
+		if (sk_decwcs (Memc[str], mw, tcoo, NULL) == ERR) {
+		    call sk_close (tcoo)
+		    tcoo = sk_copy (coo)
+		}
+		if (mw != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+	    }
+	    call sk_seti (tcoo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngrefunits)
+	    call sk_seti (tcoo, S_NLATUNITS, latrefunits)
+	    call sk_ultran (tcoo, coo, idlngref, idlatref, odlngref,
+		odlatref, 1) 
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (tcoo)
+end
+
+
+# CC_MAP -- Compute the required coordinate transformation.
+#
+# This version uses the nin variable.
+
+procedure cc_map (gd, nin, in, out, im, res, coo, fit,
+	xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, tweak,
+	xtan, ytan, ratan, dectan,
+	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, update, verbose)
+
+pointer	gd			#I graphics stream pointer
+int	nin			#I number of input files
+int	in[ARB]			#I the input file descriptors
+pointer	out			#I the output file descriptor
+pointer	im[ARB]			#I the input image pointers
+int	res			#I the results file descriptor
+pointer	coo			# pointer to the input coordinate system
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to fit parameters
+int	xcolumn, ycolumn	#I the x and y column numbers
+int	lngcolumn, latcolumn	#I the longitude and latitude column numbers
+int	tweak			#I tweak flag
+double	xtan[ARB], ytan[ARB]	#I the input x and y of the tangent point
+double	ratan[ARB], dectan[ARB]	#I the input ra and dec of the tangent point
+double	xmin, xmax		#I max and min xref values
+double	ymin, ymax		#I max and min yref values
+bool	update			#I update the image wcs
+bool	verbose			#I verbose mode
+
+double	mintemp, maxtemp, lngrms, latrms, lngmean, latmean
+pointer	sp, str, projstr
+pointer	n, xref, yref, xifit, etafit, lngfit, latfit, wts
+pointer	lngref, latref, xi, eta, lngref1, latref1, xi1, eta1
+pointer	sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xerrmsg, yerrmsg
+int	i, npts, npts1
+double	asumd()
+int	cc_rdxyrd(), sk_stati(), rg_wrdstr()
+bool	streq()
+
+errchk	geo_fitd, geo_mgfitd()
+
+begin
+	# Get working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the pointers.
+	xref = NULL
+	yref = NULL
+	lngref = NULL
+	latref = NULL
+	xi = NULL
+	eta = NULL
+	xifit = NULL
+	etafit = NULL
+	lngfit = NULL
+	latfit = NULL
+	wts = NULL
+
+	# Read in data and check that it is in range.
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	npts = cc_rdxyrd (in, im, xtan, ytan, ratan, dectan, nin,
+	    coo, xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, tweak,
+	    n, xref, yref, lngref, latref, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+	if (npts == 0)
+	    return
+
+	# Compute the mean of the reference and input coordinates.
+	GM_XOREF(fit) = asumd (Memd[xref], npts) / npts
+	GM_YOREF(fit) = asumd (Memd[yref], npts) / npts
+	GM_XOIN(fit) = asumd (Memd[lngref], npts) / npts
+	GM_YOIN(fit) = asumd (Memd[latref], npts) / npts
+
+	# Set the sky projection str.
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_PROJECTION(fit), Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE,
+	    GM_PROJLIST) <= 0 || GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_LIN)
+	    Memc[projstr] = EOS
+	else
+	    call strcpy (GM_PROJSTR(fit), Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Compute the position of the reference point for the solution.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ratan[1]) || IS_INDEFD(dectan[1])) {
+	    call cc_refpt (coo, Memd[lngref], Memd[latref], npts,
+	        lngmean, latmean)
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(ratan[1]))
+		GM_XREFPT(fit) = lngmean
+	    else
+		GM_XREFPT(fit) = ratan[1]
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(dectan[1]))
+		GM_YREFPT(fit) = latmean
+	    else
+		GM_YREFPT(fit) = dectan[1]
+	} else {
+	    GM_XREFPT(fit) = ratan[1]
+	    GM_YREFPT(fit) = dectan[1]
+	}
+
+	# Allocate space for and compute the weights.
+	call malloc (wts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call amovkd (double(1.), Memd[wts], npts)
+
+	# Determine the x max and min.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmin) || IS_INDEFD(xmax)) {
+	    call alimd (Memd[xref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(xmin))
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = xmin
+	    else
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = mintemp
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(xmax))
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = xmax
+	    else
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = maxtemp
+	} else {
+	    GM_XMIN(fit) = xmin
+	    GM_XMAX(fit) = xmax
+	}
+
+	# Determine the y max and min.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymin) || IS_INDEFD(ymax)) {
+	    call alimd (Memd[yref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(ymin))
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = ymin
+	    else
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = mintemp
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(ymax))
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = ymax
+	    else
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = maxtemp
+	} else {
+	    GM_YMIN(fit) = ymin
+	    GM_YMAX(fit) = ymax
+	}
+
+	# Convert the ra / longitude and dec / latitude values to standard
+	# coordinates in arc seconds before fitting.
+	call malloc (xi, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (eta, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	lngref1 = lngref; latref1 = latref; xi1 = xi; eta1 = eta
+	do i = 1, nin {
+	    npts1 = Memi[n+i-1]
+	    if (npts1 == 0)
+	        next
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(ratan[i]) || IS_INDEFD(dectan[i]))
+		call rg_celtostd (Memc[projstr], Memd[lngref1], Memd[latref1],
+		    Memd[xi1], Memd[eta1], npts1, lngmean, latmean,
+		    sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS), sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS))
+	    else
+		call rg_celtostd (Memc[projstr], Memd[lngref1], Memd[latref1],
+		    Memd[xi1], Memd[eta1], npts1, ratan[i], dectan[i],
+		    sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS), sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS))
+	    lngref1 = lngref1 + npts1
+	    latref1 = latref1 + npts1
+	    xi1 = xi1 + npts1
+	    eta1 = eta1 + npts1
+	}
+	call amulkd (Memd[xi], 3600.0d0, Memd[xi], npts)
+	call amulkd (Memd[eta], 3600.0d0, Memd[eta], npts)
+
+	# Initalize surface pointers.
+	sx1 = NULL
+	sy1 = NULL
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Fit the data.
+	if (! (IS_INDEFD(xtan[1]) || IS_INDEFD(ytan[1]))) {
+	    call geo_setd (fit, GMXO, xtan[1])
+	    call geo_setd (fit, GMYO, ytan[1])
+	    call geo_setd (fit, GMXOREF, 0D0)
+	    call geo_setd (fit, GMYOREF, 0D0)
+	}
+	if (gd != NULL) {
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_mgfitd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memd[xref],
+	            Memd[yref], Memd[xi], Memd[eta], Memd[wts], npts,
+		    Memc[xerrmsg], Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+	        call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		call mfree (xi, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (eta, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few data points in XI or ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	        call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL)
+	        call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n")
+	} else {
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	        call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n    ")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+	        call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n#     ")
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_fitd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memd[xref], Memd[yref],
+		    Memd[xi], Memd[eta], Memd[wts], npts, Memc[xerrmsg],
+		    Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+		#call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+		    #call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    #call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		#call flush (STDOUT)
+		call mfree (xi, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (eta, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few data points in XI or ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Allocate fitting arrays.
+	call malloc (xifit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (etafit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (lngfit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (latfit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Compute the fitted ra / dec or longitude latitude,
+	if (res != NULL || verbose) {
+	    call cc_eval (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memd[xref], Memd[yref],
+	        Memd[xifit], Memd[etafit], npts)
+	    call cc_rms (fit, Memd[xi], Memd[eta], Memd[xifit], Memd[etafit],
+	        Memd[wts], npts, lngrms, latrms) 
+	    call adivkd (Memd[xifit], 3600.0d0, Memd[xifit], npts)
+	    call adivkd (Memd[etafit], 3600.0d0, Memd[etafit], npts)
+	    call rg_stdtocel (Memc[projstr], Memd[xifit], Memd[etafit],
+	        Memd[lngfit], Memd[latfit], npts, GM_XREFPT(fit),
+		GM_YREFPT(fit), sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS), sk_stati(coo,
+		S_NLATUNITS))
+	}
+
+	# Print some detailed info about the fit.
+	if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	    call printf (
+	    "    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: %0.3g  %0.3g   (arcsec  arcsec)\n")
+		call pargd (lngrms)
+		call pargd (latrms)
+	    call cc_show (STDOUT, coo, Memc[projstr], GM_XREFPT(fit),
+	        GM_YREFPT(fit), sx1, sy1, NO)
+	}
+	if (res != NULL) {
+	    call fprintf (res,
+	"#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat fit rms: %0.3g  %0.3g   (arcsec  arcsec)\n")
+		call pargd (lngrms)
+		call pargd (latrms)
+	    call cc_show (res, coo, Memc[projstr], GM_XREFPT(fit),
+	        GM_YREFPT(fit), sx1, sy1, YES)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the wcs mapping rms.
+	if (! streq (GM_PROJSTR(fit), "tnx") && ! streq (GM_PROJSTR(fit),
+	    "zpx")) {
+	    call cc_eval (sx1, sy1, NULL, NULL, Memd[xref], Memd[yref],
+	        Memd[xifit], Memd[etafit], npts)
+	    call cc_rms (fit, Memd[xi], Memd[eta], Memd[xifit],
+	        Memd[etafit], Memd[wts], npts, lngrms, latrms)
+	}
+
+	# Update the image wcs.
+	do i = 1, nin {
+	    if (im[i] != NULL) {
+		if (i == 1) {
+		    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+			call printf ("Wcs mapping status\n")
+			call printf (
+	   "    Ra/Dec or Long/Lat wcs rms: %0.3g  %0.3g   (arcsec  arcsec)\n")
+			    call pargd (lngrms)
+			    call pargd (latrms)
+		    }
+		    if (res != NULL) {
+			call fprintf (res, "# Wcs mapping status\n")
+			call fprintf (res,
+	  "#     Ra/Dec or Long/Lat wcs rms: %0.3g  %0.3g   (arcsec  arcsec)\n")
+			    call pargd (lngrms)
+			    call pargd (latrms)
+		    }
+		}
+		if (update) {
+		    if (IS_INDEFD(ratan[i]) || IS_INDEFD(dectan[i]))
+			call cc_nwcsim (im[i], coo, Memc[projstr], lngmean,
+			    latmean, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, false)
+		    else
+			call cc_nwcsim (im[i], coo, Memc[projstr], ratan[i],
+			    dectan[i], sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, false)
+		    if (i == 1) {
+			if (verbose && res != STDOUT)
+			    call printf ("Updating image header wcs\n\n")
+			if (res != NULL)
+			    call fprintf (res,
+			        "# Updating image header wcs\n\n")
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Write the database file.
+	call cc_out (fit, coo, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, lngrms, latrms)
+
+	# List results for individual objects.
+	if (res != NULL)
+	    call cc_plist (res, fit, coo, Memd[xref], Memd[yref], Memd[lngref],
+		Memd[latref], Memd[lngfit], Memd[latfit], Memd[wts],
+		npts)
+
+	# Free the space and close files.
+	call geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	if (n != NULL)
+	    call mfree (n, TY_INT)
+	if (xref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (yref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (lngref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (lngref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (latref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (latref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (xi != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xi, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (eta != NULL)
+	    call mfree (eta, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (xifit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xifit, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (etafit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (etafit, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (wts != NULL)
+	    call mfree (wts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (lngfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (lngfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (latfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (latfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_RDXYRD -- Read in the x, y, ra, and dec values from the input file(s).
+#
+# Adjust the tangent points if there is an image WCS.
+
+int procedure cc_rdxyrd (in, im, xtan, ytan, ratan, dectan, nin,
+        coo, xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, tweak,
+	n, xref, yref, lngref, latref, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+int	in[nin]			#I the input file file descriptors
+pointer	im[nin]			#I the input image pointers
+double	xtan[ARB], ytan[ARB]	#I the input x and y of the tangent point
+double	ratan[ARB], dectan[ARB]	#I the input ra and dec of the tangent point
+int	nin			#I number of input files
+pointer	coo			#I the input coordinate system
+int	xcolumn, ycolumn	#I the columns containing the x / y values
+int	lngcolumn, latcolumn	#I the columns containing the lng / lat values
+int	tweak			#I tweak flag
+pointer	n			#U pointer to the number of points
+pointer	xref, yref		#I pointers to the x / y value arrays
+pointer	lngref, latref		#I pointers to the lng / lat value arrays
+double	xmin, xmax		#U the min and max x values
+double	ymin, ymax		#U the min and max y values
+
+int	i, npts, npts1
+pointer	xref1, yref1, lngref1, latref1
+
+int	cc_rdxyrd1()
+
+begin
+	call calloc (n, nin, TY_INT)
+
+	npts = 0
+	do i = 1, nin {
+	    npts1 = cc_rdxyrd1 (in[i], im[i], xtan[i], ytan[i], ratan[i],
+	        dectan[i], coo, xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, tweak,
+		xref1, yref1, lngref1, latref1, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	    Memi[n+i-1] = npts1
+	    if (npts1 == 0)
+	        next
+	    if (npts == 0) {
+	        xref = xref1
+	        yref = yref1
+	        lngref = lngref1
+	        latref = latref1
+	    } else {
+		call realloc (xref, npts+npts1, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (yref, npts+npts1, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (lngref, npts+npts1, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (latref, npts+npts1, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call amovd (Memd[xref1], Memd[xref+npts], npts1)
+		call amovd (Memd[yref1], Memd[yref+npts], npts1)
+		call amovd (Memd[lngref1], Memd[lngref+npts], npts1)
+		call amovd (Memd[latref1], Memd[latref+npts], npts1)
+		call mfree (xref1, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (yref1, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (lngref1, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (latref1, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    }
+	    npts = npts + npts1
+	}
+
+	if (npts == 0) {
+	    call mfree (n, TY_INT)
+
+	    if (i > 1)
+		call printf ("Coordinate lists have no data in range.\n")
+	}
+
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# CC_RDXYRD1 -- Read in the x, y, ra, and dec values from the input file.
+#
+# If a reference point (both pixel and value) and an image (with a
+# valid celestial WCS) are defined then the WCS is reset to the reference
+# point and the reference point value is then shifted to make the
+# the WCS coordinates evaluated at the input pixel coordinates agree
+# if the input celestial coordinates on average.
+
+int procedure cc_rdxyrd1 (in, im, xtan, ytan, ratan, dectan, icoo,
+	xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, tweak,
+	xref, yref, lngref, latref, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+int	in			#I the input file file descriptor
+pointer	im			#I the input image pointer
+double	xtan, ytan		#I the input x and y of the tangent point
+double	ratan, dectan		#I the input ra and dec of the tangent point
+pointer	icoo			#I the input coordinate system
+int	xcolumn, ycolumn	#I the columns containing the x / y values
+int	lngcolumn, latcolumn	#I the columns containing the lng / lat values
+int	tweak			#I tweak flag
+pointer	xref, yref		#I pointers to the input x / y values
+pointer	lngref, latref		#I pointers to the input lng / lat values
+double	xmin, xmax		#U the min and max x values
+double	ymin, ymax		#U the min and max y values
+
+int	nline, i, npts, bufsize, nfields, max_fields, nsig, offset
+double	lng1, lat1, lng2, lat2, x, y, z, sumx, sumy, sumz, r, pa, wterm[8]
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, field_pos
+pointer	mw, ct, coo
+int	getline(), li_get_numd(), sk_decim()
+pointer	mw_ctrand(), mw_sctran()
+
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+
+	bufsize = CC_DEFBUFSIZE
+	call malloc (xref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (yref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (lngref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (latref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Check whether to adjust the reference value based on the
+	# current image WCS.
+	mw = NULL; ct = NULL; coo = NULL
+	if (tweak == 3 && im != NULL && !IS_INDEFD(xtan) && !IS_INDEFD(ytan) &&
+	    !IS_INDEFD(ratan) && !IS_INDEFD(dectan)) {
+	    if (sk_decim (im, "logical", mw, coo) != ERR && mw != NULL) {
+	        call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, SKY_DEGREES)
+		call sk_ultran (icoo, coo, ratan, dectan, lng1, lat1, 1)
+		call mw_gwtermd (mw, wterm[1], wterm[3], wterm[5], 2)
+		wterm[1] = xtan; wterm[2] = ytan 
+		wterm[3] = lng1; wterm[4] = lat1
+		call mw_swtermd (mw, wterm[1], wterm[3], wterm[5], 2)
+	        ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", "world", 03B)
+		sumx = 0d0; sumy = 0d0; sumz = 0d0
+	    } else {
+	        if (mw != NULL) 
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		call sk_close (coo)
+		mw = NULL; coo = NULL
+	    }
+	}
+
+	npts = 0
+	max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+	for (nline = 1; getline (in, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF; nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	    # Skip over leading white space.
+            for (i = inbuf; IS_WHITE(Memc[i]); i = i + 1)
+                ;
+
+            # Skip comment and blank lines.
+            if (Memc[i] == '#')
+                next
+            else if (Memc[i] == '\n' || Memc[i] == EOS)
+                next
+
+            # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+            call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+            call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos], max_fields,
+                nfields)
+
+	    # Decode the x coordinate.
+	    if (xcolumn > nfields)
+		next
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+xcolumn-1]
+	    if (li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], Memd[xref+npts],
+	        nsig) == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the y coordinate.
+	    if (ycolumn > nfields)
+		next
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+ycolumn-1]
+	    if (li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], Memd[yref+npts],
+		nsig) == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the ra / longitude coordinate.
+	    if (lngcolumn > nfields)
+		next
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+lngcolumn-1]
+	    if (li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], Memd[lngref+npts],
+		nsig) == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the dec / latitude coordinate.
+	    if (latcolumn > nfields)
+		next
+	    offset = Memi[field_pos+latcolumn-1]
+	    if (li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], Memd[latref+npts],
+		nsig) == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Accumulate cartisian shifts from image WCS coordinates.
+	    if (ct != NULL) {
+		call mw_c2trand (ct, Memd[xref+npts], Memd[yref+npts],
+		    lng1, lat1)
+		call sk_ultran (icoo, coo, Memd[lngref+npts], Memd[latref+npts],
+		    lng2, lat2, 1)
+		lng1 = DDEGTORAD(lng1); lat1 = DDEGTORAD(lat1)
+		lng2 = DDEGTORAD(lng2); lat2 = DDEGTORAD(lat2)
+		x = sin (lat2) - sin(lat1)
+		y = cos (lat2) * sin (lng2) - cos (lat1) * sin (lng1)
+		z = cos (lat2) * cos (lng2) - cos (lat1) * cos (lng1)
+		sumx = sumx + x; sumy = sumy + y; sumz = sumz + z
+	    }
+
+	    npts = npts + 1
+
+	    if (npts >= bufsize) {
+		bufsize = bufsize + CC_DEFBUFSIZE
+	        call realloc (xref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call realloc (yref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call realloc (lngref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call realloc (latref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Adjust the tangent point value.
+	if (npts > 0 && ct != NULL) {
+	    sumx = sumx / npts; sumy = sumy / npts; sumz = sumz / npts
+	    r = sqrt (sumx**2 + sumy**2 + sumz**2) / 2
+	    r = 2 * atan2 (r, sqrt(max(0d0,1d0-r)))
+	    r = 3600 * DRADTODEG (r)
+	    call eprintf ("Tangent point shift = %.2f\n")
+	        call pargd (r)
+
+	    call sk_ultran (icoo, coo, ratan, dectan, lng1, lat1, 1)
+	    lng2 = DDEGTORAD(lng1); lat2 = DDEGTORAD(lat1)
+	    x = sin (lat2) + sumx
+	    y = cos (lat2) * sin (lng2) + sumy
+	    z = cos (lat2) * cos (lng2) + sumz
+	    pa = atan2 (y, x)
+	    if (pa < 0d0)
+		pa = pa + DTWOPI
+	    if (pa >= DTWOPI)
+		pa = pa - DTWOPI
+	    r = z
+	    if (abs(r) > 0.99d0) {
+		if (r < 0d0)
+		   r = DPI - asin (sqrt (x * x + y * y))
+		else
+		   r = asin (sqrt (x * x + y * y))
+	    } else
+		r = acos (r)
+	    x = sin (r) * cos (pa)
+	    y = sin (r) * sin (pa)
+	    z = cos (r)
+	    lng2 = atan2 (y, z)
+	    if (lng2 < 0d0)
+		lng2 = lng2 + DTWOPI
+	    if (lng2 >= DTWOPI)
+		lng2 = lng2 - DTWOPI
+	    lat2 = x
+	    if (abs (lat2) > 0.99d0) {
+		if (lat2 < 0d0)
+		   lat2 = -acos (sqrt (y * y + z * z))
+		else
+		   lat2 = acos (sqrt (y * y + z * z))
+	    } else
+		lat2 = asin (lat2)
+	    lng2 = DRADTODEG (lng2); lat2 = DRADTODEG (lat2)
+	    call sk_ultran (coo, icoo, lng2, lat2, ratan, dectan, 1)
+	}
+	        
+	# Finish up.
+
+	if (npts <= 0) {
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (lngref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (latref, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	    call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("Coordinate list: %s has no data in range.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[linebuf])
+	} else if (npts < bufsize) {
+	    call realloc (xref, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call realloc (yref, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call realloc (lngref, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call realloc (latref, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	}
+
+	if (ct != NULL)
+	    call mw_ctfree (ct)
+	if (mw != NULL)
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	if (coo != NULL)
+	    call sk_close (coo)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# CC_REFPT -- Compute the coordinates of the reference point by averaging
+# the celestial coordinates.
+
+
+procedure cc_refpt (coo, lngref, latref, npts, lngmean, latmean)
+
+pointer	coo			#I the input coordinate system descriptor
+double	lngref[ARB]		#I the input longitude coordinates
+double	latref[ARB]		#I the input latitude coordinates
+int	npts			#I the number of input coordinates
+double	lngmean			#O the output mean longitude
+double	latmean			#O the output mean latitude
+
+double	sumx, sumy, sumz, sumdx, sumdy, sumdz
+double  tlng, tlat
+double	x, y, z, tr, tpa
+int	i
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	sumx  = 0.0d0; sumy  = 0.0d0; sumz  = 0.0d0
+	sumdx = 0.0d0; sumdy = 0.0d0; sumdz = 0.0d0
+
+	# Loop over the data points.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+
+	    # Convert to radians.
+	    switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+		tlng = DDEGTORAD (15.0d0 * lngref[i])
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+		tlng = DDEGTORAD (lngref[i])
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+		tlng = lngref[i]
+	    }
+	    switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS:
+		tlat = DDEGTORAD (15.0d0 * latref[i])
+	    case SKY_DEGREES:
+		tlat = DDEGTORAD (latref[i])
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+		tlat = latref[i]
+	    }
+
+	    x = sin (tlat)
+	    y = cos (tlat) * sin (tlng)
+	    z = cos (tlat) * cos (tlng)
+
+	    sumx = sumx + x
+	    sumy = sumy + y
+	    sumz = sumz + z
+	}
+
+	# Compute the average vector components.
+	sumx = sumx / npts
+	sumy = sumy / npts
+	sumz = sumz / npts
+
+	# Now compute the average distance and position angle.
+	tpa = atan2 (sumy, sumx)
+        if (tpa < 0.0d0)
+            tpa = tpa + DTWOPI
+        if (tpa >= DTWOPI)
+            tpa = tpa - DTWOPI
+	tr = sumz 
+	if (abs(tr) > 0.99d0) {
+	    if (tr < 0.0d0)
+	        tr = DPI - asin (sqrt (sumx * sumx + sumy * sumy))
+	    else
+	        tr = asin (sqrt (sumx * sumx + sumy * sumy))
+	} else
+	    tr = acos (tr)
+
+	# Solve for the average longitude and latitude.
+	sumx = sin (tr) * cos (tpa)
+	sumy = sin (tr) * sin (tpa)
+	sumz = cos (tr)
+	lngmean = atan2 (sumy, sumz)
+        if (lngmean < 0.0d0)
+            lngmean = lngmean + DTWOPI
+        if (lngmean >= DTWOPI)
+            lngmean = lngmean - DTWOPI
+	latmean = sumx
+	if (abs (latmean) > 0.99d0) {
+	    if (latmean < 0.0d0)
+		latmean = -acos (sqrt(sumy ** 2 + sumz ** 2))
+	    else
+		latmean = acos (sqrt(sumy ** 2 + sumz ** 2))
+	} else
+	    latmean = asin (latmean)
+
+	# Convert back to appropriate units.
+	switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    lngmean = DRADTODEG (lngmean) / 15.0d0
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    lngmean = DRADTODEG (lngmean)
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    ;
+	}
+	switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    latmean = DRADTODEG (latmean) / 15.0d0
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    latmean = DRADTODEG (latmean)
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    ;
+	}
+end
+
+
+# CC_EVAL -- Compute the fitted standard coordinates.
+
+procedure cc_eval (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xi, eta, npts)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointer to higher order surfaces
+double	xref[ARB]		#I the x reference coordinates
+double	yref[ARB]		#I the y reference coordinates
+double	xi[ARB]			#O the fitted xi coordinates
+double	eta[ARB]		#O the fitted eta coordinates
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+
+pointer	sp, temp
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (temp, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xi, npts)
+	if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	    call dgsvector (sx2, xref, yref, Memd[temp], npts)
+	    call aaddd (Memd[temp], xi, xi, npts)
+	}
+	call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, eta, npts)
+	if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	    call dgsvector (sy2, xref, yref, Memd[temp], npts)
+	    call aaddd (Memd[temp], eta, eta, npts)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_RMS -- Compute the rms of the fit in arcseconds.
+
+procedure cc_rms (fit, xi, eta, xifit, etafit, wts, npts, xirms, etarms) 
+
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to the fit structure
+double	xi[ARB]			#I the input xi coordinates
+double	eta[ARB]		#I the input eta coordinates
+double	xifit[ARB]		#I the fitted chi coordinates
+double	etafit[ARB]		#I the fitted eta coordinates
+double	wts[ARB]		#I the input weights array
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+double	xirms			#O the output xi rms
+double	etarms			#O the output eta rms
+
+int	i, index, ngood
+pointer	sp, twts
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (twts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Compute the weights.
+	call amovd (wts, Memd[twts], npts)
+	do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+	    index = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+	    if (wts[index] > 0.0d0) 
+		Memd[twts+index-1] = 0.0d0
+	}
+
+	# Accumulate the squares.
+	xirms = 0.0d0
+	etarms = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    xirms = xirms + Memd[twts+i-1] * (xi[i] - xifit[i]) ** 2
+	    etarms = etarms + Memd[twts+i-1] * (eta[i] - etafit[i]) ** 2
+	}
+
+	# Compute the rms.
+	#ngood = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NREJECT(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	ngood = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	if (ngood > 1) {
+	    xirms = sqrt (xirms / (ngood - 1))
+	    etarms = sqrt (etarms / (ngood - 1))
+	} else {
+	    xirms = 0.0d0
+	    etarms = 0.0d0
+	}
+	xirms = xirms
+	etarms = etarms
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_SHOW -- Print the coodinate mapping parameters.
+
+procedure cc_show (fd, coo, projection, lngref, latref, sx1, sy1, comment)
+
+int	fd			#I the output file descriptor
+pointer	coo			#I pointer to the coordinate structure
+char	projection[ARB]		#I the sky projection geometry
+double	lngref, latref		#I the coordinates of the reference point
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointer to linear surfaces
+int	comment			#I comment the output ?
+
+double	xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d, denom
+double	xpix, ypix, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+pointer sp, str, keyword, value
+bool	fp_equald()
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (keyword, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Compute the geometric parameters.
+	call geo_gcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+	# Compute the position of the reference pixel from the geometric
+	# parameters.
+	denom = a * d - c * b
+	if (denom == 0.0d0)
+	    xpix = INDEFD
+	else
+	    xpix = (b * yshift - d * xshift) / denom 
+	if (denom == 0.0d0)
+	    ypix = INDEFD
+	else
+	    ypix =  (c * xshift - a * yshift) / denom
+
+	if (comment == NO) {
+	    call fprintf (fd, "Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+	    call fprintf (fd, "    Sky projection geometry: %s\n")
+	} else {
+	    call fprintf (fd, "# Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+	    call fprintf (fd, "#     Sky projection geometry: %s\n")
+	}
+	if (projection[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("lin")
+	else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+            call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            call pargstr (Memc[str])
+            repeat {
+                call gargwrd (Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME)
+                if (Memc[keyword] == EOS)
+                    break
+                call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+                if (Memc[value] != '=')
+                    break
+                call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+                if (Memc[value] == EOS)
+                    break
+                if (comment == NO) {
+                    call fprintf (fd, "    Projection parameter %s: %s\n")
+                } else {
+                    call fprintf (fd, "#     Projection parameter %s: %s\n")
+                }
+                    call pargstr (Memc[keyword])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[value])
+            }
+
+	}
+
+	# Output the reference point.
+	if (comment == NO) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	        "    Reference point: %s  %s  (%s  %s)\n")
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	        "#     Reference point: %s  %s  (%s  %s)\n")
+	}
+	switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    call pargstr ("%0.2h")
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    call pargstr ("%0.7g")
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    call pargstr ("%0.3h")
+	}
+	switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    call pargstr ("%0.2h")
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    call pargstr ("%0.7g")
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    call pargstr ("%0.3h")
+	}
+	switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    call pargstr ("degrees")
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    call pargstr ("radians")
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    call pargstr ("hours")
+	}
+	switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+	case SKY_DEGREES:
+	    call pargstr ("degrees")
+	case SKY_RADIANS:
+	    call pargstr ("radians")
+	case SKY_HOURS:
+	    call pargstr ("hours")
+	}
+	if (comment == NO) {
+	    call printf (Memc[str])
+	        call pargd (lngref)
+	        call pargd (latref)
+	} else {
+	    call fprintf (fd, Memc[str])
+	        call pargd (lngref)
+	        call pargd (latref)
+	}
+
+	if (comment == NO) {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+	        "    Reference point: %0.3f  %0.3f  (pixels  pixels)\n")
+	        call pargd (xpix)
+	        call pargd (ypix)
+	} else {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+	        "#     Reference point: %0.3f  %0.3f  (pixels  pixels)\n")
+	        call pargd (xpix)
+	        call pargd (ypix)
+	}
+
+	# Output the scale factors.
+	xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+	yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d) 
+	if (comment == NO) {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+	    "    X and Y scale: %0.3f  %0.3f  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)\n")
+	        call pargd (xscale)
+	        call pargd (yscale)
+	} else {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+	    "#     X and Y scale: %0.3f  %0.3f  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)\n")
+	        call pargd (xscale)
+	        call pargd (yscale)
+	}
+
+	# Output the rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equald (a, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (c, 0.0d0))
+            xrot = 0.0d0
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < 0.0d0)
+            xrot = xrot + 360.0d0
+        if (fp_equald (b, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (d, 0.0d0))
+            yrot = 0.0d0
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < 0.0d0)
+            yrot = yrot + 360.0d0
+	if (comment == NO) {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+	    "    X and Y axis rotation: %0.3f  %0.3f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+	        call pargd (xrot)
+	        call pargd (yrot)
+	} else {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+	    "#     X and Y axis rotation: %0.3f  %0.3f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+	        call pargd (xrot)
+	        call pargd (yrot)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_OUT -- Write the output database file record.
+
+procedure cc_out (fit, coo, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, lxrms, lyrms)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+pointer	coo		#I pointer to the coordinate system structure
+int	out		#I pointer to database file
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I pointer to distortion surfaces
+double	lxrms, lyrms	#I the input wcs x and y rms
+
+double	xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d, denom, xrms, yrms
+double	xpixref, ypixref, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+int	i, npts, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, str, xcoeff, ycoeff, keyword, value
+bool	fp_equald()
+int	dgsgeti(), rg_wrdstr(), sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (keyword, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Compute the rms.
+	#npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NREJECT(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+        xrms = max (0.0d0, GM_XRMS(fit))
+        yrms = max (0.0d0, GM_YRMS(fit))
+        if (npts > 1) {
+            xrms = sqrt (xrms / (npts - 1))
+            yrms = sqrt (yrms / (npts - 1))
+        } else {
+            xrms = 0.0d0
+            yrms = 0.0d0
+        }
+
+	# Compute the geometric parameters.
+	call geo_gcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+	denom = a * d - c * b
+	if (denom == 0.0d0)
+	    xpixref = INDEFD
+	else
+	    xpixref = (b * yshift - d * xshift) / denom 
+	if (denom == 0.0d0)
+	    ypixref = INDEFD
+	else
+	    ypixref =  (c * xshift - a * yshift) / denom
+	xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+	yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+	if (fp_equald (a, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (c, 0.0d0))
+	    xrot = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    xrot = RADTODEG(atan2 (-c, a))
+	if (xrot < 0.0d0)
+	    xrot = xrot + 360.0d0
+	if (fp_equald (b, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (d, 0.0d0))
+	    yrot = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    yrot = RADTODEG(atan2 (b, d))
+	if (yrot < 0.0d0)
+	    yrot = yrot + 360.0d0
+
+	# Print title.
+	call dtptime (out)
+	call dtput (out, "begin\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+
+	# Print out some information about the data.
+	call dtput (out, "\txrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tlngmean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tlatmean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+
+	# Print out information about the tangent point.
+        if (rg_wrdstr(sk_stati(coo, S_PIXTYPE), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+            PIXTYPE_LIST) <= 0)
+            call strcpy ("logical", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+        call dtput (out, "\tpixsystem\t%s\n")
+            call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call sk_stats (coo, S_COOSYSTEM, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tcoosystem\t%g\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+        if (rg_wrdstr (GM_PROJECTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+            GM_PROJLIST) <= 0)
+            call strcpy ("tan", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+        call dtput (out, "\tprojection\t%s\n")
+            call pargstr (Memc[str])
+        call sscan (GM_PROJSTR(fit))
+            call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+        repeat {
+            call gargwrd (Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (Memc[keyword] == EOS)
+                break
+            call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (Memc[value] != '=')
+                break
+            call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (Memc[value] == EOS)
+                break
+            call dtput (out, "\t%s\t\t%s\n")
+                call pargstr (Memc[keyword])
+                call pargstr (Memc[value])
+        }
+
+	call dtput (out, "\tlngref\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XREFPT(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tlatref\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YREFPT(fit))
+	if (rg_wrdstr (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST) <= 0)
+	    ;
+	call dtput (out, "\tlngunits\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	if (rg_wrdstr (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST) <= 0)
+	    ;
+	call dtput (out, "\tlatunits\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call dtput (out, "\txpixref\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xpixref)
+	call dtput (out, "\typixref\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (ypixref)
+
+	# Print out information about the fit.
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tgeometry\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tfunction\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call dtput (out, "\txishift\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\tetashift\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (yshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\txmag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\tymag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (yscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\txrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xrot)
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (yrot)
+
+	# Output the rms of the fit.
+	call dtput (out, "\twcsxirms\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (lxrms)
+	call dtput (out, "\twcsetarms\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (lyrms)
+	call dtput (out, "\txirms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xrms)
+	call dtput (out, "\tetarms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (yrms)
+
+	# Allocate memory for linear coefficients.
+	ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Encode the linear coefficients.
+	call dgssave (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	# Output the linear coefficients.
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface1\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call pargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call pargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Free the linear coefficient memory.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Allocate memory for higer order coefficients.
+	if (sx2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = 0
+	else
+	    ncoeff = dgsgeti (sx2, GSNSAVE)
+	if (sy2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = max (0, ncoeff)
+	else
+	    ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sy2, GSNSAVE), ncoeff)
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Encode the coefficients.
+	call dgssave (sx2, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy2, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	# Output the coefficients.
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface2\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call pargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call pargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_PLIST -- List the coordinates and the residuals.
+
+procedure cc_plist (fd, fit, coo, xref, yref, lngref, latref, lngfit, latfit,
+        wts, npts)
+
+int     fd                      #I the results file descriptor
+pointer fit                     #I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer coo                     #I pointer to the coordinate structure
+double  xref[ARB]               #I the input x coordinates
+double  yref[ARB]               #I the input y coordinates
+double  lngref[ARB]             #I the input ra / longitude coordinates
+double  latref[ARB]             #I the input dec / latitude coordinates
+double  lngfit[ARB]             #I the fitted ra / longitude coordinates
+double  latfit[ARB]             #I the fitted dec / latitude coordinates
+double  wts[ARB]                #I the weights array
+int     npts                    #I the number of data points
+
+double  diflng, diflat
+int     i, index
+pointer sp, fmtstr, lngunits, latunits, twts
+int     sk_stati()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (lngunits, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (latunits, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (twts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Get the unit strings.
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call strcpy ("hours", Memc[lngunits], SZ_FNAME)
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call strcpy ("degrees", Memc[lngunits], SZ_FNAME)
+        default:
+            call strcpy ("radians", Memc[lngunits], SZ_FNAME)
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call strcpy ("hours", Memc[latunits], SZ_FNAME)
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call strcpy ("degrees", Memc[latunits], SZ_FNAME)
+        default:
+            call strcpy ("radians", Memc[latunits], SZ_FNAME)
+        }
+
+        # Compute the weights.
+        call amovd (wts, Memd[twts], npts)
+        do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+            index = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+            if (wts[index] > 0.0d0)
+                Memd[twts+index-1] = 0.0d0
+        }
+
+        # Print banner.
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n# Input Coordinate Listing\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 1: X (pixels)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 2: Y (pixels)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 3: Ra / Longitude (%s)\n")
+            call pargstr (Memc[lngunits])
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 4: Dec / Latitude (%s)\n")
+            call pargstr (Memc[latunits])
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 5: Fitted Ra / Longitude (%s)\n")
+            call pargstr (Memc[lngunits])
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 6: Fitted Dec / Latitude (%s)\n")
+            call pargstr (Memc[latunits])
+        call fprintf (fd,
+	    "#     Column 7: Residual Ra / Longitude (arcseconds)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd,
+            "#     Column 8: Residual Dec / Latitude (arcseconds)\n\n")
+
+        # Create format string.
+        call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %s %s  %s %s\n")
+            call pargstr ("%10.3f")
+            call pargstr ("%10.3f")
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("%12.3h")
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("%12.2h")
+        default:
+            call pargstr ("%12.7g")
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("%12.3h")
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("%12.2h")
+        default:
+            call pargstr ("%12.7g")
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("%12.3h")
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("%12.2h")
+        default:
+            call pargstr ("%12.7g")
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("%12.3h")
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("%12.2h")
+        default:
+            call pargstr ("%12.7g")
+        }
+            call pargstr ("%6.3f")
+            call pargstr ("%6.3f")
+
+        do i = 1, npts {
+            switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+            case SKY_DEGREES:
+                diflng = (lngref[i] - lngfit[i]) * 3600.0d0
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                diflng = 15.0d0 * (lngref[i] - lngfit[i]) * 3600.0d0 *
+                    cos (DEGTORAD(latref[i]))
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                diflng = RADTODEG ((lngref[i] - lngfit[i])) * 3600.0d0
+            default:
+                diflng = lngref[i] - lngfit[i]
+            }
+            switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+            case SKY_DEGREES:
+                diflat = (latref[i] - latfit[i]) * 3600.0d0
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                diflat = 15.0d0 * (latref[i] - latfit[i]) * 3600.0d0
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                diflat = RADTODEG ((latref[i] - latfit[i])) * 3600.0d0
+            default:
+                diflat = latref[i] - latfit[i]
+            }
+            call fprintf (fd, Memc[fmtstr])
+                call pargd (xref[i])
+                call pargd (yref[i])
+                call pargd (lngref[i])
+                call pargd (latref[i])
+            if (Memd[twts+i-1] > 0.0d0) {
+                call pargd (lngfit[i])
+                call pargd (latfit[i])
+                call pargd (diflng)
+                call pargd (diflat)
+            } else {
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+            }
+        }
+
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n")
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccsetwcs.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccsetwcs.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85c0c0ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccsetwcs.x
@@ -0,0 +1,751 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+# Define the possible pixel types
+
+define  CC_PIXTYPESTR   "|logical|physical|"
+define  CC_LOGICAL      1
+define  CC_PHYSICAL     2
+
+
+# T_CCSETWCS -- Create a wcs and write it to the image header. The wcs may
+# be read from a database file written by CCMAP or it may be input by the
+# user.
+
+procedure t_ccsetwcs ()
+
+bool	transpose, verbose, update
+double	xref, yref, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot, lngref, latref
+double	txref, tyref, txscale, tyscale, txrot, tyrot, tlngref, tlatref
+int	imlist, reclist, lngunits, latunits, coostat, recstat, proj, pixsys, pfd
+pointer	sp, image, database, record, insystem, projstr, str
+pointer	dt, im, coo, tcoo, mw, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2
+bool	clgetb()
+double	clgetd()
+int	imtopenp(), clgwrd(), sk_decwcs(), sk_stati(), imtlen()
+int	imtgetim(), cc_dtwcs(), strdic(), cc_rdproj(), open()
+pointer	dtmap(), immap()
+errchk	open()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (database, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (record, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (insystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (projstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	imlist = imtopenp ("images")
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[database], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Fetch the celestial coordinate system parameters.
+	if (Memc[database] == EOS) {
+	    dt = NULL
+	    reclist = NULL
+	    xref = clgetd ("xref")
+	    yref = clgetd ("yref")
+	    xscale = clgetd ("xmag")
+	    yscale = clgetd ("ymag")
+	    xrot = clgetd ("xrotation")
+	    yrot = clgetd ("yrotation")
+	    lngref = clgetd ("lngref")
+	    latref = clgetd ("latref")
+	    iferr (lngunits = clgwrd ("lngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+		lngunits = 0
+	    iferr (latunits = clgwrd ("latunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+		latunits = 0
+	    call clgstr ("coosystem", Memc[insystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	    coostat = sk_decwcs (Memc[insystem], mw, coo, NULL)
+	    if (coostat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+		call eprintf ("Error decoding the coordinate system %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[insystem])
+		if (mw != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		if (coo != NULL)
+		    #call mfree (coo, TY_STRUCT)
+		    call sk_close (coo)
+		call imtclose (imlist)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+	    if (lngunits <= 0)
+		lngunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngunits)
+	    if (latunits <= 0)
+		latunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	    call sk_seti (coo, S_NLATUNITS, latunits)
+
+            call clgstr ("projection", Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+            iferr {
+                pfd = open (Memc[projstr], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+            } then {
+                proj = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE,
+                    WTYPE_LIST)
+                if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+                    Memc[projstr] = EOS
+            } else {
+                proj = cc_rdproj (pfd, Memc[projstr], SZ_LINE)
+                call close (pfd)
+            }
+
+            iferr (pixsys = clgwrd ("pixsystem", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+                CC_PIXTYPESTR))
+                pixsys = PIXTYPE_LOGICAL
+            else if (pixsys == CC_PHYSICAL)
+                pixsys = PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL
+            else
+                pixsys = PIXTYPE_LOGICAL
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PIXTYPE, pixsys)
+	} else {
+	    dt = dtmap (Memc[database], READ_ONLY)
+	    reclist = imtopenp ("solutions")
+	    if ((imtlen (reclist) > 1) && (imtlen (imlist) !=
+	        imtlen (reclist))) {
+		call eprintf (
+		    " The image and record list lengths are different\n")
+		call imtclose (reclist)
+		call dtunmap (dt)
+		call imtclose (imlist)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+	    coo = NULL
+	}
+
+	transpose = clgetb ("transpose")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	update = clgetb ("update")
+
+	# Loop over the images.
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    if (update)
+	        im = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    else
+	        im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) != 2) {
+		call printf ("Skipping non 2D image %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		call imunmap (im)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    if (dt == NULL) {
+
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call printf ("Image: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		}
+
+		# Compute the linear transformation parameters.
+		if (IS_INDEFD(lngref))
+		    tlngref = 0.0d0
+		else
+		    tlngref = lngref
+		if (IS_INDEFD(latref))
+		    tlatref = 0.0d0
+		else
+		    tlatref = latref
+		if (IS_INDEFD(xref))
+		    txref = (1.0d0 + IM_LEN(im,1)) / 2.0
+		else
+		    txref = xref
+		if (IS_INDEFD(yref))
+		    tyref = (1.0d0 + IM_LEN(im,2)) / 2.0
+		else
+		    tyref = yref
+		if (IS_INDEFD(xscale))
+		    txscale = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    txscale = xscale
+		if (IS_INDEFD(yscale))
+		    tyscale = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    tyscale = yscale
+		if (IS_INDEFD(xrot))
+		    txrot = 0.0d0
+		else
+		    txrot = xrot
+		if (IS_INDEFD(yrot))
+		    tyrot = 0.0d0
+		else
+		    tyrot = yrot
+
+		if (verbose)
+		    call cc_usershow (coo, Memc[projstr], tlngref, tlatref,
+		        txref, tyref, txscale, tyscale, txrot, tyrot,
+			transpose)
+
+		if (update) {
+		    call cc_userwcs (im, coo, Memc[projstr], tlngref, tlatref,
+		        txref, tyref, txscale, tyscale, txrot, tyrot,
+			transpose)
+		    if (verbose)
+			call printf ("Updating image header wcs\n")
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+		if (imtgetim (reclist, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    #call strcpy (Memc[image], Memc[record], SZ_FNAME)
+		    ;
+	        if (verbose) {
+		    call printf ("Image: %s  Database: %s  Solution: %d\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[database])
+			call pargstr (Memc[record])
+	        }
+		sx1 = NULL; sx2 = NULL
+		sy1 = NULL; sy2 = NULL
+		tcoo = NULL
+		recstat = cc_dtwcs (dt, Memc[record], tcoo, Memc[projstr],
+		    tlngref, tlatref, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, txref, tyref, txscale,
+		    tyscale, txrot, tyrot)
+		if (recstat == ERR) {
+                    call printf ("    Cannot find or decode ")
+                    call printf ("record %s in database file %s\n")
+                        call pargstr (Memc[record])
+                        call pargstr (Memc[database])
+		} else {
+		    call sscan (Memc[projstr])
+			call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    	    proj = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+		        WTYPE_LIST)
+	    	    if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+			Memc[projstr] = EOS
+		    if (verbose)
+		        call cc_usershow (tcoo, Memc[projstr], tlngref,
+			    tlatref, txref, tyref, txscale, tyscale, txrot,
+			    tyrot, transpose)
+		    if (update) {
+		        call cc_nwcsim (im, tcoo, Memc[projstr], tlngref,
+			    tlatref, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, transpose)
+		        if (verbose)
+			    call printf ("Updating image header wcs\n")
+		    }
+		}
+		if (tcoo != NULL)
+		    #call mfree (tcoo, TY_STRUCT)
+		    call sk_close (tcoo)
+		if (sx1 != NULL)
+		    call dgsfree (sx1)
+		if (sy1 != NULL)
+		    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	}
+
+	# Close up memory.
+	if (coo != NULL)
+	    #call mfree (coo, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call sk_close (coo)
+	if (dt != NULL)
+	    call dtunmap (dt)
+	if (reclist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define  NEWCD     Memd[ncd+(($2)-1)*ndim+($1)-1]
+
+# CC_USERWCS -- Compute the image wcs from the user parameters.
+
+procedure cc_userwcs (im, coo, projection, lngref, latref, xref, yref,
+        xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot, transpose)
+
+pointer im                      #I pointer to the input image
+pointer coo                     #I pointer to the coordinate structure
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the sky projection geometry
+double  lngref, latref          #I the world coordinates of the reference point
+double  xref, yref              #I the reference point in pixels
+double  xscale, yscale          #I the x and y scale in arcsec / pixel
+double  xrot, yrot              #I the x and y axis rotation angles in degrees
+bool    transpose               #I transpose the wcs
+
+double  tlngref, tlatref
+int     l, i, ndim, naxes, axmap, wtype, ax1, ax2, szatstr
+pointer mw, sp, r, w, cd, ltm, ltv, iltm, nr, ncd, axes, axno, axval
+pointer projstr, projpars, wpars, mwnew, atstr
+int     mw_stati(), sk_stati(), strdic(), strlen(), itoc()
+pointer mw_openim(), mw_open()
+errchk  mw_newsystem(), mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+        mw = mw_openim (im)
+        ndim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+        # Allocate working memory for the vectors and matrices.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (wpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (iltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (nr, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ncd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (axes, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (axno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+        call salloc (axval, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+
+        # Open the new wcs
+        mwnew = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+        call mw_gsystem (mw, Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+        iferr {
+            call mw_newsystem (mw, "image", ndim)
+        } then {
+            call mw_newsystem (mwnew, Memc[projstr], ndim)
+        } else {
+            call mw_newsystem (mwnew, "image", ndim)
+        }
+
+        # Set the LTERM.
+        call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_sltermd (mwnew, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+
+        # Store the old axis map for later use.
+        call mw_gaxmap (mw, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], ndim)
+
+        # Get the 2 logical axes.
+        call mw_gaxlist (mw, 03B, Memi[axes], naxes)
+        axmap = mw_stati (mw, MW_USEAXMAP)
+        ax1 = Memi[axes]
+        ax2 = Memi[axes+1]
+
+        # Set the axes and projection type.
+        if (projection[1] == EOS) {
+            call mw_swtype (mwnew, Memi[axes], ndim, "linear", "")
+        } else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+                call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+                call gargstr (Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            call sprintf (Memc[wpars], SZ_LINE,
+                "axis 1: axtype = ra %s axis 2: axtype = dec %s")
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+            call mw_swtype (mwnew, Memi[axes], ndim, Memc[projstr], Memc[wpars])
+        }
+
+        # Copy in the atrributes of the other axes.
+        szatstr = SZ_LINE
+        call malloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+        do l = 1, ndim {
+            if (l == ax1 || l == ax2)
+                next
+            iferr {
+                call mw_gwattrs (mw, l, "wtype", Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            } then {
+                call mw_swtype (mwnew, l, 1, "linear", "")
+            } else {
+                call mw_swtype (mwnew, l, 1, Memc[projpars], "")
+            }
+            for (i = 1; ; i = i + 1) {
+                if (itoc (i, Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE) <= 0)
+                    Memc[atstr] = EOS
+                repeat {
+                    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, l, Memc[projpars],
+                        Memc[atstr], szatstr))
+                        Memc[atstr] = EOS
+                    if (strlen (Memc[atstr]) < szatstr)
+                        break
+                    szatstr = szatstr + SZ_LINE
+                    call realloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+                }
+                if (Memc[atstr] == EOS)
+                    break
+                call mw_swattrs (mwnew, 1, Memc[projpars], Memc[atstr])
+            }
+        }
+        call mfree (atstr, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Compute the referemce point world coordinates.
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlngref = RADTODEG(lngref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlngref = 15.0d0 * lngref
+        default:
+            tlngref = lngref
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati(coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            tlatref = latref
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            tlatref = RADTODEG(latref)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            tlatref = 15.0d0 * latref
+        default:
+            tlatref = latref
+        }
+
+        if (! transpose) {
+            Memd[w+ax1-1] = tlngref
+            Memd[w+ax2-1] = tlatref
+        } else {
+            Memd[w+ax2-1] = tlngref
+            Memd[w+ax1-1] = tlatref
+        }
+
+        # Compute the reference point pixel coordinates.
+        Memd[nr+ax1-1] = xref
+        Memd[nr+ax2-1] = yref
+
+        # Compute the new CD matrix.
+        if (! transpose) {
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax1) = xscale * cos (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax1) = -yscale * sin (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax2) = xscale * sin (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax2) = yscale * cos (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+        } else {
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax1) = xscale * sin (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax1) = yscale * cos (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax1,ax2) = xscale * cos (DEGTORAD(xrot)) / 3600.0d0
+            NEWCD(ax2,ax2) = -yscale * sin (DEGTORAD(yrot)) / 3600.0d0
+        }
+
+        # Reset the axis map.
+        call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, axmap)
+
+        # Recompute and store the new wcs if update is enabled.
+        call mw_saxmap (mwnew, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], ndim)
+        if (sk_stati (coo, S_PIXTYPE) == PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL) {
+            call mw_swtermd (mwnew, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+        } else {
+            call mwmmuld (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltm], Memd[cd], ndim)
+            call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+            call asubd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[r], ndim)
+            call mwvmuld (Memd[iltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], ndim)
+            call mw_swtermd (mwnew, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+        }
+        # Save the fit.
+        if (! transpose) {
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, ax1)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, ax2)
+        } else {
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, ax2)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, ax1)
+        }
+        call sk_saveim (coo, mwnew, im)
+        call mw_saveim (mwnew, im)
+        call mw_close (mwnew)
+        call mw_close (mw)
+
+        # Force the CDELT keywords to update. This will be unecessary when
+        # mwcs is updated to deal with non-quoted and / or non left-justified
+        # CTYPE keywords..
+        wtype = strdic (Memc[projstr], Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME, WTYPE_LIST)
+        if (wtype > 0)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_WTYPE, wtype)
+        call sk_ctypeim (coo, im)
+
+        # Reset the fit. This will be unecessary when wcs is updated to deal
+        # with non-quoted and / or non left-justified CTYPE keywords.
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_WTYPE, 0)
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_PLNGAX, 0)
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_PLATAX, 0)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_USERSHOW -- Print the image wcs parameters in user friendly format.
+
+procedure cc_usershow (coo, projection, lngref, latref, xref, yref, xscale,
+	yscale, xrot, yrot, transpose)
+
+pointer	coo			#I pointer to the coordinate structure
+char	projection[ARB]		#I the sky projection geometry
+double	lngref, latref		#I the world coordinates of the reference point
+double	xref, yref		#I the reference point in pixels
+double	xscale, yscale		#I the x and y scale in arcsec / pixel
+double	xrot, yrot		#I the x and y axis rotation angles in degrees
+bool	transpose		#I transpose the wcs
+
+pointer	sp, str, keyword, value
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate temporary space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (keyword, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        call printf ("Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+        call printf ("    Sky projection geometry: %s\n")
+	if (projection[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("lin")
+	else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+            call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            call pargstr (Memc[str])
+            repeat {
+                call gargwrd (Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME)
+                if (Memc[keyword] == EOS)
+                    break
+                call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+                if (Memc[value] != '=')
+                    break
+                call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+                if (Memc[value] == EOS)
+                    break
+                call printf ("    Projection parameter %s: %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[keyword])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[value])
+            }
+	}
+
+       # Output the reference point.
+        call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+            "    Reference point: %s  %s  (%s   %s)\n")
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("%0.2h")
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            call pargstr ("%0.7g")
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("%0.3h")
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("%0.2h")
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            call pargstr ("%0.7g")
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("%0.3h")
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("degrees")
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            call pargstr ("radians")
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("hours")
+        }
+        switch (sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            call pargstr ("degrees")
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            call pargstr ("radians")
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            call pargstr ("hours")
+        }
+        call printf (Memc[str])
+            call pargd (lngref)
+            call pargd (latref)
+
+	# Output the logical axes.
+	if (sk_stati (coo, S_CTYPE) == CTYPE_EQUATORIAL)
+	    call printf ("    Ra/Dec logical image axes: %d  %d\n")
+	else
+	    call printf ("    Long/Lat logical image axes: %d  %d\n")
+	if (! transpose) {
+	    call pargi (1)
+	    call pargi (2)
+	} else {
+	    call pargi (2)
+	    call pargi (1)
+	}
+
+	# Output the reference point in pixels.
+        call printf ("    Reference point: %0.3f  %0.3f  (pixels  pixels)\n")
+            call pargd (xref)
+            call pargd (yref)
+
+        # Output the scale factors.
+        call printf (
+        "    X and Y scale: %0.3f  %0.3f  (arcsec/pixel  arcsec/pixel)\n")
+            call pargd (xscale)
+            call pargd (yscale)
+
+	# Output the rotation angles.
+        call printf (
+        "    X and Y coordinate rotation: %0.3f  %0.3f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+            call pargd (xrot)
+            call pargd (yrot)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CC_DTWCS -- Read the wcs from the database records written by CCMAP.
+
+int procedure cc_dtwcs (dt, record, coo, projection, lngref, latref, sx1, sy1,
+        sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer dt                      #I pointer to the database
+char    record[ARB]             #I the database records to be read
+pointer coo                     #O pointer to the coordinate structure
+char    projection[ARB]         #O the sky projection geometry
+double  lngref, latref          #O the reference point world coordinates
+pointer sx1, sy1                #O pointer to the linear x and y fits
+pointer sx2, sy2                #O pointer to the distortion x and y fits
+double  xref, yref              #O the reference point in pixels
+double  xscale, yscale          #O the x and y scale factors
+double  xrot, yrot              #O the x and y axis rotation angles
+
+int     i, op, ncoeff, junk, rec, coostat, lngunits, latunits, pixsys
+double  xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d, denom
+pointer sp, xcoeff, ycoeff, nxcoeff, nycoeff, mw, projpar, projvalue
+bool    fp_equald()
+double  dtgetd()
+int     dtlocate(), dtgeti(), dtscan(), sk_decwcs(), strdic(), strlen()
+int     gstrcpy()
+errchk  dtgstr(), dtgetd(), dtgeti(), dgsrestore()
+
+begin
+        # Locate the appropriate records.
+        iferr (rec = dtlocate (dt, record))
+            return (ERR)
+
+        # Open the coordinate structure.
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "coosystem", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        coostat = sk_decwcs (projection, mw, coo, NULL)
+        if (coostat == ERR || mw != NULL) {
+            if (mw != NULL)
+                call mw_close (mw)
+            projection[1] = EOS
+            return (ERR)
+        }
+
+        # Get the pixel coordinate system.
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "pixsystem", projection, SZ_FNAME)) {
+            pixsys = PIXTYPE_LOGICAL
+        } else {
+            pixsys = strdic (projection, projection, SZ_FNAME, PIXTYPE_LIST)
+            if (pixsys != PIXTYPE_PHYSICAL)
+                pixsys = PIXTYPE_LOGICAL
+        }
+        call sk_seti (coo, S_PIXTYPE, pixsys)
+
+
+        # Get the reference point units.
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "lngunits", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        lngunits = strdic (projection, projection, SZ_FNAME, SKY_LNG_UNITLIST)
+        if (lngunits > 0)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_NLNGUNITS, lngunits)
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "latunits", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        latunits = strdic (projection, projection, SZ_FNAME, SKY_LAT_UNITLIST)
+        if (latunits > 0)
+            call sk_seti (coo, S_NLATUNITS, latunits)
+
+        # Get the reference point.
+        iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, "projection", projection, SZ_FNAME))
+            return (ERR)
+        iferr (lngref = dtgetd (dt, rec, "lngref"))
+            return (ERR)
+        iferr (latref = dtgetd (dt, rec, "latref"))
+            return (ERR)
+
+        # Read in the coefficients.
+        iferr (ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface1"))
+            return (ERR)
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+        do i = 1, ncoeff {
+            junk = dtscan(dt)
+            call gargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+            call gargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+        }
+
+        # Restore the linear part of the fit.
+        call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+        call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+        # Get and restore the distortion part of the fit.
+        ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface2")
+        if (ncoeff > 0) {
+            call salloc (nxcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call salloc (nycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+            do i = 1, ncoeff {
+                junk = dtscan(dt)
+                call gargd (Memd[nxcoeff+i-1])
+                call gargd (Memd[nycoeff+i-1])
+            }
+            iferr {
+                call dgsrestore (sx2, Memd[nxcoeff])
+            } then {
+                call mfree (sx2, TY_STRUCT)
+                sx2 = NULL
+            }
+            iferr {
+                call dgsrestore (sy2, Memd[nycoeff])
+            } then {
+                call mfree (sy2, TY_STRUCT)
+                sy2 = NULL
+            }
+        } else {
+            sx2 = NULL
+            sy2 = NULL
+        }
+        # Compute the coefficients.
+        call geo_gcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+        # Compute the reference point.
+        denom = a * d - c * b
+        if (denom == 0.0d0)
+            xref = INDEFD
+        else
+            xref = (b * yshift - d * xshift) / denom
+        if (denom == 0.0d0)
+            yref = INDEFD
+        else
+            yref =  (c * xshift - a * yshift) / denom
+
+        # Compute the scale factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+
+        # Compute the rotation angles.
+        if (fp_equald (a, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (c, 0.0d0))
+            xrot = 0.0d0
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < 0.0d0)
+            xrot = xrot + 360.0d0
+        if (fp_equald (b, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (d, 0.0d0))
+            yrot = 0.0d0
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < 0.0d0)
+            yrot = yrot + 360.0d0
+
+        # Read in up to 10 projection parameters.
+        call salloc (projpar, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projvalue, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        op = strlen (projection) + 1
+        do i = 0, 9 {
+            call sprintf (Memc[projpar], SZ_FNAME, "projp%d")
+                call pargi (i)
+            iferr (call dtgstr (dt, rec, Memc[projpar], Memc[projvalue],
+                SZ_FNAME))
+                next
+            op = op + gstrcpy (" ", projection[op], SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[projpar], projection[op],
+                SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (" = ", projection[op], SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[projvalue], projection[op],
+                SZ_LINE - op + 1)
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (OK)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccstd.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccstd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9ce3a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccstd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+
+define	MAX_FIELDS	100		# Maximum number of fields in list
+define	TABSIZE		8		# Spacing of tab stops
+
+# T_CCSTD -- Transform a list of x and y and RA and DEC coordinates to
+# their polar coordinate equivalents, after appying an optional linear
+# transformation to the x and y side
+
+procedure t_ccstd()
+
+bool	forward, polar
+int	inlist, outlist, reclist, infd, outfd
+int	xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn, latcolumn, lngunits, latunits
+int	geometry, min_sigdigits
+pointer	sp, infile, outfile, record, str, dt, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, coo, mw
+pointer	xformat, yformat, lngformat, latformat
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+int	fntopnb(), imtopenp(), fntlenb(), imtlen(), fntgfnb(), imtgetim()
+int	open(), clgwrd(), clgeti()
+pointer	dtmap()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate memory for transformation parameters structure
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (record, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (latformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the input and output file lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDIN", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	inlist = fntopnb(Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	outlist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] != EOS) {
+	    dt = dtmap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY)
+	    reclist = imtopenp ("solutions")
+	    geometry = clgwrd ("geometry", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	        ",linear,distortion,geometric,")
+	} else {
+	    dt = NULL
+	    reclist = NULL
+	    geometry = 0
+	}
+	forward = clgetb ("forward")
+	polar = clgetb ("polar")
+
+	# Test the input and out file and record lists for validity.
+	if (fntlenb(inlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The input file list is empty")
+	if (fntlenb(outlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The output file list is empty")
+	if (fntlenb(outlist) > 1 && fntlenb(outlist) != fntlenb(inlist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "Input and output file lists are not the same length")
+	if (dt != NULL && reclist != NULL) {
+	    if (imtlen (reclist) > 1 && imtlen (reclist) != fntlenb (inlist)) 
+	        call error (0,
+		    "Input file and record lists are not the same length.")
+	}
+
+	# Get the input file format parameters.
+	xcolumn = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	ycolumn = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	lngcolumn = clgeti ("lngcolumn")
+	latcolumn = clgeti ("latcolumn")
+	iferr (lngunits = clgwrd ("lngunits", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, 
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    lngunits = 0
+	iferr (latunits = clgwrd ("latunits", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, 
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    latunits = 0
+
+	# Get the output file format parameters.
+	call clgstr ("lngformat", Memc[lngformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("latformat", Memc[latformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("xformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("yformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+
+	# Get the output file name.
+	if (fntgfnb (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	outfd = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	if (streq (Memc[outfile], "STDOUT") || outfd == STDOUT)
+	    call fseti (outfd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get the record name.
+	if (reclist == NULL)
+	    Memc[record] = EOS
+	else if (imtgetim (reclist, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+	    Memc[record] = EOS
+
+	# Call procedure to get parameters and fill structure.
+	coo = NULL; sx1 = NULL; sy1 = NULL; sx2 = NULL; sy2 = NULL
+	call cc_init_std (dt, Memc[record], geometry, lngunits,
+	    latunits, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+	# While input list is not depleted, open file and transform list.
+	while (fntgfnb (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)  {
+
+	    infd = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Transform the coordinates.
+	    call cc_transform_std (infd, outfd, xcolumn, ycolumn, lngcolumn,
+	        latcolumn, lngunits, latunits, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat],
+		Memc[lngformat], Memc[latformat], min_sigdigits, sx1, sy1, sx2,
+		sy2, mw, coo, forward, polar)
+
+	    # Do not get a new output file name if there is not output 
+	    # file list or if only one output file was specified.
+	    # Otherwise fetch the new name.
+	    if (fntlenb(outlist) > 1) {
+		call close (outfd)
+	        if (fntgfnb (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		    outfd = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) 
+		if (streq (Memc[outfile], "STDOUT") || outfd == STDOUT)
+	            call fseti (outfd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+	    }
+
+	    call close (infd)
+
+	    # Do not reset the transformation if there is no record list
+	    # or only one record is specified. Otherwise fetch the next
+	    # record name.
+	    if (reclist != NULL && imtlen (reclist) > 1) {
+	        if (imtgetim (reclist, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    call cc_free_std (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+	            call cc_init_std (dt, Memc[record], geometry,
+		        lngunits, latunits, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free the surface descriptors.
+	call cc_free_std (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+	# Close up file and record templates.
+	if (dt != NULL)
+	    call dtunmap (dt)
+	call close (outfd)
+	call fntclsb (inlist)
+	call fntclsb (outlist)
+	if (reclist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+
+# CC_TRANSFORM_STD -- This procedure is called once for each file in the
+# input list.  For each line in the input file that isn't blank or comment,
+# the line is transformed.  Blank and comment lines are output unaltered.
+
+procedure cc_transform_std (infd, outfd, xfield, yfield, lngfield, latfield,
+	lngunits, latunits, xformat, yformat, lngformat, latformat,
+	min_sigdigits, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo, forward, polar)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the output file descriptor
+int	xfield			#I the x column number
+int	yfield			#I the y column number
+int	lngfield		#I the ra / longitude column number
+int	latfield		#I the dec / latitude column number
+int	lngunits		#I the ra / longitude units
+int	latunits		#I the dec / latitude units
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I output format of the r / x coordinate
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I output format of the t / y coordinate
+char	lngformat[ARB]		#I output format of the r / longitude coordinate
+char	latformat[ARB]		#I output format of the t / latitude coordinate
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of digits to be output
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+pointer	mw			#I pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo			#I pointer to the celestial coordinate structure
+bool	forward			#I Is the transform in the forward direction ?
+bool	polar			#I Polar standard coordinates ?
+
+double	xd, yd, lngd, latd, txd, tyd, tlngd, tlatd
+int	max_fields, nline, nfields, nchars
+int	offset, tlngunits, tlatunits
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, field_pos, outbuf, ip, ct
+pointer	vfields, values, nsdigits, vformats
+int	getline(), li_get_numd(), sk_stati()
+pointer	mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (vfields, 4, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (values, 4, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (nsdigits, 4, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vformats, (SZ_FNAME + 1) * 4, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Determine the longitude and latitude units.
+	if (lngunits <= 0) {
+	    if (coo == NULL)
+		tlngunits = SKY_HOURS
+	    else
+	        tlngunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+	} else
+	    tlngunits = lngunits
+	if (latunits <= 0) {
+	    if (coo == NULL)
+		tlatunits = SKY_DEGREES
+	    else
+	        tlatunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)
+	} else
+	    tlatunits = latunits
+
+	# Set the output fields.
+	Memi[vfields] = xfield
+	Memi[vfields+1] = yfield
+	Memi[vfields+2] = lngfield
+	Memi[vfields+3] = latfield
+
+	# If the formats are undefined set suitable default formats.
+	if (lngformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (forward)
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[vformats+2*(SZ_FNAME+1)], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else {
+		switch (tlngunits) {
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    call strcpy ("%12.2h", Memc[vformats+2*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    call strcpy ("%11.1h", Memc[vformats+2*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    call strcpy ("%13.7g", Memc[vformats+2*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		default:
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[vformats+2*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (lngformat, Memc[vformats+2*(SZ_FNAME+1)], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (latformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (forward)
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[vformats+3*(SZ_FNAME+1)], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else {
+		switch (tlatunits) {
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    call strcpy ("%12.2h", Memc[vformats+3*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    call strcpy ("%11.1h", Memc[vformats+3*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    call strcpy ("%13.7g", Memc[vformats+3*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		default:
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[vformats+3*(SZ_FNAME+1)],
+		        SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (latformat, Memc[vformats+3*(SZ_FNAME+1)], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[vformats], SZ_FNAME)
+	else
+	    call strcpy (xformat, Memc[vformats], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[vformats+(SZ_FNAME+1)], SZ_FNAME)
+	else
+	    call strcpy (yformat, Memc[vformats+(SZ_FNAME+1)], SZ_FNAME)
+
+
+	# If the transformation can be represented by mwcs then compile the
+	# appropriate transform. Other wise use the surface fitting code
+	# to do the transformation.
+	if (mw != NULL) {
+	    if (forward)
+	        ct = mw_sctran (mw, "world", "logical", 03B)
+	    else
+	        ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", "world", 03B)
+	}
+
+	max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+	for (nline=1;  getline (infd, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF;  nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	    for (ip=inbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '#') {
+		# Pass comment lines on to the output unchanged.
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    } else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+		# Blank lines too.
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # If the transformation is undefined then pass the line on
+	    # undisturbed.
+	    if (mw == NULL) {
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+	    call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+	    call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos], max_fields,
+	        nfields)
+
+	    # Check that all the data is present.
+	    if (lngfield > nfields || latfield > nfields || xfield > nfields ||
+		yfield > nfields) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+		 
+	    # Read the longitude / latitude or rstd / thetastd coordinates.
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+lngfield-1]
+	    nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], lngd,
+	        Memi[nsdigits+2])
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad lng / xi value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+latfield-1]
+	    nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], latd,
+	        Memi[nsdigits+3])
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad lat / eta value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Read the x and y or r and theta coordinates.
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+xfield-1]
+	    nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], xd, Memi[nsdigits])
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad x / r value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+yfield-1]
+	    nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], yd, Memi[nsdigits+1])
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad y / theta value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Transform the longitude / latitude coordinates in lngunits /
+	    # latunits to / from the xi / eta coordinates in arcseconds, and
+	    # transform the x and y coordinates to or from the r and theta
+	    # coordinates.
+	    if (forward) {
+		switch (tlngunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    tlngd = RADTODEG(lngd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    tlngd = 15.0d0 * lngd
+		default:
+		    tlngd = lngd
+		}
+		switch (tlatunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    tlatd = RADTODEG(latd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    tlatd = 15.0d0 * latd
+		default:
+		    tlatd = latd
+		}
+		txd = xd
+		tyd = yd
+	    } else if (polar) {
+		tlngd = lngd * cos (DEGTORAD(latd)) / 3600.0d0
+		tlatd = lngd * sin (DEGTORAD(latd)) / 3600.0d0
+		txd = xd * cos (DEGTORAD(yd))
+		tyd = xd * sin (DEGTORAD(yd))
+	    } else {
+		tlngd = lngd / 3600.0d0
+		tlatd = latd / 3600.0d0
+		txd = xd
+		tyd = yd
+	    }
+	    call mw_c2trand (ct, tlngd, tlatd, lngd, latd)
+	    call cc_do_std (txd, tyd, xd, yd, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, forward)
+	    if (! forward) {
+	        switch (tlngunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    Memd[values+2] = DEGTORAD(lngd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    Memd[values+2] = lngd / 15.0d0
+		default:
+		    Memd[values+2] = lngd
+		}
+		switch (tlatunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    Memd[values+3] = DEGTORAD(latd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    Memd[values+3] = latd / 15.0d0
+		default:
+		    Memd[values+3] = latd
+		}
+		Memd[values] = xd
+		Memd[values+1] = yd
+	    } else if (polar) {
+		Memd[values] = sqrt (xd * xd + yd * yd)
+		Memd[values+1] = RADTODEG(atan2 (yd, xd))
+		if (Memd[values+1] < 0.0d0)
+		    Memd[values+1] = Memd[values+1] + 360.0d0
+		Memd[values+2] = sqrt (lngd * lngd + latd * latd) * 3600.0d0
+		Memd[values+3] = RADTODEG (atan2 (latd, lngd))
+		if (Memd[values+3] < 0.0d0)
+		    Memd[values+3] = Memd[values+3] + 360.0d0
+	    } else {
+		Memd[values] = xd
+		Memd[values+1] = yd
+		Memd[values+2] = lngd * 3600.0d0
+		Memd[values+3] = latd * 3600.0d0
+	    }
+
+	    # Format the output line.
+	    call li_npack_lined (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+	        Memi[field_pos], nfields, Memi[vfields], Memd[values],
+	        Memi[nsdigits], 4, Memc[vformats], SZ_FNAME, min_sigdigits)
+
+	    call putline (outfd, Memc[outbuf])
+	}
+
+	if (ct != NULL)
+	    call mw_ctfree (ct)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_cctran.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_cctran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6efeaf35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_cctran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+
+define	MAX_FIELDS	100		# Maximum number of fields in list
+define	TABSIZE		8		# Spacing of tab stops
+
+# T_CCTRAN -- Transform a list of x and y coordinates to RA nad DEC or vice
+# versa using the celestial coordinate transformation computed by the CCMAP
+# task.
+
+procedure t_cctran()
+
+bool	forward
+int	inlist, outlist, reclist, geometry, xcolumn, ycolumn, min_sigdigits
+int	infd, outfd, lngunits, latunits
+pointer	sp, infile, outfile, record, xformat, yformat, str, dt
+pointer	sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, coo, mw
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+int	fntopnb(), imtopenp(), fntlenb(), fntgfnb(), clgwrd(), clgeti()
+int	open(), imtgetim (), imtlen()
+pointer	dtmap()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate memory for transformation parameters structure
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (record, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the input and output file lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDIN", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	inlist = fntopnb(Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	outlist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] != EOS) {
+	    dt = dtmap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY)
+	    reclist = imtopenp ("solution")
+	} else {
+	    dt = NULL
+	    reclist = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Test the input and out file and record lists for validity.
+	if (fntlenb(inlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The input file list is empty")
+	if (fntlenb(outlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The output file list is empty")
+	if (fntlenb(outlist) > 1 && fntlenb(outlist) != fntlenb(inlist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "Input and output file lists are not the same length")
+	if (dt != NULL && reclist != NULL) {
+	    if (imtlen (reclist) > 1 && imtlen (reclist) != fntlenb (inlist)) 
+	        call error (0,
+		    "Input file and record lists are not the same length.")
+	}
+
+	# Get the fitting geometry.
+	geometry = clgwrd ("geometry", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",linear,distortion,geometric,")
+	forward = clgetb ("forward")
+
+	# Get the input and output file parameters.
+        iferr (lngunits = clgwrd ("lngunits", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+            SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+            lngunits = 0
+        iferr (latunits = clgwrd ("latunits", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+            SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+            latunits = 0
+	xcolumn = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	ycolumn = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	call clgstr ("lngformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("latformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+
+	# Get the output file name.
+	if (fntgfnb (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	outfd = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	if (streq (Memc[outfile], "STDOUT") || outfd == STDOUT)
+	    call fseti (outfd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get the record name.
+	if (reclist == NULL)
+	    Memc[record] = EOS
+	else if (imtgetim (reclist, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+	    Memc[record] = EOS
+
+	# Call procedure to get parameters and fill structure.
+	coo = NULL; sx1 = NULL; sy1 = NULL; sx2 = NULL; sy2 = NULL
+	call cc_init_transform (dt, Memc[record], geometry, lngunits,
+	    latunits, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+	# While input list is not depleted, open file and transform list.
+	while (fntgfnb (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)  {
+
+	    infd = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Transform the coordinates.
+	    call cc_transform_file (infd, outfd, xcolumn, ycolumn, lngunits, 
+	        latunits, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat], min_sigdigits, sx1,
+		sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo, forward)
+
+	    # Do not get a new output file name if there is not output 
+	    # file list or if only one output file was specified.
+	    # Otherwise fetch the new name.
+	    if (fntlenb(outlist) > 1) {
+		call close (outfd)
+	        if (fntgfnb (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		    outfd = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) 
+		if (streq (Memc[outfile], "STDOUT") || outfd == STDOUT)
+	            call fseti (outfd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+	    }
+
+	    call close (infd)
+
+	    # Do not reset the transformation if there is no record list
+	    # or only one record is specified. Otherwise fetch the next
+	    # record name.
+	    if (reclist != NULL && imtlen (reclist) > 1) {
+	        if (imtgetim (reclist, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    call cc_free_transform (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+	            call cc_init_transform (dt, Memc[record], geometry,
+		        lngunits, latunits, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free the surface descriptors.
+	call cc_free_transform (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, mw, coo)
+
+	# Close up file and record templates.
+	if (dt != NULL)
+	    call dtunmap (dt)
+	call close (outfd)
+	call fntclsb (inlist)
+	call fntclsb (outlist)
+	if (reclist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+
+# CC_TRANSFORM_FILE -- This procedure is called once for each file
+# in the input list.  For each line in the input file that isn't
+# blank or comment, the line is transformed.  Blank and comment
+# lines are output unaltered.
+
+procedure cc_transform_file (infd, outfd, xfield, yfield, lngunits,
+	latunits, xformat, yformat, min_sigdigits, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+	mw, coo, forward)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the output file descriptor
+int	xfield			#I the x column number
+int	yfield			#I the y column number
+int     lngunits                #I the ra / longitude units
+int     latunits                #I the dec / latitude units
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I output format of the x coordinate
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I output format of the y coordinate
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of digits to be output
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+pointer	mw			#I pointer to the mwcs structure
+pointer	coo			#I pointer to the celestial coordinate structure
+bool	forward			#I forwards transform ?
+
+double	xd, yd, xtd, ytd
+int	max_fields, nline, nfields, nchars, nsdig_x, nsdig_y, offset
+int	tlngunits, tlatunits
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, field_pos, outbuf, ip, ct, txformat, tyformat
+int	getline(), li_get_numd(), sk_stati()
+pointer	mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (txformat, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tyformat, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Determine the units.
+        if (lngunits <= 0) {
+            if (coo == NULL)
+                tlngunits = SKY_HOURS
+            else
+                tlngunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLNGUNITS)
+        } else
+            tlngunits = lngunits
+        if (latunits <= 0) {
+            if (coo == NULL)
+                tlatunits = SKY_DEGREES
+            else
+                tlatunits = sk_stati (coo, S_NLATUNITS)
+        } else
+            tlatunits = latunits
+
+	# If the formats are undefined set suitable default formats.
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (! forward)
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[txformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else {
+		switch (tlngunits) {
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    call strcpy ("%12.2h", Memc[txformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    call strcpy ("%11.1h", Memc[txformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    call strcpy ("%13.7g", Memc[txformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		default:
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[txformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (xformat, Memc[txformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS) {
+	    if (! forward)
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[tyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else {
+		switch (tlatunits) {
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    call strcpy ("%12.2h", Memc[tyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_DEGREES:
+		    call strcpy ("%11.1h", Memc[tyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    call strcpy ("%13.7g", Memc[tyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		default:
+		    call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[tyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (yformat, Memc[tyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# If the transformation can be represented by mwcs then compile the
+	# appropriate transform. Other wise use the surface fitting code
+	# to do the transformation.
+	if (mw != NULL) {
+	    if (forward)
+	        ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", "world", 03B)
+	    else
+	        ct = mw_sctran (mw, "world", "logical", 03B)
+	}
+
+	max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+	for (nline=1;  getline (infd, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF;  nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	    for (ip=inbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '#') {
+		# Pass comment lines on to the output unchanged.
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    } else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+		# Blank lines too.
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # If the transformation is undefined then pass the line on
+	    # undisturbed.
+	    if (mw == NULL) {
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+	    call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+	    call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos], max_fields,
+	        nfields)
+
+	    if (xfield > nfields || yfield > nfields) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+		 
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+xfield-1]
+	    nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], xd, nsdig_x)
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad x value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+yfield-1]
+	    nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], yd, nsdig_y)
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad y value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Transform the coordinates.
+	    if (! forward) {
+		switch (tlngunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    xd = RADTODEG(xd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    xd = 15.0d0 * xd
+		default:
+		    ;
+		}
+		switch (tlatunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    yd = RADTODEG(yd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    yd = 15.0d0 * yd
+		default:
+		    ;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (sx2 != NULL || sy2 != NULL)
+		call cc_do_transform (xd, yd, xtd, ytd, ct, sx1, sy1,
+		    sx2, sy2, forward)
+	    else
+		call mw_c2trand (ct, xd, yd, xtd, ytd)
+	    if (forward) {
+	        switch (tlngunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    xtd = DEGTORAD(xtd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    xtd = xtd / 15.0d0
+		default:
+		    ;
+		}
+		switch (tlatunits) {
+		case SKY_RADIANS:
+		    ytd = DEGTORAD(ytd)
+		case SKY_HOURS:
+		    ytd = ytd / 15.0d0
+		default:
+		    ;
+		}
+	    }
+		 
+	    # Format the output line.
+	    call li_pack_lined (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+	        Memi[field_pos], nfields, xfield, yfield, xtd, ytd,
+	        Memc[txformat], Memc[tyformat], nsdig_x, nsdig_y, min_sigdigits)
+
+	    call putline (outfd, Memc[outbuf])
+	}
+
+	if (ct != NULL)
+	    call mw_ctfree (ct)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccxymatch.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccxymatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea34b6c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_ccxymatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,576 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+include "../../lib/xyxymatch.h"
+
+# T_CCXYMATCH -- This task computes the intersection of a set of pixel
+# coordinate lists with a reference celestial coordinate list. The output is
+# the set of objects common to both lists. In its simplest form CCXYMATCH
+# uses a matching tolerance to generate the common list. Alternatively
+# CCXYMATCH can use coordinate transformation information derived from the
+# positions of one to three stars common to both lists, a sorting algorithm,
+# and a matching tolerance to generate the common list. A more sophisticated
+# pattern matching algorithm is also available which requires no coordinate
+# transformation input from the user but is expensive computationally.
+
+procedure t_ccxymatch()
+
+bool	verbose
+double	lngin, latin, tlngin, tlatin
+int	ilist, rlist, olist, xcol, ycol, lngcol, latcol, lngunits, latunits
+int	match, maxntriangles, nreject, rfd, rpfd, ifd, ofd, pfd
+int	ntrefstars, nreftie, nrefstars, nrmaxtri, nreftri, nintie, ntie
+int	ntliststars, nliststars, ninter, ninmaxtri, nintri, proj
+pointer	sp, inname, refname, outname, refpoints, xreftie, yreftie
+pointer	xintie, yintie, coeff, projection, str
+pointer	xformat, yformat, lngformat, latformat
+pointer	lngref, latref, xref, yref, rlineno, rsindex, reftri, reftrirat
+pointer	xtrans, ytrans, listindex, xlist, ylist, ilineno, intri, intrirat
+real	tolerance, ptolerance, xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot
+real	pseparation, separation, ratio
+
+bool	clgetb()
+double	clgetd()
+int	fstati(), clpopnu(), clplen(), clgeti(), clgwrd(), open(), clgfil()
+int	rg_getrefcel(), rg_rdlli(), rg_sort(), rg_factorial(), rg_triangle()
+int	rg_getreftie(), rg_lincoeff(), rg_rdxyi(), rg_llintersect()
+int	rg_match(), rg_mlincoeff(), cc_rdproj(), strdic()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	open()
+
+begin
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (refname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (refpoints, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xreftie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yreftie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xintie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yintie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (coeff, MAX_NCOEFF, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (projection, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (latformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input, output, and reference lists.
+	ilist = clpopnu ("input")
+	rlist = clpopnu ("reference")
+	olist = clpopnu ("output")
+	tolerance = clgetr ("tolerance")
+	match = clgwrd ("matching", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, RG_MATCHSTR)
+	if (match == RG_TRIANGLES)
+	    ptolerance = clgetr ("ptolerance")
+	else 
+	    ptolerance = tolerance
+
+	call clgstr ("refpoints", Memc[refpoints], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Check the input and output file lengths.
+	if (clplen (rlist) > 1 && clplen (rlist) != clplen (ilist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of input and reference lists are not the same")
+	if (clplen (ilist) != clplen (olist))
+	    call error (0,
+	    "The number of input and output lists are not the same") 
+
+	xcol = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	ycol = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	lngcol = clgeti ("lngcolumn")
+	latcol = clgeti ("latcolumn")
+        lngunits = clgwrd ("lngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, SKY_LNG_UNITLIST)
+        latunits = clgwrd ("latunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, SKY_LAT_UNITLIST)
+
+        call clgstr ("projection", Memc[projection], SZ_LINE)
+        iferr {
+            pfd = open (Memc[projection], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+        } then {
+            proj = strdic (Memc[projection], Memc[projection], SZ_LINE,
+                WTYPE_LIST)
+            if (proj <= 0 || proj == WTYPE_LIN)
+                Memc[projection] = EOS
+        } else {
+            proj = cc_rdproj (pfd, Memc[projection], SZ_LINE)
+            call close (pfd)
+        }
+
+	# Get the matching parameters.
+	xin = clgetr ("xin")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xin))
+	    xin = 0.0
+	yin = clgetr ("yin")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yin))
+	    yin = 0.0
+	xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xmag))
+	    xmag = 1.0
+	ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(ymag))
+	    ymag = 1.0
+	xrot = clgetr ("xrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xrot))
+	    xrot = 0.0
+	yrot = clgetr ("yrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yrot))
+	    yrot = 0.0
+	lngin = clgetd ("lngref")
+	latin = clgetd ("latref")
+
+	# Get the algorithm parameters.
+	pseparation = clgetr ("pseparation")
+	separation = clgetr ("separation")
+	maxntriangles = clgeti ("nmatch")
+	ratio = clgetr ("ratio")
+	nreject = clgeti ("nreject")
+
+	# Get the output formatting parameters.
+	call clgstr ("xformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("yformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("lngformat", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS) {
+	    switch (lngunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS, SKY_DEGREES:
+		call strcpy ("%13.3h", Memc[lngformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+		call strcpy ("%13.7g", Memc[lngformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[lngformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	} else 
+	    call strcpy (Memc[str], Memc[lngformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("latformat", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS) {
+	    switch (latunits) {
+	    case SKY_HOURS, SKY_DEGREES:
+		call strcpy ("%13.2h", Memc[latformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    case SKY_RADIANS:
+		call strcpy ("%13.7g", Memc[latformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("%10.3f", Memc[latformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	} else 
+	    call strcpy (Memc[str], Memc[latformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the reference list file if any.
+	rfd = NULL
+	if (Memc[refpoints] == EOS)
+	    rpfd = NULL
+	else
+	    rpfd = open (Memc[refpoints], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	lngref = NULL
+	latref = NULL
+	xref = NULL
+	yref = NULL
+	rsindex = NULL
+	rlineno = NULL
+
+	# Loop over the input lists.
+	while (clgfil (ilist, Memc[inname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF &&
+	    clgfil (olist, Memc[outname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input list.
+	    ifd = open (Memc[inname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the output list.
+	    ofd = open (Memc[outname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the reference list and get the coordinates.
+	    while (clgfil (rlist, Memc[refname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Open the reference file.
+		if (rfd != NULL)
+		    call close (rfd)
+	        rfd = open (Memc[refname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+		# Read the reference data.
+		if (lngref != NULL)
+		    call mfree (lngref, TY_DOUBLE)
+		if (latref != NULL)
+		    call mfree (latref, TY_DOUBLE)
+		if (xref != NULL)
+		    call mfree (xref, TY_REAL)
+		if (yref != NULL)
+		    call mfree (yref, TY_REAL)
+		if (rlineno != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rlineno, TY_INT)
+		if (rsindex != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rsindex, TY_INT)
+		ntrefstars = rg_rdlli (rfd, lngref, latref, xref, yref, rlineno,
+		    tlngin, tlatin, lngcol, latcol, Memc[projection], lngin,
+		    latin, lngunits, latunits)
+
+		# Prepare the reference list for the merge algorithm. If a tie
+		# point matching algorithm is selected, sort the list in the
+		# y and then the x coordinate and remove coincident points.
+		# If the pattern matching algorithm is used then construct the
+		# triangles used for matching and sort them in order of
+		# increasing ratio.
+
+		call malloc (rsindex, ntrefstars, TY_INT)
+	    	nrefstars = rg_sort (Memr[xref], Memr[yref], Memi[rsindex],
+	            ntrefstars, separation, YES, YES)
+		if (match != RG_TRIANGLES) {
+	    	    reftri = NULL
+	    	    reftrirat = NULL
+		    nreftri = nrefstars
+		} else if (nrefstars > 2) {
+	    	    nrmaxtri = rg_factorial (min (nrefstars, maxntriangles), 3)
+	    	    call calloc (reftri, SZ_TRIINDEX * nrmaxtri, TY_INT)
+	    	    call calloc (reftrirat, SZ_TRIPAR * nrmaxtri, TY_REAL)
+	    	    nreftri = rg_triangle (Memr[xref], Memr[yref],
+		        Memi[rsindex], nrefstars, Memi[reftri],
+			Memr[reftrirat], nrmaxtri, maxntriangles,
+			tolerance, ratio)
+		} else {
+		    nreftri = 0
+		    reftri = NULL
+		    reftrirat = NULL
+		}
+
+
+	        # Fetch the reference tie points if any.
+	        if (rpfd != NULL)
+	            nreftie = rg_getrefcel (rpfd, Memr[xreftie], Memr[yreftie],
+		        3, Memc[projection], tlngin, tlatin, lngunits, latunits,
+			RG_REFFILE)
+	        else
+	            nreftie = 0
+
+		break
+	    }
+
+	    # Fetch the input tie points and compute the coefficients.
+	    if (rpfd != NULL)
+	        nintie = rg_getreftie (rpfd, Memr[xintie],
+		    Memr[yintie], nreftie, RG_INFILE, false)
+	    else
+	        nintie = 0
+	    ntie = min (nreftie, nintie)
+	    if (ntie <= 0)
+		call rg_lmkcoeff (xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot,
+		    0.0, 0.0, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	    else if (rg_lincoeff (Memr[xreftie], Memr[yreftie],
+	        Memr[xintie], Memr[yintie], ntie, Memr[coeff],
+		MAX_NCOEFF) == ERR)
+		call rg_lmkcoeff (xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot,
+		    0.0, 0.0, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+
+	    # Print the header.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("\nInput: %s  Reference: %s  ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[refname])
+		call printf ("Number of tie points: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ntie)
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (ofd, "\n# Input: %s  Reference: %s  ")
+		call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+		call pargstr (Memc[refname])
+	    call fprintf (ofd, "Number of tie points: %d\n")
+		call pargi (ntie)
+
+	    # Print the coordinate transformation information.
+	    if (verbose)
+		call rg_plincoeff ("  xi", " eta", Memr[xreftie],
+		    Memr[yreftie], Memr[xintie], Memr[yintie], ntie,
+		    Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	    call rg_wlincoeff (ofd, "  xi", " eta", Memr[xreftie],
+	        Memr[yreftie], Memr[xintie], Memr[yintie], ntie,
+		Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+
+	    # Read in the input list.
+	    xtrans = NULL
+	    ytrans = NULL
+	    listindex = NULL
+	    ntliststars = rg_rdxyi (ifd, xlist, ylist, ilineno, xcol, ycol)
+
+	    # Compute the intersection of the two lists using either an
+	    # algorithm depending on common tie points or on a more
+	    # sophisticated pattern matching algorithm.
+
+	    if (ntrefstars <= 0) {
+		if (verbose)
+		    call printf ("    The reference coordinate list is empty\n")
+		ninter = 0
+	    } else if (ntliststars <= 0) {
+		if (verbose)
+		    call printf ("    The input coordinate list is empty\n")
+		ninter = 0
+	    } else if (nreftri <= 0) {
+		if (verbose)
+		    call printf (
+		        "    No valid reference triangles can be defined\n")
+	    } else {
+	        call malloc (xtrans, ntliststars, TY_REAL)
+	        call malloc (ytrans, ntliststars, TY_REAL)
+	        call malloc (listindex, ntliststars, TY_INT)
+	        call rg_compute (Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist], Memr[xtrans],
+	            Memr[ytrans], ntliststars, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	        nliststars = rg_sort (Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans],
+		    Memi[listindex], ntliststars, separation, YES, YES)
+	        if (match != RG_TRIANGLES) {
+	    	    intri = NULL
+	    	    intrirat = NULL
+		    nintri = nliststars
+		    call rg_pllcolumns (ofd)
+		    ninter = rg_llintersect (ofd, Memd[lngref], Memd[latref],
+		        Memr[xref], Memr[yref], Memi[rsindex], Memi[rlineno],
+			nrefstars, Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist], Memr[xtrans],
+			Memr[ytrans], Memi[listindex], Memi[ilineno],
+			nliststars, tolerance, Memc[lngformat],
+			Memc[latformat],Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat])
+	        } else if (nliststars > 2) {
+	    	    ninmaxtri = rg_factorial (min (max(nliststars,nrefstars),
+		        maxntriangles), 3)
+	    	    call calloc (intri, SZ_TRIINDEX * ninmaxtri, TY_INT)
+	    	    call calloc (intrirat, SZ_TRIPAR * ninmaxtri, TY_REAL)
+	    	    nintri = rg_triangle (Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans],
+		        Memi[listindex], nliststars, Memi[intri],
+			Memr[intrirat], ninmaxtri, maxntriangles,
+			ptolerance, ratio)
+	    	    if (nintri <= 0) {
+		        if (verbose)
+		            call printf (
+		            "    No valid input triangles can be defined\n")
+		    } else {
+		        ninter = rg_match (Memr[xref], Memr[yref], nrefstars,
+			    Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans], nliststars,
+			    Memi[reftri], Memr[reftrirat], nreftri, nrmaxtri,
+			    ntrefstars, Memi[intri], Memr[intrirat], nintri,
+			    ninmaxtri, ntliststars, tolerance, ptolerance,
+			    ratio, nreject)
+		    }
+		    if (nrefstars <= maxntriangles && nliststars <=
+		        maxntriangles) {
+		        call rg_pllcolumns (ofd)
+			call rg_lmwrite (ofd, Memd[lngref], Memd[latref],
+			    Memi[rlineno], Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist],
+			    Memi[ilineno], Memi[reftri], nrmaxtri,
+			    Memi[intri], ninmaxtri, ninter, Memc[lngformat],
+			    Memc[latformat], Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat])
+		    } else {
+			if (rg_mlincoeff (Memr[xref], Memr[yref], Memr[xlist],
+			    Memr[ylist], Memi[reftri], nrmaxtri,
+			    Memi[intri], ninmaxtri, ninter, Memr[coeff],
+			    MAX_NCOEFF) == ERR)
+			    call rg_lmkcoeff (xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot,
+			        0.0, 0.0, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	        	call rg_compute (Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist],
+			    Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans], ntliststars,
+			    Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	        	nliststars = rg_sort (Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans],
+		    	    Memi[listindex], ntliststars, separation,
+			    YES, YES)
+	    		if (verbose)
+			    call rg_pmlincoeff ("  xi", " eta", Memr[coeff],
+			        MAX_NCOEFF)
+	    		call rg_wmlincoeff (ofd, "  xi", " eta", Memr[coeff],
+			    MAX_NCOEFF)
+		        call rg_pllcolumns (ofd)
+		        ninter = rg_llintersect (ofd, Memd[lngref],
+			    Memd[latref], Memr[xref], Memr[yref], Memi[rsindex],
+			    Memi[rlineno], nrefstars, Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist],
+			    Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans], Memi[listindex],
+			    Memi[ilineno], nliststars, tolerance,
+			    Memc[lngformat], Memc[latformat], Memc[xformat],
+			    Memc[yformat])
+		    }
+	        } else {
+		    if (verbose)
+		        call printf (
+		            "\tThe input coordinate list has < 3 stars\n")
+	    	    intri = NULL
+	    	    intrirat = NULL
+		    nintri = 0
+		    ninter = 0
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Print out the number of stars matched in the two lists.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("%d reference coordinates matched\n")
+		    call pargi (ninter)
+	    }
+
+	    # Free space used by input list.
+	    call mfree (xlist, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (ylist, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (ilineno, TY_INT)
+	    call mfree (listindex, TY_INT)
+	    if (xtrans != NULL)
+	        call mfree (xtrans, TY_REAL)
+	    if (ytrans != NULL)
+	        call mfree (ytrans, TY_REAL)
+	    if (intri != NULL)
+	        call mfree (intri, TY_INT)
+	    if (intrirat != NULL)
+	        call mfree (intrirat, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Close  the input and output lists.
+	    call close (ifd)
+	    call close (ofd)
+	}
+
+	# Release the memory used to store the reference list.
+	call mfree (lngref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (latref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (xref, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (yref, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (rlineno, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (rsindex, TY_INT)
+	if (reftri != NULL)
+	    call mfree (reftri, TY_INT)
+	if (reftrirat != NULL)
+	    call mfree (reftrirat, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Close the reference file.
+	if (rfd != NULL)
+	    call close (rfd)
+
+	# Close the reference points file.
+	if (rpfd != NULL)
+	    call close (rpfd)
+
+	# Close the file lists.
+	call clpcls (ilist)
+	call clpcls (rlist)
+	call clpcls (olist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_RDLLI -- Read in the celestial coordinates from a file, convert them
+# to standard coordinates, and set the line number index.
+
+int procedure rg_rdlli (fd, lng, lat, x, y, lineno, tlngref, tlatref,
+	xcolumn, ycolumn, projection, lngref, latref, lngunits, latunits)
+
+int	fd			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	lng			#U pointer to the x coordinates
+pointer	lat			#U pointer to the y coordinates
+pointer	x			#U pointer to the x coordinates
+pointer	y			#U pointer to the y coordinates
+pointer	lineno			#U pointer to the line numbers
+double	tlngref			#O the adopted reference ra / longitude
+double	tlatref			#O the adopted reference dec / latitude
+int	xcolumn			#I column containing the x coordinate
+int	ycolumn			#I column containing the y coordinate
+char	projection[ARB]		#I the sky projection geometry
+double	lngref			#I the input reference ra / longitude
+double	latref			#I the input reference dec / latitude
+int	lngunits		#I the ra / longitude units
+int	latunits		#I the dec / latitude units
+
+int	i, ip, bufsize, npts, lnpts, maxcols
+double	xval, yval
+pointer	sp, str, tx, ty
+int	fscan(), nscan(), ctod()
+double	asumd()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	bufsize = DEF_BUFSIZE
+	call malloc (lng, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (lat, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (x, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (y, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (lineno, bufsize, TY_INT)
+	maxcols = max (xcolumn, ycolumn)
+
+	npts = 0
+	lnpts = 0
+	while (fscan(fd) != EOF) {
+
+	    lnpts = lnpts + 1
+	    xval = INDEFD
+	    yval = INDEFD
+	    do i = 1, maxcols {
+		call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		if (i != nscan())
+		    break
+		ip = 1
+		if (i == xcolumn) {
+		    if (ctod (Memc[str], ip, xval) <= 0)
+			xval = INDEFD
+		} else if (i == ycolumn) {
+		    if (ctod (Memc[str], ip, yval) <= 0)
+			yval = INDEFD
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(xval) || IS_INDEFD(yval))
+		next
+
+	    Memd[lng+npts] = xval
+	    Memd[lat+npts] = yval
+	    Memi[lineno+npts] = lnpts
+	    npts = npts + 1
+	    if (npts >= bufsize) {
+		bufsize = bufsize + DEF_BUFSIZE
+		call realloc (lng, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (lat, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (x, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+		call realloc (y, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+		call realloc (lineno, bufsize, TY_INT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the reference point and convert to standard coordinates.
+	if (npts > 0) {
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(lngref))
+		tlngref = asumd (Memd[lng], npts) / npts
+	    else
+		tlngref = lngref
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(latref))
+		tlatref = asumd (Memd[lat], npts) / npts
+	    else
+		tlatref = latref
+	    call salloc (tx, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (ty, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call rg_celtostd (projection, Memd[lng], Memd[lat], Memd[tx],
+		Memd[ty], npts, tlngref, tlatref, lngunits, latunits)
+	    call amulkd (Memd[tx], 3600.0d0, Memd[tx], npts)
+	    call amulkd (Memd[ty], 3600.0d0, Memd[ty], npts)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[tx], Memr[x], npts)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[ty], Memr[y], npts)
+	} else {
+	    tlngref = lngref
+	    tlatref = latref
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PLLCOLUMNS -- Print the column descriptions in the output file.
+
+procedure rg_pllcolumns (ofd)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+
+begin
+	call fprintf (ofd, "# Column definitions\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "#    Column 1: Reference Ra / Longitude coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "#    Column 2: Reference Dec / Latitude coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 3: Input X coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 4: Input Y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 5: Reference line number\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 6: Input line number\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "\n")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_hpctran.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_hpctran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa398186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_hpctran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+include	<math.h>
+
+define	DIRS	"|ang2row|row2ang|"
+define	ANG2PIX	1
+define	PIX2ANG	2
+
+define	CUNITS	"|hourdegree|degrees|radians|"
+define	H	1
+define	D	2
+define	R	3
+
+define	MTYPES	"|nest|ring|"
+define	NEST	1
+define	RING	2
+
+
+# T_HPCTRAN -- Convert between HEALPix rows and spherical coordinates.
+#
+# It is up to the user to know the coordinate and map type; e.g.
+# galactic/nested, equatorial/ring.  However, the use can use
+# whatever units for the coordinate type; e.g. hours/degrees, radians.
+#
+# The HEALPix row is 1 indexed to be consistent with IRAF conventions.
+# This row can be used to access the map data with TTOOLS tasks.
+
+procedure t_hpctran ()
+
+int	dir			# Direction (ang2row|row2ang)
+int	row			# HEALpix map row (1 indexed)
+double	lng			# RA/longitude
+double	lat			# DEC/latitude
+int	nside			# Resolution parameter
+int	cunits			# Coordinate units
+int	mtype			# HEALpix map type
+
+char	str[10]
+
+int	clgeti(), clgwrd()
+double	clgetd()
+errchk	ang2row, row2ang
+
+begin
+	# Get parameters.
+	dir = clgwrd ("direction", str, 10, DIRS)
+	nside = clgeti ("nside")
+	cunits = clgwrd ("cunits", str, 10, CUNITS)
+	mtype = clgwrd ("maptype", str, 10, MTYPES)
+
+	switch (dir) {
+	case ANG2PIX:
+	    lng = clgetd ("lng")
+	    lat = clgetd ("lat")
+	    switch (cunits) {
+	    case 0:
+		call error (1, "Unknown coordinate units")
+	    case H:
+		lng = lng * 15D0
+	    case R:
+		lng = RADTODEG(lng)
+		lat = RADTODEG(lat)
+	    }
+
+	    call ang2row (row, lng, lat, mtype, nside)
+
+	    call clputi ("row", row)
+	case PIX2ANG:
+	    row = clgeti ("row")
+
+	    call row2ang (row, lng, lat, mtype, nside)
+
+	    switch (cunits) {
+	    case 0:
+		call error (1, "Unknown coordinate units")
+	    case H:
+		lng = lng / 15D0
+	    case R:
+		lng = DEGTORAD(lng)
+		lat = DEGTORAD(lat)
+	    }
+
+	    call clputd ("lng", lng)
+	    call clputd ("lat", lat)
+	}
+
+	# Output the map row.
+	call printf ("%d %g %g\n")
+	    call pargi (row)
+	    call pargd (lng)
+	    call pargd (lat)
+end
+
+
+# TEST_HEALPIX2 -- Test routine as in the HEALPix distribution.
+
+procedure test_healpix2 ()
+
+double	theta, phi
+int	nside
+int	ipix, npix, dpix, ip1
+
+begin
+
+	call printf("Starting C Healpix pixel routines test\n")
+
+	nside = 1024
+	dpix = 23
+
+	# Find the number of pixels in the full map
+	npix = 12*nside*nside
+	call printf("Number of pixels in full map: %d\n")
+	    call pargi (npix)
+
+	call printf("dpix: %d\n")
+	    call pargi (dpix)
+	call printf("Nest -> ang -> Ring -> ang -> Nest\n")
+#	call printf("Nest -> ang -> Nest\n")
+#	call printf("Ring -> ang -> Ring\n")
+	for (ipix = 0; ipix < npix; ipix = ipix + dpix) {
+	    call pix2ang_nest(nside, ipix, theta, phi)
+	    call ang2pix_ring(nside, theta, phi, ip1)
+	    call pix2ang_ring(nside, ip1, theta, phi)
+	    call ang2pix_nest(nside, theta, phi, ip1)
+#	    call pix2ang_ring(nside, ipix, theta, phi)
+#	    call ang2pix_ring(nside, theta, phi, ip1)
+	    if (ip1 != ipix) {
+	        call printf("Error: %d %d %d\n")
+		    call pargi (nside)
+		    call pargi (ipix)
+		    call pargi (ip1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call printf("%d\n")
+	    call pargi (nside)
+	call printf("test completed\n\n")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_imcctran.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_imcctran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4729a85d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_imcctran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,922 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+procedure t_imcctran ()
+
+double	tilng, tilat, tolng, tolat, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot, xrms, yrms
+double	olongpole, olatpole, nlongpole, nlatpole
+pointer	sp, imtemplate, insystem, outsystem, image, str
+pointer	im, mwin, cooin, mwout, cooout, ctin, ctout
+pointer	r, w, cd, ltm, ltv, iltm, nr, ncd, jr
+pointer	ix, iy, ox, oy, ilng, ilat, olng, olat
+int	imlist, nxgrid, nygrid, npts, instat, outstat, ndim, fitstat, axbits
+bool	uselp, verbose, update, usecd
+
+double	rg_rmsdiff()
+pointer	immap(), rg_xytoxy(), mw_newcopy()
+int	fstati(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), sk_decim(), sk_decwcs(), mw_stati()
+int	clgeti(), sk_stati(), rg_cdfit()
+bool	clgetb(), rg_longpole()
+
+begin
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtemplate, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (insystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outsystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the list of images and output coordinate system.
+	call clgstr ("image", Memc[imtemplate], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("outsystem", Memc[outsystem], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the remaining parameters.
+	nxgrid = clgeti ("nx")
+	nygrid = clgeti ("ny")
+	npts = nxgrid * nygrid
+	uselp = clgetb ("longpole")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	update = clgetb ("update")
+
+	# Loop over the list of images
+	imlist = imtopen (Memc[imtemplate])
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input image after removing any section notation.
+	    call imgimage (Memc[image], Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (update)
+	        im = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    else
+	        im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("INPUT IMAGE: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    }
+
+	    # Create the input system name.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[insystem], SZ_FNAME, "%s logical")
+		call pargstr (Memc[image])
+
+	    # Open the input image coordinate system.
+	    instat = sk_decim (im, "logical", mwin, cooin)
+	    if (verbose) {
+		if (instat == ERR || mwin == NULL)
+		    call printf ("Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+		call sk_iiprint ("Insystem", Memc[insystem], mwin, cooin)
+	    }
+	    if (instat == ERR || mwin == NULL) {
+		if (mwin != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mwin)
+		#call mfree (cooin, TY_STRUCT)
+		call sk_close (cooin)
+		call imunmap (im)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the output coordinate system.
+	    outstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[outsystem], mwout, cooout, cooin)
+	    if (verbose) {
+	        if (outstat == ERR || mwout != NULL)
+		    call printf (
+		        "Error decoding the output coordinate system\n")
+	        call sk_iiprint ("Outsystem", Memc[outsystem], mwout, cooout)
+	    }
+	    if (outstat == ERR || mwout != NULL) {
+	        if (mwout != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mwout)
+	        #call mfree (cooout, TY_STRUCT)
+		call sk_close (cooout)
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	        return
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the dimensionality of the wcs.
+	    ndim = mw_stati (mwin, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+
+	    # Allocate working memory for the vectors and matrices.
+	    call malloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (iltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (nr, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (jr, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ncd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	    # Allocate working memory for the grid points.
+	    call malloc (ix, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (iy, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ilng, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ilat, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ox, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (oy, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (olng, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (olat, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	    # Compute the original logical to world transformation.
+            call mw_gltermd (mwin, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+	    call mw_gwtermd (mwin, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+            call mwvmuld (Memd[ltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], ndim)
+            call aaddd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[nr], ndim)
+            call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+            call mwmmuld (Memd[cd], Memd[iltm], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+
+	    # Compute the logical and world coordinates of the input image
+	    # grid points.
+	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[ix], Memd[iy], nxgrid, nygrid, 1.0d0,
+		double(sk_stati(cooin, S_NLNGAX)), 1.0d0,
+		double(sk_stati(cooin, S_NLATAX)))
+	    ctin = rg_xytoxy (mwin, Memd[ix], Memd[iy], Memd[ilng], Memd[ilat],
+		npts, "logical", "world", sk_stati (cooin, S_XLAX),
+		sk_stati (cooin, S_YLAX))
+
+	    # Transfrom the input image grid points to the new world coordinate
+	    # system.
+	    call rg_lltransform (cooin, cooout, Memd[ilng], Memd[ilat],
+		Memd[olng], Memd[olat], npts)
+
+	    # Get the reference point.
+	    if (sk_stati(cooin, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati(cooin, S_PLATAX)) {
+	        tilng = Memd[w+sk_stati(cooin,S_PLNGAX)-1]
+	        tilat = Memd[w+sk_stati(cooin,S_PLATAX)-1]
+	    } else {
+	        tilng = Memd[w+sk_stati(cooin,S_PLATAX)-1]
+	        tilat = Memd[w+sk_stati(cooin,S_PLNGAX)-1]
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the value of longpole and latpole required to transform
+	    # the coordinate system.
+	    usecd = rg_longpole (mwin, cooin, cooout, tilng, tilat, olongpole,
+		olatpole, nlongpole, nlatpole) 
+	    if (uselp)
+		usecd = false
+
+	    # Output the current image wcs.
+	    if (verbose && ! update) {
+	        call printf ("\n")
+	        call rg_wcsshow (mwin, "Current", Memd[ltv], Memd[ltm], Memd[w],
+		    Memd[nr], Memd[ncd], ndim, olongpole, olatpole)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the new world coordinates of the reference point and
+	    # update the reference point vector.
+	    call rg_lltransform (cooin, cooout, tilng, tilat, tolng, tolat, 1)
+	    if (sk_stati(cooout, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati(cooout, S_PLATAX)) {
+	        Memd[w+sk_stati(cooout,S_PLNGAX)-1] = tolng
+	        Memd[w+sk_stati(cooout,S_PLATAX)-1] = tolat
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[w+sk_stati(cooout,S_PLNGAX)-1] = tolat
+	        Memd[w+sk_stati(cooout,S_PLATAX)-1] = tolng
+	    }
+	    
+	    # Initialize the output transfrom.
+	    mwout = mw_newcopy (mwin)
+
+	    # Set the terms.
+	    call mw_swtermd (mwout, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+
+	    if (usecd) {
+
+	        # Compute the new x and y values.
+	        ctout = rg_xytoxy (mwout, Memd[olng], Memd[olat], Memd[ox],
+	            Memd[oy], npts, "world", "logical", sk_stati (cooout,
+		    S_XLAX), sk_stati (cooout, S_YLAX))
+
+	        # Subtract off the origin and compute the coordinate system
+	        # rotation angle and scale factor.
+	        call asubkd (Memd[ix], Memd[nr+sk_stati(cooin, S_XLAX)-1],
+	            Memd[ix], npts) 
+	        call asubkd (Memd[iy], Memd[nr+sk_stati(cooin, S_YLAX)-1],
+	            Memd[iy], npts) 
+	        call asubkd (Memd[ox], Memd[nr+sk_stati(cooout, S_XLAX)-1],
+	            Memd[ox], npts) 
+	        call asubkd (Memd[oy], Memd[nr+sk_stati(cooout, S_YLAX)-1],
+	            Memd[oy], npts) 
+	        fitstat = rg_cdfit (Memd[ix], Memd[iy], Memd[ox], Memd[oy],
+		    npts, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+	    } else {
+
+		ctout = NULL
+		xscale = 1.0d0
+		yscale = 1.0d0
+		xrot = 0.0d0
+		yrot = 0.0d0
+		fitstat = OK
+	    }
+
+	    if (fitstat == OK) {
+
+		# Modify the cd matrix.
+		if (usecd) {
+
+	            axbits = 2 ** (sk_stati (cooout, S_XLAX) - 1) +
+	                2 ** (sk_stati (cooout, S_YLAX) - 1)
+	            call rg_mwxyrot (mwout, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot,
+		        Memd[ncd], Memd[cd], ndim, axbits)
+	            call mwmmuld (Memd[cd], Memd[ltm], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+		    call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+		    call asubd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[r], ndim)
+		    call mwvmuld (Memd[iltm], Memd[r], Memd[jr], ndim)
+	            call mw_swtermd (mwout, Memd[jr], Memd[w], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+
+		# Modify longpole and latpole.
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE, "%g")
+			call pargd (nlongpole)
+		    #call eprintf ("longpole='%s'\n")
+			#call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call mw_swattrs (mwout, sk_stati(cooout, S_PLNGAX),
+		        "longpole", Memc[str])
+		    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE, "%g")
+			call pargd (nlatpole)
+		    #call eprintf ("latpole='%s'\n")
+			#call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call mw_swattrs (mwout, sk_stati(cooout, S_PLATAX),
+		        "latpole", Memc[str])
+		    call amovd (Memd[ncd], Memd[cd], ndim * ndim)
+		}
+
+	        # Compute and print the goodness of fit estimate.
+	        if (verbose) {
+		    if (ctout != NULL)
+		        call mw_ctfree (ctout)
+	            ctout = rg_xytoxy (mwout, Memd[olng], Memd[olat],
+		        Memd[ox], Memd[oy], npts, "world", "logical",
+		        sk_stati (cooout, S_XLAX), sk_stati (cooout, S_YLAX))
+		    if (usecd) {
+	    	        call aaddkd (Memd[ix], Memd[nr+sk_stati(cooout,
+			    S_XLAX)-1], Memd[ix], npts) 
+	    	        call aaddkd (Memd[iy], Memd[nr+sk_stati(cooout,
+			    S_YLAX)-1], Memd[iy], npts) 
+		    }
+	            xrms = rg_rmsdiff (Memd[ox], Memd[ix], npts)
+	            yrms = rg_rmsdiff (Memd[oy], Memd[iy], npts)
+		}
+
+	        # Recompute and store the new wcs if update is enabled.
+	        if (update) {
+		    call sk_saveim (cooout, mwout, im)
+		    call mw_saveim (mwout, im)
+	        } else if (verbose) {
+		    if (usecd)
+	                call rg_wcsshow (mwin, "New", Memd[ltv], Memd[ltm],
+			    Memd[w], Memd[nr], Memd[cd], ndim, olongpole,
+			    olatpole)
+		    else
+	                call rg_wcsshow (mwin, "New", Memd[ltv], Memd[ltm],
+			    Memd[w], Memd[nr], Memd[cd], ndim, nlongpole,
+			    nlatpole)
+		}
+
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call printf (
+	                "Crval%d,%d: %h, %h -> %h, %h dd:mm:ss.s\n")
+			call pargi (sk_stati(cooout,S_PLNGAX))
+			call pargi (sk_stati(cooout,S_PLATAX))
+			call pargd (tilng)
+			call pargd (tilat)
+			call pargd (tolng)
+			call pargd (tolat)
+		    call printf ("    Scaling: Xmag: %0.6f Ymag: %0.6f ")
+			call pargd (xscale)
+			call pargd (yscale)
+			call printf ("Xrot: %0.3f Yrot: %0.3f degrees\n")
+		        call pargd (xrot)
+		        call pargd (yrot)
+		    call printf (
+		    "    Rms: X fit: %0.7g pixels  Y fit: %0.7g pixels\n")
+		        call pargd (xrms)
+		        call pargd (yrms)
+		    call printf ("\n")
+	        }
+
+	    } else
+		call printf ("Error fitting the scaling factors angle\n")
+
+	    # Free the memory.
+	    call mfree (r, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (w, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (cd, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ncd, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (nr, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (jr, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ltm, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ltv, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (iltm, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+            call mfree (ix, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (iy, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ilng, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ilat, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ox, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (oy, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (olng, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (olat, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	    # Clean up various data stuctures.
+	    if (mwin != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mwin)
+	    call sk_close (cooin)
+	    if (mwout != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mwout)
+	    call sk_ctypeim (cooout, im)
+	    call sk_close (cooout)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_WCSSHOW -- Print a quick summary of the current wcs.
+
+procedure rg_wcsshow (mwin, label, ltv, ltm, w, r, cd, ndim, longpole, latpole)
+
+pointer	mwin			#I pointer to the current wcs
+char	label[ARB]		#I name of the input label
+double	ltv[ARB]		#I the lterm offsets
+double	ltm[ndim,ARB]		#I the lterm rotation matrix
+double	w[ARB]			#I the fits crval parameters
+double	r[ARB]			#I the fits crpix parameters
+double	cd[ndim,ARB]		#I the fits rotation matrix
+int	ndim			#I the dimension of the wcs
+double	longpole		#I the longpole value assumed
+double	latpole			#I the latpole value assumed
+
+int	i,j
+pointer	sp, str
+errchk	mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Print the image name and current wcs.
+	call printf ("%s wcs\n")
+	    call pargstr (label)
+
+	# Print the axis banner.
+	call printf ("    Axis   ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%10d  ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the crval parameters.
+	call printf ("    Crval  ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%10.4f  ")
+		call pargd (w[i])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the crpix parameters.
+	call printf ("    Crpix  ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%10.2f  ")
+		call pargd (r[i])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the cd matrix.
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("    Cd %d   ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	    do j = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("%10.4g  ")
+		    call pargd (cd[j,i])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+
+	# Print longpole / latpole
+	call printf ("    Poles  ")
+	call printf ("%10.4f  %10.4f\n")
+	    call pargd (longpole)
+	    call pargd (latpole)
+
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LONGPOLE -- Compute the value of longpole and latpole required to
+# transform the input celestial coordinate system to the output celestial
+# coordinate system, and determine whether this mode of transformation
+# is required for the specified projection.
+
+bool procedure rg_longpole (mwin, incoo, outcoo, ilng, ilat, ilngpole,
+	ilatpole, olngpole, olatpole) 
+
+pointer	mwin		#I the input image coordinate system descriptor
+pointer	incoo		#I the input celestial coordinate system descriptor
+pointer	outcoo		#I the output celestial coordinate system descriptor
+double	ilng		#I the input celestial ra / longitude coordinate (deg)
+double	ilat		#I the input celestial dec / latitude coordinate (deg)
+double	ilngpole	#O the input system longpole value (deg)
+double	ilatpole	#O the input system latpole value (deg)
+double	olngpole	#O the output system longpole value (deg)
+double	olatpole	#O the output system latpole value (deg)
+
+double	tilngpole, tilatpole, thetaa, theta0, tilng, tilat, tilngp, tilatp
+double	ntilng, ntilat
+pointer	sp, str
+int	i, projection, ptype
+bool	usecd
+int	sk_stati(), rg_wrdstr(), strdic(), ctod()
+errchk	mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the projection type
+	projection = sk_stati (incoo, S_WTYPE)
+	if (projection <= 0)
+	    projection = WTYPE_LIN
+	if (rg_wrdstr (projection, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    PTYPE_LIST) != projection) 
+	    call strcpy ("z", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	ptype = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, PTYPE_NAMES)
+	if (ptype <= 0)
+	    ptype = PTYPE_ZEN
+
+	# Get the input value of longpole if any.
+        iferr {
+            call mw_gwattrs (mwin, 1, "longpole", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+        } then {
+            iferr {
+                call mw_gwattrs (mwin, 2, "longpole", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            } then {
+                tilngpole = INDEFD
+            } else {
+                i = 1
+                if (ctod (Memc[str], i, tilngpole) <= 0)
+                    tilngpole = INDEFD
+            }
+        } else {
+            i = 1
+            if (ctod (Memc[str], i, tilngpole) <= 0)
+                tilngpole = INDEFD
+        }
+	ilngpole = tilngpole
+
+	# Get the input value of latpole if any.
+        iferr {
+            call mw_gwattrs (mwin, 1, "latpole", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+        } then {
+            iferr {
+                call mw_gwattrs (mwin, 2, "latpole", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            } then {
+                tilatpole = INDEFD
+            } else {
+                i = 1
+                if (ctod (Memc[str], i, tilatpole) <= 0)
+                    tilatpole = INDEFD
+            }
+        } else {
+            i = 1
+            if (ctod (Memc[str], i, tilatpole) <= 0)
+                tilatpole = INDEFD
+        }
+	ilatpole = tilatpole
+
+	# Get the input value of thetaa if any.
+        iferr {
+            call mw_gwattrs (mwin, 1, "projp1", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+        } then {
+            iferr {
+                call mw_gwattrs (mwin, 2, "projp1", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            } then {
+                thetaa = INDEFD
+            } else {
+                i = 1
+                if (ctod (Memc[str], i, thetaa) <= 0)
+                    thetaa = INDEFD
+            }
+        } else {
+            i = 1
+            if (ctod (Memc[str], i, thetaa) <= 0)
+                thetaa = INDEFD
+	}
+
+	# Determine theta0.
+	switch (ptype) {
+	case PTYPE_ZEN:
+	    theta0 = DHALFPI
+	    usecd = true
+	case PTYPE_CYL:
+	    theta0 = 0.0d0
+	    usecd = false
+	case PTYPE_CON:
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(thetaa))
+		call error (0, "Invalid conic projection parameter thetaa")
+	    else
+	        theta0 = DDEGTORAD(thetaa)
+	    usecd = false
+	case PTYPE_EXP:
+	    theta0 = DHALFPI
+	    usecd = false
+	    #usecd = true
+	}
+
+	# Convert the input coordinates to radians.
+	tilng = DDEGTORAD (ilng)
+	tilat = DDEGTORAD (ilat)
+
+	# Determine the appropriate value of longpole and convert to radians.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(tilngpole)) {
+	    if (tilat < theta0)
+		tilngpole = DPI
+	    else
+		tilngpole = 0.0d0
+	} else
+	    tilngpole = DDEGTORAD (tilngpole)
+	if (! IS_INDEFD(tilatpole))
+	    tilatpole = DDEGTORAD (tilatpole)
+
+	# Compute the celestial coordinates of the pole in the old system
+	# and latpole.
+	switch (ptype) {
+	case PTYPE_ZEN, PTYPE_EXP:
+	    tilngp = tilng
+	    tilatp = DHALFPI - tilat
+	default:
+	    call rg_cnpole (tilng, tilat, theta0, tilngpole, tilatpole,
+	        tilngp, tilatp)
+	}
+	#call eprintf ("%0.5f %0.5f %0.5f %0.5f %0.5f %0.5f %0.5f\n")
+	    #call pargd (DRADTODEG(tilng))
+	    #call pargd (DRADTODEG(tilat))
+	    #call pargd (DRADTODEG(theta0))
+	    #call pargd (DRADTODEG(tilngpole))
+	    #if (IS_INDEFD(tilatpole))
+		#call pargd (INDEFD)
+	    #else
+	        #call pargd (DRADTODEG(tilatpole))
+	    #call pargd (DRADTODEG(tilngp))
+	    #call pargd (DRADTODEG(tilatp))
+
+	# Compute the celestial coordinates in the old celestial coordinate
+	# system of the pole of the new coordinate system.  Note that
+	# because the original coordinate system is a sky coordinate
+	# system that the input and output coordinate units are degrees.
+
+	call rg_lltransform (outcoo, incoo, 0.0d0, 90.0d0, ntilng, ntilat, 1)
+	#call eprintf ("%0.5f %0.5f\n")
+	    #call pargd (ntilng)
+	    #call pargd (ntilat)
+
+	# Compute the new longpole and latpole.
+	call rg_celtonat (DDEGTORAD(ntilng), DDEGTORAD(ntilat), tilngp, tilatp,
+	    tilngpole, olngpole, olatpole)
+	olngpole = DRADTODEG(olngpole)
+	olatpole = DRADTODEG(olatpole)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (usecd)
+end
+
+
+# RG_CNPOLE -- Give the celestial coordinates of the reference point, the
+# native latitude of the reference point, and the native longitude
+# of the celestial pole, compute the celestial coordinates of the native
+# pole.
+
+procedure rg_cnpole (ra, dec, theta0, longp, latp, rap, decp)
+
+double  ra              #I the reference point ra / longitude in radians
+double  dec             #I the reference point dec / latitude in radians
+double  theta0          #I the native latitude of the reference point in radians
+double  longp           #I the native longpole of the celestial pole in radians
+double  latp            #I the native latitude of the celestial pole in radians
+double  rap             #O the ra of native pole in radians (Euler angle 1)
+double  decp            #O the codec of native pole in radians (Euler angle 2)
+
+double  clat0, slat0, cphip, sphip, cthe0, sthe0, x, y, z, u, v, latp1, latp2
+double  tol, maxlat, tlatp
+data    tol /1.0d-10/
+
+begin
+        clat0 = cos (dec)
+        slat0 = sin (dec)
+        cphip = cos (longp)
+        sphip = sin (longp)
+        cthe0 = cos (theta0)
+        sthe0 = sin (theta0)
+        x = cthe0 * cphip
+        y = sthe0
+        z = sqrt (x * x + y * y)
+
+        if (z == 0.0d0) {
+
+            if (slat0 != 0.0d0)
+                call error (0, "Invalid projection parameters")
+
+            if (IS_INDEFD(latp))
+                call error (0, "Undefined latpole value")
+
+            tlatp = latp
+
+        } else {
+
+            if (abs (slat0 / z) > 1.0d0)
+                call error (0, "Invalid projection parameters")
+
+            u = atan2 (y, x)
+            v = acos (slat0 / z)
+
+            latp1 = u + v
+            if (latp1 > DPI)
+                latp1 = latp1 - DTWOPI
+            else if (latp1 < -DPI)
+                latp1 = latp1 + DTWOPI
+
+            latp2 = u - v
+            if (latp2 > DPI)
+                latp2 = latp2 - DTWOPI
+            else if (latp2 < -DPI)
+                latp2 = latp2 + DTWOPI
+
+            if (IS_INDEFD(latp))
+                maxlat = 999.0d0
+            else
+                maxlat = latp
+            if (abs(maxlat - latp1) < abs(maxlat - latp2)) {
+                if (abs(latp1) < (DHALFPI + tol))
+                    tlatp = latp1
+                else
+                    tlatp = latp2
+            } else {
+                if (abs(latp2) < (DHALFPI + tol))
+                    tlatp = latp2
+                else
+                    tlatp = latp1
+            }
+        }
+        decp = DHALFPI - tlatp
+
+        # Determine the celestial longitude of the native pole.
+        z = cos (tlatp) * clat0
+        if (abs(z) < tol) {
+            if (abs(clat0) < tol) {
+                rap = ra
+                decp = DHALFPI - theta0
+            } else if (tlatp > 0.0d0) {
+                rap = ra + longp - DPI
+                decp = 0.0d0
+            } else if (tlatp < 0.0d0) {
+                rap = ra - longp
+                decp = DPI
+            }
+        } else {
+            x = (sthe0 - sin (tlatp) * slat0) / z
+            y = sphip * cthe0 / clat0
+            if (x == 0.0d0 && y == 0.0d0)
+                call error (0, "Invalid projection parameters")
+            rap = ra - atan2 (y,x)
+        }
+        if (ra >= 0.0d0) {
+            if (rap < 0.0d0)
+                rap = rap + DTWOPI
+        } else {
+            if (rap > 0.0d0)
+                rap = rap - DTWOPI
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_CELTONAT - Convert celestial to native coordinates given the input Euler
+# angles coordinates of the native pole and the longitude of the celestial pole.
+
+procedure rg_celtonat (ra, dec, rap, decp, longpole, phi, theta)
+
+double  ra                      #I input ra/longitude
+double  dec                     #I input ra/longitude
+double  rap                     #I input euler angle 1 (rap)
+double  decp                    #I input euler angle 2 (90-latp)
+double  longpole                #I input euler angle 3 (longpole)
+double  phi                     #O output phi
+double theta                    #O output theta
+
+double  x, y, z, dphi
+
+begin
+        x = sin (dec) * sin (decp) - cos (dec) * cos (decp) * cos (ra - rap)
+        if (abs(x) < 1.0d-5)
+            x = -cos (dec + decp) + cos (dec) * cos(decp) * (1.0d0 -
+                cos (ra - rap))
+        y = -cos (dec) * sin (ra - rap)
+        if (x != 0.0d0 || y != 0.0d0)
+            dphi = atan2 (y,x)
+        else
+            dphi = ra - rap - DPI
+        phi = longpole + dphi
+        if (phi > DPI)
+            phi = phi - DTWOPI
+        else if (phi < -DPI)
+            phi = phi + DTWOPI
+        if (mod (ra - rap, DPI) == 0.0d0) {
+            theta = dec + cos (ra - rap) * decp
+            if (theta > DHALFPI)
+                theta = DPI - theta
+            if (theta < -DHALFPI)
+                theta = -DPI - theta
+        } else {
+            z = sin (dec) * cos (decp) + cos (dec) * sin(decp) * cos (ra - rap)
+            if (abs(z) > 0.99d0)
+                theta = sign (acos(sqrt (x*x + y*y)), z)
+            else
+                theta = asin (z)
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_CDFIT -- Compute the cd matrix and shift vector required to realign
+# the transformed coordinate systems.
+
+int procedure rg_cdfit (xref, yref, xin, yin, npts, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+double	xref[ARB]			#I the input x reference vector
+double	yref[ARB]			#I the input y reference vector
+double	xin[ARB]			#I the input x vector
+double	yin[ARB]			#I the input y vector
+int	npts				#I the number of points
+double	xscale, yscale			#O the x and y scale factors
+double	xrot				#O the rotation angle in degrees
+double	yrot				#O the rotation angle in degrees
+
+int	fitstat
+double	xshift, yshift
+pointer	sp, wts
+int	rg_ffit()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (wts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call amovkd (1.0d0, Memd[wts], npts)
+
+	fitstat = rg_ffit (xref, yref, xin, yin, Memd[wts], npts,
+	        xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+	if (fitstat == ERR) {
+	    xrot = INDEFD
+	    yrot = INDEFD
+	    xscale = INDEFD
+	    yscale = INDEFD
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (fitstat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_FFIT -- Compute the x and y shift, th x and y scale, and the x and y
+# rotation angle required to match one set of coordinates to another.
+
+int procedure rg_ffit (xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts, xshift, yshift,
+	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+
+double	xref[ARB]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[ARB]	#I reference image y values
+double	xin[ARB]	#I input image x values
+double	yin[ARB]	#I input image y values
+double	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+double	xshift, yshift	#O the x and y shifts
+double	xmag, ymag	#O the x and y scale factors
+double	xrot, yrot	#O the rotation angles
+
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+int	xier, yier, ier
+pointer	sx1, sy1
+
+begin
+	# Compute the data limits.
+	call alimd (xref, npts, xmin, xmax)
+	call alimd (yref, npts, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Compute the x fit.
+	call dgsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	    ymin, ymax)
+	call dgsfit (sx1, xref, yref, xin, wts, npts, WTS_USER, xier)
+
+	# Compute the y fit.
+	call dgsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	    ymin, ymax)
+	call dgsfit (sy1, xref, yref, yin, wts, npts, WTS_USER, yier)
+
+	# Compute the geometric parameters.
+	if (xier != OK || yier != OK) {
+	    xshift = INDEFD
+	    yshift = INDEFD
+	    xmag = INDEFD
+	    ymag = INDEFD
+	    xrot = INDEFD
+	    yrot = INDEFD
+	    ier = ERR
+	} else {
+	    call geo_lcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+	    ier = OK
+	}
+
+	call dgsfree (sx1)
+	call dgsfree (sy1)
+	return (ier)
+end
+
+
+define	CDIN	icd[$1,$2]
+define	CDOUT	ocd[$1,$2]
+
+# RG_MWXYROT -- Scale and rotate the CD matrix by specifying the x and y scale
+# factors in dimensionless units and the rotation angle in degrees.  Since only
+# x and y scale factors and one rotation angle can be specified, this routine
+# is useful only useful for a 2D transformation
+
+procedure rg_mwxyrot(mw, xmag, ymag, xtheta, ytheta, icd, ocd, ndim, axbits)
+
+pointer	mw			#I pointer to MWCS descriptor
+double	xmag, ymag		#I the x and y scaling factors
+double	xtheta			#I the x rotation angle, degrees
+double	ytheta			#I the y rotation angle, degrees
+double	icd[ndim,ARB]		#U the input CD matrix
+double	ocd[ndim,ARB]		#U the output CD matrix
+int	ndim			#I dimensions of the CD matrix
+int	axbits			#I bitflags defining axes to be rotated
+
+double	d_thetax, d_thetay, costx, sintx, costy, sinty
+int	axis[IM_MAXDIM], naxes, ax1, ax2, axmap
+int	mw_stati()
+errchk	syserr
+
+begin
+	# Convert axis bitflags to axis list and get the two axes.
+	call mw_gaxlist (mw, axbits, axis, naxes)
+	axmap = mw_stati (mw, MW_USEAXMAP)
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+	ax1 = axis[1]
+	ax2 = axis[2]
+
+	# Rotate the CD matrix.
+	d_thetax = DEGTORAD(xtheta)
+	d_thetay = DEGTORAD(ytheta)
+	costx = cos (d_thetax)
+	sintx = sin (d_thetax)
+	costy = cos (d_thetay)
+	sinty = sin (d_thetay)
+	call amovd (icd, ocd, ndim * ndim)
+
+	CDOUT(ax1,ax1) = xmag * costx * CDIN(ax1,ax1) -
+	     xmag * sintx * CDIN(ax2,ax1)
+	CDOUT(ax2,ax1) = ymag * sinty * CDIN(ax1,ax1) +
+	    ymag * costy * CDIN(ax2,ax1)
+	CDOUT(ax1,ax2) = xmag * costx * CDIN(ax1,ax2) -
+	    xmag * sintx * CDIN(ax2,ax2)  
+	CDOUT(ax2,ax2) = ymag * sinty * CDIN(ax1,ax2) +
+	    ymag * costy * CDIN(ax2,ax2) 
+
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, axmap)
+end
+
+
+# RG_RMSDIFF -- Compute the standard deviation of the difference between 2
+# vectors
+
+double procedure rg_rmsdiff (a, b, npts)
+
+double	a[ARB]			#I the first input vector
+double	b[ARB]			#I the second input vector
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+
+int	i
+double	sum, rms
+
+begin
+	sum = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    sum = sum + (a[i] - b[i]) ** 2
+
+	if (npts <= 1)
+	    rms = INDEFD
+	else
+	    rms = sqrt (sum / (npts - 1))
+
+	return (rms)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_skyctran.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_skyctran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05a7e824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_skyctran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+procedure t_skyctran()
+
+bool	verbose, transform, first_file
+int	inlist, outlist, linlist, loutlist, lngcolumn, latcolumn, infd, outfd
+int	ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits, min_sigdigits, optype
+int	instat, outstat, nilng, nilat, plngcolumn, platcolumn, pxcolumn
+int	rvcolumn
+double	ilngmin, ilngmax, ilatmin, ilatmax
+int	fstati()
+pointer	sp, inname, outname, insystem, outsystem, olngformat, olatformat
+pointer	ilngformat, ilatformat, str, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout
+
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+double	clgetd()
+int	clpopnu(), clplen(), clgfil(), open(), sk_decwcs()
+int	clgeti(), clgwrd(), sk_stati()
+errchk	clgwrd()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (insystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outsystem, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ilngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ilatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (olngformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (olatformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the input and output file lists.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("input")
+	linlist = clplen (inlist)
+	outlist = clpopnu ("output")
+	loutlist = clplen (outlist)
+	call clgstr ("insystem", Memc[insystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("outsystem", Memc[outsystem], SZ_FNAME)
+	transform = clgetb ("transform")
+
+	# Fetch the file formatting parameters.
+	lngcolumn = clgeti ("lngcolumn")
+	latcolumn = clgeti ("latcolumn")
+	plngcolumn = clgeti ("plngcolumn")
+	platcolumn = clgeti ("platcolumn")
+	pxcolumn = clgeti ("pxcolumn")
+	rvcolumn = clgeti ("rvcolumn")
+	ilngmin = clgetd ("ilngmin")
+	ilngmax = clgetd ("ilngmax")
+	ilatmin = clgetd ("ilatmin")
+	ilatmax = clgetd ("ilatmax")
+	nilng = clgeti ("nilng")
+	nilat = clgeti ("nilat")
+	iferr (ilngunits = clgwrd ("ilngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    ilngunits = 0
+	iferr (ilatunits = clgwrd ("ilatunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    ilatunits = 0
+	call clgstr ("ilngformat", Memc[ilngformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("ilatformat", Memc[ilatformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	iferr (olngunits = clgwrd ("olngunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LNG_UNITLIST))
+	    olngunits = 0
+	iferr (olatunits = clgwrd ("olatunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    SKY_LAT_UNITLIST))
+	    olatunits = 0
+	call clgstr ("olngformat", Memc[olngformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("olatformat", Memc[olatformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	#min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+	min_sigdigits = 7
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Test the length of the input coordinate list.
+	if (linlist < 1)
+	    call error (0, "The input coordinate file list is empty")
+	if (loutlist < 1)
+	    call error (0, "The output coordinate file list is empty")
+	if (loutlist > 1 && loutlist != linlist)
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of input and output files are not the same")
+
+	# Determine the input coordinate system.
+	instat = sk_decwcs (Memc[insystem], mwin, cooin, NULL)
+
+	# Determine the output coordinate system.
+	outstat = sk_decwcs (Memc[outsystem], mwout, cooout, NULL)
+
+	# Loop over the input files.
+	first_file = true
+	while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[inname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input coordinate file. The string "imcursor" is
+	    # reserved for the image display cursor.
+	    if (streq (Memc[inname], "imcursor") && mwin != NULL) {
+		infd = NULL
+		optype = sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)
+		call sk_seti (cooin, S_PIXTYPE, PIXTYPE_TV)
+	    } else if (streq (Memc[inname], "grid")) {
+		optype = sk_stati (cooin, S_PIXTYPE)
+		infd = NULL
+	    } else
+		infd = open (Memc[inname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the output coordinate file.
+	    if (clgfil (outlist, Memc[outname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		outfd = open (Memc[outname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		if (streq (Memc[outname], "STDOUT") || outfd == STDOUT)
+		    call fseti (outfd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+		call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+		if (instat == ERR)
+		    call fprintf (outfd,
+			"# Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+		call sk_iiwrite (outfd, "Insystem", Memc[insystem], mwin,
+	            cooin)
+		if (outstat == ERR)
+		    call fprintf (outfd,
+		        "# Error decoding the output coordinate system\n")
+	        call sk_iiwrite (outfd, "Outsystem", Memc[outsystem], mwout,
+	            cooout)
+	    } 
+
+	    # Print information about the input and output coordinate system
+	    # and the input and output files to the standard output.
+	    if (verbose && outfd != STDOUT) {
+		if (first_file) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+	            if (instat == ERR)
+		        call printf (
+		            "Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+	            call sk_iiprint ("Insystem", Memc[insystem], mwin, cooin)
+	            if (outstat == ERR)
+		        call printf (
+		            "Error decoding the output coordinate system\n")
+	            call sk_iiprint ("Outsystem", Memc[outsystem], mwout,
+		        cooout)
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		}
+		call printf ("Input file: %s  Output file: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outname])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Print the input and output file name banner.
+	    call fprintf (outfd, "\n# Input file: %s  Output file: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+		call pargstr (Memc[outname])
+	    call fprintf (outfd, "\n")
+
+	    # Transform the coordinate list.
+	    if (infd == NULL) {
+		if (streq ("imcursor", Memc[inname]))
+		    call sk_curtran (outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout,
+		        olngunits, olatunits, Memc[olngformat],
+			Memc[olatformat], transform)
+		else if (instat == ERR || outstat == ERR)
+		    call sk_grcopy (outfd, cooin, cooout, ilngmin, ilngmax,
+		        nilng, ilatmin, ilatmax, nilat, ilngunits,
+		        ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits, Memc[ilngformat],
+		        Memc[ilatformat], Memc[olngformat],
+		        Memc[olatformat], transform) 
+		else
+		    call sk_grtran (outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout,
+		        ilngmin, ilngmax, nilng, ilatmin, ilatmax, nilat,
+		        ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits,
+			Memc[ilngformat], Memc[ilatformat], Memc[olngformat],
+			Memc[olatformat], transform)
+	    } else {
+		if (infd == STDIN && fstati(STDIN, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	            call sk_ttytran (infd, outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout,
+	                ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits, olatunits,
+			Memc[olngformat], Memc[olatformat])
+		else if (instat == ERR || outstat == ERR)
+		    call sk_copytran (infd, outfd, lngcolumn, latcolumn,
+		        transform)
+		else
+	            call sk_listran (infd, outfd, mwin, mwout, cooin, cooout,
+	                lngcolumn, latcolumn, plngcolumn, platcolumn,
+			pxcolumn, rvcolumn, ilngunits, ilatunits, olngunits,
+		        olatunits, Memc[olngformat], Memc[olatformat],
+		        min_sigdigits, transform)
+	    }
+
+	    # Close the output coordinate file.
+	    if (linlist == loutlist)
+	        call close (outfd)
+
+	    # Close the input coordinate file.
+	    if (infd != NULL)
+	        call close (infd)
+	    else
+		call sk_seti (cooin, S_PIXTYPE, optype)
+
+	    first_file = false
+	}
+
+	# Close the image wcs if one was opened.
+	if (loutlist < linlist)
+	    call close (outfd)
+	if (mwin != NULL)
+	    call mw_close (mwin)
+	if (mwout != NULL)
+	    call mw_close (mwout)
+	#call mfree (cooin, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sk_close (cooin)
+	#call mfree (cooout, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sk_close (cooout)
+
+	# Close up the lists.
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call clpcls (outlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_starfind.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_starfind.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6288ea15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_starfind.x
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+include <fset.h>
+
+# T_STARFIND --  Automatically detect objects in an image given the full-
+# width half-maximum of the image point spread function and a detection
+# threshold using a modified version of the daofind algorithm.
+
+procedure t_starfind ()
+
+int	imlist, olist, limlist, lolist, boundary, verbose
+int	stat, root, out, nxblock, nyblock
+pointer	sp, image, output, outfname, str, wcs, wxformat, wyformat
+pointer	im, sf
+real	constant
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imtopenp(), clpopnu(), imtlen(), clplen(), clgwrd(), btoi(), open()
+int	clgeti(), imtgetim(), clgfil(), fnldir(), strncmp(), strlen()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Flush STDOUT on a new line.
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wcs, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wyformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the image and output file lists.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("image")
+	limlist = imtlen (imlist)
+	olist = clpopnu ("output")
+	lolist = clplen (olist)
+
+	# Test the input and output file list.
+	if (lolist > 1 && lolist != limlist) {
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call clpcls (olist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (0, "Imcompatible image and output list lengths")
+	}
+
+	# Get the algorithm parameters.
+	call sf_gpars (sf)
+
+	# Get the wcs paramaters.
+	call clgstr ("wcs", Memc[wcs], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("wxformat", Memc[wxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("wyformat", Memc[wyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the image blocking boundary extensions parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	nxblock = clgeti ("nxblock")
+	nyblock = clgeti ("nyblock")
+
+	# Verbose mode ?
+	verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+
+	# Loop over the images.
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	    # Get the output file name and open the file.
+	    if (lolist == 0) {
+		call strcpy ("", Memc[outfname], SZ_FNAME)
+		out = NULL
+	    } else {
+	        stat = clgfil (olist, Memc[output], SZ_FNAME)
+		root = fnldir (Memc[output], Memc[outfname], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (strncmp ("default", Memc[output+root], 7) == 0 || root ==
+		    strlen (Memc[output])) {
+	            call sf_outname (Memc[image], Memc[outfname], "obj",
+		        Memc[outfname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    lolist = limlist
+		} else if (stat != EOF) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[output], Memc[outfname], SZ_FNAME)
+		} else {
+	            call sf_outname (Memc[image], Memc[outfname], "obj",
+		        Memc[outfname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    lolist = limlist
+		}
+	    }
+	    out = open (Memc[outfname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Find the stars in an image.
+	    call sf_find (im, out, sf, nxblock, nyblock, Memc[wcs],
+	        Memc[wxformat], Memc[wyformat], boundary, constant,
+	        verbose)
+
+	    # Close images and files.
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	    call close (out)
+
+	}
+
+
+	# Close lists.
+	call sf_free (sf)
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call clpcls (olist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SF_OUTNAME -- Construct the output file name. If output is null or a
+# directory, a name is constructed from the root of the image name and
+# the extension. The disk is searched to avoid name collisions.
+
+procedure sf_outname (image, output, ext, name, maxch)
+
+char    image[ARB]              #I image name
+char    output[ARB]             #I output directory or name
+char    ext[ARB]                #I extension
+char    name[ARB]               #O output name
+int     maxch                   #I maximum size of name
+
+int     ndir, nimdir, clindex, clsize
+pointer sp, root, str
+int     fnldir(), strlen()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (root, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        ndir = fnldir (output, name, maxch)
+        if (strlen (output) == ndir) {
+	    call imparse (image, Memc[root], SZ_FNAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+		Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, clindex, clsize)
+            nimdir = fnldir (Memc[root], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (clindex >= 0) {
+                call sprintf (name[ndir+1], maxch, "%s%d.%s.*")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[root+nimdir])
+                    call pargi (clindex)
+                    call pargstr (ext)
+	    } else {
+                call sprintf (name[ndir+1], maxch, "%s.%s.*")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[root+nimdir])
+                    call pargstr (ext)
+	    }
+            call sf_oversion (name, name, maxch)
+        } else
+            call strcpy (output, name, maxch)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+## SF_IMROOT -- Fetch the root image name minus the directory specification
+## and the section notation. The length of the root name is returned.
+#
+#int procedure sf_imroot (image, root, maxch)
+#
+#char    image[ARB]              #I image specification
+#char    root[ARB]               #O rootname
+#int     maxch                   #I maximum number of characters
+#
+#int     nchars
+#pointer sp, str
+#int     fnldir(), strlen()
+#
+#begin
+#        call smark (sp)
+#        call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+#
+#        call imgimage (image, root, maxch)
+#        nchars = fnldir (root, Memc[str], maxch)
+#        call strcpy (root[nchars+1], root, maxch)
+#
+#        call sfree (sp)
+#        return (strlen (root))
+#end
+
+
+# SF_OVERSION -- Compute the next available version number of a given file
+# name template and output the new file name.
+
+procedure sf_oversion (template, filename, maxch)
+
+char    template[ARB]                   #I name template
+char    filename[ARB]                   #O output name
+int     maxch                           #I maximum number of characters
+
+char    period
+int     newversion, version, len
+pointer sp, list, name
+int     fntgfnb() strldx(), ctoi(), fntopnb()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate temporary space
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (name, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+        period = '.'
+        list = fntopnb (template, NO)
+
+        # Loop over the names in the list searchng for the highest version.
+        newversion = 0
+        while (fntgfnb (list, Memc[name], maxch) != EOF) {
+            len = strldx (period, Memc[name])
+            len = len + 1
+            if (ctoi (Memc[name], len, version) <= 0)
+                next
+            newversion = max (newversion, version)
+        }
+
+        # Make new output file name.
+        len = strldx (period, template)
+        call strcpy (template, filename, len)
+        call sprintf (filename[len+1], maxch, "%d")
+            call pargi (newversion + 1)
+
+        call fntclsb (list)
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7459ec48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsctran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+include <imio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <ctotok.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+# Define some limits on the input file
+
+define	MAX_FIELDS	100		# maximum number of fields in the list
+define	TABSIZE		8		# spacing of the tab stops
+
+# Define the supported units
+
+define	WT_UNITSTR	"|hours|native|"
+define	WT_UHOURS	1
+define	WT_UNATIVE	2
+
+define	WT_WCSSTR	"|logical|tv|physical|world|"
+define	WT_LOGICAL	1
+define	WT_TV		2
+define	WT_PHYSICAL	3
+define	WT_WORLD	4
+
+# Define the supported wcs.
+# T_WCSCTRAN -- Transform a list of image coordinates from one coordinate 
+# system to another using world coordinate system information stored in
+# the header of a reference image.
+
+procedure t_wcsctran()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	i, csp, imlist,inlist, outlist, limlist, linlist, loutlist
+int	icl, ocl, ndim, wcsndim, ncolumns, nunits, inwcs, outwcs, min_sigdigits
+pointer	sp, image, columns, units, iwcs, owcs, fmtstr, fmtptrs
+pointer	str, name, im, mw, ct, tmp
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imtopenp(), imtlen(), imtgetim(), fntopnb(), fntlenb(), fntgfnb()
+int	open(), mw_stati(), wt_getlabels(), ctoi(), strdic(), clgeti(), nscan()
+int	errget()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim(), mw_sctran()
+errchk	mw_openim(), mw_gwattrs(), mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (columns, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (units, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (iwcs, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (owcs, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmtptrs, IM_MAXDIM, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (name, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input and output image and file lists.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("image")
+	limlist = imtlen (imlist)
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	inlist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+	linlist = fntlenb (inlist)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	outlist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+	loutlist = fntlenb (outlist)
+
+	# Get the input coordinate file format.
+	call clgstr ("columns", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	ncolumns = 0
+	csp = 1
+	while (wt_getlabels (Memc[str], csp, Memc[name], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctoi(Memc[name], i, Memi[columns+ncolumns]) <= 0)
+		break
+	    ncolumns = ncolumns + 1
+	}
+
+	# Get the input coordinate units. Fill in any missing information
+	# with native units
+	call clgstr ("units", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	nunits = 0
+	csp = 1
+	while (wt_getlabels (Memc[str], csp, Memc[name], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    i = strdic (Memc[name], Memc[name], SZ_FNAME, WT_UNITSTR)
+	    if (i <= 0)
+		break
+	    Memi[units+nunits] = i
+	    nunits = nunits + 1
+	}
+	do i = nunits + 1, IM_MAXDIM
+	    Memi[units+i-1] = WT_UNATIVE
+
+	# Get the input and output transform.
+	call clgstr ("inwcs", Memc[iwcs], SZ_FNAME)
+	inwcs = strdic (Memc[iwcs], Memc[iwcs], SZ_FNAME, WT_WCSSTR)
+	call clgstr ("outwcs", Memc[owcs], SZ_FNAME)
+	outwcs = strdic (Memc[owcs], Memc[owcs], SZ_FNAME, WT_WCSSTR)
+
+	# Get the format strings and minimum number of significant digits.
+	call clgstr ("formats", Memc[fmtstr], SZ_FNAME)
+	min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+
+	# Get the remaining parameters.
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Check that the image and output list lengths match. The number
+	# of input coordinate lists must be 1 or equal to the number of
+	# input images.
+	if (limlist < 1 || (linlist > 1 && linlist != limlist)) {
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call fntclsb (inlist)
+	    call fntclsb (outlist)
+	    call error (0,
+	        "Incompatable image and input coordinate list lengths.")
+	}
+
+	# Check that the image and output list lengths match. The number
+	# of output coordinate lists must be 1 or equal to the number of
+	# input images.
+	if (loutlist > 1 && loutlist != limlist) {
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+	    call fntclsb (inlist)
+	    call fntclsb (outlist)
+	    call error (0,
+	        "Incompatable image and output coordinate list lengths.")
+	}
+
+	# Loop over the input images.
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+
+	    # Open the input coordinate file.
+	    if (linlist <= 0)
+	        icl = NULL
+	    else if (fntgfnb (inlist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+	        icl = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    else 
+		call seek (icl, BOF)
+
+	    # Open the output coordinate file.
+	    if (fntgfnb (outlist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	        ocl = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		if (ocl == STDOUT)
+		    call fseti (ocl, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+	    }
+
+	    # Print optional banner string.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call fprintf (ocl, "\n# Image: %s  Wcsin: %s Wcsout: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[iwcs])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[owcs])
+	    }
+
+	    # Set up the coordinate transform.
+	    mw = NULL
+	    iferr {
+
+	        tmp = mw_openim (im); mw = tmp
+
+		call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+		if (inwcs == WT_TV && outwcs == WT_TV)
+		    ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", "logical", 0)
+		else if (inwcs == WT_TV)
+		    ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", Memc[owcs], 0)
+		else if (outwcs == WT_TV)
+		    ct = mw_sctran (mw, Memc[iwcs], "logical", 0)
+		else
+		    ct = mw_sctran (mw, Memc[iwcs], Memc[owcs], 0)
+		wcsndim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+
+		if (ndim == 0)
+		    ndim = wcsndim
+
+		call sscan (Memc[fmtstr])
+		do i = 1, IM_MAXDIM {
+	    	    call malloc (Memi[fmtptrs+i-1], SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[Memi[fmtptrs+i-1]], SZ_FNAME)
+		    if (nscan() != i || Memc[Memi[fmtptrs+i-1]] == EOS) {
+			if (outwcs == WT_WORLD) {
+			    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, i, "format",
+			        Memc[Memi[fmtptrs+i-1]], SZ_FNAME))
+			        Memc[Memi[fmtptrs+i-1]] = EOS
+			} else
+			    Memc[Memi[fmtptrs+i-1]] = EOS
+		    }
+		}
+
+	    } then {
+		if (verbose) {
+		    i = errget (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		    call fprintf (ocl, "# \tWarning: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		}
+		if (mw != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		mw = NULL
+		ct = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    # Check that the transform is valid.
+	    if (ct == NULL) {
+
+		# Skip the image if the transform is undefined.
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call fprintf (ocl,
+		        "# \tSkipping: Unable to compile requested transform\n")
+		}
+
+	    # For input or output tv coordinates the image must be 2D
+	    } else if (ndim != 2 && (inwcs == WT_TV || outwcs == WT_TV)) {
+
+		# Skip the image if the transform is undefined.
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call fprintf (ocl,
+		    "# \tSkipping: Image must be 2D for wcs type tv\n")
+		}
+
+	    # Check that the number of input columns is enough for images.
+	    } else if ((ncolumns < ndim) || (ncolumns < wcsndim && inwcs !=
+	        WT_LOGICAL && inwcs != WT_TV)) {
+
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call fprintf (ocl,
+		        "# \tSkipping: Too few input coordinate columns\n")
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+
+	        # Check the dimension of the wcs versus the dimension of the
+	        # image and issue a warning if dimensional reduction has taken
+	        # place.
+	        if (wcsndim > ndim) {
+		    if (verbose) {
+		        call fprintf (ocl,
+		        "# \tWarning: Image has been dimensionally reduced\n")
+		    }
+	        }
+	        if (verbose) {
+		    call fprintf (ocl, "\n")
+	        }
+
+		# Transform the coordinate file.
+		call wt_transform (im, icl, ocl, Memi[columns], Memi[units],
+		    ndim, inwcs, outwcs, mw, ct, Memi[fmtptrs], wcsndim,
+		    min_sigdigits)
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Free the format pointers.
+	    do i = 1, IM_MAXDIM
+	        call mfree (Memi[fmtptrs+i-1], TY_CHAR)
+
+	    # Close the input image.
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+
+	    # Close the input coordinate file if it is not going to be used.
+	    if (linlist == limlist)
+		call close (icl)
+
+	    # Close the output coordinate file if it is not going to be
+	    # appended to.
+	    if (loutlist == limlist)
+		call close (ocl)
+	}
+
+	# Close the input coordinate file
+	if (linlist > 0 && linlist < limlist)
+	    call close (icl)
+	if (loutlist < limlist)
+	    call close (ocl)
+
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call fntclsb (inlist)
+	call fntclsb (outlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WT_TRANSFORM -- Transform the input coordinates from the input coordinate
+# system to the output coordinate system.
+
+procedure wt_transform (im, icl, ocl, columns, units, ndim, inwcs, outwcs, mw,
+	ct, fmtptrs, wcsndim, min_sigdigits)
+
+pointer	im			#I the input image descriptor
+int	icl			#I the input coordinate file descriptor
+int	ocl			#I the output coordinate file descriptor
+int	columns[ARB]		#I the input coordinate columns
+int	units[ARB]		#I the input coordinate units
+int	ndim			#I the number of input coordinates
+int	inwcs			#I the input wcs type
+int	outwcs			#I the output wcs type
+pointer	mw			#I the wcs descriptor
+pointer	ct			#I the pointer to the compiled transformation
+pointer	fmtptrs[ARB]		#I the array of format pointers
+int	wcsndim			#I the dimensions of the wcs
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	nline, ip, nread, nwrite, max_fields, nfields, offset
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, field_pos, outbuf, voff, vstep, paxno, laxno, incoo
+pointer	lincoo, outcoo, nsig
+int	getline(), li_get_numd()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call salloc (voff, wcsndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (vstep, wcsndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (paxno, wcsndim, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (laxno, wcsndim, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (incoo, wcsndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (lincoo, wcsndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (outcoo, wcsndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (nsig, wcsndim, TY_INT)
+
+	call mw_gaxmap (mw, Memi[paxno], Memi[laxno], wcsndim)
+	call wt_laxmap (outwcs, Memi[paxno], wcsndim, Memi[laxno], ndim)
+	call wt_vmap (im, Memd[voff], Memd[vstep], ndim)
+
+	# Compute the number of coordinates to be read and written.
+	if (inwcs == WT_LOGICAL && ndim < wcsndim)
+	    nread = ndim
+	else
+	    nread = wcsndim
+	if (outwcs == WT_LOGICAL && ndim < wcsndim)
+	    nwrite = ndim
+	else
+	    nwrite = wcsndim
+	call amovkd (INDEFD, Memd[outcoo], wcsndim)
+
+	max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+	for (nline = 1; getline (icl, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF; nline = nline + 1) {
+
+	    # Skip over leading white space.
+	    for (ip = inbuf; IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]); ip = ip + 1)
+		;
+
+	    # Pass on comment and blank lines unchanged.
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '#') {
+                # Pass comment lines on to the output unchanged.
+                call putline (ocl, Memc[inbuf])
+                next
+            } else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+                # Blank lines too.
+                call putline (ocl, Memc[inbuf])
+                next
+            }
+
+	    # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+            call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+            call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos], max_fields,
+                nfields)
+
+	    # Decode the coordinates checking for valid input.
+	    call aclri (Memi[nsig], wcsndim)
+	    do ip = 1, nread {
+
+		if (columns[ip] > nfields) {
+		    call fstats (icl, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		    call eprintf ("\tNot enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+			call pargi (nline)
+		    call putline (ocl, Memc[linebuf])
+		    break
+		}
+
+		offset = Memi[field_pos+columns[ip]-1]
+		if (li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1],
+		    Memd[incoo+ip-1], Memi[nsig+ip-1]) == 0) {
+		    call fstats (icl, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		    call eprintf ("\tBad value in file %s line %d column %d\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+			call pargi (nline)
+			call pargi (ip)
+		    call putline (ocl, Memc[linebuf])
+		    break
+		}
+
+		if (IS_INDEFD(Memd[incoo+ip-1])) {
+		    call fstats (icl, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		    call eprintf ("\tBad value in file %s line %d column %d\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+			call pargi (nline)
+			call pargi (ip)
+		    call putline (ocl, Memc[linebuf])
+		    break
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Skip to next line if too few fields were read.
+	    if (ip <= nread)
+		next
+
+	    # Adjust the input coordinate units if necessary.
+	    switch (inwcs) {
+	    case WT_TV:
+		call wt_tvlogd (Memd[incoo], Memd[incoo], nread, Memd[voff],
+		    Memd[vstep])
+	    case WT_WORLD:
+		call wt_cunits (Memd[incoo], units, nread)
+	    default:
+		;
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the transform.
+	    call wt_ctrand (ct, Memd[incoo], Memd[lincoo], Memi[paxno],
+	        Memd[outcoo], wcsndim, nread)
+
+	    # Adjust the output coordinate units if necessary.
+	    switch (outwcs) {
+	    case WT_TV:
+		call wt_logtvd (Memd[outcoo], Memd[outcoo], wcsndim,
+		    Memi[laxno], Memd[voff], Memd[vstep])
+	    default:
+		;
+	    }
+
+	    # Create the output file line.
+	    call rg_apack_lined (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+	        Memi[field_pos], nfields, columns, nread, Memd[outcoo],
+	        Memi[laxno], fmtptrs, Memi[nsig], nwrite, min_sigdigits)
+		    
+	    # Write out the reformatted output line.
+	    call putline (ocl, Memc[outbuf])
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WT_LAXMAP (paxno, wcsndim, laxno, ndim)
+
+procedure wt_laxmap (outwcs, paxno, wcsndim, laxno, ndim)
+
+int	outwcs			#I the output wcs
+int	paxno[ARB]		#I the physical axis map
+int	wcsndim			#I the number of physical axis dimensions
+int	laxno[ARB]		#O the physical axis map
+int	ndim			#I the number of logical axis dimensions
+
+int	i, j
+
+begin
+	if (outwcs == WT_LOGICAL && ndim < wcsndim) {
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        laxno[i] = 0
+	        do j = 1, wcsndim {
+		    if (paxno[j] != i)
+		        next
+		    laxno[i] = j
+		    break
+	        }
+	    }
+	    do i = ndim + 1, wcsndim
+		laxno[i] = 0
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, wcsndim
+		laxno[i] = i
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WT_VMAP -- Fetch the image i/o section map. Tecnically this routine
+# violates a system interface and uses the internal definitions in
+# the imio.h file. However this routine is required to support tv coordinates
+# which are coordinates with respect to the current section, and not identical
+# to physcial coordinates.
+
+procedure wt_vmap (im, voff, vstep, ndim)
+
+pointer	im			#I the input image descriptor
+double	voff[ARB]		#O the array of offsets
+double	vstep[ARB]		#O the array of step sizes
+int	ndim			#I the number of dimensions
+
+int	i, dim
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    dim = IM_VMAP(im,i)
+	    voff[i] = IM_VOFF(im,dim)
+	    vstep[i] = IM_VSTEP(im,dim)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WT_UNITS -- Correct the units of the input coordinates if necessary.
+
+procedure wt_cunits (incoo, units, ncoo)
+
+double	incoo[ARB]		#I the array of input coordinates
+int	units[ARB]		#I the array of units
+int	ncoo			#I the number of coordinates
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, ncoo {
+	    switch (units[i]) {
+	    case WT_UHOURS:
+		incoo[i] = 15.0d0 * incoo[i]
+	    default:
+		;
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WT_TVLOGD -- Linearly transform a vector of coordinates using an
+# array of voffsets and scale factors.
+
+procedure wt_tvlogd (incoo, outcoo, ndim, voff, vstep)
+
+double	incoo[ARB]		#I array of input coordinates
+double	outcoo[ARB]		#O array of output coordinates
+int	ndim			#I number of coordinates
+double	voff[ARB]		#I array of zero points
+double	vstep[ARB]		#I array of scale factors
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, ndim
+	    outcoo[i] = (incoo[i] - voff[i]) / vstep[i]
+end
+
+
+# WT_CTRAND -- Transform the coordinates.
+
+procedure wt_ctrand (ct, incoo, lincoo, paxno, outcoo, wcsndim, nread)
+
+pointer	ct			#I pointer to the compiled transform
+double	incoo[ARB]		#I array of input coordinates
+double	lincoo[ARB]		#U scratch array of input coordinates
+int	paxno[ARB]		#I the physical axis map
+double	outcoo[ARB]		#O array of output coordinates
+int	wcsndim			#I the dimension of the wcs
+int	nread			#I the number of input coordinates.
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	if (nread < wcsndim) {
+	    do i = 1, wcsndim {
+		if (paxno[i] == 0)
+		    lincoo[i] = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    lincoo[i] = incoo[paxno[i]]
+	    }
+	    if (ct == NULL)
+		call amovd (lincoo, outcoo, wcsndim)
+	    else
+		call mw_ctrand (ct, lincoo, outcoo, wcsndim)
+
+	} else {
+	    if (ct == NULL)
+		call amovd (incoo, outcoo, wcsndim)
+	    else
+		call mw_ctrand (ct, incoo, outcoo, wcsndim)
+	}
+
+end
+
+
+# WT_LOGTVD -- Linearly transform a vector of coordinates using an
+# array of voffsets and scale factors.
+
+procedure wt_logtvd (incoo, outcoo, wcsndim, laxno, voff, vstep)
+
+double	incoo[ARB]		#I array of input coordinates
+double	outcoo[ARB]		#O array of output coordinates
+int	wcsndim			#I number of coordinates
+int	laxno[ARB]		#I the logical axis map
+double	voff[ARB]		#I array of zero points
+double	vstep[ARB]		#I array of scale factors
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, wcsndim {
+	    if (laxno[i] != 0)
+	        outcoo[laxno[i]] = (incoo[laxno[i]] * vstep[laxno[i]]) +
+		    voff[laxno[i]]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WT_GETLABELS -- Get the next label from a list of labels.
+
+int procedure wt_getlabels (list, ip, label, maxch)
+
+char    list[ARB]               #I list of labels
+int     ip                      #U pointer in to the list of labels
+char    label[ARB]              #O the output label
+int     maxch                   #I maximum length of a column name
+
+int     op, token
+int     ctotok(), strlen()
+
+begin
+        # Decode the column labels.
+        op = 1
+        while (list[ip] != EOS) {
+
+            token = ctotok (list, ip, label[op], maxch)
+            if (label[op] == EOS)
+                next
+            if ((token == TOK_UNKNOWN) || (token == TOK_CHARCON))
+                break
+            if ((token == TOK_PUNCTUATION) && (label[op] == ',')) {
+                if (op == 1)
+                    next
+                else
+                    break
+            }
+
+            op = op + strlen (label[op])
+            break
+        }
+
+        label[op] = EOS
+        if ((list[ip] == EOS) && (op == 1))
+            return (EOF)
+        else
+            return (op - 1)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsedit.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsedit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51d44992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsedit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+define	HELPFILE	"imcoords$src/wcsedit.key"
+
+define	WCSCMDS	 ",?,show,update,quit,"
+define	WCS_HELP	1
+define	WCS_SHOW	2
+define	WCS_UPDATE	3
+define	WCS_QUIT	4
+
+define	WCSPARS	 ",CRVAL,CRPIX,CD,LTV,LTM,WTYPE,AXTYPE,UNITS,LABEL,FORMAT,"
+define	WCS_CRVAL	1
+define	WCS_CRPIX	2
+define	WCS_CD		3
+define	WCS_LTV		4
+define	WCS_LTM		5
+define	WCS_WTYPE	6
+define	WCS_AXTYPE	7
+define	WCS_UNITS	8
+define	WCS_LABEL	9
+define	WCS_FORMAT	10
+
+procedure t_wcsedit ()
+
+bool	interactive, verbose, update, install
+int	wcsdim, parno, naxes1, naxes2, ndim
+pointer	sp, imtemplate, image, parameter, ax1list, ax2list, axes1, axes2
+pointer	value, wcs, system
+pointer	imlist, im, mwim, r, w, cd, ltm, ltv, iltm, nr, ncd
+bool	clgetb(), streq(), wcs_iedit()
+int	clgeti(), fstati(), wcs_decode_parno(), wcs_decode_axlist(), imtgetim()
+int	mw_stati()
+pointer	imtopen(), immap(), mw_openim(), mw_open()
+errchk	mw_newsystem()
+
+begin
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtemplate, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (parameter, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ax1list, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ax2list, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (axes1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (axes2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (wcs, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (system, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the list of images, parameter to be edited, axes lists,
+	# and new parameter value.
+	call clgstr ("image", Memc[imtemplate], SZ_FNAME)
+	interactive = clgetb ("interactive")
+
+	if (! interactive) {
+
+	    # Get and check the wcs parameter to be edited.
+	    call clgstr ("parameter", Memc[parameter], SZ_FNAME)
+	    parno = wcs_decode_parno (Memc[parameter], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (parno <= 0) {
+	        call printf ("%s is not a legal WCS parameter\n") 
+		    call pargstr (Memc[parameter])
+		call sfree (sp)
+	        return
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the new parameter value.
+	    call clgstr ("value", Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Get the axes for which the parameter is to be edited.
+	    call clgstr ("axes1", Memc[ax1list], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (parno == WCS_CD || parno == WCS_LTM)
+	        call clgstr ("axes2", Memc[ax2list], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+		Memc[ax2list] = EOS
+
+	    # Print any axis decoding error messages.
+	    if (wcs_decode_axlist (parno, Memc[ax1list], Memc[ax2list],
+	        IM_MAXDIM, Memi[axes1], naxes1, Memi[axes2], naxes2) == ERR) {
+		if (naxes1 <= 0) {
+	    	    call printf ("Error decoding axes1 list\n") 
+		} else if ((Memi[axes1] < 1) || (Memi[axes1+naxes1-1] >
+		    IM_MAXDIM)) {
+	    	    call printf ("The axes1 values must be >= 1 and <= %d\n") 
+			call pargi (IM_MAXDIM)
+		} else if (naxes2 == 0) {
+	    	    call printf ("Error decoding axes2 list\n") 
+		} else if ((Memi[axes2] < 1) || (Memi[axes2+naxes2-1] >
+		    IM_MAXDIM)) {
+	    	    call printf ("The axes2 values must be >= 1 and <= %d\n") 
+	        	call pargi (IM_MAXDIM)
+		}
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	        return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get the remaining parameters.
+	call clgstr ("wcs", Memc[wcs], SZ_FNAME)
+	wcsdim = clgeti ("wcsdim")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	update = clgetb ("update")
+
+	# Loop over the list of images
+	imlist = imtopen (Memc[imtemplate])
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Remove any image section.
+	    call imgimage (Memc[image], Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Open the image and the wcs.
+	    iferr (im = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+	        im = immap (Memc[image], NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+		IM_NDIM(im) = 0
+		ndim = wcsdim
+		mwim = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+		call mw_newsystem (mwim, Memc[wcs], ndim)
+	    } else {
+		mwim = mw_openim (im)
+		iferr (call mw_ssystem (mwim, Memc[wcs])) {
+		    call mw_close (mwim)
+		    ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+		    mwim = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+		    call mw_newsystem (mwim, Memc[wcs], ndim)
+		} else
+		    ndim = mw_stati (mwim, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+	    }
+	    call mw_gsystem (mwim, Memc[system], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Allocate working memory.
+	    call malloc (r, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (w, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (iltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (nr, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call malloc (ncd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	    # Compute the original world to logical transformation.
+	    call mw_gwtermd (mwim, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+            call mw_gltermd (mwim, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+            call mwvmuld (Memd[ltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], ndim)
+            call aaddd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[nr], ndim)
+            call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+            call mwmmuld (Memd[cd], Memd[iltm], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+
+	    # Edit the wcs.
+	    if (interactive) {
+
+		install = wcs_iedit (mwim, Memc[image], Memc[system],
+		    Memd[ltv], Memd[ltm], Memd[w], Memd[nr], Memd[ncd],
+		    ndim, verbose)
+
+	    } else if (streq (Memc[wcs], "physical") || streq (Memc[wcs],
+	        "world") || streq (Memc[wcs], Memc[system])) {
+
+		install = false
+	        if (Memi[axes1+naxes1-1] > ndim) {
+		    call printf ("For image %s axes1 values must be <= %d\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		        call pargi (ndim)
+		} else if (Memi[axes2+max(1,naxes2)-1] > ndim) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "For image %s axes1,2 values must be <= %d\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		        call pargi (ndim)
+	        } else {
+
+	            call wcs_edit (mwim, parno, Memi[axes1], naxes1,
+		        Memi[axes2], naxes2, Memc[value], Memd[ltv],
+			Memd[ltm], Memd[w], Memd[nr], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+
+		    if (verbose)
+	                call wcs_show (mwim, Memc[image], Memc[system],
+			    Memd[ltv], Memd[ltm], Memd[w], Memd[nr],
+			    Memd[ncd], ndim)
+
+		    if (update)
+		        install = true
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+		call printf ("Cannot find wcs %s for image %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[wcs])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Recompute and store the new wcs if update is enabled.
+	    if (install) {
+		call mw_sltermd (mwim, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+		call mwmmuld (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltm], Memd[cd], ndim)
+		call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+		call asubd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[r], ndim)
+		call mwvmuld (Memd[iltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], ndim)
+		call mw_swtermd (mwim, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+		call mw_saveim (mwim, im)
+	    }
+
+	    # Free the memory.
+	    call mfree (r, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (w, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (cd, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ncd, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (nr, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ltm, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (ltv, TY_DOUBLE)
+            call mfree (iltm, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	    call mw_close (mwim)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WCS_IEDIT -- Interactively edit the wcs.
+
+bool procedure wcs_iedit (mwim, image, system, ltv, ltm, w, r, cd, ndim,
+	verbose)
+
+pointer	mwim			# pointer to the current wcs
+char	image[ARB]		# input image name
+char	system[ARB]		# wcs system name
+double	ltv[ARB]		# the lterm offsets
+double	ltm[ndim,ARB]		# the lterm rotation matrix
+double	w[ARB]			# the fits crval parameters
+double	r[ARB]			# the fits crpix parameters
+double	cd[ndim,ARB]		# the fits rotation matrix
+int	ndim			# the dimension of the wcs
+bool	verbose			# verbose mode
+
+bool	update
+int	cmd, parno, naxes1, naxes2
+pointer	sp, parameter, value, ax1list, ax2list, axes1, axes2
+int	clscan(), strdic(), nscan(), wcs_decode_parno(), wcs_decode_axlist()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (parameter, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ax1list, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ax2list, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (axes1, ndim, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (axes2, ndim, TY_INT)
+
+	# Print the starting wcs.
+	if (verbose)
+            call wcs_show (mwim, image, system, ltv, ltm, w, r, cd, ndim)
+
+	# Loop over the command stream.
+	update = false
+	while (clscan ("commands") != EOF) {
+
+	    # Get the command/parameter.
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[parameter], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() < 1)
+		next
+	    cmd = strdic (Memc[parameter], Memc[parameter], SZ_FNAME, WCSCMDS)
+
+	    switch (cmd) {
+	    case WCS_HELP:
+		call pagefile (HELPFILE, "")
+	    case WCS_SHOW:
+		call wcs_show (mwim, image, system, ltv, ltm, w, r, cd, ndim)
+	    case WCS_UPDATE:
+		update = true
+		break
+	    case WCS_QUIT:
+		update = false
+		break
+	    default:
+	        call gargwrd (Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call gargwrd (Memc[ax1list], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call gargwrd (Memc[ax2list], SZ_FNAME)
+		parno = wcs_decode_parno (Memc[parameter], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (parno <= 0) {
+	    	    call printf ("%s is not a legal WCS parameter\n") 
+			call pargstr (Memc[parameter])
+		} else if (nscan() < 2) {
+		    call wcs_pshow (mwim, parno, image, system, ltv, ltm, w,
+		        r, cd, ndim)
+		} else if (wcs_decode_axlist (parno, Memc[ax1list],
+		    Memc[ax2list], IM_MAXDIM, Memi[axes1], naxes1, Memi[axes2],
+		    naxes2) == OK) {
+		    call wcs_edit (mwim, parno, Memi[axes1], naxes1,
+		        Memi[axes2], naxes2, Memc[value], ltv, ltm, w, r, cd,
+			ndim)
+		    if (verbose)
+		        call wcs_pshow (mwim, parno, image, system, ltv, ltm,
+			    w, r, cd, ndim)
+		} else if (naxes1 <= 0) {
+		    call printf ("Error decoding axes1 list\n")
+		} else if ((Memi[axes1] < 1) || (Memi[axes1+naxes1-1] > ndim)) {
+	    	    call printf ("The axes1 values must be >= 1 and <= %d\n") 
+			call pargi (ndim)
+		} else if (naxes2 <= 0) {
+		    call printf ("Error decoding axes2 list\n")
+		} else if ((Memi[axes2] < 1) || (Memi[axes2+naxes2-1] > ndim)) {
+	    	    call printf ("The axes1 values must be >= 1 and <= %d\n") 
+			call pargi (ndim)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (update)
+end
+
+
+# WCS_EDIT -- Edit the wcs.
+
+procedure wcs_edit (mwim, parameter, axis1, naxis1, axis2, naxis2, value, ltv,
+	ltm, w, r, cd, ndim)
+
+pointer	mwim			# pointer to the current wcs
+int	parameter		# parameter to be changed
+int	axis1[ARB]		# list of axes1 for which to change value
+int	naxis1			# number of axis for to change value
+int	axis2[ARB]		# list of cross-term axes
+int	naxis2			# number of cross-term axes
+char	value[ARB]		# new wcs parameter value
+double	ltv[ARB]		# the lterm offsets
+double	ltm[ndim,ARB]		# the lterm rotation matrix
+double	w[ARB]			# the fits crval parameters
+double	r[ARB]			# the fits crpix parameters
+double	cd[ndim,ARB]		# the fits rotation matrix
+int	ndim			# the dimension of the wcs
+
+double	dval
+int	i, j, ip
+int	ctod()
+
+begin
+	ip = 1
+	switch (parameter) {
+	case WCS_CRVAL:
+	    if (ctod (value, ip, dval) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, naxis1
+	            w[axis1[i]] = dval
+	    }
+	case WCS_CRPIX:
+	    if (ctod (value, ip, dval) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, naxis1
+	            r[axis1[i]] = dval
+	    }
+	case WCS_CD:
+	    if (ctod (value, ip, dval) > 0) {
+		if (naxis2 == 0) {
+		    do i = 1, naxis1
+	                cd[axis1[i],axis1[i]] = dval
+		} else {
+		    do i = 1, naxis1
+			do j = 1, naxis2
+	                    cd[axis2[j],axis1[i]] = dval
+		}
+	    }
+	case WCS_LTV:
+	    if (ctod (value, ip, dval) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, naxis1
+	            ltv[axis1[i]] = dval
+	    }
+	case WCS_LTM:
+	    if (ctod (value, ip, dval) > 0) {
+		if (naxis2 == 0) {
+		    do i = 1, naxis1
+	                ltm[axis1[i],axis1[i]] = dval
+		} else {
+		    do i = 1, naxis1
+			do j = 1, naxis2
+	                    ltm[axis1[i],axis2[j]] = dval
+		}
+	    }
+	case WCS_WTYPE:
+	    do i = 1, naxis1 {
+		call mw_swtype (mwim, axis1[i], 1, value, "")
+	        call mw_swattrs (mwim, axis1[i], "wtype", value)
+	    }
+	case WCS_AXTYPE:
+	    do i = 1, naxis1
+	        call mw_swattrs (mwim, axis1[i], "axtype", value)
+	case WCS_UNITS:
+	    do i = 1, naxis1
+	        call mw_swattrs (mwim, axis1[i], "units", value)
+	case WCS_LABEL:
+	    do i = 1, naxis1
+	        call mw_swattrs (mwim, axis1[i], "label", value)
+	case WCS_FORMAT:
+	    do i = 1, naxis1
+	        call mw_swattrs (mwim, axis1[i], "format", value)
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WCS_SHOW -- Print a quick summary of the current wcs.
+
+procedure wcs_show (mwim, image, system, ltv, ltm, w, r, cd, ndim)
+
+pointer	mwim			# pointer to the current wcs
+char	image[ARB]		# name of the imput image
+char	system[ARB]		# name of the input wcs
+double	ltv[ARB]		# the lterm offsets
+double	ltm[ndim,ARB]		# the lterm rotation matrix
+double	w[ARB]			# the fits crval parameters
+double	r[ARB]			# the fits crpix parameters
+double	cd[ndim,ARB]		# the fits rotation matrix
+int	ndim			# the dimension of the wcs
+
+int	i,j
+pointer	sp, str
+errchk	mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Print the image name and current wcs.
+	call printf ("\nIMAGE: %s  CURRENT WCS: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (image)
+	    call pargstr (system)
+
+	# Print the axis banner.
+	call printf ("   AXIS   ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%8d  ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the crval parameters.
+	call printf ("   CRVAL  ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%8g  ")
+		call pargd (w[i])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the crpix parameters.
+	call printf ("   CRPIX  ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%8g  ")
+		call pargd (r[i])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the cd matrix.
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("   CD %d   ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	    do j = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("%8g  ")
+		    call pargd (cd[j,i])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+
+	# Print the ltv parameters.
+	call printf ("   LTV    ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%8g  ")
+		call pargd (ltv[i])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the ltm matrix.
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("   LTM %d  ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	    do j = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("%8g  ")
+		    call pargd (ltm[i,j])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+
+	# Print the transformation type.
+	call printf ("   WTYPE  ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "wtype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		Memc[str] = EOS
+	    call printf ("%8s  ")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the axis type.
+	call printf ("   AXTYPE ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "axtype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		Memc[str] = EOS
+	    call printf ("%8s  ")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the units.
+	call printf ("   UNITS  ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "units", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		Memc[str] = EOS
+	    call printf ("%8s  ")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the label.
+	call printf ("   LABEL  ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "label", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		Memc[str] = EOS
+	    call printf ("%8s  ")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the format.
+	call printf ("   FORMAT ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "format", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		Memc[str] = EOS
+	    call printf ("%8s  ")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WCS_PSHOW -- Print the current values of a specific parameter.
+
+procedure wcs_pshow (mwim, parno, image, system, ltv, ltm, w, r, cd, ndim)
+
+pointer	mwim			# pointer to the current wcs
+int	parno			# print the parameter number
+char	image[ARB]		# name of the imput image
+char	system[ARB]		# name of the input wcs
+double	ltv[ARB]		# the lterm offsets
+double	ltm[ndim,ARB]		# the lterm rotation matrix
+double	w[ARB]			# the fits crval parameters
+double	r[ARB]			# the fits crpix parameters
+double	cd[ndim,ARB]		# the fits rotation matrix
+int	ndim			# the dimension of the wcs
+
+int	i,j
+pointer	sp, str
+errchk	mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Print the image name and current wcs.
+	call printf ("\nIMAGE: %s  CURRENT WCS: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (image)
+	    call pargstr (system)
+
+	# Print the axis banner.
+	call printf ("   AXIS   ")
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    call printf ("%8d  ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	switch (parno) {
+	# Print the crval parameters.
+	case WCS_CRVAL:
+	    call printf ("   CRVAL  ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("%8g  ")
+		    call pargd (w[i])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the crpix parameters.
+	case WCS_CRPIX:
+	    call printf ("   CRPIX  ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("%8g  ")
+		    call pargd (r[i])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the cd matrix.
+	case WCS_CD:
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("   CD %d   ")
+		    call pargi (i)
+	        do j = 1, ndim {
+	            call printf ("%8g  ")
+		        call pargd (cd[j,i])
+	        }
+	        call printf ("\n")
+	    }
+
+	# Print the ltv parameters.
+	case WCS_LTV:
+	    call printf ("   LTV    ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("%8g  ")
+		    call pargd (ltv[i])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the ltm matrix.
+	case WCS_LTM:
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        call printf ("   LTM %d  ")
+		    call pargi (i)
+	        do j = 1, ndim {
+	            call printf ("%8g  ")
+		        call pargd (ltm[i,j])
+	        }
+	        call printf ("\n")
+	    }
+
+	# Print the transformation type.
+	case WCS_WTYPE:
+	    call printf ("   WTYPE  ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "wtype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		    Memc[str] = EOS
+	        call printf ("%8s  ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the axis type.
+	case WCS_AXTYPE:
+	    call printf ("   AXTYPE ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "axtype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		    Memc[str] = EOS
+	        call printf ("%8s  ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the units.
+	case WCS_UNITS:
+	    call printf ("   UNITS  ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "units", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		    Memc[str] = EOS
+	        call printf ("%8s  ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the label.
+	case WCS_LABEL:
+	    call printf ("   LABEL  ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "label", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		    Memc[str] = EOS
+	        call printf ("%8s  ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the format.
+	case WCS_FORMAT:
+	    call printf ("   FORMAT ")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+	        iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwim, i, "format", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		    Memc[str] = EOS
+	        call printf ("%8s  ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Unknown WCS parameter\n")
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WCS_DECODE_PARNO -- Decode the WCS parameter
+
+int procedure wcs_decode_parno (parameter, maxch)
+
+char	parameter[ARB]		# parameter name
+int	maxch			# maximum length of parameter name
+
+int	parno
+int	strdic()
+
+begin
+	# Get and check the wcs parameter to be edited.
+	call strupr (parameter)
+	parno = strdic (parameter, parameter, maxch, WCSPARS)
+	if (parno <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else
+	    return (parno)
+end
+
+
+# WCS_DECODE_AXES -- Decode the axes lists.
+
+int procedure wcs_decode_axlist (parno, ax1list, ax2list, max_naxes, axes1,
+	naxes1, axes2, naxes2)
+
+int	parno			# parameter to be edited
+char	ax1list[ARB]		# principal axes list
+char	ax2list[ARB]		# secondary axes list
+int	max_naxes		# maximum number of axes to decode
+int	axes1[ARB]		# list of principal axes to be edited
+int	naxes1			# number of principal axes to be edited
+int	axes2[ARB]		# list of secondary axes to be edited
+int	naxes2			# number of secondary axes to be edited
+
+int	wcs_getaxes()
+
+begin
+	naxes1 = wcs_getaxes (ax1list, axes1, max_naxes)
+	if (naxes1 <= 0 || naxes1 > max_naxes)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else if ((axes1[1] < 1) || (axes1[naxes1] > max_naxes))
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Get the second list of axes.
+	if ((parno == WCS_CD) || (parno == WCS_LTM)) {
+	    naxes2 = wcs_getaxes (ax2list, axes2, max_naxes)
+	    if (ax2list[1] == EOS)
+		return (OK)
+	    else if (naxes2 == 0)
+	        return (ERR)
+	    else if ((axes2[1] < 0) || (axes2[naxes2] > max_naxes))
+	        return (ERR)
+	} else {
+	    naxes2 = naxes1
+	    call amovi (axes1, axes2, naxes1)
+	}
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+define	MAX_NRANGES	10
+
+# WCS_GETAXES -- Decode the input axis list.
+
+int procedure wcs_getaxes (axlist, axes, max_naxes)
+
+char	axlist[ARB]		# the axis list to be decoded
+int	axes[ARB]		# the output decode axes
+int	max_naxes		# the maximum number of output axes
+
+int	naxes, axis, ranges[3,MAX_NRANGES+1]
+int	decode_ranges(), get_next_number()
+
+begin
+	# Clear the axes array.
+	call aclri (axes, max_naxes)
+
+	# Check for a blank string.
+	if (axlist[1] == EOS)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Check for an illegal axis list string.
+	if (decode_ranges (axlist, ranges, MAX_NRANGES, naxes) == ERR)
+	    return (0)
+
+	naxes = 0
+	axis = 0
+	while ((naxes < max_naxes) && (get_next_number (ranges, axis) != EOF)) {
+	    naxes = naxes + 1
+	    axes[naxes] = axis
+	}
+
+	return (naxes)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsreset.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsreset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7c24f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/t_wcsreset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+# T_WCSRESET -- Initialize the image wcs. The user can initialize the
+# pre-defined "physical" or "world" coodinate systems, or a named
+# user world coordinate system, for example the "multipsec" world
+# coordinate system.  If the image does not have a previously defined wcs
+# then wcsreset will create the identify wcs.
+
+procedure t_wcsreset ()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	ndim
+pointer	sp, imnamelist, image, wcs, system
+pointer	r, w, cd, ncd, nr, ltv, iltm, ltm
+pointer	imlist, im, mwim, mw
+bool    clgetb(), streq()
+int	imtgetim(), mw_stati()
+pointer	imtopen(), immap(), mw_openim(), mw_open()
+errchk	mw_openim()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imnamelist, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wcs, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (system, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	call clgstr ("image", Memc[imnamelist], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("wcs", Memc[wcs], SZ_FNAME)
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Loop through the list of images.
+	imlist = imtopen (Memc[imnamelist])
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Remove any image section.
+	    call imgimage (Memc[image], Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Open the image.
+	    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    iferr {
+	        if (verbose) {
+	            call printf ("Initializing wcs %s for image %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[wcs])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	        }
+	        mwim = mw_openim (im)
+	    } then {
+		mwim = NULL
+	    } else {
+	        call mw_gsystem (mwim, Memc[system], SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+
+	    # Reset the lterm only if the wcs is "physical".
+	    if (streq (Memc[wcs], "physical") && mwim != NULL) {
+
+	        # Allocate space for the transforms.
+	        ndim = mw_stati (mwim, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+	        call malloc (r, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call malloc (w, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call malloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call malloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call malloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call malloc (iltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call malloc (nr, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call malloc (ncd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+		call mw_gwtermd (mwim, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+		call mw_gltermd (mwim, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+		call mwvmuld (Memd[ltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], ndim)
+		call aaddd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[nr], ndim)
+		call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[iltm], ndim)
+		call mwmmuld (Memd[cd], Memd[iltm], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+		call mw_swtermd (mwim, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[ncd], ndim)
+		call wcs_terminit (Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+		call mw_sltermd (mwim, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+	        call mw_saveim (mwim, im)
+
+	        # Free the space.
+	        call mfree (r, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call mfree (w, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call mfree (cd, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call mfree (ncd, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call mfree (nr, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call mfree (ltm, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call mfree (ltv, TY_DOUBLE)
+	        call mfree (iltm, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	    # Cannot replace physical system for unknown world system.
+	    } else if (streq (Memc[wcs], "physical") && mwim == NULL) {
+	        if (verbose) {
+	            call printf ("\tCannot initialize wcs %s for image %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[wcs])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	        }
+	    } else if (streq (Memc[wcs], "world") || streq (Memc[wcs],
+	        Memc[system])) {
+
+	        ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+		mw = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+	        call mw_saveim (mw, im)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+
+	    # The named wcs is not present.
+	    } else {
+		call eprintf ("\tCannot find wcs %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[wcs])
+	    }
+
+	    if (mwim != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mwim)
+
+	    call imunmap (im)
+
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WCS_TERMINIT -- Initialize the shift term and rotation matrix.
+
+procedure wcs_terminit (ltm, ltv, ndim)
+
+double	ltm[ndim,ndim]		# the rotation matrix
+double	ltv[ndim]		# the shift vector
+int	ndim			# the number of dimensions
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	call aclrd (ltm, ndim * ndim)
+	do i = 1, ndim
+	    ltm[i,i] = 1.0d0
+	call aclrd (ltv, ndim)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ttycur.key b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ttycur.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f91b2185
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/ttycur.key
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+	INTERACTIVE KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+
+The following commands must be terminated by a carriage return.
+
+?	Print help
+:	Execute colon command
+data	Measure object
+q	Exit task
+
+
+	VALID DATA STRING
+
+x/ra/long y/dec/lat [pmra pmdec [parallax radial velocity]]
+
+... x/ra/long y/dec/lat must be in pixels or the input units
+... pmra and pmdec must be in " / year
+... parallax must be in "
+... radial velocity must be in km / sec
+
+	COLON COMMANDS
+
+The following commands must be terminated by a carriage return.
+
+:show				Show the input and output coordinate systems
+:isystem	[string]	Show / set the input coordinate system
+:osystem	[string]	Show / set the output coordinate system
+:iunits		[string string]	Show / set the input coordinate units
+:ounits		[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate units
+:oformat	[string string]	Show / set the output coordinate format
+
+	VALID INPUT AND OUTPUT COORDINATE SYSTEMS
+
+image [logical/tv/physical/world]
+equinox [epoch]
+noefk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk4 [equinox [epoch]]
+fk5 [equinox [epoch]]
+icrs [equinox [epoch]]
+apparent epoch
+ecliptic epoch
+galactic [epoch]
+supergalactic [epoch]
+
+	VALID INPUT AND OUTPUT CELESTIAL COORDINATE UNITS
+	          AND THEIR DEFAULT FORMATS
+
+hours		%12.3h
+degrees		%12.2h
+radians		%13.7g
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/wcsedit.key b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/wcsedit.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61d98ceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/wcsedit.key
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+		   WCSEDIT COMMANDS
+
+	            BASIC  COMMANDS
+
+
+?		Print the WCSEDIT commands
+show		Print out the current WCS
+update		Quit WCSEDIT and update the image WCS
+quit		Quit WCSEDIT without updating the image wcs
+
+
+	    PARAMETER DISPLAY AND EDITING COMMANDS
+
+crval  [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS crval parameter(s)
+crpix  [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS crpix parameter(s)
+cd     [value axes1 [axes2]]	Show/set the FITS cd parameter(s)
+ltv    [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF ltv parameter(s)
+ltm    [value axes1 [axes2]]	Show/set the IRAF ltm parameter(s)
+wtype  [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS/IRAF axes transform(s)
+axtype [value axes1]		Show/set the FITS/IRAF axis type(s)
+units  [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF axes units(s)
+label  [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF axes label(s)
+format [value axes1]		Show/set the IRAF axes coordinate format(s)
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/src/x_starfind.x b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/x_starfind.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..865a795d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/src/x_starfind.x
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+task starfind = t_starfind
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/starfind.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/starfind.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..73d80255
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/starfind.par
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# STARFIND
+
+image,f,a,,,,Input image
+output,f,a,default,,,Output star list
+hwhmpsf,r,a,1.0,,,HWHM of the PSF in pixels
+threshold,r,a,100.0,0.0,,Detection threshold in ADU
+datamin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum good data value in ADU
+datamax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum good data value in ADU
+fradius,r,h,2.5,1.0,,Fitting radius in HWHM
+sepmin,r,h,5.0,1.0,,Minimum separation in HWHM
+npixmin,i,h,5,5,,Minimum number of good pixels above background
+maglo,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower magnitude limit
+maghi,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper magnitude limit
+roundlo,r,h,0.0,0.0,,Lower ellipticity limit
+roundhi,r,h,0.2,0.0,1.0,Upper ellipticity limit
+sharplo,r,h,0.5,,,Lower sharpness limit
+sharphi,r,h,2.0,,,Upper sharpness limit
+wcs,s,h,"",,,"World coordinate system (logical,physical,world)"
+wxformat,s,h,"",,,The x axis world coordinate format
+wyformat,s,h,"",,,The y axis world coordinate format
+boundary,s,h,nearest,"|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap",,"Boundary extension (nearest,constant,reflect,wrap)"
+constant,r,h,0.0,,,Constant for constant boundary extension
+nxblock,i,h,INDEF,,,X dimension of working block size in pixels
+nyblock,i,h,256,,,Y dimension of working block size in pixels
+verbose,b,h,no,,,Print messages about the progress of the task
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsctran.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsctran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec8ad4ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsctran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Parameter file for the WCSTRAN task.
+
+input,s,a,"",,,The input coordinate files
+output,s,a,"",,,The output coordinate files
+image,f,a,"",,,The input images
+inwcs,s,a,"logical","|logical|tv|physical|world|",,The input coordinate system
+outwcs,s,a,"world","|logical|tv|physical|world|",,The output coordinate system
+columns,s,h,"1 2 3 4 5 6 7",,,List of input file columns
+units,s,h,"",,,List of input coordinate units
+formats,s,h,"",,,List of output coordinate formats
+min_sigdigits,i,h,7,,,Minimum precision of output coordinates
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Write comments to the output file ?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsedit.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsedit.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b40ef98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsedit.par
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Parameter file for WCSEDIT
+
+image,f,a,,,,"List of input images"
+parameter,s,a,,,,"The wcs parameter to be edited"
+value,s,a,,,,"The new parameter value"
+axes1,s,a,"",,,"Independent axes for which parameter is to be edited"
+axes2,s,a,"",,,"Dependent axes for which parameter is to be edited"
+wcs,s,h,"world",,,"Default world coordinate system to be edited"
+wcsdim,i,h,2,1,,"WCS dimensionality for new images"
+interactive,b,h,no,,,"Interactive mode ?"
+commands,*s,h,,,,"wcsedit"
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,"Print messages about actions taken ?"
+update,b,h,yes,,,"Update the image header ?"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsreset.par b/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsreset.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a12652a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imcoords/wcsreset.par
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# Parameter file for WCSRESET
+
+image,f,a,,,,"List of input images"
+wcs,s,a,physical,,,"Name of wcs to be initialized"
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,"Print messages about actions taken ?"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/Revisions b/pkg/images/imfilter/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e209772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,2025 @@
+.help revisions Jan97 images.imfilter
+.nf
+===============================
+Package Reorganization
+===============================
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imsum.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Provided options for USHORT data.  (12/10/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new option for computing offsets from the image WCS has been added.
+    (11/30/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    Changed the error checking to catch additional errors relating to too
+    many files.  (11/12/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsort.gx
+    There was an error in the ic_2sort routine when there are exactly
+    three images that one of the explicit cases did not properly keep
+    the image identifications.  See buglog 344.  (8/1/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+    The routine mde_yefilter was being called with the wrong number of
+    arguments.
+    (7/18/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icimstack.x +
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The limit on the maximum number of images that can be combined, set by
+    the maximum number of logical file descriptors, has been removed.  If
+    the condition of too many files is detected the task now automatically
+    stacks all the images in a temporary image and then combines them with
+    the project option.
+    (5/14/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxfit.x
+    Changed several Memr[] references to Memi[] in the rg_fit routine.
+    This bug was causing a floating point error in the xregister task
+    on the Dec Alpha if the coords file was defined, and could potentially
+    cause problems on other machines.
+    (Davis, April 3, 1996)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+pkg/images/doc/geomap.hlp
+     Corrected the definition of skew in the routines which compute a geometric
+     interpretation of the 6-coefficient fit, which compute the coefficients
+     from the geometric parameters, and in the relevant help pages.
+     (2/19/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/doc/median.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+    Added a verbose parameter to the median, rmedian, mode, rmode, fmedian,
+    frmedian, fmode, and frmode tasks. (11/27/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the help page for geotran. The default values for
+    the xscale and yscale parameters were incorrectly listed as INDEF,
+    INDEF instead of 1.0, 1.0. (11/14/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    Fixed a bug where a variable was improperly used for two different
+    purposes causing the algorithm to fail (bug 316).  (10/19/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified a point about how the sigma is calculated with the SIGCLIP
+    option.  (10/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    To deal with the case of readnoise=0. and image data which has points with
+    negative mean or median and very small minimum readnoise is set
+    internally to avoid computing a zero sigma and dividing by it.  This
+    applies to the noise model rejection options.  (8/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_utils.x
+    Added new ring median and modal filtering tasks frmedian, rmedian,
+    frmode, and rmode to the images package.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/median.hlp
+pkg/images/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/median.h
+pkg/images/filters/mode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+pkg/images/filters/mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_hist.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_sort.x
+    Added minimum and maximum good data parameters to the fmedian, fmode,
+    median, and mode filtering tasks.  Removed the 64X64 kernel size limit
+    in the median and mode tasks.  Replaced the common blocks with structures
+    and .h files.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the buffering of the x and y coordinate surface interpolants
+    which can cause a memory corruption error if, nthe nxsample or nysample
+    parameters are > 1, and the nxblock or nyblock parameters are less
+    than the x and y dimensions of the input image. Took the opportunity
+    to clean up the code.
+    (6/13/95, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.4
+=======
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Corrected a harmless typo in the code which determines the minimum
+    and maximum x values and improved the precision of the test when the
+    input is double precision.
+    (4/18/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Added a description of the interactive parameter to the fit1d help page.
+    (4/17/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    If an error occurs while opening an input image header the error
+    recovery will close all open images and then propagate the error.
+    For the case of running out of file descriptors with STF format
+    images this will allow the error message to be printed rather
+    than the error code.  (4/3/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+    Added a test on the status code returned from the fitting routine so
+    the xregister tasks does not go ahead and write an output image when
+    the user quits the task in in interactive mode.
+    (3/31/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The behavior of the weights when using both multiplicative and zero
+    point scaling was incorrect; the zero levels have to account for
+    the scaling.  (3/27/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Changed some amovr and amovi calls to amovkr and amovki calls.
+    (3/15/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgximshift.x
+    The buffering margins set for the bicubic spline interpolants were
+    increased to improve the flux conservation properties of the interpolant
+    in cases where the data is undersampled. (12/6/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+    In several places the construct array[1++nx-wborder] was being used
+    instead of array[1+nx-wborder]. Apparently caused by a typo which
+    propagated through the code, the Sun compilers did not catch this, but
+    the IBM/RISC6000 compilers did. (11/16/94, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/xregister.par
+pkg/images/doc/xregister.hlp
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxdbio.x
+    The xregister task was modified to to write the output shifts file
+    in either text database format (the current default)  or in simple text
+    format. The change was made so that the output of xregister could
+    both be edited more easily by the user and be used directly with the
+    imshift task. (11/11/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    A Memc in the ratio output option was incorrectly used instead of Memr
+    when the bug fix of 11/16/93 was made.  (10/14/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    The procedure rg_xlaplace was being incorrectly declared as an integer
+    procedure.
+    (8/1/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxregions.x
+    The routine strncmp was being called (with a missing number of characters
+    argument) instead of strcmp. This was causing a bus error under solaris
+    but not sun os whenever the user set regions to "grid ...". (7/27/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    The Gaussian fitting can return a negative sigma**2 which would cause
+    an FPE when the square root is taken.  This will only occur when
+    there is no reasonable signal.  The results of the gaussian fitting
+    are now set to INDEF if this unphysical result occurs.  (7/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+    A routine expecting two char arrays was being passed two real arrays
+    instead resulting in a segmentation violation if calctype=real
+    and reject > 0.
+    (6/21/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH now deletes the CCDMEAN keyword if present.  (6/21/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    1.	The restoration of deleted pixels to satisfy the nkeep parameter
+	was being done inside the iteration loop causing the possiblity
+	of a non-terminating loop; i.e. pixels are rejected, they are
+	restored, and the number left then does not statisfy the termination
+	condition.  The restoration step was moved following the iterative
+	rejection.
+    2.	The restoration was also incorrectly when mclip=no and could
+	lead to a segmentation violation.
+    (6/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    The path names to the xregister task interactive help files was incorrect.
+    (6/13/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    Found and fixed another typo bug.  (6/7/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+    The sigma scaling flag, doscale1, would not be set in the case of
+    a mean offset of zero though the scale factors could be different.
+    (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a missing line: l = Memi[mp1].  (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    The reordering step when a central median is used during rejection
+    but the final combining is average was incorrect if the number
+    of rejected low pixels was greater than the number of pixel
+    number of pixels not rejected.  (5/25/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    In cases where there was no input geomap database, geotran was
+    unnecessarily  overiding the size of the input image requested by the
+    user if the size of the image was bigger than the default output size
+    (the size of the output image which would include all the input image
+    pixels is no user shifts were applied).
+    (5/10/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    1.  There is now a warning error if the scale, zero, or weight type
+	is unknown.
+    2.  An sfree was being called before the allocated memory was finished
+	being used.
+    (5/2/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    For some objects the moment analysis could fail producing a floating
+    overflow error in imexamine, because the code was trying to use
+    INDEF as the initial value of the object fwhm.  Changed the gaussian
+    fitting code to use a fraction of the fitting radius as the initial value
+    for the fitted full-width half-maximum in cases where the moment analysis
+    cannot compute an initial value.
+    (4/15/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Changed the mean, median, mode, and zero formats from 6g to 7.5g to
+    insure 5 significant digits regardless of signs and decimal points.
+    (4/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Tried again to clarify the scaling as multiplicative and the offseting
+    as additive for file input and for log output.  (3/22/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iacclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iscclip.gx
+    The image sigma was incorrectly computed when an offset scaling is used.
+    (3/8/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The MINMAX example confused low and high.  (3/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+    Fixed a bug in the geomap code which caused the linear portion of the transformation
+    to be computed incorrectly if the x and y fits had a different functional form.
+    (12/29/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/do/imcombine.hlp
+    The output pixel datatypes now include unsigned short integer.
+    (12/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the example of offseting.  (11/23/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When doing operations in place the input and output buffers are the
+    same and the difference and ratio operations assumed they were not
+    causing the final results to be wrong.  (11/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg/images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    If no calculation type is specified then it will be at least real
+    for a division.  Since the output pixel type defaults to the
+    calculation type if not specified this will also result in a
+    real output if dividing two integer images.  (11/12/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If there were fewer initial pixels than specified by nkeep then the
+    task would attempt to add garbage data to achieve nkeep pixels.  This
+    could occur when using offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.  The
+    code was changed to check against the initial number of pixels rather
+    than the number of images.  Also a negative nkeep is no longer
+    converted to a positive value based on the number of images.  Instead
+    it specifies the maximum number of pixels to reject from the initial
+    set of pixels.  (11/8/93, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Added MWCS calls to update the axis mapping when using the project
+    option in IMCOMBINE.  (10/8/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The help indicated that user input scale or zero level factors
+    by an @file or keyword are multiplicative and additive while the
+    task was using then as divisive and subtractive.  This was
+    corrected to agree with the intend of the documentation.
+    Also the factors are no longer normalized.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    The case in which absolute offsets are specified but the offsets are
+    all the same did not work correctly.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Fixed two bugs in the imsurfit task bad pixel rejection code. For low
+    k-sigma rejections factors the bad pixel list could overflow resulting
+    in a segmentation violation or a hung task. Overlapping ranges were
+    not being decoded into a bad pixel list properly resulting in 
+    oscillating bad pixel rejection behavior where certain groups of
+    bad pixels were alternately being included and excluded from the fit.
+    Both bugs are fixed in iraf 2.10.3
+    (9/21/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified how bad pixel masks work with the "project" option.
+    (9/13/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When the input and output images are the same there was an typo error
+    such that the output was opened separately but then never unmapped
+    resulting in the end of the image not being updated.  (8/6/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    The algorithm for making sure there are enough file descriptors failed
+    to account for the need to reopen the output image header for an
+    update.  Thus when the number of input images + output images + logfile
+    was exactly 60 the task would fail.  The update occurs when the output
+    image is unmapped so the solution was to close the input images first
+    except for the first image whose pointer is used in the new copy of the
+    output image.  (8/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg$images/filters/t_median.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error trapping code in the median and mode tasks.
+    The call to eprintf contained an extra invalid error code agument.
+    (7/28/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap.par
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error handling code in geomap which was producing
+    a segmentation violation on exit if the user's coordinate list
+    had fewer than 3 data points. Also improved the error messages
+    presented to the user in both interactive and non-interactive mode.
+    (7/7/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+    There was an indexing error in setting up the ID array when using
+    the grow option.  This caused the CRREJECT/CCDCLIP algorithm to
+    fail with a floating divide by zero error when there were non-zero
+    shifts.  (5/26/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation is now done so that the original input data
+    is not lost.  This slightly greater inefficiency is required so
+    that an output sigma image may be computed if desired.  (5/10/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Added support for type ushort to the imshift task in cases where the
+    pixel shifts are integral.
+    (5/8/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/rotate.hlp
+    Fixed a bug in the rotate task help page which implied that automatic
+    image size computation would occur if ncols or nlines were set no 0
+    instead of ncols and nlines.
+    (4/17/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    There was no error checking when writing to the output image.  If
+    an error occurred (the example being when an imaccessible imdir was
+    set) obscure messages would result.  Errchks were added.
+    (4/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Fixed 2 sign errors in the equations in the documentation describing
+    the elliptical gaussian fucntion.
+    (4/13/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/t_imslice.x
+    Removed an error check in the imslice task, which was preventing it from
+    being used to reduce the dimensionality of images where the length of 
+    the slice dimension is 1.0.
+    (2/16/83, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+    The fmedian task was printing debugging information under iraf 2.10.2.
+    (1/25/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    When using mclip=yes and when more pixels are rejected than allowed by
+    the nkeep parameter there was a subtle bug in how the pixels are added
+    back which can result in a segmentation violation.
+	if (nh == n2)  ==>  if (nh == n[i])
+    (1/20/93, Valdes)
+
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.com
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.h
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/doc/combine.hlp
+    The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+    or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+    to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+    weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+    image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+    controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+    algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+    or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+    the output image.
+    (9/30/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Added a call to flush after the status line printout so that the output
+    will appear immediately. (8/19/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/mkpkg
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+    The fmedian task could crash with a segmentation violation if mapping
+    was turned off (hmin = zmin and hmax = zmax) and the input image
+    contained data outside the range defined by zmin and zmax. (8/18/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a very unlikely possibility that if all the input pixels had
+    exactly the same number of rejected pixels the weighted average would
+    be done incorrectly because the dflag would not be set.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icmm.gx
+    This procedure failed to set the dflag resulting in the weighted average
+    being computed in correctly.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    At some point changes were made but not documented dealing with image
+    sections on the input/output.  The changes seem to have left off the
+    final step of opening the output image using the appropriate image
+    sections.  Because of this it is an error to use an image section
+    on an input image when the output image is different; i.e.
+    
+	cl> fit1d dev$pix[200:400,*] junk
+	
+    This has now been fixed.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscales.x
+    The zero levels were incorrectly scaled twice.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icstat.gx
+    Contained the statement
+	nv = max (1., (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+    which is max(real,int).  Changed the 1. to a 1.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    These files contained multiple cases (ten or so) of constructs such as
+    "max (1., ...)" or "max (0., ...)" where the ... could be either real
+    or double.   In the double cases the DEC compiler complained about a
+    type mismatch since 1. is real.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the section reading code. Imsurfit is supposed to switch
+    the order of the section delimiters in x and y if x2 < x1 or y2 < 1.
+    Unfortunately the y test was actually "if (y2 < x1)" instead of 
+    "if (y2 < y1)". Whether or not the code actually works correctly
+    depends on the value of x1 relative to y2. This bug was not present
+    in 2.9.1 but is present in subsequent releases. (7/30/92 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The case theta=90 and ratio > 0.0 but  < 1.0 was producing an incorrect
+    convolution if bilinear=yes, because the major axis sigmas being 
+    input along the x and y axes were sigma and ratio * sigma respectively
+    instead of ratio * sigma and sigma in this case.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Modified imcopy to write its verbose output to STDOUT instead of
+    STDERR. (6/24/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    The step where impl1$t is called to check if there is enough memory
+    did not set the return buffer because the values are irrelevant for
+    this check.  However, depending on history, this buffer could have
+    arbitrary values and later when IMIO attempts to flush this buffer,
+    at least in the case of image type coersion, cause arithmetic errors.
+    The fix was to clear the returned buffers.  (4/27/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imslice.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    Modified the calls to mw_shift and mw_scale to explicitly set the
+    number of logical axes instead of using the default of 0.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified imtranspose so that it correctly picks up the axis map
+    and writes it to the output image wcs. (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/register.par
+pkg$images/geotran.par
+pkg$images/doc/register.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Changed the default values of the parameters xscale and yscale in
+    the register and geotran tasks from INDEF to 1.0 (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+pkg$images/doc/imtranspose.hlp
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it does a true transpose of the
+    axes instead of simply modifying the lterm. (4/8/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Added the formats parameter for formatting the output pixel coordinates
+    to the listpixels task. These formats take precedence over the formats
+    stored in the WCS in the image header and the previous default format.
+    (4/7/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Added wcs support to the imstack task. (4/2/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels so that it will work correctly  if the dimension
+    of the wcs is less than the dimension of the image. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Modified the rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks wcs updating
+    code to deal correclty with dimensionally reduced data. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/ipslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation with an even number of points for short data
+    could overflow (addition of two short values) and be incorrect.
+    (3/16/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    1. Improved the precision of the blkavg task wcs updating code.
+    2. Changed the blkrep task wcs updating code so that it is consistent
+    with blkavg. This means that a blkrep command followed by a blkavg
+    command or vice versa will return the original coordinate system
+    to within machine precision. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels to print out an error if it could not open the
+    wcs in the image. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imtranspose task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/14/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+    There was a bug allowing the number of valid pixels counter to become
+    negative.  Also there was a step which should not be done if the
+    number of valid pixels is less than 1; i.e. all pixels rejected.
+    A test was put in to skip this step.  (3/13/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imslice.x
+pkg$images/doc/imslice.hlp
+    Added wcs support to the imslice task.
+    (3/12/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the code for computing the standard deviation, kurtosis,
+    and skew, wherein precision was being lost because two of the intermediate
+    variables in the computation were real instead of double precision.
+    (3/10/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    1. Modified listpixels task to use the MWCS axis "format" attributes 
+    if they are present in the image header.
+    2. Added support for dimensionally reduced images, i.e.
+    images which are sections of larger images and whose coordinate
+    transformations depend on the reduced axes, to the listpixels task. 
+    (3/6/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Changed error messages to say IMCOMBINE instead of ICOMBINE.
+    (3/2/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Added listing of read noise and gain.  (2/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    1.  Datatype declaration for asumi was incorrect.
+    2.  Reduced the minimum number of images allowed for PCLIP to 3.
+    (1/7/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+    The first pixel to be checked was incorrectly set to 0 instead of 1
+    resulting in a segvio when using the grow option.  (12/6/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+    Fixed datatype declaration errors found by SPPLINT. (11/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the kurtosis computation found by ST.
+    (Davis 10/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+pkg$images/doc/imstat.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the mode computation in imstatistics. The parabolic
+    interpolation correction for computing the histogram peak was being
+    applied in the wrong direction. Note that for dev$pix the wrong answer
+    is actually closer to the expected answer than the correct answer
+    due to binning effects. 
+    (Davis 9/24/91)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The code which computes the gaussian kernel was producing a divide by
+    zero error if ratio=0.0 and bilinear=yes (2.10 version only).
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the magnify help page.
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+    There was a typo,  Memr[d[k]+k] --> Memr[d[j]+k].  (9/17/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icstat.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmask.x
+    The offsets were used improperly in computing image statistics.
+    (Valdes, 9/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    The shifts file pointer was not being correctly initialized to NULL 
+    in the case where no shifts file was declared. When the task
+    was invoked repeatedly from a script, this could result in an array being
+    referenced, for which space had not been previously allocated.
+    (Davis 7/29/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imc* -
+pkg$images/imarith/ic* +
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imarith/generic/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Replaced old version of IMCOMBINE with new version supporting masks,
+    offsets, and new algorithms.  (Valdes 7/19/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Imhistogram has been modified to print the value of the middle of
+    histogram bin instead of the left edge if the output type is list 
+    instead of plot. (Davis 6/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/t_imsurfit.x
+    Modified the sections file reading code to check the order of the
+    x1 x2 y1 y2 parameters and switch (x1,x2) or (y1,y2) if x2 < x1 or
+    y2 < y1 respectively. (Davis 5/28/91)
+
+pkg$images/listpixels.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+pkg$images/doc/listpixels.hlp
+    Modified the listpixels task to be able to print the pixel coordinates
+    in logical, physical or world coordinates. The default coordinate
+    system is still logical as before. (Davis 5/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/images.par
+pkg$images/doc/minmax.hlp
+pkg$images/imutil/t_minmax.x
+pkg$images/imutil/minmax.x
+    Minmax was modified to do the minimum and maximum values computations
+    in double precision or complex instead of real if the input image
+    pixel type is double precision or complex. Note that the minimum and
+    maximum header values are still stored as real however.
+    (Davis 5/16/91)
+
+imarith/t_imarith.x
+    There was a missing statement to set the error flag if the image
+    dimensions did not  match.  (5/14/91, Valdes)
+
+doc/imarith.hlp
+    Fixed some formatting problems in the imarith help page. (5/2/91 Davis)
+
+imarith$imcombine.x
+    Changed the order in which images are unmapped to have the output images
+    closed last.  This is to allow file descriptors for the temporary image
+    used when updating STF headers.  (4/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.x
+    The blkavg task was partially modified to support complex image data. 
+    The full modifications cannot be made because of an error in abavx.x
+    and the missing routine absux.x.
+    (4/18/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    The x and y fits cross-terms switch was not being set correctly to "yes"
+    in the case where xxorder=2 and xyorder=2 or in the case where yxorder=2
+    and yyorder=2.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    Modified the line which prints the geometric parameters to use the
+    variable name xshift and yshift instead of delx and dely.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the pixel rejection code which occurred when upper was >
+    0.0 and lower = 0.0 or lower > 0 and upper = 0.0. The problem was that
+    the code was simply setting the rejection limits to the computed sigma
+    times the upper and lower parameters without checking for the 0.0
+    condition first.  In the first case this results in all points with
+    negative residuals being rejected and in the latter all points with
+    positive residuals are rejected.
+    (2/25/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/hedit.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/hselect.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imheader.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imgets.hlp
+    Added a reference to imgets in the SEE ALSO sections of the hedit and
+    hselect tasks.
+    Added a reference to hselect and hedit in the SEE ALSO sections of the
+    imheader and imgets tasks.
+    (2/22/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/gradient.hlp
+pkg$images/laplace.hlp
+pkg$images/gauss.hlp
+pkg$images/convolve.hlp
+pkg$images/gradient.par
+pkg$images/laplace.par
+pkg$images/gauss.par
+pkg$images/convolve.par
+pkg$images/t_gradient.x
+pkg$images/t_laplace.x
+pkg$images/t_gauss.x
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+pkg$images/convolve.x
+pkg$images/xyconvolve.x
+pkg$images/radcnv.x
+    The convolution operators were modified to run more efficiently in
+    certain cases. The LAPLACE task was modified to make use of the
+    radial symmetry of the convolution kernel in the y direction as well
+    as the x direction resulting in a modest speedup in execution time.
+    A new parameter bilinear was added to the GAUSS and CONVOLVE tasks.
+    By default and if appropriate mathematically,  GAUSS now makes use of
+    the bilinearity or separability of the Gaussian function,
+    to separate the 2D convolution in x and y into two equivalent
+    1D convolutions in x and y, resulting in a considerable speedup
+    in execution time. Similarly the user can know program CONVOLVE to
+    compute a bilinear convolution instead of a full 2D 1 if appropriate.
+    (1/29/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x
+    CONVOLVE was not decoding the legal 1D kernel "1.0 2.0 1.0" correctly
+    although the alternate form "1.0 2.0 1.0;" worked. Leading
+    blanks in string kernels as in for example " 1.0 2.0 1.0" also generated
+    and error.  Fixed these bugs and added some  additional error checking code.
+    (11/28/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Added a detailed mathematical description of the gaussian kernel used
+    by the GAUSS task to the help page.
+
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/rotate.cl
+pkg$images/imlintran.cl
+pkg$images/register.cl
+pkg$images/register.par
+	Added src="script file name" entries to the IMAGES help database
+	for the tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN, and REGISTER. Changed the CL
+	script for REGISTER to a procedure script to remove the ugly
+	local variable declarations. Added a few comments to the scripts.
+	(12/11/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Added a new parameter binwidth to imhistogram. If binwidth is defined
+    it determines the histogram resolution in intensity units, otherwise
+    nbins determines the resolution as before. (10/26/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/sections.hlp
+    Clarified what is meant by an image template and that the task itself
+    does not check whether the specified names are actually images.
+    The examples were improved.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Changed lines to columns in example 2.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    When an error occured while parsing the mode section the untrapped error
+    caused further problems downstream.  Because it would require adding
+    lots of errchks to cause the program to gracefully abort I instead made
+    it a warning.  (10/2/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/hedit.x
+    Hedit was computing but not using min_lenarea. If the user specified
+    a min_lenuserarea greater than the default of 28800 then the default
+    was being used instead of the larger number.
+
+pkg$imarith/imasub.gx
+    The case of subtracting an image from the constant zero had a bug
+    which is now fixed.  (8/14/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it will work on type ushort images.
+    (6/6/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images
+    Added world coordinate system support to the following tasks: imshift,
+    shiftlines, magnify, imtranspose, blkrep, blkavg, rotate, imlintran,
+    register and geotran. The only limitation is that register and geotran
+    will only support simple linear transformations. 
+    (2/24/90 Davis)
+    
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a problem in the boundary extension "reflect" option code for small
+    images which was causing odd values to be inserted at the edges of the
+    image.
+    (2/14/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    A new parameter "hist_type" was added to the imhistogram task giving
+    the user the option of plotting the integral, first derivative and
+    second derivative of the histogram as well as the normal histogram.
+    Code was contributed by Rob Seaman.
+    (2/2/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    The path name of the help file was being erroneously renamed with
+    the result that when users ran the double precision version of the
+    code they could not find the help file.
+    (26/1/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x
+    Added some checks for 1-D images.
+    (1/20/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x,imstat.h
+    Made several minor bug fixes and alterations in the imstatistics task
+    in response to user complaints and suggestions.
+
+    1. Changed the verbose parameter to the format parameter. If format is
+    "yes" (the default) then the selected fields are printed in fixed format
+    with column labels. Other wise the fields are printed in free format
+    separated by 2 blanks. This fixes the problem of fields running together.
+
+    2. Fixed a bug in the code which estimates the median from the image
+    histogram by linearly interpolating around the midpt of the integrated
+    histogram. The bug occurred when more than half the pixels were in the
+    first bin.
+
+    3. Added a check to ensure that the number of fields did not overflow
+    the fields array.
+
+    4. Removed the extraneous blank line printed after the title.
+
+    5. The pound sign is now printed at the beginning of the column header
+    string regardless of which field is printed first. In the previous
+    versions it was only being printed if the image name field was
+    printed first.
+
+    6. Changed the name of the median field to midpt in response to user
+    confusions about how the median is computed.
+
+    (1/20/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imslice.hlp
+    The imslice was not correctly computing the number of lines in the
+    output image in the case where the slice dimension was 1.
+    (12/4/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified and documented definitions of the scale, offset, and weights.
+    (11/30/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    High order surfaces of a certain functional form could occasionally
+    produce out of bounds pixel errors. The bug was caused by not properly
+    computing the distortion of the image boundary for higher order
+    surfaces.
+    (11/21/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/imshift.x
+    The circulating buffer space was not being freed after each execution
+    of IMSHIFT. This did not cause an error in execution but for a long
+    list of frames could result in alot of memory being tied up.
+    (10/25/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH is not prepared to deal with images sections in the output.
+    It used to look for '[' to decide if the output specification included
+    and image section.  This has been changed to call the IMIO procedure
+    imgsection and check if a non-null section string is returned.
+    Thus it is up to IMIO to decide what part of the image name is
+    an image section.  (9/5/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Fixed bug causing infinite loop when computing mode of constant value
+    section.  (8/14/89, Valdes)
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1989
+    Added a couple of switches to that skew and kurtosis are not computed
+    if they are not to be printed.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 14, 1989
+    A simple mod was made to the skew and kurtosis computation to avoid
+    divide by zero errors in case of underflow.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/chpixtype.par
+    Davis, Jun 13, 1989
+    The parameter file has been modified to accept an output pixel
+    type of ushort.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, Jun 2, 1989
+    A new scheme to detect file errors is now used.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Jun 1, 1989
+    1. If the user set regions = "sections" but the sections file
+    did not exist the task would go into an infinite loop. The problem
+    was a missing error check on the open statement.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x,imhistogram.par
+    Davis, May 31, 1989
+    A new version of imhistogram has been installed. These mods have
+    been made over a period of a month by Doug Tody and Rob Seaman.
+    The mods include
+    1. An option to turn off log scaling of the y axis of the histogram plot.
+    2. A new autoscale parameter which avoids aliasing problems for integer
+       data.
+    3. A new parameter top_close which resolves the ambiguity in the top
+       bin of the histogram.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+   Valdes, May 9, 1989
+   Because a file descriptor was not reserved for string buffer operations
+   and a call to stropen in cnvdate was not error checked the task would
+   hang when more than 115 images were combined.  Better error checking
+   was added and now an error message is printed when the maximum number
+   of images that can be combined is exceeded.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+   Valdes, May 6, 1989
+   Operations in which the output image has an image section are now
+   skipped with a warning message.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/sigma.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, May 6, 1989
+    1.  The weighted sigma was being computed incorrectly.
+    2.  The argument declarations were wrong for integer input images.
+	Namely the mean vector is always real.
+    3.  Minor change to imcmode.gx to return correct datatype.
+
+pkg$images/imstack,imslice
+    Davis, April 1, 1989
+    The proto images tasks imstack and imslice have been moved from the
+    proto package to the images package. Imstack is unchanged except that
+    it now supports the image data types USHORT and COMPLEX. Imslice has
+    been modified to allow slicing along any dimension of the image instead
+    of just the highest dimension.
+
+pkg$images/imstatistics.
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. A totally new version of the imstatistics task has been written
+    and replaces the old version. The new task allows the user to select
+    which statistical parameters to compute and print. These include
+    the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis and the
+    minimum and maximum pixel values.
+
+pkg$images/imhistogram.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+pkg$images/doc/imhistogram.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. The imhistogram task has been modified to plot "box" style histograms
+    as well as "line" type histograms. Type "line" remains the default.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.par,register.par,geomap.par
+pkg$images/doc/geomap.hlp,register.hlp,geotran.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 6, 1989
+    1. Improved the parameter prompting in GEOMAP, REGISTER and GEOTRAN
+    and improved the help pages.
+    2. Changed GEOMAP database quantities "xscale" and "yscale" to "xmag"
+    and "ymag" for consistency . Geotran was changed appropriately.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    For short data a short variable was wraping around when there were
+    a significant number of saturated pixels leading to an infinite loop.
+    The variables were made real regardless of the image datatype.
+    (3/1/89, Valdes)
+ 
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Davis, Feb 28, 1989
+    1. Added support for type USHORT to the imcopy task. This is a merged
+    ST modification.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcthreshold.gx
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1989
+    1.  Added provision for blank value when all pixels are rejected by the
+        threshold.
+    2.  Fixed a bug that was improperly scaling images in the threshold option.
+    3.  The offset printed in the log now has the opposite sign so that it
+	is the value "added" to bring images to a common level.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Feb 23, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in the median fitting code which could cause the porgram
+    to go into an infinite loop if the region to be fitted was less than
+    the size of the whole image.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Feb 16, 1989
+    Modified magnify to work on 1D images as well as 2D images. The
+    documentation has been updated.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, Feb 15, 1989
+    Modified the GEOTRAN and REGISTER tasks so that they can handle a list
+    of transform records one for each input image.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Feb 8, 1989
+    Added test for nx=1.
+ 
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    Valdes, Feb 3, 1989
+    The test for the datatype of the output sigma image was wrong.
+ 
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x,listpixels.par
+    Davis, Feb 6, 1989
+    The listpixels task has been modified to print out the pixels for a 
+    list of images instead of a single image only. A title line for each
+    image listed can optionally be printed on the standard output if
+    the new parameter verbose is set to yes.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, Feb 2, 1989
+    Added a new parameter shifts_file to the imshift task. Shifts_file
+    is the name of a text file containing the the x and yshifts for
+    each input image to be shifted. The number of input shifts must
+    equal the number of input images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Davis, Jan 17, 1989
+    Added an error message for the case where the coordinates is empty
+    of there are no points in the specified data range. Previously the
+    task would proceed to the next coordinate file without any message.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Jan 14, 1989
+    Added the parameter flux conserve to the magnify task to bring it into
+    line with all the other geometric transformation tasks.
+
+pgk$images/geometry/geotran.x,geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jan 2, 1989
+    A bug was fixed in the flux conserve code. If the x and y reference
+    coordinates  are not in pixel units and are not 1 then
+    the computed flux per pixel was too small by xscale * yscale.
+
+pkg$images/filters/acnvrr.x,convolve.x,boxcar.x,aboxcar.x
+    Davis, Dec 27, 1988
+    I changed the name of the acnvrr procedure to cnv_radcnvr to avoid
+    a name conflict with a vops library procedure. This only showed
+    up when shared libraries were implemented. I also changed the name
+    of the aboxcarr procedure to cnv_aboxr to avoid conflict with the
+    vops naming conventions.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcaverage.gx
+    Davis, Dec 22, 1988
+    Added an errchk statement for imc_scales and imgnl$t to stop the
+    program bombing with segmentation violations when mode <= 0.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Dec 8, 1988
+    1.  IMCOMBINE now prints the scale as a multiplicative quantity.
+    2.  The combined exposure time was not being scaled by the scaling
+	factors resulting in a final exposure time inconsistent with the
+	data.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Davis, Nov 30, 1988
+    Changed the list+ mode so that bin value and count are printed out instead
+    of bin count and value. This makes the plot and list modes compatable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Nov 17, 1988
+    Added the n=n+1 back into the inner loop of imstat.
+
+pkg$images/geotran.par,register.par
+    Davis, Nov 11 , 1988
+    Fixed to glaring errors in the parameter files for register and geotran.
+    Xscale and yscale were described as pixels per reference unit when
+    they should be reference units per pixel. The appropriate bug fix has been
+    made.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, November 7, 1988
+    The routine gsrestore was not being error checked. If either of the
+    input x or y coordinate surface was linear and the other was not,
+    the message came back GSRESTORE: Illegal x coordinate. This bug has
+    been fixed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, October 19, 1988
+    A vops clear routine was not called generically causing a crash with
+    double images.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_fmedian.x,t_median.x,t_fmode.x,t_mode.x,t_gradient.x
+    t_gauss.x,t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x
+    Davis, October 4, 1988
+    I fixed a bug in the error handling code for the filters tasks. If
+    and error occurred during task execution and the input image name was
+    the same as the output image name then the input image was trashed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.gx
+    Valdes, September 28, 1988
+    It is now an error for the mode to be nonpositive when scaling or weighting.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmedian.gx
+    Valdes, August 16, 1988
+    The median option was selecting the n/2 value instead of (n+1)/2.  Thus,
+    for an odd number of images the wrong value was being determined for the
+    median.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, August 11, 1988
+    1. Imshift has been modified to uses the optimized code if nearest
+    neighbour interpolation is requested. A nint is done on the shifts
+    before calling the quick shift routine.
+    2. If the requested pixel shift is too large imshift will now
+    clean up any pixelless header files before continuing execution.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+    Davis, July 13, 1988
+    Blkavg has been fixed so that it will work on 1D images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x,imtrans.x
+    Davis, July 12, 1988
+    Imtranspose has been modified to work on complex images.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_chpix.x
+    Davis, June 29, 1988
+    A new task chpixtype has been added to the images package. Chpixtype
+    changes the pixel types of a list of images to a specified output pixel
+    type. Seven data types are supported "short", "ushort", "int", "long"
+    "real" and "double".
+
+pkg$images/geometry/rotate.cl,imlintran.cl,t_geotran.x
+    Davis, June 10, 1988
+    The rotate and imlintran scripts have been rewritten to use procedure
+    scripts. This removes all the annoying temporary cl variables which
+    appear when the user does an lpar. In previous versions of these
+    two tasks the output was restricted to being the same size as the input
+    image. This is still the default case, but the user can now set the
+    ncols and nrows parameters to the desired output size. I ncols or nlines
+    < 0 then then the task compute the output image size required to contain
+    the whole input image.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x,t_gradient.x,t_gauss.x,convolve.x
+    Davis, June 1, 1988
+    The convolution operators laplace, gauss and convolve have been modified
+    to make use of radial symmetry in the convolution kernel. In gauss and
+    laplace the change is transparent to the user. For the convolve operator
+    the user must indicate that the kernel is radially symmetric by setting
+    the parameter radsym. For kernels of 7 by 7 or greater the speedup
+    in timings is on the order of 30% on the Vax 750 with the fpa.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Apr 11, 1988
+    1.  The use of a mode sections was handled incorrectly.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1988
+    1.  Added an error check for a failure in IMMAP.  The missing error check
+	caused FIT1D to hang when a bad input image was specified.
+
+pkg$images/magnify.par
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, Dec 7, 1987
+    1.  Added option list to parameter prompts.
+    2.  Fixed minor typo in help page
+    3.  The mode calculation in IMCOMBINE would go into an infinite loop
+	if all the pixel values were the same.  If all the pixels are the
+	same them it skips searching for the mode and returns the constant
+	number.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Nov 25, 1987
+    1. A bug in the boundary extension = wrap option was found in the
+    IMLINTRAN task. The problem occured in computing values for out of
+    bounds pixels in the range 0.0 < x < 1.0, ncols < x < ncols + 1.0,
+    0.0 < y < 1.0 and nlines < y < nlines + 1.  The computed coordinates
+    were falling outside the boundaries of the interpolation array.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x,geograph.x
+    Davis, Nov 19, 1987
+    1. The geomap task now writes the name of the output file into the database.
+    2. Rotation angles of 360. degrees have been altered to 0 degrees.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x,imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Davis, Nov 2, 1987
+    A bug in the regions fitting option of the IMSURFIT task has been found
+    and fixed. This bug would occur when the user set the regions parameter
+    to sections and then listed section which overlapped each other. The
+    modified ranges package was not handling the overlap correctly and
+    computing a number of points which was incorrect.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/* +
+    Valdes, Sep 30, 1987
+    The directory was reorganized to put generic code in the subdirectory
+    generic.
+
+    A new task called IMCOMBINE has been added.  It provides for combining
+    images by a number of algorithms, statistically weighting the images
+    when averaging, scaling or offsetting the images by the exposure time
+    or image mode before combining, and rejecting deviant pixels.  It is
+    almost fully generic including complex images and works on images of
+    any dimension.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    Davis, Sept 3, 1987
+    A bug in the flux conserving algorithm was found in the geotran code.
+    The symptom was that the flux of the output image occasionally was
+    negative. This would happen when two conditions were met, the transformation
+    was of higher order than a simple rotation, magnification, translation
+    and an axis flip was involved. The mathematical interpretation of this
+    bug is that the coordinate surface had turned upside down. The solution
+    for people running systems with this bug is to multiply there images
+    by -1.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h,t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Aug 6, 1987
+    A new option was added to the parameter regions in the imsurfit task.
+    Imsurfit will now fit a surface to a single circular region defined
+    by an x and y center and a radius.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1987
+    Geotran and register were failing when the output image number of rows
+    and columns was different from the input number of rows and columns.
+    Geotran was mistakenly using the input images sizes to determine the
+    number of output lines that should be produced. The same problem occurred
+    when the values of the boundary pixels were being computed. The program
+    was using the output image dimensions to compute the boundary pixels
+    instead of the input image dimensions.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, Jun 11, 1987
+    A bug in the error checking code in the geomap task was fixed. The
+    condition of too few points for a reasonable was not being trapped
+    correctly. The appropriate errchk statements were added.
+
+pkg$images/geomap.par
+    Davis, Jun 10, 1987
+    The default fitting function was changed to polynomial. This will satisfy
+    most users who wish to do shifts, rotations, and magnifications and
+    avoid the neccessity of correctly setting the xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax
+    parameters. For the chebyshev and legendre polynomial functions these
+    parameters must be explicitly set.  For reference coordinates in pixel
+    units the normal settings are 1, ncols, 1 and nlines respectively.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/hselect.x,imheader.x,images$/imutil/hselect.x
+    Davis, Jun 8, 1987
+    Imheader has been modified to open an image with the default min_lenuserarea
+    Hselect and hedit will now open the image setting the user area to the
+    maximum of 28800 chars or the min_lenuser environment variable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    An error in the image minimum computation was corrected. This error
+    would show up most noiticeably if imstat was run on a 1 pixel image.
+    The min value would be left set to MAX_REAL.
+
+pkg$images/filters/mkpkg
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    I added mach.h to the dependency file list of t_fmedian.x and
+    recompiled. The segmentation violations I had been getting in the
+    program disappeared.
+
+pkg$images/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, April 15, 1987
+    1. I changed the names of the procedures shiftlines and shiftlinesi
+    to sh_lines and sh_linesi. When the original names were contracted
+    to 6 letter fortran names they became shifti and shifts which just
+    so happens to collide with shifti and shifts in the subdirectory
+    osb. On VMS this was causing problems with the shareable libraries.
+    If images was linked with -z there was no problem.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+    Valdes, March 24, 1987
+    1.  IMSUM was failing to unmap images opened to check image dimensions
+	in a quick first pass through the image list.  This is probably
+	the source of the out of files problem with STF images.  It may
+	be the source of the out of memory problem reported from AOS/IRAF.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+pkg$images/imfit/mkpkg
+    Valdes, March 17, 1987
+    1. Added error checking for the illegal operation in which both input
+       and output image had an image section.  This was causing the task
+       to crash.  The task now behaves properly in this circumstance and
+       even allows the fitted output to be placed in an image section of
+       an existing output image (even different than the input image
+       section) provided the input and output images have the same sizes.
+
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+    Davis, March 3, 1987
+    1. Fixed the kernel decoding routine in the convolve task so that
+    it now recognizes the row delimter character in string entry mode.
+
+pkg$images/geometry,filters
+    Davis, February 27, 1987
+    1. Changed all the imseti (im, TY_BNDRYPIXVAL, value) calls to imsetr.
+
+pkg$images/t_minmax.x,minmax.x
+    Davis, February 24, 1987
+    1. Minmax has been changed to compute the minimum and maximum pixel
+    as well as the minimum and maximum pixel values. The pixels are output
+    in section notation and stored in the minmax parameter file.
+
+pkg$images/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, February 19, 1987
+    1. Magnify was aborting with the error MSIFIT: Too few datapoints
+    when trying to reduce an image using the higher order interpolants
+    poly3, poly5 and spline3. I increased the NEDGE defined constant
+    from 2 to three and modified the code to use the out of bounds
+    imio.
+
+pkg$images/geograph.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, February 17, 1987
+    1. Geomap now uses the gpagefile routine to page the .keys file.
+    The :show command deactivates the workstation before printing a
+    block of text and reactivates it when it is finished.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap,geotran
+    Davis, January 26, 1987
+    1. There have been substantial changes to the geomap, and geotrans
+    tasks and those tasks rotate, imlintran and register which depend
+    on them.
+    2. Geomap has been changed to be able to compute a transformation
+    in both single and double precision.
+    3. The geotran code has been speeded up considerably. A simple rotate
+    now takes 70 seconds instead of 155 seconds using bilinear interpolation.
+    4. Two new cl parameters nxblock and nyblock have been added to the
+    rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks. If the output image
+    is smaller than these parameters then the entire output image
+    is computed at once. Otherwise the output image is computed in blocks
+    nxblock by nyblock in size.
+    5. The 3 geotran parameters rotation, scangle and flip have been replaced
+    with two parameters xrotation and yrotation which serve the same purpose.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, January 19, 1987
+    1. The shiftlines task has been completely rewritten. The following
+    are the major changes.
+    2. Shiftlines now makes use of the imio boundary extension operations.
+    Therefore the four options: nearest pixel, reflect, wrap and constant
+    boundary extension are available.
+    3. The interpolation code has been vectorised. The previous version
+    was using the function call asieval for every output pixel evaluated.
+    The asieval call were replaced with asivector calls.
+    4. An extra CL parameter constant to support constant boundary
+    exension was added.
+    5. The shiftlines help page was modified and the date changed to
+    January 1987.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, January 12, 1987
+    1. I changed the amedr call to asokr calls. For my application it did
+    not matter whether the input array is left partially sorted and the asokr
+    routine is more efficient.
+
+pkg$images/lib/pixlist.x
+    Davis, December 12, 1986
+    1. A bug in the pl_get_ranges routine caused the routine to fail when the
+    number of ranges got too large. The program could not detect the end of
+    the ranges and would go into an infinite loop.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, December 3, 1986
+    1. Imstat was failing on constant images because finite machine precision
+    could result in a negative sigma squared. Added a check for this condition.
+
+pkg$images/filters/fmode.x
+    Davis, October 27, 1986
+    1. Added a check for 0 data range before calling amapr.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+    Valdes, October 20, 1986
+    1. Found and fixed bug in this routine which caused pixel rejection
+    to fail some fraction of the time.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx
+    Valdes, October 13, 1986
+    1.  There was a bug when the replication factor for axis 1 was 1.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Hammond, October 8, 1986
+    1. Running imhistogram on a constant valued image would result in
+       a "floating divide by zero fault" in ahgm.  This condition is
+       now trapped and a warning printed if there is no range in the data.
+
+pkg$images/tv/doc/cvl.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Typo in V2.3 documentation fixed: "zcale" -> "zscale".
+
+pkg$images/fit1d.par
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  When querying for the output type the query was:
+
+Type of output (fit, difference, ratio) (fit|difference|ratio) ():
+
+    	The enumerated values were removed since they are given in the
+	prompt string.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+pkg$images/do/imsum.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Medians or pixel rejection with more than 15 images is now
+	correct.  There was an error in buffering.
+    2.  Averages of integer datatype images are now correct.  The error
+	was caused by summing the pixel values divided by the number
+	of images instead of summing the pixel values and then dividing
+	by the number of images.
+    3.  Option keywords may now be abbreviated.
+    4.  The output pixel datatype now defaults to the calculation datatype
+	as is done in IMARITH.  The help page was modified to indicate this.
+    5.  Dynamic memory is now used throughout to reduce the size of the
+	executable.
+    6.  The bugs 1-2 are present in V2.3 and not in V2.2.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, October 6, 1986
+    1.  The parameter "debug" was changed to "noact".  "debug" is reserved
+	for debugging information.
+    2.  The output pixel type now defaults to the calculation datatype.
+    3.  The datatype of constant operands is determined with LEXNUM.  This
+	fixes a bug in which a constant such as "1." was classified as an
+	integer.
+    4.  Trailing whitespace in the string for a constant operand is allowed.
+	This fixes a bug with using "@" files created with the task FIELDS
+	from a table of numbers.  Trailing whitespace in image names is
+	not checked for since this should be taken care of by lower level
+	system services.
+    5.  The reported bug with the "max" operation not creating a pixel file
+	was the result of the previous round of changes.  This has been
+	corrected.  This problem does not exist in the released version.
+    6.  All strings are now dynamically allocated.  Also IMTOPENP is used
+	to open a CL list directly.
+    7.  The help page was revised for points (1) and (2).
+
+pkg$images/fmode.par
+pkg$images/fmd_buf.x
+pkg$images/med_sort.x
+    Davis, September 29, 1986
+    1. Changed the default value of the unmap parameter in fmode to yes. The
+       documentation was changed and the date modified.
+    2. Added a test to make sure that the input image was not a constant
+       image in fmode and fmedian.
+    3. Fixed the recently added swap macro in the sort routines which
+       was giving erroneous results for small boxes in tasks median and mode.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Changed subroutine name with a VOPS prefix to one with a FIT1D
+	prefix.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imdivide.x
+pkg$images/doc/imdivide.hlp
+pkg$images/imdivide.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Modified this ancient and obsolete task to remove redundant
+	subroutines now available in the VOPS library.
+    2.  The option to select action on zero divide was removed since
+	there was only one option.  Parameter file changed.
+    3.  Help page revised.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/doc/blkrep.hlp +
+pkg$images/doc/mkpkg
+pkg$images/images.cl
+pkg$images/images.men
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/x_images.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  A new task called BLKREP for block replicating images has been added.
+	This task is a complement to BLKAVG and performs a function not
+	available in any other way.
+    2.  Help for BLKREP has been added.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imadiv.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to provide replacement of divisions
+	by zero with a constant parameter value.
+    2.  The documentation has been revised to include this change and to
+	clarify and emphasize areas of possible confusion.
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/blkavg.hlp
+    Valdes, September 18, 1986
+    1.  The MAGNIFY help document was expanded to clarify that images with axis
+        lengths of 1 cannot be magnified.  Also a discussion of the output
+	size of a magnified image.  This has been misunderstood often.
+    2.  Minor typo fix for BLKAVG.
+
+images$geometry/blkav.gx: Davis, September 7, 1986
+    1. The routine blkav$t was declared a function but called everywhere as
+    a procedure. Removed the function declaration.
+
+images$filters/med_sort.x: Davis, August 14, 1986
+    1. A bug in the sorting routine for MEDIAN and MODE in which the doop
+    loop increment was being set to zero has been fixed. This bug was
+    causing MEDIAN and MODE to fail on class 6 for certain sized windows.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x: Davis, July 24, 1986
+    1. A bug in the type=ratio option of fit1d was fixed. The iferr call
+    on the vector operator adivr was not trapping a divide by zero
+    condition. Changed adivr to adivzr.
+
+images$iminfo/listpixels.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargl to pargi for writing out the column number of the
+    pixels.
+
+images$iminfo/t_imstat.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargr to a pargd for the double precision quantitiies
+    sum(MIN) and sum(MAX).
+
+images$imfit/t_lineclean.x: Davis, July 14, 1986
+    1. Bug in the calling sequence for ic_clean fixed. The ic pointer
+    was not being passed to ic_clean causing access violation and/or
+    segmentation violation errors.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x, lineclean.x:  Valdes, July 3, 1986
+    1.  FIT1D and LINECLEAN modified to use new ICFIT package.
+
+From Valdes June 19, 1986
+
+1. The help page for IMSUM was modified to explicitly state what the
+median of an even number of images does.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 13, 1986
+
+1. A bug in CONVOLVE in which insufficient space was being allocated for
+long (> 161 elements) 1D kernels has been fixed. CONVOLVE was not
+allocating sufficent extra space.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 12, 1986
+
+1. I have changed the default value of parameter unmap in task FMEDIAN to
+yes to preserve the original data range.
+
+2. I have changed the value of parameter row_delimiter from \n to ;.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis May 12, 1986
+
+1. Changed the angle convention in GAUSS so that theta is the angle of the
+major axis with respect to the x axis measured counter-clockwise as specified
+in the help page instead of the negative of that angle.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Apr 28, 1986
+
+1. Moved geomap.key to lib$scr and made redefined HELPFILE in geogmap.x
+appropriately.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith/imsum.gx:  Valdes Apr 25, 1986
+    1.  Fixed bug in generic code which called the real VOPS operator
+	regardless of the datatype.  This caused IMSUM to fail on short
+	images.
+
+From Davis Apr 17, 1986
+
+1. Changed constructs of the form boolean == false in the file imdelete.x
+to ! boolean.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith:  Valdes, April 8, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when adding images to
+	also added the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+    2.  IMSUM has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when summing images to
+	also sum the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 24, 1986:
+
+1.  When modifying IMARITH to handle mixed dimensions the output image header
+was made a copy of the image with the higher dimension.  However, the default
+when the images were of the same dimension changed to be a copy of the second
+operand.  This has been changed back to being a copy of the first operand
+image.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 21, 1986:
+
+1. A NULL pointer bug in the subroutine plfree inside IMSURFIT was causing
+segmentation violation errors. A null pointer test was added to plfree.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 20, 1986:
+
+1. A bug involving in place operations in several image tasks has been  fixed.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 19, 1986:
+
+1. IMSURFIT no longer permits the input image to be replaced by the output
+image.
+
+2. The tasks IMSHIFT, IMTRANSPOSE, SHIFTLINES, and GEOTRAN  have been modified
+to use the images tools xt_mkimtemp and xt_delimtemp for in place
+calculations.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 13, 1986:
+
+1.  Bug dealing with type coercion in short datatype images in IMARITH and IMSUM
+which occurs on the SUN has been fixed.
+------
+From Valdes Mar 10, 1986:
+
+1.  IMSUM has been modified to work on any number of images.
+
+2.  Modified the help page
+------
+From Valdes Feb 25, 1986:
+
+There have been two changes to IMARITH:
+
+1.  A bug preventing use of image sections has been removed.
+
+2.  An improvement allowing use of images of different dimension.
+The algorithm is as follow:
+
+	a.  Check if both operands are images.  If not the output
+	image is a copy of the operand image.
+
+	b.  Check that the axes lengths are the same for the dimensions
+	in common.  For example a 3D and 2D image must have the same
+	number of columns and lines.
+
+	c.  Set the output image to be a copy of the image with the
+	higher dimension.
+
+	d.  Repeat the operation over the lower dimensions for each of
+	the higher dimensions.
+
+For example, consider subtracting a 2D image from a 3D image.  The output
+image will be 3D and the 2D image is subtracted from each band of the
+3D image.  This will work for any combination of dimensions.  Another
+example is dividing a 3D image by a 1D image.  Then each line of each
+plane and each band will be divided by the 1D image.  Likely applications
+will be subtracting biases and darks and dividing by response calibrations
+in stacked observations.
+
+3.  Modified the help page
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+From Davis Mar 6, 1986:
+
+1. A serious bug had crept into GAUSS after I made some changes. For 2D
+images the sense of the sigma was reversed, i.e sigma = 2.0 was actually
+sigma = 0.5. This bug has now been fixed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Jan 13, 1986:
+
+1. Listpixels will now print out complex pixel values correctly.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 12, 1985:
+
+1. The directional gradient operator has been added to the images package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1.  IMARITH has been modified to first check if an operand is an existing
+file.  This allows purely numeric image names to be used.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1. A Laplacian (second derivatives) operator has been added to the images
+package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 10, 1985:
+
+1. The new convolution tasks  boxcar, gauss and convolve have been added
+to the images package. Convolve convolves an image with an arbitrary
+user supplied rectangular kernel. Gauss convolves an image with a 2D
+Gaussian of arbitrary size. Boxcar will smooth an image using a smoothing
+window of arbitrary size.
+
+2. The images package source code has been reorganized into the following
+subdirectories: 1) filters 2) geometry 3) imfit 4) imarith 4) iminfo and
+5) imutil 6) lib. Lib contains routines which may be of use to several IRAF
+tasks such as ranges. The imutil subdirectory contains tasks which modify
+images in some way such as hedit. The iminfo subdirectory contains code
+for displaying header and pixel values and other image characteristics
+such as the histogram. Image arithmetic and fitting routines are found
+in imarith and imfit respectively. Filters contains the convolution and
+median filtering routines and geometry contains the geometric distortion
+corrections routines.
+
+3. The documentation of the main images package has been brought into
+conformity with the new IRAF standards.
+
+4. Documentation for imdelete, imheader, imhistogram, listpixels and
+sections has been added to the help database.
+
+5. The parameter structure for imhistogram has been simplified. The
+redundant parameters sections and setranges have been removed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+From Valdes Nov 4, 1985:
+
+1.  IMCOPY modified so that the output image may be a directory.  Previously
+logical directories were not correctly identified.
+------
+
+From Davis Oct 21, 1985:
+
+1. A bug in the pixel rejection cycle of IMSURFIT was corrected. The routine
+make_ranges in ranges.x was not successfully converting a sorted list of
+rejected pixels into a list of ranges in all cases.
+
+2. Automatic zero divide error checking has been added to IMSURFIT.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 17, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d now allows averaging of image lines or columns when interactively
+setting the fitting parameters.  The syntax is "Fit line = 10 30"; i.e.
+blank separated line or column numbers.  A single number selects just one
+line or column.  Be aware however, that the actual fitting of the image
+is still done on each column or line individually.
+
+2.  The zero line in the interactive curve fitting graphs has been removed.
+This zero line interfered with fitting data near zero.
+------
+From Rooke Oct 10, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage was changed to "blkavg" and modified to support any allowed
+number of dimensions.  It was also made faster in most cases, depending on 
+the blocking factors in each dimension.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 4, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean modified to allow separate low and high rejection
+limits and rejection iterations.
+------
+From Davis Oct 3, 1985:
+
+1. Minmax was not calculating the minimum correctly for integer images.
+because the initial values were not being set correctly.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 1, 1985:
+
+1. Imheader was modified to print the image history.  Though the history
+mechanism is little used at the moment it should become an important part
+of any image.
+
+2.  Task revisions renamed to revs.
+------
+From Davis Sept 30, 1985:
+
+1. Two new tasks median and fmedian have been added to the images package.
+Fmedian is a fast median filtering algorithm for integer data which uses
+the histogram of the image to calculate the median at each window. Median
+is a slower but more general algorithm which performs the same task.
+------
+From Valdes August 26, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage has been modified to include an new parameter called option.
+The current options are to average the blocks or sum the blocks.
+------
+From Valdes August 7, 1985
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean wer recompiled with the modified icfit package.
+The new package contains better labeling and graph documentation.
+
+2.  The two tasks now have parameters for setting the graphics device
+and reading cursor input from a file.
+______
+From: /u2/davis/ Tue 08:27:09 06-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: imshift bug
+ 
+Imshift was shifting incorrectly when an integral pixel shift in x and
+a fractional pixel shift in y was requested. The actual x shift was
+xshift + 1. The bug has been fixed and imshift will now work correctly for
+any combination of fractional and integral pixel shifts
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Fri 18:14:12 02-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images task
+ 
+A new task GEOMAP has been added to the images package. GEOMAP calculates
+the spatial transformation required to map one image onto another.
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Thu 16:47:49 01-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images tasks
+ 
+The tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN and GEODISTRAN have been added to the images
+package. ROTATE rotates and shifts an image. IMLINTRAN will rotate, rescale
+and shift an an image. GEODISTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion.
+------
+From Valdes July 26, 1985:
+
+1.  The task revisions has been added to page revisions to the images
+package.  The intent is that each package will have a revisions task.
+Note that this means there may be multiple tasks named revisions loaded
+at one time.  Typing revisions alone will give the revisions for the
+current package.  To get the system revisions type system.revisions.
+
+2.  A new task called fit1d replaces linefit.  It is essentially the same
+as linefit except for an extra parameter "axis" which selects the axis along
+which the functions are to be fit.  Axis 1 is lines and axis 2 is columns.
+The advantages of this change are:
+
+	a.  Column fitting can now be done without transposing the image.
+	    This allows linefit to be used with image sections along
+	    both axes.
+	b.  For 1D images there is no prompt for the line number.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/boxcar.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/boxcar.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..883f402a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/boxcar.par
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# BOXCAR FILTER
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be fit
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+xwindow,i,a,,,,X dimension of box
+ywindow,i,a,,,,Y dimension of box
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/convolve.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/convolve.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a03e819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/convolve.par
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# CONVOLUTION FILTER
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be fit
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+kernel,s,a,,,,Kernel file
+xkernel,s,a,,,,X dimension kernel file for bilinear kernels
+ykernel,s,a,,,,Y dimension kernel file for bilinear kernels
+bilinear,b,h,no,,,Is the kernel bilinear?
+radsym,b,h,no,,,Is the kernel radially symmetric?
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+row_delimiter,s,h,";",,,Kernel row delimiter
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/boxcar.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/boxcar.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0381128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/boxcar.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.help boxcar Nov85 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+boxcar -- boxcar smooth a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+boxcar input output xwindow ywindow
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be smoothed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images. The number of output images must equal the number of
+input images. If the input images name equals the output image name the
+smoothed image will replace the input image.
+.le
+.ls xwindow, ywindow
+The size of the smoothing window.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The boundary extension options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The constant for constant-valued boundary extension.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+BOXCAR smooths the list of images specified by \fIinput\fR with a
+flat-topped rectangular kernel of dimensions \fIxwindow\fR by \fIywindow\fR
+and places the smoothed images in \fIoutput\fR. The type of boundary
+extension is optional and set by the \fIboundary\fR parameter.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Smooth an image using a 3 by 3 smoothing box and nearest neighbor boundary
+   extension.
+
+.nf
+    cl> boxcar m82 m82.box 3 3
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+BOXCAR requires approximately 30 cpu seconds to smooth a
+512 square real image with a  5 by 5 kernel (VAX 11/750 with fpa).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+convolve, gauss, laplace, gradient
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/convolve.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/convolve.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2df14ca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/convolve.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.help convolve Jan91 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+convolve -- convolve an image with an arbitrary rectangular kernel
+.ih
+USAGE
+convolve input output kernel
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be convolved with the rectangular kernel.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images. The number of output images must equal the number of
+input images. If the input image name equals the output image name the
+convolved image will replace the input image.
+.le
+.ls kernel
+A text file name or a string listing the 2D kernel elements.
+The kernel elements are separated by whitespace or commas and the kernel rows
+are delimited by \fIrow_delimiter\fR.
+In string entry mode the elements are assumed to be in row order.
+In text file entry mode the \fIlast\fR row of the
+kernel is the \fIfirst\fR row of the text file.
+\fIKernel\fR is requested if \fIbilinear\fR is "no".
+.le
+.ls xkernel
+A text file or string containing the 1D x dimension component of the bilinear
+convolution kernel. The kernel elements are separated by whitespace
+or commas. \fIXkernel\fR is requested if \fIbilinear\fR is "yes".
+.le
+.ls ykernel
+A text file or string containing the 1D y dimension component of the bilinear
+convolution kernel. The kernel elements are separated by whitespace
+or commas. \fIYkernel\fR is requested if \fIbilinear\fR is "yes".
+.le
+.ls bilinear
+Is the convolution kernel bilinear? If \fIbilinear\fR is yes, then the full 2D
+convolution kernel \fIkernel\fR can be expressed as two independent 1D
+convolutions \fIxkernel\fR and \fIykernel\fR,
+and a more efficient convolution algorithm is used.
+.le
+.ls radsym = no
+Is the convolution kernel radially symmetric? If radsym "yes", a more efficient
+convolution algorithm is used.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The algorithm used to compute the values of the out of bounds pixels. The
+options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The constant for constant-valued boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls row_delimiter = ";"
+The row delimiter character for multi-row kernels.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+CONVOLVE convolves the list of images specified by \fIinput\fR with an
+arbitrary user supplied rectangular kernel \fIkernel\fR (if \fIbilinear\fR
+is "no") or two equivalent 1D kernels \fIxkernel\fR and \fIykernel\fR
+(if \fIbilinear\fR is "yes") and places the convolved images in \fIoutput\fR. 
+Out of bounds pixels are computed using the algorithm specified
+by \fIboundary\fR.
+
+\fIKernel\fR or alternatively \fIxkernel\fR and \fIykernel\fR  is either a
+text file name or a short string listing the kernel elements. 
+The kernel elements are separated by whitespace or commas and the kernel rows
+are delimited by the character \fIrow_delimiter\fR. 
+In string entry mode the elements are assumed to be in row order.
+In text file entry mode the \fIlast\fR row of the
+kernel is the \fIfirst\fR row of the text file.
+
+The parameters \fIbilinear\fR and \fIradsym\fR can be used to greatly
+speed up the convolution task for convolution kernels which have
+the appropriate mathematical form. Bilinear convolution kernels
+are those which define a function which is mathematically separable in
+the x and y dimension. In this case convolving each line of the input
+image with \fIxkernel\fR and then convolving each column of this intermediate
+image with \fIykernel\fR, is operationally equivalent to convolving
+each point in the entire image  with the full 2D kernel \fIkernel\fR.
+Radially symmetric kernels are those which are symmetric about some
+central point.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+Examples 1 and 2 use the following kernel where -1 is element 1 of row 1.
+
+.nf
+	          1.  1.  1.
+	 kernel = 0.  0.  0.
+	         -1. -1. -1.
+.fi
+
+1. Convolve an image with the above kernel using string entry mode and wrap
+around boundary extension.
+
+.nf
+    cl> convolve m82 m82.cnv "-1. -1. -1.; 0. 0. 0.; 1. 1. 1." bound=wrap
+.fi
+
+2. Type the contents of the kernel file fdy on the terminal. Convolve an image
+with the kernel in fdy using nearest neighbor boundary extension.
+
+.nf
+    cl> type fdy
+
+        1. 1. 1.;
+        0. 0. 0.;
+        -1. -1. -1.;
+
+    cl> convolve m74 m74.cnv fdy
+.fi
+
+Example 3 uses the following bilinear kernel, where x# and y# are elements
+of xkernel and ykernel respectively.
+
+.nf
+	xkernel = .2500  .5000  .2500
+
+	ykernel = .2500  .5000  .2500
+
+		  .0625  .1250  .0625      y1*x1  y1*x2  y1*x3
+	 kernel = .1250  .2500  .1250   =  y2*x1  y2*x2  y2*x3
+	          .0625  .1250  .0625      y3*x1  y3*x2  y3*x3
+
+.fi
+
+3. Convolve an image with the full 2D kernel and with the the equivalent 
+1D kernels xkernel and ykernel and compare the results.
+
+.nf
+    cl> convolve m92 m92.1 kernel
+
+    cl> convolve m92 m92.2 xkernel ykernel bilinear+
+
+    cl> imarith m92.1 - m92.2 diff
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+CONVOLVE requires approximately 30 and 8 cpu seconds to convolve a
+512 square real image with 17 by 17 radially symmetric convolution kernel
+using the full 2D and bilinear kernels (if appropriate) respectively
+on a Sparc Station 1.
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+gauss, laplace, gradient, boxcar
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/fmedian.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/fmedian.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..17e85788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/fmedian.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+.help fmedian May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+fmedian -- quantize and box median filter a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+fmedian input output xwindow ywindow
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output filtered images. The number of input images must be the
+same as the number of output images. If the input image name equals the output
+image name the filtered image replaces the original image.
+.le
+.ls xwindow, ywindow
+The size of the box median filter. Xwindow and ywindow must be odd.
+Even values for xwindow or ywindow will be rounded up to the
+nearest odd integer.
+.le
+.ls hmin = -32768, hmax = 32767
+The histogram quantization parameters. Hmin and hmax define the minimum
+and maximum permitted values for the integer representation of the input image.
+The default values are appropriate for the 16 bit twos complement data values
+produced by current CCDs. Hmin and hmax should be chosen so as to
+minimize the space required to store the image histogram.
+.le
+.ls zmin = INDEF, zmax = INDEF
+The data quantization parameters. Zmin and zmax default to the minimum and
+maximum pixel values in the input image. Pixel values from zmin to zmax are
+linearly mapped to integer values from hmin to hmax. If zmin = hmin and
+zmax = hmax, the image pixels are converted directly to integers.
+Image values less than or greater than
+zmin or zmax will default to hmin and hmax respectively.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good pixel values. Zloreject and zhireject default
+to zmin and zmax in the input data or equivalently to hmin and hmax in the
+integer representation of the input image.
+.le
+.ls unmap = yes
+Fmedian rescales the integer values to numbers between zmin and zmax
+by default. If the user wishes to preserve the median of the quantized
+images the unmap parameter should be set to no.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant valued boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+FMEDIAN takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a set of filtered
+output images \fIoutput\fR. The filter consists of a sliding rectangular
+\fIxwindow\fR by \fIywindow\fR window whose function is to replace the 
+center pixel in the window with the median of the pixels in the
+window.  The median of a sequence of numbers is defined to be
+the value of the (n + 1) / 2 pixel in the ordered sequence.
+Out-of-bounds pixel references are handled by setting the parameter
+\fIboundary\fR.
+
+If \fIzmin\fR = \fIhmin\fR and \fIzmax\fR = \fIhmax\fR,
+FMEDIAN converts the image pixels directly to
+integers.  This operation may result in truncation of the pixel values
+if the input image is not an integer image. Otherwise the
+input pixel values from zmin to zmax are linearly mapped to integer
+values from hmin to hmax. The histogram, median, and number of pixels less
+than the median, are computed for the first window position. These
+quantities are updated as the median filter moves one position.
+The \fIunmap\fR parameter is normally set so as to restore the output
+pixel values to the range defined by zmin and zmax, but may be turned off
+if the user wishes to examine the quantized pixels. The precision of the
+median in integer space and pixel space is 1.0 and  
+(zmax - zmin) / (hmax - hmin) respectively.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to
+reject bad data from the median filtering box. If no good 
+data is left in a give filtering box, then the median is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A description of the fast median algorithm used here can be found in
+"Topics in Applied Physics: Two-Dimensional Digital Signal Processing II:
+Transforms and Median Filters", Volume 43, 1981, Springer-Verlag,
+edited by T.S. Huang, p 209.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Median filter a 16 bit CCD image using a 5 by 5 window.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmedian input output 5 5 hmin=-32768 hmax=32767 \
+   >>> zmin=-32768.  zmax=32767.
+.fi
+
+2. Median filter a KPNO PDS image using a 3 by 3 window.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmedian input output 3 3 hmin=0 hmax=4095 zmin=0. zmax=4095.
+.fi
+
+3. Median filter an 8 bit image using a 3 by 3 window.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmedian input output 3 3 hmin=0 hmax=255 zmin=0. zmax=255.
+.fi
+
+4. Median filter an image with real values from 0.0 to 1.0 with a precision
+of .003 and leave the output pixels in integer format.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmedian input output 5 5 unmap- hmin=0 hmax=1000 zmin=0. \
+   >>> zmax=1.
+.fi
+
+5. Median filter the test image dev$pix rejecting any pixels < 5 or
+greater than 19935 from the medianing process.
+
+.nf
+    im> fmedian dev$pix output 5 5 hmin=-1 hmax=20000 zmin=-1.0 \
+    >>> zmax=20000 zloreject=5 zhireject=20000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+It requires approximately 4.5 and 5.8 CPU seconds to median filter an
+512 by 512 square integer image with a 5 by 5 and 7 by 7 window respectively.
+(SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+This technique is most suitable for integer data or data which has not
+been calibrated. For non-integer data the calculated median may be an
+approximation, not an exact pixel value.
+
+If the  dynamic range of the data defined by hmin and hmax is large the
+memory requirements can become very large.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+median, frmedian
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/fmode.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/fmode.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d223d2a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/fmode.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+.help fmode May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+fmode -- quantize and box modal filter a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+fmode input output xwindow ywindow
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of filtered images. The number of input images must be the same as the
+number of output images. If the input image name equals the output image name
+the filtered image replaces the original image.
+.le
+.ls xwindow, ywindow
+The size of the modal filter. Xwindow and ywindow must be odd.
+Even values for xwindow or ywindow will be rounded up to the
+nearest odd integer.
+.le
+.ls hmin = -32768, hmax = 32767
+The histogram quantization parameters. Hmin and hmax define the minimum
+and maximum permitted values for the integer representation of the
+input image. The default values are those suitable for the 16 bit twos
+complement data produced by current CCDs. Hmin and hmax should be chosen
+so as to minimize the space required to store the image histogram.
+.le
+.ls zmin = INDEF, zmax = INDEF
+The quantization parameters. Zmin and zmax default to the minimum and
+maximum pixel values in the input image. Pixel values from zmin to zmax
+are linearly mapped to integer values from hmin to hmax.
+If zmin = hmin and zmax = hmax, the image pixels are converted directly
+to integers. Image values less than or greater than
+zmin or zmax will default to hmin and hmax respectively.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good pixel values. Zloreject and zhireject default
+to zmin and zmax in the input data or equivalently to hmin and hmax in the
+integer representation of the input image.
+.le
+.ls unmap = yes
+Fmode rescales the integer values to numbers between zmin and zmax
+by default. If the user wishes to preserve the mode of the quantized images,
+the \fIunmap\fR parameter should be set to no.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant valued boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+FMODE takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a set of filtered
+output images \fIoutput\fR. The filter consists of a sliding rectangular
+\fIxwindow\fR by \fIywindow\fR window whose function is to replace the
+center pixel in the window with the mode of the pixels in the
+window. The mode is defined in the expression below.
+
+.nf
+	mode = 3. * median - 2. * mean
+.fi
+
+The median of a sequence of numbers is defined to be the value of the
+(n + 1) / 2 pixel in the ordered sequence. Out-of-bounds pixel references are
+handled by setting the parameter \fIboundary\fR.
+
+If \fIzmin\fR = \fIhmin\fR and \fIzmax\fR = \fIhmax\fR, FMODE converts
+the image pixels directly
+to integers. This operation may result in truncation of the pixel
+values if the input image is not an integer image.
+Otherwise the input pixel values from zmin to zmax are linearly mapped
+to integer values from hmin to hmax.
+The histogram, median, and number of pixels less
+than the median, are computed for the first window position. These
+quantities are then updated as the median filter moves one position and
+the mode is recomputed. The \fIunmap\fR parameter is normally set so as to
+restore the output pixel values to the range defined by zmin and zmax,
+but may be turned off if the user wishes to examine the quantized pixels.
+The precision of the mode in integer space and pixel space is 1.0
+and (zmax - zmin) / (hmax - hmin) respectively.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to
+reject bad data from the modal filtering box. If no good
+data is left in a given filtering box, then the mode is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A description of the fast median algorithm used here can be found in
+"Topics in Applied Physics: Two-Dimensional Digital Signal Processing II:
+Transforms and Median Filters", Volume 43, 1981, Springer-Verlag, edited by
+T.S. Huang, page 209.
+
+A derivation of the expression for the mode used here can be found in 
+"Statistics in Theory and Practice", Robert Lupton, 1993, Princeton
+University Press, problem 2.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Modal filter a 16 bit CCD image using a 5 by 5 window.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmode input output 5 5 hmin=-32768 hmax=32767 zmin=-32768. \
+   >>> zmax=32767.
+.fi
+
+2. Modal filter a KPNO PDS image using a 3 by 3 window.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmode input output 3 3 hmin=0 hmax=4095 zmin=0. zmax=4095.
+.fi
+
+3. Modal filter an 8 bit image using a 3 by 3 image.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmode input output 3 3 hmin=0 hmax=255 zmin=0. zmax=255.
+.fi
+
+4. Modal filter an image with real values from 0.0 to 1.0 with a precision
+of .003.
+
+.nf
+   im> fmode input output 5 5  hmin=0 hmax=1000 zmin=0. \
+   >>> zmax=1.
+.fi
+
+5. Modal filter the test image dev$pix rejecting any pixels < 5 or
+greater than 19935 from the mode computing process.
+
+.nf
+    im> fmode dev$pix output 5 5 hmin=-1 hmax=20000 zmin=-1.0 \
+    >>> zmax=20000 zloreject=5 zhireject=20000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+It requires approximately 6.1 and 7.6 CPU seconds to modal filter a
+512 by 512 square integer image with a 5 by 5 and 7 by 7 window respectively
+(SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+This technique is most suitable for integer data and data which has not
+been calibrated. For non-integer data the calculated median is an
+approximation only.
+
+If the  dynamic range of the data defined by hmin and hmax is large the
+memory requirements can become very large.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+mode, rmode, frmode
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/frmedian.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/frmedian.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8383b22a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/frmedian.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+.help frmedian May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+frmedian -- quantize and ring median filter a list of input images
+.ih
+USAGE
+frmedian input output rinner router
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of filtered images. The number of input images must be the same as the
+number of output images. If the input image name equals the output image name
+the filtered images replaces the original image.
+.le
+.ls rinner, router
+The inner and outer semi-major axes of the ring filter in pixels. If rinner
+is set to 0.0 then the ring filter becomes a circular filter.
+.le
+.ls ratio = 1.0
+The ratio of the semi-minor axis to the semi-major axes of the ring filter.
+If ratio is 1.0 the ring filter is circularly symmetric.
+.le
+.ls theta = 0.0
+The position angle of the major axis of the ring filter. Theta is measured
+counter-clockwise in degrees from the x axis and must be between 0 and
+180 degrees.
+.le
+.ls hmin = -32768, hmax = 32767
+The histogram quantization parameters. Hmin and hmax define the minimum and
+maximum
+permitted values for the integer representation of the input image. The
+default values are those suitable for the 16 bit twos complement data
+produced by current CCDs. Hmin and hmax should be chosen so as to
+minimize the space required to store the image histogram.
+.le
+.ls zmin = INDEF, zmax = INDEF
+The data quantization parameters. Zmin and zmax default to the minimum and
+maximum pixel values in the input image. Pixel values from zmin to zmax
+are linearly mapped to integer values from hmin to hmax. If zmin = hmin and
+zmax = hmax, the image pixels are converted directly to integers.
+Image values less than or greater than
+zmin or zmax will default to hmin and hmax respectively.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good pixel values. Zloreject and zhireject default
+to zmin and zmax in the input data or hmin and hmax in the integer
+representation of the input image.
+.le
+.ls unmap = yes
+Frmedian rescale the integer values to numbers between zmin and zmax
+by default. If the user wishes to preserve  the mode of the quantized
+images, the unmap parameter should be set to no.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant valued boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+FRMEDIAN takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a set of filtered
+output images \fIoutput\fR. The filter consists of a sliding
+circular / elliptical or annular circular / elliptical window whose size
+and orientation is determined 
+by the \fIrinner\fR, \fIrouter\fR, \fIratio\fR, and \fItheta\fR parameters.
+The center pixel in the window is replaced by the median of the pixels in the
+window, where the median of a sequence of numbers is defined to be
+the value of the (n + 1) / 2  number in the ordered sequence.
+Out of bounds pixel references are handled by setting the parameter
+\fIboundary\fR. The principal function of the circular / elliptical filters
+is to smooth an image using a circularly / elliptically symmetric filter.
+The principal function of the circular / elliptical ring filter is to
+remove objects from the image which have a scale length of rinner and
+replace them with an estimate of the local background value.
+
+If \fIzmin\fR = \fIhmin\fR and \fIzmax\fR = \fIhmax\fR, FRMEDIAN converts
+the image pixels directly to
+integers.  This operation may result in truncation of the pixel values
+if the input image is not an integer image. Otherwise the
+input pixel values from zmin to zmax are linearly mapped to integer
+values from hmin to hmax. The histogram, median, and number of pixels less
+than the median, are computed for the first window position. These
+quantities are updated as the median filter moves one position.
+The \fIunmap\fR parameter is normally set so as to restore the output 
+pixel values to the range defined by zmin to zmax, but may be turned off
+if the user wishes to examine the quantized pixels. The precision of the
+median in integer space and pixel space is 1.0 and
+(zmax - zmin) / (hmax - hmin) respectively.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to reject
+bad data from the median filtering box.  If no good 
+data is left in a give filtering box, then the median is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A description of the fast median algorithm used here can be found in
+"Topics in Applied Physics: Two-Dimensional Digital Signal Processing II:
+Transforms and Median Filters", Volume 43, 1981, Springer-Verlag, edited
+by T.S. Huang, page 209.
+
+The properties of the ring median filter and its application to
+astronomical data analysis problems is summarized in the
+article "A Ring Median Filter  for Digital Images" (Secker, J., 1995,
+PASP, 107, 496-501) and reference therein.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Median filter a 16 bit CCD image using a circular ring filter with an inner
+radius of 4 pixels and a width of 1 pixel.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmedian input output 4.0 5.0 hmin=-32768 hmax=32767 \
+   >>> zmin=-32768.  zmax=32767.
+.fi
+
+2. Median filter a KPNO PDS image using a circular ring filter of outer
+radius 3.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmedian input output 0.0 3.0 hmin=0 hmax=4095 zmin=0. zmax=4095.
+.fi
+
+3. Median filter an 8 bit image using the same filter used in example 2.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmedian input output 0.0 3.0 hmin=0 hmax=255 zmin=0. zmax=255.
+.fi
+
+4. Median filter an image with real values from 0.0 to 1.0 with a precision
+of .003 and leave the output pixels in integer format. Use a ring filter of
+inner radius 5.0 and width 0.5 pixels.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmedian input output 5.0 5.5 unmap- hmin=0 hmax=1000 zmin=0. \
+   >>> zmax=1.
+.fi
+
+5. Median filter the test image dev$pix rejecting any pixels < 5 or
+greater than 19935 from the medianing process using a circular filter
+of outer radius 5.0.
+
+.nf
+    im> frmedian dev$pix output 0.0 5.0 hmin=-1 hmax=20000 zmin=-1.0 \
+    >>> zmax=20000 zloreject=5 zhireject=20000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+It requires approximately 30 and 22 cpu seconds to median filter a
+512 by 512 square integer image with a circular filter of radius 5 pixels
+and a ring filter of inner and outer radii of 4.0 and 5.0 pixels respectively.
+(SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+This technique is most suitable for integer data and data which has not
+been calibrated. For non-integer data the calculated median is an
+approximation only.
+
+If the  dynamic range of the data defined by hmin and hmax is large the
+memory requirements can become very large.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+median, rmedian, fmedian
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/frmode.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/frmode.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5f23448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/frmode.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+.help frmode May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+frmode -- quantize and ring modal filter a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+frmode input output rinner router
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of filtered images. The number of input images must be the same as the
+number of output images. If the input image name equals the output image name
+the filtered image replaces the original image.
+.le
+.ls rinner, router
+The inner and outer semi-major axes of the ring filter in pixels. If rinner
+is set to 0.0 then the ring filter becomes a circular filter.
+.le
+.ls ratio = 1.0
+The ratio of the semi-minor axis to the semi-major axis of the ring filter.
+If ratio is 1.0 the ring filter is circularly symmetric.
+.le
+.ls theta = 0.0
+The position angle of the major axis of the ring filter. Theta is measured
+in degrees counter-clockwise from the x axis and must be between 0 and 180
+degrees.
+.le
+.ls hmin = -32768, hmax = 32767
+The histogram quantization parameters. Hmin and hmax define the minimum
+and maximum permitted values for the integer representation of the input image.
+The default values are those suitable for the 16 bit twos complement data
+produced by current CCDs. Hmin and hmax should be chosen so as to
+minimize the space required to store the image histogram.
+.le
+.ls zmin = INDEF, zmax = INDEF
+The data quantization parameters. Zmin and zmax default to the minimum and
+maximum pixel values in the input image. Pixel values from zmin to zmax
+are linearly mapped to integers from hmin to hmax.
+If zmin = hmin and zmax = hmax, the image pixels are converted directly to
+integers.  Image values less than or greater than
+zmin or zmax will default to hmin and hmax respectively.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good pixel values. Zloreject and zhireject default
+to zmin and zmax in the input data or hmin and hmax in the integer
+representation of the input image.
+.le
+.ls unmap = yes
+Frmode rescales the integer values to numbers between zmin and zmax
+by default. If the user wishes to preserve the mode of the quantized images,
+the \fIunmap\fR parameter should be set to no.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant valued boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+FRMODE takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a set of filtered
+output images \fIoutput\fR. The filter consists of a sliding 
+circular / elliptical or annular circular / elliptical window whose size
+and orientation is determined by the \fIrinner\fR, \fIrouter\fR, \fIratio\fR,
+and \fItheta\fR parameters.  The center pixel of the window is replaced by
+the mode of the pixels in the window, where the mode is defined as follows.
+
+.nf
+	mode = 3. * median - 2. * mean
+.fi
+
+The median of a sequence of numbers is defined to be the value of the
+(n + 1) / 2 number in the ordered sequence. Out of bounds pixel references
+are handled by setting the parameter boundary. The principal function of
+the circular / elliptical filters is to smooth an image using a 
+circularly / elliptically symmetric filter. The principal function of the
+circular / elliptical ring filter is to remove objects from the image
+which have a scale length or rinner and replace them with an estimate of
+the local background value.
+
+If \fIzmin\fR = \fIhmin\fR and \fIzmax\fR = \fIhmax\fR,
+FRMODE converts the image pixels directly to integers.
+This operation may result in truncation of the pixel values of the
+input image is not an integer image.
+Otherwise the input image values from zmin to zmax are linearly mapped to
+integer values from hmin to hmax.
+The histogram, median, and number of pixels less
+than the median are computed for the first window position. These
+quantities are updated as the median filter moves one position and
+the mode is computed.  The \fIunmap\fR parameter is normally set
+so as to restore the output pixel values to the range defined by
+zmin and zmax, but may be turned off if the user wishes to
+examine the quantized pixels.
+The precision of the mode in integer space and pixel space
+is 1.0 and (zmax - zmin) / (hmax - hmin) respectively.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to reject
+bad data from the modal filtering box.  If no good
+data is left in the filtering box, then the mode is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A description of the fast median algorithm used here can be found in
+"Topics in Applied Physics: Two-Dimensional Digital Signal Processing II:
+Transforms and Median Filters", Volume 43, 1981, Springer-Verlag,
+edited by T.S. Huang, page 209.
+
+The properties of the ring median filter and its application to
+astronomical data analysis problems is summarized in the
+article "A Ring Median Filter  for Digital Images" (Secker, J., 1995,
+PASP, 107, 496-501) and references therein.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Modal filter a 16 bit CCD image using a circular ring filter with an
+inner radius of 4 pixels and a width of 1 pixel.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmode input output 4.0 5.0 hmin=-32768 hmax=32767 zmin=-32768. \
+   >>> zmax=32767.
+.fi
+
+2. Modal filter a KPNO PDS image using a circular filter of outer radius
+3.0.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmode input output 0.0 3.0 hmin=0 hmax=4095 zmin=0. zmax=4095.
+.fi
+
+3. Modal filter an 8 bit image using the same filter as example 2.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmode input output 0.0 3.0 hmin=0 hmax=255 zmin=0. zmax=255.
+.fi
+
+4. Modal filter an image with real values from 0.0 to 1.0 with a precision
+of .003 and leave the output pixels in integer format. Use a ring filter
+of inner radius 5.0 and width 0.5 pixels.
+
+.nf
+   im> frmode input output 5.0 0.5 unmap- hmin=0 hmax=1000 zmin=0. \
+   >>> zmax=1.
+.fi
+
+5. Modal filter the test image dev$pix rejecting any pixels < 5 or
+greater than 19935 from the mode computing process using a circular
+filter of outer radius 5.0.
+
+.nf
+    im> frmode dev$pix output 0.0 5.0 hmin=-1 hmax=20000 zmin=-1.0 \
+    >>> zmax=20000 zloreject=5 zhireject=20000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+It requires approximately 39 and 27 CPU seconds to modal filter a
+512 by 512 square integer image with a circular filter of radius 5 pixels
+and a ring filter of inner and outer radii of 4.0 and 5.0 pixels
+respectively (SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+This technique is most suitable for integer data and data which has not
+been calibrated. For non-integer data the calculated median is an
+approximation only.
+
+If the  dynamic range of the data defined by hmin and hmax is large the
+memory requirements can become very large.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+mode, rmode, fmode
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/gauss.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/gauss.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..efbf17d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/gauss.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+.help gauss Jan91 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+gauss -- convolve a list of images with an elliptical Gaussian function
+.ih
+USAGE
+gauss input output sigma
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be convolved with the elliptical Gaussian function.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images. The number of output images must equal the number of
+input images. If the input image name equals the output image name, the
+convolved image will replace the input image.
+.le
+.ls sigma
+The sigma of the Gaussian function in pixels along the direction \fItheta\fR
+of the major axis of the Gaussian function.
+.le
+.ls ratio = 1.
+The ratio of the sigma in the minor axis direction to the sigma in the major
+axis direction of the Gaussian function.
+If \fIratio\fR is 1 the Gaussian function is circular.
+.le
+.ls theta = 0.
+The position of the major axis of the elliptical Gaussian function.
+\fITheta\fR is measured counter-clockwise from the x axis and must be between
+0 and 180 degrees.
+.le
+.ls nsigma = 4.0
+The distance along the major axis of the Gaussian function at which
+the kernel is truncated in \fIsigma\fR pixels.
+.le
+.ls bilinear = yes
+Use the fact that the Gaussian function is separable (bilinear) in x and y if
+\fItheta\fR = 0, 90, or 180, to compute the 2D convolution more efficiently?
+\fIBilinear\fR is always set to "no" internally, if the position angle of
+the major axis of the Gaussian is other than 0, 90 or 180 degrees.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The algorithm used to compute the values of the out of bounds pixels. The
+options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The constant for constant-valued boundary extension.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+GAUSS convolves the list of images in \fIinput\fR with the
+Gaussian kernel specified by \fIsigma\fR, \fIratio\fR, \fItheta\fR and
+\fInsigma\fR and places the convolved images in \fIoutput\fR.
+If the image names in \fIinput\fR equal the image names in \fIoutput\fR
+the convolution is performed in place and the original images are
+overwritten. Out of bounds pixels are computed using the algorithm
+specified by \fIboundary\fR.
+
+If \fIbilinear\fR is "yes" and the major axis of the Gaussian kernel
+is aligned along either the x or y axis, GAUSS uses the fact that
+the Gaussian function is mathematically separable (bilinear) in x and y
+to speed up the convolution process. A bilinear 2D convolution kernel
+in x and y is one which can be separated into two equivalent 1D
+convolution kernels in x and y respectively. 
+
+Although the bilinear approximation and the full 2D convolution are
+mathematically equivalent, the user will actually see SMALL differences
+between an image convolved with the full 2D kernel and the same image
+convolved with the equivalent bilinear kernel.
+These differences are the result of the finite size of the convolution kernel
+(the integration does not extend to infinity in either direction),
+and the fact that off-axis kernel elements outside the \fInsigma\fR limit
+cannot be set to 0 in the bilinear case as they are in the full 2D
+case. Therefore the bilinear kernel is less radially symmetric than
+the full 2D kernel.  In most cases the differences are small and more
+than made up for by the greatly decreased execution time.
+
+The Gaussian kernel has an elliptical cross-section and Gaussian
+profile and is defined mathematically as follows.
+
+.nf
+1. Circularly Symmetric Gaussian Function
+
+    ratio = 1   theta = 0.0   N = normalization factor
+
+    G = N * exp (-0.5 * (r / sigma) ** 2)
+
+2. Elliptical Gaussian Function (Theta = 0, 90 or 180)
+
+    sigmax = sigma   sigmay = ratio * sigmax   N = normalization factor
+
+    A = cos (theta) ** 2 / sigmax ** 2 + sin (theta) ** 2 / sigmay ** 2
+
+    B = 0.0
+
+    C = sin (theta) ** 2 / sigmax ** 2 + cos (theta) ** 2 / sigmay ** 2
+
+    z = A * x ** 2 + B * x * y + C * y ** 2 
+
+    G = N * exp (-0.5 * z)
+
+3. Elliptical Gaussian  Function (Arbitrary Theta)
+
+    sigmax = sigma   sigmay = ratio * sigmax   N=normalization factor
+
+    A = cos (theta) ** 2 / sigmax ** 2 + sin (theta) ** 2 / sigmay ** 2
+
+    B = 2 * (1 / sigmax ** 2 - 1 / sigmay ** 2) * sin (theta) * cos (theta)
+
+    C = sin (theta) ** 2 / sigmax ** 2 + cos (theta) ** 2 / sigmay ** 2
+
+    z = A * x ** 2 + B * x * y + C * y ** 2 
+
+    G = N * exp (-0.5 * z)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Convolve an image with a circular Gaussian function of sigma 2.0, and
+size 4.0 sigma using nearest neighbor boundary extension and the bilinear
+kernel.
+
+    cl> gauss m83 m83.gau 2.0
+
+2. Do the same convolution using the full 2D kernel.
+
+    cl> gauss m83 m83.gau.2D 2.0 bilinear-
+
+3. Convolve an image with an elliptical Gaussian function whose sigma in the
+major and minor axis direction is 2.0 and 1.5 respectively, and whose position
+angle is 45 degrees, using wrap around boundary extension. In this case the
+full 2D kernel is used by default.
+
+    cl> gauss m84 m84.gau 2.0 ratio=.75 theta=45. bound=wrap
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+GAUSS requires approximately 30 and 8 cpu seconds to
+convolve a 512 square real image with circularly symmetric Gaussian function
+of sigma 2 pixels, using the full 2D kernel and the bilinear
+kernel respectively, on a Sparc Station 1.
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+convolve, gradient, laplace, boxcar
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/gradient.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/gradient.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bf1a152
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/gradient.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+.help gradient Nov85 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+gradient -- convolve a list of images with the gradient filter
+.ih
+USAGE
+gradient input output gradient
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images for which gradient images are to be calculated.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images. The number of output images must equal the number of
+input images. If the input image name equals the output image name the
+convolved image will replace the input image.
+.le
+.ls gradient
+The gradient filters are a set of 8 three by three kernels identified by the
+angle of maximum response as measured counter-clockwise to the x axis. The
+kernels approximate the gradient operator, which is defined as the slope of
+the intensity distribution in an image.  The eight supported gradient
+operators are listed below.
+.ls "0", "180"
+Calculate the gradient image along a 0 or 180 degree angle.
+These options approximate the d/dx operator.
+Option "0" produces a maximum response for pixel values which
+increase with increasing x, whereas option "180" produces a maximum
+response for pixel values which decrease with increasing x. 
+.le
+.ls "90", "270"
+Calculate the gradient image along a 90 or 270 degree angle.
+These options approximate the d/dy operator.
+Option "90" produces a maximum response for pixel values which
+increase with increasing y, whereas option "270" produces a maximum
+response for pixel values which decrease with increasing y.
+.le
+.ls "45", "225"
+Calculate the gradient image along a 45 or 225 degree angle.
+Option "45" produces a maximum response for pixel values which increase
+along a line at 45 degrees counter-clockwise to the x axis.
+Option "225" produces
+a maximum response for pixel values which increase along a line at 225
+degrees to the x axis.
+.le
+.ls "135", "315" 
+Calculate the gradient image along a 135 or 315 degree angle.
+Option "135" produces a maximum response for pixel values which increase
+along a line at 135 degrees counter-clockwise to the x axis.
+Option "315" produces
+a maximum response for pixel values which increase along a line at 315
+degrees to the x axis.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The algorithm used to compute the values of out of bounds pixels. The 
+options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The constant for constant-valued boundary extension.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+GRADIENT convolves the list of images specified by \fIinput\fR with one of
+eight three by three gradient kernels specified by \fIgradient\fR 
+and places the output images in \fIoutput\fR.
+If the image names in \fIoutput\fR equal the image names in \fIinput\fR the
+gradient operation is performed in place and the original images are
+overwritten. Out of bounds pixels are computed using the algorithm
+specified by \fIboundary\fR.
+
+GRADIENT acts like a simple edge detector or high pass filter which is sensitive
+to both the magnitude and direction of changes in intensity in an image.
+For example, if an image's pixel values are specified by the sum of their
+x and y coordinates (z = x + y) and boundary extension effects are ignored,
+the "0", "45", "90", "135", "180", "225", "270", and "315" gradient kernels
+will each produce a constant image containing the numbers 1, sqrt (2), 1, 0,
+-1, -sqrt (2), -1, and 0 respectively. 
+
+The eight gradient filters are listed below. The I[*,*] are the elements of
+the input image and the O[*,*] are elements of the output image.
+
+.nf
+                         0
+
+	    - I[-1,1]          + 0*I[0,1]  + I[1,1]
+   O[0,0] = - I[-1,0]*sqrt(2)  + 0*I[0,0]  + I[1,0] * sqrt(2)  
+	    - I[-1,-1]         + 0*I[0,-1] + I[-1,-1]
+
+			45
+	     
+	    + I[-1,1]*0          + I[0,1]   + I[1,1]/2/sqrt(2)
+   O[0,0] = - I[-1,0]            + I[0,0]*0 + I[1,0] 
+            - I[-1,-1]/2/sqrt(2) - I[0,-1]  + I[1,-1]*0 
+
+			90
+	     
+	    + I[-1,1]    + I[0,1]*sqrt(2)  + I[1,1]
+   O[0,0] = + I[-1,0]*0  + I[0,0]*0        + I[1,0]
+	    - I[-1,-1]   - I[0,-1]*sqrt(2) - I[-1,-1]
+
+		       135
+
+	    + I[-1,1]/2/sqrt(2) + I[0,1]   + I[1,1]*0
+   O[0,0] = + I[-1,0]           + I[0,0]*0 - I[1,0]
+            + I[-1,-1]*0        - I[0,-1]  - I[1,-1]/2/sqrt(2) 
+
+			180
+
+	    + I[-1,1]          + 0*I[0,1]  - I[1,1]
+   O[0,0] = + I[-1,0]*sqrt(2)  + 0*I[0,0]  - I[1,0]*sqrt(2)
+	    + I[-1,-1]         + 0*I[0,-1] - I[-1,-1]
+
+		       225
+
+	    + I[-1,1]*0          - I[0,1]   - I[1,1]/2/sqrt(2)
+   O[0,0] = + I[-1,0]            + I[0,0]*0 - I[1,0]
+            + I[-1,-1]/2/sqrt(2) + I[0,-1]  + I[1,-1]*0 
+
+		       270
+
+	    - I[-1,1]    - I[0,1]*sqrt(2)  - I[1,1]
+   O[0,0] = + I[-1,0]*0  + I[0,0]*0        + I[1,0]*0
+	    + I[-1,-1]   + I[0,-1]*sqrt(2) + I[-1,-1]
+
+		      315
+
+	    - I[-1,1]/2/sqrt(2) - I[0,1]   + I[1,1]*0
+   O[0,0] = - I[-1,0]           + I[0,0]*0 + I[1,0]
+            + I[-1,-1]*0        + I[0,-1]  + I[1,-1]/2/sqrt(2) 
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Calculate the gradient in the 180 degree direction using nearest neighbor
+   boundary extension.
+
+.nf
+    cl> gradient m83 m83.odeg 180
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+GRADIENT requires approximately 2.0 cpu seconds to convolve a
+512 square real image with a 3 by 3 gradient kernel on a Sparc Station 1.
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+convolve, gauss, laplace, boxcar
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/laplace.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/laplace.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3eb5c63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/laplace.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+.help laplace Dec85 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+laplace -- convolve a list of images with a Laplacian filter
+.ih
+USAGE
+laplace input output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be convolved.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images. The number of output images must equal the number of
+input images. If the input image name equals the output image name the
+convolved image will replace the input image.
+.le
+.ls laplace = "xycentral"
+The Laplacian filters are a set of four three by three kernels which
+approximate the Laplacian operator, where a Laplacian operator is defined
+as the sum of the partial second derivatives in x and y.
+The elements of the four Laplacian kernels are shown in detail below.
+.ls xycentral
+The elements of the central column and row of a 3 by 3 image subraster are
+combined to estimate the Laplacian at the position of the central pixel.
+.le
+.ls diagonals
+The elements of the two diagonals of a 3 by 3 image subraster are combined
+to estimate the Laplacian at the position of the central pixel.
+.le
+.ls xyall
+The three columns and rows of a three by three image subraster are averaged
+to estimate the Laplacian at the position of the central pixel.
+.le
+.ls xydiagonals
+The central row and column and the two diagonals of a three by three image
+subraster are combined to estimate the Laplacian at the position of the
+central pixel.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The algorithm used to compute the values of the out of bounds pixels.
+The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The constant for constant-valued boundary extension.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+LAPLACE convolves the list of images specified by \fIinput\fR with one of
+four 3 by 3 Laplacian kernels specified by \fIlaplace\fR
+and places the convolved images in \fIoutput\fR. If the image names
+in \fIoutput\fR equal the image names in \fIinput\fR the Laplacian
+operation is performed in place and the original images are overwritten.
+Out of bounds pixels are computed using the algorithm specified by
+\fIboundary\fR.
+
+The Laplacian filters are high-pass filters which act as a local edge detector.
+A characteristic of the Laplacian is that it is zero at points where the
+gradient is a maximum or a minimum. Therefore points detected as gradient
+edges would generally not be detected as edge points with the Laplacian
+filter. Another characteristic of Laplacian operators is that a single
+grey level transition may produce two distinct peaks one positive and
+one negative in the Laplacian which may be offset from the gradient location.
+
+The four Laplacian filters are listed below. The I[*,*] are the elements of the
+input image and the O[*,*] are the elements of the output image.
+
+.nf
+    			xycenter
+
+	     0*I[-1,1]  + 1*I[0,1]  + 0*I[1,1]  +
+    O[0,0] = 1*I[-1,0]  - 4*I[0,0]  + 1*I[1,0]  +
+             0*I[-1,-1] + 1*I[0,-1] + 0*I[1,-1]
+
+
+		       diagonals
+
+          I[-1,1]/sqrt(2)  + I[0,1]*0         +  I[1,1]/sqrt(2) +
+O[0,0] =  I[-1,0]*0        - I[0,0]*4/sqrt(2) +  I[1,0]*0       +
+	  I[-1,-1]/sqrt(2) + I[0,-1]*0        +  I[1,-1]/sqrt(2) 
+
+		         xyall
+
+	       2/3*I[-1,1]  -  1/3*I[0,1]  + 2/3*I[1,1]  +
+    O[0,0] = - 1/3*I[-1,0]  -  4/3*I[0,0]  - 1/3*I[1,0]  +
+               2/3*I[-1,-1] -  1/3*I[0,-1] + 2/3*I[1,-1]
+
+		       xydiagonals
+
+          I[-1,1]/sqrt(2)/2  + I[0,1]/2           + I[1,1]/sqrt(2)/2 +
+O[0,0] =  I[-1,0]/2          - I[0,0]*(2-sqrt(2)) + I[1,0]/2         +
+	  I[-1,-1]/sqrt(2)/2 + I[0,-1]/2          + I[1,-1]/sqrt(2) 
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Convolve an image with the Laplacian filter xyall using nearest neighbor
+boundary extension.
+
+    cl> laplace m83 m83.lap xyall
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+LAPLACE requires approximately 1.7 cpu seconds to convolve a
+512 square real image with a 3 by 3 Laplacian kernel on a Sparc
+Station 1.
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+convolve, gauss, gradient, boxcar
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/median.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/median.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5381611f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/median.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.help median May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+median -- median filter a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+median input output xwindow ywindow
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of filtered images. The number of input images must be the same as
+the number of output images. If the input image name is the same as the
+output image name the original image is replaced by the filtered image.
+.le
+.ls xwindow, ywindow
+The size of the median filter. Xwindow and ywindow are assumed to be
+odd integers. If either xwindow or ywindow are even they will be rounded
+up to the nearest odd integer.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good pixel values. Zloreject and zhireject default to 
+-MAX_REAL and MAX_REAL respectively.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant value boundary extension.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+MEDIAN takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a set of filtered
+output images \fIoutput\fR. The median filter consists of a sliding
+rectangular window  of dimensions \fIxwindow\fR
+by \fIywindow\fR. The center pixel in the window is replaced by the median
+of all the pixels in the
+window, where the median of a sequence of numbers is defined to be  the value
+of the (n + 1) /2 pixel.  If even the window dimensions are rounded up
+to odd integers.  Out of bounds
+pixel references are handled by setting the parameter \fIboundary\fR.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to reject
+bad data from the median filtering box. If no good 
+data is left in the filtering box, the median is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Median filter an image using a 5 by 5 window and nearest pixel boundary
+extension.
+
+.nf
+   im> median m74 m74.5by5 5 5
+.fi
+
+2. Median filter an image using a 3 by 3 window and constant boundary extension.
+
+.nf
+   im> median m74 m74.5by5 3 3 boun=const const=0.
+.fi
+
+3. Median filter the test image dev$pix, removing all pixels less than 5 or
+greater than 19935 from the filtering box.
+
+.nf
+   im> median dev$pix pix77 7 7 zlo=5 zhi=19935
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+Median requires approximately 11 and 19 CPU seconds to filter a 512 by
+512 integer image using a 5 by 5 and 7 by 7 filter window respectively
+(SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+The sort routine for the smaller kernels has been optimized. It may be
+desirable to optimize higher order kernels in future.
+
+The IRAF task FMEDIAN is significantly more efficient than MEDIAN
+and should be used if the image is integer or can be quantized without
+significant loss of precision. 
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+
+fmedian, rmedian, frmedian
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/mode.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/mode.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37f807e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/mode.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+.help mode May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+mode -- modal filter a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+mode input output xwindow ywindow
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of filtered images. The number of input images must be the same as
+the number of output images. If the input image name is the same as the
+output image name the original image is replaced by the filtered image.
+.le
+.ls xwindow, ywindow
+The size of the modal filter. Xwindow and ywindow are assumed to be
+odd integers. Even values will be rounded up to the nearest odd integer.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good data values. Zloreject and zhireject default
+to -MAX_REAL and MAX_REAL respectively.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant value boundary extension.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+MODE takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a set of filtered
+output images \fIoutput\fR. The modal filter consists of a sliding
+rectangular window  of dimensions \fIxwindow\fR
+by \fIywindow\fR. The center pixel of the window is replaced by the mode
+of all the pixels in the window where the mode of a sequence of numbers
+is defined below.
+
+.nf
+		mode = 3. * median - 2. * mean
+.fi
+
+The median of a sequence of pixels is defined as the value of the
+(n + 1) / 2 number in the ordered sequence.
+Out of bounds pixel references are handled by setting the parameter
+\fIboundary\fR.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to reject
+bad data from the modal filtering box.  If no good 
+data is left in the filtering box, then the mode is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A derivation of the expression for the mode used here can be found in
+"Statistics in Theory and Practice", Robert Lupton, 1993, Princeton
+University Press, problem 2.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Modal filter an image using a 5 by 5 window and nearest pixel boundary
+extension.
+
+.nf
+   im> mode m74 m74.5by5 5 5
+.fi
+
+2. Modal filter an image using a 3 by 3 window and constant boundary
+extension.
+
+.nf
+   im> mode m74 m74.5by5 3 3 boun=const const=0.
+.fi
+
+3. Modal filter the test image, rejecting pixels < 5 and > 19935 from the
+modal filter.
+
+.nf
+    im> mode dev$pix pix77 7 7 zlo=5 zhi=19935
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+Mode requires approximately 11 and 19 CPU seconds to filter a 512 by
+512 integer image using a 5 by 5 and 7 by 7 filter window respectively
+(SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+The sort routine for the smaller kernels has been optimized. It may be
+desirable to optimize higher order kernels in future.
+
+The IRAF task FMODE is significantly more efficient than MODE
+and should be used if the data can be quantized.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+fmode, rmode, frmode
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/rmedian.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/rmedian.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a37df6de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/rmedian.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+.help rmedian May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+rmedian -- ring median filter a set of IRAF images
+.ih
+USAGE
+rmedian input output rinner router
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of filtered images. The number of input images must be the same as the
+number of output images. If the input image name equals the output image name
+the filtered images replaces the original image.
+.le
+.ls rinner, router
+The inner and outer semi-major axes of the ring filter in pixels. If rinner
+is set to 0.0 then the ring filter becomes a circular filter.
+.le
+.ls ratio = 1.0
+The ratio of the semi-minor axis to the semi-major axis of the ring filter.
+If ratio is 1.0 the ring filter is circularly symmetric.
+.le
+.ls theta = 0.0
+The position angle of the major axis of the ring filter. Theta is measured
+in degrees counter-clockwise from the x axis and must be between 0 and 180
+degrees.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good pixel values. Zloreject and zhireject default
+to -MAX_REAL and MAX_REAL respectively. 
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant valued boundary extension.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+RMEDIAN takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a list of
+filtered
+images \fIoutput\fR. The filter consists of a sliding circular / elliptical or
+annular circular / elliptical window whose size and orientation is determined 
+by the \fIrinner\fR, \fIrouter\fR, \fIratio\fR, and \fItheta\fR parameters.
+The center pixel in the window is replaced by the median of the pixels in the
+window, where the median of a sequence of numbers is defined to be
+the value of the (n + 1) / 2 pixel of the ordered sequence.
+Out of bounds pixel references are handled by setting the parameter
+\fIboundary\fR. The principal function of the circular / elliptical filter
+is to smooth and image using a circularly / elliptically symmetric filter.
+The principal function of the circular / elliptical ring filter is to
+remove objects from the image which have a scale length of rinner and
+replace them with an estimate of the local background value.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to
+reject bad data from the median filtering box.  If no good 
+data is left in the filtering box, then the median is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+The properties of the ring median filter and its application to
+astronomical data analysis problems is summarized in the
+article "A Ring Median Filter  for Digital Images" (Secker, J., 1995,
+PASP, 107, 496-501) and references therein.
+
+A derivation of the expression for the mode used here can be found in
+"Statistics in Theory and Practice", Robert Lupton, 1993, Princeton
+University Press, problem 2.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Median filter an image using a circular ring filter with an inner
+radius of 4 pixels and a width of 1 pixel.
+
+.nf
+   im> rmedian input output 4.0 5.0 
+.fi
+
+2. Median filter an image using a circular ring filter of outer
+radius 3.
+
+.nf
+   im> rmedian input output 0.0 3.0 
+.fi
+
+3. Median filter the test image dev$pix rejecting any pixels < 5 or
+greater than 19935 from the medianing process using a circular filter
+of outer radius 5.0.
+
+.nf
+    im> rmedian dev$pix output 0.0 5.0 zloreject=5 zhireject=19935
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+It requires approximately 59 and 35 CPU seconds to median filter a
+512 by 512 square integer image with a circular filter of radius 5 pixels
+and a ring filter of inner and outer radii of 4.0 and 5.0 pixels respectively.
+(SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+median, fmedian, frmedian
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/rmode.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/rmode.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c366ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/rmode.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+.help rmode May95 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+rmode -- ring modal filter a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+rmode input output rinner router
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of filtered images. The number of input images must be the same as the
+number of output images. If the input image name equals the output image name
+the filtered image replaces the original image.
+.le
+.ls rinner, router
+The inner and outer semi-major axes of the ring filter in pixels. If rinner
+is set to 0.0 then the ring filter becomes a circular filter.
+.le
+.ls ratio = 1.0
+The ratio of the semi-minor axis to the semi-major axis of the ring filter.
+If ratio is 1.0 the ring filter is circularly symmetric.
+.le
+.ls theta = 0.0
+The position angle of the major axis of the ring filter. Theta is measured
+counter-clockwise in degrees from the x axis and must be between 0 and
+180 degrees.
+.le
+.ls zloreject = INDEF, zhireject = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good pixel values. Zloreject and zhireject default
+to  -MAX_REAL and MAX_REAL respectively.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension. The options are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Reflect pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Wrap pixel values around the boundary.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value for constant valued boundary extension.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+RMODE takes a list of input images \fIinput\fR and produces a list of
+filtered
+images \fIoutput\fR. The filter consists of a sliding circular / elliptical or
+annular circular / elliptical window whose size and orientation is determined
+by the \fIrinner\fR, \fIrouter\fR, \fIratio\fR, and \fItheta\fR parameters.
+The center pixel in the window is replaced by the mode of the pixel
+distribution where mode is defined below.
+
+.nf
+	mode = 3. * median - 2. * mean
+.fi
+
+The median is defined as the value of the (n + 1) / 2 number in an ordered
+sequence of numbers.
+Out of bounds pixel references are handled by setting the parameter
+\fIboundary\fR. The principal function of the circular / elliptical filter
+is to smooth and image using a circularly / elliptically symmetric filter.
+The principal function of the circular / elliptical ring filter is to
+remove objects from the image which have a scale length of rinner and
+replace them with an estimate of the local background value.
+
+The \fIzloreject\fR and \fIzhireject\fR parameters may be used to reject
+bad data from the modal filtering box.  If no good
+data is left in a given filtering box, then the mode is set to zloreject
+if the majority of the pixels are less than zloreject, or to zhireject
+if the majority of pixels are greater than zhireject.
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+The properties of the ring median filter and its application to
+astronomical analysis problems is summarized in the
+article "A Ring Median Filter  for Digital Images" (Secker, J., 1995,
+PASP, 107, 496-501) and references therein.
+
+A derivation of the expression for the mode used here can be found in
+"Statistics in Theory and Practice", Robert Lupton, 1993, Princeton
+University Press, problem 2.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Modal filter an image using a circular ring filter with an inner radius
+of 4 pixels and a width of 1 pixel.
+
+.nf
+   cl> rmode input output 4.0 5.0
+.fi
+
+2. Modal filter an image using a circular filter of outer radius 3.0.
+
+.nf
+   cl> rmode input output 0.0 3.0
+.fi
+
+3. Modal filter the test image dev$pix rejecting any pixels < 5 or
+greater than 19935 from the modal filter using a circular
+filter of outer radius 5.0.
+
+.nf
+    im> rmode dev$pix output 0.0 5.0 zloreject=5 zhireject=19935
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+It requires approximately 59 and 35 CPU seconds to modal filter a
+512 by 512 square integer image with a circular filter of radius 5 pixels
+and a ring filter of inner and outer radii of 4.0 and 5.0 pixels respectively.
+(SPARCStation2).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+mode,fmode,rmode
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/runmed.hlp b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/runmed.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed58f972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/doc/runmed.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+.help runmed May05 images.imfilter
+.ih
+NAME
+runmed -- running median filter a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+runmed input output window
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images.  The list is used in the order provided without
+sorting.  All images must be the same dimensionality and size.  There must
+be at least three images.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images. The number of output images must be the same as
+the number of input images.  If the input image name is the same as the
+output image name the original image is replaced by the filtered image.
+.le
+.ls window
+Number of images for the running window.  This must be at least three, and
+less than or equal to the number of images in the input list.
+.le
+.ls masks = ""
+List of output masks indicating the number of pixels used in calculating the
+filter value.  If specified the list must match the output list.
+.le
+.ls inmaskkey = ""
+Keyword in the input image containing a maskname for selecting or ignoring
+pixels.  Pixels to be used are selected by zero values in the mask.
+.le
+.ls outmaskkey = "HOLES"
+Keyword in the output image to containing the name of the output mask.
+If no output mask is created or if no keyword is specified then the
+keyword is not added or replaced in the output image.
+.le
+.ls outtype = "filter" (filter|difference|ratio)
+The type of output values in the images.  The choices are "filter" for
+the filter value, "difference" for the difference of the input and
+filter value (input-filter), and "ratio" for the ratio of the input
+and filter value (input/filter).
+.le
+.ls exclude = no
+Exclude the input image from the filter.
+.le
+.ls nclip = 0.
+This parameter allows clipping high values from the median calculation.
+The value multiples the difference between the median and the lowest value
+and rejects values that exceed the median by this amount.  The is done
+after scaling, mask rejections, and image exclusion.
+.le
+.ls navg = 1
+Number of central values to average.  A value of 1 is used to compute
+the median.
+.le
+.ls scale = "none" (none|mode|!<keyword>|@<file>)
+Scale the images with the specified method.  The choices are
+"none", "mode" to compute a mode for each image and divide by the value,
+"!<keyword>" to find the value to multiple the image from the specified
+keyword in the header, and "@<file>" to get the values to multiple the
+images from the specified file.  The scales are normalized by the scale
+for the first image to make the scaling relative to the first image.
+The values in a file must be in the same order as the input images.
+.le
+.ls normscale = yes
+Normalize the scales to the first image scale?
+.le
+.ls outscale = yes
+Scale output images?  If yes the output images will be on the system
+defined by the input scale factors.  If no the output is scaled back
+to match the input levels.
+.le
+.ls blank = 0
+Filter value when all data have been excluded from the calculation.
+.le
+.ls storetype = "real"
+Internal storage type which may be "real" or "short".  The short
+integer type saves memory at the cost of rounding.  Unless memory
+is a problem real storage is recommended.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print progress information to the standard output.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+\fBRUNMED\fR takes a list of input images (\fIinput\fR) and produces
+a set of filtered output images (\fIoutput\fR).  The output images
+are matched with the input images and the header of the output image
+is that of the matching input image.  The output image may be the
+same as the input image if desired.
+
+Each input image may have an associated pixel mask.  The mask is specified
+by the keyword in the image specified by the \fIinmaskkey\fR parameter.
+The masks must be of a matching size.  This task matches mask pixel with
+image pixels based on the logical pixel coordinates.  In other words, it
+does not take into account any subsection that may have been applied to the
+input images which was not also applied to the mask images.  A non-zero
+mask value identifies pixels to be excluded from the computation of the
+filter value or the mode of the image.
+
+The input images may be scaled (\fIscale\fR) as they are read.
+The scale factors may be normalized relative to the first image in the
+list (\fInormscale\fR).  The scale factors may be given explicitly in a
+file or keyword or computed from an estimate of the mode of the image.
+The mode computation excludes pixels identified by non-zero values in
+the associated input mask.  On output the computed filter value based
+on the set of scaled pixel values maybe scaled back to match that of
+the input image (\fIoutscale\fR).
+
+The running filter operates independently on the sequence of pixel
+values across the list of input images at each pixel position.  If an
+input mask is specified then non-zero mask values identify pixel values
+to exclude from the calculations.  The \fIexclude\fR parameter may be
+used to exclude the central image of the window.  This is useful to
+avoid unnatural histograms with a spike at for the output image.
+The filter sorts the sequence of unrejected values in a running window
+(\fIwindow\fR).
+
+The median is the central value when the number of unrejected values is
+odd and the average of the two central values.  This median may be used
+with the \fInclip\fR parameter to exclude high outliers in the sorted
+values at each point.  The clipping computes the difference between
+the median and the lowest value, multiplies by the clipping factor,
+and rejects values more than this threshold above the median.  This is
+only done when \fInclip\fR is greater than zero and there are at least
+3 unrejected values prior to this clipping step.
+
+After the clipping the average, as set by \fInavg\fR, of the central values
+is computed.  Note that an average of one is a median.
+
+The number of central values averaged will be even when the number of
+pixels is even and odd when it is odd.  What is done is that high
+and low values are excluded symmetrically until the number of remaining
+pixels is less than or equal to the specified average but with at least
+one or two values remaining.
+
+The number of values available to the average is odd when no data is
+excluded because the window size must be odd.  When the \fIexclude\fR
+parameter is selected the number of values will be even.  And when pixel
+masks are used the number be anywhere from zero to the window size.
+When all pixels are excluded the filter value is the \fIblank\fR value.
+Also when the ratio output is selected and the filter value used as the
+denominator is zero the \fIblank\fR value is also used.
+
+The output of this task are images of the filter values
+(\fIouttype\fR="filter"), the difference of the input image and the
+filter value (\fIouttype\fR="difference"), or the ratio of the input
+image and the filter value (\fIouttype\fR="ratio").  The difference
+output is useful as a background subtraction for a background that varies
+systematically through the list of images.  When the difference
+is selected the input and filter value are matched by their scale factors
+either in the scaled system (\fIoutscale\fR=yes) or in the input
+system (\fIoutscale\fR=no).
+
+The \fIexclude\fR option is useful for the background subtraction case.
+Use of this option excludes the input image from the to the filter
+computation value for the matching output.  This insures that the output
+pixel value histogram does not have a spike of zero values when \fInavg\fR
+= 1 and the median pixel value is that of the input image.
+
+An output mask list (\fImasks\fR) may be specified to produce masks which
+contain the number of pixels used in computing the filter value.  This
+is most useful to define regions where no pixels were used and the
+blank value was substituted.  The name of the output mask is recorded
+in the output image header under the keyword specified by the
+\fIoutmaskkey\fR parameter.  Note that it is valid to specify the
+output mask keyword to be the same as the input mask keyword.  If this
+is not done the input mask keyword, if present, will remain in the
+output header.
+
+Normally the filter window is centered on each input image within the list.
+In other words there are an equal number of images before and after the
+input image taken from the input list.  However, at the beginning and end
+of the input list, the window spans the first or last \fIwindow\fR images.
+The filter value will then be the same except that the \fIexclude\fR
+option applies to the particular input image and the difference and
+ratio output types will be based on the particular input image.
+
+This task is designed to be as efficient as possible so that images
+are read only once (or twice if the mode is computed) and added to an
+optimized tree algorithm to avoid completely resorting data as each new
+image is read.  In order to do this it buffers pixel data internally as
+well as having some memory overhead from the tree algorithm.  The memory
+is compressed as much as possible.  The amount of memory required will
+scale with the size of the window, the number of pixels in the images,
+and the storage datatype.  The storage datatype (\fIstoretype\fR) may be
+short integer, which is two bytes per pixel, and real, which is four bytes
+per pixel.  If memory limitations are an issue one may chose to use short
+storage which requires of order 75% less memory.  The tradeoff is that
+data will be rounded (not truncated).  In many cases this effect
+will be minor.  Note that even if the input data is integer the pixels
+values may be scaled resulting in fractional scaled values.  The output
+images will be real regardless of the input type.
+
+With sufficiently large images and large windows it is possible this task
+will fail to run requiring the user to make adjustments.  The simplest
+method would be to break the images into smaller pieces and run this task
+on each piece.  Note that input image sections can be used to reduce the
+size of the input images being processed and \fBimtile\fR
+can be use to piece the output back together.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imcombine, rskysub, irproc
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/fmedian.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/fmedian.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13ca273d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/fmedian.par
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Parameters for the FMEDIAN task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+xwindow,i,a,,,,X window size of median filter
+ywindow,i,a,,,,Y window size of median filter
+hmin,i,h,-32768,,,Minimum histogram bin
+hmax,i,h,32767,,,Maximum histogram bin
+zmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmin
+zmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmax
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+unmap,b,h,yes,,,Unmap the digitized values ?
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/fmode.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/fmode.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7244243f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/fmode.par
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Parameters for the FMODE task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+xwindow,i,a,,,,X window size of modal filter
+ywindow,i,a,,,,Y window size of modal filter
+hmin,i,h,-32768,,,Minimum histogram bin
+hmax,i,h,32767,,,Maximum histogram bin
+zmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmin
+zmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmax
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+unmap,b,h,yes,,,Unmap the digitized values ?
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/frmedian.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/frmedian.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c1f2df3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/frmedian.par
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Parameters for the FRMEDIAN task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output filtered images
+rinner,r,a,0.0,,, The inner radius of the elliptical ring filter
+router,r,a,,,,The outer radius of the elliptical ring filter
+ratio,r,h,1.0,0.0,1.0,Ratio of minor to major axes
+theta,r,h,0.0,0.0,180.0,Position angle of elliptical ring filter
+hmin,i,h,-32768,,,Minimum histogram bin
+hmax,i,h,32767,,,Maximum histogram bin
+zmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmin
+zmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmax
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+unmap,b,h,yes,,,Unmap the digitized values ?
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/frmode.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/frmode.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35fe2210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/frmode.par
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Parameters for the FRMODE task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output filtered images
+rinner,r,a,0.0,,, The inner radius of the elliptical ring filter
+router,r,a,,,,The outer radius of the elliptical ring filter
+ratio,r,h,1.0,0.0,1.0,Ratio of minor to major axes
+theta,r,h,0.0,0.0,180.0,Position angle of elliptical ring filter
+hmin,i,h,-32768,,,Minimum histogram bin
+hmax,i,h,32767,,,Maximum histogram bin
+zmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmin
+zmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Pixel value corresponding to hmax
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+unmap,b,h,yes,,,Unmap the digitized values ?
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/gauss.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/gauss.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db92e5d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/gauss.par
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# GAUSSIAN FILTER
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be fit
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+sigma,r,a,,,,Sigma of Gaussian along major axis of ellipse
+ratio,r,h,1.0,0.0,1.0,Ratio of sigma in y to x
+theta,r,h,0.0,0.0,180.0,Position angle of ellipse
+nsigma,r,h,4.0,,,Extent of Gaussian kernel in sigma
+bilinear,b,h,yes,,,Use bilinear approximation to Gaussian kernel
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/gradient.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/gradient.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf6bae01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/gradient.par
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# GRADIENT FILTER
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be fit
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+gradient,s,a,,,,'Gradient filter (0,45,90,135,180,225,270,315)'
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.cl b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc4df99e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#{ IMFILTER -- The Image Filtering Package.
+
+set	imfilter	= "images$imfilter/"
+
+package	imfilter
+
+# Tasks.
+
+task	boxcar,
+	convolve,
+	fmedian,
+	fmode,
+	frmedian,
+	frmode,
+	gauss,
+	gradient,
+	laplace,
+	median,
+	mode,
+	rmedian,
+	rmode,
+	runmed		= "imfilter$x_images.e"
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.hd b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cfb95cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Help directory for the IMFILTER package
+
+$doc		= "images$imfilter/doc/"
+$src		= "images$imfilter/src/"
+
+boxcar          hlp=doc$boxcar.hlp,     src=src$t_boxcar.x
+convolve        hlp=doc$convolve.hlp,   src=src$t_convolve.x
+fmedian         hlp=doc$fmedian.hlp,    src=src$t_fmedian.x
+fmode           hlp=doc$fmode.hlp,      src=src$t_fmode.x
+frmedian        hlp=doc$frmedian.hlp,   src=src$t_frmedian.x
+frmode          hlp=doc$frmode.hlp,     src=src$t_frmode.x
+gauss           hlp=doc$gauss.hlp,      src=src$gauss.hlp
+gradient        hlp=doc$gradient.hlp,   src=src$t_gradient.x
+laplace         hlp=doc$laplace.hlp,    src=src$t_laplace.x
+median          hlp=doc$median.hlp,     src=src$t_median.x
+mode            hlp=doc$mode.hlp,       src=src$t_mode.x
+rmedian         hlp=doc$rmedian.hlp,    src=src$t_rmedian.x
+rmode           hlp=doc$rmode.hlp,      src=src$t_rmode.x
+runmed          hlp=doc$runmed.hlp,     src=src$t_runmed.x
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.men b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d85dc18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.men
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+         boxcar - Boxcar smooth a list of 1 or 2-D images
+       convolve - Convolve a list of 1 or 2-D images with a rectangular filter
+        fmedian - Quantize and box median filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+          fmode - Quantize and box modal filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+       frmedian - Quantize and ring median filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+         frmode - Quantize and ring modal filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+          gauss - Convolve a list of 1 or 2-D images with an elliptical Gaussian
+       gradient - Convolve a list of 1 or 2-D images with a gradient operator
+        laplace - Laplacian filter a list of 1 or 2-D images
+         median - Median box filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+           mode - Modal box filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+        rmedian - Ring median filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+          rmode - Ring modal filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+	 runmed - Running median a list of images at each pixel position
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cef3f3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/imfilter.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Jan97"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/laplace.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/laplace.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7def4986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/laplace.par
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# LAPLACE FILTER
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be fit
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+laplace,s,h,xycent,,,'Laplacian filter (xycentral,diagonals,xyall,xydiagonals)'
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/median.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/median.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd5cf8ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/median.par
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Parameters for the MEDIAN task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+xwindow,i,a,,,,X window size of median filter
+ywindow,i,a,,,,Y window size of median filter
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imfilter/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4bb23a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# MKPKG for the IMFILTER Package
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/mode.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/mode.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d4aa087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/mode.par
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Parameters for the MODE task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+xwindow,i,a,,,,X window size of mode filter
+ywindow,i,a,,,,Y window size of mode filter
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/rmedian.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/rmedian.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1aca43eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/rmedian.par
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Parameters for the RMEDIAN task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output filtered images
+rinner,r,a,0.0,,, The inner radius of the elliptical ring filter
+router,r,a,,,,The outer radius of the elliptical ring filter
+ratio,r,h,1.0,0.0,1.0,Ratio of minor to major axes of the ring filter
+theta,r,h,0.0,0.0,180.0,Position angle of elliptical ring filter
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/rmode.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/rmode.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75a10d39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/rmode.par
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Parameters for the RMODE task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be filtered
+output,f,a,,,,Output filtered images
+rinner,r,a,0.0,,, The inner radius of the elliptical ring filter
+router,r,a,,,,The outer radius of the elliptical ring filter
+ratio,r,h,1.0,0.0,1.0,Ratio of minor to major axes of the ring filter
+theta,r,h,0.0,0.0,180.0,Position angle of elliptical ring filter
+zloreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Lowside pixel value cutoff
+zhireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side pixel value cutoff
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',,,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/runmed.par b/pkg/images/imfilter/runmed.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80e25b01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/runmed.par
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+input,s,a,,,,List of input images
+output,s,a,,,,List of output images
+window,i,a,3,3,,Running window
+masks,s,h,"",,,List of output masks
+inmaskkey,s,h,"",,,Keyword for input masks
+outmaskkey,s,h,"HOLES",,,Keyword for output masks
+outtype,s,h,"filter","filter|difference|ratio",,Type of output values
+exclude,b,h,no,,,Exclude input image from filter value?
+nclip,r,h,0.,0.,,Clipping factor
+navg,i,h,1,1,,Number of central values to average
+scale,s,h,"none",,,Scaling option
+normscale,b,h,yes,,,Normalize scales to first image?
+outscale,b,h,no,,,Scale output?
+blank,r,h,0.,,,Filter value when all pixels are excluded
+storetype,s,h,"real","real|short",,Internal storage type
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/aboxcar.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/aboxcar.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3cf32cdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/aboxcar.x
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# CNV_ABOXR -- Vector boxcar smooth.
+
+procedure cnv_aboxr (in, out, npix, knpix)
+
+real	in[npix+knpix-1]
+real	out[npix]
+int	npix, knpix
+
+int	i
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	sum = 0.0
+	do i = 1, knpix - 1
+	    sum = sum + in[i]
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    sum = sum + in[i+knpix-1] 
+	    out[i] = sum
+	    sum = sum - in[i]
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/boxcar.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/boxcar.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7a58872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/boxcar.x
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+
+# CNV_BOXCAR -- Convolve an image. The kernel dimensions are assumed to
+# be odd
+
+procedure cnv_boxcar (im1, im2, nxk, nyk, boundary, constant)
+
+pointer	im1		# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		# pointer to the output image
+int	nxk, nyk	# dimensions of the kernel
+int	boundary	# type of boundary extnsion
+real	constant	# constant for constant boundary extension
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, col1, col2, inline, outline
+pointer	sp, lineptrs, accum, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgs2r(), impl2r()
+
+errchk	imgs2r, impl2r
+
+begin
+	# Number of columns and lines of output image
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im2,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im2) == 1)
+	    nlines = 1
+	else
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im2,2)
+
+	# Set input image column limits
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1,1) + nxk / 2
+
+	# Set up an array of linepointers and accumulators
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lineptrs, nyk, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (accum, ncols + nxk - 1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set boundary conditions on input image
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBUFS, nyk)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2 + 1, nyk / 2 + 1))
+	if (boundary == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Clear the accumulator
+	call aclrr (Memr[accum], ncols + nxk - 1)
+
+	# Initialize the accumulator
+	inline = 1 - nyk / 2
+	do i = 1, nyk - 1 {
+	    Memi[lineptrs+i] = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[accum], Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i]], Memr[accum],
+	        ncols + nxk - 1)
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Generate the remaining image lines image line by line
+	do outline = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Scroll buffers
+	    do i = 1, nyk - 1
+		Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = Memi[lineptrs+i]
+
+	    # Read in new image line, accumulate
+	    Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[accum], Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]], Memr[accum],
+		ncols + nxk - 1)
+
+	    # Write output image line
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, outline)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+	    call cnv_aboxr (Memr[accum], Memr[outbuf], ncols, nxk)
+	    call adivkr (Memr[outbuf], real (nxk * nyk), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+
+	    # Subtract last line
+	    call asubr (Memr[accum], Memr[Memi[lineptrs]], Memr[accum],
+	        ncols + nxk - 1)
+
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Free buffers
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/convolve.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/convolve.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4517acd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/convolve.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+
+# CNV_CONVOLVE -- Convolve an image with an nxk by nyk kernel. The kernel
+# dimensions are assumed to be odd.
+
+procedure cnv_convolve (im1, im2, kernel, nxk, nyk, boundary, constant, radsym) 
+
+pointer	im1		# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		# pointer to the output image
+real	kernel[nxk,nyk]	# the convolution kernel
+int	nxk, nyk	# dimensions of the kernel
+int	boundary	# type of boundary extension
+real	constant	# constant for constant boundary extension
+int	radsym		# does the kernel have radial symmetry ?
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, col1, col2, nincols, inline, outline
+pointer	sp, lineptrs, linebuf, outbuf
+pointer	imgs2r(), impl2r()
+errchk	imgs2r, impl2r
+
+begin
+	# Set up an array of line pointers.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lineptrs, nyk, TY_POINTER)
+
+	# Set the number of image buffers.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBUFS, nyk)
+
+	# Set the input image boundary conditions.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2 + 1, nyk / 2 + 1))
+	if (boundary == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Define the number of output image lines and columns.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im2,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im2) == 1)
+	    nlines = 1
+	else
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im2,2)
+
+	# Set the input image column limits.
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1,1) + nxk / 2
+	nincols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Initialise the line buffers.
+	inline = 1 - nyk / 2
+	do i = 1 , nyk - 1 {
+	    Memi[lineptrs+i] = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line
+	call salloc (linebuf, nincols, TY_REAL)
+	do outline = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Scroll the input buffers
+	    do i = 1, nyk - 1
+		Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = Memi[lineptrs+i]
+
+	    # Read in new image line
+	    Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline,
+	        inline)
+
+	    # Get output image line
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, outline)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Generate output image line
+	    call aclrr (Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    if (radsym == YES) {
+		do i = 1, nyk / 2 {
+		    call aaddr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i-1]],
+		        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-i]], Memr[linebuf], nincols)
+	            call cnv_radcnvr (Memr[linebuf], Memr[outbuf], ncols,
+		        kernel[1,i], nxk)
+		}
+		if (mod (nyk, 2) == 1)
+	            call cnv_radcnvr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk/2]], Memr[outbuf],
+		        ncols, kernel[1,nyk/2+1], nxk)
+	    } else {
+	        do i = 1, nyk
+	            call acnvr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i-1]], Memr[outbuf], ncols,
+		        kernel[1,i], nxk)
+	    }
+
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Free the image buffer pointers
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_buf.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_buf.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..608a073d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_buf.x
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+# FMD_BUF -- Procedure to maintain a buffer of image lines. A new buffer
+# is created when the buffer pointer is null or if the number of lines
+# requested is changed. The minimum number of image reads is used.
+
+procedure fmd_buf (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, buf, map, a1, a2, b1, b2)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to image
+int	col1, col2	#I column limits in the image
+int	line1, line2	#I line limits in the image
+pointer	buf		#U buffer pointer
+int	map		#I perform mapping on image lines
+real	a1, a2		#I limits of input image line
+real	b1, b2		#I limits of output image line
+
+
+int	i
+int	ncols, nlines, llast1, llast2, nllast, nclast
+pointer	bufr, bufi, buf1, buf2
+bool	fp_equalr()
+pointer	imgs2r(), imgs2i()
+errchk	imgs2r, imgs2i
+
+begin
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+	nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	# If the buffer pointer is undefined then allocate memory for the
+	# buffer. If the number of lines or columns changes then reallocate
+	# the buffer. Initialize the last line values to force a full
+	# buffer image read.
+
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_INT)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_INT)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# Read in only image lines which are different from the last buffer.
+	if (line1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = line2, line1, -1 {
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		if (i >= llast1) {
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+		} else {
+		    if (map == YES) {
+		        bufr = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+			if (fp_equalr (a1, a2))
+			    call amovkr (b1, Memr[bufr], ncols)
+			else
+		            call amapr (Memr[bufr], Memr[bufr], ncols, a1, a2,
+			        b1, b2)
+		        call achtri (Memr[bufr], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+		    } else {
+			switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+			case TY_SHORT, TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+			    bufi = imgs2i (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+			    call amaxki (Memi[bufi], nint(a1), Memi[buf2],
+			        ncols)
+			    call aminki (Memi[buf2], nint(a2), Memi[buf2],
+			        ncols)
+			default:
+		            bufr = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+			    if (fp_equalr (a1, a2))
+			        call amovkr (b1, Memr[bufr], ncols)
+			    else
+		                call amapr (Memr[bufr], Memr[bufr], ncols, a1,
+				    a2, b1, b2)
+		            call achtri (Memr[bufr], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (line2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = line1, line2 {
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		if (i <= llast2) {
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+		} else {
+		    if (map == YES) {
+		        bufr = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+			if (fp_equalr (a1, a2))
+			    call amovkr (b1, Memr[bufr], ncols)
+			else
+		            call amapr (Memr[bufr], Memr[bufr], ncols, a1, a2,
+			        b1, b2)
+		        call achtri (Memr[bufr], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+		    } else {
+			switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+			case TY_SHORT, TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+			    bufi = imgs2i (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+			    call amaxki (Memi[bufi], nint(a1), Memi[buf2],
+			        ncols)
+			    call aminki (Memi[buf2], nint(a2), Memi[buf2],
+			        ncols)
+			default:
+		            bufr = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+			    if (fp_equalr (a1, a2))
+			        call amovkr (b1, Memr[bufr], ncols)
+			    else
+		                call amapr (Memr[bufr], Memr[bufr], ncols, a1,
+				    a2, b1, b2)
+		            call achtri (Memr[bufr], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Save buffer parameters.
+	llast1 = line1
+	llast2 = line2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_hist.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_hist.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d44722d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_hist.x
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# FMD_ASHGMI -- Accumulate the histogram of the input vector.  The output vector
+# HGM (the histogram) should be cleared prior to the first call.
+
+procedure fmd_ashgmi (data, npix, hgm, nbins, z1, z2)
+
+int 	data[ARB]		#I data vector
+int	npix			#I number of pixels
+int	hgm[ARB]		#U output histogram
+int	nbins			#I number of bins in histogram
+int	z1, z2			#I greyscale values of first and last bins
+
+real	dz
+int	bin, i
+
+begin
+	if (nbins < 2)
+	    return
+	dz = real (nbins - 1) / real (z2 - z1)
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    bin = int ((data[i] - z1) * dz) + 1
+	    if (bin <= 0 || bin > nbins)
+		next
+	    hgm[bin] = hgm[bin] + 1
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_maxmin.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_maxmin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7c648a58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmd_maxmin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+
+# FMD_MAXMIN -- Find the maximum and minimum of an image allowing for
+# boundary extension if necessary.
+
+procedure fmd_maxmin (im, xbox, ybox, boundary, constant, minimum, maximum)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to image
+int	boundary	#I type of boundary extension
+real	constant	#I constant for boundary extension
+int	xbox, ybox	#I median filter size
+real	minimum		#O image minimum
+real	maximum		#O image maximum
+
+int	i, col1, col2, line1, line2
+pointer	buf
+real	minval, maxval
+
+pointer	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	if (IM_LIMTIME(im) < IM_MTIME(im) || boundary == BT_PROJECT) {
+
+	    # Set image boundary extension parameters.
+	    call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (xbox / 2, ybox / 2))
+	    call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	    # Set the column and line boundaries.
+	    col1 = 1 - xbox / 2
+	    col2 = IM_LEN(im,1) + xbox / 2
+	    line1 = 1 - ybox / 2
+	    line2 = IM_LEN(im,2) + ybox / 2
+
+	    # Initialize the max and min values.
+	    minimum = MAX_REAL
+	    maximum = -MAX_REAL
+
+	    do i = line1, line2 {
+		buf = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		call alimr (Memr[buf], col2 - col1 + 1, minval, maxval)
+		minimum = min (minimum, minval)
+		maximum = max (maximum, maxval)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    minimum = IM_MIN(im)
+	    maximum = IM_MAX(im)
+
+	    if (boundary == BT_CONSTANT) {
+		if (constant < minimum)
+		    minimum = constant
+		if (constant > maximum)
+		    maximum = constant
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmedian.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmedian.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f8d13b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmedian.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Structure definition for the FMEDIAN task
+
+define	LEN_FMEDIAN_STRUCT	20
+
+define	FMED_XBOX	Memi[$1]    	 # x median filtering window
+define	FMED_YBOX	Memi[$1+1]  	 # y median filtering window
+define	FMED_MAP	Memi[$1+2]  	 # map image to histogram
+define	FMED_HMIN	Memi[$1+3]  	 # histogram minimum
+define	FMED_HMAX	Memi[$1+4]  	 # histogram maximum
+define	FMED_HLOW	Memi[$1+5]  	 # histogram low side rejection param
+define	FMED_HHIGH	Memi[$1+6]  	 # histogram high side rejection param
+define	FMED_NHLOW	Memi[$1+7]  	 # number of low rejected pixels
+define	FMED_NHHIGH	Memi[$1+8]  	 # number of high rejected pixels
+define	FMED_MEDIAN	Memi[$1+9]  	 # the current median
+define	FMED_NMEDIAN	Memi[$1+10]  	 # number less than the median
+define	FMED_NLTMEDIAN	Memi[$1+11]  	 # number less than the current median
+define	FMED_UNMAP	Memi[$1+12] 	 # rescale the quantizied values
+define	FMED_ZMIN	Memr[P2R($1+13)] # the data minimum
+define	FMED_ZMAX	Memr[P2R($1+14)] # the data maximum
+define	FMED_Z1		Memr[P2R($1+15)] # the requested data minimum
+define	FMED_Z2		Memr[P2R($1+16)] # the requested data maximum
+define	FMED_ZLOW	Memr[P2R($1+17)] # data low side rejection parameter
+define	FMED_ZHIGH	Memr[P2R($1+18)] # data high side rejection parameter
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmedian.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmedian.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0fff514b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmedian.x
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "fmedian.h"
+
+# FMD_MEDBOX -- Median filter an image.
+
+procedure fmd_medbox (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+
+pointer	fmd		#I pointer to the fmedian structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2, nlines
+pointer	inbuf, outbuf, hst
+real	rval
+bool	fp_equalr()
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, fmd_buf, fmd_medboxset, fmd_medboxfilter
+
+begin
+	# Set the image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (FMED_XBOX(fmd) / 2,
+	    FMED_YBOX(fmd)/ 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Allocate space for the histogram and zero.
+	call calloc (hst, FMED_HMAX(fmd) - FMED_HMIN(fmd) + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    FMED_YBOX(fmd) = 1
+
+	# Set quantization parameters.
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FMED_Z1(fmd)))
+	    FMED_ZMIN(fmd) = FMED_Z1(fmd)
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FMED_Z2(fmd)))
+	    FMED_ZMAX(fmd) = FMED_Z2(fmd)
+	if (fp_equalr (real (FMED_HMIN(fmd)), FMED_ZMIN(fmd)) &&
+	    fp_equalr (real (FMED_HMAX(fmd)), FMED_ZMAX(fmd)))
+	    FMED_MAP(fmd) = NO
+	else
+	    FMED_MAP(fmd) = YES
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FMED_ZLOW(fmd))) {
+	    FMED_HLOW(fmd) = FMED_HMIN(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FMED_ZLOW(fmd), rval, 1, FMED_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FMED_ZMAX(fmd), real(FMED_HMIN(fmd)), real(FMED_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FMED_HLOW(fmd) = rval
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FMED_ZHIGH(fmd))) {
+	    FMED_HHIGH(fmd) = FMED_HMAX(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FMED_ZHIGH(fmd), rval, 1, FMED_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FMED_ZMAX(fmd), real(FMED_HMIN(fmd)), real(FMED_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FMED_HHIGH(fmd) = rval
+	}
+
+	# Initialize input image buffer.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - FMED_XBOX(fmd) / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + FMED_XBOX(fmd) / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Define the range of lines to read.
+	    line1 = line - FMED_YBOX(fmd) / 2
+	    line2 = line + FMED_YBOX(fmd) / 2
+	    nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call fmd_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf, FMED_MAP(fmd),
+	        FMED_ZMIN(fmd), FMED_ZMAX(fmd), real (FMED_HMIN(fmd)),
+		real (FMED_HMAX(fmd)))
+
+	    # Set up median filter array for each line scanned.
+	    call fmd_medboxset (fmd, Memi[inbuf], ncols, nlines, Memi[hst],
+		FMED_HMAX(fmd) - FMED_HMIN(fmd) + 1, line)
+
+	    # Get output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Median filter the image line.
+	    call fmd_medboxfilter (fmd, Memi[inbuf], ncols, nlines,
+	        Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memi[hst],
+		FMED_HMAX(fmd) - FMED_HMIN(fmd) + 1, line)
+
+	    # Recover original data range.
+	    if (FMED_UNMAP(fmd) == YES && FMED_MAP(fmd) == YES)
+		call amapr (Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)),
+		    real (FMED_HMIN(fmd)), real (FMED_HMAX(fmd)),
+		    FMED_ZMIN(fmd), FMED_ZMAX(fmd))
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call mfree (hst, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# FMD_MEDBOXSET -- Set up median array for the beginning of each image line.
+
+procedure fmd_medboxset (fmd, data, nx, ny, hist, nbins, line)
+
+pointer fmd				#I pointer to the fmedian structure
+int	data[nx, ny]			#I image data buffer
+int	nx				#I number of columns in image buffer
+int	ny				#I number of lines in the image buffer
+int	hist[nbins]			#U histogram
+int	nbins				#I number of histogram bins
+int	line				#I line number
+
+int	i, j, xbox, ybox, hmin, hmax, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi, index
+int	median, nmedian, nltmedian, nzero
+pointer	sp, filter
+int	amedi()
+
+begin
+	xbox = FMED_XBOX(fmd)
+	ybox = FMED_YBOX(fmd)
+	hmin = FMED_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FMED_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FMED_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FMED_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	if (line == 1)  {
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (filter, xbox * ybox, TY_INT)
+
+	    # Load filter.
+	    index = 0
+	    nhlo = 0
+	    nhhi = 0
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		do i = 1, xbox {
+		    if (data[i,j] < hlo) {
+			nhlo = nhlo + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i,j] > hhi) {
+			nhhi = nhhi + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    Memi[filter+index] = data[i,j]
+		    index = index + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Load histogram.
+	    if (index > 0)
+	        call fmd_ashgmi (Memi[filter], index, hist, nbins, hmin, hmax)
+
+	    # Calculate the current median.
+	    if (index > 0)
+	        median = amedi (Memi[filter], index)
+	    else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+		median = hhi
+	    else
+		median = hlo
+
+	    # Calculate the number less than the current median.
+	    nltmedian = 0
+	    if (index > 0) {
+	        nltmedian = 0
+	        do i = 1, index {
+		    if (Memi[filter+i-1] < median)
+		        nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	        }
+	        nmedian = (index - 1) / 2
+	    } else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    median = FMED_MEDIAN(fmd)
+	    nltmedian = FMED_NLTMEDIAN(fmd)
+	    nmedian = FMED_NMEDIAN(fmd)
+	    nhlo = FMED_NHLOW(fmd)
+	    nhhi = FMED_NHHIGH(fmd)
+
+	    # Add new points.
+	    if (mod (line, 2) == 0) {
+	        do i = nx - xbox + 1, nx {
+		    if (data[i,ny] < hlo) {
+			nhlo = nhlo + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i,ny] > hhi) {
+			nhhi = nhhi + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    index = data[i, ny] - hmin + 1
+		    hist[index] = hist[index] + 1
+		    if (data[i,ny] < median)
+		        nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	        }
+	    } else {
+	        do i = 1, xbox {
+		    if (data[i,ny] < hlo) {
+			nhlo = nhlo + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i,ny] > hhi) {
+			nhhi = nhhi + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    index = data[i, ny] - hmin + 1
+		    hist[index] = hist[index] + 1
+		    if (data[i,ny] < median)
+		        nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	        }
+	    }
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    # Calculate the new current median.
+	    if (nltmedian > nmedian) {
+		do i = 1, nbins {
+		    median = median - 1
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    if (nltmedian <= nmedian)
+			break
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1 , nbins {
+		    if (nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1] > nmedian)
+			break
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    median = median + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Store the results.
+	FMED_MEDIAN(fmd) = median
+	FMED_NMEDIAN(fmd) = nmedian
+	FMED_NLTMEDIAN(fmd) = nltmedian
+	FMED_NHLOW(fmd) = nhlo
+	FMED_NHHIGH(fmd) = nhhi
+end
+
+
+# FMD_MEDBOXFILTER -- Median filter a single image line.
+
+procedure fmd_medboxfilter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist,
+	nbins, line)
+
+pointer	fmd		#I pointer to the fmedian structure
+int	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	medline[ncols]	#O median array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+int	hist[nbins]	#U histogram
+int	nbins		#I length of histogram
+int	line		#I current line number
+
+begin
+	if (mod (line, 2) != 0)
+	    call fmd_eforward_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols,
+	        hist, nbins)
+	else
+	    call fmd_erev_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols,
+	        hist, nbins)
+end
+
+
+# FMD_EFORWARD_FILTER -- Run the median window forward.
+
+procedure fmd_eforward_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist, nbins)
+
+pointer	fmd			#I pointer to the fmedian structure
+int	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+int	hist[nbins]		#U histogram
+int	nbins			#I size of histogram
+
+int	i, j, xbox, ybox, dindex, hmin, hmax, hindex, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi
+int	median, nmedian, nltmedian, nzero
+
+begin
+	xbox = FMED_XBOX(fmd)
+	ybox = FMED_YBOX(fmd)
+	hmin = FMED_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FMED_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FMED_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FMED_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	median = FMED_MEDIAN(fmd)
+	nmedian = FMED_NMEDIAN(fmd)
+	nltmedian = FMED_NLTMEDIAN(fmd)
+	nhlo = FMED_NHLOW(fmd)
+	nhhi = FMED_NHHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Calculate the medians for a line.
+	dindex = 1
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Set median.
+	    if ((xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi) > 0)
+	        medline[i] = median
+	    else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	        medline[i] = hhi
+	    else
+	        medline[i] = hlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		hindex = data[dindex,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+		if (data[dindex,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Add points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex+xbox,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex+xbox,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		hindex = data[dindex+xbox,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] + 1
+		if (data[dindex+xbox,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	    }
+
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    # Calculate the new current median.
+	    if (nltmedian > nmedian) {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    median = median - 1
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    if (nltmedian  <= nmedian)
+			break
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    if (nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1] > nmedian)
+			break
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    median = median + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    dindex = dindex + 1
+
+	}
+
+	# Set the last median.
+	if ((xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi) > 0)
+	    medline[ncols] = median
+	else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	    medline[ncols] = hhi
+	else
+	    medline[ncols] = hlo
+
+	# Delete the points from the last row.
+	do i = nx - xbox + 1, nx {
+	    if (data[i,1] < hlo) {
+		nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    if (data[i,1] > hhi) {
+		nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    hindex = data[i,1] - hmin + 1
+	    hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+	    if (data[i,1] < median)
+		nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	}
+
+	nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	else
+	    nmedian = 0
+
+	FMED_MEDIAN(fmd) = median
+	FMED_NMEDIAN(fmd) = nmedian
+	FMED_NLTMEDIAN(fmd) = nltmedian
+	FMED_NHLOW(fmd) = nhlo
+	FMED_NHHIGH(fmd) = nhhi
+end
+
+
+# FMD_EREV_FILTER -- Median filter the line in the reverse direction.
+
+procedure fmd_erev_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist, nbins)
+
+pointer	fmd			#I pointer to the fmedian structure
+int	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+int	hist[nbins]		#U histogram
+int	nbins			#I size of histogram
+
+int	i, j, xbox, ybox, dindex, hmin, hmax, hindex, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi
+int	median, nmedian, nltmedian, nzero
+
+begin
+	xbox = FMED_XBOX(fmd)
+	ybox = FMED_YBOX(fmd)
+	hmin = FMED_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FMED_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FMED_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FMED_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	median = FMED_MEDIAN(fmd)
+	nmedian = FMED_NMEDIAN(fmd)
+	nltmedian = FMED_NLTMEDIAN(fmd)
+	nhlo = FMED_NHLOW(fmd)
+	nhhi = FMED_NHHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Calculate the medians for a line.
+	dindex = nx
+	do i = ncols, 2, -1 {
+
+	    # Set median.
+	    if ((xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi) > 0)
+	        medline[i] = median
+	    else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	        medline[i] = hhi
+	    else
+	        medline[i] = hlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		hindex = data[dindex,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+		if (data[dindex,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Add points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex-xbox,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex-xbox,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		hindex = data[dindex-xbox,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] + 1
+		if (data[dindex-xbox,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	    }
+
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    # Calculate the new current median.
+	    if (nltmedian > nmedian) {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    median = median - 1
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    if (nltmedian  <= nmedian)
+			break
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    if (nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1] > nmedian)
+			break
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    median = median + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    dindex = dindex - 1
+
+	}
+
+	# Set the last median.
+	if ((xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi) > 0)
+	    medline[1] = median
+	else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	    medline[1] = hhi
+	else
+	    medline[1] = hlo
+
+	# Delete the points from the last row.
+	do i = 1, xbox {
+	    if (data[i,1] < hlo) {
+		nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    if (data[i,1] > hhi) {
+		nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    hindex = data[i,1] - hmin + 1
+	    hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+	    if (data[i,1] < median)
+		nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	}
+
+	nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	else
+	    nmedian = 0
+
+	FMED_MEDIAN(fmd) = median
+	FMED_NMEDIAN(fmd) = nmedian
+	FMED_NLTMEDIAN(fmd) = nltmedian
+	FMED_NHLOW(fmd) = nhlo
+	FMED_NHHIGH(fmd) = nhhi
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmode.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmode.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b276b87c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Structure definition for the FMODE task
+
+define	LEN_FMODE_STRUCT	22
+
+define	FMOD_XBOX	Memi[$1]    # x median filtering window
+define	FMOD_YBOX	Memi[$1+1]  # y median filtering window
+define	FMOD_MAP	Memi[$1+2]  # map image to histogram
+define	FMOD_HMIN	Memi[$1+3]  # histogram minimum
+define	FMOD_HMAX	Memi[$1+4]  # histogram maximum
+define	FMOD_HLOW	Memi[$1+5]  # histogram low side rejection parameter
+define	FMOD_HHIGH	Memi[$1+6]  # histogram high side rejection parameter
+define	FMOD_NHLOW	Memi[$1+7]  # number of low rejected pixels
+define	FMOD_NHHIGH	Memi[$1+8]  # number of high rejected pixels
+define	FMOD_MEDIAN	Memi[$1+9]  # the current median
+define	FMOD_NMEDIAN	Memi[$1+10] # number less than the median
+define	FMOD_NLTMEDIAN	Memi[$1+11] # number less than the current median
+define	FMOD_UNMAP	Memi[$1+12] # rescale the quantizied values
+define	FMOD_ZMIN	Memr[P2R($1+13)]  # the data minimum
+define	FMOD_ZMAX	Memr[P2R($1+14)]  # the data maximum
+define	FMOD_Z1		Memr[P2R($1+15)]  # the requested data minimum
+define	FMOD_Z2		Memr[P2R($1+16)]  # the requested data maximum
+define	FMOD_ZLOW	Memr[P2R($1+17)]  # data low side rejection parameter
+define	FMOD_ZHIGH	Memr[P2R($1+18)]  # data high side rejection parameter
+define	FMOD_SUM	Memr[P2R($1+19)]  # running sum for mean calculation
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..011c0f3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/fmode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "fmode.h"
+
+# FMD_MODBOX -- Modal filter an image.
+
+procedure fmd_modbox (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+
+pointer	fmd		#I pointer to the fmedian structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2, nlines
+pointer	inbuf, outbuf, hst
+real	rval
+bool	fp_equalr()
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, fmd_buf, fmd_modboxset, fmd_modboxfilter
+
+begin
+	# Set the image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (FMOD_XBOX(fmd) / 2,
+	    FMOD_YBOX(fmd)/ 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Allocate space for the histogram and zero.
+	call calloc (hst, FMOD_HMAX(fmd) - FMOD_HMIN(fmd) + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    FMOD_YBOX(fmd) = 1
+
+	# Set quantization parameters.
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FMOD_Z1(fmd)))
+	    FMOD_ZMIN(fmd) = FMOD_Z1(fmd)
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FMOD_Z2(fmd)))
+	    FMOD_ZMAX(fmd) = FMOD_Z2(fmd)
+	if (fp_equalr (real (FMOD_HMIN(fmd)), FMOD_ZMIN(fmd)) &&
+	    fp_equalr (real (FMOD_HMAX(fmd)), FMOD_ZMAX(fmd)))
+	    FMOD_MAP(fmd) = NO
+	else
+	    FMOD_MAP(fmd) = YES
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FMOD_ZLOW(fmd))) {
+	    FMOD_HLOW(fmd) = FMOD_HMIN(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FMOD_ZLOW(fmd), rval, 1, FMOD_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FMOD_ZMAX(fmd), real(FMOD_HMIN(fmd)), real(FMOD_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FMOD_HLOW(fmd) = rval
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FMOD_ZHIGH(fmd))) {
+	    FMOD_HHIGH(fmd) = FMOD_HMAX(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FMOD_ZHIGH(fmd), rval, 1, FMOD_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FMOD_ZMAX(fmd), real(FMOD_HMIN(fmd)), real(FMOD_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FMOD_HHIGH(fmd) = rval
+	}
+
+	# Initialize input image buffer.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - FMOD_XBOX(fmd) / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + FMOD_XBOX(fmd) / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Define the range of lines to read.
+	    line1 = line - FMOD_YBOX(fmd) / 2
+	    line2 = line + FMOD_YBOX(fmd) / 2
+	    nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call fmd_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf, FMOD_MAP(fmd),
+	        FMOD_ZMIN(fmd), FMOD_ZMAX(fmd), real (FMOD_HMIN(fmd)),
+		real (FMOD_HMAX(fmd)))
+
+	    # Set up modal filter array for each line scanned.
+	    call fmd_modboxset (fmd, Memi[inbuf], ncols, nlines, Memi[hst],
+		FMOD_HMAX(fmd) - FMOD_HMIN(fmd) + 1, line)
+
+	    # Get output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Modal filter the image line.
+	    call fmd_modboxfilter (fmd, Memi[inbuf], ncols, nlines,
+	        Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memi[hst], FMOD_HMAX(fmd) -
+		FMOD_HMIN(fmd) + 1, line)
+
+	    # Recover original data range.
+	    if (FMOD_UNMAP(fmd) == YES && FMOD_MAP(fmd) == YES)
+		call amapr (Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)),
+		    real (FMOD_HMIN(fmd)), real (FMOD_HMAX(fmd)),
+		    FMOD_ZMIN(fmd), FMOD_ZMAX(fmd))
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call mfree (hst, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# FMD_MODBOXSET -- Set up median array for the beginning of each image line.
+
+procedure fmd_modboxset (fmd, data, nx, ny, hist, nbins, line)
+
+pointer fmd			#I pointer to the fmode structure
+int	data[nx, ny]		#I image data buffer
+int	nx			#I number of columns in image buffer
+int	ny			#I number of lines in the image buffer
+int	hist[nbins]		#U histogram
+int	nbins			#I number of histogram bins
+int	line			#I line number
+
+int	i, j, xbox, ybox, hmin, hmax, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi, index
+int	median, nmedian, nltmedian, nzero
+pointer	sp, filter
+real	sum
+int	amedi()
+
+begin
+	xbox = FMOD_XBOX(fmd)
+	ybox = FMOD_YBOX(fmd)
+	hmin = FMOD_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FMOD_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FMOD_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FMOD_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	if (line == 1)  {
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (filter, xbox * ybox, TY_INT)
+
+	    # Load filter.
+	    index = 0
+	    nhlo = 0
+	    nhhi = 0
+	    sum = 0.0
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		do i = 1, xbox {
+		    if (data[i,j] < hlo) {
+			nhlo = nhlo + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i,j] > hhi) {
+			nhhi = nhhi + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    Memi[filter+index] = data[i,j]
+		    sum = sum + data[i,j]
+		    index = index + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Load histogram.
+	    if (index > 0)
+	        call fmd_ashgmi (Memi[filter], index, hist, nbins, hmin, hmax)
+
+	    # Calculate the current median.
+	    if (index > 0)
+	        median = amedi (Memi[filter], index)
+	    else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+		median = hhi
+	    else
+		median = hlo
+
+	    # Calculate the number less than the current median.
+	    nltmedian = 0
+	    if (index > 0) {
+	        nltmedian = 0
+	        do i = 1, index {
+		    if (Memi[filter+i-1] < median)
+		        nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	        }
+	        nmedian = (index - 1) / 2
+	    } else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    median = FMOD_MEDIAN(fmd)
+	    nltmedian = FMOD_NLTMEDIAN(fmd)
+	    nmedian = FMOD_NMEDIAN(fmd)
+	    sum = FMOD_SUM(fmd)
+	    nhlo = FMOD_NHLOW(fmd)
+	    nhhi = FMOD_NHHIGH(fmd)
+
+	    # Add new points.
+	    if (mod (line, 2) == 0) {
+	        do i = nx - xbox + 1, nx {
+		    if (data[i,ny] < hlo) {
+			nhlo = nhlo + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i,ny] > hhi) {
+			nhhi = nhhi + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    sum = sum + data[i,ny]
+		    index = data[i,ny] - hmin + 1
+		    hist[index] = hist[index] + 1
+		    if (data[i,ny] < median)
+		        nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	        }
+	    } else {
+	        do i = 1, xbox {
+		    if (data[i,ny] < hlo) {
+			nhlo = nhlo + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i,ny] > hhi) {
+			nhhi = nhhi + 1
+			next
+		    }
+		    sum = sum + data[i,ny]
+		    index = data[i,ny] - hmin + 1
+		    hist[index] = hist[index] + 1
+		    if (data[i,ny] < median)
+		        nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	        }
+	    }
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    # Calculate the new current median.
+	    if (nltmedian > nmedian) {
+		do i = 1, nbins {
+		    median = median - 1
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    if (nltmedian <= nmedian)
+			break
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1 , nbins {
+		    if (nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1] > nmedian)
+			break
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    median = median + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Store the results.
+	FMOD_MEDIAN(fmd) = median
+	FMOD_NMEDIAN(fmd) = nmedian
+	FMOD_NLTMEDIAN(fmd) = nltmedian
+	FMOD_NHLOW(fmd) = nhlo
+	FMOD_NHHIGH(fmd) = nhhi
+	FMOD_SUM(fmd) = sum
+end
+
+
+# FMD_MODBOXFILTER -- Median filter a single image line.
+
+procedure fmd_modboxfilter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist,
+	nbins, line)
+
+pointer	fmd		#I pointer to the fmode structure
+int	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	medline[ncols]	#O median array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+int	hist[nbins]	#U histogram
+int	nbins		#I length of histogram
+int	line		#I current line number
+
+begin
+	if (mod (line, 2) != 0)
+	    call fmd_oforward_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols,
+	        hist, nbins)
+	else
+	    call fmd_orev_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols,
+	        hist, nbins)
+end
+
+
+# FMD_OFORWARD_FILTER -- Run the median window forward.
+
+procedure fmd_oforward_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist, nbins)
+
+pointer	fmd			#I pointer to the fmode structure
+int	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+int	hist[nbins]		#U histogram
+int	nbins			#I size of histogram
+
+int	i, j, xbox, ybox, dindex, hmin, hmax, hindex, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi
+int	median, nmedian, nltmedian, nzero
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	xbox = FMOD_XBOX(fmd)
+	ybox = FMOD_YBOX(fmd)
+	hmin = FMOD_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FMOD_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FMOD_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FMOD_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	median = FMOD_MEDIAN(fmd)
+	nmedian = FMOD_NMEDIAN(fmd)
+	nltmedian = FMOD_NLTMEDIAN(fmd)
+	sum = FMOD_SUM(fmd)
+	nhlo = FMOD_NHLOW(fmd)
+	nhhi = FMOD_NHHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Calculate the medians for a line.
+	dindex = 1
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Set median.
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        medline[i] = 3.0 * median - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	    else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	        medline[i] = hhi
+	    else
+	        medline[i] = hlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		sum = sum - data[dindex,j]
+		hindex = data[dindex,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+		if (data[dindex,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Add points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex+xbox,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex+xbox,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		sum = sum + data[dindex+xbox,j]
+		hindex = data[dindex+xbox,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] + 1
+		if (data[dindex+xbox,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	    }
+
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    # Calculate the new current median.
+	    if (nltmedian > nmedian) {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    median = median - 1
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    if (nltmedian  <= nmedian)
+			break
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    if (nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1] > nmedian)
+			break
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    median = median + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    dindex = dindex + 1
+
+	}
+
+	# Set the last median.
+	nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    medline[ncols] = 3.0 * median - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	    medline[ncols] = hhi
+	else
+	    medline[ncols] = hlo
+
+	# Delete the points from the last row.
+	do i = nx - xbox + 1, nx {
+	    if (data[i,1] < hlo) {
+		nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    if (data[i,1] > hhi) {
+		nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    sum = sum - data[i,1]
+	    hindex = data[i,1] - hmin + 1
+	    hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+	    if (data[i,1] < median)
+		nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	}
+
+	nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	else
+	    nmedian = 0
+
+	FMOD_SUM(fmd) = sum
+	FMOD_MEDIAN(fmd) = median
+	FMOD_NMEDIAN(fmd) = nmedian
+	FMOD_NLTMEDIAN(fmd) = nltmedian
+	FMOD_NHLOW(fmd) = nhlo
+	FMOD_NHHIGH(fmd) = nhhi
+end
+
+
+# FMD_OREV_FILTER -- Median filter the line in the reverse direction.
+
+procedure fmd_orev_filter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist, nbins)
+
+pointer	fmd			#I pointer to the fmode structure
+int	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+int	hist[nbins]		#U histogram
+int	nbins			#I size of histogram
+
+int	i, j, xbox, ybox, dindex, hmin, hmax, hindex, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi
+int	median, nmedian, nltmedian, nzero
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	xbox = FMOD_XBOX(fmd)
+	ybox = FMOD_YBOX(fmd)
+	hmin = FMOD_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FMOD_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FMOD_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FMOD_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	sum = FMOD_SUM(fmd)
+	median = FMOD_MEDIAN(fmd)
+	nmedian = FMOD_NMEDIAN(fmd)
+	nltmedian = FMOD_NLTMEDIAN(fmd)
+	nhlo = FMOD_NHLOW(fmd)
+	nhhi = FMOD_NHHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Calculate the medians for a line.
+	dindex = nx
+	do i = ncols, 2, -1 {
+
+	    # Set median.
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        medline[i] = 3.0 * median - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	    else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	        medline[i] = hhi
+	    else
+	        medline[i] = hlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		    next
+		}
+		sum = sum - data[dindex,j]
+		hindex = data[dindex,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+		if (data[dindex,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Add points.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[dindex-xbox,j] < hlo) {
+		    nhlo = nhlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[dindex-xbox,j] > hhi) {
+		    nhhi = nhhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		sum = sum + data[dindex-xbox,j]
+		hindex = data[dindex-xbox,j] - hmin + 1
+		hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] + 1
+		if (data[dindex-xbox,j] < median)
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + 1
+	    }
+
+	    nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    else
+		nmedian = 0
+
+	    # Calculate the new current median.
+	    if (nltmedian > nmedian) {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    median = median - 1
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian - hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    if (nltmedian  <= nmedian)
+			break
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, nbins {
+		    if (nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1] > nmedian)
+			break
+		    nltmedian = nltmedian + hist[median-hmin+1]
+		    median = median + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    dindex = dindex - 1
+
+	}
+
+	# Set the last median.
+	nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    medline[1] = 3.0 * median - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	    medline[1] = hhi
+	else
+	    medline[1] = hlo
+
+	# Delete the points from the last row.
+	do i = 1, xbox {
+	    if (data[i,1] < hlo) {
+		nhlo = nhlo - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    if (data[i,1] > hhi) {
+		nhhi = nhhi - 1
+		next
+	    }
+	    sum = sum - data[i,1]
+	    hindex = data[i,1] - hmin + 1
+	    hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] - 1
+	    if (data[i,1] < median)
+		nltmedian = nltmedian - 1
+	}
+
+	nzero = xbox * ybox - nhlo - nhhi
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	else
+	    nmedian = 0
+
+	FMOD_SUM(fmd) = sum
+	FMOD_MEDIAN(fmd) = median
+	FMOD_NMEDIAN(fmd) = nmedian
+	FMOD_NLTMEDIAN(fmd) = nltmedian
+	FMOD_NHLOW(fmd) = nhlo
+	FMOD_NHHIGH(fmd) = nhhi
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmedian.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmedian.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4bae31aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmedian.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Structure definition for the FRMEDIAN task
+
+define	LEN_FRMEDIAN_STRUCT	15
+
+define	FRMED_NRING	Memi[$1]    # the number of elements in the filter
+define	FRMED_MAP	Memi[$1+1]  # map image pixel to histogram scale
+define	FRMED_HMIN	Memi[$1+2]  # the minimum histogram bin
+define	FRMED_HMAX	Memi[$1+3]  # the maximum histogram bin
+define  FRMED_HLOW      Memi[$1+4]  # histogram low side rejection parameter
+define  FRMED_HHIGH     Memi[$1+5]  # histogram high side rejection parameter
+define	FRMED_UNMAP	Memi[$1+6]  # rescale the quantizied values
+define	FRMED_ZMIN	Memr[P2R($1+7)]   # the data minimum
+define	FRMED_ZMAX	Memr[P2R($1+8)]   # the data maximum
+define	FRMED_Z1	Memr[P2R($1+9)]   # the requested data minimum
+define	FRMED_Z2	Memr[P2R($1+10)]  # the requested data maximum
+define  FRMED_ZLOW      Memr[P2R($1+11)]  # data low side rejection parameter
+define  FRMED_ZHIGH     Memr[P2R($1+12)]  # data high side rejection parameter
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmedian.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmedian.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70f3054f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmedian.x
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "frmedian.h"
+
+# FMD_MEDRING -- Median ring filter an image.
+
+procedure fmd_medring (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant, kernel, nxk, nyk)
+
+pointer	fmd		#I pointer to the frmedian structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+short	kernel[nxk,ARB]	#I the ring filter kernel 
+int	nxk, nyk	#I dimensions of the kernel
+
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2, nlines
+pointer	inbuf, outbuf, hst
+real	rval
+bool	fp_equalr()
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, fmd_buf, fmd_remedfilter
+
+begin
+	# Set the image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2, nyk / 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Allocate space for the histogram and zero.
+	call calloc (hst, FRMED_HMAX(fmd) - FRMED_HMIN(fmd) + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    nyk = 1
+
+	# Set quantization parameters.
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FRMED_Z1(fmd)))
+	    FRMED_ZMIN(fmd) = FRMED_Z1(fmd)
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FRMED_Z2(fmd)))
+	    FRMED_ZMAX(fmd) = FRMED_Z2(fmd)
+	if (fp_equalr (real (FRMED_HMIN(fmd)), FRMED_ZMIN(fmd)) &&
+	    fp_equalr (real (FRMED_HMAX(fmd)), FRMED_ZMAX(fmd)))
+	    FRMED_MAP(fmd) = NO
+	else
+	    FRMED_MAP(fmd) = YES
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FRMED_ZLOW(fmd))) {
+	    FRMED_HLOW(fmd) = FRMED_HMIN(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FRMED_ZLOW(fmd), rval, 1, FRMED_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FRMED_ZMAX(fmd), real(FRMED_HMIN(fmd)), real(FRMED_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FRMED_HLOW(fmd) = rval
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FRMED_ZHIGH(fmd))) {
+	    FRMED_HHIGH(fmd) = FRMED_HMAX(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FRMED_ZHIGH(fmd), rval, 1, FRMED_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FRMED_ZMAX(fmd), real(FRMED_HMIN(fmd)), real(FRMED_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FRMED_HHIGH(fmd) = rval
+	}
+
+	# Initialize input image buffer.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + nxk / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Define the range of lines to read.
+	    line1 = line - nyk / 2
+	    line2 = line + nyk / 2
+	    nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call fmd_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf, FRMED_MAP(fmd),
+	        FRMED_ZMIN(fmd), FRMED_ZMAX(fmd), real (FRMED_HMIN(fmd)),
+		real (FRMED_HMAX(fmd)))
+
+	    # Get output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Median filter the image line.
+	    call fmd_remedfilter (fmd, Memi[inbuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[outbuf],
+		int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memi[hst], FRMED_HMAX(fmd) -
+		FRMED_HMIN(fmd) + 1, kernel, nxk, nyk)
+
+	    # Recover original data range.
+	    if (FRMED_UNMAP(fmd) == YES && FRMED_MAP(fmd) == YES)
+		call amapr (Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)),
+		    real (FRMED_HMIN(fmd)), real (FRMED_HMAX(fmd)),
+		    FRMED_ZMIN(fmd), FRMED_ZMAX(fmd))
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call mfree (hst, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# FMD_REMEDFILTER -- Run the median window forward.
+
+procedure fmd_remedfilter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist, nbins,
+	kernel, xbox, ybox)
+
+pointer	fmd			#I pointer to the frmedian structure
+int	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+int	hist[nbins]		#U histogram
+int	nbins			#I size of histogram
+short	kernel[xbox,ARB]	#I the ring filter kernel
+int	xbox, ybox		#I the dimensions of the kernel
+
+int	i, j, k, hmin, hmax, hindex, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi
+int	ohmin, ohmax, nring, nmedian, nzero, hsum
+
+begin
+	nring = FRMED_NRING(fmd)
+	hmin = FRMED_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FRMED_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FRMED_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FRMED_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Calculate the medians for a line.
+	do i = 1, ncols {
+
+	    # Add points.
+	    nhlo = 0
+	    nhhi = 0
+	    ohmin = hhi
+	    ohmax = hlo
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		do k = 1, xbox {
+		    if (kernel[k,j] == 0)
+		        next
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] < hlo) {
+		        nhlo = nhlo + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] > hhi) {
+		        nhhi = nhhi + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] < ohmin)
+			ohmin = data[i-1+k,j]
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] > ohmax)
+			ohmax = data[i-1+k,j]
+		    hindex = data[i-1+k,j] - hmin + 1
+		    hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the new median and clear the histogram.
+	    nzero = nring - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0) {
+
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+		hsum = 0
+		do j = ohmin - hmin + 1, ohmax - hmin + 1 {
+		    if ((hsum + hist[j]) > nmedian)
+			break
+		    hsum = hsum + hist[j]
+		}
+		medline[i] = j + hmin - 1
+	        call aclri (hist[ohmin-hmin+1], ohmax - ohmin + 1)
+
+	    } else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	        medline[i] = hhi
+	    else
+	        medline[i] = hlo
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmode.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmode.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f1316d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Structure definition for the FRMODE task
+
+define	LEN_FRMODE_STRUCT	15
+
+define	FRMOD_NRING	Memi[$1]    	  # the number of elements in the filter
+define	FRMOD_MAP	Memi[$1+1]  	  # map image to histogram
+define	FRMOD_HMIN	Memi[$1+2]  	  # histogram minimum
+define	FRMOD_HMAX	Memi[$1+3]  	  # histogram maximum
+define  FRMOD_HLOW      Memi[$1+4]  	  # histogram low side rejection param
+define  FRMOD_HHIGH     Memi[$1+5]  	  # histogram high side rejection param
+define	FRMOD_UNMAP	Memi[$1+6] 	  # rescale the quantizied values
+define	FRMOD_ZMIN	Memr[P2R($1+7)]   # the data minimum
+define	FRMOD_ZMAX	Memr[P2R($1+8)]   # the data maximum
+define	FRMOD_Z1	Memr[P2R($1+9)]   # the requested data minimum
+define	FRMOD_Z2	Memr[P2R($1+10)]  # the requested data maximum
+define  FRMOD_ZLOW      Memr[P2R($1+11)]  # data low side rejection parameter
+define  FRMOD_ZHIGH     Memr[P2R($1+12)]  # data high side rejection parameter
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..faf006f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/frmode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "frmode.h"
+
+# FMD_MODRING -- Modal ring filter an image.
+
+procedure fmd_modring (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant, kernel, nxk, nyk)
+
+pointer	fmd		#I pointer to the frmode structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+short	kernel[nxk,ARB]	#I the ring filter kernel 
+int	nxk, nyk	#I dimensions of the kernel
+
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2, nlines
+pointer	inbuf, outbuf, hst
+real	rval
+bool	fp_equalr()
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, fmd_buf, fmd_remedfilter
+
+begin
+	# Set the image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2, nyk / 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Allocate space for the histogram and zero.
+	call calloc (hst, FRMOD_HMAX(fmd) - FRMOD_HMIN(fmd) + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    nyk = 1
+
+	# Set quantization parameters.
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_Z1(fmd)))
+	    FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd) = FRMOD_Z1(fmd)
+	if (!IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_Z2(fmd)))
+	    FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd) = FRMOD_Z2(fmd)
+	if (fp_equalr (real (FRMOD_HMIN(fmd)), FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd)) &&
+	    fp_equalr (real (FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)), FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd)))
+	    FRMOD_MAP(fmd) = NO
+	else
+	    FRMOD_MAP(fmd) = YES
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_ZLOW(fmd))) {
+	    FRMOD_HLOW(fmd) = FRMOD_HMIN(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FRMOD_ZLOW(fmd), rval, 1, FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd), real(FRMOD_HMIN(fmd)), real(FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FRMOD_HLOW(fmd) = rval
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_ZHIGH(fmd))) {
+	    FRMOD_HHIGH(fmd) = FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)
+	} else {
+	    call amapr (FRMOD_ZHIGH(fmd), rval, 1, FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd),
+	        FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd), real(FRMOD_HMIN(fmd)), real(FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)))
+	    FRMOD_HHIGH(fmd) = rval
+	}
+
+	# Initialize input image buffer.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + nxk / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Define the range of lines to read.
+	    line1 = line - nyk / 2
+	    line2 = line + nyk / 2
+	    nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call fmd_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf, FRMOD_MAP(fmd),
+	        FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd), FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd), real (FRMOD_HMIN(fmd)),
+		real (FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)))
+
+	    # Get output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Modal filter the image line.
+	    call fmd_romodfilter (fmd, Memi[inbuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[outbuf],
+		int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memi[hst], FRMOD_HMAX(fmd) -
+		FRMOD_HMIN(fmd) + 1, kernel, nxk, nyk)
+
+	    # Recover original data range.
+	    if (FRMOD_UNMAP(fmd) == YES && FRMOD_MAP(fmd) == YES)
+		call amapr (Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)),
+		    real (FRMOD_HMIN(fmd)), real (FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)),
+		    FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd), FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd))
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call mfree (hst, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# FMD_ROMODFILTER -- Run the median window forward.
+
+procedure fmd_romodfilter (fmd, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, hist, nbins,
+	kernel, xbox, ybox)
+
+pointer	fmd			#I pointer to the frmode structure
+int	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+int	hist[nbins]		#U histogram
+int	nbins			#I size of histogram
+short	kernel[xbox,ARB]	#I the ring filter kernel
+int	xbox, ybox		#I the dimensions of the kernel
+
+int	i, j, k, hmin, hmax, hindex, hlo, hhi, nhlo, nhhi
+int	ohmin, ohmax, nring, nmedian, nzero, hsum
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	nring = FRMOD_NRING(fmd)
+	hmin = FRMOD_HMIN(fmd)
+	hmax = FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)
+	hlo = FRMOD_HLOW(fmd)
+	hhi = FRMOD_HHIGH(fmd)
+
+	# Calculate the medians for a line.
+	do i = 1, ncols {
+
+	    # Add points.
+	    nhlo = 0
+	    nhhi = 0
+	    ohmin = hhi
+	    ohmax = hlo
+	    sum = 0.0
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		do k = 1, xbox {
+		    if (kernel[k,j] == 0)
+		        next
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] < hlo) {
+		        nhlo = nhlo + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] > hhi) {
+		        nhhi = nhhi + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] < ohmin)
+			ohmin = data[i-1+k,j]
+		    if (data[i-1+k,j] > ohmax)
+			ohmax = data[i-1+k,j]
+		    hindex = data[i-1+k,j] - hmin + 1
+		    hist[hindex] = hist[hindex] + 1
+		    sum = sum + data[i-1+k,j]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the new median and clear the histogram.
+	    nzero = nring - nhlo - nhhi
+	    if (nzero > 0) {
+		nmedian = (nzero - 1) / 2
+		hsum = 0
+		do j = ohmin - hmin + 1, ohmax - hmin + 1 {
+		    if ((hsum + hist[j]) > nmedian)
+			break
+		    hsum = hsum + hist[j]
+		}
+		medline[i] = 3.0 * (j + hmin - 1) - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	        call aclri (hist[ohmin-hmin+1], ohmax - ohmin + 1)
+	    } else if (nhlo < nhhi)
+	        medline[i] = hhi
+	    else
+	        medline[i] = hlo
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_buf.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_buf.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29d43e50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_buf.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# MED_BUF -- Procedure to maintain a buffer of image lines. A new buffer
+# is created when the buffer pointer is null or if the number of lines
+# requested is changed. The minimum number of image reads is used.
+
+procedure med_buf (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, buf)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to image
+int	col1, col2	#I column limits in the image
+int	line1, line2	#I line limits in the image
+pointer	buf		#U buffer pointer
+
+int	i
+int	ncols, nlines, llast1, llast2, nllast, nclast
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+
+begin
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+	nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	# If the buffer pointer is undefined then allocate memory for the
+	# buffer. If the number of lines or columns changes then reallocate
+	# the buffer. Initialize the last line values to force a full
+	# buffer image read.
+
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# Read in only image lines which are different from the last buffer.
+	if (line1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = line2, line1, -1 {
+		if (i >= llast1)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (line2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = line1, line2 {
+		if (i <= llast2)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Save buffer parameters
+	llast1 = line1
+	llast2 = line2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_sort.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_sort.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70a30222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_sort.x
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# MED_ASHSRT -- Sort a real array in increasing order using the shell sort.
+
+procedure med_ashsrt (a, npts)
+
+real	a[ARB]			#U array to be sorted
+int	npts			#I number of points
+
+real	temp
+int	j, k, d
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+
+begin
+	switch (npts) {
+	case 1:
+	    ;
+	case 2:
+	    if (a[1] > a[2])
+		swap (a[1], a[2])
+
+	case 3:
+	    if (a[1] > a[2])
+		swap (a[1], a[2])
+	    if (a[1] > a[3])
+		swap (a[1], a[3])
+	    if (a[2] > a[3])
+		swap (a[2], a[3])
+
+	case 4:
+	    if (a[1] > a[2])
+		swap (a[1], a[2])
+	    if (a[1] > a[3])
+		swap (a[1], a[3])
+	    if (a[1] > a[4])
+		swap (a[1], a[4])
+	    if (a[2] > a[3])
+		swap (a[2], a[3])
+	    if (a[2] > a[4])
+		swap (a[2], a[4])
+	    if (a[3] > a[4])
+		swap (a[3], a[4])
+
+	case 5:
+	    if (a[1] > a[2])
+		swap (a[1], a[2])
+	    if (a[1] > a[3])
+		swap (a[1], a[3])
+	    if (a[1] > a[4])
+		swap (a[1], a[4])
+	    if (a[1] > a[5])
+		swap (a[1], a[5])
+	    if (a[2] > a[3])
+		swap (a[2], a[3])
+	    if (a[2] > a[4])
+		swap (a[2], a[4])
+	    if (a[2] > a[5])
+		swap (a[2], a[5])
+	    if (a[3] > a[4])
+		swap (a[3], a[4])
+	    if (a[3] > a[5])
+		swap (a[3], a[5])
+	    if (a[4] > a[5])
+		swap (a[4], a[5])
+
+	default:
+	    for (d = npts;  d > 1;  ) {
+		if (d < 5)
+		    d = 1
+		else
+		    d = (5 * d - 1) / 11
+		do j = npts - d, 1, -1 {
+		    temp = a[j]
+		    do k = j + d, npts, d {
+			if (temp <= a[k])
+			    break
+			a[k-d] = a[k]
+		    }
+		    a[k-d] = temp
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MED_GSHSRT -- Procedure to sort the indices of an array using the shell
+# sort.
+
+procedure med_gshsrt (a, index, npts)
+
+real	a[ARB]			#I array to be sorted
+int	index[ARB]		#O array of indices
+int	npts			#I number of points in the array
+
+int	j, k
+int	d, temp
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+
+begin
+	switch (npts) {
+	case 1:
+	    ;
+	case 2:
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[2]])
+		swap (index[1], index[2])
+
+	case 3:
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[2]])
+		swap (index[1], index[2])
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[3]])
+		swap (index[1], index[3])
+	    if (a[index[2]] > a[index[3]])
+		swap (index[2], index[3])
+
+	case 4:
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[2]])
+		swap (index[1], index[2])
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[3]])
+		swap (index[1], index[3])
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[4]])
+		swap (index[1], index[4])
+	    if (a[index[2]] > a[index[3]])
+		swap (index[2], index[3])
+	    if (a[index[2]] > a[index[4]])
+		swap (index[2], index[4])
+	    if (a[index[3]] > a[index[4]])
+		swap (index[3], index[4])
+
+	case 5:
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[2]])
+		swap (index[1], index[2])
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[3]])
+		swap (index[1], index[3])
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[4]])
+		swap (index[1], index[4])
+	    if (a[index[1]] > a[index[5]])
+		swap (index[1], index[5])
+	    if (a[index[2]] > a[index[3]])
+		swap (index[2], index[3])
+	    if (a[index[2]] > a[index[4]])
+		swap (index[2], index[4])
+	    if (a[index[2]] > a[index[5]])
+		swap (index[2], index[5])
+	    if (a[index[3]] > a[index[4]])
+		swap (index[3], index[4])
+	    if (a[index[3]] > a[index[5]])
+		swap (index[3], index[5])
+	    if (a[index[4]] > a[index[5]])
+		swap (index[4], index[5])
+
+	default:
+	    for (d = npts;  d > 1;  ) {
+		if (d < 5)
+		    d = 1
+		else
+		    d = (5 * d - 1) / 11
+		do j = npts - d, 1, -1 {
+		    temp = index[j]
+		    do k = j + d, npts, d {
+			if (a[temp] <= a[index[k]])
+			    break
+			index[k-d] = index[k]
+		    }
+		    index[k-d] = temp
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_utils.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_utils.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ab474f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/med_utils.x
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <math.h>
+
+# MED_ELL_GAUSS -- Compute the parameters of the elliptical Gaussian.
+
+procedure med_ell_gauss (sigma, ratio, theta, a, b, c, f, nx, ny)
+
+real	sigma			#I sigma of Gaussian in x
+real	ratio			#I ratio of half-width in y to x
+real	theta			#I position angle of Gaussian
+real	a, b, c, f		#O ellipse parameters
+int	nx, ny			#O dimensions of the kernel
+
+real	sx2, sy2, cost, sint, discrim
+bool	fp_equalr ()
+
+begin
+	# Define some constants.
+	sx2 = sigma ** 2
+	sy2 = (ratio * sigma) ** 2
+	cost = cos (DEGTORAD (theta))
+	sint = sin (DEGTORAD (theta))
+
+	# Compute the ellipse parameters.
+	if (sigma <= 0.0) {
+	    a = 0.0
+	    b = 0.0
+	    c = 0.0
+	    f = 0.0
+	    nx = 0
+	    ny = 0
+	} else if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0)) {
+
+	    if (fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) || fp_equalr (theta, 180.)) {
+		a = 1. / sx2
+		b = 0.0
+		c = 0.0
+	    } else if (fp_equalr (theta, 90.0)) {
+		a = 0.0
+		b = 0.0
+		c = 1. / sx2
+	    } else
+		call error (0, "MED_GAUSS_KERNEL: Cannot make 1D Gaussian.")
+
+	    f = 0.5
+	    nx = 2. * sigma * abs (cost) + 1.
+	    ny = 2. * sigma * abs (sint) + 1.
+
+	} else {
+
+	    a = cost ** 2 / sx2 + sint ** 2 / sy2
+	    b = 2. * (1.0 / sx2 - 1.0 / sy2) * cost * sint
+	    c = sint ** 2 / sx2 + cost ** 2 / sy2
+	    discrim = b ** 2 - 4. * a * c
+	    f = 0.5
+	    nx = 2. * sqrt (-8. * c * f / discrim) + 1.
+	    ny = 2. * sqrt (-8. * a * f / discrim) + 1.
+	}
+
+	# Force the kernel to the next nearest odd integer.
+	if (mod (nx, 2) == 0)
+	    nx = nx + 1
+	if (mod (ny, 2) == 0)
+	    ny = ny + 1
+end
+
+
+# MED_RING_FILTER -- Construct the Gaussian kernel using the elliptical
+# Gaussian parameters.
+
+int procedure med_mkring (kernel, nx, ny, a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2)
+
+short	kernel[nx,ny]		#O Gaussian kernel
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of the kernel
+real	a1, b1, c1, f1		#I inner ellipse parameters
+real	a2, b2, c2, f2		#I outer ellipse parameters
+
+int	i, j, x0, y0, x, y, nring
+real	k1, k2
+
+begin
+	# Define some constants.
+	x0 = nx / 2 + 1
+	y0 = ny / 2 + 1
+
+	# Compute the kernel.
+	nring = 0
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    y = j - y0
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		x = i - x0
+		k1 = 0.5 * (a1 * x ** 2 + c1 * y ** 2 + b1 * x * y)
+		k2 = 0.5 * (a2 * x ** 2 + c2 * y ** 2 + b2 * x * y)
+		if (k1 >= f1 && k2 <= f2) {
+		    kernel[i,j] = 1
+		    nring = nring + 1
+		} else
+		    kernel[i,j] = 0
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (nring)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/median.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/median.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..638dc966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/median.h
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Definitions file for the MEDIAN task.
+
+define	LEN_MEDIAN_STRUCT	15
+
+define	MED_XBOX	Memi[$1]	# the x width of the filtering window
+define	MED_YBOX	Memi[$1+1]	# the y width of the filtering window
+define	MED_NPTS	Memi[$1+2]	# the number of points in window
+define	MED_NPTSP1	Memi[$1+3]	# the number of points in window + 1
+define	MED_MP		Memi[$1+4]	# the median pointer
+define	MED_START	Memi[$1+5]	# index of the first elememt
+define	MED_FINISH	Memi[$1+6]	# index of the last elememt
+define	MED_ZLOW	Memr[P2R($1+7)]	# the low pixel cutoff value
+define	MED_ZHIGH	Memr[P2R($1+8)]	# the high pixel cutoff value
+define	MED_NLOW	Memi[$1+9]	# the number of low side rejected pts
+define	MED_NHIGH	Memi[$1+10]	# the number of high side rejected pts
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/median.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/median.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..268a6a85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/median.x
@@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "median.h"
+
+# MDE_MEDBOX -- Median filter an image using a rectangular window.
+
+procedure mde_medbox (mde, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the median structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2
+pointer	filter, left, right, inbuf, outbuf
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, med_buf, mde_medboxset, mde_xefilter, mde_yefilter
+errchk	med_boxfilter
+
+begin
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    MED_YBOX(mde) = 1
+
+	# Set the median filtering buffers.
+	call calloc (filter, MED_XBOX(mde) * MED_YBOX(mde) + 1, TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (left, MED_XBOX(mde) * MED_YBOX(mde), TY_INT)
+	call calloc (right, MED_XBOX(mde) * MED_YBOX(mde), TY_INT)
+
+	# Set the input image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (MED_XBOX(mde) / 2,
+	    MED_YBOX(mde) / 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Set the line buffer parameters.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - MED_XBOX(mde) / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + MED_XBOX(mde) / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Get ybox image lines
+	    line1 = line - MED_YBOX(mde) / 2
+	    line2 = line + MED_YBOX(mde) / 2
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call med_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf)
+
+	    # Set up median filter array for each image line.
+	    call mde_medboxset (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MED_YBOX(mde),
+	        Memr[filter], Memi[left], Memi[right], line)
+
+	    # Get the output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Median filter the image line.
+	    if (MED_XBOX(mde) == 1)
+		call mde_yefilter (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MED_YBOX(mde),
+		    Memr[filter], Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)))
+	    else if (MED_YBOX(mde) == 1)
+		call mde_xefilter (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MED_YBOX(mde),
+		    Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)), Memr[filter],
+		    Memi[left], Memi[right])
+	    else
+	        call mde_medboxfilter (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MED_YBOX(mde),
+		    Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memr[filter],
+		    Memi[left], Memi[right], line)
+	}
+
+	# Free the image and filter buffers.
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (filter, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (left, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (right, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_MEDBOXSET -- Set up median array for the beginning of each image line
+# The image is raster scanned so that the direction of scanning changes
+# for each line. Odd numbered lines are scanned forwards and even numbered
+# lines are scanned backward. If the median filters is one dimensional
+# the lines are scanned forward.
+
+procedure mde_medboxset (mde, data, nx, ny, filter, left, right, line)
+
+pointer	mde				#I pointer to the median structure
+real	data[nx, ny]			#I image data buffer
+int	nx				#I number of columns in image buffer
+int	ny				#I number of lines in the image buffer
+real	filter[ARB]			#U array of elements to be sorted
+int	left[ARB]			#U array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]			#U array of forward pointers
+int	line				#I line number
+
+int	i, j, k, l, xbox, ybox, nlo, nhi, npts, nptsp1, start, finish, mp
+pointer	sp, insert, index
+real	zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	# Get algorithm parameters.
+	xbox = MED_XBOX(mde)
+	ybox = MED_YBOX(mde)
+	zlo = MED_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MED_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	if (xbox == 1) {
+
+	    npts = 0
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+
+	    do i = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[1,i] < zlo) {
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[1,i] > zhi) {
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		npts = npts + 1
+		filter[npts] = data[1,i]
+	    }
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        call med_ashsrt (filter, npts)
+
+	    nptsp1 = npts + 1
+	    mp = 1
+
+	} else if (line == 1 || ybox == 1) {
+	    
+	    npts = xbox * ybox
+	    nptsp1 = npts + 1
+	    mp = 1
+
+	    call salloc (index, npts, TY_INT)
+
+	    # Load the filter kernel.
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+	    k = 1
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+		do j = 1, ybox {
+		    if (data[i,j] < zlo)
+			nlo = nlo + 1
+		    if (data[i,j] > zhi)
+			nhi = nhi + 1
+		    filter[k] = data[i,j]
+		    Memi[index+k-1] = k
+		    k = k + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort the initial filter kernel index array.
+	    call med_gshsrt (filter, Memi[index], npts)
+
+	    # Set up the sorted linked list parameters.
+	    start = Memi[index]
+	    finish = Memi[index+npts-1]
+	    left[start] = 0
+	    do i = 2, npts
+		left[Memi[index+i-1]] = Memi[index+i-2]
+	    do i = 1, npts - 1
+		right[Memi[index+i-1]] = Memi[index+i]
+	    right[finish] = npts + 1
+
+	} else if (mod (line, 2) == 1) {
+
+	    npts = MED_NPTS(mde)
+	    nptsp1 = MED_NPTSP1(mde)
+	    mp = MED_MP(mde)
+	    start = MED_START(mde)
+	    finish = MED_FINISH(mde)
+	    nlo = MED_NLOW(mde)
+	    nhi = MED_NHIGH(mde)
+
+	    call salloc (index, xbox, TY_INT)
+	    call salloc (insert, xbox, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Xbox elements are deleted when lines are changed.
+	    # These elements are always located in the first
+	    # column of the filter kernel.
+	    do i = 1, npts, ybox {
+	       if (filter[i] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo - 1
+	        if (filter[i] > zhi)
+	            nhi = nhi - 1
+		if (i == start) {
+		    start = right[i]
+		    left[right[i]] = 0
+		} else if (i == finish) {
+		    finish = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    left[right[i]] = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = right[i]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Read in the new points.
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+	        if (data[i,ny] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		if (data[i,ny] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		Memr[insert+i-1] = data[i,ny]
+		Memi[index+i-1] = i
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort the new points.
+	    call med_gshsrt (Memr[insert], Memi[index], xbox)
+
+	    # Adjust the median pointer.
+	    mp = mp + ybox
+	    if (mp > npts)
+		mp = 1
+
+	    j = start
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+
+		# Insert the new point into the filter kernel.
+		l = Memi[index+i-1]
+		k = mod (mp + (l - 1) * ybox, npts)
+		filter[k] = Memr[insert+l-1]
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the inserted point.
+		while (j != right[finish] && Memr[insert+l-1] > filter[j])
+		    j = right[j]
+
+		# Make insertions by adjusting the forward and backward links.
+		if (j == start) {
+		    left[start] = k
+		    left[k] = 0
+		    right[k] = start
+		    start = k
+		} else if (j == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = k
+		    left[k] = finish
+		    right[k] = npts + 1
+		    finish = k
+		} else {
+		    left[k] = left[j]
+		    right[k] = right[left[j]]
+		    right[left[j]] = k
+		    left[j] = k
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    
+	    npts = MED_NPTS(mde)
+	    nptsp1 = MED_NPTSP1(mde)
+	    mp = MED_MP(mde)
+	    start = MED_START(mde)
+	    finish = MED_FINISH(mde)
+	    nlo = MED_NLOW(mde)
+	    nhi = MED_NHIGH(mde)
+
+	    call salloc (index, xbox, TY_INT)
+	    call salloc (insert, xbox, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Xbox elements are deleted when lines are changed.
+	    # These elements are always located in the first
+	    # column of the filter kernel.
+	    do i = 1, npts, ybox {
+	        if (filter[i] < zlo)
+	            nlo = nlo - 1
+		if (filter[i] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi - 1
+		if (i == start) {
+		    start = right[i]
+		    left[right[i]] = 0
+		} else if (i == finish) {
+		    finish = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    left[right[i]] = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = right[i]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Find points to be inserted.
+	    j = nx - xbox + 1 
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+	        if (data[j,ny] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		if (data[j,ny] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		Memr[insert+i-1] = data[j,ny]
+		Memi[index+i-1] = i
+		j = j + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort the new points.
+	    call med_gshsrt (Memr[insert], Memi[index], xbox)
+
+	    # Do a merge sort of the old and new points.
+	    j = start
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+
+		# Insert the new point into the filter kernel
+		l = Memi[index+i-1]
+		k = mod (mp + (l - 1) * ybox, npts)
+		filter[k] = Memr[insert+l-1]
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the inserted point
+		while (j != right[finish] && Memr[insert+l-1] > filter[j])
+		    j = right[j]
+
+		# Make insertions by adjusting the forward and backward links
+		if (j == start) {
+		    left[start] = k
+		    left[k] = 0
+		    right[k] = start
+		    start = k
+		} else if (j == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = k
+		    left[k] = finish
+		    right[k] = npts + 1
+		    finish = k
+		} else {
+		    left[k] = left[j]
+		    right[k] = right[left[j]]
+		    right[left[j]] = k
+		    left[j] = k
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Adjust the filter kernel pointer for backscanned lines
+	    mp = mp - ybox
+	    if (mp < 1)
+		mp = npts + mp
+	}
+
+	MED_NPTS(mde) = npts
+	MED_NPTSP1(mde) = nptsp1
+	MED_MP(mde) = mp
+	MED_START(mde) = start
+	MED_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MED_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MED_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_MEDBOXFILTER -- Median filter a single image line.
+
+procedure mde_medboxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, median, ncols, filter, left,
+	right, line)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the median structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	median[ncols]	#O median array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the median array of points to be filtered
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+int	line		#I current line number
+
+begin
+	if (mod (line, 2) == 0)
+	    call mde_ereverse_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, median, ncols,
+		filter, left, right)
+	else
+	    call mde_eforward_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, median, ncols,
+	        filter, left, right)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_EFORWARD_BOXFILTER -- Median filter a single image line
+
+procedure mde_eforward_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, median, ncols,
+	filter, left, right)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the median filtering structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	median[ncols]	#O median array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the array of points to be filtered
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+
+int	i, j, k, l, col, nzero, nhalf, xbox, ybox, npts, nptsp1
+int	nlo, nhi, start, finish, mp
+real	zlo, zhi
+pointer	sp, index
+
+
+begin
+	xbox = MED_XBOX(mde)
+	ybox = MED_YBOX(mde)
+	zlo = MED_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MED_ZHIGH(mde)
+	npts = MED_NPTS(mde)
+	nptsp1 = MED_NPTSP1(mde)
+
+	start = MED_START(mde)
+	finish = MED_FINISH(mde)
+	mp = MED_MP(mde)
+	nlo = MED_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MED_NHIGH(mde)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (index, ybox, TY_INT)
+
+	col = 1 + xbox
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the median
+	    k = start
+	    nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	    nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	        k = right[k]
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        median[i] = filter[k]
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		median[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		median[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = mp, mp + ybox - 1 {
+
+		if (filter[j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo - 1
+		if (filter[j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi - 1
+
+		if (j == start) {
+		    start = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = 0
+		} else if (j == finish) {
+		    finish = left[j]
+		    right[left[j]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    right[left[j]] = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = left[j]
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the median kernel.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[col,j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		if (data[col,j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		filter[mp+j-1] = data[col,j]
+		Memi[index+j-1] = j
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort array to be inserted.
+	    call med_gshsrt (filter[mp], Memi[index], ybox)
+
+	    # Merge the sorted lists.
+	    k = start
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+
+		# Position in filter kernel of new point
+		l = Memi[index+j-1] + mp - 1
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the point to be inserted
+		while (filter[l] > filter[k] && k != right[finish])
+		    k = right[k]
+
+		# Update the linked list
+		if (k == start) {
+		    left[start] = l
+		    left[l] = 0
+		    right[l] = start
+		    start = l
+		} else if (k == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = l
+		    left[l] = finish
+		    right[l] = nptsp1
+		    finish = l
+		} else {
+		    left[l] = left[k]
+		    right[l] = right[left[k]]
+		    right[left[k]] = l
+		    left[k] = l
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Increment the median pointer.
+	    mp = mp + ybox
+	    if (mp > npts)
+		mp = 1
+
+	    col = col + 1
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last median.
+	k = start
+	nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	    k = right[k]
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    median[ncols] = filter[k]
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    median[ncols] = zhi
+	else
+	    median[ncols] = zlo
+
+	MED_START(mde) = start
+	MED_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MED_MP(mde) = mp
+	MED_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MED_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_EREV_BOXFILTER -- Median filter a single image line in reverse
+
+procedure mde_ereverse_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, median, ncols,
+	filter, left, right)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the median fitting structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	median[ncols]	#O median array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the array of data to be filtered
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+
+int	i, j, k, l, col, nhalf, xbox, ybox, npts, start, finish, nlo, nhi, mp
+int	nptsp1, nzero
+pointer	sp, index
+real	zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	xbox = MED_XBOX(mde)
+	ybox = MED_YBOX(mde)
+	npts = MED_NPTS(mde)
+	nptsp1 = MED_NPTSP1(mde)
+	zlo = MED_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MED_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	start = MED_START(mde)
+	finish = MED_FINISH(mde)
+	mp = MED_MP(mde)
+	nlo = MED_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MED_NHIGH(mde)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (index, ybox, TY_INT)
+
+	col = nx - xbox
+	do i = ncols, 2, - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the median.
+	    k = start
+	    nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	    nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	        k = right[k]
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        median[i] = filter[k]
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		median[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		median[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = mp, mp + ybox - 1 {
+
+		if (filter[j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo - 1
+		if (filter[j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi - 1
+		if (j == start) {
+		    start = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = 0
+		} else if (j == finish) {
+		    finish = left[j]
+		    right[left[j]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    right[left[j]] = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = left[j]
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the median kernel.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[col,j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		if (data[col,j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		filter[mp+j-1] = data[col,j]
+		Memi[index+j-1] = j
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort array to be inserted.
+	    call med_gshsrt (filter[mp], Memi[index], ybox)
+
+	    # Merge the sorted lists.
+	    k = start
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+
+		# Find position in filter kernel of new point.
+		l = Memi[index+j-1] + mp - 1
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the point to be inserted.
+		while (filter[l] > filter[k] && k != right[finish])
+		    k = right[k]
+
+		# Update the linked list.
+		if (k == start) {
+		    left[start] = l
+		    left[l] = 0
+		    right[l] = start
+		    start = l
+		} else if (k == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = l
+		    left[l] = finish
+		    right[l] = nptsp1
+		    finish = l
+		} else {
+		    left[l] = left[k]
+		    right[l] = right[left[k]]
+		    right[left[k]] = l
+		    left[k] = l
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Increment the median pointer.
+	    mp = mp - ybox
+	    if (mp < 1)
+		mp = mp + npts
+
+	    col = col - 1
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last median.
+	k = start
+	nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	    k = right[k]
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    median[1] = filter[k]
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    median[1] = zhi
+	else
+	    median[1] = zlo
+
+	MED_START(mde) = start
+	MED_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MED_MP(mde) = mp
+	MED_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MED_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_XEFILTER -- Median filter a single image line in the x direction.
+# The filter always moves from left to right.
+
+procedure mde_xefilter (mde, data, nx, ny, median, ncols, filter, left, right)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the median structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	median[ncols]	#O median array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the array of points to be medianed
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+
+int	i, j, k, start, finish, mp, xbox, npts, nptsp1, nhalf, nlo, nhi, nzero
+real	zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	xbox = MED_XBOX(mde)
+	npts = MED_NPTS(mde)
+	nptsp1 = MED_NPTSP1(mde)
+	zlo = MED_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MED_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	start = MED_START(mde)
+	finish = MED_FINISH(mde)
+	mp = MED_MP(mde)
+	nlo = MED_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MED_NHIGH(mde)
+
+	# Median filter an image line.
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the median.
+	    k = start
+	    nzero = npts - nhi - nlo
+	    nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+		k = right[k]
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        median[i] = filter[k]
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+	        median[i] = zhi
+	    else
+	        median[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Delete points from the filter kernel.
+	    if (filter[mp] < zlo)
+		nlo = nlo - 1
+	    if (filter[mp] > zhi)
+		nhi = nhi - 1
+
+	    if (mp == start) {
+		start = right[mp]
+		left[right[mp]] = 0
+	    } else
+		right[left[mp]] = right[mp]
+
+	    if (mp == finish) {
+		finish = left[mp]
+		right[left[mp]] = nptsp1
+	    } else
+		left[right[mp]] = left[mp]
+
+	    # Update the median kernel.
+	    if (data[i+xbox,1] < zlo)
+		nlo = nlo + 1
+	    if (data[i+xbox,1] > zhi)
+		nhi = nhi + 1
+	    filter[mp] = data[i+xbox,1]
+
+	    # Find the point to the right of the point to be inserted.
+	    k = start
+    	    while (k != right[finish] && filter[mp] > filter[k])
+		k = right[k]
+
+	    # Insert points into the filter kernel.
+	    if (k == start) {
+		left[start] = mp
+		left[mp] = 0
+		right[mp] = start
+		start = mp
+	    } else if (k == right[finish]) {
+		right[finish] = mp
+		left[mp] = finish
+		right[mp] = nptsp1
+		finish = mp
+	    } else {
+		left[mp] = left[k]
+		right[mp] = right[left[k]]
+		right[left[k]] = mp
+		left[k] = mp
+	    }
+
+	    # Increment median counter
+	    mp = mp + 1
+	    if (mp > npts)
+		mp = 1
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last median
+	nzero = npts - nhi - nlo
+	nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	k = start
+	do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	    k = right[k]
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    median[ncols] = filter[k]
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    median[ncols] = zhi
+	else
+	    median[ncols] = zlo
+
+	MED_START(mde) = start
+	MED_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MED_MP(mde) = mp
+	MED_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MED_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+end
+
+
+# MDE_YEFILTER -- Median filter a single image line in the y direction
+
+procedure mde_yefilter (mde, data, nx, ny, filter, median, ncols)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the median structure
+real	data[nx,ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	filter[ARB]	#U array containing the points to be medianed
+real	median[ncols]	#O median array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+
+int	i, j, npts, nlo, nhi
+real	zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	zlo = MED_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MED_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	npts = MED_NPTS(mde)
+	nlo = MED_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MED_NHIGH(mde)
+
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the new median.
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        median[i] = filter[(npts+1)/2]
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		median[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		median[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Update the median kernel.
+	    npts = 0
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+	    do j = 1, ny {
+		if (data[i+1,j] < zlo) {
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[i+1,j] > zhi) {
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		npts = npts + 1
+	        filter[npts] = data[i+1,j]
+	    }
+
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        call med_ashsrt (filter, npts)
+
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last median
+	if (npts > 0)
+	    median[ncols] = filter[(npts+1)/2]
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    median[ncols] = zhi
+	else
+	    median[ncols] = zlo
+
+	# Store the results.
+	MED_NPTS(mde) = npts
+	MED_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MED_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4da107d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# Library for the IMAGES IMFILTER Subpackage Tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+        aboxcar.x
+        boxcar.x        <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        convolve.x      <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        fmd_buf.x       <imhdr.h>
+        fmd_hist.x
+        fmd_maxmin.x    <mach.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        fmedian.x       fmedian.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        fmode.x         fmode.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        frmedian.x      frmedian.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        frmode.x        frmode.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        med_buf.x
+        median.x        median.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        med_sort.x
+        med_utils.x     <math.h>
+        mode.x          mode.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        radcnv.x
+        rmedian.x       rmedian.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+        rmode.x         rmode.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	runmed.x	<fset.h> <imhdr.h> <imio.h>
+        t_boxcar.x      <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+        t_convolve.x    <error.h> <imhdr.h> <mach.h> <ctype.h>
+        t_fmedian.x     fmedian.h <error.h>
+        t_fmode.x       fmode.h <error.h>
+        t_frmedian.x    frmedian.h <imhdr.h> <error.h>
+        t_frmode.x      frmode.h <imhdr.h> <error.h>
+        t_gauss.x       <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <math.h>
+        t_gradient.x    <error.h> <imhdr.h> <math.h>
+        t_laplace.x     <error.h> <imhdr.h> <math.h>
+        t_median.x      median.h <error.h> <mach.h>
+        t_mode.x        mode.h <error.h> <mach.h>
+        t_rmedian.x     rmedian.h <imhdr.h> <error.h> <mach.h>
+        t_rmode.x       rmode.h <mach.h> <imhdr.h> <error.h>
+	t_runmed.x
+        xyconvolve.x    <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mode.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mode.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13155dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Definitions file for the MODE task.
+
+define	LEN_MODE_STRUCT	15
+
+define	MOD_XBOX	Memi[$1]	  # the x width of the filtering window
+define	MOD_YBOX	Memi[$1+1]	  # the y width of the filtering window
+define	MOD_NPTS	Memi[$1+2]	  # the number of points in window
+define	MOD_NPTSP1	Memi[$1+3]	  # the number of points in window + 1
+define	MOD_MP		Memi[$1+4]	  # the median pointer
+define	MOD_START	Memi[$1+5]	  # index of the first elememt
+define	MOD_FINISH	Memi[$1+6]	  # index of the last elememt
+define	MOD_ZLOW	Memr[P2R($1+7)]	  # the low pixel cutoff value
+define	MOD_ZHIGH	Memr[P2R($1+8)]	  # the high pixel cutoff value
+define	MOD_NLOW	Memi[$1+9]	  # the number of low side rejected pts
+define	MOD_NHIGH	Memi[$1+10]	  # the number of high side rejected pts
+define	MOD_SUM		Memr[P2R($1+11)]  # running sum used for computing mean 
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29c95e27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/mode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,903 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "mode.h"
+
+# MDE_MODBOX -- Modal filter an image using a rectangular window.
+
+procedure mde_modbox (mde, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the mode structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2
+pointer	filter, left, right, inbuf, outbuf
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, med_buf, mde_medboxset, med_xefilter, mde_yefilter
+errchk	med_boxfilter
+
+begin
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    MOD_YBOX(mde) = 1
+
+	# Set the mode filtering buffers.
+	call calloc (filter, MOD_XBOX(mde) * MOD_YBOX(mde) + 1, TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (left, MOD_XBOX(mde) * MOD_YBOX(mde), TY_INT)
+	call calloc (right, MOD_XBOX(mde) * MOD_YBOX(mde), TY_INT)
+
+	# Set the input image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (MOD_XBOX(mde) / 2,
+	    MOD_YBOX(mde) / 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Set the line buffer parameters.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - MOD_XBOX(mde) / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + MOD_XBOX(mde) / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Get ybox image lines
+	    line1 = line - MOD_YBOX(mde) / 2
+	    line2 = line + MOD_YBOX(mde) / 2
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call med_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf)
+
+	    # Set up modal filter array for each image line.
+	    call mde_modboxset (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MOD_YBOX(mde),
+	        Memr[filter], Memi[left], Memi[right], line)
+
+	    # Get the output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Modal filter the image line.
+	    if (MOD_XBOX(mde) == 1)
+		call mde_yofilter (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MOD_YBOX(mde),
+		    Memr[filter], Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)))
+	    else if (MOD_YBOX(mde) == 1)
+		call mde_xofilter (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MOD_YBOX(mde),
+		    Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2,1)), Memr[filter],
+		    Memi[left], Memi[right])
+	    else
+	        call mde_modboxfilter (mde, Memr[inbuf], ncols, MOD_YBOX(mde),
+		    Memr[outbuf], int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memr[filter],
+		    Memi[left], Memi[right], line)
+	}
+
+	# Free the image and filter buffers.
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (filter, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (left, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (right, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_MODBOXSET -- Set up mode array for the beginning of each image line
+# The image is raster scanned so that the direction of scanning changes
+# for each line. Odd numbered lines are scanned forwards and even numbered
+# lines are scanned backward. If the mode filters is one dimensional
+# the lines are scanned forward.
+
+procedure mde_modboxset (mde, data, nx, ny, filter, left, right, line)
+
+pointer	mde			#I pointer to the mode structure
+real	data[nx, ny]		#I image data buffer
+int	nx			#I number of columns in image buffer
+int	ny			#I number of lines in the image buffer
+real	filter[ARB]		#U array of elements to be sorted
+int	left[ARB]		#U array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]		#U array of forward pointers
+int	line			#I line number
+
+int	i, j, k, l, xbox, ybox, nlo, nhi, npts, nptsp1, start, finish, mp
+pointer	sp, insert, index
+real	sum, zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	# Get algorithm parameters.
+	xbox = MOD_XBOX(mde)
+	ybox = MOD_YBOX(mde)
+	zlo = MOD_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MOD_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	if (xbox == 1) {
+
+	    npts = 0
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+	    sum = 0.0
+
+	    do i = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[1,i] < zlo) {
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[1,i] > zhi) {
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		npts = npts + 1
+		sum = sum + data[1,i]
+		filter[npts] = data[1,i]
+	    }
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        call med_ashsrt (filter, npts)
+
+	    nptsp1 = npts + 1
+	    mp = 1
+
+	} else if (line == 1 || ybox == 1) {
+	    
+	    npts = xbox * ybox
+	    nptsp1 = npts + 1
+	    mp = 1
+
+	    call salloc (index, npts, TY_INT)
+
+	    # Load the filter kernel.
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+	    sum = 0.0
+	    k = 1
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+		do j = 1, ybox {
+		    if (data[i,j] < zlo)
+			nlo = nlo + 1
+		    else if (data[i,j] > zhi)
+			nhi = nhi + 1
+		    else
+			sum = sum + data[i,j]
+		    filter[k] = data[i,j]
+		    Memi[index+k-1] = k
+		    k = k + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort the initial filter kernel index array.
+	    call med_gshsrt (filter, Memi[index], npts)
+
+	    # Set up the sorted linked list parameters.
+	    start = Memi[index]
+	    finish = Memi[index+npts-1]
+	    left[start] = 0
+	    do i = 2, npts
+		left[Memi[index+i-1]] = Memi[index+i-2]
+	    do i = 1, npts - 1
+		right[Memi[index+i-1]] = Memi[index+i]
+	    right[finish] = npts + 1
+
+	} else if (mod (line, 2) == 1) {
+
+	    npts = MOD_NPTS(mde)
+	    nptsp1 = MOD_NPTSP1(mde)
+	    mp = MOD_MP(mde)
+	    start = MOD_START(mde)
+	    finish = MOD_FINISH(mde)
+	    nlo = MOD_NLOW(mde)
+	    nhi = MOD_NHIGH(mde)
+	    sum = MOD_SUM(mde)
+
+	    call salloc (index, xbox, TY_INT)
+	    call salloc (insert, xbox, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Xbox elements are deleted when lines are changed.
+	    # These elements are always located in the first
+	    # column of the filter kernel.
+	    do i = 1, npts, ybox {
+	        if (filter[i] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo - 1
+	        else if (filter[i] > zhi)
+	            nhi = nhi - 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum - filter[i]
+		if (i == start) {
+		    start = right[i]
+		    left[right[i]] = 0
+		} else if (i == finish) {
+		    finish = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    left[right[i]] = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = right[i]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Read in the new points.
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+	        if (data[i,ny] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		else if (data[i,ny] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum + data[i,ny]
+		Memr[insert+i-1] = data[i,ny]
+		Memi[index+i-1] = i
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort the new points.
+	    call med_gshsrt (Memr[insert], Memi[index], xbox)
+
+	    # Adjust the mode pointer.
+	    mp = mp + ybox
+	    if (mp > npts)
+		mp = 1
+
+	    j = start
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+
+		# Insert the new point into the filter kernel.
+		l = Memi[index+i-1]
+		k = mod (mp + (l - 1) * ybox, npts)
+		filter[k] = Memr[insert+l-1]
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the inserted point.
+		while (j != right[finish] && Memr[insert+l-1] > filter[j])
+		    j = right[j]
+
+		# Make insertions by adjusting the forward and backward links.
+		if (j == start) {
+		    left[start] = k
+		    left[k] = 0
+		    right[k] = start
+		    start = k
+		} else if (j == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = k
+		    left[k] = finish
+		    right[k] = npts + 1
+		    finish = k
+		} else {
+		    left[k] = left[j]
+		    right[k] = right[left[j]]
+		    right[left[j]] = k
+		    left[j] = k
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    
+	    npts = MOD_NPTS(mde)
+	    nptsp1 = MOD_NPTSP1(mde)
+	    mp = MOD_MP(mde)
+	    start = MOD_START(mde)
+	    finish = MOD_FINISH(mde)
+	    nlo = MOD_NLOW(mde)
+	    nhi = MOD_NHIGH(mde)
+	    sum = MOD_SUM(mde)
+
+	    call salloc (index, xbox, TY_INT)
+	    call salloc (insert, xbox, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Xbox elements are deleted when lines are changed.
+	    # These elements are always located in the first
+	    # column of the filter kernel.
+	    do i = 1, npts, ybox {
+	        if (filter[i] < zlo)
+	            nlo = nlo - 1
+		else if (filter[i] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi - 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum - filter[i]
+		if (i == start) {
+		    start = right[i]
+		    left[right[i]] = 0
+		} else if (i == finish) {
+		    finish = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    left[right[i]] = left[i]
+		    right[left[i]] = right[i]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Find points to be inserted.
+	    j = nx - xbox + 1 
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+	        if (data[j,ny] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		else if (data[j,ny] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum + data[j,ny]
+		Memr[insert+i-1] = data[j,ny]
+		Memi[index+i-1] = i
+		j = j + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort the new points.
+	    call med_gshsrt (Memr[insert], Memi[index], xbox)
+
+	    # Do a merge sort of the old and new points.
+	    j = start
+	    do i = 1, xbox {
+
+		# Insert the new point into the filter kernel
+		l = Memi[index+i-1]
+		k = mod (mp + (l - 1) * ybox, npts)
+		filter[k] = Memr[insert+l-1]
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the inserted point
+		while (j != right[finish] && Memr[insert+l-1] > filter[j])
+		    j = right[j]
+
+		# Make insertions by adjusting the forward and backward links
+		if (j == start) {
+		    left[start] = k
+		    left[k] = 0
+		    right[k] = start
+		    start = k
+		} else if (j == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = k
+		    left[k] = finish
+		    right[k] = npts + 1
+		    finish = k
+		} else {
+		    left[k] = left[j]
+		    right[k] = right[left[j]]
+		    right[left[j]] = k
+		    left[j] = k
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Adjust the filter kernel pointer for backscanned lines
+	    mp = mp - ybox
+	    if (mp < 1)
+		mp = npts + mp
+	}
+
+	MOD_NPTS(mde) = npts
+	MOD_NPTSP1(mde) = nptsp1
+	MOD_MP(mde) = mp
+	MOD_START(mde) = start
+	MOD_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MOD_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MOD_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+	MOD_SUM(mde) = sum
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_MODBOXFILTER -- Modal filter a single image line.
+
+procedure mde_modboxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, mode, ncols, filter, left,
+	right, line)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the mode structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	mode[ncols]	#O mode array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the mode array of points to be filtered
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+int	line		#I current line number
+
+begin
+	if (mod (line, 2) == 0)
+	    call mde_oreverse_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, mode, ncols,
+		filter, left, right)
+	else
+	    call mde_oforward_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, mode, ncols,
+	        filter, left, right)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_OFORWARD_BOXFILTER -- Median filter a single image line
+
+procedure mde_oforward_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, mode, ncols,
+	filter, left, right)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the mode filtering structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	mode[ncols]	#O mode array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the array of points to be filtered
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+
+int	i, j, k, l, col, nzero, nhalf, xbox, ybox, npts, nptsp1
+int	nlo, nhi, start, finish, mp
+real	sum, zlo, zhi
+pointer	sp, index
+
+begin
+	xbox = MOD_XBOX(mde)
+	ybox = MOD_YBOX(mde)
+	zlo = MOD_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MOD_ZHIGH(mde)
+	npts = MOD_NPTS(mde)
+	nptsp1 = MOD_NPTSP1(mde)
+
+	start = MOD_START(mde)
+	finish = MOD_FINISH(mde)
+	mp = MOD_MP(mde)
+	nlo = MOD_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MOD_NHIGH(mde)
+	sum = MOD_SUM(mde)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (index, ybox, TY_INT)
+
+	col = 1 + xbox
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the mode.
+	    k = start
+	    nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	    nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	        k = right[k]
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        mode[i] = 3.0 * filter[k] - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		mode[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		mode[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = mp, mp + ybox - 1 {
+
+		if (filter[j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo - 1
+		else if (filter[j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi - 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum - filter[j]
+
+		if (j == start) {
+		    start = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = 0
+		} else if (j == finish) {
+		    finish = left[j]
+		    right[left[j]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    right[left[j]] = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = left[j]
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the mode kernel.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[col,j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		else if (data[col,j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum + data[col,j]
+		filter[mp+j-1] = data[col,j]
+		Memi[index+j-1] = j
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort array to be inserted.
+	    call med_gshsrt (filter[mp], Memi[index], ybox)
+
+	    # Merge the sorted lists.
+	    k = start
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+
+		# Position in filter kernel of new point
+		l = Memi[index+j-1] + mp - 1
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the point to be inserted
+		while (filter[l] > filter[k] && k != right[finish])
+		    k = right[k]
+
+		# Update the linked list
+		if (k == start) {
+		    left[start] = l
+		    left[l] = 0
+		    right[l] = start
+		    start = l
+		} else if (k == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = l
+		    left[l] = finish
+		    right[l] = nptsp1
+		    finish = l
+		} else {
+		    left[l] = left[k]
+		    right[l] = right[left[k]]
+		    right[left[k]] = l
+		    left[k] = l
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Increment the mode pointer.
+	    mp = mp + ybox
+	    if (mp > npts)
+		mp = 1
+
+	    col = col + 1
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last mode.
+	k = start
+	nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	    k = right[k]
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    mode[ncols] = 3.0 * filter[k] - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    mode[ncols] = zhi
+	else
+	    mode[ncols] = zlo
+
+	MOD_START(mde) = start
+	MOD_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MOD_MP(mde) = mp
+	MOD_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MOD_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+	MOD_SUM(mde) = sum
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_OREV_BOXFILTER -- Median filter a single image line in reverse
+
+procedure mde_oreverse_boxfilter (mde, data, nx, ny, mode, ncols,
+	filter, left, right)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the mode fitting structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	mode[ncols]	#O mode array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the array of data to be filtered
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+
+int	i, j, k, l, col, nhalf, xbox, ybox, npts, start, finish, nlo, nhi, mp
+int	nptsp1, nzero
+pointer	sp, index
+real	sum, zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	xbox = MOD_XBOX(mde)
+	ybox = MOD_YBOX(mde)
+	npts = MOD_NPTS(mde)
+	nptsp1 = MOD_NPTSP1(mde)
+	zlo = MOD_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MOD_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	start = MOD_START(mde)
+	finish = MOD_FINISH(mde)
+	mp = MOD_MP(mde)
+	nlo = MOD_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MOD_NHIGH(mde)
+	sum = MOD_SUM(mde)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (index, ybox, TY_INT)
+
+	col = nx - xbox
+	do i = ncols, 2, - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the mode.
+	    k = start
+	    nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	    nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	        k = right[k]
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        mode[i] = 3.0 * filter[k] - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		mode[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		mode[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Delete points.
+	    do j = mp, mp + ybox - 1 {
+
+		if (filter[j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo - 1
+		else if (filter[j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi - 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum - filter[j]
+		if (j == start) {
+		    start = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = 0
+		} else if (j == finish) {
+		    finish = left[j]
+		    right[left[j]] = nptsp1
+		} else {
+		    right[left[j]] = right[j]
+		    left[right[j]] = left[j]
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the mode kernel.
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		if (data[col,j] < zlo)
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		else if (data[col,j] > zhi)
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		else
+		    sum = sum + data[col,j]
+		filter[mp+j-1] = data[col,j]
+		Memi[index+j-1] = j
+	    }
+
+	    # Sort array to be inserted.
+	    call med_gshsrt (filter[mp], Memi[index], ybox)
+
+	    # Merge the sorted lists.
+	    k = start
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+
+		# Find position in filter kernel of new point.
+		l = Memi[index+j-1] + mp - 1
+
+		# Find the element to the right of the point to be inserted.
+		while (filter[l] > filter[k] && k != right[finish])
+		    k = right[k]
+
+		# Update the linked list.
+		if (k == start) {
+		    left[start] = l
+		    left[l] = 0
+		    right[l] = start
+		    start = l
+		} else if (k == right[finish]) {
+		    right[finish] = l
+		    left[l] = finish
+		    right[l] = nptsp1
+		    finish = l
+		} else {
+		    left[l] = left[k]
+		    right[l] = right[left[k]]
+		    right[left[k]] = l
+		    left[k] = l
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Increment the mode pointer.
+	    mp = mp - ybox
+	    if (mp < 1)
+		mp = mp + npts
+
+	    col = col - 1
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last mode.
+	k = start
+	nzero = npts - nlo - nhi
+	nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	    k = right[k]
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    mode[1] = 3.0 * filter[k] - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    mode[1] = zhi
+	else
+	    mode[1] = zlo
+
+	MOD_START(mde) = start
+	MOD_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MOD_MP(mde) = mp
+	MOD_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MOD_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+	MOD_SUM(mde) = sum
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MDE_XOFILTER -- Modal filter a single image line in the x direction.
+# The filter always moves from left to right.
+
+procedure mde_xofilter (mde, data, nx, ny, mode, ncols, filter, left, right)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the mode structure
+real	data[nx, ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	mode[ncols]	#O mode array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+real	filter[ARB]	#U the array of points to be modal filtered
+int	left[ARB]	#U the array of back pointers
+int	right[ARB]	#U the array of forward pointers
+
+int	i, j, k, start, finish, mp, xbox, npts, nptsp1, nhalf, nlo, nhi, nzero
+real	sum, zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	xbox = MOD_XBOX(mde)
+	npts = MOD_NPTS(mde)
+	nptsp1 = MOD_NPTSP1(mde)
+	zlo = MOD_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MOD_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	start = MOD_START(mde)
+	finish = MOD_FINISH(mde)
+	mp = MOD_MP(mde)
+	nlo = MOD_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MOD_NHIGH(mde)
+	sum = MOD_SUM(mde)
+
+	# Modal filter an image line.
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the mode.
+	    k = start
+	    nzero = npts - nhi - nlo
+	    nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	    do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+		k = right[k]
+	    if (nzero > 0)
+	        mode[i] = 3.0 * filter[k] - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+	        mode[i] = zhi
+	    else
+	        mode[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Delete points from the filter kernel.
+	    if (filter[mp] < zlo)
+		nlo = nlo - 1
+	    else if (filter[mp] > zhi)
+		nhi = nhi - 1
+	    else
+		sum = sum - filter[mp]
+
+	    if (mp == start) {
+		start = right[mp]
+		left[right[mp]] = 0
+	    } else
+		right[left[mp]] = right[mp]
+
+	    if (mp == finish) {
+		finish = left[mp]
+		right[left[mp]] = nptsp1
+	    } else
+		left[right[mp]] = left[mp]
+
+	    # Update the mode kernel.
+	    if (data[i+xbox,1] < zlo)
+		nlo = nlo + 1
+	    else if (data[i+xbox,1] > zhi)
+		nhi = nhi + 1
+	    else
+	        sum = sum + data[i+xbox,1]
+	    filter[mp] = data[i+xbox,1]
+
+	    # Find the point to the right of the point to be inserted.
+	    k = start
+    	    while (k != right[finish] && filter[mp] > filter[k])
+		k = right[k]
+
+	    # Insert points into the filter kernel.
+	    if (k == start) {
+		left[start] = mp
+		left[mp] = 0
+		right[mp] = start
+		start = mp
+	    } else if (k == right[finish]) {
+		right[finish] = mp
+		left[mp] = finish
+		right[mp] = nptsp1
+		finish = mp
+	    } else {
+		left[mp] = left[k]
+		right[mp] = right[left[k]]
+		right[left[k]] = mp
+		left[k] = mp
+	    }
+
+	    # Increment mode counter
+	    mp = mp + 1
+	    if (mp > npts)
+		mp = 1
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last mode.
+	nzero = npts - nhi - nlo
+	nhalf = (nzero - 1) / 2
+	k = start
+	do j = 1, nlo + nhalf
+	    k = right[k]
+	if (nzero > 0)
+	    mode[ncols] = 3.0 * filter[k] - 2.0 * sum / nzero
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    mode[ncols] = zhi
+	else
+	    mode[ncols] = zlo
+
+	MOD_START(mde) = start
+	MOD_FINISH(mde) = finish
+	MOD_MP(mde) = mp
+	MOD_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MOD_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+	MOD_SUM(mde) = sum
+end
+
+
+# MDE_YOFILTER -- Modal filter a single image line in the y direction.
+
+procedure mde_yofilter (mde, data, nx, ny, filter, mode, ncols)
+
+pointer	mde		#I pointer to the mode structure
+real	data[nx,ny]	#I image data
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of data
+real	filter[ARB]	#U array containing the points to be modal filtered
+real	mode[ncols]	#O the mode array
+int	ncols		#I number of output image columns
+
+int	i, j, npts, nlo, nhi
+real	sum, zlo, zhi
+
+begin
+	zlo = MOD_ZLOW(mde)
+	zhi = MOD_ZHIGH(mde)
+
+	npts = MOD_NPTS(mde)
+	nlo = MOD_NLOW(mde)
+	nhi = MOD_NHIGH(mde)
+	sum = MOD_SUM(mde)
+
+	do i = 1, ncols - 1 {
+
+	    # Calculate the new mode.
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        mode[i] = 3.0 * filter[(npts+1)/2] - 2.0 * sum / npts
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		mode[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		mode[i] = zlo
+
+	    # Update the mode kernel.
+	    npts = 0
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+	    sum = 0.0
+	    do j = 1, ny {
+		if (data[i+1,j] < zlo) {
+		    nlo = nlo + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		if (data[i+1,j] > zhi) {
+		    nhi = nhi + 1
+		    next
+		}
+		npts = npts + 1
+		sum = sum + data[i+1,j] 
+	        filter[npts] = data[i+1,j]
+	    }
+
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        call med_ashsrt (filter, npts)
+
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the last mode.
+	if (npts > 0)
+	    mode[ncols] = 3.0 * filter[(npts+1)/2] - 2.0 * sum / npts
+	else if (nlo < nhi)
+	    mode[ncols] = zhi
+	else
+	    mode[ncols] = zlo
+
+	# Store the results.
+	MOD_NPTS(mde) = npts
+	MOD_NLOW(mde) = nlo
+	MOD_NHIGH(mde) = nhi
+	MOD_SUM(Mde) = sum
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/radcnv.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/radcnv.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..369b03bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/radcnv.x
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# CNV_RADCNVR -- Vector convolution of a radially symmetric function. 
+# The output vector is equal to the sum of its initial value and the
+# convolution of the input vector with the kernel. The kernel length may be an
+# even or odd number.  This routine assumes boundary extension on the input
+# vector has been provided.  For short kernels, we unroll the inner do loop
+# into a single statement to reduce loop overhead. This is a modified vops
+# procedure.
+
+procedure cnv_radcnvr (in, out, npix, kernel, knpix)
+
+real	in[npix+knpix-1]	# input vector, including boundary pixels
+real	out[ARB]		# output vector
+int	npix			# length of output vector
+real	kernel[knpix]		# convolution kernel
+int	knpix			# size of convolution kernel
+
+int	i, j, midpoint, hknpix
+real	sum, k1, k2, k3
+
+begin
+	switch (knpix) {
+	case 1:
+	    k1 = kernel[1]
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		out[i] = out[i] + k1 * in[i]
+	case 2:
+	    k1 = kernel[1]
+	    do i = 1, npix
+	        out[i] = out[i] + k1 * (in[i] + in[i+1])
+	case 3:
+	    k1 = kernel[1]
+	    k2 = kernel[2]
+	    do i = 1, npix
+	        out[i] = out[i] + k1 * (in[i] + in[i+2]) + k2 * in[i+1]
+	case 4:
+	    k1 = kernel[1]
+	    k2 = kernel[2]
+	    do i = 1, npix
+	        out[i] = out[i] + k1 * (in[i] + in[i+3]) + k2 * (in[i+1] +
+		    in[i+2])
+	case 5:
+	    k1 = kernel[1]
+	    k2 = kernel[2]
+	    k3 = kernel[3]
+	    do i = 1, npix
+	        out[i] = out[i] + k1 * (in[i] + in[i+4]) + k2 * (in[i+1] +
+		    in[i+3]) + k3 * in[i+2]
+	case 6:
+	    k1 = kernel[1]
+	    k2 = kernel[2]
+	    k3 = kernel[3]
+	    do i = 1, npix
+	        out[i] = out[i] + k1 * (in[i] + in[i+5]) + k2 * (in[i+1] +
+		    in[i+4]) + k3 * (in[i+2] + in[i+3])
+	default:
+	    hknpix = knpix / 2
+	    midpoint = hknpix + 1
+	    if (mod (knpix, 2) == 1) {
+	        do i = 1, npix {
+	            sum = out[i]
+	            do j = 1, hknpix
+		        sum = sum + kernel[j] * (in[i+j-1] + in[i-j+knpix])
+		    out[i] = sum + kernel[midpoint] * in[i+hknpix]
+	        }
+	    } else {
+	        do i = 1, npix {
+	            sum = out[i]
+		    do j = 1, hknpix
+		        sum = sum + kernel[j] * (in[i+j-1] + in[i-j+knpix])
+		    out[i] = sum
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# CNV_AWSUM1 -- Add two real vectors together after multiplying one of them
+# by a constant.
+
+procedure cnv_awsum1 (a, b, c, npts, k)
+
+real	a[ARB]		# the first input vector
+real	b[ARB]		# the second input vector
+real	c[ARB]		# the output vector
+int	npts		# the number of points
+real	k		# the real constant
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    c[i] = a[i] + k * b[i]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmedian.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmedian.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..112180c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmedian.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Structure definition for the RMEDIAN task
+
+define	LEN_RMEDIAN_STRUCT	10
+
+define	RMED_NRING	Memi[$1]    	 # the number of elements in the filter
+define  RMED_NLOW	Memi[$1+1]  	 # number of low rejected pixels
+define  RMED_NHIGH	Memi[$1+2]  	 # number of high rejected pixels
+define  RMED_ZLOW	Memr[P2R($1+3)]  # data low side rejection parameter
+define  RMED_ZHIGH	Memr[P2R($1+4)]  # data high side rejection parameter
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmedian.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmedian.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6678ff1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmedian.x
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "rmedian.h"
+
+# MED_MEDRING -- Median ring filter an image.
+
+procedure med_medring (med, im1, im2, boundary, constant, kernel, nxk, nyk)
+
+pointer	med		#I pointer to the rmedian structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+short	kernel[nxk,ARB]	#I the ring filter kernel 
+int	nxk, nyk	#I dimensions of the kernel
+
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2, nlines
+pointer	inbuf, outbuf, filter
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, med_buf, med_remedfilter
+
+begin
+	# Set the image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2, nyk / 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Allocate space for the points to be medianed.
+	call malloc (filter, RMED_NRING(med), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    nyk = 1
+
+	# Initialize input image buffer.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + nxk / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Define the range of lines to read.
+	    line1 = line - nyk / 2
+	    line2 = line + nyk / 2
+	    nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call med_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf)
+
+	    # Get output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Median filter the image line.
+	    call med_remedfilter (med, Memr[inbuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[outbuf],
+		int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memr[filter], kernel, nxk, nyk)
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call mfree (filter, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# MED_REMEDFILTER -- Run the median window forward.
+
+procedure med_remedfilter (med, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, filter,
+	kernel, xbox, ybox)
+
+pointer	med			#I pointer to the rmedian structure
+real	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O the output array of medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+real	filter[ARB]		#U the medianing filter
+short	kernel[xbox,ARB]	#U the ring filter kernel
+int	xbox, ybox		#U the dimensions of the kernel
+
+int	i, j, k, nring, npts, nlo, nhi
+real	zlo, zhi
+real	asokr()
+
+begin
+	nring = RMED_NRING(med)
+	zlo = RMED_ZLOW(med)
+	zhi = RMED_ZHIGH(med)
+
+	# Loop over the data columns.
+	do i = 1, ncols {
+
+	    # Load the filter.
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+	    npts = 0
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		do k = i, i + xbox - 1 {
+		    if (kernel[k-i+1,j] == 0)
+		        next
+		    if (data[k,j] < zlo) {
+			nlo = nlo + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    if (data[k,j] > zhi) {
+			nhi = nhi + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		    filter[npts] = data[k,j]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the median.
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        medline[i] = asokr (filter, npts, (npts+1)/2)
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		medline[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		medline[i] = zlo
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmode.h b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmode.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffd8a4f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Structure definition for the RMODE task
+
+define	LEN_RMODE_STRUCT	10
+
+define	RMOD_NRING	Memi[$1]    	 # the number of elements in the filter
+define  RMOD_NLOW	Memi[$1+1]  	 # number of low rejected pixels
+define  RMOD_NHIGH	Memi[$1+2]  	 # number of high rejected pixels
+define  RMOD_ZLOW	Memr[P2R($1+3)]  # data low side rejection parameter
+define  RMOD_ZHIGH	Memr[P2R($1+4)]  # data high side rejection parameter
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b16f5625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/rmode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "rmode.h"
+
+# MED_MODRING -- Modal ring filter an image.
+
+procedure med_modring (med, im1, im2, boundary, constant, kernel, nxk, nyk)
+
+pointer	med		#I pointer to the rmedian structure
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	boundary	#I boundary extension type
+real	constant	#I constant for constant boundary extension
+short	kernel[nxk,ARB]	#I the ring filter kernel 
+int	nxk, nyk	#I dimensions of the kernel
+
+
+int	col1, col2, ncols, line, line1, line2, nlines
+pointer	inbuf, outbuf, filter
+pointer	impl2r()
+errchk	impl2r, med_buf, med_remedfilter
+
+begin
+	# Set the image boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2, nyk / 2))
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Allocate space for the points to be medianed.
+	call malloc (filter, RMOD_NRING(med), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Check for 1D images.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    nyk = 1
+
+	# Initialize input image buffer.
+	inbuf = NULL
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1, 1) + nxk / 2 
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do line = 1, IM_LEN(im2, 2) {
+
+	    # Define the range of lines to read.
+	    line1 = line - nyk / 2
+	    line2 = line + nyk / 2
+	    nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	    # Read in the appropriate range of image lines.
+	    call med_buf (im1, col1, col2, line1, line2, inbuf)
+
+	    # Get output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, line)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Median filter the image line.
+	    call med_romodfilter (med, Memr[inbuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[outbuf],
+		int (IM_LEN(im2, 1)), Memr[filter], kernel, nxk, nyk)
+
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call mfree (filter, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# MED_ROMODFILTER -- Run the median window forward.
+
+procedure med_romodfilter (med, data, nx, ny, medline, ncols, filter,
+	kernel, xbox, ybox)
+
+pointer	med			#I pointer to the fmedian structure
+real	data[nx,ny]		#I buffer of image data
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of image buffer
+real	medline[ncols]		#O the output array of medians
+int	ncols			#I length of output image line
+real	filter[ARB]		#U the medianing filter
+short	kernel[xbox,ARB]	#U the ring filter kernel
+int	xbox, ybox		#U the dimensions of the kernel
+
+int	i, j, k, nring, npts, nlo, nhi
+real	sum, zlo, zhi
+real	asokr()
+
+begin
+	nring = RMOD_NRING(med)
+	zlo = RMOD_ZLOW(med)
+	zhi = RMOD_ZHIGH(med)
+
+	# Loop over the data columns.
+	do i = 1, ncols {
+
+	    # Load the filter.
+	    nlo = 0
+	    nhi = 0
+	    npts = 0
+	    sum = 0.0
+	    do j = 1, ybox {
+		do k = i, i + xbox - 1 {
+		    if (kernel[k-i+1,j] == 0)
+		        next
+		    if (data[k,j] < zlo) {
+			nlo = nlo + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    if (data[k,j] > zhi) {
+			nhi = nhi + 1
+		        next
+		    }
+		    sum = sum + data[k,j]
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		    filter[npts] = data[k,j]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the median.
+	    if (npts > 0)
+	        medline[i] = 3.0 * asokr (filter, npts, (npts+1)/2) - 2.0 *
+		    sum / npts
+	    else if (nlo < nhi)
+		medline[i] = zhi
+	    else
+		medline[i] = zlo
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/runmed.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/runmed.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..749cea48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/runmed.x
@@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imio.h>
+
+define	OUTTYPES "|filter|difference|ratio|"
+define	OT_NTYPES	3	# Number of output types
+define	OT_FILTER	1	# Output filter values
+define	OT_DIFF		2	# Output difference
+define	OT_RATIO	3	# Output ratio
+
+define	STORETYPES	"|real|short|"
+
+define	NSAMPLE		100000	# Number of pixels to sample for mode
+define	NLINES		10	# Minimum number of lines to sample
+define	FRAC		0.9	# Fraction of sorted sample for mean
+
+
+# RUNMED -- Apply running median to a list of images.
+
+procedure runmed (input, output, window, masks, inmaskkey, outmaskkey,
+	outtype, exclude, nclip, navg, scale, normscale, outscale, blank,
+	storetype, verbose)
+
+pointer	input			#I List of input images
+pointer	output			#I List of output images
+int	window			#I Filter window
+pointer	masks			#I List of output masks
+char	inmaskkey[ARB]		#I Input mask keyword
+char	outmaskkey[ARB]		#I Output mask keyword
+char	outtype[ARB]		#I Output type
+bool	exclude			#I Exclude input image?
+real	nclip			#I Clipping factor
+int	navg			#I Number of values to average
+char	scale[ARB]		#I Scale specification
+bool	normscale		#I Normalize scales to first scale?
+bool	outscale		#I Scale output?
+real	blank			#I Blank values
+char	storetype[ARB]		#I Storage type
+bool	verbose			#I Verbose?
+
+int	i, j, nims, nc, nl, iindex, oindex, eindex, stat, halfwin, ot, stype
+int	fd, len[IM_MAXDIM]
+short	nused
+real	iscl, iscl1, oscl, val, mean, sigma, median, mode
+pointer	in, im, out, om, idata, imdata, imdata1, odata, omdata, omdata1, hdr, rm
+pointer	sp, inname, outname, imtemp, imname, omname
+pointer	iline, imline, oline, omline, hdrs, scales, sample, str, rms
+
+bool	streq(), strne(), aveqi()
+int	open(), fscan(), nscan(), nowhite(), strdic()
+int	imtlen(), imtrgetim()
+int	xt_sampler(), xt_samples(), imgnlr(), impnlr(), imgnls(), impnls()
+real	imgetr(), rm_med(), rm_gmed(), rm_gdata()
+pointer	immap(), yt_mappm(), rm_open()
+errchk	immap, yt_mappm
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Check input data for errors.
+	nims = imtlen (input)
+	if (nims < 0)
+	    call error (1, "No input images specified")
+	if (imtlen (output) != nims)
+	    call error (2, "Number of input and output images don't agree")
+	if (window < 0)
+	    call error (3, "Window size error")
+	if (window > nims)
+	    call error (4, "Window size exceeds number of images")
+	if (imtlen (masks) > 0 && imtlen (masks) != nims)
+	    call error (5, "Number of output masks and images don't agree")
+	ot = strdic (outtype, Memc[str], SZ_LINE, OUTTYPES)
+	if (ot < 1 || ot > OT_NTYPES)
+	    call error (7, "Unknown output type")
+	if (navg < 0)
+	    call error(8,
+		"Number of central pixels to average must be positive")
+	if (strne (scale, "none") && strne (scale, "mode") &&
+	    scale[1] != '!' && scale[1] != '@')
+	    call error (11, "Bad scale specification")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(blank))
+	    call error (12, "Blank value may not be INDEF")
+	switch (strdic (storetype, Memc[str], SZ_LINE, STORETYPES)) {
+	case 1:
+	    stype = TY_REAL
+	case 2:
+	    stype = TY_SHORT
+	default:
+	    call error (14, "Unsupported storage type")
+	}
+
+	# Open and check scale file if one is specified.
+	if (scale[1] == '@') {
+	    fd = open (scale[2], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    i = 0
+	    while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+		i = i + 1
+	        call gargr (val)
+		if (nscan() != 1 || i > nims) {
+		    call close (fd)
+		    call error (13, "Scale file error")
+		}
+	    }
+	    call seek (fd, BOF)
+	} else
+	    fd = NULL
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call salloc (inname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (omname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (iline, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (imline, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (oline, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (omline, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (hdrs, window, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (scales, window, TY_REAL)
+	if (streq (scale, "mode"))
+	    call salloc (sample, NSAMPLE, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Initialize
+	halfwin = window / 2
+	call aclri (Memi[hdrs], window)
+	call amovkr (1., Memr[scales], window)
+	imdata1 = NULL
+	omdata1 = NULL
+	oindex = 0
+	eindex = 0
+	if (verbose)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Loop through data.
+	do iindex = 1, nims {
+	    # Setup input image and save copy of header.
+	    stat = imtrgetim (input, iindex, Memc[inname], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("  Reading %s ...\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+	    }
+	    in = immap (Memc[inname], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im = NULL
+	    if (nowhite (inmaskkey, Memc[str], SZ_LINE) > 0) {
+	        ifnoerr (call imgstr (in, Memc[str], Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)) {
+		    call printf ("  Reading mask %s ...\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+		    #im = immap (Memc[imname], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    im = yt_mappm (Memc[imname], in, "logical",
+			Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    }
+	    
+	    j = mod (iindex, window)
+	    hdr = Memi[hdrs+j]
+	    call mfree (hdr, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call malloc (hdr, LEN_IMDES+IM_HDRLEN(in)+1, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call amovi (Memi[in], Memi[hdr], LEN_IMDES)
+	    call amovi (IM_MAGIC(in), IM_MAGIC(hdr), IM_HDRLEN(in)+1)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[inname], IM_NAME(hdr), SZ_IMNAME)
+	    Memi[hdrs+j] = hdr
+
+	    # Check image size.
+	    if (iindex == 1)
+		call amovi (IM_LEN(in,1), len, IM_MAXDIM)
+	    else if (!aveqi (IM_LEN(in,1), len, IM_MAXDIM))
+	        call error (21, "Image sizes are not the same")
+	    if (im != NULL) {
+	        if (!aveqi (IM_LEN(im,1), len, IM_MAXDIM))
+		    call error (21, "Mask size not the same")
+	    } else if (imdata1 == NULL) {
+	        call salloc (imdata1, IM_LEN(in,1), TY_SHORT)
+		call aclrs (Mems[imdata1], IM_LEN(in,1))
+	    }
+
+	    # Initialize.
+	    if (iindex == 1) {
+		nc = IM_LEN(in,1)
+	        nl = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nl = nl * len[i]
+
+		# Memory is allocated in blocks of number of columns.
+		call salloc (rms, nl, TY_POINTER)
+		do j = 1, nl {
+		    rm = rm_open (window, "median", nc, stype)
+		    Memi[rms+j-1] = rm
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Go through input image and create output image.
+
+	    # Set scale factor.
+	    if (fd != NULL) {
+	        stat = fscan (fd)
+		call gargr (iscl)
+		if (iscl == 0.)
+		    iscl = 1.
+	    } else if (scale[1] == '!') {
+	        iscl = imgetr (in, scale[2])
+		if (iscl == 0.)
+		    iscl = 1.
+	    } else if (streq (scale, "mode")) {
+		if (IM_PIXTYPE(in) == TY_SHORT) {
+		    i = xt_samples (in, im, Mems[P2S(sample)], NSAMPLE, NLINES) 
+		    call xt_stats (Mems[P2S(sample)], i, FRAC,
+			mean, sigma, median, mode)
+		} else {
+		    i = xt_sampler (in, im, Memr[sample], NSAMPLE, NLINES) 
+		    call xt_statr (Memr[sample], i, FRAC,
+			mean, sigma, median, mode)
+		}
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call printf("    nsample=%d, mean=%g, median=%g, mode=%g\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargr (mean)
+			call pargr (median)
+			call pargr (mode)
+		}
+		if (mode != 0.) 
+		    iscl = 1. / mode
+		else
+		    iscl = 1.
+	    } else
+	        iscl = 1.
+
+	    if (iindex == 1)
+		iscl1 = iscl
+	    if (normscale)
+		iscl = iscl / iscl1
+	    if (verbose && strne (scale, "none")) {
+		call printf ("    scale = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (iscl)
+	    }
+	    Memr[scales+mod(iindex,window)] = iscl
+
+	    # Do initial accumulation.
+	    if (iindex < window) {
+		call amovkl (long(1), Meml[iline], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovkl (long(1), Meml[imline], IM_MAXDIM)
+		do j = 1, nl {
+		    rm = Memi[rms+j-1]
+		    if (im != NULL)
+			stat = imgnls (im, imdata, Meml[imline])  
+		    else
+		        imdata = imdata1
+		    if (IM_PIXTYPE(in) == TY_SHORT) {
+			stat = imgnls (in, idata, Meml[iline])  
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_med (rm, nclip, navg, blank, 0, iindex,
+				iscl*Mems[idata+i-1], Mems[imdata+i-1],
+				nused)
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    } else {
+			stat = imgnlr (in, idata, Meml[iline])  
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_med (rm, nclip, navg, blank, 0, iindex,
+				iscl*Memr[idata+i-1], Mems[imdata+i-1],
+				nused)
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (im != NULL)
+		    call imunmap (im)
+	        call imunmap (in)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Setup output image.
+	    oindex = oindex + 1
+	    if (exclude)
+	        eindex = oindex
+	    stat = imtrgetim (output, oindex, Memc[outname], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("  Writing %s ...\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outname])
+	    }
+	    hdr = Memi[hdrs+mod(oindex,window)]
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (IM_NAME(hdr), Memc[outname], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+	    out = immap (Memc[outname], NEW_COPY, hdr)
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(out) = TY_REAL
+
+	    # Setup output mask.
+	    stat = imtrgetim (masks, oindex, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (stat != EOF) {
+	        call xt_maskname (Memc[str], "pl", NEW_IMAGE, Memc[omname],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+	        if (verbose) {
+		    call printf ("  Writing mask %s ...\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[omname])
+		}
+		om = immap (Memc[omname], NEW_COPY, hdr)
+		if (nowhite (outmaskkey, Memc[str], SZ_LINE) > 0)
+		    call imastr (out, Memc[str], Memc[omname])
+	    } else
+	        om = NULL
+	    if (omdata1 == NULL)
+	        call salloc (omdata1, IM_LEN(in,1), TY_SHORT)
+
+	    if (outscale)
+	        oscl = 1
+	    else
+		oscl = 1 / Memr[scales+mod(oindex,window)]
+
+	    # Add input data and create output data.
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[iline], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[imline], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[oline], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[omline], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    do j = 1, nl {
+		stat = impnlr (out, odata, Meml[oline])
+		if (im != NULL)
+		    stat = imgnls (im, imdata, Meml[imline])  
+		else
+		    imdata = imdata1
+		if (om != NULL)
+		    stat = impnls (om, omdata, Meml[omline])  
+		else
+		    omdata = omdata1
+
+		rm = Memi[rms+j-1]
+		if (IM_PIXTYPE(in) == TY_SHORT) {
+		    stat = imgnls (in, idata, Meml[iline])  
+		    switch (ot) {
+		    case OT_FILTER:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    Memr[odata+i-1] = oscl * rm_med (rm, nclip, navg,
+			    	blank, eindex, iindex, iscl*Mems[idata+i-1],
+				Mems[imdata+i-1], Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    case OT_DIFF:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_med (rm, nclip, navg, blank, eindex,
+			        iindex, iscl*Mems[idata+i-1], Mems[imdata+i-1],
+				Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    Memr[odata+i-1] =
+			        oscl * (rm_gdata (rm, oindex) - val)
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    case OT_RATIO:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_med (rm, nclip, navg, blank, eindex,
+			        iindex, iscl*Mems[idata+i-1], Mems[imdata+i-1],
+				Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    if (val != 0.)
+				Memr[odata+i-1] = rm_gdata (rm, oindex) / val
+			    else
+				Memr[odata+i-1] = blank
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    stat = imgnlr (in, idata, Meml[iline])  
+		    switch (ot) {
+		    case OT_FILTER:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    Memr[odata+i-1] = oscl * rm_med (rm, nclip, navg,
+			        blank, eindex, iindex, iscl*Memr[idata+i-1],
+				Mems[imdata+i-1], Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    case OT_DIFF:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_med (rm, nclip, navg, blank, eindex,
+			        iindex, iscl*Memr[idata+i-1], Mems[imdata+i-1],
+				Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    Memr[odata+i-1] =
+			        oscl * (rm_gdata (rm, oindex) - val)
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    case OT_RATIO:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_med (rm, nclip, navg, blank, eindex,
+			        iindex, iscl*Memr[idata+i-1], Mems[imdata+i-1],
+				Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    if (val != 0.)
+				Memr[odata+i-1] = rm_gdata (rm, oindex) / val
+			    else
+				Memr[odata+i-1] = blank
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (om != NULL)
+		call imunmap (om)
+	    call imunmap (out)
+	    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[outname], Memc[imtemp])
+	    if (im != NULL)
+		call imunmap (im)
+	    call imunmap (in)
+
+	    # Do endpoints.
+	    while (oindex <= halfwin ||
+		(oindex >= nims - (window-1)/2 && oindex < nims)) {
+
+		oindex = oindex + 1
+		if (exclude)
+		    eindex = oindex
+		stat = imtrgetim (output, oindex, Memc[outname], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call printf ("  Writing %s ...\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[outname])
+		}
+		hdr = Memi[hdrs+mod(oindex,window)]
+		call xt_mkimtemp (IM_NAME(hdr), Memc[outname], Memc[imtemp],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+		out = immap (Memc[outname], NEW_COPY, hdr)
+		IM_PIXTYPE(out) = TY_REAL
+
+		stat = imtrgetim (masks, oindex, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		if (stat != EOF) {
+		    call xt_maskname (Memc[str], "pl", NEW_IMAGE, Memc[omname],
+			SZ_FNAME)
+		    if (verbose) {
+			call printf ("  Writing mask %s ...\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[omname])
+		    }
+		    om = immap (Memc[omname], NEW_COPY, hdr)
+		    if (nowhite (outmaskkey, Memc[str], SZ_LINE) > 0)
+			call imastr (out, Memc[str], Memc[omname])
+		} else
+		    om = NULL
+		if (omdata1 == NULL)
+		    call salloc (omdata1, IM_LEN(in,1), TY_SHORT)
+
+		if (outscale)
+		    oscl = 1
+		else
+		    oscl = 1 / Memr[scales+mod(oindex,window)]
+
+		call amovkl (long(1), Meml[oline], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovkl (long(1), Meml[omline], IM_MAXDIM)
+		do j = 1, nl {
+		    stat = impnlr (out, odata, Meml[oline])
+		    if (om != NULL)
+			stat = impnls (om, omdata, Meml[omline])  
+		    else
+			omdata = omdata1
+
+		    rm = Memi[rms+j-1]
+		    switch (ot) {
+		    case OT_FILTER:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    Memr[odata+i-1] = oscl * rm_gmed (rm, nclip, navg,
+			        blank, eindex, Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    case OT_DIFF:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_gmed (rm, nclip, navg, blank, eindex,
+			        Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    Memr[odata+i-1] = oscl *
+			        (rm_gdata (rm, oindex) - val)
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    case OT_RATIO:
+			do i = 1, nc {
+			    call rm_unpack (rm, i)
+			    val = rm_gmed (rm, nclip, navg, blank, eindex,
+			        Mems[omdata+i-1])
+			    if (val != 0.)
+				Memr[odata+i-1] = rm_gdata (rm, oindex) / val
+			    else
+				Memr[odata+i-1] = blank
+			    call rm_pack (rm, i)
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (om != NULL)
+		    call imunmap (om)
+		call imunmap (out)
+		call xt_delimtemp (Memc[outname], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	if (fd != NULL)
+	    call close (fd)
+	do j = 1, nl {
+	    rm = Memi[rms+j-1]
+	    call rm_close (rm)
+	}
+	do i = 1, window {
+	    hdr = Memi[hdrs+mod(i,window)]
+	    call mfree (hdr, TY_STRUCT)
+	}
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_boxcar.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_boxcar.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf06250c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_boxcar.x
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+# T_BOXCAR -- Boxcar smooth a list of IRAF images
+
+procedure t_boxcar()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image
+
+int	boundary				# Type of boundary extension
+real	constant				# Constant boundary extension
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE], imtemp[SZ_FNAME]
+int	list1, list2, kxdim, kydim
+pointer	im1, im2
+
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgeti(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+
+errchk	cnv_boxcar
+
+begin
+	# Get task parameters
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get filter parameters
+	kxdim = clgeti ("xwindow")
+	kydim = clgeti ("ywindow")
+
+	# Get boundary extension parameters
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	# Check list lengths
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Boxcar smooth the images
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    # Make temporary image
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Open images
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    # Boxcar smooth an image
+	    iferr {
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    kydim = 1
+		case 2:
+		    ;
+		default:
+		    call error (0, "T_CONVOLVE: Image dimension > 2.")
+		}
+		call cnv_boxcar (im1, im2, kxdim, kydim, boundary, constant)
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error smoothing image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image1)
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (image2)
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# close images
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_convolve.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_convolve.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d14d679e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_convolve.x
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+
+define	SZ_KERNEL	SZ_LINE
+
+
+# T_CONVOLVE -- Convolve a list of IRAF images with an arbitrary kernel.
+
+procedure t_convolve()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image
+int	boundary				# Type of boundary extension
+real	constant				# Constant boundary extension
+int	bilinear				# Bilinear kernel
+int	radsym					# Radially symmetric kernel?
+int	delim					# record delimiter for files
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE], imtemp[SZ_FNAME]
+int	list1, list2, kxdim, kydim, dummy
+pointer	sp, im1, im2, kername, xkername, ykername, kernel, xkernel, ykernel
+
+bool	clgetb()
+char	clgetc()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	cnv_convolve
+
+begin
+	# Allocate temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (kername, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xkername, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ykername, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input and output image parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the kernel characteristics.
+	bilinear = btoi (clgetb ("bilinear"))
+	if (bilinear == NO)
+	    call clgstr ("kernel", Memc[kername], SZ_LINE)
+	else {
+	    call clgstr ("xkernel", Memc[xkername], SZ_LINE)
+	    call clgstr ("ykernel", Memc[ykername], SZ_LINE)
+	}
+	radsym = btoi (clgetb ("radsym"))
+	delim = int (clgetc ("row_delimiter"))
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	# Check the list lengths.
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Fetch and decode the kernel.
+	kernel = NULL
+	xkernel = NULL
+	ykernel = NULL
+	if (bilinear == NO) {
+	    iferr (call cnv_kernel (Memc[kername], SZ_LINE, delim, kernel,
+	        kxdim, kydim))
+	        call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	} else {
+	    iferr (call cnv_kernel (Memc[xkername], SZ_LINE, delim, xkernel,
+	        kxdim, dummy))
+	        call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    if (dummy != 1)
+		call error (0,
+		"T_CONVOLVE: Error decoding the bilinear x dimension kernel")
+	    iferr (call cnv_kernel (Memc[ykername], SZ_LINE, delim, ykernel,
+	        kydim, dummy))
+	        call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    if (dummy != 1)
+	        call error (0,
+		"T_CONVOLVE: Error decoding the bilinear y dimension kernel")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Convolve the images in the list with the kernel.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    # Make a temporary image name.
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Open the input and output images.
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    # Convolve each image with the kernel.
+	    iferr {
+
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    if (kydim > 1)
+		        call error (0,
+		   "T_CONVOLVE: Kernel dimension higher than image dimension.")
+		case 2:
+		    ;
+		default:
+		    call error (0, "T_CONVOLVE: Image dimension > 2.")
+		}
+
+		if (bilinear == NO)
+		    call cnv_convolve (im1, im2, Memr[kernel], kxdim, kydim,
+		        boundary, constant, radsym)
+		else
+		    call cnv_xyconvolve (im1, im2, Memr[xkernel], kxdim,
+		        Memr[ykernel], kydim, boundary, constant, radsym)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error convolving image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image1)
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (image2)
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Close the image lists.
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	# Free the kernel space.
+	if (kernel != NULL)
+	    call mfree (kernel, TY_REAL)
+	if (xkernel != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xkernel, TY_REAL)
+	if (ykernel != NULL)
+	    call mfree (ykernel, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# CNV_KERNEL -- Make the kernel. If kername begins with a digit, a period or
+# a minus sign CNV_KERNEL opens the kername string as a file and passes
+# the file descriptor to the decoding routines. Otherwise CNV_KERNEL tries
+# to open a text file on disk.
+
+procedure cnv_kernel (kername, maxch, delim, kernel, nx, ny)
+
+char	kername[maxch]		# kernal
+int	maxch			# maximum length of kername
+int	delim		# delimiter for kernel rows
+pointer	kernel			# Gaussian kernel
+int	nx, ny			# dimensions of the kernel
+
+int	fd
+int	access(), stropen(), open()
+
+begin
+	if (access (kername, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) == YES) {
+	    fd = open (kername, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    call cnv_decode_kernel (fd, kernel, nx, ny, delim)
+	    call cnv_rowflip (Memr[kernel], nx, ny)
+	    call close (fd)
+	} else {
+	    fd = stropen (kername, maxch, READ_ONLY)
+	    call cnv_decode_kernel (fd, kernel, nx, ny, delim)
+	    call strclose (fd)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# CNV_ROWFLIP -- Column flip a 2D matrix in place
+
+procedure cnv_rowflip (a, nx, ny)
+
+real	a[nx,ny]	# matrix to be flipped
+int	nx, ny		# dimensions of a
+
+int	i, j, nhalf, ntotal
+real	temp
+
+begin
+	nhalf = ny / 2
+	ntotal = ny + 1
+
+	do i = 1, nx {
+	    do j = 1, nhalf {
+		temp = a[i,j]
+		a[i,j] = a[i,ntotal-j]
+		a[i,ntotal-j] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# CNV_DECODE_KERNEL -- Procedure to decode the kernel
+
+procedure cnv_decode_kernel (fd, kernel, nx, ny, delim)
+
+int	fd		# file descriptor
+pointer	kernel		# pointer to kernel
+int	nx, ny		# kernel dimensions
+int	delim		# kernel row delimiter
+
+pointer	sp, line
+int	sz_kernel, kp, lp, minnx, maxnx, nchars
+int	getline(), ctor()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate space for the line buffer.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize row and column counters and the kernel element counter.
+	kp = 0
+	nx = 0
+	ny = 0
+	minnx = MAX_INT
+	maxnx = -MAX_INT
+	kernel = NULL
+
+	# Decode the kernel.
+	nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line])
+	while (nchars != EOF) {
+
+	    # Decode each kernel line.
+	    for (lp = 1; lp <= nchars; ) {
+
+	        # Check to see that kernel is big enough.
+	        if (kernel == NULL) {
+		    sz_kernel = SZ_KERNEL
+		    call malloc (kernel, sz_kernel, TY_REAL)
+	        } else if (kp > sz_kernel) {
+		    sz_kernel = sz_kernel + SZ_KERNEL
+		    call realloc (kernel, sz_kernel, TY_REAL)
+	        }
+
+		# Decode the kernel elements one by one.
+		if (Memc[line+lp-1] == delim) {
+		    minnx = min (minnx, nx)
+		    maxnx = max (maxnx, nx)
+		    nx = 0
+		    ny = ny + 1
+		    lp = lp + 1
+
+		} else if (Memc[line+lp-1] == '\n' ||
+		    IS_WHITE(Memc[line+lp-1]) || Memc[line+lp-1] == ',') {
+		    lp = lp + 1
+
+		} else {
+		    if (ctor (Memc[line], lp, Memr[kernel+kp]) == 0) {
+			call sfree (sp)
+			call error (0, "CNV_DECODE_KERNEL: Invalid kernel.")
+		    }
+		    kp = kp + 1
+		    nx = nx + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Get next line.
+	    nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line])
+	}
+
+	# Quit if there are no valid elements in the kernel.
+	if (kp <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "CNV_DECODE_KERNEL: Invalid kernel.")
+
+	# Last delimiter is not necessary.
+	if (nx != 0) {
+	    minnx = min (minnx, nx)
+	    maxnx = max (maxnx, nx)
+	    ny = ny + 1
+	}
+
+	# Free temporary space.
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Test that the kernel is the correct size.
+	if (minnx != maxnx) {
+	    call error (0, "CNV_KERNEL: Kernel rows are different lengths.")
+	} else if ((kp != minnx * ny) || (kp != maxnx * ny)) {
+	    call error (0, "CNV_KERNEL: Incorrect number of kernel rows.")
+	} else {
+	    call realloc (kernel, kp, TY_REAL)
+	    nx = minnx
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_fmedian.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_fmedian.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2a0a2ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_fmedian.x
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include "fmedian.h"
+
+# T_FMEDIAN -- Median filter a list of images in x and y.
+
+procedure t_fmedian()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, xwindow, ywindow, boundary
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str, fmd, im1, im2
+real	constant
+
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	fmd_medbox
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allcoate space for the fmedian structure.
+	call calloc (fmd, LEN_FMEDIAN_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the window size.
+	xwindow = clgeti ("xwindow")
+	ywindow = clgeti ("ywindow")
+
+	# Get the quantization parameters.
+	FMED_Z1(fmd) = clgetr ("zmin")
+	FMED_Z2(fmd) = clgetr ("zmax")
+	FMED_ZLOW(fmd) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	FMED_ZHIGH(fmd) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	FMED_HMIN(fmd) = clgeti ("hmin")
+	FMED_HMAX(fmd) = clgeti ("hmax")
+	FMED_UNMAP(fmd) = btoi (clgetb ("unmap"))
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Median filter each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (mod (xwindow, 2) == 0)
+	        FMED_XBOX(fmd) = xwindow + 1
+	    else
+	        FMED_XBOX(fmd) = xwindow
+	    if (mod (ywindow, 2) == 0)
+	        FMED_YBOX(fmd) = ywindow + 1
+	    else
+	        FMED_YBOX(fmd) = ywindow
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("%dx%d Box median filter %s to %s\n")
+		    call pargi (FMED_XBOX(fmd))
+		    call pargi (FMED_YBOX(fmd))
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    # Find input image max and min if necessary.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(FMED_Z1(fmd)) || IS_INDEFR(FMED_Z2(fmd))) 
+	        call fmd_maxmin (im1, FMED_XBOX(fmd), FMED_YBOX(fmd),
+		    boundary, constant, FMED_ZMIN(fmd), FMED_ZMAX(fmd))
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+		if (! fp_equalr (FMED_Z1(fmd), real(FMED_HMIN(fmd))) &&
+		    ! fp_equalr (FMED_Z2(fmd), real(FMED_HMAX(fmd)))) {
+		    call printf (
+		  "    Pixels from %g to %g mapped to integers from %d to %d\n")
+		        if (IS_INDEFR(FMED_Z1(fmd))) 
+			    call pargr (FMED_ZMIN(fmd))
+		        else
+			    call pargr (FMED_Z1(fmd))
+		        if (IS_INDEFR(FMED_Z2(fmd))) 
+			    call pargr (FMED_ZMAX(fmd))
+		        else
+			    call pargr (FMED_Z2(fmd))
+		        call pargi (FMED_HMIN(fmd))
+		        call pargi (FMED_HMAX(fmd))
+		}
+		if (! IS_INDEFR(FMED_ZLOW(fmd)) ||
+		    ! IS_INDEFR(FMED_ZHIGH(fmd)))  {
+		    call printf (
+		    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the median filter\n")
+			call pargr (FMED_ZLOW(fmd))
+			call pargr (FMED_ZHIGH(fmd))
+		}
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    # Median filter the image.
+	    iferr {
+		call fmd_medbox (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error median filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (fmd, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_fmode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_fmode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf280ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_fmode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include "fmode.h"
+
+# T_FMODE -- Modal filter a list of images in x and y.
+
+procedure t_fmode()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, xwindow, ywindow, boundary
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str, fmd, im1, im2
+real	constant
+
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	fmd_modbox
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate space for the fmode structure.
+	call calloc (fmd, LEN_FMODE_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the window sizes.
+	xwindow = clgeti ("xwindow")
+	ywindow = clgeti ("ywindow")
+
+	# Get the quantization parameters.
+	FMOD_Z1(fmd) = clgetr ("zmin")
+	FMOD_Z2(fmd) = clgetr ("zmax")
+	FMOD_ZLOW(fmd) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	FMOD_ZHIGH(fmd) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	FMOD_HMIN(fmd) = clgeti ("hmin")
+	FMOD_HMAX(fmd) = clgeti ("hmax")
+	FMOD_UNMAP(fmd) = btoi (clgetb ("unmap"))
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Modal filter each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (mod (xwindow, 2) == 0)
+	        FMOD_XBOX(fmd) = xwindow + 1
+	    else
+	        FMOD_XBOX(fmd) = xwindow
+	    if (mod (ywindow, 2) == 0)
+	        FMOD_YBOX(fmd) = ywindow + 1
+	    else
+	        FMOD_YBOX(fmd) = ywindow
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+                call printf ("%dx%d Box modal filter %s to %s\n")
+                    call pargi (FMOD_XBOX(fmd))
+                    call pargi (FMOD_YBOX(fmd))
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+	    # Find input image max and min if necessary.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(FMOD_Z1(fmd)) || IS_INDEFR(FMOD_Z2(fmd))) 
+	        call fmd_maxmin (im1, FMOD_XBOX(fmd), FMOD_YBOX(fmd),
+		    boundary, constant, FMOD_ZMIN(fmd), FMOD_ZMAX(fmd))
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+                if (! fp_equalr (FMOD_Z1(fmd), real(FMOD_HMIN(fmd))) &&
+                    ! fp_equalr (FMOD_Z2(fmd), real(FMOD_HMAX(fmd)))) {
+                    call printf (
+                  "    Pixels from %g to %g mapped to integers from %d to %d\n")
+                        if (IS_INDEFR(FMOD_Z1(fmd)))
+                            call pargr (FMOD_ZMIN(fmd))
+                        else
+                            call pargr (FMOD_Z1(fmd))
+                        if (IS_INDEFR(FMOD_Z2(fmd)))
+                            call pargr (FMOD_ZMAX(fmd))
+                        else
+                            call pargr (FMOD_Z2(fmd))
+                        call pargi (FMOD_HMIN(fmd))
+                        call pargi (FMOD_HMAX(fmd))
+                }
+                if (! IS_INDEFR(FMOD_ZLOW(fmd)) ||
+                    ! IS_INDEFR(FMOD_ZHIGH(fmd)))  {
+                    call printf (
+                    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the modal filter\n")
+                        call pargr (FMOD_ZLOW(fmd))
+                        call pargr (FMOD_ZHIGH(fmd))
+                }
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+	    # Modal filter the image.
+	    iferr {
+		call fmd_modbox (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error modal filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (fmd, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_frmedian.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_frmedian.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..969ee839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_frmedian.x
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "frmedian.h"
+
+# T_FRMEDIAN -- Ring median filter a list of images in x and y.
+
+procedure t_frmedian()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, boundary, nxk, nyk
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str
+pointer	fmd, im1, im2, kernel
+real	rinner, router, ratio, theta, constant, a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2
+
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+int	med_mkring()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	med_ell_gauss, med_mkring, fmd_maxmin, fmd_medring
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allcoate space for the fmedian structure.
+	call calloc (fmd, LEN_FRMEDIAN_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the ring filter parameters.
+	rinner = clgetr ("rinner")
+	router = clgetr ("router")
+	ratio = clgetr ("ratio")
+	theta = clgetr ("theta")
+
+	# Get the quantization parameters.
+	FRMED_Z1(fmd) = clgetr ("zmin")
+	FRMED_Z2(fmd) = clgetr ("zmax")
+	FRMED_ZLOW(fmd) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	FRMED_ZHIGH(fmd) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	FRMED_HMIN(fmd) = clgeti ("hmin")
+	FRMED_HMAX(fmd) = clgeti ("hmax")
+	FRMED_UNMAP(fmd) = btoi (clgetb ("unmap"))
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Check kernel parameters.
+        if (fp_equalr (real(router), 0.0))
+            call error (0, "T_FRMEDIAN: Router must be greater than 0.")
+	if (rinner >= router)
+	    call error (0, "T_FRMEDIAN: Rinner must be less than router.")
+        if (ratio < 0.0 || ratio > 1.0)
+            call error (0, "T_FRMEDIAN: Ratio must be between 0 and 1.")
+        if (theta < 0.0 || theta > 180.0)
+            call error (0,
+	    "T_FRMEDIAN: Theta must be between 0 and 180 degrees.")
+        if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) &&
+            ! fp_equalr (theta, 90.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 180.0))
+            call error (0,
+	        "T_FRMEDIAN: Cannot make 1D ring filter at given theta.")
+
+	# Median filter each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+                call printf ( "Ring rin=%0.1f rout=%0.1f ")
+		    call pargr (rinner)
+		    call pargr (router)
+		if (ratio < 1.0) {
+		    call printf ("ratio=%0.2f theta=%0.1f ")
+			call pargr (ratio)
+			call pargr (theta)
+		}
+		call printf ("median filter %s to %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+	    kernel = NULL
+
+	    # Median filter the image.
+	    iferr {
+
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, 0.0, 0.0, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, 0.0, 0.0, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		case 2:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, ratio, theta, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, ratio, theta, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		default:
+		    call error (0,
+		    "T_FRMEDIAN: Cannot median filter a greater than 2D image.")
+		}
+
+		call calloc (kernel, nxk * nyk, TY_SHORT)
+		FRMED_NRING(fmd) = med_mkring (Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk,
+		    a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2)
+
+	        # Find input image max and min if necessary.
+	        if (IS_INDEFR(FRMED_Z1(fmd)) || IS_INDEFR(FRMED_Z2(fmd))) 
+	            call fmd_maxmin (im1, nxk, nyk, boundary, constant,
+		    FRMED_ZMIN(fmd), FRMED_ZMAX(fmd))
+
+               if (verbose) {
+                    if (! fp_equalr (FRMED_Z1(fmd), real(FRMED_HMIN(fmd))) &&
+                        ! fp_equalr (FRMED_Z2(fmd), real(FRMED_HMAX(fmd)))) {
+                        call printf (
+                  "    Pixels from %g to %g mapped to integers from %d to %d\n")
+                        if (IS_INDEFR(FRMED_Z1(fmd)))
+                            call pargr (FRMED_ZMIN(fmd))
+                        else
+                            call pargr (FRMED_Z1(fmd))
+                        if (IS_INDEFR(FRMED_Z2(fmd)))
+                            call pargr (FRMED_ZMAX(fmd))
+                        else
+                            call pargr (FRMED_Z2(fmd))
+                            call pargi (FRMED_HMIN(fmd))
+                            call pargi (FRMED_HMAX(fmd))
+                    }
+                    if (! IS_INDEFR(FRMED_ZLOW(fmd)) ||
+                        ! IS_INDEFR(FRMED_ZHIGH(fmd)))  {
+                        call printf (
+                    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the median filter\n")
+                            call pargr (FRMED_ZLOW(fmd))
+                            call pargr (FRMED_ZHIGH(fmd))
+                    }
+                    call flush (STDOUT)
+                }
+
+
+		call fmd_medring (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant,
+		    Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error median filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+
+	    if (kernel != NULL)
+		call mfree (kernel, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (fmd, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_frmode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_frmode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c08baa98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_frmode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "frmode.h"
+
+# T_FRMODE -- Ring modal filter a list of images in x and y.
+
+procedure t_frmode()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, boundary, nxk, nyk
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str
+pointer	fmd, im1, im2, kernel
+real	rinner, router, ratio, theta, constant, a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2
+
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+int	med_mkring()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	med_ell_gauss, med_mkring, fmd_maxmin, fmd_modring
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allcoate space for the fmode structure.
+	call calloc (fmd, LEN_FRMODE_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the ring filter parameters.
+	rinner = clgetr ("rinner")
+	router = clgetr ("router")
+	ratio = clgetr ("ratio")
+	theta = clgetr ("theta")
+
+	# Get the quantization parameters.
+	FRMOD_Z1(fmd) = clgetr ("zmin")
+	FRMOD_Z2(fmd) = clgetr ("zmax")
+	FRMOD_ZLOW(fmd) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	FRMOD_ZHIGH(fmd) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	FRMOD_HMIN(fmd) = clgeti ("hmin")
+	FRMOD_HMAX(fmd) = clgeti ("hmax")
+	FRMOD_UNMAP(fmd) = btoi (clgetb ("unmap"))
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Check kernel parameters.
+        if (fp_equalr (real(router), 0.0))
+            call error (0, "T_FRMODE: Router must be greater than 0.")
+	if (rinner >= router)
+	    call error (0, "T_FRMODE: Rinner must be less than router.")
+        if (ratio < 0.0 || ratio > 1.0)
+            call error (0, "T_FRMODE: Ratio must be between 0 and 1.")
+        if (theta < 0.0 || theta > 180.0)
+            call error (0,
+	    "T_FRMODE: Theta must be between 0 and 180 degrees.")
+        if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) &&
+            ! fp_equalr (theta, 90.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 180.0))
+            call error (0,
+	        "T_FRMODE: Cannot make 1D ring filter at given theta.")
+
+	# Modal filter each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+                call printf ( "Ring rin=%0.1f rout=%0.1f ")
+		    call pargr (rinner)
+		    call pargr (router)
+		if (ratio < 1.0) {
+		    call printf ("ratio=%0.2f theta=%0.1f ")
+			call pargr (ratio)
+			call pargr (theta)
+		}
+		call printf ("modal filter %s to %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+	    kernel = NULL
+
+	    # Modal filter the image.
+	    iferr {
+
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, 0.0, 0.0, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, 0.0, 0.0, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		case 2:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, ratio, theta, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, ratio, theta, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		default:
+		    call error (0,
+		    "T_FRMODE: Cannot modal filter a greater than 2D image.")
+		}
+
+		call calloc (kernel, nxk * nyk, TY_SHORT)
+		FRMOD_NRING(fmd) = med_mkring (Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk,
+		    a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2)
+
+	        # Find input image max and min if necessary.
+	        if (IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_Z1(fmd)) || IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_Z2(fmd))) 
+	            call fmd_maxmin (im1, nxk, nyk, boundary, constant,
+		    FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd), FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd))
+
+               if (verbose) {
+                    if (! fp_equalr (FRMOD_Z1(fmd), real(FRMOD_HMIN(fmd))) &&
+                    ! fp_equalr (FRMOD_Z2(fmd), real(FRMOD_HMAX(fmd)))) {
+                        call printf (
+                  "    Pixels from %g to %g mapped to integers from %d to %d\n")
+                        if (IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_Z1(fmd)))
+                            call pargr (FRMOD_ZMIN(fmd))
+                        else
+                            call pargr (FRMOD_Z1(fmd))
+                        if (IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_Z2(fmd)))
+                            call pargr (FRMOD_ZMAX(fmd))
+                        else
+                            call pargr (FRMOD_Z2(fmd))
+                        call pargi (FRMOD_HMIN(fmd))
+                        call pargi (FRMOD_HMAX(fmd))
+                    }
+                    if (! IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_ZLOW(fmd)) ||
+                        ! IS_INDEFR(FRMOD_ZHIGH(fmd)))  {
+                        call printf (
+                    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the modal filter\n")
+                            call pargr (FRMOD_ZLOW(fmd))
+                            call pargr (FRMOD_ZHIGH(fmd))
+                    }
+                    call flush (STDOUT)
+                }
+
+
+		call fmd_modring (fmd, im1, im2, boundary, constant,
+		    Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error modal filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+
+	    if (kernel != NULL)
+		call mfree (kernel, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (fmd, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_gauss.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_gauss.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1121b7cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_gauss.x
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <math.h>
+
+# T_GAUSS -- Convolve a list of IRAF images with a Gaussian convolution
+# kernel.
+
+procedure t_gauss()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image
+
+real	sigma					# Sigma in x
+real	ratio					# Ratio of sigma in y to x
+real	theta					# Position angle
+real	nsigma					# Extent of Gaussian
+int	bilinear				# Use bilinear kernel approx
+
+int	boundary				# Type of boundary extension
+real	constant				# Constant boundary extension
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE], imtemp[SZ_FNAME]
+int	list1, list2, kbilinear, nxk1, nyk1, nxk2, nyk2, radsym
+pointer	sp, im1, im2, kernel1, kernel2
+real	a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2
+
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+
+errchk	cnv_ell_gauss, cnv_gauss_kernel, cnv_convolve
+
+begin
+	# Get task input and output parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the convolution kernel parameters.
+	sigma = clgetr ("sigma")
+	ratio = clgetr ("ratio")
+	theta = clgetr ("theta")
+	nsigma = clgetr ("nsigma")
+	bilinear = btoi (clgetb ("bilinear"))
+
+	# Get the image boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	if (boundary == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	# Check the input and output image list lengths.
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Check kernel parameters.
+	if (fp_equalr (sigma, 0.0))
+	    call error (0, "T_GAUSS: Sigma must be greater than 0.")
+	if (ratio < 0.0 || ratio > 1.0)
+	    call error (0, "T_GAUSS: Ratio must be between 0 and 1.")
+	if (theta < 0.0 || theta > 180.0)
+	    call error (0, "T_GAUSS: Theta must be between 0 and 180 degrees.")
+	if (nsigma <= 0.0)
+	    call error (0, "T_GAUSS: Nsigma must be greater than 0.")
+	if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) && 
+	    ! fp_equalr (theta, 90.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 180.0))
+	    call error (0, "T_GAUSS: Cannot make 1D Gaussian at given theta.")
+
+	# Convolve the images in the list the with the Gaussian kernel.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    # Make the temporary image.
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Open the input and output images.
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    kernel1 = NULL
+	    kernel2 = NULL
+
+	    # Convolve an image with the Gaussian kernel. 
+	    iferr {
+
+		# Calculate the ellipse parameters.
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+
+		case 1:
+		    kbilinear = NO
+		    radsym = YES
+		    call cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, 0.0, 0.0, nsigma, a1, b1,
+		        c1, f1, nxk1, nyk1)
+
+		case 2:
+		    if (ratio < 1.0) {
+
+			# Determine whether the convolution can be bilinear
+			# and radially symmetric.
+			if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0)) {
+			    kbilinear = NO
+			    radsym = YES
+			} else if (fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) || fp_equalr (theta,
+			    90.0) || fp_equalr (theta, 180.0)) {
+			    kbilinear = bilinear
+			    radsym = YES
+			} else {
+			    kbilinear = NO
+			    radsym = NO
+			}
+
+			if (kbilinear == YES) {
+			    if (fp_equalr (theta, 90.0)) {
+		    	        call cnv_ell_gauss (ratio * sigma, 0.0, 0.0,
+				    nsigma, a1, b1, c1, f1, nxk1, nyk1)
+		    	        call cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, 0.0, 90.0,
+			            nsigma, a2, b2, c2, f2, nxk2, nyk2)
+			    } else {
+		    	        call cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, 0.0, 0.0, nsigma,
+				    a1, b1, c1, f1, nxk1, nyk1)
+		    	        call cnv_ell_gauss (ratio * sigma, 0.0, 90.0,
+			            nsigma, a2, b2, c2, f2, nxk2, nyk2)
+			    }
+			} else
+		            call cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, ratio, theta, nsigma,
+			        a1, b1, c1, f1, nxk1, nyk1)
+
+		    } else {
+
+			kbilinear = bilinear
+			radsym = YES
+
+			if (kbilinear == YES) {
+		    	    call cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, 0.0, 0.0, nsigma, a1,
+			        b1, c1, f1, nxk1, nyk1)
+		    	    call cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, 0.0, 90.0, nsigma, a2,
+			        b2, c2, f2, nxk2, nyk2)
+			} else
+		            call cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, ratio, theta, nsigma,
+			        a1, b1, c1, f1, nxk1, nyk1)
+		    }
+
+		default:
+		    call error (0,
+		   "T_GAUSS: Cannot convolve a 3D or higher dimensioned image.")
+		}
+
+		# Compute the kernel.
+		call smark (sp)
+		call salloc (kernel1, nxk1 * nyk1, TY_REAL)
+		call cnv_gauss_kernel (Memr[kernel1], nxk1, nyk1, a1, b1,
+		    c1, f1)
+		if (kbilinear == YES) {
+		    call salloc (kernel2, nxk2 * nyk2, TY_REAL)
+		    call cnv_gauss_kernel (Memr[kernel2], nxk2, nyk2, a2, b2,
+		        c2, f2)
+		}
+
+		# Convolve the image.
+		if (kbilinear == YES)
+		    call cnv_xyconvolve (im1, im2, Memr[kernel1], nxk1,
+		        Memr[kernel2], nyk2, boundary, constant, radsym)
+		else
+		    call cnv_convolve (im1, im2, Memr[kernel1], nxk1, nyk1,
+		        boundary, constant, radsym)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error convolving image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image1)
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (image2)
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	    }
+
+	    if (kernel1 != NULL || kernel2 != NULL)
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	    kernel1 = NULL
+	    kernel2 = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Close images lists.
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
+
+
+# CNV_ELL_GAUSS -- Compute the parameters of the elliptical Gaussian.
+
+procedure cnv_ell_gauss (sigma, ratio, theta, nsigma, a, b, c, f, nx, ny)
+
+real	sigma			# Sigma of Gaussian in x
+real	ratio			# Ratio of half-width in y to x
+real	theta			# Position angle of Gaussian
+real	nsigma			# Limit of convolution
+real	a, b, c, f		# Ellipse parameters
+int	nx, ny			# Dimensions of the kernel
+
+real	sx2, sy2, cost, sint, discrim
+bool	fp_equalr ()
+
+begin
+	# Define some constants.
+	sx2 = sigma ** 2
+	sy2 = (ratio * sigma) ** 2
+	cost = cos (DEGTORAD (theta))
+	sint = sin (DEGTORAD (theta))
+
+	# Compute the ellipse parameters.
+	if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0)) {
+
+	    if (fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) || fp_equalr (theta, 180.)) {
+		a = 1. / sx2
+		b = 0.0
+		c = 0.0
+	    } else if (fp_equalr (theta, 90.0)) {
+		a = 0.0
+		b = 0.0
+		c = 1. / sx2
+	    } else
+		call error (0, "CNV_GAUSS_KERNEL: Cannot make 1D Gaussian.")
+
+	    f = nsigma ** 2 / 2.
+	    nx = 2. * sigma * nsigma * abs (cost) + 1.
+	    ny = 2. * sigma * nsigma * abs (sint) + 1.
+
+	} else {
+
+	    a = cost ** 2 / sx2 + sint ** 2 / sy2
+	    b = 2. * (1.0 / sx2 - 1.0 / sy2) * cost * sint
+	    c = sint ** 2 / sx2 + cost ** 2 / sy2
+	    discrim = b ** 2 - 4. * a * c
+	    f = nsigma ** 2 / 2.
+	    nx = 2. * sqrt (-8. * c * f / discrim) + 1.
+	    ny = 2. * sqrt (-8. * a * f / discrim) + 1.
+	}
+
+	# Force the kernel to the next nearest odd integer.
+	if (mod (nx, 2) == 0)
+	    nx = nx + 1
+	if (mod (ny, 2) == 0)
+	    ny = ny + 1
+end
+
+
+# CNV_GAUSS_KERNEL -- Construct the Gaussian kernel using an the elliptical
+# Gaussian parameters.
+
+procedure cnv_gauss_kernel (kernel, nx, ny, a, b, c, f)
+
+real	kernel[nx,ny]		# Gaussian kernel
+int	nx, ny			# Dimensions of the kernel
+real	a, b, c, f		# Ellipse parameters
+
+int	i, j, x0, y0, x, y
+real	norm
+bool 	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Define some constants.
+	x0 = nx / 2 + 1
+	y0 = ny / 2 + 1
+	norm = 0.0
+
+	# Compute the kernel.
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    y = j - y0
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		x = i - x0
+		kernel[i,j] = 0.5 * (a * x ** 2 + c * y ** 2 + b * x * y)
+		if (kernel[i,j] <= f) {
+		    kernel[i,j] = exp (-kernel[i,j])
+		    norm = norm + kernel[i,j]
+		} else
+		    kernel[i,j] = 0.0
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Normalize the kernel.
+	if (! fp_equalr (norm, 0.0))
+	    call adivkr (kernel, norm, kernel, nx * ny)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_gradient.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_gradient.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e66bd65f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_gradient.x
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+
+define	GR_180		1		# Direction of maximum filter response 
+define	GR_0		2		#
+define	GR_90		3		#
+define	GR_270		4		#
+define	GR_135		5		#
+define	GR_45		6		#
+define	GR_225		7		#
+define	GR_315		8		#
+
+# T_GRADIENT -- Convolve a list of IRAF images with the specified gradient
+# filter
+
+procedure t_gradient()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image
+
+int	filter					# Laplacian filter
+int	boundary				# Type of boundary extension
+real	constant				# Constant boundary extension
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE], imtemp[SZ_FNAME]
+int	list1, list2, nxk, nyk
+pointer	sp, im1, im2, kernel
+
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+
+errchk	cnv_convolve
+
+begin
+	# Get task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get boundary extension parameters.
+	filter = clgwrd ("gradient", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",180,0,90,270,135,45,225,315,")
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	# Check list lengths.
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The numbers of input and output images are not equal.")
+	}
+
+	# Convolve the images with gradient kernel.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    # Make temporary image.
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Open images.
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    kernel = NULL
+
+	    # Convolve an image with gradient kernel.
+	    iferr {
+
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    nxk = 3
+		    nyk = 1
+		case 2:
+		    nxk = 3
+		    nyk = 3
+		default:
+		    call error (0,
+		        "T_GRADIENT: The image has more than 2 dimensions.")
+		}
+
+		# Make the kernel.
+		call smark (sp)
+		call salloc (kernel, nxk * nyk, TY_REAL)
+		call cnv_gradient_kernel (Memr[kernel], nxk, nyk, filter)
+
+		# Gradient filter the image.
+		call cnv_convolve (im1, im2, Memr[kernel], nxk, nyk, boundary,
+		    constant, NO)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error convolving image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image1)
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (image2)
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	    }
+
+	    if (kernel != NULL)
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	    kernel = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Close images.
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
+
+# CNV_GRADIENT_KERNEL -- Make the gradient kernel.
+
+procedure cnv_gradient_kernel (kernel, nx, ny, filter)
+
+real	kernel[nx,ny]		# Gaussian kernel
+int	nx, ny			# dimensions of the kernel
+int	filter			# which filter
+
+real	norm
+
+begin
+	if (ny == 1) {
+
+	    switch (filter) {
+	    case GR_0:
+	        kernel[1,1] = -1. / 2.
+	        kernel[2,1] = 0.
+	        kernel[3,1] = 1. / 2.
+	    case GR_180:
+	        kernel[1,1] = 1. / 2.
+	        kernel[2,1] = 0.
+	        kernel[3,1] = -1. / 2.
+	    default:
+		call error (0,
+		    "CNV_GRADIENT_KERNEL: Cannot compute 2D gradient")
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (filter) {
+	    case GR_0:
+		norm = 4. + 2. * SQRTOF2
+		kernel[1,1] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[2,1] = 0.
+		kernel[3,1] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[1,2] = - SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[1,3] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[2,3] = 0.
+		kernel[3,3] = 1. / norm
+	    case GR_180:
+		norm = 4. + 2. * SQRTOF2
+		kernel[1,1] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[2,1] = 0.
+		kernel[3,1] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[1,2] = SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = - SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[1,3] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[2,3] = 0.
+		kernel[3,3] = -1. / norm
+	    case GR_90:
+		norm = 4. + 2. * SQRTOF2
+		kernel[1,1] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[2,1] = - SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[3,1] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[1,2] = 0.
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = 0.
+		kernel[1,3] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[2,3] = SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[3,3] = 1. / norm
+	    case GR_270:
+		norm = 4. + 2. * SQRTOF2
+		kernel[1,1] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[2,1] = SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[3,1] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[1,2] = 0.
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = 0.
+		kernel[1,3] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[2,3] = - SQRTOF2 / norm
+		kernel[3,3] = -1. / norm
+	    case GR_45:
+		norm = 2. * SQRTOF2 + 1.
+		kernel[1,1] = -1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm)
+		kernel[2,1] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[3,1] = 0.
+		kernel[1,2] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[1,3] = 0.
+		kernel[2,3] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[3,3] = 1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm) 
+	    case GR_225:
+		norm = 2. * SQRTOF2 + 1.
+		kernel[1,1] = 1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm)
+		kernel[2,1] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[3,1] = 0.
+		kernel[1,2] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[1,3] = 0.
+		kernel[2,3] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[3,3] = -1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm) 
+	    case GR_135:
+		norm = 2. * SQRTOF2 + 1.
+		kernel[1,1] = 0.
+		kernel[2,1] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[3,1] = -1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm)
+		kernel[1,2] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[1,3] = 1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm) 
+		kernel[2,3] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[3,3] = 0.
+	    case GR_315:
+		norm = 2. * SQRTOF2 + 1.
+		kernel[1,1] = 0.
+		kernel[2,1] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[3,1] = 1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm)
+		kernel[1,2] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[2,2] = 0.
+		kernel[3,2] = 1. / norm
+		kernel[1,3] = -1. / (2. * SQRTOF2 * norm) 
+		kernel[2,3] = -1. / norm
+		kernel[3,3] = 0.
+	    default:
+		call error (0, "CNV_GRADIENT_KERNEL: Unknown filter.")
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_laplace.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_laplace.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..361118e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_laplace.x
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+
+define	LP_XYCENTER		1		# Horizontal and vertical
+define	LP_DIAG			2		# Diagonal direction
+define	LP_XYALL		3		# Average of 3 horizontal and
+						# vertical
+define	LP_XYDIAG		4		# Unsharp masking kernel
+
+# T_LAPLACE -- Convolve a list of IRAF images with the Laplacian
+
+procedure t_laplace()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image
+
+int	filter					# Laplacian filter
+int	boundary				# Type of boundary extension
+real	constant				# Constant boundary extension
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE], imtemp[SZ_FNAME]
+int	list1, list2, nxk, nyk
+pointer	sp, im1, im2, kernel
+
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+
+errchk	cnv_convolve
+
+begin
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	filter = clgwrd ("laplace", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",xycentral,diagonals,xyall,xydiagonals,")
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	# Check the input and output image list lengths.
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Convolve the images with a Laplacian kernel.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    # Make a temporary image.
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Open the input and output images.
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+	    kernel = NULL
+
+	    # Do the convolution.
+	    iferr {
+
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    nxk = 3
+		    nyk = 1
+		case 2:
+		    nxk = 3
+		    nyk = 3
+		default:
+		    call error (0, "T_LAPLACE: Too many image dimensions.")
+		}
+
+		call smark (sp)
+		call salloc (kernel, nxk * nyk, TY_REAL)
+		call cnv_laplace_kernel (Memr[kernel], nxk, nyk, filter)
+
+		call cnv_convolve (im1, im2, Memr[kernel], nxk, nyk, boundary,
+		    constant, YES)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error convolving image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image1)
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (image2)
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	    }
+
+	    if (kernel != NULL)
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	    kernel = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Close the list of images.
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
+
+
+# CNV_LAPLACE_KERNEL -- Compute the Laplacian kernel.
+
+procedure cnv_laplace_kernel (kernel, nx, ny, filter)
+
+real	kernel[nx,ny]		# Gaussian kernel
+int	nx, ny			# dimensions of the kernel
+int	filter			# which filter
+
+begin
+	if (ny == 1) {
+
+	    kernel[1,1] = -1.
+	    kernel[2,1] = 2.
+	    kernel[3,1] = -1.
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (filter) {
+	    case LP_XYCENTER:
+		kernel[1,1] = 0.
+		kernel[2,1] = 1.
+		kernel[3,1] = 0.
+		kernel[1,2] = 1.
+		kernel[2,2] = -4.
+		kernel[3,2] = 1.
+		kernel[1,3] = 0.
+		kernel[2,3] = 1.
+		kernel[3,3] = 0.
+	    case LP_DIAG:
+		kernel[1,1] = 1. / SQRTOF2
+		kernel[2,1] = 0.
+		kernel[3,1] = 1. / SQRTOF2
+		kernel[1,2] = 0.
+		kernel[2,2] = -4. / SQRTOF2
+		kernel[3,2] = 0.
+		kernel[1,3] = 1. / SQRTOF2
+		kernel[2,3] = 0.
+		kernel[3,3] = 1. / SQRTOF2
+	    case LP_XYALL:
+		kernel[1,1] = 2. / 3.
+		kernel[2,1] = -1. / 3.
+		kernel[3,1] = 2. / 3.
+		kernel[1,2] = -1. / 3.
+		kernel[2,2] = -4. / 3.
+		kernel[3,2] = -1. / 3.
+		kernel[1,3] = 2. / 3.
+		kernel[2,3] = -1. / 3.
+		kernel[3,3] = 2. / 3.
+	    case LP_XYDIAG:
+		kernel[1,1] = 1. / (SQRTOF2 * 2.)
+		kernel[2,1] = .5
+		kernel[3,1] = 1. / (SQRTOF2 * 2.)
+		kernel[1,2] = .5
+		kernel[2,2] = -2. - SQRTOF2
+		kernel[3,2] = .5
+		kernel[1,3] = 1. / (SQRTOF2 * 2.)
+		kernel[2,3] = .5
+		kernel[3,3] = 1. / (SQRTOF2 * 2.)
+	    default:
+		call error (0, "CNV_LAPLACE_KERNEL: Unknown filter.")
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_median.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_median.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..680ed3be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_median.x
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "median.h"
+
+# T_MEDIAN -- Median filter an image in x and y.
+
+procedure t_median()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, xwindow, ywindow, boundary
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str, im1, im2, mde
+real	constant
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	mde_medbox
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the median fitting structure
+	call calloc (mde, LEN_MEDIAN_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get task parameters
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Get algorithm parameters.
+	xwindow = clgeti ("xwindow")
+	ywindow = clgeti ("ywindow")
+	MED_ZLOW(mde) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(MED_ZLOW(mde)))
+	    MED_ZLOW(mde) = -MAX_REAL
+	MED_ZHIGH(mde) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(MED_ZHIGH(mde)))
+	    MED_ZHIGH(mde) = MAX_REAL
+
+	# Get boundary extension parameters
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Median filter the input images
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (mod (xwindow, 2) == 0)
+	        MED_XBOX(mde) = xwindow + 1
+	    else
+	        MED_XBOX(mde) = xwindow
+	    if (mod (ywindow, 2) == 0)
+	        MED_YBOX(mde) = ywindow + 1
+	    else
+	        MED_YBOX(mde) = ywindow
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+                call printf ("%dx%d Box median filter %s to %s\n")
+                    call pargi (MED_XBOX(mde))
+                    call pargi (MED_YBOX(mde))
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                if (MED_ZLOW(mde) > -MAX_REAL || MED_ZHIGH(mde) < MAX_REAL)  {
+                    call printf (
+                    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the median filter\n")
+		    if (MED_ZLOW(mde) <= -MAX_REAL)
+			call pargr (INDEFR)
+		    else
+                        call pargr (MED_ZLOW(mde))
+		    if (MED_ZHIGH(mde) >= MAX_REAL)
+			call pargr (INDEFR)
+		    else
+                        call pargr (MED_ZHIGH(mde))
+                }
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+
+	    # Median filter an image
+	    iferr {
+		call mde_medbox (mde, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error median filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (mde, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_mode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_mode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb04614a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_mode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "mode.h"
+
+# T_MODE -- Modal filter an image in x and y.
+
+procedure t_mode()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, xwindow, ywindow, boundary
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str, im1, im2, mde
+real	constant
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	mde_modbox
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the mode fitting structure
+	call calloc (mde, LEN_MODE_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get task parameters
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Get algorithm parameters.
+	xwindow = clgeti ("xwindow")
+	ywindow = clgeti ("ywindow")
+	MOD_ZLOW(mde) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(MOD_ZLOW(mde)))
+	    MOD_ZLOW(mde) = -MAX_REAL
+	MOD_ZHIGH(mde) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(MOD_ZHIGH(mde)))
+	    MOD_ZHIGH(mde) = MAX_REAL
+
+	# Get boundary extension parameters
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Median filter the input images
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (mod (xwindow, 2) == 0)
+	        MOD_XBOX(mde) = xwindow + 1
+	    else
+	        MOD_XBOX(mde) = xwindow
+	    if (mod (ywindow, 2) == 0)
+	        MOD_YBOX(mde) = ywindow + 1
+	    else
+	        MOD_YBOX(mde) = ywindow
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+                call printf ("%dx%d Box modal filter %s to %s\n")
+                    call pargi (MOD_XBOX(mde))
+                    call pargi (MOD_YBOX(mde))
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+		if (MOD_ZLOW(mde) > -MAX_REAL || MOD_ZHIGH(mde) < MAX_REAL)  {
+                    call printf (
+                    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the modal filter\n")
+                    if (MOD_ZLOW(mde) <= -MAX_REAL)
+                        call pargr (INDEFR)
+                    else
+                        call pargr (MOD_ZLOW(mde))
+                    if (MOD_ZHIGH(mde) >= MAX_REAL)
+                        call pargr (INDEFR)
+                    else
+                        call pargr (MOD_ZHIGH(mde))
+                }
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+	    # Median filter an image
+	    iferr {
+		call mde_modbox (mde, im1, im2, boundary, constant)
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error modal filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (mde, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_rmedian.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_rmedian.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e42cc513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_rmedian.x
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include "rmedian.h"
+
+# T_RMEDIAN -- Ring median filter a list of images in x and y.
+
+procedure t_rmedian()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, boundary, nxk, nyk
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str
+pointer	med, im1, im2, kernel
+real	rinner, router, ratio, theta, constant, a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2
+
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd()
+int	med_mkring()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	med_ell_gauss, med_mkring, med_medring
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allcoate space for the rmedian structure.
+	call calloc (med, LEN_RMEDIAN_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the ring filter parameters.
+	rinner = clgetr ("rinner")
+	router = clgetr ("router")
+	ratio = clgetr ("ratio")
+	theta = clgetr ("theta")
+
+	# Get the rejection parameters.
+	RMED_ZLOW(med) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(RMED_ZLOW(med)))
+	    RMED_ZLOW(med) = -MAX_REAL
+	RMED_ZHIGH(med) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(RMED_ZHIGH(med)))
+	    RMED_ZHIGH(med) = MAX_REAL
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Check kernel parameters.
+        if (fp_equalr (real(router), 0.0))
+            call error (0, "T_RMEDIAN: Router must be greater than 0.")
+	if (rinner >= router)
+	    call error (0, "T_RMEDIAN: Rinner must be less than router.")
+        if (ratio < 0.0 || ratio > 1.0)
+            call error (0, "T_RMEDIAN: Ratio must be between 0 and 1.")
+        if (theta < 0.0 || theta > 180.0)
+            call error (0,
+	    "T_RMEDIAN: Theta must be between 0 and 180 degrees.")
+        if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) &&
+            ! fp_equalr (theta, 90.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 180.0))
+            call error (0,
+	        "T_RMEDIAN: Cannot make 1D ring filter at given theta.")
+
+	# Median filter each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+                call printf ( "Ring rin=%0.1f rout=%0.1f ")
+                    call pargr (rinner)
+                    call pargr (router)
+                if (ratio < 1.0) {
+                    call printf ("ratio=%0.2f theta=%0.1f ")
+                        call pargr (ratio)
+                        call pargr (theta)
+                }
+                call printf ("median filter %s to %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+	    kernel = NULL
+
+	    # Median filter the image.
+	    iferr {
+
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, 0.0, 0.0, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, 0.0, 0.0, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		case 2:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, ratio, theta, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, ratio, theta, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		default:
+		    call error (0,
+		    "T_RMEDIAN: Cannot median filter a greater than 2D image.")
+		}
+
+		call calloc (kernel, nxk * nyk, TY_SHORT)
+		RMED_NRING(med) = med_mkring (Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk,
+		    a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2)
+
+               if (verbose) {
+	           if (RMED_ZLOW(med) > -MAX_REAL || RMED_ZHIGH(med) <
+		       MAX_REAL)  {
+                        call printf (
+                    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the median filter\n")
+                        if (RMED_ZLOW(med) <= -MAX_REAL)
+                            call pargr (INDEFR)
+                        else
+                            call pargr (RMED_ZLOW(med))
+                        if (RMED_ZHIGH(med) >= MAX_REAL)
+                            call pargr (INDEFR)
+                        else
+                            call pargr (RMED_ZHIGH(med))
+                    }
+                    call flush (STDOUT)
+                }
+
+		call med_medring (med, im1, im2, boundary, constant,
+		    Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error median filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+
+	    if (kernel != NULL)
+		call mfree (kernel, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (med, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_rmode.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_rmode.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e79f3d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_rmode.x
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include "rmode.h"
+
+# T_RMODE -- Ring modak filter a list of images in x and y.
+
+procedure t_rmode()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, boundary, nxk, nyk
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, str
+pointer	med, im1, im2, kernel
+real	rinner, router, ratio, theta, constant, a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2
+
+bool	fp_equalr(), clgetb()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd()
+int	med_mkring()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	med_ell_gauss, med_mkring, med_modring
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allcoate space for the rmode structure.
+	call calloc (med, LEN_RMODE_STRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the ring filter parameters.
+	rinner = clgetr ("rinner")
+	router = clgetr ("router")
+	ratio = clgetr ("ratio")
+	theta = clgetr ("theta")
+
+	# Get the rejection parameters.
+	RMOD_ZLOW(med) = clgetr ("zloreject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(RMOD_ZLOW(med)))
+	    RMOD_ZLOW(med) = -MAX_REAL
+	RMOD_ZHIGH(med) = clgetr ("zhireject")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(RMOD_ZHIGH(med)))
+	    RMOD_ZHIGH(med) = MAX_REAL
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Check kernel parameters.
+        if (fp_equalr (real(router), 0.0))
+            call error (0, "T_RMODE: Router must be greater than 0.")
+	if (rinner >= router)
+	    call error (0, "T_RMODE: Rinner must be less than router.")
+        if (ratio < 0.0 || ratio > 1.0)
+            call error (0, "T_RMODE: Ratio must be between 0 and 1.")
+        if (theta < 0.0 || theta > 180.0)
+            call error (0,
+	    "T_RMODE: Theta must be between 0 and 180 degrees.")
+        if (fp_equalr (ratio, 0.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 0.0) &&
+            ! fp_equalr (theta, 90.0) && ! fp_equalr (theta, 180.0))
+            call error (0,
+	        "T_RMODE: Cannot make 1D ring filter at given theta.")
+
+	# Median filter each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    kernel = NULL
+
+ 	    if (verbose) {
+                call printf ( "Ring rin=%0.1f rout=%0.1f ")
+                    call pargr (rinner)
+                    call pargr (router)
+                if (ratio < 1.0) {
+                    call printf ("ratio=%0.2f theta=%0.1f ")
+                        call pargr (ratio)
+                        call pargr (theta)
+                }
+                call printf ("modal filter %s to %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                call flush (STDOUT)
+            }
+
+	    # Modal filter the image.
+	    iferr {
+
+		switch (IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		case 1:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, 0.0, 0.0, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, 0.0, 0.0, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		case 2:
+		    call med_ell_gauss (rinner, ratio, theta, a1, b1, c1, f1,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		    call med_ell_gauss (router, ratio, theta, a2, b2, c2, f2,
+			nxk, nyk)
+		default:
+		    call error (0,
+		    "T_RMODE: Cannot modal filter a greater than 2D image.")
+		}
+
+		call calloc (kernel, nxk * nyk, TY_SHORT)
+		RMOD_NRING(med) = med_mkring (Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk,
+		    a1, b1, c1, f1, a2, b2, c2, f2)
+
+	        if (verbose) {
+		    if (RMOD_ZLOW(med) > -MAX_REAL || RMOD_ZHIGH(med) <
+                        MAX_REAL)  {
+                        call printf (
+                    "    Pixels < %g or > %g excluded from the modal filter\n")
+                        if (RMOD_ZLOW(med) <= -MAX_REAL)
+                            call pargr (INDEFR)
+                        else
+                            call pargr (RMOD_ZLOW(med))
+                        if (RMOD_ZHIGH(med) >= MAX_REAL)
+                            call pargr (INDEFR)
+                        else
+                            call pargr (RMOD_ZHIGH(med))
+                    }
+                    call flush (STDOUT)
+                }
+
+		call med_modring (med, im1, im2, boundary, constant,
+		    Mems[kernel], nxk, nyk)
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error modal filtering image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+	    } else {
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+
+	    if (kernel != NULL)
+		call mfree (kernel, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call mfree (med, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_runmed.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_runmed.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f62416c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/t_runmed.x
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# T_RUNMED -- Apply running median to a list of input images.
+
+procedure t_runmed ()
+
+pointer	input			# List of input images
+pointer	output			# List of output images
+int	window			# Filter window
+pointer	masks			# List of output masks
+pointer	inmaskkey		# Input mask keyword
+pointer	outmaskkey		# Output mask keyword
+pointer	outtype			# Output type
+bool	exclude			# Exclude input image?
+real	nclip			# Clipping factor
+int	navg			# Number of values to average
+pointer	scale			# Scale specification
+bool	normscale		# Normalize the scales to the first input?
+bool	outscale		# Scale the output?
+real	blank			# Blank values
+pointer	storetype		# Storage type
+bool	verbose			# Verbose?
+
+pointer	sp
+
+int	clgeti()
+bool	clgetb()
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	imtopenp()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inmaskkey, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outmaskkey, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outtype, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (scale, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (storetype, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	input = imtopenp ("input")
+	output = imtopenp ("output")
+	window = clgeti ("window")
+	masks = imtopenp ("masks")
+	call clgstr ("inmaskkey", Memc[inmaskkey], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("outmaskkey", Memc[outmaskkey], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("outtype", Memc[outtype], SZ_FNAME)
+	exclude = clgetb ("exclude")
+	nclip = clgetr ("nclip")
+	navg = clgeti ("navg")
+	call clgstr ("scale", Memc[scale], SZ_FNAME)
+	blank = clgetr ("blank")
+	normscale = clgetb ("normscale")
+	outscale = clgetb ("outscale")
+	call clgstr ("storetype", Memc[storetype], SZ_FNAME)
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	call runmed (input, output, window, masks, Memc[inmaskkey],
+	    Memc[outmaskkey], Memc[outtype], exclude, nclip, navg, Memc[scale],
+	    normscale, outscale, blank, Memc[storetype], verbose)
+
+	call imtclose (masks)
+	call imtclose (output)
+	call imtclose (input)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfilter/src/xyconvolve.x b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/xyconvolve.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..053aeb5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfilter/src/xyconvolve.x
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+
+# CNV_XYCONVOLVE -- Convolve an image with a kernel that is separable in x
+# and y. The kernel dimensions may be any size.
+
+procedure cnv_xyconvolve (im1, im2, xkernel, nxk, ykernel, nyk, boundary,
+	constant, radsym) 
+
+pointer	im1		# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		# pointer to the output image
+real	xkernel[ARB]	# the convolution kernel in x
+int	nxk		# dimensions of the kernel in x
+real	ykernel[ARB]	# the convolution kernel in x
+int	nyk		# dimensions of the kernel in y
+int	boundary	# type of boundary extension
+real	constant	# constant for constant boundary extension
+int	radsym		# does the kernel have radial symmetry
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, col1, col2, nincols, inline, outline, tempi
+pointer	sp, lineptrs, imbuf, inbuf, linebuf, outbuf, bufptr, bufptr1, bufptr2
+pointer	imgs2r(), impl2r()
+errchk	imgs2r, impl2r
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lineptrs, nyk, TY_INT)
+
+	# Set the input image boundary conditions.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2 + 1, nyk / 2 + 1))
+	if (boundary == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Compute the number of columns and lines in the output image
+	# and allocate some buffer space.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im2,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im2) == 1)
+	    nlines = 1
+	else
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im2,2)
+	call calloc (inbuf, ncols * nyk , TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (linebuf, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set the input image column limits and allocate the data buffer.
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1,1) + nxk / 2
+	nincols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Initialise the line buffers.
+	inline = 1 - nyk / 2
+	do i = 1 , nyk {
+	    Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = i
+	    imbuf = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+	    if (radsym == YES)
+	        call cnv_radcnvr (Memr[imbuf], Memr[inbuf+(i-1)*ncols], ncols,
+	            xkernel, nxk)
+	    else
+	        call acnvr (Memr[imbuf], Memr[inbuf+(i-1)*ncols], ncols,
+	            xkernel, nxk)
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line.
+	do outline = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Get the output image line.
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, outline)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Generate the output image line.
+	    call aclrr (Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    if (radsym == YES) {
+		do i = 1, nyk /2 {
+	            bufptr1 = inbuf + (Memi[lineptrs+i-1] - 1) * ncols
+	            bufptr2 = inbuf + (Memi[lineptrs+nyk-i] - 1) * ncols
+		    call aaddr (Memr[bufptr1], Memr[bufptr2], Memr[linebuf],
+		       ncols )
+		    call cnv_awsum1 (Memr[outbuf], Memr[linebuf], Memr[outbuf],
+		        ncols, ykernel[i])
+		}
+	        bufptr = inbuf + (Memi[lineptrs+nyk/2] - 1) * ncols
+		if (mod (nyk, 2) == 1)
+		    call cnv_awsum1 (Memr[outbuf], Memr[bufptr], Memr[outbuf],
+		        ncols, ykernel[nyk/2+1])
+	    } else {
+	        do i = 1, nyk {
+	            bufptr = inbuf + (Memi[lineptrs+i-1] - 1) * ncols
+		    call cnv_awsum1 (Memr[outbuf], Memr[bufptr], Memr[outbuf],
+		        ncols, ykernel[i])
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Scroll the input buffer indices.
+	    tempi = Memi[lineptrs]
+	    do i = 1, nyk - 1
+		Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = Memi[lineptrs+i]
+	    Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] = tempi
+
+	    # Read in the new input image line.
+	    imbuf = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+
+	    # Do the 1D convolution and add the vector into the input buffer.
+	    bufptr = inbuf + (Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] - 1) * ncols
+	    call aclrr (Memr[bufptr], ncols)
+	    if (radsym == YES)
+	        call cnv_radcnvr (Memr[imbuf], Memr[bufptr], ncols, xkernel,
+		    nxk)
+	    else
+	        call acnvr (Memr[imbuf], Memr[bufptr], ncols, xkernel, nxk)
+
+	    # Increment the input image line pointer.
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Free the buffer pointers.
+	call mfree (inbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/Revisions b/pkg/images/imfit/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ff95abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,2025 @@
+.help revisions Jan97 images.imfit
+.nf
+===============================
+Package Reorganization
+===============================
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imsum.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Provided options for USHORT data.  (12/10/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new option for computing offsets from the image WCS has been added.
+    (11/30/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    Changed the error checking to catch additional errors relating to too
+    many files.  (11/12/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsort.gx
+    There was an error in the ic_2sort routine when there are exactly
+    three images that one of the explicit cases did not properly keep
+    the image identifications.  See buglog 344.  (8/1/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+    The routine mde_yefilter was being called with the wrong number of
+    arguments.
+    (7/18/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icimstack.x +
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The limit on the maximum number of images that can be combined, set by
+    the maximum number of logical file descriptors, has been removed.  If
+    the condition of too many files is detected the task now automatically
+    stacks all the images in a temporary image and then combines them with
+    the project option.
+    (5/14/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxfit.x
+    Changed several Memr[] references to Memi[] in the rg_fit routine.
+    This bug was causing a floating point error in the xregister task
+    on the Dec Alpha if the coords file was defined, and could potentially
+    cause problems on other machines.
+    (Davis, April 3, 1996)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+pkg/images/doc/geomap.hlp
+     Corrected the definition of skew in the routines which compute a geometric
+     interpretation of the 6-coefficient fit, which compute the coefficients
+     from the geometric parameters, and in the relevant help pages.
+     (2/19/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/doc/median.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+    Added a verbose parameter to the median, rmedian, mode, rmode, fmedian,
+    frmedian, fmode, and frmode tasks. (11/27/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the help page for geotran. The default values for
+    the xscale and yscale parameters were incorrectly listed as INDEF,
+    INDEF instead of 1.0, 1.0. (11/14/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    Fixed a bug where a variable was improperly used for two different
+    purposes causing the algorithm to fail (bug 316).  (10/19/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified a point about how the sigma is calculated with the SIGCLIP
+    option.  (10/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    To deal with the case of readnoise=0. and image data which has points with
+    negative mean or median and very small minimum readnoise is set
+    internally to avoid computing a zero sigma and dividing by it.  This
+    applies to the noise model rejection options.  (8/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_utils.x
+    Added new ring median and modal filtering tasks frmedian, rmedian,
+    frmode, and rmode to the images package.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/median.hlp
+pkg/images/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/median.h
+pkg/images/filters/mode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+pkg/images/filters/mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_hist.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_sort.x
+    Added minimum and maximum good data parameters to the fmedian, fmode,
+    median, and mode filtering tasks.  Removed the 64X64 kernel size limit
+    in the median and mode tasks.  Replaced the common blocks with structures
+    and .h files.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the buffering of the x and y coordinate surface interpolants
+    which can cause a memory corruption error if, nthe nxsample or nysample
+    parameters are > 1, and the nxblock or nyblock parameters are less
+    than the x and y dimensions of the input image. Took the opportunity
+    to clean up the code.
+    (6/13/95, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.4
+=======
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Corrected a harmless typo in the code which determines the minimum
+    and maximum x values and improved the precision of the test when the
+    input is double precision.
+    (4/18/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Added a description of the interactive parameter to the fit1d help page.
+    (4/17/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    If an error occurs while opening an input image header the error
+    recovery will close all open images and then propagate the error.
+    For the case of running out of file descriptors with STF format
+    images this will allow the error message to be printed rather
+    than the error code.  (4/3/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+    Added a test on the status code returned from the fitting routine so
+    the xregister tasks does not go ahead and write an output image when
+    the user quits the task in in interactive mode.
+    (3/31/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The behavior of the weights when using both multiplicative and zero
+    point scaling was incorrect; the zero levels have to account for
+    the scaling.  (3/27/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Changed some amovr and amovi calls to amovkr and amovki calls.
+    (3/15/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgximshift.x
+    The buffering margins set for the bicubic spline interpolants were
+    increased to improve the flux conservation properties of the interpolant
+    in cases where the data is undersampled. (12/6/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+    In several places the construct array[1++nx-wborder] was being used
+    instead of array[1+nx-wborder]. Apparently caused by a typo which
+    propagated through the code, the Sun compilers did not catch this, but
+    the IBM/RISC6000 compilers did. (11/16/94, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/xregister.par
+pkg/images/doc/xregister.hlp
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxdbio.x
+    The xregister task was modified to to write the output shifts file
+    in either text database format (the current default)  or in simple text
+    format. The change was made so that the output of xregister could
+    both be edited more easily by the user and be used directly with the
+    imshift task. (11/11/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    A Memc in the ratio output option was incorrectly used instead of Memr
+    when the bug fix of 11/16/93 was made.  (10/14/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    The procedure rg_xlaplace was being incorrectly declared as an integer
+    procedure.
+    (8/1/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxregions.x
+    The routine strncmp was being called (with a missing number of characters
+    argument) instead of strcmp. This was causing a bus error under solaris
+    but not sun os whenever the user set regions to "grid ...". (7/27/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    The Gaussian fitting can return a negative sigma**2 which would cause
+    an FPE when the square root is taken.  This will only occur when
+    there is no reasonable signal.  The results of the gaussian fitting
+    are now set to INDEF if this unphysical result occurs.  (7/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+    A routine expecting two char arrays was being passed two real arrays
+    instead resulting in a segmentation violation if calctype=real
+    and reject > 0.
+    (6/21/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH now deletes the CCDMEAN keyword if present.  (6/21/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    1.	The restoration of deleted pixels to satisfy the nkeep parameter
+	was being done inside the iteration loop causing the possiblity
+	of a non-terminating loop; i.e. pixels are rejected, they are
+	restored, and the number left then does not statisfy the termination
+	condition.  The restoration step was moved following the iterative
+	rejection.
+    2.	The restoration was also incorrectly when mclip=no and could
+	lead to a segmentation violation.
+    (6/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    The path names to the xregister task interactive help files was incorrect.
+    (6/13/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    Found and fixed another typo bug.  (6/7/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+    The sigma scaling flag, doscale1, would not be set in the case of
+    a mean offset of zero though the scale factors could be different.
+    (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a missing line: l = Memi[mp1].  (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    The reordering step when a central median is used during rejection
+    but the final combining is average was incorrect if the number
+    of rejected low pixels was greater than the number of pixel
+    number of pixels not rejected.  (5/25/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    In cases where there was no input geomap database, geotran was
+    unnecessarily  overiding the size of the input image requested by the
+    user if the size of the image was bigger than the default output size
+    (the size of the output image which would include all the input image
+    pixels is no user shifts were applied).
+    (5/10/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    1.  There is now a warning error if the scale, zero, or weight type
+	is unknown.
+    2.  An sfree was being called before the allocated memory was finished
+	being used.
+    (5/2/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    For some objects the moment analysis could fail producing a floating
+    overflow error in imexamine, because the code was trying to use
+    INDEF as the initial value of the object fwhm.  Changed the gaussian
+    fitting code to use a fraction of the fitting radius as the initial value
+    for the fitted full-width half-maximum in cases where the moment analysis
+    cannot compute an initial value.
+    (4/15/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Changed the mean, median, mode, and zero formats from 6g to 7.5g to
+    insure 5 significant digits regardless of signs and decimal points.
+    (4/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Tried again to clarify the scaling as multiplicative and the offseting
+    as additive for file input and for log output.  (3/22/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iacclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iscclip.gx
+    The image sigma was incorrectly computed when an offset scaling is used.
+    (3/8/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The MINMAX example confused low and high.  (3/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+    Fixed a bug in the geomap code which caused the linear portion of the transformation
+    to be computed incorrectly if the x and y fits had a different functional form.
+    (12/29/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/do/imcombine.hlp
+    The output pixel datatypes now include unsigned short integer.
+    (12/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the example of offseting.  (11/23/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When doing operations in place the input and output buffers are the
+    same and the difference and ratio operations assumed they were not
+    causing the final results to be wrong.  (11/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg/images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    If no calculation type is specified then it will be at least real
+    for a division.  Since the output pixel type defaults to the
+    calculation type if not specified this will also result in a
+    real output if dividing two integer images.  (11/12/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If there were fewer initial pixels than specified by nkeep then the
+    task would attempt to add garbage data to achieve nkeep pixels.  This
+    could occur when using offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.  The
+    code was changed to check against the initial number of pixels rather
+    than the number of images.  Also a negative nkeep is no longer
+    converted to a positive value based on the number of images.  Instead
+    it specifies the maximum number of pixels to reject from the initial
+    set of pixels.  (11/8/93, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Added MWCS calls to update the axis mapping when using the project
+    option in IMCOMBINE.  (10/8/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The help indicated that user input scale or zero level factors
+    by an @file or keyword are multiplicative and additive while the
+    task was using then as divisive and subtractive.  This was
+    corrected to agree with the intend of the documentation.
+    Also the factors are no longer normalized.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    The case in which absolute offsets are specified but the offsets are
+    all the same did not work correctly.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Fixed two bugs in the imsurfit task bad pixel rejection code. For low
+    k-sigma rejections factors the bad pixel list could overflow resulting
+    in a segmentation violation or a hung task. Overlapping ranges were
+    not being decoded into a bad pixel list properly resulting in 
+    oscillating bad pixel rejection behavior where certain groups of
+    bad pixels were alternately being included and excluded from the fit.
+    Both bugs are fixed in iraf 2.10.3
+    (9/21/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified how bad pixel masks work with the "project" option.
+    (9/13/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When the input and output images are the same there was an typo error
+    such that the output was opened separately but then never unmapped
+    resulting in the end of the image not being updated.  (8/6/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    The algorithm for making sure there are enough file descriptors failed
+    to account for the need to reopen the output image header for an
+    update.  Thus when the number of input images + output images + logfile
+    was exactly 60 the task would fail.  The update occurs when the output
+    image is unmapped so the solution was to close the input images first
+    except for the first image whose pointer is used in the new copy of the
+    output image.  (8/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg$images/filters/t_median.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error trapping code in the median and mode tasks.
+    The call to eprintf contained an extra invalid error code agument.
+    (7/28/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap.par
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error handling code in geomap which was producing
+    a segmentation violation on exit if the user's coordinate list
+    had fewer than 3 data points. Also improved the error messages
+    presented to the user in both interactive and non-interactive mode.
+    (7/7/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+    There was an indexing error in setting up the ID array when using
+    the grow option.  This caused the CRREJECT/CCDCLIP algorithm to
+    fail with a floating divide by zero error when there were non-zero
+    shifts.  (5/26/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation is now done so that the original input data
+    is not lost.  This slightly greater inefficiency is required so
+    that an output sigma image may be computed if desired.  (5/10/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Added support for type ushort to the imshift task in cases where the
+    pixel shifts are integral.
+    (5/8/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/rotate.hlp
+    Fixed a bug in the rotate task help page which implied that automatic
+    image size computation would occur if ncols or nlines were set no 0
+    instead of ncols and nlines.
+    (4/17/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    There was no error checking when writing to the output image.  If
+    an error occurred (the example being when an imaccessible imdir was
+    set) obscure messages would result.  Errchks were added.
+    (4/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Fixed 2 sign errors in the equations in the documentation describing
+    the elliptical gaussian fucntion.
+    (4/13/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/t_imslice.x
+    Removed an error check in the imslice task, which was preventing it from
+    being used to reduce the dimensionality of images where the length of 
+    the slice dimension is 1.0.
+    (2/16/83, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+    The fmedian task was printing debugging information under iraf 2.10.2.
+    (1/25/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    When using mclip=yes and when more pixels are rejected than allowed by
+    the nkeep parameter there was a subtle bug in how the pixels are added
+    back which can result in a segmentation violation.
+	if (nh == n2)  ==>  if (nh == n[i])
+    (1/20/93, Valdes)
+
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.com
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.h
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/doc/combine.hlp
+    The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+    or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+    to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+    weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+    image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+    controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+    algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+    or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+    the output image.
+    (9/30/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Added a call to flush after the status line printout so that the output
+    will appear immediately. (8/19/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/mkpkg
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+    The fmedian task could crash with a segmentation violation if mapping
+    was turned off (hmin = zmin and hmax = zmax) and the input image
+    contained data outside the range defined by zmin and zmax. (8/18/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a very unlikely possibility that if all the input pixels had
+    exactly the same number of rejected pixels the weighted average would
+    be done incorrectly because the dflag would not be set.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icmm.gx
+    This procedure failed to set the dflag resulting in the weighted average
+    being computed in correctly.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    At some point changes were made but not documented dealing with image
+    sections on the input/output.  The changes seem to have left off the
+    final step of opening the output image using the appropriate image
+    sections.  Because of this it is an error to use an image section
+    on an input image when the output image is different; i.e.
+    
+	cl> fit1d dev$pix[200:400,*] junk
+	
+    This has now been fixed.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscales.x
+    The zero levels were incorrectly scaled twice.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icstat.gx
+    Contained the statement
+	nv = max (1., (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+    which is max(real,int).  Changed the 1. to a 1.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    These files contained multiple cases (ten or so) of constructs such as
+    "max (1., ...)" or "max (0., ...)" where the ... could be either real
+    or double.   In the double cases the DEC compiler complained about a
+    type mismatch since 1. is real.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the section reading code. Imsurfit is supposed to switch
+    the order of the section delimiters in x and y if x2 < x1 or y2 < 1.
+    Unfortunately the y test was actually "if (y2 < x1)" instead of 
+    "if (y2 < y1)". Whether or not the code actually works correctly
+    depends on the value of x1 relative to y2. This bug was not present
+    in 2.9.1 but is present in subsequent releases. (7/30/92 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The case theta=90 and ratio > 0.0 but  < 1.0 was producing an incorrect
+    convolution if bilinear=yes, because the major axis sigmas being 
+    input along the x and y axes were sigma and ratio * sigma respectively
+    instead of ratio * sigma and sigma in this case.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Modified imcopy to write its verbose output to STDOUT instead of
+    STDERR. (6/24/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    The step where impl1$t is called to check if there is enough memory
+    did not set the return buffer because the values are irrelevant for
+    this check.  However, depending on history, this buffer could have
+    arbitrary values and later when IMIO attempts to flush this buffer,
+    at least in the case of image type coersion, cause arithmetic errors.
+    The fix was to clear the returned buffers.  (4/27/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imslice.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    Modified the calls to mw_shift and mw_scale to explicitly set the
+    number of logical axes instead of using the default of 0.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified imtranspose so that it correctly picks up the axis map
+    and writes it to the output image wcs. (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/register.par
+pkg$images/geotran.par
+pkg$images/doc/register.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Changed the default values of the parameters xscale and yscale in
+    the register and geotran tasks from INDEF to 1.0 (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+pkg$images/doc/imtranspose.hlp
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it does a true transpose of the
+    axes instead of simply modifying the lterm. (4/8/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Added the formats parameter for formatting the output pixel coordinates
+    to the listpixels task. These formats take precedence over the formats
+    stored in the WCS in the image header and the previous default format.
+    (4/7/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Added wcs support to the imstack task. (4/2/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels so that it will work correctly  if the dimension
+    of the wcs is less than the dimension of the image. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Modified the rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks wcs updating
+    code to deal correclty with dimensionally reduced data. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/ipslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation with an even number of points for short data
+    could overflow (addition of two short values) and be incorrect.
+    (3/16/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    1. Improved the precision of the blkavg task wcs updating code.
+    2. Changed the blkrep task wcs updating code so that it is consistent
+    with blkavg. This means that a blkrep command followed by a blkavg
+    command or vice versa will return the original coordinate system
+    to within machine precision. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels to print out an error if it could not open the
+    wcs in the image. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imtranspose task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/14/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+    There was a bug allowing the number of valid pixels counter to become
+    negative.  Also there was a step which should not be done if the
+    number of valid pixels is less than 1; i.e. all pixels rejected.
+    A test was put in to skip this step.  (3/13/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imslice.x
+pkg$images/doc/imslice.hlp
+    Added wcs support to the imslice task.
+    (3/12/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the code for computing the standard deviation, kurtosis,
+    and skew, wherein precision was being lost because two of the intermediate
+    variables in the computation were real instead of double precision.
+    (3/10/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    1. Modified listpixels task to use the MWCS axis "format" attributes 
+    if they are present in the image header.
+    2. Added support for dimensionally reduced images, i.e.
+    images which are sections of larger images and whose coordinate
+    transformations depend on the reduced axes, to the listpixels task. 
+    (3/6/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Changed error messages to say IMCOMBINE instead of ICOMBINE.
+    (3/2/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Added listing of read noise and gain.  (2/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    1.  Datatype declaration for asumi was incorrect.
+    2.  Reduced the minimum number of images allowed for PCLIP to 3.
+    (1/7/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+    The first pixel to be checked was incorrectly set to 0 instead of 1
+    resulting in a segvio when using the grow option.  (12/6/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+    Fixed datatype declaration errors found by SPPLINT. (11/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the kurtosis computation found by ST.
+    (Davis 10/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+pkg$images/doc/imstat.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the mode computation in imstatistics. The parabolic
+    interpolation correction for computing the histogram peak was being
+    applied in the wrong direction. Note that for dev$pix the wrong answer
+    is actually closer to the expected answer than the correct answer
+    due to binning effects. 
+    (Davis 9/24/91)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The code which computes the gaussian kernel was producing a divide by
+    zero error if ratio=0.0 and bilinear=yes (2.10 version only).
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the magnify help page.
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+    There was a typo,  Memr[d[k]+k] --> Memr[d[j]+k].  (9/17/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icstat.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmask.x
+    The offsets were used improperly in computing image statistics.
+    (Valdes, 9/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    The shifts file pointer was not being correctly initialized to NULL 
+    in the case where no shifts file was declared. When the task
+    was invoked repeatedly from a script, this could result in an array being
+    referenced, for which space had not been previously allocated.
+    (Davis 7/29/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imc* -
+pkg$images/imarith/ic* +
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imarith/generic/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Replaced old version of IMCOMBINE with new version supporting masks,
+    offsets, and new algorithms.  (Valdes 7/19/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Imhistogram has been modified to print the value of the middle of
+    histogram bin instead of the left edge if the output type is list 
+    instead of plot. (Davis 6/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/t_imsurfit.x
+    Modified the sections file reading code to check the order of the
+    x1 x2 y1 y2 parameters and switch (x1,x2) or (y1,y2) if x2 < x1 or
+    y2 < y1 respectively. (Davis 5/28/91)
+
+pkg$images/listpixels.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+pkg$images/doc/listpixels.hlp
+    Modified the listpixels task to be able to print the pixel coordinates
+    in logical, physical or world coordinates. The default coordinate
+    system is still logical as before. (Davis 5/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/images.par
+pkg$images/doc/minmax.hlp
+pkg$images/imutil/t_minmax.x
+pkg$images/imutil/minmax.x
+    Minmax was modified to do the minimum and maximum values computations
+    in double precision or complex instead of real if the input image
+    pixel type is double precision or complex. Note that the minimum and
+    maximum header values are still stored as real however.
+    (Davis 5/16/91)
+
+imarith/t_imarith.x
+    There was a missing statement to set the error flag if the image
+    dimensions did not  match.  (5/14/91, Valdes)
+
+doc/imarith.hlp
+    Fixed some formatting problems in the imarith help page. (5/2/91 Davis)
+
+imarith$imcombine.x
+    Changed the order in which images are unmapped to have the output images
+    closed last.  This is to allow file descriptors for the temporary image
+    used when updating STF headers.  (4/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.x
+    The blkavg task was partially modified to support complex image data. 
+    The full modifications cannot be made because of an error in abavx.x
+    and the missing routine absux.x.
+    (4/18/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    The x and y fits cross-terms switch was not being set correctly to "yes"
+    in the case where xxorder=2 and xyorder=2 or in the case where yxorder=2
+    and yyorder=2.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    Modified the line which prints the geometric parameters to use the
+    variable name xshift and yshift instead of delx and dely.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the pixel rejection code which occurred when upper was >
+    0.0 and lower = 0.0 or lower > 0 and upper = 0.0. The problem was that
+    the code was simply setting the rejection limits to the computed sigma
+    times the upper and lower parameters without checking for the 0.0
+    condition first.  In the first case this results in all points with
+    negative residuals being rejected and in the latter all points with
+    positive residuals are rejected.
+    (2/25/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/hedit.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/hselect.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imheader.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imgets.hlp
+    Added a reference to imgets in the SEE ALSO sections of the hedit and
+    hselect tasks.
+    Added a reference to hselect and hedit in the SEE ALSO sections of the
+    imheader and imgets tasks.
+    (2/22/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/gradient.hlp
+pkg$images/laplace.hlp
+pkg$images/gauss.hlp
+pkg$images/convolve.hlp
+pkg$images/gradient.par
+pkg$images/laplace.par
+pkg$images/gauss.par
+pkg$images/convolve.par
+pkg$images/t_gradient.x
+pkg$images/t_laplace.x
+pkg$images/t_gauss.x
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+pkg$images/convolve.x
+pkg$images/xyconvolve.x
+pkg$images/radcnv.x
+    The convolution operators were modified to run more efficiently in
+    certain cases. The LAPLACE task was modified to make use of the
+    radial symmetry of the convolution kernel in the y direction as well
+    as the x direction resulting in a modest speedup in execution time.
+    A new parameter bilinear was added to the GAUSS and CONVOLVE tasks.
+    By default and if appropriate mathematically,  GAUSS now makes use of
+    the bilinearity or separability of the Gaussian function,
+    to separate the 2D convolution in x and y into two equivalent
+    1D convolutions in x and y, resulting in a considerable speedup
+    in execution time. Similarly the user can know program CONVOLVE to
+    compute a bilinear convolution instead of a full 2D 1 if appropriate.
+    (1/29/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x
+    CONVOLVE was not decoding the legal 1D kernel "1.0 2.0 1.0" correctly
+    although the alternate form "1.0 2.0 1.0;" worked. Leading
+    blanks in string kernels as in for example " 1.0 2.0 1.0" also generated
+    and error.  Fixed these bugs and added some  additional error checking code.
+    (11/28/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Added a detailed mathematical description of the gaussian kernel used
+    by the GAUSS task to the help page.
+
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/rotate.cl
+pkg$images/imlintran.cl
+pkg$images/register.cl
+pkg$images/register.par
+	Added src="script file name" entries to the IMAGES help database
+	for the tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN, and REGISTER. Changed the CL
+	script for REGISTER to a procedure script to remove the ugly
+	local variable declarations. Added a few comments to the scripts.
+	(12/11/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Added a new parameter binwidth to imhistogram. If binwidth is defined
+    it determines the histogram resolution in intensity units, otherwise
+    nbins determines the resolution as before. (10/26/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/sections.hlp
+    Clarified what is meant by an image template and that the task itself
+    does not check whether the specified names are actually images.
+    The examples were improved.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Changed lines to columns in example 2.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    When an error occured while parsing the mode section the untrapped error
+    caused further problems downstream.  Because it would require adding
+    lots of errchks to cause the program to gracefully abort I instead made
+    it a warning.  (10/2/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/hedit.x
+    Hedit was computing but not using min_lenarea. If the user specified
+    a min_lenuserarea greater than the default of 28800 then the default
+    was being used instead of the larger number.
+
+pkg$imarith/imasub.gx
+    The case of subtracting an image from the constant zero had a bug
+    which is now fixed.  (8/14/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it will work on type ushort images.
+    (6/6/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images
+    Added world coordinate system support to the following tasks: imshift,
+    shiftlines, magnify, imtranspose, blkrep, blkavg, rotate, imlintran,
+    register and geotran. The only limitation is that register and geotran
+    will only support simple linear transformations. 
+    (2/24/90 Davis)
+    
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a problem in the boundary extension "reflect" option code for small
+    images which was causing odd values to be inserted at the edges of the
+    image.
+    (2/14/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    A new parameter "hist_type" was added to the imhistogram task giving
+    the user the option of plotting the integral, first derivative and
+    second derivative of the histogram as well as the normal histogram.
+    Code was contributed by Rob Seaman.
+    (2/2/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    The path name of the help file was being erroneously renamed with
+    the result that when users ran the double precision version of the
+    code they could not find the help file.
+    (26/1/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x
+    Added some checks for 1-D images.
+    (1/20/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x,imstat.h
+    Made several minor bug fixes and alterations in the imstatistics task
+    in response to user complaints and suggestions.
+
+    1. Changed the verbose parameter to the format parameter. If format is
+    "yes" (the default) then the selected fields are printed in fixed format
+    with column labels. Other wise the fields are printed in free format
+    separated by 2 blanks. This fixes the problem of fields running together.
+
+    2. Fixed a bug in the code which estimates the median from the image
+    histogram by linearly interpolating around the midpt of the integrated
+    histogram. The bug occurred when more than half the pixels were in the
+    first bin.
+
+    3. Added a check to ensure that the number of fields did not overflow
+    the fields array.
+
+    4. Removed the extraneous blank line printed after the title.
+
+    5. The pound sign is now printed at the beginning of the column header
+    string regardless of which field is printed first. In the previous
+    versions it was only being printed if the image name field was
+    printed first.
+
+    6. Changed the name of the median field to midpt in response to user
+    confusions about how the median is computed.
+
+    (1/20/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imslice.hlp
+    The imslice was not correctly computing the number of lines in the
+    output image in the case where the slice dimension was 1.
+    (12/4/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified and documented definitions of the scale, offset, and weights.
+    (11/30/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    High order surfaces of a certain functional form could occasionally
+    produce out of bounds pixel errors. The bug was caused by not properly
+    computing the distortion of the image boundary for higher order
+    surfaces.
+    (11/21/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/imshift.x
+    The circulating buffer space was not being freed after each execution
+    of IMSHIFT. This did not cause an error in execution but for a long
+    list of frames could result in alot of memory being tied up.
+    (10/25/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH is not prepared to deal with images sections in the output.
+    It used to look for '[' to decide if the output specification included
+    and image section.  This has been changed to call the IMIO procedure
+    imgsection and check if a non-null section string is returned.
+    Thus it is up to IMIO to decide what part of the image name is
+    an image section.  (9/5/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Fixed bug causing infinite loop when computing mode of constant value
+    section.  (8/14/89, Valdes)
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1989
+    Added a couple of switches to that skew and kurtosis are not computed
+    if they are not to be printed.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 14, 1989
+    A simple mod was made to the skew and kurtosis computation to avoid
+    divide by zero errors in case of underflow.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/chpixtype.par
+    Davis, Jun 13, 1989
+    The parameter file has been modified to accept an output pixel
+    type of ushort.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, Jun 2, 1989
+    A new scheme to detect file errors is now used.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Jun 1, 1989
+    1. If the user set regions = "sections" but the sections file
+    did not exist the task would go into an infinite loop. The problem
+    was a missing error check on the open statement.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x,imhistogram.par
+    Davis, May 31, 1989
+    A new version of imhistogram has been installed. These mods have
+    been made over a period of a month by Doug Tody and Rob Seaman.
+    The mods include
+    1. An option to turn off log scaling of the y axis of the histogram plot.
+    2. A new autoscale parameter which avoids aliasing problems for integer
+       data.
+    3. A new parameter top_close which resolves the ambiguity in the top
+       bin of the histogram.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+   Valdes, May 9, 1989
+   Because a file descriptor was not reserved for string buffer operations
+   and a call to stropen in cnvdate was not error checked the task would
+   hang when more than 115 images were combined.  Better error checking
+   was added and now an error message is printed when the maximum number
+   of images that can be combined is exceeded.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+   Valdes, May 6, 1989
+   Operations in which the output image has an image section are now
+   skipped with a warning message.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/sigma.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, May 6, 1989
+    1.  The weighted sigma was being computed incorrectly.
+    2.  The argument declarations were wrong for integer input images.
+	Namely the mean vector is always real.
+    3.  Minor change to imcmode.gx to return correct datatype.
+
+pkg$images/imstack,imslice
+    Davis, April 1, 1989
+    The proto images tasks imstack and imslice have been moved from the
+    proto package to the images package. Imstack is unchanged except that
+    it now supports the image data types USHORT and COMPLEX. Imslice has
+    been modified to allow slicing along any dimension of the image instead
+    of just the highest dimension.
+
+pkg$images/imstatistics.
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. A totally new version of the imstatistics task has been written
+    and replaces the old version. The new task allows the user to select
+    which statistical parameters to compute and print. These include
+    the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis and the
+    minimum and maximum pixel values.
+
+pkg$images/imhistogram.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+pkg$images/doc/imhistogram.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. The imhistogram task has been modified to plot "box" style histograms
+    as well as "line" type histograms. Type "line" remains the default.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.par,register.par,geomap.par
+pkg$images/doc/geomap.hlp,register.hlp,geotran.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 6, 1989
+    1. Improved the parameter prompting in GEOMAP, REGISTER and GEOTRAN
+    and improved the help pages.
+    2. Changed GEOMAP database quantities "xscale" and "yscale" to "xmag"
+    and "ymag" for consistency . Geotran was changed appropriately.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    For short data a short variable was wraping around when there were
+    a significant number of saturated pixels leading to an infinite loop.
+    The variables were made real regardless of the image datatype.
+    (3/1/89, Valdes)
+ 
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Davis, Feb 28, 1989
+    1. Added support for type USHORT to the imcopy task. This is a merged
+    ST modification.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcthreshold.gx
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1989
+    1.  Added provision for blank value when all pixels are rejected by the
+        threshold.
+    2.  Fixed a bug that was improperly scaling images in the threshold option.
+    3.  The offset printed in the log now has the opposite sign so that it
+	is the value "added" to bring images to a common level.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Feb 23, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in the median fitting code which could cause the porgram
+    to go into an infinite loop if the region to be fitted was less than
+    the size of the whole image.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Feb 16, 1989
+    Modified magnify to work on 1D images as well as 2D images. The
+    documentation has been updated.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, Feb 15, 1989
+    Modified the GEOTRAN and REGISTER tasks so that they can handle a list
+    of transform records one for each input image.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Feb 8, 1989
+    Added test for nx=1.
+ 
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    Valdes, Feb 3, 1989
+    The test for the datatype of the output sigma image was wrong.
+ 
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x,listpixels.par
+    Davis, Feb 6, 1989
+    The listpixels task has been modified to print out the pixels for a 
+    list of images instead of a single image only. A title line for each
+    image listed can optionally be printed on the standard output if
+    the new parameter verbose is set to yes.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, Feb 2, 1989
+    Added a new parameter shifts_file to the imshift task. Shifts_file
+    is the name of a text file containing the the x and yshifts for
+    each input image to be shifted. The number of input shifts must
+    equal the number of input images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Davis, Jan 17, 1989
+    Added an error message for the case where the coordinates is empty
+    of there are no points in the specified data range. Previously the
+    task would proceed to the next coordinate file without any message.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Jan 14, 1989
+    Added the parameter flux conserve to the magnify task to bring it into
+    line with all the other geometric transformation tasks.
+
+pgk$images/geometry/geotran.x,geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jan 2, 1989
+    A bug was fixed in the flux conserve code. If the x and y reference
+    coordinates  are not in pixel units and are not 1 then
+    the computed flux per pixel was too small by xscale * yscale.
+
+pkg$images/filters/acnvrr.x,convolve.x,boxcar.x,aboxcar.x
+    Davis, Dec 27, 1988
+    I changed the name of the acnvrr procedure to cnv_radcnvr to avoid
+    a name conflict with a vops library procedure. This only showed
+    up when shared libraries were implemented. I also changed the name
+    of the aboxcarr procedure to cnv_aboxr to avoid conflict with the
+    vops naming conventions.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcaverage.gx
+    Davis, Dec 22, 1988
+    Added an errchk statement for imc_scales and imgnl$t to stop the
+    program bombing with segmentation violations when mode <= 0.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Dec 8, 1988
+    1.  IMCOMBINE now prints the scale as a multiplicative quantity.
+    2.  The combined exposure time was not being scaled by the scaling
+	factors resulting in a final exposure time inconsistent with the
+	data.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Davis, Nov 30, 1988
+    Changed the list+ mode so that bin value and count are printed out instead
+    of bin count and value. This makes the plot and list modes compatable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Nov 17, 1988
+    Added the n=n+1 back into the inner loop of imstat.
+
+pkg$images/geotran.par,register.par
+    Davis, Nov 11 , 1988
+    Fixed to glaring errors in the parameter files for register and geotran.
+    Xscale and yscale were described as pixels per reference unit when
+    they should be reference units per pixel. The appropriate bug fix has been
+    made.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, November 7, 1988
+    The routine gsrestore was not being error checked. If either of the
+    input x or y coordinate surface was linear and the other was not,
+    the message came back GSRESTORE: Illegal x coordinate. This bug has
+    been fixed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, October 19, 1988
+    A vops clear routine was not called generically causing a crash with
+    double images.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_fmedian.x,t_median.x,t_fmode.x,t_mode.x,t_gradient.x
+    t_gauss.x,t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x
+    Davis, October 4, 1988
+    I fixed a bug in the error handling code for the filters tasks. If
+    and error occurred during task execution and the input image name was
+    the same as the output image name then the input image was trashed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.gx
+    Valdes, September 28, 1988
+    It is now an error for the mode to be nonpositive when scaling or weighting.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmedian.gx
+    Valdes, August 16, 1988
+    The median option was selecting the n/2 value instead of (n+1)/2.  Thus,
+    for an odd number of images the wrong value was being determined for the
+    median.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, August 11, 1988
+    1. Imshift has been modified to uses the optimized code if nearest
+    neighbour interpolation is requested. A nint is done on the shifts
+    before calling the quick shift routine.
+    2. If the requested pixel shift is too large imshift will now
+    clean up any pixelless header files before continuing execution.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+    Davis, July 13, 1988
+    Blkavg has been fixed so that it will work on 1D images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x,imtrans.x
+    Davis, July 12, 1988
+    Imtranspose has been modified to work on complex images.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_chpix.x
+    Davis, June 29, 1988
+    A new task chpixtype has been added to the images package. Chpixtype
+    changes the pixel types of a list of images to a specified output pixel
+    type. Seven data types are supported "short", "ushort", "int", "long"
+    "real" and "double".
+
+pkg$images/geometry/rotate.cl,imlintran.cl,t_geotran.x
+    Davis, June 10, 1988
+    The rotate and imlintran scripts have been rewritten to use procedure
+    scripts. This removes all the annoying temporary cl variables which
+    appear when the user does an lpar. In previous versions of these
+    two tasks the output was restricted to being the same size as the input
+    image. This is still the default case, but the user can now set the
+    ncols and nrows parameters to the desired output size. I ncols or nlines
+    < 0 then then the task compute the output image size required to contain
+    the whole input image.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x,t_gradient.x,t_gauss.x,convolve.x
+    Davis, June 1, 1988
+    The convolution operators laplace, gauss and convolve have been modified
+    to make use of radial symmetry in the convolution kernel. In gauss and
+    laplace the change is transparent to the user. For the convolve operator
+    the user must indicate that the kernel is radially symmetric by setting
+    the parameter radsym. For kernels of 7 by 7 or greater the speedup
+    in timings is on the order of 30% on the Vax 750 with the fpa.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Apr 11, 1988
+    1.  The use of a mode sections was handled incorrectly.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1988
+    1.  Added an error check for a failure in IMMAP.  The missing error check
+	caused FIT1D to hang when a bad input image was specified.
+
+pkg$images/magnify.par
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, Dec 7, 1987
+    1.  Added option list to parameter prompts.
+    2.  Fixed minor typo in help page
+    3.  The mode calculation in IMCOMBINE would go into an infinite loop
+	if all the pixel values were the same.  If all the pixels are the
+	same them it skips searching for the mode and returns the constant
+	number.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Nov 25, 1987
+    1. A bug in the boundary extension = wrap option was found in the
+    IMLINTRAN task. The problem occured in computing values for out of
+    bounds pixels in the range 0.0 < x < 1.0, ncols < x < ncols + 1.0,
+    0.0 < y < 1.0 and nlines < y < nlines + 1.  The computed coordinates
+    were falling outside the boundaries of the interpolation array.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x,geograph.x
+    Davis, Nov 19, 1987
+    1. The geomap task now writes the name of the output file into the database.
+    2. Rotation angles of 360. degrees have been altered to 0 degrees.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x,imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Davis, Nov 2, 1987
+    A bug in the regions fitting option of the IMSURFIT task has been found
+    and fixed. This bug would occur when the user set the regions parameter
+    to sections and then listed section which overlapped each other. The
+    modified ranges package was not handling the overlap correctly and
+    computing a number of points which was incorrect.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/* +
+    Valdes, Sep 30, 1987
+    The directory was reorganized to put generic code in the subdirectory
+    generic.
+
+    A new task called IMCOMBINE has been added.  It provides for combining
+    images by a number of algorithms, statistically weighting the images
+    when averaging, scaling or offsetting the images by the exposure time
+    or image mode before combining, and rejecting deviant pixels.  It is
+    almost fully generic including complex images and works on images of
+    any dimension.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    Davis, Sept 3, 1987
+    A bug in the flux conserving algorithm was found in the geotran code.
+    The symptom was that the flux of the output image occasionally was
+    negative. This would happen when two conditions were met, the transformation
+    was of higher order than a simple rotation, magnification, translation
+    and an axis flip was involved. The mathematical interpretation of this
+    bug is that the coordinate surface had turned upside down. The solution
+    for people running systems with this bug is to multiply there images
+    by -1.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h,t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Aug 6, 1987
+    A new option was added to the parameter regions in the imsurfit task.
+    Imsurfit will now fit a surface to a single circular region defined
+    by an x and y center and a radius.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1987
+    Geotran and register were failing when the output image number of rows
+    and columns was different from the input number of rows and columns.
+    Geotran was mistakenly using the input images sizes to determine the
+    number of output lines that should be produced. The same problem occurred
+    when the values of the boundary pixels were being computed. The program
+    was using the output image dimensions to compute the boundary pixels
+    instead of the input image dimensions.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, Jun 11, 1987
+    A bug in the error checking code in the geomap task was fixed. The
+    condition of too few points for a reasonable was not being trapped
+    correctly. The appropriate errchk statements were added.
+
+pkg$images/geomap.par
+    Davis, Jun 10, 1987
+    The default fitting function was changed to polynomial. This will satisfy
+    most users who wish to do shifts, rotations, and magnifications and
+    avoid the neccessity of correctly setting the xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax
+    parameters. For the chebyshev and legendre polynomial functions these
+    parameters must be explicitly set.  For reference coordinates in pixel
+    units the normal settings are 1, ncols, 1 and nlines respectively.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/hselect.x,imheader.x,images$/imutil/hselect.x
+    Davis, Jun 8, 1987
+    Imheader has been modified to open an image with the default min_lenuserarea
+    Hselect and hedit will now open the image setting the user area to the
+    maximum of 28800 chars or the min_lenuser environment variable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    An error in the image minimum computation was corrected. This error
+    would show up most noiticeably if imstat was run on a 1 pixel image.
+    The min value would be left set to MAX_REAL.
+
+pkg$images/filters/mkpkg
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    I added mach.h to the dependency file list of t_fmedian.x and
+    recompiled. The segmentation violations I had been getting in the
+    program disappeared.
+
+pkg$images/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, April 15, 1987
+    1. I changed the names of the procedures shiftlines and shiftlinesi
+    to sh_lines and sh_linesi. When the original names were contracted
+    to 6 letter fortran names they became shifti and shifts which just
+    so happens to collide with shifti and shifts in the subdirectory
+    osb. On VMS this was causing problems with the shareable libraries.
+    If images was linked with -z there was no problem.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+    Valdes, March 24, 1987
+    1.  IMSUM was failing to unmap images opened to check image dimensions
+	in a quick first pass through the image list.  This is probably
+	the source of the out of files problem with STF images.  It may
+	be the source of the out of memory problem reported from AOS/IRAF.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+pkg$images/imfit/mkpkg
+    Valdes, March 17, 1987
+    1. Added error checking for the illegal operation in which both input
+       and output image had an image section.  This was causing the task
+       to crash.  The task now behaves properly in this circumstance and
+       even allows the fitted output to be placed in an image section of
+       an existing output image (even different than the input image
+       section) provided the input and output images have the same sizes.
+
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+    Davis, March 3, 1987
+    1. Fixed the kernel decoding routine in the convolve task so that
+    it now recognizes the row delimter character in string entry mode.
+
+pkg$images/geometry,filters
+    Davis, February 27, 1987
+    1. Changed all the imseti (im, TY_BNDRYPIXVAL, value) calls to imsetr.
+
+pkg$images/t_minmax.x,minmax.x
+    Davis, February 24, 1987
+    1. Minmax has been changed to compute the minimum and maximum pixel
+    as well as the minimum and maximum pixel values. The pixels are output
+    in section notation and stored in the minmax parameter file.
+
+pkg$images/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, February 19, 1987
+    1. Magnify was aborting with the error MSIFIT: Too few datapoints
+    when trying to reduce an image using the higher order interpolants
+    poly3, poly5 and spline3. I increased the NEDGE defined constant
+    from 2 to three and modified the code to use the out of bounds
+    imio.
+
+pkg$images/geograph.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, February 17, 1987
+    1. Geomap now uses the gpagefile routine to page the .keys file.
+    The :show command deactivates the workstation before printing a
+    block of text and reactivates it when it is finished.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap,geotran
+    Davis, January 26, 1987
+    1. There have been substantial changes to the geomap, and geotrans
+    tasks and those tasks rotate, imlintran and register which depend
+    on them.
+    2. Geomap has been changed to be able to compute a transformation
+    in both single and double precision.
+    3. The geotran code has been speeded up considerably. A simple rotate
+    now takes 70 seconds instead of 155 seconds using bilinear interpolation.
+    4. Two new cl parameters nxblock and nyblock have been added to the
+    rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks. If the output image
+    is smaller than these parameters then the entire output image
+    is computed at once. Otherwise the output image is computed in blocks
+    nxblock by nyblock in size.
+    5. The 3 geotran parameters rotation, scangle and flip have been replaced
+    with two parameters xrotation and yrotation which serve the same purpose.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, January 19, 1987
+    1. The shiftlines task has been completely rewritten. The following
+    are the major changes.
+    2. Shiftlines now makes use of the imio boundary extension operations.
+    Therefore the four options: nearest pixel, reflect, wrap and constant
+    boundary extension are available.
+    3. The interpolation code has been vectorised. The previous version
+    was using the function call asieval for every output pixel evaluated.
+    The asieval call were replaced with asivector calls.
+    4. An extra CL parameter constant to support constant boundary
+    exension was added.
+    5. The shiftlines help page was modified and the date changed to
+    January 1987.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, January 12, 1987
+    1. I changed the amedr call to asokr calls. For my application it did
+    not matter whether the input array is left partially sorted and the asokr
+    routine is more efficient.
+
+pkg$images/lib/pixlist.x
+    Davis, December 12, 1986
+    1. A bug in the pl_get_ranges routine caused the routine to fail when the
+    number of ranges got too large. The program could not detect the end of
+    the ranges and would go into an infinite loop.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, December 3, 1986
+    1. Imstat was failing on constant images because finite machine precision
+    could result in a negative sigma squared. Added a check for this condition.
+
+pkg$images/filters/fmode.x
+    Davis, October 27, 1986
+    1. Added a check for 0 data range before calling amapr.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+    Valdes, October 20, 1986
+    1. Found and fixed bug in this routine which caused pixel rejection
+    to fail some fraction of the time.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx
+    Valdes, October 13, 1986
+    1.  There was a bug when the replication factor for axis 1 was 1.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Hammond, October 8, 1986
+    1. Running imhistogram on a constant valued image would result in
+       a "floating divide by zero fault" in ahgm.  This condition is
+       now trapped and a warning printed if there is no range in the data.
+
+pkg$images/tv/doc/cvl.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Typo in V2.3 documentation fixed: "zcale" -> "zscale".
+
+pkg$images/fit1d.par
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  When querying for the output type the query was:
+
+Type of output (fit, difference, ratio) (fit|difference|ratio) ():
+
+    	The enumerated values were removed since they are given in the
+	prompt string.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+pkg$images/do/imsum.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Medians or pixel rejection with more than 15 images is now
+	correct.  There was an error in buffering.
+    2.  Averages of integer datatype images are now correct.  The error
+	was caused by summing the pixel values divided by the number
+	of images instead of summing the pixel values and then dividing
+	by the number of images.
+    3.  Option keywords may now be abbreviated.
+    4.  The output pixel datatype now defaults to the calculation datatype
+	as is done in IMARITH.  The help page was modified to indicate this.
+    5.  Dynamic memory is now used throughout to reduce the size of the
+	executable.
+    6.  The bugs 1-2 are present in V2.3 and not in V2.2.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, October 6, 1986
+    1.  The parameter "debug" was changed to "noact".  "debug" is reserved
+	for debugging information.
+    2.  The output pixel type now defaults to the calculation datatype.
+    3.  The datatype of constant operands is determined with LEXNUM.  This
+	fixes a bug in which a constant such as "1." was classified as an
+	integer.
+    4.  Trailing whitespace in the string for a constant operand is allowed.
+	This fixes a bug with using "@" files created with the task FIELDS
+	from a table of numbers.  Trailing whitespace in image names is
+	not checked for since this should be taken care of by lower level
+	system services.
+    5.  The reported bug with the "max" operation not creating a pixel file
+	was the result of the previous round of changes.  This has been
+	corrected.  This problem does not exist in the released version.
+    6.  All strings are now dynamically allocated.  Also IMTOPENP is used
+	to open a CL list directly.
+    7.  The help page was revised for points (1) and (2).
+
+pkg$images/fmode.par
+pkg$images/fmd_buf.x
+pkg$images/med_sort.x
+    Davis, September 29, 1986
+    1. Changed the default value of the unmap parameter in fmode to yes. The
+       documentation was changed and the date modified.
+    2. Added a test to make sure that the input image was not a constant
+       image in fmode and fmedian.
+    3. Fixed the recently added swap macro in the sort routines which
+       was giving erroneous results for small boxes in tasks median and mode.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Changed subroutine name with a VOPS prefix to one with a FIT1D
+	prefix.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imdivide.x
+pkg$images/doc/imdivide.hlp
+pkg$images/imdivide.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Modified this ancient and obsolete task to remove redundant
+	subroutines now available in the VOPS library.
+    2.  The option to select action on zero divide was removed since
+	there was only one option.  Parameter file changed.
+    3.  Help page revised.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/doc/blkrep.hlp +
+pkg$images/doc/mkpkg
+pkg$images/images.cl
+pkg$images/images.men
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/x_images.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  A new task called BLKREP for block replicating images has been added.
+	This task is a complement to BLKAVG and performs a function not
+	available in any other way.
+    2.  Help for BLKREP has been added.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imadiv.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to provide replacement of divisions
+	by zero with a constant parameter value.
+    2.  The documentation has been revised to include this change and to
+	clarify and emphasize areas of possible confusion.
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/blkavg.hlp
+    Valdes, September 18, 1986
+    1.  The MAGNIFY help document was expanded to clarify that images with axis
+        lengths of 1 cannot be magnified.  Also a discussion of the output
+	size of a magnified image.  This has been misunderstood often.
+    2.  Minor typo fix for BLKAVG.
+
+images$geometry/blkav.gx: Davis, September 7, 1986
+    1. The routine blkav$t was declared a function but called everywhere as
+    a procedure. Removed the function declaration.
+
+images$filters/med_sort.x: Davis, August 14, 1986
+    1. A bug in the sorting routine for MEDIAN and MODE in which the doop
+    loop increment was being set to zero has been fixed. This bug was
+    causing MEDIAN and MODE to fail on class 6 for certain sized windows.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x: Davis, July 24, 1986
+    1. A bug in the type=ratio option of fit1d was fixed. The iferr call
+    on the vector operator adivr was not trapping a divide by zero
+    condition. Changed adivr to adivzr.
+
+images$iminfo/listpixels.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargl to pargi for writing out the column number of the
+    pixels.
+
+images$iminfo/t_imstat.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargr to a pargd for the double precision quantitiies
+    sum(MIN) and sum(MAX).
+
+images$imfit/t_lineclean.x: Davis, July 14, 1986
+    1. Bug in the calling sequence for ic_clean fixed. The ic pointer
+    was not being passed to ic_clean causing access violation and/or
+    segmentation violation errors.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x, lineclean.x:  Valdes, July 3, 1986
+    1.  FIT1D and LINECLEAN modified to use new ICFIT package.
+
+From Valdes June 19, 1986
+
+1. The help page for IMSUM was modified to explicitly state what the
+median of an even number of images does.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 13, 1986
+
+1. A bug in CONVOLVE in which insufficient space was being allocated for
+long (> 161 elements) 1D kernels has been fixed. CONVOLVE was not
+allocating sufficent extra space.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 12, 1986
+
+1. I have changed the default value of parameter unmap in task FMEDIAN to
+yes to preserve the original data range.
+
+2. I have changed the value of parameter row_delimiter from \n to ;.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis May 12, 1986
+
+1. Changed the angle convention in GAUSS so that theta is the angle of the
+major axis with respect to the x axis measured counter-clockwise as specified
+in the help page instead of the negative of that angle.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Apr 28, 1986
+
+1. Moved geomap.key to lib$scr and made redefined HELPFILE in geogmap.x
+appropriately.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith/imsum.gx:  Valdes Apr 25, 1986
+    1.  Fixed bug in generic code which called the real VOPS operator
+	regardless of the datatype.  This caused IMSUM to fail on short
+	images.
+
+From Davis Apr 17, 1986
+
+1. Changed constructs of the form boolean == false in the file imdelete.x
+to ! boolean.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith:  Valdes, April 8, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when adding images to
+	also added the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+    2.  IMSUM has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when summing images to
+	also sum the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 24, 1986:
+
+1.  When modifying IMARITH to handle mixed dimensions the output image header
+was made a copy of the image with the higher dimension.  However, the default
+when the images were of the same dimension changed to be a copy of the second
+operand.  This has been changed back to being a copy of the first operand
+image.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 21, 1986:
+
+1. A NULL pointer bug in the subroutine plfree inside IMSURFIT was causing
+segmentation violation errors. A null pointer test was added to plfree.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 20, 1986:
+
+1. A bug involving in place operations in several image tasks has been  fixed.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 19, 1986:
+
+1. IMSURFIT no longer permits the input image to be replaced by the output
+image.
+
+2. The tasks IMSHIFT, IMTRANSPOSE, SHIFTLINES, and GEOTRAN  have been modified
+to use the images tools xt_mkimtemp and xt_delimtemp for in place
+calculations.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 13, 1986:
+
+1.  Bug dealing with type coercion in short datatype images in IMARITH and IMSUM
+which occurs on the SUN has been fixed.
+------
+From Valdes Mar 10, 1986:
+
+1.  IMSUM has been modified to work on any number of images.
+
+2.  Modified the help page
+------
+From Valdes Feb 25, 1986:
+
+There have been two changes to IMARITH:
+
+1.  A bug preventing use of image sections has been removed.
+
+2.  An improvement allowing use of images of different dimension.
+The algorithm is as follow:
+
+	a.  Check if both operands are images.  If not the output
+	image is a copy of the operand image.
+
+	b.  Check that the axes lengths are the same for the dimensions
+	in common.  For example a 3D and 2D image must have the same
+	number of columns and lines.
+
+	c.  Set the output image to be a copy of the image with the
+	higher dimension.
+
+	d.  Repeat the operation over the lower dimensions for each of
+	the higher dimensions.
+
+For example, consider subtracting a 2D image from a 3D image.  The output
+image will be 3D and the 2D image is subtracted from each band of the
+3D image.  This will work for any combination of dimensions.  Another
+example is dividing a 3D image by a 1D image.  Then each line of each
+plane and each band will be divided by the 1D image.  Likely applications
+will be subtracting biases and darks and dividing by response calibrations
+in stacked observations.
+
+3.  Modified the help page
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+From Davis Mar 6, 1986:
+
+1. A serious bug had crept into GAUSS after I made some changes. For 2D
+images the sense of the sigma was reversed, i.e sigma = 2.0 was actually
+sigma = 0.5. This bug has now been fixed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Jan 13, 1986:
+
+1. Listpixels will now print out complex pixel values correctly.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 12, 1985:
+
+1. The directional gradient operator has been added to the images package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1.  IMARITH has been modified to first check if an operand is an existing
+file.  This allows purely numeric image names to be used.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1. A Laplacian (second derivatives) operator has been added to the images
+package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 10, 1985:
+
+1. The new convolution tasks  boxcar, gauss and convolve have been added
+to the images package. Convolve convolves an image with an arbitrary
+user supplied rectangular kernel. Gauss convolves an image with a 2D
+Gaussian of arbitrary size. Boxcar will smooth an image using a smoothing
+window of arbitrary size.
+
+2. The images package source code has been reorganized into the following
+subdirectories: 1) filters 2) geometry 3) imfit 4) imarith 4) iminfo and
+5) imutil 6) lib. Lib contains routines which may be of use to several IRAF
+tasks such as ranges. The imutil subdirectory contains tasks which modify
+images in some way such as hedit. The iminfo subdirectory contains code
+for displaying header and pixel values and other image characteristics
+such as the histogram. Image arithmetic and fitting routines are found
+in imarith and imfit respectively. Filters contains the convolution and
+median filtering routines and geometry contains the geometric distortion
+corrections routines.
+
+3. The documentation of the main images package has been brought into
+conformity with the new IRAF standards.
+
+4. Documentation for imdelete, imheader, imhistogram, listpixels and
+sections has been added to the help database.
+
+5. The parameter structure for imhistogram has been simplified. The
+redundant parameters sections and setranges have been removed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+From Valdes Nov 4, 1985:
+
+1.  IMCOPY modified so that the output image may be a directory.  Previously
+logical directories were not correctly identified.
+------
+
+From Davis Oct 21, 1985:
+
+1. A bug in the pixel rejection cycle of IMSURFIT was corrected. The routine
+make_ranges in ranges.x was not successfully converting a sorted list of
+rejected pixels into a list of ranges in all cases.
+
+2. Automatic zero divide error checking has been added to IMSURFIT.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 17, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d now allows averaging of image lines or columns when interactively
+setting the fitting parameters.  The syntax is "Fit line = 10 30"; i.e.
+blank separated line or column numbers.  A single number selects just one
+line or column.  Be aware however, that the actual fitting of the image
+is still done on each column or line individually.
+
+2.  The zero line in the interactive curve fitting graphs has been removed.
+This zero line interfered with fitting data near zero.
+------
+From Rooke Oct 10, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage was changed to "blkavg" and modified to support any allowed
+number of dimensions.  It was also made faster in most cases, depending on 
+the blocking factors in each dimension.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 4, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean modified to allow separate low and high rejection
+limits and rejection iterations.
+------
+From Davis Oct 3, 1985:
+
+1. Minmax was not calculating the minimum correctly for integer images.
+because the initial values were not being set correctly.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 1, 1985:
+
+1. Imheader was modified to print the image history.  Though the history
+mechanism is little used at the moment it should become an important part
+of any image.
+
+2.  Task revisions renamed to revs.
+------
+From Davis Sept 30, 1985:
+
+1. Two new tasks median and fmedian have been added to the images package.
+Fmedian is a fast median filtering algorithm for integer data which uses
+the histogram of the image to calculate the median at each window. Median
+is a slower but more general algorithm which performs the same task.
+------
+From Valdes August 26, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage has been modified to include an new parameter called option.
+The current options are to average the blocks or sum the blocks.
+------
+From Valdes August 7, 1985
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean wer recompiled with the modified icfit package.
+The new package contains better labeling and graph documentation.
+
+2.  The two tasks now have parameters for setting the graphics device
+and reading cursor input from a file.
+______
+From: /u2/davis/ Tue 08:27:09 06-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: imshift bug
+ 
+Imshift was shifting incorrectly when an integral pixel shift in x and
+a fractional pixel shift in y was requested. The actual x shift was
+xshift + 1. The bug has been fixed and imshift will now work correctly for
+any combination of fractional and integral pixel shifts
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Fri 18:14:12 02-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images task
+ 
+A new task GEOMAP has been added to the images package. GEOMAP calculates
+the spatial transformation required to map one image onto another.
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Thu 16:47:49 01-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images tasks
+ 
+The tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN and GEODISTRAN have been added to the images
+package. ROTATE rotates and shifts an image. IMLINTRAN will rotate, rescale
+and shift an an image. GEODISTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion.
+------
+From Valdes July 26, 1985:
+
+1.  The task revisions has been added to page revisions to the images
+package.  The intent is that each package will have a revisions task.
+Note that this means there may be multiple tasks named revisions loaded
+at one time.  Typing revisions alone will give the revisions for the
+current package.  To get the system revisions type system.revisions.
+
+2.  A new task called fit1d replaces linefit.  It is essentially the same
+as linefit except for an extra parameter "axis" which selects the axis along
+which the functions are to be fit.  Axis 1 is lines and axis 2 is columns.
+The advantages of this change are:
+
+	a.  Column fitting can now be done without transposing the image.
+	    This allows linefit to be used with image sections along
+	    both axes.
+	b.  For 1D images there is no prompt for the line number.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/doc/fit1d.hlp b/pkg/images/imfit/doc/fit1d.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b49f45f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/doc/fit1d.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+.help fit1d Jul85 images.imfit
+.ih
+NAME
+fit1d -- fit a function to image lines
+.ih
+USAGE	
+.nf
+fit1d input output type
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+Images to be fit.  The images may contain image sections.  Only the region
+covered by the section will be modified in the output image.
+.le
+.ls output
+Output images to be created or modified.  The number of output images
+must match the number of input images.  If an output image does not exist
+it is first created and initialized to zero for fit types "fit" and
+"difference" and to one for fit type "ratio".
+.le
+.ls type
+Type of output.  The choices are:
+.ls fit      
+An image created from the function fits to the image lines.
+.le
+.ls difference
+The difference between the image and the fit (i.e. residuals).
+.le
+.ls ratio
+The ratio of the image and fit.
+.le
+.le
+.ls bpm = ""
+List of bad pixel masks.  This may be a null string to not use a
+bad pixel mask, a single mask that applies to all input images, or
+a matching list.  The value may also be !<keyword> to specify a keyword whose
+value is the mask to use.
+.le
+.ls axis = 1
+Axis along which the one dimensional fitting is done.  Axis 1 corresponds
+to fitting the image lines and axis 2 corresponds to fitting the columns.
+.le
+.ls interactive = yes
+If \fBinteractive\fR is set to yes, a plot of the fit is drawn and the
+cursor is available for interactively examining and adjusting the fit.
+.le
+.ls sample = "*"
+Lines or columns to be used in the fits.
+.le
+.ls naverage = 1
+Number of sample points to combined to create a fitting point.
+A positive value specifies an average and a negative value specifies
+a median.
+.le
+.ls function = spline3
+Function to be fit to the image lines or columns.  The functions are
+"legendre" (legendre polynomial), "chebyshev" (chebyshev polynomial),
+"spline1" (linear spline), and "spline3" (cubic spline).  The functions
+may be abbreviated.
+.le
+.ls order = 1
+The order of the polynomials or the number of spline pieces.
+.le
+.ls low_reject = 0., high_reject = 0.
+Rejection limits below and above the fit in units of the residual sigma.
+.le
+.ls niterate = 1
+Number of rejection iterations.
+.le
+.ls grow = 0.
+When a pixel is rejected, pixels within this distance of the rejected pixel
+are also rejected.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+Graphics output device for interactive graphics.
+.le
+.ls cursor = "stdgcur"
+Graphics cursor input.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+A one dimensional function is fit to each line or column of the input images.
+The function may be a legendre polynomial, chebyshev polynomial,
+linear spline, or cubic spline of a given order or number of spline pieces.
+The output image is of pixel type real and is formed from the fitted
+function values, the difference or residuals of the fit (pixel value -
+fitted value), or the ratio between the pixel values and the fitted values.
+
+The output image may exist in which case a section in the input image is
+applied to the output image.  Thus, a section on the input image causes only
+that part of the output image to be changed.  If the output image does not
+exist it is first created with a size given by the full (without a section)
+input image and initialized to zero for fit and difference output types
+and one for ratio output types.
+
+A bad pixel mask may be specified to exclude data from the fitting.  Any
+non-zero value in the mask is excluded.   It appears in the interactive
+fitting in the same way as manually deleted points.  The mask is matched to
+the input image(s) as described by \fBpmmatch\fR.  The default is matching
+in physical coordinates.
+
+The points fit are determined by selecting a sample of lines or columns
+specified by the parameter \fIsample\fR and taking either the average or
+median of the number of points specified by the parameter \fInaverage\fR.
+The type of averaging is selected by the sign of the parameter and the number
+of points is selected by the absolute value of the parameter.
+The sample points are specified relative to any image sections.
+
+If \fIlow_reject\fR and/or \fIhigh_reject\fR are greater than zero the sigma
+of the residuals between the fitted points and the fitted function is computed
+and those points whose residuals are less than \fI-low_reject\fR * sigma
+and greater than \fIhigh_reject\fR * sigma are excluded from the fit.
+Points within a distance of \fIgrow\fR pixels of a rejected pixel are also
+excluded from the fit.  The function is then refit without the rejected points.
+This rejection procedure may be iterated a number of times given by the
+parameter \fIniterate\fR.
+
+The fitting parameters (\fIsample, naverage, function, order, low_reject,
+high_reject, niterate, grow\fR)
+may be adjusted interactively if the parameter \fIinteractive\fR is yes.
+Lines or columns from the image are selected to be fit with the \fBicfit\fR
+package.  A single column or line may be chosen or a blank-separated range
+may be averaged.  Note that the averaging applies only to the graphed
+data used to set the fitting parameters.  The actual image lines and columns
+are fit individually.  The interactive cursor mode commands for this package
+are described in a separate help entry under "icfit".  Line 1 is automatically
+selected for one dimensional images and any number of lines or columns may be
+selected for two dimensional images.  Note that the lines or columns are
+relative to the input image section; for example line 1 is the first line of
+the image section and not the first line of the image.  When an end-of-file or
+no line(s) or column(s) are given then the last selected fitting parameters
+are used on each line or column of the image.  This step is repeated for
+each image in the input list.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1.  To create a smoothed version of an image by fitting the image lines:
+
+    cl> fit1d image fitimage fit
+
+If the interactive flag is set and the image is two dimensional then a prompt
+for an image line is printed:
+
+    image: Fit line = 100 200
+
+The selected lines are averaged, graphed, and the interactive options for
+setting and fitting the line are used.  Exiting with 'q' or return prompts for
+another line if the image is two dimensional.  When the fitting parameters
+are suitably set then respond with end-of-file or return to fit all the lines
+of the image and create the output image.
+
+2.  To subtract a linear function fit to columns 10 to 20 and 80 to 100 from
+columns 10 to 100 and to subtract another linear function fit to lines
+110 to 120 and 180 to 200 from columns 110 to 200:
+
+.nf
+    cl> fit1d image1[10:100,*] output diff axis=2 sample="1:11,71:91"
+    cl> fit1d image1[110:200,*] output diff axis=2 sample="1:11,71:91"
+.fi
+
+Pixels outside columns 10 to 100 and 110 to 200 are not affected.  Note that the
+sample points are specified relative to the image sections.  The script
+\fBbackground\fR is available in other packages for doing background
+subtractions.
+
+3.  To determine a small scale response image:
+
+    cl> fit1d image1 flat ratio
+
+The task \fBimred.generic.flat1d\fR is available for making flat field images
+by this method with the addition of an extra parameter to limit the data values
+for which the ratio is computed.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imred.generic.background, imred.generic.flat1d
+xtools.icfit, lineclean, imsurfit
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/doc/imsurfit.hlp b/pkg/images/imfit/doc/imsurfit.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0aa46a97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/doc/imsurfit.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+.help imsurfit Feb88 images.imfit
+.ih
+NAME
+imsurfit -- fit a surface function to an image
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imsurfit input, output, xorder, yorder
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be fit.
+.le
+.ls output
+Output image(s) of \fItype_output\fR.
+.le
+.ls xorder
+The order in x of the polynomials (1 = constant) or the number of polynomial
+pieces for the bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls yorder
+The order in y of the polynomials (1 = constant) or the number of polynomial
+pieces for the bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls cross_terms = yes
+Cross terms for the polynomials. For example, if \fIxorder\fR = 2 and
+\fIyorder\fR = 2
+then a function of the form z = a + b * x + c * y + d * x * y will be fit.
+.le
+.ls function = "leg"
+Functional for of surface to be fit to the image. The available functions
+(with minimum match abbreviation) are:
+.ls legendre
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+.le
+.ls spline3
+.le
+.ls spline1
+.le
+.le
+.ls type_output = "fit"
+The type of output image.  The allowed types (with minimum match abbreviation)
+are:
+.ls clean
+The input image with deviant pixels in the good regions replaced by the
+fitted value.
+.le
+.ls fit  
+An image created from the surface fits to the image.
+.le
+.ls residual
+The difference of the input image and the fitted image.
+.le
+.ls response
+The ratio of the input image to the fitted image.
+All fitted (denominator) pixels below \fIdiv_min\fR are given a value of 1.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xmedian = 1, ymedian = 1
+The x and y dimensions of the box used for median processing.
+If \fIxmedian\fR > 1 or \fIymedian\fR is > 1,
+then the median is calculated for each box and used in the surface
+fit instead of the individual pixels.
+.le
+.ls median_percent = 50.
+If the number of pixels in the median box is less than \fImedian_percent\fR *
+\fIxmedian\fR * \fIymedian\fR the box will be omitted from the fit.
+.le
+.ls upper = 0., lower = 0.
+The number of sigma  limits for pixel rejection. If \fIupper\fR > 0. or
+\fIlower\fR > 0. and median processing is turned off,
+pixel rejection is enabled.
+.le
+.ls ngrow = 0
+The radius in pixels for region growing.
+Pixels within a distance of \fIngrow\fR pixels of
+a rejected pixel are also rejected.
+.le
+.ls niter = 0
+The maximum number of iterations in the rejection cycle.
+Rejection will be terminated if the number of rejected pixels is zero
+or the number of iterations equals \fIniter\fR.
+.le
+.ls regions = "all"
+The available options (with minimum match abbreviation) are:
+.ls all
+All points in the image are fit.
+.le
+.ls rows
+The fit is performed on the image rows specified by \fIrows\fR.
+.le
+.ls columns
+The fit is performed on the image columns specified by \fIcolumns\fR.
+.le
+.ls border
+The fit is performed on a border around the image whose width is specified
+by \fIborder\fR.
+.le
+.ls sections
+The fit is performed on image sections listed in the file specified
+by \fIsections\fR.
+.le
+.ls circle
+The fit is performed on a circular region whose parameters are specified by
+\fIcircle\fR.
+.le
+.ls invcircle
+The fit is performed on a region exterior to the circular region whose
+parameters are specified by \fIcircle\fR.
+.le
+.le
+.ls rows = "*"
+When \fIregion_type\fR = 'rows', the string parameter \fIrows\fR specifies
+the rows to be fit.
+.le
+.ls columns = "*"
+When \fIregion_type\fR = 'columns', the string parameter \fIcolumns\fR
+specifies the columns to be fit.
+.le
+.ls border = "50"
+When \fIregion_type\fR = 'border', the
+string parameter \fIborder\fR specifies the width of the border to be fit.
+.le
+.ls sections = ""
+When \fIregion_type\fR = 'sections', the
+string parameter \fIsections\fR is the name of the  file containing the list of
+image sections to be fit, where \fISections\fR may be the standard
+input (STDIN).
+The sections must be listed one per line in the following form: x1 x2 y1 y2.
+.le
+.ls circle = ""
+The string parameter \fIcircle\fR lists the parameter needed to specify
+the circle in the following format: xcenter ycenter radius. The three
+parameters must be integers.
+.le
+.ls div_min = INDEF
+When \fItype_output\fR = 'response' all divisions in which the fitted value
+is below \fIdiv_min\fR are set to the value 1.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+A surface is fit to selected portions of the input image.
+The user may elect to fit the whole image, \fIregion_type\fR = 'all',
+selected rows, \fIregion_type\fR = 'rows', selected columns,
+\fIregion_type\fR = 'columns', a
+border around the image, \fIregion_type\fR = 'border' or image sections, 
+\fIregion_type\fR = 'sections'. If the sections  option is enabled the user
+must supply the name of the file containing a list of sections,
+\fIsections\fR = 'list', or enter them from the standard input. In either case
+the sections must be listed one per line in the following form: x1 x2 y1 y2.
+
+The parameter \fIsurface_type\fR may be a
+"legendre" polynomial, "chebyshev" polynomial,
+a cubic spline ("spline3") or a linear spline ("spline1").
+The order of the polynomials is selected in both x and y.
+Cross terms for the polynomial surfaces are optional.
+For the cubic spline the parameters \fIxorder\fR and \fIyorder\fR specify
+the number of polynomial pieces to be fit to the surface in
+each direction.
+
+The output image may be the fitted image, the difference between the
+input and the fitted image, the ratio of the input to the fitted image
+or the input image with deviant pixels in the fitted regions replaced
+with the fitted values, according to whether \fItype_output\fR =
+'fit', 'residual',
+'response' or 'clean'. If \fItype_output\fR = 'response' then pixels in the
+fitted image with values < \fIdiv_min\fR are replaced by 1.
+If \fItype_output\fR =
+'clean' then at least one of \fIupper\fR or \fIlower\fR must be > 0.
+
+Pixel rejection is enabled if median processing is turned off,
+\fIniter\fR > 0,
+and at least one of the parameters \fIupper\fR and \fIlower\fR is > 0.
+Region growing
+can be turned on by setting \fIngrow\fR > 0, in which case all pixels within
+a radius ngrow of a deviant pixel will be rejected.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To create a smoothed version of an image:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imsurfit m74 m74smooth 5 10 function=spline3
+.fi
+
+2. To create a smoothed version of an image using median processing:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imsurfit m74 m74med 5 10 function=spline3 \
+	>>> xmed=5 ymed=5
+.fi
+
+3. To subtract a constant background from an image:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imsurfit abell30 abell30bck 1 1 function=leg \
+	>>> type=resid
+.fi
+
+4. To make a ratio image using signals above 1000 units:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imsurfit n7006 n7006ratio 20 20 function=spline3 \
+	>>> type=response div_min=1000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+Fitting and subtracting a constant from a 512 by 512 IRAF image requires
+~35 cpu seconds. Approximately 130 cpu seconds are required to fit a
+second degree polynomial in x and y (including cross-terms) to a
+100 pixel wide border around a 512 by
+512 IRAF image, and to subtract the fitted image from the input image.
+To produce a smooth 512 by 512 IRAF image using a 10 by 10 bicubic spline
+requires ~300 cpu seconds. Timings refer to a VAX 11/750 + fpa.
+
+.ih
+NOTES
+The surface fitting code uses the IRAF SURFIT math routines,
+which have been optimized for image fitting .
+The routines which fit selected portions
+of the image, perform pixel rejection and region growing, and create and
+maintain a list of rejected pixels utilize the ranges and pixlist packages
+of routines currently maintained in the images directory. These will be
+replaced by more general ranges and image masking routines in the future.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/doc/lineclean.hlp b/pkg/images/imfit/doc/lineclean.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ce2b95f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/doc/lineclean.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+.help lineclean May85 images.imfit
+.ih
+NAME
+lineclean -- replace deviant pixels in image lines
+.ih
+USAGE	
+.nf
+lineclean input output
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+Input images to be cleaned.
+.le
+.ls output
+Output cleaned images.  The number of output images must be the same as the
+number of input images.
+.le
+.ls sample = "*"
+Columns to be used in fitting the cleaning function.
+.le
+.ls naverage = 1
+Number of sample points to combined to create a fitting point.
+A positive value specifies an average and a negative value specifies
+a median.
+.le
+.ls function = spline3
+Cleaning function to be fit to the image lines.  The functions are:
+.ls legendre
+Legendre polynomial of the specified order.
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+Chebyshev polynomial of the specified order.
+.le
+.ls spline1
+Linear spline of the specified number of pieces.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Cubic spline of the specified number of pieces.
+.le
+.le
+.ls order = 1
+The order of the polynomials or the number of spline pieces.
+.le
+.ls low_reject = 2.5, high_reject = 2.5
+Rejection limits below and above the fit in units of the residual sigma.
+.le
+.ls niterate = 1
+Number of rejection iterations.
+.le
+.ls grow = 1.
+When a pixel is rejected, pixels within this distance of the rejected pixel
+are also rejected.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+Graphics output device for interactive graphics.
+.le
+.ls cursor = "stdgcur"
+Graphics cursor input.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+A one dimensional function is fit to each line of the input images.
+The function may be a legendre polynomial, chebyshev polynomial,
+linear spline, or cubic spline of a given order or number of spline pieces.
+If \fIlow_reject\fR and/or \fIhigh_reject\fR are greater than zero the sigma
+of the residuals between the fitted points and the fitted function is computed
+and those points whose residuals are less than \fI-low_reject\fR * sigma
+and greater than \fIhigh_reject\fR * sigma are excluded from the fit.
+Points within a distance of \fIgrow\fR pixels of a rejected pixel are also
+excluded from the fit.  The function is then refit without the rejected points.
+This rejection procedure may be iterated a number of times given by the
+parameter \fIniterate\fR.  Finally, the
+rejected points in the input image are replaced by the fitted values
+to create the output image lines.
+
+The output image may exist in which case a section in the input image is
+applied to the output image.  Thus, a section on the input image causes only
+that part of the output image to be cleaned.  If the output image does not
+exist it is first created by making a copy of the full (without a section)
+input image.
+
+The points fit are determined by selecting a sample of columns specified by
+the parameter \fIsample\fR and taking either the average or median of
+the number of points specified by the parameter \fInaverage\fR.
+The type of averaging is selected by the sign of the parameter and the number
+of points is selected by the absolute value of the parameter.
+The sample points are specified relative to any image section.
+
+The fitting parameters (\fIsample, naverage, function, order, low_reject,
+high_reject, niterate, grow\fR)
+may be adjusted interactively if the parameter \fIinteractive\fR is yes.
+Lines from the image are selected to be fit with the \fBicfit\fR package.
+For images of greater than two dimensions sets of numbers giving the
+2nd, 3rd, etc. coordinates are entered.
+The image lines are specified relative to any image section.
+When an end-of-file or no line is given then the last selected fitting
+parameters are used on each line of the image.  This step is repeated for
+each image in the input list.  The interactive options are described
+in the help information \fBicfit\fR.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To clean pixels deviating by more than 2.5 sigma:
+
+	cl> lineclean image cleanimage
+
+If the interactive flag is set then a prompt for an image line is
+printed:
+
+	image: Fit line = 100
+
+For a one or two dimensional image the line number is entered (1 for a one
+dimensional image).  For a three dimensional image two numbers are entered.
+For example:
+
+	image: Fit line = 10 2
+
+for line 10 of the second image plane.
+
+The selected line is graphed and the interactive options for setting and
+fitting the line are used.  Data points marked with diamonds indicate
+points to be replaced by the fitted value.  Exiting with 'q' or return
+prompts for another line.  When the fitting parameters are suitably set
+then respond with end-of-file or return to fit all the lines of the image
+and create the output image.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+fit1d, xtools.icfit, imsurfit
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.par b/pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f28100ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.par
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+input,s,a,,,,Images to be fit
+output,s,a,,,,Output images
+bpm,s,h,"",,,Bad pixel mask(s)
+axis,i,h,1,1,2,Axis to be fit
+type,s,a,,,,"Type of output (fit, difference, ratio)"
+interactive,b,h,yes,,,Set fitting parameters interactively?
+sample,s,h,"*",,,Sample points to use in fit
+naverage,i,h,1,,,Number of points in sample averaging
+function,s,h,"spline3","spline3|legendre|chebyshev|spline1",,Fitting function
+order,i,h,1,1,,Order of fitting function
+low_reject,r,h,0.,0.,,Low rejection in sigma of fit
+high_reject,r,h,0.,0.,,High rejection in sigma of fit
+niterate,i,h,1,0,,Number of rejection iterations
+grow,r,h,0.,0.,,Rejection growing radius in pixels
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,Graphics output device
+cursor,*gcur,h,"",,,Graphics cursor input
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.cl b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acde0687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#{ IMFIT -- The Image Fitting Package.
+
+set	imfit		= "images$imfit/"
+
+package	imfit
+
+# Tasks.
+
+task	fit1d,
+	imsurfit,
+	lineclean	= "imfit$x_images.e"
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.hd b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..adcc4d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Help directory for the IMFIT package
+
+$doc		= "images$imfit/doc/"
+$src		= "images$imfit/src/"
+
+fit1d		hlp=doc$fit1d.hlp,		src=src$fit1d.x
+imsurfit        hlp=doc$imsurfit.hlp,   	src=src$t_imsurfit.x
+lineclean       hlp=doc$lineclean.hlp,  	src=src$t_lineclean.x
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.men b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..793b1c5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.men
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+          fit1d - Fit a function to image lines or columns
+       imsurfit - Fit a surface to a 2-D image
+      lineclean - Replace deviant pixels in image lines
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.par b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cef3f3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/imfit.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Jan97"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/imsurfit.par b/pkg/images/imfit/imsurfit.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f21ffe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/imsurfit.par
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# IMSURFIT
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be fit
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+xorder,i,a,2,1,,Order of function in x
+yorder,i,a,2,1,,Order of function in y
+type_output,s,h,'fit',,,'Type of output (fit,residual,response,clean)'
+function,s,h,'leg',,,'Function to be fit (legendre,chebyshev,spline3)'
+cross_terms,b,h,y,,,Include cross-terms for polynomials?
+xmedian,i,h,1,1,,X length of median box
+ymedian,i,h,1,1,,Y length of median box
+median_percent,r,h,50.,,,Minimum fraction of pixels in median box
+lower,r,h,0.0,0.0,,Lower limit for residuals
+upper,r,h,0.0,0.0,,Upper limit for residuals
+ngrow,i,h,0,0,,Radius of region growing circle
+niter,i,h,0,0,,Maximum number of rejection cycles
+regions,s,h,'all',,, 'Good regions (all,rows,columns,border,sections,circle,invcircle)'
+rows,s,h,'*',,,Rows to be fit
+columns,s,h,'*',,,Columns to be fit
+border,s,h,'50',,,Width of border to be fit
+sections,s,h,,,,File name for sections list
+circle,s,h,,,,Circle specifications
+div_min,r,h,INDEF,,,Division minimum for response output
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/lineclean.par b/pkg/images/imfit/lineclean.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5942f03f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/lineclean.par
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+input,s,a,,,,Images to be cleaned
+output,s,a,,,,Output images
+interactive,b,h,yes,,,Set fitting parameters interactively?
+sample,s,h,"*",,,Sample points to use in fit
+naverage,i,h,1,,,Number of points in sample averaging
+function,s,h,"spline3","spline3|legendre|chebyshev|spline1",,Fitting function
+order,i,h,1,1,,Order of fitting function
+low_reject,r,h,2.5,0.,,Low rejection in sigma of fit
+high_reject,r,h,2.5,0.,,High rejection in sigma of fit
+niterate,i,h,1,0,,Number of rejection iterations
+grow,r,h,1.,0.,,Rejection growing radius in pixels
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,Graphics output device
+cursor,*gcur,h,"",,,Graphics cursor input
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imfit/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a74a627e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# MKPKG for the IMFIT Package
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/fit1d.x b/pkg/images/imfit/src/fit1d.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..84ffddf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/fit1d.x
@@ -0,0 +1,597 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include <pkg/gtools.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+define	MAXBUF	(512*100)		# Maximum number of pixels per block
+
+
+# FIT1D -- Fit a function to image lines or columns and output an image
+# consisting of the fit, the difference, or the ratio.  The fitting parameters
+# may be set interactively using the icfit package.
+
+procedure t_fit1d ()
+
+int	listin				# Input image list
+int	listout				# Output image list
+int	listbpm				# Bad pixel mask list
+bool	interactive			# Interactive?
+
+char	sample[SZ_LINE]			# Sample ranges
+int	naverage			# Sample averaging size
+char	function[SZ_LINE]		# Curve fitting function
+int	order				# Order of curve fitting function
+real	low_reject, high_reject		# Rejection thresholds
+int	niterate			# Number of rejection iterations
+real	grow				# Rejection growing radius
+
+int	axis				# Image axis to fit
+int	ntype				# Type of output
+char	input[SZ_LINE]			# Input image
+char	output[SZ_FNAME]		# Output image
+char	bpm[SZ_FNAME]			# Bad pixel mask
+pointer	in, out, bp			# IMIO pointers
+pointer	ic				# ICFIT pointer
+pointer	gt				# GTOOLS pointer
+
+bool	same, clgetb()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), strdic(), gt_init()
+int	clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Get input and output lists and check that the number of images
+	# are the same.
+
+	call clgstr ("input", input, SZ_LINE)
+	listin = imtopen (input)
+	call clgstr ("output", input, SZ_LINE)
+	listout = imtopen (input)
+	if (imtlen (listin) != imtlen (listout)) {
+	    call imtclose (listin)
+	    call imtclose (listout)
+	    call error (0, "Input and output image lists do not match")
+	}
+	call clgstr ("bpm", input, SZ_LINE)
+	listbpm = imtopen (input)
+	if (imtlen (listbpm) > 1 && imtlen (listin) != imtlen (listbpm)) {
+	    call imtclose (listin)
+	    call imtclose (listout)
+	    call imtclose (listbpm)
+	    call error (0, "Input and mask lists do not match")
+	}
+
+	# Get task parameters.
+
+	axis = clgeti ("axis")
+	call clgstr ("type", input, SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("sample", sample, SZ_LINE)
+	naverage = clgeti ("naverage")
+	call clgstr ("function", function, SZ_LINE)
+	order = clgeti ("order")
+	low_reject = clgetr ("low_reject")
+	high_reject = clgetr ("high_reject")
+	niterate = clgeti ("niterate")
+	grow = clgetr ("grow")
+	interactive = clgetb ("interactive")
+
+ 	# Decode the output type and initialize the curve fitting package.
+
+	ntype = strdic (input, input, SZ_LINE, "|fit|difference|ratio|")
+	if (ntype == 0)
+	    call error (0, "Unknown output type")
+
+	# Set the ICFIT pointer structure.
+	call ic_open (ic)
+	call ic_pstr (ic, "sample", sample)
+	call ic_puti (ic, "naverage", naverage)
+	call ic_pstr (ic, "function", function)
+	call ic_puti (ic, "order", order)
+	call ic_putr (ic, "low", low_reject)
+	call ic_putr (ic, "high", high_reject)
+	call ic_puti (ic, "niterate", niterate)
+	call ic_putr (ic, "grow", grow)
+	call ic_pstr (ic, "ylabel", "")
+
+	gt = gt_init()
+	call gt_sets (gt, GTTYPE, "line")
+
+	# Fit the lines in each input image.
+
+	bpm[1] = EOS
+	while ((imtgetim (listin, input, SZ_LINE) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (listout, output, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    if (imtgetim (listbpm, bpm, SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		;
+
+	    iferr (call f1d_immap (input,output,bpm,ntype,in,out,bp,same)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		next
+	    }
+	    call f1d_fit1d (in,out,bp,ic,gt,input,axis,ntype,interactive)
+	    call imunmap (in)
+	    if (!same)
+		call imunmap (out)
+	    if (bp != NULL)
+		call yt_pmunmap (bp)
+	}
+
+	call ic_closer (ic)
+	call gt_free (gt)
+	call imtclose (listin)
+	call imtclose (listout)
+end
+
+
+# F1D_FIT1D -- Given the image descriptor determine the fitting function
+# for each line or column and create an output image.  If the interactive flag
+# is set then set the fitting parameters interactively.
+
+procedure f1d_fit1d (in, out, bp, ic, gt, title, axis, ntype, interactive)
+
+pointer	in				# IMIO pointer for input image
+pointer	out				# IMIO pointer for output image
+pointer	bp				# IMIO pointer for bad pixel mask
+pointer	ic				# ICFIT pointer
+pointer	gt				# GTOOLS pointer
+char	title[ARB]			# Title
+int	axis				# Image axis to fit
+int	ntype				# Type of output
+bool	interactive			# Interactive?
+
+char	graphics[SZ_FNAME]		# Graphics device
+int	i, nx, new
+real	div
+pointer	cv, gp, sp, x, wts, indata, outdata
+
+int	f1d_getline(), f1d_getdata(), strlen()
+real	cveval()
+pointer	gopen()
+
+begin
+	# Error check.
+
+	if (IM_NDIM (in) > 2)
+	    call error (0, "Image dimensions > 2 are not implemented")
+	if (axis > IM_NDIM (in))
+	    call error (0, "Axis exceeds image dimension")
+
+	# Allocate memory for curve fitting.
+
+	nx = IM_LEN (in, axis)
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, nx, TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, nx
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+
+	call ic_putr (ic, "xmin", Memr[x])
+	call ic_putr (ic, "xmax", Memr[x+nx-1])
+
+	# If the interactive flag is set then use icg_fit to set the
+	# fitting parameters.  Get_fitline returns EOF when the user
+	# is done.  The weights are reset since the user may delete
+	# points.
+
+	if (interactive) {
+	    call clgstr ("graphics", graphics, SZ_FNAME)
+	    gp = gopen (graphics, NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+
+	    i = strlen (title)
+	    indata = NULL
+	    while (f1d_getline (ic,gt,in,bp,axis,title,indata,wts) != EOF) {
+		title[i + 1] = EOS
+	        call icg_fit (ic, gp, "cursor", gt, cv, Memr[x], Memr[indata],
+		    Memr[wts], nx)
+	    }
+	    call mfree (indata, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+	    call gclose (gp)
+	}
+
+	# Loop through the input image and create an output image.
+
+	new = YES
+
+	while (f1d_getdata (in,out,bp,axis,MAXBUF,indata,outdata,wts) != EOF) {
+
+	    call ic_fit (ic, cv, Memr[x], Memr[indata], Memr[wts],
+		nx, new, YES, new, new)
+	    new = NO
+
+	    # Be careful because the indata and outdata buffers may be the same.
+	    switch (ntype) {
+	    case 1:
+	        call cvvector (cv, Memr[x], Memr[outdata], nx)
+	    case 2:
+		do i = 0, nx-1
+		    Memr[outdata+i] = Memr[indata+i] - cveval (cv, Memr[x+i])
+	    case 3:
+		do i = 0, nx-1 {
+		    div = cveval (cv, Memr[x+i])
+		    if (abs (div) < 1E-20)
+			div = 1
+		    Memr[outdata+i] = Memr[indata+i] / div
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call cvfree (cv)
+	call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# F1D_IMMAP -- Map images for fit1d.
+
+procedure f1d_immap (input, output, bpm, ntype, in, out, bp, same)
+
+char	input[ARB]		# Input image
+char	output[ARB]		# Output image
+char	bpm[ARB]		# Bad pixel mask
+int	ntype			# Type of fit1d output
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+pointer	bp			# Mask IMIO pointer
+bool	same			# Same image?
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, iroot, isect, oroot, osect, line, data
+
+bool	streq()
+int	imaccess(), impnlr()
+pointer	immap(), yt_pmmap()
+errchk	immap, yt_pmmap
+
+begin
+	# Get the root name and section of the input image.
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (iroot, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (isect, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (oroot, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (osect, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call imgimage (input, Memc[iroot], SZ_FNAME)
+	call imgsection (input, Memc[isect], SZ_FNAME)
+	call imgimage (output, Memc[oroot], SZ_FNAME)
+	call imgsection (output, Memc[osect], SZ_FNAME)
+	same = streq (Memc[iroot], Memc[oroot])
+
+	# If the output image is not accessible then create it as a new copy
+	# of the full input image and initialize according to ntype.
+
+	if (imaccess (output, READ_WRITE) == NO) {
+	    in = immap (Memc[iroot], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    out = immap (Memc[oroot], NEW_COPY, in)
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(out) = TY_REAL
+
+	    call salloc (line, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long (1), Meml[line], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	    switch (ntype) {
+	    case 1, 2:
+	        while (impnlr (out, data, Meml[line]) != EOF)
+	            call aclrr (Memr[data], IM_LEN(out, 1))
+	    case 3:
+	        while (impnlr (out, data, Meml[line]) != EOF)
+	            call amovkr (1., Memr[data], IM_LEN(out, 1))
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (in)
+	    call imunmap (out)
+	}
+
+	# Map the images.  If the output image has a section
+	# then use it.  If the input image has a section and the output image
+	# does not then add the image section to the output image.  Finally
+	# check the input and output images have the same size.
+
+	in = immap (input, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	if (Memc[isect] != EOS && Memc[osect] == EOS) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[osect], SZ_FNAME, "%s%s")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[oroot])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[isect])
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (output, Memc[osect], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (streq (input, Memc[osect])) {
+	    call imunmap (in)
+	    in = immap (input, READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    out = in
+	} else
+	    out = immap (Memc[osect], READ_WRITE, 0)
+
+	do i = 1, IM_NDIM(in)
+	    if (IM_LEN(in, i) != IM_LEN(out, i)) {
+		call imunmap (in)
+		if (!same)
+		    call imunmap (out)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (0, "Input and output images have different sizes")
+	    }
+
+	bp = yt_pmmap (bpm, in, Memc[iroot], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# F1D_GETDATA -- Get a line of image data.
+
+int procedure f1d_getdata (in, out, bp, axis, maxbuf, indata, outdata, wts)
+
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+pointer	bp			# Bad pixel mask IMIO pointer
+int	axis			# Image axis
+int	maxbuf			# Maximum buffer size for column axis
+pointer	indata			# Input data pointer
+pointer	outdata			# Output data pointer
+pointer	wts			# Weights pointer
+
+int	i, index, last_index, col1, col2, nc, ncols, nlines, ncols_block
+pointer	inbuf, outbuf, wtbuf, ptr
+pointer	imgl1r(), imgl1s(), impl1r(), imgl2r(), imgl2s(), impl2r()
+pointer	imgs2r(), imgs2s(), imps2r()
+data	index/0/
+
+begin
+	# Increment to the next image vector.
+
+	index = index + 1
+
+	# Initialize for the first vector.
+
+	if (index == 1) {
+	    ncols = IM_LEN (in, 1)
+	    if (IM_NDIM (in) == 1)
+		nlines = 1
+	    else
+		nlines = IM_LEN (in, 2)
+
+	    switch (axis) {
+	    case 1:
+		last_index = nlines
+
+	        call malloc (wts, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    case 2:
+		last_index = ncols
+	        ncols_block = max (1, min (ncols, maxbuf / nlines))
+		col2 = 0
+
+	        call malloc (indata, nlines, TY_REAL)
+	        call malloc (outdata, nlines, TY_REAL)
+	        call malloc (wts, nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Finish up if the last vector has been done.
+
+	if (index > last_index) {
+	    switch (axis) {
+	    case 1:
+	        call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+	    case 2:
+	        ptr = outbuf + index - 1 - col1
+	        do i = 1, nlines {
+		    Memr[ptr] = Memr[outdata+i-1]
+		    ptr = ptr + nc
+	        }
+
+	        call mfree (indata, TY_REAL)
+	        call mfree (outdata, TY_REAL)
+	        call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+	    }
+
+	    index = 0
+	    return (EOF)
+	}
+
+	# Get the next image vector.
+
+	switch (axis) {
+	case 1:
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(in,1)
+	    if (IM_NDIM (in) == 1) {
+		indata = imgl1r (in)
+		outdata = impl1r (out)
+		if (bp == NULL)
+		    call amovkr (1., Memr[wts], ncols)
+		else {
+		    wtbuf = imgl1s (bp)
+		    do i = 0, ncols-1 {
+		        if (Mems[wtbuf+i] == 0)
+			    Memr[wts+i] = 1.
+			else
+			    Memr[wts+i] = 0.
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		indata = imgl2r (in, index)
+		outdata = impl2r (out, index)
+		if (bp == NULL)
+		    call amovkr (1., Memr[wts], ncols)
+		else {
+		    wtbuf = imgl2s (bp, index)
+		    do i = 0, ncols-1 {
+		        if (Mems[wtbuf+i] == 0)
+			    Memr[wts+i] = 1.
+			else
+			    Memr[wts+i] = 0.
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	case 2:
+	    if (index > 1) {
+		ptr = outbuf + index - 1 - col1
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    Memr[ptr] = Memr[outdata+i-1]
+		    ptr = ptr + nc
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (index > col2) {
+		col1 = col2 + 1
+		col2 = min (ncols, col1 + ncols_block - 1)
+		inbuf = imgs2r (in, col1, col2, 1, nlines)
+		outbuf = imps2r (out, col1, col2, 1, nlines)
+		if (bp != NULL)
+		    wtbuf = imgs2s (bp, col1, col2, 1, nlines)
+		nc = col2 - col1 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    ptr = inbuf + index - col1
+	    do i = 0, nlines-1 {
+		Memr[indata+i] = Memr[ptr]
+		ptr = ptr + nc
+	    }
+
+	    if (bp == NULL)
+		call amovkr (1., Memr[wts], nlines)
+	    else {
+		ptr = wtbuf + index - col1
+		do i = 0, nlines-1 {
+		    if (Mems[ptr] == 0)
+			Memr[wts+i] = 1.
+		    else
+			Memr[wts+i] = 0.
+		    ptr = ptr + nc
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (index)
+end
+
+
+# F1D_GETLINE -- Get image data to be fit interactively.  Return EOF
+# when the user enters EOF or CR.  Default is 1 and the out of bounds
+# requests are silently limited to the nearest in edge.
+
+int procedure f1d_getline (ic, gt, im, bp, axis, title, data, wts)
+
+pointer	ic			# ICFIT pointer
+pointer	gt			# GTOOLS pointer
+pointer	im			# IMIO pointer input image
+pointer	bp			# IMIO pointer for bad pixel mask
+int	axis			# Image axis
+char	title[ARB]		# Title
+pointer	data			# Image data
+pointer	wts			# Weights
+
+pointer	x, wtbuf
+char	line[SZ_LINE]
+int	i, j, stat, imlen
+int	getline(), nscan()
+pointer	imgl1r(), imgl1s()
+data	stat/EOF/
+
+begin
+	# If the image is one dimensional do not prompt.
+
+	if (IM_NDIM (im) == 1) {
+	    if (stat == EOF) {
+		call sprintf (title, SZ_LINE, "%s\n%s")
+	    	    call pargstr (title)
+	    	    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+		call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, title)
+		call mfree (data, TY_REAL)
+		imlen = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		call malloc (data, imlen, TY_REAL)
+		call amovr (Memr[imgl1r(im)], Memr[data], imlen)
+		call malloc (wts, imlen, TY_REAL)
+		if (bp == NULL)
+		    call amovkr (1., Memr[wts], imlen)
+		else {
+		    wtbuf = imgl1s (bp)
+		    do i = 0, imlen-1 {
+		        if (Mems[wtbuf+i] == 0)
+			    Memr[wts+i] = 1.
+			else
+			    Memr[wts+i] = 0.
+		    }
+		}
+		stat = OK
+	    } else
+		stat = EOF
+
+	    return (stat)
+	}
+
+	# If the image is two dimensional prompt for the line or column.
+
+	switch (axis) {
+	case 1:
+	    imlen = IM_LEN (im, 2)
+	    call sprintf (title, SZ_LINE, "%s: Fit line =")
+	        call pargstr (title)
+	case 2:
+	    imlen = IM_LEN (im, 1)
+	    call sprintf (title, SZ_LINE, "%s: Fit column =")
+	        call pargstr (title)
+	}
+
+	call printf ("%s ")
+	    call pargstr (title)
+	call flush (STDOUT)
+
+	if (getline(STDIN, line) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	call sscan (line)
+	call gargi (i)
+	call gargi (j)
+
+	switch (nscan()) {
+	case 0:
+	    stat = EOF
+	    return (stat)
+	case 1:
+	    i = max (1, min (imlen, i))
+	    j = i
+	case 2:
+	    i = max (1, min (imlen, i))
+	    j = max (1, min (imlen, j))
+	}
+
+	call sprintf (title, SZ_LINE, "%s %d - %d\n%s")
+	    call pargstr (title)
+	    call pargi (i)
+	    call pargi (j)
+	    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+
+	call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, title)
+
+	call malloc (wts, imlen, TY_REAL)
+	switch (axis) {
+	case 1:
+	    call ic_pstr (ic, "xlabel", "Column")
+	    call xt_21imavg (im, axis, 1, IM_LEN(im,1), i, j, x, data, imlen)
+	    if (bp != NULL)
+		call xt_21imsum (bp, axis, 1, IM_LEN(im,1), i, j, x, wts, imlen)
+	case 2:
+	    call ic_pstr (ic, "xlabel", "Line")
+	    call xt_21imavg (im, axis, i, j, 1, IM_LEN(im,2), x, data, imlen)
+	    if (bp != NULL)
+		call xt_21imsum (bp, axis, i, j, 1, IM_LEN(im,2), x, wts, imlen)
+	}
+	if (bp == NULL) {
+	    call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (wts, imlen, TY_REAL)
+	    call amovkr (1., Memr[wts], imlen)
+	} else {
+	    do i = 0, imlen-1 {
+		if (Memr[wts+i] == 0.)
+		    Memr[wts+i] = 1.
+		else
+		    Memr[wts+i] = 0.
+	    }
+	}
+	call mfree (x, TY_REAL)
+
+	stat = OK
+	return (stat)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/imsurfit.h b/pkg/images/imfit/src/imsurfit.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..84c077ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/imsurfit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# Header file for IMSURFIT
+
+define	LEN_IMSFSTRUCT	20
+
+# surface parameters
+define	SURFACE_TYPE	Memi[$1]
+define	XORDER		Memi[$1+1]
+define	YORDER		Memi[$1+2]
+define	CROSS_TERMS	Memi[$1+3]
+define	TYPE_OUTPUT	Memi[$1+4]
+
+# median processing parameters
+define	MEDIAN		Memi[$1+5]
+define	XMEDIAN		Memi[$1+6]
+define	YMEDIAN		Memi[$1+7]
+define	MEDIAN_PERCENT	Memr[P2R($1+8)]
+
+# pixel rejection parameters
+define	REJECT		Memi[$1+9]
+define	NGROW		Memi[$1+10]
+define	NITER		Memi[$1+11]
+define	LOWER		Memr[P2R($1+12)]
+define	UPPER		Memr[P2R($1+13)]
+
+define	DIV_MIN		Memr[P2R($1+14)]
+
+# definitions for type_output
+define	FIT		1
+define	CLEAN		2
+define	RESID		3
+define	RESP		4
+
+# definitions for good regions
+define	ALL		1
+define	COLUMNS		2
+define	ROWS		3
+define	BORDER		4
+define	SECTIONS	5
+define	CIRCLE		6
+define	INVCIRCLE	7
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/imsurfit.x b/pkg/images/imfit/src/imsurfit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f655f52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/imsurfit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1172 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math/surfit.h>
+include "imsurfit.h"
+
+# IMSURFIT -- Procedure to fit a surface to a single image including
+# optional pixel rejection.
+
+procedure imsurfit (imin, imout, imfit, gl)
+
+pointer	imin	# pointer to the input image
+pointer	imout	# pointer to the output image
+pointer	imfit	# pointer to the imsurfit parameters
+pointer	gl	# pointer to the good regions list
+
+pointer	sf, rl
+errchk	isfree, prl_free
+errchk	all_pixels, good_pixels, good_median, all_medians, do_reject
+errchk	set_outimage
+
+begin
+	sf = NULL
+	rl = NULL
+
+	# Accumulate and solve the surface.
+	if (gl == NULL) {
+	    if (MEDIAN(imfit) == NO)
+	        call all_pixels (imin, imfit, sf)
+	    else
+		call all_medians (imin, imfit, sf)
+	} else {
+	    if (MEDIAN(imfit) == NO)
+	        call good_pixels (imin, imfit, gl, sf)
+	    else
+		call good_medians (imin, imfit, gl, sf)
+	}
+
+	# Perform the reject cycle.
+	if (REJECT(imfit) == YES || TYPE_OUTPUT(imfit) == CLEAN)
+	    call do_reject (imin, imfit, gl, sf, rl)
+
+	# Evaluate surface for appropriate output type.
+	call set_outimage (imin, imout, imfit, sf, rl)
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call prl_free (rl)
+	call isfree (sf)
+
+	rl = NULL
+	sf = NULL
+end
+
+
+# ALL_PIXELS -- Accumulate surface when there are no bad regions
+# and no median processing.
+
+procedure all_pixels (im, imfit, sf)
+
+pointer	im	# pointer to the input image
+pointer	imfit	# pointer to the imsurfit structure
+pointer	sf	# pointer to the surface descriptor
+
+int	i, lp, ncols, nlines, ier
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	sp, cols, lines, wgt, lbuf
+int	imgnlr()
+errchk	smark, salloc, sfree, imgnlr
+errchk isinit, islfit, islrefit, issolve
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Initialize the surface fit.
+	call isinit (sf, SURFACE_TYPE(imfit), XORDER(imfit), YORDER(imfit),
+	    CROSS_TERMS(imfit), ncols, nlines) 
+
+	# Allocate working space for fitting.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cols, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (lines, nlines, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (wgt, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the x and weight buffers.
+	do i = 1, ncols
+	    Memi[cols - 1 + i] = i
+	 call amovkr (1.0, Memr[wgt], ncols)
+
+	# Loop over image lines.
+	lp = 0
+	call amovkl (long (1), v, IM_MAXDIM)
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Read in the image line.
+	    if (imgnlr (im, lbuf, v) == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error reading image")
+
+	    # Fit each image line.
+	    if (i == 1)
+	        call islfit (sf, Memi[cols], i, Memr[lbuf], Memr[wgt],
+		ncols, SF_USER, ier)
+	    else
+		call islrefit (sf, Memi[cols], i, Memr[lbuf], Memr[wgt])
+
+	    # Handle fitting errors.
+	    switch (ier) {
+	    case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Too few columns to fit line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (i)
+	    case SINGULAR:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		Memi[lines + lp] = i
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    default:
+		Memi[lines + lp] = i
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Solve the surface.
+	call issolve (sf, Memi[lines], lp, ier)
+
+	# Handle fitting errors.
+	switch (ier) {
+	case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+	    call error (0, "ALL_PIXELS: Cannot fit surface.")
+	case SINGULAR:
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for surface.\n")
+	default:
+	    # everything OK
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GOOD_PIXELS -- Get surface when good regions are defined and median
+# processing is off.
+
+procedure good_pixels (im, imfit, gl, sf)
+
+pointer	im	# input image
+pointer	imfit	# pointer to imsurfit header structure
+pointer	gl	# pointer to good region list
+pointer	sf	# pointer to the surface descriptor
+
+int	lp, lineno, prevlineno, ncols, nlines, npts, nranges, ier, ijunk
+int	max_nranges
+pointer	sp, colsfit, lines, buf, fbuf, wgt, ranges
+int	prl_nextlineno(), prl_eqlines(), prl_get_ranges(), is_expand_ranges()
+int	is_choose_rangesr()
+pointer	imgl2r()
+
+errchk	smark, salloc, sfree, imgl2r
+errchk	isinit, islfit, islrefit, issolve
+errchk	prl_nextlineno, prl_eqlines, prl_get_ranges
+errchk	is_choose_rangesr
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	max_nranges = ncols
+
+	# Initialize the surface fit.
+	call isinit (sf, SURFACE_TYPE(imfit), XORDER(imfit), YORDER(imfit),
+	    CROSS_TERMS(imfit), ncols, nlines)
+
+	# Allocate temporary space for fitting.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (colsfit, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (lines, nlines, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (fbuf, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (wgt, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ranges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+	call amovkr (1., Memr[wgt], ncols)
+
+	# Intialize counters and pointers.
+	lp = 0
+	lineno = 0
+	prevlineno = 0
+
+	# Loop over those lines to be fit.
+	while (prl_nextlineno (gl, lineno) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Read in the image line.
+	    buf = imgl2r (im, lineno)
+	    if (buf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "GOOD_PIXELS: Error reading image.")
+
+	    # Get the ranges for that image line.
+	    nranges = prl_get_ranges (gl, lineno, Memi[ranges], max_nranges)
+	    if (nranges == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # If ranges are not equal to previous line fit else refit.
+	    if (lp == 0 || prl_eqlines (gl, lineno, prevlineno) == NO) {
+		npts = is_expand_ranges (Memi[ranges], Memi[colsfit], ncols)
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[buf], Memr[fbuf],
+		    npts, 1, ncols)
+		call islfit (sf, Memi[colsfit], lineno, Memr[fbuf], Memr[wgt],
+		    npts, SF_USER, ier)
+	    } else {
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[buf], Memr[fbuf],
+		    npts, 1, ncols)
+		call islrefit (sf, Memi[colsfit], lineno, Memr[fbuf], Memr[wgt])
+	    }
+
+	    # Handle fitting errors.
+	    switch (ier) {
+	    case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Too few columns to fit line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (lineno)
+	    case SINGULAR:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (lineno)
+		Memi[lines+lp] = lineno
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    default:
+		Memi[lines+lp] = lineno
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    }
+
+	    prevlineno = lineno
+	}
+
+	# Solve the surface.
+	call issolve (sf, Memi[lines], lp, ier)
+
+	# Handle fitting errors.
+	switch (ier) {
+	case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+	    call error (0, "GOOD_PIXELS: Cannot fit surface.")
+	case SINGULAR:
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for surface.\n")
+	default:
+	    # everything OK
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ALL_MEDIANS -- Get surface when median processor on and all
+# pixels good.
+
+procedure  all_medians (im, imfit, sf)
+
+pointer	im	# input image
+pointer	imfit	# pointer to the imsurfit header structure
+pointer	sf	# pointer to the surface descriptor
+
+int	i, lp, cp, op, lineno, x1, x2, y1, y2, ier
+int	nimcols, nimlines, ncols, nlines, npts
+pointer	sp, cols, lines, wgt, z, med, sbuf, lbuf, buf
+
+pointer	imgs2r()
+real	asokr()
+errchk	salloc, sfree, smark
+errchk	isinit, islfit, islrefit, issolve
+
+begin
+	# Determine the number of lines and columns for a median processed
+	# image.
+	nimcols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	if (mod (int (IM_LEN(im,1)), XMEDIAN(imfit)) != 0)
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(im,1) / XMEDIAN(imfit) + 1
+	else
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(im,1) / XMEDIAN(imfit)
+	nimlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	if (mod (int (IM_LEN(im,2)), YMEDIAN(imfit)) != 0)
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im,2) / YMEDIAN(imfit) + 1
+	else
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im,2) / YMEDIAN(imfit)
+
+	# Initialize the surface fitting.
+	call isinit (sf, SURFACE_TYPE(imfit), XORDER(imfit), YORDER(imfit),
+	   CROSS_TERMS(imfit), ncols, nlines)
+
+	# Allocate workin memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cols, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (wgt, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (lines, nlines, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (z, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (med, XMEDIAN(imfit) * YMEDIAN(imfit), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Intialize the x and weight arrays.
+	do i = 1, ncols
+	    Memi[cols - 1 + i] = i
+	call amovkr (1.0, Memr[wgt], ncols)
+
+	# Loop over image sections.
+	lp = 0
+	lineno = 1
+	for (y1 = 1; y1 <= nimlines; y1 = y1 + YMEDIAN(imfit)) {
+
+	    # Get image section.
+	    y2 = min (y1 + YMEDIAN(imfit) - 1, nimlines)
+	    sbuf = imgs2r (im, 1, nimcols, y1, y2)
+	    if (sbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error reading image section.")
+
+	    # Loop over median boxes.
+	    cp = 0
+	    for (x1 = 1; x1 <= nimcols; x1 = x1 + XMEDIAN(imfit)) {
+
+		x2 = min (x1 + XMEDIAN(imfit) - 1, nimcols)
+		npts = x2 - x1 + 1
+		lbuf = sbuf - 1 + x1
+
+		# Loop over lines in the median box.
+		op = 0
+		buf = lbuf
+		for (i = 1; i <= y2 - y1 + 1; i = i + 1) {
+		   call amovr (Memr[buf], Memr[med+op], npts)
+		   op = op + npts
+		   buf = buf + nimcols
+		}
+
+		# Calculate the median.
+		Memr[z+cp] = asokr (Memr[med], op, (op + 1) / 2)
+		cp = cp + 1
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Fit each image "line".
+	    if (y1 == 1)
+		call islfit (sf, Memi[cols], lineno, Memr[z], Memr[wgt],
+		     ncols, SF_USER, ier)
+	    else
+		call islrefit (sf, Memi[cols], lineno, Memr[z], Memr[wgt])
+
+	    # Handle fitting errors.
+	    switch (ier) {
+	    case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Too few columns to fit line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (lineno)
+	    case SINGULAR:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (lineno)
+		Memi[lines + lp] = lineno
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    default:
+		Memi[lines + lp] = lineno
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    }
+
+	    lineno = lineno + 1
+	}
+
+	# Solve th surface.
+	call issolve (sf, Memi[lines], lp, ier)
+
+	# Handle fitting errors.
+	switch (ier) {
+	case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+	    call error (0, "ALL_MEDIANS: Cannot fit surface.")
+	case SINGULAR:
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for surface.\n")
+	default:
+	    # everything OK
+	}
+
+	# Free space
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GOOD_MEDIANS -- Procedure to fetch medians when the good regions
+# list is defined.
+
+procedure good_medians (im, imfit, gl, sf)
+
+pointer	im	# input image
+pointer	imfit	# pointer to surface descriptor structure
+pointer	gl	# pointer to good regions list
+pointer	sf	# pointer the surface descriptor
+
+int	i, cp, lp, x1, x2, y1, y2, ier, ntemp
+int	nimcols, nimlines, ncols, nlines, nranges, nbox, nxpts
+int	lineno, current_line, lines_per_box, max_nranges
+pointer	sp, colsfit, cols, lines, wgt, npts, lbuf, med, mbuf, z, ranges
+
+int	prl_get_ranges(), prl_nextlineno(), is_expand_ranges()
+int	is_choose_rangesr()
+pointer	imgl2r()
+real	asokr()
+errchk	smark, salloc, sfree, imgl2r
+errchk	isinit, islfit, issolve
+errchk	prl_get_ranges, prl_nextlineno, is_choose_rangesr()
+
+begin
+	# Determine the number of lines and columns for a median processed
+	# image.
+	nimcols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	if (mod (int (IM_LEN(im,1)), XMEDIAN(imfit)) != 0)
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(im,1) / XMEDIAN(imfit) + 1
+	else
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(im,1) / XMEDIAN(imfit)
+	nimlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	if (mod (int (IM_LEN(im,2)), YMEDIAN(imfit)) != 0)
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im,2) / YMEDIAN(imfit) + 1
+	else
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im,2) / YMEDIAN(imfit)
+	nbox = XMEDIAN(imfit) * YMEDIAN(imfit)
+	max_nranges = nimcols
+
+	# Initialize the surface fitting.
+	call isinit (sf, SURFACE_TYPE(imfit), XORDER(imfit), YORDER(imfit),
+	    CROSS_TERMS(imfit), ncols, nlines)
+
+	# Allocate working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (colsfit, nimcols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (cols, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (npts, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (lines, nlines, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (wgt, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (med, nbox * ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (z, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ranges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+	call amovkr (1., Memr[wgt], ncols)
+
+	# Loop over median boxes in y.
+	lp = 0
+	lineno = 0
+	for (y1 = 1; y1 <= nimlines; y1 = y1 + YMEDIAN(imfit)) {
+
+	    lineno = lineno + 1
+	    current_line = y1 - 1
+	    y2 = min (y1 + YMEDIAN(imfit) - 1, nimlines)
+
+	    # If lines not in range, next image section.
+	    lines_per_box = 0
+	    while (prl_nextlineno (gl, current_line) != EOF) {
+		if (current_line > y2)
+		    break
+		lines_per_box = lines_per_box + 1
+	    }
+	    if (lines_per_box < (YMEDIAN(imfit) * (MEDIAN_PERCENT(imfit)/100.)))
+		next
+
+	    # Loop over the image lines.
+	    call aclri (Memi[npts], ncols)
+	    do i = y1, y2 {
+
+		# Get image line, and check the good regions list.
+		lbuf = imgl2r (im, i)
+		nranges = prl_get_ranges (gl, i, Memi[ranges], max_nranges)
+		if (nranges == 0)
+		    next
+		nxpts = is_expand_ranges (Memi[ranges], Memi[colsfit], nimcols)
+
+		# Loop over the median boxes in x.
+		cp= 0
+		mbuf = med
+		for (x1 = 1; x1 <= nimcols; x1 = x1 + XMEDIAN(imfit)) {
+		    x2 = min (x1 + XMEDIAN(imfit) - 1, nimcols)
+		    ntemp = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[lbuf],
+		        Memr[mbuf+Memi[npts+cp]], nxpts, x1, x2)
+		    Memi[npts+cp] = Memi[npts+cp] + ntemp
+		    mbuf = mbuf + nbox
+		    cp = cp + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Calculate the medians.
+	    nxpts = 0
+	    mbuf = med
+	    do i = 1, ncols {
+		if (Memi[npts+i-1] > ((MEDIAN_PERCENT(imfit) / 100.) * nbox)) {
+		    Memr[z+nxpts] = asokr (Memr[mbuf], Memi[npts+i-1],
+			(Memi[npts+i-1] + 1) / 2)
+		    Memi[cols+nxpts] = i
+		    nxpts = nxpts + 1
+		}
+		mbuf = mbuf + nbox
+	    }
+
+	    # Fit the line.
+	    call islfit (sf, Memi[cols], lineno, Memr[z], Memr[wgt], nxpts,
+		SF_USER, ier)
+
+	    # Handle fitting errors.
+	    switch (ier) {
+	    case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Too few columns to fit line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (lineno)
+	    case SINGULAR:
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (lineno)
+		Memi[lines+lp] = lineno
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    default:
+		Memi[lines+lp] = lineno
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Solve the surface.
+	call issolve (sf, Memi[lines], lp, ier)
+
+	# Handle fitting errors.
+	switch (ier) {
+	case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+	    call error (0, "GOOD_MEDIANS: Cannot fit surface.")
+	case SINGULAR:
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: Solution singular for surface.")
+	default:
+	    # everyting OK
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SET_OUTIMAGE -- Procedure to write an output image of the desired type.
+
+procedure set_outimage (imin, imout, imfit, sf, rl)
+
+pointer	imin	# input image
+pointer	imout	# output image
+pointer	imfit	# pointer to the imsurfut header structure
+pointer	sf	# pointer to the surface descriptor
+pointer	rl	# pointer to the rejected pixel list regions list
+
+int	i, k, ncols, nlines, max_nranges
+long	u[IM_MAXDIM], v[IM_MAXDIM]
+real	b1x, b2x, b1y, b2y
+pointer	sp, x, y, inbuf, outbuf, ranges
+
+int	impnlr(), imgnlr()
+real	ims_divzero()
+extern	ims_divzero
+errchk	malloc, mfree, imgnlr, impnlr
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(imin,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(imin,2)
+	max_nranges = ncols
+
+	# Calculate transformation constants from real coordinates to
+	# median coordinates if median processing specified. 
+	if (MEDIAN(imfit) == YES) {
+	    b1x = (1. + XMEDIAN(imfit)) / (2. * XMEDIAN(imfit))
+	    b2x = (2. * ncols + XMEDIAN(imfit) - 1.) / (2. * XMEDIAN(imfit))
+	    b1y = (1. + YMEDIAN(imfit)) / (2. * YMEDIAN(imfit))
+	    b2y = (2. * nlines + YMEDIAN(imfit) - 1.) / (2. * YMEDIAN(imfit))
+	}
+
+	# Allocate space for x coordinates, initialize to image coordinates
+	# and transform to median coordinates.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ranges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Intialize the x array.
+	do i = 1, ncols
+	    Memr[x - 1 + i] = i
+	if (MEDIAN(imfit) == YES)
+	    call amapr (Memr[x], Memr[x], ncols, 1., real (ncols), b1x, b2x)
+
+	# loop over the images lines
+	call amovkl (long (1), v, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long (1), u, IM_MAXDIM)
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Get input and output image buffers.
+	    if (TYPE_OUTPUT(imfit) != FIT) {
+		if (imgnlr (imin, inbuf, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+	    }
+	    if (impnlr (imout, outbuf, u) == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Intialize y coordinates to image coordinates, and
+	    # transform to median coordinates.
+	    if (MEDIAN(imfit) == YES) {
+	        Memr[y] = real (i)
+		call amapr (Memr[y], Memr[y], 1, 1., real (nlines),
+			    b1y, b2y)
+		call amovkr (Memr[y], Memr[y+1], (ncols-1))
+	    } else
+		call amovkr (real (i), Memr[y], ncols)
+
+	    # Write output image.
+	    switch (TYPE_OUTPUT(imfit)) {
+	    case FIT:
+	        call isvector (sf, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    case CLEAN:
+		call clean_line (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[inbuf], ncols, nlines,
+		   rl, sf, i, NGROW(imfit)) 
+		call amovr (Memr[inbuf], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    case RESID:
+	        call isvector (sf, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		call asubr (Memr[inbuf], Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    case RESP:
+	        call isvector (sf, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		if (IS_INDEF(DIV_MIN(imfit))) {
+		    iferr (call adivr (Memr[inbuf], Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf],
+		        ncols))
+			call advzr (Memr[inbuf], Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf],
+			    ncols, ims_divzero)
+		} else {
+		    do k = 1, ncols {
+			if (Memr[outbuf-1+k] < DIV_MIN(imfit))
+			    Memr[outbuf-1+k] = 1.
+			else
+			    Memr[outbuf-1+k] = Memr[inbuf-1+k] /
+			    Memr[outbuf-1+k]
+		    }
+		}
+	    default:
+		call error (0, "SET_OUTIMAGE: Unknown output type.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free space
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CLEAN_LINE -- Procedure to set weights of rejected points to zero
+
+procedure clean_line (x, y, z, ncols, nlines, rl, sf, line, ngrow)
+
+real	x[ARB]		# array of weights set to 1
+real	y		# y value of line
+real	z[ARB]		# line of data
+int	ncols		# number of image columns
+int	nlines		# number of image lines
+pointer	rl		# pointer to reject pixel list
+pointer	sf		# surface fitting
+int	line		# line number
+int	ngrow		# radius for region growing
+
+int	cp, j, k, nranges, dist, yreg_min, yreg_max, xreg_min, xreg_max
+pointer	sp, branges
+real	r2
+int	prl_get_ranges(), is_next_number()
+real	iseval()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (branges, 3 * ncols + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	r2 = ngrow ** 2
+	yreg_min = max (1, line - ngrow)
+	yreg_max = min (nlines, line + ngrow)
+
+	do j = yreg_min, yreg_max {
+	    nranges = prl_get_ranges (rl, j, Memi[branges], ncols)
+	    if (nranges == 0)
+		next
+	    dist = int (sqrt (r2 - (j - line) ** 2))
+	    cp = 0
+	    while (is_next_number (Memi[branges], cp) != EOF) {
+		xreg_min = max (1, cp - dist)
+		xreg_max = min (ncols, cp + dist)
+		do k = xreg_min, xreg_max
+		    z[k] = iseval (sf, x[k], y)
+		cp = xreg_max
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DO_REJECT -- Procedure to detect rejected pixels in an image.
+
+procedure do_reject (im, imfit, gl, sf, rl)
+
+pointer		im	# pointer to in put image
+pointer		imfit	# pointer to image fitting structure
+pointer		gl	# pointer to good regions list
+pointer		sf	# pointer to surface descriptor
+pointer		rl	# pointer to rejected pixel list
+
+int	niter, nrejects
+real	sigma
+int	detect_rejects()
+real	get_sigma()
+errchk  prl_init, detect_rejects, get_sigma, refit_surface
+
+begin
+	# Initialize rejected pixel list.
+	call prl_init (rl, int(IM_LEN(im,1)), int(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+
+	# Do an iterative rejection cycle on the image.
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Get the sigma of the fit.
+	    sigma = get_sigma (im, gl, sf, rl)
+
+	    # Detect rejected pixels.
+	    nrejects = detect_rejects (im, imfit, gl, sf, rl, sigma)
+
+	    # If no rejected pixels quit, else refit surface.
+	    if (nrejects == 0 || NITER(imfit) == 0)
+		break
+	    call refit_surface (im, imfit, gl, sf, rl)
+
+	    niter = niter + 1
+
+	} until (niter == NITER(imfit))
+end
+
+
+# REFIT_SURFACE -- Procedure tp refit the surface.
+
+procedure refit_surface (im, imfit, gl, sf, rl)
+
+pointer		im	# pointer to image
+pointer		imfit	# pointer to surface fitting structure
+pointer		gl	# pointer to good regions list
+pointer		sf	# pointer to surface descriptor
+pointer		rl	# pointer to rejected pixels list
+
+int	i, ijunk, lp, ier, max_nranges
+int	ncols, nlines, npts, nfree, nrejects, nranges, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, cols, colsfit, lines, buf, fbuf, wgt, granges
+
+int	prl_get_ranges(), grow_regions(), is_expand_ranges()
+int	is_choose_rangesr()
+pointer	imgl2r()
+errchk	smark, salloc, sfree, imgl2r
+errchk	iscoeff, islfit, issolve
+errchk	prl_get_ranges, grow_regions
+errchk	is_choose_rangesr
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	max_nranges = ncols
+
+	# Allocate up temporary storage.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cols, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (colsfit, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (lines, nlines, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (fbuf, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (wgt, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (granges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Initialize columns.
+	do i = 1, ncols
+	    Memi[cols+i-1] = i
+	call amovi (Memi[cols], Memi[colsfit], ncols)
+
+	# Get number of coefficients.
+	switch (SURFACE_TYPE(imfit)) {
+	case SF_LEGENDRE, SF_CHEBYSHEV:
+	    ncoeff = XORDER(imfit)
+	case SF_SPLINE3:
+	    ncoeff = XORDER(imfit) + 3
+	case SF_SPLINE1:
+	    ncoeff = XORDER(imfit) + 1
+	}
+
+	# Refit affected lines and solve for surface.
+	lp = 0
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Determine whether image line is good.
+	    if (gl != NULL) {
+		nranges = prl_get_ranges (gl, i, Memi[granges], max_nranges)
+		if (nranges == 0)
+		    next
+	    }
+
+	    # Define rejected points with region growing.
+	    call amovkr (1., Memr[wgt], ncols)
+	    nrejects = grow_regions (Memr[wgt], ncols, nlines, rl, i,
+	        NGROW(imfit))
+
+	    # Get number of data points.
+	    if (gl == NULL)
+		npts = ncols
+	    else
+		npts = is_expand_ranges (Memi[granges], Memi[colsfit], ncols)
+	    nfree = npts - nrejects
+
+	    # If no rejected pixels skip to next line.
+	    if (nrejects == 0) {
+		if (nfree >= ncoeff ) {
+		    Memi[lines+lp] = i
+		    lp = lp + 1
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Read in image line.
+	    buf = imgl2r (im, i)
+	    if (buf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "REFIT_SURFACE: Error reading image.")
+
+	    # Select the data.
+	    if (gl == NULL) {
+		npts = ncols
+	        if (nfree >= ncoeff)
+	            call islfit (sf, Memi[colsfit], i, Memr[buf], Memr[wgt],
+		        npts, SF_USER, ier)
+	        else
+		    ier = NO_DEG_FREEDOM
+	    } else {
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[buf],
+		    Memr[fbuf], npts, 1, ncols)
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[wgt], Memr[wgt],
+		    npts, 1, ncols)
+	        if (nfree >= ncoeff)
+	            call islfit (sf, Memi[colsfit], i, Memr[fbuf], Memr[wgt],
+		        npts, SF_USER, ier)
+	        else
+		    ier = NO_DEG_FREEDOM
+	    }
+
+	    # Evaluate fitting errors.
+	    switch (ier) {
+	    case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+		call eprintf ("REFIT_SURFACE: Too few points to fit line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (i)
+	    case SINGULAR:
+		call eprintf ("REFIT_SURFACE: Solution singular for line: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		Memi[lines+lp] = i
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    default:
+		Memi[lines+lp] = i
+		lp = lp + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Resolve surface.
+	call issolve (sf, Memi[lines], lp, ier)
+
+	# Evaluate fitting errors for surface.
+	switch (ier) {
+	case NO_DEG_FREEDOM:
+	    call error (0, "REFIT_SURFACE: Too few points to fit surface\n")
+	case SINGULAR:
+	    call eprintf ("REFIT_SURFACE: Solution singular for surface\n")
+	default:
+	    # everything OK
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+
+# GROW_REGIONS -- Procedure to set weights of rejected points to zero.
+
+int procedure grow_regions (wgt, ncols, nlines, rl, line, ngrow)
+
+real	wgt[ARB]	# array of weights set to 1
+int	ncols		# number of image columnspoints
+int	nlines		# number of images lines
+pointer	rl		# pointer to reject pixel list
+int	line		# line number
+int	ngrow		# radius for region growing
+
+int	cp, j, k, nrejects, nranges, max_nranges
+int	dist, yreg_min, yreg_max, xreg_min, xreg_max
+pointer	sp, branges
+real	r2
+int	prl_get_ranges(), is_next_number()
+errchk	smark, salloc, sfree
+errchk	prl_get_ranges, is_next_number 
+
+begin
+	max_nranges = ncols
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (branges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	r2 = ngrow ** 2
+	nrejects = 0
+	yreg_min = max (1, line - ngrow)
+	yreg_max = min (nlines, line + ngrow)
+
+	do j = yreg_min, yreg_max {
+	    nranges = prl_get_ranges (rl, j, Memi[branges], max_nranges)
+	    if (nranges == 0)
+		next
+	    dist = int (sqrt (r2 - (j - line) ** 2))
+	    cp = 0
+	    while (is_next_number (Memi[branges], cp) != EOF) {
+		xreg_min = max (1, cp - dist)
+		xreg_max = min (ncols, cp + dist)
+		do k = xreg_min, xreg_max {
+		    if (wgt[k] > 0.) {
+			wgt[k] = 0.
+			nrejects = nrejects + 1
+		    }
+		}
+		cp = xreg_max
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (nrejects)
+end
+
+
+# GET_SIGMA -- Procedure to calculate the sigma of the surface fit
+
+real procedure get_sigma (im, gl, sf, rl)
+
+pointer		im	# pointer to image
+pointer		gl	# pointer to good pixel list
+pointer		sf	# pointer to surface deascriptor
+pointer		rl	# pointer to rejected pixel list
+
+int	i, ijunk, cp, nranges, npts, ntpts, ncols, nlines, max_nranges
+pointer	sp, colsfit, x, xfit, y, zfit, buf, fbuf, wgt, granges, branges
+real	sum, sigma
+int	prl_get_ranges(), is_next_number(), is_expand_ranges()
+int	is_choose_rangesr()
+pointer	imgl2r()
+real	asumr(), awssqr()
+errchk	smark, salloc, sfree, imgl2r
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	max_nranges = ncols
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (colsfit, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xfit, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (fbuf, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (zfit, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (wgt, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (granges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (branges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Intialize the x array.
+	do i = 1, ncols
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	call amovr (Memr[x], Memr[xfit], ncols)
+
+	sum = 0.
+	sigma = 0.
+	ntpts = 0
+
+	# Loop over the image.
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Check that line is in range.
+	    if (gl != NULL) {
+		nranges = prl_get_ranges (gl, i, Memi[granges], max_nranges)
+		if (nranges == 0)
+		    next
+		npts = is_expand_ranges (Memi[granges], Memi[colsfit], ncols)
+	    }
+	    
+	    # Read in image.
+	    buf = imgl2r (im, i)
+	    if (buf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "GET_SIGMA: Error reading image.")
+
+	    # Select appropriate data and fit.
+	    call amovkr (real (i), Memr[y], ncols)
+	    if (gl == NULL) {
+		npts = ncols
+	        call isvector (sf, Memr[xfit], Memr[y], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call asubr (Memr[buf], Memr[zfit], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	    } else {
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[x], Memr[xfit],
+		    npts, 1, ncols)
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[buf], Memr[fbuf],
+		    npts, 1, ncols)
+	        call isvector (sf, Memr[xfit], Memr[y], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call asubr (Memr[fbuf], Memr[zfit], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	    }
+
+	    # Get ranges of rejected pixels for the line and set weights.
+	    call amovkr (1., Memr[wgt], ncols)
+	    nranges = prl_get_ranges (rl, i, Memi[branges], max_nranges)
+	    if (nranges > 0) {
+		cp = 0
+		while (is_next_number (Memi[branges], cp) != EOF)
+		    Memr[wgt+cp-1] = 0.
+		if (gl != NULL)
+		    ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[wgt],
+		        Memr[wgt], npts, 1, ncols)
+	    }
+
+	    # Calculate sigma.
+	    sigma = sigma + awssqr (Memr[zfit], Memr[wgt], npts)
+	    ntpts = ntpts + asumr (Memr[wgt], npts)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (sqrt (sigma / (ntpts - 1)))
+end
+
+
+# DETECT_REJECTS - Procedure to detect rejected pixels.
+
+int procedure detect_rejects (im, imfit, gl, sf, rl, sigma)
+
+pointer		im	# pointer to image
+pointer		imfit	# pointer to surface fitting structure
+pointer		gl	# pointer to good pixel list
+pointer		sf	# pointer to surface descriptor
+pointer		rl	# pointer to rejected pixel list
+real		sigma	# standard deviation of fit
+
+int	i, j, ijunk, cp, ncols, nlines, npts, nranges, nlrejects, ntrejects
+int	norejects, max_nranges
+pointer	sp, granges, branges, x, xfit, cols, colsfit, y, zfit, buf, fbuf
+pointer	wgt, list
+real	upper, lower
+
+int	prl_get_ranges(), is_next_number(), is_make_ranges(), is_expand_ranges()
+int	is_choose_rangesr()
+pointer	imgl2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	max_nranges = ncols
+
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xfit, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (cols, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (colsfit, ncols, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (fbuf, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (zfit, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (wgt, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (granges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (branges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (list, ncols, TY_INT)
+
+	# Intialize x and column values.
+	do i = 1, ncols {
+	    Memi[cols+i-1] = i
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	}
+	call amovr (Memr[x], Memr[xfit], ncols)
+	call amovi (Memi[cols], Memi[colsfit], ncols)
+
+	ntrejects = 0
+	if (LOWER(imfit) <= 0.0)
+	    lower = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    lower = -sigma * LOWER(imfit)
+	if (UPPER(imfit) <= 0.0)
+	    upper = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    upper = sigma * UPPER(imfit)
+
+	# Loop over the image.
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Get ranges if appropriate.
+	    if (gl != NULL) {
+		nranges = prl_get_ranges (gl, i, Memi[granges], max_nranges)
+		if (nranges == 0)
+		    next
+		npts = is_expand_ranges (Memi[granges], Memi[colsfit], ncols) 
+	    }
+
+	    # Read in image.
+	    buf = imgl2r (im, i)
+	    if (buf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "GET_SIGMA: Error reading image.")
+
+	    # Select appropriate data and fit.
+	    call amovkr (real (i), Memr[y], ncols)
+	    if (gl == NULL) {
+		npts = ncols
+	        call isvector (sf, Memr[xfit], Memr[y], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call asubr (Memr[buf], Memr[zfit], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	    } else {
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[x], Memr[xfit],
+		    npts, 1, ncols)
+		ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[buf], Memr[fbuf],
+		    npts, 1, ncols)
+	        call isvector (sf, Memr[xfit], Memr[y], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call asubr (Memr[fbuf], Memr[zfit], Memr[zfit], npts)
+	    }
+
+	    # Get ranges of rejected pixels for the line and set weights.
+	    call amovkr (1., Memr[wgt], ncols)
+	    nranges = prl_get_ranges (rl, i, Memi[branges], max_nranges)
+	    norejects = 0
+	    if (nranges > 0) {
+		cp = 0
+		while (is_next_number (Memi[branges], cp) != EOF) {
+		    Memi[list+norejects] = cp
+		    norejects = norejects + 1
+		    Memr[wgt+cp-1] = 0.
+		}
+		if (gl != NULL)
+		    ijunk = is_choose_rangesr (Memi[colsfit], Memr[wgt],
+		        Memr[wgt], npts, 1, ncols)
+	    }
+
+	    # Detect deviant pixels.
+	    nlrejects = 0
+	    do j = 1, npts {
+		if ((Memr[zfit+j-1] < lower || Memr[zfit+j-1] > upper) &&
+		    Memr[wgt+j-1] != 0.) {
+		    Memi[list+norejects+nlrejects] = Memi[colsfit+j-1]
+		    nlrejects = nlrejects + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add to rejected pixel list.
+	    if (nlrejects > 0) {
+		call asrti (Memi[list], Memi[list], norejects + nlrejects)
+		nranges = is_make_ranges (Memi[list], norejects + nlrejects,
+		    Memi[granges], max_nranges)
+		call prl_put_ranges (rl, i, i, Memi[granges])
+	    }
+
+	    ntrejects = ntrejects + nlrejects
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (ntrejects)
+end
+
+
+# AWSSQR -- Procedure to calculate the weighted sum of the squares
+
+real procedure awssqr (a, w, npts)
+
+real	a[npts]		# array of data
+real	w[npts]		# array of points
+int	npts		# number of data points
+
+int	i
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	sum = 0.
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    sum = sum + w[i] * a[i] ** 2
+
+	return (sum)
+end
+
+
+# IMS_DIVZER0 -- Return 1. on a divide by zero
+
+real	procedure ims_divzero (x)
+
+real	x
+
+begin
+	return (1.)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imfit/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bc27b8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Library for the IMAGES IMFIT Subpackage Tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	fit1d.x		<imhdr.h> <pkg/gtools.h> <error.h>
+	imsurfit.x	imsurfit.h <math/surfit.h> <imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+	pixlist.x       pixlist.h
+	ranges.x        <ctype.h> <mach.h>
+	t_imsurfit.x	imsurfit.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	t_lineclean.x	<imhdr.h> <pkg/gtools.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/pixlist.h b/pkg/images/imfit/src/pixlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39c875a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/pixlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# PIXEL LIST descriptor structure
+
+define	LEN_PLSTRUCT	10
+
+define	PRL_NCOLS		Memi[$1]	# number of columns
+define	PRL_NLINES		Memi[$1+1]	# number of lines
+define	PRL_LINES		Memi[$1+2]	# pointer to the line offsets
+define	PRL_LIST		Memi[$1+3]	# pointer to list of ranges
+define	PRL_SZLIST		Memi[$1+4]	# size of list in INTS
+define	PRL_LP			Memi[$1+5]	# offset to next space in list
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/pixlist.x b/pkg/images/imfit/src/pixlist.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..066637fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/pixlist.x
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "pixlist.h"
+
+.help pixels xtools "Pixel List Handling Tools"
+.nf ________________________________________________________________________
+.fi
+.ih
+PURPOSE
+These routines provide simple pixel list handling facilities and are
+intended as a temporary facility pending full scale completion of
+image masking. The list is stored in the form of ranges as a function
+of line number. Each image line has a offset which may be NULL for
+no entry or an offset into the list itself. The actual list is a set of
+ranges with the ranges for each line delimited by a NULL. Routines
+exist to fetch the ranges for a given line, add or append ranges to a
+given line, fetch the next or previous line number with a non-NULL
+range and specify whether two lines have the same ranges. At present
+the list can grow indefinitely, with additional memory being added as
+necessary. No attempt is made to clean up redundant entries though
+such a faclity could easily be added. The ranges arguments conform
+with the design of the ranges routinesr, with each range consisting
+of and intitial and final entry and a step size. A list of ranges
+is terminated with a NULL
+.ih
+PROCEDURE
+.nf
+prl_init (pl, ncols, nlines)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to list descriptor
+	int	ncols		# number of image columns
+	int	nlines		# number of image lines
+
+nranges = prl_get_ranges (pl, lineno, ranges, max_nranges)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to list descriptor
+	int	lineno		# line number of ranges to be fetched
+	int	ranges[ARB]	# ranges to be output
+	int	max_nranges	# the maximum number of ranges to be output
+
+prl_put_ranges (pl, linemin, linemax, ranges)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to list descriptor
+	int	linemin		# minimum line number
+	int	linemax		# maximum line number
+	int	ranges[ARB]	# ranges to be added to list
+
+prl_append_ranges (pl, linemin, linemax, ranges)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to list descriptor
+	int	linemin		# minimum line number
+	int	linemax		# maximum line number
+	int	ranges[ARB]	# ranges to be added to list
+
+next_lineno/EOF = prl_nextlineno (pl, current_lineno)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to list descriptor
+	int	current_lineno	# current line number
+
+prev_lineno/EOF = prl_prevlineno (pl, current_lineno)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to the list descriptor
+	int	current_lineno	# current line number
+
+YES/NO = prl_eqlines (pl, line1, line2)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to the list descriptor
+	int	line1		# first line number
+	int	line2		# second line number
+
+prl_free	(pl)
+
+	pointer	pl		# pointer to list descriptor
+.fi
+.endhelp ________________________________________________________________
+
+
+# PRL_ADD_RANGES --  Procedure to add the ranges for a given range of
+# line numbers to the pixel list. The new ranges will be appended to any
+# previously existing ranges for the specified line numbers.
+
+procedure prl_add_ranges (pl, linemin, linemax, ranges)
+
+pointer	pl		# pointer to the list descriptor
+int	linemin		# minimum line number
+int	linemax		# maximum line number
+int	ranges[ARB]	# ranges
+
+int	i, j, lc
+int	olp, lp, lnull, lold
+int	nr, nnewr, noldr
+
+begin
+	# check conditions
+	if ((linemin < 1) || (linemax > PRL_NLINES(pl)) || linemin > linemax)
+	    return
+
+	# calculate the length of the range to be appended minus the null
+	nr = 0
+	while (ranges[nr+1] != NULL)
+	    nr = nr + 1
+
+
+	lc = 1
+	olp = -1
+	do i = linemin, linemax {
+
+	    # get offset for line i
+	    lp = Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+i-1]
+
+	    # if line pointer is undefined
+	    if (lp == NULL) {
+
+		if (lc == 1) {
+
+		    # set line pointer and store
+	    	    Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+i-1] = PRL_LP(pl)
+		    lnull = PRL_LP(pl)
+
+		    # check the size of the list
+		    if (PRL_SZLIST(pl) < (nr + PRL_LP(pl))) {
+	    		PRL_SZLIST(pl) = PRL_SZLIST(pl) + nr + 1 
+	    		call realloc (PRL_LIST(pl), PRL_SZLIST(pl), TY_INT)
+		    }
+
+		    # move ranges and reset pointers
+		    call amovi (ranges, Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+PRL_LP(pl)-1], nr)
+		    PRL_LP(pl) = PRL_LP(pl) + nr + 1
+		    Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+PRL_LP(pl)-2] = NULL
+		    lc = lc + 1
+
+		} else
+
+		    # set line pointer
+		    Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+i-1] = lnull
+
+	    } else {
+
+		if (lp != olp) {
+
+		    # set line pointer and store
+	    	    Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+i-1] = PRL_LP(pl)
+		    lold = PRL_LP(pl)
+
+		    # find length of previously defined range and calculate
+		    # length of new ranges
+		    for (j = lp; Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+j-1] != NULL; j = j + 1)
+		        ;
+		    noldr = j - lp
+		    nnewr = noldr + nr
+
+		    # check size of list
+	            if (PRL_SZLIST(pl) < (nnewr + PRL_LP(pl))) {
+		        PRL_SZLIST(pl) = PRL_SZLIST(pl) + nnewr + 1
+	                call realloc (PRL_LIST(pl), PRL_SZLIST(pl), TY_INT)
+		    }
+
+		    # add ranges to list and update pointers
+		    call amovi (Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+lp-1],
+		        Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+PRL_LP(pl)-1], noldr)
+		    PRL_LP(pl) = PRL_LP(pl) + noldr
+		    call amovi (ranges, Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+PRL_LP(pl)-1], nr)
+		    PRL_LP(pl) = PRL_LP(pl) + nr + 1
+		    Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+PRL_LP(pl)-2] = NULL
+
+		} else
+
+		    # set line pointers
+		    Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+i-1] = lold
+
+		olp = lp
+	    }
+	}
+
+end
+
+# PRL_EQLINES -- Routine to test whether two lines have equal ranges.
+# The routine returns YES or NO.
+
+int procedure prl_eqlines (pl, line1, line2)
+
+pointer	pl	# pointer to the list
+int	line1	# line numbers
+int	line2
+
+begin
+	if (Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+line1-1] == Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+line2-1])
+	    return (YES)
+	else
+	    return (NO)
+end
+
+# PRL_GET_RANGES -- Procedure to fetch the ranges for the specified lineno.
+# Zero is returned if there are no ranges otherwise the number of ranges
+# are returned. The ranges are stored in an integer array. Three positive
+# numbers are used to define a range a minimum, maximum and a step size.
+# The ranges are delimited by a NULL.
+
+int procedure prl_get_ranges (pl, lineno, ranges, max_nranges)
+
+pointer	pl		# pointer to the pixel list descriptor
+int	lineno		# line number
+int	ranges[ARB]	# array of ranges
+int	max_nranges	# the maximum number of ranges
+
+int	lp, ip
+int	nranges
+
+begin
+	# check for existence of ranges
+	if (Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+lineno-1] == NULL) {
+	    ranges[1] = NULL
+	    return (0)
+	}
+
+	# set pointer to the first element in list for line lineno
+	lp = PRL_LIST(pl) + Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+lineno-1] - 1
+
+	# get ranges
+	nranges = 0
+	ip = 1
+	while (Memi[lp+ip-1] != NULL && nranges <= 3 * max_nranges) {
+	    ranges[ip] = Memi[lp+ip-1]
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	    nranges = nranges + 1
+	}
+	ranges[ip] = NULL
+
+	# return nranges
+	if (nranges == 0)
+	    return (nranges)
+	else
+	    return (nranges / 3)
+end
+
+# PRL_NEXTLINENO -- Procedure to fetch the next line number with a set of
+# defined ranges given the current line number. Note that the current
+# line number is updated.
+
+int procedure prl_nextlineno (pl, current_lineno)
+
+pointer	pl			# pointer to the pixel list descriptor
+int	current_lineno		# current line number
+
+int findex, lp
+
+begin
+	findex = max (1, current_lineno + 1)
+	do lp = findex, PRL_NLINES(pl) {
+	    if (Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+lp-1] != NULL) {
+		current_lineno = lp
+		return (lp)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (EOF)
+end
+
+# PRL_PREVLINENO -- Procedure to fetch the first previous line number
+# with a set of defined ranges given the current line number.
+# Note that the current line number is updated.
+
+int procedure prl_prevlineno (pl, current_lineno)
+
+pointer	pl		# pointer to the pixel list descriptor
+int	current_lineno	# current line number
+
+int	findex, lp
+
+begin
+	findex = min (current_lineno - 1, PRL_NLINES(pl))
+	do lp = findex, 1, -1 {
+	    if (Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+lp-1] != NULL) {
+		current_lineno = lp
+		return (lp)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (EOF)
+end
+
+# PRL_PUT_RANGES --  Procedure to add the ranges for a given range of
+# lines to the pixel list. Note that any previously defined ranges are
+# lost.
+
+procedure prl_put_ranges (pl, linemin, linemax, ranges)
+
+pointer	pl		# pointer to the list
+int	linemin		# minimum line
+int	linemax		# maximum line
+int	ranges[ARB]	# list of ranges
+
+int	i
+int	len_range
+
+begin
+	# check boundary conditions
+	if ((linemin < 1) || (linemax > PRL_NLINES(pl)) || (linemin > linemax))
+	    return
+
+	# determine length of range string minus the NULL
+	len_range = 0
+	while (ranges[len_range+1] != NULL)
+	    len_range = len_range + 1
+
+	# check space allocation
+	if (PRL_SZLIST(pl) < (len_range + PRL_LP(pl))) {
+	    PRL_SZLIST(pl) = PRL_SZLIST(pl) + len_range + 1
+	    call realloc (PRL_LIST(pl), PRL_SZLIST(pl), TY_INT)
+	}
+
+	# set the line pointers
+	do i = linemin, linemax
+	    Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)+i-1] = PRL_LP(pl)
+
+	# add ranges
+	call amovi (ranges, Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+PRL_LP(pl)-1], len_range)
+	PRL_LP(pl) = PRL_LP(pl) + len_range + 1
+	Memi[PRL_LIST(pl)+PRL_LP(pl)-2] = NULL
+end
+
+
+# PLR_FREE -- Procedure to free the pixel list descriptor
+
+procedure prl_free (pl)
+
+pointer	pl		# pointer to pixel list descriptor
+
+begin
+	if (pl == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	if (PRL_LIST(pl) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PRL_LIST(pl), TY_INT)
+	if (PRL_LINES(pl) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PRL_LINES(pl), TY_INT)
+
+	call mfree (pl, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+# PRL_INIT -- Procedure to initialize the pixel list. Ncols and nlines are
+# the number of columns and lines respectively in the associated IRAF
+# image.
+
+procedure prl_init (pl, ncols, nlines)
+
+pointer	pl		# pixel list descriptor
+int	ncols		# number of image columns 
+int	nlines		# number of image lines
+
+begin
+	# allocate space for a pixel list descriptor
+	call malloc (pl, LEN_PLSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# initialize
+	PRL_NCOLS(pl) = ncols
+	PRL_NLINES(pl) = nlines
+
+	# allocate space for the line pointers
+	call malloc (PRL_LINES(pl), PRL_NLINES(pl), TY_INT) 
+	call amovki (NULL, Memi[PRL_LINES(pl)], PRL_NLINES(pl))
+
+	# set pointer to next free element
+	PRL_LP(pl) = 1
+
+	# allocate space for the actual list
+	call malloc (PRL_LIST(pl), PRL_NLINES(pl), TY_INT)
+	PRL_SZLIST(pl) = PRL_NLINES(pl)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/ranges.x b/pkg/images/imfit/src/ranges.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..19dc5c0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/ranges.x
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+
+.help ranges xtools "Range Parsing Tools"
+.ih
+PURPOSE
+
+These tools
+parse a string using a syntax to represent integer values, ranges, and
+steps.   The parsed string is used to generate a list of integers for various
+purposes such as specifying lines or columns in an image or tape file numbers.
+.ih
+SYNTAX
+
+The syntax for the range string consists of positive integers, '-' (minus),
+'x', ',' (comma), and whitespace.  The commas and whitespace are ignored
+and may be freely used for clarity.  The remainder of the string consists
+of sequences of five fields.  The first field is the beginning of a range,
+the second is a '-', the third is the end of the range, the fourth is
+a 'x', and the fifth is a step size.  Any of the five fields may be
+missing causing various default actions.  The defaults are illustrated in
+the following table.
+
+.nf
+-3x1	A missing starting value defaults to 1.
+2-x1	A missing ending value defaults to MAX_INT.
+2x1	A missing ending value defaults to MAX_INT.
+2-4	A missing step defaults to 1.
+4	A missing ending value and step defaults to an ending
+	value equal to the starting value and a step of 1.
+x2	Missing starting and ending values defaults to
+	the range 1 to MAX_INT with the specified step.
+""	The null string is equivalent to "1 - MAX_INT x 1",
+	i.e all positive integers.
+.fi
+
+The specification of several ranges yields the union of the ranges.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+The following examples further illustrate the range syntax.
+
+.nf
+-	All positive integers.
+1,5,9	A list of integers equivalent to 1-1x1,5-5x1,9-9x1.
+x2	Every second positive integer starting with 1.
+2x3	Every third positive integer starting with 2.
+-10	All integers between 1 and 10.
+5-	All integers greater than or equal to 5.
+9-3x1	The integers 3,6,9.
+.fi
+.ih
+PROCEDURES
+
+.ls 4 is_decode_ranges
+
+.nf
+int procedure is_decode_ranges (range_string, ranges, max_ranges, minimum,
+    maximum, nvalues)
+
+char	range_string[ARB]	# Range string to be decoded
+int	ranges[3, max_ranges]	# Range array
+int	max_ranges		# Maximum number of ranges
+int	minimum, maximum	# Minimum and maximum range values allowed
+int	nvalues			# The number of values in the ranges
+.fi
+
+The range string is decoded into an integer array of maximum dimension
+3 * max_ranges.  Each range consists of three consecutive integers
+corresponding to the starting and ending points of the range and the
+step size.  The number of integers covered by the ranges is returned
+as nvalue.  The end of the set of ranges is marked by a NULL.
+The returned status is either ERR or OK.
+.le
+.ls 4 is_next_number, is_previous_number
+
+.nf
+int procedure is_next_number (ranges, number)
+int procedure is_previous_number (ranges, number)
+
+int	ranges[ARB]		# Range array
+int	number			# Both input and output parameter
+.fi
+
+Given a value for number the procedures find the next (previous) number in
+increasing (decreasing)
+value within the set of ranges.  The next (previous) number is returned in
+the number argument.  A returned status is either OK or EOF.
+EOF indicates that there are no greater values.  The usual usage would
+be in a loop of the form:
+
+.nf
+	number = 0
+	while (is_next_number (ranges, number) != EOF) {
+	    <Statements using number>
+	}
+.fi
+.le
+.ls 4 is_in_rangelist
+
+.nf
+bool procedure is_in_rangelist (ranges, number)
+
+int	ranges[ARB]		# Ranges array
+int	number			# Number to check againts ranges
+.fi
+
+A boolean value is returned indicating whether number is covered by
+the ranges.
+
+.endhelp
+
+
+# IS_DECODE_RANGES -- Parse a string containing a list of integer numbers or
+# ranges, delimited by either spaces or commas.  Return as output a list
+# of ranges defining a list of numbers, and the count of list numbers.
+# Range limits must be positive nonnegative integers.  ERR is returned as
+# the function value if a conversion error occurs.  The list of ranges is
+# delimited by a single NULL.
+
+
+int procedure is_decode_ranges (range_string, ranges, max_ranges, minimum,
+    maximum, nvalues)
+
+char	range_string[ARB]	# Range string to be decoded
+int	ranges[3, max_ranges]	# Range array
+int	max_ranges		# Maximum number of ranges
+int	minimum, maximum	# Minimum and maximum range values allowed
+int	nvalues			# The number of values in the ranges
+
+int	ip, nrange, out_of_range, a, b, first, last, step, ctoi()
+
+begin
+	ip = 1
+	nrange = 1
+	nvalues = 0
+	out_of_range = 0
+
+	while (nrange < max_ranges) {
+	    # Default values
+	    a = minimum
+	    b = maximum
+	    step = 1
+
+	    # Skip delimiters
+	    while (IS_WHITE(range_string[ip]) || range_string[ip] == ',')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Get first limit.
+	    # Must be a number, '*', '-', 'x', or EOS.  If not return ERR.
+	    if (range_string[ip] == EOS) {			# end of list
+		if (nrange == 1) {
+		    if (out_of_range == 0) {
+		        # Null string defaults
+		        ranges[1, 1] = a
+		        ranges[2, 1] = b
+		        ranges[3, 1] = step
+		        ranges[1, 2] = NULL
+	    	        nvalues = (b - a) / step + 1
+		        return (OK)
+		    } else {
+			# Only out of range data
+			return (ERR)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    ranges[1, nrange] = NULL
+		    return (OK)
+		}
+	    } else if (range_string[ip] == '-')
+		;
+	    else if (range_string[ip] == '*')
+		;
+	    else if (range_string[ip] == 'x')
+		;
+	    else if (IS_DIGIT(range_string[ip])) {		# ,n..
+		if (ctoi (range_string, ip, a) == 0)
+		    return (ERR)
+	    } else
+		return (ERR)
+
+	    # Skip delimiters
+	    while (IS_WHITE(range_string[ip]) || range_string[ip] == ',')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Get last limit
+	    # Must be '-', '*', or 'x' otherwise b = a.
+	    if (range_string[ip] == 'x')
+		;
+	    else if ((range_string[ip] == '-') || (range_string[ip] == '*')) {
+		ip = ip + 1
+	        while (IS_WHITE(range_string[ip]) || range_string[ip] == ',')
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		if (range_string[ip] == EOS)
+		    ;
+		else if (IS_DIGIT(range_string[ip])) {
+		    if (ctoi (range_string, ip, b) == 0)
+		        return (ERR)
+		} else if (range_string[ip] == 'x')
+		    ;
+		else
+		    return (ERR)
+	    } else
+		b = a
+
+	    # Skip delimiters
+	    while (IS_WHITE(range_string[ip]) || range_string[ip] == ',')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Get step.
+	    # Must be 'x' or assume default step.
+	    if (range_string[ip] == 'x') {
+		ip = ip + 1
+	        while (IS_WHITE(range_string[ip]) || range_string[ip] == ',')
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		if (range_string[ip] == EOS)
+		    ;
+		else if (IS_DIGIT(range_string[ip])) {
+		    if (ctoi (range_string, ip, step) == 0)
+		        ;
+		} else if (range_string[ip] == '-')
+		    ;
+		else if (range_string[ip] == '*')
+		    ;
+		else
+		    return (ERR)
+	    }
+
+	    # Output the range triple.
+	    first = min (a, b)
+	    last = max (a, b)
+	    if (first < minimum)
+		first = minimum + mod (step - mod (minimum - first, step), step)
+	    if (last > maximum)
+		last = maximum - mod (last - maximum, step)
+	    if (first <= last) {
+	        ranges[1, nrange] = first
+	        ranges[2, nrange] = last
+	        ranges[3, nrange] = step
+	        nvalues = nvalues + (last - first) / step + 1
+		nrange = nrange + 1
+	    } else
+		out_of_range = out_of_range + 1
+	}
+
+	return (ERR)					# ran out of space
+end
+
+
+# IS_NEXT_NUMBER -- Given a list of ranges and the current file number,
+# find and return the next file number.  Selection is done in such a way
+# that list numbers are always returned in monotonically increasing order,
+# regardless of the order in which the ranges are given.  Duplicate entries
+# are ignored.  EOF is returned at the end of the list.
+
+int procedure is_next_number (ranges, number)
+
+int	ranges[ARB]		# Range array
+int	number			# Both input and output parameter
+
+int	ip, first, last, step, next_number, remainder
+
+begin
+	# If number+1 is anywhere in the list, that is the next number,
+	# otherwise the next number is the smallest number in the list which
+	# is greater than number+1.
+
+	number = number + 1
+	next_number = MAX_INT
+
+	for (ip=1;  ranges[ip] != NULL;  ip=ip+3) {
+	    first = ranges[ip]
+	    last = ranges[ip+1]
+	    step = ranges[ip+2]
+	    if (number >= first && number <= last) {
+		remainder = mod (number - first, step)
+		if (remainder == 0)
+		    return (number)
+		if (number - remainder + step <= last)
+		    next_number = number - remainder + step
+	    } else if (first > number)
+		next_number = min (next_number, first)
+	}
+
+	if (next_number == MAX_INT)
+	    return (EOF)
+	else {
+	    number = next_number
+	    return (number)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IS_PREVIOUS_NUMBER -- Given a list of ranges and the current file number,
+# find and return the previous file number.  Selection is done in such a way
+# that list numbers are always returned in monotonically decreasing order,
+# regardless of the order in which the ranges are given.  Duplicate entries
+# are ignored.  EOF is returned at the end of the list.
+
+int procedure is_previous_number (ranges, number)
+
+int	ranges[ARB]		# Range array
+int	number			# Both input and output parameter
+
+int	ip, first, last, step, next_number, remainder
+
+begin
+	# If number-1 is anywhere in the list, that is the previous number,
+	# otherwise the previous number is the largest number in the list which
+	# is less than number-1.
+
+	number = number - 1
+	next_number = 0
+
+	for (ip=1;  ranges[ip] != NULL;  ip=ip+3) {
+	    first = ranges[ip]
+	    last = ranges[ip+1]
+	    step = ranges[ip+2]
+	    if (number >= first && number <= last) {
+		remainder = mod (number - first, step)
+		if (remainder == 0)
+		    return (number)
+		if (number - remainder >= first)
+		    next_number = number - remainder
+	    } else if (last < number) {
+		remainder = mod (last - first, step)
+		if (remainder == 0)
+		    next_number = max (next_number, last)
+		else if (last - remainder >= first)
+		    next_number = max (next_number, last - remainder)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (next_number == 0)
+	    return (EOF)
+	else {
+	    number = next_number
+	    return (number)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IS_IN_RANGELLIST -- Test number to see if it is in range.
+
+bool procedure is_in_rangelist (ranges, number)
+
+int	ranges[ARB]		# Range array
+int	number			# Number to be tested against ranges
+
+int	ip, first, last, step
+
+begin
+	for (ip=1;  ranges[ip] != NULL;  ip=ip+3) {
+	    first = ranges[ip]
+	    last = ranges[ip+1]
+	    step = ranges[ip+2]
+	    if (number >= first && number <= last)
+		if (mod (number - first, step) == 0)
+		    return (TRUE)
+	}
+
+	return (FALSE)
+end
+
+
+# IS_EXPAND_RANGES -- Expand a range string into a array of values.
+
+int procedure is_expand_ranges (ranges, array, max_nvalues)
+
+int	ranges[ARB]			# Range array
+int	array[max_nvalues]		# Array of values
+int	max_nvalues			# Maximum number of values
+
+int	n, value
+
+int	is_next_number()
+
+begin
+	n = 0
+	value = 0
+	while ((n < max_nvalues) && (is_next_number (ranges, value) != EOF)) {
+	    n = n + 1
+	    array[n] = value
+	}
+
+	return (n)
+end
+
+
+# IS_SELECT_RANGES -- Select array values in the ranges.
+# The input and output arrays may be the same.
+
+procedure is_select_ranges (a, b, ranges)
+
+real	a[ARB]				# Input array
+real	b[ARB]				# Output array
+int	ranges[3, ARB]			# Ranges
+
+int	i, j, npts, nmove
+
+begin
+	npts = 0
+	for (i = 1; ranges[1, i] != NULL; i = i + 1) {
+	    if (ranges[3, i] == 1) {
+	        nmove = ranges[2, i] - ranges[1, i] + 1
+	        call amovr (a[ranges[1, i]], b[npts + 1], nmove)
+		npts = npts + nmove
+	    } else {
+		do j = ranges[1, i], ranges[2, i], ranges[3, i] {
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		    b[npts] = a[j]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IS_CHOOSE_RANGESI -- Copy the selected values from array a to b.
+
+int procedure is_choose_rangesi (indices, a, b, npts, ifirst, ilast)
+
+int	indices[ARB]		# array of indices
+int	a[ARB]			# input array
+int	b[ARB]			# output array
+int	npts			# number of points
+int	ifirst			# first index
+int	ilast			# last index
+
+int	i, element
+
+begin
+	element = 1
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (indices[i] < ifirst || indices[i] > ilast)
+		next
+	    b[element] = a[indices[i]]
+	    element = element + 1
+	}
+	return (element - 1)
+end
+
+
+# IS_CHOOSE_RANGESR -- Copy the selected values from array a to b.
+
+int procedure is_choose_rangesr (indices, a, b, npts, ifirst, ilast)
+
+int	indices[ARB]		# array of indices
+real	a[ARB]			# input array
+real	b[ARB]			# output array
+int	npts			# number of points
+int	ifirst			# first element to be extracted
+int	ilast			# last element to be extracted
+
+int	i, element
+
+begin
+	element = 1
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (indices[i] < ifirst || indices[i] > ilast)
+		next
+	    b[element] = a[indices[i]]
+	    element = element + 1
+	}
+	return (element - 1)
+end
+
+
+# IS_MAKE_RANGES -- Procedure to make a set of ranges from an ordered list
+# of column numbers. Only a step size of 1 is checked for.
+
+int procedure is_make_ranges (list, npts, ranges, max_nranges)
+
+int	list[ARB]	# list of column numbers in increasing order
+int	npts		# number of list elements
+int	ranges[ARB]	# output ranges
+int	max_nranges	# the maximum number of ranges
+
+bool	next_range
+int	ip, op, nranges
+
+begin
+	# If zero list elements return
+	if (npts == 0) {
+	    ranges[1] = NULL	
+	    return (0)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize
+	nranges = 0
+	ranges[1] = list[1]
+	op = 2
+	next_range = false
+
+	# Loop over column list
+	for (ip = 2; ip <= npts && nranges < max_nranges; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if ((list[ip] != (list[ip-1] + 1))) {
+		ranges[op] = list[ip-1]
+		op = op + 1
+		ranges[op] = 1
+		op = op + 1
+		nranges = nranges + 1
+		ranges[op] = list[ip]
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# finish off
+	if (npts == 1) {
+	    ranges[op] = list[npts]
+	    ranges[op+1] = 1
+	    ranges[op+2] = NULL
+	    nranges = 1
+	} else if (nranges == max_nranges) {
+	    ranges[op-1] = NULL
+	} else {
+	    ranges[op] = list[npts]
+	    ranges[op+1] = 1
+	    ranges[op+2] = NULL
+	    nranges = nranges + 1
+	}
+
+	return (nranges)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/t_imsurfit.x b/pkg/images/imfit/src/t_imsurfit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a93b8b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/t_imsurfit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "imsurfit.h"
+
+# T_IMSURFIT -- Fit a surface function to an image
+#
+# 1. A user selected function is fit to each surface.
+# 2. Only the selected regions of the image are fit.
+# 3. Deviant pixels may be rejected from the fit.
+# 4. The user selects the type of output image. The choices are:
+#    a. the fitted image.
+#    b. the input image with deviant  pixels replaced by
+#       the fitted values
+#    c. the input image minus the fitted image.
+#    d. the ratio of the input image and the fit where
+#       pixels less than div_min are set to a ratio of 1.
+
+
+procedure t_imsurfit ()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE], region_str[SZ_LINE]
+int	list1, list2, region_type
+pointer	im1, im2, imfit, gl, sp
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), btoi(), clgeti(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate space for imfit structure.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imfit, LEN_IMSFSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_FNAME)
+	TYPE_OUTPUT(imfit) = clgwrd ("type_output", str, SZ_LINE,
+		      	     ",fit,clean,residual,response,")
+	DIV_MIN(imfit) = clgetr ("div_min")
+
+	# Get surface ftting parameters.
+	SURFACE_TYPE(imfit) = clgwrd ("function", str, SZ_LINE,
+			      ",legendre,chebyshev,spline3,spline1,")
+	XORDER(imfit) = clgeti ("xorder")
+	YORDER(imfit) = clgeti ("yorder")
+	CROSS_TERMS(imfit) = btoi (clgetb ("cross_terms"))
+
+	# Get median processing parameters.
+	XMEDIAN(imfit) = clgeti ("xmedian")
+	YMEDIAN(imfit) = clgeti ("ymedian")
+	MEDIAN_PERCENT(imfit) = clgetr ("median_percent")
+	if (XMEDIAN(imfit) > 1 || YMEDIAN(imfit) > 1)
+	    MEDIAN(imfit) = YES
+	else
+	    MEDIAN(imfit) = NO
+
+	# Get rejection cycle parameters.
+	NITER(imfit) = clgeti ("niter")
+	LOWER(imfit) = clgetr ("lower")
+	UPPER(imfit) = clgetr ("upper")
+	NGROW(imfit) = clgeti ("ngrow")
+
+	if (MEDIAN(IMFIT) == YES) {
+	    REJECT(imfit) = NO
+	    NITER(imfit) = 0
+	} else if (NITER(imfit) > 0 && (LOWER(imfit) > 0. || UPPER(imfit) > 0.))
+	    REJECT(imfit) = YES
+	else {
+	    REJECT(imfit) = NO
+	    NITER(imfit) = 0
+	}
+
+	# Checking sigmas for cleaning.
+	if (TYPE_OUTPUT(imfit) == CLEAN && MEDIAN(imfit) == YES)
+	    call error (0,
+	    "T_IMSURFIT: Clean option and median processing are exclusive.")
+	if (TYPE_OUTPUT(imfit) == CLEAN && NITER(imfit) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "T_IMSURFIT: Clean option requires non-zero niter.")
+	if (TYPE_OUTPUT(imfit) == CLEAN && LOWER(imfit) <= 0. &&
+	    UPPER(imfit) <= 0.)
+	    call error (0, "T_IMSURFIT: Clean option requires non-zero sigma.")
+
+	# Get regions to be fit.
+	gl = NULL
+	region_type = clgwrd ("regions", str, SZ_LINE,
+		      ",all,columns,rows,border,sections,circle,invcircle,")
+	switch (region_type) {
+	case ALL:
+	    ;
+	case BORDER:
+	    call clgstr ("border", region_str, SZ_LINE)
+	case SECTIONS:
+	    call clgstr ("sections", region_str, SZ_LINE)
+	case COLUMNS:
+	    call clgstr ("columns", region_str, SZ_LINE)
+	case ROWS:
+	    call clgstr ("rows", region_str, SZ_LINE)
+	case CIRCLE, INVCIRCLE:
+	    call clgstr ("circle", region_str, SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# Expand the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Do each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	      (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    iferr {
+	        if (region_type != ALL)
+		    call make_good_list (im1, gl, region_type, region_str)
+	        call imsurfit (im1, im2, imfit, gl)
+	    } then
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	    call prl_free (gl)
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
+
+
+# MAKE_GOOD_LIST -- Procedure to make a list of good regions. The program
+# returns an error message if no good regions are defined. The good
+# list parameter is set to NULL if the whole image is to be fit. This routine
+# uses both the ranges and pixlist package which will be replaced by image
+# masking.
+
+procedure make_good_list (im, gl, region_type, region_string)
+
+pointer	im			# pointer to the image
+pointer	gl			# good pixel list descriptor
+int	region_type		# type of good region
+char	region_string[ARB]	# region parameters
+
+int	i, ip, zero, nvals, range_min, r2, xdist, max_nranges
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2, temp, border, xcenter, ycenter, radius
+int	columns[7]
+pointer	sp, ranges, list
+
+bool	is_in_rangelist()
+int	is_next_number(), is_decode_ranges(), open(), fscan(), nscan(), ctoi()
+errchk	open, close
+
+begin
+	# Determine the maximum number of images.
+	max_nranges = IM_LEN(im,1)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ranges, 3 * max_nranges + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	# Compute the good pixel list.
+	switch (region_type) {
+	case ROWS:
+
+	    # Decode the row ranges.
+	    if (is_decode_ranges (region_string, Memi[ranges], max_nranges, 1,
+	        int (IM_LEN(im,2)), nvals) == ERR)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: Error decoding row string.")
+	    if (nvals == 0) 
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: no good rows.") 
+	    if (nvals == IM_LEN(im,2)) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	    # Intialize the good pixel list.
+	    call prl_init (gl, int (IM_LEN(im,1)), int (IM_LEN(im,2)))
+
+	    # Set column limits using the ranges format.
+	    columns[1] = 1
+	    columns[2] = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	    columns[3] = 1
+	    columns[4] = NULL
+
+	    # Set column limits for the specied lines.
+	    zero = 0
+	    range_min = is_next_number (Memi[ranges], zero)
+	    while (range_min != EOF) {
+	        for (i = range_min; i <= IM_LEN(im,2) + 1; i = i + 1) {
+		    if (!is_in_rangelist (Memi[ranges], i) ||
+		        i == IM_LEN(im,2)+1) {
+		        call prl_put_ranges (gl, range_min, i-1, columns)
+		        break
+		    }
+		}
+		range_min = is_next_number (Memi[ranges], i)
+	    }
+
+	case COLUMNS:
+
+	    # Set the specified columns.
+	    if (is_decode_ranges (region_string, Memi[ranges], max_nranges, 1,
+	        int (IM_LEN(im,1)), nvals) == ERR)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: Error decoding column string.")
+	    if (nvals == 0)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: No good columns.")
+	    if (nvals == IM_LEN(im,1)) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	    # Make the good pixel list.
+	    call prl_init (gl, int (IM_LEN(im,1)), int (IM_LEN(im,2)))
+	    call prl_add_ranges (gl, 1, int (IM_LEN(im,2)), Memi[ranges])
+
+	case CIRCLE, INVCIRCLE:
+	    
+	    # Get the parameters of the circle.
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (ctoi (region_string, ip, xcenter) <= 0)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: Error decoding xcenter.")
+	    if (ctoi (region_string, ip, ycenter) <= 0)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: Error decoding ycenter.")
+	    if (ctoi (region_string, ip, radius) <= 0)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: Error decoding radius.")
+
+	    y1 = max (1, ycenter - radius)
+	    y2 = min (int (IM_LEN(im,2)), ycenter + radius)
+	    x1 = max (1, xcenter - radius)
+	    x2 = min (int (IM_LEN(im,1)), xcenter + radius)
+	    if (region_type == CIRCLE) {
+	        if (y1 > IM_LEN(im,2) || y2 < 1 || x1 > IM_LEN(im,1) || x2 < 1)
+		    call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: No good regions.")
+	    }
+
+	    # Create the good pixel list.
+	    call prl_init (gl, int (IM_LEN(im,1)), int (IM_LEN(im,2)))
+
+	    r2 = radius ** 2
+	    if (region_type == CIRCLE) {
+	        do i = y1, y2 {
+		    xdist = sqrt (real (r2 - (ycenter - i) ** 2))
+		    x1 = max (1, xcenter - xdist)
+		    x2 = min (IM_LEN(im,1), xcenter + xdist)
+		    columns[1] = x1
+		    columns[2] = x2
+		    columns[3] = 1
+		    columns[4] = NULL
+		    call prl_put_ranges (gl, i, i, columns)
+	        }
+	    } else if (region_type == INVCIRCLE) {
+		do i = 1, y1 - 1 {
+		    columns[1] = 1
+		    columns[2] = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		    columns[3] = 1
+		    columns[4] = NULL
+		    call prl_put_ranges (gl, i, i, columns)
+		}
+		do i = y2 + 1, IM_LEN(im,2) {
+		    columns[1] = 1
+		    columns[2] = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		    columns[3] = 1
+		    columns[4] = NULL
+		    call prl_put_ranges (gl, i, i, columns)
+		}
+		do i = y1, y2 {
+		    xdist = sqrt (real (r2 - (ycenter - i) ** 2))
+		    x1 = max (1, xcenter - xdist)
+		    x2 = min (IM_LEN(im,1), xcenter + xdist)
+		    if (x1 > 1) {
+			columns[1] = 1
+			columns[2] = x1 - 1
+			columns[3] = 1
+			if (x2 < IM_LEN(im,1)) {
+			    columns[4] = x2 + 1
+			    columns[5] = IM_LEN(im,1)
+			    columns[6] = 1
+			    columns[7] = NULL
+			} else
+			    columns[4] = NULL
+		    } else if (x2 < IM_LEN(im,1)) {
+			columns[1] = x2 + 1
+			columns[2] = IM_LEN(im,1)
+			columns[3] = 1
+			columns[4] = NULL
+		    } else
+			columns[1] = NULL
+		    call prl_put_ranges (gl, i, i, columns)
+		}
+	    }
+
+
+	case SECTIONS:
+
+	    # Open file of sections.
+	    list = open (region_string, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    call prl_init (gl, int (IM_LEN(im,1)), int (IM_LEN(im,2)))
+
+	    # Scan the list.
+	    while (fscan (list) != EOF) {
+		
+		# Fetch parameters from list.
+		call gargi (x1)
+		call gargi (x2)
+		call gargi (y1)
+		call gargi (y2)
+		if (nscan() != 4)
+		    next
+		
+		# Check and correct for out of bounds limits.
+		x1 = max (1, min (IM_LEN(im,1), x1))
+		x2 = min (IM_LEN(im,1), max (1, x2))
+		y1 = max (1, min (IM_LEN(im,2), y1))
+		y2 = min (IM_LEN(im,2), max (1, y2))
+
+		# Check the order.
+		if (x2 < x1) {
+		    temp = x1
+		    x1 = x2
+		    x2 = temp
+		}
+		if (y2 < y1) {
+		    temp = y1
+		    y1 = y2
+		    y2 = temp
+		}
+
+		# If entire image return.
+		if ((x1 == 1) && (x2 == IM_LEN(im,1)) && (y1 == 1) &&
+		    (y2 == IM_LEN(im,2))) {
+		    call prl_free (gl)
+		    gl = NULL
+		    break
+		}
+
+		# Set ranges.
+		columns[1] = x1
+		columns[2] = x2
+		columns[3] = 1
+		columns[4] = NULL
+		call prl_add_ranges (gl, y1, y2, columns)
+	    }
+
+	    call close (list)
+
+	case BORDER:
+
+	    # Decode border parameter.
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (ctoi (region_string, ip, border) == ERR)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: Error decoding border string.")
+	    if (border < 1)
+		call error (0, "MAKE_GOOD_LIST: No border.")
+	    if ((border > IM_LEN(im,1)/2) && (border > IM_LEN(im,2)/2)) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	    # Intialize list.
+	    call prl_init (gl, int (IM_LEN(im,1)), int (IM_LEN(im,2)))
+	    y1 = 1 + border - 1
+	    y2 = IM_LEN(im,2) - border + 1
+	    columns[1] = 1
+	    columns[2] = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	    columns[3] = 1
+	    columns[4] = NULL
+
+	    # Set ranges for top and bottom edges of image.
+	    call prl_put_ranges (gl, 1, y1, columns)
+	    call prl_put_ranges (gl, y2, int (IM_LEN(im,2)), columns)
+
+	    columns[1] = 1
+	    columns[2] = y1
+	    columns[3] = 1
+	    columns[4] = NULL
+	    call prl_put_ranges (gl, y1 + 1, y2 - 1, columns)
+
+	    columns[1] = IM_LEN(im,1) - border + 1
+	    columns[2] = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	    columns[3] = 1
+	    columns[4] = NULL
+	    call prl_add_ranges (gl, y1 + 1, y2 - 1, columns)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imfit/src/t_lineclean.x b/pkg/images/imfit/src/t_lineclean.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4acb9752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imfit/src/t_lineclean.x
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<pkg/gtools.h>
+
+# LINECLEAN -- Fit a function to the image lines and output an image
+# with rejected points replaced by the fit.  The fitting parameters may be
+# set interactively using the icfit package.
+
+procedure t_lineclean ()
+
+int	listin				# Input image list
+int	listout				# Output image list
+char	sample[SZ_LINE]			# Sample ranges
+int	naverage			# Sample averaging size
+char	function[SZ_LINE]		# Curve fitting function
+int	order				# Order of curve fitting function
+real	low_reject, high_reject		# Rejection threshold
+int	niterate			# Number of rejection iterations
+real	grow				# Rejection growing radius
+bool	interactive			# Interactive?
+
+char	input[SZ_LINE]			# Input image
+char	output[SZ_FNAME]		# Output image
+pointer	in, out				# IMIO pointers
+pointer	ic				# ICFIT pointer
+pointer	gt				# GTOOLS pointer
+
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), gt_init()
+int	clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+bool	clgetb()
+
+begin
+	# Get input and output lists and check that the number of images
+	# are the same.
+
+	call clgstr ("input", input, SZ_LINE)
+	listin = imtopen (input)
+	call clgstr ("output", input, SZ_LINE)
+	listout = imtopen (input)
+	if (imtlen (listin) != imtlen (listout)) {
+	    call imtclose (listin)
+	    call imtclose (listout)
+	    call error (0, "Input and output image lists do not match")
+	}
+
+	# Get task parameters.
+
+	call clgstr ("sample", sample, SZ_LINE)
+	naverage = clgeti ("naverage")
+	call clgstr ("function", function, SZ_LINE)
+	order = clgeti ("order")
+	low_reject = clgetr ("low_reject")
+	high_reject = clgetr ("high_reject")
+	niterate = clgeti ("niterate")
+	grow = clgetr ("grow")
+	interactive = clgetb ("interactive")
+
+
+	# Set the ICFIT pointer structure.
+	call ic_open (ic)
+	call ic_pstr (ic, "sample", sample)
+	call ic_puti (ic, "naverage", naverage)
+	call ic_pstr (ic, "function", function)
+	call ic_puti (ic, "order", order)
+	call ic_putr (ic, "low", low_reject)
+	call ic_putr (ic, "high", high_reject)
+	call ic_puti (ic, "niterate", niterate)
+	call ic_putr (ic, "grow", grow)
+	call ic_pstr (ic, "ylabel", "")
+
+	gt = gt_init()
+	call gt_sets (gt, GTTYPE, "line")
+
+	# Clean the lines in each input image.
+
+	while ((imtgetim (listin, input, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (listout, output, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    call lc_immap (input, output, in, out)
+	    call lineclean (in, out, ic, gt, input, interactive)
+	    call imunmap (in)
+	    call imunmap (out)
+	}
+
+	call ic_closer (ic)
+	call gt_free (gt)
+	call imtclose (listin)
+	call imtclose (listout)
+end
+
+
+# LINECLEAN -- Given the image descriptor determine the fitting function
+# for each line and create an output image.  If the interactive flag
+# is set then set the fitting parameters interactively.
+
+procedure lineclean (in, out, ic, gt, title, interactive)
+
+pointer	in				# IMIO pointer for input image
+pointer	out				# IMIO pointer for output image
+pointer	ic				# ICFIT pointer
+pointer	gt				# GTIO pointer
+char	title[ARB]			# Title
+bool	interactive			# Interactive?
+
+char	graphics[SZ_FNAME]
+int	i, nx, new
+long	inline[IM_MAXDIM], outline[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	cv, gp, sp, x, wts, indata, outdata
+
+int	lf_getline(), imgnlr(), impnlr(), strlen()
+pointer	gopen()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate memory for curve fitting.
+
+	nx = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, nx, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (wts, nx, TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, nx
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	call amovkr (1., Memr[wts], nx)
+
+	call ic_putr (ic, "xmin", Memr[x])
+	call ic_putr (ic, "xmax", Memr[x+nx-1])
+
+	# If the interactive flag is set then use icg_fit to set the
+	# fitting parameters.  Get_fitline returns EOF when the user
+	# is done.  The weights are reset since the user may delete
+	# points.
+
+	if (interactive) {
+	    call clgstr ("graphics", graphics, SZ_FNAME)
+	    gp = gopen ("stdgraph", NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+
+	    i = strlen (title)
+	    while (lf_getline (ic, gt, in, indata, inline, title)!=EOF) {
+		title[i + 1] = EOS
+	        call icg_fit (ic, gp, "cursor", gt, cv, Memr[x], Memr[indata],
+		    Memr[wts], nx)
+		call amovkr (1., Memr[wts], nx)
+	    }
+	    call gclose (gp)
+	}
+
+	# Loop through each input image line and create an output image line.
+
+	new = YES
+	call amovkl (long(1), inline, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), outline, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	while (imgnlr (in, indata, inline) != EOF) {
+	    if (impnlr (out, outdata, outline) == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+
+	    call ic_fit (ic, cv, Memr[x], Memr[indata], Memr[wts],
+		nx, new, YES, new, new)
+	    new = NO
+
+	    call ic_clean (ic, cv, Memr[x], Memr[indata], Memr[wts], nx)
+
+	    call amovr (Memr[indata], Memr[outdata], nx)
+	}
+
+	call cvfree (cv)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LC_IMMAP -- Map images for lineclean.
+
+procedure lc_immap (input, output, in, out)
+
+char	input[ARB]		# Input image
+char	output[ARB]		# Output image
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+
+pointer	sp, root, sect
+int	imaccess()
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	# Get the root name and section of the input image.
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (root, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sect, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call get_root (input, Memc[root], SZ_FNAME)
+	call get_section (input, Memc[sect], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# If the output image is not accessible then create it as a new copy
+	# of the full input image.
+
+	if (imaccess (output, 0) == NO)
+	    call img_imcopy (Memc[root], output, false)
+
+	# Map the input and output images.
+
+	in = immap (input, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	call sprintf (Memc[root], SZ_FNAME, "%s%s")
+	    call pargstr (output)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[sect])
+	out = immap (Memc[root], READ_WRITE, 0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LF_GETLINE -- Get an image line to be fit interactively.  Return EOF
+# when the user enters EOF or CR.  Default line is the first line and
+# the out of bounds lines are silently limited to the nearest in bounds line.
+
+int procedure lf_getline (ic, gt, im, data, v, title)
+
+pointer	ic			# ICFIT pointer
+pointer	gt			# GTOOLS pointer
+pointer	im			# IMIO pointer
+pointer	data			# Image data
+long	v[ARB]			# Image line vector
+char	title[ARB]		# Title
+
+int	i
+char	line[SZ_LINE]
+int	getline(), nscan(), imgnlr()
+
+begin
+	call sprintf (title, SZ_LINE, "%s: Fit line =")
+	    call pargstr (title)
+
+	call printf ("%s ")
+	    call pargstr (title)
+	call flush (STDOUT)
+
+	if (getline(STDIN, line) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+	call sscan (line)
+
+	call amovkl (long (1), v, IM_MAXDIM)
+	do i = 2, max (2, IM_NDIM(im)) {
+	    call gargl (v[i])
+	    if (nscan() == 0)
+		return (EOF)
+	    else if (nscan() != i - 1)
+		break
+
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+		v[i] = 1
+	    else
+	        v[i] = max (1, min (IM_LEN(im, i), v[i]))
+
+	    call sprintf (title, SZ_LINE, "%s %d")
+		call pargstr (title)
+		call pargl (v[i])
+	}
+
+	call sprintf (title, SZ_LINE, "%s\n%s")
+	    call pargstr (title)
+	    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+	call ic_pstr (ic, "xlabel", "Column")
+	call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, title)
+
+	return (imgnlr (im, data, v))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/Revisions b/pkg/images/imgeom/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e4ad630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,2026 @@
+.help revisions Jan97 images.imgeom
+.nf
+
+===============================
+Package Reorganization
+===============================
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imsum.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Provided options for USHORT data.  (12/10/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new option for computing offsets from the image WCS has been added.
+    (11/30/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    Changed the error checking to catch additional errors relating to too
+    many files.  (11/12/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsort.gx
+    There was an error in the ic_2sort routine when there are exactly
+    three images that one of the explicit cases did not properly keep
+    the image identifications.  See buglog 344.  (8/1/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+    The routine mde_yefilter was being called with the wrong number of
+    arguments.
+    (7/18/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icimstack.x +
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The limit on the maximum number of images that can be combined, set by
+    the maximum number of logical file descriptors, has been removed.  If
+    the condition of too many files is detected the task now automatically
+    stacks all the images in a temporary image and then combines them with
+    the project option.
+    (5/14/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxfit.x
+    Changed several Memr[] references to Memi[] in the rg_fit routine.
+    This bug was causing a floating point error in the xregister task
+    on the Dec Alpha if the coords file was defined, and could potentially
+    cause problems on other machines.
+    (Davis, April 3, 1996)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+pkg/images/doc/geomap.hlp
+     Corrected the definition of skew in the routines which compute a geometric
+     interpretation of the 6-coefficient fit, which compute the coefficients
+     from the geometric parameters, and in the relevant help pages.
+     (2/19/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/doc/median.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+    Added a verbose parameter to the median, rmedian, mode, rmode, fmedian,
+    frmedian, fmode, and frmode tasks. (11/27/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the help page for geotran. The default values for
+    the xscale and yscale parameters were incorrectly listed as INDEF,
+    INDEF instead of 1.0, 1.0. (11/14/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    Fixed a bug where a variable was improperly used for two different
+    purposes causing the algorithm to fail (bug 316).  (10/19/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified a point about how the sigma is calculated with the SIGCLIP
+    option.  (10/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    To deal with the case of readnoise=0. and image data which has points with
+    negative mean or median and very small minimum readnoise is set
+    internally to avoid computing a zero sigma and dividing by it.  This
+    applies to the noise model rejection options.  (8/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_utils.x
+    Added new ring median and modal filtering tasks frmedian, rmedian,
+    frmode, and rmode to the images package.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/median.hlp
+pkg/images/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/median.h
+pkg/images/filters/mode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+pkg/images/filters/mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_hist.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_sort.x
+    Added minimum and maximum good data parameters to the fmedian, fmode,
+    median, and mode filtering tasks.  Removed the 64X64 kernel size limit
+    in the median and mode tasks.  Replaced the common blocks with structures
+    and .h files.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the buffering of the x and y coordinate surface interpolants
+    which can cause a memory corruption error if, nthe nxsample or nysample
+    parameters are > 1, and the nxblock or nyblock parameters are less
+    than the x and y dimensions of the input image. Took the opportunity
+    to clean up the code.
+    (6/13/95, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.4
+=======
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Corrected a harmless typo in the code which determines the minimum
+    and maximum x values and improved the precision of the test when the
+    input is double precision.
+    (4/18/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Added a description of the interactive parameter to the fit1d help page.
+    (4/17/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    If an error occurs while opening an input image header the error
+    recovery will close all open images and then propagate the error.
+    For the case of running out of file descriptors with STF format
+    images this will allow the error message to be printed rather
+    than the error code.  (4/3/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+    Added a test on the status code returned from the fitting routine so
+    the xregister tasks does not go ahead and write an output image when
+    the user quits the task in in interactive mode.
+    (3/31/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The behavior of the weights when using both multiplicative and zero
+    point scaling was incorrect; the zero levels have to account for
+    the scaling.  (3/27/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Changed some amovr and amovi calls to amovkr and amovki calls.
+    (3/15/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgximshift.x
+    The buffering margins set for the bicubic spline interpolants were
+    increased to improve the flux conservation properties of the interpolant
+    in cases where the data is undersampled. (12/6/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+    In several places the construct array[1++nx-wborder] was being used
+    instead of array[1+nx-wborder]. Apparently caused by a typo which
+    propagated through the code, the Sun compilers did not catch this, but
+    the IBM/RISC6000 compilers did. (11/16/94, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/xregister.par
+pkg/images/doc/xregister.hlp
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxdbio.x
+    The xregister task was modified to to write the output shifts file
+    in either text database format (the current default)  or in simple text
+    format. The change was made so that the output of xregister could
+    both be edited more easily by the user and be used directly with the
+    imshift task. (11/11/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    A Memc in the ratio output option was incorrectly used instead of Memr
+    when the bug fix of 11/16/93 was made.  (10/14/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    The procedure rg_xlaplace was being incorrectly declared as an integer
+    procedure.
+    (8/1/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxregions.x
+    The routine strncmp was being called (with a missing number of characters
+    argument) instead of strcmp. This was causing a bus error under solaris
+    but not sun os whenever the user set regions to "grid ...". (7/27/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    The Gaussian fitting can return a negative sigma**2 which would cause
+    an FPE when the square root is taken.  This will only occur when
+    there is no reasonable signal.  The results of the gaussian fitting
+    are now set to INDEF if this unphysical result occurs.  (7/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+    A routine expecting two char arrays was being passed two real arrays
+    instead resulting in a segmentation violation if calctype=real
+    and reject > 0.
+    (6/21/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH now deletes the CCDMEAN keyword if present.  (6/21/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    1.	The restoration of deleted pixels to satisfy the nkeep parameter
+	was being done inside the iteration loop causing the possiblity
+	of a non-terminating loop; i.e. pixels are rejected, they are
+	restored, and the number left then does not statisfy the termination
+	condition.  The restoration step was moved following the iterative
+	rejection.
+    2.	The restoration was also incorrectly when mclip=no and could
+	lead to a segmentation violation.
+    (6/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    The path names to the xregister task interactive help files was incorrect.
+    (6/13/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    Found and fixed another typo bug.  (6/7/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+    The sigma scaling flag, doscale1, would not be set in the case of
+    a mean offset of zero though the scale factors could be different.
+    (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a missing line: l = Memi[mp1].  (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    The reordering step when a central median is used during rejection
+    but the final combining is average was incorrect if the number
+    of rejected low pixels was greater than the number of pixel
+    number of pixels not rejected.  (5/25/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    In cases where there was no input geomap database, geotran was
+    unnecessarily  overiding the size of the input image requested by the
+    user if the size of the image was bigger than the default output size
+    (the size of the output image which would include all the input image
+    pixels is no user shifts were applied).
+    (5/10/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    1.  There is now a warning error if the scale, zero, or weight type
+	is unknown.
+    2.  An sfree was being called before the allocated memory was finished
+	being used.
+    (5/2/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    For some objects the moment analysis could fail producing a floating
+    overflow error in imexamine, because the code was trying to use
+    INDEF as the initial value of the object fwhm.  Changed the gaussian
+    fitting code to use a fraction of the fitting radius as the initial value
+    for the fitted full-width half-maximum in cases where the moment analysis
+    cannot compute an initial value.
+    (4/15/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Changed the mean, median, mode, and zero formats from 6g to 7.5g to
+    insure 5 significant digits regardless of signs and decimal points.
+    (4/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Tried again to clarify the scaling as multiplicative and the offseting
+    as additive for file input and for log output.  (3/22/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iacclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iscclip.gx
+    The image sigma was incorrectly computed when an offset scaling is used.
+    (3/8/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The MINMAX example confused low and high.  (3/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+    Fixed a bug in the geomap code which caused the linear portion of the transformation
+    to be computed incorrectly if the x and y fits had a different functional form.
+    (12/29/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/do/imcombine.hlp
+    The output pixel datatypes now include unsigned short integer.
+    (12/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the example of offseting.  (11/23/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When doing operations in place the input and output buffers are the
+    same and the difference and ratio operations assumed they were not
+    causing the final results to be wrong.  (11/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg/images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    If no calculation type is specified then it will be at least real
+    for a division.  Since the output pixel type defaults to the
+    calculation type if not specified this will also result in a
+    real output if dividing two integer images.  (11/12/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If there were fewer initial pixels than specified by nkeep then the
+    task would attempt to add garbage data to achieve nkeep pixels.  This
+    could occur when using offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.  The
+    code was changed to check against the initial number of pixels rather
+    than the number of images.  Also a negative nkeep is no longer
+    converted to a positive value based on the number of images.  Instead
+    it specifies the maximum number of pixels to reject from the initial
+    set of pixels.  (11/8/93, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Added MWCS calls to update the axis mapping when using the project
+    option in IMCOMBINE.  (10/8/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The help indicated that user input scale or zero level factors
+    by an @file or keyword are multiplicative and additive while the
+    task was using then as divisive and subtractive.  This was
+    corrected to agree with the intend of the documentation.
+    Also the factors are no longer normalized.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    The case in which absolute offsets are specified but the offsets are
+    all the same did not work correctly.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Fixed two bugs in the imsurfit task bad pixel rejection code. For low
+    k-sigma rejections factors the bad pixel list could overflow resulting
+    in a segmentation violation or a hung task. Overlapping ranges were
+    not being decoded into a bad pixel list properly resulting in 
+    oscillating bad pixel rejection behavior where certain groups of
+    bad pixels were alternately being included and excluded from the fit.
+    Both bugs are fixed in iraf 2.10.3
+    (9/21/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified how bad pixel masks work with the "project" option.
+    (9/13/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When the input and output images are the same there was an typo error
+    such that the output was opened separately but then never unmapped
+    resulting in the end of the image not being updated.  (8/6/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    The algorithm for making sure there are enough file descriptors failed
+    to account for the need to reopen the output image header for an
+    update.  Thus when the number of input images + output images + logfile
+    was exactly 60 the task would fail.  The update occurs when the output
+    image is unmapped so the solution was to close the input images first
+    except for the first image whose pointer is used in the new copy of the
+    output image.  (8/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg$images/filters/t_median.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error trapping code in the median and mode tasks.
+    The call to eprintf contained an extra invalid error code agument.
+    (7/28/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap.par
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error handling code in geomap which was producing
+    a segmentation violation on exit if the user's coordinate list
+    had fewer than 3 data points. Also improved the error messages
+    presented to the user in both interactive and non-interactive mode.
+    (7/7/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+    There was an indexing error in setting up the ID array when using
+    the grow option.  This caused the CRREJECT/CCDCLIP algorithm to
+    fail with a floating divide by zero error when there were non-zero
+    shifts.  (5/26/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation is now done so that the original input data
+    is not lost.  This slightly greater inefficiency is required so
+    that an output sigma image may be computed if desired.  (5/10/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Added support for type ushort to the imshift task in cases where the
+    pixel shifts are integral.
+    (5/8/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/rotate.hlp
+    Fixed a bug in the rotate task help page which implied that automatic
+    image size computation would occur if ncols or nlines were set no 0
+    instead of ncols and nlines.
+    (4/17/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    There was no error checking when writing to the output image.  If
+    an error occurred (the example being when an imaccessible imdir was
+    set) obscure messages would result.  Errchks were added.
+    (4/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Fixed 2 sign errors in the equations in the documentation describing
+    the elliptical gaussian fucntion.
+    (4/13/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/t_imslice.x
+    Removed an error check in the imslice task, which was preventing it from
+    being used to reduce the dimensionality of images where the length of 
+    the slice dimension is 1.0.
+    (2/16/83, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+    The fmedian task was printing debugging information under iraf 2.10.2.
+    (1/25/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    When using mclip=yes and when more pixels are rejected than allowed by
+    the nkeep parameter there was a subtle bug in how the pixels are added
+    back which can result in a segmentation violation.
+	if (nh == n2)  ==>  if (nh == n[i])
+    (1/20/93, Valdes)
+
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.com
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.h
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/doc/combine.hlp
+    The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+    or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+    to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+    weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+    image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+    controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+    algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+    or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+    the output image.
+    (9/30/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Added a call to flush after the status line printout so that the output
+    will appear immediately. (8/19/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/mkpkg
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+    The fmedian task could crash with a segmentation violation if mapping
+    was turned off (hmin = zmin and hmax = zmax) and the input image
+    contained data outside the range defined by zmin and zmax. (8/18/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a very unlikely possibility that if all the input pixels had
+    exactly the same number of rejected pixels the weighted average would
+    be done incorrectly because the dflag would not be set.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icmm.gx
+    This procedure failed to set the dflag resulting in the weighted average
+    being computed in correctly.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    At some point changes were made but not documented dealing with image
+    sections on the input/output.  The changes seem to have left off the
+    final step of opening the output image using the appropriate image
+    sections.  Because of this it is an error to use an image section
+    on an input image when the output image is different; i.e.
+    
+	cl> fit1d dev$pix[200:400,*] junk
+	
+    This has now been fixed.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscales.x
+    The zero levels were incorrectly scaled twice.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icstat.gx
+    Contained the statement
+	nv = max (1., (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+    which is max(real,int).  Changed the 1. to a 1.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    These files contained multiple cases (ten or so) of constructs such as
+    "max (1., ...)" or "max (0., ...)" where the ... could be either real
+    or double.   In the double cases the DEC compiler complained about a
+    type mismatch since 1. is real.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the section reading code. Imsurfit is supposed to switch
+    the order of the section delimiters in x and y if x2 < x1 or y2 < 1.
+    Unfortunately the y test was actually "if (y2 < x1)" instead of 
+    "if (y2 < y1)". Whether or not the code actually works correctly
+    depends on the value of x1 relative to y2. This bug was not present
+    in 2.9.1 but is present in subsequent releases. (7/30/92 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The case theta=90 and ratio > 0.0 but  < 1.0 was producing an incorrect
+    convolution if bilinear=yes, because the major axis sigmas being 
+    input along the x and y axes were sigma and ratio * sigma respectively
+    instead of ratio * sigma and sigma in this case.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Modified imcopy to write its verbose output to STDOUT instead of
+    STDERR. (6/24/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    The step where impl1$t is called to check if there is enough memory
+    did not set the return buffer because the values are irrelevant for
+    this check.  However, depending on history, this buffer could have
+    arbitrary values and later when IMIO attempts to flush this buffer,
+    at least in the case of image type coersion, cause arithmetic errors.
+    The fix was to clear the returned buffers.  (4/27/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imslice.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    Modified the calls to mw_shift and mw_scale to explicitly set the
+    number of logical axes instead of using the default of 0.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified imtranspose so that it correctly picks up the axis map
+    and writes it to the output image wcs. (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/register.par
+pkg$images/geotran.par
+pkg$images/doc/register.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Changed the default values of the parameters xscale and yscale in
+    the register and geotran tasks from INDEF to 1.0 (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+pkg$images/doc/imtranspose.hlp
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it does a true transpose of the
+    axes instead of simply modifying the lterm. (4/8/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Added the formats parameter for formatting the output pixel coordinates
+    to the listpixels task. These formats take precedence over the formats
+    stored in the WCS in the image header and the previous default format.
+    (4/7/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Added wcs support to the imstack task. (4/2/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels so that it will work correctly  if the dimension
+    of the wcs is less than the dimension of the image. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Modified the rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks wcs updating
+    code to deal correclty with dimensionally reduced data. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/ipslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation with an even number of points for short data
+    could overflow (addition of two short values) and be incorrect.
+    (3/16/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    1. Improved the precision of the blkavg task wcs updating code.
+    2. Changed the blkrep task wcs updating code so that it is consistent
+    with blkavg. This means that a blkrep command followed by a blkavg
+    command or vice versa will return the original coordinate system
+    to within machine precision. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels to print out an error if it could not open the
+    wcs in the image. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imtranspose task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/14/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+    There was a bug allowing the number of valid pixels counter to become
+    negative.  Also there was a step which should not be done if the
+    number of valid pixels is less than 1; i.e. all pixels rejected.
+    A test was put in to skip this step.  (3/13/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imslice.x
+pkg$images/doc/imslice.hlp
+    Added wcs support to the imslice task.
+    (3/12/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the code for computing the standard deviation, kurtosis,
+    and skew, wherein precision was being lost because two of the intermediate
+    variables in the computation were real instead of double precision.
+    (3/10/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    1. Modified listpixels task to use the MWCS axis "format" attributes 
+    if they are present in the image header.
+    2. Added support for dimensionally reduced images, i.e.
+    images which are sections of larger images and whose coordinate
+    transformations depend on the reduced axes, to the listpixels task. 
+    (3/6/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Changed error messages to say IMCOMBINE instead of ICOMBINE.
+    (3/2/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Added listing of read noise and gain.  (2/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    1.  Datatype declaration for asumi was incorrect.
+    2.  Reduced the minimum number of images allowed for PCLIP to 3.
+    (1/7/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+    The first pixel to be checked was incorrectly set to 0 instead of 1
+    resulting in a segvio when using the grow option.  (12/6/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+    Fixed datatype declaration errors found by SPPLINT. (11/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the kurtosis computation found by ST.
+    (Davis 10/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+pkg$images/doc/imstat.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the mode computation in imstatistics. The parabolic
+    interpolation correction for computing the histogram peak was being
+    applied in the wrong direction. Note that for dev$pix the wrong answer
+    is actually closer to the expected answer than the correct answer
+    due to binning effects. 
+    (Davis 9/24/91)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The code which computes the gaussian kernel was producing a divide by
+    zero error if ratio=0.0 and bilinear=yes (2.10 version only).
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the magnify help page.
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+    There was a typo,  Memr[d[k]+k] --> Memr[d[j]+k].  (9/17/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icstat.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmask.x
+    The offsets were used improperly in computing image statistics.
+    (Valdes, 9/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    The shifts file pointer was not being correctly initialized to NULL 
+    in the case where no shifts file was declared. When the task
+    was invoked repeatedly from a script, this could result in an array being
+    referenced, for which space had not been previously allocated.
+    (Davis 7/29/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imc* -
+pkg$images/imarith/ic* +
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imarith/generic/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Replaced old version of IMCOMBINE with new version supporting masks,
+    offsets, and new algorithms.  (Valdes 7/19/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Imhistogram has been modified to print the value of the middle of
+    histogram bin instead of the left edge if the output type is list 
+    instead of plot. (Davis 6/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/t_imsurfit.x
+    Modified the sections file reading code to check the order of the
+    x1 x2 y1 y2 parameters and switch (x1,x2) or (y1,y2) if x2 < x1 or
+    y2 < y1 respectively. (Davis 5/28/91)
+
+pkg$images/listpixels.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+pkg$images/doc/listpixels.hlp
+    Modified the listpixels task to be able to print the pixel coordinates
+    in logical, physical or world coordinates. The default coordinate
+    system is still logical as before. (Davis 5/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/images.par
+pkg$images/doc/minmax.hlp
+pkg$images/imutil/t_minmax.x
+pkg$images/imutil/minmax.x
+    Minmax was modified to do the minimum and maximum values computations
+    in double precision or complex instead of real if the input image
+    pixel type is double precision or complex. Note that the minimum and
+    maximum header values are still stored as real however.
+    (Davis 5/16/91)
+
+imarith/t_imarith.x
+    There was a missing statement to set the error flag if the image
+    dimensions did not  match.  (5/14/91, Valdes)
+
+doc/imarith.hlp
+    Fixed some formatting problems in the imarith help page. (5/2/91 Davis)
+
+imarith$imcombine.x
+    Changed the order in which images are unmapped to have the output images
+    closed last.  This is to allow file descriptors for the temporary image
+    used when updating STF headers.  (4/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.x
+    The blkavg task was partially modified to support complex image data. 
+    The full modifications cannot be made because of an error in abavx.x
+    and the missing routine absux.x.
+    (4/18/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    The x and y fits cross-terms switch was not being set correctly to "yes"
+    in the case where xxorder=2 and xyorder=2 or in the case where yxorder=2
+    and yyorder=2.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    Modified the line which prints the geometric parameters to use the
+    variable name xshift and yshift instead of delx and dely.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the pixel rejection code which occurred when upper was >
+    0.0 and lower = 0.0 or lower > 0 and upper = 0.0. The problem was that
+    the code was simply setting the rejection limits to the computed sigma
+    times the upper and lower parameters without checking for the 0.0
+    condition first.  In the first case this results in all points with
+    negative residuals being rejected and in the latter all points with
+    positive residuals are rejected.
+    (2/25/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/hedit.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/hselect.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imheader.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imgets.hlp
+    Added a reference to imgets in the SEE ALSO sections of the hedit and
+    hselect tasks.
+    Added a reference to hselect and hedit in the SEE ALSO sections of the
+    imheader and imgets tasks.
+    (2/22/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/gradient.hlp
+pkg$images/laplace.hlp
+pkg$images/gauss.hlp
+pkg$images/convolve.hlp
+pkg$images/gradient.par
+pkg$images/laplace.par
+pkg$images/gauss.par
+pkg$images/convolve.par
+pkg$images/t_gradient.x
+pkg$images/t_laplace.x
+pkg$images/t_gauss.x
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+pkg$images/convolve.x
+pkg$images/xyconvolve.x
+pkg$images/radcnv.x
+    The convolution operators were modified to run more efficiently in
+    certain cases. The LAPLACE task was modified to make use of the
+    radial symmetry of the convolution kernel in the y direction as well
+    as the x direction resulting in a modest speedup in execution time.
+    A new parameter bilinear was added to the GAUSS and CONVOLVE tasks.
+    By default and if appropriate mathematically,  GAUSS now makes use of
+    the bilinearity or separability of the Gaussian function,
+    to separate the 2D convolution in x and y into two equivalent
+    1D convolutions in x and y, resulting in a considerable speedup
+    in execution time. Similarly the user can know program CONVOLVE to
+    compute a bilinear convolution instead of a full 2D 1 if appropriate.
+    (1/29/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x
+    CONVOLVE was not decoding the legal 1D kernel "1.0 2.0 1.0" correctly
+    although the alternate form "1.0 2.0 1.0;" worked. Leading
+    blanks in string kernels as in for example " 1.0 2.0 1.0" also generated
+    and error.  Fixed these bugs and added some  additional error checking code.
+    (11/28/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Added a detailed mathematical description of the gaussian kernel used
+    by the GAUSS task to the help page.
+
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/rotate.cl
+pkg$images/imlintran.cl
+pkg$images/register.cl
+pkg$images/register.par
+	Added src="script file name" entries to the IMAGES help database
+	for the tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN, and REGISTER. Changed the CL
+	script for REGISTER to a procedure script to remove the ugly
+	local variable declarations. Added a few comments to the scripts.
+	(12/11/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Added a new parameter binwidth to imhistogram. If binwidth is defined
+    it determines the histogram resolution in intensity units, otherwise
+    nbins determines the resolution as before. (10/26/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/sections.hlp
+    Clarified what is meant by an image template and that the task itself
+    does not check whether the specified names are actually images.
+    The examples were improved.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Changed lines to columns in example 2.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    When an error occured while parsing the mode section the untrapped error
+    caused further problems downstream.  Because it would require adding
+    lots of errchks to cause the program to gracefully abort I instead made
+    it a warning.  (10/2/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/hedit.x
+    Hedit was computing but not using min_lenarea. If the user specified
+    a min_lenuserarea greater than the default of 28800 then the default
+    was being used instead of the larger number.
+
+pkg$imarith/imasub.gx
+    The case of subtracting an image from the constant zero had a bug
+    which is now fixed.  (8/14/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it will work on type ushort images.
+    (6/6/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images
+    Added world coordinate system support to the following tasks: imshift,
+    shiftlines, magnify, imtranspose, blkrep, blkavg, rotate, imlintran,
+    register and geotran. The only limitation is that register and geotran
+    will only support simple linear transformations. 
+    (2/24/90 Davis)
+    
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a problem in the boundary extension "reflect" option code for small
+    images which was causing odd values to be inserted at the edges of the
+    image.
+    (2/14/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    A new parameter "hist_type" was added to the imhistogram task giving
+    the user the option of plotting the integral, first derivative and
+    second derivative of the histogram as well as the normal histogram.
+    Code was contributed by Rob Seaman.
+    (2/2/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    The path name of the help file was being erroneously renamed with
+    the result that when users ran the double precision version of the
+    code they could not find the help file.
+    (26/1/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x
+    Added some checks for 1-D images.
+    (1/20/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x,imstat.h
+    Made several minor bug fixes and alterations in the imstatistics task
+    in response to user complaints and suggestions.
+
+    1. Changed the verbose parameter to the format parameter. If format is
+    "yes" (the default) then the selected fields are printed in fixed format
+    with column labels. Other wise the fields are printed in free format
+    separated by 2 blanks. This fixes the problem of fields running together.
+
+    2. Fixed a bug in the code which estimates the median from the image
+    histogram by linearly interpolating around the midpt of the integrated
+    histogram. The bug occurred when more than half the pixels were in the
+    first bin.
+
+    3. Added a check to ensure that the number of fields did not overflow
+    the fields array.
+
+    4. Removed the extraneous blank line printed after the title.
+
+    5. The pound sign is now printed at the beginning of the column header
+    string regardless of which field is printed first. In the previous
+    versions it was only being printed if the image name field was
+    printed first.
+
+    6. Changed the name of the median field to midpt in response to user
+    confusions about how the median is computed.
+
+    (1/20/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imslice.hlp
+    The imslice was not correctly computing the number of lines in the
+    output image in the case where the slice dimension was 1.
+    (12/4/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified and documented definitions of the scale, offset, and weights.
+    (11/30/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    High order surfaces of a certain functional form could occasionally
+    produce out of bounds pixel errors. The bug was caused by not properly
+    computing the distortion of the image boundary for higher order
+    surfaces.
+    (11/21/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/imshift.x
+    The circulating buffer space was not being freed after each execution
+    of IMSHIFT. This did not cause an error in execution but for a long
+    list of frames could result in alot of memory being tied up.
+    (10/25/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH is not prepared to deal with images sections in the output.
+    It used to look for '[' to decide if the output specification included
+    and image section.  This has been changed to call the IMIO procedure
+    imgsection and check if a non-null section string is returned.
+    Thus it is up to IMIO to decide what part of the image name is
+    an image section.  (9/5/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Fixed bug causing infinite loop when computing mode of constant value
+    section.  (8/14/89, Valdes)
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1989
+    Added a couple of switches to that skew and kurtosis are not computed
+    if they are not to be printed.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 14, 1989
+    A simple mod was made to the skew and kurtosis computation to avoid
+    divide by zero errors in case of underflow.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/chpixtype.par
+    Davis, Jun 13, 1989
+    The parameter file has been modified to accept an output pixel
+    type of ushort.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, Jun 2, 1989
+    A new scheme to detect file errors is now used.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Jun 1, 1989
+    1. If the user set regions = "sections" but the sections file
+    did not exist the task would go into an infinite loop. The problem
+    was a missing error check on the open statement.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x,imhistogram.par
+    Davis, May 31, 1989
+    A new version of imhistogram has been installed. These mods have
+    been made over a period of a month by Doug Tody and Rob Seaman.
+    The mods include
+    1. An option to turn off log scaling of the y axis of the histogram plot.
+    2. A new autoscale parameter which avoids aliasing problems for integer
+       data.
+    3. A new parameter top_close which resolves the ambiguity in the top
+       bin of the histogram.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+   Valdes, May 9, 1989
+   Because a file descriptor was not reserved for string buffer operations
+   and a call to stropen in cnvdate was not error checked the task would
+   hang when more than 115 images were combined.  Better error checking
+   was added and now an error message is printed when the maximum number
+   of images that can be combined is exceeded.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+   Valdes, May 6, 1989
+   Operations in which the output image has an image section are now
+   skipped with a warning message.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/sigma.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, May 6, 1989
+    1.  The weighted sigma was being computed incorrectly.
+    2.  The argument declarations were wrong for integer input images.
+	Namely the mean vector is always real.
+    3.  Minor change to imcmode.gx to return correct datatype.
+
+pkg$images/imstack,imslice
+    Davis, April 1, 1989
+    The proto images tasks imstack and imslice have been moved from the
+    proto package to the images package. Imstack is unchanged except that
+    it now supports the image data types USHORT and COMPLEX. Imslice has
+    been modified to allow slicing along any dimension of the image instead
+    of just the highest dimension.
+
+pkg$images/imstatistics.
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. A totally new version of the imstatistics task has been written
+    and replaces the old version. The new task allows the user to select
+    which statistical parameters to compute and print. These include
+    the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis and the
+    minimum and maximum pixel values.
+
+pkg$images/imhistogram.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+pkg$images/doc/imhistogram.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. The imhistogram task has been modified to plot "box" style histograms
+    as well as "line" type histograms. Type "line" remains the default.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.par,register.par,geomap.par
+pkg$images/doc/geomap.hlp,register.hlp,geotran.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 6, 1989
+    1. Improved the parameter prompting in GEOMAP, REGISTER and GEOTRAN
+    and improved the help pages.
+    2. Changed GEOMAP database quantities "xscale" and "yscale" to "xmag"
+    and "ymag" for consistency . Geotran was changed appropriately.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    For short data a short variable was wraping around when there were
+    a significant number of saturated pixels leading to an infinite loop.
+    The variables were made real regardless of the image datatype.
+    (3/1/89, Valdes)
+ 
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Davis, Feb 28, 1989
+    1. Added support for type USHORT to the imcopy task. This is a merged
+    ST modification.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcthreshold.gx
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1989
+    1.  Added provision for blank value when all pixels are rejected by the
+        threshold.
+    2.  Fixed a bug that was improperly scaling images in the threshold option.
+    3.  The offset printed in the log now has the opposite sign so that it
+	is the value "added" to bring images to a common level.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Feb 23, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in the median fitting code which could cause the porgram
+    to go into an infinite loop if the region to be fitted was less than
+    the size of the whole image.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Feb 16, 1989
+    Modified magnify to work on 1D images as well as 2D images. The
+    documentation has been updated.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, Feb 15, 1989
+    Modified the GEOTRAN and REGISTER tasks so that they can handle a list
+    of transform records one for each input image.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Feb 8, 1989
+    Added test for nx=1.
+ 
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    Valdes, Feb 3, 1989
+    The test for the datatype of the output sigma image was wrong.
+ 
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x,listpixels.par
+    Davis, Feb 6, 1989
+    The listpixels task has been modified to print out the pixels for a 
+    list of images instead of a single image only. A title line for each
+    image listed can optionally be printed on the standard output if
+    the new parameter verbose is set to yes.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, Feb 2, 1989
+    Added a new parameter shifts_file to the imshift task. Shifts_file
+    is the name of a text file containing the the x and yshifts for
+    each input image to be shifted. The number of input shifts must
+    equal the number of input images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Davis, Jan 17, 1989
+    Added an error message for the case where the coordinates is empty
+    of there are no points in the specified data range. Previously the
+    task would proceed to the next coordinate file without any message.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Jan 14, 1989
+    Added the parameter flux conserve to the magnify task to bring it into
+    line with all the other geometric transformation tasks.
+
+pgk$images/geometry/geotran.x,geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jan 2, 1989
+    A bug was fixed in the flux conserve code. If the x and y reference
+    coordinates  are not in pixel units and are not 1 then
+    the computed flux per pixel was too small by xscale * yscale.
+
+pkg$images/filters/acnvrr.x,convolve.x,boxcar.x,aboxcar.x
+    Davis, Dec 27, 1988
+    I changed the name of the acnvrr procedure to cnv_radcnvr to avoid
+    a name conflict with a vops library procedure. This only showed
+    up when shared libraries were implemented. I also changed the name
+    of the aboxcarr procedure to cnv_aboxr to avoid conflict with the
+    vops naming conventions.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcaverage.gx
+    Davis, Dec 22, 1988
+    Added an errchk statement for imc_scales and imgnl$t to stop the
+    program bombing with segmentation violations when mode <= 0.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Dec 8, 1988
+    1.  IMCOMBINE now prints the scale as a multiplicative quantity.
+    2.  The combined exposure time was not being scaled by the scaling
+	factors resulting in a final exposure time inconsistent with the
+	data.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Davis, Nov 30, 1988
+    Changed the list+ mode so that bin value and count are printed out instead
+    of bin count and value. This makes the plot and list modes compatable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Nov 17, 1988
+    Added the n=n+1 back into the inner loop of imstat.
+
+pkg$images/geotran.par,register.par
+    Davis, Nov 11 , 1988
+    Fixed to glaring errors in the parameter files for register and geotran.
+    Xscale and yscale were described as pixels per reference unit when
+    they should be reference units per pixel. The appropriate bug fix has been
+    made.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, November 7, 1988
+    The routine gsrestore was not being error checked. If either of the
+    input x or y coordinate surface was linear and the other was not,
+    the message came back GSRESTORE: Illegal x coordinate. This bug has
+    been fixed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, October 19, 1988
+    A vops clear routine was not called generically causing a crash with
+    double images.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_fmedian.x,t_median.x,t_fmode.x,t_mode.x,t_gradient.x
+    t_gauss.x,t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x
+    Davis, October 4, 1988
+    I fixed a bug in the error handling code for the filters tasks. If
+    and error occurred during task execution and the input image name was
+    the same as the output image name then the input image was trashed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.gx
+    Valdes, September 28, 1988
+    It is now an error for the mode to be nonpositive when scaling or weighting.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmedian.gx
+    Valdes, August 16, 1988
+    The median option was selecting the n/2 value instead of (n+1)/2.  Thus,
+    for an odd number of images the wrong value was being determined for the
+    median.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, August 11, 1988
+    1. Imshift has been modified to uses the optimized code if nearest
+    neighbour interpolation is requested. A nint is done on the shifts
+    before calling the quick shift routine.
+    2. If the requested pixel shift is too large imshift will now
+    clean up any pixelless header files before continuing execution.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+    Davis, July 13, 1988
+    Blkavg has been fixed so that it will work on 1D images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x,imtrans.x
+    Davis, July 12, 1988
+    Imtranspose has been modified to work on complex images.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_chpix.x
+    Davis, June 29, 1988
+    A new task chpixtype has been added to the images package. Chpixtype
+    changes the pixel types of a list of images to a specified output pixel
+    type. Seven data types are supported "short", "ushort", "int", "long"
+    "real" and "double".
+
+pkg$images/geometry/rotate.cl,imlintran.cl,t_geotran.x
+    Davis, June 10, 1988
+    The rotate and imlintran scripts have been rewritten to use procedure
+    scripts. This removes all the annoying temporary cl variables which
+    appear when the user does an lpar. In previous versions of these
+    two tasks the output was restricted to being the same size as the input
+    image. This is still the default case, but the user can now set the
+    ncols and nrows parameters to the desired output size. I ncols or nlines
+    < 0 then then the task compute the output image size required to contain
+    the whole input image.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x,t_gradient.x,t_gauss.x,convolve.x
+    Davis, June 1, 1988
+    The convolution operators laplace, gauss and convolve have been modified
+    to make use of radial symmetry in the convolution kernel. In gauss and
+    laplace the change is transparent to the user. For the convolve operator
+    the user must indicate that the kernel is radially symmetric by setting
+    the parameter radsym. For kernels of 7 by 7 or greater the speedup
+    in timings is on the order of 30% on the Vax 750 with the fpa.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Apr 11, 1988
+    1.  The use of a mode sections was handled incorrectly.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1988
+    1.  Added an error check for a failure in IMMAP.  The missing error check
+	caused FIT1D to hang when a bad input image was specified.
+
+pkg$images/magnify.par
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, Dec 7, 1987
+    1.  Added option list to parameter prompts.
+    2.  Fixed minor typo in help page
+    3.  The mode calculation in IMCOMBINE would go into an infinite loop
+	if all the pixel values were the same.  If all the pixels are the
+	same them it skips searching for the mode and returns the constant
+	number.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Nov 25, 1987
+    1. A bug in the boundary extension = wrap option was found in the
+    IMLINTRAN task. The problem occured in computing values for out of
+    bounds pixels in the range 0.0 < x < 1.0, ncols < x < ncols + 1.0,
+    0.0 < y < 1.0 and nlines < y < nlines + 1.  The computed coordinates
+    were falling outside the boundaries of the interpolation array.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x,geograph.x
+    Davis, Nov 19, 1987
+    1. The geomap task now writes the name of the output file into the database.
+    2. Rotation angles of 360. degrees have been altered to 0 degrees.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x,imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Davis, Nov 2, 1987
+    A bug in the regions fitting option of the IMSURFIT task has been found
+    and fixed. This bug would occur when the user set the regions parameter
+    to sections and then listed section which overlapped each other. The
+    modified ranges package was not handling the overlap correctly and
+    computing a number of points which was incorrect.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/* +
+    Valdes, Sep 30, 1987
+    The directory was reorganized to put generic code in the subdirectory
+    generic.
+
+    A new task called IMCOMBINE has been added.  It provides for combining
+    images by a number of algorithms, statistically weighting the images
+    when averaging, scaling or offsetting the images by the exposure time
+    or image mode before combining, and rejecting deviant pixels.  It is
+    almost fully generic including complex images and works on images of
+    any dimension.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    Davis, Sept 3, 1987
+    A bug in the flux conserving algorithm was found in the geotran code.
+    The symptom was that the flux of the output image occasionally was
+    negative. This would happen when two conditions were met, the transformation
+    was of higher order than a simple rotation, magnification, translation
+    and an axis flip was involved. The mathematical interpretation of this
+    bug is that the coordinate surface had turned upside down. The solution
+    for people running systems with this bug is to multiply there images
+    by -1.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h,t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Aug 6, 1987
+    A new option was added to the parameter regions in the imsurfit task.
+    Imsurfit will now fit a surface to a single circular region defined
+    by an x and y center and a radius.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1987
+    Geotran and register were failing when the output image number of rows
+    and columns was different from the input number of rows and columns.
+    Geotran was mistakenly using the input images sizes to determine the
+    number of output lines that should be produced. The same problem occurred
+    when the values of the boundary pixels were being computed. The program
+    was using the output image dimensions to compute the boundary pixels
+    instead of the input image dimensions.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, Jun 11, 1987
+    A bug in the error checking code in the geomap task was fixed. The
+    condition of too few points for a reasonable was not being trapped
+    correctly. The appropriate errchk statements were added.
+
+pkg$images/geomap.par
+    Davis, Jun 10, 1987
+    The default fitting function was changed to polynomial. This will satisfy
+    most users who wish to do shifts, rotations, and magnifications and
+    avoid the neccessity of correctly setting the xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax
+    parameters. For the chebyshev and legendre polynomial functions these
+    parameters must be explicitly set.  For reference coordinates in pixel
+    units the normal settings are 1, ncols, 1 and nlines respectively.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/hselect.x,imheader.x,images$/imutil/hselect.x
+    Davis, Jun 8, 1987
+    Imheader has been modified to open an image with the default min_lenuserarea
+    Hselect and hedit will now open the image setting the user area to the
+    maximum of 28800 chars or the min_lenuser environment variable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    An error in the image minimum computation was corrected. This error
+    would show up most noiticeably if imstat was run on a 1 pixel image.
+    The min value would be left set to MAX_REAL.
+
+pkg$images/filters/mkpkg
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    I added mach.h to the dependency file list of t_fmedian.x and
+    recompiled. The segmentation violations I had been getting in the
+    program disappeared.
+
+pkg$images/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, April 15, 1987
+    1. I changed the names of the procedures shiftlines and shiftlinesi
+    to sh_lines and sh_linesi. When the original names were contracted
+    to 6 letter fortran names they became shifti and shifts which just
+    so happens to collide with shifti and shifts in the subdirectory
+    osb. On VMS this was causing problems with the shareable libraries.
+    If images was linked with -z there was no problem.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+    Valdes, March 24, 1987
+    1.  IMSUM was failing to unmap images opened to check image dimensions
+	in a quick first pass through the image list.  This is probably
+	the source of the out of files problem with STF images.  It may
+	be the source of the out of memory problem reported from AOS/IRAF.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+pkg$images/imfit/mkpkg
+    Valdes, March 17, 1987
+    1. Added error checking for the illegal operation in which both input
+       and output image had an image section.  This was causing the task
+       to crash.  The task now behaves properly in this circumstance and
+       even allows the fitted output to be placed in an image section of
+       an existing output image (even different than the input image
+       section) provided the input and output images have the same sizes.
+
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+    Davis, March 3, 1987
+    1. Fixed the kernel decoding routine in the convolve task so that
+    it now recognizes the row delimter character in string entry mode.
+
+pkg$images/geometry,filters
+    Davis, February 27, 1987
+    1. Changed all the imseti (im, TY_BNDRYPIXVAL, value) calls to imsetr.
+
+pkg$images/t_minmax.x,minmax.x
+    Davis, February 24, 1987
+    1. Minmax has been changed to compute the minimum and maximum pixel
+    as well as the minimum and maximum pixel values. The pixels are output
+    in section notation and stored in the minmax parameter file.
+
+pkg$images/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, February 19, 1987
+    1. Magnify was aborting with the error MSIFIT: Too few datapoints
+    when trying to reduce an image using the higher order interpolants
+    poly3, poly5 and spline3. I increased the NEDGE defined constant
+    from 2 to three and modified the code to use the out of bounds
+    imio.
+
+pkg$images/geograph.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, February 17, 1987
+    1. Geomap now uses the gpagefile routine to page the .keys file.
+    The :show command deactivates the workstation before printing a
+    block of text and reactivates it when it is finished.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap,geotran
+    Davis, January 26, 1987
+    1. There have been substantial changes to the geomap, and geotrans
+    tasks and those tasks rotate, imlintran and register which depend
+    on them.
+    2. Geomap has been changed to be able to compute a transformation
+    in both single and double precision.
+    3. The geotran code has been speeded up considerably. A simple rotate
+    now takes 70 seconds instead of 155 seconds using bilinear interpolation.
+    4. Two new cl parameters nxblock and nyblock have been added to the
+    rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks. If the output image
+    is smaller than these parameters then the entire output image
+    is computed at once. Otherwise the output image is computed in blocks
+    nxblock by nyblock in size.
+    5. The 3 geotran parameters rotation, scangle and flip have been replaced
+    with two parameters xrotation and yrotation which serve the same purpose.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, January 19, 1987
+    1. The shiftlines task has been completely rewritten. The following
+    are the major changes.
+    2. Shiftlines now makes use of the imio boundary extension operations.
+    Therefore the four options: nearest pixel, reflect, wrap and constant
+    boundary extension are available.
+    3. The interpolation code has been vectorised. The previous version
+    was using the function call asieval for every output pixel evaluated.
+    The asieval call were replaced with asivector calls.
+    4. An extra CL parameter constant to support constant boundary
+    exension was added.
+    5. The shiftlines help page was modified and the date changed to
+    January 1987.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, January 12, 1987
+    1. I changed the amedr call to asokr calls. For my application it did
+    not matter whether the input array is left partially sorted and the asokr
+    routine is more efficient.
+
+pkg$images/lib/pixlist.x
+    Davis, December 12, 1986
+    1. A bug in the pl_get_ranges routine caused the routine to fail when the
+    number of ranges got too large. The program could not detect the end of
+    the ranges and would go into an infinite loop.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, December 3, 1986
+    1. Imstat was failing on constant images because finite machine precision
+    could result in a negative sigma squared. Added a check for this condition.
+
+pkg$images/filters/fmode.x
+    Davis, October 27, 1986
+    1. Added a check for 0 data range before calling amapr.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+    Valdes, October 20, 1986
+    1. Found and fixed bug in this routine which caused pixel rejection
+    to fail some fraction of the time.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx
+    Valdes, October 13, 1986
+    1.  There was a bug when the replication factor for axis 1 was 1.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Hammond, October 8, 1986
+    1. Running imhistogram on a constant valued image would result in
+       a "floating divide by zero fault" in ahgm.  This condition is
+       now trapped and a warning printed if there is no range in the data.
+
+pkg$images/tv/doc/cvl.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Typo in V2.3 documentation fixed: "zcale" -> "zscale".
+
+pkg$images/fit1d.par
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  When querying for the output type the query was:
+
+Type of output (fit, difference, ratio) (fit|difference|ratio) ():
+
+    	The enumerated values were removed since they are given in the
+	prompt string.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+pkg$images/do/imsum.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Medians or pixel rejection with more than 15 images is now
+	correct.  There was an error in buffering.
+    2.  Averages of integer datatype images are now correct.  The error
+	was caused by summing the pixel values divided by the number
+	of images instead of summing the pixel values and then dividing
+	by the number of images.
+    3.  Option keywords may now be abbreviated.
+    4.  The output pixel datatype now defaults to the calculation datatype
+	as is done in IMARITH.  The help page was modified to indicate this.
+    5.  Dynamic memory is now used throughout to reduce the size of the
+	executable.
+    6.  The bugs 1-2 are present in V2.3 and not in V2.2.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, October 6, 1986
+    1.  The parameter "debug" was changed to "noact".  "debug" is reserved
+	for debugging information.
+    2.  The output pixel type now defaults to the calculation datatype.
+    3.  The datatype of constant operands is determined with LEXNUM.  This
+	fixes a bug in which a constant such as "1." was classified as an
+	integer.
+    4.  Trailing whitespace in the string for a constant operand is allowed.
+	This fixes a bug with using "@" files created with the task FIELDS
+	from a table of numbers.  Trailing whitespace in image names is
+	not checked for since this should be taken care of by lower level
+	system services.
+    5.  The reported bug with the "max" operation not creating a pixel file
+	was the result of the previous round of changes.  This has been
+	corrected.  This problem does not exist in the released version.
+    6.  All strings are now dynamically allocated.  Also IMTOPENP is used
+	to open a CL list directly.
+    7.  The help page was revised for points (1) and (2).
+
+pkg$images/fmode.par
+pkg$images/fmd_buf.x
+pkg$images/med_sort.x
+    Davis, September 29, 1986
+    1. Changed the default value of the unmap parameter in fmode to yes. The
+       documentation was changed and the date modified.
+    2. Added a test to make sure that the input image was not a constant
+       image in fmode and fmedian.
+    3. Fixed the recently added swap macro in the sort routines which
+       was giving erroneous results for small boxes in tasks median and mode.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Changed subroutine name with a VOPS prefix to one with a FIT1D
+	prefix.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imdivide.x
+pkg$images/doc/imdivide.hlp
+pkg$images/imdivide.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Modified this ancient and obsolete task to remove redundant
+	subroutines now available in the VOPS library.
+    2.  The option to select action on zero divide was removed since
+	there was only one option.  Parameter file changed.
+    3.  Help page revised.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/doc/blkrep.hlp +
+pkg$images/doc/mkpkg
+pkg$images/images.cl
+pkg$images/images.men
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/x_images.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  A new task called BLKREP for block replicating images has been added.
+	This task is a complement to BLKAVG and performs a function not
+	available in any other way.
+    2.  Help for BLKREP has been added.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imadiv.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to provide replacement of divisions
+	by zero with a constant parameter value.
+    2.  The documentation has been revised to include this change and to
+	clarify and emphasize areas of possible confusion.
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/blkavg.hlp
+    Valdes, September 18, 1986
+    1.  The MAGNIFY help document was expanded to clarify that images with axis
+        lengths of 1 cannot be magnified.  Also a discussion of the output
+	size of a magnified image.  This has been misunderstood often.
+    2.  Minor typo fix for BLKAVG.
+
+images$geometry/blkav.gx: Davis, September 7, 1986
+    1. The routine blkav$t was declared a function but called everywhere as
+    a procedure. Removed the function declaration.
+
+images$filters/med_sort.x: Davis, August 14, 1986
+    1. A bug in the sorting routine for MEDIAN and MODE in which the doop
+    loop increment was being set to zero has been fixed. This bug was
+    causing MEDIAN and MODE to fail on class 6 for certain sized windows.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x: Davis, July 24, 1986
+    1. A bug in the type=ratio option of fit1d was fixed. The iferr call
+    on the vector operator adivr was not trapping a divide by zero
+    condition. Changed adivr to adivzr.
+
+images$iminfo/listpixels.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargl to pargi for writing out the column number of the
+    pixels.
+
+images$iminfo/t_imstat.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargr to a pargd for the double precision quantitiies
+    sum(MIN) and sum(MAX).
+
+images$imfit/t_lineclean.x: Davis, July 14, 1986
+    1. Bug in the calling sequence for ic_clean fixed. The ic pointer
+    was not being passed to ic_clean causing access violation and/or
+    segmentation violation errors.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x, lineclean.x:  Valdes, July 3, 1986
+    1.  FIT1D and LINECLEAN modified to use new ICFIT package.
+
+From Valdes June 19, 1986
+
+1. The help page for IMSUM was modified to explicitly state what the
+median of an even number of images does.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 13, 1986
+
+1. A bug in CONVOLVE in which insufficient space was being allocated for
+long (> 161 elements) 1D kernels has been fixed. CONVOLVE was not
+allocating sufficent extra space.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 12, 1986
+
+1. I have changed the default value of parameter unmap in task FMEDIAN to
+yes to preserve the original data range.
+
+2. I have changed the value of parameter row_delimiter from \n to ;.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis May 12, 1986
+
+1. Changed the angle convention in GAUSS so that theta is the angle of the
+major axis with respect to the x axis measured counter-clockwise as specified
+in the help page instead of the negative of that angle.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Apr 28, 1986
+
+1. Moved geomap.key to lib$scr and made redefined HELPFILE in geogmap.x
+appropriately.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith/imsum.gx:  Valdes Apr 25, 1986
+    1.  Fixed bug in generic code which called the real VOPS operator
+	regardless of the datatype.  This caused IMSUM to fail on short
+	images.
+
+From Davis Apr 17, 1986
+
+1. Changed constructs of the form boolean == false in the file imdelete.x
+to ! boolean.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith:  Valdes, April 8, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when adding images to
+	also added the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+    2.  IMSUM has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when summing images to
+	also sum the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 24, 1986:
+
+1.  When modifying IMARITH to handle mixed dimensions the output image header
+was made a copy of the image with the higher dimension.  However, the default
+when the images were of the same dimension changed to be a copy of the second
+operand.  This has been changed back to being a copy of the first operand
+image.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 21, 1986:
+
+1. A NULL pointer bug in the subroutine plfree inside IMSURFIT was causing
+segmentation violation errors. A null pointer test was added to plfree.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 20, 1986:
+
+1. A bug involving in place operations in several image tasks has been  fixed.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 19, 1986:
+
+1. IMSURFIT no longer permits the input image to be replaced by the output
+image.
+
+2. The tasks IMSHIFT, IMTRANSPOSE, SHIFTLINES, and GEOTRAN  have been modified
+to use the images tools xt_mkimtemp and xt_delimtemp for in place
+calculations.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 13, 1986:
+
+1.  Bug dealing with type coercion in short datatype images in IMARITH and IMSUM
+which occurs on the SUN has been fixed.
+------
+From Valdes Mar 10, 1986:
+
+1.  IMSUM has been modified to work on any number of images.
+
+2.  Modified the help page
+------
+From Valdes Feb 25, 1986:
+
+There have been two changes to IMARITH:
+
+1.  A bug preventing use of image sections has been removed.
+
+2.  An improvement allowing use of images of different dimension.
+The algorithm is as follow:
+
+	a.  Check if both operands are images.  If not the output
+	image is a copy of the operand image.
+
+	b.  Check that the axes lengths are the same for the dimensions
+	in common.  For example a 3D and 2D image must have the same
+	number of columns and lines.
+
+	c.  Set the output image to be a copy of the image with the
+	higher dimension.
+
+	d.  Repeat the operation over the lower dimensions for each of
+	the higher dimensions.
+
+For example, consider subtracting a 2D image from a 3D image.  The output
+image will be 3D and the 2D image is subtracted from each band of the
+3D image.  This will work for any combination of dimensions.  Another
+example is dividing a 3D image by a 1D image.  Then each line of each
+plane and each band will be divided by the 1D image.  Likely applications
+will be subtracting biases and darks and dividing by response calibrations
+in stacked observations.
+
+3.  Modified the help page
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+From Davis Mar 6, 1986:
+
+1. A serious bug had crept into GAUSS after I made some changes. For 2D
+images the sense of the sigma was reversed, i.e sigma = 2.0 was actually
+sigma = 0.5. This bug has now been fixed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Jan 13, 1986:
+
+1. Listpixels will now print out complex pixel values correctly.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 12, 1985:
+
+1. The directional gradient operator has been added to the images package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1.  IMARITH has been modified to first check if an operand is an existing
+file.  This allows purely numeric image names to be used.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1. A Laplacian (second derivatives) operator has been added to the images
+package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 10, 1985:
+
+1. The new convolution tasks  boxcar, gauss and convolve have been added
+to the images package. Convolve convolves an image with an arbitrary
+user supplied rectangular kernel. Gauss convolves an image with a 2D
+Gaussian of arbitrary size. Boxcar will smooth an image using a smoothing
+window of arbitrary size.
+
+2. The images package source code has been reorganized into the following
+subdirectories: 1) filters 2) geometry 3) imfit 4) imarith 4) iminfo and
+5) imutil 6) lib. Lib contains routines which may be of use to several IRAF
+tasks such as ranges. The imutil subdirectory contains tasks which modify
+images in some way such as hedit. The iminfo subdirectory contains code
+for displaying header and pixel values and other image characteristics
+such as the histogram. Image arithmetic and fitting routines are found
+in imarith and imfit respectively. Filters contains the convolution and
+median filtering routines and geometry contains the geometric distortion
+corrections routines.
+
+3. The documentation of the main images package has been brought into
+conformity with the new IRAF standards.
+
+4. Documentation for imdelete, imheader, imhistogram, listpixels and
+sections has been added to the help database.
+
+5. The parameter structure for imhistogram has been simplified. The
+redundant parameters sections and setranges have been removed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+From Valdes Nov 4, 1985:
+
+1.  IMCOPY modified so that the output image may be a directory.  Previously
+logical directories were not correctly identified.
+------
+
+From Davis Oct 21, 1985:
+
+1. A bug in the pixel rejection cycle of IMSURFIT was corrected. The routine
+make_ranges in ranges.x was not successfully converting a sorted list of
+rejected pixels into a list of ranges in all cases.
+
+2. Automatic zero divide error checking has been added to IMSURFIT.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 17, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d now allows averaging of image lines or columns when interactively
+setting the fitting parameters.  The syntax is "Fit line = 10 30"; i.e.
+blank separated line or column numbers.  A single number selects just one
+line or column.  Be aware however, that the actual fitting of the image
+is still done on each column or line individually.
+
+2.  The zero line in the interactive curve fitting graphs has been removed.
+This zero line interfered with fitting data near zero.
+------
+From Rooke Oct 10, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage was changed to "blkavg" and modified to support any allowed
+number of dimensions.  It was also made faster in most cases, depending on 
+the blocking factors in each dimension.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 4, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean modified to allow separate low and high rejection
+limits and rejection iterations.
+------
+From Davis Oct 3, 1985:
+
+1. Minmax was not calculating the minimum correctly for integer images.
+because the initial values were not being set correctly.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 1, 1985:
+
+1. Imheader was modified to print the image history.  Though the history
+mechanism is little used at the moment it should become an important part
+of any image.
+
+2.  Task revisions renamed to revs.
+------
+From Davis Sept 30, 1985:
+
+1. Two new tasks median and fmedian have been added to the images package.
+Fmedian is a fast median filtering algorithm for integer data which uses
+the histogram of the image to calculate the median at each window. Median
+is a slower but more general algorithm which performs the same task.
+------
+From Valdes August 26, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage has been modified to include an new parameter called option.
+The current options are to average the blocks or sum the blocks.
+------
+From Valdes August 7, 1985
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean wer recompiled with the modified icfit package.
+The new package contains better labeling and graph documentation.
+
+2.  The two tasks now have parameters for setting the graphics device
+and reading cursor input from a file.
+______
+From: /u2/davis/ Tue 08:27:09 06-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: imshift bug
+ 
+Imshift was shifting incorrectly when an integral pixel shift in x and
+a fractional pixel shift in y was requested. The actual x shift was
+xshift + 1. The bug has been fixed and imshift will now work correctly for
+any combination of fractional and integral pixel shifts
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Fri 18:14:12 02-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images task
+ 
+A new task GEOMAP has been added to the images package. GEOMAP calculates
+the spatial transformation required to map one image onto another.
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Thu 16:47:49 01-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images tasks
+ 
+The tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN and GEODISTRAN have been added to the images
+package. ROTATE rotates and shifts an image. IMLINTRAN will rotate, rescale
+and shift an an image. GEODISTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion.
+------
+From Valdes July 26, 1985:
+
+1.  The task revisions has been added to page revisions to the images
+package.  The intent is that each package will have a revisions task.
+Note that this means there may be multiple tasks named revisions loaded
+at one time.  Typing revisions alone will give the revisions for the
+current package.  To get the system revisions type system.revisions.
+
+2.  A new task called fit1d replaces linefit.  It is essentially the same
+as linefit except for an extra parameter "axis" which selects the axis along
+which the functions are to be fit.  Axis 1 is lines and axis 2 is columns.
+The advantages of this change are:
+
+	a.  Column fitting can now be done without transposing the image.
+	    This allows linefit to be used with image sections along
+	    both axes.
+	b.  For 1D images there is no prompt for the line number.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/blkavg.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/blkavg.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb5f1d82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/blkavg.par
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# BLKAVG -- Block average or sum on n-dimensional images.
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input images
+output,s,a,,,,Output block averaged images
+option,s,h,average,"average|sum",,Type of operation
+b1,i,a,1,1,,blocking factor in dimension 1 (x or column)
+b2,i,a,1,1,,blocking factor in dimension 2 (y or line)
+b3,i,a,1,1,,blocking factor in dimension 3 (z or band)
+b4,i,a,1,1,,blocking factor in dimension 4
+b5,i,a,1,1,,blocking factor in dimension 5
+b6,i,a,1,1,,blocking factor in dimension 6
+b7,i,a,1,1,,blocking factor in dimension 7
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/blkrep.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/blkrep.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..befcc002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/blkrep.par
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# BLKREP -- Block replicate an n-dimensional images.
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input images
+output,s,a,,,,Output block replicated images
+b1,i,a,1,1,,block replication factor in dimension 1 (x or column)
+b2,i,a,1,1,,block replication factor in dimension 2 (y or line)
+b3,i,a,1,1,,block replication factor in dimension 3 (z or band)
+b4,i,a,1,1,,block replication factor in dimension 4
+b5,i,a,1,1,,block replication factor in dimension 5
+b6,i,a,1,1,,block replication factor in dimension 6
+b7,i,a,1,1,,block replication factor in dimension 7
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/blkavg.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/blkavg.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4491788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/blkavg.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+.help blkavg Oct85 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+blkavg -- block average or sum n-dimensional images
+.ih
+USAGE	
+.nf
+blkavg input output b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be block averaged.  Image sections are allowed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output image names.  If the output image name is the same as the input
+image name then the block averaged image replaces the input image.
+.le
+.ls b1
+The number of columns to be block averaged (dimension 1, or x).
+.le
+.ls b2
+The number of lines to be block averaged (dimension 2, or y).
+.le
+.ls b3
+The number of bands to be block averaged (dimension 3, or z).
+.le
+.ls b4
+The number of pixels to be block averaged in dimension 4 (... etc. for b5-b7).
+.le
+.ls option = "average"
+Type of block average.  The choices are "average" and "sum".
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The list of input images are block averaged or summed to form the output images.
+The output image names are specified by the output list.  The number of
+output image names must be the same as the number of input images.
+An output image name may be the same
+as the corresponding input image in which case the block averaged image replaces
+the input image.  The last column, line, etc. of the output image may be
+a partial block.  The option parameter selects whether to block average
+or block sum.
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+It requires approximately 10 cpu seconds to block average a 512 by 512
+short image by a factor of 8 in each direction (Vax 11/750 with fpa).
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To block average a 2-d image in blocks of 2 by 3:
+
+    cl> blkavg imagein imageout 2 3
+
+2. To block sum two 2-d images in blocks of 5 by 5:
+
+    cl> blkavg image1,image2 out1,out2 5 5 op=sum 
+
+3. To block average a 3-d image by 4 in x and y and 2 in z:
+
+    cl> blkavg imagein imageout 4 4 2
+
+		or
+
+    cl> blkavg imagein imageout b1=4 b2=4 b3=2
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/blkrep.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/blkrep.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7f72616b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/blkrep.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+.help blkrep Sep86 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+blkrep -- block replicate n-dimensional images
+.ih
+USAGE	
+.nf
+blkrep input output b1 [b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7]
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be block replicated.  Image sections are allowed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output image names.  If the output image name is the same as the input
+image name then the block replicated image replaces the input image.
+.le
+.ls b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7
+Block replication factor for dimensions 1 - 7.  Only the block factors for
+the dimensions of the input image are required.  Dimension 1 is the column
+or x axis, dimension 2 is the line or y axis.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The list of input images are block replicated by the specified factors
+to form the output images.  The output image names are specified by the
+output list.  The number of output image names must be the same as the
+number of input images.  An output image name may be the same as the
+corresponding input image in which case the block averaged image
+replaces the input image.  Only the block factors for the dimensions
+of the input images are used.
+
+This task is a complement to \fBblkavg\fR which block averages or sums
+images.  Another related task is \fBmagnify\fR which interpolates
+images to arbitrary sizes.  This task, however, is only applicable to
+two dimensional images with at least two pixels in each dimension.
+Finally, in conjunction with \fBimstack\fR a lower dimensional image
+can be replicated to higher dimensions.
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+VAX 11/750 with FPA running UNIX 4.3BSD and IRAF V2.4:
+
+.nf
+       SIZE DATATYPE REPLICATION     CPU  CLOCK
+        100    short           5    0.5s     1s
+        100     real           5    0.5s     1s
+    100x100    short         5x5    1.7s     5s
+    100x100     real         5x5    2.1s     6s
+  100x100x1     real       5x5x5    9.7s    33s
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.ls 4 1.
+To block replicate a 1D image in blocks of 3:
+
+cl> blkrep imagein imageout 3
+.le
+.ls 4 2.
+To block replicate a 2D image in blocks of 2 by 3:
+
+cl> blkrep imagein imageout 2 3
+.le
+.ls 4 3.
+To block replicate two 2D images in blocks of 5 by 5:
+
+cl> blkrep image1,image2 out1,out2 5 5
+.le
+.ls 4 4.
+To block replicate a 3D image in place by factors of 2:
+
+cl> blkrep image1 image1 2 2 2
+.le
+.ls 4 5.
+To smooth an image by block averaging and expanding by a factor of 2:
+
+.nf
+cl> blkavg imagein imageout 2 2
+cl> blkrep imageout imageout 2 2
+.fi
+.le
+.ls 4 6.
+To take a 1D image and create a 2D image in which each line is the same:
+
+.nf
+cl> imstack image1d image2d
+cl> blkrep image2d image2d 1 100
+.fi
+.le
+.ls 4 7.
+To take a 1D image and create a 2D image in which each column is the same:
+
+.nf
+cl> imstack image1d image2d
+cl> imtranspose image2d image2d
+cl> blkrep image2d image2d 100 1
+.fi
+.le
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+blkavg, imstack, magnify
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/im3dtran.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/im3dtran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68a2b0cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/im3dtran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.help im3dtran Jan97 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+im3dtran -- Transpose a 3D image
+.ih
+USAGE
+im3dtran input output 
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The input 3d image.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output transposed 3D image. If the output image name is the same as
+the input image name then the original image will be overwritten. The number
+of output images must equal the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls new_x = 3
+The new x axis.  The default (3) replaces new x with old z.
+.le
+.ls new_y = 2
+The new y axis = old axis.  The default (2) does not change the y axis.
+.le
+.ls new_z = 1
+The new z axis.  The default (1) replaces new z with old x.
+.le
+.ls len_blk = 128
+The size in pixels of the linear internal subraster. Im3dtran will try to
+transpose a subraster up to len_blk cubed at one time.  Runtime is much
+faster with larger \fBlen_blk\fR, but the task may run out of memory.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+IM3DTRAN transposes the input images \fIinput\fR in 3 dimensions and
+writes the transposed images to \fIoutput\fR. The 6 possible axis 
+mappings are specified by setting the parameters \fInew_x\fR, \fInew_y\fR,
+and \fInew_z\fR.
+
+IM3DTRAN can be used to rotate a datacube 90 degrees in any direction by
+combining the transpose operation with an axis  flip.  For
+example, Consider a datacube is visualized with its origin at the lower
+left front
+when seen by the viewer, with its abscissa being the x axis, its ordinate
+the y axis, and its depth the z axis, with z increasing away from the viewer
+or into the datacube [this
+is a left-handed coordinate system].  To rotate the datacube
+by 90 degrees clockwise about the y axis when viewed from the +y direction;
+the old z axis must become the new x axis, and the old x axis must become
+the new z axis, while the new y axis remains old y axis.  In this case the
+axis that must be flipped prior to transposition is the x axis as shown
+in example 2.
+
+The parameter \fBlen_blk\fR controls how much memory is used during the
+transpose operation.  \fBlen_blk\fR elements are used in each axis at a
+time, or a cube len_blk elements on a side.  If \fBlen_blk\fR is too large,
+the task will abort with an "out of memory" error.  If it is too small,
+the task can take a very long time to run.  The maximum size of len_blk
+depends on how much memory is available at the time IM3DTRAN is run,
+and the size and datatype of the image to be transposed.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Transpose axes 1 2 and 3 of a list of input images to axes 2 1 and 3 of
+a list of output images.
+
+.nf
+	cl> im3dtran image1,image2,image3 tr1,tr2,tr3 2 1 3
+.fi
+
+2.  For an input datacube with columns = x = abscissa, lines = y = ordinate,
+and bands = z = depth increasing away from viewer, and with the image
+origin at the lower left front, rotate datacube 90 degrees clockwise
+around the y axis when viewed from +y (top):
+
+.nf
+	cl> im3dtran input[-*,*,*] output 3 2 1
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imtranspose, imjoin, imstack, imslice
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imlintran.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imlintran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f595ffda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imlintran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+.help imlintran Dec98 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+imlintran -- shift, scale, rotate a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+imlintran input output xrotation yrotation xmag ymag
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be transformed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images.
+.le
+.ls xrotation, yrotation
+Angle of rotation of points on the image axes in degrees.
+Positive angles rotate in a counter-clockwise sense around the x axis.
+For a normal coordinate axes rotation xrotation and yrotation should
+be the same. A simple y axis flip can be introduced by make yrotation
+equal to xrotation plus 180 degrees. An axis skew can be introduced by
+making the angle between xrotation and yrotation other than a
+multiple of 90 degrees.
+.le
+.ls xmag, ymag
+The number of input pixels per output pixel in x and y. The magnifications
+must always be positive numbers. Numbers less than 1 magnify the image;
+numbers greater than one reduce the image.
+.le
+.ls xin = INDEF, yin = INDEF
+The origin of the input picture in pixels. Xin and yin default to the center of
+the input image.
+.le
+.ls xout = INDEF, yout = INDEF
+The origin of the output image. Xout and yout default to the center of the
+output image.
+.le
+.ls ncols = INDEF, nlines = INDEF
+The number of columns and rows in the output image. The default is to
+keep the dimensions the same as the input image. If ncols and nrows are
+less than or equal to zero then the task computes the number of rows and
+columns required to include the whole input image, excluding the effects
+of any origin shift.
+.le
+.ls interpolant = "linear"
+The choices are the following.
+.ls nearest
+Nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+Bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+Third order interior polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+Fifth order interior polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width will be rounded up to
+the nearest odd number.  The default sinc width is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls lsinc
+Look-up table sinc interpolation. Users can specify the look-up table sinc
+interpolant width by appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g.
+lsinc51 specifies a 51 by 51 pixel wide look-up table sinc interpolant. The user
+supplied sinc width will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default
+sinc width is 31 by 31 pixels. Users can specify the resolution of the lookup
+table sinc by appending the look-up table size in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. lsinc51[20] specifies a 20 by 20 element sinc
+look-up table interpolant with a pixel resolution of 0.05 pixels in x and y.
+The default look-up table size and resolution are 20 by 20 and 0.05 pixels
+in x and y respectively.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction in x and y
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0.
+The value 0.0 is increased internally to 0.001. Drizzle resampling
+with a pixel fraction of 1.0 in x and y is equivalent to fractional pixel
+rotated block summing (fluxconserve = yes) or averaging (flux_conserve = no)  if
+xmag and ymag are > 1.0.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate value by reflecting about the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value of the constant for boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls fluxconserve = yes
+Preserve the total image flux?
+.le
+.ls nxblock = 512, nyblock = 512
+If the size of the output image is less than nxblock by nyblock then
+the entire image is transformed at once. Otherwise the output image
+is computed in blocks of nxblock by nxblock pixels.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+IMLINTRAN linearly transforms a the list of images in input using rotation
+angles and magnification factors supplied by the user and writes the output
+images into output. The coordinate transformation from input to output
+image is described below.
+
+.nf
+    1. subtract the origin
+
+    xt = x(input) - xin
+    yt = y(input) - yin
+
+    2. scale the image
+
+    xt = xt / xmag
+    yt = xt / xmag
+
+    3. rotate the image
+
+    xt = xt * cos (xrotation) - yt * sin (yrotation)
+    yt = xt * sin (yrotation) + yt * cos (yrotation)
+
+    4. new orgin
+
+    x(output) = xt + xout
+    y(output) = yt + yout
+
+.fi
+
+The output image gray levels are determined by interpolating in the input
+image at the positions of the transformed output pixels using the inverse
+of the above transformation.
+IMLINTRAN uses the routines in the 2-D interpolation package.
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+It requires approximately 70 and 290 cpu seconds respectively to linearly
+transform a 512 by 512 real image using bilinear and biquintic
+interpolation respectively (Vax 11/750 fpa).
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+.nf
+1. Rotate an image 45 degrees around its center and magnify
+   the image by a factor of 2. in each direction.
+
+   cl> imlintran n4151 n4151rm 45.0 45.0 0.50 0.50
+
+2. Rotate the axes of an image by 45 degrees around 100. and 100.,
+   shift the orgin to 150. and 150. and flip the y axis.
+
+   cl> imlintran n1068 n1068r 45.0 225.0 1.0 1.0 xin=100. yin=100. \
+   >>> xout=150. yout=150.
+
+3. Rotate an image by 45 degrees and reduce the scale in x and y
+   by a factor of 1.5
+
+   cl> imlintran n7026 n7026rm 45.0 45.0 1.5 1.5
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imshift, magnify, rotate, lintran, register, geotran, geomap
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imshift.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imshift.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d3b3dd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imshift.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+.help imshift Dec98 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+imshift -- shift a set of images in x and y
+.ih
+USAGE
+imshift input output xshift yshift
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be transformed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images.
+.le
+.ls xshift, yshift
+Fractional pixel shift in x and y such that xout = xin + xshift and
+yout = yin + yshift.
+.le
+.ls shifts_file = ""
+The name of the text file containing the shifts for each input image. If no
+file name is supplied each input image is shifted by \fIxshift\fR and
+\fIyshift\fR. Shifts are listed in the text file, 1 set of shifts per image,
+with the x and y shift in columns 1 and 2 respectively. The number of
+shifts in the file must equal the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls interp_type = "linear"
+The interpolant type use to computed the output shifted image.
+The choices are the following:
+.ls nearest
+nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+third order interior polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+fifth order interior polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width input by the
+user will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default sinc width
+is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fractions in x and y
+by appending values between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0. The
+value 0.0 is increased to 0.001. Drizzle resampling with a pixel fraction
+of 1.0 in x and y is identical to bilinear interpolation.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary_type = "nearest"
+The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate value by reflecting about the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+IMSHIFT will shift an image in x and y such that:
+
+.nf
+    xout = xin + xshift
+    yout = yin + yshift
+
+.fi
+
+The output image gray levels are determined by interpolating in the input
+image at the positions of the shifted output pixels.
+IMSHIFT uses the routines in the 2-D interpolator package.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Shift an image by (+3.2, -4.5) using a biquintic interior polynomial
+   interpolant and boundary extension.
+
+   cl> imshift vys70 vys70shift 3.2 -4.5 inter=poly5 bound=neare
+
+2. Shift an image by (-6., 1.2) using bilinear interpolation and
+   boundary extension.
+
+   cl> imshift ugc1040 ugc1040shift -6.0 1.2 bound=neare
+
+3. Shift a set of images using shifts listed in the textfile "shifts".
+
+   cl> page shifts
+
+       3.5  4.86
+       -2.  8.9
+       10.1 7.8
+
+   cl> imshift im1,im2,im3 im1.s,im2.s,im3.s shifts_file=shifts
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+The time required to shift a 512 by 512 real image by fractional pixel
+amounts in x and y is approximately 10, 20, 70, 120, and 120 cpu seconds for the
+nearest neighbor, bilinear, bicubic, biquintic and bicubic spline
+interpolants respectively (Vax 11/750 fpa).
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+shiftlines, magnify, rotate, geomap, geotran, imlintran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imtrans.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imtrans.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..332cf040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/imtrans.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.help imtranspose Aug84 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+imtranspose -- transpose two dimensional images
+.ih
+USAGE	
+.nf
+imtranspose input output
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be transposed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output transposed images. If the output image name is the same as
+the input image name then the output image will replace the input image.
+The number of output images must be the same as the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls len_blk = 512
+The one dimensional length of the transpose blocks.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Imtranspose transposes the list of images in input by interchanging
+their rows and columns and writing the results to images specified in
+output. The number of input and output images must be the same.
+
+The transpose is done in square blocks whose dimensions are equal \fIlen_blk\fR.
+
+The imtranspose tasks can be used to perform counter-clockwise or
+clockwise ninety degree rotations by flipping the y or x axis respectively
+in the input image section specification.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To transpose an image:
+
+	cl> imtranspose image1 image2
+
+2. To transpose an image in place:
+
+	cl> imtranspose image1 image1
+
+3. To rotate an image 90 degrees counter-clockwise and clockwise:
+
+	cl> imtranspose image1[*,-*] image2
+
+	cl> imtranspose image1[-*,*] image2
+
+3. To transpose a set of 3 images listed 1 per line in the file imlist to
+the new images trans001, trans002, and trans003:
+
+	cl> imtranspose @imlist trans001,trans002,trans003
+
+4. To transpose a set of images in place:
+
+	cl> imtranspose frame* frame*
+
+5. To rotate an image 90 degrees counter-clockwise in place:
+
+	cl> imtranspose image[*,-*] image
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+It is currently not legal to transpose images with a wcs type of MULTISPEC.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/magnify.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/magnify.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b31817e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/magnify.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+.help magnify Dec98 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+magnify -- interpolate two dimensional images
+.ih
+USAGE	
+.nf
+magnify input output xmag ymag
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of one or two dimensional images to be magnified.  Image sections are
+allowed.  Images with an axis containing only one pixel are not magnified.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output image names.  If the output image name is the same as the input
+image name then the magnified image replaces the input image.
+.le
+.ls xmag, ymag
+The magnification factors for the first and second image dimensions
+respectively.  The magnifications need not be integers.  Magnifications
+greater than 1 increase the size of the image while negative magnifications
+less than -1 decrease the size by the specified factor.  Magnifications
+between -1 and 1 are interpreted as reciprocal magnifications.
+.le
+.ls x1 = INDEF, x2 = INDEF
+The starting and ending coordinates in x in the input image which become
+the first and last pixel in x in the magnified image.  The values need not
+be integers.  If indefinite the values default to the first and last pixel
+in x of the input image; i.e. a value of 1 and nx.
+.le
+.ls y1 = INDEF, y2 = INDEF
+The starting and ending coordinates in y in the input image which become
+the first and last pixel in y in the magnified image.  The values need not
+be integers.  If indefinite the values default to the first and last pixel
+in y of the input image; i.e. a value of 1 and ny.
+.le
+.ls dx = INDEF, dy = INDEF
+The intervals between the output pixels in terms of the input image.
+The values need not be integers.  If these values are specified they
+override the magnification factors.
+.le
+.ls interpolant = "linear"
+The interpolant used for rebinning the image.
+The choices are the following.
+.ls nearest
+Nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+Bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+Third order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+Fifth order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width will be rounded up to
+the nearest odd number.  The default sinc width is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls lsinc
+Look-up table sinc interpolation. Users can specify the look-up table sinc
+interpolant width by appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g.
+lsinc51 specifies a 51 by 51 pixel wide look-up table sinc interpolant. The user
+supplied sinc width will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default
+sinc width is 31 by 31 pixels. Users can specify the resolution of the lookup
+table sinc by appending the look-up table size in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. lsinc51[20] specifies a 20 by 20 element sinc
+look-up table interpolant with a pixel resolution of 0.05 pixels in x and y.
+The default look-up table size and resolution are 20 by 20 and 0.05 pixels
+in x and y respectively.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction in x and y
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0.
+The value 0.0 is increased internally to 0.001. Drizzle resampling
+with a pixel fraction of 1.0 in x and y is equivalent to fractional pixel
+block summing (fluxconserve = yes) or averaging (flux_conserve = no)  if
+xmag and ymag are < 1.0.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+Boundary extension type for references to pixels outside the bounds of the
+input image. The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate value by reflecting about the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+Constant value for constant boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls fluxconserve = yes
+Preserve the total image flux.
+.le
+.ls logfile = STDOUT
+Log file for recording information about the magnification.  A null
+logfile may be used to turn off log information.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The list of input images are expanded or contracted by interpolation
+to form the output images.  The output image names are specified by the
+output list.  The number of output image names must be the
+same as the number of input images.  An output image name may be the same
+as the corresponding input image in which case the magnified image replaces
+the input image.  The input images must be one or two dimensional and each
+axis must be of at least length 2 (i.e. there have to be distinct
+endpoints between which to interpolate).
+
+The magnification factor determines the pixel step size or interval.
+Positive magnifications are related to the step size as the reciprocal;
+for example a magnification of 2.5 implies a step size of .4 and a
+magnification of .2 implies a step size of 5.  Negative magnifications
+are related to the step size as the absolute value; for example a
+magnification of -2.2 implies a step size of 2.2.  This definition
+frees the user from dealing with reciprocals and irrational numbers.
+Note that the step size may be specified directly with the parameters
+\fIdx\fR and \fIdy\fR, in which case the magnification factor is
+not required.
+
+If fluxconserve = yes, the magnification is approximately flux conserving
+in that the image values are scaled by the ratio of the output to the input
+pixel areas; i.e dx * dy.
+
+In the default case with only the magnifications specified the full
+image is expanded or contracted.  By specifying additional parameters
+the size and origin of the output image may be changed.  Only those
+parameters to be fixed need to be specified and the values of the
+remaining parameters are either determined from these values or
+default as indicated in the PARAMETERS section.
+
+The user may select the type of two dimensional interpolation and boundary
+extension to be used.  Note that the image interpolation is performed on
+the boundary extended input image.  Thus, boundary extensions which are
+discontinuous (constant and wrap) may introduce interpolation errors.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To expand an image by a factor of 2.5:
+
+	cl> magnify imagein imageout 2.5 2.5
+
+2. To subsample the lines of an image in steps of 3.5:
+
+	cl> magnify imagein imageout dx=3.5 dy=1
+
+3. To magnify the central part of an image by 2 into a 11 by 31 image:
+
+.nf
+	cl> magnify imagein imageout 2 2 x1=25.3 x2=30.3 \
+	>>> y1=20 y2=35
+.fi
+
+4. To use a higher order interpolator with wrap around boundary extension:
+
+.nf
+	cl> magnify imagein imageout 2 2 x1=-10 y1=-10 \
+	>>> interpolation=spline3 boundary=wrap
+.fi
+
+It is important to remember that the magnification affects the pixel intervals!
+This means that the number of pixels in an expanded image is not simply
+a multiple of the original number.   The following example illustrates this
+point.  Begin with an image which is 100 by 10.  This means the
+x coordinates run between 1 and 100 and the y coordinates run between 1 and
+10 with a pixel interval of 1.
+
+Let's magnify the x axis by 0.5 and the y axis by 2.
+The output pixel intervals, in terms of the input pixel intervals,
+are then 2 and 0.5.  This means the output x pixels are at
+1, 3, 5, etc. and output y pixels are at 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, etc., again in
+terms of the input pixel coordinates.  The last output x pixel is then
+at 99 in the input coordinates and the number of pixels is 50.  For the
+y axis the last output pixel is at 10 in the input coordinates and the
+number of pixels between 1 and 10 in intervals of 0.5 is 19!  Thus, the
+final image is 50 by 19 and not 50 by 20 which you would get if you
+multiplied the axis lengths by the magnification factors.
+
+A more complex example is given above in which x1=25.3,
+x2=30.3, y1=20, and y2=35 with magnification factors of 2.
+It is important to understand why the output image is 11 by 31 and
+what the pixel coordinates are in terms of the input pixel coordinates.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imshift, blkavg, rotate, imlintran, register, geotran, geomap
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/rotate.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/rotate.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b534738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/rotate.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.help rotate Dec98 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+rotate -- rotate and shift a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+rotate input output rotation
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be rotated.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images.
+.le
+.ls rotation
+Angle of rotation of the image in degrees. Positive angles will rotate
+the image counter-clockwise from the x axis.
+.le
+.ls xin = INDEF, yin = INDEF
+The origin of the rotation in pixels. Xin and yin default to the center of
+the input image.
+.le
+.ls xout = INDEF, yout = INDEF
+The origin of the output image. Xout and yout default to the center of the
+output image.
+.le
+.ls ncols = INDEF, nlines = INDEF
+The number of columns and rows in the output image. The default is to
+keep the dimensions the same as the input image. If ncols and nrows is
+less then or equal to zero the program will compute the number of columns
+and rows needed to include the whole image, excluding the effects of
+any origin shifts.
+.le
+.ls interpolant = "linear"
+The interpolant. The options are the following:
+.ls nearest
+Nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+Bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+Third order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+Fifth order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width will be rounded up to
+the nearest odd number.  The default sinc width is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls lsinc
+Look-up table sinc interpolation. Users can specify the look-up table sinc
+interpolant width by appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g.
+lsinc51 specifies a 51 by 51 pixel wide look-up table sinc interpolant. The user
+supplied sinc width will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default
+sinc width is 31 by 31 pixels. Users can specify the resolution of the lookup
+table sinc by appending the look-up table size in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. lsinc51[20] specifies a 20 by 20 element sinc
+look-up table interpolant with a pixel resolution of 0.05 pixels in x and y.
+The default look-up table size and resolution are 20 by 20 and 0.05 pixels
+in x and y respectively.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction in x and y
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0.
+The value 0.0 is increased internally to 0.001. Drizzle resampling
+with a pixel fraction of 1.0 in x and y is equivalent to fractional pixel
+rotated block summing (fluxconserve = yes) or averaging (flux_conserve = no)  if
+xmag and ymag are > 1.0.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value of the constant for constant boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls nxblock = 512, nyblock = 512
+If the dimensions of the output image are less than nxblock and nyblock
+then the entire image is rotated at once. Otherwise nxblock by nyblock
+segments of the image are rotated.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+ROTATE rotates the list of images in input by rotation degrees and writes
+the output to the images specified by output. The origins of the input and
+output images may be specified by setting xin, yin, xout and yout. The
+transformation is described below.
+
+.nf
+    xt = (x - xin) * cos (rotation) - (y - yin) * sin (rotation) + xout
+    yt = (x - xin) * sin (rotation) + (y - yin) * cos (rotation) + yout
+
+.fi
+
+The output image gray levels are determined by interpolating in the input
+image at the positions of the transformed output pixels. ROTATE uses the
+routines in the 2-D interpolation package.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+.nf
+1. Rotate an image 45 degrees around its center.
+
+   cl> rotate m51 m51r45 45.0
+
+2. Rotate an image by 45 degrees around (100., 100.) and
+   shift the origin to (150., 150.0) using bicubic interpolation.
+
+   cl> rotate m92 m92r45 45.0 xin=100. yin=100. xout=150. yout=150.\
+   >>> interp=poly3
+
+3. Rotate an image 90 degrees counter-clockwise and clockwise around its
+   center. Note the use of imtranspose and image section notation.
+
+   cl> imtranspose m92[*,-*] m92d90
+
+   cl> imtranspose m92[-*,*] m92d270
+
+4. Rotate an image 180 degrees counter-clockwise. Note the use of imcopy
+   and image section notation.
+
+   cl> imcopy m92[-*,-*] m92d180
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+It requires approximately 70 and 290 cpu seconds to rotate a 512 by 512
+real image using bilinear and biquintic interpolation respectively
+(Vax 11/750 fpa).
+.ih
+BUGS
+The interpolation operation is done in real arithmetic. However the output
+type of the pixels is set equal to the input type. This can lead to truncation
+problems for integer images.
+
+Simple 90, 180, 270 etc degree rotations are best performed using the
+imtranspose task and/or image section notation.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imtranspose, imshift, magnify, lintran, geotran, geomap
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/shiftlines.hlp b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/shiftlines.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..856ab3a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/doc/shiftlines.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+.help shiftlines Dec98 images.imgeom
+.ih
+NAME
+shiftlines -- shift lines in a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE	
+.nf
+shiftlines input output shift
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be shifted.  Image sections are allowed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output image names.  If the output image name is the same as the input
+image name then the shifted image replaces the input image.
+.le
+.ls shift
+Shift in pixels.
+.le
+.ls interp_type = "linear"
+The interpolant type use to computed the output shifted image.
+The choices are the following:
+.ls nearest
+nearest neighbor interpolation.
+.le
+.ls linear
+linear interpolation in x.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+third order interior polynomial in x.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+fifth order interior polynomial in x.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+cubic spline in x.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+sinc interpolation in x. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width input by the user will
+be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default sinc width
+is 31 pixels.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+1D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0. The
+value 0.0 is increased to 0.001. Drizzle resampling with a pixel fraction
+of 1.0 is identical to linear interpolation.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary_type = "nearest"
+Boundary condition for shifts outside the input image.
+The minimum match abbreviated choices are:
+.ls "nearest"
+Use the values of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls "wrap"
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite boundary.
+.le
+.ls "reflect"
+Generate a value by reflecting around the boundary
+.le
+.ls "constant"
+Use a user supplied constant pixel value.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = "0.0"
+The constant for constant boundary extension.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The list of images in \fIinput\fR is shifted by the amount \fIshift\fR
+and copied to the list of output images \fIoutput\fR.
+The number of output image names must be the same as the number of input
+images.  An output image name may be the same as the corresponding
+input image in which case the shifted image replaces the input image.
+
+The shift is defined by the following relation.
+
+    xout = xint + shift
+
+Features in the input image are moved to higher columns when the shift
+is positive and to lower columns when the shift is negative.  For example,
+to shift a feature at column 10 to column 12 the shift is 2.0. The task
+has been optimized for integral pixel shifts.
+
+There are five choices for the one dimensional image interpolation
+which is selected with the parameter \fIinterp_type\fR.
+The value of the output pixels corresponding to input pixel positions
+outside the boundaries of the image is determined by the parameter
+\fIboundary_type\fR.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Shift the lines of an image by 0.25 pixels to the right.
+
+	cl> shiftlines imagein imageout 0.25
+
+2. Shift the lines of an image by -.3 pixels using cubic spline interpolation
+and replace the input image by the output image.
+
+	cl> shiftlines image image -.3 interp=spline3
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+It requires approximately 28 and 59 seconds to shift a 512 square image
+using linear and cubic spline interpolation respectively
+(Vax 11/750 with fpa).
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imshift, magnify, rotate, imlintran, blkrep, blkav, geotran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/im3dtran.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/im3dtran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c993815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/im3dtran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Parameter list for the IM3DTRAN task
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input 3d image
+output,s,a,,,,Output 3d image
+new_x,i,a,3,1,3,"New x axis"
+new_y,i,a,2,1,3,"New y axis"
+new_z,i,a,1,1,3,"New z axis"
+len_blk,i,h,128,,,Working block size in pixels
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.cl b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8642c8f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#{ IMGEOM -- The Image Geometric Transformation Package.
+
+set	imgeom		= "images$imgeom/"
+
+package	imgeom
+
+# Tasks.
+
+task	blkavg,
+	blkrep,
+	imshift,
+	imtranspose,
+	im3dtran,
+	magnify,
+	shiftlines	= "imgeom$x_images.e"
+
+# Tasks in other packages 
+
+# Geotran is used by the imlintran and rotate tasks.
+
+task	geotran		= "immatch$x_images.e"
+hidetask	geotran
+
+# Scripts
+
+task	imlintran	= "imgeom$imlintran.cl"
+task	rotate		= "imgeom$rotate.cl"
+
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.hd b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9ed726a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Help directory for the IMGEOM package
+
+$doc		= "images$imgeom/doc/"
+$src		= "images$imgeom/src/"
+
+blkavg          hlp=doc$blkavg.hlp,     src=src$t_blkavg.x
+blkrep          hlp=doc$blkrep.hlp,     src=src$t_blkrep.x
+imlintran       hlp=doc$imlintran.hlp,  src=imgeom$imlintran.cl
+imshift         hlp=doc$imshift.hlp,    src=src$t_imshift.x
+imtranspose     hlp=doc$imtrans.hlp,    src=src$t_imtrans.x
+im3dtran        hlp=doc$im3dtran.hlp,   src=src$t_im3dtran.x
+magnify         hlp=doc$magnify.hlp,    src=src$t_magnify.x
+rotate          hlp=doc$rotate.hlp,     src=imgeom$rotate.cl
+shiftlines      hlp=doc$shiftlines.hlp, src=src$t_shiftlines.x
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.men b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..565f5b6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.men
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+         blkavg - Block average or sum a list of N-D images
+         blkrep - Block replicate a list of N-D images
+      imlintran - Linearly transform a list of 2-D images
+        imshift - Shift a list of 1-D or 2-D images
+    imtranspose - Transpose a list of 2-D images
+       im3dtran - Transpose a list of 3-D images
+        magnify - Magnify a list of 1-D or 2-D images
+         rotate - Rotate and shift a list of 2-D images
+     shiftlines - Shift the lines of a list of N-D images
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cef3f3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imgeom.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Jan97"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imlintran.cl b/pkg/images/imgeom/imlintran.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59db414f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imlintran.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# IMLINTRAN -- Linearly transform and image by calling the GEOTRAN task
+# with the appropriate parameters.
+
+procedure imlintran (input, output, xrotation, yrotation, xmag, ymag, xin, yin,
+	xout, yout, ncols, nlines, interpolant, boundary, constant,
+	fluxconserve, nxblock, nyblock, verbose)
+
+string	input
+string	output
+real	xrotation
+real	yrotation
+real	xmag
+real	ymag
+real	xin
+real	yin
+real	xout
+real	yout
+real	ncols
+real	nlines
+string	interpolant
+string	boundary
+real	constant
+bool	fluxconserve
+int	nxblock
+int	nyblock
+bool	verbose
+
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	string	tinput, toutput
+	real	txrotation, tyrotation
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	tinput = input
+	toutput = output
+	txrotation = xrotation
+	tyrotation = yrotation
+
+	# Call GEOTRAN.
+	geotran (input=tinput, output=toutput, database="",
+	    xrotation=txrotation, yrotation=tyrotation, xin=xin, yin=yin,
+	    xout=xout, yout=yout, xshift=INDEF, yshift=INDEF, xmin=1.0,
+	    xmax=ncols, ymin=1.0, ymax=nlines, xscale=1.0, yscale=1.0,
+	    ncols=INDEF, nlines=INDEF, xmag=xmag, ymag=ymag,
+	    interpolant=interpolant, boundary=boundary, constant=constant,
+	    xsample=1., ysample=1., fluxconserve=fluxconserve, nxblock=nxblock,
+	    nyblock=nyblock, verbose=verbose)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imlintran.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/imlintran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a45ed454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imlintran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# IMLINTRAN Parameters
+
+# Required parameters.
+input,f,a,,,,Input data
+output,f,a,,,,Output data
+xrotation,r,a,,,,X rotation angle in degrees
+yrotation,r,a,,,,Y rotation angle in degrees
+xmag,r,a,1.0,0.0,,X output pixels per input pixel
+ymag,r,a,1.0,0.0,,Y output pixels per input pixel
+
+# Change transformation parameters.
+xin,r,h,INDEF,1.,,X origin of input image in pixels
+yin,r,h,INDEF,1.,,Y origin of input image in pixels
+xout,r,h,INDEF,1.,,X origin of output image in pixels
+yout,r,h,INDEF,1.,,Y origin of output image in pixels
+ncols,r,h,INDEF,,,Number of columns in the output image
+nlines,r,h,INDEF,,,Number of lines in the output image
+
+# Coordinate surface and image interpolation parameters.
+interpolant,s,h,'linear',,,'Interpolant (nearest,linear,poly3,poly5,spline3,sinc,lsinc,drizzle)'
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap|,,'Boundary extension (nearest,constant,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0.,,,Constant for constant boundary extension 
+fluxconserve,b,h,yes,,,Preserve image flux ?
+
+# Transformation blocking factors.
+nxblock,i,h,512,,,X dimension of working block size in pixels
+nyblock,i,h,512,,,Y dimension of working block size in pixels
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imshift.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/imshift.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcd630c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imshift.par
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# IMSHIFT
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images to be fit
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+xshift,r,a,,,,Fractional pixel shift in x
+yshift,r,a,,,,Fractional pixel shift in y
+shifts_file,f,h,"",,,Text file containing shifts for each image
+interp_type,s,h,'linear',,,'Interpolant (nearest,linear,poly3,poly5,spline3,sinc,drizzle)'
+boundary_type,s,h,'nearest',"|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap|",,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/imtranspose.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/imtranspose.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d77fe522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/imtranspose.par
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+input,s,a,,,,Images to be transposed
+output,s,a,,,,Output image names
+len_blk,i,h,512,,,Size in pixels of internal subraster
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/junk.cl b/pkg/images/imgeom/junk.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59db414f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/junk.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# IMLINTRAN -- Linearly transform and image by calling the GEOTRAN task
+# with the appropriate parameters.
+
+procedure imlintran (input, output, xrotation, yrotation, xmag, ymag, xin, yin,
+	xout, yout, ncols, nlines, interpolant, boundary, constant,
+	fluxconserve, nxblock, nyblock, verbose)
+
+string	input
+string	output
+real	xrotation
+real	yrotation
+real	xmag
+real	ymag
+real	xin
+real	yin
+real	xout
+real	yout
+real	ncols
+real	nlines
+string	interpolant
+string	boundary
+real	constant
+bool	fluxconserve
+int	nxblock
+int	nyblock
+bool	verbose
+
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	string	tinput, toutput
+	real	txrotation, tyrotation
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	tinput = input
+	toutput = output
+	txrotation = xrotation
+	tyrotation = yrotation
+
+	# Call GEOTRAN.
+	geotran (input=tinput, output=toutput, database="",
+	    xrotation=txrotation, yrotation=tyrotation, xin=xin, yin=yin,
+	    xout=xout, yout=yout, xshift=INDEF, yshift=INDEF, xmin=1.0,
+	    xmax=ncols, ymin=1.0, ymax=nlines, xscale=1.0, yscale=1.0,
+	    ncols=INDEF, nlines=INDEF, xmag=xmag, ymag=ymag,
+	    interpolant=interpolant, boundary=boundary, constant=constant,
+	    xsample=1., ysample=1., fluxconserve=fluxconserve, nxblock=nxblock,
+	    nyblock=nyblock, verbose=verbose)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/magnify.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/magnify.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f1fbf5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/magnify.par
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Magnify parameters
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input two dimensional images
+output,s,a,,,,Output magnified images
+xmag,r,a,,,,X magnification factor
+ymag,r,a,,,,Y magnification factor
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X window origin relative to input image
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X window end point relative to input image
+dx,r,h,INDEF,0.,,X Pixel interval relative to input image
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Y window origin relative to input image
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y window end point relative to input image
+dy,r,h,INDEF,0.,,Y Pixel interval relative to input image
+interpolation,s,h,linear,,,"Interpolation type(nearest,linear,poly3,poly5,spline3,sinc,lsinc,drizzle"
+boundary,s,h,nearest,"|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap|",,"Boundary extension type (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)"
+constant,r,h,0.,,,Boundary extension constant
+fluxconserve,b,h,yes,,,Preserve total image flux?
+logfile,f,h,STDOUT,,,Log file
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imgeom/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b196aebc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# MKPKG for the IMGEOTRAN Package
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/rotate.cl b/pkg/images/imgeom/rotate.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..249fb50e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/rotate.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# ROTATE -- Rotate an image by calling the GEOTRAN task with the appropriate
+# parameters.
+
+procedure rotate (input, output, rotation, xin, yin, xout, yout, ncols, nlines,
+	interpolant, boundary, constant, nxblock, nyblock, verbose)
+
+string	input
+string	output
+real	rotation
+real	xin
+real	yin
+real	xout
+real	yout
+real	ncols
+real	nlines
+string	interpolant
+string	boundary
+real	constant
+int	nxblock
+int	nyblock
+bool	verbose
+
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	string	tinput, toutput
+	real	trotation
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	tinput = input
+	toutput = output
+	trotation = rotation
+
+	# Call GEOTRAN.
+	geotran (input=tinput, output=toutput, database="", xrotation=trotation,
+	    yrotation=trotation, xin=xin, yin=yin, xout=xout, yout=yout,
+	    xshift=INDEF, yshift=INDEF, xmin=1.0, xmax=ncols, ymin=1.0,
+	    ymax=nlines, xscale=1.0, yscale=1.0, ncols=INDEF, nlines=INDEF,
+	    xmag=INDEF, ymag=INDEF, interpolant=interpolant,
+	    boundary=boundary, constant=constant, xsample=1., ysample=1.,
+	    fluxconserve=no, nxblock=nxblock, nyblock= nyblock, verbose=verbose)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/rotate.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/rotate.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e44b99b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/rotate.par
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# ROTATE Parameters
+
+# Required parameters.
+input,f,a,,,,Input data
+output,f,a,,,,Output data
+rotation,r,a,,,,Rotation angle in degrees
+
+# Transformation parameters.
+xin,r,h,INDEF,,,X origin of input image in pixels
+yin,r,h,INDEF,,,Y origin of input image in pixels
+xout,r,h,INDEF,,,X origin of output image in pixels
+yout,r,h,INDEF,,,Y origin of output image in pixels
+ncols,r,h,INDEF,,,Number of columns in the output image
+nlines,r,h,INDEF,,,Number of lines in the output image
+
+# Image interpolation parameters.
+interpolant,s,h,'linear',,,'Interpolant (nearest,linear,poly3,poly5,spline3,sinc,lsinc,drizzle)'
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap|,,'Boundary extension (nearest,constant,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0.,,,Constant for constant boundary extension 
+nxblock,i,h,512,,,X dimension of working block size in pixels
+nyblock,i,h,512,,,Y dimension of working block size in pixels
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/shiftlines.par b/pkg/images/imgeom/shiftlines.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..957f8b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/shiftlines.par
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Task parameters for SHIFTLINES.
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input images
+output,s,a,,,,Output images
+shift,r,a,,,,Line shift in pixels
+interp_type,s,h,"linear",,,'Interpolant (nearest,linear,poly3,poly5,spline3,sinc,drizzle)'
+boundary_type,s,h,"nearest","|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap|",,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0.0,,,Constant for boundary extension
+mode,s,h,ql
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkav.gx b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkav.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c83ebab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkav.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+define	AVG		1	# operation = arithmetic average
+define	SUM		2	# operation = arithmetic sum
+
+# change to (lrdx) in future
+$for (lrd)
+
+# BLKAVG -- Block average or sum on n-dimensional images.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  Remainder pixels at the end
+# of a line, col, etc. are averaged correctly.
+
+procedure blkav$t (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+
+pointer	im1			# input image
+pointer im2			# output image
+int	blkfac[IM_MAXDIM]	# blocking factors
+int	option			# block operation (average, sum, ...)
+
+int	num_oblks[IM_MAXDIM], i, count, ndim, dim, nlines_in_sum, nfull_blkx
+int	junk, num_ilines, num_olines, oline
+long	blkin_s[IM_MAXDIM], blkin_e[IM_MAXDIM]
+long	vin_s[IM_MAXDIM], vin_e[IM_MAXDIM], vout[IM_MAXDIM]
+$if (datatype != l)
+PIXEL	sum
+$else
+real	sum
+$endif
+pointer	sp, accum_ptr, iline_ptr, oline_ptr
+
+int	blkcomp(), imggs$t(), impnl$t() 
+errchk	imggs$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (accum_ptr, IM_LEN(im1, 1), TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Initialize; input and output vectors, block counters.
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im1)
+	nfull_blkx = IM_LEN(im1, 1) / blkfac[1]
+	blkin_s[1] = long(1)
+	blkin_e[1] = long(IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	vin_s[1]   = blkin_s[1]
+	vin_e[1]   = blkin_e[1]
+
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    num_oblks[i] = (IM_LEN(im1,i) + blkfac[i] - 1) / blkfac[i]
+	    IM_LEN(im2, i) = num_oblks[i]
+	}
+	num_olines = 1
+	do i = 2, ndim
+	    num_olines = num_olines * num_oblks[i]
+	call amovkl (long(1), vout, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# For each sequential output-image line, ...
+	do oline = 1, num_olines {
+
+	    call aclr$t (Mem$t[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+
+	    # Compute block vector; initialize dim>1 input vector.
+	    num_ilines = blkcomp (im1, blkfac, vout, blkin_s, blkin_e,
+		vin_s, vin_e)
+
+	    # Output pointer; note impnl$t returns vout for NEXT output line.
+	    junk = impnl$t (im2, oline_ptr, vout)
+
+	    # For all input lines mapping to current output line, ...
+	    do i = 1, num_ilines {
+		# Get line from input image.
+		iline_ptr = imggs$t (im1, vin_s, vin_e, ndim)
+
+		# Increment general section input vector between block bounds.
+		do dim = 2, ndim {
+		    if (vin_s[dim] < blkin_e[dim]) {
+			vin_s[dim] = vin_s[dim] + 1
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+			break
+		    } else {
+			vin_s[dim] = blkin_s[dim]
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Accumulate line into block sum.  Keep track of no. of 
+		# lines in sum so that we can compute block average later.
+
+		call aadd$t (Mem$t[iline_ptr], Mem$t[accum_ptr],
+		    Mem$t[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1,1))
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # We now have a templine of sums; average/sum into output buffer
+	    # first the full blocks using a vop.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call abav$t (Mem$t[accum_ptr], Mem$t[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+	    else
+		call absu$t (Mem$t[accum_ptr], Mem$t[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+
+	    # Now average/sum the final partial block in x, if any.
+	    if (nfull_blkx < num_oblks[1]) {
+		sum = 0$f
+		count = 0
+		do i = nfull_blkx * blkfac[1] + 1, IM_LEN(im1,1) {
+		    sum = sum + Mem$t[accum_ptr+i-1]
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+		if (option == AVG)
+		    Mem$t[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum / count
+		else
+		    Mem$t[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum
+	    }
+		
+	    # Block average into output line from the sum of all lines block
+	    # averaged in X.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call adivk$t (Mem$t[oline_ptr], PIXEL(nlines_in_sum),
+		    Mem$t[oline_ptr], num_oblks[1])
+	}
+	
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkcomp.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkcomp.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..814be4ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkcomp.x
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# BLKCOMP -- compute starting and ending input vectors for blocks in each
+# dimension.  Initialize input-line vectors to block vectors.  Return total
+# number of input lines mapping to current output line.
+
+int procedure blkcomp (im1, blkfac, vout, blkin_s, blkin_e,
+		vin_s, vin_e)
+
+pointer	im1			# pointer to input image descriptor
+int	blkfac[IM_MAXDIM]	# blocking factors for each dimension
+long	vout[IM_MAXDIM]		# output image vectors for each dimension
+long	blkin_s[IM_MAXDIM]	# index of starting block for each dimension
+long	blkin_e[IM_MAXDIM]	# index of ending block for each dimension
+long	vin_s[IM_MAXDIM]	# initial starting input vector
+long	vin_e[IM_MAXDIM]	# initial ending input vector
+
+int	num_ilines, dim
+
+begin
+	num_ilines = 1
+
+	# Compute starting and ending indices of input image pixels in each
+	# dimension mapping to current output line.
+
+	do dim = 2, IM_NDIM(im1) {
+	    blkin_s[dim] = long(1 + (vout[dim] - 1) * blkfac[dim])
+	    blkin_e[dim] = long(min (IM_LEN(im1,dim), vout[dim] * blkfac[dim]))
+	    vin_s[dim]   = blkin_s[dim]
+	    vin_e[dim]   = blkin_s[dim]
+	    num_ilines = num_ilines * (blkin_e[dim] - blkin_s[dim] + 1)
+	}
+	
+	return (num_ilines)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkrp.gx b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkrp.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb297633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/blkrp.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+$for (dlrs)
+
+# BLKRP -- Block replicate an image.
+
+procedure blkrp$t (in, out, blkfac)
+
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+int	blkfac[ARB]		# Block replication factors
+
+int	i, j, ndim, nin, nout
+pointer	sp, buf, buf1, buf2, buf3, v1, v2, v3, ptrin, ptrout
+pointer	imgl1$t(), impl1$t(), imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(in)
+	nin = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	nout = nin * blkfac[1]
+	IM_LEN(out,1) = nout
+
+	if (ndim == 1) {
+	    # For one dimensional images do the replication directly.
+
+	    buf1 = imgl1$t (in)
+	    buf2 = impl1$t (out)
+	    ptrin = buf1
+	    ptrout = buf2
+	    do i = 1, nin {
+		do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		    Mem$t[ptrout] = Mem$t[ptrin]
+		    ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		}
+		ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # For higher dimensional images use line access routines.
+
+	    do i = 2, ndim
+	        IM_LEN(out,i) = IM_LEN(in,i) * blkfac[i]
+
+	    # Allocate memory.
+	    call salloc (buf, nout, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	    # Initialize the input line vector and the output section vectors.
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	    # For each output line compute a block replicated line from the
+	    # input image.  If the line replication factor is greater than
+	    # 1 then simply repeat the input line.  This algorithm is
+	    # sequential in both the input and output image though the
+	    # input image will be recycled for each repetition of higher
+	    # dimensions.
+
+	    while (impnl$t (out, buf2, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+		# Get the input vector corresponding to the output line.
+		do i = 2, ndim
+		    Meml[v1+i-1] = (Meml[v3+i-1] - 1) / blkfac[i] + 1
+		i = imgnl$t (in, buf1, Meml[v1])
+
+		# Block replicate the columns.
+		if (blkfac[1] == 1)
+		    buf3 = buf1
+		else {
+	            ptrin = buf1
+	            ptrout = buf
+	            do i = 1, nin {
+		        do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		            Mem$t[ptrout] = Mem$t[ptrin]
+		            ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		        }
+		        ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	            }
+		    buf3 = buf
+		}
+
+		# Copy the input line to the output line.
+		call amov$t (Mem$t[buf3], Mem$t[buf2], nout)
+
+		# Repeat for each repetition of the input line.
+		for (i=2;  i <= blkfac[2];  i=i+1) {
+	            j = impnl$t (out, buf2, Meml[v2])
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf3], Mem$t[buf2], nout)
+		}
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/blkav.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/blkav.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a7df840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/blkav.x
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+define	AVG		1	# operation = arithmetic average
+define	SUM		2	# operation = arithmetic sum
+
+# change to (lrdx) in future
+
+
+# BLKAVG -- Block average or sum on n-dimensional images.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  Remainder pixels at the end
+# of a line, col, etc. are averaged correctly.
+
+procedure blkavl (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+
+pointer	im1			# input image
+pointer im2			# output image
+int	blkfac[IM_MAXDIM]	# blocking factors
+int	option			# block operation (average, sum, ...)
+
+int	num_oblks[IM_MAXDIM], i, count, ndim, dim, nlines_in_sum, nfull_blkx
+int	junk, num_ilines, num_olines, oline
+long	blkin_s[IM_MAXDIM], blkin_e[IM_MAXDIM]
+long	vin_s[IM_MAXDIM], vin_e[IM_MAXDIM], vout[IM_MAXDIM]
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, accum_ptr, iline_ptr, oline_ptr
+
+int	blkcomp(), imggsl(), impnll() 
+errchk	imggsl(), impnll()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (accum_ptr, IM_LEN(im1, 1), TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize; input and output vectors, block counters.
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im1)
+	nfull_blkx = IM_LEN(im1, 1) / blkfac[1]
+	blkin_s[1] = long(1)
+	blkin_e[1] = long(IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	vin_s[1]   = blkin_s[1]
+	vin_e[1]   = blkin_e[1]
+
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    num_oblks[i] = (IM_LEN(im1,i) + blkfac[i] - 1) / blkfac[i]
+	    IM_LEN(im2, i) = num_oblks[i]
+	}
+	num_olines = 1
+	do i = 2, ndim
+	    num_olines = num_olines * num_oblks[i]
+	call amovkl (long(1), vout, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# For each sequential output-image line, ...
+	do oline = 1, num_olines {
+
+	    call aclrl (Meml[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+
+	    # Compute block vector; initialize dim>1 input vector.
+	    num_ilines = blkcomp (im1, blkfac, vout, blkin_s, blkin_e,
+		vin_s, vin_e)
+
+	    # Output pointer; note impnl$t returns vout for NEXT output line.
+	    junk = impnll (im2, oline_ptr, vout)
+
+	    # For all input lines mapping to current output line, ...
+	    do i = 1, num_ilines {
+		# Get line from input image.
+		iline_ptr = imggsl (im1, vin_s, vin_e, ndim)
+
+		# Increment general section input vector between block bounds.
+		do dim = 2, ndim {
+		    if (vin_s[dim] < blkin_e[dim]) {
+			vin_s[dim] = vin_s[dim] + 1
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+			break
+		    } else {
+			vin_s[dim] = blkin_s[dim]
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Accumulate line into block sum.  Keep track of no. of 
+		# lines in sum so that we can compute block average later.
+
+		call aaddl (Meml[iline_ptr], Meml[accum_ptr],
+		    Meml[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1,1))
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # We now have a templine of sums; average/sum into output buffer
+	    # first the full blocks using a vop.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call abavl (Meml[accum_ptr], Meml[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+	    else
+		call absul (Meml[accum_ptr], Meml[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+
+	    # Now average/sum the final partial block in x, if any.
+	    if (nfull_blkx < num_oblks[1]) {
+		sum = 0
+		count = 0
+		do i = nfull_blkx * blkfac[1] + 1, IM_LEN(im1,1) {
+		    sum = sum + Meml[accum_ptr+i-1]
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+		if (option == AVG)
+		    Meml[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum / count
+		else
+		    Meml[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum
+	    }
+		
+	    # Block average into output line from the sum of all lines block
+	    # averaged in X.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call adivkl (Meml[oline_ptr], long(nlines_in_sum),
+		    Meml[oline_ptr], num_oblks[1])
+	}
+	
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# BLKAVG -- Block average or sum on n-dimensional images.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  Remainder pixels at the end
+# of a line, col, etc. are averaged correctly.
+
+procedure blkavr (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+
+pointer	im1			# input image
+pointer im2			# output image
+int	blkfac[IM_MAXDIM]	# blocking factors
+int	option			# block operation (average, sum, ...)
+
+int	num_oblks[IM_MAXDIM], i, count, ndim, dim, nlines_in_sum, nfull_blkx
+int	junk, num_ilines, num_olines, oline
+long	blkin_s[IM_MAXDIM], blkin_e[IM_MAXDIM]
+long	vin_s[IM_MAXDIM], vin_e[IM_MAXDIM], vout[IM_MAXDIM]
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, accum_ptr, iline_ptr, oline_ptr
+
+int	blkcomp(), imggsr(), impnlr() 
+errchk	imggsr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (accum_ptr, IM_LEN(im1, 1), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize; input and output vectors, block counters.
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im1)
+	nfull_blkx = IM_LEN(im1, 1) / blkfac[1]
+	blkin_s[1] = long(1)
+	blkin_e[1] = long(IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	vin_s[1]   = blkin_s[1]
+	vin_e[1]   = blkin_e[1]
+
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    num_oblks[i] = (IM_LEN(im1,i) + blkfac[i] - 1) / blkfac[i]
+	    IM_LEN(im2, i) = num_oblks[i]
+	}
+	num_olines = 1
+	do i = 2, ndim
+	    num_olines = num_olines * num_oblks[i]
+	call amovkl (long(1), vout, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# For each sequential output-image line, ...
+	do oline = 1, num_olines {
+
+	    call aclrr (Memr[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+
+	    # Compute block vector; initialize dim>1 input vector.
+	    num_ilines = blkcomp (im1, blkfac, vout, blkin_s, blkin_e,
+		vin_s, vin_e)
+
+	    # Output pointer; note impnl$t returns vout for NEXT output line.
+	    junk = impnlr (im2, oline_ptr, vout)
+
+	    # For all input lines mapping to current output line, ...
+	    do i = 1, num_ilines {
+		# Get line from input image.
+		iline_ptr = imggsr (im1, vin_s, vin_e, ndim)
+
+		# Increment general section input vector between block bounds.
+		do dim = 2, ndim {
+		    if (vin_s[dim] < blkin_e[dim]) {
+			vin_s[dim] = vin_s[dim] + 1
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+			break
+		    } else {
+			vin_s[dim] = blkin_s[dim]
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Accumulate line into block sum.  Keep track of no. of 
+		# lines in sum so that we can compute block average later.
+
+		call aaddr (Memr[iline_ptr], Memr[accum_ptr],
+		    Memr[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1,1))
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # We now have a templine of sums; average/sum into output buffer
+	    # first the full blocks using a vop.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call abavr (Memr[accum_ptr], Memr[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+	    else
+		call absur (Memr[accum_ptr], Memr[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+
+	    # Now average/sum the final partial block in x, if any.
+	    if (nfull_blkx < num_oblks[1]) {
+		sum = 0.0
+		count = 0
+		do i = nfull_blkx * blkfac[1] + 1, IM_LEN(im1,1) {
+		    sum = sum + Memr[accum_ptr+i-1]
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+		if (option == AVG)
+		    Memr[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum / count
+		else
+		    Memr[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum
+	    }
+		
+	    # Block average into output line from the sum of all lines block
+	    # averaged in X.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call adivkr (Memr[oline_ptr], real(nlines_in_sum),
+		    Memr[oline_ptr], num_oblks[1])
+	}
+	
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# BLKAVG -- Block average or sum on n-dimensional images.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  Remainder pixels at the end
+# of a line, col, etc. are averaged correctly.
+
+procedure blkavd (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+
+pointer	im1			# input image
+pointer im2			# output image
+int	blkfac[IM_MAXDIM]	# blocking factors
+int	option			# block operation (average, sum, ...)
+
+int	num_oblks[IM_MAXDIM], i, count, ndim, dim, nlines_in_sum, nfull_blkx
+int	junk, num_ilines, num_olines, oline
+long	blkin_s[IM_MAXDIM], blkin_e[IM_MAXDIM]
+long	vin_s[IM_MAXDIM], vin_e[IM_MAXDIM], vout[IM_MAXDIM]
+double	sum
+pointer	sp, accum_ptr, iline_ptr, oline_ptr
+
+int	blkcomp(), imggsd(), impnld() 
+errchk	imggsd(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (accum_ptr, IM_LEN(im1, 1), TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize; input and output vectors, block counters.
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im1)
+	nfull_blkx = IM_LEN(im1, 1) / blkfac[1]
+	blkin_s[1] = long(1)
+	blkin_e[1] = long(IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	vin_s[1]   = blkin_s[1]
+	vin_e[1]   = blkin_e[1]
+
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    num_oblks[i] = (IM_LEN(im1,i) + blkfac[i] - 1) / blkfac[i]
+	    IM_LEN(im2, i) = num_oblks[i]
+	}
+	num_olines = 1
+	do i = 2, ndim
+	    num_olines = num_olines * num_oblks[i]
+	call amovkl (long(1), vout, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# For each sequential output-image line, ...
+	do oline = 1, num_olines {
+
+	    call aclrd (Memd[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1, 1))
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+
+	    # Compute block vector; initialize dim>1 input vector.
+	    num_ilines = blkcomp (im1, blkfac, vout, blkin_s, blkin_e,
+		vin_s, vin_e)
+
+	    # Output pointer; note impnl$t returns vout for NEXT output line.
+	    junk = impnld (im2, oline_ptr, vout)
+
+	    # For all input lines mapping to current output line, ...
+	    do i = 1, num_ilines {
+		# Get line from input image.
+		iline_ptr = imggsd (im1, vin_s, vin_e, ndim)
+
+		# Increment general section input vector between block bounds.
+		do dim = 2, ndim {
+		    if (vin_s[dim] < blkin_e[dim]) {
+			vin_s[dim] = vin_s[dim] + 1
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+			break
+		    } else {
+			vin_s[dim] = blkin_s[dim]
+			vin_e[dim] = vin_s[dim]
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Accumulate line into block sum.  Keep track of no. of 
+		# lines in sum so that we can compute block average later.
+
+		call aaddd (Memd[iline_ptr], Memd[accum_ptr],
+		    Memd[accum_ptr], IM_LEN(im1,1))
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # We now have a templine of sums; average/sum into output buffer
+	    # first the full blocks using a vop.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call abavd (Memd[accum_ptr], Memd[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+	    else
+		call absud (Memd[accum_ptr], Memd[oline_ptr], nfull_blkx,
+		    blkfac[1])
+
+	    # Now average/sum the final partial block in x, if any.
+	    if (nfull_blkx < num_oblks[1]) {
+		sum = 0.0D0
+		count = 0
+		do i = nfull_blkx * blkfac[1] + 1, IM_LEN(im1,1) {
+		    sum = sum + Memd[accum_ptr+i-1]
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+		if (option == AVG)
+		    Memd[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum / count
+		else
+		    Memd[oline_ptr+num_oblks[1]-1] = sum
+	    }
+		
+	    # Block average into output line from the sum of all lines block
+	    # averaged in X.
+	    if (option == AVG)
+		call adivkd (Memd[oline_ptr], double(nlines_in_sum),
+		    Memd[oline_ptr], num_oblks[1])
+	}
+	
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/blkrp.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/blkrp.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc43a3e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/blkrp.x
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+
+
+# BLKRP -- Block replicate an image.
+
+procedure blkrpd (in, out, blkfac)
+
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+int	blkfac[ARB]		# Block replication factors
+
+int	i, j, ndim, nin, nout
+pointer	sp, buf, buf1, buf2, buf3, v1, v2, v3, ptrin, ptrout
+pointer	imgl1d(), impl1d(), imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(in)
+	nin = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	nout = nin * blkfac[1]
+	IM_LEN(out,1) = nout
+
+	if (ndim == 1) {
+	    # For one dimensional images do the replication directly.
+
+	    buf1 = imgl1d (in)
+	    buf2 = impl1d (out)
+	    ptrin = buf1
+	    ptrout = buf2
+	    do i = 1, nin {
+		do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		    Memd[ptrout] = Memd[ptrin]
+		    ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		}
+		ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # For higher dimensional images use line access routines.
+
+	    do i = 2, ndim
+	        IM_LEN(out,i) = IM_LEN(in,i) * blkfac[i]
+
+	    # Allocate memory.
+	    call salloc (buf, nout, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	    # Initialize the input line vector and the output section vectors.
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	    # For each output line compute a block replicated line from the
+	    # input image.  If the line replication factor is greater than
+	    # 1 then simply repeat the input line.  This algorithm is
+	    # sequential in both the input and output image though the
+	    # input image will be recycled for each repetition of higher
+	    # dimensions.
+
+	    while (impnld (out, buf2, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+		# Get the input vector corresponding to the output line.
+		do i = 2, ndim
+		    Meml[v1+i-1] = (Meml[v3+i-1] - 1) / blkfac[i] + 1
+		i = imgnld (in, buf1, Meml[v1])
+
+		# Block replicate the columns.
+		if (blkfac[1] == 1)
+		    buf3 = buf1
+		else {
+	            ptrin = buf1
+	            ptrout = buf
+	            do i = 1, nin {
+		        do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		            Memd[ptrout] = Memd[ptrin]
+		            ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		        }
+		        ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	            }
+		    buf3 = buf
+		}
+
+		# Copy the input line to the output line.
+		call amovd (Memd[buf3], Memd[buf2], nout)
+
+		# Repeat for each repetition of the input line.
+		for (i=2;  i <= blkfac[2];  i=i+1) {
+	            j = impnld (out, buf2, Meml[v2])
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf3], Memd[buf2], nout)
+		}
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# BLKRP -- Block replicate an image.
+
+procedure blkrpl (in, out, blkfac)
+
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+int	blkfac[ARB]		# Block replication factors
+
+int	i, j, ndim, nin, nout
+pointer	sp, buf, buf1, buf2, buf3, v1, v2, v3, ptrin, ptrout
+pointer	imgl1l(), impl1l(), imgnll(), impnll()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(in)
+	nin = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	nout = nin * blkfac[1]
+	IM_LEN(out,1) = nout
+
+	if (ndim == 1) {
+	    # For one dimensional images do the replication directly.
+
+	    buf1 = imgl1l (in)
+	    buf2 = impl1l (out)
+	    ptrin = buf1
+	    ptrout = buf2
+	    do i = 1, nin {
+		do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		    Meml[ptrout] = Meml[ptrin]
+		    ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		}
+		ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # For higher dimensional images use line access routines.
+
+	    do i = 2, ndim
+	        IM_LEN(out,i) = IM_LEN(in,i) * blkfac[i]
+
+	    # Allocate memory.
+	    call salloc (buf, nout, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	    # Initialize the input line vector and the output section vectors.
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	    # For each output line compute a block replicated line from the
+	    # input image.  If the line replication factor is greater than
+	    # 1 then simply repeat the input line.  This algorithm is
+	    # sequential in both the input and output image though the
+	    # input image will be recycled for each repetition of higher
+	    # dimensions.
+
+	    while (impnll (out, buf2, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+		# Get the input vector corresponding to the output line.
+		do i = 2, ndim
+		    Meml[v1+i-1] = (Meml[v3+i-1] - 1) / blkfac[i] + 1
+		i = imgnll (in, buf1, Meml[v1])
+
+		# Block replicate the columns.
+		if (blkfac[1] == 1)
+		    buf3 = buf1
+		else {
+	            ptrin = buf1
+	            ptrout = buf
+	            do i = 1, nin {
+		        do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		            Meml[ptrout] = Meml[ptrin]
+		            ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		        }
+		        ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	            }
+		    buf3 = buf
+		}
+
+		# Copy the input line to the output line.
+		call amovl (Meml[buf3], Meml[buf2], nout)
+
+		# Repeat for each repetition of the input line.
+		for (i=2;  i <= blkfac[2];  i=i+1) {
+	            j = impnll (out, buf2, Meml[v2])
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf3], Meml[buf2], nout)
+		}
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# BLKRP -- Block replicate an image.
+
+procedure blkrpr (in, out, blkfac)
+
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+int	blkfac[ARB]		# Block replication factors
+
+int	i, j, ndim, nin, nout
+pointer	sp, buf, buf1, buf2, buf3, v1, v2, v3, ptrin, ptrout
+pointer	imgl1r(), impl1r(), imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(in)
+	nin = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	nout = nin * blkfac[1]
+	IM_LEN(out,1) = nout
+
+	if (ndim == 1) {
+	    # For one dimensional images do the replication directly.
+
+	    buf1 = imgl1r (in)
+	    buf2 = impl1r (out)
+	    ptrin = buf1
+	    ptrout = buf2
+	    do i = 1, nin {
+		do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		    Memr[ptrout] = Memr[ptrin]
+		    ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		}
+		ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # For higher dimensional images use line access routines.
+
+	    do i = 2, ndim
+	        IM_LEN(out,i) = IM_LEN(in,i) * blkfac[i]
+
+	    # Allocate memory.
+	    call salloc (buf, nout, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	    # Initialize the input line vector and the output section vectors.
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	    # For each output line compute a block replicated line from the
+	    # input image.  If the line replication factor is greater than
+	    # 1 then simply repeat the input line.  This algorithm is
+	    # sequential in both the input and output image though the
+	    # input image will be recycled for each repetition of higher
+	    # dimensions.
+
+	    while (impnlr (out, buf2, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+		# Get the input vector corresponding to the output line.
+		do i = 2, ndim
+		    Meml[v1+i-1] = (Meml[v3+i-1] - 1) / blkfac[i] + 1
+		i = imgnlr (in, buf1, Meml[v1])
+
+		# Block replicate the columns.
+		if (blkfac[1] == 1)
+		    buf3 = buf1
+		else {
+	            ptrin = buf1
+	            ptrout = buf
+	            do i = 1, nin {
+		        do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		            Memr[ptrout] = Memr[ptrin]
+		            ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		        }
+		        ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	            }
+		    buf3 = buf
+		}
+
+		# Copy the input line to the output line.
+		call amovr (Memr[buf3], Memr[buf2], nout)
+
+		# Repeat for each repetition of the input line.
+		for (i=2;  i <= blkfac[2];  i=i+1) {
+	            j = impnlr (out, buf2, Meml[v2])
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf3], Memr[buf2], nout)
+		}
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# BLKRP -- Block replicate an image.
+
+procedure blkrps (in, out, blkfac)
+
+pointer	in			# Input IMIO pointer
+pointer	out			# Output IMIO pointer
+int	blkfac[ARB]		# Block replication factors
+
+int	i, j, ndim, nin, nout
+pointer	sp, buf, buf1, buf2, buf3, v1, v2, v3, ptrin, ptrout
+pointer	imgl1s(), impl1s(), imgnls(), impnls()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(in)
+	nin = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	nout = nin * blkfac[1]
+	IM_LEN(out,1) = nout
+
+	if (ndim == 1) {
+	    # For one dimensional images do the replication directly.
+
+	    buf1 = imgl1s (in)
+	    buf2 = impl1s (out)
+	    ptrin = buf1
+	    ptrout = buf2
+	    do i = 1, nin {
+		do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		    Mems[ptrout] = Mems[ptrin]
+		    ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		}
+		ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # For higher dimensional images use line access routines.
+
+	    do i = 2, ndim
+	        IM_LEN(out,i) = IM_LEN(in,i) * blkfac[i]
+
+	    # Allocate memory.
+	    call salloc (buf, nout, TY_SHORT)
+	    call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	    # Initialize the input line vector and the output section vectors.
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	    # For each output line compute a block replicated line from the
+	    # input image.  If the line replication factor is greater than
+	    # 1 then simply repeat the input line.  This algorithm is
+	    # sequential in both the input and output image though the
+	    # input image will be recycled for each repetition of higher
+	    # dimensions.
+
+	    while (impnls (out, buf2, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+		# Get the input vector corresponding to the output line.
+		do i = 2, ndim
+		    Meml[v1+i-1] = (Meml[v3+i-1] - 1) / blkfac[i] + 1
+		i = imgnls (in, buf1, Meml[v1])
+
+		# Block replicate the columns.
+		if (blkfac[1] == 1)
+		    buf3 = buf1
+		else {
+	            ptrin = buf1
+	            ptrout = buf
+	            do i = 1, nin {
+		        do j = 1, blkfac[1] {
+		            Mems[ptrout] = Mems[ptrin]
+		            ptrout = ptrout + 1
+		        }
+		        ptrin = ptrin + 1
+	            }
+		    buf3 = buf
+		}
+
+		# Copy the input line to the output line.
+		call amovs (Mems[buf3], Mems[buf2], nout)
+
+		# Repeat for each repetition of the input line.
+		for (i=2;  i <= blkfac[2];  i=i+1) {
+	            j = impnls (out, buf2, Meml[v2])
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf3], Mems[buf2], nout)
+		}
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/im3dtran.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/im3dtran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae3153fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/im3dtran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+
+
+# TXYZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->y, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txyz3s (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+short	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, ny, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, y, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TXZY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->z, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txzy3s (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+short	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, nz, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, z, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYXZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->x, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyxz3s (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+short	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nx, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, x, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYZX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->z, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyzx3s (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+short	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nz, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, z, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZXY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->x, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzxy3s (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+short	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, nx, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, x, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZYX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->y, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzyx3s (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+short	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, y, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+
+# TXYZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->y, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txyz3i (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+int	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, ny, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, y, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TXZY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->z, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txzy3i (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+int	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, nz, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, z, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYXZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->x, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyxz3i (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+int	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nx, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, x, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYZX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->z, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyzx3i (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+int	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nz, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, z, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZXY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->x, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzxy3i (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+int	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, nx, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, x, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZYX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->y, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzyx3i (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+int	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, y, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+
+# TXYZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->y, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txyz3l (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+long	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, ny, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, y, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TXZY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->z, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txzy3l (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+long	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, nz, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, z, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYXZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->x, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyxz3l (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+long	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nx, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, x, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYZX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->z, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyzx3l (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+long	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nz, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, z, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZXY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->x, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzxy3l (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+long	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, nx, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, x, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZYX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->y, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzyx3l (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+long	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, y, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+
+# TXYZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->y, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txyz3r (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+real	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, ny, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, y, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TXZY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->z, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txzy3r (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+real	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, nz, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, z, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYXZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->x, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyxz3r (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+real	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nx, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, x, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYZX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->z, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyzx3r (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+real	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nz, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, z, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZXY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->x, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzxy3r (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+real	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, nx, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, x, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZYX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->y, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzyx3r (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+real	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, y, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+
+# TXYZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->y, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txyz3d (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+double	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, ny, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, y, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TXZY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->z, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txzy3d (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+double	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, nz, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, z, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYXZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->x, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyxz3d (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+double	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nx, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, x, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYZX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->z, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyzx3d (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+double	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nz, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, z, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZXY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->x, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzxy3d (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+double	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, nx, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, x, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZYX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->y, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzyx3d (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+double	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, y, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+
+# TXYZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->y, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txyz3x (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+complex	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, ny, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, y, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TXZY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->z, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txzy3x (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+complex	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, nz, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, z, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYXZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->x, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyxz3x (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+complex	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nx, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, x, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYZX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->z, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyzx3x (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+complex	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nz, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, z, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZXY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->x, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzxy3x (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+complex	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, nx, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, x, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZYX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->y, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzyx3x (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+complex	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, y, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/imtrans.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/imtrans.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26754fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/imtrans.x
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+
+
+# IMTR2 -- Generic transpose.  The arrays need not be identical.
+
+procedure imtr2s (a, b, nx, ny)
+
+short	a[nx, ny], b[ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, x, y
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       b[y, x] = a[x, y]
+end
+
+
+
+# IMTR2 -- Generic transpose.  The arrays need not be identical.
+
+procedure imtr2i (a, b, nx, ny)
+
+int	a[nx, ny], b[ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, x, y
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       b[y, x] = a[x, y]
+end
+
+
+
+# IMTR2 -- Generic transpose.  The arrays need not be identical.
+
+procedure imtr2l (a, b, nx, ny)
+
+long	a[nx, ny], b[ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, x, y
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       b[y, x] = a[x, y]
+end
+
+
+
+# IMTR2 -- Generic transpose.  The arrays need not be identical.
+
+procedure imtr2r (a, b, nx, ny)
+
+real	a[nx, ny], b[ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, x, y
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       b[y, x] = a[x, y]
+end
+
+
+
+# IMTR2 -- Generic transpose.  The arrays need not be identical.
+
+procedure imtr2d (a, b, nx, ny)
+
+double	a[nx, ny], b[ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, x, y
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       b[y, x] = a[x, y]
+end
+
+
+
+# IMTR2 -- Generic transpose.  The arrays need not be identical.
+
+procedure imtr2x (a, b, nx, ny)
+
+complex	a[nx, ny], b[ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, x, y
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       b[y, x] = a[x, y]
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9fe8f222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/generic/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Library for the GEOMETRIC TRANSFORMATION tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a pkg$images/
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a pkg$images/
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	blkav.x		<imhdr.h> <error.h>
+	blkrp.x		<imhdr.h>
+	imtrans.x
+	im3dtran.x
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/im3dtran.gx b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/im3dtran.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b683124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/im3dtran.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+$for (silrdx)
+
+# TXYZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->y, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txyz3$t (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+PIXEL	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, ny, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, y, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TXZY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->x, y->z, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure txzy3$t (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+PIXEL	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nx, nz, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[x, z, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYXZ3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->x, z->z.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyxz3$t (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+PIXEL	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nx, nz]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, x, z] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TYZX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->y, y->z, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tyzx3$t (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+PIXEL	a[nx, ny, nz], b[ny, nz, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[y, z, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZXY3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->x, z->y.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzxy3$t (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+PIXEL	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, nx, ny]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, x, y] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+
+# TZYX3 -- Generic 3d transpose, x->z, y->y, z->x.  The arrays need not be
+# identical.
+
+procedure tzyx3$t (a, b, nx, ny, nz)
+
+PIXEL	a[nx, ny, nz], b[nz, ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, nz, x, y, z
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       do z = 1, nz
+		   b[z, y, x] = a[x, y, z]
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/imtrans.gx b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/imtrans.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3749e314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/imtrans.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+$for (silrdx)
+
+# IMTR2 -- Generic transpose.  The arrays need not be identical.
+
+procedure imtr2$t (a, b, nx, ny)
+
+PIXEL	a[nx, ny], b[ny, nx]
+int	nx, ny, x, y
+
+begin
+	do x = 1, nx
+	   do y = 1, ny
+	       b[y, x] = a[x, y]
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e784d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Library for the GEOMETRIC TRANSFORMATION tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../
+$exit
+
+generic:
+        $set    GEN = "$$generic -k"
+
+	$ifolder (generic/blkav.x, blkav.gx)
+	    $(GEN) blkav.gx -o generic/blkav.x		$endif
+	$ifolder (generic/blkrp.x, blkrp.gx)
+	    $(GEN) blkrp.gx -o generic/blkrp.x		$endif
+	$ifolder (generic/imtrans.x, imtrans.gx)
+	    $(GEN) imtrans.gx -o generic/imtrans.x	$endif
+	$ifolder (generic/im3dtran.x, im3dtran.gx)
+	    $(GEN) im3dtran.gx -o generic/im3dtran.x	$endif
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	$ifeq (USE_GENERIC, yes) $call generic $endif
+
+	@generic
+
+	blkcomp.x	<imhdr.h>
+	shiftlines.x	<imhdr.h> <imset.h> <math/iminterp.h>
+	t_blkavg.x	<imhdr.h>
+	t_blkrep.x	<imhdr.h>
+	t_imshift.x	<error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <math/iminterp.h>
+	t_imtrans.x	<imhdr.h> <error.h> <mwset.h>
+	t_im3dtran.x	<imhdr.h> <error.h> <mwset.h>
+	t_magnify.x	<imhdr.h> <imset.h> <error.h> <math/iminterp.h>
+	t_shiftlines.x	<error.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/shiftlines.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/shiftlines.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e0bd6d9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/shiftlines.x
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <math/iminterp.h>
+
+define	NMARGIN		 3
+
+# SH_LINES -- Shift image lines.
+#
+# If an integer shift is given then do an efficient integer shift
+# without datatype I/O conversions and using array move operators.
+# If the shift is non-integer then use image interpolation.
+
+procedure sh_lines (im1, im2, shift, boundary, constant, interpstr)
+
+pointer	im1				# Input image descriptor
+pointer	im2				# Output image descriptor
+real	shift				# Shift in pixels
+int	boundary			# Boundary extension type
+real	constant			# Constant boundary extension
+char	interpstr[ARB]			# Interpolation type
+
+int	i, nsinc, nincr, ncols, nimcols, nlines, nbpix, nmargin, interpolation
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM], vout[IM_MAXDIM]
+real	dx, deltax, cx
+pointer	sp, x, asi, junk, buf1, buf2
+
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	imggsr(), impnlr(), asigeti()
+
+begin
+	# Check for out of bounds shifts.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	if (shift < -ncols || shift > ncols)
+	    call error (0, "SHIFTLINES: Shift out of bounds")
+
+	# Compute the shift.
+	dx = abs (shift - int (shift))
+	if (fp_equalr (dx, 0.0))
+	    deltax = 0.0
+	else if (shift > 0.0)
+	    deltax = 1.0 - dx
+	else
+	    deltax = dx
+
+	# Initialize the interpolation.
+	call asitype (interpstr, interpolation, nsinc, nincr, cx)
+	if (interpolation == II_LSINC || interpolation == II_SINC)
+	    call asisinit (asi, II_LSINC, nsinc, 1, deltax - nint (deltax),
+	        0.0)
+	else
+	    call asisinit (asi, interpolation, nsinc, 1, cx, 0.0)
+
+	# Set up the image boundary conditions.
+	if (interpolation == II_SINC || interpolation == II_LSINC)
+	    nmargin = asigeti (asi, II_ASINSINC)
+	else
+	    nmargin = NMARGIN
+	nbpix = int (abs (shift) + 1.0) + nmargin
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbpix)
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Allocate space for and set up the interpolation coordinates.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, 2 * ncols, TY_REAL)
+	deltax = deltax + nmargin
+	if (interpolation == II_DRIZZLE) {
+	    do i = 1, ncols {
+	        Memr[x+2*i-2] = i + deltax - 0.5
+	        Memr[x+2*i-1] = i + deltax + 0.5
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, ncols
+	        Memr[x+i-1] = i + deltax
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the input v vectors.
+	cx = 1. - nmargin - shift
+	if ((cx <= 0.0) && (! fp_equalr (dx, 0.0)))
+	    v1[1] = long (cx) - 1
+	else
+	    v1[1] = long (cx)
+	v2[1] = ncols - shift + nmargin + 1
+	nimcols = v2[1] - v1[1] + 1
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(im1) {
+	    v1[i] = long (1)
+	    v2[i] = long (1)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the number of output lines.
+	nlines = 1
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(im1)
+	    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(im1, i)
+
+	# Initialize the output v vector.
+	call amovkl (long(1), vout, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Shift the images.
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Get the input image data buffer.
+	    buf1 = imggsr (im1, v1, v2, IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    if (buf1 == EOF)
+		call error (0, "SHIFTLINES: Error reading input image\n")
+
+	    # Get the output image data buffer.
+	    junk = impnlr (im2, buf2, vout)
+	    if (junk == EOF)
+		call error (0, "SHIFTLINES: Error writing output image\n")
+
+	    # Evaluate the interpolation at the shifted points.
+	    call asifit (asi, Memr[buf1], nimcols)
+	    call asivector (asi, Memr[x], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+
+	    # Increment the v vectors.
+	    call sh_loop (v1, v2, IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_NDIM(im1))
+	}
+
+	call asifree (asi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SH_LINESI -- Integer pixel shift.
+#
+# Shift the pixels in an image by an integer amount.  Perform I/O without
+# out type conversion and use array move operators.
+
+procedure sh_linesi (im1, im2, shift, boundary, constant)
+
+pointer	im1				# Input image descriptor
+pointer	im2				# Output image descriptor
+int	shift				# Integer shift
+int	boundary			# Boundary extension type
+real	constant			# Constant for boundary extension
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, junk
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM], vout[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+
+int	imggss(), imggsi(), imggsl(), imggsr(), imggsd(), imggsx()
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+
+begin
+	# Set the boundary extension parameters.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, abs (shift))
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Return if shift off image.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	if (shift < -ncols || shift > ncols)
+	    call error (0, "Shiftlinesi: shift out of bounds")
+
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	v1[1] = max (-ncols + 1, -shift + 1)
+	v2[1] = min (2 * ncols, ncols - shift)
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(im1) {
+	    v1[i] = long (1)
+	    v2[i] = long (1)
+	}
+	call amovkl (long(1), vout, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Setup line counter.
+	nlines = 1
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(im1)
+	    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(im1, i)
+
+
+	# Shift the image using appropriate datatype operators.
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        buf1 = imggss (im1, v1, v2, IM_NDIM(im1))
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlines: error reading input image")
+		junk = impnls (im2, buf2, vout)
+		if (junk == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlinesi: error writing out image")
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], ncols)
+		call sh_loop (v1, v2, IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    }
+
+	case TY_INT:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        buf1 = imggsi (im1, v1, v2, IM_NDIM(im1))
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlines: error reading input image")
+		junk = impnli (im2, buf2, vout)
+		if (junk == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlinesi: error writing out image")
+		call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+		call sh_loop (v1, v2, IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    }
+
+	case TY_LONG:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        buf1 = imggsl (im1, v1, v2, IM_NDIM(im1))
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlines: error reading input image")
+		junk = impnll (im2, buf2, vout)
+		if (junk == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlinesi: error writing out image")
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], ncols)
+		call sh_loop (v1, v2, IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    }
+
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        buf1 = imggsr (im1, v1, v2, IM_NDIM(im1))
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlines: error reading input image")
+		junk = impnlr (im2, buf2, vout)
+		if (junk == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlinesi: error writing out image")
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+		call sh_loop (v1, v2, IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    }
+
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        buf1 = imggsd (im1, v1, v2, IM_NDIM(im1))
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlines: error reading input image")
+		junk = impnld (im2, buf2, vout)
+		if (junk == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlinesi: error writing out image")
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], ncols)
+		call sh_loop (v1, v2, IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    }
+
+	case TY_COMPLEX:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        buf1 = imggsx (im1, v1, v2, IM_NDIM(im1))
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlines: error reading input image")
+		junk = impnlx (im2, buf2, vout)
+		if (junk == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Shiftlinesi: error writing out image")
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], ncols)
+		call sh_loop (v1, v2, IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    }
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "Unknown pixel datatype")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SH_LOOP -- Increment the vector V from VS to VE (nested do loops cannot
+# be used because of the variable number of dimensions).  Return LOOP_DONE
+# when V exceeds VE.
+
+procedure sh_loop (vs, ve, szdims, ndim)
+
+long	vs[ndim]			# the start vector
+long	ve[ndim]			# the end vector
+long	szdims[ndim]			# the dimensions vector
+int	ndim				# the number of dimensions
+
+int	dim
+
+begin
+	for (dim=2;  dim <= ndim;  dim=dim+1) {
+	    vs[dim] = vs[dim] + 1
+	    ve[dim] = vs[dim]
+	    if (vs[dim] - szdims[dim] == 1) {
+		if (dim < ndim) {
+		    vs[dim] = 1
+		    ve[dim] = 1
+		} else
+		    break
+	    } else
+		break
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_blkavg.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_blkavg.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e621bc64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_blkavg.x
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+define	OPTIONS		"|average|sum|"		# Values of task param options
+define	AVG		1			# Arithmetic average in block
+define	SUM		2			# Sum of pixels within block
+define	DEF_BLKFAC	1			# Default blocking factor
+
+# T_BLKAVG -- Block average or sum on n-dimensional images.
+#
+# The input and output images are given by image template lists.  The
+# number of output images must match the number of input images.  Image
+# sections are allowed in the input images and are ignored in the output
+# images.  If the input and output image names are the same then the
+# blocking operation is performed to a temporary file which then replaces
+# the input image.
+
+procedure t_blkavg()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+int	option					# Type of operation
+int	blkfac[IM_MAXDIM]			# Block sizes
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image name
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image name
+char	imtemp[SZ_FNAME]			# Temporary file
+
+int	list1, list2, i
+pointer	im1, im2, mw
+real	shifts[IM_MAXDIM], mags[IM_MAXDIM]
+
+bool	envgetb()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgeti(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+
+string	blk_param	"bX"
+
+begin
+	# Get input and output image template lists and the block sizes.
+
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_LINE)
+	option = clgwrd ("option", image1, SZ_FNAME, OPTIONS)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, blkfac, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Expand the input and output image lists.
+
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same")
+	}
+
+	# Do each set of input/output images.
+
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    do i = 1, IM_NDIM(im1) {
+		if (IS_INDEFI(blkfac[i])) {
+		    call sprintf (blk_param[2], SZ_CHAR, "%1d")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    blkfac[i] = max (1, min (clgeti (blk_param),
+		        IM_LEN(im1, i)))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Perform the block operation.
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE (im1)) {
+	    case TY_SHORT, TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		call blkavl (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		call blkavr (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		call blkavd (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+	    case TY_COMPLEX:
+		#call blkavx (im1, im2, blkfac, option)
+		call error (0,
+		"Blkavg does not currently support pixel data type complex.")
+	    default:
+		call error (0, "Unknown pixel data type")
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the world coordinate system.
+	    if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		mw = mw_openim (im1)
+		do i = 1, IM_NDIM(im1)
+		    mags[i] = 1.0d0 / double (blkfac[i])
+		call mw_scale (mw, mags, (2 ** IM_NDIM(im1) - 1))
+		do i = 1, IM_NDIM(im1)
+		    shifts[i] = 0.5d0 - 1.0d0 / double (blkfac[i]) / 2.0d0
+		call mw_shift (mw, shifts, (2 ** IM_NDIM(im1) - 1))
+		call mw_saveim (mw, im2)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+
+	    call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_blkrep.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_blkrep.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f92a567
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_blkrep.x
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# T_BLKREP -- Block replicate n-dimensional images.
+#
+# The input and output images are given by image template lists.  The
+# number of output images must match the number of input images.  Image
+# sections are allowed in the input images and are ignored in the output
+# images.  If the input and output image names are the same then the
+# replication operation is performed to a temporary file which then replaces
+# the input image.
+
+procedure t_blkrep()
+
+int	i, list1, list2
+pointer	sp, image1, image2, image3, blkfac, im1, im2, mw
+real	shifts[IM_MAXDIM], mags[IM_MAXDIM]
+
+bool	envgetb()
+int	imtopenp(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgeti()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+string	blk_param	"bX"
+
+begin
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image3, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (blkfac, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+
+	# Expand the input and output image lists.
+
+	list1 = imtopenp ("input")
+	list2 = imtopenp ("output")
+
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (1, "Number of input and output images not the same")
+	}
+
+	# Do each set of input/output images.
+
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[blkfac], IM_MAXDIM)
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_LINE) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_LINE) != EOF)) {
+
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[image3], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    do i = 1, IM_NDIM(im1) {
+		if (IS_INDEFI(Memi[blkfac+i-1])) {
+		    call sprintf (blk_param[2], SZ_CHAR, "%1d")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    Memi[blkfac+i-1] = clgeti (blk_param)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Perform the block operation.
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE (im1)) {
+	    case TY_SHORT:
+		call blkrps (im1, im2, Memi[blkfac])
+	    case TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		call blkrpl (im1, im2, Memi[blkfac])
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		call blkrpd (im1, im2, Memi[blkfac])
+	    default:
+		call blkrpr (im1, im2, Memi[blkfac])
+	    }
+
+	    if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		mw = mw_openim (im1)
+		do i = 1, IM_NDIM(im1)
+		    mags[i] = double (Memi[blkfac+i-1])
+		call mw_scale (mw, mags, (2 ** IM_NDIM(im1) - 1))
+		do i = 1, IM_NDIM(im1)
+		    shifts[i] = 0.5d0 - double (Memi[blkfac+i-1]) / 2.0d0
+		call mw_shift (mw, shifts, (2 ** IM_NDIM(im1) - 1))
+		call mw_saveim (mw, im2)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+
+	    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[image3])
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_im3dtran.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_im3dtran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46d4a536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_im3dtran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+
+# Define all possible tranpose operations.
+define	XYZ	1	# xyz -> xyz
+define	XZY	2	# xyz -> xzy
+define	YXZ	3	# xyz -> yxz
+define	YZX	4	# xyz -> yzx
+define	ZXY	5	# xyz -> zxy
+define	ZYX	6	# xyz -> zyx
+
+
+# T_IM3DTRAN -- Transpose 3d images.
+#
+# The input and output images are given by image template lists.  The
+# number of output images must match the number of input images.  Image
+# sections are allowed in the input images and are ignored in the output
+# images.  If the input and output image names are the same then the transpose
+# is performed to a temporary file which then replaces the input image.
+
+procedure t_im3dtran ()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, len_blk, new_ax[3], which3d
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, image1, image2, imtemp, im1, im2, mw
+
+bool	clgetb(), envgetb()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), whichtran()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+errchk	im3dtranpose(), mw_openim(), mw_saveim(), mw_close(), im3dtrmw()
+
+begin
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get input and output image template lists, the size of the transpose
+	# block, and the transpose mapping.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_LINE)
+	new_ax[1] = clgeti ("new_x")
+	new_ax[2] = clgeti ("new_y")
+	new_ax[3] = clgeti ("new_z")
+	len_blk = clgeti ("len_blk")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Determine the type of 3d transpose.
+	which3d = whichtran (new_ax)
+	if (which3d <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "Invalid mapping of new_x, new_y, or new_z")
+
+	# Expand the input and output image lists.
+
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (1, "Number of input and output images not the same")
+	}
+
+	# Do each set of input/output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf (
+		"Image: %s axes: [123] -> Image: %s axes: [%d%d%d]\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image2])
+		    call pargi (new_ax[1])
+		    call pargi (new_ax[2])
+		    call pargi (new_ax[3])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    iferr {
+
+	        # Do the transpose.
+	        call im3dtranspose (im1, im2, len_blk, which3d, new_ax)
+
+	        # Update the image WCS to reflect the transpose.
+	        if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		    mw = mw_openim (im1)
+		    call im3dtrmw (mw, which3d)
+		    call mw_saveim (mw, im2)
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+	        }
+
+	    } then {
+
+                call eprintf ("Error transposing image: %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                call erract (EA_WARN)
+                call imunmap (im2)
+                call imunmap (im1)
+                call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+
+	    } else {
+
+	        # Finish up
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IM3DTRANSPOSE -- Transpose a 3D image. 
+#
+# Divide the image into square blocks of size len_blk by len_blk.
+# Transpose each block with a generic array transpose operator.
+
+procedure im3dtranspose (im_in, im_out, len_blk, which3d, new_ax)
+
+pointer	im_in			#I Input image descriptor
+pointer	im_out			#I Output image descriptor
+int	len_blk			#I 1D length of transpose block
+int	which3d			#I Parameterized transpose order
+int	new_ax[3]		#I Map old axis[index] to new value
+
+int	x1, x2, nx, y1, y2, ny, z1, z2, nz
+pointer	buf_in, buf_out
+pointer	imgs3s(), imps3s(), imgs3i(), imps3i(), imgs3l(), imps3l()
+pointer	imgs3r(), imps3r(), imgs3d(), imps3d(), imgs3x(), imps3x()
+
+begin
+	# Check that the image is 3D.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im_in) != 3)
+	    call error (1, "image is not 3D.")
+
+	# Output image is a copy of input image with dimensions transposed.
+
+	IM_LEN (im_out, 1) = IM_LEN (im_in, new_ax[1])
+	IM_LEN (im_out, 2) = IM_LEN (im_in, new_ax[2])
+	IM_LEN (im_out, 3) = IM_LEN (im_in, new_ax[3])
+
+	# Break the input image into blocks of at most (len_blk) ** 3.
+
+	do x1 = 1, IM_LEN (im_in, 1), len_blk {
+	    x2 = x1 + len_blk - 1
+	    if (x2 > IM_LEN(im_in, 1))
+	       x2 = IM_LEN(im_in, 1)
+	    nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+
+	    do y1 = 1, IM_LEN (im_in, 2), len_blk {
+	        y2 = y1 + len_blk - 1
+	        if (y2 > IM_LEN(im_in, 2))
+		   y2 = IM_LEN(im_in, 2)
+		ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+
+		do z1 = 1, IM_LEN (im_in, 3), len_blk {
+		    z2 = z1 + len_blk - 1
+		    if (z2 > IM_LEN(im_in, 3))
+			z2 = IM_LEN(im_in, 3)
+		    nz = z2 - z1 + 1
+
+		    # Switch on the pixel type to optimize IMIO.
+
+		    switch (IM_PIXTYPE (im_in)) {
+
+		    case TY_SHORT:
+			buf_in = imgs3s (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			switch (which3d) {
+			case XYZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3s (im_out, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			    call txyz3s (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case XZY:
+			    buf_out = imps3s (im_out, x1, x2, z1, z2, y1, y2)
+			    call txzy3s (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YXZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3s (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2, z1, z2)
+			    call tyxz3s (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YZX:
+			    buf_out = imps3s (im_out, y1, y2, z1, z2, x1, x2)
+			    call tyzx3s (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZXY:
+			    buf_out = imps3s (im_out, z1, z2, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+			    call tzxy3s (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZYX:
+			    buf_out = imps3s (im_out, z1, z2, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+			    call tzyx3s (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			}
+
+		    case TY_INT:
+			buf_in = imgs3i (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			switch (which3d) {
+			case XYZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3i (im_out, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			    call txyz3i (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case XZY:
+			    buf_out = imps3i (im_out, x1, x2, z1, z2, y1, y2)
+			    call txzy3i (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YXZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3i (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2, z1, z2)
+			    call tyxz3i (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YZX:
+			    buf_out = imps3i (im_out, y1, y2, z1, z2, x1, x2)
+			    call tyzx3i (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZXY:
+			    buf_out = imps3i (im_out, z1, z2, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+			    call tzxy3i (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZYX:
+			    buf_out = imps3i (im_out, z1, z2, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+			    call tzyx3i (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			}
+
+		    case TY_LONG, TY_USHORT:
+			buf_in = imgs3l (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			switch (which3d) {
+			case XYZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3l (im_out, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			    call txyz3l (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case XZY:
+			    buf_out = imps3l (im_out, x1, x2, z1, z2, y1, y2)
+			    call txzy3l (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YXZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3l (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2, z1, z2)
+			    call tyxz3l (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YZX:
+			    buf_out = imps3l (im_out, y1, y2, z1, z2, x1, x2)
+			    call tyzx3l (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZXY:
+			    buf_out = imps3l (im_out, z1, z2, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+			    call tzxy3l (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZYX:
+			    buf_out = imps3l (im_out, z1, z2, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+			    call tzyx3l (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			}
+
+		    case TY_REAL:
+			buf_in = imgs3r (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			switch (which3d) {
+			case XYZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3r (im_out, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			    call txyz3r (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case XZY:
+			    buf_out = imps3r (im_out, x1, x2, z1, z2, y1, y2)
+			    call txzy3r (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YXZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3r (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2, z1, z2)
+			    call tyxz3r (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YZX:
+			    buf_out = imps3r (im_out, y1, y2, z1, z2, x1, x2)
+			    call tyzx3r (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZXY:
+			    buf_out = imps3r (im_out, z1, z2, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+			    call tzxy3r (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZYX:
+			    buf_out = imps3r (im_out, z1, z2, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+			    call tzyx3r (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			}
+
+		    case TY_DOUBLE:
+			buf_in = imgs3d (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			switch (which3d) {
+			case XYZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3d (im_out, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			    call txyz3d (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case XZY:
+			    buf_out = imps3d (im_out, x1, x2, z1, z2, y1, y2)
+			    call txzy3d (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YXZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3d (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2, z1, z2)
+			    call tyxz3d (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YZX:
+			    buf_out = imps3d (im_out, y1, y2, z1, z2, x1, x2)
+			    call tyzx3d (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZXY:
+			    buf_out = imps3d (im_out, z1, z2, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+			    call tzxy3d (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZYX:
+			    buf_out = imps3d (im_out, z1, z2, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+			    call tzyx3d (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			}
+
+		    case TY_COMPLEX:
+			buf_in = imgs3x (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			switch (which3d) {
+			case XYZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3x (im_out, x1, x2, y1, y2, z1, z2)
+			    call txyz3x (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case XZY:
+			    buf_out = imps3x (im_out, x1, x2, z1, z2, y1, y2)
+			    call txzy3x (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YXZ:
+			    buf_out = imps3x (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2, z1, z2)
+			    call tyxz3x (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case YZX:
+			    buf_out = imps3x (im_out, y1, y2, z1, z2, x1, x2)
+			    call tyzx3x (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZXY:
+			    buf_out = imps3x (im_out, z1, z2, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+			    call tzxy3x (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			case ZYX:
+			    buf_out = imps3x (im_out, z1, z2, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+			    call tzyx3x (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], nx,ny,nz)
+			}
+
+		    default:
+			call error (3, "unknown pixel type")
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WHICHTRAN -- Return the transpose type given the axes transpose list.
+
+int procedure whichtran (new_ax)
+
+int	new_ax[3]		#I the input axes transpose list.
+
+int	which
+
+begin
+	which = 0
+
+	if (new_ax[1] == 1) {
+	    if (new_ax[2] == 2)
+		which = XYZ
+	    else if (new_ax[2] == 3)
+		which = XZY
+	} else if (new_ax[1] == 2) {
+	    if (new_ax[2] == 1)
+		which = YXZ
+	    else if (new_ax[2] == 3)
+		which = YZX
+	} else if (new_ax[1] == 3) {
+	    if (new_ax[2] == 1)
+		which = ZXY
+	    else if (new_ax[2] == 2)
+		which = ZYX
+	}
+	
+	return (which)
+end
+
+
+define	LTM	Memd[ltr+(($2)-1)*pdim+($1)-1]
+define	NCD	Memd[ncd+(($2)-1)*pdim+($1)-1]
+define	swap    {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+
+# IM3DTRMW -- Perform a transpose operation on the image WCS.
+
+procedure im3dtrmw (mw, which3d)
+
+pointer	mw			#I pointer to the mwcs structure
+int	which3d			#I type of 3D transpose
+
+int	i, axes[IM_MAXDIM], axval[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	naxes, pdim, nelem, axmap, ax1, ax2, ax3, szatstr
+pointer	sp, ltr, ltm, ltv, cd, r, w, ncd, nr
+pointer	attribute1, attribute2, attribute3, atstr1, atstr2, atstr3, mwtmp
+double	temp
+int	mw_stati(), itoc(), strlen()
+pointer	mw_open()
+errchk	mw_gwattrs(), mw_newsystem()
+
+begin
+	# Convert axis bitflags to the axis lists.
+	call mw_gaxlist (mw, 07B, axes, naxes)
+	if (naxes < 2)
+	    return
+
+	# Get the dimensions of the wcs and turn off axis mapping.
+	pdim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM) 
+	nelem = pdim * pdim
+	axmap = mw_stati (mw, MW_USEAXMAP)
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+	szatstr = SZ_LINE
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ltr, nelem, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (cd, nelem, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (r, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (w, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ltm, nelem, TY_DOUBLE) 
+	call salloc (ltv, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ncd, nelem, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (nr, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (attribute1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (attribute2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (attribute3, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the wterm which corresponds to the original logical to
+	# world transformation.
+	call mw_gwtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], pdim) 
+	call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], pdim) 
+	call mwvmuld (Memd[ltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], pdim)
+	call aaddd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[nr], pdim)
+	call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call mwmmuld (Memd[cd], Memd[ltr], Memd[ncd], pdim)
+
+	# Define which physical axes the logical axes correspond to. 
+	# and recompute the above wterm to take into account the transpose.
+	ax1 = axes[1]
+	ax2 = axes[2]
+	ax3 = axes[3]
+
+	switch (which3d) {
+	case XYZ:
+	    # do nothing
+
+	case XZY:
+	    # switch axes 3 and 2
+	    call amovd (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltr], nelem)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax1) = LTM(ax1,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax1) = LTM(ax3,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax1) = LTM(ax2,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax2) = LTM(ax1,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax2) = LTM(ax3,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax2) = LTM(ax2,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax3) = LTM(ax1,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax3) = LTM(ax3,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax3) = LTM(ax2,ax2)
+	    swap (Memd[w+ax3-1], Memd[w+ax2-1])
+	    swap (Memd[nr+ax3-1], Memd[nr+ax2-1])
+
+	case YXZ:
+	    # switch axes 1 and 2
+	    call amovd (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltr], nelem)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax1) = LTM(ax2,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax1) = LTM(ax1,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax1) = LTM(ax3,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax2) = LTM(ax2,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax2) = LTM(ax1,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax2) = LTM(ax3,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax3) = LTM(ax2,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax3) = LTM(ax1,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax3) = LTM(ax3,ax3)
+	    swap (Memd[w+ax1-1], Memd[w+ax2-1])
+	    swap (Memd[nr+ax1-1], Memd[nr+ax2-1])
+
+	case YZX:
+	    # map axes 123 to 231
+	    call amovd (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltr], nelem)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax1) = LTM(ax2,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax1) = LTM(ax3,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax1) = LTM(ax1,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax2) = LTM(ax2,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax2) = LTM(ax3,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax2) = LTM(ax1,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax3) = LTM(ax2,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax3) = LTM(ax3,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax3) = LTM(ax1,ax1)
+	    call amovd (Memd[w], Memd[ltv], pdim)
+	    Memd[w+ax1-1] = Memd[ltv+ax2-1] 
+	    Memd[w+ax2-1] = Memd[ltv+ax3-1] 
+	    Memd[w+ax3-1] = Memd[ltv+ax1-1] 
+	    call amovd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], pdim)
+	    Memd[nr+ax1-1] = Memd[ltv+ax2-1] 
+	    Memd[nr+ax2-1] = Memd[ltv+ax3-1] 
+	    Memd[nr+ax3-1] = Memd[ltv+ax1-1] 
+
+	case ZXY:
+	    # map axes 123 to 312
+	    call amovd (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltr], nelem)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax1) = LTM(ax3,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax1) = LTM(ax1,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax1) = LTM(ax2,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax2) = LTM(ax3,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax2) = LTM(ax1,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax2) = LTM(ax2,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax3) = LTM(ax3,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax3) = LTM(ax1,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax3) = LTM(ax2,ax2)
+	    call amovd (Memd[w], Memd[ltv], pdim)
+	    Memd[w+ax1-1] = Memd[ltv+ax3-1] 
+	    Memd[w+ax2-1] = Memd[ltv+ax1-1] 
+	    Memd[w+ax3-1] = Memd[ltv+ax2-1] 
+	    call amovd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], pdim)
+	    Memd[nr+ax1-1] = Memd[ltv+ax3-1] 
+	    Memd[nr+ax2-1] = Memd[ltv+ax1-1] 
+	    Memd[nr+ax3-1] = Memd[ltv+ax2-1] 
+
+	case ZYX:
+	    # switch axes 3 and 1
+	    call amovd (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltr], nelem)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax1) = LTM(ax3,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax1) = LTM(ax2,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax1) = LTM(ax1,ax3)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax2) = LTM(ax3,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax2) = LTM(ax2,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax2) = LTM(ax1,ax2)
+	    NCD(ax1,ax3) = LTM(ax3,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax2,ax3) = LTM(ax2,ax1)
+	    NCD(ax3,ax3) = LTM(ax1,ax1)
+	    swap (Memd[w+ax1-1], Memd[w+ax3-1])
+	    swap (Memd[nr+ax1-1], Memd[nr+ax3-1])
+	}
+
+	# Perform the transpose of the lterm.
+	call mw_mkidmd (Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	switch (which3d) {
+
+	case XYZ:
+	    # do nothing
+
+	case XZY:
+	    # switch axes 3 and 2
+	    LTM(ax2,ax2) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax2) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax3) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax3) = 0.0d0
+
+	case YXZ:
+	    # switch axes 1 and 2
+	    LTM(ax1,ax1) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax1,ax2) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax1) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax2) = 0.0d0
+
+	case YZX:
+	    # map axes 123 to 231
+	    LTM(ax1,ax1) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax1,ax2) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax1,ax3) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax1) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax2) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax3) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax1) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax2) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax3) = 0.0d0
+
+	case ZXY:
+	    # map axes 123 to 312
+	    LTM(ax1,ax1) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax1,ax2) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax1,ax3) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax1) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax2) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax2,ax3) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax1) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax2) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax3) = 0.0d0
+
+	case ZYX:
+	    # switch axes 3 and 1
+	    LTM(ax3,ax3) = 0.0d0
+	    LTM(ax3,ax1) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax1,ax3) = 1.0d0
+	    LTM(ax1,ax1) = 0.0d0
+
+	}
+	call aclrd (Memd[ltv], pdim)
+	call aclrd (Memd[r], pdim)
+	call mw_translated (mw, Memd[ltv], Memd[ltr], Memd[r], pdim)
+
+	# Get the new lterm, recompute the wterm, and store it.
+	call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], pdim) 
+	call mwmmuld (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltm], Memd[cd], pdim)
+	call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call asubd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[r], pdim)
+	call mwvmuld (Memd[ltr], Memd[r], Memd[nr], pdim)
+	call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[cd], pdim)
+
+	# Make a new temporary wcs and set the system name.
+	mwtmp = mw_open (NULL, pdim)
+	call mw_gsystem (mw, Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (call mw_newsystem (mwtmp, Memc[attribute1], pdim))
+	    call mw_ssystem (mwtmp, Memc[attribute1])
+
+	# Copy the wterm and the lterm to it.
+	call mw_gwtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call mw_swtermd (mwtmp, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltr], Memd[r], pdim)
+	call mw_sltermd (mwtmp, Memd[ltr], Memd[r], pdim)
+
+	# Set the axis map and the axis types.
+	call mw_gaxmap (mw, axes, axval, pdim)
+	call mw_saxmap (mwtmp, axes, axval, pdim)
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax1, "wtype", Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME))
+	    call strcpy ("linear", Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax2, "wtype", Memc[attribute2], SZ_FNAME))
+	    call strcpy ("linear", Memc[attribute2], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax3, "wtype", Memc[attribute3], SZ_FNAME))
+	    call strcpy ("linear", Memc[attribute3], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	switch (which3d) {
+	case XYZ:
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax1, 1, Memc[attribute1], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax2, 1, Memc[attribute2], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax3, 1, Memc[attribute3], "")
+	case XZY:
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax1, 1, Memc[attribute1], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax2, 1, Memc[attribute3], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax3, 1, Memc[attribute2], "")
+	case YXZ:
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax1, 1, Memc[attribute2], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax2, 1, Memc[attribute1], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax3, 1, Memc[attribute3], "")
+	case YZX:
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax1, 1, Memc[attribute2], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax2, 1, Memc[attribute3], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax3, 1, Memc[attribute1], "")
+	case ZXY:
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax1, 1, Memc[attribute3], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax2, 1, Memc[attribute1], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax3, 1, Memc[attribute2], "")
+	case ZYX:
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax1, 1, Memc[attribute3], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax2, 1, Memc[attribute2], "")
+	    call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax3, 1, Memc[attribute1], "")
+	}
+
+	# Copy the axis attributes.
+	call malloc (atstr1, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (atstr2, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (atstr3, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+
+	for (i =  1; ; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    if (itoc (i, Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		Memc[attribute1] = EOS
+	    if (itoc (i, Memc[attribute2], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		Memc[attribute2] = EOS
+	    if (itoc (i, Memc[attribute3], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		Memc[attribute3] = EOS
+
+	    repeat {
+		iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax1, Memc[attribute1],
+		    Memc[atstr1], szatstr))
+		    Memc[atstr1] = EOS
+		iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax2, Memc[attribute2],
+		    Memc[atstr2], szatstr))
+		    Memc[atstr2] = EOS
+		iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax3, Memc[attribute3],
+		    Memc[atstr3], szatstr))
+		    Memc[atstr3] = EOS
+		if ((strlen (Memc[atstr1]) < szatstr) &&
+		    (strlen (Memc[atstr2]) < szatstr) &&
+		    (strlen (Memc[atstr3]) < szatstr))
+		    break
+		szatstr = szatstr + SZ_LINE
+		call realloc (atstr1, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+		call realloc (atstr2, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+		call realloc (atstr3, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+	    if ((Memc[atstr1] == EOS) && (Memc[atstr2] == EOS) &&
+		(Memc[atstr3] == EOS))
+	        break
+
+	    switch (which3d) {
+	    case XYZ:
+	        if (Memc[atstr1] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax1, Memc[attribute1], Memc[atstr1])
+	        if (Memc[atstr2] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax2, Memc[attribute2], Memc[atstr2])
+	        if (Memc[atstr3] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax3, Memc[attribute3], Memc[atstr3])
+	    case XZY:
+	        if (Memc[atstr1] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax1, Memc[attribute1], Memc[atstr1])
+	        if (Memc[atstr3] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax2, Memc[attribute3], Memc[atstr3])
+	        if (Memc[atstr2] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax3, Memc[attribute2], Memc[atstr2])
+	    case YXZ:
+	        if (Memc[atstr2] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax1, Memc[attribute2], Memc[atstr2])
+	        if (Memc[atstr1] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax2, Memc[attribute1], Memc[atstr1])
+	        if (Memc[atstr3] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax3, Memc[attribute3], Memc[atstr3])
+	    case YZX:
+	        if (Memc[atstr2] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax1, Memc[attribute2], Memc[atstr2])
+	        if (Memc[atstr3] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax2, Memc[attribute3], Memc[atstr3])
+	        if (Memc[atstr1] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax3, Memc[attribute1], Memc[atstr1])
+	    case ZXY:
+	        if (Memc[atstr3] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax1, Memc[attribute3], Memc[atstr3])
+	        if (Memc[atstr1] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax2, Memc[attribute1], Memc[atstr1])
+	        if (Memc[atstr2] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax3, Memc[attribute2], Memc[atstr2])
+	    case ZYX:
+	        if (Memc[atstr3] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax1, Memc[attribute3], Memc[atstr3])
+	        if (Memc[atstr2] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax2, Memc[attribute2], Memc[atstr2])
+	        if (Memc[atstr1] != EOS)
+	            call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax3, Memc[attribute1], Memc[atstr1])
+	    }
+
+	}
+	call mfree (atstr1, TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (atstr2, TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (atstr3, TY_CHAR)
+	call mw_close (mw)
+
+	# Delete the old wcs and set equal to the new one.
+	call sfree (sp)
+	mw = mwtmp
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, axmap)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_imshift.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_imshift.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a940b99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_imshift.x
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <math/iminterp.h>
+
+define	NYOUT		16	# number of lines output at once
+define	NMARGIN		3	# number of boundary pixels required
+define	NMARGIN_SPLINE3	16	# number of spline boundary pixels required	
+
+
+# T_IMSHIFT -- Shift a 2-D image by an arbitrary amount in X and Y, using
+# boundary extension to preserve the image size.
+
+procedure t_imshift()
+
+pointer	imtlist1		# Input image list
+pointer	imtlist2		# Output image list
+
+pointer	image1			# Input image
+pointer	image2			# Output image
+pointer imtemp			# Temporary file
+pointer	sfile			# Text file containing list of shifts
+pointer	interpstr		# Interpolant string
+
+int	list1, list2, boundary_type, ixshift, iyshift, nshifts, interp_type
+pointer	sp, str, xs, ys, im1, im2, sf, mw
+real	constant, shifts[2]
+double	txshift, tyshift, xshift, yshift
+
+bool	fp_equald(), envgetb()
+int	imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), strdic(), open(), ish_rshifts()
+pointer	immap(), imtopen(), mw_openim()
+real	clgetr()
+double	clgetd()
+errchk	ish_ishiftxy, ish_gshiftxy, mw_openim, mw_saveim, mw_shift
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (interpstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("shifts_file", Memc[sfile], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the 2-D interpolation parameters.
+	call clgstr ("interp_type", Memc[interpstr], SZ_FNAME)
+	interp_type = strdic (Memc[interpstr], Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    II_BFUNCTIONS)
+	boundary_type = clgwrd ("boundary_type", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	if (boundary_type == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (1, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Determine the source of the shifts.
+	if (Memc[sfile] != EOS) {
+	    sf = open (Memc[sfile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    call salloc (xs, imtlen (list1), TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (ys, imtlen (list1), TY_DOUBLE)
+	    nshifts = ish_rshifts (sf, Memd[xs], Memd[ys], imtlen (list1))
+	    if (nshifts != imtlen (list1))
+		call error (2,
+		    "The number of input images and shifts are not the same.")
+	} else {
+	    sf = NULL
+	    txshift = clgetd ("xshift")
+	    tyshift = clgetd ("yshift")
+	}
+
+
+	# Do each set of input and output images.
+	nshifts = 0
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	       (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+	    
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    if (sf != NULL) {
+		xshift = Memd[xs+nshifts]
+		yshift = Memd[ys+nshifts]
+	    } else {
+		xshift = txshift
+		yshift = tyshift
+	    }
+
+	    ixshift = int (xshift)
+	    iyshift = int (yshift)
+
+	    iferr {
+		# Perform the shift.
+		if (interp_type == II_BINEAREST) {
+		    call ish_ishiftxy (im1, im2, nint(xshift), nint(yshift),
+		        boundary_type, constant)
+		} else if (fp_equald (xshift, double(ixshift)) &&
+		    fp_equald (yshift, double(iyshift))) {
+		    call ish_ishiftxy (im1, im2, ixshift, iyshift,
+		        boundary_type, constant)
+		} else {
+		    call ish_gshiftxy (im1, im2, xshift, yshift,
+		        Memc[interpstr], boundary_type, constant)
+		}
+
+		# Update the image WCS to reflect the shift.
+		if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		    mw = mw_openim (im1)
+		    shifts[1] = xshift
+		    shifts[2] = yshift
+		    call mw_shift (mw, shifts, 03B)
+		    call mw_saveim (mw, im2)
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		}
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error shifting image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+		call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+
+	    } else {
+	        # Finish up.
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+
+	    nshifts = nshifts + 1
+	}
+
+	if (sf != NULL)
+	    call close (sf)
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ISH_ISHIFTXY -- Shift a 2-D image by integral pixels in x and y.
+
+procedure ish_ishiftxy (im1, im2, ixshift, iyshift, boundary_type,
+	constant)
+
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+int	ixshift		#I shift in x and y
+int	iyshift		#I
+int	boundary_type	#I type of boundary extension
+real	constant	#I constant for boundary extension
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	ncols, nlines, nbpix
+int	i, x1col, x2col, yline
+
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+pointer	imgs2s(), imgs2i(), imgs2l(), imgs2r(), imgs2d(), imgs2x()
+errchk	impnls, impnli, impnll, impnlr, impnld, impnlx
+errchk	imgs2s, imgs2i, imgs2l, imgs2r, imgs2d, imgs2x
+string	wrerr "ISHIFTXY: Error writing in image."
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+
+	# Cannot shift off image.
+	if (ixshift < -ncols || ixshift > ncols)
+	    call error (3, "ISHIFTXY: X shift out of bounds.")
+	if (iyshift < -nlines || iyshift > nlines)
+	    call error (4, "ISHIFTXY: Y shift out of bounds.")
+
+	# Calculate the shift.
+	switch (boundary_type) {
+	case BT_CONSTANT,BT_REFLECT,BT_NEAREST:
+	    ixshift = min (ncols, max (-ncols, ixshift))
+	    iyshift = min (nlines, max (-nlines, iyshift))
+	case BT_WRAP:
+	    ixshift = mod (ixshift, ncols)
+	    iyshift = mod (iyshift, nlines)
+	}
+
+	# Set the boundary extension values.
+	nbpix = max (abs (ixshift), abs (iyshift))
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbpix)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary_type)
+	if (boundary_type == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Get column boundaries in the input image.
+	x1col = max (-ncols + 1, - ixshift + 1) 
+	x2col = min (2 * ncols,  ncols - ixshift)
+
+	call amovkl (long (1), v, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Shift the image using the appropriate data type operators.
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnls (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2s (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_INT:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnli (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2i (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnll (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2l (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnlr (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2r (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnld (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2d (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_COMPLEX:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnlx (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2x (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call error (6, "ISHIFTXY: Unknown IRAF type.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ISH_GSHIFTXY -- Shift an image by fractional pixels in x and y.
+# Unfortunately, this code currently performs the shift only on single
+# precision real, so precision is lost if the data is of type double,
+# and the imaginary component is lost if the data is of type complex.
+
+procedure ish_gshiftxy (im1, im2, xshift, yshift, interpstr, boundary_type,
+	constant)
+
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to output image
+double	xshift		#I shift in x direction
+double	yshift		#I shift in y direction
+char	interpstr[ARB]	#I type of interpolant
+int	boundary_type	#I type of boundary extension
+real	constant	#I value of constant for boundary extension
+
+int	lout1, lout2, nyout, nxymargin, interp_type, nsinc, nincr
+int	cin1, cin2, nxin, lin1, lin2, nyin, i
+int	ncols, nlines, nbpix, fstline, lstline
+double	xshft, yshft, deltax, deltay, dx, dy, cx, ly
+pointer	sp, x, y, msi, sinbuf, soutbuf
+
+pointer	imps2r()
+int	msigeti()
+bool	fp_equald()
+errchk	msisinit(), msifree(), msifit(), msigrid()
+errchk	imgs2r(), imps2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+
+	# Check for out of bounds shift.
+	if (xshift < -ncols || xshift > ncols)
+	    call error (7, "GSHIFTXY: X shift out of bounds.")
+	if (yshift < -nlines || yshift > nlines)
+	    call error (8, "GSHIFTXY: Y shift out of bounds.")
+
+	# Get the real shift.
+	if (boundary_type == BT_WRAP) {
+	    xshft = mod (xshift, real (ncols))
+	    yshft = mod (yshift, real (nlines))
+	} else {
+	    xshft = xshift
+	    yshft = yshift
+	}
+
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, 2 * ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, 2 * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	sinbuf = NULL
+
+	# Define the x and y shifts for the interpolation.
+	dx = abs (xshft - int (xshft))
+	if (fp_equald (dx, 0D0))
+	    deltax = 0.0
+	else if (xshft > 0.)
+	    deltax = 1. - dx
+	else
+	    deltax = dx
+	dy = abs (yshft - int (yshft))
+	if (fp_equald (dy, 0D0))
+	    deltay = 0.0
+	else if (yshft > 0.)
+	    deltay = 1. - dy
+	else
+	    deltay = dy
+
+	# Initialize the 2-D interpolation routines.
+	call msitype (interpstr, interp_type, nsinc, nincr, cx)
+	if (interp_type == II_BILSINC || interp_type == II_BISINC )
+	    call msisinit (msi, II_BILSINC, nsinc, 1, 1,
+	        deltax - nint (deltax), deltay - nint (deltay), 0.0)
+	else
+	    call msisinit (msi, interp_type, nsinc, nincr, nincr, cx, cx, 0.0)
+
+	# Set boundary extension parameters.
+	if (interp_type == II_BISPLINE3)
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN_SPLINE3
+	else if (interp_type == II_BISINC || interp_type == II_BILSINC)
+	    nxymargin = msigeti (msi, II_MSINSINC) 
+	else
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN
+	nbpix = max (int (abs(xshft)+1.0), int (abs(yshft)+1.0)) + nxymargin
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbpix)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary_type)
+	if (boundary_type == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Define the x interpolation coordinates
+	deltax = deltax + nxymargin
+	if (interp_type == II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	    do i = 1, ncols {
+	        Memr[x+2*i-2] = i + deltax - 0.5
+	        Memr[x+2*i-1] = i + deltax + 0.5
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, ncols
+	        Memr[x+i-1] = i + deltax
+	}
+
+	# Define the y interpolation coordinates.
+	deltay = deltay + nxymargin
+	if (interp_type == II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	    do i = 1, NYOUT {
+	        Memr[y+2*i-2] = i + deltay - 0.5
+	        Memr[y+2*i-1] = i + deltay + 0.5
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, NYOUT
+	        Memr[y+i-1] = i + deltay
+	}
+
+	# Define column ranges in the input image.
+	cx = 1. - nxymargin - xshft
+	if ((cx <= 0.) &&  (! fp_equald (dx, 0D0)))
+	    cin1 = int (cx) - 1
+	else
+	    cin1 = int (cx)
+	cin2 = ncols - xshft + nxymargin + 1
+	nxin = cin2 - cin1 + 1
+
+	# Loop over output sections.
+	for (lout1 = 1; lout1 <= nlines; lout1 = lout1 + NYOUT) { 
+
+	    # Define range of output lines.
+	    lout2 = min (lout1 + NYOUT - 1, nlines)
+	    nyout = lout2 - lout1 + 1
+
+	    # Define correspoding range of input lines.
+	    ly = lout1 - nxymargin - yshft
+	    if ((ly <= 0.0) && (! fp_equald (dy, 0D0)))
+	        lin1 = int (ly) - 1
+	    else
+		lin1 = int (ly)
+	    lin2 = lout2 - yshft + nxymargin + 1
+	    nyin = lin2 - lin1 + 1
+
+	    # Get appropriate input section and calculate the coefficients.
+	    if ((sinbuf == NULL) || (lin1 < fstline) || (lin2 > lstline)) {
+		fstline = lin1
+		lstline = lin2
+		call ish_buf (im1, cin1, cin2, lin1, lin2, sinbuf)
+	        call msifit (msi, Memr[sinbuf], nxin, nyin, nxin)
+	    }
+
+	    # Output the section.
+	    soutbuf = imps2r (im2, 1, ncols, lout1, lout2)
+	    if (soutbuf == EOF)
+		call error (9, "GSHIFTXY: Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Evaluate the interpolant.
+	    call msigrid (msi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[soutbuf], ncols, nyout,
+		ncols)
+	}
+
+	if (sinbuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (sinbuf, TY_REAL)
+
+	call msifree (msi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ISH_BUF -- Provide a buffer of image lines with minimum reads.
+
+procedure ish_buf (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, buf)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to input image
+int	col1, col2	#I column range of input buffer
+int	line1, line2	#I line range of input buffer
+pointer	buf		#U buffer
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	i, ncols, nlines, nclast, llast1, llast2, nllast
+errchk	malloc, realloc
+pointer	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+	nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	# Make sure the buffer is large enough.
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# The buffers  must be contiguous.
+	if (line1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = line2, line1, -1 {
+		if (i > llast1)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (line2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = line1, line2 {
+		if (i < llast2)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	llast1 = line1
+	llast2 = line2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+end
+
+
+# ISH_RSHIFTS -- Read shifts from a file.
+
+int procedure ish_rshifts (fd, x, y, max_nshifts)
+
+int	fd		#I shifts file
+double	x[ARB]		#O x array
+double	y[ARB]		#O y array
+int	max_nshifts	#I the maximum number of shifts
+
+int	nshifts
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	nshifts = 0
+	while (fscan (fd) != EOF && nshifts < max_nshifts) {
+	    call gargd (x[nshifts+1])
+	    call gargd (y[nshifts+1])
+	    if (nscan () != 2)
+		next
+	    nshifts = nshifts + 1
+	}
+
+	return (nshifts)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_imtrans.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_imtrans.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04fa1d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_imtrans.x
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+# T_IMTRANSPOSE -- Transpose images.
+#
+# The input and output images are given by image template lists.  The
+# number of output images must match the number of input images.  Image
+# sections are allowed in the input images and are ignored in the output
+# images.  If the input and output image names are the same then the transpose
+# is performed to a temporary file which then replaces the input image.
+
+procedure t_imtranspose ()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+int	len_blk					# 1D length of transpose block
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Input image name
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Output image name
+char	imtemp[SZ_FNAME]			# Temporary file
+
+int	list1, list2
+pointer	im1, im2, mw
+
+bool	envgetb()
+int	clgeti(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+
+begin
+	# Get input and output image template lists and the size of
+	# the transpose block.
+
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_LINE)
+	len_blk = clgeti ("len_blk")
+
+	# Expand the input and output image lists.
+
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same")
+	}
+
+	# Do each set of input/output images.
+
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    # Do the transpose.
+	    call imtranspose (im1, im2, len_blk)
+
+	    # Update the image WCS to reflect the shift.
+	    if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		mw = mw_openim (im1)
+		call imtrmw (mw)
+		call mw_saveim (mw, im2)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    }
+
+	    # Unmap the input and output images.
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+
+	    call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
+
+
+# IMTRANSPOSE -- Transpose an image.
+#
+# Divide the image into square blocks of size len_blk by len_blk.
+# Transpose each block with a generic array transpose operator.
+
+procedure imtranspose (im_in, im_out, len_blk)
+
+pointer	im_in				# Input image descriptor
+pointer	im_out				# Output image descriptor
+int	len_blk				# 1D length of transpose block
+
+int	x1, x2, nx
+int	y1, y2, ny
+pointer	buf_in, buf_out
+
+pointer	imgs2s(), imps2s(), imgs2i(), imps2i(), imgs2l(), imps2l()
+pointer	imgs2r(), imps2r(), imgs2d(), imps2d(), imgs2x(), imps2x()
+
+begin
+	# Output image is a copy of input image with dims transposed.
+
+	IM_LEN (im_out, 1) = IM_LEN (im_in, 2)
+	IM_LEN (im_out, 2) = IM_LEN (im_in, 1)
+
+	# Break the input image into blocks of at most len_blk by len_blk.
+
+	do x1 = 1, IM_LEN (im_in, 1), len_blk {
+	    x2 = x1 + len_blk - 1
+	    if (x2 > IM_LEN(im_in, 1))
+	       x2 = IM_LEN(im_in, 1)
+	    nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+
+	    do y1 = 1, IM_LEN (im_in, 2), len_blk {
+	        y2 = y1 + len_blk - 1
+	        if (y2 > IM_LEN(im_in, 2))
+		   y2 = IM_LEN(im_in, 2)
+		ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+
+		# Switch on the pixel type to optimize IMIO.
+
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE (im_in)) {
+		case TY_SHORT:
+		    buf_in = imgs2s (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+		    buf_out = imps2s (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+		    call imtr2s (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], nx, ny)
+		case TY_INT:
+		    buf_in = imgs2i (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+		    buf_out = imps2i (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+		    call imtr2i (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], nx, ny)
+		case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+		    buf_in = imgs2l (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+		    buf_out = imps2l (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+		    call imtr2l (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], nx, ny)
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    buf_in = imgs2r (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+		    buf_out = imps2r (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+		    call imtr2r (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], nx, ny)
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    buf_in = imgs2d (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+		    buf_out = imps2d (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+		    call imtr2d (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], nx, ny)
+		case TY_COMPLEX:
+		    buf_in = imgs2x (im_in, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+		    buf_out = imps2x (im_out, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+		    call imtr2x (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], nx, ny)
+		default:
+		    call error (0, "unknown pixel type")
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+define	LTM	Memd[ltr+(($2)-1)*pdim+($1)-1]
+define	NCD	Memd[ncd+(($2)-1)*pdim+($1)-1]
+define	swap    {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+
+
+# IMTRMW -- Perform a transpose operation on the image WCS.
+
+procedure imtrmw (mw)
+
+pointer	mw			# pointer to the mwcs structure
+
+int	i, axes[IM_MAXDIM], axval[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	naxes, pdim, nelem, axmap, ax1, ax2, szatstr
+pointer	sp, ltr, ltm, ltv, cd, r, w, ncd, nr
+pointer	attribute1, attribute2, atstr1, atstr2, mwtmp
+double	temp
+int	mw_stati(), itoc(), strlen()
+pointer	mw_open()
+errchk	mw_gwattrs(), mw_newsystem()
+
+begin
+	# Convert axis bitflags to the axis lists.
+	call mw_gaxlist (mw, 03B, axes, naxes)
+	if (naxes < 2)
+	    return
+
+	# Get the dimensions of the wcs and turn off axis mapping.
+	pdim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM) 
+	nelem = pdim * pdim
+	axmap = mw_stati (mw, MW_USEAXMAP)
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+	szatstr = SZ_LINE
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ltr, nelem, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (cd, nelem, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (r, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (w, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ltm, nelem, TY_DOUBLE) 
+	call salloc (ltv, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ncd, nelem, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (nr, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (attribute1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (attribute2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the wterm which corresponds to the original logical to
+	# world transformation.
+	call mw_gwtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], pdim) 
+	call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], pdim) 
+	call mwvmuld (Memd[ltm], Memd[r], Memd[nr], pdim)
+	call aaddd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[nr], pdim)
+	call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call mwmmuld (Memd[cd], Memd[ltr], Memd[ncd], pdim)
+
+	# Define which physical axes the logical axes correspond to. 
+	# and recompute the above wterm to take into account the transpose.
+	ax1 = axes[1]
+	ax2 = axes[2]
+	swap (NCD(ax1,ax1), NCD(ax2,ax2))
+	swap (NCD(ax1,ax2), NCD(ax2,ax1))
+	swap (Memd[w+ax1-1], Memd[w+ax2-1])
+	swap (Memd[nr+ax1-1], Memd[nr+ax2-1])
+
+	# Perform the transpose of the lterm.
+	call mw_mkidmd (Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	LTM(ax1,ax1) = 0.0d0
+	LTM(ax1,ax2) = 1.0d0
+	LTM(ax2,ax1) = 1.0d0
+	LTM(ax2,ax2) = 0.0d0
+	call aclrd (Memd[ltv], pdim)
+	call aclrd (Memd[r], pdim)
+	call mw_translated (mw, Memd[ltv], Memd[ltr], Memd[r], pdim)
+
+	# Get the new lterm, recompute the wterm, and store it.
+	call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], pdim) 
+	call mwmmuld (Memd[ncd], Memd[ltm], Memd[cd], pdim)
+	call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call asubd (Memd[nr], Memd[ltv], Memd[r], pdim)
+	call mwvmuld (Memd[ltr], Memd[r], Memd[nr], pdim)
+	call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[nr], Memd[w], Memd[cd], pdim)
+
+	# Make a new temporary wcs and set the system name.
+	mwtmp = mw_open (NULL, pdim)
+	call mw_gsystem (mw, Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (call mw_newsystem (mwtmp, Memc[attribute1], pdim))
+	    call mw_ssystem (mwtmp, Memc[attribute1])
+
+	# Copy the wterm and the lterm to it.
+	call mw_gwtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call mw_swtermd (mwtmp, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[ltr], pdim)
+	call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltr], Memd[r], pdim)
+	call mw_sltermd (mwtmp, Memd[ltr], Memd[r], pdim)
+
+	# Set the axis map and the axis types.
+	call mw_gaxmap (mw, axes, axval, pdim)
+	call mw_saxmap (mwtmp, axes, axval, pdim)
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax1, "wtype", Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME))
+	    call strcpy ("linear", Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax2, "wtype", Memc[attribute2], SZ_FNAME))
+	    call strcpy ("linear", Memc[attribute2], SZ_FNAME)
+	call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax1, 1, Memc[attribute2], "")
+	call mw_swtype (mwtmp, ax2, 1, Memc[attribute1], "")
+
+	# Copy the axis attributes.
+	call malloc (atstr1, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (atstr2, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+	for (i =  1; ; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    if (itoc (i, Memc[attribute1], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		Memc[attribute1] = EOS
+	    if (itoc (i, Memc[attribute2], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		Memc[attribute2] = EOS
+
+	    repeat {
+		iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax1, Memc[attribute1],
+		    Memc[atstr1], szatstr))
+		    Memc[atstr1] = EOS
+		iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, ax2, Memc[attribute2],
+		    Memc[atstr2], szatstr))
+		    Memc[atstr2] = EOS
+		if ((strlen (Memc[atstr1]) < szatstr) &&
+		    (strlen (Memc[atstr2]) < szatstr))
+		    break
+		szatstr = szatstr + SZ_LINE
+		call realloc (atstr1, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+		call realloc (atstr2, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+	    if ((Memc[atstr1] == EOS) && (Memc[atstr2] == EOS))
+	        break
+
+	    if (Memc[atstr2] != EOS)
+	        call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax1, Memc[attribute2], Memc[atstr2])
+	    if (Memc[atstr1] != EOS)
+	        call mw_swattrs (mwtmp, ax2, Memc[attribute1], Memc[atstr1])
+	}
+	call mfree (atstr1, TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (atstr2, TY_CHAR)
+	call mw_close (mw)
+
+	# Delete the old wcs and set equal to the new one.
+	call sfree (sp)
+	mw = mwtmp
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, axmap)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_magnify.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_magnify.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed797500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_magnify.x
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<math/iminterp.h>
+
+# T_MAGNIFY -- Change coordinate origin and pixel interval in 2D images.
+#
+# The input and output images are given by image template lists.  The
+# number of output images must match the number of input images.  Image
+# sections are allowed in the input images and ignored in the output
+# images.  If the input and output image names are the same then the
+# magnification is performed to a temporary file which then replaces
+# the input image.
+
+# Interpolation types and boundary extension types.
+
+define	BTYPES	"|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|project|"
+define	SZ_BTYPE	8
+
+procedure t_magnify ()
+
+pointer	input				# Pointer to input image list
+pointer	output				# Pointer to output image list
+pointer	interp				# Pointer to image interpolation type
+pointer	boundary			# Pointer to boundary extension type
+real	bconst				# Boundary extension pixel value
+real	xmag, ymag			# Image magnifications
+real	dx, dy				# Step size
+real	x1, y1				# Starting coordinates
+real	x2, y2				# Ending coordinates
+int	flux				# Flux conserve
+
+int	list1, list2, btype, logfd
+pointer	sp, in, out, image1, image2, image3, mw, errmsg
+real	a, b, c, d, shifts[2], scale[2]
+
+bool	clgetb(), envgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgwrd(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), open(), btoi(), errget()
+pointer	mw_openim(), immap()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	open(), mg_magnify1(), mg_magnify2()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (interp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (boundary, SZ_BTYPE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image3, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (errmsg, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[input], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("interpolation", Memc[interp], SZ_FNAME)
+	btype = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[boundary], SZ_BTYPE, BTYPES)
+	bconst = clgetr ("constant")
+	a = clgetr ("x1")
+	b = clgetr ("x2")
+	dx = clgetr ("dx")
+	c = clgetr ("y1")
+	d = clgetr ("y2")
+	dy = clgetr ("dy")
+	flux = btoi (clgetb ("fluxconserve")) 
+
+	# If the pixel interval INDEF then use the a magnification factor
+	# to determine the pixel interval.
+
+	if (IS_INDEF (dx)) {
+	    xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	    if (xmag < 0.0)
+		dx = -xmag
+	    else if (xmag > 0.0)
+		dx = 1.0 / xmag
+	    else
+		dx = 0.0
+	}
+
+	if (IS_INDEF (dy)) {
+	    ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	    if (ymag < 0.0)
+		dy = -ymag
+	    else if (ymag > 0.0)
+		dy = 1.0 / ymag
+	    else
+		dy = 0.0
+	}
+
+	if (fp_equalr (dx, 0.0) || fp_equalr (dy, 0.0)) {
+	    call error (0, "Illegal magnification")
+	} else {
+	    xmag = 1.0 / dx
+	    ymag = 1.0 / dy
+	}
+
+
+	# Open the log file.
+	call clgstr ("logfile", Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (logfd = open (Memc[image1], APPEND, TEXT_FILE))
+	    logfd = NULL
+
+	# Expand the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[input])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[output])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same")
+	}
+
+	# Magnify each set of input/output images with the 2D interpolation
+	# package.
+
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    # Map the input and output images.
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[image3],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+	    in = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    out = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, in)
+
+	    # Set the limits of the output image.
+	    x1 = a
+	    x2 = b
+	    y1 = c
+	    y2 = d
+
+	    # Magnify the image making sure to update the wcs.
+	    iferr {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1) {
+		    call mg_magnify1 (in, out, Memc[interp], btype, bconst,
+		        x1, x2, dx, flux)
+		    if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		        mw = mw_openim (in)
+		        scale[1] = xmag
+		        shifts[1] =  1. - xmag * x1
+		        call mw_scale (mw, scale, 01B)
+		        call mw_shift (mw, shifts, 01B)
+		        call mw_saveim (mw, out)
+		        call mw_close (mw)
+		    }
+	        } else if (IM_NDIM(in) == 2) {
+	            call mg_magnify2 (in, out, Memc[interp], btype, bconst,
+		        x1, x2, dx, y1, y2, dy, flux)
+		    if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		        mw = mw_openim (in)
+		        scale[1] = xmag
+		        scale[2] = ymag
+		        shifts[1] =  1. - xmag * x1
+		        shifts[2] =  1. - ymag * y1
+		        call mw_scale (mw, scale, 03B)
+		        call mw_shift (mw, shifts, 03B)
+		        call mw_saveim (mw, out)
+		        call mw_close (mw)
+		    }
+	        } else {
+	            call imunmap (out)
+	            call imunmap (in)
+	            call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[image3])
+		    if (logfd != NULL) {
+		        call fprintf (logfd, "\n%s\n")
+		            call pargstr (Memc[image3])
+		        call fprintf (logfd,
+		            "  Cannot magnify image %s to image %s.\n")
+		            call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		            call pargstr (Memc[image3])
+		        call fprintf (logfd,
+			"  Dimensions are greater than 2.\n")
+		    }
+		    call imdelete (Memc[image3])
+		    next
+	        }
+
+	    } then {
+		 if (logfd != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "\n%s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image3])
+		    call fprintf (logfd,
+		        "  Cannot magnify image %s to image %s.\n")
+		         call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		         call pargstr (Memc[image3])
+		    if (errget (Memc[errmsg], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+			;
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "%s")
+			call pargstr (Memc[errmsg])
+		 }
+		 call imdelete (Memc[image3])
+	         call imunmap (out)
+	         call imunmap (in)
+	         call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[image3])
+	    } else {
+
+	        if (logfd != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "\n%s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image3])
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "  Magnify image %s to image %s.\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image3])
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "  Interpolation is %s.\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[interp])
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "  Boundary extension is %s.\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[boundary])
+		    if (btype == 1) {
+		        call fprintf (logfd,
+			    "  Boundary pixel constant is %g.\n")
+			    call pargr (bconst)
+		    }
+		    call fprintf (logfd,
+		        "  Output coordinates in terms of input coordinates:\n")
+		    call fprintf (logfd,
+		        "    x1 = %10.4g, x2 = %10.4g, dx = %10.6g\n")
+		        call pargr (x1)
+		        call pargr (x2)
+		        call pargr (dx)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 2) {
+		        call fprintf (logfd,
+		            "    y1 = %10.4g, y2 = %10.4g, dy = %10.6g\n")
+		            call pargr (y1)
+		            call pargr (y2)
+		            call pargr (dy)
+		    }
+	        }
+
+	        call imunmap (out)
+	        call imunmap (in)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[image3])
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+	call close (logfd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	NYOUT2		16	# Number of input lines to use for interpolation
+define	NMARGIN		3	# Number of edge lines to add for interpolation
+define	NMARGIN_SPLINE3	16	# Number of edge lines to add for interpolation
+
+
+# MG_MAGNIFY1 -- Magnify the input input image to create the output image.
+
+procedure mg_magnify1 (in, out, interp, btype, bconst, x1, x2, dx, flux)
+
+pointer	in			# pointer to the input image
+pointer	out			# pointer to the output image
+char	interp[ARB]		# Interpolation type
+int	btype			# Boundary extension type
+real	bconst			# Boundary extension constant
+real	x1, x2			# Starting and ending points of output image
+real	dx			# Pixel interval
+int	flux			# Conserve flux?
+
+int	i, nxin, nxout, nxymargin, itype, nsinc, nincr, col1, col2
+pointer	sp, x, z, buf, asi
+real	xshift
+pointer	imgs1r(), impl1r()
+int	asigeti()
+
+begin
+	# Set the default values for the output image limits if they are INDEF
+	# and calculate the number of output pixels.
+
+	if (IS_INDEF (x1))
+	    x1 = 1.
+	if (IS_INDEF (x2))
+	    x2 = IM_LEN (in, 1)
+	if (x1 > x2)
+	    call error (0, "  X1 cannot be greater than X2\n")
+
+	# Set the number of output pixels in the image header.
+
+	nxout = (x2 - x1) / dx + 1
+	IM_LEN(out, 1) = nxout
+
+	# Initialize the interpolator.
+
+	call asitype (interp, itype, nsinc, nincr, xshift)
+	call asisinit (asi, itype, nsinc, nincr, xshift, 0.0)
+
+	# Round the coordinate limits to include the output image coordinate
+	# limits and the set boundary.
+
+	col1 = x1
+	col2 = nint (x2)
+	if (itype == II_SPLINE3)
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN_SPLINE3
+	else if (itype == II_SINC || itype == II_LSINC)
+	    nxymargin = asigeti (asi, II_ASINSINC)
+	else if (itype == II_DRIZZLE)
+	    nxymargin = max (nint (dx), NMARGIN)
+	else
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN
+	call mg_setboundary1 (in, col1, col2, btype, bconst, nxymargin)
+	col1 = col1 - nxymargin
+	if (col1 <= 0)
+	    col1 = col1 - 1
+	col2 = col2 + nxymargin + 1
+
+	# Allocate memory for the interpolation coordinates.
+	# Also initialize the image data buffer.
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, 2 * nxout, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set the x interpolation coordinates.  The coordinates are relative
+	# to the boundary extended input image.
+
+	if (itype == II_DRIZZLE) {
+	    do i = 1, nxout {
+	        Memr[x+2*i-2] = x1 + (i - 1.5) * dx - col1 + 1
+	        Memr[x+2*i-1] = x1 + (i - 0.5) * dx - col1 + 1
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nxout
+	        Memr[x+i-1] = x1 + (i - 1) * dx - col1 + 1
+	}
+
+	# Fit the output image.
+	nxin = col2 - col1 + 1
+	buf = imgs1r (in, col1, col2)
+	call asifit (asi, Memr[buf], nxin)
+
+	# Evaluate the output image pixel values.
+	z = impl1r (out)
+	call asivector (asi, Memr[x], Memr[z], nxout)
+	#if (itype != II_DRIZZLE && flux == YES)
+	if (flux == YES)
+	    call amulkr (Memr[z], dx, Memr[z], nxout)
+
+	# Free memory and unmap the images.
+	call asifree (asi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MG_MAGNIFY2 -- Magnify the input input image to create the output image.
+
+procedure mg_magnify2 (in, out, interp, btype, bconst, x1, x2, dx, y1, y2,
+        dy, flux)
+
+pointer	in			# pointer to the input image
+pointer	out			# pointer to the output image
+char	interp[ARB]		# Interpolation type
+int	btype			# Boundary extension type
+real	bconst			# Boundary extension constant
+real	x1, y1			# Starting point of output image
+real	x2, y2			# Ending point of output image
+real	dx, dy			# Pixel interval
+int	flux			# Conserve flux?
+
+int	i, nxin, nxout, nyout, nxymargin, itype, nsinc, nincr
+int	l1out, l2out, nlout, l1in, l2in, nlin, fstline, lstline
+int	col1, col2, line1, line2
+real	shift
+pointer	msi
+pointer	sp, x, y, z, buf
+
+pointer	imps2r()
+int	msigeti()
+
+begin
+	# Set the default values for the output image limits if they are INDEF
+	# and calculate the number of output pixels.
+
+	if (IS_INDEF (x1))
+	    x1 = 1.
+	if (IS_INDEF (x2))
+	    x2 = IM_LEN (in, 1)
+	if (IS_INDEF (y1))
+	    y1 = 1.
+	if (IS_INDEF (y2))
+	    y2 = IM_LEN (in, 2)
+	if (x1 > x2)
+	    call error (0, "  X1 cannot be greater than X2\n")
+	if (y1 > y2)
+	    call error (0, "  Y1 cannot be greater than Y2\n")
+	nxout = (x2 - x1) / dx + 1
+	nyout = (y2 - y1) / dy + 1
+
+	# Set the number of output pixels in the image header.
+
+	IM_LEN(out, 1) = nxout
+	IM_LEN(out, 2) = nyout
+
+	# Initialize the interpolator.
+
+	call msitype (interp, itype, nsinc, nincr, shift)
+	call msisinit (msi, itype, nsinc, nincr, nincr, shift, shift, 0.0)
+
+	# Compute the number of margin pixels required
+
+	if (itype == II_BISPLINE3)
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN_SPLINE3
+	else if (itype == II_BISINC || itype == II_BILSINC)
+	    nxymargin = msigeti (msi, II_MSINSINC)
+	else if (itype == II_BIDRIZZLE)
+	    nxymargin = max (nint (dx), nint(dy), NMARGIN)
+	else
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN
+
+	# Round the coordinate limits to include the output image coordinate
+	# limits and the set boundary.
+
+	col1 = x1
+	col2 = nint (x2)
+	line1 = y1
+	line2 = nint (y2)
+	call mg_setboundary2 (in, col1, col2, line1, line2, btype, bconst,
+	    nxymargin)
+
+	# Compute the input image column limits.
+	col1 = col1 - nxymargin
+	if (col1 <= 0)
+	    col1 = col1 - 1
+	col2 = col2 + nxymargin + 1
+	nxin = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Allocate memory for the interpolation coordinates.
+	# Also initialize the image data buffer.
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, 2 * nxout, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, 2 * NYOUT2, TY_REAL)
+	buf = NULL
+	fstline = 0
+	lstline = 0
+
+	# Set the x interpolation coordinates which do not change from
+	# line to line.  The coordinates are relative to the boundary
+	# extended input image.
+
+	if (itype == II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	    do i = 1, nxout {
+	        Memr[x+2*i-2] = x1 + (i - 1.5) * dx - col1 + 1
+	        Memr[x+2*i-1] = x1 + (i - 0.5) * dx - col1 + 1
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nxout
+	        Memr[x+i-1] = x1 + (i - 1) * dx - col1 + 1
+	}
+
+	# Loop over the image sections.
+	for (l1out = 1; l1out <= nyout; l1out = l1out + NYOUT2) {
+
+	    # Define the range of output lines.
+	    l2out = min (l1out + NYOUT2 - 1, nyout)
+	    nlout = l2out - l1out + 1
+
+	    # Define the corresponding range of input lines.
+	    l1in = y1 + (l1out - 1) * dy - nxymargin
+	    if (l1in <= 0)
+		l1in = l1in - 1
+	    l2in = y1 + (l2out - 1) * dy + nxymargin + 1
+	    nlin = l2in - l1in + 1
+
+	    # Get the apporiate image section and compute the coefficients.
+	    if ((buf == NULL) || (l1in < fstline) || (l2in > lstline)) {
+		fstline = l1in
+		lstline = l2in
+		call mg_bufl2r (in, col1, col2, l1in, l2in, buf)
+		call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], nxin, nlin, nxin)
+	    }
+
+	    # Output the section.
+	    z = imps2r (out, 1, nxout, l1out, l2out)
+
+	    # Compute the y values.
+	    if (itype == II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	        do i = l1out, l2out {
+		    Memr[y+2*(i-l1out)] = y1 + (i - 1.5) * dy - fstline + 1
+		    Memr[y+2*(i-l1out)+1] = y1 + (i - 0.5) * dy - fstline + 1
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        do i = l1out, l2out
+		    Memr[y+i-l1out] = y1 + (i - 1) * dy - fstline + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Evaluate the interpolant.
+	    call msigrid (msi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[z], nxout, nlout, nxout)
+	    if (flux == YES)
+		call amulkr (Memr[z], dx * dy, Memr[z], nxout * nlout)
+	}
+
+	# Free memory and buffers.
+	call msifree (msi)
+	call mfree (buf, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MG_BUFL2R -- Maintain buffer of image lines.  A new buffer is created when
+# the buffer pointer is null or if the number of lines requested is changed.
+# The minimum number of image reads is used.
+
+procedure mg_bufl2r (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, buf)
+
+pointer	im		# Image pointer
+int	col1		# First image column of buffer
+int	col2		# Last image column of buffer
+int	line1		# First image line of buffer
+int	line2		# Last image line of buffer
+pointer	buf		# Buffer
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, nclast, llast1, llast2, nllast
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+
+pointer	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+	nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	# If the buffer pointer is undefined then allocate memory for the
+	# buffer.  If the number of columns or lines requested changes
+	# reallocate the buffer.  Initialize the last line values to force
+	# a full buffer image read.
+
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# Read only the image lines with are different from the last buffer.
+
+	if (line1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = line2, line1, -1 {
+		if (i > llast1)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		    
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (line2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = line1, line2 {
+		if (i < llast2)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		    
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Save the buffer parameters.
+
+	llast1 = line1
+	llast2 = line2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+end
+
+
+# MG_SETBOUNDARY1 -- Set boundary extension for a 1D image.
+
+procedure mg_setboundary1 (im, col1, col2, btype, bconst, nxymargin)
+
+pointer	im			# IMIO pointer
+int	col1, col2		# Range of columns
+int	btype			# Boundary extension type
+real	bconst			# Constant for constant boundary extension
+int	nxymargin		# Number of margin pixels
+
+int	btypes[5]
+int	nbndrypix
+
+data	btypes /BT_CONSTANT, BT_NEAREST, BT_REFLECT, BT_WRAP, BT_PROJECT/
+
+begin
+	nbndrypix = 0
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, 1 - col1)
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, col2 - IM_LEN(im, 1))
+
+	call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, btypes[btype])
+	call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbndrypix + nxymargin + 1)
+	if (btypes[btype] == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, bconst)
+end
+
+
+# MG_SETBOUNDARY2 -- Set boundary extension for a 2D image.
+
+procedure mg_setboundary2 (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, btype, bconst,
+	nxymargin)
+
+pointer	im			# IMIO pointer
+int	col1, col2		# Range of columns
+int	line1, line2		# Range of lines
+int	btype			# Boundary extension type
+real	bconst			# Constant for constant boundary extension
+int	nxymargin		# Number of margin pixels to allow
+
+int	btypes[5]
+int	nbndrypix
+
+data	btypes /BT_CONSTANT, BT_NEAREST, BT_REFLECT, BT_WRAP, BT_PROJECT/
+
+begin
+	nbndrypix = 0
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, 1 - col1)
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, col2 - IM_LEN(im, 1))
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, 1 - line1)
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, line2 - IM_LEN(im, 2))
+
+	call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, btypes[btype])
+	call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbndrypix + nxymargin + 1)
+	if (btypes[btype] == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, bconst)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_shiftlines.x b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_shiftlines.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36ce5dec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imgeom/src/t_shiftlines.x
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+
+# T_SHIFTLINES -- Shift image lines.
+#
+# The input and output images are given by image template lists.  The
+# number of output images must match the number of input images.  Image
+# sections are allowed in the input images and are ignored in the output
+# images.  If the input and output image names are the same then the shift
+# is performed to a temporary file which then replaces the input image.
+
+
+procedure t_shiftlines()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]		# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]		# Output image list
+real	shift				# Amount of pixel shift
+int	boundary			# Type of boundary extension
+real	constant			# Constant for boundary extension
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]		# Input image name
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]		# Output image name
+char	imtemp[SZ_FNAME]		# Temporary file
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE], interpstr[SZ_FNAME]
+int	list1, list2, ishift
+pointer	im1, im2, mw
+
+bool	fp_equalr(), envgetb()
+int	clgwrd(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	sh_lines, sh_linesi, mw_openim, mw_shift, mw_saveim, mw_close
+
+begin
+	# Get input and output image template lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Get the shift, interpolation type, and boundary condition.
+	shift = clgetr ("shift")
+	call clgstr ("interp_type", interpstr, SZ_LINE)
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary_type", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	# Expand the input and output image lists.
+	list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same")
+	}
+
+	ishift = shift
+
+	# Do each set of input/output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, imtemp, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    # Shift the image.
+	    iferr {
+
+		if (fp_equalr (shift, real (ishift)))
+		    call sh_linesi (im1, im2, ishift, boundary, constant)
+		else
+	            call sh_lines (im1, im2, shift, boundary, constant,
+			interpstr)
+
+		# Update the image WCS to reflect the shift.
+		if (!envgetb ("nomwcs")) {
+		    mw = mw_openim (im1)
+		    call mw_shift (mw, shift, 1B)
+		    call mw_saveim (mw, im2)
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		}
+
+	    } then {
+		call eprintf ("Error shifting image: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image1)
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    }
+
+	    # Unmap images.
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+
+	    # If in place operation replace the input image with the temporary
+	    # image.
+	    call xt_delimtemp (image2, imtemp)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/Revisions b/pkg/images/immatch/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a45cc7be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,2025 @@
+.help revisions Jan97 images.immatch
+.nf
+===============================
+Package Reorganization
+===============================
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imsum.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Provided options for USHORT data.  (12/10/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new option for computing offsets from the image WCS has been added.
+    (11/30/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    Changed the error checking to catch additional errors relating to too
+    many files.  (11/12/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsort.gx
+    There was an error in the ic_2sort routine when there are exactly
+    three images that one of the explicit cases did not properly keep
+    the image identifications.  See buglog 344.  (8/1/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+    The routine mde_yefilter was being called with the wrong number of
+    arguments.
+    (7/18/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icimstack.x +
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The limit on the maximum number of images that can be combined, set by
+    the maximum number of logical file descriptors, has been removed.  If
+    the condition of too many files is detected the task now automatically
+    stacks all the images in a temporary image and then combines them with
+    the project option.
+    (5/14/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxfit.x
+    Changed several Memr[] references to Memi[] in the rg_fit routine.
+    This bug was causing a floating point error in the xregister task
+    on the Dec Alpha if the coords file was defined, and could potentially
+    cause problems on other machines.
+    (Davis, April 3, 1996)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+pkg/images/doc/geomap.hlp
+     Corrected the definition of skew in the routines which compute a geometric
+     interpretation of the 6-coefficient fit, which compute the coefficients
+     from the geometric parameters, and in the relevant help pages.
+     (2/19/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/doc/median.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+    Added a verbose parameter to the median, rmedian, mode, rmode, fmedian,
+    frmedian, fmode, and frmode tasks. (11/27/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the help page for geotran. The default values for
+    the xscale and yscale parameters were incorrectly listed as INDEF,
+    INDEF instead of 1.0, 1.0. (11/14/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    Fixed a bug where a variable was improperly used for two different
+    purposes causing the algorithm to fail (bug 316).  (10/19/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified a point about how the sigma is calculated with the SIGCLIP
+    option.  (10/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    To deal with the case of readnoise=0. and image data which has points with
+    negative mean or median and very small minimum readnoise is set
+    internally to avoid computing a zero sigma and dividing by it.  This
+    applies to the noise model rejection options.  (8/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_utils.x
+    Added new ring median and modal filtering tasks frmedian, rmedian,
+    frmode, and rmode to the images package.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/median.hlp
+pkg/images/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/median.h
+pkg/images/filters/mode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+pkg/images/filters/mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_hist.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_sort.x
+    Added minimum and maximum good data parameters to the fmedian, fmode,
+    median, and mode filtering tasks.  Removed the 64X64 kernel size limit
+    in the median and mode tasks.  Replaced the common blocks with structures
+    and .h files.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the buffering of the x and y coordinate surface interpolants
+    which can cause a memory corruption error if, nthe nxsample or nysample
+    parameters are > 1, and the nxblock or nyblock parameters are less
+    than the x and y dimensions of the input image. Took the opportunity
+    to clean up the code.
+    (6/13/95, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.4
+=======
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Corrected a harmless typo in the code which determines the minimum
+    and maximum x values and improved the precision of the test when the
+    input is double precision.
+    (4/18/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Added a description of the interactive parameter to the fit1d help page.
+    (4/17/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    If an error occurs while opening an input image header the error
+    recovery will close all open images and then propagate the error.
+    For the case of running out of file descriptors with STF format
+    images this will allow the error message to be printed rather
+    than the error code.  (4/3/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+    Added a test on the status code returned from the fitting routine so
+    the xregister tasks does not go ahead and write an output image when
+    the user quits the task in in interactive mode.
+    (3/31/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The behavior of the weights when using both multiplicative and zero
+    point scaling was incorrect; the zero levels have to account for
+    the scaling.  (3/27/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Changed some amovr and amovi calls to amovkr and amovki calls.
+    (3/15/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgximshift.x
+    The buffering margins set for the bicubic spline interpolants were
+    increased to improve the flux conservation properties of the interpolant
+    in cases where the data is undersampled. (12/6/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+    In several places the construct array[1++nx-wborder] was being used
+    instead of array[1+nx-wborder]. Apparently caused by a typo which
+    propagated through the code, the Sun compilers did not catch this, but
+    the IBM/RISC6000 compilers did. (11/16/94, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/xregister.par
+pkg/images/doc/xregister.hlp
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxdbio.x
+    The xregister task was modified to to write the output shifts file
+    in either text database format (the current default)  or in simple text
+    format. The change was made so that the output of xregister could
+    both be edited more easily by the user and be used directly with the
+    imshift task. (11/11/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    A Memc in the ratio output option was incorrectly used instead of Memr
+    when the bug fix of 11/16/93 was made.  (10/14/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    The procedure rg_xlaplace was being incorrectly declared as an integer
+    procedure.
+    (8/1/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxregions.x
+    The routine strncmp was being called (with a missing number of characters
+    argument) instead of strcmp. This was causing a bus error under solaris
+    but not sun os whenever the user set regions to "grid ...". (7/27/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    The Gaussian fitting can return a negative sigma**2 which would cause
+    an FPE when the square root is taken.  This will only occur when
+    there is no reasonable signal.  The results of the gaussian fitting
+    are now set to INDEF if this unphysical result occurs.  (7/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+    A routine expecting two char arrays was being passed two real arrays
+    instead resulting in a segmentation violation if calctype=real
+    and reject > 0.
+    (6/21/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH now deletes the CCDMEAN keyword if present.  (6/21/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    1.	The restoration of deleted pixels to satisfy the nkeep parameter
+	was being done inside the iteration loop causing the possiblity
+	of a non-terminating loop; i.e. pixels are rejected, they are
+	restored, and the number left then does not statisfy the termination
+	condition.  The restoration step was moved following the iterative
+	rejection.
+    2.	The restoration was also incorrectly when mclip=no and could
+	lead to a segmentation violation.
+    (6/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    The path names to the xregister task interactive help files was incorrect.
+    (6/13/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    Found and fixed another typo bug.  (6/7/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+    The sigma scaling flag, doscale1, would not be set in the case of
+    a mean offset of zero though the scale factors could be different.
+    (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a missing line: l = Memi[mp1].  (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    The reordering step when a central median is used during rejection
+    but the final combining is average was incorrect if the number
+    of rejected low pixels was greater than the number of pixel
+    number of pixels not rejected.  (5/25/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    In cases where there was no input geomap database, geotran was
+    unnecessarily  overiding the size of the input image requested by the
+    user if the size of the image was bigger than the default output size
+    (the size of the output image which would include all the input image
+    pixels is no user shifts were applied).
+    (5/10/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    1.  There is now a warning error if the scale, zero, or weight type
+	is unknown.
+    2.  An sfree was being called before the allocated memory was finished
+	being used.
+    (5/2/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    For some objects the moment analysis could fail producing a floating
+    overflow error in imexamine, because the code was trying to use
+    INDEF as the initial value of the object fwhm.  Changed the gaussian
+    fitting code to use a fraction of the fitting radius as the initial value
+    for the fitted full-width half-maximum in cases where the moment analysis
+    cannot compute an initial value.
+    (4/15/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Changed the mean, median, mode, and zero formats from 6g to 7.5g to
+    insure 5 significant digits regardless of signs and decimal points.
+    (4/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Tried again to clarify the scaling as multiplicative and the offseting
+    as additive for file input and for log output.  (3/22/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iacclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iscclip.gx
+    The image sigma was incorrectly computed when an offset scaling is used.
+    (3/8/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The MINMAX example confused low and high.  (3/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+    Fixed a bug in the geomap code which caused the linear portion of the transformation
+    to be computed incorrectly if the x and y fits had a different functional form.
+    (12/29/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/do/imcombine.hlp
+    The output pixel datatypes now include unsigned short integer.
+    (12/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the example of offseting.  (11/23/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When doing operations in place the input and output buffers are the
+    same and the difference and ratio operations assumed they were not
+    causing the final results to be wrong.  (11/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg/images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    If no calculation type is specified then it will be at least real
+    for a division.  Since the output pixel type defaults to the
+    calculation type if not specified this will also result in a
+    real output if dividing two integer images.  (11/12/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If there were fewer initial pixels than specified by nkeep then the
+    task would attempt to add garbage data to achieve nkeep pixels.  This
+    could occur when using offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.  The
+    code was changed to check against the initial number of pixels rather
+    than the number of images.  Also a negative nkeep is no longer
+    converted to a positive value based on the number of images.  Instead
+    it specifies the maximum number of pixels to reject from the initial
+    set of pixels.  (11/8/93, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Added MWCS calls to update the axis mapping when using the project
+    option in IMCOMBINE.  (10/8/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The help indicated that user input scale or zero level factors
+    by an @file or keyword are multiplicative and additive while the
+    task was using then as divisive and subtractive.  This was
+    corrected to agree with the intend of the documentation.
+    Also the factors are no longer normalized.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    The case in which absolute offsets are specified but the offsets are
+    all the same did not work correctly.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Fixed two bugs in the imsurfit task bad pixel rejection code. For low
+    k-sigma rejections factors the bad pixel list could overflow resulting
+    in a segmentation violation or a hung task. Overlapping ranges were
+    not being decoded into a bad pixel list properly resulting in 
+    oscillating bad pixel rejection behavior where certain groups of
+    bad pixels were alternately being included and excluded from the fit.
+    Both bugs are fixed in iraf 2.10.3
+    (9/21/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified how bad pixel masks work with the "project" option.
+    (9/13/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When the input and output images are the same there was an typo error
+    such that the output was opened separately but then never unmapped
+    resulting in the end of the image not being updated.  (8/6/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    The algorithm for making sure there are enough file descriptors failed
+    to account for the need to reopen the output image header for an
+    update.  Thus when the number of input images + output images + logfile
+    was exactly 60 the task would fail.  The update occurs when the output
+    image is unmapped so the solution was to close the input images first
+    except for the first image whose pointer is used in the new copy of the
+    output image.  (8/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg$images/filters/t_median.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error trapping code in the median and mode tasks.
+    The call to eprintf contained an extra invalid error code agument.
+    (7/28/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap.par
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error handling code in geomap which was producing
+    a segmentation violation on exit if the user's coordinate list
+    had fewer than 3 data points. Also improved the error messages
+    presented to the user in both interactive and non-interactive mode.
+    (7/7/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+    There was an indexing error in setting up the ID array when using
+    the grow option.  This caused the CRREJECT/CCDCLIP algorithm to
+    fail with a floating divide by zero error when there were non-zero
+    shifts.  (5/26/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation is now done so that the original input data
+    is not lost.  This slightly greater inefficiency is required so
+    that an output sigma image may be computed if desired.  (5/10/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Added support for type ushort to the imshift task in cases where the
+    pixel shifts are integral.
+    (5/8/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/rotate.hlp
+    Fixed a bug in the rotate task help page which implied that automatic
+    image size computation would occur if ncols or nlines were set no 0
+    instead of ncols and nlines.
+    (4/17/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    There was no error checking when writing to the output image.  If
+    an error occurred (the example being when an imaccessible imdir was
+    set) obscure messages would result.  Errchks were added.
+    (4/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Fixed 2 sign errors in the equations in the documentation describing
+    the elliptical gaussian fucntion.
+    (4/13/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/t_imslice.x
+    Removed an error check in the imslice task, which was preventing it from
+    being used to reduce the dimensionality of images where the length of 
+    the slice dimension is 1.0.
+    (2/16/83, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+    The fmedian task was printing debugging information under iraf 2.10.2.
+    (1/25/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    When using mclip=yes and when more pixels are rejected than allowed by
+    the nkeep parameter there was a subtle bug in how the pixels are added
+    back which can result in a segmentation violation.
+	if (nh == n2)  ==>  if (nh == n[i])
+    (1/20/93, Valdes)
+
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.com
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.h
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/doc/combine.hlp
+    The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+    or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+    to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+    weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+    image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+    controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+    algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+    or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+    the output image.
+    (9/30/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Added a call to flush after the status line printout so that the output
+    will appear immediately. (8/19/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/mkpkg
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+    The fmedian task could crash with a segmentation violation if mapping
+    was turned off (hmin = zmin and hmax = zmax) and the input image
+    contained data outside the range defined by zmin and zmax. (8/18/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a very unlikely possibility that if all the input pixels had
+    exactly the same number of rejected pixels the weighted average would
+    be done incorrectly because the dflag would not be set.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icmm.gx
+    This procedure failed to set the dflag resulting in the weighted average
+    being computed in correctly.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    At some point changes were made but not documented dealing with image
+    sections on the input/output.  The changes seem to have left off the
+    final step of opening the output image using the appropriate image
+    sections.  Because of this it is an error to use an image section
+    on an input image when the output image is different; i.e.
+    
+	cl> fit1d dev$pix[200:400,*] junk
+	
+    This has now been fixed.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscales.x
+    The zero levels were incorrectly scaled twice.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icstat.gx
+    Contained the statement
+	nv = max (1., (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+    which is max(real,int).  Changed the 1. to a 1.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    These files contained multiple cases (ten or so) of constructs such as
+    "max (1., ...)" or "max (0., ...)" where the ... could be either real
+    or double.   In the double cases the DEC compiler complained about a
+    type mismatch since 1. is real.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the section reading code. Imsurfit is supposed to switch
+    the order of the section delimiters in x and y if x2 < x1 or y2 < 1.
+    Unfortunately the y test was actually "if (y2 < x1)" instead of 
+    "if (y2 < y1)". Whether or not the code actually works correctly
+    depends on the value of x1 relative to y2. This bug was not present
+    in 2.9.1 but is present in subsequent releases. (7/30/92 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The case theta=90 and ratio > 0.0 but  < 1.0 was producing an incorrect
+    convolution if bilinear=yes, because the major axis sigmas being 
+    input along the x and y axes were sigma and ratio * sigma respectively
+    instead of ratio * sigma and sigma in this case.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Modified imcopy to write its verbose output to STDOUT instead of
+    STDERR. (6/24/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    The step where impl1$t is called to check if there is enough memory
+    did not set the return buffer because the values are irrelevant for
+    this check.  However, depending on history, this buffer could have
+    arbitrary values and later when IMIO attempts to flush this buffer,
+    at least in the case of image type coersion, cause arithmetic errors.
+    The fix was to clear the returned buffers.  (4/27/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imslice.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    Modified the calls to mw_shift and mw_scale to explicitly set the
+    number of logical axes instead of using the default of 0.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified imtranspose so that it correctly picks up the axis map
+    and writes it to the output image wcs. (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/register.par
+pkg$images/geotran.par
+pkg$images/doc/register.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Changed the default values of the parameters xscale and yscale in
+    the register and geotran tasks from INDEF to 1.0 (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+pkg$images/doc/imtranspose.hlp
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it does a true transpose of the
+    axes instead of simply modifying the lterm. (4/8/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Added the formats parameter for formatting the output pixel coordinates
+    to the listpixels task. These formats take precedence over the formats
+    stored in the WCS in the image header and the previous default format.
+    (4/7/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Added wcs support to the imstack task. (4/2/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels so that it will work correctly  if the dimension
+    of the wcs is less than the dimension of the image. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Modified the rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks wcs updating
+    code to deal correclty with dimensionally reduced data. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/ipslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation with an even number of points for short data
+    could overflow (addition of two short values) and be incorrect.
+    (3/16/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    1. Improved the precision of the blkavg task wcs updating code.
+    2. Changed the blkrep task wcs updating code so that it is consistent
+    with blkavg. This means that a blkrep command followed by a blkavg
+    command or vice versa will return the original coordinate system
+    to within machine precision. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels to print out an error if it could not open the
+    wcs in the image. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imtranspose task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/14/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+    There was a bug allowing the number of valid pixels counter to become
+    negative.  Also there was a step which should not be done if the
+    number of valid pixels is less than 1; i.e. all pixels rejected.
+    A test was put in to skip this step.  (3/13/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imslice.x
+pkg$images/doc/imslice.hlp
+    Added wcs support to the imslice task.
+    (3/12/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the code for computing the standard deviation, kurtosis,
+    and skew, wherein precision was being lost because two of the intermediate
+    variables in the computation were real instead of double precision.
+    (3/10/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    1. Modified listpixels task to use the MWCS axis "format" attributes 
+    if they are present in the image header.
+    2. Added support for dimensionally reduced images, i.e.
+    images which are sections of larger images and whose coordinate
+    transformations depend on the reduced axes, to the listpixels task. 
+    (3/6/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Changed error messages to say IMCOMBINE instead of ICOMBINE.
+    (3/2/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Added listing of read noise and gain.  (2/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    1.  Datatype declaration for asumi was incorrect.
+    2.  Reduced the minimum number of images allowed for PCLIP to 3.
+    (1/7/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+    The first pixel to be checked was incorrectly set to 0 instead of 1
+    resulting in a segvio when using the grow option.  (12/6/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+    Fixed datatype declaration errors found by SPPLINT. (11/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the kurtosis computation found by ST.
+    (Davis 10/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+pkg$images/doc/imstat.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the mode computation in imstatistics. The parabolic
+    interpolation correction for computing the histogram peak was being
+    applied in the wrong direction. Note that for dev$pix the wrong answer
+    is actually closer to the expected answer than the correct answer
+    due to binning effects. 
+    (Davis 9/24/91)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The code which computes the gaussian kernel was producing a divide by
+    zero error if ratio=0.0 and bilinear=yes (2.10 version only).
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the magnify help page.
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+    There was a typo,  Memr[d[k]+k] --> Memr[d[j]+k].  (9/17/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icstat.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmask.x
+    The offsets were used improperly in computing image statistics.
+    (Valdes, 9/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    The shifts file pointer was not being correctly initialized to NULL 
+    in the case where no shifts file was declared. When the task
+    was invoked repeatedly from a script, this could result in an array being
+    referenced, for which space had not been previously allocated.
+    (Davis 7/29/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imc* -
+pkg$images/imarith/ic* +
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imarith/generic/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Replaced old version of IMCOMBINE with new version supporting masks,
+    offsets, and new algorithms.  (Valdes 7/19/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Imhistogram has been modified to print the value of the middle of
+    histogram bin instead of the left edge if the output type is list 
+    instead of plot. (Davis 6/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/t_imsurfit.x
+    Modified the sections file reading code to check the order of the
+    x1 x2 y1 y2 parameters and switch (x1,x2) or (y1,y2) if x2 < x1 or
+    y2 < y1 respectively. (Davis 5/28/91)
+
+pkg$images/listpixels.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+pkg$images/doc/listpixels.hlp
+    Modified the listpixels task to be able to print the pixel coordinates
+    in logical, physical or world coordinates. The default coordinate
+    system is still logical as before. (Davis 5/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/images.par
+pkg$images/doc/minmax.hlp
+pkg$images/imutil/t_minmax.x
+pkg$images/imutil/minmax.x
+    Minmax was modified to do the minimum and maximum values computations
+    in double precision or complex instead of real if the input image
+    pixel type is double precision or complex. Note that the minimum and
+    maximum header values are still stored as real however.
+    (Davis 5/16/91)
+
+imarith/t_imarith.x
+    There was a missing statement to set the error flag if the image
+    dimensions did not  match.  (5/14/91, Valdes)
+
+doc/imarith.hlp
+    Fixed some formatting problems in the imarith help page. (5/2/91 Davis)
+
+imarith$imcombine.x
+    Changed the order in which images are unmapped to have the output images
+    closed last.  This is to allow file descriptors for the temporary image
+    used when updating STF headers.  (4/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.x
+    The blkavg task was partially modified to support complex image data. 
+    The full modifications cannot be made because of an error in abavx.x
+    and the missing routine absux.x.
+    (4/18/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    The x and y fits cross-terms switch was not being set correctly to "yes"
+    in the case where xxorder=2 and xyorder=2 or in the case where yxorder=2
+    and yyorder=2.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    Modified the line which prints the geometric parameters to use the
+    variable name xshift and yshift instead of delx and dely.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the pixel rejection code which occurred when upper was >
+    0.0 and lower = 0.0 or lower > 0 and upper = 0.0. The problem was that
+    the code was simply setting the rejection limits to the computed sigma
+    times the upper and lower parameters without checking for the 0.0
+    condition first.  In the first case this results in all points with
+    negative residuals being rejected and in the latter all points with
+    positive residuals are rejected.
+    (2/25/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/hedit.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/hselect.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imheader.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imgets.hlp
+    Added a reference to imgets in the SEE ALSO sections of the hedit and
+    hselect tasks.
+    Added a reference to hselect and hedit in the SEE ALSO sections of the
+    imheader and imgets tasks.
+    (2/22/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/gradient.hlp
+pkg$images/laplace.hlp
+pkg$images/gauss.hlp
+pkg$images/convolve.hlp
+pkg$images/gradient.par
+pkg$images/laplace.par
+pkg$images/gauss.par
+pkg$images/convolve.par
+pkg$images/t_gradient.x
+pkg$images/t_laplace.x
+pkg$images/t_gauss.x
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+pkg$images/convolve.x
+pkg$images/xyconvolve.x
+pkg$images/radcnv.x
+    The convolution operators were modified to run more efficiently in
+    certain cases. The LAPLACE task was modified to make use of the
+    radial symmetry of the convolution kernel in the y direction as well
+    as the x direction resulting in a modest speedup in execution time.
+    A new parameter bilinear was added to the GAUSS and CONVOLVE tasks.
+    By default and if appropriate mathematically,  GAUSS now makes use of
+    the bilinearity or separability of the Gaussian function,
+    to separate the 2D convolution in x and y into two equivalent
+    1D convolutions in x and y, resulting in a considerable speedup
+    in execution time. Similarly the user can know program CONVOLVE to
+    compute a bilinear convolution instead of a full 2D 1 if appropriate.
+    (1/29/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x
+    CONVOLVE was not decoding the legal 1D kernel "1.0 2.0 1.0" correctly
+    although the alternate form "1.0 2.0 1.0;" worked. Leading
+    blanks in string kernels as in for example " 1.0 2.0 1.0" also generated
+    and error.  Fixed these bugs and added some  additional error checking code.
+    (11/28/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Added a detailed mathematical description of the gaussian kernel used
+    by the GAUSS task to the help page.
+
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/rotate.cl
+pkg$images/imlintran.cl
+pkg$images/register.cl
+pkg$images/register.par
+	Added src="script file name" entries to the IMAGES help database
+	for the tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN, and REGISTER. Changed the CL
+	script for REGISTER to a procedure script to remove the ugly
+	local variable declarations. Added a few comments to the scripts.
+	(12/11/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Added a new parameter binwidth to imhistogram. If binwidth is defined
+    it determines the histogram resolution in intensity units, otherwise
+    nbins determines the resolution as before. (10/26/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/sections.hlp
+    Clarified what is meant by an image template and that the task itself
+    does not check whether the specified names are actually images.
+    The examples were improved.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Changed lines to columns in example 2.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    When an error occured while parsing the mode section the untrapped error
+    caused further problems downstream.  Because it would require adding
+    lots of errchks to cause the program to gracefully abort I instead made
+    it a warning.  (10/2/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/hedit.x
+    Hedit was computing but not using min_lenarea. If the user specified
+    a min_lenuserarea greater than the default of 28800 then the default
+    was being used instead of the larger number.
+
+pkg$imarith/imasub.gx
+    The case of subtracting an image from the constant zero had a bug
+    which is now fixed.  (8/14/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it will work on type ushort images.
+    (6/6/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images
+    Added world coordinate system support to the following tasks: imshift,
+    shiftlines, magnify, imtranspose, blkrep, blkavg, rotate, imlintran,
+    register and geotran. The only limitation is that register and geotran
+    will only support simple linear transformations. 
+    (2/24/90 Davis)
+    
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a problem in the boundary extension "reflect" option code for small
+    images which was causing odd values to be inserted at the edges of the
+    image.
+    (2/14/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    A new parameter "hist_type" was added to the imhistogram task giving
+    the user the option of plotting the integral, first derivative and
+    second derivative of the histogram as well as the normal histogram.
+    Code was contributed by Rob Seaman.
+    (2/2/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    The path name of the help file was being erroneously renamed with
+    the result that when users ran the double precision version of the
+    code they could not find the help file.
+    (26/1/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x
+    Added some checks for 1-D images.
+    (1/20/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x,imstat.h
+    Made several minor bug fixes and alterations in the imstatistics task
+    in response to user complaints and suggestions.
+
+    1. Changed the verbose parameter to the format parameter. If format is
+    "yes" (the default) then the selected fields are printed in fixed format
+    with column labels. Other wise the fields are printed in free format
+    separated by 2 blanks. This fixes the problem of fields running together.
+
+    2. Fixed a bug in the code which estimates the median from the image
+    histogram by linearly interpolating around the midpt of the integrated
+    histogram. The bug occurred when more than half the pixels were in the
+    first bin.
+
+    3. Added a check to ensure that the number of fields did not overflow
+    the fields array.
+
+    4. Removed the extraneous blank line printed after the title.
+
+    5. The pound sign is now printed at the beginning of the column header
+    string regardless of which field is printed first. In the previous
+    versions it was only being printed if the image name field was
+    printed first.
+
+    6. Changed the name of the median field to midpt in response to user
+    confusions about how the median is computed.
+
+    (1/20/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imslice.hlp
+    The imslice was not correctly computing the number of lines in the
+    output image in the case where the slice dimension was 1.
+    (12/4/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified and documented definitions of the scale, offset, and weights.
+    (11/30/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    High order surfaces of a certain functional form could occasionally
+    produce out of bounds pixel errors. The bug was caused by not properly
+    computing the distortion of the image boundary for higher order
+    surfaces.
+    (11/21/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/imshift.x
+    The circulating buffer space was not being freed after each execution
+    of IMSHIFT. This did not cause an error in execution but for a long
+    list of frames could result in alot of memory being tied up.
+    (10/25/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH is not prepared to deal with images sections in the output.
+    It used to look for '[' to decide if the output specification included
+    and image section.  This has been changed to call the IMIO procedure
+    imgsection and check if a non-null section string is returned.
+    Thus it is up to IMIO to decide what part of the image name is
+    an image section.  (9/5/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Fixed bug causing infinite loop when computing mode of constant value
+    section.  (8/14/89, Valdes)
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1989
+    Added a couple of switches to that skew and kurtosis are not computed
+    if they are not to be printed.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 14, 1989
+    A simple mod was made to the skew and kurtosis computation to avoid
+    divide by zero errors in case of underflow.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/chpixtype.par
+    Davis, Jun 13, 1989
+    The parameter file has been modified to accept an output pixel
+    type of ushort.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, Jun 2, 1989
+    A new scheme to detect file errors is now used.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Jun 1, 1989
+    1. If the user set regions = "sections" but the sections file
+    did not exist the task would go into an infinite loop. The problem
+    was a missing error check on the open statement.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x,imhistogram.par
+    Davis, May 31, 1989
+    A new version of imhistogram has been installed. These mods have
+    been made over a period of a month by Doug Tody and Rob Seaman.
+    The mods include
+    1. An option to turn off log scaling of the y axis of the histogram plot.
+    2. A new autoscale parameter which avoids aliasing problems for integer
+       data.
+    3. A new parameter top_close which resolves the ambiguity in the top
+       bin of the histogram.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+   Valdes, May 9, 1989
+   Because a file descriptor was not reserved for string buffer operations
+   and a call to stropen in cnvdate was not error checked the task would
+   hang when more than 115 images were combined.  Better error checking
+   was added and now an error message is printed when the maximum number
+   of images that can be combined is exceeded.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+   Valdes, May 6, 1989
+   Operations in which the output image has an image section are now
+   skipped with a warning message.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/sigma.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, May 6, 1989
+    1.  The weighted sigma was being computed incorrectly.
+    2.  The argument declarations were wrong for integer input images.
+	Namely the mean vector is always real.
+    3.  Minor change to imcmode.gx to return correct datatype.
+
+pkg$images/imstack,imslice
+    Davis, April 1, 1989
+    The proto images tasks imstack and imslice have been moved from the
+    proto package to the images package. Imstack is unchanged except that
+    it now supports the image data types USHORT and COMPLEX. Imslice has
+    been modified to allow slicing along any dimension of the image instead
+    of just the highest dimension.
+
+pkg$images/imstatistics.
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. A totally new version of the imstatistics task has been written
+    and replaces the old version. The new task allows the user to select
+    which statistical parameters to compute and print. These include
+    the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis and the
+    minimum and maximum pixel values.
+
+pkg$images/imhistogram.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+pkg$images/doc/imhistogram.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. The imhistogram task has been modified to plot "box" style histograms
+    as well as "line" type histograms. Type "line" remains the default.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.par,register.par,geomap.par
+pkg$images/doc/geomap.hlp,register.hlp,geotran.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 6, 1989
+    1. Improved the parameter prompting in GEOMAP, REGISTER and GEOTRAN
+    and improved the help pages.
+    2. Changed GEOMAP database quantities "xscale" and "yscale" to "xmag"
+    and "ymag" for consistency . Geotran was changed appropriately.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    For short data a short variable was wraping around when there were
+    a significant number of saturated pixels leading to an infinite loop.
+    The variables were made real regardless of the image datatype.
+    (3/1/89, Valdes)
+ 
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Davis, Feb 28, 1989
+    1. Added support for type USHORT to the imcopy task. This is a merged
+    ST modification.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcthreshold.gx
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1989
+    1.  Added provision for blank value when all pixels are rejected by the
+        threshold.
+    2.  Fixed a bug that was improperly scaling images in the threshold option.
+    3.  The offset printed in the log now has the opposite sign so that it
+	is the value "added" to bring images to a common level.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Feb 23, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in the median fitting code which could cause the porgram
+    to go into an infinite loop if the region to be fitted was less than
+    the size of the whole image.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Feb 16, 1989
+    Modified magnify to work on 1D images as well as 2D images. The
+    documentation has been updated.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, Feb 15, 1989
+    Modified the GEOTRAN and REGISTER tasks so that they can handle a list
+    of transform records one for each input image.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Feb 8, 1989
+    Added test for nx=1.
+ 
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    Valdes, Feb 3, 1989
+    The test for the datatype of the output sigma image was wrong.
+ 
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x,listpixels.par
+    Davis, Feb 6, 1989
+    The listpixels task has been modified to print out the pixels for a 
+    list of images instead of a single image only. A title line for each
+    image listed can optionally be printed on the standard output if
+    the new parameter verbose is set to yes.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, Feb 2, 1989
+    Added a new parameter shifts_file to the imshift task. Shifts_file
+    is the name of a text file containing the the x and yshifts for
+    each input image to be shifted. The number of input shifts must
+    equal the number of input images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Davis, Jan 17, 1989
+    Added an error message for the case where the coordinates is empty
+    of there are no points in the specified data range. Previously the
+    task would proceed to the next coordinate file without any message.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Jan 14, 1989
+    Added the parameter flux conserve to the magnify task to bring it into
+    line with all the other geometric transformation tasks.
+
+pgk$images/geometry/geotran.x,geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jan 2, 1989
+    A bug was fixed in the flux conserve code. If the x and y reference
+    coordinates  are not in pixel units and are not 1 then
+    the computed flux per pixel was too small by xscale * yscale.
+
+pkg$images/filters/acnvrr.x,convolve.x,boxcar.x,aboxcar.x
+    Davis, Dec 27, 1988
+    I changed the name of the acnvrr procedure to cnv_radcnvr to avoid
+    a name conflict with a vops library procedure. This only showed
+    up when shared libraries were implemented. I also changed the name
+    of the aboxcarr procedure to cnv_aboxr to avoid conflict with the
+    vops naming conventions.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcaverage.gx
+    Davis, Dec 22, 1988
+    Added an errchk statement for imc_scales and imgnl$t to stop the
+    program bombing with segmentation violations when mode <= 0.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Dec 8, 1988
+    1.  IMCOMBINE now prints the scale as a multiplicative quantity.
+    2.  The combined exposure time was not being scaled by the scaling
+	factors resulting in a final exposure time inconsistent with the
+	data.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Davis, Nov 30, 1988
+    Changed the list+ mode so that bin value and count are printed out instead
+    of bin count and value. This makes the plot and list modes compatable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Nov 17, 1988
+    Added the n=n+1 back into the inner loop of imstat.
+
+pkg$images/geotran.par,register.par
+    Davis, Nov 11 , 1988
+    Fixed to glaring errors in the parameter files for register and geotran.
+    Xscale and yscale were described as pixels per reference unit when
+    they should be reference units per pixel. The appropriate bug fix has been
+    made.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, November 7, 1988
+    The routine gsrestore was not being error checked. If either of the
+    input x or y coordinate surface was linear and the other was not,
+    the message came back GSRESTORE: Illegal x coordinate. This bug has
+    been fixed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, October 19, 1988
+    A vops clear routine was not called generically causing a crash with
+    double images.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_fmedian.x,t_median.x,t_fmode.x,t_mode.x,t_gradient.x
+    t_gauss.x,t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x
+    Davis, October 4, 1988
+    I fixed a bug in the error handling code for the filters tasks. If
+    and error occurred during task execution and the input image name was
+    the same as the output image name then the input image was trashed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.gx
+    Valdes, September 28, 1988
+    It is now an error for the mode to be nonpositive when scaling or weighting.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmedian.gx
+    Valdes, August 16, 1988
+    The median option was selecting the n/2 value instead of (n+1)/2.  Thus,
+    for an odd number of images the wrong value was being determined for the
+    median.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, August 11, 1988
+    1. Imshift has been modified to uses the optimized code if nearest
+    neighbour interpolation is requested. A nint is done on the shifts
+    before calling the quick shift routine.
+    2. If the requested pixel shift is too large imshift will now
+    clean up any pixelless header files before continuing execution.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+    Davis, July 13, 1988
+    Blkavg has been fixed so that it will work on 1D images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x,imtrans.x
+    Davis, July 12, 1988
+    Imtranspose has been modified to work on complex images.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_chpix.x
+    Davis, June 29, 1988
+    A new task chpixtype has been added to the images package. Chpixtype
+    changes the pixel types of a list of images to a specified output pixel
+    type. Seven data types are supported "short", "ushort", "int", "long"
+    "real" and "double".
+
+pkg$images/geometry/rotate.cl,imlintran.cl,t_geotran.x
+    Davis, June 10, 1988
+    The rotate and imlintran scripts have been rewritten to use procedure
+    scripts. This removes all the annoying temporary cl variables which
+    appear when the user does an lpar. In previous versions of these
+    two tasks the output was restricted to being the same size as the input
+    image. This is still the default case, but the user can now set the
+    ncols and nrows parameters to the desired output size. I ncols or nlines
+    < 0 then then the task compute the output image size required to contain
+    the whole input image.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x,t_gradient.x,t_gauss.x,convolve.x
+    Davis, June 1, 1988
+    The convolution operators laplace, gauss and convolve have been modified
+    to make use of radial symmetry in the convolution kernel. In gauss and
+    laplace the change is transparent to the user. For the convolve operator
+    the user must indicate that the kernel is radially symmetric by setting
+    the parameter radsym. For kernels of 7 by 7 or greater the speedup
+    in timings is on the order of 30% on the Vax 750 with the fpa.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Apr 11, 1988
+    1.  The use of a mode sections was handled incorrectly.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1988
+    1.  Added an error check for a failure in IMMAP.  The missing error check
+	caused FIT1D to hang when a bad input image was specified.
+
+pkg$images/magnify.par
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, Dec 7, 1987
+    1.  Added option list to parameter prompts.
+    2.  Fixed minor typo in help page
+    3.  The mode calculation in IMCOMBINE would go into an infinite loop
+	if all the pixel values were the same.  If all the pixels are the
+	same them it skips searching for the mode and returns the constant
+	number.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Nov 25, 1987
+    1. A bug in the boundary extension = wrap option was found in the
+    IMLINTRAN task. The problem occured in computing values for out of
+    bounds pixels in the range 0.0 < x < 1.0, ncols < x < ncols + 1.0,
+    0.0 < y < 1.0 and nlines < y < nlines + 1.  The computed coordinates
+    were falling outside the boundaries of the interpolation array.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x,geograph.x
+    Davis, Nov 19, 1987
+    1. The geomap task now writes the name of the output file into the database.
+    2. Rotation angles of 360. degrees have been altered to 0 degrees.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x,imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Davis, Nov 2, 1987
+    A bug in the regions fitting option of the IMSURFIT task has been found
+    and fixed. This bug would occur when the user set the regions parameter
+    to sections and then listed section which overlapped each other. The
+    modified ranges package was not handling the overlap correctly and
+    computing a number of points which was incorrect.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/* +
+    Valdes, Sep 30, 1987
+    The directory was reorganized to put generic code in the subdirectory
+    generic.
+
+    A new task called IMCOMBINE has been added.  It provides for combining
+    images by a number of algorithms, statistically weighting the images
+    when averaging, scaling or offsetting the images by the exposure time
+    or image mode before combining, and rejecting deviant pixels.  It is
+    almost fully generic including complex images and works on images of
+    any dimension.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    Davis, Sept 3, 1987
+    A bug in the flux conserving algorithm was found in the geotran code.
+    The symptom was that the flux of the output image occasionally was
+    negative. This would happen when two conditions were met, the transformation
+    was of higher order than a simple rotation, magnification, translation
+    and an axis flip was involved. The mathematical interpretation of this
+    bug is that the coordinate surface had turned upside down. The solution
+    for people running systems with this bug is to multiply there images
+    by -1.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h,t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Aug 6, 1987
+    A new option was added to the parameter regions in the imsurfit task.
+    Imsurfit will now fit a surface to a single circular region defined
+    by an x and y center and a radius.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1987
+    Geotran and register were failing when the output image number of rows
+    and columns was different from the input number of rows and columns.
+    Geotran was mistakenly using the input images sizes to determine the
+    number of output lines that should be produced. The same problem occurred
+    when the values of the boundary pixels were being computed. The program
+    was using the output image dimensions to compute the boundary pixels
+    instead of the input image dimensions.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, Jun 11, 1987
+    A bug in the error checking code in the geomap task was fixed. The
+    condition of too few points for a reasonable was not being trapped
+    correctly. The appropriate errchk statements were added.
+
+pkg$images/geomap.par
+    Davis, Jun 10, 1987
+    The default fitting function was changed to polynomial. This will satisfy
+    most users who wish to do shifts, rotations, and magnifications and
+    avoid the neccessity of correctly setting the xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax
+    parameters. For the chebyshev and legendre polynomial functions these
+    parameters must be explicitly set.  For reference coordinates in pixel
+    units the normal settings are 1, ncols, 1 and nlines respectively.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/hselect.x,imheader.x,images$/imutil/hselect.x
+    Davis, Jun 8, 1987
+    Imheader has been modified to open an image with the default min_lenuserarea
+    Hselect and hedit will now open the image setting the user area to the
+    maximum of 28800 chars or the min_lenuser environment variable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    An error in the image minimum computation was corrected. This error
+    would show up most noiticeably if imstat was run on a 1 pixel image.
+    The min value would be left set to MAX_REAL.
+
+pkg$images/filters/mkpkg
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    I added mach.h to the dependency file list of t_fmedian.x and
+    recompiled. The segmentation violations I had been getting in the
+    program disappeared.
+
+pkg$images/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, April 15, 1987
+    1. I changed the names of the procedures shiftlines and shiftlinesi
+    to sh_lines and sh_linesi. When the original names were contracted
+    to 6 letter fortran names they became shifti and shifts which just
+    so happens to collide with shifti and shifts in the subdirectory
+    osb. On VMS this was causing problems with the shareable libraries.
+    If images was linked with -z there was no problem.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+    Valdes, March 24, 1987
+    1.  IMSUM was failing to unmap images opened to check image dimensions
+	in a quick first pass through the image list.  This is probably
+	the source of the out of files problem with STF images.  It may
+	be the source of the out of memory problem reported from AOS/IRAF.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+pkg$images/imfit/mkpkg
+    Valdes, March 17, 1987
+    1. Added error checking for the illegal operation in which both input
+       and output image had an image section.  This was causing the task
+       to crash.  The task now behaves properly in this circumstance and
+       even allows the fitted output to be placed in an image section of
+       an existing output image (even different than the input image
+       section) provided the input and output images have the same sizes.
+
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+    Davis, March 3, 1987
+    1. Fixed the kernel decoding routine in the convolve task so that
+    it now recognizes the row delimter character in string entry mode.
+
+pkg$images/geometry,filters
+    Davis, February 27, 1987
+    1. Changed all the imseti (im, TY_BNDRYPIXVAL, value) calls to imsetr.
+
+pkg$images/t_minmax.x,minmax.x
+    Davis, February 24, 1987
+    1. Minmax has been changed to compute the minimum and maximum pixel
+    as well as the minimum and maximum pixel values. The pixels are output
+    in section notation and stored in the minmax parameter file.
+
+pkg$images/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, February 19, 1987
+    1. Magnify was aborting with the error MSIFIT: Too few datapoints
+    when trying to reduce an image using the higher order interpolants
+    poly3, poly5 and spline3. I increased the NEDGE defined constant
+    from 2 to three and modified the code to use the out of bounds
+    imio.
+
+pkg$images/geograph.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, February 17, 1987
+    1. Geomap now uses the gpagefile routine to page the .keys file.
+    The :show command deactivates the workstation before printing a
+    block of text and reactivates it when it is finished.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap,geotran
+    Davis, January 26, 1987
+    1. There have been substantial changes to the geomap, and geotrans
+    tasks and those tasks rotate, imlintran and register which depend
+    on them.
+    2. Geomap has been changed to be able to compute a transformation
+    in both single and double precision.
+    3. The geotran code has been speeded up considerably. A simple rotate
+    now takes 70 seconds instead of 155 seconds using bilinear interpolation.
+    4. Two new cl parameters nxblock and nyblock have been added to the
+    rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks. If the output image
+    is smaller than these parameters then the entire output image
+    is computed at once. Otherwise the output image is computed in blocks
+    nxblock by nyblock in size.
+    5. The 3 geotran parameters rotation, scangle and flip have been replaced
+    with two parameters xrotation and yrotation which serve the same purpose.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, January 19, 1987
+    1. The shiftlines task has been completely rewritten. The following
+    are the major changes.
+    2. Shiftlines now makes use of the imio boundary extension operations.
+    Therefore the four options: nearest pixel, reflect, wrap and constant
+    boundary extension are available.
+    3. The interpolation code has been vectorised. The previous version
+    was using the function call asieval for every output pixel evaluated.
+    The asieval call were replaced with asivector calls.
+    4. An extra CL parameter constant to support constant boundary
+    exension was added.
+    5. The shiftlines help page was modified and the date changed to
+    January 1987.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, January 12, 1987
+    1. I changed the amedr call to asokr calls. For my application it did
+    not matter whether the input array is left partially sorted and the asokr
+    routine is more efficient.
+
+pkg$images/lib/pixlist.x
+    Davis, December 12, 1986
+    1. A bug in the pl_get_ranges routine caused the routine to fail when the
+    number of ranges got too large. The program could not detect the end of
+    the ranges and would go into an infinite loop.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, December 3, 1986
+    1. Imstat was failing on constant images because finite machine precision
+    could result in a negative sigma squared. Added a check for this condition.
+
+pkg$images/filters/fmode.x
+    Davis, October 27, 1986
+    1. Added a check for 0 data range before calling amapr.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+    Valdes, October 20, 1986
+    1. Found and fixed bug in this routine which caused pixel rejection
+    to fail some fraction of the time.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx
+    Valdes, October 13, 1986
+    1.  There was a bug when the replication factor for axis 1 was 1.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Hammond, October 8, 1986
+    1. Running imhistogram on a constant valued image would result in
+       a "floating divide by zero fault" in ahgm.  This condition is
+       now trapped and a warning printed if there is no range in the data.
+
+pkg$images/tv/doc/cvl.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Typo in V2.3 documentation fixed: "zcale" -> "zscale".
+
+pkg$images/fit1d.par
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  When querying for the output type the query was:
+
+Type of output (fit, difference, ratio) (fit|difference|ratio) ():
+
+    	The enumerated values were removed since they are given in the
+	prompt string.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+pkg$images/do/imsum.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Medians or pixel rejection with more than 15 images is now
+	correct.  There was an error in buffering.
+    2.  Averages of integer datatype images are now correct.  The error
+	was caused by summing the pixel values divided by the number
+	of images instead of summing the pixel values and then dividing
+	by the number of images.
+    3.  Option keywords may now be abbreviated.
+    4.  The output pixel datatype now defaults to the calculation datatype
+	as is done in IMARITH.  The help page was modified to indicate this.
+    5.  Dynamic memory is now used throughout to reduce the size of the
+	executable.
+    6.  The bugs 1-2 are present in V2.3 and not in V2.2.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, October 6, 1986
+    1.  The parameter "debug" was changed to "noact".  "debug" is reserved
+	for debugging information.
+    2.  The output pixel type now defaults to the calculation datatype.
+    3.  The datatype of constant operands is determined with LEXNUM.  This
+	fixes a bug in which a constant such as "1." was classified as an
+	integer.
+    4.  Trailing whitespace in the string for a constant operand is allowed.
+	This fixes a bug with using "@" files created with the task FIELDS
+	from a table of numbers.  Trailing whitespace in image names is
+	not checked for since this should be taken care of by lower level
+	system services.
+    5.  The reported bug with the "max" operation not creating a pixel file
+	was the result of the previous round of changes.  This has been
+	corrected.  This problem does not exist in the released version.
+    6.  All strings are now dynamically allocated.  Also IMTOPENP is used
+	to open a CL list directly.
+    7.  The help page was revised for points (1) and (2).
+
+pkg$images/fmode.par
+pkg$images/fmd_buf.x
+pkg$images/med_sort.x
+    Davis, September 29, 1986
+    1. Changed the default value of the unmap parameter in fmode to yes. The
+       documentation was changed and the date modified.
+    2. Added a test to make sure that the input image was not a constant
+       image in fmode and fmedian.
+    3. Fixed the recently added swap macro in the sort routines which
+       was giving erroneous results for small boxes in tasks median and mode.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Changed subroutine name with a VOPS prefix to one with a FIT1D
+	prefix.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imdivide.x
+pkg$images/doc/imdivide.hlp
+pkg$images/imdivide.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Modified this ancient and obsolete task to remove redundant
+	subroutines now available in the VOPS library.
+    2.  The option to select action on zero divide was removed since
+	there was only one option.  Parameter file changed.
+    3.  Help page revised.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/doc/blkrep.hlp +
+pkg$images/doc/mkpkg
+pkg$images/images.cl
+pkg$images/images.men
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/x_images.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  A new task called BLKREP for block replicating images has been added.
+	This task is a complement to BLKAVG and performs a function not
+	available in any other way.
+    2.  Help for BLKREP has been added.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imadiv.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to provide replacement of divisions
+	by zero with a constant parameter value.
+    2.  The documentation has been revised to include this change and to
+	clarify and emphasize areas of possible confusion.
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/blkavg.hlp
+    Valdes, September 18, 1986
+    1.  The MAGNIFY help document was expanded to clarify that images with axis
+        lengths of 1 cannot be magnified.  Also a discussion of the output
+	size of a magnified image.  This has been misunderstood often.
+    2.  Minor typo fix for BLKAVG.
+
+images$geometry/blkav.gx: Davis, September 7, 1986
+    1. The routine blkav$t was declared a function but called everywhere as
+    a procedure. Removed the function declaration.
+
+images$filters/med_sort.x: Davis, August 14, 1986
+    1. A bug in the sorting routine for MEDIAN and MODE in which the doop
+    loop increment was being set to zero has been fixed. This bug was
+    causing MEDIAN and MODE to fail on class 6 for certain sized windows.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x: Davis, July 24, 1986
+    1. A bug in the type=ratio option of fit1d was fixed. The iferr call
+    on the vector operator adivr was not trapping a divide by zero
+    condition. Changed adivr to adivzr.
+
+images$iminfo/listpixels.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargl to pargi for writing out the column number of the
+    pixels.
+
+images$iminfo/t_imstat.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargr to a pargd for the double precision quantitiies
+    sum(MIN) and sum(MAX).
+
+images$imfit/t_lineclean.x: Davis, July 14, 1986
+    1. Bug in the calling sequence for ic_clean fixed. The ic pointer
+    was not being passed to ic_clean causing access violation and/or
+    segmentation violation errors.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x, lineclean.x:  Valdes, July 3, 1986
+    1.  FIT1D and LINECLEAN modified to use new ICFIT package.
+
+From Valdes June 19, 1986
+
+1. The help page for IMSUM was modified to explicitly state what the
+median of an even number of images does.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 13, 1986
+
+1. A bug in CONVOLVE in which insufficient space was being allocated for
+long (> 161 elements) 1D kernels has been fixed. CONVOLVE was not
+allocating sufficent extra space.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 12, 1986
+
+1. I have changed the default value of parameter unmap in task FMEDIAN to
+yes to preserve the original data range.
+
+2. I have changed the value of parameter row_delimiter from \n to ;.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis May 12, 1986
+
+1. Changed the angle convention in GAUSS so that theta is the angle of the
+major axis with respect to the x axis measured counter-clockwise as specified
+in the help page instead of the negative of that angle.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Apr 28, 1986
+
+1. Moved geomap.key to lib$scr and made redefined HELPFILE in geogmap.x
+appropriately.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith/imsum.gx:  Valdes Apr 25, 1986
+    1.  Fixed bug in generic code which called the real VOPS operator
+	regardless of the datatype.  This caused IMSUM to fail on short
+	images.
+
+From Davis Apr 17, 1986
+
+1. Changed constructs of the form boolean == false in the file imdelete.x
+to ! boolean.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith:  Valdes, April 8, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when adding images to
+	also added the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+    2.  IMSUM has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when summing images to
+	also sum the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 24, 1986:
+
+1.  When modifying IMARITH to handle mixed dimensions the output image header
+was made a copy of the image with the higher dimension.  However, the default
+when the images were of the same dimension changed to be a copy of the second
+operand.  This has been changed back to being a copy of the first operand
+image.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 21, 1986:
+
+1. A NULL pointer bug in the subroutine plfree inside IMSURFIT was causing
+segmentation violation errors. A null pointer test was added to plfree.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 20, 1986:
+
+1. A bug involving in place operations in several image tasks has been  fixed.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 19, 1986:
+
+1. IMSURFIT no longer permits the input image to be replaced by the output
+image.
+
+2. The tasks IMSHIFT, IMTRANSPOSE, SHIFTLINES, and GEOTRAN  have been modified
+to use the images tools xt_mkimtemp and xt_delimtemp for in place
+calculations.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 13, 1986:
+
+1.  Bug dealing with type coercion in short datatype images in IMARITH and IMSUM
+which occurs on the SUN has been fixed.
+------
+From Valdes Mar 10, 1986:
+
+1.  IMSUM has been modified to work on any number of images.
+
+2.  Modified the help page
+------
+From Valdes Feb 25, 1986:
+
+There have been two changes to IMARITH:
+
+1.  A bug preventing use of image sections has been removed.
+
+2.  An improvement allowing use of images of different dimension.
+The algorithm is as follow:
+
+	a.  Check if both operands are images.  If not the output
+	image is a copy of the operand image.
+
+	b.  Check that the axes lengths are the same for the dimensions
+	in common.  For example a 3D and 2D image must have the same
+	number of columns and lines.
+
+	c.  Set the output image to be a copy of the image with the
+	higher dimension.
+
+	d.  Repeat the operation over the lower dimensions for each of
+	the higher dimensions.
+
+For example, consider subtracting a 2D image from a 3D image.  The output
+image will be 3D and the 2D image is subtracted from each band of the
+3D image.  This will work for any combination of dimensions.  Another
+example is dividing a 3D image by a 1D image.  Then each line of each
+plane and each band will be divided by the 1D image.  Likely applications
+will be subtracting biases and darks and dividing by response calibrations
+in stacked observations.
+
+3.  Modified the help page
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+From Davis Mar 6, 1986:
+
+1. A serious bug had crept into GAUSS after I made some changes. For 2D
+images the sense of the sigma was reversed, i.e sigma = 2.0 was actually
+sigma = 0.5. This bug has now been fixed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Jan 13, 1986:
+
+1. Listpixels will now print out complex pixel values correctly.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 12, 1985:
+
+1. The directional gradient operator has been added to the images package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1.  IMARITH has been modified to first check if an operand is an existing
+file.  This allows purely numeric image names to be used.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1. A Laplacian (second derivatives) operator has been added to the images
+package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 10, 1985:
+
+1. The new convolution tasks  boxcar, gauss and convolve have been added
+to the images package. Convolve convolves an image with an arbitrary
+user supplied rectangular kernel. Gauss convolves an image with a 2D
+Gaussian of arbitrary size. Boxcar will smooth an image using a smoothing
+window of arbitrary size.
+
+2. The images package source code has been reorganized into the following
+subdirectories: 1) filters 2) geometry 3) imfit 4) imarith 4) iminfo and
+5) imutil 6) lib. Lib contains routines which may be of use to several IRAF
+tasks such as ranges. The imutil subdirectory contains tasks which modify
+images in some way such as hedit. The iminfo subdirectory contains code
+for displaying header and pixel values and other image characteristics
+such as the histogram. Image arithmetic and fitting routines are found
+in imarith and imfit respectively. Filters contains the convolution and
+median filtering routines and geometry contains the geometric distortion
+corrections routines.
+
+3. The documentation of the main images package has been brought into
+conformity with the new IRAF standards.
+
+4. Documentation for imdelete, imheader, imhistogram, listpixels and
+sections has been added to the help database.
+
+5. The parameter structure for imhistogram has been simplified. The
+redundant parameters sections and setranges have been removed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+From Valdes Nov 4, 1985:
+
+1.  IMCOPY modified so that the output image may be a directory.  Previously
+logical directories were not correctly identified.
+------
+
+From Davis Oct 21, 1985:
+
+1. A bug in the pixel rejection cycle of IMSURFIT was corrected. The routine
+make_ranges in ranges.x was not successfully converting a sorted list of
+rejected pixels into a list of ranges in all cases.
+
+2. Automatic zero divide error checking has been added to IMSURFIT.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 17, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d now allows averaging of image lines or columns when interactively
+setting the fitting parameters.  The syntax is "Fit line = 10 30"; i.e.
+blank separated line or column numbers.  A single number selects just one
+line or column.  Be aware however, that the actual fitting of the image
+is still done on each column or line individually.
+
+2.  The zero line in the interactive curve fitting graphs has been removed.
+This zero line interfered with fitting data near zero.
+------
+From Rooke Oct 10, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage was changed to "blkavg" and modified to support any allowed
+number of dimensions.  It was also made faster in most cases, depending on 
+the blocking factors in each dimension.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 4, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean modified to allow separate low and high rejection
+limits and rejection iterations.
+------
+From Davis Oct 3, 1985:
+
+1. Minmax was not calculating the minimum correctly for integer images.
+because the initial values were not being set correctly.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 1, 1985:
+
+1. Imheader was modified to print the image history.  Though the history
+mechanism is little used at the moment it should become an important part
+of any image.
+
+2.  Task revisions renamed to revs.
+------
+From Davis Sept 30, 1985:
+
+1. Two new tasks median and fmedian have been added to the images package.
+Fmedian is a fast median filtering algorithm for integer data which uses
+the histogram of the image to calculate the median at each window. Median
+is a slower but more general algorithm which performs the same task.
+------
+From Valdes August 26, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage has been modified to include an new parameter called option.
+The current options are to average the blocks or sum the blocks.
+------
+From Valdes August 7, 1985
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean wer recompiled with the modified icfit package.
+The new package contains better labeling and graph documentation.
+
+2.  The two tasks now have parameters for setting the graphics device
+and reading cursor input from a file.
+______
+From: /u2/davis/ Tue 08:27:09 06-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: imshift bug
+ 
+Imshift was shifting incorrectly when an integral pixel shift in x and
+a fractional pixel shift in y was requested. The actual x shift was
+xshift + 1. The bug has been fixed and imshift will now work correctly for
+any combination of fractional and integral pixel shifts
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Fri 18:14:12 02-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images task
+ 
+A new task GEOMAP has been added to the images package. GEOMAP calculates
+the spatial transformation required to map one image onto another.
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Thu 16:47:49 01-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images tasks
+ 
+The tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN and GEODISTRAN have been added to the images
+package. ROTATE rotates and shifts an image. IMLINTRAN will rotate, rescale
+and shift an an image. GEODISTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion.
+------
+From Valdes July 26, 1985:
+
+1.  The task revisions has been added to page revisions to the images
+package.  The intent is that each package will have a revisions task.
+Note that this means there may be multiple tasks named revisions loaded
+at one time.  Typing revisions alone will give the revisions for the
+current package.  To get the system revisions type system.revisions.
+
+2.  A new task called fit1d replaces linefit.  It is essentially the same
+as linefit except for an extra parameter "axis" which selects the axis along
+which the functions are to be fit.  Axis 1 is lines and axis 2 is columns.
+The advantages of this change are:
+
+	a.  Column fitting can now be done without transposing the image.
+	    This allows linefit to be used with image sections along
+	    both axes.
+	b.  For 1D images there is no prompt for the line number.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geomap.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geomap.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..525e70b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geomap.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+.help geomap Jan01 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+geomap -- compute one or more spatial transformation functions
+.ih
+USAGE
+geomap input database xmin xmax ymin ymax
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of text files containing the pixel coordinates of control points in
+the reference and input images. The control points are listed
+one per line with xref, yref, xin, and yin in columns 1 through 4 respectively.
+.le
+.ls database
+The name of the text file database where the computed transformations will
+be stored.
+.le
+.ls xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+The range of reference coordinates over which the computed coordinate
+transformation is valid. If the user is working in pixel units  these limits
+should normally be set to the values of the column and row limits of the
+reference image, e.g xmin = 1.0, xmax = 512, ymin= 1.0, ymax = 512 for
+a 512 x 512 image. The minimum and maximum xref and yref values in \fIinput\fR
+are used if xmin, xmax, ymin, or ymax are undefined.
+.le
+.ls transforms = ""
+An optional list of transform record names. If transforms is undefined 
+the database record(s) are assigned the names of the
+individual text files specified by \fIinput\fR.
+.le
+.ls results = ""
+Optional output files containing a summary of the results including a
+description of the transform geometry and a listing of the input coordinates,
+the fitted coordinates, and the fit residuals. The number of results files
+must be one or equal to the number of input files. If results is "STDOUT" the
+ results summary is printed on the standard output.
+.le
+.ls fitgeometry = "general"
+The fitting geometry to be used. The options are the following.
+.ls shift
+X and y shifts only are fit.
+.le
+.ls xyscale
+X and y shifts and x and y magnification factors are fit. Axis flips are
+allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rotate
+X and y shifts and a rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rscale
+X and y shifts, a magnification factor assumed to be the same in x and y, and a
+rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rxyscale
+X and y shifts, x and y magnifications factors, and a rotation angle are fit.
+Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls general
+A polynomial of arbitrary order in x and y is fit. A linear term and a
+distortion term are computed separately. The linear term includes an x and y
+shift, an x and y scale factor, a rotation and a skew.  Axis flips are also
+allowed for in the linear portion of the fit. The distortion term consists
+of a polynomial fit to the residuals of the linear term. By default the
+distortion term is set to zero.
+.le
+
+For all the fitting geometries except "general" no distortion term is fit,
+i.e. the x and y polynomial orders are assumed to be 2 and the cross term
+switches are assumed to be "none", regardless of the values of the
+\fIxxorder\fR, \fIxyorder\fR, \fIxxterms\fR, \fIyxorder\fR, \fIyyorder\fR and
+\fIyxterms\fR parameters set by the user.
+.le
+.ls function = "polynomial"
+The type of analytic surface to be fit. The options are the following.
+.ls legendre
+Legendre polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+Chebyshev polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls polynomial
+Power series in x and y.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xxorder = 2, xyorder = 2,  yxorder = 2, yyorder = 2
+The order of the polynomials in x and y for the x and y fits respectively.
+The default order and cross term settings define the linear term in x
+and y, where the 6 coefficients can be interpreted in terms of an x and y shift,
+an x and y scale change, and rotations of the x and y axes. The "shift",
+"xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale", fitting geometries
+assume that the polynomial order parameters are 2 regardless of the values
+set by the user. If any of the order parameters are higher than 2 and
+\fIfitgeometry\fR is "general", then a distortion surface is fit to the
+residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls xxterms = "half", yxterms = "half"
+The options are:
+.ls none
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x or powers of y but not
+powers of both.
+.le
+.ls half
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is max (xxorder - 1, xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+max (yxorder - 1, yyorder - 1) for the y fit. 
+.le
+.ls full
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is max (xxorder - 1, xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+max (yxorder - 1, yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+
+The "shift", "xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale" fitting
+geometries, assume that the cross term switches are set to "none"
+regardless of the values set by the user.  If either of the cross terms
+parameters are set to "half" or "full" and \fIfitgeometry\fR is "general"
+then a distortion surface is fit to the residuals from the linear
+portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls maxiter = 0
+The maximum number of rejection iterations. The default is no rejection.
+.le
+.ls reject = 3.0
+The rejection limit in units of sigma.
+.le
+.ls calctype = "real"
+The precision of the coordinate transformation calculations. The options are
+real and double.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+.le
+.ls interactive = yes
+In interactive mode the user may interact with the fitting process, e.g.
+change the order of the fit, reject points, display the data, etc.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The graphics device.
+.le
+.ls cursor = ""
+The graphics cursor.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+GEOMAP computes the transformation required to map the reference coordinate
+system to the input coordinate system.  The coordinates of points in common
+to the two systems are listed in the input text file(s) \fIinput\fR
+one per line in the following format: "xref yref xin yin".
+
+The computed transforms are stored in the text database file \fIdatabase\fR
+in records with names specified by the parameter \fItransforms\fR. If the
+transforms parameter is undefined the records are assigned the name of
+the input coordinate files.
+
+The computed transformation has the form shown below, where the reference
+coordinates must be defined in the coordinate system of the reference image
+system if the user intends to resample an image with gregister or geotran, or
+transform coordinates from the reference coordinate system to the input
+image coordinate system. 
+
+.nf
+    xin = f (xref, yref)
+    yin = g (xref, yref)
+.fi
+
+If on the other hand the user wishes to transform coordinates from the
+input image coordinate system to the reference coordinate system then he or she
+must reverse the roles of the reference and input coordinates as defined above,
+and compute the inverse transformation.
+
+
+The functions f and g are either a power series polynomial or a Legendre or
+Chebyshev polynomial surface of order \fIxxorder\fR and \fIxyorder\fR in x
+and \fIyxorder\fR and \fIyyorder\fR in y.
+
+Several polynomial cross terms options are available. Options "none",
+"half", and "full" are illustrated below for a quadratic polynomial in
+x and y.
+
+.nf
+xxterms = "none", xyterms = "none"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "half", xyterms = "half"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a22 * xref * yref + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a22' * xref * yref + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "full", xyterms = "full"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a31 * xref ** 2 +
+         a12 * yref + a22 * xref * yref +  a32 * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13 * yref ** 2 + a23 * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33 * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a31' * xref ** 2 +
+         a12' * yref + a22' * xref * yref +  a32' * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13' * yref ** 2 + a23' * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33' * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+.fi
+
+If the \fBfitgeometry\fR parameter is anything other than "general", the  order
+parameters assume the value 2 and the cross terms switches assume the value
+"none", regardless of the values set by the user. The computation can be done in
+either real or double precision by setting \fIcalctype\fR. Automatic pixel
+rejection may be enabled by setting \fmaxiter\fR > 0 and \fIreject\fR to some
+number greater than 0.
+
+\fIXmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR define the region of
+validity of the fit in the reference coordinate system and must be set by
+the user. These parameters can be used to reject out of range data before the
+actual fitting is done.
+
+GEOMAP may be run interactively by setting \fIinteractive\fR = yes and
+inputting commands by the use of simple keystrokes.
+In interactive mode the user has the option of changing the
+fit parameters and displaying the data graphically until a satisfactory
+fit has been achieved. The available keystroke commands are listed
+below.
+
+.nf
+?	Print options
+f	Fit the data and graph with the current graph type (g, x, r, y, s)
+g	Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r	Graph the x fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+y,s	Graph the y fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+d,u	Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o	Overplot the next graph
+c	Toggle the constant x, y plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x, y through the nearest data point	
+l	Print xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag, xrotate, yrotate
+q	Exit the interactive curve fitting
+.fi
+
+The parameters listed below can be changed interactively with simple colon
+commands. Typing the parameter name alone will list the current value.
+
+.nf
+:show				List parameters
+:fitgeometry			Fitting geometry (shift,xyscale,rotate,
+				rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]	        Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,
+                                polynomial)
+:xxorder :xyorder [value]	X fitting function xorder, yorder
+:yxorder :yyorder [value]	Y fitting function xorder, yorder
+:xxterms :yxterms [n/h/f]	X, Y fit cross terms type
+:maxiter [value]		Maximum number of rejection iterations
+:reject [value]			Rejection threshold
+.fi
+
+The final fit is stored in a simple text file in a format suitable for use
+by the GREGISTER or GEOTRAN tasks.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR  is "yes", various pieces of useful information are printed
+to the terminal as the task proceeds. If \fIresults\fR is set to a file name
+then the input coordinates, the fitted coordinates, and the residuals of
+the fit are written to that file.
+
+The transformation computed by the "general" fitting geometry is arbitrary
+and does not correspond to a physically meaningful model. However the computed
+coefficients for the linear term can be given a simple geometrical geometric
+interpretation for all the fitting geometries as shown below.
+
+.nf
+	fitting geometry = general (linear term)
+	    xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+	    yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+
+	fitting geometry = shift
+	    xin = a + xref
+	    yin = d + yref
+
+	fitting geometry = xyscale
+	    xin = a + b * xref
+	    yin = d + f * yref
+
+	fitting geometry = rotate
+	    xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+	    yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+	    b * f - c * e = +/-1
+	    b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+	fitting geometry = rscale
+	    xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+	    yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+	    b * f - c * e = +/- const
+	    b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+	fitting geometry = rxyscale
+	    xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+	    yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+	    b * f - c * e = +/- const
+.fi
+
+The coefficients can be interpreted as follows. Xref0, yref0, xin0, yin0
+are the origins in the reference and input frames respectively. Orientation
+and skew are the rotation of the x and y axes and their deviation from
+perpendicularity respectively. Xmag and ymag are the scaling factors in x and
+y and are assumed to be positive.
+
+.nf
+	general (linear term)
+	    xrotation = rotation - skew / 2
+	    yrotation = rotation + skew / 2
+	    b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	    c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	    e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	    f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	    a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+	    d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+	shift
+	    xrotation = 0.0,  yrotation = 0.0
+	    xmag = ymag = 1.0
+	    b = 1.0
+	    c = 0.0
+	    e = 0.0
+	    f = 1.0
+	    a = xin0 - xref0 = xshift
+	    d = yin0 - yref0 = yshift
+
+	xyscale
+	    xrotation 0.0 / 180.0 yrotation = 0.0
+	    b = + /- xmag
+	    c = 0.0
+	    e = 0.0
+	    f = ymag
+	    a = xin0 - b * xref0 = xshift
+	    d = yin0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+	rscale
+	    xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+	    mag = xmag = ymag
+	    const = mag * mag
+	    b = mag * cos (xrotation)
+	    c = mag * sin (yrotation)
+	    e = -mag * sin (xrotation)
+	    f = mag * cos (yrotation)
+	    a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+	    d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+	rxyscale
+	    xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+	    const = xmag * ymag
+	    b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	    c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	    e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	    f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	    a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+	    d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Compute the linear transformation between coordinate systems.
+   A record called "m51.coo" will be written in the database
+   file "database".
+
+
+.nf
+	cl> geomap m51.coo database 1. 512. 1. 512.
+.fi
+
+2. Compute the 3rd order transformation in x and y between two
+   coordinate systems.  A record called "m51.coo" will be written in
+   the database file "database". This record supersedes the one
+   of the same name written in example 1.
+
+.nf
+	cl> geomap m51.coo database 1. 512. 1. 512. xxo=4 xyo=4 \
+	>>> yxo=4 yyo=4 xxt=full yxt=full inter-
+.fi
+
+3. Register a 500 by 500 image of m51 to an 800 by 800 image of the same
+field taken with a different instrument, and display the original
+800 by 800 image and the transformed image. Use the default fitting parameters.
+
+.nf
+	cl> geomap m51.coo database 1.0 800.0 1.0 800.0
+	cl> gregister m51.500 m51.500.out database m51.coo
+	cl> display m51.800 1 fi+
+	cl> display m51.500.out 2 fi+
+.fi
+
+4. Use the above transform to transform a list of object pixel coordinates
+in the m51.800 image to their pixel coordinates in the m51.500 system.
+
+.nf
+	cl> geoxytran m51.800.xy m51.500.xy database m51.coo
+.fi
+
+5. Transform object pixel coordinates in the m51.500 image to their
+pixel coordinates in the m51.800 image. Note that to do this the roles
+of the reference and input coordinates defined in example 3 must be
+reversed and the inverse transform must be computed.
+
+.nf
+	cl> fields m51.coo 3,4,1,2 > m51.coo.inv
+	cl> geomap m51.coo.inv database 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+	cl> geoxytran m51.512.xy m51.800.xy database m51.coo.inv
+.fi
+
+6. Compute 3 different transforms, store them in the same database file,
+and use them to transform 3 different images.  Use the original image names as
+the database record names.
+
+.nf
+	cl> geomap coo1,coo2,coo3 database 1. 512. 1. 512. \
+	>>> transforms=im1,im2,im3
+	cl> gregister im1,im2,im3  im1.out,im2.out,im3.out database \
+	>>> im1,im2,im3
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+The user should be aware that for high order fits the "polynomial" basis
+functions become very unstable. Switching to the "legendre" or "chebyshev"
+polynomials and/or going to double precision will usually cure the problem.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imshift, magnify, rotate, imlintran, gregister, geotran, geoxytran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geotran.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geotran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3ad15f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geotran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+.help geotran Dec98 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+geotran -- geometrically transform a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+geotran input output database transforms
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be transformed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images. If the output image name is the same as the input
+image name the input image is overwritten. The output image may be a section
+of an existing image. The number of output images must equal the number
+of input images.
+.le
+.ls database
+The name of the text file containing the coordinate transformation (generally
+the database file produced by GEOMAP).
+If database is the null string then GEOTRAN will perform a linear
+transformation based the values of xin, yin, xout, yout, xshift, yshift,
+xmag, ymag, xrotation and yrotation. If all these parameters have their
+defaults values the transformation is a null transformation. If the geometric
+transformation is linear xin, yin, xout, yout, xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag,
+xrotation and yrotation can be used to override the values in the database
+file.
+.le
+.ls transforms
+The list of record name(s) in the file \fIdatabase\fR containing the
+desired transformations.
+This record name is usually the name of the text file input to geomap
+listing the reference and input coordinates of the control points.
+The number of records must be 1 or equal to the number of input images.
+The record names may be listed in a text file 1 record per line.
+The transforms parameter is only
+requested if database is not equal to the null string.
+.le
+.ls geometry = "geometric"
+The type of geometric transformation. The geometry parameter is
+only requested if database is not equal to the null string. The options are:
+.ls linear
+Perform only the linear part of the geometric transformation.
+.le
+.ls geometric
+Compute both the linear and distortion portions of the geometric correction.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum x and y reference values of the output image.
+If a database file has been defined xmin, xmax, ymin and ymax
+efault to the minimum and maximum values set by
+GEOMAP and may be less than but may not exceed those values.
+.le
+.ls xscale = 1.0, yscale = 1.0
+The output picture x and y scales in units of
+x and y reference units per output pixel,
+e.g  arcsec / pixel or Angstroms / pixel if the reference coordinates
+are arcsec or Angstroms. If the reference coordinates are in pixels
+then xscale and yscale should be 1.0 to preserve the scale of the reference
+image.
+If xscale and yscale are undefined (INDEF), xscale and yscale default to the
+range of the reference coordinates over the range in pixels.
+Xscale and yscale override the values of ncols and nlines.
+.le
+.ls ncols = INDEF, nlines = INDEF
+The number of columns and lines in the output image. Ncols and nlines default
+to the size of the input image. If xscale or yscale are defined ncols or nlines
+are overridden.
+.le
+.ls xsample = 1.0, ysample = 1.0
+The coordinate surface subsampling factor. The coordinate surfaces are
+evaluated at every xsample-th pixel in x and every ysample-th pixel in y.
+Transformed coordinates  at intermediate pixel values are determined by
+bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surfaces. If the coordinate
+surface is of high order setting these numbers to some reasonably high
+value is strongly recommended.
+.le
+.ls interpolant = "linear"
+The interpolant used for rebinning the image.
+The choices are the following.
+.ls nearest
+Nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+Bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+Third order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+Fifth order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width will be rounded up to
+the nearest odd number.  The default sinc width is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls lsinc
+Look-up table sinc interpolation. Users can specify the look-up table sinc
+interpolant width by appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g.
+lsinc51 specifies a 51 by 51 pixel wide look-up table sinc interpolant. The user
+supplied sinc width will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default
+sinc width is 31 by 31 pixels. Users can specify the resolution of the lookup
+table sinc by appending the look-up table size in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. lsinc51[20] specifies a 20 by 20 element sinc
+look-up table interpolant with a pixel resolution of 0.05 pixels in x and y.
+The default look-up table size and resolution are 20 by 20 and 0.05 pixels
+in x and y respectively.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction in x and y
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0.
+The value 0.0 is increased internally to 0.001. Drizzle resampling
+with a pixel fraction of 1.0 in x and y is equivalent to fractional pixel
+rotated block summing (fluxconserve = yes) or averaging (flux_conserve = no)  if
+xmag and ymag are > 1.0.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a user supplied constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting about the boundary of the image.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.0
+The value of the constant for boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls fluxconserve = yes
+Preserve the total image flux. The output pixel values are multiplied by
+the Jacobian of the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.ls xin = INDEF, yin = INDEF
+The x and y coordinates in pixel units in the input image which will map to
+xout, yout in the output image. If the database file is undefined these
+numbers default to the center of the input image. 
+.le
+.ls xout = INDEF, yout = INDEF
+The x and y reference coordinates in the output image which correspond
+to xin, yin in the input image. If the database file is undefined, xout and
+yout default to the center of the output image reference coordinates.
+.le
+.ls xshift = INDEF, yshift = INDEF
+The shift of the input origin in pixels. If the database file is undefined
+then xshift and yshift determine the shift of xin, yin.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The scale factors of the coordinate transformation in units of input pixels
+per reference coordinate unit. If database is undefined xmag and ymag
+default to 1.0; otherwise xmag and ymag default to the values found
+by GEOMAP. If the database file is not null then xmag and ymag override
+the values found by GEOMAP.
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The rotation angles in degrees of the coordinate transformation.
+Positive angles are measured counter-clockwise with respect to the x axis.
+If database
+is undefined then xrotation and yrotation default to 0.0; otherwise
+xrotation and yrotation default to the values found by GEOMAP.
+If database is not NULL then xrotation and yrotation override the values
+found by GEOMAP.
+.le
+.ls nxblock = 512, nyblock = 512
+If the size of the output image is less than nxblock by nyblock then
+the entire image is transformed at once. Otherwise the output image
+is computed in blocks of nxblock by nxblock pixels.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+GEOTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion using the coordinate
+transformation determined by GEOMAP. The transformation is stored as the
+coefficients of a polynomial surface in record \fItransforms\fR,
+in the text file \fIdatabase\fR.
+The coordinate surface is sampled at every \fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR
+pixel in x and y.
+The transformed coordinates at intermediate pixel values are
+determined by bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surface. If
+\fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR = 1, the coordinate
+surface is evaluated at every pixel. Use of \fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR
+are strongly recommended for large images and high order coordinate
+surfaces in order to reduce the execution time.
+
+\fIXmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR define the range of
+reference coordinates represented in the output picture. These numbers
+default to the minimum and maximum x and y reference values used by GEOMAP,
+and may not exceed those values.
+The scale and size of the output picture is determined as follows.
+
+.nf
+	ncols = ncols (inimage)
+	if (xscale == INDEF)
+	    xscale = (xmax - xmin ) / (ncols - 1)
+	else
+	    ncols = (xmax - xmin) / xscale + 1
+
+	nlines = nlines (inimage)
+	if (yscale == INDEF)
+	    yscale = (ymax - ymin ) / (nlines - 1)
+	else
+	    nlines = (ymax - ymin) / yscale + 1
+.fi
+
+The output image gray levels are determined by interpolating in the input
+image at the positions of the transformed output pixels. If the
+\fIfluxconserve\fR switch is set the output pixel values are multiplied by
+the Jacobian of the transformation.
+GEOTRAN uses the routines in the 2-D interpolation package.
+
+The linear portion of the transformation may be altered after the fact
+by setting some or all of the parameters \fIxin\fR, \fIyin\fR, \fIxout\fR,
+\fIyout\fR, \fIxshift\fR, \fIyshift\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR,
+\fIyrotation\fR.
+Xin, yin, xshift, yshift, xout and yout can be used to redefine the shift.
+Xmag, and ymag can be used to reset the x and y scale of the transformation.
+Xrotation and yrotation can be used to reset the orientation of the
+transformation.
+
+The output image is computed in \fInxblock\fR by \fInyblock\fR pixel sections.
+If possible users should set these numbers to values larger than the dimensions
+of the output image to minimize the number of disk reads and writes required
+to compute the output image.  If this is not feasible and the image rotation is
+small, users should set nxblock to be greater than the number of columns in
+the output image, and nyblock to be as large as machine memory will permit.
+
+If the CL environment variable \fInomwcs\fR is "no" then the world
+coordinate system of the input image will be modified in the output image
+to reflect the effects of the \fIlinear\fR portion of the geometric
+transformation operation.
+Support does not yet exist in the IRAF world coordinate system interface
+for the higher order distortion corrections that GEOTRAN is capable of
+performing.
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+It requires approximately 70 and 290 cpu seconds to correct a 512 by 512
+square image for geometric distortion using a low order coordinate surface
+and bilinear and biquintic interpolation respectively (Vax 11/750 fpa).
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Register two images by transforming the coordinate system of the input
+image to the coordinate system of the reference image. The size of the
+reference image is 512 by 512.  The output image scale will be 1.0 and
+its size will be determined by the xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax parameters set
+in the task GEOMAP. The file "database" containing the record "m51.coo"
+was produced by GEOMAP.
+
+.nf
+   cl> geomap m51.coo database 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+   cl> geotran m51 m51.tran database m51.coo
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the above command but set the output image scale to 2.0 reference
+images pixels per output image pixel.
+
+.nf
+   cl> geomap m51.coo database 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+   cl> geotran m51 m51.tran database m51.coo xscale=2.0 yscale=2.0
+.fi
+
+3. Repeat the previous command using an output scale of
+2 reference units per pixel and bicubic spline interpolation with no
+flux correction. 
+
+.nf
+   cl> geomap m51.coo database 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+   cl> geotran m51 m51.tran database m51.coo xscale=2. yscale=2. \
+   >>> inter=spline3 flux-
+.fi
+
+4. Register a list of 512 by 512 pixel square images using the set of
+transforms computed by GEOMAP. The input images, output images, and coordinate
+lists / transforms are listed in the files inlist, outlist and reclist
+respectively.
+
+.nf
+   cl> geomap @reclist database 1. 512. 1. 512.
+   cl> geotran @inlist @outlist database @reclist
+.fi
+
+5. Mosaic 3 512 square images into a larger 512 by 1536 square images after
+applying a shift to each input image.
+
+.nf
+    cl> geotran image1 outimage[1:512,1:512] "" ncols=512 nlines=1536 \
+	xshift=5.0 yshift=5.0
+    cl> geotran image2 outimage[1:512,513:1024] "" xshift=10.0 yshift=10.0
+    cl> geotran image3 outimage[1:512,1025:1536] "" xshift=15.0 yshift=15.0
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+Support does not yet exist in the IRAF world coordinate system interface
+for the higher order distortion corrections that GEOTRAN is capable of
+performing.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imshift, magnify, rotate, imlintran, geomap, geoxytran, gregister
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geoxytran.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geoxytran.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69e8565c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/geoxytran.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+.help geoxytran Apr95 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+geoxytran -- geometrically transform a list of coordinates
+.ih
+USAGE
+geoxytran input output database transforms
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input coordinate files to be transformed.
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output transformed coordinate files. The number of output files must
+be one or equal to the number of input files.
+.le
+.ls database
+The name of the text database file written by the geomap task which
+contains the desired spatial transformation.
+If database is undefined geoxytran computes
+a linear transformation using the current
+values of the xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag, xrotation,
+and yrotation parameters.
+.le
+.ls transforms
+The database record containing the desired spatial transformation. 
+The number of records must be one or equal to the number of input coordinate
+files. Transforms is usually the name of the coordinate file that the
+geomap task used to compute the spatial transformation.
+If defined the values of xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag,
+xrotation, and yrotation will supersede the computed values in the
+database file.
+.le
+.ls geometry = "geometric" (linear|geometric)
+The type of geometric transformation. The geometry parameter is
+only requested if database is defined. The options are:
+.ls linear
+Perform only the linear part of the spatial transformation.
+.le
+.ls geometric
+Compute both the linear and distortion portions of the spatial transformation.
+.le
+.le
+.ls direction = "forward" (forward|backward)
+The transformation direction may be "forward" or "backward".  The forward
+direction directly evaluates the database solution.  The backward
+direction iteratively determines the coordinate which evaluates to the
+specified coordinate.
+.le
+.ls xref = INDEF, yref = INDEF
+The x and y coordinates of the reference origin.
+If the database file is undefined xref and
+yref  default to [0.0,0.0]. Otherwise xref and yref
+default to the mean of minimum and maximum x and y values
+[(xmin + xmax) / 2.0, (ymin + ymax) / 2.0] computed by geomap.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The x and y scale factors in input units
+per reference unit. If database is undefined xmag and ymag
+default to [1.0, 1.0]. Otherwise xmag and ymag default to the values computed
+by geomap. 
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The x and y rotation angles in degrees measured counter-clockwise with
+respect to the x and y axes. If database
+is undefined then xrotation and yrotation are interpreted as the
+rotation of the coordinates with respect to the x and y axes and
+default to [0.0, 0.0]. For example xrotation and yrotation values of
+[30.0, 30.0] will rotate a point 30 counter-clockwise with respect
+to the x and y axes.  Otherwise xrotation and yrotation default to the
+values computed by geomap. Geomap computes the x and y rotation angles
+of the x and y axes, not the rotation angle of the coordinates. An output
+coordinate system rotated 30 degrees counter-clockwise with respect
+to the reference coordinate system will produce xrotation and yrotation
+values of [330.0,330.0] or equivalently [-30.0,-30.0] in the database file
+not [30.0,30.0].
+.le
+.ls xout = INDEF, yout = INDEF
+The x and y coordinates of the output origin.
+If the database file is undefined xout and
+yout  default to [0.0,0.0].
+If database is defined xout and yout
+default to the position that the reference origin [xref,yref]
+occupies in the transformed system.
+.le
+.ls xshift = INDEF, yshift = INDEF
+The x and y shift of the reference origin in output units.
+If the database file is undefined xshift and yshift default to [0.0,0.0].
+If the database file is defined xshift and yshift default to the
+values computed by geomap. If defined xshift and yshift take precedence over
+the x and y shifts determined from xref, yref, xout and yout.
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2
+The columns in the input coordinate file containing the x and y coordinates.
+.le
+.ls calctype = "real"
+The precision of the coordinate transformation calculations. The options
+are "real" and "double".  Note that this only applies to a "forward"
+transformation.  The "backward" transformation is done iteratively and
+is always calculated in double precision to get the best convergence.
+.le
+.ls xformat = "", yformat = ""
+The default output format for the computed x and y coordinates. If
+xformat and yformat are undefined geoxytran outputs the coordinates
+using the maximum of the precision of the input coordinates
+and the value of the \fImin_sigdigits\fR parameter.
+.le
+.ls min_sigdigits = 7
+The minimum precision of the output x and y coordinates.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+GEOXYTRAN applies  a coordinate transformation to a list of reference
+coordinates in the text file \fIinput\fR and writes the transformed
+coordinates to the text file \fIoutput\fR. The input  coordinates
+are read from, and the output coordinates written to, columns
+\fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR in the input and output
+files. The format of the output coordinates can be specified using the
+\fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR parameters. If the output formats
+are unspecified the coordinates are written out with a precision
+which is the maximum of the precision of the input coordinates
+and the value of the \fImin_sigdigits\fR parameter. All remaining fields in
+the input file are copied to the output file without modification.
+Blank lines and comment lines are also passed to the output file
+unaltered.
+
+The coordinate transformation either be read from record \fItransforms\fR
+in the database file \fIdatabase\fR computed by GEOMAP, or specified
+by the user via the \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR,
+\fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR, \fIxout\fR, \fIyout\fR, \fIxshift\fR,
+and \fIyshift\fR parameters.
+
+The transformation computed by GEOMAP has the following form.
+
+.nf
+	xout = f (xref, yref)
+	yout = g (xref, yref)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either a power series polynomial or a Legendre
+or Chebyshev polynomial surface whose order and region of validity were
+set by the user when GEOMAP was run. The computed transformation is
+arbitrary and does not correspond to any physically meaningful model.
+However the first order terms can be given the simple geometrical
+interpretation shown below.
+
+.nf
+	xout = a + b * xref + c * yref
+	yout = d + e * xref + f * yref
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = x0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+	   d = y0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = xshift
+.fi
+
+Xref0, yref0, x0, and
+y0 are the origins of the reference and output coordinate systems
+respectively. xmag and ymag are the x and y scale factors in output units
+per reference unit and xrotation and yrotation are the rotation angles measured
+counter-clockwise of the x and y axes.
+
+The linear portion of the GEOMAP transformation may be altered after the fact
+by setting some or all of the parameters \fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxout\fR,
+\fIyout\fR, \fIxshift\fR, \fIyshift\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR,
+and \fIyrotation\fR. If defined these parameters will replace the corresponding
+values in the GEOMAP database file.
+Xref, yref, xshift, yshift, xout and yout can be used to redefine the shift
+where xshift and yshift take precedence over xref, yref, xout and yout.
+Xmag, and ymag can be used to reset the scale of the transformation.
+Xrotation and yrotation can be used to redefine the orientation of the
+transformation. Note that xrotation and yrotation are interpreted as
+the rotation of the coordinate axes not the coordinates.
+The default values of these parameters are.
+
+.nf
+	  xref = (xmin + xmax) / 2.0
+	  yref = (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	  xout = f (xref,yref)
+	  yout = g (xref,yref)
+	xshift = xshift (database) = xout - f(xref,yref)
+	yshift = yshift (database) = yout - g(xref,yref)
+	  xmag = xmag (database)
+	  ymag = ymag (database)
+     xrotation = xrotation (database)
+     yrotation = yrotation (database)
+.fi
+
+If the GEOMAP database is undefined then GEOXYTRAN performs a linear
+transformation on the input coordinates using the parameters
+\fIxref\fR, \fIyref\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR,
+\fIyrotation\fR, \fIxout\fR, \fIyout\fR, \fIxshift\fR, and
+\fIyshift\fR as shown below. Note that in this case xrotation and
+yrotation are interpreted as the rotation of the coordinates
+themselves not the coordinate axes.
+
+.nf
+	xout = a + b * xref + c * yref
+	yout = d + e * xref + f * yref
+	   b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	   c = -ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	   e = xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	   f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	   a = xo - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+	   d = yo - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = xshift
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+Forward vs. Backward Transformations
+
+The transformation direction is specified by the \fIdirection\fR parameter
+which may take the values "forward" or "backward".  The forward transformation
+is a direct evaluation of the database solution.  The backward
+transformation is an iterative evaluation to obtain the coordinate which
+evaluates to the desired coordinate.
+
+When the same solution is used with \fBgeotran\fR to transform an image
+to another image matching the "reference" image is needed to obtain
+coordinates in the transformed image.  This is because the transformation
+is produced with \fBgeomap\fR to map "reference" coordinates to the
+image which is subsequently transformed.  Therefore, if you have coordinates
+in the image which has been transformed then you should use the "backward"
+transformation to get coordinates for the transformed image.  But if you
+have standard coordinates from the reference image being matched then you
+would use the "forward" transformation.  If you are not sure then you can
+use \fBtvmark\fR to overlay the results to find which direction produces
+the desired coordinates.
+
+Because the backward transformation is performed iteratively it can be
+slow.  If higher speeds are desired, such as when evaluating a very
+large number of coordinates, one might create a transformation solution
+that can be evaluated in the forward direction.  This is done by
+using \fBgeomap\fR with the reference and target coordinates reversed.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+   
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+   
+   
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+   
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+   
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+   
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+   
+Examples
+   
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+   
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+   
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+.nf
+1. Compute the transformation from the reference system to the output
+system and then evaluate the transformation for both the input list and
+the list of unknowns.
+
+   cl> type rtran
+
+	1.0000  1.0000 184.1445 -153.0376
+	512.0000 1.0000 684.0376 184.1445
+	512.0000 512.0000 346.8555 684.0376
+	1.0000 512.0000 -153.0380 346.8555
+
+    cl> geomap rtran rtran.db 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0 intera-
+
+    cl> type rtran.db
+
+	# Tue 14:53:36 18-Apr-95
+	begin	rtran
+		output		rtran.db
+		xrefmean	256.5
+		yrefmean	256.5
+		xmean		265.4999
+		ymean		265.5
+		xshift		183.826
+		yshift		-154.6757
+		xmag		1.180001
+		ymag		1.179999
+		xrotation	326.
+		yrotation	326.
+		surface1	11
+				3.	3.
+				2.	2.
+				2.	2.
+				0.	0.
+				1.	1.
+				512.	512.
+				1.	1.
+				512.	512.
+				183.826	-154.6757
+				0.9782647	0.6598474
+				-0.6598479	0.9782643
+	    	surface2	0
+
+    cl> geoxytran rtran STDOUT rtran.db rtran
+
+	184.1444 -153.038 184.1445 -153.0376
+	684.0377 184.1444 684.0376 184.1445
+	346.8554 684.0375 346.8555 684.0376
+	-153.038 346.8555 -153.038 346.8555
+
+    cl> geoxytran unknowns unknowns.tran rtran.db rtran
+
+
+2.  Evaluate the backward transformation to take coordinates from the
+output system to the reference system.  In this example we use the
+output of the first example to illustrate getting back the coordinates
+used in the original geomap input.
+
+    cl> geoxytran rtran STDOUT rtran.db rtran dir=forward |\
+    >>> geoxytran STDIN STDOUT rtran.db rtran dir=backward
+    0.999798 0.9997257 184.1445 -153.0376
+        512. 0.9999674 684.0376 184.1445
+	512.     512. 346.8555 684.0376
+    0.999918 512.0001 -153.0380 346.8555
+
+
+3. Evaluate the transform computed in example 1 for the same list of
+unknowns but modify the transformation slightly by setting xmag
+and ymag to 1.18 and 1.18 exactly.
+
+    cl> geoxytran unknowns unknowns.tran rtran.db rtran xmag=1.18 \
+	ymag=1.18
+
+
+4. Evaluate the same transformation for the same unknowns as before
+using the linear transformation parameters not the transform computed
+by geomap. Note that the angle is the negative of the one defined
+in the database file.
+
+    cl> geoxytran unknowns unknowns.tran "" xmag=1.18 ymag=1.18 \
+        xrot=34 yrot=34 xshift=183.826 yshift=-154.6757
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+geomap, lists.lintran, geotran, gregister
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/gregister.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/gregister.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..73dff3d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/gregister.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+.help gregister Dec98 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+gregister -- transform a list of images from one coordinate system to another
+.ih
+USAGE
+gregister input output database transforms
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be transformed.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images.
+.le
+.ls database
+The name of the text file database produced by GEOMAP containing the coordinate
+transformation(s).
+.le
+.ls transforms
+The list of the database record(s) containing the transformations. 
+The number of transforms must be 1 or the same as the number of input
+images.  Transforms is usually the name of the
+text file input to GEOMAP which lists the reference and input
+coordinates of the control points.
+.le
+.ls geometry = "geometric"
+The type of geometry to be applied: The choices are:
+.ls linear
+The linear part, shifts, scales and rotations are computed.
+.le
+.ls geometric
+The full transformation is computed.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum x and y reference values of the output image.
+Xmin, xmax, ymin and ymax default to minimum and maximum values set in GEOMAP,
+and may not extend beyond the bounds of those parameters.
+.le
+.ls xscale = 1.0, yscale = 1.0
+The output x and y scales in units of reference x and y
+units per pixel, e.g "/ pixel or Angstroms / pixel if the reference
+coordinates
+are arc-seconds or Angstroms. If the reference coordinates are in pixels
+then xscale and yscale should be 1.0 to preserve the scale of the reference
+image. The default is set for pixel coordinates.
+If xscale and yscale are undefined (INDEF), xscale and yscale default to the
+range of the reference coordinates over the range in pixels.
+Xscale and yscale override the values of ncols and nlines.
+.le
+.ls ncols = INDEF, nlines = INDEF
+The number of columns and lines in the output image. Ncols and nlines default
+to the size of the input image. If xscale or yscale are defined ncols or nlines
+are overridden.
+.le
+.ls xsample = 1.0, ysample = 1.0
+The coordinate surface subsampling factor. The coordinate surfaces are
+evaluated at every xsample-th pixel in x and every ysample-th pixel in y.
+Transformed coordinates  at intermediate pixel values are determined by
+bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surfaces.
+.le
+.ls interpolant = "linear"
+The choices are the following.
+.ls nearest
+Nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+Bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+Third order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+Fifth order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width will be rounded up to
+the nearest odd number.  The default sinc width is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls lsinc
+Look-up table sinc interpolation. Users can specify the look-up table sinc
+interpolant width by appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g.
+lsinc51 specifies a 51 by 51 pixel wide look-up table sinc interpolant. The user
+supplied sinc width will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default
+sinc width is 31 by 31 pixels. Users can specify the resolution of the lookup
+table sinc by appending the look-up table size in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. lsinc51[20] specifies a 20 by 20 element sinc
+look-up table interpolant with a pixel resolution of 0.05 pixels in x and y.
+The default look-up table size and resolution are 20 by 20 and 0.05 pixels
+in x and y respectively.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction in x and y
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0.
+The value 0.0 is increased internally to 0.001. Drizzle resampling
+with a pixel fraction of 1.0 in x and y is equivalent to fractional pixel
+rotated block summing (fluxconserve = yes) or averaging (flux_conserve = no)  if
+xmag and ymag are > 1.0.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The boundary extension choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate value by reflecting about the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The value of the constant for boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls fluxconserve = yes
+Preserve the total image flux. The output pixel values are multiplied by
+the Jacobian of the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.ls nxblock = 512, nyblock = 512
+If the dimensions of the output image are less than nxblock and nyblock
+then the entire image is transformed at once. Otherwise blocks of size
+nxblock by nyblock are transformed one at a time.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+GREGISTER corrects an image for geometric distortion using the coordinate
+transformation computed by GEOMAP. The transformation is stored as the
+coefficients of a polynomial surface in record \fItransforms\fR,
+in the text file \fIdatabase\fR.
+The coordinate surface is sampled at every \fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR
+pixel in x and y.
+The transformed coordinates at intermediate pixel values are
+determined by bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surface. If
+\fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR = 1, the coordinate
+surface is evaluated at every pixel. Use of \fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR
+are strongly recommended for large images and high order coordinate
+surfaces in order to reduce the execution time.
+
+\fIXmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR define the range of
+reference coordinates represented in the output picture. These numbers
+default to the minimum and maximum x and y reference values used by GEOMAP,
+and may not exceed these values.
+The scale and size of the output picture is determined as follows.
+
+.nf
+	ncols = ncols(input)
+	if (xscale == INDEF)
+	    xscale = (xmax - xmin ) / (ncols - 1)
+	else
+	    ncols = (xmax - xmin) / xscale + 1
+
+	nlines = nlines(input)
+	if (yscale == INDEF)
+	    yscale = (ymax - ymin ) / (nlines - 1)
+	else
+	    nlines = (ymax - ymin) / yscale + 1
+.fi
+
+The output image gray levels are determined by interpolating in the input
+image at the positions of the transformed output pixels. If the
+\fIfluxconserve\fR switch is set the output pixel values are multiplied by
+the Jacobian of the transformation.  GREGISTER uses the routines in the
+2-D interpolation package.
+
+The output image is computed in \fInxblock\fR by \fInyblock\fR pixel sections.
+If possible users should set these numbers to values larger than the dimensions
+of the output image, in order to minimize the number of disk reads and writes
+required to compute the output image.  If this is not feasible and the image
+rotation is small users should set nxblock to be greater than the number of
+columns in the output image, and nyblock to be as large as machine memory
+will permit.
+
+If the environment variable \fInomwcs\fR is "no" then the world coordinate
+system of the input image is modified in the output image to reflect the
+effects of the \fIlinear\fR portion of the registration operation.
+Support does not yet exist in the IRAF world coordinate system interface
+for the higher order distortion corrections that GREGISTER is capable
+of performing.
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+It requires approximately 70 and 290 cpu seconds to correct a 512 by 512
+square image for geometric distortion using a low order coordinate surface
+and bilinear and biquintic interpolation respectively (Vax 11/750 far).
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.ls 4 1.
+Transform an image to the reference coordinate system of a 512 by 512 pixel
+square image. The output image will have the same scale and size as the
+reference image if the reference coordinates are in pixels.
+
+.nf
+cl> geomap coords database 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+cl> gregister input output database coords
+.fi
+.le
+.ls 4 2.
+Repeat the previous example but rescale the output image. The scale of the
+output image will be 2.5 reference units per pixel and its size will be
+determined by the xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax parameters (1.0, 512.0, 1.0, 512.0).
+
+.nf
+cl> geomap coords database 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+cl> gregister input output database coords xscale=2.5 yscale=2.5
+.fi
+.le
+.ls 4 3.
+Correct an image for 3rd order geometric distortion using an output scale of 2
+reference units per pixel unit and bicubic spline interpolation with no flux
+correction. 
+
+.nf
+cl> geomap coords database 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0 xxorder=4 xyorder=4 \
+xxterms=yes yxorder=4 yyorder=4 yxterms=yes
+cl> gregister input output database coords xscale=2. yscale=2. \
+>>> inter=spline3 flux-
+.fi
+.le
+.ls 4 4.
+Transform three images using 3 different transformation records stored
+in the database file.
+
+.nf
+cl> geomap coord1,coord2,coord3 database 1. 512. 1. 512.
+cl> gregister im1,im2,im3 imout1,imout2,imout3 database \
+>>> coord1,coord2,coords3
+.fi
+.le
+.ls 4 5.
+Repeat the above example using the textfiles inlist, outlist, reclist which
+contain the list of input images, list of output images and list of coordinate
+files respectively.
+
+.nf
+cl> geomap @reclist database 1. 512. 1. 512.
+cl> gregister @inlist @outlist database @reclist
+.fi
+.le
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+Support does yet exist in the IRAF world coordinate system interface
+for the higher order distortion corrections that GREGISTER is capable
+of performing.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imshift, magnify, rotate, imlintran, geomap, geotran, geoxytran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imalign.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imalign.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c63be5bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imalign.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+.help imalign Feb90 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+imalign -- register a list of images by computing relative object shifts
+.ih
+USAGE
+imalign input reference coords output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The input images to be shifted and trimmed.  The input image list should
+contain the reference image so that its borders are
+used in the computation of the overlap region.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The reference image to which the input images will be aligned. 
+.le
+.ls coords
+A text file containing the reference image coordinates of the registration
+objects to be centered in each image, one object per line with the x and y
+coordinates in columns one and two respectively.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output images. 
+.le
+.ls shifts = ""
+A text file containing the initial estimate for each image of the
+shift in each axis relative to the reference image.  These
+estimates are used to modify the coordinates of the registration
+objects prior to centering.  The format of the file is one image per
+line with the x and y shifts in columns one and two respectively.
+The sense of the shifts is such that: \fIXshift=Xref-Xin\fR and
+\fBYshift=Yref-Yin\fR.  If \fIshifts\fR is null, a coarse centering
+pass will be made to attempt to determine the initial shifts.
+.le
+.ls boxsize = 7
+The size in pixels of the box to use for the final centering, during
+which all the sources in \fIcoords\fR are recentered in each image
+using the initial estimate of the relative shift for each image.
+Care should be taken to choose an appropriate value for this parameter,
+since it is highly data dependent.
+.le
+.ls bigbox = 11
+The size in pixels of the box to use for coarse centering.  The coarse
+pass through the centering algorithm is made with the box centered at
+the nominal position of the first source in the coordinate list.
+Coarse centering is performed only if the shifts file is undefined.
+Care should be taken to choose an appropriate value for this parameter,
+since it is highly data dependent.  Large values should be suspect until
+the final results are checked to see that the centering did not converge
+on the wrong coordinates, although the usual result for an inappropriate
+\fIbigbox\fR size is that the algorithm fails to converge and the task
+aborts.
+.le
+.ls negative = no
+Are the features negative ?
+.le
+.ls background = INDEF
+The absolute reference level for the marginal centroid calculation.
+If background is INDEF, this is set to the mean value (between the
+thresholds) of the individual sources.
+.le
+.ls lower = INDEF
+The lower threshold for the data.  Individual pixels less than this
+value will be given zero weight in the centroids.
+.le
+.ls upper = INDEF
+The upper threshold for the data.  Individual pixels greater than this
+value will be given zero weight in the centroids.
+.le
+.ls niterate = 3
+The maximum number of centering iterations to perform.  The centering
+will halt when this limit is reached or when the desired Itolerance
+is achieved.
+.le
+.ls tolerance = 0
+The tolerance for convergence of the centering algorithm.  This is the
+integral shift of the centering box from one iteration to the next.
+.le
+.ls maxshift = INDEFR
+The maximum permitted difference between the predicted shift and the
+the computed shift for each object. Objects with shifts greater than
+maxshift are ignored. If maxshift is undefined no shift checking is done.
+.le
+.ls shiftimages = yes
+If shiftimages is yes, the IMSHIFT task will be used to align the
+images.  If shiftimages is no, the images will not be aligned, but
+the coordinates will still be centered.
+.le
+.ls interp_type = "spline3"
+The interpolation function used by the IMSHIFT task.
+.le
+.ls boundary_type = "constant"
+The boundary extension type used by the IMSHIFT task.
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.
+The constant used by the IMSHIFT task if \fIboundary_type\fR is "constant". 
+.le
+.ls trimimages = yes
+If trimimages is yes, the output images will be trimmed to
+include only the region over which they all overlap.  The
+trim section that is actually used may differ slightly from that
+reported by IMCENTROID, due to a correction applied to compensate for
+the boundary extension "contamination" near the edges of the images.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print the centers, shifts, and trim section?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+IMALIGN measures the X and Y axis shifts between a list of input images
+\fIinput\fR and a reference image \fIreference\fR, registers the
+input images to the reference image using the computed shifts,
+and trims the input images to a common overlap region.
+The task is meant to address the class of two dimensional image
+registration problems in which the images have the same pixel scale,
+are shifted relative to each other by simple x and y translations, and contain
+enough high signal / noise, pointlike sources in common to compute good
+average positions.  The basic operation of the task is to find centers
+for the list of registration objects or features in the coordinate
+frame of each image and then to subtract the corresponding centers
+found in the reference image.  The shifts of the registration objects
+are averaged for each image.
+
+IMALIGN is a simple script front end for IMCENTROID, which computes the
+shifts, IMSHIFT, which shifts the images, and
+IMCOPY, which performs the trimming.
+
+A list of the X and Y coordinates of the registration objects should be
+provided via the \fIcoords\fR parameter.  The registration objects do not
+all have to be common to each frame; only that subset of the
+objects that is contained within the bounds of a given image will be
+centered.  Only the objects that are common to both the given image and
+the reference will be used to calculate the shifts.  The coordinates
+must be measured in the frame of the reference image.  If coarse
+centering is to be done, which is to say, if no \fIshifts\fR file is
+provided, then the first registration source should be separated from
+other sources by at least the maximum expected relative shift.
+
+An initial estimate of the shifts between each of the input images and
+the reference image is required for the centering algorithm (a marginal
+centroid) to work.  This estimate can be explicitly supplied in the file
+\fIshifts\fR (\fIXshift=Xref-Xin\fR and \fIYshift=Yref-Yin\fR) or can
+be generated from the images by measuring the relative shift of the
+first source listed in the coords file for each image.  This coarse
+centering pass requires that the first source be detached from other
+sources and from the border of each image, by a distance that is at
+least the maximum shift between the reference and input image.  This
+source should be pointlike and have a high signal to noise ratio.  The
+value of the \fIbigbox\fR parameter should be chosen to include the
+location of the source in each of the images to be aligned while
+excluding other sources.  Large values of \fIbigbox\fR should be held
+suspect until the final convergence of the centering algorithm is
+verified, although given a small value for the \fItolerance\fR, the
+quality of the final centers is independent of the estimate for the
+initial shifts.  Better convergence may also be obtained by increasing
+the \fIniterate\fR parameter, although the default value of three
+should work for most cases.  \fINiterate\fR should be kept small to
+avoid runaway.
+
+The \fIboxsize\fR parameter controls the size of the centering box for
+the fine centering passes and should be chosen so as to exclude sky
+background and other sources while including the wings of the point
+spread function.  The sense of the shifts that are calculated is
+consistent with the file supplied to the \fIshifts\fR parameter and
+with that used with the IMSHIFT task.
+
+If \fIshiftimages\fR is yes the images will actually be shifted using
+the IMSHIFT task.  Note that if \fIinterp_type\fR is "nearest" the
+effect on the images is the same as if the shifts were rounded to
+integral values.  In this case, the pixels will be shifted without
+interpolation.  This can be used for data in which it is more important
+to preserve the pixel values than it is to achieve perfect
+registration.
+
+If \fItrimimages\fR is yes, the output images will be trimmed to
+include only the region over which they all overlap.  The trim section
+that is actually used may differ slightly from that reported by
+IMCENTROID.  A one or two pixel correction may be applied to each edge
+to compensate for the boundary extension "contamination" due to
+multi-pixel (e.g., \fIinterp_type\fR = poly5) interpolation near the
+edges of the images.
+
+IMALIGN may be used with a set of \fIimages\fR which vary in size.
+This can result in vignetting of the calculated overlap region because
+of the nature of the IMSHIFT task to preserve the size of an input
+image.  To visualize this, imagine a large reference image and a single
+small image to be aligned to it, both containing the same registration
+object which is at the center of each image.  IMALIGN will cause the
+small image to be shifted such that the object is positioned at the same
+pixel location as in the reference.  In performing the shift, a large
+fraction of the area of the small image may be shifted outside of its
+own borders, whereas the physical overlap of the large and small images
+includes ALL of the pixels of the small image.  In the case of such
+vignetting, IMALIGN will print a warning message and refuse to proceed
+with the trimming although the vignetting will occur whether or not the
+images are trimmed.  Note that the vignetting will not occur if the
+small image is used as the \fIreference\fR.
+
+The vignetting message may also be printed if the \fIimages\fR are all
+the same size but the \fIreference\fR is not included in the list.
+This will occur if the sense of the measured shifts in a coordinate are
+all positive or all negative since in this case the border of the
+\fIreference\fR would have provided one of the limits to the trim
+section.  The reality of this vignetting depends on your point of view.
+
+Trimming will also not be performed if the entire overlap region vanishes.
+
+Note that many of these difficulties are due to the intrinsically fuzzy
+nature of the process of image registration.  This all leads to a few
+"rules of thumb":
+
+.nf
+    o	Include the reference image in the input image list
+
+    o	Use the smallest image as the reference image
+
+    o	Choose the reference image such that the input images are
+	scattered to either side in the shifts in each axis
+
+    o	Align images that are the same size, OR
+
+    o	Pad dissimilar sized images with blanks to
+	the largest size and disable trimming
+.fi
+.ih
+CENTERING ALGORITHM
+The algorithm is a "marginal" centroid in which the fit for each axis
+is performed separately upon a vector created by collapsing the
+centering box perpendicular to that axis.  The centroid is calculated
+with respect to the level specified by \fIbackground\fR.  If
+\fIbackground\fR is INDEF, the reference level for each source in each
+image is the local mean for those pixels that lie between the
+\fIlower\fR and \fIupper\fR thresholds.  The thresholds are set to the
+local data minimum or maximum if \fIlower\fR or \fIupper\fR,
+respectively, are INDEF.  If \fInegative\fR is yes, than the marginal
+vector will be inverted before being passed to the centroid algorithm.
+
+The maximum number of centering iterations and the tolerance for
+convergence are controlled by \fIniterate\fR and \fItolerance\fR.  Note
+that the tolerance is an integer value that represents the maximum
+movement of the centering box between two successive iterations.  The
+default value of 0 requires that the centroid lie within the center
+pixel of the centering box which is \fIboxsize\fR in extent (note that
+\fIboxsize\fR must be an odd number).  This should normally be the case
+for bright, circularly symmetric point sources in images with a flat
+sky background.  If the registration sources are not circular symmetric
+try increasing the tolerance gingerly.  A sky level that varies across
+the image should be removed before processing.  The centering and
+calculation of the shifts may be performed with \fIshiftimages\fR = no
+(or directly with IMCENTROID) and the calculated shifts applied to the
+images directly with IMSHIFT.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Align three images to the first using the list of registration star
+coordinates in the file "x1.coords".
+
+.nf
+    cl> imalign x1,x2,x3 x1 x1.coords x1.out,x2.out,x3.out
+.fi
+
+2. Align a list of images contained in the file "imlist", overwriting the
+original images with the shifted and trimmed images:
+
+.nf
+    cl> imalign @imlist x1 x1.coords @imlist
+.fi
+
+3. Align the images leaving the output images the same size as the input
+images:
+
+.nf
+    cl> imalign @imlist x1 x1.coords @outlist trimimages-
+.fi
+
+4. Perform the centering but not the shifts:
+
+.nf
+    cl> imalign @imlist x1 x1.coords shiftimages-
+.fi
+
+5. Perform the centering, but don't calculate the shifts at all,
+and don't shift the image.
+
+.nf
+    pr> imalign @imlist "" x1.coords shiftimages-
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+The images being shifted must be in the current directory.
+
+The coarse centering portion of the algorithm can be fooled if the
+first source on the list is not well separated from other sources, or
+if the first source has a low signal to noise ratio, or if there is a
+complicated shape to the background.
+
+The task can produce output images that do not contain the entire
+overlap region.  This can only occur if the images are of varying sizes.
+This behavior is caused by the action of the IMSHIFT task to preserve the
+size of an input image, thus implicitly "trimming" the image.  A work
+around is to use IMCOPY to place the images into subsections of blank
+images that are the size (in each dimension) of the largest image(s)
+and use IMALIGN with \fItrimimages\fR set to no.  The borders of the output
+images can be trimmed manually.  This is discussed above in more detail.
+
+If \fIimages\fR does not contain the \fIreference\fR and \fItrimimages\fR
+is set to yes then the set of shifted and trimmed images may no longer
+be aligned to the reference.  This occurs because any place holder
+pixels at the bottom and left edges of the images will be trimmed off.
+This is also discussed above.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imcentroid, center, imshift, geomap, geotran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcentroid.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcentroid.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c284d9be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcentroid.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+.help imcentroid Jan97 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+imcentroid -- center sources in images, optionally find shifts
+
+.ih
+USAGE
+imcentroid input reference coords
+
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+
+.ls input
+The list of images within which sources are to be centered.  If a
+\fIreference\fR image is specified, imcentroid will calculate the mean
+X and Y shifts between the centered sources within each image and those
+same sources within the reference image.  The input image list
+should normally include the reference image so that its borders are
+used in the calculation of the  overlap region.
+.le
+.ls reference = ""
+The reference image to which the input images will be aligned.  If
+a reference image is specified the mean X and Y shifts between each of
+the input images and the reference image will be calculated, otherwise
+only the centers for the individual sources will be reported.
+.le
+.ls coords
+A text file containing the coordinates of the registration objects to
+be centered in each image, one object per line with the x and y
+coordinates in columns one and two respectively.  These coordinates
+should be measured in the frame of the reference image.
+.le
+.ls shifts = ""
+A text file containing the initial estimate for each image of the
+shift in each axis relative to the reference image.  These
+estimates are used to modify the coordinates of the registration
+objects prior to centering.  The format of the file is one image per
+line with the fractional x and y shifts in columns one and two
+respectively.  The sense of the shifts is such that:
+Xshift =Xref - Xin and shift= Yref - Yin. If shifts is undefined,
+a coarse centering pass will be made to attempt to determine
+the initial shifts.
+.le
+.ls boxsize = 7
+The size in pixels of the box to use for the final centering, during
+which all the sources in the coords file are recentered in each image
+using the initial estimate of the relative shift for each image.
+Care should be taken to choose an appropriate value for this parameter,
+since it is highly data dependent.
+.le
+.ls bigbox = 11
+The size in pixels of the box to use for coarse centering.  The coarse
+pass through the centering algorithm is made with the box centered at
+the nominal position of the first source in the coordinate list.
+Coarse centering is performed only if the shifts file is undefined.
+Care should be taken to choose an appropriate value for this parameter,
+since it is highly data dependent.  Large value should be suspect until
+the final results are checked to see that the centering did not converge
+on the wrong coordinates, although the usual result for an inappropriate
+bigbox size is that the algorithm fails to converge and the task
+aborts.
+.le
+.ls negative = no
+Are the features negative ?
+.le
+.ls background = INDEF
+The absolute reference level for the marginal centroid calculation.
+If background is INDEF, this is set to the mean value (between the
+thresholds) of the individual sources.
+.le
+.ls lower = INDEF
+The lower threshold for the data.  Individual pixels less than this
+value will be given zero weight in the centroids.
+.le
+.ls upper = INDEF
+The upper threshold for the data.  Individual pixels greater than this
+value will be given zero weight in the centroids.
+.le
+.ls niterate = 3
+The maximum number of centering iterations to perform.  The centering
+will halt when this limit is reached or when the desired tolerance
+is achieved.
+.le
+.ls tolerance = 0
+The tolerance for convergence of the centering algorithm.  This is the
+integral shift of the centering box from one iteration to the next.
+.le
+.ls maxshift = INDEFR
+The maximum permitted difference between the predicted shift and the
+the computed shift for each object. Objects with shifts greater than
+maxshift are ignored. If maxshift is undefined no shift checking is done.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print the centers for the individual objects ?  If verbose is no
+only the shifts relative to the reference coordinates will be reported.
+If no reference image is supplied, verbose is automatically set to yes.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+IMCENTROID measures the X and Y coordinates of a list of sources in a
+list of images and finds the mean X and Y shifts between the input
+images \fIinput\fR and a \fIreference\fR image, where the shifts are
+defined as the shifts that should be added to the input image coordinates to
+convert them into the reference coordinates.  The task is meant to
+address the class of two dimensional image registration problems in
+which the images have the same pixel scale, are shifted relative to
+each other by simple translations in each axis, and contain enough high
+signal-to-noise, pointlike sources in common to form good average
+positions.  The basic operation of the task is to find centers for the
+list of registration objects in the coordinate frame of each image and
+then to subtract the corresponding centers found in the reference
+image.  The shifts of the objects are averaged for each image.
+
+A list of the X and Y coordinates of the registration objects should be
+provided in the coordinates file \fIcoords\fR.  The registration objects do not
+all have to be common to each frame, rather only that subset of the
+objects that is contained within the bounds of a given image will be
+centered.  Only the objects that are common to both the given image and
+the reference will be used to calculate the shifts.  The coordinates
+should be measured in the frame of the reference image\fIreference\fR.
+If coarse centering is to be done, which is to say, if no \fIshifts\fR file is
+provided, then the first registration source should be separated from
+other sources by at least the maximum expected relative shift.
+
+An initial estimate of the shifts between each of the input images
+\fIinput\fR and the reference image \fIreference\fR is required for the
+centering algorithm (a marginal centroid) to work.  This estimate can be
+explicitly supplied in the text file \fIshifts\fR where Xshift = Xref -Xin
+and Yshift = Yref -Y in, or can be generated from the images by measuring
+the relative shift of the first source listed in the coordinates file
+\fIcoords\fR for each input image.  This coarse
+centering pass requires that the first source be detached from other
+sources and from the border of each image by a distance that is at
+least the maximum shift between the reference and input image.  This
+source should be pointlike and have a high signal to noise ratio.  The
+value of the \fIbigbox\fR parameter should be chosen to include the
+location of the source in each of the images to be aligned while
+excluding other sources.  Large values of \fIbigbox\fR should be held
+suspect until the final convergence of the centering algorithm is
+verified, although given a small value for the \fItolerance\fR, the
+quality of the final centers is independent of the estimate for the
+initial shifts.  Better convergence may also be obtained by increasing
+the \fIniterate\fR parameter, although the default value of three
+should work for most cases.  \fINiterate\fR should be kept small to
+avoid runaway.
+
+The \fIboxsize\fR parameter controls the size of the centering box for
+the fine centering pass and should be chosen so as to exclude sky
+background and other sources while including the wings of the point
+spread function.  The sense of the shifts that are calculated is
+consistent with the file supplied to the \fIshifts\fR parameter and
+with that used with the IMSHIFT task.
+
+IMCENTROID may be used with a set of input images which vary in size.
+This can result in vignetting of the calculated overlap region because
+of the nature of tasks such as IMSHIFT to preserve the size of an input
+image.  To visualize this, imagine a large reference image and a single
+small image to be aligned to it, both containing the same registration
+object which is at the center of each image.  IMCENTROID will cause the
+coordinate system of the small image to be shifted such that the object 
+will be positioned at the same pixel location as in the reference.  If
+the shift is performed, a large fraction of the area of the small image
+may be shifted outside of its own borders, whereas the physical overlap
+of the large and small images includes ALL of the pixels of the small
+image.  In the case of such vignetting, IMCENTROID will print a warning
+message and both the vignetted and unvignetted trim sections.  Note
+that the vignetting will not occur if the small image is used as the
+reference image.
+
+The vignetting message may also be printed if the input images are all
+the same size but the reference image is not included in the list.
+This will occur if the sense of the measured shifts in a coordinate are
+all positive or all negative since in this case the border of the
+reference image would have provided one of the limits to the trim
+section.  The reality of this vignetting depends on your point of view.
+
+Note that many of these difficulties are due to the intrinsically fuzzy
+nature of the process of image registration.  This all leads to a few
+guidelines:
+
+.nf
+    o	Include the reference image in the input image list
+
+    o	Use the smallest image as the reference image
+
+    o	Choose the reference image such that the input images
+        are scattered to either side in the shifts in each axis
+
+    o	Align images that are the same size, OR
+
+    o	Pad dissimilar sized images with blanks to the largest size
+.fi
+
+.ih
+CENTERING ALGORITHM
+
+The algorithm is a "marginal" centroid in which the fit for each axis
+is performed separately upon a vector created by collapsing the
+centering box perpendicular to that axis.  The centroid is calculated
+with respect to the level specified by \fIbackground\fR.  If
+\fIbackground\fR is INDEF, the reference level for each source in each
+image is the local mean for those pixels that lie between the
+\fIlower\fR and \fIupper\fR thresholds.  The thresholds are set to the
+local data minimum or maximum if \fIlower\fR or \fIupper\fR,
+respectively, are INDEF.  If \fInegative\fR is yes, than the marginal
+vector will be inverted before being passed to the centroid algorithm.
+
+The maximum number of centering iterations and the tolerance for
+convergence are controlled by \fIniterate\fR and \fItolerance\fR.  Note
+that the tolerance is an integer value that represents the maximum
+movement of the centering box between two successive iterations.  The
+default value of 0 requires that the centroid lie within the center
+pixel of the centering box which is \fIboxsize\fR in extent (note that
+\fIboxsize\fR must be an odd number).  This should normally be the case
+for bright, circularly symmetric point sources in images with a flat
+sky background.  If the registration sources are not circular symmetric
+try increasing the tolerance gingerly.  If the sky background is not
+flat, but varies across the image, it can be removed before processing.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Calculate the shifts between three images using the first image
+as a reference image and the list of registration star coordinates in
+the file "x1.coords".
+
+.nf
+    cl> imcentroid x1,x2,x3 x1 x1.coords
+.fi
+
+2. Calculate the shifts between a list of images contained in the file
+"imlist":
+
+.nf
+    pr> imcentroid @imlist x1 x1.coords
+.fi
+
+3. Perform the centering, but don't calculate the shifts, i.e., don't
+supply a reference image.  Note that the \fIinput\fR list of shifts,
+or a coarse centering pass are still needed:
+
+.nf
+    pr> imcentroid @imlist "" x1.coords
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+The coarse centering portion of the algorithm can be fooled if the
+first source on the list is not well separated from other sources, or
+if the first source has a low signal to noise ratio, or if there is a
+complicated shape to the background.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imalign, imshift, xregister, geomap, geotran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..720fe785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/imcombine.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,1471 @@
+.help imcombine Aug01 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+imcombine -- Combine images using various algorithms
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imcombine input output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of input images to combine.  If the \fIproject\fR parameter is "no"
+then all input images must have the same dimensionality though they may
+be of different sizes.  Otherwise each input image is handled separately
+and they may have different dimensionalities.
+.le
+
+
+When the \fIproject\fR parameter is "no" all the input images are combined
+into a single output file.  In this case the following parameters specify
+only a single file name.  Otherwise each input image is combined by
+projecting (combining across) the highest dimension to produce a lower
+dimensional image.  For this type of combining there is one output for each
+input and so the following parameters specify matching lists.
+
+.ls output
+Output combined image(s).  If there are fewer than 100 input images the
+names of the input images are recorded in header keywords IMCMBnnn.
+.le
+.ls headers = "" (optional)
+Optional output multiextension FITS file(s).  The extensions are dataless
+headers from each input image.
+.le
+.ls bpmasks = "" (optional)
+Optional output bad pixel mask(s) with good values of 0 and bad values of
+1.  Output pixels are marked as bad when no input pixels contributed to the
+output pixel.  The file name is also added to the output image header under
+the keyword BPM.
+.le
+.ls rejmask = "" (optional)
+Optional output mask file(s) identifying rejected or excluded pixels.  The
+pixel mask is the size of the output image but there is one extra dimension
+with length equal to the number of input images.  Each element of the
+highest dimension is a mask corresponding to an input image with values of
+1 for rejected or excluded pixels and values of 0 for pixels which were
+used.  The order of the masks is the order of the input images and image
+header keywords, indexed by the pixel coordinate of the highest dimension
+identify the input images.  Note that the pixel positions are in the output
+pixel coordinate system.
+.le
+.ls nrejmasks = "" (optional)
+Optional output pixel mask(s) giving the number of input pixels rejected or
+excluded from the input images.
+.le
+.ls expmasks = "" (optional)
+Optional output exposure mask(s) giving the sum of the exposure values of
+the input images with non-zero weights that contributed to that pixel.
+Since masks are integer, the exposure values may be scaled to preserve
+dynamic range and fractional significance.  The scaling values are given in
+the header under the keywords MASKSCAL and MASKZERO.  Exposure values are
+computed from the mask values by scale * value + zero where scale is the
+value of the MASKSCAL keyword and zero is the value of the MASKZERO
+keyword.
+.le
+.ls sigma = "" (optional)
+Optional output sigma image(s).  The sigma is the standard deviation,
+corrected for a finite population, of the input pixel values (excluding
+rejected pixels) about the output combined pixel values.
+.le
+
+.ls imcmb = "$I" (optional)
+A keyword in the input images that is copied
+to one of the IMCMBnnn keywords in the output image.  A null string
+does not set the IMCMBnnn keywords nor deletes any existing keywords.
+Any other value will delete existing keywords before creating new ones.
+The special value "$I" specifies the basename of the input image name.
+If a keyword is specified that does not exist in the input image(s) then
+no ICMB keyword will be produced; it is not a error for the keyword to
+not exist.
+.le
+.ls logfile = "STDOUT" (optional)
+Optional output log file.  If no file is specified then no log information is
+produced.  The special filename "STDOUT" prints log information to the
+terminal.
+.le
+
+.ls combine = "average" (average|median|lmedian|sum|quadrature|nmodel)
+Type of combining operation performed on the final set of pixels (after
+offsetting, masking, thresholding, and rejection).  The choices are:
+
+.nf
+    average - weighted average
+     median - median
+    lmedian - median except use the lower value if only two
+        sum - (weighted) sum
+ quadrature - weighted quadrature average
+     nmodel - weighted quadrature average of noise model values
+.fi
+
+The details of each choice is given in the DESCRIPTION.
+Note that if weights are used then the weighted "sum" is the same as
+the weighted "average" since the weights are normalized to unit total weight.
+The "lmedian" option is intended for minimizing the effects of cosmic rays
+when there are more than two images but some pixels may only have two
+contributing images.  The "quadrature" and "nmodel" options are used
+for error propagation either with input sigma images (quadrature) or where the
+pixel sigmas may be computed by the noise model used by this task (nmodel).
+.le
+.ls reject = "none" (none|minmax|ccdclip|crreject|sigclip|avsigclip|pclip)
+Type of rejection operation performed on the pixels remaining after offsetting,
+masking and thresholding.  The algorithms are described in the
+DESCRIPTION section.  The rejection choices are:
+
+.nf
+      none - No rejection
+    minmax - Reject the nlow and nhigh pixels
+   ccdclip - Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters
+  crreject - Reject only positive pixels using CCD noise parameters
+   sigclip - Reject pixels using a sigma clipping algorithm
+ avsigclip - Reject pixels using an averaged sigma clipping algorithm
+     pclip - Reject pixels using sigma based on percentiles
+.fi
+
+.le
+.ls project = no
+Project (combine) across the highest dimension of the input images?  If
+"no" then all  the input images are combined to a single output image.  If
+"yes" then the highest dimension elements of each input image are combined to
+an output image and optional pixel list and sigma images.  Each element of
+the highest dimension may have a separate offset.
+.le
+.ls outtype = "real" (none|short|ushort|integer|long|real|double)
+Output image pixel datatype.  The pixel datatypes are "double", "real",
+"long", "integer", unsigned short "ushort", and "short" with highest
+precedence first.  If "none" is specified then the highest precedence
+datatype of the input images is used.  When there is a mixture of
+short and unsigned short images the highest precedence become integer.
+The datatypes may be abbreviated to a single character.
+.le
+.ls outlimits = ""
+Output region limits specified as pairs of whitespace separated values.
+The first two numbers are the limits along the first output image dimension,
+the next two numbers are the limits along the second dimension, and so on.
+If the higher dimension limits are not specified they default to the full
+range.  Therefore, if no limits are specified then the full output is
+created.  Note that the output size is computed from all the input images
+including offsets if specified and the coordinates are relative to that
+size.
+.le
+.ls offsets = "none" (none|wcs|world|physical|grid|<filename>)
+Integer offsets to add to each image axes.  The options are:
+.ls "none"
+No offsets are applied.
+.le
+.ls "wcs" or "world"
+The world coordinate system (wcs) in the image is used to derive the
+offsets.  The nearest integer offset that matches the world coordinate
+at the center of the first input image is used.
+.le
+.ls "physical"
+The physical coordinate system defined by the IRAF LTM/LTV keywords
+define the offsets.
+.le
+.ls "grid"
+A uniform grid of offsets is specified by a string of the form
+
+.nf
+	grid [n1] [s1] [n2] [s2] ...
+.fi
+
+where ni is the number of images in dimension i and si is the step
+in dimension i.  For example "grid 5 100 5 100" specifies a 5x5
+grid with origins offset by 100 pixels.
+.le
+.ls <filename>
+The offsets are given in the specified file.  The file consists
+of one line per image with the offsets in each dimension forming the
+columns.
+.le
+.le
+.ls masktype = "none"
+Type of pixel masking to use.  The choices are
+
+.nf
+         none - No pixel masking
+    goodvalue - good pixels defined by maskvalue parameter
+     badvalue - bad pixels defined by maskvalue parameter
+      novalue - pixels with no value defined by maskvalue parameter
+     goodbits - good pixels defined by maskvalue parameter
+      badbits - bad pixels defined by maskvalue parameter
+.fi
+
+Except for "none", these choices use the mask specified by the header
+keyword BPM.  To use a different keyword to specify the mask the syntax
+is
+
+.nf
+  !<keyword> [goodvalue|badvalue|novalue|goodbits|badbits]
+.fi
+
+where if the optional second word is missing the default is "goodvalue".
+
+If "none" (or "") no pixel masking is done
+even if an image has an associated  pixel mask.  The masking defines
+pixels to be used (good) and not used (bad).  The types use the
+"maskvalue" parameter to define a single value (either as a number or
+set of bits) for good or bad and all other values are treated as the
+opposite; i.e. bad or good respectively.
+
+The "novalue" choice uses 0 as the good value and all other values are
+bad.  However, the "maskvalue" parameter defines a mask value for pixels
+with no value such as occurs from rebinning at the edges or stacking where
+there is no overlap at all.  The distinction pixels is that when a final pixel
+has no overlapping data because all input pixels have a "no value" flag
+the blank value is output while if there is no good data then pixels which
+are have other than the "no value" flag are combined as if they were good
+to produce a representative output value.  An output mask will have a
+value of 0 for pixels where at least one good input value was present,
+a value of 1 when there was no overlapping data, and a value of 2 when
+bad data was used.
+.le
+.ls maskvalue = 0
+Mask value used with the \fImasktype\fR parameter.  If the mask type
+selects good or bad bits the value may be specified using IRAF notation
+for decimal, octal, or hexadecimal; i.e 12, 14b, 0cx to select bits 3
+and 4.
+.le
+.ls blank = 0.
+Output value to be used when there are no pixels for combining after any
+rejection.
+.le
+
+.ls scale = "none" (none|mode|median|mean|exposure|@<file>|!<keyword>)
+Multiplicative image scaling to be applied.  The choices are none, multiply
+by the reciprocal of the mode, median, or mean of the specified statistics
+section, multiply by the reciprocal of the exposure time in the image header,
+multiply by the values in a specified file, or multiply by a specified
+image header keyword.  When specified in a file the scales must be one per
+line in the order of the input images.
+.le
+.ls zero = "none" (none|mode|median|mean|@<file>|!<keyword>)
+Additive zero level image shifts to be applied.  The choices are none, add
+the negative of the mode, median, or mean of the specified statistics
+section, add the values given in a file, or add the values given by an
+image header keyword.  When specified in a file the zero values must be one
+per line in the order of the input images.  File or keyword zero offset
+values do not allow a correction to the weights.
+.le
+.ls weight = "none" (none|mode|median|mean|exposure|@<file>|!<keyword>)
+Weights to be applied during the final averaging.  The choices are none,
+the mode, median, or mean of the specified statistics section, the exposure
+time, values given in a file, or values given by an image header keyword.
+When specified in a file the weights must be one per line in the order of
+the input images and the only adjustment made by the task is for the number of
+images previously combined.   In this case the weights should be those
+appropriate for the scaled images which would normally be the inverse
+of the variance in the scaled image.
+.le
+.ls statsec = ""
+Section of images to use in computing image statistics for scaling and
+weighting.  If no section is given then the entire region of the input is
+sampled (for efficiency the images are sampled if they are big enough).
+When the images are offset relative to each other one can precede the image
+section with one of the modifiers "input", "output", "overlap".  The first
+interprets the section relative to the input image (which is equivalent to
+not specifying a modifier), the second interprets the section relative to
+the output image, and the last selects the common overlap and any following
+section is ignored.
+.le
+.ls  expname = ""
+Image header keyword to be used with the exposure scaling and weighting
+options.  Also if an exposure keyword is specified that keyword will be
+added to the output image using a weighted average of the input exposure
+values.
+.le
+
+.ce
+Algorithm Parameters
+.ls lthreshold = INDEF, hthreshold = INDEF
+Low and high thresholds to be applied to the input pixels.  This is done
+before any scaling, rejection, and combining.  If INDEF the thresholds
+are not used.
+.le
+.ls nlow = 1,  nhigh = 1 (minmax)
+The number of low and high pixels to be rejected by the "minmax" algorithm.
+These numbers are converted to fractions of the total number of input images
+so that if no rejections have taken place the specified number of pixels
+are rejected while if pixels have been rejected by masking, thresholding,
+or non-overlap, then the fraction of the remaining pixels, truncated
+to an integer, is used.
+.le
+.ls nkeep = 1
+The minimum number of pixels to retain or the maximum number to reject
+when using the clipping algorithms (ccdclip, crreject, sigclip,
+avsigclip, or pclip).  When given as a positive value this is the minimum
+number to keep.  When given as a negative value the absolute value is
+the maximum number to reject.  The latter is in addition to pixels
+missing due to non-overlapping offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.
+.le
+.ls mclip = yes (ccdclip, crreject, sigclip, avsigcliip)
+Use the median as the estimate for the true intensity rather than the
+average with high and low values excluded in the "ccdclip", "crreject",
+"sigclip", and "avsigclip" algorithms?  The median is a better estimator
+in the presence of data which one wants to reject than the average.
+However, computing the median is slower than the average.
+.le
+.ls lsigma = 3., hsigma = 3. (ccdclip, crreject, sigclip, avsigclip, pclip)
+Low and high sigma clipping factors for the "ccdclip", "crreject", "sigclip",
+"avsigclip", and "pclip" algorithms.  They multiply a "sigma" factor
+produced by the algorithm to select a point below and above the average or
+median value for rejecting pixels.  The lower sigma is ignored for the
+"crreject" algorithm.
+.le
+.ls rdnoise = "0.", gain = "1.", snoise = "0." (ccdclip, crreject)
+Readout noise in electrons, gain in electrons/DN, and sensitivity noise as
+a fraction.  These parameters are used with the "ccdclip" and "crreject"
+algorithms as well as with the "nmodel" combining option.  The values may
+be either numeric or an image header keyword which contains the value.
+The noise model for a pixel is:
+
+.nf
+    variance in DN = (rdnoise/gain)^2 + DN/gain + (snoise*DN)^2
+    variance in e- = (rdnoise)^2 + (gain*DN) + (snoise*(gain*DN))^2
+		   = rdnoise^2 + Ne + (snoise * Ne)^2
+.fi
+
+where DN is the data number and Ne is the number of electrons.  Sensitivity
+noise typically comes from noise introduced during flat fielding.
+.le
+.ls sigscale = 0.1 (ccdclip, crreject, sigclip, avsigclip)
+This parameter determines when poisson corrections are made to the
+computation of a sigma for images with different scale factors.  If all
+relative scales are within this value of unity and all relative zero level
+offsets are within this fraction of the mean then no correction is made.
+The idea is that if the images are all similarly though not identically
+scaled, the extra computations involved in making poisson corrections for
+variations in the sigmas can be skipped.  A value of zero will apply the
+corrections except in the case of equal images and a large value can be
+used if the sigmas of pixels in the images are independent of scale and
+zero level.
+.le
+.ls pclip = -0.5 (pclip)
+Percentile clipping algorithm parameter.  If greater than
+one in absolute value then it specifies a number of pixels above or
+below the median to use for computing the clipping sigma.  If less
+than one in absolute value then it specifies the fraction of the pixels
+above or below the median to use.  A positive value selects a point
+above the median and a negative value selects a point below the median.
+The default of -0.5 selects approximately the quartile point.
+See the DESCRIPTION section for further details.
+.le
+.ls grow = 0.
+Radius in pixels for additional pixel to be rejected in an image with a
+rejected pixel from one of the rejection algorithms.  This applies only to
+pixels rejected by one of the rejection algorithms and not the masked or
+threshold rejected pixels.
+.le
+
+.ce
+Environment Variables
+
+.ls imcombine_maxmemory (default = 250000000)
+This task tries to use the maximum possible memory for efficiency when
+dealing with lots of data and is designed to reduce memory usage if
+memory allocation fails.  However, there may be cases where this adjustment
+fails so this variable allows forcing the task to stay within a smaller
+allocation.  This variable is in bytes and the default is the amount
+generally returned by the system.  It is large because of virtual memory
+functionality.  If problems are encountered one should try setting this
+variable to a smaller size until, hopefully, the out of memory errors
+disappear.
+.le
+.ls imcombine_option (default = 1)
+This environment variable is used to select certain experimental or
+diagnostic options.  If this variable has the value 1, the default when the
+variable is undefined, then when the number of images exceeds the number of
+files that can be kept open under IRAF (currently this means more than 4000
+images) the images are closed and opened as needed.  This is in contrast to
+the previous method, when the variable has the value 0, which first builds
+a single stacked image of a higher dimension from the input images.  This
+method requires the images all have the same size and also that there be
+sufficient disk space for the stacked image and that the image  be less
+than 2Gb in size.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+A set of images or the highest dimension elements (for example
+the planes in an image cube) are combined by weighted averaging, medianing,
+or summing.  Pixels may be rejected from the combining by using pixel
+masks, threshold levels, and rejection algorithms.  The images may be
+scaled, before rejections, multiplicatively, additively, or both based on
+image statistics, image header keywords, or text files.  The images may be
+combined with integer pixel coordinate offsets, possibly determined using
+the world coordinate system of the images, to produce an image bigger than
+any of the input images.
+
+The input images to be combined are specified by a list.  If the
+\fBproject\fR parameter is "yes" then the highest dimension elements of
+each input image are combined to make an output image of one lower
+dimension.  There is no limit to the number of elements combined in this
+case.  If \fBproject\fR is "no" then the entire input list is combined to
+form a single output image.   In this case the images must all have the
+same dimensionality but they may have different sizes.  There is a software
+limit of approximately 4000 images which may be open
+simultaneously.  To combine more than this number the program may either
+create a temporary stacked image, requiring the images to be of the same
+size, or repeatedly open and close the images.  See the "Environment
+Variables" in the PARAMETERS section.
+
+The output image header is a copy of the first image in the combined set.
+In addition, the number of  images combined is recorded under the keyword
+NCOMBINE.  The value of a keyword in the input images, where the
+keyword is specified by the parameter \fIimcmb\fR, is written to an
+indexed keyword IMCMBnnn.  The purpose of the ICMBnnn keywords is to
+identify the contributors to the output image.  One common choice is
+the input image name though other identifiers may be used.
+
+If a bad pixel mask is created, the name of the mask will be included in the
+output image header under the keyword BPM.  The output pixel type is set by
+the parameter \fIouttype\fR.  If left blank then the input datatype of
+highest precision is used.  If there is a mixture of short and unsigned
+short images then the highest precision is integer.
+
+In addition to one or more output combined images there are some optional
+output files which may be specified as described in the OPTIONAL OUTPUT
+section.
+
+An outline of the steps taken by the program is given below and the
+following sections elaborate on the steps.
+
+.nf
+o   Check the input images and stack them if needed
+o   Set the input image offsets and the final output image size.
+o   Set the input image scales and weights possibly by computing
+    image statistics
+o   Write the log file and optional header output
+.fi
+
+For each output image line:
+
+.nf
+o   Get input image lines that overlap the output image line
+o   Reject masked pixels
+o   Reject pixels outside the threshold limits
+o   Reject pixels using the specified algorithm
+o   Reject neighboring pixels along each line
+o   Combine remaining pixels using the weighted average or median
+o   Compute sigmas of remaining pixels about the combined values
+o   Write the output image line and other optional images.
+.fi
+
+OPTIONAL OUTPUTS
+
+There are various additional outputs that may be produced by providing
+the filenames.
+
+.ls Headers
+The output image can only have one set of header keywords which are
+inherited from the first input image in the input list.  Copies of all the
+input headers may be stored in a multiextension FITS file specified by the
+\fIheaders\fR parameter.  The extension names are the input image names.
+The extensions are dataless headers.  Since this means the image sizes are
+lost, AXLEN keywords are added.  Also the keywords INIMAGE and OUTIMAGE are
+added giving the name of the input image and the name of the output
+combined image.
+.le
+.ls Bad Pixel Masks
+The \fIbpmasks\fR parameter produces optional output bad pixel mask(s) with
+good values of 0 and bad values of 1.  Output pixels are marked as bad when
+no input pixels contributed to the output pixel.  The file name is also
+added to the output image header under the keyword BPM.
+.le
+.ls Rejection Masks
+The \fIrejmasks\fR parameter produces optional output mask file(s)
+identifying rejected or excluded pixels.  The pixel mask is the size of the
+output image.  There is one extra dimension with length equal to the number
+of input images.  Each element of the highest dimension is a mask
+corresponding to an input image with values of 1 for rejected or excluded
+pixels and values of 0 for pixels which were used.  The order of the masks
+is the order of the input images and image header keywords indexed by the
+element identify the input images.  Note that the pixel positions are in
+the output pixel coordinate system.
+
+This mask is the only way to record whether a particular input image pixel
+contributed to the output image.  As an example, consider the case of
+three input two dimensional images of sizes 1020x1020, 1010x1010, and
+1000x1000 with relative offsets of (0,0), (10,10), and (20,20).  The output
+image would then be 1020x1020.
+
+Suppose that the only input pixels not used are pixels (1,1) in each input
+image.  Because of the offsets the first 10 rows and columns of the output
+will be based on just a single pixel except for (1,1) which has no input
+pixels.  The next 10 rows and columns of the output will be a combination
+of 2 input pixels except (11,11) which is just based on pixel (11,11)
+in the first input image.  Finally all other pixels except (21,21) will be
+a combination of 3 values.
+
+The rejection mask will be three dimensional of size 1020x1020x3.  Plane 1
+will correspond to the first input image, plane 2 to the second, and so
+on.  All of the pixels will be zero except for the following pixels
+which will have a value of 1. In the first plane only pixel (1,1,1) will be
+one.  In the second plane the first 10 rows and columns and pixel (11,11,2)
+will be one.  And in the third plane, the first 20 rows and columns and pixel
+(21,21,3) will be one.  So if we want to know about output pixel (11,11)
+the rejection mask will tell us that pixels from the second and third
+images were excluded.
+
+This is a complex example because of the offsets and dissimilar sizes.
+In the more common and simpler case of equal sizes and registered images,
+the mask
+planes would have one to indicate that the pixel in the input image at
+that coordinate was not used.  For instance if pixel (12,15,2) is one
+in the rejection mask then pixel (12,15) in the second input image was
+excluded.
+
+Note that one can use image sections to extract a mask matching the input
+image.  For the example case with the offsets masks in the input
+coordinates can be extracted with the commands
+
+.nf
+    cl> imcopy rejmask[*,*,1] mask1
+    cl> imcopy rejmask[11:1020,11:1020,2] mask2
+    cl> imcopy rejmask[21:1020,21:1020,3] mask3
+.fi
+
+For the case of equal sized and registered images one could also use
+\fBimslice\fR.
+.le
+.ls Mask of the Number of Rejected Pixels
+The \fInrejmasks\fR parameter produces optional pixel mask(s) giving the
+number of input pixels rejected or excluded from the input images.  This is
+equivalent to projecting the rejection mask described previously by summing
+along the highest dimension.  Note that in this mask a value of 0 indicates
+all the input pixels were used to create the output pixel and a value equal
+to the number of input images indicate no input pixels were used.
+.le
+.ls Exposure Masks
+The \fIexpmasks\fR parameter produces optional output exposure mask(s)
+giving the sum of the exposure values of the input images with non-zero
+weights that contributed to that pixel.  Since masks are integer, the
+exposure values may be scaled to preserve dynamic range and fractional
+significance.  The scaling values are given in the header under the
+keywords MASKSCAL and MASKZERO.  Exposure values are computed from the mask
+values by scale * value + zero where scale is the value of the MASKSCAL
+keyword and zero is the value of the MASKZERO keyword.
+.le
+.ls Sigma of Combined Pixels
+The \fIsigma\fR parameter produces optional output sigma image(s).  The
+sigma is the standard deviation, corrected for a finite population, of the
+input pixel values (excluding rejected pixels) about the output combined
+pixel values.
+.le
+.ls Output Log File
+The \fIlogfile\fR parameter produces an optional output log file.  If no
+file is specified then no log information is produced.  The special
+filename "STDOUT" prints log information to the terminal.
+.le
+
+OFFSETS
+
+The images to be combined need not be of the same size or overlap.  They
+do have to have the same dimensionality which will also be the dimensionality
+of the output image.  Any dimensional images supported by IRAF may be
+used.  Note that if the \fIproject\fR flag is "yes" then the input images
+are the elements of the highest dimension; for example the planes of a
+three dimensional image.
+
+The overlap of the images is determined by a set of integer pixel offsets
+with an offset for each dimension of each input image.  For example
+offsets of 0, 10, and 20 in the first dimension of three images will
+result in combining the three images with only the first image in the
+first 10 columns, the first two images in the next 10 columns and
+all three images starting in the 21st column.  At the 21st output column
+the 21st column of the first image will be combined with the 11th column
+of the second image and the 1st column of the third image.
+
+The output image size is set by the maximum extent in each dimension
+of any input image after applying the offsets.  In the above example if
+all the images have 100 columns then the output image will have 120
+columns corresponding to the 20 column offset in the third image.
+Note that this same output image size is computed and used as the
+basis for the \fIoutlimits\fR parameter to specify a subregion to
+actually be output.
+
+The input image offsets are set using the \fIoffset\fR parameter.  There
+are four ways to specify the offsets.  If the word "none" or the empty
+string "" are used then all offsets will be zero and all pixels with the
+same coordinates will be combined.  The output image size will be equal to
+the biggest dimensions of the input images.
+
+If "wcs" offsets are specified then the world coordinate systems (wcs)
+in the image headers are used to derived the offsets.  The world coordinate
+at the center of the first input image is evaluated.  Then integer pixel
+offsets are determined for each image to bring the same world coordinate
+to the same point.  Note the following caveats.  The world coordinate
+systems must be of the same type, orientation, and scale and only the
+nearest integer shift is used.
+
+If the input images have offsets in a regular grid or one wants to make
+an output image in which the input images are "mosaiced" together in
+a grid then the special offset string  beginning with the word "grid"
+is used.  The format is
+
+.nf
+	grid [n1] [s1] [n2] [s2] ...
+.fi
+
+where ni is the number of images in dimension i and si is the step in
+dimension i.  For example "grid 5 100 5 100" specifies a 5x5 grid with
+origins offset by 100 pixels.  Note that one must insure that the input
+images are specified in the correct order.  This may best be accomplished
+using a "@" list.  One useful application of the grid is to make a
+non-overlapping mosaic of a number of images for display purposes.  Suppose
+there are 16 images which are 100x100.  The offset string "grid 4 101 4
+101" will produce a mosaic with a one pixel border having the value set
+by \fIblank\fR parameter between the images.
+
+The offsets may be defined in a file by specifying the file name
+in the \fIoffset\fR parameter.  (Note that the special file name STDIN
+may be used to type in the values terminated by the end-of-file
+character).  The file consists of a line for each input image.  The lines
+must be in the same order as the input images and so an "@" list may
+be useful.  The lines consist of whitespace separated offsets one for
+each dimension of the images.  In the first example cited above the
+offset file might contain:
+
+.nf
+	0 0
+	10 0
+	20 0
+.fi
+
+where we assume the second dimension has zero offsets.
+
+The offsets need not have zero for one of the images.  The offsets may
+include negative values or refer to some arbitrary common point.
+When the offsets are read by the program it will find the minimum
+value in each dimension and subtract it from all the other offsets
+in that dimension.  The above example could also be specified as:
+
+.nf
+	225 15
+	235 15
+	245 15
+.fi
+
+There may be cases where one doesn't want the minimum offsets reset
+to zero.  If all the offsets are positive and the comment "# Absolute"
+appears in the offset file then the images will be combined with
+blank values between the first output pixel and the first overlapping
+input pixel.  Continuing with the above example, the file
+
+.nf
+	# Absolute
+	10 10
+	20 10
+	30 10
+.fi
+
+will have the first pixel of the first image in the 11th pixel of the
+output image.  Note that there is no way to "pad" the other side of
+the output image.
+
+OUTPUT OF SUBREGIONS
+
+The output image size is computed from all of the input images including
+the offsets as described previously.  The \fIoutlimits\fR may be used to
+specify a subregion of this full size to be created.  The syntax of this
+parameter is pairs of whitespace separated numbers selecting the first and last
+pixel in each output dimension.  The pairs for each dimension are also
+whitespace separated and are given in order of the dimensions.  Any missing
+values at the end of the string default to the full limits of the output
+image.  If the requested limits fall outside the full output image they are
+reset to the size of the full computed output size.
+
+As an example, consider combining 10 images of size 1000x1000 with offsets
+of 0, 1, ..., 9 along the first dimension.  Because of the offsets the full
+output size is 1010x1000.  To output only the region [1:100,101:200]
+of this full size the parameter value would be the string "1 100 101 200".
+Note that if the value was just "1 100" then the output region would
+be [1:100,1:1000].
+
+The intended purpose for this option is to allow creating subregions using
+a smaller number of images in the case of offset data taken at a raster of
+positions.  This is important since when the number of images becomes too
+large (>4000) the program either has to prestack the images into a higher
+dimensional single image (requiring equal sized images) or utilize an
+inefficient algorithm where images are opened and closed for each input
+line.  A detail of how this task works is that it is the number of images
+required to be accessed for each output line that is significant.
+
+The following example was developed when the maximum number of images
+open at one time was ~240.  In V2.12 the number was increased to
+more than 4000 so it is not as relevant though it may apply to very
+large surveys with many small images.
+
+As an example, consider a survey of a region of the sky composed of 8000
+images which are each 500x1000.  The offsets between each image are 50
+pixels along the first dimension and 900 pixels along the second dimension,
+give or take a few pixels due to telescope pointing errors.  Thus this
+survey consists of strips of exposures.  Within a strip the images over by
+about 450 pixels.  Between strips the overlap is 100 pixels.  So the
+strips consist 400 exposures and there are 20 strips.
+
+The full size of this survey is then about 20450x18900.  At any point in a
+single strip the number of images contributing is no more than 10.
+Including the overlap of the strips the maximum number is then 20.  In
+order to combine the data for such a survey one would like to create
+subregion outputs which are 120 images from each strip.  The lines where
+the two strips overlap then require 240 images.  To produce roughly equal
+size regions we choose sizes along the first dimension of 5200 pixels.  The
+number of lines in the output subregions might be the full size of the
+survey.  However, it might be desirable to also  break the second dimension
+into blocks for ease of display and manipulation.
+
+The method for combining this example survey is then to combine the data in
+four groups along the first dimension to produce subimages each 5200 pixels
+wide which have no overlap.  The reason for wanting to create
+non-overlapping subregions is to simplify creation of the related masks,
+most importantly, the exposure masks.  The \fIoutlimits\fR parameter would
+have the values "1 5200", "5201 10400", "10401 15600", and "15601 20800".
+The second pair of limits is not specified to obtain the full size along
+the second dimension.  Note that the last block will actually be smaller
+than 5200 pixels since the survey is less than 20800 pixels.
+
+In each combining step all the images must be specified for the input in
+order to compute the full output size but then only those images needed to
+produce an output line will be accessed at the same time.  By design this
+is roughly 240 images for lines where the strips overlap.  The
+non-overlapping blocks can be mosaiced together with this task as a final
+step if desired.
+
+
+SCALES AND WEIGHTS
+
+In order to combine images with rejection of pixels based on deviations
+from some average or median they must be scaled to a common level.  There
+are two types of scaling available, a multiplicative intensity scale and an
+additive zero point shift.  The intensity scaling is defined by the
+\fIscale\fR parameter and the zero point shift by the \fIzero\fR
+parameter.  These parameters may take the values "none" for no scaling,
+"mode", "median", or "mean" to scale by statistics of the image pixels,
+"exposure" (for intensity scaling only) to scale by the exposure time
+keyword in the image header, any other image header keyword specified by
+the keyword name prefixed by the character '!', and the name of a file
+containing the scale factors for the input image prefixed by the
+character '@'.
+
+Examples of the possible parameter values are shown below where
+"myval" is the name of an image header keyword and "scales.dat" is
+a text file containing a list of scale factors.
+
+.nf
+	scale = none		No scaling
+	zero = mean		Intensity offset by the mean
+	scale = exposure	Scale by the exposure time
+	zero = !myval		Intensity offset by an image keyword
+	scale = @scales.dat	Scales specified in a file
+.fi
+
+The image statistics are computed by sampling a uniform grid of points with
+the smallest grid step that yields less than 100000 pixels; sampling is used
+to reduce the time needed to compute the statistics.  If one wants to
+restrict the sampling to a region of the image the \fIstatsec\fR parameter
+is used.  This parameter has the following syntax:
+
+.nf
+	[input|output|overlap] [image section]
+.fi
+
+The initial modifier defaults to "input" if absent.  The modifiers are useful
+if the input images have offsets.  In that case "input" specifies
+that the image section refers to each input image, "output" specifies
+that the image section refers to the output image coordinates, and
+"overlap" specifies the mutually overlapping region of the input images.
+In the latter case an image section is ignored.
+
+The statistics are as indicated by their names.  In particular, the
+mode is a true mode using a bin size which is a fraction of the
+range of the pixels and is not based on a relationship between the
+mode, median, and mean.  Also masked pixels are excluded from the
+computations as well as during the rejection and combining operations.
+
+The "exposure" option in the intensity scaling uses the value of the
+image header keyword specified by the \fIexpname\fR keyword.  As implied
+by the parameter name, this is typically the image exposure time since
+intensity levels are linear with the exposure time in CCD detectors.
+Note that the exposure keyword is also updated in the final image
+as the weighted average of the input values.  Thus, if one wants to
+use a nonexposure time keyword and keep the exposure time updating
+feature the image header keyword syntax is available; i.e. !<keyword>.
+
+Scaling values may be defined as a list of values in a text file.  The file
+name is specified by the standard @file syntax.  The list consists of one
+value per line.  The order of the list is assumed to be the same as the
+order of the input images.  It is a fatal error if the list is incomplete
+and a warning if the list appears longer than the number of input images.
+Because the scale and zero levels are adjusted only the relative
+values are important.
+
+If both an intensity scaling and zero point shift are selected the
+zero point is added first and the scaling is done.  This is
+important if the scale and offset values are specified by
+header keywords or from a file of values.  However,
+in the log output the zero values are given as the scale times
+the offset hence those numbers would be interpreted as scaling
+first and zero offset second.
+
+The image statistics and scale factors are recorded in the log file
+unless they are all equal, which is equivalent to no scaling.  The
+scale factors are normalized so that the first input image has no
+scaling.  This is done because the header of the first input image
+is used as the template header for the combined output image.
+By scaling to this first image this means that flux related keywords,
+such as exposure time and airmass, are representative of the output
+(except when the "sum" option is used).
+
+Scaling affects not only the mean values between images but also the
+relative pixel uncertainties.  For example scaling an image by a
+factor of 0.5 will reduce the effective noise sigma of the image
+at each pixel by the square root of 0.5.  Changes in the zero
+point also changes the noise sigma if the image noise characteristics
+are Poissonian.  In the various rejection algorithms based on
+identifying a noise sigma and clipping large deviations relative to
+the scaled median or mean, one may need to account for the scaling induced
+changes in the image noise characteristics.
+
+In those algorithms it is possible to eliminate the "sigma correction"
+while still using scaling.  The reasons this might be desirable are 1) if
+the scalings are similar the corrections in computing the mean or median
+are important but the sigma corrections may not be important and 2) the
+image statistics may not be Poissonian, either inherently or because the
+images have been processed in some way that changes the statistics.  In the
+first case because computing square roots and making corrections to every
+pixel during the iterative rejection operation may be a significant
+computational speed limit the parameter \fIsigscale\fR selects how
+dissimilar the scalings must be to require the sigma corrections.  This
+parameter is a fractional deviation which, since the scale factors are
+normalized to unity, is the actual minimum deviation in the scale factors.
+For the zero point shifts the shifts are normalized by the mean shift
+before adjusting the shifts to a zero mean.  To always use sigma scaling
+corrections the parameter is set to zero and to eliminate the correction in
+all cases it is set to a very large number.
+
+If the final combining operation is "average" then the images may be
+weighted during the averaging.  The weights are specified in the same way
+as the scale factors.  In addition the NCOMBINE keyword, if present, will
+be used in the weights.  The weights, scaled to a unit sum, are printed in
+the log output.
+
+The weights are used for the final weighted average, sigma image, and
+exposure mask output.  They are not used to form averages in the various
+rejection algorithms.  For weights in the case of no scaling or only
+multiplicative scaling the weights are used as given or determined so that
+images with lower signal levels will have lower weights.  However, for
+cases in which zero level scaling is used and the zero levels are
+determined from image statistics (not from an input file or keyword) the
+weights are computed from the initial weights (the exposure time, image
+statistics, or input values) using the formula:
+
+.nf
+	weight_final = weight_initial / (scale * sky)
+.fi
+
+where the sky values are those from the image statistics before conversion
+to zero level shifts and adjustment to zero mean over all images.  The
+reasoning is that if the zero level is high the sky brightness is high and
+so the S/N is lower and the weight should be lower.  If any sky value
+determined from the image  statistics comes out to be negative a warning is
+given and the none of the weight are adjusted for sky levels.
+
+The weights are not adjusted when the zero offsets are input from a file
+or keyword since these values do not imply the actual image sky value.
+In this case if one wants to account for different sky statistics
+in the weights the user must specify the weights in a file taking
+explicit account of changes in the weights due to different sky
+statistics.
+
+When forming the final weighted averages if the sum of the weights of
+the non-rejected or excluded pixels is zero then instead of producing
+a zero average the unweighted average of the pixels is produced.  Similarly,
+in the sigma calculation when the weights of the pixels are all zero
+then the sigma is computed as if all pixels have unit weights.
+
+When there are zero weights only the pixels with non-zero weights are
+used in computing the output exposure time mask.  Note that the actual
+weight values are not used but simply the sum of all exposure times
+of pixels from images with non-zero weights is produced.
+
+The purpose of using zero weights is to identify images that are of
+poor quality (such as non-photometric or bad seeing) which are then
+excluded in the final weighted average or exposure time.  However,
+they contribute to the final image when there is no good
+quality data but with an output exposure time of zero.
+
+INPUT PIXEL MASKS
+
+A pixel mask is a type of IRAF file having the extension ".pl" or
+a FITS extension of "type=mask" which
+identifies an integer value with each pixel of the images to which it is
+applied.  In future masks may also be stored as special FITS extensions.
+The integer values may denote regions, a weight, a good or bad
+flag, or some other type of integer or integer bit flag.  In the common
+case where many values are the same, this type of file is compact.
+It is most compact and efficient if the majority of
+the pixels have a zero mask value so frequently zero is the value for good
+pixels.  Note that these files, while not stored as a strict pixel array,
+may be treated as images in programs.  This means they may be created by
+programs such as \fBmkpattern\fR, edited by \fBimedit\fR, examined by
+\fBimexamine\fR, operated upon by \fBimarith\fR, graphed by \fBimplot\fR,
+and displayed by \fBdisplay\fR.
+
+To use pixel masks with \fBimcombine\fR one must associate a pixel
+mask file with an image by entering the pixel list file name in the
+image header under the keyword BPM (bad pixel mask) or some other
+keyword to be specified.  This can be
+done with \fBhedit\fR.  Note that the same pixel mask may be associated
+with more than one image as might be the case if the mask represents
+defects in the detector used to obtain the images.
+
+If a pixel mask is associated with an image the mask is used when the
+\fImasktype\fR parameter is set to a value other than "none" or "".  Note that
+when it is set to "none", mask information is not used even if it exists for
+the image.  The values of \fImasktype\fR which apply masks are "goodvalue",
+"badvalue", "novalue", "goodbits", "badbits", and "!<keyword>".  The last choice
+allows specifying the keyword whose value is the mask to be used otherwise
+the keyword "BPM" is used.
+
+The \fImasktype\fR choices are used in conjunction with the
+\fImaskvalue\fR parameter.  When the mask type is "goodvalue" or an
+explicit keyword is specified without a mask type, the pixels with mask
+values matching the specified value are included in combining and all
+others are rejected.  For a mask type of "badvalue" the pixels with
+mask values matching the specified value are rejected and all others
+are accepted.  The bit types are useful for selecting a combination of
+attributes in a mask consisting of bit flags.  The mask value is still
+an integer but is interpreted by bitwise comparison with the values in
+the mask file.
+
+The "novalue" option differs from the others in that there are three
+classes of mask values and any output pixel mask will have the three
+values 0 for good, 1 for no data, and 2 for bad.  The purpose of this
+option is to produce output values from the input values when there are
+no good pixels.  This happens when the input images have pixel values
+which have been identified as bad (such as saturated) but whose values
+can be used, possibly after being replaced or interpolated from nearby
+pixels, to produce a value that is either cosmetically reasonable or even
+marginally scientifically useful.  Again, this only happens if there
+are no good pixels to combine and then the output mask will identify
+these pixels with a mask value of 2.  If there is even one good pixel
+then only the good data will contribute to the output.  An exposure mask
+may be useful in this case when most but not all image pixels have been
+eliminated due to things like saturation.
+
+If a mask operation is specified and an image has no mask image associated
+with it (the BPM or specified keyword is absent), the mask values are taken
+as all zeros.  In those cases be careful that zero is an accepted value
+otherwise the entire image will be rejected.
+
+When the number of input images exceeds the maximum number of open files
+allowed by IRAF and the input images need to be "stacked" then the masks
+are also stacked.  The stacking requires all the images to have the same size.
+
+
+THRESHOLD REJECTION
+
+In addition to rejecting masked pixels, pixels in the unscaled input
+images which are below or above the thresholds given by the parameters
+\fIlthreshold\fR and \fIhthreshold\fR are rejected.  Values of INDEF
+mean that no threshold value is applied.  Threshold rejection may be used
+to exclude very bad pixel values or as an alternative way of masking
+images.  In the latter case one can use a task like \fBimedit\fR
+or \fBimreplace\fR to set parts of the images to be excluded to some
+very low or high magic value.
+
+
+REJECTION ALGORITHMS
+
+The \fIreject\fR parameter selects a type of rejection operation to
+be applied to pixels not masked or thresholded.  If no rejection
+operation is desired the value "none" is specified.
+
+.in 2
+MINMAX
+.in 2
+A specified fraction of the highest and lowest pixels are rejected.
+The fraction is specified as the number of high and low pixels, the
+\fInhigh\fR and \fInlow\fR parameters, when data from all the input images
+are used.  If pixels have been rejected by offseting, masking, or
+thresholding then a matching fraction of the remaining pixels, truncated
+to an integer, are used.  Thus,
+
+.nf
+	nl = n * nlow/nimages + 0.001 
+	nh = n * nhigh/nimages + 0.001 
+.fi
+
+where n is the number of pixels surviving offseting, masking, and
+thresholding, nimages is the number of input images, nlow and nhigh
+are task parameters and nl and nh are the final number of low and
+high pixels rejected by the algorithm.  The factor of 0.001 is to
+adjust for rounding of the ratio.
+
+As an example with 10 input images and specifying one low and two high
+pixels to be rejected the fractions to be rejected are nlow=0.1 and nhigh=0.2
+and the number rejected as a function of n is:
+
+.nf
+	 n   0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9 10
+	 nl  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  1
+	 nh  0  0  0  0  0  1  1  1  1  1  2
+.fi
+
+.in -2
+CCDCLIP
+.in 2
+If the images are obtained using a CCD with known read out noise, gain, and
+sensitivity noise parameters and they have been processed to preserve the
+relation between data values and photons or electrons then the noise
+characteristics of the images are well defined.  In this model the sigma in
+data values at a pixel with true value <I>, as approximated by the median
+or average with the lowest and highest value excluded, is given by:
+
+.nf
+	sigma = ((rn / g) ** 2 + <I> / g + (s * <I>) ** 2) ** 1/2
+.fi
+
+where rn is the read out noise in electrons, g is the gain in
+electrons per data value, s is a sensitivity noise given as a fraction,
+and ** is the exponentiation operator.  Often the sensitivity noise,
+due to uncertainties in the pixel sensitivities (for example from the
+flat field), is not known in which case a value of zero can be used.
+See the task \fBstsdas.wfpc.noisemodel\fR for a way to determine
+these values (though that task expresses the read out noise in data
+numbers and the sensitivity noise parameter as a percentage).
+
+The read out noise is specified by the \fIrdnoise\fR parameter.  The value
+may be a numeric value to be applied to all the input images or a image
+header keyword containing the value for each image.  Similarly, the
+parameter \fIgain\fR specifies the gain as either a value or image header
+keyword and the parameter \fIsnoise\fR specifies the sensitivity
+noise parameter as either a value or image header keyword.
+
+The algorithm operates on each output pixel independently.  It starts by
+taking the median or unweighted average (excluding the minimum and maximum)
+of the unrejected pixels provided there are at least two input pixels.  The
+expected sigma is computed from the CCD noise parameters and pixels more
+that \fIlsigma\fR times this sigma below or \fIhsigma\fR times this sigma
+above the median or average are rejected.  The process is then iterated
+until no further pixels are rejected.  If the average is used as the
+estimator of the true value then after the first round of rejections the
+highest and lowest values are no longer excluded.  Note that it is possible
+to reject all pixels if the average is used and is sufficiently skewed by
+bad pixels such as cosmic rays.
+
+If there are different CCD noise parameters for the input images
+(as might occur using the image header keyword specification) then
+the sigmas are computed for each pixel from each image using the
+same estimated true value.
+
+If the images are scaled and shifted and the \fIsigscale\fR threshold
+is exceedd then a sigma is computed for each pixel based on the
+image scale parameters; i.e. the median or average is scaled to that of the
+original image before computing the sigma and residuals.
+
+After rejection the number of retained pixels is checked against the
+\fInkeep\fR parameter.  If there are fewer pixels retained than specified
+by this parameter the pixels with the smallest residuals in absolute
+value are added back.  If there is more than one pixel with the same
+absolute residual (for example the two pixels about an average
+or median of two will have the same residuals) they are all added
+back even if this means more than \fInkeep\fR pixels are retained.
+Note that the \fInkeep\fR parameter only applies to the pixels used
+by the clipping rejection algorithm and does not apply to threshold
+or bad pixel mask rejection.
+
+This is the best clipping algorithm to use if the CCD noise parameters are
+adequately known.  The parameters affecting this algorithm are \fIreject\fR
+to select this algorithm, \fImclip\fR to select the median or average for
+the center of the clipping, \fInkeep\fR to limit the number of pixels
+rejected, the CCD noise parameters \fIrdnoise, gain\fR and \fIsnoise\fR,
+\fIlsigma\fR and \fIhsigma\fR to select the clipping thresholds,
+and \fIsigscale\fR to set the threshold for making corrections to the sigma
+calculation for different image scale factors.
+
+.in -2
+CRREJECT
+.in 2
+This algorithm is identical to "ccdclip" except that only pixels above
+the average are rejected based on the \fIhsigma\fR parameter.  This
+is appropriate for rejecting cosmic ray events and works even with
+two images.
+
+.in -2
+SIGCLIP
+.in 2
+The sigma clipping algorithm computes at each output pixel the median or
+average excluding the high and low values.  The sigma is then computed
+about this estimate (without excluding the low and high values).  There
+must be at least three input pixels, though for this method to work well
+there should be at least 10 pixels.  Values deviating by more than the
+specified sigma threshold factors are rejected.  These steps are repeated,
+except that after the first time the average includes all values, until no
+further pixels are rejected or there are fewer than three pixels.
+
+After rejection the number of retained pixels is checked against the
+\fInkeep\fR parameter.  If there are fewer pixels retained than specified
+by this parameter the pixels with the smallest residuals in absolute
+value are added back.  If there is more than one pixel with the same
+absolute residual (for example the two pixels about an average
+or median of two will have the same residuals) they are all added
+back even if this means more than \fInkeep\fR pixels are retained.
+Note that the \fInkeep\fR parameter only applies to the pixels used
+by the clipping rejection algorithm and does not apply to threshold
+or bad pixel mask rejection.
+
+The  parameters affecting this algorithm are \fIreject\fR to select
+this algorithm, \fImclip\fR to select the median or average for the
+center of the clipping, \fInkeep\fR to limit the number of pixels
+rejected, \fIlsigma\fR and \fIhsigma\fR to select the
+clipping thresholds, and \fIsigscale\fR to set the threshold for
+making corrections to the sigma calculation for different image scale
+factors.
+
+.in -2
+AVSIGCLIP
+.in 2
+The averaged sigma clipping algorithm assumes that the sigma about the
+median or mean (average excluding the low and high values) is proportional
+to the square root of the median or mean at each point.  This is
+described by the equation:
+
+.nf
+	sigma(column,line) = sqrt (gain(line) * signal(column,line))
+.fi
+
+where the \fIestimated\fR signal is the mean or median (hopefully excluding
+any bad pixels) and the gain is the \fIestimated\fR proportionality
+constant having units of photons/data number.
+
+This noise model is valid for images whose values are proportional to the
+number of photons recorded.  In effect this algorithm estimates a
+detector gain for each line with no read out noise component when
+information about the detector noise parameters are not known or
+available.  The gain proportionality factor is computed
+independently for each output line by averaging the square of the residuals
+(at points having three or more input values) scaled by the median or
+mean.  In theory the proportionality should be the same for all rows but
+because of the estimating process will vary somewhat.
+
+Once the proportionality factor is determined, deviant pixels exceeding the
+specified thresholds are rejected at each point by estimating the sigma
+from the median or mean.  If any values are rejected the median or mean
+(this time not excluding the extreme values) is recomputed and further
+values rejected.  This is repeated until there are no further pixels
+rejected or the number of remaining input values falls below three.  Note
+that the proportionality factor is not recomputed after rejections.
+
+If the images are scaled differently and the sigma scaling correction
+threshold is exceedd then a correction is made in the sigma
+calculations for these differences, again under the assumption that
+the noise in an image scales as the square root of the mean intensity.
+
+After rejection the number of retained pixels is checked against the
+\fInkeep\fR parameter.  If there are fewer pixels retained than specified
+by this parameter the pixels with the smallest residuals in absolute
+value are added back.  If there is more than one pixel with the same
+absolute residual (for example the two pixels about an average
+or median of two will have the same residuals) they are all added
+back even if this means more than \fInkeep\fR pixels are retained.
+Note that the \fInkeep\fR parameter only applies to the pixels used
+by the clipping rejection algorithm and does not apply to threshold
+or bad pixel mask rejection.
+
+This algorithm works well for even a few input images.  It works better if
+the median is used though this is slower than using the average.  Note that
+if the images have a known read out noise and gain (the proportionality
+factor above) then the "ccdclip" algorithm is superior.  The two algorithms
+are related in that the average sigma proportionality factor is an estimate
+of the gain.
+
+The  parameters affecting this algorithm are \fIreject\fR to select
+this algorithm, \fImclip\fR to select the median or average for the
+center of the clipping, \fInkeep\fR to limit the number of pixels
+rejected, \fIlsigma\fR and \fIhsigma\fR to select the
+clipping thresholds, and \fIsigscale\fR to set the threshold for
+making corrections to the sigma calculation for different image scale
+factors.
+
+.in -2
+PCLIP
+.in 2
+The percentile clipping algorithm is similar to sigma clipping using the
+median as the center of the distribution except that, instead of computing
+the sigma of the pixels from the CCD noise parameters or from the data
+values, the width of the distribution is characterized by the difference
+between the median value and a specified "percentile" pixel value.  This
+width is then multiplied by the scale factors \fIlsigma\fR and \fIhsigma\fR
+to define the clipping thresholds above and below the median.  The clipping
+is not iterated.
+
+The pixel values at each output point are ordered in magnitude and the
+median is determined.  In the case of an even number of pixels the average
+of the two middle values is used as the median value and the lower or upper
+of the two is the median pixel when counting from the median pixel to
+selecting the percentile pixel.  The parameter \fIpclip\fR selects the
+percentile pixel as the number (if the absolute value is greater
+than unity) or fraction of the pixels from the median in the ordered set.
+The direction of the percentile pixel from the median is set by the sign of
+the \fIpclip\fR parameter with a negative value signifying pixels with
+values less than the median.  Fractional values are internally converted to
+the appropriate number of pixels for the number of input images.  A minimum
+of one pixel and a maximum corresponding to the extreme pixels from the
+median are enforced.  The value used is reported in the log output.  Note
+that the same percentile pixel is used even if pixels have been rejected by
+offseting, masking, or thresholding; for example, if the 3nd pixel below
+the median is specified then the 3rd pixel will be used whether there are
+10 pixels or 5 pixels remaining after the preliminary steps.
+
+After rejection the number of retained pixels is checked against the
+\fInkeep\fR parameter.  If there are fewer pixels retained than specified
+by this parameter the pixels with the smallest residuals in absolute
+value are added back.  If there is more than one pixel with the same
+absolute residual (for example the two pixels about an average
+or median of two will have the same residuals) they are all added
+back even if this means more than \fInkeep\fR pixels are retained.
+Note that the \fInkeep\fR parameter only applies to the pixels used
+by the clipping rejection algorithm and does not apply to threshold
+or bad pixel mask rejection.
+
+Some examples help clarify the definition of the percentile pixel.  In the
+examples assume 10 pixels.  The median is then the average of the
+5th and 6th pixels.  A \fIpclip\fR value of 2 selects the 2nd pixel
+above the median (6th) pixel which is the 8th pixel.  A \fIpclip\fR
+value of -0.5 selects the point halfway between the median and the
+lowest pixel.  In this case there are 4 pixels below the median,
+half of that is 2 pixels which makes the percentile pixel the 3rd pixel.
+
+The percentile clipping algorithm is most useful for clipping small
+excursions, such as the wings of bright objects when combining
+disregistered observations for a sky flat field, that are missed when using
+the pixel values to compute a sigma.  It is not as powerful, however, as
+using the CCD noise parameters (provided they are accurately known) to clip
+about the median.
+
+The  parameters affecting this algorithm are \fIreject\fR to select this
+algorithm, \fIpclip\fR to select the percentile pixel, \fInkeep\fR to limit
+the number of pixels rejected, and \fIlsigma\fR and \fIhsigma\fR to select
+the clipping thresholds.
+.in -4
+
+GROW REJECTION
+
+Neighbors of pixels rejected by the rejection algorithms
+may also be rejected.  The number of neighbors to be rejected
+is specified by the \fIgrow\fR parameter which is a radius in pixels.
+If too many pixels are rejected in one of the grown pixels positions
+(as defined by the \fInkeep\fR parameter) then the value of that pixel
+without growing will be used.
+
+COMBINING
+
+After all the steps of offsetting the input images, masking pixels,
+threshold rejection, scaling, and applying a rejection algorithms the
+remaining pixels are combined and output as specified by the \fIcombine\fR
+parameter.  In all cases if there are no remaining pixels the \fIblank\fR
+is produced.  The combining choices are as follows.
+
+.in 2
+AVERAGE
+.in 2
+The weighted average of the remaining pixels is computed.  If no
+weighting was specified then a simple, unweighted average is used.
+If the sum of the weights of for the accepted pixels is zero then the
+unweighted average is output.
+
+.in -2
+MEDIAN
+.in 2
+The median of the remaining pixels is computed.  The median is the
+usual mathematical definition where a particular pixel value is produced
+for an odd number of pixels and the average of the two central values
+is computed for an even number of pixels.
+
+.in -2
+SUM
+.in 2
+The sum of the unrejected pixels is computed.  
+
+.in -2
+LMEDIAN
+.in 2
+The median of the remaining pixels is computed except that for two
+pixels the lower value is used.  This is a specialized feature useful
+for minimizing the effects of cosmic rays in dithered and/or masked data.
+
+.in -2
+QUADRATURE
+.in 2
+The pixels are combined as
+
+.nf
+    sqrt (sum {(wt * sigma)^2}) / sum {wt}
+.fi
+
+This is used when the input pixel values represent "sigmas".  This option
+is usually a second pass after the input data has been combined.  It is
+important that the input is arranged such that the same scaling and
+pixel rejections are used.  This means that these cannot be given by
+explicit lists and masks and not generated from the data.
+
+.in -2
+QUADRATURE
+.in 2
+The pixels are combined as
+
+.nf
+    value = max (0, scaled_pixel_value)
+    variance = rdnoise^2 + value / gain + (snoise * value)^2
+    output = sqrt (sum {variance * wt^2}) / sum {wt}
+.fi
+
+This is used when the variances in the input images can be computed
+by the above noise model.  Note that the gain and rdnoise are adjusted
+for any scaling applied to the pixel values.
+
+This method has the advantage that the input images are the same as
+those used to form a combined image and so all the steps of deriving
+scaling and rejecting pixels by some rejection method will be the same.
+.in -4
+
+SIGMA OUTPUT
+
+In addition to the combined image and optional sigma image may be
+produced.  The sigma computed is the standard deviation, corrected for a
+finite population by a factor of n/(n-1), of the unrejected input pixel
+values about the output combined pixel values.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1.  To average and median images without any other features:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcombine obj* avg combine=average reject=none
+	cl> imcombine obj* med combine=median reject=none
+.fi
+
+2.  To reject cosmic rays:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcombine obs1,obs2 Obs reject=crreject rdnoise=5.1, gain=4.3
+.fi
+
+3.  To make a grid for display purposes with 21 64x64 images:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcombine @list grid offset="grid 5 65 5 65"
+.fi
+
+4.  To apply a mask image with good pixels marked with a zero value and
+bad pixels marked with a value of one:
+
+.nf
+	cl> hedit ims* bpm badpix.pl add+ ver-
+	cl> imcombine ims* final combine=median masktype=goodval
+.fi
+
+5.  To scale image by the exposure time and then adjust for varying
+sky brightness and make a weighted average:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcombine obj* avsig combine=average reject=avsig \
+	>>> scale=exp zero=mode weight=exp  expname=exptime
+.fi
+.ih
+REVISIONS
+.ls IMCOMBINE V2.12
+A number of enhancements for dealing with large numbers of images were
+made.  Also the masktype option "!<keyword>", where <keyword> is a
+user specified keyword, was added.
+
+The new parameters "headers", "bpmasks", "rejmasks",  "nrejmasks", and
+"expmasks" provide additional types of output.  The old parameters
+"rejmask" and "plfile" were removed.  The new "nrejmasks" corresponds
+to the old "plfile" and the new "rejmasks" corresponds to the old
+"rejmask".
+
+There is a new "combine" type "sum" for summing instead of averaging the
+final set of offset, scaled, and weighted pixels.
+
+there is a new parameter "outlimits" to allow output of a subregion of
+the full output.  This is useful for raster surveys with large numbers
+of images.
+
+Additional keywords may appear in the output headers.
+
+The scaling is now done relative to the first image rather than an
+average over the images.  This is done so that flux related keywords
+such as exposure time and airmass remain representative.
+.le
+.ls IMCOMBINE V2.11.2
+The grow algorithm was improved to give a 2D growing radius.
+
+An optional output mask file contains the identifications of which pixel
+in which input image was rejected or excluded.
+
+The internal calculation type was changed to be the highest precedence
+of the input and output types.  Previously it was only the input types.
+.le
+.ls IMCOMBINE V2.11
+The limit of the number of images that may be combined has been removed.
+If the number of images exceeds the maximum number of open images permitted
+then the images are stacked in a single temporary image and then combined
+with the project option.  Note that this will double the amount of
+diskspace temporarily.  There is also a limitation in this case that the
+bad pixel mask from the first image in the list will be applied to all the
+images.
+
+Integer offsets may be determined from the image world coordinate system.
+
+A combination of ushort and short images now defaults to integer.
+.le
+.ls IMCOMBINE V2.14
+The "masktype" parameter has been generalized to allow both using a
+different keyword for the input mask and choosing the mask method.
+The "novalue" masktype is new and is useful for maintaining a distinction
+between no data and possibly marginally useful or cosmetically useful
+data.
+.le
+.ls IMCOMBINE V2.10.3
+The input scalings from an @file or header keyword are now truly
+mulitplicative or additive and they are not normalized.  The output
+pixel types now include unsigned short integer.
+.le
+.ls IMCOMBINE V2.10.2
+The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+the output images.
+.le
+.ls IMCOMBINE V2.10
+This task was greatly revised to provide many new features.  These features
+are:
+
+.nf
+    o Bad pixel masks
+    o Combining offset and different size images
+    o Blank value for missing data
+    o Combining across the highest dimension (the project option)
+    o Separating threshold rejection, the rejection algorithms,
+      and the final combining statistic
+    o New CCDCLIP, CRREJECT, and PCLIP algorithms
+    o Rejection now may reject more than one pixel per output pixel
+    o Choice of a central median or average for clipping
+    o Choice of final combining operation
+    o Simultaneous multiplicative and zero point scaling
+.fi
+.le
+.ih
+LIMITATIONS
+Though the previous limit on the number of images that can be combined
+was removed in V2.11 the method has the limitation that only a single
+bad pixel mask will be used for all images.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ccdred.combine mscred.combine onedspec.scombine, wpfc.noisemodel,
+obsolete.ocombine
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/linmatch.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/linmatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21c04b22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/linmatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+.help linmatch Apr95 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+linmatch -- linearly match the intensity scales of 1 and 2D images
+.ih
+USAGE
+linmatch input reference regions lintransform
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images to be matched.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images to which the input images are to be matched
+if \fIscaling\fR  is one of the "mean", "median", "mode", or "fit"
+algorithms, or the list of reference photometry files if \fIscaling\fR
+specifies the "photometry" algorithm. The number of reference images or
+reference photometry files must be one or equal to the number of input
+images.
+.le
+.ls regions
+The list of image regions used to compute the intensity 
+matching function if \fIscaling\fR is one of the "mean", "median", "mode",
+or "fit" algorithms, or a list of the input photometry files if
+\fIscaling\fR specifies the "photometry" algorithm. In the former
+case \fIregions\fR may be: 1) a string of the form "grid nx ny" defining
+a grid of nx by ny equally spaced and sized image regions spanning the
+entire image, 2) a list of object coordinates separated by commas e.g.
+"303 401, 131 202", 3) a list of image sections separated by whitespace
+e.g "[101:200,101:200] [301:400,301:400]",
+4) the name of a text file containing a list of object coordinates separated
+by newlines, and 5) the name of a text file containing a list of image
+sections separated by whitespace and/or newlines.
+.le
+.ls lintransform
+The name of the text file where the computed scaling factors are written.
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes", a single record containing the computed
+bscale and bzero factors for each image region or object, and the
+average bscale and bzero, is written to the text database
+file for each input image. If \fIdatabasefmt\fR = "no", a single line
+containing the input image name, bscale factor, bzero factor, error
+in bscale, and error in bzero is written to a simple text file for
+each image.
+.le
+.ls output = ""
+The list of output matched images. If \fIoutput\fR is the NULL string
+then bscale  and bzero are computed for each input image and written to
+\fIlintransform\fR, but no output images are written. If \fIoutput\fR
+is not NULL then the number of output images must equal the number of
+input images.
+.le
+.ls databasefmt = yes
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes" the computed bscale and bzero factors
+are written to a text database file, otherwise they are written to a
+simple text file.
+.le
+.ls records = ""
+The list of records to be written to or read from \fIlintransform\fR one
+input image. If \fIrecords\fR is NULL then the output or input record names
+are assumed to be the names of the input images. If \fIrecords\fR is not NULL
+then the record names in \fIrecords\fR are used to write / read the
+database records. This parameter is useful for users
+who, wish to compute the bscale and bzero factors using images that have
+been processed
+in some manner (e.g. smoothed), but apply the computed bscale and bzero
+factors to the original unprocessed images. If more than one record
+with the same name exists in \fIlintransform\fR then the most recently written
+record takes precedence. The records parameter is ignored if
+\fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no".
+.le
+.ls append = yes
+Append new records to an existing \fIlintransform\fR file or start a new 
+file for each execution of LINMATCH? The append parameter is
+ignored if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no".
+.le
+.ls shifts = ""
+An optional list of shifts files containing the x and y shifts to be applied
+to the reference regions to determine their positions in
+the input images. The number of shifts files must equal the number of
+reference images. The shifts are listed in the shifts file, 1 shift per line,
+with the x and y shifts in
+columns 1 and 2 respectively. If there are fewer x and y shifts defined
+in the shifts file than there are input images, the extra input
+images will be assigned x and y shifts of \fIxshift\fR and \fIyshift\fR
+respectively. The shifts parameter is ignored if the \fIscaling\fR
+parameter is set to "photometry".
+.le
+.ls xshift = 0.0 yshift = 0.0
+The default x and y shifts to be applied to the reference image regions
+or objects to compute their positions in the input image.
+Values in \fIshifts\fR take precedence over the values of \fIxshift\fR and
+\fIyshift\fR. xshift and yshift are ignored if the \fIscaling\fR parameter
+is set to "photometry".
+.le
+.ls dnx = 31 dny = 31
+The default size of a single image region used to compute the bscale
+and bzero factors if \fIscaling\fR is one of the "mean", "median", "mode",
+or "fit" algorithms and \fIregions\fR is a coordinate list rather than
+a sections list.  dnx and dny are ignored if the \fIscaling\fR parameter
+is set to "photometry".
+.le
+.ls maxnregions = 100
+The maximum number of image regions or objects with measured photometry
+that can be used to compute the bscale and bzero factors.
+.le
+.ls scaling = "mean mean"
+The algorithms used to compute the bscale and bzero factors respectively.
+The options are:
+.ls mean median mode
+Bscale or bzero are computed using the "mean", "median", or "mode" statistic
+for each input and reference region individually. If one of the bscale or
+bzero fitting
+algorithms is set to "mean", "median", or "mode", the remaining factor
+must be set to "mean", "median" or "mode" or  a numerical constant,
+e.g. "mean mean", "mean -100.0" or "2.63 mode".
+If both algorithms are set to "mean", "median", or "mode" bscale will be
+computed using the specified statistic and bzero will be set to 0.0
+If more than one input region is defined then a weighted least squares
+fit of the reference statistics to the input image statistics  
+is performed and used to compute the final bscale and bzero factors.
+.le
+.ls fit    
+Bscale and bzero are computed for each input image region individually
+by performing a least squares fit of the reference image pixels to
+the input image pixels. If more than one input image region is defined
+the final bscale and bzero factors are computed by averaging,
+weighted by their signal-to-noise ratios, the individual bscale and bzero
+values.  If one of the bscale or bzero fitting
+algorithms is set to "fit", the remaining factor must either also
+be computed with the "fit" algorithm  or set to a numerical constant,
+e.g. "fit fit", "fit -100.0", or "2.63 fit".
+.le
+.ls photometry
+Bscale and/or bzero are computed for each input object individually
+using photometry computed for a set of objects common to the reference
+and input images.  If more than one input object is defined
+the final bscale and bzero factors are computed by averaging,
+weighted by their signal-to-noise ratios, the individual bscale and bzero
+values.  If one of the bscale or bzero fitting
+algorithms is set to "photometry", the remaining factor must either also
+be computed with the "photometry" algorithm or set to a numerical
+constant, e.g. "photometry photometry", "photometry -100.0", or
+"2.63 photometry".
+.le
+.ls number
+Bscale and/or bzero are set to user defined numerical constants,
+e.g. "2.62 -55.0" or  "2.62 median". If both bscale and bzero are numerical
+constants, LINMATCH must be run in non-interactive mode. If only one of bscale
+or bzero is a numerical constant, any of the "mean", "median", "mode", "fit",
+or "photometry" algorithms may be used to compute the remaining factor.
+.le
+.ls file
+Bscale and bzero are not computed but instead read from record \fIrecord\fR in
+the text database file \fIlintransform\fR if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes",
+or the next line of a simple text file if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no".
+.le
+
+Further description of the matching algorithms can be found in the ALGORITHMS
+section.
+.le
+.ls datamin = INDEF datamax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum good data values. Datamin and datamax are used by
+the "mean", "median", and "mode" scaling algorithms to reject entire
+image regions from the final fit, and by the "fit" algorithm to reject
+individual bad pixels from the least squares fits for the individual
+regions.
+.le
+.ls maxiter = 10
+The maximum number of iterations performed by the least squares fitting
+algorithm.
+.le
+.ls nreject = 0
+The maximum number of rejection cycles used to detect and reject bad pixels
+from the fit if the scaling algorithm is "fit" or bad regions / objects
+from the fit if the scaling algorithm is "mean", "median", "mode", "fit",
+or "photometry".
+.le
+.ls loreject = INDEF hireject = INDEF
+The high- and low-side bad data rejection limits used to detect and reject
+deviant pixels from the fit if the scaling algorithm is "fit" or bad
+regions / objects from the fit if the scaling algorithm is "mean", "median",
+"mode", "fit", or "photometry".
+.le
+.ls gain = "1.0 1.0" readnoise = "0.0 0.0"
+The reference and input image gain and readout noise in e-/ADU and
+e- respectively. Gain and readout may be numerical constants or the
+image header keyword containing the actual gain and/or readout noise
+value. Gain and readnoise are used by the "mean", "median", "mode",
+and "fit" algorithms to estimate the expected errors in the computed
+"mean", "median", or "mode" statistics,  and by the "fit" algorithm
+to compute the per pixel errors values.
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Compute the bscale and bzero scaling factors for each image interactively
+using graphics cursor and optionally image cursor input.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task during task execution in
+non-interactive mode.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The default graphics device.
+.le
+.ls display = "stdimage"
+The default image display device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The default graphics cursor.
+.le
+.ls icommands = ""
+The default image cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+LINMATCH computes the bscale and bzero factors required to match
+the intensity scales of a list of input
+images \fIinput\fR to the intensity scales of a list of reference
+images \fIreference\fR using the following definition of
+bscale and bzero and a variety of techniques.
+
+.nf
+	reference = bscale * input + bzero
+.fi
+
+The computed bscale and bzero factors are stored
+in the text file \fIlintransform\fR, in the record \fIrecords\fR if
+\fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes", or a single line of a simple text file
+if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no". One record is written to the output file
+file for each input image. If a non NULL list of output images
+\fIoutput\fR is supplied, a scaled output image is written for
+each input image. LINMATCH is intended to solve 1D and 2D image intensity
+matching problems where the input and reference images: 1) have the same
+pixel scale and orientation, 2) differ in intensity by at most a scale
+factor and a zero point, and 3) contain one or more regions or objects in
+common that can be used to compute the scaling factors. Some of the scaling
+algorithms also require that the images registered and have identical
+point spread functions. LINMATCH cannot be used to compute or apply non-linear
+intensity matching functions.
+
+If \fIscaling\fR = "mean", "median", "mode", or "fit" bscale and bzero
+are computed directly from the input and reference image data using the
+image sections specified in the \fIregions\fR and one of the above fitting
+techniques as described in the ALGORITHMS section. All four algorithms
+require accurate knowledge of the measurement errors which in turn
+require accurate knowledge of the input and reference image gain and
+readout noise values. Gain and readout noise values can be entered by
+setting the \fIgain\fR and \fIreadnouse\fR parameters to the appropriate
+numerical values or image header keyword.
+
+\fIRegions\fR is interpreted as either: 1) a string of
+the form "grid nx ny" specifying a list of nx by ny image sections
+spanning the entire image, 2) a string defining the coordinates of a list
+of objects separated by commas e.g.
+"103.3 189.2, 204.4 389.7", 3) a string containing a list of image
+sections separated by whitespace, e.g "[100:203,200:300] [400:500,400:500]"
+4) the name of a text file containing the coordinates of one or
+more objects, one object per line, with the x and y coordinates
+in columns 1 and 2 respectively, 5) the name of a text
+file containing a list of image sections separated by whitespace and/or
+newlines.  The image sections specifications, or alternatively
+the object coordinates and the parameters \fIdnx\fR and \fIdny\fR,
+determine the size of the input and reference image data regions to be
+extracted and used to compute the bscale and bzero factors.
+These image regions should be selected with care. Ideal regions
+span a range of intensity values and contain both object and background
+data. 
+
+If \fIscaling\fR = "photometry", the bscale and bzero factors
+are computed directly from data in the input and reference image photometry
+files using the technique described in the ALGORITHMS section.
+In this case \fIregions\fR is a list of the input image photometry
+files and \fIreference\fR are the corresponding reference image
+photometry files written by a separate photometry task.
+These photometry files are simple text files with the object
+sky values, errors in the sky values, magnitudes, and errors in the
+magnitudes in columns 1, 2, 3, and 4 respectively.
+
+An image region is rejected from the fit if it contains data outside the
+limits specified by the \fIdatamin\fR and \fIdatamax\fR parameters
+and \fIscaling\fR =
+"mean", "median", or "mode". A pixel is rejected from the fit for an
+individual region if the pixel value is outside the limits specified
+by datamin and datamax, and the scaling algorithm is "fit". The datamin
+and datamax parameters are not used by the "photometry" scaling algorithm .
+
+Deviant pixels can be rejected from the fits to individual image regions
+if \fIscaling\fR = "fit", and \fInreject\fR, \fIloreject\fR, and
+\fIhireject\fR are set appropriately. Nreject, loreject and reject
+are also be used by all the scaling algorithms  to reject image regions
+which contribute deviant bscale and bzero values.
+
+The computed bscale and bzero value for each region and the final bscale 
+and bzero value for each input image are written to the linear
+transformation file \fIlintransform\fR.
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes" each result is written to a record whose name
+is either identical to the name of the input
+image or supplied by the user via the \fIrecords\fR parameter .
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no", then a single line containing the input image
+name and the computed bscale and bzero values and their errors
+is written to the output shifts file.
+
+If a list of output image names have been supplied then the bscale and
+bzero values will be applied to the input images to compute the output images.
+
+If the \fIscaling\fR parameter is set to "file" then the shifts
+computed in a previous run of LINMATCH will be read from the \fIlintransform\fR
+file and applied to the input images to compute the output images.
+If no record list is supplied by the user LINMATCH will
+search for a record whose name is the same as the input image name. If more than
+one record of the same name is found then the most recently written
+record will be used.
+
+In non-interactive mode the task parameters are set at task startup time
+and the input images are processed sequentially. If the \fIverbose\fR
+flag is set, messages about the progress of the task are printed on the
+screen as the task is running.
+
+In interactive mode the user can mark the regions to be used
+to compute the matching function on the image display, show/set the data
+and algorithm parameters, compute, recompute,  and plot 
+matching function, and interactively delete and undelete
+bad data from the fits using the plots and graphics cursor. A summary
+of the available interactive commands is given in the CURSOR COMMANDS
+section.
+
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+.nf
+The following graphics cursor commands are currently available in LINMATCH.
+
+		Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?	Print help 
+:	Colon commands
+
+g	Draw a plot of the current fit
+i	Draw the residuals plot for the current fit
+p	Draw a plot of current photometry
+s	Draw histograms for the image region nearest the cursor
+l	Draw the least squares fit for the image region nearest the cursor 
+h	Draw histogram plot of each image region in turn
+l	Draw least squares fits plot of each image region in turn
+r	Redraw the current plot
+d	Delete the image region nearest the cursor
+u	Undelete the image region nearest the cursor
+f	Recompute the intensity matching function
+w	Update the task parameters
+q	Exit
+
+
+		Colon Commands
+
+:markcoords	    Mark objects on the display
+:marksections	    Mark image sections on the display
+:show	            Show current values of all the parameters
+
+		Show/set Parameters
+
+:input		[string]    Show/set the current input image
+:reference	[string]    Show/set the current reference image / phot file 
+:regions	[string]    Show/set the current image regions
+:photfile	[string]    Show/set the current input photometry file
+:lintransform	[string]    Show/set the linear transform database file name
+:dnx		[value]	    Show/set the default x size of an image region
+:dny		[value]	    Show/set the default y size of an image region
+:shifts		[string]    Show/set the current shifts file
+:xshift		[value]     Show/set the input image x shift
+:yshift		[value]     Show/set the input image y shift
+:output		[string]    Show/set the current output image name
+:maxnregions		    Show the maximum number of objects / regions
+:gain		[string]    Show/set the gain value / image header keyword
+:readnoise	[string]    Show/set the readout noise value / image header
+                            keyword
+
+:scaling		    Show the current scaling algorithm
+:datamin	[value]     Show/set the minimum good data value
+:datamax	[value]     Show/set the maximum good data value
+:nreject	[value]	    Show/set the maximum number of rejection cycles
+:loreject	[value]     Show/set low side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:hireject	[value]     Show/set high side k-sigma rejection parameter
+.fi
+
+.ih
+ALGORITHMS
+
+MEAN, MEDIAN, AND MODE
+
+For each input and reference image region the mean, median, mode, statistic
+and an error estimate for that statistic are computed as shown below,
+mstat is for mean, median, or mode statistic, emstat stands for the error
+estimate, stdev for the measured standard deviation, and npix for the
+number of points.
+
+.nf
+       mstat = mean, median, or mode 
+      emstat = min (sqrt (mean / gain + readnoise ** 2 / gain ** 2),
+               stdev / sqrt(npix))
+.fi
+
+If only a single image region is specified then mstat is used to compute
+one of bscale or bzero but not both as shown below.  Bscale is computed by
+default.
+
+.nf
+         bscale = mstat[ref] / mstat[input]
+    err[bscale] = abs (bscale) * sqrt (emstat[ref] ** 2 / mstat[ref] ** 2 +
+	          emstat[input] ** 2 / mstat[input] ** 2)
+	  bzero = constant
+     err[bzero] = 0.0
+
+	  bzero = mstat[ref] - mstat[input]
+     err[bzero] = sqrt (emstat[ref] ** 2 + emstat[input] ** 2)
+	 bscale = constant
+    err[bscale] = 0.0
+.fi
+
+If more than one image region is defined then the computed mean, median,
+or mode values for the input and reference image regions are used as
+shown below to compute the bscale and bzero factors and their errors
+using a weighted least squares fit.
+
+.nf
+	mstat[ref] = bscale * mstat[input] + bzero
+.fi
+
+If an image region contains data outside the limits defined
+by \fIdatamin\fR and \fIdatamax\fR that image region is eliminated
+entirely from the fit.
+
+The parameters \fInreject\fR, \fIloreject\fR,
+and \fIhireject\fR are used to detect and automatically eliminate
+deviant data points from the final least squares fit. If for some reason
+bscale or bzero cannot be fit, default values of 1.0 and 0.0 are
+assigned.
+
+The mean, median, and mode algorithms depend on the global properties of
+the image regions. These algorithms do require the reference and
+input images to have the same pixel scale and orientation,
+but do not automatically require the reference and input images
+to have the same point spread function. Small shifts between the reference
+and input images can be removed using the \fIshifts\fR, \fIxshift\fR, and
+\fIyshift\fR parameters.
+
+If the image regions contain stars, then either regions should be large
+enough to include all the flux of the stars in which case the images
+do not have to have the same psf, or the psfs should be the same so
+that same portion of the psf is sampled. The best image regions for
+matching will contain object and background information.
+
+FIT
+
+For each input and reference image the bscale and bzero factors are
+computed by doing a pixel to pixel weighted least squares fit of the reference
+image counts to the input image counts as shown below.
+
+.nf
+    counts[ref] = bscale * counts[input] + bzero
+         weight = 1.0 / (err[ref] ** 2 + bscale ** 2 * err[input] ** 2)
+       err[ref] = sqrt (counts[ref] / gain[ref] + readnoise[ref] ** 2 /
+                  gain[ref] ** 2)
+     err[input] = sqrt (counts[input] / gain[input] +
+     		  readnoise[input] ** 2 / gain[input] ** 2)
+.fi
+
+The fitting technique takes into account errors in both the reference and
+input image counts and provides an error estimate for the computed bscale
+and bzero factors. Bad data are rejected
+automatically from the fit by setting the \fIdatamin\fR and \fIdatamax\fR
+parameters. Deviant pixels are rejected from the fit by setting the
+\fInreject\fR, \fIloreject\fR, and \fIhireject\fR parameters appropriately.
+
+The final bscale and bzero for the input image are computed by calculating
+the average weighted by their errors  of the individual bscale and bzero
+values. The parameters \fInreject\fR, \fIloreject\fR, and \fIhirject\fR
+can be used to automatically detect and reject deviant points.
+
+The fit algorithm depends on the results of pixel to pixel fits in 
+each reference and input image region. The technique requires that the
+images be spatially registered and psfmatched before it is employed.
+Each input and reference image should contain a range of pixel intensities
+so that both bscale and bzero can be accurately determined.
+
+PHOTOMETRY
+
+For each object common to the reference and input photometry files
+the input sky values sky, errors in the sky values serr,
+magnitudes mag, and magnitude errors merr are used to compute the 
+bscale and bzero factors and estimate their errors as shown
+below.
+
+.nf
+	 bscale = 10.0 ** ((mag[ref] - mag[input]) / 2.5)
+	  bzero = sky[ref] - bscale * sky[input]
+    err[bscale] = 0.4 * log(10.0) * bscale * sqrt (merr[ref] ** 2 +
+		  magerr[input] ** 2)) 
+     err[bzero] = sqrt (serr[ref] ** 2 + err[bscale] ** 2 *
+                  sky[input] ** 2 + bscale ** 2 * sky[input] ** 2)
+.fi
+
+The final bscale and bzero for the input image are computed by calculation
+the average of the individual bscale and bzero values weighted by their
+errors. The parameters \fInreject\fR, \fIloreject\fR, and \fIhirject\fR can
+be used to automatically detect and reject deviant points.
+
+THE LEAST SQUARES FITTING TECHNIQUE
+
+The least squares fitting code performs a double linear regression on
+the x and y points,  taking into account the errors in both x and y.
+
+The best fitting line is the defined below.
+
+.nf
+		y = a * x + b
+.fi
+
+The error ellipses  are 
+
+.nf
+	S = (x - xfit) ** 2 / err[x] ** 2 + (y - yfit) ** 2 /
+	    err[y] ** 2   
+.fi
+
+where S is the quantity to be minimized. Initial values of a and b are
+estimated by  fitting the data to a straight line assuming uniform
+weighting.  The best fit values of a and b are then
+determined by iterating on the relationship
+
+.nf
+	dy = x' * da + db
+.fi
+
+where da and db are corrections to the previously determined values of a and
+b and dy and x' are defined as.
+
+.nf
+	dy = y - (ax + b)
+	x' = x + a * err[x] ** 2 * dy / (a ** 2 * err[x] ** 2 +
+	     err[y] ** 2) 
+.fi
+
+The new values of the a and b then become.
+
+.nf
+        a = a + da
+	b = b + db
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A review of doubly weighted linear regression problems in
+astronomy can be found in the paper "Linear Regression in Astronomy. II"
+by (Feigelson and Babu (1992 Ap.J. 397, 55). A detailed derivation of the
+particular solution used by LINMATCH can be found in the article
+"The Techniques of Least Squares and Stellar Photometry with CCDs"
+by Stetson (1989 Proceeding of the V Advanced School of Astrophysics,
+p 51).
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Match the intensity scales of a list of images to a reference
+image using a list of stars on the displayed reference image with
+the image cursor and the "mean" scaling algorithm. Assume that none
+of the stars are saturated and that a radius of 31 pixels is sufficient
+to include all the flux from the stars plus some background flux.
+Make sure that the correct gain and readout noise values are in the
+image headers.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display refimage 1 
+
+	cl> rimcursor > objlist
+	    ... mark several candidate stars by moving the cursor to the
+	        star of interest and hitting the space bar key
+	    ... type EOF to terminate the list
+
+	cl> linmatch @imlist refimage objlist lintran.db \
+	    out=@outlist dnx=31 dny=31 scaling="mean mean" gain=gain \
+	    readnoise=readnoise
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous command but force the bzero factor to be -100.0
+instead of using the fitted value.
+
+.nf
+	cl> linmatch @imlist refimage objlist lintran.db \
+	    out=@outlist dnx=31 dny=31 scaling="mean -100.0" \
+	    gain=gain readnoise=rdnoise
+.fi
+
+3. Repeat the first example but compute bscale and bzero 
+the bscale and bzero values using boxcar smoothed versions of 
+the input images. Make sure the gain and readout noise are
+adjusted appropriately.
+
+.nf
+	cl> linmatch @bimlist brefimage objlist lintran.db \
+	    dnx=31 dny=31 scaling="mean mean" gain=gain \
+	    readnoise=rdnoise
+
+	cl> linmatch @imlist refimage objlist lintran.db \
+	    out=@outimlist records=@bimlist scaling="file file"
+.fi
+
+4. Match the intensity of an input image which has been spatially
+registered and psfmatched to the reference image using the "fit" algorithm
+and a single reference image region. Remove the effects of saturated
+pixels by setting datamax to 28000 counts, and the effects of any deviant pixels
+by setting nreject, loreject, and hireject to appropriate values.
+
+.nf
+	cl> linmatch image refimage [50:150,50:150] lintran.db \
+	    out=outimage scaling="fit fit" datamax=28000 nreject=3 \
+	    loreject=3 hireject=3 gain=gain readnoise=rdnoise
+.fi
+
+5. Repeat the previous example but use several image sections to compute
+the bscale and bzero values.
+
+.nf
+	cl> linmatch image refimage sections lintran.db \
+	    out=outimage scaling="fit fit" datamax=28000 nreject=3 \
+	    loreject=3 hireject=3 gain=gain readnoise=rdnoise
+.fi
+
+6. Match the intensity scales of two images using photometry 
+computed with the apphot package qphot task. The two images are
+spatially registered, psfmatched, and the photometry aperture is sufficient to
+include all the light from the stars. The filecalc task used to compute
+the error in the mean sky is in the addon ctio package.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display refimage 1 fi+
+	cl> rimcursor > objlist
+	    ... mark several candidate stars by moving the cursor to the
+	        star of interest and hitting the space bar key
+	    ... type EOF to terminate the list
+	cl> qphot refimage coords=objlist inter-
+	cl> qphot image coords=objlist inter-
+	cl> pdump refimage.mag.1 msky,stdev,nsky,mag,merr yes | filecalc \
+	    STDIN "$1;$2/sqrt($3);$4;$5" > refimage.phot
+	cl> pdump image.mag.1 msky,stdev,nsky,mag,merr yes | filecalc \
+	    STDIN "$1;$2/sqrt($3);$4;$5" > image.phot
+	cl> linmatch image refimage.phot image.phot lintran.db \
+	    out=outimage scaling="phot phot" nreject=3 loreject=3\
+	    hireject=3
+.fi
+
+7. Register two images interactively using the fit algorithms and
+five non-overlapping image regions in the sections file.
+
+.nf
+	cl> linmatch image refimage sections lintran.db \
+	    out=outimage scaling="fit fit" datamax=28000 nreject=3 \
+	    loreject=3 hireject=3 gain=gain readnoise=rdnoise \
+	    interactive +
+
+	    ... a plot of bscale and bzero versus region number
+		appears
+
+	    ... type ? to get a list of the keystroke and : commands
+
+	    ... type i to see a plot of the bscale and bzero residuals
+		versus region
+
+	    ... type g to return to the default bscale and bzero versus
+		region plot
+
+	    ... type l to examine plot of the fits and residuals for the
+		individual regions
+		... step forward and back in the regions list with the
+		space bar and -keys
+		... flip back and forth between the fit and residuals
+		keys with l and i keys
+		... return to the main plot by typing q
+
+	    ... return to the residuals plot by typing i and delete a
+		region with a large residual by moving to the
+		bad point and typing d
+
+	    ... type f to recompute the fit
+
+	    ... type q to quit the interactive loop, n to go to the
+		next image or q to quit the task
+		
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imexpr, imcombine, ctio.filecalc, apphot.qphot, apphot.phot
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/psfmatch.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/psfmatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4972700e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/psfmatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
+.help psfmatch Oct94 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+psfmatch -- match the point spread functions of 1 and 2D images
+.ih
+USAGE
+psfmatch input reference psfdata kernel 
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images to be matched.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images to which the input images are to be matched if
+\fIconvolution\fR = "image", or the list of reference image psfs if 
+\fIconvolution\fR = "psf". The reference image psf must be broader than the
+input image psf in at least one dimension.
+The number of reference images/psfs must be one or equal to the number of
+input images.
+.le
+.ls psfdata
+The list of objects used to compute the psf matching function if
+\fIconvolution\fR is "image", or the list of input image psfs if 
+\fIconvolution\fR is "psf". In the former case \fIpsfdata\fR may be:
+1) a string containing the x and y coordinates of a single object,
+e.g. "51.0 105.0" or 2) the name of a text file containing a list of
+objects, and the number of objects
+files must equal the number of reference images. In the latter case
+the number of input psf images must equal the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls kernel
+The list of input/output psf matching function images to be convolved with the
+input images to produce the output images. The number of kernel images
+must equal the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls output = ""
+The list of output matched images. If \fIoutput\fR is the NULL string
+then the psf matching function is computed for each input image and written to
+\fIkernel\fR but no output images are written. If \fIoutput\fR is not NULL
+then the number of output images must equal the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls convolution = "image"
+The algorithm used to compute the psf matching function. The options are:
+.ls image
+The psf matching function is computed directly from the reference and input
+image data using the objects specified in \fIpsfdata\fR, the data
+regions specified by \fIdnx\fR, \fIdny\fR, \fIpnx\fR, and \fIpny\fR,
+and the convolution theorem.
+.le
+.ls psf   
+The psf matching function is computed directly from pre-computed
+reference and input image psfs using the convolution theorem.
+.le
+.ls kernel
+No psf matching function is computed. Instead the psf matching function
+is  read from the input image \fIkernel\fR.
+.le
+.le
+.ls dnx = 31, ls dny = 31
+The x and y width of the data region to be extracted around each object. The
+data region should be big enough to include both object and sky data.
+\fIDnx\fR and \fIdny\fR are not used if \fIconvolution\fR is "psf" or
+"kernel".
+.le
+.ls pnx = 15, pny = 15
+The x and y width of the psf matching function to be computed which must be
+less than \fIdnx\fR and \fIdny\fR respectively. The psf
+matching function should be kept as small as possible to minimize
+the time required to compute the output image.
+\fIPnx\fR and \fIPny\fR are not used if \fIconvolution\fR is "psf" or
+"kernel".
+.le
+.ls center = yes
+Center the objects in \fIpsfdata\fR before extracting the data from the
+input and reference images. Centering should be turned off if the objects
+are non-stellar and do not have well-defined centers.
+Centering is turned off if \fIconvolution\fR is "psf" or
+"kernel".
+.le
+.ls background = median
+The default background function to be subtracted from the input
+and reference image data in each object region before the
+psf matching function is computed. The background is computed using
+data inside the data extraction region defined by \fIdnx\fR and \fIdny\fR
+but outside the kernel region defined by \fIpnx\fR and \fIpny\fR.
+Background fitting is turned off if \fIconvolution\fR is "psf" or
+"kernel".
+The options are:
+.ls none
+no background subtraction is done.
+.le
+.ls "insky refsky"
+the numerical values of insky and refsky are subtracted from the
+input and reference image respectively.
+.le
+.ls mean
+the mean of the input and reference image region is computed and subtracted
+from the image data.
+.le
+.ls median
+the median of the input and reference image region is computed and subtracted
+from the data.
+.le
+.ls plane
+a plane is fit to the input and reference image region and subtracted
+from the data.
+.le
+.le
+.ls loreject = INDEF, ls hireject = INDEF
+The k-sigma rejection limits for removing the effects of bad data from the
+background fit.
+.le
+.ls apodize = 0.0
+The fraction of the input and reference image data endpoints in x and y
+to apodize with a
+cosine bell function before the psf matching function is computed.
+Apodizing is turned off if \fIconvolution\fR is "psf" or
+"kernel".
+.le
+.ls fluxratio = INDEF
+The ratio of the integrated flux of the reference objects to the integrated
+flux of the input objects.
+By default \fIfluxratio\fR is computed directly from the input data.
+.le
+.ls filter = "replace"
+The filter used to remove high frequency noise from the psf
+matching function. Filtering is not performed if \fIconvolution\fR
+is "kernel". The options are:
+.ls cosbell
+apply a cosine bell taper to the psf matching function in frequency space. 
+.le
+.ls replace
+replace the high-frequency low signal-to-noise components of the psf matching
+function with a gaussian model computed from the low frequency
+high signal-to-noise components of the matching function.
+.le
+.ls model
+replace the entire psf matching function with a gaussian model fit to the
+low frequency high signal-to-noise components of the matching function.
+.le
+.le
+.ls sx1 = INDEF, sx2 = INDEF, sy1 = INDEF, sy2 = INDEF
+The limits of the cosine bell taper in frequency space. Frequency components
+inside sx1 and sy1 are unaltered. Frequency components outside sx2 and sy2
+are set to 0.0. By default sx1 and sy1 are set to 0.0,
+and sx2 and sy2 are set to the largest frequency present in the data.
+.le
+.ls radsym = no
+Compute a radially symmetric cosine bell function ?
+.le
+.ls threshold = 0.2
+The low frequency cutoff in fraction of the total input image spectrum
+power for the filtering options "replace" and "model".
+.le
+.ls normfactor = 1.0
+The total power in the computed psf matching function \fIkernel\fR. By default
+the psf matching function is normalized.  If \fInormfactor\fR
+is set to INDEF, then the total power is set to \fIfluxratio\fR.
+\fINormfactor\fR is not used if \fIconvolution\fR is set "kernel".
+.le
+.ls boundary_type = "nearest"
+The boundary extension algorithm used to compute the output matched
+image.  The options are:
+.ls nearest
+use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+generate a value by reflecting about the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.0
+The default constant for constant boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Compute the psf matching function for each image
+interactively using graphics cursor and, optionally, image cursor input.
+.le
+.ls verbose
+Print messages about the progress of the task in non-interactive mode.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The default graphics device.
+.le
+.ls display = "stdimage"
+The default image display device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The default graphics cursor.
+.le
+.ls icommands = ""
+The default image display cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+PSFMATCH computes the convolution kernel required to match the
+point-spread functions
+of the input images \fIinput\fR to the point-spread functions of
+the reference images \fIreference\fR using either the image data 
+or pre-computed psfs and the convolution theorem.
+The computed psf matching functions are stored in the \fIkernel\fR images.
+If a non-NULL list of output images \fIoutput\fR is
+specified the input images are
+convolved with the kernel images to produce a list of psf matched output
+images. PSFMATCH requires
+that the input and reference images be spatially registered
+and that the reference images have poorer resolution (broader PSF)
+than the input images in at least one dimension.
+
+If \fIconvolution\fR = "image", the matching function is computed directly
+from the input and reference image data using the objects listed in
+\fIpsfdata\fR and the convolution theorem as described in the ALGORITHMS
+section. \fIpsfdata\fR is interpreted as either: 1) a
+string defining the coordinates of a single object e.g. "103.3 189.2" or 2)
+the name of a text file containing the coordinates of one or 
+more objects, one object per line, with the x and y coordinates
+in columns 1 and 2 respectively.  The object coordinates, the
+size of the data region to be extracted \fIdnx\fR
+by \fIdny\fR, and the size of the kernel to be computed \fIpnx\fR and
+\fIpny\fR, determine 
+the input and reference image regions used to compute the psf matching
+function.
+These image regions should be selected with care. Ideal regions 
+contain a single high signal-to-noise unsaturated star which has no close
+neighbors and is well centered on a pixel.
+
+If \fIcenter\fR is "yes" and \fIconvolution\fR is "image", the objects
+in \fIpsfdata\fR are centered before
+the data region is extracted.  Centering should be on if the objects
+are stellar, particularly if their coordinates were read from the image
+display cursor. Centering should be off if the objects are non-stellar and
+do not have well-defined centers.
+
+If the \fIbackground\fR fitting algorithm is other than "none" and
+\fIconvolution\fR is "image", the background for each object is fit using 
+data inside the region defined by
+\fIdnx\fR and \fIdny\fR but outside the region defined by
+\fIpnx\fR by \fIpny\fR. Bad data can be removed from the
+background fit by setting the parameters \fIloreject\fR and \fIhireject\fR.
+A cosine bell function is applied to the edges of the data region
+after background fitting but before computing the psf matching function
+if the \fIapodize\fR parameter is > 0.0.
+
+If \fIpsfdata\fR contains more than one object, the extracted image data
+is weighted by the total intensity in the extracted region after
+background subtraction, and averaged to produce a single smoothed
+data region for each reference and input image.
+
+If \fIconvolution\fR = "psf",
+the psf matching function is computed directly from the input image
+and reference
+image point-spread functions
+using the convolution theorem as described in the ALGORITHMS section.
+In this case  \fIpsfdata\fR is the list of input image psfs  and
+\fIreference\fR are the corresponding reference image psfs written by
+by some external psf modeling task. 
+If \fIconvolution\fR is "psf",
+centering and background fitting
+are assumed to have been performed by the psf modeling task and are not
+performed by PSFMATCH.
+
+PSFMATCH requires that the total power in the psf matching function
+before normalization be the ratio
+of the integrated flux of the reference image/psf over the integrated
+flux of the input image/psf. If \fIfluxratio\fR is INDEF, PSFMATCH
+estimates this number internally as described in the ALGORITHMS section,
+otherwise the \fIfluxratio\fR is set to the value supplied by the user.
+
+If \fIconvolution\fR is "kernel", PSFMATCH reads the psf matching function
+from the images in \fIkernel\fR  which were either
+created during a previous run of PSFMATCH or by a separate task.
+
+PSFMATCH provides several options for filtering out the ill-behaved
+noise-dominated high frequency components of the psf matching function
+that are produced when the ratio of reference / input image of psf
+fourier transforms is taken.
+
+If \fIfilter\fR is set to "cosbell", a cosine bell function
+with a taper defined by \fIsx1\fR, \fIsx2\fR, \fIsy1\fR, and \fIsy2\fR and
+symmetry defined by \fRradsym\fR is applied to
+the psf matching function in frequency space. This filter
+sets all the frequency components greater than \fIsx2\fR and \fIsy2\fR
+to 0.0 and leaves all frequency components inside \fIsx1\fR and \fIsy1\fR
+unaltered. Users should exercise this option with caution as the effect
+of the filtering process can be to significantly
+broaden the computed psf matching function as described in the ALGORITHMS
+section.
+
+An alternative approach to dealing with the noisy
+high frequency components of the psf
+matching function it is to replace them with a reasonable guess. If the
+matching function is approximately gaussian then its fourier transform is also
+approximately gaussian and the low frequency components can be modeled
+reliably with an elliptical gaussian function. The model derived from the low
+frequency components of the matching can then be used to replace the high
+frequency components.
+If \fIfilter\fR is set to "replace", those high frequency components
+of the matching function  which have less than a fraction
+\fIthreshold\fR of their total power in the equivalent high frequency
+components of the divisor or input image transform,
+are replaced by a model computed by fitting a gaussian to the low frequency
+components of the matching function, as described in the ALGORITHMS section.
+If \fIfilter\fR = "model" then the entire psf matching function
+is replaced with the best fitting gaussian model.
+
+Another problem can arise during the computation of the psf matching
+function . Occasionally it is not possible by means of a single execution
+of PSFMATCH to match the reference and input image psfs. An example
+of this situation
+is the case where the seeing of the reference and input images
+was comparable but the declination guiding error in the reference
+image was larger than the error in the input image.
+In this case input image  needs to be convolved to the resolution of 
+the reference image. However it is also the case
+that the guiding error in ra in the input image is greater than the guiding
+error  in ra in the reference image. In this case the reference image needs
+to be convolved to the resolution of the input image along the other axis.
+If no corrective action is taken by the task, the 
+first time PSFMATCH is run the values of the psf matching function along
+the ra axis will be greater than the computed fluxratio, resulting in
+unrealistic action
+along this axis. PSFMATCH avoids this situation by internally limiting
+the psf matching function to a maximum value of fluxratio computed as described
+above. 
+
+By default the psf matching function is normalized to unit power before 
+output. This may not be what is desired since if carefully computed the
+internally computed quantity a contains information about differences
+in exposure time, transparency, etc. If \fInormfactor\fR is set to
+a number of INDEF, the total power of the psf matching function will be
+set to that value of \fIfluxratio\fR respectively.
+
+If a list of output images names has been supplied then the computed
+psf matching function is applied to the input images to produce
+the output images using the boundary extension algorithm
+defined by \fIboundary\fR and \fIconstant\fR.
+
+In non-interactive mode the parameters are set at task startup time and
+the input images are processed sequentially. If the \fIverbose\fR flag
+is set messages about the progress of the task are printed on he 
+screen as the task is running.
+
+In interactive mode the user can mark the regions to be used to compute
+the psf matching function on the image display, show/set the data
+and algorithm parameters, compute, recompute, and plot the psf matching
+function and its accompanying fourier spectrum, and experiment with the
+various filtering and modeling options.
+
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+The following graphics cursor commands are currently available in
+PSFMATCH.
+
+.nf
+	Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+
+?	Print help 
+:	Colon commands
+k	Draw a contour plot of the psf matching kernel
+p	Draw a contour plot of the psf matching kernel fourier spectrum
+x	Draw a column plot of the psf matching kernel / fourier spectrum
+y	Draw a line plot of the psf matching kernel / fourier spectrum
+r	Redraw the current plot
+f	Recompute the psf matching kernel
+w	Update the task parameters
+q	Exit
+
+
+	Colon Commands
+
+
+:mark	[file]		Mark objects on the display
+:show			Show current values of the parameters
+
+
+	Show/Set Parameters
+
+
+:input	    [string]	    Show/set the current input image name
+:reference  [string]	    Show/set the current reference image/psf name
+:psf	    [file/string]   Show/set the objects/input psf list
+:psfimage   [string]	    Show/set the current input psf name
+:kernel	    [string]	    Show/set the current psf matching kernel name
+:output     [string]	    Show/set the current output image name
+
+:dnx	    [value]	    Show/set x width of data region(s) to extract
+:dny	    [value]	    Show/set y width of data region(s) to extract
+:pnx	    [value]	    Show/set x width of psf matching kernel
+:pny	    [value]	    Show/set y width of psf matching kernel
+:center	    [yes/no]	    Show/set the centering switch
+:background [string]        Show/set the background fitting function
+:loreject   [value]	    Show/set low side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:hireject   [value]	    Show/set high side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:apodize    [value]	    Show/set percent of endpoints to apodize
+
+:filter	    [string]	    Show/set the filtering algorithm
+:fluxratio  [value]	    Show/set the reference/input psf flux ratio
+:sx1	    [value]	    Show/set inner x frequency for cosbell filter
+:sx2	    [value]	    Show/set outer x frequency for cosbell filter
+:sy1	    [value]	    Show/set inner y frequency for cosbell filter
+:sy2	    [value]	    Show/set outer y frequency for cosbell filter
+:radsym	    [yes/no]        Show/set radial symmetry for cosbell filter
+:threshold  [value]	    Show/set %threshold for replace/modeling filter
+:normfactor [value]	    Show/set the kernel normalization factor
+.fi
+
+.ih
+ALGORITHMS
+
+The problem of computing the psf matching function can expressed
+via the convolution theorem as shown below.
+In the following expressions r is the reference
+image data or reference image psf, i is the input image data or input image
+psf, k is the unit power psf matching
+function,
+a is a scale factor specifying the ratio of the total
+power in the reference data or psf to the total power in the input data or
+psf, * is the convolution operator, and FT is the fourier transform operator.
+
+.nf
+	r = ak * d
+	R = FT (r)
+	I = FT (i)
+	aK = R / I
+	ak = FT (aK)
+.fi
+
+The quantity ak is the desired psf matching function and aK is its fourier
+transform.
+
+If the background was accurately removed from the image or psf data before the
+psf matching function was computed, the quantity a is simply the central
+frequency component of the computed psf matching function aK as shown below.
+
+.nf
+	aK[0,0] = a = sum(r) / sum(i)
+.fi
+
+If the background was not removed from the image or psf data before the
+psf matching function was computed the previous expression is not valid.
+The computed aK[0,0] will include an offset and a must be estimated
+in some other manner. The approach taken by PSFMATCH in this circumstance
+is to fit a gaussian model to the absolute value of 1st and 2nd frequencies
+of R and I along the x and y axes independently, average the fitted x and y
+amplitudes, and set aK[0,0] to the ratio of the resulting fitted amplitudes
+as shown below.
+
+.nf
+	      a = amplitude (R) / amplitude (I)
+	        = (sum(r) - sum(skyr)) / (sum(i) - sum(skyi))  
+	      aK[0,0] = a
+.fi
+
+This approach will work well as long as the image data or psf is reasonably
+gaussian but may not work well in arbitrary image regions. If the user is
+dissatisfied with either of the techniques described above they can
+set aK[0,0] to a pre-determined value of their own.
+
+If a filter is applied to the computed psf matching function in frequency
+space then instead of computing
+
+.nf
+	       ak = FT (aK)
+.fi
+
+PSFMATCH actually computes
+
+.nf
+	       ak' = FT (aKF) = ak * f
+.fi
+
+where F is the applied filter in frequency space and f is its
+fourier transform. Care should be taken in applying any filter.
+For example if F is the step function, then ak' will be the desired kernel
+ak convolved with f, a sinc function of frequency 2 * PI / hwidth where
+hwidth is the half-width of the step function, and the resulting k'
+will be too broad.
+
+If the user chooses to replace the high frequency components of the psf
+matching function with a best guess, PSFMATCH performs the following
+steps:
+
+.nf
+1) fits an elliptical gaussian to those frequency components of the fourier
+spectrum of aK for which for which the amplitude of I is greater
+than threshold * I[0,0] to determine the geometry of the ellipse
+
+2) uses the fourier shift theorem to preserve the phase information in the
+model and solve for any x and y shifts
+
+3) replace those frequency components of aK for which the fourier spectrum
+of I is less than threshold * I[0,0] with the model values
+
+		or alternatively
+
+replace all of aK with the model values
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Psf match a list of input images taken at different epochs with variable
+seeing conditions to a reference image with the poorest seeing by marking
+several high signal-to-noise isolated stars on the displayed reference image
+and computing the psf matching function directly from the input and reference
+image data. User makes two runs with psfmatch one to compute and check the
+kernel images and one to match the images.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display refimage 1 fi+
+
+	cl> rimcursor > objects
+
+	cl> psfmatch @inimlist refimage objects @kernels dnx=31 \
+	    dny=31 pnx=15 pny=15
+
+	cl> imstat @kernels
+
+	cl> psfmatch @inlist refimage objects @kernels          \
+	    output=@outlist convolution="kernel"
+.fi
+
+2. Psf match two spectra using a high signal-to-noise portion of the
+data in the middle of the spectrum. Since the spectra are registered
+spatially and there is little data available for background fitting the
+user chooses to turn centering off and set the backgrounds manually.
+
+.nf
+	cl> psfmatch inspec refspec "303.0 1.0" kernel         \
+	    output=outspec dnx=31 dny=31 pnx=15 pny=15 center- \
+	    back="403.6 452.0"
+.fi
+
+3. Psf match two images using psf functions inpsf and refpsf computed with
+the daophot package phot/psf/seepsf tasks. Since the kernel is fairly
+large use the stsdas fourier package task fconvolve to do the actual
+convolution. The boundary extension algorithm in fconvolve is equivalent
+to setting the psfmatch boundary extension parameters boundary and
+constant to "constant" and "0.0" respectively.
+
+.nf
+	cl> psfmatch inimage refpsf inpsf kernel convolution=psf
+
+	cl> fconvolve inimage kernel outimage
+.fi
+
+4. Psf match two images interactively using the image data itself to
+compute the psf matching function.
+
+.nf
+	cl> psfmatch inimage refimage objects kernel interactive+
+
+	    ... a contour plot of the psf matching function appears
+		with the graphics cursor ready to accept commands
+
+            ... type x and y to get line and column plots of the psf
+                matching function at various points and k to return
+                to the default contour plot
+
+	    ... type ? to get a list of the available commands
+
+	    ... type :mark to define a new set of objects
+
+	    ... type f to recompute the psf matching function using
+                the new objects
+
+ 	    ... increase the data window to 63 pixels in x and y
+                with the :dnx 63 and :dny 63 commands, at the
+                same time increase the psf function size to 31 with
+		the colon commands :pnx 31 and :pny 31
+
+	    ... type f to recompute the psf matching function using
+                the new data and kernel windows
+
+	    ... type q to quit the task, and q again to verify the previous
+                q command
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+convolve, gauss, stsdas.fconvolve, digiphot.daophot.psf
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/skymap.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/skymap.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1a4a3fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/skymap.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+.help skymap Dec96 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+skymap -- compute the spatial transformation function required to register
+a list of images using celestial coordinate WCS information
+.ih
+USAGE
+skymap input reference database
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images containing the input celestial coordinate wcs.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images containing the reference celestial coordinate
+wcs. The number of reference images must be one or equal to the number
+of input images.
+.le
+.ls database
+The name of the output text database file containing the computed
+transformations.
+.le
+.ls transforms = ""
+An option transform name list. If transforms is undefined then the
+transforms are assigned record names equal to the input image names.
+.le
+.ls results = ""
+Optional output files containing a summary of the results including a
+description of the transform geometry and a listing of the input coordinates,
+the fitted coordinates, and the fit residuals. The number of results files
+must be one or equal to the number of input files. If results is "STDOUT" the
+results summary is printed on the standard output.
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum logical x and logical y coordinates used to generate
+the grid of reference image control points and define the region of
+validity of the spatial transformation. Xmin, xmax, ymin, and
+ymax are assigned defaults of 1, the number of columns in the reference 
+image, 1, and the number of lines in the reference image, respectively.
+.le
+.ls nx = 10, ny = 10
+The number of points in x and y used to generate the coordinate grid.
+.le
+.ls wcs = "world"
+The world coordinate system of the coordinates.  The options are:
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are pixel coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data.  For example,
+if the reference 
+image is a rotated section of a larger input image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the reference image are equal to the physical
+coordinates of the same object in the input image, although the logical
+pixel coordinates are different.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data and which
+are in degrees for all celestial coordinate
+systems. Obviously if the
+wcs is correct the ra and dec of an object
+should remain the same no matter how the image
+is linearly transformed. The default world coordinate
+system is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header, 2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%10.3f", yformat = "%10.3f"
+The format of the output logical x and y reference and input pixel
+coordinates in columns 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 respectively. By default the
+coordinates are output right justified in a field of ten spaces with
+3 digits following the decimal point. 
+.le
+.ls rwxformat = "", rwyformat = ""
+The format of the output reference image celestial coordinates
+in columns 5 and 6 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for all celestial coordinate
+systems.
+.le
+.ls wxformat = "", wyformat = ""
+The format of the output input image celestial coordinates
+in columns 7 and 8 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for all celestial coordinate
+systems.
+.le
+.ls fitgeometry = "general"
+The fitting geometry to be used. The options are the following.
+.ls shift
+X and y shifts only are fit.
+.le
+.ls xyscale
+X and y shifts and x and y magnification factors are fit. Axis flips are
+allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rotate
+X and y shifts and a rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rscale
+X and y shifts, a magnification factor assumed to be the same in x and y, and a
+rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rxyscale
+X and y shifts, x and y magnifications factors, and a rotation angle are fit.
+Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls general
+A polynomial of arbitrary order in x and y is fit. A linear term and a
+distortion term are computed separately. The linear term includes an x and y
+shift, an x and y scale factor, a rotation and a skew.  Axis flips are also
+allowed for in the linear portion of the fit. The distortion term consists
+of a polynomial fit to the residuals of the linear term. By default the
+distortion terms is set to zero.
+.le
+
+For all the fitting geometries except "general" no distortion term is fit,
+i.e. the x and y polynomial orders are assumed to be 2 and the cross term
+switches are set to "none" regardless of the values of the \fIxxorder\fR,
+\fIxyorder\fR, \fIxxterms\fR, \fIyxorder\fR, \fIyyorder\fR and \fIyxterms\fR
+parameters set by the user.
+.le
+.ls function = "polynomial"
+The type of analytic coordinate surfaces to be fit. The options are the
+following.
+.ls legendre
+Legendre polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+Chebyshev polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls polynomial
+Power series polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xxorder = 2, xyorder = 2, yxorder = 2, yyorder = 2
+The order of the polynomials in x and y for the x and y fits respectively.
+The default order and cross term settings define the linear term in x
+and y, where the 6 coefficients can be interpreted in terms of an x and y shift,
+an x and y scale change, and rotations of the x and y axes. The "shift",
+"xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale", fitting geometries
+assume that the polynomial order parameters are 2 regardless of the values
+set by the user. If any of the order parameters are higher than 2 and
+\fIfitgeometry\fR is "general", then a distortion surface is fit to the
+residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+
+.ls xxterms = "half", yxterms = "half"
+The options are:
+.ls none
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x or powers of y but not
+powers of both.
+.le
+.ls half
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1, xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1, yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+.ls full
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1 + xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1 + yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+
+The "shift", "xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale" fitting
+geometries, assume that the cross term switches are set to "none"regardless
+of the values set by the user.  If either of the cross terms parameters is
+set to "half" or "full" and \fIfitgeometry\fR is "general" then a distortion
+surface is fit to the residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+
+.ls reject = INDEF
+The rejection limit in units of sigma. The default is no rejection.
+.le
+.ls calctype = "real"
+The precision of coordinate transformation calculations. The options are "real"
+and "double".
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task?
+.le
+.ls interactive = yes
+Run the task interactively ?
+In interactive mode the user may interact with the fitting process, e.g.
+change the order of the fit, delete points, replot the data etc.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The graphics device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The graphics cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+SKYMAP computes the spatial transformation function required to map the
+celestial coordinate system of the reference image \fIreference\fR to
+the celestial coordinate
+system of the input image \fIinput\fR, and stores the computed function in
+the output text database file \fIdatabase\fR.
+The input and reference images may be 1D or 2D but
+must have the same dimensionality. The input image and output
+text database file can be input to the REGISTER or GEOTRAN tasks to
+perform the actual image registration.  SKYMAP assumes that the world
+coordinate systems in the input and reference
+image headers are accurate and that the two systems are compatible, e.g. both
+images have a celestial coordinate system WCS.
+
+SKYMAP computes the required spatial transformation by matching the logical
+x and y pixel coordinates of a grid of points 
+in the input image with the logical x and y pixels coordinates
+of the same grid of points in the reference image,
+using celestial coordinate information stored in the two image headers.
+The coordinate grid consists of \fInx * ny\fR points evenly distributed
+over the logical pixel space of interest in the reference image defined by the
+\fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, \fIymax\fR parameters.
+The logical x and y reference image pixel coordinates are transformed to
+reference image celestial coordinates using
+world coordinate information stored in the reference image header.
+The reference image celestial coordinates are transformed to
+input image celestial coordinates using world coordinate
+system information in both the reference and the input image headers.
+Finally the input image celestial coordinates are transformed to logical x and y
+input image pixel coordinates using world coordinate system information
+stored in the input image header. The transformation sequence looks
+like the following for an equatorial celestial coordinate system:
+
+.nf
+   (x,y) reference -> (ra,dec) reference  (reference image wcs)
+(ra,dec) reference -> (ra,dec) input      (reference and input image wcs)
+    (ra,dec) input -> (x,y) input         (input image wcs)
+.fi
+
+The computed reference and input logical coordinates and the
+world coordinates are written to temporary coordinates file which is
+deleted on task termination.
+The pixel and celestial coordinates are written using
+the \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR and the \fIrwxformat\fR, \fIrwyformat\fR,
+\fIwxformat\fR and \fIwxformat\fR
+parameters respectively. If these formats are undefined and, in the
+case of the celestial coordinates a format attribute cannot be
+read from either the reference or the input images, reasonable default
+formats are chosen.
+If the reference and input images are 1D then all the output logical and
+world y coordinates are set to 1.
+
+SKYMAP computes a spatial transformation of the following form.
+
+.nf
+    xin = f (xref, yref)
+    yin = g (xref, yref)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either a power series polynomial or a Legendre or
+Chebyshev polynomial surface of order \fIxxorder\fR and \fIxyorder\fR in x
+and \fIyxorder\fR and \fIyyorder\fR in y.
+
+Several polynomial cross terms options are available. Options "none",
+"half", and "full" are illustrated below for a quadratic polynomial in
+x and y.
+
+.nf
+xxterms = "none", xyterms = "none"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "half", xyterms = "half"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a22 * xref * yref + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a22' * xref * yref + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "full", xyterms = "full"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a31 * xref ** 2 +
+         a12 * yref + a22 * xref * yref +  a32 * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13 * yref ** 2 + a23 * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33 * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a31' * xref ** 2 +
+         a12' * yref + a22' * xref * yref +  a32' * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13' * yref ** 2 + a23' * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33' * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+.fi
+
+If the \fBfitgeometry\fR parameter is anything other than "general", the
+order parameters assume the value 2 and the cross terms switches assume
+the value "none", regardless of the values set by the user.  The computation
+can be done in either real or double precision by setting the \fIcalctype\fR
+parameter. Automatic pixel rejection may be enabled by setting the \fIreject\fR
+parameter to a positive number other than INDEF.
+
+The transformation computed by the "general" fitting geometry is arbitrary
+and does not necessarily correspond to a physically meaningful model.
+However the computed
+coefficients for the linear term can be given a simple geometrical geometric
+interpretation for all the fitting geometries as shown below.
+
+.nf
+        fitting geometry = general (linear term)
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = shift
+            xin = a + xref
+            yin = d + yref
+
+        fitting geometry = xyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref
+            yin = d + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = rotate
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/-1
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rxyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+.fi
+
+
+The coefficients can be interpreted as follows. Xref0, yref0, xin0, yin0
+are the origins in the reference and input frames respectively. Orientation
+and skew are the orientation of the x and y axes and their deviation from
+perpendicularity respectively. Xmag and ymag are the scaling factors in x and
+y and are assumed to be positive.
+
+.nf
+        general (linear term)
+            xrotation = rotation - skew / 2
+            yrotation = rotation + skew / 2
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        shift
+            xrotation = 0.0,  yrotation = 0.0
+            xmag = ymag = 1.0
+            b = 1.0
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = 1.0
+            a = xin0 - xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - yref0 = yshift
+
+        xyscale
+            xrotation 0.0 / 180.0 yrotation = 0.0
+            b = + /- xmag
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = ymag
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            mag = xmag = ymag
+            const = mag * mag
+            b = mag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = mag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -mag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = mag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rxyscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            const = xmag * ymag
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+.fi
+
+
+\fIXmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR define the region of
+validity of the fit as well as the limits of the grid
+in the reference coordinate system.  These parameters are also used to
+reject out of range data before the actual fitting is done.
+
+Each computed transformation is written to the output file \fIdatabase\fR
+in a record whose name is supplied by the user via the \fItransforms\fR
+parameter or set to the name of the corresponding input image. 
+The database file is opened in append mode and new records are written
+to the end of the existing file. If more that one record of the same
+name is written to the database file, the last record written is the
+valid record, i.e. the one that will be used by the REGISTER or
+GEOTRAN tasks.
+
+SKYMAP will terminate with an error if the reference and input images
+are not both either 1D or 2D.
+If the celestial coordinate system information cannot be read from either
+the reference or input image header, the requested transformations
+from the celestial <-> logical coordinate systems cannot be compiled for either
+or both images, or the celestial coordinate systems of the reference and input
+images are fundamentally incompatible in some way, the output logical
+reference and input image coordinates are both set to a grid of points
+spanning the logical pixel space of the input, not the reference image.
+This grid of points defines an identity transformation which will leave
+the input image unchanged if applied by the REGISTER or GEOTRAN tasks.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes" then messages about the progress of the task
+as well as warning messages indicating potential problems are written to
+the standard output. If \fIresults\fR is set to a file name then the input
+coordinates, the fitted coordinates, and the residuals of the fit are
+written to that file.
+
+SKYMAP may be run interactively by setting the \fIinteractive\fR
+parameter to "yes".
+In interactive mode the user has the option of viewing the fit, changing the
+fit parameters, deleting and undeleting points, and replotting
+the data until a satisfactory
+fit has been achieved.
+
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+In interactive mode the following cursor commands are currently available.
+
+.nf
+        Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?       Print options
+f       Fit the data and graph with the current graph type (g, x, r, y, s)
+g       Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r     Graph the x fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+y,s     Graph the y fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+d,u     Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o       Overplot the next graph
+c       Toggle the constant x, y plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x, y through the nearest data point
+l       Print xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag, xrotate, yrotate
+q       Exit the interactive curve fitting
+.fi
+
+The parameters listed below can be changed interactively with simple colon
+commands. Typing the parameter name alone will list the current value.
+
+.nf
+	Colon Parameter Editing Commands
+
+:show                           List parameters
+:fitgeometry                    Fitting geometry (shift,xyscale,rotate,
+                                rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]               Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,
+                                polynomial)
+:xxorder :xyorder [value]       X fitting function xorder, yorder
+:yxorder :yyorder [value]       Y fitting function xorder, yorder
+:xxterms :yxterms [n/h/f]       X, Y fit cross terms type
+:reject [value]                 Rejection threshold
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional  information  on  IRAF  world  coordinate  systems including
+more detailed descriptions of the "logical", "physical", and "world"
+coordinate systems can be found  in  the  help  pages  for  the  WCSEDIT
+and  WCRESET  tasks. Detailed   documentation   for  the  IRAF  world
+coordinate  system interface MWCS can be found in  the  file
+"iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp".  This  file  can  be  formatted  and  printed
+with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ | lprint".
+
+Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the draft paper "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from the iraf anonymous ftp
+archive and the draft paper which supersedes it "Representations of Celestial
+Coordinates in FITS" by Greisen and Calabretta available from the NRAO
+anonymous ftp archives.
+
+The spherical astronomy routines employed here are derived from the Starlink
+SLALIB library provided courtesy of Patrick Wallace. These routines
+are very well documented internally with extensive references provided
+where appropriate. Interested users are encouraged to examine the routines
+for this information. Type "help slalib" to get a listing of the SLALIB
+routines, "help slalib opt=sys" to get a concise summary of the library,
+and "help <routine>" to get a description of each routine's calling sequence,
+required input and output, etc. An overview of the library can be found in the
+paper "SLALIB - A Library of Subprograms", Starlink User Note 67.7
+by P.T. Wallace, available from the Starlink archives.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute the spatial transformation required to match a radio image to an
+X-ray image of the same field using a 100 point coordinate  grid
+and a simple linear transformation.  Both images have accurate sky
+equatorial world coordinate systems define at different equinoxes.
+Print the output world coordinates
+in the coords file in hh:mm:ss.ss and dd:mm:ss.s format. Run geotran
+on the results to do the actual registration.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skymap radio xray geodb rwxformat=%12.2H rwyformat=%12.1h \
+	    wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h interactive-
+
+	cl> geotran radio radio.tran geodb radio
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous command but begin with a higher order fit
+and run the task in interactive mode in order to examine the fit
+residuals.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skymap radio xray geodb rwxformat=%12.2H rwyformat=%12.1h \
+	    wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h xxo=4 xyo=4 xxt=half \
+	    yxo=4 yyo=4 yxt=half
+
+            ... a plot of the fit appears
+
+	    ... type x and r to examine the residuals of the x
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... type y and s to examine the residuals of the y
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... delete 2 deviant points with the d key and
+                recompute the fit with the f key
+
+            ... type q to quit and save the fit
+
+	cl> geotran radio radio.tran geodb radio
+.fi
+
+3. Repeat example 1 but set the transform name specifically.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skymap radio xray geodb trans=m82 rwxformat=%12.2H \
+	    rwyformat=%12.1h wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h \
+            interactive-
+
+	cl> geotran radio radio.tran geodb m82
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+wcsctran,register,geotran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/skyxymatch.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/skyxymatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63485284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/skyxymatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+.help skyxymatch Dec96 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+skyxymatch -- match input and reference image x-y coordinates using the
+celestial coordinate WCS
+.ih
+USAGE
+skyxymatch input reference output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images containing the input celestial coordinate wcs.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images containing the reference celestial coordinate
+wcs. The number of reference images must be one or equal to the number
+of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output matched coordinate lists containing:
+1) the logical x-y pixel coordinates of a point
+in the reference image in columns 1 and 2, 2) the logical x-y pixel
+coordinates of the same point in the input image in columns 3 and 4,
+3) the world coordinates of the point in the reference image in columns
+5 and 6, and 4) the world coordinate of the point in the input image in
+columns 7 and 8. The output coordinate list can be
+input directly to the geomap task. The number of output files must be 
+equal to the number of input images or be the standard output STDOUT.
+.le
+.ls coords = "grid"
+The source of the coordinate list. The options are:
+.ls grid    
+Generate a list of \fInx * ny\fR coordinates evenly spaced over
+the reference image, and beginning and ending at logical coordinates
+\fIxmin\fR and \fIxmax\fR in x and \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR in y.
+.le
+.ls <filename>
+The name of the text file containing the world coordinates of a set of
+points in the reference image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum logical x and logical y coordinates used to generate
+the grid of control points if \fIcoords\fR = "grid". Xmin, xmax, ymin, and
+ymax default to 1, the number of columns in the reference image, 1, and the
+number of lines in the reference image, respectively.
+.le
+.ls nx = 10, ny = 10
+The number of points in x and y used to generate the coordinate grid
+if \fIcoords\fR = "grid".
+.le
+.ls wcs = "world"
+The world coordinate system of the coordinates.  The options are:
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are pixel coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data.  For example,
+if the reference 
+image is a rotated section of a larger input image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the reference image are equal to the physical
+coordinates of the same object in the input image, although the logical
+pixel coordinates are different.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data and which
+are in decimal degrees for the celestial coordinate systems. Obviously if the
+wcs is correct the ra and dec of an object
+should remain the same no matter how the image
+is linearly transformed. The default world coordinate
+system is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header, 2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+Care must be taken that the wcs of the input and
+reference images are compatible, e.g. it makes no sense to
+match the coordinates of a 2D sky projection and a 2D spectral wcs.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2
+The columns in the input coordinate list containing the x and y coordinate
+values if \fIcoords\fR = <filename>.
+.le
+.ls xunits = "", ls yunits = ""
+The units of the x and y coordinates in the input coordinate list 
+if \fIcoords\fR = <filename>, by default decimal degrees for celestial
+coordinate systems, otherwise any units.
+The options are:
+.ls hours
+Input coordinates specified in hours are converted to decimal degrees by
+multiplying by 15.0.
+.le
+.ls native
+The internal units of the wcs. No conversions on the input coordinates
+are performed.
+.le
+
+If the units are not specified the default is "native".
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%10.3f", yformat = "%10.3f"
+The format of the output logical x and y reference and input pixel
+coordinates in columns 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 respectively. By default the
+coordinates are output right justified in a field of ten spaces with
+3 digits following the decimal point. 
+.le
+.ls rwxformat = "", rwyformat = ""
+The format of the output world x and y reference image coordinates
+in columns 5 and 6 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for sky projection coordinates.
+.le
+.ls wxformat = "", wyformat = ""
+The format of the output world x and y input image coordinates
+in columns 7 and 8 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for sky projection coordinates.
+.le
+.ls min_sigdigits = 7
+The minimum precision of the output coordinates if, the formatting parameters
+are undefined, or the output world coordinate system is "world" and the wcs
+cannot be decoded.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+SKYXYMATCH matches the logical x and y pixel coordinates of a set of points 
+in the input image \fIinput\fR with the logical x and y pixels coordinates
+of the same points in the reference image \fIreference\fR
+using world celestial coordinate information
+in the image headers. SKYXYMATCH writes its results to the
+coordinate file \fIoutput\fR  which is suitable for input to the GEOMAP task.
+The input and reference images may be 1D or 2D but must both have
+the same dimensionality.
+
+If \fIcoords\fR = "grid", SKYXYMATCH computes a grid of \fInx * ny\fR 
+logical x and y pixel coordinates evenly distributed over the 
+logical pixel space of the reference image defined by the
+\fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, \fIymax\fR parameters.
+The logical x and y reference image pixel coordinates are transformed to
+reference image celestial coordinates using
+world coordinate information stored in the reference image header.
+The reference image celestial coordinates are transformed to 
+input image celestial coordinates using world coordinate
+system information in both the reference and the input image headers.
+Finally the input image celestial coordinates are transformed to logical x and y
+input image pixel coordinates using world coordinate system information
+stored in the input image header. The transformation sequence looks
+like the following for an equatorial celestial coordinate system:
+
+.nf
+   (x,y) reference -> (ra,dec) reference  (reference image wcs)
+(ra,dec) reference -> (ra,dec) input      (reference and input image wcs)
+    (ra,dec) input -> (x,y) input         (input image wcs)
+.fi
+
+The reference and input image celestial coordinate systems
+may be equatorial, ecliptic, galactic, or supergalactic. The equatorial systems
+may be one of: 1) the  mean place pre-IAU 1976 (FK4) system, 2) 
+the same as FK4 but without the E-terms (FK4-NO-E) system, 3) the mean
+place post-IAU
+1976 (FK5) system, 4) or the geocentric apparent place in the post-IAU 1976
+(GAPPT) system.
+
+SKYXYMATCH assumes that the celestial coordinate system is specified by the FITS
+keywords CTYPE, CRPIX, CRVAL, CD (or alternatively CDELT / CROTA), RADECSYS,
+EQUINOX (or EPOCH), MJD-WCS (or MJD-OBS, or DATE-OBS). USERS SHOULD TAKE NOTE
+THAT MJD-WCS IS CURRENTLY NEITHER A STANDARD OR A PROPOSED STANDARD FITS
+KEYWORD. HOWEVER IT OR SOMETHING SIMILAR, IS REQUIRED TO SPECIFY THE EPOCH OF
+THE COORDINATE SYSTEM WHICH MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE EPOCH OF THE OBSERVATION.
+
+The first four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec / latitude
+axis CTYPE keywords specify the celestial coordinate system.  The currently
+permitted values of CTYPE[1:4] are RA-- / DEC- for equatorial coordinate
+systems, ELON / ELAT for the ecliptic coordinate system, GLON / GLAT for the
+galactic coordinate system, and SLON / SLAT for the supergalactic coordinate
+system.
+
+The second four characters of the values of the ra / longitude and dec /
+latitude axis CTYPE keywords specify the sky projection geometry. IRAF
+currently supports the TAN, SIN, ARC, and GLS geometries, and consequently the
+currently permitted values of CTYPE[5:8] are -TAN, -ARC, -SIN, and -GLS.
+SKYXYMATCH fully supports the TAN, SIN, and ARC projections, but does not fully
+support the GLS projection.
+
+If the image celestial coordinate systems are equatorial, the value of the
+RADECSYS keyword specifies which fundamental equatorial system is to be
+considered. The permitted values of RADECSYS are FK4, FK4-NO-E, FK5, and GAPPT.
+If the RADECSYS keyword is not present in the image header, the values of the
+EQUINOX / EPOCH keywords (in that order of precedence) are used to determine
+the fundamental equatorial coordinate system. EQUINOX or EPOCH contain the
+epoch of the mean place and equinox for the FK4, FK4-NO-E, and FK5 systems
+(e.g 1950.0 or 2000.0). The default equatorial system is FK4 if EQUINOX or
+EPOCH < 1984.0, FK5 if EQUINOX or EPOCH >= 1984.0, and FK5 if RADECSYS, EQUINOX,
+and EPOCH are undefined. If RADECSYS is defined but EQUINOX and EPOCH are not,
+the equinox defaults to 1950.0 for the FK4 and FK4-NO-E systems, and 2000.0 for
+the FK5 system. The equinox value is interpreted as a Besselian epoch for the
+FK4 and FK4-NO-E systems, and as a Julian epoch for the FK5 system. Users are
+strongly urged to use the EQUINOX keyword in preference to the EPOCH keyword,
+if they must enter their own equinox values into the image header. The FK4 and
+FK4-NO-E systems are not inertial and therefore also require the epoch of the
+observation (the time when the mean place was correct), in addition to the
+equinox. The epoch is specified, in order of precedence, by the values of the
+keywords MJD-WCS or MJD-OBS (which contain the modified Julian date, JD -
+2400000.5, of the coordinate system), or the DATE-OBS keyword (which contains
+the date of the observation in the form DD/MM/YY, CCYY-MM-DD,
+CCYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.S). As the latter quantity is
+only accurate to a day, the MJD-WCS or MJD-OBS specification is preferred.
+If all 3 keywords are absent the epoch defaults to the value of equinox.
+Equatorial coordinates in the GAPPT system require only the specification
+of the epoch of observation which is supplied via the MJD-WCS, MJD-OBS,
+or DATE-OBS keywords (in that order of precedence) as for the FK4 and
+FK4-NO-E system.
+
+If the image celestial coordinate systems are ecliptic the mean ecliptic
+and equinox of date are required. These are read from the MJD-WCS, MJD-OBS,
+or DATE-OBS keywords (in that order or precedence) as for the equatorial FK4,
+FK4-NO-E, and GAPPT systems.
+
+USERS NEED TO BE AWARE THAT THE IRAF IMAGE WORLD COORDINATE SYSTEM
+CURRENTLY (IRAF VERSIONS 2.10.4 PATCH 2 AND EARLIER) SUPPORTS ONLY THE
+EQUATORIAL SYSTEM (CTYPE<lngax> = "RA--XXXX" CTYPE<latax> = "DEC-XXXX")
+WHERE XXXX IS THE PROJECTION TYPE, EVEN THOUGH THE SKYXYMATCH TASK
+SUPPORTS GALACTIC, SUPERGALACTIC, AND ECLIPTIC coordinate systems.
+
+If \fIcoords\fR is a file name, SKYXYMATCH reads a list of x and y 
+reference image world coordinates from columns \fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR
+in the input coordinates file  and transforms these coordinates to
+"native" coordinate units using the \fIxunits\fR and \fIyunits\fR parameters.
+The reference image world coordinates are
+transformed to logical reference and input image coordinates
+using the value of the \fIwcs\fR parameter and world coordinate
+information in the reference and input image headers.
+
+SKYXYMATCH will terminate with an error if the reference and input images
+are not both either 1D or 2D.
+If the world coordinate system information cannot be read from either
+the reference or input image header, the requested transformations
+from the world <-> logical coordinate systems cannot be compiled for either
+or both images, or the world coordinate systems of the reference and input
+images are fundamentally incompatible in some way, the output logical
+reference and input image coordinates are both set to a grid of points
+spanning the logical pixel space of the input, not the reference image,
+and defining an identify transformation, is written to the output file.
+
+The computed reference and input logical and world coordinates
+are written to the output file using
+the \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR, \fIrwxformat\fr, \fIrwyformat\fR,
+and the \fIwxformat\fR and \fIwxformat\fR
+parameters respectively. If these formats are undefined and, in the
+case of the world coordinates, a format attribute cannot be
+read from either the reference or the input images reasonable defaults are
+chosen.
+
+If the reference and input images are 1D then the 
+output logical and world y coordinates are
+set to 1.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes" then a title section is written to the output
+file for each set of computed coordinates, along with messages about
+what if anything went wrong with the computation.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional  information  on  IRAF  world  coordinate  systems including
+more detailed descriptions of the "logical", "physical", and "world"
+coordinate systems can be found  in  the  help  pages  for  the  WCSEDIT
+and  WCRESET  tasks. Detailed   documentation   for  the  IRAF  world 
+coordinate  system interface MWCS can be found in  the  file
+"iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp".  This  file  can  be  formatted  and  printed
+with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ | lprint".
+
+Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the draft paper "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from the iraf anonymous ftp
+archive and the draft paper which supersedes it "Representations of Celestial
+Coordinates in FITS" by Greisen and Calabretta available from the NRAO
+anonymous ftp archives.
+
+The spherical astronomy routines employed here are derived from the Starlink
+SLALIB library provided courtesy of Patrick Wallace. These routines
+are very well documented internally with extensive references provided
+where appropriate. Interested users are encouraged to examine the routines
+for this information. Type "help slalib" to get a listing of the SLALIB
+routines, "help slalib opt=sys" to get a concise summary of the library,
+and "help <routine>" to get a description of each routine's calling sequence,
+required input and output, etc. An overview of the library can be found in the
+paper "SLALIB - A Library of Subprograms", Starlink User Note 67.7
+by P.T. Wallace, available from the Starlink archives.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute a matched list of 100 logical x and y coordinates for an X-ray 
+and radio image of the same field, both of which have accurate sky
+projection world coordinate systems with different equinoxes. Print the
+output world coordinates in hh:mm:ss.ss and dd:mm:ss.s format
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyxymatch image refimage coords rwxformat=%12.2H \
+	    rwyformat=%12.1h wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h
+.fi
+
+2. Given a list of ras and decs of objects in the reference image,
+compute a list of matched logical x and y coordinates for the two images,
+both of which have a accurate sky projection wcss, although the reference
+wcs is in equatorial coordinates and the input wcs is in galactic
+coordinates.  The ras and decs are in
+columns 3 and 4 of the input coordinate file and are in hh:mm:ss.ss and
+dd:mm:ss.s format respectively. Print the output world coordinates
+in the same units as the input.
+
+.nf
+	cl> skyxymatch image refimage coords coords=radecs \
+	    xcolumn=3 ycolumn=4 xunits=hours rwxformat=%12.2H \
+	    rwyformat=%12.1h wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+skyctran,wcsctran,geomap,geotran,skymap,sregister
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/sregister.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/sregister.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5bc829c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/sregister.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,779 @@
+.help sregister Dec98 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+sregister -- register a list of images to a reference image using celestial
+coordinate WCS information
+.ih
+USAGE
+sregister input reference output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images containing the input celestial coordinate wcs.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images containing the reference celestial coordinate wcs.
+The number of reference images must be one or equal to the number of
+input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output registered images. The number of output images must
+be equal to the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum logical x and logical y coordinates used to, generate
+the grid of reference image control points, define the region of validity of
+the spatial transformation, and define the extent of the output image.
+Xmin, xmax, ymin, and
+ymax are assigned defaults of 1, the number of columns in the reference 
+image, 1, and the number of lines in the reference image, respectively.
+.le
+.ls nx = 10, ny = 10
+The number of points in x and y used to generate the coordinate grid.
+.le
+.ls wcs = "world"
+The world coordinate system of the coordinates.  The options are:
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are pixel coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data.  For example,
+if the reference 
+image is a rotated section of a larger input image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the reference image are equal to the physical
+coordinates of the same object in the input image, although the logical
+pixel coordinates are different.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data and which
+are in decimal degrees for celestial coordinate systems. Obviously if the
+wcs is correct the ra and dec of an object
+should remain the same no matter how the image
+is linearly transformed. The default world coordinate
+system is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header, 2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+Care must be taken that the wcs of the input and
+reference images are compatible, e.g. it makes no sense to
+match the coordinates of a 2D sky projection and a 2D spectral wcs.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%10.3f", yformat = "%10.3f"
+The format of the output logical x and y reference and input pixel
+coordinates in columns 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 respectively. By default the
+coordinates are output right justified in a field of ten spaces with
+3 digits following the decimal point. 
+.le
+.ls rwxformat = "", rwyformat = ""
+The format of the output world x and y reference image coordinates
+in columns 5 and 6 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for celestial coordinate
+systems.
+.le
+.ls wxformat = "", wyformat = ""
+The format of the output world x and y input image coordinates
+in columns 7 and 8 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for celestial coordinate
+systems.
+.le
+.ls fitgeometry = "general"
+The fitting geometry to be used. The options are the following.
+.ls shift
+X and y shifts only are fit.
+.le
+.ls xyscale
+X and y shifts and x and y magnification factors are fit. Axis flips are
+allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rotate
+X and y shifts and a rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rscale
+X and y shifts, a magnification factor assumed to be the same in x and y, and a
+rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rxyscale
+X and y shifts, x and y magnifications factors, and a rotation angle are fit.
+Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls general
+A polynomial of arbitrary order in x and y is fit. A linear term and a
+distortion term are computed separately. The linear term includes an x and y
+shift, an x and y scale factor, a rotation and a skew.  Axis flips are also
+allowed for in the linear portion of the fit. The distortion term consists
+of a polynomial fit to the residuals of the linear term. By default the
+distortion terms is set to zero.
+.le
+
+For all the fitting geometries except "general" no distortion term is fit,
+i.e. the x and y polynomial orders are assumed to be 2 and the cross term
+switches are set to "none", regardless of the values of the \fIxxorder\fR,
+\fIxyorder\fR, \fIxxterms\fR, \fIyxorder\fR, \fIyyorder\fR and \fIyxterms\fR
+parameters set by the user.
+.le
+.ls function = "polynomial"
+The type of analytic coordinate surfaces to be fit. The options are the
+following:
+.ls legendre
+Legendre polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+Chebyshev polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls polynomial
+Power series polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xxorder = 2, xyorder = 2, yxorder = 2, yyorder = 2
+The order of the polynomials in x and y for the x and y fits respectively.
+The default order and cross term settings define the linear term in x
+and y, where the 6 coefficients can be interpreted in terms of an x and y shift,
+an x and y scale change, and rotations of the x and y axes. The "shift",
+"xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale", fitting geometries
+assume that the polynomial order parameters are 2 regardless of the values
+set by the user. If any of the order parameters are higher than 2 and
+\fIfitgeometry\fR is "general", then a distortion surface is fit to the
+residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls xxterms = "half", yxterms = "half"
+The options are:
+.ls none
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x or powers of y but not
+powers of both.
+.le
+.ls half
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1, xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1, yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+.ls full
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1 + xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1 + yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+
+The "shift", "xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale" fitting
+geometries, assume that the cross term switches are set to "none"regardless
+of the values set by the user.  If either of the cross terms parameters is
+set to "half" or "full" and \fIfitgeometry\fR is "general" then a distortion
+surface is fit to the residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+
+.ls reject = INDEF
+The rejection limit in units of sigma. The default is no rejection.
+.le
+.ls calctype = "real"
+The precision of coordinate transformation calculations. The options are "real"
+and "double".
+.le
+.ls geometry = "geometric"
+The type of geometric transformation.  The options are:
+.ls linear
+Perform only the linear part of the geometric transformation.
+.le
+.ls geometric
+Compute both the linear and distortion portions of the geometric correction.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xsample = 1.0, ysample = 1.0
+The coordinate surface subsampling factor. The coordinate surfaces are
+evaluated at every xsample-th pixel in x and every ysample-th pixel in y.
+Transformed coordinates  at intermediate pixel values are determined by
+bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surfaces. If the coordinate
+surface is of high order setting these numbers to some reasonably high
+value is recommended.
+.le
+.ls interpolant = "linear"
+The interpolant used for rebinning the image.  The choices are the following.
+.ls nearest
+Nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+Bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+Third order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+Fifth order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width will be rounded up to
+the nearest odd number.  The default sinc width is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls lsinc
+Look-up table sinc interpolation. Users can specify the look-up table sinc
+interpolant width by appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g.
+lsinc51 specifies a 51 by 51 pixel wide look-up table sinc interpolant. The user
+supplied sinc width will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default
+sinc width is 31 by 31 pixels. Users can specify the resolution of the lookup
+table sinc by appending the look-up table size in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. lsinc51[20] specifies a 20 by 20 element sinc
+look-up table interpolant with a pixel resolution of 0.05 pixels in x and y.
+The default look-up table size and resolution are 20 by 20 and 0.05 pixels
+in x and y respectively.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction in x and y
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0.
+The value 0.0 is increased internally to 0.001. Drizzle resampling
+with a pixel fraction of 1.0 in x and y is equivalent to fractional pixel
+rotated block summing (fluxconserve = yes) or averaging (flux_conserve = no)  if
+xmag and ymag are > 1.0.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a user supplied constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting about the boundary of the image.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.0
+The value of the constant for boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls fluxconserve = yes
+Preserve the total image flux? If flux conservation is turned on, the output
+pixel values are multiplied by the Jacobian of the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.ls nxblock = 512, nyblock = 512
+If the size of the output image is less than nxblock by nyblock then
+the entire image is transformed at once. Otherwise the output image
+is computed in blocks nxblock by nyblock pixels.
+.le
+.ls wcsinherit = yes
+Inherit the wcs of the reference image?
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task?
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Run the task interactively ?
+In interactive mode the user may interact with the fitting process, e.g.
+change the order of the fit, delete points, replot the data etc.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The graphics device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The graphics cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+SREGISTER computes the spatial transformation function required to register
+the input image \fIinput\fR to the reference image \fIreference\fR,
+and writes the registered input image to the output image \fIoutput\fR. 
+The input and reference images may be 1D or 2D but must have
+the same dimensionality.  SREGISTER assumes that the world
+coordinate systems in the input and reference
+image headers are accurate and that both systems are compatible, e.g. both
+images have a celestial coordinate system WCS.
+
+SREGISTER computes the required spatial transformation by matching the logical
+x and y pixel coordinates of a grid of points 
+in the input image with the logical x and y pixels coordinates
+of the same grid of points in the reference image,
+using world coordinate information stored in the two image headers.
+The coordinate grid consists of \fInx * ny\fR points evenly distributed
+over the logical pixel space of interest in the reference image defined by the
+\fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, \fIymax\fR parameters.
+The reference image celestial coordinates are transformed to
+input image celestial coordinates using world coordinate
+system information in both the reference and the input image headers.
+Finally the input image celestial coordinates are transformed to logical x and y
+input image pixel coordinates using world coordinate system information
+stored in the input image header. The transformation sequence looks
+like the following for an equatorial celestial coordinate system:
+
+.nf
+   (x,y) reference -> (ra,dec) reference  (reference image wcs)
+(ra,dec) reference -> (ra,dec) input      (reference and input image wcs)
+    (ra,dec) input -> (x,y) input         (input image wcs)
+.fi
+
+The computed reference and input logical coordinates and the
+celestial coordinates are written to a temporary output coordinates file
+which is deleted on task termination. The pixel and celestial coordinates
+are output using the \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR and the \fIrwxformat\fR,
+\fIrwyformat\fR, \fIwxformat\fR and \fIwxformat\fR
+parameters respectively. If these formats are undefined and, in the
+case of the celestial coordinates a format attribute cannot be
+read from either the reference or the input images, the coordinates are
+output in %g format with \fImin_sigdigits\fR digits of precision.
+If the reference and input images are 1D then all the output logical and
+world y coordinates are set to 1.
+
+SREGISTER computes a spatial transformation of the following form.
+
+.nf
+    xin = f (xref, yref)
+    yin = g (xref, yref)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either a power series polynomial or a Legendre or
+Chebyshev polynomial surface of order
+\fIxxorder\fR and \fIxyorder\fR in x and \fIyxorder\fR and \fIyyorder\fR in y.
+
+Several polynomial cross terms options are available. Options "none",
+"half", and "full" are illustrated below for a quadratic polynomial in
+x and y.
+
+.nf
+xxterms = "none", xyterms = "none"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "half", xyterms = "half"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a22 * xref * yref + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a22' * xref * yref + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "full", xyterms = "full"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a31 * xref ** 2 +
+         a12 * yref + a22 * xref * yref +  a32 * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13 * yref ** 2 + a23 * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33 * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a31' * xref ** 2 +
+         a12' * yref + a22' * xref * yref +  a32' * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13' * yref ** 2 + a23' * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33' * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+.fi
+
+
+The computation can be done in either real or
+double precision by setting the \fIcalctype\fR parameter.
+Automatic pixel rejection may be enabled by setting the \fIreject\fR
+parameter to some number > 0.0.
+
+The transformation computed by the "general" fitting geometry is arbitrary
+and does not correspond to a physically meaningful model. However the computed
+coefficients for the linear term can be given a simple geometrical geometric
+interpretation for all the fitting geometries as shown below.
+
+.nf
+        fitting geometry = general (linear term)
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = shift
+            xin = a + xref
+            yin = d + yref
+
+        fitting geometry = xyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref
+            yin = d + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = rotate
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/-1
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rxyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+.fi
+
+The coefficients can be interpreted as follows. Xref0, yref0, xin0, yin0
+are the origins in the reference and input frames respectively. Orientation
+and skew are the orientation of the x and y axes and their deviation from
+perpendicularity respectively. Xmag and ymag are the scaling factors in x and
+y and are assumed to be positive.
+
+.nf
+        general (linear term)
+            xrotation = rotation - skew / 2
+            yrotation = rotation + skew / 2
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        shift
+            xrotation = 0.0,  yrotation = 0.0
+            xmag = ymag = 1.0
+            b = 1.0
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = 1.0
+            a = xin0 - xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - yref0 = yshift
+
+        xyscale
+            xrotation 0.0 / 180.0 yrotation = 0.0
+            b = + /- xmag
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = ymag
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            mag = xmag = ymag
+            const = mag * mag
+            b = mag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = mag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -mag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = mag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rxyscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            const = xmag * ymag
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+.fi
+
+
+\fIXmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR define the region of
+validity of the transformation as well as the limits of the grid
+in the reference coordinate system.
+
+Each computed transformation is written to the a temporary output text database
+file which is deleted on task termination. Otherwise the
+database file is opened in append mode and new records are written
+to the end of the existing file. If more that one record of the same
+name is written to the database file, the last record written is the
+valid record.
+
+SREGISTER will terminate with an error if the reference and input images
+are not both either 1D or 2D.
+If the world coordinate system information cannot be read from either
+the reference or input image header, the requested transformations
+from the world <-> logical coordinate systems cannot be compiled for either
+or both images, or the world coordinate systems of the reference and input
+images are fundamentally incompatible in some way, the output logical
+reference and input image coordinates are both set to a grid of points
+spanning the logical pixel space of the input, not the reference image.
+This grid of points defines an identity transformation which results in
+an output image equal to the input image.
+
+SREGISTER computes the output image by evaluating the fitted coordinate
+surfaces and interpolating in the input image at position of the transformed
+coordinates. The scale of the output image is the same as the scale of the
+reference image. The extent and size of the output image are determined
+by the \fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, and \fIymax\fR parameters
+as shown below
+
+.nf
+    xmin <= x <= xmax
+    ymin <= x <= ymax
+    ncols =  xmax - xmin + 1
+    nlines = xmax - xmin + 1
+.fi
+
+SREGISTER samples the coordinate surfaces at every \fIxsample\fR and 
+\fIysample\fR pixels in x and y.
+The transformed coordinates at intermediate pixel values are
+determined by bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surface. If
+\fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR = 1, the coordinate
+surface is evaluated at every pixel. Use of \fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR
+are strongly recommended for large images and high order coordinate
+surfaces in order to reduce the time required to compute the output image.
+
+The output image gray levels are determined by interpolating in the input
+image at the positions of the transformed output pixels using the
+interpolant specified by the \fIinterpolant\fR parameter. If the
+\fIfluxconserve\fR switch is set the output pixel values are multiplied by
+the Jacobian of the transformation, which preserves the flux of the entire
+image. Out-of-bounds pixels are evaluated using the \fIboundary\fR and
+\fIconstant\fR parameters.
+
+The output image is computed in \fInxblock\fR by \fInyblock\fR pixel sections.
+If possible users should set these number to values larger than the dimensions
+of the output image in order to minimize the number of disk reads and writes
+required to compute the output image. If this is not feasible and the image
+rotation is small, users should set nxblock to be greater than the number of
+columns in the output image, and nyblock to be as large as machine memory
+will permit.
+
+If \fIwcsinherit\fR = "yes", then the output image will inherit the world
+coordinate system of the reference image.
+Otherwise if the environment variable \fInomwcs\fR is "no" the world
+coordinate
+system of the input image is modified in the output image to reflect the
+effects of the \fIlinear\fR portion of the registration operation.
+Support does not yet exist in the IRAF world coordinate system interface
+for the higher order distortion corrections that SREGISTER is capable
+of performing.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes" then messages about the progress of the task
+as well as warning messages indicating potential problems
+are written to the standard output.
+
+SREGISTER may be run interactively by setting the \fIinteractive\fR
+parameter to "yes".
+In interactive mode the user has the option of viewing the fitted
+spatial transformation, changing the
+fit parameters, deleting and undeleting points, and replotting
+the data until a satisfactory
+fit has been achieved.
+
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+In interactive mode the following cursor commands are currently available.
+
+.nf
+        Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?       Print options
+f       Fit the data and graph with the current graph type (g, x, r, y, s)
+g       Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r     Graph the x fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+y,s     Graph the y fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+d,u     Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o       Overplot the next graph
+c       Toggle the constant x, y plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x, y through the nearest data point
+l       Print xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag, xrotate, yrotate
+q       Exit the interactive curve fitting
+.fi
+
+The parameters listed below can be changed interactively with simple colon
+commands. Typing the parameter name alone will list the current value.
+
+.nf
+	Colon Parameter Editing Commands
+
+:show                           List parameters
+:fitgeometry                    Fitting geometry (shift,xyscale,rotate,
+                                rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]               Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,
+                                polynomial)
+:xxorder :xyorder [value]       X fitting function xorder, yorder
+:yxorder :yyorder [value]       Y fitting function xorder, yorder
+:xxterms :yxterms [n/h/f]       X, Y fit cross term types
+:reject [value]                 Rejection threshold
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional  information  on  IRAF  world  coordinate  systems including
+more detailed descriptions of the "logical", "physical", and "world"
+coordinate systems can be found  in  the  help  pages  for  the  WCSEDIT
+and  WCRESET  tasks. Detailed   documentation   for  the  IRAF  world
+coordinate  system interface MWCS can be found in  the  file
+"iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp".  This  file  can  be  formatted  and  printed
+with the command "help iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ | lprint".
+
+Details of the FITS header world coordinate system interface can
+be found in the draft paper "World Coordinate Systems Representations Within the
+FITS Format" by Hanisch and Wells, available from the iraf anonymous ftp
+archive and the draft paper which supersedes it "Representations of Celestial
+Coordinates in FITS" by Greisen and Calabretta available from the NRAO
+anonymous ftp archives.
+
+The spherical astronomy routines employed here are derived from the Starlink
+SLALIB library provided courtesy of Patrick Wallace. These routines
+are very well documented internally with extensive references provided
+where appropriate. Interested users are encouraged to examine the routines
+for this information. Type "help slalib" to get a listing of the SLALIB
+routines, "help slalib opt=sys" to get a concise summary of the library,
+and "help <routine>" to get a description of each routine's calling sequence,
+required input and output, etc. An overview of the library can be found in the
+paper "SLALIB - A Library of Subprograms", Starlink User Note 67.7
+by P.T. Wallace, available from the Starlink archives.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Register a radio image to an X-ray image of the same field using
+a 100 point coordinate  grid and a simple linear transformation.  Both
+images have accurate sky projection world coordinate systems. Print the
+output world coordinates in the coords file in hh:mm:ss.ss and dd:mm:ss.s
+format. Display the input and output image and blink them.
+
+.nf
+	cl> sregister radio xray radio.tran rwxformat=%12.2H \
+	    rwyformat=%12.1h wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h
+
+	cl> display radio 1 fi+
+
+	cl> display radio.tran 2 fi+
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous command but begin with a higher order fit
+and run the task in interactive mode in order to examine the fit
+residuals.
+
+.nf
+	cl> sregister radio xray radio.tran rwxformat=%12.2H \
+	    rwyformat=%12.1h wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h xxo=4 \
+	    xyo=4 xxt=half yxo=4 yyo=4 yxt=half  inter+
+
+            ... a plot of the fit appears
+
+	    ... type x and r to examine the residuals of the x
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... type y and s to examine the residuals of the y
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... delete 2 deviant points with the d key and
+                recompute the fit with the f key
+
+            ... type q to quit, save the fit, and compute the registered
+		image
+.fi
+
+
+3. Mosaic a set of 9 images covering a ~ 1 degree field into a single image
+centered at  12:32:53.1 +43:13:03. Set the output image scale to 0.5
+arc-seconds / pixel which is close the detector scale of 0.51 arc-seconds
+per pixel. Set the orientation to be north up and east to the left.
+The 9 images all have accurate world coordinate information in their headers.
+
+.nf
+        # Create a dummy reference image big enough to cover 1 square degree
+
+        cl> mkpattern refimage ncols=7200 nlines=7200 ...
+
+        # Give the dummy reference image the desired coordinate system
+
+        cl> ccsetwcs refimage "" xref=3600.5 yref=3600.5 xmag=-0.5 \ 
+        ymag=0.5 lngref=12:32:53.1 latref=43:13:03 ...
+
+        # Register the images using constant boundary extension and set
+	# uservalue to some reasonable value outside the good data range.
+        # It may be possible to improve performance by increasing nxblock 
+        # and nyblock.
+
+        cl> sregister @inlist refimage @outlist boundary=constant \
+        constant=<uservalue> nxblock=7200 nyblock=1024 ...
+
+        # Combine the images using imcombine
+
+        cl> imcombine @outlist mosaic lthreshold=<uservalue> ...
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imalign,xregister,register,geotran,wregister
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcscopy.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcscopy.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..493f1311
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcscopy.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.help wcscopy Jun95 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+wcscopy -- copy the wcs of a reference image to a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+wcscopy images refimages
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+The list of input images which will inherit the wcs of the reference image.
+If the image does not exists a dataless image header is created.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images containing the reference wcs. The number of
+reference images must be one or equal to the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+WCSCOPY copies the world coordinate system information in the header of the
+reference image \fIreference\fR to the headers of the input images
+\fIimages\fR, replacing any existing world coordinate system information
+in the input image headers in the process. WCSCOPY assumes that the
+world coordinate system information in the header of the reference 
+image is accurate and that all the input images have write permission.
+If the input image does not exist a data-less image header is created.
+The WCS is treated as an independent object and
+there is no check made on the dimensionality and sizes of the images.
+
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Information  on  IRAF  world  coordinate  systems including
+more detailed descriptions of the "logical", "physical", and "world"
+coordinate systems can be
+found  in  the  help  pages  for  the  WCSEDIT  and  WCRESET  tasks. 
+Detailed   documentation   for  the  IRAF  world  coordinate  system 
+interface MWCS can be found in  the  file  "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp".
+This  file  can  be  formatted  and  printed  with the command "help
+iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ | lprint".  Information on the spectral
+coordinates systems and their suitability for use with WCSXYMATCH
+can be obtained by typing "help specwcs | lprint".
+Details of  the  FITS  header
+world  coordinate  system  interface  can  be  found in the document
+"World Coordinate Systems Representations Within  the  FITS  Format"
+by Hanisch and Wells, available from our anonymous ftp archive.
+    
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Make sure that the world coordinates systems of a list of input images
+that have been registered to a reference image with the xregister task
+are identical to the world coordinate system of the reference image.
+
+.nf
+	cl> xregister @inlist refimage [200:400,200:400] shifts \
+	    output=@outlist xwindow=21 ywindow=21
+	cl> wcscopy @outlist refimage
+.fi
+
+2.  Create a data-less WCS image by specifying a new image.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcscopy new dev$wpix
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+tprecess,imalign,xregister,geomap,register,geotran,wcsmap,wregister,wcsedit
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsmap.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsmap.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2a4dd01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsmap.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
+.help wcsmap Feb96 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+wcsmap -- compute the spatial transformation function required to register
+a list of images using WCS information
+.ih
+USAGE
+wcsmap input reference database
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images containing the input wcs.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images containing the reference wcs. The number of
+reference images must be one or equal to the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls database
+The name of the output text database file containing the computed
+transformations.
+.le
+.ls transforms = ""
+An optional list of transform names. If transforms is undefined the
+transforms are assigned record names identical to the names of the input images.
+.le
+.ls results = ""
+Optional output files containing a summary of the results including a
+description of the transform geometry and a listing of the input coordinates,
+the fitted coordinates, and the fit residuals. The number of results files
+must be one or equal to the number of input files. If results is "STDOUT" the
+results summary is printed on the standard output.
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum logical x and logical y coordinates used to generate
+the grid of reference image control points and define the region of
+validity of the spatial transformation. Xmin, xmax, ymin, and
+ymax are assigned defaults of 1, the number of columns in the reference 
+image, 1, and the number of lines in the reference image, respectively.
+.le
+.ls nx = 10, ny = 10
+The number of points in x and y used to generate the coordinate grid.
+.le
+.ls wcs = "world"
+The world coordinate system of the coordinates.  The options are:
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are pixel coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data.  For example,
+if the reference 
+image is a rotated section of a larger input image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the reference image are equal to the physical
+coordinates of the same object in the input image, although the logical
+pixel coordinates are different.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data and which
+are in world units, normally decimal degrees for sky projection coordinate
+systems and angstroms for spectral coordinate systems. Obviously if the
+wcs is correct the ra and dec or wavelength and position of an object
+should remain the same not matter how the image
+is linearly transformed. The default world coordinate
+system is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header, 2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+Care must be taken that the wcs of the input and
+reference images are compatible, e.g. it makes no sense to
+match the coordinates of a 2D sky projection and a 2D spectral wcs.
+.le
+.le
+.ls transpose = no
+Force a transpose of the reference image world coordinates before evaluating
+the world to logical coordinate transformation for the input image ? This
+option is useful if there is not enough information in the reference and
+input image headers to tell whether or not the images are transposed with
+respect to each other.
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%10.3f", yformat = "%10.3f"
+The format of the output logical x and y reference and input pixel
+coordinates in columns 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 respectively. By default the
+coordinates are output right justified in a field of ten spaces with
+3 digits following the decimal point. 
+.le
+.ls wxformat = "", wyformat = ""
+The format of the output world x and y reference and input image coordinates
+in columns 5 and 6 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for both sky projection coordinates
+and other types, e.g. spectral, coordinates.
+.le
+.ls fitgeometry = "general"
+The fitting geometry to be used. The options are the following.
+.ls shift
+X and y shifts only are fit.
+.le
+.ls xyscale
+X and y shifts and x and y magnification factors are fit. Axis flips are
+allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rotate
+X and y shifts and a rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rscale
+X and y shifts, a magnification factor assumed to be the same in x and y, and a
+rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rxyscale
+X and y shifts, x and y magnifications factors, and a rotation angle are fit.
+Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls general
+A polynomial of arbitrary order in x and y is fit. A linear term and a
+distortion term are computed separately. The linear term includes an x and y
+shift, an x and y scale factor, a rotation and a skew.  Axis flips are also
+allowed for in the linear portion of the fit. The distortion term consists
+of a polynomial fit to the residuals of the linear term. By default the
+distortion terms is set to zero.
+.le
+
+For all the fitting geometries except "general" no distortion term is fit,
+i.e. the x and y polynomial orders are assumed to be 2 and the cross term
+switches are set to "none", regardless of the values of the \fIxxorder\fR,
+\fIxyorder\fR, \fIxxterms\fR, \fIyxorder\fR, \fIyyorder\fR and \fIyxterms\fR
+parameters set by the user.
+.le
+.ls function = "polynomial"
+The type of analytic coordinate surfaces to be fit. The options are the
+following.
+.ls legendre
+Legendre polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+Chebyshev polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls polynomial
+Power series polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xxorder = 2, xyorder = 2,  yxorder = 2, yyorder = 2
+The order of the polynomials in x and y for the x and y fits respectively.
+The default order and cross term settings define the linear term in x
+and y, where the 6 coefficients can be interpreted in terms of an x and y shift,
+an x and y scale change, and rotations of the x and y axes. The "shift",
+"xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale", fitting geometries
+assume that the polynomial order parameters are 2 regardless of the values
+set by the user. If any of the order parameters are higher than 2 and
+\fIfitgeometry\fR is "general", then a distortion surface is fit to the
+residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls xxterms = "half", yxterms = "half"
+The options are:
+.ls none
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x or powers of y but not
+powers of both.
+.le
+.ls half
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1, xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1, yyorder - 1) for the y fit. 
+.le
+.ls full
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1 + xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1 + yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+
+The "shift", "xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale" fitting
+geometries, assume that the cross term switches are set to "none"regardless
+of the values set by the user.  If either of the cross terms parameters is
+set to "half" or "full" and \fIfitgeometry\fR is "general" then a distortion
+surface is fit to the residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls reject = INDEF
+The rejection limit in units of sigma. The default is no rejection.
+.le
+.ls calctype = "real"
+The precision of coordinate transformation calculations. The options are "real"
+and "double".
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task?
+.le
+.ls interactive = yes
+Run the task interactively ?
+In interactive mode the user may interact with the fitting process, e.g.
+change the order of the fit, delete points, replot the data etc.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The graphics device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The graphics cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+WCSMAP computes the spatial transformation function required to map the
+coordinate system of the reference image \fIreference\fR to the coordinate
+system of the input image \fIinput\fR, and stores the computed function in
+the output text database file \fIdatabase\fR.
+The input and reference images must be one- or two-dimensional and
+must have the same dimensionality. The input image and output
+text database file can be input to the REGISTER or GEOTRAN tasks to
+perform the actual image registration.  WCSMAP assumes that the world
+coordinate systems in the input and reference
+image headers are accurate and that the two systems are compatible, e.g. both
+images have the same epoch sky projection world coordinate systems or both are
+spectra whose coordinates are in the same units.
+
+WCSMAP computes the required spatial transformation by matching the logical
+x and y pixel coordinates of a grid of points 
+in the input image with the logical x and y pixels coordinates
+of the same grid of points in the reference image,
+using world coordinate information stored in the two image headers.
+The coordinate grid consists of \fInx * ny\fR points evenly distributed
+over the logical pixel space of interest in the reference image defined by the
+\fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, \fIymax\fR parameters.
+The logical x and y pixel reference image coordinates are transformed to the
+reference image world coordinate system defined by \fIwcs\fR, using the wcs
+information in the reference image header.
+The reference image world coordinates are then transformed to logical x and
+y pixel coordinates in the input image, using world coordinate system
+information stored in the input image header. 
+
+The computed reference and input logical coordinates and the
+world coordinates are written to a temporary output coordinates file which
+is deleted on task termination.
+The x and y coordinates are written using
+the \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR and the \fIwxformat\fR and \fIwxformat\fR
+parameters respectively. If these formats are undefined and, in the
+case of the world coordinates a format attribute cannot be
+read from either the reference or the input images, the coordinates are
+output in %g format with \fImin_sigdigits\fR digits of precision.
+If the reference and input images are 1D then all the output logical and
+world y coordinates are set to 1.
+
+WCSMAP computes a spatial transformation of the following form.
+
+.nf
+    xin = f (xref, yref)
+    yin = g (xref, yref)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either a power series polynomial or a Legendre or
+Chebyshev polynomial surface of order \fIxxorder\fR and \fIxyorder\fR in
+x and \fIyxorder\fR and \fIyyorder\fR in y.  Cross terms are optional.
+
+Several polynomial cross terms options are available. Options "none",
+"half", and "full" are illustrated below for a quadratic polynomial in
+x and y.
+
+.nf
+xxterms = "none", xyterms = "none"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "half", xyterms = "half"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a22 * xref * yref + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a22' * xref * yref + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "full", xyterms = "full"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a31 * xref ** 2 +
+         a12 * yref + a22 * xref * yref +  a32 * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13 * yref ** 2 + a23 * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33 * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a31' * xref ** 2 +
+         a12' * yref + a22' * xref * yref +  a32' * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13' * yref ** 2 + a23' * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33' * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+.fi
+
+If the \fBfitgeometry\fR parameter is anything
+other than "general", the  order parameters assume the value 2 and the
+cross terms switches assume the value "none", regardless of the values set
+by the user. The computation can be done in either real or
+double precision by setting the \fIcalctype\fR parameter.
+Automatic pixel rejection may be enabled by setting the \fIreject\fR
+parameter to some number > 0.0.
+
+The transformation computed by the "general" fitting geometry is arbitrary
+and does not correspond to a physically meaningful model. However the computed
+coefficients for the linear term can be given a simple geometrical geometric
+interpretation for all the fitting geometries as shown below.
+
+.nf
+        fitting geometry = general (linear term)
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = shift
+            xin = a + xref
+            yin = d + yref
+
+        fitting geometry = xyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref
+            yin = d + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = rotate
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/-1
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rxyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+.fi
+
+
+The coefficients can be interpreted as follows. Xref0, yref0, xin0, yin0
+are the origins in the reference and input frames respectively. Orientation
+and skew are the orientation of the x and y axes and their deviation from
+perpendicularity respectively. Xmag and ymag are the scaling factors in x and
+y and are assumed to be positive.
+
+.nf
+        general (linear term)
+            xrotation = rotation - skew / 2
+            yrotation = rotation + skew / 2
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        shift
+            xrotation = 0.0,  yrotation = 0.0
+            xmag = ymag = 1.0
+            b = 1.0
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = 1.0
+            a = xin0 - xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - yref0 = yshift
+
+        xyscale
+            xrotation 0.0 / 180.0 yrotation = 0.0
+            b = + /- xmag
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = ymag
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            mag = xmag = ymag
+            const = mag * mag
+            b = mag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = mag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -mag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = mag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rxyscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            const = xmag * ymag
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+.fi
+
+
+\fIXmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR define the region of
+validity of the fit as well as the limits of the grid
+in the reference coordinate system and must be set by
+the user. These parameters are used to reject out of range data before the
+actual fitting is done.
+
+Each computed transformation is written to the output file \fIdatabase\fR
+in a record whose name is either specified by the user via the \fItransforms\fR
+parameter or defaults the name of the input image.
+The database file is opened in append mode and new records are written
+to the end of the existing file. If more that one record of the same
+name is written to the database file, the last record written is the
+valid record, i.e. the one that will be used by the REGISTER or
+GEOTRAN tasks.
+
+WCSMAP will terminate with an error if the reference and input images
+are not both either 1D or 2D.
+If the world coordinate system information cannot be read from either
+the reference or input image header, the requested transformations
+from the world <-> logical coordinate systems cannot be compiled for either
+or both images, or the world coordinate systems of the reference and input
+images are fundamentally incompatible in some way, the output logical
+reference and input image coordinates are both set to a grid of points
+spanning the logical pixel space of the input, not the reference image.
+This grid of points defines an identity transformation which will leave
+the input image unchanged if applied by the REGISTER or GEOTRAN tasks.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes" then messages about the progress of the task
+as well as warning messages indicating potential problems are written to
+the standard output. If \fIresults\fR is set to a file name then the input
+coordinates, the fitted coordinates, and the residuals of the fit are
+written to that file.
+
+WCSMAP may be run interactively by setting the \fIinteractive\fR
+parameter to "yes".
+In interactive mode the user has the option of viewing the fit, changing the
+fit parameters, deleting and undeleting points, and replotting
+the data until a satisfactory
+fit has been achieved.
+
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+In interactive mode the following cursor commands are currently available.
+
+.nf
+        Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?       Print options
+f       Fit the data and graph with the current graph type (g, x, r, y, s)
+g       Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r     Graph the x fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+y,s     Graph the y fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+d,u     Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o       Overplot the next graph
+c       Toggle the constant x, y plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x, y through the nearest data point
+l       Print xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag, xrotate, yrotate
+q       Exit the interactive curve fitting
+.fi
+
+The parameters listed below can be changed interactively with simple colon
+commands. Typing the parameter name alone will list the current value.
+
+.nf
+	Colon Parameter Editing Commands
+
+:show                           List parameters
+:fitgeometry                    Fitting geometry (shift,xyscale,rotate,
+                                rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]               Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,
+                                polynomial)
+:xxorder :xyorder [value]       X fitting function xorder, yorder
+:yxorder :yyorder [value]       Y fitting function xorder, yorder
+:xxterms :yxterms [n/h/f]       X, Y fit cross terms type
+:reject [value]                 Rejection threshold
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional  information  on  IRAF  world  coordinate  systems including
+more detailed descriptions of the "logical", "physical", and "world"
+coordinate systems can be
+found  in  the  help  pages  for  the  WCSEDIT  and  WCRESET  tasks. 
+Detailed   documentation   for  the  IRAF  world  coordinate  system 
+interface MWCS can be found in  the  file  "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp".
+This  file  can  be  formatted  and  printed  with the command "help
+iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ | lprint".  Information on the spectral
+coordinates systems and their suitability for use with WCSXYMATCH
+can be obtained by typing "help specwcs | lprint".
+Details of  the  FITS  header
+world  coordinate  system  interface  can  be  found in the document
+"World Coordinate Systems Representations Within  the  FITS  Format"
+by Hanisch and Wells, available from our anonymous ftp archive.
+    
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute the spatial transformation required to match a radio image to an
+X-ray image of the same field using a 100 point coordinate  grid
+and a simple linear transformation.  Both images have accurate sky
+projection world coordinate systems. Print the output world coordinates
+in the coords file in hh:mm:ss.ss and dd:mm:ss.s format. Run geotran
+on the results to do the actual registration.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsmap radio xray geodb wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h \
+	    interactive-
+
+	cl> geotran radio radio.tran geodb radio
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous command but begin with a higher order fit
+and run the task in interactive mode in order to examine the fit
+residuals.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsmap radio xray geodb wxformat=%12.2H wyformat=%12.1h \
+	    xxo=4 xyo=4 xxt=half yxo=4 yyo=4 yxt=half
+
+            ... a plot of the fit appears
+
+	    ... type x and r to examine the residuals of the x
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... type y and s to examine the residuals of the y
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... delete 2 deviant points with the d key and
+                recompute the fit with the f key
+
+            ... type q to quit and save the fit
+
+	cl> geotran radio radio.tran geodb radio
+.fi
+
+3. Repeat example 1 but assign a user name to the transform.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsmap radio xray geodb transforms="m82" wxformat=%12.2H \
+	    wyformat=%12.1h interactive-
+
+	cl> geotran radio radio.tran geodb m82
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+wcstran,xregister,wcsxymatch,geomap,register,geotran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsxymatch.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsxymatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0651b0c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wcsxymatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+.help wcsxymatch Jun95 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+wcsxymatch -- match input and reference image x-y coordinates using the WCS
+.ih
+USAGE
+wcsxymatch input reference output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images containing the input wcs.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images containing the reference wcs. The number of
+reference images must be one or equal to the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output matched coordinate lists containing:
+1) the logical x-y pixel coordinates of a point
+in the reference image in columns 1 and 2, 2) the logical x-y pixel
+coordinates of the same point in the input image in columns 3 and 4,
+3) the world coordinates of the point in the reference and input
+image in columns 5 and 6. The output coordinate list can be
+input directly to the geomap task. The number of output files must be 
+equal to the number of input images or be the standard output STDOUT.
+.le
+.ls coords = "grid"
+The source of the coordinate list. The options are:
+.ls grid    
+Generate a list of \fInx * ny\fR coordinates, evenly spaced over
+the reference image, and beginning and ending at logical coordinates
+\fIxmin\fR and \fIxmax\fR in x and \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR in y.
+.le
+.ls <filename>
+The name of the text file containing the world coordinates of a set of
+points in the reference image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum logical x and logical y coordinates used to generate
+the grid of control points if \fIcoords\fR = "grid". Xmin, xmax, ymin, and
+ymax default to 1, the number of columns in the reference image, 1, and the
+number of lines in the reference image, respectively.
+.le
+.ls nx = 10, ny = 10
+The number of points in x and y used to generate the coordinate grid
+if \fIcoords\fR = "grid".
+.le
+.ls wcs = "world"
+The world coordinate system of the coordinates.  The options are:
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are pixel coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data.  For example,
+if the reference 
+image is a rotated section of a larger input image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the reference image are equal to the physical
+coordinates of the same object in the input image, although the logical
+pixel coordinates are different.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data and which
+are in world units, normally decimal degrees for sky projection coordinate
+systems and angstroms for spectral coordinate systems. Obviously if the
+wcs is correct the ra and dec or wavelength and position of an object
+should remain the same not matter how the image
+is linearly transformed. The default world coordinate
+system is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header, 2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+Care must be taken that the wcs of the input and
+reference images are compatible, e.g. it makes no sense to
+match the coordinates of a 2D sky projection and a 2D spectral wcs.
+.le
+.le
+.ls transpose = no
+Force a transpose of the reference image world coordinates before evaluating
+the world to logical coordinate transformation for the input image ? This
+option is useful if there is not enough information in the reference and
+input image headers to tell whether or not the images are transposed with
+respect to each other.
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2
+The columns in the input coordinate list containing the x and y coordinate
+values if \fIcoords\fR = <filename>.
+.le
+.ls xunits = "", ls yunits = ""
+The units of the x and y coordinates in the input coordinate list 
+if \fIcoords\fR = <filename>, by default decimal degrees for sky projection 
+coordinate systems, otherwise any units.
+The options are:
+.ls hours
+Input coordinates specified in hours are converted to decimal degrees by
+multiplying by 15.0.
+.le
+.ls native
+The internal units of the wcs. No conversions on the input coordinates
+are performed.
+.le
+
+If the units are not specified the default is "native".
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%10.3f", yformat = "%10.3f"
+The format of the output logical x and y reference and input pixel
+coordinates in columns 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 respectively. By default the
+coordinates are output right justified in a field of ten spaces with
+3 digits following the decimal point. 
+.le
+.ls wxformat = "", wyformat = ""
+The format of the output world x and y reference and input image coordinates
+in columns 5 and 6 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for both sky projection coordinates
+and other types, e.g. spectral coordinates.
+.le
+.ls min_sigdigits = 7
+The minimum precision of the output coordinates if, the formatting parameters
+are undefined, or the output world coordinate system is "world" and the wcs
+format attribute is undefined.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+WCSXYMATCH matches the logical x and y pixel coordinates of a set of points 
+in the input image \fIinput\fR with the logical x and y pixels coordinates
+of the same points in the reference image \fIreference\fR
+using world coordinate information
+in the respective image headers, and writes the results to a coordinate file
+\fIoutput\fR  suitable for input to the GEOMAP task.
+The input and reference images may be 1D or 2D but must both have
+the same dimensionality.
+
+If \fIcoords\fR = "grid", WCSXYMATCH computes a grid of \fInx * ny\fR 
+logical x and y pixel coordinates evenly distributed over the 
+logical pixel space of the reference image as defined by the
+\fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, \fIymax\fR parameters.
+The logical x and y pixel reference image coordinates are transformed to the
+world coordinate system defined by \fIwcs\fR using
+world coordinate information stored in the reference image header.
+The world coordinates are then transformed back to the logical x and y pixel
+input image coordinates, using world coordinate system information stored in
+the input image header. 
+
+If \fIcoords\fR is a file name, WCSXYMATCH reads a list of x and y 
+reference image world coordinates from columns \fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR
+in the input coordinates file,  and transforms these coordinates to
+"native" coordinate units using the \fIxunits\fR and \fIyunits\fR parameters.
+The reference image world coordinates are
+transformed to logical reference and input image coordinates
+using the value of the \fIwcs\fR parameter and world coordinate
+information in the reference and input image headers.
+
+WCSXYMATCH will terminate with an error if the reference and input images
+are not both either 1D or 2D.
+If the world coordinate system information cannot be read from either
+the reference or input image header, the requested transformations
+from the world <-> logical coordinate systems cannot be compiled for either
+or both images, or the world coordinate systems of the reference and input
+images are fundamentally incompatible in some way, the output logical
+reference and input image coordinates are both set to a grid of points
+spanning the logical pixel space of the input, not the reference image,
+and defining an identify transformation, is written to the output file.
+
+The computed reference and input logical coordinates and the
+world coordinates are written to the output file using
+the \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR, and the \fIwxformat\fR and \fIwxformat\fR
+parameters respectively. If these formats are undefined and, in the
+case of the world coordinates, a format attribute cannot be
+read from either the reference or the input images, the coordinates are
+output with the %g format and \fImin_sigdigits\fR of precision.
+
+If the reference and input images are 1D then the 
+output logical and world y coordinates are
+set to 1.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes" then a title section is written to the output
+file for each set of computed coordinates, along with messages about
+what if anything went wrong with the computation.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional  information  on  IRAF  world  coordinate  systems including
+more detailed descriptions of the "logical", "physical", and "world"
+coordinate systems can be
+found  in  the  help  pages  for  the  WCSEDIT  and  WCRESET  tasks. 
+Detailed   documentation   for  the  IRAF  world  coordinate  system 
+interface MWCS can be found in  the  file  "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp".
+This  file  can  be  formatted  and  printed  with the command "help
+iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ | lprint".  Information on the spectral
+coordinates systems and their suitability for use with WCSXYMATCH
+can be obtained by typing "help specwcs | lprint".
+Details of  the  FITS  header
+world  coordinate  system  interface  can  be  found in the document
+"World Coordinate Systems Representations Within  the  FITS  Format"
+by Hanisch and Wells, available from our anonymous ftp archive.
+    
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Compute a matched list of 100 logical x and y coordinates for an X-ray 
+and radio image of the same field, both of which have accurate sky
+projection world coordinate systems. Print the output world coordinates
+in hh:mm:ss.ss and dd:mm:ss.s format
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsxymatch image refimage coords wxformat=%12.2H \
+	    wyformat=%12.1h
+.fi
+
+2. Given a list of ras and decs of objects in the reference image,
+compute a list of matched logical x and y coordinates for the two images,
+both of which have a accurate sky projection wcss. The ras and decs are in
+columns 3 and 4 of the input coordinate file and are in hh:mm:ss.ss and
+dd:mm:ss.s format respectively. Print the output world coordinates
+in the same units as the input.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wcsxymatch image refimage coords coords=radecs \
+	    xcolumn=3 ycolumn=4 xunits=hours wxformat=%12.2H \
+	    wyformat=%12.1h
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+tprecess,wcstran,geomap,register,geotran,wcsmap,wregister
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wregister.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wregister.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8519803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/wregister.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+.help wregister Dec98 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+wregister -- register a list of images to a reference image using WCS
+information
+.ih
+USAGE
+wregister input reference output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images containing the input wcs.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images containing the reference wcs. The number of
+reference images must be one or equal to the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output registered images. The number of output images must
+be equal to the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls xmin = INDEF, xmax = INDEF, ymin = INDEF, ymax = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum logical x and logical y coordinates used to, generate
+the grid of reference image control points, define the region of validity of
+the spatial transformation, and define the extent of the output image.
+Xmin, xmax, ymin, and
+ymax are assigned defaults of 1, the number of columns in the reference 
+image, 1, and the number of lines in the reference image, respectively.
+.le
+.ls nx = 10, ny = 10
+The number of points in x and y used to generate the coordinate grid.
+.le
+.ls wcs = "world"
+The world coordinate system of the coordinates.  The options are:
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are pixel coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data.  For example,
+if the reference 
+image is a rotated section of a larger input image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the reference image are equal to the physical
+coordinates of the same object in the input image, although the logical
+pixel coordinates are different.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image coordinates which are invariant with
+respect to linear transformations of the physical image data and which
+are in world units, normally decimal degrees for sky projection coordinate
+systems and angstroms for spectral coordinate systems. Obviously if the
+wcs is correct the ra and dec or wavelength and position of an object
+should remain the same not matter how the image
+is linearly transformed. The default world coordinate
+system is either 1) the value of the environment variable "defwcs" if
+set in the user's IRAF environment (normally it is undefined) and present
+in the image header, 2) the value of the "system"
+attribute in the image header keyword WAT0_001 if present in the
+image header or, 3) the "physical" coordinate system.
+Care must be taken that the wcs of the input and
+reference images are compatible, e.g. it makes no sense to
+match the coordinates of a 2D sky projection and a 2D spectral wcs.
+.le
+.le
+.ls transpose = no
+Force a transpose of the reference image world coordinates before evaluating
+the world to logical coordinate transformation for the input image ? This
+option is useful if there is not enough information in the reference and
+input image headers to tell whether or not the images are transposed with
+respect to each other.
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%10.3f", yformat = "%10.3f"
+The format of the output logical x and y reference and input pixel
+coordinates in columns 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 respectively. By default the
+coordinates are output right justified in a field of ten spaces with
+3 digits following the decimal point. 
+.le
+.ls wxformat = "", wyformat = ""
+The format of the output world x and y reference and input image coordinates
+in columns 5 and 6 respectively. The internal default formats will give
+reasonable output formats and precision for both sky projection coordinates
+and other, e.g. spectral, coordinates.
+.le
+.ls fitgeometry = "general"
+The fitting geometry to be used. The options are the following.
+.ls shift
+X and y shifts only are fit.
+.le
+.ls xyscale
+X and y shifts and x and y magnification factors are fit. Axis flips are
+allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rotate
+X and y shifts and a rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rscale
+X and y shifts, a magnification factor assumed to be the same in x and y, and a
+rotation angle are fit. Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls rxyscale
+X and y shifts, x and y magnifications factors, and a rotation angle are fit.
+Axis flips are allowed for.
+.le
+.ls general
+A polynomial of arbitrary order in x and y is fit. A linear term and a
+distortion term are computed separately. The linear term includes an x and y
+shift, an x and y scale factor, a rotation and a skew.  Axis flips are also
+allowed for in the linear portion of the fit. The distortion term consists
+of a polynomial fit to the residuals of the linear term. By default the
+distortion terms is set to zero.
+.le
+
+For all the fitting geometries except "general" no distortion term is fit,
+i.e. the x and y polynomial orders are assumed to be 2 and the cross term
+switches are set to "none", regardless of the values of the \fIxxorder\fR,
+\fIxyorder\fR, \fIxxterms\fR, \fIyxorder\fR, \fIyyorder\fR and \fIyxterms\fR
+parameters set by the user.
+.le
+.ls function = "polynomial"
+The type of analytic coordinate surfaces to be fit. The options are the
+following:
+.ls legendre
+Legendre polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls chebyshev
+Chebyshev polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.ls polynomial
+Power series polynomials in x and y.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xxorder = 2, xyorder = 2, yxorder = 2, yyorder = 2
+The order of the polynomials in x and y for the x and y fits respectively.
+The default order and cross term settings define the linear term in x
+and y, where the 6 coefficients can be interpreted in terms of an x and y shift,
+an x and y scale change, and rotations of the x and y axes. The "shift",
+"xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale", fitting geometries
+assume that the polynomial order parameters are 2 regardless of the values
+set by the user. If any of the order parameters are higher than 2 and
+\fIfitgeometry\fR is "general", then a distortion surface is fit to the
+residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls xxterms = "half", yxterms = "half"
+The options are:
+.ls none
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x or powers of y but not
+powers of both.
+.le
+.ls half
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1, xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1, yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+.ls full
+The individual polynomial terms contain powers of x and powers of y, whose
+maximum combined power is MAX (xxorder - 1 + xyorder - 1) for the x fit and
+MAX (yxorder - 1 + yyorder - 1) for the y fit.
+.le
+
+The "shift", "xyscale", "rotation", "rscale", and "rxyscale" fitting
+geometries, assume that the cross term switches are set to "none"regardless
+of the values set by the user.  If either of the cross terms parameters is
+set to "half" or "full" and \fIfitgeometry\fR is "general" then a distortion
+surface is fit to the residuals from the linear portion of the fit.
+.le
+.ls reject = INDEF
+The rejection limit in units of sigma. The default is no rejection.
+.le
+.ls calctype = "real"
+The precision of coordinate transformation calculations. The options are "real"
+and "double".
+.le
+.ls geometry = "geometric"
+The type of geometric transformation.  The options are:
+.ls linear
+Perform only the linear part of the geometric transformation.
+.le
+.ls geometric
+Compute both the linear and distortion portions of the geometric correction.
+.le
+.le
+.ls xsample = 1.0, ysample = 1.0
+The coordinate surface subsampling factor. The coordinate surfaces are
+evaluated at every xsample-th pixel in x and every ysample-th pixel in y.
+Transformed coordinates  at intermediate pixel values are determined by
+bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surfaces. If the coordinate
+surface is of high order setting these numbers to some reasonably high
+value is recommended.
+.le
+.ls interpolant = "linear"
+The interpolant used for rebinning the image.  The choices are the following.
+.ls nearest
+Nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+Bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+Third order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+Fifth order polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+Bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width will be rounded up to
+the nearest odd number.  The default sinc width is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls lsinc
+Look-up table sinc interpolation. Users can specify the look-up table sinc
+interpolant width by appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g.
+lsinc51 specifies a 51 by 51 pixel wide look-up table sinc interpolant. The user
+supplied sinc width will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default
+sinc width is 31 by 31 pixels. Users can specify the resolution of the lookup
+table sinc by appending the look-up table size in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. lsinc51[20] specifies a 20 by 20 element sinc
+look-up table interpolant with a pixel resolution of 0.05 pixels in x and y.
+The default look-up table size and resolution are 20 by 20 and 0.05 pixels
+in x and y respectively.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fraction in x and y
+by appending a value between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0.
+The value 0.0 is increased internally to 0.001. Drizzle resampling
+with a pixel fraction of 1.0 in x and y is equivalent to fractional pixel
+rotated block summing (fluxconserve = yes) or averaging (flux_conserve = no)  if
+xmag and ymag are > 1.0.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary = "nearest"
+The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+Use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+Use a user supplied constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+Generate a value by reflecting about the boundary of the image.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+Generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.0
+The value of the constant for boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls fluxconserve = yes
+Preserve the total image flux? If flux conservation is turned on, the output
+pixel values are multiplied by the Jacobian of the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.ls nxblock = 512, nyblock = 512
+If the size of the output image is less than nxblock by nyblock then the
+entire image is  computed in one iteration. Otherwise the output image is
+computed in blocks of nxblock by nyblock pixels.
+.le
+.ls wcsinherit = yes
+Inherit the wcs of the reference image ?
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task?
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Run the task interactively ?
+In interactive mode the user may interact with the fitting process, e.g.
+change the order of the fit, delete points, replot the data etc.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The graphics device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The graphics cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+WREGISTER computes the spatial transformation function required to register
+the input image \fIinput\fR to the reference image \fIreference\fR,
+and writes the registered input image to the output image \fIoutput\fR. 
+The input and reference images must be one- or two-dimensional and
+have the same dimensionality.  WREGISTER assumes that the world
+coordinate systems in the input and reference
+image headers are accurate and that the two systems are compatible, e.g. both
+images have the same epoch sky projection world coordinate systems, or both are
+spectra whose coordinates are in the same units.
+
+WREGISTER computes the required spatial transformation by matching the logical
+x and y pixel coordinates of a grid of points 
+in the input image with the logical x and y pixels coordinates
+of the same grid of points in the reference image,
+using world coordinate information stored in the two image headers.
+The coordinate grid consists of \fInx * ny\fR points evenly distributed
+over the logical pixel space of interest in the reference image defined by the
+\fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, \fIymax\fR parameters.
+The logical x and y pixel reference image coordinates are transformed to the
+reference image world coordinate system defined by \fIwcs\fR, using the wcs
+information in the reference image header.
+The reference image world coordinates are then transformed to logical x and
+y pixel coordinates in the input image, using world coordinate system
+information stored in the input image header. 
+
+The computed reference and input logical coordinates and the
+world coordinates are written to a temporary coordinates file which is
+deleted on task termination.
+The x and y coordinates are written using
+the \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR and the \fIwxformat\fR and \fIwxformat\fR
+parameters respectively. If these formats are undefined and, in the
+case of the world coordinates a format attribute cannot be
+read from either the reference or the input images, the coordinates are
+output in %g format with \fImin_sigdigits\fR digits of precision.
+If the reference and input images are 1D then all the output logical and
+world y coordinates are set to 1.
+
+WREGISTER computes a spatial transformation of the following form.
+
+.nf
+    xin = f (xref, yref)
+    yin = g (xref, yref)
+.fi
+
+The functions f and g are either a power series polynomial or a Legendre or
+Chebyshev polynomial surface of order
+\fIxxorder\fR and \fIxyorder\fR in x and \fIyxorder\fR and \fIyyorder\fR in y.
+
+Several polynomial cross terms options are available. Options "none",
+"half", and "full" are illustrated below for a quadratic polynomial in
+x and y.
+
+.nf
+xxterms = "none", xyterms = "none"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "half", xyterms = "half"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a12 * yref +
+         a31 * xref ** 2 + a22 * xref * yref + a13 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a12' * yref +
+         a31' * xref ** 2 + a22' * xref * yref + a13' * yref ** 2
+
+xxterms = "full", xyterms = "full"
+xxorder = 3, xyorder = 3, yxorder = 3, yyorder = 3
+
+   xin = a11 + a21 * xref + a31 * xref ** 2 +
+         a12 * yref + a22 * xref * yref +  a32 * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13 * yref ** 2 + a23 * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33 * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+   yin = a11' + a21' * xref + a31' * xref ** 2 +
+         a12' * yref + a22' * xref * yref +  a32' * xref ** 2 * yref +
+         a13' * yref ** 2 + a23' * xref *  yref ** 2 +
+         a33' * xref ** 2 * yref ** 2
+.fi
+
+
+If the \fBfitgeometry\fR parameter is anything other than "general", the  order
+parameters assume the value 2 and the cross terms switches assume the value
+"none", regardless of the values set by the user. The computation can be done in
+either real or double precision by setting the \fIcalctype\fR parameter.
+Automatic pixel rejection may be enabled by setting the \fIreject\fR
+parameter to some number > 0.0.
+
+The transformation computed by the "general" fitting geometry is arbitrary
+and does not correspond to a physically meaningful model. However the computed
+coefficients for the linear term can be given a simple geometrical geometric
+interpretation for all the fitting geometries as shown below.
+
+.nf
+        fitting geometry = general (linear term)
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = shift
+            xin = a + xref
+            yin = d + yref
+
+        fitting geometry = xyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref
+            yin = d + f * yref
+
+        fitting geometry = rotate
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/-1
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+            b = f, c = -e or b = -f, c = e
+
+        fitting geometry = rxyscale
+            xin = a + b * xref + c * yref
+            yin = d + e * xref + f * yref
+            b * f - c * e = +/- const
+.fi
+
+
+The coefficients can be interpreted as follows. Xref0, yref0, xin0, yin0
+are the origins in the reference and input frames respectively. Orientation
+and skew are the orientation of the x and y axes and their deviation from
+perpendicularity respectively. Xmag and ymag are the scaling factors in x and
+y and are assumed to be positive.
+
+.nf
+        general (linear term)
+            xrotation = rotation - skew / 2
+            yrotation = rotation + skew / 2
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        shift
+            xrotation = 0.0,  yrotation = 0.0
+            xmag = ymag = 1.0
+            b = 1.0
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = 1.0
+            a = xin0 - xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - yref0 = yshift
+
+        xyscale
+            xrotation 0.0 / 180.0 yrotation = 0.0
+            b = + /- xmag
+            c = 0.0
+            e = 0.0
+            f = ymag
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            mag = xmag = ymag
+            const = mag * mag
+            b = mag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = mag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -mag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = mag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+
+        rxyscale
+            xrotation = rotation + 0 / 180, yrotation = rotation
+            const = xmag * ymag
+            b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+            c = ymag * sin (yrotation)
+            e = -xmag * sin (xrotation)
+            f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+            a = xin0 - b * xref0 - c * yref0 = xshift
+            d = yin0 - e * xref0 - f * yref0 = yshift
+.fi
+
+
+\fIXmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR and \fIymax\fR define the region of
+validity of the transformation as well as the limits of the grid
+in the reference coordinate system.
+
+Each computed transformation is written to a temporary output text database
+file  which is deleted on task termination. If more that one record of the same
+name is written to the database file, the last record written is the
+valid record.
+
+WREGISTER will terminate with an error if the reference and input images
+are not both either 1D or 2D.
+If the world coordinate system information cannot be read from either
+the reference or input image header, the requested transformations
+from the world <-> logical coordinate systems cannot be compiled for either
+or both images, or the world coordinate systems of the reference and input
+images are fundamentally incompatible in some way, the output logical
+reference and input image coordinates are both set to a grid of points
+spanning the logical pixel space of the input, not the reference image.
+This grid of points defines an identity transformation which results in
+an output image equal to the input image.
+
+WREGISTER computes the output image by evaluating the fitted coordinate
+surfaces and interpolating in the input image at position of the transformed
+coordinates. The scale of the output image is the same as the scale of the
+reference image. The extent and size of the output image are determined
+by the \fIxmin\fR, \fIxmax\fR, \fIymin\fR, and \fIymax\fR parameters
+as shown below
+
+.nf
+    xmin <= x <= xmax
+    ymin <= x <= ymax
+    ncols =  xmax - xmin + 1
+    nlines = xmax - xmin + 1
+.fi
+
+WREGISTER samples the coordinate surfaces at every \fIxsample\fR and 
+fIysample\fR pixels in x and y.
+The transformed coordinates at intermediate pixel values are
+determined by bilinear interpolation in the coordinate surface. If
+\fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR = 1, the coordinate
+surface is evaluated at every pixel. Use of \fIxsample\fR and \fIysample\fR
+are strongly recommended for large images and high order coordinate
+surfaces in order to reduce the time required to compute the output image.
+
+The output image gray levels are determined by interpolating in the input
+image at the positions of the transformed output pixels using the
+interpolant specified by the \fIinterpolant\fR parameter. If the
+\fIfluxconserve\fR switch is set the output pixel values are multiplied by
+the Jacobian of the transformation, which preserves the flux of the entire
+image. Out-of-bounds pixels are evaluated using the \fIboundary\fR and
+\fIconstant\fR parameters.
+
+The output image is computed in \fInxblock\fR by \fInyblock\fR pixel sections.
+If possible users should set these number to values larger than the dimensions
+of the output image to minimize the number of disk reads and writes required
+to compute the output image.  If this is not feasible and the image rotation is
+small users should set nxblock to be greater than the number of columns in
+the output image, and nyblock to be as large as machine memory will permit.
+
+If \fIwcsinherit\fR is "yes" then the world coordinate system of the
+reference image will be copied to the output image.
+Otherwise if the environment variable \fInomwcs\fR is "no" the
+world coordinate
+system of the input image is modified in the output image to reflect the
+effects of the \fIlinear\fR portion of the registration operation.
+Support does not yet exist in the IRAF world coordinate system interface
+for the higher order distortion corrections that WREGISTER is capable
+of performing.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is "yes" then messages about the progress of the task
+as well as warning messages indicating potential problems
+are written to the standard output.
+
+WREGISTER may be run interactively by setting the \fIinteractive\fR
+parameter to "yes".
+In interactive mode the user has the option of viewing the fitted
+spatial transformation, changing the
+fit parameters, deleting and undeleting points, and replotting
+the data until a satisfactory
+fit has been achieved.
+
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+In interactive mode the following cursor commands are currently available.
+
+.nf
+        Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?       Print options
+f       Fit the data and graph with the current graph type (g, x, r, y, s)
+g       Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r     Graph the x fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+y,s     Graph the y fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+d,u     Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o       Overplot the next graph
+c       Toggle the constant x, y plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x, y through the nearest data point
+l       Print xshift, yshift, xmag, ymag, xrotate, yrotate
+q       Exit the interactive curve fitting
+.fi
+
+The parameters listed below can be changed interactively with simple colon
+commands. Typing the parameter name alone will list the current value.
+
+.nf
+	Colon Parameter Editing Commands
+
+:show                           List parameters
+:fitgeometry                    Fitting geometry (shift,xyscale,rotate,
+                                rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]               Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,
+                                polynomial)
+:xxorder :xyorder [value]       X fitting function xorder, yorder
+:yxorder :yyorder [value]       Y fitting function xorder, yorder
+:xxterms :yxterms [nh/f]        X, Y fit cross terms fit
+:reject [value]                 Rejection threshold
+.fi
+
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+Additional  information  on  IRAF  world  coordinate  systems including
+more detailed descriptions of the "logical", "physical", and "world"
+coordinate systems can be
+found  in  the  help  pages  for  the  WCSEDIT  and  WCRESET  tasks. 
+Detailed   documentation   for  the  IRAF  world  coordinate  system 
+interface MWCS can be found in  the  file  "iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp".
+This  file  can  be  formatted  and  printed  with the command "help
+iraf$sys/mwcs/MWCS.hlp fi+ | lprint".  Information on the spectral
+coordinates systems and their suitability for use with WCSXYMATCH
+can be obtained by typing "help specwcs | lprint".
+Details of  the  FITS  header
+world  coordinate  system  interface  can  be  found in the document
+"World Coordinate Systems Representations Within  the  FITS  Format"
+by Hanisch and Wells, available from our anonymous ftp archive.
+    
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Register a radio image to an X-ray image of the same field using
+a 100 point coordinate  grid and a simple linear transformation.  Both
+images have accurate sky projection world coordinate systems. Print the
+output world coordinates in the coords file in hh:mm:ss.ss and dd:mm:ss.s
+format. Display the input and output image and blink them.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wregister radio xray radio.tran wxformat=%12.2H \
+	    wyformat=%12.1h
+
+	cl> display radio 1 fi+
+
+	cl> display radio.tran 2 fi+
+.fi
+
+2. Repeat the previous command but begin with a higher order fit
+and run the task in interactive mode in order to examine the fit
+residuals.
+
+.nf
+	cl> wregister radio xray radio.tran wxformat=%12.2H \
+	    wyformat=%12.1h xxo=4 xyo=4 xxt=half yxo=4 yyo=4 \
+            yxt=half  inter+
+
+            ... a plot of the fit appears
+
+	    ... type x and r to examine the residuals of the x
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... type y and s to examine the residuals of the y
+                surface fit versus x and y
+
+	    ... delete 2 deviant points with the d key and
+                recompute the fit with the f key
+
+            ... type q to quit, save the fit, and compute the registered
+		image
+.fi
+
+3. Mosaic a set of 9 images covering a ~ 1 degree field into a single image
+centered at  12:32:53.1 +43:13:03. Set the output image scale to 0.5
+arc-seconds / pixel which is close the detector scale of 0.51 arc-seconds
+per pixel. Set the orientation to be north up and east to the left.
+The 9 images all have accurate world coordinate information in their headers.
+
+.nf
+	# Create a dummy reference image big enough to cover 1 square degree
+
+	cl> mkpattern refimage ncols=7200 nlines=7200 ...
+
+	# Give the dummy reference image the desired coordinate system
+
+	cl> ccsetwcs refimage "" xref=3600.5 yref=3600.5 xmag=-0.5 \
+	ymag=0.5 lngref=12:32:53.1 latref=43:13:03 ...
+
+	# Register the images using constant boundary extension and
+	# set uservalue to some reasonable value outside the good data
+	# range. Note that it may be possible to improve performance by
+	#increasing nxblock and nyblock.
+
+	cl> wregister @inlist refimage @outlist boundary=constant \
+	constant=<uservalue> nxblock=7200 nyblock=1024 ...
+
+	# Combine the images using imcombine
+
+	cl> imcombine @outlist mosaic lthreshold=<uservalue> ...
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imalign,xregister,tprecess,wcsxymatch,geomap,gregister,geotran,wcscopy
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/xregister.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/xregister.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0690118
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/xregister.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+.help xregister Dec98 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+xregister -- register 1 and 2D images using X-correlation techniques
+.ih
+USAGE
+xregister input reference regions shifts
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images to be registered.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference images to which the input images are to be registered.
+The number of reference images must be one or equal to the number of input
+images.
+.le
+.ls regions
+The list of reference image region(s) used to compute the 
+x and y shifts.
+\fIRegions\fR may be: 1) a list of one or more image sections
+separated by whitespace, 2) the name of a text file containing a list
+of one or more image sections separated by whitespace and/or newlines,
+3) a string of the form "grid nx ny" defining a grid of nx by ny
+equally spaced and sized image sections spanning the entire image. Shifts are
+computed for each specified region individually and averaged to produce the
+final x and y shift.
+.le
+.ls shifts
+The name of the text file where the computed x and y shifts 
+are written. If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes",  a single record containing the
+computed x and y shifts for each image region and the final average x and y
+shift is written to a text database file for each input image.
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR = "no", a single line containing the image name and the
+final average x and y shift is written to a simple text file
+for each input image.
+.le
+.ls output = ""
+The list of output shifted images. If \fIoutput\fR is the NULL string
+then x and y shifts are computed for each input image and written to
+\fIshifts\fR but no output images are written. If \fIoutput\fR is not NULL
+then the number of output images must equal the number of input images.
+.le
+.ls databasefmt = yes
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes" the results are written to a text database
+file, otherwise they are written to a simple text file.
+.le
+.ls records = ""
+The list of records to be written to or read from \fIshifts\fR for each
+input image. If \fIrecords\fR is NULL then the output or input record names
+are assumed to be the names of the input images. If \fIrecords\fR is not NULL
+then the record names in \fIrecords\fR are used to write / read the
+records. This parameter is useful for users
+who, wish to compute the x and y shifts using images that have been processed
+in some manner (e.g. smoothed), but apply the computed x and y shifts to the
+original unprocessed images. If more then one record
+with the same name exists in \fIshifts\fR then the most recently written
+record takes precedence. The records parameter is ignored if
+\fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no".
+.le
+.ls append = yes
+Append new records to an existing \fIshifts\fR file or start a new shifts
+file for each execution of XREGISTER? The append parameter is ignored
+if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no".
+.le
+.ls coords = ""
+An optional list of coordinates files containing the x and y coordinates of
+an object in the reference image on the first line and the x and y coordinates
+of the same object in the input image(s) on succeeding lines. The number
+of coordinate files must be equal to the number of reference images.
+The input coordinates are used to compute initial
+values for the x and y lags between the input image and the reference image,
+and supersede any non-zero values of \fIxlag\fR, \fIylag\fR, \fIdxlag\fR,
+and \fIdylag\fR supplied by the user.
+.le
+.ls xlag = 0, ylag = 0
+The initial x and y lags of the input image with respect to the reference
+image. Positive values imply that the input image is shifted
+in the direction of increasing x and y values with respect to the
+reference image. \fIXlag\fR and \fIylag\fR are overridden if an offset
+has been determined using the x and y coordinates in the \fIcoords\fR file.
+.le
+.ls dxlag = 0, dylag = 0
+The increment in \fIxlag\fR and \fIylag\fR to be applied to successive input
+images. If \fIdxlag\fR and \fIdylag\fR are set to INDEF then the 
+computed x and y lags for the previous image are used as the initial
+x and y lags for the current image. This option is useful for images which
+were taken as a time sequence and whose x and y the shifts increase or
+decrease in a systematic manner.
+\fIDxlag\fR and \fIdylag\fR are overridden if an offset
+has been determined using x and y coordinates in the \fIcoords\fR file.
+.le
+.ls background = none
+The default background function to be subtracted from the input
+and reference image data in each region before the
+cross-correlation function is computed. The options are:
+.ls none
+no background subtraction is done.
+.le
+.ls mean
+the mean of the reference and input image region is computed and subtracted
+from the image data.
+.le
+.ls median
+the median of the reference and input image region is computed and subtracted
+from the data.
+.le
+.ls plane
+a plane is fit to the reference and input image region and subtracted
+from the data.
+.le
+
+By default the cross-correlation function is computed in a manner
+which removes the mean intensity in the reference and input image regions 
+from the data. For many data sets this "correction"  is sufficient to
+remove first order background level effects
+from the computed cross-correlation function and  no additional
+background subtraction is required.
+.le
+.ls border = INDEF
+The width of the border region around the input and reference image data
+regions used to compute the background function if \fIbackground\fR
+is not "none". By default the entire region is used.
+.le
+.ls loreject = INDEF, ls hireject = INDEF
+The k-sigma rejection limits for removing the effects of bad data from the
+background fit.
+.le
+.ls apodize = 0.0
+The fraction of the input and reference image data endpoints in x and y
+to apodize with a
+cosine bell function before the cross-correlation function is computed.
+.le
+.ls filter = none
+The spatial filter to be applied to the reference and input image
+data before the cross-correlation function is computed. The options are:
+.ls none
+no spatial filtering is performed.
+.le
+.ls laplace
+a Laplacian filter is applied to the reference and input image data.
+.le
+.le
+.ls correlation = discrete
+The algorithm used to compute the cross-correlation function. The options
+are:
+.ls discrete
+The cross-correlation function is calculated by computing the discrete
+convolution of the reference and input image regions over the x and y 
+window of interest.  This technique is most efficient method for small
+cross-correlation function x and y search windows.
+.le
+.ls fourier
+The cross-correlation function is calculated by computing the convolution
+of the reference and input image regions  using Fourier techniques.
+This technique is the most efficient method for computing  the
+cross-correlation function for small x and y search windows.
+.le
+.ls difference
+The cross-correlation function is calculated by computing the error
+function of the reference and input images as a function of position
+in the x and y search window.
+.le
+.ls file
+No cross-correlation function is computed. Instead the previously
+computed x and y shifts are read from record \fIrecord\fR in  the text
+database file \fIshifts\fR if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes", or the
+next line of a simple text file if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no".
+.le
+.le
+.ls xwindow = 11, ywindow = 11
+The x and y width of the cross-correlation function region
+to be computed and/or searched for peaks. The search window corresponds
+to shifts of - xwindow / 2 <= xshift <= xwindow /2  and - ywindow / 2 <=
+yshift <= ywindow / 2.  \fIXwindow\fR and \fIywindow\fR
+are automatically rounded up to the next nearest odd number.
+.le
+.ls function = centroid
+The algorithm used to compute the x and y position of the cross-correlation
+function peak.  The options are:
+.ls none
+the position of the cross-correlation function peak is set to
+x and y position of the maximum pixel.
+.le
+.ls centroid
+the position of the cross-correlation function peak is calculated
+by computing the intensity-weighted mean of the marginal profiles of
+the cross-correlation function in x and y.
+.le
+.ls sawtooth
+the position of the cross-correlation function peak is calculated
+by  convolving 1D slices in x and y through the cross-correlation function
+with a 1D sawtooth function and using the point at which the peak is
+bisected to determine the x and y position of the cross-correlation
+peak. 
+.le
+.ls parabolic
+a 1D parabola is fit to 1D slices in x and y through the cross-correlation
+function and the fitted coefficients are used to compute the peak of
+the cross-correlation function.
+.le
+.ls mark
+mark the peak of the cross-correlation function with the graphics cursor.
+This option will only work if \fIinteractive\fR = "yes".
+.le
+.le
+.ls xcbox = 5, ycbox = 5
+The width of the box centered on the peak of the cross-correlation function
+used to compute the fractional pixel x and y center.
+.le
+.ls interp_type = "linear"
+The interpolant type use to computed the output shifted image.
+The choices are the following:
+.ls nearest
+nearest neighbor.
+.le
+.ls linear
+bilinear interpolation in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly3
+third order interior polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls poly5
+fifth order interior polynomial in x and y.
+.le
+.ls spline3
+bicubic spline.
+.le
+.ls sinc
+2D sinc interpolation. Users can specify the sinc interpolant width by
+appending a width value to the interpolant string, e.g. sinc51 specifies
+a 51 by 51 pixel wide sinc interpolant. The sinc width input by the
+user will be rounded up to the nearest odd number. The default sinc width
+is 31 by 31.
+.le
+.ls drizzle
+2D drizzle resampling. Users can specify the drizzle pixel fractions in x and y
+by appending values between 0.0 and 1.0 in square brackets to the
+interpolant string, e.g. drizzle[0.5]. The default value is 1.0. The
+value 0.0 is increased to 0.001. Drizzle resampling with a pixel fraction
+of 1.0 in x and y is identical to bilinear interpolation.
+.le
+.le
+.ls boundary_type = "nearest"
+The boundary extension algorithm used to compute the output shifted
+image.  The choices are:
+.ls nearest
+use the value of the nearest boundary pixel.
+.le
+.ls constant
+use a constant value.
+.le
+.ls reflect
+generate a value by reflecting about the boundary.
+.le
+.ls wrap
+generate a value by wrapping around to the opposite side of the image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls constant = 0
+The default constant for constant boundary extension.
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Compute the cross-correlation function and the shifts for each image
+interactively using graphics cursor and optionally image cursor input.
+.le
+.ls verbose
+Print messages about the progress of the task during task execution
+in non-interactive mode.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The default graphics device.
+.le
+.ls display = "stdimage"
+The default image display device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The default graphics cursor.
+.le
+.ls icommands = ""
+The default image display cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+XREGISTER computes the x and y shifts required to register a list of input
+images \fIinput\fR to a list of reference images \fIreference\fR using
+cross-correlation techniques. The computed x and y shifts are stored
+in the text file \fIshifts\fR, in the records \fIrecords\fR if
+\fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes" or a single line of a simple text file
+if \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no". One entry is made in the shifts file for
+each input image. If a non NULL list of output images
+\fIoutput\fR is supplied a shifted output image is written for each input
+image. XREGISTER is intended to solve 1D and 2D image registration problems
+where the images have the same size, the same pixel scale, are shifted
+relative to
+each other by simple translations in x and y, and contain one or more
+extended features in common that will produce a peak in the computed
+cross-correlation function.
+
+The reference image regions used to compute the cross-correlation
+function shifts are defined by the parameter
+\fIregions\fR. \fIRegions\fR may be:
+1) a list of one or more image sections, e.g.
+"[100:200,100:200] [400:500,400:500]" separated
+by whitespace, 2) the name of a text file containing a list of one or
+more image sections separated by whitespace and / or newline characters,
+or, 3) a string
+of the form "grid nx ny" specifying a grid of nx by ny
+image sections spanning the entire reference image.
+All reference image regions should be chosen so as to 
+include at least one well-defined object or feature. Cross-correlation
+functions and x and y shifts are computed independently for each
+reference image region
+and averaged to produce the final x and y shift for each input image.
+
+By default the initial x and y lags between the input and reference
+image are assumed to by 0.0 and 0.0
+respectively and each reference image region is cross-correlated
+with the identical region in the input image, e.g reference image
+region [100:200,100:200] is cross-correlated with input image
+region [100:200,100:200].
+
+Non-zero initial guesses for
+the x and y shifts for each input image can be input to XREGISTER using
+the coordinates file parameter \fIcoords\fR.
+\fICoords\fR is a simple text file containing the x
+and y coordinates of a  single
+object in the reference image in columns one and two
+of line one, and the x and y coordinates of the same object in the first
+input image in columns one and two of line two, etc. If \fIcoords\fR
+is defined there must be one coordinate file for every reference image.
+If there are fewer lines of text in \fIcoords\fR than there are 
+numbers of reference plus input images, then x and y shifts of 0.0 are
+assumed for the extra input images. For example,
+if the  user specifies a single input and reference image, sets the
+\fIregions\fR parameter to "[100:200,100:200]", and defines
+a coordinates file  which contains the numbers 
+50.0 50.0 in columns one and two of line one,  and the numbers 52.0 and 52.0
+in columns one and two of line two, then the initial x and y
+lags for the input image with respect to the reference image will be 2.0
+and 2.0 respectively, and the reference image region [100:200,100:200] will be
+cross-correlated with the input image region [102:202,102:202]. 
+
+If \fIcoords\fR is NULL, the parameters \fIxlag\fR, \fIylag\fR,
+\fIdxlag\fR, and \fIdylag\fR can be used to define initial x and y lags
+for each input image. \fIXlag\fR and \fIylag\fR define the x and y lags
+of the first input image with respect to the reference image. In the
+example above they would be set to 2.0 and 2.0 respectively. Initial
+shifts for succeeding images are computed by adding the values of the
+\fIdxlag\fR and \fIdylag\fR parameters  to the values of
+\fIxlag\fR and \fIylag\fR assumed for the previous image.
+If \fIdxlag\fR and \fIdylag\fR are 0.0 and 0.0
+the same initial x and y lag will be used for all the input
+images. If \fIdxlag\fR and \fIdylag\fR are both finite numbers then these
+numbers will be added to
+the x and y lags assumed for the previous image. If these numbers
+are both INDEF then the computed x and y lags for the previous image
+will be used to compute the initial x and y lags for the current image.
+Both options can be useful for time series images where the x and y
+shifts between successive images display some regular behavior.
+
+Prior to computing the cross-correlation function
+large mean background values and gradients should be removed
+from the input and reference image data as either
+can seriously degrade the peak of the cross-correlation
+function.  To first order XREGISTER computes the cross-correlation function
+in a manner which removes
+the effect of large mean background values from the resulting
+function. For many if not most typical data sets the user can safely leave
+the parameter \fIbackground\fR at its default value of "none" and
+achieve reasonable results. For more demanding data sets the user should
+experiment with the "mean", "median", and "plane" background fitting
+algorithms which compute and subtract, the mean value, median value, and
+a plane from the input and reference image data respectively,
+before computing the
+cross-correlation function. The region used to compute the background fitting
+function can be restricted to a border around the reference and
+input image regions by setting the \fIborder\fR parameter. Bad
+data can be rejected from the background fit by setting the \fIloreject\fR
+and \fIhireject\fR parameters.
+
+A cosine bell function can be applied to the edges of the input and
+reference image data before
+computing the cross-correlation function by setting the \fIapodize\fR
+parameter.
+
+If the \fIfilter\fR parameter is set to "laplace" instead of its default
+value of "none" then a Laplacian filter is applied to the input and
+reference image data before the cross-correlation function is computed.
+This spatial filtering operation effectively
+removes both a background and a slope from the input and reference image
+data and
+highlights regions of the image where the intensity is changing rapidly.
+The effectiveness of this filtering operation in sharpening the
+correlation peak depends on the degree to
+which the intensity in adjacent pixels is correlated.
+
+The cross-correlation function for each region is computed by
+discrete convolution, \fIcorrelation\fR = "discrete",
+Fourier convolution, \fIcorrelation\fR = "fourier", or by computing
+the error function, \fIcorrelation\fR = "difference". The x and y lag
+space in pixels around the initial x and y lag over which the cross-correlation 
+function is searched for the correlation peak, is specified by the
+\fIxwindow\fR and
+\fIywindow\fR  parameters. These parameter define a range of x and y lags from
+-xwindow / 2 to xwindow / 2 and -ywindow / 2 to ywindow / 2 respectively. For
+a given input and reference image region, the
+execution time of XREGISTER will depend strongly on both the correlation
+algorithm chosen and
+the size of the search window. In general users should use discrete
+or difference correlation for small search windows and fourier
+correlation for large search windows.
+
+The x and y lags for each input and reference image
+region are computed by computing
+the position of the peak of the cross-correlation function in the
+search window using
+one of the four centering algorithms: "none", "centroid", "sawtooth",
+and "parabolic".
+
+The computed x and y shifts for each region and the final x and y shift
+for each input image (where the computed x and y shifts are just the negative
+of the computed x and y lags) are written to the shifts file \fIshifts\fR.
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "yes" each results is written in a record whose name
+is either identical to the name of the input
+image or supplied by the user via the \fIrecords\fR parameter .
+If \fIdatabasefmt\fR is "no", then a single containing the input image
+name and the computed x and y shifts is written to the output shifts file.
+
+If a list of output image names have been supplied then the x and y
+shifts will be applied to the input images to compute the output images
+using the interpolant type specified by \fIinterp_type\fR and the
+boundary extension algorithm specified by \fIboundary\fR and \fIconstant\fR. 
+
+If the \fIcorrelation\fR parameter is set to "file" then the shifts
+computed in a previous run of XREGISTER will be read from the \fIshifts\fR
+file and applied to the input images to compute the output images.
+If no record list is supplied by the user XREGISTER will for each input
+image search for
+a record whose name is the same as the input image name. If more than
+one record of the same name is found then the most recently written
+record will be used.
+
+XREGISTER does not currently trim the input images but it computes and
+prints the region over which they all overlap in the form of an image
+section. Although XREGISTER is designed for use with same sized images,
+it may be used with images of varying size.
+In this case it is possible for the calculated overlap region to be vignetted,
+as XREGISTER currently preserves the size of the input image when it shifts it.
+For example if an image is much smaller than the reference image
+it is possible for the image to be shifted outside of its own borders.
+If the smallest image is used as a reference this will not occur. If
+vignetting is detected the vignetted image section is printed on the 
+screen. Vignetting may also occur for a list of same-sized images
+if the reference image is not included in the input image list, and the
+computed shifts are all positive or negative as may occur in a time
+sequence. Choosing a reference image with  a shift which is in the
+middle of the observed range of shifts in x and y will remove this problem.
+
+In non-interactive mode the parameters are set at task startup
+and the input images are processed sequentially. If the \fIverbose\fR
+flag is set messages about the progress of the task are printed on the
+screen as the task is running.
+
+In interactive mode the user can mark the regions to be used
+to compute the cross-correlation function on the image display,
+define the initial shifts from the reference image to the input image
+on the image display, show/set the data and algorithm parameters,
+compute, recompute,  and plot the cross-correlation function, experiment
+with the various peak fitting algorithms, and overlay row and column
+plots of the input and reference images with and without the initial and / or
+computed shifts factored in.
+
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+The following graphics cursor commands are currently available in
+XREGISTER.
+
+
+.nf
+		Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?	Print help 
+:	Colon commands
+t	Define the offset between the reference and the input image
+c	Draw a contour plot of the cross-correlation function
+x	Draw a column plot of the cross-correlation function
+y	Draw a line plot of the cross-correlation function
+r	Redraw the current plot
+f	Recompute the cross-correlation function
+o	Enter the image overlay plot submenu 
+w	Update the task parameters
+q	Exit
+
+
+		Colon Commands
+
+:mark		Mark regions on the display
+:show	        Show the current values of the parameters
+
+		Show/Set Parameters
+
+:reference	[string]    Show/set the current reference image name
+:input		[string]    Show/set the current input image name
+:regions	[string]    Show/set the regions list
+:shifts		{string]    Show/set the shifts database file name
+:coords		[string]    Show/set the current coordinates file name
+:output		[string]    Show/set the current output image name
+:records	[string]    Show/set the current database record name
+:xlag		[value]     Show/set the initial lag in x
+:ylag		[value]     Show/set the initial lag in y
+:dxlag		[value]     Show/set the incremental lag in x
+:dylag		[value]     Show/set the incremental lag in y
+:cregion	[value]	    Show/set the current region
+:background	[string]    Show/set the background fitting function
+:border		[value]     Show/set border region for background fitting
+:loreject	[value]     Show/set low side k-sigma rejection
+:hireject	[value]     Show/set high side k-sigma rejection 
+:apodize	[value]	    Show/set percent of end points to apodize
+:filter		[string]    Show/set the default spatial filter 
+:correlation	[string]    Show/set cross-correlation function 
+:xwindow	[value]     Show/set width of correlation window in x
+:ywindow	[value]     Show/set width of correlation window in y
+:function	[string]    Show/set correlation peak centering function 
+:xcbox		[value]	    Show/set the centering box width in x
+:ycbox		[value]	    Show/set the centering box width in y
+.fi
+
+
+The following submenu of image cursor commands is also available.
+
+.nf
+		Image Overlay Plot Submenu
+
+
+?	Print help
+c  	Overlay the marked column of the reference image
+	with the same column of the input image
+l  	Overlay the marked line of the reference image
+	with the same line of the input image
+x 	Overlay the marked column of the reference image
+	with the x and y lagged column of the input image
+y 	Overlay the marked line of the reference image
+	with the x and y lagged line of the input image
+v 	Overlay the marked column of the reference image
+	with the x and y shifted column of the input image
+h 	Overlay the marked line of the reference image
+	with the x and y shifted line of the input image
+q	Quit 
+
+
+		Image Overlay Sub-menu Colon Commands
+
+:c  [m] [n] 	Overlay the middle [mth] column of the reference image
+		with the mth [nth] column of the input image
+:l  [m] [n]	Overlay the middle [mth] line of the reference image
+		with the mth [nth]  line of the input image
+:x  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] column of the reference image
+		with the x and y lagged column of the input image
+:y  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] line of the reference image
+		with the x and y lagged line of the input image
+:v  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] column of the reference image
+		with the x and y shifted column of the input image
+:h  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] line of the reference image
+		with the x and y shifted line of the input image
+.fi
+
+.ih
+ALGORITHMS
+
+The cross-correlation function is computed in the following manner.
+The symbols I and R refer to the input and reference images respectively.
+
+.nf
+correlation = discrete
+
+        <I> = SUMj SUMi { I[i+xlag,j+ylag] } / (Nx * Ny)
+        <R> = SUMj SUMi { R[i,j] } / (Nx * Ny)
+     sumsqI = sqrt (SUMj SUMi { (I[i+xlag,j+ylag] - <I>) ** 2 })
+     sumsqR = sqrt (SUMj SUMi { (R[i,j] - <R>) ** 2 })
+
+	  X = SUMj SUMi { (I[i+xlag,j+ylag] - <I>) * (R[i,j] - <R>) }
+	      ----------------------------------------------------
+			 sumsqI * sumsqR
+
+
+correlation = fourier
+
+        <I> = SUMj SUMi { I[i,j] } / (Nx * Ny)
+        <R> = SUMj SUMi { R[i,j] } / (Nx * Ny)
+     sumsqI = sqrt (SUMj SUMi { (I[i,j] - <I>) ** 2 })
+     sumsqR = sqrt (SUMj SUMi { (R[i,j] - <R>) ** 2 })
+       FFTI = FFT { (I - <I>) / sumsqI } 
+       FFTR = FFT { (R - <R>) / sumsqR } 
+
+          X = FFTINV { FFTR * conj { FFTI } }
+
+
+correlation = difference
+
+        <I> = SUMj SUMi { I[i+xlag,j+ylag] } / (Nx * Ny)
+        <R> = SUMj SUMi { R[i,j] } / (Nx * Ny)
+
+	  X = SUMj SUMi { abs ((I[i+xlag,j+ylag] - <I>) - (R[i,j] - <R>)) }
+	  X = 1.0 - X / max { X }
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Register a list of images whose dimensions are all 256 by 256 pixels
+and whose shifts with respect to the reference image are all less than
+5.0 pixels, using the discrete cross-correlation algorithm and a search
+window of 21 pixels in x and y.
+
+.nf
+	cl> xregister @inimlist refimage [*,*] shifts.db out=@outimlist \
+	    xwindow=21 ywindow=21
+.fi
+
+2. Register the previous list of images, but compute the cross_correlation
+function using boxcar smoothed versions of the input images.
+
+.nf
+	cl> xregister @binimlist brefimage [*,*] shifts.db xwindow=21 \
+	    ywindow=21
+
+	cl> xregister @inimlist refimage [*,*] shifts.db out=@outimlist \
+	    records=@binimlist correlation=file
+.fi
+
+3. Register the previous list of images but write the results to a simple
+text file instead of a text database file and do the actual shifting with
+the imshift task.
+
+.nf
+	cl> xregister @binimlist brefimage [*,*] shifts.db xwindow=21 \
+	    ywindow=21 databasefmt-
+
+	cl> fields shifts.db 2,3 > shifts
+
+	cl> imshift @inimlist @outimlist shifts_file=shifts
+.fi
+
+4. Register list of 512 by 512 pixel square solar sunspot images that were
+observed as a time series. Compute the cross-correlation function using
+Fourier techniques, a search window of 21 pixels in x and y, an initial
+shift of 10 pixels in x and 1 pixel in y, and use the computed shift of
+the previous image as the initial guess for the current image.
+
+.nf
+	cl> xregister @inimlist refimage [*,*] shifts.db out=@outimlist \
+	    xlag=10 ylag=1 dxlag=INDEF dylag=INDEF correlation=fourier \
+	    xwindow=21 ywindow=21
+.fi
+
+5. Register two 2K square images interactively using discrete cross-correlation
+and an initial search window of 15 pixels in x and y.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display refimage
+
+	cl> xregister inimage refimage [900:1100,900:1100] shifts.db \
+	    xwindow=15 ywindow=15 interactive+
+
+	    ... a contour plot of the cross-correlation function appears
+		with the graphics cursor ready to accept commands
+
+	    ... type x and y to get line and column plots of the cross-
+		correlation function at various points and c to return
+		to the default contour plot
+
+	    ... type ? to get a list of the available commands
+
+	    ... type :mark to mark a new region on the image display
+
+	    ... type f to recompute the cross-correlation function using
+		the new data
+
+	    ... increase the search window to 21 pixels in x and y
+		with the :xwindow 21 and :ywindow 21 commands
+
+	    ... type f to recompute the cross-correlation function with the
+		new search window
+
+	    ... type o to enter the image data overlay plot submenu, 
+		move the cursor to a line in the displayed reference image
+		and type l to see of plot of the line in the input and
+		reference image, type h to see a plot of the same line in
+		the reference image and the x and y shifted line in the input
+		image, type q to return to the main menu
+
+	    ... type q to quit the task, and q again to verify the previous
+	    	q command
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+rv.fxcor,proto.imalign,images.imcombine,ctio.immatch,center1d,images.imshift
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/doc/xyxymatch.hlp b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/xyxymatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82a8c8bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/doc/xyxymatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+.help xyxymatch Jul95 images.immatch
+.ih
+NAME
+xyxymatch -- Match pixel coordinate lists using various methods
+.ih
+USAGE
+xyxymatch input reference output tolerance
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input coordinate files.  The input file is a whitespace-delimited
+text table containing the coordinates.  The \fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR 
+parameters define the coordinate columns to be used.
+.le
+.ls reference
+The list of reference coordinate files. The number of reference coordinate
+files must be one or equal to the number of input coordinate files.
+The reference file is a whitespace-delimited
+text table containing the coordinates.  The \fIxrcolumn\fR and \fIyrcolumn\fR 
+parameters define the coordinate columns to be used.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output matched x-y lists containing three pairs of numbers: the coordinates
+of the object in the reference list in columns 1 and 2, the
+coordinates of the object in the input list in columns 3 and 4, and
+the line number of the objects in the original reference and input
+lists in columns 5 and 6.
+.le
+.ls tolerance
+The matching tolerance in pixels.
+.le
+.ls refpoints = ""
+The list of tie points used to compute the linear transformation
+from the input coordinate system to the reference coordinate system. Refpoints
+is a text file containing the x-y coordinates of 1-3 reference list tie points
+in the first line, followed by the x-y coordinates of the 1-3 corresponding
+input tie points in succeeding
+lines. If refpoints is undefined then the parameters \fIxin\fR, \fIyin\fR,
+\fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotataion\fR, \fIxref\fR,
+and \fIyref\fR are used to compute the linear transformation from the
+input coordinate system to the reference coordinate system.
+.le
+.ls xin = INDEF, yin = INDEF
+The x and y origin of the input coordinate system. Xin and yin default to 
+0.0 and 0.0 respectively.
+.le
+.ls xmag = INDEF, ymag = INDEF
+The x and y scale factors in reference pixels per input pixels. Xmag and
+ymag default to 1.0 and 1.0 respectively.
+.le
+.ls xrotation = INDEF, yrotation = INDEF
+The x and y rotation angles measured in degrees counter-clockwise with
+respect to the x axis. Xrotation and yrotation default to 0.0 and 0.0
+respectively.
+.le
+.ls xref = INDEF, yref = INDEF
+The x and y origin of the reference coordinate system. Xref and yref default
+to 0.0 and 0.0 respectively.
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = 1, ycolumn = 2
+The columns in the input coordinate list containing the x and y coordinate
+values respectively.
+.le
+.ls xrcolumn = 1, yrcolumn = 2
+The columns in the reference coordinate list containing the x and y coordinate
+values respectively.
+.le
+.ls separation = 9.0
+The minimum separation for objects in the input and reference coordinate
+lists. Objects closer together than separation pixels
+are removed from the input and reference coordinate lists prior to matching.
+.le
+.ls matching = "triangles"
+The matching algorithm. The choices are:
+.ls tolerance
+A linear transformation is applied to the input coordinate list,
+the transformed input list and the reference list are sorted, 
+points which are too close together are removed, and the input coordinates
+which most closely match the reference coordinates within the
+user specified tolerance are determined.  The tolerance algorithm requires
+an initial estimate for the linear transformation.  This estimate can be
+derived interactively by pointing to common objects in the two displayed
+images, by supplying the coordinates of tie points via the
+\fIrefpoints\fR file, or by setting the linear transformation parameters
+\fIxin\fR, \fIyin\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR,
+\fIyrotation\fR, \fIxref\fR, and \fIyref\fR. Assuming that
+well chosen tie points are supplied, the tolerance algorithm 
+functions well in the presence of any shifts, axis flips, x and y
+scale changes, rotations, and axis skew, between the two coordinate
+systems. The algorithm is sensitive to higher order distortion terms
+in the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.ls triangles
+A linear transformation is applied to the input coordinate list,
+the transformed input list and the reference list are sorted, points
+which are too close together are removed, and  the input coordinates
+are matched to the reference coordinates using a triangle pattern
+matching technique and the user specified tolerance parameter.
+The triangles pattern matching algorithm does not require prior knowledge
+of the linear transformation, although it will use one if one is supplied.
+The algorithm functions well in the presence of
+any shifts, axis flips, magnification, and rotation between the two coordinate
+systems as long as both lists have a reasonable number of objects
+in common and the errors in the computed coordinates are small.
+However since the algorithm depends on comparisons of similar triangles, it
+is sensitive to differences in the x and y coordinate scales,
+any skew between the x and y axes, and higher order distortion terms
+in the coordinate transformation.
+.le
+.le
+.ls nmatch = 30
+The maximum number of reference and input coordinates used
+by the "triangles" pattern matching algorithm. If either list contains
+more coordinates than nmatch the lists are subsampled. Nmatch should be
+kept small as the computation and memory requirements of the "triangles"
+algorithm depend on a high power of the lengths of the respective lists.
+.le
+.ls ratio = 10.0
+The maximum ratio of the longest to shortest side of the 
+triangles generated by the "triangles" pattern matching algorithm.
+Triangles with computed longest to shortest side ratios > ratio
+are rejected from the pattern matching algorithm. \fIratio\fR should never
+be set higher than 10.0 but may be set as low as 5.0.
+.le
+.ls nreject = 10
+The maximum number of rejection iterations for the "triangles" pattern
+matching algorithm.
+.le
+.ls xformat = "%13.3f", yformat = "%13.3f"
+The format of the output reference and input x and y coordinates.
+By default the coordinates are output right justified in a field of
+13 characters with 3 places following the decimal point.
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Compute the initial linear transformation required to transform the
+input coordinate coordinates to the reference coordinate system, by defining
+up to three tie points using the image display and the image cursor.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+.le
+.ls icommands = ""
+The image display cursor.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+XYXYMATCH matches the x and y coordinates in the reference coordinate list
+\fIreference\fR to the corresponding x and y coordinates in the input
+coordinate list \fIinput\fR to within a user specified tolerance
+\fItolerance\fR, and writes the matched coordinates to the output
+file \fIoutput\fR.  The output file is suitable for input to the 
+GEOMAP task which computes the actual transformation required to
+register the corresponding reference and input images.
+
+XYXYMATCH matches the coordinate lists by: 1) computing an initial
+guess at the linear transformation required to match the input
+coordinate system to the reference coordinate system, 2) applying
+the computed transformation to the input coordinates, 3) sorting
+the reference and input coordinates and removing points with a
+minimum separation specified by the parameter \fIseparation\fR
+from both lists, 4) matching the two lists using either the "tolerance"
+or "triangles" algorithm, and 5) writing the matched list to the
+output file.
+
+The initial estimate of the linear transformation is computed in one of 
+three ways.  If \fIinteractive\fR is "yes" the user displays the reference and
+input images corresponding to the reference and input coordinate files
+on the image display, and marks up to three objects which the two
+images have in common with the image cursor. The coordinates of these
+tie points are used as tie points to compute the linear transformation.
+If \fIrefpoints\fR is defined, the x-y coordinates of up to three tie
+points are read from succeeding lines in the refpoints file. The format
+of two sample refpoints files is shown below.
+
+.nf
+# First sample refpoints file (1 reference file and N input files)
+
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for reference coordinate file
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for input coordinate file 1
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for input coordinate file 2
+...
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for input coordinate file N
+
+
+# Second sample refpoints file (N reference files and N input files)
+
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for reference coordinate file 1
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for input coordinate file 1
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for reference coordinate file 2
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for input coordinate file 2
+...
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for reference coordinate file N
+x1 y1  [x2 y2 [x3 y3]]   # tie points for input coordinate file N
+
+.fi
+
+The coordinates of the tie points can be typed in by hand if \fIrefpoints\fR
+is "STDIN". If the refpoints file is undefined the parameters
+\fIxin\fR, \fIxin\fR, \fIxmag\fR, \fIymag\fR, \fIxrotation\fR, \fIyrotation\fR,
+\fIxref\fR, and \fIyref\fR are used to compute the linear transformation
+from the input coordinates [xi,yi] to the reference coordinates [xr,yr]
+as shown below. Orientation and skew are the orientation of the x and y axes
+and their deviation from non-perpendicularity respectively.
+
+.nf
+	xr = a + b * xi + c * yi
+	yr = d + e * xi + f * yi
+    
+	xrotation = orientation - skew / 2
+	yrotation = orientation + skew / 2
+	b = xmag * cos (xrotation)
+	c = -ymag * sin (yrotation)
+	e = xmag * sin (xrotation)
+	f = ymag * cos (yrotation)
+	a = xref - b * xin - c * yin = xshift
+	d = yref - e * xin - f * yin = yshift
+.fi
+
+The reference and input coordinates are read from columns \fIxrcolumn\fR,
+\fIyrcolumn\fR in the reference, and \fIxcolumn\fR, and \fIycolumn\fR in the
+input coordinate lists respectively. The input coordinates are transformed
+using the computed linear transformation and stars closer together than
+\fIseparation\fR pixels are removed from both lists.
+
+The coordinate lists are matched using the algorithm specified by
+the \fImatching\fR
+parameter. If matching is "tolerance", XYXYMATCH searches the sorted
+transformed input coordinate list for the object closest to the current
+reference object within the matching tolerance \fItolerance\fR.
+The major advantage of the "tolerance" algorithm is that it can deal
+with x and y scale differences and axis skew in the coordinate
+transformation. The major disadvantage is that the user must supply
+tie point information in all but the simplest case of small x and y
+shifts between the input and reference coordinate systems.
+
+If matching is "triangles" XYXYMATCH constructs a list of triangles
+using up to \fInmatch\fR reference coordinates and transformed input
+coordinates, and performs a pattern matching operation on the resulting
+triangle lists. If the number of coordinates
+in both lists is less than \fInmatch\fR the entire list is matched using
+the "triangles" algorithm directly, otherwise the "triangles" algorithm
+is used to estimate a new linear transformation, the input coordinate
+list is transformed using the new transformation, and the entire list
+is matched using the "tolerance" algorithm. The major advantage of the
+"triangles" algorithm is that it requires no tie point information
+from the user. The major disadvantages are that it is sensitive to
+x and y scale differences and axis skews between the input and reference
+coordinate systems and can be computationally expensive.
+
+The matched x and y reference and input coordinate lists are written to
+columns 1 and 2, and 3 and 4 of the output file respectively, in a format
+specified by the \fIxformat\fR and \fIyformat\fR parameters.
+The respective line numbers in the original reference and input
+coordinate files are written to columns 5 and 6 respectively.
+
+If \fIverbose\fR is yes, detailed messages about actions taken by the
+task are written to the terminal as the task executes.
+
+.ih
+ALGORITHMS
+
+The "triangles" algorithm uses a sophisticated pattern matching
+technique which requires no tie point information from the user.
+It is expensive computationally and hence is restricted to a maximum
+of \fInmatch\fR objects from the reference and input coordinate lists.
+
+The "triangles" algorithm first generates a list
+of all the possible triangles that can be formed from the points in each list.
+For a list of nmatch points this number is the combinatorial factor
+nmatch! / [(nmatch-3)! * 3!] or  nmatch * (nmatch-1) * (nmatch-2) / 6.
+The length of the perimeter, ratio of longest to shortest side, cosine
+of the angle between the longest and shortest side, the tolerances in
+the latter two quantities and the direction of the arrangement of the vertices
+of each triangle are computed and stored in a table.
+Triangles with vertices closer together than \fItolerance\fR or
+with a ratio of the longest to shortest side greater than \fIratio\fR
+are discarded. The remaining triangles are sorted in order of increasing
+ratio.  A sort merge algorithm is used to match the triangles using the
+ratio and cosine information, the tolerances in these quantities, and
+the maximum tolerances for both lists. Next the ratios of the
+perimeters of the matched triangles are compared to the average ratio
+for the entire list, and triangles which deviate too widely from the mean
+are discarded. The number of triangles remaining are divided into
+the number which match in the clockwise sense and the number which match
+in the counter-clockwise sense. Those in the minority category
+are eliminated.
+The rejection step can be repeated up to \fInreject\fR times or until
+no more rejections occur whichever comes first.
+The last step in the algorithm is a voting procedure in which each remaining
+matched triangle casts three votes, one for each matched pair of vertices.
+Points which have fewer than half the maximum number of
+votes are discarded. The final set of matches are written to the output file.
+
+The "triangles" algorithm functions well when the reference and
+input coordinate lists have a sufficient number of objects (~50%, 
+in some cases as low as 25%) of their objects in common, any distortions
+including x and y scale differences and skew between the two systems are small,
+and the random errors in the coordinates are small. Increasing the value of the
+\fItolerance\fR parameter will increase the ability to deal with distortions but
+will also produce more false matches.
+
+.ih
+FORMATS
+
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+ 
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+ 
+
+
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+ 
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+ 
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+ 
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+ 
+Examples
+ 
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+ 
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h          format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h        right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h       left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h      right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h     left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+ 
+%H          / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H        / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H       / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H      / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H     / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+
+.ih
+REFERENCES
+
+A detailed description of the "triangles" pattern matching algorithm used here
+can be found in the article "A Pattern-Matching Algorithm for Two-
+Dimensional Coordinate Lists" by E.J. Groth, A.J. 91, 1244 (1986).
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Match the coordinate list of an image to the coordinate list of a reference
+image using the triangles matching algorithm and a tolerance of 3 pixels.
+Use the resulting matched list to compute the transformation
+required to register the input image lpix to the reference image.
+For completeness this example demonstrates how the individual input
+and reference coordinate lists can be generated.
+
+.nf
+	cl> imlintran dev$pix[-*,*] lpix xrot=15 yrot=15 xmag=1.2 \
+	    ymag=1.2 xin=INDEF yin=INDEF xref=265.0 yref=265.0  \
+	    ncols=INDEF nlines=INDEF
+
+	cl> daofind dev$pix fwhm=2.5 sigma=5.0 threshold=100.0
+	cl> daofind lpix fwhm=2.5 sigma=5.0 threshold=100.0
+
+	cl> xyxymatch lpix.coo.1 pix.coo.1 xymatch toler=3     \
+	    matching=triangles
+
+	cl> geomap xymatch geodb 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+.fi
+
+2. Match the coordinate lists above using the tolerance matching algorithm
+and the image display and cursor.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display dev$pix 1 fi+
+	cl> display lpix 2 fi+
+
+	cl> xyxymatch lpix.coo.1 pix.coo.1 xymatch toler=3     \
+	    matching=tolerance interactive+
+
+	    ... Mark three points in the reference image dev$pix
+	    ... Mark three points in the input image lpix
+
+	cl> geomap xymatch geodb 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+.fi
+
+3. Repeat example 2 but run xyxymatch non-interactively by setting the
+appropriate linear transformation parameters rather than marking stars
+on the image display.
+
+.nf
+	cl> ...
+
+	cl> xyxymatch lpix.coo.1 pix.coo.1 xymatch toler=3     \
+	    matching=tolerance xmag=1.2 ymag=1.2 xrot=165       \
+	    yrot=345 xref=646.10 yref=33.38
+
+	cl> geomap xymatch geodb 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+.fi
+
+4. Repeat example 2 but run xyxymatch non-interactively
+inputting the appropriate linear transformation via a list of tie points
+rather than marking stars on the image display or creating a refpoints
+file.
+
+.nf
+	cl> ...
+
+	cl> type refpts
+	    442.0 409.0   380.0  66.0    69.0 460.0
+ 	     82.0 347.0   207.0  84.0   371.0 469.0
+
+	cl> xyxymatch lpix.coo.1 pix.coo.1 xymatch toler=3     \
+	    refpoints=refpts matching=tolerance 
+
+	cl> geomap xymatch geodb 1.0 512.0 1.0 512.0
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+daophot.daofind,lintran,imlintran,geomap,register,geotran
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/geomap.par b/pkg/images/immatch/geomap.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..27f46bc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/geomap.par
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# GEOMAP Parameters
+
+# Required parameters
+input,f,a,,,,The input coordinate files
+database,f,a,,,,The output database file
+xmin,r,a,INDEF,,,Minimum x reference coordinate value
+xmax,r,a,INDEF,,,Maximum x reference coordinate value
+ymin,r,a,INDEF,,,Minimum y reference coordinate value
+ymax,r,a,INDEF,,,Maximum y reference coordinate value
+transforms,s,h,"",,,The output transform records names
+results,f,h,"",,,The optional results summary files
+fitgeometry,s,h,"general",|shift|xyscale|rotate|rscale|rxyscale|general|,,Fitting geometry
+
+# Surface fitting parameters
+function,s,h,"polynomial",|chebyshev|legendre|polynomial|,,Surface type
+xxorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of x fit in x
+xyorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of x fit in y
+xxterms,s,h,"half","|none|half|full|",,X fit cross terms type
+yxorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of y fit in x
+yyorder,i,h,2,2,,Order of y fit in y
+yxterms,s,h,"half","|none|half|full|",,Y fit cross terms type
+maxiter,i,h,0,,,Maximum number of rejection iterations
+reject,r,h,3.0,,,Rejection limit in sigma units
+calctype,s,h,"real",|real|double|,,'Computation type'
+
+# Output and graphics parameters
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about progress of task ?
+interactive,b,h,yes,,,Fit transformation interactively ?
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,Default graphics device
+cursor,*gcur,h,,,,Graphics cursor
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/geotran.par b/pkg/images/immatch/geotran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dcae9d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/geotran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# GEOTRAN Parameters
+
+# required parameters
+input,f,a,,,,Input data
+output,f,a,,,,Output data
+database,f,a,,,,Name of GEOMAP database file
+transforms,s,a,,,,Names of coordinate transforms in database file
+
+# change transformation parameters
+geometry,s,h,"geometric",|linear|geometric|,,"Transformation type (linear,geometric)"
+xin,r,h,INDEF,1.,,X origin of input frame in pixels
+yin,r,h,INDEF,1.,,Y origin of input frame in pixels
+xshift,r,h,INDEF,,,X origin shift in pixels
+yshift,r,h,INDEF,,,Y origin shift in pixels
+xout,r,h,INDEF,1.,,X origin of output frame in reference units
+yout,r,h,INDEF,1.,,Y origin of output frame in reference units
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,X scale of input picture in pixels per reference unit
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,Y scale of input picture in pixels per reference unit
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,X axis rotation in degrees
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,Y axis rotation in degrees
+
+# output picture format parameters
+xmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum reference x value of output picture
+xmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum reference x value of output picture
+ymin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum reference y value of output picture
+ymax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum reference y value of output picture
+xscale,r,h,1.0,0.0,,X scale of output picture in reference units per pixel
+yscale,r,h,1.0,0.0,,Y scale of output picture in reference units per pixel
+ncols,i,h,INDEF,1,,Number of columns in the output picture
+nlines,i,h,INDEF,1,,Number of lines in the output picture
+
+# coordinate surface and image interpolation parameters
+xsample,r,h,1.,1.,,Coordinate surface sampling interval in x
+ysample,r,h,1.,1.,,Coordinate surface sampling interval in y
+interpolant,s,h,"linear",,,"Interpolant"
+boundary,s,h,"nearest",|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap|,,"Boundary extension (nearest,constant,reflect,wrap)"
+constant,r,h,0.,,,Constant boundary extension 
+fluxconserve,b,h,yes,,,Preserve image flux?
+
+# working blocksize
+nxblock,i,h,512,,,X dimension of working block size in pixels
+nyblock,i,h,512,,,Y dimension of working block size in pixels
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about the progress of the task
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/geoxytran.par b/pkg/images/immatch/geoxytran.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0b96ac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/geoxytran.par
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Parameter set for the GEOXYTRAN Task
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input coordinate files to be transformed
+output,s,a,,,,Output transformed coordinate files
+database,f,a,,,,The GEOMAP database file
+transforms,s,a,,,,Names of the coordinate transforms in the database
+
+geometry,s,h,"geometric",|linear|geometric|,,'Transformation type (linear,geometric)'
+direction,s,h,"forward","forward|backward",,Transformation direction (forward|backward)
+xref,r,h,INDEF,,,X input origin in reference units
+yref,r,h,INDEF,,,Y input origin in reference units
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,X scale in output units per reference unit
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,Y scale in output units per reference unit
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,X axis rotation in degrees
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,Y axis rotation in degrees
+xout,r,h,INDEF,,,X output origin in output units
+yout,r,h,INDEF,,,Y output origin in output units
+xshift,r,h,INDEF,,,X origin shift in output units
+yshift,r,h,INDEF,,,Y origin shift in output units
+
+xcolumn,i,h,1,1,100,Input column containing the x coordinate
+ycolumn,i,h,2,1,100,Input column containing the y coordinate
+calctype,s,h,"real",|real|double|,,Data type for evaluation coordinates
+xformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the x coordinate
+yformat,s,h,"",,,Output format of the y coordinate
+min_sigdigits,i,h,7,,,Minimum precision of output x and y coordinates
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/gregister.cl b/pkg/images/immatch/gregister.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70c048e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/gregister.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# GREGISTER -- Register a list of images by calling the GEOTRAN task with the
+# appropriate parameters.
+
+procedure gregister (input, output, database, transforms, geometry, xmin, xmax,
+	ymin, ymax, xscale, yscale, ncols, nlines, xsample, ysample,
+	interpolant, boundary, constant, fluxconserve, nxblock, nyblock,
+	verbose)
+
+string	input
+string	output
+string	database
+string	transforms
+string	geometry
+real	xmin
+real	xmax
+real	ymin
+real	ymax
+real	xscale
+real	yscale
+int	ncols
+int	nlines
+real	xsample
+real	ysample
+string	interpolant
+string	boundary
+real	constant
+bool	fluxconserve
+int	nxblock
+int	nyblock
+bool	verbose
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables
+	string din, dout, ddata, dtran
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	din = input
+	dout = output
+	ddata = database
+	dtran = transforms
+
+	# Call GEOTRAN.
+	geotran (input=din, output=dout, database=ddata, transforms=dtran,
+	    geometry=geometry, xmin=xmin, xmax=xmax, ymin=ymin, ymax=ymax,
+	    xscale=xscale, yscale=yscale, ncols=ncols, nlines=nlines,
+	    interpolant=interpolant, boundary=boundary, constant=constant,
+	    fluxconserve=fluxconserve, xsample=xsample, ysample=ysample,
+	    nxblock=nxblock, nyblock=nyblock, xin=INDEF, yin=INDEF, xout=INDEF,
+	    yout=INDEF, xshift=INDEF, yshift=INDEF, xmag=INDEF, ymag=INDEF,
+	    xrotation=INDEF, yrotation=INDEF, verbose=verbose)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/gregister.par b/pkg/images/immatch/gregister.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad2e28b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/gregister.par
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# GREGISTER Parameters
+
+# required parameters
+input,f,a,,,,Input data
+output,f,a,,,,Output data
+database,f,a,,,,Name of GEOMAP database file
+transforms,s,a,,,,Names of coordinate transforms in database file
+geometry,s,h,'geometric',,,'Geometry (linear,distortion,geometric)'
+
+# output picture format parameters
+xmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum reference x value of output picture
+xmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum reference x value of output picture
+ymin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum reference y value of output picture
+ymax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum reference y value of output picture
+xscale,r,h,1.0,0.,,X scale of output picture in reference units per pixel
+yscale,r,h,1.0,0.,,Y scale of output picture in reference units per pixel
+ncols,i,h,INDEF,1,,Number of columns in the output picture
+nlines,i,h,INDEF,1,,Number of lines in the output picture
+
+# coordinate surface and image interpolation parameters
+xsample,r,h,1.0,1.0,,Coordinate surface sampling area in x
+ysample,r,h,1.0,1.0,,Coordinate surface sampling area in y
+interpolant,s,h,'linear',,,'Interpolant (nearest,linear,poly3,poly5,spline3)'
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',|nearest|constant|reflect|wrap|,,'Boundary extension (nearest,constant,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0.,,,Constant for constant boundary extension 
+fluxconserve,b,h,yes,,,Preserve image flux ?
+
+# blocking factors
+nxblock,i,h,512,,,X dimension of working block size in pixels
+nyblock,i,h,512,,,Y dimension of working block size in pixels
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about the progress of the task ?
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/imalign.cl b/pkg/images/immatch/imalign.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e6a5f69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/imalign.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+# IMALIGN - Register a set of images using the results of the IMCENTROID,
+# and the IMSHIFT, and IMCOPY tasks.
+
+procedure imalign (input, reference, coords, output)
+
+begin
+	bool	shifts_found, trim_found
+	string	tmpfile, outfile, shiftfile, trimsect, tmp, junk
+	string	l_input, l_reference, l_coords, l_output
+	int	x1, x2, y1, y2
+	real	xshift, yshift
+	struct	line
+
+	# Set up some temporary files.
+	tmpfile = mktemp ("tmp$ia_tmp.")
+	outfile = mktemp ("tmp$ia_tmp.")
+	shiftfile = mktemp ("tmp$ia_tmp.")
+
+	# Get the required parameters.
+	l_input = input
+	l_reference = reference
+	l_coords = coords
+	l_output = output
+
+	# Write the output names to outfile.
+	sections (l_output, option="fullname", > outfile)
+
+	# Compute the centers and relative shifts.
+	imcentroid (l_input, l_reference, l_coords, shifts=shifts,
+	    boxsize=boxsize, bigbox=bigbox, negative=negative,
+	    background=background, lower=lower, upper=upper,
+	    niterate=niterate, tolerance=tolerance, maxshift=maxshift,
+	    verbose=verbose, >& tmpfile)
+
+	# Print the centering results on the screen?
+	if (verbose)
+	    type (tmpfile)
+
+	# Shift the images.
+	if (shiftimages) {
+
+	    # Read the shifts.
+            shifts_found = no
+ 	    list = tmpfile
+	    while (fscan (list, line) != EOF) {
+	        tmp = substr (line, 2, 7)
+	        if (tmp == "Shifts") {
+		    shifts_found = yes
+		    break
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Decode the shifts.
+	    if (shifts_found)
+	        while (fscan (list, junk, xshift, junk, yshift, junk) == 5)
+		    print (xshift, " ", yshift, >> shiftfile)
+	    else
+	        error (1, "No shifts were calculated.")
+
+	    # Shift the images.
+	    print ("\n# Shifting images:\n")
+	    imshift (l_input, "@"//outfile, shifts_file=shiftfile,
+	             interp_type=interp_type, boundary_type=boundary_type,
+	             constant=constant)
+
+	    # Trim the images.
+	    if (trimimages) {
+
+	        # Check for vignetting.
+	        trim_found = no
+	        while (fscanf (list, "%s = [%d:%d,%d:%d]", line, x1, x2,
+                      y1, y2) != EOF) {
+	            tmp = substr (line, 2, 5)
+	            if (tmp == "Vign") {
+		        print ("Images not trimmed ! Vignetting is present.")
+		        trim_found = no
+		        break
+	            } else if (tmp == "Trim") {
+		        trim_found = yes
+		        break
+	            }
+	        }
+
+		# Trim the images.
+	        if (!trim_found) {
+	            print ("Images not trimmed ! Trim section is undefined.")
+	        } else {
+
+		    # Correct for boundary extension "contamination".
+	            if (interp_type == "poly3") {
+	                x1 += 1; x2 -= 1; y1 += 1; y2 -= 1
+                    } else if (interp_type == "poly5" ||
+                               interp_type == "spline3") {
+	                x1 += 2; x2 -= 2; y1 += 2; y2 -= 2
+                    }
+
+	            if (1 <= x1 && x1 <= x2 && 1 <= y1 && y1 <= y2) {
+	                trimsect = "["//x1//":"//x2//","//y1//":"//y2//"]"
+
+	                list = outfile; delete (tmpfile, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	                while (fscan (list, tmp) != EOF)
+		            print (tmp//trimsect, >> tmpfile)
+
+	                print ("# Trimming images:  corrected section = ",
+                               trimsect)
+	                imcopy ("@"//tmpfile, "@"//outfile, verbose-)
+
+	            } else {
+	                print ("Images not trimmed !  No overlap region.")
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        list = ""
+	delete (tmpfile, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (outfile, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (shiftfile, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/imalign.par b/pkg/images/immatch/imalign.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2434f735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/imalign.par
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+input,s,a,,,,"Input images"
+reference,s,a,,,,"Reference image"
+coords,s,a,,,,"Reference coordinates file"
+output,s,a,,,,"Output images"
+shifts,s,h,"",,,"Initial shifts file"
+
+boxsize,i,h,7,1,,"Size of the small centering box"
+bigbox,i,h,11,1,,"Size of the big centering box"
+negative,b,h,no,,,"Are the features negative ?"
+background,r,h,INDEF,,,"Reference background level"
+lower,r,h,INDEF,,,"Lower threshold for data"
+upper,r,h,INDEF,,,"Upper threshold for data"
+niterate,i,h,3,2,,"Maximum number of iterations"
+tolerance,i,h,0,0,,"Tolerance for convergence"
+maxshift,r,h,INDEF,,,"Maximum acceptable pixel shift"
+
+shiftimages,b,h,yes,,,"Shift the images ?"
+interp_type,s,h,"linear","|nearest|linear|poly3|poly5|spline3|",,"Interpolant"
+boundary_type,s,h,"nearest","|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|",,"Boundary type"
+constant,r,h,0.,,,"Constant for constant boundary extension"
+
+trimimages,b,h,yes,,,"Trim the shifted images ?"
+
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,"Print the centers, shifts, and trim section ?"
+
+list,*s,h
+
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/imcentroid.par b/pkg/images/immatch/imcentroid.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a93d787
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/imcentroid.par
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+input,s,a,,,,"List of input images"
+reference,s,a,"",,,"Reference image"
+coords,s,a,,,,"Reference coordinates file"
+shifts,s,h,"",,,"Initial shifts file"
+
+boxsize,i,h,7,1,,"Size of the fine centering box"
+bigbox,i,h,11,1,,"Size of the coarse centering box"
+
+negative,b,h,no,,,"Are the features negative ?"
+background,r,h,INDEF,,,"Reference background level"
+lower,r,h,INDEF,,,"Lower threshold for data"
+upper,r,h,INDEF,,,"Upper threshold for data"
+niterate,i,h,3,2,,"Maximum number of iterations"
+tolerance,i,h,0,0,,"Tolerance for convergence"
+maxshift,r,h,INDEF,,,"Maximum acceptable pixel shift"
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,"Print the centroids for every source ?"
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/imcombine.par b/pkg/images/immatch/imcombine.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ead908e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/imcombine.par
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# IMCOMBINE -- Image combine parameters
+
+input,s,a,,,,List of images to combine
+output,s,a,,,,List of output images
+headers,s,h,"",,,List of header files (optional)
+bpmasks,s,h,"",,,List of bad pixel masks (optional)
+rejmasks,s,h,"",,,List of rejection masks (optional)
+nrejmasks,s,h,"",,,List of number rejected masks (optional)
+expmasks,s,h,"",,,List of exposure masks (optional)
+sigmas,s,h,"",,,List of sigma images (optional)
+imcmb,s,h,"$I",,,Keyword for IMCMB keywords
+logfile,s,h,"STDOUT",,,"Log file
+"
+combine,s,h,"average","average|median|lmedian|sum|quadrature|nmodel",,Type of combine operation
+reject,s,h,"none","none|minmax|ccdclip|crreject|sigclip|avsigclip|pclip",,Type of rejection
+project,b,h,no,,,Project highest dimension of input images?
+outtype,s,h,"real","short|ushort|integer|long|real|double",,Output image pixel datatype
+outlimits,s,h,"",,,Output limits (x1 x2 y1 y2 ...)
+offsets,f,h,"none",,,Input image offsets
+masktype,s,h,"none","",,Mask type
+maskvalue,s,h,"0",,,Mask value
+blank,r,h,0.,,,"Value if there are no pixels
+"
+scale,s,h,"none",,,Image scaling
+zero,s,h,"none",,,Image zero point offset
+weight,s,h,"none",,,Image weights
+statsec,s,h,"",,,Image section for computing statistics
+expname,s,h,"",,,"Image header exposure time keyword
+"
+lthreshold,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower threshold
+hthreshold,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper threshold
+nlow,i,h,1,0,,minmax: Number of low pixels to reject
+nhigh,i,h,1,0,,minmax: Number of high pixels to reject
+nkeep,i,h,1,,,Minimum to keep (pos) or maximum to reject (neg)
+mclip,b,h,yes,,,Use median in sigma clipping algorithms?
+lsigma,r,h,3.,0.,,Lower sigma clipping factor
+hsigma,r,h,3.,0.,,Upper sigma clipping factor
+rdnoise,s,h,"0.",,,ccdclip: CCD readout noise (electrons)
+gain,s,h,"1.",,,ccdclip: CCD gain (electrons/DN)
+snoise,s,h,"0.",,,ccdclip: Sensitivity noise (fraction)
+sigscale,r,h,0.1,0.,,Tolerance for sigma clipping scaling corrections
+pclip,r,h,-0.5,,,pclip: Percentile clipping parameter
+grow,r,h,0.,0.,,Radius (pixels) for neighbor rejection
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.cl b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eeecba73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#{ IMMATCH -- The Image Matching Package.
+
+set	immatch		= "images$immatch/"
+set	imgeom		= "images$imgeom/"
+set	imutil		= "images$imutil/"
+
+package	immatch
+
+# Tasks.
+
+task	imcentroid,
+	imcombine,
+	geomap,
+	geotran,
+	geoxytran,
+	linmatch,
+	psfmatch,
+	skyxymatch,
+	wcscopy,
+	wcsxymatch,
+	xregister,
+	xyxymatch	= "immatch$x_images.e"
+
+task	imshift		= "imgeom$x_images.e"
+task	imcopy		= "imutil$x_images.e"
+task	sections	= "imutil$x_images.e"
+hidetask imshift, imcopy, sections
+
+# Scripts
+
+task	gregister	= "immatch$gregister.cl"
+task	imalign		= "immatch$imalign.cl"
+task	skymap		= "immatch$skymap.cl"
+task	sregister	= "immatch$sregister.cl"
+task	wcsmap		= "immatch$wcsmap.cl"
+task	wregister	= "immatch$wregister.cl"
+
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.hd b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7478b683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Help directory for the IMMATCH package
+
+$immatch	= "images$immatch/"
+$doc		= "images$immatch/doc/"
+$geometry	= "images$immatch/src/geometry/"
+$imcombine	= "images$immatch/src/imcombine/"
+$linmatch	= "images$immatch/src/linmatch/"
+$listmatch	= "images$immatch/src/listmatch/"
+$psfmatch	= "images$immatch/src/psfmatch/"
+$wcsmatch	= "images$immatch/src/wcsmatch/"
+$xregister	= "images$immatch/src/xregister/"
+
+geomap          hlp=doc$geomap.hlp,     src=geometry$t_geomap.x
+geotran         hlp=doc$geotran.hlp,    src=geometry$t_geotran.x
+geoxytran       hlp=doc$geoxytran.hlp,  src=geometry$t_geoxytran.x
+gregister       hlp=doc$gregister.hlp,  src=immatch$gregister.cl
+imalign		hlp=doc$imalign.hlp,	src=immatch$imalign.cl
+imcentroid	hlp=doc$imcentroid.hlp,	src=listmatch$t_imctroid.x
+imcombine       hlp=doc$imcombine.hlp,  src=imcombine$t_imcombine.x
+linmatch	hlp=doc$linmatch.hlp,	src=linmatch$t_linmatch.x
+psfmatch	hlp=doc$psfmatch.hlp,	src=psfmatch$t_psfmatch.x
+skymap		hlp=doc$skymap.hlp,	src=immatch$skymap.cl
+skyxymatch	hlp=doc$skyxymatch.hlp,	src=wcsmatch$t_skyxymatch.x
+sregister       hlp=doc$sregister.hlp,  src=immatch$sregister.cl
+wcscopy		hlp=doc$wcscopy.hlp,	src=wcsmatch$t_wcscopy.x
+wcsmap		hlp=doc$wcsmap.hlp,	src=immatch$wcsmap.cl
+wcsxymatch	hlp=doc$wcsxymatch.hlp,	src=wcsmatch$t_wcsxymatch.x
+wregister       hlp=doc$wregister.hlp,  src=immatch$wregister.cl
+xregister       hlp=doc$xregister.hlp,  src=xregister$t_xregister.x
+xyxymatch       hlp=doc$xyxymatch.hlp,  src=listmatch$t_xyxymatch.x
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.men b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f9829bd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.men
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+ 	 geomap - Compute geometric transforms using matched coordinate lists
+        geotran - Transform 1-D or 2-D images using various mapping transforms
+      geoxytran - Transform coordinate lists using the geomap transforms
+      gregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using the geomap transforms
+        imalign - Align and register 2-D images using a reference pixel list
+     imcentroid - Compute and print relative shifts for a list of 2-D images
+      imcombine - Combine images pixel-by-pixel using various algorithms
+       linmatch - Match the linear intensity scales of 1-D or 2-D images
+       psfmatch - Match the point-spread functions of 1-D or 2-D images
+ 	 skymap - Compute geometric transforms using the image celestial wcs
+     skyxymatch - Generate matched pixel lists using the image celestial wcs
+      sregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using the image celestial wcs
+        wcscopy - Copy the wcs from one image to another
+ 	 wcsmap - Compute geometric transforms using the image wcs
+     wcsxymatch - Generate matched pixel lists using the image wcs
+      wregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using the image wcs 
+      xregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using x-correlation techniques
+      xyxymatch - Match pixel coordinate lists 
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.par b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cef3f3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/immatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Jan97"
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/linmatch.par b/pkg/images/immatch/linmatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae3183d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/linmatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+input,s,a,,,,"Input images"
+reference,s,a,,,,"Reference images or reference photometry files"
+regions,s,a,"",,,"Reference image regions or input image photometry files"
+lintransform,f,a,"",,,"Input/output linear transformation database file"
+output,s,h,"",,,"Output scaled images"
+databasefmt,b,h,yes,,,"Write the linear transformatoin file in database format ?"
+append,b,h,yes,,,"Open transformation database for writing in append mode"
+records,s,h,"",,,"List of scale factors database records"
+shifts,f,h,"",,,"Input shifts file"
+xshift,r,h,0.,,,"The input to reference image x shift"
+yshift,r,h,0.,,,"The input to reference image y shift"
+dnx,r,h,31.,,,"X width of data region to extract"
+dny,r,h,31.,,,"Y width of data region to extract"
+maxnregions,i,h,100,,,"Maximum number of regions or objects"
+scaling,s,h,"mean mean",,,"Scaling algorithm (number,mean,median,mode,fit,photometry)"
+datamin,r,h,INDEF,,,"The minimum good data value"
+datamax,r,h,INDEF,,,"The maximum good data value"
+maxiter,i,h,10,,,"Maximum number of least squares fitting iterations"
+nreject,i,h,0,,,"Maximum number of rejection iterations"
+loreject,r,h,INDEF,,,"Low-side fitting sigma rejection criterion"
+hireject,r,h,INDEF,,,"High-side fitting sigma rejection criterion"
+gain,s,h,"1.0 1.0",,,"Image header gain keyword or value"
+readnoise,s,h,"0.0 0.0",,,"Image header readout noise keyword or value"
+interactive,b,h,no,,,"Interactive mode ?"
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,"Verbose mode ?"
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,"The standard graphics device"
+display,s,h,"stdimage",,,"The standard image display device"
+gcommands,*gcur,h,"",,,"The graphics cursor"
+icommands,*imcur,h,"",,,"The image display cursor"
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..988c7963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# MKPKG for the IMMATCH Package
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/psfmatch.par b/pkg/images/immatch/psfmatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..042b383b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/psfmatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# The PSFMATCH parameters
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images
+reference,f,a,,,,Reference images or reference psfs
+psfdata,f,a,,,,Objects lists or input psfs 
+kernel,f,a,"",,,Input/output convolution kernels
+output,f,h,"",,,Output convolved images
+
+convolution,s,h,"image","|image|psf|kernel|",,Kernel computation method
+dnx,i,h,31,,,X width of data region to extract
+dny,i,h,31,,,Y width of data region to extract
+pnx,i,h,15,,,X width of convolution kernel
+pny,i,h,15,,,Y width of convolution kernel
+
+center,b,h,"yes",,,Center the psf objects ?
+background,s,h,"median",,,Background fitting function
+loreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Low sigma rejection threshold
+hireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High sigma rejection threshold
+apodize,r,h,0,,,Fraction of endpoints to apodize
+
+fluxratio,s,h,INDEF,,,The reference to input integrated flux ratio
+filter,s,h,"replace","|none|cosbell|replace|model|",,Filter/replace option
+sx1,r,h,INDEF,,,Inner x spectral frequency for cosine bell filter
+sx2,r,h,INDEF,,,Outer x spectral frequency for cosine bell filter
+sy1,r,h,INDEF,,,Inner y spectral frequency for cosine bell filter
+sy2,r,h,INDEF,,,Outer y spectral frequency for cosine bell filter
+radsym,b,h,no,,,Radial symmetry for cosine bell filter ?
+threshold,r,h,0.2,0.0,1.0,Threshold in fourier spectrum for modeling/replacing
+normfactor,r,h,1.0,,,The kernel normalization factor
+
+boundary,s,h,'nearest',"|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|",,Boundary extension
+constant,r,h,0.0,,,Constant for constant boundary extension
+
+interactive,b,h,no,,,Interactive mode ?
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose mode ?
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,The default graphics device
+display,s,h,"stdimage",,,The default display device
+gcommands,*gcur,h,"",,,Graphics cursor
+icommands,*imcur,h,"",,,Image display cursor
+mode,s,h,"ql"
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/skymap.cl b/pkg/images/immatch/skymap.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8785eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/skymap.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+# SKYMAP -- Compute the geometric transformation required to register an
+# input image to a reference image using celestial coordinate WCS information
+# in the input and reference image headers. SKYMAP is a simple script task
+# which calls the SKYXYMATCH task to compute the control points followed by
+# the GEOMAP task to compute the transformation.
+
+
+procedure skymap (input, reference, database)
+
+file	input		{prompt="The input images"}
+file	reference	{prompt="The input reference images"}
+file	database	{prompt="The output database file"}
+file	transforms	{"", prompt="The database transform names"}
+file	results		{"", prompt="The optional results summary files"}
+real	xmin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	xmax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+int	nx		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in x"}
+int	ny		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in y"}
+string	wcs		{"world", prompt="The default world coordinate system",
+			enum="physical|world"}
+string	xformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical x coordinate format"}
+string	yformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical y coordinate format"}
+string	rwxformat	{"",
+			prompt="Output reference world x coordinate format"}
+string	rwyformat	{"",
+			prompt="Output reference world y coordinate format"}
+string	wxformat	{"", prompt="Output world x coordinate format"}
+string	wyformat	{"", prompt="Output world y coordinate format"}
+string	fitgeometry	{"general",
+			prompt="Fitting geometry",
+			enum="shift|xyscale|rotate|rscale|rxyscale|general"}
+string	function	{"polynomial", prompt="Surface type",
+			enum="legendre|chebyshev|polynomial"}
+int	xxorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in x"}
+int	xyorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in y"}
+string	xxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+			  prompt="X fit cross terms type"}
+int	yxorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in x"}
+int	yyorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in y"}
+string	yxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+                         prompt="Y fit cross terms type"}
+real	reject		{INDEF, prompt="Rejection limit in sigma units"}
+string	calctype	{"real", prompt="Computation precision",
+			enum="real|double"}
+bool	verbose		{yes, prompt="Print messages about progress of task ?"}
+bool	interactive	{yes, prompt="Compute transformation interactively ? "}
+string	graphics	{"stdgraph", prompt="Default graphics device"}
+gcur	gcommands	{"", prompt="Graphics cursor"}
+
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	int nimages
+	string tinput, treference, tcoords, toutput, ttransforms, tresults
+	string	tsections1, tsections2, tcname
+
+	# Cache the sections task.
+	cache sections
+
+	# Get the query parameters.
+	tinput = input
+	treference = reference
+	toutput = database
+	if (transforms == "") {
+	    ttransforms = tinput
+	} else {
+	    ttransforms = transforms
+	}
+	tresults = results
+
+	# Get the temproary coordinates file list.
+	tsections1 = mktemp ("tmps1")
+	tsections2 = mktemp ("tmps2")
+	if (access ("imxymatch.1")) {
+	    tcoords = mktemp ("imxymatch")
+	} else {
+	    tcoords = "imxymatch"
+	}
+	sections (tinput, option="fullname", > tsections1)
+	nimages = sections.nimages
+	for (i = 1; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+	    printf ("%s\n", tcoords // "." // i, >> tsections2)
+	}
+	delete (tsections1, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+	tcname = "@"//tsections2
+
+	# Compute the control points.
+	skyxymatch (tinput, treference, tcname, coords="grid", xmin=xmin,
+	    xmax=xmax, ymin=ymin, ymax=ymax, nx=nx, ny=ny, wcs=wcs,
+	    xcolumn=1, ycolumn=1, xunits="", yunits="", xformat=xformat,
+	    yformat=yformat, rwxformat=rwxformat, rwyformat=rwyformat,
+	    wxformat=wxformat, wyformat=wyformat, min_sigdigits=7, verbose=no)
+
+	# Compute the transformation.
+	geomap (tcname, toutput, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, transforms=ttransforms,
+	    results=tresults, fitgeometry=fitgeometry, function=function,
+	    xxorder=xxorder, xyorder=xyorder, xxterms=xxterms, yxorder=yxorder,
+	    yyorder=yyorder, yxterms=yxterms, reject=reject, calctype=calctype,
+	    verbose=verbose, interactive=interactive, graphics=graphics,
+	    cursor=gcommands)
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	delete (tcname, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+	delete (tsections2, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/skyxymatch.par b/pkg/images/immatch/skyxymatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d1f42e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/skyxymatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Parameter file for the SKYXYMATCH task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images
+reference,f,a,,,,Input reference images 
+output,f,a,,,,Output matched coordinate lists
+coords,f,h,"grid",,,Reference coordinate lists
+xmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum logical x reference coordinate value
+xmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum logical x reference coordinate value
+ymin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum logical y reference coordinate value
+ymax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum logical y reference coordinate value
+nx,i,h,10,1,,Number of grid points in x
+ny,i,h,10,1,,Number of grid points in y
+wcs,s,h,"world","|physical|world|",,Input coordinate system
+xcolumn,i,h,1,1,,Input column containing x coordinate
+ycolumn,i,h,2,1,,Input column containing y coordinate
+xunits,s,h,"",,,Input x coordinate units
+yunits,s,h,"",,,Input y coordinate units
+xformat,s,h,"%10.3f",,,Output logical x coordinate format
+yformat,s,h,"%10.3f",,,Output logical y coordinate format
+rwxformat,s,h,"",,,Output reference world x coordinate format
+rwyformat,s,h,"",,,Output reference world y coordinate format
+wxformat,s,h,"",,,Output world x coordinate format
+wyformat,s,h,"",,,Output world y coordinate format
+min_sigdigits,i,h,7,,,Minimum number of significant digits
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose mode ?
+mode,s,h,ql,,,
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geofunc.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geofunc.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b34a207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geofunc.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# GEO_DROTMAG -- Adjust the coefficients  of the fit using the database file.
+
+procedure geo_drotmag$t (dt, rec, sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to the text database file
+int	rec		#I record number
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the x and y linear surfaces
+PIXEL	xmag, ymag	#I/O the x and y magnification
+PIXEL	xrot, yrot	#I/O the x and y axis rotation
+
+real	dtgetr()
+
+begin
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xmag))
+	    xmag = PIXEL (dtgetr (dt, rec, "xmag"))
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(ymag))
+	    ymag = PIXEL (dtgetr (dt, rec, "ymag"))
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xrot))
+	    xrot = DEGTORAD (PIXEL(dtgetr (dt, rec, "xrotation")))
+	else
+	    xrot = DEGTORAD(xrot)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yrot))
+	    yrot = DEGTORAD (PIXEL (dtgetr (dt, rec, "yrotation")))
+	else
+	    yrot = DEGTORAD(yrot)
+	call geo_rotmag$t (sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DXYSHIFT -- Adjust the fitted xy shift using the database file.
+
+procedure geo_dxyshift$t (dt, rec, sx1, sy1, xout, yout, xref, yref,
+	xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to the text file database
+int	rec		#I the database record
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the x and y linear surfaces
+PIXEL	xout, yout	#I the input coordinate system origin
+PIXEL	xref, yref	#I the reference coordinate system origin
+PIXEL	xshift, yshift	#I the origin shift in input coordinates
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+PIXEL	gsgetr(), gseval()
+$else
+PIXEL	dgsgetd(), dgseval()
+$endif
+
+begin
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xref))
+	    xref = (gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN) + gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX)) / 2.0
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yref))
+	    yref = (gsgetr (sy1, GSYMIN) + gsgetr (sy1, GSYMAX)) / 2.0
+
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xout))
+	    xout = gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yout))
+	    yout = gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+$else
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xref))
+	    xref = (dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMIN) + dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMAX)) / 2.0d0
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yref))
+	    yref = (dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMIN) + dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMAX)) / 2.0d0
+
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xout))
+	    xout = dgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yout))
+	    yout = dgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - dgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - dgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+$endif
+
+	call geo_xyshift$t (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_ROTMAG -- Edit the coefficients of the linear surface which determine
+# magnification and rotation.
+
+procedure geo_rotmag$t (sx1, sy1, xscale, yscale, xrotation, yrotation)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I/O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+PIXEL	xscale, yscale		#I the x and y scales
+PIXEL	xrotation,yrotation	#I the x and y axis  rotation angles in radians
+
+PIXEL	cosx, sinx, cosy, siny, xrange, yrange
+int	ncoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+$if (datatype == r)
+real	gsgetr()
+int	gsgeti()
+$else
+double	dgsgetd()
+int	dgsgeti()
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Get the current solution.
+	call smark (sp)
+$if (datatype == r)
+	ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), gsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+$else
+	ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+$endif
+	call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gssave (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	call dgssave (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+
+	# Define the scaling parameters.
+	cosx = cos (xrotation)
+	sinx = sin (xrotation)
+	cosy = cos (yrotation)
+	siny = sin (yrotation)
+
+	# Calculate coefficients.
+	Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] =  xscale * cosx
+	Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] =  yscale * siny
+	Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -xscale * sinx
+	Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] =  yscale * cosy
+
+	# Normalize coefficients for-non polynomial functions.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (gsgeti (sx1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xrange = gsget$t (sx1, GSXMAX) - gsget$t (sx1, GSXMIN)
+$else
+	if (dgsgeti (sx1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xrange = dgsget$t (sx1, GSXMAX) - dgsget$t (sx1, GSXMIN)
+$endif
+	    Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] *
+	        xrange / 2.d0
+	    Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] *
+	        yrange / 2.d0
+	}
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (gsgeti (sy1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yrange = gsget$t (sy1, GSYMAX) - gsget$t (sy1, GSYMIN)
+$else
+	if (dgsgeti (sy1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yrange = dgsget$t (sy1, GSYMAX) - dgsget$t (sy1, GSYMIN)
+$endif
+	    Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] *
+	        xrange / 2.d0
+	    Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] *
+	        yrange / 2.d0
+	}
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+	# Free the original fit.
+	call gsfree (sx1)
+	call gsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore the edited fit.
+	call gsrestore (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gsrestore (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	# Free the original fit.
+	call dgsfree (sx1)
+	call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore the edited fit.
+	call dgsrestore (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgsrestore (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_XYSHIFT -- Shift the linear part of the fit in x and y.
+
+procedure geo_xyshift$t (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to linear x and y surfaces
+PIXEL	xshift, yshift		#I the input x and y shifts
+
+int	ncoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+$if (datatype == r)
+int	gsgeti()
+$else
+int	dgsgeti()
+$endif
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), gsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+$else
+	ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+$endif
+	call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Get coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gssave (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	call dgssave (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+
+	# Shift the coefficients.
+	Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Mem$t[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] + xshift
+	Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Mem$t[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] + yshift
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+	# Free original fit.
+	call gsfree (sx1)
+	call gsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore fit.
+	call gsrestore (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gsrestore (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	# Free original fit.
+	call dgsfree (sx1)
+	call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore fit.
+	call dgsrestore (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgsrestore (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geofunc.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geofunc.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3be8fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geofunc.x
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+
+
+
+# GEO_DROTMAG -- Adjust the coefficients  of the fit using the database file.
+
+procedure geo_drotmagr (dt, rec, sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to the text database file
+int	rec		#I record number
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the x and y linear surfaces
+real	xmag, ymag	#I/O the x and y magnification
+real	xrot, yrot	#I/O the x and y axis rotation
+
+real	dtgetr()
+
+begin
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xmag))
+	    xmag = real (dtgetr (dt, rec, "xmag"))
+	if (IS_INDEFR(ymag))
+	    ymag = real (dtgetr (dt, rec, "ymag"))
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xrot))
+	    xrot = DEGTORAD (real(dtgetr (dt, rec, "xrotation")))
+	else
+	    xrot = DEGTORAD(xrot)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yrot))
+	    yrot = DEGTORAD (real (dtgetr (dt, rec, "yrotation")))
+	else
+	    yrot = DEGTORAD(yrot)
+	call geo_rotmagr (sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DXYSHIFT -- Adjust the fitted xy shift using the database file.
+
+procedure geo_dxyshiftr (dt, rec, sx1, sy1, xout, yout, xref, yref,
+	xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to the text file database
+int	rec		#I the database record
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the x and y linear surfaces
+real	xout, yout	#I the input coordinate system origin
+real	xref, yref	#I the reference coordinate system origin
+real	xshift, yshift	#I the origin shift in input coordinates
+
+real	gsgetr(), gseval()
+
+begin
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xref))
+	    xref = (gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN) + gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX)) / 2.0
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yref))
+	    yref = (gsgetr (sy1, GSYMIN) + gsgetr (sy1, GSYMAX)) / 2.0
+
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xout))
+	    xout = gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yout))
+	    yout = gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	call geo_xyshiftr (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_ROTMAG -- Edit the coefficients of the linear surface which determine
+# magnification and rotation.
+
+procedure geo_rotmagr (sx1, sy1, xscale, yscale, xrotation, yrotation)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I/O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+real	xscale, yscale		#I the x and y scales
+real	xrotation,yrotation	#I the x and y axis  rotation angles in radians
+
+real	cosx, sinx, cosy, siny, xrange, yrange
+int	ncoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+real	gsgetr()
+int	gsgeti()
+
+begin
+	# Get the current solution.
+	call smark (sp)
+	ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), gsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call gssave (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	# Define the scaling parameters.
+	cosx = cos (xrotation)
+	sinx = sin (xrotation)
+	cosy = cos (yrotation)
+	siny = sin (yrotation)
+
+	# Calculate coefficients.
+	Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] =  xscale * cosx
+	Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] =  yscale * siny
+	Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -xscale * sinx
+	Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] =  yscale * cosy
+
+	# Normalize coefficients for-non polynomial functions.
+	if (gsgeti (sx1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xrange = gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN)
+	    Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] *
+	        xrange / 2.d0
+	    Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] *
+	        yrange / 2.d0
+	}
+	if (gsgeti (sy1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yrange = gsgetr (sy1, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sy1, GSYMIN)
+	    Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] *
+	        xrange / 2.d0
+	    Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] *
+	        yrange / 2.d0
+	}
+
+	# Free the original fit.
+	call gsfree (sx1)
+	call gsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore the edited fit.
+	call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_XYSHIFT -- Shift the linear part of the fit in x and y.
+
+procedure geo_xyshiftr (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to linear x and y surfaces
+real	xshift, yshift		#I the input x and y shifts
+
+int	ncoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+int	gsgeti()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), gsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get coefficients.
+	call gssave (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	# Shift the coefficients.
+	Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] + xshift
+	Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] + yshift
+
+	# Free original fit.
+	call gsfree (sx1)
+	call gsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore fit.
+	call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+
+# GEO_DROTMAG -- Adjust the coefficients  of the fit using the database file.
+
+procedure geo_drotmagd (dt, rec, sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to the text database file
+int	rec		#I record number
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the x and y linear surfaces
+double	xmag, ymag	#I/O the x and y magnification
+double	xrot, yrot	#I/O the x and y axis rotation
+
+real	dtgetr()
+
+begin
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmag))
+	    xmag = double (dtgetr (dt, rec, "xmag"))
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymag))
+	    ymag = double (dtgetr (dt, rec, "ymag"))
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xrot))
+	    xrot = DEGTORAD (double(dtgetr (dt, rec, "xrotation")))
+	else
+	    xrot = DEGTORAD(xrot)
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yrot))
+	    yrot = DEGTORAD (double (dtgetr (dt, rec, "yrotation")))
+	else
+	    yrot = DEGTORAD(yrot)
+	call geo_rotmagd (sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DXYSHIFT -- Adjust the fitted xy shift using the database file.
+
+procedure geo_dxyshiftd (dt, rec, sx1, sy1, xout, yout, xref, yref,
+	xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to the text file database
+int	rec		#I the database record
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the x and y linear surfaces
+double	xout, yout	#I the input coordinate system origin
+double	xref, yref	#I the reference coordinate system origin
+double	xshift, yshift	#I the origin shift in input coordinates
+
+double	dgsgetd(), dgseval()
+
+begin
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xref))
+	    xref = (dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMIN) + dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMAX)) / 2.0d0
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yref))
+	    yref = (dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMIN) + dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMAX)) / 2.0d0
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xout))
+	    xout = dgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yout))
+	    yout = dgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - dgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - dgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	call geo_xyshiftd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_ROTMAG -- Edit the coefficients of the linear surface which determine
+# magnification and rotation.
+
+procedure geo_rotmagd (sx1, sy1, xscale, yscale, xrotation, yrotation)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I/O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+double	xscale, yscale		#I the x and y scales
+double	xrotation,yrotation	#I the x and y axis  rotation angles in radians
+
+double	cosx, sinx, cosy, siny, xrange, yrange
+int	ncoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+double	dgsgetd()
+int	dgsgeti()
+
+begin
+	# Get the current solution.
+	call smark (sp)
+	ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call dgssave (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	# Define the scaling parameters.
+	cosx = cos (xrotation)
+	sinx = sin (xrotation)
+	cosy = cos (yrotation)
+	siny = sin (yrotation)
+
+	# Calculate coefficients.
+	Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] =  xscale * cosx
+	Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] =  yscale * siny
+	Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -xscale * sinx
+	Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] =  yscale * cosy
+
+	# Normalize coefficients for-non polynomial functions.
+	if (dgsgeti (sx1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xrange = dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMIN)
+	    Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] *
+	        xrange / 2.d0
+	    Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] *
+	        yrange / 2.d0
+	}
+	if (dgsgeti (sy1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yrange = dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sy1, GSYMIN)
+	    Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] *
+	        xrange / 2.d0
+	    Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] *
+	        yrange / 2.d0
+	}
+
+	# Free the original fit.
+	call dgsfree (sx1)
+	call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore the edited fit.
+	call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_XYSHIFT -- Shift the linear part of the fit in x and y.
+
+procedure geo_xyshiftd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to linear x and y surfaces
+double	xshift, yshift		#I the input x and y shifts
+
+int	ncoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+int	dgsgeti()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Get coefficients.
+	call dgssave (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	# Shift the coefficients.
+	Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] + xshift
+	Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF] + yshift
+
+	# Free original fit.
+	call dgsfree (sx1)
+	call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+	# Restore fit.
+	call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotimtran.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotimtran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f84a794d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotimtran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <math/iminterp.h>
+include "geotran.h"
+
+# GEO_IMTRAN -- Correct an entire image for geometric distortion using the
+# transformed coordinates and image interpolation.
+
+procedure geo_imtran (input, output, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	input			#I pointer to input image
+pointer	output			#I pointer to output image
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to linear surface descriptors
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointer to higher order surface descriptors
+
+int	nincr
+pointer	sp, xref, yref, msi
+real	shift
+real	gsgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the interpolant and compute the out-of-bounds pixel
+	# margin required.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1) {
+	    call asitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo),
+	        GT_NSINC(geo), nincr, shift)
+	    call asisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),
+		nincr, shift, 0.0)
+	} else {
+	    call msitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo),
+	        GT_NSINC(geo), nincr, shift)
+	    call msisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),
+		nincr, nincr, shift, shift, 0.0)
+	}
+        call geo_margset (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_XMAX(geo),
+            GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_YMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo), GT_NLINES(geo),
+            GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),  GT_NXYMARGIN(geo))
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xref, GT_NCOLS(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yref, GT_NLINES(geo), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Calculate the reference coordinates of the input image pixels.
+	call geo_ref (geo, Memr[xref], 1, GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_NCOLS(geo),
+	    Memr[yref], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), GT_NLINES(geo), gsgetr (sx1,
+	    GSXMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1,
+	    GSYMAX), GT_ONE)
+
+        # Configure the out-of-bounds pixel references for the input image.
+        call geo_imset (input, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xref],
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo), Memr[yref], GT_NLINES(geo))
+
+	# Interpolate.
+	call geo_gsvector (input, output, geo, msi, Memr[xref], 1,
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo), Memr[yref], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	# Clean up.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+	    call asifree (msi)
+	else
+	    call msifree (msi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SIMTRAN -- Correct an entire image for geometric distortion using 
+# nterpolated coordinate surfaces to speed up computation of the transformed
+# coordinates and image interpolation.
+
+procedure geo_simtran (input, output, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	input			#I pointer to input image
+pointer	output			#I pointer to output image
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointer to linear surface descriptors
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointer to higher order surface descriptors
+
+int	nxsample, nysample, nincr
+pointer	sp, xsample, ysample, xinterp, yinterp
+pointer	xmsi, ymsi, jmsi, msi, xbuf, ybuf, jbuf
+real	shift
+real	gsgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space and intialize the interpolant.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xsample, GT_NCOLS(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ysample, GT_NLINES(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xinterp, GT_NCOLS(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yinterp, GT_NLINES(geo), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set up sampling size.
+	if (GT_NCOLS(geo) == 1)
+	    nxsample = 1
+	else
+	    nxsample = GT_NCOLS(geo) / GT_XSAMPLE(geo)
+	if (GT_NLINES(geo) == 1)
+	    nysample = 1
+	else
+	    nysample = GT_NLINES(geo) / GT_YSAMPLE(geo)
+
+	# Initialize interpolants.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1) {
+	    call asiinit (xmsi, II_LINEAR)
+	    call asiinit (ymsi, II_LINEAR)
+	    call asitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo),
+		GT_NSINC(geo), nincr, shift)
+	    call asisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),
+		nincr, shift, 0.0)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call asiinit (jmsi, II_LINEAR)
+	} else {
+	    call msiinit (xmsi, II_BILINEAR)
+	    call msiinit (ymsi, II_BILINEAR)
+	    call msitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo),
+		GT_NSINC(geo), nincr, shift)
+	    call msisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),
+		nincr, nincr, shift, shift, 0.0)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call msiinit (jmsi, II_BILINEAR)
+	}
+        call geo_margset (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_XMAX(geo),
+            GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_YMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo), GT_NLINES(geo),
+            GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),  GT_NXYMARGIN(geo))
+
+        # Setup input image boundary extension parameters.
+        call geo_ref (geo, Memr[xsample], 1, GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_NCOLS(geo),
+            Memr[ysample], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), GT_NLINES(geo), gsgetr (sx1,
+            GSXMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1,
+            GSYMAX), GT_ONE)
+        call geo_imset (input, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xsample],
+            GT_NCOLS(geo), Memr[ysample], GT_NLINES(geo))
+
+	# Calculate the sampled reference coordinates and the interpolated
+	# reference coordinates.
+	call geo_ref (geo, Memr[xsample], 1, nxsample, nxsample, Memr[ysample],
+	    1, nysample, nysample, gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX),
+	    gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMAX), GT_ONE)
+	call geo_sample (geo, Memr[xinterp], 1, GT_NCOLS(geo), nxsample,
+	    Memr[yinterp], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), nysample, GT_ONE)
+
+	# Initialize the buffers
+	xbuf = NULL
+	ybuf = NULL
+	jbuf = NULL
+
+	# Set up interpolants
+	call geo_xbuffer (sx1, sx2, xmsi, Memr[xsample], Memr[ysample], 1,
+	    nxsample, 1, nysample, xbuf)
+	call geo_ybuffer (sy1, sy2, ymsi, Memr[xsample], Memr[ysample], 1,
+	    nxsample, 1, nysample, ybuf)
+	if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES && (sx2 != NULL || sy2 != NULL)) {
+	    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+	        call geo_jbuffer (sx1, NULL, sx2, NULL, jmsi, Memr[xsample],
+	            Memr[ysample], 1, nxsample, 1, nysample, jbuf)
+	    else
+	        call geo_jbuffer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, jmsi, Memr[xsample],
+	            Memr[ysample], 1, nxsample, 1, nysample, jbuf)
+	}
+
+	# Transform the image.
+	call geo_msivector (input, output, geo, xmsi, ymsi, jmsi, msi, 
+	    sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xinterp], 1, GT_NCOLS(geo), nxsample,
+	    Memr[yinterp], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), nysample, 1, 1)
+
+	# Free space.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1) {
+	    call asifree (xmsi)
+	    call asifree (ymsi)
+	    call asifree (msi)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call asifree (jmsi)
+	} else {
+	    call msifree (xmsi)
+	    call msifree (ymsi)
+	    call msifree (msi)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call msifree (jmsi)
+	}
+	call mfree (xbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (ybuf, TY_REAL)
+	if (jbuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (jbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+## GEO_IMSIVECTOR -- Evaluate the output image using interpolated surface
+## coordinates.
+#
+#procedure geo_imsivector (in, out, geo, xmsi, ymsi, jmsi, msi, sx1, sy1, sx2,
+#        sy2, xref, yref, ncols, nlines) 
+#
+#pointer	in			#I pointer to input image
+#pointer	out			#I pointer to output image
+#pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+#pointer	xmsi, ymsi		#I pointer to the interpolation xy surfaces
+#pointer	jmsi			#I pointer to Jacobian surface
+#pointer	msi			#I pointer to interpolation surface
+#pointer	sx1, sy1		#I linear surface descriptors
+#pointer	sx2, sy2		#I distortion surface pointers
+#real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+#real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+#int	ncols, nlines		#I number of columns and rows
+#
+#int	j
+#pointer	sp, x, y, xin, yin, xout, yout, inbuf, outbuf 
+#real	factor
+#pointer	imgs1r(), imgs2r(), imps1r(), imps2r()
+#real	geo_jfactor()
+#
+#begin
+#	# Allocate working space.
+#	call smark (sp)
+#	call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (xin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (yin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (xout, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (yout, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#
+#	# Fit the interpolant
+#	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+#	    inbuf = imgs1r (in, 1, int (IM_LEN(in,1)))
+#	else
+#	    inbuf = imgs2r (in, 1, int (IM_LEN(in,1)), 1, int (IM_LEN(in,2)))
+#	if (inbuf == EOF)
+#	    call error (0, "Error reading image")
+#	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+#	    call asifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], int (IM_LEN(in,1)))
+#	else
+#	    call msifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], int (IM_LEN(in,1)),
+#	        int (IM_LEN(in,2)), int (IM_LEN(in,1)))
+#
+#	# Compute the output bufferr.
+#	do j = 1, nlines {
+#
+#	    # Compute coordinates.
+#	    call amovkr (yref[j], Memr[y], ncols)
+#	    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1) {
+#	        call asivector (xmsi, xref, Memr[xin], ncols)
+#	        call asivector (ymsi, xref, Memr[yin], ncols)
+#	    } else {
+#	        call msivector (xmsi, xref, Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols)
+#	        call msivector (ymsi, xref, Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols)
+#	    }
+#
+#	    # Correct for out-of-bounds pixels.
+#	    call geo_btran (in, geo, Memr[xin], Memr[yin], Memr[xout],
+#	        Memr[yout], ncols)
+#
+#	    # Write to output image.
+#	    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+#	        outbuf = imps1r (out, 1, ncols)
+#	    else
+#	        outbuf = imps2r (out, 1, ncols, j, j)
+#	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+#		call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+#	    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+#	        call asivector (msi, Memr[xout], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#	    else
+#	        call msivector (msi, Memr[xout], Memr[yout], Memr[outbuf],
+#		    ncols)
+#
+#	    # Perform constant boundary extension.
+#	    if (GT_BOUNDARY(geo) == BT_CONSTANT)
+#		call geo_bconstant (in, geo, Memr[xin], Memr[yin],
+#		    Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#
+#	    # Preserve flux in image.
+#	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES) {
+#		factor = GT_XSCALE(geo) * GT_YSCALE(geo)
+#		if (GT_GEOMODE(geo) == GT_LINEAR || (sx2 == NULL && sy2 ==
+#		    NULL)) {
+#		    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+#		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+#			    NULL), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#		    else
+#		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+#			    sy1), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#		} else {
+#		    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+#		        call geo_msiflux (jmsi, xref, yref, Memr[outbuf],
+#			    1, ncols, 0, 1, 1)
+#		    else
+#		        call geo_msiflux (jmsi, xref, yref, Memr[outbuf],
+#			    1, ncols, j, 1, 1)
+#		    call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor, Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#		}
+#	    }
+#	}
+#
+#	call sfree (sp)
+#end
+
+
+## GEO_IGSVECTOR -- Evaluate the output image using fitted coordinates.
+#
+#procedure geo_igsvector (input, output, geo, msi, xref, yref, ncols, nlines,
+#        sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+#
+#pointer	input			#I pointer to input image
+#pointer	output			#I pointer to output image
+#pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+#pointer	msi			#I pointer to interpolant
+#real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference array
+#real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference array
+#int	ncols, nlines		#I number of columns and lines
+#pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointer to linear surface
+#pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointer to distortion surface
+#
+#int	j
+#pointer	sp, y, xin, yin, xout, yout, temp, inbuf, outbuf
+#real	factor
+#pointer	imgs1r(), imgs2r(), imps1r(), imps2r()
+#real	geo_jfactor()
+#
+#begin
+#	# Allocate working space.
+#	call smark (sp)
+#	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (xin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (yin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (xout, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (yout, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#	call salloc (temp, ncols, TY_REAL)
+#
+#	# Fill image buffer.
+#	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#	    inbuf = imgs1r (input, 1, int (IM_LEN(input,1)))
+#	else
+#	    inbuf = imgs2r (input, 1, int (IM_LEN(input,1)), 1,
+#	        int (IM_LEN(input,2)))
+#	if (inbuf == EOF)
+#	    call error (0, "Error reading image")
+#
+#	# Fit the interpolant.
+#	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#	    call asifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], int (IM_LEN(input,1)))
+#	else
+#	    call msifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], int (IM_LEN(input,1)),
+#	        int (IM_LEN(input,2)), int (IM_LEN(input,1)))
+#
+#	# Calculate the  x and y input image coordinates.
+#	do j = 1, nlines {
+#
+#	    # Get output image buffer.
+#	    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#	        outbuf = imps1r (output, 1, ncols)
+#	    else
+#	        outbuf = imps2r (output, 1, ncols, j, j)
+#	    if (output == EOF)
+#		call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+#
+#	    # Fit x coords.
+#	    call amovkr (yref[j], Memr[y], ncols)
+#	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols)
+#	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+#		call gsvector (sx2, xref, Memr[y], Memr[temp], ncols)
+#		call aaddr (Memr[xin], Memr[temp], Memr[xin], ncols)
+#	    }
+#
+#	    # Fit y coords.
+#	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols)
+#	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+#		call gsvector (sy2, xref, Memr[y], Memr[temp], ncols)
+#		call aaddr (Memr[yin], Memr[temp], Memr[yin], ncols)
+#	    }
+#
+#	    # Compute of of bounds pixels.
+#	    call geo_btran (input, geo, Memr[xin], Memr[yin], Memr[xout], 
+#	        Memr[yout], ncols)
+#
+#	    # Interpolate in input image.
+#	    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#	        call asivector (msi, Memr[xout], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#	    else
+#	        call msivector (msi, Memr[xout], Memr[yout], Memr[outbuf],
+#		    ncols)
+#
+#	    # Correct for constant boundary extension.
+#	    if (GT_BOUNDARY(geo) == BT_CONSTANT)
+#		call geo_bconstant (input, geo, Memr[xin], Memr[yin],
+#		    Memr[outbuf], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#
+#	    # Preserve flux in image.
+#	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES) {
+#		factor = GT_XSCALE(geo) * GT_YSCALE(geo)
+#		if (GT_GEOMODE(geo) == GT_LINEAR || (sx2 == NULL && sy2 ==
+#		        NULL)) {
+#		    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+#			    NULL), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#		    else
+#		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+#			    sy1), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#		} else {
+#		    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#		        call geo_gsflux (xref, yref, Memr[outbuf], 1, ncols, j,
+#		            sx1, NULL, sx2, NULL)
+#		    else
+#		        call geo_gsflux (xref, yref, Memr[outbuf], 1, ncols, j,
+#		            sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+#		    call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor, Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+#		}
+#	    }
+#	}
+#
+#	call sfree (sp)
+#end
+
+
+## GEO_BTRAN -- Map out-of-bounds pixel into the input image.
+#
+#procedure geo_btran (input, geo, xin, yin, xout, yout, ncols)
+#
+#pointer	input			#I pointer to the input image
+#pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran strcuture
+#real	xin[ARB]		#I x input coords
+#real	yin[ARB]		#I y input coords
+#real	xout[ARB]		#O x output coords
+#real	yout[ARB]		#O y output coords
+#int	ncols			#I number of columns
+#
+#int	i
+#real	xmax, ymax, xtemp, ytemp
+#
+#begin
+#	xmax = IM_LEN(input,1)
+#	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#	    ymax = 1.0
+#	else
+#	    ymax = IM_LEN(input,2)
+#
+#	switch (GT_BOUNDARY(geo)) {
+#	case BT_CONSTANT, BT_NEAREST:
+#	    do i = 1, ncols {
+#		if (xin[i] < 1.0)
+#		    xout[i] = 1.0
+#		else if (xin[i] > xmax)
+#		    xout[i] = xmax
+#		else
+#		    xout[i] = xin[i]
+#		if (yin[i] < 1.0)
+#		    yout[i] = 1.0
+#		else if (yin[i] > ymax)
+#		    yout[i] = ymax
+#		else
+#		    yout[i] = yin[i]
+#	    }
+#	case BT_REFLECT:
+#	    do i = 1, ncols {
+#		if (xin[i] < 1.0)
+#		    xout[i] = 1.0 + (1.0 - xin[i])
+#		else if (xin[i] > xmax)
+#		    xout[i] = xmax - (xin[i] - xmax)
+#		else
+#		    xout[i] = xin[i]
+#		if (yin[i] < 1.0)
+#		    yout[i] = 1.0 + (1.0 - yin[i])
+#		else if (yin[i] > ymax)
+#		    yout[i] = ymax - (yin[i] - ymax)
+#		else
+#		    yout[i] = yin[i]
+#	    }
+#	case BT_WRAP:
+#	    do i = 1, ncols {
+#		xtemp = xin[i]
+#		ytemp = yin[i]
+#
+#		if (xtemp < 1.0) {
+#		    while (xtemp < 1.0)
+#		        xtemp = xtemp + xmax
+#		    if (xtemp < 1.0)
+#			xtemp = xmax - xtemp
+#		    else if (xtemp > xmax)
+#			xtemp = 2.0 + xmax - xtemp
+#		} else if (xtemp > xmax) {
+#		    while (xtemp > xmax)
+#		        xtemp = xtemp - xmax
+#		    if (xtemp < 1.0)
+#			xtemp = xmax - xtemp
+#		    else if (xtemp > xmax)
+#			xtemp = 2.0 + xmax - xtemp
+#		}
+#		xout[i] = xtemp
+#
+#		if (ytemp < 1.0) {
+#		    while (ytemp < 1.0)
+#		        ytemp = ytemp + ymax
+#		    if (ytemp < 1.0)
+#			ytemp = ymax - ytemp
+#		    else if (ytemp > ymax)
+#			ytemp = 2.0 + ymax - ytemp
+#		} else if (ytemp > ymax) {
+#		    while (ytemp > ymax)
+#		        ytemp = ytemp - ymax
+#		    if (ytemp < 1.0)
+#			ytemp = ymax - ytemp
+#		    else if (ytemp > ymax)
+#			ytemp = 2.0 + ymax - ytemp
+#		}
+#		yout[i] = ytemp
+#	    }
+#	}
+#end
+
+
+## GEO_BCONSTANT -- Map constant out-of-bounds pixels into the input image.
+#
+#procedure geo_bconstant (input, geo, xin, yin, inbuf, outbuf, ncols)
+#
+#pointer	input			#I pointer to the input image
+#pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+#real	xin[ARB]		#I x input coords
+#real	yin[ARB]		#I y input coords
+#real	inbuf[ARB]		#I input buffer
+#real	outbuf[ARB]		#O output buffer
+#int	ncols			#I number of columns
+#
+#int	i
+#real	xmax, ymax, constant
+#
+#begin
+#	xmax = IM_LEN(input,1)
+#	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+#	    ymax = 1.0
+#	else
+#	    ymax = IM_LEN(input,2)
+#	constant = GT_CONSTANT(geo)
+#	do i = 1, ncols {
+#	    if (xin[i] < 1.0 || xin[i] > xmax || yin[i] < 1.0 || yin[i] > ymax)
+#		outbuf[i] = constant
+#	    else
+#		outbuf[i] = inbuf[i]
+#	}
+#end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2fa6b55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# GEOTRAN Structure
+
+define	LEN_GEOSTRUCT	(30 + SZ_FNAME)
+
+# output picture formatting parameters
+
+define	GT_NCOLS		Memi[$1]	 # number of output columns
+define	GT_NLINES		Memi[$1+1]	 # number of output lines
+define	GT_XMIN			Memr[P2R($1+2)]	 # x minimum
+define	GT_XMAX			Memr[P2R($1+3)]	 # x maximum
+define	GT_YMIN			Memr[P2R($1+4)]	 # y minimun	
+define	GT_YMAX			Memr[P2R($1+5)]	 # y maximum
+define	GT_XSCALE		Memr[P2R($1+6)]	 # x scale
+define	GT_YSCALE		Memr[P2R($1+7)]	 # y scale
+
+# transformation parameters
+
+define	GT_GEOMODE		Memi[$1+8]	 # Type of transformation
+define	GT_XIN			Memr[P2R($1+9)]	 # x input pixel
+define	GT_YIN			Memr[P2R($1+10)] # y input pixel
+define	GT_XOUT			Memr[P2R($1+11)] # x output pixel
+define	GT_YOUT			Memr[P2R($1+12)] # y output pixel
+define	GT_XSHIFT		Memr[P2R($1+13)] # x shift
+define	GT_YSHIFT		Memr[P2R($1+14)] # y shift
+define	GT_XMAG			Memr[P2R($1+15)] # input image x scale
+define	GT_YMAG			Memr[P2R($1+16)] # input image y scale
+define	GT_XROTATION		Memr[P2R($1+17)] # rotation angle
+define	GT_YROTATION		Memr[P2R($1+18)] # scale angle
+
+# interpolation parameters
+define	GT_XSAMPLE		Memr[P2R($1+19)] # x surface subsampling
+define	GT_YSAMPLE		Memr[P2R($1+20)] # y surface subsampling
+define	GT_INTERPOLANT		Memi[$1+21]	 # image interpolant
+define	GT_NSINC		Memi[$1+22]	 # sinc width half-width
+define	GT_NXYMARGIN		Memi[$1+23]	 # the interpolation margin
+define	GT_BOUNDARY		Memi[$1+24]	 # boundary extension
+define	GT_CONSTANT		Memr[P2R($1+25)] # constant boundary extension
+define	GT_FLUXCONSERVE		Memi[$1+26]	 # conserve total flux
+define	GT_INTERPSTR		Memc[P2C($1+27)] # interpolation string
+
+# GEOTRAN MODES
+
+define	GT_NONE		1		# parameters defined by user
+define	GT_LINEAR	2		# use linear transformation
+define	GT_DISTORT	3		# distortion transformation only
+define	GT_GEOMETRIC	4               # use full transformation
+
+# GEOTRAN COORDINATE MODES
+
+define	GT_ONE		1
+define	GT_TWO		2
+define	GT_FOUR		3
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee689d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geotran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1752 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <math/iminterp.h>
+include "geotran.h"
+
+define	NMARGIN		3	# number of boundary pixels
+define	NMARGIN_SPLINE3	16	# number of spline boundary pixels
+
+# GEO_TRAN -- Correct an image for geometric distortion block by block using
+# fitted coordinates and image interpolation.
+
+procedure geo_tran (input, output, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, nxblock, nyblock)
+
+pointer	input			#I pointer to input image
+pointer	output			#I pointer to output image
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointers to higher order surfaces
+int	nxblock, nyblock	#I working block size
+
+int	l1, l2, c1, c2, nincr
+pointer	sp, xref, yref, msi
+real	shift
+real	gsgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the interpolant.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1) {
+	    call asitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),
+	        nincr, shift)
+	    call asisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo), nincr,
+	        shift, 0.0)
+	} else {
+	    call msitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo),
+	        GT_NSINC(geo), nincr, shift)
+	    call msisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo), nincr,
+	        nincr, shift, shift, 0.0)
+	}
+	call geo_margset (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_XMAX(geo),
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_YMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo), GT_NLINES(geo),
+	    GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),  GT_NXYMARGIN(geo))
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xref, GT_NCOLS(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yref, GT_NLINES(geo), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the reference coordinates corresponding to the center of
+	# the output image pixels.
+	call geo_ref (geo, Memr[xref], 1, GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_NCOLS(geo),
+	    Memr[yref], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), GT_NLINES(geo), gsgetr (sx1,
+	    GSXMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1,
+	    GSYMAX), GT_ONE)
+
+	# Configure the out-of-bounds pixel references for the input image.
+	call geo_imset (input, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xref],
+	        GT_NCOLS(geo), Memr[yref], GT_NLINES(geo))
+
+	# Loop over the line blocks.
+	for (l1 = 1; l1 <= GT_NLINES(geo); l1 = l1 + nyblock) {
+
+	    # Set line limits in the output image.
+	    l2 = min (l1 + nyblock - 1, GT_NLINES(geo)) 
+
+	    # Loop over the column blocks
+	    for (c1 = 1; c1 <= GT_NCOLS(geo); c1 = c1 + nxblock) {
+
+		# Set column limits in the output image.
+		c2 = min (c1 + nxblock - 1, GT_NCOLS(geo))
+
+		# Interpolate
+		call geo_gsvector (input, output, geo, msi, Memr[xref],
+		    c1, c2, Memr[yref], l1, l2, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Clean up.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+	    call asifree (msi)
+	else
+	    call msifree (msi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_STRAN -- Correct an image for geometric distortion block by block using
+# interpolated coordinates and image interpolation.
+
+procedure geo_stran (input, output, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, nxblock, nyblock)
+
+pointer	input			#I pointer to input image
+pointer	output			#I pointer to output image
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointers to higher order surfaces
+int	nxblock, nyblock	#I working block size
+
+int	nxsample, nysample, ncols, nlines, l1, l2, c1, c2
+int	line1, line2, llast1, llast2, nincr
+pointer	sp, xsample, ysample, xinterp, yinterp
+pointer	xmsi, ymsi, jmsi, msi, xbuf, ybuf, jbuf
+real	shift
+real	gsgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space and intialize the interpolant.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xsample, GT_NCOLS(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ysample, GT_NLINES(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xinterp, GT_NCOLS(geo), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yinterp, GT_NLINES(geo), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the sample size.
+	if (GT_NCOLS(geo) == 1)
+	    nxsample = 1
+	else
+	    nxsample = GT_NCOLS(geo) / GT_XSAMPLE(geo)
+	if (GT_NLINES(geo) == 1)
+	    nysample = 1
+	else
+	    nysample = GT_NLINES(geo) / GT_YSAMPLE(geo)
+
+	# Initialize interpolants.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1) {
+	    call asiinit (xmsi, II_LINEAR)
+	    call asiinit (ymsi, II_LINEAR)
+	    call asitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo),
+	        GT_NSINC(geo), nincr, shift)
+	    call asisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo), nincr,
+	        shift, 0.0)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call asiinit (jmsi, II_LINEAR)
+	} else {
+	    call msiinit (xmsi, II_BILINEAR)
+	    call msiinit (ymsi, II_BILINEAR)
+	    call msitype (GT_INTERPSTR(geo), GT_INTERPOLANT(geo),
+	        GT_NSINC(geo), nincr, shift)
+	    call msisinit (msi, GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo), nincr,
+	        nincr, shift, shift, 0.0)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call msiinit (jmsi, II_BILINEAR)
+	}
+	call geo_margset (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_XMAX(geo),
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_YMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo), GT_NLINES(geo),
+	    GT_INTERPOLANT(geo), GT_NSINC(geo),  GT_NXYMARGIN(geo))
+
+	# Setup input image boundary extension parameters.
+	call geo_ref (geo, Memr[xsample], 1, GT_NCOLS(geo), GT_NCOLS(geo),
+	    Memr[ysample], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), GT_NLINES(geo), gsgetr (sx1,
+	    GSXMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1,
+	    GSYMAX), GT_ONE)
+	call geo_imset (input, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xsample],
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo), Memr[ysample], GT_NLINES(geo))
+
+	# Calculate the sampled reference coordinates and the interpolated
+	# reference coordinates.
+	call geo_ref (geo, Memr[xsample], 1, nxsample, nxsample, Memr[ysample],
+	    1, nysample, nysample, gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX),
+	    gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMAX), GT_ONE)
+	call geo_sample (geo, Memr[xinterp], 1, GT_NCOLS(geo), nxsample,
+	    Memr[yinterp], 1, GT_NLINES(geo), nysample, GT_ONE)
+
+	# Initialize the buffers.
+	xbuf = NULL
+	ybuf = NULL
+	jbuf = NULL
+
+	# Loop over the line blocks.
+	for (l1 = 1; l1 <= GT_NLINES(geo); l1 = l1 + nyblock) {
+
+	    # Set line limits in the output image.
+	    l2 = min (l1 + nyblock - 1, GT_NLINES(geo)) 
+	    nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	    # Line1 and line2 are the coordinates in the interpolation surface
+	    line1 = max (1, min (nysample - 1, int (Memr[yinterp+l1-1])))
+	    line2 = min (nysample, int (Memr[yinterp+l2-1] + 1.0))
+
+	    if ((xbuf == NULL) || (ybuf == NULL) || (jbuf == NULL) ||
+	        (line1 < llast1) || (line2 > llast2)) {
+		call geo_xbuffer (sx1, sx2, xmsi, Memr[xsample], Memr[ysample],
+		    1, nxsample, line1, line2, xbuf)
+		call geo_ybuffer (sy1, sy2, ymsi, Memr[xsample], Memr[ysample],
+		    1, nxsample, line1, line2, ybuf)
+	        if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES) {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+		        call geo_jbuffer (sx1, NULL, sx2, NULL, jmsi,
+			    Memr[xsample], Memr[ysample], 1, nxsample,
+			    line1, line2, jbuf)
+		    else
+		        call geo_jbuffer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, jmsi,
+			    Memr[xsample], Memr[ysample], 1, nxsample,
+			    line1, line2, jbuf)
+		}
+		llast1 = line1
+		llast2 = line2
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Loop over the column blocks.
+	    for (c1 = 1; c1 <= GT_NCOLS(geo); c1 = c1 + nxblock) {
+
+		# C1 and c2 are the column limits in the output image.
+		c2 = min (c1 + nxblock - 1, GT_NCOLS(geo))
+		ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+
+		# Calculate the coordinates of the output pixels in the input
+		# image.
+		call geo_msivector (input, output, geo, xmsi, ymsi, jmsi, msi, 
+		    sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xinterp], c1, c2, nxsample,
+		    Memr[yinterp], l1, l2, nysample, 1, line1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1) {
+	    call asifree (xmsi)
+	    call asifree (ymsi)
+	    call asifree (msi)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call asifree (jmsi)
+	} else {
+	    call msifree (xmsi)
+	    call msifree (ymsi)
+	    call msifree (msi)
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	        call msifree (jmsi)
+	}
+	call mfree (xbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (ybuf, TY_REAL)
+	if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES)
+	    call mfree (jbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_REF -- Determine the x and y coordinates at which the coordinate
+# surface will be subsampled.
+
+procedure geo_ref (geo, x, c1, c2, nx, y, l1, l2, ny, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax,
+	cmode)
+
+pointer	geo		#I pointer to the geotran structure
+real	x[ARB]		#O output x sample coordinates
+int	c1, c2, nx	#I the column limits of the sampled array
+real	y[ARB]		#O output y sample coordinates
+int	l1, l2, ny	#I the line limits of the output coordinates
+real	xmin, xmax	#I limits on x coordinates
+real	ymin, ymax	#I limits on y coordinates
+int	cmode		#I coordinate computation mode
+
+int	i
+real	xtempmin, xtempmax, ytempmin, ytempmax, dx, dy
+
+begin
+
+	switch (cmode) {
+	case GT_FOUR:
+	    if (nx == 1) {
+	        xtempmin = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo)))
+	        xtempmax = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMAX(geo)))
+		x[1] = xtempmin
+		x[2] = xtempmax
+		x[3] = xtempmax
+		x[4] = xtempmin
+	    } else if (nx == GT_NCOLS(geo)) {
+	        if (GT_XMIN(geo) > GT_XMAX(geo))
+		    dx = -GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	        else
+		    dx = GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	        do  i = c1, c2 {
+	            xtempmin = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dx))
+	            xtempmax = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dx))
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+1] = xtempmin
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+2] = xtempmax
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+3] = xtempmax
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+4] = xtempmin
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        if (GT_XMIN(geo) > GT_XMAX(geo))
+		    dx = -GT_XSCALE(geo) * (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1.0) / (nx - 1.0)
+	        else
+		    dx = GT_XSCALE(geo) * (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1.0) / (nx - 1.0)
+	        do  i = c1, c2 {
+	            xtempmin = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dx))
+	            xtempmax = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dx))
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+1] = xtempmin
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+2] = xtempmax
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+3] = xtempmax
+		    x[4*(i-c1)+4] = xtempmin 
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GT_TWO:
+	    if (nx == 1) {
+	        xtempmin = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo)))
+	        xtempmax = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMAX(geo)))
+		x[1] = xtempmin
+		x[2] = xtempmax
+	    } else if (nx == GT_NCOLS(geo)) {
+	        if (GT_XMIN(geo) > GT_XMAX(geo))
+		    dx = -GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	        else
+		    dx = GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	        do  i = c1, c2 {
+	            xtempmin = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dx))
+	            xtempmax = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dx))
+		    x[2*(i-c1)+1] = xtempmin
+		    x[2*(i-c1)+2] = xtempmax
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        if (GT_XMIN(geo) > GT_XMAX(geo))
+		    dx = -GT_XSCALE(geo) * (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1.0) / (nx - 1.0)
+	        else
+		    dx = GT_XSCALE(geo) * (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1.0) / (nx - 1.0)
+	        do  i = c1, c2 {
+	            xtempmin = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dx))
+	            xtempmax = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dx))
+		    x[2*(i-c1)+1] = xtempmin
+		    x[2*(i-c1)+2] = xtempmax
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GT_ONE:
+	    if (nx == 1) {
+	        x[1] = min (xmax, max (xmin,
+		    (GT_XMIN(geo) + GT_XMAX(geo)) / 2.0))
+	    } else if (nx == GT_NCOLS(geo)) {
+	        if (GT_XMIN(geo) > GT_XMAX(geo))
+		    dx = -GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	        else
+		    dx = GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	        do  i = c1, c2
+	            x[i-c1+1] = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1) * dx))
+	    } else {
+	        if (GT_XMIN(geo) > GT_XMAX(geo))
+		    dx = -GT_XSCALE(geo) * (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1.0) / (nx - 1.0)
+	        else
+		    dx = GT_XSCALE(geo) * (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1.0) / (nx - 1.0)
+	        do  i = c1, c2
+	            x[i-c1+1] = min (xmax, max (xmin, GT_XMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1) * dx))
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	switch (cmode) {
+	case GT_FOUR:
+	    if (ny == 1) {
+	        ytempmin = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo)))
+	        ytempmax = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMAX(geo)))
+		y[1] = ytempmin
+		y[2] = ytempmin
+		y[3] = ytempmax
+		y[4] = ytempmax
+	    } else if (ny == GT_NLINES(geo)) {
+	        if (GT_YMIN(geo) > GT_YMAX(geo))
+		    dy = -GT_YSCALE(geo)
+	        else
+		    dy = GT_YSCALE(geo)
+	        do i = l1, l2 {
+	            ytempmin = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dy))
+	            ytempmax = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dy))
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+1] = ytempmin
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+2] = ytempmin
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+3] = ytempmax
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+4] = ytempmax
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        if (GT_YMIN(geo) > GT_YMAX(geo))
+		    dy = -GT_YSCALE(geo) * (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1.0) / (ny - 1.0)
+	        else
+		    dy = GT_YSCALE(geo) * (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1.0) / (ny - 1.0)
+	        do i = l1, l2 {
+	            ytempmin = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dy))
+	            ytempmax = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dy))
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+1] = ytempmin
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+2] = ytempmin
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+3] = ytempmax
+		    y[4*(i-l1)+4] = ytempmax
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GT_TWO:
+	    if (ny == 1) {
+	        ytempmin = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo)))
+	        ytempmax = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMAX(geo)))
+		y[1] = ytempmin
+		y[2] = ytempmax
+	    } else if (ny == GT_NLINES(geo)) {
+	        if (GT_YMIN(geo) > GT_YMAX(geo))
+		    dy = -GT_YSCALE(geo)
+	        else
+		    dy = GT_YSCALE(geo)
+	        do i = l1, l2 {
+	            ytempmin = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dy))
+	            ytempmax = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dy))
+		    y[2*(i-l1)+1] = ytempmin
+		    y[2*(i-l1)+2] = ytempmax
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        if (GT_YMIN(geo) > GT_YMAX(geo))
+		    dy = -GT_YSCALE(geo) * (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1.0) / (ny - 1.0)
+	        else
+		    dy = GT_YSCALE(geo) * (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1.0) / (ny - 1.0)
+	        do i = l1, l2 {
+	            ytempmin = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1.5) * dy))
+	            ytempmax = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 0.5) * dy))
+		    y[2*(i-l1)+1] = ytempmin
+		    y[2*(i-l1)+2] = ytempmax
+		}
+	    }
+	case GT_ONE:
+	    if (ny == 1) {
+	        y[1] = min (ymax, max (ymin,
+		    (GT_YMIN(geo) + GT_YMAX(geo)) / 2.0))
+	    } else if (ny == GT_NLINES(geo)) {
+	        if (GT_YMIN(geo) > GT_YMAX(geo))
+		    dy = -GT_YSCALE(geo)
+	        else
+		    dy = GT_YSCALE(geo)
+	        do i = l1, l2
+	            y[i-l1+1] = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1) * dy))
+	    } else {
+	        if (GT_YMIN(geo) > GT_YMAX(geo))
+		    dy = -GT_YSCALE(geo) * (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1.0) / (ny - 1.0)
+	        else
+		    dy = GT_YSCALE(geo) * (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1.0) / (ny - 1.0)
+	        do i = l1, l2
+	            y[i-l1+1] = min (ymax, max (ymin, GT_YMIN(geo) +
+		        (i - 1) * dy))
+	    }
+
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SAMPLE -- Calculate the sampled reference points.
+
+procedure geo_sample (geo, xref, c1, c2, nxsample, yref, l1, l2, nysample,
+	cmode)
+
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+real	xref[ARB]		#O x reference values
+int	c1, c2, nxsample	#I limits and number of sample points in x
+real	yref[ARB]		#O y reference values
+int	l1, l2, nysample	#I limits and number of sample points in y
+int	cmode			#I coordinate computation mode
+
+int	i
+real	xtempmin, xtempmax, ytempmin, ytempmax
+
+begin
+	switch (cmode) {
+	case GT_FOUR:
+	    if (GT_NCOLS(geo) == 1) {
+	        xref[1] = 0.5
+		xref[2] = 1.5
+		xref[3] = 1.5
+		xref[4] = 0.5
+	    } else {
+		do i = c1, c2 {
+	            xtempmin = min (real (nxsample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nxsample - 1) * (i - 0.5) + (GT_NCOLS(geo) -
+			nxsample)) / (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1)))
+	            xtempmax = min (real (nxsample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nxsample - 1) * (i + 0.5) + (GT_NCOLS(geo) -
+			nxsample)) / (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1)))
+		    xref[4*(i-c1)+1] = xtempmin
+		    xref[4*(i-c1)+2] = xtempmax
+		    xref[4*(i-c1)+3] = xtempmax
+		    xref[4*(i-c1)+4] = xtempmin
+		}
+
+	    }
+	case GT_TWO:
+	    if (GT_NCOLS(geo) == 1) {
+	        xref[1] = 0.5
+		xref[2] = 1.5
+	    } else {
+		do i = c1, c2 {
+	            xtempmin = min (real (nxsample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nxsample - 1) * (i - 0.5) + (GT_NCOLS(geo) -
+			nxsample)) / (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1)))
+	            xtempmax = min (real (nxsample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nxsample - 1) * (i + 0.5) + (GT_NCOLS(geo) -
+			nxsample)) / (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1)))
+		    xref[2*(i-c1)+1] = xtempmin
+		    xref[2*(i-c1)+2] = xtempmax
+		}
+	    }
+	case GT_ONE:
+	    if (GT_NCOLS(geo) == 1)
+	        xref[1] = 1.0
+	    else {
+	        do i = c1, c2
+	            xref[i-c1+1] = min (real (nxsample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nxsample - 1) * i + (GT_NCOLS(geo) -
+			nxsample)) / (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1)))
+	    }
+	}
+
+	switch (cmode) {
+	case GT_FOUR:
+	    if (GT_NLINES(geo) == 1) {
+	        yref[1] = 0.5
+		yref[2] = 0.5
+		yref[3] = 1.5
+		yref[4] = 1.5
+	    } else {
+	        do i = l1, l2 {
+	            ytempmin = min (real (nysample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nysample - 1) * (i - 0.5) + (GT_NLINES(geo) -
+			nysample)) / (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1)))
+	            ytempmax = min (real (nysample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nysample - 1) * (i + 0.5) + (GT_NLINES(geo) -
+			nysample)) / (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1)))
+		    yref[4*(i-l1)+1] = ytempmin
+		    yref[4*(i-l1)+2] = ytempmin
+		    yref[4*(i-l1)+3] = ytempmax
+		    yref[4*(i-l1)+4] = ytempmax
+		}
+	    }
+	case GT_TWO:
+	    if (GT_NLINES(geo) == 1) {
+	        yref[1] = 0.5
+		yref[2] = 1.5
+	    } else {
+	        do i = l1, l2 {
+	            ytempmin = min (real (nysample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nysample - 1) * (i - 0.5) + (GT_NLINES(geo) -
+			nysample)) / (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1)))
+	            ytempmax = min (real (nysample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nysample - 1) * (i + 0.5) + (GT_NLINES(geo) -
+			nysample)) / (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1)))
+		    yref[2*(i-l1)+1] = ytempmin
+		    yref[2*(i-l1)+2] = ytempmax
+		}
+	    }
+	case GT_ONE:
+	    if (GT_NLINES(geo) == 1)
+	        yref[1] = 1.0
+	    else {
+	        do i = l1, l2
+	            yref[i-l1+1] = min (real (nysample), max (1.,
+		        real ((nysample - 1) * i + (GT_NLINES(geo) -
+			nysample)) / (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1)))
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_XBUFFER -- Compute the x interpolant and coordinates.
+
+procedure geo_xbuffer (s1, s2,  msi, xsample, ysample, c1, c2, l1, l2, buf)
+
+pointer	s1, s2		#I pointers to the x surface
+pointer	msi		#I interpolant
+real	xsample[ARB]	#I sampled x reference coordinates
+real	ysample[ARB]	#I sampled y reference coordinates
+int	c1, c2		#I columns of interest in sampled image
+int	l1, l2		#I lines of interest in the sampled image
+pointer	buf		#I pointer to output buffer
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, llast1, llast2, nclast, nllast
+pointer	sp, sf, y, z, buf1, buf2
+
+begin
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	# Combine surfaces.
+	if (s2 == NULL)
+	    call gscopy (s1, sf)
+	else
+	    call gsadd (s1, s2, sf)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (z, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# If buffer undefined then allocate memory for the buffer. Reallocate
+	# the buffer if the number of lines or columns changes.
+	if (buf ==  NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = l1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = l2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = l1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = l2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# Compute the coordinates.
+	if (l1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = l2, l1, -1 {
+		if (i > llast1)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else {
+		    buf1 = z
+		    call amovkr (ysample[i], Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call gsvector (sf, xsample[c1], Memr[y], Memr[buf1], ncols)
+		}
+		buf2 = buf + (i - l1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (l2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = l1, l2 {
+		if (i < llast2)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else {
+		    buf1 = z
+		    call amovkr (ysample[i], Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call gsvector (sf, xsample[c1], Memr[y], Memr[buf1], ncols)
+		}
+		buf2 = buf + (i - l1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	llast1 = l1
+	llast2 = l2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+
+	# Fit the interpolant.
+	if (nlines == 1)
+	    call asifit (msi, Memr[buf], ncols)
+	else
+	    call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], ncols, nlines, ncols)
+
+	call gsfree (sf)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_YBUFFER -- Compute the y interpolant and coordinates.
+
+procedure geo_ybuffer (s1, s2,  msi, xsample, ysample, c1, c2, l1, l2, buf)
+
+pointer	s1, s2		#I pointers to the y surface
+pointer	msi		#I interpolant
+real	xsample[ARB]	#I sampled x reference coordinates
+real	ysample[ARB]	#I sampled y reference coordinates
+int	c1, c2		#I columns of interest in sampled image
+int	l1, l2		#I lines of interest in the sampled image
+pointer	buf		#I pointer to output buffer
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, llast1, llast2, nclast, nllast
+pointer	sp, sf, y, z, buf1, buf2
+
+begin
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	# Combine surfaces.
+	if (s2 == NULL)
+	    call gscopy (s1, sf)
+	else
+	    call gsadd (s1, s2, sf)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (z, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# If buffer undefined then allocate memory for the buffer. Reallocate
+	# the buffer if the number of lines or columns changes.
+	if (buf ==  NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = l1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = l2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = l1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = l2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# Compute the coordinates.
+	if (l1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = l2, l1, -1 {
+		if (i > llast1)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else {
+		    buf1 = z
+		    call amovkr (ysample[i], Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call gsvector (sf, xsample[c1], Memr[y], Memr[buf1], ncols)
+		}
+		buf2 = buf + (i - l1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (l2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = l1, l2 {
+		if (i < llast2)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else {
+		    buf1 = z
+		    call amovkr (ysample[i], Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call gsvector (sf, xsample[c1], Memr[y], Memr[buf1], ncols)
+		}
+		buf2 = buf + (i - l1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	llast1 = l1
+	llast2 = l2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+
+	# Fit the interpolant.
+	if (nlines == 1)
+	    call asifit (msi, Memr[buf], ncols)
+	else
+	    call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], ncols, nlines, ncols)
+
+	call gsfree (sf)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_JBUFFER -- Fit the jacobian surface.
+
+procedure geo_jbuffer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, jmsi, xsample, ysample, c1, c2, l1,
+        l2, jbuf)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to the linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I pointers to the distortion surfaces
+pointer	jmsi		#I interpolant
+real	xsample[ARB]	#I sampled x reference coordinates
+real	ysample[ARB]	#I sampled y reference coordinates
+int	c1, c2		#I columns of interest in sampled image
+int	l1, l2		#I lines of interest in the sampled image
+pointer	jbuf		#I pointer to output buffer
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, llast1, llast2, nclast, nllast
+pointer	sp, sx, sy, y, z, buf1, buf2
+
+begin
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	# Combine surfaces.
+	if (sx2 == NULL)
+	    call gscopy (sx1, sx)
+	else
+	    call gsadd (sx1, sx2, sx)
+	if (sy1 == NULL)
+	    sy = NULL
+	else if (sy2 == NULL)
+	    call gscopy (sy1, sy)
+	else
+	    call gsadd (sy1, sy2, sy)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (z, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# If buffer undefined then allocate memory for the buffer. Reallocate
+	# the buffer if the number of lines or columns changes.
+	if (jbuf ==  NULL) {
+	    call malloc (jbuf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = l1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = l2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (jbuf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = l1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = l2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# Compute surface.
+	if (l1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = l2, l1, -1 {
+		if (i > llast1)
+		    buf1 = jbuf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else {
+		    buf1 = z
+		    call amovkr (ysample[i], Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call geo_jgsvector (sx, sy, xsample[c1], Memr[y],
+		        Memr[buf1], ncols)
+		}
+		buf2 = jbuf + (i - l1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (l2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = l1, l2 {
+		if (i < llast2)
+		    buf1 = jbuf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else {
+		    buf1 = z
+		    call amovkr (ysample[i], Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call geo_jgsvector (sx, sy, xsample[c1], Memr[y],
+		        Memr[buf1], ncols)
+		}
+		buf2 = jbuf + (i - l1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Update buffer pointers.
+	llast1 = l1
+	llast2 = l2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+
+	# Fit the interpolant.
+	if (nlines == 1)
+	    call asifit (jmsi, Memr[jbuf], ncols)
+	else
+	    call msifit (jmsi, Memr[jbuf], ncols, nlines, ncols)
+
+	call gsfree (sx)
+	call gsfree (sy)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_JGSVECTOR -- Procedure to compute the Jacobian of the transformation.
+
+procedure geo_jgsvector (sx, sy, x, y, out, ncols)
+
+pointer	sx, sy			#I surface descriptors
+real	x[ARB]			#I x values
+real	y[ARB]			#I y values
+real	out[ARB]		#O output values
+int	ncols			#I number of points
+
+pointer	sp, der1, der2
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	if (sy == NULL) {
+	    call gsder (sx, x, y, out, ncols, 1, 0)
+	} else {
+	    call salloc (der1, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (der2, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call gsder (sx, x, y, Memr[der1], ncols, 1, 0)
+	    call gsder (sy, x, y, Memr[der2], ncols, 0, 1)
+	    call amulr (Memr[der1], Memr[der2], out, ncols)
+	    call gsder (sx, x, y, Memr[der1], ncols, 0, 1)
+	    call gsder (sy, x, y, Memr[der2], ncols, 1, 0)
+	    call amulr (Memr[der1], Memr[der2], Memr[der1], ncols)
+	    call asubr (out, Memr[der1], out, ncols)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MSIVECTOR -- Procedure to interpolate the surface coordinates
+
+procedure geo_msivector (in, out, geo, xmsi, ymsi, jmsi, msi, sx1, sy1, sx2,
+        sy2, xref, c1, c2, nxsample, yref, l1, l2, nysample, x0, y0)
+
+pointer	in		#I pointer to input image
+pointer	out		#I pointer to output image
+pointer	geo		#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	xmsi, ymsi	#I pointer to the interpolation cord surfaces
+pointer	jmsi		#I pointer to Jacobian surface
+pointer	msi		#I pointer to interpolation surface
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I pointer to higher order surfaces
+real	xref[ARB]	#I x reference coordinates
+int	c1, c2		#I column limits in output image
+int	nxsample	#I the x sample size
+real	yref[ARB]	#I y reference coordinates
+int	l1, l2		#I line limits in output image
+int	nysample	#I the y sample size
+int	x0, y0		#I zero points of interpolation coordinates
+
+int	j, ncols, nlines, ncols4, nlines4
+int	imc1, imc2, iml1, iml2, nicols, nilines
+pointer	sp, txref, tyref, x, y, xin, yin, inbuf, outbuf 
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, factor
+pointer	imgs1r(), imgs2r(), imps1r(), imps2r()
+real	geo_jfactor()
+
+begin
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	# Find min max of interpolation coords.
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    call geo_iminmax (xref, yref, c1, c2, l1, l2, x0, 0,
+	        xmsi, ymsi, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	else
+	    call geo_iminmax (xref, yref, c1, c2, l1, l2, x0, y0,
+	        xmsi, ymsi, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Get the appropriate image section and fit the interpolant.
+	imc1 = int(xmin) - GT_NXYMARGIN(geo)
+	if (imc1 <= 0)
+	    imc1 = imc1 - 1
+	imc2 = nint (xmax) + GT_NXYMARGIN(geo) + 1
+	nicols = imc2 - imc1 + 1
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1) {
+	    ncols4 = 2 * ncols
+	    nlines4 = 2 * nlines
+	    iml1 = 1
+	    iml2 = 1
+	    nilines = 1
+	    inbuf = imgs1r (in, imc1, imc2)
+	    if (inbuf == EOF)
+	        call error (0, "Error reading image")
+	    call asifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], nicols)
+	} else {
+	    ncols4 = 4 * ncols
+	    nlines4 = 4 * nlines
+	    iml1 = int(ymin) - GT_NXYMARGIN(geo)
+	    if (iml1 <= 0)
+	        iml1 = iml1 - 1
+	    iml2 = nint (ymax) + GT_NXYMARGIN(geo) + 1
+	    nilines = iml2 - iml1 + 1
+	    inbuf = imgs2r (in, imc1, imc2, iml1, iml2)
+	    if (inbuf == EOF)
+	        call error (0, "Error reading image")
+	    call msifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], nicols, nilines, nicols)
+	}
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	if (GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) == II_DRIZZLE || GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) ==
+	    II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	    call salloc (txref, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (tyref, nlines4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (x, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (y, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xin, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (yin, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	        call geo_sample (geo, Memr[txref], c1, c2, nxsample,
+		    Memr[tyref], l1, l2, nysample, GT_TWO)
+	    else
+	        call geo_sample (geo, Memr[txref], c1, c2, nxsample,
+		    Memr[tyref], l1, l2, nysample, GT_FOUR)
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[txref], real (-x0 + 1), Memr[x], ncols4)
+	} else {
+	    call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (yin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call aaddkr (xref[c1], real (-x0 + 1), Memr[x], ncols)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the output buffer.
+	do j = l1, l2 {
+
+	    # Write the output image.
+	    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	        outbuf = imps1r (out, c1, c2)
+	    else
+	        outbuf = imps2r (out, c1, c2, j, j)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+
+	    # Compute the interpolation coordinates.
+	    if (GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) == II_DRIZZLE || GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) ==
+	        II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1) {
+		    call asivector (xmsi, Memr[x], Memr[xin], ncols4)
+		    call amovkr (1.0, Memr[yin], ncols4)
+	        } else {
+	            #call amovkr (yref[j] + real (-y0 + 1), Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call geo_repeat (Memr[tyref+4*(j-l1)], 4, Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[y], real(-y0 + 1), Memr[y], ncols4)
+	            call msivector (xmsi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols4)
+	            call msivector (ymsi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols4)
+	        }
+	        if (imc1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[xin], real (-imc1 + 1), Memr[xin], ncols4)
+	        if (iml1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[yin], real (-iml1 + 1), Memr[yin], ncols4)
+	    } else {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1) {
+		    call asivector (xmsi, Memr[x], Memr[xin], ncols)
+		    call amovkr (1.0, Memr[yin], ncols)
+	        } else {
+	            call amovkr (yref[j] + real (-y0 + 1), Memr[y], ncols)
+	            call msivector (xmsi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols)
+	            call msivector (ymsi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols)
+	        }
+	        if (imc1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[xin], real (-imc1 + 1), Memr[xin], ncols)
+	        if (iml1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[yin], real (-iml1 + 1), Memr[yin], ncols)
+	    }
+
+	    # Interpolate in the input image.
+	    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	        call asivector (msi, Memr[xin], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    else
+	        call msivector (msi, Memr[xin], Memr[yin], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+
+	    # Preserve flux in image.
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES) {
+		factor = GT_XSCALE(geo) * GT_YSCALE(geo)
+		if (GT_GEOMODE(geo) == GT_LINEAR || (sx2 == NULL && sy2 ==
+		    NULL)) {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+			    NULL), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		    else
+		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+			    sy1), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		} else {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+		        call geo_msiflux (jmsi, xref, yref, Memr[outbuf],
+			    c1, c2, 0, x0, y0)
+		    else
+		        call geo_msiflux (jmsi, xref, yref, Memr[outbuf],
+			    c1, c2, j, x0, y0)
+		    call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor, Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GSVECTOR -- Evaluate the output image pixels using fitted coordinate
+# values and image interpolation.
+
+procedure geo_gsvector (input, output, geo, msi, xref, c1, c2, yref, l1, l2,
+        sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	input			#I pointer to input image
+pointer	output			#I pointer to output image
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	msi			#I pointer to interpolant
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference array
+int	c1, c2			#I columns of interest in output image
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference array
+int	l1, l2			#I lines of interest in the output image
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I linear surface descriptors
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I distortion surface descriptors
+
+int	j, ncols, nlines, ncols4, nlines4, nicols, nilines
+int	imc1, imc2, iml1, iml2
+pointer	sp, txref, tyref, y, xin, yin, temp, inbuf, outbuf
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, factor
+pointer	imgs1r(), imgs2r(), imps1r(), imps2r()
+real	gsgetr(), geo_jfactor()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the number of columns.
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	# Compute the maximum and minimum coordinates.
+	call geo_minmax (xref, yref, c1, c2, l1, l2, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+	    xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Get the appropriate image section and fill the buffer.
+	imc1 = int(xmin) - GT_NXYMARGIN(geo)
+	if (imc1 <= 0)
+	    imc1 = imc1 - 1
+	imc2 = nint (xmax) + GT_NXYMARGIN(geo) + 1
+	nicols = imc2 - imc1 + 1
+	if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1) {
+	    iml1 = 1
+	    iml2 = 1
+	    nilines = 1
+	    ncols4 = 2 * ncols
+	    nlines4 = 2 * nlines
+	    inbuf = imgs1r (input, imc1, imc2)
+	    if (inbuf == EOF)
+	        call error (0, "Error reading image")
+	    call asifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], nicols)
+	} else {
+	    iml1 = int(ymin) - GT_NXYMARGIN(geo)
+	    if (iml1 <= 0)
+	        iml1 = iml1 - 1
+	    iml2 = nint (ymax) + GT_NXYMARGIN(geo) + 1
+	    nilines = iml2 - iml1 + 1
+	    ncols4 = 4 * ncols
+	    nlines4 = 4 * nlines
+	    inbuf = imgs2r (input, imc1, imc2, iml1, iml2)
+	    if (inbuf == EOF)
+	        call error (0, "Error reading image")
+	    call msifit (msi, Memr[inbuf], nicols, nilines, nicols)
+	}
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	if (GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) == II_DRIZZLE || GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) ==
+		II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	    call salloc (txref, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (tyref, nlines4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (y, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xin, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (yin, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (temp, ncols4, TY_REAL)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+	        call geo_ref (geo, Memr[txref], c1, c2, GT_NCOLS(geo),
+	            Memr[tyref], l1, l2, GT_NLINES(geo), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN),
+	            gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1,
+	            GSYMAX), GT_TWO)
+	    else
+	        call geo_ref (geo, Memr[txref], c1, c2, GT_NCOLS(geo),
+	            Memr[tyref], l1, l2, GT_NLINES(geo), gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN),
+	            gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX), gsgetr (sx1, GSYMIN), gsgetr (sx1,
+	            GSYMAX), GT_FOUR)
+	} else {
+	    call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (yin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (temp, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the pixels.
+	do j = l1, l2 {
+
+	    # Get output image buffer.
+	    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+	        outbuf = imps1r (output, c1, c2)
+	    else
+	        outbuf = imps2r (output, c1, c2, j, j)
+	    if (output == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+
+	    # Compute the interpolation coordinates.
+	    if (GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) == II_DRIZZLE || GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) ==
+		II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+
+		# Set the y coordinate.
+	        if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+	            call geo_repeat (Memr[tyref+2*(j-l1)], 2, Memr[y], ncols)
+		else
+	            call geo_repeat (Memr[tyref+4*(j-l1)], 4, Memr[y], ncols)
+
+	        # Fit x coords.
+	        call gsvector (sx1, Memr[txref], Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols4)
+	        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+		    call gsvector (sx2, Memr[txref], Memr[y], Memr[temp],
+		        ncols4)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[xin], Memr[temp], Memr[xin], ncols4)
+	        }
+	        if (imc1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[xin], real (-imc1 + 1), Memr[xin], ncols4)
+
+	        # Fit y coords.
+	        call gsvector (sy1, Memr[txref], Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols4)
+	        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+		    call gsvector (sy2, Memr[txref], Memr[y], Memr[temp],
+		        ncols4)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[yin], Memr[temp], Memr[yin], ncols4)
+	        }
+	        if (iml1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[yin], real (-iml1 + 1), Memr[yin], ncols4)
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Set the y coordinate.
+	        call amovkr (yref[j], Memr[y], ncols)
+
+	        # Fit x coords.
+	        call gsvector (sx1, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols)
+	        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+		    call gsvector (sx2, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[temp], ncols)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[xin], Memr[temp], Memr[xin], ncols)
+	        }
+	        if (imc1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[xin], real (-imc1 + 1), Memr[xin], ncols)
+
+	        # Fit y coords.
+	        call gsvector (sy1, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols)
+	        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+		    call gsvector (sy2, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[temp], ncols)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[yin], Memr[temp], Memr[yin], ncols)
+	        }
+	        if (iml1 != 1)
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[yin], real (-iml1 + 1), Memr[yin], ncols)
+	    }
+
+	    # Interpolate in input image.
+	    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+	        call asivector (msi, Memr[xin], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    else
+	        call msivector (msi, Memr[xin], Memr[yin], Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+
+	    # Preserve flux in image.
+	    if (GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) == YES) {
+		factor = GT_XSCALE(geo) * GT_YSCALE(geo)
+		if (GT_GEOMODE(geo) == GT_LINEAR || (sx2 == NULL && sy2 ==
+		    NULL)) {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+			    NULL), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		    else
+		        call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor * geo_jfactor (sx1,
+			    sy1), Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		} else {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(input) == 1)
+		        call geo_gsflux (xref, yref, Memr[outbuf], c1, c2, j,
+		            sx1, NULL, sx2, NULL)
+		    else
+		        call geo_gsflux (xref, yref, Memr[outbuf], c1, c2, j,
+		            sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		    call amulkr (Memr[outbuf], factor, Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_IMINMAX -- Find minimum and maximum interpolation coordinates.
+
+procedure geo_iminmax (xref, yref, c1, c2, l1, l2, x0, y0, xmsi, ymsi, xmin,
+        xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coords
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coords
+int	c1, c2			#I columns limits
+int	l1, l2			#I line limits
+int	x0, y0			#I interpolation coord zero points
+pointer	xmsi, ymsi		#I coord surfaces
+real	xmin, xmax		#O output xmin and xmax
+real	ymin, ymax		#O output ymin and ymax
+
+int	j, ncols
+pointer	sp, x, y, xin, yin
+real	mintemp, maxtemp, x1, x2, y1, y2
+real	asieval(), msieval()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	xmin = MAX_REAL
+	xmax = -MAX_REAL
+	ymin = MAX_REAL
+	ymax = -MAX_REAL
+
+	# find the minimum and maximum
+	do j = l1, l2 {
+
+	    if (j == l1 || j == l2) {
+
+		call aaddkr (xref[c1], real (-x0 + 1), Memr[x], ncols)
+		if (y0 <= 0) {
+		    call asivector (xmsi, Memr[x], Memr[xin], ncols)
+		    ymin = 1.0
+		    ymax = 1.0
+		} else {
+	            call amovkr (yref[j] + real (-y0 + 1), Memr[y], ncols)
+		    call msivector (xmsi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols)
+		    call msivector (ymsi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols)
+		    call alimr (Memr[yin], ncols, mintemp, maxtemp)
+		    ymin = min (ymin, mintemp)
+		    ymax = max (ymax, maxtemp)
+		}
+		call alimr (Memr[xin], ncols, mintemp, maxtemp)
+		xmin = min (xmin, mintemp)
+		xmax = max (xmax, maxtemp)
+	    } else {
+		if (y0 <= 0) {
+		    x1 = asieval (xmsi, xref[c1] + real (-x0 + 1))
+		    x2 = asieval (xmsi, xref[c1+ncols-1] + real (-x0 + 1))
+		    ymin = 1.0
+		    ymax = 1.0
+		} else {
+		    x1 = msieval (xmsi, xref[c1] + real (-x0 + 1),
+		        yref[j] + real (-y0 + 1))
+		    x2 = msieval (xmsi, xref[c1+ncols-1] + real (-x0 + 1),
+		        yref[j] + real (-y0 + 1))
+		    y1 = msieval (ymsi, xref[c1] + real (-x0 + 1),
+		        yref[j]  + real (-y0 + 1))
+		    y2 = msieval (ymsi, xref[c1+ncols-1] + real (-x0 + 1),
+		        yref[j] + real (-y0 + 1))
+		    ymin = min (ymin, y1, y2)
+		    ymax = max (ymax, y1, y2)
+		}
+		xmin = min (xmin, x1, x2)
+		xmax = max (xmax, x1, x2)
+
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MINMAX -- Compute the minimum and maximum fitted coordinates.
+
+procedure geo_minmax (xref, yref, c1, c2, l1, l2, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coords
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coords
+int	c1, c2			#I columns limits
+int	l1, l2			#I line limits
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I linear surface descriptors
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I distortion surface descriptors
+real	xmin, xmax		#O output xmin and xmax
+real	ymin, ymax		#O output ymin and ymax
+
+int	j, ncols
+pointer	sp, y, xin, yin, temp
+real	x1, x2, y1, y2, mintemp, maxtemp
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yin, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (temp, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	xmin = MAX_REAL
+	xmax = -MAX_REAL
+	ymin = MAX_REAL
+	ymax = -MAX_REAL
+
+	# Find the maximum and minimum coordinates.
+	do j = l1, l2 {
+
+	    if (j == l1 || j == l2) {
+
+	        call amovkr (yref[j], Memr[y], ncols)
+	        call gsvector (sx1, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[xin], ncols)
+	        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+		    call gsvector (sx2, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[temp], ncols)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[xin], Memr[temp], Memr[xin], ncols)
+	        }
+	        call gsvector (sy1, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[yin], ncols)
+	        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+		    call gsvector (sy2, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[temp], ncols)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[yin], Memr[temp], Memr[yin], ncols)
+		}
+
+		call alimr (Memr[xin], ncols, mintemp, maxtemp)
+		xmin = min (xmin, mintemp)
+		xmax = max (xmax, maxtemp)
+		call alimr (Memr[yin], ncols, mintemp, maxtemp)
+		ymin = min (ymin, mintemp)
+		ymax = max (ymax, maxtemp)
+
+	    } else {
+
+		x1 = gseval (sx1, xref[c1], yref[j])
+		x2 = gseval (sx1, xref[c1+ncols-1], yref[j])
+		if (sx2 != NULL) {
+		    x1 = x1 + gseval (sx2, xref[c1], yref[j])
+		    x2 = x2 + gseval (sx2, xref[c1+ncols-1], yref[j])
+		}
+		xmin = min (xmin, x1, x2)
+		xmax = max (xmax, x1, x2)
+
+		y1 = gseval (sy1, xref[c1], yref[j])
+		y2 = gseval (sy1, xref[c1+ncols-1], yref[j])
+		if (sy2 != NULL) {
+		    y1 = y1 + gseval (sy2, xref[c1], yref[j])
+		    y2 = y2 + gseval (sy2, xref[c1+ncols-1], yref[j])
+		}
+		ymin = min (ymin, y1, y2)
+		ymax = max (ymax, y1, y2)
+
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MARGSET -- Set up interpolation margin
+
+procedure geo_margset (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xmin, xmax, ncols, ymin, ymax,
+	nlines, interpolant, nsinc, nxymargin)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I linear surface descriptors
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I distortion surface descriptors
+real	xmin, xmax		#I the reference coordinate x limits
+int	ncols			#I the number of output image columns
+real	ymin, ymax		#I the reference coordinate y limits
+int	nlines			#I the number of output image lines
+int	interpolant		#I the interpolant type
+int	nsinc			#I the sinc width
+int	nxymargin		#O the interpolation margin
+
+int	dist1, dist2, dist3, dist4, dist5, dist6
+pointer	newsx, newsy
+real	x1, y1, x2, y2
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	if (interpolant == II_SPLINE3 || interpolant == II_BISPLINE3) {
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN_SPLINE3
+	} else if (interpolant == II_LSINC || interpolant == II_BILSINC) {
+	    nxymargin = nsinc
+	} else if (interpolant == II_SINC || interpolant == II_BISINC) {
+	    nxymargin = nsinc
+	} else if (interpolant == II_DRIZZLE || interpolant == II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+	    if (sx2 == NULL)
+		call gscopy (sx1, newsx)
+	    else
+		call gsadd (sx1, sx2, newsx)
+	    if (sy2 == NULL)
+		call gscopy (sy1, newsy)
+	    else
+		call gsadd (sy1, sy2, newsy)
+	    x1 = gseval (newsx, xmin, ymin)
+	    y1 = gseval (newsy, xmin, ymin)
+	    x2 = gseval (newsx, xmax, ymin)
+	    y2 = gseval (newsy, xmax, ymin)
+	    dist1 = sqrt ((x1 - x2) ** 2 + (y1 - y2) ** 2) / ncols
+	    x1 = gseval (newsx, xmax, ymax)
+	    y1 = gseval (newsy, xmax, ymax)
+	    dist2 = sqrt ((x1 - x2) ** 2 + (y1 - y2) ** 2) / nlines
+	    x2 = gseval (newsx, xmin, ymax)
+	    y2 = gseval (newsy, xmin, ymax)
+	    dist3 = sqrt ((x1 - x2) ** 2 + (y1 - y2) ** 2) / ncols
+	    x1 = gseval (newsx, xmin, ymin)
+	    y1 = gseval (newsy, xmin, ymin)
+	    dist4 = sqrt ((x1 - x2) ** 2 + (y1 - y2) ** 2) / nlines
+	    x1 = gseval (newsx, xmin, (ymin + ymax) / 2.0)
+	    y1 = gseval (newsy, xmin, (ymin + ymax) / 2.0)
+	    x2 = gseval (newsx, xmax, (ymin + ymax) / 2.0)
+	    y2 = gseval (newsy, xmax, (ymin + ymax) / 2.0)
+	    dist5 = sqrt ((x1 - x2) ** 2 + (y1 - y2) ** 2) / ncols
+	    x1 = gseval (newsx, (xmin + xmax) / 2.0, ymin)
+	    y1 = gseval (newsy, (xmin + xmax) / 2.0, ymin)
+	    x2 = gseval (newsx, (xmin + xmax) / 2.0, ymax)
+	    y2 = gseval (newsy, (xmin + xmax) / 2.0, ymax)
+	    dist6 = sqrt ((x1 - x2) ** 2 + (y1 - y2) ** 2) / nlines
+	    nxymargin = max (NMARGIN, dist1, dist2, dist3, dist4,
+	        dist5, dist6)
+	    call gsfree (newsx)
+	    call gsfree (newsy)
+	} else {
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_IMSET -- Set up input image boundary conditions.
+
+procedure geo_imset (im, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, nx, yref, ny)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to image
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I linear surface descriptors
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I distortion surface descriptors
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+int	nx			#I number of x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+int	ny			#I number of y reference coordinates
+
+int	bndry, npts
+pointer	sp, x1, x2, y1, y2, xtemp, ytemp
+real	xn1, xn2, xn3, xn4, yn1, yn2, yn3, yn4, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	npts = max (nx, ny)
+
+	xn1 = gseval (sx1, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_YMIN(geo))
+	xn2 = gseval (sx1, GT_XMAX(geo), GT_YMIN(geo))
+	xn3 = gseval (sx1, GT_XMAX(geo), GT_YMAX(geo))
+	xn4 = gseval (sx1, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo))
+
+	yn1 = gseval (sy1, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_YMIN(geo))
+	yn2 = gseval (sy1, GT_XMAX(geo), GT_YMIN(geo))
+	yn3 = gseval (sy1, GT_XMAX(geo), GT_YMAX(geo))
+	yn4 = gseval (sy1, GT_XMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo))
+
+	xmin = min (xn1, xn2, xn3, xn4)
+	ymin = min (yn1, yn2, yn3, yn4)
+	xmax = max (xn1, xn2, xn3, xn4)
+	ymax = max (yn1, yn2, yn3, yn4)
+
+	if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (x1, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (x2, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xtemp, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ytemp, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_YMIN(geo), Memr[ytemp], nx) 
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[x1], nx)
+	    call gsvector (sx2, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[x2], nx)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[x1], Memr[x2], Memr[x1], nx)
+	    call alimr (Memr[x1], nx, xn1, yn1)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_XMAX(geo), Memr[xtemp], ny) 
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[x1], ny)
+	    call gsvector (sx2, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[x2], ny)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[x1], Memr[x2], Memr[x1], ny)
+	    call alimr (Memr[x1], ny, xn2, yn2)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_YMAX(geo), Memr[ytemp], nx) 
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[x1], nx)
+	    call gsvector (sx2, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[x2], nx)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[x1], Memr[x2], Memr[x1], nx)
+	    call alimr (Memr[x1], nx, xn3, yn3)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_XMIN(geo), Memr[xtemp], ny) 
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[x1], ny)
+	    call gsvector (sx2, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[x2], ny)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[x1], Memr[x2], Memr[x1], ny)
+	    call alimr (Memr[x1], ny, xn4, yn4)
+
+	    xmin = min (xn1, xn2, xn3, xn4)
+	    xmax = max (yn1, yn2, yn3, yn4)
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+
+	if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (y1, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (y2, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xtemp, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ytemp, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_YMIN(geo), Memr[ytemp], nx) 
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[y1], nx)
+	    call gsvector (sy2, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[y2], nx)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[y1], Memr[y2], Memr[y1], nx)
+	    call alimr (Memr[y1], nx, xn1, yn1)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_XMAX(geo), Memr[xtemp], ny) 
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[y1], ny)
+	    call gsvector (sy2, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[y2], ny)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[y1], Memr[y2], Memr[y1], ny)
+	    call alimr (Memr[y1], ny, xn2, yn2)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_YMAX(geo), Memr[ytemp], nx) 
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[y1], nx)
+	    call gsvector (sy2, xref, Memr[ytemp], Memr[y2], nx)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[y1], Memr[y2], Memr[y1], nx)
+	    call alimr (Memr[y1], nx, xn3, yn3)
+
+	    call amovkr (GT_XMIN(geo), Memr[xtemp], ny) 
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[y1], ny)
+	    call gsvector (sy2, Memr[xtemp], yref, Memr[y2], ny)
+	    call aaddr (Memr[y1], Memr[y2], Memr[y1], ny)
+	    call alimr (Memr[y1], ny, xn4, yn4)
+
+	    ymin = min (xn1, xn2, xn3, xn4)
+	    ymax = max (yn1, yn2, yn3, yn4)
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the out-of-bounds limit.
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+	    if (xmin < 1.0 || xmax > real (IM_LEN(im,1)))
+	        bndry = max (1.0 - xmin, xmax - IM_LEN(im,1)) + 1
+	    else
+	        bndry = 1
+	} else {
+	    if (xmin < 1.0 || ymin < 1.0 || xmax > real (IM_LEN(im,1)) ||
+	        ymax > real (IM_LEN(im,2)))
+	        bndry = max (1.0 - xmin, 1.0 - ymin, xmax - IM_LEN(im,1),
+		    ymax - IM_LEN(im,2)) + 1
+	    else
+	        bndry = 1
+	}
+
+	call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, bndry + GT_NXYMARGIN(geo) + 1)
+	call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, GT_BOUNDARY(geo))
+	call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, GT_CONSTANT(geo))
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GSFLUX -- Preserve the image flux after a transformation.
+
+procedure geo_gsflux (xref, yref, buf, c1, c2, line, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+real	buf[ARB]		#O output image buffer
+int	c1, c2			#I column limits in the output image
+int	line			#I line in the output image
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I linear surface descriptors
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I distortion surface descriptors
+
+int	ncols
+pointer	sp, y, der1, der2, jacob, sx, sy
+
+begin
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+
+	# Get the reference coordinates.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (jacob, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Add the two surfaces together for efficiency.
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call gsadd (sx1, sx2, sx)
+	else
+	    call gscopy (sx1, sx)
+	if (sy1 == NULL)
+	    sy = NULL
+	else if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call gsadd (sy1, sy2, sy)
+	else
+	    call gscopy (sy1, sy)
+
+	# Multiply the output buffer by the Jacobian.
+	call amovkr (yref[line], Memr[y], ncols)
+	if (sy == NULL)
+	    call gsder (sx, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[jacob], ncols, 1, 0)
+	else {
+	    call salloc (der1, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (der2, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call gsder (sx, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[der1], ncols, 1, 0)
+	    call gsder (sy, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[der2], ncols, 0, 1)
+	    call amulr (Memr[der1], Memr[der2], Memr[jacob], ncols)
+	    call gsder (sx, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[der1], ncols, 0, 1) 
+	    call gsder (sy, xref[c1], Memr[y], Memr[der2], ncols, 1, 0)
+	    call amulr (Memr[der1], Memr[der2], Memr[der1], ncols)
+	    call asubr (Memr[jacob], Memr[der1], Memr[jacob], ncols)
+	}
+	call aabsr (Memr[jacob], Memr[jacob], ncols)
+	call amulr (buf, Memr[jacob], buf, ncols)
+
+	# Clean up.
+	call gsfree (sx)
+	if (sy != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MSIFLUX -- Procedure to interpolate the surface coordinates
+
+procedure geo_msiflux (jmsi, xinterp, yinterp, outdata, c1, c2, line, x0, y0)
+
+pointer	jmsi	        	#I pointer to the jacobian interpolant
+real	xinterp[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+real	yinterp[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+real	outdata[ARB]		#O output data
+int	c1, c2			#I column limits in output image
+int	line			#I line to be flux corrected
+int	x0, y0			#I zero points of interpolation coordinates
+
+int	ncols
+pointer	sp, x, y, jacob
+
+begin
+	# Allocate tempoaray space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	call salloc (x, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (jacob, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Calculate the x points.
+	if (x0 == 1)
+	    call amovr (xinterp[c1], Memr[x], ncols)
+	else
+	    call aaddkr (xinterp[c1], real (-x0 + 1), Memr[x], ncols)
+
+	# Multiply the data by the Jacobian.
+	if (line == 0) {
+	    call asivector (jmsi, Memr[x], Memr[jacob], ncols)
+	} else {
+	    call salloc (y, ncols, TY_REAL)
+	    call amovkr ((yinterp[line] + real (-y0 + 1)), Memr[y], ncols)
+	    call msivector (jmsi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[jacob], ncols)
+	}
+	call aabsr (Memr[jacob], Memr[jacob], ncols)
+	call amulr (outdata, Memr[jacob], outdata, ncols)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_JFACTOR -- Compute the Jacobian of a linear transformation.
+
+real procedure geo_jfactor (sx1, sy1)
+
+pointer	sx1			#I pointer to x surface
+pointer	sy1			#I pointer to y surface
+
+real	xval, yval, xx, xy, yx, yy
+real	gsgetr()
+
+begin
+	xval = (gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN) + gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX)) / 2.0
+	if (sy1 == NULL)
+	    yval = 1.0
+	else
+	    yval = (gsgetr (sy1, GSYMIN) + gsgetr (sy1, GSYMIN)) / 2.0 
+
+	call gsder (sx1, xval, yval, xx, 1, 1, 0)
+	if (sy1 == NULL) {
+	    xy = 0.0
+	    yy = 1.0
+	    yx = 0.0
+	} else {
+	    call gsder (sx1, xval, yval, xy, 1, 0, 1)
+	    call gsder (sy1, xval, yval, yx, 1, 1, 0)
+	    call gsder (sy1, xval, yval, yy, 1, 0, 1)
+	}
+
+	return (abs (xx * yy - xy * yx))
+end
+
+
+# GEO_REPEAT -- Copy a small repeated pattern into the output buffer.
+
+procedure geo_repeat (pat, npat, output, ntimes)
+
+real	pat[ARB]	#I the input pattern to be repeated 
+int	npat		#I the size of the pattern
+real	output[ARB]	#O the output array
+int	ntimes		#I the number of times the pattern is to be repeated
+
+int	j, i, offset
+
+begin
+	do j = 1, ntimes {
+	    offset = npat * j - npat
+	    do i = 1, npat
+		output[offset+i] = pat[i]
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22d577f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+
+define GEO_LINEAR       1               # Linear transformation only
+define GEO_DISTORTION   2               # Distortion correction only
+define GEO_GEOMETRIC    3               # Full transformation
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# GEO_LINIT -- Initialize the linear part of the transformation.
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+procedure geo_linitr (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+$else
+procedure geo_linitd (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+$endif
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the linear x and y  surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I/O pointer to the distortion x and y surfaces
+
+PIXEL	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift
+$if (datatype == r)
+real	clgetr(), gseval()
+$else
+double	clgetd(), dgseval()
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the surfaces.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL,
+	    -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL)
+	call gsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL,
+	    -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL)
+$else
+	call dgsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, double (-MAX_REAL),
+	    double (MAX_REAL), double (-MAX_REAL), double (MAX_REAL))
+	call dgsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, double (-MAX_REAL),
+	    double (MAX_REAL), double (-MAX_REAL), double (MAX_REAL))
+$endif
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Get the magnification parameters.
+	xmag = clget$t ("xmag")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xmag))
+	    xmag = PIXEL(1.0)
+	ymag = clget$t ("ymag")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(ymag))
+	    ymag = PIXEL(1.0)
+
+	# Get the rotation parameters.
+	xrot = clget$t ("xrot")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xrot))
+	    xrot = PIXEL(0.0)
+	xrot = -DEGTORAD(xrot)
+	yrot = clget$t ("yrot")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yrot))
+	    yrot = PIXEL(0.0)
+	yrot = -DEGTORAD(yrot)
+
+	# Set the magnification and rotation coefficients.
+	call geo_rotmag$t (sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+
+	# Compute the origin of the reference coordinates.
+	xref = clget$t ("xref")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xref))
+	    xref = PIXEL(0.0)
+	yref = clget$t ("yref")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yref))
+	    yref = PIXEL(0.0)
+
+	# Compute the corresponding input coordinates.
+	xout = clget$t ("xout")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xout))
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    xout = gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+$else
+	    xout = dgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+$endif
+	yout = clget$t ("yout")
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yout))
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    yout = gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+$else
+	    yout = dgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+$endif
+
+	# Set the shifts.
+	xshift = clget$t ("xshift")
+	yshift = clget$t ("yshift")
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+$else
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - $tgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - $tgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+$endif
+	call geo_xyshift$t (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SFREE -- Free the x and y surface fitting descriptors.
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+procedure geo_sfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+$else
+procedure geo_sfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+$endif
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the linear x and y  surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I/O pointer to the distortion x and y surfaces
+
+begin
+$if (datatype == r)
+        call gsfree (sx1)
+        call gsfree (sy1)
+        if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx2)
+        if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy2)
+$else
+        call dgsfree (sx1)
+        call dgsfree (sy1)
+        if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx2)
+        if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy2)
+$endif
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SINIT --  Read the surface fits from the database file and make
+# any requested changes.
+
+procedure geo_sinit$t (dt, record, geometry, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	dt			#I pointer to database file produced by geomap
+char	record[ARB]		#I the name of the database record
+int	geometry		#I the type of geometry to be computed
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+
+int	i, rec, ncoeff, junk
+PIXEL	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift
+pointer	newsx1, newsy1, xcoeff, ycoeff
+int	dtlocate(), dtscan(), dtgeti()
+PIXEL	clget$t()
+$if (datatype == r)
+errchk	gsrestore
+$else
+errchk	dgsrestore
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Locate record.
+	rec = dtlocate (dt, record)
+
+	# Get linear part of fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface1")
+	call malloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call malloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    junk = dtscan (dt)
+	    call garg$t (Mem$t[xcoeff+i-1])
+	    call garg$t (Mem$t[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Restore linear part of fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gsrestore (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gsrestore (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	call dgsrestore (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgsrestore (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+
+	# Get geometric transformation.
+	xmag = clget$t ("xmag")
+	ymag = clget$t ("ymag")
+	xrot = clget$t ("xrotation")
+	yrot = clget$t ("yrotation")
+	xout = clget$t ("xout")
+	yout = clget$t ("yout")
+	xref = clget$t ("xref")
+	yref = clget$t ("yref")
+	xshift = clget$t ("xshift")
+	yshift = clget$t ("yshift")
+
+	# Get set to adjust linear part of the fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gscopy (sx1, newsx1)
+	call gscopy (sy1, newsy1)
+$else
+	call dgscopy (sx1, newsx1)
+	call dgscopy (sy1, newsy1)
+$endif
+
+	if (geometry == GEO_DISTORTION)
+	    call geo_rotmag$t (newsx1, newsy1, PIXEL(1.0), PIXEL(1.0),
+	        PIXEL(0.0), PIXEL(0.0))
+	 else if (! IS_$INDEF$T(xmag) || ! IS_$INDEF$T(ymag) || 
+		! IS_$INDEF$T(xrot) || ! IS_$INDEF$T(yrot))
+	    call geo_drotmag$t (dt, rec, newsx1, newsy1, xmag, ymag,
+		    xrot, yrot)
+	call geo_dxyshift$t (dt, rec, newsx1, newsy1, xout, yout, xref, yref,
+	    xshift, yshift)
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gssave (newsx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (newsy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	call dgssave (newsx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (newsy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+
+	# Get distortion part of fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface2")
+	if (ncoeff > 0 && (geometry == GEO_GEOMETRIC ||
+	    geometry == GEO_DISTORTION)) {
+
+	    call realloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call realloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	    do i = 1, ncoeff {
+		junk = dtscan (dt)
+		call garg$t (Mem$t[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call garg$t (Mem$t[ycoeff+i-1])
+	    }
+
+	    # Restore distortion part of fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    iferr {
+	        call gsrestore (sx2, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sx2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sx2 = NULL
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call gsrestore (sy2, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sy2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sy2 = NULL
+	    }
+$else
+	    iferr {
+	        call dgsrestore (sx2, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sx2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sx2 = NULL
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call dgsrestore (sy2, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sy2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sy2 = NULL
+	    }
+$endif
+
+	} else {
+	    sx2 = NULL
+	    sy2 = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Redefine the linear surfaces.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gsfree (sx1)
+	call gscopy (newsx1, sx1)
+	call gsfree (newsx1)
+	call gsfree (sy1)
+	call gscopy (newsy1, sy1)
+	call gsfree (newsy1)
+$else
+	call dgsfree (sx1)
+	call dgscopy (newsx1, sx1)
+	call dgsfree (newsx1)
+	call dgsfree (sy1)
+	call dgscopy (newsy1, sy1)
+	call dgsfree (newsy1)
+$endif
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DO_TRANSFORM -- The linear transformation is performed in this procedure.
+# First the coordinates are scaled, then rotated and translated.  The
+# transformed coordinates are returned.
+
+procedure geo_do_transform$t (x, y, xt, yt, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+PIXEL	x, y			# initial positions
+PIXEL	xt, yt			# transformed positions
+pointer	sx1, sy1		# pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		# pointer to distortion surfaces
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+real	gseval()
+$else
+double	dgseval()
+$endif
+
+begin
+$if (datatype == r)
+	xt = gseval (sx1, x, y)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    xt = xt + gseval (sx2, x, y)
+	yt = gseval (sy1, x, y)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    yt = yt + gseval (sy2, x, y)
+$else
+	xt = dgseval (sx1, x, y)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    xt = xt + dgseval (sx2, x, y)
+	yt = dgseval (sy1, x, y)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    yt = yt + dgseval (sy2, x, y)
+$endif
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8bb9f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/geoxytran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+
+define GEO_LINEAR       1               # Linear transformation only
+define GEO_DISTORTION   2               # Distortion correction only
+define GEO_GEOMETRIC    3               # Full transformation
+
+
+
+# GEO_LINIT -- Initialize the linear part of the transformation.
+
+procedure geo_linitr (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the linear x and y  surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I/O pointer to the distortion x and y surfaces
+
+real	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift
+real	clgetr(), gseval()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the surfaces.
+	call gsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL,
+	    -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL)
+	call gsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL,
+	    -MAX_REAL, MAX_REAL)
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Get the magnification parameters.
+	xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xmag))
+	    xmag = real(1.0)
+	ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(ymag))
+	    ymag = real(1.0)
+
+	# Get the rotation parameters.
+	xrot = clgetr ("xrot")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xrot))
+	    xrot = real(0.0)
+	xrot = -DEGTORAD(xrot)
+	yrot = clgetr ("yrot")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yrot))
+	    yrot = real(0.0)
+	yrot = -DEGTORAD(yrot)
+
+	# Set the magnification and rotation coefficients.
+	call geo_rotmagr (sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+
+	# Compute the origin of the reference coordinates.
+	xref = clgetr ("xref")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xref))
+	    xref = real(0.0)
+	yref = clgetr ("yref")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yref))
+	    yref = real(0.0)
+
+	# Compute the corresponding input coordinates.
+	xout = clgetr ("xout")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xout))
+	    xout = gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	yout = clgetr ("yout")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yout))
+	    yout = gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	# Set the shifts.
+	xshift = clgetr ("xshift")
+	yshift = clgetr ("yshift")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - gseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - gseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+	call geo_xyshiftr (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SFREE -- Free the x and y surface fitting descriptors.
+
+procedure geo_sfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the linear x and y  surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I/O pointer to the distortion x and y surfaces
+
+begin
+        call gsfree (sx1)
+        call gsfree (sy1)
+        if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx2)
+        if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy2)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SINIT --  Read the surface fits from the database file and make
+# any requested changes.
+
+procedure geo_sinitr (dt, record, geometry, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	dt			#I pointer to database file produced by geomap
+char	record[ARB]		#I the name of the database record
+int	geometry		#I the type of geometry to be computed
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+
+int	i, rec, ncoeff, junk
+real	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift
+pointer	newsx1, newsy1, xcoeff, ycoeff
+int	dtlocate(), dtscan(), dtgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	gsrestore
+
+begin
+	# Locate record.
+	rec = dtlocate (dt, record)
+
+	# Get linear part of fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface1")
+	call malloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    junk = dtscan (dt)
+	    call gargr (Memr[xcoeff+i-1])
+	    call gargr (Memr[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Restore linear part of fit.
+	call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	# Get geometric transformation.
+	xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	xrot = clgetr ("xrotation")
+	yrot = clgetr ("yrotation")
+	xout = clgetr ("xout")
+	yout = clgetr ("yout")
+	xref = clgetr ("xref")
+	yref = clgetr ("yref")
+	xshift = clgetr ("xshift")
+	yshift = clgetr ("yshift")
+
+	# Get set to adjust linear part of the fit.
+	call gscopy (sx1, newsx1)
+	call gscopy (sy1, newsy1)
+
+	if (geometry == GEO_DISTORTION)
+	    call geo_rotmagr (newsx1, newsy1, real(1.0), real(1.0),
+	        real(0.0), real(0.0))
+	 else if (! IS_INDEFR(xmag) || ! IS_INDEFR(ymag) || 
+		! IS_INDEFR(xrot) || ! IS_INDEFR(yrot))
+	    call geo_drotmagr (dt, rec, newsx1, newsy1, xmag, ymag,
+		    xrot, yrot)
+	call geo_dxyshiftr (dt, rec, newsx1, newsy1, xout, yout, xref, yref,
+	    xshift, yshift)
+	call gssave (newsx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (newsy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	# Get distortion part of fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface2")
+	if (ncoeff > 0 && (geometry == GEO_GEOMETRIC ||
+	    geometry == GEO_DISTORTION)) {
+
+	    call realloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	    call realloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	    do i = 1, ncoeff {
+		junk = dtscan (dt)
+		call gargr (Memr[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call gargr (Memr[ycoeff+i-1])
+	    }
+
+	    # Restore distortion part of fit.
+	    iferr {
+	        call gsrestore (sx2, Memr[xcoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sx2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sx2 = NULL
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call gsrestore (sy2, Memr[ycoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sy2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sy2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    sx2 = NULL
+	    sy2 = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Redefine the linear surfaces.
+	call gsfree (sx1)
+	call gscopy (newsx1, sx1)
+	call gsfree (newsx1)
+	call gsfree (sy1)
+	call gscopy (newsy1, sy1)
+	call gsfree (newsy1)
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DO_TRANSFORM -- The linear transformation is performed in this procedure.
+# First the coordinates are scaled, then rotated and translated.  The
+# transformed coordinates are returned.
+
+procedure geo_do_transformr (x, y, xt, yt, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+real	x, y			# initial positions
+real	xt, yt			# transformed positions
+pointer	sx1, sy1		# pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		# pointer to distortion surfaces
+
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	xt = gseval (sx1, x, y)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    xt = xt + gseval (sx2, x, y)
+	yt = gseval (sy1, x, y)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    yt = yt + gseval (sy2, x, y)
+end
+
+
+
+# GEO_LINIT -- Initialize the linear part of the transformation.
+
+procedure geo_linitd (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the linear x and y  surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I/O pointer to the distortion x and y surfaces
+
+double	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift
+double	clgetd(), dgseval()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the surfaces.
+	call dgsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, double (-MAX_REAL),
+	    double (MAX_REAL), double (-MAX_REAL), double (MAX_REAL))
+	call dgsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, double (-MAX_REAL),
+	    double (MAX_REAL), double (-MAX_REAL), double (MAX_REAL))
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Get the magnification parameters.
+	xmag = clgetd ("xmag")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmag))
+	    xmag = double(1.0)
+	ymag = clgetd ("ymag")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymag))
+	    ymag = double(1.0)
+
+	# Get the rotation parameters.
+	xrot = clgetd ("xrot")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xrot))
+	    xrot = double(0.0)
+	xrot = -DEGTORAD(xrot)
+	yrot = clgetd ("yrot")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yrot))
+	    yrot = double(0.0)
+	yrot = -DEGTORAD(yrot)
+
+	# Set the magnification and rotation coefficients.
+	call geo_rotmagd (sx1, sy1, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot)
+
+	# Compute the origin of the reference coordinates.
+	xref = clgetd ("xref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xref))
+	    xref = double(0.0)
+	yref = clgetd ("yref")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yref))
+	    yref = double(0.0)
+
+	# Compute the corresponding input coordinates.
+	xout = clgetd ("xout")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xout))
+	    xout = dgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	yout = clgetd ("yout")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yout))
+	    yout = dgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+
+	# Set the shifts.
+	xshift = clgetd ("xshift")
+	yshift = clgetd ("yshift")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xshift))
+	    xshift = xout - dgseval (sx1, xref, yref)
+	if (IS_INDEFD(yshift))
+	    yshift = yout - dgseval (sy1, xref, yref)
+	call geo_xyshiftd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SFREE -- Free the x and y surface fitting descriptors.
+
+procedure geo_sfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I/O pointers to the linear x and y  surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I/O pointer to the distortion x and y surfaces
+
+begin
+        call dgsfree (sx1)
+        call dgsfree (sy1)
+        if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx2)
+        if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy2)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SINIT --  Read the surface fits from the database file and make
+# any requested changes.
+
+procedure geo_sinitd (dt, record, geometry, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	dt			#I pointer to database file produced by geomap
+char	record[ARB]		#I the name of the database record
+int	geometry		#I the type of geometry to be computed
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+
+int	i, rec, ncoeff, junk
+double	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xref, yref, xout, yout, xshift, yshift
+pointer	newsx1, newsy1, xcoeff, ycoeff
+int	dtlocate(), dtscan(), dtgeti()
+double	clgetd()
+errchk	dgsrestore
+
+begin
+	# Locate record.
+	rec = dtlocate (dt, record)
+
+	# Get linear part of fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface1")
+	call malloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    junk = dtscan (dt)
+	    call gargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+	    call gargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Restore linear part of fit.
+	call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	# Get geometric transformation.
+	xmag = clgetd ("xmag")
+	ymag = clgetd ("ymag")
+	xrot = clgetd ("xrotation")
+	yrot = clgetd ("yrotation")
+	xout = clgetd ("xout")
+	yout = clgetd ("yout")
+	xref = clgetd ("xref")
+	yref = clgetd ("yref")
+	xshift = clgetd ("xshift")
+	yshift = clgetd ("yshift")
+
+	# Get set to adjust linear part of the fit.
+	call dgscopy (sx1, newsx1)
+	call dgscopy (sy1, newsy1)
+
+	if (geometry == GEO_DISTORTION)
+	    call geo_rotmagd (newsx1, newsy1, double(1.0), double(1.0),
+	        double(0.0), double(0.0))
+	 else if (! IS_INDEFD(xmag) || ! IS_INDEFD(ymag) || 
+		! IS_INDEFD(xrot) || ! IS_INDEFD(yrot))
+	    call geo_drotmagd (dt, rec, newsx1, newsy1, xmag, ymag,
+		    xrot, yrot)
+	call geo_dxyshiftd (dt, rec, newsx1, newsy1, xout, yout, xref, yref,
+	    xshift, yshift)
+	call dgssave (newsx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (newsy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	# Get distortion part of fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface2")
+	if (ncoeff > 0 && (geometry == GEO_GEOMETRIC ||
+	    geometry == GEO_DISTORTION)) {
+
+	    call realloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call realloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    do i = 1, ncoeff {
+		junk = dtscan (dt)
+		call gargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call gargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+	    }
+
+	    # Restore distortion part of fit.
+	    iferr {
+	        call dgsrestore (sx2, Memd[xcoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sx2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sx2 = NULL
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call dgsrestore (sy2, Memd[ycoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sy2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sy2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    sx2 = NULL
+	    sy2 = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Redefine the linear surfaces.
+	call dgsfree (sx1)
+	call dgscopy (newsx1, sx1)
+	call dgsfree (newsx1)
+	call dgsfree (sy1)
+	call dgscopy (newsy1, sy1)
+	call dgsfree (newsy1)
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DO_TRANSFORM -- The linear transformation is performed in this procedure.
+# First the coordinates are scaled, then rotated and translated.  The
+# transformed coordinates are returned.
+
+procedure geo_do_transformd (x, y, xt, yt, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+double	x, y			# initial positions
+double	xt, yt			# transformed positions
+pointer	sx1, sy1		# pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		# pointer to distortion surfaces
+
+double	dgseval()
+
+begin
+	xt = dgseval (sx1, x, y)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    xt = xt + dgseval (sx2, x, y)
+	yt = dgseval (sy1, x, y)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    yt = yt + dgseval (sy2, x, y)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6e98b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Make the GEOMAP/GEOXYTRAN and CCMAP/CCSETWCS/CCTRAN tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+generic:
+        $set    GEN = "$$generic -k"
+
+	$ifolder (geofunc.x, geofunc.gx)
+	    $(GEN) geofunc.gx -o geofunc.x $endif
+	$ifolder (t_geomap.x, t_geomap.gx)
+	    $(GEN) t_geomap.gx -o t_geomap.x $endif
+	$ifolder (geoxytran.x,geoxytran.gx)
+            $(GEN) geoxytran.gx -o geoxytran.x $endif
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	$ifeq (USE_GENERIC, yes) $call generic $endif
+
+	geofunc.x	<math.h> <math/gsurfit.h>
+        geotimtran.x    <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h> <math/gsurfit.h> \
+                        <math/iminterp.h> geotran.h
+        geotran.x       <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h> <math/gsurfit.h> \
+                        <math/iminterp.h> geotran.h
+	geoxytran.x	<mach.h> <ctype.h> <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h>
+	t_geomap.x	<fset.h> <error.h> <mach.h> <math/gsurfit.h> \
+			<math.h> "../../../lib/geomap.h"
+        t_geotran.x     <imhdr.h> <mwset.h> <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h> \
+                        geotran.h
+	t_geoxytran.x	<fset.h> <ctype.h>
+	trinvert.x
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02d530e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,921 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <fset.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "../../../lib/geomap.h"
+
+define	GM_REAL		1	# computation type is real
+define	GM_DOUBLE	2	# computation type is double
+
+$for (r)
+
+# T_GEOMAP -- Procedure to calculate the transformation required to transform
+# the coordinate system of a reference image to the coordinate system of
+# an input image. The transformation is of the following form.
+#
+#		xin = f (xref, yref)
+#		yin = g (xref, yref)
+
+procedure t_geomap ()
+
+bool	verbose, interactive
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, reject
+int	geometry, function, calctype, nfiles, list, in, reclist, nrecords
+int	xxorder, xyorder, xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter
+int	reslist, nresfiles, res
+pointer	sp, in_name, str, out, fit, gd, graphics
+real	rxmin, rxmax, rymin, rymax
+
+bool	clgetb()
+double	clgetd()
+int	clgeti(), clgwrd(), clplen(), errget(), imtopenp(), imtlen()
+int	imtgetim()
+pointer	clpopnu(), clgfil(), dtmap(), gopen(), open()
+
+errchk	geo_mapr(), geo_mapd()
+
+begin
+	# Get working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (in_name, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (graphics, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, max(SZ_LINE, SZ_FNAME), TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get input data file(s).
+	list = clpopnu ("input")
+	nfiles = clplen (list)
+
+	# Open database output file.
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	out = dtmap (Memc[str], APPEND)
+
+	# Get minimum and maximum reference values.
+	xmin = clgetd ("xmin")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmin))
+	    rxmin = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rxmin = xmin
+	xmax = clgetd ("xmax")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmax))
+	    rxmax = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rxmax = xmax
+	ymin = clgetd ("ymin")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymin))
+	    rymin = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rymin = ymin
+	ymax = clgetd ("ymax")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymax))
+	    rymax = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rymax = ymax
+
+	# Get the records list.
+	reclist = imtopenp ("transforms")
+	nrecords = imtlen (reclist)
+	if ((nrecords > 0) && (nrecords != nfiles)) {
+	    call eprintf (
+	    "The number of records is not equal to the number of input files")
+	    call clpcls (list)
+	    call dtunmap (out)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the results file list.
+	reslist = clpopnu ("results")
+	nresfiles = clplen (reslist)
+	if (nresfiles > 1 && nresfiles !=  nfiles) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: there are too few results files\n")
+	    call clpcls (list)
+	    call dtunmap (out)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	    call clpcls (reslist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the surface fitting parameters.
+	geometry = clgwrd ("fitgeometry", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_GEOMETRIES)
+	function = clgwrd ("function", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_FUNCS)
+	xxorder = clgeti ("xxorder")
+	xyorder = clgeti ("xyorder")
+	xxterms = clgwrd ("xxterms", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS) - 1
+	yxorder = clgeti ("yxorder")
+	yyorder = clgeti ("yyorder")
+	yxterms = clgwrd ("yxterms", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS) - 1
+	maxiter = clgeti ("maxiter")
+	reject = clgetd ("reject")
+	calctype = clgwrd ("calctype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, ",real,double,")
+
+	# Get the graphics parameters.
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	interactive = clgetb ("interactive")
+	call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[graphics], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Flush standard output on newline.
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Initialize the fit structure.
+	call geo_minit (fit, GM_NONE, geometry, function, xxorder, xyorder,
+	    xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter, reject)
+
+	# Loop over the files.
+	while (clgfil (list, Memc[in_name], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open text file of coordinates.
+	    in = open (Memc[in_name], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the results files.
+	    if (nresfiles <= 0)
+		res = NULL
+	    else if (clgfil (reslist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		res = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Set file name in structure.
+	    if (nrecords > 0) {
+		if (imtgetim (reclist, GM_RECORD(fit), SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		    ;
+	    } else
+	        call strcpy (Memc[in_name], GM_RECORD(fit), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	        call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("\nCoordinate list: %s  Transform: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+		if (res != NULL) 
+	            call fstats (res, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		else
+		    call strcpy ("", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("    Results file: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+	        call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call fprintf (res, "\n# Coordinate list: %s  Transform: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+		if (res != NULL) 
+	            call fstats (res, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		else
+		    call strcpy ("", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call fprintf (res, "#     Results file: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    if (interactive) {
+	        gd = gopen (Memc[graphics], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+	    } else
+	        gd = NULL
+
+	    iferr { 
+		if (calctype == GM_REAL) 
+	            call geo_mapr (gd, in, out, res, fit, rxmin, rxmax, rymin,
+		        rymax, verbose)
+		else
+		    call geo_mapd (gd, in, out, res, fit, xmin, xmax, ymin,
+		        ymax, verbose)
+	    } then {
+		if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("Error fitting coordinate list: %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[in_name])
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		    if (errget (Memc[str], SZ_LINE) == 0)
+			;
+		    call printf ("\t%s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str))
+		}
+		if (res != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (res, "# Error fitting coordinate list: %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[in_name])
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		    if (errget (Memc[str], SZ_LINE) == 0)
+			;
+		    call fprintf (res, "#     %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call close (in)
+	    if (nresfiles == nfiles)
+	        call close ( res)
+
+	    if (gd != NULL)
+	        call gclose (gd)
+	}
+
+	# Close up.
+	call geo_free (fit)
+	if (nresfiles < nfiles)
+	    call close ( res)
+	call dtunmap (out)
+	call imtclose (reclist)
+	call clpcls (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+$endfor
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# GEO_MAP -- Procedure to calculate the coordinate transformations
+
+procedure geo_map$t (gd, in, out, res, fit, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, verbose)
+
+pointer	gd			#I the graphics stream
+int	in			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	out			#I the output file descriptor
+int	res			#I the results file descriptor
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to fit parameters
+PIXEL	xmin, xmax		#I max and min xref values
+PIXEL	ymin, ymax		#I max and min yref values
+bool	verbose			#I verbose mode
+
+int	npts, ngood
+pointer	sp, str, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xfit, yfit, xerrmsg, yerrmsg
+pointer	sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2
+PIXEL	mintemp, maxtemp
+
+PIXEL	asum$t()
+int	geo_rdxy$t()
+errchk	geo_fit$t, geo_mgfit$t()
+
+begin
+	# Get working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize pointers.
+	xref = NULL
+	yref = NULL
+	xin = NULL
+	yin = NULL
+	wts = NULL
+
+	# Read in data and check that data is in range.
+	npts = geo_rdxy$t (in, xref, yref, xin, yin, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	if (npts <= 0) {
+	    call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("Coordinate list: %s has no data in range.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute the mean of the reference and input coordinates.
+	GM_XOREF(fit) = double (asum$t (Mem$t[xref], npts) / npts)
+	GM_YOREF(fit) = double (asum$t (Mem$t[yref], npts) / npts)
+	GM_XOIN(fit) = double (asum$t (Mem$t[xin], npts) / npts)
+	GM_YOIN(fit) = double (asum$t (Mem$t[yin], npts) / npts)
+
+	# Set the reference point for the projections to INDEF.
+	GM_XREFPT(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YREFPT(fit) = INDEFD
+
+	# Compute the weights.
+	call malloc (xfit, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call malloc (yfit, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call malloc (wts, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call amovk$t (PIXEL(1.), Mem$t[wts], npts)
+
+	# Determine the x max and min.
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(xmin) || IS_$INDEF$T(xmax)) {
+	    call alim$t (Mem$t[xref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(xmin))
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = double (xmin)
+	    else
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = double (mintemp)
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(xmax))
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = double (xmax)
+	    else
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = double (maxtemp)
+	} else {
+	    GM_XMIN(fit) = double (xmin)
+	    GM_XMAX(fit) = double (xmax)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the y max and min.
+	if (IS_$INDEF$T(ymin) || IS_$INDEF$T(ymax)) {
+	    call alim$t (Mem$t[yref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(ymin))
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = double (ymin)
+	    else
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = double (mintemp)
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(ymax))
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = double (ymax)
+	    else
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = double (maxtemp)
+	} else {
+	    GM_YMIN(fit) = double (ymin)
+	    GM_YMAX(fit) = double (ymax)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize surface pointers.
+	sx1 = NULL
+	sy1 = NULL
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Fit the data.
+	if (gd != NULL) {
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_mgfit$t (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Mem$t[xref],
+	            Mem$t[yref], Mem$t[xin], Mem$t[yin], Mem$t[wts], npts,
+		    Memc[xerrmsg], Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+		call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		call mfree (xfit, TY_PIXEL)
+		call mfree (yfit, TY_PIXEL)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_PIXEL)
+		call geo_mmfree$t (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few points for X or Y fits.")
+	    }
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n    ")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n#     ")
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_fit$t (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Mem$t[xref],
+		    Mem$t[yref], Mem$t[xin], Mem$t[yin], Mem$t[wts], npts,
+		    Memc[xerrmsg], Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (xfit, TY_PIXEL)
+		call mfree (yfit, TY_PIXEL)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_PIXEL)
+		call geo_mmfree$t (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few points for X or Y fits.")
+	    }
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	}
+	ngood = GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit)
+	if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	    call printf ("    Xin and Yin fit rms: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+	    if (ngood <= 1) {
+		call pargd (0.0d0)
+		call pargd (0.0d0)
+	    } else {
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+	    }
+	    call geo_show$t (STDOUT, fit, sx1, sy1, NO)
+	}
+	if (res != NULL) {
+	    call fprintf (res, "#     Xin and Yin fit rms: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+	    if (ngood <= 1) {
+		call pargd (0.0)
+		call pargd (0.0)
+	    } else {
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+	    }
+	    call geo_show$t (res, fit, sx1, sy1, YES)
+	}
+
+	# Compute and print the fitted x and y values.
+	if (res != NULL) {
+	    call geo_eval$t (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Mem$t[xref], Mem$t[yref],
+		Mem$t[xfit], Mem$t[yfit], npts)
+	    call geo_plist$t (res, fit, Mem$t[xref], Mem$t[yref], Mem$t[xin],
+		Mem$t[yin], Mem$t[xfit], Mem$t[yfit], Mem$t[wts], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Free the data
+	if (xref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_PIXEL)
+	if (yref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_PIXEL)
+	if (xin != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xin, TY_PIXEL)
+	if (yin != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yin, TY_PIXEL)
+	if (xfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xfit, TY_PIXEL)
+	if (yfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yfit, TY_PIXEL)
+	if (wts != NULL)
+	    call mfree (wts, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Output the data.
+	call geo_mout$t (fit, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	# Free the space and close files.
+	call geo_mmfree$t (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	GEO_DEFBUFSIZE	1000	# default data buffer sizes
+
+# GEO_RDXY -- Read in the data points.
+
+int procedure geo_rdxy$t (fd, xref, yref, xin, yin, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+int	fd			# the input file descriptor
+pointer	xref			# the x reference coordinates
+pointer	yref			# the y reference coordinates
+pointer	xin			# the x coordinates
+pointer	yin			# the y coordinates
+PIXEL	xmin, xmax		# the range of the x coordinates
+PIXEL	ymin, ymax		# the range of the y coordinates
+
+int	npts, bufsize
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	bufsize = GEO_DEFBUFSIZE
+	call malloc (xref, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+	call malloc (yref, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+	call malloc (xin, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+	call malloc (yin, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	npts = 0
+	while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Decode the data.
+	    call garg$t (Mem$t[xref+npts])
+	    call garg$t (Mem$t[yref+npts])
+	    call garg$t (Mem$t[xin+npts])
+	    call garg$t (Mem$t[yin+npts])
+	    if (nscan() < 4)
+		next
+
+	    # Check the data limits.
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(xmin)) {
+	        if (Mem$t[xref+npts] < xmin)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(xmax)) {
+	        if (Mem$t[xref+npts] > xmax)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(ymin)) {
+	        if (Mem$t[yref+npts] < ymin)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_$INDEF$T(ymax)) {
+		if (Mem$t[yref+npts] > ymax)
+		    next
+	    }
+
+	    npts = npts + 1
+	    if (npts >= bufsize) {
+		bufsize = bufsize + GEO_DEFBUFSIZE
+		call realloc (xref, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+		call realloc (yref, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+		call realloc (xin, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+		call realloc (yin, bufsize, TY_PIXEL)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (npts <= 0) {
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call mfree (xin, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call mfree (yin, TY_PIXEL)
+	    xref = NULL
+	    yref = NULL
+	    xin = NULL
+	    yin = NULL
+	} else if (npts < bufsize) {
+	    call realloc (xref, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call realloc (yref, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call realloc (xin, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call realloc (yin, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	}
+
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_EVAL -- Evalute the fit.
+
+procedure geo_eval$t (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xi, eta, npts)
+
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer sx2, sy2                #I pointer to higher order surfaces
+PIXEL   xref[ARB]               #I the x reference coordinates
+PIXEL   yref[ARB]               #I the y reference coordinates
+PIXEL   xi[ARB]                 #O the fitted xi coordinates
+PIXEL   eta[ARB]                #O the fitted eta coordinates
+int     npts                    #I the number of points
+
+pointer sp, temp
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (temp, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+        call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xi, npts)
+$else
+        call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xi, npts)
+$endif
+        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+            call gsvector (sx2, xref, yref, Mem$t[temp], npts)
+$else
+            call dgsvector (sx2, xref, yref, Mem$t[temp], npts)
+$endif
+            call aadd$t (Mem$t[temp], xi, xi, npts)
+        }
+$if (datatype == r)
+        call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, eta, npts)
+$else
+        call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, eta, npts)
+$endif
+        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+            call gsvector (sy2, xref, yref, Mem$t[temp], npts)
+$else
+            call dgsvector (sy2, xref, yref, Mem$t[temp], npts)
+$endif
+
+            call aadd$t (Mem$t[temp], eta, eta, npts)
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MOUT -- Write the output database file.
+
+procedure geo_mout$t (fit, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+int	out		#I pointer to database file
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I pointer to distortion surfaces
+
+int	i, npts, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, str, xcoeff, ycoeff
+PIXEL	xrms, yrms, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+$if (datatype == r)
+int	gsgeti()
+$else
+int	dgsgeti()
+$endif
+int	rg_wrdstr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Compute the x and y fit rms.
+	#npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NREJECT(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+        xrms = max (0.0d0, GM_XRMS(fit))
+        yrms = max (0.0d0, GM_YRMS(fit))
+        if (npts > 1) {
+            xrms = sqrt (xrms / (npts - 1))
+            yrms = sqrt (yrms / (npts - 1))
+        } else {
+            xrms = 0.0d0
+            yrms = 0.0d0
+        }
+
+	# Print title.
+	call dtptime (out)
+	call dtput (out, "begin\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+
+	# Print the x and y mean values.
+	call dtput (out, "\txrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\txmean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tymean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+
+	# Print some of the fitting parameters.
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tgeometry\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tfunction\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	# Output the geometric parameters.
+	call geo_lcoeff$t (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+	call dtput (out, "\txshift\t\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (xshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\tyshift\t\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (yshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\txmag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (xscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\tymag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (yscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\txrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (xrot)
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (yrot)
+
+	# Out the rms values.
+	call dtput (out, "\txrms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (PIXEL(xrms))
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call parg$t (PIXEL(yrms))
+
+	# Allocate memory for linear coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), gsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+$else
+	ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+$endif
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Output the linear coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gssave (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	call dgssave (sx1, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy1, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface1\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call parg$t (Mem$t[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call parg$t (Mem$t[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Allocate memory for higer order coefficients.
+	if (sx2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = 0
+	else
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    ncoeff = gsgeti (sx2, GSNSAVE)
+$else
+	    ncoeff = dgsgeti (sx2, GSNSAVE)
+$endif
+	if (sy2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = max (0, ncoeff)
+	else
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sy2, GSNSAVE), ncoeff)
+$else
+	    ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sy2, GSNSAVE), ncoeff)
+$endif
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Save the coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gssave (sx2, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy2, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$else
+	call dgssave (sx2, Mem$t[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy2, Mem$t[ycoeff])
+$endif
+
+	# Output the coefficients.
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface2\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call parg$t (Mem$t[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call parg$t (Mem$t[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_PIXEL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_PLIST -- Print the input, output, and fitted data and the residuals.
+
+procedure geo_plist$t (fd, fit, xref, yref, xin, yin, xfit, yfit, wts, npts)
+
+int     fd                      #I the results file descriptor
+pointer fit                     #I pointer to the fit structure
+PIXEL   xref[ARB]               #I the input x coordinates
+PIXEL   yref[ARB]               #I the input y coordinates
+PIXEL   xin[ARB]                #I the input ra / longitude coordinates
+PIXEL   yin[ARB]                #I the input dec / latitude coordinates
+PIXEL   xfit[ARB]               #I the fitted ra / longitude coordinates
+PIXEL   yfit[ARB]               #I the fitted dec / latitude coordinates
+PIXEL   wts[ARB]                #I the weights array
+int     npts                    #I the number of data points
+
+int     i, index
+pointer sp, fmtstr, twts
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (twts, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+
+        # Compute the weights.
+        call amov$t (wts, Mem$t[twts], npts)
+        do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+            index = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+            if (wts[index] > PIXEL(0.0))
+                Mem$t[twts+index-1] = PIXEL(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Print banner.
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n# Input Coordinate Listing\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 1: X (reference) \n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 2: Y (reference)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 3: X (input)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 4: Y (input)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 5: X (fit)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 6: Y (fit)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 7: X (residual)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 8: Y (residual)\n\n")
+
+        # Create the format string.
+        call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %s %s  %s %s\n")
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+$else
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+$endif
+
+	# Print the data.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call fprintf (fd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call parg$t (xref[i])
+		call parg$t (yref[i])
+		call parg$t (xin[i])
+		call parg$t (yin[i])
+           if (Mem$t[twts+i-1] > 0.0d0) {
+                call parg$t (xfit[i])
+                call parg$t (yfit[i])
+                call parg$t (xin[i] - xfit[i])
+                call parg$t (yin[i] - yfit[i])
+            } else {
+                call parg$t (INDEF)
+                call parg$t (INDEF)
+                call parg$t (INDEF)
+                call parg$t (INDEF)
+            }
+
+	}
+
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+# GEO_SHOW -- Print the coordinate mapping parameters.
+
+procedure geo_show$t (fd, fit, sx1, sy1, comment)
+
+int     fd                      #I the output file descriptor
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+int     comment                 #I comment the output ?
+
+PIXEL   xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d
+PIXEL   xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+pointer sp, str
+bool    fp_equal$t()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate temporary space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Compute the geometric parameters.
+        call geo_gcoeff$t (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd, "Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd, "# Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+        }
+
+        if (comment == NO) {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"    Mean Xref and Yref: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"    Mean Xin and Yin: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+            call fprintf (fd,
+                "    X and Y shift: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin  yin)\n")
+                call parg$t (xshift)
+                call parg$t (yshift)
+        } else {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"#     Mean Xref and Yref: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"#     Mean Xin and Yin: %0.7g  %g0.7\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+            call fprintf (fd,
+                "#     X and Y shift: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin  yin)\n")
+                call parg$t (xshift)
+                call parg$t (yshift)
+        }
+
+        # Output the scale factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "    X and Y scale: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin / xref  yin / yref)\n")
+                call parg$t (xscale)
+                call parg$t (yscale)
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+        "#     X and Y scale: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin / xref  yin / yref)\n")
+                call parg$t (xscale)
+                call parg$t (yscale)
+        }
+
+        # Output the rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equal$t (a, PIXEL(0.0)) && fp_equal$t (c, PIXEL(0.0)))
+            xrot = PIXEL(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < PIXEL(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + PIXEL(360.0)
+        if (fp_equal$t (b, PIXEL(0.0)) && fp_equal$t (d, PIXEL(0.0)))
+            yrot = PIXEL(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < PIXEL(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + PIXEL(360.0)
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "    X and Y axis rotation: %0.5f  %0.5f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+                call parg$t (xrot)
+                call parg$t (yrot)
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "#     X and Y axis rotation: %0.5f  %0.5f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+                call parg$t (xrot)
+                call parg$t (yrot)
+        }
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f1c20f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geomap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1509 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <fset.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "../../../lib/geomap.h"
+
+define	GM_REAL		1	# computation type is real
+define	GM_DOUBLE	2	# computation type is double
+
+
+
+# T_GEOMAP -- Procedure to calculate the transformation required to transform
+# the coordinate system of a reference image to the coordinate system of
+# an input image. The transformation is of the following form.
+#
+#		xin = f (xref, yref)
+#		yin = g (xref, yref)
+
+procedure t_geomap ()
+
+bool	verbose, interactive
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, reject
+int	geometry, function, calctype, nfiles, list, in, reclist, nrecords
+int	xxorder, xyorder, xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter
+int	reslist, nresfiles, res
+pointer	sp, in_name, str, out, fit, gd, graphics
+real	rxmin, rxmax, rymin, rymax
+
+bool	clgetb()
+double	clgetd()
+int	clgeti(), clgwrd(), clplen(), errget(), imtopenp(), imtlen()
+int	imtgetim()
+pointer	clpopnu(), clgfil(), dtmap(), gopen(), open()
+
+errchk	geo_mapr(), geo_mapd()
+
+begin
+	# Get working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (in_name, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (graphics, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, max(SZ_LINE, SZ_FNAME), TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get input data file(s).
+	list = clpopnu ("input")
+	nfiles = clplen (list)
+
+	# Open database output file.
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	out = dtmap (Memc[str], APPEND)
+
+	# Get minimum and maximum reference values.
+	xmin = clgetd ("xmin")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmin))
+	    rxmin = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rxmin = xmin
+	xmax = clgetd ("xmax")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmax))
+	    rxmax = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rxmax = xmax
+	ymin = clgetd ("ymin")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymin))
+	    rymin = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rymin = ymin
+	ymax = clgetd ("ymax")
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymax))
+	    rymax = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rymax = ymax
+
+	# Get the records list.
+	reclist = imtopenp ("transforms")
+	nrecords = imtlen (reclist)
+	if ((nrecords > 0) && (nrecords != nfiles)) {
+	    call eprintf (
+	    "The number of records is not equal to the number of input files")
+	    call clpcls (list)
+	    call dtunmap (out)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the results file list.
+	reslist = clpopnu ("results")
+	nresfiles = clplen (reslist)
+	if (nresfiles > 1 && nresfiles !=  nfiles) {
+	    call eprintf ("Error: there are too few results files\n")
+	    call clpcls (list)
+	    call dtunmap (out)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	    call clpcls (reslist)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the surface fitting parameters.
+	geometry = clgwrd ("fitgeometry", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_GEOMETRIES)
+	function = clgwrd ("function", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_FUNCS)
+	xxorder = clgeti ("xxorder")
+	xyorder = clgeti ("xyorder")
+	xxterms = clgwrd ("xxterms", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS) - 1
+	yxorder = clgeti ("yxorder")
+	yyorder = clgeti ("yyorder")
+	yxterms = clgwrd ("yxterms", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS) - 1
+	maxiter = clgeti ("maxiter")
+	reject = clgetd ("reject")
+	calctype = clgwrd ("calctype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, ",real,double,")
+
+	# Get the graphics parameters.
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	interactive = clgetb ("interactive")
+	call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[graphics], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Flush standard output on newline.
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Initialize the fit structure.
+	call geo_minit (fit, GM_NONE, geometry, function, xxorder, xyorder,
+	    xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter, reject)
+
+	# Loop over the files.
+	while (clgfil (list, Memc[in_name], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open text file of coordinates.
+	    in = open (Memc[in_name], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the results files.
+	    if (nresfiles <= 0)
+		res = NULL
+	    else if (clgfil (reslist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		res = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Set file name in structure.
+	    if (nrecords > 0) {
+		if (imtgetim (reclist, GM_RECORD(fit), SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		    ;
+	    } else
+	        call strcpy (Memc[in_name], GM_RECORD(fit), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	        call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("\nCoordinate list: %s  Transform: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+		if (res != NULL) 
+	            call fstats (res, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		else
+		    call strcpy ("", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("    Results file: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+	        call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call fprintf (res, "\n# Coordinate list: %s  Transform: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+		if (res != NULL) 
+	            call fstats (res, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		else
+		    call strcpy ("", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call fprintf (res, "#     Results file: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    if (interactive) {
+	        gd = gopen (Memc[graphics], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+	    } else
+	        gd = NULL
+
+	    iferr { 
+		if (calctype == GM_REAL) 
+	            call geo_mapr (gd, in, out, res, fit, rxmin, rxmax, rymin,
+		        rymax, verbose)
+		else
+		    call geo_mapd (gd, in, out, res, fit, xmin, xmax, ymin,
+		        ymax, verbose)
+	    } then {
+		if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("Error fitting coordinate list: %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[in_name])
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		    if (errget (Memc[str], SZ_LINE) == 0)
+			;
+		    call printf ("\t%s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str))
+		}
+		if (res != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (res, "# Error fitting coordinate list: %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[in_name])
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		    if (errget (Memc[str], SZ_LINE) == 0)
+			;
+		    call fprintf (res, "#     %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call close (in)
+	    if (nresfiles == nfiles)
+	        call close ( res)
+
+	    if (gd != NULL)
+	        call gclose (gd)
+	}
+
+	# Close up.
+	call geo_free (fit)
+	if (nresfiles < nfiles)
+	    call close ( res)
+	call dtunmap (out)
+	call imtclose (reclist)
+	call clpcls (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+
+
+# GEO_MAP -- Procedure to calculate the coordinate transformations
+
+procedure geo_mapr (gd, in, out, res, fit, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, verbose)
+
+pointer	gd			#I the graphics stream
+int	in			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	out			#I the output file descriptor
+int	res			#I the results file descriptor
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to fit parameters
+real	xmin, xmax		#I max and min xref values
+real	ymin, ymax		#I max and min yref values
+bool	verbose			#I verbose mode
+
+int	npts, ngood
+pointer	sp, str, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xfit, yfit, xerrmsg, yerrmsg
+pointer	sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2
+real	mintemp, maxtemp
+
+real	asumr()
+int	geo_rdxyr()
+errchk	geo_fitr, geo_mgfitr()
+
+begin
+	# Get working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize pointers.
+	xref = NULL
+	yref = NULL
+	xin = NULL
+	yin = NULL
+	wts = NULL
+
+	# Read in data and check that data is in range.
+	npts = geo_rdxyr (in, xref, yref, xin, yin, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	if (npts <= 0) {
+	    call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("Coordinate list: %s has no data in range.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute the mean of the reference and input coordinates.
+	GM_XOREF(fit) = double (asumr (Memr[xref], npts) / npts)
+	GM_YOREF(fit) = double (asumr (Memr[yref], npts) / npts)
+	GM_XOIN(fit) = double (asumr (Memr[xin], npts) / npts)
+	GM_YOIN(fit) = double (asumr (Memr[yin], npts) / npts)
+
+	# Set the reference point for the projections to INDEF.
+	GM_XREFPT(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YREFPT(fit) = INDEFD
+
+	# Compute the weights.
+	call malloc (xfit, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (yfit, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (wts, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call amovkr (real(1.), Memr[wts], npts)
+
+	# Determine the x max and min.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xmin) || IS_INDEFR(xmax)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[xref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(xmin))
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = double (xmin)
+	    else
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = double (mintemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(xmax))
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = double (xmax)
+	    else
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = double (maxtemp)
+	} else {
+	    GM_XMIN(fit) = double (xmin)
+	    GM_XMAX(fit) = double (xmax)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the y max and min.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(ymin) || IS_INDEFR(ymax)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[yref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(ymin))
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = double (ymin)
+	    else
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = double (mintemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(ymax))
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = double (ymax)
+	    else
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = double (maxtemp)
+	} else {
+	    GM_YMIN(fit) = double (ymin)
+	    GM_YMAX(fit) = double (ymax)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize surface pointers.
+	sx1 = NULL
+	sy1 = NULL
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Fit the data.
+	if (gd != NULL) {
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_mgfitr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xref],
+	            Memr[yref], Memr[xin], Memr[yin], Memr[wts], npts,
+		    Memc[xerrmsg], Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+		call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		call mfree (xfit, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (yfit, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+		call geo_mmfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few points for X or Y fits.")
+	    }
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n    ")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n#     ")
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_fitr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xref],
+		    Memr[yref], Memr[xin], Memr[yin], Memr[wts], npts,
+		    Memc[xerrmsg], Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (xfit, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (yfit, TY_REAL)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+		call geo_mmfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few points for X or Y fits.")
+	    }
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	}
+	ngood = GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit)
+	if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	    call printf ("    Xin and Yin fit rms: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+	    if (ngood <= 1) {
+		call pargd (0.0d0)
+		call pargd (0.0d0)
+	    } else {
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+	    }
+	    call geo_showr (STDOUT, fit, sx1, sy1, NO)
+	}
+	if (res != NULL) {
+	    call fprintf (res, "#     Xin and Yin fit rms: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+	    if (ngood <= 1) {
+		call pargd (0.0)
+		call pargd (0.0)
+	    } else {
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+	    }
+	    call geo_showr (res, fit, sx1, sy1, YES)
+	}
+
+	# Compute and print the fitted x and y values.
+	if (res != NULL) {
+	    call geo_evalr (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memr[xref], Memr[yref],
+		Memr[xfit], Memr[yfit], npts)
+	    call geo_plistr (res, fit, Memr[xref], Memr[yref], Memr[xin],
+		Memr[yin], Memr[xfit], Memr[yfit], Memr[wts], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Free the data
+	if (xref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_REAL)
+	if (yref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_REAL)
+	if (xin != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xin, TY_REAL)
+	if (yin != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yin, TY_REAL)
+	if (xfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xfit, TY_REAL)
+	if (yfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yfit, TY_REAL)
+	if (wts != NULL)
+	    call mfree (wts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Output the data.
+	call geo_moutr (fit, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	# Free the space and close files.
+	call geo_mmfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	GEO_DEFBUFSIZE	1000	# default data buffer sizes
+
+# GEO_RDXY -- Read in the data points.
+
+int procedure geo_rdxyr (fd, xref, yref, xin, yin, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+int	fd			# the input file descriptor
+pointer	xref			# the x reference coordinates
+pointer	yref			# the y reference coordinates
+pointer	xin			# the x coordinates
+pointer	yin			# the y coordinates
+real	xmin, xmax		# the range of the x coordinates
+real	ymin, ymax		# the range of the y coordinates
+
+int	npts, bufsize
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	bufsize = GEO_DEFBUFSIZE
+	call malloc (xref, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (yref, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (xin, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (yin, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+
+	npts = 0
+	while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Decode the data.
+	    call gargr (Memr[xref+npts])
+	    call gargr (Memr[yref+npts])
+	    call gargr (Memr[xin+npts])
+	    call gargr (Memr[yin+npts])
+	    if (nscan() < 4)
+		next
+
+	    # Check the data limits.
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(xmin)) {
+	        if (Memr[xref+npts] < xmin)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(xmax)) {
+	        if (Memr[xref+npts] > xmax)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(ymin)) {
+	        if (Memr[yref+npts] < ymin)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(ymax)) {
+		if (Memr[yref+npts] > ymax)
+		    next
+	    }
+
+	    npts = npts + 1
+	    if (npts >= bufsize) {
+		bufsize = bufsize + GEO_DEFBUFSIZE
+		call realloc (xref, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+		call realloc (yref, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+		call realloc (xin, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+		call realloc (yin, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (npts <= 0) {
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (xin, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (yin, TY_REAL)
+	    xref = NULL
+	    yref = NULL
+	    xin = NULL
+	    yin = NULL
+	} else if (npts < bufsize) {
+	    call realloc (xref, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call realloc (yref, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call realloc (xin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call realloc (yin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	}
+
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_EVAL -- Evalute the fit.
+
+procedure geo_evalr (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xi, eta, npts)
+
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer sx2, sy2                #I pointer to higher order surfaces
+real   xref[ARB]               #I the x reference coordinates
+real   yref[ARB]               #I the y reference coordinates
+real   xi[ARB]                 #O the fitted xi coordinates
+real   eta[ARB]                #O the fitted eta coordinates
+int     npts                    #I the number of points
+
+pointer sp, temp
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (temp, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+        call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xi, npts)
+        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+            call gsvector (sx2, xref, yref, Memr[temp], npts)
+            call aaddr (Memr[temp], xi, xi, npts)
+        }
+        call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, eta, npts)
+        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+            call gsvector (sy2, xref, yref, Memr[temp], npts)
+
+            call aaddr (Memr[temp], eta, eta, npts)
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MOUT -- Write the output database file.
+
+procedure geo_moutr (fit, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+int	out		#I pointer to database file
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I pointer to distortion surfaces
+
+int	i, npts, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, str, xcoeff, ycoeff
+real	xrms, yrms, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+int	gsgeti()
+int	rg_wrdstr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Compute the x and y fit rms.
+	#npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NREJECT(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+        xrms = max (0.0d0, GM_XRMS(fit))
+        yrms = max (0.0d0, GM_YRMS(fit))
+        if (npts > 1) {
+            xrms = sqrt (xrms / (npts - 1))
+            yrms = sqrt (yrms / (npts - 1))
+        } else {
+            xrms = 0.0d0
+            yrms = 0.0d0
+        }
+
+	# Print title.
+	call dtptime (out)
+	call dtput (out, "begin\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+
+	# Print the x and y mean values.
+	call dtput (out, "\txrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\txmean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tymean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+
+	# Print some of the fitting parameters.
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tgeometry\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tfunction\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	# Output the geometric parameters.
+	call geo_lcoeffr (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+	call dtput (out, "\txshift\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (xshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\tyshift\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (yshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\txmag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (xscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\tymag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (yscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\txrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (xrot)
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (yrot)
+
+	# Out the rms values.
+	call dtput (out, "\txrms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (real(xrms))
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (real(yrms))
+
+	# Allocate memory for linear coefficients.
+	ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), gsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Output the linear coefficients.
+	call gssave (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface1\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call pargr (Memr[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call pargr (Memr[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Allocate memory for higer order coefficients.
+	if (sx2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = 0
+	else
+	    ncoeff = gsgeti (sx2, GSNSAVE)
+	if (sy2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = max (0, ncoeff)
+	else
+	    ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sy2, GSNSAVE), ncoeff)
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Save the coefficients.
+	call gssave (sx2, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy2, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	# Output the coefficients.
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface2\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call pargr (Memr[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call pargr (Memr[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_PLIST -- Print the input, output, and fitted data and the residuals.
+
+procedure geo_plistr (fd, fit, xref, yref, xin, yin, xfit, yfit, wts, npts)
+
+int     fd                      #I the results file descriptor
+pointer fit                     #I pointer to the fit structure
+real   xref[ARB]               #I the input x coordinates
+real   yref[ARB]               #I the input y coordinates
+real   xin[ARB]                #I the input ra / longitude coordinates
+real   yin[ARB]                #I the input dec / latitude coordinates
+real   xfit[ARB]               #I the fitted ra / longitude coordinates
+real   yfit[ARB]               #I the fitted dec / latitude coordinates
+real   wts[ARB]                #I the weights array
+int     npts                    #I the number of data points
+
+int     i, index
+pointer sp, fmtstr, twts
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (twts, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+        # Compute the weights.
+        call amovr (wts, Memr[twts], npts)
+        do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+            index = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+            if (wts[index] > real(0.0))
+                Memr[twts+index-1] = real(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Print banner.
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n# Input Coordinate Listing\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 1: X (reference) \n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 2: Y (reference)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 3: X (input)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 4: Y (input)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 5: X (fit)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 6: Y (fit)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 7: X (residual)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 8: Y (residual)\n\n")
+
+        # Create the format string.
+        call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %s %s  %s %s\n")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+	    call pargstr ("%9.7g")
+
+	# Print the data.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call fprintf (fd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call pargr (xref[i])
+		call pargr (yref[i])
+		call pargr (xin[i])
+		call pargr (yin[i])
+           if (Memr[twts+i-1] > 0.0d0) {
+                call pargr (xfit[i])
+                call pargr (yfit[i])
+                call pargr (xin[i] - xfit[i])
+                call pargr (yin[i] - yfit[i])
+            } else {
+                call pargr (INDEFR)
+                call pargr (INDEFR)
+                call pargr (INDEFR)
+                call pargr (INDEFR)
+            }
+
+	}
+
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+# GEO_SHOW -- Print the coordinate mapping parameters.
+
+procedure geo_showr (fd, fit, sx1, sy1, comment)
+
+int     fd                      #I the output file descriptor
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+int     comment                 #I comment the output ?
+
+real   xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d
+real   xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+pointer sp, str
+bool    fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate temporary space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Compute the geometric parameters.
+        call geo_gcoeffr (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd, "Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd, "# Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+        }
+
+        if (comment == NO) {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"    Mean Xref and Yref: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"    Mean Xin and Yin: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+            call fprintf (fd,
+                "    X and Y shift: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin  yin)\n")
+                call pargr (xshift)
+                call pargr (yshift)
+        } else {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"#     Mean Xref and Yref: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"#     Mean Xin and Yin: %0.7g  %g0.7\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+            call fprintf (fd,
+                "#     X and Y shift: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin  yin)\n")
+                call pargr (xshift)
+                call pargr (yshift)
+        }
+
+        # Output the scale factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "    X and Y scale: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin / xref  yin / yref)\n")
+                call pargr (xscale)
+                call pargr (yscale)
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+        "#     X and Y scale: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin / xref  yin / yref)\n")
+                call pargr (xscale)
+                call pargr (yscale)
+        }
+
+        # Output the rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equalr (a, real(0.0)) && fp_equalr (c, real(0.0)))
+            xrot = real(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < real(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + real(360.0)
+        if (fp_equalr (b, real(0.0)) && fp_equalr (d, real(0.0)))
+            yrot = real(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < real(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + real(360.0)
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "    X and Y axis rotation: %0.5f  %0.5f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+                call pargr (xrot)
+                call pargr (yrot)
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "#     X and Y axis rotation: %0.5f  %0.5f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+                call pargr (xrot)
+                call pargr (yrot)
+        }
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# GEO_MAP -- Procedure to calculate the coordinate transformations
+
+procedure geo_mapd (gd, in, out, res, fit, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, verbose)
+
+pointer	gd			#I the graphics stream
+int	in			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	out			#I the output file descriptor
+int	res			#I the results file descriptor
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to fit parameters
+double	xmin, xmax		#I max and min xref values
+double	ymin, ymax		#I max and min yref values
+bool	verbose			#I verbose mode
+
+int	npts, ngood
+pointer	sp, str, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xfit, yfit, xerrmsg, yerrmsg
+pointer	sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2
+double	mintemp, maxtemp
+
+double	asumd()
+int	geo_rdxyd()
+errchk	geo_fitd, geo_mgfitd()
+
+begin
+	# Get working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yerrmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize pointers.
+	xref = NULL
+	yref = NULL
+	xin = NULL
+	yin = NULL
+	wts = NULL
+
+	# Read in data and check that data is in range.
+	npts = geo_rdxyd (in, xref, yref, xin, yin, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	if (npts <= 0) {
+	    call fstats (in, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("Coordinate list: %s has no data in range.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute the mean of the reference and input coordinates.
+	GM_XOREF(fit) = double (asumd (Memd[xref], npts) / npts)
+	GM_YOREF(fit) = double (asumd (Memd[yref], npts) / npts)
+	GM_XOIN(fit) = double (asumd (Memd[xin], npts) / npts)
+	GM_YOIN(fit) = double (asumd (Memd[yin], npts) / npts)
+
+	# Set the reference point for the projections to INDEF.
+	GM_XREFPT(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YREFPT(fit) = INDEFD
+
+	# Compute the weights.
+	call malloc (xfit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (yfit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (wts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call amovkd (double(1.), Memd[wts], npts)
+
+	# Determine the x max and min.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(xmin) || IS_INDEFD(xmax)) {
+	    call alimd (Memd[xref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(xmin))
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = double (xmin)
+	    else
+		GM_XMIN(fit) = double (mintemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(xmax))
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = double (xmax)
+	    else
+		GM_XMAX(fit) = double (maxtemp)
+	} else {
+	    GM_XMIN(fit) = double (xmin)
+	    GM_XMAX(fit) = double (xmax)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the y max and min.
+	if (IS_INDEFD(ymin) || IS_INDEFD(ymax)) {
+	    call alimd (Memd[yref], npts, mintemp, maxtemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(ymin))
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = double (ymin)
+	    else
+		GM_YMIN(fit) = double (mintemp)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(ymax))
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = double (ymax)
+	    else
+		GM_YMAX(fit) = double (maxtemp)
+	} else {
+	    GM_YMIN(fit) = double (ymin)
+	    GM_YMAX(fit) = double (ymax)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize surface pointers.
+	sx1 = NULL
+	sy1 = NULL
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Fit the data.
+	if (gd != NULL) {
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_mgfitd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memd[xref],
+	            Memd[yref], Memd[xin], Memd[yin], Memd[wts], npts,
+		    Memc[xerrmsg], Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+		call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		call mfree (xfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (yfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few points for X or Y fits.")
+	    }
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("Coordinate mapping status\n    ")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "# Coordinate mapping status\n#     ")
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call geo_fitd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memd[xref],
+		    Memd[yref], Memd[xin], Memd[yin], Memd[wts], npts,
+		    Memc[xerrmsg], Memc[yerrmsg], SZ_LINE)
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (xfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (yfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call mfree (wts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (3, "Too few points for X or Y fits.")
+	    }
+	    if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	    if (res != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (res, "%s  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xerrmsg])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[yerrmsg])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	}
+	ngood = GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit)
+	if (verbose && res != STDOUT) {
+	    call printf ("    Xin and Yin fit rms: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+	    if (ngood <= 1) {
+		call pargd (0.0d0)
+		call pargd (0.0d0)
+	    } else {
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+	    }
+	    call geo_showd (STDOUT, fit, sx1, sy1, NO)
+	}
+	if (res != NULL) {
+	    call fprintf (res, "#     Xin and Yin fit rms: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+	    if (ngood <= 1) {
+		call pargd (0.0)
+		call pargd (0.0)
+	    } else {
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+		call pargd (sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (ngood - 1)))
+	    }
+	    call geo_showd (res, fit, sx1, sy1, YES)
+	}
+
+	# Compute and print the fitted x and y values.
+	if (res != NULL) {
+	    call geo_evald (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, Memd[xref], Memd[yref],
+		Memd[xfit], Memd[yfit], npts)
+	    call geo_plistd (res, fit, Memd[xref], Memd[yref], Memd[xin],
+		Memd[yin], Memd[xfit], Memd[yfit], Memd[wts], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Free the data
+	if (xref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (yref != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (xin != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xin, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (yin != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yin, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (xfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (xfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (yfit != NULL)
+	    call mfree (yfit, TY_DOUBLE)
+	if (wts != NULL)
+	    call mfree (wts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Output the data.
+	call geo_moutd (fit, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	# Free the space and close files.
+	call geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	GEO_DEFBUFSIZE	1000	# default data buffer sizes
+
+# GEO_RDXY -- Read in the data points.
+
+int procedure geo_rdxyd (fd, xref, yref, xin, yin, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+int	fd			# the input file descriptor
+pointer	xref			# the x reference coordinates
+pointer	yref			# the y reference coordinates
+pointer	xin			# the x coordinates
+pointer	yin			# the y coordinates
+double	xmin, xmax		# the range of the x coordinates
+double	ymin, ymax		# the range of the y coordinates
+
+int	npts, bufsize
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	bufsize = GEO_DEFBUFSIZE
+	call malloc (xref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (yref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (xin, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (yin, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	npts = 0
+	while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Decode the data.
+	    call gargd (Memd[xref+npts])
+	    call gargd (Memd[yref+npts])
+	    call gargd (Memd[xin+npts])
+	    call gargd (Memd[yin+npts])
+	    if (nscan() < 4)
+		next
+
+	    # Check the data limits.
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(xmin)) {
+	        if (Memd[xref+npts] < xmin)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(xmax)) {
+	        if (Memd[xref+npts] > xmax)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(ymin)) {
+	        if (Memd[yref+npts] < ymin)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFD(ymax)) {
+		if (Memd[yref+npts] > ymax)
+		    next
+	    }
+
+	    npts = npts + 1
+	    if (npts >= bufsize) {
+		bufsize = bufsize + GEO_DEFBUFSIZE
+		call realloc (xref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (yref, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (xin, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (yin, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (npts <= 0) {
+	    call mfree (xref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (yref, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (xin, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (yin, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    xref = NULL
+	    yref = NULL
+	    xin = NULL
+	    yin = NULL
+	} else if (npts < bufsize) {
+	    call realloc (xref, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call realloc (yref, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call realloc (xin, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call realloc (yin, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	}
+
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_EVAL -- Evalute the fit.
+
+procedure geo_evald (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xi, eta, npts)
+
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer sx2, sy2                #I pointer to higher order surfaces
+double   xref[ARB]               #I the x reference coordinates
+double   yref[ARB]               #I the y reference coordinates
+double   xi[ARB]                 #O the fitted xi coordinates
+double   eta[ARB]                #O the fitted eta coordinates
+int     npts                    #I the number of points
+
+pointer sp, temp
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (temp, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xi, npts)
+        if (sx2 != NULL) {
+            call dgsvector (sx2, xref, yref, Memd[temp], npts)
+            call aaddd (Memd[temp], xi, xi, npts)
+        }
+        call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, eta, npts)
+        if (sy2 != NULL) {
+            call dgsvector (sy2, xref, yref, Memd[temp], npts)
+
+            call aaddd (Memd[temp], eta, eta, npts)
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MOUT -- Write the output database file.
+
+procedure geo_moutd (fit, out, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+int	out		#I pointer to database file
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#I pointer to distortion surfaces
+
+int	i, npts, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, str, xcoeff, ycoeff
+double	xrms, yrms, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+int	dgsgeti()
+int	rg_wrdstr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Compute the x and y fit rms.
+	#npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NREJECT(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+        xrms = max (0.0d0, GM_XRMS(fit))
+        yrms = max (0.0d0, GM_YRMS(fit))
+        if (npts > 1) {
+            xrms = sqrt (xrms / (npts - 1))
+            yrms = sqrt (yrms / (npts - 1))
+        } else {
+            xrms = 0.0d0
+            yrms = 0.0d0
+        }
+
+	# Print title.
+	call dtptime (out)
+	call dtput (out, "begin\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (GM_RECORD(fit))
+
+	# Print the x and y mean values.
+	call dtput (out, "\txrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrefmean\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\txmean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+	call dtput (out, "\tymean\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+
+	# Print some of the fitting parameters.
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tgeometry\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (out, "\tfunction\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	# Output the geometric parameters.
+	call geo_lcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+	call dtput (out, "\txshift\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\tyshift\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (yshift)
+	call dtput (out, "\txmag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\tymag\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (yscale)
+	call dtput (out, "\txrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (xrot)
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrotation\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (yrot)
+
+	# Out the rms values.
+	call dtput (out, "\txrms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (double(xrms))
+	call dtput (out, "\tyrms\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargd (double(yrms))
+
+	# Allocate memory for linear coefficients.
+	ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), dgsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Output the linear coefficients.
+	call dgssave (sx1, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy1, Memd[ycoeff])
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface1\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call pargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call pargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Allocate memory for higer order coefficients.
+	if (sx2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = 0
+	else
+	    ncoeff = dgsgeti (sx2, GSNSAVE)
+	if (sy2 == NULL)
+	    ncoeff = max (0, ncoeff)
+	else
+	    ncoeff = max (dgsgeti (sy2, GSNSAVE), ncoeff)
+	call calloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call calloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Save the coefficients.
+	call dgssave (sx2, Memd[xcoeff])
+	call dgssave (sy2, Memd[ycoeff])
+
+	# Output the coefficients.
+	call dtput (out, "\tsurface2\t%d\n")
+	    call pargi (ncoeff)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    call dtput (out, "\t\t\t%g\t%g\n")
+		call pargd (Memd[xcoeff+i-1])
+		call pargd (Memd[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_PLIST -- Print the input, output, and fitted data and the residuals.
+
+procedure geo_plistd (fd, fit, xref, yref, xin, yin, xfit, yfit, wts, npts)
+
+int     fd                      #I the results file descriptor
+pointer fit                     #I pointer to the fit structure
+double   xref[ARB]               #I the input x coordinates
+double   yref[ARB]               #I the input y coordinates
+double   xin[ARB]                #I the input ra / longitude coordinates
+double   yin[ARB]                #I the input dec / latitude coordinates
+double   xfit[ARB]               #I the fitted ra / longitude coordinates
+double   yfit[ARB]               #I the fitted dec / latitude coordinates
+double   wts[ARB]                #I the weights array
+int     npts                    #I the number of data points
+
+int     i, index
+pointer sp, fmtstr, twts
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (twts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Compute the weights.
+        call amovd (wts, Memd[twts], npts)
+        do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+            index = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+            if (wts[index] > double(0.0))
+                Memd[twts+index-1] = double(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Print banner.
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n# Input Coordinate Listing\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 1: X (reference) \n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 2: Y (reference)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 3: X (input)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 4: Y (input)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 5: X (fit)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 6: Y (fit)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 7: X (residual)\n")
+        call fprintf (fd, "#     Column 8: Y (residual)\n\n")
+
+        # Create the format string.
+        call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %s %s  %s %s\n")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+	    call pargstr ("%16.14g")
+
+	# Print the data.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call fprintf (fd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call pargd (xref[i])
+		call pargd (yref[i])
+		call pargd (xin[i])
+		call pargd (yin[i])
+           if (Memd[twts+i-1] > 0.0d0) {
+                call pargd (xfit[i])
+                call pargd (yfit[i])
+                call pargd (xin[i] - xfit[i])
+                call pargd (yin[i] - yfit[i])
+            } else {
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+                call pargd (INDEFD)
+            }
+
+	}
+
+        call fprintf (fd, "\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+# GEO_SHOW -- Print the coordinate mapping parameters.
+
+procedure geo_showd (fd, fit, sx1, sy1, comment)
+
+int     fd                      #I the output file descriptor
+pointer	fit			#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer sx1, sy1                #I pointer to linear surfaces
+int     comment                 #I comment the output ?
+
+double   xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d
+double   xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot
+pointer sp, str
+bool    fp_equald()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate temporary space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Compute the geometric parameters.
+        call geo_gcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd, "Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd, "# Coordinate mapping parameters\n")
+        }
+
+        if (comment == NO) {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"    Mean Xref and Yref: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"    Mean Xin and Yin: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+            call fprintf (fd,
+                "    X and Y shift: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin  yin)\n")
+                call pargd (xshift)
+                call pargd (yshift)
+        } else {
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"#     Mean Xref and Yref: %0.7g  %0.7g\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOREF(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOREF(fit))
+	    call fprintf (fd,
+		"#     Mean Xin and Yin: %0.7g  %g0.7\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XOIN(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YOIN(fit))
+            call fprintf (fd,
+                "#     X and Y shift: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin  yin)\n")
+                call pargd (xshift)
+                call pargd (yshift)
+        }
+
+        # Output the scale factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "    X and Y scale: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin / xref  yin / yref)\n")
+                call pargd (xscale)
+                call pargd (yscale)
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+        "#     X and Y scale: %0.7g  %0.7g  (xin / xref  yin / yref)\n")
+                call pargd (xscale)
+                call pargd (yscale)
+        }
+
+        # Output the rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equald (a, double(0.0)) && fp_equald (c, double(0.0)))
+            xrot = double(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < double(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + double(360.0)
+        if (fp_equald (b, double(0.0)) && fp_equald (d, double(0.0)))
+            yrot = double(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < double(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + double(360.0)
+        if (comment == NO) {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "    X and Y axis rotation: %0.5f  %0.5f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+                call pargd (xrot)
+                call pargd (yrot)
+        } else {
+            call fprintf (fd,
+            "#     X and Y axis rotation: %0.5f  %0.5f  (degrees  degrees)\n")
+                call pargd (xrot)
+                call pargd (yrot)
+        }
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geotran.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geotran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e5cd2e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geotran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,880 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "geotran.h"
+
+# T_GEOTRAN -- Geometrically transform a list of images either linearly or
+# using a transformation computed by the GEOMAP task.
+
+procedure t_geotran ()
+
+int	ncols, nlines			# output picture size
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax		# minimum and maximum ref values
+real	xscale, yscale			# output picture scale
+real	xin, yin			# input picture origin
+real	xshift, yshift			# x and y shifts
+real	xout, yout			# output picture origin
+real	xmag, ymag			# input picture scale
+real	xrotation, yrotation		# rotation angle
+int	nxblock, nyblock		# block size of image to be used
+
+bool	verbose
+int	list1, list2, tflist, ndim, nc, nl, mode
+pointer	sp, imtlist1, imtlist2, database, transform, record
+pointer	image1, image2, imtemp, imroot, section, str
+pointer	geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, in, out, mw
+real	xs, ys, txshift, tyshift, txmag, tymag, txrot, tyrot
+double	oltv[2], nltv[2], oltm[2,2], nltm[2,2]
+
+bool	clgetb(), envgetb(), streq()
+int	imtopen(), imtlen(), clgeti(), imtgetim(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	immap()
+
+begin
+	# Set up  the geotran structure.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (database, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (transform, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (record, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imroot, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (geo, LEN_GEOSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the input and output lists and database file.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[database], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[database] != EOS) {
+	    call clgstr ("transforms", Memc[transform], SZ_FNAME)
+	    tflist =  imtopen (Memc[transform])
+	    GT_GEOMODE(geo) = clgwrd ("geometry", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, 
+	        ",junk,linear,distortion,geometric,")
+	} else {
+	    tflist = NULL
+	    GT_GEOMODE(geo) = GT_NONE
+	}
+
+	# Get the output picture format parameters.
+	xmin = clgetr ("xmin")
+	xmax = clgetr ("xmax")
+	ymin = clgetr ("ymin")
+	ymax = clgetr ("ymax")
+	xscale = clgetr ("xscale")
+	yscale = clgetr ("yscale")
+	ncols= clgeti ("ncols")
+	nlines = clgeti ("nlines")
+
+	# Get the geometric transformation parameters.
+	xin = clgetr ("xin")
+	yin = clgetr ("yin")
+	xshift = clgetr ("xshift")
+	yshift = clgetr ("yshift")
+	xout = clgetr ("xout")
+	yout = clgetr ("yout")
+	xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	xrotation = clgetr ("xrotation")
+	yrotation = clgetr ("yrotation")
+
+	# Get the interpolation parameters.
+	call clgstr ("interpolant", GT_INTERPSTR(geo), SZ_FNAME)
+	#GT_INTERPOLANT(geo) = clgwrd ("interpolant", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, 
+	    #",nearest,linear,poly3,poly5,spline3,")
+	GT_BOUNDARY(geo) = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",constant,nearest,reflect,wrap,")
+	GT_CONSTANT(geo) = clgetr ("constant")
+	GT_XSAMPLE(geo) = clgetr ("xsample")
+	GT_YSAMPLE(geo) = clgetr ("ysample")
+	GT_FLUXCONSERVE(geo) = btoi (clgetb("fluxconserve"))
+
+	nxblock = clgeti ("nxblock")
+	nyblock = clgeti ("nyblock")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the lists of images and check the scale lengths.
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    if (tflist != NULL)
+	        call imtclose (tflist)
+	    call error (0, "Input and output lists not the same length.")
+	}
+
+	# Check the transform list.
+	if (tflist != NULL) {
+	    if (imtlen (tflist) > 1 && imtlen (tflist) != imtlen (list1)) {
+	        call imtclose (list1)
+	        call imtclose (list2)
+	        call imtclose (tflist)
+	        call error (0, "Transform and input lists not the same length.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Loop over the images.
+	if (verbose) {
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+	while (imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF &&
+	    imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Print messages.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("Transforming image %s to image %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image2])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the images.
+	    in = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    call imgimage (Memc[image1], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call imgimage (Memc[image2], Memc[imroot], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call imgsection (Memc[image2], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (streq (Memc[str], Memc[imroot])) {
+		call strcpy (Memc[imroot], Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME)
+		call mktemp ("tmp", Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME)
+	    } else
+		call strcpy (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    ifnoerr (out = immap (Memc[image2], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+		mode = READ_WRITE
+		nc = IM_LEN(out,1)
+		nl = IM_LEN(out,2)
+		xs = INDEF
+		ys = INDEF
+	    } else if (Memc[section] != EOS) {
+		mode = NEW_IMAGE
+	        out = immap (Memc[imroot], NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+		IM_NDIM(out) = IM_NDIM(in)
+		if (IS_INDEFI(ncols))
+		    IM_LEN(out,1) = IM_LEN(in,1)
+		else
+		    IM_LEN(out,1) = ncols
+		if (IS_INDEFI(nlines))
+		    IM_LEN(out,2) = IM_LEN(in,2)
+		else
+		    IM_LEN(out,2) = nlines
+		IM_PIXTYPE(out) = IM_PIXTYPE(in)
+		call geo_imzero (out, GT_CONSTANT(geo))
+		call imunmap (out)
+		out = immap (Memc[image2], READ_WRITE, 0)
+		nc = IM_LEN(out,1)
+		nl = IM_LEN(out,2)
+		xs = INDEF
+		ys = INDEF
+	    } else {
+		mode = NEW_COPY
+	        out = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, in)
+		nc = ncols
+		nl = nlines
+		xs = xscale
+		ys = yscale
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the geometry parameters.
+	    call geo_set (geo, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, xs, ys, nc, nl, xin,
+	        yin, xshift, yshift, xout, yout, xmag, ymag, xrotation,
+		yrotation)
+
+	    # Get the coordinate surfaces.
+	    if (GT_GEOMODE(geo) == GT_NONE) {
+		call geo_format (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call geo_lcoeffr (sx1, sy1, txshift, tyshift, txmag,
+			tymag, txrot, tyrot)
+		    call printf ("    xshift: %.2f yshift: %.2f ")
+                        call pargr (txshift)
+                        call pargr (tyshift)
+                    call printf ("xmag: %.2f ymag: %.2f ")
+                        call pargr (txmag)
+                        call pargr (tymag)
+                    call printf ("xrot: %.2f yrot: %.2f\n")
+                        call pargr (txrot)
+                        call pargr (tyrot)
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		}
+	    } else { 
+		if (imtgetim (tflist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		    call strcpy (Memc[str], Memc[record], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call geo_dformat (in, out, geo, Memc[database], Memc[record],
+		    sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call printf ("    Using transform %s in database %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[record])
+			call pargstr (Memc[database])
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Transform the image.
+	    if (IM_LEN(out,1) <= nxblock && IM_LEN(out,2) <= nyblock) {
+	        if (GT_XSAMPLE(geo) > 1.0 || GT_YSAMPLE(geo) > 1.0)
+		    call geo_simtran (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	        else
+	            call geo_imtran (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	    } else {
+	        if (GT_XSAMPLE(geo) > 1.0 || GT_YSAMPLE(geo) > 1.0) {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(out) == 1)
+		        call geo_stran (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+			    nxblock, 1)
+		    else
+		        call geo_stran (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+			    nxblock, nyblock)
+	        } else {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(out) == 1)
+	                call geo_tran (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+			    nxblock, 1)
+		    else
+	                call geo_tran (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2,
+			    nxblock, nyblock)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the linear part of the wcs.
+	    if (!envgetb ("nomwcs") && mode == NEW_COPY) {
+		ndim = IM_NDIM(in)
+		mw = mw_openim (in)
+		call geo_gwcs (geo, sx1, sy1, oltm, oltv)
+		call mw_invertd (oltm, nltm, ndim)
+		call mw_vmuld (nltm, oltv, nltv, ndim)
+		call anegd (nltv, nltv, ndim)
+		call geo_swcs (mw, nltm, nltv, ndim) 
+		call mw_saveim (mw, out)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    }
+
+	    # Free the surfaces.
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    call gsfree (sx2)
+	    call gsfree (sy2)
+
+	    # Close the images.
+	    call imunmap (in)
+	    call imunmap (out)
+
+	    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	}
+
+	# Clean up.
+	call sfree (sp)
+	if (tflist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (tflist)
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_IMZERO -- Create a dummy output image filled with the constant boundary
+# extension value.
+
+procedure geo_imzero (im, constant)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the input image
+real	constant		#I the constant value to insert in the imagw
+
+int	npix
+pointer	sp, v, buf
+int	impnls(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+
+begin
+        # Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+        # Initialize the image.
+        npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+        switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+        case TY_SHORT:
+            while (impnls (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+                call amovks (short (constant), Mems[buf], npix)
+        case TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+            while (impnll (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+                call amovkl (long (constant), Meml[buf], npix)
+        case TY_REAL:
+            while (impnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+                call amovkr (constant, Memr[buf], npix)
+        case TY_DOUBLE:
+            while (impnld (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+                call amovkd (double (constant), Memd[buf], npix)
+        case TY_COMPLEX:
+            while (impnlx (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+                call amovkx (complex (constant, 0.0), Memx[buf], npix)
+        default:
+            call error (1, "Unknown pixel datatype")
+        }
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SET -- Set the image dependent task parameters individually for each
+# image.
+
+procedure geo_set (geo, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, xscale, yscale, ncols, nlines,
+        xin, yin, xshift, yshift, xout, yout, xmag, ymag, xrotation, yrotation)
+
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+real	xmin, xmax		#I minimum and maximum reference values
+real	ymin, ymax		#I minimum and maximum reference values
+real	xscale, yscale		#I output picture scale
+int	ncols, nlines		#I output picture size
+real	xin, yin		#I input picture pixel coordinates
+real	xshift, yshift		#I shift of origin
+real	xout, yout		#I corresponding output picture coords
+real	xmag, ymag		#I input picture scale
+real	xrotation, yrotation	#I scale angle
+
+begin
+	# Set the output picture format parameters.
+	GT_XMIN(geo) = xmin
+	GT_XMAX(geo) = xmax
+	GT_YMIN(geo) = ymin
+	GT_YMAX(geo) = ymax
+	GT_XSCALE(geo) = xscale
+	GT_YSCALE(geo) = yscale
+	GT_NCOLS(geo) = ncols
+	GT_NLINES(geo) = nlines
+
+	# Set the transformation parameters.
+	GT_XIN(geo) = xin
+	GT_YIN(geo) = yin
+	GT_XSHIFT(geo) = xshift
+	GT_YSHIFT(geo) = yshift
+	GT_XOUT(geo) = xout
+	GT_YOUT(geo) = yout
+	GT_XMAG(geo) = xmag
+	GT_YMAG(geo) = ymag
+	GT_XROTATION(geo) = xrotation
+	GT_YROTATION(geo) = yrotation
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FORMAT -- Format the output picture when there is no database file.
+
+procedure geo_format (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	in		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	out		#I pointer to the ouput image
+pointer	geo		#I pointer to the geotran structure
+pointer sx1, sy1	#O pointer to linear surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#O pointer to distortion surfaces
+
+real	xmax, ymax
+
+begin
+	# Get the scale transformation parameters.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XMAG(geo)))
+	    GT_XMAG(geo) = 1.
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    GT_YMAG(geo) = 1.
+	else if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YMAG(geo)))
+	    GT_YMAG(geo) = 1.
+
+	# Get the rotate transformation parameters.
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    GT_XROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(0.)
+	else if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XROTATION(geo)))
+	    GT_XROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(0.)
+	else
+	    GT_XROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(GT_XROTATION(geo))
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    GT_YROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(0.)
+	else if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YROTATION(geo)))
+	    GT_YROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(0.)
+	else
+	    GT_YROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(GT_YROTATION(geo))
+
+	# Automatically compute the maximum extent of the image.
+	if (GT_XMAX(geo) <= 0.0 || GT_YMAX(geo) <= 0.0) {
+
+	    # Compute the size of the output image.
+	    xmax = abs (cos(GT_XROTATION(geo)) * IM_LEN(in,1) /
+	        GT_XMAG(geo)) + abs(sin(GT_YROTATION(geo)) * IM_LEN(in,2) /
+		GT_YMAG(geo))
+	    ymax = abs (sin(GT_XROTATION(geo)) * IM_LEN(in, 1) /
+	        GT_XMAG(geo)) + abs (cos(GT_YROTATION(geo)) * IM_LEN(in,2) /
+		GT_YMAG(geo))
+	}
+
+	# Set up the x reference coordinate limits.
+	if (IS_INDEF(GT_XMIN(geo)))
+	    GT_XMIN(geo) = 1.
+	else
+	    GT_XMIN(geo) = max (1.0, GT_XMIN(geo))
+	if (IS_INDEF(GT_XMAX(geo)))
+	    GT_XMAX(geo) = IM_LEN(in,1)
+	else if (GT_XMAX(geo) <= 0.0)
+	    #GT_XMAX(geo) = int (xmax + 1.0)
+	    GT_XMAX(geo) = xmax
+
+	# Set up the y reference coordinate limits.
+	if (IS_INDEF(GT_YMIN(geo)))
+	    GT_YMIN(geo) = 1.
+	else
+	    GT_YMIN(geo) = max (1.0, GT_YMIN(geo))
+	if (IS_INDEF(GT_YMAX(geo)))
+	    GT_YMAX(geo) = IM_LEN(in, 2)
+	else if (GT_YMAX(geo) <= 0.0)
+	    #GT_YMAX(geo) = int (ymax + 1.0) 
+	    GT_YMAX(geo) = ymax
+
+	# Set the number of columns and rows.
+	if (IS_INDEFI(GT_NCOLS(geo)))
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo) = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    GT_NLINES(geo) = 1
+	else if (IS_INDEFI(GT_NLINES(geo)))
+	    GT_NLINES(geo) = IM_LEN(in, 2)
+
+	# Set scale, overiding number of columns and rows if necessary. 
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XSCALE(geo)))
+	    GT_XSCALE(geo) = (GT_XMAX(geo) - GT_XMIN(geo)) / (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1)
+	else
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo) = (GT_XMAX(geo) - GT_XMIN(geo)) / GT_XSCALE(geo) + 1
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    GT_YSCALE(geo) = 1.0
+	else if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YSCALE(geo)))
+	    GT_YSCALE(geo) = (GT_YMAX(geo) - GT_YMIN(geo)) /
+	        (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1)
+	else
+	    GT_NLINES(geo) = (GT_YMAX(geo) - GT_YMIN(geo)) / GT_YSCALE(geo) + 1
+	IM_LEN(out, 1) = GT_NCOLS(geo)
+	IM_LEN(out, 2) = GT_NLINES(geo)
+
+	# Set up the surfaces, distortion surfaces are NULL.
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1) {
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, GT_XMIN(geo),
+	        GT_XMAX(geo), 0.5, 1.5)
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, GT_XMIN(geo),
+	        GT_XMAX(geo), 0.5, 1.5)
+	} else {
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, GT_XMIN(geo),
+	        GT_XMAX(geo), GT_YMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo))
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, GT_XMIN(geo),
+	        GT_XMAX(geo), GT_YMIN(geo), GT_YMAX(geo))
+	}
+	sx2 = NULL
+	sy2 = NULL
+
+	# Adjust rotation, x and y scale, scale angle, and flip.
+	call geo_rotmagr (sx1, sy1, GT_XMAG(geo), GT_YMAG(geo),
+	    GT_XROTATION(geo), GT_YROTATION(geo))
+
+	# Adjust the shift.
+	call geo_shift (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DFORMAT -- Get the coordinate transformation from a database file.
+
+procedure geo_dformat (in, out, geo, database, transform, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	in, out			#I pointers to input and output images
+pointer	geo			#I pointer to geotran structure
+char	database[ARB]		#I name of database file
+char	transform[ARB]		#I name of transform
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointer to linear part of surface fit
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointer to higher order surface
+
+int	i, dt, rec, ncoeff, junk
+pointer	xcoeff, ycoeff, newsx1, newsy1
+int	dtmap(), dtlocate(), dtgeti(), dtscan()
+errchk	gsrestore
+
+begin
+	# Map the database and locate the transformation record.
+	dt = dtmap (database, READ_ONLY)
+	rec = dtlocate (dt, transform)
+
+	# Get the linear part of the fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface1")
+	call malloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	    junk = dtscan (dt)
+	    call gargr (Memr[xcoeff+i-1])
+	    call gargr (Memr[ycoeff+i-1])
+	}
+	call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	# Set the output image format parameters.
+	call geo_dout (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1)
+
+	# Adjust the linear part of the fit.
+	call gscopy (sx1, newsx1)
+	call gscopy (sy1, newsy1)
+	if (GT_GEOMODE(geo) == GT_DISTORT)
+	    call geo_rotmagr (newsx1, newsy1, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0)
+	else if (! IS_INDEFR(GT_XMAG(geo)) || ! IS_INDEFR(GT_YMAG(geo)) ||
+	    ! IS_INDEFR(GT_XROTATION(geo)) || ! IS_INDEFR(GT_YROTATION(geo)))
+	    call geo_dcoeff (geo, dt, rec, newsx1, newsy1)
+	call geo_dshift (in, out, dt, rec, geo, newsx1, newsy1)
+
+	# Get the higher order part of the fit.
+	ncoeff = dtgeti (dt, rec, "surface2")
+	if (ncoeff > 0 && (GT_GEOMODE(geo) == GT_GEOMETRIC || GT_GEOMODE(geo) ==
+	    GT_DISTORT)) {
+
+	    # Get the distortion coefficients.
+	    call realloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	    call realloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	    do i = 1, ncoeff {
+	        junk = dtscan(dt)
+	        call gargr (Memr[xcoeff+i-1])
+	        call gargr (Memr[ycoeff+i-1])
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call gsrestore (sx2, Memr[xcoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sx2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sx2 = NULL
+	    }
+	    iferr {
+	        call gsrestore (sy2, Memr[ycoeff])
+	    } then {
+		call mfree (sy2, TY_STRUCT)
+		sy2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    sx2 = NULL
+	    sy2 = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Redefine the surfaces.
+	call gsfree (sx1)
+	call gscopy (newsx1, sx1)
+	call gsfree (newsx1)
+	call gsfree (sy1)
+	call gscopy (newsy1, sy1)
+	call gsfree (newsy1)
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (xcoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (ycoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call dtunmap (dt)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DOUT --  Set the output image format using information in the database
+# file.
+
+procedure geo_dout (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1)
+
+pointer	in, out		#I pointers to input and output image
+pointer	geo		#I pointer to geotran sturcture
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to linear surface descriptors
+
+real	gsgetr ()
+
+begin
+	# Set the reference coordinate limits.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XMIN(geo)))
+	    GT_XMIN(geo) = gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XMAX(geo)))
+	    GT_XMAX(geo) = gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YMIN(geo)))
+	    GT_YMIN(geo) = gsgetr (sy1, GSYMIN)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YMAX(geo)))
+	    GT_YMAX(geo) = gsgetr (sy1, GSYMAX)
+
+	# Set the number of lines and columns.
+	if (IS_INDEFI(GT_NCOLS(geo)))
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo) = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    GT_NLINES(geo) = 1
+	else if (IS_INDEFI(GT_NLINES(geo)))
+	    GT_NLINES(geo) = IM_LEN(in, 2)
+
+	# Set scale, overiding the number of columns and rows if necessary. 
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XSCALE(geo)))
+	    GT_XSCALE(geo) = (GT_XMAX(geo) - GT_XMIN(geo)) / (GT_NCOLS(geo) - 1)
+	else
+	    GT_NCOLS(geo) = abs ((GT_XMAX(geo) - GT_XMIN(geo)) /
+	        GT_XSCALE(geo)) + 1
+	if (IM_NDIM(in) == 1)
+	    GT_YSCALE(geo) = 1.0
+	else if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YSCALE(geo)))
+	    GT_YSCALE(geo) = (GT_YMAX(geo) - GT_YMIN(geo)) /
+	        (GT_NLINES(geo) - 1)
+	else
+	    GT_NLINES(geo) = abs ((GT_YMAX(geo) - GT_YMIN(geo)) /
+	        GT_YSCALE(geo)) + 1
+
+	# Set the output image size.
+	IM_LEN(out,1) = GT_NCOLS(geo)
+	IM_LEN(out,2) = GT_NLINES(geo)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DSHIFT -- Adjust the shifts using information in the database file.
+
+procedure geo_dshift (in, out, dt, rec, geo, sx1, sy1)
+
+pointer	in, out		#I pointer to input and output images
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to database
+int	rec		#I pointer to database record
+pointer	geo		#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#U pointers to linear surfaces
+
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	# Define the output origin.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XOUT(geo)))
+	    GT_XOUT(geo) = (GT_XMAX(geo) + GT_XMIN(geo)) / 2.0
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YOUT(geo)))
+	    GT_YOUT(geo) = (GT_YMAX(geo) + GT_YMIN(geo)) / 2.0
+
+	# Define the input image origin.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XIN(geo)))
+	    GT_XIN(geo) = gseval (sx1, GT_XOUT(geo), GT_YOUT(geo))
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YIN(geo)))
+	    GT_YIN(geo) = gseval (sy1, GT_XOUT(geo), GT_YOUT(geo))
+
+	# Define the shifts.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XSHIFT(geo)))
+	    GT_XSHIFT(geo) = GT_XIN(geo) - gseval (sx1, GT_XOUT(geo),
+	        GT_YOUT(geo))
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YSHIFT(geo)))
+	    GT_YSHIFT(geo) = GT_YIN(geo) - gseval (sy1, GT_XOUT(geo),
+	        GT_YOUT(geo))
+	
+	# Correct the coefficients.
+	call geo_xyshiftr (sx1, sy1, GT_XSHIFT(geo), GT_YSHIFT(geo))
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SHIFT -- Compute the shift.
+
+procedure geo_shift (in, out, geo, sx1, sy1)
+
+pointer	in, out		#I pointer to input and output images
+pointer	geo		#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to linear surfaces
+
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	# Determine the output origin.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XOUT(geo)))
+	    GT_XOUT(geo) =  (GT_XMAX(geo) + GT_XMIN(geo)) / 2.0
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YOUT(geo)))
+	    GT_YOUT(geo) =  (GT_YMAX(geo) + GT_YMIN(geo)) / 2.0
+
+	# Determine the input origin.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XIN(geo)))
+	    GT_XIN(geo) = (real (IM_LEN (in, 1)) + 1.) / 2.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YIN(geo)))
+	    GT_YIN(geo) = (real (IM_LEN (in, 2)) + 1.) / 2.
+
+	# Determine the final x and y shifts.
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(GT_XSHIFT(geo)))
+	    GT_XOUT(geo) = GT_XIN(geo) + GT_XSHIFT(geo)
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(GT_YSHIFT(geo)))
+	    GT_YOUT(geo) = GT_YIN(geo) + GT_YSHIFT(geo)
+	GT_XSHIFT(geo) = GT_XIN(geo) - gseval (sx1, GT_XOUT(geo),
+	        GT_YOUT(geo))
+	GT_YSHIFT(geo) = GT_YIN(geo) - gseval (sy1, GT_XOUT(geo),
+	    GT_YOUT(geo))
+
+	# Alter coefficients.
+	call geo_xyshiftr (sx1, sy1, GT_XSHIFT(geo), GT_YSHIFT(geo))
+end
+
+
+# GEO_DCOEFF -- Alter the linear componets of the surface fit after the fact.
+
+procedure geo_dcoeff (geo, dt, rec, sx1, sy1)
+
+pointer	geo		#I pointer to geotran structure
+pointer	dt		#I pointer to database record
+int	rec		#I database record
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#U pointers to the linear surface
+
+real	dtgetr()
+errchk	dtgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Get the transformation parameters.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XMAG(geo))) {
+	    iferr (GT_XMAG(geo) = dtgetr (dt, rec, "xmag"))
+	        GT_XMAG(geo) = dtgetr (dt, rec, "xscale")
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YMAG(geo))) {
+	    iferr (GT_YMAG(geo) = dtgetr (dt, rec, "ymag"))
+	        GT_YMAG(geo) = dtgetr (dt, rec, "yscale")
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_XROTATION(geo)))
+	    GT_XROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(dtgetr (dt, rec, "xrotation"))
+	else
+	    GT_XROTATION(geo) = DEGTORAD(GT_XROTATION(geo))
+	if (IS_INDEFR(GT_YROTATION(geo)))
+	    GT_YROTATION(geo) =  DEGTORAD(dtgetr (dt, rec, "yrotation"))
+	else
+	    GT_YROTATION(geo) = DEGTORAD(GT_YROTATION(geo))
+
+	call geo_rotmagr (sx1, sy1, GT_XMAG(geo), GT_YMAG(geo),
+	    GT_XROTATION(geo), GT_YROTATION(geo))
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GWCS -- Compute the ltm and ltv vectors using the GEOTRAN coordinate
+# surfaces.
+
+procedure geo_gwcs (geo, sx1, sy1, ltm, ltv)
+
+pointer	geo		# pointer to the geotran structure
+pointer	sx1		# pointer to the linear x coordinate surface
+pointer	sy1		# pointer to the linear y coordinate surface
+double	ltm[2,2]	# rotation matrix
+double	ltv[2]		# shift vector
+
+double	xscale, yscale, xmin, ymin
+int	ncoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+real	xrange, yrange
+int	gsgeti()
+real	gsgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate space for the coefficients.
+	call smark (sp)
+	ncoeff = max (gsgeti (sx1, GSNSAVE), gsgeti (sy1, GSNSAVE))
+	call salloc (xcoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, ncoeff, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Fetch the coefficients.
+	call gssave (sx1, Memr[xcoeff])
+	call gssave (sy1, Memr[ycoeff])
+
+	# Denormalize the coefficients for non-polynomial functions.
+	xrange = gsgetr (sx1, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sx1, GSXMIN)
+	yrange = gsgetr (sy1, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sy1, GSYMIN)
+	if (gsgeti (sx1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] * 2. /
+	        xrange
+	    Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] * 2. /
+	        yrange
+	}
+	if (gsgeti (sy1, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] * 2. /
+	        xrange
+	    Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] * 2. /
+	        yrange
+	}
+
+	# Set the shift vector.
+	ltv[1] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF]
+	ltv[2] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF]
+
+	# Set the rotation vector.
+	ltm[1,1] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1]
+	ltm[2,1] = Memr[xcoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2]
+	ltm[1,2] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+1]
+	ltm[2,2] = Memr[ycoeff+GS_SAVECOEFF+2]
+
+	# Get the sign of the scale vector which is always +ve.
+	xmin = GT_XMIN(geo)
+	ymin = GT_YMIN(geo)
+	if (GT_XMIN(geo) > GT_XMAX(geo))
+	    xscale = -GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	else
+	    xscale = GT_XSCALE(geo)
+	if (GT_YMIN(geo) > GT_YMAX(geo))
+	    yscale = -GT_YSCALE(geo)
+	else
+	    yscale = GT_YSCALE(geo)
+
+	# Correct for reference units that are not in pixels.
+	ltv[1] = ltv[1] + ltm[1,1] * xmin + ltm[2,1] * ymin - ltm[1,1] *
+	    xscale - ltm[2,1] * yscale
+	ltv[2] = ltv[2] + ltm[1,2] * xmin + ltm[2,2] * ymin - ltm[1,2] *
+	    xscale - ltm[2,2] * yscale
+	ltm[1,1] = ltm[1,1] * xscale
+	ltm[2,1] = ltm[2,1] * yscale
+	ltm[1,2] = ltm[1,2] * xscale
+	ltm[2,2] = ltm[2,2] * yscale
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	LTM	Memd[ltm+(($2)-1)*pdim+($1)-1]
+
+# GEO_SWCS -- Update the wcs and write it to the image header.
+
+procedure geo_swcs (mw, gltm, gltv, ldim)
+
+pointer	mw			# the mwcs descriptor
+double	gltm[ldim,ldim]		# the input cd matrix from geotran
+double	gltv[ldim]		# the input shift vector from geotran
+int	ldim			# number of logical dimensions
+
+int	axes[IM_MAXDIM], naxes, pdim, nelem, axmap, ax1, ax2
+pointer	sp, ltm, ltv_1, ltv_2
+int	mw_stati()
+
+begin
+	# Convert axis bitflags to the axis lists.
+	if (ldim == 1) {
+	    call mw_gaxlist (mw, 01B, axes, naxes)
+	    if (naxes < 1)
+	        return
+	} else {
+	    call mw_gaxlist (mw, 03B, axes, naxes)
+	    if (naxes < 2)
+	        return
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the parameters.
+	pdim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NDIM) 
+	nelem = pdim * pdim
+	axmap = mw_stati (mw, MW_USEAXMAP)
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ltm, nelem, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ltv_1, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ltv_2, pdim, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the vectors and matrices.
+	call mw_mkidmd (Memd[ltm], pdim)
+	call aclrd (Memd[ltv_1], pdim)
+	call aclrd (Memd[ltv_2], pdim)
+
+	# Enter the linear operation.
+	ax1 = axes[1]
+	Memd[ltv_2+ax1-1] = gltv[1]
+	LTM(ax1,ax1) = gltm[1,1]
+	if (ldim == 2) {
+	    ax2 = axes[2]
+	    Memd[ltv_2+ax2-1] = gltv[2]
+	    LTM(ax2,ax1) = gltm[2,1]
+	    LTM(ax1,ax2) = gltm[1,2]
+	    LTM(ax2,ax2) = gltm[2,2]
+	}
+
+	# Perform the translation.
+	call mw_translated (mw, Memd[ltv_1], Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv_2], pdim)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, axmap)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geoxytran.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geoxytran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c99b9a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/t_geoxytran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<math/gsurfit.h>
+
+define	MAX_FIELDS	100		# Maximum number of fields in list
+define	TABSIZE		8		# Spacing of tab stops
+
+# Define the permitted computation types
+define	GEO_REAL	1		# Computation type is real
+define	GEO_DOUBLE	2		# Computation type is double
+
+# T_GEOXYTRAN -- Transform a list of x and y coordinates using the geometric
+# transformation operations computed by the GEOMAP task.
+
+procedure t_geoxytran()
+
+int	inlist, outlist, reclist, calctype, geometry, dir, xcolumn, ycolumn
+int	min_sigdigits, infd, outfd
+pointer	sp, in_fname, out_fname, record, xformat, yformat, str, dt
+pointer	sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2
+int	clgwrd(), clgeti(), open()
+bool	streq()
+int	fntopnb(), fntlenb(), fntgfnb(), imtopenp(), imtlen(), imtgetim()
+pointer	dtmap()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate memory for transformation parameters structure
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (in_fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (out_fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (record, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the input and output file lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDIN", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	inlist = fntopnb(Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	outlist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("database", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] != EOS) {
+	    dt = dtmap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY)
+	    reclist = imtopenp ("transforms")
+	} else {
+	    dt = NULL
+	    reclist = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Test the input and out file and record lists for validity.
+	if (fntlenb(inlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The input file list is empty")
+	if (fntlenb(outlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The output file list is empty")
+	if (fntlenb(outlist) > 1 && fntlenb(outlist) != fntlenb(inlist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "Input and output file lists are not the same length")
+	if (dt != NULL && reclist != NULL) {
+	    if (imtlen (reclist) > 1 && imtlen (reclist) != fntlenb (inlist)) 
+	        call error (0,
+		    "Input file and record lists are not the same length.")
+	}
+
+	# Get geometry and transformation direction.
+	geometry = clgwrd ("geometry", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",linear,distortion,geometric,")
+	dir = clgwrd ("direction", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    ",forward,backward,")
+
+	# Get field numbers from cl
+	if (dir == 1)
+	    calctype = clgwrd ("calctype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+		",real,double,")
+	else
+	    calctype = GEO_DOUBLE
+	xcolumn = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	ycolumn = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	call clgstr ("xformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("yformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+
+	# Get the output file name.
+	if (fntgfnb (outlist, Memc[out_fname], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[out_fname], SZ_FNAME)
+	outfd = open (Memc[out_fname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	if (streq (Memc[out_fname], "STDOUT") || outfd == STDOUT)
+	    call fseti (outfd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get the record name.
+	if (reclist == NULL)
+	    Memc[record] = EOS
+	else if (imtgetim (reclist, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+	    Memc[record] = EOS
+
+	# Call procedure to get parameters and fill structure.
+	sx1 = NULL; sy1 = NULL; sx2 = NULL; sy2 = NULL
+	call geo_init_transform (dt, Memc[record], calctype, geometry,
+	    sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	# While input list is not depleted, open file and transform list.
+	while (fntgfnb (inlist, Memc[in_fname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)  {
+
+	    infd = open (Memc[in_fname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Transform the coordinates.
+	    call geo_transform_file (infd, outfd, xcolumn, ycolumn, dir,
+	        calctype, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat], min_sigdigits,
+		sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	    # Do not get a new output file name if there is not output 
+	    # file list or if only one output file was specified.
+	    # Otherwise fetch the new name.
+	    if (fntlenb(outlist) > 1) {
+		call close (outfd)
+	        if (fntgfnb (outlist, Memc[out_fname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		    outfd = open (Memc[out_fname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) 
+		if (streq (Memc[out_fname], "STDOUT") || outfd == STDOUT)
+	    	    call fseti (outfd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+	    }
+
+	    call close (infd)
+
+	    # Do not reset the transformation if there is no record list
+	    # or only one record is specified. Otherwise fetch the next
+	    # record name.
+	    if (reclist != NULL && imtlen (reclist) > 1) {
+	        if (imtgetim (reclist, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    call geo_free_transform (calctype, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	            call geo_init_transform (dt, Memc[record], calctype,
+			geometry, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free the surface descriptors.
+	call geo_free_transform (calctype, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	# Close up file and record templates.
+	if (dt != NULL)
+	    call dtunmap (dt)
+	call close (outfd)
+	call fntclsb (inlist)
+	call fntclsb (outlist)
+	if (reclist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (reclist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_INIT_TRANSFORM -- gets parameter values relevant to the
+# transformation from the cl.  List entries will be transformed
+# in procedure rg_transform.
+
+procedure geo_init_transform (dt, record, calctype, geometry, sx1, sy1,
+	sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	dt			#I pointer to database file produced by geomap
+char	record[ARB]		#I the name of the database record
+int	calctype		#I the computation data type
+int	geometry		#I the type of geometry to be computed
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+
+begin
+	if (dt == NULL) {
+
+	    if (calctype == GEO_REAL)
+		call geo_linitr (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	    else
+		call geo_linitd (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    if (calctype == GEO_REAL)
+		call geo_sinitr (dt, record, geometry, sx1, sy1,
+		    sx2, sy2)
+	    else
+		call geo_sinitd (dt, record, geometry, sx1, sy1,
+		    sx2, sy2)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FREE_TRANSFORM -- Free the previously defined transformation
+
+procedure geo_free_transform (calctype, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+int	calctype		#I the computation data type
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#O pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#O pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+
+begin
+	if (calctype == GEO_REAL)
+	    call geo_sfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	else
+	    call geo_sfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_TRANSFORM_FILE -- This procedure is called once for each file
+# in the input list.  For each line in the input file that isn't
+# blank or comment, the line is transformed.  Blank and comment
+# lines are output unaltered.
+
+procedure geo_transform_file (infd, outfd, xfield, yfield, dir, calctype,
+	xformat, yformat, min_sigdigits, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+int	infd			#I the input file descriptor
+int	outfd			#I the output file descriptor
+int	xfield			#I the x column number
+int	yfield			#I the y column number
+int	dir			#I transform direction
+int	calctype		#I the computation type
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I output format of the x coordinate
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I output format of the y coordinate
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of digits to be output
+pointer	sx1, sy1		#I pointers to the linear x and y surfaces
+pointer	sx2, sy2		#I pointers to the x and y distortion surfaces
+
+double	xd, yd, xtd, ytd
+int	max_fields, nline, nfields, nchars, nsdig_x, nsdig_y, offset
+real	xr, yr, xtr, ytr
+pointer	sp, inbuf, linebuf, field_pos, outbuf, ip
+int	getline(), li_get_numr(), li_get_numd()
+
+int	nsx, nsy
+double	der[8], xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, tol
+pointer	sx[2], sy[2]
+double	dgsgetd()
+
+#double	x, y, xt, yt
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (linebuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field_pos, MAX_FIELDS, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (outbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	max_fields = MAX_FIELDS
+
+	# Initialize for backward transform.
+	if (dir == 2) {
+	    sx[1] = sx1; sy[1] = sy1; sx[2] = sx2; sy[2] = sy2
+	    nsx = 2; nsy = 2
+	    if (sx2 == NULL)
+		nsx = 1
+	    if (sy2 == NULL)
+		nsy = 1
+	    xmin = dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMIN)
+	    xmax = dgsgetd (sx1, GSXMAX)
+	    ymin = dgsgetd (sx1, GSYMIN)
+	    ymax = dgsgetd (sx1, GSYMAX)
+	    tol = abs (xmax - xmin) / 1E10
+	    xd = (xmin + xmax) / 2
+	    yd = (ymin + ymax) / 2
+	    call tr_init (sx, nsx, sy, nsy, xd, yd, der)
+	}
+
+	for (nline=1;  getline (infd, Memc[inbuf]) != EOF;  nline = nline + 1) {
+	    for (ip=inbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '#') {
+		# Pass comment lines on to the output unchanged.
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    } else if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+		# Blank lines too.
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[inbuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Expand tabs into blanks, determine field offsets.
+	    call strdetab (Memc[inbuf], Memc[linebuf], SZ_LINE, TABSIZE)
+	    call li_find_fields (Memc[linebuf], Memi[field_pos], max_fields,
+	        nfields)
+
+	    if (xfield > nfields || yfield > nfields) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Not enough fields in file %s line %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+		 
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+xfield-1]
+	    if (calctype == GEO_REAL)
+	        nchars = li_get_numr (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], xr, nsdig_x)
+	    else
+	        nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], xd, nsdig_x)
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad x value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+
+            offset = Memi[field_pos+yfield-1]
+	    if (calctype == GEO_REAL)
+	        nchars = li_get_numr (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], yr, nsdig_y)
+	    else
+	        nchars = li_get_numd (Memc[linebuf+offset-1], yd, nsdig_y)
+	    if (nchars == 0) {
+		call fstats (infd, F_FILENAME, Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE)
+		call eprintf ("Bad y value in file '%s' at line %d:\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outbuf])
+		    call pargi (nline)
+		call putline (outfd, Memc[linebuf])
+		next
+	    }
+		 
+	    if (calctype == GEO_REAL) {
+		call geo_do_transformr (xr, yr, xtr, ytr,
+		    sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	        call li_pack_liner (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+	            Memi[field_pos], nfields, xfield, yfield, xtr, ytr,
+		    xformat, yformat, nsdig_x, nsdig_y, min_sigdigits)
+
+	    } else {
+		if (dir == 1)
+		    call geo_do_transformd (xd, yd, xtd, ytd,
+		        sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		else
+		    call tr_invert (sx, nsx, sy, nsy, xd, yd, xtd, ytd,
+		        der, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, tol)
+	        call li_pack_lined (Memc[linebuf], Memc[outbuf], SZ_LINE,
+	            Memi[field_pos], nfields, xfield, yfield, xtd, ytd,
+		    xformat, yformat, nsdig_x, nsdig_y, min_sigdigits)
+	    }
+
+	    call putline (outfd, Memc[outbuf])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/trinvert.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/trinvert.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f75cdc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/geometry/trinvert.x
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+# The code here is taken from t_transform.x in the longslit package.  The
+# changes are to use a sum instead of an average when multiple surfaces
+# are given and not to use the xgs interface.  Also the convergence
+# tolerance is user specified since in this application the units might
+# not be pixels.
+
+
+define	MAX_ITERATE	20
+define	ERROR		0.05
+define	FUDGE		0.5
+
+# TR_INVERT -- Given user coordinate surfaces U(X,Y) and V(X,Y)
+# (if none use one-to-one mapping and if more than one sum)
+# corresponding to a given U and V and also the various partial
+# derivatives.  This is done using a gradient following interative
+# method based on evaluating the partial derivative at each point
+# and solving the linear Taylor expansions simultaneously.  The last
+# point sampled is used as the starting point.  Thus, if the
+# input U and V progress smoothly then the number of iterations
+# can be small.  The output is returned in x and y and in the derivative array
+# DER.  A point outside of the surfaces is returned as the nearest
+# point at the edge of the surfaces in the DER array.
+
+procedure tr_invert (usf, nusf, vsf, nvsf, u, v, x, y, der,
+	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, tol)
+
+pointer	usf[ARB], vsf[ARB]	# User coordinate surfaces U(X,Y) and V(X,Y)
+int	nusf, nvsf		# Number of surfaces for each coordinate
+double	u, v			# Input U and V to determine X and Y
+double	x, y			# Output X and Y
+double	der[8]			# Last result as input, new result as output 
+				# 1=X, 2=Y, 3=U, 4=DUDX, 5=DUDY, 6=V,
+				# 7=DVDX, 8=DVDY
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax	# Limits of coordinate surfaces.
+double	tol			# Tolerance
+
+int	i, j, nedge
+double	fudge, du, dv, dx, dy, tmp[3]
+
+begin
+	# Use the last result as the starting point for the next position.
+	# If this is near the desired value then the interation will converge
+	# quickly.  Allow a iteration to go off the surface twice.
+	# Quit when DX and DY are within tol.
+
+	nedge = 0
+	do i = 1, MAX_ITERATE {
+	    du = u - der[3]
+	    dv = v - der[6]
+	    dx = (der[8] * du - der[5] * dv) /
+		(der[8] * der[4] - der[5] * der[7])
+	    dy = (dv - der[7] * dx) / der[8]
+	    fudge = 1 - FUDGE / i
+	    x = der[1] + fudge * dx
+	    y = der[2] + fudge * dy
+	    der[1] = max (xmin, min (xmax, x))
+	    der[2] = max (ymin, min (ymax, y))
+	    if ((abs (dx) < tol) && (abs (dy) < tol))
+	        break
+
+	    if (nusf == 0)
+		der[3] = der[1]
+	    else if (nusf == 1) {
+	        call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[3], 1, 0, 0)
+	        call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[4], 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[5], 1, 0, 1)
+	    } else {
+	        call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[3], 1, 0, 0)
+	        call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[4], 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[5], 1, 0, 1)
+		do j = 2, nusf {
+	            call dgsder (usf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[1], 1, 0, 0)
+	            call dgsder (usf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[2], 1, 1, 0)
+	            call dgsder (usf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[3], 1, 0, 1)
+		    der[3] = der[3] + tmp[1]
+		    der[4] = der[4] + tmp[2]
+		    der[5] = der[5] + tmp[3]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (nvsf == 0)
+		der[6] = der[2]
+	    else if (nvsf == 1) {
+	        call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[6], 1, 0, 0)
+	        call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[7], 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[8], 1, 0, 1)
+	    } else {
+	        call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[6], 1, 0, 0)
+	        call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[7], 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[8], 1, 0, 1)
+		do j = 2, nvsf {
+	            call dgsder (vsf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[1], 1, 0, 0)
+	            call dgsder (vsf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[2], 1, 1, 0)
+	            call dgsder (vsf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[3], 1, 0, 1)
+		    der[6] = der[6] + tmp[1]
+		    der[7] = der[7] + tmp[2]
+		    der[8] = der[8] + tmp[3]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# TR_INIT -- Since the inversion iteration always begins from the last
+# point we need to initialize before the first call to TR_INVERT.
+
+procedure tr_init (usf, nusf, vsf, nvsf, x, y, der)
+
+pointer	usf[ARB], vsf[ARB]	# User coordinate surfaces
+int	nusf, nvsf		# Number of surfaces for each coordinate
+double	x, y			# Starting X and Y
+double	der[8]			# Inversion data
+
+int	j
+double	tmp[3]
+
+begin
+	der[1] = x
+	der[2] = y
+	if (nusf == 0) {
+	    der[3] = der[1]
+	    der[4] = 1.
+	    der[5] = 0.
+	} else if (nusf == 1) {
+	    call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[3], 1, 0, 0)
+	    call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[4], 1, 1, 0)
+	    call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[5], 1, 0, 1)
+	} else {
+	    call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[3], 1, 0, 0)
+	    call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[4], 1, 1, 0)
+	    call dgsder (usf[1], der[1], der[2], der[5], 1, 0, 1)
+	    do j = 2, nusf {
+	        call dgsder (usf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[1], 1, 0, 0)
+	        call dgsder (usf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[2], 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (usf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[3], 1, 0, 1)
+		der[3] = der[3] + tmp[1]
+		der[4] = der[4] + tmp[2]
+		der[5] = der[5] + tmp[3]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (nvsf == 0) {
+	    der[6] = der[2]
+	    der[7] = 0.
+	    der[8] = 1.
+	} else if (nvsf == 1) {
+	    call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[6], 1, 0, 0)
+	    call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[7], 1, 1, 0)
+	    call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[8], 1, 0, 1)
+	} else {
+	    call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[6], 1, 0, 0)
+	    call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[7], 1, 1, 0)
+	    call dgsder (vsf[1], der[1], der[2], der[8], 1, 0, 1)
+	    do j = 2, nvsf {
+	        call dgsder (vsf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[1], 1, 0, 0)
+	        call dgsder (vsf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[2], 1, 1, 0)
+	        call dgsder (vsf[j], der[1], der[2], tmp[3], 1, 0, 1)
+		der[6] = der[6] + tmp[1]
+		der[7] = der[7] + tmp[2]
+		der[8] = der[8] + tmp[3]
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ead908e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/imcombine.par
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# IMCOMBINE -- Image combine parameters
+
+input,s,a,,,,List of images to combine
+output,s,a,,,,List of output images
+headers,s,h,"",,,List of header files (optional)
+bpmasks,s,h,"",,,List of bad pixel masks (optional)
+rejmasks,s,h,"",,,List of rejection masks (optional)
+nrejmasks,s,h,"",,,List of number rejected masks (optional)
+expmasks,s,h,"",,,List of exposure masks (optional)
+sigmas,s,h,"",,,List of sigma images (optional)
+imcmb,s,h,"$I",,,Keyword for IMCMB keywords
+logfile,s,h,"STDOUT",,,"Log file
+"
+combine,s,h,"average","average|median|lmedian|sum|quadrature|nmodel",,Type of combine operation
+reject,s,h,"none","none|minmax|ccdclip|crreject|sigclip|avsigclip|pclip",,Type of rejection
+project,b,h,no,,,Project highest dimension of input images?
+outtype,s,h,"real","short|ushort|integer|long|real|double",,Output image pixel datatype
+outlimits,s,h,"",,,Output limits (x1 x2 y1 y2 ...)
+offsets,f,h,"none",,,Input image offsets
+masktype,s,h,"none","",,Mask type
+maskvalue,s,h,"0",,,Mask value
+blank,r,h,0.,,,"Value if there are no pixels
+"
+scale,s,h,"none",,,Image scaling
+zero,s,h,"none",,,Image zero point offset
+weight,s,h,"none",,,Image weights
+statsec,s,h,"",,,Image section for computing statistics
+expname,s,h,"",,,"Image header exposure time keyword
+"
+lthreshold,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower threshold
+hthreshold,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper threshold
+nlow,i,h,1,0,,minmax: Number of low pixels to reject
+nhigh,i,h,1,0,,minmax: Number of high pixels to reject
+nkeep,i,h,1,,,Minimum to keep (pos) or maximum to reject (neg)
+mclip,b,h,yes,,,Use median in sigma clipping algorithms?
+lsigma,r,h,3.,0.,,Lower sigma clipping factor
+hsigma,r,h,3.,0.,,Upper sigma clipping factor
+rdnoise,s,h,"0.",,,ccdclip: CCD readout noise (electrons)
+gain,s,h,"1.",,,ccdclip: CCD gain (electrons/DN)
+snoise,s,h,"0.",,,ccdclip: Sensitivity noise (fraction)
+sigscale,r,h,0.1,0.,,Tolerance for sigma clipping scaling corrections
+pclip,r,h,-0.5,,,pclip: Percentile clipping parameter
+grow,r,h,0.,0.,,Radius (pixels) for neighbor rejection
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..456232e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# Make the IMCOMBINE Task.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+standalone:
+	$set LIBS1 = "src/libimc.a -lxtools -lcurfit -lsurfit -lgsurfit"
+	$set LIBS2 = "-liminterp -lnlfit -lslalib -lncar -lgks"
+	$update	libimc.a@src
+	$update	libpkg.a
+	$omake	x_imcombine.x
+	$link	x_imcombine.o libpkg.a $(LIBS1) $(LIBS2) -o xx_imcombine.e
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	t_imcombine.x	src/icombine.com src/icombine.h <error.h> <mach.h> \
+			<imhdr.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/Revisions b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..469f9e5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+.help revisions Jul04 imcombine/src
+.nf
+
+This directory contains generic code used in various tasks that combine
+images.
+
+=======
+V2.13
+=======
+
+icgdata.gx
+    Fixed a problem where 3-D images were closing an image in the case
+    of many bands leading to a slow execution (10/20/06, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.12.3
+=======
+
+icmask.x
+iclog.x
+icombine.h
+    As a special unadvertised feature the "maskvalue" parameter may be
+    specified with a leading '<' or '>'.  Ultimately a full expression
+    should be added and documented.  (7/26/04, Valdes)
+
+icmask.x
+    Added a feature to allow masks specified without a path to be found
+    either in the current directory or the directory with the image.  This
+    is useful when images to be combined are distributed across multiple
+    directories.  (7/16/04, Valdes)
+
+========
+V2.12.2a
+========
+
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icaclip.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icaclip.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fb89b1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icaclip.x
@@ -0,0 +1,2207 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		3	# Minimum number of images for this algorithm
+
+
+# IC_AAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the average
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_aavsigclips (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, s1, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+pointer	sp, sums, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (sums, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Since the unweighted average is computed here possibly skip combining
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Compute the unweighted average with the high and low rejected and
+	# the poisson scaled average sigma.  There must be at least three
+	# pixels at each point to define the average and contributions to
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3)
+		next
+
+	    # Unweighted average with the high and low rejected
+	    low = Mems[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Mems[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Mems[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    dp1 = d[j] + k
+		    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+		    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+		    l = Memi[mp1]
+		    s1 = max (one, (a + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (d1 - a) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, a)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Mems[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the average and sum for later.
+	    average[i] = a
+	    Memr[sums+k] = sum
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    s = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+
+	# Reject pixels and compute the final average (if needed).
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point for rejection.
+	# Iteratively scale the mean sigma and reject pixels
+	# Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (2, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Mems[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    a = average[i]
+	    sum = Memr[sums+k]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (s > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+			    l = Memi[mp1]
+			    s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, (a+zeros[l]) /  scales[l]))
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, a))
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mems[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mems[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the median
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_mavsigclips (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med, low, high, sig, r, s, s1, one
+data	one /1.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the poisson scaled average sigma about the median.
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point to define
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3) {
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    median[i] = blank
+		else if (n1 == 1)
+		    median[i] = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		else {
+		    low = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Mems[d[2]+k]
+		    median[i] = (low + high) / 2.
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Median
+	    n3 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		low = Mems[d[n3-1]+k]
+		high = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+		med = (low + high) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+		    s1 = max (one, (med + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (Mems[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, med)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Mems[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the median for later.
+	    median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    sig = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+	else {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute individual sigmas and iteratively clip.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep+1))
+		next
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+	    med = median[i]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) && sig > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (med - Mems[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (Mems[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, med))
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    r = (med - Mems[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    r = (Mems[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    # Recompute median
+		    if (n1 < n2) {
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+				low = Mems[d[n3-1]+k]
+				high = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+				med = (low + high) / 2.
+			    } else
+				med = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+			} else
+			    med = blank
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+
+		# Recompute median
+		if (n1 < n2) {
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+			    low = Mems[d[n3-1]+k]
+			    high = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+			    med = (low + high) / 2.
+			} else
+			    med = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+		    } else
+			med = blank
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+k] = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+k] = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_AAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the average
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_aavsigclipi (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, s1, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+pointer	sp, sums, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (sums, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Since the unweighted average is computed here possibly skip combining
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Compute the unweighted average with the high and low rejected and
+	# the poisson scaled average sigma.  There must be at least three
+	# pixels at each point to define the average and contributions to
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3)
+		next
+
+	    # Unweighted average with the high and low rejected
+	    low = Memi[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Memi[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Memi[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    dp1 = d[j] + k
+		    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+		    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+		    l = Memi[mp1]
+		    s1 = max (one, (a + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (d1 - a) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, a)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Memi[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the average and sum for later.
+	    average[i] = a
+	    Memr[sums+k] = sum
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    s = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+
+	# Reject pixels and compute the final average (if needed).
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point for rejection.
+	# Iteratively scale the mean sigma and reject pixels
+	# Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (2, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memi[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    a = average[i]
+	    sum = Memr[sums+k]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (s > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+			    l = Memi[mp1]
+			    s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, (a+zeros[l]) /  scales[l]))
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, a))
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memi[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memi[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the median
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_mavsigclipi (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med, low, high, sig, r, s, s1, one
+data	one /1.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the poisson scaled average sigma about the median.
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point to define
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3) {
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    median[i] = blank
+		else if (n1 == 1)
+		    median[i] = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		else {
+		    low = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Memi[d[2]+k]
+		    median[i] = (low + high) / 2.
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Median
+	    n3 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		low = Memi[d[n3-1]+k]
+		high = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+		med = (low + high) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+		    s1 = max (one, (med + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (Memi[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, med)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Memi[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the median for later.
+	    median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    sig = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+	else {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute individual sigmas and iteratively clip.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep+1))
+		next
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+	    med = median[i]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) && sig > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (med - Memi[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (Memi[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, med))
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    r = (med - Memi[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    r = (Memi[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    # Recompute median
+		    if (n1 < n2) {
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+				low = Memi[d[n3-1]+k]
+				high = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+				med = (low + high) / 2.
+			    } else
+				med = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+			} else
+			    med = blank
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+
+		# Recompute median
+		if (n1 < n2) {
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+			    low = Memi[d[n3-1]+k]
+			    high = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+			    med = (low + high) / 2.
+			} else
+			    med = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+		    } else
+			med = blank
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+k] = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+k] = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_AAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the average
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_aavsigclipr (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, s1, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+pointer	sp, sums, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (sums, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Since the unweighted average is computed here possibly skip combining
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Compute the unweighted average with the high and low rejected and
+	# the poisson scaled average sigma.  There must be at least three
+	# pixels at each point to define the average and contributions to
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3)
+		next
+
+	    # Unweighted average with the high and low rejected
+	    low = Memr[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Memr[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Memr[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    dp1 = d[j] + k
+		    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+		    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+		    l = Memi[mp1]
+		    s1 = max (one, (a + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (d1 - a) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, a)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Memr[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the average and sum for later.
+	    average[i] = a
+	    Memr[sums+k] = sum
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    s = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+
+	# Reject pixels and compute the final average (if needed).
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point for rejection.
+	# Iteratively scale the mean sigma and reject pixels
+	# Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (2, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memr[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    a = average[i]
+	    sum = Memr[sums+k]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (s > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+			    l = Memi[mp1]
+			    s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, (a+zeros[l]) /  scales[l]))
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, a))
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memr[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memr[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the median
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_mavsigclipr (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med, low, high, sig, r, s, s1, one
+data	one /1.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the poisson scaled average sigma about the median.
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point to define
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3) {
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    median[i] = blank
+		else if (n1 == 1)
+		    median[i] = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		else {
+		    low = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Memr[d[2]+k]
+		    median[i] = (low + high) / 2.
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Median
+	    n3 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		low = Memr[d[n3-1]+k]
+		high = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+		med = (low + high) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+		    s1 = max (one, (med + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (Memr[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, med)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Memr[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the median for later.
+	    median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    sig = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+	else {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute individual sigmas and iteratively clip.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep+1))
+		next
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+	    med = median[i]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) && sig > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (med - Memr[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (Memr[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, med))
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    r = (med - Memr[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    r = (Memr[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    # Recompute median
+		    if (n1 < n2) {
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+				low = Memr[d[n3-1]+k]
+				high = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+				med = (low + high) / 2.
+			    } else
+				med = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+			} else
+			    med = blank
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+
+		# Recompute median
+		if (n1 < n2) {
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+			    low = Memr[d[n3-1]+k]
+			    high = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+			    med = (low + high) / 2.
+			} else
+			    med = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+		    } else
+			med = blank
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+k] = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+k] = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_AAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the average
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_aavsigclipd (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+double	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, s1, r, one
+data	one /1.0D0/
+pointer	sp, sums, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (sums, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Since the unweighted average is computed here possibly skip combining
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Compute the unweighted average with the high and low rejected and
+	# the poisson scaled average sigma.  There must be at least three
+	# pixels at each point to define the average and contributions to
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3)
+		next
+
+	    # Unweighted average with the high and low rejected
+	    low = Memd[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Memd[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Memd[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    dp1 = d[j] + k
+		    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+		    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+		    l = Memi[mp1]
+		    s1 = max (one, (a + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (d1 - a) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, a)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Memd[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the average and sum for later.
+	    average[i] = a
+	    Memr[sums+k] = sum
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    s = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+
+	# Reject pixels and compute the final average (if needed).
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point for rejection.
+	# Iteratively scale the mean sigma and reject pixels
+	# Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (2, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memd[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    a = average[i]
+	    sum = Memr[sums+k]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (s > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+			    l = Memi[mp1]
+			    s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, (a+zeros[l]) /  scales[l]))
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, a))
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memd[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memd[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the median
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_mavsigclipd (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+double	med, low, high, sig, r, s, s1, one
+data	one /1.0D0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the poisson scaled average sigma about the median.
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point to define
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3) {
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    median[i] = blank
+		else if (n1 == 1)
+		    median[i] = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		else {
+		    low = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Memd[d[2]+k]
+		    median[i] = (low + high) / 2.
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Median
+	    n3 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		low = Memd[d[n3-1]+k]
+		high = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+		med = (low + high) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+		    s1 = max (one, (med + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (Memd[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, med)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Memd[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the median for later.
+	    median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    sig = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+	else {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute individual sigmas and iteratively clip.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep+1))
+		next
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+	    med = median[i]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) && sig > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (med - Memd[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (Memd[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, med))
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    r = (med - Memd[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    r = (Memd[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    # Recompute median
+		    if (n1 < n2) {
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+				low = Memd[d[n3-1]+k]
+				high = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+				med = (low + high) / 2.
+			    } else
+				med = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+			} else
+			    med = blank
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+
+		# Recompute median
+		if (n1 < n2) {
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+			    low = Memd[d[n3-1]+k]
+			    high = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+			    med = (low + high) / 2.
+			} else
+			    med = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+		    } else
+			med = blank
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+k] = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+k] = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icaverage.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icaverage.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7167d301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icaverage.x
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+include	"../icmask.h"
+
+
+# IC_AVERAGE -- Compute the average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_averages (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	sumwt, wt
+real	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = Mems[d[1]+k] * wt
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k] * wt
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    sum = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		    do j = 2, n[i]
+			sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k]
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sum / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = Mems[d[1]+k] * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k] * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sum / sumwt
+			    else {
+				sum = Mems[d[1]+k]
+				do j = 2, n1
+				    sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k]
+				average[i] = sum / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			sum = Mems[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k]
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sum / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_AVERAGE -- Compute the average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_averagei (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	sumwt, wt
+real	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = Memi[d[1]+k] * wt
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k] * wt
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    sum = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		    do j = 2, n[i]
+			sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k]
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sum / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = Memi[d[1]+k] * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k] * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sum / sumwt
+			    else {
+				sum = Memi[d[1]+k]
+				do j = 2, n1
+				    sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k]
+				average[i] = sum / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			sum = Memi[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k]
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sum / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_AVERAGE -- Compute the average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_averager (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	sumwt, wt
+real	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = Memr[d[1]+k] * wt
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k] * wt
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    sum = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		    do j = 2, n[i]
+			sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k]
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sum / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = Memr[d[1]+k] * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k] * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sum / sumwt
+			    else {
+				sum = Memr[d[1]+k]
+				do j = 2, n1
+				    sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k]
+				average[i] = sum / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			sum = Memr[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k]
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sum / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_AVERAGE -- Compute the average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_averaged (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+double	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	sumwt, wt
+double	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = Memd[d[1]+k] * wt
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k] * wt
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    sum = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		    do j = 2, n[i]
+			sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k]
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sum / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = Memd[d[1]+k] * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k] * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sum / sumwt
+			    else {
+				sum = Memd[d[1]+k]
+				do j = 2, n1
+				    sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k]
+				average[i] = sum / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			sum = Memd[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k]
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sum / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/iccclip.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/iccclip.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf60c779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/iccclip.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1791 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		2	# Mininum number of images for algorithm
+
+
+# IC_ACCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the average
+
+procedure ic_accdclips (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+pointer	sp, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are no pixels go on to the combining.  Since the unweighted
+	# average is computed here possibly skip the combining later.
+
+	# There must be at least max (1, nkeep) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} else if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# There must be at least two pixels for rejection.  The initial
+	# average is the low/high rejected average except in the case of
+	# just two pixels.  The rejections are iterated and the average
+	# is recomputed.  Corrections for scaling may be performed.
+	# Depending on other flags the image IDs may also need to be adjusted.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (MINCLIP-1, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Mems[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    repeat {
+		if (n1 == 2) {
+		    sum = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = sum + Mems[d[2]+k]
+		    a = sum / 2
+		} else {
+		    low = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Mems[d[2]+k]
+		    if (low > high) {
+			d1 = low
+			low = high
+			high = d1
+		    }
+		    sum = 0.
+		    do j = 3, n1 {
+		       d1 = Mems[d[j]+k]
+		       if (d1 < low) {
+			   sum = sum + low
+			   low = d1
+			} else if (d1 > high) {
+			    sum = sum + high
+			    high = d1
+			} else
+			    sum = sum + d1
+		    }
+		    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+		    sum = sum + low + high
+		}
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			s = scales[l]
+			d1 = max (zero, s * (a + zeros[l]))
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + d1/nm[2,l] + (d1*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+
+			d1 = Mems[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				Mems[dp2] = d1
+				mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				Memi[mp2] = l
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!keepids) {
+			s = max (zero, a)
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+		    }
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			if (keepids) {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    s = max (zero, a)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			}
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			d1 = Mems[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				Mems[dp2] = d1
+				if (keepids) {
+				    mp1 = m[j] + k
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				}
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mems[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mems[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine)
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = sum / n1
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_CCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the median
+
+procedure ic_mccdclips (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least max (MINCLIP, nkeep+1) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Mems[d[n3-1]+k]
+		    med = (med + Mems[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (med - Mems[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (Mems[d[nh]+k] - med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			if (!keepids) {
+			    s = max (zero, med)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+			}
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (med - Mems[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (Mems[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+k] = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+k] = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_ACCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the average
+
+procedure ic_accdclipi (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+pointer	sp, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are no pixels go on to the combining.  Since the unweighted
+	# average is computed here possibly skip the combining later.
+
+	# There must be at least max (1, nkeep) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} else if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# There must be at least two pixels for rejection.  The initial
+	# average is the low/high rejected average except in the case of
+	# just two pixels.  The rejections are iterated and the average
+	# is recomputed.  Corrections for scaling may be performed.
+	# Depending on other flags the image IDs may also need to be adjusted.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (MINCLIP-1, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memi[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    repeat {
+		if (n1 == 2) {
+		    sum = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = sum + Memi[d[2]+k]
+		    a = sum / 2
+		} else {
+		    low = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Memi[d[2]+k]
+		    if (low > high) {
+			d1 = low
+			low = high
+			high = d1
+		    }
+		    sum = 0.
+		    do j = 3, n1 {
+		       d1 = Memi[d[j]+k]
+		       if (d1 < low) {
+			   sum = sum + low
+			   low = d1
+			} else if (d1 > high) {
+			    sum = sum + high
+			    high = d1
+			} else
+			    sum = sum + d1
+		    }
+		    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+		    sum = sum + low + high
+		}
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			s = scales[l]
+			d1 = max (zero, s * (a + zeros[l]))
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + d1/nm[2,l] + (d1*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+
+			d1 = Memi[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				Memi[dp2] = d1
+				mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				Memi[mp2] = l
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!keepids) {
+			s = max (zero, a)
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+		    }
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			if (keepids) {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    s = max (zero, a)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			}
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			d1 = Memi[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				Memi[dp2] = d1
+				if (keepids) {
+				    mp1 = m[j] + k
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				}
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memi[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memi[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine)
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = sum / n1
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_CCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the median
+
+procedure ic_mccdclipi (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least max (MINCLIP, nkeep+1) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Memi[d[n3-1]+k]
+		    med = (med + Memi[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (med - Memi[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (Memi[d[nh]+k] - med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			if (!keepids) {
+			    s = max (zero, med)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+			}
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (med - Memi[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (Memi[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+k] = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+k] = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_ACCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the average
+
+procedure ic_accdclipr (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+pointer	sp, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are no pixels go on to the combining.  Since the unweighted
+	# average is computed here possibly skip the combining later.
+
+	# There must be at least max (1, nkeep) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} else if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# There must be at least two pixels for rejection.  The initial
+	# average is the low/high rejected average except in the case of
+	# just two pixels.  The rejections are iterated and the average
+	# is recomputed.  Corrections for scaling may be performed.
+	# Depending on other flags the image IDs may also need to be adjusted.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (MINCLIP-1, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memr[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    repeat {
+		if (n1 == 2) {
+		    sum = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = sum + Memr[d[2]+k]
+		    a = sum / 2
+		} else {
+		    low = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Memr[d[2]+k]
+		    if (low > high) {
+			d1 = low
+			low = high
+			high = d1
+		    }
+		    sum = 0.
+		    do j = 3, n1 {
+		       d1 = Memr[d[j]+k]
+		       if (d1 < low) {
+			   sum = sum + low
+			   low = d1
+			} else if (d1 > high) {
+			    sum = sum + high
+			    high = d1
+			} else
+			    sum = sum + d1
+		    }
+		    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+		    sum = sum + low + high
+		}
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			s = scales[l]
+			d1 = max (zero, s * (a + zeros[l]))
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + d1/nm[2,l] + (d1*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+
+			d1 = Memr[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				Memr[dp2] = d1
+				mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				Memi[mp2] = l
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!keepids) {
+			s = max (zero, a)
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+		    }
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			if (keepids) {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    s = max (zero, a)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			}
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			d1 = Memr[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				Memr[dp2] = d1
+				if (keepids) {
+				    mp1 = m[j] + k
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				}
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memr[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memr[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine)
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = sum / n1
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_CCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the median
+
+procedure ic_mccdclipr (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least max (MINCLIP, nkeep+1) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Memr[d[n3-1]+k]
+		    med = (med + Memr[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (med - Memr[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (Memr[d[nh]+k] - med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			if (!keepids) {
+			    s = max (zero, med)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+			}
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (med - Memr[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (Memr[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+k] = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+k] = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_ACCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the average
+
+procedure ic_accdclipd (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+double	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, zero
+data	zero /0.0D0/
+pointer	sp, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are no pixels go on to the combining.  Since the unweighted
+	# average is computed here possibly skip the combining later.
+
+	# There must be at least max (1, nkeep) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} else if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# There must be at least two pixels for rejection.  The initial
+	# average is the low/high rejected average except in the case of
+	# just two pixels.  The rejections are iterated and the average
+	# is recomputed.  Corrections for scaling may be performed.
+	# Depending on other flags the image IDs may also need to be adjusted.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (MINCLIP-1, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memd[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    repeat {
+		if (n1 == 2) {
+		    sum = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = sum + Memd[d[2]+k]
+		    a = sum / 2
+		} else {
+		    low = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Memd[d[2]+k]
+		    if (low > high) {
+			d1 = low
+			low = high
+			high = d1
+		    }
+		    sum = 0.
+		    do j = 3, n1 {
+		       d1 = Memd[d[j]+k]
+		       if (d1 < low) {
+			   sum = sum + low
+			   low = d1
+			} else if (d1 > high) {
+			    sum = sum + high
+			    high = d1
+			} else
+			    sum = sum + d1
+		    }
+		    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+		    sum = sum + low + high
+		}
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			s = scales[l]
+			d1 = max (zero, s * (a + zeros[l]))
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + d1/nm[2,l] + (d1*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+
+			d1 = Memd[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				Memd[dp2] = d1
+				mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				Memi[mp2] = l
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!keepids) {
+			s = max (zero, a)
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+		    }
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			if (keepids) {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    s = max (zero, a)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			}
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			d1 = Memd[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				Memd[dp2] = d1
+				if (keepids) {
+				    mp1 = m[j] + k
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				}
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memd[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memd[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine)
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = sum / n1
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_CCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the median
+
+procedure ic_mccdclipd (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+double	med, zero
+data	zero /0.0D0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least max (MINCLIP, nkeep+1) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Memd[d[n3-1]+k]
+		    med = (med + Memd[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (med - Memd[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (Memd[d[nh]+k] - med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			if (!keepids) {
+			    s = max (zero, med)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+			}
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (med - Memd[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (Memd[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+k] = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+k] = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icgdata.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icgdata.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..774de63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icgdata.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1531 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+
+# IC_GDATA -- Get line of image and mask data and apply threshold and scaling.
+# Entirely empty lines are excluded.  The data are compacted within the
+# input data buffers.  If it is required, the connection to the original
+# image index is kept in the returned m data pointers.
+
+procedure ic_gdatas (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets, scales,
+	zeros, nimages, npts, v1, v2)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Empty mask flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# NUmber of output points per line
+long	v1[ARB], v2[ARB]	# Line vectors
+
+short	temp
+int	i, j, k, l, n1, n2, npix, nin, nout, ndim, nused, mtype, xt_imgnls()
+real	a, b
+pointer	buf, dp, ip, mp
+errchk	xt_cpix, xt_imgnls
+
+short	max_pixel
+data	max_pixel/MAX_SHORT/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get masks and return if there is no data
+	call ic_mget (in, out, offsets, v1, v2, m, lflag, nimages, mtype)
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Close images which are not needed.
+	nout = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(out[1])
+	if (!project && ndim < 3) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1)
+		    call xt_cpix (i)
+		if (ndim > 1) {
+		    j = v1[2] - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get data and fill data buffers.  Correct for offsets if needed.
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		next
+	    if (dbuf[i] == NULL) {
+		call amovl (v1, v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		j = xt_imgnls (in[i], i, d[i], v2, v1[2])
+	    } else {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1) {
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    next
+		}
+		k = 1 + j - offsets[i,1]
+		v2[1] = k
+		do l = 2, ndim {
+		    v2[l] = v1[l] - offsets[i,l]
+		    if (v2[l] < 1 || v2[l] > IM_LEN(in[i],l)) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		    next
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		l = xt_imgnls (in[i], i, buf, v2, v1[2])
+		call amovs (Mems[buf+k-1], Mems[dbuf[i]+j], npix)
+		d[i] = dbuf[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set values to max_pixel if needed.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		dp = d[i]; mp = m[i]
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE || dp == NULL)
+		    next
+		else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+		        if (Memi[mp] == 1)
+			    Mems[dp] = max_pixel
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply threshold if needed
+	if (dothresh) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			a = Mems[dp]
+			if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+			    if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+			    else
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    dflag = D_MIX
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			mp = m[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+				lflag[i] = D_MIX
+				break
+			    }
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] != 1) {
+			    a = Mems[dp]
+			    if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+				if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+				else
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+				dflag = D_MIX
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    break
+			}
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply scaling (avoiding masked pixels which might overflow?)
+	if (doscale) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			Mems[dp] = Mems[dp] / a + b
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+			dp = d[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    Mems[dp] = Mems[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+		    } else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+			j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+			k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+			npix = k - j
+			n1 = 1 + j
+			n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+			dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+			mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+			do j = n1, n2 {
+			    if (Memi[mp] != 1)
+				Mems[dp] = Mems[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort pointers to exclude unused images.
+	# Use the lflag array to keep track of the image index.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL)
+	    nused = nimages
+	else {
+	    nused = 0
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] != D_NONE) {
+		    nused = nused + 1
+		    d[nused] = d[i]
+		    m[nused] = m[i]
+		    lflag[nused] = i
+		}
+	    }
+	    do i = nused+1, nimages
+	        d[i] = NULL
+	    if (nused == 0)
+		dflag = D_NONE
+	}
+
+	# Compact data to remove bad pixels
+	# Keep track of the image indices if needed
+	# If growing mark the end of the included image indices with zero
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    call amovki (nused, n, npts)
+	    if (keepids)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    call amovki (i, Memi[id[i]], npts)
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	else {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    ip = id[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			Memi[ip] = l
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Mems[d[k]+j-1]
+				Mems[d[k]+j-1] = Mems[dp]
+				Mems[dp] = temp
+				Memi[ip] = Memi[id[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = l
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			} else
+			    Memi[ip] = 0
+			dp = dp + 1
+			ip = ip + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+		if (grow >= 1.) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			do i = n[j]+1, nimages
+			    Memi[id[i]+j-1] = 0
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Mems[d[k]+j-1]
+				Mems[d[k]+j-1] = Mems[dp]
+				Mems[dp] = temp
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort the pixels and IDs if needed
+	if (mclip) {
+	    call malloc (dp, nused, TY_SHORT)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		call malloc (ip, nused, TY_INT)
+		call ic_2sorts (d, Mems[dp], id, Memi[ip], n, npts)
+		call mfree (ip, TY_INT)
+	    } else
+		call ic_sorts (d, Mems[dp], n, npts)
+	    call mfree (dp, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+	# If no good pixels set the number of usable values as -n and
+	# shift them to lower values.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			ip = id[i] + j - 1
+			if (Mems[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				Mems[d[k]+j-1] = Mems[dp]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = Memi[ip]
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			if (Mems[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i)
+				Mems[d[k]+j-1] = Mems[dp]
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_GDATA -- Get line of image and mask data and apply threshold and scaling.
+# Entirely empty lines are excluded.  The data are compacted within the
+# input data buffers.  If it is required, the connection to the original
+# image index is kept in the returned m data pointers.
+
+procedure ic_gdatai (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets, scales,
+	zeros, nimages, npts, v1, v2)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Empty mask flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# NUmber of output points per line
+long	v1[ARB], v2[ARB]	# Line vectors
+
+int	temp
+int	i, j, k, l, n1, n2, npix, nin, nout, ndim, nused, mtype, xt_imgnli()
+real	a, b
+pointer	buf, dp, ip, mp
+errchk	xt_cpix, xt_imgnli
+
+int	max_pixel
+data	max_pixel/MAX_INT/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get masks and return if there is no data
+	call ic_mget (in, out, offsets, v1, v2, m, lflag, nimages, mtype)
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Close images which are not needed.
+	nout = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(out[1])
+	if (!project && ndim < 3) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1)
+		    call xt_cpix (i)
+		if (ndim > 1) {
+		    j = v1[2] - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get data and fill data buffers.  Correct for offsets if needed.
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		next
+	    if (dbuf[i] == NULL) {
+		call amovl (v1, v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		j = xt_imgnli (in[i], i, d[i], v2, v1[2])
+	    } else {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1) {
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    next
+		}
+		k = 1 + j - offsets[i,1]
+		v2[1] = k
+		do l = 2, ndim {
+		    v2[l] = v1[l] - offsets[i,l]
+		    if (v2[l] < 1 || v2[l] > IM_LEN(in[i],l)) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		    next
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		l = xt_imgnli (in[i], i, buf, v2, v1[2])
+		call amovi (Memi[buf+k-1], Memi[dbuf[i]+j], npix)
+		d[i] = dbuf[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set values to max_pixel if needed.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		dp = d[i]; mp = m[i]
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE || dp == NULL)
+		    next
+		else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+		        if (Memi[mp] == 1)
+			    Memi[dp] = max_pixel
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply threshold if needed
+	if (dothresh) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			a = Memi[dp]
+			if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+			    if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+			    else
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    dflag = D_MIX
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			mp = m[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+				lflag[i] = D_MIX
+				break
+			    }
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] != 1) {
+			    a = Memi[dp]
+			    if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+				if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+				else
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+				dflag = D_MIX
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    break
+			}
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply scaling (avoiding masked pixels which might overflow?)
+	if (doscale) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			Memi[dp] = Memi[dp] / a + b
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+			dp = d[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    Memi[dp] = Memi[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+		    } else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+			j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+			k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+			npix = k - j
+			n1 = 1 + j
+			n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+			dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+			mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+			do j = n1, n2 {
+			    if (Memi[mp] != 1)
+				Memi[dp] = Memi[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort pointers to exclude unused images.
+	# Use the lflag array to keep track of the image index.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL)
+	    nused = nimages
+	else {
+	    nused = 0
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] != D_NONE) {
+		    nused = nused + 1
+		    d[nused] = d[i]
+		    m[nused] = m[i]
+		    lflag[nused] = i
+		}
+	    }
+	    do i = nused+1, nimages
+	        d[i] = NULL
+	    if (nused == 0)
+		dflag = D_NONE
+	}
+
+	# Compact data to remove bad pixels
+	# Keep track of the image indices if needed
+	# If growing mark the end of the included image indices with zero
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    call amovki (nused, n, npts)
+	    if (keepids)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    call amovki (i, Memi[id[i]], npts)
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	else {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    ip = id[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			Memi[ip] = l
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Memi[d[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[d[k]+j-1] = Memi[dp]
+				Memi[dp] = temp
+				Memi[ip] = Memi[id[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = l
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			} else
+			    Memi[ip] = 0
+			dp = dp + 1
+			ip = ip + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+		if (grow >= 1.) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			do i = n[j]+1, nimages
+			    Memi[id[i]+j-1] = 0
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Memi[d[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[d[k]+j-1] = Memi[dp]
+				Memi[dp] = temp
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort the pixels and IDs if needed
+	if (mclip) {
+	    call malloc (dp, nused, TY_INT)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		call malloc (ip, nused, TY_INT)
+		call ic_2sorti (d, Memi[dp], id, Memi[ip], n, npts)
+		call mfree (ip, TY_INT)
+	    } else
+		call ic_sorti (d, Memi[dp], n, npts)
+	    call mfree (dp, TY_INT)
+	}
+
+	# If no good pixels set the number of usable values as -n and
+	# shift them to lower values.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			ip = id[i] + j - 1
+			if (Memi[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				Memi[d[k]+j-1] = Memi[dp]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = Memi[ip]
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			if (Memi[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i)
+				Memi[d[k]+j-1] = Memi[dp]
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_GDATA -- Get line of image and mask data and apply threshold and scaling.
+# Entirely empty lines are excluded.  The data are compacted within the
+# input data buffers.  If it is required, the connection to the original
+# image index is kept in the returned m data pointers.
+
+procedure ic_gdatar (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets, scales,
+	zeros, nimages, npts, v1, v2)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Empty mask flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# NUmber of output points per line
+long	v1[ARB], v2[ARB]	# Line vectors
+
+real	temp
+int	i, j, k, l, n1, n2, npix, nin, nout, ndim, nused, mtype, xt_imgnlr()
+real	a, b
+pointer	buf, dp, ip, mp
+errchk	xt_cpix, xt_imgnlr
+
+real	max_pixel
+data	max_pixel/MAX_REAL/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get masks and return if there is no data
+	call ic_mget (in, out, offsets, v1, v2, m, lflag, nimages, mtype)
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Close images which are not needed.
+	nout = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(out[1])
+	if (!project && ndim < 3) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1)
+		    call xt_cpix (i)
+		if (ndim > 1) {
+		    j = v1[2] - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get data and fill data buffers.  Correct for offsets if needed.
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		next
+	    if (dbuf[i] == NULL) {
+		call amovl (v1, v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		j = xt_imgnlr (in[i], i, d[i], v2, v1[2])
+	    } else {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1) {
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    next
+		}
+		k = 1 + j - offsets[i,1]
+		v2[1] = k
+		do l = 2, ndim {
+		    v2[l] = v1[l] - offsets[i,l]
+		    if (v2[l] < 1 || v2[l] > IM_LEN(in[i],l)) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		    next
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		l = xt_imgnlr (in[i], i, buf, v2, v1[2])
+		call amovr (Memr[buf+k-1], Memr[dbuf[i]+j], npix)
+		d[i] = dbuf[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set values to max_pixel if needed.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		dp = d[i]; mp = m[i]
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE || dp == NULL)
+		    next
+		else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+		        if (Memi[mp] == 1)
+			    Memr[dp] = max_pixel
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply threshold if needed
+	if (dothresh) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			a = Memr[dp]
+			if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+			    if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+			    else
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    dflag = D_MIX
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			mp = m[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+				lflag[i] = D_MIX
+				break
+			    }
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] != 1) {
+			    a = Memr[dp]
+			    if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+				if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+				else
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+				dflag = D_MIX
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    break
+			}
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply scaling (avoiding masked pixels which might overflow?)
+	if (doscale) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			Memr[dp] = Memr[dp] / a + b
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+			dp = d[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    Memr[dp] = Memr[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+		    } else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+			j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+			k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+			npix = k - j
+			n1 = 1 + j
+			n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+			dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+			mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+			do j = n1, n2 {
+			    if (Memi[mp] != 1)
+				Memr[dp] = Memr[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort pointers to exclude unused images.
+	# Use the lflag array to keep track of the image index.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL)
+	    nused = nimages
+	else {
+	    nused = 0
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] != D_NONE) {
+		    nused = nused + 1
+		    d[nused] = d[i]
+		    m[nused] = m[i]
+		    lflag[nused] = i
+		}
+	    }
+	    do i = nused+1, nimages
+	        d[i] = NULL
+	    if (nused == 0)
+		dflag = D_NONE
+	}
+
+	# Compact data to remove bad pixels
+	# Keep track of the image indices if needed
+	# If growing mark the end of the included image indices with zero
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    call amovki (nused, n, npts)
+	    if (keepids)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    call amovki (i, Memi[id[i]], npts)
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	else {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    ip = id[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			Memi[ip] = l
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Memr[d[k]+j-1]
+				Memr[d[k]+j-1] = Memr[dp]
+				Memr[dp] = temp
+				Memi[ip] = Memi[id[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = l
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			} else
+			    Memi[ip] = 0
+			dp = dp + 1
+			ip = ip + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+		if (grow >= 1.) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			do i = n[j]+1, nimages
+			    Memi[id[i]+j-1] = 0
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Memr[d[k]+j-1]
+				Memr[d[k]+j-1] = Memr[dp]
+				Memr[dp] = temp
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort the pixels and IDs if needed
+	if (mclip) {
+	    call malloc (dp, nused, TY_REAL)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		call malloc (ip, nused, TY_INT)
+		call ic_2sortr (d, Memr[dp], id, Memi[ip], n, npts)
+		call mfree (ip, TY_INT)
+	    } else
+		call ic_sortr (d, Memr[dp], n, npts)
+	    call mfree (dp, TY_REAL)
+	}
+
+	# If no good pixels set the number of usable values as -n and
+	# shift them to lower values.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			ip = id[i] + j - 1
+			if (Memr[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				Memr[d[k]+j-1] = Memr[dp]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = Memi[ip]
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			if (Memr[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i)
+				Memr[d[k]+j-1] = Memr[dp]
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_GDATA -- Get line of image and mask data and apply threshold and scaling.
+# Entirely empty lines are excluded.  The data are compacted within the
+# input data buffers.  If it is required, the connection to the original
+# image index is kept in the returned m data pointers.
+
+procedure ic_gdatad (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets, scales,
+	zeros, nimages, npts, v1, v2)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Empty mask flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# NUmber of output points per line
+long	v1[ARB], v2[ARB]	# Line vectors
+
+double	temp
+int	i, j, k, l, n1, n2, npix, nin, nout, ndim, nused, mtype, xt_imgnld()
+real	a, b
+pointer	buf, dp, ip, mp
+errchk	xt_cpix, xt_imgnld
+
+double	max_pixel
+data	max_pixel/MAX_DOUBLE/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get masks and return if there is no data
+	call ic_mget (in, out, offsets, v1, v2, m, lflag, nimages, mtype)
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Close images which are not needed.
+	nout = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(out[1])
+	if (!project && ndim < 3) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1)
+		    call xt_cpix (i)
+		if (ndim > 1) {
+		    j = v1[2] - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get data and fill data buffers.  Correct for offsets if needed.
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		next
+	    if (dbuf[i] == NULL) {
+		call amovl (v1, v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		j = xt_imgnld (in[i], i, d[i], v2, v1[2])
+	    } else {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1) {
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    next
+		}
+		k = 1 + j - offsets[i,1]
+		v2[1] = k
+		do l = 2, ndim {
+		    v2[l] = v1[l] - offsets[i,l]
+		    if (v2[l] < 1 || v2[l] > IM_LEN(in[i],l)) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		    next
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		l = xt_imgnld (in[i], i, buf, v2, v1[2])
+		call amovd (Memd[buf+k-1], Memd[dbuf[i]+j], npix)
+		d[i] = dbuf[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set values to max_pixel if needed.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		dp = d[i]; mp = m[i]
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE || dp == NULL)
+		    next
+		else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+		        if (Memi[mp] == 1)
+			    Memd[dp] = max_pixel
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply threshold if needed
+	if (dothresh) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			a = Memd[dp]
+			if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+			    if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+			    else
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    dflag = D_MIX
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			mp = m[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+				lflag[i] = D_MIX
+				break
+			    }
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] != 1) {
+			    a = Memd[dp]
+			    if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+				if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+				else
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+				dflag = D_MIX
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    break
+			}
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply scaling (avoiding masked pixels which might overflow?)
+	if (doscale) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			Memd[dp] = Memd[dp] / a + b
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+			dp = d[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    Memd[dp] = Memd[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+		    } else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+			j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+			k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+			npix = k - j
+			n1 = 1 + j
+			n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+			dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+			mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+			do j = n1, n2 {
+			    if (Memi[mp] != 1)
+				Memd[dp] = Memd[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort pointers to exclude unused images.
+	# Use the lflag array to keep track of the image index.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL)
+	    nused = nimages
+	else {
+	    nused = 0
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] != D_NONE) {
+		    nused = nused + 1
+		    d[nused] = d[i]
+		    m[nused] = m[i]
+		    lflag[nused] = i
+		}
+	    }
+	    do i = nused+1, nimages
+	        d[i] = NULL
+	    if (nused == 0)
+		dflag = D_NONE
+	}
+
+	# Compact data to remove bad pixels
+	# Keep track of the image indices if needed
+	# If growing mark the end of the included image indices with zero
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    call amovki (nused, n, npts)
+	    if (keepids)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    call amovki (i, Memi[id[i]], npts)
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	else {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    ip = id[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			Memi[ip] = l
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Memd[d[k]+j-1]
+				Memd[d[k]+j-1] = Memd[dp]
+				Memd[dp] = temp
+				Memi[ip] = Memi[id[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = l
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			} else
+			    Memi[ip] = 0
+			dp = dp + 1
+			ip = ip + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+		if (grow >= 1.) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			do i = n[j]+1, nimages
+			    Memi[id[i]+j-1] = 0
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Memd[d[k]+j-1]
+				Memd[d[k]+j-1] = Memd[dp]
+				Memd[dp] = temp
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort the pixels and IDs if needed
+	if (mclip) {
+	    call malloc (dp, nused, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		call malloc (ip, nused, TY_INT)
+		call ic_2sortd (d, Memd[dp], id, Memi[ip], n, npts)
+		call mfree (ip, TY_INT)
+	    } else
+		call ic_sortd (d, Memd[dp], n, npts)
+	    call mfree (dp, TY_DOUBLE)
+	}
+
+	# If no good pixels set the number of usable values as -n and
+	# shift them to lower values.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			ip = id[i] + j - 1
+			if (Memd[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				Memd[d[k]+j-1] = Memd[dp]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = Memi[ip]
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			if (Memd[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i)
+				Memd[d[k]+j-1] = Memd[dp]
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icgrow.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icgrow.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ccb7885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icgrow.x
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<pmset.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+# IC_GROW --  Mark neigbors of rejected pixels.
+# The rejected pixels (original plus grown) are saved in pixel masks.
+
+procedure ic_grow (out, v, m, n, buf, nimages, npts, pms)
+
+pointer	out			# Output image pointer
+long	v[ARB]			# Output vector
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[ARB]			# Number of good pixels
+int	buf[npts,nimages]	# Working buffer
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of pixel masks
+
+int	i, j, k, l, line, nl, rop, igrow, nset, ncompress, or()
+real	grow2, i2
+pointer	mp, pm, pm_newmask()
+errchk	pm_newmask()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_NONE || grow == 0.)
+	    return
+
+	line = v[2]
+	nl = IM_LEN(out,2)
+	rop = or (PIX_SRC, PIX_DST)
+
+	igrow = grow
+	grow2 = grow**2
+	do l = 0, igrow {
+	    i2 = grow2 - l * l
+	    call aclri (buf, npts*nimages)
+	    nset = 0
+	    do j = 1, npts {
+		do k = n[j]+1, nimages {
+		    mp = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+		    if (mp == 0)
+			next
+		    do i = 0, igrow {
+			if (i**2 > i2)
+			    next
+			if (j > i)
+			    buf[j-i,mp] = 1
+			if (j+i <= npts)
+			    buf[j+i,mp] = 1
+			nset = nset + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (nset == 0)
+		return
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		call malloc (pms, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memi[pms+i-1] = pm_newmask (out, 1)
+		ncompress = 0
+	    }
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		pm = Memi[pms+i-1]
+		v[2] = line - l
+		if (v[2] > 0)
+		    call pmplpi (pm, v, buf[1,i], 1, npts, rop)
+		if (l > 0) {
+		    v[2] = line + l
+		    if (v[2] <= nl)
+			call pmplpi (pm, v, buf[1,i], 1, npts, rop)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	v[2] = line
+
+	if (ncompress > 10) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		pm = Memi[pms+i-1]
+		call pm_compress (pm)
+	    }
+	    ncompress = 0
+	} else
+	    ncompress = ncompress + 1
+end
+
+
+
+# IC_GROW$T --  Reject pixels.
+
+procedure ic_grows (v, d, m, n, buf, nimages, npts, pms)
+
+long	v[ARB]			# Output vector
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[ARB]			# Number of good pixels
+int	buf[ARB]		# Buffer of npts
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of pixel masks
+
+int	i, j, k
+pointer	pm
+bool	pl_linenotempty()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	do k = 1, nimages {
+	    pm = Memi[pms+k-1]
+	    if (!pl_linenotempty (pm, v))
+		next
+	    call pmglpi (pm, v, buf, 1, npts, PIX_SRC)
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (buf[i] == 0)
+		    next
+		for (j = 1; j <= n[i]; j = j + 1) {
+		    if (Memi[m[j]+i-1] == k) {
+			if (j < n[i]) {
+			    Mems[d[j]+i-1] = Mems[d[n[i]]+i-1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i-1] = Memi[m[n[i]]+i-1]
+			}
+			n[i] = n[i] - 1
+			dflag = D_MIX
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_GROW$T --  Reject pixels.
+
+procedure ic_growi (v, d, m, n, buf, nimages, npts, pms)
+
+long	v[ARB]			# Output vector
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[ARB]			# Number of good pixels
+int	buf[ARB]		# Buffer of npts
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of pixel masks
+
+int	i, j, k
+pointer	pm
+bool	pl_linenotempty()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	do k = 1, nimages {
+	    pm = Memi[pms+k-1]
+	    if (!pl_linenotempty (pm, v))
+		next
+	    call pmglpi (pm, v, buf, 1, npts, PIX_SRC)
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (buf[i] == 0)
+		    next
+		for (j = 1; j <= n[i]; j = j + 1) {
+		    if (Memi[m[j]+i-1] == k) {
+			if (j < n[i]) {
+			    Memi[d[j]+i-1] = Memi[d[n[i]]+i-1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i-1] = Memi[m[n[i]]+i-1]
+			}
+			n[i] = n[i] - 1
+			dflag = D_MIX
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_GROW$T --  Reject pixels.
+
+procedure ic_growr (v, d, m, n, buf, nimages, npts, pms)
+
+long	v[ARB]			# Output vector
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[ARB]			# Number of good pixels
+int	buf[ARB]		# Buffer of npts
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of pixel masks
+
+int	i, j, k
+pointer	pm
+bool	pl_linenotempty()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	do k = 1, nimages {
+	    pm = Memi[pms+k-1]
+	    if (!pl_linenotempty (pm, v))
+		next
+	    call pmglpi (pm, v, buf, 1, npts, PIX_SRC)
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (buf[i] == 0)
+		    next
+		for (j = 1; j <= n[i]; j = j + 1) {
+		    if (Memi[m[j]+i-1] == k) {
+			if (j < n[i]) {
+			    Memr[d[j]+i-1] = Memr[d[n[i]]+i-1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i-1] = Memi[m[n[i]]+i-1]
+			}
+			n[i] = n[i] - 1
+			dflag = D_MIX
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_GROW$T --  Reject pixels.
+
+procedure ic_growd (v, d, m, n, buf, nimages, npts, pms)
+
+long	v[ARB]			# Output vector
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[ARB]			# Number of good pixels
+int	buf[ARB]		# Buffer of npts
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of pixel masks
+
+int	i, j, k
+pointer	pm
+bool	pl_linenotempty()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	do k = 1, nimages {
+	    pm = Memi[pms+k-1]
+	    if (!pl_linenotempty (pm, v))
+		next
+	    call pmglpi (pm, v, buf, 1, npts, PIX_SRC)
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (buf[i] == 0)
+		    next
+		for (j = 1; j <= n[i]; j = j + 1) {
+		    if (Memi[m[j]+i-1] == k) {
+			if (j < n[i]) {
+			    Memd[d[j]+i-1] = Memd[d[n[i]]+i-1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i-1] = Memi[m[n[i]]+i-1]
+			}
+			n[i] = n[i] - 1
+			dflag = D_MIX
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icmedian.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icmedian.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c482454b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icmedian.x
@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+
+# IC_MEDIAN -- Median of lines
+
+procedure ic_medians (d, n, npts, doblank, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Input data line pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, j1, j2, n1, lo, up, lo1, up1
+bool	even
+real	val1, val2, val3
+short	temp, wtemp
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data return after possibly setting blank values.
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    median[i]= blank
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the data were previously sorted then directly compute the median.
+	if (mclip) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		n1 = n[1]
+		j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+		j2 = n1 / 2
+		even = (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2))
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    if (even) {
+			val1 = Mems[d[j1]+k]
+			val2 = Mems[d[j2]+k]
+			median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+		    } else
+			median[i] = Mems[d[j1]+k]
+		}
+		return
+	    } else {
+	        # Check for negative n values.  If found then there are
+		# pixels with no good values but with values we want to
+		# use as a substitute median.  In this case ignore that
+		# the good pixels have been sorted.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[i] < 0)
+		        break
+		}
+
+		if (n[i] >= 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			k = i - 1
+			n1 = n[i]
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+			    if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2)) {
+				j2 = n1 / 2
+				val1 = Mems[d[j1]+k]
+				val2 = Mems[d[j2]+k]
+				median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+			    } else
+				median[i] = Mems[d[j1]+k]
+			} else if (doblank == YES)
+			    median[i] = blank
+		    }
+		    return
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the median.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = abs(n[i])
+
+	    # If there are more than 3 points use Wirth algorithm.  This
+	    # is the same as vops$amed.gx except for an even number of
+	    # points it selects the middle two and averages.
+	    if (n1 > 3) {
+		lo = 1
+		up = n1
+		j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2))
+
+		while (lo < up) {
+		    if (! (lo < up))
+			break
+
+		    temp = Mems[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+		    repeat {
+			while (Mems[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			while (temp < Mems[d[up1]+k])
+			    up1 = up1 - 1
+			if (lo1 <= up1) {
+			    wtemp = Mems[d[lo1]+k]
+			    Mems[d[lo1]+k] = Mems[d[up1]+k]
+			    Mems[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			}
+		    } until (lo1 > up1)
+
+		    if (up1 < j)
+			lo = lo1
+		    if (j < lo1)
+			up = up1
+		}
+
+		median[i] = Mems[d[j]+k]
+
+		if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1 > 2)) {
+		    lo = 1
+		    up = n1
+		    j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2)+1)
+
+		    while (lo < up) {
+			if (! (lo < up))
+			    break
+
+			temp = Mems[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+			repeat {
+			    while (Mems[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			    while (temp < Mems[d[up1]+k])
+				up1 = up1 - 1
+			    if (lo1 <= up1) {
+				wtemp = Mems[d[lo1]+k]
+				Mems[d[lo1]+k] = Mems[d[up1]+k]
+				Mems[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			    }
+			} until (lo1 > up1)
+
+			if (up1 < j)
+			    lo = lo1
+			if (j < lo1)
+			    up = up1
+		    }
+		    median[i] = (median[i] + Mems[d[j]+k]) / 2
+		}
+
+	    # If 3 points find the median directly.
+	    } else if (n1 == 3) {
+	        val1 = Mems[d[1]+k]
+	        val2 = Mems[d[2]+k]
+	        val3 = Mems[d[3]+k]
+	        if (val1 < val2) {
+		    if (val2 < val3)		# abc
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 < val3)	# acb
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# cab
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        } else {
+		    if (val2 > val3)		# cba
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 > val3)	# bca
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# bac
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        }
+
+	    # If 2 points average.
+	    } else if (n1 == 2) {
+		val1 = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		val2 = Mems[d[2]+k]
+		if (medtype == MEDAVG)
+		    median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2
+		else
+		    median[i] = min (val1, val2)
+
+	    # If 1 point return the value.
+	    } else if (n1 == 1)
+		median[i] = Mems[d[1]+k]
+
+	    # If no points return with a possibly blank value.
+	    else if (doblank == YES)
+		median[i] = blank
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_MEDIAN -- Median of lines
+
+procedure ic_mediani (d, n, npts, doblank, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Input data line pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, j1, j2, n1, lo, up, lo1, up1
+bool	even
+real	val1, val2, val3
+int	temp, wtemp
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data return after possibly setting blank values.
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    median[i]= blank
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the data were previously sorted then directly compute the median.
+	if (mclip) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		n1 = n[1]
+		j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+		j2 = n1 / 2
+		even = (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2))
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    if (even) {
+			val1 = Memi[d[j1]+k]
+			val2 = Memi[d[j2]+k]
+			median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+		    } else
+			median[i] = Memi[d[j1]+k]
+		}
+		return
+	    } else {
+	        # Check for negative n values.  If found then there are
+		# pixels with no good values but with values we want to
+		# use as a substitute median.  In this case ignore that
+		# the good pixels have been sorted.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[i] < 0)
+		        break
+		}
+
+		if (n[i] >= 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			k = i - 1
+			n1 = n[i]
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+			    if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2)) {
+				j2 = n1 / 2
+				val1 = Memi[d[j1]+k]
+				val2 = Memi[d[j2]+k]
+				median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+			    } else
+				median[i] = Memi[d[j1]+k]
+			} else if (doblank == YES)
+			    median[i] = blank
+		    }
+		    return
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the median.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = abs(n[i])
+
+	    # If there are more than 3 points use Wirth algorithm.  This
+	    # is the same as vops$amed.gx except for an even number of
+	    # points it selects the middle two and averages.
+	    if (n1 > 3) {
+		lo = 1
+		up = n1
+		j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2))
+
+		while (lo < up) {
+		    if (! (lo < up))
+			break
+
+		    temp = Memi[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+		    repeat {
+			while (Memi[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			while (temp < Memi[d[up1]+k])
+			    up1 = up1 - 1
+			if (lo1 <= up1) {
+			    wtemp = Memi[d[lo1]+k]
+			    Memi[d[lo1]+k] = Memi[d[up1]+k]
+			    Memi[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			}
+		    } until (lo1 > up1)
+
+		    if (up1 < j)
+			lo = lo1
+		    if (j < lo1)
+			up = up1
+		}
+
+		median[i] = Memi[d[j]+k]
+
+		if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1 > 2)) {
+		    lo = 1
+		    up = n1
+		    j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2)+1)
+
+		    while (lo < up) {
+			if (! (lo < up))
+			    break
+
+			temp = Memi[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+			repeat {
+			    while (Memi[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			    while (temp < Memi[d[up1]+k])
+				up1 = up1 - 1
+			    if (lo1 <= up1) {
+				wtemp = Memi[d[lo1]+k]
+				Memi[d[lo1]+k] = Memi[d[up1]+k]
+				Memi[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			    }
+			} until (lo1 > up1)
+
+			if (up1 < j)
+			    lo = lo1
+			if (j < lo1)
+			    up = up1
+		    }
+		    median[i] = (median[i] + Memi[d[j]+k]) / 2
+		}
+
+	    # If 3 points find the median directly.
+	    } else if (n1 == 3) {
+	        val1 = Memi[d[1]+k]
+	        val2 = Memi[d[2]+k]
+	        val3 = Memi[d[3]+k]
+	        if (val1 < val2) {
+		    if (val2 < val3)		# abc
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 < val3)	# acb
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# cab
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        } else {
+		    if (val2 > val3)		# cba
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 > val3)	# bca
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# bac
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        }
+
+	    # If 2 points average.
+	    } else if (n1 == 2) {
+		val1 = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		val2 = Memi[d[2]+k]
+		if (medtype == MEDAVG)
+		    median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2
+		else
+		    median[i] = min (val1, val2)
+
+	    # If 1 point return the value.
+	    } else if (n1 == 1)
+		median[i] = Memi[d[1]+k]
+
+	    # If no points return with a possibly blank value.
+	    else if (doblank == YES)
+		median[i] = blank
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_MEDIAN -- Median of lines
+
+procedure ic_medianr (d, n, npts, doblank, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Input data line pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, j1, j2, n1, lo, up, lo1, up1
+bool	even
+real	val1, val2, val3
+real	temp, wtemp
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data return after possibly setting blank values.
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    median[i]= blank
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the data were previously sorted then directly compute the median.
+	if (mclip) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		n1 = n[1]
+		j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+		j2 = n1 / 2
+		even = (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2))
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    if (even) {
+			val1 = Memr[d[j1]+k]
+			val2 = Memr[d[j2]+k]
+			median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+		    } else
+			median[i] = Memr[d[j1]+k]
+		}
+		return
+	    } else {
+	        # Check for negative n values.  If found then there are
+		# pixels with no good values but with values we want to
+		# use as a substitute median.  In this case ignore that
+		# the good pixels have been sorted.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[i] < 0)
+		        break
+		}
+
+		if (n[i] >= 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			k = i - 1
+			n1 = n[i]
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+			    if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2)) {
+				j2 = n1 / 2
+				val1 = Memr[d[j1]+k]
+				val2 = Memr[d[j2]+k]
+				median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+			    } else
+				median[i] = Memr[d[j1]+k]
+			} else if (doblank == YES)
+			    median[i] = blank
+		    }
+		    return
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the median.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = abs(n[i])
+
+	    # If there are more than 3 points use Wirth algorithm.  This
+	    # is the same as vops$amed.gx except for an even number of
+	    # points it selects the middle two and averages.
+	    if (n1 > 3) {
+		lo = 1
+		up = n1
+		j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2))
+
+		while (lo < up) {
+		    if (! (lo < up))
+			break
+
+		    temp = Memr[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+		    repeat {
+			while (Memr[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			while (temp < Memr[d[up1]+k])
+			    up1 = up1 - 1
+			if (lo1 <= up1) {
+			    wtemp = Memr[d[lo1]+k]
+			    Memr[d[lo1]+k] = Memr[d[up1]+k]
+			    Memr[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			}
+		    } until (lo1 > up1)
+
+		    if (up1 < j)
+			lo = lo1
+		    if (j < lo1)
+			up = up1
+		}
+
+		median[i] = Memr[d[j]+k]
+
+		if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1 > 2)) {
+		    lo = 1
+		    up = n1
+		    j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2)+1)
+
+		    while (lo < up) {
+			if (! (lo < up))
+			    break
+
+			temp = Memr[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+			repeat {
+			    while (Memr[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			    while (temp < Memr[d[up1]+k])
+				up1 = up1 - 1
+			    if (lo1 <= up1) {
+				wtemp = Memr[d[lo1]+k]
+				Memr[d[lo1]+k] = Memr[d[up1]+k]
+				Memr[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			    }
+			} until (lo1 > up1)
+
+			if (up1 < j)
+			    lo = lo1
+			if (j < lo1)
+			    up = up1
+		    }
+		    median[i] = (median[i] + Memr[d[j]+k]) / 2
+		}
+
+	    # If 3 points find the median directly.
+	    } else if (n1 == 3) {
+	        val1 = Memr[d[1]+k]
+	        val2 = Memr[d[2]+k]
+	        val3 = Memr[d[3]+k]
+	        if (val1 < val2) {
+		    if (val2 < val3)		# abc
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 < val3)	# acb
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# cab
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        } else {
+		    if (val2 > val3)		# cba
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 > val3)	# bca
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# bac
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        }
+
+	    # If 2 points average.
+	    } else if (n1 == 2) {
+		val1 = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		val2 = Memr[d[2]+k]
+		if (medtype == MEDAVG)
+		    median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2
+		else
+		    median[i] = min (val1, val2)
+
+	    # If 1 point return the value.
+	    } else if (n1 == 1)
+		median[i] = Memr[d[1]+k]
+
+	    # If no points return with a possibly blank value.
+	    else if (doblank == YES)
+		median[i] = blank
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_MEDIAN -- Median of lines
+
+procedure ic_mediand (d, n, npts, doblank, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Input data line pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+double	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, j1, j2, n1, lo, up, lo1, up1
+bool	even
+double	val1, val2, val3
+double	temp, wtemp
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data return after possibly setting blank values.
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    median[i]= blank
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the data were previously sorted then directly compute the median.
+	if (mclip) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		n1 = n[1]
+		j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+		j2 = n1 / 2
+		even = (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2))
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    if (even) {
+			val1 = Memd[d[j1]+k]
+			val2 = Memd[d[j2]+k]
+			median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+		    } else
+			median[i] = Memd[d[j1]+k]
+		}
+		return
+	    } else {
+	        # Check for negative n values.  If found then there are
+		# pixels with no good values but with values we want to
+		# use as a substitute median.  In this case ignore that
+		# the good pixels have been sorted.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[i] < 0)
+		        break
+		}
+
+		if (n[i] >= 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			k = i - 1
+			n1 = n[i]
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+			    if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2)) {
+				j2 = n1 / 2
+				val1 = Memd[d[j1]+k]
+				val2 = Memd[d[j2]+k]
+				median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+			    } else
+				median[i] = Memd[d[j1]+k]
+			} else if (doblank == YES)
+			    median[i] = blank
+		    }
+		    return
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the median.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = abs(n[i])
+
+	    # If there are more than 3 points use Wirth algorithm.  This
+	    # is the same as vops$amed.gx except for an even number of
+	    # points it selects the middle two and averages.
+	    if (n1 > 3) {
+		lo = 1
+		up = n1
+		j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2))
+
+		while (lo < up) {
+		    if (! (lo < up))
+			break
+
+		    temp = Memd[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+		    repeat {
+			while (Memd[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			while (temp < Memd[d[up1]+k])
+			    up1 = up1 - 1
+			if (lo1 <= up1) {
+			    wtemp = Memd[d[lo1]+k]
+			    Memd[d[lo1]+k] = Memd[d[up1]+k]
+			    Memd[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			}
+		    } until (lo1 > up1)
+
+		    if (up1 < j)
+			lo = lo1
+		    if (j < lo1)
+			up = up1
+		}
+
+		median[i] = Memd[d[j]+k]
+
+		if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1 > 2)) {
+		    lo = 1
+		    up = n1
+		    j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2)+1)
+
+		    while (lo < up) {
+			if (! (lo < up))
+			    break
+
+			temp = Memd[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+
+			repeat {
+			    while (Memd[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			    while (temp < Memd[d[up1]+k])
+				up1 = up1 - 1
+			    if (lo1 <= up1) {
+				wtemp = Memd[d[lo1]+k]
+				Memd[d[lo1]+k] = Memd[d[up1]+k]
+				Memd[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			    }
+			} until (lo1 > up1)
+
+			if (up1 < j)
+			    lo = lo1
+			if (j < lo1)
+			    up = up1
+		    }
+		    median[i] = (median[i] + Memd[d[j]+k]) / 2
+		}
+
+	    # If 3 points find the median directly.
+	    } else if (n1 == 3) {
+	        val1 = Memd[d[1]+k]
+	        val2 = Memd[d[2]+k]
+	        val3 = Memd[d[3]+k]
+	        if (val1 < val2) {
+		    if (val2 < val3)		# abc
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 < val3)	# acb
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# cab
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        } else {
+		    if (val2 > val3)		# cba
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 > val3)	# bca
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# bac
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        }
+
+	    # If 2 points average.
+	    } else if (n1 == 2) {
+		val1 = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		val2 = Memd[d[2]+k]
+		if (medtype == MEDAVG)
+		    median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2
+		else
+		    median[i] = min (val1, val2)
+
+	    # If 1 point return the value.
+	    } else if (n1 == 1)
+		median[i] = Memd[d[1]+k]
+
+	    # If no points return with a possibly blank value.
+	    else if (doblank == YES)
+		median[i] = blank
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icmm.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icmm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c8274c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icmm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+
+# IC_MM --  Reject a specified number of high and low pixels
+
+procedure ic_mms (d, m, n, npts)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+
+int	n1, ncombine, npairs, nlow, nhigh, np
+int	i, i1, j, jmax, jmin
+pointer	k, kmax, kmin
+short	d1, d2, dmin, dmax
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    return
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+	    nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+	    ncombine = n1 - nlow -  nhigh
+	    npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	    nlow = nlow - npairs
+	    nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    i1 = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+		nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+		ncombine = max (ncombine, n1 - nlow - nhigh)
+		npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+		nlow = nlow - npairs
+		nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    do np = 1, npairs {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Mems[k]
+		dmax = d1; dmin = d1; jmax = 1; jmin = 1; kmax = k; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    d2 = d1
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Mems[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    } else if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		j = n1 - 1
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j) {
+			    Mems[kmax] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Mems[kmax] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1) {
+			    Mems[kmin] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Mems[kmin] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j)
+			    Mems[kmax] = d2
+			else
+			    Mems[kmax] = d1
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1)
+			    Mems[kmin] = d1
+			else
+			    Mems[kmin] = d2
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 2
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    do np = 1, nlow {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Mems[k]
+		dmin = d1; jmin = 1; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Mems[k]
+		    if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmin < n1) {
+			Mems[kmin] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmin < n1)
+			Mems[kmin] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    do np = 1, nhigh {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Mems[k]
+		dmax = d1; jmax = 1; kmax = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Mems[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < n1) {
+			Mems[kmax] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < n1)
+			Mems[kmax] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+	    n[i] = n1
+	}
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL && npairs + nlow + nhigh > 0)
+		dflag = D_MIX
+end
+
+# IC_MM --  Reject a specified number of high and low pixels
+
+procedure ic_mmi (d, m, n, npts)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+
+int	n1, ncombine, npairs, nlow, nhigh, np
+int	i, i1, j, jmax, jmin
+pointer	k, kmax, kmin
+int	d1, d2, dmin, dmax
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    return
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+	    nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+	    ncombine = n1 - nlow -  nhigh
+	    npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	    nlow = nlow - npairs
+	    nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    i1 = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+		nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+		ncombine = max (ncombine, n1 - nlow - nhigh)
+		npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+		nlow = nlow - npairs
+		nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    do np = 1, npairs {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memi[k]
+		dmax = d1; dmin = d1; jmax = 1; jmin = 1; kmax = k; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    d2 = d1
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memi[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    } else if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		j = n1 - 1
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j) {
+			    Memi[kmax] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Memi[kmax] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1) {
+			    Memi[kmin] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Memi[kmin] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j)
+			    Memi[kmax] = d2
+			else
+			    Memi[kmax] = d1
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1)
+			    Memi[kmin] = d1
+			else
+			    Memi[kmin] = d2
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 2
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    do np = 1, nlow {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memi[k]
+		dmin = d1; jmin = 1; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memi[k]
+		    if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmin < n1) {
+			Memi[kmin] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmin < n1)
+			Memi[kmin] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    do np = 1, nhigh {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memi[k]
+		dmax = d1; jmax = 1; kmax = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memi[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < n1) {
+			Memi[kmax] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < n1)
+			Memi[kmax] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+	    n[i] = n1
+	}
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL && npairs + nlow + nhigh > 0)
+		dflag = D_MIX
+end
+
+# IC_MM --  Reject a specified number of high and low pixels
+
+procedure ic_mmr (d, m, n, npts)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+
+int	n1, ncombine, npairs, nlow, nhigh, np
+int	i, i1, j, jmax, jmin
+pointer	k, kmax, kmin
+real	d1, d2, dmin, dmax
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    return
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+	    nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+	    ncombine = n1 - nlow -  nhigh
+	    npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	    nlow = nlow - npairs
+	    nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    i1 = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+		nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+		ncombine = max (ncombine, n1 - nlow - nhigh)
+		npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+		nlow = nlow - npairs
+		nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    do np = 1, npairs {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memr[k]
+		dmax = d1; dmin = d1; jmax = 1; jmin = 1; kmax = k; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    d2 = d1
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memr[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    } else if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		j = n1 - 1
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j) {
+			    Memr[kmax] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Memr[kmax] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1) {
+			    Memr[kmin] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Memr[kmin] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j)
+			    Memr[kmax] = d2
+			else
+			    Memr[kmax] = d1
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1)
+			    Memr[kmin] = d1
+			else
+			    Memr[kmin] = d2
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 2
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    do np = 1, nlow {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memr[k]
+		dmin = d1; jmin = 1; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memr[k]
+		    if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmin < n1) {
+			Memr[kmin] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmin < n1)
+			Memr[kmin] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    do np = 1, nhigh {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memr[k]
+		dmax = d1; jmax = 1; kmax = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memr[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < n1) {
+			Memr[kmax] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < n1)
+			Memr[kmax] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+	    n[i] = n1
+	}
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL && npairs + nlow + nhigh > 0)
+		dflag = D_MIX
+end
+
+# IC_MM --  Reject a specified number of high and low pixels
+
+procedure ic_mmd (d, m, n, npts)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+
+int	n1, ncombine, npairs, nlow, nhigh, np
+int	i, i1, j, jmax, jmin
+pointer	k, kmax, kmin
+double	d1, d2, dmin, dmax
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    return
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+	    nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+	    ncombine = n1 - nlow -  nhigh
+	    npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	    nlow = nlow - npairs
+	    nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    i1 = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+		nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+		ncombine = max (ncombine, n1 - nlow - nhigh)
+		npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+		nlow = nlow - npairs
+		nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    do np = 1, npairs {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memd[k]
+		dmax = d1; dmin = d1; jmax = 1; jmin = 1; kmax = k; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    d2 = d1
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memd[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    } else if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		j = n1 - 1
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j) {
+			    Memd[kmax] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Memd[kmax] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1) {
+			    Memd[kmin] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Memd[kmin] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j)
+			    Memd[kmax] = d2
+			else
+			    Memd[kmax] = d1
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1)
+			    Memd[kmin] = d1
+			else
+			    Memd[kmin] = d2
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 2
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    do np = 1, nlow {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memd[k]
+		dmin = d1; jmin = 1; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memd[k]
+		    if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmin < n1) {
+			Memd[kmin] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmin < n1)
+			Memd[kmin] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    do np = 1, nhigh {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		d1 = Memd[k]
+		dmax = d1; jmax = 1; kmax = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    d1 = Memd[k]
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < n1) {
+			Memd[kmax] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < n1)
+			Memd[kmax] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+	    n[i] = n1
+	}
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL && npairs + nlow + nhigh > 0)
+		dflag = D_MIX
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icnmodel.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icnmodel.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..559cba73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icnmodel.x
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+include	"../icmask.h"
+
+
+# IC_NMODEL -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) noise model.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_nmodels (d, m, n, nm, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+real	sum, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Mems[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = val * wt**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Mems[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + val * wt**2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Mems[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    sum = val
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Mems[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			sum = sum + val
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Mems[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = val * wt**2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Mems[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + val * wt**2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = max (zero, Mems[d[1]+k])
+				val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+				sum = Mems[d[1]+k]**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = max (zero, Mems[d[j]+k])
+				    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] +
+				        (val*nm[3,j])**2
+				    sum = sum + val
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Mems[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			sum = val
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Mems[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    sum = sum + val
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_NMODEL -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) noise model.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_nmodeli (d, m, n, nm, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+real	sum, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Memi[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = val * wt**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Memi[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + val * wt**2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Memi[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    sum = val
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Memi[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			sum = sum + val
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Memi[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = val * wt**2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Memi[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + val * wt**2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = max (zero, Memi[d[1]+k])
+				val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+				sum = Memi[d[1]+k]**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = max (zero, Memi[d[j]+k])
+				    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] +
+				        (val*nm[3,j])**2
+				    sum = sum + val
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Memi[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			sum = val
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Memi[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    sum = sum + val
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_NMODEL -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) noise model.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_nmodelr (d, m, n, nm, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+real	sum, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Memr[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = val * wt**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Memr[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + val * wt**2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Memr[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    sum = val
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Memr[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			sum = sum + val
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Memr[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = val * wt**2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Memr[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + val * wt**2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = max (zero, Memr[d[1]+k])
+				val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+				sum = Memr[d[1]+k]**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = max (zero, Memr[d[j]+k])
+				    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] +
+				        (val*nm[3,j])**2
+				    sum = sum + val
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Memr[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			sum = val
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Memr[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    sum = sum + val
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_NMODEL -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) noise model.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_nmodeld (d, m, n, nm, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+double	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+double	sum, zero
+data	zero /0.0D0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Memd[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = val * wt**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Memd[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + val * wt**2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Memd[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    sum = val
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Memd[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			sum = sum + val
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Memd[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = val * wt**2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Memd[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + val * wt**2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = max (zero, Memd[d[1]+k])
+				val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+				sum = Memd[d[1]+k]**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = max (zero, Memd[d[j]+k])
+				    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] +
+				        (val*nm[3,j])**2
+				    sum = sum + val
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Memd[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			sum = val
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Memd[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    sum = sum + val
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icomb.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icomb.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3466073b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icomb.x
@@ -0,0 +1,2198 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<pmset.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<syserr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+# The following is for compiling under V2.11.
+define	IM_BUFFRAC	IM_BUFSIZE
+include	<imset.h>
+
+
+# ICOMBINE -- Combine images
+#
+# The memory and open file descriptor limits are checked and an attempt
+# to recover is made either by setting the image pixel files to be
+# closed after I/O or by notifying the calling program that memory
+# ran out and the IMIO buffer size should be reduced.  After the checks
+# a procedure for the selected combine option is called.
+# Because there may be several failure modes when reaching the file
+# limits we first assume an error is due to the file limit, except for
+# out of memory, and close some pixel files.  If the error then repeats
+# on accessing the pixels the error is passed back.
+
+
+procedure icombines (in, out, scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages, bufsize)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	bufsize			# IMIO buffer size
+
+char	str[1]
+int	i, j, k, npts, fd, stropen(), xt_imgnls()
+pointer	sp, d, id, n, m, lflag, v, dbuf
+pointer	im, buf, xt_opix(), impl1i()
+errchk	stropen, xt_cpix, xt_opix, xt_imgnls, impl1i, ic_combines
+pointer	impl1r()
+errchk	impl1r
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	npts = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dbuf, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (d, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (id, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (n, npts, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (m, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (lflag, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovki (D_ALL, Memi[lflag], nimages)
+	call amovkl (1, Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If not aligned or growing create data buffers of output length
+	# otherwise use the IMIO buffers.
+
+	if (!aligned || grow >= 1.) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_SHORT)
+		call aclrs (Mems[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		im = xt_opix (in[i], i, 1)
+		if (im != in[i]) {
+		    call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_SHORT)
+		    call aclrs (Mems[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+		}
+	    }
+	    call amovki (NULL, Memi[dbuf], nimages)
+	}
+
+	if (project) {
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_NBUFS, nimages)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Reserve FD for string operations.
+	    fd = stropen (str, 1, NEW_FILE)
+
+	    # Do I/O to the images.
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	    buf = impl1r (out[1])
+	    call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1r (out[3])
+		call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[2])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[4] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[4])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[5])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[6] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[6])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+
+	    # Do I/O for first input image line.
+	    if (!project) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    call xt_imseti (i, "bufsize", bufsize)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			next
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			next
+		    iferr {
+			Meml[v+1] = j
+			j = xt_imgnls (in[i], i, buf, Meml[v], 1)
+		    } then {
+			call imseti (im, IM_PIXFD, NULL)
+			call sfree (sp)
+			call strclose (fd)
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call strclose (fd)
+	}
+
+	call ic_combines (in, out, Memi[dbuf], Memi[d], Memi[id], Memi[n],
+	    Memi[m], Memi[lflag], offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+end
+
+
+# IC_COMBINE -- Combine images.
+
+procedure ic_combines (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+	scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output image
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers for nonaligned images
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# Image index ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Line flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+real	wts[nimages]		# Combining weights
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of points per output line
+
+int	i, ext, ctor(), errcode()
+real	r, imgetr()
+pointer	sp, fname, imname, v1, v2, v3, work
+pointer	outdata, buf, nmod, nm, pms
+pointer	immap(), impnli()
+pointer	impnlr(), imgnlr()
+errchk	immap, ic_scale, imgetr, ic_grow, ic_grows, ic_rmasks, ic_emask
+errchk	ic_gdatas
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+data	ext/0/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	call ic_scale (in, out, offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages)
+
+	# Set combine parameters
+	switch (combine) {
+	case AVERAGE, SUM, QUAD, NMODEL:
+	    if (dowts)
+		keepids = true
+	    else
+		keepids = false
+	case MEDIAN:
+	    dowts = false
+	    keepids = false
+	}
+	docombine = true
+
+	# Get noise model parameters.
+	if (combine==NMODEL) {
+	    call salloc (nmod, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set rejection algorithm specific parameters
+	switch (reject) {
+	case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+	    call salloc (nm, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!keepids) {
+		if (doscale1)
+		    keepids = true
+		else {
+		    do i = 2, nimages {
+			if (Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] != Memr[nm] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] != Memr[nm+1] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] != Memr[nm+2]) {
+			    keepids = true
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (reject == CRREJECT)
+		lsigma = MAX_REAL
+	case MINMAX:
+	    mclip = false
+	case PCLIP:
+	    mclip = true
+	case AVSIGCLIP, SIGCLIP:
+	    if (doscale1)
+		keepids = true
+	case NONE:
+	    mclip = false
+	}
+
+	if (out[4] != NULL)
+	    keepids = true
+
+	if (out[6] != NULL) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call ic_einit (in, nimages, Memc[expkeyword], 1., 2**27-1)
+	}
+
+	if (grow >= 1.) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call salloc (work, npts * nimages, TY_INT)
+	}
+	pms = NULL
+
+	if (keepids) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call salloc (id[i], npts, TY_INT)
+	}
+
+# This idea turns out to has a problem with masks are used with wcs offsets.
+# the matching of masks to images based on WCS requires access to the WCS
+# of the images.  For now we drop this idea but maybe a way can be identified
+# to know when this is not going to be needed.
+#        # Reduce header memory use.
+#	do i = 1, nimages
+#	    call xt_minhdr (i)
+
+	while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_gdatas (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+	    switch (reject) {
+	    case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mccdclips (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_accdclips (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case MINMAX:
+		call ic_mms (d, id, n, npts)
+	    case PCLIP:
+		call ic_pclips (d, id, n, nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case SIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_msigclips (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_asigclips (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+	    case AVSIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mavsigclips (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_aavsigclips (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    }
+
+	    if (pms == NULL || nkeep > 0) {
+		if (docombine) {
+		    switch (combine) {
+		    case AVERAGE:
+			call ic_averages (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case MEDIAN:
+			call ic_medians (d, n, npts, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case SUM:
+			call ic_averages (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		    case QUAD:
+			call ic_quads (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case NMODEL:
+			call ic_nmodels (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+			    nimages, npts, YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (grow >= 1.)
+		call ic_grow (out, Meml[v2], id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmas (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	if (pms != NULL) {
+	    if (nkeep > 0) {
+		call imstats (out[1], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call imunmap (out[1])
+		iferr (buf = immap (Memc[fname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+		    switch (errcode()) {
+		    case SYS_FXFOPNOEXTNV:
+			call imgcluster (Memc[fname], Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+			ext = ext + 1
+			call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			    call pargi (ext)
+			iferr (buf = immap (Memc[imname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+			    buf = NULL
+			    ext = 0
+			}
+			repeat {
+			    call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+				call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+				call pargi (ext+1)
+			    iferr (outdata = immap (Memc[imname],READ_WRITE,0)) 
+				break
+			    if (buf != NULL)
+				call imunmap (buf)
+			    buf = outdata
+			    ext = ext + 1
+			}
+		    default:
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+		out[1] = buf
+	    }
+
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+		call ic_gdatas (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		    scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+		call ic_grows (Meml[v2], d, id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+		if (nkeep > 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] < nkeep) {
+			    Meml[v1+1] = Meml[v1+1] - 1
+			    if (imgnlr (out[1], buf, Meml[v1]) == EOF)
+				;
+			    call amovr (Memr[buf], Memr[outdata], npts)
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		switch (combine) {
+		case AVERAGE:
+		    call ic_averages (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case MEDIAN:
+		    call ic_medians (d, n, npts, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case SUM:
+		    call ic_averages (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case QUAD:
+		    call ic_quads (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case NMODEL:
+		    call ic_nmodels (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+		        nimages, npts, NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		}
+
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+			
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmas (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call pm_close (Memi[pms+i-1])
+	    call mfree (pms, TY_POINTER)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+procedure icombinei (in, out, scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages, bufsize)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	bufsize			# IMIO buffer size
+
+char	str[1]
+int	i, j, k, npts, fd, stropen(), xt_imgnli()
+pointer	sp, d, id, n, m, lflag, v, dbuf
+pointer	im, buf, xt_opix(), impl1i()
+errchk	stropen, xt_cpix, xt_opix, xt_imgnli, impl1i, ic_combinei
+pointer	impl1r()
+errchk	impl1r
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	npts = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dbuf, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (d, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (id, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (n, npts, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (m, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (lflag, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovki (D_ALL, Memi[lflag], nimages)
+	call amovkl (1, Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If not aligned or growing create data buffers of output length
+	# otherwise use the IMIO buffers.
+
+	if (!aligned || grow >= 1.) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_INT)
+		call aclri (Memi[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		im = xt_opix (in[i], i, 1)
+		if (im != in[i]) {
+		    call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_INT)
+		    call aclri (Memi[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+		}
+	    }
+	    call amovki (NULL, Memi[dbuf], nimages)
+	}
+
+	if (project) {
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_NBUFS, nimages)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Reserve FD for string operations.
+	    fd = stropen (str, 1, NEW_FILE)
+
+	    # Do I/O to the images.
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	    buf = impl1r (out[1])
+	    call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1r (out[3])
+		call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[2])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[4] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[4])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[5])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[6] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[6])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+
+	    # Do I/O for first input image line.
+	    if (!project) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    call xt_imseti (i, "bufsize", bufsize)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			next
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			next
+		    iferr {
+			Meml[v+1] = j
+			j = xt_imgnli (in[i], i, buf, Meml[v], 1)
+		    } then {
+			call imseti (im, IM_PIXFD, NULL)
+			call sfree (sp)
+			call strclose (fd)
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call strclose (fd)
+	}
+
+	call ic_combinei (in, out, Memi[dbuf], Memi[d], Memi[id], Memi[n],
+	    Memi[m], Memi[lflag], offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+end
+
+
+# IC_COMBINE -- Combine images.
+
+procedure ic_combinei (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+	scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output image
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers for nonaligned images
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# Image index ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Line flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+real	wts[nimages]		# Combining weights
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of points per output line
+
+int	i, ext, ctor(), errcode()
+real	r, imgetr()
+pointer	sp, fname, imname, v1, v2, v3, work
+pointer	outdata, buf, nmod, nm, pms
+pointer	immap(), impnli()
+pointer	impnlr(), imgnlr()
+errchk	immap, ic_scale, imgetr, ic_grow, ic_growi, ic_rmasks, ic_emask
+errchk	ic_gdatai
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+data	ext/0/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	call ic_scale (in, out, offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages)
+
+	# Set combine parameters
+	switch (combine) {
+	case AVERAGE, SUM, QUAD, NMODEL:
+	    if (dowts)
+		keepids = true
+	    else
+		keepids = false
+	case MEDIAN:
+	    dowts = false
+	    keepids = false
+	}
+	docombine = true
+
+	# Get noise model parameters.
+	if (combine==NMODEL) {
+	    call salloc (nmod, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set rejection algorithm specific parameters
+	switch (reject) {
+	case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+	    call salloc (nm, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!keepids) {
+		if (doscale1)
+		    keepids = true
+		else {
+		    do i = 2, nimages {
+			if (Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] != Memr[nm] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] != Memr[nm+1] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] != Memr[nm+2]) {
+			    keepids = true
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (reject == CRREJECT)
+		lsigma = MAX_REAL
+	case MINMAX:
+	    mclip = false
+	case PCLIP:
+	    mclip = true
+	case AVSIGCLIP, SIGCLIP:
+	    if (doscale1)
+		keepids = true
+	case NONE:
+	    mclip = false
+	}
+
+	if (out[4] != NULL)
+	    keepids = true
+
+	if (out[6] != NULL) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call ic_einit (in, nimages, Memc[expkeyword], 1., 2**27-1)
+	}
+
+	if (grow >= 1.) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call salloc (work, npts * nimages, TY_INT)
+	}
+	pms = NULL
+
+	if (keepids) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call salloc (id[i], npts, TY_INT)
+	}
+
+# This idea turns out to has a problem with masks are used with wcs offsets.
+# the matching of masks to images based on WCS requires access to the WCS
+# of the images.  For now we drop this idea but maybe a way can be identified
+# to know when this is not going to be needed.
+#        # Reduce header memory use.
+#	do i = 1, nimages
+#	    call xt_minhdr (i)
+
+	while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_gdatai (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+	    switch (reject) {
+	    case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mccdclipi (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_accdclipi (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case MINMAX:
+		call ic_mmi (d, id, n, npts)
+	    case PCLIP:
+		call ic_pclipi (d, id, n, nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case SIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_msigclipi (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_asigclipi (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+	    case AVSIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mavsigclipi (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_aavsigclipi (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    }
+
+	    if (pms == NULL || nkeep > 0) {
+		if (docombine) {
+		    switch (combine) {
+		    case AVERAGE:
+			call ic_averagei (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case MEDIAN:
+			call ic_mediani (d, n, npts, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case SUM:
+			call ic_averagei (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		    case QUAD:
+			call ic_quadi (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case NMODEL:
+			call ic_nmodeli (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+			    nimages, npts, YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (grow >= 1.)
+		call ic_grow (out, Meml[v2], id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmai (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	if (pms != NULL) {
+	    if (nkeep > 0) {
+		call imstats (out[1], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call imunmap (out[1])
+		iferr (buf = immap (Memc[fname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+		    switch (errcode()) {
+		    case SYS_FXFOPNOEXTNV:
+			call imgcluster (Memc[fname], Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+			ext = ext + 1
+			call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			    call pargi (ext)
+			iferr (buf = immap (Memc[imname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+			    buf = NULL
+			    ext = 0
+			}
+			repeat {
+			    call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+				call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+				call pargi (ext+1)
+			    iferr (outdata = immap (Memc[imname],READ_WRITE,0)) 
+				break
+			    if (buf != NULL)
+				call imunmap (buf)
+			    buf = outdata
+			    ext = ext + 1
+			}
+		    default:
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+		out[1] = buf
+	    }
+
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+		call ic_gdatai (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		    scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+		call ic_growi (Meml[v2], d, id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+		if (nkeep > 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] < nkeep) {
+			    Meml[v1+1] = Meml[v1+1] - 1
+			    if (imgnlr (out[1], buf, Meml[v1]) == EOF)
+				;
+			    call amovr (Memr[buf], Memr[outdata], npts)
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		switch (combine) {
+		case AVERAGE:
+		    call ic_averagei (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case MEDIAN:
+		    call ic_mediani (d, n, npts, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case SUM:
+		    call ic_averagei (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case QUAD:
+		    call ic_quadi (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case NMODEL:
+		    call ic_nmodeli (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+		        nimages, npts, NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		}
+
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+			
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmai (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call pm_close (Memi[pms+i-1])
+	    call mfree (pms, TY_POINTER)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+procedure icombiner (in, out, scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages, bufsize)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	bufsize			# IMIO buffer size
+
+char	str[1]
+int	i, j, k, npts, fd, stropen(), xt_imgnlr()
+pointer	sp, d, id, n, m, lflag, v, dbuf
+pointer	im, buf, xt_opix(), impl1i()
+errchk	stropen, xt_cpix, xt_opix, xt_imgnlr, impl1i, ic_combiner
+pointer	impl1r()
+errchk	impl1r
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	npts = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dbuf, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (d, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (id, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (n, npts, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (m, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (lflag, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovki (D_ALL, Memi[lflag], nimages)
+	call amovkl (1, Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If not aligned or growing create data buffers of output length
+	# otherwise use the IMIO buffers.
+
+	if (!aligned || grow >= 1.) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_REAL)
+		call aclrr (Memr[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		im = xt_opix (in[i], i, 1)
+		if (im != in[i]) {
+		    call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_REAL)
+		    call aclrr (Memr[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+		}
+	    }
+	    call amovki (NULL, Memi[dbuf], nimages)
+	}
+
+	if (project) {
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_NBUFS, nimages)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Reserve FD for string operations.
+	    fd = stropen (str, 1, NEW_FILE)
+
+	    # Do I/O to the images.
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	    buf = impl1r (out[1])
+	    call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1r (out[3])
+		call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[2])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[4] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[4])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[5])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[6] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[6])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+
+	    # Do I/O for first input image line.
+	    if (!project) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    call xt_imseti (i, "bufsize", bufsize)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			next
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			next
+		    iferr {
+			Meml[v+1] = j
+			j = xt_imgnlr (in[i], i, buf, Meml[v], 1)
+		    } then {
+			call imseti (im, IM_PIXFD, NULL)
+			call sfree (sp)
+			call strclose (fd)
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call strclose (fd)
+	}
+
+	call ic_combiner (in, out, Memi[dbuf], Memi[d], Memi[id], Memi[n],
+	    Memi[m], Memi[lflag], offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+end
+
+
+# IC_COMBINE -- Combine images.
+
+procedure ic_combiner (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+	scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output image
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers for nonaligned images
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# Image index ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Line flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+real	wts[nimages]		# Combining weights
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of points per output line
+
+int	i, ext, ctor(), errcode()
+real	r, imgetr()
+pointer	sp, fname, imname, v1, v2, v3, work
+pointer	outdata, buf, nmod, nm, pms
+pointer	immap(), impnli()
+pointer	impnlr(), imgnlr
+errchk	immap, ic_scale, imgetr, ic_grow, ic_growr, ic_rmasks, ic_emask
+errchk	ic_gdatar
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+data	ext/0/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	call ic_scale (in, out, offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages)
+
+	# Set combine parameters
+	switch (combine) {
+	case AVERAGE, SUM, QUAD, NMODEL:
+	    if (dowts)
+		keepids = true
+	    else
+		keepids = false
+	case MEDIAN:
+	    dowts = false
+	    keepids = false
+	}
+	docombine = true
+
+	# Get noise model parameters.
+	if (combine==NMODEL) {
+	    call salloc (nmod, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set rejection algorithm specific parameters
+	switch (reject) {
+	case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+	    call salloc (nm, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!keepids) {
+		if (doscale1)
+		    keepids = true
+		else {
+		    do i = 2, nimages {
+			if (Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] != Memr[nm] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] != Memr[nm+1] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] != Memr[nm+2]) {
+			    keepids = true
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (reject == CRREJECT)
+		lsigma = MAX_REAL
+	case MINMAX:
+	    mclip = false
+	case PCLIP:
+	    mclip = true
+	case AVSIGCLIP, SIGCLIP:
+	    if (doscale1)
+		keepids = true
+	case NONE:
+	    mclip = false
+	}
+
+	if (out[4] != NULL)
+	    keepids = true
+
+	if (out[6] != NULL) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call ic_einit (in, nimages, Memc[expkeyword], 1., 2**27-1)
+	}
+
+	if (grow >= 1.) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call salloc (work, npts * nimages, TY_INT)
+	}
+	pms = NULL
+
+	if (keepids) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call salloc (id[i], npts, TY_INT)
+	}
+
+# This idea turns out to has a problem with masks are used with wcs offsets.
+# the matching of masks to images based on WCS requires access to the WCS
+# of the images.  For now we drop this idea but maybe a way can be identified
+# to know when this is not going to be needed.
+#        # Reduce header memory use.
+#	do i = 1, nimages
+#	    call xt_minhdr (i)
+
+	while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_gdatar (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+	    switch (reject) {
+	    case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mccdclipr (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_accdclipr (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case MINMAX:
+		call ic_mmr (d, id, n, npts)
+	    case PCLIP:
+		call ic_pclipr (d, id, n, nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case SIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_msigclipr (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_asigclipr (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+	    case AVSIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mavsigclipr (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_aavsigclipr (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    }
+
+	    if (pms == NULL || nkeep > 0) {
+		if (docombine) {
+		    switch (combine) {
+		    case AVERAGE:
+			call ic_averager (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case MEDIAN:
+			call ic_medianr (d, n, npts, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case SUM:
+			call ic_averager (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		    case QUAD:
+			call ic_quadr (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case NMODEL:
+			call ic_nmodelr (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+			    nimages, npts, YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (grow >= 1.)
+		call ic_grow (out, Meml[v2], id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmar (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	if (pms != NULL) {
+	    if (nkeep > 0) {
+		call imstats (out[1], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call imunmap (out[1])
+		iferr (buf = immap (Memc[fname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+		    switch (errcode()) {
+		    case SYS_FXFOPNOEXTNV:
+			call imgcluster (Memc[fname], Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+			ext = ext + 1
+			call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			    call pargi (ext)
+			iferr (buf = immap (Memc[imname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+			    buf = NULL
+			    ext = 0
+			}
+			repeat {
+			    call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+				call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+				call pargi (ext+1)
+			    iferr (outdata = immap (Memc[imname],READ_WRITE,0)) 
+				break
+			    if (buf != NULL)
+				call imunmap (buf)
+			    buf = outdata
+			    ext = ext + 1
+			}
+		    default:
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+		out[1] = buf
+	    }
+
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+		call ic_gdatar (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		    scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+		call ic_growr (Meml[v2], d, id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+		if (nkeep > 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] < nkeep) {
+			    Meml[v1+1] = Meml[v1+1] - 1
+			    if (imgnlr (out[1], buf, Meml[v1]) == EOF)
+				;
+			    call amovr (Memr[buf], Memr[outdata], npts)
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		switch (combine) {
+		case AVERAGE:
+		    call ic_averager (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case MEDIAN:
+		    call ic_medianr (d, n, npts, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case SUM:
+		    call ic_averager (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case QUAD:
+		    call ic_quadr (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case NMODEL:
+		    call ic_nmodelr (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+		        nimages, npts, NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		}
+
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+			
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmar (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call pm_close (Memi[pms+i-1])
+	    call mfree (pms, TY_POINTER)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+procedure icombined (in, out, scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages, bufsize)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	bufsize			# IMIO buffer size
+
+char	str[1]
+int	i, j, k, npts, fd, stropen(), xt_imgnld()
+pointer	sp, d, id, n, m, lflag, v, dbuf
+pointer	im, buf, xt_opix(), impl1i()
+errchk	stropen, xt_cpix, xt_opix, xt_imgnld, impl1i, ic_combined
+pointer	impl1d()
+errchk	impl1d
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	npts = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dbuf, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (d, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (id, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (n, npts, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (m, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (lflag, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovki (D_ALL, Memi[lflag], nimages)
+	call amovkl (1, Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If not aligned or growing create data buffers of output length
+	# otherwise use the IMIO buffers.
+
+	if (!aligned || grow >= 1.) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call aclrd (Memd[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		im = xt_opix (in[i], i, 1)
+		if (im != in[i]) {
+		    call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call aclrd (Memd[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+		}
+	    }
+	    call amovki (NULL, Memi[dbuf], nimages)
+	}
+
+	if (project) {
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_NBUFS, nimages)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Reserve FD for string operations.
+	    fd = stropen (str, 1, NEW_FILE)
+
+	    # Do I/O to the images.
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	    buf = impl1d (out[1])
+	    call aclrd (Memd[buf], npts)
+	    if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1d (out[3])
+		call aclrd (Memd[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[2])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[4] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[4])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[5])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[6] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[6])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+
+	    # Do I/O for first input image line.
+	    if (!project) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    call xt_imseti (i, "bufsize", bufsize)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			next
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			next
+		    iferr {
+			Meml[v+1] = j
+			j = xt_imgnld (in[i], i, buf, Meml[v], 1)
+		    } then {
+			call imseti (im, IM_PIXFD, NULL)
+			call sfree (sp)
+			call strclose (fd)
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call strclose (fd)
+	}
+
+	call ic_combined (in, out, Memi[dbuf], Memi[d], Memi[id], Memi[n],
+	    Memi[m], Memi[lflag], offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+end
+
+
+# IC_COMBINE -- Combine images.
+
+procedure ic_combined (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+	scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output image
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers for nonaligned images
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# Image index ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Line flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+real	wts[nimages]		# Combining weights
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of points per output line
+
+int	i, ext, ctor(), errcode()
+real	r, imgetr()
+pointer	sp, fname, imname, v1, v2, v3, work
+pointer	outdata, buf, nmod, nm, pms
+pointer	immap(), impnli()
+pointer	impnld(), imgnld
+errchk	immap, ic_scale, imgetr, ic_grow, ic_growd, ic_rmasks, ic_emask
+errchk	ic_gdatad
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+data	ext/0/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	call ic_scale (in, out, offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages)
+
+	# Set combine parameters
+	switch (combine) {
+	case AVERAGE, SUM, QUAD, NMODEL:
+	    if (dowts)
+		keepids = true
+	    else
+		keepids = false
+	case MEDIAN:
+	    dowts = false
+	    keepids = false
+	}
+	docombine = true
+
+	# Get noise model parameters.
+	if (combine==NMODEL) {
+	    call salloc (nmod, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set rejection algorithm specific parameters
+	switch (reject) {
+	case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+	    call salloc (nm, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!keepids) {
+		if (doscale1)
+		    keepids = true
+		else {
+		    do i = 2, nimages {
+			if (Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] != Memr[nm] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] != Memr[nm+1] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] != Memr[nm+2]) {
+			    keepids = true
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (reject == CRREJECT)
+		lsigma = MAX_REAL
+	case MINMAX:
+	    mclip = false
+	case PCLIP:
+	    mclip = true
+	case AVSIGCLIP, SIGCLIP:
+	    if (doscale1)
+		keepids = true
+	case NONE:
+	    mclip = false
+	}
+
+	if (out[4] != NULL)
+	    keepids = true
+
+	if (out[6] != NULL) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call ic_einit (in, nimages, Memc[expkeyword], 1., 2**27-1)
+	}
+
+	if (grow >= 1.) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call salloc (work, npts * nimages, TY_INT)
+	}
+	pms = NULL
+
+	if (keepids) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call salloc (id[i], npts, TY_INT)
+	}
+
+# This idea turns out to has a problem with masks are used with wcs offsets.
+# the matching of masks to images based on WCS requires access to the WCS
+# of the images.  For now we drop this idea but maybe a way can be identified
+# to know when this is not going to be needed.
+#        # Reduce header memory use.
+#	do i = 1, nimages
+#	    call xt_minhdr (i)
+
+	while (impnld (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_gdatad (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+	    switch (reject) {
+	    case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mccdclipd (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memd[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_accdclipd (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memd[outdata])
+	    case MINMAX:
+		call ic_mmd (d, id, n, npts)
+	    case PCLIP:
+		call ic_pclipd (d, id, n, nimages, npts, Memd[outdata])
+	    case SIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_msigclipd (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memd[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_asigclipd (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memd[outdata])
+	    case AVSIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mavsigclipd (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memd[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_aavsigclipd (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memd[outdata])
+	    }
+
+	    if (pms == NULL || nkeep > 0) {
+		if (docombine) {
+		    switch (combine) {
+		    case AVERAGE:
+			call ic_averaged (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memd[outdata])
+		    case MEDIAN:
+			call ic_mediand (d, n, npts, YES, Memd[outdata])
+		    case SUM:
+			call ic_averaged (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, NO, Memd[outdata])
+		    case QUAD:
+			call ic_quadd (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memd[outdata])
+		    case NMODEL:
+			call ic_nmodeld (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+			    nimages, npts, YES, YES, Memd[outdata])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (grow >= 1.)
+		call ic_grow (out, Meml[v2], id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnld (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmad (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memd[outdata],
+			Memd[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	if (pms != NULL) {
+	    if (nkeep > 0) {
+		call imstats (out[1], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call imunmap (out[1])
+		iferr (buf = immap (Memc[fname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+		    switch (errcode()) {
+		    case SYS_FXFOPNOEXTNV:
+			call imgcluster (Memc[fname], Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+			ext = ext + 1
+			call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			    call pargi (ext)
+			iferr (buf = immap (Memc[imname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+			    buf = NULL
+			    ext = 0
+			}
+			repeat {
+			    call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+				call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+				call pargi (ext+1)
+			    iferr (outdata = immap (Memc[imname],READ_WRITE,0)) 
+				break
+			    if (buf != NULL)
+				call imunmap (buf)
+			    buf = outdata
+			    ext = ext + 1
+			}
+		    default:
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+		out[1] = buf
+	    }
+
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    while (impnld (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+		call ic_gdatad (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		    scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+		call ic_growd (Meml[v2], d, id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+		if (nkeep > 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] < nkeep) {
+			    Meml[v1+1] = Meml[v1+1] - 1
+			    if (imgnld (out[1], buf, Meml[v1]) == EOF)
+				;
+			    call amovd (Memd[buf], Memd[outdata], npts)
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		switch (combine) {
+		case AVERAGE:
+		    call ic_averaged (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memd[outdata])
+		case MEDIAN:
+		    call ic_mediand (d, n, npts, NO, Memd[outdata])
+		case SUM:
+		    call ic_averaged (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, NO, Memd[outdata])
+		case QUAD:
+		    call ic_quadd (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memd[outdata])
+		case NMODEL:
+		    call ic_nmodeld (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+		        nimages, npts, NO, YES, Memd[outdata])
+		}
+
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+			
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnld (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigmad (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memd[outdata],
+			Memd[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call pm_close (Memi[pms+i-1])
+	    call mfree (pms, TY_POINTER)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icpclip.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icpclip.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3dfe7f48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icpclip.x
@@ -0,0 +1,879 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		3	# Minimum number for clipping
+
+
+# IC_PCLIP -- Percentile clip
+#
+# 1) Find the median
+# 2) Find the pixel which is the specified order index away
+# 3) Use the data value difference as a sigma and apply clipping
+# 4) Since the median is known return it so it does not have to be recomputed
+
+procedure ic_pclips (d, m, n, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+bool	even, fp_equalr()
+real	sigma, r, s, t
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least MINCLIP and more than nkeep pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set sign of pclip parameter
+	if (pclip < 0)
+	    t = -1.
+	else
+	    t = 1.
+
+	# If there are no rejected pixels compute certain parameters once.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+	    if (pclip < 0.) {
+		if (even)
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		else
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    } else
+		n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    nin = n1
+	}
+
+	# Now apply clipping.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    # Compute median.
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		n1 = max (0, n[i])
+		if (nkeep < 0)
+		    maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+		else
+		    maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+		if (n1 == 0) {
+		    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+			median[i] = blank
+		    next
+		}
+		n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+		even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		if (pclip < 0) {
+		    if (even)
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		    else
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+		} else
+		    n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    }
+
+	    j = i - 1 
+	    if (even) {
+		med = Mems[d[n2-1]+j]
+		med = (med + Mems[d[n2]+j]) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Mems[d[n2]+j]
+
+	    if (n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Define sigma for clipping
+	    sigma = t * (Mems[d[n3]+j] - med)
+	    if (fp_equalr (sigma, 0.)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject pixels and save residuals.
+	    # Check if any pixels are clipped.
+	    # If so recompute the median and reset the number of good pixels.
+	    # Only reorder if needed.
+
+	    for (nl=1; nl<=n1; nl=nl+1) {
+		r = (med - Mems[d[nl]+j]) / sigma
+		if (r < lsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nl] = r
+	    }
+	    for (nh=n1; nh>=1; nh=nh-1) {
+		r = (Mems[d[nh]+j] -  med) / sigma
+		if (r < hsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nh] = r
+	    }
+	    n4 = nh - nl + 1
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back in.
+	    # All pixels with the same residual are added.
+	    while (n4 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n4 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # If any pixels are rejected recompute the median.
+	    if (nl > 1 || nh < n1) {
+		n5 = nl + n4 / 2
+		if (mod (n4, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Mems[d[n5-1]+j]
+		    med = (med + Mems[d[n5]+j]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Mems[d[n5]+j]
+		n[i] = n4
+	    }
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+
+	    # Reorder if pixels only if necessary.
+	    if (nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		k = max (nl, n4 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+j] = Mems[d[k]+j]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + j
+			    mp2 = m[k] + j
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+j] = Memi[m[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+j] = Mems[d[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag whether the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_PCLIP -- Percentile clip
+#
+# 1) Find the median
+# 2) Find the pixel which is the specified order index away
+# 3) Use the data value difference as a sigma and apply clipping
+# 4) Since the median is known return it so it does not have to be recomputed
+
+procedure ic_pclipi (d, m, n, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+bool	even, fp_equalr()
+real	sigma, r, s, t
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least MINCLIP and more than nkeep pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set sign of pclip parameter
+	if (pclip < 0)
+	    t = -1.
+	else
+	    t = 1.
+
+	# If there are no rejected pixels compute certain parameters once.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+	    if (pclip < 0.) {
+		if (even)
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		else
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    } else
+		n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    nin = n1
+	}
+
+	# Now apply clipping.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    # Compute median.
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		n1 = max (0, n[i])
+		if (nkeep < 0)
+		    maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+		else
+		    maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+		if (n1 == 0) {
+		    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+			median[i] = blank
+		    next
+		}
+		n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+		even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		if (pclip < 0) {
+		    if (even)
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		    else
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+		} else
+		    n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    }
+
+	    j = i - 1 
+	    if (even) {
+		med = Memi[d[n2-1]+j]
+		med = (med + Memi[d[n2]+j]) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Memi[d[n2]+j]
+
+	    if (n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Define sigma for clipping
+	    sigma = t * (Memi[d[n3]+j] - med)
+	    if (fp_equalr (sigma, 0.)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject pixels and save residuals.
+	    # Check if any pixels are clipped.
+	    # If so recompute the median and reset the number of good pixels.
+	    # Only reorder if needed.
+
+	    for (nl=1; nl<=n1; nl=nl+1) {
+		r = (med - Memi[d[nl]+j]) / sigma
+		if (r < lsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nl] = r
+	    }
+	    for (nh=n1; nh>=1; nh=nh-1) {
+		r = (Memi[d[nh]+j] -  med) / sigma
+		if (r < hsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nh] = r
+	    }
+	    n4 = nh - nl + 1
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back in.
+	    # All pixels with the same residual are added.
+	    while (n4 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n4 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # If any pixels are rejected recompute the median.
+	    if (nl > 1 || nh < n1) {
+		n5 = nl + n4 / 2
+		if (mod (n4, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Memi[d[n5-1]+j]
+		    med = (med + Memi[d[n5]+j]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Memi[d[n5]+j]
+		n[i] = n4
+	    }
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+
+	    # Reorder if pixels only if necessary.
+	    if (nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		k = max (nl, n4 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+j] = Memi[d[k]+j]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + j
+			    mp2 = m[k] + j
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+j] = Memi[m[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+j] = Memi[d[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag whether the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_PCLIP -- Percentile clip
+#
+# 1) Find the median
+# 2) Find the pixel which is the specified order index away
+# 3) Use the data value difference as a sigma and apply clipping
+# 4) Since the median is known return it so it does not have to be recomputed
+
+procedure ic_pclipr (d, m, n, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+bool	even, fp_equalr()
+real	sigma, r, s, t
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+real	med
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least MINCLIP and more than nkeep pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set sign of pclip parameter
+	if (pclip < 0)
+	    t = -1.
+	else
+	    t = 1.
+
+	# If there are no rejected pixels compute certain parameters once.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+	    if (pclip < 0.) {
+		if (even)
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		else
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    } else
+		n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    nin = n1
+	}
+
+	# Now apply clipping.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    # Compute median.
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		n1 = max (0, n[i])
+		if (nkeep < 0)
+		    maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+		else
+		    maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+		if (n1 == 0) {
+		    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+			median[i] = blank
+		    next
+		}
+		n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+		even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		if (pclip < 0) {
+		    if (even)
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		    else
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+		} else
+		    n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    }
+
+	    j = i - 1 
+	    if (even) {
+		med = Memr[d[n2-1]+j]
+		med = (med + Memr[d[n2]+j]) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Memr[d[n2]+j]
+
+	    if (n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Define sigma for clipping
+	    sigma = t * (Memr[d[n3]+j] - med)
+	    if (fp_equalr (sigma, 0.)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject pixels and save residuals.
+	    # Check if any pixels are clipped.
+	    # If so recompute the median and reset the number of good pixels.
+	    # Only reorder if needed.
+
+	    for (nl=1; nl<=n1; nl=nl+1) {
+		r = (med - Memr[d[nl]+j]) / sigma
+		if (r < lsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nl] = r
+	    }
+	    for (nh=n1; nh>=1; nh=nh-1) {
+		r = (Memr[d[nh]+j] -  med) / sigma
+		if (r < hsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nh] = r
+	    }
+	    n4 = nh - nl + 1
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back in.
+	    # All pixels with the same residual are added.
+	    while (n4 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n4 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # If any pixels are rejected recompute the median.
+	    if (nl > 1 || nh < n1) {
+		n5 = nl + n4 / 2
+		if (mod (n4, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Memr[d[n5-1]+j]
+		    med = (med + Memr[d[n5]+j]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Memr[d[n5]+j]
+		n[i] = n4
+	    }
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+
+	    # Reorder if pixels only if necessary.
+	    if (nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		k = max (nl, n4 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+j] = Memr[d[k]+j]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + j
+			    mp2 = m[k] + j
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+j] = Memi[m[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+j] = Memr[d[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag whether the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_PCLIP -- Percentile clip
+#
+# 1) Find the median
+# 2) Find the pixel which is the specified order index away
+# 3) Use the data value difference as a sigma and apply clipping
+# 4) Since the median is known return it so it does not have to be recomputed
+
+procedure ic_pclipd (d, m, n, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+bool	even, fp_equalr()
+real	sigma, r, s, t
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+double	med
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least MINCLIP and more than nkeep pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set sign of pclip parameter
+	if (pclip < 0)
+	    t = -1.
+	else
+	    t = 1.
+
+	# If there are no rejected pixels compute certain parameters once.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+	    if (pclip < 0.) {
+		if (even)
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		else
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    } else
+		n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    nin = n1
+	}
+
+	# Now apply clipping.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    # Compute median.
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		n1 = max (0, n[i])
+		if (nkeep < 0)
+		    maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+		else
+		    maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+		if (n1 == 0) {
+		    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+			median[i] = blank
+		    next
+		}
+		n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+		even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		if (pclip < 0) {
+		    if (even)
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		    else
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+		} else
+		    n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    }
+
+	    j = i - 1 
+	    if (even) {
+		med = Memd[d[n2-1]+j]
+		med = (med + Memd[d[n2]+j]) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Memd[d[n2]+j]
+
+	    if (n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Define sigma for clipping
+	    sigma = t * (Memd[d[n3]+j] - med)
+	    if (fp_equalr (sigma, 0.)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject pixels and save residuals.
+	    # Check if any pixels are clipped.
+	    # If so recompute the median and reset the number of good pixels.
+	    # Only reorder if needed.
+
+	    for (nl=1; nl<=n1; nl=nl+1) {
+		r = (med - Memd[d[nl]+j]) / sigma
+		if (r < lsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nl] = r
+	    }
+	    for (nh=n1; nh>=1; nh=nh-1) {
+		r = (Memd[d[nh]+j] -  med) / sigma
+		if (r < hsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nh] = r
+	    }
+	    n4 = nh - nl + 1
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back in.
+	    # All pixels with the same residual are added.
+	    while (n4 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n4 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # If any pixels are rejected recompute the median.
+	    if (nl > 1 || nh < n1) {
+		n5 = nl + n4 / 2
+		if (mod (n4, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Memd[d[n5-1]+j]
+		    med = (med + Memd[d[n5]+j]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Memd[d[n5]+j]
+		n[i] = n4
+	    }
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+
+	    # Reorder if pixels only if necessary.
+	    if (nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		k = max (nl, n4 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+j] = Memd[d[k]+j]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + j
+			    mp2 = m[k] + j
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+j] = Memi[m[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+j] = Memd[d[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag whether the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icquad.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icquad.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ba5eb14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icquad.x
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+include	"../icmask.h"
+
+
+# IC_QUAD -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_quads (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+real	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (val * wt) ** 2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Mems[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = val**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			sum = sum + val**2
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Mems[d[1]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (val* wt) ** 2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = Mems[d[1]+k]
+				sum = val**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = Mems[d[j]+k]
+				    sum = sum + val**2
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Mems[d[1]+k]
+			sum = val**2
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			    sum = sum + val**2
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_QUAD -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_quadi (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+real	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (val * wt) ** 2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Memi[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = val**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			sum = sum + val**2
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Memi[d[1]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (val* wt) ** 2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = Memi[d[1]+k]
+				sum = val**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = Memi[d[j]+k]
+				    sum = sum + val**2
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Memi[d[1]+k]
+			sum = val**2
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			    sum = sum + val**2
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_QUAD -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_quadr (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+real	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (val * wt) ** 2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Memr[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = val**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			sum = sum + val**2
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Memr[d[1]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (val* wt) ** 2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = Memr[d[1]+k]
+				sum = val**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = Memr[d[j]+k]
+				    sum = sum + val**2
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Memr[d[1]+k]
+			sum = val**2
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			    sum = sum + val**2
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_QUAD -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_quadd (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+double	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+double	sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (val * wt) ** 2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Memd[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = val**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			sum = sum + val**2
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Memd[d[1]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (val* wt) ** 2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = Memd[d[1]+k]
+				sum = val**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = Memd[d[j]+k]
+				    sum = sum + val**2
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Memd[d[1]+k]
+			sum = val**2
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			    sum = sum + val**2
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsclip.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsclip.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f2ac17e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsclip.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		3	# Mininum number of images for algorithm
+
+
+# IC_ASIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the average
+# The initial average rejects the high and low pixels.  A correction for
+# different scalings of the images may be made.  Weights are not used.
+
+procedure ic_asigclips (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+pointer	sp, resid, w, wp, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} 
+	
+	# Flag whether returned average needs to be recomputed.
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Save the residuals and the sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Do sigma clipping.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+
+	    # If there are not enough pixels simply compute the average.
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Mems[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mems[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute average with the high and low rejected.
+	    low = Mems[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Mems[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Mems[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Iteratively reject pixels and compute the final average if needed.
+	    # Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    # Compute sigma corrected for scaling.
+		    s = 0.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    do j = 1, n1 {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			wp = wp + 1
+
+			d1 = Mems[dp1]
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			r = sqrt (max (one, (a + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			s = s + ((d1 - a) / r) ** 2
+			Memr[wp] = r
+		    }
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+			    wp = wp + 1
+
+			    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / (s * Memr[wp])
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    Memr[wp] = Memr[w+n1-1]
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    # Compute the sigma without scale correction.
+		    s = 0.
+		    do j = 1, n1
+			s = s + (Mems[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mems[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mems[dp1]
+				    Mems[dp1] = Mems[dp2]
+				    Mems[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mems[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the median
+
+procedure ic_msigclips (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, w, mp1, mp2
+real	med, one
+data	one /1.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Save the residuals and sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		    med = (Mems[d[n3-1]+k] + Mems[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		else
+		    med = Mems[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			# Compute the sigma with scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    r = sqrt (max (one, (med + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			    s = s + ((Mems[d[j]+k] - med) / r) ** 2
+			    Memr[w+j-1] = r
+			}
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Mems[d[nl]+k]) / (s * Memr[w+nl-1])
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Mems[d[nh]+k] - med) / (s * Memr[w+nh-1])
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			# Compute the sigma without scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh
+			    s = s + (Mems[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Mems[d[nl]+k]) / s
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Mems[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+k] = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mems[d[l]+k] = Mems[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_ASIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the average
+# The initial average rejects the high and low pixels.  A correction for
+# different scalings of the images may be made.  Weights are not used.
+
+procedure ic_asigclipi (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+pointer	sp, resid, w, wp, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} 
+	
+	# Flag whether returned average needs to be recomputed.
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Save the residuals and the sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Do sigma clipping.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+
+	    # If there are not enough pixels simply compute the average.
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memi[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memi[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute average with the high and low rejected.
+	    low = Memi[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Memi[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Memi[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Iteratively reject pixels and compute the final average if needed.
+	    # Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    # Compute sigma corrected for scaling.
+		    s = 0.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    do j = 1, n1 {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			wp = wp + 1
+
+			d1 = Memi[dp1]
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			r = sqrt (max (one, (a + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			s = s + ((d1 - a) / r) ** 2
+			Memr[wp] = r
+		    }
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+			    wp = wp + 1
+
+			    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / (s * Memr[wp])
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    Memr[wp] = Memr[w+n1-1]
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    # Compute the sigma without scale correction.
+		    s = 0.
+		    do j = 1, n1
+			s = s + (Memi[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memi[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memi[dp1]
+				    Memi[dp1] = Memi[dp2]
+				    Memi[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memi[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the median
+
+procedure ic_msigclipi (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, w, mp1, mp2
+real	med, one
+data	one /1.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Save the residuals and sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		    med = (Memi[d[n3-1]+k] + Memi[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		else
+		    med = Memi[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			# Compute the sigma with scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    r = sqrt (max (one, (med + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			    s = s + ((Memi[d[j]+k] - med) / r) ** 2
+			    Memr[w+j-1] = r
+			}
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Memi[d[nl]+k]) / (s * Memr[w+nl-1])
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Memi[d[nh]+k] - med) / (s * Memr[w+nh-1])
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			# Compute the sigma without scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh
+			    s = s + (Memi[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Memi[d[nl]+k]) / s
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Memi[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+k] = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memi[d[l]+k] = Memi[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_ASIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the average
+# The initial average rejects the high and low pixels.  A correction for
+# different scalings of the images may be made.  Weights are not used.
+
+procedure ic_asigclipr (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+pointer	sp, resid, w, wp, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} 
+	
+	# Flag whether returned average needs to be recomputed.
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Save the residuals and the sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Do sigma clipping.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+
+	    # If there are not enough pixels simply compute the average.
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memr[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memr[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute average with the high and low rejected.
+	    low = Memr[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Memr[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Memr[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Iteratively reject pixels and compute the final average if needed.
+	    # Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    # Compute sigma corrected for scaling.
+		    s = 0.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    do j = 1, n1 {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			wp = wp + 1
+
+			d1 = Memr[dp1]
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			r = sqrt (max (one, (a + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			s = s + ((d1 - a) / r) ** 2
+			Memr[wp] = r
+		    }
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+			    wp = wp + 1
+
+			    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / (s * Memr[wp])
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    Memr[wp] = Memr[w+n1-1]
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    # Compute the sigma without scale correction.
+		    s = 0.
+		    do j = 1, n1
+			s = s + (Memr[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memr[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memr[dp1]
+				    Memr[dp1] = Memr[dp2]
+				    Memr[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memr[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the median
+
+procedure ic_msigclipr (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, w, mp1, mp2
+real	med, one
+data	one /1.0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Save the residuals and sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		    med = (Memr[d[n3-1]+k] + Memr[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		else
+		    med = Memr[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			# Compute the sigma with scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    r = sqrt (max (one, (med + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			    s = s + ((Memr[d[j]+k] - med) / r) ** 2
+			    Memr[w+j-1] = r
+			}
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Memr[d[nl]+k]) / (s * Memr[w+nl-1])
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Memr[d[nh]+k] - med) / (s * Memr[w+nh-1])
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			# Compute the sigma without scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh
+			    s = s + (Memr[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Memr[d[nl]+k]) / s
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Memr[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+k] = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memr[d[l]+k] = Memr[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IC_ASIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the average
+# The initial average rejects the high and low pixels.  A correction for
+# different scalings of the images may be made.  Weights are not used.
+
+procedure ic_asigclipd (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	average[npts]		# Average
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+double	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, one
+data	one /1.0D0/
+pointer	sp, resid, w, wp, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} 
+	
+	# Flag whether returned average needs to be recomputed.
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Save the residuals and the sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Do sigma clipping.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+
+	    # If there are not enough pixels simply compute the average.
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Memd[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Memd[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute average with the high and low rejected.
+	    low = Memd[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Memd[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Memd[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Iteratively reject pixels and compute the final average if needed.
+	    # Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    # Compute sigma corrected for scaling.
+		    s = 0.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    do j = 1, n1 {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			wp = wp + 1
+
+			d1 = Memd[dp1]
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			r = sqrt (max (one, (a + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			s = s + ((d1 - a) / r) ** 2
+			Memr[wp] = r
+		    }
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+			    wp = wp + 1
+
+			    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / (s * Memr[wp])
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    Memr[wp] = Memr[w+n1-1]
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    # Compute the sigma without scale correction.
+		    s = 0.
+		    do j = 1, n1
+			s = s + (Memd[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memd[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Memd[dp1]
+				    Memd[dp1] = Memd[dp2]
+				    Memd[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Memd[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the median
+
+procedure ic_msigclipd (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	median[npts]		# Median
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, w, mp1, mp2
+double	med, one
+data	one /1.0D0/
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Save the residuals and sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		    med = (Memd[d[n3-1]+k] + Memd[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		else
+		    med = Memd[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			# Compute the sigma with scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    r = sqrt (max (one, (med + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			    s = s + ((Memd[d[j]+k] - med) / r) ** 2
+			    Memr[w+j-1] = r
+			}
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Memd[d[nl]+k]) / (s * Memr[w+nl-1])
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Memd[d[nh]+k] - med) / (s * Memr[w+nh-1])
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			# Compute the sigma without scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh
+			    s = s + (Memd[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Memd[d[nl]+k]) / s
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Memd[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+k] = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Memd[d[l]+k] = Memd[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsigma.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsigma.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b9c9a781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsigma.x
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+
+# IC_SIGMA -- Compute the sigma image line.
+# The estimated sigma includes a correction for the finite population.
+# Weights are used if desired.
+
+procedure ic_sigmas (d, m, n, wts, npts, average, sigma)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[ARB]		# Weights
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+real	sigma[npts]		# Sigma line (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	wt, sigcor, sumwt
+real	a, sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = n[1]
+	    if (dowts) {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (Mems[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    do j = 2, n1 {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (Mems[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    }
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    sum = (Mems[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n1
+			sum = sum + (Mems[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		sigma[i] = blank
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 -1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1
+			a = average[i]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (Mems[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (Mems[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (sumwt > 0)
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / sumwt * sigcor)
+			else {
+			    sum = (Mems[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    do j = 2, n1
+				sum = sum + (Mems[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / n1 * sigcor)
+			}
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1.
+			a = average[i]
+			sum = (Mems[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + (Mems[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_SIGMA -- Compute the sigma image line.
+# The estimated sigma includes a correction for the finite population.
+# Weights are used if desired.
+
+procedure ic_sigmai (d, m, n, wts, npts, average, sigma)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[ARB]		# Weights
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+real	sigma[npts]		# Sigma line (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	wt, sigcor, sumwt
+real	a, sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = n[1]
+	    if (dowts) {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (Memi[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    do j = 2, n1 {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (Memi[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    }
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    sum = (Memi[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n1
+			sum = sum + (Memi[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		sigma[i] = blank
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 -1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1
+			a = average[i]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (Memi[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (Memi[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (sumwt > 0)
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / sumwt * sigcor)
+			else {
+			    sum = (Memi[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    do j = 2, n1
+				sum = sum + (Memi[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / n1 * sigcor)
+			}
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1.
+			a = average[i]
+			sum = (Memi[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + (Memi[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_SIGMA -- Compute the sigma image line.
+# The estimated sigma includes a correction for the finite population.
+# Weights are used if desired.
+
+procedure ic_sigmar (d, m, n, wts, npts, average, sigma)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[ARB]		# Weights
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+real	sigma[npts]		# Sigma line (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	wt, sigcor, sumwt
+real	a, sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = n[1]
+	    if (dowts) {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (Memr[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    do j = 2, n1 {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (Memr[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    }
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    sum = (Memr[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n1
+			sum = sum + (Memr[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		sigma[i] = blank
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 -1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1
+			a = average[i]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (Memr[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (Memr[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (sumwt > 0)
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / sumwt * sigcor)
+			else {
+			    sum = (Memr[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    do j = 2, n1
+				sum = sum + (Memr[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / n1 * sigcor)
+			}
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1.
+			a = average[i]
+			sum = (Memr[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + (Memr[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_SIGMA -- Compute the sigma image line.
+# The estimated sigma includes a correction for the finite population.
+# Weights are used if desired.
+
+procedure ic_sigmad (d, m, n, wts, npts, average, sigma)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[ARB]		# Weights
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+double	average[npts]		# Average
+double	sigma[npts]		# Sigma line (returned)
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	wt, sigcor, sumwt
+double	a, sum
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = n[1]
+	    if (dowts) {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (Memd[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    do j = 2, n1 {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (Memd[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    }
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    sum = (Memd[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n1
+			sum = sum + (Memd[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		sigma[i] = blank
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 -1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1
+			a = average[i]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (Memd[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (Memd[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (sumwt > 0)
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / sumwt * sigcor)
+			else {
+			    sum = (Memd[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    do j = 2, n1
+				sum = sum + (Memd[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / n1 * sigcor)
+			}
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1.
+			a = average[i]
+			sum = (Memd[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + (Memd[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsort.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsort.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ec1d27e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icsort.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1096 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+define	LOGPTR	32			# log2(maxpts) (4e9)
+
+
+# IC_SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.
+
+procedure ic_sorts (a, b, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+short	b[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+short	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR]
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Mems[a[i]+l]
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3)			# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+			    else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3)			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			else {					# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Mems[a[i]+l]
+
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j)		   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Mems[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_2SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.  A second integer set of
+# vectors is sorted.
+
+procedure ic_2sorts (a, b, c, d, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+short	b[ARB]			# work array
+pointer	c[ARB]			# pointer to associated integer vectors
+int	d[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+short	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR], itemp
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	iswap {itemp=$1;$1=$2;$2=itemp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		b[i] = Mems[a[i]+l]
+		d[i] = Memi[c[i]+l]
+	    }
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+			iswap (d[1], d[2])
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3) {		# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+				iswap (d[1], d[2])
+			    } else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+				itemp = d[2]
+				d[2] = d[3]
+				d[3] = d[1]
+				d[1] = itemp
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			    iswap (d[1], d[3])
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3) {			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			    iswap (d[2], d[3])
+			} else {				# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			    itemp = d[2]
+			    d[2] = d[1]
+			    d[1] = d[3]
+			    d[3] = itemp
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k]); swap (d[j], d[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j) {	   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+				swap (d[i], d[j])
+			    }
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+			swap (d[i], d[j])
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_	   
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		Mems[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+		Memi[c[i]+l] = d[i]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.
+
+procedure ic_sorti (a, b, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+int	b[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+int	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR]
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Memi[a[i]+l]
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3)			# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+			    else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3)			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			else {					# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Memi[a[i]+l]
+
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j)		   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Memi[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_2SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.  A second integer set of
+# vectors is sorted.
+
+procedure ic_2sorti (a, b, c, d, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+int	b[ARB]			# work array
+pointer	c[ARB]			# pointer to associated integer vectors
+int	d[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+int	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR], itemp
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	iswap {itemp=$1;$1=$2;$2=itemp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		b[i] = Memi[a[i]+l]
+		d[i] = Memi[c[i]+l]
+	    }
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+			iswap (d[1], d[2])
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3) {		# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+				iswap (d[1], d[2])
+			    } else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+				itemp = d[2]
+				d[2] = d[3]
+				d[3] = d[1]
+				d[1] = itemp
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			    iswap (d[1], d[3])
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3) {			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			    iswap (d[2], d[3])
+			} else {				# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			    itemp = d[2]
+			    d[2] = d[1]
+			    d[1] = d[3]
+			    d[3] = itemp
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k]); swap (d[j], d[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j) {	   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+				swap (d[i], d[j])
+			    }
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+			swap (d[i], d[j])
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_	   
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		Memi[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+		Memi[c[i]+l] = d[i]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.
+
+procedure ic_sortr (a, b, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+real	b[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+real	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR]
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Memr[a[i]+l]
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3)			# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+			    else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3)			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			else {					# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Memr[a[i]+l]
+
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j)		   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Memr[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_2SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.  A second integer set of
+# vectors is sorted.
+
+procedure ic_2sortr (a, b, c, d, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+real	b[ARB]			# work array
+pointer	c[ARB]			# pointer to associated integer vectors
+int	d[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+real	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR], itemp
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	iswap {itemp=$1;$1=$2;$2=itemp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		b[i] = Memr[a[i]+l]
+		d[i] = Memi[c[i]+l]
+	    }
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+			iswap (d[1], d[2])
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3) {		# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+				iswap (d[1], d[2])
+			    } else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+				itemp = d[2]
+				d[2] = d[3]
+				d[3] = d[1]
+				d[1] = itemp
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			    iswap (d[1], d[3])
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3) {			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			    iswap (d[2], d[3])
+			} else {				# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			    itemp = d[2]
+			    d[2] = d[1]
+			    d[1] = d[3]
+			    d[3] = itemp
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k]); swap (d[j], d[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j) {	   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+				swap (d[i], d[j])
+			    }
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+			swap (d[i], d[j])
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_	   
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		Memr[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+		Memi[c[i]+l] = d[i]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+# IC_SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.
+
+procedure ic_sortd (a, b, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+double	b[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+double	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR]
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Memd[a[i]+l]
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3)			# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+			    else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3)			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			else {					# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Memd[a[i]+l]
+
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j)		   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Memd[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_2SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.  A second integer set of
+# vectors is sorted.
+
+procedure ic_2sortd (a, b, c, d, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+double	b[ARB]			# work array
+pointer	c[ARB]			# pointer to associated integer vectors
+int	d[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+double	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR], itemp
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	iswap {itemp=$1;$1=$2;$2=itemp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		b[i] = Memd[a[i]+l]
+		d[i] = Memi[c[i]+l]
+	    }
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+			iswap (d[1], d[2])
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3) {		# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+				iswap (d[1], d[2])
+			    } else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+				itemp = d[2]
+				d[2] = d[3]
+				d[3] = d[1]
+				d[1] = itemp
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			    iswap (d[1], d[3])
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3) {			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			    iswap (d[2], d[3])
+			} else {				# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			    itemp = d[2]
+			    d[2] = d[1]
+			    d[1] = d[3]
+			    d[3] = itemp
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+
+	    # General case
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k]); swap (d[j], d[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+				    break
+			    if (i < j) {	   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+				swap (d[i], d[j])
+			    }
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+			swap (d[i], d[j])
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_	   
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		Memd[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+		Memi[c[i]+l] = d[i]
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icstat.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icstat.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a0ed49c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/icstat.x
@@ -0,0 +1,892 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	NMAX	100000	# Maximum number of pixels to sample
+
+
+# IC_STAT -- Compute image statistics within specified section.
+# The image section is relative to a reference image which may be
+# different than the input image and may have an offset.  Only a
+# subsample of pixels is used.  Masked and thresholded pixels are
+# ignored.  Only the desired statistics are computed to increase
+# efficiency.
+
+procedure ic_stats (im, imref, section, offsets, image, nimages,
+	domode, domedian, domean, mode, median, mean)
+
+pointer	im			 # Data image
+pointer	imref			 # Reference image for image section
+char	section[ARB]		 # Image section
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	 # Image section offset from data to reference
+int	image			 # Image index (for mask I/O)
+int	nimages			 # Number of images in  offsets.
+bool	domode, domedian, domean # Statistics to compute
+real	mode, median, mean	 # Statistics
+
+int	i, j, ndim, n, nv
+real	a
+pointer	sp, v1, v2, dv, va, vb
+pointer	data, mask, dp, lp, mp, imgnls()
+
+real	asums()
+short	ic_modes()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (dv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (va, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vb, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Determine the image section parameters.  This must be in terms of
+	# the data image pixel coordinates though the section may be specified
+	# in terms of the reference image coordinates.  Limit the number of
+	# pixels in each dimension to a maximum.
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (project)
+	    ndim = ndim - 1
+	call amovki (1, Memi[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[dv], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovi (IM_LEN(imref,1), Memi[vb], ndim)
+	call ic_section (section, Memi[va], Memi[vb], Memi[dv], ndim)
+	if (im != imref)
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+		Memi[vb+i-1] = Memi[vb+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+	    }
+
+	do j = 1, 10 {
+	    n = 1
+	    do i = 0, ndim-1 {
+		Memi[v1+i] = max (1, min (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[v2+i] = min (IM_LEN(im,i+1), max (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[dv+i] = j
+		nv = max (1, (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+		Memi[v2+i] = Memi[v1+i] + (nv - 1) * Memi[dv+i]
+		n = n * nv
+	    }
+	    if (n < NMAX)
+		break
+	}
+
+	call amovl (Memi[v1], Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	Memi[va] = 1
+	if (project)
+	   Memi[va+ndim] = image
+	call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Accumulate the pixel values within the section.  Masked pixels and
+	# thresholded pixels are ignored.
+
+	call salloc (data, n, TY_SHORT)
+	dp = data
+	while (imgnls (im, lp, Memi[vb]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_mget1 (im, image, nimages, offsets[image,1], Memi[va], mask)
+	    lp = lp + Memi[v1] - 1
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			a = Mems[lp]
+			if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+			    Mems[dp] = a
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			Mems[dp] = Mems[lp]
+			dp = dp + 1
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		mp = mask + Memi[v1] - 1
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    a = Mems[lp]
+			    if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+				Mems[dp] = a
+				dp = dp + 1
+			    }
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    Mems[dp] = Mems[lp]
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    for (i=2; i<=ndim; i=i+1) {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] + Memi[dv+i-1]
+		if (Memi[va+i-1] <= Memi[v2+i-1])
+		    break
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[v1+i-1]
+	    }
+	    if (i > ndim)
+		break
+	    call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Close mask until it is needed again.
+	call ic_mclose1 (image, nimages)
+
+	n = dp - data
+	if (n < 1) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (1, "Image section contains no pixels")
+	}
+
+	# Compute only statistics needed.
+	if (domode || domedian) {
+	    call asrts (Mems[data], Mems[data], n)
+	    mode = ic_modes (Mems[data], n)
+	    median = Mems[data+n/2-1]
+	}
+	if (domean)
+	    mean = asums (Mems[data], n) / n
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	NMIN	10	# Minimum number of pixels for mode calculation
+define	ZRANGE	0.7	# Fraction of pixels about median to use
+define	ZSTEP	0.01	# Step size for search for mode
+define	ZBIN	0.1	# Bin size for mode.
+
+# IC_MODE -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+# with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+# pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+# bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+# The input array must be sorted.
+
+short procedure ic_modes (a, n)
+
+short	a[n]			# Data array
+int	n			# Number of points
+
+int	i, j, k, nmax
+real	z1, z2, zstep, zbin
+short	mode
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	if (n < NMIN)
+	    return (a[n/2])
+
+	# Compute the mode.  The array must be sorted.  Consider a
+	# range of values about the median point.  Use a bin size which
+	# is ZBIN of the range.  Step the bin limits in ZSTEP fraction of
+	# the bin size.
+
+	i = 1 + n * (1. - ZRANGE) / 2.
+	j = 1 + n * (1. + ZRANGE) / 2.
+	z1 = a[i]
+	z2 = a[j]
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    mode = z1
+	    return (mode)
+	}
+
+	zstep = ZSTEP * (z2 - z1)
+	zbin = ZBIN * (z2 - z1)
+	zstep = max (1., zstep)
+	zbin = max (1., zbin)
+
+	z1 = z1 - zstep
+	k = i
+	nmax = 0
+	repeat {
+	    z1 = z1 + zstep
+	    z2 = z1 + zbin
+	    for (; i < j && a[i] < z1; i=i+1)
+		;
+	    for (; k < j && a[k] < z2; k=k+1)
+		;
+	    if (k - i > nmax) {
+	        nmax = k - i
+	        mode = a[(i+k)/2]
+	    }
+	} until (k >= j)
+
+	return (mode)
+end
+
+# IC_STAT -- Compute image statistics within specified section.
+# The image section is relative to a reference image which may be
+# different than the input image and may have an offset.  Only a
+# subsample of pixels is used.  Masked and thresholded pixels are
+# ignored.  Only the desired statistics are computed to increase
+# efficiency.
+
+procedure ic_stati (im, imref, section, offsets, image, nimages,
+	domode, domedian, domean, mode, median, mean)
+
+pointer	im			 # Data image
+pointer	imref			 # Reference image for image section
+char	section[ARB]		 # Image section
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	 # Image section offset from data to reference
+int	image			 # Image index (for mask I/O)
+int	nimages			 # Number of images in  offsets.
+bool	domode, domedian, domean # Statistics to compute
+real	mode, median, mean	 # Statistics
+
+int	i, j, ndim, n, nv
+real	a
+pointer	sp, v1, v2, dv, va, vb
+pointer	data, mask, dp, lp, mp, imgnli()
+
+real	asumi()
+int	ic_modei()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (dv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (va, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vb, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Determine the image section parameters.  This must be in terms of
+	# the data image pixel coordinates though the section may be specified
+	# in terms of the reference image coordinates.  Limit the number of
+	# pixels in each dimension to a maximum.
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (project)
+	    ndim = ndim - 1
+	call amovki (1, Memi[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[dv], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovi (IM_LEN(imref,1), Memi[vb], ndim)
+	call ic_section (section, Memi[va], Memi[vb], Memi[dv], ndim)
+	if (im != imref)
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+		Memi[vb+i-1] = Memi[vb+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+	    }
+
+	do j = 1, 10 {
+	    n = 1
+	    do i = 0, ndim-1 {
+		Memi[v1+i] = max (1, min (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[v2+i] = min (IM_LEN(im,i+1), max (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[dv+i] = j
+		nv = max (1, (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+		Memi[v2+i] = Memi[v1+i] + (nv - 1) * Memi[dv+i]
+		n = n * nv
+	    }
+	    if (n < NMAX)
+		break
+	}
+
+	call amovl (Memi[v1], Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	Memi[va] = 1
+	if (project)
+	   Memi[va+ndim] = image
+	call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Accumulate the pixel values within the section.  Masked pixels and
+	# thresholded pixels are ignored.
+
+	call salloc (data, n, TY_INT)
+	dp = data
+	while (imgnli (im, lp, Memi[vb]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_mget1 (im, image, nimages, offsets[image,1], Memi[va], mask)
+	    lp = lp + Memi[v1] - 1
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			a = Memi[lp]
+			if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+			    Memi[dp] = a
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			Memi[dp] = Memi[lp]
+			dp = dp + 1
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		mp = mask + Memi[v1] - 1
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    a = Memi[lp]
+			    if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+				Memi[dp] = a
+				dp = dp + 1
+			    }
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    Memi[dp] = Memi[lp]
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    for (i=2; i<=ndim; i=i+1) {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] + Memi[dv+i-1]
+		if (Memi[va+i-1] <= Memi[v2+i-1])
+		    break
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[v1+i-1]
+	    }
+	    if (i > ndim)
+		break
+	    call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Close mask until it is needed again.
+	call ic_mclose1 (image, nimages)
+
+	n = dp - data
+	if (n < 1) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (1, "Image section contains no pixels")
+	}
+
+	# Compute only statistics needed.
+	if (domode || domedian) {
+	    call asrti (Memi[data], Memi[data], n)
+	    mode = ic_modei (Memi[data], n)
+	    median = Memi[data+n/2-1]
+	}
+	if (domean)
+	    mean = asumi (Memi[data], n) / n
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	NMIN	10	# Minimum number of pixels for mode calculation
+define	ZRANGE	0.7	# Fraction of pixels about median to use
+define	ZSTEP	0.01	# Step size for search for mode
+define	ZBIN	0.1	# Bin size for mode.
+
+# IC_MODE -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+# with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+# pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+# bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+# The input array must be sorted.
+
+int procedure ic_modei (a, n)
+
+int	a[n]			# Data array
+int	n			# Number of points
+
+int	i, j, k, nmax
+real	z1, z2, zstep, zbin
+int	mode
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	if (n < NMIN)
+	    return (a[n/2])
+
+	# Compute the mode.  The array must be sorted.  Consider a
+	# range of values about the median point.  Use a bin size which
+	# is ZBIN of the range.  Step the bin limits in ZSTEP fraction of
+	# the bin size.
+
+	i = 1 + n * (1. - ZRANGE) / 2.
+	j = 1 + n * (1. + ZRANGE) / 2.
+	z1 = a[i]
+	z2 = a[j]
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    mode = z1
+	    return (mode)
+	}
+
+	zstep = ZSTEP * (z2 - z1)
+	zbin = ZBIN * (z2 - z1)
+	zstep = max (1., zstep)
+	zbin = max (1., zbin)
+
+	z1 = z1 - zstep
+	k = i
+	nmax = 0
+	repeat {
+	    z1 = z1 + zstep
+	    z2 = z1 + zbin
+	    for (; i < j && a[i] < z1; i=i+1)
+		;
+	    for (; k < j && a[k] < z2; k=k+1)
+		;
+	    if (k - i > nmax) {
+	        nmax = k - i
+	        mode = a[(i+k)/2]
+	    }
+	} until (k >= j)
+
+	return (mode)
+end
+
+# IC_STAT -- Compute image statistics within specified section.
+# The image section is relative to a reference image which may be
+# different than the input image and may have an offset.  Only a
+# subsample of pixels is used.  Masked and thresholded pixels are
+# ignored.  Only the desired statistics are computed to increase
+# efficiency.
+
+procedure ic_statr (im, imref, section, offsets, image, nimages,
+	domode, domedian, domean, mode, median, mean)
+
+pointer	im			 # Data image
+pointer	imref			 # Reference image for image section
+char	section[ARB]		 # Image section
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	 # Image section offset from data to reference
+int	image			 # Image index (for mask I/O)
+int	nimages			 # Number of images in  offsets.
+bool	domode, domedian, domean # Statistics to compute
+real	mode, median, mean	 # Statistics
+
+int	i, j, ndim, n, nv
+real	a
+pointer	sp, v1, v2, dv, va, vb
+pointer	data, mask, dp, lp, mp, imgnlr()
+
+real	asumr()
+real	ic_moder()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (dv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (va, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vb, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Determine the image section parameters.  This must be in terms of
+	# the data image pixel coordinates though the section may be specified
+	# in terms of the reference image coordinates.  Limit the number of
+	# pixels in each dimension to a maximum.
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (project)
+	    ndim = ndim - 1
+	call amovki (1, Memi[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[dv], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovi (IM_LEN(imref,1), Memi[vb], ndim)
+	call ic_section (section, Memi[va], Memi[vb], Memi[dv], ndim)
+	if (im != imref)
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+		Memi[vb+i-1] = Memi[vb+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+	    }
+
+	do j = 1, 10 {
+	    n = 1
+	    do i = 0, ndim-1 {
+		Memi[v1+i] = max (1, min (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[v2+i] = min (IM_LEN(im,i+1), max (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[dv+i] = j
+		nv = max (1, (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+		Memi[v2+i] = Memi[v1+i] + (nv - 1) * Memi[dv+i]
+		n = n * nv
+	    }
+	    if (n < NMAX)
+		break
+	}
+
+	call amovl (Memi[v1], Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	Memi[va] = 1
+	if (project)
+	   Memi[va+ndim] = image
+	call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Accumulate the pixel values within the section.  Masked pixels and
+	# thresholded pixels are ignored.
+
+	call salloc (data, n, TY_REAL)
+	dp = data
+	while (imgnlr (im, lp, Memi[vb]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_mget1 (im, image, nimages, offsets[image,1], Memi[va], mask)
+	    lp = lp + Memi[v1] - 1
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			a = Memr[lp]
+			if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+			    Memr[dp] = a
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			Memr[dp] = Memr[lp]
+			dp = dp + 1
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		mp = mask + Memi[v1] - 1
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    a = Memr[lp]
+			    if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+				Memr[dp] = a
+				dp = dp + 1
+			    }
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    Memr[dp] = Memr[lp]
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    for (i=2; i<=ndim; i=i+1) {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] + Memi[dv+i-1]
+		if (Memi[va+i-1] <= Memi[v2+i-1])
+		    break
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[v1+i-1]
+	    }
+	    if (i > ndim)
+		break
+	    call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Close mask until it is needed again.
+	call ic_mclose1 (image, nimages)
+
+	n = dp - data
+	if (n < 1) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (1, "Image section contains no pixels")
+	}
+
+	# Compute only statistics needed.
+	if (domode || domedian) {
+	    call asrtr (Memr[data], Memr[data], n)
+	    mode = ic_moder (Memr[data], n)
+	    median = Memr[data+n/2-1]
+	}
+	if (domean)
+	    mean = asumr (Memr[data], n) / n
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	NMIN	10	# Minimum number of pixels for mode calculation
+define	ZRANGE	0.7	# Fraction of pixels about median to use
+define	ZSTEP	0.01	# Step size for search for mode
+define	ZBIN	0.1	# Bin size for mode.
+
+# IC_MODE -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+# with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+# pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+# bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+# The input array must be sorted.
+
+real procedure ic_moder (a, n)
+
+real	a[n]			# Data array
+int	n			# Number of points
+
+int	i, j, k, nmax
+real	z1, z2, zstep, zbin
+real	mode
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	if (n < NMIN)
+	    return (a[n/2])
+
+	# Compute the mode.  The array must be sorted.  Consider a
+	# range of values about the median point.  Use a bin size which
+	# is ZBIN of the range.  Step the bin limits in ZSTEP fraction of
+	# the bin size.
+
+	i = 1 + n * (1. - ZRANGE) / 2.
+	j = 1 + n * (1. + ZRANGE) / 2.
+	z1 = a[i]
+	z2 = a[j]
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    mode = z1
+	    return (mode)
+	}
+
+	zstep = ZSTEP * (z2 - z1)
+	zbin = ZBIN * (z2 - z1)
+
+	z1 = z1 - zstep
+	k = i
+	nmax = 0
+	repeat {
+	    z1 = z1 + zstep
+	    z2 = z1 + zbin
+	    for (; i < j && a[i] < z1; i=i+1)
+		;
+	    for (; k < j && a[k] < z2; k=k+1)
+		;
+	    if (k - i > nmax) {
+	        nmax = k - i
+	        mode = a[(i+k)/2]
+	    }
+	} until (k >= j)
+
+	return (mode)
+end
+
+# IC_STAT -- Compute image statistics within specified section.
+# The image section is relative to a reference image which may be
+# different than the input image and may have an offset.  Only a
+# subsample of pixels is used.  Masked and thresholded pixels are
+# ignored.  Only the desired statistics are computed to increase
+# efficiency.
+
+procedure ic_statd (im, imref, section, offsets, image, nimages,
+	domode, domedian, domean, mode, median, mean)
+
+pointer	im			 # Data image
+pointer	imref			 # Reference image for image section
+char	section[ARB]		 # Image section
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	 # Image section offset from data to reference
+int	image			 # Image index (for mask I/O)
+int	nimages			 # Number of images in  offsets.
+bool	domode, domedian, domean # Statistics to compute
+real	mode, median, mean	 # Statistics
+
+int	i, j, ndim, n, nv
+real	a
+pointer	sp, v1, v2, dv, va, vb
+pointer	data, mask, dp, lp, mp, imgnld()
+
+double	asumd()
+double	ic_moded()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (dv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (va, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vb, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Determine the image section parameters.  This must be in terms of
+	# the data image pixel coordinates though the section may be specified
+	# in terms of the reference image coordinates.  Limit the number of
+	# pixels in each dimension to a maximum.
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (project)
+	    ndim = ndim - 1
+	call amovki (1, Memi[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[dv], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovi (IM_LEN(imref,1), Memi[vb], ndim)
+	call ic_section (section, Memi[va], Memi[vb], Memi[dv], ndim)
+	if (im != imref)
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+		Memi[vb+i-1] = Memi[vb+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+	    }
+
+	do j = 1, 10 {
+	    n = 1
+	    do i = 0, ndim-1 {
+		Memi[v1+i] = max (1, min (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[v2+i] = min (IM_LEN(im,i+1), max (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[dv+i] = j
+		nv = max (1, (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+		Memi[v2+i] = Memi[v1+i] + (nv - 1) * Memi[dv+i]
+		n = n * nv
+	    }
+	    if (n < NMAX)
+		break
+	}
+
+	call amovl (Memi[v1], Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	Memi[va] = 1
+	if (project)
+	   Memi[va+ndim] = image
+	call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Accumulate the pixel values within the section.  Masked pixels and
+	# thresholded pixels are ignored.
+
+	call salloc (data, n, TY_DOUBLE)
+	dp = data
+	while (imgnld (im, lp, Memi[vb]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_mget1 (im, image, nimages, offsets[image,1], Memi[va], mask)
+	    lp = lp + Memi[v1] - 1
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			a = Memd[lp]
+			if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+			    Memd[dp] = a
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			Memd[dp] = Memd[lp]
+			dp = dp + 1
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		mp = mask + Memi[v1] - 1
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    a = Memd[lp]
+			    if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+				Memd[dp] = a
+				dp = dp + 1
+			    }
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    Memd[dp] = Memd[lp]
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    for (i=2; i<=ndim; i=i+1) {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] + Memi[dv+i-1]
+		if (Memi[va+i-1] <= Memi[v2+i-1])
+		    break
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[v1+i-1]
+	    }
+	    if (i > ndim)
+		break
+	    call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Close mask until it is needed again.
+	call ic_mclose1 (image, nimages)
+
+	n = dp - data
+	if (n < 1) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (1, "Image section contains no pixels")
+	}
+
+	# Compute only statistics needed.
+	if (domode || domedian) {
+	    call asrtd (Memd[data], Memd[data], n)
+	    mode = ic_moded (Memd[data], n)
+	    median = Memd[data+n/2-1]
+	}
+	if (domean)
+	    mean = asumd (Memd[data], n) / n
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	NMIN	10	# Minimum number of pixels for mode calculation
+define	ZRANGE	0.7	# Fraction of pixels about median to use
+define	ZSTEP	0.01	# Step size for search for mode
+define	ZBIN	0.1	# Bin size for mode.
+
+# IC_MODE -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+# with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+# pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+# bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+# The input array must be sorted.
+
+double procedure ic_moded (a, n)
+
+double	a[n]			# Data array
+int	n			# Number of points
+
+int	i, j, k, nmax
+real	z1, z2, zstep, zbin
+double	mode
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	if (n < NMIN)
+	    return (a[n/2])
+
+	# Compute the mode.  The array must be sorted.  Consider a
+	# range of values about the median point.  Use a bin size which
+	# is ZBIN of the range.  Step the bin limits in ZSTEP fraction of
+	# the bin size.
+
+	i = 1 + n * (1. - ZRANGE) / 2.
+	j = 1 + n * (1. + ZRANGE) / 2.
+	z1 = a[i]
+	z2 = a[j]
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    mode = z1
+	    return (mode)
+	}
+
+	zstep = ZSTEP * (z2 - z1)
+	zbin = ZBIN * (z2 - z1)
+
+	z1 = z1 - zstep
+	k = i
+	nmax = 0
+	repeat {
+	    z1 = z1 + zstep
+	    z2 = z1 + zbin
+	    for (; i < j && a[i] < z1; i=i+1)
+		;
+	    for (; k < j && a[k] < z2; k=k+1)
+		;
+	    if (k - i > nmax) {
+	        nmax = k - i
+	        mode = a[(i+k)/2]
+	    }
+	} until (k >= j)
+
+	return (mode)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af2fd0a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Make IMCOMBINE.
+
+$checkout libimc.a lib$
+$update   libimc.a
+$checkin  libimc.a lib$
+$exit
+
+libimc.a:
+	icaclip.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h
+	icaverage.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h <imhdr.h>
+	iccclip.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h
+	icgdata.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h <imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+	icgrow.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h <imhdr.h> <pmset.h>
+	icmedian.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h
+	icmm.x		../icombine.com ../icombine.h
+	icnmodel.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h <imhdr.h>
+	icomb.x		../icombine.com ../icombine.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>\
+			<imset.h> <mach.h> <pmset.h> <syserr.h>
+	icpclip.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h
+	icquad.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h <imhdr.h>
+	icsclip.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h
+	icsigma.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h <imhdr.h>
+	icsort.x	
+	icstat.x	../icombine.com ../icombine.h <imhdr.h>
+
+	xtimmap.x	xtimmap.com <config.h> <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/xtimmap.com b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/xtimmap.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57fcb8a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/xtimmap.com
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+int	option
+int	nopen
+int	nopenpix
+int	nalloc
+int	last_flag
+int	min_open
+int	max_openim
+pointer	ims
+common	/xtimmapcom/ option, ims, nopen, nopenpix, nalloc, last_flag, min_open, max_openim
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/xtimmap.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/xtimmap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fcc53124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/generic/xtimmap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1207 @@
+include	<syserr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<config.h>
+
+# The following is for compiling under V2.11.
+define	IM_BUFFRAC	IM_BUFSIZE
+include	<imset.h>
+
+define	VERBOSE		false
+
+# These routines maintain an arbitrary number of indexed "open" images which
+# must be READ_ONLY.  The calling program may use the returned pointer for
+# header accesses but must call xt_opix before I/O.  Subsequent calls to
+# xt_opix may invalidate the pointer.  The xt_imunmap call will free memory.
+
+define	MAX_OPENIM	(LAST_FD-16)		# Maximum images kept open
+define	MAX_OPENPIX	45			# Maximum pixel files kept open
+
+define	XT_SZIMNAME	299			# Size of IMNAME string
+define	XT_LEN		179			# Structure length
+define	XT_IMNAME	Memc[P2C($1)]		# Image name
+define	XT_ARG		Memi[$1+150]		# IMMAP header argument
+define	XT_IM		Memi[$1+151]		# IMIO pointer
+define	XT_HDR		Memi[$1+152]		# Copy of IMIO pointer
+define	XT_CLOSEFD	Memi[$1+153]		# Close FD?
+define	XT_FLAG		Memi[$1+154]		# Flag
+define	XT_BUFSIZE	Memi[$1+155]		# Buffer size
+define	XT_BUF		Memi[$1+156]		# Data buffer
+define	XT_BTYPE	Memi[$1+157]		# Data buffer type
+define	XT_VS		Memi[$1+157+$2]		# Start vector (10)
+define	XT_VE		Memi[$1+167+$2]		# End vector (10)
+
+# Options
+define	XT_MAPUNMAP	1	# Map and unmap images.
+
+# XT_IMMAP -- Map an image and save it as an indexed open image.
+# The returned pointer may be used for header access but not I/O.
+# The indexed image is closed by xt_imunmap.
+
+pointer procedure xt_immap (imname, acmode, hdr_arg, index, retry)
+
+char	imname[ARB]		#I Image name
+int	acmode			#I Access mode
+int	hdr_arg			#I Header argument
+int	index			#I Save index
+int	retry			#I Retry counter
+pointer	im			#O Image pointer (returned)
+
+int	i, envgeti()
+pointer	xt, xt_opix()
+errchk	xt_opix
+
+int	first_time
+data	first_time /YES/
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	if (acmode != READ_ONLY)
+	    call error (1, "XT_IMMAP: Only READ_ONLY allowed")
+
+	# Set maximum number of open images based on retry.
+	if (retry > 0)
+	    max_openim = min (1024, MAX_OPENIM) / retry
+	else
+	    max_openim = MAX_OPENIM
+
+	# Initialize once per process.
+	if (first_time == YES) {
+	    iferr (option = envgeti ("imcombine_option"))
+		option = 1
+	    min_open = 1
+	    nopen = 0
+	    nopenpix = 0
+	    nalloc = max_openim
+	    call calloc (ims, nalloc, TY_POINTER)
+	    first_time = NO
+	}
+
+	# Free image if needed.
+	call xt_imunmap (NULL, index)
+
+	# Allocate structure.
+	if (index > nalloc) {
+	    i = nalloc
+	    nalloc = index + max_openim
+	    call realloc (ims, nalloc, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call amovki (NULL, Memi[ims+i], nalloc-i)
+	}
+	call calloc (xt, XT_LEN, TY_STRUCT)
+	Memi[ims+index-1] = xt
+
+	# Initialize.
+	call strcpy (imname, XT_IMNAME(xt), XT_SZIMNAME)
+	XT_ARG(xt) = hdr_arg
+	XT_IM(xt) = NULL
+	XT_HDR(xt) = NULL
+
+	# Open image.
+	last_flag = 0
+	im = xt_opix (NULL, index, 0)
+
+	# Make copy of IMIO pointer for header keyword access.
+	call malloc (XT_HDR(xt), LEN_IMDES+IM_HDRLEN(im)+1, TY_STRUCT)
+	call amovi (Memi[im], Memi[XT_HDR(xt)], LEN_IMDES)
+	call amovi (IM_MAGIC(im), IM_MAGIC(XT_HDR(xt)), IM_HDRLEN(im)+1)
+
+	return (XT_HDR(xt))
+end
+
+
+# XT_OPIX -- Open the image for I/O.
+# If the image has not been mapped return the default pointer.
+
+pointer	procedure xt_opix (imdef, index, flag)
+
+int	index			#I index
+pointer	imdef			#I Default pointer
+int	flag			#I Flag
+
+int	i, open(), imstati()
+pointer	im, xt, xt1, immap()
+errchk	open, immap, imunmap
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get index pointer.
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	# Use default pointer if index has not been mapped.
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return (imdef)
+
+	# Close images not accessed during previous line.
+	# In normal usage this should only occur once per line over all
+	# indexed images.
+	if (flag != last_flag) {
+	    do i = 1, nalloc {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL || XT_FLAG(xt1) == last_flag)
+		    next
+		if (VERBOSE) {
+		    call eprintf ("%d: xt_opix imunmap %s\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		}
+		call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		call mfree (XT_BUF(xt1), XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+		nopen = nopen - 1
+		if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Optimize the file I/O.
+	    do i = nalloc, 1, -1 {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL)
+		    next
+		min_open = i
+		if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			next
+		    XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) = NO
+		    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    last_flag = flag
+	}
+
+	# Return pointer for already opened images.
+	im = XT_IM(xt)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+	    return (im)
+	}
+
+	# Handle more images than the maximum that can be open at one time.
+	if (nopen >= max_openim) {
+	    if (option == XT_MAPUNMAP || flag == 0) {
+		do i = min_open, nalloc {
+		    xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		    if (xt1 == NULL)
+			next
+		    im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		    if (im == NULL)
+			next
+		    if (VERBOSE) {
+			call eprintf ("%d: imunmap %s\n")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		    nopen = nopen - 1
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+		    min_open = i + 1
+		    break
+		}
+		if (index <= min_open)
+		    min_open = index
+		else {
+		    do i = min_open, nalloc {
+			xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+			if (xt1 == NULL)
+			    next
+			im = XT_IM(xt1)
+			if (im == NULL)
+			    next
+			min_open = i
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# Check here because we can't catch error in immap.
+		i = open ("dev$null", READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)
+		call close (i)
+		if (i == LAST_FD - 1)
+		    call error (SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, "Too many open files")
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Open image.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_opix immap %s\n")
+	        call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	im = immap (XT_IMNAME(xt), READ_ONLY, XT_ARG(xt))
+	XT_IM(xt) = im
+	if (!IS_INDEFI(XT_BUFSIZE(xt)))
+	    call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, XT_BUFSIZE(xt))
+	else
+	    XT_BUFSIZE(xt) = imstati (im, IM_BUFSIZE)
+	nopen = nopen + 1
+	XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = YES
+	if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+	    XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = NO
+	    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+	}
+	if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == YES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+
+	return (im)
+end
+
+
+# XT_CPIX -- Close image.
+
+procedure xt_cpix (index)
+
+int	index			#I index
+
+pointer	xt
+errchk	imunmap
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (VERBOSE) {
+		call eprintf ("%d: xt_cpix imunmap %s\n")
+		    call pargi (index)
+		    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	    }
+	    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt))
+	    nopen = nopen - 1
+	    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == NO)
+		nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	}
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+end
+
+
+# XT_IMSETI -- Set IMIO value.
+
+procedure xt_imseti (index, param, value)
+
+int	index			#I index
+int	param			#I IMSET parameter
+int	value			#I Value
+
+pointer	xt
+bool	streq()
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	if (xt == NULL) {
+	    if (streq (param, "option"))
+		option = value
+	} else {
+	    if (streq (param, "bufsize")) {
+		XT_BUFSIZE(xt) = value
+		if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (XT_IM(xt), IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (XT_IM(xt), IM_BUFSIZE, value)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# XT_IMUNMAP -- Unmap indexed open image.
+# The header pointer is set to NULL to indicate the image has been closed.
+
+procedure xt_imunmap (im, index)
+
+int	im			#U IMIO header pointer
+int	index			#I index
+
+pointer	xt
+errchk	imunmap
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Check for an indexed image.  If it is not unmap the pointer
+	# as a regular IMIO pointer.
+
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+	if (xt == NULL) {
+	    if (im != NULL)
+		call imunmap (im)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Close indexed image.
+	if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (VERBOSE) {
+		call eprintf ("%d: xt_imunmap imunmap %s\n")
+		    call pargi (index)
+		    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	    }
+	    iferr (call imunmap (XT_IM(xt))) {
+		XT_IM(xt) = NULL
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    }
+	    nopen = nopen - 1
+	    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == NO)
+		nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    if (index == min_open)
+		min_open = 1
+	}
+
+	# Free any buffered memory.
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+
+	# Free header pointer.  Note that if the supplied pointer is not
+	# header pointer then it is not set to NULL.
+	if (XT_HDR(xt) == im)
+	    im = NULL
+	call mfree (XT_HDR(xt), TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Free save structure.
+	call mfree (Memi[ims+index-1], TY_STRUCT)
+	Memi[ims+index-1] = NULL
+end
+
+
+# XT_MINHDR -- Minimize header assuming keywords will not be accessed.
+
+procedure xt_minhdr (index)
+
+int	index			#I index
+
+pointer	xt
+errchk	realloc
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Check for an indexed image.  If it is not unmap the pointer
+	# as a regular IMIO pointer.
+
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Minimize header pointer.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_minhdr %s\n")
+		call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	call realloc (XT_HDR(xt), IMU+1, TY_STRUCT)
+	if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL)
+	    call realloc (XT_IM(xt), IMU+1, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# XT_REINDEX -- Reindex open images.
+# This is used when some images are closed by xt_imunmap.  It is up to
+# the calling program to reindex the header pointers and to subsequently
+# use the new index values.
+
+procedure xt_reindex ()
+
+int	old, new
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	new = 0
+	do old = 0, nalloc-1 {
+	    if (Memi[ims+old] == NULL)
+		next
+	    Memi[ims+new] = Memi[ims+old]
+	    new = new + 1
+	}
+	do old = new, nalloc-1
+	    Memi[ims+old] = NULL
+end
+
+
+
+# XT_IMGNL -- Return the next line for the indexed image.
+# Possibly unmap another image if too many files are open.
+# Buffer data when an image is unmmaped to minimize the mapping of images.
+# If the requested index has not been mapped use the default pointer.
+
+int procedure xt_imgnls (imdef, index, buf, v, flag)
+
+pointer	imdef			#I Default pointer
+int	index			#I index
+pointer	buf			#O Data buffer
+long	v[ARB]			#I Line vector
+int	flag			#I Flag (=output line)
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, open(), imgnls(), sizeof(), imloop()
+pointer	im, xt, xt1, ptr, immap(), imggss()
+errchk	open, immap, imgnls, imggss, imunmap
+
+long	unit_v[IM_MAXDIM]
+data	unit_v /IM_MAXDIM * 1/
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get index pointer.
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	# Use default pointer if index has not been mapped.
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return (imgnls (imdef, buf, v))
+
+	# Close images not accessed during previous line.
+	# In normal usage this should only occur once per line over all
+	# indexed images.
+	if (flag != last_flag) {
+	    do i = 1, nalloc {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL || XT_FLAG(xt1) == last_flag)
+		    next
+		if (VERBOSE) {
+		    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		}
+		call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		call mfree (XT_BUF(xt1), XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+		nopen = nopen - 1
+		if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Optimize the file I/O.
+	    do i = nalloc, 1, -1 {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL)
+		    next
+		min_open = i
+		if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			next
+		    XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) = NO
+		    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    last_flag = flag
+	}
+
+	# Use IMIO for already opened images.
+	im = XT_IM(xt)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+	    return (imgnls (im, buf, v))
+	}
+
+	# If the image is not currently mapped use the stored header.
+	im = XT_HDR(xt)
+
+	# Check for EOF.
+	i = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (v[i] > IM_LEN(im,i))
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	# Check for buffered data.
+	if (XT_BUF(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (v[2] >= XT_VS(xt,2) && v[2] <= XT_VE(xt,2)) {
+		if (XT_BTYPE(xt) != TY_SHORT)
+		    call error (1, "Cannot mix data types")
+		nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		buf = XT_BUF(xt) + (v[2]-XT_VS(xt,2)) * IM_LEN(im,1)
+		XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+		if (i == 1)
+		    v[1] = nc + 1
+		else
+		    j = imloop (v, unit_v, IM_LEN(im,1), unit_v, i)
+		return (nc)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Handle more images than the maximum that can be open at one time.
+	if (nopen >= max_openim) {
+	    if (option == XT_MAPUNMAP || v[2] == 0) {
+		do i = min_open, nalloc {
+		    xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		    if (xt1 == NULL)
+			next
+		    im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		    if (im == NULL)
+			next
+
+		    # Buffer some number of lines.
+		    nl = XT_BUFSIZE(xt1) / sizeof (TY_SHORT) / IM_LEN(im,1)
+		    if (nl > 1) {
+			nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VS(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VE(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			XT_VS(xt1,1) = 1
+			XT_VE(xt1,1) = nc
+			XT_VE(xt1,2) = min (XT_VS(xt1,2)+(nl-1), IM_LEN(im,2))
+			nl = XT_VE(xt1,2) - XT_VS(xt1,2) + 1
+			XT_BTYPE(xt1) = TY_SHORT
+			call malloc (XT_BUF(xt1), nl*nc, XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+			ptr = imggss (im, XT_VS(xt1,1), XT_VE(xt1,1),
+			   IM_NDIM(im))
+			call amovs (Mems[ptr], Mems[XT_BUF(xt1)], nl*nc)
+		    }
+
+		    if (VERBOSE) {
+			call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		    nopen = nopen - 1
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+		    min_open = i + 1
+		    break
+		}
+		if (index <= min_open)
+		    min_open = index
+		else {
+		    do i = min_open, nalloc {
+			xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+			if (xt1 == NULL)
+			    next
+			if (XT_IM(xt1) == NULL)
+			    next
+			min_open = i
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# Check here because we can't catch error in immap.
+		i = open ("dev$null", READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)
+		call close (i)
+		if (i == LAST_FD - 1)
+		    call error (SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, "Too many open files")
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Open image.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl immap %s\n")
+	        call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	im = immap (XT_IMNAME(xt), READ_ONLY, XT_ARG(xt))
+	XT_IM(xt) = im
+	call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, XT_BUFSIZE(xt))
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+	nopen = nopen + 1
+	XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = YES
+	if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+	    XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = NO
+	    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+	}
+	if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == YES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+
+	return (imgnls (im, buf, v))
+end
+
+# XT_IMGNL -- Return the next line for the indexed image.
+# Possibly unmap another image if too many files are open.
+# Buffer data when an image is unmmaped to minimize the mapping of images.
+# If the requested index has not been mapped use the default pointer.
+
+int procedure xt_imgnli (imdef, index, buf, v, flag)
+
+pointer	imdef			#I Default pointer
+int	index			#I index
+pointer	buf			#O Data buffer
+long	v[ARB]			#I Line vector
+int	flag			#I Flag (=output line)
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, open(), imgnli(), sizeof(), imloop()
+pointer	im, xt, xt1, ptr, immap(), imggsi()
+errchk	open, immap, imgnli, imggsi, imunmap
+
+long	unit_v[IM_MAXDIM]
+data	unit_v /IM_MAXDIM * 1/
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get index pointer.
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	# Use default pointer if index has not been mapped.
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return (imgnli (imdef, buf, v))
+
+	# Close images not accessed during previous line.
+	# In normal usage this should only occur once per line over all
+	# indexed images.
+	if (flag != last_flag) {
+	    do i = 1, nalloc {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL || XT_FLAG(xt1) == last_flag)
+		    next
+		if (VERBOSE) {
+		    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		}
+		call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		call mfree (XT_BUF(xt1), XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+		nopen = nopen - 1
+		if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Optimize the file I/O.
+	    do i = nalloc, 1, -1 {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL)
+		    next
+		min_open = i
+		if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			next
+		    XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) = NO
+		    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    last_flag = flag
+	}
+
+	# Use IMIO for already opened images.
+	im = XT_IM(xt)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+	    return (imgnli (im, buf, v))
+	}
+
+	# If the image is not currently mapped use the stored header.
+	im = XT_HDR(xt)
+
+	# Check for EOF.
+	i = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (v[i] > IM_LEN(im,i))
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	# Check for buffered data.
+	if (XT_BUF(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (v[2] >= XT_VS(xt,2) && v[2] <= XT_VE(xt,2)) {
+		if (XT_BTYPE(xt) != TY_INT)
+		    call error (1, "Cannot mix data types")
+		nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		buf = XT_BUF(xt) + (v[2]-XT_VS(xt,2)) * IM_LEN(im,1)
+		XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+		if (i == 1)
+		    v[1] = nc + 1
+		else
+		    j = imloop (v, unit_v, IM_LEN(im,1), unit_v, i)
+		return (nc)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Handle more images than the maximum that can be open at one time.
+	if (nopen >= max_openim) {
+	    if (option == XT_MAPUNMAP || v[2] == 0) {
+		do i = min_open, nalloc {
+		    xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		    if (xt1 == NULL)
+			next
+		    im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		    if (im == NULL)
+			next
+
+		    # Buffer some number of lines.
+		    nl = XT_BUFSIZE(xt1) / sizeof (TY_INT) / IM_LEN(im,1)
+		    if (nl > 1) {
+			nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VS(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VE(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			XT_VS(xt1,1) = 1
+			XT_VE(xt1,1) = nc
+			XT_VE(xt1,2) = min (XT_VS(xt1,2)+(nl-1), IM_LEN(im,2))
+			nl = XT_VE(xt1,2) - XT_VS(xt1,2) + 1
+			XT_BTYPE(xt1) = TY_INT
+			call malloc (XT_BUF(xt1), nl*nc, XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+			ptr = imggsi (im, XT_VS(xt1,1), XT_VE(xt1,1),
+			   IM_NDIM(im))
+			call amovi (Memi[ptr], Memi[XT_BUF(xt1)], nl*nc)
+		    }
+
+		    if (VERBOSE) {
+			call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		    nopen = nopen - 1
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+		    min_open = i + 1
+		    break
+		}
+		if (index <= min_open)
+		    min_open = index
+		else {
+		    do i = min_open, nalloc {
+			xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+			if (xt1 == NULL)
+			    next
+			if (XT_IM(xt1) == NULL)
+			    next
+			min_open = i
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# Check here because we can't catch error in immap.
+		i = open ("dev$null", READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)
+		call close (i)
+		if (i == LAST_FD - 1)
+		    call error (SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, "Too many open files")
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Open image.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl immap %s\n")
+	        call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	im = immap (XT_IMNAME(xt), READ_ONLY, XT_ARG(xt))
+	XT_IM(xt) = im
+	call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, XT_BUFSIZE(xt))
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+	nopen = nopen + 1
+	XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = YES
+	if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+	    XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = NO
+	    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+	}
+	if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == YES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+
+	return (imgnli (im, buf, v))
+end
+
+# XT_IMGNL -- Return the next line for the indexed image.
+# Possibly unmap another image if too many files are open.
+# Buffer data when an image is unmmaped to minimize the mapping of images.
+# If the requested index has not been mapped use the default pointer.
+
+int procedure xt_imgnlr (imdef, index, buf, v, flag)
+
+pointer	imdef			#I Default pointer
+int	index			#I index
+pointer	buf			#O Data buffer
+long	v[ARB]			#I Line vector
+int	flag			#I Flag (=output line)
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, open(), imgnlr(), sizeof(), imloop()
+pointer	im, xt, xt1, ptr, immap(), imggsr()
+errchk	open, immap, imgnlr, imggsr, imunmap
+
+long	unit_v[IM_MAXDIM]
+data	unit_v /IM_MAXDIM * 1/
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get index pointer.
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	# Use default pointer if index has not been mapped.
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return (imgnlr (imdef, buf, v))
+
+	# Close images not accessed during previous line.
+	# In normal usage this should only occur once per line over all
+	# indexed images.
+	if (flag != last_flag) {
+	    do i = 1, nalloc {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL || XT_FLAG(xt1) == last_flag)
+		    next
+		if (VERBOSE) {
+		    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		}
+		call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		call mfree (XT_BUF(xt1), XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+		nopen = nopen - 1
+		if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Optimize the file I/O.
+	    do i = nalloc, 1, -1 {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL)
+		    next
+		min_open = i
+		if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			next
+		    XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) = NO
+		    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    last_flag = flag
+	}
+
+	# Use IMIO for already opened images.
+	im = XT_IM(xt)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+	    return (imgnlr (im, buf, v))
+	}
+
+	# If the image is not currently mapped use the stored header.
+	im = XT_HDR(xt)
+
+	# Check for EOF.
+	i = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (v[i] > IM_LEN(im,i))
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	# Check for buffered data.
+	if (XT_BUF(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (v[2] >= XT_VS(xt,2) && v[2] <= XT_VE(xt,2)) {
+		if (XT_BTYPE(xt) != TY_REAL)
+		    call error (1, "Cannot mix data types")
+		nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		buf = XT_BUF(xt) + (v[2]-XT_VS(xt,2)) * IM_LEN(im,1)
+		XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+		if (i == 1)
+		    v[1] = nc + 1
+		else
+		    j = imloop (v, unit_v, IM_LEN(im,1), unit_v, i)
+		return (nc)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Handle more images than the maximum that can be open at one time.
+	if (nopen >= max_openim) {
+	    if (option == XT_MAPUNMAP || v[2] == 0) {
+		do i = min_open, nalloc {
+		    xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		    if (xt1 == NULL)
+			next
+		    im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		    if (im == NULL)
+			next
+
+		    # Buffer some number of lines.
+		    nl = XT_BUFSIZE(xt1) / sizeof (TY_REAL) / IM_LEN(im,1)
+		    if (nl > 1) {
+			nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VS(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VE(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			XT_VS(xt1,1) = 1
+			XT_VE(xt1,1) = nc
+			XT_VE(xt1,2) = min (XT_VS(xt1,2)+(nl-1), IM_LEN(im,2))
+			nl = XT_VE(xt1,2) - XT_VS(xt1,2) + 1
+			XT_BTYPE(xt1) = TY_REAL
+			call malloc (XT_BUF(xt1), nl*nc, XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+			ptr = imggsr (im, XT_VS(xt1,1), XT_VE(xt1,1),
+			   IM_NDIM(im))
+			call amovr (Memr[ptr], Memr[XT_BUF(xt1)], nl*nc)
+		    }
+
+		    if (VERBOSE) {
+			call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		    nopen = nopen - 1
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+		    min_open = i + 1
+		    break
+		}
+		if (index <= min_open)
+		    min_open = index
+		else {
+		    do i = min_open, nalloc {
+			xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+			if (xt1 == NULL)
+			    next
+			if (XT_IM(xt1) == NULL)
+			    next
+			min_open = i
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# Check here because we can't catch error in immap.
+		i = open ("dev$null", READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)
+		call close (i)
+		if (i == LAST_FD - 1)
+		    call error (SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, "Too many open files")
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Open image.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl immap %s\n")
+	        call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	im = immap (XT_IMNAME(xt), READ_ONLY, XT_ARG(xt))
+	XT_IM(xt) = im
+	call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, XT_BUFSIZE(xt))
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+	nopen = nopen + 1
+	XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = YES
+	if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+	    XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = NO
+	    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+	}
+	if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == YES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+
+	return (imgnlr (im, buf, v))
+end
+
+# XT_IMGNL -- Return the next line for the indexed image.
+# Possibly unmap another image if too many files are open.
+# Buffer data when an image is unmmaped to minimize the mapping of images.
+# If the requested index has not been mapped use the default pointer.
+
+int procedure xt_imgnld (imdef, index, buf, v, flag)
+
+pointer	imdef			#I Default pointer
+int	index			#I index
+pointer	buf			#O Data buffer
+long	v[ARB]			#I Line vector
+int	flag			#I Flag (=output line)
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, open(), imgnld(), sizeof(), imloop()
+pointer	im, xt, xt1, ptr, immap(), imggsd()
+errchk	open, immap, imgnld, imggsd, imunmap
+
+long	unit_v[IM_MAXDIM]
+data	unit_v /IM_MAXDIM * 1/
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get index pointer.
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	# Use default pointer if index has not been mapped.
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return (imgnld (imdef, buf, v))
+
+	# Close images not accessed during previous line.
+	# In normal usage this should only occur once per line over all
+	# indexed images.
+	if (flag != last_flag) {
+	    do i = 1, nalloc {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL || XT_FLAG(xt1) == last_flag)
+		    next
+		if (VERBOSE) {
+		    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		}
+		call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		call mfree (XT_BUF(xt1), XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+		nopen = nopen - 1
+		if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Optimize the file I/O.
+	    do i = nalloc, 1, -1 {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL)
+		    next
+		min_open = i
+		if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			next
+		    XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) = NO
+		    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    last_flag = flag
+	}
+
+	# Use IMIO for already opened images.
+	im = XT_IM(xt)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+	    return (imgnld (im, buf, v))
+	}
+
+	# If the image is not currently mapped use the stored header.
+	im = XT_HDR(xt)
+
+	# Check for EOF.
+	i = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (v[i] > IM_LEN(im,i))
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	# Check for buffered data.
+	if (XT_BUF(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (v[2] >= XT_VS(xt,2) && v[2] <= XT_VE(xt,2)) {
+		if (XT_BTYPE(xt) != TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call error (1, "Cannot mix data types")
+		nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		buf = XT_BUF(xt) + (v[2]-XT_VS(xt,2)) * IM_LEN(im,1)
+		XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+		if (i == 1)
+		    v[1] = nc + 1
+		else
+		    j = imloop (v, unit_v, IM_LEN(im,1), unit_v, i)
+		return (nc)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Handle more images than the maximum that can be open at one time.
+	if (nopen >= max_openim) {
+	    if (option == XT_MAPUNMAP || v[2] == 0) {
+		do i = min_open, nalloc {
+		    xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		    if (xt1 == NULL)
+			next
+		    im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		    if (im == NULL)
+			next
+
+		    # Buffer some number of lines.
+		    nl = XT_BUFSIZE(xt1) / sizeof (TY_DOUBLE) / IM_LEN(im,1)
+		    if (nl > 1) {
+			nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VS(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VE(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			XT_VS(xt1,1) = 1
+			XT_VE(xt1,1) = nc
+			XT_VE(xt1,2) = min (XT_VS(xt1,2)+(nl-1), IM_LEN(im,2))
+			nl = XT_VE(xt1,2) - XT_VS(xt1,2) + 1
+			XT_BTYPE(xt1) = TY_DOUBLE
+			call malloc (XT_BUF(xt1), nl*nc, XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+			ptr = imggsd (im, XT_VS(xt1,1), XT_VE(xt1,1),
+			   IM_NDIM(im))
+			call amovd (Memd[ptr], Memd[XT_BUF(xt1)], nl*nc)
+		    }
+
+		    if (VERBOSE) {
+			call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		    nopen = nopen - 1
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+		    min_open = i + 1
+		    break
+		}
+		if (index <= min_open)
+		    min_open = index
+		else {
+		    do i = min_open, nalloc {
+			xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+			if (xt1 == NULL)
+			    next
+			if (XT_IM(xt1) == NULL)
+			    next
+			min_open = i
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# Check here because we can't catch error in immap.
+		i = open ("dev$null", READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)
+		call close (i)
+		if (i == LAST_FD - 1)
+		    call error (SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, "Too many open files")
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Open image.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl immap %s\n")
+	        call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	im = immap (XT_IMNAME(xt), READ_ONLY, XT_ARG(xt))
+	XT_IM(xt) = im
+	call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, XT_BUFSIZE(xt))
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+	nopen = nopen + 1
+	XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = YES
+	if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+	    XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = NO
+	    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+	}
+	if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == YES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+
+	return (imgnld (im, buf, v))
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaclip.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaclip.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de3b04d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaclip.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		3	# Minimum number of images for this algorithm
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_AAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the average
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_aavsigclip$t (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+$else
+PIXEL	average[npts]		# Average
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, s1, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+$else
+PIXEL	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, s1, r, one
+data	one /1$f/
+$endif
+pointer	sp, sums, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (sums, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Since the unweighted average is computed here possibly skip combining
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Compute the unweighted average with the high and low rejected and
+	# the poisson scaled average sigma.  There must be at least three
+	# pixels at each point to define the average and contributions to
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3)
+		next
+
+	    # Unweighted average with the high and low rejected
+	    low = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    dp1 = d[j] + k
+		    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+		    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+		    l = Memi[mp1]
+		    s1 = max (one, (a + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (d1 - a) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, a)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the average and sum for later.
+	    average[i] = a
+	    Memr[sums+k] = sum
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    s = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+
+	# Reject pixels and compute the final average (if needed).
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point for rejection.
+	# Iteratively scale the mean sigma and reject pixels
+	# Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (2, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    a = average[i]
+	    sum = Memr[sums+k]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (s > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+			    l = Memi[mp1]
+			    s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, (a+zeros[l]) /  scales[l]))
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = s * sqrt (max (one, a))
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s1
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MAVSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using an average sigma about the median
+# The average sigma is normalized by the expected poisson sigma.
+
+procedure ic_mavsigclip$t (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+$else
+PIXEL	median[npts]		# Median
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	med, low, high, sig, r, s, s1, one
+data	one /1.0/
+$else
+PIXEL	med, low, high, sig, r, s, s1, one
+data	one /1$f/
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the poisson scaled average sigma about the median.
+	# There must be at least three pixels at each point to define
+	# the mean sigma.  Corrections for differences in the image
+	# scale factors are selected by the doscale1 flag.
+
+	s = 0.
+	n2 = 0
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (n1 < 3) {
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    median[i] = blank
+		else if (n1 == 1)
+		    median[i] = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		else {
+		    low = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+		    median[i] = (low + high) / 2.
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Median
+	    n3 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		low = Mem$t[d[n3-1]+k]
+		high = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+		med = (low + high) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+
+	    # Poisson scaled sigma accumulation
+	    if (doscale1) {
+		do j = 1, n1 {
+		    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+		    s1 = max (one, (med + zeros[l]) /  scales[l])
+		    s = s + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = max (one, med)
+		do j = 1, n1
+		    s = s + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2 / s1
+	    }
+	    n2 = n2 + n1
+
+	    # Save the median for later.
+	    median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Here is the final sigma.
+	if (n2 > 1)
+	    sig = sqrt (s / (n2 - 1))
+	else {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute individual sigmas and iteratively clip.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep+1))
+		next
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+	    med = median[i]
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) && sig > 0.) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (med - Mem$t[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, (med+zeros[l])/scales[l]))
+			    r = (Mem$t[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			s1 = sig * sqrt (max (one, med))
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    r = (med - Mem$t[d[nl]+k]) / s1
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    r = (Mem$t[d[nh]+k] - med) / s1
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    # Recompute median
+		    if (n1 < n2) {
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			    if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+				low = Mem$t[d[n3-1]+k]
+				high = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+				med = (low + high) / 2.
+			    } else
+				med = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+			} else
+			    med = blank
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many are rejected add some back in.
+	    # Pixels with equal residuals are added together.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+
+		# Recompute median
+		if (n1 < n2) {
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+			if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+			    low = Mem$t[d[n3-1]+k]
+			    high = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+			    med = (low + high) / 2.
+			} else
+			    med = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+		    } else
+			med = blank
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+k] = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+k] = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaverage.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaverage.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a474bb9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icaverage.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+include	"../icmask.h"
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_AVERAGE -- Compute the average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_average$t (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+$else
+PIXEL	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	sumwt, wt
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	sum
+$else
+PIXEL	sum
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k] * wt
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k] * wt
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		    do j = 2, n[i]
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sum / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sum
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k] * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k] * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sum / sumwt
+			    else {
+				sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+				do j = 2, n1
+				    sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+				average[i] = sum / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sum / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sum
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/iccclip.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/iccclip.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b1b724e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/iccclip.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		2	# Mininum number of images for algorithm
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_ACCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the average
+
+procedure ic_accdclip$t (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+$else
+PIXEL	average[npts]		# Average
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+$else
+PIXEL	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, zero
+data	zero /0$f/
+$endif
+pointer	sp, resid, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are no pixels go on to the combining.  Since the unweighted
+	# average is computed here possibly skip the combining later.
+
+	# There must be at least max (1, nkeep) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} else if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# There must be at least two pixels for rejection.  The initial
+	# average is the low/high rejected average except in the case of
+	# just two pixels.  The rejections are iterated and the average
+	# is recomputed.  Corrections for scaling may be performed.
+	# Depending on other flags the image IDs may also need to be adjusted.
+
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    if (n1 <= max (MINCLIP-1, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    repeat {
+		if (n1 == 2) {
+		    sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = sum + Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+		    a = sum / 2
+		} else {
+		    low = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		    high = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+		    if (low > high) {
+			d1 = low
+			low = high
+			high = d1
+		    }
+		    sum = 0.
+		    do j = 3, n1 {
+		       d1 = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+		       if (d1 < low) {
+			   sum = sum + low
+			   low = d1
+			} else if (d1 > high) {
+			    sum = sum + high
+			    high = d1
+			} else
+			    sum = sum + d1
+		    }
+		    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+		    sum = sum + low + high
+		}
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			s = scales[l]
+			d1 = max (zero, s * (a + zeros[l]))
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + d1/nm[2,l] + (d1*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+
+			d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				Memi[mp2] = l
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!keepids) {
+			s = max (zero, a)
+			s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+		    }
+		    for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			if (keepids) {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    s = max (zero, a)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			}
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+			r = (d1 - a) / s
+			if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+			    Memr[resid+n1] = abs(r)
+			    if (j < n1) {
+				dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				if (keepids) {
+				    mp1 = m[j] + k
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				}
+				j = j - 1
+			    }
+			    sum = sum - d1
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine)
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = sum / n1
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_CCDCLIP -- Reject pixels using CCD noise parameters about the median
+
+procedure ic_mccdclip$t (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nm, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+$else
+PIXEL	median[npts]		# Median
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	med, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+$else
+PIXEL	med, zero
+data	zero /0$f/
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least max (MINCLIP, nkeep+1) pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Mem$t[d[n3-1]+k]
+		    med = (med + Mem$t[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (med - Mem$t[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+			    s = scales[l]
+			    r = max (zero, s * (med + zeros[l]))
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + r/nm[2,l] + (r*nm[3,l])**2) / s
+			    r = (Mem$t[d[nh]+k] - med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			if (!keepids) {
+			    s = max (zero, med)
+			    s = sqrt (nm[1,1] + s/nm[2,1] + (s*nm[3,1])**2)
+			}
+			for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nl]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (med - Mem$t[d[nl]+k]) / s
+			    if (r <= lsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nl] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+			for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+			    if (keepids) {
+				l = Memi[m[nh]+k]
+				s = max (zero, med)
+				s = sqrt (nm[1,l] + s/nm[2,l] + (s*nm[3,l])**2)
+			    }
+			    r = (Mem$t[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+			    if (r <= hsigma)
+				break
+			    Memr[resid+nh] = r
+			    n1 = n1 - 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+k] = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+k] = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median is computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icemask.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icemask.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e29edd5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icemask.x
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+
+
+# IC_EMASK --  Create exposure mask.
+
+procedure ic_emask (pm, v, id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+
+pointer	pm			#I Pixel mask
+long	v[ARB]			#I Output vector
+pointer	id[nimages]		#I Image id pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of images
+int	n[npts]			#I Number of good pixels
+real	wts[npts]		#I Weights
+int	npts			#I Number of output pixels per line
+
+int	i, j, k, impnli()
+real	exp
+pointer	buf
+errchk	impnli
+
+pointer	exps			# Exposure times
+pointer	ev			# IMIO coordinate vector
+real	ezero			# Integer to real zero
+real	escale			# Integer to real scale
+int	einit			# Initialization flag
+common	/emask/ exps, ev, ezero, escale, einit
+
+begin
+	# Write scaling factors to the header.
+	if (einit == NO) {
+	    if (ezero != 0. || escale != 1.) {
+		call imaddr (pm, "MASKZERO", ezero)
+		call imaddr (pm, "MASKSCAL", escale)
+	    }
+	    einit = YES
+	}
+
+	call amovl (v, Meml[ev], IM_MAXDIM)
+	i = impnli (pm, buf, Meml[ev])
+	call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    exp = 0.
+	    do j = 1, n[i] {
+		k = Memi[id[j]+i-1]
+		if (wts[k] > 0.)
+		    exp = exp + Memr[exps+k-1]
+	    }
+	    Memi[buf] = nint((exp-ezero)/escale)
+	    buf = buf + 1
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_EINIT --  Initialize exposure mask.
+
+procedure ic_einit (in, nimages, key, default, maxval)
+
+int	in[nimages]		#I Image pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of images
+char	key[ARB]		#I Exposure time keyword
+real	default			#I Default exposure time
+int	maxval			#I Maximum mask value
+
+int	i
+real	exp, emin, emax, efrac, imgetr()
+
+pointer	exps			# Exposure times
+pointer	ev			# IMIO coordinate vector
+real	ezero			# Integer to real zero
+real	escale			# Integer to real scale
+int	einit			# Initialization flag
+common	/emask/ exps, ev, ezero, escale, einit
+
+begin
+	call malloc (ev, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call malloc (exps, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	emax = 0.
+	emin = MAX_REAL
+	efrac = 0
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    iferr (exp = imgetr (in[i], key))
+		exp = default
+	    exp = max (0., exp)
+	    emax = emax + exp
+	    if (exp > 0.)
+		emin = min (exp, emin)
+	    efrac = max (abs(exp-nint(exp)), efrac)
+	    Memr[exps+i-1] = exp
+	}
+
+	# Set scaling.
+	ezero = 0.
+	escale = 1.
+	if (emin < 1.) {
+	    escale = emin
+	    emin = emin / escale
+	    emax = emax / escale
+	} else if (emin == MAX_REAL)
+	    emin = 0.
+	if (efrac > 0.001 && emax-emin < 1000.) {
+	    escale = escale / 1000.
+	    emin = emin * 1000.
+	    emax = emax * 1000.
+	}
+	while (emax > maxval) {
+	    escale = escale * 10.
+	    emin = emin / 10.
+	    emax = emax / 10.
+	}
+	einit = NO
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a05f5646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgdata.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_GDATA -- Get line of image and mask data and apply threshold and scaling.
+# Entirely empty lines are excluded.  The data are compacted within the
+# input data buffers.  If it is required, the connection to the original
+# image index is kept in the returned m data pointers.
+
+procedure ic_gdata$t (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets, scales,
+	zeros, nimages, npts, v1, v2)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Empty mask flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# NUmber of output points per line
+long	v1[ARB], v2[ARB]	# Line vectors
+
+PIXEL	temp
+int	i, j, k, l, n1, n2, npix, nin, nout, ndim, nused, mtype, xt_imgnl$t()
+real	a, b
+pointer	buf, dp, ip, mp
+errchk	xt_cpix, xt_imgnl$t
+
+PIXEL	max_pixel
+$if (datatype == s)
+data	max_pixel/MAX_SHORT/
+$else $if (datatype == i)
+data	max_pixel/MAX_INT/
+$else $if (datatype == r)
+data	max_pixel/MAX_REAL/
+$else
+data	max_pixel/MAX_DOUBLE/
+$endif $endif $endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get masks and return if there is no data
+	call ic_mget (in, out, offsets, v1, v2, m, lflag, nimages, mtype)
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Close images which are not needed.
+	nout = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(out[1])
+	if (!project && ndim < 3) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1)
+		    call xt_cpix (i)
+		if (ndim > 1) {
+		    j = v1[2] - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get data and fill data buffers.  Correct for offsets if needed.
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		next
+	    if (dbuf[i] == NULL) {
+		call amovl (v1, v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		j = xt_imgnl$t (in[i], i, d[i], v2, v1[2])
+	    } else {
+		nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		npix = k - j
+		if (npix < 1) {
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    next
+		}
+		k = 1 + j - offsets[i,1]
+		v2[1] = k
+		do l = 2, ndim {
+		    v2[l] = v1[l] - offsets[i,l]
+		    if (v2[l] < 1 || v2[l] > IM_LEN(in[i],l)) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE)
+		    next
+		if (project)
+		    v2[ndim+1] = i
+		l = xt_imgnl$t (in[i], i, buf, v2, v1[2])
+		call amov$t (Mem$t[buf+k-1], Mem$t[dbuf[i]+j], npix)
+		d[i] = dbuf[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set values to max_pixel if needed.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		dp = d[i]; mp = m[i]
+		if (lflag[i] == D_NONE || dp == NULL)
+		    next
+		else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+		        if (Memi[mp] == 1)
+			    Mem$t[dp] = max_pixel
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply threshold if needed
+	if (dothresh) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			a = Mem$t[dp]
+			if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+			    if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+			    else
+				Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    dflag = D_MIX
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			mp = m[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+				lflag[i] = D_MIX
+				break
+			    }
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		} else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] != 1) {
+			    a = Mem$t[dp]
+			    if (a < lthresh || a > hthresh) {
+				if (mtype == M_NOVAL)
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 2
+				else
+				    Memi[m[i]+j-1] = 1
+				dflag = D_MIX
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Check for completely empty lines
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			    break
+			}
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply scaling (avoiding masked pixels which might overflow?)
+	if (doscale) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    dp = d[i]
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			Mem$t[dp] = Mem$t[dp] / a + b
+			dp = dp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    a = scales[i]
+		    b = -zeros[i]
+		    if (lflag[i] == D_ALL) {
+			dp = d[i]
+			do j = 1, npts {
+			    Mem$t[dp] = Mem$t[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+		    } else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+			nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+			j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+			k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+			npix = k - j
+			n1 = 1 + j
+			n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+			dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+			mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+			do j = n1, n2 {
+			    if (Memi[mp] != 1)
+				Mem$t[dp] = Mem$t[dp] / a + b
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			    mp = mp + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort pointers to exclude unused images.
+	# Use the lflag array to keep track of the image index.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL)
+	    nused = nimages
+	else {
+	    nused = 0
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (lflag[i] != D_NONE) {
+		    nused = nused + 1
+		    d[nused] = d[i]
+		    m[nused] = m[i]
+		    lflag[nused] = i
+		}
+	    }
+	    do i = nused+1, nimages
+	        d[i] = NULL
+	    if (nused == 0)
+		dflag = D_NONE
+	}
+
+	# Compact data to remove bad pixels
+	# Keep track of the image indices if needed
+	# If growing mark the end of the included image indices with zero
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    call amovki (nused, n, npts)
+	    if (keepids)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    call amovki (i, Memi[id[i]], npts)
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	else {
+	    call aclri (n, npts)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    ip = id[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			Memi[ip] = l
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Mem$t[d[k]+j-1]
+				Mem$t[d[k]+j-1] = Mem$t[dp]
+				Mem$t[dp] = temp
+				Memi[ip] = Memi[id[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = l
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			} else
+			    Memi[ip] = 0
+			dp = dp + 1
+			ip = ip + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+		if (grow >= 1.) {
+		    do j = 1, npts {
+			do i = n[j]+1, nimages
+			    Memi[id[i]+j-1] = 0
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nused {
+		    l = lflag[i]
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[l],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[l,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[l,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    n1 = 1 + j
+		    n2 = n1 + npix - 1
+		    dp = d[i] + n1 - 1
+		    mp = m[i] + n1 - 1
+		    do j = n1, n2 {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] + 1
+			    k = n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				temp = Mem$t[d[k]+j-1]
+				Mem$t[d[k]+j-1] = Mem$t[dp]
+				Mem$t[dp] = temp
+				Memi[mp] = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+				Memi[m[k]+j-1] = 0
+			    }
+			}
+			dp = dp + 1
+			mp = mp + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Sort the pixels and IDs if needed
+	if (mclip) {
+	    call malloc (dp, nused, TY_PIXEL)
+	    if (keepids) {
+		call malloc (ip, nused, TY_INT)
+		call ic_2sort$t (d, Mem$t[dp], id, Memi[ip], n, npts)
+		call mfree (ip, TY_INT)
+	    } else
+		call ic_sort$t (d, Mem$t[dp], n, npts)
+	    call mfree (dp, TY_PIXEL)
+	}
+
+	# If no good pixels set the number of usable values as -n and
+	# shift them to lower values.
+	if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+	    if (keepids) {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			ip = id[i] + j - 1
+			if (Mem$t[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i) {
+				Mem$t[d[k]+j-1] = Mem$t[dp]
+				Memi[id[k]+j-1] = Memi[ip]
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do j = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[j] > 0)
+			next
+		    n[j] = 0
+		    do i = 1, nused {
+			dp = d[i] + j - 1
+			if (Mem$t[dp] < max_pixel) {
+			    n[j] = n[j] - 1
+			    k = -n[j]
+			    if (k < i)
+				Mem$t[d[k]+j-1] = Mem$t[dp]
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgrow.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgrow.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..caf7dd29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgrow.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<pmset.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+# IC_GROW --  Mark neigbors of rejected pixels.
+# The rejected pixels (original plus grown) are saved in pixel masks.
+
+procedure ic_grow (out, v, m, n, buf, nimages, npts, pms)
+
+pointer	out			# Output image pointer
+long	v[ARB]			# Output vector
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[ARB]			# Number of good pixels
+int	buf[npts,nimages]	# Working buffer
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of pixel masks
+
+int	i, j, k, l, line, nl, rop, igrow, nset, ncompress, or()
+real	grow2, i2
+pointer	mp, pm, pm_newmask()
+errchk	pm_newmask()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_NONE || grow == 0.)
+	    return
+
+	line = v[2]
+	nl = IM_LEN(out,2)
+	rop = or (PIX_SRC, PIX_DST)
+
+	igrow = grow
+	grow2 = grow**2
+	do l = 0, igrow {
+	    i2 = grow2 - l * l
+	    call aclri (buf, npts*nimages)
+	    nset = 0
+	    do j = 1, npts {
+		do k = n[j]+1, nimages {
+		    mp = Memi[m[k]+j-1]
+		    if (mp == 0)
+			next
+		    do i = 0, igrow {
+			if (i**2 > i2)
+			    next
+			if (j > i)
+			    buf[j-i,mp] = 1
+			if (j+i <= npts)
+			    buf[j+i,mp] = 1
+			nset = nset + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (nset == 0)
+		return
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		call malloc (pms, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memi[pms+i-1] = pm_newmask (out, 1)
+		ncompress = 0
+	    }
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		pm = Memi[pms+i-1]
+		v[2] = line - l
+		if (v[2] > 0)
+		    call pmplpi (pm, v, buf[1,i], 1, npts, rop)
+		if (l > 0) {
+		    v[2] = line + l
+		    if (v[2] <= nl)
+			call pmplpi (pm, v, buf[1,i], 1, npts, rop)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	v[2] = line
+
+	if (ncompress > 10) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		pm = Memi[pms+i-1]
+		call pm_compress (pm)
+	    }
+	    ncompress = 0
+	} else
+	    ncompress = ncompress + 1
+end
+
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_GROW$T --  Reject pixels.
+
+procedure ic_grow$t (v, d, m, n, buf, nimages, npts, pms)
+
+long	v[ARB]			# Output vector
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[ARB]			# Number of good pixels
+int	buf[ARB]		# Buffer of npts
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of pixel masks
+
+int	i, j, k
+pointer	pm
+bool	pl_linenotempty()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	do k = 1, nimages {
+	    pm = Memi[pms+k-1]
+	    if (!pl_linenotempty (pm, v))
+		next
+	    call pmglpi (pm, v, buf, 1, npts, PIX_SRC)
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (buf[i] == 0)
+		    next
+		for (j = 1; j <= n[i]; j = j + 1) {
+		    if (Memi[m[j]+i-1] == k) {
+			if (j < n[i]) {
+			    Mem$t[d[j]+i-1] = Mem$t[d[n[i]]+i-1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i-1] = Memi[m[n[i]]+i-1]
+			}
+			n[i] = n[i] - 1
+			dflag = D_MIX
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgscale.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgscale.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..570697ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icgscale.x
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"icombine.h"
+
+
+# IC_GSCALE -- Get scale values as directed by CL parameter.
+# Only those values which are INDEF are changed.
+# The values can be one of those in the dictionary, from a file specified
+# with a @ prefix, or from an image header keyword specified by a ! prefix.
+
+int procedure ic_gscale (param, name, dic, in, exptime, values, nimages)
+
+char	param[ARB]		#I CL parameter name
+char	name[SZ_FNAME]		#O Parameter value
+char	dic[ARB]		#I Dictionary string
+pointer	in[nimages]		#I IMIO pointers
+real	exptime[nimages]	#I Exposure times
+real	values[nimages]		#O Values
+int	nimages			#I Number of images
+
+int	type			#O Type of value
+
+int	fd, i, nowhite(), open(), fscan(), nscan(), strdic()
+real	rval, imgetr()
+pointer	errstr
+errchk	open, imgetr
+
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call clgstr (param, name, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (nowhite (name, name, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    type = S_NONE
+	else if (name[1] == '@') {
+	    type = S_FILE
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		if (IS_INDEFR(values[i]))
+		    break
+	    if (i <= nimages) {
+		fd = open (name[2], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		i = 0
+		while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+		    call gargr (rval)
+		    if (nscan() != 1)
+			next
+		    if (i == nimages) {
+		       call eprintf (
+			   "Warning: Ignoring additional %s values in %s\n")
+			   call pargstr (param)
+			   call pargstr (name[2])
+		       break
+		    }
+		    i = i + 1
+		    if (IS_INDEFR(values[i]))
+			values[i] = rval
+		}
+		call close (fd)
+		if (i < nimages) {
+		    call salloc (errstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		    call sprintf (errstr, SZ_FNAME,
+			"Insufficient %s values in %s")
+			call pargstr (param)
+			call pargstr (name[2])
+		    call error (1, errstr)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (name[1] == '!') {
+	    type = S_KEYWORD
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (IS_INDEFR(values[i]))
+		    values[i] = imgetr (in[i], name[2])
+		if (project) {
+		    call amovkr (values, values, nimages)
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    type = strdic (name, name, SZ_FNAME, dic)
+	    if (type == 0)
+		call error (1, "Unknown scale, zero, or weight type")
+	    if (type==S_EXPOSURE)
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    if (IS_INDEFR(values[i]))
+			values[i] = max (0.001, exptime[i])
+	}
+
+	return (type)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b4d925c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/ichdr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+include	<imset.h>
+
+
+# IC_HDR -- Set output header.
+
+procedure ic_hdr (in, out, nimages)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		#I Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		#I Output images
+int	nimages			#I Number of images
+
+int	i, j, imgnfn(), nowhite(), strldxs()
+pointer	sp, inkey, key, str, list, imofnlu()
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inkey, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call clgstr ("imcmb", Memc[inkey], SZ_FNAME)
+	i = nowhite (Memc[inkey], Memc[inkey], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (i > 0 && streq (Memc[inkey], "$I")) {
+	    # Set new PROCID.
+	    call xt_procid (out)
+
+	    # Set input PROCIDs.
+	    if (nimages < 100) {
+		list = imofnlu (out, "PROCID[0-9][0-9]")
+		while (imgnfn (list, Memc[key], SZ_LINE) != EOF)
+		    call imdelf (out, Memc[key])
+		call imcfnl (list)
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[key], 8, "PROCID%02d")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    iferr (call imgstr (in[i], "PROCID", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)) {
+			iferr (call imgstr (in[i], "OBSID", Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+			    Memc[str] = EOS
+		    }
+		    if (Memc[str] != EOS)
+			call imastr (out, Memc[key], Memc[str])
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (i > 0 && nimages < 1000) {
+	    list = imofnlu (out, "IMCMB[0-9][0-9][0-9]")
+	    while (imgnfn (list, Memc[key], SZ_LINE) != EOF)
+		call imdelf (out, Memc[key])
+	    call imcfnl (list)
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+	        if (streq (Memc[inkey], "$I")) {
+		    call imstats (in[i], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		    j = strldxs ("/$", Memc[str])
+		    if (j > 0)
+		        call strcpy (Memc[str+j], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		} else {
+		    iferr (call imgstr (in[i], Memc[inkey], Memc[str], SZ_LINE))
+		        Memc[str] = EOS
+		}
+		if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+		    next
+		call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_LINE, "IMCMB%03d")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		call imastr (out, Memc[key], Memc[str])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icimstack.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icimstack.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5628694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icimstack.x
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+
+# IC_IMSTACK -- Stack images into a single image of higher dimension.
+
+procedure ic_imstack (list, output, mask)
+
+int	list		#I List of images
+char	output[ARB]	#I Name of output image
+char	mask[ARB]	#I Name of output mask
+
+int	i, j, npix
+long	line_in[IM_MAXDIM], line_out[IM_MAXDIM], line_outbpm[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	sp, input, bpmname, key, in, out, inbpm, outbpm, buf_in, buf_out, ptr
+
+int	imtgetim(), imtlen(), errget()
+int	imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+pointer	immap(), pm_newmask()
+errchk	immap
+errchk	imgnls, imgnli, imgnll, imgnlr, imgnld, imgnlx
+errchk	impnls, impnli, impnll, impnlr, impnld, impnlx
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (bpmname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr {
+	    # Add each input image to the output image.
+	    out = NULL; outbpm = NULL
+	    i = 0
+	    while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		i = i + 1
+		in = NULL; inbpm = NULL
+		ptr = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		in = ptr
+
+		# For the first input image map the output image as a copy
+		# and increment the dimension.  Set the output line counter.
+
+		if (i == 1) {
+		    ptr = immap (output, NEW_COPY, in)
+		    out = ptr
+		    IM_NDIM(out) = IM_NDIM(out) + 1
+		    IM_LEN(out, IM_NDIM(out)) = imtlen (list)
+		    npix = IM_LEN(out, 1)
+		    call amovkl (long(1), line_out, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+		    if (mask[1] != EOS) {
+			ptr = immap (mask, NEW_COPY, in)
+			outbpm = ptr
+			IM_NDIM(outbpm) = IM_NDIM(outbpm) + 1
+			IM_LEN(outbpm, IM_NDIM(outbpm)) = imtlen (list)
+			call amovkl (long(1), line_outbpm, IM_MAXDIM)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Check next input image for consistency with the output image.
+		if (IM_NDIM(in) != IM_NDIM(out) - 1)
+		    call error (0, "Input images not consistent")
+		do j = 1, IM_NDIM(in) {
+		    if (IM_LEN(in, j) != IM_LEN(out, j))
+			call error (0, "Input images not consistent")
+		}
+
+		call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "stck%04d")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		call imastr (out, Memc[key], Memc[input])
+
+		# Copy the input lines from the image to the next lines of
+		# the output image.  Switch on the output data type to optimize
+		# IMIO.
+
+		call amovkl (long(1), line_in, IM_MAXDIM)
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE (out)) {
+		case TY_SHORT:
+		    while (imgnls (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnls (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+			call amovs (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+		case TY_INT:
+		    while (imgnli (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnli (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+			call amovi (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+		case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+		    while (imgnll (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnll (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+			call amovl (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    while (imgnlr (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnlr (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+			call amovr (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    while (imgnld (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnld (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+			call amovd (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+		case TY_COMPLEX:
+		    while (imgnlx (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnlx (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+			call amovx (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+		default:
+		    while (imgnlr (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnlr (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+			call amovr (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Copy mask.
+		if (mask[1] != EOS) {
+		    iferr (call imgstr (in, "bpm", Memc[bpmname], SZ_FNAME)) {
+			Memc[bpmname] = EOS
+			ptr = pm_newmask (in, 27)
+		    } else
+			ptr = immap (Memc[bpmname], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    inbpm = ptr
+
+		    if (IM_NDIM(inbpm) != IM_NDIM(outbpm) - 1)
+			call error (0, "Input images not consistent")
+		    do j = 1, IM_NDIM(inbpm) {
+			if (IM_LEN(inbpm, j) != IM_LEN(outbpm, j))
+			    call error (0, "Masks not consistent")
+		    }
+
+		    call amovkl (long(1), line_in, IM_MAXDIM)
+		    while (imgnli (inbpm, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+			if (impnli (outbpm, buf_out, line_outbpm) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output mask")
+			call amovi (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "bpm%04d")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    call imastr (out, Memc[key], Memc[bpmname])
+
+		    call imunmap (inbpm)
+		}
+
+		call imunmap (in)
+	    }
+	} then {
+	    i = errget (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    if (outbpm != NULL) {
+		call imunmap (outbpm)
+		iferr (call imdelete (mask))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (out != NULL) {
+		call imunmap (out)
+		iferr (call imdelete (output))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (inbpm != NULL)
+		call imunmap (inbpm)
+	    if (in != NULL)
+		call imunmap (in)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (i, "Can't make temporary stack images")
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	if (outbpm != NULL) {
+	    call imunmap (outbpm)
+	    call imastr (out, "bpm", mask)
+	}
+	call imunmap (out)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53420cd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/iclog.x
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"icombine.h"
+include	"icmask.h"
+
+# IC_LOG -- Output log information is a log file has been specfied.
+
+procedure ic_log (in, out, ncombine, exptime, sname, zname, wname,
+	mode, median, mean, scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages,
+	dozero, nout)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+int	ncombine[nimages]	# Number of previous combined images
+real	exptime[nimages]	# Exposure times
+char	sname[ARB]		# Scale name
+char	zname[ARB]		# Zero name
+char	wname[ARB]		# Weight name
+real	mode[nimages]		# Modes
+real	median[nimages]		# Medians
+real	mean[nimages]		# Means
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero or sky levels
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Image offsets
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+bool	dozero			# Zero flag
+int	nout			# Number of images combined in output
+
+int	i, j, stack, ctor()
+real	rval, imgetr()
+long	clktime()
+bool	prncombine, prexptime, prmode, prmedian, prmean, prmask
+bool	prrdn, prgain, prsn
+pointer	sp, fname, bpname, key
+errchk	imgetr
+
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (logfd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (bpname, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	stack = NO
+	if (project) {
+	    ifnoerr (call imgstr (in[1], "stck0001", Memc[fname], SZ_LINE))
+	        stack = YES
+	}
+	if (stack == YES)
+	    call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Time stamp the log and print parameter information.
+
+	call cnvdate (clktime(0), Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+	call fprintf (logfd, "\n%s: IMCOMBINE\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	switch (combine) {
+	case  AVERAGE:
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  combine = average, ")
+	case  MEDIAN:
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  combine = median, ")
+	case  SUM:
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  combine = sum, ")
+	}
+	call fprintf (logfd, "scale = %s, zero = %s, weight = %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (sname)
+	    call pargstr (zname)
+	    call pargstr (wname)
+	if (combine == NMODEL && reject!=CCDCLIP && reject!=CRREJECT) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd,
+	    "  rdnoise = %s, gain = %s, snoise = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[rdnoise])
+		call pargstr (Memc[gain])
+		call pargstr (Memc[snoise])
+	}
+
+	switch (reject) {
+	case MINMAX:
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  reject = minmax, nlow = %d, nhigh = %d\n")
+		call pargi (nint (flow * nimages))
+		call pargi (nint (fhigh * nimages))
+	case CCDCLIP:
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  reject = ccdclip, mclip = %b, nkeep = %d\n")
+		call pargb (mclip)
+		call pargi (nkeep)
+	    call fprintf (logfd,
+	    "  rdnoise = %s, gain = %s, snoise = %s, sigma = %g, hsigma = %g\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[rdnoise])
+		call pargstr (Memc[gain])
+		call pargstr (Memc[snoise])
+		call pargr (lsigma)
+		call pargr (hsigma)
+	case CRREJECT:
+	    call fprintf (logfd,
+		"  reject = crreject, mclip = %b, nkeep = %d\n")
+		call pargb (mclip)
+		call pargi (nkeep)
+	    call fprintf (logfd,
+	    "  rdnoise = %s, gain = %s, snoise = %s, hsigma = %g\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[rdnoise])
+		call pargstr (Memc[gain])
+		call pargstr (Memc[snoise])
+		call pargr (hsigma)
+	case PCLIP:
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  reject = pclip, nkeep = %d\n")
+		call pargi (nkeep)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  pclip = %g, lsigma = %g, hsigma = %g\n")
+		call pargr (pclip)
+		call pargr (lsigma)
+		call pargr (hsigma)
+	case SIGCLIP:
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  reject = sigclip, mclip = %b, nkeep = %d\n")
+		call pargb (mclip)
+		call pargi (nkeep)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  lsigma = %g, hsigma = %g\n")
+		call pargr (lsigma)
+		call pargr (hsigma)
+	case AVSIGCLIP:
+	    call fprintf (logfd,
+		"  reject = avsigclip, mclip = %b, nkeep = %d\n")
+		call pargb (mclip)
+		call pargi (nkeep)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  lsigma = %g, hsigma = %g\n")
+		call pargr (lsigma)
+		call pargr (hsigma)
+	}
+	if (reject != NONE && grow >= 1.) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  grow = %g\n")
+		call pargr (grow)
+	}
+	if (dothresh) {
+	    if (lthresh > -MAX_REAL && hthresh < MAX_REAL) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  lthreshold = %g, hthreshold = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (lthresh)
+		    call pargr (hthresh)
+	    } else if (lthresh > -MAX_REAL) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  lthreshold = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (lthresh)
+	    } else {
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  hthreshold = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (hthresh)
+	    }
+	}
+	call fprintf (logfd, "  blank = %g\n")
+	    call pargr (blank)
+	if (Memc[statsec] != EOS) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  statsec = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	}
+
+	if (ICM_TYPE(icm) != M_NONE) {
+	    switch (ICM_TYPE(icm)) {
+	    case M_BOOLEAN, M_GOODVAL:
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  masktype = goodval, maskval = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ICM_VALUE(icm))
+	    case M_BADVAL:
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  masktype = badval, maskval = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ICM_VALUE(icm))
+	    case M_NOVAL:
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  masktype = noval, maskval = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ICM_VALUE(icm))
+	    case M_GOODBITS:
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  masktype = goodbits, maskval = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ICM_VALUE(icm))
+	    case M_BADBITS:
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  masktype = badbits, maskval = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ICM_VALUE(icm))
+	    case M_LTVAL:
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  masktype = goodval, maskval < %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ICM_VALUE(icm))
+	    case M_GTVAL:
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  masktype = goodval, maskval > %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ICM_VALUE(icm))
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Print information pertaining to individual images as a set of
+	# columns with the image name being the first column.  Determine
+	# what information is relevant and print the appropriate header.
+
+	prncombine = false
+	prexptime = false
+	prmode = false
+	prmedian = false
+	prmean = false
+	prmask = false
+	prrdn = false
+	prgain = false
+	prsn = false
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (ncombine[i] != ncombine[1])
+		prncombine = true
+	    if (exptime[i] != exptime[1])
+		prexptime = true
+	    if (mode[i] != mode[1])
+		prmode = true
+	    if (median[i] != median[1])
+		prmedian = true
+	    if (mean[i] != mean[1])
+		prmean = true
+	    if (ICM_TYPE(icm) != M_NONE) {
+		if (project)
+		    bpname = Memi[ICM_NAMES(icm)]
+		else
+		    bpname = Memi[ICM_NAMES(icm)+i-1]
+		if (Memc[bpname] != EOS)
+		    prmask = true
+	    }
+	    if (combine == NMODEL || reject == CCDCLIP || reject == CRREJECT) {
+		j = 1
+		if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], j, rval) == 0)
+		    prrdn = true
+		j = 1
+		if (ctor (Memc[gain], j, rval) == 0)
+		    prgain = true
+		j = 1
+		if (ctor (Memc[snoise], j, rval) == 0)
+		    prsn = true
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call fprintf (logfd, "  %20s ")
+	    call pargstr ("Images")
+	if (prncombine) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %6s")
+		call pargstr ("N")
+	}
+	if (prexptime) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %6s")
+		call pargstr ("Exp")
+	}
+	if (prmode) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %7s")
+		call pargstr ("Mode")
+	}
+	if (prmedian) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %7s")
+		call pargstr ("Median")
+	}
+	if (prmean) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %7s")
+		call pargstr ("Mean")
+	}
+	if (prrdn) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %7s")
+		call pargstr ("Rdnoise")
+	}
+	if (prgain) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %6s")
+		call pargstr ("Gain")
+	}
+	if (prsn) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %6s")
+		call pargstr ("Snoise")
+	}
+	if (doscale) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %6s")
+		call pargstr ("Scale")
+	}
+	if (dozero) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %7s")
+		call pargstr ("Zero")
+	}
+	if (dowts) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %6s")
+		call pargstr ("Weight")
+	}
+	if (!aligned) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %9s")
+		call pargstr ("Offsets")
+	}
+	if (prmask) {
+	    call fprintf (logfd, " %s")
+		call pargstr ("Maskfile")
+	}
+	call fprintf (logfd, "\n")
+
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (stack == YES) {
+		call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "stck%04d")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		ifnoerr (call imgstr (in[i], Memc[key], Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)) {
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "  %21s")
+			call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+		} else {
+		    call imstats (in[i], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "  %16s[%3d]")
+			call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			call pargi (i)
+		}
+	    } else if (project) {
+		call imstats (in[i], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  %16s[%3d]")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+		    call pargi (i)
+	    } else  {
+		call imstats (in[i], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+		call fprintf (logfd, "  %21s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	    }
+	    if (prncombine) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %6d")
+		    call pargi (ncombine[i])
+	    }
+	    if (prexptime) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %6.1f")
+		    call pargr (exptime[i])
+	    }
+	    if (prmode) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %7.5g")
+		    call pargr (mode[i])
+	    }
+	    if (prmedian) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %7.5g")
+		    call pargr (median[i])
+	    }
+	    if (prmean) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %7.5g")
+		    call pargr (mean[i])
+	    }
+	    if (prrdn) {
+		rval = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %7g")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    }
+	    if (prgain) {
+		rval = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %6g")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    }
+	    if (prsn) {
+		rval = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %6g")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    }
+	    if (doscale) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %6.3f")
+		    call pargr (1./scales[i])
+	    }
+	    if (dozero) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %7.5g")
+		    call pargr (-zeros[i])
+	    }
+	    if (dowts) {
+		call fprintf (logfd, " %6.3f")
+		    call pargr (wts[i])
+	    }
+	    if (!aligned) {
+		if (IM_NDIM(out[1]) == 1) {
+		    call fprintf (logfd, " %9d")
+			call pargi (offsets[i,1])
+		} else {
+		    do  j = 1, IM_NDIM(out[1]) {
+			call fprintf (logfd, " %4d")
+			    call pargi (offsets[i,j])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (prmask) {
+		if (stack == YES) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "bpm%04d")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    ifnoerr (call imgstr (in[i], Memc[key], Memc[fname],
+		        SZ_LINE)) {
+			call fprintf (logfd, " %s")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+		    } else {
+			call fprintf (logfd, " %s")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[bpname])
+		    }
+		} else if (ICM_TYPE(icm) != M_NONE) {
+		    if (project)
+			bpname = Memi[ICM_NAMES(icm)]
+		    else
+			bpname = Memi[ICM_NAMES(icm)+i-1]
+		    if (Memc[bpname] != EOS) {
+			call fprintf (logfd, " %s")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[bpname])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "\n")
+	}
+
+	# Log information about the output images.
+	call imstats (out[1], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+	call fprintf (logfd, "\n  Output image = %s, ncombine = %d")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	    call pargi (nout)
+	call fprintf (logfd, "\n")
+
+	if (out[2] != NULL) {
+	    call imstats (out[2], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  Bad pixel mask = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	}
+
+	if (out[4] != NULL) {
+	    call imstats (out[4], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  Rejection mask = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	}
+
+	if (out[5] != NULL) {
+	    call imstats (out[5], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  Number rejected mask = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	}
+
+	if (out[6] != NULL) {
+	    call imstats (out[6], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  Exposure mask = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	}
+
+	if (out[3] != NULL) {
+	    call imstats (out[3], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_LINE)
+	    call fprintf (logfd, "  Sigma image = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+	}
+
+	call flush (logfd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.com b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..baba6f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.com
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# IMCMASK -- Common for IMCOMBINE mask interface.
+
+int	mtype		# Mask type
+int	mvalue		# Mask value
+pointer	bufs		# Pointer to data line buffers
+pointer	pms		# Pointer to array of PMIO pointers
+
+common	/imcmask/ mtype, mvalue, bufs, pms
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffb64aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.h
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# ICMASK -- Data structure for IMCOMBINE mask interface.
+
+define	ICM_LEN		6		# Structure length
+define	ICM_TYPE	Memi[$1]	# Mask type
+define	ICM_VALUE	Memi[$1+1]	# Mask value
+define	ICM_IOMODE	Memi[$1+2]	# I/O mode
+define	ICM_BUFS	Memi[$1+3]	# Pointer to data line buffers
+define	ICM_PMS		Memi[$1+4]	# Pointer to array of PMIO pointers
+define	ICM_NAMES	Memi[$1+5]	# Pointer to array of mask names
+
+define	ICM_OPEN	0		# Keep masks open
+define	ICM_CLOSED	1		# Keep masks closed
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca9c1d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmask.x
@@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<pmset.h>
+include	"icombine.h"
+include	"icmask.h"
+
+# IC_MASK   -- ICOMBINE mask interface
+#
+# IC_MOPEN  -- Initialize mask interface
+# IC_MCLOSE -- Close the mask interface
+# IC_MGET   -- Get lines of mask pixels for all the images
+# IC_MGET1  -- Get a line of mask pixels for the specified image
+# IC_MCLOSE1-- Close a mask for the specified image index
+
+
+# IC_MOPEN -- Initialize mask interface.
+
+procedure ic_mopen (in, out, nimages, offsets, iomode)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		#I Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		#I Output images
+int	nimages			#I Number of images
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	#I Offsets to  output image
+int	iomode			#I I/O mode
+
+int	mtype			# Mask type
+int	mvalue			# Mask value
+pointer	bufs			# Pointer to data line buffers
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of PMIO pointers
+pointer	names			# Pointer to array of string pointers
+
+int	i, j, k, nin, nout, npix, npms, nscan(), strdic(), ctor()
+real	rval
+pointer	sp, str, key, fname, title, image, pm, pm_open()
+bool	invert, pm_empty()
+errchk	calloc, pm_open, ic_pmload
+
+include "icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	icm = NULL
+	if (IM_NDIM(out[1]) == 0)
+	    return
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Determine the mask parameters and allocate memory.
+	# The mask buffers are initialize to all excluded so that
+	# output points outside the input data are always excluded
+	# and don't need to be set on a line-by-line basis.
+
+	mtype = M_NONE
+	call clgstr ("masktype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call sscan (Memc[str])
+	call gargwrd (Memc[title], SZ_FNAME)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME)
+	i = nscan()
+	if (i > 0) {
+	    if (Memc[title] == '!') {
+		if (i == 1)
+		    mtype = M_GOODVAL
+		else
+		    mtype = strdic (Memc[key], Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, MASKTYPES)
+		call strcpy (Memc[title+1], Memc[key], SZ_FNAME)
+	    } else {
+		mtype = strdic (Memc[title], Memc[title], SZ_FNAME, MASKTYPES)
+		call strcpy ("BPM", Memc[key], SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	    if (mtype == 0) {
+		call sprintf (Memc[title], SZ_FNAME,
+		    "Invalid or ambiguous masktype (%s)")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call error (1, Memc[title])
+	    }
+	}
+	npix = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	call calloc (pms, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call calloc (bufs, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call calloc (names, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    call malloc (Memi[bufs+i-1], npix, TY_INT)
+	    call amovki (1, Memi[Memi[bufs+i-1]], npix)
+	}
+
+	# Check for special cases.  The BOOLEAN type is used when only
+	# zero and nonzero are significant; i.e. the actual mask values are
+	# not important.  The invert flag is used to indicate that
+	# empty masks are all bad rather the all good.
+
+	# Eventually we want to allow general expressions.  For now we only
+	# allow a special '<' or '>' operator.
+
+	call clgstr ("maskvalue", Memc[title], SZ_FNAME)
+	i = 1
+	if (Memc[title] == '<') {
+	    mtype = M_LTVAL
+	    i = i + 1
+	} else if (Memc[title] == '>') {
+	    mtype = M_GTVAL
+	    i = i + 1
+	}
+	if (ctor (Memc[title], i, rval) == 0)
+	    call error (1, "Bad mask value")
+	mvalue = rval
+	if (mvalue < 0)
+	    call error (1, "Bad mask value")
+	else if (mvalue == 0 && mtype == M_NOVAL)
+	    call error (1, "maskvalue cannot be 0 for masktype of 'novalue'")
+
+	if (mtype == 0)
+	    mtype = M_NONE
+	else if (mtype == M_BADBITS && mvalue == 0) 
+	    mtype = M_NONE
+	else if (mvalue == 0 && (mtype == M_GOODVAL || mtype == M_GOODBITS))
+	    mtype = M_BOOLEAN
+	else if ((mtype == M_BADVAL && mvalue == 0) ||
+	    (mtype == M_GOODVAL && mvalue != 0) ||
+	    (mtype == M_GOODBITS && mvalue == 0))
+	    invert = true 
+	else
+	    invert = false 
+
+	# If mask images are to be used, get the mask name from the image
+	# header and open it saving the descriptor in the pms array.
+	# Empty masks (all good) are treated as if there was no mask image.
+
+	nout = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	npms = 0
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (mtype != M_NONE) {
+		call malloc (Memi[names+i-1], SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+		fname = Memi[names+i-1]
+		ifnoerr (call imgstr (in[i],Memc[key],Memc[fname],SZ_FNAME)) {
+		    nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+		    npix = k - j
+		    if (npix < 1)
+			Memc[fname] = EOS
+		    else {
+			pm = pm_open (NULL)
+			call ic_pmload (in[i], pm, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+			call pm_seti (pm, P_REFIM, in[i])
+			if (pm_empty (pm) && !invert)
+			    Memc[fname] = EOS
+			else {
+			    if (project)
+				npms = nimages
+			    else
+				npms = npms + 1
+			}
+			call pm_close (pm)
+		    }
+		    if (project)
+			break
+		} else
+		    Memc[fname] = EOS
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# If no mask images are found and the mask parameters imply that
+	# good values are 0 then use the special case of no masks.
+
+	if (npms == 0) {
+	    if (!invert)
+		mtype = M_NONE
+	}
+
+	# Set up mask structure.
+	call calloc (icm, ICM_LEN, TY_STRUCT)
+	ICM_TYPE(icm) = mtype
+	ICM_VALUE(icm) = mvalue
+	ICM_IOMODE(icm) = iomode
+	ICM_BUFS(icm) = bufs
+	ICM_PMS(icm) = pms
+	ICM_NAMES(icm) = names
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_PMLOAD -- Find and load a mask.
+# This is more complicated because we want to allow a mask name specified
+# without a path to be found either in the current directory or in the
+# directory of the image.
+
+procedure ic_pmload (im, pm, fname, maxchar)
+
+pointer	im			#I Image pointer to be associated with mask
+pointer	pm			#O Mask pointer to be returned
+char	fname[ARB]		#U Mask name
+int	maxchar			#I Max size of mask name
+
+bool	match
+pointer	sp, str, imname, yt_pmload()
+int	i, fnldir(), stridxs(), envfind()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# First check if the specified file can be loaded.
+	match = (envfind ("pmatch", Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME) > 0)
+	if (match) {
+	    call pm_close (pm)
+	    iferr (pm = yt_pmload (fname,im,"logical",Memc[str],SZ_PATHNAME))
+		pm = NULL
+	    if (pm != NULL)
+		return
+	} else {
+	    ifnoerr (call pm_loadf (pm, fname, Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME))
+		return
+	    ifnoerr (call pm_loadim (pm, fname, Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME))
+		return
+	}
+
+	# Check if the file has a path in which case we return an error.
+	# Must deal with possible [] which is a VMS directory delimiter.
+	call strcpy (fname, Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	i = stridxs ("[", Memc[str])
+	if (i > 0)
+	    Memc[str+i-1] = EOS
+	if (fnldir (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME) > 0) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME,
+	        "Bad pixel mask not found (%s)")
+		call pargstr (fname)
+	    call error (1, Memc[str])
+	}
+
+	# Check if the image has a path.  If not return an error.
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call imstats (im, IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[imname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	if (fnldir (Memc[imname], Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME) == 0) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME,
+	        "Bad pixel mask not found (%s)")
+		call pargstr (fname)
+	    call error (1, Memc[str])
+	}
+
+	# Try using the image path for the mask file.
+	call strcat (fname, Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	if (match) {
+	    iferr (pm = yt_pmload (Memc[imname], im, "logical",
+	        Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME))
+		pm = NULL
+	    if (pm != NULL) {
+		call strcpy (Memc[str], fname, maxchar)
+		return
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    ifnoerr (call pm_loadf (pm, Memc[str], Memc[imname], SZ_PATHNAME)) {
+		call strcpy (Memc[str], fname, maxchar)
+		return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# No mask found.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_PATHNAME,
+	    "Bad pixel mask not found (%s)")
+	    call pargstr (fname)
+	call error (1, Memc[str])
+
+	# This will not be reached and we let the calling program free
+	# the stack.  We include smark/sfree for lint detectors.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# IC_MCLOSE -- Close the mask interface.
+
+procedure ic_mclose (nimages)
+
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (icm == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    call mfree (Memi[ICM_NAMES(icm)+i-1], TY_CHAR)
+	    call mfree (Memi[ICM_BUFS(icm)+i-1], TY_INT)
+	}
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (Memi[ICM_PMS(icm)+i-1] != NULL)
+		call pm_close (Memi[ICM_PMS(icm)+i-1])
+	    if (project)
+		break
+	}
+	call mfree (ICM_NAMES(icm), TY_POINTER)
+	call mfree (ICM_BUFS(icm), TY_POINTER)
+	call mfree (ICM_PMS(icm), TY_POINTER)
+	call mfree (icm, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MGET -- Get lines of mask pixels in the output coordinate system.
+# This converts the mask format to an array where zero is good and nonzero
+# is bad.  This has special cases for optimization.
+
+procedure ic_mget (in, out, offsets, v1, v2, m, lflag, nimages, mtype)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input image pointers
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output image pointer
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Offsets to  output image
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM]		# Data vector desired in output image
+long	v2[IM_MAXDIM]		# Data vector in input image
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Pointer to mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Line flags
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	mtype			# Mask type
+int	mvalue			# Mask value
+int	iomode			# I/O mode
+pointer	bufs			# Pointer to data line buffers
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of PMIO pointers
+
+char	title[1]
+int	i, j, k, l, ndim, nin, nout, npix, envfind()
+pointer	buf, pm, names, fname, pm_open(), yt_pmload()
+bool	match, pm_linenotempty()
+errchk	pm_glpi, pm_open, pm_loadf, pm_loadim, yt_pmload
+
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# Determine if masks are needed at all.  Note that the threshold
+	# is applied by simulating mask values so the mask pointers have to
+	# be set.
+
+	dflag = D_ALL
+	mtype = M_NONE
+	if (icm == NULL)
+	    return
+	if (ICM_TYPE(icm) == M_NONE && aligned && !dothresh)
+	    return
+
+	mtype = ICM_TYPE(icm)
+	mvalue = ICM_VALUE(icm)
+	iomode = ICM_IOMODE(icm)
+	bufs = ICM_BUFS(icm)
+	pms = ICM_PMS(icm)
+	names = ICM_NAMES(icm)
+	match = (envfind ("pmmatch", title, 1) > 0)
+
+	# Set the mask pointers and line flags and apply offsets if needed.
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(out[1])
+	nout = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    nin = IM_LEN(in[i],1)
+	    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+	    k = min (nout, nin + offsets[i,1])
+	    npix = k - j
+
+	    m[i] = Memi[bufs+i-1]
+	    buf = Memi[bufs+i-1] + j
+	    if (project) {
+		pm =  Memi[pms]
+		fname = Memi[names]
+	    } else {
+		pm =  Memi[pms+i-1]
+		fname = Memi[names+i-1]
+	    }
+
+	    if (npix < 1)
+	        lflag[i] = D_NONE
+	    else if (npix == nout)
+	        lflag[i] = D_ALL
+	    else
+	        lflag[i] = D_MIX
+
+	    if (lflag[i] != D_NONE) {
+		v2[1] = 1 + j - offsets[i,1]
+		do l = 2, ndim {
+		    v2[l] = v1[l] - offsets[i,l]
+		    if (v2[l] < 1 || v2[l] > IM_LEN(in[i],l)) {
+			lflag[i] = D_NONE
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (project)
+		v2[ndim+1] = i
+
+	    if (lflag[i] == D_NONE) {
+		if (pm != NULL && !project) {
+		    call pm_close (pm)
+		    Memi[pms+i-1] = NULL
+		}
+		call amovki (1, Memi[m[i]], nout)
+		next
+	    } else if (lflag[i] == D_MIX) {
+		if (j > 0)
+		    call amovki (1, Memi[m[i]], j)
+		if (nout-k > 0)
+		    call amovki (1, Memi[m[i]+k], nout-k)
+	    }
+
+	    if (fname == NULL) {
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npix)
+		next
+	    } else if (Memc[fname] == EOS) {
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npix)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Do mask I/O and convert to appropriate values in order of
+	    # expected usage.
+
+	    if (pm == NULL) {
+		if (match) {
+		   pm = yt_pmload (Memc[fname], in[i], "logical",
+		       Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		} else {
+		    pm = pm_open (NULL)
+		    iferr (call pm_loadf (pm, Memc[fname], title, 1))
+			call pm_loadim (pm, Memc[fname], title, 1)
+		    call pm_seti (pm, P_REFIM, in[i])
+		}
+		if (project)
+		    Memi[pms] = pm
+		else
+		    Memi[pms+i-1] = pm
+	    }
+
+	    if (pm_linenotempty (pm, v2)) {
+		call pm_glpi (pm, v2, Memi[buf], 32, npix, 0)
+
+		if (mtype == M_BOOLEAN)
+		    ;
+		else if (mtype == M_BADBITS)
+		    call aandki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+		else if (mtype == M_BADVAL)
+		    call abeqki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+		else if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+		    do j = 0, npix-1 {
+		        if (Memi[buf+j] == 0)
+			    next
+			if (Memi[buf+j] == mvalue)
+			    Memi[buf+j] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf+j] = 2
+		    }
+		} else if (mtype == M_GOODBITS) {
+		    call aandki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+		    call abeqki (Memi[buf], 0, Memi[buf], npix)
+		} else if (mtype == M_GOODVAL)
+		    call abneki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+		else if (mtype == M_LTVAL)
+		    call abgeki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+		else if (mtype == M_GTVAL)
+		    call ableki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+
+		lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		do j = 1, npix
+		    if (Memi[buf+j-1] != 1) {
+			lflag[i] = D_MIX
+			break
+		    }
+	    } else {
+		if (mtype == M_BOOLEAN || mtype == M_BADBITS) {
+		    call aclri (Memi[buf], npix)
+		} else if ((mtype == M_BADVAL && mvalue != 0) ||
+		    (mtype == M_NOVAL && mvalue != 0) ||
+		    (mtype == M_GOODVAL && mvalue == 0)) {
+		    call aclri (Memi[buf], npix)
+		} else if (mtype == M_LTVAL && mvalue > 0) {
+		    call aclri (Memi[buf], npix)
+		} else {
+		    call amovki (1, Memi[buf], npix)
+		    lflag[i] = D_NONE
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (iomode == ICM_CLOSED)
+	        call ic_mclose1 (i, nimages)
+	}
+
+	# Set overall data flag
+	dflag = lflag[1]
+	do i = 2, nimages  {
+	    if (lflag[i] != dflag) {
+		dflag = D_MIX
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_MGET1 -- Get line of mask pixels from a specified image.
+# This is used by the IC_STAT procedure. This procedure  converts the
+# stored mask format to an array where zero is good and nonzero is bad.
+# The data vector and returned mask array are in the input image pixel system.
+
+procedure ic_mget1 (in, image, nimages, offset, v, m)
+
+pointer	in			# Input image pointer
+int	image			# Image index
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	offset			# Column offset
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM]		# Data vector desired
+pointer	m			# Pointer to mask
+
+int	mtype			# Mask type
+int	mvalue			# Mask value
+pointer	bufs			# Pointer to data line buffers
+pointer	pms			# Pointer to array of PMIO pointers
+
+char	title[1]
+int	i, npix, envfind()
+pointer	buf, pm, names, fname, pm_open(), yt_pmload()
+bool	pm_linenotempty()
+errchk	pm_glpi, pm_open, pm_loadf, pm_loadim, yt_pmload
+
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	dflag = D_ALL
+	if (icm == NULL)
+	    return
+	if (ICM_TYPE(icm) == M_NONE)
+	    return
+
+	mtype = ICM_TYPE(icm)
+	mvalue = ICM_VALUE(icm)
+	bufs = ICM_BUFS(icm)
+	pms = ICM_PMS(icm)
+	names = ICM_NAMES(icm)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(in,1)
+	m = Memi[bufs+image-1] + offset
+	if (project) {
+	    pm =  Memi[pms]
+	    fname = Memi[names]
+	} else {
+	    pm =  Memi[pms+image-1]
+	    fname = Memi[names+image-1]
+	}
+
+	if (fname == NULL)
+	    return
+	if (Memc[fname] == EOS)
+	    return
+
+	if (pm == NULL) {
+	    if (envfind ("pmmatch", title, 1) > 0) {
+	        pm = yt_pmload (Memc[fname], in, "logical", Memc[fname],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+	    } else {
+		pm = pm_open (NULL)
+		iferr (call pm_loadf (pm, Memc[fname], title, 1))
+		    call pm_loadim (pm, Memc[fname], title, 1)
+		call pm_seti (pm, P_REFIM, in)
+	    }
+	    if (project)
+		Memi[pms] = pm
+	    else
+		Memi[pms+image-1] = pm
+	}
+
+	# Do mask I/O and convert to appropriate values in order of
+	# expected usage.
+
+	buf = m
+	if (pm_linenotempty (pm, v)) {
+	    call pm_glpi (pm, v, Memi[buf], 32, npix, 0)
+
+	    if (mtype == M_BOOLEAN)
+		;
+	    else if (mtype == M_BADBITS)
+		call aandki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+	    else if (mtype == M_BADVAL)
+		call abeqki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+	    else if (mtype == M_NOVAL) {
+		do i = 0, npix-1 {
+		    if (Memi[buf+i] == 0)
+			next
+		    if (Memi[buf+i] == mvalue)
+			Memi[buf+i] = 1
+		    else
+			Memi[buf+i] = 2
+		}
+	    } else if (mtype == M_GOODBITS) {
+		call aandki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+		call abeqki (Memi[buf], 0, Memi[buf], npix)
+	    } else if (mtype == M_GOODVAL)
+		call abneki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+	    else if (mtype == M_LTVAL)
+		call abgeki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+	    else if (mtype == M_GTVAL)
+		call ableki (Memi[buf], mvalue, Memi[buf], npix)
+
+	    dflag = D_NONE
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		if (Memi[buf+i-1] != 1) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	} else {
+	    if (mtype == M_BOOLEAN || mtype == M_BADBITS) {
+		;
+	    } else if ((mtype == M_BADVAL && mvalue != 0) ||
+	        (mtype == M_NOVAL && mvalue != 0) ||
+		(mtype == M_GOODVAL && mvalue == 0)) {
+		;
+	    } else if (mtype == M_LTVAL && mvalue > 0) {
+		;
+	    } else
+		dflag = D_NONE
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_MCLOSE1 -- Close mask by index.
+
+procedure ic_mclose1 (image, nimages)
+
+int	image			# Image index
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+pointer	pms, names, pm, fname
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (icm == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	pms = ICM_PMS(icm)
+	names = ICM_NAMES(icm)
+
+	if (project) {
+	    pm =  Memi[pms]
+	    fname = Memi[names]
+	} else {
+	    pm =  Memi[pms+image-1]
+	    fname = Memi[names+image-1]
+	}
+
+	if (fname == NULL || pm == NULL)
+	    return
+	if (Memc[fname] == EOS || pm == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	call pm_close (pm)
+	if (project)
+	    Memi[pms] = NULL
+	else
+	    Memi[pms+image-1] = NULL
+end
+
+
+# YT_PMLOAD -- This is like yt_mappm except it returns the mask pointer.
+
+pointer procedure yt_pmload (pmname, refim, match, mname, sz_mname)
+
+char    pmname[ARB]             #I Pixel mask name
+pointer refim                   #I Reference image pointer
+char    match[ARB]              #I Match by physical coordinates?
+char    mname[ARB]              #O Expanded mask name
+int     sz_mname                #O Size of expanded mask name
+pointer	pm			#R Pixel mask pointer
+
+int	imstati()
+pointer	im, yt_mappm()
+errchk	yt_mappm
+
+begin
+	im = yt_mappm (pmname, refim, match, mname, sz_mname)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    pm = imstati (im, IM_PMDES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_PMDES, NULL)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	} else
+	    pm = NULL
+	return (pm)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmedian.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmedian.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..164140a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmedian.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_MEDIAN -- Median of lines
+
+procedure ic_median$t (d, n, npts, doblank, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Input data line pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+$else
+PIXEL	median[npts]		# Median
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, j1, j2, n1, lo, up, lo1, up1
+bool	even
+$if (datatype == silx)
+real	val1, val2, val3
+$else
+PIXEL	val1, val2, val3
+$endif
+PIXEL	temp, wtemp
+$if (datatype == x)
+real	abs_temp
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data return after possibly setting blank values.
+	if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    median[i]= blank
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the data were previously sorted then directly compute the median.
+	if (mclip) {
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		n1 = n[1]
+		j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+		j2 = n1 / 2
+		even = (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2))
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    if (even) {
+			val1 = Mem$t[d[j1]+k]
+			val2 = Mem$t[d[j2]+k]
+			median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+		    } else
+			median[i] = Mem$t[d[j1]+k]
+		}
+		return
+	    } else {
+	        # Check for negative n values.  If found then there are
+		# pixels with no good values but with values we want to
+		# use as a substitute median.  In this case ignore that
+		# the good pixels have been sorted.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    if (n[i] < 0)
+		        break
+		}
+
+		if (n[i] >= 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			k = i - 1
+			n1 = n[i]
+			if (n1 > 0) {
+			    j1 = n1 / 2 + 1
+			    if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1>2)) {
+				j2 = n1 / 2
+				val1 = Mem$t[d[j1]+k]
+				val2 = Mem$t[d[j2]+k]
+				median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2.
+			    } else
+				median[i] = Mem$t[d[j1]+k]
+			} else if (doblank == YES)
+			    median[i] = blank
+		    }
+		    return
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the median.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = abs(n[i])
+
+	    # If there are more than 3 points use Wirth algorithm.  This
+	    # is the same as vops$amed.gx except for an even number of
+	    # points it selects the middle two and averages.
+	    if (n1 > 3) {
+		lo = 1
+		up = n1
+		j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2))
+
+		while (lo < up) {
+		    if (! (lo < up))
+			break
+
+		    temp = Mem$t[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+		    $if (datatype == x)
+		    abs_temp = abs (temp)
+		    $endif
+
+		    repeat {
+			$if (datatype == x)
+			while (abs (Mem$t[d[lo1]+k]) < abs_temp)
+			$else
+			while (Mem$t[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+			$endif
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			$if (datatype == x)
+			while (abs_temp < abs (Mem$t[d[up1]+k]))
+			$else
+			while (temp < Mem$t[d[up1]+k])
+			$endif
+			    up1 = up1 - 1
+			if (lo1 <= up1) {
+			    wtemp = Mem$t[d[lo1]+k]
+			    Mem$t[d[lo1]+k] = Mem$t[d[up1]+k]
+			    Mem$t[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+			    lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			}
+		    } until (lo1 > up1)
+
+		    if (up1 < j)
+			lo = lo1
+		    if (j < lo1)
+			up = up1
+		}
+
+		median[i] = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+
+		if (mod(n1,2)==0 && (medtype==MEDAVG || n1 > 2)) {
+		    lo = 1
+		    up = n1
+		    j  = max (lo, min (up, (up+1)/2)+1)
+
+		    while (lo < up) {
+			if (! (lo < up))
+			    break
+
+			temp = Mem$t[d[j]+k];  lo1 = lo;  up1 = up
+			$if (datatype == x)
+			abs_temp = abs (temp)
+			$endif
+
+			repeat {
+			    $if (datatype == x)
+			    while (abs (Mem$t[d[lo1]+k]) < abs_temp)
+			    $else
+			    while (Mem$t[d[lo1]+k] < temp)
+			    $endif
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1
+			    $if (datatype == x)
+			    while (abs_temp < abs (Mem$t[d[up1]+k]))
+			    $else
+			    while (temp < Mem$t[d[up1]+k])
+			    $endif
+				up1 = up1 - 1
+			    if (lo1 <= up1) {
+				wtemp = Mem$t[d[lo1]+k]
+				Mem$t[d[lo1]+k] = Mem$t[d[up1]+k]
+				Mem$t[d[up1]+k] = wtemp
+				lo1 = lo1 + 1;  up1 = up1 - 1
+			    }
+			} until (lo1 > up1)
+
+			if (up1 < j)
+			    lo = lo1
+			if (j < lo1)
+			    up = up1
+		    }
+		    median[i] = (median[i] + Mem$t[d[j]+k]) / 2
+		}
+
+	    # If 3 points find the median directly.
+	    } else if (n1 == 3) {
+		$if (datatype == x)
+	        val1 = abs (Mem$t[d[1]+k])
+	        val2 = abs (Mem$t[d[2]+k])
+	        val3 = abs (Mem$t[d[3]+k])
+	        if (val1 < val2) {
+		    if (val2 < val3)		# abc
+		        median[i] = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+		    else if (val1 < val3)	# acb
+		        median[i] = Mem$t[d[3]+k]
+		    else			# cab
+		        median[i] = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+	        } else {
+		    if (val2 > val3)		# cba
+		        median[i] = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+		    else if (val1 > val3)	# bca
+		        median[i] = Mem$t[d[3]+k]
+		    else			# bac
+		        median[i] = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+	        }
+		$else
+	        val1 = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+	        val2 = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+	        val3 = Mem$t[d[3]+k]
+	        if (val1 < val2) {
+		    if (val2 < val3)		# abc
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 < val3)	# acb
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# cab
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        } else {
+		    if (val2 > val3)		# cba
+		        median[i] = val2
+		    else if (val1 > val3)	# bca
+		        median[i] = val3
+		    else			# bac
+		        median[i] = val1
+	        }
+		$endif
+
+	    # If 2 points average.
+	    } else if (n1 == 2) {
+		val1 = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		val2 = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+		if (medtype == MEDAVG)
+		    median[i] = (val1 + val2) / 2
+		else
+		    median[i] = min (val1, val2)
+
+	    # If 1 point return the value.
+	    } else if (n1 == 1)
+		median[i] = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+
+	    # If no points return with a possibly blank value.
+	    else if (doblank == YES)
+		median[i] = blank
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmm.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmm.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..860cb512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icmm.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_MM --  Reject a specified number of high and low pixels
+
+procedure ic_mm$t (d, m, n, npts)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+
+int	n1, ncombine, npairs, nlow, nhigh, np
+int	i, i1, j, jmax, jmin
+pointer	k, kmax, kmin
+PIXEL	d1, d2, dmin, dmax
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_NONE)
+	    return
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+	    nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+	    ncombine = n1 - nlow -  nhigh
+	    npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	    nlow = nlow - npairs
+	    nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    i1 = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		nlow = flow * n1 + 0.001
+		nhigh = fhigh * n1 + 0.001
+		ncombine = max (ncombine, n1 - nlow - nhigh)
+		npairs = min (nlow, nhigh)
+		nlow = nlow - npairs
+		nhigh = nhigh - npairs
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    do np = 1, npairs {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		$if (datatype == x)
+		d1 = abs (Mem$t[k])
+		$else
+		d1 = Mem$t[k]
+		$endif
+		dmax = d1; dmin = d1; jmax = 1; jmin = 1; kmax = k; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    d2 = d1
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    $if (datatype == x)
+		    d1 = abs (Mem$t[k])
+		    $else
+		    d1 = Mem$t[k]
+		    $endif
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    } else if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		j = n1 - 1
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j) {
+			    Mem$t[kmax] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Mem$t[kmax] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1) {
+			    Mem$t[kmin] = d1
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+			} else {
+			    Mem$t[kmin] = d2
+			    k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[j]+i1]
+			    Memi[m[j]+i1] = k
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < j) {
+			if (jmin != j)
+			    Mem$t[kmax] = d2
+			else
+			    Mem$t[kmax] = d1
+		    }
+		    if (jmin < j) {
+			if (jmax != n1)
+			    Mem$t[kmin] = d1
+			else
+			    Mem$t[kmin] = d2
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 2
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    do np = 1, nlow {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		$if (datatype == x)
+		d1 = abs (Mem$t[k])
+		$else
+		d1 = Mem$t[k]
+		$endif
+		dmin = d1; jmin = 1; kmin = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    $if (datatype == x)
+		    d1 = abs (Mem$t[k])
+		    $else
+		    d1 = Mem$t[k]
+		    $endif
+		    if (d1 < dmin) {
+			dmin = d1; jmin = j; kmin = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmin < n1) {
+			Mem$t[kmin] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmin]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmin]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmin < n1)
+			Mem$t[kmin] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    do np = 1, nhigh {
+		k = d[1] + i1
+		$if (datatype == x)
+		d1 = abs (Mem$t[k])
+		$else
+		d1 = Mem$t[k]
+		$endif
+		dmax = d1; jmax = 1; kmax = k
+		do j = 2, n1 {
+		    k = d[j] + i1
+		    $if (datatype == x)
+		    d1 = abs (Mem$t[k])
+		    $else
+		    d1 = Mem$t[k]
+		    $endif
+		    if (d1 > dmax) {
+			dmax = d1; jmax = j; kmax = k
+		    }
+		}
+		if (keepids) {
+		    if (jmax < n1) {
+			Mem$t[kmax] = d1
+			k = Memi[m[jmax]+i1]
+			Memi[m[jmax]+i1] = Memi[m[n1]+i1]
+			Memi[m[n1]+i1] = k
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (jmax < n1)
+			Mem$t[kmax] = d1
+		}
+		n1 = n1 - 1 
+	    }
+	    n[i] = n1
+	}
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL && npairs + nlow + nhigh > 0)
+		dflag = D_MIX
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icnmodel.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icnmodel.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e020dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icnmodel.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+include	"../icmask.h"
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_NMODEL -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) noise model.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_nmodel$t (d, m, n, nm, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	nm[3,nimages]		# Noise model parameters
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+$else
+PIXEL	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	sum, zero
+data	zero /0.0/
+$else
+PIXEL	sum, zero
+data	zero /0$f/
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = val * wt**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + val * wt**2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[1]+k])
+		    val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+		    sum = val
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[j]+k])
+			val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			sum = sum + val
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = val * wt**2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + val * wt**2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[1]+k])
+				val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+				sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[j]+k])
+				    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] +
+				        (val*nm[3,j])**2
+				    sum = sum + val
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[1]+k])
+			val = nm[1,1] + val/nm[2,1] + (val*nm[3,1])**2
+			sum = val
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = max (zero, Mem$t[d[j]+k])
+			    val = nm[1,j] + val/nm[2,j] + (val*nm[3,j])**2
+			    sum = sum + val
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae489158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icomb.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<pmset.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<syserr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+# The following is for compiling under V2.11.
+define	IM_BUFFRAC	IM_BUFSIZE
+include	<imset.h>
+
+
+# ICOMBINE -- Combine images
+#
+# The memory and open file descriptor limits are checked and an attempt
+# to recover is made either by setting the image pixel files to be
+# closed after I/O or by notifying the calling program that memory
+# ran out and the IMIO buffer size should be reduced.  After the checks
+# a procedure for the selected combine option is called.
+# Because there may be several failure modes when reaching the file
+# limits we first assume an error is due to the file limit, except for
+# out of memory, and close some pixel files.  If the error then repeats
+# on accessing the pixels the error is passed back.
+
+$for (sird)
+procedure icombine$t (in, out, scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages, bufsize)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	bufsize			# IMIO buffer size
+
+char	str[1]
+int	i, j, k, npts, fd, stropen(), xt_imgnl$t()
+pointer	sp, d, id, n, m, lflag, v, dbuf
+pointer	im, buf, xt_opix(), impl1i()
+errchk	stropen, xt_cpix, xt_opix, xt_imgnl$t, impl1i, ic_combine$t
+$if (datatype == sil)
+pointer	impl1r()
+errchk	impl1r
+$else
+pointer	impl1$t()
+errchk	impl1$t
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	npts = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dbuf, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (d, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (id, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (n, npts, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (m, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (lflag, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovki (D_ALL, Memi[lflag], nimages)
+	call amovkl (1, Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If not aligned or growing create data buffers of output length
+	# otherwise use the IMIO buffers.
+
+	if (!aligned || grow >= 1.) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_PIXEL)
+		call aclr$t (Mem$t[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		im = xt_opix (in[i], i, 1)
+		if (im != in[i]) {
+		    call salloc (Memi[dbuf+i-1], npts, TY_PIXEL)
+		    call aclr$t (Mem$t[Memi[dbuf+i-1]], npts)
+		}
+	    }
+	    call amovki (NULL, Memi[dbuf], nimages)
+	}
+
+	if (project) {
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_NBUFS, nimages)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+	    call imseti (in[1], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Reserve FD for string operations.
+	    fd = stropen (str, 1, NEW_FILE)
+
+	    # Do I/O to the images.
+	    do i = 1, 6 {
+		if (out[i] != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (out[i], IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+		}
+	    }
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    buf = impl1r (out[1])
+	    call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1r (out[3])
+		call aclrr (Memr[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    $else
+	    buf = impl1$t (out[1])
+	    call aclr$t (Mem$t[buf], npts)
+	    if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1$t (out[3])
+		call aclr$t (Mem$t[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    $endif
+	    if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[2])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[4] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[4])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[5])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+	    if (out[6] != NULL) {
+		buf = impl1i (out[6])
+		call aclri (Memi[buf], npts)
+	    }
+
+	    # Do I/O for first input image line.
+	    if (!project) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    call xt_imseti (i, "bufsize", bufsize)
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			call xt_cpix (i)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    j = max (0, offsets[i,1])
+		    k = min (npts, IM_LEN(in[i],1) + offsets[i,1])
+		    if (k - j < 1)
+			next
+		    j = 1 - offsets[i,2]
+		    if (j < 1 || j > IM_LEN(in[i],2))
+			next
+		    iferr {
+			Meml[v+1] = j
+			j = xt_imgnl$t (in[i], i, buf, Meml[v], 1)
+		    } then {
+			call imseti (im, IM_PIXFD, NULL)
+			call sfree (sp)
+			call strclose (fd)
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call strclose (fd)
+	}
+
+	call ic_combine$t (in, out, Memi[dbuf], Memi[d], Memi[id], Memi[n],
+	    Memi[m], Memi[lflag], offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+end
+
+
+# IC_COMBINE -- Combine images.
+
+procedure ic_combine$t (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+	scales, zeros, wts, nimages, npts)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output image
+pointer	dbuf[nimages]		# Data buffers for nonaligned images
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	id[nimages]		# Image index ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Mask pointers
+int	lflag[nimages]		# Line flags
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Input image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero offset factors
+real	wts[nimages]		# Combining weights
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of points per output line
+
+int	i, ext, ctor(), errcode()
+real	r, imgetr()
+pointer	sp, fname, imname, v1, v2, v3, work
+pointer	outdata, buf, nmod, nm, pms
+pointer	immap(), impnli()
+$if (datatype == sil)
+pointer	impnlr(), imgnlr()
+$else
+pointer	impnl$t(), imgnl$t
+$endif
+errchk	immap, ic_scale, imgetr, ic_grow, ic_grow$t, ic_rmasks, ic_emask
+errchk	ic_gdata$t
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+data	ext/0/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v3, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	call ic_scale (in, out, offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages)
+
+	# Set combine parameters
+	switch (combine) {
+	case AVERAGE, SUM, QUAD, NMODEL:
+	    if (dowts)
+		keepids = true
+	    else
+		keepids = false
+	case MEDIAN:
+	    dowts = false
+	    keepids = false
+	}
+	docombine = true
+
+	# Get noise model parameters.
+	if (combine==NMODEL) {
+	    call salloc (nmod, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1] = r * scales[i]
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)] / Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+1]) ** 2,
+			1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nmod+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set rejection algorithm specific parameters
+	switch (reject) {
+	case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+	    call salloc (nm, 3*nimages, TY_REAL)
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[rdnoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[rdnoise])
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[gain], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[gain])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] = r
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] =
+			max ((Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] / r) ** 2, 1e4 / MAX_REAL)
+		}
+	    }
+	    i = 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc[snoise], i, r) > 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    r = imgetr (in[i], Memc[snoise])
+		    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] = r
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!keepids) {
+		if (doscale1)
+		    keepids = true
+		else {
+		    do i = 2, nimages {
+			if (Memr[nm+3*(i-1)] != Memr[nm] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+1] != Memr[nm+1] ||
+			    Memr[nm+3*(i-1)+2] != Memr[nm+2]) {
+			    keepids = true
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (reject == CRREJECT)
+		lsigma = MAX_REAL
+	case MINMAX:
+	    mclip = false
+	case PCLIP:
+	    mclip = true
+	case AVSIGCLIP, SIGCLIP:
+	    if (doscale1)
+		keepids = true
+	case NONE:
+	    mclip = false
+	}
+
+	if (out[4] != NULL)
+	    keepids = true
+
+	if (out[6] != NULL) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call ic_einit (in, nimages, Memc[expkeyword], 1., 2**27-1)
+	}
+
+	if (grow >= 1.) {
+	    keepids = true
+	    call salloc (work, npts * nimages, TY_INT)
+	}
+	pms = NULL
+
+	if (keepids) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call salloc (id[i], npts, TY_INT)
+	}
+
+# This idea turns out to has a problem with masks are used with wcs offsets.
+# the matching of masks to images based on WCS requires access to the WCS
+# of the images.  For now we drop this idea but maybe a way can be identified
+# to know when this is not going to be needed.
+#        # Reduce header memory use.
+#	do i = 1, nimages
+#	    call xt_minhdr (i)
+
+	$if (datatype == sil)
+	while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_gdata$t (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+	    switch (reject) {
+	    case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mccdclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_accdclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case MINMAX:
+		call ic_mm$t (d, id, n, npts)
+	    case PCLIP:
+		call ic_pclip$t (d, id, n, nimages, npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    case SIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_msigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_asigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Memr[outdata])
+	    case AVSIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mavsigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_aavsigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Memr[outdata])
+	    }
+
+	    if (pms == NULL || nkeep > 0) {
+		if (docombine) {
+		    switch (combine) {
+		    case AVERAGE:
+			call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case MEDIAN:
+			call ic_median$t (d, n, npts, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case SUM:
+			call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		    case QUAD:
+			call ic_quad$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    case NMODEL:
+			call ic_nmodel$t (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+			    nimages, npts, YES, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (grow >= 1.)
+		call ic_grow (out, Meml[v2], id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigma$t (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+	$else
+	while (impnl$t (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_gdata$t (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+	    switch (reject) {
+	    case CCDCLIP, CRREJECT:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mccdclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Mem$t[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_accdclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, Memr[nm],
+			nimages, npts, Mem$t[outdata])
+	    case MINMAX:
+		call ic_mm$t (d, id, n, npts)
+	    case PCLIP:
+		call ic_pclip$t (d, id, n, nimages, npts, Mem$t[outdata])
+	    case SIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_msigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Mem$t[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_asigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts,
+			Mem$t[outdata])
+	    case AVSIGCLIP:
+		if (mclip)
+		    call ic_mavsigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Mem$t[outdata])
+		else
+		    call ic_aavsigclip$t (d, id, n, scales, zeros, nimages,
+			npts, Mem$t[outdata])
+	    }
+
+	    if (pms == NULL || nkeep > 0) {
+		if (docombine) {
+		    switch (combine) {
+		    case AVERAGE:
+			call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Mem$t[outdata])
+		    case MEDIAN:
+			call ic_median$t (d, n, npts, YES, Mem$t[outdata])
+		    case SUM:
+			call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, NO, Mem$t[outdata])
+		    case QUAD:
+			call ic_quad$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+			    YES, YES, Mem$t[outdata])
+		    case NMODEL:
+			call ic_nmodel$t (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+			    nimages, npts, YES, YES, Mem$t[outdata])
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (grow >= 1.)
+		call ic_grow (out, Meml[v2], id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+	    if (pms == NULL) {
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnl$t (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigma$t (d, id, n, wts, npts, Mem$t[outdata],
+			Mem$t[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+	$endif
+
+	if (pms != NULL) {
+	    if (nkeep > 0) {
+		call imstats (out[1], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call imunmap (out[1])
+		iferr (buf = immap (Memc[fname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+		    switch (errcode()) {
+		    case SYS_FXFOPNOEXTNV:
+			call imgcluster (Memc[fname], Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+			ext = ext + 1
+			call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			    call pargi (ext)
+			iferr (buf = immap (Memc[imname], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+			    buf = NULL
+			    ext = 0
+			}
+			repeat {
+			    call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "%s[%d]")
+				call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+				call pargi (ext+1)
+			    iferr (outdata = immap (Memc[imname],READ_WRITE,0)) 
+				break
+			    if (buf != NULL)
+				call imunmap (buf)
+			    buf = outdata
+			    ext = ext + 1
+			}
+		    default:
+			call erract (EA_ERROR)
+		    }
+		}
+		out[1] = buf
+	    }
+
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v3], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    while (impnlr (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+		call ic_gdata$t (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		    scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+		call ic_grow$t (Meml[v2], d, id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+		if (nkeep > 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] < nkeep) {
+			    Meml[v1+1] = Meml[v1+1] - 1
+			    if (imgnlr (out[1], buf, Meml[v1]) == EOF)
+				;
+			    call amovr (Memr[buf], Memr[outdata], npts)
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		switch (combine) {
+		case AVERAGE:
+		    call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case MEDIAN:
+		    call ic_median$t (d, n, npts, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case SUM:
+		    call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, NO, Memr[outdata])
+		case QUAD:
+		    call ic_quad$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		case NMODEL:
+		    call ic_nmodel$t (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+		        nimages, npts, NO, YES, Memr[outdata])
+		}
+
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+			
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnlr (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigma$t (d, id, n, wts, npts, Memr[outdata],
+			Memr[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+	    $else
+	    while (impnl$t (out[1], outdata, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+		call ic_gdata$t (in, out, dbuf, d, id, n, m, lflag, offsets,
+		    scales, zeros, nimages, npts, Meml[v2], Meml[v3])
+
+		call ic_grow$t (Meml[v2], d, id, n, Memi[work], nimages, npts,
+		    pms)
+
+		if (nkeep > 0) {
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] < nkeep) {
+			    Meml[v1+1] = Meml[v1+1] - 1
+			    if (imgnl$t (out[1], buf, Meml[v1]) == EOF)
+				;
+			    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf], Mem$t[outdata], npts)
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		switch (combine) {
+		case AVERAGE:
+		    call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Mem$t[outdata])
+		case MEDIAN:
+		    call ic_median$t (d, n, npts, NO, Mem$t[outdata])
+		case SUM:
+		    call ic_average$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, NO, Mem$t[outdata])
+		case QUAD:
+		    call ic_quad$t (d, id, n, wts, nimages, npts,
+		        NO, YES, Mem$t[outdata])
+		case NMODEL:
+		    call ic_nmodel$t (d, id, n, Memr[nmod], wts,
+		        nimages, npts, NO, YES, Mem$t[outdata])
+		}
+
+		if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[2], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    do i = 1, npts {
+			if (n[i] > 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 0
+			else if (n[i] == 0)
+			    Memi[buf] = 1
+			else
+			    Memi[buf] = 2
+			buf = buf + 1
+		    }
+		}
+			
+		if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnl$t (out[3], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call ic_sigma$t (d, id, n, wts, npts, Mem$t[outdata],
+			Mem$t[buf])
+		}
+
+		if (out[4] != NULL)
+		    call ic_rmasks (out[4], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+		if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		    i = impnli (out[5], buf, Meml[v1])
+		    call amovki (nimages, Memi[buf], npts)
+		    call asubi (Memi[buf], n, Memi[buf], npts)
+		}
+
+		if (out[6] != NULL)
+		    call ic_emask (out[6], Meml[v2], id, nimages, n, wts, npts)
+
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+	    $endif
+
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		call pm_close (Memi[pms+i-1])
+	    call mfree (pms, TY_POINTER)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.com b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55ad308b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.com
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# ICOMBINE Common
+
+int	combine			# Combine algorithm
+int	medtype			# Median type
+int	reject			# Rejection algorithm
+bool	project			# Combine across the highest dimension?
+real	blank			# Blank value
+pointer	expkeyword		# Exposure time keyword
+pointer	statsec			# Statistics section
+pointer	rdnoise			# CCD read noise
+pointer	gain			# CCD gain
+pointer	snoise			# CCD sensitivity noise
+real	lthresh			# Low threshold
+real	hthresh			# High threshold
+int	nkeep			# Minimum to keep
+real	lsigma			# Low sigma cutoff
+real	hsigma			# High sigma cutoff
+real	pclip			# Number or fraction of pixels from median
+real	flow			# Fraction of low pixels to reject
+real	fhigh			# Fraction of high pixels to reject
+real	grow			# Grow radius
+bool	mclip			# Use median in sigma clipping?
+real	sigscale		# Sigma scaling tolerance
+int	logfd			# Log file descriptor
+
+# These flags allow special conditions to be optimized.
+
+int	dflag			# Data flag (D_ALL, D_NONE, D_MIX)
+bool	aligned			# Are the images aligned?
+bool	doscale			# Do the images have to be scaled?
+bool	doscale1		# Do the sigma calculations have to be scaled?
+bool	dothresh		# Check pixels outside specified thresholds?
+bool	dowts			# Does the final average have to be weighted?
+bool	keepids			# Keep track of the image indices?
+bool	docombine		# Call the combine procedure?
+bool	sort			# Sort data?
+bool	verbose			# Verbose?
+
+pointer	icm			# Mask data structure
+
+common	/imccom/ combine, medtype, reject, blank, expkeyword, statsec, rdnoise,
+		 gain, snoise, lsigma, hsigma, lthresh, hthresh, nkeep,
+		 pclip, flow, fhigh, grow, logfd, dflag, sigscale, project,
+		 mclip, aligned, doscale, doscale1, dothresh, dowts,
+		 keepids, docombine, sort, verbose, icm
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51f60887
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# ICOMBINE Definitions
+
+# Memory management parameters;
+define	MAXMEMORY		500000000	# maximum memory
+define	FUDGE			0.8		# fudge factor
+
+# Rejection options:
+define	REJECT	"|none|ccdclip|crreject|minmax|pclip|sigclip|avsigclip|"
+define	NONE		1	# No rejection algorithm
+define	CCDCLIP		2	# CCD noise function clipping
+define	CRREJECT	3	# CCD noise function clipping
+define	MINMAX		4	# Minmax rejection
+define	PCLIP		5	# Percentile clip
+define	SIGCLIP		6	# Sigma clip
+define	AVSIGCLIP	7	# Sigma clip with average poisson sigma
+
+# Combine options:
+define	COMBINE	"|average|median|lmedian|sum|quadrature|nmodel|"
+define	AVERAGE		1
+define	MEDIAN		2
+define	LMEDIAN		3
+define	SUM		4
+define	QUAD		5
+define	NMODEL		6
+
+# Median types:
+define	MEDAVG		1	# Central average for even N
+define	MEDLOW		2	# Lower value for even N
+
+# Scaling options:
+define	STYPES		"|none|mode|median|mean|exposure|"
+define	ZTYPES		"|none|mode|median|mean|"
+define	WTYPES		"|none|mode|median|mean|exposure|"
+define	S_NONE		1
+define	S_MODE		2
+define	S_MEDIAN	3
+define	S_MEAN		4
+define	S_EXPOSURE	5
+define	S_FILE		6
+define	S_KEYWORD	7
+define	S_SECTION	"|input|output|overlap|"
+define	S_INPUT		1
+define	S_OUTPUT	2
+define	S_OVERLAP	3
+
+# Mask options
+define	MASKTYPES	"|none|goodvalue|badvalue|goodbits|badbits|novalue|"
+define	M_NONE		1	# Don't use mask images
+define	M_GOODVAL	2	# Value selecting good pixels
+define	M_BADVAL	3	# Value selecting bad pixels
+define	M_GOODBITS	4	# Bits selecting good pixels
+define	M_BADBITS	5	# Bits selecting bad pixels
+define	M_NOVAL		6	# Value selecting no value (good = 0)
+define	M_LTVAL		7	# Values less than specified are good
+define	M_GTVAL		8	# Values greater than specified are good
+define	M_BOOLEAN	-1	# Ignore mask values
+
+# Data flag
+define	D_ALL		0	# All pixels are good
+define	D_NONE		1	# All pixels are bad or rejected
+define	D_MIX		2	# Mixture of good and bad pixels
+
+define	TOL		0.001	# Tolerance for equal residuals
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6e5ddd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icombine.x
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<syserr.h>
+include	"icombine.h"
+
+
+# ICOMBINE -- Combine input list or image.
+# This procedure maps the images, sets the output dimensions and datatype,
+# opens the logfile, and sets IMIO parameters.  It attempts to adjust
+# buffer sizes and memory requirements for maximum efficiency.
+
+procedure icombine (list, output, headers, bmask, rmask, nrmask, emask,
+	sigma, logfile, scales, zeros, wts, stack, delete, listonly)
+
+int	list				#I List of input images
+char	output[ARB]			#I Output image
+char	headers[ARB]			#I Output header rootname
+char	bmask[ARB]			#I Bad pixel mask
+char	rmask[ARB]			#I Rejection mask
+char	nrmask[ARB]			#I Nreject mask
+char	emask[ARB]			#I Exposure mask
+char	sigma[ARB]			#I Sigma image (optional)
+char	logfile[ARB]			#I Logfile (optional)
+real	scales[ARB]			#I Scale factors
+real	zeros[ARB]			#I Offset factors
+real	wts[ARB]			#I Weights
+int	stack				#I Stack input images?
+int	delete				#I Delete input images?
+int	listonly			#I List images to combine?
+
+bool	proj
+char	input[SZ_FNAME], errstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	i, j, nimages, intype, bufsize, oldsize, stack1, err, retry
+int	maxsize, maxmemory, memory
+pointer	sp, im, in1, in, out[6], offsets, key, tmp, bpmstack 
+
+char	clgetc()
+int	clgwrd(), imtlen(), imtgetim(), imtrgetim(), getdatatype(), envgeti()
+int	begmem(), errget(), open(), ty_max(), sizeof(), strmatch()
+pointer	immap(), xt_immap(), ic_pmmap()
+errchk	ic_imstack, immap, imunmap, xt_immap, ic_pmmap, ic_setout
+
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+define	retry_	98
+define	err_	99
+
+begin
+	if (listonly == YES) {
+	    # Write the output list.
+	    if (output[1] == EOS) {
+		call imtrew (list)
+		while (imtgetim (list, input, SZ_FNAME)!=EOF) {
+		    i = strmatch (input, "[0]") - 3
+		    if (i > 0)
+		        call strcpy (input[i+3], input[i], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call printf ("%s\n")
+			call pargstr (input)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		call sprintf (errstr, SZ_LINE, "%s.list")
+		    call pargstr (output)
+		iferr (logfd = open (errstr, APPEND, TEXT_FILE))
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imtrew (list)
+		while (imtgetim (list, input, SZ_FNAME)!=EOF) {
+		    i = strmatch (input, "[0]") - 3
+		    if (i > 0)
+		        call strcpy (input[i+3], input[i], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call printf ("%s -> %s\n")
+			call pargstr (input)
+			call pargstr (errstr)
+		    call fprintf (logfd, "%s\n")
+			call pargstr (input)
+		}
+		call close (logfd)
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	if (nimages == 0)
+	    call error (1, "No images to combine")
+
+	if (project) {
+	    if (imtgetim (list, input, SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		call error (1, "No image to project")
+	}
+
+	bufsize = 0
+#	if (nimages > LAST_FD - 15)
+#	    stack1 = YES
+#	else
+	    stack1 = stack
+
+	retry = 0
+
+retry_
+	iferr {
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (in, 1, TY_POINTER)
+
+	    nimages = 0
+	    in1 = NULL; Memi[in] = NULL; logfd = NULL
+	    out[1] = NULL; out[2] = NULL; out[3] = NULL
+	    out[4] = NULL; out[5] = NULL; out[6] = NULL
+
+	    # Stack the input images.
+	    if (stack1 == YES) {
+		proj = project
+		project = true
+		call salloc (bpmstack, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+		i = clgwrd ("masktype", Memc[bpmstack], SZ_FNAME, MASKTYPES)
+		if (i == M_NONE)
+		    Memc[bpmstack] = EOS
+		else {
+		    call mktemp ("tmp", Memc[bpmstack], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call strcat (".pl", Memc[bpmstack], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+		call mktemp ("tmp", input, SZ_FNAME)
+		call imtrew (list)
+		call ic_imstack (list, input, Memc[bpmstack])
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the input image(s).
+	    if (project) {
+		tmp = immap (input, READ_ONLY, 0); out[1] = tmp
+		if (IM_NDIM(out[1]) == 1)
+		    call error (1, "Can't project one dimensional images")
+		nimages = IM_LEN(out[1],IM_NDIM(out[1]))
+		call salloc (in, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+		call amovki (out[1], Memi[in], nimages)
+	    } else {
+		call salloc (in, imtlen(list), TY_POINTER)
+		call amovki (NULL, Memi[in], imtlen(list))
+		call imtrew (list)
+		while (imtgetim (list, input, SZ_FNAME)!=EOF) {
+		    nimages = nimages + 1
+		    tmp = xt_immap (input, READ_ONLY, 0, nimages, retry)
+		    Memi[in+nimages-1] = tmp
+		}
+
+		# Check sizes and set I/O option.
+		intype = 0
+		tmp = Memi[in]
+		do i = 2, nimages {
+		    do j = 1, IM_NDIM(tmp) {
+			if (IM_LEN(tmp,j) != IM_LEN(Memi[in+i-1],j))
+			    intype = 1
+		    }
+		    if (intype == 1)
+			break
+		}
+		if (intype == 1)
+		    call xt_imseti (0, "option", intype)
+	    }
+
+	    # Check if there are no images.
+	    if (nimages == 0)
+		call error (1, "No images to combine")
+
+	    # Convert the pclip parameter to a number of pixels rather than
+	    # a fraction.  This number stays constant even if pixels are
+	    # rejected.  The number of low and high pixel rejected, however,
+	    # are converted to a fraction of the valid pixels.
+
+	    if (reject == PCLIP) {
+		i = nimages / 2.
+		if (abs (pclip) < 1.)
+		    pclip = pclip * i
+		if (pclip < 0.)
+		    pclip = min (-1, max (-i, int (pclip)))
+		else
+		    pclip = max (1, min (i, int (pclip)))
+	    }
+
+	    if (reject == MINMAX) {
+		if (flow >= 1)
+		    flow = flow / nimages
+		if (fhigh >= 1)
+		    fhigh = fhigh / nimages
+		i = flow * nimages
+		j = fhigh * nimages
+		if (i + j == 0)
+		    reject = NONE
+		else if (i + j >= nimages)
+		    call error (1, "Bad minmax rejection parameters")
+	    }
+
+	    # Map the output image and set dimensions and offsets.
+	    if (stack1 == YES) {
+		call imtrew (list)
+		i = imtgetim (list, errstr, SZ_LINE)
+		in1 = immap (errstr, READ_ONLY, 0)
+		tmp = immap (output, NEW_COPY, in1); out[1] = tmp
+		call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "stck%04d")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    iferr (call imdelf (out[1], Memc[key]))
+			;
+		    if (Memc[bpmstack] != EOS) {
+			call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "bpm%04d")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			iferr (call imdelf (out[1], Memc[key]))
+			    ;
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		tmp = immap (output, NEW_COPY, Memi[in]); out[1] = tmp
+		if (project) {
+		    IM_LEN(out[1],IM_NDIM(out[1])) = 1
+		    IM_NDIM(out[1]) = IM_NDIM(out[1]) - 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    call salloc (offsets, nimages*IM_NDIM(out[1]), TY_INT)
+	    iferr (call ic_setout (Memi[in], out, Memi[offsets], nimages)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call error (1, "Can't set output geometry")
+	    }
+	    call ic_hdr (Memi[in], out, nimages)
+	    iferr (call imdelf (out, "BPM"))
+		;
+
+	    # Determine the highest precedence datatype and set output datatype.
+	    intype = IM_PIXTYPE(Memi[in])
+	    do i = 2, nimages
+		intype = ty_max (intype, IM_PIXTYPE(Memi[in+i-1]))
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(out[1]) = getdatatype (clgetc ("outtype"))
+	    if (IM_PIXTYPE(out[1]) == ERR)
+		IM_PIXTYPE(out[1]) = intype
+
+	    # Open rejection masks
+	    if (rmask[1] != EOS) {
+		tmp = ic_pmmap (rmask, NEW_COPY, out[1]); out[4] = tmp
+		IM_NDIM(out[4]) = IM_NDIM(out[4]) + 1
+		IM_LEN(out[4],IM_NDIM(out[4])) = nimages
+		if (!project) {
+		    if (key == NULL)
+			call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+		    do i = 100, nimages {
+			j = imtrgetim (list, i, input, SZ_FNAME)
+			if (i < 999)
+			    call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "imcmb%d")
+			else if (i < 9999)
+			    call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "imcm%d")
+			else
+			    call sprintf (Memc[key], SZ_FNAME, "imc%d")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			call imastr (out[4], Memc[key], input)
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else
+		out[4] = NULL
+
+	    # Open bad pixel pixel list file if given.
+	    if (bmask[1] != EOS) {
+		tmp = ic_pmmap (bmask, NEW_COPY, out[1]); out[2] = tmp
+	    } else
+		out[2] = NULL
+
+	    # Open nreject pixel list file if given.
+	    if (nrmask[1] != EOS) {
+		tmp = ic_pmmap (nrmask, NEW_COPY, out[1]); out[5] = tmp
+	    } else
+		out[5] = NULL
+
+	    # Open exposure mask if given.
+	    if (emask[1] != EOS) {
+		tmp = ic_pmmap (emask, NEW_COPY, out[1]); out[6] = tmp
+	    } else
+		out[6] = NULL
+
+	    # Open the sigma image if given.
+	    if (sigma[1] != EOS) {
+		tmp = immap (sigma, NEW_COPY, out[1]); out[3] = tmp
+		IM_PIXTYPE(out[3]) = ty_max (TY_REAL, IM_PIXTYPE(out[1]))
+		call sprintf (IM_TITLE(out[3]), SZ_IMTITLE,
+		    "Combine sigma images for %s")
+		    call pargstr (output)
+	    } else
+		out[3] = NULL
+
+	    # Open masks.
+	    call ic_mopen (Memi[in], out, nimages, Memi[offsets],
+	        min(retry,1))
+
+	    # Open the log file.
+	    logfd = NULL
+	    if (logfile[1] != EOS) {
+		iferr (logfd = open (logfile, APPEND, TEXT_FILE)) {
+		    logfd = NULL
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (bufsize == 0) {
+		# Set initial IMIO buffer size based on the number of images
+		# and maximum amount of working memory available.  The buffer
+		# size may be adjusted later if the task runs out of memory.
+		# The FUDGE factor is used to allow for the size of the
+		# program, memory allocator inefficiencies, and any other
+		# memory requirements besides IMIO.
+
+		iferr (maxmemory = envgeti ("imcombine_maxmemory"))
+		    maxmemory = MAXMEMORY
+		memory = begmem (0, oldsize, maxsize)
+		memory = min (memory, maxsize, maxmemory)
+		bufsize = FUDGE * memory / (nimages + 1) / sizeof (intype)
+	    }
+
+	    # Combine the images.  If an out of memory error occurs close all
+	    # images and files, divide the IMIO buffer size in half and try
+	    # again. 
+
+	    switch (ty_max (intype, IM_PIXTYPE(out[1]))) {
+	    case TY_SHORT:
+		call icombines (Memi[in], out, scales, zeros,
+		    wts, Memi[offsets], nimages, bufsize)
+	    case TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		call icombinei (Memi[in], out, scales, zeros,
+		    wts, Memi[offsets], nimages, bufsize)
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		call icombined (Memi[in], out, scales, zeros,
+		    wts, Memi[offsets], nimages, bufsize)
+	    case TY_COMPLEX:
+		call error (1, "Complex images not allowed")
+	    default:
+		call icombiner (Memi[in], out, scales, zeros,
+		    wts, Memi[offsets], nimages, bufsize)
+	    }
+	} then {
+	    err = errget (errstr, SZ_LINE)
+	    if (err == SYS_IKIOPIX && nimages < 250)
+		err = SYS_MFULL
+	    call ic_mclose (nimages)
+	    if (!project) {
+		do j = 2, nimages {
+		    if (Memi[in+j-1] != NULL)
+			call xt_imunmap (Memi[in+j-1], j)
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (out[2] != NULL) {
+		iferr (call imunmap (out[2]))
+		    ;
+		iferr (call imdelete (bmask))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (out[3] != NULL) {
+		iferr (call imunmap (out[3]))
+		    ;
+		iferr (call imdelete (sigma))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (out[4] != NULL) {
+		iferr (call imunmap (out[4]))
+		    ;
+		iferr (call imdelete (rmask))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (out[5] != NULL) {
+		iferr (call imunmap (out[5]))
+		    ;
+		iferr (call imdelete (nrmask))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (out[6] != NULL) {
+		iferr (call imunmap (out[6]))
+		    ;
+		iferr (call imdelete (emask))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (out[1] != NULL) {
+		iferr (call imunmap (out[1]))
+		    ;
+		iferr (call imdelete (output))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (Memi[in] != NULL)
+		call xt_imunmap (Memi[in], 1)
+	    if (in1 != NULL)
+		call imunmap (in1)
+	    if (logfd != NULL)
+		call close (logfd)
+
+	    switch (err) {
+	    case SYS_MFULL:
+		if (project)
+		    goto err_
+
+		if (bufsize < 10000 && retry > 2) {
+		    call strcat ("- Maybe min_lenuserarea is too large",
+			errstr, SZ_LINE)
+		    goto err_
+		}
+
+		bufsize = bufsize / 2
+		retry = retry + 1
+		call sfree (sp)
+		goto retry_
+	    case SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, SYS_IKIOPEN, SYS_IKIOPIX, SYS_FOPEN, SYS_FWTNOACC:
+		if (project)
+		    goto err_
+		stack1 = YES
+		call sfree (sp)
+		goto retry_
+	    default:
+err_
+		if (stack1 == YES) {
+		    iferr (call imdelete (input))
+			;
+		    if (Memc[bpmstack] != EOS) {
+			iferr (call imdelete (Memc[bpmstack]))
+			    ;
+		    }
+		}
+		call fixmem (oldsize)
+		while (imtgetim (list, input, SZ_FNAME)!=EOF)
+		    ;
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call error (err, errstr)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Unmap all the images, close the log file, and restore memory.
+	if (out[2] != NULL)
+	    iferr (call imunmap (out[2]))
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	if (out[3] != NULL)
+	    iferr (call imunmap (out[3]))
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	if (out[4] != NULL) {
+	    # Close the output first so that there is no confusion with
+	    # inheriting the output header.  Then update the WCS for the
+	    # extra dimension.  Note that this may not be correct with
+	    # axis reduced WCS.
+	    iferr {
+		call imunmap (out[4])
+		out[4] = immap (rmask, READ_WRITE, 0)
+		i = IM_NDIM(out[4])
+		call imaddi (out[4], "WCSDIM", i)
+		call sprintf (errstr, SZ_LINE, "LTM%d_%d")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		    call pargi (i)
+		call imaddr (out[4], errstr, 1.)
+		call sprintf (errstr, SZ_LINE, "CD%d_%d")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		    call pargi (i)
+		call imaddr (out[4], errstr, 1.)
+		call imunmap (out[4])
+	    } then
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	}
+	if (out[5] != NULL)
+	    iferr (call imunmap (out[5]))
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	if (out[6] != NULL)
+	    iferr (call imunmap (out[6]))
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	if (out[1] != NULL) {
+	    call imunmap (out[1])
+	    if (headers[1] != EOS) {
+		# Write input headers to a multiextension file if desired.
+		# This might be the same as the output image.
+		iferr {
+		    do i = 1, nimages {
+			im = Memi[in+i-1]
+			call imstats (im, IM_IMAGENAME, input, SZ_FNAME)
+			if (strmatch (headers, ".fits$") == 0) {
+			    call sprintf (errstr, SZ_LINE, "%s.fits[append]")
+				call pargstr (headers)
+			} else {
+			    call sprintf (errstr, SZ_LINE, "%s[append]")
+				call pargstr (headers)
+			}
+			tmp = immap (errstr, NEW_COPY, im)
+			IM_NDIM(tmp) = 0
+			do j = 1, IM_NDIM(im) {
+			    call sprintf (errstr, SZ_LINE, "AXLEN%d")
+				call pargi (j)
+			    call imaddi (tmp, errstr, IM_LEN(im,j))
+			}
+			call imastr (tmp, "INIMAGE", input)
+			call imastr (tmp, "OUTIMAGE", output)
+			call imastr (tmp, "EXTNAME", input)
+			call imunmap (tmp)
+		    }
+		    if (logfd != NULL) {
+			call eprintf ("  Headers = %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (headers)
+		    }
+		} then
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    }
+	}
+	if (!project) {
+	    do i = 2, nimages {
+		if (Memi[in+i-1] != NULL)
+		    call xt_imunmap (Memi[in+i-1], i)
+	    }
+	}
+	if (Memi[in] != NULL)
+	    call xt_imunmap (Memi[in], 1)
+	if (in1 != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (in1)
+	if (stack1 == YES) {
+	    call imdelete (input)
+	    if (Memc[bpmstack] != EOS)
+		call imdelete (Memc[bpmstack])
+	    project = proj
+	}
+	if (logfd != NULL)
+	    call close (logfd)
+	call ic_mclose (nimages)
+	call fixmem (oldsize)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icpclip.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icpclip.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..628dca0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icpclip.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		3	# Minimum number for clipping
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_PCLIP -- Percentile clip
+#
+# 1) Find the median
+# 2) Find the pixel which is the specified order index away
+# 3) Use the data value difference as a sigma and apply clipping
+# 4) Since the median is known return it so it does not have to be recomputed
+
+procedure ic_pclip$t (d, m, n, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+int	nimages			# Number of input images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+$else
+PIXEL	median[npts]		# Median
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+bool	even, fp_equalr()
+real	sigma, r, s, t
+pointer	sp, resid, mp1, mp2
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	med
+$else
+PIXEL	med
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# There must be at least MINCLIP and more than nkeep pixels.
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set sign of pclip parameter
+	if (pclip < 0)
+	    t = -1.
+	else
+	    t = 1.
+
+	# If there are no rejected pixels compute certain parameters once.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = max (0, n[1])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+	    even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+	    if (pclip < 0.) {
+		if (even)
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		else
+		    n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    } else
+		n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    nin = n1
+	}
+
+	# Now apply clipping.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    # Compute median.
+	    if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		n1 = max (0, n[i])
+		if (nkeep < 0)
+		    maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+		else
+		    maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+		if (n1 == 0) {
+		    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+			median[i] = blank
+		    next
+		}
+		n2 = 1 + n1 / 2
+		even = (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		if (pclip < 0) {
+		    if (even)
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 - 1 + pclip))
+		    else
+			n3 = max (1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+		} else
+		    n3 = min (n1, nint (n2 + pclip))
+	    }
+
+	    j = i - 1 
+	    if (even) {
+		med = Mem$t[d[n2-1]+j]
+		med = (med + Mem$t[d[n2]+j]) / 2.
+	    } else
+		med = Mem$t[d[n2]+j]
+
+	    if (n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Define sigma for clipping
+	    sigma = t * (Mem$t[d[n3]+j] - med)
+	    if (fp_equalr (sigma, 0.)) {
+		if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		    median[i] = med
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject pixels and save residuals.
+	    # Check if any pixels are clipped.
+	    # If so recompute the median and reset the number of good pixels.
+	    # Only reorder if needed.
+
+	    for (nl=1; nl<=n1; nl=nl+1) {
+		r = (med - Mem$t[d[nl]+j]) / sigma
+		if (r < lsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nl] = r
+	    }
+	    for (nh=n1; nh>=1; nh=nh-1) {
+		r = (Mem$t[d[nh]+j] -  med) / sigma
+		if (r < hsigma)
+		    break
+		Memr[resid+nh] = r
+	    }
+	    n4 = nh - nl + 1
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back in.
+	    # All pixels with the same residual are added.
+	    while (n4 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n4 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # If any pixels are rejected recompute the median.
+	    if (nl > 1 || nh < n1) {
+		n5 = nl + n4 / 2
+		if (mod (n4, 2) == 0) {
+		    med = Mem$t[d[n5-1]+j]
+		    med = (med + Mem$t[d[n5]+j]) / 2.
+		} else
+		    med = Mem$t[d[n5]+j]
+		n[i] = n4
+	    }
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+
+	    # Reorder if pixels only if necessary.
+	    if (nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		k = max (nl, n4 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+j] = Mem$t[d[k]+j]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + j
+			    mp2 = m[k] + j
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+j] = Memi[m[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+j] = Mem$t[d[k]+j]
+			k = k + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels.
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag whether the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icpmmap.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icpmmap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1afeedd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icpmmap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<pmset.h>
+
+
+# IC_PMMAP -- Map pixel mask.
+
+pointer procedure ic_pmmap (fname, mode, refim)
+
+char	fname[ARB]		# Mask name
+int	mode			# Image mode
+pointer	refim			# Reference image
+pointer	pm			# IMIO pointer (returned)
+
+int	i, fnextn()
+pointer	sp, extn, immap()
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (extn, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	i = fnextn (fname, Memc[extn], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[extn], "pl"))
+	    pm = immap (fname, mode, refim)
+	else {
+	    call strcpy (fname, Memc[extn], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcat (".pl", Memc[extn], SZ_FNAME)
+	    pm = immap (Memc[extn], mode, refim)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (pm)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icquad.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icquad.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ecf3aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icquad.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+include	"../icmask.h"
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_QUAD -- Compute the quadrature average (or summed) image line.
+# Options include a weighted average/sum.
+
+procedure ic_quad$t (d, m, n, wts, nimages, npts, doblank, doaverage,
+	average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+int	doblank			# Set blank values?
+int	doaverage		# Do average?
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+$else
+PIXEL	average[npts]		# Average (returned)
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	val, wt, sumwt
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	sum
+$else
+PIXEL	sum
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If no data has been excluded do the average/sum without checking
+	# the number of points and using the fact that the weights are
+	# normalized.  If all the data has been excluded set the average/sum
+	# to the blank value if requested.
+
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (val * wt) ** 2
+		    }
+		    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    val = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+		    sum = val**2
+		    do j = 2, n[i] {
+			val = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			sum = sum + val**2
+		    }
+		    if (doaverage == YES)
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n[i]
+		    else
+			average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    if (doblank == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts && doaverage == YES) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (val * wt) ** 2
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (val* wt) ** 2
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES) {
+			    if (sumwt > 0)
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / sumwt
+			    else {
+				val = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+				sum = val**2
+				do j = 2, n1 {
+				    val = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+				    sum = sum + val**2
+				}
+				average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			    }
+			} else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = abs(n[i])
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			val = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+			sum = val**2
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    val = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			    sum = sum + val**2
+			}
+			if (doaverage == YES)
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum) / n1
+			else
+			    average[i] = sqrt(sum)
+		    } else if (doblank == YES)
+			average[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icrmasks.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icrmasks.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b9a0c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icrmasks.x
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+
+# IC_RMASKS --  Set pixels for rejection mask.
+
+procedure ic_rmasks (pm, v, id, nimages, n, npts)
+
+pointer	pm			#I Pixel mask
+long	v[ARB]			#I Output vector (input)
+pointer	id[nimages]		#I Image id pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of images
+int	n[npts]			#I Number of good pixels
+int	npts			#I Number of output points per line
+
+int	i, j, k, ndim, impnls()
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf
+
+begin
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(pm)
+	do k = 1, nimages {
+	    call amovl (v, v1, ndim-1)
+	    v1[ndim] = k
+	    i = impnls (pm, buf, v1)
+	    do j = 1, npts {
+		if (n[j] == nimages)
+		    Mems[buf+j-1] = 0
+		else {
+		    Mems[buf+j-1] = 1
+		    do i = 1, n[j] {
+			if (Memi[id[i]+j-1] == k) {
+			    Mems[buf+j-1] = 0
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icscale.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icscale.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42d62f8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icscale.x
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	"icombine.h"
+
+
+# IC_SCALE -- Get and set the scaling factors.
+#
+# If the scaling parameters have been set earlier then this routine
+# just normalizes the factors and writes the log output.
+# When dealing with individual images using image statistics for scaling
+# factors this routine determines the image statistics rather than being
+# done earlier since the input images have all been mapped at this stage.
+
+procedure ic_scale (in, out, offsets, scales, zeros, wts, nimages)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Image offsets
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scale factors
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zero or sky levels
+real	wts[nimages]		# Weights
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	stype, ztype, wtype
+int	i, j, k, l, nout
+real	mode, median, mean, sumwts
+pointer	sp, ncombine, exptime, modes, medians, means
+pointer	section, str, sname, zname, wname, im, imref
+bool	domode, domedian, domean, dozero, dos, doz, dow, snorm, znorm, wflag
+
+int	imgeti(), strdic(), ic_gscale()
+real	imgetr(), asumr(), asumi()
+pointer	xt_opix()
+errchk	ic_gscale, xt_opix, ic_statr
+
+include	"icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ncombine, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (exptime, nimages, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (modes, nimages, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (medians, nimages, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (means, nimages, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (zname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the number of images previously combined and the exposure times.
+	# The default combine number is 1 and the default exposure is 0.
+
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    iferr (Memi[ncombine+i-1] = imgeti (in[i], "ncombine"))
+		Memi[ncombine+i-1] = 1
+	    if (Memc[expkeyword] != EOS) {
+	        iferr (Memr[exptime+i-1] = imgetr (in[i], Memc[expkeyword]))
+		    Memr[exptime+i-1] = 0.
+	    } else
+		Memr[exptime+i-1] = 0.
+	    if (project) {
+		call amovki (Memi[ncombine], Memi[ncombine], nimages)
+		call amovkr (Memr[exptime], Memr[exptime], nimages)
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set scaling type and factors.
+	stype = ic_gscale ("scale", Memc[sname], STYPES, in, Memr[exptime],
+	    scales, nimages)
+	ztype = ic_gscale ("zero", Memc[zname], ZTYPES, in, Memr[exptime],
+	    zeros, nimages)
+	wtype = ic_gscale ("weight", Memc[wname], WTYPES, in, Memr[exptime],
+	    wts, nimages)
+
+	# Get image statistics if needed.
+	dos = ((stype==S_MODE)||(stype==S_MEDIAN)||(stype==S_MEAN))
+	doz = ((ztype==S_MODE)||(ztype==S_MEDIAN)||(ztype==S_MEAN))
+	dow = ((wtype==S_MODE)||(wtype==S_MEDIAN)||(wtype==S_MEAN))
+	if (dos) {
+	    dos = false
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		if (IS_INDEFR(scales[i])) {
+		    dos = true
+		    break
+		}
+	}
+	if (doz) {
+	    doz = false
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		if (IS_INDEFR(zeros[i])) {
+		    doz = true
+		    break
+		}
+	}
+	if (dow) {
+	    dow = false
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		if (IS_INDEFR(wts[i])) {
+		    dow = true
+		    break
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (dos || doz || dow) {
+	    domode = ((stype==S_MODE)||(ztype==S_MODE)||(wtype==S_MODE))
+	    domedian = ((stype==S_MEDIAN)||(ztype==S_MEDIAN)||(wtype==S_MEDIAN))
+	    domean = ((stype==S_MEAN)||(ztype==S_MEAN)||(wtype==S_MEAN))
+
+	    Memc[section] = EOS
+	    Memc[str] = EOS
+	    call sscan (Memc[statsec])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call  gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    i = strdic (Memc[section], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME, S_SECTION)
+	    switch (i) {
+	    case S_INPUT:
+		call strcpy (Memc[str], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		imref = NULL
+	    case S_OUTPUT:
+		call strcpy (Memc[str], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		imref = out[1]
+	    case S_OVERLAP:
+		call strcpy ("[", Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		do i = 1, IM_NDIM(out[1]) {
+		    k = offsets[1,i] + 1
+		    l = offsets[1,i] + IM_LEN(in[1],i)
+		    do j = 2, nimages {
+			k = max (k, offsets[j,i]+1)
+			l = min (l, offsets[j,i]+IM_LEN(in[j],i))
+		    }
+		    if (i < IM_NDIM(out[1]))
+			call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE, "%d:%d,")
+		    else
+			call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE, "%d:%d]")
+			    call pargi (k)
+			    call pargi (l)
+		    call strcat (Memc[str], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+		imref = out[1]
+	    default:
+		imref = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		im = xt_opix (in[i], i, 0)
+		if (imref != out[1])
+		    imref = im
+		if ((dos && IS_INDEFR(scales[i])) ||
+		    (doz && IS_INDEFR(zeros[i])) ||
+		    (dow && IS_INDEFR(wts[i]))) {
+		    call ic_statr (im, imref, Memc[section], offsets, i,
+			nimages, domode, domedian, domean, mode, median, mean)
+		    if (domode) {
+			if (stype == S_MODE && IS_INDEFR(scales[i]))
+			    scales[i] = mode
+			if (ztype == S_MODE && IS_INDEFR(zeros[i]))
+			    zeros[i] = mode
+			if (wtype == S_MODE && IS_INDEFR(wts[i]))
+			    wts[i] = mode
+		    }
+		    if (domedian) {
+			if (stype == S_MEDIAN && IS_INDEFR(scales[i]))
+			    scales[i] = median
+			if (ztype == S_MEDIAN && IS_INDEFR(zeros[i]))
+			    zeros[i] = median
+			if (wtype == S_MEDIAN && IS_INDEFR(wts[i]))
+			    wts[i] = median
+		    }
+		    if (domean) {
+			if (stype == S_MEAN && IS_INDEFR(scales[i]))
+			    scales[i] = mean
+			if (ztype == S_MEAN && IS_INDEFR(zeros[i]))
+			    zeros[i] = mean
+			if (wtype == S_MEAN && IS_INDEFR(wts[i]))
+			    wts[i] = mean
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Save the image statistics if computed.
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[modes], nimages)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[medians], nimages)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[means], nimages)
+	if (stype == S_MODE)
+	    call amovr (scales, Memr[modes], nimages)
+	if (stype == S_MEDIAN)
+	    call amovr (scales, Memr[medians], nimages)
+	if (stype == S_MEAN)
+	    call amovr (scales, Memr[means], nimages)
+	if (ztype == S_MODE)
+	    call amovr (zeros, Memr[modes], nimages)
+	if (ztype == S_MEDIAN)
+	    call amovr (zeros, Memr[medians], nimages)
+	if (ztype == S_MEAN)
+	    call amovr (zeros, Memr[means], nimages)
+	if (wtype == S_MODE)
+	    call amovr (wts, Memr[modes], nimages)
+	if (wtype == S_MEDIAN)
+	    call amovr (wts, Memr[medians], nimages)
+	if (wtype == S_MEAN)
+	    call amovr (wts, Memr[means], nimages)
+
+	# If nothing else has set the scaling factors set them to defaults.
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(scales[i]))
+		scales[i] = 1.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(zeros[i]))
+		zeros[i] = 0.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(wts[i]))
+		wts[i] = 1.
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, nimages
+	    if (scales[i] <= 0.) {
+		call eprintf ("WARNING: Negative scale factors")
+		call eprintf (" -- ignoring scaling\n")
+		call amovkr (1., scales, nimages)
+		break
+	    }
+
+	# Convert to factors relative to the first image.
+	snorm = (stype == S_FILE || stype == S_KEYWORD)
+	znorm = (ztype == S_FILE || ztype == S_KEYWORD)
+	wflag = (wtype == S_FILE || wtype == S_KEYWORD)
+	if (snorm)
+	    call arcpr (1., scales, scales, nimages)
+	mean = scales[1]
+	call adivkr (scales, mean, scales, nimages)
+	call adivr (zeros, scales, zeros, nimages)
+
+	if (wtype != S_NONE) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (wts[i] < 0.) {
+		    call eprintf ("WARNING: Negative weights")
+		    call eprintf (" -- using only NCOMBINE weights\n")
+		    do j = 1, nimages
+			wts[j] = Memi[ncombine+j-1]
+		    break
+		}
+		if (ztype == S_NONE || znorm || wflag)
+	            wts[i] = Memi[ncombine+i-1] * wts[i]
+		else {
+		    if (zeros[i] <= 0.) {
+			call eprintf ("WARNING: Negative zero offsets")
+			call eprintf (" -- ignoring zero weight adjustments\n")
+			do j = 1, nimages
+			    wts[j] = Memi[ncombine+j-1] * wts[j]
+			break
+		    }
+		    wts[i] = Memi[ncombine+i-1] * wts[i] * zeros[1] / zeros[i]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (znorm)
+	    call anegr (zeros, zeros, nimages)
+	else {
+	    # Because of finite arithmetic it is possible for the zero offsets
+	    # to be nonzero even when they are all equal.  Just for the sake of
+	    # a nice log set the zero offsets in this case.
+
+	    mean = zeros[1]
+	    call asubkr (zeros, mean, zeros, nimages)
+	    for (i=2; (i<=nimages)&&(zeros[i]==zeros[1]); i=i+1)
+		;
+	    if (i > nimages)
+		call aclrr (zeros, nimages)
+	}
+	mean = asumr (wts, nimages)
+	if (mean > 0.)
+	    call adivkr (wts, mean, wts, nimages)
+	else {
+	    call eprintf ("WARNING: Mean weight is zero -- using no weights\n")
+	    call amovkr (1., wts, nimages)
+	    mean = 1.
+	}
+
+	# Set flags for scaling, zero offsets, sigma scaling, weights.
+	# Sigma scaling may be suppressed if the scales or zeros are
+	# different by a specified tolerance.
+
+	doscale = false
+	dozero = false
+	doscale1 = false
+	dowts = false
+	do i = 2, nimages {
+	    if (snorm || scales[i] != scales[1])
+		doscale = true
+	    if (znorm || zeros[i] != zeros[1])
+		dozero = true
+	    if (wts[i] != wts[1])
+		dowts = true
+	}
+	if (doscale && sigscale != 0.) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+		if (abs (scales[i] - 1) > sigscale) {
+		    doscale1 = true
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+		    
+	# Set the output header parameters.
+	nout = asumi (Memi[ncombine], nimages)
+	call imaddi (out[1], "ncombine", nout)
+	mean = 0.
+	sumwts = 0.
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+	    ifnoerr (mode = imgetr (in[i], "ccdmean")) {
+		mean = mean + wts[i] * mode / scales[i]
+		sumwts = sumwts + wts[i]
+	    }
+	}
+	if (sumwts > 0.) {
+	    mean = mean / sumwts
+	    ifnoerr (mode = imgetr (out[1], "ccdmean")) {
+		call imaddr (out[1], "ccdmean", mean)
+		iferr (call imdelf (out[1], "ccdmeant"))
+		    ;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (out[2] != NULL) {
+	    call imstats (out[2], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call imastr (out[1], "BPM", Memc[str])
+	}
+
+	# Start the log here since much of the info is only available here.
+	if (verbose) {
+	    i = logfd
+	    logfd = STDOUT
+	    call ic_log (in, out, Memi[ncombine], Memr[exptime], Memc[sname],
+		Memc[zname], Memc[wname], Memr[modes], Memr[medians],
+		Memr[means], scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages, dozero,
+		nout)
+
+	    logfd = i
+	}
+	call ic_log (in, out, Memi[ncombine], Memr[exptime], Memc[sname],
+	    Memc[zname], Memc[wname], Memr[modes], Memr[medians], Memr[means],
+	    scales, zeros, wts, offsets, nimages, dozero, nout)
+
+	doscale = (doscale || dozero)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsclip.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsclip.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4d8f027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsclip.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	MINCLIP		3	# Mininum number of images for algorithm
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_ASIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the average
+# The initial average rejects the high and low pixels.  A correction for
+# different scalings of the images may be made.  Weights are not used.
+
+procedure ic_asigclip$t (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, average)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+$else
+PIXEL	average[npts]		# Average
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, l, jj, n1, n2, nin, nk, maxkeep
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, one
+data	one /1.0/
+$else
+PIXEL	d1, low, high, sum, a, s, r, one
+data	one /1$f/
+$endif
+pointer	sp, resid, w, wp, dp1, dp2, mp1, mp2
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	} 
+	
+	# Flag whether returned average needs to be recomputed.
+	if (dowts || combine != AVERAGE)
+	    docombine = true
+	else
+	    docombine = false
+
+	# Save the residuals and the sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Do sigma clipping.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+
+	    # If there are not enough pixels simply compute the average.
+	    if (n1 < max (3, maxkeep)) {
+		if (!docombine) {
+		    if (n1 == 0)
+			average[i] = blank
+		    else {
+			sum = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			average[i] = sum / n1
+		    }
+		}
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute average with the high and low rejected.
+	    low = Mem$t[d[1]+k]
+	    high = Mem$t[d[2]+k]
+	    if (low > high) {
+		d1 = low
+		low = high
+		high = d1
+	    }
+	    sum = 0.
+	    do j = 3, n1 {
+	       d1 = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+	       if (d1 < low) {
+		   sum = sum + low
+		   low = d1
+		} else if (d1 > high) {
+		    sum = sum + high
+		    high = d1
+		} else
+		    sum = sum + d1
+	    }
+	    a = sum / (n1 - 2)
+	    sum = sum + low + high
+
+	    # Iteratively reject pixels and compute the final average if needed.
+	    # Compact the data and keep track of the image IDs if needed.
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    # Compute sigma corrected for scaling.
+		    s = 0.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    do j = 1, n1 {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			wp = wp + 1
+
+			d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+			l = Memi[mp1]
+			r = sqrt (max (one, (a + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			s = s + ((d1 - a) / r) ** 2
+			Memr[wp] = r
+		    }
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    wp = w - 1
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    mp1 = m[j] + k
+			    wp = wp + 1
+
+			    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / (s * Memr[wp])
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    Memr[wp] = Memr[w+n1-1]
+				    mp2 = m[n1] + k
+				    l = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = l
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    # Compute the sigma without scale correction.
+		    s = 0.
+		    do j = 1, n1
+			s = s + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+		    # Reject pixels.  Save the residuals and data values.
+		    if (s > 0.) {
+			for (j=1; j<=n1; j=j+1) {
+			    dp1 = d[j] + k
+			    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+			    r = (d1 - a) / s
+			    if (r < -lsigma || r > hsigma) {
+				Memr[resid+n1] = abs (r)
+				if (j < n1) {
+				    dp2 = d[n1] + k
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[n1] + k
+					l = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = l
+				    }
+				    j = j - 1
+				}
+				sum = sum - d1
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 <= max (2, maxkeep))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    if (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		nk = maxkeep
+		if (doscale1) {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			mp1 = m[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    mp2 = m[l] + k
+				    s = Memi[mp1]
+				    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+				    Memi[mp2] = s
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (j=n1+1; j<=nk; j=j+1) {
+			dp1 = d[j] + k
+			r = Memr[resid+j]
+			jj = 0
+			do l = j+1, n2 {
+			    s = Memr[resid+l]
+			    if (s < r + TOL) {
+				if (s > r - TOL)
+				    jj = jj + 1
+				else {
+				    jj = 0
+				    Memr[resid+l] = r
+				    r = s
+				    dp2 = d[l] + k
+				    d1 = Mem$t[dp1]
+				    Mem$t[dp1] = Mem$t[dp2]
+				    Mem$t[dp2] = d1
+				    if (keepids) {
+					mp1 = m[j] + k
+					mp2 = m[l] + k
+					s = Memi[mp1]
+					Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+					Memi[mp2] = s
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			sum = sum + Mem$t[dp1]
+			n1 = n1 + 1
+			nk = max (nk, j+jj)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Recompute the average.
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    a = sum / n1
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the average if needed.
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (!docombine) {
+		if (n1 > 0)
+		    average[i] = a
+		else
+		    average[i] = blank
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check if the data flag has to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IC_MSIGCLIP -- Reject pixels using sigma clipping about the median
+
+procedure ic_msigclip$t (d, m, n, scales, zeros, nimages, npts, median)
+
+pointer	d[nimages]		# Data pointers
+pointer	m[nimages]		# Image id pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of good pixels
+real	scales[nimages]		# Scales
+real	zeros[nimages]		# Zeros
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	median[npts]		# Median
+$else
+PIXEL	median[npts]		# Median
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, l, id, n1, n2, n3, nl, nh, nin, maxkeep
+real	r, s
+pointer	sp, resid, w, mp1, mp2
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	med, one
+data	one /1.0/
+$else
+PIXEL	med, one
+data	one /1$f/
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	# If there are insufficient pixels go on to the combining
+	if (nkeep < 0)
+	    maxkeep = max (0, nimages + nkeep)
+	else
+	    maxkeep = min (nimages, nkeep)
+	if (nimages < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1) || dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    docombine = true
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Save the residuals and sigma scaling corrections if needed.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nimages+1, TY_REAL)
+	if (doscale1)
+	    call salloc (w, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute median and sigma and iteratively clip.
+	nin = max (0, n[1])
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    k = i - 1
+	    n1 = max (0, n[i])
+	    if (nkeep < 0)
+		maxkeep = max (0, n1 + nkeep)
+	    else
+		maxkeep = min (n1, nkeep)
+	    nl = 1
+	    nh = n1
+
+	    repeat {
+		n2 = n1
+		n3 = nl + n1 / 2
+
+		if (n1 == 0)
+		    med = blank
+		else if (mod (n1, 2) == 0)
+		    med = (Mem$t[d[n3-1]+k] + Mem$t[d[n3]+k]) / 2.
+		else
+		    med = Mem$t[d[n3]+k]
+
+		if (n1 >= max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1)) {
+		    if (doscale1) {
+			# Compute the sigma with scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh {
+			    l = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			    r = sqrt (max (one, (med + zeros[l]) / scales[l]))
+			    s = s + ((Mem$t[d[j]+k] - med) / r) ** 2
+			    Memr[w+j-1] = r
+			}
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Mem$t[d[nl]+k]) / (s * Memr[w+nl-1])
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Mem$t[d[nh]+k] - med) / (s * Memr[w+nh-1])
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			# Compute the sigma without scaling correction.
+			s = 0.
+			do j = nl, nh
+			    s = s + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - med) ** 2
+			s = sqrt (s / (n1 - 1))
+
+			# Reject pixels and save the residuals.
+			if (s > 0.) {
+			    for (; nl <= nh; nl = nl + 1) {
+				r = (med - Mem$t[d[nl]+k]) / s
+				if (r <= lsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nl] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			    for (; nh >= nl; nh = nh - 1) {
+				r = (Mem$t[d[nh]+k] -  med) / s
+				if (r <= hsigma)
+				    break
+				Memr[resid+nh] = r
+				n1 = n1 - 1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } until (n1 == n2 || n1 < max (MINCLIP, maxkeep+1))
+
+	    # If too many pixels are rejected add some back.
+	    # All pixels with equal residuals are added back.
+	    while (n1 < maxkeep) {
+		if (nl == 1)
+		    nh = nh + 1
+		else if (nh == max (0, n[i]))
+		    nl = nl - 1
+		else {
+		    r = Memr[resid+nl-1]
+		    s = Memr[resid+nh+1]
+		    if (r < s) {
+			nl = nl - 1
+			r = r + TOL
+			if (s <= r)
+			    nh = nh + 1
+			if (nl > 1) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nl-1] <= r)
+				nl = nl - 1
+			}
+		    } else {
+			nh = nh + 1
+			s = s + TOL
+			if (r <= s)
+			    nl = nl - 1
+			if (nh < n2) {
+			    if (Memr[resid+nh+1] <= s)
+				nh = nh + 1
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		n1 = nh - nl + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Only set median and reorder if needed
+	    n[i] = n1
+	    if (n1 > 0 && nl > 1 && (combine != MEDIAN || grow >= 1.)) {
+		j = max (nl, n1 + 1)
+		if (keepids) {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl-1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+k] = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			if (grow >= 1.) {
+			    mp1 = m[l] + k
+			    mp2 = m[j] + k
+			    id = Memi[mp1]
+			    Memi[mp1] = Memi[mp2]
+			    Memi[mp2] = id
+			} else
+			    Memi[m[l]+k] = Memi[m[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do l = 1, min (n1, nl - 1) {
+			Mem$t[d[l]+k] = Mem$t[d[j]+k]
+			j = j + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		median[i] = med
+	}
+
+	# Check if data flag needs to be reset for rejected pixels
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (max (0, n[i]) != nin) {
+		    dflag = D_MIX
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flag that the median has been computed.
+	if (combine == MEDIAN)
+	    docombine = false
+	else
+	    docombine = true
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsection.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsection.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..746c1f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsection.x
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctype.h>
+
+# IC_SECTION -- Parse an image section into its elements.
+# 1. The default values must be set by the caller.
+# 2. A null image section is OK.
+# 3. The first nonwhitespace character must be '['.
+# 4. The last interpreted character must be ']'.
+#
+# This procedure should be replaced with an IMIO procedure at some
+# point.
+
+procedure ic_section (section, x1, x2, xs, ndim)
+
+char	section[ARB]		# Image section
+int	x1[ndim]		# Starting pixel
+int	x2[ndim]		# Ending pixel
+int	xs[ndim]		# Step
+int	ndim			# Number of dimensions
+
+int	i, ip, a, b, c, temp, ctoi()
+define	error_	99
+
+begin
+	# Decode the section string.
+	ip = 1
+	while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	if (section[ip] == '[')
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	else if (section[ip] == EOS)
+	    return
+	else
+	    goto error_
+
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+	        ip = ip + 1
+	    if (section[ip] == ']')
+		break
+
+	    # Default values
+	    a = x1[i]
+	    b = x2[i]
+	    c = xs[i]
+
+	    # Get a:b:c.  Allow notation such as "-*:c"
+	    # (or even "-:c") where the step is obviously negative.
+
+	    if (ctoi (section, ip, temp) > 0) {			# a
+		a = temp
+	        if (section[ip] == ':') {	
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    if (ctoi (section, ip, b) == 0)		# a:b
+		        goto error_
+	        } else
+		    b = a
+	    } else if (section[ip] == '-') {			# -*
+		temp = a
+		a = b
+		b = temp
+	        ip = ip + 1
+	        if (section[ip] == '*')
+		    ip = ip + 1
+	    } else if (section[ip] == '*')			# *
+	        ip = ip + 1
+	    if (section[ip] == ':') {				# ..:step
+	        ip = ip + 1
+	        if (ctoi (section, ip, c) == 0)
+		    goto error_
+	        else if (c == 0)
+		    goto error_
+	    }
+	    if (a > b && c > 0)
+	        c = -c
+
+	    x1[i] = a
+	    x2[i] = b
+	    xs[i] = c
+
+	    while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+	        ip = ip + 1
+	    if (section[ip] == ',')
+		ip = ip + 1
+	}
+
+	if (section[ip] != ']')
+	    goto error_
+
+	return
+error_
+	call error (0, "Error in image section specification")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..efe55681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsetout.x
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+define	OFFTYPES	"|none|wcs|world|physical|grid|"
+define	FILE		0
+define	NONE		1
+define	WCS		2
+define	WORLD		3
+define	PHYSICAL	4
+define	GRID		5
+
+# IC_SETOUT -- Set output image size and offsets of input images.
+
+procedure ic_setout (in, out, offsets, nimages)
+
+pointer	in[nimages]		# Input images
+pointer	out[ARB]		# Output images
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	# Offsets
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i, j, indim, outdim, mwdim, a, b, amin, bmax, fd, offtype, npix
+real	val
+bool	proj, reloff, flip, streq(), fp_equald()
+pointer	sp, str, fname
+pointer	ltv, lref, wref, cd, ltm, coord, shift, axno, axval, section
+pointer	mw, ct, mw_openim(), mw_sctran(), xt_immap()
+int	open(), fscan(), nscan(), mw_stati(), strlen(), strdic()
+errchk	mw_openim, mw_gwtermd, mw_gltermd, mw_gaxmap
+errchk	mw_sctran, mw_ctrand, open, xt_immap
+
+include	"icombine.com"
+define	newscan_ 10
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ltv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ltm, IM_MAXDIM*IM_MAXDIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (lref, IM_MAXDIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (wref, IM_MAXDIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (cd, IM_MAXDIM*IM_MAXDIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (coord, IM_MAXDIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (shift, IM_MAXDIM, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (axno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (axval, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+
+	# Check and set the image dimensionality.
+	indim = IM_NDIM(in[1])
+	outdim = IM_NDIM(out[1])
+	proj = (indim != outdim)
+	if (!proj) {
+	    do i = 1, nimages
+		if (IM_NDIM(in[i]) != outdim) {
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    call error (1, "Image dimensions are not the same")
+		}
+	}
+
+	# Set the reference point to that of the first image.
+	mw = mw_openim (in[1])
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+	mwdim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+	call mw_gwtermd (mw, Memd[lref], Memd[wref], Memd[cd], mwdim)
+	ct = mw_sctran (mw, "world", "logical", 0)
+	call mw_ctrand (ct, Memd[wref], Memd[lref], mwdim)
+	call mw_ctfree (ct)
+	if (proj)
+	    Memd[lref+outdim] = 1
+
+	# Parse the user offset string.  If "none" then there are no offsets.
+	# If "world" or "wcs" then set the offsets based on the world WCS.
+	# If "physical" then set the offsets based on the physical WCS.
+	# If "grid" then set the offsets based on the input grid parameters.
+	# If a file scan it.
+
+	call clgstr ("offsets", Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sscan (Memc[fname])
+	call gargwrd (Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (nscan() == 0)
+	    offtype = NONE
+	else {
+	    offtype = strdic (Memc[fname], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, OFFTYPES)
+	    if (offtype > 0 && !streq (Memc[fname], Memc[str]))
+		offtype = 0
+	}
+	if (offtype == 0)
+	    offtype = FILE
+
+	switch (offtype) {
+	case NONE:
+	    call aclri (offsets, outdim*nimages)
+	    reloff = true
+	case WORLD, WCS:
+	    do j = 1, outdim
+		offsets[1,j] = 0
+	    if (proj) {
+		ct = mw_sctran (mw, "world", "logical", 0)
+		do i = 2, nimages {
+		    Memd[wref+outdim] = i
+		    call mw_ctrand (ct, Memd[wref], Memd[coord], indim)
+		    do j = 1, outdim
+			offsets[i,j] = nint (Memd[lref+j-1] - Memd[coord+j-1])
+		}
+		call mw_ctfree (ct)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    } else {
+		ct = mw_sctran (mw, "world", "logical", 0)
+		call mw_ctrand (ct, Memd[wref], Memd[lref], indim)
+		do i = 2, nimages {
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		    mw = mw_openim (in[i])
+		    ct = mw_sctran (mw, "world", "logical", 0)
+		    call mw_ctrand (ct, Memd[wref], Memd[coord], indim)
+		    do j = 1, outdim
+			offsets[i,j] = nint (Memd[lref+j-1] - Memd[coord+j-1])
+		    call mw_ctfree (ct)
+		}
+	    }
+	    reloff = true
+	case PHYSICAL:
+	    call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	    call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[coord], indim)
+	    do i = 2, nimages {
+		call mw_close (mw)
+		mw = mw_openim (in[i])
+		call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[cd], Memd[coord], indim)
+		call strcpy ("[", Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		flip = false
+		do j = 0, indim*indim-1, indim+1 {
+		    if (Memd[ltm+j] * Memd[cd+j] >= 0.)
+			call strcat ("*,", Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		    else {
+			call strcat ("-*,", Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+			flip = true
+		    }
+		}
+		Memc[section+strlen(Memc[section])-1] = ']'
+		if (flip) {
+		    call imstats (in[i], IM_IMAGENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call strcat (Memc[section], Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call xt_imunmap (in[i], i)
+		    in[i] = xt_immap (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, TY_CHAR, i, 0) 
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		    mw = mw_openim (in[i])
+		    call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[cd], Memd[coord], indim)
+		    do j = 0, indim*indim-1
+			if (!fp_equald (Memd[ltm+j], Memd[cd+j]))
+			    call error (1,
+				"Cannot match physical coordinates")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	    mw = mw_openim (in[1])
+	    ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", "physical", 0)
+	    call mw_ctrand (ct, Memd[lref], Memd[ltv], indim)
+	    call mw_ctfree (ct)
+	    do j = 1, outdim
+		offsets[1,j] = 0
+	    if (proj) {
+		ct = mw_sctran (mw, "physical", "logical", 0)
+		do i = 2, nimages {
+		    Memd[ltv+outdim] = i
+		    call mw_ctrand (ct, Memd[ltv], Memd[coord], indim)
+		    do j = 1, outdim
+			offsets[i,j] = nint (Memd[lref+j-1] - Memd[coord+j-1])
+		}
+		call mw_ctfree (ct)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    } else {
+		do i = 2, nimages {
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		    mw = mw_openim (in[i])
+		    ct = mw_sctran (mw, "physical", "logical", 0)
+		    call mw_ctrand (ct, Memd[ltv], Memd[coord], indim)
+		    do j = 1, outdim
+			offsets[i,j] = nint (Memd[lref+j-1] - Memd[coord+j-1])
+		    call mw_ctfree (ct)
+		}
+	    }
+	    reloff = true
+	case GRID:
+	    amin = 1
+	    do j = 1, outdim {
+		call gargi (a)
+		call gargi (b)
+		if (nscan() < 1+2*j) {
+		    a = 1
+		    b = 0
+		}
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    offsets[i,j] = mod ((i-1)/amin, a) * b 
+		amin = amin * a
+	    }
+	    reloff = true
+	case FILE:
+	    reloff = true
+	    fd = open (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    do i = 1, nimages {
+newscan_	if (fscan (fd) == EOF)
+		    call error (1, "IMCOMBINE: Offset list too short")
+		call gargwrd (Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (Memc[fname] == '#') {
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call strlwr (Memc[fname])
+		    if (streq (Memc[fname], "absolute"))
+			reloff = false
+		    else if (streq (Memc[fname], "relative"))
+			reloff = true
+		    goto newscan_
+		}
+		call reset_scan ()
+		do j = 1, outdim {
+		    call gargr (val)
+		    offsets[i,j] = nint (val)
+		}
+		if (nscan() < outdim)
+		    call error (1, "IMCOMBINE: Error in offset list")
+	    }
+	    call close (fd)
+	}
+
+	# Set the output image size and the aligned flag 
+	aligned = true
+	do j = 1, outdim {
+	    a = offsets[1,j]
+	    b = IM_LEN(in[1],j) + a
+	    amin = a
+	    bmax = b
+	    do i = 2, nimages {
+		a = offsets[i,j]
+		b = IM_LEN(in[i],j) + a
+		if (a != amin || b != bmax || !reloff)
+		    aligned = false
+		amin = min (a, amin)
+		bmax = max (b, bmax)
+	    }
+	    IM_LEN(out[1],j) = bmax
+	    if (reloff || amin < 0) {
+		do i = 1, nimages
+		    offsets[i,j] = offsets[i,j] - amin
+		IM_LEN(out[1],j) = IM_LEN(out[1],j) - amin
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get the output limits.
+	call clgstr ("outlimits", Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sscan (Memc[fname])
+	do j = 1, outdim {
+	    call gargi (a)
+	    call gargi (b)
+	    if (nscan() < 2*j)
+		break
+	    if (!IS_INDEFI(a)) {
+		do i = 1, nimages {
+		    offsets[i,j] = offsets[i,j] - a + 1
+		    if (offsets[i,j] != 0)
+			aligned = false
+		}
+		IM_LEN(out[1],j) = IM_LEN(out[1],j) - a + 1
+	    }
+	    if (!IS_INDEFI(a) && !IS_INDEFI(b))
+		IM_LEN(out[1],j) = min (IM_LEN(out[1],j), b - a + 1)
+	}
+
+	# Update the WCS.
+	if (proj || !aligned || !reloff) {
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	    mw = mw_openim (out[1])
+	    mwdim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+	    call mw_gaxmap (mw, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], mwdim)
+	    if (!aligned || !reloff) {
+		call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[cd], Memd[lref], mwdim)
+		do i = 1, mwdim {
+		    j = Memi[axno+i-1]
+		    if (j > 0 && j <= indim)
+			Memd[lref+i-1] = Memd[lref+i-1] + offsets[1,j]
+		}
+		if (proj)
+		    Memd[lref+mwdim-1] = 0.
+		call mw_sltermd (mw, Memd[cd], Memd[lref], mwdim)
+	    }
+	    if (proj) {
+		# Apply dimensional reduction.
+		do i = 1, mwdim {
+		    j = Memi[axno+i-1]
+		    if (j <= outdim)
+			next
+		    else if (j > outdim+1)
+			Memi[axno+i-1] = j - 1
+		    else {
+			Memi[axno+i-1] = 0
+			Memi[axval+i-1] = 0
+		    }
+		}
+		call mw_saxmap (mw, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], mwdim)
+	    }
+
+	    # Reset physical coordinates.
+	    if (offtype == WCS || offtype == WORLD) {
+		call mw_gltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], mwdim)
+		call mw_gwtermd (mw, Memd[lref], Memd[wref], Memd[cd], mwdim)
+		call mwvmuld (Memd[ltm], Memd[lref], Memd[lref], mwdim)
+		call aaddd (Memd[lref], Memd[ltv], Memd[lref], mwdim)
+		call mwinvertd (Memd[ltm], Memd[ltm], mwdim)
+		call mwmmuld (Memd[cd], Memd[ltm], Memd[cd], mwdim)
+		call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[lref], Memd[wref], Memd[cd], mwdim)
+		call aclrd (Memd[ltv], mwdim)
+		call aclrd (Memd[ltm], mwdim*mwdim)
+		do i = 1, mwdim
+		    Memd[ltm+(i-1)*(mwdim+1)] = 1.
+		call mw_sltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], mwdim)
+	    }
+	    call mw_saveim (mw, out)
+	}
+	call mw_close (mw)
+
+	# Throw an error if the output size is too large.
+	if (offtype != NONE) {
+	    npix = IM_LEN(out[1],1)
+	    do i = 2, outdim
+		npix = npix * IM_LEN(out[1],i)
+	    npix = npix / 1000000000
+            if (npix > 100)
+		call error (1, "Output has more than 100 Gpixels (check offsets)")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsigma.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsigma.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1304d940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsigma.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_SIGMA -- Compute the sigma image line.
+# The estimated sigma includes a correction for the finite population.
+# Weights are used if desired.
+
+procedure ic_sigma$t (d, m, n, wts, npts, average, sigma)
+
+pointer	d[ARB]			# Data pointers
+pointer	m[ARB]			# Image ID pointers
+int	n[npts]			# Number of points
+real	wts[ARB]		# Weights
+int	npts			# Number of output points per line
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	average[npts]		# Average
+real	sigma[npts]		# Sigma line (returned)
+$else
+PIXEL	average[npts]		# Average
+PIXEL	sigma[npts]		# Sigma line (returned)
+$endif
+
+int	i, j, k, n1
+real	wt, sigcor, sumwt
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	a, sum
+$else
+PIXEL	a, sum
+$endif
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+	    n1 = n[1]
+	    if (dowts) {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+		    sum = (Mem$t[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    do j = 2, n1 {
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			sum = sum + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+		    }
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (n1 > 1)
+		    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+		else
+		    sigcor = 1.
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    k = i - 1
+		    a = average[i]
+		    sum = (Mem$t[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    do j = 2, n1
+			sum = sum + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+		    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (dflag == D_NONE) {
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		sigma[i] = blank
+	} else {
+	    if (dowts) {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = real (n1) / real (n1 -1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1
+			a = average[i]
+			wt = wts[Memi[m[1]+k]]
+			sum = (Mem$t[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			sumwt = wt
+			do j = 2, n1 {
+			    wt = wts[Memi[m[j]+k]]
+			    sum = sum + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2 * wt
+			    sumwt = sumwt + wt
+			}
+			if (sumwt > 0)
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / sumwt * sigcor)
+			else {
+			    sum = (Mem$t[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    do j = 2, n1
+				sum = sum + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			    sigma[i] = sqrt (sum / n1 * sigcor)
+			}
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    } else {
+		do i = 1, npts {
+		    n1 = n[i]
+		    if (n1 > 0) {
+			k = i - 1
+			if (n1 > 1)
+			    sigcor = 1. / real (n1 - 1)
+			else
+			    sigcor = 1.
+			a = average[i]
+			sum = (Mem$t[d[1]+k] - a) ** 2
+			do j = 2, n1
+			    sum = sum + (Mem$t[d[j]+k] - a) ** 2
+			sigma[i] = sqrt (sum * sigcor)
+		    } else
+			sigma[i] = blank
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsort.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsort.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e124da15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icsort.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+define	LOGPTR	32			# log2(maxpts) (4e9)
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.
+
+procedure ic_sort$t (a, b, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+PIXEL	b[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+PIXEL	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR]
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Mem$t[a[i]+l]
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    $if (datatype == x)
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (abs (temp) < abs (pivot)) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (abs (temp) < abs (pivot)) {		# bac|bca|cba
+			if (abs (temp) < abs (temp3)) {		# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (abs (pivot) < abs (temp3))	# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+			    else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else if (abs (temp3) < abs (temp)) {	# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (abs (pivot) < abs (temp3))		# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			else {					# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+	    $else
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3)			# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+			    else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3)			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			else {					# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+	    $endif
+
+	    # General case
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		b[i] = Mem$t[a[i]+l]
+
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			$if (datatype == x)
+			    for (i=i+1;  abs(b[i]) < abs(pivot);  i=i+1)
+			$else
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+			$endif
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+			$if (datatype == x)
+				if (abs(b[j]) <= abs(pivot))
+			$else
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+			$endif
+				    break
+			    if (i < j)		   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Mem$t[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IC_2SORT -- Quicksort.  This is based on the VOPS asrt except that
+# the input is an array of pointers to image lines and the sort is done
+# across the image lines at each point along the lines.  The number of
+# valid pixels at each point is allowed to vary.  The cases of 1, 2, and 3
+# pixels per point are treated specially.  A second integer set of
+# vectors is sorted.
+
+procedure ic_2sort$t (a, b, c, d, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[ARB]			# pointer to input vectors
+PIXEL	b[ARB]			# work array
+pointer	c[ARB]			# pointer to associated integer vectors
+int	d[ARB]			# work array
+int	nvecs[npts]		# number of vectors
+int	npts			# number of points in vectors
+
+PIXEL	pivot, temp, temp3
+int	i, j, k, l, p, npix, lv[LOGPTR], uv[LOGPTR], itemp
+define	swap {temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+define	iswap {itemp=$1;$1=$2;$2=itemp}
+define	copy_	10
+
+begin
+	do l = 0, npts-1 {
+	    npix = nvecs[l+1]
+	    if (npix <= 1)
+		next
+
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		b[i] = Mem$t[a[i]+l]
+		d[i] = Memi[c[i]+l]
+	    }
+
+	    # Special cases
+	    $if (datatype == x)
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (abs (temp) < abs (pivot)) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+			iswap (d[1], d[2])
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (abs (temp) < abs (pivot)) {		# bac|bca|cba
+			if (abs (temp) < abs (temp3)) {		# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (abs (pivot) < abs (temp3)) {	# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+				iswap (d[1], d[2])
+			    } else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+				itemp = d[2]
+				d[2] = d[3]
+				d[3] = d[1]
+				d[1] = itemp
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			    iswap (d[1], d[3])
+			}
+		    } else if (abs (temp3) < abs (temp)) {	# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (abs (pivot) < abs (temp3)) {	# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			    iswap (d[2], d[3])
+			} else {				# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			    itemp = d[2]
+			    d[2] = d[1]
+			    d[1] = d[3]
+			    d[3] = itemp
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+	    $else
+	    if (npix <= 3) {
+		pivot = b[1]
+		temp = b[2]
+		if (npix == 2) {
+		    if (temp < pivot) {
+			b[1] = temp
+			b[2] = pivot
+			iswap (d[1], d[2])
+		    } else
+			next
+		} else {
+		    temp3 = b[3]
+		    if (temp < pivot) {				# bac|bca|cba
+			if (temp < temp3) {			# bac|bca
+			    b[1] = temp
+			    if (pivot < temp3) {		# bac
+				b[2] = pivot
+				iswap (d[1], d[2])
+			    } else {				# bca
+				b[2] = temp3
+				b[3] = pivot
+				itemp = d[2]
+				d[2] = d[3]
+				d[3] = d[1]
+				d[1] = itemp
+			    }
+			} else {				# cba
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[3] = pivot
+			    iswap (d[1], d[3])
+			}
+		    } else if (temp3 < temp) {			# acb|cab
+			b[3] = temp
+			if (pivot < temp3) {			# acb
+			    b[2] = temp3
+			    iswap (d[2], d[3])
+			} else {				# cab
+			    b[1] = temp3
+			    b[2] = pivot
+			    itemp = d[2]
+			    d[2] = d[1]
+			    d[1] = d[3]
+			    d[3] = itemp
+			}
+		    } else
+			next
+		}
+		goto copy_
+	    }
+	    $endif
+
+	    # General case
+	    lv[1] = 1
+	    uv[1] = npix
+	    p = 1
+
+	    while (p > 0) {
+		if (lv[p] >= uv[p])		# only one elem in this subset
+		    p = p - 1			# pop stack
+		else {
+		    # Dummy do loop to trigger the Fortran optimizer.
+		    do p = p, ARB {
+			i = lv[p] - 1
+			j = uv[p]
+
+			# Select as the pivot the element at the center of the
+			# array, to avoid quadratic behavior on an already
+			# sorted array.
+
+			k = (lv[p] + uv[p]) / 2
+			swap (b[j], b[k]); swap (d[j], d[k])
+			pivot = b[j]		   # pivot line
+
+			while (i < j) {
+			$if (datatype == x)
+			    for (i=i+1;  abs(b[i]) < abs(pivot);  i=i+1)
+			$else
+			    for (i=i+1;  b[i] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+			$endif
+				;
+			    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+			$if (datatype == x)
+				if (abs(b[j]) <= abs(pivot))
+			$else
+				if (b[j] <= pivot)
+			$endif
+				    break
+			    if (i < j) {	   # out of order pair
+				swap (b[i], b[j])  # interchange elements
+				swap (d[i], d[j])
+			    }
+			}
+
+			j = uv[p]		   # move pivot to position i
+			swap (b[i], b[j])	   # interchange elements
+			swap (d[i], d[j])
+
+			if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first
+			    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+			    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+			    lv[p] = i + 1
+			} else {
+			    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+			    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+			    uv[p] = i - 1
+			}
+
+			break
+		    }
+		    p = p + 1			   # push onto stack
+		}
+	    }
+
+copy_	   
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		Mem$t[a[i]+l] = b[i]
+		Memi[c[i]+l] = d[i]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icstat.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icstat.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c594182b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/icstat.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"../icombine.h"
+
+define	NMAX	100000	# Maximum number of pixels to sample
+
+$for (sird)
+# IC_STAT -- Compute image statistics within specified section.
+# The image section is relative to a reference image which may be
+# different than the input image and may have an offset.  Only a
+# subsample of pixels is used.  Masked and thresholded pixels are
+# ignored.  Only the desired statistics are computed to increase
+# efficiency.
+
+procedure ic_stat$t (im, imref, section, offsets, image, nimages,
+	domode, domedian, domean, mode, median, mean)
+
+pointer	im			 # Data image
+pointer	imref			 # Reference image for image section
+char	section[ARB]		 # Image section
+int	offsets[nimages,ARB]	 # Image section offset from data to reference
+int	image			 # Image index (for mask I/O)
+int	nimages			 # Number of images in  offsets.
+bool	domode, domedian, domean # Statistics to compute
+real	mode, median, mean	 # Statistics
+
+int	i, j, ndim, n, nv
+real	a
+pointer	sp, v1, v2, dv, va, vb
+pointer	data, mask, dp, lp, mp, imgnl$t()
+
+$if (datatype == csir)
+real	asum$t()
+$else $if (datatype == ld)
+double	asum$t()
+$else
+PIXEL	asum$t()
+$endif $endif
+PIXEL	ic_mode$t()
+
+include	"../icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (dv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (va, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vb, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Determine the image section parameters.  This must be in terms of
+	# the data image pixel coordinates though the section may be specified
+	# in terms of the reference image coordinates.  Limit the number of
+	# pixels in each dimension to a maximum.
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (project)
+	    ndim = ndim - 1
+	call amovki (1, Memi[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovki (1, Memi[dv], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovi (IM_LEN(imref,1), Memi[vb], ndim)
+	call ic_section (section, Memi[va], Memi[vb], Memi[dv], ndim)
+	if (im != imref)
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+		Memi[vb+i-1] = Memi[vb+i-1] - offsets[image,i]
+	    }
+
+	do j = 1, 10 {
+	    n = 1
+	    do i = 0, ndim-1 {
+		Memi[v1+i] = max (1, min (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[v2+i] = min (IM_LEN(im,i+1), max (Memi[va+i], Memi[vb+i]))
+		Memi[dv+i] = j
+		nv = max (1, (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+		Memi[v2+i] = Memi[v1+i] + (nv - 1) * Memi[dv+i]
+		n = n * nv
+	    }
+	    if (n < NMAX)
+		break
+	}
+
+	call amovl (Memi[v1], Memi[va], IM_MAXDIM)
+	Memi[va] = 1
+	if (project)
+	   Memi[va+ndim] = image
+	call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Accumulate the pixel values within the section.  Masked pixels and
+	# thresholded pixels are ignored.
+
+	call salloc (data, n, TY_PIXEL)
+	dp = data
+	while (imgnl$t (im, lp, Memi[vb]) != EOF) {
+	    call ic_mget1 (im, image, nimages, offsets[image,1], Memi[va], mask)
+	    lp = lp + Memi[v1] - 1
+	    if (dflag == D_ALL) {
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			a = Mem$t[lp]
+			if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+			    Mem$t[dp] = a
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			Mem$t[dp] = Mem$t[lp]
+			dp = dp + 1
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (dflag == D_MIX) {
+		mp = mask + Memi[v1] - 1
+		if (dothresh) {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    a = Mem$t[lp]
+			    if (a >= lthresh && a <= hthresh) {
+				Mem$t[dp] = a
+				dp = dp + 1
+			    }
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do i = Memi[v1], Memi[v2], Memi[dv] {
+			if (Memi[mp] == 0) {
+			    Mem$t[dp] = Mem$t[lp]
+			    dp = dp + 1
+			}
+			mp = mp + Memi[dv]
+			lp = lp + Memi[dv]
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    for (i=2; i<=ndim; i=i+1) {
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[va+i-1] + Memi[dv+i-1]
+		if (Memi[va+i-1] <= Memi[v2+i-1])
+		    break
+		Memi[va+i-1] = Memi[v1+i-1]
+	    }
+	    if (i > ndim)
+		break
+	    call amovl (Memi[va], Memi[vb], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Close mask until it is needed again.
+	call ic_mclose1 (image, nimages)
+
+	n = dp - data
+	if (n < 1) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (1, "Image section contains no pixels")
+	}
+
+	# Compute only statistics needed.
+	if (domode || domedian) {
+	    call asrt$t (Mem$t[data], Mem$t[data], n)
+	    mode = ic_mode$t (Mem$t[data], n)
+	    median = Mem$t[data+n/2-1]
+	}
+	if (domean)
+	    mean = asum$t (Mem$t[data], n) / n
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	NMIN	10	# Minimum number of pixels for mode calculation
+define	ZRANGE	0.7	# Fraction of pixels about median to use
+define	ZSTEP	0.01	# Step size for search for mode
+define	ZBIN	0.1	# Bin size for mode.
+
+# IC_MODE -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+# with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+# pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+# bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+# The input array must be sorted.
+
+PIXEL procedure ic_mode$t (a, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]			# Data array
+int	n			# Number of points
+
+int	i, j, k, nmax
+real	z1, z2, zstep, zbin
+PIXEL	mode
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	if (n < NMIN)
+	    return (a[n/2])
+
+	# Compute the mode.  The array must be sorted.  Consider a
+	# range of values about the median point.  Use a bin size which
+	# is ZBIN of the range.  Step the bin limits in ZSTEP fraction of
+	# the bin size.
+
+	i = 1 + n * (1. - ZRANGE) / 2.
+	j = 1 + n * (1. + ZRANGE) / 2.
+	z1 = a[i]
+	z2 = a[j]
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    mode = z1
+	    return (mode)
+	}
+
+	zstep = ZSTEP * (z2 - z1)
+	zbin = ZBIN * (z2 - z1)
+	$if (datatype == sil)
+	zstep = max (1., zstep)
+	zbin = max (1., zbin)
+	$endif
+
+	z1 = z1 - zstep
+	k = i
+	nmax = 0
+	repeat {
+	    z1 = z1 + zstep
+	    z2 = z1 + zbin
+	    for (; i < j && a[i] < z1; i=i+1)
+		;
+	    for (; k < j && a[k] < z2; k=k+1)
+		;
+	    if (k - i > nmax) {
+	        nmax = k - i
+	        mode = a[(i+k)/2]
+	    }
+	} until (k >= j)
+
+	return (mode)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f53d4b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Make the IMCOMBINE library.
+
+update:
+	$checkout libimc.a lib$
+	$update   libimc.a
+	$checkin  libimc.a lib$
+	;
+
+generic:
+	$set	GEN = "$$generic -k"
+
+        $ifolder (generic/icaclip.x, icaclip.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icaclip.gx -o generic/icaclip.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icaverage.x, icaverage.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icaverage.gx -o generic/icaverage.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icquad.x, icquad.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icquad.gx -o generic/icquad.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icnmodel.x, icnmodel.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icnmodel.gx -o generic/icnmodel.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/iccclip.x, iccclip.gx)
+	    $(GEN) iccclip.gx -o generic/iccclip.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icgdata.x, icgdata.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icgdata.gx -o generic/icgdata.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icgrow.x, icgrow.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icgrow.gx -o generic/icgrow.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icmedian.x, icmedian.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icmedian.gx -o generic/icmedian.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icmm.x, icmm.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icmm.gx -o generic/icmm.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icomb.x, icomb.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icomb.gx -o generic/icomb.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icpclip.x, icpclip.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icpclip.gx -o generic/icpclip.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icsclip.x, icsclip.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icsclip.gx -o generic/icsclip.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icsigma.x, icsigma.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icsigma.gx -o generic/icsigma.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icsort.x, icsort.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icsort.gx -o generic/icsort.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/icstat.x, icstat.gx)
+	    $(GEN) icstat.gx -o generic/icstat.x $endif
+
+        $ifolder (generic/xtimmap.x, xtimmap.gx)
+	    $(GEN) xtimmap.gx -o generic/xtimmap.x $endif
+	;
+
+libimc.a:
+	$ifeq (USE_GENERIC, yes) $call generic $endif
+
+	@generic
+
+	icemask.x	<imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+	icgscale.x	icombine.com icombine.h
+	ichdr.x		<imset.h>
+	icimstack.x	<error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	iclog.x		icmask.h icombine.com icombine.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>\
+			<mach.h>
+	icmask.x	icmask.h icombine.com icombine.h <imhdr.h> <pmset.h>
+	icombine.x	icombine.com icombine.h <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	icpmmap.x	<pmset.h>
+	icrmasks.x	<imhdr.h>
+	icscale.x	icombine.com icombine.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	icsection.x	<ctype.h>
+	icsetout.x	icombine.com <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mwset.h>
+	tymax.x		<mach.h>
+	xtprocid.x	
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/tymax.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/tymax.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7f4f469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/tymax.x
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+
+
+# TY_MAX -- Return the datatype of highest precedence.
+
+int procedure ty_max (type1, type2)
+
+int	type1, type2		# Datatypes
+
+int	i, j, type, order[8]
+data	order/TY_SHORT,TY_USHORT,TY_INT,TY_LONG,TY_REAL,TY_DOUBLE,TY_COMPLEX,TY_REAL/
+
+begin
+	for (i=1; (i<=7) && (type1!=order[i]); i=i+1)
+	    ;
+	for (j=1; (j<=7) && (type2!=order[j]); j=j+1)
+	    ;
+	type = order[max(i,j)]
+
+	# Special case of mixing short and unsigned short.
+	if (type == TY_USHORT && type1 != type2)
+	    type = TY_INT
+
+	return (type)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e6cfb1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtimmap.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,634 @@
+include	<syserr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<config.h>
+
+# The following is for compiling under V2.11.
+define	IM_BUFFRAC	IM_BUFSIZE
+include	<imset.h>
+
+define	VERBOSE		false
+
+# These routines maintain an arbitrary number of indexed "open" images which
+# must be READ_ONLY.  The calling program may use the returned pointer for
+# header accesses but must call xt_opix before I/O.  Subsequent calls to
+# xt_opix may invalidate the pointer.  The xt_imunmap call will free memory.
+
+define	MAX_OPENIM	(LAST_FD-16)		# Maximum images kept open
+define	MAX_OPENPIX	45			# Maximum pixel files kept open
+
+define	XT_SZIMNAME	299			# Size of IMNAME string
+define	XT_LEN		179			# Structure length
+define	XT_IMNAME	Memc[P2C($1)]		# Image name
+define	XT_ARG		Memi[$1+150]		# IMMAP header argument
+define	XT_IM		Memi[$1+151]		# IMIO pointer
+define	XT_HDR		Memi[$1+152]		# Copy of IMIO pointer
+define	XT_CLOSEFD	Memi[$1+153]		# Close FD?
+define	XT_FLAG		Memi[$1+154]		# Flag
+define	XT_BUFSIZE	Memi[$1+155]		# Buffer size
+define	XT_BUF		Memi[$1+156]		# Data buffer
+define	XT_BTYPE	Memi[$1+157]		# Data buffer type
+define	XT_VS		Memi[$1+157+$2]		# Start vector (10)
+define	XT_VE		Memi[$1+167+$2]		# End vector (10)
+
+# Options
+define	XT_MAPUNMAP	1	# Map and unmap images.
+
+# XT_IMMAP -- Map an image and save it as an indexed open image.
+# The returned pointer may be used for header access but not I/O.
+# The indexed image is closed by xt_imunmap.
+
+pointer procedure xt_immap (imname, acmode, hdr_arg, index, retry)
+
+char	imname[ARB]		#I Image name
+int	acmode			#I Access mode
+int	hdr_arg			#I Header argument
+int	index			#I Save index
+int	retry			#I Retry counter
+pointer	im			#O Image pointer (returned)
+
+int	i, envgeti()
+pointer	xt, xt_opix()
+errchk	xt_opix
+
+int	first_time
+data	first_time /YES/
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	if (acmode != READ_ONLY)
+	    call error (1, "XT_IMMAP: Only READ_ONLY allowed")
+
+	# Set maximum number of open images based on retry.
+	if (retry > 0)
+	    max_openim = min (1024, MAX_OPENIM) / retry
+	else
+	    max_openim = MAX_OPENIM
+
+	# Initialize once per process.
+	if (first_time == YES) {
+	    iferr (option = envgeti ("imcombine_option"))
+		option = 1
+	    min_open = 1
+	    nopen = 0
+	    nopenpix = 0
+	    nalloc = max_openim
+	    call calloc (ims, nalloc, TY_POINTER)
+	    first_time = NO
+	}
+
+	# Free image if needed.
+	call xt_imunmap (NULL, index)
+
+	# Allocate structure.
+	if (index > nalloc) {
+	    i = nalloc
+	    nalloc = index + max_openim
+	    call realloc (ims, nalloc, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call amovki (NULL, Memi[ims+i], nalloc-i)
+	}
+	call calloc (xt, XT_LEN, TY_STRUCT)
+	Memi[ims+index-1] = xt
+
+	# Initialize.
+	call strcpy (imname, XT_IMNAME(xt), XT_SZIMNAME)
+	XT_ARG(xt) = hdr_arg
+	XT_IM(xt) = NULL
+	XT_HDR(xt) = NULL
+
+	# Open image.
+	last_flag = 0
+	im = xt_opix (NULL, index, 0)
+
+	# Make copy of IMIO pointer for header keyword access.
+	call malloc (XT_HDR(xt), LEN_IMDES+IM_HDRLEN(im)+1, TY_STRUCT)
+	call amovi (Memi[im], Memi[XT_HDR(xt)], LEN_IMDES)
+	call amovi (IM_MAGIC(im), IM_MAGIC(XT_HDR(xt)), IM_HDRLEN(im)+1)
+
+	return (XT_HDR(xt))
+end
+
+
+# XT_OPIX -- Open the image for I/O.
+# If the image has not been mapped return the default pointer.
+
+pointer	procedure xt_opix (imdef, index, flag)
+
+int	index			#I index
+pointer	imdef			#I Default pointer
+int	flag			#I Flag
+
+int	i, open(), imstati()
+pointer	im, xt, xt1, immap()
+errchk	open, immap, imunmap
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get index pointer.
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	# Use default pointer if index has not been mapped.
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return (imdef)
+
+	# Close images not accessed during previous line.
+	# In normal usage this should only occur once per line over all
+	# indexed images.
+	if (flag != last_flag) {
+	    do i = 1, nalloc {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL || XT_FLAG(xt1) == last_flag)
+		    next
+		if (VERBOSE) {
+		    call eprintf ("%d: xt_opix imunmap %s\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		}
+		call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		call mfree (XT_BUF(xt1), XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+		nopen = nopen - 1
+		if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Optimize the file I/O.
+	    do i = nalloc, 1, -1 {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL)
+		    next
+		min_open = i
+		if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			next
+		    XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) = NO
+		    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    last_flag = flag
+	}
+
+	# Return pointer for already opened images.
+	im = XT_IM(xt)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+	    return (im)
+	}
+
+	# Handle more images than the maximum that can be open at one time.
+	if (nopen >= max_openim) {
+	    if (option == XT_MAPUNMAP || flag == 0) {
+		do i = min_open, nalloc {
+		    xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		    if (xt1 == NULL)
+			next
+		    im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		    if (im == NULL)
+			next
+		    if (VERBOSE) {
+			call eprintf ("%d: imunmap %s\n")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		    nopen = nopen - 1
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+		    min_open = i + 1
+		    break
+		}
+		if (index <= min_open)
+		    min_open = index
+		else {
+		    do i = min_open, nalloc {
+			xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+			if (xt1 == NULL)
+			    next
+			im = XT_IM(xt1)
+			if (im == NULL)
+			    next
+			min_open = i
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# Check here because we can't catch error in immap.
+		i = open ("dev$null", READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)
+		call close (i)
+		if (i == LAST_FD - 1)
+		    call error (SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, "Too many open files")
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Open image.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_opix immap %s\n")
+	        call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	im = immap (XT_IMNAME(xt), READ_ONLY, XT_ARG(xt))
+	XT_IM(xt) = im
+	if (!IS_INDEFI(XT_BUFSIZE(xt)))
+	    call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, XT_BUFSIZE(xt))
+	else
+	    XT_BUFSIZE(xt) = imstati (im, IM_BUFSIZE)
+	nopen = nopen + 1
+	XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = YES
+	if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+	    XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = NO
+	    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+	}
+	if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == YES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+
+	return (im)
+end
+
+
+# XT_CPIX -- Close image.
+
+procedure xt_cpix (index)
+
+int	index			#I index
+
+pointer	xt
+errchk	imunmap
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (VERBOSE) {
+		call eprintf ("%d: xt_cpix imunmap %s\n")
+		    call pargi (index)
+		    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	    }
+	    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt))
+	    nopen = nopen - 1
+	    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == NO)
+		nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	}
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+end
+
+
+# XT_IMSETI -- Set IMIO value.
+
+procedure xt_imseti (index, param, value)
+
+int	index			#I index
+int	param			#I IMSET parameter
+int	value			#I Value
+
+pointer	xt
+bool	streq()
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	if (xt == NULL) {
+	    if (streq (param, "option"))
+		option = value
+	} else {
+	    if (streq (param, "bufsize")) {
+		XT_BUFSIZE(xt) = value
+		if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL) {
+		    call imseti (XT_IM(xt), IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+		    call imseti (XT_IM(xt), IM_BUFSIZE, value)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# XT_IMUNMAP -- Unmap indexed open image.
+# The header pointer is set to NULL to indicate the image has been closed.
+
+procedure xt_imunmap (im, index)
+
+int	im			#U IMIO header pointer
+int	index			#I index
+
+pointer	xt
+errchk	imunmap
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Check for an indexed image.  If it is not unmap the pointer
+	# as a regular IMIO pointer.
+
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+	if (xt == NULL) {
+	    if (im != NULL)
+		call imunmap (im)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Close indexed image.
+	if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (VERBOSE) {
+		call eprintf ("%d: xt_imunmap imunmap %s\n")
+		    call pargi (index)
+		    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	    }
+	    iferr (call imunmap (XT_IM(xt))) {
+		XT_IM(xt) = NULL
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    }
+	    nopen = nopen - 1
+	    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == NO)
+		nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    if (index == min_open)
+		min_open = 1
+	}
+
+	# Free any buffered memory.
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+
+	# Free header pointer.  Note that if the supplied pointer is not
+	# header pointer then it is not set to NULL.
+	if (XT_HDR(xt) == im)
+	    im = NULL
+	call mfree (XT_HDR(xt), TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Free save structure.
+	call mfree (Memi[ims+index-1], TY_STRUCT)
+	Memi[ims+index-1] = NULL
+end
+
+
+# XT_MINHDR -- Minimize header assuming keywords will not be accessed.
+
+procedure xt_minhdr (index)
+
+int	index			#I index
+
+pointer	xt
+errchk	realloc
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Check for an indexed image.  If it is not unmap the pointer
+	# as a regular IMIO pointer.
+
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Minimize header pointer.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_minhdr %s\n")
+		call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	call realloc (XT_HDR(xt), IMU+1, TY_STRUCT)
+	if (XT_IM(xt) != NULL)
+	    call realloc (XT_IM(xt), IMU+1, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# XT_REINDEX -- Reindex open images.
+# This is used when some images are closed by xt_imunmap.  It is up to
+# the calling program to reindex the header pointers and to subsequently
+# use the new index values.
+
+procedure xt_reindex ()
+
+int	old, new
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	new = 0
+	do old = 0, nalloc-1 {
+	    if (Memi[ims+old] == NULL)
+		next
+	    Memi[ims+new] = Memi[ims+old]
+	    new = new + 1
+	}
+	do old = new, nalloc-1
+	    Memi[ims+old] = NULL
+end
+
+
+$for(sird)
+# XT_IMGNL -- Return the next line for the indexed image.
+# Possibly unmap another image if too many files are open.
+# Buffer data when an image is unmmaped to minimize the mapping of images.
+# If the requested index has not been mapped use the default pointer.
+
+int procedure xt_imgnl$t (imdef, index, buf, v, flag)
+
+pointer	imdef			#I Default pointer
+int	index			#I index
+pointer	buf			#O Data buffer
+long	v[ARB]			#I Line vector
+int	flag			#I Flag (=output line)
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, open(), imgnl$t(), sizeof(), imloop()
+pointer	im, xt, xt1, ptr, immap(), imggs$t()
+errchk	open, immap, imgnl$t, imggs$t, imunmap
+
+long	unit_v[IM_MAXDIM]
+data	unit_v /IM_MAXDIM * 1/
+
+include	"xtimmap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Get index pointer.
+	xt = NULL
+	if (index <= nalloc && index > 0)
+	    xt = Memi[ims+index-1]
+
+	# Use default pointer if index has not been mapped.
+	if (xt == NULL)
+	    return (imgnl$t (imdef, buf, v))
+
+	# Close images not accessed during previous line.
+	# In normal usage this should only occur once per line over all
+	# indexed images.
+	if (flag != last_flag) {
+	    do i = 1, nalloc {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL || XT_FLAG(xt1) == last_flag)
+		    next
+		if (VERBOSE) {
+		    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		}
+		call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		call mfree (XT_BUF(xt1), XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+		nopen = nopen - 1
+		if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Optimize the file I/O.
+	    do i = nalloc, 1, -1 {
+		xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		if (xt1 == NULL)
+		    next
+		im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		if (im == NULL)
+		    next
+		min_open = i
+		if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			next
+		    XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) = NO
+		    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, NO)
+		    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    last_flag = flag
+	}
+
+	# Use IMIO for already opened images.
+	im = XT_IM(xt)
+	if (im != NULL) {
+	    XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+	    return (imgnl$t (im, buf, v))
+	}
+
+	# If the image is not currently mapped use the stored header.
+	im = XT_HDR(xt)
+
+	# Check for EOF.
+	i = IM_NDIM(im)
+	if (v[i] > IM_LEN(im,i))
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	# Check for buffered data.
+	if (XT_BUF(xt) != NULL) {
+	    if (v[2] >= XT_VS(xt,2) && v[2] <= XT_VE(xt,2)) {
+		if (XT_BTYPE(xt) != TY_PIXEL)
+		    call error (1, "Cannot mix data types")
+		nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		buf = XT_BUF(xt) + (v[2]-XT_VS(xt,2)) * IM_LEN(im,1)
+		XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+		if (i == 1)
+		    v[1] = nc + 1
+		else
+		    j = imloop (v, unit_v, IM_LEN(im,1), unit_v, i)
+		return (nc)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Handle more images than the maximum that can be open at one time.
+	if (nopen >= max_openim) {
+	    if (option == XT_MAPUNMAP || v[2] == 0) {
+		do i = min_open, nalloc {
+		    xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+		    if (xt1 == NULL)
+			next
+		    im = XT_IM(xt1)
+		    if (im == NULL)
+			next
+
+		    # Buffer some number of lines.
+		    nl = XT_BUFSIZE(xt1) / sizeof (TY_PIXEL) / IM_LEN(im,1)
+		    if (nl > 1) {
+			nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VS(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			call amovl (v, XT_VE(xt1,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			XT_VS(xt1,1) = 1
+			XT_VE(xt1,1) = nc
+			XT_VE(xt1,2) = min (XT_VS(xt1,2)+(nl-1), IM_LEN(im,2))
+			nl = XT_VE(xt1,2) - XT_VS(xt1,2) + 1
+			XT_BTYPE(xt1) = TY_PIXEL
+			call malloc (XT_BUF(xt1), nl*nc, XT_BTYPE(xt1))
+			ptr = imggs$t (im, XT_VS(xt1,1), XT_VE(xt1,1),
+			   IM_NDIM(im))
+			call amov$t (Mem$t[ptr], Mem$t[XT_BUF(xt1)], nl*nc)
+		    }
+
+		    if (VERBOSE) {
+			call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl imunmap %s\n")
+			    call pargi (i)
+			    call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt1))
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (XT_IM(xt1))
+		    nopen = nopen - 1
+		    if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt1) == NO)
+			nopenpix = nopenpix - 1
+		    min_open = i + 1
+		    break
+		}
+		if (index <= min_open)
+		    min_open = index
+		else {
+		    do i = min_open, nalloc {
+			xt1 = Memi[ims+i-1]
+			if (xt1 == NULL)
+			    next
+			if (XT_IM(xt1) == NULL)
+			    next
+			min_open = i
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# Check here because we can't catch error in immap.
+		i = open ("dev$null", READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)
+		call close (i)
+		if (i == LAST_FD - 1)
+		    call error (SYS_FTOOMANYFILES, "Too many open files")
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Open image.
+	if (VERBOSE) {
+	    call eprintf ("%d: xt_imgnl immap %s\n")
+	        call pargi (index)
+		call pargstr (XT_IMNAME(xt))
+	}
+	im = immap (XT_IMNAME(xt), READ_ONLY, XT_ARG(xt))
+	XT_IM(xt) = im
+	call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, XT_BUFSIZE(xt))
+	call mfree (XT_BUF(xt), XT_BTYPE(xt))
+	nopen = nopen + 1
+	XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = YES
+	if (nopenpix < MAX_OPENPIX) {
+	    XT_CLOSEFD(xt) = NO
+	    nopenpix = nopenpix + 1
+	}
+	if (XT_CLOSEFD(xt) == YES)
+	    call imseti (im, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	XT_FLAG(xt) = flag
+
+	return (imgnl$t (im, buf, v))
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtprocid.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtprocid.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a82d81b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/src/xtprocid.x
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# XT_PROCID -- Set or ppdate PROCID keyword.
+
+procedure xt_procid (im)
+
+pointer	im			#I Image header
+
+int	i, j, ver, patmake(), gpatmatch(), strlen(), ctoi()
+pointer	sp, pat, str
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (pat, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get current ID.
+	iferr (call imgstr (im, "PROCID", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)) {
+	    iferr (call imgstr (im, "OBSID", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set new PROCID.
+	ver = 0
+	i = patmake ("V[0-9]*$", Memc[pat], SZ_LINE)
+	if (gpatmatch (Memc[str], Memc[pat], i, j) == 0)
+	    ;
+	if (j > 0) {
+	    j = i+1
+	    if (ctoi (Memc[str], j, ver) == 0)
+		ver = 0
+	    i = i - 1
+	} else
+	    i = strlen (Memc[str])
+	call sprintf (Memc[str+i], SZ_LINE, "V%d")
+	    call pargi (ver+1)
+	call imastr (im, "PROCID", Memc[str])
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3774958
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/t_imcombine.x
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"src/icombine.h"
+
+
+# T_IMCOMBINE - This task combines a list of images into an output image
+# and an optional sigma image.  There are many combining options from
+# which to choose.
+
+procedure t_imcombine ()
+
+pointer	sp, fname, output, headers, bmask, rmask, sigma, nrmask, emask, logfile
+pointer	scales, zeros, wts, im
+int	n, input, ilist, olist, hlist, blist, rlist, slist, nrlist, elist
+
+bool	clgetb()
+real	clgetr()
+int	clgwrd(), clgeti(), imtopenp(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+pointer	immap()
+errchk	immap, icombine
+
+include	"src/icombine.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (headers, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (bmask, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rmask, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (nrmask, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (emask, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sigma, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (expkeyword, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (statsec, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (gain, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rdnoise, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (snoise, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (logfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get task parameters.  Some additional parameters are obtained later.
+	ilist = imtopenp ("input")
+	olist = imtopenp ("output")
+	hlist = imtopenp ("headers")
+	blist = imtopenp ("bpmasks")
+	rlist = imtopenp ("rejmasks")
+	nrlist = imtopenp ("nrejmasks")
+	elist = imtopenp ("expmasks")
+	slist = imtopenp ("sigmas")
+	call clgstr ("logfile", Memc[logfile], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	project = clgetb ("project")
+	combine = clgwrd ("combine", Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME, COMBINE)
+	if (combine == MEDIAN || combine == LMEDIAN) {
+	    if (combine == MEDIAN)
+		medtype = MEDAVG
+	    else {
+		medtype = MEDLOW
+		combine = MEDIAN
+	    }
+	}
+	reject = clgwrd ("reject", Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME, REJECT)
+	blank = clgetr ("blank")
+	call clgstr ("expname", Memc[expkeyword], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("statsec", Memc[statsec], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("gain", Memc[gain], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("rdnoise", Memc[rdnoise], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("snoise", Memc[snoise], SZ_FNAME)
+	lthresh = clgetr ("lthreshold")
+	hthresh = clgetr ("hthreshold")
+	lsigma = clgetr ("lsigma")
+	hsigma = clgetr ("hsigma")
+	pclip = clgetr ("pclip")
+	flow = clgetr ("nlow")
+	fhigh = clgetr ("nhigh")
+	nkeep = clgeti ("nkeep")
+	grow = clgetr ("grow")
+	mclip = clgetb ("mclip")
+	sigscale = clgetr ("sigscale")
+	verbose = false
+
+	# Check lists.
+	n = imtlen (ilist)
+	if (n == 0)
+	    call error (1, "No input images to combine")
+
+	if (project) {
+	    if (imtlen (olist) != n)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of output images")
+	    if (imtlen (hlist) != 0 && imtlen (hlist) != n)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of header files")
+	    if (imtlen (blist) != 0 && imtlen (blist) != n)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of bad pixel masks")
+	    if (imtlen (rlist) != 0 && imtlen (rlist) != n)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of rejection masks")
+	    if (imtlen (nrlist) > 0 && imtlen (nrlist) != n)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of number rejected masks")
+	    if (imtlen (elist) > 0 && imtlen (elist) != n)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of exposure masks")
+	    if (imtlen (slist) > 0 && imtlen (slist) != n)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of sigma images")
+	} else {
+	    if (imtlen (olist) != 1)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of output images")
+	    if (imtlen (hlist) > 1)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of header files")
+	    if (imtlen (blist) > 1)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of bad pixel masks")
+	    if (imtlen (rlist) > 1)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of rejection masks")
+	    if (imtlen (nrlist) > 1)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of number rejected masks")
+	    if (imtlen (elist) > 1)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of exposure masks")
+	    if (imtlen (slist) > 1)
+		call error (1, "Wrong number of sigma images")
+	}
+
+	# Check parameters, map INDEFs, and set threshold flag
+	if (pclip == 0. && reject == PCLIP)
+	    call error (1, "Pclip parameter may not be zero")
+	if (IS_INDEFR (blank))
+	    blank = 0.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lsigma))
+	    lsigma = MAX_REAL
+	if (IS_INDEFR (hsigma))
+	    hsigma = MAX_REAL
+	if (IS_INDEFR (pclip))
+	    pclip = -0.5
+	if (IS_INDEFR (flow))
+	    flow = 0
+	if (IS_INDEFR (fhigh))
+	    fhigh = 0
+	if (IS_INDEFR (grow))
+	    grow = 0.
+	if (IS_INDEF (sigscale))
+	    sigscale = 0.
+
+	if (IS_INDEF(lthresh) && IS_INDEF(hthresh))
+	    dothresh = false
+	else {
+	    dothresh = true
+	    if (IS_INDEF(lthresh))
+		lthresh = -MAX_REAL
+	    if (IS_INDEF(hthresh))
+		hthresh = MAX_REAL
+	}
+
+	# Loop through image lists.
+	while (imtgetim (ilist, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    iferr {
+		scales = NULL; input = ilist
+
+		if (imtgetim (olist, Memc[output], SZ_FNAME) == EOF) {
+		    if (project) {
+			call sprintf (Memc[output], SZ_FNAME,
+			    "IMCOMBINE: No output image for %s")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			call error (1, Memc[output])
+		    } else
+			call error (1, "IMCOMBINE: No output image")
+		}
+		if (imtgetim (hlist, Memc[headers], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    Memc[headers] = EOS
+		if (imtgetim (blist, Memc[bmask], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    Memc[bmask] = EOS
+		if (imtgetim (rlist, Memc[rmask], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    Memc[rmask] = EOS
+		if (imtgetim (nrlist, Memc[nrmask], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    Memc[nrmask] = EOS
+		if (imtgetim (elist, Memc[emask], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    Memc[emask] = EOS
+		if (imtgetim (slist, Memc[sigma], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    Memc[sigma] = EOS
+
+		# Set the input list and initialize the scaling factors.
+		if (project) {
+		    im = immap (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+			n = 0
+		    else
+			n = IM_LEN(im,IM_NDIM(im))
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		    if (n == 0) {
+			call sprintf (Memc[output], SZ_FNAME,
+			    "IMCOMBINE: Can't project one dimensional image %s")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+			call error (1, Memc[output])
+		    }
+		    input = imtopen (Memc[fname])
+		} else {
+		    call imtrew (ilist)
+		    n = imtlen (ilist)
+		    input = ilist
+		}
+
+		# Allocate and initialize scaling factors.
+		call malloc (scales, 3*n, TY_REAL)
+		zeros = scales + n
+		wts = scales + 2 * n
+		call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[scales], 3*n)
+
+		call icombine (input, Memc[output], Memc[headers], Memc[bmask],
+		    Memc[rmask], Memc[nrmask], Memc[emask], Memc[sigma],
+		    Memc[logfile], Memr[scales], Memr[zeros], Memr[wts],
+		    NO, NO, NO)
+
+	    } then
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+	    if (input != ilist)
+		call imtclose (input)
+	    call mfree (scales, TY_REAL)
+	    if (!project)
+		break
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (ilist)
+	call imtclose (olist)
+	call imtclose (hlist)
+	call imtclose (blist)
+	call imtclose (rlist)
+	call imtclose (nrlist)
+	call imtclose (elist)
+	call imtclose (slist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/x_imcombine.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/x_imcombine.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a85e34f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/imcombine/x_imcombine.x
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+task	imcombine = t_imcombine
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/linmatch.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/linmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f776901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/linmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+# Header file for LINSCALE
+
+define	LEN_LSSTRUCT (70 + 12 * SZ_FNAME + 12)
+
+# Quantities that define the current region and the number of regions
+
+define	LS_CNREGION	Memi[$1]      # the current region
+define	LS_NREGIONS	Memi[$1+1]    # the number of regions
+define	LS_MAXNREGIONS	Memi[$1+2]    # the maximum number of regions
+
+# Quantities that are dependent on the number of regions
+
+define	LS_RC1		Memi[$1+3]       # pointers to first columns of regions
+define	LS_RC2		Memi[$1+4]       # pointers to last columns of regions
+define	LS_RL1		Memi[$1+5]       # pointer to first lines of regions
+define	LS_RL2		Memi[$1+6]       # pointers to last lines of regions
+define	LS_RXSTEP	Memi[$1+7]       # pointers to the x step sizes
+define	LS_RYSTEP	Memi[$1+8]       # pointers to the y step sizes
+define	LS_XSHIFT	Memr[P2R($1+9)]  # the x shift from image to reference
+define	LS_YSHIFT	Memr[P2R($1+10)] # the y shift from image to reference
+define	LS_SXSHIFT	Memr[P2R($1+11)] # the x shift from image to reference
+define	LS_SYSHIFT	Memr[P2R($1+12)] # the y shift from image to reference
+
+define	LS_RBUF		Memi[$1+14]      # pointer to the reference image data
+define	LS_RGAIN	Memr[P2R($1+15)] # the reference image gain
+define	LS_RREADNOISE	Memr[P2R($1+16)] # the reference image readout noise
+define	LS_RMEAN	Memi[$1+17]      # pointers to means of ref regions
+define	LS_RMEDIAN	Memi[$1+18]      # pointers to medians of ref regions
+define	LS_RMODE	Memi[$1+19]      # pointers to modes of ref regions
+define	LS_RSIGMA	Memi[$1+20]      # pointers to stdevs of ref regions
+define	LS_RSKY		Memi[$1+21]      # pointers to sky values of ref regions
+define	LS_RSKYERR	Memi[$1+22]      # pointers to sky errors of ref regions
+define	LS_RMAG		Memi[$1+23]      # pointers to magnitudes of ref regions
+define	LS_RMAGERR	Memi[$1+24]      # pointers to mag errors of ref regions
+define	LS_RNPTS	Memi[$1+25]      # pointers to npts of ref regions
+
+define	LS_IBUF		Memi[$1+27]      # pointer to the input image data
+define	LS_IGAIN	Memr[P2R($1+28)] # the input image gain
+define	LS_IREADNOISE	Memr[P2R($1+29)] # the input image readout noise
+define	LS_IMEAN	Memi[$1+30]   # pointers to means of image regions
+define	LS_IMEDIAN	Memi[$1+31]   # pointers to medians of image regions
+define	LS_IMODE	Memi[$1+32]   # pointers to modes of image regions
+define	LS_ISIGMA	Memi[$1+33]   # pointers to stdevs of image regions
+define	LS_ISKY		Memi[$1+34]   # pointers to sky values of image regions
+define	LS_ISKYERR	Memi[$1+35]   # pointers to sky errors of image regions
+define	LS_IMAG		Memi[$1+36]   # pointers to magnitudes of image regions
+define	LS_IMAGERR	Memi[$1+37]   # pointers to mag errors of image regions
+define	LS_INPTS	Memi[$1+38]   # pointers to npts of image regions
+
+define	LS_RBSCALE	Memi[$1+39]   # pointers to bscales of regions
+define	LS_RBSCALEERR	Memi[$1+40]   # pointers to bscale errors of regions
+define	LS_RBZERO	Memi[$1+41]   # pointers to bzero errors of regions
+define	LS_RBZEROERR	Memi[$1+42]   # pointers to bzero errors of regions
+define	LS_RDELETE	Memi[$1+43]   # pointer to the delete array
+define	LS_RCHI		Memi[$1+44]   # pointer to the resid array
+
+# Quantities that affect the fitting algorithms
+
+define	LS_BSALGORITHM	Memi[$1+45]	 # bscale fitting algorithm
+define	LS_BZALGORITHM	Memi[$1+46]	 # bzero fitting algorithm
+define	LS_CBZERO	Memr[P2R($1+47)] # constant bzero
+define	LS_CBSCALE	Memr[P2R($1+48)] # constant bscale
+define	LS_DNX		Memi[$1+49]	 # x width of data region to extract
+define	LS_DNY		Memi[$1+50]	 # y width of data region to extract
+#define	LS_PNX		Memi[$1+51]	 # x width of photometry region
+#define	LS_PNY		Memi[$1+52]	 # y widht of photometry region
+define	LS_DATAMIN	Memr[P2R($1+51)] # the minimum good data value
+define	LS_DATAMAX	Memr[P2R($1+52)] # the maximum good data value
+define	LS_MAXITER	Memi[$1+53]	 # maximum number of iterations
+define	LS_NREJECT	Memi[$1+54]	 # maximum number of rejections cycles
+define	LS_LOREJECT	Memr[P2R($1+55)] # low-side sigma rejection criterion
+define	LS_HIREJECT	Memr[P2R($1+56)] # high-side sigma rejection criterion
+define	LS_GAIN		Memr[P2R($1+57)] # the constant gain value in e-/adu
+define	LS_READNOISE	Memr[P2R($1+58)] # the constant readout noise value in e-
+
+# Quantities that define the answers
+
+define	LS_TBSCALE	Memr[P2R($1+59)] 	# bzero value
+define	LS_TBSCALEERR	Memr[P2R($1+60)] 	# bscale error estimate
+define	LS_TBZERO	Memr[P2R($1+61)] 	# bzero value
+define	LS_TBZEROERR	Memr[P2R($1+62)] 	# bzero error estimate
+
+# String quantities
+
+define	LS_BSSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+65)]                # bscale string
+define	LS_BZSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+65+SZ_FNAME+1)]     # bzero string
+define	LS_CCDGAIN	Memc[P2C($1+65+2*SZ_FNAME+2)]   # gain keyword
+define	LS_CCDREAD	Memc[P2C($1+65+3*SZ_FNAME+3)]   # readout noise keyword
+define	LS_IMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+65+4*SZ_FNAME+4)]   # input image
+define	LS_REFIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+65+5*SZ_FNAME+5)]   # reference image
+define	LS_REGIONS	Memc[P2C($1+65+6*SZ_FNAME+6)]   # regions list
+define	LS_DATABASE	Memc[P2C($1+65+7*SZ_FNAME+7)]   # database file
+define	LS_OUTIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+65+8*SZ_FNAME+8)]   # output image
+define	LS_SHIFTSFILE	Memc[P2C($1+65+9*SZ_FNAME+9)]   # shifts file
+define	LS_PHOTFILE	Memc[P2C($1+65+10*SZ_FNAME+10)]   # shifts file
+define	LS_RECORD	Memc[P2C($1+65+11*SZ_FNAME+11)] # the record name
+
+
+# Define the bzero and bscale fitting algorithms
+
+define	LS_MEAN		1
+define	LS_MEDIAN	2
+define	LS_MODE		3
+define	LS_FIT		4
+define	LS_PHOTOMETRY	5
+define	LS_FILE		6
+define	LS_NUMBER	7
+
+define  LS_SCALING	"|mean|median|mode|fit|photometry|file|"
+
+# Define the parameters
+
+define	CNREGION	1
+define	NREGIONS	2
+define	MAXNREGIONS	3
+
+define	RC1		4
+define	RC2		5
+define	RL1		6
+define	RL2		7
+define	RXSTEP		8
+define	RYSTEP		9
+define	XSHIFT		10
+define	YSHIFT		11
+define	SXSHIFT		12
+define	SYSHIFT		13
+
+define	RBUF		14
+define	RGAIN		15
+define	RREADNOISE	16
+define	RMEAN		17
+define	RMEDIAN		18
+define	RMODE		19
+define	RSIGMA		20
+define	RSKY		21
+define	RSKYERR		22
+define	RMAG		23
+define	RMAGERR		24
+define	RNPTS		25
+
+define	IBUF		26
+define	IGAIN		27
+define	IREADNOISE	28
+define	IMEAN		29
+define	IMEDIAN		30
+define	IMODE		31
+define	ISIGMA		32
+define	ISKY		33
+define	ISKYERR		34
+define	IMAG		35
+define	IMAGERR		36
+define	INPTS		37
+
+define	RBSCALE		38
+define	RBSCALEERR	39
+define	RBZERO		40
+define	RBZEROERR	41
+define	RDELETE		42
+define	RCHI		43
+
+define	BZALGORITHM     44	
+define	BSALGORITHM	45
+define	CBZERO		46
+define	CBSCALE		47
+define	DNX		48
+define	DNY		49
+#define	PNX		50
+#define	PNY		51
+define	DATAMIN		50
+define	DATAMAX		51
+define	MAXITER		52
+
+define	NREJECT		53
+define	LOREJECT	54
+define	HIREJECT	55
+define	GAIN		56
+define	READNOISE	57
+
+define	TBZERO		58
+define	TBZEROERR	59
+define	TBSCALE		60
+define	TBSCALEERR	61
+
+define	BSSTRING	62
+define	BZSTRING	63
+define	CCDGAIN		64
+define	CCDREAD		65
+
+define	IMAGE		66
+define	REFIMAGE	67
+define	REGIONS		68
+define	DATABASE	69
+define	OUTIMAGE	70
+define	RECORD		71
+define	SHIFTSFILE	72
+define	PHOTFILE	73
+
+# Set some default values
+
+define	DEF_MAXNREGIONS	100
+define	DEF_BZALGORITHM	LS_FIT
+define	DEF_BSALGORITHM	LS_FIT
+define	DEF_CBZERO	0.0
+define	DEF_CBSCALE	1.0
+define	DEF_DNX		31
+define	DEF_DNY		31
+define	DEF_MAXITER	10
+define	DEF_DATAMIN	INDEFR
+define	DEF_DATAMAX	INDEFR
+define	DEF_NREJECT	0
+define	DEF_LOREJECT	INDEFR
+define	DEF_HIREJECT	INDEFR
+define	DEF_GAIN	INDEFR
+define	DEF_READNOISE	INDEFR
+
+# The mode computation parameters.
+
+define	LMODE_NMIN	10
+define	LMODE_ZRANGE	1.0
+define	LMODE_ZBIN	0.1
+define	LMODE_ZSTEP	0.01
+define	LMODE_HWIDTH	3.0
+
+# The default plot types.
+
+define	LS_MMHIST	1
+define	LS_MMFIT	2
+define	LS_MMRESID	3
+define	LS_RIFIT	4
+define	LS_RIRESID	5
+define	LS_BSZFIT	6
+define	LS_BSZRESID	7
+define	LS_MAGSKYFIT	8
+define	LS_MAGSKYRESID	9
+
+# The bad point deletions code.
+
+define	LS_NO		0
+define	LS_BADREGION	1
+define	LS_BADSIGMA	2
+define	LS_DELETED	3
+
+# Commands
+
+define	LSCMDS	"|input|reference|regions|lintransform|output|photfile|\
+shifts|records|xshift|yshift|dnx|dny|maxnregions|datamin|datamax|\
+maxiter|nreject|loreject|hireject|gain|readnoise|show|markcoords|marksections|"
+
+define	LSCMD_IMAGE		1
+define	LSCMD_REFIMAGE		2
+define	LSCMD_REGIONS		3
+define	LSCMD_DATABASE		4
+define	LSCMD_OUTIMAGE		5
+define	LSCMD_PHOTFILE		6
+define	LSCMD_SHIFTSFILE	7
+define	LSCMD_RECORD		8
+define	LSCMD_XSHIFT		9
+define	LSCMD_YSHIFT		10
+define	LSCMD_DNX		11
+define	LSCMD_DNY		12
+define	LSCMD_MAXNREGIONS	13
+define	LSCMD_DATAMIN		14
+define	LSCMD_DATAMAX		15
+define	LSCMD_MAXITER		16
+define	LSCMD_NREJECT		17
+define	LSCMD_LOREJECT		18
+define	LSCMD_HIREJECT		19
+define	LSCMD_GAIN		20
+define	LSCMD_READNOISE		21
+define	LSCMD_SHOW		22
+define	LSCMD_MARKCOORDS        23
+define	LSCMD_MARKSECTIONS      24
+
+# Keywords
+
+define	KY_REFIMAGE		"reference"
+define	KY_IMAGE		"input"
+define	KY_REGIONS		"regions"
+define	KY_DATABASE		"lintransform"
+define	KY_OUTIMAGE		"output"
+define	KY_PHOTFILE		"photfile"
+define	KY_SHIFTSFILE		"shifts"
+define	KY_RECORD		"records"
+define	KY_XSHIFT		"xshift"
+define	KY_YSHIFT		"yshift"
+define	KY_DNX			"dnx"
+define	KY_DNY			"dny"
+define	KY_MAXNREGIONS		"maxnregions"
+define	KY_DATAMIN		"datamin"
+define	KY_DATAMAX		"datamax"
+define	KY_MAXITER		"maxiter"
+define	KY_NREJECT		"nreject"
+define	KY_LOREJECT		"loreject"
+define	KY_HIREJECT		"hireject"
+define	KY_GAIN			"gain"
+define	KY_READNOISE		"readnoise"
+define KY_NREGIONS		"nregions"
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/linmatch.key b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/linmatch.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..824f6b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/linmatch.key
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+		Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?	Print help 
+:	Colon commands
+
+g	Draw a plot of the current fit
+i	Draw the residuals plot for the current fit
+p	Draw a plot of current photometry
+s	Draw histograms for the image region nearest the cursor
+l	Draw the least squares fit for the image region nearest the cursor 
+h	Draw histogram plot of each image region in turn
+l	Draw least squares fits plot of each image region in turn
+r	Redraw the current plot
+d	Delete the image region nearest the cursor
+u	Undelete the image region nearest the cursor
+f	Recompute the intensity matching function
+w	Update the task parameters
+q	Exit
+
+
+		Colon Commands
+
+:markcoords	    Mark objects on the display
+:marksections	    Mark image sections on the display
+:show	            Show current values of all the parameters
+
+		Show/set Parameters
+
+:input		[string]    Show/set the current input image
+:reference	[string]    Show/set the current reference image / phot file 
+:regions	[string]    Show/set the current image regions
+:photfile	[string]    Show/set the current input photometry file
+:lintransform	[string]    Show/set the linear transform database file name
+:dnx		[value]	    Show/set the default x size of an image region
+:dny		[value]	    Show/set the default y size of an image region
+:shifts		[string]    Show/set the current shifts file
+:xshift		[value]     Show/set the input image x shift
+:yshift		[value]     Show/set the input image y shift
+:output		[string]    Show/set the current output image name
+:maxnregions		    Show the maximum number of objects / regions
+:gain		[string]    Show/set the gain value / image header keyword
+:readnoise	[string]    Show/set the readout noise value / image header
+                            keyword
+
+:scaling		    Show the current scaling algorithm
+:datamin	[value]     Show/set the minimum good data value
+:datamax	[value]     Show/set the maximum good data value
+:nreject	[value]	    Show/set the maximum number of rejection cycles
+:loreject	[value]     Show/set low side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:hireject	[value]     Show/set high side k-sigma rejection parameter
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/lsqfit.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/lsqfit.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69691935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/lsqfit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# The definitions file for the least squares fitting routines.
+
+define		MAX_NFITPARS	7	# number of parameters following
+
+define		YINCPT		$1[1]	# y-intercept
+define		EYINCPT		$1[2]	# error in y-intercept
+define		SLOPE		$1[3]	# slope of fit
+define		ESLOPE		$1[4]	# error in slope
+define		CHI		$1[5]	# mean error of unit weight
+define		RMS		$1[6]	# mean error of unit weight
+
+#define		ME1		$1[1]	# mean error of unit weight
+#define		OFFSET		$1[2]	# intercept
+#define		EOFFSET		$1[3]	# error in intercept
+#define		SLOPE1		$1[4]	# slope of fit to first variable
+#define		ESLOPE1		$1[5]	# error in slope1
+#define		SLOPE2		$1[6]	# slope of fit to second variable
+#define		ESLOPE2		$1[7]	# error in slope2
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a8894f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Make the LINMATCH  task
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	rglcolon.x	<imhdr.h> <error.h> linmatch.h
+	rgldbio.x	linmatch.h
+	rgldelete.x	<gset.h> <mach.h> linmatch.h
+	rgliscale.x	<imhdr.h> <gset.h> <ctype.h> linmatch.h
+	rglpars.x	<lexnum.h> linmatch.h
+	rglplot.x	<mach.h> <gset.h> linmatch.h
+	rglregions.x	<fset.h> <imhdr.h> <ctype.h> linmatch.h
+	rglscale.x	<mach.h> <imhdr.h> linmatch.h lsqfit.h
+	rglshow.x	linmatch.h
+	rglsqfit.x	<mach.h> lsqfit.h
+	rgltools.x	linmatch.h
+	t_linmatch.x	<fset.h>  <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <error.h> linmatch.h
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglcolon.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglcolon.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c1d48ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglcolon.x
@@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+# RG_LCOLON -- Show/set the linmatch task algorithm parameters. 
+
+procedure rg_lcolon (gd, ls, imr, im1, im2, db, dformat, reglist, rpfd, ipfd,
+	sfd, cmdstr, newref, newimage, newfit, newavg)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer ls			#I pointer to linmatch structure
+pointer	imr			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1			#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2			#I pointer to the output image
+pointer	db			#I pointer to the databas file
+int	dformat			#I the database file format
+int	reglist			#I the regions / photometry file descriptor
+int	rpfd			#I the reference photometry file descriptor
+int	ipfd			#I the input photometry file descriptor
+int	sfd			#I the shifts file descriptor
+char	cmdstr[ARB]		#I command string
+int	newref			#I/O new reference image
+int	newimage		#I/O new input image
+int	newfit			#I/O new fit
+int	newavg			#I/O new averages
+
+int	ncmd, nref, nim, ival, fd
+pointer	sp, cmd, str
+real	rval
+bool	streq()
+int	strdic(), rg_lstati(), rg_lregions(), open(), fntopnb(), nscan()
+int	rg_lrphot(), access(), rg_lmkxy(), rg_lmkregions()
+pointer	immap(), dtmap()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+errchk	immap(), open(), fntopnb()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the command.
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Process the command.
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, LSCMDS)
+
+	switch (ncmd) {
+
+	case LSCMD_REFIMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else if (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY ||
+	        rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+		if (rpfd != NULL) {
+		    call close (rpfd)
+		    rpfd = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    rpfd = open (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    rpfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		    if (rg_lrphot (rpfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, MAXNREGIONS),
+		        YES) <= 0)
+			;
+		    call seek (ipfd, BOF)
+		    if (rg_lrphot (ipfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, NREGIONS),
+		        NO) <= 0)
+			;
+		} else {
+		    nref = rg_lrphot (rpfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, MAXNREGIONS),
+		        YES)
+		    if (nref > 0) {
+		        call seek (ipfd, BOF)
+		        nim = rg_lrphot (ipfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, NREGIONS),
+			    NO)
+			if (nim < nref)
+			    call printf ("There are too few input points\n")
+		    } else {
+			call close (rpfd)
+		        rpfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		        if (rg_lrphot (rpfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, MAXNREGIONS),
+		            YES) <= 0)
+			    ;
+		        call seek (ipfd, BOF)
+		        if (rg_lrphot (ipfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, NREGIONS),
+		            NO) <= 0)
+			    ;
+			call printf (
+			    "The new reference photometry file is empty\n")
+		    }
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		    newref = YES; newimage = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (imr)
+		    imr = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    imr = immap (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2 || IM_NDIM(imr) != IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		    call printf (
+                    "Reference image has the wrong number of dimensions\n")
+                    call imunmap (imr)
+                    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_lgain (imr, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)))
+                        call rg_lsetr (ls, RGAIN, rg_lstatr (ls,GAIN))
+                    call rg_lrdnoise (imr, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)))
+                        call rg_lsetr (ls, RREADNOISE, rg_lstatr (ls,READNOISE))
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		    newref = YES; newimage = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_IMAGE:
+
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+            call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+                call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+            } else {
+                if (im1 != NULL) {
+                    call imunmap (im1)
+                    im1 = NULL
+                }
+                iferr {
+                    im1 = immap (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, 0)
+                } then {
+                    call erract (EA_WARN)
+                    im1 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+                } else if (IM_NDIM(im1) > 2 || IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+		    call printf (
+                    "Reference image has the wrong number of dimensions\n")
+                    call imunmap (im1)
+                    im1 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_lgain (im1, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)))
+                        call rg_lsetr (ls, IGAIN, rg_lstatr (ls,GAIN))
+                    call rg_lrdnoise (im1, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)))
+                        call rg_lsetr (ls, IREADNOISE, rg_lstatr (ls,READNOISE))
+                    call rg_lsets (ls, IMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+                    newimage = YES; newref = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+                }
+            }
+
+	case LSCMD_REGIONS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, REGIONS, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (reglist == NULL || nscan() == 1 || (streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str]) && Memc[cmd] != EOS)) {
+		call printf ("%s [string/file]:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_REGIONS)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else if (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY &&
+	        rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+		call fntclsb (reglist)
+		iferr {
+		    reglist = fntopnb (Memc[cmd], NO)
+		} then {
+		    reglist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+		} else {
+		    if (rg_lregions (reglist, imr, ls, 1, NO) > 0)
+			;
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, Memc[cmd])
+		    newimage = YES; newref = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_PHOTFILE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (ipfd == NULL || Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_PHOTFILE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (ipfd != NULL) {
+		    call close (ipfd)
+		    ipfd = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    ipfd = open (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    ipfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		} else {
+		    nim = rg_lrphot (ipfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, NREGIONS),
+		        NO)
+		    if (nim > 0) {
+		        call rg_lsets (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[cmd])
+		        newref = YES; newimage = YES
+			newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+		    } else {
+			call close (ipfd)
+		        ipfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		        nim = rg_lrphot (ipfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls, NREGIONS),
+		            NO)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_SHIFTSFILE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, SHIFTSFILE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_SHIFTSFILE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (sfd != NULL) {
+		    call close (sfd)
+		    sfd = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    sfd = open (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    sfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, sfd)
+		} else {
+                    call rg_lgshift (sfd, ls)
+		    call rg_lstats (ls, SHIFTSFILE, Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_OUTIMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (im2 == NULL || Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (im2 != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (im2)
+		    im2 = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    im2 = immap (Memc[cmd], NEW_COPY, im1)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    im2 = immap (Memc[str], NEW_COPY, im1)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, OUTIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_DATABASE:
+            call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+            call rg_lstats (ls, DATABASE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+                call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (KY_DATABASE)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+            } else {
+                if (db != NULL) {
+                    if (dformat == YES)
+                        call dtunmap (db)
+                    else
+                        call close (db)
+                    db = NULL
+                }
+                iferr {
+                    if (dformat == YES)
+                        db = dtmap (Memc[cmd], APPEND)
+                    else
+                        db = open (Memc[cmd], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+                } then {
+                    call erract (EA_WARN)
+                    if (dformat == YES)
+                        db = dtmap (Memc[str], APPEND)
+                    else
+                        db = open (Memc[str], APPEND, TEXT_FILE)
+                } else {
+                    call rg_lsets (ls, DATABASE, Memc[cmd])
+                }
+            }
+
+        CASE LSCMD_RECORD:
+            call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+            if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+                call rg_lstats (ls, RECORD, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+                call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (KY_RECORD)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+            } else
+                call rg_lsets (ls, RECORD, Memc[cmd])
+
+	case LSCMD_XSHIFT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_XSHIFT)
+		    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, XSHIFT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, XSHIFT, rval)
+		if (sfd == NULL) {
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, SXSHIFT, rg_lstatr (ls, XSHIFT))
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, SYSHIFT, rg_lstatr (ls, YSHIFT))
+		}
+		newref = YES; newimage = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_YSHIFT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_YSHIFT)
+		    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, YSHIFT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, YSHIFT, rval)
+		if (sfd == NULL) {
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, SXSHIFT, rg_lstatr (ls, XSHIFT))
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, SYSHIFT, rg_lstatr (ls, YSHIFT))
+		}
+		newref = YES; newimage = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_DNX:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DNX)
+		    call pargi (rg_lstati (ls, DNX))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_lseti (ls, DNX, ival)
+		newref = YES; newimage = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_DNY:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DNY)
+		    call pargi (rg_lstati (ls, DNY))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_lseti (ls, DNY, ival)
+		newref = YES; newimage = YES; newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_MAXNREGIONS:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_MAXNREGIONS)
+		    call pargi (rg_lstati (ls, MAXNREGIONS))
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_DATAMIN:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DATAMIN)
+		    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMIN))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, DATAMIN, rval)
+		if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY &&
+		    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY)
+		    newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_DATAMAX:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DATAMAX)
+		    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMAX))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, DATAMAX, rval)
+		if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY &&
+		    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY)
+		    newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_MAXITER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_MAXITER)
+		    call pargi (rg_lstati (ls, MAXITER))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lseti (ls, MAXITER, ival)
+		if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY &&
+		    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+		    if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_FIT &&
+		        rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_FIT) {
+		        newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+		    } else
+			newavg = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_NREJECT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_NREJECT)
+		    call pargi (rg_lstati (ls, NREJECT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lseti (ls, NREJECT, ival)
+		newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+		if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_FIT ||
+		    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_FIT) 
+		    newfit = YES
+		newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_LOREJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_LOREJECT)
+		    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, LOREJECT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, LOREJECT, rval)
+		if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_FIT ||
+		    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_FIT) 
+		    newfit = YES
+		newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_HIREJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_HIREJECT)
+		    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, HIREJECT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, HIREJECT, rval)
+		if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_FIT ||
+		    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_FIT) 
+		    newfit = YES
+		newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_GAIN:
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_lstats (ls, CCDGAIN, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_GAIN)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsets (ls, CCDGAIN, Memc[cmd])
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    call rg_lgain (imr, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)))
+		        call rg_lsetr (ls, RGAIN, rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)) 
+		}
+		if (im1 != NULL) {
+		    call rg_lgain (im1, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)))
+		        call rg_lsetr (ls, IGAIN, rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)) 
+		}
+		newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_READNOISE:
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_lstats (ls, CCDREAD, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_READNOISE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsets (ls, CCDREAD, Memc[cmd])
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    call rg_lrdnoise (imr, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)))
+		        call rg_lsetr (ls, RREADNOISE, rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)) 
+		}
+		if (im1 != NULL) {
+		    call rg_lrdnoise (im1, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)))
+		        call rg_lsetr (ls, IREADNOISE, rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)) 
+		}
+		newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LSCMD_SHOW:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    call rg_lshow (ls)
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	case LSCMD_MARKCOORDS, LSCMD_MARKSECTIONS:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		fd = NULL
+	    } else if (access (Memc[cmd], 0, 0) == YES) {
+		call printf ("Warning: file %s already exists\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		fd = NULL
+	    } else {
+	        fd = open (Memc[cmd], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	    if (imr == NULL || im1 == NULL) {
+		call printf ("The reference or input image is undefined.\n")
+	    } else {
+		if (reglist != NULL) {
+		    call fntclsb (reglist)
+		    reglist = NULL
+		}
+	        if (ncmd == LSCMD_MARKCOORDS) {
+	            nref = rg_lmkxy (fd, imr, ls, 1, rg_lstati (ls,
+	                MAXNREGIONS))
+	        } else {
+	            nref = rg_lmkregions (fd, imr, ls, 1, rg_lstati (ls,
+	                MAXNREGIONS), Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		}
+		if (nref <= 0) {
+		    call rg_lstats (ls, REGIONS, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+                    iferr (reglist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO))
+                        reglist = NULL
+                    if (rg_lregions (reglist, imr, ls, 1, 1) > 0)
+                    	;
+                    call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, Memc[str])
+                    call rg_lseti (ls, CNREGION, 1)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_lseti (ls, CNREGION, 1)
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, Memc[str])
+		    newref = YES; newimage = YES
+		    newfit = YES; newavg = YES
+		}
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	    if (fd != NULL)
+	        call close (fd)
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous colon command\7\n")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgldbio.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgldbio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63876985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgldbio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+# RG_LWREC -- Procedure to write out the entire record.
+
+procedure rg_lwrec (db, dformat, ls)
+
+pointer	db			#I pointer to the database file
+int	dformat			#I is the scaling file in database format
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+
+pointer	sp, image
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (dformat == YES) {
+	    call rg_ldbparams (db, ls)
+	    call rg_lwreg (db, ls)
+	    call rg_ldbtscale (db, ls)
+	} else {
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call fprintf (db, "%s  %g %g  %g %g")
+		call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr(ls, TBSCALE))
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr(ls, TBZERO))
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr(ls, TBSCALEERR))
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr(ls, TBZEROERR))
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LWREG -- Write out the results for each region.
+
+procedure rg_lwreg (db, ls)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity matching structure
+
+int	i, nregions, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, c1, c2, l1, l2, del
+real	xshift, yshift, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	xshift = rg_lstatr (ls, SXSHIFT)
+	yshift = rg_lstatr (ls, SYSHIFT)
+
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	do i = 1, nregions  {
+
+	    rc1 = Memi[rg_lstatp (ls, RC1)+i-1]
+	    rc2 = Memi[rg_lstatp (ls, RC2)+i-1]
+	    rl1 = Memi[rg_lstatp (ls, RL1)+i-1]
+	    rl2 = Memi[rg_lstatp (ls, RL2)+i-1]
+	    if (IS_INDEFI(rc1))
+		c1 = INDEFI
+	    else
+	        c1 = rc1 + xshift
+	    if (IS_INDEFI(rc2))
+		c2 = INDEFI
+	    else
+	        c2 = rc2 + xshift
+	    if (IS_INDEFI(rl1))
+		l1 = INDEFI
+	    else
+	        l1 = rl1 + yshift
+	    if (IS_INDEFI(rl2))
+		l2 = INDEFI
+	    else
+	        l2 = rl2 + yshift
+
+	    bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+i-1]
+	    bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+i-1]
+	    bserr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+i-1]
+	    bzerr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+i-1]
+	    del = Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1]
+
+	    call rg_ldbscaler (db, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, c1, c2, l1, l2,
+		bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr, del)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LDBPARAMS -- Write the intensity matching parameters to the database file.
+
+procedure rg_ldbparams (db, ls)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity matching structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+int	rg_lstati()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Write out the time record was written.
+	call dtput (db, "\n")
+	call dtptime (db)
+
+	# Write out the record name.
+	call rg_lstats (ls, RECORD, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (db, "begin\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	# Write the image names.
+	call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t%d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_NREGIONS)
+	    call pargi (rg_lstati(ls, NREGIONS))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LDBSCALER -- Write the scaling parameters for each region
+
+procedure rg_ldbscaler (db, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, c1, c2, l1, l2, bscale,
+	bzero, bserr, bzerr, del)
+
+pointer	db		# pointer to the database file
+int	rc1, rc2	# reference image region column limits
+int	rl1, rl2	# reference image region line limits
+int	c1, c2		# image region column limits
+int	l1, l2		# image region line limits
+real	bscale 		# the scaling parameter
+real	bzero 		# the offset parameter
+real	bserr		# the error in the scaling parameter
+real	bzerr		# the error in the offset parameter
+int	del		# the deletions index
+
+begin
+	if (IS_INDEFI(rc1) || IS_INDEFI(c1)) {
+	    call dtput (db,"\t[INDEF] [INDEF]  %g %g  %g %g  %s\n")
+	} else {
+	    call dtput (db,"\t[%d:%d,%d:%d] [%d:%d,%d:%d]  %g %g  %g %g  %s\n")
+	        call pargi (rc1)
+	        call pargi (rc2)
+	        call pargi (rl1)
+	        call pargi (rl2)
+	        call pargi (c1)
+	        call pargi (c2)
+	        call pargi (l1)
+	        call pargi (l2)
+	}
+
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	    call pargr (bserr)
+	    call pargr (bzerr)
+	    if (del == NO)
+		call pargstr ("")
+	    else
+		call pargstr ("[Rejected/Deleted]")
+end
+
+
+# RG_LDBTSCALE -- Write the final scaling parameters and their errors.
+
+procedure rg_ldbtscale (db, ls)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the text database file
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	call dtput (db, "\tbscale\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr(ls, TBSCALE))
+	call dtput (db, "\tbzero\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBZERO))
+	call dtput (db, "\tbserr\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBSCALEERR))
+	call dtput (db, "\tbzerr\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBZEROERR))
+end
+
+
+# RG_LPWREC -- Print the computed scaling factors for the region.
+
+procedure rg_lpwrec (ls, i)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	i		#I the current region
+
+pointer rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	if (i == 0) {
+	    call printf (
+	    "Results: bscale = %g +/- %g bzero = %g +/- %g\n")
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBSCALE))
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBSCALEERR))
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBZERO))
+		call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBZEROERR))
+	} else {
+	    call printf (
+	    "Region %d: [%d:%d,%d:%d] bscale = %g +/- %g bzero = %g +/- %g\n")
+	        call pargi (i)
+		call pargi (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+i-1])
+		call pargi (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+i-1])
+		call pargi (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+i-1])
+		call pargi (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+i-1])
+		call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+i-1])
+		call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+i-1])
+		call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+i-1])
+		call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+i-1])
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgldelete.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgldelete.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e16923a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgldelete.x
@@ -0,0 +1,993 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+# RG_LFIND -- Find the point nearest the cursor regardless of whether it
+# has been deleted or not.
+
+int procedure rg_lfind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero, plot_type)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	wcs			#I the wcs of the point
+real	wx			#I the x coordinate of point to be deleted
+real	wy			#I the y coordinate of point to be deleted
+real	bscale			#I the computed bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the computed bzero value
+int	plot_type		#I the current plot type
+
+int	region
+int	rg_mmffind(), rg_mmrfind(), rg_bzffind(), rg_bzrfind()
+int	rg_msffind(), rg_msrfind()
+
+begin
+	switch (plot_type) {
+	case LS_MMFIT:
+	    region = rg_mmffind (gd, ls, wx, wy)
+	case LS_MMRESID:
+	    region = rg_mmrfind (gd, ls, wx, wy, bscale, bzero)
+	case LS_BSZFIT:
+	    region = rg_bzffind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy)
+	case LS_BSZRESID:
+	    region = rg_bzrfind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero)
+	case LS_MAGSKYFIT:
+	    region = rg_msffind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy)
+	case LS_MAGSKYRESID:
+	    region = rg_msrfind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero)
+	default:
+	    region = 0
+	}
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LDELETE -- Delete or undelete regions from the data.
+
+int procedure rg_ldelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero,
+	plot_type, delete) 
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	wcs			#I the wcs for multi-wcs plots
+real	wx			#I the x coordinate of point to be deleted
+real	wy			#I the y coordinate of point to be deleted
+real	bscale			#I the computed bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the computed bzero value
+int	plot_type		#I the current plot type
+int	delete			#I delete the point
+
+int	region
+int	rg_rdelete(), rg_mmfdelete(), rg_mmrdelete(), rg_bzfdelete()
+int	rg_bzrdelete(), rg_msfdelete(), rg_msrdelete()
+
+begin
+	switch (plot_type) {
+	case LS_MMHIST:
+	    region = rg_rdelete (gd, ls, udelete, delete)
+	case LS_MMFIT:
+	    region = rg_mmfdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wx, wy, delete)
+	case LS_MMRESID:
+	    region = rg_mmrdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wx, wy, bscale,
+	        bzero, delete)
+	case LS_RIFIT:
+	    region = rg_rdelete (gd, ls, udelete, delete)
+	case LS_RIRESID:
+	    region = rg_rdelete (gd, ls, udelete, delete)
+	case LS_BSZFIT:
+	    region = rg_bzfdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, delete)
+	case LS_BSZRESID:
+	    region = rg_bzrdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, bscale,
+		bzero, delete)
+	case LS_MAGSKYFIT:
+	    region = rg_msfdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, delete)
+	case LS_MAGSKYRESID:
+	    region = rg_msrdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, bscale,
+		bzero, delete)
+	default:
+	    region = 0
+	}
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_RDELETE -- Delete or undelete a particular region from the data using
+# a histogram or fit plot.
+
+int procedure rg_rdelete (gd, ls, udelete, delete)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	delete			#I delete the point
+
+int	region
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Get the current region.
+	region = rg_lstati (ls, CNREGION)
+	if (region < 1 || region > rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Delete or undelete the region.
+	if (delete == YES) {
+	    if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+region-1] == LS_NO) {
+		udelete[region] = YES
+		return (region)
+	    } else
+		return (0)
+	} else {
+	    if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+region-1] != LS_NO) {
+		udelete[region] = NO
+		return (region)
+	    } else
+		return (0)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_MMFDELETE -- Delete or undelete a point computed from the mean, median,
+# or mode.
+
+int procedure rg_mmfdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+int	delete			#I delete the input object
+
+int	nregions, region, mtype
+pointer	sp, xdata, ydata
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpdelete(), rg_lpundelete()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Determine the type of data to plot.
+	mtype = 0
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	if (mtype <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xdata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ydata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get the data.
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+	}
+
+	# Delete or undelete the point.
+	if (delete == YES)
+	    region = rg_lpdelete (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xdata], Memr[ydata],
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	else
+	    region = rg_lpundelete (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xdata], Memr[ydata],
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MMRDELETE -- Delete or undelete a point computed from the mean, median,
+# or mode residuals plots.
+
+int procedure rg_mmrdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wx, wy, bscale, bzero, delete)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+real	bscale			#I the computed bscale factor
+real	bzero			#I the computed bzero factor
+int	delete			#I delete the input object
+
+int	nregions, region, mtype
+pointer	sp, xdata, ydata
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpdelete(), rg_lpundelete()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Determine the type of data to plot.
+	mtype = 0
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	if (mtype <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xdata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ydata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)], Memr[ydata], Memr[ydata],
+	        nregions)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)], Memr[ydata], Memr[ydata],
+	        nregions)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[ydata], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)], Memr[ydata], Memr[ydata],
+	        nregions)
+	}
+
+	# Delete or undelete the point.
+	if (delete == YES)
+	    region = rg_lpdelete (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xdata], Memr[ydata],
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	else
+	    region = rg_lpundelete (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xdata], Memr[ydata],
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BZFDELETE -- Delete or undelete a point computed from the  average
+# of the fitted bscale or bzeros.
+
+int procedure rg_bzfdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	wcs			#I the wcs number
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+int	delete			#I delete the input object
+
+int	i, nregions, region
+pointer	sp, xreg
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpdelete(), rg_lpundelete()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, nregions
+	    Memr[xreg+i-1] = i
+
+	# Delete or undelete the point.
+	if (delete == YES) {
+	    if (wcs == 1)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg],
+	            Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else if (wcs == 2)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg],
+	            Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else
+		region = 0
+	} else {
+	    if (wcs == 1)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg],
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else if (wcs == 2)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg],
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else
+		region = 0
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BZRDELETE -- Delete or undelete a point computed from the  average
+# of the fitted bscale or bzero residuals.
+
+int procedure rg_bzrdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero,
+	delete)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	wcs			#I the wcs number
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+real	bscale			#I the input bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the input bzero value
+int	delete			#I delete the input object
+
+int	i, nregions, region
+pointer	sp, xreg, yreg
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpdelete(), rg_lpundelete()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, nregions
+	    Memr[xreg+i-1] = i
+
+	# Delete or undelete the point.
+	if (delete == YES) {
+	    if (wcs == 1) {
+		call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)], bscale, Memr[yreg],
+		    nregions)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg], Memr[yreg],
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    } else if (wcs == 2) {
+		call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)], bzero, Memr[yreg],
+		    nregions)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg],
+	            Memr[yreg], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    } else
+		region = 0
+	} else {
+	    if (wcs == 1) {
+		call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)], bscale, Memr[yreg],
+		    nregions)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg],
+		    Memr[yreg], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    } else if (wcs == 2) {
+		call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)], bzero, Memr[yreg],
+		    nregions)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[xreg],
+		    Memr[yreg], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    } else
+		region = 0
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MSFDELETE -- Delete or undelete a point computed from the  average
+# of the fitted bscale or bzeros.
+
+int procedure rg_msfdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	wcs			#I the wcs number
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+int	delete			#I delete the input object
+
+int	nregions, region
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpdelete(), rg_lpundelete()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Delete or undelete the point.
+	if (delete == YES) {
+	    if (wcs == 1)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    IMAG)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    else if (wcs == 2)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    ISKY)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    else
+		region = 0
+	} else {
+	    if (wcs == 1)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    IMAG)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    else if (wcs == 2)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    ISKY)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    RDELETE)], udelete, nregions)
+	    else
+		region = 0
+	}
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MSRDELETE -- Delete or undelete a point computed from the  average
+# of the fitted bscale or bzeros.
+
+int procedure rg_msrdelete (gd, ls, udelete, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero, delete)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	wcs			#I the wcs number
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+real	bscale			#I the input bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the input bzero value
+int	delete			#I delete the input object
+
+int	nregions, region
+pointer	sp, resid
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpdelete(), rg_lpundelete()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (wcs == 1) {
+	    if (bscale > 0.0) {
+	        call aaddkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)], -2.5*log10(bscale),
+		    Memr[resid], nregions)
+	        call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memr[resid],
+		    Memr[resid], nregions)
+	    } else
+	        call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    IMAG)], Memr[resid], nregions)
+	} else {
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)], Memr[resid], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)], Memr[resid], Memr[resid],
+	        nregions)
+	}
+
+	# Delete or undelete the point.
+	if (delete == YES) {
+	    if (wcs == 1)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    IMAG)], Memr[resid], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else if (wcs == 2)
+	        region = rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    ISKY)], Memr[resid], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else
+		region = 0
+	} else {
+	    if (wcs == 1)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    IMAG)], Memr[resid], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else if (wcs == 2)
+	        region = rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    ISKY)], Memr[resid], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		    udelete, nregions)
+	    else
+		region = 0
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+# RG_MMFFIND -- Find a point computed from the mean, median, or mode.
+
+int procedure rg_mmffind (gd, ls, wx, wy)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+
+int	nregions, mtype, region
+pointer	sp, xdata, ydata
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpfind()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Determine the type of data to plot.
+	mtype = 0
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	if (mtype <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xdata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ydata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get the data.
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+	}
+
+	region = rg_lpfind (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xdata], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MMRFIND -- Find a point computed from the mean, median, or mode.
+
+int procedure rg_mmrfind (gd, ls, wx, wy, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+real	bscale			#I the input bscale factor
+real	bzero			#I the input bzero factor
+
+int	nregions, mtype, region
+pointer	sp, xdata, ydata
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpfind()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Determine the type of data to plot.
+	mtype = 0
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	if (mtype <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xdata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ydata, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)], Memr[ydata], Memr[ydata],
+	        nregions)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[ydata], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)], Memr[ydata], Memr[ydata],
+	        nregions)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call amovr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[xdata], nregions)
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[ydata], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)], Memr[ydata], Memr[ydata],
+	        nregions)
+	}
+
+	region = rg_lpfind (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xdata], Memr[ydata], nregions)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BZFFIND -- Find a point computed from the bscale and bzero fits
+# to all the regions.
+
+int procedure rg_bzffind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+
+int	i, nregions, region
+pointer	sp, xreg
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpfind()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, nregions
+	    Memr[xreg+i-1] = i
+
+	if (wcs == 1)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xreg], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	        RBSCALE)], nregions)
+	else if (wcs == 2)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 2, wx, wy, Memr[xreg], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	        RBZERO)], nregions)
+	else
+	    region = 0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BZRFIND -- Find a point computed from the bscale and bzero fit
+# residuals to all the regions.
+
+int procedure rg_bzrfind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+real	bscale			#I the input bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the input bscale value
+
+int	i, nregions, region
+pointer	sp, xreg, yreg
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpfind()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, nregions
+	    Memr[xreg+i-1] = i
+
+	if (wcs == 1) {
+	    call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)], bscale, Memr[yreg],
+	        nregions)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[xreg], Memr[yreg],
+	        nregions)
+	} else if (wcs == 2) {
+	    call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)], bzero, Memr[yreg],
+	        nregions)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 2, wx, wy, Memr[xreg], Memr[yreg],
+	        nregions)
+	} else
+	    region = 0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MSFFIND -- Find a point computed from the bscale and bzero fits
+# to all the regions.
+
+int procedure rg_msffind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+
+int	nregions, region
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpfind()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	if (wcs == 1)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)],
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], nregions)
+	else if (wcs == 2)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 2, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)],
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)], nregions)
+	else
+	    region = 0
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MSRFIND -- Find a point computed from the bscale and bzero fits
+# to all the regions.
+
+int procedure rg_msrfind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs
+real	wx			#I the input x coordinate
+real	wy			#I the input y coordinate
+real	bscale			#I the input bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the input bzero value
+
+int	nregions, region
+pointer	sp, resid
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lpfind()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (0)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (resid, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (wcs == 1) {
+	    if (bscale > 0.0) {
+		call aaddkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)], -2.5*log10(bscale),
+		    Memr[resid], nregions)
+		call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memr[resid], Memr[resid],
+		    nregions)
+	    } else
+		call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)],
+		    Memr[resid], nregions)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 1, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)],
+	        Memr[resid], nregions)
+	} else if (wcs == 2) {
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)], Memr[resid], nregions,
+		bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)], Memr[resid], Memr[resid],
+		nregions)
+	    region = rg_lpfind (gd, 2, wx, wy, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)],
+	        Memr[resid], nregions)
+	} else
+	    region = 0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LPDELETE -- Delete a point from the plot.
+
+int procedure rg_lpdelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, xdata, ydata, delete, udelete, npts)
+
+pointer	gd			#I the graphics stream descriptor
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs
+real	wx, wy			#I the point to be deleted.
+real	xdata[ARB]		#I the input x data array
+real	ydata[ARB]		#I the input y data array
+int	delete[ARB]		#I the deletions array
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+
+int	i, region
+real	wx0, wy0, r2min, r2, x0, y0
+
+begin
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx0, wy0, wcs, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	region = 0
+
+	# Find the point to be deleted.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (delete[i] != LS_NO)
+		next
+	    call gctran (gd, xdata[i], ydata[i], x0, y0, wcs, 0)
+	    r2 = (x0 - wx0) ** 2 + (y0 - wy0) ** 2
+	    if (r2 < r2min) {
+		r2min = r2
+		region = i
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (region > 0) {
+	    call gseti (gd, G_WCS, wcs)
+	    call gscur (gd, xdata[region], ydata[region])
+	    call gmark (gd, xdata[region], ydata[region], GM_CROSS, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    udelete[region] = YES
+	}
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LPUNDELETE -- Undelete a point from the plot.
+
+int procedure rg_lpundelete (gd, wcs, wx, wy, xdata, ydata, delete,
+	udelete, npts)
+
+pointer	gd			#I the graphics stream descriptor
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs
+real	wx, wy			#I the point to be deleted.
+real	xdata[ARB]		#I the input x data array
+real	ydata[ARB]		#I the input y data array
+int	delete[ARB]		#I the deletions array
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I/O the user deletions array
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+
+int	i, region
+real	wx0, wy0, r2min, r2, x0, y0
+
+begin
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx0, wy0, wcs, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	region = 0
+
+	# Find the point to be deleted.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (udelete[i] == NO)
+		next
+	    call gctran (gd, xdata[i], ydata[i], x0, y0, wcs, 0)
+	    r2 = (x0 - wx0) ** 2 + (y0 - wy0) ** 2
+	    if (r2 < r2min) {
+		r2min = r2
+		region = i
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (region > 0) {
+	    call gseti (gd, G_WCS, wcs)
+	    call gscur (gd, xdata[region], ydata[region])
+	    call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR)
+	    call gmark (gd, xdata[region], ydata[region], GM_CROSS, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	    call gmark (gd, xdata[region], ydata[region], GM_BOX, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    udelete[region] = NO
+	}
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LPFIND -- Find a point in the plot.
+
+int procedure rg_lpfind (gd, wcs, wx, wy, xdata, ydata, npts)
+
+pointer	gd			#I the graphics stream descriptor
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs
+real	wx, wy			#I the point to be deleted.
+real	xdata[ARB]		#I the input x data array
+real	ydata[ARB]		#I the input y data array
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+
+int	i, region
+real	wx0, wy0, r2min, x0, y0, r2
+
+begin
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx0, wy0, wcs, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	region = 0
+
+	# Find the point to be deleted.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call gctran (gd, xdata[i], ydata[i], x0, y0, wcs, 0)
+	    r2 = (x0 - wx0) ** 2 + (y0 - wy0) ** 2
+	    if (r2 < r2min) {
+		r2min = r2
+		region = i
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (region)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgliscale.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgliscale.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e760c7f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgliscale.x
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+# Define the help files.
+define	HELPFILE	"immatch$src/linmatch/linmatch.key"
+
+# RG_LISCALE -- Scale the output image interactively.
+
+int procedure rg_liscale (imr, im1, im2, db, dformat, reglist, rpfd, ipfd, sfd,
+	ls, gd, id)
+
+pointer	imr		#I/O pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I/O pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I/O pointer to the output image
+pointer	db		#I/O pointer to the database file
+int	dformat		#I is the scale file in database format
+pointer	reglist		#I/O the regions list descriptor
+int	rpfd		#I/O the reference photometry file descriptor
+int	ipfd		#I/O the input photometry file descriptor
+int	sfd		#I/O the shifts file descriptor
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+pointer	gd		#I the graphics stream pointer
+pointer	id		#I display stream pointer
+
+int	i, newref, newimage, newfit, newavg, newplot, plottype, wcs, key, reg
+int	hplot, lplot, lplot_type
+pointer	sp, cmd, udelete, stat
+real	bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr, wx, wy
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lplot(), clgcur(), rg_lgqverify(), rg_lgtverify()
+int	rg_ldelete(), rg_lfind(), rg_mmhplot(), rg_rifplot(), rg_rirplot()
+int	rg_lregions()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (udelete, rg_lstati(ls, MAXNREGIONS), TY_INT)
+
+	# Initialize the fitting.
+	newref = YES
+	newimage = YES
+	newfit = YES
+	newavg = YES
+
+	# Initialize the plotting.
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN, LS_MEDIAN, LS_MODE:
+	    if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1)
+	        plottype = LS_MMFIT
+	    else
+	        plottype = LS_MMHIST
+	case LS_FIT:
+	    if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1)
+	        plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+	    else
+	        plottype = LS_RIFIT
+	case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+	    plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+	default:
+	}
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN, LS_MEDIAN, LS_MODE:
+	    if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1)
+	        plottype = LS_MMFIT
+	    else
+	        plottype = LS_MMHIST
+	case LS_FIT:
+	    if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1)
+	        plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+	    else
+	        plottype = LS_RIFIT
+	case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+	    plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+	default:
+	}
+
+	# Do the initial fit.
+	if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) <= 0) {
+	    call gclear (gd)
+	    call gflush (gd)
+	    bscale = 1.0; bzero = 0.0
+	    bserr = INDEFR; bzerr = INDEFR
+	    call printf ("The regions/photometry list is empty\n")
+	} else {
+	    call amovki (LS_NO, Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], rg_lstati(ls,
+	        NREGIONS))
+	    call rg_scale (imr, im1, ls, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr, YES)
+	    call amovki (NO, Memi[udelete], rg_lstati(ls,NREGIONS))
+	    if (rg_lplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, Memi[udelete], 1, bscale, bzero,
+	    	plottype) == OK) {
+	        newref = NO
+	        newimage = NO
+	        newfit = NO
+		newavg = NO
+		call rg_lpwrec (ls, 0)
+	    } else {
+	        call gclear (gd)
+	        call gflush (gd)
+		call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("Error computing scale factors for image %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    }
+	}
+	newplot = NO
+
+	# Loop over the cursor commands.
+	while (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) !=
+	    EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	        # Print the help page.
+	        case '?':
+	    	    call gpagefile (gd, HELPFILE, "")
+
+		# Quit the task gracefully.
+		case 'q':
+		    if (rg_lgqverify ("linmatch", db, dformat, ls,
+		        key) == YES) {
+			call sfree (sp)
+			return (rg_lgtverify (key))
+		    }
+
+		# Refit the data.
+		case 'f':
+		    if (newref == YES || newimage == YES || newfit == YES ||
+		        newavg == YES) {
+			if (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY &&
+			    rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+			    if (newref == YES) {
+				if (rg_lregions (reglist, imr, ls, 1, YES) > 0)
+				    ;
+			    } else if (newimage == YES) {
+				call rg_lindefr (ls)
+			    }
+			}
+			if (newfit == YES)
+	    		    call amovki (LS_NO, Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+			        rg_lstati(ls,NREGIONS))
+			else if (newavg == YES) {
+			    do i = 1, rg_lstati(ls,NREGIONS) {
+				if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] ==
+				    LS_DELETED || Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+				    RDELETE)+i-1] == LS_BADSIGMA)
+				    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_NO
+			    }
+			    
+			}
+			do i = 1, rg_lstati(ls,NREGIONS) {
+			    if (Memi[udelete+i-1] == YES)
+				Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_DELETED
+			}
+			if (newfit == YES)
+	    		    call rg_scale (imr, im1, ls, bscale, bzero, bserr,
+			        bzerr, YES)
+			else if (newavg == YES)
+	    		    call rg_scale (imr, im1, ls, bscale, bzero, bserr,
+			        bzerr, NO)
+			newref = NO
+			newimage = NO
+			newfit = NO
+			newavg = NO
+			newplot = YES
+		    }
+
+		# Plot the default graph.
+		case 'g':
+		    switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+		    case LS_MEAN, LS_MEDIAN, LS_MODE:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_MMFIT)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_MMFIT
+	    		} else {
+			    if (plottype != LS_MMHIST)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_MMHIST
+			}
+		    case LS_FIT:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_BSZFIT)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+	    		} else {
+			    if (plottype != LS_RIFIT)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_RIFIT
+			}
+		    case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+			if (plottype != LS_BSZFIT)
+			    newplot = YES
+	        	plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+		    default:
+		    }
+		    switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+		    case LS_MEAN, LS_MEDIAN, LS_MODE:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_MMFIT)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_MMFIT
+	    		} else {
+			    if (plottype != LS_MMHIST)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_MMHIST
+			}
+		    case LS_FIT:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_BSZFIT)
+	        	        plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+	    		} else {
+			    if (plottype != LS_RIFIT)
+	        	        plottype = LS_RIFIT
+			}
+		    case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+			if (plottype != LS_BSZFIT)
+			    newplot = YES
+	        	plottype = LS_BSZFIT
+		    default:
+		    }
+
+		# Graph the residuals from the current fit.
+		case 'i':
+		    switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+		    case LS_MEAN, LS_MEDIAN, LS_MODE:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_MMRESID)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_MMRESID
+	    		} else {
+			    call printf (
+			    "There are too few regions for a residuals plot\n")
+			}
+		    case LS_FIT:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_BSZRESID)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	     plottype = LS_BSZRESID
+	    		} else {
+			    if (plottype != LS_RIRESID)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_RIRESID
+			}
+		    case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+			if (plottype == LS_BSZFIT) {
+			    newplot = YES
+			    plottype = LS_BSZRESID
+			} else if (plottype == LS_MAGSKYFIT) {
+			    newplot = YES
+			    plottype = LS_MAGSKYRESID
+			}
+		    default:
+		    }
+		    switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+		    case LS_MEAN, LS_MEDIAN, LS_MODE:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_MMRESID)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_MMRESID
+	    		} else {
+			    call printf (
+			    "There are too few regions for a residuals plot\n")
+			}
+		    case LS_FIT:
+	    		if (rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) > 1) {
+			    if (plottype != LS_BSZRESID)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_BSZRESID
+	    		} else {
+			    if (plottype != LS_RIRESID)
+				newplot = YES
+	        	    plottype = LS_RIRESID
+			}
+		    case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+			if (plottype == LS_BSZFIT) {
+			    newplot = YES
+			    plottype = LS_BSZRESID
+			} else if (plottype == LS_MAGSKYFIT) {
+			    newplot = YES
+			    plottype = LS_MAGSKYRESID
+			}
+		    default:
+		    }
+
+		# Plot the histogram and show the statistics of a given region.
+		# selected from a plot.
+		case 's':
+		    if (imr != NULL && im1 != NULL) {
+	    	        reg = rg_lfind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero,
+		            plottype)
+		        if (reg > 0) {
+			    if (rg_mmhplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, Memi[udelete],
+			        reg) == OK) {
+			        call rg_lpwrec (ls, reg)
+			    } else {
+	        	        call printf (
+			            "Unable to plot statistics for region %d\n")
+				    call pargi (reg)
+			    }
+		        } else
+	        	    call printf ("Unable to plot region statistics\n")
+		    } else
+		        call printf (
+			"The reference or input image is undefined\n")
+
+		# Trace the fit of a given region selected from a plot.
+		case 't':
+		    if (imr != NULL && im1 != NULL && (rg_lstati(ls,
+		        BSALGORITHM) == LS_FIT || rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) ==
+		        LS_FIT)) {
+	    	        reg = rg_lfind (gd, ls, wcs, wx, wy, bscale, bzero,
+			    plottype)
+		        if (reg > 0) {
+			    if (plottype == LS_BSZFIT)
+				stat = rg_rifplot (gd, imr, im1, ls,
+				    Memi[udelete], reg)
+			    else if (plottype == LS_BSZRESID)
+				stat = rg_rirplot (gd, imr, im1, ls,
+				    Memi[udelete], reg)
+			    else
+				stat = ERR
+			    if (stat == OK)
+				call rg_lpwrec (ls, reg)
+			    else {
+	        	        call printf (
+			            "Unable to plot statistics for region %d\n")
+				    call pargi (reg)
+			    }
+		        } else
+	        	    call printf (
+			        "Unable to plot region statistics\n")
+		    } else
+			call printf (
+			    "The least squares fit is undefined\n") 
+
+		# Plot the statistics and show the histograms for each
+		# region in turn.
+		case 'h':
+		    if (imr != NULL && im1 != NULL) {
+			reg = 1
+			if (rg_mmhplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, Memi[udelete],
+			    reg) == ERR) {
+			    call printf (
+			    "Unable to plot statistics for region 1\n")
+			    next
+			}
+			hplot = NO 
+			call printf (
+			"Hit [spbar=next,-=prev,s=stats,?=help,q=quit]:")
+			while (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+			    SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+			    switch (key) {
+			    case '?':
+				call printf (
+			     "Hit [spbar=next,-=prev,s=stats,?=help,q=quit]:")
+			    case 'q':
+				call printf ("\n")
+				break
+			    case ' ':
+				if (reg < rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)) {
+				    reg = reg + 1
+				    hplot = YES
+				}
+			    case '-':
+				if (reg > 1) {
+				    reg = reg - 1
+				    hplot = YES
+				}
+			    case 's':
+			        call rg_lpwrec (ls, reg)
+			    }
+			    if (hplot == YES) {
+				if (rg_mmhplot (gd, imr, im1, ls,
+				    Memi[udelete], reg) == ERR)
+			    	    ;
+				call printf (
+			      "Hit [spbar=next,-=prev,s=stats,?=help,q=quit]:")
+				hplot = NO
+			    }
+			}
+			newplot = YES
+		    } else
+		        call printf (
+			"The reference or input image is undefined\n")
+
+		# Step through the least sqares fits one at a time.
+		case 'l':
+		    if (imr != NULL && im1 != NULL && (rg_lstati(ls,
+		        BSALGORITHM) == LS_FIT || rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) ==
+		        LS_FIT)) {
+			reg = 1
+			lplot = NO 
+			if (plottype == LS_BSZFIT || plottype == LS_RIFIT)
+			    lplot_type = LS_RIFIT
+			else if (plottype == LS_BSZRESID || plottype ==
+			    LS_RIRESID)
+			    lplot_type = LS_RIRESID
+			if (lplot_type == LS_RIFIT)
+			    stat = rg_rifplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, Memi[udelete],
+			        reg)
+			else if (lplot_type == LS_RIRESID)
+			    stat = rg_rirplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, Memi[udelete],
+			        reg)
+			else
+			    stat = ERR
+			if (stat == ERR) {
+			    call printf ("Unable to plot fits for region 1\n")
+			    next
+			}
+			call printf (
+		"Hit [spbar=next,-=prev,l=fit,i=resid,s=stats,?=help,q=quit]:")
+			while (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+			    SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+			    switch (key) {
+			    case '?':
+				call printf (
+		"Hit [spbar=next,-=prev,l=fit,i=resid,s=stats,?=help,q=quit]:")
+			    case 'q':
+				call printf ("\n")
+				break
+			    case ' ':
+				if (reg < rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)) {
+				    reg = reg + 1
+				    lplot = YES
+				}
+			    case '-':
+				if (reg > 1) {
+				    reg = reg - 1
+				    lplot = YES
+				}
+			    case 'l':
+				if (lplot_type == LS_RIRESID)
+				    lplot = YES
+				lplot_type = LS_RIFIT
+			    case 'i':
+				if (lplot_type == LS_RIFIT)
+				    lplot = YES
+				lplot_type = LS_RIRESID
+			    case 's':
+			        call rg_lpwrec (ls, reg)
+			    }
+			    if (lplot == YES) {
+				if (lplot_type == LS_RIFIT)
+			    	    stat = rg_rifplot (gd, imr, im1, ls,
+				        Memi[udelete], reg)
+				else if (lplot_type == LS_RIRESID)
+			    	    stat = rg_rirplot (gd, imr, im1, ls,
+				        Memi[udelete], reg)
+				call printf (
+		"Hit [spbar=next,-=prev,l=fit,i=resid,s=stats,?=help,q=quit]:")
+				lplot = NO
+			    }
+			}
+			newplot = YES
+		    } else
+			call printf (
+			    "The least squares fit is undefined\n") 
+
+		# Plot the photometry
+		case 'p':
+		    if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY ||
+			rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+			plottype = LS_MAGSKYFIT
+			newplot = YES
+		    } else
+			call printf ("The input photometry is undefined\n") 
+
+		# Replot the current graph.
+		case 'r':
+		    newplot = YES
+
+		# Delete or undelete a region.
+		case 'd', 'u':
+		    if (key == 'd')
+	    	        reg = rg_ldelete (gd, ls, Memi[udelete], wcs, wx, wy,
+			    bscale, bzero, plottype, YES)
+		    else
+	    	        reg = rg_ldelete (gd, ls, Memi[udelete], wcs, wx, wy,
+			    bscale, bzero, plottype, NO)
+		    if (reg > 0)
+			newavg = YES
+
+
+	        # Process colon commands.
+	        case ':':
+		    call rg_lcolon (gd, ls, imr, im1, im2, db, dformat,
+		        reglist, rpfd, ipfd, sfd, Memc[cmd], newref,
+			newimage, newfit, newavg)
+
+		 # Write the parameters to the parameter file.
+		 case 'w':
+		    call rg_plpars (ls)
+
+		# Do nothing gracefully.
+		default:
+	    }
+
+	    if (newplot == YES) {
+		if (rg_lstati(ls,NREGIONS) <= 0) {
+	    	    call gclear (gd)
+	    	    call gflush (gd)
+	    	    bscale = 1.0; bzero = 0.0
+	            bserr = INDEFR; bzerr = INDEFR
+	    	    call printf ("The regions/photometry list is empty\n")
+		} else if (newref == YES || newimage == YES) {
+		    call printf ("Bscale and bzero must be recomputed\n")
+		} else if (rg_lplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, Memi[udelete], 1,
+		    bscale, bzero, plottype) == OK) {
+		    if (newfit == YES || newavg == YES)
+		        call printf ("Bscale and bzero should be recomputed\n")
+		    else
+		        call rg_lpwrec (ls, 0)
+		    newplot = NO
+		} else
+	            call printf ("Unable to plot image data for region 1\n")
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+define  QUERY "Hit [return=continue, n=next image, q=quit, w=quit and update parameters]: "
+
+# RG_LGQVERIFY -- Print a message on the status line asking the user if they
+# really want to quit, returning YES if they really want to quit, NO otherwise.
+
+int procedure rg_lgqverify (task, db, dformat, rg, ch)
+
+char    task[ARB]       #I the calling task name
+pointer db              #I pointer to the shifts database file
+int     dformat         #I is the shifts file in database format
+pointer rg              #I pointer to the task structure
+int     ch              #I the input keystroke command
+
+int     wcs, stat
+pointer sp, cmd
+real    wx, wy
+bool    streq()
+int     clgcur()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Print the status line query in reverse video and get the keystroke.
+        call printf (QUERY)
+        #call flush (STDOUT)
+        if (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, ch, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+            ;
+
+        # Process the command.
+        if (ch == 'q') {
+            call rg_lwrec (db, dformat, rg)
+            stat = YES
+        } else if (ch == 'w') {
+            call rg_lwrec (db, dformat, rg)
+            if (streq ("linmatch", task))
+                call rg_plpars (rg)
+            stat = YES
+        } else if (ch == 'n') {
+            call rg_lwrec (db, dformat, rg)
+            stat = YES
+        } else {
+            stat = NO
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+        return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGTVERIFY -- Verify whether or not the user truly wishes to quit the
+# task.
+
+int procedure rg_lgtverify (ch)
+
+int     ch              #I the input keystroke command
+
+begin
+        if (ch == 'q') {
+            return (YES)
+        } else if (ch == 'w') {
+            return (YES)
+        } else if (ch == 'n') {
+            return (NO)
+        } else {
+            return (NO)
+        }
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglpars.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglpars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5f66320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglpars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+include <lexnum.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+
+# RG_GLPARS -- Fetch the algorithm parameters required by the intensity scaling
+# task.
+
+procedure rg_glpars (ls)
+
+pointer ls              #I pointer to iscale structure
+
+int	ip, nchars
+pointer sp, str1, str2
+int     clgeti(), nscan(), lexnum()
+real    clgetr()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (str1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (str2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Initialize the linscale structure.
+        call rg_linit (ls, clgeti ("maxnregions"))
+
+	# Get the x and y shifts.
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, XSHIFT, clgetr("xshift"))
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, YSHIFT, clgetr("yshift"))
+
+        # Get the scaling algorithm parameters.
+        call clgstr ("scaling", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)
+	call sscan (Memc[str1])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str2], SZ_LINE)
+        call rg_lsets (ls, BSSTRING, Memc[str1])
+	ip = 1
+	if (nscan() == 2)
+            call rg_lsets (ls, BZSTRING, Memc[str2])
+	else if (lexnum(Memc[str1], ip, nchars) == LEX_NONNUM)
+            call rg_lsets (ls, BZSTRING, Memc[str1])
+	else
+            call rg_lsets (ls, BZSTRING, "0.0")
+
+        call rg_lseti (ls, DNX, clgeti ("dnx"))
+        call rg_lseti (ls, DNY, clgeti ("dny"))
+        call rg_lseti (ls, MAXITER, clgeti ("maxiter"))
+        call rg_lsetr (ls, DATAMIN, clgetr ("datamin"))
+        call rg_lsetr (ls, DATAMAX, clgetr ("datamax"))
+        call rg_lseti (ls, NREJECT, clgeti ("nreject"))
+        call rg_lsetr (ls, LOREJECT, clgetr ("loreject"))
+        call rg_lsetr (ls, HIREJECT, clgetr ("hireject"))
+
+        call clgstr ("gain", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)
+	call rg_lsets (ls, CCDGAIN, Memc[str1])
+        call clgstr ("readnoise", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)
+	call rg_lsets (ls, CCDREAD, Memc[str1])
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PLPARS -- Save the intensity scaling parameters in the .par file.
+
+procedure rg_plpars (ls)
+
+pointer	ls		# pointer to the linscale structure
+
+pointer	sp, str1, str2, str
+int	rg_lstati()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set the x and y shifts parameters.
+	call clputr ("xshift", rg_lstatr (ls, XSHIFT))
+	call clputr ("yshift", rg_lstatr (ls, YSHIFT))
+
+	# Scaling algorithm parameters.
+	call rg_lstats (ls, BSSTRING, Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, BZSTRING, Memc[str2], SZ_LINE)
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "%s %s")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+	call clpstr ("scaling", Memc[str])
+	call clputi ("dnx", rg_lstati (ls, DNX))
+	call clputi ("dny", rg_lstati (ls, DNY))
+	call clputi ("maxiter", rg_lstati (ls, MAXITER))
+	call clputr ("datamin", rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMIN))
+	call clputr ("datamax", rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMAX))
+	call clputi ("nreject", rg_lstati (ls, NREJECT))
+	call clputr ("loreject", rg_lstatr (ls, LOREJECT))
+	call clputr ("hireject", rg_lstatr (ls, HIREJECT))
+	call rg_lstats (ls, CCDGAIN, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clpstr ("gain", Memc[str])
+	call rg_lstats (ls, CCDREAD, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clpstr ("readnoise", Memc[str])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglplot.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglplot.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e46f3bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglplot.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1592 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+define	MINFRACTION	0.01
+define	FRACTION	0.05
+
+# XP_LPLOT -- Plot the data.
+
+int procedure rg_lplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, udelete, region, bscale, bzero,
+	plot_type) 
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	imr			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1			#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deletions array
+int	region			#I the current region if applicable
+real	bscale			#I the computed bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the computed bzero value
+int	plot_type		#I the current plot type
+
+int	stat
+int	rg_mmhplot(), rg_mmfplot(), rg_mmrplot(), rg_rifplot(), rg_rirplot()
+int	rg_bzfplot(), rg_bzrplot(), rg_msfplot(), rg_msrplot()
+
+begin
+	stat = OK
+
+	switch (plot_type) {
+	case LS_MMHIST:
+	    stat = rg_mmhplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, udelete, region)
+	case LS_MMFIT:
+	    stat = rg_mmfplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+	case LS_MMRESID:
+	    stat = rg_mmrplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+	case LS_RIFIT:
+	    stat = rg_rifplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, udelete, region)
+	case LS_RIRESID:
+	    stat = rg_rirplot (gd, imr, imr, ls, udelete, region)
+	case LS_BSZFIT:
+	    stat = rg_bzfplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+	case LS_BSZRESID:
+	    stat = rg_bzrplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+	case LS_MAGSKYFIT:
+	    stat = rg_msfplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+	case LS_MAGSKYRESID:
+	    stat = rg_msrplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+	default:
+	    stat = ERR
+	}
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MMHPLOT -- Plot the histogram of the data used to compute the mean, median,# and mode.
+
+int procedure rg_mmhplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, udelete, region)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	imr			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1			#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deleteions array
+int	region			#I the current region if applicable
+
+int	nbinsr, nbins1
+pointer	rbuf, ibuf, sp, hgmi, hgmr, image, title, str
+real	rsigma, hminr, hmaxr, dhr, isigma, hmin1, hmax1, dh1, ymin, ymax
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_limget()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Get the data.
+	if (imr == NULL || im1 == NULL) {
+	    return (ERR)
+	} else if (region == rg_lstati (ls,CNREGION) &&
+	    rg_lstatp (ls,RBUF) != NULL && rg_lstatp(ls, IBUF) != NULL) {
+	    rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF) 
+	    ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF) 
+	} else if (rg_limget (ls, imr, im1, region) == OK) {
+	    rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF) 
+	    ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF) 
+	} else {
+	    return (ERR)
+	}
+
+	# Get the reference image binning parameters.
+	rsigma = sqrt (real(Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+region-1])) *
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+region-1]
+	hminr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+region-1] - LMODE_HWIDTH * rsigma
+	hmaxr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+region-1] + LMODE_HWIDTH * rsigma
+	dhr = LMODE_ZBIN * rsigma
+	if (dhr <= 0.0)
+	    return (ERR)
+	nbinsr = (hmaxr - hminr) / dhr + 1
+	if (nbinsr <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Get the input image binning parameters.
+	isigma = sqrt (real(Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+region-1])) *
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+region-1]
+	hmin1 = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+region-1] - LMODE_HWIDTH * isigma
+	hmax1 = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+region-1] + LMODE_HWIDTH * isigma
+	dh1 = LMODE_ZBIN * isigma
+	if (dh1 <= 0.0)
+	    return (ERR)
+	nbins1 = (hmax1 - hmin1) / dh1 + 1
+	if (nbins1 <= 0.0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (hgmi, max (nbinsr, nbins1), TY_INT)
+	call salloc (hgmr, max (nbinsr, nbins1), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Create the reference histogram.
+	call aclri (Memi[hgmi], nbinsr)
+	call ahgmr (Memr[rbuf], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+region-1],
+	    Memi[hgmi], nbinsr, hminr, hmaxr)
+	call achtir (Memi[hgmi], Memr[hgmr], nbinsr)
+	call alimr (Memr[hgmr], nbinsr, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Compute the limits for the reference histogram.
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 1)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.1, 0.9, 0.6, 0.9)
+	call gswind (gd, hminr, hmaxr, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, hminr, hmaxr, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Mean = %g Median = %g Mode = %g  Sigma = %g")
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+region-1])
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+region-1])
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+region-1])
+	    call pargr (rsigma)
+
+	# Create the title for the reference histogram.
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+        "Ref Image: %s  Region: %d%s\nNbins = %d Hmin = %g Hmax = %g Dh = %g\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    call pargi (region)
+	    if (udelete[region] == YES)
+		call pargstr (" [deleted]")
+	    else if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+region-1] != LS_NO)
+		call pargstr (" [rejected]")
+	    else
+		call pargstr ("")
+	    call pargi (nbinsr)
+	    call pargr (hminr)
+	    call pargr (hmaxr)
+	    call pargr (dhr)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, 0)
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "", "")
+
+	# Plot the reference histogram.
+	call rg_lhbox (gd, Memr[hgmr], nbinsr, hminr - dhr / 2.0,
+	    hmaxr + dhr / 2.0)
+
+	# Create the input histogram.
+	call aclri (Memi[hgmi], nbins1)
+	call ahgmr (Memr[ibuf], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+region-1],
+	    Memi[hgmi], nbins1, hmin1, hmax1)
+	call achtir (Memi[hgmi], Memr[hgmr], nbins1)
+	call alimr (Memr[hgmr], nbins1, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Compute the limits for the input histogram.
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 2)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.1, 0.9, 0.1, 0.4)
+	call gswind (gd, hmin1, hmax1, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, hmin1, hmax1, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for the input histogram.
+	call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Mean = %g Median = %g Mode = %g  Sigma = %g")
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+region-1])
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+region-1])
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+region-1])
+	    call pargr (isigma)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	"Input Image: %s  Region: %d%s\nNbins = %d Hmin = %g Hmax = %g Dh = %g\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    call pargi (region)
+	    if (udelete[region] == YES)
+		call pargstr (" [deleted]")
+	    else if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+region-1] != NO)
+		call pargstr (" [rejected]")
+	    else
+		call pargstr ("")
+	    call pargi (nbins1)
+	    call pargr (hmin1)
+	    call pargr (hmax1)
+	    call pargr (dh1)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, 0)
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "", "")
+
+	# Plot the input histogram.
+	call rg_lhbox (gd, Memr[hgmr], nbins1, hmin1 - dh1 / 2.0,
+	    hmax1 + dh1 / 2.0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MMFPLOT -- Plot the fit computed from the mean, median, or mode.
+
+int procedure rg_mmfplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deletions array
+real	bscale			#I the fitted bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the fitted bzero value
+
+bool	start, finish
+int	nregions, mtype
+pointer	sp, title, str, imager, image1
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff, dxmin, dxmax, dymin, dymax, x, y
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Determine the type of data to plot.
+	mtype = 0
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	if (mtype <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Clear the plot space.
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Compute the limits of the plot.
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	}
+	dxmin = xmin
+	dxmax = xmax
+	dymin = ymin
+	dymax = ymax
+
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (xmax + xmin) / 2.0)
+	xmin = xmin - diff * FRACTION
+	xmax = xmax + diff * FRACTION
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - diff * FRACTION
+	ymax = ymax + diff * FRACTION
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Construct the titles and axis labels.
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Nregions = %d Ref Image = %g * Input Image + %g")
+	    call pargi (nregions)
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Counts for %s versus Counts for %s\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Image Counts",
+	    "Ref Image Counts")
+
+	# Plot the data.
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)],
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)],
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)],
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)],
+		udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+	}
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	start = false
+	finish = false
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(bscale) && ! IS_INDEFR(bzero)) {
+	    y = bscale * dxmin + bzero
+	    if (y >= ymin && y <= ymax) {
+		call gamove (gd, dxmin, y)
+		start = true
+	    }
+	    y = bscale * dxmax + bzero
+	    if (y >= ymin && y <= ymax) {
+		if (start) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, dxmax, y)
+		    finish = true
+		} else {
+		    call gamove (gd, dxmax, y)
+		    start = true
+		}
+	    }
+	    x = (dymin - bzero) / bscale
+	    if (x >= xmin && x <= xmax) {
+		if (! start) {
+		    call gamove (gd, x, dymin)
+		    start = true
+		} else if (! finish) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, x, dymin)
+		    finish = true
+		}
+	    }
+	    x = (dymax - bzero) / bscale
+	    if (x >= xmin && x <= xmax) {
+		if (! start) {
+		    call gamove (gd, x, dymax)
+		    start = true
+		} else if (! finish) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, x, dymax)
+		    finish = true
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MMRPLOT -- Plot the residuals from the fit computed from the mean,
+# median, or mode.
+
+int procedure rg_mmrplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deletions array
+real	bscale			#I the fitted bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the fitted bzero value
+
+int	nregions, mtype
+pointer	sp, resid, title, imager, image1, str
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Determine the type of data to plot.
+	mtype = 0
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	switch (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEAN
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    mtype = LS_MEDIAN
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    mtype = LS_MODE
+	default:
+	}
+	if (mtype <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Compute the data.
+	call salloc (resid, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[resid], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)], Memr[resid], Memr[resid],
+	        nregions)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[resid], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[resid], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)], Memr[resid], Memr[resid],
+	        nregions)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[resid], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[resid], nregions,
+	        bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)], Memr[resid], Memr[resid],
+	        nregions)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	    call rg_galimr (Memr[resid], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the data limits.
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (xmax + xmin) / 2.0)
+	xmin = xmin - diff * FRACTION
+	xmax = xmax + diff * FRACTION
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - diff * FRACTION
+	ymax = ymax + diff * FRACTION
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Nregions = %d Ref Image = %g * Input Image + %g")
+	    call pargi (nregions)
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Residuals for %s  versus Counts for %s\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Image Counts",
+	    "Residual Counts")
+
+	# Plot the data.
+	switch (mtype) {
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[resid],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions,
+		GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[resid],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions,
+		GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[resid],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions,
+		GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+	}
+
+	# Plot the residuals 0 line.
+	call gamove (gd, xmin, 0.0)
+	call gadraw (gd, xmax, 0.0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_RIFPLOT -- Plot the pixel to pixel fit for a region.
+
+int procedure rg_rifplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, udelete, region)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	imr			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1			#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I pointer to the user deletions array
+int	region			#I the current region
+
+bool	start, finish
+int	npts
+pointer	rbuf, ibuf, sp, title, str, imager, image1, resid
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff, bscale, bzero, datamin, datamax
+real	loreject, hireject, chi, dxmin, dxmax, dymin, dymax, x, y
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_limget()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Get the data.
+	if (imr == NULL || im1 == NULL) {
+	    return (ERR)
+	} else if (region == rg_lstati (ls,CNREGION) &&
+	    rg_lstatp (ls,RBUF) != NULL && rg_lstatp(ls, IBUF) != NULL) {
+	    rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF) 
+	    ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF) 
+	} else if (rg_limget (ls, imr, im1, region) == OK) {
+	    rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF) 
+	    ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF) 
+	} else {
+	    return (ERR)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize.
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Get some constants
+	npts = Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+region-1]
+	bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+region-1]
+	bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+region-1]
+	chi = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+region-1]
+	if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)))
+	    datamin = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    datamin = rg_lstatr (ls,DATAMIN)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMAX)))
+	    datamax = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    datamax = rg_lstatr (ls,DATAMAX)
+	if (rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) <= 0 || IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT)) ||
+	    IS_INDEFR(chi))
+	    loreject = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    loreject = -rg_lstatr (ls,LOREJECT) * chi
+	if (rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) <= 0 || IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT)) ||
+	    IS_INDEFR(chi))
+	    hireject = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    hireject = rg_lstatr (ls,HIREJECT) * chi
+
+	# Compute the plot limits.
+	call alimr (Memr[ibuf], npts, xmin, xmax)
+	call alimr (Memr[rbuf], npts, ymin, ymax)
+	dxmin = xmin
+	dxmax = xmax
+	dymin = ymin
+	dymax = ymax
+
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (xmax + xmin) / 2.0)
+	xmin = xmin - diff * FRACTION
+	xmax = xmax + diff * FRACTION
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - diff * FRACTION
+	ymax = ymax + diff * FRACTION
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Create the plot title.
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Region %d%s: Ref Image = %g * Input Image + %g")
+	    call pargi (region)
+	    if (udelete[region] == YES)
+		call pargstr (" [deleted]")
+	    else if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+region-1] != LS_NO)
+		call pargstr (" [rejected]")
+	    else
+		call pargstr ("")
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Counts for Image %s  versus Counts for Image %s\n%s\n\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Image Counts",
+	    "Ref image Counts")
+
+	# Compute the residuals.
+	call salloc (resid, npts, TY_REAL)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(bscale) || IS_INDEFR(bzero))
+	    call amovkr (0.0, Memr[resid], npts)
+	else {
+	    call altmr (Memr[ibuf], Memr[resid], npts, bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rbuf], Memr[resid], Memr[resid], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Plot the data.
+	call rg_riplot (gd, Memr[ibuf], Memr[rbuf], Memr[resid], npts,
+	    datamin, datamax, loreject, hireject, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit if bscale and bzero are defined.
+	start = false
+	finish = false
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(bscale) && ! IS_INDEFR(bzero)) {
+	    y = bscale * dxmin + bzero
+	    if (y >= ymin && y <= ymax) {
+		call gamove (gd, dxmin, y)
+		start = true
+	    }
+	    y = bscale * dxmax + bzero
+	    if (y >= ymin && y <= ymax) {
+		if (start) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, dxmax, y)
+		    finish = true
+		} else {
+		    call gamove (gd, dxmax, y)
+		    start = true
+		}
+	    }
+	    x = (dymin - bzero) / bscale
+	    if (x >= xmin && x <= xmax) {
+		if (! start) {
+		    call gamove (gd, x, dymin)
+		    start = true
+		} else if (! finish) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, x, dymin)
+		    finish = true
+		}
+	    }
+	    x = (dymax - bzero) / bscale
+	    if (x >= xmin && x <= xmax) {
+		if (! start) {
+		    call gamove (gd, x, dymax)
+		    start = true
+		} else if (! finish) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, x, dymax)
+		    finish = true
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_RIRPLOT -- Plot the pixel to pixel fit residuals for a region.
+
+int procedure rg_rirplot (gd, imr, im1, ls, udelete, region)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	imr			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1			#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I pointer to the user deletions array
+int	region			#I the current region
+
+int	npts
+pointer	rbuf, ibuf, sp, title, str, imager, image1, resid
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff, bscale, bzero, datamin, datamax
+real	loreject, hireject, chi
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_limget()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Get the data.
+	if (imr == NULL || im1 == NULL) {
+	    return (ERR)
+	} else if (region == rg_lstati (ls,CNREGION) &&
+	    rg_lstatp (ls,RBUF) != NULL && rg_lstatp(ls, IBUF) != NULL) {
+	    rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF) 
+	    ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF) 
+	} else if (rg_limget (ls, imr, im1, region) == OK) {
+	    rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF) 
+	    ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF) 
+	} else {
+	    return (ERR)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize.
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Get some constants
+	npts = Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+region-1]
+	bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+region-1]
+	bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+region-1]
+	chi = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+region-1]
+	if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)))
+	    datamin = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    datamin = rg_lstatr (ls,DATAMIN)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMAX)))
+	    datamax = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    datamax = rg_lstatr (ls,DATAMAX)
+	if (rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) <= 0 || IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT)) ||
+	    IS_INDEFR(chi))
+	    loreject = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    loreject = -rg_lstatr (ls,LOREJECT) * chi
+	if (rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) <= 0 || IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT)) ||
+	    IS_INDEFR(chi))
+	    hireject = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    hireject = rg_lstatr (ls,HIREJECT) * chi
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Compute the residuals.
+	call salloc (resid, npts, TY_REAL)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(bscale) || IS_INDEFR(bzero))
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[resid], npts)
+	else {
+	    call altmr (Memr[ibuf], Memr[resid], npts, bscale, bzero)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rbuf], Memr[resid], Memr[resid], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the plot limits.
+	call alimr (Memr[ibuf], npts, xmin, xmax)
+	call alimr (Memr[resid], npts, ymin, ymax)
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (xmin + xmax) / 2.0)
+	xmin = xmin - diff * FRACTION
+	xmax = xmax + diff * FRACTION
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (ymin + ymax) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - diff * FRACTION
+	ymax = ymax + diff * FRACTION
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Create the plot title.
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Create the plot title.
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Region %d%s: Ref Image = %g * Input Image + %g")
+	    call pargi (region)
+	    if (udelete[region] == YES)
+		call pargstr (" [deleted]")
+	    else if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+region-1] != LS_NO)
+		call pargstr (" [rejected]")
+	    else
+		call pargstr ("")
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Residuals for Image %s  versus Counts for Image %s\n%s\n\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Image Counts",
+	    "Ref image Counts")
+
+	# Plot the data.
+	call rg_rriplot (gd, Memr[ibuf], Memr[rbuf], Memr[resid], npts,
+	    datamin, datamax, loreject, hireject, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the 0 line if bscale and bzero are defined.
+	if ( ! IS_INDEFR(bscale) && ! IS_INDEFR(bzero)) {
+	    call gamove (gd, xmin, 0.0)
+	    call gadraw (gd, xmax, 0.0)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BZFPLOT -- Plot the bscale and bzero values computed from the
+# fit algorithm.
+
+int procedure rg_bzfplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deletions array
+real	bscale			#I the fitted bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the fitted bzero value
+
+int	i, nregions
+pointer	sp, xreg, title, str, imager, image1
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Set up space and info the plot title.
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY ||
+	    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+	else
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Set the x array.
+	call salloc (xreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, nregions
+	    Memr[xreg+i-1] = i
+	xmin = 1.0 - FRACTION * (nregions - 1)
+	xmax = nregions + FRACTION * (nregions - 1)
+
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Determine the limits of bscale versus region.
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 1)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.6, 0.9)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bscale versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference: %s  Input: %s  Bscale: %g")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Bscale vs. Region\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Region", "Bscale")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[xreg], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)],
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	call gamove (gd, xmin, bscale)
+	call gadraw (gd, xmax, bscale)
+
+	# Determine the limits of bzero versus region.
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * abs (ymin + ymax) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 2)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.1, 0.4)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bzero versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference: %s  Input: %s  Bzero: %g")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE, "Bzero vs. Region\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Region", "Bzero")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[xreg], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)],
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	call gamove (gd, xmin, bzero)
+	call gadraw (gd, xmax, bzero)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BZRPLOT -- Plot the bscale and bzero values computed from the
+# fit algorithm.
+
+int procedure rg_bzrplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deletions array
+real	bscale			#I the fitted bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the fitted bzero value
+
+int	i, nregions
+pointer	sp, xreg, yreg, title, str, imager, image1
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 1)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set up space and info the plot title.
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY ||
+	    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+	else
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Set the x array.
+	do i = 1, nregions
+	    Memr[xreg+i-1] = i
+	xmin = 1.0 - FRACTION * (nregions - 1)
+	xmax = nregions + FRACTION * (nregions - 1)
+
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Determine the limits of the bscale value versus region.
+	call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)], bscale, Memr[yreg], nregions)
+	call alimr (Memr[yreg], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 1)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.6, 0.9)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bscale versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference: %s  Input: %s  Bscale: %g")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Bscale Residuals vs. Region\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Region", "Bscale Residuals")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[xreg], Memr[yreg], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	    RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	call gamove (gd, xmin, 0.0)
+	call gadraw (gd, xmax, 0.0)
+
+	# Determine the limits of the bscale value versus region.
+	call asubkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)], bzero, Memr[yreg], nregions)
+	call alimr (Memr[yreg], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 2)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.1, 0.4)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bzero versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference: %s  Input: %s  Bzero: %g")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Bzero Residuals vs. Region\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Region", "Bzero Residuals")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[xreg], Memr[yreg], Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	    RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	call gamove (gd, xmin, 0.0)
+	call gadraw (gd, xmax, 0.0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MSFPLOT -- Plot the magnitude and sky values of the regions.
+
+int procedure rg_msfplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deletions array
+real	bscale			#I the fitted bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the fitted bzero value
+
+bool	start, finish
+int	nregions
+pointer	sp, title, str, imager, image1
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff, dxmin, dxmax, dymin, dymax, x, y
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Determine the limits of the bscale value versus region.
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	dxmin = xmin
+	dxmax = xmax
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0)
+	xmin = xmin - FRACTION * diff
+	xmax = xmax + FRACTION * diff
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	dymin = ymin
+	dymax = ymax
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 1)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.6, 0.9)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bscale versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference magnitudes = Input magnitudes + %0.3f")
+	    call pargr (-2.5 * log10 (bscale))
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Magnitudes for %s vs. Magnitudes for %s\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Magnitudes",
+	    "Ref Magnitudes")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)],
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls, RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	if (bscale > 0.0) {
+	    call gamove (gd, dxmin, dxmin - 2.5 * log10(bscale))
+	    call gadraw (gd, dxmax, dxmax - 2.5 * log10(bscale))
+	}
+
+	# Determine the limits of the bscale value versus region.
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	dxmin = xmin
+	dxmax = xmax
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0)
+	xmin = xmin - FRACTION * diff
+	xmax = xmax + FRACTION * diff
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	dymin = ymin
+	dymax = ymax
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = 0.0
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 2)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.1, 0.4)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bscale versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference skies = %g * Input skies + %g")
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Sky Values for %s vs. Sky Values for %s\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Sky Values",
+	    "Ref Sky Values")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)],
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls, RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	start = false
+	finish = false
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(bscale) && ! IS_INDEFR(bzero)) {
+	    y = bscale * dxmin + bzero
+	    if (y >= ymin && y <= ymax) {
+		call gamove (gd, dxmin, y)
+		start = true
+	    }
+	    y = bscale * dxmax + bzero
+	    if (y >= ymin && y <= ymax) {
+		if (start) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, dxmax, y)
+		    finish = true
+		} else {
+		    call gamove (gd, dxmax, y)
+		    start = true
+		}
+	    }
+	    x = (dymin - bzero) / bscale
+	    if (x >= xmin && x <= xmax) {
+		if (! start) {
+		    call gamove (gd, x, dymin)
+		    start = true
+		} else if (! finish) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, x, dymin)
+		    finish = true
+		}
+	    }
+	    x = (dymax - bzero) / bscale
+	    if (x >= xmin && x <= xmax) {
+		if (! start) {
+		    call gamove (gd, x, dymax)
+		    start = true
+		} else if (! finish) {
+		    call gadraw (gd, x, dymax)
+		    finish = true
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MSRPLOT -- Plot the magnitude and sky values of the regions.
+
+int procedure rg_msrplot (gd, ls, udelete, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+int	udelete[ARB]		#I the user deletions array
+real	bscale			#I the fitted bscale value
+real	bzero			#I the fitted bzero value
+
+int	nregions
+pointer	sp, yreg, title, str, imager, image1
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, diff, dmin, dmax
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (yreg, nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (title, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Determine the limits of the bscale value versus region.
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0)
+	dmin = xmin
+	dmax = xmax
+	xmin = xmin - FRACTION * diff
+	xmax = xmax + FRACTION * diff
+	if (bscale > 0) {
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)], -2.5*log10(bscale),
+	        Memr[yreg], nregions)
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memr[yreg], Memr[yreg],
+		nregions)
+	} else
+	    call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)],
+	        Memr[yreg], nregions)
+	call alimr (Memr[yreg], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 1)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.6, 0.9)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bscale versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference: %s  Input: %s  Bscale: %g")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Residuals for %s vs. Magnitudes for %s\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Magnitudes",
+	    "Mag Residuals")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)], Memr[yreg],
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls, RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	if (bscale > 0.0) {
+	    call gamove (gd, xmin, 0.0)
+	    call gadraw (gd, xmax, 0.0)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the limits of the bscale value versus region.
+	call alimr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)], nregions, xmin, xmax)
+	diff = xmax - xmin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0)
+	dmin = xmin
+	dmax = xmax
+	xmin = xmin - FRACTION * diff
+	xmax = xmax + FRACTION * diff
+	call altmr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)], Memr[yreg], nregions,
+	    bscale, bzero)
+	call asubr (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)], Memr[yreg], Memr[yreg],
+	    nregions)
+	call alimr (Memr[yreg], nregions, ymin, ymax)
+	diff = ymax - ymin
+	if (diff <= 0.0)
+	    diff = MINFRACTION
+	else
+	    diff = max (diff, MINFRACTION * (ymax + ymin) / 2.0)
+	ymin = ymin - FRACTION * diff
+	ymax = ymax + FRACTION * diff
+	call gseti (gd, G_WCS, 2)
+	call gsview (gd, 0.15, 0.9, 0.1, 0.4)
+	call gswind (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	call rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, GF_SOLID, 0)
+
+	# Create the title for bscale versus region.
+	call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference: %s  Input: %s  Bscale: %g Bzero: %g")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargr (bscale)
+	    call pargr (bzero)
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	    "Residuals for %s vs. Sky Values for %s\n%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imager])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Input Sky Values",
+	    "Sky Residuals")
+
+	# Plot the points.
+	call rg_lxyplot (gd, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)], Memr[yreg],
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls, RDELETE)], udelete, nregions, GM_BOX, GM_CROSS)
+
+	# Plot the fit.
+	call gamove (gd, xmin, 0.0)
+	call gadraw (gd, xmax, 0.0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LHBOX -- Draw a stepped curve of the histogram data.
+
+procedure rg_lhbox (gp, ydata, npts, x1, x2)
+
+pointer gp              #I the graphics descriptor
+real    ydata[ARB]      #I the y coordinates of the line endpoints
+int     npts            #I the number of line endpoints
+real    x1, x2          #I starting and ending x coordinates
+
+int     pixel
+real    left, right, top, bottom, x, y, dx
+
+begin
+        call ggwind (gp, left, right, bottom, top)
+        dx = (x2 - x1) / npts
+
+        # Do the first vertical line.
+        call gamove (gp, x1, bottom)
+        call gadraw (gp, x1, ydata[1])
+
+        # Do the first horizontal line.
+        call gadraw (gp, x1 + dx, ydata[1])
+
+        # Draw the remaining horizontal lines.
+        do pixel = 2, npts {
+            x = x1 + dx * (pixel - 1)
+            y = ydata[pixel]
+            call gadraw (gp, x, y)
+            call gadraw (gp, x + dx, y)
+        }
+
+        # Draw the last vertical line.
+        call gadraw (gp, x + dx, bottom)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PFILL -- Fill a rectangular area with a given style and color.
+
+procedure rg_pfill (gd, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, fstyle, fcolor)
+
+pointer gd                      #I pointer to the graphics stream
+real    xmin, xmax              #I the x coordinate limits
+real    ymin, ymax              #I the y coordinate limits
+int     fstyle                  #I the fill style
+int     fcolor                  #I the fill color
+
+real    x[4], y[4]
+
+begin
+        call gseti (gd, G_FACOLOR, fcolor)
+        x[1] = xmin; y[1] = ymin
+        x[2] = xmax; y[2] = ymin
+        x[3] = xmax; y[3] = ymax
+        x[4] = xmin; y[4] = ymax
+        call gfill (gd, x, y, 4, fstyle)
+end
+
+
+# XP_LXYPLOT -- Plot the x and y points.
+
+procedure rg_lxyplot (gd, x, y, del, udel, npts, gmarker, dmarker)
+
+pointer gd              # pointer to the graphics stream
+real    x[ARB]          # the x coordinates
+real    y[ARB]          # the y coordinates
+int	del[ARB]	# the deletions array
+int	udel[ARB]	# the user deletions array
+int     npts            # the number of points to be marked
+int     gmarker         # the good point marker type
+int     dmarker         # the deleted point marker type
+
+int     i
+
+begin
+        # Plot the points.
+        do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (udel[i] == YES) {
+                call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], gmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+                call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    } else if (del[i] != LS_NO)
+                call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else
+                call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], gmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# XP_RIPLOT -- Plot the reference image intensity versus the input image
+# intensity.
+
+procedure rg_riplot (gd, x, y, resid, npts, datamin, datamax, loreject,
+	hireject, gmarker, dmarker)
+
+pointer gd              #I pointer to the graphics stream
+real    x[ARB]          #I the x coordinates
+real    y[ARB]          #I the y coordinates
+real	resid[ARB]	#I the residuals array
+int     npts            #I the number of points to be marked
+real	datamin		#I the good data minimum
+real	datamax		#I the good data maximum
+real	loreject	#I the low side rejection limit
+real	hireject	#I the high side rejection limit
+int     gmarker         #I the good point marker type
+int     dmarker         #I the deleted point marker type
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (x[i] < datamin || x[i] > datamax)
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else if (y[i] < datamin || y[i] > datamax)
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else if (resid[i] < loreject || resid[i] > hireject)
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], gmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# XP_RRIPLOT -- Plot the reference image intensity versus the input image
+# intensity.
+
+procedure rg_rriplot (gd, x, y, resid, npts, datamin, datamax, loreject,
+	hireject, gmarker, dmarker)
+
+pointer gd              #I pointer to the graphics stream
+real    x[ARB]          #I the x coordinates
+real    y[ARB]          #I the y coordinates
+real	resid[ARB]	#I the residuals array
+int     npts            #I the number of points to be marked
+real	datamin		#I the good data minimum
+real	datamax		#I the good data maximum
+real	loreject	#I the low side rejection limit
+real	hireject	#I the high side rejection limit
+int     gmarker         #I the good point marker type
+int     dmarker         #I the deleted point marker type
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (x[i] < datamin || x[i] > datamax)
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else if (y[i] < datamin || y[i] > datamax)
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else if (IS_INDEFR(resid[i]))
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else if (resid[i] < loreject || resid[i] > hireject)
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], dmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	    else
+		call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], gmarker, 2.0, 2.0)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_GALIMR -- Compute the good data limits for the plot.
+
+procedure rg_galimr (a, index, npts, amin, amax)
+
+real	a[ARB]			#I the input array
+int	index[ARB]		#I the index array
+int	npts			#I the size of the array
+real	amin, amax		#O the output min and max values
+
+int	i
+real	dmin, dmax, gmin, gmax
+
+begin
+	dmin = a[1]; dmax = a[1]
+	gmin = MAX_REAL; gmax = -MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (a[i] < dmin)
+		dmin = a[i]
+	    else if (a[i] > dmax)
+		dmax = a[i]
+	    if (index[i] == LS_NO) {
+	        if (a[i] < gmin)
+		    gmin = a[i]
+	        if (a[i] > gmax)
+		    gmax = a[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (gmin == MAX_REAL)
+	    amin = dmin
+	else
+	    amin = gmin
+	if (gmax == -MAX_REAL)
+	    amax = dmax
+	else
+	    amax = gmax
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglregions.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglregions.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16f01b15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglregions.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1084 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+# RG_LREGIONS -- Decode the input regions description. If the regions string
+# is NULL then the regions list is empty. The regions are specified in section
+# notation, grid notation, coordinate notation or are read
+# from a file.
+
+int procedure rg_lregions (list, im, ls, rp, reread)
+
+int	list			#I pointer to the regions file list
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linscale structure
+int	rp			#I region pointer
+int	reread			#I reread the current file
+
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	max_nregions, nregions, fd
+pointer	sp, regions
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lgrid(), rg_lgregions(), rg_lsregions()
+int	rg_lrsections(), rg_lrcoords(), fntgfnb(), open()
+data	fname[1] /EOS/
+errchk	fntgfnb(), seek(),  open(), close()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (regions, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REGIONS, Memc[regions], SZ_LINE)
+	max_nregions = rg_lstati (ls, MAXNREGIONS)
+
+	if (rp < 1 || rp > max_nregions || Memc[regions] == EOS) {
+	    nregions = 0
+	} else if (rg_lgrid (im, ls, rp, max_nregions) > 0) {
+	    nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	} else if (rg_lgregions (im, ls, rp, max_nregions) > 0) {
+	    nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	} else if (rg_lsregions (im, ls, rp, max_nregions) > 0) {
+	    nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	} else if (list != NULL) {
+	    if (reread == NO) {
+	        iferr {
+		    if (fntgfnb (list, fname, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	                fd = open (fname, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	                nregions= rg_lrsections (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+		        if (nregions <= 0) {
+			    call seek (fd, BOF)
+	                    nregions= rg_lrcoords (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+		        }
+	                call close (fd)
+		    } else
+		        nregions = 0
+	        } then
+	            nregions = 0
+	    } else if (fname[1] != EOS) {
+		iferr {
+	            fd = open (fname, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	            nregions= rg_lrsections (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+		    if (nregions <= 0) {
+			call seek (fd, BOF)
+	                nregions= rg_lrcoords (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+		    }
+	            call close (fd)
+		} then
+		    nregions = 0
+	    }
+	} else
+	    nregions = 0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGRID - Decode the regions from a grid specification.
+
+int procedure rg_lgrid (im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+
+pointer im                      #I pointer to the reference image
+pointer ls                      #I pointer to the linscale structure
+int     rp                      #I index of the current region
+int     max_nregions            #I the maximum number of regions
+
+int     i, istart, iend, j, jstart, jend, ncols, nlines, nxsample, nysample
+int     nxcols, nylines, nregions
+pointer sp, region, section
+int     rg_lstati(), nscan(), strcmp()
+pointer rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (region, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+        call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+
+        # Initialize.
+        call rg_lstats (ls, REGIONS, Memc[region], SZ_LINE)
+        ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+        nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+        nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+
+        # Decode the grid specification.
+        call sscan (Memc[region])
+            call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+            call gargi (nxsample)
+            call gargi (nysample)
+        if ((nscan() != 3) || (strcmp (Memc[section], "grid") != 0)) {
+            call sfree (sp)
+            return (nregions)
+        }
+
+        # Decode the regions.
+        if ((nxsample * nysample) > max_nregions) {
+            nxsample = nint (sqrt (real (max_nregions) * real (ncols) /
+                real (nlines)))
+            nysample = real (max_nregions) / real (nxsample)
+        }
+        nxcols = ncols / nxsample
+        nylines = nlines / nysample
+        jstart = 1 + (nlines - nysample * nylines) / 2
+        jend = jstart + (nysample - 1) * nylines
+        do j = jstart, jend, nylines {
+            istart = 1 + (ncols - nxsample * nxcols) / 2
+            iend = istart + (nxsample - 1) * nxcols
+            do i = istart, iend, nxcols {
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = i
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = i + nxcols - 1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = j
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = j + nylines - 1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+                nregions = nregions + 1
+            }
+        }
+
+        call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+        if (nregions > 0)
+            call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+        else
+            call rg_lrfree (ls)
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGREGIONS -- Compute the column and line limits givenan x and y
+# coordinate and a default size.
+
+int procedure rg_lgregions (im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+
+pointer im                      #I pointer to the image
+pointer ls                      #I pointer to the linscale structure
+int     rp                      #I pointer to the current region
+int     max_nregions            #I maximum number of regions
+
+char	comma
+int     ncols, nlines, nregions, onscan()
+int     x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer sp, region
+real    x, y, xc, yc
+int     rg_lstati(), nscan()
+pointer rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (region, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information.
+        call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+
+        # Get the constants.
+        ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+        nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+        # Decode the center.
+        call rg_lstats (ls, REGIONS, Memc[region], SZ_LINE)
+        nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+	onscan = 0
+        call sscan (Memc[region])
+            call gargr (x)
+            call gargr (y)
+	    call gargc (comma)
+
+	# Compute the data region.
+        while ((nscan() == onscan + 3) && (nregions < max_nregions)) {
+
+	    # Check for the comma.
+	    if (comma != ',')
+		break
+
+            # Compute a more accurate center.
+            #if (rg_lstati (ls, CENTER) == YES) {
+                #call rg_lcntr (im, x, y, DEF_CRADIUS, xc, yc)
+            #} else {
+                xc = x
+                yc = y
+            #}
+
+            # Compute the data section.
+            x1 = xc - rg_lstati (ls, DNX) / 2
+            x2 = x1 + rg_lstati (ls, DNX) - 1
+            if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+                y1 = 1
+                y2 = 1
+            } else {
+                y1 = yc - rg_lstati (ls, DNY) / 2
+                y2 = y1 + rg_lstati (ls, DNY) - 1
+            }
+
+            # Make sure that the region is on the image.
+            if (x1 >= 1 && x2 <= IM_LEN(im,1) && y1 >= 1 &&
+                y2 <= IM_LEN(im,2)) {
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+                nregions = nregions + 1
+            }
+
+	    onscan = nscan()
+            call gargr (x)
+            call gargr (y)
+	    call gargc (comma)
+        }
+
+        # Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+        call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+        if (nregions > 0)
+            call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+        else
+            call rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LMKREGIONS -- Procedure to mark the sections on the image display.
+# Sections are marked by pointing the image display cursor to the
+# lower left and upper rights corners of the desired sections respectively.
+
+int procedure rg_lmkregions (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions, regions, maxch)
+
+int	fd			#I pointer to the output text file
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to current region
+int	max_nregions		#I maximum number of regions
+char	regions[ARB]		#O the output regions string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output string
+
+int	nregions, op, wcs, key
+pointer	sp, cmd
+real	xll, yll, xur, yur
+int	rg_lstati(), clgcur(), gstrcpy()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	nregions = min (rp-1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+	op = 1
+	regions[1] = EOS
+
+	while (nregions < max_nregions) {
+
+	    call printf ("Mark lower left corner of region %d [q to quit].\n")
+		call pargi (nregions + 1)
+	    if (clgcur ("icommands", xll, yll, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+	        SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		break
+	    if (key == 'q')
+		break
+
+	    call printf ("Mark upper right corner of region %d [q to quit].\n")
+		call pargi (nregions + 1)
+	    if (clgcur ("icommands", xur, yur, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+	        SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		break
+	    if (key == 'q')
+		break
+
+	    # Make sure that the region is on the image.
+	    if (xll < 1.0 || xur > IM_LEN(im,1) || yll < 1.0 || yur >
+		IM_LEN(im,2))
+		next
+
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = nint(xll)
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = nint(xur)
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = nint(yll)
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = nint(yur)
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    nregions = nregions + 1
+
+	    # Write the regions string.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, "[%d:%d,%d:%d] ")
+		call pargi (nint(xll))
+		call pargi (nint(xur))
+		call pargi (nint(yll))
+		call pargi (nint(yur))
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[cmd], regions[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+	    # Write the output record.
+	    if (fd != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (fd, "[%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+		    call pargi (nint(xll)) 
+		    call pargi (nint(xur)) 
+		    call pargi (nint(yll)) 
+		    call pargi (nint(yur)) 
+	    }
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+	call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, regions)
+	call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+	else 
+	    call rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LMKXY -- Create a list of objects by selecting objects with
+# the image display cursor.
+
+int procedure rg_lmkxy (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+
+int     fd                      #I the output coordinates file descriptor
+pointer im                      #I pointer to the image
+pointer	ls                      #I pointer to the psf matching structure
+int     rp                      #I pointer to current region
+int     max_nregions            #I maximum number of regions
+
+int     nregions, wcs, key, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer sp, region, cmd
+real    xc, yc
+int     clgcur(), rg_lstati()
+pointer rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (region, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+        call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+
+        nregions = min (rp-1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+        while (nregions < max_nregions) {
+
+            # Identify the object.
+            call printf ("Mark object %d [any key=mark,q=quit]:\n")
+                call pargi (nregions + 1)
+            if (clgcur ("icommands", xc, yc, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+		SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+                break
+            if (key == 'q')
+                break
+
+            # Compute the data section.
+            x1 = xc - rg_lstati (ls, DNX) / 2
+            x2 = x1 + rg_lstati (ls, DNX) - 1
+            y1 = yc - rg_lstati (ls, DNY) / 2
+            y2 = y1 + rg_lstati (ls, DNY) - 1
+
+            # Make sure that the region is on the image.
+            if (x1 < 1 || x2 > IM_LEN(im,1) || y1 < 1 || y2 >
+                IM_LEN(im,2))
+                next
+
+            if (fd != NULL) {
+                call fprintf (fd, "%0.3f  %0.3f\n")
+                    call pargr (xc)
+                    call pargr (yc)
+            }
+
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+
+            nregions = nregions + 1
+
+        }
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+        call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+        if (nregions > 0) {
+            call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+            if (fd != NULL) {
+                call fstats (fd, F_FILENAME, Memc[region], SZ_FNAME)
+                call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, Memc[region])
+            } else
+                call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, "")
+        } else {
+            call rg_lrfree (ls)
+            call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, "")
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+        return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LRSECTIONS -- Read the sections from a file.
+
+int procedure rg_lrsections (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+
+int	fd			#I the regions file descriptor
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linscale structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to current region
+int	max_nregions		#I the  maximum number of regions
+
+int	stat, nregions, ncols, nlines, x1, y1, x2, y2, xstep, ystep
+pointer	sp, section, line
+int	rg_lstati(), getline(), rg_lgsections()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+
+	# Get the constants.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Decode the regions string.
+	nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF &&  nregions < max_nregions) {
+
+	    call sscan (Memc[line])
+		call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    while (Memc[section] != EOS && nregions < max_nregions) {
+		stat = rg_lgsections (Memc[section], x1, x2, xstep, y1, y2,
+		    ystep, ncols, nlines)
+
+		# Check for even dimensioned regions.
+		if (stat == OK) {
+		    if (mod (x2 - x1 + 1, 2) == 2) {
+			x2 = x2 + 1
+			if (x2 > ncols)
+			    x2 = x2 - 2
+			if (x2 < 1)
+			    stat = ERR
+		    }
+		    if (mod (y2 - y1 + 1, 2) == 2) {
+			y2 = y2 + 1
+			if (y2 > nlines)
+			    y2 = y2 - 2
+			if (y2 < 1)
+			    stat = ERR
+		    }
+		} else
+		    stat = ERR
+
+		# Add the new region to the list.
+		if (stat == OK) {
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = xstep
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = ystep
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    nregions = nregions + 1
+		}
+
+		call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LRCOORDS -- Read the coordinates from a file.
+
+int procedure rg_lrcoords (fd, im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+
+int	fd			#I the regions file descriptor
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linscale structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to current region
+int	max_nregions		#I the  maximum number of regions
+
+int	ncols, nlines, nregions, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	sp, line
+real	x, y, xc, yc
+int	rg_lstati(), getline(), nscan()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+
+	# Get the constants.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Decode the regions string.
+	nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF &&  nregions < max_nregions) {
+
+	    call sscan (Memc[line])
+		call gargr (x)
+		call gargr (y)
+	    if (nscan() != 2)
+		next
+
+            # Compute a more accurate center.
+            #if (rg_lstati (ls, CENTER) == YES) {
+                #call rg_lcntr (im, x, y, DEF_CRADIUS, xc, yc)
+            #} else {
+                xc = x
+                yc = y
+            #}
+
+            # Compute the data section.
+            x1 = xc - rg_lstati (ls, DNX) / 2
+            x2 = x1 + rg_lstati (ls, DNX) - 1
+            if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+                y1 = 1
+                y2 = 1
+            } else {
+                y1 = yc - rg_lstati (ls, DNY) / 2
+                y2 = y1 + rg_lstati (ls, DNY) - 1
+            }
+
+            # Make sure that the region is on the image.
+            if (x1 >= 1 && x2 <= IM_LEN(im,1) && y1 >= 1 && y2 <=
+	        IM_LEN(im,2)) {
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+                Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+		Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+                nregions = nregions + 1
+            }
+	}
+
+	call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LRPHOT -- Read the photometry from a file.
+
+int procedure rg_lrphot (fd, ls, rp, max_nregions, refimage)
+
+int	fd			#I the regions file descriptor
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linscale structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to current region
+int	max_nregions		#I the  maximum number of regions
+int	refimage		#I is the photometry for the reference image
+
+int	nregions, maxnr
+pointer	sp, line
+real	sky, skyerr, mag, magerr
+int	rg_lstati(), getline(), nscan()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the space to hold the arrays.
+	if (refimage == YES) {
+	    call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+	    nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+	    maxnr = max_nregions
+	} else {
+	    nregions = 0
+	    maxnr = rg_lstati(ls, NREGIONS)
+	}
+
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF &&  nregions < maxnr) {
+
+	    call sscan (Memc[line])
+		call gargr (sky)
+		call gargr (skyerr)
+		call gargr (mag)
+		call gargr (magerr)
+	    if (nscan() != 4)
+		next
+
+            Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = INDEFI
+            Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = INDEFI
+            Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = INDEFI
+            Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = INDEFI
+            Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = INDEFI
+            Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = INDEFI
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+	    if (refimage == YES) {
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = sky
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = skyerr
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = mag
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = magerr
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    }
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+	    if (refimage == NO) {
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = sky
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = skyerr
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = mag
+	        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = magerr
+	    }
+
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+            nregions = nregions + 1
+	}
+
+	if (refimage == YES) {
+	    call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	    if (nregions > 0)
+	        call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+	    else
+	        call rg_lrfree (ls)
+	} else if (nregions < rg_lstati (ls,NREGIONS)) {
+	    call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSREGIONS -- Procedure to compute the column and line limits given
+# an image section. If the section is the null string then the region list
+# is empty.
+
+int procedure rg_lsregions (im, ls, rp, max_nregions)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the linscale structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to the current region
+int	max_nregions		#I maximum number of regions
+
+int	ncols, nlines, nregions
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2, xstep, ystep
+pointer	sp, section, region
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_lgsections()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (region, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, REGIONS, Memc[region], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information.
+	call rg_lrealloc (ls, max_nregions)
+
+	# Get the constants.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (Memc[region] != EOS) {
+
+	    call sscan (Memc[region])
+	        call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS))
+	    while (Memc[section] != EOS && nregions < max_nregions) {
+
+		# Check for even dimensioned regions.
+		if (rg_lgsections (Memc[section], x1, x2, xstep, y1, y2, ystep,
+		    ncols, nlines) == OK) {
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = xstep
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = ystep
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+	    	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    nregions = nregions + 1
+		}
+	        call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC1)+nregions] = 1
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RC2)+nregions] = ncols
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL1)+nregions] = 1
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RL2)+nregions] = nlines
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RXSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RYSTEP)+nregions] = 1
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+nregions] = INDEFI
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+nregions] = LS_NO
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    nregions = 1
+	}
+
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+	call rg_lseti (ls, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGSECTIONS -- Decode an image section into column and line limits
+# and a step size. Sections which describe the whole image are decoded into
+# a block ncols * nlines long.
+
+int procedure rg_lgsections (section, x1, x2, xstep, y1, y2, ystep, ncols,
+        nlines)
+
+char    section[ARB]            #I the input section string
+int     x1, x2                  #O the output column section limits
+int     xstep                   #O the output column step size
+int     y1, y2                  #O the output line section limits
+int     ystep                   #O the output line step size
+int     ncols, nlines           #I the maximum number of lines and columns
+
+int     ip
+int     rg_lgdim()
+
+begin
+        ip = 1
+        if (rg_lgdim (section, ip, x1, x2, xstep, ncols) == ERR)
+            return (ERR)
+        if (rg_lgdim (section, ip, y1, y2, ystep, nlines) == ERR)
+            return (ERR)
+
+        return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGDIM -- Decode a single subscript expression to produce the
+# range of values for that subscript (X1:X2), and the sampling step size, STEP.
+# Note that X1 may be less than, greater than, or equal to X2, and STEP may
+# be a positive or negative nonzero integer.  Various shorthand notations are
+# permitted, as is embedded whitespace.
+
+int procedure rg_lgdim (section, ip, x1, x2, step, limit)
+
+char    section[ARB]            #I the input image section
+int     ip                      #I/O pointer to the position in section string
+int     x1                      #O first limit of dimension
+int     x2                      #O second limit of dimension
+int     step                    #O step size of dimension
+int     limit                   #I maximum size of dimension
+
+int     temp
+int     ctoi()
+
+begin
+        x1 = 1
+        x2 = limit
+        step = 1
+
+        while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+            ip = ip + 1
+
+        if (section[ip] =='[')
+            ip = ip + 1
+
+        while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+            ip = ip + 1
+
+
+ 	# Get X1, X2.
+        if (ctoi (section, ip, temp) > 0) {                     # [x1
+            x1 = max (1, min (temp, limit))
+            if (section[ip] == ':') {
+                ip = ip + 1
+                if (ctoi (section, ip, temp) == 0)              # [x1:x2
+                    return (ERR)
+                x2 = max (1, min (temp, limit))
+            } else
+                x2 = x1
+
+        } else if (section[ip] == '-') {
+            x1 = limit
+            x2 = 1
+            ip = ip + 1
+            if (section[ip] == '*')
+                ip = ip + 1
+
+        } else if (section[ip] == '*')                          # [*
+            ip = ip + 1
+
+        while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+            ip = ip + 1
+
+        # Get sample step size, if give.
+        if (section[ip] == ':') {                               # ..:step
+            ip = ip + 1
+            if (ctoi (section, ip, step) == 0)
+                return (ERR)
+            else if (step == 0)
+                return (ERR)
+        }
+
+ 	# Allow notation such as "-*:5", (or even "-:5") where the step
+        # is obviously supposed to be negative.
+
+        if (x1 > x2 && step > 0)
+            step = -step
+
+        while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+            ip = ip + 1
+
+        if (section[ip] == ',') {
+            ip = ip + 1
+            return (OK)
+        } else if (section[ip] == ']')
+            return (OK)
+        else
+            return (ERR)
+end
+
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglscale.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglscale.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..480455ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglscale.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1337 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+include "lsqfit.h"
+
+# RG_LSCALE -- Compute the scaling parameters required to match the
+# intensities of an image to a reference image.
+
+int procedure rg_lscale (imr, im1, db, dformat, ls)
+
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+int	dformat		#I write the output file in database format
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the linscale structure
+
+pointer	sp, image, imname
+real	bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr
+bool	streq()
+int	rg_lstati(), fscan(), nscan()
+
+#int	i, nregions
+#int	rg_isfit ()
+#pointer	rg_istatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	bscale = 1.0
+	bzero = 0.0
+
+	# Compute the average bscale and bzero for the image either by
+	# reading it from a file or by computing it directly from the
+	# data.
+
+	if (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_FILE && rg_lstati (ls,
+	    BSALGORITHM) == LS_FILE) {
+
+	    # Read the results of a previous run from the database file or
+	    # a simple text file.
+	    if (dformat ==  YES) {
+		call rg_lfile (db, ls, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr)
+	    } else {
+		if (fscan(db) != EOF) {
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call gargr (bscale)
+		    call gargr (bzero)
+		    call gargr (bserr)
+		    call gargr (bzerr)
+		    if (! streq (Memc[image], Memc[imname]) || nscan() != 5) {
+			bscale = 1.0
+			bzero = 0.0
+			bserr = INDEFR
+			bzerr = INDEFR
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    bscale = 1.0
+		    bzero = 0.0
+		    bserr = INDEFR
+		    bzerr = INDEFR
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Store the values.
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, TBSCALE, bscale)
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, TBZERO, bzero)
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, TBSCALEERR, bserr)
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, TBZEROERR, bzerr)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Write out the algorithm parameters.
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+		call rg_ldbparams (db, ls)
+
+	    # Compute the individual scaling factors and their errors for
+	    # all the regions and the average scaling factors and their
+	    # errors.
+	    call rg_scale (imr, im1, ls, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr, YES)
+
+	    # Write out the results for the individual regions.
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+		call rg_lwreg (db, ls)
+
+	    # Write out the final scaling factors
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+		call rg_ldbtscale (db, ls) 
+	    else {
+		call fprintf (db, "%s  %g %g  %g %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call pargr (bscale)
+		    call pargr (bzero)
+		    call pargr (bserr)
+		    call pargr (bzerr)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (NO)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SCALE -- Compute the scaling parameters for a list of regions.
+
+procedure rg_scale (imr, im1, ls, tbscale, tbzero, tbserr, tbzerr, refit)
+
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity matching structure
+real	tbscale		#O the average scaling parameter
+real	tbzero		#O the average offset parameter
+real	tbserr		#O the average error in the scaling parameter
+real	tbzerr		#O the average error in the offset parameter
+int	refit		#I recompute entire fit, otherwise recompute averages
+
+int	i, nregions, ngood
+double	sumbscale, sumbzero, sumwbscale, sumbserr, sumbzerr, sumwbzero, dw
+real	bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr, avbscale, avbzero, avbserr, avbzerr
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_limget(), rg_lbszfit()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Determine the number of regions.
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+
+	# Initialize the statistics
+	sumbscale = 0.0d0
+	sumbserr = 0.0d0
+	sumwbscale = 0.0d0
+	sumbzero = 0.0d0
+	sumbzerr = 0.0d0
+	sumwbzero = 0.0d0
+	ngood = 0
+
+	# Loop over the regions.
+	do i = 1, nregions {
+
+	    if (refit == YES) {
+
+	        # Set the current region.
+	        call rg_lseti (ls, CNREGION, i)
+
+	        # Fetch the data for the given region and estimate the mean,
+	        # median, mode, standard deviation, and number of points in
+	        # each region, if this is required by the algorithm.
+	        if (imr != NULL) {
+	            if (rg_limget (ls, imr, im1, i) == ERR) {
+		        call rg_lgmmm (ls, i)
+		        next
+		    } else
+		        call rg_lgmmm (ls, i)
+	        }
+
+	        # Compute bscale and bzero and store the results in the
+		# internal arrays
+	        if (rg_lbszfit (ls, i, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr) == ERR)
+		    next
+
+	    } else {
+		bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+i-1]
+		bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+i-1]
+		bserr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+i-1]
+		bzerr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+i-1]
+	    }
+
+	    # Accumulate the weighted sums of the scaling factors.
+	    if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] == LS_NO &&
+	        ! IS_INDEFR(bserr) && ! IS_INDEFR(bzerr)) {
+
+		if (bserr <= 0.0)
+		    dw = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    dw = 1.0d0 / bserr ** 2
+		sumbscale = sumbscale + dw * bscale 
+		sumbserr = sumbserr + dw * bscale * bscale
+		sumwbscale = sumwbscale + dw
+
+		if (bzerr <= 0.0)
+		    dw = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    dw = 1.0d0 / bzerr ** 2
+		sumbzero = sumbzero + dw * bzero
+		sumbzerr = sumbzerr + dw * bzero * bzero
+		sumwbzero = sumwbzero + dw
+
+		ngood = ngood + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the average scaling factors.
+	call rg_avstats (sumbscale, sumbzero, sumwbscale, sumwbzero, sumbserr,
+	    sumbzerr, bserr, bserr, avbscale, avbzero, avbserr, avbzerr, ngood)
+
+	# Perform the rejection cycle.
+	if (ngood > 2 && rg_lstati(ls, NREJECT) > 0 &&
+	    (! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT)) || ! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,
+	    HIREJECT)))) {
+	    call rg_ravstats (ls, sumbscale, sumbzero, sumwbscale, sumwbzero,
+	        sumbserr, sumbzerr, bserr, bzerr, avbscale, avbzero, avbserr,
+		avbzerr, ngood)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the final scaling factors.
+	if (ngood > 1) {
+	    call rg_lbszavg (ls, avbscale, avbzero, avbserr, avbzerr,
+	        tbscale, tbzero, tbserr, tbzerr)
+	} else {
+	    tbscale = avbscale
+	    tbzero = avbzero
+	    tbserr = avbserr
+	    tbzerr = avbzerr
+	}
+
+	# Store the compute values.
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, TBSCALE, tbscale)
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, TBZERO, tbzero)
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, TBSCALEERR, tbserr)
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, TBZEROERR, tbzerr)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LIMGET -- Fetch the reference and input image data and compute the
+# statistics for a given region.
+
+int procedure rg_limget (ls, imr, im1, i)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to image
+int	i		#I the region id
+
+int	stat, nrimcols, nrimlines, nimcols, nimlines, nrcols, nrlines, ncols 
+int	nlines, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, c1, c2, l1, l2, xstep, ystep, npts
+pointer	sp, str, ibuf, rbuf, prc1, prc2, prxstep, prl1, prl2, prystep
+int	rg_lstati(), rg_simget()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+#int	c1, c2, l1, l2
+#int	ncols, nlines, npts
+
+define	nextregion_	11
+
+begin
+	stat = OK
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Delete the data of the previous region if any.
+	rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF)
+	if (rbuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (rbuf, TY_REAL)
+	rbuf = NULL
+	ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF)
+	if (ibuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (ibuf, TY_REAL)
+	ibuf = NULL
+
+	# Check for number of regions.
+	if (i < 1 || i > rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Get the reference and input image sizes.
+        nrimcols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+        if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+            nrimlines = 1
+        else
+            nrimlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+        nimcols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+        if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+            nimlines = 1
+        else
+	    nimlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+
+	# Get the reference region pointers.
+	prc1 = rg_lstatp (ls, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_lstatp (ls, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_lstatp (ls, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_lstatp (ls, RL2)
+	prxstep = rg_lstatp (ls, RXSTEP) 
+	prystep = rg_lstatp (ls, RYSTEP) 
+
+	# Get the reference subraster regions.
+	rc1 = Memi[prc1+i-1]
+	rc2 = Memi[prc2+i-1]
+	rl1 = Memi[prl1+i-1]
+	rl2 = Memi[prl2+i-1]
+	xstep = Memi[prxstep+i-1]
+	ystep = Memi[prystep+i-1]
+	nrcols = (rc2 - rc1) / xstep + 1
+	nrlines = (rl2 - rl1) / ystep + 1
+
+	# Move to the next region if current reference region is off the image.
+        if (rc1 < 1 || rc1 > nrimcols || rc2 < 1 || rc2 > nrimcols ||
+	    rl1 > nrimlines || rl1 < 1 || rl2 < 1 || rl2 > nrimlines) {
+            call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            call eprintf (
+                "Reference region %d: %s[%d:%d:%d,%d:%d:%d] is off image.\n")
+		call pargi (i)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+                call pargi (rc1)
+                call pargi (rc2)
+		call pargi (xstep)
+                call pargi (rl1)
+                call pargi (rl2)
+		call pargi (ystep)
+            stat = ERR
+            goto nextregion_
+        }
+
+	# Move to next region if current reference region is too small.
+        if (nrcols < 3 || (IM_NDIM(imr) == 2 && nrlines < 3)) {
+            call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            call eprintf (
+            "Reference region %d: %s[%d:%d:%d,%d:%d:%d] has too few points.\n")
+		call pargi (i)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+                call pargi (rc1)
+                call pargi (rc2)
+		call pargi (xstep)
+                call pargi (rl1)
+                call pargi (rl2)
+		call pargi (ystep)
+            stat = ERR
+            goto nextregion_
+        }
+
+	# Get the reference image data.
+	npts = rg_simget (imr, rc1, rc2, xstep, rl1, rl2, ystep, rbuf)
+	if (npts < 9) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    go to nextregion_
+	}
+	call rg_lsetp (ls, RBUF, rbuf)
+	Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+i-1] = npts
+
+	# Get the input image subraster regions.
+	c1 = rc1 + rg_lstatr (ls, SXSHIFT)
+	c2 = rc2 + rg_lstatr (ls, SXSHIFT)
+	l1 = rl1 + rg_lstatr (ls, SYSHIFT)
+	l2 = rl2 + rg_lstatr (ls, SYSHIFT)
+	#c1 = max (1, min (nimcols, c1))
+	#c2 = min (nimcols, max (1, c2))
+	#l1 = max (1, min (nimlines, l1))
+	#l2 = min (nimlines, max (1, l2))
+	ncols = (c2 - c1) / xstep + 1
+	nlines = (l2 - l1) / ystep + 1
+
+	# Move to the next region if current input region is off the image.
+        if (c1 < 1 || c1 > nimcols || c2 > nimcols ||  c2 < 1 ||
+	    l1 > nimlines || l1 < 1 || l2 < 1 || l2 > nimlines) {
+            call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            call eprintf (
+                "Input region %d: %s[%d:%d:%d,%d:%d:%d] is off image.\n")
+		call pargi (i)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+                call pargi (c1)
+                call pargi (c2)
+		call pargi (xstep)
+                call pargi (l1)
+                call pargi (l2)
+		call pargi (ystep)
+            stat = ERR
+            goto nextregion_
+        }
+
+	# Move to the next region if current input region is too small.
+        if (ncols < 3 || (IM_NDIM(im1) == 2 && nlines < 3)) {
+            call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+            call eprintf (
+            "Input regions %d: %s[%d:%d:%d,%d:%d:%d] has too few points.\n")
+		call pargi (i)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+                call pargi (c1)
+                call pargi (c2)
+		call pargi (xstep)
+                call pargi (l1)
+                call pargi (l2)
+		call pargi (ystep)
+            stat = ERR
+            goto nextregion_
+        }
+
+	# Get the image data.
+	npts = rg_simget (im1, c1, c2, xstep, l1, l2, ystep, ibuf)
+	if (npts < 9) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    go to nextregion_
+        }
+	call rg_lsetp (ls, IBUF, ibuf)
+	Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,INPTS)+i-1] = npts
+
+
+nextregion_
+	call sfree (sp)
+	if (stat == ERR) {
+	    call rg_lsetp (ls, RBUF, rbuf) 
+	    if (ibuf != NULL)
+		call mfree (ibuf, TY_REAL)
+	    call rg_lsetp (ls, IBUF, NULL) 
+	    call rg_lseti (ls, CNREGION, i)
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADREGION
+	    return (ERR)
+	} else {
+	    call rg_lsetp (ls, RBUF, rbuf) 
+	    call rg_lsetp (ls, IBUF, ibuf) 
+	    call rg_lseti (ls, CNREGION, i)
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_NO
+	    return (OK)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGMMM -- Compute the mean, median and mode of a data region
+
+procedure rg_lgmmm (ls, i)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	i		#I the current region
+
+int	npts
+pointer	rbuf, ibuf, buf
+real	sigma, dmin, dmax
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lmode(), rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Test that the data buffers exist and contain data.
+	rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF)
+	ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF)
+	npts = Memi[rg_lstatp (ls, RNPTS)+i-1]
+	if (rbuf == NULL || npts <= 0) {
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1] = 0.0
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADREGION
+	    return
+	}
+	call malloc (buf, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the mean, median, and mode of the reference region but
+	# don't recompute the reference region statistics needlessly.
+	if ((!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)) || !IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,
+	    DATAMAX))) && (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) != LS_FIT ||
+	    rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) != LS_FIT)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[rbuf], npts, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN))) {
+		if (dmin < rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)) {
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADREGION
+		    call eprintf (
+		        "Reference region %d contains data < datamin\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMAX))) {
+		if (dmax > rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMAX)) {
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADREGION
+		    call eprintf (
+		        "Reference region %d contains data > datamax\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	call aavgr (Memr[rbuf], npts, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1], sigma)
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1] = sigma / sqrt (real(npts))
+	call asrtr (Memr[rbuf], Memr[buf], npts)
+	if (mod (npts,2) == 1)
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1] = Memr[buf+npts/2]
+	else
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1] = (Memr[buf+npts/2-1] +
+	            Memr[buf+npts/2]) / 2.0
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+i-1] = rg_lmode (Memr[buf], npts,
+	    LMODE_NMIN, LMODE_ZRANGE, LMODE_ZBIN, LMODE_ZSTEP)
+	sigma = sqrt ((max (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1], 0.0) /
+	    rg_lstatr(ls,RGAIN) + (rg_lstatr(ls,RREADNOISE) /
+	    rg_lstatr (ls,RGAIN)) ** 2) / npts)
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1] =
+	    min (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1], sigma)
+
+	if (ibuf == NULL) {
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+i-1] = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1]
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1] = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1]
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+i-1] = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+i-1]
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1] = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1]
+	    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADREGION
+	    call mfree (buf, TY_REAL)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute the mean, median, and mode of the input region.
+	if ((!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)) || !IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,
+	        DATAMAX))) && (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) != LS_FIT ||
+		rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) != LS_FIT)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[ibuf], npts, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN))) {
+		if (dmin < rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)) {
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADREGION
+		    call eprintf ("Input region %d contains data < datamin\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMAX))) {
+		if (dmax > rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMAX)) {
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADREGION
+		    call eprintf ("Input region %d contains data > datamax\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	call aavgr (Memr[ibuf], npts, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+i-1], sigma)
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1] = sigma / sqrt (real(npts))
+	call asrtr (Memr[ibuf], Memr[buf], npts)
+	if (mod (npts,2) == 1)
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1] = Memr[buf+npts/2]
+	else
+	    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1] = (Memr[buf+npts/2-1] +
+	        Memr[buf+npts/2]) / 2.0
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+i-1] = rg_lmode (Memr[buf], npts, LMODE_NMIN,
+	    LMODE_ZRANGE, LMODE_ZBIN, LMODE_ZSTEP)
+	sigma = sqrt ((max (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+i-1], 0.0) /
+	    rg_lstatr(ls,IGAIN) + (rg_lstatr(ls,IREADNOISE) /
+	    rg_lstatr (ls,IGAIN)) ** 2) / npts)
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1] =
+	    min (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1], sigma)
+
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LBSZFIT -- Compute the bscale and bzero factor for a single region.
+
+int procedure rg_lbszfit (ls, i, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling strucuture
+int	i		#I the number of the current region
+real	bscale		#O the computed bscale factor
+real	bzero		#O the computed bzero factor
+real	bserr		#O the computed error in bscale
+real	bzerr		#O the computed error in bzero
+
+int	stat
+real	bjunk, chi
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	stat = OK
+
+	# Compute the bscale factor.
+	switch (rg_lstati (ls, BSALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_NUMBER:
+	    bscale = rg_lstatr (ls, CBSCALE)
+	    bserr = 0.0
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    if (fp_equalr (0.0, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+i-1])) {
+		bscale = 1.0
+		bserr = 0.0
+	    } else {
+		bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls, RMEAN)+i-1] /
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp (ls, IMEAN)+i-1]
+	        if (fp_equalr (0.0, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1]))
+	            bserr = 0.0
+		else
+	            bserr = abs (bscale) * sqrt ((Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		        RSIGMA)+i-1] / Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1]) ** 2 +
+		        (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls, ISIGMA)+i-1] /
+		        Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+i-1]) ** 2)
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    if (fp_equalr (0.0, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1])) {
+		bscale = 1.0
+		bserr= 0.0
+	    } else {
+		bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp (ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1] /
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1]
+	        if (fp_equalr (0.0, Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1])) 
+	            bserr = 0.0
+		else
+	            bserr = abs (bscale) * sqrt ((Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		        RSIGMA)+i-1] / Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1]) ** 2 +
+		        (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls, ISIGMA)+i-1] / Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		        IMEDIAN)+i-1]) ** 2)
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    if (fp_equalr (0.0, Memr[rg_lstatp (ls,IMODE)+i-1])) {
+		bscale = 1.0
+		bserr = 0.0
+	    } else {
+		bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp (ls, RMODE)+i-1] /
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp (ls, IMODE)+i-1]
+	        if (fp_equalr (0.0, Memr[rg_lstatp (ls,RMODE)+i-1]))
+	            bserr = 0.0
+		else
+	            bserr = abs (bscale) * sqrt ((Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		        RSIGMA)+i-1] / Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+i-1]) ** 2 +
+			(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls, ISIGMA)+i-1] / Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+			IMODE)+i-1]) ** 2)
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_FIT:
+	    call rg_llsqfit (ls, i, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr, chi)
+	case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+i-1]) ||
+	        IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+i-1])) {
+		bscale = 1.0
+		bserr = 0.0
+	    } else {
+	        bscale = 10.0 ** ((Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAG)+i-1] -
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAG)+i-1]) / 2.5)
+	        if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+i-1]) ||
+	            IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+i-1]))
+	            bserr = 0.0
+		else
+		    bserr = 0.4 * log (10.0) * bscale *
+		        sqrt (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMAGERR)+i-1] ** 2 +
+			Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMAGERR)+i-1] ** 2)
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	default:
+	    bscale = 1.0
+	    bserr = 0.0
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	}
+
+	# Compute the bzero factor.
+	switch (rg_lstati (ls, BZALGORITHM)) {
+	case LS_NUMBER:
+	    bzero = rg_lstatr (ls, CBZERO)
+	    bzerr = 0.0
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_MEAN:
+	    if (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER) {
+	        bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1] - Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    IMEAN)+i-1]
+	        bzerr = sqrt (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1] ** 2 +
+	            Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1] ** 2)
+	    } else {
+		bzero = 0.0
+		bzerr = 0.0
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_MEDIAN:
+	    if (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER) {
+	        bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1] -
+	            Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1]
+	        bzerr = sqrt (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1] ** 2 +
+	            Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1] ** 2)
+	    } else {
+		bzero = 0.0
+		bzerr = 0.0
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_MODE:
+	    if (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER) {
+	        bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+i-1] - Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    IMODE)+i-1]
+	        bzerr = sqrt (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSIGMA)+i-1] ** 2 +
+	            Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)+i-1] ** 2)
+	    } else {
+		bzero = 0.0
+		bzerr = 0.0
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	case LS_FIT:
+	    if (rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER)
+	        call rg_llsqfit (ls, i, bjunk, bzero, bjunk, bzerr, chi)
+	case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+i-1]) ||
+	        IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+i-1])) {
+	        bzero = 0.0
+	        bzerr = 0.0
+	    } else {
+	        bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKY)+i-1] - bscale *
+		    Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+i-1]
+	        if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+i-1]) ||
+	            IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+i-1]))
+	            bzerr = 0.0
+		else
+		    bzerr = sqrt (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RSKYERR)+i-1] ** 2 +
+		        bserr ** 2 * Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKY)+i-1] ** 2 +
+			bscale ** 2 * Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISKYERR)+i-1] ** 2)
+			
+	    }
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	default:
+	    bzero = 0.0
+	    bzerr = 0.0
+	    chi = INDEFR
+	}
+
+	# Store the results.
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+i-1] = bscale
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+i-1] = bzero
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+i-1] = bserr
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+i-1] = bzerr
+	Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RCHI)+i-1] = chi
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LBSZAVG -- Compute the final scaling parameters.
+
+procedure rg_lbszavg (ls, avbscale, avbzero, avbserr, avbzerr, tbscale,
+	tbzero, tbserr, tbzerr)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling strucuture
+real	avbscale	#I the computed bscale factor
+real	avbzero		#I the computed bzero factor
+real	avbserr		#I the computed error in bscale
+real	avbzerr		#I the computed error in bzero
+real	tbscale		#O the computed bscale factor
+real	tbzero		#O the computed bzero factor
+real	tbserr		#O the computed error in bscale
+real	tbzerr		#O the computed error in bzero
+
+int	i, bsalg, bzalg, nregions
+pointer	sp, weight
+real	answers[MAX_NFITPARS]
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	bsalg = rg_lstati (ls, BSALGORITHM)
+	bzalg = rg_lstati (ls, BZALGORITHM)
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (weight, nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (bsalg == LS_MEAN || bzalg == LS_MEAN) {
+	    do i = 1, nregions {
+		if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)+i-1]) ||
+		    IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEAN)+i-1]) ||
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] != LS_NO)
+		    Memr[weight+i-1] = 0.0
+		else
+		    Memr[weight+i-1] = 1.0
+	    }
+	    call ll_lsqf1 (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	        RMEAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		RSIGMA)], Memr[weight], nregions, rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER),
+		answers)
+	    if (nregions > 2 && rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) > 0 &&
+	        (! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT)) ||
+		! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT)))) {
+	        call ll_rlsqf1 (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	            RMEAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    RSIGMA)], Memr[weight], nregions, rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER),
+		    answers, rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT), rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT),
+		    rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT))
+	        do i = 1, nregions {
+		    if (Memr[weight+i-1] <= 0.0 && Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		        RDELETE)+i-1] == LS_NO)
+		        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADSIGMA
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(CHI[answers])) {
+	        tbscale = avbscale
+	        tbserr = avbserr
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    } else if (bsalg == LS_MEAN && bzalg == LS_MEAN) {
+	        tbscale = SLOPE[answers]
+	        tbserr = ESLOPE[answers]
+	        tbzero = YINCPT[answers]
+	        tbzerr = EYINCPT[answers]
+	    } else if (bsalg == LS_MEAN) {
+	        tbscale = SLOPE[answers]
+	        tbserr = ESLOPE[answers]
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    } else {
+	        tbscale = avbscale
+	        tbserr = avbserr
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    }
+
+	} else if (bsalg == LS_MEDIAN || bzalg == LS_MEDIAN) {
+	    do i = 1, nregions {
+		if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)+i-1]) ||
+		    IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMEDIAN)+i-1]) ||
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] != LS_NO)
+		    Memr[weight+i-1] = 0.0
+		else
+		    Memr[weight+i-1] = 1.0
+	    }
+	    call ll_lsqf1 (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	        RMEDIAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		RSIGMA)], Memr[weight], nregions, rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER),
+		answers)
+	    if (nregions > 2 && rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) > 0 &&
+	        (! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT)) ||
+	        ! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT)))) {
+	        call ll_rlsqf1 (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMEDIAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	            RMEDIAN)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    RSIGMA)], Memr[weight], nregions, rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER),
+		    answers, rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT), rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT),
+		    rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT))
+	        do i = 1, nregions {
+		    if (Memr[weight+i-1] <= 0.0 && Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		        RDELETE)+i-1] == LS_NO)
+		        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADSIGMA
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(CHI[answers])) {
+	        tbscale = avbscale
+	        tbserr = avbserr
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    } else if (bsalg == LS_MEDIAN && bzalg == LS_MEDIAN) {
+	        tbscale = SLOPE[answers]
+	        tbserr = ESLOPE[answers]
+	        tbzero = YINCPT[answers]
+	        tbzerr = EYINCPT[answers]
+	    } else if (bsalg == LS_MEDIAN) {
+	        tbscale = SLOPE[answers]
+	        tbserr = ESLOPE[answers]
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    } else {
+	        tbscale = avbscale
+	        tbserr = avbserr
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    }
+	} else if (bsalg == LS_MODE || bzalg == LS_MODE) {
+	    do i = 1, nregions {
+		if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)+i-1]) ||
+		    IS_INDEFR(Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RMODE)+i-1]) ||
+		    Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] != LS_NO)
+		    Memr[weight+i-1] = 0.0
+		else
+		    Memr[weight+i-1] = 1.0
+	    }
+	    call ll_lsqf1 (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	        RMODE)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		RSIGMA)], Memr[weight], nregions, rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER),
+		answers)
+	    if (nregions > 2 && rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) > 0 &&
+	        (! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT)) ||
+	        ! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT)))) {
+	        call ll_rlsqf1 (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,IMODE)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+	            RMODE)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,ISIGMA)], Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		    RSIGMA)], Memr[weight], nregions, rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER),
+		    answers, rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT), rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT),
+		    rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT))
+	        do i = 1, nregions {
+		    if (Memr[weight+i-1] <= 0.0 && Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,
+		        RDELETE)+i-1] == LS_NO)
+		        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADSIGMA
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(CHI[answers])) {
+	        tbscale = avbscale
+	        tbserr = avbserr
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    } else if (bsalg == LS_MODE && bzalg == LS_MODE) {
+	        tbscale = SLOPE[answers]
+	        tbserr = ESLOPE[answers]
+	        tbzero = YINCPT[answers]
+	        tbzerr = EYINCPT[answers]
+	    } else if (bsalg == LS_MODE) {
+	        tbscale = SLOPE[answers]
+	        tbserr = ESLOPE[answers]
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    } else {
+	        tbscale = avbscale
+	        tbserr = avbserr
+	        tbzero = avbzero
+	        tbzerr = avbzerr
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    tbscale = avbscale
+	    tbzero = avbzero
+	    tbserr = avbserr
+	    tbzerr = avbzerr
+	}
+
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LFILE -- Fetch the scaling parameters from the datafile.
+
+procedure rg_lfile (db, ls, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+real	bscale		#O the average scaling parameter
+real	bzero		#O the average offset parameter
+real	bserr		#O the error in bscale
+real	bzerr		#O the error in bzero
+
+int	rec
+pointer	sp, record
+int	dtlocate()
+real	dtgetr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (record, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call rg_lstats (ls, RECORD, Memc[record], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr {
+	    rec = dtlocate (db, Memc[record])
+	    bscale = dtgetr (db, rec, "bscale")
+	    bzero = dtgetr (db, rec, "bzero")
+	    bserr = dtgetr (db, rec, "bserr")
+	    bzerr = dtgetr (db, rec, "bzerr")
+	} then {
+	    bscale = 1.0
+	    bzero = 0.0
+	    bserr = INDEFR
+	    bzerr = INDEFR
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SIMGET -- Fill a buffer from a specified region of the image including a
+# step size in x and y.
+
+int procedure rg_simget (im, c1, c2, cstep, l1, l2, lstep, ptr)
+
+pointer im              #I the pointer to the iraf image
+int     c1, c2          #I the column limits
+int     cstep           #I the column step size
+int     l1, l2          #I the line limits
+int     lstep           #I the line step size
+pointer ptr             #I the pointer to the output buffer
+
+int	i, j, ncols, nlines, npts
+pointer	iptr, buf
+pointer imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = (c2 - c1) / cstep + 1
+	nlines = (l2 - l1) / lstep + 1
+	npts = ncols * nlines
+        call malloc (ptr, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+        iptr = ptr
+        do j = l1, l2, lstep {
+            buf = imgs2r (im, c1, c2, j, j)
+            do i = 1, ncols {
+                Memr[iptr+i-1] = Memr[buf]
+                buf = buf + cstep
+            }
+            iptr = iptr + ncols
+        }
+
+        return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LMODE -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+# with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+# pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+# bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+# The input array must be sorted.
+
+real procedure rg_lmode (a, npts, nmin, zrange, fzbin, fzstep)
+
+real	a[npts]			#I the sorted input data array
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+int	nmin			#I the minimum number of points
+real	zrange			#I fraction of pixels around median to use
+real	fzbin			#I the bin size for the mode search
+real	fzstep			#I the step size for the mode search
+
+int	x1, x2, x3, nmax
+real	zstep, zbin, y1, y2, mode
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# If there are too few points return the median.
+	if (npts < nmin) {
+	    if (mod (npts,2) == 1)
+	        return (a[1+npts/2])
+	    else
+	        return ((a[npts/2] + a[1+npts/2]) / 2.0)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the data range that will be used to do the mode search.
+	# If the data has no range then the constant value will be returned.
+	x1 = max (1, int (1.0 + npts * (1.0 - zrange) / 2.0))
+	x3 = min (npts, int (1.0 + npts * (1.0 + zrange) / 2.0))
+	if (fp_equalr (a[x1], a[x3]))
+	    return (a[x1])
+
+	# Compute the bin and step size. The bin size is based on the
+	# data range over a fraction of the pixels around the median
+	# and a bin step which may be smaller than the bin size.
+
+	zstep = fzstep * (a[x3] - a[x1])
+	zbin = fzbin * (a[x3] - a[x1])
+
+	nmax = 0
+	x2 = x1
+	for (y1 = a[x1]; x2 < x3; y1 = y1 + zstep) {
+            for (; a[x1] < y1; x1 = x1 + 1)
+                ;
+            y2 = y1 + zbin
+            for (; (x2 < x3) && (a[x2] < y2); x2 = x2 + 1)
+                ;
+            if (x2 - x1 > nmax) {
+                nmax = x2 - x1
+		if (mod (x2+x1,2) == 0)
+                    mode = a[(x2+x1)/2]
+		else
+                    mode = (a[(x2+x1)/2] + a[(x2+x1)/2+1]) / 2.0
+            }
+        }
+
+	return (mode)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LLSQFIT -- Compute the bscale and bzero factors by doing a least squares
+# fit to the region data. For this technque to be successful the data must
+# be registered and psf matched.
+
+procedure rg_llsqfit (ls, i, bscale, bzero, bserr, bzerr, chi)
+
+pointer	ls			#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	i			#I the current region
+real	bscale			#O the computed bscale factor
+real	bzero			#O the computed bzero factor
+real	bserr			#O the estimated error in bscale
+real	bzerr			#O the estimated error in bzero
+real	chi			#O the output chi at unit weight
+
+int	j, npts
+pointer	rbuf, ibuf, rerr, ierr, weight
+real	rgain, igain, rrnoise, irnoise, answers[MAX_NFITPARS]
+real	datamin, datamax
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Get the data pointers.
+	rbuf = rg_lstatp (ls, RBUF)
+	ibuf = rg_lstatp (ls, IBUF)
+
+	# Allocate space for the error and weight arrays.
+	npts = Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RNPTS)+i-1]
+	call malloc (rerr, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (ierr, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (weight, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the errors. 
+	rgain = rg_lstatr (ls, RGAIN)
+	igain = rg_lstatr (ls, IGAIN)
+	rrnoise = rg_lstatr (ls, RREADNOISE) ** 2 / rgain
+	irnoise = rg_lstatr (ls, IREADNOISE) ** 2 / igain
+	do j = 1, npts {
+	    Memr[rerr+j-1] = (Memr[rbuf+j-1] + rrnoise) / rgain
+	    Memr[ierr+j-1] = (Memr[ibuf+j-1] + irnoise) / igain
+	}
+
+	# Compute the weights.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)) && IS_INDEFR(ls,DATAMAX))
+	    call amovkr (1.0, Memr[weight], npts)
+	else {
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMIN)))
+		datamin = -MAX_REAL
+	    else
+		datamin = rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMIN)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,DATAMAX)))
+		datamax = MAX_REAL
+	    else
+		datamax = rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMAX)
+	    do j = 1, npts {
+		if (Memr[rbuf+j-1] < datamin || Memr[rbuf+j-1] > datamax)
+		    Memr[weight+j-1] = 0.0
+		else if (Memr[ibuf+j-1] < datamin || Memr[ibuf+j-1] > datamax)
+		    Memr[weight+j-1] = 0.0
+		else
+		    Memr[weight+j-1] = 1.0
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the fit.
+	call ll_lsqf1 (Memr[ibuf], Memr[rbuf], Memr[ierr], Memr[rerr],
+	    Memr[weight], npts, rg_lstati(ls, MAXITER), answers)
+
+	# Perform the rejection cycle.
+	if (npts > 2 && rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT) > 0 &&
+	    (! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT)) ||
+	    ! IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT))))
+	    call ll_rlsqf1 (Memr[ibuf], Memr[rbuf], Memr[ierr], Memr[rerr],
+		Memr[weight], npts, rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER), answers,
+		rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT), rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT),
+		rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT))
+	bscale = SLOPE[answers]
+	bzero = YINCPT[answers]
+	bserr = ESLOPE[answers]
+	bzerr = EYINCPT[answers]
+	chi = CHI[answers]
+
+	# Free the working space.
+	call mfree (rerr, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (ierr, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (weight, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# RG_RAVSTATS -- Compute the average statistics.
+
+procedure rg_ravstats (ls, sumbscale, sumbzero, sumwbscale, sumwbzero, sumbserr,
+	sumbzerr, bserr, bzerr, avbscale, avbzero, avbserr, avbzerr, ngood)
+
+pointer	ls				#I pointer to the linmatch structure
+double	sumbscale			#I/O sum of the bscale values
+double	sumbzero			#I/O sum of the bzero values
+double	sumwbscale			#I/O sum of the weighted bscale values
+double	sumwbzero			#I/O sum of the weighted bzero values
+double	sumbserr			#I/O sum of the bscale error
+double	sumbzerr			#I/O sum of the bscale error
+real	bserr				#I/O the bscale error of 1 observation
+real	bzerr				#I/O the bzero error of 1 observation
+real	avbscale			#I/O the average bscale factor
+real	avbzero				#I/O the average bzero factor
+real	avbserr				#O the average bscale error factor
+real	avbzerr				#O the average bzero error factor
+int	ngood				#I/O the number of good data values
+
+int	i, nregions, nrej, nbad
+real	sigbscale, sigbzero, lobscale, hibscale, lobzero, hibzero
+real	bscale, bzero, bsresid, bzresid
+double	dw
+int	rg_lstati()
+pointer	rg_lstatp()
+real	rg_lsigma(), rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls,NREGIONS)
+
+	nrej = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Compute sigma.
+	    sigbscale = rg_lsigma (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, avbscale)
+	    if (sigbscale <= 0.0)
+		break
+	    sigbzero = rg_lsigma (Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)],
+	        Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)], nregions, avbzero)
+	    if (sigbzero <= 0.0)
+		break
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,LOREJECT))) {
+		lobscale = -MAX_REAL
+		lobzero = -MAX_REAL
+	    } else {
+		lobscale = -sigbscale * rg_lstatr (ls, LOREJECT)
+		lobzero = -sigbzero * rg_lstatr (ls, LOREJECT)
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,HIREJECT))) {
+		hibscale = MAX_REAL
+		hibzero = MAX_REAL
+	    } else {
+		hibscale = sigbscale * rg_lstatr (ls, HIREJECT)
+		hibzero = sigbzero * rg_lstatr (ls, HIREJECT)
+	    }
+
+	    nbad = 0
+	    do i = 1, nregions {
+		if (Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] != LS_NO)
+		    next
+		bscale = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALE)+i-1]
+		if (IS_INDEFR(bscale))
+		    next
+		bzero = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZERO)+i-1]
+		if (IS_INDEFR(bzero))
+		    next
+		bserr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBSCALEERR)+i-1]
+		bsresid = bscale - avbscale
+		bzerr = Memr[rg_lstatp(ls,RBZEROERR)+i-1]
+		bzresid = bzero - avbzero
+		if (bsresid >= lobscale && bsresid <= hibscale && bzresid >=
+		    lobzero && bzresid <= hibzero)
+		    next
+
+		if (bserr <= 0.0)
+		    dw = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    dw = 1.0d0 / bserr ** 2
+		sumbscale = sumbscale - dw * bscale
+		sumbserr = sumbserr - dw * bscale * bscale
+		sumwbscale = sumwbscale - dw
+
+		if (bzerr <= 0.0)
+		    dw = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    dw = 1.0d0 / bzerr ** 2
+		sumbzero = sumbzero - dw * bzero
+		sumbzerr = sumbzerr - dw * bzero * bzero
+		sumwbzero = sumwbzero - dw
+
+		nbad = nbad + 1
+		Memi[rg_lstatp(ls,RDELETE)+i-1] = LS_BADSIGMA
+		ngood = ngood - 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (nbad <= 0)
+		break
+
+	    call rg_avstats (sumbscale, sumbzero, sumwbscale, sumwbzero,
+	        sumbserr, sumbzerr, bserr, bzerr, avbscale, avbzero,
+		avbserr, avbzerr, ngood)
+	    if (ngood <= 0)
+		break
+
+	    nrej = nrej + 1
+
+	} until (nrej >= rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT))
+end
+
+
+# RG_AVSTATS -- Compute the average statistics.
+
+procedure rg_avstats (sumbscale, sumbzero, sumwbscale, sumwbzero, sumbserr,
+	sumbzerr, bserr, bzerr, avbscale, avbzero, avbserr, avbzerr, ngood)
+
+double	sumbscale			#I sum of the bscale values
+double	sumbzero			#I sum of the bzero values
+double	sumwbscale			#I sum of the weighted bscale values
+double	sumwbzero			#I sum of the weighted bzero values
+double	sumbserr			#I sum of the bscale error
+double	sumbzerr			#I sum of the bscale error
+real	bserr				#I the bscale error of 1 observation
+real	bzerr				#I the bzero error of 1 observation
+real	avbscale			#O the average bscale factor
+real	avbzero				#O the average bzero factor
+real	avbserr				#O the average bscale error factor
+real	avbzerr				#O the average bzero error factor
+int	ngood				#I the number of good data values
+
+begin
+	# Compute the average scaling factors.
+	if (ngood > 0) {
+	    avbscale = sumbscale / sumwbscale
+	    if (ngood > 1) {
+		avbserr = ngood * (sumbserr / sumwbscale - (sumbscale /
+		    sumwbscale) ** 2) /
+		    (ngood - 1)
+		if (avbserr >= 0.0)
+		    avbserr = sqrt (avbserr)
+		else
+		    avbserr = 0.0
+	    } else
+	        avbserr = bserr
+	    avbzero = sumbzero / sumwbzero
+	    if (ngood > 1) {
+		avbzerr = ngood * (sumbzerr / sumwbzero - (sumbzero /
+		    sumwbzero) ** 2) /
+		    (ngood - 1)
+		if (avbzerr >= 0.0)
+		    avbzerr = sqrt (avbzerr)
+		else
+		    avbzerr = 0.0
+	    } else
+	        avbzerr = bzerr
+	} else {
+	    avbscale = 1.0
+	    avbzero = 0.0
+	    avbserr = INDEFR 
+	    avbzerr = INDEFR 
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSIGMA -- Compute the standard deviation of an array taken into
+# account any existing deletions.
+
+real procedure rg_lsigma (a, del, npts, mean)
+
+real	a[ARB]			#I the input array
+int	del[ARB]		#I the deletions array
+int	npts			#I the number of points in the array
+real	mean			#I the mean of the array
+
+int	i, ngood
+double	sumsq
+
+begin
+	sumsq = 0.0d0
+	ngood = 0
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (del[i] != LS_NO)
+		next
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(a[i]))
+		next
+	    sumsq = sumsq + (a[i] - mean) ** 2
+	    ngood = ngood + 1
+	}
+
+	if (ngood <= 1)
+	    return (0.0)
+	else if (sumsq <= 0.0)
+	    return (0.0)
+	else
+	    return (sqrt (real (sumsq / (ngood - 1))))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglshow.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglshow.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bf2c65f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglshow.x
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+# RG_LSHOW -- Print the LINMATCH task parameters.
+
+procedure rg_lshow (ls)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to linmatch structure
+
+pointer	sp, str1, str2
+int	rg_lstati()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call printf ("\nIntensity Matching Parameters\n")
+	if (rg_lstati (ls, BSALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY &&  rg_lstati(ls,
+	    BZALGORITHM) != LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s")
+	        call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("  %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, REGIONS, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_REGIONS)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, CCDGAIN, Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, CCDREAD, Memc[str2], SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s  %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_GAIN)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	        call pargstr (KY_READNOISE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+	} else {
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, IMAGE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s")
+		call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	    call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("  %s: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	}
+	call rg_lstats (ls, SHIFTSFILE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str1] != EOS) {
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_SHIFTSFILE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	} else {
+	    call printf ("    %s: %g  %s: %g\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_XSHIFT)
+	        call pargr (rg_lstatr(ls,XSHIFT))
+	        call pargstr (KY_YSHIFT)
+	        call pargr (rg_lstatr(ls,YSHIFT))
+	}
+	call printf ("    %s: %d  %s: %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_DNX)
+	    call pargi (rg_lstati(ls,DNX))
+	    call pargstr (KY_DNY)
+	    call pargi (rg_lstati(ls,DNY))
+
+	call rg_lstats (ls, DATABASE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s")
+	    call pargstr (KY_DATABASE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	call rg_lstats (ls, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("  %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+
+	call rg_lstats (ls, BSSTRING, Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)
+	call rg_lstats (ls, BZSTRING, Memc[str2], SZ_LINE)
+	call printf ("    %s:  %s %s\n")
+	    call pargstr ("scaling")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+	call printf ("    %s = %g   %s = %g")
+	    call pargstr (KY_DATAMIN)
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMIN))
+	    call pargstr (KY_DATAMAX)
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, DATAMAX))
+	call printf ("  %s: %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_MAXITER)
+	    call pargi (rg_lstati(ls,MAXITER))
+	call printf ("    %s: %d")
+	    call pargstr (KY_NREJECT)
+	    call pargi (rg_lstati(ls,NREJECT))
+	call printf ("  %s = %g   %s = %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_LOREJECT)
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, LOREJECT))
+	    call pargstr (KY_HIREJECT)
+	    call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, HIREJECT))
+
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglsqfit.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglsqfit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f728ecde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rglsqfit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include "lsqfit.h"
+
+# LL_RLSQF1 -- Given an initial fit reject points outside of the low and
+# high cut rejections parameters.
+
+procedure ll_rlsqf1 (x, y, xerr, yerr, weight, npts, maxiter, answers, nreject,
+	locut, hicut)
+
+real	x[ARB]				#I the input vector
+real	y[ARB]				#I the reference vector
+real	xerr[ARB]			#I the input vector errors squared
+real	yerr[ARB]			#I the reference vector errors squared
+real	weight[ARB]			#I the input weight array
+int	npts				#I the number of points
+int	maxiter				#I the number of iterations
+real	answers[ARB]			#I/O the answers array
+int	nreject				#I the max number of rejection cycles
+real	locut				#I the low side rejection parameter
+real	hicut				#I the high side rejection parameter
+
+int	i, niter, nrej
+real	loval, hival, resid
+
+begin
+	if ((IS_INDEFR(locut) && IS_INDEFR(hicut)) || npts <= 2)
+	    return
+	if (RMS[answers] <= 0.0 || IS_INDEFR(CHI[answers]))
+	    return
+
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(locut))
+		loval = -MAX_REAL
+	    else
+		loval = -locut * RMS[answers]
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(hicut))
+		hival = MAX_REAL
+	    else
+		hival = hicut * RMS[answers]
+	    nrej = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (weight[i] <= 0.0)
+		    next
+		resid = y[i] - (SLOPE[answers] * x[i] + YINCPT[answers])
+		if (resid >= loval && resid <= hival)
+		    next
+		weight[i] = 0.0
+		nrej = nrej + 1
+	    }
+	    if (nrej <= 0)
+		break
+	    call ll_lsqf1 (x, y, xerr, yerr, weight, npts, maxiter, answers)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(CHI[answers]))
+	        break
+	    if (RMS[answers] <= 0.0)
+		break
+	    niter = niter + 1
+	} until (niter >= nreject)
+end
+
+
+# LL_LSQF1 -- Compute the slope and intercept of the equation y = a * x + b
+# using error arrays in both x and y.
+
+procedure ll_lsqf1 (x, y, xerr, yerr, weight, npts, niter, answers)
+
+real	x[ARB]				#I the input vector
+real	y[ARB]				#I the reference vector
+real	xerr[ARB]			#I the input vector errors squared
+real	yerr[ARB]			#I the reference vector errors squared
+real	weight[ARB]			#I the input weight array
+int	npts				#I the number of points
+int	niter				#I the number of iterations
+real	answers[ARB]			#I/O the answers array
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	bufr, bufx, bufw
+real	slope, yintrcpt, me1, msq, wt, dm, db
+
+begin
+	# Peform the initial fit.
+	call ll_0lsqf1 (x, y, weight, npts, answers)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(CHI[answers]))
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call malloc (bufr, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (bufx, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (bufw, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the iterations.
+	slope = SLOPE[answers]
+	yintrcpt = YINCPT[answers]
+	me1 = CHI[answers]
+
+	# Iterate on the fit.
+	do i = 1, niter {
+	    msq = slope * slope
+	    do j = 1, npts {
+		if (weight[j] <= 0.0) {
+		    Memr[bufr+j-1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[bufw+j-1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[bufx+j-1] = 0.0
+		} else {
+		    wt = yerr[j] + msq * xerr[j]
+		    if (wt <= 0.0)
+			wt = 1.0
+		    else
+			wt = 1.0 / wt
+		    Memr[bufr+j-1] = y[j] - (slope * x[j] + yintrcpt)
+		    Memr[bufw+j-1] = weight[j] * wt
+		    Memr[bufx+j-1] = x[j] + Memr[bufr+j-1] * slope * xerr[j] *
+		        wt
+		}
+	    }
+	    call ll_0lsqf1 (Memr[bufx], Memr[bufr], Memr[bufw], npts, answers)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(CHI[answers]))
+	        break
+	    if (abs ((me1 - CHI[answers]) / CHI[answers]) < 1.0e-5)
+		break
+	    dm = SLOPE[answers]
+	    db = YINCPT[answers]
+	    me1 = CHI[answers]
+	    slope = slope + dm
+	    yintrcpt = yintrcpt + db
+	}
+
+	# Compute the final answers.
+	SLOPE[answers] = slope
+	YINCPT[answers] = yintrcpt
+
+	call mfree (bufr, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (bufx, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (bufw, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# LL_0LSQF1: Compute the slope and intercept of the equation y = a * x + b
+# using errors in y only.
+
+procedure ll_0lsqf1 (x, y, w, npts, answers)
+
+real	x[ARB]				#I the input vector
+real	y[ARB]				#I the reference vector
+real	w[ARB]				#I the weight vector
+int	npts				#I the number of points
+real	answers[ARB]			#I the answers
+
+int	i, ngood
+double	sumyy, sumxx, sumxy, sumx, sumy, sumw
+double	a, b, det
+real	wressq, ressq
+bool	fp_equald()
+double 	ll_dsum1(), ll_dsum2(), ll_dsum3()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the determinant.
+	sumyy = ll_dsum3 (y, y, w, npts)
+	sumxx = ll_dsum3 (x, x, w, npts)
+	sumxy = ll_dsum3 (x, y, w, npts)
+	sumy = ll_dsum2 (y, w, npts)
+	sumx = ll_dsum2 (x, w, npts)
+	sumw = ll_dsum1 (w, npts)
+	det = sumw * sumxx - sumx * sumx
+
+	if (fp_equald (0.0d0, det)) {
+	    SLOPE[answers] = INDEFR
+	    YINCPT[answers] = INDEFR
+	    ESLOPE[answers] = INDEFR
+	    EYINCPT[answers] = INDEFR
+	    CHI[answers] = INDEFR
+	    RMS[answers] = INDEFR
+	} else {
+	    a = (sumw * sumxy - sumx * sumy) / det
+	    b = (sumxx * sumy - sumx * sumxy) / det
+	    ngood = 0.0
+	    ressq = 0.0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (w[i] > 0.0) {
+		    ngood = ngood + 1
+		    ressq = ressq + (y[i] - (a * x[i] + b)) ** 2
+		}
+	    }
+	    SLOPE[answers] = a
+	    YINCPT[answers] = b
+	    wressq = sumyy + a * (a * sumxx + 2. * (b * sumx - sumxy)) +
+	        b * (b * sumw - 2.0 * sumy)
+	    if (ngood <= 2) {
+		CHI[answers] = 0.0
+		ESLOPE[answers] = 0.0
+		EYINCPT[answers] = 0.0
+		RMS[answers] = 0.0
+	    } else if (wressq >= 0.0) {
+		CHI[answers] = sqrt (wressq / (ngood - 2))
+		ESLOPE[answers] = CHI[answers] * sqrt (real (sumw / abs(det)))
+		EYINCPT[answers] = CHI[answers] * sqrt (real (sumxx / abs(det)))
+		RMS[answers] = sqrt (ressq / (ngood - 2))
+	    } else {
+		CHI[answers] = 0.0
+		ESLOPE[answers] = 0.0
+		EYINCPT[answers] = 0.0
+		RMS[answers] = 0.0
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+## GET_LSQF2: iterate LSq Fit to z=ax+by+c for errors in x, y and z.
+## NB: xerr, yerr, zerr are errors SQUARED.
+##
+#
+#procedure get_lsqf2 (x, y, z, xerr, yerr, zerr, weight, npts, niter, stats)
+#
+#real	x[npts], y[npts], z[npts]		# data vectors
+#real	xerr[npts], yerr[npts], zerr[npts]	# error ** 2 vectors
+#real	weight[npts]				# additional weight factors
+#int	npts					# vector lengths
+#int	niter					# no. of iterations
+#real	stats[NFITPAR]				# returned fit params
+#
+#int	i, j
+#real	a, b, c, me1
+#pointer	bufr, bufx, bufy, bufw
+#real	asq, bsq, res, wt, da, db, dc
+#
+#begin
+#	call malloc (bufr, npts, TY_REAL)
+#	call malloc (bufx, npts, TY_REAL)
+#	call malloc (bufy, npts, TY_REAL)
+#	call malloc (bufw, npts, TY_REAL)
+#
+## initial fit; NB needs expansion
+#	call get_0lsqf2 (x, y, z, weight, npts, stats)
+#	a = SLOPE1[stats]
+#	b = SLOPE2[stats]
+#	c = OFFSET[stats]
+#	me1 = CHI[stats]
+##	call printf ("iteration: %2d  a=%7.4f b=%7.4f off=%6.2f (%7.3f) \n")
+##		call pargi (0)
+##		call pargr (a)
+##		call pargr (b)
+##		call pargr (c)
+##		call pargr (me1)
+#
+## iterate
+#	do i = 1, niter {
+#		asq = a * a
+#		bsq = b * b
+#		do j = 1, npts {
+#			res = z[j] - (a * x[j] + b * y[j] + c)
+#			wt = 1. / (zerr[j] + asq * xerr[j] + bsq * yerr[j])
+#			Memr[bufr+j-1] = res
+#			Memr[bufw+j-1] = weight[j] * wt
+#			Memr[bufx+j-1] = x[j] + res * a * xerr[j] * wt
+#			Memr[bufy+j-1] = y[j] + res * b * yerr[j] * wt
+#		}
+#		call get_0lsqf2 (Memr[bufx], Memr[bufy], Memr[bufr], Memr[bufw], npts, stats)
+#		da = SLOPE1[stats]
+#		db = SLOPE2[stats]
+#		dc = OFFSET[stats]
+#		me1 = CHI[stats]
+#		a = a + da
+#		b = b + db
+#		c = c + dc
+##		call printf ("iteration: %2d  a=%7.4f b=%7.4f off=%6.2f (%7.3f) \n")
+##			call pargi (i)
+##			call pargr (a)
+##			call pargr (b)
+##			call pargr (c)
+##			call pargr (me1)
+#	}
+#
+#	SLOPE1[stats] = a
+#	SLOPE2[stats] = b
+#	OFFSET[stats] = c
+#
+#	call mfree (bufr, TY_REAL)
+#	call mfree (bufx, TY_REAL)
+#	call mfree (bufy, TY_REAL)
+#	call mfree (bufw, TY_REAL)
+#end
+#
+##
+## GET_0LSQF2 -- calculate the zeroth order LLSq Fit for 2 independent variables,
+## assumming errors in z only
+##
+#
+#	procedure get_0lsqf2 (x, y, z, w, npt, stats)
+#
+#real	x[npt], y[npt]				# input coords
+#real	z[npt]					# ref. coord.
+#real	w[npt]					# weights
+#int	npt					# number of points
+#real	stats[NFITPAR]				# fit info struct
+#
+#real	ga[4, 3]
+#
+#double	dsum1(), dsum2(), dsum3()
+#
+#begin
+#	ga[1,1] = dsum3 (x, x, w, npt)
+#	ga[2,1] = dsum3 (x, y, w, npt)
+#	ga[2,2] = dsum3 (y, y, w, npt)
+#	ga[3,1] = dsum2 (x, w, npt)
+#	ga[3,2] = dsum2 (y, w, npt)
+#	ga[4,1] = dsum3 (x, z, w, npt)
+#	ga[4,2] = dsum3 (y, z, w, npt)
+#	ga[4,3] = dsum2 (z, w, npt)
+#	ga[3,3] = dsum1 (w, npt)
+#
+#	ga[1,2] = ga[2,1]
+#	ga[1,3] = ga[3,1]
+#	ga[2,3] = ga[3,2]
+#
+#	call g_elim(ga, 3)
+#
+#	SLOPE1[stats] = ga[4,1]
+#	SLOPE2[stats] = ga[4,2]
+#	OFFSET[stats]  = ga[4,3]
+##need to define errors, me1
+#	EOFFSET[stats] = INDEF
+#	ESLOPE1[stats] = INDEF
+#	ESLOPE2[stats] = INDEF
+#	CHI[stats] = INDEF
+#end
+#
+
+
+# LL_LLSQF0 -- Compute the offset b in the equation y - x = b using error
+# arrays in both x and y.
+
+#procedure ll_lsqf0 (x, y, xerr, yerr, w, npts, answers)
+
+#real	x[ARB]				#I the input vector
+#real	y[ARB]				#I the reference vector
+#real	xerr[ARB]			#I the input vector errors squared
+#real	yerr[ARB]			#I the reference vector errors squared
+#real	w[ARB]				#I the input weight vector
+#int	npts				#I the number of points
+#real	answers[ARB]			#I the answer vector
+
+#double	sumxx, sumx, sumw
+#pointer	bufr, bufw
+#double	ll_dsum1(), ll_dsum2(), ll_dsum3()
+
+#begin
+#	# Allocate working space.
+#	call malloc (bufr, npts, TY_REAL)
+#	call malloc (bufw, npts, TY_REAL)
+#
+#	call asubr (y, x, Memr[bufr], npts)
+#	call aaddr (yerr, xerr, Memr[bufw], npts)
+#	call adivr (w, Memr[bufw], Memr[bufw], npts)
+#
+#	sumxx = ll_dsum3 (Memr[bufr], Memr[bufr], Memr[bufw], npts)
+#	sumx = ll_dsum2 (Memr[bufr], Memr[bufw], npts)
+#	sumw = ll_dsum1 (Memr[bufw], npts)
+#
+#	if (sumw <= 0.0d0) {
+#	    OFFSET[answers] = INDEFR
+#	    EOFFSET[answers] = INDEFR
+#	    CHI[answers] = INDEFR
+#	} else {
+#	    OFFSET[answers] = sumx / sumw
+#	    if (npts > 1) {
+#	        CHI[answers] = sqrt (real ((sumxx - sumx * sumx / sumw) /
+#	            (npts - 1)))
+#	        EOFFSET[answers] = CHI[answers] / sqrt (real (sumw))
+#	    } else {
+#	        CHI[answers] = 0.0
+#	        EOFFSET[answers] = 0.0
+#	    }
+#	}
+#
+#	# Free working space.
+#	call mfree (bufr, TY_REAL)
+#	call mfree (bufw, TY_REAL)
+#end
+
+
+# LL_DSUM1 -- Compute a double precision vector sum.
+
+double	procedure ll_dsum1 (a, n)
+
+real	a[ARB]			#I the input vector
+int	n			#I the number of points
+
+double	sum
+int	i
+
+begin
+	sum = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, n
+	    sum = sum + a[i]
+
+	return (sum)
+end
+
+
+# LL_DSUM2 -- Compute a double precision vector product.
+
+double	procedure ll_dsum2 (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]		#I the input vector 
+real	b[n]		#I the weight vector
+int	n		#I the number of points
+
+double	sum
+int	i
+
+begin
+	sum = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (b[i] > 0.0)
+	        sum = sum + a[i] * b[i]
+	}
+
+	return (sum)
+end
+
+
+# LL_DSUM3 -- Compute a double precision weighted dot product.
+
+
+double	procedure ll_dsum3 (a, b, c, n)
+
+real	a[n]			#I first input vector
+real	b[n]			#I second input vector
+real	c[n]			#I input weight vector
+int	n			#I the number of points
+
+double	sum
+int	i
+
+begin
+	sum = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, n
+	    if (c[i] > 0.0)
+	        sum = sum + a[i] * b[i] * c[i]
+
+	return (sum)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgltools.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgltools.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..845a0ac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/rgltools.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1017 @@
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+#  RG_LINIT -- Initialize the linscale structure. 
+
+procedure rg_linit (ls, max_nregions)
+
+pointer	ls		#I/O pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	max_nregions	#I the maximum number of regions
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the temporary space.
+	call malloc (ls, LEN_LSSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Set up the regions parameters.
+	LS_NREGIONS(ls) = 0
+	LS_CNREGION(ls) = 1
+	LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls) = max_nregions
+		
+	# Initialize the pointers.
+	LS_RC1(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RC2(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RL1(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RL2(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RXSTEP(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RYSTEP(ls) = NULL
+	LS_XSHIFT(ls) = 0.0
+	LS_YSHIFT(ls) = 0.0
+	LS_SXSHIFT(ls) = 0.0
+	LS_SYSHIFT(ls) = 0.0
+
+	LS_RBUF(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RGAIN(ls) = 1.0
+	LS_RREADNOISE(ls) = 0.0
+	LS_RMEAN(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RMEDIAN(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RMODE(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RSIGMA(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RSKY(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RSKYERR(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RMAG(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RMAGERR(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RNPTS(ls) = NULL
+
+	LS_IBUF(ls) = NULL
+	LS_IGAIN(ls) = 1.0
+	LS_IREADNOISE(ls) = 0.0
+	LS_IMEAN(ls) = NULL
+	LS_IMEDIAN(ls) = NULL
+	LS_IMODE(ls) = NULL
+	LS_ISIGMA(ls) = NULL
+	LS_ISKY(ls) = NULL
+	LS_ISKYERR(ls) = NULL
+	LS_IMAG(ls) = NULL
+	LS_IMAGERR(ls) = NULL
+	LS_INPTS(ls) = NULL
+
+	LS_RBSCALE(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RBSCALEERR(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RBZERO(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RBZEROERR(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RDELETE(ls) = NULL
+	LS_RCHI(ls) = NULL
+
+	# Initialize the scaling algorithm parameters.
+	LS_BZALGORITHM(ls) = DEF_BZALGORITHM
+	LS_BSALGORITHM(ls) = DEF_BSALGORITHM
+	LS_CBZERO(ls) = DEF_CBZERO
+	LS_CBSCALE(ls) = DEF_CBSCALE
+	LS_DNX(ls) = DEF_DNX
+	LS_DNY(ls) = DEF_DNY
+	LS_MAXITER(ls) = DEF_MAXITER
+	LS_DATAMIN(ls) = DEF_DATAMIN
+	LS_DATAMAX(ls) = DEF_DATAMAX
+	LS_NREJECT(ls) = DEF_NREJECT
+	LS_LOREJECT(ls) = DEF_LOREJECT
+	LS_HIREJECT(ls) = DEF_HIREJECT
+	LS_GAIN(ls) = DEF_GAIN
+	LS_READNOISE(ls) = DEF_READNOISE
+
+	# Initialize the answers
+	LS_TBZERO(ls) = 0.0
+	LS_TBZEROERR(ls) = INDEFR
+	LS_TBSCALE(ls) = 1.0
+	LS_TBSCALEERR(ls) = INDEFR
+
+	# Initialize the strings.
+	call strcpy ("mean", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	call strcpy ("mean", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	LS_CCDGAIN(ls) = EOS
+	LS_CCDREAD(ls) = EOS
+	LS_IMAGE(ls) = EOS
+	LS_REFIMAGE(ls) = EOS
+	LS_REGIONS(ls) = EOS
+	LS_DATABASE(ls) = EOS
+	LS_OUTIMAGE(ls) = EOS
+	LS_RECORD(ls) = EOS
+	LS_SHIFTSFILE(ls) = EOS
+	LS_PHOTFILE(ls) = EOS
+
+	# Initialize the buffers.
+	call rg_lrinit (ls)
+end
+
+
+#  RG_LRINIT -- Initialize the region dependent part of the linscale structure. 
+
+procedure rg_lrinit (ls)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+
+begin
+	# Free up previously defined region pointers.
+	call rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+	# Allocate region definition pointers.
+	call malloc (LS_RC1(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (LS_RC2(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (LS_RL1(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (LS_RL2(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (LS_RXSTEP(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (LS_RYSTEP(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+
+	# Allocate region statistics pointers.
+	call malloc (LS_RMEAN(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RMEDIAN(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RMODE(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RSIGMA(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RSKY(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RSKYERR(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RMAG(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RMAGERR(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RNPTS(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+
+	call malloc (LS_IMEAN(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_IMEDIAN(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_IMODE(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_ISIGMA(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_ISKY(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_ISKYERR(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_IMAG(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_IMAGERR(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_INPTS(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+
+	call malloc (LS_RBSCALE(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RBSCALEERR(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RBZERO(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RBZEROERR(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (LS_RDELETE(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (LS_RCHI(ls), LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize region definitions.
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RC1(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RC2(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RL1(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RL2(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RXSTEP(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RYSTEP(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+
+	# Initilaize the statistics.
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMEAN(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMEDIAN(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMODE(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSIGMA(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSKY(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSKYERR(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMAG(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMAGERR(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RNPTS(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMEAN(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMEDIAN(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMODE(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISIGMA(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISKY(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISKYERR(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMAG(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMAGERR(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_INPTS(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+
+	# Initialize the answers.
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBSCALE(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBSCALEERR(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBZERO(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBZEROERR(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovki (LS_NO, Memi[LS_RDELETE(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RCHI(ls)], LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+end
+
+
+# RG_LINDEFR -- Re-initialize the regions dependent buffers.
+
+procedure rg_lindefr (ls)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+
+int	nregions
+int	rg_lstati()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions > 0) {
+
+	    # Reinitialize the region definition pointers.
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RC1(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RC2(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RL1(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RL2(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RXSTEP(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RYSTEP(ls)], nregions)
+
+	    # Reinitialize the statistics pointers.
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMEAN(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMEDIAN(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMODE(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSIGMA(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSKY(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSKYERR(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMAG(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMAGERR(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RNPTS(ls)], nregions)
+
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMEAN(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMEDIAN(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMODE(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISIGMA(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISKY(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISKYERR(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMAG(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMAGERR(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_INPTS(ls)], nregions)
+
+	    # Reinitialize the answers pointers.
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBSCALE(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBSCALEERR(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBZERO(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBZEROERR(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovki (LS_NO, Memi[LS_RDELETE(ls)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RCHI(ls)], nregions)
+
+	}
+end
+
+
+#  RG_LREALLOC -- Reallocate the regions dependent buffers.
+
+procedure rg_lrealloc (ls, nregions)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	nregions	#I the number of regions
+
+int	nr
+int	rg_lstati()
+
+begin
+	nr = rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS)
+
+	# Resize the region definition buffers.
+	call realloc (LS_RC1(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (LS_RC2(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (LS_RL1(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (LS_RL2(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (LS_RXSTEP(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (LS_RYSTEP(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+
+	# Resize the statistics buffers.
+	call realloc (LS_RMEAN(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RMEDIAN(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RMODE(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RSIGMA(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RSKY(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RSKYERR(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RMAG(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RMAGERR(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RNPTS(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+
+	call realloc (LS_IMEAN(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_IMEDIAN(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_IMODE(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_ISIGMA(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_ISKY(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_ISKYERR(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_IMAG(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_IMAGERR(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_INPTS(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+
+	# Resize the answers buffers.
+	call realloc (LS_RBSCALE(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RBSCALEERR(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RBZERO(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RBZEROERR(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (LS_RDELETE(ls), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (LS_RCHI(ls), nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Reinitialize the region defintions.
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RC1(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RC2(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RL1(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RL2(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RXSTEP(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RYSTEP(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+
+	# Reinitialize the statistics buffers.
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMEAN(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMEDIAN(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMODE(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSIGMA(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSKY(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RSKYERR(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMAG(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RMAGERR(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_RNPTS(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMEAN(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMEDIAN(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMODE(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISIGMA(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISKY(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_ISKYERR(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMAG(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_IMAGERR(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[LS_INPTS(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+
+	# Reinitialize the answers buffers.
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBSCALE(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBSCALEERR(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBZERO(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RBZEROERR(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (LS_NO, Memi[LS_RDELETE(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[LS_RCHI(ls)+nr], nregions - nr)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LRFREE -- Free the regions portion of the linscale structure.
+
+procedure rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+
+begin
+	LS_NREGIONS(ls) = 0
+
+	# Free the regions definitions buffers.
+	if (LS_RC1(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RC1(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RC1(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RC2(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RC2(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RC2(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RL1(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RL1(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RL1(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RL2(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RL2(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RL2(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RXSTEP(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RXSTEP(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RXSTEP(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RYSTEP(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RYSTEP(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RYSTEP(ls) = NULL
+
+	# Free the statistics buffers.
+	if (LS_RBUF(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RBUF(ls), TY_REAL)
+	if (LS_RMEAN(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RMEAN(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RMEAN(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RMEDIAN(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RMEDIAN(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RMEDIAN(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RMODE(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RMODE(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RMODE(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RSIGMA(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RSIGMA(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RSIGMA(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RSKY(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RSKY(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RSKY(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RSKYERR(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RSKYERR(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RSKYERR(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RMAG(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RMAG(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RMAG(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RMAGERR(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RMAGERR(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RMAGERR(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RNPTS(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RNPTS(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RNPTS(ls) = NULL
+
+	if (LS_IBUF(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_IBUF(ls), TY_REAL)
+	if (LS_IMEAN(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_IMEAN(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_IMEAN(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_IMEDIAN(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_IMEDIAN(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_IMEDIAN(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_IMODE(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_IMODE(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_IMODE(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_ISIGMA(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_ISIGMA(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_ISIGMA(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_ISKY(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_ISKY(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_ISKY(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_ISKYERR(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_ISKYERR(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_ISKYERR(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_IMAG(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_IMAG(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_IMAG(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_IMAGERR(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_IMAGERR(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_IMAGERR(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_INPTS(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_INPTS(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_INPTS(ls) = NULL
+
+	# Free the answers buffers.
+	if (LS_RBSCALE(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RBSCALE(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RBSCALE(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RBSCALEERR(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RBSCALEERR(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RBSCALEERR(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RBZERO(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RBZERO(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RBZERO(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RBZEROERR(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RBZEROERR(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RBZEROERR(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RDELETE(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RDELETE(ls), TY_INT)
+	LS_RDELETE(ls) = NULL
+	if (LS_RCHI(ls) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (LS_RCHI(ls), TY_REAL)
+	LS_RCHI(ls) = NULL
+end
+
+
+# RG_LFREE -- Free the linscale structure.
+
+procedure rg_lfree (ls)
+
+pointer	ls		#I/O pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+
+begin
+	# Free the regions dependent pointers.
+	call rg_lrfree (ls)
+
+	call mfree (ls, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSTATI -- Fetch the value of an integer parameter.
+
+int procedure rg_lstati (ls, param)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case CNREGION:
+	    return (LS_CNREGION(ls))
+	case NREGIONS:
+	    return (LS_NREGIONS(ls))
+	case MAXNREGIONS:
+	    return (LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls))
+	case BZALGORITHM:
+	    return (LS_BZALGORITHM(ls))
+	case BSALGORITHM:
+	    return (LS_BSALGORITHM(ls))
+	case DNX:
+	    return (LS_DNX(ls))
+	case DNY:
+	    return (LS_DNY(ls))
+	case MAXITER:
+	    return (LS_MAXITER(ls))
+	case NREJECT:
+	    return (LS_NREJECT(ls))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSTATI: Unknown integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSTATP -- Fetch the value of a pointer parameter.
+
+pointer procedure rg_lstatp (ls, param)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+
+	case RC1:
+	    return (LS_RC1(ls))
+	case RC2:
+	    return (LS_RC2(ls))
+	case RL1:
+	    return (LS_RL1(ls))
+	case RL2:
+	    return (LS_RL2(ls))
+	case RXSTEP:
+	    return (LS_RXSTEP(ls))
+	case RYSTEP:
+	    return (LS_RYSTEP(ls))
+
+	case RBUF:
+	    return (LS_RBUF(ls))
+	case RMEAN:
+	    return (LS_RMEAN(ls))
+	case RMEDIAN:
+	    return (LS_RMEDIAN(ls))
+	case RMODE:
+	    return (LS_RMODE(ls))
+	case RSIGMA:
+	    return (LS_RSIGMA(ls))
+	case RSKY:
+	    return (LS_RSKY(ls))
+	case RSKYERR:
+	    return (LS_RSKYERR(ls))
+	case RMAG:
+	    return (LS_RMAG(ls))
+	case RMAGERR:
+	    return (LS_RMAGERR(ls))
+	case RNPTS:
+	    return (LS_RNPTS(ls))
+
+	case IBUF:
+	    return (LS_IBUF(ls))
+	case IMEAN:
+	    return (LS_IMEAN(ls))
+	case IMEDIAN:
+	    return (LS_IMEDIAN(ls))
+	case IMODE:
+	    return (LS_IMODE(ls))
+	case ISIGMA:
+	    return (LS_ISIGMA(ls))
+	case ISKY:
+	    return (LS_ISKY(ls))
+	case ISKYERR:
+	    return (LS_ISKYERR(ls))
+	case IMAG:
+	    return (LS_IMAG(ls))
+	case IMAGERR:
+	    return (LS_IMAGERR(ls))
+	case INPTS:
+	    return (LS_INPTS(ls))
+
+	case RBSCALE:
+	    return (LS_RBSCALE(ls))
+	case RBSCALEERR:
+	    return (LS_RBSCALEERR(ls))
+	case RBZERO:
+	    return (LS_RBZERO(ls))
+	case RBZEROERR:
+	    return (LS_RBZEROERR(ls))
+	case RDELETE:
+	    return (LS_RDELETE(ls))
+	case RCHI:
+	    return (LS_RCHI(ls))
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSTATP: Unknown pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSTATR -- Fetch the value of a real parameter.
+
+real procedure rg_lstatr (ls, param)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+
+	case XSHIFT:
+	    return (LS_XSHIFT(ls))
+	case YSHIFT:
+	    return (LS_YSHIFT(ls))
+	case SXSHIFT:
+	    return (LS_SXSHIFT(ls))
+	case SYSHIFT:
+	    return (LS_SYSHIFT(ls))
+
+	case CBZERO:
+	    return (LS_CBZERO(ls))
+	case CBSCALE:
+	    return (LS_CBSCALE(ls))
+	case DATAMIN:
+	    return (LS_DATAMIN(ls))
+	case DATAMAX:
+	    return (LS_DATAMAX(ls))
+	case LOREJECT:
+	    return (LS_LOREJECT(ls))
+	case HIREJECT:
+	    return (LS_HIREJECT(ls))
+	case GAIN:
+	    return (LS_GAIN(ls))
+	case RGAIN:
+	    return (LS_RGAIN(ls))
+	case IGAIN:
+	    return (LS_IGAIN(ls))
+	case READNOISE:
+	    return (LS_READNOISE(ls))
+	case RREADNOISE:
+	    return (LS_RREADNOISE(ls))
+	case IREADNOISE:
+	    return (LS_IREADNOISE(ls))
+
+	case TBZERO:
+	    return (LS_TBZERO(ls))
+	case TBZEROERR:
+	    return (LS_TBZEROERR(ls))
+	case TBSCALE:
+	    return (LS_TBSCALE(ls))
+	case TBSCALEERR:
+	    return (LS_TBSCALEERR(ls))
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSTATR: Unknown real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSTATS -- Fetch the value of a string parameter.
+
+procedure rg_lstats (ls, param, str, maxch)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+char	str[ARB]	#I the output string
+int	maxch		#I maximum number of characters
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case BZSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (LS_BZSTRING(ls), str, maxch)
+	case BSSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (LS_BSSTRING(ls), str, maxch)
+	case CCDGAIN:
+	    call strcpy (LS_CCDGAIN(ls), str, maxch)
+	case CCDREAD:
+	    call strcpy (LS_CCDREAD(ls), str, maxch)
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (LS_IMAGE(ls), str, maxch)
+	case REFIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (LS_REFIMAGE(ls), str, maxch)
+	case REGIONS:
+	    call strcpy (LS_REGIONS(ls), str, maxch)
+	case DATABASE:
+	    call strcpy (LS_DATABASE(ls), str, maxch)
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (LS_OUTIMAGE(ls), str, maxch)
+	case SHIFTSFILE:
+	    call strcpy (LS_SHIFTSFILE(ls), str, maxch)
+	case PHOTFILE:
+	    call strcpy (LS_PHOTFILE(ls), str, maxch)
+	case RECORD:
+	    call strcpy (LS_RECORD(ls), str, maxch)
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSTATS: Unknown string parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSETI -- Set the value of an integer parameter.
+
+procedure rg_lseti (ls, param, value)
+
+pointer	ls		# pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+int	value		# value of the integer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+
+	case NREGIONS:
+	    LS_NREGIONS(ls) = value
+	case CNREGION:
+	    LS_CNREGION(ls) = value
+	case MAXNREGIONS:
+	    LS_MAXNREGIONS(ls) = value
+
+	case BZALGORITHM:
+	    LS_BZALGORITHM(ls) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case LS_MEAN:
+		call strcpy ("mean", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_MEDIAN:
+		call strcpy ("median", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_MODE:
+		call strcpy ("mode", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_FIT:
+		call strcpy ("fit", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+		call strcpy ("photometry", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_NUMBER:
+		;
+	    case LS_FILE:
+		call strcpy ("file", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	        LS_BSALGORITHM(ls) = value
+		call strcpy ("file", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		LS_BZALGORITHM(ls) = LS_NUMBER
+		call strcpy ("0.0", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		LS_CBZERO(ls) = 0.0
+	    }
+
+	case BSALGORITHM:
+	    LS_BSALGORITHM(ls) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case LS_MEAN:
+		call strcpy ("mean", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_MEDIAN:
+		call strcpy ("median", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_MODE:
+		call strcpy ("mode", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_FIT:
+		call strcpy ("fit", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_PHOTOMETRY:
+		call strcpy ("photometry", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case LS_NUMBER:
+		;
+	    case LS_FILE:
+		call strcpy ("file", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	        LS_BZALGORITHM(ls) = value
+		call strcpy ("file", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		LS_BSALGORITHM(ls) = LS_NUMBER
+		call strcpy ("1.0", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		LS_CBSCALE(ls) = 1.0
+	    }
+
+	case DNX:
+	    LS_DNX(ls) = value
+	case DNY:
+	    LS_DNY(ls) = value
+	case MAXITER:
+	    LS_MAXITER(ls) = value
+	case NREJECT:
+	    LS_NREJECT(ls) = value
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSETI: Unknown integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSETP -- Set the value of a pointer parameter.
+
+procedure rg_lsetp (ls, param, value)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the linscale structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+pointer value		#I value of the pointer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+
+	case RC1:
+	    LS_RC1(ls) = value
+	case RC2:
+	    LS_RC2(ls) = value
+	case RL1:
+	    LS_RL1(ls) = value
+	case RL2:
+	    LS_RL2(ls) = value
+	case RXSTEP:
+	    LS_RXSTEP(ls) = value
+	case RYSTEP:
+	    LS_RYSTEP(ls) = value
+
+	case RBUF:
+	    LS_RBUF(ls) = value
+	case RMEAN:
+	    LS_RMEAN(ls) = value
+	case RMEDIAN:
+	    LS_RMEDIAN(ls) = value
+	case RMODE:
+	    LS_RMODE(ls) = value
+	case RSIGMA:
+	    LS_RSIGMA(ls) = value
+	case RSKY:
+	    LS_RSKY(ls) = value
+	case RSKYERR:
+	    LS_RSKYERR(ls) = value
+	case RMAG:
+	    LS_RMAG(ls) = value
+	case RMAGERR:
+	    LS_RMAGERR(ls) = value
+	case RNPTS:
+	    LS_RNPTS(ls) = value
+
+	case IBUF:
+	    LS_IBUF(ls) = value
+	case IMEAN:
+	    LS_IMEAN(ls) = value
+	case IMEDIAN:
+	    LS_IMEDIAN(ls) = value
+	case IMODE:
+	    LS_IMODE(ls) = value
+	case ISIGMA:
+	    LS_ISIGMA(ls) = value
+	case ISKY:
+	    LS_ISKY(ls) = value
+	case ISKYERR:
+	    LS_ISKYERR(ls) = value
+	case IMAG:
+	    LS_IMAG(ls) = value
+	case IMAGERR:
+	    LS_IMAGERR(ls) = value
+	case INPTS:
+	    LS_INPTS(ls) = value
+
+	case RBSCALE:
+	    LS_RBSCALE(ls) = value
+	case RBSCALEERR:
+	    LS_RBSCALEERR(ls) = value
+	case RBZERO:
+	    LS_RBZERO(ls) = value
+	case RBZEROERR:
+	    LS_RBZEROERR(ls) = value
+	case RDELETE:
+	    LS_RDELETE(ls) = value
+	case RCHI:
+	    LS_RCHI(ls) = value
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSETP: Unknown pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSETR -- Set the value of a real parameter.
+
+procedure rg_lsetr (ls, param, value)
+
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to iscale structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+real	value		#I real parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case XSHIFT:
+	    LS_XSHIFT(ls) = value
+	case YSHIFT:
+	    LS_YSHIFT(ls) = value
+	case SXSHIFT:
+	    LS_SXSHIFT(ls) = value
+	case SYSHIFT:
+	    LS_SYSHIFT(ls) = value
+	case CBZERO:
+	    LS_CBZERO(ls) = value
+	case CBSCALE:
+	    LS_CBSCALE(ls) = value
+	case DATAMIN:
+	    LS_DATAMIN(ls) = value
+	case DATAMAX:
+	    LS_DATAMAX(ls) = value
+	case LOREJECT:
+	    LS_LOREJECT(ls) = value
+	case HIREJECT:
+	    LS_HIREJECT(ls) = value
+	case GAIN:
+	    LS_GAIN(ls) = value
+	case RGAIN:
+	    LS_RGAIN(ls) = value
+	case IGAIN:
+	    LS_IGAIN(ls) = value
+	case READNOISE:
+	    LS_READNOISE(ls) = value
+	case RREADNOISE:
+	    LS_RREADNOISE(ls) = value
+	case IREADNOISE:
+	    LS_IREADNOISE(ls) = value
+	case TBSCALE:
+	    LS_TBSCALE(ls) = value
+	case TBSCALEERR:
+	    LS_TBSCALEERR(ls) = value
+	case TBZERO:
+	    LS_TBZERO(ls) = value
+	case TBZEROERR:
+	    LS_TBZEROERR(ls) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSETR: Unknown real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_LSETS -- Set the value of a string parameter.
+
+procedure rg_lsets (ls, param, str)
+
+pointer	ls		# pointer to the intensity scaling structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+char	str[ARB]	# output string
+
+int	index, ip
+pointer	sp, temp
+real	rval
+int	fnldir(), strdic(), ctor(), rg_lstati()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (temp, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	switch (param) {
+
+	case BZSTRING:
+	    ip = 1
+	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, LS_SCALING)
+	    if (index > 0) {
+		if (rg_lstati (ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER) {
+		    call strcpy (str, LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		    call rg_lseti (ls, BZALGORITHM, index)
+		} else {
+		    call strcpy (LS_BSSTRING(ls), LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		    call rg_lseti (ls, BZALGORITHM, rg_lstati (ls, BSALGORITHM))
+		}
+	    } else if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+		call strcpy (str, LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, CBZERO, rval) 
+		call rg_lseti (ls, BZALGORITHM, LS_NUMBER)
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy ("0.0", LS_BZSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, CBZERO, 0.0) 
+		call rg_lseti (ls, BZALGORITHM, LS_NUMBER)
+	    }
+	case BSSTRING:
+	    ip = 1
+	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, LS_SCALING)
+	    if (index > 0) {
+		call strcpy (str, LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lseti (ls, BSALGORITHM, index)
+	    } else if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+		call strcpy (str, LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, CBSCALE, rval) 
+		call rg_lseti (ls, BSALGORITHM, LS_NUMBER)
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy ("1.0", LS_BSSTRING(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, CBSCALE, 1.0) 
+		call rg_lseti (ls, BSALGORITHM, LS_NUMBER)
+	    }
+	case CCDGAIN:
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+		call strcpy (str, LS_CCDGAIN(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, RGAIN, rval)
+	        if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0)
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, IGAIN, rval)
+		else
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, IGAIN, 1.0)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, GAIN, INDEFR)
+	    } else {
+		call sscan (str)
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[temp], SZ_LINE)
+		call strcpy (Memc[temp], LS_CCDGAIN(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, RGAIN, 1.0)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, IGAIN, 1.0)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, GAIN, INDEFR)
+	    }
+	case CCDREAD:
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+		call strcpy (str, LS_CCDREAD(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, RREADNOISE, rval)
+	        if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0)
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, IREADNOISE, rval)
+		else
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, IREADNOISE, 0.0)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, READNOISE, INDEFR)
+	    } else {
+		call sscan (str)
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[temp], SZ_LINE)
+		call strcpy (Memc[temp], LS_CCDREAD(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, RREADNOISE, 0.0)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, IREADNOISE, 0.0)
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, READNOISE, INDEFR)
+	    }
+
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], LS_IMAGE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], LS_IMAGE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	case REFIMAGE:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], LS_REFIMAGE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], LS_REFIMAGE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	case REGIONS:
+	    call strcpy (str, LS_REGIONS(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	case DATABASE:
+	    index = fnldir (str, LS_DATABASE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (str[index+1], LS_DATABASE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (str, LS_OUTIMAGE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	case SHIFTSFILE:
+	    call strcpy (str, LS_SHIFTSFILE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	case PHOTFILE:
+	    call strcpy (str, LS_PHOTFILE(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+	case RECORD:
+	    call strcpy (str, LS_RECORD(ls), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_LSETS: Unknown string parameter.")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/t_linmatch.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/t_linmatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d48f2c03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/linmatch/t_linmatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "linmatch.h"
+
+# T_LINMATCH -- Compute the parameters required to match the intensity scale
+# of an image to that of a reference image using an expression of the form
+# I(ref) = a + b * I(image)
+
+procedure t_linmatch()
+
+pointer	freglist		#I pointer to reference regions list
+pointer	database		#I pointer to database file
+int	dformat			#I write the output file in database format
+int	interactive		#I interactive mode ?
+int	verbose			#I verbose mode
+
+int	list1, listr, list2, reglist, reclist, stat, nregions, shiftslist
+int	rpfd, ipfd, sfd
+pointer	sp, reference, imager, image1, imtemp, image2, str, str1, shifts
+pointer	ls, db, gd, id, imr, im1, im2
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imtopen(), fntopnb(), imtlen(), fntlenb(), access(), btoi(), open()
+int	rg_lstati(), imtgetim(), fntgfnb(), rg_lregions(), rg_lscale()
+int	rg_lrphot(), rg_liscale()
+pointer	dtmap(), gopen(), immap()
+real	rg_lstatr()
+errchk	gopen()
+
+begin
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	call salloc (reference, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (freglist, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (database, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (shifts, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the input and output image lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("reference", Memc[reference], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("regions", Memc[freglist], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("lintransform", Memc[database], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("records", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    reclist = NULL
+	else
+	    reclist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("shifts", Memc[shifts], SZ_LINE)
+
+
+	# Open the cross correlation fitting structure.
+	call rg_glpars (ls)
+
+	# Test the reference image list length
+	if ((rg_lstati (ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_FILE || rg_lstati(ls,
+	    BSALGORITHM) == LS_FILE) || (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) ==
+	    LS_NUMBER && rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER)) {
+            listr = NULL
+            reglist = NULL
+	    shiftslist = NULL
+            call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, "")
+	} else if (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY || rg_lstati (ls,
+		BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+	    listr = fntopnb (Memc[reference], NO)
+	    if (fntlenb (listr) <= 0)
+                call error (0, "The reference photometry list is empty.")
+            reglist = fntopnb (Memc[freglist], NO)
+            if (fntlenb (listr) > 1 && fntlenb (listr) != imtlen (list1)) {
+                call eprintf ("The number of reference photometry files")
+                call eprintf (" and input images is not the same.\n")
+		call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    }
+	    if (fntlenb(reglist) != imtlen(list1)) {
+		call eprintf ("The number of input photometry files and")
+		call eprintf ("images are not the same.\n")
+		call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    }
+	    shiftslist = NULL
+            call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, Memc[freglist])
+	} else {
+	    listr = imtopen (Memc[reference])
+	    if (imtlen (listr) <= 0)
+                call error (0, "The reference image list is empty.")
+            if (imtlen (listr) > 1 && imtlen (listr) != imtlen (list1))
+                call error (0,
+                "The number of reference and input images is not the same.")
+            iferr {
+                reglist = fntopnb (Memc[freglist], NO)
+            } then
+                reglist = NULL
+	    if (Memc[shifts] == EOS)
+	        shiftslist = NULL
+	    else {
+	        shiftslist = fntopnb (Memc[shifts], NO)
+	        if (imtlen(listr) != fntlenb (shiftslist))
+	            call error (0,
+		    "The number of shifts files and images is not the same.")
+	    }
+            call rg_lsets (ls, REGIONS, Memc[freglist])
+	}
+
+
+	# Close the output image list if it is empty.
+	if (imtlen (list2) <= 0) {
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    list2 = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Check that the  output image list is the same as the input image
+	# list.
+	if (list2 != NULL) {
+	    if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2))
+	       call error (0,
+	           "The number of input and output images are not the same.")
+	}
+
+	# Check that the record list is the same length as the input image
+	# list length.
+	if (reclist != NULL) {
+	    if (fntlenb (reclist) != imtlen (list1))
+	        call error (0,
+	            "Input image and record lists are not the same length")
+	}
+
+	# Open the database file.
+	dformat = btoi (clgetb ("databasefmt"))
+	if (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_FILE && rg_lstati(ls,
+	    BSALGORITHM) == LS_FILE) {
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        db = dtmap (Memc[database], READ_ONLY)
+	    else
+	        db = open (Memc[database], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	} else if (clgetb ("append")) {
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        db = dtmap (Memc[database], APPEND)
+	    else
+	        db = open (Memc[database], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	} else if (access(Memc[database], 0, 0) == YES) {
+	    call error (0, "The shifts database file already exists")
+	} else {
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        db = dtmap (Memc[database], NEW_FILE)
+	    else
+	        db = open (Memc[database], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	}
+	call rg_lsets (ls, DATABASE, Memc[database])
+
+	if ((rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_FILE || rg_lstati(ls,
+	    BSALGORITHM) == LS_FILE) || (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) ==
+	    LS_NUMBER && rg_lstati(ls, BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER))
+	    interactive = NO
+	else
+	    interactive = btoi (clgetb ("interactive"))
+	if (interactive == YES) {
+	    call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    iferr (gd = gopen (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH))
+		gd = NULL
+	    call clgstr ("display", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    iferr (id = gopen (Memc[str], APPEND, STDIMAGE))
+		id = NULL
+	    verbose = YES
+	} else {
+	    gd = NULL
+	    id = NULL
+	    verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the reference image pointer.
+	imr = NULL
+	sfd = NULL
+	rpfd = NULL
+	ipfd = NULL
+
+	# Do each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    # Open the reference image and associated regions files
+	    # if the correlation function is not file.
+	    if (rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY || rg_lstati(ls,
+	        BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY) {
+		if (fntgfnb(listr, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    if (rpfd != NULL)
+		        call close (rpfd)
+		    rpfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str])
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, RGAIN, rg_lstatr (ls,GAIN))
+		    call rg_lsetr (ls, RREADNOISE, rg_lstatr (ls,READNOISE))
+		    nregions = rg_lrphot (rpfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati(ls,
+		        MAXNREGIONS), YES) 
+		    if (nregions <= 0 && interactive == NO)
+		        call error (0,
+			    "The reference photometry file is empty.")
+		}
+	    } else if ((rg_lstati(ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_FILE || rg_lstati(ls,
+	        BSALGORITHM) == LS_FILE) || (rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) ==
+		LS_NUMBER && rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_NUMBER)) {
+		call rg_lsets (ls, REFIMAGE, "reference")
+	    } else {
+		if (imtgetim(listr, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    if (imr != NULL)
+		        call imunmap (imr)
+		    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2)
+			call error (0, "Referenc image must be 1D or 2D")
+		    call rg_lgain (imr, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)))
+		        call rg_lsetr (ls, RGAIN, rg_lstatr (ls,GAIN))
+		    call rg_lrdnoise (imr, ls)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)))
+		        call rg_lsetr (ls, RREADNOISE, rg_lstatr (ls,READNOISE))
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str])
+		    nregions = rg_lregions (reglist, imr, ls, 1, NO)
+		    if (nregions <= 0 && interactive == NO)
+			call error (0, "The regions list is empty.")
+		    if (shiftslist != NULL) {
+			if (sfd != NULL)
+			    call close (sfd)
+			if (fntgfnb (shiftslist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) == EOF) {
+			    call rg_lsets (ls, SHIFTSFILE, "")
+			    sfd = NULL
+			} else {
+			    call rg_lsets (ls, SHIFTSFILE, Memc[str])
+			    sfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    if (list2 == NULL && imr == NULL) 
+		im1 = NULL
+	    else {
+	        im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im1) > 2) {
+                     call error (0, "Input images must be 1D or 2D")
+                } else if (imr != NULL) {
+                    if (IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+                        call eprintf ("Input images must have same")
+			call eprintf (" dimensionality as reference images.\n")
+			call erract (EA_FATAL)
+		    }
+                }
+	        call rg_lgain (im1, ls)
+	        if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,GAIN)))
+	            call rg_lsetr (ls, IGAIN, rg_lstatr (ls, GAIN))
+	        call rg_lrdnoise (im1, ls)
+	        if (!IS_INDEFR(rg_lstatr(ls,READNOISE)))
+	            call rg_lsetr (ls, IREADNOISE, rg_lstatr (ls, READNOISE))
+	    }
+	    call rg_lsets (ls, IMAGE, Memc[image1])
+
+	    # Open the input photometry file.
+	    if (rpfd != NULL) {
+		if (fntgfnb (reglist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    ipfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		    call rg_lsets (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[str])
+		}
+	   	 nregions = rg_lrphot (ipfd, ls, 1, rg_lstati (ls,
+		    NREGIONS), NO) 
+		 if (nregions <= 0 && interactive == NO)
+		    call error (0,
+			"The input photometry file is empty.")
+		 if (nregions < rg_lstati (ls, NREGIONS) && interactive == NO) {
+		    call eprintf ("The input photometry file has fewer")
+		    call eprintf (" objects than the reference photoemtry")
+		    call eprintf (" file.\n")
+		    call erract (EA_FATAL)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the output image if any.
+	    if (list2 == NULL) {
+		im2 = NULL
+		Memc[image2] = EOS
+	    } else if (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+	        im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+	    } else {
+	        im2 = NULL
+		Memc[image2] = EOS
+	    }
+	    call rg_lsets (ls, OUTIMAGE, Memc[image2])
+
+	    # Get the record names.
+	    if (reclist == NULL)
+		call strcpy (Memc[image1], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else if (fntgfnb (reclist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		call strcpy (Memc[image1], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call rg_lsets (ls, RECORD, Memc[str])
+
+	    # Compute the initial shift.
+	    if (sfd != NULL) {
+		call rg_lgshift (sfd, ls)
+	    } else {
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, SXSHIFT, rg_lstatr (ls, XSHIFT))
+		call rg_lsetr (ls, SYSHIFT, rg_lstatr (ls, YSHIFT))
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the scaling factors.
+	    if (interactive == YES) {
+		stat = rg_liscale (imr, im1, im2, db, dformat, reglist,
+		    rpfd, ipfd, sfd, ls, gd, id)
+	    } else {
+	        stat = rg_lscale (imr, im1, db, dformat, ls)
+	        if (verbose == YES) {
+		    if (rg_lstati(ls,BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY ||
+		        rg_lstati(ls,BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY)
+			call rg_lstats (ls, PHOTFILE, Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+		    else
+			call strcpy (Memc[image1], Memc[str1], SZ_FNAME)
+	            call rg_lstats (ls, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	            call printf (
+		        "Average scale factors from %s to %s are %g %g\n")
+	                call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+	                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	                call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBSCALE))
+	                call pargr (rg_lstatr (ls, TBZERO))
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Scale the image.
+	    if (im2 != NULL && stat == NO) {
+		if (verbose == YES) {
+		    call printf (
+			"\tScaling image %s to image %s ...\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+			call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+		}
+		call imseti (im1, IM_CANCEL, YES)
+		call rg_limscale (im1, im2, rg_lstatr (ls, TBSCALE),
+		    rg_lstatr (ls, TBZERO))
+	    }
+
+	    # Close up the input and output images.
+	    if (im1 != NULL)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	    if (im2 != NULL) {
+		call imunmap (im2)
+	        if (stat == YES)
+		    call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+		else
+		    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+
+	    if (stat == YES)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Close up the files and images.
+	if (imr != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (imr)
+
+	# Close up the lists.
+	if (list1 != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	if (listr != NULL) {
+	    if (rg_lstati (ls, BZALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY || rg_lstati(ls,
+		BSALGORITHM) == LS_PHOTOMETRY)
+	        call fntclsb (listr)
+	    else
+	        call imtclose (listr)
+	}
+	if (list2 != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	if (sfd != NULL)
+	    call close (sfd)
+	if (rpfd != NULL)
+	    call close (rpfd)
+	if (ipfd != NULL)
+	    call close (ipfd)
+	if (shiftslist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (shiftslist)
+	if (reglist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (reglist)
+	if (reclist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (reclist)
+	if (dformat == YES)
+	    call dtunmap (db)
+	else
+	    call close (db)
+
+	# Close up the graphics and image display devices.
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call gclose (gd)
+	if (id != NULL)
+	    call gclose (id)
+
+	# Free the matching structure.
+	call rg_lfree (ls)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGAIN -- Fetch the gain parameter from the image header.
+
+procedure rg_lgain (im, ls)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity matching structure
+
+int	ip
+pointer	sp, key
+real	epadu
+int	ctor()
+real	imgetr()
+errchk	imgetr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call rg_lstats (ls, CCDGAIN, Memc[key], SZ_FNAME)
+	ip = 1
+	if (ctor (Memc[key], ip, epadu) <= 0) {
+	    iferr {
+	        epadu = imgetr (im, Memc[key])
+	    } then {
+		epadu = INDEFR
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Image %s  Keyword %s not found.\n")
+		    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		    call pargstr (Memc[key])
+	    }
+	} else
+	    epadu = INDEFR
+	if (IS_INDEFR(epadu) || epadu <= 0.0)
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, GAIN, INDEFR)
+	Else
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, GAIN, epadu)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LG_LRDNOISE -- Fetch the readout noise from the image header.
+
+procedure rg_lrdnoise (im, ls)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity matching structure
+
+int	ip
+pointer	sp, key
+real	rdnoise
+int	ctor()
+real	imgetr()
+errchk	imgetr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (key, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call rg_lstats (ls, CCDREAD, Memc[key], SZ_FNAME)
+	ip = 1
+	if (ctor (Memc[key], ip, rdnoise) <= 0) {
+	    iferr {
+	        rdnoise = imgetr (im, Memc[key])
+	    } then {
+		rdnoise = INDEFR
+		call eprintf ("Warning: Image %s  Keyword %s not found.\n")
+		    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		    call pargstr (Memc[key])
+	    }
+	} else
+	    rdnoise = INDEFR
+	if (IS_INDEFR(rdnoise) || rdnoise <= 0.0)
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, READNOISE, INDEFR)
+	else
+	    call rg_lsetr (ls, READNOISE, rdnoise)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LGSHIFT -- Read the x and y shifts from a file
+
+procedure rg_lgshift (fd, ls)
+
+int	fd		#I input shifts file descriptor
+pointer	ls		#I pointer to the intensity matching structure
+
+real	xshift, yshift
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	xshift = 0.0
+	yshift = 0.0
+
+	while (fscan(fd) != EOF) {
+	    call gargr (xshift)
+	    call gargr (yshift)
+	    if (nscan() >= 2)
+		break
+	    xshift = 0.0
+	    yshift = 0.0
+	} 
+
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, SXSHIFT, xshift)
+	call rg_lsetr (ls, SYSHIFT, yshift)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LIMSCALE -- Linearly scale the input image.
+
+procedure rg_limscale (im1, im2, bscale, bzero)
+
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I pointer to the output image
+real	bscale		#I the bscale value
+real	bzero		#I the bzero value
+
+int	ncols
+pointer	sp, v1, v2, buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	while (imgnlr (im1, buf1, Meml[v1]) != EOF) {
+	    if (impnlr (im2, buf2, Meml[v2]) != EOF)
+		call altmr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols, bscale, bzero)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d9f42c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Make the XYXYMATCH/IMCENTROID tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+
+libpkg.a:
+	t_imctroid.x	<error.h> <mach.h> <imhdr.h>
+	t_xyxymatch.x	<fset.h> "../../../lib/xyxymatch.h"
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_imctroid.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_imctroid.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..157e41ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_imctroid.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <mach.h>
+
+define	LEN_CP		32		# center structure pointer
+
+# task parameters
+define	SMALLBOX	Memi[($1)]
+define	BIGBOX		Memi[($1)+1]
+define	VERBOSE		Memi[($1)+2]
+define	NEGATIVE	Memi[($1)+3]
+define	BACKGROUND	Memr[P2R(($1)+4)]
+define	LO_THRESH	Memr[P2R(($1)+5)]
+define	HI_THRESH	Memr[P2R(($1)+6)]
+define	MAX_TRIES	Memi[($1)+7]
+define	TOL		Memi[($1)+8]
+define	MAX_SHIFT	Memr[P2R(($1)+9)]
+
+# other scalars
+define	IM		Memi[($1)+10]
+define	BOXSIZE		Memi[($1)+11]
+define	BACK_LOCAL	Memr[P2R(($1)+12)]
+define	LO_LOCAL	Memr[P2R(($1)+13)]
+define	HI_LOCAL	Memr[P2R(($1)+14)]
+define	NIMAGES		Memi[($1)+15]
+define	NCOORDS		Memi[($1)+16]
+
+# expensive, but the indexing isn't done excessively many times
+define	OFF1D		(($1)-1)
+define	OFF2D		((($2)-1)*NCOORDS($1)+(($3)-1))
+
+# vectors and matrices
+define	XINIT_PT	Memi[($1)+20]	# need space for NCOORDS of these
+define	YINIT_PT	Memi[($1)+21]
+define	XINIT		Memr[XINIT_PT($1)+OFF1D($2)]
+define	YINIT		Memr[YINIT_PT($1)+OFF1D($2)]
+
+define	XSHIFT_PT	Memi[($1)+22]	# space for NIMAGES of these
+define	YSHIFT_PT	Memi[($1)+23]
+define	XSHIFT		Memr[XSHIFT_PT($1)+OFF1D($2)]
+define	YSHIFT		Memr[YSHIFT_PT($1)+OFF1D($2)]
+
+define	XSIZE_PT	Memi[($1)+24]	# space for NIMAGES+1
+define	YSIZE_PT	Memi[($1)+25]
+define	XSIZE		Memr[XSIZE_PT($1)+OFF1D($2)]
+define	YSIZE		Memr[YSIZE_PT($1)+OFF1D($2)]
+
+define	XCENTER_PT	Memi[($1)+26]	# space for (NIMAGES+1)*NCOORDS
+define	YCENTER_PT	Memi[($1)+27]
+define	XCENTER		Memr[XCENTER_PT($1)+OFF2D($1,$2,$3)]
+define	YCENTER		Memr[YCENTER_PT($1)+OFF2D($1,$2,$3)]
+
+define	XSIGMA_PT	Memi[($1)+28]
+define	YSIGMA_PT	Memi[($1)+29]
+define	XSIGMA		Memr[XSIGMA_PT($1)+OFF2D($1,$2,$3)]
+define	YSIGMA		Memr[YSIGMA_PT($1)+OFF2D($1,$2,$3)]
+
+define	REJECTED_PT	Memi[($1)+30]
+define	REJECTED	Memi[REJECTED_PT($1)+OFF2D($1,$2,$3)]
+
+
+# list "template" structure, currently just read the file
+define	LEN_LP		2
+
+define	LP_FD		Memi[($1)]
+define	LP_LEN		Memi[($1)+1]
+
+# T_IMCENTROID -- Find the centroids of a list of sources in a list of
+# images and compute the average shifts relative to a reference image.
+
+procedure t_imcentroid()
+
+pointer	imlist, coordlist, shiftlist
+pointer	img, ref, refer, cp, im, sp
+int	nimages, ncoords, nshifts, ncentered, i, j
+real	x, y, junk
+bool	error_seen, firsttime
+
+pointer	imtopenp(), immap(), ia_openp2r(), ia_init()
+int	imtlen(), imtgetim(), ia_len(), ia_center(), strmatch()
+
+errchk	imtopenp, immap, imunmap
+errchk	ia_init, ia_openp2r, ia_len, ia_close, ia_center
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (img, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (refer, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	error_seen = false
+	imlist = NULL
+	coordlist = NULL
+	shiftlist = NULL
+	ref = NULL
+	cp = NULL
+
+	iferr {
+	    # Flush on new line to avoid eprint output from appear
+	    # in the middle of regular output.
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	    # Open the input image list.
+	    imlist = imtopenp ("input")
+	    nimages = imtlen (imlist)
+	    if (nimages <= 0)
+		call error (1, "No images specified")
+
+	    # Get the reference image and check name for whitespace.
+	    call clgstr ("reference", Memc[refer], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[refer] != EOS && strmatch (Memc[refer], "^#$") == 0)
+		iferr (ref = immap (Memc[refer], READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+		    ref = NULL
+		    call error (1, "Reference not found")
+		}
+
+	    # Open the coordinate list.
+	    coordlist = ia_openp2r ("coords")
+	    ncoords = ia_len (coordlist)
+	    if (ncoords <= 0)
+		call error (1, "No coordinates found")
+
+	    # Open the shifts file.
+	    shiftlist = ia_openp2r ("shifts")
+	    nshifts = ia_len (shiftlist)
+	    if (nshifts <= 0)
+		call ia_close (shiftlist)
+	    else if (nshifts != nimages)
+		call error (1, "Number of shifts doesn't match images")
+
+	    # Initialize the centering structure.
+	    cp = ia_init (shiftlist, nimages, coordlist, ncoords)
+
+	    if (ref == NULL)
+		VERBOSE(cp) = YES
+
+	    if (VERBOSE(cp) == YES) {
+		call printf ("#Coords%16tImage     X-center   Err")
+	        call printf ("      Y-center   Err     Num\n")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    # Loop over all the images
+	    ncentered = 0
+	    for (i=1; imtgetim (imlist, Memc[img], SZ_FNAME) != EOF; i=i+1) {
+		im = immap (Memc[img], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		IM(cp) = im
+
+		if (IM_NDIM(im) != 2) {
+		    call eprintf ("%s:  ")
+			call pargstr (Memc[img])
+		    call error (1, "Image is not 2 dimensional")
+		}
+
+		XSIZE(cp,i) = real (IM_LEN(im,1))
+		YSIZE(cp,i) = real (IM_LEN(im,2))
+
+		if (nshifts == 0) {
+		    BOXSIZE(cp) = BIGBOX(cp)
+		    if (ia_center (cp, XINIT(cp,1), YINIT(cp,1), x, y,
+			junk, junk) == ERR)
+			call error (1, "Problem with coarse centering")
+		    XSHIFT(cp,i) = XINIT(cp,1) - x
+		    YSHIFT(cp,i) = YINIT(cp,1) - y
+		}
+
+		firsttime = true
+		do j = 1, ncoords {
+		    x = XINIT(cp,j) - XSHIFT(cp,i)
+		    y = YINIT(cp,j) - YSHIFT(cp,i)
+
+		    if (x < 1 || x > XSIZE(cp,i) || y < 1 || y > YSIZE(cp,i)) {
+			REJECTED(cp,i,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+
+		    BOXSIZE(cp) = SMALLBOX(cp)
+		    if (ia_center (cp, x, y, XCENTER(cp,i,j), YCENTER(cp,i,j),
+			XSIGMA(cp,i,j), YSIGMA(cp,i,j)) == ERR) {
+			REJECTED(cp,i,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+
+		    if (abs (XCENTER(cp,i,j) - x) > MAX_SHIFT(cp)) {
+			REJECTED(cp,i,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (abs (YCENTER(cp,i,j) - y) > MAX_SHIFT(cp)) {
+			REJECTED(cp,i,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+
+		    if (firsttime)
+			firsttime = false
+
+		    if (VERBOSE(cp) == YES) {
+			call printf (
+			    "%20s   %9.3f (%.3f)   %9.3f (%.3f)  %4d\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[img])
+			    call pargr (XCENTER(cp,i,j))
+			    call pargr (XSIGMA(cp,i,j))
+			    call pargr (YCENTER(cp,i,j))
+			    call pargr (YSIGMA(cp,i,j))
+			    call pargi (j)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (firsttime) {
+		    call eprintf ("Warning: no sources centered in %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[img])
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+		} else
+		    ncentered = ncentered + 1
+
+		if (VERBOSE(cp) == YES) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		}
+
+		call imunmap (im)
+	    }
+
+	    # Measure the reference coordinates if any.
+	    if (ref != NULL) {
+		IM(cp) = ref
+
+		if (IM_NDIM(ref) != 2) {
+		    call eprintf ("%s:  ")
+			call pargstr (Memc[refer])
+		    call error (1, "Reference image is not 2 dimensional")
+		}
+
+		XSIZE(cp,nimages+1) = real (IM_LEN(ref,1))
+		YSIZE(cp,nimages+1) = real (IM_LEN(ref,2))
+
+		firsttime = true
+		do j = 1, ncoords {
+		    x = XINIT(cp,j)
+		    y = YINIT(cp,j)
+
+		    if (x < 1 || x > XSIZE(cp,nimages+1) ||
+			y < 1 || y > YSIZE(cp,nimages+1)) {
+			REJECTED(cp,nimages+1,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+
+		    BOXSIZE(cp) = SMALLBOX(cp)
+		    if (ia_center (cp, x, y, XCENTER(cp,nimages+1,j),
+			YCENTER(cp,nimages+1,j), XSIGMA(cp,nimages+1,j),
+			YSIGMA(cp,nimages+1,j)) == ERR) {
+			REJECTED(cp,nimages+1,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+
+		    if (abs (XCENTER(cp,nimages+1,j) - x) > MAX_SHIFT(cp)) {
+			REJECTED(cp,nimages+1,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+		    if (abs (YCENTER(cp,nimages+1,j) - y ) > MAX_SHIFT(cp)) {
+			REJECTED(cp,nimages+1,j) = YES
+			next
+		    }
+
+		    if (firsttime) {
+			if (VERBOSE(cp) == YES) {
+			    call printf (
+			        "#Refcoords%12tReference     X-center   Err")
+			    call printf ("      Y-center   Err     Num\n")
+			}
+			firsttime = false
+		    }
+
+		    if (VERBOSE(cp) == YES) {
+			call printf (
+			    "%20s   %9.3f (%0.3f)   %9.3f (%.3f)  %4d\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[refer])
+			    call pargr (XCENTER(cp,nimages+1,j))
+			    call pargr (XSIGMA(cp,nimages+1,j))
+			    call pargr (YCENTER(cp,nimages+1,j))
+			    call pargr (YSIGMA(cp,nimages+1,j))
+			    call pargi (j)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (firsttime) {
+		    call eprintf ("Warning: no sources centered in reference\n")
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+
+		} else {
+		    if (VERBOSE(cp) == YES) {
+			call printf ("\n")
+			call flush (STDOUT)
+		    }
+
+		    call imtrew (imlist)
+		    call ia_stats (cp, imlist)
+
+		    if (ncentered > 1)
+			call ia_trim (cp)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} then
+	    error_seen = true
+
+	call ia_free (cp)
+
+	if (shiftlist != NULL)
+	    call ia_close (shiftlist)
+	if (ref != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (ref)
+	if (coordlist != NULL)
+	    call ia_close (coordlist)
+	if (imlist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (imlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	if (error_seen)
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+end
+
+
+# IA_INIT -- Initialize the centering structure.
+
+pointer procedure ia_init (shiftlist, nshifts, coordlist, ncoords)
+
+pointer	shiftlist		#I shift "template" pointer
+int	nshifts			#I number of shifts in list (or # images)
+pointer	coordlist		#I coordinate "template" pointer
+int	ncoords			#I number of coordinates in list
+
+pointer	cp
+int	boxsize, i
+real	x, y
+
+int	clgeti(), btoi(), ia_get2r()
+real	clgetr()
+bool	clgetb()
+
+errchk	ia_get2r
+
+begin
+	call calloc (cp, LEN_CP, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	boxsize = clgeti ("boxsize")
+	if (mod (boxsize, 2) == 0) {
+	    boxsize = boxsize + 1
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: boxsize must be odd, using %d\n")
+		call pargi (boxsize)
+	}
+	SMALLBOX(cp) = (boxsize - 1) / 2
+
+	if (shiftlist == NULL) {
+	    boxsize = clgeti ("bigbox")
+	    if (mod (boxsize, 2) == 0) {
+		boxsize = boxsize + 1
+		call eprintf ("Warning: bigbox must be odd, using %d\n")
+		    call pargi (boxsize)
+	    }
+	    BIGBOX(cp) = (boxsize - 1) / 2
+	}
+
+	NEGATIVE(cp)	= btoi (clgetb ("negative"))
+	BACKGROUND(cp)	= clgetr ("background")
+
+	x = clgetr ("lower")
+	y = clgetr ("upper")
+
+	if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y)) {
+	    LO_THRESH(cp) = x
+	    HI_THRESH(cp) = y
+	} else {
+	    LO_THRESH(cp) = min (x, y)
+	    HI_THRESH(cp) = max (x, y)
+	}
+
+	MAX_TRIES(cp)	= max (clgeti ("niterate"), 2)
+	TOL(cp)		= abs (clgeti ("tolerance"))
+	MAX_SHIFT(cp)   = clgetr ("maxshift")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(MAX_SHIFT(cp)))
+	    MAX_SHIFT(cp) = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    MAX_SHIFT(cp) = abs (MAX_SHIFT(cp))
+	VERBOSE(cp)	= btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+
+	IM(cp)		= NULL
+
+	NIMAGES(cp)	= nshifts
+	NCOORDS(cp)	= ncoords
+
+	call malloc (XINIT_PT(cp), ncoords, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (YINIT_PT(cp), ncoords, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XSHIFT_PT(cp), nshifts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (YSHIFT_PT(cp), nshifts, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XSIZE_PT(cp), nshifts+1, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (YSIZE_PT(cp), nshifts+1, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XCENTER_PT(cp), (nshifts+1)*ncoords, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (YCENTER_PT(cp), (nshifts+1)*ncoords, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XSIGMA_PT(cp), (nshifts+1)*ncoords, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (YSIGMA_PT(cp), (nshifts+1)*ncoords, TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (REJECTED_PT(cp), (nshifts+1)*ncoords, TY_INT)
+
+	for (i=1; ia_get2r (coordlist, x, y) != EOF; i=i+1) {
+	    if (i > ncoords)
+		call error (1, "problem reading coordinate file")
+	    XINIT(cp,i) = x
+	    YINIT(cp,i) = y
+	}
+
+	for (i=1; ia_get2r (shiftlist, x, y) != EOF; i=i+1) {
+	    if (i > nshifts)
+		call error (1, "problem reading shifts file")
+	    XSHIFT(cp,i) = x
+	    YSHIFT(cp,i) = y
+	}
+
+	return (cp)
+end
+
+
+# IA_FREE -- Free the structure pointer.
+
+procedure ia_free (cp)
+
+pointer	cp			#O center structure pointer
+
+begin
+	if (cp == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	if (REJECTED_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (REJECTED_PT(cp), TY_INT)
+	if (XSIGMA_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XSIGMA_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (YSIGMA_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (YSIGMA_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (XCENTER_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XCENTER_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (YCENTER_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (YCENTER_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (XSIZE_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XSIZE_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (YSIZE_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (YSIZE_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (XSHIFT_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XSHIFT_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (YSHIFT_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (YSHIFT_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (XINIT_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XINIT_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+	if (YINIT_PT(cp) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (YINIT_PT(cp), TY_REAL)
+
+	call mfree (cp, TY_STRUCT)
+	cp = NULL				# just in case...
+end
+
+
+# IA_CENTER -- Compute star center using MPC algorithm.
+
+int procedure ia_center (cp, xinit, yinit, xcenter, ycenter, xsigma, ysigma)
+
+pointer	cp			#I center structure pointer
+real	xinit, yinit		#I initial x and y coordinates
+real	xcenter, ycenter	#O centered x and y coordinates
+real	xsigma, ysigma		#O centering errors
+
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, try
+pointer	im, buf, xbuf, ybuf, sp
+real	xold, yold, xnew, ynew
+bool	converged
+
+pointer	imgs2r()
+real	ia_ctr1d()
+
+errchk	imgs2r, ia_threshold, ia_rowsum, ia_colsum, ia_ctr1d
+
+begin
+	im = IM(cp)
+	xold  = xinit
+	yold  = yinit
+	converged = false
+
+	do try = 1, MAX_TRIES(cp) {
+	    x1 = max (nint(xold) - BOXSIZE(cp), 1)
+	    x2 = min (nint(xold) + BOXSIZE(cp), IM_LEN(im,1))
+	    y1 = max (nint(yold) - BOXSIZE(cp), 1)
+	    y2 = min (nint(yold) + BOXSIZE(cp), IM_LEN(im,2))
+
+	    nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+
+	    # inside the loop in case we're near an edge
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (xbuf, nx, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ybuf, ny, TY_REAL)
+
+	    iferr {
+		buf = imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+		call ia_threshold (cp, Memr[buf], nx*ny)
+		call ia_rowsum (cp, Memr[buf], Memr[xbuf], nx, ny)
+		call ia_colsum (cp, Memr[buf], Memr[ybuf], nx, ny)
+
+		xnew = x1 + ia_ctr1d (Memr[xbuf], nx, xsigma)
+		ynew = y1 + ia_ctr1d (Memr[ybuf], ny, ysigma)
+	    } then {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		return (ERR)
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+
+	    if (abs (nint(xnew) - nint(xold)) <= TOL(cp) &&
+		abs (nint(ynew) - nint(yold)) <= TOL(cp)) {
+
+		converged = true
+		break
+	    }
+
+	    xold = xnew
+	    yold = ynew
+	}
+
+	if (converged) {
+	    xcenter = xnew
+	    ycenter = ynew
+	    return (OK)
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: failed to converge near (%d,%d)\n")
+		call pargi (nint (xinit))
+		call pargi (nint (yinit))
+	    call flush (STDERR)
+	    return (ERR)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IA_THRESHOLD -- Find the low and high thresholds for the subraster.
+
+procedure ia_threshold (cp, raster, npix)
+
+pointer	cp			#I center structure pointer
+real	raster[ARB]		#I 2-D subraster
+int	npix			#I size of the (apparently) 1-D subraster
+
+real	lo, hi, junk
+
+int	awvgr()
+
+errchk	alimr, awvgr
+
+begin
+	# use the local data min or max for thresholds that are INDEF.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(LO_THRESH(cp)) || IS_INDEFR(HI_THRESH(cp)))
+	    call alimr (raster, npix, lo, hi)
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(LO_THRESH(cp)))
+	    lo = LO_THRESH(cp)
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(HI_THRESH(cp)))
+	    hi = HI_THRESH(cp)
+
+	if (IS_INDEFR(BACKGROUND(cp))) {
+	    if (awvgr (raster, npix, BACK_LOCAL(cp), junk, lo, hi) <= 0)
+		call error (1, "no pixels between thresholds")
+	} else
+	    BACK_LOCAL(cp) = BACKGROUND(cp)
+
+	if (NEGATIVE(cp) == YES) {
+	    LO_LOCAL(cp) = lo
+	    HI_LOCAL(cp) = min (hi, BACK_LOCAL(cp))
+	} else {
+	    LO_LOCAL(cp) = max (lo, BACK_LOCAL(cp))
+	    HI_LOCAL(cp) = hi
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IA_ROWSUM -- Sum all rows in a raster, subject to the thresholds, the
+# background, and other parameters.
+
+procedure ia_rowsum (cp, raster, row, nx, ny)
+
+pointer	cp			#I center structure pointer
+real	raster[nx,ny]		#I 2-D subraster
+real	row[ARB]		#O 1-D squashed row vector
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of the subraster
+
+int	i, j
+real	lo, hi, back, pix
+
+begin
+	call aclrr (row, nx)
+
+	back = BACK_LOCAL(cp)
+	lo   = LO_LOCAL(cp)
+	hi   = HI_LOCAL(cp)
+
+	do j = 1, ny
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		pix = raster[i,j]
+		if (lo <= pix && pix <= hi)
+		    row[i] = row[i] + pix - back
+	    }
+
+	if (NEGATIVE(cp) == YES)
+	    call adivkr (row, -real(ny), row, nx)
+	else
+	    call adivkr (row, real(ny), row, nx)
+
+	# recycle lo (and hi)
+	call alimr (row, nx, lo, hi)
+	if (lo < 0.)
+	    call error (1, "Negative value in marginal row\n")
+end
+
+
+# IA_COLSUM -- Sum all columns in a raster, subject to the thresholds, the
+# background, and other parameters.
+
+procedure ia_colsum (cp, raster, col, nx, ny)
+
+pointer	cp			#I center structure pointer
+real	raster[nx,ny]		#I 2-D subraster
+real	col[ARB]		#O 1-D squashed col vector
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of the subraster
+
+int	i, j
+real	lo, hi, back, pix
+
+begin
+	call aclrr (col, ny)
+
+	back = BACK_LOCAL(cp)
+	lo   = LO_LOCAL(cp)
+	hi   = HI_LOCAL(cp)
+
+	do j = 1, ny
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		pix = raster[i,j]
+		if (lo <= pix && pix <= hi)
+		    col[j] = col[j] + pix - back
+	    }
+
+	if (NEGATIVE(cp) == YES)
+	    call adivkr (col, -real(nx), col, ny)
+	else
+	    call adivkr (col, real(nx), col, ny)
+
+	# recycle lo (and hi)
+	call alimr (col, ny, lo, hi)
+	if (lo < 0.)
+	    call error (1, "Negative value in marginal column\n")
+end
+
+
+# IA_CNTR1D -- Compute the the first moment.
+
+real procedure ia_ctr1d (a, npix, err)
+
+real	a[ARB]			#I marginal vector
+int	npix			#I size of the vector
+real	err			#O error in the centroid
+
+real	centroid, pix, sumi, sumix, sumix2
+int	i
+
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	sumi = 0.
+	sumix = 0.
+	sumix2 = 0.
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    pix = a[i]
+	    sumi = sumi + pix
+	    sumix = sumix + pix * (i-1)
+	    sumix2 = sumix2 + pix * (i-1) ** 2
+	}
+
+	if (fp_equalr (sumi, 0.))
+	    call error (1, "zero marginal vector")
+
+	else {
+	    centroid = sumix / sumi
+	    err = sumix2 / sumi - centroid ** 2
+	    if (err > 0.)
+		err = sqrt (err / sumi)
+	    else
+		err = 0.
+	}
+
+	return (centroid)
+end
+
+
+# IA_OPENP2R -- Open a list file from which two real values per line
+# are expected.
+
+pointer procedure ia_openp2r (param)
+
+char	param[ARB]	#I parameter name
+
+int	fd, length
+pointer	lp, fname, sp
+real	x1, x2
+
+int	open(), fscan(), nscan(), strmatch()
+
+errchk	open
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call clgstr (param, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Whitespace in the name ?
+	if (strmatch (Memc[fname], "^#$") != 0) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return (NULL)
+	}
+
+	# This should be replaced by some template mechanism.
+	ifnoerr (fd = open (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)) {
+	    length = 0
+	    while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+		call gargr (x1)
+		call gargr (x2)
+
+		switch (nscan()) {
+		case 2:
+		    length = length + 1
+		case 1:
+		    call error (1, "Reading file, only one value on line")
+		default:
+		    # read another line
+		}
+	    }
+	    call seek (fd, BOF)
+	} else {
+	    fd = NULL
+	    length = 0
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	call malloc (lp, LEN_LP, TY_STRUCT)
+	LP_FD(lp) = fd
+	LP_LEN(lp) = length
+
+	return (lp)
+end
+
+
+# IA_LEN -- Return the length of a list file, given its descriptor.
+
+int procedure ia_len (lp)
+
+pointer	lp		#I list file descriptor
+
+begin
+	if (lp == NULL)
+	    return (0)
+	else
+	    return (LP_LEN(lp))
+end
+
+
+# IA_GET2R -- Get two real numbers from the next line of the list file.
+
+int procedure ia_get2r (lp, x1, x2)
+
+pointer	lp		#I list file descriptor
+real	x1, x2		#O values to read
+
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	if (lp == NULL) {
+	    x1 = INDEFR
+	    x2 = INDEFR
+	    return (EOF)
+	}
+
+	while (fscan (LP_FD(lp)) != EOF) {
+	    call gargr (x1)
+	    call gargr (x2)
+
+	    switch (nscan()) {
+	    case 2:
+		return (2)
+	    case 1:
+		call error (1, "only one value on line")
+	    default:
+		# read another line
+	    }
+	}
+
+	x1 = INDEFR
+	x2 = INDEFR
+	return (EOF)
+end
+
+
+# IA_CLOSE -- Close a list file descriptor.
+
+procedure ia_close (lp)
+
+pointer	lp		#I list file descriptor
+
+errchk	close
+
+begin
+	if (lp == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	if (LP_FD(lp) != NULL)
+	    call close (LP_FD(lp))
+
+	call mfree (lp, TY_STRUCT)
+	lp = NULL			# just in case...
+end
+
+
+# IA_STATS -- Compute the x and y shifts.
+
+procedure ia_stats (cp, imlist)
+
+pointer	cp			#I center structure pointer
+pointer	imlist			#I image template (for labeling)
+
+real	xshift, yshift, xsum, ysum
+real	xsum2, ysum2, xsig2, ysig2
+real	xvar, yvar, xerr, yerr, xprop, yprop
+int	nim, ncoo, nsources, i, j
+pointer	img, sp
+bool	firsttime
+
+int	imtgetim()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (img, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	nim = NIMAGES(cp)
+	ncoo = NCOORDS(cp)
+
+	firsttime = true
+	for (i=1; imtgetim (imlist, Memc[img], SZ_FNAME) != EOF; i=i+1) {
+	    xsum = 0.
+	    ysum = 0.
+	    xsum2 = 0.
+	    ysum2 = 0.
+	    xsig2 = 0.
+	    ysig2 = 0.
+	    nsources = 0
+
+	    do j = 1, ncoo {
+		if (REJECTED(cp,i,j) == YES || REJECTED(cp,nim+1,j) == YES)
+		    next
+
+		xshift = XCENTER(cp,nim+1,j) - XCENTER(cp,i,j)
+		yshift = YCENTER(cp,nim+1,j) - YCENTER(cp,i,j)
+
+		xsum = xsum + xshift
+		ysum = ysum + yshift
+
+		# internal errors
+		xsum2 = xsum2 + xshift*xshift
+		ysum2 = ysum2 + yshift*yshift
+
+		xsig2 = xsig2 + XSIGMA(cp,nim+1,j)**2 + XSIGMA(cp,i,j)**2
+		ysig2 = ysig2 + YSIGMA(cp,nim+1,j)**2 + YSIGMA(cp,i,j)**2
+
+		nsources = nsources + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (nsources == 0) {
+		XSHIFT(cp,i) = INDEFR
+		YSHIFT(cp,i) = INDEFR
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    XSHIFT(cp,i) = xsum / nsources
+	    YSHIFT(cp,i) = ysum / nsources
+
+	    if (nsources > 1) {
+		xvar = (nsources*xsum2 - xsum*xsum) / (nsources * (nsources-1))
+		yvar = (nsources*ysum2 - ysum*ysum) / (nsources * (nsources-1))
+		xerr = sqrt (max (xvar/nsources, 0.))
+		yerr = sqrt (max (yvar/nsources, 0.))
+	    } else {
+		xerr = INDEFR
+		yerr = INDEFR
+	    }
+
+	    xprop = sqrt (max (xsig2, 0.)) / nsources
+	    yprop = sqrt (max (ysig2, 0.)) / nsources
+
+	    if (firsttime) {
+		call printf ("#Shifts%16tImage    X-shift   Err      ")
+		call printf ("Y-shift   Err      N      Internal\n")
+		firsttime = false
+	    }
+
+	    call printf (
+		"%20s   %8.3f (%.3f)   %8.3f (%.3f) %4d   (%.3f,%.3f)\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[img])
+		call pargr (XSHIFT(cp,i))
+		call pargr (xprop)
+		call pargr (YSHIFT(cp,i))
+		call pargr (yprop)
+		call pargi (nsources)
+		call pargr (xerr)
+		call pargr (yerr)
+	}
+
+	call flush (STDOUT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IA_TRIM -- Compute the trim section.
+
+procedure ia_trim (cp)
+
+pointer	cp			#I center structure pointer
+
+real	xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi, xmin, ymin
+int	ixlo, ixhi, iylo, iyhi, ixlonew, ixhinew, iylonew, iyhinew, i
+int	vxlo, vxhi, vylo, vyhi		# vignetted versions
+bool	firsttime
+
+begin
+	firsttime = true
+	do i = 1, NIMAGES(cp) {
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(XSHIFT(cp,i)) || IS_INDEFR(YSHIFT(cp,i)))
+		next
+
+	    # Compute limits.
+	    xlo = 1. + XSHIFT(cp,i)
+	    ylo = 1. + YSHIFT(cp,i)
+	    xhi = XSIZE(cp,i) + XSHIFT(cp,i)
+	    yhi = YSIZE(cp,i) + YSHIFT(cp,i)
+
+	    ixlonew = int (xlo)
+	    if (xlo > ixlonew)			# round up
+		ixlonew = ixlonew + 1
+
+	    ixhinew = int (xhi)
+	    if (xhi < ixhinew)			# round down
+		ixhinew = ixhinew - 1
+
+	    iylonew = int (ylo)			# round up
+	    if (ylo > iylonew)
+		iylonew = iylonew + 1
+
+	    iyhinew = int (yhi)			# round down
+	    if (yhi < iyhinew)
+		iyhinew = iyhinew - 1
+
+	    if (firsttime) {
+		ixlo = ixlonew
+		ixhi = ixhinew
+		iylo = iylonew
+		iyhi = iyhinew
+
+		xmin = XSIZE(cp,i)
+		ymin = YSIZE(cp,i)
+
+		firsttime = false
+	    } else {
+		ixlo = max (ixlo, ixlonew)
+		ixhi = min (ixhi, ixhinew)
+		iylo = max (iylo, iylonew)
+		iyhi = min (iyhi, iyhinew)
+
+		xmin = min (XSIZE(cp,i), xmin)
+		ymin = min (YSIZE(cp,i), ymin)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Don't bother to complain.
+	if (firsttime)
+	    return
+
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Vignetting is possible downstream since imshift and other tasks
+	# preserve the size of the input image.
+
+	vxlo = max (1, min (ixlo, int(xmin)))
+	vxhi = max (1, min (ixhi, int(xmin)))
+	vylo = max (1, min (iylo, int(ymin)))
+	vyhi = max (1, min (iyhi, int(ymin)))
+	if (vxlo != ixlo || vxhi != ixhi || vylo != iylo || vyhi != iyhi) {
+	    call eprintf ("#Vignette_Section = [%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+		call pargi (vxlo)
+		call pargi (vxhi)
+		call pargi (vylo)
+		call pargi (vyhi)
+	}
+
+	# Output the trim section.
+	call printf ("#Trim_Section = [%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+	    call pargi (ixlo)
+	    call pargi (ixhi)
+	    call pargi (iylo)
+	    call pargi (iyhi)
+
+	call flush (STDOUT)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_xyxymatch.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_xyxymatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c8a16c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/listmatch/t_xyxymatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include "../../../lib/xyxymatch.h"
+
+# T_XYXYMATCH -- This task computes the intersection of a set of
+# of coordinate lists with a reference coordinate list. The output is
+# the set of objects common to both lists. In its simplest form LINXYMATCH
+# uses a matching tolerance to generate the common list. Alternatively
+# XYXYMATCH can use coordinate transformation information derived from the
+# positions of one to three stars common to both lists, a sorting algorithm,
+# and a matching tolerance to generate the common list. A more sophisticated
+# pattern matching algorithm is also available which requires no coordinate
+# transformation input from the user but is expensive computationally.
+
+procedure t_xyxymatch()
+
+bool	interactive, verbose
+int	ilist, rlist, olist, rfd, rpfd, ifd, ofd
+int	xcol, ycol, xrefcol, yrefcol, maxntriangles, nreftie, nintie
+int	ntie, match, nrefstars, nliststars, ninter, nrmaxtri, nreftri
+int	ninmaxtri, nintri, ntrefstars, ntliststars, nreject
+pointer	sp, inname, refname, outname, refpoints, str, xreftie, yreftie
+pointer	xintie, yintie, coeff, xref, yref, rlineno, rsindex, reftri, reftrirat
+pointer	xlist, ylist, listindex, ilineno, xtrans, ytrans, intri, intrirat
+pointer	xformat, yformat
+real	tolerance, separation, xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xout, yout
+real	ratio
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clpopnu(), clplen(), clgeti(), clgfil(), open(), clgwrd()
+int	rg_getreftie(), rg_lincoeff(), fstati(), rg_rdxyi(), rg_sort()
+int	rg_intersection(), rg_factorial(), rg_triangle(), rg_match()
+int	rg_mlincoeff()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (refname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (refpoints, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xreftie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yreftie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xintie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yintie, MAX_NTIE, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (coeff, MAX_NCOEFF, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input, output, and reference lists.
+	ilist = clpopnu ("input")
+	rlist = clpopnu ("reference")
+	olist = clpopnu ("output")
+	tolerance = clgetr ("tolerance")
+	call clgstr ("refpoints", Memc[refpoints], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Check the input and output file lengths.
+	if (clplen (rlist) > 1 && clplen (rlist) != clplen (ilist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of input and reference lists are not the same")
+	if (clplen (ilist) != clplen (olist))
+	    call error (0,
+	    "The number of input and output lists are not the same") 
+
+	xcol = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	ycol = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	xrefcol = clgeti ("xrcolumn")
+	yrefcol = clgeti ("yrcolumn")
+
+	# Get the matching parameters.
+	match = clgwrd ("matching", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, RG_MATCHSTR)
+	xin = clgetr ("xin")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xin))
+	    xin = 0.0
+	yin = clgetr ("yin")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yin))
+	    yin = 0.0
+	xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xmag))
+	    xmag = 1.0
+	ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(ymag))
+	    ymag = 1.0
+	xrot = clgetr ("xrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xrot))
+	    xrot = 0.0
+	yrot = clgetr ("yrotation")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yrot))
+	    yrot = 0.0
+	xout = clgetr ("xref")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xout))
+	    xout = 0.0
+	yout = clgetr ("yref")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(yout))
+	    yout = 0.0
+
+	# Get the algorithm parameters.
+	separation = clgetr ("separation")
+	maxntriangles = clgeti ("nmatch")
+	ratio = clgetr ("ratio")
+	nreject = clgeti ("nreject")
+
+	# Get the output formatting parameters.
+	call clgstr ("xformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("yformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	interactive = clgetb ("interactive")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Open the reference list file if any.
+	rfd = NULL
+	if (Memc[refpoints] == EOS)
+	    rpfd = NULL
+	else
+	    rpfd = open (Memc[refpoints], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	xref = NULL
+	yref = NULL
+	rsindex = NULL
+	rlineno = NULL
+
+	# Loop over the input lists.
+	while (clgfil (ilist, Memc[inname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF &&
+	    clgfil (olist, Memc[outname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input list.
+	    ifd = open (Memc[inname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the output list.
+	    ofd = open (Memc[outname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Open the reference list and get the coordinates.
+	    while (clgfil (rlist, Memc[refname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Open the reference file.
+		if (rfd != NULL)
+		    call close (rfd)
+	        rfd = open (Memc[refname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	        # Fetch the reference tie points.
+	        if (interactive || rpfd != NULL)
+	            nreftie = rg_getreftie (rpfd, Memr[xreftie],
+		        Memr[yreftie], 3, RG_REFFILE, interactive)
+	        else
+	            nreftie = 0
+
+		# Read the reference data.
+		if (xref != NULL)
+		    call mfree (xref, TY_REAL)
+		if (yref != NULL)
+		    call mfree (yref, TY_REAL)
+		if (rlineno != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rlineno, TY_INT)
+		if (rsindex != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rsindex, TY_INT)
+		ntrefstars = rg_rdxyi (rfd, xref, yref, rlineno, xrefcol,
+		    yrefcol)
+		call malloc (rsindex, ntrefstars, TY_INT)
+
+		# Prepare the reference list for the merge algorithm. If a tie
+		# point matching algorithm is selected, sort the list in the
+		# y and then the x coordinate and remove coincident points.
+		# If the pattern matching algorithm is used then construct the
+		# triangles used for matching and sort them in order of
+		# increasing ratio.
+
+	    	nrefstars = rg_sort (Memr[xref], Memr[yref], Memi[rsindex],
+	            ntrefstars, separation, YES, YES)
+		if (match != RG_TRIANGLES) {
+	    	    reftri = NULL
+	    	    reftrirat = NULL
+		    nreftri = nrefstars
+		} else if (nrefstars > 2) {
+	    	    nrmaxtri = rg_factorial (min (nrefstars, maxntriangles), 3)
+	    	    call calloc (reftri, SZ_TRIINDEX * nrmaxtri, TY_INT)
+	    	    call calloc (reftrirat, SZ_TRIPAR * nrmaxtri, TY_REAL)
+	    	    nreftri = rg_triangle (Memr[xref], Memr[yref],
+		        Memi[rsindex], nrefstars, Memi[reftri],
+			Memr[reftrirat], nrmaxtri, maxntriangles,
+			tolerance, ratio)
+		} else {
+		    nreftri = 0
+		    reftri = NULL
+		    reftrirat = NULL
+		}
+
+		break
+	    }
+
+	    # Fetch the input tie points and compute the coefficients.
+	    if (interactive || rpfd != NULL)
+	        nintie = rg_getreftie (rpfd, Memr[xintie],
+		    Memr[yintie], nreftie, RG_INFILE, interactive)
+	    else
+	        nintie = 0
+	    ntie = min (nreftie, nintie)
+	    if (ntie <= 0)
+		call rg_lmkcoeff (xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot,
+		    xout, yout, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	    else if (rg_lincoeff (Memr[xreftie], Memr[yreftie],
+	        Memr[xintie], Memr[yintie], ntie, Memr[coeff],
+		MAX_NCOEFF) == ERR)
+		call rg_lmkcoeff (xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot,
+		    xout, yout, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+
+	    # Print the header.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("\nInput: %s  Reference: %s  ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[refname])
+		call printf ("Number of tie points: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ntie)
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (ofd, "\n# Input: %s  Reference: %s  ")
+		call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+		call pargstr (Memc[refname])
+	    call fprintf (ofd, "Number of tie points: %d\n")
+		call pargi (ntie)
+
+	    # Print the coordinate transformation information.
+	    if (verbose)
+		call rg_plincoeff ("xref", "yref", Memr[xreftie],
+		    Memr[yreftie], Memr[xintie], Memr[yintie], ntie,
+		    Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	    call rg_wlincoeff (ofd, "xref", "yref", Memr[xreftie],
+	        Memr[yreftie], Memr[xintie], Memr[yintie], ntie,
+		Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+
+	    # Read in the input list.
+	    xtrans = NULL
+	    ytrans = NULL
+	    listindex = NULL
+	    ntliststars = rg_rdxyi (ifd, xlist, ylist, ilineno, xcol, ycol)
+
+	    # Compute the intersection of the two lists using either an
+	    # algorithm depending on common tie points or on a more
+	    # sophisticated pattern matching algorithm.
+
+	    if (ntrefstars <= 0) {
+		if (verbose)
+		    call printf ("    The reference coordinate list is empty\n")
+		ninter = 0
+	    } else if (ntliststars <= 0) {
+		if (verbose)
+		    call printf ("    The input coordinate list is empty\n")
+		ninter = 0
+	    } else if (nreftri <= 0) {
+		if (verbose)
+		    call printf (
+		        "    No valid reference triangles can be defined\n")
+	    } else {
+	        call malloc (xtrans, ntliststars, TY_REAL)
+	        call malloc (ytrans, ntliststars, TY_REAL)
+	        call malloc (listindex, ntliststars, TY_INT)
+	        call rg_compute (Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist], Memr[xtrans],
+	            Memr[ytrans], ntliststars, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	        nliststars = rg_sort (Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans],
+		    Memi[listindex], ntliststars, separation, YES, YES)
+	        if (match != RG_TRIANGLES) {
+	    	    intri = NULL
+	    	    intrirat = NULL
+		    nintri = nliststars
+		    call rg_pxycolumns (ofd)
+		    ninter = rg_intersection (ofd, Memr[xref], Memr[yref],
+		        Memi[rsindex], Memi[rlineno], nrefstars, Memr[xlist],
+		        Memr[ylist], Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans],
+			Memi[listindex], Memi[ilineno], nliststars, tolerance,
+			Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat])
+	        } else if (nliststars > 2) {
+	    	    ninmaxtri = rg_factorial (min (max(nliststars,nrefstars),
+		        maxntriangles), 3)
+	    	    call calloc (intri, SZ_TRIINDEX * ninmaxtri, TY_INT)
+	    	    call calloc (intrirat, SZ_TRIPAR * ninmaxtri, TY_REAL)
+	    	    nintri = rg_triangle (Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans],
+		        Memi[listindex], nliststars, Memi[intri],
+			Memr[intrirat], ninmaxtri, maxntriangles,
+			tolerance, ratio)
+	    	    if (nintri <= 0) {
+		        if (verbose)
+		            call printf (
+		            "    No valid input triangles can be defined\n")
+		    } else {
+		        ninter = rg_match (Memr[xref], Memr[yref], nrefstars,
+			    Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans], nliststars,
+			    Memi[reftri], Memr[reftrirat], nreftri, nrmaxtri,
+			    ntrefstars, Memi[intri], Memr[intrirat], nintri,
+			    ninmaxtri, ntliststars, tolerance, tolerance,
+			    ratio, nreject)
+		    }
+		    if (nrefstars <= maxntriangles && nliststars <=
+		        maxntriangles) {
+		        call rg_pxycolumns (ofd)
+			call rg_mwrite (ofd, Memr[xref], Memr[yref],
+			    Memi[rlineno], Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist],
+			    Memi[ilineno], Memi[reftri], nrmaxtri,
+			    Memi[intri], ninmaxtri, ninter, Memc[xformat],
+			    Memc[yformat])
+		    } else {
+			if (rg_mlincoeff (Memr[xref], Memr[yref], Memr[xlist],
+			    Memr[ylist], Memi[reftri], nrmaxtri,
+			    Memi[intri], ninmaxtri, ninter, Memr[coeff],
+			    MAX_NCOEFF) == ERR)
+			    call rg_lmkcoeff (xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot,
+			        xout, yout, Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	        	call rg_compute (Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist],
+			    Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans], ntliststars,
+			    Memr[coeff], MAX_NCOEFF)
+	        	nliststars = rg_sort (Memr[xtrans], Memr[ytrans],
+		    	    Memi[listindex], ntliststars, separation,
+			    YES, YES)
+	    		if (verbose)
+			    call rg_pmlincoeff ("xref", "yref", Memr[coeff],
+			        MAX_NCOEFF)
+	    		call rg_wmlincoeff (ofd, "xref", "yref", Memr[coeff],
+			    MAX_NCOEFF)
+		        call rg_pxycolumns (ofd)
+		        ninter = rg_intersection (ofd, Memr[xref], Memr[yref],
+		            Memi[rsindex], Memi[rlineno], nrefstars,
+			    Memr[xlist], Memr[ylist], Memr[xtrans],
+			    Memr[ytrans], Memi[listindex], Memi[ilineno],
+			    nliststars, tolerance, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat])
+		    }
+	        } else {
+		    if (verbose)
+		        call printf (
+		            "\tThe input coordinate list has < 3 stars\n")
+	    	    intri = NULL
+	    	    intrirat = NULL
+		    nintri = 0
+		    ninter = 0
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Print out the number of stars matched in the two lists.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("%d reference coordinates matched\n")
+		    call pargi (ninter)
+	    }
+
+	    # Free space used by input list.
+	    call mfree (xlist, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (ylist, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (ilineno, TY_INT)
+	    call mfree (listindex, TY_INT)
+	    if (xtrans != NULL)
+	        call mfree (xtrans, TY_REAL)
+	    if (ytrans != NULL)
+	        call mfree (ytrans, TY_REAL)
+	    if (intri != NULL)
+	        call mfree (intri, TY_INT)
+	    if (intrirat != NULL)
+	        call mfree (intrirat, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Close  the input and output lists.
+	    call close (ifd)
+	    call close (ofd)
+	}
+
+	# Release the memory used to store the reference list.
+	call mfree (xref, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (yref, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (rlineno, TY_INT)
+	call mfree (rsindex, TY_INT)
+	if (reftri != NULL)
+	    call mfree (reftri, TY_INT)
+	if (reftrirat != NULL)
+	    call mfree (reftrirat, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Close the reference file.
+	if (rfd != NULL)
+	    call close (rfd)
+
+	# Close the reference points file.
+	if (rpfd != NULL)
+	    call close (rpfd)
+
+	# Close the file lists.
+	call clpcls (ilist)
+	call clpcls (rlist)
+	call clpcls (olist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PXYCOLUMNS -- Print the column descriptions in the output file.
+
+procedure rg_pxycolumns (ofd)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+
+begin
+	call fprintf (ofd, "# Column definitions\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 1: X reference coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 2: Y reference coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 3: X input coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 4: Y input coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 5: Reference line number\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#    Column 6: Input line number\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "\n")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec8accec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Library for the IMMATCH Package.
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@geometry
+	@imcombine
+	@linmatch
+	@listmatch
+	@psfmatch
+	@wcsmatch
+	@xregister
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da3951dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Make the PSFMATCH task
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	rgpbckgrd.x		<math.h> <math/gsurfit.h> "psfmatch.h"
+	rgpcolon.x		<imhdr.h> <imset.h> <error.h> "psfmatch.h"
+	rgpconvolve.x		<error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	rgpisfm.x		<imhdr.h> <gset.h> <ctype.h> "psfmatch.h"
+	rgpfft.x
+	rgpfilter.x		<math.h>
+	rgppars.x		"psfmatch.h"
+	rgpregions.x		<imhdr.h> <fset.h> "psfmatch.h"
+	rgpsfm.x		<imhdr.h> <math/gsurfit.h> "psfmatch.h"
+	rgpshow.x		"psfmatch.h"
+	rgptools.x		"psfmatch.h"
+	t_psfmatch.x		<fset.h> <imhdr.h> "psfmatch.h"
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/psfmatch.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/psfmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6b7d563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/psfmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+# Header file for PSFMATCH
+
+define	LEN_PSFSTRUCT (45 + 12 * SZ_FNAME + 12)
+
+# Define the psf fitting structure
+
+define	PM_RC1		Memi[$1]	 # pointer to first column of region
+define	PM_RC2		Memi[$1+1]	 # pointer to last column of region
+define	PM_RL1		Memi[$1+2]	 # pointer to first line of region
+define	PM_RL2		Memi[$1+3]	 # pointer to last line of region
+define	PM_RZERO	Memi[$1+4]	 # pointer to zero point of ref regions
+define	PM_RXSLOPE	Memi[$1+5]	 # pointer to x slopes of ref regions
+define	PM_RYSLOPE	Memi[$1+6]	 # pointer to y slopes of ref regions
+define	PM_NREGIONS	Memi[$1+7]	 # total number of regions
+define	PM_CNREGION	Memi[$1+8]	 # the current region
+
+define	PM_CENTER	Memi[$1+9]	 # the the psf objects
+define	PM_BACKGRD	Memi[$1+10]	 # type of background subtraction
+define	PM_BVALUER	Memr[P2R($1+11)] # reference background value
+define	PM_BVALUE	Memr[P2R($1+12)] # image background value
+define	PM_LOREJECT	Memr[P2R($1+13)] # low side rejection
+define	PM_HIREJECT	Memr[P2R($1+14)] # high side rejection
+define	PM_APODIZE	Memr[P2R($1+15)] # fraction of region to be apodized
+
+define	PM_CONVOLUTION	Memi[$1+16]	 # the convolution type
+define	PM_DNX		Memi[$1+17]	 # x dimension of kernel
+define	PM_DNY		Memi[$1+18]	 # y dimension of kernel
+define	PM_PNX		Memi[$1+19]	 # x dimension of user kernel
+define	PM_PNY		Memi[$1+20]	 # y dimension of user kernel
+define	PM_KNX		Memi[$1+21]	 # x size of kernel
+define	PM_KNY		Memi[$1+22]	 # x size of kernel
+
+define	PM_POWER	Memi[$1+23]	 # save power spectrum of kernel ?
+
+define	PM_UFLUXRATIO	Memr[P2R($1+24)] # the user ref / input flux ratio
+define	PM_FLUXRATIO	Memr[P2R($1+25)] # ref / input flux ratio
+define	PM_FILTER	Memi[$1+26]	 # background filtering
+define	PM_SXINNER	Memr[P2R($1+27)] # inner radius for cosine bell
+define	PM_SXOUTER	Memr[P2R($1+28)] # outer radius for cosine bell
+define	PM_SYINNER	Memr[P2R($1+29)] # inner radius for cosine bell
+define	PM_SYOUTER	Memr[P2R($1+30)] # outer radius for cosine bell
+define	PM_RADSYM	Memi[$1+31]	 # radial symmetry in convolution
+define	PM_THRESHOLD	Memr[P2R($1+32)] # threshold in divisor for model
+
+define	PM_NORMFACTOR	Memr[P2R($1+34)] # the normalization factor
+
+#define	PM_PRATIO	Memr[P2R($1+24)] # power ration threshold
+#define	PM_XSHIFTS	Memi[$1+26]	 # pointer to x shifts
+#define	PM_YSHIFTS	Memi[$1+27]	 # pointer to y shifts
+
+define	PM_REFFFT	Memi[$1+35]	 # pointer to reference fft
+define  PM_IMFFT	Memi[$1+36]	 # pointer to image fft
+define  PM_FFT		Memi[$1+37]	 # pointer to unfiltered fft
+define  PM_CONV		Memi[$1+38]	 # pointer to kernel
+define	PM_ASFFT	Memi[$1+39]	 # pointer to power spectrum
+define  PM_NXFFT	Memi[$1+40]	 # x dimension of FFT
+define  PM_NYFFT	Memi[$1+41]	 # y dimension of FFT
+
+define	PM_BSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+42)]              # background string
+define	PM_CSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+42+SZ_FNAME+1)]   # convolution string
+define	PM_FSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+42+2*SZ_FNAME+2)]   # convolution string
+
+define	PM_IMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+42+4*SZ_FNAME+4)] # input image
+define	PM_REFIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+42+5*SZ_FNAME+5)] # reference image
+define	PM_PSFDATA	Memc[P2C($1+42+6*SZ_FNAME+6)] # psf data
+define	PM_PSFIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+42+7*SZ_FNAME+7)] # psf image if any
+define	PM_OBJLIST	Memc[P2C($1+42+8*SZ_FNAME+8)] # object list if any
+define	PM_KERNEL	Memc[P2C($1+42+9*SZ_FNAME+9)] # kernel image
+define	PM_OUTIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+42+10*SZ_FNAME+10)] # output convolved image
+
+# Define the paramerter ids
+
+define	RC1		1
+define	RC2		2
+define	RL1		3
+define	RL2		4
+define	RZERO		5
+define	RXSLOPE		6
+define	RYSLOPE		7
+define	NREGIONS	8
+define	CNREGION	9
+
+define	CENTER		10
+define	BACKGRD		11
+define	BVALUER		12
+define	BVALUE		13
+define	LOREJECT	15
+define	HIREJECT	16
+define	APODIZE		17
+
+define	CONVOLUTION	18
+define	DNX		19
+define	DNY		20
+define	PNX		21
+define	PNY		22
+define  KNX		23
+define  KNY		24
+define	POWER		25
+
+#define	XSHIFTS		20
+#define	YSHIFTS		21
+
+define	REFFFT		26
+define	IMFFT		27
+define	FFT		28
+define	CONV		29
+define	ASFFT		30
+define	NXFFT		31
+define	NYFFT		32
+
+define	UFLUXRATIO	33
+define	FLUXRATIO	34
+define	FILTER		35
+define	SXINNER		36
+define	SXOUTER		37
+define	SYINNER		38
+define	SYOUTER		39
+define	RADSYM		40
+define	THRESHOLD	41
+
+define	NORMFACTOR	43
+
+#define	PRATIO		34
+
+define	BSTRING		44
+define	CSTRING		45
+define	FSTRING		46
+
+define	REFIMAGE	48
+define	IMAGE		49
+define	PSFDATA		50
+define	PSFIMAGE	51
+define	OBJLIST		52
+define	KERNEL		53
+define	OUTIMAGE	54
+
+# Define the default parameter values
+
+define	DEF_CENTER	YES
+define	DEF_BACKGRD	PM_BMEDIAN
+define	DEF_LOREJECT	INDEFR
+define	DEF_HIREJECT	INDEFR
+
+define	DEF_CONVOLUTION	PM_CONIMAGE
+define	DEF_DNX		63
+define	DEF_DNY		63
+define	DEF_PNX		31
+define	DEF_PNY		31
+define	DEF_POWER	NO
+
+define	DEF_FILTER	PM_FREPLACE
+define	DEF_SXINNER	INDEFR
+define	DEF_SXOUTER	INDEFR
+define	DEF_SYINNER	INDEFR
+define	DEF_SYOUTER	INDEFR
+define	DEF_RADSYM	NO
+define	DEF_THRESHOLD	0.0
+
+#define	DEF_PRATIO	0.0
+
+define	DEF_NORMFACTOR	1.0
+define	DEF_UFLUXRATIO	INDEFR
+
+# Define the background fitting techniques
+
+define	PM_BNONE	1
+define	PM_BMEAN	2
+define	PM_BMEDIAN	3
+define	PM_BSLOPE	4
+define	PM_BNUMBER	5
+
+define  PM_BTYPES	"|none|mean|median|plane|"
+
+# Define the convolution computation options
+
+define	PM_CONIMAGE	1
+define	PM_CONPSF	2
+define	PM_CONKERNEL	3
+
+define  PM_CTYPES	"|image|psf|kernel|"
+
+# Define the filtering options
+
+define	PM_FNONE	1
+define	PM_FCOSBELL	2
+define	PM_FREPLACE	3
+define	PM_FMODEL	4
+
+define	PM_FTYPES	"|none|cosbell|replace|model|"
+
+# Define the normalization options
+
+define	PM_UNIT		1
+define	PM_RATIO	2
+define	PM_NUMBER	3
+
+define	PM_NTYPES	"|unit|ratio|"
+
+# Miscellaneous
+
+define	MAX_NREGIONS	100
+
+# Commands
+
+define	PMCMDS	"|input|reference|psfdata|psfimage|kernel|output|dnx|dny|\
+pnx|pny|center|background|loreject|hireject|apodize|convolution|fluxratio|\
+filter|sx1|sx2|sy1|sy2|radsym|threshold|normfactor|show|mark|"
+
+define	PMCMD_IMAGE		1
+define	PMCMD_REFIMAGE		2
+define	PMCMD_PSFDATA		3
+define	PMCMD_PSFIMAGE		4
+define	PMCMD_KERNEL		5
+define	PMCMD_OUTIMAGE		6
+
+define	PMCMD_DNX		7
+define	PMCMD_DNY		8
+define	PMCMD_PNX		9
+define	PMCMD_PNY		10
+
+define	PMCMD_CENTER		11
+define	PMCMD_BACKGRD		12
+define	PMCMD_LOREJECT		13
+define	PMCMD_HIREJECT		14
+define	PMCMD_APODIZE		15
+
+define	PMCMD_CONVOLUTION	16
+define	PMCMD_UFLUXRATIO	17
+define	PMCMD_FILTER		18
+define	PMCMD_SXINNER		19
+define	PMCMD_SXOUTER		20
+define	PMCMD_SYINNER		21
+define	PMCMD_SYOUTER		22
+define	PMCMD_RADSYM		23
+define	PMCMD_THRESHOLD		24
+
+define	PMCMD_NORMFACTOR	25
+
+define	PMCMD_SHOW		26
+define	PMCMD_MARK		27
+
+# Keywords
+
+define	KY_IMAGE		"input"
+define	KY_REFIMAGE		"reference"
+define	KY_PSFDATA		"psfdata"
+define	KY_PSFIMAGE		"psfimage"
+define	KY_KERNEL		"kernel"
+define	KY_OUTIMAGE		"output"
+
+define	KY_DNX			"dnx"
+define	KY_DNY			"dny"
+define	KY_PNX			"pnx"
+define	KY_PNY			"pny"
+
+define	KY_CENTER		"center"
+define	KY_BACKGRD		"background"
+define	KY_LOREJECT		"loreject"
+define	KY_HIREJECT		"hireject"
+define	KY_APODIZE		"apodize"
+
+define	KY_CONVOLUTION		"convolution"
+
+define	KY_UFLUXRATIO		"fluxratio"
+define	KY_FILTER		"filter"
+define	KY_SXINNER		"sx1"
+define	KY_SXOUTER		"sx2"
+define	KY_SYINNER		"sy1"
+define	KY_SYOUTER		"sy2"
+define	KY_RADSYM		"radsym"
+define	KY_THRESHOLD		"threshold"
+
+define	KY_NORMFACTOR		"normfactor"
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/psfmatch.key b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/psfmatch.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57ef3b2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/psfmatch.key
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+	Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+
+?	Print help 
+:	Colon commands
+k	Draw a contour plot of the psf matching kernel
+p	Draw a contour plot of the psf matching kernel power spectrum
+x	Draw a column plot of the psf matching kernel / power spectrum
+y	Draw a line plot of the psf matching kernel / power spectrum
+r	Redraw the current plot
+f	Recompute the psf matching kernel
+w	Update the task parameters
+q	Exit
+
+
+	Colon Commands
+
+
+:mark	[file]		Mark objects on the display
+:show			Show current values of the parameters
+
+
+	Show/Set Parameters
+
+:input		[string]	Show/set the current input image name
+:reference	[string]	Show/set the current reference image/psf name
+:psf		[file/string]	Show/set the objects/input psf list
+:psfimage	[string]	Show/set the current input psf name
+:kernel		[string]	Show/set the current psf matching kernel name
+:output 	[string]	Show/set the current output image name
+
+:dnx		[value]		Show/set x width of data region(s) to extract
+:dny		[value]		Show/set y width of data region(s) to extract
+:pnx		[value]		Show/set x width of psf matching kernel
+:pny		[value]		Show/set y width of psf matching kernel
+:center		[yes/no]	Show/set the centering switch
+:background	[string]        Show/set the background fitting function
+:loreject	[value]		Show/set low side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:hireject	[value]		Show/set high side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:apodize	[value]		Show/set percent of endpoints to apodize
+
+:filter		[string]	Show/set the filtering algorithm
+:fluxratio	[value]		Show/set the reference/input psf flux ratio
+:sx1		[value]		Show/set inner x frequency for cosbell filter
+:sx2		[value]		Show/set outer x frequency for cosbell filter
+:sy1		[value]		Show/set inner y frequency for cosbell filter
+:sy2		[value]		Show/set outer y frequency for cosbell filter
+:radsym		[yes/no]        Show/set radial symmetry for cosbell filter
+:threshold	[value]		Show/set %threshold for replace/modeling filter
+:normfactor	[value]		Show/set the kernel normalization factor
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpbckgrd.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpbckgrd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1670b943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpbckgrd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+# RG_PSCALE -- Compute the background offset and x and y slope.
+
+procedure rg_pscale (pm, data, npts, nx, ny, pnx, pny, offset, coeff)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to the psfmatch structure
+real	data[ARB]	#I the input data
+int	npts		#I the number of points
+int	nx, ny		#I the dimensions of the original subraster
+int	pnx, pny	#I the dimensions of the data region
+real	offset		#I the input offset
+real	coeff[ARB]	#O the output coefficients
+
+int	wxborder, wyborder
+pointer	gs
+real	loreject, hireject, zero
+int	rg_pstati(), rg_znsum(), rg_znmedian(), rg_slope()
+real	rg_pstatr()
+
+begin
+	loreject = rg_pstatr (pm, LOREJECT)
+	hireject = rg_pstatr (pm, HIREJECT)
+
+	switch (rg_pstati (pm, BACKGRD)) {
+	case PM_BNONE:
+	    coeff[1] = 0.0
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	case PM_BNUMBER:
+	    coeff[1] = offset
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	case PM_BMEAN:
+	    if (rg_znsum (data, npts, zero, loreject, hireject) <= 0)
+		zero = 0.0
+	    coeff[1] = zero
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	case PM_BMEDIAN:
+	    if (rg_znmedian (data, npts, zero, loreject, hireject) <= 0)
+		zero = 0.0
+	    coeff[1] = zero
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	case PM_BSLOPE:
+	    call gsinit (gs, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, 1.0, real (nx), 1.0,
+	        real (ny))
+	    wxborder = (nx - pnx) / 2
+	    wyborder = (ny - pny) / 2
+	    if (rg_slope (gs, data, npts, nx, ny, wxborder, wyborder, loreject,
+	        hireject) == ERR) {
+		coeff[1] = 0.0
+		coeff[2] = 0.0
+		coeff[3] = 0.0
+	    } else {
+	        call gssave (gs, coeff)
+		coeff[1] = coeff[GS_SAVECOEFF+1]
+		coeff[2] = coeff[GS_SAVECOEFF+2]
+		coeff[3] = coeff[GS_SAVECOEFF+3]
+	    }
+	    call gsfree (gs)
+	default:
+	    coeff[1] = 0.0
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpcolon.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpcolon.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8eefb22d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpcolon.x
@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+# RG_PCOLON -- Show/set the psfmatch task algorithm parameters. 
+
+procedure rg_pcolon (gd, pm, imr, reglist, impsf, im1, imk, imfourier, im2,
+	cmdstr, newref, newdata, newfourier, newfilter)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	pm			#I pointer to psfmatch structure
+pointer	imr			#I pointer to the reference image
+int	reglist			#I the regions / psf list descriptor
+pointer	impsf			#I pointer to the regions list
+pointer	im1			#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	imk			#I pointer to kernel image
+pointer	imfourier		#I pointer to fourier spectrum image
+pointer	im2			#I pointer to the output image
+char	cmdstr[ARB]		#I command string
+int	newref			#I/O new reference image
+int	newdata			#I/O new input image
+int	newfourier		#I/O new FFT
+int	newfilter		#I/O new filter
+
+bool	bval
+int	ncmd, ival, stat, fd, ip
+pointer	sp, cmd, str
+real	rval
+bool	itob()
+bool	streq()
+int	strdic(), nscan(), rg_pstati(), btoi(), rg_pregions(), fntopnb()
+int	access(), rg_pmkregions(), open(), ctor()
+pointer	immap()
+real	rg_pstatr()
+errchk	immap(), fntopnb()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the command.
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Process the command.
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PMCMDS)
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case PMCMD_REFIMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (imr == NULL || Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (imr)
+		    imr = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    imr = immap (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2 || IM_NDIM(imr) != IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		    call printf (
+                    "Reference image has the wrong number of dimensions\n")
+                    call imunmap (imr)
+                    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_psets (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		    newref = YES; newdata = YES
+		    newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_IMAGE:
+
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+            call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+                call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+                    call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+                    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+            } else {
+                if (im1 != NULL) {
+                    call imunmap (im1)
+                    im1 = NULL
+                }
+                iferr {
+                    im1 = immap (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, 0)
+                    call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, BT_NEAREST)
+                    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+                        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+                    else
+                        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX,
+                            max (IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_LEN(im1,2)))
+                } then {
+                    call erract (EA_WARN)
+                    im1 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+                    call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, BT_NEAREST)
+                    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+                        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+                    else
+                        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX,
+                            max (IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_LEN(im1,2)))
+                } else if (IM_NDIM(im1) > 2 || IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+		    call printf (
+                    "Reference image has the wrong number of dimensions\n")
+                    call imunmap (im1)
+                    im1 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+                    call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, BT_NEAREST)
+                    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+                        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+                    else
+                        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX,
+                            max (IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_LEN(im1,2)))
+		} else {
+                    call rg_psets (pm, IMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+                    newdata = YES; newref = YES
+		    newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+                }
+            }
+
+	case PMCMD_PSFDATA:
+
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, PSFDATA, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (reglist == NULL || nscan() == 1 || (streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str]) && Memc[cmd] != EOS)) {
+		call printf ("%s [string/file]:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_PSFDATA)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else if (rg_pstati(pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE) {
+		call fntclsb (reglist)
+		iferr {
+		    reglist = fntopnb (Memc[cmd], NO)
+		} then {
+		    reglist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+		} else {
+		    if (rg_pregions (reglist, imr, pm, 1, NO) > 0)
+			;
+		    call rg_psets (pm, PSFDATA, Memc[cmd])
+		    newdata = YES; newref = YES
+		    newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_PSFIMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, PSFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (impsf == NULL || Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_PSFIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (impsf != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (impsf)
+		    impsf = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    impsf = immap (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    impsf = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else if (IM_NDIM(impsf) > 2 || IM_NDIM(impsf) !=
+		    IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+		    call printf (
+                    "PSF image has the wrong number of dimensions\n")
+                    call imunmap (impsf)
+                    impsf = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_psets (pm, PSFIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		    newref = YES; newdata = YES
+		    newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_KERNEL:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, KERNEL, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_KERNEL)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (imk != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (imk)
+		    call imdelete (Memc[str])
+		    imk = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    imk = immap (Memc[cmd], NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    imk = NULL
+		    call rg_psets (pm, KERNEL, "")
+		} else
+		    call rg_psets (pm, KERNEL, Memc[cmd])
+	    }
+
+
+	case PMCMD_OUTIMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (im2 == NULL || Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (im2 != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (im2)
+		    im2 = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    im2 = immap (Memc[cmd], NEW_COPY, im1)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    im2 = immap (Memc[str], NEW_COPY, im1)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_psets (pm, OUTIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_DNX:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DNX)
+		    call pargi (rg_pstati (pm, DNX))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_pseti (pm, DNX, ival)
+		newref = YES; newdata = YES; newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_DNY:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DNY)
+		    call pargi (rg_pstati (pm, DNY))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_pseti (pm, DNY, ival)
+		newref = YES; newdata = YES; newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_PNX:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_PNX)
+		    call pargi (rg_pstati (pm, PNX))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_pseti (pm, PNX, min (ival, rg_pstati (pm, DNX)))
+		newref = YES; newdata = YES; newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_PNY:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_PNY)
+		    call pargi (rg_pstati (pm, PNY))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_pseti (pm, PNY, min (ival, rg_pstati(pm, DNY)))
+		newref = YES; newdata = YES; newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_CENTER:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_CENTER)
+		    call pargb (itob (rg_pstati (pm, CENTER)))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_pseti (pm, CENTER, btoi (bval))
+		newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_BACKGRD:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_pstats (pm, BSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_BACKGRD)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		stat = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PM_BTYPES)
+		ip = 1
+		if (stat > 0) {
+		    call rg_pseti (pm, BACKGRD, stat)
+		    call rg_psets (pm, BSTRING, Memc[cmd])
+		    newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+		} else if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+                    call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUE, rval)
+                    if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+                        call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUER, rval)
+                        call strcpy (str, PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+                        call rg_pseti (pm, BACKGRD, PM_NUMBER)
+                    } else {
+                        call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUE, 0.0)
+                        call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUER, 0.0)
+                    }
+                }
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_LOREJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_LOREJECT)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, LOREJECT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, LOREJECT, rval)
+		newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_HIREJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_HIREJECT)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, HIREJECT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, HIREJECT, rval)
+		newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_APODIZE:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_APODIZE)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, APODIZE))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, APODIZE, rval)
+		newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_CONVOLUTION:
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_pstats (pm, CSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_CONVOLUTION)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_UFLUXRATIO:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_UFLUXRATIO)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, UFLUXRATIO))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, UFLUXRATIO, rval)
+		newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_FILTER:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_pstats (pm, FSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_FILTER)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		stat = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PM_FTYPES)
+		if (stat > 0) {
+		    call rg_pseti (pm, FILTER, stat)
+		    call rg_psets (pm, FSTRING, Memc[cmd])
+		}
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_SXINNER:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_SXINNER)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SXINNER))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, SXINNER, rval)
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_SXOUTER:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_SXOUTER)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SXOUTER))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, SXOUTER, rval)
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_SYINNER:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_SYINNER)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SYINNER))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, SYINNER, rval)
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_SYOUTER:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_SYOUTER)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SYOUTER))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, SYOUTER, rval)
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_RADSYM:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_RADSYM)
+		    call pargb (itob (rg_pstati (pm, RADSYM)))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_pseti (pm, RADSYM, btoi (bval))
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_THRESHOLD:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_THRESHOLD)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, THRESHOLD))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, THRESHOLD, rval)
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_NORMFACTOR:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_NORMFACTOR)
+		    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, NORMFACTOR))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, NORMFACTOR, rval)
+		newfilter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PMCMD_SHOW:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    call rg_pshow (pm)
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	case PMCMD_MARK:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		fd = NULL
+	    } else if (access (Memc[cmd], 0, 0) == YES) {
+		call printf ("Warning: file %s already exists\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		fd = NULL
+	    } else {
+	        fd = open (Memc[cmd], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	    if (rg_pmkregions (fd, imr, pm, 1, MAX_NREGIONS) <= 0)
+		call printf ("The regions list is empty\n")
+	    newdata = YES; newref = YES
+	    newfourier = YES; newfilter = YES
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	    if (fd != NULL)
+	        call close (fd)
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous colon command\7\n")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpconvolve.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpconvolve.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b516a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpconvolve.x
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+
+# RG_PCONVOLVE -- Convolve an image with an nxk by nyk kernel. The kernel
+# dimensions are assumed to be odd.
+
+procedure rg_pconvolve (im1, im2, kernel, nxk, nyk, boundary, constant)
+
+pointer	im1		# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		# pointer to the output image
+real	kernel[nxk,nyk]	# the convolution kernel
+int	nxk, nyk	# dimensions of the kernel
+int	boundary	# type of boundary extension
+real	constant	# constant for constant boundary extension
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, col1, col2, nincols, inline, outline
+pointer	sp, lineptrs, linebuf, outbuf, nkern
+pointer	imgs2r(), impl2r()
+errchk	imgs2r, impl2r
+
+begin
+	# Set up an array of line pointers.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lineptrs, nyk, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (nkern, nxk * nyk, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Set the number of image buffers.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBUFS, nyk)
+
+	# Set the input image boundary conditions.
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, max (nxk / 2 + 1, nyk / 2 + 1))
+	if (boundary == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Define the number of output image lines and columns.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im2,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im2) == 1)
+	    nlines = 1
+	else
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im2,2)
+
+	# Set the input image column limits.
+	col1 = 1 - nxk / 2
+	col2 = IM_LEN(im1,1) + nxk / 2
+	nincols = col2 - col1 + 1
+
+	# Flip the kernel
+	call rg_pflip (kernel, Memr[nkern], nxk, nyk)
+
+	# Initialise the line buffers.
+	inline = 1 - nyk / 2
+	do i = 1 , nyk - 1 {
+	    Memi[lineptrs+i] = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline, inline)
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line
+	call salloc (linebuf, nincols, TY_REAL)
+	do outline = 1, nlines {
+
+	    # Scroll the input buffers
+	    do i = 1, nyk - 1
+		Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = Memi[lineptrs+i]
+
+	    # Read in new image line
+	    Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] = imgs2r (im1, col1, col2, inline,
+	        inline)
+
+	    # Get output image line
+	    outbuf = impl2r (im2, outline)
+	    if (outbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Generate output image line
+	    call aclrr (Memr[outbuf], ncols)
+	    do i = 1, nyk
+	        call acnvr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i-1]], Memr[outbuf], ncols,
+	    	    Memr[nkern+(i-1)*nxk], nxk)
+
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Free the image buffer pointers
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PFLIP -- Flip the kernel in preparation for convolution.
+
+procedure rg_pflip (inkern, outkern, nxk, nyk)
+
+real	inkern[nxk,nyk]		# the input kernel
+real	outkern[nxk,nyk]	# the output kernel
+int	nxk, nyk		# the kernel dimensions 
+
+int	i, j
+
+begin
+	do j = 1, nyk {
+	    do i = 1, nxk {
+		outkern[i,j] = inkern[nxk+1-i,nyk+1-j]
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpfft.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpfft.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5f36375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpfft.x
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+
+# RG_PG10F -- Fetch the 0 component of the fft.
+
+real procedure rg_pg10f (fft, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real	fft[nxfft,nyfft]	#I array containing 2 real ffts
+int	nxfft			#I x dimension of complex array
+int	nyfft			#I y dimension of complex array
+
+int	xcen, ycen
+
+begin
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1 
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+
+	return (fft[xcen,ycen])
+end
+
+
+# RG_PG1NORM -- Estimate the normalization factor by computing the amplitude
+# of the best fitting Gaussian. This routine may eventually be replaced by
+# on which does a complete Gaussian fit. The Gaussian is assumed to be
+# of the form g = a * exp (b * r * r). The input array is a 2D real array
+# storing 1  fft of dimension nxfft by nyfft in complex order with the
+# zero frequency in the center.
+
+real procedure rg_pg1norm (fft, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real	fft[nxfft,nyfft]	#I array containing 2 real ffts
+int	nxfft			#I x dimension of complex array
+int	nyfft			#I y dimension of complex array
+
+int	xcen, ycen
+real	ln1, ln2, cx, cy
+
+begin
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1 
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+
+	if (nxfft >= 8) {
+	    ln1 = log (sqrt (fft[xcen-2,ycen] ** 2 + fft[xcen-1,ycen] ** 2))
+	    ln2 = log (sqrt (fft[xcen-4,ycen] ** 2 + fft[xcen-3,ycen] ** 2))
+	    cx = exp ((4.0 * ln1 - ln2) / 3.0)
+	} else
+	    cx = 0.0
+
+	if (nyfft >= 4) {
+	    ln1 = log (sqrt (fft[xcen,ycen-1] ** 2 + fft[xcen+1,ycen-1] ** 2))
+	    ln2 = log (sqrt (fft[xcen,ycen-2] ** 2 + fft[xcen+1,ycen-2] ** 2))
+	    cy = exp ((4.0 * ln1 - ln2) / 3.0)
+	} else
+	    cy = 0.0
+
+	if (cx <= 0.0)
+	    return (cy)
+	else if (cy <= 0.0)
+	    return (cx)
+	else
+	    return (0.5 * (cx + cy))
+end
+
+
+# RG_PG20F -- Fetch the 0 component of the fft.
+
+real procedure rg_pg20f (fft, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real	fft[nxfft,nyfft]	#I array containing 2 real ffts
+int	nxfft			#I x dimension of complex array
+int	nyfft			#I y dimension of complex array
+
+int	xcen, ycen
+
+begin
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1 
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+
+	return (fft[xcen,ycen] / fft[xcen+1,ycen])
+end
+
+
+# RG_PG2NORM -- Estimate the normalization factor by computing the amplitude
+# of the best fitting Gaussian. This routine may eventually be replaced by
+# on which does a complete Gaussian fit. The Gaussian is assumed to be
+# of the form g = a * exp (b * r * r). The input array is a 2D real array
+# storing 2 2D ffts of dimension nxfft by nyfft in complex order with the
+# zero frequency in the center.
+
+real procedure rg_pg2norm (fft, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real	fft[nxfft,nyfft]	#I array containing 2 real ffts
+int	nxfft			#I x dimension of complex array
+int	nyfft			#I y dimension of complex array
+
+int	xcen, ycen
+real	fftr, ffti, ln1r, ln2r, ln1i, ln2i, cxr, cyr, cxi, cyi, ampr, ampi
+
+begin
+
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1 
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+
+	# Compute the x amplitude for the first fft.
+	if (nxfft >= 8) {
+
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+2,ycen] + fft[xcen-2,ycen])
+	    ffti = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+3,ycen] - fft[xcen-1,ycen])
+	    ln1r = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+4,ycen] + fft[xcen-4,ycen])
+	    ffti = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+5,ycen] - fft[xcen-3,ycen])
+	    ln2r = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+3,ycen] + fft[xcen-1,ycen])
+	    ffti = -0.5 * (fft[xcen+2,ycen] - fft[xcen-2,ycen])
+	    ln1i = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+5,ycen] + fft[xcen-3,ycen])
+	    ffti = -0.5 * (fft[xcen+4,ycen] - fft[xcen-4,ycen])
+	    ln2i = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+
+	    cxr = exp ((4.0 * ln1r - ln2r) / 3.0)
+            cxi = exp ((4.0 * ln1i - ln2i) / 3.0)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    cxr = 0.0
+	    cxi = 0.0
+
+	}
+
+	# Compute the y ratio.
+	if (nyfft >= 4) {
+
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen,ycen+1] + fft[xcen,ycen-1])
+	    ffti = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+1,ycen+1] - fft[xcen+1,ycen-1])
+	    ln1r = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen,ycen+2] + fft[xcen,ycen-2])
+	    ffti = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+1,ycen+2] - fft[xcen+1,ycen-2])
+	    ln2r = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+1,ycen+1] + fft[xcen+1,ycen-1])
+	    ffti = -0.5 * (fft[xcen,ycen+1] - fft[xcen,ycen-1])
+	    ln1i = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+	    fftr = 0.5 * (fft[xcen+1,ycen+2] + fft[xcen+1,ycen-2])
+	    ffti = -0.5 * (fft[xcen,ycen+2] - fft[xcen,ycen-2])
+	    ln2i = log (sqrt (fftr ** 2 + ffti ** 2))
+
+	    cyr = exp ((4.0 * ln1r - ln2r) / 3.0)
+            cyi = exp ((4.0 * ln1i - ln2i) / 3.0)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    cyr = 0.0
+	    cyi = 0.0
+
+	}
+
+	if (cxr <= 0.0)
+	    ampr = cyr
+	else if (cyr <= 0.0)
+	    ampr = cxr
+	else
+	    ampr = 0.5 * (cxr + cyr)
+
+	if (cxi <= 0.0)
+	    ampi = cyi
+	else if (cyi <= 0.0)
+	    ampi = cxi
+	else
+	    ampi = 0.5 * (cxi + cyi)
+
+	if (ampi <= 0.0)
+	    return (INDEFR)
+	else
+	    return (ampr /ampi)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PDIVFFT -- Unpack the two fft's, save the first fft, and compute the
+# quotient of the two ffts.
+
+procedure rg_pdivfft (fft1, fftnum, fftdenom, fft2, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real    fft1[nxfft,nyfft]       # array containing 2 ffts of 2 real functions
+real    fftnum[nxfft,nyfft]     # the numerator fft
+real    fftdenom[nxfft,nyfft]   # the denominator fft
+real    fft2[nxfft,nyfft]       # fft of psf matching function
+int     nxfft, nyfft            # dimensions of fft
+
+int	i, j, xcen, ycen, nxp2, nxp3, nyp2
+real    c1, c2, h1r, h1i, h2r, h2i, denom
+
+begin
+        c1 = 0.5
+        c2 = -0.5
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+        nxp2 = nxfft + 2
+        nxp3 = nxfft + 3
+        nyp2 = nyfft + 2
+
+        # Compute the 0 frequency point.
+        h1r = fft1[xcen,ycen]
+        h1i = 0.0
+        h2r = fft1[xcen+1,ycen]
+        h2i = 0.0
+	fftnum[xcen,ycen] = h1r
+	fftnum[xcen+1,ycen] = 0.0
+        fftdenom[xcen,ycen] = h2r
+        fftdenom[xcen+1,ycen] = 0.0
+        fft2[xcen,ycen] = h1r / h2r
+        fft2[xcen+1,ycen] = 0.0
+
+	#call eprintf ("fft11=%g fft21=%g\n")
+	    #call pargr (fft1[1,1])
+	    #call pargr (fft1[2,1])
+
+	# Compute the first point.
+        h1r = c1 * (fft1[1,1] + fft1[1,1])
+        h1i = 0.0
+        h2r = -c2 * (fft1[2,1] + fft1[2,1])
+        h2i = 0.0
+
+        fftnum[1,1] = h1r
+        fftnum[2,1] = h1i
+        fftdenom[1,1] = h2r
+        fftdenom[2,1] = h2i
+        denom = h2r * h2r + h2i * h2i
+        if (denom == 0.0) {
+            fft2[1,1] = 1.0
+            fft2[2,1] = 0.0
+        } else {
+            fft2[1,1] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i) / denom
+            fft2[2,1] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r) / denom
+        }
+
+	# Compute the x symmetry axis points.
+        do i = 3, xcen - 1, 2 {
+
+            h1r = c1 * (fft1[i,ycen] + fft1[nxp2-i,ycen])
+            h1i = c1 * (fft1[i+1,ycen] - fft1[nxp3-i,ycen])
+            h2r = -c2 * (fft1[i+1,ycen] + fft1[nxp3-i,ycen])
+            h2i = c2 * (fft1[i,ycen] - fft1[nxp2-i,ycen])
+
+            fftnum[i,ycen] = h1r
+            fftnum[i+1,ycen] = h1i
+            fftnum[nxp2-i,ycen] = h1r
+            fftnum[nxp3-i,ycen] = -h1i
+
+            fftdenom[i,ycen] = h2r
+            fftdenom[i+1,ycen] = h2i
+            fftdenom[nxp2-i,ycen] = h2r
+            fftdenom[nxp3-i,ycen] = -h2i
+
+            denom = h2r * h2r + h2i * h2i
+            if (denom == 0.0) {
+                fft2[i,ycen] = 1.0
+                fft2[i+1,ycen] = 0.0
+            } else {
+                fft2[i,ycen] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i) / denom
+                fft2[i+1,ycen] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r) / denom
+            }
+            fft2[nxp2-i,ycen] = fft2[i,ycen]
+            fft2[nxp3-i,ycen] = -fft2[i+1,ycen]
+
+        }
+
+	# Quit if the transform is 1D.
+	if (nyfft < 2)
+	    return
+
+	# Compute the x axis points.
+        do i = 3, xcen + 1, 2 {
+
+            h1r = c1 * (fft1[i,1] + fft1[nxp2-i,1])
+            h1i = c1 * (fft1[i+1,1] - fft1[nxp3-i,1])
+            h2r = -c2 * (fft1[i+1,1] + fft1[nxp3-i,1])
+            h2i = c2 * (fft1[i,1] - fft1[nxp2-i,1])
+
+            fftnum[i,1] = h1r
+            fftnum[i+1,1] = h1i
+            fftnum[nxp2-i,1] = h1r
+            fftnum[nxp3-i,1] = -h1i
+
+            fftdenom[i,1] = h2r
+            fftdenom[i+1,1] = h2i
+            fftdenom[nxp2-i,1] = h2r
+            fftdenom[nxp3-i,1] = -h2i
+
+            denom = h2r * h2r + h2i * h2i
+            if (denom == 0) {
+                fft2[i,1] = 1.0
+                fft2[i+1,1] = 0.0
+            } else {
+                fft2[i,1] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i) / denom
+                fft2[i+1,1] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r) / denom
+            }
+            fft2[nxp2-i,1] = fft2[i,1]
+            fft2[nxp3-i,1] = -fft2[i+1,1]
+	}
+
+	# Compute the y symmetry axis points.
+        do i = 2, ycen - 1 {
+
+            h1r = c1 * (fft1[xcen,i] + fft1[xcen, nyp2-i])
+            h1i = c1 * (fft1[xcen+1,i] - fft1[xcen+1,nyp2-i])
+            h2r = -c2 * (fft1[xcen+1,i] + fft1[xcen+1,nyp2-i])
+            h2i = c2 * (fft1[xcen,i] - fft1[xcen,nyp2-i])
+
+            fftnum[xcen,i] = h1r
+            fftnum[xcen+1,i] = h1i
+            fftnum[xcen,nyp2-i] = h1r
+            fftnum[xcen+1,nyp2-i] = -h1i
+
+            fftdenom[xcen,i] = h2r
+            fftdenom[xcen+1,i] = h2i
+            fftdenom[xcen,nyp2-i] = h2r
+            fftdenom[xcen+1,nyp2-i] = -h2i
+
+            denom = h2r * h2r + h2i * h2i
+            if (denom == 0.0) {
+                fft2[xcen,i] = 1.0
+                fft2[xcen+1,i] = 0.0
+            } else {
+                fft2[xcen,i] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i) / denom
+                fft2[xcen+1,i] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r) / denom
+            }
+            fft2[xcen,nyp2-i] = fft2[xcen,i]
+            fft2[xcen+1,nyp2-i] = -fft2[xcen+1,i]
+
+        }
+
+	# Compute the y axis points.
+        do i = 2, ycen {
+
+            h1r = c1 * (fft1[1,i] + fft1[1,nyp2-i])
+            h1i = c1 * (fft1[2,i] - fft1[2,nyp2-i])
+            h2r = -c2 * (fft1[2,i] + fft1[2,nyp2-i])
+            h2i = c2 * (fft1[1,i] - fft1[1,nyp2-i])
+
+            fftnum[1,i] = h1r
+            fftnum[2,i] = h1i
+            fftnum[1,nyp2-i] = h1r
+            fftnum[2,nyp2-i] = -h1i
+
+            fftdenom[1,i] = h2r
+            fftdenom[2,i] = h2i
+            fftdenom[1,nyp2-i] = h2r
+            fftdenom[2,nyp2-i] = -h2i
+
+            denom = h2r * h2r + h2i * h2i
+            if (denom == 0.0) {
+                fft2[1,i] = 1.0
+                fft2[2,i] = 0.0
+            } else {
+                fft2[1,i] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i) / denom
+                fft2[2,i] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r) / denom
+            }
+            fft2[1,nyp2-i] = fft2[1,i]
+            fft2[2,nyp2-i] = -fft2[2,i]
+	}
+
+        # Compute the remainder of the transform.
+        do j = 2, ycen - 1 {
+
+	    do i = 3, xcen - 1, 2 {
+
+                h1r = c1 * (fft1[i,j] + fft1[nxp2-i, nyp2-j])
+                h1i = c1 * (fft1[i+1,j] - fft1[nxp3-i,nyp2-j])
+                h2r = -c2 * (fft1[i+1,j] + fft1[nxp3-i,nyp2-j])
+                h2i = c2 * (fft1[i,j] - fft1[nxp2-i,nyp2-j])
+
+                fftnum[i,j] = h1r
+                fftnum[i+1,j] = h1i
+                fftnum[nxp2-i,nyp2-j] = h1r
+                fftnum[nxp3-i,nyp2-j] = -h1i
+
+                fftdenom[i,j] = h2r
+                fftdenom[i+1,j] = h2i
+                fftdenom[nxp2-i,nyp2-j] = h2r
+                fftdenom[nxp3-i,nyp2-j] = -h2i
+
+                denom = h2r * h2r + h2i * h2i
+                if (denom == 0.0) {
+                    fft2[i,j] = 1.0
+                    fft2[i+1,j] = 0.0
+                } else {
+                    fft2[i,j] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i) / denom
+                    fft2[i+1,j] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r) / denom
+                }
+                fft2[nxp2-i,nyp2-j] = fft2[i,j]
+                fft2[nxp3-i,nyp2-j] = - fft2[i+1,j]
+	    }
+
+            do i = xcen + 2, nxfft, 2 {
+
+                h1r = c1 * (fft1[i,j] + fft1[nxp2-i, nyp2-j])
+                h1i = c1 * (fft1[i+1,j] - fft1[nxp3-i,nyp2-j])
+                h2r = -c2 * (fft1[i+1,j] + fft1[nxp3-i,nyp2-j])
+                h2i = c2 * (fft1[i,j] - fft1[nxp2-i,nyp2-j])
+
+                fftnum[i,j] = h1r
+                fftnum[i+1,j] = h1i
+                fftnum[nxp2-i,nyp2-j] = h1r
+                fftnum[nxp3-i,nyp2-j] = -h1i
+
+                fftdenom[i,j] = h2r
+                fftdenom[i+1,j] = h2i
+                fftdenom[nxp2-i,nyp2-j] = h2r
+                fftdenom[nxp3-i,nyp2-j] = -h2i
+
+                denom = h2r * h2r + h2i * h2i
+                if (denom == 0.0) {
+                    fft2[i,j] = 1.0
+                    fft2[i+1,j] = 0.0
+                } else {
+                    fft2[i,j] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i) / denom
+                    fft2[i+1,j] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r) / denom
+                }
+                fft2[nxp2-i,nyp2-j] = fft2[i,j]
+                fft2[nxp3-i,nyp2-j] = - fft2[i+1,j]
+
+            }
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_PNORM -- Insert the normalization value into the 0 frequency of the
+# fft. The fft is a 2D fft stored in a real array in complex order.
+# The fft is assumed to be centered.
+
+procedure rg_pnorm (fft, nxfft, nyfft, norm)
+
+real    fft[ARB]        #I the input fft
+int     nxfft           #I the x dimension of fft (complex storage)
+int     nyfft           #I the y dimension of the fft
+real    norm            #I the flux ratio
+
+int     index
+
+begin
+        index = nxfft + 1 + 2 * (nyfft / 2) * nxfft
+        fft[index] = norm
+        fft[index+1] = 0.0
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpfilter.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpfilter.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63040b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpfilter.x
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+include <math.h>
+
+# RG_PCOSBELL -- Apply a cosine bell function to the data.
+
+procedure rg_pcosbell (fft, nxfft, nyfft, sx1, sx2, sy1, sy2, radsym)
+
+real	fft[ARB]		#I/O the ifft to be filtered
+int	nxfft			#I the x dimension of the fft
+int	nyfft			#I the y dimension of the fft
+real	sx1			#I inner x radius of the cosine bell filter
+real	sx2			#I outer x radius of the cosine bell filter
+real	sy1			#I inner y radius of the cosine bell filter
+real	sy2			#I outer y radius of the cosine bell filter
+int	radsym			#I radial symmetry ?
+
+int	i, j, index, xcen, ycen
+real	factorx, factory, r1, r2, r, rj, cos2
+
+begin
+	# Compute the center of the fft.
+	xcen = (nxfft / 2) + 1
+	ycen = (nyfft / 2) + 1
+
+	if (radsym == NO) {
+
+	    # Filter in the y direction independently.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(sy1)) 
+		r1 = 0.0
+	    else
+		r1 = sy1
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(sy2)) 
+		r2 = nyfft - ycen + 1
+	    else
+		r2 = sy2
+	    factory = HALFPI / (r2 - r1)
+	    index = 1
+	    do j = 1, nyfft {
+		r = abs (ycen - j)
+		if (r >= r2)
+		    cos2 = 0.0
+		else if (r <= r1)
+		    cos2 = 1.0
+		else
+		    cos2 = cos ((r - r1) * factory) ** 2
+		call amulkr (fft[index], cos2, fft[index], 2 * nxfft)
+		index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	    }
+
+	    # Filter in the x direction independently.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(sx1)) 
+		r1 = 0.0
+	    else
+		r1 = sx1
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(sx2)) 
+		r2 = nxfft - xcen + 1
+	    else
+		r2 = sx2
+	    factorx = HALFPI / (r2 - r1)
+
+	    do i = 1, nxfft {
+		r = abs (xcen - i)
+		if (r >= r2)
+		    cos2 = 0.0
+		else if (r <= r1)
+		    cos2 = 1.0
+		else
+		    cos2 = cos ((r - r1) * factorx) ** 2
+		do j = 2 * i - 1, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, 2 * nxfft {
+		    fft[j] = fft[j] * cos2
+		    fft[j+1] = fft[j+1] * cos2
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(sx1) && IS_INDEFR(sy1))
+		r1 = 0.0
+	    else if (IS_INDEFR(sx1))
+		r1 = sy1
+	    else if (IS_INDEFR(sy1))
+		r1 = sx1
+	    else
+		r1 = (sx1 + sy1) / 2.0
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(sx2) && IS_INDEFR(sy2))
+		r2 = (nxfft - xcen + 1 + nyfft - ycen + 1) / 2.0
+	    else if (IS_INDEFR(sx2))
+		r2 = sy2
+	    else if (IS_INDEFR(sy2))
+		r2 = sx2
+	    else
+		r2 = (sx2 + sy2) / 2.0
+	    factorx = HALFPI / (r2 - r1)
+
+	    index = 0
+	    do j = 1, nyfft {
+		rj = (ycen - j) ** 2
+		do i = 1, nxfft  {
+		    r = sqrt ((i - xcen) ** 2 + rj)
+		    if (r >= r2) {
+			fft[index+2*i-1] = 0.0
+			fft[index+2*i] = 0.0
+		    } else if (r > r1) {
+			fft[index+2*i-1] = fft[index+2*i-1] * cos ((r - r1) *
+			    factorx) ** 2
+			fft[index+2*i] = fft[index+2*i] * cos ((r - r1) *
+			    factorx) ** 2
+		    }
+		}
+		index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PREPLACE -- Replace low valued regions in the kernel fft with a Gaussian
+# extension.
+
+procedure rg_preplace (fft, fftdiv, nxfft, nyfft, pthreshold, norm)
+
+real	fft[ARB]		#I/O the fft of the kernel
+real	fftdiv[ARB]		#I the divisor fft
+int	nxfft			#I x dimension of the fft (complex storage)
+int	nyfft			#I y dimension of the fft
+real	pthreshold		#I the minimum percent amplitude in the divisor
+real	norm			#I the normalization  value
+
+pointer	sp, params
+int	xcen, ycen, i, j, ri, rj, index
+real	divpeak, a1, a2, a3, u, v, divisor, absv, phi
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (params, 5, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the central amplitude peak.
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+	divpeak = pthreshold * fftdiv[1+nxfft+2*(ycen-1)*nxfft]
+
+	# Fit the parameters.
+	call rg_pgaussfit (fft, fftdiv, nxfft, nyfft, divpeak, norm,
+	    Memr[params])
+
+	# Store the parameters in temporary variables.
+	a1 = Memr[params]
+	a2 = Memr[params+1]
+	a3 = Memr[params+2]
+	u = Memr[params+3]
+	v = Memr[params+4]
+
+	# Perform the extension.
+	index = 0
+	do j = 1, nyfft {
+	    rj = j - ycen
+	    do i = 1, nxfft {
+	        ri = i - xcen
+		divisor = sqrt (fftdiv[index+2*i-1] ** 2 +
+		    fftdiv[index+2*i] ** 2)
+		if (divisor < divpeak) {
+		    absv = norm * exp (a1 * ri * ri + a2 * ri * rj + a3 *
+		        rj * rj)
+		    phi = u * ri + v * rj
+		    fft[index+2*i-1] = absv * cos (phi)
+		    fft[index+2*i] = absv * sin (phi)
+		}
+	    }
+	    index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	}
+
+	# Correct the first row.
+	do i = 1, 2 * nxfft, 2 {
+	    fft[i] = sqrt (fft[i] ** 2 + fft[i+1] ** 2)
+	    fft[i+1] = 0.0
+	}
+
+	# Correct the first column.
+	index = 1
+	do j = 2, nyfft {
+	    fft[index] = sqrt (fft[index] ** 2 + fft[index+1] ** 2)
+	    fft[index+1] = 0.0
+	    index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PGMODEL -- Replace low values with a Gaussian mode.
+
+procedure rg_pgmodel (fft, fftdiv, nxfft, nyfft, pthreshold, norm)
+
+real	fft[ARB]		#I/O the fft of the kernel
+real	fftdiv[ARB]		#I the divisor fft
+int	nxfft			#I the x dimension of the fft
+int	nyfft			#I the y dimension of the fft
+real	pthreshold		#I the minimum percent amplitude in the divisor
+real	norm			#I the normalization factor
+
+pointer	sp, params
+int	xcen, ycen, i, j, index
+real	divpeak, a1, a2, a3, u, v, absv, phi, ri, rj
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (params, 5, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Compute the central amplitude peak.
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+	divpeak = pthreshold * fftdiv[1+nxfft+2*(ycen-1)*nxfft]
+
+	# Fit the parameters.
+	call rg_pgaussfit (fft, fftdiv, nxfft, nyfft, divpeak, norm,
+	    Memr[params])
+
+	# Store the parameters in temporary variables
+	a1 = Memr[params]
+	a2 = Memr[params+1]
+	a3 = Memr[params+2]
+	u = Memr[params+3]
+	v = Memr[params+4]
+
+	# Perform the extension.
+	index = 0
+	do j = 1, nyfft {
+	    rj = j - ycen
+	    do i = 1, nxfft {
+	        ri = i - xcen
+		absv = norm * exp (a1 * ri * ri + a2 * ri * rj + a3 * rj * rj)
+		phi = u * ri + v * rj
+		fft[index+2*i-1] = absv * cos (phi)
+		fft[index+2*i] = absv * sin (phi)
+	    }
+	    index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	}
+
+	# Correct the first row.
+	do i = 1, 2 * nxfft, 2 {
+	    fft[i] = sqrt (fft[i] ** 2 + fft[i+1] ** 2)
+	    fft[i+1] = 0.0
+	}
+
+	# Correct the first column.
+	index = 1
+	do j = 2, nyfft {
+	    fft[index] = sqrt (fft[index] ** 2 + fft[index+1] ** 2)
+	    fft[index+1] = 0.0
+	    index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PGAUSSFIT -- Procedure to compute the Gaussian parameters
+
+procedure rg_pgaussfit (fft, fftdiv, nxfft, nyfft, divpeak, norm, param)
+
+real	fft[ARB]		#I the fft of the kernel
+real	fftdiv[ARB]		#I the divisor fft
+int	nxfft			#I the x dimension of the fft
+int	nyfft			#I the y dimension of the fft
+real	divpeak			#I the minimum value in the divisor
+real	norm			#I the normalization value norm value
+real	param[ARB]		#O the output fitted parameters
+
+int	i, j, yj, xcen, ycen
+double	x, y, x2, xy, y2, z, wt, x2w, y2w, xyw, zw, xzw, yzw
+double	sxxxx, sxxxy, sxxyy, sxyyy, syyyy, sxxz, sxyz, syyz, sxx, sxy
+double	syy, sxz, syz
+pointer	sp, mat
+real	divisor
+
+begin
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (mat, 12, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Define the center of the fft.
+	xcen = nxfft / 2 + 1
+	ycen = nyfft / 2 + 1
+
+	# Initialize.
+	sxxxx = 0.0d0
+	sxxxy = 0.0d0
+	sxxyy = 0.0d0
+	sxyyy = 0.0d0
+	syyyy = 0.0d0
+	sxxz = 0.0d0
+	sxyz = 0.0d0
+	syyz = 0.0d0
+	sxx = 0.0d0
+	sxy = 0.0d0
+	syy = 0.0d0
+	sxz = 0.0d0
+	syz = 0.0d0
+
+	do i = 1, nxfft {
+	    x = i - xcen
+	    yj = - ycen
+	    do j = 2 * i - 1, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, 2 * nxfft {
+		yj = yj + 1
+		y = yj
+
+		# Skip low points in the fit.
+		divisor = sqrt (fftdiv[j] ** 2 + fftdiv[j+1] ** 2)
+		if (divisor < divpeak)
+		    next
+		if (i == xcen || yj == ycen)
+		    next
+
+		# Accumulate the intermediate products.
+		divisor = sqrt (fft[j] ** 2 + fft[j+1] ** 2)
+		if (divisor <= 0.0)
+		    next
+		z = log (divisor / norm)
+		x2 = x * x
+		y2 = y * y
+		wt = 1.0 / sqrt (x2 + y2)
+		xy = x * y
+		x2w = x2 * wt
+		y2w = y2 * wt
+		xyw = xy * wt
+		zw = z * wt
+		xzw = x * zw
+		yzw = y * zw
+
+		# Accumulate the sums for the Gaussian.
+		sxxxx = sxxxx + x2 * x2w
+		sxxxy = sxxxy + x2 * xyw
+		sxxyy = sxxyy + x2 * y2w
+		sxyyy = sxyyy + xy * y2w
+		syyyy = syyyy + y2 * y2w
+		sxxz =  sxxz + x * xzw
+		sxyz = sxyz + x * yzw
+		syyz = syyz + y * yzw
+
+		# New weight and z point.
+		wt = sqrt (fft[j] ** 2 + fft[j+1] ** 2) / norm
+		z = atan2 (fft[j+1], fft[j])
+
+		# Accumulate the sums for the shift determinantion.
+		sxx = sxx + x2 * wt
+		sxy = sxy + xy * wt
+		syy = syy + y2 * wt
+		sxz = sxz + x * z * wt
+		syz = syz + y * z * wt
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Solve for the gaussian.
+	Memd[mat] = sxxxx
+	Memd[mat+1] = sxxxy
+	Memd[mat+2] = sxxyy
+	Memd[mat+3] = sxxz
+	Memd[mat+4] = sxxxy
+	Memd[mat+5] = sxxyy
+	Memd[mat+6] = sxyyy
+	Memd[mat+7] = sxyz
+	Memd[mat+8] = sxxyy
+	Memd[mat+9] = sxyyy
+	Memd[mat+10] = syyyy
+	Memd[mat+11] = syyz
+	call rg_pgelim (Memd[mat], 3)
+	param[1] = Memd[mat+3]
+	param[2] = Memd[mat+7]
+	param[3] = Memd[mat+11]
+
+	# Solve for the shift.
+	Memd[mat] = sxx
+	Memd[mat+1] = sxy
+	Memd[mat+2] = sxz
+	Memd[mat+3] = sxy
+	Memd[mat+4] = syy
+	Memd[mat+5] = syz
+	call rg_pgelim (Memd[mat], 2)
+	param[4] = Memd[mat+2]
+	param[5] = Memd[mat+5]
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PGELIM -- Solve a matrix using Gaussian elimination.
+
+procedure rg_pgelim (a, n)
+
+double  a[n+1,n]                        #I/O matrix to be solved
+int     n                               #I number of variables
+
+int     i, j, k
+double	den, hold
+
+begin
+        do k = 1, n {
+
+            den = a[k,k]
+            if (den == 0.0d0) {                # look for non-zero switch
+                do j = k + 1, n {
+                    if (a[k,k] != 0.0d0) {
+                        do i = k, n + 1 {
+                            hold = a[i,j]
+                            a[i,j] = a[i,k]
+                            a[i,k] = hold
+                        }
+                        den = a[k,k]
+                    }
+                }
+                if (den == 0.0d0)              # if still zero, skip
+                    next
+            }
+
+            do i = k, n + 1 
+                a[i,k] = a[i,k] / den
+            do j = 1, n {
+                if (j != k) {
+                    den = a[k,j]
+                    do i = k, n + 1
+                       a[i,j] = a[i,j] - a[i,k] * den
+                }
+	    }
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_PNORMFILT -- Filter out any values greater than the normalization
+# from the kernel fft.
+
+procedure rg_pnormfilt (fft, nxfft, nyfft, norm)
+
+real	fft[ARB]		#I/O the input fft
+int	nxfft			#I the x length of the fft
+int	nyfft			#I the y length of the fft
+real	norm			#I the normalization factor
+
+int	j, i_index
+
+begin
+	do j = 1, nyfft {
+	    i_index = 1 + 2 * (j - 1) * nxfft
+	    call rg_pnreplace (fft[i_index], nxfft, norm)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PFOURIER -- Compute the fourier spectrum of the convolution kernel.
+
+procedure rg_pfourier (fft, psfft, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real	fft[ARB]		# the input fft
+real	psfft[ARB]		# fourier spectrum of the fft
+int	nxfft			# the x dimension of the fft
+int	nyfft			# the y dimension of the fft
+
+int	j, i_index, o_index
+
+begin
+	do j = 1, nyfft {
+	    i_index = 1 + 2 * (j - 1) * nxfft
+	    o_index = 1 + (j - 1) *  nxfft
+	    call rg_pvfourier (fft[i_index], psfft[o_index], nxfft)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PVFOURIER -- Procedure to compute the fourier spectrum of a  vector.
+
+procedure rg_pvfourier (a, b, nxfft)
+
+real	a[ARB]		# input vector in complex storage order
+real	b[ARB]		# output vector in real storage order
+int	nxfft		# length of vector
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nxfft
+	    b[i] = sqrt (a[2*i-1] ** 2 + a[2*i] ** 2)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PNREPLACE -- Replace values whose absolute value is greater than the
+# flux ratio.
+
+procedure rg_pnreplace (a, nxfft, norm)
+
+real	a[ARB]		#I/O ithe nput vector in complex storage order
+int	nxfft		#I the length of the vector
+real	norm		#I the flux ratio
+
+int	i
+real	val
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, 2 * nxfft, 2 {
+	    val = sqrt (a[i] ** 2 + a[i+1] ** 2)
+	    if (val > norm) {
+		a[i] = a[i] / val * norm 
+		a[i+1] = a[i+1] / val * norm 
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpisfm.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpisfm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24df8fd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpisfm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+define	HELPFILE	"immatch$src/psfmatch/psfmatch.key"
+
+# Define the plot functions
+
+define	PM_PPOWER	1
+define	PM_PKERNEL	2
+
+# Define the plot types
+
+define  PM_PCONTOUR     1
+define  PM_PLINE        2
+define  PM_PCOL         3
+
+# RG_PISFM -- Procedure to compute the shifts interactively.
+
+int procedure rg_pisfm (pm, imr, reglist, impsf, im1, imk, imp, im2, gd, id)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to the psfmatch structure
+pointer	imr		#I/O pointer to the reference image/psf
+pointer	reglist		#I/O pointer to the regions list
+pointer	impsf		#I/O pointer to the input psf
+pointer	im1		#I/O pointer to the input image
+pointer	imp		#I/O pointer to the fourier spectrum image
+pointer	imk		#I/O pointer to the kernel image
+pointer	im2		#I/O pointer to the output image
+pointer	gd		#I graphics stream pointer
+pointer	id		#I display stream pointer
+
+int	newref, newimage, newfourier, newfilter, plotfunc, plottype, wcs, key
+int	newplot, ncolr, nliner, ip
+pointer	sp, cmd
+real	wx, wy
+int	rg_pstati(), rg_psfm(), clgcur(), rg_pgqverify(), rg_pgtverify()
+int	ctoi(), rg_pregions()
+pointer	rg_pstatp()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	newref = YES
+	newimage = YES
+	newfourier = YES
+	newfilter = YES
+	ncolr = INDEFI
+	nliner = INDEFI
+	plotfunc = PM_PKERNEL
+	plottype = PM_PCONTOUR
+
+	# Compute the convolution kernel for the current image.
+	if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE && rg_pstati (pm,
+	    NREGIONS) <= 0) {
+	    call gclear (gd)
+	    call gflush (gd)
+	    call printf ("The objects list is empty\n")
+	} else {
+	    if (rg_psfm (pm, imr, im1, impsf, imk, newref) == OK) {
+	        call rg_pplot (gd, pm, ncolr, nliner, plotfunc, plottype)
+	        newref = NO
+	        newimage = NO
+	        newfourier = NO
+	        newfilter = NO
+	    } else {
+	        call gclear (gd)
+	        call gflush (gd)
+	        call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("Error computing kernel for image %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    }
+	}
+	newplot = NO
+
+	# Loop over the cursor commands.
+	while (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) !=
+	    EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    # Print the help page.
+	    case '?':
+	        call gpagefile (gd, HELPFILE, "")
+
+	    # Quit the task gracefully.
+	    case 'q':
+		if (rg_pgqverify ("psfmatch", pm, imk, key) == YES) {
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return (rg_pgtverify (key))
+		}
+
+	    # Process colon commands.
+	    case ':':
+		for (ip = 1; IS_WHITE(Memc[cmd+ip-1]); ip = ip + 1)
+                    ;
+                switch (Memc[cmd+ip-1]) {
+
+                case 'x':
+		    if (Memc[cmd+ip] != EOS && Memc[cmd+ip] != ' ') {
+    		        call rg_pcolon (gd, pm, imr, reglist, impsf, im1, imk,
+			    NULL, im2, Memc[cmd], newref, newimage,
+			    newfourier, newfilter)
+                    } else {
+                        ip = ip + 1
+                        if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, ncolr) <= 0) {
+			    switch (plotfunc) {
+			    case PM_PPOWER:
+                                ncolr = rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT) / 2 + 1
+			    case PM_PKERNEL:
+                                ncolr = rg_pstati (pm, KNX) / 2 + 1
+			    default:
+                                ncolr = rg_pstati (pm, KNX) / 2 + 1
+			    }
+			}
+                        plottype = PM_PCOL
+                        newplot = YES
+                    }
+
+		case 'y':
+		    if (Memc[cmd+ip] != EOS && Memc[cmd+ip] != ' ') {
+    		        call rg_pcolon (gd, pm, imr, reglist, impsf, im1, imk,
+			    NULL, im2, Memc[cmd], newref, newimage,
+			    newfourier, newfilter)
+                    } else {
+			ip = ip + 1
+                        if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, nliner) <= 0) {
+			    switch (plotfunc) {
+			    case PM_PPOWER:
+                                nliner = rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT) / 2 + 1
+			    case PM_PKERNEL:
+                                nliner = rg_pstati (pm, KNY) / 2 + 1
+			    default:
+                                nliner = rg_pstati (pm, KNY) / 2 + 1
+			    }
+			}
+                        plottype = PM_PLINE
+                        newplot = YES
+		    }
+
+
+		default:
+    		    call rg_pcolon (gd, pm, imr, reglist, impsf, im1, imk, NULL,
+		        im2, Memc[cmd], newref, newimage, newfourier,
+			newfilter)
+		}
+
+		 # Write the parameters to the parameter file.
+		 case 'w':
+		    call rg_pppars (pm)
+
+		# Recompute the convolution kernel function.
+		 case 'f':
+
+		    if (rg_pstati(pm,CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE) {
+		        if (newref == YES)
+			    if (rg_pregions (reglist, imr, pm, 1, YES) > 0)
+			        ;
+			else if (newimage == YES)
+			    call rg_pindefr (pm)
+		    }
+
+		    if (rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS) > 0 || rg_pstati (pm,
+		        CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONIMAGE) {
+
+		        if (newfourier == YES) {
+		            call printf (
+			        "\nRecomputing convolution kernel ...\n")
+			    if (rg_psfm (pm, imr, im1, impsf, imk,
+			        newref) == OK) {
+			        ncolr = INDEFI
+			        nliner = INDEFI
+	    		        call rg_pplot (gd, pm, ncolr, nliner, plotfunc,
+			            plottype)
+			        newref = NO
+				newimage = NO
+			        newfourier = NO
+			        newfilter = NO
+			        newplot = NO
+			    } else
+		    	        call printf (
+				    "\nError computing new kernel ...\n")
+		        }
+
+		        if (newfilter == YES) {
+		            if (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,FFT)] != NULL) {
+			        call rg_pfilter (pm)
+			        ncolr = INDEFI
+			        nliner = INDEFI
+	    		        call rg_pplot (gd, pm, ncolr, nliner, plotfunc,
+			            plottype)
+				newfilter = NO
+				newplot = NO
+			    } else
+			        call printf (
+				"The kernel fourier spectrum is undefined\n")
+		        }
+
+		    } else
+		        call printf ("The objects list is empty\n")
+
+	    # Draw a contour plot of the kernel.
+	    case 'k':
+	        if (plotfunc != PM_PKERNEL)
+		    newplot = YES
+		if (plottype != PM_PCONTOUR)
+		    newplot = YES
+		plotfunc = PM_PKERNEL
+		plottype = PM_PCONTOUR
+		ncolr = (1 + rg_pstati (pm, KNX)) / 2
+		nliner = (1 + rg_pstati (pm, KNY)) / 2 
+
+	    # Draw a contour plot of the fourier spectrum.
+	    case 'p':
+		if (plotfunc != PM_PPOWER)
+		    newplot = YES
+		if (plottype != PM_PCONTOUR)
+		    newplot = YES
+		plotfunc = PM_PPOWER
+		plottype = PM_PCONTOUR
+		ncolr = (1 + rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT)) / 2
+		nliner = (1 + rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT)) / 2 
+
+	    # Plot a line of the current plot.
+	    case 'x':
+	        if (plottype != PM_PCOL)
+                    newplot = YES
+                if (plottype == PM_PCONTOUR) {
+                    ncolr = nint (wx)
+                    nliner = nint (wy)
+                } else if (plottype == PM_PLINE) {
+                    ncolr = nint (wx)
+                }
+                plottype = PM_PCOL
+
+	    # Plot a line of the current plot.
+	    case 'y':
+		if (plottype != PM_PLINE)
+                    newplot = YES
+                if (plottype == PM_PCONTOUR) {
+                    ncolr = nint (wx)
+                    nliner = nint (wy)
+                } else if (plottype == PM_PCOL) {
+                    ncolr = nint (wx)
+                }
+                plottype = PM_PLINE
+
+	    # Redraw the current plot.
+	    case 'r':
+	        newplot = YES
+
+	    # Do nothing gracefully.
+	    default:
+		;
+
+	    }
+
+	    if (newplot == YES) {
+		if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE &&
+		    rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS) <= 0) {
+	    	    call printf ("Warning: The objects list is empty\n")
+		} else if (newref == YES || newimage == YES ||
+		    newfourier == YES || newfilter == YES) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Warning: Convolution kernel should be refit\n")
+		} else if (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV) != NULL) {
+	    	    call rg_pplot (gd, pm, ncolr, nliner, plotfunc, plottype)
+		    newplot = NO
+		} else {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Warning: The convolution kernel is undefined\n")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	QUERY "[Hit return to continue, n next image, q quit, w quit and update parameters]"
+
+# RG_PGQVERIFY -- Print a message in the status line asking the user if they
+# really want to quit, returning YES if they really want to quit, NO otherwise.
+
+int procedure rg_pgqverify (task, pm, imk, ch)
+
+char	task[ARB]	# task name
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+pointer	imk		# pointer to kernel image
+int	ch		# character keystroke command
+
+int	wcs, stat 
+pointer	sp, cmd
+real	wx, wy
+bool	streq()
+int	clgcur(), rg_pstati()
+
+begin
+ 	call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Print the status line query in reverse video and get the keystroke.
+        call printf (QUERY)
+        if (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, ch, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+            ;
+
+	# Process the command.
+        if (ch == 'q') {
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL)
+                call rg_pwrite (pm, imk, NULL)
+            stat = YES
+        } else if (ch == 'w') {
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL)
+                call rg_pwrite (pm, imk, NULL)
+            if (streq ("psfmatch", task))
+                call rg_pppars (pm)
+            stat = YES
+        } else if (ch == 'n') {
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL)
+                call rg_pwrite (pm, imk, NULL)
+            stat = YES
+        } else {
+            stat = NO
+        }
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PGTVERIFY -- Verify whether or not the user truly wishes to quit the
+# task.
+
+int procedure rg_pgtverify (ch)
+
+int     ch              #I the input keystroke command
+
+begin
+        if (ch == 'q') {
+            return (YES)
+        } else if (ch == 'w') {
+            return (YES)
+        } else if (ch == 'n') {
+            return (NO)
+        } else {
+            return (NO)
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_PPLOT -- Draw the default plot of the kernel fourier spectrum or the
+# kernel itself.
+
+procedure rg_pplot (gd, pm, col, line, plotfunc, plottype)
+
+pointer gd              #I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer pm              #I pointer to the psfmatch structure
+int     col             #I column of cross-correlation function to plot
+int     line            #I line of cross-correlation function to plot
+int	plotfunc	#I the default plot function type
+int     plottype        #I the default plot type
+
+int	nx, ny
+pointer	sp, title, str, data
+int	rg_pstati(), strlen()
+pointer	rg_pstatp()
+
+begin
+        if (gd == NULL)
+            return
+
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (title, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Initialize the plot title and data.
+	switch (plotfunc) {
+	case PM_PPOWER:
+            call sprintf (Memc[title], SZ_LINE,
+                "Fourier Spectrum for Reference: %s  Image: %s")
+                call rg_pstats (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+                call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    data = rg_pstatp (pm, ASFFT)
+	    nx = rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT)
+	    ny = rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT)
+	case PM_PKERNEL:
+            call sprintf (Memc[title], SZ_LINE,
+                "Convolution Kernel for Reference: %s  Image: %s")
+                call rg_pstats (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+                call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    data = rg_pstatp (pm, CONV)
+	    nx = rg_pstati (pm, KNX)
+	    ny = rg_pstati (pm, KNY)
+	default:
+            call sprintf (Memc[title], SZ_LINE,
+                "Convolution Kernel for Reference: %s  Image: %s")
+                call rg_pstats (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+                call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    data = rg_pstatp (pm, CONV)
+	    nx = rg_pstati (pm, KNX)
+	    nx = rg_pstati (pm, KNY)
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFI(col))
+	    col = 1 + nx / 2
+	if (IS_INDEFI(line))
+	    line = 1 + ny / 2
+
+	# Draw the plot.
+        if (ny == 1) {
+	    switch (plotfunc) {
+	    case PM_PPOWER:
+                call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+                    "\nLine %d")
+                    call pargi (1)
+                call rg_pcpline (gd, Memc[title], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,ASFFT)],
+                    nx, ny, 1)
+	    case PM_PKERNEL:
+                call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+                    "\nLine %d")
+                    call pargi (1)
+                call rg_pcpline (gd, Memc[title], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)],
+                    nx, ny, 1)
+	    default:
+                call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+                    "\nLine %d")
+                    call pargi (1)
+                call rg_pcpline (gd, Memc[title], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)],
+                    nx, ny, 1)
+            }
+        } else {
+            switch (plottype) {
+            case PM_PCONTOUR:
+                call rg_contour (gd, Memc[title], "", Memr[data], nx, ny)
+            case PM_PLINE:
+                call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+                    "\nLine %d")
+                    call pargi (line)
+                call rg_pcpline (gd, Memc[title], Memr[data], nx, ny, line)
+            case PM_PCOL:
+                call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+                    "\nColumn %d")
+                    call pargi (col)
+                call rg_pcpcol (gd, Memc[title], Memr[data], nx, ny, col)
+            default:
+                call rg_contour (gd, Memc[title], "", Memr[data], nx, ny)
+            }
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PCPLINE -- Plot a line of a 2D function.
+
+procedure rg_pcpline (gd, title, data, nx, ny, nline)
+
+pointer gd              #I pointer to the graphics stream
+char    title[ARB]      #I title for the plot
+real    data[nx,ARB]    #I the input data array
+int     nx, ny          #I dimensions of the input data array
+int     nline           #I the line number
+
+int     i
+pointer sp, str, x
+real    ymin, ymax
+
+begin
+        # Return if no graphics stream.
+        if (gd == NULL)
+            return
+
+        # Check for valid line number.
+        if (nline < 1 || nline > ny)
+            return
+
+        # Allocate some working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (x, nx, TY_REAL)
+
+        # Initialize the data.
+        do i = 1, nx
+            Memr[x+i-1] = i
+        call alimr (data[1,nline], nx, ymin, ymax)
+
+        # Set up the labels and the axes.
+        call gclear (gd)
+        call gswind (gd, 1.0, real (nx), ymin, ymax)
+        call glabax (gd, title, "X Lag", "X-Correlation Function")
+
+        # Plot the line profile.
+        call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+        call gpline (gd, Memr[x], data[1,nline], nx)
+        call gflush (gd)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PCPCOL -- Plot a column of the cross-correlation function.
+
+procedure rg_pcpcol (gd, title, data, nx, ny, ncol)
+
+pointer gd              #I pointer to the graphics stream
+char    title[ARB]      #I title of the column plot
+real    data[nx,ARB]    #I the input data array
+int     nx, ny          #I the dimensions of the input data array
+int     ncol            #I line number
+
+int     i
+pointer sp, x, y
+real    ymin, ymax
+
+begin
+        # Return if no graphics stream.
+        if (gd == NULL)
+            return
+
+        # Check for valid column number.
+        if (ncol < 1 || ncol > nx)
+            return
+
+        # Initialize.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (x, ny, TY_REAL)
+        call salloc (y, ny, TY_REAL)
+
+        # Get the data to be plotted.
+        do i = 1, ny {
+            Memr[x+i-1] = i
+            Memr[y+i-1] = data[ncol,i]
+        }
+        call alimr (Memr[y], ny, ymin, ymax)
+
+        # Set up the labels and the axes.
+        call gclear (gd)
+        call gswind (gd, 1.0, real (ny), ymin, ymax)
+        call glabax (gd, title, "Y Lag", "X-Correlation Function")
+
+        # Plot the profile.
+        call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+        call gpline (gd, Memr[x], Memr[y], ny)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgppars.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgppars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8d49baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgppars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+# RG_PGPARS -- Read in the psf matching algorithm parameters.
+
+procedure rg_pgpars (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to psfmatch structure
+
+int	ival
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgwrd(), clgeti(), btoi()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the psf matching structure.
+	call rg_pinit (pm, clgwrd ("convolution", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    PM_CTYPES))
+
+	# Define the data and kernel sizes.
+	ival = clgeti ("dnx")
+	if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+	    ival = ival + 1
+	call rg_pseti (pm, DNX, ival)
+	ival = clgeti ("dny")
+	if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+	    ival = ival + 1
+	call rg_pseti (pm, DNY, ival)
+	ival = clgeti ("pnx")
+	if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+	    ival = ival + 1
+	call rg_pseti (pm, PNX, ival)
+	ival = clgeti ("pny")
+	if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+	    ival = ival + 1
+	call rg_pseti (pm, PNY, ival)
+
+	# Centering parameters.
+	call rg_pseti (pm, CENTER, btoi (clgetb ("center")))
+
+	# Background value computation.
+	call clgstr ("background", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call rg_psets (pm, BSTRING, Memc[str])
+	call rg_psetr (pm, LOREJECT, clgetr ("loreject"))
+	call rg_psetr (pm, HIREJECT, clgetr ("hireject"))
+	call rg_psetr (pm, APODIZE, clgetr ("apodize"))
+
+	# Filtering parameters.
+	call rg_psetr (pm, UFLUXRATIO, clgetr ("fluxratio"))
+	call clgstr ("filter", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call rg_psets (pm, FSTRING, Memc[str])
+	call rg_psetr (pm, SXINNER, clgetr ("sx1"))
+	call rg_psetr (pm, SXOUTER, clgetr ("sx2"))
+	call rg_psetr (pm, SYINNER, clgetr ("sy1"))
+	call rg_psetr (pm, SYOUTER, clgetr ("sy2"))
+	call rg_pseti (pm, RADSYM, btoi (clgetb ("radsym")))
+	call rg_psetr (pm, THRESHOLD, (clgetr ("threshold")))
+
+	# Normalization parameter.
+	call rg_psetr (pm, NORMFACTOR, clgetr ("normfactor"))
+
+	#call rg_psetr (pm, PRATIO, clgetr ("pratio"))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PPPARS -- Put the parameters required for the psf matching from
+# the cl to the parameter file.
+
+procedure rg_pppars (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to the psf matching structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	itob()
+int	rg_pstati()
+real	rg_pstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Store the psf data string.
+	call rg_pstats (pm, PSFDATA, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("psf", Memc[str])
+
+	# Store the size parameters.
+	call clputi ("dnx", rg_pstati (pm, DNX))
+	call clputi ("dny", rg_pstati (pm, DNY))
+	call clputi ("pnx", rg_pstati (pm, PNX))
+	call clputi ("pny", rg_pstati (pm, PNY))
+
+	# Store the centering parameters.
+	call clputb ("center", itob (rg_pstati (pm, CENTER)))
+
+	# Store the background fitting parameters.
+	call rg_pstats (pm, BSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("background", Memc[str])
+	call clputr ("loreject", rg_pstatr (pm, LOREJECT))
+	call clputr ("hireject", rg_pstatr (pm, HIREJECT))
+	call clputr ("apodize", rg_pstatr (pm, APODIZE))
+
+	# Store the filtering parameters.
+	call clputr ("fluxratio", rg_pstatr(pm, UFLUXRATIO))
+	call rg_pstats (pm, FSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("filter", Memc[str])
+	call clputr ("sx1", rg_pstatr (pm, SXINNER))
+	call clputr ("sx2", rg_pstatr (pm, SXOUTER))
+	call clputr ("sy1", rg_pstatr (pm, SYINNER))
+	call clputr ("sy2", rg_pstatr (pm, SYOUTER))
+	call clputb ("radsym", itob (rg_pstati (pm, RADSYM)))
+	call clputr ("threshold", rg_pstatr (pm, THRESHOLD))
+
+	# Store the normalization parameters.
+	call clputr ("normfactor", rg_pstatr (pm, NORMFACTOR))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpregions.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpregions.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c04dcf97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpregions.x
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+# RG_PREGIONS -- Decoode the regions specification.  If the sections
+# string is NULL then a default region dnx by dny pixels wide centered
+# on the reference image is used. Otherwise the section centers are
+# read from the regions string or from the objects list.
+
+int procedure rg_pregions (list, im, pm, rp, reread)
+
+int	list			#I pointer to regions file list
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	pm			#I pointer to the psfmatch structure
+int	rp			#I region pointer
+int	reread			#I reread the current file
+
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	nregions, fd
+int	open(), rg_prregions(), rg_pgregions(), fntgfnb()
+int	rg_pstati()
+data	fname[1] /EOS/
+errchk	open(), fntgfnb(), close()
+
+begin
+	if (rp < 1 || rp > MAX_NREGIONS) {
+	    nregions = 0
+	} else if (rg_pgregions (im, pm, rp, MAX_NREGIONS) > 0) {
+	    nregions = rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS)
+	} else if (list != NULL) {
+	    if (reread == NO) {
+	        iferr {
+		    if (fntgfnb (list, fname, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	                fd = open (fname, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	                nregions= rg_prregions (fd, im, pm, rp, MAX_NREGIONS)
+	                call close (fd)
+		    }
+	        } then
+		    nregions = 0
+	    } else if (fname[1] != EOS) {
+	        iferr {
+	            fd = open (fname, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	            nregions= rg_prregions (fd, im, pm, rp, MAX_NREGIONS)
+	            call close (fd)
+		} then
+		    nregions = 0
+	    }
+	} else
+	    nregions = 0
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PMKREGIONS -- Create a list of psf objects by selecting objects with
+# the image display cursor.
+
+int procedure rg_pmkregions (fd, im, pm, rp, max_nregions)
+
+int	fd			#I the output coordinates file descriptor
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	pm			#I pointer to the psf matching structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to current region
+int	max_nregions		#I maximum number of regions
+
+int	nregions, wcs, key, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	sp, region, cmd
+real	x, y, xc, yc
+int	clgcur(), rg_pstati()
+pointer	rg_pstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (region, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_prealloc (pm, max_nregions)
+
+	nregions = min (rp-1, rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS))
+	while (nregions < max_nregions) {
+
+	    # Identify the object.
+	    call printf ("Mark object %d [any key=mark,q=quit]:\n")
+		call pargi (nregions + 1)
+	    if (clgcur ("icommands", x, y, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		break
+	    if (key == 'q')
+		break
+
+	    # Center the object.
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CENTER) == YES) {
+	        call rg_pcntr (im, x, y, max (rg_pstati(pm, PNX),
+	            rg_pstati(pm, PNY)), xc, yc)
+	    } else {
+		xc = x
+		yc = y
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the data section.
+	    x1 = xc - rg_pstati (pm, DNX) / 2
+	    x2 = x1 + rg_pstati (pm, DNX) - 1
+	    y1 = yc - rg_pstati (pm, DNY) / 2
+	    y2 = y1 + rg_pstati (pm, DNY) - 1
+
+	    # Make sure that the region is on the image.
+	    if (x1 < 1 || x2 > IM_LEN(im,1) || y1 < 1 || y2 >
+		IM_LEN(im,2))
+		next
+
+	    if (fd != NULL) {
+	        call fprintf (fd, "%0.3f  %0.3f\n")
+		    call pargr (xc)
+		    call pargr (yc)
+	    }
+
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+	    Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RXSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RYSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    nregions = nregions + 1
+
+	}
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+	call rg_pseti (pm, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0) {
+	    call rg_prealloc (pm, nregions)
+	    if (fd != NULL) {
+	        call fstats (fd, F_FILENAME, Memc[region], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call rg_psets (pm, PSFDATA, Memc[region])
+	    } else
+	        call rg_psets (pm, PSFDATA, "")
+	} else { 
+	    call rg_prfree (pm)
+	    call rg_psets (pm, PSFDATA, "")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PRREGIONS -- Procedure to read the regions from a file.
+
+int procedure rg_prregions (fd, im, pm, rp, max_nregions)
+
+int	fd			#I regions file descriptor
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	pm			#I pointer to psf matching structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to current region
+int	max_nregions		#I maximum number of regions
+
+int	nregions, x1, y1, x2, y2
+pointer	sp, line
+real	x, y, xc, yc
+int	rg_pstati(), getline()
+pointer	rg_pstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_prealloc (pm, max_nregions)
+
+	# Decode the regions string.
+	nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS))
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF) {
+
+	    if (nregions >= max_nregions)
+		break
+
+	    call sscan (Memc[line])
+		call gargr (x)
+		call gargr (y)
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CENTER) == YES) {
+		call rg_pcntr (im, x, y, max (rg_pstati(pm, PNX),
+		    rg_pstati(pm, PNY)), xc, yc)
+	    } else {
+		xc = x
+		yc = y
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the data section.
+	    x1 = xc - rg_pstati (pm, DNX) / 2
+	    x2 = x1 + rg_pstati (pm, DNX) - 1
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+		y1 = 1
+		y2 = 1
+	    } else {
+	        y1 = yc - rg_pstati (pm, DNY) / 2
+	        y2 = y1 + rg_pstati (pm, DNY) - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Make sure that the region is on the image.
+	    if (x1 < 1 || x2 > IM_LEN(im,1) || y1 < 1 || y2 >
+		IM_LEN(im,2))
+		next
+
+	    # Add the new region to the list.
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+	    Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+	    Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RXSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RYSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    nregions = nregions + 1
+	}
+
+	call rg_pseti (pm, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_prealloc (pm, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_prfree (pm)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PGREGIONS -- Procedure to compute the column and line limits given
+# an x and y position and a default size.
+
+int procedure rg_pgregions (im, pm, rp, max_nregions)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the image
+pointer	pm			#I pointer to psf matching structure
+int	rp			#I pointer to the current region
+int	max_nregions		#I maximum number of regions
+
+int	ncols, nlines, nregions
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	sp, region
+real	x, y, xc, yc
+int	rg_pstati(), nscan()
+pointer	rg_pstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (region, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information.
+	call rg_prealloc (pm, max_nregions)
+
+	# Get the constants.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Decode the center.
+	call rg_pstats (pm, PSFDATA, Memc[region], SZ_LINE)
+	nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS))
+	call sscan (Memc[region])
+	call gargr (x)
+	call gargr (y)
+
+	# Compute the data region.
+	if (nscan() >= 2) {
+
+	    # Compute a more accurate center.
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CENTER) == YES) {
+	        call rg_pcntr (im, x, y, max (rg_pstati(pm, PNX),
+	            rg_pstati(pm, PNY)), xc, yc)
+	    } else {
+		xc = x
+		yc = y
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the data section.
+	    x1 = xc - rg_pstati (pm, DNX) / 2
+	    x2 = x1 + rg_pstati (pm, DNX) - 1
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+		y1 = 1
+		y2 = 1
+	    } else {
+	        y1 = yc - rg_pstati (pm, DNY) / 2
+	        y2 = y1 + rg_pstati (pm, DNY) - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Make sure that the region is on the image.
+	    if (x1 >= 1 && x2 <= IM_LEN(im,1) && y1 >= 1 &&
+	        y2 <= IM_LEN(im,2)) {
+	        Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+	        Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+	        Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+	        Memi[rg_pstatp(pm,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+	        Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	        Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RXSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	        Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,RYSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	        nregions = nregions + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+	call rg_pseti (pm, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_prealloc (pm, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_prfree (pm)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PCNTR -- Compute star center using MPC algorithm.
+
+procedure rg_pcntr (im, xstart, ystart, boxsize, xcntr, ycntr)
+
+pointer im				#I pointer to the input image
+real    xstart, ystart			#I initial position
+int     boxsize				#I width of the centering box
+real    xcntr, ycntr			#O computed center
+
+int     x1, x2, y1, y2, half_box
+int     ncols, nrows, nx, ny, try
+real    xinit, yinit
+pointer bufptr, sp, x_vect, y_vect
+int     imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	# Inialize.
+        half_box = (boxsize - 1) / 2
+        xinit = xstart
+        ncols = IM_LEN (im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+	    yinit = 1
+	    nrows = 1
+	} else {
+            yinit = ystart
+            nrows = IM_LEN (im, 2)
+	}
+        try = 0
+
+	# Iterate until pixel shifts are less than one.
+        repeat {
+
+	    # Define region to extract.
+            x1 = max (xinit - half_box, 1.0) +0.5
+            x2 = min (xinit + half_box, real(ncols)) +0.5
+            y1 = max (yinit - half_box, 1.0) +0.5
+            y2 = min (yinit + half_box, real(nrows)) +0.5
+            nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+            ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+
+            # Extract region around center
+            bufptr = imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+            # Compute the new center.
+            call smark (sp)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+                call salloc (x_vect, nx, TY_REAL)
+ 	        call aclrr (Memr[x_vect], nx)
+                call rg_prowsum (Memr[bufptr], Memr[x_vect], nx, ny)
+                call rg_pcenter (Memr[x_vect], nx, xcntr)
+		ycntr = 1
+	    } else {
+                call salloc (x_vect, nx, TY_REAL)
+                call salloc (y_vect, ny, TY_REAL)
+ 	        call aclrr (Memr[x_vect], nx)
+                call aclrr (Memr[y_vect], ny)
+                call rg_prowsum (Memr[bufptr], Memr[x_vect], nx, ny)
+                call rg_pcolsum (Memr[bufptr], Memr[y_vect], nx, ny)
+                call rg_pcenter (Memr[x_vect], nx, xcntr)
+                call rg_pcenter (Memr[y_vect], ny, ycntr)
+	    }
+            call sfree (sp)
+
+            # Check for INDEF centers.
+            if (IS_INDEFR(xcntr) || IS_INDEFR(ycntr)) {
+                xcntr = xinit
+                ycntr = yinit
+                break
+            }
+
+            # Add in offsets
+            xcntr = xcntr + x1
+            ycntr = ycntr + y1
+
+            try = try + 1
+            if (try == 1) {
+                if ((abs(xcntr-xinit) > 1.0) || (abs(ycntr-yinit) > 1.0)) {
+                    xinit = xcntr
+                    yinit = ycntr
+                }
+            } else
+                break
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_PROWSUM -- Sum all rows in a raster.
+
+procedure rg_prowsum (v, row, nx, ny)
+
+real    v[nx,ny]			#I the input subraster
+real    row[ARB]			#O the output row sum
+int     nx, ny				#I the dimensions of the subraster
+
+int     i, j
+
+begin
+        do i = 1, ny
+            do j = 1, nx
+                row[j] = row[j] + v[j,i]
+end
+
+
+# RG_PCOLSUM -- Sum all columns in a raster.
+
+procedure rg_pcolsum (v, col, nx, ny)
+
+real    v[nx,ny]			#I the input subraster
+real    col[ARB]			#O the output column sum
+int     nx, ny				#I the dimensions of the subraster
+
+int     i, j
+
+begin
+        do i = 1, ny
+            do j = 1, nx
+                col[j] = col[j] + v[i,j]
+end
+
+
+# RG_PCENTER -- Compute center of gravity of array.
+
+procedure rg_pcenter (v, nv, vc)
+
+real    v[ARB]				#I the input vector
+int     nv				#I the length of the vector
+real    vc				#O the output center
+
+int     i
+real    sum1, sum2, sigma, cont
+
+begin
+        # Compute first moment
+        sum1 = 0.0
+        sum2 = 0.0
+
+        call aavgr (v, nv, cont, sigma)
+
+        do i = 1, nv
+            if (v[i] > cont) {
+                sum1 = sum1 + (i-1) * (v[i] - cont)
+                sum2 = sum2 + (v[i] - cont)
+            }
+
+        # Determine center
+        if (sum2 == 0.0)
+            vc = INDEFR
+        else
+            vc = sum1 / sum2
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpsfm.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpsfm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..493d48c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpsfm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,815 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+# RG_PSFM -- Procedure to match the psf functions of two images.
+
+int procedure rg_psfm (pm, imr, im1, impsf, imk, newref)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to psf matching structure
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to input image
+pointer	impsf		#I pointer to the psf image
+pointer	imk		#I pointer to kernel image
+int	newref		#I new reference image ?
+
+int	stat
+int	rg_pstati(), rg_pfget(), rg_psfget(), rg_kget()
+pointer	rg_pstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the convolution kernel.
+	if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL) {
+
+	    # Compute the kernel using raw image data or the psf image.
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm,CONVOLUTION) ==  PM_CONIMAGE) {
+
+		# Set the kernel size to the user specified kernel size.
+		call rg_pseti (pm, KNX, rg_pstati (pm, PNX))
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    call rg_pseti (pm, KNY, 1)
+		else
+		    call rg_pseti (pm, KNY, rg_pstati (pm, PNY))
+
+		# Compute the FFTS of the input and reference image.
+		stat = rg_pfget (pm, imr, im1, newref)
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Set the kernel size to the psf image size
+		call rg_pseti (pm, KNX, IM_LEN (impsf,1))
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    call rg_pseti (pm, KNY, 1)
+		else
+		    call rg_pseti (pm, KNY, IM_LEN(impsf,2))
+
+		# Compute the FFTS of the input and reference psf images.
+		stat = rg_psfget (pm, imr, impsf, newref)
+	    }
+
+	    # Delete working arrays if an error occurs.
+	    if (stat == ERR) {
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, REFFFT, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, IMFFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, IMFFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, IMFFT, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, FFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, FFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, FFT, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, CONV, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, ASFFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, ASFFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, ASFFT, NULL)
+	    }
+
+	    # Do the filtering in frequency space.
+	    if (rg_pstatp (pm, FFT) != NULL) 
+	        call rg_pfilter (pm)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Set the kernel size.
+	    call rg_pseti (pm, KNX, IM_LEN(imk,1))
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+		call rg_pseti (pm, KNY, 1)
+	    else
+		call rg_pseti (pm, KNY, IM_LEN(imk,2))
+
+	    # Read in the convolution kernel.
+	    stat = rg_kget (pm, imk)
+
+	    # Delete working arrays if an error occurs.
+	    if (stat == ERR) {
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, REFFFT, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, IMFFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, IMFFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, IMFFT, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, FFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, FFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, FFT, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, CONV, NULL)
+	        if (rg_pstatp (pm, ASFFT) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, ASFFT), TY_REAL)
+	        call rg_psetp (pm, ASFFT, NULL)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PFGET -- Compute the psfmatching function using Fourier techniques.
+
+int procedure rg_pfget (pm, imr, im1, newref)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to psfmatch structure
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to input image
+int	newref		#I new reference image ?
+
+int	i, nregions, nrimcols, nrimlines, nrcols, nrlines, nrpcols, nrplines
+int	nborder, stat, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, nxfft, nyfft
+pointer	sp, str, coeff, dim, rbuf, ibuf, rsum, isum, border
+pointer	prc1, prc2, prl1, prl2, przero, prxslope, pryslope, reffft, imfft, fft
+real	rwtsum, iwtsum, rscale, iscale, rnscale, inscale
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	rg_pstati(), rg_border(), rg_szfft()
+pointer	rg_pstatp(), rg_pgdata()
+real	rg_pstatr(), rg_pnsum(), rg_pg1norm(), rg_pg2norm()
+real	rg_pg10f(), rg_pg20f()
+
+define	nextimage_	11
+
+begin
+	# Assemble the PSF data by looping over the regions list.
+	nregions = rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS)
+	if (nregions <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (coeff, max (GS_SAVECOEFF+6, 9), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (dim, 2, TY_INT)
+
+	# Get the reference region pointers.
+	prc1 = rg_pstatp (pm, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_pstatp (pm, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_pstatp (pm, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_pstatp (pm, RL2)
+	przero = rg_pstatp (pm, RZERO)
+	prxslope = rg_pstatp (pm, RXSLOPE)
+	pryslope = rg_pstatp (pm, RYSLOPE)
+
+	# Check to see if the reference / input images are 1D.
+	nrimcols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+	nrpcols = rg_pstati (pm, PNX)
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1) {
+	    nrimlines = 1
+	    nrplines = 1
+	} else {
+	    nrimlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+	    nrplines = rg_pstati (pm, PNY)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize
+	rwtsum = 0.0
+	iwtsum = 0.0
+	rnscale = INDEFR
+	inscale = INDEFR
+	rbuf = NULL
+	ibuf = NULL
+	stat = OK
+	if (newref == YES)
+	    call calloc  (rsum, rg_pstati (pm, DNX) * rg_pstati (pm, DNY),
+	        TY_REAL)
+	call calloc  (isum, rg_pstati (pm, DNX) * rg_pstati (pm, DNY),
+	    TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, nregions {
+
+	    # Get the reference subraster regions.
+	    rc1 = max (1, min (nrimcols, Memi[prc1+i-1]))
+	    rc2 = min (nrimcols, max (1, Memi[prc2+i-1]))
+	    rl1 = max (1, min (nrimlines, Memi[prl1+i-1]))
+	    rl2 = min (nrimlines, max (1, Memi[prl2+i-1]))
+	    nrcols = rc2 - rc1 + 1
+	    nrlines = rl2 - rl1 + 1
+
+	    # Go to next object if reference region is off the image.
+	    if (nrcols < rg_pstati (pm, DNX) || (IM_NDIM(imr) == 2 &&
+	        nrlines < rg_pstati(pm, DNY))) {
+	        call rg_pstats (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	        call eprintf (
+		    "Reference object %d: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] is off image.\n")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call pargi (rc1)
+		    call pargi (rc2)
+		    call pargi (rl1)
+		    call pargi (rl2)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    if (newref == YES) {
+
+	        # Get the reference data.
+	        rbuf = rg_pgdata (imr, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2)
+
+                # Do the reference image background subtraction.
+                border = NULL
+                nborder = rg_border (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, nrpcols,
+		    nrplines, border)
+                call rg_pscale (pm, Memr[border], nborder, nrcols,
+                    nrlines, nrpcols, nrplines, rg_pstatr (pm, BVALUER),
+		    Memr[coeff])
+                if (border != NULL)
+                    call mfree (border, TY_REAL)
+
+                # Save the coefficients.
+                Memr[przero+i-1] = Memr[coeff]
+                Memr[prxslope+i-1] = Memr[coeff+1]
+                Memr[pryslope+i-1] = Memr[coeff+2]
+
+		# Subtract the reference background.
+                call rg_subtract (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines,
+		    Memr[przero+i-1], Memr[prxslope+i-1], Memr[pryslope+i-1])
+
+	        # Apodize the reference image data.
+                if (rg_pstatr (pm, APODIZE) > 0.0)
+                    call rg_apodize (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines,
+		        rg_pstatr (pm, APODIZE), YES)
+
+	        # Compute the scale factors and accumulate the weighted sums.
+	        rscale = rg_pnsum (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, nrpcols,
+		    nrplines)
+		if (! IS_INDEFR(rscale)) {
+		    if (IS_INDEFR(rnscale))
+		        rnscale = 1.0 / rscale
+		}
+		if (IS_INDEFR(rscale))
+		    rscale = 1.0
+		else
+		    rscale = rscale / rnscale
+
+		call amulkr (Memr[rbuf], rscale, Memr[rbuf], nrcols *
+		    nrlines) 
+		rwtsum = rwtsum + rscale
+	        call aaddr (Memr[rsum], Memr[rbuf], Memr[rsum], nrcols *
+		    nrlines)
+
+	        call mfree (rbuf, TY_REAL)
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the input image data
+	    ibuf = rg_pgdata (im1, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2)
+
+	    # Compute the zero point, and the x and y slopes of input image.
+            border = NULL
+            nborder = rg_border (Memr[ibuf], nrcols, nrlines, nrpcols,
+	        nrplines, border)
+            call rg_pscale (pm, Memr[border], nborder, nrcols, nrlines,
+                nrpcols, nrplines, rg_pstatr (pm, BVALUE), Memr[coeff])
+            if (border != NULL)
+                call mfree (border, TY_REAL)
+
+            # Subtract the background from the input image.
+            call rg_subtract (Memr[ibuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[coeff],
+                Memr[coeff+1], Memr[coeff+2])
+
+	    # Apodize the data.
+            if (rg_pstatr (pm, APODIZE) > 0.0)
+                call rg_apodize (Memr[ibuf], nrcols, nrlines, rg_pstatr (pm,
+                    APODIZE), YES)
+
+	    # Compute the scale factors and accumulate the weighted sums for
+	    # input image.
+	    iscale = rg_pnsum (Memr[ibuf], nrcols, nrlines, nrpcols, nrplines)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(iscale)) {
+		if (IS_INDEFR(inscale))
+		    inscale = 1.0 / iscale
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(iscale))
+	        iscale = 1.0
+	    else
+		iscale = iscale / inscale
+
+	    call amulkr (Memr[ibuf], iscale, Memr[ibuf], nrcols * nrlines) 
+	    iwtsum = iwtsum + iscale
+	    call aaddr (Memr[isum], Memr[ibuf], Memr[isum], nrcols * nrlines)
+
+	    # Free the individual image buffers.
+	    call mfree (ibuf, TY_REAL)
+	}
+
+	# Check to see if any data was read.
+	if (iwtsum <= 0.0) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextimage_
+	}
+
+	# Normalize the summed buffers by the weights. 
+	if (newref == YES) {
+	    if (! fp_equalr (rwtsum, 0.0))
+	        call adivkr (Memr[rsum], rwtsum, Memr[rsum], nrcols * nrlines)
+	}
+	if (! fp_equalr (iwtsum, 0.0))
+	    call adivkr (Memr[isum], iwtsum, Memr[isum], nrcols * nrlines)
+
+	# Figure out how big the Fourier transform has to be, given
+	# the size of the reference subraster, the window size and
+	# the fact that the FFT must be a power of 2.
+
+	nxfft = rg_szfft (nrcols, 0)
+	if (nrlines == 1)
+	    nyfft = 1
+	else
+	    nyfft = rg_szfft (nrlines, 0)
+	call rg_pseti (pm, NXFFT, nxfft)
+	call rg_pseti (pm, NYFFT, nyfft)
+
+	imfft = rg_pstatp (pm, IMFFT)
+	if (imfft != NULL)
+	    call mfree (imfft, TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (imfft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, TY_REAL)
+	call rg_psetp (pm, IMFFT, imfft)
+
+	# Allocate space for the fft.
+	fft = rg_pstatp (pm, FFT)
+	if (fft != NULL)
+	    call mfree (fft, TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (fft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, TY_REAL)
+	call rg_psetp (pm, FFT, fft)
+
+	# Allocate space for the reference and input image ffts
+	if (newref == YES) {
+
+	    reffft = rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT)
+	    if (reffft != NULL)
+	        call mfree (reffft, TY_REAL)
+	    call calloc (reffft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, TY_REAL)
+	    call rg_psetp (pm, REFFFT, reffft)
+
+	    # Load the reference image FFT.
+	    call rg_rload (Memr[rsum], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[fft], nxfft,
+	        nyfft)
+	    call mfree (rsum, TY_REAL)
+	    rsum = NULL
+
+	    # Load the input image FFT.
+	    call rg_iload (Memr[isum], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[fft], nxfft,
+	        nyfft)
+	    call mfree (isum, TY_REAL)
+	    isum = NULL
+
+	    # Shift the data for easy of filtering.
+	    call rg_fshift (Memr[fft], Memr[fft], 2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	    # Compute the Fourier Transform of the reference and input image
+	    # data.
+	    Memi[dim] = nxfft
+	    Memi[dim+1] = nyfft
+	    if (Memi[dim+1] == 1)
+	        call rg_fourn (Memr[fft], Memi[dim], 1, 1)
+	    else
+	        call rg_fourn (Memr[fft], Memi[dim], 2, 1)
+
+	    # Compute the flux ratio between the two data sets.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_pstatr(pm, UFLUXRATIO))) {
+		if (rg_pstati (pm, BACKGRD) == PM_BNONE)
+	            call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pg2norm (Memr[fft],
+	                2 * nxfft, nyfft))
+		else
+	            call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pg20f (Memr[fft],
+	                2 * nxfft, nyfft))
+	    } else
+		call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pstatr (pm, UFLUXRATIO))
+
+	    # Separate the two transforms and compute the division.
+	    call rg_pdivfft (Memr[fft], Memr[reffft], Memr[imfft], Memr[fft],
+	        2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	} else {
+
+
+	    # Get the reference image FFT.
+	    reffft = rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT)
+
+	    # Load the input image FFT.
+	    call rg_rload (Memr[isum], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[imfft], nxfft,
+	        nyfft)
+	    call mfree (isum, TY_REAL)
+	    isum = NULL
+
+	    # Shift the data for easy of filtering.
+	    call rg_fshift (Memr[imfft], Memr[imfft], 2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	    # Compute the Fourier Transform of the input image data.
+	    Memi[dim] = nxfft
+	    Memi[dim+1] = nyfft
+	    if (Memi[dim+1] == 1)
+	        call rg_fourn (Memr[imfft], Memi[dim], 1, 1)
+	    else
+	        call rg_fourn (Memr[imfft], Memi[dim], 2, 1)
+
+	    # Compute the flux ratio between the two data sets.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_pstatr(pm, UFLUXRATIO))) {
+		if (rg_pstati (pm, BACKGRD) == PM_BNONE)
+	            call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pg1norm (Memr[reffft],
+	                2 * nxfft, nyfft) / rg_pg1norm (Memr[imfft], 2 * nxfft,
+		        nyfft))
+		else
+	            call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pg10f (Memr[reffft],
+	                2 * nxfft, nyfft) / rg_pg10f (Memr[imfft], 2 * nxfft,
+		        nyfft))
+	    } else
+		call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pstatr (pm, UFLUXRATIO))
+
+	    # Divide the two functions.
+	    call adivx (Memr[reffft], Memr[imfft], Memr[fft], nxfft * nyfft)
+	}
+
+	# Normalize the FFT.
+	call rg_pnorm (Memr[fft], nxfft, nyfft, rg_pstatr (pm, FLUXRATIO))
+
+
+nextimage_
+
+	if (rsum != NULL)
+	    call mfree (rsum, TY_REAL)
+	if (isum != NULL)
+	    call mfree (isum, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+	if (stat == ERR)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else
+	    return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSFGET -- Compute the psfmatching function using Fourier techniques.
+
+int procedure rg_psfget (pm, imr, impsf, newref)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to the psfmatch structure
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference psf
+pointer	impsf		#I pointer to the input image psf
+int	newref		#I new reference image
+
+int	nrcols, nrlines, nxfft, nyfft
+pointer	sp, dim, rbuf, ibuf, imfft, fft, reffft
+int	rg_szfft()
+pointer	rg_pgdata(), rg_pstatp()
+real	rg_pstatr(), rg_pg2norm(), rg_pg1norm()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dim, 2, TY_INT)
+
+	nrcols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    nrlines = 1
+	else
+	    nrlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+
+	# Get the psf data.
+	rbuf = NULL
+	ibuf = NULL
+	if (newref == YES) {
+	    call calloc (rbuf, nrcols * nrlines, TY_REAL)
+	    rbuf = rg_pgdata (imr, 1, nrcols, 1, nrlines)
+	}
+	call calloc (ibuf, nrcols * nrlines, TY_REAL)
+	ibuf = rg_pgdata (impsf, 1, nrcols, 1, nrlines)
+
+	# Compute the size for the FFT buffers.
+ 	nxfft = rg_szfft (nrcols, 0)
+        if (nrlines == 1)
+            nyfft = 1
+        else
+            nyfft = rg_szfft (nrlines, 0)
+        call rg_pseti (pm, NXFFT, nxfft)
+        call rg_pseti (pm, NYFFT, nyfft)
+
+	imfft = rg_pstatp (pm, IMFFT)
+        if (imfft != NULL)
+            call mfree (imfft, TY_REAL)
+        call calloc (imfft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, TY_REAL)
+        call rg_psetp (pm, IMFFT, imfft)
+
+        # Allocate space for the fft.
+        fft = rg_pstatp (pm, FFT)
+        if (fft != NULL)
+            call mfree (fft, TY_REAL)
+        call calloc (fft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, TY_REAL)
+        call rg_psetp (pm, FFT, fft)
+
+	if (newref == YES) {
+
+ 	    reffft = rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT)
+            if (reffft != NULL)
+                call mfree (reffft, TY_REAL)
+            call calloc (reffft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, TY_REAL)
+            call rg_psetp (pm, REFFFT, reffft)
+
+            # Load the reference image FFT.
+            call rg_rload (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[fft], nxfft,
+                nyfft)
+
+            # Load the input image FFT.
+            call rg_iload (Memr[ibuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[fft], nxfft,
+                nyfft)
+
+            # Shift the data for easy of filtering.
+            call rg_fshift (Memr[fft], Memr[fft], 2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+            # Compute the Fourier Transform of the reference and input image
+            # data.
+            Memi[dim] = nxfft
+            Memi[dim+1] = nyfft
+            if (Memi[dim+1] == 1)
+                call rg_fourn (Memr[fft], Memi[dim], 1, 1)
+            else
+                call rg_fourn (Memr[fft], Memi[dim], 2, 1)
+
+            # Compute the flux ratio between the two data sets.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_pstatr(pm, UFLUXRATIO)))
+                call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pg2norm (Memr[fft],
+                    2 * nxfft, nyfft))
+	    else
+                call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pstatr(pm, UFLUXRATIO))
+
+            # Separate the two transforms and compute the division.
+            call rg_pdivfft (Memr[fft], Memr[reffft], Memr[imfft], Memr[fft],
+                2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	} else {
+
+            # Get the reference image FFT.
+            reffft = rg_pstatp (pm, REFFFT)
+
+            # Load the input image FFT.
+            call rg_rload (Memr[ibuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[imfft], nxfft,
+                nyfft)
+
+            # Shift the data for easy of filtering.
+            call rg_fshift (Memr[imfft], Memr[imfft], 2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+            # Compute the Fourier Transform of the input image data.
+            Memi[dim] = nxfft
+            Memi[dim+1] = nyfft
+            if (Memi[dim+1] == 1)
+                call rg_fourn (Memr[imfft], Memi[dim], 1, 1)
+            else
+                call rg_fourn (Memr[imfft], Memi[dim], 2, 1)
+
+            # Compute the flux ratio between the two data sets.
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(rg_pstatr(pm, UFLUXRATIO)))
+                call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pg1norm (Memr[reffft],
+                    2 * nxfft, nyfft) / rg_pg1norm (Memr[imfft], 2 * nxfft,
+                    nyfft))
+	    else
+                call rg_psetr (pm, FLUXRATIO, rg_pstatr(pm, UFLUXRATIO))
+
+            # Divide the two functions.
+            call adivx (Memr[reffft], Memr[imfft], Memr[fft], nxfft * nyfft)
+
+	}
+
+	# Normalize the FFT.
+	call rg_pnorm (Memr[fft], nxfft, nyfft, rg_pstatr (pm, FLUXRATIO))
+
+	# Free the data buffers.
+	if (rbuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (rbuf, TY_REAL)
+	if (ibuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (ibuf, TY_REAL)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_KGET -- Read in the convolution kernel.
+
+int procedure rg_kget (pm, imk)
+
+pointer	pm			#I pointer to the psfmatch structure
+pointer	imk			#I pointer to the kernel image
+
+int	nrlines
+pointer	conv
+pointer	rg_pstatp(), rg_pgdata()
+
+begin
+	if (IM_NDIM(imk) == 1)
+	    nrlines = 1
+	else
+	    nrlines = IM_LEN(imk,2)
+	conv = rg_pstatp (pm, CONV)
+	if (conv != NULL)
+	    call mfree (conv, TY_REAL)
+	conv = rg_pgdata (imk, 1, int(IM_LEN(imk,1)), 1, nrlines)
+	call rg_psetp (pm, CONV, conv)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PFILTER -- Procedure to filter the FFT in frequency space.
+
+procedure rg_pfilter (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to the psf matching structure
+
+pointer	sp, dim, psfft, conv
+real	nfactor
+int	rg_pstati()
+pointer	rg_pstatp()
+real	rg_pstatr(), asumr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dim, 2, TY_INT)
+
+	# Allocate space for the fourier spectrum.
+	if (rg_pstatp (pm, ASFFT) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, ASFFT), TY_REAL)
+	call calloc (psfft, rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT) * rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT),
+	    TY_REAL)
+	call rg_psetp (pm, ASFFT, psfft)
+
+	# Allocate space for the convolution kernel.
+	if (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV), TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (conv, 2 * rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT) * rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT),
+	    TY_REAL)
+	call rg_psetp (pm, CONV, conv)
+	call amovr (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,FFT)], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)],
+	    2 * rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT) * rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT))
+
+#	# Compute the zextend parameter.
+#	call rg_psetr (pm, THRESHOLD, rg_pstatr (pm, PRATIO) *
+#	    rg_gnorm (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,IMFFT)], rg_pstati(pm,NXFFT),
+#	    rg_pstati(pm,NYFFT)))
+
+	# Filter the frequency spectrum.
+	switch (rg_pstati(pm,FILTER)) {
+	case PM_FCOSBELL:
+	    call rg_pcosbell (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT),
+	        rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT), rg_pstatr (pm, SXINNER), rg_pstatr (pm,
+		SXOUTER), rg_pstatr (pm, SYINNER), rg_pstatr (pm, SYOUTER),
+		rg_pstati (pm, RADSYM))
+	case PM_FREPLACE:
+	    call rg_preplace (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,
+	        IMFFT)], rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT), rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT),
+		rg_pstatr (pm,THRESHOLD), rg_pstatr (pm,FLUXRATIO))
+	case PM_FMODEL:
+	    call rg_pgmodel (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,
+	        IMFFT)], rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT), rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT),
+		rg_pstatr (pm, THRESHOLD), rg_pstatr (pm, FLUXRATIO))
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+
+	# Filter out any values greater than the normalization. 
+	call rg_pnormfilt (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], rg_pstati(pm,NXFFT),
+	    rg_pstati(pm,NYFFT), rg_pstatr (pm, FLUXRATIO))
+
+	# Compute the fourier spectrum.
+	call rg_pfourier (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,ASFFT)],
+	    rg_pstati(pm,NXFFT), rg_pstati(pm,NYFFT))
+
+	Memi[dim] = rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT)
+	Memi[dim+1] = rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT)
+	call rg_fshift (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)],
+	    2 * rg_pstati(pm, NXFFT), rg_pstati(pm, NYFFT))
+	call rg_fourn (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], Memi[dim], 2, -1)
+	call rg_fshift (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)],
+	    2 * rg_pstati(pm, NXFFT), rg_pstati(pm, NYFFT))
+	call adivkr (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], real (rg_pstati(pm,NXFFT) *
+	    rg_pstati(pm,NYFFT)), Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], 2 * rg_pstati(pm,
+	    NXFFT) * rg_pstati(pm,NYFFT))
+
+	# Unpack the convolution kernel.
+	call rg_movexr (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], rg_pstati(pm,NXFFT),
+	    rg_pstati(pm,NYFFT), Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], rg_pstati(pm,KNX),
+	    rg_pstati(pm,KNY))
+
+	# Normalize the kernel.
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(rg_pstatr (pm, NORMFACTOR))) {
+	    nfactor = rg_pstatr (pm, NORMFACTOR) / asumr (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,
+		CONV)], rg_pstati (pm, KNX) * rg_pstati(pm,KNY))
+	    call amulkr (Memr[rg_pstatp (pm,CONV)], nfactor,
+	        Memr[rg_pstatp(pm, CONV)], rg_pstati (pm, KNX) *
+		rg_pstati (pm, KNY))
+	}
+
+	# Reallocate the convolution kernel array
+	#conv = rg_pstatp (pm, CONV)
+	#if (conv != NULL) {
+	    #call realloc (conv, rg_pstati(pm, KNX) * rg_pstati(pm, KNY),
+	        #TY_REAL)
+	    #call rg_psetp (pm, CONV, conv) 
+	#}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PGDATA -- Fill a buffer from a specified region of the image.
+
+pointer procedure rg_pgdata (im, c1, c2, l1, l2)
+
+pointer im              #I pointer to the iraf image
+int     c1, c2          #I column limits in the input image
+int     l1, l2          #I line limits in the input image
+
+int     i, ncols, nlines, npts
+pointer ptr, index, buf
+pointer imgs1r(), imgs2r()
+
+begin
+        ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+        nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+        npts = ncols * nlines
+        call malloc (ptr, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+        index = ptr
+        do i = l1, l2 {
+            if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+                buf = imgs1r (im, c1, c2)
+            else
+                buf = imgs2r (im, c1, c2, i, i)
+            call amovr (Memr[buf], Memr[index], ncols)
+            index = index + ncols
+        }
+
+        return (ptr)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PNSUM -- Compute the total intensity in the subtracted subraster.
+
+real procedure rg_pnsum (data, ncols, nlines, nxdata, nydata)
+
+real	data[ncols,nlines]		#I the input data subraster
+int	ncols, nlines			#I the size of the input subraster
+int	nxdata, nydata			#I the size of the data region
+
+int	j, wxborder, wyborder, npts
+real	sum
+bool	fp_equalr()
+real	asumr()
+
+begin
+	wxborder = (ncols - nxdata) / 2
+	wyborder = (nlines - nydata) / 2
+	
+	sum = 0.0
+	npts = 0
+	do j = 1 + wyborder, nlines - wyborder {
+	    sum = sum + asumr (data[1+wxborder,j], nxdata)
+	    npts = npts + nxdata
+	}
+	if (npts <= 0 || fp_equalr (sum, 0.0))
+	    return (INDEFR)
+	else
+	    return (sum)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PWRITE -- Save the convolution kernel and the fourier spectrum of the
+# convolution kernel in an image.
+
+procedure rg_pwrite (pm, imk, imf)
+
+pointer	pm			#I pointer to psf matching structure
+pointer	imk			#I pointer to kernel image
+pointer imf			#I pointer to fourier spectrum image
+
+int	nx, ny
+pointer	buf
+int	rg_pstati()
+pointer	rg_pstatp(), imps2r()
+
+begin
+	# Write out the kernel image.
+	if (imk != NULL && rg_pstatp(pm, CONV) != NULL) {
+	    nx = rg_pstati (pm, KNX)
+	    ny = rg_pstati (pm, KNY)
+	    IM_NDIM(imk) = 2
+	    IM_LEN(imk,1) = nx
+	    IM_LEN(imk,2) = ny
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(imk) = TY_REAL
+	    buf = imps2r (imk, 1, nx, 1, ny)
+	    if (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV) != NULL)
+	        call amovr (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)], Memr[buf], nx * ny)
+	    else
+	        call amovkr (0.0, Memr[buf], nx * ny)
+	}
+
+	# Write out the fourier spectrum.
+	if (imf != NULL && rg_pstatp(pm,ASFFT) != NULL) {
+	    nx = rg_pstati (pm, NXFFT)
+	    ny = rg_pstati (pm, NYFFT)
+	    IM_NDIM(imf) = 2
+	    IM_LEN(imf,1) = nx
+	    IM_LEN(imf,2) = ny
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(imf) = TY_REAL
+	    buf = imps2r (imf, 1, nx, 1, ny)
+	    if (rg_pstatp (pm, CONV) != NULL)
+	        call amovr (Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,ASFFT)], Memr[buf], nx * ny)
+	    else
+	        call amovkr (0.0, Memr[buf], nx * ny)
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpshow.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpshow.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c94349a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgpshow.x
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+# RG_PSHOW -- Print the PSFMATCH task parameters.
+
+procedure rg_pshow (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to psfmatch structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	itob()
+int	rg_pstati()
+real	rg_pstatr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call rg_pstats (pm, CSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("\nConvolution: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE) {
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, PSFDATA, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_PSFDATA)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	} else if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONPSF) {
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, PSFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    input psf: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    reference psf: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	} else {
+	    call rg_pstats (pm, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	}
+
+	call rg_pstats (pm, KERNEL, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_KERNEL)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_pstats (pm, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] != EOS) {
+	    call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	}
+
+	call printf ("Centering and background fitting\n")
+	call printf ("    %s: %b\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_CENTER)
+	    call pargb (itob(rg_pstati(pm,CENTER)))
+	call rg_pstats (pm, BSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call printf ("    %s:  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_BACKGRD)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call printf ("    %s = %g   %s = %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_LOREJECT)
+	    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, LOREJECT))
+	    call pargstr (KY_HIREJECT)
+	    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, HIREJECT))
+	call printf ("    %s = %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_APODIZE)
+	    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, APODIZE))
+
+	call printf ("Filtering:\n")
+	call rg_pstats (pm, FSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call printf ("    %s:  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_FILTER)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	if (rg_pstati(pm,FILTER) == PM_FCOSBELL) {
+	    call printf ("    %s:  %g    %s: %g\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_SXINNER)
+	        call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SXINNER))
+	        call pargstr (KY_SXOUTER)
+	        call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SXOUTER))
+	    call printf ("    %s:  %g    %s: %g\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_SYINNER)
+	        call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SYINNER))
+	        call pargstr (KY_SYOUTER)
+	        call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, SYOUTER))
+	    call printf ("    %s: %b\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_RADSYM)
+	        call pargb (itob(rg_pstati(pm,RADSYM)))
+	} else {
+	    call printf ("    %s: %g\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_UFLUXRATIO)
+	        call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, UFLUXRATIO))
+	    call printf ("    %s: %g\n")
+	        call pargstr (KY_THRESHOLD)
+	        call pargr (rg_pstatr(pm,THRESHOLD))
+	}
+
+	call printf ("Normalization\n")
+	call printf ("    %s: %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_NORMFACTOR)
+	    call pargr (rg_pstatr (pm, NORMFACTOR))
+
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgptools.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgptools.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df36c166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/rgptools.x
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+#  RG_PINIT -- Initialize the main psfmatch data structure. 
+
+procedure rg_pinit (pm, cfunc)
+
+pointer	pm		#O pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	cfunc		#I mode of computing the convolution function
+
+begin
+	call malloc (pm, LEN_PSFSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Initialize the pointers.
+	PM_RC1(pm) = NULL
+	PM_RC2(pm) = NULL
+	PM_RL1(pm) = NULL
+	PM_RL2(pm) = NULL
+	PM_RZERO(pm) = NULL
+	PM_RXSLOPE(pm) = NULL
+	PM_RYSLOPE(pm) = NULL
+	PM_NREGIONS(pm) = 0
+	PM_CNREGION(pm) = 1
+		
+	# Define the background fitting parameters.
+	PM_CENTER(pm) = DEF_CENTER
+	PM_BACKGRD(pm) = DEF_BACKGRD
+	PM_BVALUER(pm) = 0.0
+	PM_BVALUE(pm) = 0.0
+	call strcpy ("median", PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	PM_LOREJECT(pm) = DEF_LOREJECT
+	PM_HIREJECT(pm) = DEF_HIREJECT
+	PM_APODIZE(pm) = 0.0
+
+	PM_UFLUXRATIO(pm) = DEF_UFLUXRATIO
+	PM_FILTER(pm) = DEF_FILTER
+	call strcpy ("replace", PM_FSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	PM_SXINNER(pm) = DEF_SXINNER
+	PM_SXOUTER(pm) = DEF_SXOUTER
+	PM_SYINNER(pm) = DEF_SYINNER
+	PM_SYOUTER(pm) = DEF_SYOUTER
+	PM_RADSYM(pm) = DEF_RADSYM
+	PM_THRESHOLD(pm) = DEF_THRESHOLD
+
+	PM_NORMFACTOR(pm) = DEF_NORMFACTOR
+
+	PM_CONVOLUTION(pm) = cfunc
+	switch (cfunc) {
+	case PM_CONIMAGE:
+	    PM_CONVOLUTION(pm) = PM_CONIMAGE
+	    call strcpy ("image", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case PM_CONPSF:
+	    PM_CONVOLUTION(pm) = PM_CONPSF
+	    call strcpy ("psf", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case PM_CONKERNEL:
+	    PM_CONVOLUTION(pm) = PM_CONKERNEL
+	    call strcpy ("kernel", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	default:
+	    PM_CONVOLUTION(pm) = PM_CONIMAGE
+	    call strcpy ("image", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	}
+	PM_DNX(pm) = DEF_DNX
+	PM_DNY(pm) = DEF_DNY
+	PM_PNX(pm) = DEF_PNX
+	PM_PNY(pm) = DEF_PNY
+	PM_KNX(pm) = 0
+	PM_KNY(pm) = 0
+	PM_POWER(pm) = DEF_POWER
+
+	PM_REFFFT(pm) = NULL
+	PM_IMFFT(pm) = NULL
+	PM_FFT(pm) = NULL
+	PM_CONV(pm) = NULL
+	PM_ASFFT(pm) = NULL
+	PM_NXFFT(pm) = 0
+	PM_NYFFT(pm) = 0
+
+	# Initialize the strings.
+	PM_IMAGE(pm) = EOS
+	PM_REFIMAGE(pm) = EOS
+	PM_PSFDATA(pm) = EOS
+	PM_PSFIMAGE(pm) = EOS
+	PM_OBJLIST(pm) = EOS
+	PM_KERNEL(pm) = EOS
+	PM_OUTIMAGE(pm) = EOS
+
+	# Initialize the buffers.
+	call rg_prinit (pm)
+end
+
+
+#  RG_PRINIT -- Initialize the regions definition portion of the psf matching
+# code fitting structure. 
+
+procedure rg_prinit (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to psfmatch structure
+
+begin
+	call rg_prfree (pm)
+
+	PM_NREGIONS(pm) = 0
+	PM_CNREGION(pm) = 1
+
+	call malloc (PM_RC1(pm), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (PM_RC2(pm), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (PM_RL1(pm), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (PM_RL2(pm), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (PM_RZERO(pm), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (PM_RXSLOPE(pm), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (PM_RYSLOPE(pm), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RC1(pm)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RC2(pm)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RL1(pm)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RL2(pm)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RZERO(pm)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RXSLOPE(pm)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RYSLOPE(pm)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PINDEFR -- Re-initialize the background and answers regions portion of
+# the psf-matching structure.
+
+procedure rg_pindefr (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to the psfmatch structure
+
+int	nregions
+int	rg_pstati ()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS)
+
+	if (nregions > 0) {
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RZERO(pm)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RXSLOPE(pm)], nregions)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RYSLOPE(pm)], nregions)
+	}
+end
+
+
+#  RG_PREALLOC -- Reallocate the regions buffers and initialize if necessary.
+
+procedure rg_prealloc (pm, nregions)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	nregions	#I number of regions
+
+int	nr
+int	rg_pstati()
+
+begin
+	nr = rg_pstati (pm, NREGIONS)
+
+	call realloc (PM_RC1(pm), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (PM_RC2(pm), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (PM_RL1(pm), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (PM_RL2(pm), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (PM_RZERO(pm), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (PM_RXSLOPE(pm), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (PM_RYSLOPE(pm), nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RC1(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RC2(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RL1(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[PM_RL2(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RZERO(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RXSLOPE(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_RYSLOPE(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	#call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_XSHIFTS(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	#call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[PM_YSHIFTS(pm)+nr], nregions - nr)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PRFREE -- Free the regions portion of the psfmatch structure.
+
+procedure rg_prfree (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I/O pointer to psfmatch structure
+
+begin
+	call rg_pseti (pm, NREGIONS, 0)
+	if (PM_RC1(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_RC1(pm), TY_INT)
+	PM_RC1(pm) = NULL
+	if (PM_RC2(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_RC2(pm), TY_INT)
+	PM_RC2(pm) = NULL
+	if (PM_RL1(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_RL1(pm), TY_INT)
+	PM_RL1(pm) = NULL
+	if (PM_RL2(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_RL2(pm), TY_INT)
+	PM_RL2(pm) = NULL
+	if (PM_RZERO(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_RZERO(pm), TY_REAL)
+	PM_RZERO(pm) = NULL
+	if (PM_RXSLOPE(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_RXSLOPE(pm), TY_REAL)
+	PM_RXSLOPE(pm) = NULL
+	if (PM_RYSLOPE(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_RYSLOPE(pm), TY_REAL)
+	PM_RYSLOPE(pm) = NULL
+end
+
+
+# RG_PFREE -- Free the psfmatch structure.
+
+procedure rg_pfree (pm)
+
+pointer	pm		#I pointer to psfmatch structure
+
+begin
+	# Free the region descriptors
+	call rg_prfree (pm)
+
+	if (PM_REFFFT(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_REFFFT(pm), TY_REAL)
+	if (PM_IMFFT(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_IMFFT(pm), TY_REAL)
+	if (PM_FFT(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_FFT(pm), TY_REAL)
+	if (PM_CONV(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_CONV(pm), TY_REAL)
+	if (PM_ASFFT(pm) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PM_ASFFT(pm), TY_REAL)
+
+	call mfree (pm, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSTATI -- Fetch the value of a psfmatch task integer parameter.
+
+int procedure rg_pstati (pm, param)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case NREGIONS:
+	    return (PM_NREGIONS(pm))
+	case CNREGION:
+	    return (PM_CNREGION(pm))
+	case CENTER:
+	    return (PM_CENTER(pm))
+	case BACKGRD:
+	    return (PM_BACKGRD(pm))
+	case CONVOLUTION:
+	    return (PM_CONVOLUTION(pm))
+	case DNX:
+	    return (PM_DNX(pm))
+	case DNY:
+	    return (PM_DNY(pm))
+	case PNX:
+	    return (PM_PNX(pm))
+	case PNY:
+	    return (PM_PNY(pm))
+	case KNX:
+	    return (PM_KNX(pm))
+	case KNY:
+	    return (PM_KNY(pm))
+	case POWER:
+	    return (PM_POWER(pm))
+
+	case FILTER:
+	    return (PM_FILTER(pm))
+	case RADSYM:
+	    return (PM_RADSYM(pm))
+
+	case NXFFT:
+	    return (PM_NXFFT(pm))
+	case NYFFT:
+	    return (PM_NYFFT(pm))
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSTATI: Unknown integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSTATP -- Fetch the value of a psfmatch task pointer parameter.
+
+pointer procedure rg_pstatp (pm, param)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RC1:
+	    return (PM_RC1(pm))
+	case RC2:
+	    return (PM_RC2(pm))
+	case RL1:
+	    return (PM_RL1(pm))
+	case RL2:
+	    return (PM_RL2(pm))
+	case RZERO:
+	    return (PM_RZERO(pm))
+	case RXSLOPE:
+	    return (PM_RXSLOPE(pm))
+	case RYSLOPE:
+	    return (PM_RYSLOPE(pm))
+	case REFFFT:
+	    return (PM_REFFFT(pm))
+	case IMFFT:
+	    return (PM_IMFFT(pm))
+	case FFT:
+	    return (PM_FFT(pm))
+	case CONV:
+	    return (PM_CONV(pm))
+	case ASFFT:
+	    return (PM_ASFFT(pm))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSTATP: Unknown pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSTATR -- Fetch the value of a psfmath task real parameter.
+
+real procedure rg_pstatr (pm, param)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case BVALUER:
+	    return (PM_BVALUER(pm))
+	case BVALUE:
+	    return (PM_BVALUE(pm))
+	case APODIZE:
+	    return (PM_APODIZE(pm))
+	case LOREJECT:
+	    return (PM_LOREJECT(pm))
+	case HIREJECT:
+	    return (PM_HIREJECT(pm))
+	case UFLUXRATIO:
+	    return (PM_UFLUXRATIO(pm))
+	case FLUXRATIO:
+	    return (PM_FLUXRATIO(pm))
+	case SXINNER:
+	    return (PM_SXINNER(pm))
+	case SXOUTER:
+	    return (PM_SXOUTER(pm))
+	case SYINNER:
+	    return (PM_SYINNER(pm))
+	case SYOUTER:
+	    return (PM_SYOUTER(pm))
+	case THRESHOLD:
+	    return (PM_THRESHOLD(pm))
+	case NORMFACTOR:
+	    return (PM_NORMFACTOR(pm))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSTATR: Unknown real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSTATS -- Fetch the value of a psfmatch string string parameter.
+
+procedure rg_pstats (pm, param, str, maxch)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+char	str[ARB]	# output string
+int	maxch		# maximum number of characters
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case BSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (PM_BSTRING(pm), str, maxch)
+	case CSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (PM_CSTRING(pm), str, maxch)
+	case FSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (PM_FSTRING(pm), str, maxch)
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (PM_IMAGE(pm), str, maxch)
+	case REFIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (PM_REFIMAGE(pm), str, maxch)
+	case PSFDATA:
+	    call strcpy (PM_PSFDATA(pm), str, maxch)
+	case PSFIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (PM_PSFIMAGE(pm), str, maxch)
+	case OBJLIST:
+	    call strcpy (PM_OBJLIST(pm), str, maxch)
+	case KERNEL:
+	    call strcpy (PM_KERNEL(pm), str, maxch)
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (PM_OUTIMAGE(pm), str, maxch)
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSTATS: Unknown string parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSETI -- Set the value of a psfmatch task integer parameter.
+
+procedure rg_pseti (pm, param, value)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+int	value		# value of the integer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case NREGIONS:
+	    PM_NREGIONS(pm) = value
+	case CNREGION:
+	    PM_CNREGION(pm) = value
+	case CENTER:
+	    PM_CENTER(pm) = value
+	case BACKGRD:
+	    PM_BACKGRD(pm) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case PM_BNONE:
+		call strcpy ("none", PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_BMEAN:
+		call strcpy ("mean", PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_BMEDIAN:
+		call strcpy ("median", PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_BSLOPE:
+		call strcpy ("plane", PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_BNUMBER:
+		;
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("none", PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	case CONVOLUTION:
+	    PM_CONVOLUTION(pm) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case PM_CONIMAGE:
+		call strcpy ("image", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_CONPSF:
+		call strcpy ("psf", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_CONKERNEL:
+		call strcpy ("kernel", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("image", PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	case DNX:
+	    PM_DNX(pm) = value
+	case DNY:
+	    PM_DNY(pm) = value
+	case PNX:
+	    PM_PNX(pm) = value
+	case PNY:
+	    PM_PNY(pm) = value
+	case KNX:
+	    PM_KNX(pm) = value
+	case KNY:
+	    PM_KNY(pm) = value
+	case POWER:
+	    PM_POWER(pm) = value
+	case RADSYM:
+	    PM_RADSYM(pm) = value
+	case NXFFT:
+	    PM_NXFFT(pm) = value
+	case NYFFT:
+	    PM_NYFFT(pm) = value
+	case FILTER:
+	    PM_FILTER(pm) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case PM_FNONE:
+		call strcpy ("none", PM_FSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_FCOSBELL:
+		call strcpy ("cosbell", PM_FSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_FREPLACE:
+		call strcpy ("replace", PM_FSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case PM_FMODEL:
+		call strcpy ("model", PM_FSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("none", PM_FSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSETI: Unknown integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSETP -- Set the value of a psfmatch task  pointer parameter.
+
+procedure rg_psetp (pm, param, value)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+pointer value		# value of the pointer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RC1:
+	    PM_RC1(pm) = value
+	case RC2:
+	    PM_RC2(pm) = value
+	case RL1:
+	    PM_RL1(pm) = value
+	case RL2:
+	    PM_RL2(pm) = value
+	case RZERO:
+	    PM_RZERO(pm) = value
+	case RXSLOPE:
+	    PM_RXSLOPE(pm) = value
+	case RYSLOPE:
+	    PM_RYSLOPE(pm) = value
+	case REFFFT:
+	    PM_REFFFT(pm) = value
+	case IMFFT:
+	    PM_IMFFT(pm) = value
+	case FFT:
+	    PM_FFT(pm) = value
+	case CONV:
+	    PM_CONV(pm) = value
+	case ASFFT:
+	    PM_ASFFT(pm) = value
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSETP: Unknown pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSETR -- Set the value of a psfmatch task real parameter.
+
+procedure rg_psetr (pm, param, value)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+real	value		# real parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case BVALUER:
+	    PM_BVALUER(pm) = value
+	case BVALUE:
+	    PM_BVALUE(pm) = value
+	case LOREJECT:
+	    PM_LOREJECT(pm) = value
+	case HIREJECT:
+	    PM_HIREJECT(pm) = value
+	case APODIZE:
+	    PM_APODIZE(pm) = value
+	case UFLUXRATIO:
+	    PM_UFLUXRATIO(pm) = value
+	case FLUXRATIO:
+	    PM_FLUXRATIO(pm) = value
+	case SXINNER:
+	    PM_SXINNER(pm) = value
+	case SXOUTER:
+	    PM_SXOUTER(pm) = value
+	case SYINNER:
+	    PM_SYINNER(pm) = value
+	case SYOUTER:
+	    PM_SYOUTER(pm) = value
+	case THRESHOLD:
+	    PM_THRESHOLD(pm) = value
+	case NORMFACTOR:
+	    PM_NORMFACTOR(pm) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSETR: Unknown real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_PSETS -- Procedure to set the value of a string parameter.
+
+procedure rg_psets (pm, param, str)
+
+pointer	pm		# pointer to psfmatch structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+char	str[ARB]	# output string
+
+int	index, ip
+pointer	sp, temp
+real	rval
+int	strdic(), fnldir(), ctor()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (temp, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	switch (param) {
+	case BSTRING:
+	    ip = 1
+ 	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, PM_BTYPES)
+            if (index > 0) {
+                call strcpy (str, PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+                call rg_pseti (pm, BACKGRD, index)
+            } else if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+		call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUE, rval)
+		if (ctor (str, ip, rval) > 0) {
+		    call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUER, rval)
+                    call strcpy (str, PM_BSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+                    call rg_pseti (pm, BACKGRD, PM_NUMBER)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUE, 0.0)
+		    call rg_psetr (pm, BVALUER, 0.0)
+		}
+	    }
+	case CSTRING:
+ 	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, PM_CTYPES)
+            if (index > 0) {
+                call strcpy (str, PM_CSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+                call rg_pseti (pm, CONVOLUTION, index)
+            }
+	case FSTRING:
+ 	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, PM_FTYPES)
+            if (index > 0) {
+                call strcpy (str, PM_FSTRING(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+                call rg_pseti (pm, FILTER, index)
+            }
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], PM_IMAGE(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], PM_IMAGE(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case REFIMAGE:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], PM_REFIMAGE(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], PM_REFIMAGE(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case PSFDATA:
+	    call strcpy (str, PM_PSFDATA(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case PSFIMAGE:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], PM_PSFIMAGE(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], PM_PSFIMAGE(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case OBJLIST:
+	    call strcpy (str, PM_OBJLIST(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case KERNEL:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], PM_KERNEL(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], PM_KERNEL(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (str, PM_OUTIMAGE(pm), SZ_FNAME)
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_PSETS: Unknown string parameter.")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/t_psfmatch.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/t_psfmatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..182ac286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/psfmatch/t_psfmatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "psfmatch.h"
+
+# T_PSFMATCH -- Match the resolution of an image to that of a reference
+# image.
+
+procedure t_psfmatch ()
+
+pointer	image1			# pointer to the input image name
+pointer	imager			# pointer to the reference image name
+pointer	fpsflist		# pointer to the regions list
+pointer	image2			# pointer to the output image name
+pointer	kernel			# pointer to the kernel image name
+pointer	pspectra		# pointer to the fourier spectra image name
+int	interactive		# interactive mode ?
+int	verbose			# verbose mode ?
+int	boundary		# boundary extension type
+real	constant		# constant for boundary extension
+
+int	list1, listr, psflist, listk, list2
+int	nregions, newref, stat
+pointer	sp, imtemp, str, pm, gd, id, imr, im1, impsf, imk, im2
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imtopen(), imtlen(), imtgetim(), fntopnb(), fntlenb(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+int	rg_pstati(), rg_ptmpimage(), rg_pregions(), rg_psfm(), rg_pisfm()
+pointer	gopen(), immap(), rg_pstatp()
+real	clgetr()
+errchk	fntopnb(), fntclsb()
+
+begin
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imager, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fpsflist, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (kernel, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (pspectra, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get task parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("reference", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	listr = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("psfdata", Memc[fpsflist], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("kernel", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	listk = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[str])
+
+	# Open the psf matching fitting structure.
+	call rg_pgpars (pm)
+
+	# Will the task run in interactive mode?
+	if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONKERNEL)
+	    interactive = NO
+	else
+	    interactive = btoi (clgetb ("interactive"))
+
+	if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL) {
+	    if (imtlen (listr) <= 0)
+	        call error (0, "The reference image list is empty.")
+	    if (imtlen (listr) > 1 && imtlen (listr) != imtlen (list1))
+	        call error (0,
+	        "The number of reference and input images is not the same.")
+	    if (interactive == NO && Memc[fpsflist] == EOS) {
+	        call error (0, "The objects list is empty.")
+	    } else if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE) {
+	        psflist = fntopnb (Memc[fpsflist], NO)
+	        if (fntlenb(psflist) > 0 && imtlen (listr) != fntlenb (psflist))
+		    call error (0,
+	     "The number of reference images and objects lists is not the same")
+	    } else {
+	        psflist = imtopen (Memc[fpsflist])
+	        if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (psflist))
+		    call error (0,
+		    "The number of input and psf images is not the same")
+	    }
+	    call rg_psets (pm, PSFDATA, Memc[fpsflist])
+	} else {
+	    call imtclose (listr)
+	    listr = NULL
+	    psflist = NULL
+	    call rg_psets (pm, PSFDATA, "")
+	}
+
+	# Compare the lengths of the input and output lists.
+	if (imtlen(listk) <= 0) {
+	    call imtclose (listk)
+	    listk = NULL
+	} else if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (listk))
+	    call error (0,
+		"The number of input and kernel images is not the same.")
+
+	if (imtlen (list2) <= 0) {
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    list2 = NULL
+	} else if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2))
+	       call error (0,
+	           "The number of input and output images are not the same.")
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters for the image convolution.
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	   "|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	if (interactive == YES) {
+	    call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    iferr (gd = gopen (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH))
+		gd = NULL
+	    call clgstr ("display", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    iferr (id = gopen (Memc[str], APPEND, STDIMAGE))
+		id = NULL
+	    verbose = YES
+	} else {
+	    gd = NULL
+	    id = NULL
+	    verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+	}
+
+	imr = NULL
+	impsf = NULL
+
+	# Do each set of input and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    # Open reference image and the associated objects file
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL) {
+	        if (imtgetim (listr, Memc[imager], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    if (imr != NULL)
+		        call imunmap (imr)
+		    imr = immap (Memc[imager], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2)
+			call error (0, "Reference psf/image must be 1D or 2D")
+		    call rg_psets (pm, REFIMAGE, Memc[imager])
+		    if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE) {
+		        nregions = rg_pregions (psflist, imr, pm, 1, NO)
+			if (nregions <= 0 && interactive == NO)
+		            call error (0, "The objects list is empty.")
+		        call rg_psets (pm, PSFIMAGE, "")
+		    }
+		    newref = YES
+	        }
+		if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONPSF) {
+		    if (imtgetim (psflist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+			impsf = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+			if (IM_NDIM(impsf) != IM_NDIM(imr))
+			    call error (0,
+			"Image and reference psf must have same dimensionality")
+			if (IM_LEN(impsf,1) != IM_LEN(imr,1))
+			    call error (0,
+			    "Image and reference psf are not the same size")
+			if (IM_NDIM(impsf) == 2 && (IM_LEN(impsf,2) !=
+			    IM_LEN(imr,2)))
+			    call error (0,
+			    "Image and reference psf are not the same size")
+		        call rg_psets (pm, PSFIMAGE, Memc[str])
+			newref = YES
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		imr = NULL
+		impsf = NULL
+		call rg_psets (pm, REFIMAGE, "")
+		call rg_psets (pm, PSFIMAGE, "")
+		call rg_psets (pm, OBJLIST, "")
+		newref = NO
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im1) > 2) {
+		call error (0, "Input image must be 1D or 2D")
+	    } else if (imr != NULL) {
+		if (IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(imr))
+		    call error (0,
+		    "Input and reference images must have same dimensionality")
+	    }
+	    call rg_psets (pm, IMAGE, Memc[image1])
+
+	    # Open the kernel image name.
+	    if (listk != NULL) {
+	        if (imtgetim (listk, Memc[kernel], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		    ;
+	    } else {
+		if (rg_ptmpimage (Memc[image1], "ker", "ker", Memc[kernel],
+		    SZ_FNAME) == NO)
+		    ;
+	    }
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL)
+	        imk = immap (Memc[kernel], NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+	    else
+	        imk = immap (Memc[kernel], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    call rg_psets (pm, KERNEL, Memc[kernel])
+
+
+	    # Construct the output image name.
+	    if (list2 == NULL) {
+		im2 = NULL
+		Memc[image2] = NULL
+	    } else if (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+	        im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+	    } else {
+		im2 = NULL
+		Memc[image2] = NULL
+	    }
+	    call rg_psets (pm, OUTIMAGE, Memc[image2])
+
+	    # Compute the the psf matching kernel.
+	    if (interactive == YES) {
+		stat = rg_pisfm (pm, imr, psflist, impsf, im1, imk, NULL, im2,
+		    gd, id)
+	    } else {
+	        if (rg_psfm (pm, imr, im1, impsf, imk, newref) == OK) {
+		    if (verbose == YES) {
+			call printf (
+			"Completed computing/reading kernel %s for image %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[kernel])
+			    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		        if (rg_pstati(pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL)
+		            call rg_pwrite (pm, imk, NULL)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (verbose == YES) {
+		        call printf (
+			    "Error computing/reading kernel %s for image %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[kernel])
+			    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		    }
+		}
+		stat = NO
+	    }
+
+	    # Convolve the image.
+	    if (im2 != NULL && stat == NO) {
+		if (verbose == YES) {
+		    if (rg_pstatp(pm, CONV) != NULL)
+			call printf (
+			    "\tComputing matched image %s ...\n")
+		    else
+			call printf (
+			    "\tComputing matched image %s ...\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[kernel])
+		}
+		if (rg_pstatp(pm, CONV) != NULL)
+		    call rg_pconvolve (im1, im2, Memr[rg_pstatp(pm,CONV)],
+		        rg_pstati(pm,KNX), rg_pstati(pm,KNY), boundary,
+			constant)
+	    }
+
+	    # Close up the images.
+	    if (im2 != NULL) {
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		if (rg_pstatp(pm, CONV) == NULL)
+		    call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+		else
+		    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	    if (impsf != NULL)
+		call imunmap (impsf)
+	    if (imk != NULL) {
+	        call imunmap (imk)
+		if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) != PM_CONKERNEL &&
+		    rg_pstatp(pm, CONV) == NULL)
+		    call imdelete (Memc[kernel])
+	    }
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+
+	    if (stat == YES)
+		break
+	    newref = NO
+	}
+
+	# Close up the lists.
+	if (imr != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (imr)
+
+	if (list2 != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	if (listk != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (listk)
+	if (psflist != NULL) {
+	    if (rg_pstati (pm, CONVOLUTION) == PM_CONIMAGE)
+	        call fntclsb (psflist)
+	    else
+		call imtclose (psflist)
+	}
+	if (listr != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (listr)
+	call imtclose (list1)
+
+	call rg_pfree (pm)
+
+	# Close up te graphics and the display.
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call gclose (gd)
+	if (id != NULL)
+	    call gclose (id)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PTMPIMAGE -- Generate either a permanent image name using a user specified
+# prefix or temporary image name using a default prefix. Return NO if the
+# image is temporary or YES if it is permanent.
+
+int procedure rg_ptmpimage (image, prefix, tmp, name, maxch)
+
+char    image[ARB]              #I image name
+char    prefix[ARB]             #I user supplied prefix
+char    tmp[ARB]                #I user supplied temporary root
+char    name[ARB]               #O output name
+int     maxch                   #I max number of chars
+
+int     npref, ndir
+int     fnldir(), rg_pimroot(), strlen()
+
+begin
+        npref = strlen (prefix)
+        ndir = fnldir (prefix, name, maxch)
+        if (npref == ndir) {
+            call mktemp (tmp, name[ndir+1], maxch)
+            return (NO)
+        } else {
+            call strcpy (prefix, name, npref)
+            if (rg_pimroot (image, name[npref+1], maxch) <= 0)
+		;
+            return (YES)
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_PIMROOT -- Fetch the root image name minus the directory specification
+# and the section notation. The length of the root name is returned.
+
+int procedure rg_pimroot (image, root, maxch)
+
+char    image[ARB]              #I image specification
+char    root[ARB]               #O rootname
+int     maxch                   #I maximum number of characters
+
+int     nchars
+pointer sp, str
+int     fnldir(), strlen()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        call imgimage (image, root, maxch)
+        nchars = fnldir (root, Memc[str], maxch)
+        call strcpy (root[nchars+1], root, maxch)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+        return (strlen (root))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..638ee1e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Make the SKYXYMATCH / WCSXYMATCH / WCSCOPY tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	rgmatchio.x	wcsxymatch.h
+	t_skyxymatch.x  <fset.h> <imhdr.h> <mwset.h> <math.h> \
+			<pkg/skywcs.h> wcsxymatch.h
+	t_wcscopy.x	<imhdr.h> <mwset.h>
+	t_wcsxymatch.x	<fset.h> <imhdr.h> <mwset.h> wcsxymatch.h
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/rgmatchio.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/rgmatchio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a0de167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/rgmatchio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+include "wcsxymatch.h"
+
+define	DEF_BUFSIZE	200
+
+# RG_RDXY -- Read in the x and y coordinates from a file.
+
+int procedure rg_rdxy (fd, x, y, wcs, xcolumn, ycolumn, xunits, yunits)
+
+int	fd			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	x			#U pointer to the x coordinates
+pointer	y			#U pointer to the y coordinates
+int	wcs			#I the world coordinate system
+int	xcolumn			#I column containing the x coordinate
+int	ycolumn			#I column containing the y coordinate
+int	xunits			#I the x coordinate units
+int	yunits			#I the y coordinate units
+
+double	xval, yval
+int	i, ip, bufsize, maxcols, npts
+pointer	sp, str
+int	fscan(), nscan(), ctod()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	bufsize = DEF_BUFSIZE
+	call malloc (x, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (y, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	maxcols = max (xcolumn, ycolumn)
+
+	npts = 0
+	while (fscan(fd) != EOF) {
+
+	    xval = INDEFD
+	    yval = INDEFD
+	    do i = 1, maxcols {
+		call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (i != nscan())
+		    break
+		ip = 1
+		if (i == xcolumn) {
+		    if (ctod (Memc[str], ip, xval) <= 0)
+			xval = INDEFD
+		} else if (i == ycolumn) {
+		    if (ctod (Memc[str], ip, yval) <= 0)
+			yval = INDEFD
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(xval) || IS_INDEFD(yval))
+		next
+
+	    Memd[x+npts] = xval
+	    Memd[y+npts] = yval
+	    npts = npts + 1
+	    if (npts >= bufsize) {
+		bufsize = bufsize + DEF_BUFSIZE
+		call realloc (x, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+		call realloc (y, bufsize, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Convert the coordinates if necessary.
+	switch (wcs) {
+	case RG_WORLD:
+	    if (xunits == RG_UHOURS)
+		call amulkd (Memd[x], 15.0d0, Memd[x], npts)
+	    if (yunits == RG_UHOURS)
+		call amulkd (Memd[y], 15.0d0, Memd[y], npts)
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (npts)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_skyxymatch.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_skyxymatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..533d36a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_skyxymatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+include "wcsxymatch.h"
+
+# T_SKYXYMATCH -- Compute a list of the tie points required to register an
+# image to a reference image using WCS information in the image headers and
+# the celestial coordinate transformation routines.
+
+procedure t_skyxymatch()
+
+bool	verbose
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	ilist, rlist, olist, clist, cfd, ofd
+int	nx, ny, wcs, min_sigdigits, xcolumn, ycolumn, xunits, yunits
+int	rstat, stat, npts
+pointer	sp, refimage, image, xformat, yformat, rxformat, ryformat
+pointer	rwxformat, rwyformat, txformat, tyformat, twxformat, twyformat, str
+pointer	imr, im, mwr, mw, coor, coo, ctr, ct
+pointer	rxl, ryl, rxw, ryw, trxw, tryw, ixl, iyl
+
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+double	clgetd()
+int	imtopen(), fntopnb(), clgeti(), clgwrd(), strdic(), imtlen()
+int	fntlenb(), imtgetim(), fntgfnb(), open(), mw_stati(), sk_decim()
+int	rg_rdxy(), rg_xytoxy(), sk_stati()
+pointer	immap()
+errchk	mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	# Get some temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (refimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rwxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rwyformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ryformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (twxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (twyformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (txformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tyformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input image and output file lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	ilist = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("reference", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	rlist = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	olist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO) 
+
+	# Determine the source of the input coordinates.
+	call clgstr ("coords", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[str], "grid")) {
+	    clist = NULL
+	    xmin = clgetd ("xmin")
+	    xmax = clgetd ("xmax")
+	    ymin = clgetd ("ymin")
+	    ymax = clgetd ("ymax")
+	    nx = clgeti ("nx")
+	    ny = clgeti ("ny")
+	    wcs = clgwrd ("wcs", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_WCSLIST)
+	} else {
+	    clist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO) 
+	    xmin = INDEFD
+	    xmax = INDEFD
+	    ymin = INDEFD
+	    ymax = INDEFD
+	    nx = clgeti ("nx")
+	    ny = clgeti ("ny")
+	    wcs = clgwrd ("wcs", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_WCSLIST)
+	    xcolumn = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	    ycolumn = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	    call clgstr ("xunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    xunits = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_UNITLIST)
+	    if (xunits <= 0)
+		xunits = RG_UNATIVE
+	    call clgstr ("yunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    yunits = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_UNITLIST)
+	    if (yunits <= 0)
+		yunits = RG_UNATIVE
+	}
+
+	# Get the output coordinate formatting information.
+	call clgstr ("xformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("yformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("rwxformat", Memc[rxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("rwyformat", Memc[ryformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("wxformat", Memc[txformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("wyformat", Memc[tyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+
+	# Get remaining parameters.
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Check the formatting of the reference and input logical coordinates.
+	if (Memc[xformat] == EOS) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME, "%%%d.%dg")
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+	}
+	if (Memc[yformat] == EOS) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME, "%%%d.%dg")
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+	}
+
+	# Check the reference image list length.
+	if (imtlen (rlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The reference image list is empty.")
+	if (imtlen(rlist) > 1 && imtlen(rlist) != imtlen(ilist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of reference and input images is not the same.")
+
+	# Check the output coordinate file length.
+	if (fntlenb(olist) > 1 && fntlenb(olist) != imtlen(ilist))
+	    call error (0,
+	"The number of output coords files and input images is not the same.")
+
+	# Check the reference coordinate list length.
+	if (clist != NULL) {
+	    if (fntlenb (clist) != imtlen (rlist))
+		call error (0,
+	    "The number of reference coords files and images are not the same")
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the reference image and coordinate list pointers.
+	imr = NULL
+	cfd = NULL
+
+	# Loop over the input images.
+	while (imtgetim (ilist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the reference image and reference coordinate file and
+	    # compute the logical and world reference coordinates.
+	    if (imtgetim (rlist, Memc[refimage], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Open the reference image.
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    call mfree (rxl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (ryl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (rxw, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (ryw, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (trxw, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (tryw, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (ixl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (iyl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    if (mwr != NULL)
+		        call mw_close (mwr)
+		    if (coor != NULL)
+			#call mfree (coor, TY_STRUCT)
+			call sk_close (coor)
+		    call imunmap (imr)
+		}
+		imr = immap (Memc[refimage], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2)
+		    call error (0, "The reference image must be 1D or 2D")
+
+		# Open the reference image wcs.
+		rstat = sk_decim (imr, "logical", mwr, coor)
+
+		# Check that the wcs dimensions are rational.
+		if (mwr != NULL) {
+		    if (mw_stati(mwr, MW_NPHYSDIM) < IM_NDIM(imr) || 
+			mw_stati (mwr, MW_NDIM) != IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+			call mw_close (mwr)
+			mwr = NULL
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Compute the x limits of the logical reference coordinates.
+		if (IS_INDEFD(xmin))
+		    x1 = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    x1 = max (1.0d0, min (xmin, double(IM_LEN(imr,1))))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(xmax))
+		    x2 = double(IM_LEN(imr,1))
+		else
+		    x2 = max (1.0d0, min (xmax, double(IM_LEN(imr,1))))
+
+		# Compute the y limits of the logical reference coordinates.
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    y1 = 1.0d0
+		else if (IS_INDEFD(ymin))
+		    y1 = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    y1 = max (1.0d0, min (ymin, double(IM_LEN(imr,2))))
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    y2 = 1.0d0
+		else if (IS_INDEFD(ymax))
+		    y2 = double(IM_LEN(imr,2))
+		else
+		    y2 = max (1.0d0, min (ymax, double(IM_LEN(imr,2))))
+
+		# Compute the reference logical and world coordinates.
+		if (clist != NULL) {
+
+		    if (cfd != NULL)
+			call close (cfd)
+
+		    if (fntgfnb (clist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+			cfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+			npts = rg_rdxy (cfd, rxw, ryw, wcs, xcolumn, ycolumn,
+			    xunits, yunits)
+		        call malloc (trxw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (tryw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (rxl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (ryl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (ixl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (iyl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+			if (wcs == RG_WORLD)
+		    	    ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw],
+			        Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], npts, "world", "logical",
+				1, 2)
+			else
+		    	    ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw],
+			        Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], npts, "physical",
+				"logical", 1, 2)
+		    }
+
+		} else {
+
+		    if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+			npts = nx
+		    else
+		        npts = nx * ny
+		    call malloc (rxl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (ryl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (rxw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (ryw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (trxw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (tryw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (ixl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (iyl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		        call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, x1, x2,
+			    y1, y2)
+		    else
+		        call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, x1, x2,
+			    y1, y2)
+		    if (wcs == RG_WORLD)
+		        ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[rxw],
+			    Memd[ryw], npts, "logical", "world", 1, 2)
+		    else
+		        ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[rxw],
+			    Memd[ryw], npts, "logical", "physical", 1, 2)
+
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) > 2)
+		call error (0, "The input image must be 1D or 2D")
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) != IM_NDIM(imr))
+		call error (0,
+	    "The input image must have same dimensionality as reference image")
+
+	    # Open the input wcs.
+	    stat = sk_decim (im, "logical", mw, coo)
+	    if (mw != NULL) {
+		if (mw_stati(mw, MW_NPHYSDIM) < IM_NDIM(im) || 
+		    mw_stati (mw, MW_NDIM) != IM_NDIM(im)) {
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		    mw = NULL
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the output file.
+	    if (fntgfnb (olist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		ofd = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Print information about the reference and input coordinate
+	    # systems and the reference and input files to the output
+	    # file
+	    if (ofd == STDOUT)
+	        call fseti (ofd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+	    if (streq (Memc[str], "STDOUT") || ofd == STDOUT)
+                call fseti (ofd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+            call fprintf (ofd, "\n")
+	    call fprintf (ofd,
+	        "# Reference image: %s  Input image: %s\n#     Coords: %s")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    if (clist == NULL) {
+		call pargstr ("grid")
+		call fprintf (ofd, " Wcs: logical\n")
+	    } else {
+		call fstats (cfd, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call fprintf (ofd, " Wcs: %s\n")
+		switch (wcs) {
+		case RG_PHYSICAL:
+		    call pargstr ("physical")
+		case RG_WORLD:
+		    call pargstr ("world")
+		default:
+		    call pargstr ("world")
+		}
+	    }
+            if (rstat == ERR)
+                call fprintf (ofd,
+                    "# Error decoding the reference coordinate system\n")
+            call sk_iiwrite (ofd, "Refsystem", Memc[refimage], mwr, coor)
+            if (stat == ERR)
+                call fprintf (ofd,
+                    "# Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+            call sk_iiwrite (ofd, "Insystem", Memc[image], mw, coo)
+
+	    # Print information about the reference and input coordinate
+	    # systems and the reference and input files to the standard
+	    # output.
+	    if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT) {
+		call printf ("\n")
+		call printf (
+		    "Reference image: %s  Input image: %s\n    Coords: %s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		if (clist == NULL) {
+		    call pargstr ("grid")
+		    call printf (" Wcs: logical\n")
+		} else {
+		    call fstats (cfd, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call printf (" Wcs: %s\n")
+		    switch (wcs) {
+		    case RG_PHYSICAL:
+			call pargstr ("physical")
+		    case RG_WORLD:
+			call pargstr ("world")
+		    default:
+			call pargstr ("world")
+		    }
+		}
+                if (rstat == ERR)
+                    call printf (
+                        "Error decoding the rference coordinate system\n")
+                call sk_iiprint ("Refsystem", Memc[refimage], mwr, coor)
+                if (stat == ERR)
+                    call printf (
+                        "Error decoding the input coordinate system\n")
+                call sk_iiprint ("Insystem", Memc[image], mw, coo)
+                call printf ("\n")
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the reference and input coordinate formats.
+	    if (Memc[rxformat] == EOS)
+		call rg_ssetfmt (mwr, wcs, sk_stati(coor, S_XLAX),
+		    min_sigdigits, Memc[rwxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy (Memc[rxformat], Memc[rwxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    if (Memc[txformat] == EOS)
+		call rg_ssetfmt (mw, wcs, sk_stati(coo, S_XLAX),
+		    min_sigdigits, Memc[twxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy (Memc[txformat], Memc[twxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[ryformat] == EOS)
+		call rg_ssetfmt (mwr, wcs, sk_stati(coor, S_YLAX),
+		    min_sigdigits, Memc[rwyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy (Memc[ryformat], Memc[rwyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[tyformat] == EOS)
+		call rg_ssetfmt (mw, wcs, sk_stati(coo, S_YLAX),
+		    min_sigdigits, Memc[twyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy (Memc[tyformat], Memc[twyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+
+	    # Compute the output coordinates issuing a warning if the
+	    # axes types are not compatable.
+	    if (mwr == NULL || rstat == ERR) {
+		call fprintf (ofd,
+		    "# \tWarning: error decoding reference image wcs\n")
+		if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT)
+		    call printf (
+		        "\tWarning: error decoding reference image wcs\n")
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+		else
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+		call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		if (clist == NULL) {
+		    call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[rxw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[ryw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[trxw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[tryw], npts)
+		}
+		ct = NULL
+	    } else if (ctr == NULL) {
+		call fprintf (ofd, "# \tWarning: Unable to compute reference \
+logical <-> world transform\n")
+		if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT)
+		    call printf ("\tWarning: Unable to compute reference \
+logical <-> world transform\n")
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+		else
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+		call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		if (clist == NULL) {
+		    call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[rxw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[ryw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[trxw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[tryw], npts)
+		}
+		ct = NULL
+	    } else if (mw == NULL || stat == ERR) {
+		call fprintf (ofd,
+		    "# \tWarning: error decoding input image wcs\n")
+		if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT)
+		    call printf ("\tWarning: error decoding input image wcs\n")
+		call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[rxw], Memd[trxw], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[ryw], Memd[tryw], npts)
+		ct = NULL
+	    } else {
+		# Check axis status.
+		if (wcs == RG_PHYSICAL) {
+	            ct = rg_xytoxy (mw, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw], Memd[ixl],
+		        Memd[iyl], npts, "physical", "logical", 1, 2)
+		    call amovd (Memd[rxw], Memd[trxw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[ryw], Memd[tryw], npts)
+		    if (ct == NULL) {
+		        call fprintf (ofd,
+			    "# \tWarning: Unable to compute image physical -> \
+logical transform\n")
+			if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT)
+		            call printf (
+		                "\tWarning: Unable to compute image physical \
+-> logical transform\n")
+			if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+			else
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0,
+				double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+			call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+			call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    call rg_lltransform (coor, coo, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw],
+			Memd[trxw], Memd[tryw], npts)
+		    if ((sk_stati (coor, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati(coor,
+		        S_PLATAX)) && (sk_stati (coo,S_PLNGAX) <
+			sk_stati(coo, S_PLATAX)))
+	                ct = rg_xytoxy (mw, Memd[trxw], Memd[tryw], Memd[ixl],
+		            Memd[iyl], npts, "world", "logical", 1, 2)
+		    else if ((sk_stati (coor, S_PLNGAX) > sk_stati(coor,
+		        S_PLATAX)) && (sk_stati (coo,S_PLNGAX) >
+			sk_stati(coo, S_PLATAX)))
+	                ct = rg_xytoxy (mw, Memd[trxw], Memd[tryw], Memd[ixl],
+		            Memd[iyl], npts, "world", "logical", 1, 2)
+		    else
+	                ct = rg_xytoxy (mw, Memd[tryw], Memd[trxw], Memd[ixl],
+		            Memd[iyl], npts, "world", "logical", 1, 2)
+		    if (ct == NULL) {
+		        call fprintf (ofd,
+			    "# \tWarning: Unable to compute image world -> \
+logical transform\n")
+			if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT)
+		            call printf (
+		                "\tWarning: Unable to compute image world -> \
+logical transform\n")
+			if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+			else
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0,
+				double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+			call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+			call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Write out the results.
+	    if ((sk_stati (coor, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati(coor, S_PLATAX)) &&
+	        (sk_stati (coo,S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati(coo, S_PLATAX)))
+	        call rg_swcoords (ofd, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[ixl],
+		    Memd[iyl], Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw], Memd[trxw], Memd[tryw],
+		    npts, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat], Memc[rwxformat],
+		    Memc[rwyformat], Memc[twxformat], Memc[twyformat])
+	    else if ((sk_stati (coor, S_PLNGAX) > sk_stati(coor,
+	        S_PLATAX)) && (sk_stati (coo,S_PLNGAX) > sk_stati(coo,
+		S_PLATAX)))
+	        call rg_swcoords (ofd, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[ixl],
+		    Memd[iyl], Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw], Memd[trxw], Memd[tryw],
+		    npts, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat], Memc[rwxformat],
+		    Memc[rwyformat], Memc[twxformat], Memc[twyformat])
+	    else
+	        call rg_swcoords (ofd, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[ixl],
+		    Memd[iyl], Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw], Memd[tryw], Memd[trxw],
+		    npts, Memc[xformat], Memc[yformat], Memc[rwxformat],
+		    Memc[rwyformat], Memc[twxformat], Memc[twyformat])
+
+	    # Close the input image and its wcs.
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mw)
+	    if (coo != NULL)
+		#call mfree (coo, TY_STRUCT)
+		call sk_close (coo)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+
+	    # Close the output coordinate file if it is not going to
+	    # be appended to.
+	    if (fntlenb(olist) == imtlen(ilist))
+		call close (ofd)
+	}
+
+	if (imr != NULL) {
+	    call mfree (rxl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (ryl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (rxw, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (ryw, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (trxw, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (tryw, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (ixl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (iyl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    if (mwr != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mwr)
+	    if (coor != NULL)
+		#call mfree (coor, TY_STRUCT)
+		call sk_close (coor)
+	    call imunmap (imr)
+	}
+	if (cfd != NULL)
+	    call close (cfd)
+	if (fntlenb(olist) < imtlen(ilist))
+	    call close (ofd)
+	if (ilist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (ilist)
+	if (rlist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (rlist)
+	if (olist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (olist)
+	if (clist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (clist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SSETFMT -- Procedure to set the appropriate default format.
+
+procedure rg_ssetfmt (mw, wcs, laxno, min_sigdigits, wformat, maxch)
+
+pointer	mw			#I pointer to the image wcs
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs type
+int	laxno			#I the physical axis number
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minmum number of significant digits
+char	wformat[ARB]		#O the output format string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output format string
+
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (mw == NULL) {
+	    call sprintf (wformat, maxch, "%%%d.%dg")
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+	} else if (wcs == RG_PHYSICAL) {
+	    call strcpy ("%10.3f", wformat, maxch)
+	}  else {
+	    iferr {
+		call mw_gwattrs (mw, laxno, "format", wformat, maxch)
+	    } then {
+		iferr {
+		    call mw_gwattrs (mw, laxno, "axtype", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		} then {
+	    	    call sprintf (wformat, maxch, "%%%d.%dg")
+		        call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+			call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+		} else {
+		    if (streq (Memc[str], "ra"))
+                        call strcpy ("%12.2H", wformat, maxch)
+                    else if (streq (Memc[str], "dec"))
+                        call strcpy ("%11.1h", wformat, maxch)
+                    else if (streq (Memc[str+1], "lon"))
+                        call strcpy ("%11.1h", wformat, maxch)
+                    else if (streq (Memc[str+1], "lat"))
+                        call strcpy ("%11.1h", wformat, maxch)
+                     else {
+                        call sprintf (wformat, maxch, "%%%d.%dg")
+                            call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+                            call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+                    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SWCOORDS -- Write out the reference and input logical coordinates of the
+# tie points and the reference world coordinates.
+
+procedure rg_swcoords (ofd, xref, yref, xin, yin, wxref, wyref, twxref, twyref,
+	npts, xformat, yformat, wxformat, wyformat, twxformat, twyformat)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+double	xref[ARB]		#I the reference logical x coordinates
+double	yref[ARB]		#I the reference logical y coordinates
+double	xin[ARB]		#I the input logical x coordinates
+double	yin[ARB]		#I the input logical y coordinates
+double	wxref[ARB]		#I the reference world x coordinates
+double	wyref[ARB]		#I the reference world y coordinates
+double	twxref[ARB]		#I the input world x coordinates
+double	twyref[ARB]		#I the input world y coordinates
+int	npts			#I the number of input points
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the logical x coordinates format
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the logical y coordinates format
+char	wxformat[ARB]		#I the reference world x coordinates format
+char	wyformat[ARB]		#I the reference world y coordinates format
+char	twxformat[ARB]		#I the input world x coordinates format
+char	twyformat[ARB]		#I the input world y coordinates format
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, fmtstr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Write the column descriptions.
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 1: reference logical x coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 2: reference logical y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 3: input logical x coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 4: input logical y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 5: reference world x coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 6: reference world y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 7: input world x coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 8: input world y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "\n")
+
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE,
+	    "%s  %s    %s  %s    %s  %s    %s  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+	    call pargstr (wxformat)
+	    call pargstr (wyformat)
+	    call pargstr (twxformat)
+	    call pargstr (twyformat)
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call fprintf (ofd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call pargd (xref[i])
+		call pargd (yref[i])
+		call pargd (xin[i])
+		call pargd (yin[i])
+		call pargd (wxref[i])
+		call pargd (wyref[i])
+		call pargd (twxref[i])
+		call pargd (twyref[i])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcscopy.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcscopy.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d15e5c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcscopy.x
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+# T_WCSCOPY -- Copy the world coordinate system of a reference image to
+# the world coordinate system of an input image. 
+
+procedure t_wcscopy()
+
+bool	verbose
+int	ilist, rlist
+pointer	sp, image, refimage, value, str, imr, mwr, im
+real	rval
+double	dval
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imtopen(), imtlen(), imtgetim()
+#int	mw_stati(), rg_samesize()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+real	imgetr()
+double	imgetd()
+errchk	mw_openim(), imgstr(), imgetr(), imgetd(), imdelf()
+
+begin
+	# Get some temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (refimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input image and reference image lists.
+	call clgstr ("images", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	ilist = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("refimages", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	rlist = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Check the reference image list length.
+	if (imtlen (rlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The reference image list is empty.")
+	if (imtlen(rlist) > 1 && imtlen(rlist) != imtlen(ilist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of reference and input images is not the same.")
+
+	# Initialize the reference image and coordinate list pointers.
+	imr = NULL
+
+	# Loop over the input images.
+	while (imtgetim (ilist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the reference image and reference coordinate file and
+	    # compute the logical and world reference coordinates.
+	    if (imtgetim (rlist, Memc[refimage], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Open the reference image.
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    if (mwr != NULL)
+		        call mw_close (mwr)
+		    call imunmap (imr)
+		}
+		imr = immap (Memc[refimage], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+		# Open the reference image wcs.
+		iferr (mwr = mw_openim (imr))
+		    mwr = NULL
+
+		# Check that the wcs dimensions are rational.
+#		if (mwr != NULL) {
+#		    if (mw_stati(mwr, MW_NPHYSDIM) < IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+#			call mw_close (mwr)
+#			mwr = NULL
+#		    }
+#		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Print message about progress of task
+	    if (verbose) {
+	        call printf ("Copying wcs from image %s to image %s\n")
+	            call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+	            call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    }
+
+	    # Remove any image section and open the input image.
+	    call imgimage (Memc[image], Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	    iferr (im = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE, 0)) {
+	        im = immap (Memc[image], NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+		IM_NDIM(im) = 0
+	    }
+
+	    # Test for valid wcs.
+	    if (mwr == NULL) {
+		if (verbose) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "\tError: cannot read wcs for reference image %s\n")
+	            call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+		}
+#	    } else if (IM_NDIM(im) != IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+#		if (verbose) {
+#		    call printf (
+#		    "\tError: %s and %s have different number of dimensions\n")
+#	                call pargstr (Memc[image])
+#	                call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+#		}
+	    } else {
+#		if (rg_samesize (imr, im) == NO) {
+#		    if (verbose) {
+#		        call printf (
+#		        "\tWarning: images %s and %s have different sizes\n")
+#	                call pargstr (Memc[image])
+#	                call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+#		    }
+#		}
+		#mw = mw_open (NULL, mw_stati (mwr,MW_NPHYSDIM))
+		#call mw_loadim (mw, imr)
+		#call mw_saveim (mw, im)
+		#call mw_close (mw)
+		call mw_saveim (mwr, im)
+
+		# Copy the RADECSYS keyword to the input image header.
+		ifnoerr {
+		    call imgstr (imr, "RADECSYS", Memc[value], SZ_FNAME)
+		} then {
+		    call imastr (im, "RADECSYS", Memc[value])
+		} else {
+		    iferr (call imdelf (im, "RADECSYS"))
+			;
+		}
+
+		# Copy the EQUINOX or EPOCH keyword to the input image header
+		# EQUINOX keyword.
+		ifnoerr {
+		    rval = imgetr (imr, "EQUINOX")
+		} then {
+		    call imaddr (im, "EQUINOX", rval)
+		    iferr (call imdelf (im, "EPOCH"))
+			;
+		} else {
+		    ifnoerr {
+		        rval = imgetr (imr, "EPOCH")
+		    } then {
+		        call imaddr (im, "EQUINOX", rval)
+		        iferr (call imdelf (im, "EPOCH"))
+			    ;
+		    } else {
+		        iferr (call imdelf (im, "EQUINOX"))
+			    ;
+		        iferr (call imdelf (im, "EPOCH"))
+			    ;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Copy the MJD-WCSkeyword to the input image header.
+		ifnoerr {
+		    dval = imgetd (imr, "MJD-WCS")
+		} then {
+		    call imaddd (im, "MJD-WCS", dval)
+		} else {
+		    iferr (call imdelf (im, "MJD-WCS"))
+			;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Close the input image.
+	    call imunmap (im)
+
+	}
+
+	if (imr != NULL) {
+	    if (mwr != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mwr)
+	    call imunmap (imr)
+	}
+
+	if (ilist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (ilist)
+	if (rlist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (rlist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SAMESIZE -- Determine whether two images of the same dimension are
+# the same size.
+
+int procedure rg_samesize (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1			#I the first image descriptor
+pointer	im2			#I the second image descriptor
+
+int	i, stat
+
+begin
+	stat = YES
+	do i = 1, IM_NDIM(im1) {
+	    if (IM_LEN(im1,i) != IM_LEN(im2,i))
+		return (NO)
+	}
+	return (stat)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcsxymatch.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcsxymatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..503bc7f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/t_wcsxymatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,787 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include "wcsxymatch.h"
+
+# T_WCSXYMATCH -- Compute a list of the tie points required to register an
+# image to a reference image using WCS information in the image headers.
+
+procedure t_wcsxymatch()
+
+bool	verbose, transpose
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	ilist, rlist, olist, clist, cfd, ofd
+int	nx, ny, npts, wcs, xcolumn, ycolumn
+int	xunits, yunits, min_sigdigits, axstat, projstat
+pointer	sp, refimage, image, xformat, yformat, rxformat, ryformat
+pointer	wxformat, wyformat, str, paxno, rlaxno, laxno
+pointer	im, imr, mw, mwr, rxl, ryl, rxw, ryw, ixl, iyl, ctr, ct
+
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+double	clgetd()
+int	imtopen(), fntopnb(), imtlen(), fntlenb(), imtgetim(), open(), clgeti()
+int	clgwrd(), rg_rdxy(), fntgfnb(), rg_axstat(), rg_projstat(), mw_stati()
+int	strdic()
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim(), rg_xytoxy()
+errchk	mw_openim(), mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	# Get some temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (refimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wyformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rxformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ryformat, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call salloc (paxno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (rlaxno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (laxno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+
+	# Get the input image and output file lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	ilist = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("reference", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	rlist = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("STDOUT", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	olist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO) 
+
+	# Determine the source of the input coordinates.
+	call clgstr ("coords", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[str], "grid")) {
+	    clist = NULL
+	    xmin = clgetd ("xmin")
+	    xmax = clgetd ("xmax")
+	    ymin = clgetd ("ymin")
+	    ymax = clgetd ("ymax")
+	    nx = clgeti ("nx")
+	    ny = clgeti ("ny")
+	    wcs = clgwrd ("wcs", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_WCSLIST)
+	} else {
+	    clist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO) 
+	    xmin = INDEFD
+	    xmax = INDEFD
+	    ymin = INDEFD
+	    ymax = INDEFD
+	    nx = clgeti ("nx")
+	    ny = clgeti ("ny")
+	    wcs = clgwrd ("wcs", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_WCSLIST)
+	    xcolumn = clgeti ("xcolumn")
+	    ycolumn = clgeti ("ycolumn")
+	    call clgstr ("xunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    xunits = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_UNITLIST)
+	    if (xunits <= 0)
+		xunits = RG_UNATIVE
+	    call clgstr ("yunits", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    yunits = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, RG_UNITLIST)
+	    if (yunits <= 0)
+		yunits = RG_UNATIVE
+	}
+	transpose = clgetb ("transpose")
+
+	# Get the output coordinate formatting information.
+	call clgstr ("xformat", Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("yformat", Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("wxformat", Memc[rxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("wyformat", Memc[ryformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	min_sigdigits = clgeti ("min_sigdigits")
+
+	# Get remaining parameters.
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Check the formatting of the reference and input logical coordinates.
+	if (Memc[xformat] == EOS) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[xformat], SZ_FNAME, "%%%d.%dg")
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+	}
+	if (Memc[yformat] == EOS) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[yformat], SZ_FNAME, "%%%d.%dg")
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+	}
+
+	# Check the reference image list length.
+	if (imtlen (rlist) <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "The reference image list is empty.")
+	if (imtlen(rlist) > 1 && imtlen(rlist) != imtlen(ilist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of reference and input images is not the same.")
+
+	# Check the output coordinate file length.
+	if (fntlenb(olist) > 1 && fntlenb(olist) != imtlen(ilist))
+	    call error (0,
+	"The number of output coords files and input images is not the same.")
+
+	# Check the reference coordinate list length.
+	if (clist != NULL) {
+	    if (fntlenb (clist) != imtlen (rlist))
+		call error (0,
+	    "The number of reference coords files and images are not the same")
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the reference image and coordinate list pointers.
+	imr = NULL
+	cfd = NULL
+
+	# Loop over the input images.
+	while (imtgetim (ilist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the output file.
+	    if (fntgfnb (olist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		ofd = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		if (ofd == STDOUT)
+		    call fseti (ofd, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+		else if (fntlenb (olist) != imtlen (ilist))
+	    	    call error (0,
+	  "The number of output coords files and input images is not the same.")
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the reference image and reference coordinate file and
+	    # compute the logical and world reference coordinates.
+	    if (imtgetim (rlist, Memc[refimage], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Open the reference image.
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    call mfree (rxl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (ryl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (rxw, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (ryw, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (ixl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call mfree (iyl, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    if (mwr != NULL)
+		        call mw_close (mwr)
+		    call imunmap (imr)
+		}
+		imr = immap (Memc[refimage], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2)
+		    call error (0, "The reference image must be 1D or 2D")
+
+		# Open the reference image wcs.
+		iferr (mwr = mw_openim (imr))
+		    mwr = NULL
+
+		# Check that the wcs dimensions are rational.
+		if (mwr != NULL) {
+		    if (mw_stati(mwr, MW_NPHYSDIM) < IM_NDIM(imr) || 
+			mw_stati (mwr, MW_NDIM) != IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+			call mw_close (mwr)
+			mwr = NULL
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Get the reference image physical and logical axis maps.
+		if (mwr != NULL) {
+		    call mw_gaxmap (mwr, Memi[paxno], Memi[rlaxno],
+			mw_stati(mwr, MW_NPHYSDIM))
+		    call rg_laxmap (Memi[paxno], mw_stati(mwr, MW_NPHYSDIM),
+			Memi[rlaxno], mw_stati(mwr, MW_NDIM))
+		} else {
+		    Memi[rlaxno] = 1
+		    Memi[rlaxno+1] = 2
+		}
+
+		# Compute the x limits of the logical reference coordinates.
+		if (IS_INDEFD(xmin))
+		    x1 = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    x1 = max (1.0d0, min (xmin, double(IM_LEN(imr,1))))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(xmax))
+		    x2 = double(IM_LEN(imr,1))
+		else
+		    x2 = max (1.0d0, min (xmax, double(IM_LEN(imr,1))))
+
+		# Compute the y limits of the logical reference coordinates.
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    y1 = 1.0d0
+		else if (IS_INDEFD(ymin))
+		    y1 = 1.0d0
+		else
+		    y1 = max (1.0d0, min (ymin, double(IM_LEN(imr,2))))
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    y2 = 1.0d0
+		else if (IS_INDEFD(ymax))
+		    y2 = double(IM_LEN(imr,2))
+		else
+		    y2 = max (1.0d0, min (ymax, double(IM_LEN(imr,2))))
+
+		# Compute the reference logical and world coordinates.
+		if (clist != NULL) {
+
+		    if (cfd != NULL)
+			call close (cfd)
+
+		    if (fntgfnb (clist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+			cfd = open (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+			npts = rg_rdxy (cfd, rxw, ryw, wcs, xcolumn, ycolumn,
+			    xunits, yunits)
+		        call malloc (rxl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (ryl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (ixl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		        call malloc (iyl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+			if (wcs == RG_WORLD)
+		    	    ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw],
+			        Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], npts, "world",
+				    "logical", 1, 2)
+			else
+		    	    ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw],
+			        Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], npts, "physical",
+				"logical", 1, 2)
+		    }
+
+		} else {
+
+		    if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+			npts = nx
+		    else
+		        npts = nx * ny
+		    call malloc (rxl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (ryl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (rxw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (ryw, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (ixl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    call malloc (iyl, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		        call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, x1, x2,
+			    y1, y2)
+		    else
+		        call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, x1, x2,
+			    y1, y2)
+		    if (wcs == RG_WORLD)
+		        ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[rxw],
+			    Memd[ryw], npts, "logical", "world", 1, 2)
+		    else
+		        ctr = rg_xytoxy (mwr, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[rxw],
+			    Memd[ryw], npts, "logical", "physical", 1, 2)
+
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) > 2)
+		call error (0, "The input image must be 1D or 2D")
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) != IM_NDIM(imr))
+		call error (0,
+	    "The input image must have same dimensionality as reference image")
+
+	    # Open the input wcs.
+	    iferr (mw = mw_openim (im))
+		mw = NULL
+	    if (mw != NULL) {
+		if (mw_stati(mw, MW_NPHYSDIM) < IM_NDIM(im) || 
+		    mw_stati (mw, MW_NDIM) != IM_NDIM(im)) {
+		    call mw_close (mw)
+		    mw = NULL
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the input image wcs physical and logical axis maps.
+	    if (mw != NULL) {
+		call mw_gaxmap (mw, Memi[paxno], Memi[laxno], mw_stati(mw,
+		    MW_NPHYSDIM))
+		call rg_laxmap (Memi[paxno], mw_stati(mw, MW_NPHYSDIM),
+		    Memi[laxno], mw_stati(mw, MW_NDIM))
+	    } else {
+		Memi[laxno] = 1
+		Memi[laxno+1] = 2
+	    }
+
+	    # Write the banner string.
+	    call fprintf (ofd,
+	        "\n# Reference image: %s  Input image: %s\n# \tCoords: %s")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+	        call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    if (clist == NULL) {
+		call pargstr ("grid")
+		call fprintf (ofd, "\n")
+	    } else {
+		call fstats (cfd, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call fprintf (ofd, " Wcs: %s\n")
+		switch (wcs) {
+		case RG_PHYSICAL:
+		    call pargstr ("physical")
+		case RG_WORLD:
+		    call pargstr ("world")
+		default:
+		    call pargstr ("world")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Printe message on the terminal.
+	    if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT) {
+		call printf (
+		    "\nReference image: %s  Input image: %s\n\tCoords: %s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[refimage])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		if (clist == NULL) {
+		    call pargstr ("grid")
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		} else {
+		    call fstats (cfd, F_FILENAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call printf (" Wcs: %s\n")
+		    switch (wcs) {
+		    case RG_PHYSICAL:
+			call pargstr ("physical")
+		    case RG_WORLD:
+			call pargstr ("world")
+		    default:
+			call pargstr ("world")
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the reference coordinate formats.
+	    if (Memc[rxformat] == EOS)
+		 call rg_wsetfmt (mwr, mw, wcs, Memi[rlaxno], Memi[laxno],
+		    min_sigdigits, Memc[wxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy (Memc[rxformat], Memc[wxformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    if (Memc[ryformat] == EOS)
+		 call rg_wsetfmt (mwr, mw, wcs, Memi[rlaxno+1], Memi[laxno+1],
+		    min_sigdigits, Memc[wyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy (Memc[ryformat], Memc[wyformat], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Compute the output coordinates issuing a warning if the
+	    # axes types are not compatable.
+	    if (mwr == NULL) {
+		call fprintf (ofd,
+		    "# \tWarning: reference image wcs is undefined\n")
+		if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT)
+		    call printf (
+		        "\tWarning: reference image wcs is undefined\n")
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+		else
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+		call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		if (clist == NULL) {
+		    call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[rxw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[ryw], npts)
+		}
+		ct = NULL
+	    } else if (ctr == NULL) {
+		call fprintf (ofd, "# \tWarning: Unable to compute reference \
+logical <-> world transform\n")
+		if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT) {
+		    call printf ("\tWarning: Unable to compute reference \
+logical <-> world transform\n")
+		}
+		if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+		else
+		    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+		call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		if (clist == NULL) {
+		    call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[rxw], npts)
+		    call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[ryw], npts)
+		}
+		ct = NULL
+	    } else if (mw == NULL) {
+		call fprintf (ofd,
+		    "# \tWarning: input image wcs is undefined\n")
+		if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT)
+		    call printf ("\tWarning: input image wcs is undefined\n")
+		call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+		call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		ct = NULL
+	    } else {
+		# Check axis status.
+		if (wcs == RG_PHYSICAL) {
+		    axstat = RG_AXEQUAL
+		    projstat = RG_AXEQUAL
+	            ct = rg_xytoxy (mw, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw], Memd[ixl],
+		        Memd[iyl], npts, "physical", "logical", 1, 2)
+		    if (ct == NULL) {
+		        call fprintf (ofd,
+			    "# \tWarning: Unable to compute image physical -> \
+logical transform\n")
+			if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT) {
+		            call printf (
+		                "\tWarning: Unable to compute image physical \
+-> logical transform\n")
+			}
+			if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+			else
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0,
+				double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+			call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+			call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    axstat = rg_axstat (mwr, Memi[rlaxno], Memi[rlaxno+1],
+		        mw, Memi[laxno], Memi[laxno+1], transpose)
+		    projstat = rg_projstat (mwr, Memi[rlaxno], Memi[rlaxno+1],
+		        mw, Memi[laxno], Memi[laxno+1])
+		    switch (axstat) {
+		    case RG_AXEQUAL, RG_AXNOTEQUAL:
+	                ct = rg_xytoxy (mw, Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw], Memd[ixl],
+		            Memd[iyl], npts, "world", "logical", 1, 2)
+		    case RG_AXSWITCHED:
+	                ct = rg_xytoxy (mw, Memd[ryw], Memd[rxw], Memd[ixl],
+		            Memd[iyl], npts, "world", "logical", 1, 2)
+		    }
+		    if (ct == NULL) {
+		        call fprintf (ofd,
+			    "# \tWarning: Unable to compute image \
+			     world -> logical transform\n")
+			if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT) {
+		            call printf (
+		                "\tWarning: Unable to compute image world -> \
+logical transform\n")
+			}
+			if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+			else
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0,
+				double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+			call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+			call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		    } else if (axstat == RG_AXNOTEQUAL) {
+		        call fprintf (ofd,
+		            "# \tWarning: Reference and image axtype \
+attributes are different\n")
+			if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT) {
+		            call printf (
+			        "\tWarning: Reference and image axtype \
+attributes are different\n")
+			}
+			if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, 1, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0, 1.0d0)
+			else
+		    	    call rg_rxyl (Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], nx, ny, 1.0d0,
+		        	double(IM_LEN(im,1)), 1.0d0,
+				double(IM_LEN(im,2)))
+			call amovd (Memd[rxl], Memd[ixl], npts)
+			call amovd (Memd[ryl], Memd[iyl], npts)
+		    } else if (projstat == RG_AXNOTEQUAL) {
+		        call fprintf (ofd,
+		            "# \tWarning: Reference and image wtype \
+attributes are different\n")
+			if (verbose && ofd != STDOUT) {
+		            call printf (
+		                "\tWarning: Reference and image wtype \
+attributes are different\n")
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Write out the results.
+	    call rg_wcoords (ofd, Memd[rxl], Memd[ryl], Memd[ixl],
+		Memd[iyl], Memd[rxw], Memd[ryw], npts, Memc[xformat],
+		Memc[yformat], Memc[wxformat], Memc[wyformat])
+
+	    # Close the input image and its wcs.
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mw)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+
+	    # Close the output coordinate file if it is not going to
+	    # be appended to.
+	    if (fntlenb(olist) == imtlen(ilist))
+		call close (ofd)
+	}
+
+	if (imr != NULL) {
+	    call mfree (rxl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (ryl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (rxw, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (ryw, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (ixl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call mfree (iyl, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    if (mwr != NULL)
+	        call mw_close (mwr)
+	    call imunmap (imr)
+	}
+	if (cfd != NULL)
+	    call close (cfd)
+	if (fntlenb(olist) < imtlen(ilist))
+	    call close (ofd)
+	if (ilist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (ilist)
+	if (rlist != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (rlist)
+	if (olist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (olist)
+	if (clist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (clist)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_WSETFMT -- Set the world coordinate format.
+
+procedure rg_wsetfmt (mwr, mw, wcs, rlaxno, laxno, min_sigdigits,
+       wformat, maxch)
+
+pointer	mwr			#I pointer to the reference image wcs
+pointer	mw			#I pointer to the input image wcs
+int	wcs			#I the input wcs type
+int	rlaxno			#I the reference physical axis number
+int	laxno			#I the input physical axis number
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+char	wformat[ARB]		#O the output world coordinate format
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the format string
+
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (mwr == NULL || mw == NULL) {
+	    call sprintf (wformat, maxch, "%%%d.%dg")
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+		call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+
+	} else if (wcs == RG_PHYSICAL) {
+	    call strcpy ("%10.3f", wformat, maxch)
+
+	}  else {
+	    iferr {
+		call mw_gwattrs (mwr, rlaxno, "format", wformat, maxch)
+	    } then {
+		iferr {
+		     call mw_gwattrs (mw, laxno, "format", wformat, maxch)
+		} then {
+		    iferr {
+		        call mw_gwattrs (mwr, rlaxno, "axtype", Memc[str],
+			    SZ_FNAME)
+		    } then {
+	    	        call sprintf (wformat, maxch, "%%%d.%dg")
+		            call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+			    call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+		    } else {
+			if (streq (Memc[str], "ra"))
+			    call strcpy ("%11.1H", wformat, maxch)
+			else if (streq (Memc[str], "dec"))
+			    call strcpy ("%11.1h", wformat, maxch)
+			else if (streq (Memc[str+1], "lon"))
+			    call strcpy ("%11.1h", wformat, maxch)
+			else if (streq (Memc[str+1], "lat"))
+			    call strcpy ("%11.1h", wformat, maxch)
+			else {
+	    	            call sprintf (wformat, maxch, "%%%d.%dg")
+		                call pargi (min_sigdigits + 3)
+			        call pargi (min_sigdigits)
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_AXSTAT -- Determine whether or not the two axes are equal.
+
+int procedure rg_axstat (mw1, ax11, ax12, mw2, ax21, ax22, transpose)
+
+pointer	mw1			#I pointer to the first wcs
+int	ax11, ax12		#I the logical reference axes
+pointer	mw2			#I pointer to the second wcs
+int	ax21, ax22		#I the logical input axes
+bool	transpose		#I transpose the world coordinates
+
+int	stat
+pointer	sp, xax1, yax1, xax2, yax2
+bool	streq()
+errchk	mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xax1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yax1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xax2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yax2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw1, ax11, "axtype", Memc[xax1], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[xax1] = EOS
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw1, ax12, "axtype", Memc[yax1], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[yax1] = EOS
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw2, ax21, "axtype", Memc[xax2], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[xax2] = EOS
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw2, ax22, "axtype", Memc[yax2], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[yax2] = EOS
+
+	if (transpose)
+	    stat = RG_AXSWITCHED
+	else if (streq (Memc[xax1], Memc[xax2]) && streq(Memc[yax1],
+	    Memc[yax2]))
+	    stat = RG_AXEQUAL
+	else if (streq (Memc[xax1], Memc[yax2]) && streq(Memc[yax1],
+	    Memc[xax2]))
+	    stat = RG_AXSWITCHED
+	else
+	    stat = RG_AXNOTEQUAL
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PROJSTAT -- Determine whether or not the projections of two axes are equal.
+
+int procedure rg_projstat (mw1, ax11, ax12, mw2, ax21, ax22)
+
+pointer	mw1			#I pointer to the first wcs
+int	ax11, ax12		#I the logical reference axes
+pointer	mw2			#I pointer to the second wcs
+int	ax21, ax22		#I the logical reference axes
+
+int	stat
+pointer	sp, xproj1, yproj1, xproj2, yproj2
+bool	streq()
+errchk	mw_gwattrs()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xproj1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yproj1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xproj2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yproj2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw1, ax11, "wtype", Memc[xproj1], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[xproj1] = EOS
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw1, ax12, "wtype", Memc[yproj1], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[yproj1] = EOS
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw2, ax21, "wtype", Memc[xproj2], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[xproj2] = EOS
+	iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw2, ax22, "wtype", Memc[yproj2], SZ_FNAME))
+	    Memc[yproj2] = EOS
+
+	if (streq (Memc[xproj1], Memc[xproj2]) && streq(Memc[yproj1],
+	    Memc[yproj2]))
+	    stat = RG_AXEQUAL
+	else if (streq (Memc[xproj1], Memc[yproj2]) && streq(Memc[yproj1],
+	    Memc[xproj2]))
+	    stat = RG_AXSWITCHED
+	else
+	    stat = RG_AXNOTEQUAL
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_WCOORDS -- Write out the reference and input logical coordinates of the
+# tie points and the reference world coordinates.
+
+procedure rg_wcoords (ofd, xref, yref, xin, yin, wxref, wyref, npts,
+        xformat, yformat, wxformat, wyformat)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+double	xref[ARB]		#I the reference logical x coordinates
+double	yref[ARB]		#I the reference logical y coordinates
+double	xin[ARB]		#I the input logical x coordinates
+double	yin[ARB]		#I the input logical y coordinates
+double	wxref[ARB]		#I the input reference world x coordinates
+double	wyref[ARB]		#I the input reference world y coordinates
+int	npts			#I the number of input points
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the logical x coordinates format
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the logical y coordinates format
+char	wxformat[ARB]		#I the world x coordinates format
+char	wyformat[ARB]		#I the world y coordinates format
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, fmtstr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Write the column descriptions.
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 1: reference logical x coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 2: reference logical y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 3: input logical x coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 4: input logical y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 5: reference world x coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "# \tColumn 6: reference world y coordinate\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd, "\n")
+
+	# Create the format string.
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s  %s    %s  %s    %s  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+	    call pargstr (wxformat)
+	    call pargstr (wyformat)
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call fprintf (ofd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call pargd (xref[i])
+		call pargd (yref[i])
+		call pargd (xin[i])
+		call pargd (yin[i])
+		call pargd (wxref[i])
+		call pargd (wyref[i])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LAXMAP (paxno, wcsndim, laxno, ndim)
+
+procedure rg_laxmap (paxno, wcsndim, laxno, ndim)
+
+int     paxno[ARB]              #I the physical axis map
+int     wcsndim                 #I the number of physical axis dimensions
+int     laxno[ARB]              #O the physical axis map
+int     ndim                    #I the number of logical axis dimensions
+
+int     i, j
+
+begin
+        if (ndim < wcsndim) {
+            do i = 1, ndim {
+                laxno[i] = 0
+                do j = 1, wcsndim {
+                    if (paxno[j] != i)
+                        next
+                    laxno[i] = j
+                    break
+                }
+            }
+            do i = ndim + 1, wcsndim
+                laxno[i] = 0
+        } else {
+            do i = 1, wcsndim
+                laxno[i] = i
+        }
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/wcsxymatch.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/wcsxymatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b92673a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/wcsmatch/wcsxymatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Define the permitted input wcs types
+define	RG_WCSLIST	"|physical|world|"
+
+define	RG_PHYSICAL	1
+define	RG_WORLD	2
+
+# Define the permitted units
+define	RG_UNITLIST	"|hours|native|"
+define	RG_UHOURS	1
+define	RG_UNATIVE	2
+
+# Define the relationship between the two axes
+define	RG_AXEQUAL	1
+define	RG_AXSWITCHED	2
+define	RG_AXNOTEQUAL	3
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/mkpkg b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..262b721d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Make the XREGISTER task
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	rgxbckgrd.x	"xregister.h" <math/gsurfit.h>
+	rgxcolon.x	"xregister.h" <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <error.h>
+	rgxcorr.x	"xregister.h" <imhdr.h> <math/gsurfit.h> <math.h>
+	rgxdbio.x	"xregister.h"
+	rgxfft.x
+	rgxfit.x	"xregister.h" <math/iminterp.h> <mach.h> <math/nlfit.h>
+	rgxgpars.x	"xregister.h"
+	rgxicorr.x	"xregister.h" <ctype.h> <imhdr.h> <fset.h>
+	rgximshift.x	<imhdr.h> <imset.h> <math/iminterp.h>
+	rgxplot.x	<imhdr.h> <gset.h>
+	rgxppars.x	"xregister.h"
+	rgxregions.x	"xregister.h" <fset.h> <imhdr.h> <ctype.h>
+	rgxshow.x	"xregister.h"
+	rgxtools.x	"xregister.h"
+	rgxtransform.x	"xregister.h" <imhdr.h> <math.h>
+	t_xregister.x	"xregister.h" <fset.h> <gset.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/oxregister.key b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/oxregister.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91064ff8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/oxregister.key
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+		Xregister Image Overlay Sub-menu
+
+
+?	Print help
+c  	Overlay the marked column of the reference image
+	with the same column of the input image
+l  	Overlay the marked line of the reference image
+	with the sname line of the input image
+x 	Overlay the marked column of the reference image
+	with the x and y lagged column of the input image
+y 	Overlay the marked line of the reference image
+	with the x and y lagged line of the input image
+v 	Overlay the marked column of the reference image
+	with the x and y shifted column of the input image
+h 	Overlay the marked line of the reference image
+	with the x and y shifted line of the input image
+q	Quit 
+
+
+		Image Overlay Sub-menu Colon Commands
+
+:c  [m] [n] 	Overlay the middle [mth] column of the reference image
+		with the mth [nth] column of the input image
+:l  [m] [n]	Overlay the middle [mth] line of the reference image
+		with the mth [nth]  line of the input image
+:x  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] column of the reference image
+		with the x and y lagged column of the input image
+:y  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] line of the reference image
+		with the x and y lagged line of the input image
+:v  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] column of the reference image
+		with the x and y shifted column of the input image
+:h  [m] 	Overlay the middle [mth] line of the reference image
+		with the x and y shifted line of the input image
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9747ee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_XSCALE -- Compute the background offset and x and y slope.
+
+procedure rg_xscale (xc, data, npts, nx, ny, offset, coeff)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation function
+real	data[ARB]	#I the input data
+int	npts		#I the number of points
+int	nx, ny		#I the dimensions of the original subraster
+real	offset		#I the input offset
+real	coeff[ARB]	#O the output coefficients
+
+int	wborder
+pointer	gs
+real	loreject, hireject, zero
+int	rg_xstati(), rg_znsum(), rg_znmedian(), rg_slope()
+real	rg_xstatr()
+
+begin
+	loreject = rg_xstatr (xc, LOREJECT)
+	hireject = rg_xstatr (xc, HIREJECT)
+	wborder = rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)
+
+	switch (rg_xstati (xc, BACKGRD)) {
+	case XC_BNONE:
+	    coeff[1] = offset
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	case XC_MEAN:
+	    if (rg_znsum (data, npts, zero, loreject, hireject) <= 0)
+		zero = 0.0
+	    coeff[1] = zero
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	case XC_MEDIAN:
+	    if (rg_znmedian (data, npts, zero, loreject, hireject) <= 0)
+		zero = 0.0
+	    coeff[1] = zero
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	case XC_SLOPE:
+	    call gsinit (gs, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, 1.0, real (nx), 1.0,
+	        real (ny))
+	    if (rg_slope (gs, data, npts, nx, ny, wborder, wborder, loreject,
+	        hireject) == ERR) {
+		coeff[1] = 0.0
+		coeff[2] = 0.0
+		coeff[3] = 0.0
+	    } else {
+	        call gssave (gs, coeff)
+		coeff[1] = coeff[GS_SAVECOEFF+1]
+		coeff[2] = coeff[GS_SAVECOEFF+2]
+		coeff[3] = coeff[GS_SAVECOEFF+3]
+	    }
+	    call gsfree (gs)
+	default:
+	    coeff[1] = offset
+	    coeff[2] = 0.0
+	    coeff[3] = 0.0
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxcolon.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxcolon.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb007473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxcolon.x
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_XCOLON-- Procedure to process colon commands for setting the cross-
+# correlation parameters.
+
+procedure rg_xcolon (gd, xc, imr, im1, im2, db, dformat, tfd, reglist, cmdstr,
+	newdata, newcross, newcenter)
+
+pointer	gd			#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	xc			#I pointer to cross-correlation structure
+pointer	imr			#I/O pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1			#I/O pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2			#I/O pointer to the output image
+pointer	db			#I/O pointer to the shifts database file
+int	dformat			#I is the shifts file in database format 
+int	tfd			#I/O the transformations file descriptor
+pointer	reglist			#I/O pointer to the regions list
+char	cmdstr[ARB]		#I input command string
+int	newdata			#I/O new input data
+int	newcross		#I/O new cross-correlation function flag
+int	newcenter		#I/O new cross-correlation peak flag
+
+bool	streq()
+int	ncmd, creg, nreg, ival, stat
+pointer	sp, cmd, str
+real	rval
+int	strdic(), open(), nscan(), rg_xstati(), fntopnb()
+int	rg_xregions(), rg_xmkregions(), strlen()
+pointer	immap(), dtmap(), rg_xstatp()
+real	rg_xstatr()
+errchk	immap(), dtmap(), open(), fntopnb()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the command.
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Process the command.
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, XCMDS)
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case XCMD_REFIMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (imr != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (imr)
+		    imr = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    imr = immap (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2 || IM_NDIM(imr) != IM_NDIM(im1)) {
+		    call printf (
+		    "Image has the wrong number of dimensions\n")
+		    call imunmap (imr)
+		    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		    newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_IMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (im1 != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (im1)
+		    im1 = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    im1 = immap (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, BT_NEAREST)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+			call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+		    else
+		        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX,
+			    max (IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_LEN(im1,2)))
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    im1 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, BT_NEAREST)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+			call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+		    else
+		        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX,
+			    max (IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_LEN(im1,2)))
+		} else if (IM_NDIM(im1) > 2 || IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(imr)) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Image has the wrong number of dimensions\n")
+		    call imunmap (im1)
+		    im1 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, BT_NEAREST)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+			call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+		    else
+		        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX,
+			    max (IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_LEN(im1,2)))
+		} else {
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, IMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		    newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_OUTIMAGE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (im2 == NULL || Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd],
+	        Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (im2 != NULL) {
+		    call imunmap (im2)
+		    im2 = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    im2 = immap (Memc[cmd], NEW_COPY, im1)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    im2 = immap (Memc[str], NEW_COPY, im1)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, OUTIMAGE, Memc[cmd])
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_DATABASE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, DATABASE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DATABASE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (db != NULL) {
+		    if (dformat == YES)
+		        call dtunmap (db)
+		    else
+			call close (db)
+		    db = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    if (dformat == YES)
+		        db = dtmap (Memc[cmd], APPEND)
+		    else
+			db = open (Memc[cmd], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    if (dformat == YES)
+		        db = dtmap (Memc[str], APPEND)
+		    else
+			db = open (Memc[str], APPEND, TEXT_FILE)
+		} else {
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, DATABASE, Memc[cmd])
+		}
+	    }
+
+	CASE XCMD_RECORD:
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_xstats (xc, RECORD, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_RECORD)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else 
+		call rg_xsets (xc, RECORD, Memc[cmd])
+
+	case XCMD_CREGION:
+
+	    call gargi (nreg)
+	    creg = rg_xstati (xc, CREGION)
+
+	    if (nscan() == 1 || (nreg == creg)) {
+		call printf ("%s: %d/%d")
+		    call pargstr (KY_CREGION)
+		    call pargi (creg)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS))
+		call printf ("  [%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+		    call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RC1)+creg-1])
+		    call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RC2)+creg-1])
+		    call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RL1)+creg-1])
+		    call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RL2)+creg-1])
+
+	    } else {
+		if (nreg < 1 || nreg > rg_xstati (xc,NREGIONS)) {
+		    call printf ("Region %d is out of range\n")
+			call pargi (nreg)
+		} else {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Setting current region to %d: [%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+			call pargi (nreg)
+			call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RC1)+nreg-1])
+			call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RC2)+nreg-1])
+			call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RL1)+nreg-1])
+			call pargi (Memi[rg_xstatp (xc,RL2)+nreg-1])
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, CREGION, nreg)
+		    newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_REGIONS:
+
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REGIONS, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() == 1 || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str]) || Memc[cmd] ==
+	        EOS) {
+		call printf ("%s [string/file]: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_REGIONS)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (reglist != NULL) {
+		    call fntclsb (reglist)
+		    reglist = NULL
+		}
+		iferr (reglist = fntopnb (Memc[cmd], NO))
+		    reglist = NULL
+		if (rg_xregions (reglist, imr, xc, 1) > 0) {
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, CREGION, 1)
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, REGIONS, Memc[cmd])
+		    newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+		} else {
+		    if (reglist != NULL) {
+		        call fntclsb (reglist)
+		        reglist = NULL
+		    }
+		    iferr (reglist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO))
+		        reglist = NULL
+		    if (rg_xregions (reglist, imr, xc, 1) > 0)
+			;
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, REGIONS, Memc[str])
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, CREGION, 1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_REFFILE:
+
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REFFILE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_REFFILE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		if (tfd != NULL) {
+		    call close (tfd)
+		    tfd = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    tfd = open (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		} then {
+		    tfd = NULL
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, REFFILE, "")
+		    call printf ("Coords file is undefined.\n")
+		} else
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, REFFILE, Memc[cmd])
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_XLAG:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_XLAG)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, XLAG))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, XLAG, ival)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_YLAG:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_YLAG)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, YLAG))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, YLAG, ival)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_DXLAG:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DXLAG)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, DXLAG))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, DXLAG, ival)
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_DYLAG:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DYLAG)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, DYLAG))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, DYLAG, ival)
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_BACKGROUND:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] != EOS)
+	        call strcat (" ", Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd+strlen(Memc[cmd])], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_xstats (xc, BSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_BACKGROUND)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xsets (xc, BSTRING, Memc[cmd])
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_BORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_BORDER)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, BORDER))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, BORDER, ival)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_LOREJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_LOREJECT)
+		    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, LOREJECT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xsetr (xc, LOREJECT, rval)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_HIREJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_HIREJECT)
+		    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, HIREJECT))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xsetr (xc, HIREJECT, rval)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_APODIZE:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_APODIZE)
+		    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, APODIZE))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xsetr (xc, APODIZE, max (0.0, min (rval, 0.50)))
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_CORRELATION:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_xstats (xc, CSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call printf ("%s = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_CORRELATION)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		stat = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, XC_CTYPES)
+		if (stat > 0) {
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, CFUNC, stat)
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, CSTRING, Memc[cmd])
+		    newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_XWINDOW:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_XWINDOW)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, XWINDOW, ival)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_YWINDOW:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_YWINDOW)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW))
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, YWINDOW, ival)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_PEAKCENTER:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call rg_xstats (xc, PSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_PEAKCENTER)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		stat = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, XC_PTYPES)
+		if (stat > 0) {
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, PFUNC, stat)
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, PSTRING, Memc[cmd])
+		    newcenter = YES
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_XCBOX:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_XCBOX)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, XCBOX))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_xseti (xc, XCBOX, ival)
+		newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_YCBOX:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() ==  1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_YCBOX)
+		    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, YCBOX))
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		call rg_xseti (xc, YCBOX, ival)
+		newcenter = YES
+	    }
+
+	case XCMD_SHOW:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, XSHOW)
+	    switch (ncmd) {
+	    case XSHOW_DATA:
+		call rg_xnshow (xc)
+	    case XSHOW_BACKGROUND:
+		call rg_xbshow (xc)
+	    case XSHOW_CORRELATION:
+		call rg_xxshow (xc)
+	    case XSHOW_PEAKCENTER:
+		call rg_xpshow (xc)
+	    default:
+		call rg_xshow (xc)
+	    }
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	case XCMD_MARK:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+	    if (reglist != NULL) {
+		call fntclsb (reglist)
+		reglist = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (rg_xmkregions (imr, xc, 1, MAX_NREGIONS, Memc[str],
+		SZ_LINE) <= 0) {
+		call rg_xstats (xc, REGIONS, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		iferr (reglist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO))
+		    reglist = NULL
+		if (rg_xregions (reglist, imr, xc, 1) > 0)
+		    ;
+		call rg_xsets (xc, REGIONS, Memc[str])
+		call rg_xseti (xc, CREGION, 1)
+	    } else {
+		call rg_xseti (xc, CREGION, 1)
+		call rg_xsets (xc, REGIONS, Memc[str])
+	        newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+	    }
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous colon command\7\n")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxcorr.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxcorr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a708bf7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxcorr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1034 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_XCORR -- Compute the shift shift for an image relative to a reference
+# image using cross-correlation techniques.
+
+int procedure rg_xcorr (imr, im1, db, dformat, xc)
+
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the shifts database 
+int	dformat		#I write shifts file in database format ?
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+pointer	sp, image, imname
+real	xshift, yshift
+bool	streq()
+int	rg_xstati(), fscan(), nscan()
+errchk	rg_cross(), rg_xfile()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	xshift = 0.0
+	yshift = 0.0
+
+	# Compute the average shift for the image.
+	switch (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC)) {
+	case XC_DISCRETE, XC_DIFFERENCE, XC_FOURIER:
+
+	    # Write out the parameters.
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        call rg_xdbparams (db, xc)
+
+	    # Compute the cross-correlation function.
+	    call rg_cross (imr, im1, xc, NULL, xshift, yshift)
+	    call rg_xsetr (xc, TXSHIFT, xshift)
+	    call rg_xsetr (xc, TYSHIFT, yshift)
+
+	    # Write out the results for the individual regions.
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        call rg_xwreg (db, xc)
+
+	    # Write out the total shifts.
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        call rg_xdbshift (db, xc)
+	    else {
+		call fprintf (db, "%s  %g  %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call pargr (xshift)
+		    call pargr (yshift)
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the x and y lags for the next picture.
+	    if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	        call rg_xseti (xc, XLAG, 0)
+	        call rg_xseti (xc, YLAG, 0)
+	    } else if (IS_INDEFI (rg_xstati (xc, DXLAG)) ||
+	        IS_INDEFI (rg_xstati (xc, DYLAG))) {
+	        call rg_xseti (xc, XLAG, nint (-xshift))
+	        call rg_xseti (xc, YLAG, nint (-yshift))
+	    } else {
+	        call rg_xseti (xc, XLAG, rg_xstati (xc, XLAG) + rg_xstati (xc,
+	            DXLAG))
+	        call rg_xseti (xc, YLAG, rg_xstati (xc, YLAG) + rg_xstati (xc,
+	            DYLAG))
+	    }
+
+	case XC_FILE:
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        call rg_xfile (db, xc, xshift, yshift)
+	    else {
+		if (fscan (db) != EOF) {
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call gargr (xshift)
+		    call gargr (yshift)
+		    if (! streq (Memc[imname], Memc[image]) || nscan() != 3) {
+			xshift = 0.0
+			yshift = 0.0
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    xshift = 0.0
+		    yshift = 0.0
+		}
+	    }
+	    call rg_xsetr (xc, TXSHIFT, xshift)
+	    call rg_xsetr (xc, TYSHIFT, yshift)
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "The correlation function is undefined.")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (NO)
+end
+
+
+# RG_CROSS -- Compute the cross-correlation function for all the regions
+# using discrete, fourier, or difference techniques and compute the position
+# of its peak using one of several centering algorithms.
+
+procedure rg_cross (imr, im1, xc, gd, xavshift, yavshift)
+
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross correlation structure
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics stream
+real	xavshift	#O x coord shift
+real	yavshift	#O y coord shift
+
+int	i, nregions, ngood
+pointer	pxshift, pyshift
+real	xshift, yshift
+int	rg_xstati(), rg_xcget(), rg_xfget()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Get the pointers.
+	pxshift = rg_xstatp (xc, XSHIFTS)
+	pyshift = rg_xstatp (xc, YSHIFTS)
+	nregions = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+
+	# Loop over the regions.
+	xavshift = 0.0
+	yavshift = 0.0
+	ngood = 0
+	do i = 1, nregions {
+
+	    # Compute the cross_correlation function.
+	    switch (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC)) {
+	    case XC_DISCRETE, XC_DIFFERENCE:
+	        if (rg_xcget (xc, imr, im1, i) == ERR) {
+		    Memr[pxshift+i-1] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[pyshift+i-1] = INDEFR
+		    if (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR) != NULL)
+		        call mfree (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR), TY_REAL)
+		    call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, NULL)
+		    next
+	        }
+	    case XC_FOURIER:
+	        if (rg_xfget (xc, imr, im1, i) == ERR) {
+		    Memr[pxshift+i-1] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[pyshift+i-1] = INDEFR
+		    if (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR) != NULL)
+		        call mfree (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR), TY_REAL)
+		    call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, NULL)
+		    next
+	        }
+	    default:
+		call error (0, "The correlation function is undefined")
+	    }
+
+	    # Find the peak of the cross-correlation function.
+	    call rg_fit (xc, i, gd, xshift, yshift)
+
+	    # Accumulate the shifts.
+	    xavshift = xavshift + xshift
+	    yavshift = yavshift + yshift
+	    ngood = ngood + 1
+	}
+
+	# Compute the average shift.
+	if (ngood > 0) {
+	    xavshift = xavshift / ngood
+	    yavshift = yavshift / ngood
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XFILE -- Read the average x and y shifts from the shifts database.
+
+procedure rg_xfile (db, xc, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross correlation structure
+real	xshift		#O shift in x
+real	yshift		#O shift in y
+
+int	rec
+pointer	sp, str
+int	dtlocate()
+real	dtgetr()
+errchk	dtlocate(), dtgetr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call rg_xstats (xc, RECORD, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	iferr {
+	    rec = dtlocate (db, Memc[str])
+	    xshift = dtgetr (db, rec, "xshift")
+	    yshift = dtgetr (db, rec, "yshift")
+	} then {
+	    xshift = 0.0
+	    yshift = 0.0
+	}
+	
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_ICROSS -- Compute the cross-correlation function for a given region.
+
+int procedure rg_icross (xc, imr, im1, nreg)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+int	nreg		#I the index of the current region
+
+int	stat
+pointer	pxshift, pyshift
+int	rg_xstati(), rg_xcget(), rg_xfget()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	pxshift = rg_xstatp (xc, XSHIFTS)
+	pyshift = rg_xstatp (xc, YSHIFTS)
+
+	switch (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC)) {
+	case XC_DISCRETE, XC_DIFFERENCE:
+	    stat = rg_xcget (xc, imr, im1, nreg)
+	    if (stat == ERR) {
+		Memr[pxshift+nreg-1] = INDEFR
+		Memr[pyshift+nreg-1] = INDEFR
+		if (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR), TY_REAL)
+		call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, NULL)
+	    }
+	case XC_FOURIER:
+	    stat = rg_xfget (xc, imr, im1, nreg)
+	    if (stat == ERR) {
+		Memr[pxshift+nreg-1] = INDEFR
+		Memr[pyshift+nreg-1] = INDEFR
+		if (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR), TY_REAL)
+		call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, NULL)
+	    }
+	case XC_FILE:
+	    stat = OK
+	}
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XCGET -- Compute the convolution using the discrete or difference
+# correlation functions.
+
+int procedure rg_xcget (xc, imr, im1, i)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to input image image
+int	i		#I index of region
+
+int	stat, xwindow, ywindow, nrimcols, nrimlines, nimcols, nimlines
+int	nrcols, nrlines, ncols, nlines
+int	xlag, ylag, nborder, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, c1, c2, l1, l2
+pointer	sp, str, coeff, rbuf, ibuf, xcor
+pointer	prc1, prc2, prl1, prl2, przero, prxslope, pryslope, border
+real	rxlag, rylag
+int	rg_xstati(), rg_border()
+pointer	rg_xstatp(), rg_ximget()
+real	rg_xstatr()
+
+define	nextregion_	10
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (coeff, max (GS_SAVECOEFF + 6, 9), TY_REAL)
+	rbuf = NULL
+	ibuf = NULL
+
+	# Check for regions.
+	if (i > rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Get the image sizes.
+	nrimcols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    nrimlines = 1
+	else
+	    nrimlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+	nimcols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    nimlines = 1
+	else
+	    nimlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+
+	# Get the reference region pointers.
+	prc1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL2)
+	przero = rg_xstatp (xc, RZERO)
+	prxslope = rg_xstatp (xc, RXSLOPE)
+	pryslope = rg_xstatp (xc, RYSLOPE)
+
+	# Compute the reference region limits.
+	rc1 = max (1, min (int (nrimcols), Memi[prc1+i-1]))
+	rc2 = min (int (nrimcols), max (1, Memi[prc2+i-1]))
+	rl1 = max (1, min (int (nrimlines), Memi[prl1+i-1]))
+	rl2 = min (int (nrimlines), max (1, Memi[prl2+i-1]))
+	nrcols = rc2 - rc1 + 1
+	nrlines = rl2 - rl1 + 1
+
+	# Move to the next reference region if current region is off the image.
+	if (rc1 > nrimcols || rc2 < 1 || rl1 > nrimlines || rl2 < 1) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+		"Reference section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] is off image.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (rc1)
+		call pargi (rc2)
+		call pargi (rl1)
+		call pargi (rl2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Check the window sizes.
+	xwindow = rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW)
+	if (nrlines == 1)
+	    ywindow = 1
+	else
+	    ywindow = rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW)
+
+	# Move to next ref regions if current region is too small.
+	if (nrcols < xwindow || (IM_NDIM(imr) == 2 && nrlines < ywindow)) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+	    "Reference section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] has too few points.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (rc1)
+		call pargi (rc2)
+		call pargi (rl1)
+		call pargi (rl2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Apply the transformation if defined or lag to the ref regions.
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	    call rg_etransform (xc, (rc1 + rc2) / 2.0, (rl1 + rl2) / 2.0,
+		rxlag, rylag)
+	    xlag = rxlag - (rc1 + rc2) / 2.0
+	    if (ywindow == 1)
+	        ylag = 0
+	    else
+	        ylag = rylag - (rl1 + rl2) / 2.0
+	} else {
+	    xlag = rg_xstati (xc, XLAG)
+	    if (ywindow == 1)
+	        ylag = 0
+	    else
+	        ylag = rg_xstati (xc, YLAG)
+	}
+
+	# Get the input image limits.
+	c1 = rc1 + xlag - xwindow / 2
+	c2 = rc2 + xlag + xwindow / 2
+	l1 = rl1 + ylag - ywindow / 2
+	l2 = rl2 + ylag + ywindow / 2
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	# Move to the next ref region if input region is off image.
+	if (c1 > nimcols || c2 < 1 || l1 > nimlines || l2 < 1) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+		"Image section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] is off image.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (c1)
+		call pargi (c2)
+		call pargi (l1)
+		call pargi (l2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Move to the next ref region if input region is less than 3 by 3.
+	if ((ncols < xwindow) || (IM_NDIM(im1) == 2 && nlines < ywindow)) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+		"Image section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] has too few points.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (c1)
+		call pargi (c2)
+		call pargi (l1)
+		call pargi (l2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Get the input reference and input image data.
+	rbuf = rg_ximget (imr, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2)
+	if (rbuf == NULL) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+	ibuf = rg_ximget (im1, c1, c2, l1, l2)
+	if (ibuf == NULL) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Do the background subtraction.
+
+	# Compute the zero point, x slope and y slope of ref image.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[przero+i-1]) || IS_INDEFR(Memr[prxslope+i- 1]) ||
+	    IS_INDEFR(Memr[pryslope+i-1])) {
+	    if (IS_INDEFI(rg_xstati (xc, BORDER))) {
+		call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[rbuf], nrcols * nrlines, nrcols,
+		    nrlines, rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUER), Memr[coeff])
+	    } else {
+		    border = NULL
+		    nborder = rg_border (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines,
+		        max (0, nrcols - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+		        max (0, nrlines - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+			border)
+		    call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[border], nborder, nrcols,
+			nrlines, rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUER), Memr[coeff])
+		    if (border != NULL)
+		        call mfree (border, TY_REAL)
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the coefficients.
+	    Memr[przero+i-1] = Memr[coeff]
+	    Memr[prxslope+i-1] = Memr[coeff+1]
+	    Memr[pryslope+i-1] = Memr[coeff+2]
+	}
+
+	call rg_subtract (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[przero+i-1],
+	    Memr[prxslope+i-1], Memr[pryslope+i-1])
+
+	# Compute the zero point, and the x and y slopes of input image.
+	if (IS_INDEFI(rg_xstati (xc, BORDER))) {
+	    call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[ibuf], ncols * nlines, ncols,
+		nlines, rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUE), Memr[coeff])
+	} else {
+	    border = NULL
+	    nborder = rg_border (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines,
+	        max (0, ncols - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+	        max (0, nlines - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+		border)
+	    call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[border], nborder, ncols, nlines,
+		rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUE), Memr[coeff])
+	    if (border != NULL)
+		call mfree (border, TY_REAL)
+	}
+
+	# Subtract the baseline.
+	call rg_subtract (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[coeff],
+	    Memr[coeff+1], Memr[coeff+2])
+
+	# Apodize the data.
+	if (rg_xstatr (xc, APODIZE) > 0.0) {
+	    call rg_apodize (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, rg_xstatr (xc,
+		APODIZE), YES)
+	    call rg_apodize (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines, rg_xstatr (xc,
+	        APODIZE), YES)
+	}
+
+	# Spatially filter the data with a Laplacian.
+	switch (rg_xstati (xc, FILTER)) {
+	case XC_LAPLACE:
+	    call rg_xlaplace (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, 1.0)
+	    call rg_xlaplace (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines, 1.0)
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+
+	# Allocate space for the cross-correlation function.
+	if (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR) == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (xcor, xwindow * ywindow, TY_REAL)
+	    call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, xcor)
+	} else {
+	    xcor = rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR)
+	    call realloc (xcor, xwindow * ywindow, TY_REAL)
+	    call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, xcor)
+	}
+
+	# Clear the correlation function.
+	call aclrr (Memr[xcor], xwindow * ywindow)
+
+	# Compute the cross-correlation function.
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC) == XC_DISCRETE) {
+	    call rg_xconv (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[ibuf], ncols,
+	        nlines, Memr[xcor], xwindow, ywindow)
+	} else {
+	    call rg_xdiff (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[ibuf], ncols,
+	        nlines, Memr[xcor], xwindow, ywindow)
+	}
+
+	stat = OK
+
+nextregion_
+
+	# Free memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+	if (rbuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (rbuf, TY_REAL)
+	if (ibuf != NULL)
+	    call mfree (ibuf, TY_REAL)
+	if (stat == ERR)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else
+	    return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XFGET -- Compute the cross-correlation function using Fourier techniques.
+
+int procedure rg_xfget (xc, imr, im1, i)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+int	i		#I index of the current region
+
+int	rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, nrcols, nrlines, c1, c2, l1, l2, ncols, nlines
+int	nrimcols, nrimlines, nimcols, nimlines
+int	xwindow, ywindow, xlag, nxfft, nyfft, ylag, stat, nborder
+pointer	sp, str, coeff, xcor, rbuf, ibuf, fft, border
+pointer	prc1, prc2, prl1, prl2, przero, prxslope, pryslope
+real	rxlag, rylag
+int	rg_xstati(), rg_border(), rg_szfft()
+pointer	rg_xstatp(), rg_ximget()
+real	rg_xstatr()
+
+define	nextregion_	11
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (coeff, max (GS_SAVECOEFF+6, 9), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Check for number of regions.
+	if (i > rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Allocate space for the cross-correlation function.
+	nrimcols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    nrimlines = 1
+	else
+	    nrimlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+	nimcols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    nimlines = 1
+	else
+	    nimlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+
+	# Get the regions pointers.
+	prc1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL2)
+	przero = rg_xstatp (xc, RZERO)
+	prxslope = rg_xstatp (xc, RXSLOPE)
+	pryslope = rg_xstatp (xc, RYSLOPE)
+
+	# Get the reference subraster region.
+	rc1 = max (1, min (int (nrimcols), Memi[prc1+i-1]))
+	rc2 = min (int (nrimcols), max (1, Memi[prc2+i-1]))
+	rl1 = max (1, min (int (nrimlines), Memi[prl1+i-1]))
+	rl2 = min (int (nrimlines), max (1, Memi[prl2+i-1]))
+	nrcols = rc2 - rc1 + 1
+	nrlines = rl2 - rl1 + 1
+
+	# Go to next region if the reference region is off the image.
+	if (rc1 > nrimcols || rc2 < 1 || rl1 > nrimlines || rl2 < 1) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+		"Reference section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] is off image.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (rc1)
+		call pargi (rc2)
+		call pargi (rl1)
+		call pargi (rl2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Check the window sizes.
+	xwindow = rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW)
+	if (nrlines == 1)
+	    ywindow = 1
+	else
+	    ywindow = rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW)
+
+	# Go to the next region if the reference region has too few points.
+	if ((nrcols < xwindow) || (IM_NDIM(im1) == 2 && nrlines < ywindow)) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+		"Reference section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] has too few points.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (rc1)
+		call pargi (rc2)
+		call pargi (rl1)
+		call pargi (rl2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Apply the transformation if defined or the lag.
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	    call rg_etransform (xc, (rc1 + rc2) / 2.0, (rl1 + rl2) / 2.0,
+		rxlag, rylag)
+	    xlag = rxlag - (rc1 + rc2) / 2.0
+	    if (ywindow == 1)
+		ylag = 0
+	    else
+	        ylag = rylag - (rl1 + rl2) / 2.0
+	} else {
+	    xlag = rg_xstati (xc, XLAG)
+	    if (ywindow == 1)
+		ylag = 0
+	    else
+	        ylag = rg_xstati (xc, YLAG)
+	}
+
+	# Get the input image subraster regions.
+	c1 = rc1 + xlag
+	c2 = rc2 + xlag
+	l1 = rl1 + ylag
+	l2 = rl2 + ylag
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+
+	# Go to next region if region is off the image.
+	if (c1 > nimcols || c2 < 1 || l1 > nimlines || l2 < 1) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+		"Image section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] is off image.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (c1)
+		call pargi (c2)
+		call pargi (l1)
+		call pargi (l2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Go to next region if region has too few points.
+	if ((ncols < xwindow) || (IM_NDIM(im1) == 2 && nlines < ywindow)) {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf (
+		"Image section: %s[%d:%d,%d:%d] has too few points.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		call pargi (c1)
+		call pargi (c2)
+		call pargi (l1)
+		call pargi (l2)
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Figure out how big the Fourier transform has to be, given
+	# the size of the reference subraster, the window size and
+	# the fact that the FFT must be a power of 2.
+
+	nxfft = rg_szfft (nrcols, xwindow)
+	if (ywindow == 1)
+	    nyfft = 1
+	else
+	    nyfft = rg_szfft (nrlines, ywindow)
+	call calloc (fft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get the input reference and input image data.
+	rbuf = NULL
+	rbuf = rg_ximget (imr, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2)
+	if (rbuf == NULL) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Do the background subtraction.
+
+	# Compute the zero point, x slope and y slope of ref image.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[przero+i-1]) || IS_INDEFR(Memr[prxslope+i- 1]) ||
+	    IS_INDEFR(Memr[pryslope+i-1])) {
+	    if (IS_INDEFI(rg_xstati (xc, BORDER))) {
+		call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[rbuf], nrcols * nrlines, nrcols,
+		    nrlines, rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUER), Memr[coeff])
+	    } else {
+		    border = NULL
+		    nborder = rg_border (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines,
+		        max (0, nrcols - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+		        max (0, nrlines - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+			border)
+		    call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[border], nborder, nrcols,
+			nrlines, rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUER), Memr[coeff])
+		    if (border != NULL)
+		        call mfree (border, TY_REAL)
+	    }
+
+	    # Save the coefficients.
+	    Memr[przero+i-1] = Memr[coeff]
+	    Memr[prxslope+i-1] = Memr[coeff+1]
+	    Memr[pryslope+i-1] = Memr[coeff+2]
+	}
+
+	call rg_subtract (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[przero+i-1],
+	    Memr[prxslope+i-1], Memr[pryslope+i-1])
+
+	# Apodize the data.
+	if (rg_xstatr (xc, APODIZE) > 0.0)
+	    call rg_apodize (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, rg_xstatr (xc,
+		APODIZE), YES)
+
+	# Spatially filter the data with a Laplacian.
+	switch (rg_xstati (xc, FILTER)) {
+	case XC_LAPLACE:
+	    call rg_xlaplace (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, 1.0)
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+
+	# Load the reference data into the  FFT.
+	call rg_rload (Memr[rbuf], nrcols, nrlines, Memr[fft], nxfft, nyfft)
+	call mfree (rbuf, TY_REAL)
+
+	ibuf = NULL
+	ibuf = rg_ximget (im1, c1, c2, l1, l2)
+	if (ibuf == NULL) {
+	    stat = ERR
+	    goto nextregion_
+	}
+
+	# Compute the zero point, and the x and y slopes of input image.
+	if (IS_INDEFI(rg_xstati (xc, BORDER))) {
+	    call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[ibuf], ncols * nlines, ncols,
+		nlines, rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUE), Memr[coeff])
+	} else {
+	    border = NULL
+	    nborder = rg_border (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines,
+	        max (0, ncols - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+	        max (0, nlines - 2 * rg_xstati (xc, BORDER)),
+		border)
+	    call rg_xscale (xc, Memr[border], nborder, ncols, nlines,
+		rg_xstatr (xc, BVALUE), Memr[coeff])
+	    if (border != NULL)
+		call mfree (border, TY_REAL)
+	}
+
+	# Subtract the baseline.
+	call rg_subtract (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[coeff],
+	    Memr[coeff+1], Memr[coeff+2])
+
+	# Apodize the data.
+	if (rg_xstatr (xc, APODIZE) > 0.0)
+	    call rg_apodize (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines, rg_xstatr (xc,
+	        APODIZE), YES)
+
+	# Spatially filter the data with a Laplacian.
+	switch (rg_xstati (xc, FILTER)) {
+	case XC_LAPLACE:
+	    call rg_xlaplace (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines, 1.0)
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+
+	# Load the image data into the FFT.
+	call rg_iload (Memr[ibuf], ncols, nlines, Memr[fft], nxfft, nyfft)
+	call mfree (ibuf, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Normalize the data.
+	call rg_fnorm (Memr[fft], nrcols, nrlines, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	# Compute the cross-correlation function.
+	call rg_fftcor (Memr[fft], nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	# Allocate space for the correlation function.
+	if (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR) == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (xcor, xwindow * ywindow, TY_REAL)
+	    call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, xcor)
+	} else {
+	    xcor = rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR)
+	    call realloc (xcor, xwindow * ywindow, TY_REAL)
+	    call rg_xsetp (xc, XCOR, xcor)
+	}
+
+	# Move the valid lags into the crosscorrelation array
+	call rg_movexr (Memr[fft], nxfft, nyfft, Memr[xcor], xwindow, ywindow)
+
+	# Free space.
+	call mfree (fft, TY_REAL)
+
+	stat = OK
+
+nextregion_
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	if (stat == ERR)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else
+	    return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XIMGET -- Fill a buffer from a specified region of the image.
+
+pointer procedure rg_ximget (im, c1, c2, l1, l2)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to the iraf image
+int	c1, c2		#I column limits in the input image
+int	l1, l2		#I line limits in the input image
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, npts
+pointer	ptr, index, buf
+pointer	imgs1r(), imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = c2 - c1 + 1
+	nlines = l2 - l1 + 1
+	npts = ncols * nlines
+	call malloc (ptr, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	index = ptr
+	do i = l1, l2 {
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+	        buf = imgs1r (im, c1, c2)
+	    else
+	        buf = imgs2r (im, c1, c2, i, i)
+	    call amovr (Memr[buf], Memr[index], ncols)
+	    index = index + ncols
+	}
+
+	return (ptr)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XLAPLACE -- Compute the Laplacian of an image subraster in place.
+
+procedure rg_xlaplace (data, nx, ny, rho)
+
+real	data[nx,ARB]		#I the input array
+int	nx, ny			#I the size of the input/output data array
+real	rho			#I the pixel to pixel correlation factor
+
+int	i, inline, outline, nxk, nyk, nxc
+pointer	sp, lineptrs, ptr
+real	rhosq, kernel[3,3]
+data	nxk /3/, nyk /3/
+
+begin
+	# Define the kernel.
+	rhosq = rho * rho
+	kernel[1,1] = rhosq
+	kernel[2,1] = -rho * (1.0 + rhosq)
+	kernel[3,1] = rhosq
+	kernel[1,2] = -rho * (1.0 + rhosq)
+	kernel[2,2] = (1.0 + rhosq) * (1 + rhosq)
+	kernel[3,2] = -rho * (1.0 + rhosq)
+	kernel[1,3] = rhosq
+	kernel[2,3] = -rho * (1.0 + rhosq)
+	kernel[3,3] = rhosq
+
+	# Set up an array of line pointers.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lineptrs, nyk, TY_POINTER)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	nxc = nx + 2 * (nxk / 2)
+	do i = 1, nyk
+	    call salloc (Memi[lineptrs+i-1], nxc, TY_REAL) 
+
+	inline = 1 - nyk / 2
+	do i = 1, nyk - 1 {
+	    if (inline < 1) {
+	        call amovr (data[1,1], Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i]+nxk/2], nx)
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i]] = data[1,1]
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i]+nxc-1] = data[nx,1]
+	    } else {
+	        call amovr (data[1,i-1], Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i]+nxk/2], nx)
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i]] = data[1,i-1]
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i]+nxc-1] = data[nx,i-1]
+	    }
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Generate the output image line by line
+	do outline = 1, ny {
+
+	    # Scroll the input buffers
+	    ptr = Memi[lineptrs] 
+	    do i = 1, nyk - 1
+		Memi[lineptrs+i-1] = Memi[lineptrs+i]
+	    Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1] = ptr 
+
+	    # Read in new image line
+	    if (inline > ny) {
+		call amovr (data[1,ny], Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]+nxk/2],
+		    nx)
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]] = data[1,ny]
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]+nxc-1] = data[nx,ny]
+	    } else {
+		call amovr (data[1,inline], Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]+nxk/2],
+		    nx)
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]] = data[1,inline]
+	        Memr[Memi[lineptrs+nyk-1]+nxc-1] = data[nx,inline]
+	    }
+
+	    # Generate output image line
+	    call aclrr (data[1,outline], nx)
+	    do i = 1, nyk
+		call acnvr (Memr[Memi[lineptrs+i-1]], data[1,outline], nx,
+		    kernel[1,i], nxk)
+
+	    inline = inline + 1
+	}
+
+	# Free the image buffer pointers
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XCONV -- Compute the cross-correlation function directly in the spatial
+# domain. 
+
+procedure rg_xconv (ref, nrcols, nrlines, image, ncols, nlines, xcor, xwindow,
+	ywindow)
+
+real	ref[nrcols,nrlines]	#I the input reference subraster
+int	nrcols, nrlines		#I size of the reference subraster
+real	image[ncols,nlines]	#I the input image subraster
+int	ncols, nlines		#I size of the image subraster
+real	xcor[xwindow,ywindow]	#O the output cross-correlation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I size of the cross-correlation function
+
+int	lagx, lagy, i, j
+real	meanr, facr, meani, faci, sum
+real	asumr()
+#real	cxmin, cxmax
+
+begin
+	meanr = asumr (ref, nrcols * nrlines) / (nrcols * nrlines)
+	facr = 0.0
+	do j = 1, nrlines {
+	    do i = 1, nrcols
+		facr = facr + (ref[i,j] - meanr) ** 2
+	}
+	if (facr <= 0.0)
+	    facr = 1.0
+	else
+	    facr = sqrt (facr)
+
+	do lagy = 1, ywindow {
+	    do lagx = 1, xwindow {
+		meani = 0.0
+		do j = 1, nrlines {
+		    do i = 1, nrcols 
+			meani = meani + image[i+lagx-1,j+lagy-1]
+		}
+		meani = meani / (nrcols * nrlines)
+		faci = 0.0
+		sum = 0.0
+		do j = 1, nrlines {
+		    do i = 1, nrcols {
+			faci = faci + (image[i+lagx-1,j+lagy-1] - meani) ** 2
+			sum = sum + (ref[i,j] - meanr)  *
+			    (image[i+lagx-1,j+lagy-1] - meani)
+		    }
+		}
+		if (faci <= 0.0)
+		    faci = 1.0
+		else
+		    faci = sqrt (faci)
+		xcor[lagx,lagy] = sum / facr / faci
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XDIFF -- Compute the error function at each of several templates.
+
+procedure rg_xdiff (ref, nrcols, nrlines, image, ncols, nlines, xcor, xwindow,
+	ywindow)
+
+real	ref[nrcols,nrlines]	#I reference subraste
+int	nrcols, nrlines		#I size of the reference subraster
+real	image[ncols,nlines]	#I image subraster
+int	ncols, nlines		#I size of image subraster
+real	xcor[xwindow,ywindow]	#O crosscorrelation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I size of correlation function
+
+int	lagx, lagy, i, j
+real	meanr, meani, sum, cormin, cormax
+real	asumr()
+
+
+begin
+	meanr = asumr (ref, nrcols * nrlines) / (nrcols * nrlines)
+	do lagy = 1, ywindow {
+	    do lagx = 1, xwindow {
+		meani = 0.0
+		do j = 1, nrlines {
+		    do i = 1, nrcols
+			meani = meani + image[i+lagx-1,j+lagy-1]
+		}
+		meani = meani / (nrcols * nrlines)
+		sum = 0.0
+		do j = 1, nrlines {
+		    do i = 1, nrcols {
+			sum = sum + abs ((ref[i,j] - meanr) -
+			    (image[i+lagx-1,j+lagy-1] - meani))
+		    }
+		}
+		xcor[lagx,lagy] = sum 
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call alimr (xcor, xwindow * ywindow, cormin, cormax)
+	call adivkr (xcor, cormax, xcor, xwindow * ywindow)
+	call asubkr (xcor, 1.0, xcor, xwindow * ywindow)
+	call anegr (xcor, xcor, xwindow * ywindow)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxdbio.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxdbio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e197636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxdbio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_XWREC -- Procedure to write out the whole record.
+
+procedure rg_xwrec (db, dformat, xc)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+int	dformat		#I is the shifts file in database format
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross correlation structure
+
+int	i, nregions, ngood, c1, c2, l1, l2, xlag, ylag
+pointer	sp, image, prc1, prc2, prl1, prl2, pxshift, pyshift
+real	xin, yin, xout, yout, xavshift, yavshift
+int	rg_xstati()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Write the header record.
+	if (dformat == YES)
+	    call rg_xdbparams (db, xc)
+
+	# Fetch the pointers to the columns.
+	prc1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL2)
+	pxshift = rg_xstatp (xc, XSHIFTS)
+	pyshift = rg_xstatp (xc, YSHIFTS)
+	nregions = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+
+	xavshift = 0.0
+	yavshift = 0.0
+	ngood = 0
+	do i = 1, nregions {
+
+	    xin = (Memi[prc1+i-1] + Memi[prc2+i-1]) / 2.0
+	    yin = (Memi[prl1+i-1] + Memi[prl2+i-1]) / 2.0
+	    if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	        call rg_etransform (xc, xin, yin, xout, yout)
+		xlag = xout - xin
+		ylag = yout - yin
+	    } else {
+		xlag = rg_xstati (xc, XLAG)
+		ylag = rg_xstati (xc, YLAG)
+	    }
+	    c1 = Memi[prc1+i-1] + xlag
+	    c2 = Memi[prc2+i-1] + xlag
+	    l1 = Memi[prl1+i-1] + ylag
+	    l2 = Memi[prl2+i-1] + ylag
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[pxshift+i-1]) || IS_INDEFR(Memr[pyshift+i-1])) {
+		if (dformat == YES)
+	            call rg_xdbshiftr (db, Memi[prc1+i-1], Memi[prc2+i-1],
+		        Memi[prl1+i-1], Memi[prl2+i-1], c1, c2, l1, l2,
+		        INDEFR, INDEFR)
+	    } else {
+		if (dformat == YES)
+	            call rg_xdbshiftr (db, Memi[prc1+i-1], Memi[prc2+i-1],
+		        Memi[prl1+i-1], Memi[prl2+i-1], c1, c2, l1, l2,
+		        Memr[pxshift+i-1], Memr[pyshift+i-1])
+		ngood = ngood + 1
+	        xavshift = xavshift + Memr[pxshift+i-1]
+	        yavshift = yavshift + Memr[pyshift+i-1]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the average shift.
+	if (ngood <= 0) {
+	    xavshift = 0.0
+	    yavshift = 0.0
+	} else {
+	    xavshift = xavshift / ngood
+	    yavshift = yavshift / ngood
+	}
+	call rg_xsetr (xc, TXSHIFT, xavshift)
+	call rg_xsetr (xc, TYSHIFT, yavshift)
+
+	if (dformat == YES)
+	    call rg_xdbshift (db, xc)
+	else {
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call fprintf (db, "%s  %g  %g\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		call pargr (xavshift)
+		call pargr (yavshift)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XDBPARAMS -- Write the cross-correlation parameters to the database file.
+
+procedure rg_xdbparams (db, xc)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+int	rg_xstati()
+#real	rg_xstatr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Write out the time record was written.
+	call dtput (db, "\n")
+	call dtptime (db)
+
+	# Write out the record name.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, RECORD, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (db, "begin\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	# Write the image names.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t%d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_NREGIONS)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XWREG -- Write out the results for each region individually into
+# the shifts file.
+
+procedure rg_xwreg (db, xc)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+int	i, nregions, c1, c2, l1, l2, xlag, ylag
+pointer	prc1, prc2, prl1, prl2, pxshift, pyshift
+real	xin, yin, xout, yout
+int	rg_xstati()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Fetch the regions pointers.
+	prc1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL2)
+	pxshift = rg_xstatp (xc, XSHIFTS)
+	pyshift = rg_xstatp (xc, YSHIFTS)
+	nregions = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+
+	# Write out the reference image region(s) and the equivalent
+	# input image regions.
+	do i = 1, nregions {
+
+	    xin = (Memi[prc1+i-1] + Memi[prc2+i-1]) / 2.0
+	    yin = (Memi[prl1+i-1] + Memi[prl2+i-1]) / 2.0
+	    if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	        call rg_etransform (xc, xin, yin, xout, yout)
+		xlag = xout - xin
+		ylag = yout - yin
+	    } else {
+		xlag = rg_xstati (xc, XLAG)
+		ylag = rg_xstati (xc, YLAG)
+	    }
+	    c1 = Memi[prc1+i-1] + xlag
+	    c2 = Memi[prc2+i-1] + xlag
+	    l1 = Memi[prl1+i-1] + ylag
+	    l2 = Memi[prl2+i-1] + ylag
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[pxshift+i-1]) || IS_INDEFR(Memr[pyshift+i-1]))
+	        call rg_xdbshiftr (db, Memi[prc1+i-1], Memi[prc2+i-1],
+		    Memi[prl1+i-1], Memi[prl2+i-1], c1, c2, l1, l2,
+		    INDEFR, INDEFR)
+	    else
+	        call rg_xdbshiftr (db, Memi[prc1+i-1], Memi[prc2+i-1],
+		    Memi[prl1+i-1], Memi[prl2+i-1], c1, c2, l1, l2,
+		    Memr[pxshift+i-1], Memr[pyshift+i-1])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XDBSHIFTR -- Write out the reference image section, input image
+# section and x and y shifts for each region.
+
+procedure rg_xdbshiftr (db, rc1, rc2, rl1, rl2, c1, c2, l1, l2, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the database file
+int	rc1, rc2	#I reference region column limits
+int	rl1, rl2	#I reference region line limits
+int	c1, c2		#I image region column limits
+int	l1, l2		#I image region line limits
+real	xshift		#I x shift
+real	yshift		#I y shift
+
+begin
+	call dtput (db,"\t[%d:%d,%d:%d]\t[%d:%d,%d:%d]\t%g\t%g\n")
+	    call pargi (rc1)
+	    call pargi (rc2)
+	    call pargi (rl1)
+	    call pargi (rl2)
+	    call pargi (c1)
+	    call pargi (c2)
+	    call pargi (l1)
+	    call pargi (l2)
+	    call pargr (xshift)
+	    call pargr (yshift)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XDBSHIFT -- Write the average shifts to the shifts database.
+
+procedure rg_xdbshift (db, xc)
+
+pointer	db		#I pointer to text database file
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+real	rg_xstatr()
+
+begin
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_TXSHIFT)
+	    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, TXSHIFT))
+	call dtput (db, "\t%s\t\t%g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_TYSHIFT)
+	    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, TYSHIFT))
+end
+
+
+# RG_XPWREC -- Print the computed shift for a region.
+
+procedure rg_xpwrec (xc, i)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	i		#I the current region
+
+int	xlag, ylag, c1, c2, l1, l2
+pointer	prc1, prc2, prl1, prl2
+real	xin, yin, rxlag, rylag
+int	rg_xstati()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Fetch the pointers to the reference regions.
+	prc1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL2)
+
+	# Transform the reference region to the input region.
+	xin = (Memi[prc1+i-1] + Memi[prc2+i-1]) / 2.0
+	yin = (Memi[prl1+i-1] + Memi[prl2+i-1]) / 2.0
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	    call rg_etransform (xc, xin, yin, rxlag, rylag)
+	    xlag = rxlag - xin
+	    ylag = rylag - yin
+	} else {
+	    xlag = rg_xstati (xc, XLAG)
+	    ylag = rg_xstati (xc, YLAG)
+	}
+
+	c1 = Memi[prc1+i-1] + xlag
+	c2 = Memi[prc2+i-1] + xlag
+	l1 = Memi[prl1+i-1] + ylag
+	l2 = Memi[prl2+i-1] + ylag
+
+	# Print the results.
+	call printf ("Region %d: [%d:%d,%d:%d]  [%d:%d,%d:%d]  %g  %g\n")
+	    call pargi (i)
+	    call pargi (Memi[prc1+i-1])
+	    call pargi (Memi[prc2+i-1])
+	    call pargi (Memi[prl1+i-1])
+	    call pargi (Memi[prl2+i-1])
+	    call pargi (c1)
+	    call pargi (c2)
+	    call pargi (l1)
+	    call pargi (l2)
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XSHIFTS)+i-1])
+	    call pargr (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,YSHIFTS)+i-1])
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxfft.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxfft.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8847cf56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxfft.x
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+# RG_FFTCOR -- Compute the FFT of the reference and image data, take their
+# product,  and compute the inverse transform to get the cross-correlation
+# function. The reference and input image are loaded into alternate memory
+# locations.
+
+procedure rg_fftcor (fft, nxfft nyfft)
+
+real	fft[ARB]	#I/O array to be  fft'd
+int	nxfft, nyfft	#I dimensions of the fft
+
+pointer	sp, dim
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dim, 2, TY_INT)
+
+	# Fourier transform the two arrays.
+	Memi[dim] = nxfft
+	Memi[dim+1] = nyfft
+	if (Memi[dim+1] == 1)
+	    call rg_fourn (fft, Memi[dim], 1, 1)
+	else
+	    call rg_fourn (fft, Memi[dim], 2, 1)
+
+	# Compute the product of the two transforms.
+	call rg_mulfft (fft, fft, 2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	# Shift the array to center the transform.
+	call rg_fshift (fft, fft, 2 * nxfft, nyfft)
+
+	# Normalize the transform.
+	call adivkr (fft, real (nxfft * nyfft), fft, 2 * nxfft * nyfft)
+
+	# Compute the inverse transform.
+	if (Memi[dim+1] == 1)
+	    call rg_fourn (fft, Memi[dim], 1, -1)
+	else
+	    call rg_fourn (fft, Memi[dim], 2, -1)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MULFFT -- Unpack the two individual ffts and compute their product.
+
+procedure rg_mulfft (fft1, fft2, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real	fft1[nxfft,nyfft]	#I array containing 2 ffts of 2 real functions
+real	fft2[nxfft,nyfft]	#O fft of correlation function
+int	nxfft, nyfft		#I dimensions of fft
+
+int	i,j, nxd2p2, nxp2, nxp3, nyd2p1, nyp2
+real	c1, c2, h1r, h1i, h2r, h2i
+
+begin
+	c1 = 0.5
+	c2 = -0.5
+
+	nxd2p2 = nxfft / 2 + 2
+	nxp2 = nxfft + 2
+	nxp3 = nxfft + 3
+	nyd2p1 = nyfft / 2 + 1
+	nyp2 = nyfft + 2
+
+	# Compute the 0 frequency point.
+	h1r = fft1[1,1]
+	h1i = 0.0
+	h2r = fft1[2,1]
+	h2i = 0.0
+	fft2[1,1] = h1r * h2r
+	fft2[2,1] = 0.0
+
+	# Compute the x axis points.
+	do i = 3, nxd2p2, 2 {
+	    h2r = c1 * (fft1[i,1] + fft1[nxp2-i,1])
+	    h2i = c1 * (fft1[i+1,1] - fft1[nxp3-i,1])
+	    h1r = -c2 * (fft1[i+1,1] + fft1[nxp3-i,1])
+	    h1i = c2 * (fft1[i,1] - fft1[nxp2-i,1])
+	    fft2[i,1] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i)
+	    fft2[i+1,1] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r)
+	    fft2[nxp2-i,1] = fft2[i,1]
+	    fft2[nxp3-i,1] = - fft2[i+1,1]
+	}
+
+	# Quit if the transform is 1D.
+	if (nyfft < 2)
+	    return
+
+	# Compute the y axis points.
+	do i = 2, nyd2p1 {
+	    h2r = c1 * (fft1[1,i] + fft1[1, nyp2-i])
+	    h2i = c1 * (fft1[2,i] - fft1[2,nyp2-i])
+	    h1r = -c2 * (fft1[2,i] + fft1[2,nyp2-i])
+	    h1i = c2 * (fft1[1,i] - fft1[1,nyp2-i])
+	    fft2[1,i] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i)
+	    fft2[2,i] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r)
+	    fft2[1,nyp2-i] = fft2[1,i]
+	    fft2[2,nyp2-i] = - fft2[2,i]
+	}
+
+	# Compute along the axis of symmetry.
+	do i = 3, nxd2p2, 2 {
+	    h2r = c1 * (fft1[i,nyd2p1] + fft1[nxp2-i, nyd2p1])
+	    h2i = c1 * (fft1[i+1,nyd2p1] - fft1[nxp3-i,nyd2p1])
+	    h1r = -c2 * (fft1[i+1,nyd2p1] + fft1[nxp3-i,nyd2p1])
+	    h1i = c2 * (fft1[i,nyd2p1] - fft1[nxp2-i,nyd2p1])
+	    fft2[i,nyd2p1] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i)
+	    fft2[i+1,nyd2p1] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r)
+	    fft2[nxp2-i,nyd2p1] = fft2[i,nyd2p1]
+	    fft2[nxp3-i,nyd2p1] = - fft2[i+1,nyd2p1]
+	}
+
+	# Compute the remainder of the transform.
+	do j = 2, nyd2p1 - 1 {
+	    do i = 3, nxfft, 2 {
+	        h2r = c1 * (fft1[i,j] + fft1[nxp2-i, nyp2-j])
+	        h2i = c1 * (fft1[i+1,j] - fft1[nxp3-i,nyp2-j])
+	        h1r = -c2 * (fft1[i+1,j] + fft1[nxp3-i,nyp2-j])
+	        h1i = c2 * (fft1[i,j] - fft1[nxp2-i,nyp2-j])
+	        fft2[i,j] = (h1r * h2r + h1i * h2i)
+	        fft2[i+1,j] = (h1i * h2r - h2i * h1r)
+	        fft2[nxp2-i,nyp2-j] = fft2[i,j]
+	        fft2[nxp3-i,nyp2-j] = - fft2[i+1,j]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_FNORM -- Normalize the reference and image data before computing
+# the fft's.
+
+procedure rg_fnorm (array, ncols, nlines, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real	array[ARB]			#I/O the input/output data array
+int	ncols, nlines			#I dimensions of the input data array
+int	nxfft, nyfft			#I dimensions of the fft
+
+int	i, j, index
+real	sumr, sumi, meanr, meani
+
+begin
+	# Compute the mean.
+	sumr = 0.0
+	sumi = 0.0
+	index = 0
+	do j = 1, nlines {
+	    do i = 1, ncols {
+		sumr = sumr + array[index+2*i-1]
+		sumi = sumi + array[index+2*i]
+	    }
+	    index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	}
+	meanr = sumr / (ncols * nlines)
+	meani = sumi / (ncols * nlines)
+
+	# Compute the sigma.
+	sumr = 0.0
+	sumi = 0.0
+	index = 0
+	do j = 1, nlines {
+	    do i = 1, ncols {
+		sumr = sumr + (array[index+2*i-1] - meanr) ** 2
+		sumi = sumi + (array[index+2*i] - meani) ** 2
+	    }
+	    index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	}
+	sumr = sqrt (sumr)
+	sumi = sqrt (sumi)
+
+	# Normalize the data.
+	index = 0
+	do j = 1, nlines {
+	    do i = 1, ncols {
+		array[index+2*i-1] = (array[index+2*i-1] - meanr) / sumr
+		array[index+2*i] = (array[index+2*i] - meani) / sumi
+	    }
+	    index = index + 2 * nxfft
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxfit.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxfit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34e6398c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxfit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include <math/iminterp.h>
+include <math/nlfit.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+define	NL_MAXITER		10
+define	NL_TOL			0.001
+
+# RG_FIT -- Fit the peak of the cross-correlation function using one of the
+# fitting functions.
+
+procedure rg_fit (xc, nreg, gd, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	xc		    #I the pointer to the cross-corrrelation structure
+int	nreg		    #I the current region
+pointer	gd		    #I the pointer to the graphics stream
+real	xshift, yshift	    #O the computed shifts
+
+int	nrlines, xwindow, ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xlag, ylag
+real	xin, yin, xout, yout
+int	rg_xstati()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Check the window and centering box sizes.
+	nrlines = Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL2)+nreg-1] -
+	    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL1)+nreg-1] + 1
+	xwindow = rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW)
+	if (nrlines == 1)
+	    ywindow = 1
+	else
+	    ywindow = rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW)
+	xcbox = rg_xstati (xc, XCBOX)
+	if (nrlines == 1)
+	    ycbox = 1
+	else
+	    ycbox = rg_xstati (xc, YCBOX)
+
+	# Do the centering.
+	switch (rg_xstati (xc, PFUNC)) {
+	case XC_PNONE:
+	    call rg_maxmin (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)], xwindow, ywindow,
+	        xshift, yshift)
+	case XC_CENTROID:
+	    call rg_imean (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)], xwindow,
+	        ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+	case XC_SAWTOOTH:
+	    call rg_sawtooth (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)], xwindow,
+	        ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+	case XC_PARABOLA:
+	    call rg_iparabolic (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)], xwindow, ywindow, 
+		xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+	case XC_MARK:
+	    if (gd == NULL)
+	        call rg_imean (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)], xwindow,
+	            ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+	    else
+	        call rg_xmkpeak (gd, xwindow, ywindow, xshift, yshift)
+	default:
+	    call rg_imean (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)], xwindow, ywindow,
+	        xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+	}
+
+	# Store the shifts.
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	    xin  = (Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC1)+nreg-1] +
+	        Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC2)+nreg-1]) / 2.0
+	    yin  = (Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL1)+nreg-1] +
+	        Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL2)+nreg-1]) / 2.0
+	    call rg_etransform (xc, xin, yin, xout, yout)
+	    xlag = xout - xin
+	    ylag = yout - yin
+	} else {
+	    xlag = rg_xstati (xc, XLAG)
+	    ylag = rg_xstati (xc, YLAG)
+	}
+	xshift = - (xshift + xlag)
+	yshift = - (yshift + ylag)
+	Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XSHIFTS)+nreg-1] = xshift
+	Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,YSHIFTS)+nreg-1] = yshift
+end
+
+
+# RG_MAXMIN -- Procedure to compute the peak of the cross-correlation function
+# by determining the maximum point.
+
+procedure rg_maxmin (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xshift, yshift)
+
+real	xcor[xwindow,ywindow]	#I the cross-correlation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I dimensions of cross-correlation function
+real	xshift, yshift		#O x and shift of the peak
+
+int	xindex, yindex
+
+begin
+	# Locate the maximum point.
+	call rg_alim2r (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xindex, yindex)
+	xshift = xindex - (1.0 + xwindow) / 2.0
+	yshift = yindex - (1.0 + ywindow) / 2.0
+end
+
+
+# RG_IMEAN -- Compute the peak of the cross-correlation function using the
+# intensity weighted mean of the marginal distributions in x and y.
+
+procedure rg_imean (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+
+real	xcor[xwindow,ARB]	#I the cross-correlation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I dimensions of the cross-correlation function
+int	xcbox, ycbox		#I dimensions of the centering box
+real	xshift, yshift		#O x and y shift of cross-correlation function
+
+int	xindex, yindex, xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi, nx, ny
+pointer	sp, xmarg, ymarg
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xmarg, xcbox, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ymarg, ycbox, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Locate the maximum point and normalize.
+	call rg_alim2r (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xindex, yindex)
+
+	# Compute the limits of the centering box.
+	xlo = max (1, xindex - xcbox / 2)
+	xhi = min (xwindow, xindex + xcbox / 2)
+	nx = xhi - xlo + 1
+	ylo = max (1, yindex - ycbox / 2)
+	yhi = min (ywindow, yindex + ycbox / 2)
+	ny = yhi - ylo + 1
+
+	# Accumulate the marginals.
+	call rg_xmkmarg (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi,
+	    Memr[xmarg], Memr[ymarg])
+
+	# Compute the shifts.
+	call rg_centroid (Memr[xmarg], nx, xshift)
+	xshift = xshift + xlo - 1 - (1.0 + xwindow) / 2.0
+	call rg_centroid (Memr[ymarg], ny, yshift)
+	yshift = yshift + ylo - 1 - (1.0 + ywindow) / 2.0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_IPARABOLIC -- Computer the peak of the cross-correlation function by
+# doing parabolic interpolation around the peak.
+
+procedure rg_iparabolic (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+
+real	xcor[xwindow,ARB]	#I the cross-correlation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I dimensions of the cross-correlation fucntion
+int	xcbox, ycbox		#I the dimensions of the centering box
+real	xshift, yshift		#O the x and y shift of the peak
+
+int	i, j, xindex, yindex, xlo, xhi, nx, ylo, yhi, ny
+pointer	sp, x, y, c, xfit, yfit
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, 3, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, 3, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (c, 3, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xfit, 3, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yfit, 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Locate the maximum point.
+	call rg_alim2r (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xindex, yindex)
+
+	xlo = max (1, xindex - 1)
+	xhi = min (xwindow, xindex + 1)
+	nx = xhi - xlo + 1
+	ylo = max (1, yindex - 1)
+	yhi = min (ywindow, yindex + 1)
+	ny = yhi - ylo + 1
+
+	 # Initialize.
+	 do i = 1, 3
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+
+	# Fit the x shift.
+	if (nx >= 3) {
+	    do j = ylo, yhi {
+		 do i = xlo, xhi
+		    Memr[y+i-xlo] = xcor[i,j]
+		 call rg_iparab (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[c])
+		 Memr[xfit+j-ylo] = - Memr[c+1] / (2.0 * Memr[c+2])
+		 Memr[yfit+j-ylo] = Memr[c] + Memr[c+1] * Memr[xfit+j-ylo] +
+		     Memr[c+2] * Memr[xfit+j-ylo] ** 2 
+	    }
+	    if (ny >= 3)
+	        call rg_iparab (Memr[xfit], Memr[yfit], Memr[c])
+	    xshift = - Memr[c+1] / (2.0 * Memr[c+2])
+	} else 
+	    xshift = xindex - xlo + 1 
+
+	# Fit the y shift.
+	if (ny >= 3) {
+	    do i = xlo, xhi {
+		do j = ylo, yhi
+		    Memr[y+j-ylo] = xcor[i,j]
+		call rg_iparab (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[c])
+		Memr[xfit+i-xlo] = - Memr[c+1] / (2.0 * Memr[c+2])
+		Memr[yfit+i-xlo] = Memr[c] + Memr[c+1] * Memr[xfit+i-xlo] +
+		    Memr[c+2] * Memr[xfit+i-xlo] ** 2 
+	    }
+	    call rg_iparab (Memr[xfit], Memr[yfit], Memr[c])
+	    yshift = - Memr[c+1] / (2.0 * Memr[c+2])
+	} else 
+	    yshift = yindex - ylo + 1 
+
+	xshift = xshift + xlo - 1 - (1.0 + xwindow) / 2.0
+	yshift = yshift + ylo - 1 - (1.0 + ywindow) / 2.0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	NPARS_PARABOLA	3
+
+# RG_PARABOLIC -- Compute the peak of the cross-correlation function by fitting
+# a parabola to the peak.
+
+procedure rg_parabolic (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+
+real	xcor[xwindow,ARB]	#I the cross-correlation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I dimensions of the cross-correlation fucntion
+int	xcbox, ycbox		#I the dimensions of the centering box
+real	xshift, yshift		#O the x and y shift of the peak
+
+extern	rg_polyfit, rg_dpolyfit
+int	i,  xindex, yindex, xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi, nx, ny, npar, ier
+pointer	sp, x, w, xmarg, ymarg, params, eparams, list, nl
+int	locpr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (w, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xmarg, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ymarg, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (params, NPARS_PARABOLA, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (eparams, NPARS_PARABOLA, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (list, NPARS_PARABOLA, TY_INT)
+
+	# Locate the maximum point.
+	call rg_alim2r (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xindex, yindex)
+
+	xlo = max (1, xindex - xcbox / 2)
+	xhi = min (xwindow, xindex + xcbox / 2)
+	nx = xhi - xlo + 1
+	ylo = max (1, yindex - ycbox / 2)
+	yhi = min (ywindow, yindex + ycbox / 2)
+	ny = yhi - ylo + 1
+
+	# Accumulate the marginals.
+	call rg_xmkmarg (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi,
+	    Memr[xmarg], Memr[ymarg])
+
+	# Compute the x shift.
+	if (nx >= 3) {
+	    do i = 1, nx
+		Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	    do i = 1, nx
+		Memr[w+i-1] = Memr[xmarg+i-1]
+	    call rg_iparab (Memr[x+xindex-xlo-1], Memr[xmarg+xindex-xlo-1],
+		Memr[params])
+		    xshift = - Memr[params+1] / (2.0 * Memr[params+2]) 
+		    call eprintf ("\txshift=%g\n")
+			call pargr (xshift)
+	    call aclrr (Memr[eparams], NPARS_PARABOLA)
+	    do i = 1, NPARS_PARABOLA
+		Memi[list+i-1] = i
+	    call nlinitr (nl, locpr (rg_polyfit), locpr (rg_dpolyfit),
+	        Memr[params], Memr[eparams], NPARS_PARABOLA, Memi[list],
+		    NPARS_PARABOLA, .0001, NL_MAXITER)
+	    call nlfitr (nl, Memr[x], Memr[xmarg], Memr[w], nx, 1, WTS_USER,
+		ier)
+	    call nlvectorr (nl, Memr[x], Memr[w], nx, 1)
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		call eprintf ("x=%g y=%g yfit=%g\n")
+		    call pargr (Memr[x+i-1])
+		    call pargr (Memr[xmarg+i-1])
+		    call pargr (Memr[w+i-1])
+	    }
+	    if (ier != NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call nlpgetr (nl, Memr[params], npar)
+		if (Memr[params+2] != 0)
+		    xshift = - Memr[params+1] / (2.0 * Memr[params+2])
+		else
+	            xshift = xindex - xlo + 1 
+	    } else
+	        xshift = xindex - xlo + 1 
+	    call nlfreer (nl)
+	} else
+	    xshift = xindex - xlo + 1 
+
+	# Compute the y shift.
+	if (ny >= 3) {
+	    do i = 1, ny
+		Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	    do i = 1, ny
+		Memr[w+i-1] = Memr[ymarg+i-1]
+	    call rg_iparab (Memr[x+yindex-ylo-1], Memr[ymarg+yindex-ylo-1],
+		Memr[params])
+		    yshift = - Memr[params+1] / (2.0 * Memr[params+2]) 
+		    call eprintf ("\tyshift=%g\n")
+			call pargr (yshift)
+	    call aclrr (Memr[eparams], NPARS_PARABOLA)
+	    do i = 1, NPARS_PARABOLA
+		Memi[list+i-1] = i
+	    call nlinitr (nl, locpr (rg_polyfit), locpr (rg_dpolyfit),
+	        Memr[params], Memr[eparams], NPARS_PARABOLA, Memi[list],
+		    NPARS_PARABOLA, 0.0001, NL_MAXITER)
+	    call nlfitr (nl, Memr[x], Memr[ymarg], Memr[w], ny, 1, WTS_USER,
+		ier)
+	    call nlvectorr (nl, Memr[x], Memr[w], ny, 1)
+	    do i = 1, ny {
+		call eprintf ("x=%g y=%g yfit=%g\n")
+		    call pargr (Memr[x+i-1])
+		    call pargr (Memr[ymarg+i-1])
+		    call pargr (Memr[w+i-1])
+	    }
+	    if (ier != NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call nlpgetr (nl, Memr[params], npar)
+		if (Memr[params+2] != 0)
+		    yshift = -Memr[params+1] / (2.0 * Memr[params+2])
+		else
+	            yshift = yindex - ylo + 1 
+	    } else
+	        yshift = yindex - ylo + 1 
+	    call nlfreer (nl)
+	} else
+	    yshift = yindex - ylo + 1 
+
+	xshift = xshift + xlo - 1 - (1.0 + xwindow) / 2.0
+	yshift = yshift + ylo - 1 - (1.0 + ywindow) / 2.0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+define	EMISSION	1		# emission features
+define	ABSORPTION	2		# emission features
+
+# RG_SAWTOOTH -- Compute the the x and y centers using a sawtooth
+# convolution function.
+
+procedure rg_sawtooth (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xcbox, ycbox, xshift, yshift)
+
+real	xcor[xwindow,ARB]	#I the cross-correlation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I the dimensions of the cross-correlation
+int	xcbox, ycbox		#I the dimensions of the centering box
+real	xshift, yshift		#O the x and y shifts
+
+int	i, j, xindex, yindex, xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi, nx, ny
+pointer	sp, data, xfit, yfit, yclean
+real	ic
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (data, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xfit, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yfit, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yclean, max (xwindow, ywindow), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Locate the maximum point and normalize.
+	call rg_alim2r (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xindex, yindex)
+
+	xlo = max (1, xindex - xcbox)
+	xhi = min (xwindow, xindex + xcbox)
+	nx = xhi - xlo + 1
+	ylo = max (1, yindex - ycbox)
+	yhi = min (ywindow, yindex + ycbox)
+	ny = yhi - ylo + 1
+
+	# Compute the y shift.
+	if (ny >= 3) {
+	    do j = ylo, yhi {
+	        do i = xlo, xhi
+		    Memr[data+i-xlo] = xcor[i,j]
+	        call rg_x1dcenter (real (xindex - xlo + 1), Memr[data], nx,
+	            Memr[xfit+j-ylo], Memr[yfit+j-ylo], real (nx / 2.0),
+		    EMISSION, real (nx / 2.0), 0.0)
+	    }
+	    call arbpix (Memr[yfit], Memr[yclean], ny, II_SPLINE3,
+	        II_BOUNDARYEXT) 
+	    call rg_x1dcenter (real (yindex - ylo + 1), Memr[yclean], ny,
+	        yshift, ic, real (ny / 2.0), EMISSION, real (ny / 2.0), 0.0)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(yshift))
+	        yshift = yindex - ylo + 1
+	} else 
+	    yshift = yindex - ylo + 1
+	yshift = yshift + ylo - 1 - (1.0 + ywindow) / 2.0
+
+	# Compute the x shift.
+	if (nx >= 3) {
+	    if (ny >= 3) {
+	        do i = xlo, xhi {
+	            do j = ylo, yhi
+		        Memr[data+j-ylo] = xcor[i,j]
+	            call rg_x1dcenter (real (yindex - ylo + 1), Memr[data], ny,
+	                Memr[xfit+i-xlo], Memr[yfit+i-xlo], real (ny / 2.0),
+		        EMISSION, real (ny / 2.0), 0.0)
+	        }
+	        call arbpix (Memr[yfit], Memr[yclean], nx, II_SPLINE3,
+	            II_BOUNDARYEXT) 
+	        call rg_x1dcenter (real (xindex - xlo + 1), Memr[yclean], nx,
+	            xshift, ic, real (nx / 2.0), EMISSION, real (nx / 2.0), 0.0)
+	    } else {
+		call rg_x1dcenter (real (xindex - xlo + 1), xcor[xlo,1], nx,
+		    xshift, ic, real (nx / 2.0), EMISSION, real (nx / 2.0), 0.0)
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(xshift))
+	        xshift = xindex - xlo + 1
+	} else
+	    xshift = xindex - xlo + 1
+	xshift = xshift + xlo - 1 - (1.0 + xwindow) / 2.0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_ALIM2R -- Determine the pixel position of the data maximum.
+
+procedure rg_alim2r (data, nx, ny, i, j)
+
+real	data[nx,ARB]		#I the input data
+int	nx, ny			#I the dimensions of the input array
+int	i, j			#O the indices of the maximum pixel
+
+int	ii, jj
+real	datamax
+
+begin
+	datamax = -MAX_REAL
+	do jj = 1, ny {
+	    do ii = 1, nx {
+		if (data[ii,jj] > datamax) {
+		    datamax = data[ii,jj]
+		    i = ii
+		    j = jj
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XMKMARG -- Acumulate the marginal arrays in x and y.
+
+procedure rg_xmkmarg (xcor, xwindow, ywindow, xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi, xmarg,
+	ymarg)
+
+real	xcor[xwindow,ARB]	#I the cross-correlation function
+int	xwindow, ywindow	#I dimensions of cross-correlation function
+int	xlo, xhi		#I the x limits for centering
+int	ylo, yhi		#I the y limits for centering
+real	xmarg[ARB]		#O the output x marginal array
+real	ymarg[ARB]		#O the output y marginal array
+
+int	i, j, index, nx, ny
+
+begin
+	nx = xhi - xlo + 1
+	ny = yhi - ylo + 1
+
+	# Compute the x marginal.
+	index = 1 - xlo
+	do i = xlo, xhi {
+	    xmarg[index+i] = 0.0
+	    do j = ylo, yhi
+		xmarg[index+i] = xmarg[index+i] + xcor[i,j]
+	}
+
+	# Normalize the x marginal.
+	call adivkr (xmarg, real (ny), xmarg, nx)
+
+	# Compute the y marginal.
+	index = 1 - ylo
+	do j = ylo, yhi {
+	    ymarg[index+j] = 0.0
+	    do i = xlo, xhi
+		ymarg[index+j] = ymarg[index+j] + xcor[i,j]
+	}
+
+	# Normalize the ymarginal.
+	call adivkr (ymarg, real (nx), ymarg, ny)
+end
+
+
+# RG_CENTROID -- Compute the intensity weighted maximum of an array.
+
+procedure rg_centroid (a, npts, shift)
+
+real	a[ARB]		#I the input array
+int	npts		#I the number of points
+real	shift		#O the position of the maximum
+
+int	i
+real	mean, dif, sumi, sumix
+bool	fp_equalr()
+real	asumr()
+
+begin
+	sumi = 0.0
+	sumix = 0.0
+	mean = asumr (a, npts) / npts
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    dif = a[i]
+	    dif = a[i] - mean
+	    if (dif < 0.0)
+		next
+	    sumi = sumi + dif
+	    sumix = sumix + i * dif
+	}
+
+	if (fp_equalr (sumi, 0.0))
+	    shift = (1.0 + npts) / 2.0
+	else
+	    shift = sumix / sumi
+end
+
+
+define	MIN_WIDTH	3.		# minimum centering width
+define	EPSILON		0.001		# accuracy of centering
+define	EPSILON1	0.005		# tolerance for convergence check
+define	ITERATIONS	100		# maximum number of iterations
+define	MAX_DXCHECK	3		# look back for failed convergence
+define	INTERPTYPE	II_SPLINE3	# image interpolation type
+
+
+# RG_X1DCENTER -- Locate the center of a one dimensional feature.
+# A value of INDEF is returned in the centering fails for any reason.
+# This procedure just sets up the data and adjusts for emission or
+# absorption features.  The actual centering is done by C1D_CENTER.
+
+procedure rg_x1dcenter (x, data, npts, xc, ic, width, type, radius, threshold)
+
+real	x				#I initial guess
+real	data[npts]			#I data points
+int	npts				#I number of data points
+real	xc				#O computed center
+real	ic				#O intensity at computed center
+real	width				#I feature width
+int	type				#I feature type
+real	radius				#I centering radius
+real	threshold			#I minimum range in feature
+
+int	x1, x2, nx
+real	a, b, rad, wid
+pointer	sp, data1
+
+begin
+	# Check starting value.
+	if (IS_INDEF(x) || (x < 1) || (x > npts)) {
+	    xc = INDEF
+	    ic = INDEF
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Set minimum width and error radius.  The minimum in the error radius
+	# is for defining the data window.  The user error radius is used to
+	# check for an error in the derived center at the end of the centering.
+
+	wid = max (width, MIN_WIDTH)
+	rad = max (2., radius)
+
+	# Determine the pixel value range around the initial center, including
+	# the width and error radius buffer.  Check for a minimum range.
+
+	x1 = max (1., x - wid / 2 - rad - wid)
+	x2 = min (real (npts), x + wid / 2 + rad + wid + 1)
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	call alimr (data[x1], nx, a, b)
+	if (b - a < threshold) {
+	    xc = INDEF
+	    ic = INDEF
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Allocate memory for the continuum subtracted data vector.  The X
+	# range is just large enough to include the error radius and the
+	# half width.
+
+	x1 = max (1., x - wid / 2 - rad)
+	x2 = min (real (npts), x + wid / 2 + rad + 1)
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (data1, nx, TY_REAL)
+	call amovr (data[x1], Memr[data1], nx)
+
+	# Make the centering data positive, subtract the continuum, and
+	# apply a threshold to eliminate noise spikes.
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case EMISSION:
+	    a = 0.
+	    call asubkr (data[x1], a + threshold, Memr[data1], nx)
+	    call amaxkr (Memr[data1], 0., Memr[data1], nx)
+	case ABSORPTION:
+	    call anegr (data[x1], Memr[data1], nx)
+	    call asubkr (Memr[data1], threshold - b, Memr[data1], nx)
+	    call amaxkr (Memr[data1], 0., Memr[data1], nx)
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "Unknown feature type")
+	}
+
+	# Determine the center.
+	call rg_xcenter (x - x1 + 1, Memr[data1], nx, xc, ic, wid)
+
+	# Check user centering error radius.
+	if (!IS_INDEF(xc)) {
+	    xc = xc + x1 - 1
+	    if (abs (x - xc) > radius) {
+		xc = INDEF
+		ic = INDEF
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free memory and return the center position.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XCENTER -- One dimensional centering algorithm.
+
+procedure rg_xcenter (x, data, npts, xc, ic, width)
+
+real	x				#I starting guess
+int	npts				#I number of points in data vector
+real	data[npts]			#I data vector
+real	xc				#O computed xc
+real	ic				#O computed intensity at xc
+real	width				#I centering width
+
+int	i, j, iteration, dxcheck
+real	hwidth, dx, dxabs, dxlast
+real	a, b, sum1, sum2, intgrl1, intgrl2
+pointer	asi1, asi2, sp, data1
+
+real	asigrl(), asieval()
+
+define	done_	99
+
+begin
+	# Find the nearest local maxima as the starting point.
+	# This is required because the threshold limit may have set
+	# large regions of the data to zero and without a gradient
+	# the centering will fail.
+
+	i = x
+	for (i=x+.5; (i<npts) && (data[i]<=data[i+1]); i=i+1)
+	    ;
+	for (j=x+.5; (j>1) && (data[j]<=data[j-1]); j=j-1)
+	    ;
+
+	if (i-x < x-j)
+	    xc = i 
+	else
+	    xc = j
+
+	# Check data range.
+	hwidth = width / 2
+	if ((xc - hwidth < 1) || (xc + hwidth > npts)) {
+	    xc = INDEF
+	    ic = INDEF
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Set interpolation functions.
+	call asiinit (asi1, INTERPTYPE)
+	call asiinit (asi2, INTERPTYPE)
+	call asifit (asi1, data, npts)
+
+	# Allocate, compute, and interpolate the x*y values.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (data1, npts, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    Memr[data1+i-1] = data[i] * i
+	call asifit (asi2, Memr[data1], npts)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Iterate to find center.  This loop exits when 1) the maximum
+	# number of iterations is reached, 2) the delta is less than
+	# the required accuracy (criterion for finding a center), 3)
+	# there is a problem in the computation, 4) successive steps
+	# continue to exceed the minimum delta.
+
+	dxlast = 1.
+	do iteration = 1, ITERATIONS {
+
+	    # Triangle centering function.
+	    a = xc - hwidth
+	    b = xc - hwidth / 2
+	    intgrl1 = asigrl (asi1, a, b)
+	    intgrl2 = asigrl (asi2, a, b)
+	    sum1 = (xc - hwidth) * intgrl1 - intgrl2
+	    sum2 = -intgrl1
+	    a = b
+	    b = xc + hwidth / 2
+	    intgrl1 = asigrl (asi1, a, b)
+	    intgrl2 = asigrl (asi2, a, b)
+	    sum1 = sum1 - xc * intgrl1 + intgrl2
+	    sum2 = sum2 + intgrl1
+	    a = b
+	    b = xc + hwidth
+	    intgrl1 = asigrl (asi1, a, b)
+	    intgrl2 = asigrl (asi2, a, b)
+	    sum1 = sum1 + (xc + hwidth) * intgrl1 - intgrl2
+	    sum2 = sum2 - intgrl1
+
+	    # Return no center if sum2 is zero.
+	    if (sum2 == 0.)
+		break
+
+	    # Limit dx change in one iteration to 1 pixel.
+	    dx = max (-1., min (1., sum1 / abs (sum2)))
+	    dxabs = abs (dx)
+	    xc = xc + dx
+	    ic = asieval (asi1, xc)
+
+	    # Check data range.  Return no center if at edge of data.
+	    if ((xc - hwidth < 1) || (xc + hwidth > npts))
+		break
+
+	    # Convergence tests.
+	    if (dxabs < EPSILON)
+		goto done_
+	    if (dxabs > dxlast + EPSILON1) {
+		dxcheck = dxcheck + 1
+		if (dxcheck > MAX_DXCHECK)
+		    break
+	    } else {
+		dxcheck = 0
+	        dxlast = dxabs
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# If we get here then no center was found.
+	xc = INDEF
+	ic = INDEF
+
+done_	call asifree (asi1)
+	call asifree (asi2)
+end
+
+
+# RG_IPARAB -- Compute the coefficients of the parabola through three
+# evenly spaced points.
+
+procedure rg_iparab (x, y, c)
+
+real	x[NPARS_PARABOLA]		#I input x values
+real	y[NPARS_PARABOLA]		#I input y values
+real	c[NPARS_PARABOLA]		#O computed coefficients
+
+begin
+	c[3] = (y[1]-y[2]) * (x[2]-x[3]) / (x[1]-x[2]) - (y[2]-y[3])
+        c[3] = c[3] / ((x[1]**2-x[2]**2) * (x[2]-x[3]) / (x[1]-x[2]) -
+                (x[2]**2-x[3]**2))
+
+        c[2] = (y[1] - y[2]) - c[3] * (x[1]**2 - x[2]**2)
+        c[2] = c[2] / (x[1] - x[2])
+
+        c[1] = y[1] - c[2] * x[1] - c[3] * x[1]**2
+end
+
+
+# RG_POLYFIT -- Evaluate an nth order polynomial.
+
+procedure rg_polyfit (x, nvars, p, np, z)
+
+real	x		#I position coordinate
+int	nvars		#I number of variables
+real	p[ARB]		#I coefficients of polynomial
+int	np		#I number of parameters 
+real	z		#O function return
+
+int	i
+real	r
+
+begin
+	r = 0.0
+	do i = 2, np 
+	    r = r + x**(i-1) * p[i]
+	z = p[1] + r
+end
+
+
+# RG_DPOLYFIT -- Evaluate an nth order polynomial and its derivatives.
+
+procedure rg_dpolyfit (x, nvars, p, dp, np, z, der)
+
+real	x		#I position coordinate
+int	nvars		#I number of variables
+real	p[ARB]		#I coefficients of polynomial
+real	dp[ARB]		#I parameter derivative increments
+int	np		#I number of parameters
+real	z		#O function value
+real	der[ARB]	#O derivatives
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	der[1] = 1.0
+	z = 0.0
+	do i = 2, np {
+	    der[i] = x ** (i-1)
+	    z = z + x**(i-1) * p[i]  
+	}
+	z = p[1] + z
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxgpars.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxgpars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82943730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxgpars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_XGPARS -- Read in the XREGISTER task algorithm parameters.
+
+procedure rg_xgpars (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the main structure
+
+int	xlag, ylag, xwindow, ywindow, xcbox, ycbox
+pointer	sp, str
+int	clgwrd(), clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the correlation structure.
+	call rg_xinit (xc, clgwrd ("correlation", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    XC_CTYPES))
+
+	# Fetch the initial shift information.
+	xlag = clgeti ("xlag")
+	ylag = clgeti ("ylag")
+	call rg_xseti (xc, IXLAG, xlag)
+	call rg_xseti (xc, IYLAG, ylag)
+	call rg_xseti (xc, XLAG, xlag)
+	call rg_xseti (xc, YLAG, ylag)
+	call rg_xseti (xc, DXLAG, clgeti ("dxlag"))
+	call rg_xseti (xc, DYLAG, clgeti ("dylag"))
+
+	# Get the background value computation parameters.
+	call rg_xseti (xc, BACKGRD, clgwrd ("background", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    XC_BTYPES))
+	call rg_xsets (xc, BSTRING, Memc[str])
+	call rg_xseti (xc, BORDER, clgeti ("border"))
+	call rg_xsetr (xc, LOREJECT, clgetr ("loreject"))
+	call rg_xsetr (xc, HIREJECT, clgetr ("hireject"))
+	call rg_xsetr (xc, APODIZE, clgetr ("apodize"))
+	call rg_xseti (xc, FILTER, clgwrd ("filter", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    XC_FTYPES))
+	call rg_xsets (xc, FSTRING, Memc[str])
+
+	# Get the window parameters and force the window size to be odd.
+	xwindow = clgeti ("xwindow")
+	if (mod (xwindow,2) == 0)
+	    xwindow = xwindow + 1
+	call rg_xseti (xc, XWINDOW, xwindow)
+	ywindow = clgeti ("ywindow")
+	if (mod (ywindow,2) == 0)
+	    ywindow = ywindow + 1
+	call rg_xseti (xc, YWINDOW, ywindow)
+
+	# Get the peak fitting parameters.
+	call rg_xseti (xc, PFUNC, clgwrd ("function", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	    XC_PTYPES))
+	xcbox = clgeti ("xcbox")
+	if (mod (xcbox,2) == 0)
+	    xcbox = xcbox + 1
+	call rg_xseti (xc, XCBOX, xcbox)
+	ycbox = clgeti ("ycbox")
+	if (mod (ycbox,2) == 0)
+	    ycbox = ycbox + 1
+	call rg_xseti (xc, YCBOX, ycbox)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxicorr.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxicorr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e96c6dec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxicorr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+define	HELPFILE	"immatch$src/xregister/xregister.key"
+define	OHELPFILE	"immatch$src/xregister/oxregister.key"
+
+define	XC_PCONTOUR	1
+define	XC_PLINE	2
+define	XC_PCOL		3
+
+
+# RG_XICORR -- Compute the shifts for each image interactively using
+# cross-correlation techniques.
+
+int procedure rg_xicorr (imr, im1, im2, db, dformat, reglist, tfd, xc, gd, id)
+
+pointer	imr		#I/O pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I/O pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2		#I/O pointer to the output image
+pointer	db		#I/O pointer to the shifts database file
+int	dformat		#I is the shifts file in database format
+int	reglist		#I/O the regions list descriptor
+int	tfd		#I/O the transform file descriptor
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-corrrelation structure
+pointer	gd		#I the graphics stream pointer
+pointer	id		#I the display stream pointer
+
+int	newdata, newcross, newcenter, wcs, key, cplottype, newplot
+int	ip, ncolr, nliner
+pointer	sp, cmd
+real	xshift, yshift, wx, wy
+int	rg_xstati(), rg_icross(), clgcur(), rg_xgtverify(), rg_xgqverify()
+int	ctoi()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	newdata = YES
+	newcross = YES
+	newcenter = YES
+	ncolr = (1 + rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW)) / 2
+	nliner = (1 + rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW)) / 2
+	cplottype = XC_PCONTOUR 
+	newplot = YES
+	xshift = 0.0
+	yshift = 0.0
+
+	# Compute the cross-correlation function for the first region
+	# and print the results.
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS) <= 0) {
+	    call gclear (gd)
+	    call printf ("The regions list is empty\n")
+	} else if (rg_icross (xc, imr, im1, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION)) != ERR) {
+	    call rg_xcplot (xc, gd, ncolr, nliner, cplottype)
+	    call rg_fit (xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION), gd, xshift, yshift)
+	    call rg_xpwrec (xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION))
+	    newdata = NO
+	    newcross = NO
+	    newcenter = NO
+	    newplot = NO
+	} else {
+	    call gclear (gd)
+	    call printf (
+	        "Error computing X-correlation function for region %d\n")
+		call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, CREGION))
+	}
+
+
+	# Loop over the cursor commands.
+	while (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) !=
+	    EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    # Print the help page.
+	    case '?':
+	        call gpagefile (gd, HELPFILE, "")
+
+	    # Redraw the current plot.
+	    case 'r':
+		newplot = YES
+
+	    # Draw a contour plot of the cross-correlation function.
+	    case 'c':
+		if (cplottype != XC_PCONTOUR)
+		    newplot = YES
+		ncolr = (rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW) + 1) / 2
+		nliner = (rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW) + 1) / 2
+		cplottype = XC_PCONTOUR 
+
+	    # Plot a column of the cross-correlation function.
+	    case 'x':
+		if (cplottype != XC_PCOL)
+		    newplot = YES
+		if (cplottype == XC_PCONTOUR) {
+		    ncolr = nint (wx)
+		    nliner = nint (wy)
+		} else if (cplottype == XC_PLINE) {
+		    ncolr = nint (wx)
+		} 
+		cplottype = XC_PCOL 
+
+	    # Plot a line of the cross-correlation function.
+	    case 'y':
+		if (cplottype != XC_PLINE)
+		    newplot = YES
+		if (cplottype == XC_PCONTOUR) {
+		    ncolr = nint (wx)
+		    nliner = nint (wy)
+		} else if (cplottype == XC_PCOL) {
+		    ncolr = nint (wx)
+		} 
+		cplottype = XC_PLINE 
+
+	    # Quit the task gracefully.
+	    case 'q':
+		if (rg_xgqverify ("xregister", db, dformat, xc, key) == YES) {
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return (rg_xgtverify (key))
+		}
+
+	    # The Data overlay menu.
+	    case 'o':
+		#call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		call rg_xoverlay (gd, xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION), imr, im1)
+		#call greactivate (gd, 0)
+		newplot = YES
+
+	    # Process colon commands.
+	    case ':':
+		for (ip = 1; IS_WHITE(Memc[cmd+ip-1]); ip = ip + 1)
+		    ;
+		switch (Memc[cmd+ip-1]) {
+		case 'x':
+		    if (Memc[cmd+ip] != EOS && Memc[cmd+ip] != ' ') {
+	                call rg_xcolon (gd, xc, imr, im1, im2, db, dformat,
+			    tfd, reglist, Memc[cmd], newdata, newcross,
+			    newcenter)
+		    } else {
+			ip = ip + 1
+			if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, ncolr) <= 0)
+			    ncolr = (1 + rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW)) / 2
+			cplottype = XC_PCOL
+			newplot = YES
+		    }
+		case 'y':
+		    if (Memc[cmd+ip] != EOS && Memc[cmd+ip] != ' ') {
+	                call rg_xcolon (gd, xc, imr, im1, im2, db, dformat,
+			    tfd, reglist, Memc[cmd], newdata, newcross,
+			    newcenter)
+		    } else {
+			ip = ip + 1
+			if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, nliner) <= 0)
+			    nliner = (1 + rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW)) / 2
+			cplottype = XC_PLINE
+			newplot = YES
+		    }
+		default:
+	            call rg_xcolon (gd, xc, imr, im1, im2, db, dformat, tfd,
+		        reglist, Memc[cmd], newdata, newcross, newcenter)
+		}
+
+	    # Compute an image lag interactively.
+	    case 't':
+		call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		call rg_itransform (xc, imr, im1, id)
+		newdata = YES; newcross = YES; newcenter = YES
+		call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	     # Write the parameters to the parameter file.
+	     case 'w':
+		call rg_pxpars (xc)
+
+	    case 'f':
+
+		if (rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS) > 0) {
+
+	    	    if (newdata == YES) {
+			call rg_xcindefr (xc, rg_xstati(xc,CREGION))
+			newdata = NO
+	    	    }
+
+	    	    if (newcross == YES) {
+			call printf (
+			    "Recomputing X-correlation function ...\n")
+			if (rg_icross (xc, imr, im1, rg_xstati (xc,
+			        CREGION)) != ERR) {
+			    ncolr = (1 + rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW)) / 2
+			    if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+				nliner = 1
+			    else
+			        nliner = (1 + rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW)) / 2
+	    	            call rg_xcplot (xc, gd, ncolr, nliner, cplottype)
+	    	            call rg_fit (xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION), gd,
+				xshift, yshift)
+	    	            call rg_xpwrec (xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION))
+	    	            newcross = NO
+	    	            newcenter = NO
+	    	            newplot = NO
+		        } else {
+	    	            call printf (
+	               "Error computing X-correlation function for region %d\n")
+			        call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, CREGION))
+		        }
+	            }
+
+	    	    if (newcenter == YES) {
+	    		call rg_fit (xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION), gd,
+			    xshift, yshift)
+	    		call rg_xpwrec (xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION))
+	    		newcenter = NO
+	    	    }
+
+		} else
+		    call printf ("The regions list is empty\n")
+
+
+
+	    # Do nothing gracefully.
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous keystroke command\n")
+	    }
+
+	    # Replot the correlation function.
+	    if (newplot == YES) {
+	        if (newdata == YES) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Warning: X-correlation function should be refit\n")
+	        } else if (newcross == YES) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Warning: X-correlation function should be refit\n")
+	        } else if (newcenter == YES) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Warning: X-correlation function should be refit\n")
+	        } else if (rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR) != NULL) {
+	            call rg_xcplot (xc, gd, ncolr, nliner, cplottype)
+	            call rg_xpwrec (xc, rg_xstati (xc, CREGION))
+		    newplot = NO
+	        } else {
+		    call printf (
+		        "Warning: X-correlation function is undefined\n")
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XOVERLAY -- The image overlay plot menu.
+
+procedure rg_xoverlay (gd, xc, nreg, imr, im1)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics stream pointer
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the crosscor structure
+int	nreg		#I the current region number
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im1		#I pointer to the input image
+
+int	ip, wcs, key, ixlag, iylag, ixshift, iyshift
+int	nrimcols, nrimlines, nimcols, nimlines, ncolr, ncoli, nliner, nlinei
+pointer	sp, cmd
+real	wx, wy, rxlag, rylag, xshift, yshift
+int	clgcur(), ctoi(), rg_xstati()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	if (gd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	nrimcols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    nrimlines = 1
+	else
+	    nrimlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+	nimcols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	    nimlines = 1
+	else
+	    nimlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS) > 0) {
+	    wx = (1. + nrimcols) / 2.0
+	    wy = (1. + nrimlines) / 2.0
+	    call rg_etransform (xc, wx, wy, rxlag, rylag)
+	    ixlag = rxlag - wx
+	    iylag = rylag - wy
+	} else {
+	    ixlag = rg_xstati (xc, XLAG) 
+	    iylag = rg_xstati (xc, YLAG) 
+	}
+	xshift = -Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XSHIFTS)+nreg-1]
+	yshift = -Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,YSHIFTS)+nreg-1]
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	while (clgcur ("icommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+	    SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    # Print the help menu.
+	    case '?':
+		call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		call pagefile (OHELPFILE, "")
+		call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	    # Quit.
+	    case 'q':
+		break
+
+	    # Plot the same line of the reference and input image.
+	    case 'l':
+		call rg_xpline (gd, imr, im1, nint (wy), 0, 0)
+
+	    # Plot the same column of the reference and input image
+	    case 'c':
+		call rg_xpcol (gd, imr, im1, nint (wx), 0, 0)
+
+	    case 'y':
+		call rg_xpline (gd, imr, im1, nint (wy), ixlag, iylag)
+
+	    case 'x':
+		call rg_xpcol (gd, imr, im1, nint (wx), ixlag, iylag)
+
+	    case 'h':
+		call rg_xpline (gd, imr, im1, nint (wy), nint (xshift),
+		    nint (yshift))
+
+	    case 'v':
+		call rg_xpcol (gd, imr, im1, nint (wx), nint (xshift),
+		    nint (yshift))
+
+	    case ':':
+		ip = 1
+	        call rg_cokeys (Memc[cmd], ip, SZ_LINE, key)
+		switch (key) {
+	        case 'l':
+		    ixshift = 0
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, nliner) <= 0)
+			nliner = (1 + nrimlines) / 2 
+		    nliner = max (1, min (nliner, nrimlines))
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, nlinei) <= 0)
+			nlinei = nliner
+		    iyshift = nlinei - nliner
+		    call rg_xpline (gd, imr, im1, nliner, ixshift, iyshift)
+
+		case 'c':
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, ncolr) <= 0)
+		        ncolr = (1 + nrimcols) / 2
+		    ncolr = max (1, min (ncolr, nrimcols))
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, ncoli) <= 0)
+			ncoli = ncolr
+		    ncoli = max (1, min (ncoli, nimcols))
+		    ixshift = ncoli - ncolr
+		    iyshift = 0
+		    call rg_xpcol (gd, imr, im1, ncolr, ixshift, iyshift)
+
+		case 'y':
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, nliner) <= 0)
+		 	nliner = (1 + nrimlines) / 2
+		    nliner = max (1, min (nliner, nrimlines))
+		    call rg_xpline (gd, imr, im1, nliner, ixlag, iylag)
+
+		case 'x':
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, ncolr) <= 0)
+			ncolr = (1 + nrimcols) / 2
+		    ncolr = max (1, min (ncolr, nrimcols))
+		    call rg_xpcol (gd, imr, im1, ncolr, ixlag, iylag)
+
+		case 'h':
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, nliner) <= 0)
+		 	nliner = (1 + nrimlines) / 2
+		    nliner = max (1, min (nliner, nrimlines))
+		    call rg_xpline (gd, imr, im1, nliner, nint (xshift),
+		        nint (yshift))
+
+		case 'v':
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[cmd], ip, ncolr) <= 0)
+			ncolr = (1 + nrimcols) / 2
+		    ncolr = max (1, min (ncolr, nrimcols))
+		    call rg_xpcol (gd, imr, im1, ncolr, nint (xshift),
+		        nint (yshift))
+		default:
+		    call printf ("Ambiguous or unknown overlay menu command\n")
+		}
+	    case 'g':
+		while (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+		    SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+		    if (key == 'q')
+			break
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Ambiguous or unknown overlay menu command\n")
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XCPLOT -- Draw the default plot of the cross-correlation function.
+
+procedure rg_xcplot (xc, gd, col, line, plottype)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to cross-correlation structure
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics stream
+int	col		#I column of cross-correlation function to plot
+int	line		#I line of cross-correlation function to plot
+int	plottype	#I the default plot type
+
+int	nreg, xwindow, ywindow
+pointer	sp, title, str, prc1, prc2, prl1, prl2
+int	rg_xstati(), strlen()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	if (gd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the regions.
+	nreg = rg_xstati (xc, CREGION)
+	prc1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC1)
+	prc2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RC2)
+	prl1 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL1)
+	prl2 = rg_xstatp (xc, RL2)
+
+	# Initialize the window size.
+	xwindow = rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW)
+	if ((Memi[prl2+nreg-1] - Memi[prl1+nreg-1] + 1) == 1)
+	    ywindow = 1
+	else
+	    ywindow = rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW)
+
+	# Construct a title.
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Reference: %s  Image: %s  Region: [%d:%d,%d:%d]")
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call pargi (Memi[prc1+nreg-1])
+	    call pargi (Memi[prc2+nreg-1])
+	    call pargi (Memi[prl1+nreg-1])
+	    call pargi (Memi[prl2+nreg-1])
+
+	# Draw the plot.
+	if (ywindow == 1) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+	        "\nX-Correlation Function: line %d")
+		call pargi (1)
+	    call rg_xcpline (gd, Memc[title], Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)],
+	        xwindow, ywindow, 1)
+	} else {
+	    switch (plottype) {
+	    case XC_PCONTOUR:
+	        call rg_contour (gd, "X-Correlation Function", Memc[title],
+		    Memr[rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR)], xwindow, ywindow)
+	    case XC_PLINE:
+	        call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+	            "\nX-Correlation Function: line %d")
+		    call pargi (line)
+	        call rg_xcpline (gd, Memc[title], Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)],
+	            xwindow, ywindow, line)
+	    case XC_PCOL:
+	        call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+	            "\nX-Correlation Function: column %d")
+		    call pargi (col)
+	        call rg_xcpcol (gd, Memc[title], Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XCOR)],
+	            xwindow, ywindow, col)
+	    default:
+	        call rg_contour (gd, "X-Correlation Function", Memc[title],
+		    Memr[rg_xstatp (xc, XCOR)], xwindow, ywindow)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_COKEYS -- Fetch the first keystroke of a colon command.
+
+procedure rg_cokeys (cmd, ip, maxch, key)
+
+char	cmd[ARB]		#I the command string
+int	ip			#I/O pointer into the command string
+int	maxch			#I maximum number of characters
+int	key			#O the keystroke
+
+begin
+	ip = 1
+	while (IS_WHITE(cmd[ip]) && cmd[ip] != EOS && ip <= maxch)
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	if (cmd[ip] == EOS && ip > maxch)
+	    key = EOS
+	else {
+	    key = cmd[ip]
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	}
+end
+
+
+define	QUERY "Hit [return=continue, n=next image, q=quit, w=quit and update parameters]: "
+
+# RG_XGQVERIFY -- Print a message on the status line asking the user if they
+# really want to quit, returning YES if they really want to quit, NO otherwise.
+
+int procedure rg_xgqverify (task, db, dformat, rg, ch)
+
+char	task[ARB]	#I the calling task name
+pointer	db		#I pointer to the shifts database file
+int	dformat		#I is the shifts file in database format
+pointer	rg		#I pointer to the task structure
+int	ch		#I the input keystroke command
+
+int	wcs, stat
+pointer	sp, cmd
+real	wx, wy
+bool	streq()
+int	clgcur()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Print the status line query in reverse video and get the keystroke.
+	call printf (QUERY)
+	#call flush (STDOUT)
+	if (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, ch, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+	    ;
+
+	# Process the command.
+	if (ch == 'q') {
+	    call rg_xwrec (db, dformat, rg)
+	    stat = YES
+	} else if (ch == 'w') {
+	    call rg_xwrec (db, dformat, rg)
+	    if (streq ("xregister", task))
+		call rg_pxpars (rg)
+	    stat = YES
+	} else if (ch == 'n') {
+	    call rg_xwrec (db, dformat, rg)
+	    stat = YES
+	} else {
+	    stat = NO
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XGTVERIFY -- Verify whether or not the user truly wishes to quit the
+# task.
+
+int procedure rg_xgtverify (ch)
+
+int	ch		#I the input keystroke command
+
+begin
+	if (ch == 'q') {
+	    return (YES)
+	} else if (ch == 'w') {
+	    return (YES)
+	} else if (ch == 'n') {
+	    return (NO)
+	} else {
+	    return (NO)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgximshift.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgximshift.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08cb3f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgximshift.x
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <math/iminterp.h>
+
+define	NYOUT		16	# number of lines output at once
+define	NMARGIN		3	# number of boundary pixels required	
+define	NMARGIN_SPLINE3	16	# number of spline boundary pixels required
+
+
+# RG_XSHIFTIM - Shift a 1 or 2D image by a fractional pixel amount
+# x and y
+
+procedure rg_xshiftim (im1, im2, xshift, yshift, interpstr, boundary_type,
+        constant)
+
+pointer		im1		#I pointer to input image
+pointer		im2		#I pointer to output image
+real		xshift		#I shift in x direction
+real		yshift		#I shift in y direction
+char		interpstr[ARB]	#I type of interpolant
+int		boundary_type	#I type of boundary extension
+real		constant	#I value of constant for boundary extension
+
+int	interp_type
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	strdic()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	interp_type = strdic (interpstr, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, II_BFUNCTIONS)
+
+	if (interp_type == II_NEAREST)
+	    call rg_xishiftim (im1, im2, nint (xshift), nint (yshift),
+	        interp_type, boundary_type, constant)
+	else if (fp_equalr (xshift, real (int (xshift))) && fp_equalr (yshift,
+	    real (int (xshift))))
+	    call rg_xishiftim (im1, im2, int (xshift), int (yshift),
+	        interp_type, boundary_type, constant)
+	else
+	    call rg_xfshiftim (im1, im2, xshift, yshift, interpstr,
+		boundary_type, constant)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XISHIFTIM -- Shift a 2-D image by integral pixels in x and y.
+
+procedure rg_xishiftim (im1, im2, nxshift, nyshift, interp_type, boundary_type,
+	constant)
+
+pointer	im1			#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2			#I pointer to the output image
+int	nxshift, nyshift	#I shift in x and y
+int	interp_type		#I type of interpolant
+int	boundary_type		#I type of boundary extension
+real	constant		#I constant for boundary extension
+
+int	ixshift, iyshift
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	ncols, nlines, nbpix
+int	i, x1col, x2col, yline
+
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+pointer	imgs2s(), imgs2i(), imgs2l(), imgs2r(), imgs2d(), imgs2x()
+errchk	impnls, impnli, impnll, impnlr, impnld, impnlx
+errchk	imgs2s, imgs2i, imgs2l, imgs2r, imgs2d, imgs2x
+string	wrerr "ISHIFTXY: Error writing in image."
+
+begin
+	ixshift = nxshift
+	iyshift = nyshift
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+
+	# Cannot shift off image.
+	if (ixshift < -ncols || ixshift > ncols)
+	    call error (3, "ISHIFTXY: X shift out of bounds.")
+	if (iyshift < -nlines || iyshift > nlines)
+	    call error (4, "ISHIFTXY: Y shift out of bounds.")
+
+	# Calculate the shift.
+	switch (boundary_type) {
+	case BT_CONSTANT,BT_REFLECT,BT_NEAREST:
+	    ixshift = min (ncols, max (-ncols, ixshift))
+	    iyshift = min (nlines, max (-nlines, iyshift))
+	case BT_WRAP:
+	    ixshift = mod (ixshift, ncols)
+	    iyshift = mod (iyshift, nlines)
+	}
+
+	# Set the boundary extension values.
+	nbpix = max (abs (ixshift), abs (iyshift))
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbpix)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary_type)
+	if (boundary_type == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Get column boundaries in the input image.
+	x1col = max (-ncols + 1, - ixshift + 1) 
+	x2col = min (2 * ncols,  ncols - ixshift)
+
+	call amovkl (long (1), v, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Shift the image using the appropriate data type operators.
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnls (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2s (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_INT:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnli (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2i (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnll (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2l (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnlr (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2r (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (5, wrerr)
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnld (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2d (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	case TY_COMPLEX:
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+	        if (impnlx (im2, buf2, v) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		yline = i - iyshift
+		buf1 = imgs2x (im1, x1col, x2col, yline, yline)
+		if (buf1 == EOF)
+		    call error (0, wrerr)
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call error (6, "ISHIFTXY: Unknown IRAF type.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+
+# RG_XFSHIFTIM -- Shift a 1 or 2D image by a fractional pixel amount
+# in x and y.
+
+procedure rg_xfshiftim (im1, im2, xshift, yshift, interpstr, boundary_type,
+        constant)
+
+pointer		im1		#I pointer to input image
+pointer		im2		#I pointer to output image
+real		xshift		#I shift in x direction
+real		yshift		#I shift in y direction
+char		interpstr[ARB]	#I type of interpolant
+int		boundary_type	#I type of boundary extension
+real		constant	#I value of constant for boundary extension
+
+int	i, interp_type, nsinc, nincr
+int	ncols, nlines, nbpix, fstline, lstline, nxymargin
+int	cin1, cin2, nxin, lin1, lin2, nyin
+int	lout1, lout2, nyout
+real	xshft, yshft, deltax, deltay, dx, dy, cx, ly
+pointer	sp, x, y, msi, sinbuf, soutbuf
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	msigeti()
+pointer	imps2r()
+
+errchk	imgs2r, imps2r
+errchk	msiinit, msifree, msifit, msigrid
+errchk	smark, salloc, sfree
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+
+	# Check for out of bounds shift.
+	if (xshift < -ncols || xshift > ncols)
+	    call error (0, "XC_SHIFTIM: X shift out of bounds.")
+	if (yshift < -nlines || yshift > nlines)
+	    call error (0, "XC_SHIFTIM: Y shift out of bounds.")
+
+	# Get the real shift.
+	if (boundary_type == BT_WRAP) {
+	    xshft = mod (xshift, real (ncols))
+	    yshft = mod (yshift, real (nlines))
+	} else {
+	    xshft = xshift
+	    yshft = yshift
+	}
+
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, 2 * ncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, 2 * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	sinbuf = NULL
+
+	# Define the x and y interpolation coordinates.
+	dx = abs (xshft - int (xshft))
+	if (fp_equalr (dx, 0.0))
+	    deltax = 0.0
+	else if (xshft > 0.)
+	    deltax = 1. - dx
+	else
+	    deltax = dx
+	dy = abs (yshft - int (yshft))
+	if (fp_equalr (dy, 0.0))
+	    deltay = 0.0
+	else if (yshft > 0.)
+	    deltay = 1. - dy
+	else
+	    deltay = dy
+
+	# Initialize the 2-D interpolation routines.
+	call msitype (interpstr, interp_type, nsinc, nincr, cx)
+	if (interp_type == II_BILSINC || interp_type == II_BISINC)
+	    call msisinit (msi, interp_type, nsinc, 1, 1,
+	        deltax - nint (deltax), deltay - nint (deltay), 0.0)
+	else
+	    call msisinit (msi, interp_type, nsinc, 1, 1, cx, cx, 0.0)
+
+	# Set boundary extension parameters.
+	if (interp_type == II_BISPLINE3)
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN_SPLINE3
+	else if (interp_type == II_BISINC || interp_type == II_BILSINC)
+	    nxymargin = msigeti (msi, II_MSINSINC)
+	else
+	    nxymargin = NMARGIN
+	nbpix = max (int (abs(xshft)+1.0), int (abs(yshft)+1.0)) + nxymargin
+	call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbpix)
+	call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, boundary_type)
+	if (boundary_type == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im1, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, constant)
+
+	# Define the x interpolation coordinates.
+	deltax = deltax + nxymargin
+        if (interp_type == II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+            do i = 1, ncols {
+                Memr[x+2*i-2] = i + deltax - 0.5
+                Memr[x+2*i-1] = i + deltax + 0.5
+            }
+        } else {
+	    do i = 1, ncols
+	        Memr[x+i-1] = i + deltax
+	}
+
+	# Define the y interpolation coordinates.
+	deltay = deltay + nxymargin
+        if (interp_type == II_BIDRIZZLE) {
+            do i = 1, NYOUT {
+                Memr[y+2*i-2] = i + deltay - 0.5
+                Memr[y+2*i-1] = i + deltay + 0.5
+            }
+        } else {
+	    do i = 1, NYOUT
+	        Memr[y+i-1] = i + deltay
+	}
+
+	# Define column range in the input image.
+	cx = 1. - nxymargin - xshft
+	if ((cx <= 0.) &&  (! fp_equalr (dx, 0.0)))
+	    cin1 = int (cx) - 1
+	else
+	    cin1 = int (cx)
+	cin2 = ncols - xshft + nxymargin + 1
+	nxin = cin2 - cin1 + 1
+
+	# Loop over output sections.
+	for (lout1 = 1; lout1 <= nlines; lout1 = lout1 + NYOUT) { 
+
+	    # Define range of output lines.
+	    lout2 = min (lout1 + NYOUT - 1, nlines)
+	    nyout = lout2 - lout1 + 1
+
+	    # Define correspoding range of input lines.
+	    ly = lout1 - nxymargin - yshft
+	    if ((ly <= 0) && (! fp_equalr (dy, 0.0)))
+	        lin1 = int (ly) - 1
+	    else
+		lin1 = int (ly)
+	    lin2 = lout2 - yshft + nxymargin + 1
+	    nyin = lin2 - lin1 + 1
+
+	    # Get appropriate input image section and compute the coefficients.
+	    if ((sinbuf == NULL) || (lin1 < fstline) || (lin2 > lstline)) {
+		fstline = lin1
+		lstline = lin2
+		call rg_buf (im1, cin1, cin2, lin1, lin2, sinbuf)
+	        call msifit (msi, Memr[sinbuf], nxin, nyin, nxin)
+	    }
+
+	    # Output the image section.
+	    soutbuf = imps2r (im2, 1, ncols, lout1, lout2)
+	    if (soutbuf == EOF)
+		call error (0, "GSHIFTXY: Error writing output image.")
+
+	    # Evaluate the interpolant.
+	    call msigrid (msi, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[soutbuf], ncols, nyout,
+		ncols)
+	}
+
+	call msifree (msi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BUF -- Procedure to provide a buffer of image lines with minimum reads
+
+procedure rg_buf (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, buf)
+
+pointer	im		#I pointer to input image
+int	col1, col2	#I column range of input buffer
+int	line1, line2	#I line range of input buffer
+pointer	buf		#I buffer
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines, nclast, llast1, llast2, nllast
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+
+pointer	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+	nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	if (line1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = line2, line1, -1 {
+		if (i > llast1)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (line2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = line1, line2 {
+		if (i < llast2)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	llast1 = line1
+	llast2 = line2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxplot.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxplot.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b347ab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxplot.x
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <gset.h>
+
+# RG_XPLINE -- Plot a line of reference and input image.
+
+procedure rg_xpline (gd, imr, im, nliner, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im		#I pointer to the image
+int	nliner		#I the reference line
+int	xshift		#I x shift
+int	yshift		#I y shift
+
+int	i, rncols, rnlines, incols, inlines
+pointer	sp, title, xr, xi, ptrr, ptri
+real	ymin, ymax, tymin, tymax
+int	strlen()
+pointer	imgl1r(), imgl2r()
+
+begin
+	# Return if no graphics stream.
+	if (gd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Check for valid line number.
+	rncols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    rnlines = 1
+	else
+	    rnlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+	incols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+	    inlines = 1
+	else
+	    inlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	if ((nliner < 1) || (nliner > rnlines))
+	    return
+	if (((nliner + yshift) < 1) || ((nliner + yshift) > inlines)) 
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xr, rncols, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xi, rncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the x data data.
+	do i = 1, rncols {
+	    Memr[xr+i-1] = i
+	    Memr[xi+i-1] = i - xshift
+	}
+
+	# Initalize the y data.
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    ptrr = imgl1r (imr)
+	else
+	    ptrr = imgl2r (imr, nliner)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+	    ptri = imgl1r (im)
+	else
+	    ptri = imgl2r (im, nliner + yshift)
+	call alimr (Memr[ptrr], rncols, ymin, ymax)
+	call alimr (Memr[ptri], incols, tymin, tymax)
+	ymin = min (ymin, tymin)
+	ymax = max (ymax, tymax)
+
+	# Construct the title.
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Refimage: %s  Image: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(imr))
+	    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+	call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Refline (solid): %d  Inline (dashed): %d  Xlag: %d  Ylag: %d")
+	    call pargi (nliner)
+	    call pargi (nliner + yshift)
+	    call pargi (xshift)
+	    call pargi (yshift)
+
+	# Set up the axes labels and window.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call gswind (gd, 1.0, real(rncols), ymin, ymax)
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Column Number", "Counts")
+
+	# Plot the two lines.
+	call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	call gpline (gd, Memr[xr], Memr[ptrr], rncols)
+	call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_DASHED)
+	call gpline (gd, Memr[xi], Memr[ptri], incols)
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XPCOL -- Plot a column in the reference and input image.
+
+procedure rg_xpcol (gd, imr, im, ncolr, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im		#I pointer to the image
+int	ncolr		#I the line number
+int	xshift		#I xshift to be applied
+int	yshift		#I yshift to be applied
+
+int	i, rncols, rnlines, incols, inlines
+pointer	sp, title, xr, xi, ptrr, ptri
+real	ymin, ymax, tymin, tymax
+int	strlen()
+pointer	imgs1r(), imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	# Return if no graphics stream.
+	if (gd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Check for valid column number.
+	rncols = IM_LEN(imr,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    rnlines = 1
+	else
+	    rnlines = IM_LEN(imr,2)
+	incols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+	    inlines = 1
+	else
+	    inlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	if ((ncolr < 1) || (ncolr > rncols))
+	    return
+	if (((ncolr - xshift) < 1) || ((ncolr - xshift) > incols))
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate valid working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xr, rnlines, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xi, inlines, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the data.
+	do i = 1, rnlines {
+	    Memr[xr+i-1] = i
+	    Memr[xi+i-1] = i - yshift
+	}
+	if (IM_NDIM(imr) == 1)
+	    ptrr = imgs1r (imr, ncolr, ncolr)
+	else
+	    ptrr = imgs2r (imr, ncolr, ncolr, 1, rnlines)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+	    ptri = imgs1r (im, ncolr + xshift, ncolr + xshift)
+	else
+	    ptri = imgs2r (im, ncolr + xshift, ncolr + xshift, 1, inlines)
+	call alimr (Memr[ptrr], rnlines, ymin, ymax)
+	call alimr (Memr[ptri], inlines, tymin, tymax)
+	ymin = min (ymin, tymin)
+	ymax = max (ymax, tymax)
+
+	# Construct the title.
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], SZ_LINE, "Refimage: %s Image: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(imr))
+	    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+	call sprintf (Memc[title+strlen(Memc[title])], SZ_LINE,
+	    "Refcol (solid): %d  Imcol (dashed): %d  Xlag: %d Ylag: %d")
+	    call pargi (ncolr)
+	    call pargi (ncolr + xshift)
+	    call pargi (xshift)
+	    call pargi (yshift)
+
+	# Set up the labels and the axes.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call gswind (gd, 1.0, real (rnlines), ymin, ymax)
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[title], "Line Number", "Counts")
+
+	# Plot the profile.
+	call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	call gpline (gd, Memr[xr], Memr[ptrr], rnlines)
+	call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_DASHED)
+	call gpline (gd, Memr[xi], Memr[ptri], rnlines)
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XCPLINE -- Plot a line of the 2D correlation function.
+
+procedure rg_xcpline (gd, title, data, nx, ny, nline)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics stream
+char	title[ARB]	#I title for the plot
+real	data[nx,ARB]	#I the input data array	
+int	nx, ny		#I dimensions of the input data array
+int	nline		#I the line number
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, str, x
+real	ymin, ymax
+
+begin
+	# Return if no graphics stream.
+	if (gd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Check for valid line number.
+	if (nline < 1 || nline > ny)
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (x, nx, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the data.
+	do i = 1, nx
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	call alimr (data[1,nline], nx, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Set up the labels and the axes.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call gswind (gd, 1.0, real (nx), ymin, ymax)
+	call glabax (gd, title, "X Lag", "X-Correlation Function")
+
+	# Plot the line profile.
+	call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	call gpline (gd, Memr[x], data[1,nline], nx)
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XCPCOL -- Plot a column of the cross-correlation function.
+
+procedure rg_xcpcol (gd, title, data, nx, ny, ncol)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics stream
+char	title[ARB]	#I title of the column plot
+real	data[nx,ARB]	#I the input data array
+int	nx, ny		#I the dimensions of the input data array
+int	ncol		#I line number
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, x, y
+real	ymin, ymax
+
+begin
+	# Return if no graphics stream.
+	if (gd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Check for valid column number.
+	if (ncol < 1 || ncol > nx)
+	    return
+
+	# Initialize.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, ny, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, ny, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get the data to be plotted.
+	do i = 1, ny {
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	    Memr[y+i-1] = data[ncol,i]
+	}
+	call alimr (Memr[y], ny, ymin, ymax)
+
+	# Set up the labels and the axes.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call gswind (gd, 1.0, real (ny), ymin, ymax)
+	call glabax (gd, title, "Y Lag", "X-Correlation Function") 
+
+	# Plot the profile.
+	call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	call gpline (gd, Memr[x], Memr[y], ny)
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XMKPEAK -- Procedure to mark the peak from a correlation function
+# contour plot.
+
+procedure rg_xmkpeak (gd, xwindow, ywindow, xshift, yshift)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics stream
+int	xwindow		#I x dimension of correlation function
+int	ywindow		#I y dimension of correlation function
+real	xshift		#O x shift
+real	yshift		#O y shift
+
+int	wcs, key
+pointer	sp, cmd
+real	wx, wy
+int	clgcur()
+
+begin
+	if (gd == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call printf ("Mark peak of the cross correlation function\n")
+	if (clgcur ("gcommands", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+	    ;
+	if (wx < 1.0 || wx > real (xwindow) || wy < 1.0 || wy >
+	    real (ywindow)) {
+	    xshift = 0.0
+	    yshift = 0.0
+	} else {
+	    xshift = wx - (1 + xwindow) / 2
+	    yshift = wy - (1 + ywindow) / 2
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxppars.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxppars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2dc6aafd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxppars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_PXPARS -- Update the cross-correlation algorithm parameters.
+
+procedure rg_pxpars (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+int	rg_xstati()
+real	rg_xstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Define the regions.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REGIONS, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("regions", Memc[str])
+	call clputi ("xlag", rg_xstati (xc, XLAG))
+	call clputi ("ylag", rg_xstati (xc, YLAG))
+	call clputi ("dxlag", rg_xstati (xc, DXLAG))
+	call clputi ("dylag", rg_xstati (xc, DYLAG))
+
+	# Store the background fitting parameters.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, BSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("background", Memc[str])
+	call clputi ("border", rg_xstati (xc, BORDER))
+	call clputr ("loreject", rg_xstatr (xc, LOREJECT))
+	call clputr ("hireject", rg_xstatr (xc, HIREJECT))
+	call clputr ("apodize", rg_xstatr (xc, APODIZE))
+	call rg_xstats (xc, FSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("filter", Memc[str])
+
+	# Store the cross-correlation parameters.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, CSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("correlation", Memc[str])
+	call clputi ("xwindow", rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW))
+	call clputi ("ywindow", rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW))
+
+	# Store the peak centering parameters.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, PSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("function", Memc[str])
+	call clputi ("xcbox", rg_xstati (xc, XCBOX))
+	call clputi ("ycbox", rg_xstati (xc, YCBOX))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxregions.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxregions.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed682f61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxregions.x
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_XREGIONS -- Decode the image sections into regions. If the sections string
+# is NULL then the regions list is initially empty and depending on the mode
+# of the task, XREGISTER will or will not complain.Otherwise the image
+# sections specified in the sections string or file are decoded into a
+# regions list.
+
+int procedure rg_xregions (list, im, xc, rp)
+
+int	list			#I pointer to the regions list
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	xc			#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	rp			#I index of the current region
+
+int	fd, nregions
+pointer	sp, fname, regions
+int	rg_xgrid(), rg_xgregions(), rg_xrregions(), rg_xstati(), fntgfnb()
+int	open()
+errchk	fntgfnb(), open(), close()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (regions, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REGIONS, Memc[regions], SZ_LINE)
+	if (rp < 1 || rp > MAX_NREGIONS || Memc[regions] == EOS) {
+	    nregions = 0
+	} else if (rg_xgrid (im, xc, rp, MAX_NREGIONS) > 0) {
+	    nregions = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+	} else if (rg_xgregions (im, xc, rp, MAX_NREGIONS) > 0) {
+	    nregions = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+	} else if (list != NULL) {
+	    iferr {
+		if (fntgfnb (list, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	            fd = open (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	            nregions= rg_xrregions (fd, im, xc, rp, MAX_NREGIONS)
+	            call close (fd)
+		}
+	    } then
+		nregions = 0
+	} else
+	    nregions = 0
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XMKREGIONS -- Create a list of regions by marking image sections
+# on the image display.
+
+int procedure rg_xmkregions (im, xc, rp, max_nregions, regions, maxch)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	xc			#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	rp			#I index of the current region
+int	max_nregions		#I the maximum number of regions
+char	regions[ARB]		#O the output regions string
+int	maxch			#I maximum size of the output regions string
+
+int	op, nregions, wcs, key
+pointer	sp, region, section, cmd
+real	xll, yll, xur, yur
+int	rg_xstati(), clgcur(), gstrcpy()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (region, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_xrealloc (xc, max_nregions)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	nregions = min (rp-1, rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS))
+	op = 1
+
+	# Mark the sections on the display.
+	while (nregions < max_nregions) {
+
+	    call printf ("Mark lower left corner of region %d [q to quit].\n")
+		call pargi (nregions + 1)
+	    if (clgcur ("icommands", xll, yll, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+	        SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		break
+	    if (key == 'q')
+		break
+
+	    call printf ("Mark upper right corner of region %d [q to quit].\n")
+		call pargi (nregions + 1)
+	    if (clgcur ("icommands", xur, yur, wcs, key, Memc[cmd],
+	        SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		break
+	    if (key == 'q')
+		break
+
+	    if (xll < 1.0 || xur > IM_LEN(im,1) || yll < 1.0 || yur >
+		IM_LEN(im,2))
+		break
+
+	    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC1)+nregions] = nint (xll)
+	    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC2)+nregions] = nint (xur)
+	    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL1)+nregions] = nint (yll)
+	    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL2)+nregions] = nint (yur)
+	    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RXSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RYSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,YSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+	    nregions = nregions + 1
+
+	    # Write the first 9 regions into the regions string.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, "[%d:%d,%d:%d] ")
+		call pargi (nint (xll))
+		call pargi (nint (xur))
+		call pargi (nint (yll))
+		call pargi (nint (yur))
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[cmd], regions[op], maxch - op + 1)
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+	call rg_xseti (xc, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_xrealloc (xc, nregions)
+	else 
+	    call rg_xrfree (xc)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XGRID - Decode the regions from a grid specification.
+
+int procedure rg_xgrid (im, xc, rp, max_nregions)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	xc			#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	rp			#I index of the current region
+int	max_nregions		#I the maximum number of regions
+
+int	i, istart, iend, j, jstart, jend, ncols, nlines, nxsample, nysample
+int	nxcols, nylines, nregions
+pointer	sp, region, section
+int	rg_xstati(), nscan(), strcmp()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (region, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_xrealloc (xc, max_nregions)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REGIONS, Memc[region], SZ_LINE)
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS))
+
+	# Decode the grid specification.
+	call sscan (Memc[region])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (nxsample)
+	    call gargi (nysample) 
+	if ((nscan() != 3) || (strcmp (Memc[section], "grid") != 0)) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return (nregions)
+	}
+
+	# Decode the regions.
+	if ((nxsample * nysample) > max_nregions) {
+	    nxsample = nint (sqrt (real (max_nregions) * real (ncols) /
+	        real (nlines)))
+	    nysample = real (max_nregions) / real (nxsample)
+	}
+	nxcols = ncols / nxsample
+	nylines = nlines / nysample
+	jstart = 1 + (nlines - nysample * nylines) / 2
+	jend = jstart + (nysample - 1) * nylines
+	do j = jstart, jend, nylines {
+	    istart = 1 + (ncols - nxsample * nxcols) / 2
+	    iend = istart + (nxsample - 1) * nxcols
+	    do i = istart, iend, nxcols {
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC1)+nregions] = i 
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC2)+nregions] = i + nxcols - 1
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL1)+nregions] = j
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL2)+nregions] = j + nylines - 1
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RXSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RYSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,YSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		nregions = nregions + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call rg_xseti (xc, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_xrealloc (xc, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_xrfree (xc)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XRREGIONS -- Read and decode the regions from a file.
+
+int procedure rg_xrregions (fd, im, xc, rp, max_nregions)
+
+int	fd			#I regions file descriptor
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	xc			#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	rp			#I index of the current region
+int	max_nregions		#I the maximum number of regions
+
+int	ncols, nlines, nregions, x1, y1, x2, y2, step
+pointer	sp, line, section
+int	rg_xstati(), getline(), rg_xgsections()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information,
+	call rg_xrealloc (xc, max_nregions)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS))
+
+	# Decode the regions string.
+	while ((getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF) &&  nregions < max_nregions) {
+	    call sscan (Memc[line])
+		call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+	    while ((Memc[section] != EOS) && (nregions < max_nregions)) {
+		if (rg_xgsections (Memc[section], x1, x2, step, y1, y2, step,
+		    ncols, nlines) == OK) {
+		    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+		    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+		    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+		    Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+		    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RXSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RYSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,YSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		    nregions = nregions + 1
+		}
+		call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+	call rg_xseti (xc, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_xrealloc (xc, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_xrfree (xc)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XGREGIONS -- Decode a list of regions from a string containing
+# a list of sections.
+
+int procedure rg_xgregions (im, xc, rp, max_nregions)
+
+pointer	im			#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	xc			#I pointer to cross-correlation structure
+int	rp			#I the index of the current region
+int	max_nregions		#I the maximum number of regions
+
+int	ncols, nlines, nregions, x1, x2, y1, y2, step
+pointer	sp, section, region
+int	rg_xstati(), rg_xgsections()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (region, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate the arrays to hold the regions information.
+	call rg_xrealloc (xc, max_nregions)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REGIONS, Memc[region], SZ_LINE)
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	nregions = min (rp - 1, rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS))
+
+	# Decode the sections
+	call sscan (Memc[region])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+	while ((Memc[section] != EOS) && (nregions < max_nregions)) {
+	    if (rg_xgsections (Memc[section], x1, x2, step, y1, y2, step,
+		ncols, nlines) == OK) {
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC1)+nregions] = x1
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RC2)+nregions] = x2
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL1)+nregions] = y1
+		Memi[rg_xstatp(xc,RL2)+nregions] = y2
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RZERO)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RXSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,RYSLOPE)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,XSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		Memr[rg_xstatp(xc,YSHIFTS)+nregions] = INDEFR
+		nregions = nregions + 1
+	    }
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[section], SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+
+	# Reallocate the correct amount of space.
+	call rg_xseti (xc, NREGIONS, nregions)
+	if (nregions > 0)
+	    call rg_xrealloc (xc, nregions)
+	else
+	    call rg_xrfree (xc)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nregions)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XGSECTIONS -- Decode an image section into column and line limits
+# and a step size. Sections which describe the whole image are decoded into
+# a block ncols * nlines long.
+
+int procedure rg_xgsections (section, x1, x2, xstep, y1, y2, ystep, ncols,
+	nlines)
+
+char	section[ARB]		#I the input section string
+int	x1, x2			#O the output column section limits
+int	xstep			#O the output column step size
+int	y1, y2			#O the output line section limits
+int	ystep			#O the output line step size
+int	ncols, nlines		#I the maximum number of lines and columns
+
+int	ip
+int	rg_xgdim()
+
+begin
+	ip = 1
+	if (rg_xgdim (section, ip, x1, x2, xstep, ncols) == ERR)
+	    return (ERR)
+	if (rg_xgdim (section, ip, y1, y2, ystep, nlines) == ERR)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XGDIM -- Decode a single subscript expression to produce the
+# range of values for that subscript (X1:X2), and the sampling step size, STEP.
+# Note that X1 may be less than, greater than, or equal to X2, and STEP may
+# be a positive or negative nonzero integer.  Various shorthand notations are
+# permitted, as is embedded whitespace.
+
+int procedure rg_xgdim (section, ip, x1, x2, step, limit)
+
+char	section[ARB]		#I the input image section
+int	ip			#I/O pointer to the position in section string
+int	x1			#O first limit of dimension
+int	x2			#O second limit of dimension
+int	step			#O step size of dimension
+int	limit			#I maximum size of dimension
+
+int	temp
+int	ctoi()
+
+begin
+	x1 = 1
+	x2 = limit
+	step = 1
+
+	while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	if (section[ip] =='[')
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	# Get X1, X2.
+	if (ctoi (section, ip, temp) > 0) {			# [x1
+	    x1 = max (1, min (temp, limit))
+	    if (section[ip] == ':') {	
+		ip = ip + 1
+		if (ctoi (section, ip, temp) == 0)		# [x1:x2
+		    return (ERR)
+		x2 = max (1, min (temp, limit))
+	    } else
+		x2 = x1
+
+	} else if (section[ip] == '-') {
+	    x1 = limit
+	    x2 = 1
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	    if (section[ip] == '*')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	} else if (section[ip] == '*')				# [*
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	# Get sample step size, if give.
+	if (section[ip] == ':') {				# ..:step
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	    if (ctoi (section, ip, step) == 0)
+		return (ERR)
+	    else if (step == 0)
+		return (ERR)
+	}
+
+	# Allow notation such as "-*:5", (or even "-:5") where the step
+	# is obviously supposed to be negative.
+
+	if (x1 > x2 && step > 0)
+	    step = -step
+	
+	while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	if (section[ip] == ',') {
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	    return (OK)
+	} else if (section[ip] == ']')
+	    return (OK)
+	else
+	    return (ERR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxshow.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxshow.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a746d9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxshow.x
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_XSHOW -- Show the XREGISTER parameters.
+
+procedure rg_xshow (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the main xregister structure
+
+begin
+	call rg_xnshow (xc)
+	call printf ("\n")
+	call rg_xbshow (xc)
+	call printf ("\n")
+	call rg_xxshow (xc)
+	call printf ("\n")
+	call rg_xpshow (xc)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XNSHOW -- Show the input/output data XREGISTER parameters.
+
+procedure rg_xnshow (xc)
+
+pointer	xc	#I pointer to the main xregister structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+int	rg_xstati()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set the object characteristics.
+	call printf ("\nInput/output data\n")
+	call rg_xstats (xc, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_IMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_REFIMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REGIONS, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_REGIONS)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call printf ("    %s = %d    %s = %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_XLAG)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, XLAG))
+	    call pargstr (KY_YLAG)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, YLAG))
+	call printf ("    %s = %d    %s = %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_DXLAG)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, DXLAG))
+	    call pargstr (KY_DYLAG)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, DYLAG))
+	call rg_xstats (xc, DATABASE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_DATABASE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_xstats (xc, RECORD, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_RECORD)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_xstats (xc, REFFILE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_REFFILE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call rg_xstats (xc, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call printf ("    %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XBSHOW -- Show the background fitting parameters.
+
+procedure rg_xbshow (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the main xregister structure
+
+int	back
+pointer	sp, str
+int	rg_xstati()
+real	rg_xstatr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	back = rg_xstati (xc, BACKGRD)
+	call printf ("Background fitting parameters:\n")
+	call rg_xstats (xc, BSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call printf ("    %s:  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_BACKGROUND)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call printf ("    %s = %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_BORDER)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, BORDER))
+	call printf ("    %s = %g   %s = %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_LOREJECT)
+	    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, LOREJECT))
+	    call pargstr (KY_HIREJECT)
+	    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, HIREJECT))
+	call printf ("    %s = %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_APODIZE)
+	    call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, APODIZE))
+	call rg_xstats (xc, FSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call printf ("    %s:  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_FILTER)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XXSHOW -- Show the cross-correlation function parameters.
+
+procedure rg_xxshow (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the main xregister structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+int	rg_xstati()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call printf ("Cross correlation function:\n")
+	call rg_xstats (xc, CSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call printf ("    %s:  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_CORRELATION)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call printf ("    %s = %d    %s = %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_XWINDOW)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, XWINDOW))
+	    call pargstr (KY_YWINDOW)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, YWINDOW))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XPSHOW -- Show the peak centering parameters.
+
+procedure rg_xpshow (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the main xregister structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+int	rg_xstati()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call printf ("Peak centering parameters:\n")
+	call rg_xstats (xc, PSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call printf ("    %s:  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_PEAKCENTER)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	call printf ("    %s = %d    %s = %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_XCBOX)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, XCBOX))
+	    call pargstr (KY_YCBOX)
+	    call pargi (rg_xstati (xc, YCBOX))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxtools.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxtools.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1fb921e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxtools.x
@@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
+include "xregister.h"
+
+#  RG_XINIT -- Initialize the cross-correlation code fitting structure. 
+
+procedure rg_xinit (xc, cfunc)
+
+pointer	xc		#O pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	cfunc		#I the input cross-correlation function
+
+begin
+	call malloc (xc, LEN_XCSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Initialize the regions pointers.
+	XC_RC1(xc) = NULL
+	XC_RC2(xc) = NULL
+	XC_RL1(xc) = NULL
+	XC_RL2(xc) = NULL
+	XC_RZERO(xc) = NULL
+	XC_RXSLOPE(xc) = NULL
+	XC_RYSLOPE(xc) = NULL
+	XC_XSHIFTS(xc) = NULL
+	XC_YSHIFTS(xc) = NULL
+	XC_TXSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+	XC_TYSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+	XC_NREGIONS(xc) = 0
+	XC_CREGION(xc) = 1
+
+	# Set up transformation parameters.
+	XC_NREFPTS(xc) = 0
+	call malloc (XC_XREF(xc), MAX_NREF, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XC_YREF(xc), MAX_NREF, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XC_TRANSFORM(xc), MAX_NTRANSFORM, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the region offsets
+	XC_IXLAG(xc) = DEF_IXLAG
+	XC_IYLAG(xc) = DEF_IYLAG
+	XC_XLAG(xc) = DEF_IXLAG
+	XC_YLAG(xc) = DEF_IYLAG
+	XC_DXLAG(xc) = DEF_DXLAG
+	XC_DYLAG(xc) = DEF_DYLAG
+		
+	# Define the background fitting parameters.
+	XC_BACKGRD(xc) = XC_BNONE
+	call strcpy ("none", XC_BSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	XC_BVALUER(xc) = 0.0
+	XC_BVALUE(xc) = 0.0
+	XC_BORDER(xc) = DEF_BORDER
+	XC_LOREJECT(xc) = DEF_LOREJECT
+	XC_HIREJECT(xc) = DEF_HIREJECT
+	XC_APODIZE(xc) = 0.0
+	XC_FILTER(xc) = XC_FNONE
+	call strcpy ("none", XC_FSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Get the correlation parameters.
+	XC_CFUNC(xc) = cfunc
+	switch (cfunc) {
+	case XC_DISCRETE:
+	    call strcpy ("discrete", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case XC_FOURIER:
+	    call strcpy ("fourier", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case XC_FILE:
+	    call strcpy ("file", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case XC_DIFFERENCE:
+	    call strcpy ("difference", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	default:
+	    call strcpy ("unknown", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	}
+	XC_XWINDOW(xc) = DEF_XWINDOW
+	XC_YWINDOW(xc) = DEF_YWINDOW
+	XC_XCOR(xc) = NULL
+
+	# Define the peak fitting function.
+	XC_PFUNC(xc) = DEF_PFUNC
+	call sprintf (XC_PSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME, "%s")
+	    call pargstr ("centroid")
+	XC_XCBOX(xc) = DEF_XCBOX
+	XC_YCBOX(xc) = DEF_YCBOX
+
+	# Initialize the strings.
+	XC_IMAGE(xc) = EOS
+	XC_REFIMAGE(xc) = EOS
+	XC_REGIONS(xc) = EOS
+	XC_DATABASE(xc) = EOS
+	XC_OUTIMAGE(xc) = EOS
+	XC_REFFILE(xc) = EOS
+	XC_RECORD(xc) = EOS
+
+	# Initialize the buffers.
+	call rg_xrinit (xc)
+
+end
+
+
+#  RG_XRINIT -- Initialize the regions definition portion of the 
+# cross correlation code fitting structure. 
+
+procedure rg_xrinit (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to crosscor structure
+
+begin
+	call rg_xrfree (xc)
+
+	XC_NREGIONS(xc) = 0
+	XC_CREGION(xc) = 1
+
+	call malloc (XC_RC1(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (XC_RC2(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (XC_RL1(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (XC_RL2(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (XC_RZERO(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XC_RXSLOPE(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XC_RYSLOPE(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XC_XSHIFTS(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (XC_YSHIFTS(xc), MAX_NREGIONS, TY_REAL)
+
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RC1(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RC2(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RL1(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RL2(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RZERO(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RXSLOPE(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RYSLOPE(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_XSHIFTS(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_YSHIFTS(xc)], MAX_NREGIONS)
+
+	XC_TXSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+	XC_TYSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+end
+
+
+# RG_XCINDEFR -- Re-initialize the background and answers regions portion of
+# the cross-correlation fitting structure
+
+procedure rg_xcindefr (xc, creg)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int     creg            #I the current region
+
+int	nregions
+int	rg_xstati()
+
+begin
+	nregions = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+	if (creg < 1 || creg > nregions)
+	    return
+
+	if (nregions > 0) {
+	    Memr[XC_RZERO(xc)+creg-1] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[XC_RXSLOPE(xc)+creg-1] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[XC_RYSLOPE(xc)+creg-1] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[XC_XSHIFTS(xc)+creg-1] = INDEFR
+	    Memr[XC_YSHIFTS(xc)+creg-1] = INDEFR
+	}
+
+	XC_TXSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+	XC_TYSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+end
+
+
+# RG_XINDEFR -- Re-initialize the background and answers regions portion of
+# the cross-correlation fitting structure for all regions and reset the
+# current region to 1.
+
+procedure rg_xindefr (xc)
+
+pointer xc              #I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+int     nregions
+int     rg_xstati()
+
+begin
+        nregions = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+
+        if (nregions > 0) {
+            call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RZERO(xc)], nregions)
+            call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RXSLOPE(xc)], nregions)
+            call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RYSLOPE(xc)], nregions)
+            call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_XSHIFTS(xc)], nregions)
+            call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_YSHIFTS(xc)], nregions)
+        }
+
+        XC_CREGION(xc) = 1
+        XC_TXSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+        XC_TYSHIFT(xc) = 0.0
+end
+
+
+#  RG_XREALLOC -- Reallocate the regions bufffers and initialize if necessary.
+
+procedure rg_xrealloc (xc, nregions)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to crosscor structure
+int	nregions	#I number of regions
+
+int	nr
+int	rg_xstati()
+
+begin
+	nr = rg_xstati (xc, NREGIONS)
+
+	call realloc (XC_RC1(xc), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (XC_RC2(xc), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (XC_RL1(xc), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (XC_RL2(xc), nregions, TY_INT)
+	call realloc (XC_RZERO(xc), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (XC_RXSLOPE(xc), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (XC_RYSLOPE(xc), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (XC_XSHIFTS(xc), nregions, TY_REAL)
+	call realloc (XC_YSHIFTS(xc), nregions, TY_REAL)
+
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RC1(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RC2(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RL1(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovki (INDEFI, Memi[XC_RL2(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RZERO(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RXSLOPE(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_RYSLOPE(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_XSHIFTS(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+	call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[XC_YSHIFTS(xc)+nr], nregions - nr)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XFREE -- Free the cross-correlation fitting structure.
+
+procedure rg_xfree (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+begin
+	# Free the region descriptors.
+	call rg_xrfree (xc)
+
+	# Free the transformation descriptors.
+	if (XC_XREF(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_XREF(xc), TY_REAL)
+	if (XC_YREF(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_YREF(xc), TY_REAL)
+	if (XC_TRANSFORM(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_TRANSFORM(xc), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Free the correlation function.
+	if (XC_XCOR(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_XCOR(xc), TY_REAL)
+
+	call mfree (xc, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XRFREE -- Free the regions portion of the cross-correlation structure.
+
+procedure rg_xrfree (xc)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+
+begin
+	call rg_xseti (xc, NREGIONS, 0)
+	if (XC_RC1(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_RC1(xc), TY_INT)
+	XC_RC1(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_RC2(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_RC2(xc), TY_INT)
+	XC_RC2(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_RL1(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_RL1(xc), TY_INT)
+	XC_RL1(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_RL2(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_RL2(xc), TY_INT)
+	XC_RL2(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_RZERO(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_RZERO(xc), TY_REAL)
+	XC_RZERO(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_RXSLOPE(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_RXSLOPE(xc), TY_REAL)
+	XC_RXSLOPE(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_RYSLOPE(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_RYSLOPE(xc), TY_REAL)
+	XC_RYSLOPE(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_XSHIFTS(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_XSHIFTS(xc), TY_REAL)
+	XC_XSHIFTS(xc) = NULL
+	if (XC_YSHIFTS(xc) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (XC_YSHIFTS(xc), TY_REAL)
+	XC_YSHIFTS(xc) = NULL
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSTATI -- Fetch the value of a cross-correlation fitting structure
+# integer parameter.
+
+int procedure rg_xstati (xc, param)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation fitting structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case CFUNC:
+	    return (XC_CFUNC(xc))
+	case IXLAG:
+	    return (XC_IXLAG(xc))
+	case IYLAG:
+	    return (XC_IYLAG(xc))
+	case XLAG:
+	    return (XC_XLAG(xc))
+	case YLAG:
+	    return (XC_YLAG(xc))
+	case DXLAG:
+	    return (XC_DXLAG(xc))
+	case DYLAG:
+	    return (XC_DYLAG(xc))
+	case XWINDOW:
+	    return (XC_XWINDOW(xc))
+	case YWINDOW:
+	    return (XC_YWINDOW(xc))
+	case CREGION:
+	    return (XC_CREGION(xc))
+	case NREGIONS:
+	    return (XC_NREGIONS(xc))
+	case BACKGRD:
+	    return (XC_BACKGRD(xc))
+	case BORDER:
+	    return (XC_BORDER(xc))
+	case FILTER:
+	    return (XC_FILTER(xc))
+	case XCBOX:
+	    return (XC_XCBOX(xc))
+	case YCBOX:
+	    return (XC_YCBOX(xc))
+	case PFUNC:
+	    return (XC_PFUNC(xc))
+	case NREFPTS:
+	    return (XC_NREFPTS(xc))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSTATI: Undefined integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSTATP -- Fetch the value of a pointer parameter.
+
+pointer procedure rg_xstatp (xc, param)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RC1:
+	    return (XC_RC1(xc))
+	case RC2:
+	    return (XC_RC2(xc))
+	case RL1:
+	    return (XC_RL1(xc))
+	case RL2:
+	    return (XC_RL2(xc))
+	case RZERO:
+	    return (XC_RZERO(xc))
+	case RXSLOPE:
+	    return (XC_RXSLOPE(xc))
+	case RYSLOPE:
+	    return (XC_RYSLOPE(xc))
+	case XSHIFTS:
+	    return (XC_XSHIFTS(xc))
+	case YSHIFTS:
+	    return (XC_YSHIFTS(xc))
+	case XCOR:
+	    return (XC_XCOR(xc))
+	case XREF:
+	    return (XC_XREF(xc))
+	case YREF:
+	    return (XC_YREF(xc))
+#	case CORAPODIZE:
+#	    return (XC_CORAPODIZE(xc))
+	case TRANSFORM:
+	    return (XC_TRANSFORM(xc))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSTATP: Undefined pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSTATR -- Fetch the value of a real parameter.
+
+real procedure rg_xstatr (xc, param)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case BVALUER:
+	    return (XC_BVALUER(xc))
+	case BVALUE:
+	    return (XC_BVALUE(xc))
+	case LOREJECT:
+	    return (XC_LOREJECT(xc))
+	case HIREJECT:
+	    return (XC_HIREJECT(xc))
+	case APODIZE:
+	    return (XC_APODIZE(xc))
+	case TXSHIFT:
+	    return (XC_TXSHIFT(xc))
+	case TYSHIFT:
+	    return (XC_TYSHIFT(xc))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSTATR: Undefined real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSTATS -- Fetch the value of a string parameter.
+
+procedure rg_xstats (xc, param, str, maxch)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be fetched
+char	str[ARB]	#O output value of string parameter
+int	maxch		#I maximum number of characters in output string
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case BSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (XC_BSTRING(xc), str, maxch)
+	case FSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (XC_FSTRING(xc), str, maxch)
+	case CSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (XC_CSTRING(xc), str, maxch)
+	case PSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (XC_PSTRING(xc), str, maxch)
+	case REFIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (XC_REFIMAGE(xc), str, maxch)
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (XC_IMAGE(xc), str, maxch)
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (XC_OUTIMAGE(xc), str, maxch)
+	case REGIONS:
+	    call strcpy (XC_REGIONS(xc), str, maxch)
+	case DATABASE:
+	    call strcpy (XC_DATABASE(xc), str, maxch)
+	case RECORD:
+	    call strcpy (XC_RECORD(xc), str, maxch)
+	case REFFILE:
+	    call strcpy (XC_REFFILE(xc), str, maxch)
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSTATS: Undefined string parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSETI -- Set the value of an integer parameter.
+
+procedure rg_xseti (xc, param, value)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be set
+int	value		#O value of the integer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case CFUNC:
+	    XC_CFUNC(xc) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case XC_DISCRETE:
+		call strcpy ("discrete", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_FOURIER:
+		call strcpy ("fourier", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_FILE:
+		call strcpy ("file", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_DIFFERENCE:
+		call strcpy ("difference", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("unknown", XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	case IXLAG:
+	    XC_IXLAG(xc) = value
+	case IYLAG:
+	    XC_IYLAG(xc) = value
+	case XLAG:
+	    XC_XLAG(xc) = value
+	case YLAG:
+	    XC_YLAG(xc) = value
+	case DXLAG:
+	    XC_DXLAG(xc) = value
+	case DYLAG:
+	    XC_DYLAG(xc) = value
+	case XWINDOW:
+	    XC_XWINDOW(xc) = value
+	case YWINDOW:
+	    XC_YWINDOW(xc) = value
+	case BACKGRD:
+	    XC_BACKGRD(xc) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case XC_BNONE:
+		call strcpy ("none", XC_BSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_MEAN:
+		call strcpy ("mean", XC_BSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_MEDIAN:
+		call strcpy ("median", XC_BSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_SLOPE:
+		call strcpy ("plane", XC_BSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("none", XC_BSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	case BORDER:
+	    XC_BORDER(xc) = value
+	case FILTER:
+	    XC_FILTER(xc) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case XC_FNONE:
+		call strcpy ("none", XC_FSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_LAPLACE:
+		call strcpy ("laplace", XC_FSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		call strcpy ("none", XC_FSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+	case XCBOX:
+	    XC_XCBOX(xc) = value
+	case YCBOX:
+	    XC_YCBOX(xc) = value
+	case PFUNC:
+	    XC_PFUNC(xc) = value
+	    switch (value) {
+	    case XC_PNONE:
+		call strcpy ("none", XC_PSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_CENTROID:
+		call strcpy ("centroid", XC_PSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_PARABOLA:
+		call strcpy ("parabolic", XC_PSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    case XC_SAWTOOTH:
+		call strcpy ("sawtooth", XC_PSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+#	    case XC_MARK:
+#		call strcpy ("mark", XC_PSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    default:
+		;
+	    }
+	case NREFPTS:
+	    XC_NREFPTS(xc) = value
+	case CREGION:
+	    XC_CREGION(xc) = value
+	case NREGIONS:
+	    XC_NREGIONS(xc) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSETI: Undefined integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSETP -- Set the value of a pointer parameter.
+
+procedure rg_xsetp (xc, param, value)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be set
+pointer value		#O value of the pointer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RC1:
+	    XC_RC1(xc) = value
+	case RC2:
+	    XC_RC2(xc) = value
+	case RL1:
+	    XC_RL1(xc) = value
+	case RL2:
+	    XC_RL2(xc) = value
+	case RZERO:
+	    XC_RZERO(xc) = value
+	case RXSLOPE:
+	    XC_RXSLOPE(xc) = value
+	case RYSLOPE:
+	    XC_RYSLOPE(xc) = value
+	case XSHIFTS:
+	    XC_XSHIFTS(xc) = value
+	case YSHIFTS:
+	    XC_YSHIFTS(xc) = value
+	case XCOR:
+	    XC_XCOR(xc) = value
+	case XREF:
+	    XC_XREF(xc) = value
+	case YREF:
+	    XC_YREF(xc) = value
+	case TRANSFORM:
+	    XC_TRANSFORM(xc) = value
+#	case CORAPODIZE:
+#	    XC_CORAPODIZE(xc) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSETP: Undefined pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSETR -- Set the value of a real parameter.
+
+procedure rg_xsetr (xc, param, value)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be set
+real	value		#O value of real parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case BVALUER:
+	    XC_BVALUER(xc) = value
+	case BVALUE:
+	    XC_BVALUE(xc) = value
+	case LOREJECT:
+	    XC_LOREJECT(xc) = value
+	case HIREJECT:
+	    XC_HIREJECT(xc) = value
+	case APODIZE:
+	    XC_APODIZE(xc) = value
+	case TXSHIFT:
+	    XC_TXSHIFT(xc) = value
+	case TYSHIFT:
+	    XC_TYSHIFT(xc) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSETR: Undefined real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSETS -- Set the value of a string parameter.
+
+procedure rg_xsets (xc, param, str)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+int	param		#I parameter to be set
+char	str[ARB]	#O value of string parameter
+
+int	index
+pointer	sp, temp
+int	strdic(), fnldir()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (temp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	switch (param) {
+	case BSTRING:
+	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, XC_BTYPES)
+	    if (index > 0) {
+	    	call strcpy (str, XC_BSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_xseti (xc, BACKGRD, index)
+	    }
+	case FSTRING:
+	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, XC_FTYPES)
+	    if (index > 0) {
+	        call strcpy (str, XC_FSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_xseti (xc, FILTER, index)
+	    }
+	case CSTRING:
+	    index = strdic (str, str, SZ_LINE, XC_CTYPES)
+	    if (index > 0) {
+	        call strcpy (str, XC_CSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+		call rg_xseti (xc, CFUNC, index)
+	    }
+	case PSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (str, XC_PSTRING(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case REFIMAGE:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], XC_REFIMAGE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], XC_REFIMAGE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call imgcluster (str, Memc[temp], SZ_FNAME)
+	    index = fnldir (Memc[temp], XC_IMAGE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[temp+index], XC_IMAGE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (str, XC_OUTIMAGE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case REGIONS:
+	    call strcpy (str, XC_REGIONS(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case DATABASE:
+	    index = fnldir (str, XC_DATABASE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (str[index+1], XC_DATABASE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case RECORD:
+	    call strcpy (str, XC_RECORD(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	case REFFILE:
+	    index = fnldir (str, XC_REFFILE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (str[index+1], XC_REFFILE(xc), SZ_FNAME)
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "RG_XSETS: Undefined string parameter.")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxtransform.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxtransform.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63ee5f24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/rgxtransform.x
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# RG_GXTRANSFORM -- Open the reference points file and the read the
+# coordinates of the reference points in the reference image. Return
+# the reference points file name and descriptor.
+
+int procedure rg_gxtransform (list, xc, reffile)
+
+int	list		#I list of reference points files
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+char	reffile[ARB]	#O the output reference points file name
+
+int	tdf
+pointer	sp, line, pxref, pyref
+real	x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3
+int	fntgfnb(), open(), getline(), nscan()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Get some working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the points to the reference point lists.
+	pxref = rg_xstatp (xc, XREF)
+	pyref = rg_xstatp (xc, YREF)
+	call aclrr (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc, XREF)], MAX_NREF)
+	call aclrr (Memr[rg_xstatp(xc, YREF)], MAX_NREF)
+
+	# Open the reference points file and read the coordinates.
+	while (fntgfnb (list, reffile, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    iferr { 
+
+		# Open the reference file.
+	        tdf = open (reffile, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) 
+		call aclrr (Memr[pxref], MAX_NREF)
+		call aclrr (Memr[pyref], MAX_NREF)
+
+		# Read up to three valid reference points from the list.
+	        while (getline (tdf, Memc[line]) != EOF) {
+		    call sscan (Memc[line])
+			call gargr (x1)
+			call gargr (y1)
+			call gargr (x2)
+			call gargr (y2)
+			call gargr (x3)
+			call gargr (y3)
+		    if (nscan () >= 2)
+			break
+		}
+
+		# Store the reference points.
+		if (nscan () == 2) {
+		    Memr[pxref] = x1
+		    Memr[pyref] = y1
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, NREFPTS, 1)
+		} else if (nscan () == 4) {
+		    Memr[pxref] = x1
+		    Memr[pyref] = y1
+		    Memr[pxref+1] = x2
+		    Memr[pyref+1] = y2
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, NREFPTS, 2)
+		} else if (nscan () == 6) {
+		    Memr[pxref] = x1
+		    Memr[pyref] = y1
+		    Memr[pxref+1] = x2
+		    Memr[pyref+1] = y2
+		    Memr[pxref+2] = x3
+		    Memr[pyref+2] = y3
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, NREFPTS, 2)
+		} else
+		    call rg_xseti (xc, NREFPTS, 0)
+
+	    } then { 
+		call rg_xseti (xc, NREFPTS, 0)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (tdf)
+end
+
+
+# RG_ITRANSFORM -- Compute the transformation from the input image to the
+# reference image interactively.
+
+procedure rg_itransform (xc, imr, im, id)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation stucture
+pointer	imr		#I pointer to the reference image
+pointer	im		#I pointer to the input image
+pointer	id		#I pointer to the display device
+
+int	nref, nstar, wcs, key
+pointer	sp, cmd, x, y, pxref, pyref, ptrans
+real	wx, wy
+int	clgcur()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (x, MAX_NREF, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, MAX_NREF, TY_REAL)
+	call aclrr (Memr[x], MAX_NREF)
+	call aclrr (Memr[y], MAX_NREF)
+
+	# Get the pointers.
+	pxref = rg_xstatp (xc, XREF)
+	pyref = rg_xstatp (xc, YREF)
+	ptrans = rg_xstatp (xc, TRANSFORM)
+
+	# Mark up to three reference stars.
+	nref = 0
+	call printf ("Mark reference star %d with the image cursor [q=quit]: ")
+	    call pargi (nref + 1)
+	while ((nref < MAX_NREF) && clgcur ("icommands", wx, wy, wcs, key,
+	    Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+	    if (key == 'q') {
+		call printf ("\n")
+		break
+	    }
+	    if (wx < 0.5 || wx > IM_LEN(imr,1) + 0.5) {
+		call printf ("\n")
+		next
+	    }
+	    if (wy < 0.5 || wy > IM_LEN(imr,2) + 0.5) {
+		call printf ("\n")
+		next
+	    }
+	    call printf ("%g  %g\n")
+		call pargr (wx)
+		call pargr (wy)
+	    Memr[pxref+nref] = wx
+	    Memr[pyref+nref] = wy
+	    nref = nref + 1
+	    call rg_xseti (xc, NREFPTS, nref)
+	    if (nref >= MAX_NREF)
+		break
+	    call printf (
+	        "Mark reference star %d with the image cursor [q=quit]: ")
+	        call pargi (nref + 1)
+	}
+
+	# Mark the corresponding input image stars.
+	if (nref > 0) {
+
+	    nstar = 0
+	    call printf ("Mark image star %d with the image cursor [q=quit]: ")
+	        call pargi (nstar + 1)
+	    while ((nstar < nref) && clgcur ("icommands", wx, wy, wcs, key,
+	        Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+	        if (key == 'q') {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		    break
+		}
+	        if (wx < 0.5 || wx > IM_LEN(im,1) + 0.5) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		    next
+	        }
+	        if (wy < 0.5 || wy > IM_LEN(im,2) + 0.5) {
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		    next
+	        }
+	        call printf ("%g  %g\n")
+		    call pargr (wx)
+		    call pargr (wy)
+	        Memr[x+nstar] = wx
+	        Memr[y+nstar] = wy
+	        nstar = nstar + 1
+	        if (nstar >= MAX_NREF)
+		    break
+	        call printf (
+	            "Mark image star %d with the image cursor [q=quit]: ")
+	            call pargi (nstar + 1)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the transformation.
+	    if (nstar > 0) {
+	        switch (nstar) {
+	        case 0:
+	            call rg_xshift (Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref], Memr[pxref],
+	                Memr[pyref], Memr[ptrans])
+	        case 1:
+	            call rg_xshift (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref], 
+	                Memr[ptrans])
+	        #case 2:
+	            #call rg_xtwostar (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[pxref],
+		        #Memr[pyref], Memr[ptrans])
+	        #case 3:
+	            #call rg_xthreestar (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[pxref],
+		        #Memr[pyref], Memr[ptrans])
+
+		default:
+	            call rg_xshift (Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref], Memr[pxref],
+	                Memr[pyref], Memr[ptrans])
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XTRANSFORM -- Compute the transformation from the input image to
+# the reference image
+
+procedure rg_xtransform (tfd, xc)
+
+int	tfd		#I the reference points file descriptor
+pointer	xc		#I the cross-correlation file descriptor
+
+int	nref
+pointer	sp, line, x, y, pxref, pyref, ptrans
+int	getline(), rg_xstati(), nscan()
+pointer	rg_xstatp()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (x, MAX_NREF, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, MAX_NREF, TY_REAL)
+	call aclrr (Memr[x], MAX_NREF)
+	call aclrr (Memr[y], MAX_NREF)
+
+	# Get the pointers to the reference image data.
+	nref = rg_xstati (xc, NREFPTS)
+	pxref = rg_xstatp (xc, XREF)
+	pyref = rg_xstatp (xc, YREF)
+	ptrans = rg_xstatp (xc, TRANSFORM)
+
+	# Read the input image reference points.
+	while ((nref > 0) && getline (tfd, Memc[line]) != EOF) {
+	    call sscan (Memc[line])
+		call gargr (Memr[x])
+		call gargr (Memr[y])
+		call gargr (Memr[x+1])
+		call gargr (Memr[y+1])
+		call gargr (Memr[x+2])
+		call gargr (Memr[y+2])
+	    if (nscan() >= 2 * nref)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Compute the transform.
+	if (nscan () < 2 * nref) {
+	    call rg_xshift (Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref], Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref],
+	        Memr[ptrans])
+	} else {
+	    switch (nref) {
+	    case 0:
+	        call rg_xshift (Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref], Memr[pxref],
+	            Memr[pyref], Memr[ptrans])
+	    case 1:
+	        call rg_xshift (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref], 
+	            Memr[ptrans])
+	    case 2:
+	        call rg_xtwostar (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref],
+		    Memr[ptrans])
+	    case 3:
+	        call rg_xthreestar (Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[pxref], Memr[pyref],
+		    Memr[ptrans])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_ETRANSFORM -- Evaulate the current transform at a single point.
+
+procedure rg_etransform (xc, xin, yin, xout, yout)
+
+pointer	xc		#I pointer to the cross-correlation structure
+real	xin, yin	#I the input x and y values
+real	xout, yout	#O the output x and y values
+
+pointer	ptrans
+pointer	rg_xstatp
+
+begin
+	ptrans = rg_xstatp (xc, TRANSFORM)
+	xout = Memr[ptrans] * xin + Memr[ptrans+1] * yin + Memr[ptrans+2]
+	yout = Memr[ptrans+3] * xin + Memr[ptrans+4] * yin + Memr[ptrans+5]
+end
+
+
+# RG_XSHIFT -- Compute the transformation coefficients required to define a
+# simple shift using a single data point.
+
+procedure rg_xshift (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, coeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I x input coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I y input coordinates
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O output coefficient array
+
+begin
+	# Compute the x transformation.
+	coeff[1] = 1.0
+	coeff[2] = 0.0
+	coeff[3] = xref[1] - xlist[1]
+
+	# Compute the y transformation.
+	coeff[4] = 0.0
+	coeff[5] = 1.0
+	coeff[6] = yref[1] - ylist[1]
+end
+
+
+# RG_XTWOSTAR -- Compute the transformation coefficients required to
+# define a simple shift, magnification which is the same in x and y,
+# and rotation using two data points.
+
+procedure rg_xtwostar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, coeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I x input coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I y input coordinates
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O coefficient array
+
+real	rot, mag, dxlis, dylis, dxref, dyref, cosrot, sinrot
+real	rg_xposangle()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the deltas.
+	dxlis = xlist[2] - xlist[1]
+	dylis = ylist[2] - ylist[1]
+	dxref = xref[2] - xref[1]
+	dyref = yref[2] - yref[1]
+
+	# Compute the required rotation angle.
+	rot = rg_xposangle (dxref, dyref) - rg_xposangle (dxlis, dylis)
+	cosrot = cos (rot)
+	sinrot = sin (rot)
+
+	# Compute the required magnification factor.
+	mag = dxlis ** 2 + dylis ** 2
+	if (mag <= 0.0)
+	    mag = 0.0
+	else
+	    mag = sqrt ((dxref ** 2 + dyref ** 2) / mag)
+
+	# Compute the transformation coefficicents.
+	coeff[1] = mag * cosrot
+	coeff[2] = - mag * sinrot
+	coeff[3] = xref[1] - mag * cosrot * xlist[1] + mag * sinrot * ylist[1]
+	coeff[4] = mag * sinrot
+	coeff[5] = mag * cosrot
+	coeff[6] = yref[1] - mag * sinrot * xlist[1] - mag * cosrot * ylist[1]
+end
+
+
+# RG_THREESTAR -- Compute the transformation coefficients required to define
+# x and y shifts, x and ymagnifications, a rotation and skew, and a possible
+# axis flip using three tie points.
+
+procedure rg_xthreestar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, coeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I x input coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I y input coordinates
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O coefficient array
+
+real	dx23, dx13, dx12, dy23, dy13, dy12, det
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the deltas.
+	dx23 = xlist[2] - xlist[3]
+	dx13 = xlist[1] - xlist[3]
+	dx12 = xlist[1] - xlist[2]
+	dy23 = ylist[2] - ylist[3]
+	dy13 = ylist[1] - ylist[3]
+	dy12 = ylist[1] - ylist[2]
+
+	# Compute the determinant.
+	det = xlist[1] * dy23 - xlist[2] * dy13 + xlist[3] * dy12
+	if (fp_equalr (det, 0.0)) {
+	    call rg_xtwostar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, coeff)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute the x transformation.
+	coeff[1] = (xref[1] * dy23 - xref[2] * dy13 + xref[3] * dy12) / det
+	coeff[2] = (-xref[1] * dx23 + xref[2] * dx13 - xref[3] * dx12) / det
+	coeff[3] = (xref[1] * (xlist[2] * ylist[3] - xlist[3] * ylist[2]) +
+	    xref[2] * (ylist[1] * xlist[3] - xlist[1] * ylist[3]) +
+	    xref[3] * (xlist[1] * ylist[2] - ylist[1] * xlist[2])) / det
+
+	# Compute the y transformation.
+	coeff[4] = (yref[1] * dy23 - yref[2] * dy13 + yref[3] * dy12) / det
+	coeff[5] = (-yref[1] * dx23 + yref[2] * dx13 - yref[3] * dx12) / det
+	coeff[6] = (yref[1] * (xlist[2] * ylist[3] - xlist[3] * ylist[2]) +
+	    yref[2] * (ylist[1] * xlist[3] - xlist[1] * ylist[3]) +
+	    yref[3] * (xlist[1] * ylist[2] - ylist[1] * xlist[2])) / det
+end
+
+
+# RG_XPOSANGLE -- Compute the position angle of a 2D vector. The angle is
+# measured counter-clockwise from the positive x axis.
+
+real procedure rg_xposangle (x, y)
+
+real	x		#I x vector component
+real	y		#I y vector component
+
+real	theta
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	if (fp_equalr (y, 0.0)) {
+	    if (x > 0.0)
+		theta = 0.0
+	    else if (x < 0.0)
+		theta = PI
+	    else
+		theta = 0.0
+	} else if (fp_equalr (x, 0.0)) {
+	    if (y > 0.0)
+		theta = PI / 2.0
+	    else if (y < 0.0)
+		theta = 3.0 * PI / 2.0
+	    else
+		theta = 0.0
+	} else if (x > 0.0 && y > 0.0) {	# 1st quadrant
+	    theta = atan (y / x)
+	} else if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0) {	# 4th quadrant
+	    theta = 2.0 * PI + atan (y / x)
+	} else if (x < 0.0 && y > 0.0) {	# 2nd quadrant
+	    theta = PI + atan (y / x)
+	} else if (x < 0.0 && y < 0.0) {	# 3rd quadrant
+	    theta = PI + atan (y / x)
+	}
+
+	return (theta)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/t_xregister.x b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/t_xregister.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f9fc9b22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/t_xregister.x
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "xregister.h"
+
+# T_XREGISTER -- Register a list of images using cross-correlation techniques.
+
+procedure t_xregister()
+
+pointer	freglist		# reference regions list
+pointer	database		# the shifts database
+int	dformat			# use the database format for the shifts file ?
+int	interactive		# interactive mode ?
+int	verbose			# verbose mode
+pointer	interpstr		# interpolant type
+int	boundary		# boundary extension type
+real	constant		# constant for boundary extension
+
+int	list1, listr, list2, reglist, reflist, reclist, tfd, stat, nregions
+int	c1, c2, l1, l2, ncols, nlines
+pointer	sp, image1, image2, imtemp, str, coords
+pointer	gd, id, imr, im1, im2, sdb, xc, mw
+real	shifts[2]
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imtopen(), imtlen(), imtgetim(), fntopnb(), clgwrd(), btoi()
+int	rg_xregions(), fntlenb(), rg_gxtransform(), rg_xstati()
+int	rg_xcorr(), rg_xicorr(), fntgfnb(), access(), open()
+pointer	gopen(), immap(), dtmap(), mw_openim()
+real	clgetr(), rg_xstatr()
+errchk	fntopnb(), gopen()
+
+begin
+	# Set STDOUT to flush on a newline character
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	call salloc (freglist, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (database, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (coords, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (interpstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get task parameters and open lists.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("reference", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	listr = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("regions", Memc[freglist], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("shifts", Memc[database], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[str])
+	call clgstr ("records", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+	    reclist = NULL
+	else
+	    reclist = fntopnb (Memc[str], NO)
+	call clgstr ("coords", Memc[coords], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Open the cross correlation fitting structure.
+	call rg_xgpars (xc)
+
+	# Test the reference image list length.
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC) != XC_FILE) {
+	    if (imtlen (listr) <= 0)
+	        call error (0, "The reference image list is empty.")
+	    if (imtlen (listr) > 1 && imtlen (listr) != imtlen (list1))
+	        call error (0,
+	            "The number of reference and input images is not the same.")
+	    if (Memc[coords] == EOS)
+	        reflist = NULL
+	    else {
+	        reflist = fntopnb (Memc[coords], NO)
+		if (imtlen (listr) != fntlenb (reflist))
+	            call error (0,
+	      "The number of reference point files and images is not the same.")
+	   }
+	    iferr {
+	        reglist = fntopnb (Memc[freglist], NO)
+	    } then {
+	        reglist = NULL
+	    }
+	    call rg_xsets (xc, REGIONS, Memc[freglist])
+
+	} else {
+	    call imtclose (listr)
+	    listr = NULL
+	    reflist = NULL
+	    reglist = NULL
+	    call rg_xsets (xc, REGIONS, "")
+	}
+
+	# Close the output image list if it is empty.
+	if (imtlen (list2) == 0) {
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    list2 = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Check that the output image list is the same size as the input
+	# image list.
+	if (list2 != NULL) {
+	    if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	        call imtclose (list1)
+	        if (list2 != NULL)
+	            call imtclose (list2)
+	       call error (0,
+	           "The number of input and output images is not the same.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Check that the record list is the same length as the input
+	# image list length.
+	if (reclist != NULL) {
+	    if (fntlenb (reclist) != imtlen (list1))
+	        call error (0,
+	            "Input image and record lists are not the same length.")
+	}
+
+
+	# Open the database file.
+	dformat = btoi (clgetb ("databasefmt"))
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC) == XC_FILE) {
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        sdb = dtmap (Memc[database], READ_ONLY)
+	    else
+		sdb = open (Memc[database], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	} else if (clgetb ("append")) {
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        sdb = dtmap (Memc[database], APPEND)
+	    else
+		sdb = open (Memc[database], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	} else if (access (Memc[database], 0, 0) == YES) {
+	    call error (0, "The shifts database file already exists")
+	} else {
+	    if (dformat == YES)
+	        sdb = dtmap (Memc[database], NEW_FILE)
+	    else
+		sdb = open (Memc[database], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	}
+	call rg_xsets (xc, DATABASE, Memc[database])
+
+	# Get the boundary extension parameters for the image shift.
+	call clgstr ("interp_type", Memc[interpstr], SZ_FNAME)
+	boundary = clgwrd ("boundary_type", Memc[str], SZ_LINE,
+	   "|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|")
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+
+	if (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC) == XC_FILE)
+	    interactive = NO
+	else
+	    interactive = btoi (clgetb ("interactive"))
+	if (interactive == YES) {
+	    call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    iferr (gd = gopen (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH))
+		gd = NULL
+	    call clgstr ("display", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    iferr (id = gopen (Memc[str], APPEND, STDIMAGE))
+		id = NULL
+	    verbose = YES
+	} else {
+	    if (rg_xstati (xc, PFUNC) == XC_MARK)
+		call rg_xseti (xc, PFUNC, XC_CENTROID)
+	    gd = NULL
+	    id = NULL
+	    verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the reference image filter descriptors
+	imr = NULL
+	tfd = NULL
+
+	# Initialize the overlap section.
+	c1 = INDEFI
+	c2 = INDEFI
+	l1 = INDEFI
+	l2 = INDEFI
+	ncols = INDEFI
+	nlines = INDEFI
+
+	# Do each set of input, reference,  and output images.
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    # Open the reference image, and associated regions and coordinates
+	    # files if the correlation function is not file.
+
+	    if (rg_xstati (xc, CFUNC) != XC_FILE) {
+	        if (imtgetim (listr, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    if (imr != NULL)
+		        call imunmap (imr)
+		    imr = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(imr) > 2)
+		        call error (0, "Reference images must be 1D or 2D")
+		    call rg_xsets (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str])
+		    nregions = rg_xregions (reglist, imr, xc, 1)
+		    if (nregions <= 0 && interactive == NO)
+		        call error (0, "The regions list is empty.")
+		    if (reflist != NULL) {
+		        if (tfd != NULL)
+			    call close (tfd)
+		        tfd = rg_gxtransform (reflist, xc, Memc[str])
+		        call rg_xsets (xc, REFFILE, Memc[str])
+		    }
+	        }
+	    } else
+		call rg_xsets (xc, REFIMAGE, "reference")
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im1) > 2) {
+	         call error (0, "Input images must be 1D or 2D")
+	    } else if (imr != NULL) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(imr))
+		    call error (0,
+	      "Input images must have same dimensionality as reference images")
+	    }
+	    call imseti (im1, IM_TYBNDRY, BT_NEAREST)
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im1) == 1)
+	        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+	    else
+	        call imseti (im1, IM_NBNDRYPIX,
+		    max (IM_LEN(im1,1), IM_LEN(im1,2)))
+	    call rg_xsets (xc, IMAGE, Memc[image1])
+
+	    # Open the output image if any.
+	    if (list2 == NULL) {
+	        im2 = NULL
+		Memc[image2] = EOS
+	    } else if (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+	        im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+	    } else {
+	        im2 = NULL
+		Memc[image2] = EOS
+	    }
+	    call rg_xsets (xc, OUTIMAGE, Memc[image2])
+
+	    # Get the image record name for the shifts database.
+	    if (reclist == NULL)
+		call strcpy (Memc[image1], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else if (fntgfnb (reclist, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		call strcpy (Memc[image1], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call rg_xsets (xc, RECORD, Memc[str])
+
+	    # Compute the initial coordinate shift.
+	    if (tfd != NULL)
+		call rg_xtransform (tfd, xc)
+
+	    # Perform the cross correlation function.
+	    if (interactive == YES) {
+		stat = rg_xicorr (imr, im1, im2, sdb, dformat, reglist, tfd,
+		    xc, gd, id)
+	    } else {
+	        stat = rg_xcorr (imr, im1, sdb, dformat, xc)
+		if (verbose == YES) {
+		    call rg_xstats (xc, REFIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	            call printf (
+		        "Average shift from %s to %s is %g %g pixels\n")
+	                call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+	                call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	                call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, TXSHIFT))
+	                call pargr (rg_xstatr (xc, TYSHIFT))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the overlap region for the images.
+	    call rg_overlap (im1, rg_xstatr (xc, TXSHIFT),
+	        rg_xstatr (xc,TYSHIFT), c1, c2, l1, l2, ncols, nlines)
+
+	    # Shift the image and update the wcs.
+	    if (im2 != NULL && stat == NO) {
+		if (verbose == YES) {
+		    call printf (
+		        "\tShifting image %s to image %s ...\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+			call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+		}
+
+		call rg_xshiftim (im1, im2, rg_xstatr (xc, TXSHIFT),
+		    rg_xstatr (xc, TYSHIFT), Memc[interpstr], boundary,
+		        constant)
+		mw = mw_openim (im1)
+		shifts[1] = rg_xstatr (xc, TXSHIFT)
+		shifts[2] = rg_xstatr (xc, TYSHIFT)
+		call mw_shift (mw, shifts, 03B)
+		call mw_saveim (mw, im2)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    }
+
+	    # Close up the input and output images.
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+	    if (im2 != NULL) {
+		call imunmap (im2)
+	        if (stat == YES)
+		    call imdelete (Memc[image2])
+		else
+		    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+
+	    if (stat == YES)
+		break
+	    call rg_xindefr (xc)
+	}
+
+	if (verbose == YES)
+	    call rg_poverlap (c1, c2, l1, l2, ncols, nlines)
+
+	call rg_xfree (xc)
+
+	# Close up the lists.
+	if (imr != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (imr)
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	if (listr != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (listr)
+	if (reglist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (reglist)
+	if (list2 != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	if (tfd != NULL)
+	    call close (tfd)
+	if (reflist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (reflist)
+	if (reclist != NULL)
+	    call fntclsb (reclist)
+	if (dformat == YES)
+	    call dtunmap (sdb)
+	else
+	    call close (sdb)
+
+	# Close up the graphics and display devices.
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call gclose (gd)
+	if (id != NULL)
+	    call gclose (id)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_OVERLAP -- Compute the overlap region of the list of images.
+
+procedure rg_overlap (im1, xshift, yshift, x1, x2, y1, y2, ncols, nlines)
+
+pointer	im1			# pointer to the input image
+real	xshift			# the computed x shift of the input image
+real	yshift			# the computed y shift of the input image
+int	x1, x2			# the input/output column limits
+int	y1, y2			# the input/output line limits
+int	ncols, nlines		# the input/output size limits
+
+int	ixlo, ixhi, iylo, iyhi
+real	xlo, xhi, ylo, yhi
+
+begin
+	if (IS_INDEFR(xshift) || IS_INDEFR(yshift))
+	    return
+
+	# Compute the limits of the shifted image.
+	xlo = 1.0 + xshift
+	xhi = IM_LEN(im1,1) + xshift
+	ylo = 1.0 + yshift
+	yhi = IM_LEN(im1,2) + yshift
+
+	# Round up or down as appropriate.
+	ixlo = int (xlo)
+	if (xlo > ixlo)
+	    ixlo = ixlo + 1
+	ixhi = int (xhi)
+	if (xhi < ixhi)
+	    ixhi = ixhi - 1
+	iylo = int (ylo)
+	if (ylo > iylo)
+	    iylo = iylo + 1
+	iyhi = int (yhi)
+	if (yhi < iyhi)
+	    iyhi = iyhi - 1
+
+	# Determine the new limits.
+	if (IS_INDEFI(x1))
+	    x1 = ixlo
+	else
+	    x1 = max (ixlo, x1)
+	if (IS_INDEFI(x2))
+	    x2 = ixhi
+	else
+	    x2 = min (ixhi, x2)
+	if (IS_INDEFI(y1))
+	    y1 = iylo
+	else
+	    y1 = max (iylo, y1)
+	if (IS_INDEFI(y2))
+	    y2 = iyhi
+	else
+	    y2 = min (iyhi, y2)
+	if (IS_INDEFI(ncols))
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	else
+	    ncols = min (ncols, IM_LEN(im1,1))
+	if (IS_INDEFI(nlines))
+	    nlines = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+	else
+	    nlines = min (nlines, IM_LEN(im1,2))
+end
+
+
+# RG_POVERLAP -- Procedure to print the overlap and/or vignetted region.
+
+procedure rg_poverlap (x1, x2, y1, y2, ncols, nlines)
+
+int	x1, x2			# the input column limits
+int	y1, y2			# the input line limits
+int	ncols, nlines		# the number of lines and columns
+
+int	vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2
+
+begin
+	vx1 = max (1, min (x1, ncols))
+	vx2 = max (1, min (x2, ncols))
+	vy1 = max (1, min (y1, nlines))
+	vy2 = max (1, min (y2, nlines))
+
+	call printf ("Overlap region: [%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+	    call pargi (x1)
+	    call pargi (x2)
+	    call pargi (y1)
+	    call pargi (y2)
+	if (vx1 != x1 || vx2 != x2 || vy1 != y1 || vy2 != y2) {
+	    call printf ("Vignetted overlap region: [%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+	        call pargi (vx1)
+	        call pargi (vx2)
+	        call pargi (vy1)
+	        call pargi (vy2)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/xregister.h b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/xregister.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16c88b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/xregister.h
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+# Header file for XREGISTER
+
+# Define the cross correlation structure
+
+define	LEN_XCSTRUCT	(50 + 12 * SZ_FNAME + 12)
+
+define	XC_RC1		Memi[$1]	 # pointers to 1st column of ref regions
+define	XC_RC2		Memi[$1+1]	 # pointers to 2nd column of ref regions
+define	XC_RL1		Memi[$1+2]	 # pointers to 1st line of ref regions
+define	XC_RL2		Memi[$1+3]	 # pointers to 2nd line of ref regions
+define	XC_RZERO	Memi[$1+4]	 # pointers to zero pts of ref regions
+define	XC_RXSLOPE	Memi[$1+5]	 # pointers to x slopes of ref regions
+define	XC_RYSLOPE	Memi[$1+6]	 # pointers to y slopes of ref regions
+define	XC_XSHIFTS	Memi[$1+7]	 # pointers to x shifts of ref regions
+define	XC_YSHIFTS	Memi[$1+8]	 # pointers to y shifts of ref regions
+define	XC_NREGIONS	Memi[$1+9]	 # total number of regions
+define	XC_CREGION	Memi[$1+10]	 # the current region
+
+define	XC_NREFPTS	Memi[$1+11]	 # number of reference points
+define	XC_XREF		Memi[$1+12]	 # pointer to x reference points
+define	XC_YREF		Memi[$1+13]	 # pointer to y reference points
+define	XC_TRANSFORM	Memi[$1+14]	 # pointer to the transform
+define	XC_IXLAG	Memi[$1+15]	 # initial shift in x
+define	XC_IYLAG	Memi[$1+16]	 # initial shift in y
+define	XC_XLAG		Memi[$1+17]	 # current shift in x
+define	XC_YLAG		Memi[$1+18]	 # current shift in y
+define	XC_DXLAG	Memi[$1+19]	 # incremental shift in x
+define	XC_DYLAG	Memi[$1+20]	 # incremental shift in y
+
+define	XC_BACKGRD	Memi[$1+21]	 # type of background subtraction
+define	XC_BORDER	Memi[$1+22]	 # width of background border
+define	XC_BVALUER	Memr[P2R($1+23)] # reference background value
+define	XC_BVALUE	Memr[P2R($1+24)] # image bacground value
+define	XC_LOREJECT	Memr[P2R($1+25)] # low side rejection
+define	XC_HIREJECT	Memr[P2R($1+26)] # high side rejection
+define	XC_APODIZE	Memr[P2R($1+27)] # fraction of apodized region
+define	XC_FILTER	Memi[$1+28]	 # filter type
+
+define	XC_CFUNC	Memi[$1+30]	 # crosscor function
+define	XC_XWINDOW	Memi[$1+31]	 # width of correlation window in x
+define	XC_YWINDOW	Memi[$1+32]	 # width of correlation window in y
+define	XC_XCOR		Memi[$1+33]	 # pointer to cross-correlation function
+
+define	XC_PFUNC	Memi[$1+34]	 # correlation peak fitting function
+define	XC_XCBOX	Memi[$1+35]	 # x width of cor fitting box
+define	XC_YCBOX	Memi[$1+36]	 # y width of cor fitting box
+
+define	XC_TXSHIFT	Memr[P2R($1+37)] # total x shift
+define	XC_TYSHIFT	Memr[P2R($1+38)] # total y shift
+
+define	XC_BSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+50)]   	        # background type
+define	XC_FSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+50+SZ_FNAME+1)]     # filter string
+define	XC_CSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+50+2*SZ_FNAME+2)]   # cross-correlation type
+define	XC_PSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+50+3*SZ_FNAME+3)]   # peak centering
+
+define	XC_IMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+50+4*SZ_FNAME+4)]   # input image
+define	XC_REFIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+50+5*SZ_FNAME+5)]   # reference image
+define	XC_REGIONS	Memc[P2C($1+50+6*SZ_FNAME+6)]   # regions list
+define	XC_DATABASE	Memc[P2C($1+50+7*SZ_FNAME+7)]   # shifts database
+define	XC_OUTIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+50+8*SZ_FNAME+8)]   # output image
+define	XC_REFFILE	Memc[P2C($1+50+9*SZ_FNAME+9)]   # coordinates file
+define	XC_RECORD	Memc[P2C($1+50+10*SZ_FNAME+10)] # record
+
+# Define the id strings
+
+define	RC1		1
+define	RC2		2
+define	RL1		3
+define	RL2		4
+define	RZERO		5
+define	RXSLOPE		6
+define	RYSLOPE		7
+define	XSHIFTS		8
+define	YSHIFTS		9
+define	NREGIONS	10
+define	CREGION		11
+
+define	NREFPTS		12
+define	XREF		13
+define	YREF		14
+define	TRANSFORM	15
+define	IXLAG		16
+define	IYLAG		17
+define	XLAG		18
+define	YLAG		19
+define	DXLAG		20
+define	DYLAG		21
+
+define	BACKGRD		22
+define	BVALUER		23
+define	BVALUE		24
+define	BORDER		25
+define	LOREJECT	26
+define	HIREJECT	27
+define	APODIZE		28
+define	FILTER		29
+
+define	CFUNC		30
+define	XWINDOW		31
+define	YWINDOW		32
+define	XCOR		33
+
+define	PFUNC		34
+define	XCBOX		35
+define	YCBOX		36
+
+define	TXSHIFT		37
+define	TYSHIFT		38
+
+define	CSTRING		39
+define	BSTRING		40
+define	PSTRING		41
+define	FSTRING		42
+
+define	IMAGE		43
+define	REFIMAGE	44
+define	REGIONS		45
+define	OUTIMAGE	46
+define	REFFILE		47
+define	DATABASE	48
+define	RECORD		49
+
+# Define the default parameter values
+
+define	DEF_IXLAG	0
+define	DEF_IYLAG	0
+define	DEF_DXLAG	0
+define	DEF_DYLAG	0
+define	DEF_XWINDOW	5
+define	DEF_YWINDOW	5
+
+define	DEF_BACKGRD	XC_BNONE
+define	DEF_BORDER	INDEFI
+define  DEF_LOREJECT	INDEFR
+define	DEF_HIREJECT	INDEFR
+
+define	DEF_XCBOX	5
+define  DEF_YCBOX	5
+define	DEF_PFUNC	XC_CENTROID
+
+# Define the background fitting techniques
+
+define	XC_BNONE	1
+define	XC_MEAN		2
+define	XC_MEDIAN	3
+define	XC_SLOPE	4
+
+define  XC_BTYPES	"|none|mean|median|plane|"
+
+# Define the filtering options
+
+define	XC_FNONE	1
+define	XC_LAPLACE	2
+
+define  XC_FTYPES	"|none|laplace|"
+
+# Define the cross correlation techniques
+
+define	XC_DISCRETE	1
+define	XC_FOURIER	2
+define	XC_DIFFERENCE	3
+define	XC_FILE		4
+
+define	XC_CTYPES	"|discrete|fourier|difference|file|"
+
+# Define the peak fitting functions
+
+define	XC_PNONE	1
+define	XC_CENTROID	2
+define	XC_SAWTOOTH	3
+define	XC_PARABOLA	4
+define	XC_MARK		5
+
+define	XC_PTYPES	"|none|centroid|sawtooth|parabola|mark|"
+
+# Miscellaneous
+
+define	MAX_NREGIONS	100
+define	MAX_NREF	3
+define	MAX_NTRANSFORM	6
+
+# Commands
+
+define  XCMDS "|reference|input|regions|shifts|output|records|transform|\
+cregion|xlag|ylag|dxlag|dylag|background|border|loreject|hireject|apodize|\
+filter|correlation|xwindow|ywindow|function|xcbox|ycbox|show|mark|"
+
+define  XSHOW	"|data|background|correlation|center|"
+
+define	XSHOW_DATA			1
+define	XSHOW_BACKGROUND		2
+define	XSHOW_CORRELATION		3
+define	XSHOW_PEAKCENTER		4
+
+define	XCMD_REFIMAGE		1
+define	XCMD_IMAGE		2
+define	XCMD_REGIONS		3
+define	XCMD_DATABASE		4
+define	XCMD_OUTIMAGE		5
+define	XCMD_RECORD		6
+define	XCMD_REFFILE		7
+define	XCMD_CREGION		8
+define	XCMD_XLAG		9
+define	XCMD_YLAG		10
+define	XCMD_DXLAG		11
+define	XCMD_DYLAG		12
+define	XCMD_BACKGROUND		13
+define	XCMD_BORDER		14
+define	XCMD_LOREJECT		15
+define	XCMD_HIREJECT		16
+define	XCMD_APODIZE		17
+define	XCMD_FILTER		18
+define	XCMD_CORRELATION	19
+define	XCMD_XWINDOW		20
+define	XCMD_YWINDOW		21
+define	XCMD_PEAKCENTER		22
+define	XCMD_XCBOX		23
+define	XCMD_YCBOX		24
+define	XCMD_SHOW		25
+define	XCMD_MARK		26
+
+# Keywords
+
+define	KY_REFIMAGE		"reference"
+define	KY_IMAGE		"input"
+define	KY_REGIONS		"regions"
+define	KY_DATABASE		"shifts"
+define	KY_OUTIMAGE		"output"
+define	KY_RECORD		"record"
+define	KY_REFFILE		"coords"
+define	KY_NREGIONS		"nregions"
+define	KY_CREGION		"region"
+define	KY_XLAG			"xlag"
+define	KY_YLAG			"ylag"
+define	KY_DXLAG		"dxlag"
+define	KY_DYLAG		"dylag"
+define	KY_BACKGROUND		"background"
+define	KY_BORDER		"border"
+define	KY_LOREJECT		"loreject"
+define	KY_HIREJECT		"hireject"
+define	KY_APODIZE		"apodize"
+define	KY_FILTER		"filter"
+define	KY_CORRELATION		"correlation"
+define	KY_XWINDOW		"xwindow"
+define	KY_YWINDOW		"ywindow"
+define	KY_PEAKCENTER		"function"
+define	KY_XCBOX		"xcbox"
+define	KY_YCBOX		"ycbox"
+define	KY_TXSHIFT		"xshift"
+define	KY_TYSHIFT		"yshift"
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/xregister.key b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/xregister.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1956c88f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/src/xregister/xregister.key
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+		Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?	Print help 
+:	Colon commands
+t	Define the offset between the reference and input images
+c	Draw a contour plot of the cross-correlation function
+x	Draw a column plot of the cross-correlation function
+y	Draw a line plot of the cross-correlation function
+r	Redraw the current plot
+f	Recompute the cross-correlation function
+o	Enter the image overlay plot submenu 
+w	Update the task parameters
+q	Exit
+
+
+		Colon Commands
+
+:mark		    Mark regions on the display
+:show	            Show current values of all the parameters
+
+
+		Show/set Parameters
+
+:reference	[string]    Show/set the current reference image name
+:input		[string]    Show/set the current input image name
+:regions	[string]    Show/set the regions to be cross-correlated
+:shifts		{string]    Show/set the shifts database file name
+:coords		[string]    Show/set the current coordinates file name
+:output		[string]    Show/set the current output image name
+:records	[string]    Show/set the current database record name
+:xlag		[value]     Show/set the initial lag in x
+:ylag		[value]     Show/set the initial lag in y
+:dxlag		[value]     Show/set the incremental lag in x
+:dylag		[value]     Show/set the incremental lag in y
+:cregion	[value]	    Show/set the current region
+:background	[string]    Show/set the background fitting function
+:border		[value]     Show/set border region for background fitting
+:loreject	[value]     Show/set low side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:hireject	[value]     Show/set high side k-sigma rejection parameter
+:apodize	[value]	    Show/set percent of end points to apodize
+:filter		[string]    Show/set the default spatial filter 
+:correlation	[string]    Show/set the cross-correlation function 
+:xwindow	[value]     Show/set width of cross-correlation window in x
+:ywindow	[value]     Show/set width of cross-correlation window in y
+:function	[string]    Show/set correlation peak centering function 
+:xcbox		[value]	    Show/set the centering box width in x
+:ycbox		[value]	    Show/set the centering box width in y
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/sregister.cl b/pkg/images/immatch/sregister.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38dc84ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/sregister.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+# SREGISTER  -- Compute the geometric transformation required to register an
+# input image to a reference image using celestial coordinate WCS information
+# in the input and reference image headers, and perform the registration.
+# SREGISTER is a simple script task which calls the SKYXYMATCH task to compute
+# the control points, the GEOMAP task to compute the transformation, and the
+# GEOTRAN task to do the registration.
+
+procedure sregister (input, reference, output)
+
+file	input		{prompt="The input images"}
+file	reference	{prompt="Input reference images"}
+file	output		{prompt="The output registered images"}
+real	xmin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	xmax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+int	nx		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in x"}
+int	ny		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in y"}
+string	wcs		{"world", prompt="The default world coordinate system",
+			enum="physical|world"}
+string	xformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical x coordinate format"}
+string	yformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical y coordinate format"}
+string	rwxformat	{"",
+			prompt="Output reference world x coordinate format"}
+string	rwyformat	{"",
+			prompt="Output reference world y coordinate format"}
+string	wxformat	{"", prompt="Output world x coordinate format"}
+string	wyformat	{"", prompt="Output world y coordinate format"}
+
+string	fitgeometry	{"general",
+			prompt="Fitting geometry",
+			enum="shift|xyscale|rotate|rscale|rxyscale|general"}
+string	function	{"polynomial",
+			prompt="Type of coordinate surface to be computed",
+			enum="legendre|chebyshev|polynomial"}
+int	xxorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in x"}
+int	xyorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in y"}
+string	xxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+                          prompt="X fit cross terms type"}
+int	yxorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in x"}
+int	yyorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in y"}
+string	yxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+                          prompt="Y fit cross terms type"}
+real	reject		{INDEF, prompt="The rejection limit in units of sigma"}
+string	calctype	{"real", prompt="Transformation computation type",
+			enum="real|double"}
+
+string	geometry	{"geometric", prompt="Transformation geometry",
+			enum="linear|geometric"}
+real	xsample		{1.0,prompt="X coordinate sampling interval"}
+real	ysample		{1.0,prompt="Y coordinate sampling interval"}
+string	interpolant	{"linear", prompt="The interpolant type"}
+string	boundary	{"nearest", prompt="Boundary extensiontype",
+			enum="nearest|constant|reflect|wrap"}
+real	constant	{0.0, prompt="Constant for constant boundary extension"}
+bool	fluxconserve	{yes, prompt="Preserve image flux ?"}
+int	nxblock		{512, prompt="X dimension blocking factor"}
+int	nyblock		{512, prompt="Y dimension blocking factor"}
+
+bool	wcsinherit	{yes, prompt="Inherit wcs of the reference image ?"}
+
+bool	verbose		{yes, prompt="Print messages about progress of task?"}
+bool	interactive	{no, prompt="Compute transformation interactively? "}
+string	graphics	{"stdgraph", prompt="The standard graphics device"}
+gcur	gcommands	{"", prompt="The graphics cursor"}
+
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	int nimages
+	string tinput, treference, tcoords, tcname, tdatabase, toutput
+	string	tsections1, tsections2
+
+	# Get the query parameters.
+	tinput = input
+	treference = reference
+	toutput = output
+
+	# Cache the sections task.
+	cache sections
+
+	# Get the coordinates file list.
+	tsections1 = mktemp ("tmps1")
+	tsections2 = mktemp ("tmps2")
+	if (access ("imxymatch.1")) {
+	    tcoords = mktemp ("imxymatch")
+	} else {
+	    tcoords = "imxymatch"
+	}
+	sections (tinput, option="fullname", > tsections1)
+	nimages = sections.nimages
+	for (i = 1; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+	    printf ("%s\n", tcoords // "." // i, >> tsections2)
+	}
+	delete (tsections1, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+	tcname = "@"//tsections2
+
+	# Get the output database file name.
+	if (access ("sregister.db")) {
+	    tdatabase = mktemp ("tmpdb") 
+	} else {
+	    tdatabase = "sregister.db"
+	}
+
+	# Compute the control points.
+	skyxymatch (tinput, treference, tcname, coords="grid", xmin=xmin,
+	    xmax=xmax, ymin=ymin, ymax=ymax, nx=nx, ny=ny, wcs=wcs,
+	    xcolumn=1, ycolumn=1, xunits="", yunits="", xformat=xformat,
+	    yformat=yformat, rwxformat=rwxformat, rwyformat=rwyformat,
+	    wxformat=wxformat, wyformat=wyformat, min_sigdigits=7, verbose=no)
+
+	# Compute the transformation.
+	geomap (tcname, tdatabase, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, transforms=tinput,
+	    results="", fitgeometry=fitgeometry, function=function,
+	    xxorder=xxorder, xyorder=xyorder, xxterms=xxterms, yxorder=yxorder,
+	    yyorder=yyorder, yxterms=yxterms, reject=reject, calctype=calctype,
+	    verbose=verbose, interactive=interactive, graphics=graphics,
+	    cursor=gcommands)
+
+	# Register the images.
+	geotran (tinput, toutput, database=tdatabase, transforms=tinput,
+            geometry=geometry, xmin=xmin, xmax=xmax, ymin=ymin, ymax=ymax,
+            xscale=1.0, yscale=1.0, ncols=INDEF, nlines=INDEF,
+            interpolant=interpolant, boundary=boundary, constant=constant,
+            fluxconserve=fluxconserve, xsample=xsample, ysample=ysample,
+            nxblock=nxblock, nyblock=nyblock, xin=INDEF, yin=INDEF, xout=INDEF,
+            yout=INDEF, xshift=INDEF, yshift=INDEF, xmag=INDEF, ymag=INDEF,
+            xrotation=INDEF, yrotation=INDEF, verbose=verbose)
+
+	# Copy the reference wcs to the input images.
+	if (wcsinherit) {
+	    wcscopy (toutput, treference, verbose-)
+	}
+
+	# Delete the coordinates files.
+	delete (tcname, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+
+	# Delete the coordinates file list.
+	delete (tsections2, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+
+	# Delete the database file.
+	delete (tdatabase, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/wcscopy.par b/pkg/images/immatch/wcscopy.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5bff29c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/wcscopy.par
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# Parameter file for WCSCOPY
+
+images,f,a,,,,"List of input images"
+refimages,f,a,,,,"List of reference images"
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,"Print messages about actions taken ?"
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/wcsmap.cl b/pkg/images/immatch/wcsmap.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a052dc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/wcsmap.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# WCSMAP -- Compute the geometric transformation required to register an
+# input image to a reference image using WCS information in the input and
+# reference image headers. WCSMAP is a simple script task which calls the
+# WCSXYMATCH task to compute the control points followed by the GEOMAP
+# task to compute the transformation.
+
+
+procedure wcsmap (input, reference, database)
+
+file	input		{prompt="The input images"}
+file	reference	{prompt="The input reference images"}
+file	database	{prompt="The output database file"}
+string	transforms	{"", prompt="The database transform names"}
+string	results		{"", prompt="The optional results summary files"}
+real	xmin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	xmax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+int	nx		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in x"}
+int	ny		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in y"}
+string	wcs		{"world", prompt="The default world coordinate system",
+			enum="physical|world"}
+bool	transpose	{no, prompt="Force a world coordinate tranpose ?"}
+string	xformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical x coordinate format"}
+string	yformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical y coordinate format"}
+string	wxformat	{"", prompt="Output world x coordinate format"}
+string	wyformat	{"", prompt="Output world y coordinate format"}
+string	fitgeometry	{"general",
+			prompt="Fitting geometry",
+			enum="shift|xyscale|rotate|rscale|rxyscale|general"}
+string	function	{"polynomial", prompt="Surface type",
+			enum="legendre|chebyshev|polynomial"}
+int	xxorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in x"}
+int	xyorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in y"}
+string	xxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+			 prompt="X fit cross terms type"}
+int	yxorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in x"}
+int	yyorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in y"}
+string	yxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+			  prompt="Y fit cross terms type"}
+real	reject		{INDEF, prompt="Rejection limit in sigma units"}
+string	calctype	{"real", prompt="Computation precision",
+			enum="real|double"}
+bool	verbose		{yes, prompt="Print messages about progress of task ?"}
+bool	interactive	{yes, prompt="Compute transformation interactively ? "}
+string	graphics	{"stdgraph", prompt="Default graphics device"}
+gcur	gcommands	{"", prompt="Graphics cursor"}
+
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	int nimages
+	string tinput, treference, toutput, ttransforms, tresults, tcoords
+	string	tsections1, tsections2, tcname
+
+	# Cache the sections task.
+	cache sections
+
+	# Get the query parameters.
+	tinput = input
+	treference = reference
+	toutput = database
+	if (transforms == "") {
+	    ttransforms = tinput
+	} else {
+	    ttransforms = transforms
+	}
+	tresults = results
+
+	# Get the temporary coordinates file list.
+	tsections1 = mktemp ("tmps1")
+	tsections2 = mktemp ("tmps2")
+	if (access ("imxymatch.1")) {
+	    tcoords = mktemp ("imxymatch")
+	} else {
+	    tcoords = "imxymatch"
+	}
+	sections (tinput, option="fullname", > tsections1)
+	nimages = sections.nimages
+	for (i = 1; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+	    printf ("%s\n", tcoords // "." // i, >> tsections2)
+	}
+	delete (tsections1, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+	tcname = "@"//tsections2
+
+	# Compute the control points.
+	wcsxymatch (tinput, treference, tcname, coords="grid", xmin=xmin,
+	    xmax=xmax, ymin=ymin, ymax=ymax, nx=nx, ny=ny, wcs=wcs,
+	    transpose=transpose, xcolumn=1, ycolumn=1, xunits="", yunits="",
+	    xformat=xformat, yformat=yformat, wxformat=wxformat,
+	    wyformat=wyformat, min_sigdigits=7, verbose=no)
+
+	# Compute the transformation.
+	geomap (tcname, toutput, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, transforms=ttransforms,
+	    results = tresults, fitgeometry=fitgeometry, function=function,
+	    xxorder=xxorder, xyorder=xyorder, xxterms=xxterms, yxorder=yxorder,
+	    yyorder=yyorder, yxterms=yxterms, reject=reject, calctype=calctype,
+	    verbose=verbose, interactive=interactive, graphics=graphics,
+	    cursor=gcommands)
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	delete (tcname, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+	delete (tsections2, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/wcsxymatch.par b/pkg/images/immatch/wcsxymatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7bab19e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/wcsxymatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Parameter file for the WCSXYMATCH task
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images
+reference,f,a,,,,Input reference images 
+output,f,a,,,,Output matched coordinate lists
+coords,f,h,"grid",,,Reference coordinate lists
+xmin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum logical x reference coordinate value
+xmax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum logical x reference coordinate value
+ymin,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum logical y reference coordinate value
+ymax,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum logical y reference coordinate value
+nx,i,h,10,1,,Number of grid points in x
+ny,i,h,10,1,,Number of grid points in y
+wcs,s,h,"world","|physical|world|",,Input coordinate system
+transpose,b,h,no,,,Force a world coordinate  transpose ?
+xcolumn,i,h,1,1,,Input column containing x coordinate
+ycolumn,i,h,2,1,,Input column containing y coordinate
+xunits,s,h,"",,,Input x coordinate units
+yunits,s,h,"",,,Input y coordinate units
+xformat,s,h,"%10.3f",,,Output logical x coordinate format
+yformat,s,h,"%10.3f",,,Output logical y coordinate format
+wxformat,s,h,"",,,Output world x coordinate format
+wyformat,s,h,"",,,Output world y coordinate format
+min_sigdigits,i,h,7,,,Minimum number of significant digits
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose mode ?
+mode,s,h,ql,,,
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/wregister.cl b/pkg/images/immatch/wregister.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0817eeac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/wregister.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+# WREGISTER  -- Compute the geometric transformation required to register an
+# input image to a reference image using WCS information in the input and
+# reference image headers, and perform the registration. WREGISTER is a simple
+# script task which calls the WCSXYMATCH task to compute the control points,
+# the GEOMAP task to compute the transformation, and the GEOTRAN task to do
+# the registration.
+
+procedure wregister (input, reference, output)
+
+file	input		{prompt="The input images"}
+file	reference	{prompt="Input reference images"}
+file	output		{prompt="The output registered images"}
+real	xmin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	xmax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical x reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymin		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Minimum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+real	ymax		{INDEF,
+			prompt="Maximum logical y reference coordinate value"}
+int	nx		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in x"}
+int	ny		{10, prompt="Number of grid points in y"}
+string	wcs		{"world", prompt="The default world coordinate system",
+			enum="physical|world"}
+bool	transpose	{no, prompt="Force a world coordinate tranpose ?"}
+string	xformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical x coordinate format"}
+string	yformat		{"%10.3f", prompt="Output logical y coordinate format"}
+string	wxformat	{"", prompt="Output world x coordinate format"}
+string	wyformat	{"", prompt="Output world y coordinate format"}
+
+string	fitgeometry	{"general",
+			prompt="Fitting geometry",
+			enum="shift|xyscale|rotate|rscale|rxyscale|general"}
+string	function	{"polynomial",
+			prompt="Type of coordinate surface to be computed",
+			enum="legendre|chebyshev|polynomial"}
+int	xxorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in x"}
+int	xyorder		{2, prompt="Order of x fit in y"}
+string	xxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+                          prompt="X fit cross terms type"}
+int	yxorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in x"}
+int	yyorder		{2, prompt="Order of y fit in y"}
+string	yxterms		{"half", enum="none|half|full",
+                          prompt="Y fit cross terms type"}
+real	reject		{INDEF, prompt="The rejection limit in units of sigma"}
+string	calctype	{"real", prompt="Transformation computation type",
+			enum="real|double"}
+
+string	geometry	{"geometric", prompt="Transformation geometry",
+			enum="linear|geometric"}
+real	xsample		{1.0,prompt="X coordinate sampling interval"}
+real	ysample		{1.0,prompt="Y coordinate sampling interval"}
+string	interpolant	{"linear", prompt="The interpolant type"}
+string	boundary	{"nearest", prompt="Boundary extensiontype",
+			enum="nearest|constant|reflect|wrap"}
+real	constant	{0.0, prompt="Constant for constant boundary extension"}
+bool	fluxconserve	{yes, prompt="Preserve image flux ?"}
+int	nxblock		{512, prompt="X dimension blocking factor"}
+int	nyblock		{512, prompt="Y dimension blocking factor"}
+
+bool	wcsinherit	{yes, prompt="Inherit wcs of the reference image ?"}
+
+bool	verbose		{yes, prompt="Print messages about progress of task?"}
+bool	interactive	{no, prompt="Compute transformation interactively? "}
+string	graphics	{"stdgraph", prompt="The standard graphics device"}
+gcur	gcommands	{"", prompt="The graphics cursor"}
+
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	int nimages
+	string tinput, treference, tcoords, tcname, tdatabase, toutput
+	string	tsections1, tsections2
+
+	# Get the query parameters.
+	tinput = input
+	treference = reference
+	toutput = output
+
+	# Cache the sections task.
+	cache sections
+
+	# Get the coordinates file list. 
+	tsections1 = mktemp ("tmps1")
+	tsections2 = mktemp ("tmps2")
+	if (access ("imxymatch.1")) {
+	    tcoords = mktemp ("imxymatch")
+	} else {
+	    tcoords = "imxymatch"
+	}
+	sections (tinput, option="fullname", > tsections1)
+	nimages = sections.nimages
+	for (i = 1; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+	    printf ("%s\n", tcoords // "." // i, >> tsections2)
+	}
+	delete (tsections1, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+	tcname = "@"//tsections2
+
+	# Get the output database file name.
+	if (access ("wregister.db")) {
+	    tdatabase = mktemp ("tmpdb")
+	} else {
+	    tdatabase = "wregister.db"
+	}
+
+	# Compute the control points.
+	wcsxymatch (tinput, treference, tcname, coords="grid", xmin=xmin,
+	    xmax=xmax, ymin=ymin, ymax=ymax, nx=nx, ny=ny, wcs=wcs,
+	    transpose=transpose, xcolumn=1, ycolumn=1, xunits="", yunits="",
+	    xformat=xformat, yformat=yformat, wxformat=wxformat,
+	    wyformat=wyformat, min_sigdigits=7, verbose=no)
+
+	# Compute the transformation.
+	geomap (tcname, tdatabase, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, transforms=tinput,
+	    results="", fitgeometry=fitgeometry, function=function,
+	    xxorder=xxorder, xyorder=xyorder, xxterms=xxterms, yxorder=yxorder,
+	    yyorder=yyorder, yxterms=yxterms, reject=reject, calctype=calctype,
+	    verbose=verbose, interactive=interactive, graphics=graphics,
+	    cursor=gcommands)
+
+	# Register the images.
+	geotran (tinput, toutput, database=tdatabase, transforms=tinput,
+            geometry=geometry, xmin=xmin, xmax=xmax, ymin=ymin, ymax=ymax,
+            xscale=1.0, yscale=1.0, ncols=INDEF, nlines=INDEF,
+            interpolant=interpolant, boundary=boundary, constant=constant,
+            fluxconserve=fluxconserve, xsample=xsample, ysample=ysample,
+            nxblock=nxblock, nyblock=nyblock, xin=INDEF, yin=INDEF, xout=INDEF,
+            yout=INDEF, xshift=INDEF, yshift=INDEF, xmag=INDEF, ymag=INDEF,
+            xrotation=INDEF, yrotation=INDEF, verbose=verbose)
+
+	# Copy the reference wcs to the input images.
+	if (wcsinherit) {
+	    wcscopy (toutput, treference, verbose-)
+	}
+
+	# Delete the coordinates files.
+	delete (tcname, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+
+	# Delete the coordinates file list.
+	delete (tsections2, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+
+	# Delete the database file.
+	delete (tdatabase, go_ahead+, verify-, default_action+,
+	    allversions+, subfiles+, > "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/xregister.par b/pkg/images/immatch/xregister.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e2da00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/xregister.par
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Parameter file for the XREGISTER task
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input images to be registered
+reference,s,a,,,,Input reference images 
+regions,s,a,"",,,Reference image regions used for registration
+shifts,f,a,"",,,Input/output shifts database file
+output,s,h,"",,,Output registered images
+databasefmt,b,h,yes,,,Write the shifts file in database format ?
+append,b,h,no,,,Open shifts database for writing in append mode ?
+records,s,h,"",,,List of shifts database records
+coords,f,h,"",,,Input coordinate files defining the initial shifts
+xlag,i,h,0,,,Initial shift in x
+ylag,i,h,0,,,Initial shift in y
+dxlag,i,h,0,,,Incremental shift in x
+dylag,i,h,0,,,Incremental shift in y
+
+background,s,h,"none","|none|mean|median|plane|",,Background fitting function
+border,i,h,INDEF,,,Width of border for background fitting
+loreject,r,h,INDEF,,,Low side k-sigma rejection factor
+hireject,r,h,INDEF,,,High side k-sigma rejection factor
+apodize,r,h,0.0,0.0,0.5,Fraction of endpoints to apodize
+filter,s,h,"none","|none|laplace|",,Spatially filter the data
+
+correlation,s,h,"discrete","|discrete|fourier|difference|file|",,Cross-correlation function
+xwindow,i,h,11,3,,Width of correlation window in x
+ywindow,i,h,11,3,,Width of correlation window in y
+
+function,s,h,"centroid","|none|centroid|sawtooth|parabola|mark|",,Correlation peak centering function
+xcbox,i,h,5,3,,X box width for centering correlation peak
+ycbox,i,h,5,3,,Y box width for fitting correlation peak
+
+interp_type,s,h,"linear",,,'Interpolant'
+boundary_type,s,h,"nearest","|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|",,'Boundary (constant,nearest,reflect,wrap)'
+constant,r,h,0.0,,,Constant for constant boundary extension
+
+interactive,b,h,no,,,Interactive mode ?
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose mode ?
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,The standard graphics device
+display,s,h,"stdimage",,,The standard image display device
+gcommands,*gcur,h,"",,,The graphics cursor
+icommands,*imcur,h,"",,,The image display cursor
+mode,s,h,ql,,,
diff --git a/pkg/images/immatch/xyxymatch.par b/pkg/images/immatch/xyxymatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a644e6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/immatch/xyxymatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# Parameter file for XYXYMATCH
+
+input,f,a,,,,The input lists
+reference,f,a,,,,The reference lists
+output,f,a,,,,The output matched coordinate lists
+tolerance,r,a,3,,,The matching tolerance in pixels
+
+refpoints,f,h,"",,,Optional list of reference points
+xin,r,h,INDEF,,,X origin of input list
+yin,r,h,INDEF,,,Y origin of input list
+xmag,r,h,INDEF,,,X magnification required to match input to reference list
+ymag,r,h,INDEF,,,Y magnification required to match input to reference list
+xrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,X rotation required to match input to reference list
+yrotation,r,h,INDEF,,,Y rotation required to match input to reference list
+xref,r,h,INDEF,,,X origin of reference list
+yref,r,h,INDEF,,,Y origin of reference list
+
+xcolumn,i,h,1,,,Input list column containing the x coordinate
+ycolumn,i,h,2,,,Input list column containing the y coordinate
+xrcolumn,i,h,1,,,Reference list column containing the x coordinate
+yrcolumn,i,h,2,,,Reference list column containing the y coordinate
+
+separation,r,h,9.0,,,The minimum object separation
+matching,s,h,"triangles","|tolerance|triangles|",,The matching algorithm
+nmatch,i,h,30,,,The maximum number of points for triangles algorithm
+ratio,r,h,10.0,5.0,10.0,The maximum ratio of longest to shortest side of triangle
+nreject,i,h,10,,,The maximum number of rejection iterations
+
+xformat,s,h,"%13.3f",,,The format of the output x coordinate
+yformat,s,h,"%13.3f",,,The format of the output y coordinate
+
+interactive,b,h,no,,,Interactive mode ?
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose mode ?
+icommands,*imcur,h,"",,,The image display cursor
+
+mode,s,h,ql,,,
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/Revisions b/pkg/images/imutil/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..706b483e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,2045 @@
+.help revisions Jan97 images.imutil
+.nf
+pkg/images/imutil/imreplace.par
+pkg/images/imutil/src/imrep.gx
+    Fixed a floating-point precision problem with short/int images in which
+    the lower cutoff could be rounded up. Also fixed a typo in the parameter
+    file.  (9/22/99, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imarith.x
+    Added a check for division by zero in the header keywords.
+    (8/10/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imreplace.x
+pkg/images/imutil/src/imrep.gx
+pkg/images/imutil/imreplace.par
+pkg/images/imutil/doc/imreplace.hlp
+    Added a radius parameter to also replace any pixels within a specified
+    distance of pixels within the replacement window.  (12/11/97, Valdes)
+
+=====
+V2.11
+=====
+===============================
+Package Reorganization
+===============================
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imsum.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Provided options for USHORT data.  (12/10/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    A new option for computing offsets from the image WCS has been added.
+    (11/30/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    Changed the error checking to catch additional errors relating to too
+    many files.  (11/12/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsort.gx
+    There was an error in the ic_2sort routine when there are exactly
+    three images that one of the explicit cases did not properly keep
+    the image identifications.  See buglog 344.  (8/1/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+    The routine mde_yefilter was being called with the wrong number of
+    arguments.
+    (7/18/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icimstack.x +
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The limit on the maximum number of images that can be combined, set by
+    the maximum number of logical file descriptors, has been removed.  If
+    the condition of too many files is detected the task now automatically
+    stacks all the images in a temporary image and then combines them with
+    the project option.
+    (5/14/96, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxfit.x
+    Changed several Memr[] references to Memi[] in the rg_fit routine.
+    This bug was causing a floating point error in the xregister task
+    on the Dec Alpha if the coords file was defined, and could potentially
+    cause problems on other machines.
+    (Davis, April 3, 1996)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+pkg/images/doc/geomap.hlp
+     Corrected the definition of skew in the routines which compute a geometric
+     interpretation of the 6-coefficient fit, which compute the coefficients
+     from the geometric parameters, and in the relevant help pages.
+     (2/19/96, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/doc/median.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/doc/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+    Added a verbose parameter to the median, rmedian, mode, rmode, fmedian,
+    frmedian, fmode, and frmode tasks. (11/27/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the help page for geotran. The default values for
+    the xscale and yscale parameters were incorrectly listed as INDEF,
+    INDEF instead of 1.0, 1.0. (11/14/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    Fixed a bug where a variable was improperly used for two different
+    purposes causing the algorithm to fail (bug 316).  (10/19/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified a point about how the sigma is calculated with the SIGCLIP
+    option.  (10/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+    To deal with the case of readnoise=0. and image data which has points with
+    negative mean or median and very small minimum readnoise is set
+    internally to avoid computing a zero sigma and dividing by it.  This
+    applies to the noise model rejection options.  (8/11/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/frmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/frmode.hlp
+pkg/images/rmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/rmode.hlp
+pkg/images/frmedian.par
+pkg/images/frmode.par
+pkg/images/rmedian.par
+pkg/images/rmode.par
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/frmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/rmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_utils.x
+    Added new ring median and modal filtering tasks frmedian, rmedian,
+    frmode, and rmode to the images package.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/fmedian.hlp
+pkg/images/fmode.hlp
+pkg/images/median.hlp
+pkg/images/mode.hlp
+pkg/images/fmedian.par
+pkg/images/fmode.par
+pkg/images/median.par
+pkg/images/mode.par
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.h
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.h
+pkg/images/filters/median.h
+pkg/images/filters/mode.h
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_median.x
+pkg/images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmode.x
+pkg/images/filters/median.x
+pkg/images/filters/mode.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_hist.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/med_sort.x
+    Added minimum and maximum good data parameters to the fmedian, fmode,
+    median, and mode filtering tasks.  Removed the 64X64 kernel size limit
+    in the median and mode tasks.  Replaced the common blocks with structures
+    and .h files.
+    (6/20/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a bug in the buffering of the x and y coordinate surface interpolants
+    which can cause a memory corruption error if, nthe nxsample or nysample
+    parameters are > 1, and the nxblock or nyblock parameters are less
+    than the x and y dimensions of the input image. Took the opportunity
+    to clean up the code.
+    (6/13/95, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.4
+=======
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Corrected a harmless typo in the code which determines the minimum
+    and maximum x values and improved the precision of the test when the
+    input is double precision.
+    (4/18/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Added a description of the interactive parameter to the fit1d help page.
+    (4/17/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    If an error occurs while opening an input image header the error
+    recovery will close all open images and then propagate the error.
+    For the case of running out of file descriptors with STF format
+    images this will allow the error message to be printed rather
+    than the error code.  (4/3/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+    Added a test on the status code returned from the fitting routine so
+    the xregister tasks does not go ahead and write an output image when
+    the user quits the task in in interactive mode.
+    (3/31/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The behavior of the weights when using both multiplicative and zero
+    point scaling was incorrect; the zero levels have to account for
+    the scaling.  (3/27/95, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxtools.x
+    Changed some amovr and amovi calls to amovkr and amovki calls.
+    (3/15/95, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+pkg/images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geotran.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgximshift.x
+    The buffering margins set for the bicubic spline interpolants were
+    increased to improve the flux conservation properties of the interpolant
+    in cases where the data is undersampled. (12/6/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/xregister/rgxbckgrd.x
+    In several places the construct array[1++nx-wborder] was being used
+    instead of array[1+nx-wborder]. Apparently caused by a typo which
+    propagated through the code, the Sun compilers did not catch this, but
+    the IBM/RISC6000 compilers did. (11/16/94, Davis)
+
+
+pkg/images/xregister.par
+pkg/images/doc/xregister.hlp
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/t_xregister.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcolon.x
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxdbio.x
+    The xregister task was modified to to write the output shifts file
+    in either text database format (the current default)  or in simple text
+    format. The change was made so that the output of xregister could
+    both be edited more easily by the user and be used directly with the
+    imshift task. (11/11/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    A Memc in the ratio output option was incorrectly used instead of Memr
+    when the bug fix of 11/16/93 was made.  (10/14/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxcorr.x
+    The procedure rg_xlaplace was being incorrectly declared as an integer
+    procedure.
+    (8/1/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxregions.x
+    The routine strncmp was being called (with a missing number of characters
+    argument) instead of strcmp. This was causing a bus error under solaris
+    but not sun os whenever the user set regions to "grid ...". (7/27/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    The Gaussian fitting can return a negative sigma**2 which would cause
+    an FPE when the square root is taken.  This will only occur when
+    there is no reasonable signal.  The results of the gaussian fitting
+    are now set to INDEF if this unphysical result occurs.  (7/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+    A routine expecting two char arrays was being passed two real arrays
+    instead resulting in a segmentation violation if calctype=real
+    and reject > 0.
+    (6/21/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH now deletes the CCDMEAN keyword if present.  (6/21/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    1.	The restoration of deleted pixels to satisfy the nkeep parameter
+	was being done inside the iteration loop causing the possiblity
+	of a non-terminating loop; i.e. pixels are rejected, they are
+	restored, and the number left then does not statisfy the termination
+	condition.  The restoration step was moved following the iterative
+	rejection.
+    2.	The restoration was also incorrectly when mclip=no and could
+	lead to a segmentation violation.
+    (6/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/xregister/rgxicorr.x
+    The path names to the xregister task interactive help files was incorrect.
+    (6/13/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    Found and fixed another typo bug.  (6/7/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+    The sigma scaling flag, doscale1, would not be set in the case of
+    a mean offset of zero though the scale factors could be different.
+    (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a missing line: l = Memi[mp1].  (5/25/94, Valdes/Zhang)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    The reordering step when a central median is used during rejection
+    but the final combining is average was incorrect if the number
+    of rejected low pixels was greater than the number of pixel
+    number of pixels not rejected.  (5/25/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    In cases where there was no input geomap database, geotran was
+    unnecessarily  overiding the size of the input image requested by the
+    user if the size of the image was bigger than the default output size
+    (the size of the output image which would include all the input image
+    pixels is no user shifts were applied).
+    (5/10/94, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    1.  There is now a warning error if the scale, zero, or weight type
+	is unknown.
+    2.  An sfree was being called before the allocated memory was finished
+	being used.
+    (5/2/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexaine/ierimexam.x
+    For some objects the moment analysis could fail producing a floating
+    overflow error in imexamine, because the code was trying to use
+    INDEF as the initial value of the object fwhm.  Changed the gaussian
+    fitting code to use a fraction of the fitting radius as the initial value
+    for the fitted full-width half-maximum in cases where the moment analysis
+    cannot compute an initial value.
+    (4/15/94 LED)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Changed the mean, median, mode, and zero formats from 6g to 7.5g to
+    insure 5 significant digits regardless of signs and decimal points.
+    (4/13/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Tried again to clarify the scaling as multiplicative and the offseting
+    as additive for file input and for log output.  (3/22/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/iacclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iscclip.gx
+    The image sigma was incorrectly computed when an offset scaling is used.
+    (3/8/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The MINMAX example confused low and high.  (3/7/94, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geofit.x
+pkg/images/geometry/geograph.x
+    Fixed a bug in the geomap code which caused the linear portion of the transformation
+    to be computed incorrectly if the x and y fits had a different functional form.
+    (12/29/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/do/imcombine.hlp
+    The output pixel datatypes now include unsigned short integer.
+    (12/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Fixed an error in the example of offseting.  (11/23/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When doing operations in place the input and output buffers are the
+    same and the difference and ratio operations assumed they were not
+    causing the final results to be wrong.  (11/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg/images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    If no calculation type is specified then it will be at least real
+    for a division.  Since the output pixel type defaults to the
+    calculation type if not specified this will also result in a
+    real output if dividing two integer images.  (11/12/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    If there were fewer initial pixels than specified by nkeep then the
+    task would attempt to add garbage data to achieve nkeep pixels.  This
+    could occur when using offsets, bad pixel masks, or thresholds.  The
+    code was changed to check against the initial number of pixels rather
+    than the number of images.  Also a negative nkeep is no longer
+    converted to a positive value based on the number of images.  Instead
+    it specifies the maximum number of pixels to reject from the initial
+    set of pixels.  (11/8/93, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Added MWCS calls to update the axis mapping when using the project
+    option in IMCOMBINE.  (10/8/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    The help indicated that user input scale or zero level factors
+    by an @file or keyword are multiplicative and additive while the
+    task was using then as divisive and subtractive.  This was
+    corrected to agree with the intend of the documentation.
+    Also the factors are no longer normalized.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    The case in which absolute offsets are specified but the offsets are
+    all the same did not work correctly.  (9/24/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Fixed two bugs in the imsurfit task bad pixel rejection code. For low
+    k-sigma rejections factors the bad pixel list could overflow resulting
+    in a segmentation violation or a hung task. Overlapping ranges were
+    not being decoded into a bad pixel list properly resulting in 
+    oscillating bad pixel rejection behavior where certain groups of
+    bad pixels were alternately being included and excluded from the fit.
+    Both bugs are fixed in iraf 2.10.3
+    (9/21/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified how bad pixel masks work with the "project" option.
+    (9/13/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    When the input and output images are the same there was an typo error
+    such that the output was opened separately but then never unmapped
+    resulting in the end of the image not being updated.  (8/6/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    The algorithm for making sure there are enough file descriptors failed
+    to account for the need to reopen the output image header for an
+    update.  Thus when the number of input images + output images + logfile
+    was exactly 60 the task would fail.  The update occurs when the output
+    image is unmapped so the solution was to close the input images first
+    except for the first image whose pointer is used in the new copy of the
+    output image.  (8/4/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_mode.x
+pkg$images/filters/t_median.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error trapping code in the median and mode tasks.
+    The call to eprintf contained an extra invalid error code agument.
+    (7/28/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap.par
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the error handling code in geomap which was producing
+    a segmentation violation on exit if the user's coordinate list
+    had fewer than 3 data points. Also improved the error messages
+    presented to the user in both interactive and non-interactive mode.
+    (7/7/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+    There was an indexing error in setting up the ID array when using
+    the grow option.  This caused the CRREJECT/CCDCLIP algorithm to
+    fail with a floating divide by zero error when there were non-zero
+    shifts.  (5/26/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation is now done so that the original input data
+    is not lost.  This slightly greater inefficiency is required so
+    that an output sigma image may be computed if desired.  (5/10/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Added support for type ushort to the imshift task in cases where the
+    pixel shifts are integral.
+    (5/8/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/rotate.hlp
+    Fixed a bug in the rotate task help page which implied that automatic
+    image size computation would occur if ncols or nlines were set no 0
+    instead of ncols and nlines.
+    (4/17/93, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    There was no error checking when writing to the output image.  If
+    an error occurred (the example being when an imaccessible imdir was
+    set) obscure messages would result.  Errchks were added.
+    (4/16/93, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Fixed 2 sign errors in the equations in the documentation describing
+    the elliptical gaussian fucntion.
+    (4/13/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/t_imslice.x
+    Removed an error check in the imslice task, which was preventing it from
+    being used to reduce the dimensionality of images where the length of 
+    the slice dimension is 1.0.
+    (2/16/83, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+    The fmedian task was printing debugging information under iraf 2.10.2.
+    (1/25/93, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    When using mclip=yes and when more pixels are rejected than allowed by
+    the nkeep parameter there was a subtle bug in how the pixels are added
+    back which can result in a segmentation violation.
+	if (nh == n2)  ==>  if (nh == n[i])
+    (1/20/93, Valdes)
+
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iclog.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.com
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icombine.h
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsetout.x
+pkg/images/imcombine.par
+pkg/images/doc/combine.hlp
+    The weighting was changed from using the square root of the exposure time
+    or image statistics to using the values directly.  This corresponds
+    to variance weighting.  Other options for specifying the scaling and
+    weighting factors were added; namely from a file or from a different
+    image header keyword.  The \fInkeep\fR parameter was added to allow
+    controlling the maximum number of pixels to be rejected by the clipping
+    algorithms.  The \fIsnoise\fR parameter was added to include a sensitivity
+    or scale noise component to the noise model.  Errors will now delete
+    the output image.
+    (9/30/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Added a call to flush after the status line printout so that the output
+    will appear immediately. (8/19/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/filters/mkpkg
+pkg/images/filters/t_fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmedian.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_buf.x
+pkg/images/filters/fmd_maxmin.x
+    The fmedian task could crash with a segmentation violation if mapping
+    was turned off (hmin = zmin and hmax = zmax) and the input image
+    contained data outside the range defined by zmin and zmax. (8/18/92, Davis)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+pkg/images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    There was a very unlikely possibility that if all the input pixels had
+    exactly the same number of rejected pixels the weighted average would
+    be done incorrectly because the dflag would not be set.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icmm.gx
+    This procedure failed to set the dflag resulting in the weighted average
+    being computed in correctly.  (8/11/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    At some point changes were made but not documented dealing with image
+    sections on the input/output.  The changes seem to have left off the
+    final step of opening the output image using the appropriate image
+    sections.  Because of this it is an error to use an image section
+    on an input image when the output image is different; i.e.
+    
+	cl> fit1d dev$pix[200:400,*] junk
+	
+    This has now been fixed.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icscales.x
+    The zero levels were incorrectly scaled twice.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/imarith/icstat.gx
+    Contained the statement
+	nv = max (1., (Memi[v2+i] - Memi[v1+i]) / Memi[dv+i] + 1)
+    which is max(real,int).  Changed the 1. to a 1.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+    These files contained multiple cases (ten or so) of constructs such as
+    "max (1., ...)" or "max (0., ...)" where the ... could be either real
+    or double.   In the double cases the DEC compiler complained about a
+    type mismatch since 1. is real.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the section reading code. Imsurfit is supposed to switch
+    the order of the section delimiters in x and y if x2 < x1 or y2 < 1.
+    Unfortunately the y test was actually "if (y2 < x1)" instead of 
+    "if (y2 < y1)". Whether or not the code actually works correctly
+    depends on the value of x1 relative to y2. This bug was not present
+    in 2.9.1 but is present in subsequent releases. (7/30/92 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The case theta=90 and ratio > 0.0 but  < 1.0 was producing an incorrect
+    convolution if bilinear=yes, because the major axis sigmas being 
+    input along the x and y axes were sigma and ratio * sigma respectively
+    instead of ratio * sigma and sigma in this case.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Modified imcopy to write its verbose output to STDOUT instead of
+    STDERR. (6/24/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    The step where impl1$t is called to check if there is enough memory
+    did not set the return buffer because the values are irrelevant for
+    this check.  However, depending on history, this buffer could have
+    arbitrary values and later when IMIO attempts to flush this buffer,
+    at least in the case of image type coersion, cause arithmetic errors.
+    The fix was to clear the returned buffers.  (4/27/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imslice.x
+    Modified the imslice task to read the old and write a new axis map.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    Modified the calls to mw_shift and mw_scale to explicitly set the
+    number of logical axes instead of using the default of 0.
+    (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified imtranspose so that it correctly picks up the axis map
+    and writes it to the output image wcs. (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/register.par
+pkg$images/geotran.par
+pkg$images/doc/register.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/geotran.hlp
+    Changed the default values of the parameters xscale and yscale in
+    the register and geotran tasks from INDEF to 1.0 (4/23/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+pkg$images/doc/imtranspose.hlp
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it does a true transpose of the
+    axes instead of simply modifying the lterm. (4/8/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Added the formats parameter for formatting the output pixel coordinates
+    to the listpixels task. These formats take precedence over the formats
+    stored in the WCS in the image header and the previous default format.
+    (4/7/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imstack.x
+    Added wcs support to the imstack task. (4/2/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels so that it will work correctly  if the dimension
+    of the wcs is less than the dimension of the image. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Modified the rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks wcs updating
+    code to deal correclty with dimensionally reduced data. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/ipslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmedian.gx
+    The median calculation with an even number of points for short data
+    could overflow (addition of two short values) and be incorrect.
+    (3/16/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x
+    1. Improved the precision of the blkavg task wcs updating code.
+    2. Changed the blkrep task wcs updating code so that it is consistent
+    with blkavg. This means that a blkrep command followed by a blkavg
+    command or vice versa will return the original coordinate system
+    to within machine precision. (3/16/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    Modified listpixels to print out an error if it could not open the
+    wcs in the image. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Fixed a bug in the magnify task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/15/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x
+    Fixed a bug in the imtranspose task wcs updating code which was not
+    working correctly for dimensionally reduced images. (3/14/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icalip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icslip.gx
+    There was a bug allowing the number of valid pixels counter to become
+    negative.  Also there was a step which should not be done if the
+    number of valid pixels is less than 1; i.e. all pixels rejected.
+    A test was put in to skip this step.  (3/13/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imslice.x
+pkg$images/doc/imslice.hlp
+    Added wcs support to the imslice task.
+    (3/12/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the code for computing the standard deviation, kurtosis,
+    and skew, wherein precision was being lost because two of the intermediate
+    variables in the computation were real instead of double precision.
+    (3/10/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+    1. Modified listpixels task to use the MWCS axis "format" attributes 
+    if they are present in the image header.
+    2. Added support for dimensionally reduced images, i.e.
+    images which are sections of larger images and whose coordinate
+    transformations depend on the reduced axes, to the listpixels task. 
+    (3/6/92, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icsetout.x
+    Changed error messages to say IMCOMBINE instead of ICOMBINE.
+    (3/2/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/iclog.x
+    Added listing of read noise and gain.  (2/10/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+pkg$images/imarith/icpclip.gx
+    1.  Datatype declaration for asumi was incorrect.
+    2.  Reduced the minimum number of images allowed for PCLIP to 3.
+    (1/7/92, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgrow.gx
+    The first pixel to be checked was incorrectly set to 0 instead of 1
+    resulting in a segvio when using the grow option.  (12/6/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icgdata.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icscale.x
+    Fixed datatype declaration errors found by SPPLINT. (11/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Fixed a bug in the kurtosis computation found by ST.
+    (Davis 10/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+pkg$images/doc/imstat.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the mode computation in imstatistics. The parabolic
+    interpolation correction for computing the histogram peak was being
+    applied in the wrong direction. Note that for dev$pix the wrong answer
+    is actually closer to the expected answer than the correct answer
+    due to binning effects. 
+    (Davis 9/24/91)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_gauss.x
+    The code which computes the gaussian kernel was producing a divide by
+    zero error if ratio=0.0 and bilinear=yes (2.10 version only).
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+    Corrected a bug in the magnify help page.
+    (Davis 9/18/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icsclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icaclip.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/iccclip.gx
+    There was a typo,  Memr[d[k]+k] --> Memr[d[j]+k].  (9/17/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/icstat.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/icmask.x
+    The offsets were used improperly in computing image statistics.
+    (Valdes, 9/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    The shifts file pointer was not being correctly initialized to NULL 
+    in the case where no shifts file was declared. When the task
+    was invoked repeatedly from a script, this could result in an array being
+    referenced, for which space had not been previously allocated.
+    (Davis 7/29/91)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imc* -
+pkg$images/imarith/ic* +
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+pkg$images/imarith/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imarith/generic/mkpkg
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Replaced old version of IMCOMBINE with new version supporting masks,
+    offsets, and new algorithms.  (Valdes 7/19/91)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Imhistogram has been modified to print the value of the middle of
+    histogram bin instead of the left edge if the output type is list 
+    instead of plot. (Davis 6/11/91)
+
+pkg$images/t_imsurfit.x
+    Modified the sections file reading code to check the order of the
+    x1 x2 y1 y2 parameters and switch (x1,x2) or (y1,y2) if x2 < x1 or
+    y2 < y1 respectively. (Davis 5/28/91)
+
+pkg$images/listpixels.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x
+pkg$images/doc/listpixels.hlp
+    Modified the listpixels task to be able to print the pixel coordinates
+    in logical, physical or world coordinates. The default coordinate
+    system is still logical as before. (Davis 5/17/91)
+
+pkg$images/images.par
+pkg$images/doc/minmax.hlp
+pkg$images/imutil/t_minmax.x
+pkg$images/imutil/minmax.x
+    Minmax was modified to do the minimum and maximum values computations
+    in double precision or complex instead of real if the input image
+    pixel type is double precision or complex. Note that the minimum and
+    maximum header values are still stored as real however.
+    (Davis 5/16/91)
+
+imarith/t_imarith.x
+    There was a missing statement to set the error flag if the image
+    dimensions did not  match.  (5/14/91, Valdes)
+
+doc/imarith.hlp
+    Fixed some formatting problems in the imarith help page. (5/2/91 Davis)
+
+imarith$imcombine.x
+    Changed the order in which images are unmapped to have the output images
+    closed last.  This is to allow file descriptors for the temporary image
+    used when updating STF headers.  (4/22/91, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkavg.x
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.x
+    The blkavg task was partially modified to support complex image data. 
+    The full modifications cannot be made because of an error in abavx.x
+    and the missing routine absux.x.
+    (4/18/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x
+    The x and y fits cross-terms switch was not being set correctly to "yes"
+    in the case where xxorder=2 and xyorder=2 or in the case where yxorder=2
+    and yyorder=2.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    Modified the line which prints the geometric parameters to use the
+    variable name xshift and yshift instead of delx and dely.
+    (4/9/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Fixed a bug in the pixel rejection code which occurred when upper was >
+    0.0 and lower = 0.0 or lower > 0 and upper = 0.0. The problem was that
+    the code was simply setting the rejection limits to the computed sigma
+    times the upper and lower parameters without checking for the 0.0
+    condition first.  In the first case this results in all points with
+    negative residuals being rejected and in the latter all points with
+    positive residuals are rejected.
+    (2/25/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/hedit.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/hselect.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imheader.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/imgets.hlp
+    Added a reference to imgets in the SEE ALSO sections of the hedit and
+    hselect tasks.
+    Added a reference to hselect and hedit in the SEE ALSO sections of the
+    imheader and imgets tasks.
+    (2/22/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/gradient.hlp
+pkg$images/laplace.hlp
+pkg$images/gauss.hlp
+pkg$images/convolve.hlp
+pkg$images/gradient.par
+pkg$images/laplace.par
+pkg$images/gauss.par
+pkg$images/convolve.par
+pkg$images/t_gradient.x
+pkg$images/t_laplace.x
+pkg$images/t_gauss.x
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+pkg$images/convolve.x
+pkg$images/xyconvolve.x
+pkg$images/radcnv.x
+    The convolution operators were modified to run more efficiently in
+    certain cases. The LAPLACE task was modified to make use of the
+    radial symmetry of the convolution kernel in the y direction as well
+    as the x direction resulting in a modest speedup in execution time.
+    A new parameter bilinear was added to the GAUSS and CONVOLVE tasks.
+    By default and if appropriate mathematically,  GAUSS now makes use of
+    the bilinearity or separability of the Gaussian function,
+    to separate the 2D convolution in x and y into two equivalent
+    1D convolutions in x and y, resulting in a considerable speedup
+    in execution time. Similarly the user can know program CONVOLVE to
+    compute a bilinear convolution instead of a full 2D 1 if appropriate.
+    (1/29/91 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x
+    CONVOLVE was not decoding the legal 1D kernel "1.0 2.0 1.0" correctly
+    although the alternate form "1.0 2.0 1.0;" worked. Leading
+    blanks in string kernels as in for example " 1.0 2.0 1.0" also generated
+    and error.  Fixed these bugs and added some  additional error checking code.
+    (11/28/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/gauss.hlp
+    Added a detailed mathematical description of the gaussian kernel used
+    by the GAUSS task to the help page.
+
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/rotate.cl
+pkg$images/imlintran.cl
+pkg$images/register.cl
+pkg$images/register.par
+	Added src="script file name" entries to the IMAGES help database
+	for the tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN, and REGISTER. Changed the CL
+	script for REGISTER to a procedure script to remove the ugly
+	local variable declarations. Added a few comments to the scripts.
+	(12/11/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Added a new parameter binwidth to imhistogram. If binwidth is defined
+    it determines the histogram resolution in intensity units, otherwise
+    nbins determines the resolution as before. (10/26/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/sections.hlp
+    Clarified what is meant by an image template and that the task itself
+    does not check whether the specified names are actually images.
+    The examples were improved.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/doc/fit1d.hlp
+    Changed lines to columns in example 2.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    When an error occured while parsing the mode section the untrapped error
+    caused further problems downstream.  Because it would require adding
+    lots of errchks to cause the program to gracefully abort I instead made
+    it a warning.  (10/2/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/hedit.x
+    Hedit was computing but not using min_lenarea. If the user specified
+    a min_lenuserarea greater than the default of 28800 then the default
+    was being used instead of the larger number.
+
+pkg$imarith/imasub.gx
+    The case of subtracting an image from the constant zero had a bug
+    which is now fixed.  (8/14/90, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/t_imtrans.x
+    Modified the imtranspose task so it will work on type ushort images.
+    (6/6/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images
+    Added world coordinate system support to the following tasks: imshift,
+    shiftlines, magnify, imtranspose, blkrep, blkavg, rotate, imlintran,
+    register and geotran. The only limitation is that register and geotran
+    will only support simple linear transformations. 
+    (2/24/90 Davis)
+    
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Fixed a problem in the boundary extension "reflect" option code for small
+    images which was causing odd values to be inserted at the edges of the
+    image.
+    (2/14/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    A new parameter "hist_type" was added to the imhistogram task giving
+    the user the option of plotting the integral, first derivative and
+    second derivative of the histogram as well as the normal histogram.
+    Code was contributed by Rob Seaman.
+    (2/2/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geogmap.x
+    The path name of the help file was being erroneously renamed with
+    the result that when users ran the double precision version of the
+    code they could not find the help file.
+    (26/1/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x
+    Added some checks for 1-D images.
+    (1/20/90 Davis)
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x,imstat.h
+    Made several minor bug fixes and alterations in the imstatistics task
+    in response to user complaints and suggestions.
+
+    1. Changed the verbose parameter to the format parameter. If format is
+    "yes" (the default) then the selected fields are printed in fixed format
+    with column labels. Other wise the fields are printed in free format
+    separated by 2 blanks. This fixes the problem of fields running together.
+
+    2. Fixed a bug in the code which estimates the median from the image
+    histogram by linearly interpolating around the midpt of the integrated
+    histogram. The bug occurred when more than half the pixels were in the
+    first bin.
+
+    3. Added a check to ensure that the number of fields did not overflow
+    the fields array.
+
+    4. Removed the extraneous blank line printed after the title.
+
+    5. The pound sign is now printed at the beginning of the column header
+    string regardless of which field is printed first. In the previous
+    versions it was only being printed if the image name field was
+    printed first.
+
+    6. Changed the name of the median field to midpt in response to user
+    confusions about how the median is computed.
+
+    (1/20/90, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_imslice.hlp
+    The imslice was not correctly computing the number of lines in the
+    output image in the case where the slice dimension was 1.
+    (12/4/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+    Clarified and documented definitions of the scale, offset, and weights.
+    (11/30/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    High order surfaces of a certain functional form could occasionally
+    produce out of bounds pixel errors. The bug was caused by not properly
+    computing the distortion of the image boundary for higher order
+    surfaces.
+    (11/21/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/geometry/imshift.x
+    The circulating buffer space was not being freed after each execution
+    of IMSHIFT. This did not cause an error in execution but for a long
+    list of frames could result in alot of memory being tied up.
+    (10/25/89, Davis)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+    IMARITH is not prepared to deal with images sections in the output.
+    It used to look for '[' to decide if the output specification included
+    and image section.  This has been changed to call the IMIO procedure
+    imgsection and check if a non-null section string is returned.
+    Thus it is up to IMIO to decide what part of the image name is
+    an image section.  (9/5/89, Valdes)
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Fixed bug causing infinite loop when computing mode of constant value
+    section.  (8/14/89, Valdes)
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1989
+    Added a couple of switches to that skew and kurtosis are not computed
+    if they are not to be printed.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Jun 14, 1989
+    A simple mod was made to the skew and kurtosis computation to avoid
+    divide by zero errors in case of underflow.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/chpixtype.par
+    Davis, Jun 13, 1989
+    The parameter file has been modified to accept an output pixel
+    type of ushort.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, Jun 2, 1989
+    A new scheme to detect file errors is now used.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Jun 1, 1989
+    1. If the user set regions = "sections" but the sections file
+    did not exist the task would go into an infinite loop. The problem
+    was a missing error check on the open statement.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x,imhistogram.par
+    Davis, May 31, 1989
+    A new version of imhistogram has been installed. These mods have
+    been made over a period of a month by Doug Tody and Rob Seaman.
+    The mods include
+    1. An option to turn off log scaling of the y axis of the histogram plot.
+    2. A new autoscale parameter which avoids aliasing problems for integer
+       data.
+    3. A new parameter top_close which resolves the ambiguity in the top
+       bin of the histogram.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+   Valdes, May 9, 1989
+   Because a file descriptor was not reserved for string buffer operations
+   and a call to stropen in cnvdate was not error checked the task would
+   hang when more than 115 images were combined.  Better error checking
+   was added and now an error message is printed when the maximum number
+   of images that can be combined is exceeded.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+   Valdes, May 6, 1989
+   Operations in which the output image has an image section are now
+   skipped with a warning message.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/sigma.gx
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, May 6, 1989
+    1.  The weighted sigma was being computed incorrectly.
+    2.  The argument declarations were wrong for integer input images.
+	Namely the mean vector is always real.
+    3.  Minor change to imcmode.gx to return correct datatype.
+
+pkg$images/imstack,imslice
+    Davis, April 1, 1989
+    The proto images tasks imstack and imslice have been moved from the
+    proto package to the images package. Imstack is unchanged except that
+    it now supports the image data types USHORT and COMPLEX. Imslice has
+    been modified to allow slicing along any dimension of the image instead
+    of just the highest dimension.
+
+pkg$images/imstatistics.
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. A totally new version of the imstatistics task has been written
+    and replaces the old version. The new task allows the user to select
+    which statistical parameters to compute and print. These include
+    the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis and the
+    minimum and maximum pixel values.
+
+pkg$images/imhistogram.par
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+pkg$images/doc/imhistogram.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 31, 1989
+    1. The imhistogram task has been modified to plot "box" style histograms
+    as well as "line" type histograms. Type "line" remains the default.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.par,register.par,geomap.par
+pkg$images/doc/geomap.hlp,register.hlp,geotran.hlp
+    Davis, Mar 6, 1989
+    1. Improved the parameter prompting in GEOMAP, REGISTER and GEOTRAN
+    and improved the help pages.
+    2. Changed GEOMAP database quantities "xscale" and "yscale" to "xmag"
+    and "ymag" for consistency . Geotran was changed appropriately.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    For short data a short variable was wraping around when there were
+    a significant number of saturated pixels leading to an infinite loop.
+    The variables were made real regardless of the image datatype.
+    (3/1/89, Valdes)
+ 
+pkg$images/imutil/imcopy.x
+    Davis, Feb 28, 1989
+    1. Added support for type USHORT to the imcopy task. This is a merged
+    ST modification.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcthreshold.gx
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/doc/imcombine.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1989
+    1.  Added provision for blank value when all pixels are rejected by the
+        threshold.
+    2.  Fixed a bug that was improperly scaling images in the threshold option.
+    3.  The offset printed in the log now has the opposite sign so that it
+	is the value "added" to bring images to a common level.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Feb 23, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in the median fitting code which could cause the porgram
+    to go into an infinite loop if the region to be fitted was less than
+    the size of the whole image.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Feb 16, 1989
+    Modified magnify to work on 1D images as well as 2D images. The
+    documentation has been updated.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, Feb 15, 1989
+    Modified the GEOTRAN and REGISTER tasks so that they can handle a list
+    of transform records one for each input image.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Feb 8, 1989
+    Added test for nx=1.
+ 
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imcombine.x
+    Valdes, Feb 3, 1989
+    The test for the datatype of the output sigma image was wrong.
+ 
+pkg$images/iminfo/listpixels.x,listpixels.par
+    Davis, Feb 6, 1989
+    The listpixels task has been modified to print out the pixels for a 
+    list of images instead of a single image only. A title line for each
+    image listed can optionally be printed on the standard output if
+    the new parameter verbose is set to yes.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, Feb 2, 1989
+    Added a new parameter shifts_file to the imshift task. Shifts_file
+    is the name of a text file containing the the x and yshifts for
+    each input image to be shifted. The number of input shifts must
+    equal the number of input images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x
+    Davis, Jan 17, 1989
+    Added an error message for the case where the coordinates is empty
+    of there are no points in the specified data range. Previously the
+    task would proceed to the next coordinate file without any message.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, Jan 14, 1989
+    Added the parameter flux conserve to the magnify task to bring it into
+    line with all the other geometric transformation tasks.
+
+pgk$images/geometry/geotran.x,geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jan 2, 1989
+    A bug was fixed in the flux conserve code. If the x and y reference
+    coordinates  are not in pixel units and are not 1 then
+    the computed flux per pixel was too small by xscale * yscale.
+
+pkg$images/filters/acnvrr.x,convolve.x,boxcar.x,aboxcar.x
+    Davis, Dec 27, 1988
+    I changed the name of the acnvrr procedure to cnv_radcnvr to avoid
+    a name conflict with a vops library procedure. This only showed
+    up when shared libraries were implemented. I also changed the name
+    of the aboxcarr procedure to cnv_aboxr to avoid conflict with the
+    vops naming conventions.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcaverage.gx
+    Davis, Dec 22, 1988
+    Added an errchk statement for imc_scales and imgnl$t to stop the
+    program bombing with segmentation violations when mode <= 0.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.x
+    Valdes, Dec 8, 1988
+    1.  IMCOMBINE now prints the scale as a multiplicative quantity.
+    2.  The combined exposure time was not being scaled by the scaling
+	factors resulting in a final exposure time inconsistent with the
+	data.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Davis, Nov 30, 1988
+    Changed the list+ mode so that bin value and count are printed out instead
+    of bin count and value. This makes the plot and list modes compatable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, Nov 17, 1988
+    Added the n=n+1 back into the inner loop of imstat.
+
+pkg$images/geotran.par,register.par
+    Davis, Nov 11 , 1988
+    Fixed to glaring errors in the parameter files for register and geotran.
+    Xscale and yscale were described as pixels per reference unit when
+    they should be reference units per pixel. The appropriate bug fix has been
+    made.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geotran.x
+    Davis, November 7, 1988
+    The routine gsrestore was not being error checked. If either of the
+    input x or y coordinate surface was linear and the other was not,
+    the message came back GSRESTORE: Illegal x coordinate. This bug has
+    been fixed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcombine.gx
+    Valdes, October 19, 1988
+    A vops clear routine was not called generically causing a crash with
+    double images.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_fmedian.x,t_median.x,t_fmode.x,t_mode.x,t_gradient.x
+    t_gauss.x,t_boxcar.x,t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x
+    Davis, October 4, 1988
+    I fixed a bug in the error handling code for the filters tasks. If
+    and error occurred during task execution and the input image name was
+    the same as the output image name then the input image was trashed.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcscales.gx
+    Valdes, September 28, 1988
+    It is now an error for the mode to be nonpositive when scaling or weighting.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmedian.gx
+    Valdes, August 16, 1988
+    The median option was selecting the n/2 value instead of (n+1)/2.  Thus,
+    for an odd number of images the wrong value was being determined for the
+    median.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imshift.x
+    Davis, August 11, 1988
+    1. Imshift has been modified to uses the optimized code if nearest
+    neighbour interpolation is requested. A nint is done on the shifts
+    before calling the quick shift routine.
+    2. If the requested pixel shift is too large imshift will now
+    clean up any pixelless header files before continuing execution.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkavg.gx
+    Davis, July 13, 1988
+    Blkavg has been fixed so that it will work on 1D images.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_imtrans.x,imtrans.x
+    Davis, July 12, 1988
+    Imtranspose has been modified to work on complex images.
+
+pkg$images/imutil/t_chpix.x
+    Davis, June 29, 1988
+    A new task chpixtype has been added to the images package. Chpixtype
+    changes the pixel types of a list of images to a specified output pixel
+    type. Seven data types are supported "short", "ushort", "int", "long"
+    "real" and "double".
+
+pkg$images/geometry/rotate.cl,imlintran.cl,t_geotran.x
+    Davis, June 10, 1988
+    The rotate and imlintran scripts have been rewritten to use procedure
+    scripts. This removes all the annoying temporary cl variables which
+    appear when the user does an lpar. In previous versions of these
+    two tasks the output was restricted to being the same size as the input
+    image. This is still the default case, but the user can now set the
+    ncols and nrows parameters to the desired output size. I ncols or nlines
+    < 0 then then the task compute the output image size required to contain
+    the whole input image.
+
+pkg$images/filters/t_convolve.x,t_laplace.x,t_gradient.x,t_gauss.x,convolve.x
+    Davis, June 1, 1988
+    The convolution operators laplace, gauss and convolve have been modified
+    to make use of radial symmetry in the convolution kernel. In gauss and
+    laplace the change is transparent to the user. For the convolve operator
+    the user must indicate that the kernel is radially symmetric by setting
+    the parameter radsym. For kernels of 7 by 7 or greater the speedup
+    in timings is on the order of 30% on the Vax 750 with the fpa.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+    Valdes, Apr 11, 1988
+    1.  The use of a mode sections was handled incorrectly.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1988
+    1.  Added an error check for a failure in IMMAP.  The missing error check
+	caused FIT1D to hang when a bad input image was specified.
+
+pkg$images/magnify.par
+pkg$images/imcombine.par
+pkg$images/imarith/imcmode.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, Dec 7, 1987
+    1.  Added option list to parameter prompts.
+    2.  Fixed minor typo in help page
+    3.  The mode calculation in IMCOMBINE would go into an infinite loop
+	if all the pixel values were the same.  If all the pixels are the
+	same them it skips searching for the mode and returns the constant
+	number.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Nov 25, 1987
+    1. A bug in the boundary extension = wrap option was found in the
+    IMLINTRAN task. The problem occured in computing values for out of
+    bounds pixels in the range 0.0 < x < 1.0, ncols < x < ncols + 1.0,
+    0.0 < y < 1.0 and nlines < y < nlines + 1.  The computed coordinates
+    were falling outside the boundaries of the interpolation array.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_geomap.x,geograph.x
+    Davis, Nov 19, 1987
+    1. The geomap task now writes the name of the output file into the database.
+    2. Rotation angles of 360. degrees have been altered to 0 degrees.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/t_imsurfit.x,imsurfit.x
+pkg$images/lib/ranges.x
+    Davis, Nov 2, 1987
+    A bug in the regions fitting option of the IMSURFIT task has been found
+    and fixed. This bug would occur when the user set the regions parameter
+    to sections and then listed section which overlapped each other. The
+    modified ranges package was not handling the overlap correctly and
+    computing a number of points which was incorrect.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/* +
+    Valdes, Sep 30, 1987
+    The directory was reorganized to put generic code in the subdirectory
+    generic.
+
+    A new task called IMCOMBINE has been added.  It provides for combining
+    images by a number of algorithms, statistically weighting the images
+    when averaging, scaling or offsetting the images by the exposure time
+    or image mode before combining, and rejecting deviant pixels.  It is
+    almost fully generic including complex images and works on images of
+    any dimension.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotran.x
+    Davis, Sept 3, 1987
+    A bug in the flux conserving algorithm was found in the geotran code.
+    The symptom was that the flux of the output image occasionally was
+    negative. This would happen when two conditions were met, the transformation
+    was of higher order than a simple rotation, magnification, translation
+    and an axis flip was involved. The mathematical interpretation of this
+    bug is that the coordinate surface had turned upside down. The solution
+    for people running systems with this bug is to multiply there images
+    by -1.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.h,t_imsurfit.x
+    Davis, Aug 6, 1987
+    A new option was added to the parameter regions in the imsurfit task.
+    Imsurfit will now fit a surface to a single circular region defined
+    by an x and y center and a radius.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geotimtran.x
+    Davis, Jun 15, 1987
+    Geotran and register were failing when the output image number of rows
+    and columns was different from the input number of rows and columns.
+    Geotran was mistakenly using the input images sizes to determine the
+    number of output lines that should be produced. The same problem occurred
+    when the values of the boundary pixels were being computed. The program
+    was using the output image dimensions to compute the boundary pixels
+    instead of the input image dimensions.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geofit.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, Jun 11, 1987
+    A bug in the error checking code in the geomap task was fixed. The
+    condition of too few points for a reasonable was not being trapped
+    correctly. The appropriate errchk statements were added.
+
+pkg$images/geomap.par
+    Davis, Jun 10, 1987
+    The default fitting function was changed to polynomial. This will satisfy
+    most users who wish to do shifts, rotations, and magnifications and
+    avoid the neccessity of correctly setting the xmin, xmax, ymin, and ymax
+    parameters. For the chebyshev and legendre polynomial functions these
+    parameters must be explicitly set.  For reference coordinates in pixel
+    units the normal settings are 1, ncols, 1 and nlines respectively.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/hselect.x,imheader.x,images$/imutil/hselect.x
+    Davis, Jun 8, 1987
+    Imheader has been modified to open an image with the default min_lenuserarea
+    Hselect and hedit will now open the image setting the user area to the
+    maximum of 28800 chars or the min_lenuser environment variable.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    An error in the image minimum computation was corrected. This error
+    would show up most noiticeably if imstat was run on a 1 pixel image.
+    The min value would be left set to MAX_REAL.
+
+pkg$images/filters/mkpkg
+    Davis, May 22, 1987
+    I added mach.h to the dependency file list of t_fmedian.x and
+    recompiled. The segmentation violations I had been getting in the
+    program disappeared.
+
+pkg$images/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, April 15, 1987
+    1. I changed the names of the procedures shiftlines and shiftlinesi
+    to sh_lines and sh_linesi. When the original names were contracted
+    to 6 letter fortran names they became shifti and shifts which just
+    so happens to collide with shifti and shifts in the subdirectory
+    osb. On VMS this was causing problems with the shareable libraries.
+    If images was linked with -z there was no problem.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+    Valdes, March 24, 1987
+    1.  IMSUM was failing to unmap images opened to check image dimensions
+	in a quick first pass through the image list.  This is probably
+	the source of the out of files problem with STF images.  It may
+	be the source of the out of memory problem reported from AOS/IRAF.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+pkg$images/imfit/mkpkg
+    Valdes, March 17, 1987
+    1. Added error checking for the illegal operation in which both input
+       and output image had an image section.  This was causing the task
+       to crash.  The task now behaves properly in this circumstance and
+       even allows the fitted output to be placed in an image section of
+       an existing output image (even different than the input image
+       section) provided the input and output images have the same sizes.
+
+pkg$images/t_convolve.x
+    Davis, March 3, 1987
+    1. Fixed the kernel decoding routine in the convolve task so that
+    it now recognizes the row delimter character in string entry mode.
+
+pkg$images/geometry,filters
+    Davis, February 27, 1987
+    1. Changed all the imseti (im, TY_BNDRYPIXVAL, value) calls to imsetr.
+
+pkg$images/t_minmax.x,minmax.x
+    Davis, February 24, 1987
+    1. Minmax has been changed to compute the minimum and maximum pixel
+    as well as the minimum and maximum pixel values. The pixels are output
+    in section notation and stored in the minmax parameter file.
+
+pkg$images/t_magnify.x
+    Davis, February 19, 1987
+    1. Magnify was aborting with the error MSIFIT: Too few datapoints
+    when trying to reduce an image using the higher order interpolants
+    poly3, poly5 and spline3. I increased the NEDGE defined constant
+    from 2 to three and modified the code to use the out of bounds
+    imio.
+
+pkg$images/geograph.x,geogmap.x
+    Davis, February 17, 1987
+    1. Geomap now uses the gpagefile routine to page the .keys file.
+    The :show command deactivates the workstation before printing a
+    block of text and reactivates it when it is finished.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/geomap,geotran
+    Davis, January 26, 1987
+    1. There have been substantial changes to the geomap, and geotrans
+    tasks and those tasks rotate, imlintran and register which depend
+    on them.
+    2. Geomap has been changed to be able to compute a transformation
+    in both single and double precision.
+    3. The geotran code has been speeded up considerably. A simple rotate
+    now takes 70 seconds instead of 155 seconds using bilinear interpolation.
+    4. Two new cl parameters nxblock and nyblock have been added to the
+    rotate, imlintran, register and geotran tasks. If the output image
+    is smaller than these parameters then the entire output image
+    is computed at once. Otherwise the output image is computed in blocks
+    nxblock by nyblock in size.
+    5. The 3 geotran parameters rotation, scangle and flip have been replaced
+    with two parameters xrotation and yrotation which serve the same purpose.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_shiftlines.x,shiftlines.x
+    Davis, January 19, 1987
+    1. The shiftlines task has been completely rewritten. The following
+    are the major changes.
+    2. Shiftlines now makes use of the imio boundary extension operations.
+    Therefore the four options: nearest pixel, reflect, wrap and constant
+    boundary extension are available.
+    3. The interpolation code has been vectorised. The previous version
+    was using the function call asieval for every output pixel evaluated.
+    The asieval call were replaced with asivector calls.
+    4. An extra CL parameter constant to support constant boundary
+    exension was added.
+    5. The shiftlines help page was modified and the date changed to
+    January 1987.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/imsurfit.x
+    Davis, January 12, 1987
+    1. I changed the amedr call to asokr calls. For my application it did
+    not matter whether the input array is left partially sorted and the asokr
+    routine is more efficient.
+
+pkg$images/lib/pixlist.x
+    Davis, December 12, 1986
+    1. A bug in the pl_get_ranges routine caused the routine to fail when the
+    number of ranges got too large. The program could not detect the end of
+    the ranges and would go into an infinite loop.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/t_imstat.x
+    Davis, December 3, 1986
+    1. Imstat was failing on constant images because finite machine precision
+    could result in a negative sigma squared. Added a check for this condition.
+
+pkg$images/filters/fmode.x
+    Davis, October 27, 1986
+    1. Added a check for 0 data range before calling amapr.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+    Valdes, October 20, 1986
+    1. Found and fixed bug in this routine which caused pixel rejection
+    to fail some fraction of the time.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx
+    Valdes, October 13, 1986
+    1.  There was a bug when the replication factor for axis 1 was 1.
+
+pkg$images/iminfo/imhistogram.x
+    Hammond, October 8, 1986
+    1. Running imhistogram on a constant valued image would result in
+       a "floating divide by zero fault" in ahgm.  This condition is
+       now trapped and a warning printed if there is no range in the data.
+
+pkg$images/tv/doc/cvl.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Typo in V2.3 documentation fixed: "zcale" -> "zscale".
+
+pkg$images/fit1d.par
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  When querying for the output type the query was:
+
+Type of output (fit, difference, ratio) (fit|difference|ratio) ():
+
+    	The enumerated values were removed since they are given in the
+	prompt string.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imsum.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imsum.gx
+pkg$images/do/imsum.hlp
+    Valdes, October 7, 1986
+    1.  Medians or pixel rejection with more than 15 images is now
+	correct.  There was an error in buffering.
+    2.  Averages of integer datatype images are now correct.  The error
+	was caused by summing the pixel values divided by the number
+	of images instead of summing the pixel values and then dividing
+	by the number of images.
+    3.  Option keywords may now be abbreviated.
+    4.  The output pixel datatype now defaults to the calculation datatype
+	as is done in IMARITH.  The help page was modified to indicate this.
+    5.  Dynamic memory is now used throughout to reduce the size of the
+	executable.
+    6.  The bugs 1-2 are present in V2.3 and not in V2.2.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+    Valdes, October 6, 1986
+    1.  The parameter "debug" was changed to "noact".  "debug" is reserved
+	for debugging information.
+    2.  The output pixel type now defaults to the calculation datatype.
+    3.  The datatype of constant operands is determined with LEXNUM.  This
+	fixes a bug in which a constant such as "1." was classified as an
+	integer.
+    4.  Trailing whitespace in the string for a constant operand is allowed.
+	This fixes a bug with using "@" files created with the task FIELDS
+	from a table of numbers.  Trailing whitespace in image names is
+	not checked for since this should be taken care of by lower level
+	system services.
+    5.  The reported bug with the "max" operation not creating a pixel file
+	was the result of the previous round of changes.  This has been
+	corrected.  This problem does not exist in the released version.
+    6.  All strings are now dynamically allocated.  Also IMTOPENP is used
+	to open a CL list directly.
+    7.  The help page was revised for points (1) and (2).
+
+pkg$images/fmode.par
+pkg$images/fmd_buf.x
+pkg$images/med_sort.x
+    Davis, September 29, 1986
+    1. Changed the default value of the unmap parameter in fmode to yes. The
+       documentation was changed and the date modified.
+    2. Added a test to make sure that the input image was not a constant
+       image in fmode and fmedian.
+    3. Fixed the recently added swap macro in the sort routines which
+       was giving erroneous results for small boxes in tasks median and mode.
+
+pkg$images/imfit/fit1d.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Changed subroutine name with a VOPS prefix to one with a FIT1D
+	prefix.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imdivide.x
+pkg$images/doc/imdivide.hlp
+pkg$images/imdivide.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  Modified this ancient and obsolete task to remove redundant
+	subroutines now available in the VOPS library.
+    2.  The option to select action on zero divide was removed since
+	there was only one option.  Parameter file changed.
+    3.  Help page revised.
+
+pkg$images/geometry/t_blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrp.gx +
+pkg$images/geometry/blkrep.x +
+pkg$images/doc/blkrep.hlp +
+pkg$images/doc/mkpkg
+pkg$images/images.cl
+pkg$images/images.men
+pkg$images/images.hd
+pkg$images/x_images.x
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  A new task called BLKREP for block replicating images has been added.
+	This task is a complement to BLKAVG and performs a function not
+	available in any other way.
+    2.  Help for BLKREP has been added.
+
+pkg$images/imarith/t_imarith.x
+pkg$images/imarith/imadiv.gx
+pkg$images/doc/imarith.hlp
+pkg$images/imarith.par
+    Valdes, September 24, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to provide replacement of divisions
+	by zero with a constant parameter value.
+    2.  The documentation has been revised to include this change and to
+	clarify and emphasize areas of possible confusion.
+
+pkg$images/doc/magnify.hlp
+pkg$images/doc/blkavg.hlp
+    Valdes, September 18, 1986
+    1.  The MAGNIFY help document was expanded to clarify that images with axis
+        lengths of 1 cannot be magnified.  Also a discussion of the output
+	size of a magnified image.  This has been misunderstood often.
+    2.  Minor typo fix for BLKAVG.
+
+images$geometry/blkav.gx: Davis, September 7, 1986
+    1. The routine blkav$t was declared a function but called everywhere as
+    a procedure. Removed the function declaration.
+
+images$filters/med_sort.x: Davis, August 14, 1986
+    1. A bug in the sorting routine for MEDIAN and MODE in which the doop
+    loop increment was being set to zero has been fixed. This bug was
+    causing MEDIAN and MODE to fail on class 6 for certain sized windows.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x: Davis, July 24, 1986
+    1. A bug in the type=ratio option of fit1d was fixed. The iferr call
+    on the vector operator adivr was not trapping a divide by zero
+    condition. Changed adivr to adivzr.
+
+images$iminfo/listpixels.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargl to pargi for writing out the column number of the
+    pixels.
+
+images$iminfo/t_imstat.x: Davis, July 21, 1986
+    1. I changed a pargr to a pargd for the double precision quantitiies
+    sum(MIN) and sum(MAX).
+
+images$imfit/t_lineclean.x: Davis, July 14, 1986
+    1. Bug in the calling sequence for ic_clean fixed. The ic pointer
+    was not being passed to ic_clean causing access violation and/or
+    segmentation violation errors.
+
+images$imfit/fit1d.x, lineclean.x:  Valdes, July 3, 1986
+    1.  FIT1D and LINECLEAN modified to use new ICFIT package.
+
+From Valdes June 19, 1986
+
+1. The help page for IMSUM was modified to explicitly state what the
+median of an even number of images does.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 13, 1986
+
+1. A bug in CONVOLVE in which insufficient space was being allocated for
+long (> 161 elements) 1D kernels has been fixed. CONVOLVE was not
+allocating sufficent extra space.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis June 12, 1986
+
+1. I have changed the default value of parameter unmap in task FMEDIAN to
+yes to preserve the original data range.
+
+2. I have changed the value of parameter row_delimiter from \n to ;.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis May 12, 1986
+
+1. Changed the angle convention in GAUSS so that theta is the angle of the
+major axis with respect to the x axis measured counter-clockwise as specified
+in the help page instead of the negative of that angle.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Apr 28, 1986
+
+1. Moved geomap.key to lib$scr and made redefined HELPFILE in geogmap.x
+appropriately.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith/imsum.gx:  Valdes Apr 25, 1986
+    1.  Fixed bug in generic code which called the real VOPS operator
+	regardless of the datatype.  This caused IMSUM to fail on short
+	images.
+
+From Davis Apr 17, 1986
+
+1. Changed constructs of the form boolean == false in the file imdelete.x
+to ! boolean.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+images$imarith:  Valdes, April 8, 1986
+    1.  IMARITH has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when adding images to
+	also added the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+    2.  IMSUM has been modified to also operate on a list of specified
+	header parameters.  This is primarily used when summing images to
+	also sum the exposure times.  A new parameter was added and the
+	help page modified.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 24, 1986:
+
+1.  When modifying IMARITH to handle mixed dimensions the output image header
+was made a copy of the image with the higher dimension.  However, the default
+when the images were of the same dimension changed to be a copy of the second
+operand.  This has been changed back to being a copy of the first operand
+image.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 21, 1986:
+
+1. A NULL pointer bug in the subroutine plfree inside IMSURFIT was causing
+segmentation violation errors. A null pointer test was added to plfree.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 20, 1986:
+
+1. A bug involving in place operations in several image tasks has been  fixed.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Mar 19, 1986:
+
+1. IMSURFIT no longer permits the input image to be replaced by the output
+image.
+
+2. The tasks IMSHIFT, IMTRANSPOSE, SHIFTLINES, and GEOTRAN  have been modified
+to use the images tools xt_mkimtemp and xt_delimtemp for in place
+calculations.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Mar 13, 1986:
+
+1.  Bug dealing with type coercion in short datatype images in IMARITH and IMSUM
+which occurs on the SUN has been fixed.
+------
+From Valdes Mar 10, 1986:
+
+1.  IMSUM has been modified to work on any number of images.
+
+2.  Modified the help page
+------
+From Valdes Feb 25, 1986:
+
+There have been two changes to IMARITH:
+
+1.  A bug preventing use of image sections has been removed.
+
+2.  An improvement allowing use of images of different dimension.
+The algorithm is as follow:
+
+	a.  Check if both operands are images.  If not the output
+	image is a copy of the operand image.
+
+	b.  Check that the axes lengths are the same for the dimensions
+	in common.  For example a 3D and 2D image must have the same
+	number of columns and lines.
+
+	c.  Set the output image to be a copy of the image with the
+	higher dimension.
+
+	d.  Repeat the operation over the lower dimensions for each of
+	the higher dimensions.
+
+For example, consider subtracting a 2D image from a 3D image.  The output
+image will be 3D and the 2D image is subtracted from each band of the
+3D image.  This will work for any combination of dimensions.  Another
+example is dividing a 3D image by a 1D image.  Then each line of each
+plane and each band will be divided by the 1D image.  Likely applications
+will be subtracting biases and darks and dividing by response calibrations
+in stacked observations.
+
+3.  Modified the help page
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+From Davis Mar 6, 1986:
+
+1. A serious bug had crept into GAUSS after I made some changes. For 2D
+images the sense of the sigma was reversed, i.e sigma = 2.0 was actually
+sigma = 0.5. This bug has now been fixed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Jan 13, 1986:
+
+1. Listpixels will now print out complex pixel values correctly.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 12, 1985:
+
+1. The directional gradient operator has been added to the images package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Valdes Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1.  IMARITH has been modified to first check if an operand is an existing
+file.  This allows purely numeric image names to be used.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 11, 1985:
+
+1. A Laplacian (second derivatives) operator has been added to the images
+package.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+From Davis Dec 10, 1985:
+
+1. The new convolution tasks  boxcar, gauss and convolve have been added
+to the images package. Convolve convolves an image with an arbitrary
+user supplied rectangular kernel. Gauss convolves an image with a 2D
+Gaussian of arbitrary size. Boxcar will smooth an image using a smoothing
+window of arbitrary size.
+
+2. The images package source code has been reorganized into the following
+subdirectories: 1) filters 2) geometry 3) imfit 4) imarith 4) iminfo and
+5) imutil 6) lib. Lib contains routines which may be of use to several IRAF
+tasks such as ranges. The imutil subdirectory contains tasks which modify
+images in some way such as hedit. The iminfo subdirectory contains code
+for displaying header and pixel values and other image characteristics
+such as the histogram. Image arithmetic and fitting routines are found
+in imarith and imfit respectively. Filters contains the convolution and
+median filtering routines and geometry contains the geometric distortion
+corrections routines.
+
+3. The documentation of the main images package has been brought into
+conformity with the new IRAF standards.
+
+4. Documentation for imdelete, imheader, imhistogram, listpixels and
+sections has been added to the help database.
+
+5. The parameter structure for imhistogram has been simplified. The
+redundant parameters sections and setranges have been removed.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+From Valdes Nov 4, 1985:
+
+1.  IMCOPY modified so that the output image may be a directory.  Previously
+logical directories were not correctly identified.
+------
+
+From Davis Oct 21, 1985:
+
+1. A bug in the pixel rejection cycle of IMSURFIT was corrected. The routine
+make_ranges in ranges.x was not successfully converting a sorted list of
+rejected pixels into a list of ranges in all cases.
+
+2. Automatic zero divide error checking has been added to IMSURFIT.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 17, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d now allows averaging of image lines or columns when interactively
+setting the fitting parameters.  The syntax is "Fit line = 10 30"; i.e.
+blank separated line or column numbers.  A single number selects just one
+line or column.  Be aware however, that the actual fitting of the image
+is still done on each column or line individually.
+
+2.  The zero line in the interactive curve fitting graphs has been removed.
+This zero line interfered with fitting data near zero.
+------
+From Rooke Oct 10, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage was changed to "blkavg" and modified to support any allowed
+number of dimensions.  It was also made faster in most cases, depending on 
+the blocking factors in each dimension.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 4, 1985:
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean modified to allow separate low and high rejection
+limits and rejection iterations.
+------
+From Davis Oct 3, 1985:
+
+1. Minmax was not calculating the minimum correctly for integer images.
+because the initial values were not being set correctly.
+------
+From Valdes Oct 1, 1985:
+
+1. Imheader was modified to print the image history.  Though the history
+mechanism is little used at the moment it should become an important part
+of any image.
+
+2.  Task revisions renamed to revs.
+------
+From Davis Sept 30, 1985:
+
+1. Two new tasks median and fmedian have been added to the images package.
+Fmedian is a fast median filtering algorithm for integer data which uses
+the histogram of the image to calculate the median at each window. Median
+is a slower but more general algorithm which performs the same task.
+------
+From Valdes August 26, 1985:
+
+1.  Blkaverage has been modified to include an new parameter called option.
+The current options are to average the blocks or sum the blocks.
+------
+From Valdes August 7, 1985
+
+1.  Fit1d and lineclean wer recompiled with the modified icfit package.
+The new package contains better labeling and graph documentation.
+
+2.  The two tasks now have parameters for setting the graphics device
+and reading cursor input from a file.
+______
+From: /u2/davis/ Tue 08:27:09 06-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: imshift bug
+ 
+Imshift was shifting incorrectly when an integral pixel shift in x and
+a fractional pixel shift in y was requested. The actual x shift was
+xshift + 1. The bug has been fixed and imshift will now work correctly for
+any combination of fractional and integral pixel shifts
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Fri 18:14:12 02-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images task
+ 
+A new task GEOMAP has been added to the images package. GEOMAP calculates
+the spatial transformation required to map one image onto another.
+------
+From: /u2/davis/ Thu 16:47:49 01-Aug-85
+Package: images
+Title: new images tasks
+ 
+The tasks ROTATE, IMLINTRAN and GEODISTRAN have been added to the images
+package. ROTATE rotates and shifts an image. IMLINTRAN will rotate, rescale
+and shift an an image. GEODISTRAN corrects an image for geometric distortion.
+------
+From Valdes July 26, 1985:
+
+1.  The task revisions has been added to page revisions to the images
+package.  The intent is that each package will have a revisions task.
+Note that this means there may be multiple tasks named revisions loaded
+at one time.  Typing revisions alone will give the revisions for the
+current package.  To get the system revisions type system.revisions.
+
+2.  A new task called fit1d replaces linefit.  It is essentially the same
+as linefit except for an extra parameter "axis" which selects the axis along
+which the functions are to be fit.  Axis 1 is lines and axis 2 is columns.
+The advantages of this change are:
+
+	a.  Column fitting can now be done without transposing the image.
+	    This allows linefit to be used with image sections along
+	    both axes.
+	b.  For 1D images there is no prompt for the line number.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/_imaxes.par b/pkg/images/imutil/_imaxes.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..833ca170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/_imaxes.par
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+image,s,a,,,,image name
+ndim,i,h
+len1,i,h
+len2,i,h
+len3,i,h
+len4,i,h
+len5,i,h
+len6,i,h
+len7,i,h
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/chpixtype.par b/pkg/images/imutil/chpixtype.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4302c427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/chpixtype.par
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# CHPIXTYPE
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+newpixtype,s,a,,"|ushort|short|int|long|real|double|complex|",,Output pixel type
+oldpixtype,s,h,"all","|all|ushort|short|int|long|real|double|complex|",,Input pixel type
+verbose,b,h,y,,,Verbose mode
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/chpix.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/chpix.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9104b254
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/chpix.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+.help chpixtype Jun88 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+chpixtype -- change the pixel type of an image
+.ih
+USAGE
+chpixtype input output newpixtype
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+The list of output images. If the output image list is the same as the input
+image list then the original images are overwritten.
+.le
+.ls newpixtype
+The pixel type of the output image. The options are: "ushort", "short",
+"int", "long", "real", "double" and "complex".
+.le
+.ls oldpixtype = "all"
+The pixel type of the input images to be converted. By default all the
+images in the input list are converted to the pixel type specified by
+newpixtype. The remaining options are "ushort", "short", "int", "long",
+"real", "double" and "complex" in which case only those images of the
+specified type are converted.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions performed.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+The list of images specified by \fIinput\fR and pixel type \fIoldpixtype\fR 
+are converted to the pixel type specified by \fInewpixtype\fR and written
+to the list of output images specified by \fIoutput\fR.
+
+Conversion from one pixel type to another is direct and may involve both
+loss of precision and dynamic range. Mapping of floating point numbers
+to integer numbers is done by truncation. Mapping of complex numbers
+to floating point or integer numbers will preserve the real part of the
+complex number only.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Convert a list of images to type real, overwriting the existing images.
+
+        im> chpixtype nite1*.imh nite1*.imh real
+
+2. Convert only those images in imlist1 which are of type short to type real.
+   Imlist1 and imlist2 are text files containing the list of input and
+   output images respectively. The image names are listed 1 per line.
+
+        im> chpixtype @imlist1 @imlist2 real old=short
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imarith
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/hedit.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/hedit.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3871d8e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/hedit.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+.help hedit Apr01 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+hedit - edit or view an image header or headers
+.ih
+USAGE
+hedit images fields value
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+Template specifying the images to be edited.
+.le
+.ls fields
+Template specifying the fields to be edited in each image.  The template is
+expanded independently for each image against the set of all fields in the
+image header.
+.le
+.ls value
+Either a string constant or a general expression (if the first character is
+a left parenthesis) to be evaluated to compute the new value of each field.
+A single expression is used for all fields.  The special value "." causes the
+value of each field to be printed rather than edited.
+.le
+.ls add = no
+Change the operation of the editor from update to add new field. If the
+field already exists it is edited.  If this option is selected the field
+list may name only a single field. The add switch takes precedence
+over the addonly and delete switches.
+.le
+.ls addonly = no
+Change the operation of the editor from update to add a new field. If the
+field already exists it is not changed.  If this option is selected the field
+list may name only a single field. The addonly switch takes precedence over
+the delete switch.
+.le
+.ls delete = no
+Change the operation of the editor from update to delete field.
+The listed fields are deleted from each image.
+.le
+.ls verify = yes
+Interactively verify all operations which modify the image database.
+The editor will describe the operation to be performed, prompting with the
+new value of the parameter in the case of a field edit.  Type carriage
+return or "yes" to complete the operation, or enter a new value explicitly
+as a string.  Respond with "no" if you do not wish to change the value of
+the parameter.
+.le
+.ls show = yes
+Print a record of each operation which modifies the database upon the standard
+output.  Old values are given as well as new values, making it possible to
+undo an edit operation.
+.le
+.ls update = yes
+Enable updating of the image database.  If updating is disabled the edit
+operations are performed in memory but image headers will not be updated
+on disk.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+1. Basic Usage
+
+    The most basic functions of the image header editor are modification and
+inspection of the fields of an image header.  Both the "standard" and
+"user" fields may be edited in the same fashion, although not all standard
+fields are writable.  For example, to change the value of the standard field
+"title" of the image "m74" to "sky flat" we would enter the following command.
+
+	cl> hedit m74 title "sky flat"
+
+If \fIverify\fR mode is selected the editor will print the old value of the
+field and query with the new value, allowing some other value to be entered
+instead, e.g.:
+
+.nf
+	cl> hedit m74 title "sky flat"
+	m74,i_title ("old title" -> "sky flat"):
+.fi
+
+To accept the new value shown to the right of the arrow, type carriage
+return or "yes" or "y" followed by carriage return.  To continue without
+changing the value of the field in question enter "no" or "n" followed by
+carriage return.  To enter some other value merely type in the new value.
+If the new value is one of the reserved strings, e.g., "yes" or "no",
+enter it preceded by a backslash.  If verification is enabled you will
+also be asked if you want to update the header, once all header fields
+have been edited.  This is your last chance to change your mind before
+the header is modified on disk.  If you respond negatively the image header
+will not be updated, and editing will continue with the next image.
+If the response is "q" the editor will exit entirely.
+
+To conveniently print the value of the field "title" without modifying the
+image header, we repeat the command with the special value ".".
+
+	cl> hedit m74 title .
+
+To print (or edit) the values of all header fields a field template may be
+given.
+
+	cl> hedit m74 * .
+
+To print (or edit) the values of only a few fields the field template may
+be given as a list.
+
+	cl> hedit m74 w0,wpc .
+
+To print the value of one or more fields in a set of images, an image template
+may be given.  Both image templates and field templates may be given if
+desired.
+
+	cl> hedit n1.* exp .
+
+Abbreviations are not permitted for field names, i.e., the given template
+must match the full field name.  Currently, field name matches are case
+insensitive since image headers are often converted to and from FITS headers,
+which are case insensitive.
+
+
+2. Advanced Usage
+
+    The header editor is capable of performing global edits on entire image
+databases wherein the new value of each field is computed automatically at
+edit time and may depend on the values of other fields in the image header.
+Editing may be performed in either batch or interactive mode.  An audit trail
+may be maintained (via the \fIshow\fR switch and i/o redirection), permitting
+restoration of the database in the event of an error.  Trial runs may be made
+with updating disabled, before committing to an actual edit which modifies the
+database.
+
+The major editing functions of the \fIhedit\fR task are the following:
+
+.nf
+	update		modify the value of a field or fields
+	addonly		add a new field
+	add		add a new field or modify an old one
+	delete		delete a set of fields
+.fi
+
+In addition, \fIhedit\fR may be used merely to inspect the values of the header
+fields, without modification of the image database.
+
+
+2.1 Standard header fields
+
+    The header editor may be used to access both the standard image header
+fields and any user or application defined fields.  The standard header fields
+currently defined are shown below.  There is no guarantee that the names and/or
+usage of these fields will not change in the future.
+
+
+.ks
+.nf
+	i_ctime		int		create time
+	i_history	string		history comments
+	i_limtime	int		time when min,max last updated
+	i_maxpixval	real		maximum pixel value
+	i_minpixval	real		minimum pixel value
+	i_mtime		int		time of last modify
+	i_naxis		int		number of axes (dimensionality)
+	i_naxis[1-7]	int		length of each axis
+	i_pixfile	string		pathname of pixel storage file
+	i_pixtype	int		pixel datatype code
+	i_title		string		title string
+.fi
+.ke
+
+
+The standard header field names have an "i_" prefix to reduce the possibility
+of a name collision with a user field name, and to distinguish the two classes
+of parameters in templates.  The prefix may be omitted provided the simple
+name is unique.
+
+
+2.2 Field name template
+
+    The form of the field name list or template parameter \fIfields\fR is
+equivalent to that of a filename template except that "@listfile" is not
+supported, and of course the template is expanded upon the field name list
+of an image, rather than upon a directory.  Abbreviations are not permitted
+in field names and case is not significant.  Case is ignored in this context
+due to the present internal storage format for the user parameters (FITS),
+which also limits the length of a user field name to 8 characters.
+
+
+2.3 Value expression
+
+    The \fIvalue\fR parameter is a string type parameter.  If the first
+character in the string is a left parenthesis the string is interpreted as
+an algebraic expression wherein the operands may be constants, image header
+variables (field names), special variables (defined below), or calls to
+intrinsic functions.  The expression syntax is equivalent to that used in
+the CL and SPP languages.  If the value string is not parenthesized it is
+assumed to be a string constant.  The \fIvalue\fR string will often contain
+blanks, quotes, parenthesis, etc., and hence must usually be quoted to avoid
+interpretation by the CL rather than by the header editor.
+
+For example, the command
+
+	cl> hedit m74 title "title // ';ss'"
+
+would change the title to the literal string constant "title // ';ss'",
+whereas the command
+
+	cl> hedit m74 title "(title // ';ss')"
+
+would concatenate the string ";ss" to the old title string.  We require
+parenthesis for expression evaluation to avoid the need to doubly quote
+simple string constant values, which would be even more confusing for the
+user than using parenthesis.  For example, if expressions did not have to
+be parenthesized, the first example in the basic usage section would have
+to be entered as shown below.
+
+	cl> hedit m74 title '"sky flat"'	# invalid command
+
+Expression evaluation for \fIhedit\fR, \fIhselect\fR, and similar tasks
+is carried out internally by the FMTIO library routine \fBevexpr\fR.
+For completeness minimal documentation is given here, but the documentation
+for \fIevexpr\fR itself should be consulted if additional detail is required
+or if problems occur.
+
+
+2.3.1 operators
+
+    The following operators are recognized in value expressions.  With the
+exception of the operators "?", "?=", and "@", the operator set is equivalent
+to that available in the CL and SPP languages.
+
+
+.nf
+	+  -  *  /		arithmetic operators
+	**			exponentiation
+	//			string concatenation
+	!  -			boolean not, unary negation
+	<  <= >  >=		order comparison (works for strings)
+	== != && ||		equals, not equals, and, or
+	?=			string equals pattern
+	? :			conditional expression
+	@			reference a variable
+.fi
+
+
+The operators "==", "&&", and "||" may be abbreviated as "=", "&", and "|"
+if desired.  The ?= operator performs pattern matching upon strings.
+For example, the boolean expression shown below will be true whenever the
+field "title" contains the substring "sky".
+
+	(title ?= '*sky*')
+
+The conditional expression operator '?', which is patterned after a similar
+operator in C, is used to make IF ELSE like decisions within an expression.
+The syntax is as follows:
+
+	<bool_expr> '?' <true_expr> ':' <false_expr> 
+
+e.g., the expression
+
+	((a > b) ? 1 : 0)
+
+has the value 1 if A is greater than B, and 0 otherwise.  The datatypes
+of the true and false expressions need not be the same, unlike a compiled
+language.  Note that if the parenthesis are omitted ambiguous forms of
+the expression are possible, e.g.:
+
+	(a > b) ? 1 : a + 1
+
+could be interpreted either as
+
+	((a > b) ? 1 : a) + 1
+or as
+	(a > b) ? 1 : (a + 1)
+
+If the parenthesis are omitted the latter interpretation is assumed.
+
+The operator @ must be used to dereference variables that have names with
+funny (non-alphanumeric) characters in them, forcing the variable name to
+be given as a string constant.  For example, the value of the expression
+
+	@"co-flag"
+
+is the value of the variable "co-flag".  If the variable were referenced
+directly by name the "-" would be interpreted as the subtraction operator,
+causing an unknown variable reference (e.g., to "co").
+The operand following the @ may be any string valued expression.
+The @ operator is right associative, hence the construct "@@param" is the
+value of the parameter named by the value of the parameter "param".
+
+An expression may contain operands of datatypes bool, int, real, and string.
+Mixed mode expressions are permitted with automatic type coercion.  Most type
+coercions from boolean or string to other datatypes are illegal.  The boolean
+constants "yes" and "no" are predefined and may be used within expressions.
+
+
+2.3.2 intrinsic functions
+
+    A number of standard intrinsic functions are recognized within expressions.
+The set of functions currently supported is shown below.
+
+
+.nf
+	abs	acos	asin	atan	atan2	bool	cos
+	exp	int	log	log10	max	min	mod
+	nint	real	sin	sqrt	str	tan	
+.fi
+
+
+The trigonometric functions operate in units of degrees rather than radians.
+The \fImin\fR and \fImax\fR functions may have any number of arguments up
+to a maximum of sixteen or so (configurable).  The arguments need not all
+be of the same datatype.
+
+A function call may take either of the following forms:
+
+.nf
+	<identifier> '(' arglist ')'
+or
+	<string_expr> '(' arglist ')'
+.fi
+
+The first form is the conventional form found in all programming languages.
+The second permits the generation of function names by string valued
+expressions and might be useful on rare occasions.
+
+
+2.3.3 special operands
+
+    As noted earlier, expression operands may be constants, variables (header
+fields), function calls, or references to any of the special variables.
+The following special variables are recognized within expressions:
+
+
+.nf
+	.		A string constant, used to flag printing
+	$		The value of the "current field"
+	$F		The name of the "current field"
+	$I		The name of the "current image"
+	$T		The current clock time (an integer value)
+.fi
+
+
+These builtin variables are especially useful for constructing context
+dependent expressions.  For example, the value of a field may be incremented
+by 100 by assigning it the value "$ + 100".
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Globally edit the database "n1", setting the value of the string parameter
+"obs" to "sky" if "s-flag" is 1, to "obj" otherwise.
+
+    cl> hedit n1.* obs '(@"s-flag" == 1 ? "sky" : "obj")'
+
+2. Globally edit the same database, replacing the value of the parameter
+"variance" by the square root of the original value.
+
+    cl> hedit n1.* var '(sqrt(var))'
+
+3. Replace the values of the fields A and B by the absolute value of the
+original value:
+
+    cl> hedit n1.* a,b '(abs($))'
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+The internal storage format is currently FITS card image, hence field names
+are limited to 8 characters with no case sensitivity.  String values are
+limited to 63 characters.  There is an upper limit on the number of fields
+in a header but it is quite large - assume it is 1024 or so.  Global operations
+on databases are currently quite slow because the individual records (image
+headers) are stored in separate files.
+
+A task is needed which would take the audit trail produced by the \fIshow\fR
+option and use it to undo an edit.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+hselect, imgets, imheader
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/hselect.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/hselect.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d94f240b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/hselect.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+.help hselect May85 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+hselect - extract keyword values from images satisfying a selection expression
+.ih
+USAGE
+hselect images fields expr
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+Images forming the set from which selected images are to be drawn.
+.le
+.ls fields
+Comma separated list of keywords or keyword patterns to be extracted
+from each selected image.  The list elements are matched against the
+set of keywords in the header except for those beginning with "$" which
+are special values or explicit checks for keywords that might be missing.
+.le
+.ls expr
+The boolean expression to be used as the selection criteria.  The expression
+is evaluated independently for each image.
+.le
+.ls missing = "INDEF"
+Output value for missing keywords.  Note that this will only occur when the
+fields are specified with leading "$".
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The function of \fIhselect\fR is to extract keyword values from a subset
+of images satisfying a boolean selection expression.  The resultant table
+of keyword values is output in list form, suitable for further analysis
+or for use to generate a list of images to be processed by another task.
+
+The form of the boolean expression \fIexpr\fR is fully documented in the
+manual page for the \fIhedit\fR task.  In the case of \fIhselect\fR task,
+however, the expression need not be parenthesized to be evaluated as an
+expression.
+
+The keywords whose values are to be output are specified by the \fIfields\fR
+parameter.  This is a comma delimited list of keywords and patterns.  The
+keywords and patterns are matched against the set of keywords in the image.
+Of particular importance is that explicit keywords, that is without any
+wildcard, are matched against the header and so if the keyword is not in the
+header then the keyword value is not output.  If one wants to explicitly
+output a place holder for a missing keyword use a leading $; e.g. $mykey.
+If the keyword is absent then the value given by the \fImissing\fR
+parameter will be output.  This is useful when scanning the output.
+
+In addition to escaping the keyword matching, the leading $ character is
+also used to select special values such as "$I" for the name of the current
+image.  See \fBhedit\fR for more on the special values and pattern syntax.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Compute the mean exposure time for all the images in a database.  Note that
+the argument "yes" is a trivial case of a general boolean expression and
+hence need not be quoted.
+
+	cl> hselect n1.* exp yes | average
+
+2. Print the name, length of axes 1 and 2, and title of all two dimensional
+images in a database.
+
+
+.nf
+	cl> hselect n1.* $I,naxis[12],title 'naxis == 2'
+	n1.0001	512	512	quartz
+	n1.0002 512	512	"dome flat"
+	n1.0005 384	800	"ngc 3127 at 45 degrees"
+	cl>
+.fi
+
+
+3. Produce an image name list for use to drive another task.  The selection
+criterion is all images for which the value of the parameter "q-flag"
+has the value 1.  Note carefully the use of quotes.  If the @ operator
+is unfamiliar read the manual page for \fIhedit\fR.
+
+	cl> hselect n1.* $I '@"q-flag" == 1' > imlist
+
+If the parameter "q-flag" were instead named "qflag", the following
+simpler expression would suffice.
+
+	cl> hselect n1.* $I 'qflag == 1' > imlist
+
+4.  Scan a set of keyword and allow for missing keywords.
+
+.nf
+	cl> hselect pix $I,$exptime,$airmass yes missing=INDEF |
+	>>> scan (s1, x, y)
+.fi
+
+Note that when checking for missing values the missing value must be
+of the appropriate type or else you need to use string variables or
+nscan to check.  The default missing value is "INDEF" which can be
+scanned into both string and numerical variables.
+.ih
+BUGS
+Since individual image headers are currently stored as separate files,
+selection from a large database is quite slow.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+hedit, imgets, imheader
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imarith.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imarith.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00c913e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imarith.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+.help imarith Sep86 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imarith -- binary image arithmetic
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imarith operand1 op operand2 result
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls operand1, operand2
+Lists of images and constants to be used as operands.
+Image templates and image sections are allowed.
+.le
+.ls op    
+Operator to be applied to the operands.  The allowed operators
+are "+", "-", "*", "/", "min", and "max".
+.le
+.ls result
+List of resultant images.
+.le
+.ls title = ""
+Title for the resultant images.  If null ("") then the title is taken
+from operand1 if operand1 is an image or from operand2 otherwise.
+.le
+.ls divzero = 0.
+Replacement value for division by zero.  When the denominator is zero
+or nearly zero the result is replaced by this value.
+.le
+.ls hparams = ""
+List of header parameters to be operated upon.  This is primarily
+used for adding exposure times when adding images.
+.le
+.ls pixtype = "", calctype = ""
+Pixel datatype for the resultant image and the internal calculation datatype.
+The choices are given below.  They may be abbreviated to one character.
+.ls ""    
+\fICalctype\fR defaults to the highest precedence operand datatype.  If the
+highest precedence datatype is an integer type and the operation is
+division then the calculation type will be "real".  If the highest
+precedence operand is type "ushort", \fIcalctype\fR will default to
+"long".  \fIPixtype\fR defaults to \fIcalctype\fR. Users who want type
+"ushort" images on output will need to set \fIpixtype\fR to "ushort"
+explicitly.
+.le
+.ls "1", "2"
+The pixel datatype of the first or second operand.
+.le
+.ls "short", "ushort", "integer", "long", "real", "double"
+Allowed IRAF pixel datatypes.
+.le
+.le
+.ls verbose = no
+Print the operator, operands, calculation datatype, and the resultant image
+name, title, and pixel datatype.
+.le
+.ls noact = no
+Like the verbose option but the operations are not actually performed.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Binary image arithmetic is performed of the form:
+
+	operand1 op operand2 = result
+
+where the operators are addition, subtraction, multiplication,
+division, and minimum and maximum.  The division operator checks for
+nearly zero denominators and replaces the ratio by the value specified
+by the parameter \fIdivzero\fR.  The operands are lists of images and
+numerical constants and the result is a list of images.  The number of
+elements in an operand list must either be one or equal the number of
+elements in the resultant list.  If the number of elements is one then
+it is used for each resultant image.  If the number is equal to the
+number of resultant images then the elements in the operand list are
+matched with the elements in the resultant list.  The only limitation
+on the combination of images and constants in the operand lists is that
+both operands for a given resultant image may not be constants.  The
+resultant images may have the same name as one of the operand images in
+which case a temporary image is created and after the operation is
+successfully completed the image to be replaced is overwritten by the
+temporary image.
+
+If both operands are images the lengths of each axis for the common
+dimensions must be the same though the dimensions need not be the
+same.  The resultant image header will be a copy of the operand image
+with the greater dimension.  If the dimensions are the same then image
+header for the resultant image is copied from operand1.  The title of
+the resultant image may be changed using the parameter \fItitle\fR.
+The pixel datatype for the resultant image may be set using the
+parameter \fIpixtype\fR.  If no pixel datatype is specified then the
+pixel datatype defaults to the calculation datatype given by the
+parameter \fIcalctype\fR.  The calculation datatype defaults to the
+highest precedence datatype of the operand images or constants except
+that a division operation will default to real for integer images.
+The precedence of the datatypes, highest first, is double,
+real, long, integer, and short.  The datatype of a constant operand is
+either short integer or real.  A real constant has a decimal point.
+
+Arithmetic on images of unequal dimensions implies that the operation
+is repeated for each element of the higher dimensions.  For example
+subtracting a two dimensional image from a three dimensional image
+consists of subtracting the two dimensional image from each band of the
+three dimensional image.  This works for any combination of image
+dimensions.  As an extreme example dividing a seven dimensional image
+by a one dimension image consists of dividing each line of each plane
+of each band ... by the one dimensional image.
+
+There are two points to emphasize when using images of unequal
+dimensions.  First, a one dimensional image operates on a line
+of a two or higher dimension image.  To apply a one dimensional image
+to the columns of a higher dimensional image increase the image
+dimensionality with \fBimstack\fR, transpose the resultant image,
+and then replicate the columns with \fBblkrep\fR (see the EXAMPLE
+section).  The second point of confusion is that an image with a
+size given by \fBimheader\fR of [20,1] is a two dimensional image
+while an image with size of [20] is a one dimensional image.  To
+reduce the dimensionality of an image use \fBimcopy\fR.
+
+In addition to operating on the image pixels the image header parameters
+specified by the list \fIhparams\fR are also operated upon.  The operation
+is the same as performed on the pixels and the values are either the
+values associated with named header parameters or the operand constant
+values.  The primary purpose of this feature is to add exposure times
+when adding images.
+
+The verbose option is used to record the image arithmetic.  The output
+consists of the operator, the operand image names, the resultant image
+name and pixel datatype, and the calculation datatype.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To add two images and the exposure times:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imarith ccd1 + ccd2 sum
+	>>> hparams="itime,otime,ttime,exposure"
+.fi
+
+2. To subtract a constant from an image and replace input image by the
+subtracted image:
+
+	cl> imarith m31 - 223.2 m31
+
+Note that the final pixel datatype and the calculation datatype will be at
+least of type real because the constant operand is real.
+
+3. To scale two exposures, divide one by the other, and extract the central
+portion:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imarith exp1[10:90,10:90] * 1.2 temp1
+	cl> imarith exp2[10:90,10:90] * 0.9 temp2
+	cl> imarith temp1 / temp2 final title='Ratio of exp1 and exp 2'
+	cl> imdelete temp1,temp2
+.fi
+
+Note that in this example the images temp1, temp2, and final will be
+of real pixel datatype (or double if either exp1 or exp2 are of pixel
+datatype double) because the numerical constants are real numbers.
+
+4. To divide two images of arbitrary pixel datatype using real arithmetic
+and create a short pixel datatype resultant image:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imarith image1 / image2 image3 pixtype=real  \
+	>>> calctype=short title="Ratio of image1 and image2"
+.fi
+
+5. To divide several images by calibration image using the image pixel type of
+the numerator images to determine the pixel type of the calibration images
+and the calculation arithmetic type:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imarith image1,image2,image3 / calibration \
+	>>> image1a,image2a,image3a pixtype=1 calctype=1
+.fi
+
+The same operation can be done in place with image template expansion by:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imarith image* / calibration image* pixtype=1 calctype=1
+.fi
+
+6. To subtract a two dimensional bias from stacked observations (multiple
+two dimensional observations stacked to form a three dimensional image):
+
+	cl> imarith obs* - bias obs*//b
+
+Note that the output observations obs101b, ..., will be three dimensional.
+
+7. To divide a 50 x 50 image by the average column:
+
+.nf
+	cl> blkavg img avcol 50 1
+	cl> blkrep avcol avcol 50 1
+	cl> imarith img / avcol flat
+.fi
+
+8. To subtract a one dimensional image from the lines of a two dimensional
+image:
+
+	cl> imarith im2d - im1d diff
+
+9. To subtract a one dimensional image from the columns of a two dimensional
+image:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imstack im1d imcol
+	cl> imtranspose imcol imcol
+	cl> blkrep imcol imcol 100 1
+	cl> imarith im2d - imcol diff
+.fi
+
+Note the need to make a two dimensional image with each column
+replicated since a one dimensional image will operate on the lines
+of a two dimensional image.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+blkrep, imdivide, imfunction, imstack, imtranspose
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imcopy.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imcopy.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1128c587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imcopy.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+.help imcopy Oct84 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imcopy -- copy images
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imcopy input output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+Images to be copied.
+.le
+.ls output
+Output images or directory.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print each operation as it takes place?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Each of the input images, which may be given as a general image template
+including sections, is copied to the corresponding output image list,
+which may also be given as an image template, or the output directory.
+If the output is a list of images then the number of input images must be
+equal to the number of output images and the input and output images are paired
+in order.  If the output image name exists and contains a section then the
+input image (provided it is the same size as the section) will be copied
+into that section of the input image.  If the output image name does not
+have a section specification and if it is the same as the input image name
+then the input image is copied to a temporary file which replaces the input
+image when the copy is successfully concluded.  Note that these are the only
+cases where clobber checking is bypassed; that is, if an output image name
+is not equal to the input image name or a subsection of an existing image
+and the file already exists then a clobber error will occur if
+clobber checking is in effect.
+
+The verbose options prints for each copy lines of the form:
+.nf
+
+input image -> output image
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. For a simple copy of an image:
+
+	cl> imcopy image imagecopy
+
+2. To copy a portion of an image:
+
+	cl> imcopy image[10:20,*] subimage
+
+3. To copy several images:
+
+	cl> imcopy image1,image2,frame10 a,b,c
+
+4. To trim an image:
+
+	cl> imcopy image[10:20,*] image
+
+In the above example the specified section of the input image replaces the
+original input image.  To trim several images using an image template:
+
+	cl> imcopy frame*[1:512,1:512] frame*
+
+In this example all images beginning with "frame" are trimmed to 512 x 512.
+
+5. To copy a set of images to a new directory:
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcopy image* directory
+			or
+	cl> imcopy image* directory$
+			or
+	cl> imcopy image* osdirectory
+.fi
+
+where "osdirectory" is an operating system directory name (i.e. /user/me
+in UNIX).
+
+6. To copy a section of an image in an already existing image of
+   sufficient size to contain the input section.
+
+.nf
+	cl> imcopy image[1:512,1:512] outimage[257:768,257:768]
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+The distinction between copying to a section of an existing image
+and overwriting a input image is rather inobvious.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imdelete.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imdelete.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54d926fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imdelete.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+.help imdelete Dec85 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imdelete -- delete a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+imdelete images
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+List of images to be deleted.
+.le
+.ls go_ahead 
+Delete the image?
+.le
+.ls verify = no
+Verify the delete operation for each image.
+.le
+.ls default_action = yes
+The default action for the verify query.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+IMDELETE takes as input a list of IRAF images specified by \fIimages\fR and
+deletes both the header and pixel files. In \fIverify\fR mode IMDELETE
+queries the user for the appropriate action to be taken for each IRAF image.
+
+If the \fIimages\fR parameter is a URL, it will be accessed and put into 
+the file cache, then immediately deleted.  To simply remove a file from
+the cache, use the \fIfcache\fR command instead.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Delete a list of images
+
+.nf
+    cl> imdelete fits*
+.fi
+
+2. Delete a list of images using verify
+
+.nf
+    cl> imdel fits* ver+
+    cl> Delete file \fI'fits1'\fR ? (yes): yes
+    cl> Delete file \fI'fits2'\fR ? (yes): yes
+    cl> Delete file \fI'fits3'\fR ? (yes): yes
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imcopy, fcache
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imdivide.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imdivide.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f104029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imdivide.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+.help imdivide Sep86 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imdivide -- image division with zero checking and rescaling
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imdivide numerator denominator resultant
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls numerator
+Numerator image.
+.le
+.ls denominator
+Denominator image.
+.le
+.ls resultant
+Resultant image.  This image will be of datatype real.
+.le
+.ls title = '*'
+Title for resultant image.  The special character '*' defaults the title
+to that of the numerator image.
+.le
+.ls constant = 0
+The constant value for the zero division constant option.
+.le
+.ls rescale = norescale
+After the image division the resultant image may be rescaled with the following
+options:
+.ls norescale
+Do not rescale the resultant image.
+.le
+.ls mean
+Scale the resultant image to the specified mean value.
+.le
+.ls numerator
+Scale the resultant image to have the same mean value as the numerator image.
+.le
+.le
+.ls mean = 1
+The mean value used rescale the resultant image under 'mean' option of
+\fIrescale\fR.
+.le
+.ls verbose = no
+Print the means of each image?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The \fInumerator\fR image is divided by the \fIdenominator\fR image to
+form the \fIresultant\fR image.  The division is checked for division by
+zero and replaces the result with the value of the parameter \fIconstant\fR.
+After the division the resultant image may be rescaled.
+The rescaling option is selected with \fIrescale\fR.  The options are
+not to rescale, rescale to the specified \fImean\fR value, and rescale to
+the mean of the numerator.  The means of the three images are calculated
+and may be printed with the verbose option.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To divide a object image by a flat field and then rescale the division
+back to the mean of the object image:
+
+    cl> imdivide object image final rescale=numerator
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imarith
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imexpr.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imexpr.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76886d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imexpr.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+.help imexpr Dec01 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imexpr -- General image expression evaluator
+.ih
+USAGE
+imexpr expr output [a b c ...]
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls expr
+The expression to be evaluated.  This may be the actual expression, or the
+string "@file" in which case the expression is taken from the named file.
+The input operands (i.e., numeric constants, images, or image header
+parameters) are referred to in the expression symbolically using the letters
+"a" through "z".
+.le
+.ls output
+The output image.  A section may be given to write into a section of an
+existing image.
+.le
+.ls a - z
+The input operands referenced by the expression.  The value of an operand
+may be an image name or section, a numeric constant, or a reference to an
+image header parameter of the form \fIoperand.param\fR, where \fIoperand\fR
+is one of the other input operands "a" through "z", corresponding to an input
+image (for example, "a.itime" is the parameter "itime" from the image
+assigned to operand "a").  An example of an input image operand is
+"a=dev$pix".
+.le
+.ls dims = "auto"
+The dimensions of the output image.  If the special value \fIauto\fR is
+given the output image dimensions are computed based on the input operands
+and the expression being evaluated.  Otherwise the value is a list of axis
+lengths, e.g., "512,512".
+.le
+.ls intype = "int"
+The minimum datatype for an input image operand.  If the special value
+\fIauto\fR is given the operand type will be the same as the pixel type of
+the image.  Otherwise one of the values "short", "int", "long", "real",
+or "double" should be given.  The program will promote the type of the
+input operand to the type specified if the actual type is less precise
+than the value of \fIintype\fR, otherwise the type of the input operand
+is not changed.  For example, if \fIintype\fR is "int" (the default),
+short integer input operands will be promoted to integer but int, long,
+real or double operands will be unaffected.  Setting \fIintype\fR to real
+will force the expression to be evaluated in floating point.
+.le
+.ls outtype = "auto"
+The pixel type of the output image.  If set to the special value \fIauto\fR
+the output image will be the same type as the expression being evaluated.
+If set to \fIref\fR the output image will have the same type as the
+"reference" input image (see below), regardless of the expression type.
+If an explicit type is specified such as "short", "ushort", "int", "real",
+an image of the indicated type will be created.
+.le
+.ls refim = "auto"
+The reference image to be used to pass the WCS and other image header
+attributes to the output image.  If set to \fIauto\fR the program will
+compute the best reference image, which is the first input image
+with the highest number of dimensions.  To force a particular input image
+to be the reference image the value should be set to the name of an input
+operand ("a", "b", etc.).  The named operand must refer to an image.
+.le
+.ls bwidth = 0
+The boundary width in pixels for boundary extension.  Boundary extension
+is enabled by setting this value to a positive nonzero value.  Boundary
+extension is needed when an input image section references out of bounds.
+.le
+.ls btype = "nearest"
+The type of boundary extension, chosen from the list "constant", "nearest",
+"reflect", "wrap", or "project".
+.le
+.ls bpixval = 0.
+The boundary pixel value if \fIbtype\fR="constant".
+.le
+.ls rangecheck = yes
+If range checking is enabled then the program will check for illegal
+operations such as divide by zero or the square root or logarithm of a
+negative value, substituting a constant value (zero) if such an operation
+is detected.  This may be necessary to avoid aborting the entire operation
+because of a few bad pixels in an image.  A conditional expression may be
+used to detect such pixels and perform any special processing.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Enable or disable informative messages.  If enabled, the program will echo
+the expression to be evaluated after all expansions have been performed,
+and percent-done messages will be printed as the expression is evaluated.
+.le
+.ls exprdb = ""
+The file name of an optional expression database.  An expression database
+may be used to define symbolic constants or a library of custom function
+macros.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+\fIimexpr\fR evaluates an image expression and writes the result to the
+output image.  Images may be any dimension or size and any datatype except
+complex (complex images may be read but only the real part will be used).
+
+If the input images are not all the same size the computation will be
+performed over the largest area which is common to all images.  If the
+images are not all the same dimension the lesser dimension operands will be
+iteratively combined with the higher dimension ones.  For example, when
+both a one and two dimensional image are used in the same expression,
+the vector (one dimensional image) will be applied to all lines of the
+two dimensional image.
+
+Evaluation of the image expression is carried out one line at a time.  This
+is efficient and permits operations on arbitrarily large images without
+using excessive memory, but does not allow 2D or higher operations to be
+performed within the expression (e.g., transpose).  The entire expression is
+evaluated once for each line of the output image.
+
+
+\fBOperands\fR
+
+Input operands are represented symbolically in the input expression using
+the symbols "a" through "z", corresponding to \fIimexpr\fR task parameters.
+Use of symbolic operands allows the same expression to be used with different
+data sets, simplifies the expression syntax, and allows a single input image
+to be used several places in the same expression.
+
+Three classes of input operands are recognized: images, image parameters, and
+numeric constants.
+
+.nf
+	dev$pix[*,55]		image operand
+	a.itime			image parameter
+	1.2345			numeric constant
+.fi
+
+Since the input operands are CL parameters they may be set on the command
+line, or entered in response to parameter prompts when the task executes and
+evaluates the input expression.  For example,
+
+.nf
+	cl> imexpr "a - a/b" pix
+	operand a: dev$pix[*,55]
+	operand b: a.itime
+.fi
+
+would evaluate the expression shown, storing the result in the output image
+"pix".
+
+Operands may also be specified directly in the expression, with the
+exception of image operands.  For example,
+
+	cl> imexpr "a - a / a.itime"
+
+is equivalent to the earlier example.
+
+If the input operand is not a simple identifier (a simple name like "itime"
+containing only alphanumeric characters, underscore, ".", or "$") then it
+is necessary to quote the operand name and precede it with an "@", e.g.,
+
+	cl> imexpr 'a - a / @"a.i-time"'
+
+Finally, there is a special builtin type of operand used to represent the
+image pixel coordinates in an image expression.  These operands have the
+special reserved names "I", "J", "K", etc., up to the dimensions of the
+output image.  The names must be upper case to avoid confusion to with the
+input operands "i", "j", "k" and so on.
+
+.nf
+	I			X coordinate of pixel (column)
+	J			Y coordinate of pixel (line)
+	K			Z coordinate of pixel (band)
+.fi
+
+An example of the use of the pixel coordinate operands is the generation of
+multidimensional analytic functions.
+
+
+\fBOperators\fR
+
+The expression syntax implemented by \fIimexpr\fR provides the following
+set of operators:
+
+.nf
+	( expr )		grouping
+	+ - * /			arithmetic
+	**			exponentiation
+	//			concatenate
+	expr ? expr1 : expr2	conditional expression
+	@ "name"		get operand
+
+	&&			logical and
+	||			logical or
+	! 			logical not
+	<			less than
+	<=			less than or equal
+	>			greater than
+	>=			greater than or equal
+	==			equals
+	!=			not equals
+	?=			substring equals
+
+	&			bitwise and
+	|			bitwise or
+	^			bitwise exclusive or
+	~			bitwise not (complement)
+.fi
+
+The conditional expression has the value \fIexpr1\fR if \fIexpr\fR is true,
+and \fIexpr2\fR otherwise.  Since the expression is evaluated at every pixel
+this permits pixel-dependent operations such as checking for special pixel
+values, or selection of elements from either of two vectors.  For example,
+the command
+
+	(a < 0) ? 555 : b / a
+
+has the constant value 555 if "a" is less than zero, and "b / a" otherwise.
+Conditional expressions are general expressions and may be nested or used
+anywhere an expression is permitted.
+
+The concatenation operator applies to all types of data, not just strings.
+Concatenating two vectors results in a vector the combined length of the
+two input vectors.
+
+The substring equals operator "?=", used for string comparisons,  is like 
+"==" but checks for the presence of a substring, rather than exact equality
+of the two strings.
+
+
+\fBFunctions\fR
+
+Where it makes sense all intrinsic functions support all datatypes, with
+some restrictions on \fIbool\fR and \fIchar\fR.  Arguments may be scalars or
+vectors and scalar and vector arguments may be mixed in the same function
+call.  Arguments are automatically type converted upon input as necessary.
+Some functions support a variable number of arguments and the details of
+the the operation to be performed may depend upon how many arguments are
+given.
+
+Functions which operate upon vectors are applied to the \fIlines\fR of an
+image.  When applied to an image of dimension two or greater, these
+functions are evaluated separately for every line of the multidimensional
+image.
+
+Standard Intrinsic Functions
+
+.nf
+	abs (a)				absolute value
+	max (a, b, ...)			maximum value
+	min (a, b, ...)			minimum value
+	mod (a, b)			modulus
+       sqrt (a)				square root
+.fi
+
+Mathematical or trigonometric functions
+
+.nf
+       acos (a)				arc cosine
+       asin (a)				arc sine
+       atan (a [,b])			arc tangent
+      atan2 (a [,b])			arc tangent
+	cos (a)				cosine
+       cosh (a)				hyperbolic cosine
+	exp (a)				exponential
+	log (a)				natural logarithm
+      log10 (a)				logarithm base 10
+	sin (a)				sine
+       sinh (a)				hyperbolic sine
+	tan (a) 			tangent
+       tanh (a) 			hyperbolic tangent
+.fi
+
+The trigonometric functions operate in units of radians.  The \fIdeg\fR and
+\fIrad\fR intrinsic functions (see below) can be used to convert to and from
+degrees if desired.
+
+Type conversion functions
+
+.nf
+       bool (a)				coerce to boolean
+      short (a)				coerce to short
+	int (a)				truncate to integer
+       nint (a)				nearest integer
+       long (a)				coerce to long (same as int)
+       real (a)				coerce to real
+     double (a)				coerce to double
+	str (a)				coerce to string
+.fi
+
+The numeric type conversion functions will convert a string to a number if
+called with a character argument.  The \fIstr\fR function will convert any
+number to a string.
+
+Projection functions
+
+.nf
+	len (a)				length of a vector
+	hiv (a)				high value of a vector
+	lov (a)				low value of a vector
+       mean (a [, ksigma])		mean of a vector
+     median (a)				median of a vector
+     stddev (a [, ksigma])		standard deviation
+	sum (a)				sum of a vector
+.fi
+
+The projection functions take a vector as input and return a scalar value as
+output.  The functions \fImean\fR and \fIstddev\fR, used to compute the mean
+and standard deviation of a vector, allow an optional second argument which
+if given causes a K-sigma rejection to be performed.
+
+Miscellaneous functions
+
+.nf
+	deg (a)				radians to degrees
+	rad (a)				degrees to radians
+     median (a, b, c [, d [, e]])	vector median of 3-5 vectors
+       repl (a, n)			replicate
+       sort (a)				sort a vector
+      shift (a, npix)			shift a vector
+.fi
+
+The \fImedian\fR function shown here computes the vector median of several
+input vectors, unlike the projection median which computes the median value
+of a vector sample.  \fIsort\fR sorts a vector, returning the sorted vector
+as output (this can be useful for studying the statistics of a sample).
+\fIshift\fR applies an integral pixel shift to a vector, wrapping around at
+the endpoints.  A positive shift shifts data features to the right (higher
+indices).
+
+The \fIrepl\fR (replicate) function replicates a data element, returning a
+vector of length (n * len(a)) as output.  For example, this can be used to
+create a dummy data array or image by replicating a constant value.
+
+
+\fBThe Expression Database\fR
+
+The \fIimexpr\fR expression database provides a macro facility which can be
+used to create custom libraries of functions for specific applications. A
+simple example follows.
+
+.nf
+	# Sample IMEXPR expression database file.
+
+	# Constants.
+	SQRTOF2=	1.4142135623730950488
+	BASE_E=		2.7182818284590452353
+	PI=		3.1415926535897932385
+	GAMMA=		.57721566490153286061	# Euler's constant
+
+	# Functions.
+	div10(a)	((a) / 10)
+	divz(a,b)	((abs(b) < .000001) ? 0 : a / b)
+
+	div(a,b)	(div10(b) / a)
+	sinx		(cos(I / 30.0))
+	sinxy(a,b)	(cos (I / a) + cos (J / b))
+.fi
+
+The complete syntax of a macro entry is as follows:
+
+	<symbol>['(' arg-list ')'][':'|'=']     replacement-text
+
+The replacement text may appear on the same line as the macro name or may
+start on the next line, and may extend over multiple input lines if
+necessary.  If so, continuation lines must be indented.  The first line
+with no whitespace at the beginning of the line terminates the macro.
+Macro functions may be nested.  Macro functions are indistinguishable from
+intrinsic functions in expressions.
+
+
+\fBIMEXPR and Pixel Masks\fR
+
+Although \fIimexpr\fR has no special support for pixel masks, it was
+designed to work with masks and it is important to realize how these can be
+used.  IRAF image i/o includes support for a special type of image, the
+pixel mask or ".pl" type image.  Pixel masks are used for things such as
+region identification in images - any arbitrary region of an image can be
+assigned a constant value in a mask to mark the region.  Masks can then be
+used during image analysis to identify the subset of image pixels to be
+used.  An image mask stored as a ".pl" file is stored in compressed form and
+is typically only a few kilobytes in size.
+
+There are many ways to create masks, but in some cases \fIimexpr\fR itself
+can be used for this purpose.  For example, to create a boolean mask with
+\fIimexpr\fR merely evaluate a boolean expression and specify a ".pl" file
+as the output image.  For example,
+
+    cl> imexpr "a > 800" mask.pl
+
+will create a boolean mask "mask.pl" which identifies all the pixels in an
+image with a value greater than 800.
+
+An example of the use of masks is the problem of combining portions of two
+images to form a new image.
+
+    cl> imexpr "c ? a : b"  c=mask.pl
+
+This example will select pixels from either image A or B to form the output
+image, using the mask assigned to operand C to control the selection.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Copy an image, changing the datatype to real (there are better ways to
+do this of course).
+
+    cl> imexpr a pix2 a=pix outtype=real
+
+2. Create a new, empty image with all the pixels set to 0.
+
+    cl> imexpr "repl(0,512)" pix dim=512,512
+
+3. Create a 1D image containing the sinc function.
+
+    cl> imexpr "I == 10 ? 1.0 : sin(I-10.0)/(I-10)" sinc dim=20
+
+4. Create a new image containing a simple test pattern consisting of a 5
+element vector repeated 100 times across each image line.
+
+    cl> imexpr "repl((9 // 3 // 3 // 11 // 11), 100)" patt dim=500,500
+
+5. Subtract the median value from each line of an image.
+
+    cl> imexpr "a - median(a)" medimage
+
+6. Compute the HIV (low value) projection of an image.  The result is a
+transposed 1D image.
+
+    cl> imexpr "hiv(a)" hvector
+
+7. Swap the left and right halves of an image.
+
+.nf
+    cl> imexpr "a // b" pix swapimage
+    operand a: dev$pix[256:512,*]
+    operand b: dev$pix[1:255,*]
+.fi
+
+8. Create a circular mask of a given radius about a user-defined center.
+
+.nf
+    cl> type expr
+    (sqrt((I-b)**2 + (J-c)**2) <= d)
+    cl> imexpr @expr mask.pl b=256 c=256 d=100 dims=512,512
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+The input and output images cannot be the same.
+No support for type complex yet, or operations like the fourier transform.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imarith, imfunction, imcombine
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imfunction.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imfunction.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6cdef58e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imfunction.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.help imfunction Aug91 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imfunction -- Apply a function to the image pixel values
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imfunction input output function
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The input image list.
+.le
+.ls output
+Output image list. The number of output images must match the number of
+input images. If the output image list equals the input image list
+the input images are overwritten.
+.le
+.ls function
+Function to be applied to the input pixels. The options are:
+.ls log10
+Take the logarithm to base 10 of an image. Negative and zero-valued
+pixels will be assigned the value -MAX_EXPONENT.
+.le
+.ls alog10
+Taken the antilogarithm to base 10 of the image. Positive out-of-bounds
+pixel values will be assigned the value MAX_REAL, negative out-of-bounds
+pixel values will be assigned the value 0.0.
+.le
+.ls ln   
+Take the natural logarithm of an image. Negative and zero-valued pixels
+will be assigned the value - ln (10.) * MAX_EXPONENT.
+.le
+.ls aln   
+Take the antilogarithm to base e of an image. Positive out-of-bounds pixel
+values will be assigned the value MAX_REAL, negative out-of-bounds
+pixel values will be assigned the value 0.0
+.le
+.ls sqrt
+Take the square root of an image. Negative pixel values will be assigned
+the value 0.0.
+.le
+.ls square
+Take the square of an image.
+.le
+.ls cbrt
+Take the cube root of an image.
+.le
+.ls cube
+Take the cube of an image.
+.le
+.ls abs  
+Take the absolute value of an image.
+.le
+.ls neg  
+Take the negative of an image.
+.le
+.ls cos  
+Take the cosine of an image.
+.le
+.ls sin  
+Take the sine of an image.
+.le
+.ls tan  
+Take the tangent of an image.
+.le
+.ls acos
+Take the arc-cosine of an image. The output pixels will lie between
+0.0 and PI.
+.le
+.ls asin
+Take the arc-sine of an image. The output pixels will lie between -PI/2
+and +PI/2.
+.le
+.ls atan
+Take the arc-tangent of an image. The output pixels will lie between
+-PI/2 and +PI/2.
+.le
+.ls hcos
+Take the hyperbolic cosine of an image. Positive or negative
+out-of-bounds pixels will be assigned the value MAX_REAL.
+.le
+.ls hsin
+Take the hyperbolic sine of an image. Positive and negative out-of-bounds
+pixel values will be assigned the values MAX_REAL and -MAX_REAL respectively.
+.le
+.ls htan
+Take the hyperbolic tangent of an image.
+.le
+.ls reciprocal
+Take the reciprocal of an image. Zero-valued pixels will be assigned
+the output value 0.0
+.le
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+The selected function \fIfunction\fR is applied to the pixel values of all
+the input images \fIinput\fR to create the pixel values of the output
+images \fIoutput\fR. The number of output images must equal the number of
+input images. If the output image name is the same as the input image name
+the input image will be overwritten.
+
+If the input image is type real or double the output image will
+be of type real or double respectively. If the input image is type
+ushort then the output image will be type real. If the input image is one of
+the remaining integer data types, then the output image will be type
+real, unless function is "abs" or "neg", in which case the output
+data type will be the same as the input data type.
+
+Values of the machine dependent constants MAX_REAL and MAX_EXPONENT can be
+found in the file "hlib$mach.h". 
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Take the logarithm of the pixel values of images in1 and in2 and write
+the results to out1 and out2.
+
+.nf
+    cl> imfunction in1,in2 out1,out2 log10
+.fi
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imarith,imreplace
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imgets.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imgets.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12fa2a74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imgets.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.help imgets Jan85 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imgets -- get the value of an image header parameter as a string
+.ih
+USAGE
+imgets image param
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+Name of the image to be accessed.
+.le
+.ls param
+Name of the parameter whose value is to be returned.
+.le
+.ls value = ""
+The value of the parameter, returned as a string.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The value of the parameter \fIparam\fR of the image \fIimage\fR is returned
+as a string in the output parameter \fIvalue\fR.  The CL type coercion
+functions \fIint\fR and \fIreal\fR may be used to decode the returned
+value as an integer or floating point value.  Both standard image header
+parameters and special application or instrument dependent parameters may be
+accessed.  If the parameter cannot be found a warning message is printed and
+the value "0" is returned.  Parameter names are case sensitive.
+
+The following standard image header parameters may be accessed with
+\fBimgets\fR:
+
+.nf
+	i_pixtype			pixel type (short, real, etc.)
+	i_naxis				number of dimensions
+	i_naxis[1-7]			length of the axes (x=1,y=2)
+	i_minpixval			minimum pixel value or INDEF
+	i_maxpixval			maximum pixel value or INDEF
+	i_title				image title string
+	i_pixfile			pixel storage file name
+.fi
+
+This task is most useful for image parameter access from within CL scripts.
+The task \fBimheader\fR is more useful for just looking at the image header
+parameters.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Fetch the instrument parameter "HA" (hour angle) from the image header of
+the image "nite1.1001", and compute and print the hour angle in degrees:
+
+.ks
+.nf
+	cl> imgets nite1.1001 HA
+	cl> = real(imgets.value) * 15.0
+	42.79335
+.fi
+.ke
+
+2. Print the number of pixels per line in the same image.
+
+.ks
+.nf
+	cl> imgets nite1.1001 i_naxis1
+	cl> = int(imgets.value)
+	1024
+.fi
+.ke
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imheader, hedit, hselect
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imheader.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imheader.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c32feb0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imheader.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.help imheader Jun97 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imheader -- list header parameters for a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+imheader [images]
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+List of IRAF images.
+.le
+.ls imlist = "*.imh,*.fits,*.pl,*.qp,*.hhh"
+The default IRAF image name template.
+.le
+.ls longheader = no
+Print verbose image header.
+.le
+.ls userfields = yes
+If longheader is set print the information in the user area.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+IMHEADER prints header information in various formats for the list of IRAF
+images specified by \fIimages\fR, or by the default image name template
+\fIimlist\fR. If \fIlongheader\fR = no, the image name,
+dimensions, pixel type and title are printed. If \fIlongheader\fR = yes,
+information on the create and modify dates, image statistics and so forth
+are printed. Non-standard IRAF header information can be printed by
+setting \fIuserfields\fR = yes.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Print the header contents of a list of IRAF fits images.
+
+.nf
+	cl> imheader *.fits
+.fi
+
+2. Print the header contents of a list of old IRAF format images in verbose
+mode.
+
+.nf
+	cl> imheader *.imh lo+
+.fi
+
+3. Print short headers for all IRAF images of all types, e.g. imh, fits etc
+in the current directory.
+
+.nf
+	cl> imheader
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imgets, hedit, hselect
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imhistogram.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imhistogram.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..970f07fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imhistogram.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+.help imhistogram Nov89 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imhistogram -- print or plot the histogram of an image
+.ih
+USAGE
+imhistogram image
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+The name of the image or image subsection whose histogram is to be calculated.
+.le
+.ls z1 = INDEF, z2 = INDEF
+The minimum and maximum histogram intensity.  The image minimum and maximum
+pixel values are used by default.
+.le
+.ls binwidth = INDEF
+The resolution of the histogram in counts. If \fIbinwidth\fR is not defined,
+the parameter \fInbins\fR determines the histogram resolution.
+.le
+.ls nbins = 512
+The number of bins in, or resolution of, the histogram. 
+The \fInbins\fR parameter is overridden if \fIbinwidth\fR is defined.
+.le
+.ls autoscale = yes
+In the case of integer data, automatically adjust \fInbins\fR and
+\fIz2\fR to avoid aliasing effects.
+.le
+.ls top_closed = no
+Include z2 in the top bin?  Each bin of the histogram is a subinterval
+that is half open at the top.  \fITop_closed\fR decides whether those
+pixels with values equal to z2 are to be counted in the histogram.  If
+\fBtop_closed\fR is yes, the top bin will be larger than the other bins.
+.le
+.ls hist_type = "normal"
+The type of histogram to plot or list.  The choices are "normal",
+"cumulative", "difference", or "second_difference".  The two
+"difference" options are calculated as forward differences, i.e.,
+diff[n] = hist[n+1] - hist[n].
+.le
+.ls listout = no
+List instead of plot the histogram?  The list is never log scaled.
+.le
+.ls plot_type = "line"
+The plot vector type. The options are "line" and "box".
+.le
+.ls logy = yes
+Use log scaling on the y-axis of the plot?
+.le
+.ls device = "stdgraph"
+The output graphics device.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+\fIimhistogram\fR calculates the histogram of the IRAF image
+\fIimage\fR using the parameters \fInbins\fR, \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR.
+If either \fIz1\fR or \fIz2\fR is undefined the image minimum or
+maximum is used.  If \fIlistout\fR = no, the histogram is plotted on
+the graphics device \fIdevice\fR in the vector mode specified by
+\fIplot_type\fR.  The plot may be log scaled if \fIlogy\fR = yes (the
+default).  If \fIlistout\fR = yes, the histogram is listed on the
+standard output.
+
+In addition to producing the "normal" histogram, the task will also
+calculate cumulative and marginal (forward difference) histograms
+depending on the choice of the \fIhist_type\fR parameter (choices
+are:  "normal", "cumulative", "difference", and "second_difference").
+The plot will be labeled by the type of histogram as well as the image
+name and title and the binning parameters.
+
+Each bin of the histogram is defined to be half open at the top.  This
+results in an ambiguity deciding whether those pixels with z=z2 are
+included in the topmost bin.  This decision is left to the user via the
+\fItop_closed\fR parameter.  This is usually only important with integer
+images and histograms with few bins.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Output the histogram of an image to a file.
+
+    cl> imhist M51.imh li+ nbins=100 > fits1.hst
+
+2. Plot the histogram of another image between the values 0 and 2000.
+
+    cl> imhist M31.imh nbins=100 z1=0. z2=2000.
+
+3. Ditto, but set the histogram resolution explicitly to avoid
+smoothing the histogram.
+
+    cl> imhist M31.imh nbins=100 z1=0 z2=2000 nbins=2001
+
+4. Plot the cumulative histogram.  This is most useful for images with
+fairly flat "normal" histograms.
+
+    cl> imhist R50.imh hist=cum
+.ih
+BUGS
+If the resolution of the histogram (number of bins) is a non-integral multiple
+of the intensity resolution of the data (number of possible intensity values),
+then \fIaliasing\fR can occur.  The effect is to cause periodic zero dropouts
+(for an oversampled histogram) or excess-valued bins (for a slightly
+undersampled histogram).  The \fIautoscaling\fR feature, if enabled, will
+adjust the histogram parameters to avoid such aliasing effects for integer
+data.  This is not possible for floating point data, however, in which case
+aliasing is certainly possible and can only be avoided by manually adjusting
+the histogram parameters.  One should also be aware that \fIsmoothing\fR of
+the histogram will occur whenever the data range exceeds the histogram
+resolution.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+listpixels, plot.graph, proto.mkhistogram
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imjoin.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imjoin.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c5d8245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imjoin.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.help imjoin Jan97 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imjoin -- join images along a specified axis
+.ih
+USAGE
+imjoin input output join_dimension 
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images to be joined. The input images must have the
+same dimensionality and the same size along all dimensions but the join
+dimension.
+.le
+.ls output
+The output combined image.
+.le
+.ls join_dimension
+The image dimension along which the input images will be joined.
+.le
+.ls pixtype = ""
+The output image pixel type. The options are in order of increasing
+precedence "s" (short), "u" (unsigned short), "i" (integer),
+"l" (long integer), "r" (real), "d" (double), and "x" (complex).
+If the output image pixel type is not specified, it defaults to highest
+precedence input image datatype.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken by the task ?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+IMJOIN creates a single output image \fIoutput\fR  by joining a list of input
+images \fIinput\fR along a specified dimension \fIjoin_dimension\fR. IMJOIN
+can be used to create a single long 1-dimensional image from a list of shorter
+1-dimensional images, or to piece together a set of 3-dimensional images into
+larger 3-dimensional images along either the x, y, or z directions. The input
+images must all have the same number of dimensions and the same size along
+all dimensions by the join dimension. The output image inherits the
+world coordinates system if any of the first input image.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+.nf
+1.  Join a list of 1-dimensional spectra into a single long output spectrum.
+
+    cl> imjoin @inlist output 1
+
+2.  Join three datacubes along the z direction.
+
+    cl> imjoin c1,c2,c3 c123 3
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIMINGS
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+On some systems there are limitations on the number of input images that
+can be joined in a single execution of IMJOIN.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imstack, imslice, imtile
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imrename.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imrename.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dbba949b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imrename.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.help imrename Apr89 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imrename -- rename one or more images
+.ih
+USAGE
+imrename oldnames newnames
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls oldnames
+An image template specifying the names of the images to be renamed.
+.le
+.ls newnames
+Either an image template specifying the new names for the images,
+or the name of the directory to which the images are to be renamed (moved).
+.le
+.ls verbose = no
+If verbose output is enabled a message will be printed on the standard output
+recording each rename operation.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The \fBimrename\fR task renames one or more images.  The ordinary \fIrename\fR
+task cannot be used to rename images since an image may consist of more than
+one file.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Rename the image "pix" to "wfpc.1".
+
+	cl> imrename pix wfpc.1
+
+2. Rename all the "nite1*" images as "nite1_c".
+
+	cl> imrename nite1.*.imh nite1%%_c%.*.imh
+
+3. Move the images in logical directory "dd" to the current directory.
+
+	cl> imrename dd$*.imh .
+
+4. Move the pixel files associated with the images in the current directory
+to a subdirectory "pix" of the current directory.
+
+.nf
+	cl> reset imdir = HDR$pix/
+	cl> imrename *.imh .
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imcopy, imdelete, imheader
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imreplace.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imreplace.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80e9f12c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imreplace.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+.help imreplace Dec97 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imreplace -- replace pixels in a window by a constant
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imreplace images value lower upper
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+Images in which the pixels are to be replaced.
+.le
+.ls value
+Replacement value for pixels in the window.
+.le
+.ls imaginary = 0.
+Replacement value for pixels in the windoe for the imaginary part of
+complex data.
+.le
+.ls lower = INDEF
+Lower limit of window for replacing pixels.  If INDEF then all pixels
+are above \fIlower\fR.  For complex images this is the magnitude
+of the pixel values.  For integer images the value is rounded up
+to the next higher integer.
+.le
+.ls upper = INDEF
+Upper limit of window for replacing pixels.  If INDEF then all pixels
+are below \fIupper\fR.  For complex images this is the magnitude
+of the pixel values.  For integer images the value is rounded down
+to the next lower integer.
+.le
+.ls radius = 0.
+Additional replacement radius around pixels which are in the replacement
+window.  If a pixel is within this distance of a pixel within the replacement
+window it is also replaced with the replacement value.  Distances are
+measured between pixel centers which are have integer coordinates.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The pixels in the \fIimages\fR between \fIlower\fR and \fIupper\fR,
+and all other pixels with a distance given by \fIradius\fR,
+are replaced by the constant \fIvalue\fR.  The special value INDEF in
+\fIlower\fR and \fIupper\fR corresponds to the minimum and maximum
+possible pixel values, respectively.
+
+For complex images the replacement value is specified as separate
+real and imaginary and the thresholds are the magnitude.  For
+integer images the thresholds are used as inclusive limits
+so that, for example, the range 5.1-9.9 affets pixels 6-9.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. In a flat field calibration which has been scaled to unit mean replace
+all response values less than or equal to 0.8 by 1.
+
+    cl> imreplace calib 1 upper=.8
+
+2. Set all pixels to zero within a section of an image.
+
+    cl> imreplace image[1:10,5:100] 0
+.ih
+REVISIONS
+.ls IMREPLACE V2.11.1
+A replacement radius to replace additional pixels was added.
+.le
+.ls IMREPLACE V2.11
+The lower value is now rounded up for integer images so that a range
+like 5.1-9.9 affects pixels 6-9 instead of 5-9.
+.le
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imexpr
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imslice.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imslice.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..368240d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imslice.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+.help imslice Feb90 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imslice -- slice an image into images of lower dimension
+.ih
+USAGE
+imslice input output slicedim
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input images to be sliced. The input images must have a
+dimensionality greater than one.
+.le
+.ls output
+The root name of the output images. For each n-dimensional input
+image m (n-1)-dimensional images will be created, where m is the
+length of the axis to be sliced. The sequence number m will
+be appended to the output image name.
+.le
+.ls slice_dimension
+The dimension to be sliced.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about actions taken.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The n-dimensional images \fIinput\fR are sliced into m (n-1)-dimensional
+images \fIoutput\fR, where m is the length of the axis of the input
+image to be sliced. A sequence number from 1 to m is appended to output
+to create the output image name.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Slice the 3-D image "datacube" into a list of 2D images. A list of
+images called plane001, plane002, plane003 ... will be created.
+
+.nf
+	im> imslice datacube plane 3
+.fi
+
+2. Slice the list of 2-D images "nite1,nite2,nite3" into a list of 1-D images.
+A new list of images nite1001, nite1002, ..., nite2001, nite2002, ...,
+nite3001, nite3002 will be created.
+
+.nf
+	im> imslice nite1,nite2,nite3 nite1,nite2,nite3 2
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+If the image to be sliced is an image section, the images slices will
+refer to the section not the original image.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imstack, imcopy
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imstack.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imstack.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3eeccd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imstack.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.help imstack Apr92 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imstack -- stack images into an image of higher dimension
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imstack images output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+List of images to be stacked.
+.le
+.ls output
+Name of output image created.
+.le
+.ls title = "*"
+Title of output image.  If "*" then the title defaults to that of
+the first input image.
+.le
+.ls pixtype = "*"
+Pixel datatype of output image.  If "*" then the pixel datatype defaults to
+that of the first input image.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+The input \fIimages\fR are stacked to form an \fIoutput\fR image having one
+higher dimension than the input images, and a length of that dimension equal
+to the number of input images.  The input images must all be of the same
+dimension and size.
+
+The output image inherits the world coordinate system (WCS) of the first
+input image. If the dimension of the input image WCS is greater than or
+equal to the dimension of the output image, the input WCS is copied to the
+output image WCS without modification. Otherwise the input image WCS
+dimension is incremented by 1 and copied to the output image WCS, the input
+WCS coordinate transformations for each input image axis are copied to the
+output image WCS without modification, and the new output image axis is
+assigned a WCS type of 'linear' and the identity transformation.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Stack a set of four two dimensional images:
+
+	cl> imstack image* image.3d
+
+2. To stack a section of images:
+
+	cl> imstack image*[1:10,1:10] newimage
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imslice
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imstat.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imstat.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed5183d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imstat.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+.help imstatistics Feb01 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imstatistics -- compute and print image pixel statistics
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imstatistics images
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+The input images or image sections for which pixel statistics are to be
+computed.
+.le
+.ls fields = "image,npix,mean,stddev,min,max"
+The statistical quantities to be computed and printed.
+.le
+.ls lower = INDEF
+The minimum good data limit.  All pixels are above the default value of INDEF.
+.le
+.ls upper = INDEF
+The maximum good data limit.  All pixels are above the default value of INDEF.
+.le
+.ls nclip = 0
+The maximum number of iterative clipping cycles. By default no clipping is
+performed.
+.le
+.ls lsigma = 3.0
+The low side clipping factor in sigma.
+.le
+.ls usigma = 3.0
+The high side clipping factor in sigma.
+.le
+.ls binwidth = 0.1
+The width of the histogram bins used for computing the midpoint (estimate
+of the median) and the mode.
+The units are in sigma.
+.le
+.ls format = yes
+Label the output columns and print the result in fixed format. If format
+is "no" no column labels are printed and the output is in free format.
+.le
+.ls cache = no
+Cache the image data in memory ? This can increase the efficiency of the
+task if nclip > 0 or either of the midpt and mode statistics are computed.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The statistical quantities specified by the parameter \fIfields\fR are
+computed and printed for each image in the list specified by \fIimages\fR.
+The results are printed in tabular form with the fields listed in the order
+they are specified in the fields parameter. The available fields are the
+following.
+
+.nf
+	 image - the image name
+	  npix - the number of pixels used to do the statistics
+	  mean - the mean of the pixel distribution
+	 midpt - estimate of the median of the pixel distribution
+	  mode - the mode of the pixel distribution
+	stddev - the standard deviation of the pixel distribution
+	  skew - the skew of the pixel distribution
+      kurtosis - the kurtosis of the pixel distribution
+	   min - the minimum pixel value
+	   max - the maximum pixel value
+.fi
+
+The mean, standard deviation, skew, kurtosis, min and max are computed in a
+single pass through the image using the expressions listed below.
+Only the quantities selected by the fields parameter are actually computed.
+
+.nf
+          mean = sum (x1,...,xN) / N
+	     y = x - mean
+      variance = sum (y1 ** 2,...,yN ** 2) / (N-1)
+        stddev = sqrt (variance)
+          skew = sum ((y1 / stddev) ** 3,...,(yN / stddev) ** 3) / (N-1)
+      kurtosis = sum ((y1 / stddev) ** 4,...,(yN / stddev) ** 4) / (N-1) - 3
+.fi
+
+The midpoint and mode are computed in two passes through the image. In the
+first pass the standard deviation of the pixels is calculated and used
+with the \fIbinwidth\fR parameter to compute the resolution of the data
+histogram. The midpoint is estimated by integrating the histogram and
+computing by interpolation the data value at which exactly half the
+pixels are below that data value and half are above it. The mode is
+computed by locating the maximum of the data histogram and fitting the
+peak by parabolic interpolation.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To find the number of pixels, mean, standard deviation and the minimum
+and maximum pixel value of a bias region in an image.
+
+.nf
+    cl> imstat flat*[*,1]
+    #      IMAGE      NPIX      MEAN    STDDEV       MIN       MAX
+      flat1[*,1]       800     999.5     14.09      941.     1062.
+      flat2[*,1]       800     999.4     28.87      918.     1413.
+.fi
+
+The string "flat*" uses a wildcard to select all images beginning with the
+word flat.  The string "[*,1]" is an image section selecting row 1.
+
+2. Compute the mean, midpoint, mode and standard deviation of a pixel
+distribution.
+
+.nf
+    cl> imstat m51 fields="image,mean,midpt,mode,stddev"
+    #      IMAGE    PIXELS      MEAN     MIDPT     MODE     STDDEV
+	     M51    262144     108.3     88.75    49.4       131.3
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+When using a very large number of pixels the accumulation of the sums
+of the pixel values to the various powers may
+encounter roundoff error.  This is significant when the true standard
+deviation is small compared to the mean.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imsum.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imsum.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6eb07a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imsum.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+.help imsum Sep87 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imsum -- sum, average, or median images
+.ih
+USAGE	
+imsum input output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+Input images.
+.le
+.ls output
+Output image.
+.le
+.ls title = ""
+Image title for the output image.  If null ("") then the title of the
+first image is used.
+.le
+.ls hparams = ""
+List of image header parameters to be summed or averaged.  This feature
+is only used when summing or averaging and no correction is made for
+rejected pixels.  It is primarily used to sum exposure times.
+.le
+.ls pixtype = ""
+Pixel datatype for the output image.  The pixel datatypes are "double",
+"real", "long", "integer", "ushort", and "short" in order of precedence.
+If null ("") then the calculation type is used.
+The datatypes may be abbreviated to a single character.
+.le
+.ls calctype = ""
+Calculation type.  The calculation types are "double", "real", "long",
+"integer", and "short" in order of precedence.  If null ("") then the
+highest precedence datatype of the input images is used.
+If there is a mixture of "short" and "ushort" images then the highest
+precedence datatype will be "int".
+The calculation types may be abbreviated to a single character.
+.le
+.ls option = "sum"
+Output options are "sum", "average", or "median".  The "median" of an
+even number of images takes pixel nimages/2 + 1, where nimages is the
+number of images.
+.le
+.ls low_reject = 0
+If the option is sum or average then when this parameter
+is less than 1 reject this fraction of low pixels from the sum or average
+otherwise reject this number of low pixels from the sum or average.
+.le
+.ls high_reject = 0
+If the option is sum or average then when this parameter
+is less than 1 reject this fraction of high pixels from the sum or average
+otherwise reject this number of high pixels from the sum or average.
+.le
+.ls verbose = no
+Print a log of the operation?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The input images are summed, averaged, or medianed pixel by pixel and the
+result recorded in the output image.  All input images must be the same
+size but not necessarily of the same pixel datatype.  For the sum or average
+option a selected fraction or number of pixels may be rejected.  The output
+option "average" divides the sum by the number of pixels in the sum.  The
+pixel datatype of the output image may be selected or defaulted to the
+calculation datatype. The calculation type may be selected or defaulted
+to the highest precedence datatype of the input images.  Note that a
+mixture of "short" and "ushort" images has a highest precedence datatype
+of "int".  If all the image pixel datatypes are the same and agree with the
+calculation type then this operation is maximally efficient.  However,
+beware of integer overflows with images of datatype short or ushort.  A log
+of the task name, the input image names, the output image name, the output
+pixel datatype, the output option, and the pixel rejection parameters is
+printed when the verbose parameter is yes.
+
+In addition to summing the pixels the specified image header parameters may
+be summed or averaged.  This is primarily used for summing image exposure
+times.  No correction is made for rejected pixels.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. To sum three images:
+
+	im> imsum frame1,frame2,frame3 sum hparams="itime,exposure"
+
+2. To make a median image of a set of images:
+
+	im> imsum obs* median option=median
+
+where '*' is a template wildcard.
+
+3. To reject the lowest and highest 2 pixels and average the rest:
+
+	im> imsum obs* avg option=average low=2 high=2
+.ih
+REVISIONS
+.ls IMSUM V2.11
+Now allows "ushort" data types.
+.le
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+The following timings are for 512 x 512 short images in which the output
+image is also short and the calculation type is short.
+
+.nf
+	    OPERATION		      CPU(sec)
+	1. Sum of 3			 7.4
+	2. Average of 3			13.0
+	3. Median of 3			 9.9
+	4. Sum of 5			13.0
+	5. Median of 5			23.0
+	6. Sum of middle 3 of 5		45.5
+	7. Median of 7			77.8
+.fi
+.ih
+NOTES
+Any number of images may be used.  However, there is a maximum number of
+images which may be open at one time.  If the number of images
+(of dimension >= 2) exceeds this maximum and median or pixel rejection is
+used then the performance of this task will suffer due to the need to
+repeatedly open and close the excess images.  The maximum number is a
+configurable parameter in the include file "imsum.h".
+
+This task has been largely replaced by the task \fBimcombine\fR.  It is
+still available but may be removed in the future.  \fBImcombine\fR is
+specially designed to deal with the case of large numbers of images.
+.ih
+BUGS
+It is an error for the output image to have the same name as an
+existing image.  Beware of integer overflows when summing short images.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imcombine
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imtile.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imtile.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3a26924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/imtile.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+.help imtile Jan97 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+imtile -- mosaic a list of same size images into a tile pattern
+.ih
+USAGE
+imtile input output nctile nltile
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The list of input image tiles to be mosaiced. The image tile list is assumed
+to be ordered by row, column, or in a raster pattern. If the image tile list
+is not in order then the files or sections tasks plus the editor must be used
+to construct an ordered image tile list. The images in the input list must
+all be the same size.
+.le
+.ls output
+The name of the output image.
+.le
+.ls nctile
+The number of image tiles to be placed along a row of the output image.
+.le
+.ls nltile
+The number of image tiles to be placed along a column of the output image.
+.le
+.ls trim_section = "[*,*]"
+The section of the input image tiles to be inserted into the output image.
+Trim_section can be used to flip and / or trim the individual image tiles
+before adding them to the mosaic. For example if we want to flip each
+image tile around the y axis before adding it to the mosaic, then
+\fItrim_section\fR should be set to "[*,-*]".
+.le
+.ls missing_input = ""
+The list of missing image tiles. For example if image tiles 3 to 5 and
+10 from a sequence of image tiles are missing then \fImissing_input\fR =
+"3-5,10". This parameter uses the IRAF ranges syntax. The number of missing
+image tiles plus the number of input image tiles must equal \fInctile\fR *
+\fInltile\fR.
+.le
+.ls start_tile = "ll"
+The position of the first input image tile placed in the output image mosaic.
+The four options are "ll" for lower left corner, "lr" for lower right corner,
+"ul" for upper left corner and "ur" for upper right corner.
+.le
+.ls row_order = yes
+Add the input image tiles to the output image in row order. If row_order is
+"no" then column order is used instead.
+.le
+.ls raster_order = no
+Add the input image tiles to the output image in a raster pattern or return
+to the start of a column or a row before adding a new image tile ?
+.le
+.ls median_section = ""
+The section of each input image tile used to compute the median value. If
+\fImedian_section\fR is the null string then the medians are not computed.
+If \fImedian_section\fR is "[*,*]" the entire input image tile is used to
+compute the median.
+.le
+.ls subtract = no
+Subtract the median value from each input image tile before placing the
+tile in the output image?
+.le
+.ls ncols = INDEF
+The number of columns in the output image. If \fIncols\fR is INDEF then
+the program will compute the number of columns using the size of the input
+image tiles, \fInctile\fR, and \fIncoverlap\fR.
+.le
+.ls nlines = INDEF
+The number of lines in the output image. If \fInlines\fR is INDEF then
+the program will compute the number of lines using the size of the input
+image tiles, \fInltile\fR and \fInloverlap\fR.
+.le
+.ls ncoverlap = -1
+The number of columns between adjacent tiles in the output image. A negative
+value specifies the amount of column space between adjacent tiles. A positive
+value specifies the amount of column overlap on adjacent tiles.
+.le
+.ls nloverlap = -1
+The number of lines between adjacent tiles in the output image. A negative
+value specifies the amount of lines space between adjacent tiles. A positive
+value specifies the amount of line overlap on adjacent tiles.
+.le
+.ls ovalue = 0.0
+The output image pixel value in regions undefined by the list of input
+image tiles.
+.le
+.ls opixtype = "r"
+The pixel type of the output image. The options are "s" (short integer),
+"i" (integer), "u" (ushort), "l" (long integer), "r" (real) and
+"d" for double precision.
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print messages about the progress of the task?
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+IMTILE takes the list of same size input images (image tiles) specified by
+\fIinput\fR and combines them into a tiled output image mosaic \fIoutput\fR.
+The order in which the input image tiles are placed in the output image is
+determined by the parameters \fIstart_tile\fR, \fIrow_order\fR and
+\fIraster_order\fR. The orientation of each individual image tile in the
+output image is set by the \fItrim_section\fR parameter.
+
+IMTILE uses the input image tile size, the number of image tiles, the
+\fIncoverlap\fR and \fRnloverlap\fI parameters, and the \fInctile\fR and
+\fInltile\fR parameters to compute the size of the output image. An image
+of size larger than the minimum required can be specified by setting the
+\fIncols\fR and \fInlines\fR parameters. The pixel type of the output
+image is specified by the \fIopixtype\fR parameter and undefined
+regions of the output image are assigned the value \fIovalue\fR.
+
+The median of a section of each input image tile is computed by setting
+the \fImedian_section\fR parameter,  and the computed median is subtracted
+from the input image tiles if the \fIsubtract\fR parameter is set to "yes".
+Task action messages will be printed on the standard output
+if \fIverbose\fR is set to yes.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Mosaic a list of 64 images onto an 8 by 8 grid in column order
+starting in the upper right hand corner. Allow one blank column and row
+between each subraster.
+
+.nf
+    cl> imtile @imlist mosaic 8 8 ncoverlap=-1 nloverlap=-1 \
+        start_tile="ur" row-
+.fi
+
+2. Mosaic a list of 62 images onto an 8 by 8 grid in column order
+starting in the upper right hand corner. Allow one blank column and row
+between each subraster. Subrasters 3 and 9 in the sequence do not exist
+and are to be replaced in the output image with an unknown value of -1.0.
+
+.nf
+    cl> imtile @imlist mosaic 8 8 nxoverlap=-1 nyoverlap=-1  \
+        start_corner="ur" row- missing_input="3,9", ovalue=-1.0
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imcombine
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/listpixels.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/listpixels.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48ea89eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/listpixels.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+.help listpixels Apr92 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+listpixels -- print the pixel values for a list of images
+.ih
+USAGE
+listpixels images
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+Images or list of image sections whose pixels are to be printed.
+.le
+.ls wcs = "logical"
+The world coordinate system to be used for coordinate output. The following
+standard systems are defined.
+.ls logical
+Logical coordinates are image pixel coordinates relative to the input
+image. For example the pixel coordinates of the lower left corner
+of an image section will always be (1,1) in logical units regardless of
+their values in the original image.
+.le
+.ls physical
+Physical coordinates are image pixel coordinates with respect to the original
+image. For example the pixel coordinates of the lower left corner
+of an image section will be its coordinates in the original image,
+including the effects of any linear transformations done on that image.
+Physical coordinates are invariant with respect to transformations
+of the physical image matrix.
+.le
+.ls world
+World coordinates are image pixel coordinates with respect to the
+current default world coordinate system. For example in the case
+of spectra world coordinates would most likely be in angstroms.
+The default world coordinate system is the system named by the environment
+variable \fIdefwcs\fR if defined in the user environment and present in
+the image world coordinate system description, else it is the first user
+world coordinate system defined for the image, else physical coordinates
+are returned.
+.le
+
+In addition to these three reserved world coordinate system names, the names
+of any user world coordinate system defined for the image may be given.
+.le
+.ls formats = ""
+The default output formats for the pixel coordinates, one format
+per axis, with the individual formats separated by whitespace .
+If formats are undefined, listpixels uses the formatting options
+stored with the WCS in the image header. If the WCS formatting options
+are not stored in the image header, then listpixels uses a default
+value.
+.le
+.ls verbose = no
+Print a title line for each image whose pixels are to be listed.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The pixel coordinates in the world coordinates system specified by
+\fIwcs\fR and using the formats specified by \fIformats\fR are
+printed on the standard output on the standard output followed by
+the pixel value.
+.ih
+FORMATS
+A  format  specification has the form "%w.dCn", where w is the field
+width, d is the number of decimal places or the number of digits  of
+precision,  C  is  the  format  code,  and  n is radix character for
+format code "r" only.  The w and d fields are optional.  The  format
+codes C are as follows:
+    
+.nf
+b       boolean (YES or NO)
+c       single character (c or '\c' or '\0nnn')
+d       decimal integer
+e       exponential format (D specifies the precision)
+f       fixed format (D specifies the number of decimal places)
+g       general format (D specifies the precision)
+h       hms format (hh:mm:ss.ss, D = no. decimal places)
+m       minutes, seconds (or hours, minutes) (mm:ss.ss)
+o       octal integer
+rN      convert integer in any radix N
+s       string (D field specifies max chars to print)
+t       advance To column given as field W
+u       unsigned decimal integer 
+w       output the number of spaces given by field W
+x       hexadecimal integer
+z       complex format (r,r) (D = precision)
+    
+    
+Conventions for w (field width) specification:
+    
+    W =  n      right justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        -n      left justify in field of N characters, blank fill
+        0n      zero fill at left (only if right justified)
+absent, 0       use as much space as needed (D field sets precision)
+    
+    
+Escape sequences (e.g. "\n" for newline):
+    
+\b      backspace   (not implemented)
+\f      formfeed
+\n      newline (crlf)
+\r      carriage return
+\t      tab
+\"      string delimiter character
+\'      character constant delimiter character
+\\      backslash character
+\nnn    octal value of character
+    
+Examples
+    
+%s          format a string using as much space as required
+%-10s       left justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%-10.10s    left justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10s        right justify a string in a field of 10 characters
+%10.10s     right justify and truncate a string in a field of 10 characters
+    
+%7.3f       print a real number right justified in floating point format
+%-7.3f      same as above but left justified
+%15.7e      print a real number right justified in exponential format
+%-15.7e     same as above but left justified
+%12.5g      print a real number right justified in general format
+%-12.5g     same as above but left justified
+
+%h	    format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15h	    right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15h	    left justify nn:nn:nn.n in a field of 15 characters
+%12.2h	    right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2h	    left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+    
+%H	    / by 15 and format as nn:nn:nn.n
+%15H	    / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%-15H	    / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.n in field of 15 characters
+%12.2H	    / by 15 and right justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+%-12.2H	    / by 15 and left justify nn:nn:nn.nn
+
+\n          insert a newline
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. List the pixels of an image on the standard output.
+
+.nf
+	cl> listpix m81
+.fi
+
+2. List a subraster of the above image in logical coordinates.
+
+.nf
+	cl> listpix m81[51:55,151:155]
+	    1. 1. ...
+	    2. 1. ...
+	    3. 1. ...
+	    4. 1. ...
+	    5. 1. ...
+	    1. 2. ...
+	    .. .. ...
+.fi
+
+3. List the same subraster in physical coordinates.
+
+.nf
+	cl> listpix m81[51:55,151:155] wcs=physical
+	    51. 151. ...
+	    52. 151. ...
+	    53. 151. ...
+	    54. 151. ...
+	    55. 151. ...
+	    51. 152. ...
+	    ... .... ...
+.fi
+
+4. List a spectrum that has been dispersion corrected in angstrom units.
+
+.nf
+	cl> listpix n7027 wcs=world
+.fi
+
+5. List the RA and DEC coordinates in hms and dms format and pixels value
+for an image section where axis 1 is RA and axis 2 is DEC.
+
+.nf
+	cl> listpix m51 wcs=world formats="%H %h"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imheader, imgets, imhistogram
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/minmax.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/minmax.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e3f39b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/minmax.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+.help minmax May91 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+minmax -- compute the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image
+.ih
+USAGE
+minmax images
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+Image template specifying the images to be examined.
+.le
+.ls force = no
+Force recomputation of the minimum and maximum pixel and pixel values even if
+they are noted as up to date in the image header.
+.le
+.ls update = yes
+Update the image header with the new values (requires write permission).
+.le
+.ls verbose = yes
+Print the image name, minimum value, and maximum value of each image
+processed.
+.le
+.ls minval = INDEF
+Set to the minimum pixel value of the last image processed.
+If the pixel type of the last input image was complex, this is the real
+part of the minimum value.
+.le
+.ls maxval = INDEF
+Set to the maximum pixel value of the last image processed.
+If the pixel type of the last input image was complex, this is the real
+part of the maximum value.
+.le
+.ls iminval = INDEF
+Set to the minimum imaginary part of the pixel value of the last image
+processed. Only used if the pixel type of the last input image was complex.
+.le
+.ls imaxval = INDEF
+Set to the maximum imaginary part of the pixel value of the last image
+processed. Only used if the pixel type of the last input image was complex.
+.le
+.ls minpix = ""
+Set to the minimum pixel specification of the last image processed.
+.le
+.ls maxpix = ""
+Set to the maximum pixel specification of the last image processed.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+    The \fIminmax\fR task computes the minimum and maximum pixel and pixel
+values of
+each of the images or image sections listed in the image template \fIimages\fR.
+If the \fIforce\fR option is set the extreme values will be recomputed by
+physical examination of the data, otherwise the image is examined only if the
+extreme values stored in the image header are flagged as invalid.
+The minimum and maximum pixel will be printed only if the force option
+is enabled or if the image minimum and maximum is out of date. 
+If the \fIupdate\fR option is set the image header will be updated with the
+newly computed values.  Updating is not allowed when a section is used to
+compute the new values.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Compute and print the minimum and maximum values of the images \fIimage1\fR
+and \fIimage2\fR, updating the image header with the new values when done.
+
+.nf
+	cl> minmax image1,image2
+.fi
+
+2. Force update the minimum and maximum values in the image headers of all
+images matching the template in the background, without printing the computed
+values on the terminal.
+
+	cl> minmax nite1.* force+ verbose- &
+.ih
+BUGS
+The minimum and maximum pixel values are stored in the image header as values
+of type real, hence some precision may be lost for images of type long integer
+or double precision floating.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imheader, hedit
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/nhedit.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/nhedit.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..27efffcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/nhedit.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+.help nhedit Aug08 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+nhedit - edit or view an image header interactively or using a command file
+.ih
+USAGE
+.nf
+nhedit images fields value comment
+.fi
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+Template specifying the images to be edited.
+.le
+.ls fields
+Template specifying the fields to be edited in each image.  The template is
+expanded independently for each image against the set of all fields in the
+image header. Special values for fields includes 'default_pars' that works only
+with a command file; 'add_blank' to add a blank field value with a string as 
+value; 'add_textf' to add a text file content to the header. See description
+for more details.
+.le
+.ls value
+Either a string constant or a general expression (if the first character is
+a left parenthesis) to be evaluated to compute the new value of each field.
+With the rename switch the value is the new field name (keyword).
+A single expression is used for all fields.  The special value "." causes the
+value of each field to be printed rather than edited.
+.le
+.ls comment
+String constant for the comment section of the header card. This value will 
+replace the existing comment of a header or clear it if is empty ("").
+The special value "." causes the field to be printed rather than edited.
+.le
+.ls comfile = ""
+Alternate command file. If specified, the \fIfields\fR, \fIvalue\fR, and 
+\fIcomment\fR parameters are ignored and commands are taken from the named
+file.  See below for a detailed discussion and examples.
+.le
+.ls after = ""
+Insert the new field after the named "pivot keyword".   If this keyword
+does not exist in the header, the new keyword is added to the end of the 
+image header.
+.le
+.ls before = ""
+Insert the new field before the named "pivot keyword". If this keyword 
+does not exist in the header, the new keyword is added to the end of the 
+image header.
+.le
+.ls add = no
+Change the operation of the editor from update to add new field. If the
+field already exists it is edited.  If this option is selected the field
+list may name only a single field. The add switch takes precedence
+over the addonly, delete, and rename switches.
+.le
+.ls addonly = no
+Change the operation of the editor from update to add a new field. If the
+field already exists it is not changed.  If this option is selected the field
+list may name only a single field. The addonly switch takes precedence over
+the delete and rename switches.
+.le
+.ls delete = no
+Change the operation of the editor from update to delete field.
+The listed fields are deleted from each image.  This takes precedence
+or the rename switch.
+.le
+.ls rename = no
+Change the operation of the editor from update field to rename field.
+The listed fields are renamed in each image if they exist.  The value
+is parameter specifies the new keyword name.  There is
+no error if the field does not exist.  The comment value is ignored
+since this operation only affects the field name.
+.le
+.ls verify = yes
+Interactively verify all operations which modify the image database.
+The editor will describe the operation to be performed, prompting with the
+new value of the parameter in the case of a field edit.  Type carriage
+return or "yes" to complete the operation, or enter a new value explicitly
+as a string.  Respond with "no" if you do not wish to change the value of
+the parameter.
+.le
+.ls show = yes
+Print a record of each operation which modifies the database upon the standard
+output.  Old values are given as well as new values, making it possible to
+undo an edit operation.
+.le
+.ls update = yes
+Enable updating of the image database.  If updating is disabled the edit
+operations are performed in memory but image headers will not be updated
+on disk.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+1. Basic Usage
+
+    The most basic functions of the image header editor are modification and
+inspection of the fields of an image header.  Both the "standard" and
+"user" fields may be edited in the same fashion, although not all standard
+fields are writable.  For example, to change the value of the standard field
+"title" of the image "m74" to "sky flat" and enter a comment  field we
+would enter the following command.
+
+	cl> nhedit m74 title "sky flat" "comment field"
+
+If \fIverify\fR mode is selected the editor will print the old value of the
+field and query with the new value, allowing some other value to be entered
+instead, e.g.:
+
+.nf
+	cl> nhedit m74 title "sky flat" "comment field"
+	m74,i_title ("old title" -> "sky flat"):
+.fi
+
+To accept the new value shown to the right of the arrow, type carriage
+return or "yes" or "y" followed by carriage return.  To continue without
+changing the value of the field in question enter "no" or "n" followed by
+carriage return.  To enter some other value merely type in the new value.
+If the new value is one of the reserved strings, e.g., "yes" or "no",
+enter it preceded by a backslash.  If verification is enabled you will
+also be asked if you want to update the header, once all header fields
+have been edited.  This is your last chance to change your mind before
+the header is modified on disk.  If you respond negatively the image header
+will not be updated, and editing will continue with the next image.
+If the response is "q" the editor will exit entirely.
+
+To conveniently print the value of the field "title" without modifying 
+the image header, we repeat the command with the special value "." and "." 
+for the comment portion.
+
+	cl> nhedit m74 title . .
+
+To print (or edit) the values of all header fields a field template may be
+given.
+
+	cl> nhedit m74 * . . 
+
+To print (or edit) the values of only a few fields the field template may
+be given as a list.
+
+	cl> nhedit m74 w0,wpc . .
+
+To print the value of one or more fields in a set of images, an image template
+may be given.  Both image templates and field templates may be given if
+desired.
+
+	cl> nhedit n1.* exp . .
+
+Abbreviations are not permitted for field names, i.e., the given template
+must match the full field name.  Currently, field name matches are case
+insensitive since image headers are often converted to and from FITS headers,
+which are case insensitive.
+
+
+2. Advanced Usage
+
+    The header editor is capable of performing global edits on entire image
+databases wherein the new value of each field is computed automatically at
+edit time and may depend on the values of other fields in the image header.
+Editing may be performed in either batch or interactive mode.  An audit trail
+may be maintained (via the \fIshow\fR switch and i/o redirection), permitting
+restoration of the database in the event of an error.  Trial runs may be made
+with updating disabled, before committing to an actual edit which modifies the
+database.
+
+The major editing functions of the \fInhedit\fR task are the following:
+
+.nf
+	update		modify the value of a field or fields
+	addonly		add a new field
+	add		add a new field or modify an old one
+	delete		delete a set of fields
+	rename		rename a set of fields
+.fi
+
+In addition, \fInhedit\fR may be used merely to inspect the values of the header
+fields, without modification of the image database.
+
+2.1 Special header fields
+
+.ks
+.nf
+    add_blank		Add blank keyword field with optional comment
+             ex: nhedit add_blank "    this is a comment with no kw"
+    add_textf		Add the content of a text file into the header
+             ex: nhedit add_textf "my_text.txt" add+
+.fi
+.ke
+
+All keyword addition can be inserted after or before an existent keyword; use
+the 'after' and 'before' parameter.
+
+2.2 Input commands from a command file.
+
+All header editing command can be put together in a text file and run it as:
+
+nhedit file*.fits comfile=command_file.txt
+
+2.3 Standard header fields
+
+    The header editor may be used to access both the standard image header
+fields and any user or application defined fields.  The standard header fields
+currently defined are shown below.  There is no guarantee that the names and/or
+usage of these fields will not change in the future.
+
+
+.ks
+.nf
+	i_ctime		int		create time
+	i_history	string		history comments
+	i_limtime	int		time when min,max last updated
+	i_maxpixval	real		maximum pixel value
+	i_minpixval	real		minimum pixel value
+	i_mtime		int		time of last modify
+	i_naxis		int		number of axes (dimensionality)
+	i_naxis[1-7]	int		length of each axis
+	i_pixfile	string		pathname of pixel storage file
+	i_pixtype	int		pixel datatype code
+	i_title		string		title string
+.fi
+.ke
+
+
+The standard header field names have an "i_" prefix to reduce the possibility
+of a name collision with a user field name, and to distinguish the two classes
+of parameters in templates.  The prefix may be omitted provided the simple
+name is unique.
+
+
+2.4 Field name template
+
+    The form of the field name list or template parameter \fIfields\fR is
+equivalent to that of a filename template except that "@listfile" is not
+supported, and of course the template is expanded upon the field name list
+of an image, rather than upon a directory.  Abbreviations are not permitted
+in field names and case is not significant.  Case is ignored in this context
+due to the present internal storage format for the user parameters (FITS),
+which also limits the length of a user field name to 8 characters.
+
+
+2.5 Value expression
+
+    The \fIvalue\fR parameter is a string type parameter.  If the first
+character in the string is a left parenthesis the string is interpreted as
+an algebraic expression wherein the operands may be constants, image header
+variables (field names), special variables (defined below), or calls to
+intrinsic functions.  The expression syntax is equivalent to that used in
+the CL and SPP languages.  If the value string is not parenthesized it is
+assumed to be a string constant.  The \fIvalue\fR string will often contain
+blanks, quotes, parenthesis, etc., and hence must usually be quoted to avoid
+interpretation by the CL rather than by the header editor.
+
+For example, the command
+
+	cl> nhedit m74 title "title // ';ss'" "."
+
+would change the title to the literal string constant "title // ';ss'",
+whereas the command
+
+	cl> nhedit m74 title "(title // ';ss')" "."
+
+would concatenate the string ";ss" to the old title string.  We require
+parenthesis for expression evaluation to avoid the need to doubly quote
+simple string constant values, which would be even more confusing for the
+user than using parenthesis.  For example, if expressions did not have to
+be parenthesized, the first example in the basic usage section would have
+to be entered as shown below.
+
+	cl> nhedit m74 title '"sky flat"'	# invalid command
+
+Expression evaluation for \fInhedit\fR, \fIhselect\fR, and similar tasks
+is carried out internally by the FMTIO library routine \fBevexpr\fR.
+For completeness minimal documentation is given here, but the documentation
+for \fIevexpr\fR itself should be consulted if additional detail is required
+or if problems occur.
+
+
+2.5.1 operators
+
+    The following operators are recognized in value expressions.  With the
+exception of the operators "?", "?=", and "@", the operator set is equivalent
+to that available in the CL and SPP languages.
+
+
+.nf
+	+  -  *  /		arithmetic operators
+	**			exponentiation
+	//			string concatenation
+	!  -			boolean not, unary negation
+	<  <= >  >=		order comparison (works for strings)
+	== != && ||		equals, not equals, and, or
+	?=			string equals pattern
+	? :			conditional expression
+	@			reference a variable
+.fi
+
+
+The operators "==", "&&", and "||" may be abbreviated as "=", "&", and "|"
+if desired.  The ?= operator performs pattern matching upon strings.
+For example, the boolean expression shown below will be true whenever the
+field "title" contains the substring "sky".
+
+	(title ?= '*sky*')
+
+The conditional expression operator '?', which is patterned after a similar
+operator in C, is used to make IF ELSE like decisions within an expression.
+The syntax is as follows:
+
+	<bool_expr> '?' <true_expr> ':' <false_expr> 
+
+e.g., the expression
+
+	((a > b) ? 1 : 0)
+
+has the value 1 if A is greater than B, and 0 otherwise.  The datatypes
+of the true and false expressions need not be the same, unlike a compiled
+language.  Note that if the parenthesis are omitted ambiguous forms of
+the expression are possible, e.g.:
+
+	(a > b) ? 1 : a + 1
+
+could be interpreted either as
+
+	((a > b) ? 1 : a) + 1
+or as
+	(a > b) ? 1 : (a + 1)
+
+If the parenthesis are omitted the latter interpretation is assumed.
+
+The operator @ must be used to dereference variables that have names with
+funny (nonalphanumeric) characters in them, forcing the variable name to
+be given as a string constant.  For example, the value of the expression
+
+	@"co-flag"
+
+is the value of the variable "co-flag".  If the variable were referenced
+directly by name the "-" would be interpreted as the subtraction operator,
+causing an unknown variable reference (e.g., to "co").
+The operand following the @ may be any string valued expression.
+The @ operator is right associative, hence the construct "@@param" is the
+value of the parameter named by the value of the parameter "param".
+
+An expression may contain operands of datatypes bool, int, real, and string.
+Mixed mode expressions are permitted with automatic type coercion.  Most type
+coercions from boolean or string to other datatypes are illegal.  The boolean
+constants "yes" and "no" are predefined and may be used within expressions.
+
+
+2.5.2 intrinsic functions
+
+    A number of standard intrinsic functions are recognized within expressions.
+The set of functions currently supported is shown below.
+
+
+.nf
+	abs	acos	asin	atan	atan2	bool	cos
+	exp	int	log	log10	max	min	mod
+	nint	real	sin	sqrt	str	tan	
+.fi
+
+
+The trigonometric functions operate in units of degrees rather than radians.
+The \fImin\fR and \fImax\fR functions may have any number of arguments up
+to a maximum of sixteen or so (configurable).  The arguments need not all
+be of the same datatype.
+
+A function call may take either of the following forms:
+
+.nf
+	<identifier> '(' arglist ')'
+or
+	<string_expr> '(' arglist ')'
+.fi
+
+The first form is the conventional form found in all programming languages.
+The second permits the generation of function names by string valued
+expressions and might be useful on rare occasions.
+
+
+2.5.3 special operands
+
+    As noted earlier, expression operands may be constants, variables (header
+fields), function calls, or references to any of the special variables.
+The following special variables are recognized within expressions:
+
+
+.nf
+	.		A string constant, used to flag printing
+	$		The value of the "current field"
+	$F		The name of the "current field"
+	$I		The name of the "current image"
+	$T		The current clock time (an integer value)
+.fi
+
+
+These builtin variables are especially useful for constructing context
+dependent expressions.  For example, the value of a field may be incremented
+by 100 by assigning it the value "$ + 100".
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Globally edit the database "n1", setting the value of the string parameter
+"obs" to "sky" if "s-flag" is 1, to "obj" otherwise.
+
+    cl> nhedit n1.* obs '(@"s-flag" == 1 ? "sky" : "obj")' "Observation value"
+
+2. Globally edit the same database, replacing the value of the parameter
+"variance" by the square root of the original value.
+
+    cl> nhedit n1.* var '(sqrt(var))' "Variance value"
+
+3. Replace the values of the fields A and B by the absolute value of the
+original value:
+
+    cl> nhedit n1.* a,b '(abs($))' 'Absolute value'
+
+4. Add a blank field with a comment after a given field (K5DX).
+
+    cl> nhedit file.fits add_blank "INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION " after=k5dx add+
+  
+    Notice the use of the special field value 'add_blank' which will be 
+replaced by a blank keyword in the header.
+
+5. Add HISTORY card before a given keyword
+
+.nf
+   cl> nhedit file.fits history \
+       "History text from column 9 to 80, no quotes" before=wcsdim add+
+
+.fi
+6. Run a command file through the first 50 extensions
+.nf
+
+    cl>  for(i=1;i<51;i=i+1) {
+          nhedit("mymef["//i//"]",comfile="home$hh.in")
+       }
+
+.fi
+7. Add a text file to the header. This will be put as HISTORY lines with 
+text appropriately split when long lines are encountered. Start putting the
+text after the keyword KEYWN.
+.nf
+
+   cl> nhedit add_textf "mytext_file.tx" after=KEYWN add+
+
+
+.fi
+8. Run nhedit through all the extensions in a MEF file. Assuming it is 6, then:
+.nf
+
+   cl> for(i=1;i<7;i=i+1)
+          nhedit("mymef.fits["//i//"]",comfi="home$myheader.txt")
+
+.fi
+9. Run several fits files with the same set of header commands from the file
+"hdrc.txt".
+
+   cl> nhedit file*.fits commfile=hdrc.txt
+
+As an example the 'hdrc.txt' content can be: (Notice the 'default_pars' command)
+
+.nf
+# 
+# Sample command file for nhedit task.
+#
+# Establish the default parameters for the rest of the commands.
+
+default_pars upda+ add+ show- veri-
+
+# Notice the use of commas if you desire.
+"DETECTOR" 'Newfirm', "comment string"
+ONELE 'A' "comment to A"
+# 
+# Now delete a keyword
+ONELE1 del+ show+
+add_blank  "    /blank keyw"
+
+# add a boolean value T
+ONELE1 '(1==1)', "comment to A"
+
+   "DETSIZE", '[1:2048,1:2048]'
+   "ENVTEM", 1.5600000000000E+01
+
+# Add a field with string value 'T'
+ONELEi2 'T'
+
+bafkeyw1 123.456 "comment to key1" before="WCSDIM" addonly+  show-
+add_blank    "COMMENT FOR A BLANK"  after="FR-SCALE" add+  show-
+history "this is a hist to append"  add+ show-
+history "this is a hist 22 after trim pkey"  after="TRIM" add+ show-
+comment "this is a comment" after="FR-SCALE" add+ show-
+# END OF HDRC.TXT FILE
+
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+hselect, hedit, mkheader, imgets, imheader
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/doc/sections.hlp b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/sections.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13579b62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/doc/sections.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+.help sections Dec85 images.imutil
+.ih
+NAME
+sections -- expand an image template
+.ih
+USAGE
+sections images
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+Image template or list of images.  There is no check that the names are
+images and any name may be used.  The thing which distinguishes an image
+template from a file template is that the special characters '[' and
+']' are interpreted as image sections rather than a character class
+wildcard unless preceded by the escape character '!'.  To explicitly
+limit a wildcard template to images one should use an appropriate
+extension such as ".imh".
+.le
+.ls option = "fullname"
+The options are:
+.ls "nolist"
+Do not print list.
+.le
+.ls "fullname"
+Print the full image name for each image in the template.
+.le
+.ls "root"
+Print the root name for each image in the template.
+.le
+.ls "section"
+Print the section for each image in the template.
+.le
+.le
+.ls nimages
+The number of images in the image template.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The image template list \fIimages\fR is expanded and the images are printed
+one per line on the standard output unless the "nolist" option is given.
+Other options allow selection of a portion of the image name.  The number
+of images in the list is determined and stored in the parameter \fInimages\fR.
+
+This task is used for several purposes:
+.ls (1)
+To verify that an image template is expanded as the user desires.
+.le
+.ls (2)
+To create a file of image names which include image sections.
+.le
+.ls (3)
+To create a file of new image names using the concatenation feature of the
+image templates.
+.le
+.ls (4)
+To determine the number of images specified by the user in a command language
+script.
+.le
+
+There is no check that the names are images and any name may be used.
+The thing which distinguishes an \fIimage template\fR from a \fIfile
+template\fR is that the special characters '[' and ']' are interpreted
+as image sections rather than a character class wildcard unless
+preceded by the escape character '!'.  To explicitly limit a wildcard
+template to images one should use an appropriate extension such as ".imh".
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Calculate and print the number of images in a template:
+
+.nf
+	cl> sections fits*.imh opti=no
+	cl> = sections.nimages
+	cl> 7
+.fi
+
+2. Expand an image template:
+
+.nf
+	cl> sections fits*![3-9].imh[1:10,*]
+	fits003.imh[1:10,*]
+	fits004.imh[1:10,*]
+	<etc.>
+.fi
+
+Note the use of the character class escape, image section appending,
+and explicit use of the .imh extension.
+
+3. Create a new list of image names by adding the suffix "new":
+
+.nf
+	cl> sections jan18???//new
+	jan18001new
+	jan18002new
+	<etc.>
+.fi
+
+Note the use of the append syntax.  Also there is no guarantee that the
+files are actually images.
+
+4. Subtract two sets of images:
+	
+.nf
+	cl> sections objs*.imh[100:200,300:400] > objslist
+	cl> sections skys*.imh[100:200,300:400] > skyslist
+	cl> sections %objs%bck%* > bcklist
+	cl> imarith @objslist - @skyslist @bcklist
+.fi
+
+Note the use of the substitution syntax.
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+The  image list is not sorted.           
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+files
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/hedit.par b/pkg/images/imutil/hedit.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..660f5eea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/hedit.par
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+images,s,a,,,,images to be edited
+fields,s,a,,,,fields to be edited
+value,s,a,,,,value expression
+add,b,h,no,,,add rather than edit fields
+addonly,b,h,no,,,add only if field does not exist
+delete,b,h,no,,,delete rather than edit fields
+verify,b,h,yes,,,verify each edit operation
+show,b,h,yes,,,print record of each edit operation
+update,b,h,yes,,,enable updating of the image header
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/hselect.par b/pkg/images/imutil/hselect.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86fcf819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/hselect.par
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+images,s,a,,,,images from which selection is to be drawn
+fields,s,a,,,,fields to be extracted
+expr,s,a,,,,boolean expression governing selection
+missing,s,h,"INDEF",,,Value for missing keywords
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imarith.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imarith.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0ea05ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imarith.par
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+operand1,f,a,,,,Operand image or numerical constant
+op,s,a,"+","+|-|*|/|min|max",,Operator
+operand2,f,a,,,,Operand image or numerical constant
+result,f,a,,,,Resultant image
+title,s,h,"",,,Title for resultant image
+divzero,r,h,0.,,,Replacement value for division by zero
+hparams,s,h,"",,,List of header parameters
+pixtype,s,h,"",,,Pixel type for resultant image
+calctype,s,h,"",,,Calculation data type
+verbose,b,h,no,,,Print operations?
+noact,b,h,no,,,Print operations without performing them?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c72e68b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imcopy.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Task parameters for IMCOPY.
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input images
+output,s,a,,,,Output images or directory
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print operations performed?
+mode,s,h,ql
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imdelete.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imdelete.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9ebf99b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imdelete.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Task parameters for IMDELETE.
+
+images,s,a,,,,List of images to be deleted
+verify,b,h,no,,,Verify operation before deleting each image?
+default_action,b,h,yes,,,Default delete action for verify query
+go_ahead,b,q,yes,,," ?"
+mode,s,h,ql
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imdivide.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imdivide.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7521611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imdivide.par
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Parameters for task imdivide.
+
+numerator,f,a,,,,Numerator image
+denominator,f,a,,,,Denominator image
+resultant,f,a,,,,Resultant image
+title,s,h,'*',,,Title for the resultant image
+constant,r,h,0,,,Constant replacement for zero division
+rescale,s,h,numerator,,,"Rescale resultant mean (norescale, mean, numerator)"
+mean,s,h,1,,,Mean for rescaling
+verbose,b,h,no,,,Verbose output?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imexpr.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imexpr.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f019d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imexpr.par
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# IMEXPR parameters
+
+expr,s,a,,,,expression
+output,f,a,,,,output image
+dims,s,h,auto,,,output image dimensions
+intype,s,h,auto,,,minimum type for input operands
+outtype,s,h,auto,,,output image pixel datatype
+refim,s,h,auto,,,reference image for wcs etc
+bwidth,i,h,0,0,,boundary extension width
+btype,s,h,nearest,"constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|project",,\
+"boundary extension type"
+bpixval,r,h,0,,,boundary pixel value
+rangecheck,b,h,yes,,,perform range checking
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,print informative messages
+exprdb,s,h,none,,,expression database
+lastout,s,h,,,,last output image
+
+# Input image operands.
+a,s,a,,,,operand a
+b,s,a,,,,operand b
+c,s,a,,,,operand c
+d,s,a,,,,operand d
+e,s,a,,,,operand e
+f,s,a,,,,operand f
+g,s,a,,,,operand g
+h,s,a,,,,operand h
+i,s,a,,,,operand i
+j,s,a,,,,operand j
+k,s,a,,,,operand k
+l,s,a,,,,operand l
+m,s,a,,,,operand m
+n,s,a,,,,operand n
+o,s,a,,,,operand o
+p,s,a,,,,operand p
+q,s,a,,,,operand q
+r,s,a,,,,operand r
+s,s,a,,,,operand s
+t,s,a,,,,operand t
+u,s,a,,,,operand u
+v,s,a,,,,operand v
+w,s,a,,,,operand w
+x,s,a,,,,operand x
+y,s,a,,,,operand y
+z,s,a,,,,operand z
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imfunction.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imfunction.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2c56184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imfunction.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Parameter file for IMFUNCTION
+
+input,s,a,,,,Input images
+output,s,a,,,,Output images
+function,s,a,,"log10|alog10|ln|aln|sqrt|square|cbrt|cube|abs|neg|cos|sin|tan|acos|asin|atan|hcos|hsin|htan|reciprocal",,Function
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Verbose mode?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imgets.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imgets.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92f81f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imgets.par
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+image,s,a,,,,image name
+param,s,a,,,,image parameter to be returned
+value,s,h,,,,output value of image parameter
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imheader.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imheader.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8f9cc60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imheader.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Task parameters for IMHEADER.
+
+images,s,a,,,,image names
+imlist,s,h,"*.imh,*.fits,*.pl,*.qp,*.hhh",,,default image names
+longheader,b,h,no,,,print header in multi-line format
+userfields,b,h,yes,,,print the user fields (instrument parameters)
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imhistogram.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imhistogram.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12911e63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imhistogram.par
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+image,s,a,,,,Image name
+z1,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum histogram intensity
+z2,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum histogram intensity
+binwidth,r,h,INDEF,,,Resolution of histogram in intensity units
+nbins,i,h,512,1,,Number of bins in histogram
+autoscale,b,h,yes,,,Adjust nbins and z2 for integer data?
+top_closed,b,h,no,,,Include z2 in the top bin?
+hist_type,s,h,"normal","normal|cumulative|difference|second_difference",,"Type of histogram"
+listout,b,h,no,,,List instead of plot histogram?
+plot_type,s,h,"line","line|box",,Type of vectors to plot
+logy,b,h,yes,,,Log scale y-axis?
+device,s,h,"stdgraph",,,output graphics device
+mode,s,h,ql,,,
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imjoin.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imjoin.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3588c1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imjoin.par
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+input,s,a,,,,"Input images"
+output,s,a,,,,"Output image"
+join_dimension,i,a,,1,,"Dimension to be joined"
+pixtype,s,h,"",,,"Output image pixel type"
+verbose,s,h,yes,,,Print messages about progress of task ?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imrename.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imrename.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0df86d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imrename.par
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+oldnames,s,a,,,,images to be renamed
+newnames,s,a,,,,new image names
+verbose,b,h,no,,,report each rename operation
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imreplace.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imreplace.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57ba5108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imreplace.par
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Parameters for the IMREPLACE task.
+
+images,s,a,,,,Images to be edited
+value,r,a,,,,Replacement pixel value
+imaginary,r,h,0.,,,Imaginary component for complex
+lower,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower limit of replacement window
+upper,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper limit of replacement window
+radius,r,h,0.,,,Replacement radius
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imslice.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imslice.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02823711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imslice.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# IMSLICE
+
+input,f,a,,,,Input images
+output,f,a,,,,Output images
+slice_dimension,i,a,,,,Dimension to be sliced
+verbose,b,h,y,,,Verbose mode
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imstack.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imstack.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c10d2120
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imstack.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+
+# Parmeter file for IMSTACK
+
+images,s,a,,,,Images to be stacked
+output,f,a,,,,Output image
+title,s,h,'*',,,Title of output image
+pixtype,s,h,'*',,,Pixel datatype of output image
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imstatistics.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imstatistics.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34702430
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imstatistics.par
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+images,s,a,,,,List of input images
+fields,s,h,"image,npix,mean,stddev,min,max",,,Fields to be printed
+lower,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower limit for pixel values
+upper,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper limit for pixel values
+nclip,i,h,0,0,,Number of clipping iterations
+lsigma,r,h,3.0,0,,Lower side clipping factor in sigma
+usigma,r,h,3.0,0,,Upper side clipping factor in sigma
+binwidth,r,h,0.1,,,Bin width of histogram in sigma
+format,b,h,yes,,,Format output and print column labels ?
+cache,b,h,no,,,Cache image in memory ?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imsum.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imsum.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..956ba9a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imsum.par
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+input,s,a,,,,Input images
+output,s,a,,,,Output image
+title,s,h,"",,,Title for output image
+hparams,s,h,"",,,List of header parameters
+pixtype,s,h,"",,,Pixel datatype of output image
+calctype,s,h,"",,,Calculation type
+option,s,h,"sum","sum|average|median",,Output option
+low_reject,r,h,0,,,Fraction or number of low pixels to reject
+high_reject,r,h,0,,,Fraction or number of high pixels to reject
+verbose,b,h,no,,,Print log of operation?
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imtile.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imtile.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e009d919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imtile.par
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# IMTILE
+
+input,f,a,,,,List of input image tiles
+output,f,a,,,,Output tiled image
+nctile,i,a,,,,Number of input tiles in the output column direction
+nltile,i,a,,,,Number of input tiles in the output line direction
+trim_section,s,h,"[*,*]",,,Input tile section 
+missing_input,s,h,"",,,List of missing image tiles
+start_tile,s,h,"ll",,,Position in output image of first input tile
+row_order,b,h,yes,,,Insert input tiles in row order ?
+raster_order,b,h,no,,,Insert input tiles in raster scan order ?
+median_section,s,h,"",,,Input tile section used to compute the median
+subtract,b,h,no,,,Subtract the median pixel value from each input tile ?
+ncols,i,h,INDEF,,,The number of columns in the output image
+nlines,i,h,INDEF,,,The number of lines in the output image
+ncoverlap,i,h,-1,,,Number of columns of overlap between adjacent tiles
+nloverlap,i,h,-1,,,Number of lines of overlap between adjacent tiles
+opixtype,s,h,"r",,,Output image pixel type
+ovalue,r,h,0.0,,,Value of undefined output image pixels
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print messages about progress of the task ?
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.cl b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7a853a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#{ IMUTIL -- The Image Utilities Package.
+
+set	imutil		= "images$imutil/"
+
+package	imutil
+
+# Tasks.
+
+task	chpixtype,
+	hedit,
+	hselect,
+	imarith,
+	_imaxes,
+	imcopy,
+	imdelete,
+	imdivide,
+	imexpr,
+	imfunction,
+	imgets,
+	imheader,
+	imhistogram,
+	imjoin,
+	imrename,
+	imreplace,
+	imslice,
+	imstack,
+	imsum,
+	imtile,
+	imstatistics,
+	listpixels,
+	minmax,
+	nhedit,
+	sections	= "imutil$x_images.e"
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.hd b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59206d90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Help directory for the IMUTIL package
+
+$doc		= "images$imutil/doc/"
+$src		= "images$imutil/src/"
+
+chpixtype       hlp=doc$chpix.hlp,      	src=src$t_chpix.x
+hedit           hlp=doc$hedit.hlp,      	src=src$hedit.x
+nhedit          hlp=doc$nhedit.hlp,      	src=src$nhedit.x
+hselect		hlp=doc$hselect.hlp,		src=src$hselect.x
+imarith         hlp=doc$imarith.hlp, 	        src=src$t_imarith.x
+imcopy          hlp=doc$imcopy.hlp,     	src=src$t_imcopy.x
+imdelete        hlp=doc$imdelete.hlp,   	src=src$imdelete.x
+imdivide        hlp=doc$imdivide.hlp,   	src=src$t_imdivide.x
+imexpr          hlp=doc$imexpr.hlp,     	src=src$imexpr.gx
+imfunction      hlp=doc$imfunction.hlp, 	src=src$imfunction.x
+imgets          hlp=doc$imgets.hlp,     	src=src$imgets.x
+imheader        hlp=doc$imheader.hlp,   	src=src$imheader.x
+imhistogram     hlp=doc$imhistogram.hlp,	src=src$imhistogram.x
+imjoin		hlp=doc$imjoin.hlp,		src=src$t_imjoin.x
+imrename        hlp=doc$imrename.hlp,   	src=src$t_imrename.x
+imreplace       hlp=doc$imreplace.hlp,   	src=src$t_imreplace.x
+imslice         hlp=doc$imslice.hlp,    	src=src$t_imslice.x
+imstack         hlp=doc$imstack.hlp,    	src=src$t_imstack.x
+imstatistics    hlp=doc$imstat.hlp,     	src=src$t_imstat.x
+imsum           hlp=doc$imsum.hlp,      	src=src$t_imsum.x
+imtile          hlp=doc$imtile.hlp,     	src=src$t_imtile.x
+listpixels      hlp=doc$listpixels.hlp,		src=src$listpixels.x
+minmax          hlp=doc$minmax.hlp,     	src=src$t_minmax.x
+sections        hlp=doc$sections.hlp,		src=src$t_sections.x
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.men b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..137bc6a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.men
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+      chpixtype - Change the pixel type of a list of images
+          hedit - Header editor
+         nhedit - Edit image header using a command file
+        hselect - Select a subset of images satisfying a boolean expression
+	imarith - Simple image arithmetic
+         imcopy - Copy an image
+       imdelete - Delete a list of images
+       imdivide - Image division with zero checking and rescaling
+         imexpr - Evaluate a general image expression
+     imfunction - Apply a single argument function to a list of images
+         imgets - Return the value of an image header parameter as a string
+       imheader - Print an image header
+    imhistogram - Compute and plot or print an image histogram
+	 imjoin - Join images along a given dimension
+       imrename - Rename one or more images
+      imreplace - Replace a range of pixel values with a constant
+        imslice - Slice images into images of lower dimension
+        imstack - Stack images into a single image of higher dimension
+	  imsum - Compute the sum, average, or median of a set of images
+	 imtile - Tile same sized 2D images into a 2D mosaic
+   imstatistics - Compute and print statistics for a list of images
+     listpixels - Convert an image section into a list of pixels
+         minmax - Compute the minimum and maximum pixel values in an image
+       sections - Expand an image template on the standard output
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.par b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cef3f3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/imutil.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Jan97"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/listpixels.par b/pkg/images/imutil/listpixels.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5a00d4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/listpixels.par
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+images,f,a,,,,Images to be converted to list form
+wcs,s,h,"logical",,,Output world coordinate system name
+formats,s,h,"",,,List of pixel coordinate formats
+verbose,b,h,no,,,Print banner for each input image
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/minmax.par b/pkg/images/imutil/minmax.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f87d352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/minmax.par
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+images,s,a,,,,Images to be examined
+force,b,h,no,,,Force recomputation of extreme values?
+update,b,h,yes,,,Update the image header?
+verbose,b,h,yes,,,Print computed values?
+minval,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum pixel value in image (real part)
+maxval,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum pixel value in image (real part)
+iminval,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum pixel value in image (imaginary part)
+imaxval,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum pixel value in image (imaginary part)
+minpix,s,h,,,,Minimum pixel (section notation)
+maxpix,s,h,,,,Maximum pixel (section notation)
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imutil/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01b517b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# MKPKG for the IMUTIL Package
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/nhedit.par b/pkg/images/imutil/nhedit.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76eab2c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/nhedit.par
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+images,s,a,,,,Images to be operated upon
+fields,s,a,,,,fields to be edited
+value,s,a,.,,,value expression
+comment,s,a,'.',,,Keyword comment
+comfile,s,h,"",,,Command file
+after,s,h,"",,,keyword name to insert after
+before,s,h,"",,,keyword name to insert before
+update,b,h,yes,,,Update image header?
+add,b,h,no,,,add rather than edit fields
+addonly,b,h,no,,,add only if field does not exist
+delete,b,h,no,,,delete rather than edit fields
+rename,b,h,no,,,rename field names
+verify,b,h,yes,,,verify each edit operation
+show,b,h,yes,,,print record of each edit operation
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/sections.par b/pkg/images/imutil/sections.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f585d6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/sections.par
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# SECTIONS -- Expand an image template.
+
+images,s,a,,,,Image template
+option,s,h,"fullname",,,"Option (nolist, fullname, root, section)"
+nimages,i,h,,,,Number of images in template
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imaadd.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imaadd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd492467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imaadd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+
+# IMA_ADD -- Image arithmetic addition.
+
+procedure ima_adds (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+short	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nls()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 0)
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddks (Mems[buf[2]], a, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddks (Mems[buf[2]], b, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector addition into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aadds (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[3]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+# IMA_ADD -- Image arithmetic addition.
+
+procedure ima_addi (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+int	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nli()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 0)
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddki (Memi[buf[2]], a, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddki (Memi[buf[2]], b, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector addition into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aaddi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[3]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+# IMA_ADD -- Image arithmetic addition.
+
+procedure ima_addl (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+long	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nll()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 0)
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddkl (Meml[buf[2]], a, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddkl (Meml[buf[2]], b, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector addition into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aaddl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[3]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+# IMA_ADD -- Image arithmetic addition.
+
+procedure ima_addr (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+real	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nlr()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 0.0)
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[buf[2]], a, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0.0)
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddkr (Memr[buf[2]], b, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector addition into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aaddr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[3]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+# IMA_ADD -- Image arithmetic addition.
+
+procedure ima_addd (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+double	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nld()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 0.0D0)
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddkd (Memd[buf[2]], a, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0.0D0)
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddkd (Memd[buf[2]], b, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector addition into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aaddd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[3]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imadiv.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imadiv.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1de8b194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imadiv.x
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_DIV -- Image arithmetic division.
+
+
+procedure ima_divs (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b, c)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+short	a, b, c
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nls()
+short	ima_efncs()
+extern	ima_efncs
+
+short	divzero
+common	/imadcoms/ divzero
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	divzero = c
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector
+	# reciprical to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call arczs (a, Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len,
+		    ima_efncs)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector/scalar
+	# divide to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovks (divzero, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		else if (b == 1)
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call adivks (Mems[buf[2]], b, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector divide to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call advzs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[3]], Mems[buf[1]],
+		    len, ima_efncs)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMA_EFNC -- Error function for division by zero.
+
+short procedure ima_efncs (a)
+
+short	a
+short	divzero
+common	/imadcoms/ divzero
+
+begin
+	return (divzero)
+end
+
+procedure ima_divi (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b, c)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+int	a, b, c
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nli()
+int	ima_efnci()
+extern	ima_efnci
+
+int	divzero
+common	/imadcomi/ divzero
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	divzero = c
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector
+	# reciprical to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call arczi (a, Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len,
+		    ima_efnci)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector/scalar
+	# divide to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovki (divzero, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		else if (b == 1)
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call adivki (Memi[buf[2]], b, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector divide to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call advzi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[3]], Memi[buf[1]],
+		    len, ima_efnci)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMA_EFNC -- Error function for division by zero.
+
+int procedure ima_efnci (a)
+
+int	a
+int	divzero
+common	/imadcomi/ divzero
+
+begin
+	return (divzero)
+end
+
+procedure ima_divl (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b, c)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+long	a, b, c
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nll()
+long	ima_efncl()
+extern	ima_efncl
+
+long	divzero
+common	/imadcoml/ divzero
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	divzero = c
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector
+	# reciprical to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call arczl (a, Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len,
+		    ima_efncl)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector/scalar
+	# divide to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovkl (divzero, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		else if (b == 1)
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call adivkl (Meml[buf[2]], b, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector divide to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call advzl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[3]], Meml[buf[1]],
+		    len, ima_efncl)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMA_EFNC -- Error function for division by zero.
+
+long procedure ima_efncl (a)
+
+long	a
+long	divzero
+common	/imadcoml/ divzero
+
+begin
+	return (divzero)
+end
+
+procedure ima_divr (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b, c)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+real	a, b, c
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nlr()
+real	ima_efncr()
+extern	ima_efncr
+
+real	divzero
+common	/imadcomr/ divzero
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	divzero = c
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector
+	# reciprical to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call arczr (a, Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len,
+		    ima_efncr)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector/scalar
+	# divide to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0.0)
+		    call amovkr (divzero, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		else if (b == 1.0)
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call adivkr (Memr[buf[2]], b, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector divide to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call advzr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[3]], Memr[buf[1]],
+		    len, ima_efncr)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMA_EFNC -- Error function for division by zero.
+
+real procedure ima_efncr (a)
+
+real	a
+real	divzero
+common	/imadcomr/ divzero
+
+begin
+	return (divzero)
+end
+
+procedure ima_divd (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b, c)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+double	a, b, c
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nld()
+double	ima_efncd()
+extern	ima_efncd
+
+double	divzero
+common	/imadcomd/ divzero
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	divzero = c
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector
+	# reciprical to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call arczd (a, Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len,
+		    ima_efncd)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector/scalar
+	# divide to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0.0D0)
+		    call amovkd (divzero, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		else if (b == 1.0D0)
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call adivkd (Memd[buf[2]], b, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector divide to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call advzd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[3]], Memd[buf[1]],
+		    len, ima_efncd)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMA_EFNC -- Error function for division by zero.
+
+double procedure ima_efncd (a)
+
+double	a
+double	divzero
+common	/imadcomd/ divzero
+
+begin
+	return (divzero)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamax.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamax.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36fec944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamax.x
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_MAX -- Image arithmetic maximum value.
+
+
+procedure ima_maxs (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+short	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nls()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxks (Mems[buf[2]], a, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxks (Mems[buf[2]], b, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector maximum
+	# operation to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amaxs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[3]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_maxi (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+int	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nli()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxki (Memi[buf[2]], a, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxki (Memi[buf[2]], b, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector maximum
+	# operation to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amaxi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[3]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_maxl (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+long	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nll()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxkl (Meml[buf[2]], a, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxkl (Meml[buf[2]], b, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector maximum
+	# operation to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amaxl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[3]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_maxr (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+real	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nlr()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxkr (Memr[buf[2]], a, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxkr (Memr[buf[2]], b, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector maximum
+	# operation to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amaxr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[3]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_maxd (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+double	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nld()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxkd (Memd[buf[2]], a, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxkd (Memd[buf[2]], b, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector maximum
+	# operation to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amaxd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[3]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamin.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5124db41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_MIN -- Image arithmetic minimum value.
+
+
+procedure ima_mins (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+short	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nls()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminks (Mems[buf[2]], a, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminks (Mems[buf[2]], b, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector minimum operation
+	# to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amins (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[3]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_mini (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+int	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nli()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminki (Memi[buf[2]], a, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminki (Memi[buf[2]], b, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector minimum operation
+	# to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amini (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[3]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_minl (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+long	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nll()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminkl (Meml[buf[2]], a, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminkl (Meml[buf[2]], b, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector minimum operation
+	# to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aminl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[3]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_minr (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+real	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nlr()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminkr (Memr[buf[2]], a, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminkr (Memr[buf[2]], b, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector minimum operation
+	# to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aminr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[3]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_mind (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+double	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nld()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminkd (Memd[buf[2]], a, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call aminkd (Memd[buf[2]], b, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector minimum operation
+	# to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amind (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[3]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamul.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamul.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05fdf8a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imamul.x
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_MUL -- Image arithmetic multiplication.
+
+
+procedure ima_muls (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+short	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nls()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 1)
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulks (Mems[buf[2]], a, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 1)
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulks (Mems[buf[2]], b, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector multiply to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amuls (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[3]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_muli (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+int	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nli()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 1)
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulki (Memi[buf[2]], a, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 1)
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulki (Memi[buf[2]], b, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector multiply to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amuli (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[3]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_mull (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+long	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nll()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 1)
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulkl (Meml[buf[2]], a, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 1)
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulkl (Meml[buf[2]], b, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector multiply to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amull (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[3]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_mulr (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+real	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nlr()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 1.0)
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulkr (Memr[buf[2]], a, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 1.0)
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulkr (Memr[buf[2]], b, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector multiply to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amulr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[3]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_muld (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+double	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nld()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 1.0D0)
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulkd (Memd[buf[2]], a, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 1.0D0)
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulkd (Memd[buf[2]], b, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector multiply to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amuld (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[3]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imanl.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imanl.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ec958c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imanl.x
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_NL -- For each line in the output image lines from the input images
+# are returned.  The input images are repeated as necessary.  EOF is returned
+# when the last line of the output image has been reached.  One dimensional
+# images are read only once and the data pointers are assumed to be unchanged
+# from previous calls.  The image line vectors must be initialized externally
+# and then left untouched.
+# 
+# This procedure is typically used when operations upon lines or pixels
+# make sense in mixed dimensioned images.  For example to add a one dimensional
+# image to all lines of a higher dimensional image or to subtract a
+# two dimensional image from all bands of three dimensional image.
+# The lengths of the common dimensions should generally be checked
+# for equality with xt_imleneq.
+
+
+int procedure ima_nls (im, data, v, nimages)
+
+pointer	im[nimages]		# IMIO pointers; the first one is the output
+pointer	data[nimages]		# Returned data pointers
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, nimages]	# Line vectors
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i
+
+int	impnls(), imgnls()
+
+begin
+	if (impnls (im[1], data[1], v[1,1]) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	for (i=2; i <= nimages; i=i+1) {
+	    if (imgnls (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im[i]) > 1) {
+	            call amovkl (long(1), v[1,i], IM_MAXDIM)
+                    if (imgnls (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF)
+			call error (0, "Error reading image line")
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+int procedure ima_nli (im, data, v, nimages)
+
+pointer	im[nimages]		# IMIO pointers; the first one is the output
+pointer	data[nimages]		# Returned data pointers
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, nimages]	# Line vectors
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i
+
+int	impnli(), imgnli()
+
+begin
+	if (impnli (im[1], data[1], v[1,1]) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	for (i=2; i <= nimages; i=i+1) {
+	    if (imgnli (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im[i]) > 1) {
+	            call amovkl (long(1), v[1,i], IM_MAXDIM)
+                    if (imgnli (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF)
+			call error (0, "Error reading image line")
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+int procedure ima_nll (im, data, v, nimages)
+
+pointer	im[nimages]		# IMIO pointers; the first one is the output
+pointer	data[nimages]		# Returned data pointers
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, nimages]	# Line vectors
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i
+
+int	impnll(), imgnll()
+
+begin
+	if (impnll (im[1], data[1], v[1,1]) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	for (i=2; i <= nimages; i=i+1) {
+	    if (imgnll (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im[i]) > 1) {
+	            call amovkl (long(1), v[1,i], IM_MAXDIM)
+                    if (imgnll (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF)
+			call error (0, "Error reading image line")
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+int procedure ima_nlr (im, data, v, nimages)
+
+pointer	im[nimages]		# IMIO pointers; the first one is the output
+pointer	data[nimages]		# Returned data pointers
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, nimages]	# Line vectors
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i
+
+int	impnlr(), imgnlr()
+
+begin
+	if (impnlr (im[1], data[1], v[1,1]) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	for (i=2; i <= nimages; i=i+1) {
+	    if (imgnlr (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im[i]) > 1) {
+	            call amovkl (long(1), v[1,i], IM_MAXDIM)
+                    if (imgnlr (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF)
+			call error (0, "Error reading image line")
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+int procedure ima_nld (im, data, v, nimages)
+
+pointer	im[nimages]		# IMIO pointers; the first one is the output
+pointer	data[nimages]		# Returned data pointers
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, nimages]	# Line vectors
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i
+
+int	impnld(), imgnld()
+
+begin
+	if (impnld (im[1], data[1], v[1,1]) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	for (i=2; i <= nimages; i=i+1) {
+	    if (imgnld (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im[i]) > 1) {
+	            call amovkl (long(1), v[1,i], IM_MAXDIM)
+                    if (imgnld (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF)
+			call error (0, "Error reading image line")
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imasub.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imasub.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a0fcb2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imasub.x
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_SUB -- Image arithmetic subtraction.
+
+
+procedure ima_subs (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+short	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nls()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  Do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction and then negate the result.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a != 0) {
+		    call asubks (Mems[buf[2]], a, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		    call anegs (Mems[buf[1]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		} else
+		    call anegs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call asubks (Mems[buf[2]], b, Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector subtraction into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nls (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call asubs (Mems[buf[2]], Mems[buf[3]], Mems[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_subi (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+int	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nli()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  Do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction and then negate the result.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a != 0) {
+		    call asubki (Memi[buf[2]], a, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		    call anegi (Memi[buf[1]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		} else
+		    call anegi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call asubki (Memi[buf[2]], b, Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector subtraction into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nli (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call asubi (Memi[buf[2]], Memi[buf[3]], Memi[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_subl (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+long	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nll()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  Do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction and then negate the result.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a != 0) {
+		    call asubkl (Meml[buf[2]], a, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		    call anegl (Meml[buf[1]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		} else
+		    call anegl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0)
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call asubkl (Meml[buf[2]], b, Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector subtraction into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nll (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call asubl (Meml[buf[2]], Meml[buf[3]], Meml[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_subr (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+real	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nlr()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  Do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction and then negate the result.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a != 0.0) {
+		    call asubkr (Memr[buf[2]], a, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		    call anegr (Memr[buf[1]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		} else
+		    call anegr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0.0)
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call asubkr (Memr[buf[2]], b, Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector subtraction into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nlr (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call asubr (Memr[buf[2]], Memr[buf[3]], Memr[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ima_subd (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+double	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nld()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  Do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction and then negate the result.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a != 0.0D0) {
+		    call asubkd (Memd[buf[2]], a, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		    call anegd (Memd[buf[1]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		} else
+		    call anegd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0.0D0)
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call asubkd (Memd[buf[2]], b, Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector subtraction into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nld (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call asubd (Memd[buf[2]], Memd[buf[3]], Memd[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imfuncs.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imfuncs.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67bc4ed5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imfuncs.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1613 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+
+
+
+# IF_LOG10 -- Compute the base 10 logarithm of image1 and write the results to
+# image2.
+
+procedure if_log10r (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+real	if_elogr()
+extern	if_elogr()
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call alogr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix, if_elogr)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELOG -- The error function for log10. Note that MAX_EXPONENT is
+# currently an integer so it is converted to the appropriate data type
+# before being returned.
+
+real procedure if_elogr (x)
+
+real	x				# the input pixel value
+
+begin
+	return (real(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
+
+# IF_ALOG10 -- Take the power of 10 of image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_alog10r (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_va10r (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VA10 -- Take the antilog (base 10) of a vector.
+
+procedure if_va10r (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of points
+
+int	i
+real	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = MAX_EXPONENT
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	   if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	   else if (a[i] <= (-maxexp))
+		b[i] = 0.0
+	   else
+		b[i] = 10.0 ** a[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_LN -- Take the natural log of the pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2. 
+
+procedure if_lnr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+
+real	if_elnr()
+extern	if_elnr()
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call allnr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix, if_elnr)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELN -- The error function for the natural logarithm.
+
+real	procedure if_elnr (x)
+
+real	x				# input value
+
+begin
+	return (real (LN_10) * real(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
+
+# IF_ALN -- Take the natural antilog of the pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_alnr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_valnr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VALN -- Take the natural antilog of a vector.
+
+procedure if_valnr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]			# the input vector
+real	b[n]			# the output vector
+int	n			# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+real	maxexp, maxval, eval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10.0 ** real (MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+	eval = real (BASE_E)
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	   if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	   else if (a[i] <= -maxexp)
+		b[i] = 0.0
+	   else
+		b[i] = eval ** a[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_SQR -- Take the square root of pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2.
+
+procedure if_sqrr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+real	if_esqrr()
+extern	if_esqrr()
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call asqrr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix, if_esqrr)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ESQR -- Error function for the square root.
+
+real procedure if_esqrr (x)
+
+real	x			        # input value
+
+begin
+	return (0.0)
+end
+
+
+# IF_SQUARE -- Take the square of the pixels in image1 and write to image2. 
+procedure if_squarer (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# the input image pointer
+pointer	im2				# the output image pointer
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call apowkr (Memr[buf1], 2, Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_CBRT -- Take the cube root of the pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2. 
+
+procedure if_cbrtr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vcbrtr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VCBRT -- Compute the cube root of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vcbrtr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]			# the input vector
+real	b[n]			# the output vector
+int	n			# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+real	onethird
+
+begin
+	onethird = 1.0 / 3.0
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] >= 0.0) {
+	        b[i] = a[i] ** onethird
+	    } else {
+		b[i] = -a[i]
+	        b[i] = - (b[i] ** onethird)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_CUBE  -- Take the cube of the pixels in image1 and write the results to
+# image2. 
+
+procedure if_cuber (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call apowkr (Memr[buf1], 3, Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_COS -- Take cosine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_cosr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vcosr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VCOS - Compute the cosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vcosr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = cos(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_SIN -- Take sine of the pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_sinr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vsinr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VSIN - Take the sine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vsinr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = sin(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_TAN -- Take tangent of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_tanr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vtanr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VTAN - Take the tangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vtanr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n 
+	    b[i] = tan(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_ACOS -- Take arccosine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_acosr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vacosr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VACOS - Take the arccosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vacosr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] > 1.0)
+		b[i] = acos (1.0)
+	    else if (a[i] < -1.0)
+		b[i] = acos (-1.0)
+	    else
+	        b[i] = acos(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_ASIN -- Take arcsine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_asinr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vasinr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VASIN - Take arcsine of vector
+
+procedure if_vasinr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]
+real	b[n]
+int	n
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] > 1.0)
+		b[i] = asin (1.0)
+	    else if (a[i] < -1.0)
+		b[i] = asin (-1.0)
+	    else
+	        b[i] = asin(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_ATAN -- Take arctangent of pixels in image1 and write the results to
+# image2.
+
+procedure if_atanr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vatanr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VATAN - Take the arctangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vatanr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]
+real	b[n]
+int	n
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = atan(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_HCOS -- Take the hyperbolic cosine of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_hcosr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhcosr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHCOS - Take the hyperbolic cosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhcosr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+real	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10.0 ** real(MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (abs (a[i]) >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	    else
+	        b[i] = cosh (a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_HSIN -- Take the hyperbolic sine of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_hsinr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhsinr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHSIN - Take the hyperbolic sine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhsinr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+real	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10.0 ** real(MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	    else if (a[i] <= -maxexp)
+		b[i] = -maxval
+	    else
+	        b[i] = sinh(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_HTAN -- Take the hyperbolic tangent of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_htanr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhtanr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHTAN - Take the hyperbolic tangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhtanr (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n]				# the input vector
+real	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = tanh(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_RECIP -- Take the reciprocal of the pixels in image1 and write the 
+# results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_recipr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+real	if_erecipr()
+extern	if_erecipr()
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call arczr (1.0, Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix, if_erecipr)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ERECIP -- Error function for the reciprocal computation.
+
+real procedure if_erecipr (x)
+
+real	x
+
+begin
+	return (0.0)
+end
+
+
+
+# IF_LOG10 -- Compute the base 10 logarithm of image1 and write the results to
+# image2.
+
+procedure if_log10d (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+double	if_elogd()
+extern	if_elogd()
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call alogd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix, if_elogd)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELOG -- The error function for log10. Note that MAX_EXPONENT is
+# currently an integer so it is converted to the appropriate data type
+# before being returned.
+
+double procedure if_elogd (x)
+
+double	x				# the input pixel value
+
+begin
+	return (double(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
+
+# IF_ALOG10 -- Take the power of 10 of image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_alog10d (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_va10d (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VA10 -- Take the antilog (base 10) of a vector.
+
+procedure if_va10d (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of points
+
+int	i
+double	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = MAX_EXPONENT
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	   if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	   else if (a[i] <= (-maxexp))
+		b[i] = 0.0D0
+	   else
+		b[i] = 10.0D0 ** a[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_LN -- Take the natural log of the pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2. 
+
+procedure if_lnd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+
+double	if_elnd()
+extern	if_elnd()
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call allnd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix, if_elnd)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELN -- The error function for the natural logarithm.
+
+double	procedure if_elnd (x)
+
+double	x				# input value
+
+begin
+	return (double (LN_10) * double(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
+
+# IF_ALN -- Take the natural antilog of the pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_alnd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_valnd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VALN -- Take the natural antilog of a vector.
+
+procedure if_valnd (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]			# the input vector
+double	b[n]			# the output vector
+int	n			# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+double	maxexp, maxval, eval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10.0D0 ** double (MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+	eval = double (BASE_E)
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	   if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	   else if (a[i] <= -maxexp)
+		b[i] = 0.0D0
+	   else
+		b[i] = eval ** a[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_SQR -- Take the square root of pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2.
+
+procedure if_sqrd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+double	if_esqrd()
+extern	if_esqrd()
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call asqrd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix, if_esqrd)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ESQR -- Error function for the square root.
+
+double procedure if_esqrd (x)
+
+double	x			        # input value
+
+begin
+	return (0.0D0)
+end
+
+
+# IF_SQUARE -- Take the square of the pixels in image1 and write to image2. 
+procedure if_squared (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# the input image pointer
+pointer	im2				# the output image pointer
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call apowkd (Memd[buf1], 2, Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_CBRT -- Take the cube root of the pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2. 
+
+procedure if_cbrtd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vcbrtd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VCBRT -- Compute the cube root of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vcbrtd (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]			# the input vector
+double	b[n]			# the output vector
+int	n			# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+double	onethird
+
+begin
+	onethird = 1.0D0 / 3.0D0
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] >= 0.0D0) {
+	        b[i] = a[i] ** onethird
+	    } else {
+		b[i] = -a[i]
+	        b[i] = - (b[i] ** onethird)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_CUBE  -- Take the cube of the pixels in image1 and write the results to
+# image2. 
+
+procedure if_cubed (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call apowkd (Memd[buf1], 3, Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_COS -- Take cosine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_cosd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vcosd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VCOS - Compute the cosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vcosd (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = cos(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_SIN -- Take sine of the pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_sind (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vsind (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VSIN - Take the sine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vsind (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = sin(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_TAN -- Take tangent of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_tand (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vtand (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VTAN - Take the tangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vtand (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n 
+	    b[i] = tan(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_ACOS -- Take arccosine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_acosd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vacosd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VACOS - Take the arccosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vacosd (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] > 1.0D0)
+		b[i] = acos (1.0D0)
+	    else if (a[i] < -1.0D0)
+		b[i] = acos (-1.0D0)
+	    else
+	        b[i] = acos(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_ASIN -- Take arcsine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_asind (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vasind (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VASIN - Take arcsine of vector
+
+procedure if_vasind (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]
+double	b[n]
+int	n
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] > 1.0D0)
+		b[i] = asin (1.0D0)
+	    else if (a[i] < -1.0D0)
+		b[i] = asin (-1.0D0)
+	    else
+	        b[i] = asin(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_ATAN -- Take arctangent of pixels in image1 and write the results to
+# image2.
+
+procedure if_atand (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vatand (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VATAN - Take the arctangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vatand (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]
+double	b[n]
+int	n
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = atan(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_HCOS -- Take the hyperbolic cosine of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_hcosd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhcosd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHCOS - Take the hyperbolic cosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhcosd (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+double	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10.0D0 ** double(MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (abs (a[i]) >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	    else
+	        b[i] = cosh (a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_HSIN -- Take the hyperbolic sine of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_hsind (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhsind (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHSIN - Take the hyperbolic sine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhsind (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+double	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10.0D0 ** double(MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	    else if (a[i] <= -maxexp)
+		b[i] = -maxval
+	    else
+	        b[i] = sinh(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_HTAN -- Take the hyperbolic tangent of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_htand (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhtand (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHTAN - Take the hyperbolic tangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhtand (a, b, n)
+
+double	a[n]				# the input vector
+double	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = tanh(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_RECIP -- Take the reciprocal of the pixels in image1 and write the 
+# results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_recipd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+double	if_erecipd()
+extern	if_erecipd()
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call arczd (1.0, Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix, if_erecipd)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ERECIP -- Error function for the reciprocal computation.
+
+double procedure if_erecipd (x)
+
+double	x
+
+begin
+	return (0.0D0)
+end
+
+
+
+
+
+# IF_ABS -- Take the absolute value of pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2.
+
+procedure if_absl (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnll(), impnll()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnll (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnll (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call aabsl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_NEG -- Take negative of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_negl (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnll(), impnll()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnll (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnll (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call anegl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+
+# IF_ABS -- Take the absolute value of pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2.
+
+procedure if_absr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call aabsr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_NEG -- Take negative of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_negr (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnlr (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call anegr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+
+# IF_ABS -- Take the absolute value of pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2.
+
+procedure if_absd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call aabsd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_NEG -- Take negative of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_negd (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnld (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call anegd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imjoin.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imjoin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83b02541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imjoin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+define	VPTR		Memi[$1+$2-1]	# Array of axis vector pointers
+
+
+
+# IMJOIN -- Join the set of input images into an output image along the
+# specified axis, any dimension.
+
+procedure imjoins (inptr, nimages, out, joindim, outtype)
+
+pointer	inptr[nimages]		#I Input IMIO pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of input images
+pointer	out			#I Output IMIO pointer
+int	joindim			#I Dimension along which to join images
+int	outtype			#I Output datatype
+
+int	i, image, line, nlines, nbands, stat, cum_len
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, in, inbuf, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgnls()
+pointer	impnls()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize the v vectors.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do image = 1, nimages {
+	    call salloc (VPTR(vin,image), IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[VPTR(vin,image)], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Join input images along the specified dimension. Joins along
+	# columns and lines require processing in special order, all others
+	# in the same order.  In the first two cases we process all input
+	# images in inner loops, so we have to keep all those image
+	# descriptors open.
+
+	switch (joindim) {
+	case 1:						# join columns
+	    nlines = 1
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+		stat = impnls (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		cum_len = 0
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    stat = imgnls (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovs (Mems[inbuf], Mems[outbuf+cum_len],
+			    IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    cum_len = cum_len + IM_LEN(in,1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case 2:						# join lines
+	    nbands = 1
+	    do i = 3, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nbands = nbands * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nbands {
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    do line = 1, IM_LEN(in,2) {
+			stat = impnls (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+			stat = imgnls (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+			call amovs (Mems[inbuf], Mems[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	default:					# join bands or higher
+	    do image = 1, nimages {
+		in = inptr[image]
+		nlines = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(in,i)
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    stat = impnls (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		    stat = imgnls (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovs (Mems[inbuf], Mems[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# IMJOIN -- Join the set of input images into an output image along the
+# specified axis, any dimension.
+
+procedure imjoini (inptr, nimages, out, joindim, outtype)
+
+pointer	inptr[nimages]		#I Input IMIO pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of input images
+pointer	out			#I Output IMIO pointer
+int	joindim			#I Dimension along which to join images
+int	outtype			#I Output datatype
+
+int	i, image, line, nlines, nbands, stat, cum_len
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, in, inbuf, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgnli()
+pointer	impnli()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize the v vectors.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do image = 1, nimages {
+	    call salloc (VPTR(vin,image), IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[VPTR(vin,image)], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Join input images along the specified dimension. Joins along
+	# columns and lines require processing in special order, all others
+	# in the same order.  In the first two cases we process all input
+	# images in inner loops, so we have to keep all those image
+	# descriptors open.
+
+	switch (joindim) {
+	case 1:						# join columns
+	    nlines = 1
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+		stat = impnli (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		cum_len = 0
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    stat = imgnli (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovi (Memi[inbuf], Memi[outbuf+cum_len],
+			    IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    cum_len = cum_len + IM_LEN(in,1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case 2:						# join lines
+	    nbands = 1
+	    do i = 3, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nbands = nbands * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nbands {
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    do line = 1, IM_LEN(in,2) {
+			stat = impnli (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+			stat = imgnli (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+			call amovi (Memi[inbuf], Memi[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	default:					# join bands or higher
+	    do image = 1, nimages {
+		in = inptr[image]
+		nlines = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(in,i)
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    stat = impnli (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		    stat = imgnli (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovi (Memi[inbuf], Memi[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# IMJOIN -- Join the set of input images into an output image along the
+# specified axis, any dimension.
+
+procedure imjoinl (inptr, nimages, out, joindim, outtype)
+
+pointer	inptr[nimages]		#I Input IMIO pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of input images
+pointer	out			#I Output IMIO pointer
+int	joindim			#I Dimension along which to join images
+int	outtype			#I Output datatype
+
+int	i, image, line, nlines, nbands, stat, cum_len
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, in, inbuf, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgnll()
+pointer	impnll()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize the v vectors.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do image = 1, nimages {
+	    call salloc (VPTR(vin,image), IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[VPTR(vin,image)], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Join input images along the specified dimension. Joins along
+	# columns and lines require processing in special order, all others
+	# in the same order.  In the first two cases we process all input
+	# images in inner loops, so we have to keep all those image
+	# descriptors open.
+
+	switch (joindim) {
+	case 1:						# join columns
+	    nlines = 1
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+		stat = impnll (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		cum_len = 0
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    stat = imgnll (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovl (Meml[inbuf], Meml[outbuf+cum_len],
+			    IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    cum_len = cum_len + IM_LEN(in,1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case 2:						# join lines
+	    nbands = 1
+	    do i = 3, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nbands = nbands * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nbands {
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    do line = 1, IM_LEN(in,2) {
+			stat = impnll (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+			stat = imgnll (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+			call amovl (Meml[inbuf], Meml[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	default:					# join bands or higher
+	    do image = 1, nimages {
+		in = inptr[image]
+		nlines = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(in,i)
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    stat = impnll (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		    stat = imgnll (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovl (Meml[inbuf], Meml[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# IMJOIN -- Join the set of input images into an output image along the
+# specified axis, any dimension.
+
+procedure imjoinr (inptr, nimages, out, joindim, outtype)
+
+pointer	inptr[nimages]		#I Input IMIO pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of input images
+pointer	out			#I Output IMIO pointer
+int	joindim			#I Dimension along which to join images
+int	outtype			#I Output datatype
+
+int	i, image, line, nlines, nbands, stat, cum_len
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, in, inbuf, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgnlr()
+pointer	impnlr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize the v vectors.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do image = 1, nimages {
+	    call salloc (VPTR(vin,image), IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[VPTR(vin,image)], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Join input images along the specified dimension. Joins along
+	# columns and lines require processing in special order, all others
+	# in the same order.  In the first two cases we process all input
+	# images in inner loops, so we have to keep all those image
+	# descriptors open.
+
+	switch (joindim) {
+	case 1:						# join columns
+	    nlines = 1
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+		stat = impnlr (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		cum_len = 0
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    stat = imgnlr (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovr (Memr[inbuf], Memr[outbuf+cum_len],
+			    IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    cum_len = cum_len + IM_LEN(in,1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case 2:						# join lines
+	    nbands = 1
+	    do i = 3, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nbands = nbands * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nbands {
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    do line = 1, IM_LEN(in,2) {
+			stat = impnlr (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+			stat = imgnlr (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+			call amovr (Memr[inbuf], Memr[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	default:					# join bands or higher
+	    do image = 1, nimages {
+		in = inptr[image]
+		nlines = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(in,i)
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    stat = impnlr (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		    stat = imgnlr (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovr (Memr[inbuf], Memr[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# IMJOIN -- Join the set of input images into an output image along the
+# specified axis, any dimension.
+
+procedure imjoind (inptr, nimages, out, joindim, outtype)
+
+pointer	inptr[nimages]		#I Input IMIO pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of input images
+pointer	out			#I Output IMIO pointer
+int	joindim			#I Dimension along which to join images
+int	outtype			#I Output datatype
+
+int	i, image, line, nlines, nbands, stat, cum_len
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, in, inbuf, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgnld()
+pointer	impnld()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize the v vectors.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do image = 1, nimages {
+	    call salloc (VPTR(vin,image), IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[VPTR(vin,image)], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Join input images along the specified dimension. Joins along
+	# columns and lines require processing in special order, all others
+	# in the same order.  In the first two cases we process all input
+	# images in inner loops, so we have to keep all those image
+	# descriptors open.
+
+	switch (joindim) {
+	case 1:						# join columns
+	    nlines = 1
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+		stat = impnld (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		cum_len = 0
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    stat = imgnld (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovd (Memd[inbuf], Memd[outbuf+cum_len],
+			    IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    cum_len = cum_len + IM_LEN(in,1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case 2:						# join lines
+	    nbands = 1
+	    do i = 3, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nbands = nbands * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nbands {
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    do line = 1, IM_LEN(in,2) {
+			stat = impnld (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+			stat = imgnld (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+			call amovd (Memd[inbuf], Memd[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	default:					# join bands or higher
+	    do image = 1, nimages {
+		in = inptr[image]
+		nlines = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(in,i)
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    stat = impnld (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		    stat = imgnld (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovd (Memd[inbuf], Memd[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# IMJOIN -- Join the set of input images into an output image along the
+# specified axis, any dimension.
+
+procedure imjoinx (inptr, nimages, out, joindim, outtype)
+
+pointer	inptr[nimages]		#I Input IMIO pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of input images
+pointer	out			#I Output IMIO pointer
+int	joindim			#I Dimension along which to join images
+int	outtype			#I Output datatype
+
+int	i, image, line, nlines, nbands, stat, cum_len
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, in, inbuf, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgnlx()
+pointer	impnlx()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize the v vectors.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do image = 1, nimages {
+	    call salloc (VPTR(vin,image), IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[VPTR(vin,image)], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Join input images along the specified dimension. Joins along
+	# columns and lines require processing in special order, all others
+	# in the same order.  In the first two cases we process all input
+	# images in inner loops, so we have to keep all those image
+	# descriptors open.
+
+	switch (joindim) {
+	case 1:						# join columns
+	    nlines = 1
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+		stat = impnlx (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		cum_len = 0
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    stat = imgnlx (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovx (Memx[inbuf], Memx[outbuf+cum_len],
+			    IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    cum_len = cum_len + IM_LEN(in,1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case 2:						# join lines
+	    nbands = 1
+	    do i = 3, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nbands = nbands * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nbands {
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    do line = 1, IM_LEN(in,2) {
+			stat = impnlx (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+			stat = imgnlx (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+			call amovx (Memx[inbuf], Memx[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	default:					# join bands or higher
+	    do image = 1, nimages {
+		in = inptr[image]
+		nlines = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(in,i)
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    stat = impnlx (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		    stat = imgnlx (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amovx (Memx[inbuf], Memx[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imrep.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imrep.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcc29d0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imrep.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1423 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+
+
+
+# IMREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value.
+
+procedure imreps (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	npix, junk
+real	ilower
+short	floor, ceil, newval
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnls(), impnls()
+	    
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnls (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovks (newval, Mems[buf2], npix)
+
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    while (imgnls (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnls (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], npix)
+		call arles (Mems[buf2], npix, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    while (imgnls (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnls (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], npix)
+		call arges (Mems[buf2], npix, floor, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    while (imgnls (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnls (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], npix)
+		call areps (Mems[buf2], npix, floor, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMRREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value
+# and a radius around those pixels.
+
+procedure imrreps (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf, buf1, buf2, ptr
+int	i, j, k, l, nc, nl, nradius, nbufs
+real	ilower
+short	floor, ceil, newval, val1, val2
+real	radius2, y2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]	# IMIO vectors
+int	imgnls(), impnls()
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	nc = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) > 1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nl = 1
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnls (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovks (newval, Mems[buf2], nc)
+	    return
+	
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    floor = -MAX_SHORT
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = MAX_SHORT
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize buffering.
+	radius2 = radius * radius
+	nradius = int (radius)
+	nbufs = min (1 + 2 * nradius, nl)
+	call calloc (buf, nc*nbufs, TY_SHORT)
+
+	while (imgnls (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	    j = v1[2] - 1
+	    buf2 = buf + mod (j, nbufs) * nc
+	    do i = 1, nc {
+		val1 = Mems[buf1]
+		val2 = Mems[buf2]
+		if ((val1 >= floor) && (val1 <= ceil)) {
+		    do k = max(1,j-nradius), min (nl,j+nradius) {
+			ptr = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc - 1
+			y2 = (k - j) ** 2
+			do l = max(1,i-nradius), min (nc,i+nradius) {
+			    if ((l-i)**2 + y2 > radius2)
+				next
+			    Mems[ptr+l] = INDEFS
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!IS_INDEFS(val2))
+			Mems[buf2] = val1
+		}
+		buf1 = buf1 + 1
+		buf2 = buf2 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (j > nradius) {
+		while (impnls (im, buf2, v2) != EOF) {
+		    k = v2[2] - 1
+		    buf1 = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc
+		    do i = 1, nc {
+			val1 = Mems[buf1]
+			if (IS_INDEFS(Mems[buf1]))
+			    Mems[buf2] = newval
+			else
+			    Mems[buf2] = val1
+			Mems[buf1] = 0.
+			buf1 = buf1 + 1
+			buf2 = buf2 + 1
+		    }
+		    if (j != nl)
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_SHORT)
+end
+
+
+# AREP -- Replace array values which are between floor and ceil by value.
+
+procedure areps (a, npts, floor, ceil, newval)
+
+short	a[npts]				# Input arrays
+int	npts				# Number of points
+short	floor, ceil			# Replacement limits
+short	newval				# Replacement value
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if ((a[i] >= floor) && (a[i] <= ceil))
+		a[i] = newval
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ARLE -- If A[i] is less than or equal to FLOOR replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arles (a, npts, floor, newval)
+
+short	a[npts]
+int	npts
+short	floor, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] <= floor)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+# ARGE -- If A[i] is greater than or equal to CEIL replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arges (a, npts, ceil, newval)
+
+short	a[npts]
+int	npts
+short	ceil, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] >= ceil)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+
+# IMREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value.
+
+procedure imrepi (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	npix, junk
+real	ilower
+int	floor, ceil, newval
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnli(), impnli()
+	    
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnli (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovki (newval, Memi[buf2], npix)
+
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    while (imgnli (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnli (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], npix)
+		call arlei (Memi[buf2], npix, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    while (imgnli (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnli (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], npix)
+		call argei (Memi[buf2], npix, floor, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    while (imgnli (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnli (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], npix)
+		call arepi (Memi[buf2], npix, floor, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMRREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value
+# and a radius around those pixels.
+
+procedure imrrepi (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf, buf1, buf2, ptr
+int	i, j, k, l, nc, nl, nradius, nbufs
+real	ilower
+int	floor, ceil, newval, val1, val2
+real	radius2, y2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]	# IMIO vectors
+int	imgnli(), impnli()
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	nc = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) > 1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nl = 1
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnli (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovki (newval, Memi[buf2], nc)
+	    return
+	
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    floor = -MAX_INT
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = MAX_INT
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize buffering.
+	radius2 = radius * radius
+	nradius = int (radius)
+	nbufs = min (1 + 2 * nradius, nl)
+	call calloc (buf, nc*nbufs, TY_INT)
+
+	while (imgnli (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	    j = v1[2] - 1
+	    buf2 = buf + mod (j, nbufs) * nc
+	    do i = 1, nc {
+		val1 = Memi[buf1]
+		val2 = Memi[buf2]
+		if ((val1 >= floor) && (val1 <= ceil)) {
+		    do k = max(1,j-nradius), min (nl,j+nradius) {
+			ptr = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc - 1
+			y2 = (k - j) ** 2
+			do l = max(1,i-nradius), min (nc,i+nradius) {
+			    if ((l-i)**2 + y2 > radius2)
+				next
+			    Memi[ptr+l] = INDEFI
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!IS_INDEFI(val2))
+			Memi[buf2] = val1
+		}
+		buf1 = buf1 + 1
+		buf2 = buf2 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (j > nradius) {
+		while (impnli (im, buf2, v2) != EOF) {
+		    k = v2[2] - 1
+		    buf1 = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc
+		    do i = 1, nc {
+			val1 = Memi[buf1]
+			if (IS_INDEFI(Memi[buf1]))
+			    Memi[buf2] = newval
+			else
+			    Memi[buf2] = val1
+			Memi[buf1] = 0.
+			buf1 = buf1 + 1
+			buf2 = buf2 + 1
+		    }
+		    if (j != nl)
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# AREP -- Replace array values which are between floor and ceil by value.
+
+procedure arepi (a, npts, floor, ceil, newval)
+
+int	a[npts]				# Input arrays
+int	npts				# Number of points
+int	floor, ceil			# Replacement limits
+int	newval				# Replacement value
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if ((a[i] >= floor) && (a[i] <= ceil))
+		a[i] = newval
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ARLE -- If A[i] is less than or equal to FLOOR replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arlei (a, npts, floor, newval)
+
+int	a[npts]
+int	npts
+int	floor, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] <= floor)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+# ARGE -- If A[i] is greater than or equal to CEIL replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure argei (a, npts, ceil, newval)
+
+int	a[npts]
+int	npts
+int	ceil, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] >= ceil)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+
+# IMREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value.
+
+procedure imrepl (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	npix, junk
+real	ilower
+long	floor, ceil, newval
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnll(), impnll()
+	    
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnll (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkl (newval, Meml[buf2], npix)
+
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    while (imgnll (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnll (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], npix)
+		call arlel (Meml[buf2], npix, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    while (imgnll (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnll (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], npix)
+		call argel (Meml[buf2], npix, floor, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    while (imgnll (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnll (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], npix)
+		call arepl (Meml[buf2], npix, floor, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMRREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value
+# and a radius around those pixels.
+
+procedure imrrepl (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf, buf1, buf2, ptr
+int	i, j, k, l, nc, nl, nradius, nbufs
+real	ilower
+long	floor, ceil, newval, val1, val2
+real	radius2, y2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]	# IMIO vectors
+int	imgnll(), impnll()
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	nc = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) > 1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nl = 1
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnll (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkl (newval, Meml[buf2], nc)
+	    return
+	
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    floor = -MAX_LONG
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = MAX_LONG
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize buffering.
+	radius2 = radius * radius
+	nradius = int (radius)
+	nbufs = min (1 + 2 * nradius, nl)
+	call calloc (buf, nc*nbufs, TY_LONG)
+
+	while (imgnll (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	    j = v1[2] - 1
+	    buf2 = buf + mod (j, nbufs) * nc
+	    do i = 1, nc {
+		val1 = Meml[buf1]
+		val2 = Meml[buf2]
+		if ((val1 >= floor) && (val1 <= ceil)) {
+		    do k = max(1,j-nradius), min (nl,j+nradius) {
+			ptr = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc - 1
+			y2 = (k - j) ** 2
+			do l = max(1,i-nradius), min (nc,i+nradius) {
+			    if ((l-i)**2 + y2 > radius2)
+				next
+			    Meml[ptr+l] = INDEFL
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!IS_INDEFL(val2))
+			Meml[buf2] = val1
+		}
+		buf1 = buf1 + 1
+		buf2 = buf2 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (j > nradius) {
+		while (impnll (im, buf2, v2) != EOF) {
+		    k = v2[2] - 1
+		    buf1 = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc
+		    do i = 1, nc {
+			val1 = Meml[buf1]
+			if (IS_INDEFL(Meml[buf1]))
+			    Meml[buf2] = newval
+			else
+			    Meml[buf2] = val1
+			Meml[buf1] = 0.
+			buf1 = buf1 + 1
+			buf2 = buf2 + 1
+		    }
+		    if (j != nl)
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_LONG)
+end
+
+
+# AREP -- Replace array values which are between floor and ceil by value.
+
+procedure arepl (a, npts, floor, ceil, newval)
+
+long	a[npts]				# Input arrays
+int	npts				# Number of points
+long	floor, ceil			# Replacement limits
+long	newval				# Replacement value
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if ((a[i] >= floor) && (a[i] <= ceil))
+		a[i] = newval
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ARLE -- If A[i] is less than or equal to FLOOR replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arlel (a, npts, floor, newval)
+
+long	a[npts]
+int	npts
+long	floor, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] <= floor)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+# ARGE -- If A[i] is greater than or equal to CEIL replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure argel (a, npts, ceil, newval)
+
+long	a[npts]
+int	npts
+long	ceil, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] >= ceil)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+
+# IMREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value.
+
+procedure imrepr (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	npix, junk
+real	floor, ceil, newval
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+	    
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnlr (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkr (newval, Memr[buf2], npix)
+
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    while (imgnlr (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlr (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+		call arler (Memr[buf2], npix, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    while (imgnlr (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlr (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+		call arger (Memr[buf2], npix, floor, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    while (imgnlr (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlr (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+		call arepr (Memr[buf2], npix, floor, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMRREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value
+# and a radius around those pixels.
+
+procedure imrrepr (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf, buf1, buf2, ptr
+int	i, j, k, l, nc, nl, nradius, nbufs
+real	floor, ceil, newval, val1, val2
+real	radius2, y2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]	# IMIO vectors
+int	imgnlr(), impnlr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	nc = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) > 1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nl = 1
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnlr (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkr (newval, Memr[buf2], nc)
+	    return
+	
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    floor = -MAX_REAL
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = MAX_REAL
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize buffering.
+	radius2 = radius * radius
+	nradius = int (radius)
+	nbufs = min (1 + 2 * nradius, nl)
+	call calloc (buf, nc*nbufs, TY_REAL)
+
+	while (imgnlr (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	    j = v1[2] - 1
+	    buf2 = buf + mod (j, nbufs) * nc
+	    do i = 1, nc {
+		val1 = Memr[buf1]
+		val2 = Memr[buf2]
+		if ((val1 >= floor) && (val1 <= ceil)) {
+		    do k = max(1,j-nradius), min (nl,j+nradius) {
+			ptr = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc - 1
+			y2 = (k - j) ** 2
+			do l = max(1,i-nradius), min (nc,i+nradius) {
+			    if ((l-i)**2 + y2 > radius2)
+				next
+			    Memr[ptr+l] = INDEFR
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(val2))
+			Memr[buf2] = val1
+		}
+		buf1 = buf1 + 1
+		buf2 = buf2 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (j > nradius) {
+		while (impnlr (im, buf2, v2) != EOF) {
+		    k = v2[2] - 1
+		    buf1 = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc
+		    do i = 1, nc {
+			val1 = Memr[buf1]
+			if (IS_INDEFR(Memr[buf1]))
+			    Memr[buf2] = newval
+			else
+			    Memr[buf2] = val1
+			Memr[buf1] = 0.
+			buf1 = buf1 + 1
+			buf2 = buf2 + 1
+		    }
+		    if (j != nl)
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# AREP -- Replace array values which are between floor and ceil by value.
+
+procedure arepr (a, npts, floor, ceil, newval)
+
+real	a[npts]				# Input arrays
+int	npts				# Number of points
+real	floor, ceil			# Replacement limits
+real	newval				# Replacement value
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if ((a[i] >= floor) && (a[i] <= ceil))
+		a[i] = newval
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ARLE -- If A[i] is less than or equal to FLOOR replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arler (a, npts, floor, newval)
+
+real	a[npts]
+int	npts
+real	floor, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] <= floor)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+# ARGE -- If A[i] is greater than or equal to CEIL replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arger (a, npts, ceil, newval)
+
+real	a[npts]
+int	npts
+real	ceil, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] >= ceil)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+
+# IMREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value.
+
+procedure imrepd (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	npix, junk
+double	floor, ceil, newval
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+	    
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnld (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkd (newval, Memd[buf2], npix)
+
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    while (imgnld (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnld (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+		call arled (Memd[buf2], npix, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    while (imgnld (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnld (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+		call arged (Memd[buf2], npix, floor, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    while (imgnld (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnld (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+		call arepd (Memd[buf2], npix, floor, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMRREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value
+# and a radius around those pixels.
+
+procedure imrrepd (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf, buf1, buf2, ptr
+int	i, j, k, l, nc, nl, nradius, nbufs
+double	floor, ceil, newval, val1, val2
+real	radius2, y2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]	# IMIO vectors
+int	imgnld(), impnld()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	nc = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) > 1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nl = 1
+	newval = double (value)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnld (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkd (newval, Memd[buf2], nc)
+	    return
+	
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    floor = -MAX_DOUBLE
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = MAX_DOUBLE
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize buffering.
+	radius2 = radius * radius
+	nradius = int (radius)
+	nbufs = min (1 + 2 * nradius, nl)
+	call calloc (buf, nc*nbufs, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	while (imgnld (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	    j = v1[2] - 1
+	    buf2 = buf + mod (j, nbufs) * nc
+	    do i = 1, nc {
+		val1 = Memd[buf1]
+		val2 = Memd[buf2]
+		if ((val1 >= floor) && (val1 <= ceil)) {
+		    do k = max(1,j-nradius), min (nl,j+nradius) {
+			ptr = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc - 1
+			y2 = (k - j) ** 2
+			do l = max(1,i-nradius), min (nc,i+nradius) {
+			    if ((l-i)**2 + y2 > radius2)
+				next
+			    Memd[ptr+l] = INDEFD
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!IS_INDEFD(val2))
+			Memd[buf2] = val1
+		}
+		buf1 = buf1 + 1
+		buf2 = buf2 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (j > nradius) {
+		while (impnld (im, buf2, v2) != EOF) {
+		    k = v2[2] - 1
+		    buf1 = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc
+		    do i = 1, nc {
+			val1 = Memd[buf1]
+			if (IS_INDEFD(Memd[buf1]))
+			    Memd[buf2] = newval
+			else
+			    Memd[buf2] = val1
+			Memd[buf1] = 0.
+			buf1 = buf1 + 1
+			buf2 = buf2 + 1
+		    }
+		    if (j != nl)
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_DOUBLE)
+end
+
+
+# AREP -- Replace array values which are between floor and ceil by value.
+
+procedure arepd (a, npts, floor, ceil, newval)
+
+double	a[npts]				# Input arrays
+int	npts				# Number of points
+double	floor, ceil			# Replacement limits
+double	newval				# Replacement value
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if ((a[i] >= floor) && (a[i] <= ceil))
+		a[i] = newval
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ARLE -- If A[i] is less than or equal to FLOOR replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arled (a, npts, floor, newval)
+
+double	a[npts]
+int	npts
+double	floor, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] <= floor)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+# ARGE -- If A[i] is greater than or equal to CEIL replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arged (a, npts, ceil, newval)
+
+double	a[npts]
+int	npts
+double	ceil, newval
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (a[i] >= ceil)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+
+# IMREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value.
+
+procedure imrepx (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	npix, junk
+complex	floor, ceil, newval
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnlx(), impnlx()
+	    
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	newval = complex (value, img)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnlx (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkx (newval, Memx[buf2], npix)
+
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    while (imgnlx (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlx (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], npix)
+		call arlex (Memx[buf2], npix, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    while (imgnlx (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlx (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], npix)
+		call argex (Memx[buf2], npix, floor, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    while (imgnlx (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlx (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], npix)
+		call arepx (Memx[buf2], npix, floor, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMRREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value
+# and a radius around those pixels.
+
+procedure imrrepx (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf, buf1, buf2, ptr
+int	i, j, k, l, nc, nl, nradius, nbufs
+complex	floor, ceil, newval, val1, val2
+real	abs_floor, abs_ceil
+real	radius2, y2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]	# IMIO vectors
+int	imgnlx(), impnlx()
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	nc = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) > 1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nl = 1
+	newval = complex (value, img)
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnlx (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovkx (newval, Memx[buf2], nc)
+	    return
+	
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    floor = 0
+	    ceil = real (upper)
+	    abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	    abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    floor = real (lower)
+	    ceil = MAX_REAL
+	    abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	    abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    floor = real (lower)
+	    ceil = real (upper)
+	    abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	    abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize buffering.
+	radius2 = radius * radius
+	nradius = int (radius)
+	nbufs = min (1 + 2 * nradius, nl)
+	call calloc (buf, nc*nbufs, TY_COMPLEX)
+
+	while (imgnlx (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	    j = v1[2] - 1
+	    buf2 = buf + mod (j, nbufs) * nc
+	    do i = 1, nc {
+		val1 = Memx[buf1]
+		val2 = Memx[buf2]
+		if ((abs (val1) >= abs_floor) && (abs (val1) <= abs_ceil)) {
+		    do k = max(1,j-nradius), min (nl,j+nradius) {
+			ptr = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc - 1
+			y2 = (k - j) ** 2
+			do l = max(1,i-nradius), min (nc,i+nradius) {
+			    if ((l-i)**2 + y2 > radius2)
+				next
+			    Memx[ptr+l] = INDEFX
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!IS_INDEFX(val2))
+			Memx[buf2] = val1
+		}
+		buf1 = buf1 + 1
+		buf2 = buf2 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (j > nradius) {
+		while (impnlx (im, buf2, v2) != EOF) {
+		    k = v2[2] - 1
+		    buf1 = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc
+		    do i = 1, nc {
+			val1 = Memx[buf1]
+			if (IS_INDEFX(Memx[buf1]))
+			    Memx[buf2] = newval
+			else
+			    Memx[buf2] = val1
+			Memx[buf1] = 0.
+			buf1 = buf1 + 1
+			buf2 = buf2 + 1
+		    }
+		    if (j != nl)
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_COMPLEX)
+end
+
+
+# AREP -- Replace array values which are between floor and ceil by value.
+
+procedure arepx (a, npts, floor, ceil, newval)
+
+complex	a[npts]				# Input arrays
+int	npts				# Number of points
+complex	floor, ceil			# Replacement limits
+complex	newval				# Replacement value
+
+int	i
+real	abs_floor
+real	abs_ceil
+
+begin
+	abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if ((abs (a[i]) >= abs_floor) && (abs (a[i]) <= abs_ceil))
+		a[i] = newval
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ARLE -- If A[i] is less than or equal to FLOOR replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arlex (a, npts, floor, newval)
+
+complex	a[npts]
+int	npts
+complex	floor, newval
+
+int	i
+real	abs_floor
+
+begin
+	abs_floor = abs (floor)
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (abs (a[i]) <= abs_floor)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+# ARGE -- If A[i] is greater than or equal to CEIL replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure argex (a, npts, ceil, newval)
+
+complex	a[npts]
+int	npts
+complex	ceil, newval
+
+int	i
+real	abs_ceil
+
+begin
+	abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (abs (a[i]) >= abs_ceil)
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imsum.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imsum.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fcb43716
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/imsum.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1902 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"../imsum.h"
+
+define	TMINSW		1.00	# Relative timings for nvecs = 5
+define	TMXMNSW		1.46
+define	TMED3		0.18
+define	TMED5		0.55
+
+# IMSUM -- Sum or average images with optional high and low pixel rejection.
+# 
+# This procedure has to be clever in not exceeding the maximum number of images
+# which can be mapped at one time.  If no pixels are being rejected then the
+# images can be summed (or averaged) in blocks using the output image to hold
+# intermediate results.  If pixels are being rejected then lines from all
+# images must be obtained.  If the number of images exceeds the maximum
+# then only a subset of the images are kept mapped and the remainder are
+# mapped and unmapped for each line.  This, of course, is inefficient but
+# there is no other way.
+
+
+procedure imsums (list, output, im_out, nlow, nhigh, option)
+
+int	list				# List of input images
+char	output[ARB]			# Output image
+pointer	im_out				# Output image pointer
+int	nlow				# Number of low pixels to reject
+int	nhigh				# Number of high pixels to reject
+char	option[ARB]			# Output option
+
+int	i, n, nimages, naccept, npix, ndone, pass
+short	const
+pointer	sp, input, v1, v2, im, buf, buf1, buf_in, buf_out
+
+bool	streq()
+int	imtlen(), imtgetim(), imtrgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imgnls(), impnls()
+errchk	immap, imunmap, imgnls, impnls
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	naccept = nimages - nlow - nhigh
+	const = naccept
+	npix = IM_LEN(im_out, 1)
+	if (naccept < 1)
+	    call error (0, "Number of rejected pixels is too large")
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (im, nimages, TY_INT)
+
+	# If there are no pixels to be rejected avoid calls to reject pixels
+	# and do the operation in blocks so that the number of images mapped
+	# does not exceed the maximum.  The output image is used to
+	# store intermediate results.
+
+	if ((nlow == 0) && (nhigh == 0)) {
+	    pass = 0
+	    ndone = 0
+	    repeat {
+		n = 0
+		while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	            Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    n = n + 1
+		    if (n == IMS_MAX)
+			break
+	        }
+		ndone = ndone + n
+
+	        pass = pass + 1
+		if (pass > 1) {
+		    call imunmap (im_out)
+		    im_out = immap (output, READ_WRITE, 0)
+		}
+
+	        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+		# For each input line compute an output line.
+		while (impnls (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+		    # Clear the output buffer during the first pass and
+		    # read in the partial sum from the output image during
+		    # subsequent passes.
+
+		    if (pass == 1)
+			call aclrs (Mems[buf_out], npix)
+		    else {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnls (im_out, buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call amovs (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # Accumulate lines from each input image.
+	    	    do i = 1, n {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnls (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call aadds (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out],
+			    Mems[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # If all images have been accumulated and averaging then
+		    # divide by the number of images.
+		    if ((ndone == nimages) && streq (option, "average"))
+			call adivks (Mems[buf_out], const, Mems[buf_out],
+			    npix)
+
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, n
+		    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    } until (ndone == nimages)
+
+	    # Finish up.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	       
+
+	# Map the input images up to the maximum allowed.  The remainder
+	# will be mapped during each line.
+	n = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n == IMS_MAX - 1)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Allocate additional buffer space.
+	call salloc (buf, nimages, TY_INT)
+	if (nimages - n > 0)
+	    call salloc (buf1, (nimages-n)*npix, TY_SHORT)
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Compute output lines for each input line.
+	while (impnls (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Read lines from the images which remain open.
+	    for (i = 1; i <= n; i = i + 1) {
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnls (Memi[im+i-1], Memi[buf+i-1], Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+	    }
+
+	    # For all additional images map the image, read a line, copy the
+	    # data to a buffer since the image buffer is reused, and unmap
+	    # the image.  
+	    for (; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+		if (imtrgetim (list, i, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    break
+		Memi[im+i-1] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnls (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+		Memi[buf+i-1] = buf1 + (i - n - 1) * npix
+		call amovs (Mems[buf_in], Mems[Memi[buf+i-1]], npix)
+		call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    }
+		
+	    # Reject pixels.
+	    call imrejs (Memi[buf], nimages, Mems[buf_out], npix, nlow, nhigh)
+
+	    # If averaging divide the sum by the number of images averaged.
+	    if ((naccept > 1) && streq (option, "average")) {
+		const = naccept
+		call adivks (Mems[buf_out], const, Mems[buf_out], npix)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	do i = 1, n
+	    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMREJ --  Reject the number of high and low points and sum the rest.
+
+procedure imrejs (a, nvecs, b, npts, nlow, nhigh)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]		# Pointers to set of vectors
+int	nvecs			# Number of vectors
+short	b[npts]			# Output vector
+int	npts			# Number of points in the vectors
+int	nlow			# Number of low points to be rejected
+int	nhigh			# Number of high points to be rejected
+
+int	i, j
+int	naccept, minrej, npairs, nlow1, nhigh1
+real	tmedian, time1, time2
+
+begin
+	naccept = nvecs - nlow - nhigh
+
+	# If no points are rejected return the sum.
+
+	if (naccept == nvecs) {
+	    call amovs (Mems[a[1]], b, npts)
+	    for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		call aadds (Mems[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	minrej = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	npairs = minrej
+	nlow1 = nlow - npairs
+	nhigh1 = nhigh - npairs
+
+	if ((naccept == 1) && (npairs > 0)) {
+	    if (npairs == 1) {
+	        tmedian = TMED3
+		npairs = npairs - 1
+	    } else {
+		tmedian = TMED5
+	        npairs = npairs - 2
+	    }
+	} else
+	    tmedian = 0
+
+	# Compare the time required to reject the minimum number
+	# of low or high points and extract the number of points to accept
+	# with the time to reject pairs and the excess number of low or
+	# high points to either reach a median of 3 or 5 points or isolate
+	# the acceptable points.
+
+	time1 = TMINSW * (minrej + naccept)
+	time2 = tmedian + TMXMNSW * npairs + TMINSW * (nlow1 + nhigh1)
+
+	i = nvecs
+	if (time1 < time2) {
+
+ 	    # Sort the nlow and naccept points
+	    if (nlow < nhigh) {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nlow + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call minsws (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovs (Mems[a[nhigh+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nhigh+2; j <= nhigh+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aadds (Mems[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+
+	    # Sort the nhigh and naccept points
+	    } else {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nhigh + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call maxsws (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovs (Mems[a[nlow+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nlow+2; j <= nlow+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aadds (Mems[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= npairs; j = j + 1) {
+	        call mxmnsws (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 2
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nlow1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call minsws (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nhigh1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call maxsws (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Check if the remaining points constitute a 3 or 5 point median
+	    # or the set of desired points.
+	    if (tmedian == 0.) {
+	        call amovs (Mems[a[1]], b, npts)
+	        for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aadds (Mems[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    } else if (tmedian == TMED3) {
+		call amed3s (Mems[a[1]], Mems[a[2]], Mems[a[3]], b, npts)
+	    } else {
+		call amed5s (Mems[a[1]], Mems[a[2]], Mems[a[3]],
+		        Mems[a[4]], Mems[a[5]], b, npts)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MINSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the minimum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure minsws (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmin
+short	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmin = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Mems[k] < Mems[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmin) {
+	        temp = Mems[k]
+	        Mems[k] = Mems[kmin]
+	        Mems[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAXSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure maxsws (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax
+short	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Mems[k] > Mems[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmax) {
+	        temp = Mems[k]
+	        Mems[k] = Mems[kmax]
+	        Mems[kmax] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MXMNSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector and the minimum element
+# with that of the next to last vector.  The number of vectors must be greater
+# than 1.
+
+procedure mxmnsws (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax, kmin
+short	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    kmin = kmax
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Mems[k] > Mems[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+		else if (Mems[k] < Mems[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    temp = Mems[k]
+	    Mems[k] = Mems[kmax]
+	    Mems[kmax] = temp
+	    if (kmin == k) {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Mems[j]
+		Mems[j] = Mems[kmax]
+		Mems[kmax] = temp
+	    } else {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Mems[j]
+	        Mems[j] = Mems[kmin]
+	        Mems[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+procedure imsumi (list, output, im_out, nlow, nhigh, option)
+
+int	list				# List of input images
+char	output[ARB]			# Output image
+pointer	im_out				# Output image pointer
+int	nlow				# Number of low pixels to reject
+int	nhigh				# Number of high pixels to reject
+char	option[ARB]			# Output option
+
+int	i, n, nimages, naccept, npix, ndone, pass
+int	const
+pointer	sp, input, v1, v2, im, buf, buf1, buf_in, buf_out
+
+bool	streq()
+int	imtlen(), imtgetim(), imtrgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imgnli(), impnli()
+errchk	immap, imunmap, imgnli, impnli
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	naccept = nimages - nlow - nhigh
+	const = naccept
+	npix = IM_LEN(im_out, 1)
+	if (naccept < 1)
+	    call error (0, "Number of rejected pixels is too large")
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (im, nimages, TY_INT)
+
+	# If there are no pixels to be rejected avoid calls to reject pixels
+	# and do the operation in blocks so that the number of images mapped
+	# does not exceed the maximum.  The output image is used to
+	# store intermediate results.
+
+	if ((nlow == 0) && (nhigh == 0)) {
+	    pass = 0
+	    ndone = 0
+	    repeat {
+		n = 0
+		while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	            Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    n = n + 1
+		    if (n == IMS_MAX)
+			break
+	        }
+		ndone = ndone + n
+
+	        pass = pass + 1
+		if (pass > 1) {
+		    call imunmap (im_out)
+		    im_out = immap (output, READ_WRITE, 0)
+		}
+
+	        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+		# For each input line compute an output line.
+		while (impnli (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+		    # Clear the output buffer during the first pass and
+		    # read in the partial sum from the output image during
+		    # subsequent passes.
+
+		    if (pass == 1)
+			call aclri (Memi[buf_out], npix)
+		    else {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnli (im_out, buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call amovi (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # Accumulate lines from each input image.
+	    	    do i = 1, n {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnli (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call aaddi (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out],
+			    Memi[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # If all images have been accumulated and averaging then
+		    # divide by the number of images.
+		    if ((ndone == nimages) && streq (option, "average"))
+			call adivki (Memi[buf_out], const, Memi[buf_out],
+			    npix)
+
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, n
+		    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    } until (ndone == nimages)
+
+	    # Finish up.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	       
+
+	# Map the input images up to the maximum allowed.  The remainder
+	# will be mapped during each line.
+	n = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n == IMS_MAX - 1)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Allocate additional buffer space.
+	call salloc (buf, nimages, TY_INT)
+	if (nimages - n > 0)
+	    call salloc (buf1, (nimages-n)*npix, TY_INT)
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Compute output lines for each input line.
+	while (impnli (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Read lines from the images which remain open.
+	    for (i = 1; i <= n; i = i + 1) {
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnli (Memi[im+i-1], Memi[buf+i-1], Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+	    }
+
+	    # For all additional images map the image, read a line, copy the
+	    # data to a buffer since the image buffer is reused, and unmap
+	    # the image.  
+	    for (; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+		if (imtrgetim (list, i, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    break
+		Memi[im+i-1] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnli (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+		Memi[buf+i-1] = buf1 + (i - n - 1) * npix
+		call amovi (Memi[buf_in], Memi[Memi[buf+i-1]], npix)
+		call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    }
+		
+	    # Reject pixels.
+	    call imreji (Memi[buf], nimages, Memi[buf_out], npix, nlow, nhigh)
+
+	    # If averaging divide the sum by the number of images averaged.
+	    if ((naccept > 1) && streq (option, "average")) {
+		const = naccept
+		call adivki (Memi[buf_out], const, Memi[buf_out], npix)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	do i = 1, n
+	    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMREJ --  Reject the number of high and low points and sum the rest.
+
+procedure imreji (a, nvecs, b, npts, nlow, nhigh)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]		# Pointers to set of vectors
+int	nvecs			# Number of vectors
+int	b[npts]			# Output vector
+int	npts			# Number of points in the vectors
+int	nlow			# Number of low points to be rejected
+int	nhigh			# Number of high points to be rejected
+
+int	i, j
+int	naccept, minrej, npairs, nlow1, nhigh1
+real	tmedian, time1, time2
+
+begin
+	naccept = nvecs - nlow - nhigh
+
+	# If no points are rejected return the sum.
+
+	if (naccept == nvecs) {
+	    call amovi (Memi[a[1]], b, npts)
+	    for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		call aaddi (Memi[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	minrej = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	npairs = minrej
+	nlow1 = nlow - npairs
+	nhigh1 = nhigh - npairs
+
+	if ((naccept == 1) && (npairs > 0)) {
+	    if (npairs == 1) {
+	        tmedian = TMED3
+		npairs = npairs - 1
+	    } else {
+		tmedian = TMED5
+	        npairs = npairs - 2
+	    }
+	} else
+	    tmedian = 0
+
+	# Compare the time required to reject the minimum number
+	# of low or high points and extract the number of points to accept
+	# with the time to reject pairs and the excess number of low or
+	# high points to either reach a median of 3 or 5 points or isolate
+	# the acceptable points.
+
+	time1 = TMINSW * (minrej + naccept)
+	time2 = tmedian + TMXMNSW * npairs + TMINSW * (nlow1 + nhigh1)
+
+	i = nvecs
+	if (time1 < time2) {
+
+ 	    # Sort the nlow and naccept points
+	    if (nlow < nhigh) {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nlow + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call minswi (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovi (Memi[a[nhigh+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nhigh+2; j <= nhigh+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddi (Memi[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+
+	    # Sort the nhigh and naccept points
+	    } else {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nhigh + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call maxswi (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovi (Memi[a[nlow+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nlow+2; j <= nlow+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddi (Memi[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= npairs; j = j + 1) {
+	        call mxmnswi (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 2
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nlow1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call minswi (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nhigh1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call maxswi (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Check if the remaining points constitute a 3 or 5 point median
+	    # or the set of desired points.
+	    if (tmedian == 0.) {
+	        call amovi (Memi[a[1]], b, npts)
+	        for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddi (Memi[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    } else if (tmedian == TMED3) {
+		call amed3i (Memi[a[1]], Memi[a[2]], Memi[a[3]], b, npts)
+	    } else {
+		call amed5i (Memi[a[1]], Memi[a[2]], Memi[a[3]],
+		        Memi[a[4]], Memi[a[5]], b, npts)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MINSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the minimum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure minswi (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmin
+int	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmin = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memi[k] < Memi[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmin) {
+	        temp = Memi[k]
+	        Memi[k] = Memi[kmin]
+	        Memi[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAXSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure maxswi (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax
+int	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memi[k] > Memi[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmax) {
+	        temp = Memi[k]
+	        Memi[k] = Memi[kmax]
+	        Memi[kmax] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MXMNSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector and the minimum element
+# with that of the next to last vector.  The number of vectors must be greater
+# than 1.
+
+procedure mxmnswi (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax, kmin
+int	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    kmin = kmax
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memi[k] > Memi[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+		else if (Memi[k] < Memi[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    temp = Memi[k]
+	    Memi[k] = Memi[kmax]
+	    Memi[kmax] = temp
+	    if (kmin == k) {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Memi[j]
+		Memi[j] = Memi[kmax]
+		Memi[kmax] = temp
+	    } else {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Memi[j]
+	        Memi[j] = Memi[kmin]
+	        Memi[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+procedure imsuml (list, output, im_out, nlow, nhigh, option)
+
+int	list				# List of input images
+char	output[ARB]			# Output image
+pointer	im_out				# Output image pointer
+int	nlow				# Number of low pixels to reject
+int	nhigh				# Number of high pixels to reject
+char	option[ARB]			# Output option
+
+int	i, n, nimages, naccept, npix, ndone, pass
+long	const
+pointer	sp, input, v1, v2, im, buf, buf1, buf_in, buf_out
+
+bool	streq()
+int	imtlen(), imtgetim(), imtrgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imgnll(), impnll()
+errchk	immap, imunmap, imgnll, impnll
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	naccept = nimages - nlow - nhigh
+	const = naccept
+	npix = IM_LEN(im_out, 1)
+	if (naccept < 1)
+	    call error (0, "Number of rejected pixels is too large")
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (im, nimages, TY_INT)
+
+	# If there are no pixels to be rejected avoid calls to reject pixels
+	# and do the operation in blocks so that the number of images mapped
+	# does not exceed the maximum.  The output image is used to
+	# store intermediate results.
+
+	if ((nlow == 0) && (nhigh == 0)) {
+	    pass = 0
+	    ndone = 0
+	    repeat {
+		n = 0
+		while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	            Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    n = n + 1
+		    if (n == IMS_MAX)
+			break
+	        }
+		ndone = ndone + n
+
+	        pass = pass + 1
+		if (pass > 1) {
+		    call imunmap (im_out)
+		    im_out = immap (output, READ_WRITE, 0)
+		}
+
+	        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+		# For each input line compute an output line.
+		while (impnll (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+		    # Clear the output buffer during the first pass and
+		    # read in the partial sum from the output image during
+		    # subsequent passes.
+
+		    if (pass == 1)
+			call aclrl (Meml[buf_out], npix)
+		    else {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnll (im_out, buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call amovl (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # Accumulate lines from each input image.
+	    	    do i = 1, n {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnll (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call aaddl (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out],
+			    Meml[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # If all images have been accumulated and averaging then
+		    # divide by the number of images.
+		    if ((ndone == nimages) && streq (option, "average"))
+			call adivkl (Meml[buf_out], const, Meml[buf_out],
+			    npix)
+
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, n
+		    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    } until (ndone == nimages)
+
+	    # Finish up.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	       
+
+	# Map the input images up to the maximum allowed.  The remainder
+	# will be mapped during each line.
+	n = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n == IMS_MAX - 1)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Allocate additional buffer space.
+	call salloc (buf, nimages, TY_INT)
+	if (nimages - n > 0)
+	    call salloc (buf1, (nimages-n)*npix, TY_LONG)
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Compute output lines for each input line.
+	while (impnll (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Read lines from the images which remain open.
+	    for (i = 1; i <= n; i = i + 1) {
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnll (Memi[im+i-1], Memi[buf+i-1], Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+	    }
+
+	    # For all additional images map the image, read a line, copy the
+	    # data to a buffer since the image buffer is reused, and unmap
+	    # the image.  
+	    for (; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+		if (imtrgetim (list, i, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    break
+		Memi[im+i-1] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnll (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+		Memi[buf+i-1] = buf1 + (i - n - 1) * npix
+		call amovl (Meml[buf_in], Meml[Memi[buf+i-1]], npix)
+		call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    }
+		
+	    # Reject pixels.
+	    call imrejl (Memi[buf], nimages, Meml[buf_out], npix, nlow, nhigh)
+
+	    # If averaging divide the sum by the number of images averaged.
+	    if ((naccept > 1) && streq (option, "average")) {
+		const = naccept
+		call adivkl (Meml[buf_out], const, Meml[buf_out], npix)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	do i = 1, n
+	    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMREJ --  Reject the number of high and low points and sum the rest.
+
+procedure imrejl (a, nvecs, b, npts, nlow, nhigh)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]		# Pointers to set of vectors
+int	nvecs			# Number of vectors
+long	b[npts]			# Output vector
+int	npts			# Number of points in the vectors
+int	nlow			# Number of low points to be rejected
+int	nhigh			# Number of high points to be rejected
+
+int	i, j
+int	naccept, minrej, npairs, nlow1, nhigh1
+real	tmedian, time1, time2
+
+begin
+	naccept = nvecs - nlow - nhigh
+
+	# If no points are rejected return the sum.
+
+	if (naccept == nvecs) {
+	    call amovl (Meml[a[1]], b, npts)
+	    for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		call aaddl (Meml[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	minrej = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	npairs = minrej
+	nlow1 = nlow - npairs
+	nhigh1 = nhigh - npairs
+
+	if ((naccept == 1) && (npairs > 0)) {
+	    if (npairs == 1) {
+	        tmedian = TMED3
+		npairs = npairs - 1
+	    } else {
+		tmedian = TMED5
+	        npairs = npairs - 2
+	    }
+	} else
+	    tmedian = 0
+
+	# Compare the time required to reject the minimum number
+	# of low or high points and extract the number of points to accept
+	# with the time to reject pairs and the excess number of low or
+	# high points to either reach a median of 3 or 5 points or isolate
+	# the acceptable points.
+
+	time1 = TMINSW * (minrej + naccept)
+	time2 = tmedian + TMXMNSW * npairs + TMINSW * (nlow1 + nhigh1)
+
+	i = nvecs
+	if (time1 < time2) {
+
+ 	    # Sort the nlow and naccept points
+	    if (nlow < nhigh) {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nlow + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call minswl (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovl (Meml[a[nhigh+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nhigh+2; j <= nhigh+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddl (Meml[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+
+	    # Sort the nhigh and naccept points
+	    } else {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nhigh + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call maxswl (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovl (Meml[a[nlow+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nlow+2; j <= nlow+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddl (Meml[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= npairs; j = j + 1) {
+	        call mxmnswl (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 2
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nlow1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call minswl (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nhigh1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call maxswl (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Check if the remaining points constitute a 3 or 5 point median
+	    # or the set of desired points.
+	    if (tmedian == 0.) {
+	        call amovl (Meml[a[1]], b, npts)
+	        for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddl (Meml[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    } else if (tmedian == TMED3) {
+		call amed3l (Meml[a[1]], Meml[a[2]], Meml[a[3]], b, npts)
+	    } else {
+		call amed5l (Meml[a[1]], Meml[a[2]], Meml[a[3]],
+		        Meml[a[4]], Meml[a[5]], b, npts)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MINSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the minimum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure minswl (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmin
+long	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmin = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Meml[k] < Meml[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmin) {
+	        temp = Meml[k]
+	        Meml[k] = Meml[kmin]
+	        Meml[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAXSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure maxswl (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax
+long	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Meml[k] > Meml[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmax) {
+	        temp = Meml[k]
+	        Meml[k] = Meml[kmax]
+	        Meml[kmax] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MXMNSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector and the minimum element
+# with that of the next to last vector.  The number of vectors must be greater
+# than 1.
+
+procedure mxmnswl (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax, kmin
+long	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    kmin = kmax
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Meml[k] > Meml[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+		else if (Meml[k] < Meml[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    temp = Meml[k]
+	    Meml[k] = Meml[kmax]
+	    Meml[kmax] = temp
+	    if (kmin == k) {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Meml[j]
+		Meml[j] = Meml[kmax]
+		Meml[kmax] = temp
+	    } else {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Meml[j]
+	        Meml[j] = Meml[kmin]
+	        Meml[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+procedure imsumr (list, output, im_out, nlow, nhigh, option)
+
+int	list				# List of input images
+char	output[ARB]			# Output image
+pointer	im_out				# Output image pointer
+int	nlow				# Number of low pixels to reject
+int	nhigh				# Number of high pixels to reject
+char	option[ARB]			# Output option
+
+int	i, n, nimages, naccept, npix, ndone, pass
+real	const
+pointer	sp, input, v1, v2, im, buf, buf1, buf_in, buf_out
+
+bool	streq()
+int	imtlen(), imtgetim(), imtrgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imgnlr(), impnlr()
+errchk	immap, imunmap, imgnlr, impnlr
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	naccept = nimages - nlow - nhigh
+	const = naccept
+	npix = IM_LEN(im_out, 1)
+	if (naccept < 1)
+	    call error (0, "Number of rejected pixels is too large")
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (im, nimages, TY_INT)
+
+	# If there are no pixels to be rejected avoid calls to reject pixels
+	# and do the operation in blocks so that the number of images mapped
+	# does not exceed the maximum.  The output image is used to
+	# store intermediate results.
+
+	if ((nlow == 0) && (nhigh == 0)) {
+	    pass = 0
+	    ndone = 0
+	    repeat {
+		n = 0
+		while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	            Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    n = n + 1
+		    if (n == IMS_MAX)
+			break
+	        }
+		ndone = ndone + n
+
+	        pass = pass + 1
+		if (pass > 1) {
+		    call imunmap (im_out)
+		    im_out = immap (output, READ_WRITE, 0)
+		}
+
+	        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+		# For each input line compute an output line.
+		while (impnlr (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+		    # Clear the output buffer during the first pass and
+		    # read in the partial sum from the output image during
+		    # subsequent passes.
+
+		    if (pass == 1)
+			call aclrr (Memr[buf_out], npix)
+		    else {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnlr (im_out, buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call amovr (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # Accumulate lines from each input image.
+	    	    do i = 1, n {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnlr (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call aaddr (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out],
+			    Memr[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # If all images have been accumulated and averaging then
+		    # divide by the number of images.
+		    if ((ndone == nimages) && streq (option, "average"))
+			call adivkr (Memr[buf_out], const, Memr[buf_out],
+			    npix)
+
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, n
+		    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    } until (ndone == nimages)
+
+	    # Finish up.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	       
+
+	# Map the input images up to the maximum allowed.  The remainder
+	# will be mapped during each line.
+	n = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n == IMS_MAX - 1)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Allocate additional buffer space.
+	call salloc (buf, nimages, TY_INT)
+	if (nimages - n > 0)
+	    call salloc (buf1, (nimages-n)*npix, TY_REAL)
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Compute output lines for each input line.
+	while (impnlr (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Read lines from the images which remain open.
+	    for (i = 1; i <= n; i = i + 1) {
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnlr (Memi[im+i-1], Memi[buf+i-1], Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+	    }
+
+	    # For all additional images map the image, read a line, copy the
+	    # data to a buffer since the image buffer is reused, and unmap
+	    # the image.  
+	    for (; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+		if (imtrgetim (list, i, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    break
+		Memi[im+i-1] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnlr (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+		Memi[buf+i-1] = buf1 + (i - n - 1) * npix
+		call amovr (Memr[buf_in], Memr[Memi[buf+i-1]], npix)
+		call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    }
+		
+	    # Reject pixels.
+	    call imrejr (Memi[buf], nimages, Memr[buf_out], npix, nlow, nhigh)
+
+	    # If averaging divide the sum by the number of images averaged.
+	    if ((naccept > 1) && streq (option, "average")) {
+		const = naccept
+		call adivkr (Memr[buf_out], const, Memr[buf_out], npix)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	do i = 1, n
+	    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMREJ --  Reject the number of high and low points and sum the rest.
+
+procedure imrejr (a, nvecs, b, npts, nlow, nhigh)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]		# Pointers to set of vectors
+int	nvecs			# Number of vectors
+real	b[npts]			# Output vector
+int	npts			# Number of points in the vectors
+int	nlow			# Number of low points to be rejected
+int	nhigh			# Number of high points to be rejected
+
+int	i, j
+int	naccept, minrej, npairs, nlow1, nhigh1
+real	tmedian, time1, time2
+
+begin
+	naccept = nvecs - nlow - nhigh
+
+	# If no points are rejected return the sum.
+
+	if (naccept == nvecs) {
+	    call amovr (Memr[a[1]], b, npts)
+	    for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		call aaddr (Memr[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	minrej = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	npairs = minrej
+	nlow1 = nlow - npairs
+	nhigh1 = nhigh - npairs
+
+	if ((naccept == 1) && (npairs > 0)) {
+	    if (npairs == 1) {
+	        tmedian = TMED3
+		npairs = npairs - 1
+	    } else {
+		tmedian = TMED5
+	        npairs = npairs - 2
+	    }
+	} else
+	    tmedian = 0
+
+	# Compare the time required to reject the minimum number
+	# of low or high points and extract the number of points to accept
+	# with the time to reject pairs and the excess number of low or
+	# high points to either reach a median of 3 or 5 points or isolate
+	# the acceptable points.
+
+	time1 = TMINSW * (minrej + naccept)
+	time2 = tmedian + TMXMNSW * npairs + TMINSW * (nlow1 + nhigh1)
+
+	i = nvecs
+	if (time1 < time2) {
+
+ 	    # Sort the nlow and naccept points
+	    if (nlow < nhigh) {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nlow + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call minswr (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovr (Memr[a[nhigh+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nhigh+2; j <= nhigh+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+
+	    # Sort the nhigh and naccept points
+	    } else {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nhigh + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call maxswr (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovr (Memr[a[nlow+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nlow+2; j <= nlow+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= npairs; j = j + 1) {
+	        call mxmnswr (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 2
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nlow1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call minswr (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nhigh1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call maxswr (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Check if the remaining points constitute a 3 or 5 point median
+	    # or the set of desired points.
+	    if (tmedian == 0.) {
+	        call amovr (Memr[a[1]], b, npts)
+	        for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddr (Memr[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    } else if (tmedian == TMED3) {
+		call amed3r (Memr[a[1]], Memr[a[2]], Memr[a[3]], b, npts)
+	    } else {
+		call amed5r (Memr[a[1]], Memr[a[2]], Memr[a[3]],
+		        Memr[a[4]], Memr[a[5]], b, npts)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MINSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the minimum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure minswr (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmin
+real	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmin = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memr[k] < Memr[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmin) {
+	        temp = Memr[k]
+	        Memr[k] = Memr[kmin]
+	        Memr[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAXSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure maxswr (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax
+real	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memr[k] > Memr[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmax) {
+	        temp = Memr[k]
+	        Memr[k] = Memr[kmax]
+	        Memr[kmax] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MXMNSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector and the minimum element
+# with that of the next to last vector.  The number of vectors must be greater
+# than 1.
+
+procedure mxmnswr (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax, kmin
+real	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    kmin = kmax
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memr[k] > Memr[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+		else if (Memr[k] < Memr[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    temp = Memr[k]
+	    Memr[k] = Memr[kmax]
+	    Memr[kmax] = temp
+	    if (kmin == k) {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Memr[j]
+		Memr[j] = Memr[kmax]
+		Memr[kmax] = temp
+	    } else {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Memr[j]
+	        Memr[j] = Memr[kmin]
+	        Memr[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+procedure imsumd (list, output, im_out, nlow, nhigh, option)
+
+int	list				# List of input images
+char	output[ARB]			# Output image
+pointer	im_out				# Output image pointer
+int	nlow				# Number of low pixels to reject
+int	nhigh				# Number of high pixels to reject
+char	option[ARB]			# Output option
+
+int	i, n, nimages, naccept, npix, ndone, pass
+double	const
+pointer	sp, input, v1, v2, im, buf, buf1, buf_in, buf_out
+
+bool	streq()
+int	imtlen(), imtgetim(), imtrgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imgnld(), impnld()
+errchk	immap, imunmap, imgnld, impnld
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	naccept = nimages - nlow - nhigh
+	const = naccept
+	npix = IM_LEN(im_out, 1)
+	if (naccept < 1)
+	    call error (0, "Number of rejected pixels is too large")
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (im, nimages, TY_INT)
+
+	# If there are no pixels to be rejected avoid calls to reject pixels
+	# and do the operation in blocks so that the number of images mapped
+	# does not exceed the maximum.  The output image is used to
+	# store intermediate results.
+
+	if ((nlow == 0) && (nhigh == 0)) {
+	    pass = 0
+	    ndone = 0
+	    repeat {
+		n = 0
+		while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	            Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    n = n + 1
+		    if (n == IMS_MAX)
+			break
+	        }
+		ndone = ndone + n
+
+	        pass = pass + 1
+		if (pass > 1) {
+		    call imunmap (im_out)
+		    im_out = immap (output, READ_WRITE, 0)
+		}
+
+	        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+		# For each input line compute an output line.
+		while (impnld (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+		    # Clear the output buffer during the first pass and
+		    # read in the partial sum from the output image during
+		    # subsequent passes.
+
+		    if (pass == 1)
+			call aclrd (Memd[buf_out], npix)
+		    else {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnld (im_out, buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call amovd (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # Accumulate lines from each input image.
+	    	    do i = 1, n {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnld (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call aaddd (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out],
+			    Memd[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # If all images have been accumulated and averaging then
+		    # divide by the number of images.
+		    if ((ndone == nimages) && streq (option, "average"))
+			call adivkd (Memd[buf_out], const, Memd[buf_out],
+			    npix)
+
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, n
+		    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    } until (ndone == nimages)
+
+	    # Finish up.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	       
+
+	# Map the input images up to the maximum allowed.  The remainder
+	# will be mapped during each line.
+	n = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n == IMS_MAX - 1)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Allocate additional buffer space.
+	call salloc (buf, nimages, TY_INT)
+	if (nimages - n > 0)
+	    call salloc (buf1, (nimages-n)*npix, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Compute output lines for each input line.
+	while (impnld (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Read lines from the images which remain open.
+	    for (i = 1; i <= n; i = i + 1) {
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnld (Memi[im+i-1], Memi[buf+i-1], Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+	    }
+
+	    # For all additional images map the image, read a line, copy the
+	    # data to a buffer since the image buffer is reused, and unmap
+	    # the image.  
+	    for (; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+		if (imtrgetim (list, i, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    break
+		Memi[im+i-1] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnld (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+		Memi[buf+i-1] = buf1 + (i - n - 1) * npix
+		call amovd (Memd[buf_in], Memd[Memi[buf+i-1]], npix)
+		call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    }
+		
+	    # Reject pixels.
+	    call imrejd (Memi[buf], nimages, Memd[buf_out], npix, nlow, nhigh)
+
+	    # If averaging divide the sum by the number of images averaged.
+	    if ((naccept > 1) && streq (option, "average")) {
+		const = naccept
+		call adivkd (Memd[buf_out], const, Memd[buf_out], npix)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	do i = 1, n
+	    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMREJ --  Reject the number of high and low points and sum the rest.
+
+procedure imrejd (a, nvecs, b, npts, nlow, nhigh)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]		# Pointers to set of vectors
+int	nvecs			# Number of vectors
+double	b[npts]			# Output vector
+int	npts			# Number of points in the vectors
+int	nlow			# Number of low points to be rejected
+int	nhigh			# Number of high points to be rejected
+
+int	i, j
+int	naccept, minrej, npairs, nlow1, nhigh1
+real	tmedian, time1, time2
+
+begin
+	naccept = nvecs - nlow - nhigh
+
+	# If no points are rejected return the sum.
+
+	if (naccept == nvecs) {
+	    call amovd (Memd[a[1]], b, npts)
+	    for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		call aaddd (Memd[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	minrej = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	npairs = minrej
+	nlow1 = nlow - npairs
+	nhigh1 = nhigh - npairs
+
+	if ((naccept == 1) && (npairs > 0)) {
+	    if (npairs == 1) {
+	        tmedian = TMED3
+		npairs = npairs - 1
+	    } else {
+		tmedian = TMED5
+	        npairs = npairs - 2
+	    }
+	} else
+	    tmedian = 0
+
+	# Compare the time required to reject the minimum number
+	# of low or high points and extract the number of points to accept
+	# with the time to reject pairs and the excess number of low or
+	# high points to either reach a median of 3 or 5 points or isolate
+	# the acceptable points.
+
+	time1 = TMINSW * (minrej + naccept)
+	time2 = tmedian + TMXMNSW * npairs + TMINSW * (nlow1 + nhigh1)
+
+	i = nvecs
+	if (time1 < time2) {
+
+ 	    # Sort the nlow and naccept points
+	    if (nlow < nhigh) {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nlow + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call minswd (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovd (Memd[a[nhigh+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nhigh+2; j <= nhigh+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddd (Memd[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+
+	    # Sort the nhigh and naccept points
+	    } else {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nhigh + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call maxswd (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amovd (Memd[a[nlow+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nlow+2; j <= nlow+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddd (Memd[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= npairs; j = j + 1) {
+	        call mxmnswd (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 2
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nlow1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call minswd (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nhigh1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call maxswd (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Check if the remaining points constitute a 3 or 5 point median
+	    # or the set of desired points.
+	    if (tmedian == 0.) {
+	        call amovd (Memd[a[1]], b, npts)
+	        for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aaddd (Memd[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    } else if (tmedian == TMED3) {
+		call amed3d (Memd[a[1]], Memd[a[2]], Memd[a[3]], b, npts)
+	    } else {
+		call amed5d (Memd[a[1]], Memd[a[2]], Memd[a[3]],
+		        Memd[a[4]], Memd[a[5]], b, npts)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MINSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the minimum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure minswd (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmin
+double	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmin = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memd[k] < Memd[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmin) {
+	        temp = Memd[k]
+	        Memd[k] = Memd[kmin]
+	        Memd[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAXSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure maxswd (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax
+double	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memd[k] > Memd[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmax) {
+	        temp = Memd[k]
+	        Memd[k] = Memd[kmax]
+	        Memd[kmax] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MXMNSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector and the minimum element
+# with that of the next to last vector.  The number of vectors must be greater
+# than 1.
+
+procedure mxmnswd (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax, kmin
+double	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    kmin = kmax
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Memd[k] > Memd[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+		else if (Memd[k] < Memd[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    temp = Memd[k]
+	    Memd[k] = Memd[kmax]
+	    Memd[kmax] = temp
+	    if (kmin == k) {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Memd[j]
+		Memd[j] = Memd[kmax]
+		Memd[kmax] = temp
+	    } else {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Memd[j]
+	        Memd[j] = Memd[kmin]
+	        Memd[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9878bc7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/generic/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Make IMUTIL.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../../../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+        imaadd.x        <imhdr.h>
+        imadiv.x        <imhdr.h>
+        imamax.x        <imhdr.h>
+        imamin.x        <imhdr.h>
+        imamul.x        <imhdr.h>
+        imanl.x         <imhdr.h>
+        imasub.x        <imhdr.h>
+        imfuncs.x       <imhdr.h> <mach.h> <math.h>
+	imjoin.x	<imhdr.h>
+	imrep.x		<imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+        imsum.x         ../imsum.h <imhdr.h>
+        ;
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/getcmd.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/getcmd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ed08314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/getcmd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+include <syserr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include <ctotok.h>
+include <lexnum.h>
+
+# parameter names and values.
+
+define  HS_ADD		1
+define  HS_ADDONLY	2
+define	HS_UPDATE	3
+define	HS_VERIFY	4
+define	HS_SHOW		5
+define  HS_DELETE	6
+define  HS_RENAME	7
+define  HS_FIELD	8
+define  HS_VALUE	9
+define  HS_COMMENT	10
+define  HS_BEFORE	11
+define  HS_AFTER	12
+define	ERROR           -2
+
+define  HADD		Memi[$1]
+define  HADDONLY	Memi[$1+1]
+define	HUPDATE         Memi[$1+2]
+define	HVERIFY         Memi[$1+3]
+define	HSHOW           Memi[$1+4]
+define  HDELETE         Memi[$1+5]
+define  HRENAME         Memi[$1+6]
+define  HBAF	        Memi[$1+7]
+define	HFIELD          Memc[P2C($1+10)]
+define  HVALUE	        Memc[P2C($1+46)]
+define  HCOMMENT        Memc[P2C($1+86)]
+define  HBAFVALUE       Memc[P2C($1+126)]
+
+define  HSZ             200
+
+define  OP_EDIT         1               # hedit opcodes
+define  OP_INIT         2
+define  OP_ADD          3
+define  OP_DELETE       4
+define  OP_DEFPAR       5
+define  OP_RENAME       6
+define  BEFORE		1
+define  AFTER		2
+
+define  LEN_CARD 80
+
+# HE_CMDPARS -- Procedure to parse and analyze a string of the form:
+#
+
+procedure he_getcmdf (cmd, operation, fields, valexpr, comment, pkey, baf,
+      update, verify, show)
+
+
+char 	cmd[ARB]		#I String with kernel section
+int	operation
+char	fields[ARB]
+char	valexpr[ARB]
+char    comment[ARB]
+char    pkey[ARB]
+int	baf
+int	update
+int	verify
+int	show
+
+pointer hc
+char    outstr[LEN_CARD]
+char 	identif[LEN_CARD], dot
+int     ip, nexpr, token, add, addonly, delete, rename, nch
+bool    streq()
+int	lex_type, ctotok(), he_ks_lex(), ctowrd()
+errchk	syserr, syserrs
+
+begin
+	# The default values should have been already initialized 
+	# with a call fxf_ksinit().
+
+	call calloc(hc, HSZ, TY_STRUCT)
+	call  he_ksinit (hc)
+
+	ip = 1
+	nexpr = 0
+	identif[1] = EOS
+
+	repeat {
+	    # Advance to the next keyword.
+	    if (ip == 1) {
+	       nch= ctowrd(cmd, ip, outstr, LEN_CARD)
+	       token = TOK_IDENTIFIER
+	    } else {
+	       token = ctotok (cmd, ip, outstr, LEN_CARD)
+	    } 
+
+	    if (token == TOK_CHARCON) {
+	       ip = ip - 2
+	       nch= ctowrd(cmd, ip, outstr, LEN_CARD)
+	       if (nexpr >= 1)
+		   token = TOK_STRING
+	       if (nch <=3) {
+		   #ctowrd will not parse one letter string, doit in here.
+		   outstr[1]=cmd[ip-2]
+		   outstr[2]=EOS
+	       }
+	    }
+
+	    if (token == TOK_STRING && nexpr == 0)
+	       token = TOK_IDENTIFIER
+	    switch (token) {
+	    case TOK_EOS:
+	       break
+	    case TOK_NEWLINE:
+	       break
+
+	    case TOK_NUMBER:
+	       if (nexpr != 1) {
+		   call eprintf ("%s\n")
+		       call pargstr (cmd)
+		   call error (13,"Numeric value not allow in this field")
+		}
+	       call strcpy (outstr, HVALUE(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	       nexpr = nexpr + 1
+	    case TOK_CHARCON:
+	       ip = ip - 1
+	    case TOK_STRING:
+	       if (nexpr != 1 && nexpr != 2) {
+		   call eprintf ("%s\n")
+		       call pargstr (cmd)
+		   call error(13, "Value or comment error")
+		}
+	       if (nexpr == 1) 
+		   call strcpy (outstr, HVALUE(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	       if (nexpr == 2) 
+		   call strcpy (outstr, HCOMMENT(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	       nexpr = nexpr + 1
+
+	    case TOK_IDENTIFIER:
+	       call strcpy (outstr, identif, LEN_CARD)
+	       call strlwr (outstr)
+	       lex_type = he_ks_lex (outstr)
+
+	       if (streq(identif, "comment") && nexpr == 0)
+		   lex_type = 0
+	       # look for =<value>, + or -
+	       if (lex_type > 0) {
+		   call he_ks_gvalue (lex_type, cmd, ip, hc)
+	       } else {
+		   #if (nexpr == 0 || nexpr == 1)
+		   if (nexpr == 0)
+		       call strcpy (identif, HFIELD(hc), LEN_CARD)
+		   else if (nexpr == 1)
+		       call strcpy (outstr, HVALUE(hc), LEN_CARD)
+		   else {
+		       call eprintf ("%s\n")
+			   call pargstr (cmd)
+		       call error(13, "Field or value error")
+		    }
+	       }
+	       nexpr = nexpr + 1
+
+	    case TOK_OPERATOR:
+		dot = outstr[1]
+		if (nexpr == 1 && dot == '.')
+		   call strcpy (outstr, HVALUE(hc), LEN_CARD)
+		else if (nexpr == 2 && dot == '.')
+		   call strcpy (outstr, HCOMMENT(hc), LEN_CARD)
+		else {
+		   call eprintf ("%s\n")
+		       call pargstr (cmd)
+		   call error(13,"error in tok_operator value")
+		}
+		nexpr = nexpr + 1
+
+	    default:
+		#call error(13,"error in command line")
+	    }
+	}	   
+
+	call strcpy (HFIELD(hc), fields, LEN_CARD)
+	call strcpy (HVALUE(hc), valexpr, LEN_CARD)
+	call strcpy (HCOMMENT(hc), comment, LEN_CARD)
+	call strcpy (HBAFVALUE(hc), pkey, LEN_CARD)
+	baf	= HBAF(hc)
+	add	= HADD(hc)
+	addonly	= HADDONLY(hc)
+	update	= HUPDATE(hc)
+	verify	= HVERIFY(hc)
+	show	= HSHOW(hc)
+	delete	= HDELETE(hc)
+	rename	= HRENAME(hc)
+
+	operation = OP_EDIT
+	if (add == -1 && addonly == -1 && delete == -1 && rename == -1)
+	    operation = OP_DEFPAR
+	else if (add == YES)
+	    operation = OP_ADD
+	else if (addonly == YES)
+	    operation = OP_INIT
+	else if (delete == YES)
+	    operation = OP_DELETE
+	else if (rename == YES)
+	    operation = OP_RENAME
+
+	if (streq (fields, "default_pars"))
+	    operation = -operation
+
+	call mfree(hc, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# HE_KS_LEX -- Map an identifier into a header parameter code.
+
+int procedure he_ks_lex (outstr)
+
+char    outstr[ARB]
+
+int	len, strlen(), strncmp()
+errchk	syserr, syserrs
+
+begin
+	len = strlen (outstr)
+
+	# Allow for small string to be taken as keyword names
+	# and not hedit parameters, like 'up' instead of 'up(date)'.
+	if (len < 3)
+	    return(0)
+
+        # Other kernel keywords.
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "field", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_FIELD)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "value", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_VALUE)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "comment", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_COMMENT)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "after", len) == 0) 
+            return (HS_AFTER)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "before", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_BEFORE)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "add", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_ADD)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "addonly", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_ADDONLY)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "delete", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_DELETE)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "rename", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_RENAME)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "verify", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_VERIFY)
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "show", len) == 0) {
+            return (HS_SHOW)
+	}
+        if (strncmp (outstr, "update", len) == 0)
+            return (HS_UPDATE)
+
+	return (0)	# not recognized; probably a value
+end
+
+
+# FXF_KS_GVALUE -- Given a parameter code get its value at the 'ip' character
+# position in the 'ksection' string.  Put the values in the FKS structure.
+
+procedure he_ks_gvalue (param, cmd, ip, hc)
+
+int	param			#I parameter code
+char	cmd[ARB]		#I Ksection
+int	ip			#I Current parsing pointer in ksection
+pointer	hc			#U Update the values in the FKS structure
+
+pointer sp, ln
+int     jp, token
+int	ctotok()
+errchk	syserr, syserrs
+
+begin
+	jp = ip
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ln, LEN_CARD, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# See if the parameter value is given as par=<value> or '+/-'
+	if (ctotok (cmd, jp, Memc[ln], LEN_CARD) == TOK_OPERATOR) {
+	    if (Memc[ln] == '=' ) {
+		token = ctotok (cmd, jp, Memc[ln], LEN_CARD)
+		if (token != TOK_IDENTIFIER &&
+			token != TOK_STRING && token != TOK_NUMBER) {
+		    call syserr (SYS_FXFKSSYN)
+		} else {
+		    call he_ks_val (Memc[ln], param, hc)
+		    ip = jp
+	        }
+	    } else if (Memc[ln] == '+' || Memc[ln] == '-') {
+		call he_ks_pm (Memc[ln], param, hc)
+		ip = jp
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# FXF_KS_VALUE -- Returns the value of a parameter in the kernel section.
+
+procedure he_ks_val (outstr, param, hc)
+
+char	outstr[ARB] 		#I Input string with value		
+int	param			#I Parameter code
+pointer hc			#U Fits kernel descriptor
+
+int     ival
+int	strcmp()
+errchk	syserr, syserrs
+
+begin
+	call strlwr (outstr)
+	if (strcmp (outstr, "yes") == 0)
+	    ival = YES
+	else if (strcmp (outstr, "no") == 0)
+	    ival = NO
+	else
+	    ival = ERROR
+
+	switch (param) {
+	case  HS_FIELD:
+	    call strcpy (outstr, HFIELD(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	case  HS_VALUE:
+	    call strcpy (outstr, HVALUE(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	case HS_COMMENT:
+            call strcpy (outstr, HCOMMENT(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	case HS_BEFORE:
+	    HBAF(hc) = BEFORE
+            call strcpy (outstr, HBAFVALUE(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	case HS_AFTER:
+	    HBAF(hc) = AFTER
+            call strcpy (outstr, HBAFVALUE(hc), LEN_CARD)
+	case HS_ADD:
+	    HADD(hc) = ival
+	case HS_ADDONLY:
+	    HADDONLY(hc) = ival
+	case HS_UPDATE:
+	    HUPDATE(hc) = ival
+	case HS_VERIFY:
+	    HVERIFY(hc) = ival
+	case HS_SHOW:
+	    HSHOW(hc) = ival
+	case HS_DELETE:
+	    HDELETE(hc) = ival
+	case HS_RENAME:
+	    HRENAME(hc) = ival
+	default:
+            call syserr (SYS_FXFKSSYN)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# HE_KS_PM -- Return the character YES or NO based on the value '+' or '-'
+ 
+procedure he_ks_pm (pm, param, hc)
+
+char	pm[1]		#I contains "+" or "-"
+int	param		#I Parameter code
+pointer hc		#U Fits kernel descriptor
+
+int	ival
+errchk	syserr, syserrs
+
+begin
+	if (pm[1] == '+') 
+	   ival = YES
+	else
+	   ival = NO
+
+	switch (param) {
+	case HS_ADD:
+	    HADD(hc) = ival
+	case HS_ADDONLY:
+	    HADDONLY(hc) = ival
+	case HS_UPDATE:
+	    HUPDATE(hc) = ival
+	case HS_VERIFY:
+	    HVERIFY(hc) = ival
+	case HS_SHOW:
+	    HSHOW(hc) = ival
+	case HS_DELETE:
+	    HDELETE(hc) = ival
+	case HS_RENAME:
+	    HRENAME(hc) = ival
+	default:
+	    call error(13, "ks_pm: invalid value")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# FXF_KSINIT -- Initialize default values for ks parameters.
+
+procedure he_ksinit (hc)
+
+pointer	hc			#I 
+
+begin
+	HADD(hc)	= -1
+	HADDONLY(hc)    = -1
+	HDELETE(hc)     = -1
+	HRENAME(hc)     = -1
+	HUPDATE(hc)     = -1
+	HVERIFY(hc)     = -1
+	HSHOW(hc)       = -1
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/gettok.h b/pkg/images/imutil/src/gettok.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0cfd1ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/gettok.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# GETTOK.H -- External definitions for gettok.h
+
+define	GT_IDENT	(-99)
+define	GT_NUMBER	(-98)
+define	GT_STRING	(-97)
+define	GT_COMMAND	(-96)
+define	GT_PLUSEQ	(-95)
+define	GT_COLONEQ	(-94)
+define	GT_EXPON	(-93)
+define	GT_CONCAT	(-92)
+define	GT_SE		(-91)
+define	GT_LE		(-90)
+define	GT_GE		(-89)
+define	GT_EQ		(-88)
+define	GT_NE		(-87)
+define	GT_LAND		(-86)
+define	GT_LOR		(-85)
+
+# Optionl flags.
+define	GT_NOSPECIAL	0003
+define	GT_NOFILE	0001
+define	GT_NOCOMMAND	0002
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/gettok.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/gettok.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0975300
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/gettok.x
@@ -0,0 +1,922 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<syserr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	"gettok.h"
+
+.help gettok
+.nf --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GETTOK -- Lexical input routines.  Used to return tokens from input text,
+performing macro expansion and file expansion.  The input text may be either
+an open file descriptor or a text string.
+
+	 nchars = gt_expandtext (text, obuf, len_obuf, gsym, gsym_data)
+
+	           gt = gt_open (fd, gsym, gsym_data, pbblen, flags)
+	       gt = gt_opentext (text, gsym, gsym_data, pbblen, flags)
+		       gt_close (gt)
+
+	     nchars = gt_expand (gt, obuf, len_obuf)
+	      token = gt_gettok (gt, tokbuf, maxch)
+		    gt_ungettok (gt, tokbuf)
+	      token = gt_rawtok (gt, tokbuf, maxch)
+	     token = gt_nexttok (gt)
+
+The client get-symbol routine has the following calling sequence, where
+"nargs" is an output argument which should be set to the number of macro
+arguments, if any.  Normally this routine will call SYMTAB to do the
+symbol lookup, but this is not required.  GSYM may be set to NULL if no
+macro replacement is desired.
+
+		   textp = gsym (gsym_data, symbol, &nargs)
+
+PBBLEN is the size of the pushback buffer used for macro expansion, and
+determines the size of the largest macro replacement string that can be
+pushed back.  FLAGS may be used to disable certain types of pushback.
+Both PBBLEN and FLAGS may be given as zero if the client is happy with the
+builtin defaults.
+
+Access to the package is gained by opening a text string with GT_OPENTEXT.
+This returns a descriptor which is passed to GT_GETTOK to read successive
+tokens, which may come from the input text string or from any macros,
+include files, etc., referenced in the text or in any substituted text.
+GT_UNGETTOK pushes a token back into the GT_GETTOK input stream, to be
+returned in the next GT_GETTOK call (following macro expansion).  GT_EXPAND
+will process the entire input text string, expanding any macro references
+therein, returning the fully resolved text in the output buffer.  A more
+macroscopic version of this is GT_EXPANDTEXT, which does the opentext,
+expand, and close operations internally, using the builtin defaults.
+
+GT_RAWTOK returns the next physical token from an input stream (without
+macro expansion), and GT_NEXTTOK returns the type of the next *physical*
+token (no macro expansion) without actually fetching it (for look ahead
+decision making).
+
+The tokens that can be returned are as follows:
+
+	GT_IDENT		[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]*
+	GT_NUMBER		[0-9][0-9a-zA-Z.]*(e|E)?(+|-)?[0-9]*
+	GT_STRING		if "abc" or 'abc', the abc
+	'c'			other characters, e.g., =+-*/,;:()[] etc
+	EOF			at end of input
+
+Macro replacement syntax:
+
+	macro			push macro with null arglist
+	macro(arg,arg,...)	push macro with argument substitution
+	@file			push contents of file
+	@file(arg,arg,...)	push file with argument substitution
+	`cmd`			substitute output of CL command "cmd"
+
+where
+	macro			is an identifier, the name of a global macro
+				or a datafile local macro (parameter)
+
+In all cases, occurences of $N in the replacement text are replaced by the
+macro arguments if any, and macros are recursively expanded.  Whitespace,
+including newline, equates to a single space, as does EOF (hence always
+delimits tokens).  Comments (# to end of line) are ignored.  All identifiers
+in scanned text are checked to see if they are references to predefined
+macros, using the client supplied symbol lookup routine.
+.endhelp ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# General definitions.
+define	MAX_LEVELS	20		# max include file nesting
+define	MAX_ARGS	9		# max arguments to a macro
+define	SZ_CMD		80		# `cmd`
+define	SZ_IBUF		8192		# buffer for macro replacement
+define	SZ_OBUF		8192		# buffer for macro replacement
+define	SZ_ARGBUF	256		# argument list to a macro
+define	SZ_TOKBUF	1024		# token buffer
+define	DEF_MAXPUSHBACK	16384		# max pushback, macro replacement
+define	INC_TOKBUF	4096		# increment if expanded text fills
+
+# The gettok descriptor.
+define	LEN_GTDES	50
+define	GT_FD		Memi[$1]	# current input stream
+define	GT_UFD		Memi[$1+1]	# user (client) input file
+define	GT_FLAGS	Memi[$1+2]	# option flags
+define	GT_PBBLEN	Memi[$1+3]	# pushback buffer length
+define	GT_DEBUG	Memi[$1+4]	# for debug messages
+define	GT_GSYM		Memi[$1+5]	# get symbol routine
+define	GT_GSYMDATA	Memi[$1+6]	# client data for above
+define	GT_NEXTCH	Memi[$1+7]	# lookahead character
+define	GT_FTEMP	Memi[$1+8]	# file on stream is a temp file
+define	GT_LEVEL	Memi[$1+9]	# current nesting level
+define	GT_SVFD		Memi[$1+10+$2-1]# stacked file descriptors
+define	GT_SVFTEMP	Memi[$1+30+$2-1]# stacked ftemp flags
+
+# Set to YES to enable debug messages.
+define	DEBUG		NO
+
+
+# GT_EXPANDTEXT -- Perform macro expansion on a text string returning the
+# fully resolved text in the client's output buffer.  The number of chars
+# in the output string is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure gt_expandtext (text, obuf, len_obuf, gsym, gsym_data)
+
+char	text[ARB]		#I input text to be expanded
+pointer	obuf			#U output buffer
+int	len_obuf		#U size of output buffer
+int	gsym			#I epa of client get-symbol routine
+int	gsym_data		#I client data for above
+
+pointer	gt
+int	nchars
+int	gt_expand()
+pointer	gt_opentext()
+errchk	gt_opentext
+
+begin
+	gt = gt_opentext (text, gsym, gsym_data, 0, 0)
+	nchars = gt_expand (gt, obuf, len_obuf)
+	call gt_close (gt)
+
+	return (nchars)
+end
+
+
+# GT_EXPAND -- Perform macro expansion on a GT text stream returning the
+# fully resolved text in the client's output buffer.  The number of chars
+# in the output string is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure gt_expand (gt, obuf, len_obuf)
+
+pointer	gt			#I gettok descriptor
+pointer	obuf			#U output buffer
+int	len_obuf		#U size of output buffer
+
+int	token, nchars
+pointer	sp, tokbuf, op, otop
+int	gt_gettok(), strlen(), gstrcpy()
+errchk	realloc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (tokbuf, SZ_TOKBUF, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open input text for macro expanded token input.
+	otop = obuf + len_obuf
+	op = obuf
+
+	# Copy tokens to the output, inserting a space after every token.
+	repeat {
+	    token = gt_gettok (gt, Memc[tokbuf], SZ_TOKBUF)
+	    if (token != EOF) {
+		if (op + strlen(Memc[tokbuf]) + 3 > otop) {
+		    nchars = op - obuf
+		    len_obuf = len_obuf + INC_TOKBUF
+		    call realloc (obuf, len_obuf, TY_CHAR)
+		    otop = obuf + len_obuf
+		    op = obuf + nchars
+		}
+
+		if (token == GT_STRING) {
+		    Memc[op] = '"'  
+		    op = op + 1
+		}
+		op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[tokbuf], Memc[op], otop-op)
+		if (token == GT_STRING) {
+		    Memc[op] = '"'  
+		    op = op + 1
+		}
+		Memc[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	} until (token == EOF)
+
+	# Cancel the trailing blank and add the EOS.
+	if (op > 1 && op < otop)
+	    op = op - 1
+	Memc[op] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (op - 1)
+end
+
+
+# GT_OPEN -- Open the GETTOK descriptor on a file descriptor.
+
+pointer procedure gt_open (fd, gsym, gsym_data, pbblen, flags)
+
+int	fd			#I input file
+int	gsym			#I epa of client get-symbol routine
+int	gsym_data		#I client data for above
+int	pbblen			#I pushback buffer length
+int	flags			#I option flags
+
+pointer	gt
+int	sz_pbbuf
+errchk	calloc
+
+begin
+	call calloc (gt, LEN_GTDES, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	GT_GSYM(gt) = gsym
+	GT_GSYMDATA(gt) = gsym_data
+	GT_FLAGS(gt) = flags
+	GT_DEBUG(gt) = DEBUG
+
+	GT_FD(gt) = fd
+	GT_UFD(gt) = fd
+
+	if (pbblen <= 0)
+	    sz_pbbuf = DEF_MAXPUSHBACK
+	else
+	    sz_pbbuf = pbblen
+	call fseti (GT_FD(gt), F_PBBSIZE, sz_pbbuf)
+	GT_PBBLEN(gt) = sz_pbbuf
+
+	return (gt)
+end
+
+
+# GT_OPENTEXT -- Open the GT_GETTOK descriptor.  The descriptor is initially
+# opened on the user supplied string buffer (which is opened as a file and
+# which must remain intact while token input is in progress), but include file
+# processing etc. may cause arbitrary nesting of file descriptors.
+
+pointer procedure gt_opentext (text, gsym, gsym_data, pbblen, flags)
+
+char	text[ARB]		#I input text to be scanned
+int	gsym			#I epa of client get-symbol routine
+int	gsym_data		#I client data for above
+int	pbblen			#I pushback buffer length
+int	flags			#I option flags
+
+pointer	gt
+int	sz_pbbuf
+int	stropen(), strlen()
+errchk	stropen, calloc
+
+begin
+	call calloc (gt, LEN_GTDES, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	GT_GSYM(gt) = gsym
+	GT_GSYMDATA(gt) = gsym_data
+	GT_FLAGS(gt) = flags
+	GT_DEBUG(gt) = DEBUG
+
+	GT_FD(gt) = stropen (text, strlen(text), READ_ONLY)
+	GT_UFD(gt) = 0
+
+	if (pbblen <= 0)
+	    sz_pbbuf = DEF_MAXPUSHBACK
+	else
+	    sz_pbbuf = pbblen
+	call fseti (GT_FD(gt), F_PBBSIZE, sz_pbbuf)
+	GT_PBBLEN(gt) = sz_pbbuf
+
+	return (gt)
+end
+
+
+# GT_GETTOK -- Return the next token from the input stream.  The token ID
+# (a predefined integer code or the character value) is returned as the
+# function value.  The text of the token is returned as an output argument.
+# Any macro references, file includes, etc., are performed in the process
+# of scanning the input stream, hence only fully resolved tokens are output.
+
+int procedure gt_gettok (gt, tokbuf, maxch)
+
+pointer	gt			#I gettok descriptor
+char	tokbuf[maxch]		#O receives the text of the token
+int	maxch			#I max chars out
+
+pointer	sp, bp, cmd, ibuf, obuf, argbuf, fname, textp
+int	fd, token, level, margs, nargs, nchars, i_fd, o_fd, ftemp
+
+int	strmac(), open(), stropen()
+int	gt_rawtok(), gt_nexttok(), gt_arglist(), zfunc3()
+errchk	gt_rawtok, close, ungetci, ungetline, gt_arglist, 
+errchk	clcmdw, stropen, syserr, zfunc3
+define	pushfile_ 91
+
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Allocate some buffer space.
+	nchars = SZ_CMD + SZ_IBUF + SZ_OBUF + SZ_ARGBUF + SZ_FNAME + 5
+	call salloc (bp, nchars, TY_CHAR)
+
+	cmd = bp
+	ibuf = cmd + SZ_CMD + 1
+	obuf = ibuf + SZ_IBUF + 1
+	argbuf = obuf + SZ_OBUF + 1
+	fname = argbuf + SZ_ARGBUF + 1
+
+	# Read raw tokens and push back macro or include file text until we
+	# get a fully resolved token.
+
+	repeat {
+	    fd = GT_FD(gt)
+
+	    # Get a raw token.
+	    token = gt_rawtok (gt, tokbuf, maxch)
+
+	    # Process special tokens.
+	    switch (token) {
+	    case EOF:
+		# EOF has been reached on the current stream.
+		level = GT_LEVEL(gt)
+		if (GT_FTEMP(gt) == YES) {
+		    call fstats (fd, F_FILENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    if (level > 0)
+			call close (fd)
+		    iferr (call delete (Memc[fname]))
+			call erract (EA_WARN)
+		} else if (level > 0)
+		    call close (fd)
+
+		if (level > 0) {
+		    # Restore previous stream.
+		    GT_FD(gt)     = GT_SVFD(gt,level)
+		    GT_FTEMP(gt)  = GT_SVFTEMP(gt,level)
+		    GT_LEVEL(gt)  = level - 1
+		    GT_NEXTCH(gt) = NULL
+		} else {
+		    # Return EOF token to caller.
+		    call strcpy ("EOF", tokbuf, maxch)
+		    break
+		}
+
+	    case GT_IDENT:
+		# Lookup the identifier in the symbol table.
+		textp = NULL
+		if (GT_GSYM(gt) != NULL)
+		    textp = zfunc3 (GT_GSYM(gt), GT_GSYMDATA(gt), tokbuf, margs)
+
+		# Process a defined macro.
+		if (textp != NULL) {
+		    # If macro does not have any arguments, merely push back
+		    # the replacement text.
+
+		    if (margs == 0) {
+			if (GT_NEXTCH(gt) > 0) {
+			    call ungetci (fd, GT_NEXTCH(gt))
+			    GT_NEXTCH(gt) = 0
+			}
+			call ungetline (fd, Memc[textp])
+			next
+		    }
+
+		    # Extract argument list, if any, perform argument
+		    # substitution on the macro, and push back the edited
+		    # text to be rescanned.
+
+		    if (gt_nexttok(gt) == '(') {
+			nargs = gt_arglist (gt, Memc[argbuf], SZ_ARGBUF)
+			if (nargs != margs) {
+			    call eprintf ("macro `%s' called with ")
+				call pargstr (tokbuf)
+			    call eprintf ("wrong number of arguments\n")
+			}
+
+			# Pushback the text of a macro with arg substitution.
+			nchars = strmac (Memc[textp], Memc[argbuf],
+			    Memc[obuf], SZ_OBUF)
+			if (GT_NEXTCH(gt) > 0) {
+			    call ungetci (fd, GT_NEXTCH(gt))
+			    GT_NEXTCH(gt) = 0
+			}
+			call ungetline (fd, Memc[obuf])
+			next
+
+		    } else {
+			call eprintf ("macro `%s' called with no arguments\n")
+			    call pargstr (tokbuf)
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Return a regular identifier.
+		break
+
+	    case GT_COMMAND:
+		# Send a command to the CL and push back the output.
+		if (and (GT_FLAGS(gt), GT_NOCOMMAND) != 0)
+		    break
+
+		# Execute the command, spooling the output in a temp file.
+		call mktemp ("tmp$co", Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call sprintf (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, "%s > %s")
+		    call pargstr (tokbuf)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+		call clcmdw (Memc[cmd])
+
+		# Open the output file as input text.
+		call strcpy (Memc[fname], tokbuf, maxch)
+		nargs = 0
+		ftemp = YES
+		goto pushfile_
+
+	    case '@':
+		# Pushback the contents of a file.
+		if (and (GT_FLAGS(gt), GT_NOFILE) != 0)
+		    break
+
+		token = gt_rawtok (gt, tokbuf, maxch)
+		if (token != GT_IDENT && token != GT_STRING) {
+		    call eprintf ("expected a filename after the `@'\n")
+		    next
+		} else {
+		    nargs = 0
+		    if (gt_nexttok(gt) == '(')		# )
+			nargs = gt_arglist (gt, Memc[argbuf], SZ_ARGBUF)
+		    ftemp = NO
+		}
+pushfile_
+		# Attempt to open the file.
+		iferr (i_fd = open (tokbuf, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)) {
+		    call eprintf ("cannot open `%s'\n")
+			call pargstr (tokbuf)
+		    next
+		}
+
+		call fseti (i_fd, F_PBBSIZE, GT_PBBLEN(gt))
+
+		# Cancel lookahead.
+		if (GT_NEXTCH(gt) > 0) {
+		    call ungetci (fd, GT_NEXTCH(gt))
+		    GT_NEXTCH(gt) = 0
+		}
+
+		# If the macro was called with a nonnull argument list,
+		# attempt to perform argument substitution on the file
+		# contents.  Otherwise merely push the fd.
+
+		if (nargs > 0) {
+		    # Pushback file contents with argument substitution.
+		    o_fd = stropen (Memc[ibuf], SZ_IBUF, NEW_FILE)
+
+		    call fcopyo (i_fd, o_fd)
+		    nchars = strmac (Memc[ibuf],Memc[argbuf],Memc[obuf],SZ_OBUF)
+		    call ungetline (fd, Memc[obuf])
+
+		    call close (o_fd)
+		    call close (i_fd)
+
+		} else {
+		    # Push a new input stream.
+		    level = GT_LEVEL(gt) + 1
+		    if (level > MAX_LEVELS)
+			call syserr (SYS_FPBOVFL)
+
+		    GT_SVFD(gt,level) = GT_FD(gt)
+		    GT_SVFTEMP(gt,level) = GT_FTEMP(gt)
+		    GT_LEVEL(gt) = level
+
+		    fd = i_fd
+		    GT_FD(gt) = fd
+		    GT_FTEMP(gt) = ftemp
+		}
+
+	    default:
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (GT_DEBUG(gt) > 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("token=%d(%o), `%s'\n")
+		call pargi (token)
+		call pargi (max(0,token))
+		if (IS_PRINT(tokbuf[1]))
+		    call pargstr (tokbuf)
+		else
+		    call pargstr ("")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (token)
+end
+
+
+# GT_UNGETTOK -- Push a token back into the GT_GETTOK input stream, to be
+# returned as the next token by GT_GETTOK.
+
+procedure gt_ungettok (gt, tokbuf)
+
+pointer	gt			#I gettok descriptor
+char	tokbuf[ARB]		#I text of token
+
+int	fd
+errchk	ungetci
+
+begin
+	fd = GT_FD(gt)
+
+	if (GT_DEBUG(gt) > 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("unget token `%s'\n")
+		call pargstr (tokbuf)
+	}
+
+	# Cancel lookahead.
+	if (GT_NEXTCH(gt) > 0) {
+	    call ungetci (fd, GT_NEXTCH(gt))
+	    GT_NEXTCH(gt) = 0
+	}
+
+	# First push back a space to ensure that the token is recognized
+	# when the input is rescanned.
+
+	call ungetci (fd, ' ')
+
+	# Now push the token text.
+	call ungetline (fd, tokbuf)
+end
+ 
+
+# GT_RAWTOK -- Get a raw token from the input stream, without performing any
+# macro expansion or file inclusion.  The text of the token in returned in
+# tokbuf, and the token type is returened as the function value.
+
+int procedure gt_rawtok (gt, outstr, maxch)
+
+pointer	gt			#I gettok descriptor
+char	outstr[maxch]		#O receives text of token.
+int	maxch			#I max chars out
+
+int	token, delim, fd, ch, last_ch, op
+define	again_ 91
+int	getci()
+
+begin
+	fd = GT_FD(gt)
+again_
+	# Get lookahead char if we don't already have one.
+	ch = GT_NEXTCH(gt)
+	GT_NEXTCH(gt) = NULL
+	if (ch <= 0 || IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n') {
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (!(IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n'))
+		    break
+	}
+
+	# Output the first character.
+	op = 1
+	if (ch != EOF && ch != '"' && ch != '\'' && ch != '`') {
+	    outstr[op] = ch
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Accumulate token.  Some of the token recognition logic used here
+	# (especially for numbers) is crude, but it is not clear that rigour
+	# is justified for this application.
+
+	if (ch == EOF) {
+	    call strcpy ("EOF", outstr, maxch)
+	    token = EOF
+
+	} else if (ch == '#') {
+	    # Ignore a comment.
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != '\n')
+		if (ch == EOF)
+		    break
+	    goto again_
+
+	} else if (IS_ALPHA(ch) || ch == '_' || ch == '$' || ch == '.') {
+	    # Identifier.
+	    token = GT_IDENT
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (IS_ALNUM(ch) || ch == '_' || ch == '$' || ch == '.') {
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = min (maxch, op+1)
+		} else
+		    break
+
+	} else if (IS_DIGIT(ch)) {
+	    # Number.
+	    token = GT_NUMBER
+
+	    # Get number.
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (IS_ALNUM(ch) || ch == '.') {
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    last_ch = ch
+		    op = min (maxch, op+1)
+		} else
+		    break
+
+	    # Get exponent if any.
+	    if (last_ch == 'E' || last_ch == 'e') {
+		outstr[op] = ch
+		op = min (maxch, op+1)
+		while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		    if (IS_DIGIT(ch) || ch == '+' || ch == '-') {
+			outstr[op] = ch
+			op = min (maxch, op+1)
+		    } else
+			break
+	    }
+
+	} else if (ch == '"' || ch == '\'' || ch == '`') {
+	    # Quoted string or command.
+
+	    if (ch == '`')
+		token = GT_COMMAND
+	    else
+		token = GT_STRING
+
+	    delim = ch
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch==delim && (op>1 && outstr[op-1] != '\\') || ch == '\n')
+		    break
+		else {
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = min (maxch, op+1)
+		}
+	    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+
+	} else if (ch == '+') {
+	    # May be the += operator.
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '=') {
+		    token = GT_PLUSEQ
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '+'
+
+	} else if (ch == ':') {
+	    # May be the := operator.
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '=') {
+		    token = GT_COLONEQ
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = ':'
+
+	} else if (ch == '*') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '*') {
+		    token = GT_EXPON
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '*'
+
+	} else if (ch == '/') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '/') {
+		    token = GT_CONCAT
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '/'
+
+	} else if (ch == '?') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '=') {
+		    token = GT_SE
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '?'
+
+	} else if (ch == '<') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '=') {
+		    token = GT_LE
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '<'
+
+	} else if (ch == '>') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '=') {
+		    token = GT_GE
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '>'
+
+	} else if (ch == '=') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '=') {
+		    token = GT_EQ
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '='
+
+	} else if (ch == '!') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '=') {
+		    token = GT_NE
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '!'
+
+	} else if (ch == '&') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '&') {
+		    token = GT_LAND
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '&'
+
+	} else if (ch == '|') {
+	    if (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (ch == '|') {
+		    token = GT_LOR
+		    outstr[op] = ch
+		    op = op + 1
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		} else
+		    token = '|'
+
+	} else {
+	    # Other characters.
+	    token = ch
+	    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+	}
+
+	# Process the lookahead character.
+	if (IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n') {
+	    repeat {
+		ch = getci (fd, ch)
+	    } until (!(IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n'))
+	}
+
+	if (ch != EOF)
+	    GT_NEXTCH(gt) = ch
+
+	outstr[op] = EOS
+	return (token)
+end
+
+
+# GT_NEXTTOK -- Determine the type of the next raw token in the input stream,
+# without actually fetching the token.  Operators such as GT_EQ etc. are not
+# recognized at this level.  Note that this is at the same level as
+# GT_RAWTOK, i.e., no macro expansion is performed, and the lookahead token
+# is that which would be returned by the next gt_rawtok, which is not
+# necessarily what gt_gettok would return after macro replacement.
+
+int procedure gt_nexttok (gt)
+
+pointer	gt			#I gettok descriptor
+
+int	token, fd, ch
+int	getci()
+
+begin
+	fd = GT_FD(gt)
+
+	# Get lookahead char if we don't already have one.
+	ch = GT_NEXTCH(gt)
+	if (ch <= 0 || IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n')
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (!(IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n'))
+		    break
+
+	if (ch == EOF)
+	    token = EOF
+	else if (IS_ALPHA(ch) || ch == '_' || ch == '$' || ch == '.')
+	    token = GT_IDENT
+	else if (IS_DIGIT(ch))
+	    token = GT_NUMBER
+	else if (ch == '"' || ch == '\'') 
+	    token = GT_STRING
+	else if (ch == '`')
+	    token = GT_COMMAND
+	else
+	    token = ch
+
+	if (GT_DEBUG(gt) > 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("nexttok=%d(%o) `%c'\n")
+		call pargi (token)
+		call pargi (max(0,token))
+		if (IS_PRINT(ch))
+		    call pargi (ch)
+		else
+		    call pargi (0)
+	}
+
+	return (token)
+end
+
+
+# GT_CLOSE -- Close the gettok descriptor and any files opened thereon.
+
+procedure gt_close (gt)
+
+pointer	gt			#I gettok descriptor
+
+int	level, fd
+pointer	sp, fname
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	for (level=GT_LEVEL(gt);  level >= 0;  level=level-1) {
+	    fd = GT_FD(gt)
+	    if (GT_FTEMP(gt) == YES) {
+		call fstats (fd, F_FILENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call close (fd)
+		iferr (call delete (Memc[fname]))
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    } else if (fd != GT_UFD(gt))
+		call close (fd)
+
+	    if (level > 0) {
+		GT_FD(gt)    = GT_SVFD(gt,level)
+		GT_FTEMP(gt) = GT_SVFTEMP(gt,level)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (gt, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GT_ARGLIST -- Extract a paren and comma delimited argument list to be used
+# for substitution into a macro replacement string.  Since the result will be
+# pushed back and rescanned, we do not have to perform macro substitution on
+# the argument list at this level.
+
+int procedure gt_arglist (gt, argbuf, maxch)
+
+pointer	gt			#I gettok descriptor
+char	argbuf[maxch]		#O receives parsed arguments
+int	maxch			#I max chars out
+
+int	level, quote, nargs, op, ch, fd
+int	getci()
+
+begin
+	fd = GT_FD(gt)
+
+	# Get lookahead char if we don't already have one.
+	ch = GT_NEXTCH(gt)
+	if (ch <= 0 || IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n')
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+		if (!(IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == '\n'))
+		    break
+
+	quote = 0
+	level = 1
+	nargs = 0
+	op = 1
+
+	if (ch == '(') {
+	    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF) {
+		if (ch == '"' || ch == '\'') {
+		    if (quote == 0)
+			quote = ch
+		    else if (quote == ch)
+			quote = 0
+
+		} else if (ch == '(' && quote == 0) {
+		    level = level + 1
+		} else if (ch == ')' && quote == 0) {
+		    level = level - 1
+		    if (level <= 0) {
+			if (op > 1 && argbuf[op-1] != EOS)
+			    nargs = nargs + 1
+			break
+		    }
+
+		} else if (ch == ',' && level == 1 && quote == 0) {
+		    ch = EOS
+		    nargs = nargs + 1
+		} else if (ch == '\n') {
+		    ch = ' '
+		} else if (ch == '\\' && quote == 0) {
+		    ch = getci (fd, ch)
+		    next
+		} else if (ch == '#' && quote == 0) {
+		    while (getci (fd, ch) != EOF)
+			if (ch == '\n')
+			    break
+		    next
+		}
+
+		argbuf[op] = ch
+		op = min (maxch, op + 1)
+	    }
+
+	    GT_NEXTCH(gt) = NULL
+	}
+
+	argbuf[op] = EOS
+	return (nargs)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/hedit.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/hedit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4dd553bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/hedit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<evexpr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<lexnum.h>
+
+define	LEN_USERAREA	28800		# allow for the largest possible header
+define	SZ_IMAGENAME	63		# max size of an image name
+define	SZ_FIELDNAME	31		# max size of a field name
+
+define	OP_EDIT		1		# hedit opcodes
+define	OP_INIT		2		
+define	OP_ADD		3
+define	OP_DELETE	4
+
+
+# HEDIT -- Edit or view selected fields of an image header or headers.  This
+# editor performs a single edit operation upon a relation, e.g., upon a set
+# of fields of a set of images.  Templates and expressions may be used to 
+# automatically select the images and fields to be edited, and to compute
+# the new value of each field.
+
+procedure t_hedit()
+
+pointer	fields			# template listing fields to be processed
+pointer	valexpr			# the value expression (if op=edit|add)
+
+bool	noupdate, quit
+int	imlist, flist, nfields, up, min_lenuserarea
+pointer	sp, field, sections, s_fields, s_valexpr, im, ip, image, buf
+int	operation, verify, show, update
+
+pointer	immap()
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+int	btoi(), imtopenp(), imtgetim(), imofnlu(), imgnfn(), getline()
+int	envfind(), ctoi()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (buf,       SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image,     SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field,     SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (s_fields,  SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (s_valexpr, SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sections, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the primary operands.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("images")
+
+	# Determine type of operation to be performed.  The default operation
+	# is edit.
+
+	operation = OP_EDIT
+	if (clgetb ("add"))
+	    operation = OP_ADD
+	else if (clgetb ("addonly"))
+	    operation = OP_INIT
+	else if (clgetb ("delete"))
+	    operation = OP_DELETE
+
+	# Get list of fields to be edited, added, or deleted.
+	call clgstr ("fields", Memc[s_fields], SZ_LINE)
+	for (ip=s_fields;  IS_WHITE (Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+	    ;
+	fields = ip
+
+	# The value expression parameter is not used for the delete operation.
+	if (operation != OP_DELETE) {
+	    call clgstr ("value", Memc[s_valexpr], SZ_LINE)
+	    for (ip=s_valexpr;  IS_WHITE (Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    valexpr = ip
+	    while (Memc[ip] != EOS)
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    while (ip > valexpr && IS_WHITE (Memc[ip-1]))
+		ip = ip - 1
+	    Memc[ip] = EOS
+	} else {
+	    Memc[s_valexpr] = EOS
+	    valexpr = s_valexpr
+	}
+
+	# Get switches.  If the expression value is ".", meaning print value
+	# rather than edit, then we do not use the switches.
+
+	if (operation == OP_EDIT && streq (Memc[valexpr], ".")) {
+	    update = NO
+	    verify = NO
+	    show   = NO
+	} else {
+	    update = btoi (clgetb ("update"))
+	    verify = btoi (clgetb ("verify"))
+	    show   = btoi (clgetb ("show"))
+	}
+
+	# Main processing loop.  An image is processed in each pass through
+	# the loop.
+
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # set the length of the user area
+	    if (envfind ("min_lenuserarea", Memc[sections], SZ_FNAME) > 0) {
+		up = 1
+		if (ctoi (Memc[sections], up, min_lenuserarea) <= 0)
+		    min_lenuserarea = LEN_USERAREA
+		else
+		    min_lenuserarea = max (LEN_USERAREA, min_lenuserarea)
+	    } else
+		min_lenuserarea = LEN_USERAREA
+
+	    # Open the image.
+	    iferr {
+		if (update == YES)
+		    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE, min_lenuserarea)
+		else
+		    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY,  min_lenuserarea)
+	    } then {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    if (operation == OP_INIT || operation == OP_ADD) {
+		# Add a field to the image header.  This cannot be done within
+		# the IMGNFN loop because template expansion on the existing
+		# fields of the image header would discard the new field name
+		# since it does not yet exist.
+
+		nfields = 1
+		call he_getopsetimage (im, Memc[image], Memc[field])
+		switch (operation) {
+		case OP_INIT:
+		    call he_initfield (im, Memc[image], Memc[fields],
+		        Memc[valexpr], verify, show, update)
+		case OP_ADD:
+		    call he_addfield (im, Memc[image], Memc[fields],
+		        Memc[valexpr], verify, show, update)
+		}
+	    
+	    } else {
+		# Open list of fields to be processed.
+		flist = imofnlu (im, Memc[fields])
+
+		nfields = 0
+		while (imgnfn (flist, Memc[field], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		    call he_getopsetimage (im, Memc[image], Memc[field])
+
+		    switch (operation) {
+		    case OP_EDIT:
+			call he_editfield (im, Memc[image], Memc[field],
+			    Memc[valexpr], verify, show, update)
+		    case OP_DELETE:
+			call he_deletefield (im, Memc[image], Memc[field],
+			    Memc[valexpr], verify, show, update)
+		    }
+		    nfields = nfields + 1
+		}
+
+		call imcfnl (flist)
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the image header and unmap the image.
+
+	    noupdate = false
+	    quit = false
+
+	    if (update == YES) {
+		if (nfields == 0)
+		    noupdate = true
+		else if (verify == YES) {
+		    call eprintf ("update %s ? (yes): ")
+			call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+
+		    if (getline (STDIN, Memc[buf]) == EOF)
+			noupdate = true
+		    else {
+			# Strip leading whitespace and trailing newline.
+			for (ip=buf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+			    ;
+			if (Memc[ip] == 'q') {
+			    quit = true
+			    noupdate = true
+			} else if (! (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == 'y'))
+			    noupdate = true
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (noupdate) {
+		    call imseti (im, IM_WHEADER, NO)
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		} else {
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		    if (show == YES) {
+			call printf ("%s updated\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else
+		call imunmap (im)
+
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	    if (quit)
+		break
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HE_EDITFIELD -- Edit the value of the named field of the indicated image.
+# The value expression is evaluated, interactively inspected if desired,
+# and the resulting value put to the image.
+
+procedure he_editfield (im, image, field, valexpr, verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# value expression
+int	verify			# verify new value interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+int	goahead, nl
+pointer	sp, ip, oldval, newval, defval, o
+
+bool	streq()
+pointer	evexpr()
+extern	he_getop()
+int	getline(), imaccf(), strldxs(), locpr()
+errchk	evexpr, getline, imaccf, he_gval
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (oldval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (defval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Verify that the named field exists before going any further.
+	if (field[1] != '$')
+	    if (imaccf (im, field) == NO) {
+		call eprintf ("parameter %s,%s not found\n")
+		    call pargstr (image)
+		    call pargstr (field)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	# Get the old value.
+	call he_gval (im, image, field, Memc[oldval], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Evaluate the expression.  Encode the result operand as a string.
+	# If the expression is not parenthesized, assume that is is already
+	# a string literal.
+
+	if (valexpr[1] == '(') {
+	    o = evexpr (valexpr, locpr (he_getop), 0)
+	    call he_encodeop (o, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call xev_freeop (o)
+	    call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (valexpr, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+
+	if (streq (Memc[newval], ".")) {
+	    # Merely print the value of the field.
+
+	    call printf ("%s,%s = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[oldval])
+
+	} else if (verify == YES) {
+	    # Query for new value and edit the field.  If the response is a
+	    # blank line, use the default new value.  If the response is "$"
+	    # or EOF, do not change the value of the parameter.
+
+	    call strcpy (Memc[newval], Memc[defval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf ("%s,%s (%s -> %s): ")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[oldval])
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[defval])
+	    call flush (STDERR)
+
+	    if (getline (STDIN, Memc[newval]) != EOF) {
+		# Do not skip leading whitespace; may be significant in a
+		# string literal.
+
+		ip = newval
+
+		# Do strip trailing newline since it is an artifact of getline.
+		nl = strldxs ("\n", Memc[ip]) 
+		if (nl > 0)
+		    Memc[ip+nl-1] = EOS
+
+		# Decode user response.
+		if (Memc[ip] == '\\') {
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    goahead = YES
+		} else if (streq(Memc[ip],"n") || streq(Memc[ip],"no")) {
+		    goahead = NO
+		} else if (streq(Memc[ip],"y") || streq(Memc[ip],"yes") ||
+		    Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[defval], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+		    goahead = YES
+		} else {
+		    if (ip > newval)
+			call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+		    goahead = YES
+		}
+
+		# Edit field if so indicated.
+		if (goahead == YES)
+		    call he_updatefield (im, image, field, Memc[oldval],
+			Memc[newval], show)
+
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    call he_updatefield (im, image, field, Memc[oldval], Memc[newval],
+		show)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HE_INITFIELD -- Add a new field to the indicated image.  If the field already
+# exists do not set its value.  The value expression is evaluated and the
+# resulting value used as the initial value in adding the field to the image.
+
+procedure he_initfield (im, image, field, valexpr, verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# value expression
+int	verify			# verify new value interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+bool	numeric
+int	numlen, ip
+pointer	sp, newval, o
+pointer	evexpr()
+int	imaccf(), locpr(), strlen(), lexnum()
+extern	he_getop()
+errchk	imaccf, evexpr, imaddb, imastr, imaddi, imaddr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If the named field already exists, this is really an edit operation
+	# rather than an add.  Call editfield so that the usual verification
+	# can take place.
+
+	if (imaccf (im, field) == YES) {
+	    call eprintf ("parameter %s,%s already exists\n")
+	        call pargstr (image)
+	        call pargstr (field)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the expression is not parenthesized, assume that is is already
+	# a string literal.  If the expression is a string check for a simple
+	# numeric field.
+
+	ip = 1
+	numeric = (lexnum (valexpr, ip, numlen) != LEX_NONNUM)
+	if (numeric)
+	    numeric = (numlen == strlen (valexpr))
+
+	if (numeric || valexpr[1] == '(')
+	    o = evexpr (valexpr, locpr(he_getop), 0)
+	else {
+	    call malloc (o, LEN_OPERAND, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call xev_initop (o, max(1,strlen(valexpr)), TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (valexpr, O_VALC(o), ARB)
+	}
+
+	# Add the field to the image (or update the value).  The datatype of
+	# the expression value operand determines the datatype of the new
+	# parameter.
+
+	switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	case TY_BOOL:
+	    call imaddb (im, field, O_VALB(o))
+	case TY_CHAR:
+	    call imastr (im, field, O_VALC(o))
+	case TY_INT:
+	    call imaddi (im, field, O_VALI(o))
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    call imaddr (im, field, O_VALR(o))
+	default:
+	    call error (1, "unknown expression datatype")
+	}
+
+	if (show == YES) {
+	    call he_encodeop (o, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("add %s,%s = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[newval])
+	}
+
+	call xev_freeop (o)
+	call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HE_ADDFIELD -- Add a new field to the indicated image.  If the field already
+# exists, merely set its value.  The value expression is evaluated and the
+# resulting value used as the initial value in adding the field to the image.
+
+procedure he_addfield (im, image, field, valexpr, verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# value expression
+int	verify			# verify new value interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+bool	numeric
+int	numlen, ip
+pointer	sp, newval, o
+pointer	evexpr()
+int	imaccf(), locpr(), strlen(), lexnum()
+extern	he_getop()
+errchk	imaccf, evexpr, imaddb, imastr, imaddi, imaddr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If the named field already exists, this is really an edit operation
+	# rather than an add.  Call editfield so that the usual verification
+	# can take place.
+
+	if (imaccf (im, field) == YES) {
+	    call he_editfield (im, image, field, valexpr, verify, show, update)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the expression is not parenthesized, assume that is is already
+	# a string literal.  If the expression is a string check for a simple
+	# numeric field.
+
+	ip = 1
+	numeric = (lexnum (valexpr, ip, numlen) != LEX_NONNUM)
+	if (numeric)
+	    numeric = (numlen == strlen (valexpr))
+
+	if (numeric || valexpr[1] == '(')
+	    o = evexpr (valexpr, locpr(he_getop), 0)
+	else {
+	    call malloc (o, LEN_OPERAND, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call xev_initop (o, max(1,strlen(valexpr)), TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (valexpr, O_VALC(o), ARB)
+	}
+
+	# Add the field to the image (or update the value).  The datatype of
+	# the expression value operand determines the datatype of the new
+	# parameter.
+
+	switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	case TY_BOOL:
+	    call imaddb (im, field, O_VALB(o))
+	case TY_CHAR:
+	    call imastr (im, field, O_VALC(o))
+	case TY_INT:
+	    call imaddi (im, field, O_VALI(o))
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    call imaddr (im, field, O_VALR(o))
+	default:
+	    call error (1, "unknown expression datatype")
+	}
+
+	if (show == YES) {
+	    call he_encodeop (o, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("add %s,%s = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[newval])
+	}
+
+	call xev_freeop (o)
+	call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HE_DELETEFIELD -- Delete a field from the indicated image.  If the field does
+# not exist, print a warning message.
+
+procedure he_deletefield (im, image, field, valexpr, verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# not used
+int	verify			# verify deletion interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+pointer	sp, ip, newval
+int	getline(), imaccf()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (imaccf (im, field) == NO) {
+	    call eprintf ("nonexistent field %s,%s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	    
+	if (verify == YES) {
+	    # Delete pending verification.
+
+	    call eprintf ("delete %s,%s ? (yes): ")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+	    call flush (STDERR)
+
+	    if (getline (STDIN, Memc[newval]) != EOF) {
+		# Strip leading whitespace and trailing newline.
+		for (ip=newval;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		    ;
+		if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == 'y') {
+		    call imdelf (im, field)
+		    if (show == YES) {
+			call printf ("%s,%s deleted\n")
+			    call pargstr (image)
+			    call pargstr (field)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	
+	} else {
+	    # Delete without verification.
+
+	    iferr (call imdelf (im, field))
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    else if (show == YES) {
+		call printf ("%s,%s deleted\n")
+		    call pargstr (image)
+		    call pargstr (field)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HE_UPDATEFIELD -- Update the value of an image header field.
+
+procedure he_updatefield (im, image, field, oldval, newval, show)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+char	image[ARB]		# image name
+char	field[ARB]		# field name
+char	oldval[ARB]		# old value, encoded as a string
+char	newval[ARB]		# old value, encoded as a string
+int	show			# print record of update
+
+begin
+	iferr (call impstr (im, field, newval)) {
+	    call eprintf ("cannot update %s,%s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+	    return
+	}
+   
+	if (show == YES) {
+	    call printf ("%s,%s: %s -> %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (oldval)
+		call he_pargstr (newval)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# HE_GVAL -- Get the value of an image header field and return it as a string.
+# The ficticious special field "$I" (the image name) is recognized in this
+# context in addition to the actual header fields.
+
+procedure he_gval (im, image, field, strval, maxch)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+char	image[ARB]		# image name
+char	field[ARB]		# field whose value is to be returned
+char	strval[ARB]		# string value of field (output)
+int	maxch			# max chars out
+
+begin
+	if (field[1] == '$' && field[2] == 'I')
+	    call strcpy (image, strval, maxch)
+	else if (field[1] == '$')
+	    call imgstr (im, field[2], strval, maxch)
+	else
+	    call imgstr (im, field, strval, maxch)
+end
+
+
+# HE_GETOP -- Satisfy an operand request from EVEXPR.  In this context,
+# operand names refer to the fields of the image header.  The following
+# special operand names are recognized:
+#
+#	.		a string literal, returned as the string "."
+#	$		the value of the current field
+#	$F		the name of the current field
+#	$I		the name of the current image
+#	$T		the current time, expressed as an integer
+#
+# The companion procedure HE_GETOPSETIMAGE is used to pass the image pointer
+# and image and field names.
+
+procedure he_getop (operand, o)
+
+char	operand[ARB]		# operand name
+pointer	o			# operand (output)
+
+pointer	h_im			# getop common
+char	h_image[SZ_IMAGENAME]
+char	h_field[SZ_FIELDNAME]
+common	/hegopm/ h_im, h_image, h_field
+bool	streq()
+long	clktime()
+errchk	he_getfield
+
+begin
+	if (streq (operand, ".")) {
+	    call xev_initop (o, 1, TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (".", O_VALC(o), 1)
+
+	} else if (streq (operand, "$")) {
+	    call he_getfield (h_im, h_field, o)
+	
+	} else if (streq (operand, "$F")) {
+	    call xev_initop (o, SZ_FIELDNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (h_field, O_VALC(o), SZ_FIELDNAME)
+
+	} else if (streq (operand, "$I")) {
+	    call xev_initop (o, SZ_IMAGENAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (h_image, O_VALC(o), SZ_IMAGENAME)
+
+	} else if (streq (operand, "$T")) {
+	    # Assignment of long into int may fail on some systems.  Maybe
+	    # should use type string and let database convert to long...
+
+	    call xev_initop (o, 0, TY_INT)
+	    O_VALI(o) = clktime (long(0))
+
+	} else
+	    call he_getfield (h_im, operand, o)
+end
+
+
+# HE_GETFIELD -- Return the value of the named field of the image header as
+# an EVEXPR type operand structure.
+
+procedure he_getfield (im, field, o)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be returned
+pointer	o			# pointer to output operand
+
+bool	imgetb()
+int	imgeti(), imgftype()
+real	imgetr()
+
+begin
+	switch (imgftype (im, field)) {
+	case TY_BOOL:
+	    call xev_initop (o, 0, TY_BOOL)
+	    O_VALB(o) = imgetb (im, field)
+
+	case TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+	    call xev_initop (o, 0, TY_INT)
+	    O_VALI(o) = imgeti (im, field)
+
+	case TY_REAL, TY_DOUBLE, TY_COMPLEX:
+	    call xev_initop (o, 0, TY_REAL)
+	    O_VALR(o) = imgetr (im, field)
+
+	default:
+	    call xev_initop (o, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	    call imgstr (im, field, O_VALC(o), SZ_LINE)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# HE_GETOPSETIMAGE -- Set the image pointer, image name, and field name (context
+# of getop) in preparation for a getop call by EVEXPR.
+
+procedure he_getopsetimage (im, image, field)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+
+pointer	h_im			# getop common
+char	h_image[SZ_IMAGENAME]
+char	h_field[SZ_FIELDNAME]
+common	/hegopm/ h_im, h_image, h_field
+
+begin
+	h_im = im
+	call strcpy (image, h_image, SZ_IMAGENAME)
+	call strcpy (field, h_field, SZ_FIELDNAME)
+end
+
+
+# HE_ENCODEOP -- Encode an operand as returned by EVEXPR as a string.  EVEXPR
+# operands are restricted to the datatypes bool, int, real, and string.
+
+procedure he_encodeop (o, outstr, maxch)
+
+pointer	o			# operand to be encoded
+char	outstr[ARB]		# output string
+int	maxch			# max chars in outstr
+
+begin
+	switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	case TY_BOOL:
+	    call sprintf (outstr, maxch, "%b")
+		call pargb (O_VALB(o))
+	case TY_CHAR:
+	    call sprintf (outstr, maxch, "%s")
+		call pargstr (O_VALC(o))
+	case TY_INT:
+	    call sprintf (outstr, maxch, "%d")
+		call pargi (O_VALI(o))
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    call sprintf (outstr, maxch, "%g")
+		call pargr (O_VALR(o))
+	default:
+	    call error (1, "unknown expression datatype")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# HE_PARGSTR -- Pass a string to a printf statement, enclosing the string
+# in quotes if it contains any whitespace.
+
+procedure he_pargstr (str)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# string to be printed
+int	ip
+bool	quoteit
+pointer	sp, op, buf
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (buf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	op = buf
+	Memc[op] = '"'
+	op = op + 1
+
+	# Copy string to scratch buffer, enclosed in quotes.  Check for
+	# embedded whitespace.
+
+	quoteit = false
+	for (ip=1;  str[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+	    if (IS_WHITE(str[ip])) {		# detect whitespace
+		quoteit = true
+		Memc[op] = str[ip]
+	    } else if (str[ip] == '\n') {	# prettyprint newlines
+		Memc[op] = '\\'
+		op = op + 1
+		Memc[op] = 'n'
+	    } else				# normal characters
+		Memc[op] = str[ip]
+
+	    if (ip < SZ_LINE)
+		op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# If whitespace was seen pass the quoted string, otherwise pass the
+	# original input string.
+
+	if (quoteit) {
+	    Memc[op] = '"'
+	    op = op + 1
+	    Memc[op] = EOS
+	    call pargstr (Memc[buf])
+	} else
+	    call pargstr (str)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/hselect.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/hselect.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5be85627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/hselect.x
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<evexpr.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+
+define	LEN_USERAREA	28800		# allow for the largest possible header
+
+
+# HSELECT -- Perform a relational select operation upon a set of images.
+# Our function is to select all images from the input set matching some
+# criteria, printing the listed fields of each selected image on the standard
+# output in list form.
+#
+# N.B.: this task shares code with the HEDIT task.
+
+procedure t_hselect()
+
+pointer	sp, im, image, fields, expr, missing, section
+int	imlist, ip, min_lenuserarea
+int	imtopenp(), imtgetim(), envfind(), ctoi()
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image,   SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fields,  SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (expr,    SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (missing, SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the primary operands.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("images")
+	call clgstr ("fields", Memc[fields], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("expr",   Memc[expr],   SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("missing", Memc[missing], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Main processing loop.  An image is processed in each pass through
+	# the loop.
+
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Check size of user area
+	    if (envfind ("min_lenuserarea", Memc[section], SZ_FNAME) > 0) {
+		ip = 1
+		if (ctoi (Memc[section], ip, min_lenuserarea) <= 0)
+		    min_lenuserarea = LEN_USERAREA
+		else
+		    min_lenuserarea = max (LEN_USERAREA, min_lenuserarea)
+	    } else
+		min_lenuserarea = LEN_USERAREA
+
+	    # Open the image.
+	    iferr (im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, min_lenuserarea)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    call he_getopsetimage (im, Memc[image], Memc[image])
+	    call hs_select (im, Memc[image], Memc[fields], Memc[expr],
+	        Memc[missing])
+
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HS_SELECT -- Evaluate the user supplied boolean expression using the
+# header parameter values for an image, and print the values of the listed
+# parameters on the standard output if the expression is true.
+
+procedure hs_select (im, image, fields, expr, missing)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image being evaluated
+char	fields[ARB]		# fields to be passed if record is selected
+char	expr[ARB]		# exression to be evaluated
+char	missing[ARB]		# missing output value
+
+int	fieldno
+pointer	o, sp, field, value, flist
+pointer	evexpr(), imofnlu()
+int	locpr(), imgnfn()
+extern	he_getop()
+errchk	evexpr, imofnlu, imgnfn
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Evaluate selection criteria.
+	o = evexpr (expr, locpr(he_getop), 0)
+	if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL)
+	    call error (1, "expression must be boolean")
+
+	# Print the values of the listed fields if the record was selected.
+	if (O_VALB(o)) {
+	    flist = imofnlu (im, fields)
+
+	    fieldno = 1
+	    while (imgnfn (flist, Memc[field], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		iferr {
+		    call he_gval (im, image, Memc[field], Memc[value], SZ_LINE)
+		} then {
+		    call printf ("\t%s")
+		        call pargstr (missing)
+		} else {
+		    if (fieldno == 1) {
+			call printf ("%s")
+			    call he_pargstr (Memc[value])
+		    } else {
+			call printf ("\t%s")
+			    call he_pargstr (Memc[value])
+		    }
+		}
+		fieldno = fieldno + 1
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	    call imcfnl (flist)
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	}
+
+	call xev_freeop (o)
+	call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/iegsym.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/iegsym.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b7fbabf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/iegsym.x
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	<lexnum.h>
+include	<evvexpr.h>
+include	"gettok.h"
+
+
+# Expression database symbol.
+define	LEN_SYM		2
+define	SYM_TEXT	Memi[$1]
+define	SYM_NARGS	Memi[$1+1]
+
+
+
+# IE_GSYM -- Get symbol routine for the gettok package.
+
+pointer procedure ie_gsym (st, symname, nargs)
+
+pointer	st			#I symbol table
+char	symname[ARB]		#I symbol to be looked up
+int	nargs			#O number of macro arguments
+
+pointer	sym
+pointer	strefsbuf(), stfind()
+
+begin
+	sym = stfind (st, symname)
+	if (sym == NULL)
+	    return (NULL)
+
+	nargs = SYM_NARGS(sym)
+	return (strefsbuf (st, SYM_TEXT(sym)))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imaadd.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imaadd.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a31b47fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imaadd.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+$for (silrd)
+# IMA_ADD -- Image arithmetic addition.
+
+procedure ima_add$t (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+PIXEL	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nl$t()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 0$f)
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], a, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# addition to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0$f)
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call aaddk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], b, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector addition into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call aadd$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[3]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imadiv.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imadiv.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0aaac952
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imadiv.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_DIV -- Image arithmetic division.
+
+$for (silrd)
+procedure ima_div$t (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b, c)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+PIXEL	a, b, c
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nl$t()
+PIXEL	ima_efnc$t()
+extern	ima_efnc$t
+
+PIXEL	divzero
+common	/imadcom$t/ divzero
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	divzero = c
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do a vector
+	# reciprical to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call arcz$t (a, Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len,
+		    ima_efnc$t)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector/scalar
+	# divide to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0$f)
+		    call amovk$t (divzero, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		else if (b == 1$f)
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call adivk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], b, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector divide to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call advz$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[3]], Mem$t[buf[1]],
+		    len, ima_efnc$t)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMA_EFNC -- Error function for division by zero.
+
+PIXEL procedure ima_efnc$t (a)
+
+PIXEL	a
+PIXEL	divzero
+common	/imadcom$t/ divzero
+
+begin
+	return (divzero)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamax.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamax.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5804825f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamax.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_MAX -- Image arithmetic maximum value.
+
+$for (silrd)
+procedure ima_max$t (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+PIXEL	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nl$t()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], a, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# maximum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amaxk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], b, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector maximum
+	# operation to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amax$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[3]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamin.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamin.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0360510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamin.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_MIN -- Image arithmetic minimum value.
+
+$for (silrd)
+procedure ima_min$t (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+PIXEL	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nl$t()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amink$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], a, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do the vector/scalar
+	# minimum to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF)
+		call amink$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], b, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector-vector minimum operation
+	# to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amin$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[3]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamul.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamul.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2c2a4d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imamul.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_MUL -- Image arithmetic multiplication.
+
+$for (silrd)
+procedure ima_mul$t (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+PIXEL	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nl$t()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a == 1$f)
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], a, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea.  If the constant
+	# is 1 do a vector move to imagec otherwise do a vector
+	# multiply to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 1$f)
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call amulk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], b, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do the vector multiply to imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call amul$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[3]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imanl.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imanl.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c91631f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imanl.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_NL -- For each line in the output image lines from the input images
+# are returned.  The input images are repeated as necessary.  EOF is returned
+# when the last line of the output image has been reached.  One dimensional
+# images are read only once and the data pointers are assumed to be unchanged
+# from previous calls.  The image line vectors must be initialized externally
+# and then left untouched.
+# 
+# This procedure is typically used when operations upon lines or pixels
+# make sense in mixed dimensioned images.  For example to add a one dimensional
+# image to all lines of a higher dimensional image or to subtract a
+# two dimensional image from all bands of three dimensional image.
+# The lengths of the common dimensions should generally be checked
+# for equality with xt_imleneq.
+
+$for (silrd)
+int procedure ima_nl$t (im, data, v, nimages)
+
+pointer	im[nimages]		# IMIO pointers; the first one is the output
+pointer	data[nimages]		# Returned data pointers
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, nimages]	# Line vectors
+int	nimages			# Number of images
+
+int	i
+
+int	impnl$t(), imgnl$t()
+
+begin
+	if (impnl$t (im[1], data[1], v[1,1]) == EOF)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	for (i=2; i <= nimages; i=i+1) {
+	    if (imgnl$t (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF) {
+	        if (IM_NDIM(im[i]) > 1) {
+	            call amovkl (long(1), v[1,i], IM_MAXDIM)
+                    if (imgnl$t (im[i], data[i], v[1,i]) == EOF)
+			call error (0, "Error reading image line")
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imasub.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imasub.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4eb2a2c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imasub.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMA_SUB -- Image arithmetic subtraction.
+
+$for (silrd)
+procedure ima_sub$t (im_a, im_b, im_c, a, b)
+
+pointer	im_a, im_b, im_c
+PIXEL	a, b
+
+int	len
+pointer	im[3], buf[3]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM, 3]
+
+int	ima_nl$t()
+
+begin
+	# Loop through all of the image lines.
+	im[1] = im_c
+	len = IM_LEN (im[1], 1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, 3 * IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# If imagea is constant then read imageb.  Do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction and then negate the result.
+	if (im_a == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (a != 0$f) {
+		    call asubk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], a, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		    call aneg$t (Mem$t[buf[1]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		} else
+		    call aneg$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# If imageb is constant then read imagea and do a vector/scalar
+	# subtraction to imagec.
+	} else if (im_b == NULL) {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 2) != EOF) {
+		if (b == 0$f)
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+		else
+		    call asubk$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], b, Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	    }
+
+	# Read imagea and imageb and do a vector subtraction into imagec.
+	} else {
+	    im[2] = im_a
+	    im[3] = im_b
+	    while (ima_nl$t (im, buf, v, 3) != EOF)
+		call asub$t (Mem$t[buf[2]], Mem$t[buf[3]], Mem$t[buf[1]], len)
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imdelete.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imdelete.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..204ff7fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imdelete.x
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+# IMDELETE -- Delete a list of images.  If image cannot be deleted, warn but do
+# not abort.  Verify before deleting each image if user wishes.
+
+procedure t_imdelete()
+
+bool	verify
+int	list, nchars
+pointer	sp, tty, imname, im
+
+pointer	ttyodes(), immap()
+int	imtopenp(), imtgetim(), imaccess(), strlen(), strncmp()
+bool	clgetb()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	list = imtopenp ("images")
+	verify = clgetb ("verify")
+	if (verify)
+	    tty = ttyodes ("terminal")
+
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    if (verify) {
+		# If image does not exist, warn user (since verify mode is
+		# in effect).
+
+		if (imaccess (Memc[imname], 0) == NO) {
+		    call eprintf ("Warning: %s `%s'\n")
+			call pargstr ("Cannot delete nonexistent image")
+			call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+		    next
+		}
+
+		# Set default action of verify prompt (override learning of
+		# most recent response).
+
+		call clputb ("go_ahead", clgetb ("default_action"))
+
+		# Output prompt, with image name.
+		call printf ("delete image ")
+		call ttyso (STDOUT, tty, YES)
+		call printf ("`%s'")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+		call ttyso (STDOUT, tty, NO)
+
+		# Include portion of image title in prompt.
+		ifnoerr (im = immap (Memc[imname], READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+		    nchars = strlen (IM_TITLE(im))
+		    if (nchars > 0) {
+			call printf (" - %0.28s")
+			    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+			if (nchars > 28)
+			    call printf ("...")
+		    }
+		    iferr (call imunmap (im))
+			;
+		}
+
+		# Do the query.
+		if (! clgetb ("go_ahead"))
+		    next
+	    }
+
+	    iferr (call imdelete (Memc[imname]))
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	}
+
+	# Reset the go_ahead parameter, overiding learn mode, in case delete
+	# is subsequently called from the background.  Close tty descriptor.
+
+	if (verify) {
+	    call clputb ("go_ahead", true)
+	    call ttycdes (tty)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imexpr.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imexpr.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..139761fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imexpr.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	<lexnum.h>
+include	<evvexpr.h>
+include	"gettok.h"
+
+
+# IMEXPR.X -- Image expression evaluator.
+
+define	MAX_OPERANDS	26
+define	MAX_ALIASES	10
+define	DEF_LENINDEX	97
+define	DEF_LENSTAB	1024
+define	DEF_LENSBUF	8192
+define	DEF_LINELEN	32768
+
+# Input image operands.
+define	LEN_IMOPERAND	18
+define	IO_OPNAME	Memi[$1]		# symbolic operand name
+define	IO_TYPE		Memi[$1+1]		# operand type
+define	IO_IM		Memi[$1+2]		# image pointer if image
+define	IO_V		Memi[$1+3+($2)-1]	# image i/o pointer
+define	IO_DATA		Memi[$1+10]		# current image line
+			# align
+define	IO_OP		($1+12)			# pointer to evvexpr operand
+
+# Image operand types (IO_TYPE). 
+define	IMAGE		1			# image (vector) operand
+define	NUMERIC		2			# numeric constant
+define	PARAMETER	3			# image parameter reference
+
+# Main imexpr descriptor.
+define	LEN_IMEXPR	(24+LEN_IMOPERAND*MAX_OPERANDS)
+define	IE_ST		Memi[$1]		# symbol table
+define	IE_IM		Memi[$1+1]		# output image
+define	IE_NDIM		Memi[$1+2]		# dimension of output image
+define	IE_AXLEN	Memi[$1+3+($2)-1]	# dimensions of output image
+define	IE_INTYPE	Memi[$1+10]		# minimum input operand type
+define	IE_OUTTYPE	Memi[$1+11]		# datatype of output image
+define	IE_BWIDTH	Memi[$1+12]		# npixels boundary extension
+define	IE_BTYPE	Memi[$1+13]		# type of boundary extension
+define	IE_BPIXVAL	Memr[P2R($1+14)]	# boundary pixel value
+define	IE_V		Memi[$1+15+($2)-1]	# position in output image
+define	IE_NOPERANDS	Memi[$1+22]		# number of input operands
+			# align
+define	IE_IMOP		($1+24+(($2)-1)*LEN_IMOPERAND)	# image operand array
+
+# Expression database symbol.
+define	LEN_SYM		2
+define	SYM_TEXT	Memi[$1]
+define	SYM_NARGS	Memi[$1+1]
+
+# Argument list symbol
+define	LEN_ARGSYM	1
+define	ARGNO		Memi[$1]
+
+
+# IMEXPR -- Task procedure for the image expression evaluator.  This task
+# generates an image by evaluating an arbitrary vector expression, which may
+# reference other images as input operands.
+#
+# The input expression may be any legal EVVEXPR expression.  Input operands
+# must be specified using the reserved names "a" through "z", hence there are
+# a maximum of 26 input operands.  An input operand may be an image name or
+# image section, an image header parameter, a numeric constant, or the name
+# of a builtin keyword.  Image header parameters are specified as, e.g.,
+# "a.naxis1" where the operand "a" must be assigned to an input image.  The
+# special image name "." refers to the output image generated in the last
+# call to imexpr, making it easier to perform a sequence of operations.
+
+procedure t_imexpr()
+
+double	dval
+bool	verbose, rangecheck
+pointer	out, st, sp, ie, dims, intype, outtype, ref_im
+pointer	outim, fname, expr, xexpr, output, section, data, imname
+pointer	oplist, opnam, opval, param, io, ip, op, o, im, ia, emsg
+int	len_exprbuf, fd, nchars, noperands, dtype, status, i, j
+int	ndim, npix, ch, percent, nlines, totlines, flags, mapflag
+
+real	clgetr()
+double	imgetd()
+int	imgftype(), clgwrd(), ctod()
+bool	clgetb(), imgetb(), streq(), strne()
+int	imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld()
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld()
+int	open(), getci(), ie_getops(), lexnum(), stridxs()
+int	imgeti(), ctoi(), btoi(), locpr(), clgeti(), strncmp()
+pointer	ie_getexprdb(), ie_expandtext(), immap()
+extern	ie_getop(), ie_fcn()
+pointer	evvexpr()
+long	fstatl()
+
+string	s_nodata "bad image: no data"
+string	s_badtype "unknown image type"
+define	numeric_ 91
+define	image_ 92
+
+begin
+	# call memlog ("--------- START IMEXPR -----------")
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ie, LEN_IMEXPR, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (intype, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outtype, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (oplist, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (opval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (dims, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (emsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the main imexpr descriptor.
+	call aclri (Memi[ie], LEN_IMEXPR)
+
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	rangecheck = clgetb ("rangecheck")
+
+	# Load the expression database, if any.
+	st = NULL
+	call clgstr ("exprdb", Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	if (strne (Memc[fname], "none"))
+	    st = ie_getexprdb (Memc[fname])
+	IE_ST(ie) = st
+
+	# Get the expression to be evaluated and expand any file inclusions
+	# or macro references.
+
+	len_exprbuf = SZ_COMMAND
+	call malloc (expr, len_exprbuf, TY_CHAR)
+	call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], len_exprbuf)
+
+	if (Memc[expr] == '@') {
+	    fd = open (Memc[expr+1], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    nchars = fstatl (fd, F_FILESIZE)
+	    if (nchars > len_exprbuf) {
+		len_exprbuf = nchars
+		call realloc (expr, len_exprbuf, TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+	    for (op=expr;  getci(fd,ch) != EOF;  op = op + 1) {
+		if (ch == '\n')
+		    Memc[op] = ' '
+		else
+		    Memc[op] = ch
+	    }
+	    Memc[op] = EOS
+	    call close (fd)
+	}
+
+	if (st != NULL) {
+	    xexpr = ie_expandtext (st, Memc[expr])
+	    call mfree (expr, TY_CHAR)
+	    expr = xexpr
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("%s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[expr])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get output image name.
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	call imgimage (Memc[output], Memc[imname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+	IE_BWIDTH(ie) = clgeti ("bwidth")
+	IE_BTYPE(ie)  = clgwrd ("btype", Memc[oplist], SZ_LINE,
+	    "|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|project|")
+	IE_BPIXVAL(ie) = clgetr ("bpixval")
+
+	# Determine the minimum input operand type.
+	call clgstr ("intype", Memc[intype], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (strncmp (Memc[intype], "auto", 4) == 0)
+	    IE_INTYPE(ie) = 0
+	else {
+	    switch (Memc[intype]) {
+	    case 'i', 'l':
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = TY_INT
+	    case 'r':
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = TY_REAL
+	    case 'd':
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = TY_DOUBLE
+	    default:
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = 0
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Parse the expression and generate a list of input operands.
+	noperands = ie_getops (st, Memc[expr], Memc[oplist], SZ_LINE)
+	IE_NOPERANDS(ie) = noperands
+
+	# Process the list of input operands and initialize each operand.
+	# This means fetch the value of the operand from the CL, determine
+	# the operand type, and initialize the image operand descriptor.
+	# The operand list is returned as a sequence of EOS delimited strings.
+
+	opnam = oplist
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    if (Memc[opnam] == EOS)
+		call error (1, "malformed operand list")
+
+	    call clgstr (Memc[opnam], Memc[opval], SZ_LINE)
+	    IO_OPNAME(io) = Memc[opnam]
+	    ip = opval
+
+	    # Initialize the input operand; these values are overwritten below.
+	    o = IO_OP(io)
+	    call aclri (Memi[o], LEN_OPERAND)
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '.' && (Memc[ip+1] == EOS || Memc[ip+1] == '[')) {
+		# A "." is shorthand for the last output image.
+		call strcpy (Memc[ip+1], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		call clgstr ("lastout", Memc[opval], SZ_LINE)
+		call strcat (Memc[section], Memc[opval], SZ_LINE)
+		goto image_
+
+	    } else if (IS_LOWER(Memc[ip]) && Memc[ip+1] == '.') {
+		# "a.foo" refers to parameter foo of image A.  Mark this as
+		# a parameter operand for now, and patch it up later.
+
+		IO_TYPE(io) = PARAMETER
+		IO_DATA(io) = ip
+		call salloc (IO_DATA(io), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[IO_DATA(io)], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    } else if (ctod (Memc, ip, dval) > 0) {
+		if (Memc[ip] != EOS)
+		    goto image_
+
+		# A numeric constant.
+numeric_	IO_TYPE(io) = NUMERIC
+
+		ip = opval
+		switch (lexnum (Memc, ip, nchars)) {
+		case LEX_REAL:
+		    dtype = TY_REAL
+		    if (stridxs("dD",Memc[opval]) > 0 || nchars > NDIGITS_RP+3)
+			dtype = TY_DOUBLE
+		    O_TYPE(o) = dtype
+		    if (dtype == TY_REAL)
+			O_VALR(o) = dval
+		    else
+			O_VALD(o) = dval
+		default:
+		    O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		    O_LEN(o)  = 0
+		    O_VALI(o) = int(dval)
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+		# Anything else is assumed to be an image name.
+image_
+		ip = opval
+		call imgimage (Memc[ip], Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+		if (streq (Memc[fname], Memc[imname]))
+		    call error (2, "input and output images cannot be the same")
+
+		im = immap (Memc[ip], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+		# Set any image options.
+		if (IE_BWIDTH(ie) > 0) {
+		    call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IE_BWIDTH(ie))
+		    call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, IE_BTYPE(ie))
+		    call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, IE_BPIXVAL(ie))
+		}
+
+		IO_TYPE(io) = IMAGE
+		call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+		IO_IM(io) = im
+
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+		case TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG, TY_REAL, TY_DOUBLE:
+		    O_TYPE(o) = IM_PIXTYPE(im)
+		case TY_COMPLEX:
+		    O_TYPE(o) = TY_REAL
+		default:			# TY_USHORT
+		    O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		}
+
+		O_TYPE(o) = max (IE_INTYPE(ie), O_TYPE(o))
+		O_LEN(o) = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		O_FLAGS(o) = 0
+
+		# If one dimensional image read in data and be done with it.
+		if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+		    switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+		    $for (silrd)
+		    case TY_PIXEL:
+			if (imgnl$t (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (3, s_nodata)
+		    $endfor
+		    default:
+			    call error (4, s_badtype)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Get next operand name.
+	    while (Memc[opnam] != EOS)
+		opnam = opnam + 1
+	    opnam = opnam + 1
+	}
+
+	# Go back and patch up any "a.foo" type parameter references.  The
+	# reference input operand (e.g. "a") must be of type IMAGE and must
+	# point to a valid open image.
+
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    mapflag = NO	     
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    ip = IO_DATA(io)
+	    if (IO_TYPE(io) != PARAMETER)
+		next
+
+	    # Locate referenced symbolic image operand (e.g. "a").
+	    ia = NULL
+	    do j = 1, noperands {
+		ia = IE_IMOP(ie,j)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(ia) == Memc[ip] && IO_TYPE(ia) == IMAGE)
+		    break
+		ia = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (ia == NULL && (IS_LOWER(Memc[ip]) && Memc[ip+1] == '.')) {
+		# The parameter operand is something like 'a.foo' however
+		# the image operand 'a' is not in the list derived from the
+		# expression, perhaps because we just want to use a parameter
+		# from a reference image and not the image itself.  In this
+		# case map the image so we can get the parameter.
+
+	        call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[opval], 1)
+	        call clgstr (Memc[opval], Memc[opnam], SZ_LINE)
+		call imgimage (Memc[opnam], Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+		iferr (im = immap (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE,
+		        "bad image parameter reference %s")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[ip])
+		    call error (5, Memc[emsg])
+		} else 
+		    mapflag = YES
+
+	    } else if (ia == NULL) {
+		call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE,
+		    "bad image parameter reference %s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[ip])
+		call error (5, Memc[emsg])
+
+	    } else
+	        im = IO_IM(ia)
+
+	    # Get the parameter value and set up operand struct.
+	    param = ip + 2
+	    IO_TYPE(io) = NUMERIC
+	    o = IO_OP(io)
+	    O_LEN(o) = 0
+
+	    switch (imgftype (im, Memc[param])) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_BOOL
+		O_VALI(o) = btoi (imgetb (im, Memc[param]))
+
+	    case TY_CHAR:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_CHAR
+		O_LEN(o)  = SZ_LINE
+		call malloc (O_VALP(o), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		call imgstr (im, Memc[param], O_VALC(o), SZ_LINE)
+
+	    case TY_INT:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		O_VALI(o) = imgeti (im, Memc[param])
+
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_DOUBLE
+		O_VALD(o) = imgetd (im, Memc[param])
+
+	    default:
+		call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE, "param %s not found\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[ip])
+		call error (6, Memc[emsg])
+	    }
+
+	    if (mapflag == YES)
+		call imunmap (im)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the reference image from which we will inherit image
+	# attributes such as the WCS.  If the user specifies this we use
+	# the indicated image, otherwise we use the input image operand with
+	# the highest dimension.
+
+	call clgstr ("refim", Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[fname], "auto")) {
+	    # Locate best reference image (highest dimension).
+	    ndim = 0
+	    ref_im = NULL
+
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_TYPE(io) != IMAGE || IO_IM(io) == NULL)
+		    next
+
+		im = IO_IM(io)
+		if (IM_NDIM(im) > ndim) {
+		    ref_im = im
+		    ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Locate referenced symbolic image operand (e.g. "a").
+	    io = NULL
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(io) == Memc[fname] && IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE)
+		    break
+		io = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (io == NULL) {
+		call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE,
+		    "bad wcsimage reference image %s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+		call error (7, Memc[emsg])
+	    }
+	    ref_im = IO_IM(io)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the dimension and size of the output image.  If the "dims"
+	# parameter is set this determines the image dimension, otherwise we
+	# determine the best output image dimension and size from the input
+	# images.  The exception is the line length, which is determined by
+	# the image line operand returned when the first line of the image
+	# is evaluated.
+
+	call clgstr ("dims", Memc[dims], SZ_LINE)
+	if (streq (Memc[dims], "auto")) {
+	    # Determine the output image dimensions from the input images.
+	    call amovki (1, IE_AXLEN(ie,2), IM_MAXDIM-1)
+	    IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = 0
+	    ndim = 1
+
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		im = IO_IM(io)
+		if (IO_TYPE(io) != IMAGE || im == NULL)
+		    next
+
+		ndim = max (ndim, IM_NDIM(im))
+		do j = 2, IM_NDIM(im) {
+		    npix = IM_LEN(im,j)
+		    if (npix > 1) {
+			if (IE_AXLEN(ie,j) <= 1)
+			    IE_AXLEN(ie,j) = npix
+			else
+			    IE_AXLEN(ie,j) = min (IE_AXLEN(ie,j), npix)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    IE_NDIM(ie) = ndim
+
+	} else {
+	    # Use user specified output image dimensions.
+	    ndim = 0
+	    for (ip=dims;  ctoi(Memc,ip,npix) > 0;  ) {
+		ndim = ndim + 1
+		IE_AXLEN(ie,ndim) = npix
+		for (ch=Memc[ip];  IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == ',';  ch=Memc[ip])
+		    ip = ip + 1
+	    }
+	    IE_NDIM(ie) = ndim
+	}
+
+	# Determine the pixel type of the output image.
+	call clgstr ("outtype", Memc[outtype], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (strncmp (Memc[outtype], "auto", 4) == 0) {
+	    IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = 0
+	} else if (strncmp (Memc[outtype], "ref", 3) == 0) {
+	    if (ref_im != NULL)
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = IM_PIXTYPE(ref_im)
+	    else
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = 0
+	} else {
+	    switch (Memc[outtype]) {
+	    case 'u':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_USHORT
+	    case 's':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_SHORT
+	    case 'i':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_INT
+	    case 'l':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_LONG
+	    case 'r':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_REAL
+	    case 'd':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_DOUBLE
+	    default:
+		call error (8, "bad outtype")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Open the output image.  If the output image name has a section we
+	# are writing to a section of an existing image.
+
+	call imgsection (Memc[output], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[section] != EOS && Memc[section] != NULL) {
+	    outim = immap (Memc[output], READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = IM_LEN(outim,1)
+	} else {
+	    if (ref_im != NULL)
+		outim = immap (Memc[output], NEW_COPY, ref_im)
+	    else
+		outim = immap (Memc[output], NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+	    IM_LEN(outim,1) = 0
+	    call amovl (IE_AXLEN(ie,2), IM_LEN(outim,2), IM_MAXDIM-1)
+	    IM_NDIM(outim) = IE_NDIM(ie)
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(outim) = 0
+	}
+
+	# Initialize output image line pointer.
+	call amovkl (1, IE_V(ie,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	percent = 0
+	nlines = 0
+	totlines = 1
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(outim)
+	    totlines = totlines * IM_LEN(outim,i)
+
+	# Generate the pixel data for the output image line by line, 
+	# evaluating the user supplied expression to produce each image
+	# line.  Images may be any dimension, datatype, or size.
+
+	# call memlog ("--------- PROCESS IMAGE -----------")
+
+	out = NULL
+	repeat {
+	    # call memlog1 ("--------- line %d ----------", nlines + 1)
+
+	    # Output image line generated by last iteration.
+	    if (out != NULL) {
+		op = data
+		if (O_LEN(out) == 0) {
+		    # Output image line is a scalar.
+
+		    switch (O_TYPE(out)) {
+		    case TY_BOOL:
+			Memi[op] = O_VALI(out)
+			call amovki (O_VALI(out), Memi[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+		    $for (silrd)
+		    case TY_PIXEL:
+			call amovk$t (O_VAL$T(out), Mem$t[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+		    $endfor
+		    }
+
+		} else {
+		    # Output image line is a vector.
+
+		    npix = min (O_LEN(out), IM_LEN(outim,1))
+		    ip = O_VALP(out)
+		    switch (O_TYPE(out)) {
+		    case TY_BOOL:
+			call amovi (Memi[ip], Memi[op], npix)
+		    $for (silrd)
+		    case TY_PIXEL:
+			call amov$t (Mem$t[ip], Mem$t[op], npix)
+		    $endfor
+		    }
+		}
+
+		call evvfree (out)
+		out = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the next line in all input images.  If EOF is seen on the
+	    # image we merely rewind and keep going.  This allows a vector,
+	    # plane, etc. to be applied to each line, band, etc. of a higher
+	    # dimensioned image.
+
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_TYPE(io) != IMAGE || IO_IM(io) == NULL)
+		    next
+
+		im = IO_IM(io)
+		o  = IO_OP(io)
+
+		# Data for a 1D image was read in above.
+		if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+		    next
+
+		switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+		$for (silrd)
+		case TY_PIXEL:
+		    if (imgnl$t (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF) {
+			call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnl$t (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (9, s_nodata)
+		    }
+		$endfor
+		default:
+		    call error (10, s_badtype)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # call memlog (".......... enter evvexpr ..........")
+
+	    # This is it!  Evaluate the vector expression.
+	    flags = 0
+	    if (rangecheck)
+		flags = or (flags, EV_RNGCHK)
+
+	    out = evvexpr (Memc[expr],
+		locpr(ie_getop), ie, locpr(ie_fcn), ie, flags)
+
+	    # call memlog (".......... exit evvexpr ..........")
+
+	    # If the pixel type and line length of the output image are
+	    # still undetermined set them to match the output operand.
+
+	    if (IM_PIXTYPE(outim) == 0) {
+		if (IE_OUTTYPE(ie) == 0) {
+		    if (O_TYPE(out) == TY_BOOL)
+			IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_INT
+		    else
+			IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = O_TYPE(out)
+		    IM_PIXTYPE(outim) = IE_OUTTYPE(ie)
+		} else
+		    IM_PIXTYPE(outim) = IE_OUTTYPE(ie)
+	    }
+	    if (IM_LEN(outim,1) == 0) {
+		if (IE_AXLEN(ie,1) == 0) {
+		    if (O_LEN(out) == 0) {
+			IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = 1
+			IM_LEN(outim,1) = 1
+		    } else {
+			IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = O_LEN(out)
+			IM_LEN(outim,1) = O_LEN(out)
+		    }
+		} else
+		    IM_LEN(outim,1) = IE_AXLEN(ie,1)
+	    }
+
+	    # Print percent done.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		nlines = nlines + 1
+		if (nlines * 100 / totlines >= percent + 10) {
+		    percent = percent + 10
+		    call printf ("%2d%% ")
+			call pargi (percent)
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    switch (O_TYPE(out)) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		status = impnli (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+	    $for (silrd)
+	    case TY_PIXEL:
+		status = impnl$t (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+	    $endfor
+	    default:
+		call error (11, "expression type incompatible with image")
+	    }
+	} until (status == EOF)
+
+	# call memlog ("--------- DONE PROCESSING IMAGE -----------")
+
+	if (verbose) {
+	    call printf ("- done\n")
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	}
+
+	# All done.  Unmap images.
+	call imunmap (outim)
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    if (IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE && IO_IM(io) != NULL)
+		call imunmap (IO_IM(io))
+	}
+
+	# Clean up.
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    o = IO_OP(io)
+	    if (O_TYPE(o) == TY_CHAR)
+		call mfree (O_VALP(o), TY_CHAR)
+	}
+
+	call evvfree (out)
+	call mfree (expr, TY_CHAR)
+	if (st != NULL)
+	    call stclose (st)
+
+	call clpstr ("lastout", Memc[output])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GETOP -- Called by evvexpr to fetch an input image operand.
+
+procedure ie_getop (ie, opname, o)
+
+pointer	ie			#I imexpr descriptor
+char	opname[ARB]		#I operand name
+pointer	o			#I output operand to be filled in
+
+int	axis, i
+pointer	param, data
+pointer	sp, im, io, v
+
+bool	imgetb()
+int	imgeti()
+double	imgetd()
+int	imgftype(), btoi()
+errchk	malloc
+define	err_ 91
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	if (IS_LOWER(opname[1]) && opname[2] == EOS) {
+	    # Image operand.
+
+	    io = NULL
+	    do i = 1, IE_NOPERANDS(ie) {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(io) == opname[1])
+		    break
+		io = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    if (io == NULL)
+		goto err_
+	    else
+		v = IO_OP(io)
+
+	    call amovi (Memi[v], Memi[o], LEN_OPERAND)
+	    if (IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE) {
+		O_VALP(o) = IO_DATA(io)
+		O_FLAGS(o) = 0
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+
+	} else if (IS_LOWER(opname[1]) && opname[2] == '.') {
+	    # Image parameter reference, e.g., "a.foo".
+	    call salloc (param, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	    # Locate referenced symbolic image operand (e.g. "a").
+	    io = NULL
+	    do i = 1, IE_NOPERANDS(ie) {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(io) == opname[1] && IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE)
+		    break
+		io = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (io == NULL)
+		goto err_
+
+	    # Get the parameter value and set up operand struct.
+	    call strcpy (opname[3], Memc[param], SZ_FNAME)
+	    im = IO_IM(io)
+
+	    iferr (O_TYPE(o) = imgftype (im, Memc[param]))
+		goto err_
+
+	    switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		iferr (O_VALI(o) = btoi (imgetb (im, Memc[param])))
+		    goto err_
+
+	    case TY_CHAR:
+		O_LEN(o) = SZ_LINE
+		O_FLAGS(o) = O_FREEVAL
+		iferr {
+		    call malloc (O_VALP(o), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		    call imgstr (im, Memc[param], O_VALC(o), SZ_LINE)
+		} then
+		    goto err_
+
+	    case TY_INT:
+		iferr (O_VALI(o) = imgeti (im, Memc[param]))
+		    goto err_
+
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_DOUBLE
+		iferr (O_VALD(o) = imgetd (im, Memc[param]))
+		    goto err_
+
+	    default:
+		goto err_
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+
+	} else if (IS_UPPER(opname[1]) && opname[2] == EOS) {
+	    # The current pixel coordinate [I,J,K,...].  The line coordinate
+	    # is a special case since the image is computed a line at a time.
+	    # If "I" is requested return a vector where v[i] = i.  For J, K,
+	    # etc. just return the scalar index value.
+
+	    axis = opname[1] - 'I' + 1
+	    if (axis == 1) {
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		if (IE_AXLEN(ie,1) > 0)
+		    O_LEN(o) = IE_AXLEN(ie,1)
+		else {
+		    # Line length not known yet.
+		    O_LEN(o) = DEF_LINELEN
+		}
+		call malloc (data, O_LEN(o), TY_INT)
+		do i = 1, O_LEN(o)
+		    Memi[data+i-1] = i
+		O_VALP(o) = data
+		O_FLAGS(o) = O_FREEVAL
+	    } else {
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		#O_LEN(o) = 0
+		#if (axis < 1 || axis > IM_MAXDIM)
+		    #O_VALI(o) = 1
+		#else
+		    #O_VALI(o) = IE_V(ie,axis)
+		#O_FLAGS(o) = 0
+		if (IE_AXLEN(ie,1) > 0)
+		    O_LEN(o) = IE_AXLEN(ie,1)
+		else 
+		    # Line length not known yet.
+		    O_LEN(o) = DEF_LINELEN
+		call malloc (data, O_LEN(o), TY_INT)
+		if (axis < 1 || axis > IM_MAXDIM)
+		    call amovki (1, Memi[data], O_LEN(o))
+		else
+		    call amovki (IE_V(ie,axis), Memi[data], O_LEN(o))
+		O_VALP(o) = data
+		O_FLAGS(o) = O_FREEVAL
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+err_
+	O_TYPE(o) = ERR
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_FCN -- Called by evvexpr to execute an imexpr special function.
+
+procedure ie_fcn (ie, fcn, args, nargs, o)
+
+pointer	ie			#I imexpr descriptor
+char	fcn[ARB]		#I function name
+pointer	args[ARB]		#I input arguments
+int	nargs			#I number of input arguments
+pointer	o			#I output operand to be filled in
+
+begin
+	# No functions yet.
+	O_TYPE(o) = ERR
+end
+
+
+# IE_GETEXPRDB -- Read the expression database into a symbol table.  The
+# input file has the following structure:
+#
+#	<symbol>['(' arg-list ')'][':'|'=']	replacement-text
+#		
+# Symbols must be at the beginning of a line.  The expression text is
+# terminated by a nonempty, noncomment line with no leading whitespace.
+
+pointer procedure ie_getexprdb (fname)
+
+char	fname[ARB]		#I file to be read
+
+pointer	sym, sp, lbuf, st, a_st, ip, symname, tokbuf, text
+int	tok, fd, line, nargs, op, token, buflen, offset, stpos, n
+errchk	open, getlline, stopen, stenter, ie_puttok
+int	open(), getlline(), ctotok(), stpstr()
+pointer	stopen(), stenter()
+define	skip_ 91
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lbuf, SZ_COMMAND, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (text, SZ_COMMAND, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tokbuf, SZ_COMMAND, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (symname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	fd = open (fname, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	st = stopen ("imexpr", DEF_LENINDEX, DEF_LENSTAB, DEF_LENSBUF)
+	a_st = stopen ("args", DEF_LENINDEX, DEF_LENSTAB, DEF_LENSBUF)
+	line = 0
+
+	while (getlline (fd, Memc[lbuf], SZ_COMMAND) != EOF) {
+	    line = line + 1
+
+	    # Replace single quotes by double quotes because things
+	    # should behave like the command line but this routine
+	    # uses ctotok which treats single quotes as character
+	    # constants.
+
+	    for (ip=lbuf; Memc[ip]!=EOS; ip=ip+1) {
+	        if (Memc[ip] == '\'')
+		    Memc[ip] = '"'
+	    }
+
+	    # Skip comments and blank lines.
+	    ip = lbuf
+	    while (IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == '#')
+		next
+	
+	    # Get symbol name.
+	    if (ctotok (Memc,ip,Memc[symname],SZ_FNAME) != TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+		call eprintf ("exprdb: expected identifier at line %d\n")
+		    call pargi (line)
+skip_		while (getlline (fd, Memc[lbuf], SZ_COMMAND) != EOF) {
+		    line = line + 1
+		    if (Memc[lbuf] == '\n')
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call stmark (a_st, stpos)
+
+	    # Check for the optional argument-symbol list.  Allow only a
+	    # single space between the symbol name and its argument list,
+	    # otherwise we can't tell the difference between an argument
+	    # list and the parenthesized expression which follows.
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == ' ')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '(') {
+		ip = ip + 1
+		n = 0
+		repeat {
+		    tok = ctotok (Memc, ip, Memc[tokbuf], SZ_FNAME)
+		    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+			sym = stenter (a_st, Memc[tokbuf], LEN_ARGSYM)
+			n = n + 1
+			ARGNO(sym) = n
+		    } else if (Memc[tokbuf] == ',') {
+			;
+		    } else if (Memc[tokbuf] != ')') {
+			call eprintf ("exprdb: bad arglist at line %d\n")
+			    call pargi (line)
+			call stfree (a_st, stpos)
+			goto skip_
+		    }
+		} until (Memc[tokbuf] == ')')
+	    }
+
+	    # Check for the optional ":" or "=".
+	    while (IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    if (Memc[ip] == ':' || Memc[ip] == '=')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Accumulate the expression text.
+	    buflen = SZ_COMMAND
+	    op = 1
+	    
+	    repeat {
+		repeat {
+		    token = ctotok (Memc, ip, Memc[tokbuf+1], SZ_COMMAND)
+		    if (Memc[tokbuf] == '#')
+			break
+		    else if (token != TOK_EOS && token != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+			if (token == TOK_STRING) {
+			    Memc[tokbuf] = '"'
+			    call strcat ("""", Memc[tokbuf], SZ_COMMAND)
+			    call ie_puttok (a_st, text, op, buflen,
+				Memc[tokbuf])
+			} else
+			    call ie_puttok (a_st, text, op, buflen,
+				Memc[tokbuf+1])
+		    }
+		} until (token == TOK_EOS)
+
+		if (getlline (fd, Memc[lbuf], SZ_COMMAND) == EOF)
+		    break
+		else
+		    line = line + 1
+
+		for (ip=lbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		    ;
+		if (ip == lbuf) {
+		    call ungetline (fd, Memc[lbuf])
+		    line = line - 1
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Free any argument list symbols.
+	    call stfree (a_st, stpos)
+
+	    # Scan the expression text and count the number of $N arguments.
+	    nargs = 0
+	    for (ip=text;  Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1)
+		if (Memc[ip] == '$' && IS_DIGIT(Memc[ip+1])) {
+		    nargs = max (nargs, TO_INTEG(Memc[ip+1]))
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		}
+
+	    # Enter symbol in table.
+	    sym = stenter (st, Memc[symname], LEN_SYM)
+	    offset = stpstr (st, Memc[text], 0)
+	    SYM_TEXT(sym) = offset
+	    SYM_NARGS(sym) = nargs
+	}
+
+	call stclose (a_st)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (st)
+end
+
+
+# IE_PUTTOK -- Append a token string to a text buffer.
+
+procedure ie_puttok (a_st, text, op, buflen, token)
+
+pointer	a_st			#I argument-symbol table
+pointer	text			#U text buffer
+int	op			#U output pointer
+int	buflen			#U buffer length, chars
+char	token[ARB]		#I token string
+
+pointer	sym
+int	ip, ch1, ch2
+pointer	stfind()
+errchk	realloc
+
+begin
+	# Replace any symbolic arguments by "$N".
+	if (a_st != NULL && IS_ALPHA(token[1])) {
+	    sym = stfind (a_st, token)
+	    if (sym != NULL) {
+		token[1] = '$'
+		token[2] = TO_DIGIT(ARGNO(sym))
+		token[3] = EOS
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Append the token string to the text buffer.
+	for (ip=1;  token[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+	    if (op + 1 > buflen) {
+		buflen = buflen + SZ_COMMAND
+		call realloc (text, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+
+	    # The following is necessary because ctotok parses tokens such as
+	    # "$N", "==", "!=", etc.  as two tokens.  We need to rejoin these
+	    # characters to make one token.
+
+	    if (op > 1 && token[ip+1] == EOS) {
+		ch1 = Memc[text+op-3]
+		ch2 = token[ip]
+
+		if (ch1 == '$' && IS_DIGIT(ch2))
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '*' && ch2 == '*')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '/' && ch2 == '/')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '<' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '>' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '=' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '!' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '?' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '&' && ch2 == '&')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '|' && ch2 == '|')
+		    op = op - 1
+	    }
+
+	    Memc[text+op-1] = token[ip]
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Append a space to ensure that tokens are delimited.
+	Memc[text+op-1] = ' '
+	op = op + 1
+
+	Memc[text+op-1] = EOS
+end
+
+
+# IE_EXPANDTEXT -- Scan an expression, performing macro substitution on the
+# contents and returning a fully expanded string.
+
+pointer procedure ie_expandtext (st, expr)
+
+pointer	st			#I symbol table (macros)
+char	expr[ARB]		#I input expression
+
+pointer	buf, gt
+int	buflen, nchars
+int	locpr(), gt_expand()
+pointer	gt_opentext()
+extern	ie_gsym()
+
+begin
+	buflen = SZ_COMMAND
+	call malloc (buf, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+
+	gt = gt_opentext (expr, locpr(ie_gsym), st, 0, GT_NOFILE)
+	nchars = gt_expand (gt, buf, buflen)
+	call gt_close (gt)
+
+	return (buf)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GETOPS -- Parse the expression and generate a list of input operands.
+# The output operand list is returned as a sequence of EOS delimited strings.
+
+int procedure ie_getops (st, expr, oplist, maxch)
+
+pointer	st			#I symbol table
+char	expr[ARB]		#I input expression
+char	oplist[ARB]		#O operand list
+int	maxch			#I max chars out
+
+int	noperands, ch, i
+int	ops[MAX_OPERANDS]
+pointer	gt, sp, tokbuf, op
+
+extern	ie_gsym()
+pointer	gt_opentext()
+int	locpr(), gt_rawtok(), gt_nexttok()
+errchk	gt_opentext, gt_rawtok
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (tokbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call aclri (ops, MAX_OPERANDS)
+	gt = gt_opentext (expr, locpr(ie_gsym), st, 0, GT_NOFILE+GT_NOCOMMAND)
+
+	# This assumes that operand names are the letters "a" to "z".
+	while (gt_rawtok (gt, Memc[tokbuf], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+	    ch = Memc[tokbuf]
+	    if (IS_LOWER(ch) && Memc[tokbuf+1] == EOS)
+		if (gt_nexttok (gt) != '(')
+		    ops[ch-'a'+1] = 1
+	}
+
+	call gt_close (gt)
+
+	op = 1
+	noperands = 0
+	do i = 1, MAX_OPERANDS
+	    if (ops[i] != 0 && op < maxch) {
+		oplist[op] = 'a' + i - 1
+		op = op + 1
+		oplist[op] = EOS
+		op = op + 1
+		noperands = noperands + 1
+	    }
+
+	oplist[op] = EOS
+	op = op + 1
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (noperands)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imexpr.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imexpr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f23c04d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imexpr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1263 @@
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	<lexnum.h>
+include	<evvexpr.h>
+include	"gettok.h"
+
+
+# IMEXPR.X -- Image expression evaluator.
+
+define	MAX_OPERANDS	26
+define	MAX_ALIASES	10
+define	DEF_LENINDEX	97
+define	DEF_LENSTAB	1024
+define	DEF_LENSBUF	8192
+define	DEF_LINELEN	32768
+
+# Input image operands.
+define	LEN_IMOPERAND	18
+define	IO_OPNAME	Memi[$1]		# symbolic operand name
+define	IO_TYPE		Memi[$1+1]		# operand type
+define	IO_IM		Memi[$1+2]		# image pointer if image
+define	IO_V		Memi[$1+3+($2)-1]	# image i/o pointer
+define	IO_DATA		Memi[$1+10]		# current image line
+			# align
+define	IO_OP		($1+12)			# pointer to evvexpr operand
+
+# Image operand types (IO_TYPE). 
+define	IMAGE		1			# image (vector) operand
+define	NUMERIC		2			# numeric constant
+define	PARAMETER	3			# image parameter reference
+
+# Main imexpr descriptor.
+define	LEN_IMEXPR	(24+LEN_IMOPERAND*MAX_OPERANDS)
+define	IE_ST		Memi[$1]		# symbol table
+define	IE_IM		Memi[$1+1]		# output image
+define	IE_NDIM		Memi[$1+2]		# dimension of output image
+define	IE_AXLEN	Memi[$1+3+($2)-1]	# dimensions of output image
+define	IE_INTYPE	Memi[$1+10]		# minimum input operand type
+define	IE_OUTTYPE	Memi[$1+11]		# datatype of output image
+define	IE_BWIDTH	Memi[$1+12]		# npixels boundary extension
+define	IE_BTYPE	Memi[$1+13]		# type of boundary extension
+define	IE_BPIXVAL	Memr[P2R($1+14)]	# boundary pixel value
+define	IE_V		Memi[$1+15+($2)-1]	# position in output image
+define	IE_NOPERANDS	Memi[$1+22]		# number of input operands
+			# align
+define	IE_IMOP		($1+24+(($2)-1)*LEN_IMOPERAND)	# image operand array
+
+# Expression database symbol.
+define	LEN_SYM		2
+define	SYM_TEXT	Memi[$1]
+define	SYM_NARGS	Memi[$1+1]
+
+# Argument list symbol
+define	LEN_ARGSYM	1
+define	ARGNO		Memi[$1]
+
+
+# IMEXPR -- Task procedure for the image expression evaluator.  This task
+# generates an image by evaluating an arbitrary vector expression, which may
+# reference other images as input operands.
+#
+# The input expression may be any legal EVVEXPR expression.  Input operands
+# must be specified using the reserved names "a" through "z", hence there are
+# a maximum of 26 input operands.  An input operand may be an image name or
+# image section, an image header parameter, a numeric constant, or the name
+# of a builtin keyword.  Image header parameters are specified as, e.g.,
+# "a.naxis1" where the operand "a" must be assigned to an input image.  The
+# special image name "." refers to the output image generated in the last
+# call to imexpr, making it easier to perform a sequence of operations.
+
+procedure t_imexpr()
+
+double	dval
+bool	verbose, rangecheck
+pointer	out, st, sp, ie, dims, intype, outtype, ref_im
+pointer	outim, fname, expr, xexpr, output, section, data, imname
+pointer	oplist, opnam, opval, param, io, ip, op, o, im, ia, emsg
+int	len_exprbuf, fd, nchars, noperands, dtype, status, i, j
+int	ndim, npix, ch, percent, nlines, totlines, flags, mapflag
+
+real	clgetr()
+double	imgetd()
+int	imgftype(), clgwrd(), ctod()
+bool	clgetb(), imgetb(), streq(), strne()
+int	imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld()
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld()
+int	open(), getci(), ie_getops(), lexnum(), stridxs()
+int	imgeti(), ctoi(), btoi(), locpr(), clgeti(), strncmp()
+pointer	ie_getexprdb(), ie_expandtext(), immap()
+extern	ie_getop(), ie_fcn()
+pointer	evvexpr()
+long	fstatl()
+
+string	s_nodata "bad image: no data"
+string	s_badtype "unknown image type"
+define	numeric_ 91
+define	image_ 92
+
+begin
+	# call memlog ("--------- START IMEXPR -----------")
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ie, LEN_IMEXPR, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (intype, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outtype, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (oplist, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (opval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (dims, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (emsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the main imexpr descriptor.
+	call aclri (Memi[ie], LEN_IMEXPR)
+
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	rangecheck = clgetb ("rangecheck")
+
+	# Load the expression database, if any.
+	st = NULL
+	call clgstr ("exprdb", Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	if (strne (Memc[fname], "none"))
+	    st = ie_getexprdb (Memc[fname])
+	IE_ST(ie) = st
+
+	# Get the expression to be evaluated and expand any file inclusions
+	# or macro references.
+
+	len_exprbuf = SZ_COMMAND
+	call malloc (expr, len_exprbuf, TY_CHAR)
+	call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], len_exprbuf)
+
+	if (Memc[expr] == '@') {
+	    fd = open (Memc[expr+1], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    nchars = fstatl (fd, F_FILESIZE)
+	    if (nchars > len_exprbuf) {
+		len_exprbuf = nchars
+		call realloc (expr, len_exprbuf, TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+	    for (op=expr;  getci(fd,ch) != EOF;  op = op + 1) {
+		if (ch == '\n')
+		    Memc[op] = ' '
+		else
+		    Memc[op] = ch
+	    }
+	    Memc[op] = EOS
+	    call close (fd)
+	}
+
+	if (st != NULL) {
+	    xexpr = ie_expandtext (st, Memc[expr])
+	    call mfree (expr, TY_CHAR)
+	    expr = xexpr
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("%s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[expr])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get output image name.
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	call imgimage (Memc[output], Memc[imname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+	IE_BWIDTH(ie) = clgeti ("bwidth")
+	IE_BTYPE(ie)  = clgwrd ("btype", Memc[oplist], SZ_LINE,
+	    "|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|project|")
+	IE_BPIXVAL(ie) = clgetr ("bpixval")
+
+	# Determine the minimum input operand type.
+	call clgstr ("intype", Memc[intype], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (strncmp (Memc[intype], "auto", 4) == 0)
+	    IE_INTYPE(ie) = 0
+	else {
+	    switch (Memc[intype]) {
+	    case 'i', 'l':
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = TY_INT
+	    case 'r':
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = TY_REAL
+	    case 'd':
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = TY_DOUBLE
+	    default:
+		IE_INTYPE(ie) = 0
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Parse the expression and generate a list of input operands.
+	noperands = ie_getops (st, Memc[expr], Memc[oplist], SZ_LINE)
+	IE_NOPERANDS(ie) = noperands
+
+	# Process the list of input operands and initialize each operand.
+	# This means fetch the value of the operand from the CL, determine
+	# the operand type, and initialize the image operand descriptor.
+	# The operand list is returned as a sequence of EOS delimited strings.
+
+	opnam = oplist
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    if (Memc[opnam] == EOS)
+		call error (1, "malformed operand list")
+
+	    call clgstr (Memc[opnam], Memc[opval], SZ_LINE)
+	    IO_OPNAME(io) = Memc[opnam]
+	    ip = opval
+
+	    # Initialize the input operand; these values are overwritten below.
+	    o = IO_OP(io)
+	    call aclri (Memi[o], LEN_OPERAND)
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '.' && (Memc[ip+1] == EOS || Memc[ip+1] == '[')) {
+		# A "." is shorthand for the last output image.
+		call strcpy (Memc[ip+1], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+		call clgstr ("lastout", Memc[opval], SZ_LINE)
+		call strcat (Memc[section], Memc[opval], SZ_LINE)
+		goto image_
+
+	    } else if (IS_LOWER(Memc[ip]) && Memc[ip+1] == '.') {
+		# "a.foo" refers to parameter foo of image A.  Mark this as
+		# a parameter operand for now, and patch it up later.
+
+		IO_TYPE(io) = PARAMETER
+		IO_DATA(io) = ip
+		call salloc (IO_DATA(io), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[IO_DATA(io)], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    } else if (ctod (Memc, ip, dval) > 0) {
+		if (Memc[ip] != EOS)
+		    goto image_
+
+		# A numeric constant.
+numeric_	IO_TYPE(io) = NUMERIC
+
+		ip = opval
+		switch (lexnum (Memc, ip, nchars)) {
+		case LEX_REAL:
+		    dtype = TY_REAL
+		    if (stridxs("dD",Memc[opval]) > 0 || nchars > NDIGITS_RP+3)
+			dtype = TY_DOUBLE
+		    O_TYPE(o) = dtype
+		    if (dtype == TY_REAL)
+			O_VALR(o) = dval
+		    else
+			O_VALD(o) = dval
+		default:
+		    O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		    O_LEN(o)  = 0
+		    O_VALI(o) = int(dval)
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+		# Anything else is assumed to be an image name.
+image_
+		ip = opval
+		call imgimage (Memc[ip], Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+		if (streq (Memc[fname], Memc[imname]))
+		    call error (2, "input and output images cannot be the same")
+
+		im = immap (Memc[ip], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+		# Set any image options.
+		if (IE_BWIDTH(ie) > 0) {
+		    call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, IE_BWIDTH(ie))
+		    call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, IE_BTYPE(ie))
+		    call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, IE_BPIXVAL(ie))
+		}
+
+		IO_TYPE(io) = IMAGE
+		call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+		IO_IM(io) = im
+
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+		case TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG, TY_REAL, TY_DOUBLE:
+		    O_TYPE(o) = IM_PIXTYPE(im)
+		case TY_COMPLEX:
+		    O_TYPE(o) = TY_REAL
+		default:			# TY_USHORT
+		    O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		}
+
+		O_TYPE(o) = max (IE_INTYPE(ie), O_TYPE(o))
+		O_LEN(o) = IM_LEN(im,1)
+		O_FLAGS(o) = 0
+
+		# If one dimensional image read in data and be done with it.
+		if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1) {
+		    switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+
+		    case TY_SHORT:
+			if (imgnls (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (3, s_nodata)
+
+		    case TY_INT:
+			if (imgnli (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (3, s_nodata)
+
+		    case TY_LONG:
+			if (imgnll (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (3, s_nodata)
+
+		    case TY_REAL:
+			if (imgnlr (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (3, s_nodata)
+
+		    case TY_DOUBLE:
+			if (imgnld (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (3, s_nodata)
+
+		    default:
+			    call error (4, s_badtype)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Get next operand name.
+	    while (Memc[opnam] != EOS)
+		opnam = opnam + 1
+	    opnam = opnam + 1
+	}
+
+	# Go back and patch up any "a.foo" type parameter references.  The
+	# reference input operand (e.g. "a") must be of type IMAGE and must
+	# point to a valid open image.
+
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    mapflag = NO	     
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    ip = IO_DATA(io)
+	    if (IO_TYPE(io) != PARAMETER)
+		next
+
+	    # Locate referenced symbolic image operand (e.g. "a").
+	    ia = NULL
+	    do j = 1, noperands {
+		ia = IE_IMOP(ie,j)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(ia) == Memc[ip] && IO_TYPE(ia) == IMAGE)
+		    break
+		ia = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (ia == NULL && (IS_LOWER(Memc[ip]) && Memc[ip+1] == '.')) {
+		# The parameter operand is something like 'a.foo' however
+		# the image operand 'a' is not in the list derived from the
+		# expression, perhaps because we just want to use a parameter
+		# from a reference image and not the image itself.  In this
+		# case map the image so we can get the parameter.
+
+	        call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[opval], 1)
+	        call clgstr (Memc[opval], Memc[opnam], SZ_LINE)
+		call imgimage (Memc[opnam], Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+		iferr (im = immap (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE,
+		        "bad image parameter reference %s")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[ip])
+		    call error (5, Memc[emsg])
+		} else 
+		    mapflag = YES
+
+	    } else if (ia == NULL) {
+		call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE,
+		    "bad image parameter reference %s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[ip])
+		call error (5, Memc[emsg])
+
+	    } else
+	        im = IO_IM(ia)
+
+	    # Get the parameter value and set up operand struct.
+	    param = ip + 2
+	    IO_TYPE(io) = NUMERIC
+	    o = IO_OP(io)
+	    O_LEN(o) = 0
+
+	    switch (imgftype (im, Memc[param])) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_BOOL
+		O_VALI(o) = btoi (imgetb (im, Memc[param]))
+
+	    case TY_CHAR:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_CHAR
+		O_LEN(o)  = SZ_LINE
+		call malloc (O_VALP(o), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		call imgstr (im, Memc[param], O_VALC(o), SZ_LINE)
+
+	    case TY_INT:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		O_VALI(o) = imgeti (im, Memc[param])
+
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_DOUBLE
+		O_VALD(o) = imgetd (im, Memc[param])
+
+	    default:
+		call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE, "param %s not found\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[ip])
+		call error (6, Memc[emsg])
+	    }
+
+	    if (mapflag == YES)
+		call imunmap (im)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the reference image from which we will inherit image
+	# attributes such as the WCS.  If the user specifies this we use
+	# the indicated image, otherwise we use the input image operand with
+	# the highest dimension.
+
+	call clgstr ("refim", Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[fname], "auto")) {
+	    # Locate best reference image (highest dimension).
+	    ndim = 0
+	    ref_im = NULL
+
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_TYPE(io) != IMAGE || IO_IM(io) == NULL)
+		    next
+
+		im = IO_IM(io)
+		if (IM_NDIM(im) > ndim) {
+		    ref_im = im
+		    ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Locate referenced symbolic image operand (e.g. "a").
+	    io = NULL
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(io) == Memc[fname] && IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE)
+		    break
+		io = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (io == NULL) {
+		call sprintf (Memc[emsg], SZ_LINE,
+		    "bad wcsimage reference image %s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[fname])
+		call error (7, Memc[emsg])
+	    }
+	    ref_im = IO_IM(io)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the dimension and size of the output image.  If the "dims"
+	# parameter is set this determines the image dimension, otherwise we
+	# determine the best output image dimension and size from the input
+	# images.  The exception is the line length, which is determined by
+	# the image line operand returned when the first line of the image
+	# is evaluated.
+
+	call clgstr ("dims", Memc[dims], SZ_LINE)
+	if (streq (Memc[dims], "auto")) {
+	    # Determine the output image dimensions from the input images.
+	    call amovki (1, IE_AXLEN(ie,2), IM_MAXDIM-1)
+	    IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = 0
+	    ndim = 1
+
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		im = IO_IM(io)
+		if (IO_TYPE(io) != IMAGE || im == NULL)
+		    next
+
+		ndim = max (ndim, IM_NDIM(im))
+		do j = 2, IM_NDIM(im) {
+		    npix = IM_LEN(im,j)
+		    if (npix > 1) {
+			if (IE_AXLEN(ie,j) <= 1)
+			    IE_AXLEN(ie,j) = npix
+			else
+			    IE_AXLEN(ie,j) = min (IE_AXLEN(ie,j), npix)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    IE_NDIM(ie) = ndim
+
+	} else {
+	    # Use user specified output image dimensions.
+	    ndim = 0
+	    for (ip=dims;  ctoi(Memc,ip,npix) > 0;  ) {
+		ndim = ndim + 1
+		IE_AXLEN(ie,ndim) = npix
+		for (ch=Memc[ip];  IS_WHITE(ch) || ch == ',';  ch=Memc[ip])
+		    ip = ip + 1
+	    }
+	    IE_NDIM(ie) = ndim
+	}
+
+	# Determine the pixel type of the output image.
+	call clgstr ("outtype", Memc[outtype], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (strncmp (Memc[outtype], "auto", 4) == 0) {
+	    IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = 0
+	} else if (strncmp (Memc[outtype], "ref", 3) == 0) {
+	    if (ref_im != NULL)
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = IM_PIXTYPE(ref_im)
+	    else
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = 0
+	} else {
+	    switch (Memc[outtype]) {
+	    case 'u':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_USHORT
+	    case 's':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_SHORT
+	    case 'i':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_INT
+	    case 'l':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_LONG
+	    case 'r':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_REAL
+	    case 'd':
+		IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_DOUBLE
+	    default:
+		call error (8, "bad outtype")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Open the output image.  If the output image name has a section we
+	# are writing to a section of an existing image.
+
+	call imgsection (Memc[output], Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[section] != EOS && Memc[section] != NULL) {
+	    outim = immap (Memc[output], READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = IM_LEN(outim,1)
+	} else {
+	    if (ref_im != NULL)
+		outim = immap (Memc[output], NEW_COPY, ref_im)
+	    else
+		outim = immap (Memc[output], NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+	    IM_LEN(outim,1) = 0
+	    call amovl (IE_AXLEN(ie,2), IM_LEN(outim,2), IM_MAXDIM-1)
+	    IM_NDIM(outim) = IE_NDIM(ie)
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(outim) = 0
+	}
+
+	# Initialize output image line pointer.
+	call amovkl (1, IE_V(ie,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	percent = 0
+	nlines = 0
+	totlines = 1
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(outim)
+	    totlines = totlines * IM_LEN(outim,i)
+
+	# Generate the pixel data for the output image line by line, 
+	# evaluating the user supplied expression to produce each image
+	# line.  Images may be any dimension, datatype, or size.
+
+	# call memlog ("--------- PROCESS IMAGE -----------")
+
+	out = NULL
+	repeat {
+	    # call memlog1 ("--------- line %d ----------", nlines + 1)
+
+	    # Output image line generated by last iteration.
+	    if (out != NULL) {
+		op = data
+		if (O_LEN(out) == 0) {
+		    # Output image line is a scalar.
+
+		    switch (O_TYPE(out)) {
+		    case TY_BOOL:
+			Memi[op] = O_VALI(out)
+			call amovki (O_VALI(out), Memi[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+
+		    case TY_SHORT:
+			call amovks (O_VALS(out), Mems[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+
+		    case TY_INT:
+			call amovki (O_VALI(out), Memi[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+
+		    case TY_LONG:
+			call amovkl (O_VALL(out), Meml[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+
+		    case TY_REAL:
+			call amovkr (O_VALR(out), Memr[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+
+		    case TY_DOUBLE:
+			call amovkd (O_VALD(out), Memd[op], IM_LEN(outim,1))
+
+		    }
+
+		} else {
+		    # Output image line is a vector.
+
+		    npix = min (O_LEN(out), IM_LEN(outim,1))
+		    ip = O_VALP(out)
+		    switch (O_TYPE(out)) {
+		    case TY_BOOL:
+			call amovi (Memi[ip], Memi[op], npix)
+
+		    case TY_SHORT:
+			call amovs (Mems[ip], Mems[op], npix)
+
+		    case TY_INT:
+			call amovi (Memi[ip], Memi[op], npix)
+
+		    case TY_LONG:
+			call amovl (Meml[ip], Meml[op], npix)
+
+		    case TY_REAL:
+			call amovr (Memr[ip], Memr[op], npix)
+
+		    case TY_DOUBLE:
+			call amovd (Memd[ip], Memd[op], npix)
+
+		    }
+		}
+
+		call evvfree (out)
+		out = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the next line in all input images.  If EOF is seen on the
+	    # image we merely rewind and keep going.  This allows a vector,
+	    # plane, etc. to be applied to each line, band, etc. of a higher
+	    # dimensioned image.
+
+	    do i = 1, noperands {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_TYPE(io) != IMAGE || IO_IM(io) == NULL)
+		    next
+
+		im = IO_IM(io)
+		o  = IO_OP(io)
+
+		# Data for a 1D image was read in above.
+		if (IM_NDIM(im) == 1)
+		    next
+
+		switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+
+		case TY_SHORT:
+		    if (imgnls (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF) {
+			call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnls (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (9, s_nodata)
+		    }
+
+		case TY_INT:
+		    if (imgnli (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF) {
+			call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnli (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (9, s_nodata)
+		    }
+
+		case TY_LONG:
+		    if (imgnll (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF) {
+			call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnll (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (9, s_nodata)
+		    }
+
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    if (imgnlr (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF) {
+			call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnlr (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (9, s_nodata)
+		    }
+
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    if (imgnld (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF) {
+			call amovkl (1, IO_V(io,1), IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnld (im, IO_DATA(io), IO_V(io,1)) == EOF)
+			    call error (9, s_nodata)
+		    }
+
+		default:
+		    call error (10, s_badtype)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # call memlog (".......... enter evvexpr ..........")
+
+	    # This is it!  Evaluate the vector expression.
+	    flags = 0
+	    if (rangecheck)
+		flags = or (flags, EV_RNGCHK)
+
+	    out = evvexpr (Memc[expr],
+		locpr(ie_getop), ie, locpr(ie_fcn), ie, flags)
+
+	    # call memlog (".......... exit evvexpr ..........")
+
+	    # If the pixel type and line length of the output image are
+	    # still undetermined set them to match the output operand.
+
+	    if (IM_PIXTYPE(outim) == 0) {
+		if (IE_OUTTYPE(ie) == 0) {
+		    if (O_TYPE(out) == TY_BOOL)
+			IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = TY_INT
+		    else
+			IE_OUTTYPE(ie) = O_TYPE(out)
+		    IM_PIXTYPE(outim) = IE_OUTTYPE(ie)
+		} else
+		    IM_PIXTYPE(outim) = IE_OUTTYPE(ie)
+	    }
+	    if (IM_LEN(outim,1) == 0) {
+		if (IE_AXLEN(ie,1) == 0) {
+		    if (O_LEN(out) == 0) {
+			IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = 1
+			IM_LEN(outim,1) = 1
+		    } else {
+			IE_AXLEN(ie,1) = O_LEN(out)
+			IM_LEN(outim,1) = O_LEN(out)
+		    }
+		} else
+		    IM_LEN(outim,1) = IE_AXLEN(ie,1)
+	    }
+
+	    # Print percent done.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		nlines = nlines + 1
+		if (nlines * 100 / totlines >= percent + 10) {
+		    percent = percent + 10
+		    call printf ("%2d%% ")
+			call pargi (percent)
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    switch (O_TYPE(out)) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		status = impnli (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+
+	    case TY_SHORT:
+		status = impnls (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+
+	    case TY_INT:
+		status = impnli (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+
+	    case TY_LONG:
+		status = impnll (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		status = impnlr (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		status = impnld (outim, data, IE_V(ie,1))
+
+	    default:
+		call error (11, "expression type incompatible with image")
+	    }
+	} until (status == EOF)
+
+	# call memlog ("--------- DONE PROCESSING IMAGE -----------")
+
+	if (verbose) {
+	    call printf ("- done\n")
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	}
+
+	# All done.  Unmap images.
+	call imunmap (outim)
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    if (IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE && IO_IM(io) != NULL)
+		call imunmap (IO_IM(io))
+	}
+
+	# Clean up.
+	do i = 1, noperands {
+	    io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+	    o = IO_OP(io)
+	    if (O_TYPE(o) == TY_CHAR)
+		call mfree (O_VALP(o), TY_CHAR)
+	}
+
+	call evvfree (out)
+	call mfree (expr, TY_CHAR)
+	if (st != NULL)
+	    call stclose (st)
+
+	call clpstr ("lastout", Memc[output])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GETOP -- Called by evvexpr to fetch an input image operand.
+
+procedure ie_getop (ie, opname, o)
+
+pointer	ie			#I imexpr descriptor
+char	opname[ARB]		#I operand name
+pointer	o			#I output operand to be filled in
+
+int	axis, i
+pointer	param, data
+pointer	sp, im, io, v
+
+bool	imgetb()
+int	imgeti()
+double	imgetd()
+int	imgftype(), btoi()
+errchk	malloc
+define	err_ 91
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	if (IS_LOWER(opname[1]) && opname[2] == EOS) {
+	    # Image operand.
+
+	    io = NULL
+	    do i = 1, IE_NOPERANDS(ie) {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(io) == opname[1])
+		    break
+		io = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    if (io == NULL)
+		goto err_
+	    else
+		v = IO_OP(io)
+
+	    call amovi (Memi[v], Memi[o], LEN_OPERAND)
+	    if (IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE) {
+		O_VALP(o) = IO_DATA(io)
+		O_FLAGS(o) = 0
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+
+	} else if (IS_LOWER(opname[1]) && opname[2] == '.') {
+	    # Image parameter reference, e.g., "a.foo".
+	    call salloc (param, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	    # Locate referenced symbolic image operand (e.g. "a").
+	    io = NULL
+	    do i = 1, IE_NOPERANDS(ie) {
+		io = IE_IMOP(ie,i)
+		if (IO_OPNAME(io) == opname[1] && IO_TYPE(io) == IMAGE)
+		    break
+		io = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (io == NULL)
+		goto err_
+
+	    # Get the parameter value and set up operand struct.
+	    call strcpy (opname[3], Memc[param], SZ_FNAME)
+	    im = IO_IM(io)
+
+	    iferr (O_TYPE(o) = imgftype (im, Memc[param]))
+		goto err_
+
+	    switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		iferr (O_VALI(o) = btoi (imgetb (im, Memc[param])))
+		    goto err_
+
+	    case TY_CHAR:
+		O_LEN(o) = SZ_LINE
+		O_FLAGS(o) = O_FREEVAL
+		iferr {
+		    call malloc (O_VALP(o), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		    call imgstr (im, Memc[param], O_VALC(o), SZ_LINE)
+		} then
+		    goto err_
+
+	    case TY_INT:
+		iferr (O_VALI(o) = imgeti (im, Memc[param]))
+		    goto err_
+
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_DOUBLE
+		iferr (O_VALD(o) = imgetd (im, Memc[param]))
+		    goto err_
+
+	    default:
+		goto err_
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+
+	} else if (IS_UPPER(opname[1]) && opname[2] == EOS) {
+	    # The current pixel coordinate [I,J,K,...].  The line coordinate
+	    # is a special case since the image is computed a line at a time.
+	    # If "I" is requested return a vector where v[i] = i.  For J, K,
+	    # etc. just return the scalar index value.
+
+	    axis = opname[1] - 'I' + 1
+	    if (axis == 1) {
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		if (IE_AXLEN(ie,1) > 0)
+		    O_LEN(o) = IE_AXLEN(ie,1)
+		else {
+		    # Line length not known yet.
+		    O_LEN(o) = DEF_LINELEN
+		}
+		call malloc (data, O_LEN(o), TY_INT)
+		do i = 1, O_LEN(o)
+		    Memi[data+i-1] = i
+		O_VALP(o) = data
+		O_FLAGS(o) = O_FREEVAL
+	    } else {
+		O_TYPE(o) = TY_INT
+		#O_LEN(o) = 0
+		#if (axis < 1 || axis > IM_MAXDIM)
+		    #O_VALI(o) = 1
+		#else
+		    #O_VALI(o) = IE_V(ie,axis)
+		#O_FLAGS(o) = 0
+		if (IE_AXLEN(ie,1) > 0)
+		    O_LEN(o) = IE_AXLEN(ie,1)
+		else 
+		    # Line length not known yet.
+		    O_LEN(o) = DEF_LINELEN
+		call malloc (data, O_LEN(o), TY_INT)
+		if (axis < 1 || axis > IM_MAXDIM)
+		    call amovki (1, Memi[data], O_LEN(o))
+		else
+		    call amovki (IE_V(ie,axis), Memi[data], O_LEN(o))
+		O_VALP(o) = data
+		O_FLAGS(o) = O_FREEVAL
+	    }
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+err_
+	O_TYPE(o) = ERR
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_FCN -- Called by evvexpr to execute an imexpr special function.
+
+procedure ie_fcn (ie, fcn, args, nargs, o)
+
+pointer	ie			#I imexpr descriptor
+char	fcn[ARB]		#I function name
+pointer	args[ARB]		#I input arguments
+int	nargs			#I number of input arguments
+pointer	o			#I output operand to be filled in
+
+begin
+	# No functions yet.
+	O_TYPE(o) = ERR
+end
+
+
+# IE_GETEXPRDB -- Read the expression database into a symbol table.  The
+# input file has the following structure:
+#
+#	<symbol>['(' arg-list ')'][':'|'=']	replacement-text
+#		
+# Symbols must be at the beginning of a line.  The expression text is
+# terminated by a nonempty, noncomment line with no leading whitespace.
+
+pointer procedure ie_getexprdb (fname)
+
+char	fname[ARB]		#I file to be read
+
+pointer	sym, sp, lbuf, st, a_st, ip, symname, tokbuf, text
+int	tok, fd, line, nargs, op, token, buflen, offset, stpos, n
+errchk	open, getlline, stopen, stenter, ie_puttok
+int	open(), getlline(), ctotok(), stpstr()
+pointer	stopen(), stenter()
+define	skip_ 91
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lbuf, SZ_COMMAND, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (text, SZ_COMMAND, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tokbuf, SZ_COMMAND, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (symname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	fd = open (fname, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	st = stopen ("imexpr", DEF_LENINDEX, DEF_LENSTAB, DEF_LENSBUF)
+	a_st = stopen ("args", DEF_LENINDEX, DEF_LENSTAB, DEF_LENSBUF)
+	line = 0
+
+	while (getlline (fd, Memc[lbuf], SZ_COMMAND) != EOF) {
+	    line = line + 1
+
+	    # Replace single quotes by double quotes because things
+	    # should behave like the command line but this routine
+	    # uses ctotok which treats single quotes as character
+	    # constants.
+
+	    for (ip=lbuf; Memc[ip]!=EOS; ip=ip+1) {
+	        if (Memc[ip] == '\'')
+		    Memc[ip] = '"'
+	    }
+
+	    # Skip comments and blank lines.
+	    ip = lbuf
+	    while (IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == '#')
+		next
+	
+	    # Get symbol name.
+	    if (ctotok (Memc,ip,Memc[symname],SZ_FNAME) != TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+		call eprintf ("exprdb: expected identifier at line %d\n")
+		    call pargi (line)
+skip_		while (getlline (fd, Memc[lbuf], SZ_COMMAND) != EOF) {
+		    line = line + 1
+		    if (Memc[lbuf] == '\n')
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call stmark (a_st, stpos)
+
+	    # Check for the optional argument-symbol list.  Allow only a
+	    # single space between the symbol name and its argument list,
+	    # otherwise we can't tell the difference between an argument
+	    # list and the parenthesized expression which follows.
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == ' ')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '(') {
+		ip = ip + 1
+		n = 0
+		repeat {
+		    tok = ctotok (Memc, ip, Memc[tokbuf], SZ_FNAME)
+		    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+			sym = stenter (a_st, Memc[tokbuf], LEN_ARGSYM)
+			n = n + 1
+			ARGNO(sym) = n
+		    } else if (Memc[tokbuf] == ',') {
+			;
+		    } else if (Memc[tokbuf] != ')') {
+			call eprintf ("exprdb: bad arglist at line %d\n")
+			    call pargi (line)
+			call stfree (a_st, stpos)
+			goto skip_
+		    }
+		} until (Memc[tokbuf] == ')')
+	    }
+
+	    # Check for the optional ":" or "=".
+	    while (IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    if (Memc[ip] == ':' || Memc[ip] == '=')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Accumulate the expression text.
+	    buflen = SZ_COMMAND
+	    op = 1
+	    
+	    repeat {
+		repeat {
+		    token = ctotok (Memc, ip, Memc[tokbuf+1], SZ_COMMAND)
+		    if (Memc[tokbuf] == '#')
+			break
+		    else if (token != TOK_EOS && token != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+			if (token == TOK_STRING) {
+			    Memc[tokbuf] = '"'
+			    call strcat ("""", Memc[tokbuf], SZ_COMMAND)
+			    call ie_puttok (a_st, text, op, buflen,
+				Memc[tokbuf])
+			} else
+			    call ie_puttok (a_st, text, op, buflen,
+				Memc[tokbuf+1])
+		    }
+		} until (token == TOK_EOS)
+
+		if (getlline (fd, Memc[lbuf], SZ_COMMAND) == EOF)
+		    break
+		else
+		    line = line + 1
+
+		for (ip=lbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		    ;
+		if (ip == lbuf) {
+		    call ungetline (fd, Memc[lbuf])
+		    line = line - 1
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Free any argument list symbols.
+	    call stfree (a_st, stpos)
+
+	    # Scan the expression text and count the number of $N arguments.
+	    nargs = 0
+	    for (ip=text;  Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1)
+		if (Memc[ip] == '$' && IS_DIGIT(Memc[ip+1])) {
+		    nargs = max (nargs, TO_INTEG(Memc[ip+1]))
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		}
+
+	    # Enter symbol in table.
+	    sym = stenter (st, Memc[symname], LEN_SYM)
+	    offset = stpstr (st, Memc[text], 0)
+	    SYM_TEXT(sym) = offset
+	    SYM_NARGS(sym) = nargs
+	}
+
+	call stclose (a_st)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (st)
+end
+
+
+# IE_PUTTOK -- Append a token string to a text buffer.
+
+procedure ie_puttok (a_st, text, op, buflen, token)
+
+pointer	a_st			#I argument-symbol table
+pointer	text			#U text buffer
+int	op			#U output pointer
+int	buflen			#U buffer length, chars
+char	token[ARB]		#I token string
+
+pointer	sym
+int	ip, ch1, ch2
+pointer	stfind()
+errchk	realloc
+
+begin
+	# Replace any symbolic arguments by "$N".
+	if (a_st != NULL && IS_ALPHA(token[1])) {
+	    sym = stfind (a_st, token)
+	    if (sym != NULL) {
+		token[1] = '$'
+		token[2] = TO_DIGIT(ARGNO(sym))
+		token[3] = EOS
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Append the token string to the text buffer.
+	for (ip=1;  token[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+	    if (op + 1 > buflen) {
+		buflen = buflen + SZ_COMMAND
+		call realloc (text, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+
+	    # The following is necessary because ctotok parses tokens such as
+	    # "$N", "==", "!=", etc.  as two tokens.  We need to rejoin these
+	    # characters to make one token.
+
+	    if (op > 1 && token[ip+1] == EOS) {
+		ch1 = Memc[text+op-3]
+		ch2 = token[ip]
+
+		if (ch1 == '$' && IS_DIGIT(ch2))
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '*' && ch2 == '*')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '/' && ch2 == '/')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '<' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '>' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '=' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '!' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '?' && ch2 == '=')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '&' && ch2 == '&')
+		    op = op - 1
+		else if (ch1 == '|' && ch2 == '|')
+		    op = op - 1
+	    }
+
+	    Memc[text+op-1] = token[ip]
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Append a space to ensure that tokens are delimited.
+	Memc[text+op-1] = ' '
+	op = op + 1
+
+	Memc[text+op-1] = EOS
+end
+
+
+# IE_EXPANDTEXT -- Scan an expression, performing macro substitution on the
+# contents and returning a fully expanded string.
+
+pointer procedure ie_expandtext (st, expr)
+
+pointer	st			#I symbol table (macros)
+char	expr[ARB]		#I input expression
+
+pointer	buf, gt
+int	buflen, nchars
+int	locpr(), gt_expand()
+pointer	gt_opentext()
+extern	ie_gsym()
+
+begin
+	buflen = SZ_COMMAND
+	call malloc (buf, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+
+	gt = gt_opentext (expr, locpr(ie_gsym), st, 0, GT_NOFILE)
+	nchars = gt_expand (gt, buf, buflen)
+	call gt_close (gt)
+
+	return (buf)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GETOPS -- Parse the expression and generate a list of input operands.
+# The output operand list is returned as a sequence of EOS delimited strings.
+
+int procedure ie_getops (st, expr, oplist, maxch)
+
+pointer	st			#I symbol table
+char	expr[ARB]		#I input expression
+char	oplist[ARB]		#O operand list
+int	maxch			#I max chars out
+
+int	noperands, ch, i
+int	ops[MAX_OPERANDS]
+pointer	gt, sp, tokbuf, op
+
+extern	ie_gsym()
+pointer	gt_opentext()
+int	locpr(), gt_rawtok(), gt_nexttok()
+errchk	gt_opentext, gt_rawtok
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (tokbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call aclri (ops, MAX_OPERANDS)
+	gt = gt_opentext (expr, locpr(ie_gsym), st, 0, GT_NOFILE+GT_NOCOMMAND)
+
+	# This assumes that operand names are the letters "a" to "z".
+	while (gt_rawtok (gt, Memc[tokbuf], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+	    ch = Memc[tokbuf]
+	    if (IS_LOWER(ch) && Memc[tokbuf+1] == EOS)
+		if (gt_nexttok (gt) != '(')
+		    ops[ch-'a'+1] = 1
+	}
+
+	call gt_close (gt)
+
+	op = 1
+	noperands = 0
+	do i = 1, MAX_OPERANDS
+	    if (ops[i] != 0 && op < maxch) {
+		oplist[op] = 'a' + i - 1
+		op = op + 1
+		oplist[op] = EOS
+		op = op + 1
+		noperands = noperands + 1
+	    }
+
+	oplist[op] = EOS
+	op = op + 1
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (noperands)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imfuncs.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imfuncs.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b63bea59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imfuncs.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,786 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# IF_LOG10 -- Compute the base 10 logarithm of image1 and write the results to
+# image2.
+
+procedure if_log10$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+PIXEL	if_elog$t()
+extern	if_elog$t()
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call alog$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix, if_elog$t)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELOG -- The error function for log10. Note that MAX_EXPONENT is
+# currently an integer so it is converted to the appropriate data type
+# before being returned.
+
+PIXEL procedure if_elog$t (x)
+
+PIXEL	x				# the input pixel value
+
+begin
+	return (PIXEL(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
+
+# IF_ALOG10 -- Take the power of 10 of image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_alog10$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_va10$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VA10 -- Take the antilog (base 10) of a vector.
+
+procedure if_va10$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of points
+
+int	i
+PIXEL	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = MAX_EXPONENT
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	   if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	   else if (a[i] <= (-maxexp))
+		b[i] = 0$f
+	   else
+		b[i] = 10$f ** a[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_LN -- Take the natural log of the pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2. 
+
+procedure if_ln$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+
+PIXEL	if_eln$t()
+extern	if_eln$t()
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call alln$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix, if_eln$t)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELN -- The error function for the natural logarithm.
+
+PIXEL	procedure if_eln$t (x)
+
+PIXEL	x				# input value
+
+begin
+	return (PIXEL (LN_10) * PIXEL(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
+
+# IF_ALN -- Take the natural antilog of the pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_aln$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_valn$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VALN -- Take the natural antilog of a vector.
+
+procedure if_valn$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]			# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]			# the output vector
+int	n			# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+PIXEL	maxexp, maxval, eval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10$f ** PIXEL (MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+	eval = PIXEL (BASE_E)
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	   if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	   else if (a[i] <= -maxexp)
+		b[i] = 0$f
+	   else
+		b[i] = eval ** a[i]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_SQR -- Take the square root of pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2.
+
+procedure if_sqr$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+PIXEL	if_esqr$t()
+extern	if_esqr$t()
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call asqr$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix, if_esqr$t)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ESQR -- Error function for the square root.
+
+PIXEL procedure if_esqr$t (x)
+
+PIXEL	x			        # input value
+
+begin
+	return (0$f)
+end
+
+
+# IF_SQUARE -- Take the square of the pixels in image1 and write to image2. 
+procedure if_square$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# the input image pointer
+pointer	im2				# the output image pointer
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call apowk$t (Mem$t[buf1], 2, Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_CBRT -- Take the cube root of the pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2. 
+
+procedure if_cbrt$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vcbrt$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VCBRT -- Compute the cube root of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vcbrt$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]			# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]			# the output vector
+int	n			# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+PIXEL	onethird
+
+begin
+	onethird = 1$f / 3$f
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] >= 0$f) {
+	        b[i] = a[i] ** onethird
+	    } else {
+		b[i] = -a[i]
+	        b[i] = - (b[i] ** onethird)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_CUBE  -- Take the cube of the pixels in image1 and write the results to
+# image2. 
+
+procedure if_cube$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call apowk$t (Mem$t[buf1], 3, Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_COS -- Take cosine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_cos$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vcos$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VCOS - Compute the cosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vcos$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = cos(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_SIN -- Take sine of the pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_sin$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vsin$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VSIN - Take the sine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vsin$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = sin(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_TAN -- Take tangent of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_tan$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vtan$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VTAN - Take the tangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vtan$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n 
+	    b[i] = tan(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_ACOS -- Take arccosine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_acos$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vacos$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VACOS - Take the arccosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vacos$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] > 1$f)
+		b[i] = acos (1$f)
+	    else if (a[i] < -1$f)
+		b[i] = acos (-1$f)
+	    else
+	        b[i] = acos(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_ASIN -- Take arcsine of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2.
+
+procedure if_asin$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vasin$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VASIN - Take arcsine of vector
+
+procedure if_vasin$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]
+PIXEL	b[n]
+int	n
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] > 1$f)
+		b[i] = asin (1$f)
+	    else if (a[i] < -1$f)
+		b[i] = asin (-1$f)
+	    else
+	        b[i] = asin(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_ATAN -- Take arctangent of pixels in image1 and write the results to
+# image2.
+
+procedure if_atan$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vatan$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VATAN - Take the arctangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vatan$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]
+PIXEL	b[n]
+int	n
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = atan(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_HCOS -- Take the hyperbolic cosine of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_hcos$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhcos$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHCOS - Take the hyperbolic cosine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhcos$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+PIXEL	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10$f ** PIXEL(MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (abs (a[i]) >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	    else
+	        b[i] = cosh (a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_HSIN -- Take the hyperbolic sine of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_hsin$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhsin$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHSIN - Take the hyperbolic sine of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhsin$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+PIXEL	maxexp, maxval
+
+begin
+	maxexp = log (10$f ** PIXEL(MAX_EXPONENT))
+	maxval = MAX_REAL
+
+	do i = 1, n {
+	    if (a[i] >= maxexp)
+		b[i] = maxval
+	    else if (a[i] <= -maxexp)
+		b[i] = -maxval
+	    else
+	        b[i] = sinh(a[i])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IF_HTAN -- Take the hyperbolic tangent of pixels in image1 and write the
+# results to image2.
+
+procedure if_htan$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call if_vhtan$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_VHTAN - Take the hyperbolic tangent of a vector.
+
+procedure if_vhtan$t (a, b, n)
+
+PIXEL	a[n]				# the input vector
+PIXEL	b[n]				# the output vector
+int	n				# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, n
+	    b[i] = tanh(a[i])
+end
+
+
+# IF_RECIP -- Take the reciprocal of the pixels in image1 and write the 
+# results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_recip$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+PIXEL	if_erecip$t()
+extern	if_erecip$t()
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call arcz$t (1.0, Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix, if_erecip$t)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ERECIP -- Error function for the reciprocal computation.
+
+PIXEL procedure if_erecip$t (x)
+
+PIXEL	x
+
+begin
+	return (0$f)
+end
+
+$endfor
+
+$for (lrd)
+
+# IF_ABS -- Take the absolute value of pixels in image1 and write the results
+# to image2.
+
+procedure if_abs$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call aabs$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+
+# IF_NEG -- Take negative of pixels in image1 and write the results to image2. 
+
+procedure if_neg$t (im1, im2)
+
+pointer	im1				# pointer to the input image
+pointer	im2				# pointer to the output image
+
+int	npix
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	while ((imgnl$t (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) &&
+	    (impnl$t (im2, buf2, v2) != EOF))
+	    call aneg$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imfunction.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imfunction.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08c4813a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imfunction.x
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+define	IF_LOG10	1
+define	IF_ALOG10	2
+define	IF_LN		3
+define	IF_ALN		4
+define	IF_SQRT		5
+define	IF_SQUARE	6
+define	IF_CBRT		7
+define	IF_CUBE		8
+define	IF_ABS		9
+define	IF_NEG		10
+define	IF_COS		11
+define	IF_SIN		12
+define	IF_TAN		13
+define	IF_ACOS		14
+define	IF_ASIN		15
+define	IF_ATAN		16
+define	IF_COSH		17
+define	IF_SINH		18
+define	IF_TANH		19
+define	IF_RECIPROCAL	20
+
+define	FUNCS	"|log10|alog10|ln|aln|sqrt|square|cbrt|cube|abs|neg|\
+cos|sin|tan|acos|asin|atan|hcos|hsin|htan|reciprocal|"
+
+# T_FUNCTION -- Apply a function to a list of images.
+
+procedure t_imfunction ()
+
+pointer	input			# input images
+pointer	output			# output images
+int	func			# function
+int	verbose			# verbose mode
+
+int	list1, list2
+pointer	sp, image1, image2, image3, function, im1, im2
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgwrd(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), btoi()
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image3, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (function, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get image template list.
+
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[input], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_LINE)
+	func = clgwrd ("function", Memc[function], SZ_FNAME, FUNCS)
+	verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+
+	list1 = imtopen (Memc[input])
+	list2 = imtopen (Memc[output])
+	if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call error (1, "Input and output image lists don't match")
+	}
+
+	# Apply function to each input image.  Optimize IMIO.
+
+	while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[image3],
+	        SZ_FNAME)
+	    im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    if (IM_PIXTYPE(im1) == TY_COMPLEX) {
+		call printf ("%s is datatype complex: skipping\n")
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		next
+	    }
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	    switch (func) {
+	    case IF_LOG10:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_log10d (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_log10r (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_ALOG10:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_alog10d (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_alog10r (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_LN:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_lnd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_lnr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_ALN:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_alnd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_alnr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_SQRT:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_sqrd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_sqrr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_SQUARE:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_squared (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_squarer (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_CBRT:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_cbrtd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_cbrtr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_CUBE:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_cubed (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_cuber (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_ABS:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		    call if_absl (im1, im2)
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    call if_absd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+		    call if_absr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_NEG:
+		# Preserve the original image type.
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		    call if_negl (im1, im2)
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    call if_negd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+		    call if_negr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_COS:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_cosd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_cosr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_SIN:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_sind (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_sinr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_TAN:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_tand (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_tanr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_ACOS:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_acosd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_acosr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_ASIN:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_asind (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_asinr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_ATAN:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_atand (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_atanr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_COSH:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_hcosd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_hcosr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_SINH:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_hsind (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_hsinr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_TANH:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_htand (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_htanr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    case IF_RECIPROCAL:
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_DOUBLE
+		    call if_recipd (im1, im2)
+		default:
+	            IM_PIXTYPE (im2) = TY_REAL
+		    call if_recipr (im1, im2)
+		}
+
+	    default:
+		call error (0, "Undefined function\n")
+
+	    }
+
+	    if (verbose == YES) {
+		call printf ("%s -> %s  function: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image3])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[function])
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[image3])
+
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imgets.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imgets.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c05c14ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imgets.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+
+# IMGETS -- Get the value of an image header parameter as a character string.
+# The value is returned as a CL parameter of type string; the type coercion
+# facilities of the CL may be used to convert to a different datatype if
+# desired.
+
+procedure t_imgets()
+
+pointer	sp, im
+pointer	image, param, value
+pointer	immap()
+int	ip, op, stridxs()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (param, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+
+	call clgstr ("image", Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("param", Memc[param], SZ_LINE)
+
+	im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	iferr (call imgstr (im, Memc[param], Memc[value], SZ_LINE)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    call clpstr ("value", "0")
+	} else {
+	    # Check for special case of string with double quotes.
+	    if (stridxs ("\"", Memc[value]) != 0) {
+		op = param
+		for (ip=value; Memc[ip]!=EOS; ip=ip+1) {
+		    if (Memc[ip] == '"') {
+		        Memc[op] = '\\'
+			op = op + 1
+		    }
+		    Memc[op] = Memc[ip]
+		    op = op + 1
+		}
+		Memc[op] = EOS
+	        call clpstr ("value", Memc[param])
+	    } else
+	        call clpstr ("value", Memc[value])
+	}
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imheader.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imheader.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57c496fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imheader.x
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<imio.h>
+include	<time.h>
+
+define	SZ_DIMSTR	(IM_MAXDIM*4)
+define	SZ_MMSTR	40
+define	USER_AREA	Memc[($1+IMU-1)*SZ_STRUCT + 1]
+define	LMARGIN		0
+
+
+# IMHEADER -- Read contents of an image header and print on STDOUT.
+
+procedure t_imheader()
+
+int	list, nimages, errcode
+bool	long_format, user_fields
+pointer	sp, template, image, errmsg
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgeti(), errget()
+bool	clgetb()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (errmsg, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (template, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (clgeti ("$nargs") == 0)
+	    call clgstr ("imlist", Memc[template], SZ_LINE)
+	else
+	    call clgstr ("images", Memc[template], SZ_LINE)
+
+	list = imtopen (Memc[template])
+	long_format = clgetb ("longheader")
+	user_fields = clgetb ("userfields")
+	nimages = 0
+
+	if (imtlen (list) <= 0)
+	    call printf ("no images found\n")
+	else {
+	    while (imtgetim (list, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		nimages = nimages + 1
+		if (long_format && nimages > 1)
+		    call putci (STDOUT, '\n')
+		iferr {
+		    call imphdr (STDOUT,Memc[image],long_format,user_fields)
+		} then {
+		    errcode = errget (Memc[errmsg], SZ_LINE)
+		    call eprintf ("%s: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[image])
+			call pargstr (Memc[errmsg])
+		}
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMPHDR -- Print the contents of an image header.
+
+procedure imphdr (fd, image, long_format, user_fields)
+
+int	fd
+char	image[ARB]
+bool	long_format
+bool	user_fields
+
+int	hi, i
+bool	pixfile_ok
+pointer	im, sp, ctime, mtime, ldim, pdim, title, lbuf, ip
+int	gstrcpy(), stropen(), getline(), strlen(), stridxs(), imstati()
+errchk	im_fmt_dimensions, immap, access, stropen, getline
+define	done_ 91
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate automatic buffers.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ctime, SZ_TIME,   TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (mtime, SZ_TIME,   TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ldim,  SZ_DIMSTR, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (pdim,  SZ_DIMSTR, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_LINE,   TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lbuf,  SZ_LINE,   TY_CHAR)
+
+	im = immap (image, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# Format subscript strings, date strings, mininum and maximum
+	# pixel values.
+
+	call im_fmt_dimensions (im, Memc[ldim], SZ_DIMSTR, IM_LEN(im,1))
+	call im_fmt_dimensions (im, Memc[pdim], SZ_DIMSTR, IM_PHYSLEN(im,1))
+	call cnvtime (IM_CTIME(im), Memc[ctime], SZ_TIME)
+	call cnvtime (IM_MTIME(im), Memc[mtime], SZ_TIME)
+
+	# Strip any trailing whitespace from the title string.
+	ip = title + gstrcpy (IM_TITLE(im), Memc[title], SZ_LINE) - 1
+	while (ip >= title && IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]) || Memc[ip] == '\n')
+	    ip = ip - 1
+	Memc[ip+1] = EOS
+
+	# Begin printing image header.
+	call fprintf (fd, "%s%s[%s]: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (IM_NAME(im))
+	    call pargstr (Memc[ldim])
+	    call pargtype (IM_PIXTYPE(im))
+	    call pargstr (Memc[title])
+
+	# All done if not long format.
+	if (! long_format)
+	    goto done_
+
+	call fprintf (fd, "%*w%s bad pixels, min=%s, max=%s%s\n")
+	    call pargi (LMARGIN)
+	    if (IM_NBPIX(im) == 0)			# num bad pixels
+		call pargstr ("No")
+	    else
+		call pargl (IM_NBPIX(im))
+
+	    if (IM_LIMTIME(im) == 0) {			# min,max pixel values
+		do i = 1, 2
+		    call pargstr ("unknown")
+		call pargstr ("")
+	    } else {
+		call pargr (IM_MIN(im))
+		call pargr (IM_MAX(im))
+		if (IM_LIMTIME(im) < IM_MTIME(im))
+		    call pargstr (" (old)")
+		else
+		    call pargstr ("")
+	    }
+
+	call fprintf (fd,
+	    "%*w%s storage mode, physdim %s, length of user area %d s.u.\n")
+	    call pargi (LMARGIN)
+	    call pargstr ("Line")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[pdim])
+	    call pargi (IM_HDRLEN(im) - LEN_IMHDR)
+
+	call fprintf (fd, "%*wCreated %s, Last modified %s\n")
+	    call pargi (LMARGIN)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[ctime])			# times
+	    call pargstr (Memc[mtime])
+
+	pixfile_ok = (imstati (im, IM_PIXFD) > 0)
+	if (!pixfile_ok) {
+	    ifnoerr (call imopsf (im))
+		pixfile_ok = (imstati (im, IM_PIXFD) > 0)
+	    if (pixfile_ok)
+		call close (imstati (im, IM_PIXFD))
+	}
+	if (pixfile_ok)
+	    call strcpy ("[ok]", Memc[lbuf], SZ_LINE)
+	else
+	    call strcpy ("[NO PIXEL FILE]", Memc[lbuf], SZ_LINE)
+
+	call fprintf (fd, "%*wPixel file \"%s\" %s\n")
+	    call pargi (LMARGIN)
+	    call pargstr (IM_PIXFILE(im))
+	    call pargstr (Memc[lbuf])
+
+	# Print the history records.
+	if (strlen (IM_HISTORY(im)) > 1) {
+	    hi = stropen (IM_HISTORY(im), ARB, READ_ONLY)
+	    while (getline (hi, Memc[lbuf]) != EOF) {
+		for (i=1;  i <= LMARGIN;  i=i+1)
+		    call putci (fd, ' ')
+		call putline (fd, Memc[lbuf])
+		if (stridxs ("\n", Memc[lbuf]) == 0)
+		    call putline (fd, "\n")
+	    }
+	    call close (hi)
+	}
+
+	if (user_fields)
+	    call imh_print_user_area (fd, im)
+
+done_
+	call imunmap (im)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IM_FMT_DIMENSIONS -- Format the image dimensions in the form of a subscript,
+# i.e., "[nx,ny,nz,...]".
+
+procedure im_fmt_dimensions (im, outstr, maxch, len_axes)
+
+pointer	im
+char	outstr[ARB]
+int	maxch, i, fd, stropen()
+long	len_axes[ARB]
+errchk	stropen, fprintf, pargl
+
+begin
+	fd = stropen (outstr, maxch, NEW_FILE)
+
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) == 0) {
+	    call fprintf (fd, "[0")
+	} else {
+	    call fprintf (fd, "[%d")
+	        call pargl (len_axes[1])
+	}
+
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(im) {
+	    call fprintf (fd, ",%d")
+		call pargl (len_axes[i])
+	}
+
+	call fprintf (fd, "]")
+	call close (fd)
+end
+
+
+# PARGTYPE -- Convert an integer type code into a string, and output the
+# string with PARGSTR to FMTIO.
+
+procedure pargtype (dtype)
+
+int	dtype
+
+begin
+	switch (dtype) {
+	case TY_UBYTE:
+	    call pargstr ("ubyte")
+	case TY_BOOL:
+	    call pargstr ("bool")
+	case TY_CHAR:
+	    call pargstr ("char")
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    call pargstr ("short")
+	case TY_USHORT:
+	    call pargstr ("ushort")
+	case TY_INT:
+	    call pargstr ("int")
+	case TY_LONG:
+	    call pargstr ("long")
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    call pargstr ("real")
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    call pargstr ("double")
+	case TY_COMPLEX:
+	    call pargstr ("complex")
+	case TY_POINTER:
+	    call pargstr ("pointer")
+	case TY_STRUCT:
+	    call pargstr ("struct")
+	default:
+	    call pargstr ("unknown datatype")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMH_PRINT_USER_AREA -- Print the user area of the image, if nonzero length
+# and it contains only ascii values.
+
+procedure imh_print_user_area (out, im)
+
+int	out			# output file
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+
+pointer	sp, lbuf, ip
+int	in, ncols, min_lenuserarea, i
+int	stropen(), getline(), envgeti()
+errchk	stropen, envgeti, getline, putci, putline
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open user area in header.
+	min_lenuserarea = (LEN_IMDES + IM_LENHDRMEM(im) - IMU) * SZ_STRUCT - 1
+	in = stropen (USER_AREA(im), min_lenuserarea, READ_ONLY)
+	ncols = envgeti ("ttyncols") - LMARGIN
+
+	# Copy header records to the output, stripping any trailing
+	# whitespace and clipping at the right margin.
+
+	while (getline (in, Memc[lbuf]) != EOF) {
+	    for (ip=lbuf;  Memc[ip] != EOS && Memc[ip] != '\n';  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    while (ip > lbuf && Memc[ip-1] == ' ')
+		ip = ip - 1
+	    if (ip - lbuf > ncols)
+		ip = lbuf + ncols 
+	    Memc[ip] = '\n'
+	    Memc[ip+1] = EOS
+	    
+	    for (i=1;  i <= LMARGIN;  i=i+1)
+		call putci (out, ' ')
+	    call putline (out, Memc[lbuf])
+	}
+
+	call close (in)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imhistogram.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imhistogram.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b62233b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imhistogram.x
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+
+define	SZ_CHOICE	18
+
+define	HIST_TYPES	"|normal|cumulative|difference|second_difference|"
+define	NORMAL		1
+define	CUMULATIVE	2
+define	DIFFERENCE	3
+define	SECOND_DIFF	4
+
+define	PLOT_TYPES	"|line|box|"
+define	LINE		1
+define	BOX		2
+
+define	SZ_TITLE	512		# plot title buffer
+
+# IMHISTOGRAM -- Compute and plot the histogram of an image.
+
+procedure t_imhistogram()
+
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM]
+real	z1, z2, dz, z1temp, z2temp, zstart
+int	npix, nbins, nbins1, nlevels, nwide, z1i, z2i, i, maxch, histtype
+pointer gp, im, sp, hgm, hgmr, buf, image, device, str, title, op
+
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	immap(), gopen()
+int	clgeti(), clgwrd()
+int	imgnlr(), imgnli()
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_CHOICE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the image name.
+	call clgstr ("image", Memc[image], SZ_LINE)
+	im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	npix = IM_LEN(im,1)
+
+	# Get histogram range.
+	z1 = clgetr ("z1")
+	z2 = clgetr ("z2")
+
+	if (IS_INDEFR(z1) || IS_INDEFR(z2)) {
+
+	    if (IM_LIMTIME(im) >= IM_MTIME(im)) {
+		z1temp = IM_MIN(im)
+		z2temp = IM_MAX(im)
+	    } else
+		call im_minmax (im, z1temp, z2temp)
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(z1))
+		z1 = z1temp
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(z2))
+		z2 = z2temp
+	}
+
+	if (z1 > z2) {
+	    dz = z1;  z1 = z2;  z2 = dz
+	}
+
+	# Get default histogram resolution.
+	dz = clgetr ("binwidth")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(dz))
+	    nbins = clgeti ("nbins")
+	else {
+	    nbins = nint ((z2 - z1) / dz)
+	    z2 = z1 + nbins * dz
+	}
+
+	# Set the limits for integer images.
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+	case TY_SHORT, TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+	    z1i = nint (z1)
+	    z2i = nint (z2)
+	    z1 = real (z1i)
+	    z2 = real (z2i)
+	}
+
+	# Adjust the resolution of the histogram and/or the data range
+	# so that an integral number of data values map into each
+	# histogram bin (to avoid aliasing effects).
+
+	if (clgetb ("autoscale"))
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+	    case TY_SHORT, TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		nlevels = z2i - z1i
+		nwide = max (1, nint (real (nlevels) / real (nbins)))
+		nbins = max (1, nint (real (nlevels) / real (nwide)))
+		z2i = z1i + nbins * nwide
+		z2 = real (z2i)
+	    }
+
+	# The extra bin counts the pixels that equal z2 and shifts the
+	# remaining bins to evenly cover the interval [z1,z2].
+	# Real numbers could be handled better - perhaps adjust z2
+	# upward by ~ EPSILONR (in ahgm itself).
+
+	nbins1 = nbins + 1
+
+	# Initialize the histogram buffer and image line vector.
+	call salloc (hgm,  nbins1, TY_INT)
+	call aclri  (Memi[hgm], nbins1)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Read successive lines of the image and accumulate the histogram.
+
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+	case TY_SHORT, TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+	    # Test for constant valued image, which causes zero divide in ahgm.
+	    if (z1i == z2i) {
+	        call eprintf ("Warning: Image `%s' has no data range.\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	        call imunmap (im)
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	        return
+	    }
+
+	    while (imgnli (im, buf, v) != EOF) 
+		call ahgmi (Memi[buf], npix, Memi[hgm], nbins1, z1i, z2i)
+
+	default:
+	    # Test for constant valued image, which causes zero divide in ahgm.
+	    if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	        call eprintf ("Warning: Image `%s' has no data range.\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	        call imunmap (im)
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	        return
+	    }
+
+	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, v) != EOF)
+		call ahgmr (Memr[buf], npix, Memi[hgm], nbins1, z1, z2)
+	}
+
+	# "Correct" the topmost bin for pixels that equal z2.  Each
+	# histogram bin really wants to be half open.
+
+	if (clgetb ("top_closed"))
+	    Memi[hgm+nbins-1] = Memi[hgm+nbins-1] + Memi[hgm+nbins1-1]
+
+	dz = (z2 - z1) / real (nbins)
+
+	histtype = clgwrd ("hist_type", Memc[str], SZ_CHOICE, HIST_TYPES)
+
+	switch (histtype) {
+	case NORMAL:
+	    # do nothing
+	case CUMULATIVE:
+	    call ih_acumi (Memi[hgm], Memi[hgm], nbins)
+	case DIFFERENCE:
+	    call ih_amrgi (Memi[hgm], Memi[hgm], nbins)
+	    z1 = z1 + dz / 2.
+	    z2 = z2 - dz / 2.
+	    nbins = nbins - 1
+	case SECOND_DIFF:
+	    call ih_amrgi (Memi[hgm], Memi[hgm], nbins)
+	    call ih_amrgi (Memi[hgm], Memi[hgm], nbins-1)
+	    z1 = z1 + dz
+	    z2 = z2 - dz
+	    nbins = nbins - 2
+	default:
+	    call error (1, "bad switch 1")
+	}
+
+	# List or plot the histogram.  In list format, the bin value is the
+	# z value of the left side (start) of the bin.
+
+	if (clgetb ("listout")) {
+	    zstart = z1 + dz / 2.0
+	    do i = 1, nbins {
+		call printf ("%g %d\n")
+		    call pargr (zstart)
+		    call pargi (Memi[hgm+i-1])
+		zstart = zstart + dz
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    call salloc (device, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call salloc (title, SZ_TITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	    call salloc (hgmr, nbins, TY_REAL)
+	    call achtir (Memi[hgm], Memr[hgmr], nbins)
+
+	    call clgstr ("device", Memc[device], SZ_FNAME)
+	    gp = gopen (Memc[device], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+	    if (clgetb ("logy"))
+		call gseti (gp, G_YTRAN, GW_LOG)
+	    call gswind (gp, z1, z2, INDEF, INDEF)
+	    call gascale (gp, Memr[hgmr], nbins, 2)
+
+	    # Format the plot title, starting with the system banner.
+	    call sysid (Memc[title], SZ_TITLE)
+	    for (op=title;  Memc[op] != '\n' && Memc[op] != EOS;  op=op+1)
+		;
+	    Memc[op] = '\n';  op = op + 1
+	    maxch = SZ_TITLE - (op - title)
+
+	    # Format the remainder of the plot title.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[op], maxch,
+		"%s of %s = %s\nFrom z1=%g to z2=%g, nbins=%d, width=%g")
+		switch (histtype) {
+		case NORMAL:
+		    call pargstr ("Histogram")
+		case CUMULATIVE:
+		    call pargstr ("Cumulative histogram")
+		case DIFFERENCE:
+		    call pargstr ("Difference histogram")
+		case SECOND_DIFF:
+		    call pargstr ("Second difference histogram")
+		default:
+		    call error (1, "bad switch 3")
+		}
+
+		call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+		call pargr (z1)
+		call pargr (z2)
+		call pargi (nbins)
+		call pargr (dz)
+
+	    # Draw the plot.  Center the bins for plot_type=line.
+	    call glabax (gp, Memc[title], "", "")
+
+	    switch (clgwrd ("plot_type", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, PLOT_TYPES)) {
+	    case LINE:
+		call gvline (gp, Memr[hgmr], nbins, z1 + dz/2., z2 - dz/2.)
+	    case BOX:
+		call hgline (gp, Memr[hgmr], nbins, z1, z2)
+	    default:
+		call error (1, "bad switch 2")
+	    }
+
+	    call gclose (gp)
+	}
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HGLINE -- Draw a stepped curve of the histogram data.
+
+procedure hgline (gp, ydata, npts, x1, x2)
+
+pointer	gp		# Graphics descriptor
+real	ydata[ARB]	# Y coordinates of the line endpoints
+int	npts		# Number of line endpoints
+real	x1, x2
+
+int	pixel
+real	x, y, dx
+
+begin
+	dx = (x2 - x1) / npts
+
+	# Do the first horizontal line
+	x = x1
+	y = ydata[1]
+	call gamove (gp, x, y)
+	x = x + dx
+	call gadraw (gp, x, y)
+
+	do pixel = 2, npts {
+	    x = x1 + dx * (pixel - 1)
+	    y = ydata[pixel]
+	    # vertical connection
+	    call gadraw (gp, x, y)
+	    # horizontal line
+	    call gadraw (gp, x + dx, y)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# These two routines are intended to be generic vops routines.  Only
+# the integer versions are included since that's all that's used here.
+
+# <NOT IMPLEMENTED!>  The operation is carried out in such a way that
+# the result is the same whether or not the output vector overlaps
+# (partially) the input vector.  The routines WILL work in place!
+
+# ACUM -- Compute a cumulative vector (generic).  Should b[1] be zero?
+
+procedure ih_acumi (a, b, npix)
+
+int	a[ARB], b[ARB]
+int	npix, i
+
+# int	npix, i, a_first, b_first
+
+begin
+#	call zlocva (a, a_first)
+#	call zlocva (b, b_first)
+#
+#	if (b_first <= a_first) {
+	    # Shouldn't use output arguments internally,
+	    # but no reason to use this routine unsafely.
+	    b[1] = a[1]
+	    do i = 2, npix
+		b[i] = b[i-1] + a[i]
+#	} else {
+	    # overlapping solution not implemented yet!
+#	}
+end
+
+
+# AMRG -- Compute a marginal (forward difference) vector (generic).
+
+procedure ih_amrgi (a, b, npix)
+
+int	a[ARB], b[ARB]
+int	npix, i
+
+# int	npix, i, a_first, b_first
+
+begin
+#	call zlocva (a, a_first)
+#	call zlocva (b, b_first)
+#
+#	if (b_first <= a_first) {
+	    do i = 1, npix-1
+		b[i] = a[i+1] - a[i]
+	    b[npix] = 0
+#	} else {
+	    # overlapping solution not implemented yet!
+#	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imjoin.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imjoin.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a6dbde7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imjoin.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+define	VPTR		Memi[$1+$2-1]	# Array of axis vector pointers
+
+$for (silrdx)
+
+# IMJOIN -- Join the set of input images into an output image along the
+# specified axis, any dimension.
+
+procedure imjoin$t (inptr, nimages, out, joindim, outtype)
+
+pointer	inptr[nimages]		#I Input IMIO pointers
+int	nimages			#I Number of input images
+pointer	out			#I Output IMIO pointer
+int	joindim			#I Dimension along which to join images
+int	outtype			#I Output datatype
+
+int	i, image, line, nlines, nbands, stat, cum_len
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, in, inbuf, outbuf
+
+pointer	imgnl$t()
+pointer	impnl$t()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Initialize the v vectors.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do image = 1, nimages {
+	    call salloc (VPTR(vin,image), IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[VPTR(vin,image)], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Join input images along the specified dimension. Joins along
+	# columns and lines require processing in special order, all others
+	# in the same order.  In the first two cases we process all input
+	# images in inner loops, so we have to keep all those image
+	# descriptors open.
+
+	switch (joindim) {
+	case 1:						# join columns
+	    nlines = 1
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nlines {
+		stat = impnl$t (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		cum_len = 0
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    stat = imgnl$t (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[inbuf], Mem$t[outbuf+cum_len],
+			    IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    cum_len = cum_len + IM_LEN(in,1)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case 2:						# join lines
+	    nbands = 1
+	    do i = 3, IM_NDIM(out)
+		nbands = nbands * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    do i = 1, nbands {
+		do image = 1, nimages {
+		    in = inptr[image]
+		    do line = 1, IM_LEN(in,2) {
+			stat = impnl$t (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+			stat = imgnl$t (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+			call amov$t (Mem$t[inbuf], Mem$t[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	default:					# join bands or higher
+	    do image = 1, nimages {
+		in = inptr[image]
+		nlines = 1
+		do i = 2, IM_NDIM(in)
+		    nlines = nlines * IM_LEN(in,i)
+		do i = 1, nlines {
+		    stat = impnl$t (out, outbuf, Meml[vout])
+		    stat = imgnl$t (in, inbuf, Meml[VPTR(vin,image)])
+		    call amov$t (Mem$t[inbuf], Mem$t[outbuf], IM_LEN(in,1))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imminmax.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imminmax.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78daff61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imminmax.x
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IM_MINMAX -- Compute the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image.
+# Works for images of any dimensionality, size, or datatype, although
+# the min and max values can currently only be stored in the image header
+# as real values.
+
+procedure im_minmax (im, min_value, max_value)
+
+pointer	im				# image descriptor
+real	min_value			# minimum pixel value in image (out)
+real	max_value			# maximum pixel value in image (out)
+
+pointer	buf
+bool	first_line
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM]
+short	minval_s, maxval_s
+long	minval_l, maxval_l
+real	minval_r, maxval_r
+int	imgnls(), imgnll(), imgnlr()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, IM_MAXDIM)		# start vector
+	first_line = true
+	min_value = INDEF
+	max_value = INDEF
+
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    while (imgnls (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call alims (Mems[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_s, maxval_s)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    min_value = minval_s
+		    max_value = maxval_s
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (minval_s < min_value)
+			min_value = minval_s
+		    if (maxval_s > max_value)
+			max_value = maxval_s
+		}
+	    }
+	case TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+	    while (imgnll (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call aliml (Meml[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_l, maxval_l)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    min_value = minval_l
+		    max_value = maxval_l
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (minval_l < min_value)
+			min_value = minval_l
+		    if (maxval_l > max_value)
+			max_value = maxval_l
+		}
+	    }
+	default:
+	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call alimr (Memr[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_r, maxval_r)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    min_value = minval_r
+		    max_value = maxval_r
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (minval_r < min_value)
+			min_value = minval_r
+		    if (maxval_r > max_value)
+			max_value = maxval_r
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imrep.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imrep.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89ce581b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imrep.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+
+$for (silrdx)
+
+# IMREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value.
+
+procedure imrep$t (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	npix, junk
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	ilower
+$endif
+PIXEL	floor, ceil, newval
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+	    
+$if (datatype == sil)
+bool	fp_equalr()
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	$if (datatype == x)
+	newval = complex (value, img)
+	$else
+	newval = double (value)
+	$endif
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnl$t (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovk$t (newval, Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    $else
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    $endif
+	    while (imgnl$t (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnl$t (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amov$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+		call arle$t (Mem$t[buf2], npix, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    $else
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    $endif
+	    while (imgnl$t (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnl$t (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amov$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+		call arge$t (Mem$t[buf2], npix, floor, newval)
+	    }
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    $else
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    $endif
+	    while (imgnl$t (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnl$t (im, buf2, v2)
+		call amov$t (Mem$t[buf1], Mem$t[buf2], npix)
+		call arep$t (Mem$t[buf2], npix, floor, ceil, newval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IMRREP -- Replace pixels in an image between lower and upper by value
+# and a radius around those pixels.
+
+procedure imrrep$t (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+
+
+pointer	im				# Image descriptor
+real	lower, upper			# Range to be replaced
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	img				# Imaginary value for complex
+
+pointer	buf, buf1, buf2, ptr
+int	i, j, k, l, nc, nl, nradius, nbufs
+$if (datatype == sil)
+real	ilower
+$endif
+PIXEL	floor, ceil, newval, val1, val2
+$if (datatype == x)
+real	abs_floor, abs_ceil
+$endif
+real	radius2, y2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]	# IMIO vectors
+int	imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+$if (datatype == sil)
+bool	fp_equalr()
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	nc = IM_LEN(im, 1)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) > 1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	else
+	    nl = 1
+	$if (datatype == x)
+	newval = complex (value, img)
+	$else
+	newval = double (value)
+	$endif
+
+	# If both lower and upper are INDEF then replace all pixels by value.
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lower) && IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    while (impnl$t (im, buf2, v2) != EOF)
+	        call amovk$t (newval, Mem$t[buf2], nc)
+	    return
+	
+	# If lower is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (lower)) {
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    floor = -MAX_PIXEL
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    $else $if (datatype == x)
+	    floor = 0
+	    ceil = real (upper)
+	    abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	    abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+	    $else
+	    floor = -MAX_PIXEL
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    $endif $endif
+
+	# If upper is INDEF then all pixels below upper are replaced by value.
+	} else if (IS_INDEFR (upper)) {
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = MAX_PIXEL
+	    $else $if (datatype == x)
+	    floor = real (lower)
+	    ceil = MAX_REAL
+	    abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	    abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+	    $else
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = MAX_PIXEL
+	    $endif $endif
+
+	# Replace pixels between lower and upper by value.
+	} else {
+	    $if (datatype == sil)
+	    ilower = int (lower)
+	    if (fp_equalr(lower,ilower))
+	        floor = int (lower)
+	    else
+	        floor = int (lower+1.0)
+	    ceil = int (upper)
+	    $else $if (datatype == x)
+	    floor = real (lower)
+	    ceil = real (upper)
+	    abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	    abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+	    $else
+	    floor = double (lower)
+	    ceil = double (upper)
+	    $endif $endif
+	}
+
+	# Initialize buffering.
+	radius2 = radius * radius
+	nradius = int (radius)
+	nbufs = min (1 + 2 * nradius, nl)
+	call calloc (buf, nc*nbufs, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	while (imgnl$t (im, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	    j = v1[2] - 1
+	    buf2 = buf + mod (j, nbufs) * nc
+	    do i = 1, nc {
+		val1 = Mem$t[buf1]
+		val2 = Mem$t[buf2]
+		$if (datatype == x)
+		if ((abs (val1) >= abs_floor) && (abs (val1) <= abs_ceil)) {
+		$else
+		if ((val1 >= floor) && (val1 <= ceil)) {
+		$endif
+		    do k = max(1,j-nradius), min (nl,j+nradius) {
+			ptr = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc - 1
+			y2 = (k - j) ** 2
+			do l = max(1,i-nradius), min (nc,i+nradius) {
+			    if ((l-i)**2 + y2 > radius2)
+				next
+			    Mem$t[ptr+l] = INDEF
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!IS_INDEF(val2))
+			Mem$t[buf2] = val1
+		}
+		buf1 = buf1 + 1
+		buf2 = buf2 + 1
+	    }
+
+	    if (j > nradius) {
+		while (impnl$t (im, buf2, v2) != EOF) {
+		    k = v2[2] - 1
+		    buf1 = buf + mod (k, nbufs) * nc
+		    do i = 1, nc {
+			val1 = Mem$t[buf1]
+			if (IS_INDEF(Mem$t[buf1]))
+			    Mem$t[buf2] = newval
+			else
+			    Mem$t[buf2] = val1
+			Mem$t[buf1] = 0.
+			buf1 = buf1 + 1
+			buf2 = buf2 + 1
+		    }
+		    if (j != nl)
+			break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (buf, TY_PIXEL)
+end
+
+
+# AREP -- Replace array values which are between floor and ceil by value.
+
+procedure arep$t (a, npts, floor, ceil, newval)
+
+PIXEL	a[npts]				# Input arrays
+int	npts				# Number of points
+PIXEL	floor, ceil			# Replacement limits
+PIXEL	newval				# Replacement value
+
+int	i
+$if (datatype == x)
+real	abs_floor
+real	abs_ceil
+$endif
+
+begin
+	$if (datatype == x)
+	abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+	$endif
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    $if (datatype == x)
+	    if ((abs (a[i]) >= abs_floor) && (abs (a[i]) <= abs_ceil))
+	    $else
+	    if ((a[i] >= floor) && (a[i] <= ceil))
+	    $endif
+		a[i] = newval
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ARLE -- If A[i] is less than or equal to FLOOR replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arle$t (a, npts, floor, newval)
+
+PIXEL	a[npts]
+int	npts
+PIXEL	floor, newval
+
+int	i
+$if (datatype == x)
+real	abs_floor
+$endif
+
+begin
+	$if (datatype == x)
+	abs_floor = abs (floor)
+	$endif
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    $if (datatype == x)
+	    if (abs (a[i]) <= abs_floor)
+	    $else
+	    if (a[i] <= floor)
+	    $endif
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+
+# ARGE -- If A[i] is greater than or equal to CEIL replace by NEWVAL.
+
+procedure arge$t (a, npts, ceil, newval)
+
+PIXEL	a[npts]
+int	npts
+PIXEL	ceil, newval
+
+int	i
+$if (datatype == x)
+real	abs_ceil
+$endif
+
+begin
+	$if (datatype == x)
+	abs_ceil = abs (ceil)
+	$endif
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    $if (datatype == x)
+	    if (abs (a[i]) >= abs_ceil)
+	    $else
+	    if (a[i] >= ceil)
+	    $endif
+		a[i] = newval
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imstat.h b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imstat.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b059bc31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imstat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# Header file for the IMSTATISTTICS task.
+
+define	LEN_IMSTAT	20
+
+define	IST_SUMX	Memd[P2D($1)]
+define	IST_SUMX2	Memd[P2D($1+2)]
+define	IST_SUMX3	Memd[P2D($1+4)]
+define	IST_SUMX4	Memd[P2D($1+6)]
+define	IST_LO		Memr[P2R($1+8)]
+define	IST_HI		Memr[P2R($1+9)]
+define	IST_MIN		Memr[P2R($1+10)]
+define	IST_MAX		Memr[P2R($1+11)]
+define	IST_MEAN	Memr[P2R($1+12)]
+define	IST_MEDIAN	Memr[P2R($1+13)]
+define	IST_MODE	Memr[P2R($1+14)]
+define	IST_STDDEV	Memr[P2R($1+15)]
+define	IST_SKEW	Memr[P2R($1+16)]
+define	IST_KURTOSIS	Memr[P2R($1+17)]
+define	IST_NPIX	Memi[$1+18]
+define	IST_SW		Memi[$1+19]
+
+define	LEN_NSWITCHES	8
+
+define	IST_SKURTOSIS	Memi[$1]
+define	IST_SSKEW	Memi[$1+1]
+define	IST_SSTDDEV	Memi[$1+2]
+define	IST_SMODE	Memi[$1+3]
+define	IST_SMEDIAN	Memi[$1+4]
+define	IST_SMEAN	Memi[$1+5]
+define	IST_SMINMAX	Memi[$1+6]
+define	IST_SNPIX	Memi[$1+7]
+
+define  IST_FIELDS  "|image|npix|min|max|mean|midpt|mode|stddev|skew|kurtosis|"
+
+define	IST_NFIELDS	10
+
+define	IST_KIMAGE	"IMAGE"
+define	IST_KNPIX	"NPIX"
+define	IST_KMIN	"MIN"
+define	IST_KMAX	"MAX"
+define	IST_KMEAN	"MEAN"
+define	IST_KMEDIAN	"MIDPT"
+define	IST_KMODE	"MODE"
+define	IST_KSTDDEV	"STDDEV"
+define	IST_KSKEW	"SKEW"
+define	IST_KKURTOSIS	"KURTOSIS"
+
+define	IST_FIMAGE	1
+define	IST_FNPIX	2
+define	IST_FMIN	3
+define	IST_FMAX	4
+define	IST_FMEAN	5
+define	IST_FMEDIAN	6
+define	IST_FMODE	7
+define	IST_FSTDDEV	8
+define	IST_FSKEW	9
+define	IST_FKURTOSIS	10
+
+define	IST_FCOLUMN	"%10d"
+define	IST_FINTEGER	"%10d"
+define	IST_FREAL	"%10.4g"
+define	IST_FSTRING	"%20s"
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imsum.gx b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imsum.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31afc420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imsum.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"../imsum.h"
+
+define	TMINSW		1.00	# Relative timings for nvecs = 5
+define	TMXMNSW		1.46
+define	TMED3		0.18
+define	TMED5		0.55
+
+# IMSUM -- Sum or average images with optional high and low pixel rejection.
+# 
+# This procedure has to be clever in not exceeding the maximum number of images
+# which can be mapped at one time.  If no pixels are being rejected then the
+# images can be summed (or averaged) in blocks using the output image to hold
+# intermediate results.  If pixels are being rejected then lines from all
+# images must be obtained.  If the number of images exceeds the maximum
+# then only a subset of the images are kept mapped and the remainder are
+# mapped and unmapped for each line.  This, of course, is inefficient but
+# there is no other way.
+
+$for(silrd)
+procedure imsum$t (list, output, im_out, nlow, nhigh, option)
+
+int	list				# List of input images
+char	output[ARB]			# Output image
+pointer	im_out				# Output image pointer
+int	nlow				# Number of low pixels to reject
+int	nhigh				# Number of high pixels to reject
+char	option[ARB]			# Output option
+
+int	i, n, nimages, naccept, npix, ndone, pass
+PIXEL	const
+pointer	sp, input, v1, v2, im, buf, buf1, buf_in, buf_out
+
+bool	streq()
+int	imtlen(), imtgetim(), imtrgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imgnl$t(), impnl$t()
+errchk	immap, imunmap, imgnl$t, impnl$t
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	naccept = nimages - nlow - nhigh
+	const = naccept
+	npix = IM_LEN(im_out, 1)
+	if (naccept < 1)
+	    call error (0, "Number of rejected pixels is too large")
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (v2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (im, nimages, TY_INT)
+
+	# If there are no pixels to be rejected avoid calls to reject pixels
+	# and do the operation in blocks so that the number of images mapped
+	# does not exceed the maximum.  The output image is used to
+	# store intermediate results.
+
+	if ((nlow == 0) && (nhigh == 0)) {
+	    pass = 0
+	    ndone = 0
+	    repeat {
+		n = 0
+		while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	            Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    n = n + 1
+		    if (n == IMS_MAX)
+			break
+	        }
+		ndone = ndone + n
+
+	        pass = pass + 1
+		if (pass > 1) {
+		    call imunmap (im_out)
+		    im_out = immap (output, READ_WRITE, 0)
+		}
+
+	        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+		# For each input line compute an output line.
+		while (impnl$t (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+		    # Clear the output buffer during the first pass and
+		    # read in the partial sum from the output image during
+		    # subsequent passes.
+
+		    if (pass == 1)
+			call aclr$t (Mem$t[buf_out], npix)
+		    else {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnl$t (im_out, buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call amov$t (Mem$t[buf_in], Mem$t[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # Accumulate lines from each input image.
+	    	    do i = 1, n {
+			call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+			if (imgnl$t (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    	    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+			call aadd$t (Mem$t[buf_in], Mem$t[buf_out],
+			    Mem$t[buf_out], npix)
+		    }
+
+		    # If all images have been accumulated and averaging then
+		    # divide by the number of images.
+		    if ((ndone == nimages) && streq (option, "average"))
+			call adivk$t (Mem$t[buf_out], const, Mem$t[buf_out],
+			    npix)
+
+		    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+		}
+
+		do i = 1, n
+		    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    } until (ndone == nimages)
+
+	    # Finish up.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	       
+
+	# Map the input images up to the maximum allowed.  The remainder
+	# will be mapped during each line.
+	n = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    Memi[im+n] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n == IMS_MAX - 1)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Allocate additional buffer space.
+	call salloc (buf, nimages, TY_INT)
+	if (nimages - n > 0)
+	    call salloc (buf1, (nimages-n)*npix, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Compute output lines for each input line.
+	while (impnl$t (im_out, buf_out, Meml[v2]) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Read lines from the images which remain open.
+	    for (i = 1; i <= n; i = i + 1) {
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnl$t (Memi[im+i-1], Memi[buf+i-1], Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+	    }
+
+	    # For all additional images map the image, read a line, copy the
+	    # data to a buffer since the image buffer is reused, and unmap
+	    # the image.  
+	    for (; i <= nimages; i = i + 1) {
+		if (imtrgetim (list, i, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		    break
+		Memi[im+i-1] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		call amovl (Meml[v1], Meml[v2], IM_MAXDIM)
+		if (imgnl$t (Memi[im+i-1], buf_in, Meml[v2]) == EOF)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image")
+		Memi[buf+i-1] = buf1 + (i - n - 1) * npix
+		call amov$t (Mem$t[buf_in], Mem$t[Memi[buf+i-1]], npix)
+		call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	    }
+		
+	    # Reject pixels.
+	    call imrej$t (Memi[buf], nimages, Mem$t[buf_out], npix, nlow, nhigh)
+
+	    # If averaging divide the sum by the number of images averaged.
+	    if ((naccept > 1) && streq (option, "average")) {
+		const = naccept
+		call adivk$t (Mem$t[buf_out], const, Mem$t[buf_out], npix)
+	    }
+
+	    call amovl (Meml[v2], Meml[v1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	do i = 1, n
+	    call imunmap (Memi[im+i-1])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMREJ --  Reject the number of high and low points and sum the rest.
+
+procedure imrej$t (a, nvecs, b, npts, nlow, nhigh)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]		# Pointers to set of vectors
+int	nvecs			# Number of vectors
+PIXEL	b[npts]			# Output vector
+int	npts			# Number of points in the vectors
+int	nlow			# Number of low points to be rejected
+int	nhigh			# Number of high points to be rejected
+
+int	i, j
+int	naccept, minrej, npairs, nlow1, nhigh1
+real	tmedian, time1, time2
+
+begin
+	naccept = nvecs - nlow - nhigh
+
+	# If no points are rejected return the sum.
+
+	if (naccept == nvecs) {
+	    call amov$t (Mem$t[a[1]], b, npts)
+	    for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		call aadd$t (Mem$t[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	minrej = min (nlow, nhigh)
+	npairs = minrej
+	nlow1 = nlow - npairs
+	nhigh1 = nhigh - npairs
+
+	if ((naccept == 1) && (npairs > 0)) {
+	    if (npairs == 1) {
+	        tmedian = TMED3
+		npairs = npairs - 1
+	    } else {
+		tmedian = TMED5
+	        npairs = npairs - 2
+	    }
+	} else
+	    tmedian = 0
+
+	# Compare the time required to reject the minimum number
+	# of low or high points and extract the number of points to accept
+	# with the time to reject pairs and the excess number of low or
+	# high points to either reach a median of 3 or 5 points or isolate
+	# the acceptable points.
+
+	time1 = TMINSW * (minrej + naccept)
+	time2 = tmedian + TMXMNSW * npairs + TMINSW * (nlow1 + nhigh1)
+
+	i = nvecs
+	if (time1 < time2) {
+
+ 	    # Sort the nlow and naccept points
+	    if (nlow < nhigh) {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nlow + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call minsw$t (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amov$t (Mem$t[a[nhigh+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nhigh+2; j <= nhigh+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aadd$t (Mem$t[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+
+	    # Sort the nhigh and naccept points
+	    } else {
+	        for (j = 1; j <= nhigh + naccept; j = j + 1) {
+	            call maxsw$t (a, i, npts)
+		    i = i - 1
+	        }
+	    	call amov$t (Mem$t[a[nlow+1]], b, npts)
+		for (j = nlow+2; j <= nlow+naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aadd$t (Mem$t[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Reject the npairs low and high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= npairs; j = j + 1) {
+	        call mxmnsw$t (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 2
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess low points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nlow1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call minsw$t (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+	    # Reject the excess high points.
+	    for (j = 1; j <= nhigh1; j = j + 1) {
+	        call maxsw$t (a, i, npts)
+		i = i - 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Check if the remaining points constitute a 3 or 5 point median
+	    # or the set of desired points.
+	    if (tmedian == 0.) {
+	        call amov$t (Mem$t[a[1]], b, npts)
+	        for (j = 2; j <= naccept; j = j + 1)
+		    call aadd$t (Mem$t[a[j]], b, b, npts)
+	    } else if (tmedian == TMED3) {
+		call amed3$t (Mem$t[a[1]], Mem$t[a[2]], Mem$t[a[3]], b, npts)
+	    } else {
+		call amed5$t (Mem$t[a[1]], Mem$t[a[2]], Mem$t[a[3]],
+		        Mem$t[a[4]], Mem$t[a[5]], b, npts)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MINSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the minimum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure minsw$t (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmin
+PIXEL	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmin = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Mem$t[k] < Mem$t[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmin) {
+	        temp = Mem$t[k]
+	        Mem$t[k] = Mem$t[kmin]
+	        Mem$t[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAXSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector.
+
+procedure maxsw$t (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax
+PIXEL	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Mem$t[k] > Mem$t[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+	    }
+	    if (k != kmax) {
+	        temp = Mem$t[k]
+	        Mem$t[k] = Mem$t[kmax]
+	        Mem$t[kmax] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MXMNSW -- Given an array of vector pointers for each element in the vectors
+# swap the maximum element with that of the last vector and the minimum element
+# with that of the next to last vector.  The number of vectors must be greater
+# than 1.
+
+procedure mxmnsw$t (a, nvecs, npts)
+
+pointer	a[nvecs]			# Array of vector pointers
+int	nvecs				# Number of vectors
+int	npts				# Number of points in the vectors
+
+int	i, j, k, kmax, kmin
+PIXEL	temp
+
+begin
+	do i = 0, npts - 1 {
+	    kmax = a[1] + i
+	    kmin = kmax
+	    do j = 2, nvecs {
+		k = a[j] + i
+	        if (Mem$t[k] > Mem$t[kmax])
+		    kmax = k
+		else if (Mem$t[k] < Mem$t[kmin])
+		    kmin = k
+	    }
+	    temp = Mem$t[k]
+	    Mem$t[k] = Mem$t[kmax]
+	    Mem$t[kmax] = temp
+	    if (kmin == k) {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Mem$t[j]
+		Mem$t[j] = Mem$t[kmax]
+		Mem$t[kmax] = temp
+	    } else {
+	        j = a[nvecs - 1] + i
+	        temp = Mem$t[j]
+	        Mem$t[j] = Mem$t[kmin]
+	        Mem$t[kmin] = temp
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imsum.h b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imsum.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..190d277c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imsum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Definitions for IMSUM
+
+define	IMS_MAX		15	# Maximum number of images which are mapped
+				# at the same time.
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/imtile.h b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imtile.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2610860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/imtile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# Header file for the IMTILE task.
+
+# Define the structure
+
+define	LEN_IRSTRUCT	35
+
+define 	IT_NCOLS	Memi[$1]	# x length of single subraster
+define	IT_NROWS	Memi[$1+1]	# y length of a single subrasters
+define	IT_NXOVERLAP	Memi[$1+2]	# x overlap between subrasters
+define	IT_NYOVERLAP	Memi[$1+3]	# y overlap between subrasters
+define	IT_NXSUB	Memi[$1+4]	# number of subrasters in x dimension
+define	IT_NYSUB	Memi[$1+5]	# number of subrasters in y dimension
+define	IT_NXRSUB	Memi[$1+6]	# x index of reference subraster
+define	IT_NYRSUB	Memi[$1+7]	# y index of reference subraster
+define	IT_XREF		Memi[$1+8]	# x offset of reference subraster
+define	IT_YREF		Memi[$1+9]	# y offset of reference subraster
+define	IT_CORNER	Memi[$1+10]	# starting corner for insertion
+define	IT_ORDER	Memi[$1+11]	# row or column insertion
+define	IT_RASTER	Memi[$1+12]	# raster order
+define	IT_OVAL		Memr[P2R($1+13)] # undefined value
+
+define	IT_IC1		Memi[$1+14]	# input image lower column limit
+define	IT_IC2		Memi[$1+15]	# input image upper column limit
+define	IT_IL1		Memi[$1+16]	# input image lower line limit
+define	IT_IL2		Memi[$1+17]	# input image upper line limit
+define	IT_OC1		Memi[$1+18]	# output image lower column limit
+define	IT_OC2		Memi[$1+19]	# output image upper column limit
+define	IT_OL1		Memi[$1+20]	# output image lower line limit
+define	IT_OL2		Memi[$1+21]	# output image upper line limit
+define	IT_DELTAX	Memi[$1+22]	# x shifts
+define	IT_DELTAY	Memi[$1+23]	# y shifts
+define	IT_DELTAI	Memi[$1+24]	# intensity shifts
+
+define	IT_XRSHIFTS	Memi[$1+25]	# x row links
+define	IT_YRSHIFTS	Memi[$1+26]	# y row links
+define	IT_NRSHIFTS	Memi[$1+27]	# number of row links
+define	IT_XCSHIFTS	Memi[$1+28]	# x column links
+define	IT_YCSHIFTS	Memi[$1+29]	# y column links
+define	IT_NCSHIFTS	Memi[$1+30]	# number of column links
+
+# Define some useful constants
+
+define	IT_LL		1
+define	IT_LR		2
+define	IT_UL		3
+define	IT_UR		4
+
+define	IT_ROW		1
+define	IT_COLUMN	2
+
+define	IT_COORDS	1
+define	IT_SHIFTS	2
+define	IT_FILE		3
+
+define	MAX_NRANGES	100
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/listpixels.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/listpixels.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4435c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/listpixels.x
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+# LISTPIXELS -- Convert image pixels into a text stream, i.e., into a list.
+# Each pixel is printed on a separate line, preceded by its coordinates.
+# The images or image sections may be of any dimension.
+
+procedure t_listpixels()
+
+bool	verbose
+char	image[SZ_FNAME], wcs[SZ_FNAME]
+double	incoords[IM_MAXDIM], outcoords[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	i, j, npix, ndim, wcsndim, laxis1, fmtstat
+int	paxno[IM_MAXDIM], laxno[IM_MAXDIM]
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM], vcoords[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	im, line, imlist, mw, ct, fmtptrs[IM_MAXDIM]
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx(), imtgetim(), mw_stati(), clscan(), nscan()
+pointer	imtopenp(), immap(), mw_openim(), mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	# Get the image list and the wcs.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("images")
+	call clgstr ("wcs", wcs, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (wcs[1] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy ("logical", wcs, SZ_FNAME)
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, image, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    # Print optional banner string.
+	    if (verbose) {
+		call printf ("\n#Image: %s  Wcs: %s\n\n")
+		    call pargstr (image)
+		    call pargstr (wcs)
+	    }
+
+	    # Open the input image.
+	    im = immap (image, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    ndim = IM_NDIM(im)
+	    npix = IM_LEN(im,1)
+
+	    # Get the wcs.
+	    ifnoerr (mw = mw_openim (im)) {
+		# Set up the transformation.
+		call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+		ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", wcs, 0)
+		wcsndim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+
+		# Get the physical to logical axis map.
+		call mw_gaxmap (mw, paxno, laxno, wcsndim)
+
+		# Set the default wcs.
+		call mw_ssytem (mw, wcs)
+
+	    } else {
+		# Print the error message from the above loop.
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+		# Set the transform to the identity transform.
+		mw = NULL
+		ct = NULL
+		wcsndim = ndim
+
+		# Set the default physical to logical axis map.
+		do i = 1, wcsndim
+		    paxno[i] = i
+	    }
+
+	    # Initialize the v vectors.
+	    call amovkl (long (1), v, IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call amovkl (long (1), vcoords, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	    # Initialize the coordinates.
+	    laxis1 = 0
+	    do i = 1, wcsndim {
+		if (paxno[i] == 0) {
+		    incoords[i] = 1
+		} else if (paxno[i] == 1) {
+		    laxis1 = i
+		    incoords[i] = v[1]
+		} else {
+		    incoords[i] = v[paxno[i]]
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Check and correct for the no axis mapping case.
+	    if (laxis1 == 0) {
+		laxis1 = 1
+		do i = 1, wcsndim
+		    paxno[i] = i
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the logical to physical axis map for the format strings.
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		laxno[i] = 0
+		do j = 1, wcsndim {
+		    if (paxno[j] != i)
+			next
+		    laxno[i] = j
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the format strings for the logical axes.
+	    fmtstat = clscan ("formats")
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		call malloc (fmtptrs[i], SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+		if (fmtstat != EOF)
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[fmtptrs[i]], SZ_FNAME)
+		else
+		    Memc[fmtptrs[i]] = EOS
+		if ((nscan() == i) && (Memc[fmtptrs[i]] != EOS))
+		    call strcat (" ", Memc[fmtptrs[i]], SZ_FNAME)
+		else if (laxno[i] == 0)
+		    call strcpy ("%0.15g ", Memc[fmtptrs[i]], SZ_FNAME)
+		else if (mw == NULL || ct == NULL)
+		    call strcpy ("%0.15g ", Memc[fmtptrs[i]], SZ_FNAME)
+		else iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, laxno[i], "format",
+		    Memc[fmtptrs[i]], SZ_FNAME))
+		    call strcpy ("%0.15g ", Memc[fmtptrs[i]], SZ_FNAME)
+		else
+		    call strcat (" ", Memc[fmtptrs[i]], SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+
+	    # Print the pixels.
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+	    case TY_COMPLEX:
+		while (imgnlx (im, line, v) != EOF) {
+		    do i = 1, npix {
+			incoords[laxis1] = i
+			if (ct == NULL)
+			    call amovd (incoords, outcoords, wcsndim)
+			else
+			    call mw_ctrand (ct, incoords, outcoords, wcsndim)
+			do j = 1, ndim {		    # X, Y, Z, etc.
+			    call printf (Memc[fmtptrs[j]])
+			    if (laxno[j] == 0)
+				call pargd (double(vcoords[j]))
+			    else
+				call pargd (outcoords[laxno[j]])
+			}
+			call printf (" %z\n")		    # pixel value
+			    call pargx (Memx[line+i-1])
+		    }
+		    call amovl (v, vcoords, IM_MAXDIM)
+		    do i = 1, wcsndim {
+			if (paxno[i] == 0)
+			    next
+			incoords[i] = v[paxno[i]]
+		    }
+		}
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		while (imgnld (im, line, v) != EOF) {
+		    do i = 1, npix {
+			incoords[laxis1] = i
+			if (ct == NULL)
+			    call amovd (incoords, outcoords, wcsndim)
+			else
+			    call mw_ctrand (ct, incoords, outcoords, wcsndim)
+			do j = 1, ndim {		    # X, Y, Z, etc.
+			    call printf (Memc[fmtptrs[j]])
+			    if (laxno[j] == 0)
+				call pargd (double(vcoords[j]))
+			    else
+				call pargd (outcoords[laxno[j]])
+			}
+			call printf (" %g\n")		    # pixel value
+			    call pargd (Memd[line+i-1])
+		    }
+		    call amovl (v, vcoords, IM_MAXDIM)
+		    do i = 1, wcsndim {
+			if (paxno[i] == 0)
+			    next
+			incoords[i] = v[paxno[i]]
+		    }
+		}
+	    default:
+		while (imgnlr (im, line, v) != EOF) {
+		    do i = 1, npix {
+			incoords[laxis1] = i
+			if (ct == NULL)
+			    call amovd (incoords, outcoords, wcsndim)
+			else
+			    call mw_ctrand (ct, incoords, outcoords, wcsndim)
+			do j = 1, ndim {		    # X, Y, Z, etc.
+			    call printf (Memc[fmtptrs[j]])
+			    if (laxno[j] == 0)
+				call pargd (double(vcoords[j]))
+			    else
+				call pargd (outcoords[laxno[j]])
+			}
+			call printf (" %g\n")		    # pixel value
+			    call pargr (Memr[line+i-1])
+		    }
+		    call amovl (v, vcoords, IM_MAXDIM)
+		    do i = 1, wcsndim {
+			if (paxno[i] == 0)
+			    next
+			incoords[i] = v[paxno[i]]
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    do i = 1, ndim
+		call mfree (fmtptrs[i], TY_CHAR)
+	    if (mw != NULL)
+		call mw_close (mw)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/minmax.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/minmax.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3dcbfff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/minmax.x
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IM_VMINMAX -- Compute the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image.
+# Works for images of any dimensionality, size, or datatype, although
+# the min and max values can currently only be stored in the image header
+# as real values.
+
+procedure im_vminmax (im, min_value, max_value, imin_value, imax_value,
+	vmin, vmax)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+double	min_value		# minimum pixel value in image (real, out)
+double	max_value		# maximum pixel value in image (real, out)
+double	imin_value		# minimum pixel value in image (imag, out)
+double	imax_value		# maximum pixel value in image (imag, out)
+long	vmin[ARB], vmax[ARB]	# v vectors
+
+bool	first_line
+int	colmin, colmax
+complex	xmin_value, xmax_value, minval_x, maxval_x
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM], ovmin[IM_MAXDIM], ovmax[IM_MAXDIM]
+short	minval_s, maxval_s
+long	minval_l, maxval_l
+pointer	buf
+real	minval_r, maxval_r
+double	minval_d, maxval_d
+int	imgnls(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+
+begin
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, IM_MAXDIM)		# start vector
+	call amovkl (long(1), ovmin, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), ovmax, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), vmin, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), vmax, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	first_line = true
+	min_value = INDEFD
+	max_value = INDEFD
+	imin_value = INDEFD
+	imax_value = INDEFD
+
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    while (imgnls (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call valims (Mems[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_s, maxval_s,
+		    colmin, colmax)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    min_value = minval_s
+		    max_value = maxval_s
+		    vmin[1] = colmin
+		    vmax[1] = colmax
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (minval_s < min_value) {
+			min_value = minval_s
+			vmin[1] = colmin
+			call amovl (ovmin[2], vmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		    if (maxval_s > max_value) {
+			max_value = maxval_s
+			vmax[1] = colmax
+			call amovl (ovmax[2], vmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		}
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+	    }
+
+	case TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+	    while (imgnll (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call valiml (Meml[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_l, maxval_l,
+		    colmin, colmax)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    min_value = minval_l
+		    max_value = maxval_l
+		    vmin[1] = colmin
+		    vmax[1] = colmax
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (minval_l < min_value) {
+			min_value = minval_l
+			vmin[1] = colmin
+			call amovl (ovmin[2], vmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		    if (maxval_l > max_value) {
+			max_value = maxval_l
+			vmax[1] = colmax
+			call amovl (ovmax[2], vmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		}
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+	    }
+
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call valimr (Memr[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_r, maxval_r,
+		    colmin, colmax)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    min_value = minval_r
+		    max_value = maxval_r
+		    vmin[1] = colmin
+		    vmax[1] = colmax
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (minval_r < min_value) {
+			min_value = minval_r
+			vmin[1] = colmin
+			call amovl (ovmin[2], vmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		    if (maxval_r > max_value) {
+			max_value = maxval_r
+			vmax[1] = colmax
+			call amovl (ovmax[2], vmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		}
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+	    }
+
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    while (imgnld (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call valimd (Memd[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_d, maxval_d,
+		    colmin, colmax)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    min_value = minval_d
+		    max_value = maxval_d
+		    vmin[1] = colmin
+		    vmax[1] = colmax
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (minval_d < min_value) {
+			min_value = minval_d
+			vmin[1] = colmin
+			call amovl (ovmin[2], vmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		    if (maxval_d > max_value) {
+			max_value = maxval_d
+			vmax[1] = colmax
+			call amovl (ovmax[2], vmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		}
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+	    }
+
+	case TY_COMPLEX:
+	    while (imgnlx (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call valimx (Memx[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval_x, maxval_x,
+		    colmin, colmax)
+		if (first_line) {
+		    xmin_value = minval_x
+		    xmax_value = maxval_x
+		    vmin[1] = colmin
+		    vmax[1] = colmax
+		    first_line = false
+		} else {
+		    if (abs (minval_x) < abs (xmin_value)) {
+			xmin_value = minval_x
+			vmin[1] = colmin
+			call amovl (ovmin[2], vmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		    if (abs (maxval_x) > abs (xmax_value)) {
+			xmax_value = maxval_x
+			vmax[1] = colmax
+			call amovl (ovmax[2], vmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		    }
+		}
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmin[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+		call amovl (v[2], ovmax[2], IM_NDIM(im) - 1)
+	    }
+
+	    min_value = real (xmin_value)
+	    max_value = real (xmax_value)
+	    imin_value = aimag (xmin_value)
+	    imax_value = aimag (xmax_value)
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "Unknown pixel data type")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ALIM -- Compute the limits (minimum and maximum values) of a vector.
+
+procedure valims (a, npix, minval_s, maxval_s, colmin, colmax)
+
+short	a[ARB], minval_s, maxval_s, value
+int	colmin, colmax, npix, i
+
+begin
+	minval_s = a[1]
+	maxval_s = a[1]
+	colmin = 1
+	colmax = 1
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    value = a[i]
+	    if (value < minval_s) {
+		minval_s = value
+		colmin = i
+	    } else if (value > maxval_s) {
+		maxval_s = value
+		colmax = i
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ALIM -- Compute the limits (minimum and maximum values) of a vector.
+
+procedure valiml (a, npix, minval_l, maxval_l, colmin, colmax)
+
+long	a[ARB], minval_l, maxval_l, value
+int	colmin, colmax, npix, i
+
+begin
+	minval_l = a[1]
+	maxval_l = a[1]
+	colmin = 1
+	colmax = 1
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    value = a[i]
+	    if (value < minval_l) {
+		minval_l = value
+		colmin = i
+	    } else if (value > maxval_l) {
+		maxval_l = value
+		colmax = i
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ALIM -- Compute the limits (minimum and maximum values) of a vector.
+
+procedure valimr (a, npix, minval_r, maxval_r, colmin, colmax)
+
+real	a[ARB], minval_r, maxval_r, value
+int	colmin, colmax, npix, i
+
+begin
+	minval_r = a[1]
+	maxval_r = a[1]
+	colmin = 1
+	colmax = 1
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    value = a[i]
+	    if (value < minval_r) {
+		minval_r = value
+		colmin = i
+	    } else if (value > maxval_r) {
+		maxval_r = value
+		colmax = i
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ALIM -- Compute the limits (minimum and maximum values) of a vector.
+
+procedure valimd (a, npix, minval_d, maxval_d, colmin, colmax)
+
+double	a[ARB], minval_d, maxval_d, value
+int	colmin, colmax, npix, i
+
+begin
+	minval_d = a[1]
+	maxval_d = a[1]
+	colmin = 1
+	colmax = 1
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    value = a[i]
+	    if (value < minval_d) {
+		minval_d = value
+		colmin = i
+	    } else if (value > maxval_d) {
+		maxval_d = value
+		colmax = i
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ALIM -- Compute the limits (minimum and maximum values) of a vector.
+
+procedure valimx (a, npix, minval_x, maxval_x, colmin, colmax)
+
+complex	a[ARB], minval_x, maxval_x, value
+int	colmin, colmax, npix, i
+
+begin
+	minval_x = a[1]
+	maxval_x = a[1]
+	colmin = 1
+	colmax = 1
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    value = a[i]
+	    if (abs (value) < abs (minval_x)) {
+		minval_x = value
+		colmin = i
+	    } else if (abs (value) > abs (maxval_x)) {
+		maxval_x = value
+		colmax = i
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/imutil/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7fdbfbb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Library for making the IMUTIL tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../../
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ../../
+$exit
+
+generic:
+	$set GEN = "$$generic -k"
+
+        $ifolder (imexpr.x, imexpr.gx)
+            $(GEN) imexpr.gx -o imexpr.x $endif
+
+        $ifolder (generic/imfuncs.x, imfuncs.gx)
+            $(GEN) imfuncs.gx -o generic/imfuncs.x $endif
+
+        $ifolder (generic/imjoin.x, imjoin.gx)
+            $(GEN) imjoin.gx -o generic/imjoin.x $endif
+
+        $ifolder (generic/imrep.x, imrep.gx)
+            $(GEN) imrep.gx -o generic/imrep.x $endif
+
+        $ifolder (generic/imsum.x, imsum.gx)
+            $(GEN) imsum.gx  -o generic/imsum.x  $endif
+
+        $ifolder (generic/imaadd.x, imaadd.gx)
+            $(GEN) imaadd.gx -o generic/imaadd.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/imadiv.x, imadiv.gx)
+            $(GEN) imadiv.gx -o generic/imadiv.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/imamax.x, imamax.gx)
+            $(GEN) imamax.gx -o generic/imamax.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/imamin.x, imamin.gx)
+            $(GEN) imamin.gx -o generic/imamin.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/imamul.x, imamul.gx)
+            $(GEN) imamul.gx -o generic/imamul.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/imasub.x, imasub.gx)
+            $(GEN) imasub.gx -o generic/imasub.x $endif
+        $ifolder (generic/imanl.x, imanl.gx)
+            $(GEN) imanl.gx -o generic/imanl.x $endif
+
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+        $ifeq (USE_GENERIC, yes) $call generic $endif
+
+	@generic
+
+        getcmd.x        <error.h> <ctotok.h> <lexnum.h>
+        gettok.x        <error.h> <ctype.h> <fset.h> gettok.h <syserr.h>
+        hedit.x         <error.h> <evexpr.h> <imset.h> <ctype.h> <lexnum.h>
+        imdelete.x      <imhdr.h> <error.h>
+	imexpr.x        <ctotok.h> <imhdr.h> <ctype.h> <mach.h> <imset.h>\
+			<fset.h> <lexnum.h> <evvexpr.h> gettok.h
+	iegsym.x        <ctotok.h> <imhdr.h> <ctype.h> <mach.h> <imset.h>\
+			<fset.h> <lexnum.h> <evvexpr.h> gettok.h
+	imfunction.x    <imhdr.h>
+	imgets.x	<imhdr.h> <error.h> <ctype.h>
+	imheader.x	<imhdr.h> <imio.h> <time.h> <ctype.h> <error.h>\
+			<imset.h>
+	imhistogram.x	<mach.h> <imhdr.h> <gset.h>
+        imminmax.x      <imhdr.h>
+	listpixels.x	<error.h> <imhdr.h> <mwset.h>
+        minmax.x        <imhdr.h>
+        nhedit.x        <ctype.h> <error.h> <evexpr.h> <imset.h> <lexnum.h>
+	t_imstat.x	<mach.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> "imstat.h"
+	t_sections.x
+	hselect.x	<error.h> <evexpr.h> <ctype.h>
+	t_imarith.x     <imhdr.h> <error.h> <lexnum.h>
+	t_imaxes.x	<imhdr.h>
+        t_chpix.x       <error.h> <imhdr.h> <fset.h>
+        t_imcopy.x      <imhdr.h>
+	t_imdivide.x    <imhdr.h>
+	t_imjoin.x	<syserr.h> <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+        t_imrename.x	<imhdr.h>
+	t_imreplace.x	<imhdr.h>
+        t_imslice.x     <error.h> <imhdr.h> <ctype.h> <mwset.h>
+	t_imsum.x       <imhdr.h>
+        t_imstack.x     <imhdr.h> <mwset.h>
+	t_imtile.x	<imhdr.h> <fset.h> "imtile.h"
+        t_minmax.x      <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/nhedit.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/nhedit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e9300c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/nhedit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1101 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<evexpr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<lexnum.h>
+
+define	LEN_USERAREA	28800		# allow for the largest possible header
+define	SZ_IMAGENAME	63		# max size of an image name
+define	SZ_FIELDNAME	31		# max size of a field name
+define  HRECLEN         80
+
+define	OP_EDIT		1		# hedit opcodes
+define	OP_INIT		2		
+define	OP_ADD		3
+define	OP_DELETE	4
+define  OP_DEFPAR       5
+define  OP_RENAME       6
+define  BEFORE		1
+define  AFTER           2
+
+
+# NHEDIT -- Edit or view selected fields of an image header or headers.  This
+# editor performs a single edit operation upon a relation, e.g., upon a set
+# of fields of a set of images.  Templates and expressions may be used to 
+# automatically select the images and fields to be edited, and to compute
+# the new value of each field.
+
+procedure t_nhedit()
+
+pointer	fields			# template listing fields to be processed
+pointer	valexpr			# the value expression (if op=edit|add)
+
+bool	noupdate, quit
+int	imlist, nfields, up, min_lenuserarea
+pointer	sp, field, comment, sections, im, ip, image, buf
+pointer cmd, pkey
+int	operation, verify, show, update, fd, baf
+int     dp_oper, dp_update, dp_verify, dp_show	
+
+pointer	immap()
+bool    streq()
+int	imtopenp(), imtgetim(), getline(), nowhite()
+int	envfind(), ctoi(), open()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (buf,       SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image,     SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field,     SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fields,    SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (pkey,      SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (valexpr,   SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (comment,   SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sections,  SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cmd,       SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the primary operands.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("images")
+
+	# Determine type of operation to be performed (default is edit).
+
+	# Do we have a command file instead of a command line?  Allow either
+	# a null string or the string "NULL" to indicate we don't.
+
+        call clgstr ("comfile", Memc[fields], SZ_LINE)
+	if (nowhite (Memc[fields], Memc[fields], SZ_LINE) == 0 ||
+            streq (Memc[fields], "NULL")) {
+	        call he_getpars (operation, fields, valexpr, Memc[comment], 
+	            Memc[pkey], baf, update, verify, show)
+	        fd = 0
+        } else {
+	    call he_getpars (dp_oper, NULL, valexpr, Memc[comment], 
+	        Memc[pkey], baf, dp_update, dp_verify, dp_show)
+	    fd = open(Memc[fields], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+        }
+
+	# Main processing loop.  An image is processed in each pass through
+	# the loop.
+
+	while (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # set the length of the user area
+	    if (envfind ("min_lenuserarea", Memc[sections], SZ_FNAME) > 0) {
+		up = 1
+		if (ctoi (Memc[sections], up, min_lenuserarea) <= 0)
+		    min_lenuserarea = LEN_USERAREA
+		else
+		    min_lenuserarea = max (LEN_USERAREA, min_lenuserarea)
+	    } else
+		min_lenuserarea = LEN_USERAREA
+
+	    # Open the image.
+	    iferr {
+		if (update == YES || fd != 0)
+		    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_WRITE,  min_lenuserarea)
+		else
+		    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY,  min_lenuserarea)
+	    } then {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		next
+	    }
+            
+	    if (fd != 0) {
+	        # Open the command file and start processing each line. 
+                # rewind file before  proceeding
+
+	        call seek(fd, BOF)
+                while (getline(fd, Memc[cmd]) != EOF) {
+		    for (ip=cmd;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+			    ;
+		    if (Memc[cmd] == '#' || Memc[ip] == '\n')
+		        next
+
+                    call he_getcmdf (Memc[cmd], operation, Memc[fields],
+		        Memc[valexpr], Memc[comment], Memc[pkey], baf, 
+			update, verify, show)
+
+		    # Set the default parameters for the command file.
+                    if (operation < 0) {
+			dp_oper = -operation
+			if (update != -1)
+			    dp_update = update
+			if (verify != -1)
+			    dp_verify = verify
+			if (show != -1)
+			    dp_show = show
+                        next
+		    }
+
+                    # Set the parameters for the current command, the
+                    # command parameters take precedence over the defaults.
+                    call nh_setpar (operation, dp_oper, dp_update, 
+			   dp_verify, dp_show, update, verify, show)
+
+		    iferr (call nh_edit (im, Memc[image], operation,
+			Memc[fields], Memc[valexpr], Memc[comment],
+			Memc[pkey], baf, update, verify, show, nfields))
+			call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+                }
+
+            } else
+                iferr (call nh_edit (im, Memc[image], operation, Memc[fields],
+	            Memc[valexpr], Memc[comment], Memc[pkey], baf, update,
+		    verify, show, nfields))
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+	    # Update the image header and unmap the image.
+
+	    noupdate = false
+	    quit = false
+
+	    if (update == YES) {
+		if (nfields == 0 && fd == 0)
+		    noupdate = true
+		else if (verify == YES) {
+		    call eprintf ("update %s ? (yes): ")
+			call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+
+		    if (getline (STDIN, Memc[buf]) == EOF)
+			noupdate = true
+		    else {
+			# Strip leading whitespace and trailing newline.
+			for (ip=buf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+			    ;
+			if (Memc[ip] == 'q') {
+			    quit = true
+			    noupdate = true
+			} else if (! (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == 'y'))
+			    noupdate = true
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (noupdate) {
+		    call imseti (im, IM_WHEADER, NO)
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		} else {
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		    if (show == YES) {
+			call printf ("%s updated\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		call imunmap (im)
+	    }
+
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	    if (quit)
+		break
+	} #end of while
+
+	# Close command file
+        if (fd != 0)
+            call close(fd)
+	call imtclose (imlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_EDIT -- Edit the field in the image header. 
+
+procedure nh_edit (im, image, operation, keyws, exprs, comment, pkey, baf,
+	                   update, verify, show, nfields)
+
+pointer im		#I image descriptor
+char    image[ARB]      #  
+int	operation	#I operation code
+char    keyws[ARB]      # Memc[fields]
+char    exprs[ARB]	# Memc[valexpr]
+char    comment[ARB]	# Memc[comment]
+char    pkey[ARB]	# 
+int	baf
+int	update
+int	verify
+int	show
+int	nfields
+
+pointer sp, field
+int	imgnfn(), imofnlu()
+int	flist
+
+begin
+
+	call smark(sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	   
+	if (operation == OP_INIT || operation == OP_ADD) {
+	    # Add a field to the image header.  This cannot be done within
+	    # the IMGNFN loop because template expansion on the existing
+	    # fields of the image header would discard the new field name
+	    # since it does not yet exist.
+
+	    nfields = 1
+	    call he_getopsetimage (im, image, keyws)
+	    switch (operation) {
+	    case OP_INIT:
+	        call nh_initfield (im, image, keyws, exprs, comment, 
+		    pkey, baf, verify, show, update)
+	    case OP_ADD:
+	        call nh_addfield (im, image, keyws, exprs, comment,
+		    pkey, baf, verify, show, update)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    # Open list of fields to be processed.
+	    flist = imofnlu (im, keyws)
+	    nfields = 0
+	    while (imgnfn (flist, Memc[field], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		call he_getopsetimage (im, image, Memc[field])
+
+		switch (operation) {
+		case OP_EDIT:
+		    call nh_editfield (im, image, Memc[field],
+			exprs, comment, verify, show, update)
+		case OP_RENAME:
+		    call nh_renamefield (im, image, Memc[field],
+			exprs, verify, show, update)
+		case OP_DELETE:
+		    call nh_deletefield (im, image, Memc[field],
+			exprs, verify, show, update)
+		}
+		nfields = nfields + 1
+	    }
+
+	    call imcfnl (flist)
+	}
+	call sfree(sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_EDITFIELD -- Edit the value of the named field of the indicated image.
+# The value expression is evaluated, interactively inspected if desired,
+# and the resulting value put to the image.
+
+procedure nh_editfield (im, image, field, valexpr, comment, verify, 
+    show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# value expression
+char	comment[ARB]		# keyword comment
+int	verify			# verify new value interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+int	goahead, nl
+pointer	sp, ip, oldval, newval, defval, o, fcomm, ncomm
+
+bool	streq()
+pointer	evexpr()
+extern	he_getop()
+int	getline(), imaccf(), strldxs(), locpr()
+errchk	evexpr, getline, imaccf, he_gval
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (oldval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (defval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fcomm, HRECLEN, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ncomm, HRECLEN, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call strcpy (comment, Memc[ncomm], HRECLEN)
+
+	# Verify that the named field exists before going any further.
+	if (field[1] != '$')
+	    if (imaccf (im, field) == NO) {
+		call eprintf ("parameter %s,%s not found\n")
+		    call pargstr (image)
+		    call pargstr (field)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	# Get the old value.
+	call he_gval (im, image, field, Memc[oldval], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Evaluate the expression.  Encode the result operand as a string.
+	# If the expression is not parenthesized, assume that is is already
+	# a string literal.
+
+	if (valexpr[1] == '(') {
+	    o = evexpr (valexpr, locpr (he_getop), 0)
+	    call he_encodeop (o, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call xev_freeop (o)
+	    call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (valexpr, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+
+	call imgcom (im, field, Memc[fcomm])
+	if (streq (Memc[newval], ".") && streq (comment, ".")) {
+	    # Merely print the value of the field.
+
+	    if (Memc[fcomm] == EOS) {
+	    	call printf ("%s,%s = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[oldval])
+            } else {
+	        call strcpy (Memc[oldval], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+		call printf ("%s,%s = %s / %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[oldval])
+		call pargstr(Memc[fcomm])
+	    }
+
+	} else if (verify == YES) {
+	    # Query for new value and edit the field.  If the response is a
+	    # blank line, use the default new value.  If the response is "$"
+	    # or EOF, do not change the value of the parameter.
+
+	    if (streq (Memc[newval], ".")) {
+		call strcpy (Memc[oldval], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    }
+	    if (streq (comment, ".")) 
+	        call strcpy (Memc[fcomm], Memc[ncomm], SZ_LINE)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[newval], Memc[defval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf ("%s,%s (%s -> %s): ")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call nh_pargstrc (Memc[oldval], Memc[fcomm])
+		call nh_pargstrc (Memc[defval], Memc[ncomm]) 
+	    call flush (STDERR)
+
+	    if (getline (STDIN, Memc[newval]) != EOF) {
+		# Do not skip leading whitespace; may be significant in a
+		# string literal.
+
+		ip = newval
+
+		# Do strip trailing newline since it is an artifact of getline.
+		nl = strldxs ("\n", Memc[ip]) 
+		if (nl > 0)
+		    Memc[ip+nl-1] = EOS
+
+		# Decode user response.
+		if (Memc[ip] == '\\') {
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    goahead = YES
+		} else if (streq(Memc[ip],"n") || streq(Memc[ip],"no")) {
+		    goahead = NO
+		} else if (streq(Memc[ip],"y") || streq(Memc[ip],"yes") ||
+		    Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[defval], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+		    goahead = YES
+		} else {
+		    if (ip > newval)
+			call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+		    goahead = YES
+		}
+
+		# Edit field if so indicated.
+		if (goahead == YES && update == YES)
+		    call nh_updatefield (im, image, field, Memc[oldval],
+			Memc[newval], Memc[fcomm], Memc[ncomm], show)
+
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    if (streq (Memc[newval], ".")) {
+		call strcpy (Memc[oldval], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    }
+	    if (streq (comment, ".")) 
+	        call strcpy (Memc[fcomm], Memc[ncomm], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (update == YES) {
+		call nh_updatefield (im, image, field, Memc[oldval],
+                      Memc[newval], Memc[fcomm], Memc[ncomm], show)
+            }
+	}
+	if (update == NO && show == YES) {
+	    call printf ("%s,%s: %s -> %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call nh_pargstrc (Memc[oldval], Memc[fcomm])
+		call nh_pargstrc (Memc[newval], Memc[ncomm])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_RENAMEFIELD -- Rename the named field of the indicated image.
+# The value expression is evaluated, interactively inspected if desired,
+# and the resulting value put to the image.
+
+procedure nh_renamefield (im, image, field, valexpr, verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# value expression
+int	verify			# verify new value interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+int	goahead, nl
+pointer	sp, ip, oldval, newval, defval, o
+
+bool	streq()
+pointer	evexpr()
+extern	he_getop()
+int	getline(), imaccf(), strldxs(), locpr()
+errchk	evexpr, getline, imaccf, he_gval
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (oldval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (defval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Verify that the named field exists before going any further.
+	if (field[1] != '$')
+	    if (imaccf (im, field) == NO) {
+		call eprintf ("parameter %s,%s not found\n")
+		    call pargstr (image)
+		    call pargstr (field)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	# Get the old value.
+	call he_gval (im, image, field, Memc[oldval], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Evaluate the expression.  Encode the result operand as a string.
+	# If the expression is not parenthesized, assume that is is already
+	# a string literal.
+
+	if (valexpr[1] == '(') {
+	    o = evexpr (valexpr, locpr (he_getop), 0)
+	    call he_encodeop (o, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call xev_freeop (o)
+	    call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (valexpr, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	call strupr (Memc[newval])
+
+	if (verify == YES) {
+	    # Query for new value and edit the field.  If the response is a
+	    # blank line, use the default new value.  If the response is "$"
+	    # or EOF, do not change the value of the parameter.
+
+	    call strcpy (field, Memc[oldval], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (streq (Memc[newval], "."))
+		call strcpy (Memc[oldval], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[newval], Memc[defval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call eprintf ("%s,%s (%s -> %s): ")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call pargstr (Memc[newval])
+	    call flush (STDERR)
+
+	    if (getline (STDIN, Memc[newval]) != EOF) {
+		# Do not skip leading whitespace; may be significant in a
+		# string literal.
+
+		ip = newval
+
+		# Do strip trailing newline since it is an artifact of getline.
+		nl = strldxs ("\n", Memc[ip]) 
+		if (nl > 0)
+		    Memc[ip+nl-1] = EOS
+
+		# Decode user response.
+		if (Memc[ip] == '\\') {
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    goahead = YES
+		} else if (streq(Memc[ip],"n") || streq(Memc[ip],"no")) {
+		    goahead = NO
+		} else if (streq(Memc[ip],"y") || streq(Memc[ip],"yes") ||
+		    Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[defval], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+		    goahead = YES
+		} else {
+		    if (ip > newval)
+			call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+		    goahead = YES
+		}
+
+		# Edit field if so indicated.
+		if (goahead == YES && update == YES)
+		    call nh_updatekey (im, image, field, Memc[newval], show)
+
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    call strcpy (field, Memc[oldval], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (update == YES)
+		call nh_updatekey (im, image, field, Memc[newval], show)
+	}
+	if (update == NO && show == YES) {
+	    call printf ("%s,%s: %s -> %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call pargstr (Memc[newval])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_INITFIELD -- Add a new field to the indicated image.  If the field already
+# existsdo not set its value.  The value expression is evaluated and the
+# resulting value used as the initial value in adding the field to the image.
+
+procedure nh_initfield (im, image, field, valexpr, comment, pkey, baf,
+       verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# value expression
+char	comment[ARB]		# keyword comment
+char	pkey[ARB]		# 
+int	baf
+int	verify			# verify new value interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+bool	numeric
+int	numlen, ip
+pointer	sp, newval, o
+pointer	evexpr()
+int	imaccf(), locpr(), strlen(), lexnum()
+extern	he_getop()
+errchk	imaccf, evexpr, imakbc, imastrc, imakic, imakrc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If the named field already exists, this is really an edit operation
+	# rather than an add.  Call editfield so that the usual verification
+	# can take place.
+
+	if (imaccf (im, field) == YES) {
+	    call eprintf ("parameter %s,%s already exists\n")
+	        call pargstr (image)
+	        call pargstr (field)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# If the expression is not parenthesized, assume that is is already
+	# a string literal.  If the expression is a string check for a simple
+	# numeric field.
+
+	ip = 1
+	numeric = (lexnum (valexpr, ip, numlen) != LEX_NONNUM)
+	if (numeric)
+	    numeric = (numlen == strlen (valexpr))
+
+	if (numeric || valexpr[1] == '(')
+	    o = evexpr (valexpr, locpr(he_getop), 0)
+	else {
+	    call malloc (o, LEN_OPERAND, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call xev_initop (o, strlen(valexpr), TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (valexpr, O_VALC(o), ARB)
+	}
+
+	# Add the field to the image (or update the value).  The datatype of
+	# the expression value operand determines the datatype of the new
+	# parameter.
+
+	if (update == YES) {
+	    switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+	        if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0)
+	            call imakbci (im, field, O_VALB(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        else   
+	            call imakbc (im, field, O_VALB(o), comment)
+	    case TY_CHAR:
+	        if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0)
+	            call imastrci (im, field, O_VALC(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        else
+	            call imastrc (im, field, O_VALC(o), comment)
+	    case TY_INT:
+	        if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0)
+	            call imakici (im, field, O_VALI(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        else
+	            call imakic (im, field, O_VALI(o), comment)
+	    case TY_REAL:
+	        if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0)
+	            call imakrci (im, field, O_VALR(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        else
+	            call imakrc (im, field, O_VALR(o), comment)
+	    default:
+	        call error (1, "unknown expression datatype")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (show == YES) {
+	    call he_encodeop (o, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("add %s,%s = %s / %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[newval])
+		call pargstr(comment)
+	}
+
+	call xev_freeop (o)
+	call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_ADDFIELD -- Add a new field to the indicated image.  If the field already
+# exists, merely set its value.  The value expression is evaluated and the
+# resulting value used as the initial value in adding the field to the image.
+
+procedure nh_addfield (im, image, field, valexpr, comment, pkey, baf,
+            verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# value expression
+char	comment[ARB]		# keyword comment
+char	pkey[ARB]		# pivot keyword name
+int	baf			# either BEFORE or AFTER value
+int	verify			# verify new value interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+bool	numeric
+int	numlen, ip
+pointer	sp, newval, o
+pointer	evexpr()
+bool    streq()
+int	imaccf(), locpr(), strlen(), lexnum()
+extern	he_getop()
+errchk	imaccf, evexpr, imakbc, imastrc, imakic, imakrc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If the named field already exists, this is really an edit operation
+	# rather than an add.  Call editfield so that the usual verification
+	# can take place.
+        if (!streq(field, "comment") && !streq(field, "history")) {
+	    if (imaccf (im, field) == YES) {
+	        call nh_editfield (im, image, field, valexpr, comment,
+	             verify, show, update)
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	        return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# If the expression is not parenthesized, assume that is is already
+	# a string literal.  If the expression is a string check for a simple
+	# numeric field.
+
+	ip = 1
+	numeric = (lexnum (valexpr, ip, numlen) != LEX_NONNUM)
+	if (numeric)
+	    numeric = (numlen == strlen (valexpr))
+
+	if (numeric || valexpr[1] == '(')
+	    o = evexpr (valexpr, locpr(he_getop), 0)
+	else {
+	    call malloc (o, LEN_OPERAND, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call xev_initop (o, max(1,strlen(valexpr)), TY_CHAR)
+	    call strcpy (valexpr, O_VALC(o), SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# Add the field to the image (or update the value).  The datatype of
+	# the expression value operand determines the datatype of the new
+	# parameter.
+	if (update == YES) {
+	    switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+	        if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0)
+	            call imakbci (im, field, O_VALB(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        else
+	            call imakbc (im, field, O_VALB(o), comment)
+	    case TY_CHAR:
+	        if (streq(field, "comment") || 
+	            streq(field, "history") ||
+	            streq(field, "add_textf") ||
+		    streq(field, "add_blank")) {
+                        if (streq(field, "add_textf")) {
+	                    call imputextf (im, O_VALC(o), pkey, baf) 
+		        } else {
+	                    call imphis (im, field, O_VALC(o), pkey, baf) 
+	                }
+	        } else if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0) {
+	            call imastrci (im, field, O_VALC(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        } else {
+	            call imastrc (im, field, O_VALC(o), comment)
+	        }
+	    case TY_INT:
+	        if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0)
+	            call imakici (im, field, O_VALI(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        else
+	            call imakic (im, field, O_VALI(o), comment)
+	    case TY_REAL:
+	        if (pkey[1] != EOS && baf != 0)
+	            call imakrci (im, field, O_VALR(o), comment, pkey, baf)
+	        else
+	            call imakrc (im, field, O_VALR(o), comment)
+	    default:
+	        call error (1, "unknown expression datatype")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (show == YES) {
+	    call he_encodeop (o, Memc[newval], SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("add %s,%s = %s / %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call he_pargstr (Memc[newval])
+		call pargstr(comment)
+	}
+
+	call xev_freeop (o)
+	call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_DELETEFIELD -- Delete a field from the indicated image.  If the field does
+# not exist, print a warning message.
+
+procedure nh_deletefield (im, image, field, valexpr, verify, show, update)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor of image to be edited
+char	image[ARB]		# name of image to be edited
+char	field[ARB]		# name of field to be edited
+char	valexpr[ARB]		# not used
+int	verify			# verify deletion interactively
+int	show			# print record of edit
+int	update			# enable updating of the image
+
+pointer	sp, ip, newval
+int	getline(), imaccf()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (newval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (imaccf (im, field) == NO) {
+	    call eprintf ("nonexistent field %s,%s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	    
+	if (verify == YES) {
+	    # Delete pending verification.
+
+	    call eprintf ("delete %s,%s ? (yes): ")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+	    call flush (STDERR)
+
+	    if (getline (STDIN, Memc[newval]) != EOF) {
+		# Strip leading whitespace and trailing newline.
+		for (ip=newval;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		    ;
+		if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == 'y') {
+		    call imdelf (im, field)
+		    if (show == YES) {
+			call printf ("%s,%s deleted\n")
+			    call pargstr (image)
+			    call pargstr (field)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	
+	} else {
+	    # Delete without verification.
+
+            if (update == YES) {
+	        iferr (call imdelf (im, field))
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        else if (show == YES) {
+		    call printf ("%s,%s deleted\n")
+		        call pargstr (image)
+		        call pargstr (field)
+	    } else if (show == YES)
+		call printf ("%s,%s deleted, no update\n")
+		    call pargstr (image)
+		    call pargstr (field)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_UPDATEFIELD -- Update the value of an image header field.
+
+procedure nh_updatefield (im, image, field, oldval, newval, oldcomm,
+           newcomm, show)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+char	image[ARB]		# image name
+char	field[ARB]		# field name
+char	oldval[ARB]		# old value, encoded as a string
+char	newval[ARB]		# new value, encoded as a string
+char	oldcomm[ARB]		# old keyword comment
+char	newcomm[ARB]		# new keyword comment
+int	show			# print record of update
+
+begin
+	iferr (call impstrc (im, field, newval, newcomm)) {
+	    call eprintf ("cannot update %s,%s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+	    return
+	}
+	if (show == YES) {
+	    call printf ("%s,%s: %s -> %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call nh_pargstrc (oldval, oldcomm)
+		call nh_pargstrc (newval, newcomm)
+
+	}
+end
+
+
+# NH_UPDATEKEY -- Update the image header field.
+
+procedure nh_updatekey (im, image, field, newkey, show)
+
+pointer	im			# image descriptor
+char	image[ARB]		# image name
+char	field[ARB]		# field name
+char	newkey[ARB]		# new key
+int	show			# print record of update
+
+begin
+	iferr (call imrenf (im, field, newkey)) {
+	    call eprintf ("cannot update %s,%s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+	    return
+	}
+	if (show == YES) {
+	    call printf ("%s,%s: %s -> %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call pargstr (field)
+		call pargstr (newkey)
+
+	}
+end
+
+
+# NH_CPSTR -- Copy a string to a header record with optional comment.
+
+procedure nh_cpstr (str, outbuf)
+
+char    str[ARB]                	# string to be printed
+char    outbuf[ARB]            		# comment string to be printed
+                                                                                
+int     ip
+bool    quoteit
+pointer sp, op, buf
+                                                                                
+begin
+                                                                                
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (buf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+                                                                                
+        op = buf
+        Memc[op] = '"'
+        op = op + 1
+                                                                                
+        # Copy string to scratch buffer, enclosed in quotes.  Check for
+        # embedded whitespace.
+                                                                                
+        quoteit = false
+        for (ip=1;  str[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+            if (IS_WHITE(str[ip])) {            # detect whitespace
+                quoteit = true
+                Memc[op] = str[ip]
+            } else if (str[ip] == '\n') {       # prettyprint newlines
+                Memc[op] = '\\'
+                op = op + 1
+                Memc[op] = 'n'
+            } else                              # normal characters
+                Memc[op] = str[ip]
+                                                                                
+            if (ip < SZ_LINE)
+                op = op + 1
+        }
+                                                                                
+        # If whitespace was seen pass the quoted string, otherwise pass the
+        # original input string.
+                                                                                
+        if (quoteit) {
+            Memc[op] = '"'
+            op = op + 1
+            Memc[op] = EOS
+            call strcpy (Memc[buf], outbuf, SZ_LINE)
+        } else
+            call strcpy (str, outbuf, SZ_LINE)
+                                                                                
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# NH_PARGSTRC -- Pass a string to a printf statement plus the comment string.
+										procedure nh_pargstrc (str, comment)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# string to be printed
+char	comment[ARB]		# comment string to be printed
+
+pointer	sp, buf
+
+begin
+
+	call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (buf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+                                                                                
+        call nh_cpstr (str, Memc[buf])
+
+        if (comment[1] != EOS) {
+           call strcat (" / ", Memc[buf], SZ_LINE)
+           call strcat (comment, Memc[buf], SZ_LINE)
+        }
+
+        call pargstr (Memc[buf])
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HE_GETPARS -- get the cl parameters for this task
+
+procedure he_getpars (operation, fields, valexpr, comment,
+	        pivot, baf, update, verify, show)
+        
+int	operation
+pointer	fields			# template listing fields to be processed
+pointer	valexpr			# the value expression (if op=edit|add)
+char	comment[ARB]
+char	pivot[ARB]
+int	baf
+int	update
+int	verify
+int	show
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+
+pointer ip
+int	btoi()
+
+begin
+	# Set switches.
+	operation = OP_EDIT
+	if (clgetb ("add"))
+	    operation = OP_ADD
+	else if (clgetb ("addonly"))
+	    operation = OP_INIT
+	else if (clgetb ("delete"))
+	    operation = OP_DELETE
+	else if (clgetb ("rename"))
+	    operation = OP_RENAME
+
+	# If fields is NULL then this will be done in a command file.
+	if (fields != NULL) {
+
+	    # Get list of fields to be edited, added, or deleted.
+	    call clgstr ("fields", Memc[fields], SZ_LINE)
+	    for (ip=fields;  IS_WHITE (Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[fields], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    # Set value expression.
+	    Memc[valexpr] = EOS
+	    if (operation != OP_DELETE) {
+		call clgstr ("value", Memc[valexpr], SZ_LINE)
+		if (operation != OP_RENAME)
+		    call clgstr ("comment", comment, SZ_LINE)
+		   
+		# Justify value
+		for (ip=valexpr;  IS_WHITE (Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		    ;
+		call strcpy (Memc[ip], Memc[valexpr], SZ_LINE)
+		ip = valexpr
+		while (Memc[ip] != EOS)
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		while (ip > valexpr && IS_WHITE (Memc[ip-1]))
+		    ip = ip - 1
+		Memc[ip] = EOS
+	    }
+
+	    # If only printing results ignore the RENAME flag.
+	    if (operation == OP_RENAME && streq (Memc[valexpr], ".")) {
+		operation = OP_EDIT
+		call strcpy (".", comment, SZ_LINE)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    Memc[valexpr] = EOS
+	    comment[1] = EOS
+	}
+
+
+	# Get switches.  If the expression value is ".", meaning print value
+	# rather than edit, then we do not use the switches.
+	
+	if (operation == OP_EDIT && streq (Memc[valexpr], ".") &&
+	    streq (comment, ".")) {
+	    update = NO
+	    verify = NO
+	    show   = NO
+	} else {
+	    update = btoi (clgetb ("update"))
+	    verify = btoi (clgetb ("verify"))
+	    show   = btoi (clgetb ("show"))
+            call clgstr ("after", pivot, SZ_LINE)
+            if (pivot[1] != EOS)
+                baf = AFTER
+            if (pivot[1] == EOS) {
+                call clgstr ("before", pivot, SZ_LINE)
+                if (pivot[1] != EOS)
+                   baf = BEFORE
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# NH_SETPAR -- Set a parameter.
+
+procedure nh_setpar (operation, dp_oper, dp_update, dp_verify, dp_show, 
+                        update, verify, show)
+int     operation
+int     dp_oper
+int     dp_update
+int     dp_verify
+int     dp_show
+int     update
+int     verify
+int     show
+
+begin
+        # If the value is positive then the parameter has been set
+        # in the command line.
+
+	if (operation == OP_DEFPAR)
+            operation = dp_oper
+        if (update == -1)
+            update = dp_update
+	if (verify == -1)
+            verify = dp_verify
+        if (show == -1)
+            show = dp_show
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_chpix.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_chpix.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13c35cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_chpix.x
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <fset.h>
+
+# T_CHPIXTYPE -- Change the pixel type of a list of images from the specified
+# old pixel type to the new pixel type. The input images to be converted can
+# be slected by pixel type. Conversion from one pixel type to another is
+# direct and may involve loss of precision and dynamic range. Mapping of
+# floating point numbers to integer numbers is done by truncation.
+
+
+define  CHP_ALL         1               # All types
+define  CHP_USHORT      2               # Unsigned short integer
+define  CHP_SHORT       3               # Short integers
+define  CHP_INT         4               # Integers
+define  CHP_LONG        5               # Long integers
+define  CHP_REAL        6               # Reals
+define  CHP_DOUBLE      7               # Doubles
+define  CHP_COMPLEX     8               # Complex
+
+define	CHP_TYSTR	"|all|ushort|short|int|long|real|double|complex|"
+
+procedure t_chpixtype()
+
+pointer imtlist1                # Input image list
+pointer imtlist2                # Output image list
+
+pointer image1                  # Input image
+pointer image2                  # Output image
+pointer imtemp                  # Temporary file
+
+int     list1, list2, intype, outtype, verbose
+pointer im1, im2, sp, instr, outstr, imstr
+bool    clgetb()
+int     imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), clgwrd(), chp_gettype(), btoi()
+pointer immap()
+
+errchk	xt_mkimtemp, immap, imunmap, xt_delimtemp, chp_pixtype
+
+begin
+        call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+        # Allocate temporary space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (instr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (outstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (imstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Get task parameters.
+        call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+        call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+        # Get the input and output pixel types.
+        intype =  clgwrd ("oldpixtype", Memc[instr], SZ_LINE, CHP_TYSTR)
+        outtype = clgwrd ("newpixtype", Memc[outstr], SZ_LINE, CHP_TYSTR)
+        verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+
+        list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+        list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+        if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+            call imtclose (list1)
+            call imtclose (list2)
+            call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+        }
+
+        # Loop over the set of input and output images
+        while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+              (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+            
+            iferr {
+
+                # Open the input and output images.
+                call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp],
+                    SZ_FNAME)
+                im1 = immap (Memc[image1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+                if (intype == CHP_ALL || IM_PIXTYPE(im1) == chp_gettype(intype))
+                    im2 = immap (Memc[image2], NEW_COPY, im1)
+                else
+                    im2 = NULL
+
+                # Change the pixel type.
+                call chp_enctype (IM_PIXTYPE(im1), Memc[imstr], SZ_LINE)
+                if (im2 == NULL) {
+                    if (verbose == YES) {
+                        call printf ("Cannot change Image: %s (%s) -> ")
+                            call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                            call pargstr (Memc[imstr])
+			call printf ("Image: %s (%s)\n")
+                            call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                            call pargstr (Memc[outstr])
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    if (verbose == YES) {
+                        call printf ("Image: %s (%s) -> Image: %s (%s)\n")
+                            call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                            call pargstr (Memc[imstr])
+                            call pargstr (Memc[imtemp])
+                            call pargstr (Memc[outstr])
+                    }
+                    call chp_pixtype (im1, im2, chp_gettype (outtype))
+                }
+
+                # Close up the input and output images.
+                call imunmap (im1)
+                if (im2 != NULL) {
+                    call imunmap (im2)
+                    call xt_delimtemp (Memc[image2], Memc[imtemp])
+                }
+
+            } then {
+                call eprintf ("Error converting %s (%s) -> (%s)\n")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[image1])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[imstr])
+                    call pargstr (Memc[outstr])
+                call erract (EA_WARN)
+            }
+        }
+
+        call imtclose (list1)
+        call imtclose (list2)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CHP_PIXTYPE -- Change pixel types using line sequential image i/o.
+
+procedure chp_pixtype (im1, im2, outtype)
+
+pointer im1             # pointer to the input image
+pointer im2             # pointer to the output image
+int     outtype         # output pixel type
+
+int     ncols
+long    v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer buf1, buf2
+int     imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+int     impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+
+errchk	imgnls, imgnli, imgnll, imgnlr, imgnld, imgnlx
+errchk	impnls, impnli, impnll, impnlr, impnld, impnlx
+
+begin
+        ncols = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+
+        IM_PIXTYPE(im2) = outtype
+        call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+        call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+        switch (outtype) {
+        case TY_USHORT:
+            while (impnll(im2,buf2,v2) != EOF && imgnll(im1,buf1,v1) != EOF)
+                call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], ncols)
+        case TY_SHORT:
+            while (impnls(im2,buf2,v2) != EOF && imgnls(im1,buf1,v1) != EOF)
+                call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], ncols)
+        case TY_INT:
+            while (impnli(im2,buf2,v2) != EOF && imgnli(im1,buf1,v1) != EOF)
+                call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols)
+        case TY_LONG:
+            while (impnll(im2,buf2,v2) != EOF && imgnll(im1,buf1,v1) != EOF)
+                call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], ncols)
+        case TY_REAL:
+            while (impnlr(im2,buf2,v2) != EOF && imgnlr(im1,buf1,v1) != EOF)
+                call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+        case TY_DOUBLE:
+            while (impnld(im2,buf2,v2) != EOF && imgnld(im1,buf1,v1) != EOF)
+                call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], ncols)
+        case TY_COMPLEX:
+            while (impnlx(im2,buf2,v2) != EOF && imgnlx(im1,buf1,v1) != EOF)
+                call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], ncols)
+        }
+
+	call imflush (im2)
+end
+
+
+# CHP_GETTYPE -- Get the the image pixel type.
+
+int procedure chp_gettype (intype)
+
+int     intype          # input pixel type
+
+begin
+        switch (intype) {
+        case CHP_USHORT:
+            return (TY_USHORT)
+        case CHP_SHORT:
+            return (TY_SHORT)
+        case CHP_INT:
+            return (TY_INT)
+        case CHP_LONG:
+            return (TY_LONG)
+        case CHP_REAL:
+            return (TY_REAL)
+        case CHP_DOUBLE:
+            return (TY_DOUBLE)
+        case CHP_COMPLEX:
+            return (TY_COMPLEX)
+        default:
+            return (ERR)
+        }
+end
+
+
+# CHP_ENCTYPE -- Encode the pixel type string.
+
+procedure chp_enctype (pixtype, str, maxch)
+
+int     pixtype         # pixel type
+char    str[ARB]        # string for encoding pixel type
+int     maxch           # maximum characters
+
+begin
+        switch (pixtype) {
+        case TY_USHORT:
+            call strcpy ("ushort", str, maxch)
+        case TY_SHORT:
+            call strcpy ("short", str, maxch)
+        case TY_INT:
+            call strcpy ("int", str, maxch)
+        case TY_LONG:
+            call strcpy ("long", str, maxch)
+        case TY_REAL:
+            call strcpy ("real", str, maxch)
+        case TY_DOUBLE:
+            call strcpy ("double", str, maxch)
+        case TY_COMPLEX:
+            call strcpy ("complex", str, maxch)
+        }
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imarith.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imarith.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d5f6105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imarith.x
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<lexnum.h>
+
+define	ADD	1			# Opcodes.
+define	SUB	2
+define	MUL	3
+define	DIV	4
+define	MIN	5
+define	MAX	6
+
+# T_IMARITH -- Simple image arithmetic.
+#
+# For each pixel in each image compute:
+#
+#	operand1 op operand2 = result
+#
+# Do the operations as efficiently as possible.  Allow operand1 or operand2
+# to be a constant.  Allow resultant image to have the same name as an
+# operand image.  Allow lists for the operands and the results.
+# Allow one of the operands to have extra dimensions but require that the
+# common dimensions are of the same length.
+
+procedure t_imarith ()
+
+int	list1				# Operand1 list
+int	list2				# Operand2 list
+int	list3				# Result list
+int	op				# Operator
+bool	verbose				# Verbose option
+bool	noact				# Noact option
+double	c1				# Constant for operand1
+double	c2				# Constant for operand2
+double	divzero				# Zero divide replacement
+int	pixtype				# Output pixel datatype
+int	calctype			# Datatype for calculations
+
+int	i, j, pixtype1, pixtype2
+short	sc1, sc2, sdz
+int	hlist
+double	dval1, dval2
+pointer	im1, im2, im3
+pointer	sp, operand1, operand2, result, imtemp
+pointer	opstr, dtstr, field, title, hparams
+
+int	imtopenp(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), imofnlu(), imgnfn()
+double	clgetd(), imgetd()
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+int	clgwrd()
+int	gctod(), lexnum()
+pointer	immap()
+errchk	immap, imgetd, imputd
+
+begin
+	# Allocate memory for strings.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (operand1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (operand2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (result, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (opstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (dtstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_IMTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (hparams, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the operands and the operator.
+	list1 = imtopenp ("operand1")
+	op = clgwrd ("op", Memc[opstr], SZ_FNAME, ",+,-,*,/,min,max,")
+	list2 = imtopenp ("operand2")
+	list3 = imtopenp ("result")
+
+	# Get the rest of the options.
+	call clgstr ("hparams", Memc[hparams], SZ_LINE)
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+	noact = clgetb ("noact")
+	if (op == DIV)
+	    divzero = clgetd ("divzero")
+
+	# Check the number of elements.
+	if (((imtlen (list1) != 1) && (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list3))) ||
+	    ((imtlen (list2) != 1) && (imtlen (list2) != imtlen (list3)))) {
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	    call imtclose (list3)
+	    call error (1, "Wrong number of elements in the operand lists")
+	}
+
+	# Do each operation.
+	while (imtgetim (list3, Memc[result], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    if (imtgetim (list1, Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		call strcpy (Memc[imtemp], Memc[operand1], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (imtgetim (list2, Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+		call strcpy (Memc[imtemp], Memc[operand2], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Image sections in the output are not allowed.
+	    call imgsection (Memc[result], Memc[field], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[field] != EOS) {
+		call eprintf (
+	        "imarith: image sections in the output are not allowed (%s)\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[result])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # To allow purely numeric file names first test if the operand
+	    # is a file.  If it is not then attempt to interpret the operand
+	    # as a numerical constant.  Otherwise it is an error.
+	    iferr {
+		im1 = immap (Memc[operand1], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		pixtype1 = IM_PIXTYPE(im1)
+	    } then {
+		i = 1
+	        j = gctod (Memc[operand1], i, c1)
+		if ((Memc[operand1+i-1]!=EOS) && (Memc[operand1+i-1]!=' ')) {
+		    call eprintf ("%s is not an image or a number\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[operand1])
+		    next
+		}
+
+		i = 1
+		pixtype1 = lexnum (Memc[operand1], i, j)
+		switch (pixtype1) {
+		case LEX_REAL:
+		    pixtype1 = TY_REAL
+		default:
+		    pixtype1 = TY_SHORT
+		}
+		im1 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    iferr {
+		im2 = immap (Memc[operand2], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		pixtype2 = IM_PIXTYPE(im2)
+	    } then {
+		i = 1
+	        j = gctod (Memc[operand2], i, c2)
+		if ((Memc[operand2+i-1]!=EOS) && (Memc[operand2+i-1]!=' ')) {
+		    call eprintf ("%s is not an image or a number\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[operand2])
+		    if (im1 != NULL)
+			call imunmap (im1)
+		    next
+		}
+
+		i = 1
+		pixtype2 = lexnum (Memc[operand2], i, j)
+		switch (pixtype2) {
+		case LEX_REAL:
+		    pixtype2 = TY_REAL
+		default:
+		    pixtype2 = TY_SHORT
+		}
+		im2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	    # Determine the output pixel datatype and calculation datatype.
+	    call ima_set (pixtype1, pixtype2, op, pixtype, calctype)
+
+	    # If verbose or noact print the operation.
+	    if (verbose || noact) {
+	        call printf ("IMARITH:\n  Operation = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[opstr])
+	        call printf ("  Operand1 = %s\n  Operand2 = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[operand1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[operand2])
+	        call printf ("  Result = %s\n  Result pixel type = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[result])
+		    call dtstring (pixtype, Memc[dtstr], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[dtstr])
+	        call printf ("  Calculation type = %s\n")
+		    call dtstring (calctype, Memc[dtstr], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[dtstr])
+		if (op == DIV) {
+		    call printf (
+			"  Replacement value for division by zero  = %g\n")
+			call pargd (divzero)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Do the operation if the no act switch is not set.
+	    if (!noact) {
+	        # Check the two operands have the same dimension lengths
+		# over the same dimensions.
+	        if ((im1 != NULL) && (im2 != NULL)) {
+		    j = OK
+		    do i = 1, min (IM_NDIM (im1), IM_NDIM (im2))
+	    	        if (IM_LEN (im1, i) != IM_LEN (im2, i))
+			    j = ERR
+		    if (j == ERR) {
+			call imunmap (im1)
+			call imunmap (im2)
+	                call eprintf (
+			    "Input images have different dimensions\n")
+			next
+		    }
+		}
+
+	        # Create a temporary output image as a copy of one of the
+		# operand images (the one with the highest dimension).
+		# This allows the resultant image to have
+		# the same name as one of the operand images.
+	        if ((im1 != NULL) && (im2 != NULL)) {
+	            call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[operand1], Memc[result],
+			Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME)
+		    if (streq (Memc[result], Memc[imtemp]))
+	                call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[operand2], Memc[result],
+			    Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME)
+		    if (IM_NDIM(im1) >= IM_NDIM(im2))
+	                im3 = immap (Memc[result], NEW_COPY, im1)
+		    else
+	                im3 = immap (Memc[result], NEW_COPY, im2)
+	        } else if (im1 != NULL) {
+	            call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[operand1], Memc[result],
+			Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME)
+	            im3 = immap (Memc[result], NEW_COPY, im1)
+	        } else if (im2 != NULL) {
+	            call xt_mkimtemp (Memc[operand2], Memc[result],
+			Memc[imtemp], SZ_FNAME)
+	            im3 = immap (Memc[result], NEW_COPY, im2)
+	        } else
+	            call error (0, "No operand images")
+
+		# Set the result image title and pixel datatype.
+		call clgstr ("title", Memc[title], SZ_IMTITLE)
+		if (Memc[title] != EOS)
+		    call strcpy (Memc[title], IM_TITLE (im3), SZ_IMTITLE)
+		IM_PIXTYPE (im3) = pixtype
+
+		# Call the appropriate procedure to do the arithmetic
+		# efficiently.
+	        switch (calctype) {
+	        case TY_SHORT:
+		    sc1 = c1
+		    sc2 = c2
+	            switch (op) {
+	            case ADD:
+	                call ima_adds (im1, im2, im3, sc1, sc2)
+	            case SUB:
+	                call ima_subs (im1, im2, im3, sc1, sc2)
+	            case MUL:
+	                call ima_muls (im1, im2, im3, sc1, sc2)
+	            case DIV:
+			sdz = divzero
+	                call ima_divs (im1, im2, im3, sc1, sc2, sdz)
+	            case MIN:
+	                call ima_mins (im1, im2, im3, sc1, sc2)
+	            case MAX:
+	                call ima_maxs (im1, im2, im3, sc1, sc2)
+	            }
+	        case TY_INT:
+	            switch (op) {
+	            case ADD:
+	                call ima_addi (im1, im2, im3, int (c1), int (c2))
+	            case SUB:
+	                call ima_subi (im1, im2, im3, int (c1), int (c2))
+	            case MUL:
+	                call ima_muli (im1, im2, im3, int (c1), int (c2))
+	            case DIV:
+	                call ima_divi (im1, im2, im3, int (c1), int (c2),
+			    int (divzero))
+	            case MIN:
+	                call ima_mini (im1, im2, im3, int (c1), int (c2))
+	            case MAX:
+	                call ima_maxi (im1, im2, im3, int (c1), int (c2))
+	            }
+	        case TY_LONG:
+	            switch (op) {
+	            case ADD:
+	                call ima_addl (im1, im2, im3, long (c1), long (c2))
+	            case SUB:
+	                call ima_subl (im1, im2, im3, long (c1), long (c2))
+	            case MUL:
+	                call ima_mull (im1, im2, im3, long (c1), long (c2))
+	            case DIV:
+	                call ima_divl (im1, im2, im3, long (c1), long (c2),
+			    long (divzero))
+	            case MIN:
+	                call ima_minl (im1, im2, im3, long (c1), long (c2))
+	            case MAX:
+	                call ima_maxl (im1, im2, im3, long (c1), long (c2))
+	            }
+	        case TY_REAL:
+	            switch (op) {
+	            case ADD:
+	                call ima_addr (im1, im2, im3, real (c1), real (c2))
+	            case SUB:
+	                call ima_subr (im1, im2, im3, real (c1), real (c2))
+	            case MUL:
+	                call ima_mulr (im1, im2, im3, real (c1), real (c2))
+	            case DIV:
+	                call ima_divr (im1, im2, im3, real (c1), real (c2),
+			    real (divzero))
+	            case MIN:
+	                call ima_minr (im1, im2, im3, real (c1), real (c2))
+	            case MAX:
+	                call ima_maxr (im1, im2, im3, real (c1), real (c2))
+	            }
+	        case TY_DOUBLE:
+	            switch (op) {
+	            case ADD:
+	                call ima_addd (im1, im2, im3, double(c1), double(c2))
+	            case SUB:
+	                call ima_subd (im1, im2, im3, double(c1), double(c2))
+	            case MUL:
+	                call ima_muld (im1, im2, im3, double(c1), double(c2))
+	            case DIV:
+	                call ima_divd (im1, im2, im3, double(c1), double(c2),
+			    double(divzero))
+	            case MIN:
+	                call ima_mind (im1, im2, im3, double(c1), double(c2))
+	            case MAX:
+	                call ima_maxd (im1, im2, im3, double(c1), double(c2))
+	            }
+		}
+
+	        # Do the header parameters.
+	        iferr {
+		    ifnoerr (dval1 = imgetd (im3, "CCDMEAN"))
+		        call imdelf (im3, "CCDMEAN")
+
+	            hlist = imofnlu (im3, Memc[hparams])
+		    while (imgnfn (hlist, Memc[field], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	                if (im1 != NULL)
+	                    dval1 = imgetd (im1, Memc[field])
+		        else
+			    dval1 = c1
+	                if (im2 != NULL)
+	                    dval2 = imgetd (im2, Memc[field])
+		        else
+			    dval2 = c2
+
+		        switch (op) {
+	                case ADD:
+			    call imputd (im3, Memc[field], dval1 + dval2)
+	                case SUB:
+			    call imputd (im3, Memc[field], dval1 - dval2)
+	                case MUL:
+			    call imputd (im3, Memc[field], dval1 * dval2)
+	                case DIV:
+			    if (dval2 == 0.) {
+				call eprintf (
+		    "WARNING: Division by zero in header keyword (%s)\n")
+				    call pargstr (Memc[field])
+			    } else
+				call imputd (im3, Memc[field], dval1 / dval2)
+	                case MIN:
+			    call imputd (im3, Memc[field], min (dval1, dval2))
+	                case MAX:
+			    call imputd (im3, Memc[field], max (dval1, dval2))
+		        }
+		    }
+		    call imcfnl (hlist)
+	        } then
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    }
+
+	    # Unmap images and release the temporary output image.
+	    if (im1 != NULL)
+	        call imunmap (im1)
+	    if (im2 != NULL)
+	        call imunmap (im2)
+	    if (!noact) {
+	        call imunmap (im3)
+	        call xt_delimtemp (Memc[result], Memc[imtemp])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list1)
+	call imtclose (list2)
+	call imtclose (list3)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMA_SET -- Determine the output image pixel type and the calculation
+# datatype.  The default pixel types are based on the highest arithmetic
+# precendence of the input images or constants.  Division requires
+# a minimum of real.
+
+procedure ima_set (pixtype1, pixtype2, op, pixtype, calctype)
+
+int	pixtype1			# Pixel datatype of operand 1
+int	pixtype2			# Pixel datatype of operand 2
+int	pixtype				# Pixel datatype of resultant image
+int	op				# Operation
+int	calctype			# Pixel datatype for calculations
+
+char	line[1]
+int	max_type
+
+begin
+	# Determine maximum precedence datatype.
+	switch (pixtype1) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    if (op == DIV)
+		max_type = TY_REAL
+	    else if (pixtype2 == TY_USHORT)
+		max_type = TY_LONG
+	    else
+	        max_type = pixtype2
+	case TY_USHORT:
+	    if (op == DIV)
+		max_type = TY_REAL
+	    else if ((pixtype2 == TY_SHORT) || (pixtype2 == TY_USHORT))
+		max_type = TY_LONG
+	    else
+		max_type = pixtype2
+	case TY_INT:
+	    if (op == DIV)
+		max_type = TY_REAL
+	    else if ((pixtype2 == TY_SHORT) || (pixtype2 == TY_USHORT))
+		max_type = pixtype1
+	    else
+		max_type = pixtype2
+	case TY_LONG:
+	    if (op == DIV)
+		max_type = TY_REAL
+	    else if ((pixtype2 == TY_SHORT) || (pixtype2 == TY_USHORT) ||
+	        (pixtype2 == TY_INT))
+		max_type = pixtype1
+	    else
+		max_type = pixtype2
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    if (pixtype2 == TY_DOUBLE)
+		max_type = pixtype2
+	    else
+		max_type = pixtype1
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    max_type = pixtype1
+	}
+
+	# Set calculation datatype.
+	call clgstr ("calctype", line, 1)
+	switch (line[1]) {
+	case '1':
+	    if (pixtype1 == TY_USHORT)
+		calctype = TY_LONG
+	    else
+	        calctype = pixtype1
+	case '2':
+	    if (pixtype2 == TY_USHORT)
+		calctype = TY_LONG
+	    else
+	        calctype = pixtype2
+	case EOS:
+	    calctype = max_type
+	case 's':
+	    calctype = TY_SHORT
+	case 'u':
+	    calctype = TY_LONG
+	case 'i':
+	    calctype = TY_INT
+	case 'l':
+	    calctype = TY_LONG
+	case 'r':
+	    calctype = TY_REAL
+	case 'd':
+	    calctype = TY_DOUBLE
+	default:
+	    call error (6, "Unrecognized datatype")
+	}
+
+	# Set output pixel datatype.
+	call clgstr ("pixtype", line, 1)
+	switch (line[1]) {
+	case '1':
+	    pixtype = pixtype1
+	case '2':
+	    pixtype = pixtype2
+	case EOS:
+	    pixtype = calctype
+	case 's':
+	    pixtype = TY_SHORT
+	case 'u':
+	    pixtype = TY_USHORT
+	case 'i':
+	    pixtype = TY_INT
+	case 'l':
+	    pixtype = TY_LONG
+	case 'r':
+	    pixtype = TY_REAL
+	case 'd':
+	    pixtype = TY_DOUBLE
+	default:
+	    call error (6, "Unrecognized dataype")
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imaxes.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imaxes.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86d32fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imaxes.x
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+define	SZ_PARAM	5
+
+
+# IMAXES -- Determine the number and lengths of the axes of an image.
+# Called from CL scripts.  This routine will go away when we get DBIO
+# access from the CL.
+
+procedure t_imaxes()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+char	param[SZ_PARAM]
+int	i
+pointer	im
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("image", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (imname, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	call clputi ("ndim", IM_NDIM(im))
+
+	do i = 1, IM_MAXDIM {
+	    call sprintf (param, SZ_PARAM, "len%d")
+		call pargi (i)
+	    call clputl (param, IM_LEN(im,i))
+	}
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imcopy.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imcopy.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b79f0d9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imcopy.x
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMCOPY -- Copy image(s)
+#
+# The input images are given by an image template list.  The output
+# is either a matching list of images or a directory.
+# The number of input images may be either one or match the number of output
+# images.  Image sections are allowed in the input images and are ignored
+# in the output images.  If the input and output image names are the same
+# then the copy is performed to a temporary file which then replaces the
+# input image.
+
+procedure t_imcopy()
+
+char	imtlist1[SZ_LINE]			# Input image list
+char	imtlist2[SZ_LINE]			# Output image list
+bool	verbose					# Print operations?
+
+char	image1[SZ_PATHNAME]			# Input image name
+char	image2[SZ_PATHNAME]			# Output image name
+char	dirname1[SZ_PATHNAME]			# Directory name
+char	dirname2[SZ_PATHNAME]			# Directory name
+
+int	list1, list2, root_len
+
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+int	fnldir(), isdirectory()
+bool	clgetb()
+
+begin
+	# Get input and output image template lists.
+
+	call clgstr ("input", imtlist1, SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("output", imtlist2, SZ_LINE)
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Check if the output string is a directory.
+
+	if (isdirectory (imtlist2, dirname2, SZ_PATHNAME) > 0) {
+	    list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	    while (imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_PATHNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Strip the image section first because fnldir recognizes it
+		# as part of a directory.  Place the input image name
+		# without a directory or image section in string dirname1.
+
+		call get_root (image1, image2, SZ_PATHNAME)
+		root_len = fnldir (image2, dirname1, SZ_PATHNAME)
+		call strcpy (image2[root_len + 1], dirname1, SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+		call strcpy (dirname2, image2, SZ_PATHNAME)
+		call strcat (dirname1, image2, SZ_PATHNAME)
+		call img_imcopy (image1, image2, verbose)
+	    }
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+
+	} else {
+	    # Expand the input and output image lists.
+
+	    list1 = imtopen (imtlist1)
+	    list2 = imtopen (imtlist2)
+
+	    if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	        call imtclose (list1)
+	        call imtclose (list2)
+	        call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same")
+	    }
+
+	    # Do each set of input/output images.
+
+	    while ((imtgetim (list1, image1, SZ_PATHNAME) != EOF) &&
+		(imtgetim (list2, image2, SZ_PATHNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+		call img_imcopy (image1, image2, verbose)
+	    }
+
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imdivide.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imdivide.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..510e49e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imdivide.x
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# T_IMDIVIDE -- Image division with rescaling.
+
+# Options for rescaling.
+define	NORESC	1		# Do not scale resultant image
+define	MEAN	2		# Scale resultant mean to given value
+define	NUMER	3		# Scale resultant mean to mean of numerator
+
+procedure t_imdivide ()
+
+char	image1[SZ_FNAME]			# Numerator image
+char	image2[SZ_FNAME]			# Denominator image
+char	image3[SZ_FNAME]			# Resultant image
+char	title[SZ_IMTITLE]			# Resultant image title
+int	rescale					# Option for rescaling
+real	constant				# Replacement for zero divide
+bool	verbose					# Verbose output?
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE]
+int	i, npix, ntotal
+real	sum1, sum2, sum3, scale
+long	line1[IM_MAXDIM], line2[IM_MAXDIM], line3[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	im1, im2, im3, data1, data2, data3
+
+int	clgwrd(), imgnlr(), impnlr()
+bool	clgetb(), strne()
+real	clgetr(), asumr(), ima_efncr()
+pointer	immap()
+extern	ima_efncr
+
+common	/imadcomr/ constant
+
+begin
+	# Access images and set parameters.
+	call clgstr ("numerator", image1, SZ_FNAME)
+	im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	call clgstr ("denominator", image2, SZ_FNAME)
+	im2 = immap (image2, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	call clgstr ("resultant", image3, SZ_FNAME)
+	im3 = immap (image3, NEW_COPY, im1)
+
+	if (IM_NDIM (im1) != IM_NDIM (im2))
+	    call error (0, "Input images have different dimensions")
+	do i = 1, IM_NDIM (im1)
+	    if (IM_LEN (im1, i) != IM_LEN (im2, i))
+		call error (0, "Input images have different sizes")
+
+	call clgstr ("title", title, SZ_IMTITLE)
+	if (strne (title, "*"))
+	    call strcpy (title, IM_TITLE(im3), SZ_IMTITLE) 
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im3) = TY_REAL
+
+	constant = clgetr ("constant")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Initialize.
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	ntotal = 0
+	sum1 = 0.
+	sum2 = 0.
+	sum3 = 0.
+	call amovkl (long(1), line1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), line2, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), line3, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Loop through the images doing the division.
+	# Accumulate the sums for mean values.
+	while (impnlr (im3, data3, line3) != EOF) {
+	    i = imgnlr (im1, data1, line1)
+	    i = imgnlr (im2, data2, line2)
+	    call advzr (Memr[data1], Memr[data2], Memr[data3], npix, ima_efncr)
+	    sum1 = sum1 + asumr (Memr[data1], npix)
+	    sum2 = sum2 + asumr (Memr[data2], npix)
+	    sum3 = sum3 + asumr (Memr[data3], npix)
+	    ntotal = ntotal + npix
+	}
+	sum1 = sum1 / ntotal
+	sum2 = sum2 / ntotal
+	sum3 = sum3 / ntotal
+
+	# Close the images.
+	call imunmap (im1)
+	call imunmap (im2)
+	call imunmap (im3)
+
+	# Print image means if verbose.
+	if (verbose) {
+	    call printf ("Task imdivide:\n")
+	    call printf ("    %s: Mean = %g\n")
+		call pargstr (image1)
+		call pargr (sum1)
+	    call printf ("    %s: Mean = %g\n")
+		call pargstr (image2)
+		call pargr (sum2)
+	    call printf ("    %s: Mean = %g\n")
+		call pargstr (image3)
+		call pargr (sum3)
+	}
+
+	# Determine resultant image rescaling.
+	rescale = clgwrd ("rescale", str, SZ_LINE, ",norescale,mean,numerator,")
+	switch (rescale) {
+	case NORESC:
+	    return
+	case MEAN:
+	    scale = clgetr ("mean") / sum3
+	case NUMER:
+	    scale = sum1 / sum3
+	}
+
+	if(verbose) {
+	    call printf ("    %s: Scale = %g\n")
+		call pargstr (image3)
+		call pargr (scale)
+	}
+
+	# Open image read_write and initialize line counters.
+	im1 = immap (image3, READ_WRITE, 0)
+	call amovkl (long(1), line1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), line2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Loop through the image rescaling the image lines.
+	while (imgnlr (im1, data1, line1) != EOF) {
+	    i = impnlr (im1, data2, line2)
+	    call amulkr (Memr[data1], scale, Memr[data2], npix)
+	}
+
+	call imunmap (im1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imjoin.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imjoin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..810c0a2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imjoin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<syserr.h>
+
+define	DEFBUFSIZE		65536		# default IMIO buffer size
+define	FUDGE			0.8		# fudge factor
+
+
+# T_IMJOIN -- Produce a single output image from a list of input images
+# by joining the images in the input image list along a single dimension.
+# The set of input images need have the same number of dimensions and
+# elements per dimension ONLY along the axes not being joined.
+# The output pixel type will be converted to the highest precedence pixel
+# type if not all the images do not have the same pixel type.
+
+procedure t_imjoin()
+
+int	i, j, joindim, list, nimages, inpixtype, ndim, nelems[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	bufsize, maxsize, memory, oldsize, outpixtype, verbose
+pointer	sp, in, out, im, im1, input, output
+
+bool	clgetb()
+#char	clgetc()
+int	imtopenp(), imtlen(), imtgetim(), clgeti(), btoi()
+int	getdatatype(), ij_tymax(), sizeof(), begmem(), errcode()
+pointer	immap()
+errchk	immap
+
+define	retry_	99
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the parameters. Note that clgetc no longer accepts a blank
+	# string as input so clgstr is used to fetch the pixtype parameter
+	# and input is used as the temporary holding variable.
+	list = imtopenp ("input")
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_FNAME)
+	joindim = clgeti ("join_dimension")
+	#outpixtype = getdatatype (clgetc ("pixtype"))
+	call clgstr ("pixtype", Memc[input], SZ_FNAME)
+	outpixtype = getdatatype (Memc[input])
+	verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+
+	# Check to make sure that the input image list is not empty.
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	if (nimages == 0) {
+	    call imtclose (list)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (0, "The input image list is empty")
+	} else
+	    call salloc (in, nimages, TY_POINTER)
+
+	# Check the the join dimension is not too large.
+	if (joindim > IM_MAXDIM)
+	    call error (0,
+	    "The join dimension cannot be greater then the current IM_MAXDIM")
+
+	bufsize = 0
+
+retry_
+
+	# Map the input images.
+	nimages = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    nimages = nimages + 1
+	    Memi[in+nimages-1] = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the dimensionality, size, and pixel type of the output
+	# image. Force the output image to have the same number of dimensions
+	# as the input images, with the following check even though the
+	# remainder of the code permits stacking the images into a higher
+	# dimension.
+
+	im = Memi[in]
+	inpixtype = IM_PIXTYPE(im)
+	if (joindim > IM_NDIM(im)) {
+	    call eprintf (
+	        "ERROR: For image %s ndim is %d  max join dimension is %d\n")
+		call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		call pargi (IM_NDIM(im))
+		call pargi (IM_NDIM(im))
+	    call error (0, "The user-specified join dimension is too large")
+	}
+	ndim = max (IM_NDIM(im), joindim)
+	do j = 1, ndim {
+	    if (j <= IM_NDIM(im))
+	        nelems[j] = IM_LEN(im,j)
+	    else
+		nelems[j] = 1
+	}
+
+	# Make sure that all the input images have the same dimensionality,
+	# and that the length of each dimension is the same for all dimensions
+	# but the one being joined.
+
+	do i = 2, nimages {
+	    im1 = Memi[in+i-1]
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(im))
+		call error (0, "The input images have different dimensions")
+	    ndim = max (ndim, IM_NDIM(im1))
+	    do j = 1, ndim {
+		if (j > IM_NDIM(im1))
+		    nelems[j] = nelems[j] + 1
+		else if (j == joindim)
+		    nelems[j] = nelems[j] + IM_LEN(im1,j)
+		else if (IM_LEN(im1,j) != nelems[j])
+		    call error (0,
+                "The input images have unequal sizes in the non-join dimension")
+	    }
+	    inpixtype = ij_tymax (inpixtype, IM_PIXTYPE(im1))
+	}
+
+	# Open the output image and set its pixel data type, number of
+	# dimensions, and length of each of the dimensions.
+
+	out = immap (Memc[output], NEW_COPY, Memi[in])
+	if (outpixtype == ERR || outpixtype == TY_BOOL)
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(out) = inpixtype
+	else
+	    IM_PIXTYPE(out) = outpixtype
+	IM_NDIM(out) = ndim
+	do j = 1, ndim
+	    IM_LEN(out,j) = nelems[j]
+
+	if (bufsize == 0) {
+
+	    # Set initial IMIO buffer size based on the number of images
+	    # and maximum amount of working memory available.  The buffer
+	    # size may be adjusted later if the task runs out of memory.
+	    # The FUDGE factor is used to allow for the size of the
+	    # program, memory allocator inefficiencies, and any other
+	    # memory requirements besides IMIO.
+
+	    bufsize = 1
+	    do i = 1, IM_NDIM(out)
+		bufsize = bufsize * IM_LEN(out,i)
+	    bufsize = bufsize * sizeof (inpixtype)
+	    bufsize = min (bufsize, DEFBUFSIZE)
+	    memory = begmem ((nimages + 1) * bufsize, oldsize, maxsize)
+	    memory = min (memory, int (FUDGE * maxsize))
+	    bufsize = memory / (nimages + 1)
+	}
+
+	# Join the images along the join dimension. If an out of memory error
+	# occurs close all images and files, divide the IMIO buffer size in
+	# half and try again.
+
+	iferr {
+	    switch (inpixtype) {
+	    case TY_SHORT:
+		call imjoins (Memi[in], nimages, out, joindim, outpixtype)
+	    case TY_INT:
+		call imjoini (Memi[in], nimages, out, joindim, outpixtype)
+	    case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+		call imjoinl (Memi[in], nimages, out, joindim, outpixtype)
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		call imjoinr (Memi[in], nimages, out, joindim, outpixtype)
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		call imjoind (Memi[in], nimages, out, joindim, outpixtype)
+	    case TY_COMPLEX:
+		call imjoinx (Memi[in], nimages, out, joindim, outpixtype)
+	    }
+	} then {
+	    switch (errcode()) {
+	    case SYS_MFULL:
+		do j = 1, nimages
+		    call imunmap (Memi[in+j-1])
+		call imunmap (out)
+		call imdelete (Memc[output])
+		call imtrew (list)
+		bufsize = bufsize / 2
+		goto retry_
+	    default:
+		call erract (EA_ERROR)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (verbose == YES)
+	    call ij_verbose (Memi[in], nimages, out, joindim)
+
+	# Unmap all the images.
+	call imunmap (out)
+	do i = 1, nimages
+	    call imunmap (Memi[in+i-1])
+
+	# Restore memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call fixmem (oldsize)
+end
+
+
+define	MAX_NTYPES	8
+define	MAX_NPIXTYPES	7
+
+# IJ_TYMAX -- Return the data type of highest precedence.
+
+int procedure ij_tymax (type1, type2)
+
+int	type1, type2		# Input data types
+
+int	i, j, order[MAX_NTYPES]
+data	order/TY_SHORT,TY_USHORT,TY_INT,TY_LONG,TY_REAL,TY_DOUBLE,TY_COMPLEX,
+	     TY_REAL/
+begin
+	for (i=1; (i<=MAX_NPIXTYPES) && (type1!=order[i]); i=i+1)
+	    ;
+	for (j=1; (j<=MAX_NPIXTYPES) && (type2!=order[j]); j=j+1)
+	    ;
+	return (order[max(i,j)])
+end
+
+
+# IJ_VERBOSE -- Print messages about the actions taken by IMJOIN.
+
+procedure ij_verbose (imptrs, nimages, outptr, joindim)
+
+pointer	imptrs[ARB]		# array of input image pointers
+int	nimages			# the number of input images
+pointer	outptr			# the output image pointer
+int	joindim			# the join dimension
+
+int	i, j, nindim, noutdim
+long	offset
+
+begin
+	noutdim = IM_NDIM(outptr)
+	offset = 1
+
+	do i = 1, nimages {
+
+	    nindim = IM_NDIM(imptrs[i])
+	    call printf ("Join: %s size: ") 
+		call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(imptrs[i]))
+	    do j = 1, nindim {
+		if (j == nindim)
+		    call printf ("%d  ->  ")
+		else
+		    call printf ("%d X ")
+		call pargl (IM_LEN(imptrs[i],j))
+	    }
+
+	    call printf ("%s[") 
+		call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(outptr))
+	    do j = 1, noutdim {
+		if (j > nindim) {
+		    call printf ("%d:%d")
+			call pargi (i)
+			call pargi (i)
+		} else if (j == joindim) {
+		    call printf ("%d:%d")
+			call pargl (offset)
+			call pargl (offset + IM_LEN(imptrs[i],j)-1)
+		    offset = offset + IM_LEN(imptrs[i],j)
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("1:%d")
+			call pargl (IM_LEN(outptr,j))
+		}
+		if (j != noutdim)
+		    call printf (",")
+		else
+		    call printf ("]")
+	    }
+
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imrename.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imrename.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25562044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imrename.x
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMRENAME -- Rename an image or list of images, or move a image or images
+# to a new directory.  Pixel files are moved to the current IMDIR.  Moving
+# an image to the same directory will move the pixel file if IMDIR has been
+# changed since the image was created.
+
+procedure t_imrename()
+
+pointer	sp, old_list, new_list
+pointer	old_name, new_name, old_dir, new_dir
+bool	verbose
+
+int	list1, list2, root_len
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+int	fnldir(), isdirectory()
+bool	clgetb()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (old_list, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (new_list, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (old_name, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (new_name, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (new_dir,  SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (old_dir,  SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get input and output image template lists.
+	call clgstr ("oldnames", Memc[old_list], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("newnames", Memc[new_list], SZ_LINE)
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Check if the output string is a directory.
+
+	if (isdirectory (Memc[new_list], Memc[new_dir], SZ_PATHNAME) > 0) {
+	    list1 = imtopen (Memc[old_list])
+	    while (imtgetim (list1, Memc[old_name], SZ_PATHNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# Strip the image section first because fnldir recognizes it
+		# as part of a directory.  Place the input image name
+		# without a directory or image section in string Memc[old_dir].
+
+		call get_root (Memc[old_name], Memc[new_name], SZ_PATHNAME)
+		root_len = fnldir (Memc[new_name], Memc[old_dir], SZ_PATHNAME)
+		call strcpy (Memc[new_name+root_len], Memc[old_dir],SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+		call strcpy (Memc[new_dir], Memc[new_name], SZ_PATHNAME)
+		call strcat (Memc[old_dir], Memc[new_name], SZ_PATHNAME)
+		call img_rename (Memc[old_name], Memc[new_name], verbose)
+	    }
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+
+	} else {
+	    # Expand the input and output image lists.
+	    list1 = imtopen (Memc[old_list])
+	    list2 = imtopen (Memc[new_list])
+
+	    if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+	        call imtclose (list1)
+	        call imtclose (list2)
+	        call error (1, "Different number of old and new image names")
+	    }
+
+	    # Do each set of input/output images.
+	    while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[old_name], SZ_PATHNAME) != EOF) &&
+		(imtgetim (list2, Memc[new_name], SZ_PATHNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+		call img_rename (Memc[old_name], Memc[new_name], verbose)
+	    }
+
+	    call imtclose (list1)
+	    call imtclose (list2)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IMG_RENAME -- Rename an image, optionally printing a message to the STDOUT.
+
+procedure img_rename (old_name, new_name, verbose)
+
+char	old_name[ARB]			#I old image name
+char	new_name[ARB]			#I new image name
+bool	verbose				#I print message?
+
+begin
+	iferr (call imrename (old_name, new_name)) {
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: cannot rename `%s' -> `%s'\n")
+		call pargstr (old_name)
+		call pargstr (new_name)
+	} else if (verbose) {
+	    call printf ("`%s' -> `%s'\n")
+		call pargstr (old_name)
+		call pargstr (new_name)
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imreplace.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imreplace.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b8750ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imreplace.x
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# T_IMREP -- Replace pixels in a window with a constant.
+
+procedure t_imrep ()
+
+char	imtlist[SZ_LINE]		# Images to be editted
+real	lower				# Lower limit of window
+real	upper				# Upper limit of window
+real	value				# Replacement value
+real	radius				# Radius
+real	img				# Imaginary part for complex
+
+int	list
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]
+pointer	im
+
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim()
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	# Get image template list.
+
+	call clgstr ("images", imtlist, SZ_LINE)
+	list = imtopen (imtlist)
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+
+	value = clgetr ("value")
+	img = clgetr ("imaginary")
+	lower = clgetr ("lower")
+	upper = clgetr ("upper")
+	radius = max (0., clgetr ("radius"))
+
+	# Replace the pixels in each image.  Optimize IMIO.
+
+	while (imtgetim (list, image, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    im = immap (image, READ_WRITE, 0)
+
+	    if (radius < 1.) {
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE (im)) {
+		case TY_SHORT:
+		    call imreps (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+		case TY_INT:
+		    call imrepi (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+		case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+		    call imrepl (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    call imrepr (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    call imrepd (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+		case TY_COMPLEX:
+		    call imrepx (im, lower, upper, value, img)
+		default:
+		    call error (0, "Unsupported image pixel datatype")
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+		switch (IM_PIXTYPE (im)) {
+		case TY_SHORT:
+		    call imrreps (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+		case TY_INT:
+		    call imrrepi (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+		case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+		    call imrrepl (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    call imrrepr (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    call imrrepd (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+		case TY_COMPLEX:
+		    call imrrepx (im, lower, upper, radius, value, img)
+		default:
+		    call error (0, "Unsupported image pixel datatype")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imslice.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imslice.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6942ec05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imslice.x
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+# T_IMSLICE -- Slice an input image into a list of output images equal in
+# length  to the length of the dimension to be sliced. The remaining
+# dimensions are unchanged. For a 1 dimensionsal image this task is a null
+# operation.
+
+procedure t_imslice()
+
+pointer imtlist1                # Input image list
+pointer imtlist2                # Output image list
+pointer image1                  # Input image
+pointer image2                  # Output image
+int	sdim			# Dimension to be sliced
+int	verbose			# Verbose mode
+
+pointer sp
+int     list1, list2
+
+bool    clgetb()
+int     imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen(), btoi(), clgeti()
+errchk	sl_slice
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (imtlist1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (imtlist2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (image1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (image2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Get task parameters.
+        call clgstr ("input", Memc[imtlist1], SZ_FNAME)
+        call clgstr ("output", Memc[imtlist2], SZ_FNAME)
+	sdim = clgeti ("slice_dimension")
+        verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+
+        list1 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist1])
+        list2 = imtopen (Memc[imtlist2])
+        if (imtlen (list1) != imtlen (list2)) {
+            call imtclose (list1)
+            call imtclose (list2)
+            call error (0, "Number of input and output images not the same.")
+        }
+
+        # Loop over the set of input and output images
+        while ((imtgetim (list1, Memc[image1], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+            (imtgetim (list2, Memc[image2], SZ_FNAME) != EOF))
+	    call sl_imslice (Memc[image1], Memc[image2], sdim, verbose)
+
+        call imtclose (list1)
+        call imtclose (list2)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SL_IMSLICE -- Procedure to slice an n-dimensional image into a set
+# of images with one fewer dimensions. A number is appendend to the
+# output image name indicating which element of the n-th dimension the
+# new image originated from.
+
+procedure sl_imslice (image1, image2, sdim, verbose)
+
+char	image1[ARB]		# input image
+char	image2[ARB]		# output image
+int	sdim			# slice dimension
+int	verbose			# verbose mode
+
+int	i, j, ndim, fdim, ncols, nlout, nimout, pdim
+int	axno[IM_MAXDIM], axval[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	sp, inname, outname, outsect, im1, im2, buf1, buf2, vim1, vim2
+pointer	mw, vs, ve
+real	shifts[IM_MAXDIM]
+
+pointer	immap(), mw_openim()
+int	mw_stati()
+int	imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+int	imggss(), imggsi(), imggsl(), imggsr(), imggsd(), imggsx()
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+bool	envgetb()
+
+errchk	imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+errchk	imggss(), imggsi(), imggsl(), imggsr(), imggsd(), imggsx()
+errchk	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+
+begin
+	iferr (im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	ndim = IM_NDIM(im1)
+
+	# Check that sdim is in range.
+	if (sdim > ndim) {
+	    call printf ("Image %s has fewer than %d dimensions.\n")
+		call pargstr (image1)
+		call pargi (sdim)
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Cannot slice 1D images.
+	if (ndim == 1) {
+	    call printf ("Image %s is 1 dimensional.\n")
+		call pargstr (image1)
+	    call imunmap (im1)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Cannot slice an image which is degnerate in slice dimension.
+	#if (IM_LEN(im1,sdim) == 1) {
+	    #call printf ("Image %s is degenerate in the %d dimension.\n")
+		#call pargstr (image1)
+		#call pargi (sdim)
+	    #call imunmap (im1)
+	    #return
+	#}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (inname, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outsect, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call salloc (vs, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (ve, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vim1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vim2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Compute the number of output images. and the number of columns
+	nimout = IM_LEN(im1, sdim)
+
+	# Compute the number of lines and columns in the output image.
+	if (sdim == 1) {
+	    fdim = 2
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(im1,2)
+	} else {
+	    fdim = 1
+	    ncols = IM_LEN(im1,1)
+	}
+	nlout = 1
+	do i = 1, sdim - 1
+	    nlout = nlout * IM_LEN(im1,i)
+	do i = sdim + 1, ndim
+	    nlout = nlout * IM_LEN(im1,i)
+	nlout = nlout / ncols 
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vim1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	do i = 1, nimout {
+
+	    # Construct the output image name.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[outname], SZ_FNAME, "%s%03d")
+		call pargstr (image2)
+		call pargi (i)
+
+	    # Open the output image.
+	    iferr (im2 = immap (Memc[outname], NEW_COPY, im1)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    } else {
+	        IM_NDIM(im2) = ndim - 1
+		do j = 1, sdim - 1
+		    IM_LEN(im2,j) = IM_LEN(im1,j)
+		do j = sdim + 1, IM_NDIM(im1)
+		    IM_LEN(im2,j-1) = IM_LEN(im1,j)
+	    }
+
+	    # Print messages on the screen.
+	    if (verbose == YES) {
+		call sl_einsection (im1, i, sdim, Memc[inname], SZ_LINE)
+		call sl_esection (im2, Memc[outsect], SZ_LINE)
+	        call printf ("Copied image %s %s -> %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image1)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[inname])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outname])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[outsect])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    # Initialize the v vectors for each new image.
+	    if (sdim != ndim) {
+	        do j = 1, ndim {
+		    if (j == sdim) {
+		        Meml[vs+j-1] = i
+		        Meml[ve+j-1] = i
+		    } else if (j == fdim) {
+		        Meml[vs+j-1] = 1
+		        Meml[ve+j-1] = IM_LEN(im1,j)
+		    } else {
+		        Meml[vs+j-1] = 1
+		        Meml[ve+j-1] = 1
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Loop over the appropriate range of lines.
+	    call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vim2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+	    case TY_SHORT:
+		if (sdim == ndim) {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnls (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+		        if (imgnls (im1, buf1, Meml[vim1]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], ncols) 
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnls (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+			buf1 = imggss (im1, Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_NDIM(im1))
+			if (buf1 == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], ncols) 
+		       call sl_loop (Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_LEN(im1,1), fdim,
+		           sdim, ndim)
+		    }
+		}
+	    case TY_USHORT, TY_INT:
+		if (sdim == ndim) {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnli (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+		        if (imgnli (im1, buf1, Meml[vim1]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols) 
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnli (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+			buf1= imggsi (im1, Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_NDIM(im1))
+		        if (buf1 == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], ncols) 
+		       call sl_loop (Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_LEN(im1,1), fdim,
+		           sdim, ndim)
+		    }
+		}
+	    case TY_LONG:
+		if (sdim == ndim) {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnll (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+		        if (imgnll (im1, buf1, Meml[vim1]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], ncols) 
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnll (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+			buf1 = imggsl (im1, Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_NDIM(im1))
+		        if (buf1 == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], ncols) 
+		       call sl_loop (Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_LEN(im1,1), fdim,
+		           sdim, ndim)
+		    }
+		}
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		if (sdim == ndim) {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnlr (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+		        if (imgnlr (im1, buf1, Meml[vim1]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols) 
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnlr (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+			buf1 = imggsr (im1, Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_NDIM(im1))
+		        if (buf1 == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols) 
+		       call sl_loop (Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_LEN(im1,1),
+		           fdim, sdim, ndim)
+		    }
+		}
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		if (sdim == ndim) {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnld (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+		        if (imgnld (im1, buf1, Meml[vim1]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], ncols) 
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnld (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+			buf1 = imggsd (im1, Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_NDIM(im1))
+		        if (buf1 == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], ncols) 
+		       call sl_loop (Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_LEN(im1,1), fdim,
+		           sdim, ndim)
+		    }
+		}
+	    case TY_COMPLEX:
+		if (sdim == ndim) {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnlx (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+		        if (imgnlx (im1, buf1, Meml[vim1]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], ncols) 
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    do j = 1, nlout {
+		        if (impnlx (im2, buf2, Meml[vim2]) == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error writing output image.")
+			buf1 = imggsx (im1, Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_NDIM(im1))
+		        if (buf1 == EOF)
+			    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		       call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], ncols) 
+		       call sl_loop (Meml[vs], Meml[ve], IM_LEN(im1,1), fdim,
+		           sdim, ndim)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the wcs.
+	    if (! envgetb ("nowcs")) {
+
+		# Open and shift the wcs.
+	        mw = mw_openim (im1)
+	        call aclrr (shifts, ndim)
+		shifts[sdim] = -(i - 1)
+	        call mw_shift (mw, shifts, (2 ** ndim - 1))
+
+		# Get and reset the axis map.
+		pdim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+		call mw_gaxmap (mw, axno, axval, pdim)
+		do j = 1, pdim {
+		    if (axno[j] < sdim) {
+			next
+		    } else if (axno[j] > sdim) {
+			axno[j] = axno[j] - 1
+		    } else {
+		        axno[j] = 0
+		        axval[j] = i - 1
+		    }
+		}
+		call mw_saxmap (mw, axno, axval, pdim)
+
+	        call mw_savim (mw, im2)
+	        call mw_close (mw)
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	}
+
+
+	call imunmap (im1)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# SL_LOOP -- Increment the vector V from VS to VE (nested do loops cannot
+# be used because of the variable number of dimensions).
+
+procedure sl_loop (vs, ve, ldim, fdim, sdim, ndim)
+
+long	vs[ndim]		# vector of starting points
+long	ve[ndim]		# vector of ending points
+long	ldim[ndim]		# vector of dimension lengths
+int	fdim			# first dimension
+int	sdim			# slice dimension
+int	ndim			# number of dimensions
+
+int	dim
+
+begin
+	for (dim = fdim+1;  dim <= ndim;  dim = dim + 1) {
+	    if (dim == sdim)
+		next
+	    vs[dim] = vs[dim] + 1
+	    ve[dim] = vs[dim]
+	    if (vs[dim] - ldim[dim] == 1) {
+		if (dim < ndim) {
+		    vs[dim] = 1
+		    ve[dim] = 1
+		} else
+		    break
+	    } else
+		break
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SL_EINSECTION -- Encode the dimensions of an image where the element of
+# the slice dimension is fixed in section notation.
+
+procedure  sl_einsection (im, el, sdim, section, maxch)
+
+pointer	im		# pointer to the image
+int	el		# element of last dimension
+int	sdim		# slice dimension
+char	section[ARB]	# output section
+int	maxch		# maximum number of characters in output section
+
+int	i, op
+int	ltoc(), gstrcat()
+
+begin
+	op = 1
+	section[1] = '['
+	op = op + 1
+
+	# Encode dimensions up to the slice dimension.
+	for (i = 1; i <= sdim - 1 && op <= maxch; i = i + 1) {
+	    op = op + ltoc (long(1), section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + gstrcat (":", section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + ltoc (IM_LEN(im,i), section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + gstrcat (",", section[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	# Encode the slice dimension.
+	op = op + ltoc (el, section[op], maxch)
+	op = op + gstrcat (",", section[op], maxch)
+
+	# Encode dimensions above the slice dimension.
+	for (i = sdim + 1; i <= IM_NDIM(im); i = i + 1) {
+	    op = op + ltoc (long(1), section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + gstrcat (":", section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + ltoc (IM_LEN(im,i), section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + gstrcat (",", section[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	section[op-1] = ']'
+	section[op] = EOS
+end
+
+
+# SL_ESECTION -- Encode the dimensions of an image in section notation.
+
+procedure  sl_esection (im, section, maxch)
+
+pointer	im		# pointer to the image
+char	section[ARB]	# output section
+int	maxch		# maximum number of characters in output section
+
+int	i, op
+int	ltoc(), gstrcat()
+
+begin
+	op = 1
+	section[1] = '['
+	op = op + 1
+
+	for (i = 1; i <= IM_NDIM(im); i = i + 1) {
+	    op = op + ltoc (long(1), section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + gstrcat (":", section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + ltoc (IM_LEN(im,i), section[op], maxch)
+	    op = op + gstrcat (",", section[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	section[op-1] = ']'
+	section[op] = EOS
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imstack.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imstack.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20fc1ac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imstack.x
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+
+define	NTYPES	7
+
+
+# T_IMSTACK -- Stack images into a single image of higher dimension.
+
+procedure t_imstack ()
+
+int	i, j, npix, list, pdim, lmax, lindex
+int	axno[IM_MAXDIM], axval[IM_MAXDIM]
+long	line_in[IM_MAXDIM], line_out[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	sp, input, output, in, out, buf_in, buf_out, mwin, mwout
+
+bool	envgetb()
+int	imtopenp(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+int	imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+int	mw_stati()
+pointer	immap(), mw_open(), mw_openim()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input images and the output image.
+	list = imtopenp ("images")
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Add each input image to the output image.
+
+	i = 0
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    i = i + 1
+	    in = immap (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	    # For the first input image map the output image as a copy
+	    # and increment the dimension.  Set the output line counter.
+
+	    if (i == 1) {
+		out = immap (Memc[output], NEW_COPY, in)
+		call isk_new_image (out)
+		IM_NDIM(out) = IM_NDIM(out) + 1
+		IM_LEN(out, IM_NDIM(out)) = imtlen (list)
+		npix = IM_LEN(out, 1)
+	        call amovkl (long(1), line_out, IM_MAXDIM)
+	    }
+
+	    # Check next input image for consistency with the output image.
+	    if (IM_NDIM(in) != IM_NDIM(out) - 1)
+		call error (0, "Input images not consistent")
+	    do j = 1, IM_NDIM(in) {
+		if (IM_LEN(in, j) != IM_LEN(out, j))
+		    call error (0, "Input images not consistent")
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy the input lines from the image to the next lines of
+	    # the output image.  Switch on the output data type to optimize
+	    # IMIO.
+
+	    call amovkl (long(1), line_in, IM_MAXDIM)
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE (out)) {
+	    case TY_SHORT:
+	        while (imgnls (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+		    if (impnls (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+		        call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+		    call amovs (Mems[buf_in], Mems[buf_out], npix)
+		}
+	    case TY_INT:
+	        while (imgnli (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+		    if (impnli (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+		        call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+		    call amovi (Memi[buf_in], Memi[buf_out], npix)
+		}
+	    case TY_USHORT, TY_LONG:
+	        while (imgnll (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+		    if (impnll (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+		        call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+		    call amovl (Meml[buf_in], Meml[buf_out], npix)
+		}
+	    case TY_REAL:
+	        while (imgnlr (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+		    if (impnlr (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+		        call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], npix)
+		}
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+	        while (imgnld (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+		    if (impnld (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+		        call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+		    call amovd (Memd[buf_in], Memd[buf_out], npix)
+		}
+	    case TY_COMPLEX:
+	        while (imgnlx (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+		    if (impnlx (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+		        call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+		    call amovx (Memx[buf_in], Memx[buf_out], npix)
+		}
+	    default:
+	        while (imgnlr (in, buf_in, line_in) != EOF) {
+		    if (impnlr (out, buf_out, line_out) == EOF)
+		        call error (0, "Error writing output image")
+		    call amovr (Memr[buf_in], Memr[buf_out], npix)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Update the wcs. The output image will inherit the wcs of
+	    # the first input image. The new axis will be assigned the
+	    # identity transformation if wcsdim of the original image is
+	    # less than the number of dimensions in the stacked image.
+
+	    if ((i == 1) && (! envgetb ("nowcs"))) {
+		mwin = mw_openim (in)
+		pdim = mw_stati (mwin, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+		call mw_gaxmap (mwin, axno, axval, pdim)
+		lmax = 0
+		lindex = 0
+		do j = 1, pdim {
+		    if (axno[j] <= lmax)
+			next
+		    lmax = axno[j]
+		    lindex = j
+		}
+		if (lindex < pdim) {
+		    axno[pdim] = lmax + 1
+		    axval[pdim] = 0
+		    call mw_saxmap (mwin, axno, axval, pdim)
+		    call mw_saveim (mwin, out)
+		} else {
+		    mwout = mw_open (NULL, pdim + 1)
+		    call isk_wcs (mwin, mwout, IM_NDIM(out))
+		    call mw_saveim (mwout, out)
+		    call mw_close (mwout)
+		}
+		call mw_close (mwin)
+	    }
+
+	    call imunmap (in)
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	call imunmap (out)
+	call imtclose (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ISK_NEW_IMAGE -- Get a new image title and pixel type.
+#
+# The strings 'default' or '*' are recognized as defaulting to the original
+# title or pixel datatype.
+
+procedure isk_new_image (im)
+
+pointer	im				# image descriptor
+
+pointer	sp, lbuf
+int	i, type_codes[NTYPES]
+bool	strne()
+int	stridx()
+
+string	types "suilrdx"
+data	type_codes /TY_SHORT,TY_USHORT,TY_INT,TY_LONG,TY_REAL,TY_DOUBLE,
+	TY_COMPLEX/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call clgstr ("title", Memc[lbuf], SZ_LINE)
+	if (strne (Memc[lbuf], "default") && strne (Memc[lbuf], "*"))
+	    call strcpy (Memc[lbuf], IM_TITLE(im), SZ_IMTITLE) 
+
+	call clgstr ("pixtype", Memc[lbuf], SZ_LINE)
+	if (strne (Memc[lbuf], "default") && strne (Memc[lbuf], "*")) {
+	    i = stridx (Memc[lbuf], types)
+	    if (i != 0)
+	        IM_PIXTYPE(im) = type_codes[i]
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ISK_WCS -- Update the wcs of the stacked image.
+
+procedure isk_wcs (mwin, mwout, ndim)
+
+pointer	mwin			# input wcs descriptor
+pointer	mwout			# output wcs descriptor
+int	ndim			# the dimension of the output image
+
+int	i, j, nin, nout, szatstr, axno[IM_MAXDIM], axval[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	sp, wcs, attribute, matin, matout, rin, rout, win, wout, atstr
+int	mw_stati(), itoc(), strlen()
+errchk	mw_newsystem()
+
+begin
+	# Get the sizes of the two wcs.
+	nin = mw_stati (mwin, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+	nout = mw_stati (mwout, MW_NPHYSDIM)
+	szatstr = SZ_LINE
+
+	# Allocate space for the matrices and vectors.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (wcs, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (matin, nin * nin, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (matout, nout * nout, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (rin, nin, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (rout, nout, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (win, nin, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (wout, nout, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (attribute, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set the system name.
+	call mw_gsystem (mwin, Memc[wcs], SZ_FNAME)
+	iferr (call mw_newsystem (mwout, Memc[wcs], nout))
+	    call mw_ssystem (mwout, Memc[wcs]) 
+
+	# Set the lterm.
+	call mw_gltermd (mwin, Memd[matin], Memd[rin], nin)
+	call aclrd (Memd[rout], nout)
+	call amovd (Memd[rin], Memd[rout], nin)
+	call mw_mkidmd [Memd[matout], nout)
+	call isk_mcopy (Memd[matin], nin, Memd[matout], nout)
+	call mw_sltermd (mwout, Memd[matout], Memd[rout], nout)
+
+	# Set the wterm.
+	call mw_gwtermd (mwin, Memd[rin], Memd[win], Memd[matin], nin)
+	call aclrd (Memd[rout], nout)
+	call amovd (Memd[rin], Memd[rout], nin)
+	call aclrd (Memd[wout], nout)
+	call amovd (Memd[win], Memd[wout], nin)
+	call mw_mkidmd [Memd[matout], nout)
+	call isk_mcopy (Memd[matin], nin, Memd[matout], nout)
+	call mw_swtermd (mwout, Memd[rout], Memd[wout], Memd[matout], nout)
+
+	# Set the axis map.
+	call mw_gaxmap (mwin, axno, axval, nin)
+	do i = nin + 1, nout {
+	    axno[i] = ndim
+	    axval[i] = 0
+	}
+	call mw_saxmap (mwout, axno, axval, nout)
+
+	# Get the axis list and copy the old attribute list for each axis.
+	do i = 1, nin {
+	    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwin, i, "wtype", Memc[atstr], szatstr))
+		call strcpy ("linear", Memc[atstr], szatstr)
+	    call mw_swtype (mwout, i, 1, Memc[atstr], "")
+	    for (j = 1; ; j = j + 1) {
+		if (itoc (j, Memc[attribute], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		    Memc[attribute] = EOS
+		repeat {
+		    iferr (call mw_gwattrs (mwin, i, Memc[attribute],
+		        Memc[atstr], szatstr))
+			Memc[atstr] = EOS
+		    if (strlen (Memc[atstr]) < szatstr)
+			break
+		    szatstr = szatstr + SZ_LINE
+		    call realloc (atstr, szatstr, TY_CHAR)
+		}
+		if (Memc[atstr] == EOS)
+		    break
+		call mw_swattrs (mwout, i, Memc[attribute], Memc[atstr])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set the default attributes for the new axes.
+	do i = nin + 1, nout
+	    call mw_swtype (mwout, i, 1, "linear", "")
+
+	call mfree (atstr, TY_CHAR)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ISK_MCOPY -- Copy a smaller 2d matrix into a larger one.
+
+procedure isk_mcopy (matin, nin, matout, nout)
+
+double	matin[nin,nin]		# the input matrix
+int	nin			# size of the input matrix
+double	matout[nout,nout]	# the input matrix
+int	nout			# size of the output matrix
+
+int	i,j
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nin {
+	    do j = 1, nin
+		matout[j,i] = matin[j,i]
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imstat.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imstat.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9641a83e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imstat.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1213 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "imstat.h"
+
+
+# T_IMSTATISTICS -- Compute and print the statistics of images.
+
+procedure t_imstatistics ()
+
+real	lower, upper, binwidth, lsigma, usigma, low, up, hwidth, hmin, hmax
+pointer	sp, fieldstr, fields, image, ist, v
+pointer	im, buf, hgm
+int	i, list, nclip, format, nfields, nbins, npix, cache, old_size
+
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	immap()
+int	imtopenp(), btoi(), ist_fields(), imtgetim(), imgnlr(), ist_ihist()
+int	clgeti()
+bool	clgetb()
+errchk	immap()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fieldstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fields, IST_NFIELDS, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Open the list of input images, the fields and the data value limits.
+	list = imtopenp ("images")
+	call clgstr ("fields", Memc[fieldstr], SZ_LINE)
+	lower = clgetr ("lower")
+	upper = clgetr ("upper")
+	nclip = clgeti ("nclip")
+	lsigma = clgetr ("lsigma")
+	usigma = clgetr ("usigma")
+	binwidth = clgetr ("binwidth")
+	format = btoi (clgetb ("format"))
+	cache = btoi (clgetb ("cache"))
+
+	# Allocate space for statistics structure
+	call ist_allocate (ist)
+
+	# Get the selected fields.
+	nfields = ist_fields (Memc[fieldstr], Memi[fields], IST_NFIELDS)
+	if (nfields <= 0) {
+	    call imtclose (list)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+        # Set the processing switches
+        call ist_switches (ist, Memi[fields], nfields, nclip)
+
+        # Print header banner.
+	if (format == YES)
+            call ist_pheader (Memi[fields], nfields)
+
+	# Loop through the input images.
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the image.
+	    iferr (im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+		call printf ("Error reading image %s ...\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    if (cache == YES)
+		call ist_cache1 (cache, im, old_size)
+		
+	    # Accumulate the central moment statistics.
+	    low = lower
+	    up = upper
+	    do i = 0, nclip {
+
+	        call ist_initialize (ist, low, up)
+	        call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	        if (IST_SKURTOSIS(IST_SW(ist)) == YES) {
+	    	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+		        call ist_accumulate4 (ist, Memr[buf],
+			    int (IM_LEN(im, 1)), low, up,
+			    IST_SMINMAX(IST_SW(ist)))
+	    	} else if (IST_SSKEW(IST_SW(ist)) == YES) {
+	    	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+		        call ist_accumulate3 (ist, Memr[buf],
+			    int (IM_LEN (im, 1)), low, up,
+			    IST_SMINMAX(IST_SW(ist)))
+	        } else if (IST_SSTDDEV(IST_SW(ist)) == YES ||
+		    IST_SMEDIAN(IST_SW(ist)) == YES ||
+		    IST_SMODE(IST_SW(ist)) == YES) {
+	    	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+		        call ist_accumulate2 (ist, Memr[buf],
+			    int (IM_LEN(im,1)), low, up,
+			    IST_SMINMAX(IST_SW(ist)))
+	        } else if (IST_SMEAN(IST_SW(ist)) == YES) {
+	    	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+		        call ist_accumulate1 (ist, Memr[buf],
+			    int (IM_LEN(im,1)), low, up,
+			    IST_SMINMAX(IST_SW(ist)))
+	        } else if (IST_SNPIX(IST_SW(ist)) == YES) {
+	    	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+		        call ist_accumulate0 (ist, Memr[buf],
+			    int (IM_LEN(im,1)), low, up,
+			    IST_SMINMAX(IST_SW(ist)))
+	        } else if (IST_SMINMAX(IST_SW(ist)) == YES) {
+	    	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+		        call ist_accumulate0 (ist, Memr[buf],
+			    int (IM_LEN(im,1)), low, up, YES)
+	        }
+
+
+	        # Compute the central moment statistics.
+	        call ist_stats (ist)
+
+                # Compute new limits and iterate.
+                if (i < nclip) {
+                    if (IS_INDEFR(lsigma) || IS_INDEFR(IST_MEAN(ist)) ||
+		        IS_INDEFR(IST_STDDEV(ist)))
+                        low = -MAX_REAL
+                    else if (lsigma > 0.0)
+                        low = IST_MEAN(ist) - lsigma * IST_STDDEV(ist)
+                    else
+                        low = -MAX_REAL
+                    if (IS_INDEFR(usigma) || IS_INDEFR(IST_MEAN(ist)) ||
+		        IS_INDEFR(IST_STDDEV(ist)))
+                        up = MAX_REAL
+                    else if (usigma > 0.0)
+                        up = IST_MEAN(ist) + usigma * IST_STDDEV(ist)
+                    else
+                        up = MAX_REAL
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(lower))
+		        low = max (low, lower)
+		    if (!IS_INDEFR(upper))
+		        up = min (up, upper)
+                    if (i > 0) {
+                        if (IST_NPIX(ist) == npix)
+                            break
+                    }
+                    npix = IST_NPIX(ist)
+                }
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Accumulate the histogram.
+	    hgm = NULL
+	    if ((IST_SMEDIAN(IST_SW(ist)) == YES || IST_SMODE(IST_SW(ist)) ==
+	        YES) && ist_ihist (ist, binwidth, hgm, nbins, hwidth, hmin,
+		hmax) == YES) {
+		call aclri (Memi[hgm], nbins)
+		call amovkl (long(1), Meml[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+		while (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) != EOF)
+		    call ahgmr (Memr[buf], int(IM_LEN(im,1)), Memi[hgm], nbins,
+		        hmin, hmax)
+		if (IST_SMEDIAN(IST_SW(ist)) == YES)
+		    call ist_hmedian (ist, Memi[hgm], nbins, hwidth, hmin,
+			hmax)
+		if (IST_SMODE(IST_SW(ist)) == YES)
+		    call ist_hmode (ist, Memi[hgm], nbins, hwidth, hmin, hmax)
+	    }
+	    if (hgm != NULL)
+		call mfree (hgm, TY_INT)
+
+	    # Print the statistics.
+	    if (format == YES)
+	        call ist_print (Memc[image], "", ist, Memi[fields], nfields)
+	    else
+	        call ist_fprint (Memc[image], "", ist, Memi[fields], nfields)
+		
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	    if (cache == YES)
+		call fixmem (old_size)
+	}
+
+	call ist_free (ist)
+	call imtclose (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IST_ALLOCATE -- Allocate space for the statistics structure.
+
+procedure ist_allocate (ist)
+
+pointer	ist		#O the statistics descriptor
+
+begin
+    	call calloc (ist, LEN_IMSTAT, TY_STRUCT)
+	call malloc (IST_SW(ist), LEN_NSWITCHES, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# IST_FREE -- Free the statistics structure.
+
+procedure ist_free (ist)
+
+pointer	ist		#O the statistics descriptor
+
+begin
+	call mfree (IST_SW(ist), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (ist, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# IST_FIELDS -- Procedure to decode the fields string into a list of the
+# fields to be computed and printed.
+
+int procedure ist_fields (fieldstr, fields, max_nfields)
+
+char    fieldstr[ARB]           #I string containing the list of fields
+int     fields[ARB]             #O fields array
+int     max_nfields             #I maximum number of fields
+
+int     nfields, flist, field
+pointer sp, fname
+int     fntopnb(), fntgfnb(), strdic()
+
+begin
+        nfields = 0
+
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        flist = fntopnb (fieldstr, NO)
+        while (fntgfnb (flist, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF &&
+            (nfields < max_nfields)) {
+            field = strdic (Memc[fname], Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME, IST_FIELDS)
+            if (field == 0)
+                next
+            nfields = nfields + 1
+            fields[nfields] = field
+        }
+        call fntclsb (flist)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (nfields)
+end
+
+
+# IST_SWITCHES -- Set the processing switches.
+
+procedure ist_switches (ist, fields, nfields, nclip)
+
+pointer	ist			#I the statistics pointer
+int     fields[ARB]             #I fields array
+int     nfields                 #I maximum number of fields
+int	nclip			#I the number of clipping iterations
+
+pointer	sw
+int	ist_isfield()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	sw = IST_SW(ist)
+	call amovki (NO, Memi[sw], LEN_NSWITCHES)
+
+        # Set the computation switches.
+        IST_SNPIX(sw) = ist_isfield (IST_FNPIX, fields, nfields)
+        IST_SMEAN(sw) = ist_isfield (IST_FMEAN, fields, nfields)
+        IST_SMEDIAN(sw) = ist_isfield (IST_FMEDIAN, fields, nfields)
+        IST_SMODE(sw) = ist_isfield (IST_FMODE, fields, nfields)
+        if (nclip > 0)
+            IST_SSTDDEV(sw) = YES
+	else
+            IST_SSTDDEV(sw) = ist_isfield (IST_FSTDDEV, fields, nfields)
+        IST_SSKEW(sw) = ist_isfield (IST_FSKEW, fields, nfields)
+        IST_SKURTOSIS(sw) = ist_isfield (IST_FKURTOSIS, fields, nfields)
+
+	# Adjust the computation switches.
+        if (ist_isfield (IST_FMIN, fields, nfields) == YES)
+            IST_SMINMAX(sw) = YES
+        else if (ist_isfield (IST_FMAX, fields, nfields) == YES)
+            IST_SMINMAX(sw) = YES
+        else if (IST_SMEDIAN(sw) == YES || IST_SMODE(sw) == YES)
+            IST_SMINMAX(sw) = YES
+        else
+            IST_SMINMAX(sw) = NO
+end
+
+
+# IST_PHEADER -- Print the banner fields.
+
+procedure ist_pheader (fields, nfields)
+
+int     fields[ARB]             # fields to be printed
+int     nfields                 # number of fields
+
+int     i
+
+begin
+        call printf ("#")
+        do i = 1, nfields {
+            switch (fields[i]) {
+            case IST_FIMAGE:
+                call printf (IST_FSTRING)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KIMAGE)
+            case IST_FNPIX:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KNPIX)
+            case IST_FMIN:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KMIN)
+            case IST_FMAX:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KMAX)
+            case IST_FMEAN:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KMEAN)
+            case IST_FMEDIAN:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KMEDIAN)
+            case IST_FMODE:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KMODE)
+            case IST_FSTDDEV:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KSTDDEV)
+            case IST_FSKEW:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KSKEW)
+            case IST_FKURTOSIS:
+                call printf (IST_FCOLUMN)
+                    call pargstr (IST_KKURTOSIS)
+            }
+        }
+
+        call printf ("\n")
+        call flush (STDOUT)
+end
+
+
+# IST_ISFIELD -- Procedure to determine whether a specified field is one
+# of the selected fields or not.
+
+int procedure ist_isfield (field, fields, nfields)
+
+int     field           #I field to be tested
+int     fields[ARB]     #I array of selected fields
+int     nfields         #I number of fields
+
+int     i, isfield
+
+begin
+        isfield = NO
+        do i = 1, nfields {
+            if (field != fields[i])
+                next
+            isfield = YES
+            break
+        }
+
+        return (isfield)
+end
+
+
+# IST_INITIALIZE -- Initialize the statistics computation.
+
+procedure ist_initialize (ist, lower, upper)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+real    lower           #I lower good data limit
+real    upper           #I upper good data limit
+
+begin
+        if (IS_INDEFR(lower))
+            IST_LO(ist) = -MAX_REAL
+        else
+            IST_LO(ist) = lower
+        if (IS_INDEFR(upper))
+            IST_HI(ist) = MAX_REAL
+        else
+            IST_HI(ist) = upper
+
+        IST_NPIX(ist) = 0
+        IST_SUMX(ist) = 0.0d0
+        IST_SUMX2(ist) = 0.0d0
+        IST_SUMX3(ist) = 0.0d0
+        IST_SUMX4(ist) = 0.0d0
+
+        IST_MIN(ist) = MAX_REAL
+        IST_MAX(ist) = -MAX_REAL
+        IST_MEAN(ist) = INDEFR
+        IST_MEDIAN(ist) = INDEFR
+        IST_MODE(ist) = INDEFR
+        IST_STDDEV(ist) = INDEFR
+        IST_SKEW(ist) = INDEFR
+        IST_KURTOSIS(ist) = INDEFR
+end
+
+
+# IST_ACCUMULATE4 -- Accumulate sums up to the fourth power of the data for
+# data values between lower and upper.
+
+procedure ist_accumulate4 (ist, x, npts, lower, upper, minmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+real    x[ARB]          #I the data array
+int     npts            #I the number of data points
+real    lower           #I lower data boundary
+real    upper           #I upper data boundary
+int     minmax          #I compute the minimum and maximum ?
+
+double  xx, xx2, sumx, sumx2, sumx3, sumx4
+real    lo, hi, xmin, xmax
+int     i, npix
+
+begin
+        lo = IST_LO(ist)
+        hi = IST_HI(ist)
+        npix = IST_NPIX(ist)
+        sumx = 0.0
+        sumx2 = 0.0
+        sumx3 = 0.0
+        sumx4 = 0.0
+        xmin = IST_MIN(ist)
+        xmax = IST_MAX(ist)
+
+        if (IS_INDEFR(lower) && IS_INDEFR(upper)) {
+            npix = npix + npts
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                    sumx4 = sumx4 + xx2 * xx2
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                    sumx4 = sumx4 + xx2 * xx2
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                    sumx4 = sumx4 + xx2 * xx2
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                    sumx4 = sumx4 + xx2 * xx2
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        IST_NPIX(ist) = npix
+        IST_SUMX(ist) = IST_SUMX(ist) + sumx
+        IST_SUMX2(ist) = IST_SUMX2(ist) + sumx2
+        IST_SUMX3(ist) = IST_SUMX3(ist) + sumx3
+        IST_SUMX4(ist) = IST_SUMX4(ist) + sumx4
+        IST_MIN(ist) = xmin
+        IST_MAX(ist) = xmax
+end
+
+
+# IST_ACCUMULATE3 -- Accumulate sums up to the third power of the data for
+# data values between lower and upper.
+
+procedure ist_accumulate3 (ist, x, npts, lower, upper, minmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+real    x[ARB]          #I the data array
+int     npts            #I the number of data points
+real    lower           #I lower data boundary
+real    upper           #I upper data boundary
+int     minmax          #I compute the minimum and maximum ?
+
+double  xx, xx2, sumx, sumx2, sumx3
+real    lo, hi, xmin, xmax
+int     i, npix
+
+begin
+        lo = IST_LO(ist)
+        hi = IST_HI(ist)
+        npix = IST_NPIX(ist)
+        sumx = 0.0
+        sumx2 = 0.0
+        sumx3 = 0.0
+        xmin = IST_MIN(ist)
+        xmax = IST_MAX(ist)
+
+        if (IS_INDEFR(lower) && IS_INDEFR(upper)) {
+            npix = npix + npts
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    xx2 = xx * xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx2
+                    sumx3 = sumx3 + xx2 * xx
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        IST_NPIX(ist) = npix
+        IST_SUMX(ist) = IST_SUMX(ist) + sumx
+        IST_SUMX2(ist) = IST_SUMX2(ist) + sumx2
+        IST_SUMX3(ist) = IST_SUMX3(ist) + sumx3
+        IST_MIN(ist) = xmin
+        IST_MAX(ist) = xmax
+end
+
+
+# IST_ACCUMULATE2 -- Accumulate sums up to the second power of the data for
+# data values between lower and upper.
+
+procedure ist_accumulate2 (ist, x, npts, lower, upper, minmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+real    x[ARB]          #I the data array
+int     npts            #I the number of data points
+real    lower           #I lower data boundary
+real    upper           #I upper data boundary
+int     minmax          #I compute the minimum and maximum ?
+
+double  xx, sumx, sumx2
+real    lo, hi, xmin, xmax
+int     i, npix
+
+begin
+        lo = IST_LO(ist)
+        hi = IST_HI(ist)
+        npix = IST_NPIX(ist)
+        sumx = 0.0
+        sumx2 = 0.0
+        xmin = IST_MIN(ist)
+        xmax = IST_MAX(ist)
+
+        if (IS_INDEFR(lower) && IS_INDEFR(upper)) {
+            npix = npix + npts
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx * xx
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx * xx
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx * xx
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                    sumx2 = sumx2 + xx * xx
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        IST_NPIX(ist) = npix
+        IST_SUMX(ist) = IST_SUMX(ist) + sumx
+        IST_SUMX2(ist) = IST_SUMX2(ist) + sumx2
+        IST_MIN(ist) = xmin
+        IST_MAX(ist) = xmax
+end
+
+
+# IST_ACCUMULATE1 -- Accumulate sums up to the first power of the data for
+# data values between lower and upper.
+
+procedure ist_accumulate1 (ist, x, npts, lower, upper, minmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+real    x[ARB]          #I the data array
+int     npts            #I the number of data points
+real    lower           #I lower data boundary
+real    upper           #I upper data boundary
+int     minmax          #I compute the minimum and maximum ?
+
+double  sumx
+real    lo, hi, xx, xmin, xmax
+int     i, npix
+
+begin
+        lo = IST_LO(ist)
+        hi = IST_HI(ist)
+        npix = IST_NPIX(ist)
+        sumx = 0.0
+        xmin = IST_MIN(ist)
+        xmax = IST_MAX(ist)
+
+        if (IS_INDEFR(lower) && IS_INDEFR(upper)) {
+            npix = npix + npts
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts
+                    sumx = sumx + x[i]
+            }
+        } else {
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    sumx = sumx + xx
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        IST_NPIX(ist) = npix
+        IST_SUMX(ist) = IST_SUMX(ist) + sumx
+        IST_MIN(ist) = xmin
+        IST_MAX(ist) = xmax
+end
+
+
+# IST_ACCUMULATE0 -- Accumulate sums up to the 0th power of the data for
+# data values between lower and upper.
+
+procedure ist_accumulate0 (ist, x, npts, lower, upper, minmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+real    x[ARB]          #I the data array
+int     npts            #I the number of data points
+real    lower           #I lower data boundary
+real    upper           #I upper data boundary
+int     minmax          #I compute the minimum and maximum ?
+
+int     i, npix
+real    lo, hi, xx, xmin, xmax
+
+begin
+        lo = IST_LO(ist)
+        hi = IST_HI(ist)
+        npix = IST_NPIX(ist)
+        xmin = IST_MIN(ist)
+        xmax = IST_MAX(ist)
+
+        if (IS_INDEFR(lower) && IS_INDEFR(upper)) {
+            npix = npix + npts
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            if (minmax == YES) {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                    if (xx < xmin)
+                        xmin = xx
+                    if (xx > xmax)
+                        xmax = xx
+                }
+            } else {
+                do i = 1, npts {
+                    xx = x[i]
+                    if (xx < lo || xx > hi)
+                        next
+                    npix = npix + 1
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        IST_NPIX(ist) = npix
+        IST_MIN(ist) = xmin
+        IST_MAX(ist) = xmax
+end
+
+
+# IST_STATS -- Procedure to compute the first four central moments of the
+# distribution.
+
+procedure ist_stats (ist)
+
+pointer ist                     #I statistics structure
+
+double  mean, var, stdev
+pointer	sw
+bool    fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	sw = IST_SW(ist)
+
+	# Compute the basic statistics regardless of the switches.
+        if (fp_equalr (IST_MIN(ist), MAX_REAL))
+            IST_MIN(ist) = INDEFR
+        if (fp_equalr (IST_MAX(ist), -MAX_REAL))
+            IST_MAX(ist) = INDEFR
+        if (IST_NPIX(ist) <= 0)
+            return
+
+        mean = IST_SUMX(ist) / IST_NPIX(ist)
+        IST_MEAN(ist) = mean
+        if (IST_NPIX(ist) < 2)
+            return
+
+        var = (IST_SUMX2(ist) - IST_SUMX(ist) * mean) /
+            (IST_NPIX(ist) - 1)
+        if (var <= 0.0) {
+            IST_STDDEV(ist) = 0.0
+            return
+        } else {
+            stdev = sqrt (var)
+            IST_STDDEV(ist) = stdev
+        }
+
+	# Compute higher order moments if the switches are set.
+        if (IST_SSKEW(sw)== YES)
+            IST_SKEW(ist) = (IST_SUMX3(ist) - 3.0d0 * IST_MEAN(ist) *
+                IST_SUMX2(ist) + 3.0d0 * mean * mean *
+                IST_SUMX(ist) - IST_NPIX(ist) * mean ** 3) /
+                IST_NPIX(ist) / stdev / stdev / stdev
+
+        if (IST_SKURTOSIS(sw) == YES)
+            IST_KURTOSIS(ist) = (IST_SUMX4(ist) - 4.0d0 * mean *
+                IST_SUMX3(ist) + 6.0d0 * mean * mean *
+                IST_SUMX2(ist) - 4.0 * mean ** 3 * IST_SUMX(ist) +
+                IST_NPIX(ist) * mean ** 4) / IST_NPIX(ist) /
+                stdev / stdev / stdev / stdev - 3.0d0
+end
+
+
+
+# IST_IHIST -- Initilaize the histogram of the image pixels.
+
+int procedure ist_ihist (ist, binwidth, hgm, nbins, hwidth, hmin, hmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+real    binwidth        #I histogram bin width in sigma
+pointer hgm             #O pointer to the histogram
+int     nbins           #O number of bins
+real    hwidth          #O histogram resolution
+real    hmin            #O minimum histogram value
+real    hmax            #O maximum histogram value
+
+begin
+        nbins = 0
+        if (binwidth <= 0.0)
+            return (NO)
+
+        hwidth = binwidth * IST_STDDEV(ist)
+        if (hwidth <= 0.0)
+            return (NO)
+
+        nbins = (IST_MAX(ist) - IST_MIN(ist)) / hwidth + 1
+        if (nbins < 3)
+            return (NO)
+
+        hmin = IST_MIN(ist)
+        hmax = IST_MAX(ist)
+
+        call malloc (hgm, nbins, TY_INT)
+
+        return (YES)
+end
+
+
+# IST_HMEDIAN -- Estimate the median from the histogram.
+
+procedure ist_hmedian (ist, hgm, nbins, hwidth, hmin, hmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics structure
+int     hgm[ARB]        #I histogram of the pixels
+int     nbins           #I number of bins in the histogram
+real    hwidth          #I resolution of the histogram
+real    hmin            #I minimum histogram value
+real    hmax            #I maximum histogram value
+
+real    h1, hdiff, hnorm
+pointer sp, ihgm
+int     i, lo, hi
+
+bool    fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (ihgm, nbins, TY_REAL)
+
+        # Integrate the histogram and normalize.
+        Memr[ihgm] = hgm[1]
+        do i = 2, nbins
+            Memr[ihgm+i-1] = hgm[i] + Memr[ihgm+i-2]
+        hnorm = Memr[ihgm+nbins-1]
+        call adivkr (Memr[ihgm], hnorm, Memr[ihgm], nbins)
+
+        # Initialize the low and high bin numbers.
+        lo = 0
+        hi = 1
+
+        # Search for the point which divides the integral in half.
+        do i = 1, nbins {
+            if (Memr[ihgm+i-1] > 0.5)
+                break
+            lo = i
+        }
+        hi = lo + 1
+
+        # Approximate the median.
+        h1 = hmin + lo * hwidth
+        if (lo == 0)
+            hdiff = Memr[ihgm+hi-1]
+        else
+            hdiff = Memr[ihgm+hi-1] - Memr[ihgm+lo-1]
+        if (fp_equalr (hdiff, 0.0))
+            IST_MEDIAN(ist) = h1
+        else if (lo == 0)
+            IST_MEDIAN(ist) = h1 + 0.5 / hdiff * hwidth
+        else
+            IST_MEDIAN(ist) = h1 + (0.5 - Memr[ihgm+lo-1]) / hdiff * hwidth
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IST_HMODE -- Procedure to compute the mode.
+
+procedure ist_hmode (ist, hgm, nbins, hwidth, hmin, hmax)
+
+pointer ist             #I pointer to the statistics strucuture
+int     hgm[ARB]        #I histogram of the pixels
+int     nbins           #I number of bins in the histogram
+real    hwidth          #I resolution of the histogram
+real    hmin            #I minimum histogram value
+real    hmax            #I maximum histogram value
+
+int     i, bpeak
+real    hpeak, dh1, dh2, denom
+bool    fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+        # If there is a single bin return the midpoint of that bin.
+        if (nbins == 1) {
+            IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + 0.5 * hwidth
+            return
+        }
+
+        # If there are two bins return the midpoint of the greater bin.
+        if (nbins == 2) {
+            if (hgm[1] > hgm[2])
+                IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + 0.5 * hwidth
+            else if (hgm[2] > hgm[1])
+                IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + 1.5 * hwidth
+            else
+                IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + hwidth
+            return
+        }
+
+        # Find the bin containing the histogram maximum.
+        hpeak = hgm[1]
+        bpeak = 1
+        do i = 2, nbins {
+            if (hgm[i] > hpeak) {
+                hpeak = hgm[i]
+                bpeak = i
+            }
+        }
+
+        # If the maximum is in the first bin return the midpoint of the bin.
+        if (bpeak == 1) {
+            IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + 0.5 * hwidth
+            return
+        }
+
+        # If the maximum is in the last bin return the midpoint of the bin.
+        if (bpeak == nbins) {
+            IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + (nbins - 0.5) * hwidth
+            return
+        }
+
+        # Compute the lower limit of bpeak.
+        bpeak = bpeak - 1
+
+        # Do a parabolic interpolation to find the peak.
+        dh1 = hgm[bpeak+1] - hgm[bpeak]
+        dh2 = hgm[bpeak+1] - hgm[bpeak+2]
+        denom = dh1 + dh2
+        if (fp_equalr (denom, 0.0)) {
+            IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + (bpeak + 0.5) * hwidth
+        } else {
+            IST_MODE(ist) = bpeak + 1 + 0.5 * (dh1 - dh2) / denom
+            IST_MODE(ist) = hmin + (IST_MODE(ist) - 0.5) * hwidth
+        }
+
+        #dh1 = hgm[bpeak] * (hmin + (bpeak - 0.5) * hwidth) +
+            #hgm[bpeak+1] * (hmin + (bpeak + 0.5) * hwidth) +
+            #hgm[bpeak+2] * (hmin + (bpeak + 1.5) * hwidth)
+        #dh2 = hgm[bpeak] + hgm[bpeak+1] + hgm[bpeak+2]
+end
+
+
+# IST_PRINT -- Print the fields using builtin format strings.
+
+procedure ist_print (image, mask, ist, fields, nfields)
+
+char    image[ARB]              #I image name
+char    mask[ARB]               #I mask name
+pointer ist                     #I pointer to the statistics structure
+int     fields[ARB]             #I fields to be printed
+int     nfields                 #I number of fields
+
+int     i
+
+begin
+        call printf (" ")
+        do i = 1, nfields {
+            switch (fields[i]) {
+            case IST_FIMAGE:
+                call printf (IST_FSTRING)
+                    call pargstr (image)
+            case IST_FNPIX:
+                call printf (IST_FINTEGER)
+                    call pargi (IST_NPIX(ist))
+            case IST_FMIN:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_MIN(ist))
+            case IST_FMAX:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_MAX(ist))
+            case IST_FMEAN:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_MEAN(ist))
+            case IST_FMEDIAN:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_MEDIAN(ist))
+            case IST_FMODE:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_MODE(ist))
+            case IST_FSTDDEV:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_STDDEV(ist))
+            case IST_FSKEW:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_SKEW(ist))
+            case IST_FKURTOSIS:
+                call printf (IST_FREAL)
+                    call pargr (IST_KURTOSIS(ist))
+            }
+        }
+
+        call printf ("\n")
+        call flush (STDOUT)
+end
+
+
+# IST_FPRINT -- Print the fields using a free format.
+
+procedure ist_fprint (image, mask, ist, fields, nfields)
+
+char    image[ARB]              #I image name
+char    mask[ARB]               #I mask name
+pointer ist                     #I pointer to the statistics structure
+int     fields[ARB]             #I fields to be printed
+int     nfields                 #I number of fields
+
+int     i
+
+begin
+        do i = 1, nfields {
+            switch (fields[i]) {
+            case IST_FIMAGE:
+                call printf ("%s")
+                    call pargstr (image)
+            case IST_FNPIX:
+                call printf ("%d")
+                    call pargi (IST_NPIX(ist))
+            case IST_FMIN:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_MIN(ist))
+            case IST_FMAX:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_MAX(ist))
+            case IST_FMEAN:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_MEAN(ist))
+            case IST_FMEDIAN:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_MEDIAN(ist))
+            case IST_FMODE:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_MODE(ist))
+            case IST_FSTDDEV:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_STDDEV(ist))
+            case IST_FSKEW:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_SKEW(ist))
+            case IST_FKURTOSIS:
+                call printf ("%g")
+                    call pargr (IST_KURTOSIS(ist))
+            }
+            if (i < nfields)
+                call printf ("  ")
+        }
+
+        call printf ("\n")
+        call flush (STDOUT)
+end
+
+
+define	MEMFUDGE	1.05
+
+# IST_CACHE1 -- Cache 1 image in memory using the image i/o buffer sizes.
+
+procedure ist_cache1 (cache, im, old_size)
+
+int	cache			#I cache the image pixels in the imio buffer
+pointer	im			#I the image descriptor
+int	old_size		#O the old working set size
+
+int	i, req_size, buf_size
+int	sizeof(), ist_memstat()
+
+begin
+	req_size = MEMFUDGE * IM_LEN(im,1) * sizeof (IM_PIXTYPE(im))
+	do i = 2, IM_NDIM(im)
+	    req_size = req_size * IM_LEN(im,i)
+	if (ist_memstat (cache, req_size, old_size) == YES) 
+	    call ist_pcache (im, INDEFI, buf_size)
+end
+
+
+# IST_MEMSTAT -- Figure out if there is  enough memory to cache the image
+# pixels. If it is necessary to request more memory and the memory is
+# avalilable return YES otherwise return NO.
+
+int procedure ist_memstat (cache, req_size, old_size)
+
+int	cache			#I cache memory ?
+int	req_size		#I the requested working set size in chars 
+int	old_size		#O the original working set size in chars 
+
+int	cur_size, max_size
+int	begmem()
+
+begin
+        # Find the default working set size.
+        cur_size = begmem (0, old_size, max_size)
+
+	# If cacheing is disabled return NO regardless of the working set size.
+	if (cache == NO)
+	    return (NO)
+
+	# If the requested working set size is less than the current working
+	# set size return YES.
+	if (req_size <= cur_size)
+	    return (YES)
+
+	# Reset the current working set size.
+	cur_size = begmem (req_size, old_size, max_size)
+	if (req_size <= cur_size) {
+	    return (YES)
+	} else {
+	    return (NO)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IST_PCACHE -- Cache the image pixels im memory by resetting the  default image
+# buffer size. If req_size is INDEF the size of the image is used to determine
+# the size of the image i/o buffers.
+
+procedure ist_pcache (im, req_size, buf_size)
+
+pointer im                      #I the input image point
+int     req_size                #I the requested working set size in chars
+int	buf_size		#O the new image buffer size
+
+int     i, def_size, new_imbufsize
+int     sizeof(), imstati()
+
+begin
+	# Find the default buffer size.
+	def_size = imstati (im, IM_BUFSIZE)
+
+        # Compute the new required image i/o buffer size in chars.
+        if (IS_INDEFI(req_size)) {
+            new_imbufsize = IM_LEN(im,1) * sizeof (IM_PIXTYPE(im))
+	    do i = 2, IM_NDIM(im)
+		new_imbufsize = new_imbufsize * IM_LEN(im,i)
+        } else {
+            new_imbufsize = req_size
+        }
+
+	# If the default image i/o buffer size is already bigger than
+	# the requested size do nothing.
+	if (def_size >= new_imbufsize) {
+	    buf_size = def_size
+	    return
+	}
+
+        # Reset the image i/o buffer.
+        call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, new_imbufsize)
+        call imseti (im, IM_BUFFRAC, 0)
+	buf_size = new_imbufsize
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imsum.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imsum.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e4d0c61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imsum.x
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMSUM -- Sum or average images with optional high and low pixel rejection.
+
+procedure t_imsum ()
+
+int	list			# Input image list
+pointer	image			# Output image
+pointer	hparams			# Header parameter list
+pointer	option  		# Output option
+int	pixtype			# Output pixel datatype
+int	calctype		# Internal calculation type
+real	low_reject		# Number or frac of low pix to reject
+real	high_reject		# Number or frac of high pix to reject
+
+int	i, nimages, nlow, nhigh
+pointer	sp, str, im_in, im_out
+
+bool	clgetb(), streq()
+real	clgetr()
+int	imtopenp(), imtlen(), imtgetim(), clgwrd()
+pointer	immap()
+
+errchk	imsum_set, immap, imunmap
+
+begin
+	# Get the input image list.  Check that there is at least 1 image.
+	list = imtopenp ("input")
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	if (nimages < 1) {
+	    call imtclose (list)
+	    call error (0, "No input images in list")
+	}
+
+	# Allocate strings and get the parameters.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (hparams, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (option, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	i = clgwrd ("option", Memc[option], SZ_LINE, "|sum|average|median|")
+	if (streq (Memc[option], "median")) {
+	    nlow = nimages / 2
+	    nhigh = nimages - nlow - 1
+	} else {
+	    # If the rejection value is less than 1 then it is a fraction of the
+	    # input images otherwise it is the number of pixels to be rejected.
+	    low_reject = clgetr ("low_reject")
+	    high_reject = clgetr ("high_reject")
+
+	    if (low_reject < 1.)
+	        nlow = low_reject * nimages
+	    else
+	        nlow = low_reject
+
+	    if (high_reject < 1.)
+	        nhigh = high_reject * nimages
+	    else
+	        nhigh = high_reject
+
+	    if (nlow + nhigh >= nimages) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		call imtclose (list)
+	        call error (0, "Number of pixels rejected >= number of images")
+	    }
+	}
+	call clgstr ("hparams", Memc[hparams], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Map the output image and set the title and pixel type.
+	# Check all images have the same number and length of dimensions.
+
+	call imsum_set (list, pixtype, calctype)
+
+	i = imtgetim (list, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	im_in = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	im_out = immap (Memc[image], NEW_COPY, im_in)
+	call new_title ("title", im_out)
+	IM_PIXTYPE (im_out) = pixtype
+
+	call imtrew (list)
+
+	# Print verbose info.
+	if (clgetb ("verbose")) {
+	    call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	    call printf ("IMSUM:\n")
+	    call printf ("  Input images:\n")
+	    while (imtgetim (list, Memc[str], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+		call printf ("    %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    }
+	    call imtrew (list)
+	    call printf ("  Output image: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	    call printf ("  Header parameters: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[hparams])
+	    call printf ("  Output pixel datatype: %s\n")
+		call dtstring (pixtype, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call printf ("  Calculation type: %s\n")
+		call dtstring (calctype, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call printf ("  Option: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[option])
+	    call printf ("  Low rejection: %d\n  High rejection: %d\n")
+		call pargi (nlow)
+		call pargi (nhigh)
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	}
+
+	# Do the image average.  Switch on the calculation type.
+	switch (calctype) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    call imsums (list, Memc[image], im_out, nlow, nhigh, Memc[option])
+	case TY_INT:
+	    call imsumi (list, Memc[image], im_out, nlow, nhigh, Memc[option])
+	case TY_LONG:
+	    call imsuml (list, Memc[image], im_out, nlow, nhigh, Memc[option])
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    call imsumr (list, Memc[image], im_out, nlow, nhigh, Memc[option])
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    call imsumd (list, Memc[image], im_out, nlow, nhigh, Memc[option])
+	default:
+	    call imsumr (list, Memc[image], im_out, nlow, nhigh, Memc[option])
+	}
+	call imunmap (im_out)
+	call imunmap (im_in)
+
+	# Set the header parameters.
+	call imtrew (list)
+	call imsum_hparam (list, Memc[image], Memc[hparams], Memc[option]) 
+
+	call imtclose (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IMSUM_SET -- Determine the output image pixel type and the calculation
+# datatype.  The default pixel types are based on the highest arithmetic
+# precendence of the input images.
+
+define	NTYPES	5
+
+procedure imsum_set (list, pixtype, calctype)
+
+int	list				# List of input images
+int	pixtype				# Pixel datatype of output image
+int	calctype			# Pixel datatype for calculations
+
+int	i, j, nimages, max_type
+pointer	sp, str, im1, im2
+
+int	imtgetim(), imtlen()
+bool	xt_imleneq()
+pointer	immap()
+errchk	immap, imunmap
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Determine maximum precedence datatype.
+	# Also check that the images are the same dimension and size.
+
+	nimages = imtlen (list)
+	j = imtgetim (list, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	im1 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	max_type = IM_PIXTYPE (im1)
+
+	do i = 2, nimages {
+	    j = imtgetim (list, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    im2 = immap (Memc[str], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	    if ((IM_NDIM(im1) != IM_NDIM(im2)) || !xt_imleneq (im1, im2)) {
+		call imunmap (im1)
+		call imunmap (im2)
+		call error (0, "Images have different dimensions or sizes")
+	    }
+
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE (im2)) {
+	    case TY_SHORT:
+		if (max_type == TY_USHORT)
+		    max_type = TY_INT
+	    case TY_USHORT:
+		if (max_type == TY_SHORT)
+		    max_type = TY_INT
+	    case TY_INT:
+		if (max_type == TY_USHORT || max_type == TY_SHORT)
+		    max_type = IM_PIXTYPE (im2)
+	    case TY_LONG:
+		if (max_type == TY_USHORT || max_type == TY_SHORT ||
+		    max_type == TY_INT)
+		    max_type = IM_PIXTYPE (im2)
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		if (max_type != TY_DOUBLE)
+		    max_type = IM_PIXTYPE (im2)
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		max_type = IM_PIXTYPE (im2)
+	    default:
+	    }
+	    call imunmap (im2)
+	}
+
+	call imunmap (im1)
+	call imtrew (list)
+
+	# Set calculation datatype.
+	call clgstr ("calctype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	switch (Memc[str]) {
+	case EOS:
+	    calctype = max_type
+	case 's':
+	    calctype = TY_SHORT
+	case 'i':
+	    calctype = TY_INT
+	case 'l':
+	    calctype = TY_LONG
+	case 'r':
+	    calctype = TY_REAL
+	case 'd':
+	    calctype = TY_DOUBLE
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "Unrecognized datatype")
+	}
+
+	# Set output pixel datatype.
+	call clgstr ("pixtype", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	switch (Memc[str]) {
+	case EOS:
+	    pixtype = calctype
+	case 'u':
+	    pixtype = TY_USHORT
+	case 's':
+	    pixtype = TY_SHORT
+	case 'i':
+	    pixtype = TY_INT
+	case 'l':
+	    pixtype = TY_LONG
+	case 'r':
+	    pixtype = TY_REAL
+	case 'd':
+	    pixtype = TY_DOUBLE
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "Unrecognized datatype")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# IMSUM_HPARM -- Arithmetic on image header parameters.
+#
+# This program is limited by a lack of a rewind procedure for the image
+# header fields list.  Thus, a static array of field names is used
+# to require only one pass through the list and the images.
+
+define	NFIELDS		10	# Maximum number of fields allowed.
+
+procedure imsum_hparam (list, output, hparams, option)
+
+int	list			# List of input images.
+char	output[ARB]		# Output image
+char	hparams[ARB]		# List of header parameters
+char	option[ARB]		# Sum option
+
+int	i, nfields, flist
+pointer	sp, field, dvals, image, in, out
+
+int	imofnlu(), imgnfn(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+bool	strne(), streq()
+double	imgetd()
+pointer	immap()
+
+errchk	immap, imofnlu, imgetd, imputd, imunmap
+
+begin
+	# Return if median.
+	if (strne (option, "average") && strne (option, "sum"))
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, NFIELDS*SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (dvals, NFIELDS, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Map the fields.
+	out = immap (output, READ_WRITE, 0)
+	flist = imofnlu (out, hparams)
+	i = 0
+	while ((i < NFIELDS) &&
+	    (imgnfn (flist, Memc[field+i*SZ_FNAME], SZ_FNAME) != EOF))
+	    i = i + 1
+	call imcfnl (flist)
+
+	# Accumulate values from each image.
+
+	nfields = i
+	call aclrd (Memd[dvals], nfields)
+
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    in = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    do i = 1, nfields
+		Memd[dvals+i-1] = Memd[dvals+i-1] +
+		    imgetd (in, Memc[field+(i-1)*SZ_FNAME])
+	    call imunmap (in)
+	}
+
+	# Output the sums or average.
+	if (streq (option, "average")) {
+	    i = imtlen (list)
+	    call adivkd (Memd[dvals], double (i), Memd[dvals], nfields)
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, nfields
+	    call imputd (out, Memc[field+(i-1)*SZ_FNAME], Memd[dvals+i-1])
+
+	call imunmap (out)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imtile.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imtile.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92f5cce0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_imtile.x
@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "imtile.h"
+
+
+# T_IMTILE -- Combine a list of same-size subrasters into a single large
+# mosaiced image.
+
+procedure t_imtile ()
+
+int	nimages, nmissing, subtract, verbose
+pointer	it, sp, outimage, trimsection, medsection, nullinput, ranges
+pointer	str, index, c1, c2, l1, l2, isnull, median, imlist, outim
+
+bool	clgetb()
+char	clgetc()
+int	btoi(), clgwrd(), imtlen(), clgeti(), decode_ranges(), it_get_imtype()
+pointer	imtopenp(), it_setim()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+	call malloc (it, LEN_IRSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Allocate temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (outimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (trimsection, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (medsection, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (nullinput, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ranges, 3 * MAX_NRANGES + 1, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the input image list and the output image name.
+	imlist = imtopenp ("input")
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[outimage], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("trim_section", Memc[trimsection], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("missing_input", Memc[nullinput], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("median_section", Memc[medsection], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[medsection] == EOS)
+	    subtract = NO
+	else
+	    subtract = btoi (clgetb ("subtract"))
+	verbose = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+
+	# Get the mosaicing parameters.
+	IT_NXSUB(it) = clgeti ("nctile")
+	IT_NYSUB(it) = clgeti ("nltile")
+	IT_CORNER(it) = clgwrd ("start_tile", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	    ",ll,lr,ul,ur,")
+	if (clgetb ("row_order"))
+	    IT_ORDER(it) = IT_ROW
+	else
+	    IT_ORDER(it) = IT_COLUMN
+	IT_RASTER(it) = btoi (clgetb ("raster_order"))
+	IT_NXOVERLAP(it) = clgeti ("ncoverlap")
+	IT_NYOVERLAP(it) = clgeti ("nloverlap")
+	IT_OVAL(it) = clgetr ("ovalue")
+
+	# Check that the number of observed and missing images matches
+	# the number of specified subrasters.
+	if (Memc[nullinput] == EOS) {
+	    nmissing = 0
+	    Memi[ranges] = 0
+	    Memi[ranges+1] = 0
+	    Memi[ranges+2] = 1
+	    Memi[ranges+3] = NULL
+	} else {
+	    if (decode_ranges (Memc[nullinput], Memi[ranges], MAX_NRANGES,
+	        nmissing) == ERR)
+	        call error (0, "Error decoding list of unobserved rasters.")
+	}
+	nimages = imtlen (imlist) + nmissing
+	if (nimages != (IT_NXSUB(it) * IT_NYSUB(it)))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of input images is not equal to nxsub * nysub.")
+
+	# Compute the output image characteristics and open the output image.
+	outim = it_setim (it, imlist, Memc[trimsection], Memc[outimage],
+	    clgeti ("ncols"), clgeti ("nlines"), it_get_imtype (clgetc (
+	    "opixtype")))
+
+	# Allocate space for and setup the section descriptors.
+	call salloc (index, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (c1, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (c2, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (l1, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (l2, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (isnull, nimages, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (median, nimages, TY_REAL)
+
+	call it_setup (it, imlist, Memi[ranges], Memc[trimsection],
+	    Memc[medsection], outim, Memi[index], Memi[c1], Memi[c2],
+	    Memi[l1], Memi[l2], Memi[isnull], Memr[median])
+
+	# Make the output image.
+	call it_mkmosaic (imlist, Memc[trimsection], outim, Memi[index],
+	    Memi[c1], Memi[c2], Memi[l1], Memi[l2], Memi[isnull],
+	    Memr[median], IT_NXSUB(it), IT_NYSUB(it), IT_OVAL(it), subtract)
+
+        # Printe the results.
+	if (verbose == YES) {
+            call it_show (imlist, Memc[trimsection], Memc[outimage],
+		Memi[index], Memi[c1], Memi[c2], Memi[l1], Memi[l2],
+		Memi[isnull], Memr[median], IT_NXSUB(it)*IT_NYSUB(it), subtract)
+	}
+
+	# Close up files and free space.
+	call imunmap (outim)
+	call clpcls (imlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call mfree (it, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+define	NTYPES	7
+
+# IT_GET_IMTYPE -- Procedure to get the image type.
+
+int procedure it_get_imtype (c)
+
+char	c	# character denoting the image type
+
+int	i, typecodes[NTYPES]
+int	stridx()
+string	types "usilrdx"
+data	typecodes /TY_USHORT, TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG, TY_REAL, TY_DOUBLE,
+		   TY_COMPLEX/
+
+begin
+	i = stridx (c, types)
+	if (i == 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else
+	    return (typecodes[i])
+end
+
+
+# IT_SETUP -- Setup the data base parameters for the images.
+
+procedure it_setup (it, imlist, ranges, trimsection, medsection, outim,
+	index, c1, c2, l1, l2, isnull, median)
+
+pointer	it			# pointer to the imtil structure
+pointer	imlist			# pointer to the list of input images
+int	ranges[ARB]		# list of missing subrasters
+char	trimsection[ARB]	# input image section for output
+char	medsection[ARB]		# input image section for median computation
+pointer	outim			# pointer to the output image
+int	index[ARB]		# index array
+int	c1[ARB]			# array of beginning column limits
+int	c2[ARB]			# array of ending column limits
+int	l1[ARB]			# array of beginning line limits
+int	l2[ARB]			# array of ending line limits
+int	isnull[ARB]		# output input image order number
+real	median[ARB]		# output median of input image
+
+int	i, j, k, nimrows, nimcols, imcount, next_null
+pointer	sp, imname, im, buf
+int	get_next_number(), imtgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imgs2r()
+real	amedr()
+
+begin
+	nimcols = IM_LEN(outim,1)
+	nimrows = IM_LEN(outim,2)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	imcount = 1
+	next_null = 0
+	if (get_next_number (ranges, next_null) == EOF)
+	    next_null = IT_NXSUB(it) * IT_NYSUB(it) + 1
+
+	# Loop over the input images.
+	do i = 1, IT_NXSUB(it) * IT_NYSUB(it) {
+
+	    # Set the indices array.
+	    call it_indices (i, j, k, IT_NXSUB(it), IT_NYSUB(it),
+	        IT_CORNER(it), IT_RASTER(it), IT_ORDER(it))
+	    index[i] = i
+	    c1[i] = max (1, min (1 + (j - 1) * (IT_NCOLS(it) -
+	        IT_NXOVERLAP(it)), nimcols))
+	    c2[i] = min (nimcols, max (1, c1[i] + IT_NCOLS(it) - 1))
+	    l1[i] = max (1, min (1 + (k - 1) * (IT_NROWS(it) -
+	        IT_NYOVERLAP(it)), nimrows))
+	    l2[i] = min (nimrows, max (1, l1[i] + IT_NROWS(it) - 1))
+
+	    # Set the index of each image in the image template
+	    # and compute the median of the subraster.
+	    if (i < next_null) {
+		isnull[i] = imcount
+		if (medsection[1] != EOS) {
+		    if (imtgetim (imlist, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+			call error (0, "Error reading input image list.")
+		    call strcat (medsection, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+		    im = immap (Memc[imname], READ_ONLY, TY_CHAR)
+		    buf = imgs2r (im, 1, int (IM_LEN(im,1)), 1, int (IM_LEN(im,
+		        2)))
+		    median[i] = amedr (Memr[buf], int (IM_LEN(im,1)) *
+			    int (IM_LEN(im,2)))
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		} else
+		    median[i] = INDEFR
+		imcount = imcount + 1
+	    } else {
+		isnull[i] = 0
+		if (medsection[1] == EOS)
+		    median[i] = INDEFR
+		else
+		    median[i] = IT_OVAL(it)
+		if (get_next_number (ranges, next_null) == EOF)
+	    	    next_null = IT_NXSUB(it) * IT_NYSUB(it) + 1
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call imtrew (imlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IT_SETIM -- Procedure to set up the output image characteristics.
+
+pointer procedure it_setim (it, list, trimsection, outimage, nimcols, nimrows,
+	opixtype)
+
+pointer	it		# pointer to the imtile structure
+pointer	list		# pointer to list of input images
+char	trimsection[ARB]# input image section
+char	outimage[ARB]	# name of the output image
+int	nimcols		# number of output image columns
+int	nimrows		# number of output image rows
+int	opixtype	# output image pixel type
+
+int	ijunk, nc, nr
+pointer	sp, imname, im, outim
+int	imtgetim()
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the size of the first subraster.
+	if (imtgetim (list, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    call strcat (trimsection, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+	    im = immap (Memc[imname], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    IT_NCOLS(it) = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	    IT_NROWS(it) = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	    call imunmap (im)
+	    call imtrew (list)
+	} else
+	    call error (0, "Error reading first input image.\n")
+
+	# Compute the size of the output image.
+	ijunk = IT_NXSUB(it) * IT_NCOLS(it) - (IT_NXSUB(it) - 1) *
+	    IT_NXOVERLAP(it)
+	if (IS_INDEFI(nimcols))
+	    nc = ijunk
+	else
+	    nc = max (nimcols, ijunk)
+	ijunk = IT_NYSUB(it) * IT_NROWS(it) - (IT_NYSUB(it) - 1) *
+	    IT_NYOVERLAP(it)
+	if (IS_INDEFI(ijunk))
+	    nr = ijunk
+	else
+	    nr = max (nimrows, ijunk)
+
+	# Set the output pixel type.
+	if (opixtype == ERR)
+	    opixtype = TY_REAL
+
+	# Open output image and set the parameters.
+	outim = immap (outimage, NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+	IM_NDIM(outim) = 2
+	IM_LEN(outim,1) = nc
+	IM_LEN(outim,2) = nr
+	IM_PIXTYPE(outim) = opixtype
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (outim)
+end
+
+
+# IT_MKMOSAIC -- Procedure to make the mosaiced image.
+
+procedure it_mkmosaic (imlist, trimsection, outim, index, c1, c2, l1, l2,
+	isnull, median, nxsub, nysub, oval, subtract)
+
+pointer	imlist		# pointer to input image list
+char	trimsection[ARB]# input image section
+pointer	outim		# pointer to the output image
+int	index[ARB]	# index array for sorting the images
+int	c1[ARB]		# array of column beginnings
+int	c2[ARB]		# array of column endings
+int	l1[ARB]		# array of line beginnings
+int	l2[ARB]		# array of line endings
+int	isnull[ARB]	# index of input image in the template
+real	median[ARB]	# array of input image median values
+int	nxsub		# number of subrasters per output image column
+int	nysub		# number of subrasters per output image row
+real	oval		# pixel value of undefined output image regions
+int	subtract	# subtract the median off each subraster
+
+int	i, j, noutcols, noutlines, olineptr, ll1, ll2
+pointer	sp, inimage, imptrs, buf
+int	imtrgetim()
+pointer	immap(), impl2r()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imptrs, nxsub, TY_POINTER)
+	call salloc (inimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Sort the subrasters on the yindex.
+	do i = 1, nxsub * nysub
+	    index[i] = i
+	call rg_qsorti (l1, index, index, nxsub * nysub)
+
+	noutcols = IM_LEN(outim,1)
+	noutlines = IM_LEN(outim,2)
+
+	# Loop over the input images.
+	olineptr = 1
+	do i = 1, nxsub * nysub, nxsub {
+
+	    # Compute the line and column limits.
+	    ll1 = l1[index[i]]
+	    ll2 = l2[index[i]]
+
+	    # Open the nxsub input images.
+	    do j = i, i + nxsub - 1 {
+		if (isnull[index[j]] <= 0) {
+		    Memc[inimage] = EOS
+		    Memi[imptrs+j-i] = NULL
+		} else {
+		    if (imtrgetim (imlist, isnull[index[j]], Memc[inimage],
+		        SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+			Memi[imptrs+j-i] = NULL
+		    else {
+			call strcat (trimsection, Memc[inimage], SZ_FNAME)
+			Memi[imptrs+j-i] = immap (Memc[inimage], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Write out the undefined lines.
+	    while (olineptr < ll1) {
+		buf = impl2r (outim, olineptr)
+		call amovkr (oval, Memr[buf], noutcols)
+		olineptr = olineptr + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Write the output lines.
+	    call it_mklines (Memi[imptrs], outim, index, c1, c2, ll1, ll2,
+	        median, i, nxsub, oval, subtract)
+	    olineptr = ll2 + 1
+
+	    # Close up the images.
+	    # Open the nxsub input images.
+	    do j = i, i + nxsub - 1 {
+		if (Memi[imptrs+j-i] != NULL)
+		    call imunmap (Memi[imptrs+j-i])
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Write out the remaining undefined lines.
+	while (olineptr < noutlines) {
+	    buf = impl2r (outim, olineptr)
+	    call amovkr (oval, Memr[buf], noutcols)
+	    olineptr = olineptr + 1
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IT_MKLINES -- Construct and output image lines.
+
+procedure it_mklines (imptrs, outim, index, c1, c2, l1, l2, meds, init, nsub, 
+	oval, subtract)
+
+pointer	imptrs[ARB]		# array of input image pointers
+pointer	outim			# output imnage pointer
+int	index[ARB]		# array of indices
+int	c1[ARB]			# array of beginning columns
+int	c2[ARB]			# array of ending columns
+int	l1			# beginning line
+int	l2			# ending line
+real	meds[ARB]		# array of median values
+int	init			# first index
+int	nsub			# number of subrasters
+real	oval			# output value
+int	subtract		# subtract the median value
+
+int	i, j, jj, noutcols
+pointer	obuf, ibuf
+pointer	impl2r(), imgl2r()
+
+begin
+	noutcols = IM_LEN(outim, 1)
+	do i = l1, l2 {
+	    obuf = impl2r (outim, i)
+	    call amovkr (oval, Memr[obuf],  noutcols)
+	    do j = 1, nsub {
+		jj = index[j+init-1]
+		if (imptrs[j] != NULL) {
+		    ibuf = imgl2r (imptrs[j], i - l1 + 1)
+		    if (subtract == YES)
+		        call asubkr (Memr[ibuf], meds[jj], Memr[obuf+c1[jj]-1],
+			    c2[jj] - c1[jj] + 1)
+		    else
+		        call amovr (Memr[ibuf], Memr[obuf+c1[jj]-1], c2[jj] -
+			    c1[jj] + 1)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IT_INDICES -- Given the number in the list for a missing subraster and
+# information about how the subrasters were written return the i and j
+# indices of the specified subrasters.
+
+procedure it_indices (num, i, j, nxsub, nysub, corner, raster, order)
+
+int	num		# number of the subraster
+int	i,j		# indices of the subraster
+int	nxsub,nysub	# number of subrasters in x and y
+int	corner		# starting corner
+int	raster		# raster order
+int	order		# column or row order
+
+begin
+	switch (corner) {
+	case IT_LL:
+	    if (order == IT_ROW) {
+		if (mod (num, nxsub) == 0) {
+		    j = num / nxsub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) == 0)
+			i = 1
+		    else
+		        i = nxsub
+		} else {
+		    j = num / nxsub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) == 0)
+			i = nxsub - mod (num, nxsub) + 1
+		    else
+		        i = mod (num, nxsub)
+		}
+	    } else if (order == IT_COLUMN) {
+		if (mod (num, nysub) == 0) {
+		    i = num / nysub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) == 0)
+			j = 1
+		    else
+		        j = nysub
+		} else {
+		    i = num / nysub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) == 0)
+			j = nysub - mod (num, nysub) + 1
+		    else
+		        j = mod (num, nysub)
+		}
+	    }
+	case IT_LR:
+	    if (order == IT_ROW) {
+		if (mod (num, nxsub) == 0) {
+		    j = num / nxsub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) == 0)
+			i = nxsub
+		    else
+			i = 1
+		} else {
+		    j = num / nxsub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) == 0)
+			i = mod (num, nxsub)
+		    else
+			i = nxsub - mod (num, nxsub) + 1
+		}
+	    } else if (order == IT_COLUMN) {
+		if (mod (num, nysub) == 0) {
+		    i = nxsub - num / nysub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) != 0)
+			j = 1
+		    else
+		        j = nysub
+		} else {
+		    i = nxsub - num / nysub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) != 0)
+			j = nysub - mod (num, nysub) + 1
+		    else
+		        j = mod (num, nysub)
+		}
+	    }
+	case IT_UL:
+	    if (order == IT_ROW) {
+		if (mod (num, nxsub) == 0) {
+		    j = nysub - num / nxsub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) != 0)
+			i = 1
+		    else
+		        i = nxsub
+		} else {
+		    j = nysub - num / nxsub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) != 0)
+			i = nxsub - mod (num, nxsub) + 1
+		    else
+		        i = mod (num, nxsub)
+		}
+	    } else if (order == IT_COLUMN) {
+		if (mod (num, nysub) == 0) {
+		    i = num / nysub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) == 0)
+			j = nysub
+		    else
+			j = 1
+		} else {
+		    i = num / nysub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) == 0)
+			j = mod (num, nysub)
+		    else
+			j = nysub - mod (num, nysub) + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	case IT_UR:
+	    if (order == IT_ROW) {
+		if (mod (num, nxsub) == 0) {
+		    j = nysub - num / nxsub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) != 0)
+			i = nxsub
+		    else
+			i = 1
+		} else {
+		    j = nysub - num / nxsub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (j,2) != 0)
+			i = mod (num, nxsub)
+		    else
+			i = nxsub - mod (num, nxsub) + 1
+		}
+	    } else if (order == IT_COLUMN) {
+		if (mod (num, nysub) == 0) {
+		    i = nxsub - num / nysub + 1
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) != 0)
+			j = nysub
+		    else
+			j = 1
+		} else {
+		    i = nxsub - num / nysub
+		    if (raster == YES && mod (i,2) != 0)
+			j = mod (num, nysub)
+		    else
+			j = nysub - mod (num, nysub) + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IT_SHOW -- List the results.
+
+procedure it_show (imlist, trimsection, outimage, index, c1, c2, l1,
+        l2, isnull, median, nsub, subtract)
+
+int     imlist          # input image list
+char    trimsection[ARB]# trim section of input image
+char    outimage[ARB]   # output image
+int     index[ARB]      # array of sorted indices (not used at present)
+int     c1[ARB]         # array of beginning column limits
+int     c2[ARB]         # array of ending column limits
+int     l1[ARB]         # array of beginning line limits
+int     l2[ARB]         # array of ending line limits
+int     isnull[ARB]     # image name index
+real    median[ARB]     # array of medians
+int     nsub            # number of subrasters
+int     subtract        # subtract the median from the subraster
+
+int     i
+pointer sp, imname
+int     imtrgetim()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        do i = 1, nsub {
+
+            if (isnull[i] <= 0)
+                call strcpy ("nullimage", Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+            else if (imtrgetim (imlist, isnull[i], Memc[imname],
+                SZ_FNAME) != EOF)
+                call strcat (trimsection, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+            else
+                Memc[imname] = EOS
+
+            call printf ("imcopy  %s  %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]  %g  %g\n")
+                call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+                call pargstr (outimage)
+                call pargi (c1[i])
+                call pargi (c2[i])
+                call pargi (l1[i])
+                call pargi (l2[i])
+                call pargr (median[i])
+            if (subtract == YES)
+                call pargr (-median[i])
+            else
+                call pargr (0.0)
+        }
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_minmax.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_minmax.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03dff18c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_minmax.x
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+
+# MINMAX -- Update the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image.  This is
+# done only if the values are absent or invalid, unless the force flag is set.
+# The header values are not updated when computing the min/max of an image
+# section unless the force flag is set.  The values are printed on the standard
+# output as they are computed, if the verbose option is selected.
+
+procedure t_minmax()
+
+pointer	images			# image name template
+bool	force			# force recomputation of values
+bool	update			# update values in image header
+bool	verbose			# print values as they are computed
+
+bool	section
+int	list, pixtype
+long	vmin[IM_MAXDIM], vmax[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	im, sp, pixmin, pixmax, imname, imsect
+double	minval, maxval, iminval, imaxval
+
+bool	clgetb()
+long	clktime()
+int	imtopen(), imtgetim()
+pointer	immap()
+define	tryagain_ 91
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (images, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imsect, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (pixmin, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (pixmax, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get list of input images.
+
+	call clgstr ("images", Memc[images], SZ_LINE)
+	list = imtopen (Memc[images])
+
+	# Get switches.
+
+	force   = clgetb ("force")
+	update  = clgetb ("update")
+	verbose = clgetb ("verbose")
+
+	# Process each image in the list.
+
+	while (imtgetim (list, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    call imgsection (Memc[imname], Memc[imsect], SZ_FNAME)
+	    section = (Memc[imsect] != EOS)
+
+	    call strcpy ("", Memc[pixmin], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy ("", Memc[pixmax], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    if (update) {
+
+		iferr (im = immap (Memc[imname], READ_WRITE, 0))
+		    goto tryagain_
+
+		pixtype = IM_PIXTYPE(im)
+		if (force || (IM_LIMTIME(im) < IM_MTIME(im))) {
+		    if (IM_NDIM(im) > 0) {
+		        call im_vminmax (im, minval, maxval, iminval, imaxval,
+		            vmin, vmax)
+		        call mkoutstr (vmin, IM_NDIM(im), Memc[pixmin],
+			    SZ_FNAME)
+		        call mkoutstr (vmax, IM_NDIM(im), Memc[pixmax],
+			    SZ_FNAME)
+		    } else {
+			minval = INDEFD
+			maxval = INDEFD
+			Memc[pixmin] = EOS
+			Memc[pixmax] = EOS
+		    }
+		    if (! section) {
+			if (IS_INDEFD(minval))
+			    IM_MIN(im) = INDEFR
+			else
+			    IM_MIN(im) = minval
+			if (IS_INDEFD(maxval))
+			    IM_MAX(im) = INDEFR
+			else
+			    IM_MAX(im) = maxval
+			IM_LIMTIME(im) = clktime (long(0))
+			call imseti (im, IM_WHEADER, YES)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    minval = IM_MIN(im)
+		    maxval = IM_MAX(im)
+		}
+
+		call imunmap (im)
+
+	    } else {
+tryagain_	iferr (im = immap (Memc[imname], READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    next
+		} else {
+		    pixtype = IM_PIXTYPE(im)
+		    if (force || IM_LIMTIME(im) < IM_MTIME(im)) {
+		        if (IM_NDIM(im) > 0) {
+			    call im_vminmax (im, minval, maxval, iminval,
+			        imaxval, vmin, vmax)
+			    call mkoutstr (vmin, IM_NDIM(im), Memc[pixmin],
+			        SZ_FNAME)
+			    call mkoutstr (vmax, IM_NDIM(im), Memc[pixmax],
+			        SZ_FNAME)
+			} else {
+			    minval = INDEFD
+			    maxval = INDEFD
+			    Memc[pixmin] = EOS
+			    Memc[pixmax] = EOS
+			}
+		    } else {
+			minval = IM_MIN(im)
+			maxval = IM_MAX(im)
+		    }
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Make the section strings.
+
+	    if (verbose) {
+		if (pixtype == TY_COMPLEX) {
+		    call printf ("    %s %s %z %s %z\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[pixmin])
+		        call pargx (complex (minval, iminval))
+		        call pargstr (Memc[pixmax])
+		        call pargx (complex (maxval, imaxval))
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("    %s %s %g %s %g\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[pixmin])
+		        call pargd (minval)
+		        call pargstr (Memc[pixmax])
+		        call pargd (maxval)
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Return the computed values of the last image examined as CL
+	# parameters.
+
+	call clputd ("minval", minval)
+	call clputd ("maxval", maxval)
+	call clputd ("iminval", iminval)
+	call clputd ("imaxval", imaxval)
+	call clpstr ("minpix", Memc[pixmin])
+	call clpstr ("maxpix", Memc[pixmax])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MKOUTSTR -- Encode the output string.
+
+procedure mkoutstr (v, ndim, outstr, maxch)
+
+long	v[ARB]		# imio v vector
+int	ndim		# number of dimensions
+char	outstr[ARB]	# output string
+int	maxch		# maximum length of string
+
+int	i, ip, nchars
+int	ltoc()
+
+begin
+	# Encode opening brackett.
+	outstr[1] = '['
+
+	# Encode v vector values.
+	ip = 2
+	do i = 1, ndim {
+	    nchars = ltoc (v[i], outstr[ip], maxch)
+	    ip = ip + nchars
+	    outstr[ip] = ','
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	}
+
+	# Encode closing bracketts and EOS.
+	outstr[ip-1] = ']'
+	outstr[ip] = EOS
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_sections.x b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_sections.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..560e2a2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/imutil/src/t_sections.x
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# SECTIONS -- Expand a image template into a list of images on the
+# standard output and record the number of sections in a parameter.
+
+procedure t_sections()
+
+char	images[SZ_LINE]				# Image template
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]
+char	str[SZ_LINE]
+int	option, list
+int	clgwrd(), imtopen(), imtgetim(), imtlen()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("images", images, SZ_LINE)
+	option = clgwrd ("option", str, SZ_LINE,
+	    ",nolist,fullname,root,section,")
+	list = imtopen (images)
+
+	call clputi ("nimages", imtlen (list))
+
+	while (imtgetim (list, image, SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    switch (option) {
+	    case 2:
+	        call printf ("%s\n")
+		    call pargstr (image)
+	    case 3:
+		call get_root (image, str, SZ_LINE)
+	        call printf ("%s\n")
+		    call pargstr (str)
+	    case 4:
+		call get_section (image, str, SZ_LINE)
+	        call printf ("%s\n")
+		    call pargstr (str)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imtclose (list)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/coomap.key b/pkg/images/lib/coomap.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a44520a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/coomap.key
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+	Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?	Print options
+f	Fit data and graph fit with the current graph type (g,x,r,y,s)
+g	Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r	Graph the xi fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+y,s	Graph the eta fit residuals versus x and y respectively
+d,u	Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o	Overplot the next graph
+c	Toggle the line of constant x and y plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x and y through nearest data point	
+l	Print xishift, etashift, xscale, yscale, xrotate, yrotate
+q	Exit the interactive surface fitting code
+
+	Interactive Colon Commands
+
+The parameters are listed or set with the following commands which may be
+abbreviated.  To list the value of a parameter type the command alone.
+
+:show	 	     List parameters
+:projection          Sky projection (lin,tan,arc,sin,tnx, ...)
+:refpoint	     Sky projection reference point
+:fit 	  [value]    Fit geometry (shift,xyscale,rotate,rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]    Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,polynomial)
+:order	  [value]    Xi and Eta fitting orders in x and y
+:xxorder  [value]    Xi fitting function order in x
+:xyorder  [value]    Xi fitting function order in y
+:yxorder  [value]    Eta fitting function order in x
+:yyorder  [value]    Eta fitting function order in y
+:xxterms  [y/n]      Include cross-terms in xi fit
+:yxterms  [y/n]	     Include cross-terms in eta fit
+:maxiter  [value]    Maximum number of rejection operations
+:reject   [value]    K-sigma rejection threshold
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geofit.gx b/pkg/images/lib/geofit.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7aae63a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geofit.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,1605 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Assocation of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+
+$for (r)
+
+# GEO_MINIT -- Initialize the fitting routines.
+
+procedure geo_minit (fit, projection, geometry, function, xxorder, xyorder,
+	xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter, reject)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+int	projection	#I the coordinate projection type
+int	geometry	#I the fitting geometry
+int	function	#I fitting function
+int	xxorder		#I order of x fit in x
+int	xyorder		#I order of x fit in y
+int	xxterms		#I include cross terms in x fit
+int	yxorder		#I order of y fit in x
+int	yyorder		#I order of y fit in y
+int	yxterms		#I include cross-terms in y fit
+int	maxiter		#I the maximum number of rejection interations
+double	reject		#I rejection threshold in sigma
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the space.
+	call malloc (fit, LEN_GEOMAP, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Set function and order.
+	GM_PROJECTION(fit) = projection
+	GM_PROJSTR(fit) = EOS
+	GM_FIT(fit) = geometry
+	GM_FUNCTION(fit) = function
+	GM_XXORDER(fit) = xxorder
+	GM_XYORDER(fit) = xyorder
+	GM_XXTERMS(fit) = xxterms
+	GM_YXORDER(fit) = yxorder
+	GM_YYORDER(fit) = yyorder
+	GM_YXTERMS(fit) = yxterms
+
+	# Set rejection parameters.
+	GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	GM_MAXITER(fit) = maxiter
+	GM_REJECT(fit) = reject
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	GM_REJ(fit) = NULL
+
+	# Set origin parameters.
+	GM_XO(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YO(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_XOREF(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YOREF(fit) = INDEFD
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FREE -- Release the fitting space.
+
+procedure geo_free (fit)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fitting structure
+
+begin
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (fit, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+$endfor
+
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# GEO_FIT -- Fit the surface in batch.
+
+procedure geo_fit$t (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts,
+	xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#U pointer to higher order correction
+PIXEL	xref[ARB]	#I x reference array
+PIXEL	yref[ARB]	#I y reference array
+PIXEL	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+PIXEL	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+PIXEL	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+int	npts		#I the number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the y fit error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum size of the error message
+
+pointer	sp, xresidual, yresidual
+errchk	geo_fxy$t(), geo_mreject$t(), geo_ftheta$t(), geo_fmagnify$t()
+errchk	geo_flinear$t()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xresidual, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (yresidual, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	case GM_ROTATE:
+	    call geo_ftheta$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Mem$t[xresidual], Mem$t[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RSCALE:
+	    call geo_fmagnify$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Mem$t[xresidual], Mem$t[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	    call geo_flinear$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Mem$t[xresidual], Mem$t[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	default:
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxy$t (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+	        Mem$t[xresidual], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxy$t (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+	        Mem$t[yresidual], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	}
+	if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	else
+	    call geo_mreject$t (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		wts, Mem$t[xresidual], Mem$t[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg,
+		maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FTHETA -- Compute the shift and rotation angle required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_ftheta$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+PIXEL	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+PIXEL	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+PIXEL	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+PIXEL	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+PIXEL	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+PIXEL	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+PIXEL	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, num, denom, theta, det 
+double	ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+PIXEL	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+$else
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+$endif
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums required to compute the rotation angle.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -ctheta
+	        sthetay = -stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = ctheta
+	        sthetay = stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = stheta
+	    cthetay = ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+$else
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+$endif
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+$else
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+$endif
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+$endif
+	    call asub$t (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asub$t (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= PIXEL(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FMAGNIFY -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the magnification
+# factor which is assumed to be the same in x and y, required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fmagnify$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+PIXEL	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+PIXEL	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+PIXEL	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+PIXEL	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+PIXEL	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+PIXEL	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+PIXEL	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, det, theta
+double	mag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+PIXEL	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+$else
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+$endif
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the magnification factor.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    num = denom * ctheta + num * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr + syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		mag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		mag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = -mag * stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = mag * stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = mag * stheta
+	    cthetay = mag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+$else
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+$endif
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+$else
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+$endif
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+$endif
+	    call asub$t (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asub$t (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= PIXEL(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FLINEAR -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the x and y scale
+# factors required to match one set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_flinear$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+PIXEL	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+PIXEL	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+PIXEL	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+PIXEL	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+PIXEL	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+PIXEL	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+PIXEL	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, theta
+double	xmag, ymag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+PIXEL	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+$else
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+$endif
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 3) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = 2.0d0 * (sxrxr * syrxi * syryi - syryr * sxrxi * sxryi)
+	    denom = syryr * (sxrxi - sxryi) * (sxrxi + sxryi) - sxrxr *
+	        (syrxi + syryi) * (syrxi - syryi) 
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom) / 2.0d0
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+
+	    # Compute the x magnification factor.
+	    num = sxrxi * ctheta - sxryi * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		xmag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		xmag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the y magnification factor.
+	    num = syrxi * stheta + syryi * ctheta
+	    denom = syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		ymag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		ymag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    cthetax = xmag * ctheta
+	    sthetax = ymag * stheta
+	    sthetay = xmag * stheta
+	    cthetay = ymag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+$else
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+$endif
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+$else
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+$endif
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+$endif
+	    call asub$t (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asub$t (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= PIXEL(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FXY -- Fit the surface.
+
+procedure geo_fxy$t (fit, sf1, sf2, x, y, z, wts, resid, npts, xfit, errmsg,
+	maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sf1		#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sf2		#U pointer to higher order surface
+PIXEL	x[npts]		#I reference image x values
+PIXEL	y[npts]		#I reference image y values
+PIXEL	z[npts]	        #I z values 
+PIXEL	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+PIXEL	resid[npts]	#O fitted residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+int	xfit		#I X fit ?
+char	errmsg[ARB]	#O returned error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum number of characters in error message
+
+int	i, ier, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, zfit, savefit, coeff
+PIXEL	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zfit, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (coeff, 3, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Determine the minimum and maximum values
+	if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+	}
+	if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize fit
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (sf1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sf1)
+	if (sf2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sf2)
+
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call gssave (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubr (z, x, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, Memr[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call gscoeff (sf1, Memr[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff]
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 1.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0
+		} else {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff] + (xmax + xmin) /
+		        2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0
+		}
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+		call gsrestore (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_XO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, real (GM_XO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_YO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, real (GM_YO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_ZO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, real (GM_ZO(fit)))
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_XXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_XYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call gsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_XXORDER(fit),
+		        GM_XYORDER(fit), GM_XXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call gssave (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubr (z, y, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, Memr[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call gscoeff (sf1, Memr[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff]
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 1.0
+		} else {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff] + (ymin + ymax) /
+			2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+		}
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+		call gsrestore (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin,
+	            xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin,
+	            xmax, ymin, ymax)
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_XO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, real (GM_XO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_YO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, real (GM_YO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_ZO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, real (GM_ZO(fit)))
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_YXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_YYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+	            GM_YXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call gsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_YXORDER(fit),
+	                GM_YYORDER(fit), GM_YXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+$else
+	if (sf1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sf1)
+	if (sf2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sf2)
+
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgssave (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubd (z, x, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, Memd[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call dgscoeff (sf1, Memd[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff]
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 1.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0d0
+		} else {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff] + (xmax + xmin) /
+			2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = (xmax - xmin) / 2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0d0
+		}
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+		call dgsrestore (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_XXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_XYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call dgsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_XXORDER(fit),
+		        GM_XYORDER(fit), GM_XXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgssave (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubd (z, y, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, Memd[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call dgscoeff (sf1, Memd[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff]
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 1.0d0
+		} else {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff] + (ymin + ymax) /
+			2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = (ymax - ymin) / 2.0d0
+		}
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+		call dgsrestore (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_YXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_YYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+	            GM_YXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call dgsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_YXORDER(fit),
+	                GM_YYORDER(fit), GM_YXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+	}
+
+$endif
+
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for X fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		else
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gsvector (sf1, x, y, resid, npts)
+$else
+	call dgsvector (sf1, x, y, resid, npts)
+$endif
+	call asub$t (z, resid, resid, npts)
+
+	# Calculate higher order fit.
+	if (sf2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsfit (sf2, x, y, resid, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+$else
+	    call dgsfit (sf2, x, y, resid, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+$endif
+	    if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+			    "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sf2, x, y, Mem$t[zfit], npts)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sf2, x, y, Mem$t[zfit], npts)
+$endif
+	    call asub$t (resid, Mem$t[zfit], resid, npts)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+	GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (wts[i] <= PIXEL(0.0))
+	        GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	}
+
+	# calculate the rms of the fit
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	} else {
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	}
+
+	GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MREJECT -- Reject points from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_mreject$t (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+        xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch) 
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to the linear surface
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointers to the higher order surface
+PIXEL	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+PIXEL	yref[npts]	#I yreference values
+PIXEL	xin[npts]	#I x values
+PIXEL	yin[npts]	#I yvalues
+PIXEL	wts[npts]	#I weights
+PIXEL	xresid[npts]	#I residuals
+PIXEL	yresid[npts]	#I yresiduals
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the x error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output y error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the y error message
+
+int	i
+int	nreject, niter
+pointer	sp, twts
+PIXEL	cutx, cuty
+errchk	geo_fxy$t(), geo_ftheta$t(), geo_fmagnify$t(), geo_flinear$t()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (twts, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+
+	# Allocate space for the residuals.
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (GM_REJ(fit), npts, TY_INT)
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+
+	# Initialize the temporary weights array and the number of rejected
+	# points.
+	call amov$t (wts, Mem$t[twts], npts)
+	nreject = 0
+
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Compute the rejection limits.
+	    if ((npts - GM_NWTS0(fit)) > 1) {
+	        cutx = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	        cuty = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	    } else {
+	        cutx = MAX_REAL
+	        cuty = MAX_REAL
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject points from the fit.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (Mem$t[twts+i-1] > 0.0 && ((abs (xresid[i]) > cutx) ||
+		    (abs (yresid[i]) > cuty))) {
+		    Mem$t[twts+i-1] = PIXEL(0.0)
+		    nreject = nreject + 1
+		    Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+nreject-1] = i
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if ((nreject - GM_NREJECT(fit)) <= 0)
+		break
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = nreject
+
+	    # Compute number of deleted points.
+	    GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] <= 0.0)
+		    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Recompute the X and Y fit.
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_ftheta$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Mem$t[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnify$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Mem$t[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flinear$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Mem$t[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxy$t (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, Mem$t[twts],
+	            xresid, npts, YES, xerrmsg, xmaxch)
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxy$t (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, Mem$t[twts],
+	            yresid, npts, NO, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the x fit rms.
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + Mem$t[twts+i-1] * xresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    # Compute the y fit rms.
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + Mem$t[twts+i-1] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    niter = niter + 1
+
+	} until (niter >= GM_MAXITER(fit))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MMFREE - Free the space used to fit the surfaces.
+
+procedure geo_mmfree$t (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to the x fits
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to the y fit
+pointer	sx2		#U pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#U pointer to the higher order y fit
+
+begin
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy2)
+$else
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy2)
+$endif
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geofit.x b/pkg/images/lib/geofit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0eb82a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geofit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,2539 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Assocation of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+
+
+
+# GEO_MINIT -- Initialize the fitting routines.
+
+procedure geo_minit (fit, projection, geometry, function, xxorder, xyorder,
+	xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter, reject)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+int	projection	#I the coordinate projection type
+int	geometry	#I the fitting geometry
+int	function	#I fitting function
+int	xxorder		#I order of x fit in x
+int	xyorder		#I order of x fit in y
+int	xxterms		#I include cross terms in x fit
+int	yxorder		#I order of y fit in x
+int	yyorder		#I order of y fit in y
+int	yxterms		#I include cross-terms in y fit
+int	maxiter		#I the maximum number of rejection interations
+double	reject		#I rejection threshold in sigma
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the space.
+	call malloc (fit, LEN_GEOMAP, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Set function and order.
+	GM_PROJECTION(fit) = projection
+	GM_PROJSTR(fit) = EOS
+	GM_FIT(fit) = geometry
+	GM_FUNCTION(fit) = function
+	GM_XXORDER(fit) = xxorder
+	GM_XYORDER(fit) = xyorder
+	GM_XXTERMS(fit) = xxterms
+	GM_YXORDER(fit) = yxorder
+	GM_YYORDER(fit) = yyorder
+	GM_YXTERMS(fit) = yxterms
+
+	# Set rejection parameters.
+	GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	GM_MAXITER(fit) = maxiter
+	GM_REJECT(fit) = reject
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	GM_REJ(fit) = NULL
+
+	# Set origin parameters.
+	GM_XO(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YO(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_XOREF(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YOREF(fit) = INDEFD
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FREE -- Release the fitting space.
+
+procedure geo_free (fit)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fitting structure
+
+begin
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (fit, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# GEO_FIT -- Fit the surface in batch.
+
+procedure geo_fitr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts,
+	xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#U pointer to higher order correction
+real	xref[ARB]	#I x reference array
+real	yref[ARB]	#I y reference array
+real	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+real	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+real	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+int	npts		#I the number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the y fit error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum size of the error message
+
+pointer	sp, xresidual, yresidual
+errchk	geo_fxyr(), geo_mrejectr(), geo_fthetar(), geo_fmagnifyr()
+errchk	geo_flinearr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xresidual, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yresidual, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	case GM_ROTATE:
+	    call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RSCALE:
+	    call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	    call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	default:
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[yresidual], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	}
+	if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	else
+	    call geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		wts, Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg,
+		maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FTHETA -- Compute the shift and rotation angle required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+real	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, num, denom, theta, det 
+double	ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums required to compute the rotation angle.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -ctheta
+	        sthetay = -stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = ctheta
+	        sthetay = stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = stheta
+	    cthetay = ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubr (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubr (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FMAGNIFY -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the magnification
+# factor which is assumed to be the same in x and y, required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+real	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, det, theta
+double	mag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the magnification factor.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    num = denom * ctheta + num * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr + syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		mag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		mag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = -mag * stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = mag * stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = mag * stheta
+	    cthetay = mag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubr (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubr (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FLINEAR -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the x and y scale
+# factors required to match one set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+real	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, theta
+double	xmag, ymag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 3) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = 2.0d0 * (sxrxr * syrxi * syryi - syryr * sxrxi * sxryi)
+	    denom = syryr * (sxrxi - sxryi) * (sxrxi + sxryi) - sxrxr *
+	        (syrxi + syryi) * (syrxi - syryi) 
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom) / 2.0d0
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+
+	    # Compute the x magnification factor.
+	    num = sxrxi * ctheta - sxryi * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		xmag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		xmag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the y magnification factor.
+	    num = syrxi * stheta + syryi * ctheta
+	    denom = syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		ymag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		ymag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    cthetax = xmag * ctheta
+	    sthetax = ymag * stheta
+	    sthetay = xmag * stheta
+	    cthetay = ymag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubr (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubr (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FXY -- Fit the surface.
+
+procedure geo_fxyr (fit, sf1, sf2, x, y, z, wts, resid, npts, xfit, errmsg,
+	maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sf1		#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sf2		#U pointer to higher order surface
+real	x[npts]		#I reference image x values
+real	y[npts]		#I reference image y values
+real	z[npts]	        #I z values 
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	resid[npts]	#O fitted residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+int	xfit		#I X fit ?
+char	errmsg[ARB]	#O returned error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum number of characters in error message
+
+int	i, ier, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, zfit, savefit, coeff
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zfit, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (coeff, 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Determine the minimum and maximum values
+	if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+	}
+	if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize fit
+	if (sf1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sf1)
+	if (sf2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sf2)
+
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call gssave (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubr (z, x, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, Memr[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call gscoeff (sf1, Memr[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff]
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 1.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0
+		} else {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff] + (xmax + xmin) /
+		        2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0
+		}
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+		call gsrestore (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_XO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, real (GM_XO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_YO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, real (GM_YO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_ZO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, real (GM_ZO(fit)))
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_XXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_XYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call gsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_XXORDER(fit),
+		        GM_XYORDER(fit), GM_XXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call gssave (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubr (z, y, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, Memr[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call gscoeff (sf1, Memr[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff]
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 1.0
+		} else {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff] + (ymin + ymax) /
+			2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+		}
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+		call gsrestore (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin,
+	            xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin,
+	            xmax, ymin, ymax)
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_XO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, real (GM_XO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_YO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, real (GM_YO(fit)))
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_ZO(fit)))
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, real (GM_ZO(fit)))
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_YXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_YYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+	            GM_YXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call gsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_YXORDER(fit),
+	                GM_YYORDER(fit), GM_YXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for X fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		else
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call gsvector (sf1, x, y, resid, npts)
+	call asubr (z, resid, resid, npts)
+
+	# Calculate higher order fit.
+	if (sf2 != NULL) {
+	    call gsfit (sf2, x, y, resid, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	    if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+			    "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    call gsvector (sf2, x, y, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	    call asubr (resid, Memr[zfit], resid, npts)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+	GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+	        GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	}
+
+	# calculate the rms of the fit
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	} else {
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	}
+
+	GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MREJECT -- Reject points from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+        xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch) 
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to the linear surface
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointers to the higher order surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I yreference values
+real	xin[npts]	#I x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I yvalues
+real	wts[npts]	#I weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#I residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#I yresiduals
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the x error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output y error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the y error message
+
+int	i
+int	nreject, niter
+pointer	sp, twts
+real	cutx, cuty
+errchk	geo_fxyr(), geo_fthetar(), geo_fmagnifyr(), geo_flinearr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (twts, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Allocate space for the residuals.
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (GM_REJ(fit), npts, TY_INT)
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+
+	# Initialize the temporary weights array and the number of rejected
+	# points.
+	call amovr (wts, Memr[twts], npts)
+	nreject = 0
+
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Compute the rejection limits.
+	    if ((npts - GM_NWTS0(fit)) > 1) {
+	        cutx = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	        cuty = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	    } else {
+	        cutx = MAX_REAL
+	        cuty = MAX_REAL
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject points from the fit.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (Memr[twts+i-1] > 0.0 && ((abs (xresid[i]) > cutx) ||
+		    (abs (yresid[i]) > cuty))) {
+		    Memr[twts+i-1] = real(0.0)
+		    nreject = nreject + 1
+		    Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+nreject-1] = i
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if ((nreject - GM_NREJECT(fit)) <= 0)
+		break
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = nreject
+
+	    # Compute number of deleted points.
+	    GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] <= 0.0)
+		    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Recompute the X and Y fit.
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memr[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memr[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memr[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, Memr[twts],
+	            xresid, npts, YES, xerrmsg, xmaxch)
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, Memr[twts],
+	            yresid, npts, NO, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the x fit rms.
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + Memr[twts+i-1] * xresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    # Compute the y fit rms.
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + Memr[twts+i-1] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    niter = niter + 1
+
+	} until (niter >= GM_MAXITER(fit))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MMFREE - Free the space used to fit the surfaces.
+
+procedure geo_mmfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to the x fits
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to the y fit
+pointer	sx2		#U pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#U pointer to the higher order y fit
+
+begin
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy2)
+end
+
+
+
+# GEO_FIT -- Fit the surface in batch.
+
+procedure geo_fitd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts,
+	xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#U pointer to higher order correction
+double	xref[ARB]	#I x reference array
+double	yref[ARB]	#I y reference array
+double	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+double	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+double	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+int	npts		#I the number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the y fit error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum size of the error message
+
+pointer	sp, xresidual, yresidual
+errchk	geo_fxyd(), geo_mrejectd(), geo_fthetad(), geo_fmagnifyd()
+errchk	geo_flineard()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xresidual, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (yresidual, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	case GM_ROTATE:
+	    call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RSCALE:
+	    call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	    call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	default:
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[yresidual], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	}
+	if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	else
+	    call geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		wts, Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg,
+		maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FTHETA -- Compute the shift and rotation angle required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+double	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, num, denom, theta, det 
+double	ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums required to compute the rotation angle.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -ctheta
+	        sthetay = -stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = ctheta
+	        sthetay = stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = stheta
+	    cthetay = ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubd (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubd (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FMAGNIFY -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the magnification
+# factor which is assumed to be the same in x and y, required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+double	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, det, theta
+double	mag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the magnification factor.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    num = denom * ctheta + num * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr + syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		mag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		mag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = -mag * stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = mag * stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = mag * stheta
+	    cthetay = mag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubd (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubd (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FLINEAR -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the x and y scale
+# factors required to match one set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+double	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, theta
+double	xmag, ymag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 3) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = 2.0d0 * (sxrxr * syrxi * syryi - syryr * sxrxi * sxryi)
+	    denom = syryr * (sxrxi - sxryi) * (sxrxi + sxryi) - sxrxr *
+	        (syrxi + syryi) * (syrxi - syryi) 
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom) / 2.0d0
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+
+	    # Compute the x magnification factor.
+	    num = sxrxi * ctheta - sxryi * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		xmag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		xmag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the y magnification factor.
+	    num = syrxi * stheta + syryi * ctheta
+	    denom = syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		ymag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		ymag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    cthetax = xmag * ctheta
+	    sthetax = ymag * stheta
+	    sthetay = xmag * stheta
+	    cthetay = ymag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubd (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubd (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FXY -- Fit the surface.
+
+procedure geo_fxyd (fit, sf1, sf2, x, y, z, wts, resid, npts, xfit, errmsg,
+	maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sf1		#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sf2		#U pointer to higher order surface
+double	x[npts]		#I reference image x values
+double	y[npts]		#I reference image y values
+double	z[npts]	        #I z values 
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	resid[npts]	#O fitted residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+int	xfit		#I X fit ?
+char	errmsg[ARB]	#O returned error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum number of characters in error message
+
+int	i, ier, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, zfit, savefit, coeff
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zfit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (coeff, 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Determine the minimum and maximum values
+	if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+	}
+	if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize fit
+	if (sf1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sf1)
+	if (sf2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sf2)
+
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgssave (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubd (z, x, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, Memd[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call dgscoeff (sf1, Memd[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff]
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 1.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0d0
+		} else {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff] + (xmax + xmin) /
+			2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = (xmax - xmin) / 2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0d0
+		}
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+		call dgsrestore (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_XXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_XYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call dgsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_XXORDER(fit),
+		        GM_XYORDER(fit), GM_XXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgssave (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubd (z, y, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, Memd[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call dgscoeff (sf1, Memd[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff]
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 1.0d0
+		} else {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff] + (ymin + ymax) /
+			2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = (ymax - ymin) / 2.0d0
+		}
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+		call dgsrestore (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_YXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_YYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+	            GM_YXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call dgsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_YXORDER(fit),
+	                GM_YYORDER(fit), GM_YXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for X fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		else
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call dgsvector (sf1, x, y, resid, npts)
+	call asubd (z, resid, resid, npts)
+
+	# Calculate higher order fit.
+	if (sf2 != NULL) {
+	    call dgsfit (sf2, x, y, resid, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	    if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+			    "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    call dgsvector (sf2, x, y, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	    call asubd (resid, Memd[zfit], resid, npts)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+	GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+	        GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	}
+
+	# calculate the rms of the fit
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	} else {
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	}
+
+	GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MREJECT -- Reject points from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+        xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch) 
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to the linear surface
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointers to the higher order surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I yreference values
+double	xin[npts]	#I x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I yvalues
+double	wts[npts]	#I weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#I residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#I yresiduals
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the x error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output y error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the y error message
+
+int	i
+int	nreject, niter
+pointer	sp, twts
+double	cutx, cuty
+errchk	geo_fxyd(), geo_fthetad(), geo_fmagnifyd(), geo_flineard()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (twts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Allocate space for the residuals.
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (GM_REJ(fit), npts, TY_INT)
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+
+	# Initialize the temporary weights array and the number of rejected
+	# points.
+	call amovd (wts, Memd[twts], npts)
+	nreject = 0
+
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Compute the rejection limits.
+	    if ((npts - GM_NWTS0(fit)) > 1) {
+	        cutx = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	        cuty = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	    } else {
+	        cutx = MAX_REAL
+	        cuty = MAX_REAL
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject points from the fit.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (Memd[twts+i-1] > 0.0 && ((abs (xresid[i]) > cutx) ||
+		    (abs (yresid[i]) > cuty))) {
+		    Memd[twts+i-1] = double(0.0)
+		    nreject = nreject + 1
+		    Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+nreject-1] = i
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if ((nreject - GM_NREJECT(fit)) <= 0)
+		break
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = nreject
+
+	    # Compute number of deleted points.
+	    GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] <= 0.0)
+		    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Recompute the X and Y fit.
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memd[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memd[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memd[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, Memd[twts],
+	            xresid, npts, YES, xerrmsg, xmaxch)
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, Memd[twts],
+	            yresid, npts, NO, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the x fit rms.
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + Memd[twts+i-1] * xresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    # Compute the y fit rms.
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + Memd[twts+i-1] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    niter = niter + 1
+
+	} until (niter >= GM_MAXITER(fit))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MMFREE - Free the space used to fit the surfaces.
+
+procedure geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to the x fits
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to the y fit
+pointer	sx2		#U pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#U pointer to the higher order y fit
+
+begin
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy2)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geofiti.x b/pkg/images/lib/geofiti.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f11da2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geofiti.x
@@ -0,0 +1,2521 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Assocation of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+
+
+
+# GEO_MINIT -- Initialize the fitting routines.
+
+procedure geo_minit (fit, projection, geometry, function, xxorder, xyorder,
+	xxterms, yxorder, yyorder, yxterms, maxiter, reject)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+int	projection	#I the coordinate projection type
+int	geometry	#I the fitting geometry
+int	function	#I fitting function
+int	xxorder		#I order of x fit in x
+int	xyorder		#I order of x fit in y
+int	xxterms		#I include cross terms in x fit
+int	yxorder		#I order of y fit in x
+int	yyorder		#I order of y fit in y
+int	yxterms		#I include cross-terms in y fit
+int	maxiter		#I the maximum number of rejection interations
+double	reject		#I rejection threshold in sigma
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the space.
+	call malloc (fit, LEN_GEOMAP, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Set function and order.
+	GM_PROJECTION(fit) = projection
+	GM_PROJSTR(fit) = EOS
+	GM_FIT(fit) = geometry
+	GM_FUNCTION(fit) = function
+	GM_XXORDER(fit) = xxorder
+	GM_XYORDER(fit) = xyorder
+	GM_XXTERMS(fit) = xxterms
+	GM_YXORDER(fit) = yxorder
+	GM_YYORDER(fit) = yyorder
+	GM_YXTERMS(fit) = yxterms
+
+	# Set rejection parameters.
+	GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	GM_MAXITER(fit) = maxiter
+	GM_REJECT(fit) = reject
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	GM_REJ(fit) = NULL
+
+	# Set origin parameters.
+	GM_XO(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YO(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_XOREF(fit) = INDEFD
+	GM_YOREF(fit) = INDEFD
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FREE -- Release the fitting space.
+
+procedure geo_free (fit)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fitting structure
+
+begin
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (fit, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# GEO_FIT -- Fit the surface in batch.
+
+procedure geo_fitr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts,
+	xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#U pointer to higher order correction
+real	xref[ARB]	#I x reference array
+real	yref[ARB]	#I y reference array
+real	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+real	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+real	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+int	npts		#I the number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the y fit error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum size of the error message
+
+pointer	sp, xresidual, yresidual
+errchk	geo_fxyr(), geo_mrejectr(), geo_fthetar(), geo_fmagnifyr()
+errchk	geo_flinearr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xresidual, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yresidual, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	case GM_ROTATE:
+	    call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RSCALE:
+	    call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	    call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	default:
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+	        Memr[xresidual], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+	        Memr[yresidual], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	}
+	if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	else
+	    call geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		wts, Memr[xresidual], Memr[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg,
+		maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FTHETA -- Compute the shift and rotation angle required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+real	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, num, denom, theta, det 
+double	ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums required to compute the rotation angle.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -ctheta
+	        sthetay = -stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = ctheta
+	        sthetay = stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = stheta
+	    cthetay = ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubr (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubr (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FMAGNIFY -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the magnification
+# factor which is assumed to be the same in x and y, required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+real	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, det, theta
+double	mag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the magnification factor.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    num = denom * ctheta + num * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr + syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		mag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		mag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = -mag * stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = mag * stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = mag * stheta
+	    cthetay = mag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubr (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubr (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FLINEAR -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the x and y scale
+# factors required to match one set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+real	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, theta
+double	xmag, ymag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call gsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 3) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = 2.0d0 * (sxrxr * syrxi * syryi - syryr * sxrxi * sxryi)
+	    denom = syryr * (sxrxi - sxryi) * (sxrxi + sxryi) - sxrxr *
+	        (syrxi + syryi) * (syrxi - syryi) 
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom) / 2.0d0
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+
+	    # Compute the x magnification factor.
+	    num = sxrxi * ctheta - sxryi * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		xmag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		xmag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the y magnification factor.
+	    num = syrxi * stheta + syryi * ctheta
+	    denom = syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		ymag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		ymag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    cthetax = xmag * ctheta
+	    sthetax = ymag * stheta
+	    sthetay = xmag * stheta
+	    cthetay = ymag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sx1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call gsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gssave (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymax + ymin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call gsrestore (sy1, Memr[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call gsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubr (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubr (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FXY -- Fit the surface.
+
+procedure geo_fxyr (fit, sf1, sf2, x, y, z, wts, resid, npts, xfit, errmsg,
+	maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sf1		#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sf2		#U pointer to higher order surface
+real	x[npts]		#I reference image x values
+real	y[npts]		#I reference image y values
+real	z[npts]	        #I z values 
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+real	resid[npts]	#O fitted residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+int	xfit		#I X fit ?
+char	errmsg[ARB]	#O returned error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum number of characters in error message
+
+int	i, ier, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, zfit, savefit, coeff
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zfit, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (coeff, 3, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Determine the minimum and maximum values
+	if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+	}
+	if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize fit
+	if (sf1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sf1)
+	if (sf2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sf2)
+
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call gssave (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubr (z, x, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, Memr[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call gscoeff (sf1, Memr[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff]
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 1.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0
+		} else {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff] + (xmax + xmin) /
+		        2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0
+		}
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+		call gsrestore (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_XXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_XYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call gsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_XXORDER(fit),
+		        GM_XYORDER(fit), GM_XXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call gssave (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubr (z, y, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, Memr[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call gscoeff (sf1, Memr[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff]
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 1.0
+		} else {
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memr[coeff] + (ymin + ymax) /
+			2.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0
+		    Memr[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+		}
+		call gsfree (sf1)
+		call gsrestore (sf1, Memr[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin,
+	            xmax, ymin, ymax)
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call gsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin,
+	            xmax, ymin, ymax)
+		call gsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call gsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call gsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call gsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_YXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_YYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+	            GM_YXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call gsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_YXORDER(fit),
+	                GM_YYORDER(fit), GM_YXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for X fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		else
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call gsvector (sf1, x, y, resid, npts)
+	call asubr (z, resid, resid, npts)
+
+	# Calculate higher order fit.
+	if (sf2 != NULL) {
+	    call gsfit (sf2, x, y, resid, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	    if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+			    "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    call gsvector (sf2, x, y, Memr[zfit], npts)
+	    call asubr (resid, Memr[zfit], resid, npts)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+	GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+	        GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	}
+
+	# calculate the rms of the fit
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	} else {
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	}
+
+	GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MREJECT -- Reject points from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+        xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch) 
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to the linear surface
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointers to the higher order surface
+real	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+real	yref[npts]	#I yreference values
+real	xin[npts]	#I x values
+real	yin[npts]	#I yvalues
+real	wts[npts]	#I weights
+real	xresid[npts]	#I residuals
+real	yresid[npts]	#I yresiduals
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the x error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output y error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the y error message
+
+int	i
+int	nreject, niter
+pointer	sp, twts
+real	cutx, cuty
+errchk	geo_fxyr(), geo_fthetar(), geo_fmagnifyr(), geo_flinearr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (twts, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Allocate space for the residuals.
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (GM_REJ(fit), npts, TY_INT)
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+
+	# Initialize the temporary weights array and the number of rejected
+	# points.
+	call amovr (wts, Memr[twts], npts)
+	nreject = 0
+
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Compute the rejection limits.
+	    if ((npts - GM_NWTS0(fit)) > 1) {
+	        cutx = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	        cuty = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	    } else {
+	        cutx = MAX_REAL
+	        cuty = MAX_REAL
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject points from the fit.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (Memr[twts+i-1] > 0.0 && ((abs (xresid[i]) > cutx) ||
+		    (abs (yresid[i]) > cuty))) {
+		    Memr[twts+i-1] = real(0.0)
+		    nreject = nreject + 1
+		    Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+nreject-1] = i
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if ((nreject - GM_NREJECT(fit)) <= 0)
+		break
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = nreject
+
+	    # Compute number of deleted points.
+	    GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] <= 0.0)
+		    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Recompute the X and Y fit.
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memr[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memr[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memr[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, Memr[twts],
+	            xresid, npts, YES, xerrmsg, xmaxch)
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, Memr[twts],
+	            yresid, npts, NO, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the x fit rms.
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + Memr[twts+i-1] * xresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    # Compute the y fit rms.
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + Memr[twts+i-1] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    niter = niter + 1
+
+	} until (niter >= GM_MAXITER(fit))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MMFREE - Free the space used to fit the surfaces.
+
+procedure geo_mmfreer (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to the x fits
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to the y fit
+pointer	sx2		#U pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#U pointer to the higher order y fit
+
+begin
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call gsfree (sy2)
+end
+
+
+
+# GEO_FIT -- Fit the surface in batch.
+
+procedure geo_fitd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts,
+	xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fitting structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sx2, sy2	#U pointer to higher order correction
+double	xref[ARB]	#I x reference array
+double	yref[ARB]	#I y reference array
+double	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+double	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+double	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+int	npts		#I the number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the y fit error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum size of the error message
+
+pointer	sp, xresidual, yresidual
+errchk	geo_fxyd(), geo_mrejectd(), geo_fthetad(), geo_fmagnifyd()
+errchk	geo_flineard()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xresidual, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (yresidual, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	case GM_ROTATE:
+	    call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RSCALE:
+	    call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	    call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		yerrmsg, maxch)
+		sx2 = NULL
+		sy2 = NULL
+	default:
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+	        Memd[xresidual], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	    GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	    call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+	        Memd[yresidual], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	}
+	if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	else
+	    call geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		wts, Memd[xresidual], Memd[yresidual], npts, xerrmsg,
+		maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FTHETA -- Compute the shift and rotation angle required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+double	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, num, denom, theta, det 
+double	ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums required to compute the rotation angle.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -ctheta
+	        sthetay = -stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = ctheta
+	        sthetay = stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = stheta
+	    cthetay = ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubd (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubd (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FMAGNIFY -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the magnification
+# factor which is assumed to be the same in x and y, required to match one
+# set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+double	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, det, theta
+double	mag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 2) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+
+	    # Compute the sums.
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = sxrxi * syryi
+	    denom = syrxi * sxryi
+	    if (fp_equald (num, denom))
+		det = 0.0d0
+	    else
+		det = num - denom
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+		num = syrxi + sxryi
+	        denom = -sxrxi + syryi
+	    } else {
+	        num = syrxi - sxryi
+	        denom = sxrxi + syryi
+	    }
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom)
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the magnification factor.
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+	    num = denom * ctheta + num * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr + syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		mag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		mag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    if (det < 0.0d0) {
+	        cthetax = -mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = -mag * stheta
+	    } else {
+	        cthetax = mag * ctheta
+	        sthetay = mag * stheta
+	    }
+	    sthetax = mag * stheta
+	    cthetay = mag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubd (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubd (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FLINEAR -- Compute the shift, the rotation angle, and the x and y scale
+# factors required to match one set of coordinates to another.
+
+procedure geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, xresid,
+	yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to linear x fit surface
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to linear y fit surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I reference image y values
+double	xin[npts]	#I input image x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I input image y values
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#O x fit residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#O y fit residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned x fit error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in x fit error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O returned y fit error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in y fit error message
+
+int	i
+double	sw, sxr, syr, sxi, syi, xr0, yr0, xi0, yi0
+double	syrxi, sxryi, sxrxi, syryi, sxrxr, syryr, num, denom, theta
+double	xmag, ymag, ctheta, stheta, cthetax, sthetax, cthetay, sthetay
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+pointer	sp, savefit
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the fit.
+        if (sx1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sx1)
+        if (sy1 != NULL)
+            call dgsfree (sy1)
+
+        # Determine the minimum and maximum values.
+        if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+            xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+        }
+        if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+        } else {
+            ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+            ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+        }
+
+	# Compute the sums required to determine the offsets.
+	sw = 0.0d0
+	sxr = 0.0d0
+	syr = 0.0d0
+	sxi = 0.0d0
+	syi = 0.0d0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    sw = sw + wts[i]
+	    sxr = sxr + wts[i] * xref[i]
+	    syr = syr + wts[i] * yref[i]
+	    sxi = sxi + wts[i] * xin[i]
+	    syi = syi + wts[i] * yin[i]
+	}
+
+	# Do the fit.
+	if (sw < 3) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for X and Y fits.")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch,
+		    "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	        call error (1, "Too few data points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    xr0 = sxr / sw
+	    yr0 = syr / sw
+	    xi0 = sxi / sw
+	    yi0 = syi / sw
+	    sxrxr = 0.0d0
+	    syryr = 0.0d0
+	    syrxi = 0.0d0
+	    sxryi = 0.0d0
+	    sxrxi = 0.0d0
+	    syryi = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		sxrxr = sxrxr + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xref[i] - xr0)
+		syryr = syryr + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yref[i] - yr0)
+		syrxi = syrxi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		sxryi = sxryi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+		sxrxi = sxrxi + wts[i] * (xref[i] - xr0) * (xin[i] - xi0)
+		syryi = syryi + wts[i] * (yref[i] - yr0) * (yin[i] - yi0)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the rotation angle.
+	    num = 2.0d0 * (sxrxr * syrxi * syryi - syryr * sxrxi * sxryi)
+	    denom = syryr * (sxrxi - sxryi) * (sxrxi + sxryi) - sxrxr *
+	        (syrxi + syryi) * (syrxi - syryi) 
+	    if (fp_equald (num, 0.0d0) && fp_equald (denom, 0.0d0)) {
+		theta = 0.0d0
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		theta = atan2 (num, denom) / 2.0d0
+		if (theta < 0.0d0)
+		    theta = theta + TWOPI
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    ctheta = cos (theta)
+	    stheta = sin (theta)
+
+	    # Compute the x magnification factor.
+	    num = sxrxi * ctheta - sxryi * stheta
+	    denom = sxrxr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		xmag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		xmag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the y magnification factor.
+	    num = syrxi * stheta + syryi * ctheta
+	    denom = syryr
+	    if (denom <= 0.0d0) {
+		ymag = 1.0 
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	            call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		ymag = num / denom
+	        if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (xerrmsg, xmaxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		    call sprintf (yerrmsg, ymaxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the polynomial coefficients.
+	    cthetax = xmag * ctheta
+	    sthetax = ymag * stheta
+	    sthetay = xmag * stheta
+	    cthetay = ymag * ctheta
+
+	    # Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sx1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = xi0 - (xr0 * cthetax + yr0 *
+		    sthetax) + cthetax * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + sthetax * 
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = cthetax * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = sthetax * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sx1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	    call dgsinit (sy1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call dgssave (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	    if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay)
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay
+	    } else {
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = yi0 - (-xr0 * sthetay + yr0 *
+		    cthetay) - sthetay * (xmax + xmin) / 2.0 + cthetay *
+		    (ymin + ymax) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = -sthetay * (xmax - xmin) / 2.0
+	        Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = cthetay * (ymax - ymin) / 2.0
+	    }
+	    call dgsrestore (sy1, Memd[savefit])
+
+	    # Compute the residuals
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, xref, yref, xresid, npts)
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, xref, yref, yresid, npts)
+	    call asubd (xin, xresid, xresid, npts) 
+	    call asubd (yin, yresid, yresid, npts) 
+
+            # Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+            GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+            do i = 1, npts {
+                if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+                    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+            }
+
+            # Compute the rms of the x and y fits.
+            GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * xresid[i] ** 2
+            GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+            do i = 1, npts
+                GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+            GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	}
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_FXY -- Fit the surface.
+
+procedure geo_fxyd (fit, sf1, sf2, x, y, z, wts, resid, npts, xfit, errmsg,
+	maxch)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit sturcture
+pointer	sf1		#U pointer to linear surface
+pointer	sf2		#U pointer to higher order surface
+double	x[npts]		#I reference image x values
+double	y[npts]		#I reference image y values
+double	z[npts]	        #I z values 
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+double	resid[npts]	#O fitted residuals
+int	npts		#I number of points
+int	xfit		#I X fit ?
+char	errmsg[ARB]	#O returned error message
+int	maxch		#I maximum number of characters in error message
+
+int	i, ier, ncoeff
+pointer	sp, zfit, savefit, coeff
+double	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zfit, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (savefit, GS_SAVECOEFF + 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (coeff, 3, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Determine the minimum and maximum values
+	if (fp_equald (GM_XMIN(fit), GM_XMAX(fit))) {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    xmin = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    xmax = GM_XMAX(fit)
+	}
+	if (fp_equald (GM_YMIN(fit), GM_YMAX(fit))) {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit) - 0.5d0
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit) + 0.5d0
+	} else {
+	    ymin = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    ymax = GM_YMAX(fit)
+	}
+
+	# Initalize fit
+	if (sf1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sf1)
+	if (sf2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sf2)
+
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgssave (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubd (z, x, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, Memd[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call dgscoeff (sf1, Memd[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff]
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 1.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0d0
+		} else {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff] + (xmax + xmin) /
+			2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = (xmax - xmin) / 2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 0.0d0
+		}
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+		call dgsrestore (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_XXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_XYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call dgsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_XXORDER(fit),
+		        GM_XYORDER(fit), GM_XXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+
+	    case GM_SHIFT:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgssave (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 1, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call asubd (z, y, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, Memd[zfit], wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		call dgscoeff (sf1, Memd[coeff], ncoeff)
+		if (GM_FUNCTION(fit) == GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff]
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = 1.0d0
+		} else {
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF] = Memd[coeff] + (ymin + ymax) /
+			2.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+1] = 0.0d0
+		    Memd[savefit+GS_SAVECOEFF+2] = (ymax - ymin) / 2.0d0
+		}
+		call dgsfree (sf1)
+		call dgsrestore (sf1, Memd[savefit])
+	        sf2 = NULL
+
+	    case GM_XYSCALE:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 1, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+		sf2 = NULL
+
+	    default:
+	        call dgsinit (sf1, GM_FUNCTION(fit), 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	            ymin, ymax)
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSXREF, GM_XO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSYREF, GM_YO(fit))
+		call dgsset (sf1, GSZREF, GM_ZO(fit))
+	        call dgsfit (sf1, x, y, z, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	        if (GM_YXORDER(fit) > 2 || GM_YYORDER(fit) > 2 ||
+	            GM_YXTERMS(fit) == GS_XFULL)
+	            call dgsinit (sf2, GM_FUNCTION(fit), GM_YXORDER(fit),
+	                GM_YYORDER(fit), GM_YXTERMS(fit), xmin, xmax, ymin,
+			ymax)
+	        else 
+	            sf2 = NULL
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for X fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		} else {
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		        "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+	            call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		else
+	            call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (xfit == YES) {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+	    } else {
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		else
+		    call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call dgsvector (sf1, x, y, resid, npts)
+	call asubd (z, resid, resid, npts)
+
+	# Calculate higher order fit.
+	if (sf2 != NULL) {
+	    call dgsfit (sf2, x, y, resid, wts, npts, WTS_USER, ier)
+	    if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for X fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		       call error (1, "Too few data points for XI fit.")
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for Y fit.")
+		    } else {
+		       call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+		           "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+			call error (1, "Too few data points for ETA fit.")
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (ier == SINGULAR) {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular X fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular XI fit.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Warning singular Y fit.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch,
+			    "Warning singular ETA fit.")
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (xfit == YES) {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "X fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "XI fit ok.")
+		} else {
+		    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "Y fit ok.")
+		    else
+		        call sprintf (errmsg, maxch, "ETA fit ok.")
+		}
+	    }
+	    call dgsvector (sf2, x, y, Memd[zfit], npts)
+	    call asubd (resid, Memd[zfit], resid, npts)
+	}
+
+	# Compute the number of zero weighted points.
+	GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+	        GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	}
+
+	# calculate the rms of the fit
+	if (xfit == YES) {
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	} else {
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + wts[i] * resid[i] ** 2
+	}
+
+	GM_NPTS(fit) = npts
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MREJECT -- Reject points from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+        xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch, yerrmsg, ymaxch) 
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointers to the linear surface
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointers to the higher order surface
+double	xref[npts]	#I reference image x values
+double	yref[npts]	#I yreference values
+double	xin[npts]	#I x values
+double	yin[npts]	#I yvalues
+double	wts[npts]	#I weights
+double	xresid[npts]	#I residuals
+double	yresid[npts]	#I yresiduals
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x error message
+int	xmaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the x error message
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output y error message
+int	ymaxch		#I maximum number of characters in the y error message
+
+int	i
+int	nreject, niter
+pointer	sp, twts
+double	cutx, cuty
+errchk	geo_fxyd(), geo_fthetad(), geo_fmagnifyd(), geo_flineard()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (twts, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Allocate space for the residuals.
+	if (GM_REJ(fit) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (GM_REJ(fit), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (GM_REJ(fit), npts, TY_INT)
+	GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+
+	# Initialize the temporary weights array and the number of rejected
+	# points.
+	call amovd (wts, Memd[twts], npts)
+	nreject = 0
+
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Compute the rejection limits.
+	    if ((npts - GM_NWTS0(fit)) > 1) {
+	        cutx = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_XRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	        cuty = GM_REJECT(fit) * sqrt (GM_YRMS(fit) / (npts -
+	            GM_NWTS0(fit) - 1))
+	    } else {
+	        cutx = MAX_REAL
+	        cuty = MAX_REAL
+	    }
+
+	    # Reject points from the fit.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (Memd[twts+i-1] > 0.0 && ((abs (xresid[i]) > cutx) ||
+		    (abs (yresid[i]) > cuty))) {
+		    Memd[twts+i-1] = double(0.0)
+		    nreject = nreject + 1
+		    Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+nreject-1] = i
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if ((nreject - GM_NREJECT(fit)) <= 0)
+		break
+	    GM_NREJECT(fit) = nreject
+
+	    # Compute number of deleted points.
+	    GM_NWTS0(fit) = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] <= 0.0)
+		    GM_NWTS0(fit) = GM_NWTS0(fit) + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Recompute the X and Y fit.
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memd[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memd[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		    Memd[twts], xresid, yresid, npts, xerrmsg, xmaxch,
+		    yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_XOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, Memd[twts],
+	            xresid, npts, YES, xerrmsg, xmaxch)
+		GM_ZO(fit) = GM_YOREF(fit)
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, Memd[twts],
+	            yresid, npts, NO, yerrmsg, ymaxch)
+	    }
+
+	    # Compute the x fit rms.
+	    GM_XRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_XRMS(fit) = GM_XRMS(fit) + Memd[twts+i-1] * xresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    # Compute the y fit rms.
+	    GM_YRMS(fit) = 0.0d0
+	    do i = 1, npts
+	        GM_YRMS(fit) = GM_YRMS(fit) + Memd[twts+i-1] * yresid[i] ** 2
+
+	    niter = niter + 1
+
+	} until (niter >= GM_MAXITER(fit))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_MMFREE - Free the space used to fit the surfaces.
+
+procedure geo_mmfreed (sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	sx1		#U pointer to the x fits
+pointer	sy1		#U pointer to the y fit
+pointer	sx2		#U pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#U pointer to the higher order y fit
+
+begin
+	if (sx1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx1)
+	if (sy1 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy1)
+	if (sx2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sx2)
+	if (sy2 != NULL)
+	    call dgsfree (sy2)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.gx b/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e52a129e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+include "geogmap.h"
+
+define	GHELPFILE 	"images$lib/geomap.key"
+define	CHELPFILE 	"images$lib/coomap.key"
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# GEO_MGFIT -- Fit the surface using interactive graphics.
+
+procedure geo_mgfit$t (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+        yin, wts, npts, xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x surface fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y surface fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to higher order x surface fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to higher order y surface fit
+PIXEL	xref[npts]	#I the x reference coordinates
+PIXEL	yref[npts]	#I the y reference coordinates
+PIXEL	xin[npts]	#I input x coordinates
+PIXEL	yin[npts]	#I input y coordinates
+PIXEL	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+int	maxch		#I the size of the error messages
+
+char	errstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	newgraph, delete, wcs, key, errcode
+pointer	sp, w, gfit, xresid, yresid, cmd
+pointer	gt1, gt2, gt3, gt4, gt5
+real	wx, wy
+PIXEL	xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, thetax, thetay
+
+int	clgcur(), errget()
+pointer	gt_init()
+
+errchk	geo_fxy$t(), geo_mreject$t(), geo_ftheta$t()
+errchk	geo_fmagnify$t(), geo_flinear$t()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize gfit structure and working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (gfit, LEN_GEOGRAPH, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (xresid, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (yresid, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (w, npts, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Do initial fit.
+	iferr {
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_ftheta$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnify$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flinear$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+	        call geo_fxy$t (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+		    Mem$t[xresid], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	        call geo_fxy$t (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+		    Mem$t[yresid], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	    }
+	    if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	        GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	    else
+	        call geo_mreject$t (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+		    yin, wts, Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[yresid], npts, xerrmsg,
+		    maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	} then {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for X and Y fits.")
+	    else
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	}
+
+	GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+	GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	errcode = OK
+
+	# Set up plotting defaults.
+	GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+	GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+	newgraph = NO
+
+	# Allocate graphics tools.
+	gt1 = gt_init ()
+	gt2 = gt_init ()
+	gt3 = gt_init ()
+	gt4 = gt_init ()
+	gt5 = gt_init ()
+
+	# Set the plot title and x and y axis labels.
+	call geo_gtset (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+
+	# Make the first plot.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_1graph$t (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	    npts)
+	if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+	    call geo_conxy$t (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+
+	# Read the cursor commands.
+	call amov$t (wts, Mem$t[w], npts)
+	while (clgcur ("cursor", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    case 'q':
+		call amov$t (Mem$t[w], wts, npts)
+		break
+
+	    case '?':
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call gpagefile (gd, GHELPFILE, "")
+		else
+		    call gpagefile (gd, CHELPFILE, "")
+
+	    case ':':
+		call geo_colon (gd, fit, gfit, Memc[cmd], newgraph)
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt1, newgraph)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt2, newgraph)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt3, newgraph)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt4, newgraph)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt5, newgraph)
+		}
+
+	    case 'l':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO) {
+		    call geo_lcoeff$t (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale,
+		        thetax, thetay)
+		    call printf ("xshift: %.2f yshift: %.2f ")
+		        call parg$t (xshift)
+		        call parg$t (yshift)
+		    call printf ("xmag: %0.3g ymag: %0.3g ")
+		        call parg$t (xscale)
+		        call parg$t (yscale)
+		    call printf ("xrot: %.2f yrot: %.2f\n")
+		        call parg$t (thetax)
+		        call parg$t (thetay)
+		}
+
+	    case 't':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO && GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+		    call geo_lxy$t (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref,
+		        xin, yin, npts, wx, wy)
+
+	    case 'c':
+		if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = NO
+		else if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == NO)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'd', 'u':
+		if (key == 'd')
+		    delete = YES
+		else
+		    delete = NO
+
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_1delete$t (gd, xin, yin, Mem$t[w], wts, npts, wx,
+		        wy, delete)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_2delete$t (gd, xref, Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_2delete$t (gd, yref, Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_2delete$t (gd, xref, Mem$t[yresid], Mem$t[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_2delete$t (gd, yref, Mem$t[yresid], Mem$t[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		}
+
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'g':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+
+	    case 'x':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XXRESID
+
+	    case 'r':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XYRESID
+
+	    case 'y':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YXRESID
+
+	    case 's':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YYRESID
+
+	    case 'f':
+		# do fit
+		if (GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+		    iferr {
+			switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+			case GM_ROTATE:
+		            call geo_ftheta$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Mem$t[w], Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RSCALE:
+		            call geo_fmagnify$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Mem$t[w], Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RXYSCALE:
+		            call geo_flinear$t (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Mem$t[w], Mem$t[xresid], Mem$t[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			default:
+		            call geo_fxy$t (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin,
+			        Mem$t[w], Mem$t[xresid], npts, YES,
+				xerrmsg, maxch) 
+		            call geo_fxy$t (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin,
+			        Mem$t[w], Mem$t[yresid], npts, NO,
+				yerrmsg, maxch) 
+			}
+		        if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+			    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+		        else
+			    call geo_mreject$t (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref,
+			        yref, xin, yin, Mem$t[w], Mem$t[xresid],
+				Mem$t[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+				yerrmsg, maxch)
+			GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+			errcode = OK
+		    } then {
+	    		errcode = errget (errstr, SZ_LINE)
+	    		call printf ("%s\n")
+			    call pargstr (errstr)
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = YES
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# plot new graph
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == YES)
+		    newgraph = NO
+		else
+		    newgraph = YES
+
+	    case 'o':
+		GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = YES
+
+	    default:
+		call printf ("\07")
+
+	    }
+
+	    if (newgraph == YES) {
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	    	    call geo_1graph$t (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		        Mem$t[w], npts)
+		    if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+			call geo_conxy$t (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graph$t (gd, gt2, fit, gfit, xref, Mem$t[xresid],
+		        Mem$t[w], npts)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graph$t (gd, gt3, fit, gfit, yref, Mem$t[xresid],
+		         Mem$t[w], npts)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graph$t (gd, gt4, fit, gfit, xref, Mem$t[yresid],
+		         Mem$t[w], npts)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graph$t (gd, gt5, fit, gfit, yref, Mem$t[yresid],
+		         Mem$t[w], npts)
+		}
+	        call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+		newgraph = NO
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call gt_free (gt1)
+	call gt_free (gt2)
+	call gt_free (gt3)
+	call gt_free (gt4)
+	call gt_free (gt5)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Call an error if appropriate.
+	if (errcode > 0)
+	    call error (2, errstr)
+end
+
+# GEO_LCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, xexpansion, yexpansion, x and y rotations.
+
+procedure geo_lcoeff$t (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer sx              #I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer sy              #I pointer to the y surface fit
+PIXEL   xshift          #O output x shift
+PIXEL   yshift          #O output y shift
+PIXEL   xscale          #O output x scale
+PIXEL   yscale          #O output y scale
+PIXEL   xrot            #O rotation of point on x axis
+PIXEL   yrot            #O rotation of point on y axis
+
+int     nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+PIXEL   xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+PIXEL   yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+PIXEL   a, b, c, d
+
+bool    fp_equal$t()
+$if (datatype == r)
+int     gsgeti()
+real    gsgetr()
+$else
+int     dgsgeti()
+double  dgsgetd()
+$endif
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+$if (datatype == r)
+        call salloc (xcoeff, gsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+        call salloc (ycoeff, gsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+$else
+        call salloc (xcoeff, dgsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+        call salloc (ycoeff, dgsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+$endif
+
+        # Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+        call gscoeff (sx, Mem$t[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+        call gscoeff (sy, Mem$t[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+        nxxcoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nxycoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+        nyxcoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nyycoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+$else
+        call dgscoeff (sx, Mem$t[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+        call dgscoeff (sy, Mem$t[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+        nxxcoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nxycoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+        nyxcoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nyycoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+$endif
+
+        # Get the data range.
+$if (datatype == r)
+        if (gsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            xxrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            xxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            xyrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+            xymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+$else
+        if (dgsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            xxrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xyrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+$endif
+        } else {
+            xxrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+            xxmaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+            xyrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+            xymaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+        }
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+        if (gsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            yxrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            yxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            yyrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+            yymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+$else
+        if (dgsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            yxrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yyrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+$endif
+        } else {
+            yxrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+            yxmaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+            yyrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+            yymaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Get the shifts.
+        xshift = Mem$t[xcoeff] + Mem$t[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+            Mem$t[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+        yshift = Mem$t[ycoeff] + Mem$t[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+            Mem$t[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+        # Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+        if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+            a = Mem$t[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+        else
+            a = PIXEL(0.0)
+        if (nxycoeff > 1)
+            b = Mem$t[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+        else
+            b = PIXEL(0.0)
+        if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+            c = Mem$t[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+        else
+            c = PIXEL(0.0)
+        if (nyycoeff > 1)
+            d = Mem$t[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+        else
+            d = PIXEL(0.0)
+
+        # Get the magnification factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+
+        # Get the x and y axes rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equal$t (a, PIXEL(0.0)) && fp_equal$t (c, PIXEL(0.0)))
+            xrot = PIXEL(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < PIXEL(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + PIXEL(360.0)
+
+        if (fp_equal$t (b, PIXEL(0.0)) && fp_equal$t (d, PIXEL(0.0)))
+            yrot = PIXEL(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < PIXEL(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + PIXEL(360.0)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.h b/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7efc3658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Structure definitions for fitting surface graphically
+
+define	LEN_GEOGRAPH	10
+
+define	GG_NEWFUNCTION		Memi[$1]	# New function
+define	GG_PLOTTYPE		Memi[$1+1]	# Type of plot
+define	GG_OVERPLOT		Memi[$1+2]	# Overplot previous graph?
+define	GG_FITERROR		Memi[$1+3]	# Error fitting x function
+define	GG_CONSTXY		Memi[$1+4]	# Plot lines of constant x-y
+
+# define plot types
+
+define	FIT		1		# plot x y fit
+define	XXRESID		2		# x fit residuals versus x
+define	XYRESID		3		# x fit residuals versus y
+define	YXRESID		4		# y fit residuals versus x
+define	YYRESID		5		# y fit residuals versus y
+
+# define the permitted colon commands
+
+define  GM_CMDS         "|show|projection|refpoint|fitgeometry|function|\
+order|xxorder|xyorder|yxorder|yyorder|xxterms|yxterms|reject|maxiter|"
+
+define  GMCMD_SHOW      	1
+define	GMCMD_PROJECTION	2
+define	GMCMD_REFPOINT		3
+define  GMCMD_GEOMETRY  	4
+define  GMCMD_FUNCTION  	5
+define  GMCMD_ORDER  		6
+define  GMCMD_XXORDER   	7
+define  GMCMD_XYORDER   	8
+define  GMCMD_YXORDER   	9
+define  GMCMD_YYORDER   	10
+define  GMCMD_XXTERMS   	11
+define  GMCMD_YXTERMS   	12
+define  GMCMD_REJECT    	13
+define  GMCMD_MAXITER    	14
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.x b/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9dc63610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geogmap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,905 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+include "geogmap.h"
+
+define	GHELPFILE 	"images$lib/geomap.key"
+define	CHELPFILE 	"images$lib/coomap.key"
+
+
+
+# GEO_MGFIT -- Fit the surface using interactive graphics.
+
+procedure geo_mgfitr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+        yin, wts, npts, xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x surface fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y surface fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to higher order x surface fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to higher order y surface fit
+real	xref[npts]	#I the x reference coordinates
+real	yref[npts]	#I the y reference coordinates
+real	xin[npts]	#I input x coordinates
+real	yin[npts]	#I input y coordinates
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+int	maxch		#I the size of the error messages
+
+char	errstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	newgraph, delete, wcs, key, errcode
+pointer	sp, w, gfit, xresid, yresid, cmd
+pointer	gt1, gt2, gt3, gt4, gt5
+real	wx, wy
+real	xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, thetax, thetay
+
+int	clgcur(), errget()
+pointer	gt_init()
+
+errchk	geo_fxyr(), geo_mrejectr(), geo_fthetar()
+errchk	geo_fmagnifyr(), geo_flinearr()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize gfit structure and working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (gfit, LEN_GEOGRAPH, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (xresid, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yresid, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (w, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Do initial fit.
+	iferr {
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+		    Memr[xresid], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+		    Memr[yresid], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	    }
+	    if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	        GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	    else
+	        call geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+		    yin, wts, Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg,
+		    maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	} then {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for X and Y fits.")
+	    else
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	}
+
+	GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+	GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	errcode = OK
+
+	# Set up plotting defaults.
+	GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+	GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+	newgraph = NO
+
+	# Allocate graphics tools.
+	gt1 = gt_init ()
+	gt2 = gt_init ()
+	gt3 = gt_init ()
+	gt4 = gt_init ()
+	gt5 = gt_init ()
+
+	# Set the plot title and x and y axis labels.
+	call geo_gtset (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+
+	# Make the first plot.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_1graphr (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	    npts)
+	if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+	    call geo_conxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+
+	# Read the cursor commands.
+	call amovr (wts, Memr[w], npts)
+	while (clgcur ("cursor", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    case 'q':
+		call amovr (Memr[w], wts, npts)
+		break
+
+	    case '?':
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call gpagefile (gd, GHELPFILE, "")
+		else
+		    call gpagefile (gd, CHELPFILE, "")
+
+	    case ':':
+		call geo_colon (gd, fit, gfit, Memc[cmd], newgraph)
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt1, newgraph)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt2, newgraph)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt3, newgraph)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt4, newgraph)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt5, newgraph)
+		}
+
+	    case 'l':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO) {
+		    call geo_lcoeffr (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale,
+		        thetax, thetay)
+		    call printf ("xshift: %.2f yshift: %.2f ")
+		        call pargr (xshift)
+		        call pargr (yshift)
+		    call printf ("xmag: %0.3g ymag: %0.3g ")
+		        call pargr (xscale)
+		        call pargr (yscale)
+		    call printf ("xrot: %.2f yrot: %.2f\n")
+		        call pargr (thetax)
+		        call pargr (thetay)
+		}
+
+	    case 't':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO && GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+		    call geo_lxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref,
+		        xin, yin, npts, wx, wy)
+
+	    case 'c':
+		if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = NO
+		else if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == NO)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'd', 'u':
+		if (key == 'd')
+		    delete = YES
+		else
+		    delete = NO
+
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_1deleter (gd, xin, yin, Memr[w], wts, npts, wx,
+		        wy, delete)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, xref, Memr[xresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, yref, Memr[xresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, xref, Memr[yresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, yref, Memr[yresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		}
+
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'g':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+
+	    case 'x':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XXRESID
+
+	    case 'r':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XYRESID
+
+	    case 'y':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YXRESID
+
+	    case 's':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YYRESID
+
+	    case 'f':
+		# do fit
+		if (GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+		    iferr {
+			switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+			case GM_ROTATE:
+		            call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RSCALE:
+		            call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RXYSCALE:
+		            call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			default:
+		            call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin,
+			        Memr[w], Memr[xresid], npts, YES,
+				xerrmsg, maxch) 
+		            call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin,
+			        Memr[w], Memr[yresid], npts, NO,
+				yerrmsg, maxch) 
+			}
+		        if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+			    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+		        else
+			    call geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref,
+			        yref, xin, yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid],
+				Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+				yerrmsg, maxch)
+			GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+			errcode = OK
+		    } then {
+	    		errcode = errget (errstr, SZ_LINE)
+	    		call printf ("%s\n")
+			    call pargstr (errstr)
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = YES
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# plot new graph
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == YES)
+		    newgraph = NO
+		else
+		    newgraph = YES
+
+	    case 'o':
+		GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = YES
+
+	    default:
+		call printf ("\07")
+
+	    }
+
+	    if (newgraph == YES) {
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	    	    call geo_1graphr (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		        Memr[w], npts)
+		    if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+			call geo_conxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt2, fit, gfit, xref, Memr[xresid],
+		        Memr[w], npts)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt3, fit, gfit, yref, Memr[xresid],
+		         Memr[w], npts)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt4, fit, gfit, xref, Memr[yresid],
+		         Memr[w], npts)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt5, fit, gfit, yref, Memr[yresid],
+		         Memr[w], npts)
+		}
+	        call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+		newgraph = NO
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call gt_free (gt1)
+	call gt_free (gt2)
+	call gt_free (gt3)
+	call gt_free (gt4)
+	call gt_free (gt5)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Call an error if appropriate.
+	if (errcode > 0)
+	    call error (2, errstr)
+end
+
+# GEO_LCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, xexpansion, yexpansion, x and y rotations.
+
+procedure geo_lcoeffr (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer sx              #I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer sy              #I pointer to the y surface fit
+real   xshift          #O output x shift
+real   yshift          #O output y shift
+real   xscale          #O output x scale
+real   yscale          #O output y scale
+real   xrot            #O rotation of point on x axis
+real   yrot            #O rotation of point on y axis
+
+int     nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+real   xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+real   yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+real   a, b, c, d
+
+bool    fp_equalr()
+int     gsgeti()
+real    gsgetr()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (xcoeff, gsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_REAL)
+        call salloc (ycoeff, gsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_REAL)
+
+        # Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+        call gscoeff (sx, Memr[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+        call gscoeff (sy, Memr[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+        nxxcoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nxycoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+        nyxcoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nyycoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+
+        # Get the data range.
+        if (gsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            xxrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            xxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            xyrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+            xymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+        } else {
+            xxrange = real(1.0)
+            xxmaxmin = real(0.0)
+            xyrange = real(1.0)
+            xymaxmin = real(0.0)
+        }
+
+        if (gsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            yxrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            yxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            yyrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+            yymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+        } else {
+            yxrange = real(1.0)
+            yxmaxmin = real(0.0)
+            yyrange = real(1.0)
+            yymaxmin = real(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Get the shifts.
+        xshift = Memr[xcoeff] + Memr[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+            Memr[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+        yshift = Memr[ycoeff] + Memr[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+            Memr[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+        # Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+        if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+            a = Memr[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+        else
+            a = real(0.0)
+        if (nxycoeff > 1)
+            b = Memr[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+        else
+            b = real(0.0)
+        if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+            c = Memr[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+        else
+            c = real(0.0)
+        if (nyycoeff > 1)
+            d = Memr[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+        else
+            d = real(0.0)
+
+        # Get the magnification factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+
+        # Get the x and y axes rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equalr (a, real(0.0)) && fp_equalr (c, real(0.0)))
+            xrot = real(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < real(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + real(360.0)
+
+        if (fp_equalr (b, real(0.0)) && fp_equalr (d, real(0.0)))
+            yrot = real(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < real(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + real(360.0)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# GEO_MGFIT -- Fit the surface using interactive graphics.
+
+procedure geo_mgfitd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+        yin, wts, npts, xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x surface fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y surface fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to higher order x surface fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to higher order y surface fit
+double	xref[npts]	#I the x reference coordinates
+double	yref[npts]	#I the y reference coordinates
+double	xin[npts]	#I input x coordinates
+double	yin[npts]	#I input y coordinates
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+int	maxch		#I the size of the error messages
+
+char	errstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	newgraph, delete, wcs, key, errcode
+pointer	sp, w, gfit, xresid, yresid, cmd
+pointer	gt1, gt2, gt3, gt4, gt5
+real	wx, wy
+double	xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, thetax, thetay
+
+int	clgcur(), errget()
+pointer	gt_init()
+
+errchk	geo_fxyd(), geo_mrejectd(), geo_fthetad()
+errchk	geo_fmagnifyd(), geo_flineard()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize gfit structure and working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (gfit, LEN_GEOGRAPH, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (xresid, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (yresid, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (w, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Do initial fit.
+	iferr {
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+		    Memd[xresid], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+		    Memd[yresid], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	    }
+	    if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	        GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	    else
+	        call geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+		    yin, wts, Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg,
+		    maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	} then {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for X and Y fits.")
+	    else
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	}
+
+	GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+	GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	errcode = OK
+
+	# Set up plotting defaults.
+	GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+	GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+	newgraph = NO
+
+	# Allocate graphics tools.
+	gt1 = gt_init ()
+	gt2 = gt_init ()
+	gt3 = gt_init ()
+	gt4 = gt_init ()
+	gt5 = gt_init ()
+
+	# Set the plot title and x and y axis labels.
+	call geo_gtset (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+
+	# Make the first plot.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_1graphd (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	    npts)
+	if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+	    call geo_conxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+
+	# Read the cursor commands.
+	call amovd (wts, Memd[w], npts)
+	while (clgcur ("cursor", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    case 'q':
+		call amovd (Memd[w], wts, npts)
+		break
+
+	    case '?':
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call gpagefile (gd, GHELPFILE, "")
+		else
+		    call gpagefile (gd, CHELPFILE, "")
+
+	    case ':':
+		call geo_colon (gd, fit, gfit, Memc[cmd], newgraph)
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt1, newgraph)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt2, newgraph)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt3, newgraph)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt4, newgraph)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt5, newgraph)
+		}
+
+	    case 'l':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO) {
+		    call geo_lcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale,
+		        thetax, thetay)
+		    call printf ("xshift: %.2f yshift: %.2f ")
+		        call pargd (xshift)
+		        call pargd (yshift)
+		    call printf ("xmag: %0.3g ymag: %0.3g ")
+		        call pargd (xscale)
+		        call pargd (yscale)
+		    call printf ("xrot: %.2f yrot: %.2f\n")
+		        call pargd (thetax)
+		        call pargd (thetay)
+		}
+
+	    case 't':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO && GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+		    call geo_lxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref,
+		        xin, yin, npts, wx, wy)
+
+	    case 'c':
+		if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = NO
+		else if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == NO)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'd', 'u':
+		if (key == 'd')
+		    delete = YES
+		else
+		    delete = NO
+
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_1deleted (gd, xin, yin, Memd[w], wts, npts, wx,
+		        wy, delete)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, xref, Memd[xresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, yref, Memd[xresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, xref, Memd[yresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, yref, Memd[yresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		}
+
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'g':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+
+	    case 'x':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XXRESID
+
+	    case 'r':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XYRESID
+
+	    case 'y':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YXRESID
+
+	    case 's':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YYRESID
+
+	    case 'f':
+		# do fit
+		if (GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+		    iferr {
+			switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+			case GM_ROTATE:
+		            call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RSCALE:
+		            call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RXYSCALE:
+		            call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			default:
+		            call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin,
+			        Memd[w], Memd[xresid], npts, YES,
+				xerrmsg, maxch) 
+		            call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin,
+			        Memd[w], Memd[yresid], npts, NO,
+				yerrmsg, maxch) 
+			}
+		        if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+			    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+		        else
+			    call geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref,
+			        yref, xin, yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid],
+				Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+				yerrmsg, maxch)
+			GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+			errcode = OK
+		    } then {
+	    		errcode = errget (errstr, SZ_LINE)
+	    		call printf ("%s\n")
+			    call pargstr (errstr)
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = YES
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# plot new graph
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == YES)
+		    newgraph = NO
+		else
+		    newgraph = YES
+
+	    case 'o':
+		GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = YES
+
+	    default:
+		call printf ("\07")
+
+	    }
+
+	    if (newgraph == YES) {
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	    	    call geo_1graphd (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		        Memd[w], npts)
+		    if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+			call geo_conxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt2, fit, gfit, xref, Memd[xresid],
+		        Memd[w], npts)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt3, fit, gfit, yref, Memd[xresid],
+		         Memd[w], npts)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt4, fit, gfit, xref, Memd[yresid],
+		         Memd[w], npts)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt5, fit, gfit, yref, Memd[yresid],
+		         Memd[w], npts)
+		}
+	        call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+		newgraph = NO
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call gt_free (gt1)
+	call gt_free (gt2)
+	call gt_free (gt3)
+	call gt_free (gt4)
+	call gt_free (gt5)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Call an error if appropriate.
+	if (errcode > 0)
+	    call error (2, errstr)
+end
+
+# GEO_LCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, xexpansion, yexpansion, x and y rotations.
+
+procedure geo_lcoeffd (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer sx              #I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer sy              #I pointer to the y surface fit
+double   xshift          #O output x shift
+double   yshift          #O output y shift
+double   xscale          #O output x scale
+double   yscale          #O output y scale
+double   xrot            #O rotation of point on x axis
+double   yrot            #O rotation of point on y axis
+
+int     nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+double   xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+double   yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+double   a, b, c, d
+
+bool    fp_equald()
+int     dgsgeti()
+double  dgsgetd()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (xcoeff, dgsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ycoeff, dgsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+        call dgscoeff (sx, Memd[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+        call dgscoeff (sy, Memd[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+        nxxcoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nxycoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+        nyxcoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nyycoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+
+        # Get the data range.
+        if (dgsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            xxrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xyrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+        } else {
+            xxrange = double(1.0)
+            xxmaxmin = double(0.0)
+            xyrange = double(1.0)
+            xymaxmin = double(0.0)
+        }
+
+        if (dgsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            yxrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yyrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+        } else {
+            yxrange = double(1.0)
+            yxmaxmin = double(0.0)
+            yyrange = double(1.0)
+            yymaxmin = double(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Get the shifts.
+        xshift = Memd[xcoeff] + Memd[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+            Memd[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+        yshift = Memd[ycoeff] + Memd[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+            Memd[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+        # Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+        if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+            a = Memd[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+        else
+            a = double(0.0)
+        if (nxycoeff > 1)
+            b = Memd[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+        else
+            b = double(0.0)
+        if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+            c = Memd[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+        else
+            c = double(0.0)
+        if (nyycoeff > 1)
+            d = Memd[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+        else
+            d = double(0.0)
+
+        # Get the magnification factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+
+        # Get the x and y axes rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equald (a, double(0.0)) && fp_equald (c, double(0.0)))
+            xrot = double(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < double(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + double(360.0)
+
+        if (fp_equald (b, double(0.0)) && fp_equald (d, double(0.0)))
+            yrot = double(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < double(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + double(360.0)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geogmapi.x b/pkg/images/lib/geogmapi.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9dc63610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geogmapi.x
@@ -0,0 +1,905 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+include "geogmap.h"
+
+define	GHELPFILE 	"images$lib/geomap.key"
+define	CHELPFILE 	"images$lib/coomap.key"
+
+
+
+# GEO_MGFIT -- Fit the surface using interactive graphics.
+
+procedure geo_mgfitr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+        yin, wts, npts, xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x surface fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y surface fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to higher order x surface fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to higher order y surface fit
+real	xref[npts]	#I the x reference coordinates
+real	yref[npts]	#I the y reference coordinates
+real	xin[npts]	#I input x coordinates
+real	yin[npts]	#I input y coordinates
+real	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+int	maxch		#I the size of the error messages
+
+char	errstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	newgraph, delete, wcs, key, errcode
+pointer	sp, w, gfit, xresid, yresid, cmd
+pointer	gt1, gt2, gt3, gt4, gt5
+real	wx, wy
+real	xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, thetax, thetay
+
+int	clgcur(), errget()
+pointer	gt_init()
+
+errchk	geo_fxyr(), geo_mrejectr(), geo_fthetar()
+errchk	geo_fmagnifyr(), geo_flinearr()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize gfit structure and working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (gfit, LEN_GEOGRAPH, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (xresid, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yresid, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (w, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Do initial fit.
+	iferr {
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+		    Memr[xresid], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	        call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+		    Memr[yresid], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	    }
+	    if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	        GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	    else
+	        call geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+		    yin, wts, Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg,
+		    maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	} then {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for X and Y fits.")
+	    else
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	}
+
+	GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+	GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	errcode = OK
+
+	# Set up plotting defaults.
+	GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+	GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+	newgraph = NO
+
+	# Allocate graphics tools.
+	gt1 = gt_init ()
+	gt2 = gt_init ()
+	gt3 = gt_init ()
+	gt4 = gt_init ()
+	gt5 = gt_init ()
+
+	# Set the plot title and x and y axis labels.
+	call geo_gtset (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+
+	# Make the first plot.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_1graphr (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	    npts)
+	if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+	    call geo_conxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+
+	# Read the cursor commands.
+	call amovr (wts, Memr[w], npts)
+	while (clgcur ("cursor", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    case 'q':
+		call amovr (Memr[w], wts, npts)
+		break
+
+	    case '?':
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call gpagefile (gd, GHELPFILE, "")
+		else
+		    call gpagefile (gd, CHELPFILE, "")
+
+	    case ':':
+		call geo_colon (gd, fit, gfit, Memc[cmd], newgraph)
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt1, newgraph)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt2, newgraph)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt3, newgraph)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt4, newgraph)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt5, newgraph)
+		}
+
+	    case 'l':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO) {
+		    call geo_lcoeffr (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale,
+		        thetax, thetay)
+		    call printf ("xshift: %.2f yshift: %.2f ")
+		        call pargr (xshift)
+		        call pargr (yshift)
+		    call printf ("xmag: %0.3g ymag: %0.3g ")
+		        call pargr (xscale)
+		        call pargr (yscale)
+		    call printf ("xrot: %.2f yrot: %.2f\n")
+		        call pargr (thetax)
+		        call pargr (thetay)
+		}
+
+	    case 't':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO && GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+		    call geo_lxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref,
+		        xin, yin, npts, wx, wy)
+
+	    case 'c':
+		if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = NO
+		else if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == NO)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'd', 'u':
+		if (key == 'd')
+		    delete = YES
+		else
+		    delete = NO
+
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_1deleter (gd, xin, yin, Memr[w], wts, npts, wx,
+		        wy, delete)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, xref, Memr[xresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, yref, Memr[xresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, xref, Memr[yresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleter (gd, yref, Memr[yresid], Memr[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		}
+
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'g':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+
+	    case 'x':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XXRESID
+
+	    case 'r':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XYRESID
+
+	    case 'y':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YXRESID
+
+	    case 's':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YYRESID
+
+	    case 'f':
+		# do fit
+		if (GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+		    iferr {
+			switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+			case GM_ROTATE:
+		            call geo_fthetar (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RSCALE:
+		            call geo_fmagnifyr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RXYSCALE:
+		            call geo_flinearr (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid], Memr[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			default:
+		            call geo_fxyr (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin,
+			        Memr[w], Memr[xresid], npts, YES,
+				xerrmsg, maxch) 
+		            call geo_fxyr (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin,
+			        Memr[w], Memr[yresid], npts, NO,
+				yerrmsg, maxch) 
+			}
+		        if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+			    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+		        else
+			    call geo_mrejectr (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref,
+			        yref, xin, yin, Memr[w], Memr[xresid],
+				Memr[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+				yerrmsg, maxch)
+			GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+			errcode = OK
+		    } then {
+	    		errcode = errget (errstr, SZ_LINE)
+	    		call printf ("%s\n")
+			    call pargstr (errstr)
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = YES
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# plot new graph
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == YES)
+		    newgraph = NO
+		else
+		    newgraph = YES
+
+	    case 'o':
+		GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = YES
+
+	    default:
+		call printf ("\07")
+
+	    }
+
+	    if (newgraph == YES) {
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	    	    call geo_1graphr (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		        Memr[w], npts)
+		    if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+			call geo_conxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt2, fit, gfit, xref, Memr[xresid],
+		        Memr[w], npts)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt3, fit, gfit, yref, Memr[xresid],
+		         Memr[w], npts)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt4, fit, gfit, xref, Memr[yresid],
+		         Memr[w], npts)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphr (gd, gt5, fit, gfit, yref, Memr[yresid],
+		         Memr[w], npts)
+		}
+	        call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+		newgraph = NO
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call gt_free (gt1)
+	call gt_free (gt2)
+	call gt_free (gt3)
+	call gt_free (gt4)
+	call gt_free (gt5)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Call an error if appropriate.
+	if (errcode > 0)
+	    call error (2, errstr)
+end
+
+# GEO_LCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, xexpansion, yexpansion, x and y rotations.
+
+procedure geo_lcoeffr (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer sx              #I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer sy              #I pointer to the y surface fit
+real   xshift          #O output x shift
+real   yshift          #O output y shift
+real   xscale          #O output x scale
+real   yscale          #O output y scale
+real   xrot            #O rotation of point on x axis
+real   yrot            #O rotation of point on y axis
+
+int     nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+real   xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+real   yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+real   a, b, c, d
+
+bool    fp_equalr()
+int     gsgeti()
+real    gsgetr()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (xcoeff, gsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_REAL)
+        call salloc (ycoeff, gsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_REAL)
+
+        # Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+        call gscoeff (sx, Memr[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+        call gscoeff (sy, Memr[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+        nxxcoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nxycoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+        nyxcoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nyycoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+
+        # Get the data range.
+        if (gsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            xxrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            xxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            xyrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+            xymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+        } else {
+            xxrange = real(1.0)
+            xxmaxmin = real(0.0)
+            xyrange = real(1.0)
+            xymaxmin = real(0.0)
+        }
+
+        if (gsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            yxrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            yxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+            yyrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+            yymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+        } else {
+            yxrange = real(1.0)
+            yxmaxmin = real(0.0)
+            yyrange = real(1.0)
+            yymaxmin = real(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Get the shifts.
+        xshift = Memr[xcoeff] + Memr[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+            Memr[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+        yshift = Memr[ycoeff] + Memr[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+            Memr[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+        # Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+        if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+            a = Memr[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+        else
+            a = real(0.0)
+        if (nxycoeff > 1)
+            b = Memr[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+        else
+            b = real(0.0)
+        if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+            c = Memr[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+        else
+            c = real(0.0)
+        if (nyycoeff > 1)
+            d = Memr[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+        else
+            d = real(0.0)
+
+        # Get the magnification factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+
+        # Get the x and y axes rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equalr (a, real(0.0)) && fp_equalr (c, real(0.0)))
+            xrot = real(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < real(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + real(360.0)
+
+        if (fp_equalr (b, real(0.0)) && fp_equalr (d, real(0.0)))
+            yrot = real(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < real(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + real(360.0)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# GEO_MGFIT -- Fit the surface using interactive graphics.
+
+procedure geo_mgfitd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+        yin, wts, npts, xerrmsg, yerrmsg, maxch)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x surface fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y surface fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to higher order x surface fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to higher order y surface fit
+double	xref[npts]	#I the x reference coordinates
+double	yref[npts]	#I the y reference coordinates
+double	xin[npts]	#I input x coordinates
+double	yin[npts]	#I input y coordinates
+double	wts[npts]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+char	xerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+char	yerrmsg[ARB]	#O the output x fit error message 
+int	maxch		#I the size of the error messages
+
+char	errstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	newgraph, delete, wcs, key, errcode
+pointer	sp, w, gfit, xresid, yresid, cmd
+pointer	gt1, gt2, gt3, gt4, gt5
+real	wx, wy
+double	xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, thetax, thetay
+
+int	clgcur(), errget()
+pointer	gt_init()
+
+errchk	geo_fxyd(), geo_mrejectd(), geo_fthetad()
+errchk	geo_fmagnifyd(), geo_flineard()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize gfit structure and working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (gfit, LEN_GEOGRAPH, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (xresid, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (yresid, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (w, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Do initial fit.
+	iferr {
+	    switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+	    case GM_ROTATE:
+	        call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RSCALE:
+	        call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    case GM_RXYSCALE:
+	        call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	            Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+		    yerrmsg, maxch)
+		    sx2 = NULL
+		    sy2 = NULL
+	    default:
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin, wts,
+		    Memd[xresid], npts, YES, xerrmsg, maxch)
+	        call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin, wts,
+		    Memd[yresid], npts, NO, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	    }
+	    if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	        GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+	    else
+	        call geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin,
+		    yin, wts, Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg,
+		    maxch, yerrmsg, maxch)
+	} then {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for X and Y fits.")
+	    else
+	        call error (2, "Too few points for XI and ETA fits.")
+	}
+
+	GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+	GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	errcode = OK
+
+	# Set up plotting defaults.
+	GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+	GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+	newgraph = NO
+
+	# Allocate graphics tools.
+	gt1 = gt_init ()
+	gt2 = gt_init ()
+	gt3 = gt_init ()
+	gt4 = gt_init ()
+	gt5 = gt_init ()
+
+	# Set the plot title and x and y axis labels.
+	call geo_gtset (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	call geo_gtset (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+
+	# Make the first plot.
+	call gclear (gd)
+	call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	call geo_1graphd (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts,
+	    npts)
+	if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+	    call geo_conxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+	call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+
+	# Read the cursor commands.
+	call amovd (wts, Memd[w], npts)
+	while (clgcur ("cursor", wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    case 'q':
+		call amovd (Memd[w], wts, npts)
+		break
+
+	    case '?':
+		if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+		    call gpagefile (gd, GHELPFILE, "")
+		else
+		    call gpagefile (gd, CHELPFILE, "")
+
+	    case ':':
+		call geo_colon (gd, fit, gfit, Memc[cmd], newgraph)
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt1, newgraph)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt2, newgraph)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt3, newgraph)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt4, newgraph)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call gt_colon (Memc[cmd], gd, gt5, newgraph)
+		}
+
+	    case 'l':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO) {
+		    call geo_lcoeffd (sx1, sy1, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale,
+		        thetax, thetay)
+		    call printf ("xshift: %.2f yshift: %.2f ")
+		        call pargd (xshift)
+		        call pargd (yshift)
+		    call printf ("xmag: %0.3g ymag: %0.3g ")
+		        call pargd (xscale)
+		        call pargd (yscale)
+		    call printf ("xrot: %.2f yrot: %.2f\n")
+		        call pargd (thetax)
+		        call pargd (thetay)
+		}
+
+	    case 't':
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == NO && GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+		    call geo_lxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref,
+		        xin, yin, npts, wx, wy)
+
+	    case 'c':
+		if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = NO
+		else if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == NO)
+		    GG_CONSTXY(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'd', 'u':
+		if (key == 'd')
+		    delete = YES
+		else
+		    delete = NO
+
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_1deleted (gd, xin, yin, Memd[w], wts, npts, wx,
+		        wy, delete)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, xref, Memd[xresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, yref, Memd[xresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, xref, Memd[yresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_2deleted (gd, yref, Memd[yresid], Memd[w], wts,
+		        npts, wx, wy, delete)
+		}
+
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+
+	    case 'g':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = FIT
+
+	    case 'x':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XXRESID
+
+	    case 'r':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != XYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = XYRESID
+
+	    case 'y':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YXRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YXRESID
+
+	    case 's':
+		if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != YYRESID)
+		    newgraph = YES
+		GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) = YYRESID
+
+	    case 'f':
+		# do fit
+		if (GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+		    iferr {
+			switch (GM_FIT(fit)) {
+			case GM_ROTATE:
+		            call geo_fthetad (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RSCALE:
+		            call geo_fmagnifyd (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			case GM_RXYSCALE:
+		            call geo_flineard (fit, sx1, sy1, xref, yref, xin,
+			        yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid], Memd[yresid],
+				npts, xerrmsg, maxch, yerrmsg, maxch) 
+				sx2 = NULL
+				sy2 = NULL
+			default:
+		            call geo_fxyd (fit, sx1, sx2, xref, yref, xin,
+			        Memd[w], Memd[xresid], npts, YES,
+				xerrmsg, maxch) 
+		            call geo_fxyd (fit, sy1, sy2, xref, yref, yin,
+			        Memd[w], Memd[yresid], npts, NO,
+				yerrmsg, maxch) 
+			}
+		        if (GM_MAXITER(fit) <= 0 || IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+			    GM_NREJECT(fit) = 0
+		        else
+			    call geo_mrejectd (fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref,
+			        yref, xin, yin, Memd[w], Memd[xresid],
+				Memd[yresid], npts, xerrmsg, maxch,
+				yerrmsg, maxch)
+			GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = NO
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+			errcode = OK
+		    } then {
+	    		errcode = errget (errstr, SZ_LINE)
+	    		call printf ("%s\n")
+			    call pargstr (errstr)
+			GG_FITERROR(gfit) = YES
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# plot new graph
+		if (GG_FITERROR(gfit) == YES)
+		    newgraph = NO
+		else
+		    newgraph = YES
+
+	    case 'o':
+		GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = YES
+
+	    default:
+		call printf ("\07")
+
+	    }
+
+	    if (newgraph == YES) {
+		switch (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit)) {
+		case FIT:
+		    call geo_label (FIT, gt1, fit)
+	    	    call geo_1graphd (gd, gt1, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin,
+		        Memd[w], npts)
+		    if (GG_CONSTXY(gfit) == YES)
+			call geo_conxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+		case XXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XXRESID, gt2, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt2, fit, gfit, xref, Memd[xresid],
+		        Memd[w], npts)
+		case XYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (XYRESID, gt3, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt3, fit, gfit, yref, Memd[xresid],
+		         Memd[w], npts)
+		case YXRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YXRESID, gt4, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt4, fit, gfit, xref, Memd[yresid],
+		         Memd[w], npts)
+		case YYRESID:
+		    call geo_label (YYRESID, gt5, fit)
+	    	    call geo_2graphd (gd, gt5, fit, gfit, yref, Memd[yresid],
+		         Memd[w], npts)
+		}
+	        call printf ("%s  %s\n")
+	    	    call pargstr (xerrmsg)
+	    	    call pargstr (yerrmsg)
+		newgraph = NO
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call gt_free (gt1)
+	call gt_free (gt2)
+	call gt_free (gt3)
+	call gt_free (gt4)
+	call gt_free (gt5)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Call an error if appropriate.
+	if (errcode > 0)
+	    call error (2, errstr)
+end
+
+# GEO_LCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, xexpansion, yexpansion, x and y rotations.
+
+procedure geo_lcoeffd (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+pointer sx              #I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer sy              #I pointer to the y surface fit
+double   xshift          #O output x shift
+double   yshift          #O output y shift
+double   xscale          #O output x scale
+double   yscale          #O output y scale
+double   xrot            #O rotation of point on x axis
+double   yrot            #O rotation of point on y axis
+
+int     nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+double   xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+double   yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+double   a, b, c, d
+
+bool    fp_equald()
+int     dgsgeti()
+double  dgsgetd()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (xcoeff, dgsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ycoeff, dgsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_DOUBLE)
+
+        # Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+        call dgscoeff (sx, Memd[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+        call dgscoeff (sy, Memd[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+        nxxcoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nxycoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+        nyxcoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+        nyycoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+
+        # Get the data range.
+        if (dgsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            xxrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xyrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            xymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+        } else {
+            xxrange = double(1.0)
+            xxmaxmin = double(0.0)
+            xyrange = double(1.0)
+            xymaxmin = double(0.0)
+        }
+
+        if (dgsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+            yxrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yyrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+            yymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+        } else {
+            yxrange = double(1.0)
+            yxmaxmin = double(0.0)
+            yyrange = double(1.0)
+            yymaxmin = double(0.0)
+        }
+
+        # Get the shifts.
+        xshift = Memd[xcoeff] + Memd[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+            Memd[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+        yshift = Memd[ycoeff] + Memd[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+            Memd[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+        # Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+        if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+            a = Memd[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+        else
+            a = double(0.0)
+        if (nxycoeff > 1)
+            b = Memd[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+        else
+            b = double(0.0)
+        if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+            c = Memd[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+        else
+            c = double(0.0)
+        if (nyycoeff > 1)
+            d = Memd[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+        else
+            d = double(0.0)
+
+        # Get the magnification factors.
+        xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+        yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+
+        # Get the x and y axes rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equald (a, double(0.0)) && fp_equald (c, double(0.0)))
+            xrot = double(0.0)
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < double(0.0))
+            xrot = xrot + double(360.0)
+
+        if (fp_equald (b, double(0.0)) && fp_equald (d, double(0.0)))
+            yrot = double(0.0)
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < double(0.0))
+            yrot = yrot + double(360.0)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geograph.gx b/pkg/images/lib/geograph.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c42de24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geograph.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,1379 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <pkg/gtools.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+include "geogmap.h"
+
+define	MAX_PARAMS	(10 * SZ_LINE)	
+define	NINTERVALS	5
+define	NGRAPH		100
+
+$for (r)
+
+# GEO_LABEL -- Annotate the plot.
+
+procedure geo_label (plot_type, gt, fit)
+
+int	plot_type	#I type of plot
+pointer	gt		#I gtools descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I geomap fit parameters
+
+int	npts
+pointer	sp, params, xtermlab, ytermlab
+real	xrms, yrms, rej
+int	strlen(), rg_wrdstr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (params, MAX_PARAMS, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xtermlab, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ytermlab, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	xrms = max (0.0d0, GM_XRMS(fit))
+	yrms = max (0.0d0, GM_YRMS(fit))
+	if (npts > 1) {
+	    xrms = sqrt (xrms / (npts - 1))
+	    yrms = sqrt (yrms / (npts - 1))
+	} else {
+	    xrms = 0.0
+	    yrms = 0.0
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	    rej = INDEFR
+	else if (GM_REJECT(fit) > MAX_REAL)
+	    rej = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rej = GM_REJECT(fit)
+
+	# Print data parameters.
+	if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	    call sprintf (Memc[params], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "GEOMAP: function = %s npts = %d reject = %g nrej = %d\n")
+	else
+	    call sprintf (Memc[params], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "CCMAP: function = %s npts = %d reject = %g nrej = %d\n")
+
+	    switch (GM_FUNCTION(fit)) {
+	    case GS_LEGENDRE:
+		call pargstr ("legendre")
+	    case GS_CHEBYSHEV:
+		call pargstr ("chebyshev")
+	    case GS_POLYNOMIAL:
+		call pargstr ("polynomial")
+	    }
+	    call pargi (GM_NPTS(fit))
+	    call pargr (rej)
+	    call pargi (GM_NWTS0(fit))
+
+	# Print fit parameters.
+	switch (plot_type) {
+	case FIT:
+
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "X fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	   "XI fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[xtermlab])
+		call pargr (xrms)
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "Y fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	  "ETA fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[ytermlab])
+		call pargr (yrms)
+
+	case XXRESID, XYRESID:
+
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "X fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	    "XI fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[xtermlab])
+		call pargr (xrms)
+
+	case YXRESID, YYRESID:
+
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "Y fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	    "ETA fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[ytermlab])
+		call pargr (yrms)
+
+	default:
+
+	    # do nothing gracefully
+	}
+
+	call gt_sets (gt, GTPARAMS, Memc[params])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GTSET -- Write title and labels.
+
+procedure geo_gtset (plot_type, gt, fit)
+
+int	plot_type	#I plot type
+pointer	gt		#I plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I fit descriptor
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE]
+int	nchars
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	nchars =  gstrcpy (GM_RECORD(fit), str, SZ_LINE)
+
+	switch (plot_type) {
+	case FIT:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": Coordinate Transformation", str[nchars+1],
+		    SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": Celestial Coordinate Transformation",
+		    str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (in units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "Y (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "XI (arcsec)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "ETA (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case XXRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": X fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": XI fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "X Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "XI Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case XYRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": X fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": XI fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "X Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "XI Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case YXRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": Y fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": ETA fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "Y (Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "ETA Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case YYRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": Y fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": ETA fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "Y Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "ETA Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	default:
+	    
+	    # do nothing gracefully
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_COLON -- Process the colon commands.
+
+procedure geo_colon (gd, fit, gfit, cmdstr, newgraph)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics stream
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fit structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the gfit structure
+char	cmdstr[ARB]	#I command string
+int	newgraph	#I plot new graph
+
+int	ncmd, ival
+pointer	sp, str, cmd
+real	rval
+int	nscan(), strdic(), rg_wrdstr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	if (nscan() == 0) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_CMDS)
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case GMCMD_SHOW:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR)
+	    call printf ("Current Fitting Parameters\n\n")
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) != GM_NONE) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr (GM_PROJECTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_PROJLIST) <= 0)
+		    ;
+	        call printf ("\tprojection = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	        call printf ("\tlngref = %h\n")
+		    call pargd (GM_XREFPT(fit))
+	        call printf ("\tlatref = %h\n")
+		    call pargd (GM_YREFPT(fit))
+	    }
+	    if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\tfitgeometry = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\tfunction = %s\n")
+		Call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call printf ("\txxorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+	    call printf ("\txyorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\txxterms = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call printf ("\tyxorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+	    call printf ("\tyyorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\tyxterms = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+		rval = INDEFR
+	    else if (GM_REJECT(fit) > MAX_REAL)
+		rval = INDEFR
+	    else
+		rval = GM_REJECT(fit)
+	    call printf ("\treject = %f\n")
+		call pargr (rval)
+	    call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE)
+
+	case GMCMD_PROJECTION:
+	    if (rg_wrdstr (GM_PROJECTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_PROJLIST) <= 0)
+	        call strcpy ("INDEF", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("projection = %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	case GMCMD_REFPOINT:
+	    call printf ("lngref = %h latref = %h\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XREFPT(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YREFPT(fit))
+
+	case GMCMD_GEOMETRY:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("fitgeometry = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_GEOMETRIES)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_FIT(fit) = ival
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_FUNCTION:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("function = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_FUNCS)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_FUNCTION(fit) = ival
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_ORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf (
+		    "xxorder = %d xyorder = %d yxorder = %d yyorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+		    call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+		    call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+		    call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_XXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GM_XYORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GM_YXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GM_YYORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_XXORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("xxorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_XXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_XYORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("xyorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_XYORDER(fit) = max (ival,2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_YXORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("yxorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_YXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_YYORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("yyorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_YYORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_XXTERMS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("xxterms = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) = ival - 1
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_YXTERMS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("yxterms = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_YXTERMS(fit) = ival - 1
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_REJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+		    rval = INDEFR
+		else if (GM_REJECT(fit) > MAX_REAL)
+		    rval = INDEFR
+		else
+		    rval = GM_REJECT(fit)
+		call printf ("reject = %f\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else {
+		GM_REJECT(fit) = rval
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_MAXITER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("maxiter = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_MAXITER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_MAXITER(fit) = ival
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+$endfor
+
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# GEO_1DELETE -- Delete a point from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_1delete$t (gd, xin, yin, wts, userwts, npts, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+PIXEL	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+PIXEL	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+PIXEL	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+PIXEL	userwts[ARB]	#I array of user weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+real	wx, wy		#I world coordinates
+int	delete		#I delete points ?
+
+int	i, j, pmltype
+real	r2min, r2, x0, y0
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	j = 0
+
+	if (delete == YES) {
+
+	    # Search for nearest point that has not been deleted.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] <= PIXEL(0.0))
+		    next
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gctran (gd, xin[i], yin[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$else
+	        call gctran (gd, real (xin[i]), real (yin[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$endif
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Mark point and set weights to 0.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+		call gscur (gd, xin[j], yin[j])
+		call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+$else
+		call gscur (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]))
+		call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+$endif
+		wts[j] = PIXEL(0.0)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Search for the nearest deleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] > PIXEL(0.0))
+		    next
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gctran (gd, xin[i], yin[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$else
+	        call gctran (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$endif
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Erase cross and remark with a plus.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+		call gscur (gd, xin[j], yin[j])
+		pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+		call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+		call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+$else
+		call gscur (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]))
+		pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+		call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+		call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+$endif
+		wts[j] = userwts[j]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_2DELETE -- Delete the residuals.
+
+procedure geo_2delete$t (gd, x, resid, wts, userwts, npts, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+PIXEL	x[ARB]		#I reference x values
+PIXEL	resid[ARB]	#I residuals
+PIXEL	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+PIXEL	userwts[ARB]	#I user weight array
+int	npts		#I number of points
+real	wx		#I world x coordinate
+real	wy		#I world y coordinate
+int	delete		#I delete point
+
+int	i, j, pmltype
+real	r2, r2min, x0, y0
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	# Delete the point.
+        call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+        r2min = MAX_REAL
+        j = 0
+
+	# Delete or add a point.
+        if (delete == YES) {
+
+	    # Find the nearest undeleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] <= PIXEL(0.0))
+		    next
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gctran (gd, x[i], resid[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$else
+	        call gctran (gd, real(x[i]), real(resid[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$endif
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Mark the point with a cross and set weight to zero.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gscur (gd, x[j], resid[j])
+	        call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+$else
+	        call gscur (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]))
+	        call gmark (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+$endif
+	        wts[j] = PIXEL(0.0)
+	    }
+
+        } else {
+
+	    # Find the nearest deleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] > PIXEL(0.0))
+		    next
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gctran (gd, x[i], resid[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$else
+	        call gctran (gd, real(x[i]), real(resid[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$endif
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Erase the cross and remark with a plus.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gscur (gd, x[j], resid[j])
+	        pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+$else
+	        call gscur (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]))
+	        pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+	        call gmark (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+	        call gmark (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]), GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+$endif
+	        wts[j] = userwts[j]
+	    }
+        }
+end
+
+
+# GEO_1GRAPH - Procedure to graph the distribution of the data in the x-y
+# plane. Rejected points are marked by a ' ' and deleted points are marked
+# by a ' '. The shift in position of the data points are indicated by
+# vectors. Sample fits of constant x and y are marked on the plots.
+
+procedure geo_1graph$t (gd, gt, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics device
+pointer	gt		#I pointer to the plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the geofit structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the plot structure
+PIXEL	xref[ARB]	#I x reference values
+PIXEL	yref[ARB]	#I y reference values
+PIXEL	xin[ARB]	#I x values
+PIXEL	yin[ARB]	#I y values
+PIXEL	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+
+int	i, j
+$if (datatype == d)
+pointer	sp, rxin, ryin
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# If previous plot different type don't overplot.
+	if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+	    GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	# If not overplottting start new plot.
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO) {
+
+	    # Set scale and axes.
+	    call gclear (gd)
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gascale (gd, xin, npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, yin, npts, 2)
+$else
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (rxin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ryin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call achtdr (xin, Memr[rxin], npts)
+	    call achtdr (yin, Memr[ryin], npts)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[rxin], npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[ryin], npts, 2)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+$endif
+	    call gt_swind (gd, gt)
+	    call gtlabax (gd, gt)
+
+	    # Mark the data and deleted points.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+$if (datatype == r)
+		if (wts[i] == PIXEL(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, xin[i], yin[i], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, xin[i], yin[i], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+$else
+		if (wts[i] == PIXEL(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), GM_CROSS,
+		        2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), GM_PLUS,
+		        2., 2.)
+$endif
+	    }
+
+	    call gflush (gd)
+	}
+
+	# Mark the rejected points.
+	do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+	    j = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_CIRCLE, 2., 2.)
+$else
+	    call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_CIRCLE, 2., 2.)
+$endif
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	# Reset the status flags
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+end
+
+
+# GEO_2GRAPH -- Graph the x and y fit residuals versus x or y .
+
+procedure geo_2graph$t (gd, gt, fit, gfit, x, resid, wts, npts)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics device
+pointer	gt		#I pointer to the plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to geomap structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the plot structure
+PIXEL	x[ARB]		#I x reference values
+PIXEL	resid[ARB]	#I residual
+PIXEL	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, zero
+$if (datatype == d)
+pointer	rxin, ryin
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Allocate space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zero, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call amovkr (0.0, Memr[zero], npts)
+
+	# Calculate the residuals.
+	if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+	    GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO) {
+
+	    call gclear (gd)
+
+	    # Set scale and axes.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gascale (gd, x, npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, resid, npts, 2)
+$else
+	    call salloc (rxin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ryin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call achtdr (x, Memr[rxin], npts)
+	    call achtdr (resid, Memr[ryin], npts)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[rxin], npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[ryin], npts, 2)
+$endif
+	    call gt_swind (gd, gt)
+	    call gtlabax (gd, gt)
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gpline (gd, x, Memr[zero], npts)
+$else
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[rxin], Memr[zero], npts)
+$endif
+	}
+
+	# Graph residuals and mark deleted points.
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO || GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+$if (datatype == r)
+		if (wts[i] == PIXEL(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+$else
+		if (wts[i] == PIXEL(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, Memr[rxin+i-1], Memr[ryin+i-1],
+		        GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, Memr[rxin+i-1], Memr[ryin+i-1],
+		        GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+$endif
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# plot rejected points
+	if (GM_NREJECT(fit) > 0) {
+	    do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+		j = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+$if (datatype == r)
+		call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_CIRCLE, 2., 2.)
+$else
+		call gmark (gd, Memr[rxin+j-1], Memr[ryin+j-1], GM_CIRCLE,
+		    2., 2.)
+$endif
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Reset the status flag.
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_CONXY -- Plot a set of default lines of xref = const and yref = const.
+
+procedure geo_conxy$t (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I fit descriptor
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointer to the linear x and y surface fits
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointer to the linear x and y surface fits
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, xtemp, ytemp, xfit1, yfit1, xfit2, yfit2
+$if (datatype == d)
+pointer	xbuf, ybuf
+$endif
+PIXEL	xint, yint, dx, dy
+
+begin
+	# allocate temporary space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xtemp, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (ytemp, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (xfit1, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (yfit1, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (xfit2, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (yfit2, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+$if (datatype == d)
+	call salloc (xbuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ybuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+$endif
+
+	# Calculate intervals in x and y.
+	dx = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / NINTERVALS
+	dy = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+
+	# Set up an array of y values.
+	Mem$t[ytemp] = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	    Mem$t[ytemp+i-1] = Mem$t[ytemp+i-2] + dy
+
+	# Mark lines of constant x.
+	xint = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	for (i = 1; i <= NINTERVALS + 1; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # Set the x value.
+	    call amovk$t (xint, Mem$t[xtemp], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # X fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[xfit1], Mem$t[xfit2], Mem$t[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Y fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[yfit1], Mem$t[yfit2], Mem$t[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Plot line of constant x.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+$endif
+
+	    # Update the x value.
+	    xint = xint + dx
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	# Calculate x and y intervals.
+	dx = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	dy = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / NINTERVALS
+
+	# Set up array of x values.
+	Mem$t[xtemp] = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	    Mem$t[xtemp+i-1] = Mem$t[xtemp+i-2] + dx
+
+	# Mark lines of constant y.
+	yint = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	for (i = 1; i <= NINTERVALS + 1; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # set the y value
+	    call amovk$t (yint, Mem$t[ytemp], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # X fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[xfit1], Mem$t[xfit2], Mem$t[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Y fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[yfit1], Mem$t[yfit2], Mem$t[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Plot line of constant y.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+$endif
+
+	    # Update the y value.
+	    yint = yint + dy
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_LXY -- Draw a line of constant x-y.
+
+procedure geo_lxy$t (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, npts, 
+        wx, wy)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit parameters
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to the higher order y fit
+PIXEL	xref[ARB]	#I x reference values
+PIXEL	yref[ARB]	#I y reference values
+PIXEL	xin[ARB]	#I x input values
+PIXEL	yin[ARB]	#I y input values
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+real	wx, wy		#I x and y world coordinates
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, xtemp, ytemp, xfit1, yfit1, xfit2, yfit2
+$if (datatype == d)
+pointer	xbuf, ybuf
+$endif
+real	x0, y0, r2, r2min
+PIXEL	delta, deltax, deltay
+$if (datatype == r)
+real	gseval()
+$else
+double	dgseval()
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Transform world coordinates.
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	j = 0
+
+	# Find the nearest data point.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gctran (gd, xin[i], yin[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$else
+	    call gctran (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+$endif
+	    r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	    if (r2 < r2min) {
+	        r2min = r2
+	        j = i
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Fit the line
+	if (j != 0) {
+
+	    # Allocate temporary space.
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (xtemp, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call salloc (ytemp, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call salloc (xfit1, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call salloc (yfit1, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call salloc (xfit2, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+	    call salloc (yfit2, NGRAPH, TY_PIXEL)
+$if (datatype == d)
+	    call salloc (xbuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ybuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+$endif
+
+	    # Compute the deltas.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    deltax = xin[j] - gseval (sx1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sx2 != NULL)
+	        deltax = deltax - gseval (sx2, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    deltay = yin[j] - gseval (sy1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sy2 != NULL)
+		deltay = deltay - gseval (sy2, xref[j], yref[j])
+$else
+	    deltax = xin[j] - dgseval (sx1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sx2 != NULL)
+	        deltax = deltax - dgseval (sx2, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    deltay = yin[j] - dgseval (sy1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sy2 != NULL)
+		deltay = deltay - dgseval (sy2, xref[j], yref[j])
+$endif
+
+	    # Set up line of constant x.
+	    call amovk$t (xref[j], Mem$t[xtemp], NGRAPH)
+	    delta = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	    Mem$t[ytemp] = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	        Mem$t[ytemp+i-1] = Mem$t[ytemp+i-2] + delta
+
+	    # X solution.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[xfit1], Mem$t[xfit2], Mem$t[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddk$t (Mem$t[xfit1], deltax, Mem$t[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Y solution.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[yfit1], Mem$t[yfit2], Mem$t[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddk$t (Mem$t[yfit1], deltay, Mem$t[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Plot line of constant x.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    call gflush (gd)
+
+	    # Set up line of constant y.
+	    call amovk$t (yref[j], Mem$t[ytemp], NGRAPH)
+	    delta = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	    Mem$t[xtemp] = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	        Mem$t[xtemp+i-1] = Mem$t[xtemp+i-2] + delta
+
+	    # X fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[xfit1], Mem$t[xfit2], Mem$t[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddk$t (Mem$t[xfit1], deltax, Mem$t[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Y fit.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+$if (datatype == r)
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$else
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Mem$t[xtemp], Mem$t[ytemp], Mem$t[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	        call aadd$t (Mem$t[yfit1], Mem$t[yfit2], Mem$t[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddk$t (Mem$t[yfit1], deltay, Mem$t[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Plot line of constant y.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+$else
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+$endif
+	    call gflush (gd)
+
+	    # Free space.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, 
+
+procedure geo_gcoeff$t (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+pointer	sx		#I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer	sy		#I pointer to the y surface fit
+PIXEL	xshift		#O output x shift
+PIXEL	yshift		#O output y shift
+PIXEL	a		#O output x coefficient of x fit
+PIXEL	b		#O output y coefficient of x fit
+PIXEL	c		#O output x coefficient of y fit
+PIXEL	d		#O output y coefficient of y fit
+
+int	nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+PIXEL	xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+PIXEL	yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+int	gsgeti()
+real	gsgetr()
+$else
+int	dgsgeti()
+double	dgsgetd()
+$endif
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call salloc (xcoeff, gsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, gsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+$else
+	call salloc (xcoeff, dgsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, dgsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_PIXEL)
+$endif
+
+	# Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	call gscoeff (sx, Mem$t[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+	call gscoeff (sy, Mem$t[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+	nxxcoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nxycoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+	nyxcoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nyycoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+$else
+	call dgscoeff (sx, Mem$t[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+	call dgscoeff (sy, Mem$t[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+	nxxcoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nxycoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+	nyxcoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nyycoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+$endif
+
+	# Get the data range.
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (gsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xxrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    xxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    xyrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+	    xymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+$else
+	if (dgsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xxrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    xxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    xyrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    xymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+$endif
+	} else {
+	    xxrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+	    xxmaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+	    xyrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+	    xymaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+	}
+
+$if (datatype == r)
+	if (gsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yxrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    yxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    yyrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+	    yymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+$else
+	if (dgsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yxrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    yxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    yyrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    yymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+$endif
+	} else {
+	    yxrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+	    yxmaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+	    yyrange = PIXEL(1.0)
+	    yymaxmin = PIXEL(0.0)
+	}
+
+	# Get the shifts.
+	xshift = Mem$t[xcoeff] + Mem$t[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+	    Mem$t[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+	yshift = Mem$t[ycoeff] + Mem$t[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+	    Mem$t[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+	# Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+	if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+	    a = Mem$t[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+	else
+	    a = PIXEL(0.0)
+	if (nxycoeff > 1)
+	    b = Mem$t[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+	else
+	    b = PIXEL(0.0)
+	if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+	    c = Mem$t[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+	else
+	    c = PIXEL(0.0)
+	if (nyycoeff > 1)
+	    d = Mem$t[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+	else
+	    d = PIXEL(0.0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geograph.x b/pkg/images/lib/geograph.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6597311a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geograph.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1740 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include <pkg/gtools.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "geomap.h"
+include "geogmap.h"
+
+define	MAX_PARAMS	(10 * SZ_LINE)	
+define	NINTERVALS	5
+define	NGRAPH		100
+
+
+
+# GEO_LABEL -- Annotate the plot.
+
+procedure geo_label (plot_type, gt, fit)
+
+int	plot_type	#I type of plot
+pointer	gt		#I gtools descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I geomap fit parameters
+
+int	npts
+pointer	sp, params, xtermlab, ytermlab
+real	xrms, yrms, rej
+int	strlen(), rg_wrdstr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (params, MAX_PARAMS, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xtermlab, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ytermlab, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	npts = max (0, GM_NPTS(fit) - GM_NWTS0(fit))
+	xrms = max (0.0d0, GM_XRMS(fit))
+	yrms = max (0.0d0, GM_YRMS(fit))
+	if (npts > 1) {
+	    xrms = sqrt (xrms / (npts - 1))
+	    yrms = sqrt (yrms / (npts - 1))
+	} else {
+	    xrms = 0.0
+	    yrms = 0.0
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+	    rej = INDEFR
+	else if (GM_REJECT(fit) > MAX_REAL)
+	    rej = INDEFR
+	else
+	    rej = GM_REJECT(fit)
+
+	# Print data parameters.
+	if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	    call sprintf (Memc[params], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "GEOMAP: function = %s npts = %d reject = %g nrej = %d\n")
+	else
+	    call sprintf (Memc[params], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "CCMAP: function = %s npts = %d reject = %g nrej = %d\n")
+
+	    switch (GM_FUNCTION(fit)) {
+	    case GS_LEGENDRE:
+		call pargstr ("legendre")
+	    case GS_CHEBYSHEV:
+		call pargstr ("chebyshev")
+	    case GS_POLYNOMIAL:
+		call pargstr ("polynomial")
+	    }
+	    call pargi (GM_NPTS(fit))
+	    call pargr (rej)
+	    call pargi (GM_NWTS0(fit))
+
+	# Print fit parameters.
+	switch (plot_type) {
+	case FIT:
+
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "X fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	   "XI fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[xtermlab])
+		call pargr (xrms)
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "Y fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	  "ETA fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s stdev = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[ytermlab])
+		call pargr (yrms)
+
+	case XXRESID, XYRESID:
+
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[xtermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "X fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	    "XI fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[xtermlab])
+		call pargr (xrms)
+
+	case YXRESID, YYRESID:
+
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[ytermlab], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	        "Y fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g\n")
+	    else
+	        call sprintf (Memc[params+strlen(Memc[params])], MAX_PARAMS,
+	    "ETA fit: xorder = %d yorder = %d xterms = %s rms = %8.3g arcsec\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+		call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+		call pargstr (Memc[ytermlab])
+		call pargr (yrms)
+
+	default:
+
+	    # do nothing gracefully
+	}
+
+	call gt_sets (gt, GTPARAMS, Memc[params])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GTSET -- Write title and labels.
+
+procedure geo_gtset (plot_type, gt, fit)
+
+int	plot_type	#I plot type
+pointer	gt		#I plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I fit descriptor
+
+char	str[SZ_LINE]
+int	nchars
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	nchars =  gstrcpy (GM_RECORD(fit), str, SZ_LINE)
+
+	switch (plot_type) {
+	case FIT:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": Coordinate Transformation", str[nchars+1],
+		    SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": Celestial Coordinate Transformation",
+		    str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (in units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "Y (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "XI (arcsec)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "ETA (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case XXRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": X fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": XI fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "X Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "XI Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case XYRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": X fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": XI fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "X Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "XI Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case YXRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": Y fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": ETA fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "Y (Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "X (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "ETA Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	case YYRESID:
+
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE)
+	        call strcpy (": Y fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    else
+	        call strcpy (": ETA fit Residuals", str[nchars+1], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gt_sets (gt, GTTITLE, str)
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) == GM_NONE) {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (ref units)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "Y Residuals (in units)") 
+	    } else {
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTXLABEL, "Y (pixels)")
+	        call gt_sets (gt, GTYLABEL, "ETA Residuals (arcsec)") 
+	    }
+
+	default:
+	    
+	    # do nothing gracefully
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_COLON -- Process the colon commands.
+
+procedure geo_colon (gd, fit, gfit, cmdstr, newgraph)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics stream
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to fit structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the gfit structure
+char	cmdstr[ARB]	#I command string
+int	newgraph	#I plot new graph
+
+int	ncmd, ival
+pointer	sp, str, cmd
+real	rval
+int	nscan(), strdic(), rg_wrdstr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	if (nscan() == 0) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_CMDS)
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case GMCMD_SHOW:
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR)
+	    call printf ("Current Fitting Parameters\n\n")
+	    if (GM_PROJECTION(fit) != GM_NONE) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr (GM_PROJECTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_PROJLIST) <= 0)
+		    ;
+	        call printf ("\tprojection = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	        call printf ("\tlngref = %h\n")
+		    call pargd (GM_XREFPT(fit))
+	        call printf ("\tlatref = %h\n")
+		    call pargd (GM_YREFPT(fit))
+	    }
+	    if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\tfitgeometry = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\tfunction = %s\n")
+		Call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call printf ("\txxorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+	    call printf ("\txyorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\txxterms = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call printf ("\tyxorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+	    call printf ("\tyyorder = %d\n")
+		call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+	    if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("\tyxterms = %s\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+		rval = INDEFR
+	    else if (GM_REJECT(fit) > MAX_REAL)
+		rval = INDEFR
+	    else
+		rval = GM_REJECT(fit)
+	    call printf ("\treject = %f\n")
+		call pargr (rval)
+	    call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE)
+
+	case GMCMD_PROJECTION:
+	    if (rg_wrdstr (GM_PROJECTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	        GM_PROJLIST) <= 0)
+	        call strcpy ("INDEF", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call printf ("projection = %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	case GMCMD_REFPOINT:
+	    call printf ("lngref = %h latref = %h\n")
+		call pargd (GM_XREFPT(fit))
+		call pargd (GM_YREFPT(fit))
+
+	case GMCMD_GEOMETRY:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FIT(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_GEOMETRIES) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("general", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("fitgeometry = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_GEOMETRIES)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_FIT(fit) = ival
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_FUNCTION:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr (GM_FUNCTION(fit), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_FUNCS) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("polynomial", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("function = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_FUNCS)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_FUNCTION(fit) = ival
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_ORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf (
+		    "xxorder = %d xyorder = %d yxorder = %d yyorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+		    call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+		    call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+		    call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_XXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GM_XYORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GM_YXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GM_YYORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_XXORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("xxorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_XXORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_XXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_XYORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("xyorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_XYORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_XYORDER(fit) = max (ival,2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_YXORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("yxorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_YXORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_YXORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_YYORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("yyorder = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_YYORDER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_YYORDER(fit) = max (ival, 2)
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_XXTERMS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_XXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("xxterms = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_XXTERMS(fit) = ival - 1
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_YXTERMS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+	        if (rg_wrdstr ((GM_YXTERMS(fit) + 1), Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+	            GM_XFUNCS) <= 0)
+		    call strcpy ("none", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call printf ("yxterms = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		ival = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, GM_XFUNCS)
+		if (ival > 0) {
+		    GM_YXTERMS(fit) = ival - 1
+		    GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		    GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_REJECT:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		if (IS_INDEFD(GM_REJECT(fit)))
+		    rval = INDEFR
+		else if (GM_REJECT(fit) > MAX_REAL)
+		    rval = INDEFR
+		else
+		    rval = GM_REJECT(fit)
+		call printf ("reject = %f\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else {
+		GM_REJECT(fit) = rval
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	case GMCMD_MAXITER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("maxiter = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (GM_MAXITER(fit))
+	    } else {
+		GM_MAXITER(fit) = ival
+		GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) = YES
+		GG_FITERROR(gfit) = NO
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# GEO_1DELETE -- Delete a point from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_1deleter (gd, xin, yin, wts, userwts, npts, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+real	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+real	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+real	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+real	userwts[ARB]	#I array of user weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+real	wx, wy		#I world coordinates
+int	delete		#I delete points ?
+
+int	i, j, pmltype
+real	r2min, r2, x0, y0
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	j = 0
+
+	if (delete == YES) {
+
+	    # Search for nearest point that has not been deleted.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, xin[i], yin[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Mark point and set weights to 0.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+		call gscur (gd, xin[j], yin[j])
+		call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		wts[j] = real(0.0)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Search for the nearest deleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] > real(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, xin[i], yin[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Erase cross and remark with a plus.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+		call gscur (gd, xin[j], yin[j])
+		pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+		call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+		call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+		wts[j] = userwts[j]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_2DELETE -- Delete the residuals.
+
+procedure geo_2deleter (gd, x, resid, wts, userwts, npts, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+real	x[ARB]		#I reference x values
+real	resid[ARB]	#I residuals
+real	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+real	userwts[ARB]	#I user weight array
+int	npts		#I number of points
+real	wx		#I world x coordinate
+real	wy		#I world y coordinate
+int	delete		#I delete point
+
+int	i, j, pmltype
+real	r2, r2min, x0, y0
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	# Delete the point.
+        call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+        r2min = MAX_REAL
+        j = 0
+
+	# Delete or add a point.
+        if (delete == YES) {
+
+	    # Find the nearest undeleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] <= real(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, x[i], resid[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Mark the point with a cross and set weight to zero.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+	        call gscur (gd, x[j], resid[j])
+	        call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+	        wts[j] = real(0.0)
+	    }
+
+        } else {
+
+	    # Find the nearest deleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] > real(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, x[i], resid[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Erase the cross and remark with a plus.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+	        call gscur (gd, x[j], resid[j])
+	        pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+	        wts[j] = userwts[j]
+	    }
+        }
+end
+
+
+# GEO_1GRAPH - Procedure to graph the distribution of the data in the x-y
+# plane. Rejected points are marked by a ' ' and deleted points are marked
+# by a ' '. The shift in position of the data points are indicated by
+# vectors. Sample fits of constant x and y are marked on the plots.
+
+procedure geo_1graphr (gd, gt, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics device
+pointer	gt		#I pointer to the plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the geofit structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the plot structure
+real	xref[ARB]	#I x reference values
+real	yref[ARB]	#I y reference values
+real	xin[ARB]	#I x values
+real	yin[ARB]	#I y values
+real	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+
+int	i, j
+
+begin
+	# If previous plot different type don't overplot.
+	if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+	    GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	# If not overplottting start new plot.
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO) {
+
+	    # Set scale and axes.
+	    call gclear (gd)
+	    call gascale (gd, xin, npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, yin, npts, 2)
+	    call gt_swind (gd, gt)
+	    call gtlabax (gd, gt)
+
+	    # Mark the data and deleted points.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] == real(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, xin[i], yin[i], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, xin[i], yin[i], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+	    }
+
+	    call gflush (gd)
+	}
+
+	# Mark the rejected points.
+	do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+	    j = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+	    call gmark (gd, xin[j], yin[j], GM_CIRCLE, 2., 2.)
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	# Reset the status flags
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+end
+
+
+# GEO_2GRAPH -- Graph the x and y fit residuals versus x or y .
+
+procedure geo_2graphr (gd, gt, fit, gfit, x, resid, wts, npts)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics device
+pointer	gt		#I pointer to the plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to geomap structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the plot structure
+real	x[ARB]		#I x reference values
+real	resid[ARB]	#I residual
+real	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, zero
+
+begin
+	# Allocate space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zero, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call amovkr (0.0, Memr[zero], npts)
+
+	# Calculate the residuals.
+	if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+	    GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO) {
+
+	    call gclear (gd)
+
+	    # Set scale and axes.
+	    call gascale (gd, x, npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, resid, npts, 2)
+	    call gt_swind (gd, gt)
+	    call gtlabax (gd, gt)
+
+	    call gpline (gd, x, Memr[zero], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Graph residuals and mark deleted points.
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO || GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] == real(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, x[i], resid[i], GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# plot rejected points
+	if (GM_NREJECT(fit) > 0) {
+	    do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+		j = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+		call gmark (gd, x[j], resid[j], GM_CIRCLE, 2., 2.)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Reset the status flag.
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_CONXY -- Plot a set of default lines of xref = const and yref = const.
+
+procedure geo_conxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I fit descriptor
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointer to the linear x and y surface fits
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointer to the linear x and y surface fits
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, xtemp, ytemp, xfit1, yfit1, xfit2, yfit2
+real	xint, yint, dx, dy
+
+begin
+	# allocate temporary space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xtemp, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ytemp, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xfit1, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yfit1, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xfit2, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yfit2, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Calculate intervals in x and y.
+	dx = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / NINTERVALS
+	dy = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+
+	# Set up an array of y values.
+	Memr[ytemp] = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	    Memr[ytemp+i-1] = Memr[ytemp+i-2] + dy
+
+	# Mark lines of constant x.
+	xint = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	for (i = 1; i <= NINTERVALS + 1; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # Set the x value.
+	    call amovkr (xint, Memr[xtemp], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # X fit.
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[xfit1], Memr[xfit2], Memr[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Y fit.
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[yfit1], Memr[yfit2], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Plot line of constant x.
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Update the x value.
+	    xint = xint + dx
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	# Calculate x and y intervals.
+	dx = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	dy = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / NINTERVALS
+
+	# Set up array of x values.
+	Memr[xtemp] = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	    Memr[xtemp+i-1] = Memr[xtemp+i-2] + dx
+
+	# Mark lines of constant y.
+	yint = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	for (i = 1; i <= NINTERVALS + 1; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # set the y value
+	    call amovkr (yint, Memr[ytemp], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # X fit.
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[xfit1], Memr[xfit2], Memr[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Y fit.
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[yfit1], Memr[yfit2], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Plot line of constant y.
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Update the y value.
+	    yint = yint + dy
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_LXY -- Draw a line of constant x-y.
+
+procedure geo_lxyr (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, npts, 
+        wx, wy)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit parameters
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to the higher order y fit
+real	xref[ARB]	#I x reference values
+real	yref[ARB]	#I y reference values
+real	xin[ARB]	#I x input values
+real	yin[ARB]	#I y input values
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+real	wx, wy		#I x and y world coordinates
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, xtemp, ytemp, xfit1, yfit1, xfit2, yfit2
+real	x0, y0, r2, r2min
+real	delta, deltax, deltay
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	# Transform world coordinates.
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	j = 0
+
+	# Find the nearest data point.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call gctran (gd, xin[i], yin[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	    r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	    if (r2 < r2min) {
+	        r2min = r2
+	        j = i
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Fit the line
+	if (j != 0) {
+
+	    # Allocate temporary space.
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (xtemp, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ytemp, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xfit1, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (yfit1, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (xfit2, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (yfit2, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Compute the deltas.
+	    deltax = xin[j] - gseval (sx1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sx2 != NULL)
+	        deltax = deltax - gseval (sx2, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    deltay = yin[j] - gseval (sy1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sy2 != NULL)
+		deltay = deltay - gseval (sy2, xref[j], yref[j])
+
+	    # Set up line of constant x.
+	    call amovkr (xref[j], Memr[xtemp], NGRAPH)
+	    delta = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	    Memr[ytemp] = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	        Memr[ytemp+i-1] = Memr[ytemp+i-2] + delta
+
+	    # X solution.
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[xfit1], Memr[xfit2], Memr[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[xfit1], deltax, Memr[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Y solution.
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[yfit1], Memr[yfit2], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[yfit1], deltay, Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Plot line of constant x.
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    call gflush (gd)
+
+	    # Set up line of constant y.
+	    call amovkr (yref[j], Memr[ytemp], NGRAPH)
+	    delta = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	    Memr[xtemp] = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	        Memr[xtemp+i-1] = Memr[xtemp+i-2] + delta
+
+	    # X fit.
+	    call gsvector (sx1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sx2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[xfit1], Memr[xfit2], Memr[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[xfit1], deltax, Memr[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Y fit.
+	    call gsvector (sy1, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call gsvector (sy2, Memr[xtemp], Memr[ytemp], Memr[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddr (Memr[yfit1], Memr[yfit2], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[yfit1], deltay, Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Plot line of constant y.
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xfit1], Memr[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    call gflush (gd)
+
+	    # Free space.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, 
+
+procedure geo_gcoeffr (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+pointer	sx		#I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer	sy		#I pointer to the y surface fit
+real	xshift		#O output x shift
+real	yshift		#O output y shift
+real	a		#O output x coefficient of x fit
+real	b		#O output y coefficient of x fit
+real	c		#O output x coefficient of y fit
+real	d		#O output y coefficient of y fit
+
+int	nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+real	xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+real	yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+
+int	gsgeti()
+real	gsgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xcoeff, gsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, gsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+	call gscoeff (sx, Memr[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+	call gscoeff (sy, Memr[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+	nxxcoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nxycoeff = gsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+	nyxcoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nyycoeff = gsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+
+	# Get the data range.
+	if (gsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xxrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    xxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    xyrange = (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+	    xymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sx, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+	} else {
+	    xxrange = real(1.0)
+	    xxmaxmin = real(0.0)
+	    xyrange = real(1.0)
+	    xymaxmin = real(0.0)
+	}
+
+	if (gsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yxrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    yxmaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSXMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0
+	    yyrange = (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) - gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+	    yymaxmin = - (gsgetr (sy, GSYMAX) + gsgetr (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0
+	} else {
+	    yxrange = real(1.0)
+	    yxmaxmin = real(0.0)
+	    yyrange = real(1.0)
+	    yymaxmin = real(0.0)
+	}
+
+	# Get the shifts.
+	xshift = Memr[xcoeff] + Memr[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+	    Memr[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+	yshift = Memr[ycoeff] + Memr[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+	    Memr[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+	# Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+	if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+	    a = Memr[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+	else
+	    a = real(0.0)
+	if (nxycoeff > 1)
+	    b = Memr[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+	else
+	    b = real(0.0)
+	if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+	    c = Memr[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+	else
+	    c = real(0.0)
+	if (nyycoeff > 1)
+	    d = Memr[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+	else
+	    d = real(0.0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# GEO_1DELETE -- Delete a point from the fit.
+
+procedure geo_1deleted (gd, xin, yin, wts, userwts, npts, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+double	xin[ARB]	#I x array
+double	yin[ARB]	#I y array
+double	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+double	userwts[ARB]	#I array of user weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+real	wx, wy		#I world coordinates
+int	delete		#I delete points ?
+
+int	i, j, pmltype
+real	r2min, r2, x0, y0
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	j = 0
+
+	if (delete == YES) {
+
+	    # Search for nearest point that has not been deleted.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, real (xin[i]), real (yin[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Mark point and set weights to 0.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+		call gscur (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]))
+		call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		wts[j] = double(0.0)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Search for the nearest deleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] > double(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Erase cross and remark with a plus.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+		call gscur (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]))
+		pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+		call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+		call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+		wts[j] = userwts[j]
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_2DELETE -- Delete the residuals.
+
+procedure geo_2deleted (gd, x, resid, wts, userwts, npts, wx, wy, delete)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+double	x[ARB]		#I reference x values
+double	resid[ARB]	#I residuals
+double	wts[ARB]	#I weight array
+double	userwts[ARB]	#I user weight array
+int	npts		#I number of points
+real	wx		#I world x coordinate
+real	wy		#I world y coordinate
+int	delete		#I delete point
+
+int	i, j, pmltype
+real	r2, r2min, x0, y0
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	# Delete the point.
+        call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+        r2min = MAX_REAL
+        j = 0
+
+	# Delete or add a point.
+        if (delete == YES) {
+
+	    # Find the nearest undeleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] <= double(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, real(x[i]), real(resid[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Mark the point with a cross and set weight to zero.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+	        call gscur (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]))
+	        call gmark (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+	        wts[j] = double(0.0)
+	    }
+
+        } else {
+
+	    # Find the nearest deleted point.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (wts[i] > double(0.0))
+		    next
+	        call gctran (gd, real(x[i]), real(resid[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	        r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	        if (r2 < r2min) {
+		    r2min = r2
+		    j = i
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Erase the cross and remark with a plus.
+	    if (j != 0) {
+	        call gscur (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]))
+	        pmltype = gstati (gd, G_PMLTYPE)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, 0)
+	        call gmark (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]), GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, pmltype)
+	        call gmark (gd, real(x[j]), real(resid[j]), GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+	        wts[j] = userwts[j]
+	    }
+        }
+end
+
+
+# GEO_1GRAPH - Procedure to graph the distribution of the data in the x-y
+# plane. Rejected points are marked by a ' ' and deleted points are marked
+# by a ' '. The shift in position of the data points are indicated by
+# vectors. Sample fits of constant x and y are marked on the plots.
+
+procedure geo_1graphd (gd, gt, fit, gfit, xref, yref, xin, yin, wts, npts)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics device
+pointer	gt		#I pointer to the plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the geofit structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the plot structure
+double	xref[ARB]	#I x reference values
+double	yref[ARB]	#I y reference values
+double	xin[ARB]	#I x values
+double	yin[ARB]	#I y values
+double	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, rxin, ryin
+
+begin
+	# If previous plot different type don't overplot.
+	if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) != FIT)
+	    GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	# If not overplottting start new plot.
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO) {
+
+	    # Set scale and axes.
+	    call gclear (gd)
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (rxin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ryin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call achtdr (xin, Memr[rxin], npts)
+	    call achtdr (yin, Memr[ryin], npts)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[rxin], npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[ryin], npts, 2)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call gt_swind (gd, gt)
+	    call gtlabax (gd, gt)
+
+	    # Mark the data and deleted points.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] == double(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), GM_CROSS,
+		        2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), GM_PLUS,
+		        2., 2.)
+	    }
+
+	    call gflush (gd)
+	}
+
+	# Mark the rejected points.
+	do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+	    j = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+	    call gmark (gd, real(xin[j]), real(yin[j]), GM_CIRCLE, 2., 2.)
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	# Reset the status flags
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+end
+
+
+# GEO_2GRAPH -- Graph the x and y fit residuals versus x or y .
+
+procedure geo_2graphd (gd, gt, fit, gfit, x, resid, wts, npts)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to the graphics device
+pointer	gt		#I pointer to the plot descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to geomap structure
+pointer	gfit		#I pointer to the plot structure
+double	x[ARB]		#I x reference values
+double	resid[ARB]	#I residual
+double	wts[ARB]	#I array of weights
+int	npts		#I number of points
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, zero
+pointer	rxin, ryin
+
+begin
+	# Allocate space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zero, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call amovkr (0.0, Memr[zero], npts)
+
+	# Calculate the residuals.
+	if (GG_PLOTTYPE(gfit) == FIT)
+	    GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO) {
+
+	    call gclear (gd)
+
+	    # Set scale and axes.
+	    call salloc (rxin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ryin, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call achtdr (x, Memr[rxin], npts)
+	    call achtdr (resid, Memr[ryin], npts)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[rxin], npts, 1)
+	    call gascale (gd, Memr[ryin], npts, 2)
+	    call gt_swind (gd, gt)
+	    call gtlabax (gd, gt)
+
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[rxin], Memr[zero], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Graph residuals and mark deleted points.
+	if (GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) == NO || GG_NEWFUNCTION(gfit) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (wts[i] == double(0.0))
+		    call gmark (gd, Memr[rxin+i-1], Memr[ryin+i-1],
+		        GM_CROSS, 2., 2.)
+		else
+		    call gmark (gd, Memr[rxin+i-1], Memr[ryin+i-1],
+		        GM_PLUS, 2., 2.)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# plot rejected points
+	if (GM_NREJECT(fit) > 0) {
+	    do i = 1, GM_NREJECT(fit) {
+		j = Memi[GM_REJ(fit)+i-1]
+		call gmark (gd, Memr[rxin+j-1], Memr[ryin+j-1], GM_CIRCLE,
+		    2., 2.)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Reset the status flag.
+	GG_OVERPLOT(gfit) = NO
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_CONXY -- Plot a set of default lines of xref = const and yref = const.
+
+procedure geo_conxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2)
+
+pointer	gd		#I graphics file descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I fit descriptor
+pointer	sx1, sy1	#I pointer to the linear x and y surface fits
+pointer sx2, sy2	#I pointer to the linear x and y surface fits
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, xtemp, ytemp, xfit1, yfit1, xfit2, yfit2
+pointer	xbuf, ybuf
+double	xint, yint, dx, dy
+
+begin
+	# allocate temporary space
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xtemp, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ytemp, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (xfit1, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (yfit1, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (xfit2, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (yfit2, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (xbuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ybuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Calculate intervals in x and y.
+	dx = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / NINTERVALS
+	dy = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+
+	# Set up an array of y values.
+	Memd[ytemp] = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	    Memd[ytemp+i-1] = Memd[ytemp+i-2] + dy
+
+	# Mark lines of constant x.
+	xint = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	for (i = 1; i <= NINTERVALS + 1; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # Set the x value.
+	    call amovkd (xint, Memd[xtemp], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # X fit.
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[xfit1], Memd[xfit2], Memd[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Y fit.
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[yfit1], Memd[yfit2], Memd[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Plot line of constant x.
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Update the x value.
+	    xint = xint + dx
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	# Calculate x and y intervals.
+	dx = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	dy = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / NINTERVALS
+
+	# Set up array of x values.
+	Memd[xtemp] = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	    Memd[xtemp+i-1] = Memd[xtemp+i-2] + dx
+
+	# Mark lines of constant y.
+	yint = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	for (i = 1; i <= NINTERVALS + 1; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # set the y value
+	    call amovkd (yint, Memd[ytemp], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # X fit.
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[xfit1], Memd[xfit2], Memd[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Y fit.
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[yfit1], Memd[yfit2], Memd[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+
+	    # Plot line of constant y.
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Update the y value.
+	    yint = yint + dy
+	}
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# GEO_LXY -- Draw a line of constant x-y.
+
+procedure geo_lxyd (gd, fit, sx1, sy1, sx2, sy2, xref, yref, xin, yin, npts, 
+        wx, wy)
+
+pointer	gd		#I pointer to graphics descriptor
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit parameters
+pointer	sx1		#I pointer to the linear x fit
+pointer	sy1		#I pointer to the linear y fit
+pointer	sx2		#I pointer to the higher order x fit
+pointer	sy2		#I pointer to the higher order y fit
+double	xref[ARB]	#I x reference values
+double	yref[ARB]	#I y reference values
+double	xin[ARB]	#I x input values
+double	yin[ARB]	#I y input values
+int	npts		#I number of data points
+real	wx, wy		#I x and y world coordinates
+
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, xtemp, ytemp, xfit1, yfit1, xfit2, yfit2
+pointer	xbuf, ybuf
+real	x0, y0, r2, r2min
+double	delta, deltax, deltay
+double	dgseval()
+
+begin
+	# Transform world coordinates.
+	call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx, wy, 1, 0)
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	j = 0
+
+	# Find the nearest data point.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call gctran (gd, real(xin[i]), real(yin[i]), x0, y0, 1, 0)
+	    r2 = (x0 - wx) ** 2 + (y0 - wy) ** 2
+	    if (r2 < r2min) {
+	        r2min = r2
+	        j = i
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Fit the line
+	if (j != 0) {
+
+	    # Allocate temporary space.
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (xtemp, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (ytemp, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (xfit1, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (yfit1, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (xfit2, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (yfit2, NGRAPH, TY_DOUBLE)
+	    call salloc (xbuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (ybuf, NGRAPH, TY_REAL)
+
+	    # Compute the deltas.
+	    deltax = xin[j] - dgseval (sx1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sx2 != NULL)
+	        deltax = deltax - dgseval (sx2, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    deltay = yin[j] - dgseval (sy1, xref[j], yref[j])
+	    if (sy2 != NULL)
+		deltay = deltay - dgseval (sy2, xref[j], yref[j])
+
+	    # Set up line of constant x.
+	    call amovkd (xref[j], Memd[xtemp], NGRAPH)
+	    delta = (GM_YMAX(fit) - GM_YMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	    Memd[ytemp] = GM_YMIN(fit)
+	    do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	        Memd[ytemp+i-1] = Memd[ytemp+i-2] + delta
+
+	    # X solution.
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[xfit1], Memd[xfit2], Memd[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkd (Memd[xfit1], deltax, Memd[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Y solution.
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[yfit1], Memd[yfit2], Memd[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkd (Memd[yfit1], deltay, Memd[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Plot line of constant x.
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gflush (gd)
+
+	    # Set up line of constant y.
+	    call amovkd (yref[j], Memd[ytemp], NGRAPH)
+	    delta = (GM_XMAX(fit) - GM_XMIN(fit)) / (NGRAPH - 1)
+	    Memd[xtemp] = GM_XMIN(fit)
+	    do i = 2, NGRAPH
+	        Memd[xtemp+i-1] = Memd[xtemp+i-2] + delta
+
+	    # X fit.
+	    call dgsvector (sx1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sx2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sx2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[xfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[xfit1], Memd[xfit2], Memd[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkd (Memd[xfit1], deltax, Memd[xfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Y fit.
+	    call dgsvector (sy1, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit1],
+	        NGRAPH)
+	    if (sy2 != NULL) {
+	        call dgsvector (sy2, Memd[xtemp], Memd[ytemp], Memd[yfit2],
+		    NGRAPH)
+	        call aaddd (Memd[yfit1], Memd[yfit2], Memd[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+	    }
+	    call aaddkd (Memd[yfit1], deltay, Memd[yfit1], NGRAPH)
+
+	    # Plot line of constant y.
+	    call achtdr (Memd[xfit1], Memr[xbuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[yfit1], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gpline (gd, Memr[xbuf], Memr[ybuf], NGRAPH)
+	    call gflush (gd)
+
+	    # Free space.
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_GCOEFF -- Print the coefficents of the linear portion of the
+# fit, xshift, yshift, 
+
+procedure geo_gcoeffd (sx, sy, xshift, yshift, a, b, c, d)
+
+pointer	sx		#I pointer to the x surface fit
+pointer	sy		#I pointer to the y surface fit
+double	xshift		#O output x shift
+double	yshift		#O output y shift
+double	a		#O output x coefficient of x fit
+double	b		#O output y coefficient of x fit
+double	c		#O output x coefficient of y fit
+double	d		#O output y coefficient of y fit
+
+int	nxxcoeff, nxycoeff, nyxcoeff, nyycoeff
+pointer	sp, xcoeff, ycoeff
+double	xxrange, xyrange, xxmaxmin, xymaxmin
+double	yxrange, yyrange, yxmaxmin, yymaxmin
+
+int	dgsgeti()
+double	dgsgetd()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xcoeff, dgsgeti (sx, GSNCOEFF), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ycoeff, dgsgeti (sy, GSNCOEFF), TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Get coefficients and numbers of coefficients.
+	call dgscoeff (sx, Memd[xcoeff], nxxcoeff)
+	call dgscoeff (sy, Memd[ycoeff], nyycoeff)
+	nxxcoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nxycoeff = dgsgeti (sx, GSNYCOEFF)
+	nyxcoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNXCOEFF)
+	nyycoeff = dgsgeti (sy, GSNYCOEFF)
+
+	# Get the data range.
+	if (dgsgeti (sx, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    xxrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    xxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    xyrange = (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    xymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sx, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sx, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	} else {
+	    xxrange = double(1.0)
+	    xxmaxmin = double(0.0)
+	    xyrange = double(1.0)
+	    xymaxmin = double(0.0)
+	}
+
+	if (dgsgeti (sy, GSTYPE) != GS_POLYNOMIAL) {
+	    yxrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    yxmaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSXMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSXMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    yyrange = (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) - dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	    yymaxmin = - (dgsgetd (sy, GSYMAX) + dgsgetd (sy, GSYMIN)) / 2.0d0
+	} else {
+	    yxrange = double(1.0)
+	    yxmaxmin = double(0.0)
+	    yyrange = double(1.0)
+	    yymaxmin = double(0.0)
+	}
+
+	# Get the shifts.
+	xshift = Memd[xcoeff] + Memd[xcoeff+1] * xxmaxmin / xxrange +
+	    Memd[xcoeff+2] * xymaxmin / xyrange
+	yshift = Memd[ycoeff] + Memd[ycoeff+1] * yxmaxmin / yxrange +
+	    Memd[ycoeff+2] * yymaxmin / yyrange
+
+	# Get the rotation and scaling parameters and correct for normalization.
+	if (nxxcoeff > 1)
+	    a = Memd[xcoeff+1] / xxrange
+	else
+	    a = double(0.0)
+	if (nxycoeff > 1)
+	    b = Memd[xcoeff+nxxcoeff] / xyrange
+	else
+	    b = double(0.0)
+	if (nyxcoeff > 1)
+	    c = Memd[ycoeff+1] / yxrange
+	else
+	    c = double(0.0)
+	if (nyycoeff > 1)
+	    d = Memd[ycoeff+nyxcoeff] / yyrange
+	else
+	    d = double(0.0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geomap.h b/pkg/images/lib/geomap.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f67d64f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geomap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+# Header file for GEOMAP
+
+define	LEN_GEOMAP	(54 + SZ_FNAME + SZ_LINE + 2)
+
+define	GM_XO		Memd[P2D($1)]		# X origin
+define	GM_YO		Memd[P2D($1+2)]		# Y origin
+define	GM_ZO		Memd[P2D($1+4)]		# Z origin
+define	GM_XOREF	Memd[P2D($1+6)]		# X reference origin
+define	GM_YOREF	Memd[P2D($1+8)]		# Y reference origin
+define	GM_XMIN		Memd[P2D($1+10)]	# Minimum x value
+define	GM_XMAX		Memd[P2D($1+12)]	# Maximum x value
+define	GM_YMIN		Memd[P2D($1+14)]	# Minimum y value
+define	GM_YMAX		Memd[P2D($1+16)]	# Maximum y value
+define	GM_XOREF	Memd[P2D($1+18)]	# Mean of xref coords
+define	GM_YOREF	Memd[P2D($1+20)]	# Mean of yref coords
+define	GM_XOIN		Memd[P2D($1+22)]	# Mean of x coords
+define	GM_YOIN		Memd[P2D($1+24)]	# Mean of y coords
+define	GM_XREFPT	Memd[P2D($1+26)]	# Computed X reference point
+define	GM_YREFPT	Memd[P2D($1+28)]	# Computed Y reference point
+define	GM_XRMS		Memd[P2D($1+30)]	# Rms of x fit
+define	GM_YRMS		Memd[P2D($1+32)]	# Rms of y fit
+define	GM_REJECT	Memd[P2D($1+34)]	# Sigma limit for rejection
+define	GM_PROJECTION	Memi[$1+36]		# Coordinate projection type
+define	GM_FIT		Memi[$1+37]		# Fit geometry type
+define	GM_FUNCTION	Memi[$1+38]		# Function type
+define	GM_XXORDER	Memi[$1+39]		# X fit X order
+define	GM_XYORDER	Memi[$1+40]		# X fit Y order
+define	GM_XXTERMS	Memi[$1+41]		# X fit cross-terms
+define	GM_YXORDER	Memi[$1+42]		# Y fit X order
+define	GM_YYORDER	Memi[$1+43]		# Y fit Y order
+define	GM_YXTERMS	Memi[$1+44]		# Y fit cross-terms
+define	GM_MAXITER	Memi[$1+45]		# maximum number of iterations
+define	GM_NPTS		Memi[$1+46]		# Number of data points
+define	GM_NREJECT	Memi[$1+47]		# Number of rejected pixels
+define	GM_NWTS0	Memi[$1+48]		# Number of pts with wts <= 0
+define	GM_REJ		Memi[$1+49]		# Pointer to rejected pixels
+define	GM_RECORD	Memc[P2C($1+50)]	# Record name
+define	GM_PROJSTR	Memc[P2C($1+50+SZ_FNAME+1)]	# Projection parameters
+
+# geoset parameters
+define	GMXO		1
+define	GMYO		2
+define	GMXOREF		3
+define	GMYOREF		4
+define	GMPROJECTION	5
+define  GMFIT	  	6
+define  GMFUNCTION  	7
+define  GMXXORDER   	8
+define  GMXYORDER   	9
+define  GMYXORDER   	10
+define  GMYYORDER   	11
+define  GMXXTERMS   	12
+define  GMYXTERMS   	13
+define  GMREJECT    	14
+define  GMMAXITER    	15
+
+# define the permitted coordinate projections
+
+define  GM_PROJLIST      "|lin|azp|tan|sin|stg|arc|zpn|zea|air|cyp|car|\
+mer|cea|cop|cod|coe|coo|bon|pco|gls|par|ait|mol|csc|qsc|tsc|tnx|zpx|"
+
+define	GM_NONE	     0
+define  GM_LIN	     1
+define  GM_AZP       2
+define  GM_TAN       3
+define  GM_SIN       4
+define  GM_STG       5
+define  GM_ARC       6
+define  GM_ZPN       7
+define  GM_ZEA       8
+define  GM_AIR       9
+define  GM_CYP       10
+define  GM_CAR       11
+define  GM_MER       12
+define  GM_CEA       13
+define  GM_COP       14
+define  GM_COD       15
+define  GM_COE       16
+define  GM_COO       17
+define  GM_BON       18
+define  GM_PCO       19
+define  GM_GLS       20
+define  GM_PAR       21
+define  GM_AIT       22
+define  GM_MOL       23
+define  GM_CSC       24
+define  GM_QSC       25
+define  GM_TSC       26
+define  GM_TNX       27
+define  GM_ZPX       28
+
+# define the permitted fitting geometries 
+
+define	GM_GEOMETRIES	"|shift|xyscale|rotate|rscale|rxyscale|general|"
+
+define	GM_SHIFT		1
+define	GM_XYSCALE		2
+define	GM_ROTATE		3
+define	GM_RSCALE		4
+define	GM_RXYSCALE		5
+define	GM_GENERAL		6
+
+# define the permitted fitting functions
+
+define	GM_FUNCS	"|chebyshev|legendre|polynomial|"
+
+# define the permitted x-terms functions
+
+define	GM_XFUNCS	"|none|full|half|"
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geomap.key b/pkg/images/lib/geomap.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5cc5d043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geomap.key
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+	Interactive Keystroke Commands
+
+?	Print options
+f	Fit data and graph fit with the current graph type (g,x,r,y,s)
+g	Graph the data and the current fit
+x,r	Graph the x(in) fit residuals versus x(ref) and y(ref) respectively
+y,s	Graph the y(in) fit residuals versus x(ref) and y(ref) respectively
+d,u	Delete or undelete the data point nearest the cursor
+o	Overplot the next graph
+c	Toggle the line of constant x(ref), y(ref) plotting option
+t       Plot a line of constant x(ref), y(ref) through nearest data point	
+l	Print xshift, yshift, xscale, yscale, xrotate, yrotate
+q	Exit the interactive surface fitting code
+
+	Interactive Colon Commands
+
+The parameters are listed or set with the following commands which may be
+abbreviated.  To list the value of a parameter type the command alone.
+
+:show	 	     List parameters
+:fit 	  [value]    Fit geometry (shift,xyscale,rotate,rscale,rxyscale,general)
+:function [value]    Fitting function (chebyshev,legendre,polynomial)
+:order	  [value]    X and Y fitting orders in x and y
+:xxorder  [value]    X fitting function order in x
+:xyorder  [value]    X fitting function order in y
+:yxorder  [value]    Y fitting function order in x
+:yyorder  [value]    Y fitting function order in y
+:xxterms  [n/h/f]    X fit cross terms type
+:yxterms  [n/h/f]    Y fit cross terms type
+:maxiter  [value]    Maximum number of rejection iterations
+:reject   [value]    K-sigma rejection threshold
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/geoset.x b/pkg/images/lib/geoset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9591fa21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/geoset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Assocation of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "geomap.h"
+
+
+# GEO_SETI -- Set integer parameters.
+
+procedure geo_seti (fit, param, ival)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+int	param		#I paramter ID
+int	ival		#I value
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case GMPROJECTION:
+	    GM_PROJECTION(fit) = ival
+	case GMFIT:
+	    GM_FIT(fit) = ival
+	case GMFUNCTION:
+	    GM_FUNCTION(fit) = ival
+	case GMXXORDER:
+	    GM_XXORDER(fit) = ival
+	case GMXYORDER:
+	    GM_XYORDER(fit) = ival
+	case GMYXORDER:
+	    GM_YXORDER(fit) = ival
+	case GMYYORDER:
+	    GM_YYORDER(fit) = ival
+	case GMXXTERMS:
+	    GM_XXTERMS(fit) = ival
+	case GMYXTERMS:
+	    GM_YXTERMS(fit) = ival
+	case GMMAXITER:
+	    GM_MAXITER(fit) = ival
+	}
+end
+
+
+# GEO_SETD -- Set double parameters.
+
+procedure geo_setd (fit, param, dval)
+
+pointer	fit		#I pointer to the fit structure
+int	param		#I paramter ID
+double	dval		#I value
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case GMXO:
+	    GM_XO(fit) = dval
+	case GMYO:
+	    GM_YO(fit) = dval
+	case GMXOREF:
+	    GM_XOREF(fit) = dval
+	case GMYOREF:
+	    GM_YOREF(fit) = dval
+	case GMREJECT:
+	    GM_REJECT(fit) = dval
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/imcopy.x b/pkg/images/lib/imcopy.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d33693d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/imcopy.x
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# IMG_IMCOPY -- Copy an image.  Use sequential routines to permit copying
+# images of any dimension.  Perform pixel i/o in the datatype of the image,
+# to avoid unnecessary type conversion.
+
+procedure img_imcopy (image1, image2, verbose)
+
+char	image1[ARB]			# Input image
+char	image2[ARB]			# Output image
+bool	verbose				# Print the operation
+
+int	npix, junk
+pointer	buf1, buf2, im1, im2
+pointer	sp, root1, root2, imtemp, section
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+
+bool	strne()
+int	imgnls(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+int	impnls(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (root1, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (root2, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imtemp, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If verbose print the operation.
+	if (verbose) {
+	    call printf ("%s -> %s\n")
+		call pargstr (image1)
+		call pargstr (image2)
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	}
+
+	# Get the input and output root names and the output section.
+	call imgimage (image1, Memc[root1], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	call imgimage (image2, Memc[root2], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	call imgsection (image2, Memc[section], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Map the input image.
+	im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# If the output has a section appended we are writing to a
+	# section of an existing image.  Otherwise get a temporary
+	# output image name and map it as a copy of the input image.
+	# Copy the input image to the temporary output image and unmap
+	# the images.  Release the temporary image name.
+
+	if (strne (Memc[root1], Memc[root2]) && Memc[section] != EOS) {
+	    call strcpy (image2, Memc[imtemp], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, READ_WRITE, 0)
+	} else {
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (image1, image2, Memc[imtemp], SZ_PATHNAME)
+	    im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+	}
+
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	# Copy the image.
+
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    while (imgnls (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnls (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+	    while (imgnll (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnll (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    while (imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlr (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    while (imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnld (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_COMPLEX:
+	    while (imgnlx (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	        junk = impnlx (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call error (1, "unknown pixel datatype")
+	}
+
+	# Unmap the images.
+
+	call imunmap (im2)
+	call imunmap (im1)
+	call xt_delimtemp (image2, Memc[imtemp])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/liststr.gx b/pkg/images/lib/liststr.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec627e0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/liststr.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+
+$for (r)
+
+# LI_FIND_FIELDS -- This procedure finds the starting column for each field
+# in the input line.  These column numbers are returned in the array
+# field_pos; the number of fields is also returned.
+
+procedure li_find_fields (linebuf, field_pos, max_fields, nfields)
+
+char	linebuf[ARB]			#I the input buffer
+int	field_pos[max_fields]		#O the output field positions
+int	max_fields			#I the maximum number of fields
+int	nfields				#O the computed number of fields
+
+bool	in_field
+int	ip, field_num
+
+begin
+	field_num = 1
+	field_pos[1] = 1
+	in_field = false
+
+	for (ip=1; linebuf[ip] != '\n' && linebuf[ip] != EOS; ip=ip+1) {
+	    if (! IS_WHITE(linebuf[ip]))
+		in_field = true
+	    else if (in_field) {
+		in_field = false
+		field_num = field_num + 1
+		field_pos[field_num] = ip
+	    }
+	}
+
+	field_pos[field_num+1] = ip 
+	nfields = field_num
+end
+
+
+# LI_CAPPEND_LINE -- Fields are copied from the input buffer to the
+# output buffer.
+
+procedure li_cappend_line (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, xoffset, yoffset,
+	xwidth, ywidth) 
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	xoffset			#I the offset to the x field
+int	yoffset			#I the offset to the y field
+int	xwidth			#I the width of the x field
+int	ywidth			#I the width of the y field
+
+int	ip, op
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	# Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+		break
+	    outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Add a blank.
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = ' '
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Copy the two fields.
+	op = op + gstrcpy (inbuf[xoffset], outbuf[op], min (maxch - op + 1,
+	    xwidth))
+	op = op + gstrcpy (inbuf[yoffset], outbuf[op], min (maxch - op + 1,
+	    ywidth))
+
+	# Add a newline.
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	outbuf[op] = EOS
+end
+
+$endfor
+
+$for (rd)
+
+# LT_GET_NUM -- The field entry is converted from character to real or double
+# in preparation for the transformation.  The number of significant
+# digits is counted and returned as an argument; the number of chars in
+# the number is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure li_get_num$t (linebuf, fval, nsdig) 
+
+char	linebuf[ARB]		#I the input line buffer
+PIXEL	fval			#O the output floating point value
+int	nsdig			#O the number of significant digits
+
+char	ch
+int 	nchar, ip
+int	cto$t(), stridx()
+
+begin
+	ip = 1
+	nsdig = 0
+	nchar = cto$t (linebuf, ip, fval)
+	if (nchar == 0 || fval == $INDEF$T)
+	    return (nchar)
+
+	# Skip leading white space.
+	ip = 1
+    	repeat {
+	    ch = linebuf[ip]
+	    if (! IS_WHITE(ch)) 
+		break
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	} 
+
+	# Count signifigant digits
+	for (; ! IS_WHITE(ch) && ch != '\n' && ch != EOS; ch=linebuf[ip]) {
+	    if (stridx (ch, "eEdD") > 0)
+		break
+	    if (IS_DIGIT (ch))
+		nsdig = nsdig + 1
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	}
+
+	return (nchar)
+end
+
+
+# LI_PACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the outbuf buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from
+# the input line to output buffer.
+
+procedure li_pack_line$t (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+	xfield, yfield, xt, yt, xformat, yformat, nsdig_x, nsdig_y,
+	min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	field_pos[ARB]		#I starting positions for the fields
+int	nfields			#I the number of fields
+int	xfield			#I the field number of the x coordinate column
+int	yfield			#I the field number of the y coordinate column
+PIXEL	xt			#I the transformed x coordinate
+PIXEL	yt			#I the transformed y coordinate
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the x column
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the y column
+int	nsdig_x			#I the number of significant digits in x
+int	nsdig_y			#I the number of significant digits in y
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	num_field, width, op
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize output pointer.
+	op = 1
+
+	do num_field = 1, nfields {
+	    width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+	    if (num_field == xfield) {
+	        call li_format_field$t (xt, Memc[field], maxch, xformat,
+		    nsdig_x, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else if (num_field == yfield) {
+		call li_format_field$t (yt, Memc[field], maxch, yformat,
+		    nsdig_y, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else {
+	        # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+		call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+	    }
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_APPEND_LINE -- Fields are appened to the input buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings and added to the end of the input buffer.
+
+procedure li_append_line$t (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, xt, yt, xformat, yformat,
+	nsdig_x, nsdig_y, min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+PIXEL	xt			#I the transformed x coordinate
+PIXEL	yt			#I the transformed y coordinate
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the x column
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the y column
+int	nsdig_x			#I the number of significant digits in x
+int	nsdig_y			#I the number of significant digits in y
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	ip, op
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+		break
+	    outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Add two blanks.
+	op = op + gstrcpy ("  ", outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+	# Format and add the the two extra fields with a blank between.
+	call li_format_field$t (xt, Memc[field], SZ_LINE, xformat,
+	    nsdig_x, 0, min_sigdigits)
+	op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = ' '
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	call li_format_field$t (yt, Memc[field], SZ_LINE, yformat,
+	    nsdig_y, 0, min_sigdigits)
+	op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+	# Add a newline.
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	outbuf[op] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_FORMAT_FIELD -- A transformed coordinate is written into a string
+# buffer.  The output field is of (at least) the same width and significance
+# as the input list entry.
+
+procedure li_format_field$t (fval, wordbuf, maxch, format, nsdig, width,
+	min_sigdigits)
+
+PIXEL	fval			#I the input value to be formatted
+char	wordbuf[maxch]		#O the output formatted string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum length of the output string
+char	format[ARB]		#I the output format
+int	nsdig 			#I the number of sig-digits in current value
+int	width			#I the width of the curent field
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	fdigits, fwidth
+begin
+	if (format[1] == EOS) {
+	    fdigits = max (min_sigdigits, nsdig)
+	    fwidth = max (width, fdigits + 1)
+	    call sprintf (wordbuf, maxch, "%*.*g")
+	        call pargi (fwidth)
+	        call pargi (fdigits)
+	        call parg$t (fval)
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (wordbuf, maxch, format)
+		call parg$t (fval)
+	}
+end
+
+# LI_NPACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the outbuf buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from
+# the input line to output buffer.
+
+procedure li_npack_line$t (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+        vfields, values, nsdigits, nvalues, vformats, sz_fmt, min_sigdigits)
+
+char    inbuf[ARB]              #I the input string buffer
+char    outbuf[maxch]           #O the output string buffer
+int     maxch                   #I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int     field_pos[ARB]          #I starting positions for the fields
+int     nfields                 #I the number of fields
+int     vfields[ARB]            #I the fields to be formatted
+PIXEL   values[ARB]             #I the field values to be formatted
+int     nsdigits[ARB]           #I the number of field significant digits
+int     nvalues                 #I the number of fields to be formatted
+char    vformats[sz_fmt,ARB]    #I the field formats
+int     sz_fmt                  #I the size of the format string
+int     min_sigdigits           #I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+bool    found
+int     op, num_field, num_var, width
+pointer sp, field
+int     gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Initialize output pointer.
+        op = 1
+
+        do num_field = 1, nfields {
+            width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+            found = false
+            do num_var = 1, nvalues {
+                if (num_field == vfields[num_var]) {
+                    found = true
+                    break
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (found) {
+                call li_format_field$t (values[num_var], Memc[field],
+                    maxch, vformats[1,num_var], nsdigits[num_var], width,
+                    min_sigdigits)
+            } else {
+                # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+                call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+            }
+
+            # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+            if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+                outbuf[op] = ' '
+                op = op + 1
+            }
+
+            # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+        }
+
+        outbuf[op] = '\n'
+        outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_NAPPEND_LINE -- Fields are appened to the input buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings and added to the end of the input buffer.
+
+procedure li_nappend_line$t (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+        vfields, values, nsdigits, nvalues, vformats, sz_fmt, min_sigdigits)
+
+char    inbuf[ARB]              #I the input string buffer
+char    outbuf[maxch]           #O the output string buffer
+int     maxch                   #I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int     field_pos[ARB]          #I starting positions for the fields
+int     nfields                 #I the number of fields
+int     vfields[ARB]            #I the fields to be formatted
+PIXEL   values[ARB]             #I the field values to be formatted
+int     nsdigits[ARB]           #I the number of field significant digits
+int     nvalues                 #I the number of fields to be formatted
+char    vformats[sz_fmt,ARB]    #I the field formats
+int     sz_fmt                  #I the size of the format string
+int     min_sigdigits           #I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int     num_var, ip, op, index
+pointer sp, field, nvfields
+int     gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate some working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (nvfields, nvalues, TY_INT)
+        do num_var = 1, nvalues
+            Memi[nvfields+num_var-1] = num_var
+        call rg_qsorti (vfields, Memi[nvfields], Memi[nvfields], nvalues)
+
+        # Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+        op = 1
+        for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+            if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+                break
+            outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+            op = op + 1
+        }
+
+        # Add two blanks.
+        op = op + gstrcpy ("  ", outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+        do num_var = 1, nvalues {
+            index = Memi[nvfields+num_var-1]
+            call li_format_field$t (values[index], Memc[field], SZ_LINE,
+                vformats[sz_fmt,index], nsdigits[index], 0, min_sigdigits)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+            if (num_var == nvalues) {
+                if (op <= maxch) {
+                    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+                    op = op + 1
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (op <= maxch) {
+                    outbuf[op] = ' '
+                    op = op + 1
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        outbuf[op] = EOS
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/liststr.x b/pkg/images/lib/liststr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..edb2903c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/liststr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,766 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+
+
+
+# LI_FIND_FIELDS -- This procedure finds the starting column for each field
+# in the input line.  These column numbers are returned in the array
+# field_pos; the number of fields is also returned.
+
+procedure li_find_fields (linebuf, field_pos, max_fields, nfields)
+
+char	linebuf[ARB]			#I the input buffer
+int	field_pos[max_fields]		#O the output field positions
+int	max_fields			#I the maximum number of fields
+int	nfields				#O the computed number of fields
+
+bool	in_field
+int	ip, field_num
+
+begin
+	field_num = 1
+	field_pos[1] = 1
+	in_field = false
+
+	for (ip=1; linebuf[ip] != '\n' && linebuf[ip] != EOS; ip=ip+1) {
+	    if (! IS_WHITE(linebuf[ip]))
+		in_field = true
+	    else if (in_field) {
+		in_field = false
+		field_num = field_num + 1
+		field_pos[field_num] = ip
+	    }
+	}
+
+	field_pos[field_num+1] = ip 
+	nfields = field_num
+end
+
+
+# LI_CAPPEND_LINE -- Fields are copied from the input buffer to the
+# output buffer.
+
+procedure li_cappend_line (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, xoffset, yoffset,
+	xwidth, ywidth) 
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	xoffset			#I the offset to the x field
+int	yoffset			#I the offset to the y field
+int	xwidth			#I the width of the x field
+int	ywidth			#I the width of the y field
+
+int	ip, op
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	# Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+		break
+	    outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Add a blank.
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = ' '
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Copy the two fields.
+	op = op + gstrcpy (inbuf[xoffset], outbuf[op], min (maxch - op + 1,
+	    xwidth))
+	op = op + gstrcpy (inbuf[yoffset], outbuf[op], min (maxch - op + 1,
+	    ywidth))
+
+	# Add a newline.
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	outbuf[op] = EOS
+end
+
+
+
+
+
+# LT_GET_NUM -- The field entry is converted from character to real or double
+# in preparation for the transformation.  The number of significant
+# digits is counted and returned as an argument; the number of chars in
+# the number is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure li_get_numr (linebuf, fval, nsdig) 
+
+char	linebuf[ARB]		#I the input line buffer
+real	fval			#O the output floating point value
+int	nsdig			#O the number of significant digits
+
+char	ch
+int 	nchar, ip
+int	ctor(), stridx()
+
+begin
+	ip = 1
+	nsdig = 0
+	nchar = ctor (linebuf, ip, fval)
+	if (nchar == 0 || fval == INDEFR)
+	    return (nchar)
+
+	# Skip leading white space.
+	ip = 1
+    	repeat {
+	    ch = linebuf[ip]
+	    if (! IS_WHITE(ch)) 
+		break
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	} 
+
+	# Count signifigant digits
+	for (; ! IS_WHITE(ch) && ch != '\n' && ch != EOS; ch=linebuf[ip]) {
+	    if (stridx (ch, "eEdD") > 0)
+		break
+	    if (IS_DIGIT (ch))
+		nsdig = nsdig + 1
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	}
+
+	return (nchar)
+end
+
+
+# LI_PACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the outbuf buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from
+# the input line to output buffer.
+
+procedure li_pack_liner (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+	xfield, yfield, xt, yt, xformat, yformat, nsdig_x, nsdig_y,
+	min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	field_pos[ARB]		#I starting positions for the fields
+int	nfields			#I the number of fields
+int	xfield			#I the field number of the x coordinate column
+int	yfield			#I the field number of the y coordinate column
+real	xt			#I the transformed x coordinate
+real	yt			#I the transformed y coordinate
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the x column
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the y column
+int	nsdig_x			#I the number of significant digits in x
+int	nsdig_y			#I the number of significant digits in y
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	num_field, width, op
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize output pointer.
+	op = 1
+
+	do num_field = 1, nfields {
+	    width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+	    if (num_field == xfield) {
+	        call li_format_fieldr (xt, Memc[field], maxch, xformat,
+		    nsdig_x, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else if (num_field == yfield) {
+		call li_format_fieldr (yt, Memc[field], maxch, yformat,
+		    nsdig_y, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else {
+	        # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+		call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+	    }
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_APPEND_LINE -- Fields are appened to the input buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings and added to the end of the input buffer.
+
+procedure li_append_liner (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, xt, yt, xformat, yformat,
+	nsdig_x, nsdig_y, min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+real	xt			#I the transformed x coordinate
+real	yt			#I the transformed y coordinate
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the x column
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the y column
+int	nsdig_x			#I the number of significant digits in x
+int	nsdig_y			#I the number of significant digits in y
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	ip, op
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+		break
+	    outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Add two blanks.
+	op = op + gstrcpy ("  ", outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+	# Format and add the the two extra fields with a blank between.
+	call li_format_fieldr (xt, Memc[field], SZ_LINE, xformat,
+	    nsdig_x, 0, min_sigdigits)
+	op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = ' '
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	call li_format_fieldr (yt, Memc[field], SZ_LINE, yformat,
+	    nsdig_y, 0, min_sigdigits)
+	op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+	# Add a newline.
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	outbuf[op] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_FORMAT_FIELD -- A transformed coordinate is written into a string
+# buffer.  The output field is of (at least) the same width and significance
+# as the input list entry.
+
+procedure li_format_fieldr (fval, wordbuf, maxch, format, nsdig, width,
+	min_sigdigits)
+
+real	fval			#I the input value to be formatted
+char	wordbuf[maxch]		#O the output formatted string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum length of the output string
+char	format[ARB]		#I the output format
+int	nsdig 			#I the number of sig-digits in current value
+int	width			#I the width of the curent field
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	fdigits, fwidth
+begin
+	if (format[1] == EOS) {
+	    fdigits = max (min_sigdigits, nsdig)
+	    fwidth = max (width, fdigits + 1)
+	    call sprintf (wordbuf, maxch, "%*.*g")
+	        call pargi (fwidth)
+	        call pargi (fdigits)
+	        call pargr (fval)
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (wordbuf, maxch, format)
+		call pargr (fval)
+	}
+end
+
+# LI_NPACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the outbuf buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from
+# the input line to output buffer.
+
+procedure li_npack_liner (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+        vfields, values, nsdigits, nvalues, vformats, sz_fmt, min_sigdigits)
+
+char    inbuf[ARB]              #I the input string buffer
+char    outbuf[maxch]           #O the output string buffer
+int     maxch                   #I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int     field_pos[ARB]          #I starting positions for the fields
+int     nfields                 #I the number of fields
+int     vfields[ARB]            #I the fields to be formatted
+real   values[ARB]             #I the field values to be formatted
+int     nsdigits[ARB]           #I the number of field significant digits
+int     nvalues                 #I the number of fields to be formatted
+char    vformats[sz_fmt,ARB]    #I the field formats
+int     sz_fmt                  #I the size of the format string
+int     min_sigdigits           #I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+bool    found
+int     op, num_field, num_var, width
+pointer sp, field
+int     gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Initialize output pointer.
+        op = 1
+
+        do num_field = 1, nfields {
+            width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+            found = false
+            do num_var = 1, nvalues {
+                if (num_field == vfields[num_var]) {
+                    found = true
+                    break
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (found) {
+                call li_format_fieldr (values[num_var], Memc[field],
+                    maxch, vformats[1,num_var], nsdigits[num_var], width,
+                    min_sigdigits)
+            } else {
+                # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+                call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+            }
+
+            # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+            if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+                outbuf[op] = ' '
+                op = op + 1
+            }
+
+            # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+        }
+
+        outbuf[op] = '\n'
+        outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_NAPPEND_LINE -- Fields are appened to the input buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings and added to the end of the input buffer.
+
+procedure li_nappend_liner (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+        vfields, values, nsdigits, nvalues, vformats, sz_fmt, min_sigdigits)
+
+char    inbuf[ARB]              #I the input string buffer
+char    outbuf[maxch]           #O the output string buffer
+int     maxch                   #I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int     field_pos[ARB]          #I starting positions for the fields
+int     nfields                 #I the number of fields
+int     vfields[ARB]            #I the fields to be formatted
+real   values[ARB]             #I the field values to be formatted
+int     nsdigits[ARB]           #I the number of field significant digits
+int     nvalues                 #I the number of fields to be formatted
+char    vformats[sz_fmt,ARB]    #I the field formats
+int     sz_fmt                  #I the size of the format string
+int     min_sigdigits           #I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int     num_var, ip, op, index
+pointer sp, field, nvfields
+int     gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate some working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (nvfields, nvalues, TY_INT)
+        do num_var = 1, nvalues
+            Memi[nvfields+num_var-1] = num_var
+        call rg_qsorti (vfields, Memi[nvfields], Memi[nvfields], nvalues)
+
+        # Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+        op = 1
+        for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+            if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+                break
+            outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+            op = op + 1
+        }
+
+        # Add two blanks.
+        op = op + gstrcpy ("  ", outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+        do num_var = 1, nvalues {
+            index = Memi[nvfields+num_var-1]
+            call li_format_fieldr (values[index], Memc[field], SZ_LINE,
+                vformats[sz_fmt,index], nsdigits[index], 0, min_sigdigits)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+            if (num_var == nvalues) {
+                if (op <= maxch) {
+                    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+                    op = op + 1
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (op <= maxch) {
+                    outbuf[op] = ' '
+                    op = op + 1
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        outbuf[op] = EOS
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+
+# LT_GET_NUM -- The field entry is converted from character to real or double
+# in preparation for the transformation.  The number of significant
+# digits is counted and returned as an argument; the number of chars in
+# the number is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure li_get_numd (linebuf, fval, nsdig) 
+
+char	linebuf[ARB]		#I the input line buffer
+double	fval			#O the output floating point value
+int	nsdig			#O the number of significant digits
+
+char	ch
+int 	nchar, ip
+int	ctod(), stridx()
+
+begin
+	ip = 1
+	nsdig = 0
+	nchar = ctod (linebuf, ip, fval)
+	if (nchar == 0 || fval == INDEFD)
+	    return (nchar)
+
+	# Skip leading white space.
+	ip = 1
+    	repeat {
+	    ch = linebuf[ip]
+	    if (! IS_WHITE(ch)) 
+		break
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	} 
+
+	# Count signifigant digits
+	for (; ! IS_WHITE(ch) && ch != '\n' && ch != EOS; ch=linebuf[ip]) {
+	    if (stridx (ch, "eEdD") > 0)
+		break
+	    if (IS_DIGIT (ch))
+		nsdig = nsdig + 1
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	}
+
+	return (nchar)
+end
+
+
+# LI_PACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the outbuf buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from
+# the input line to output buffer.
+
+procedure li_pack_lined (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+	xfield, yfield, xt, yt, xformat, yformat, nsdig_x, nsdig_y,
+	min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int	field_pos[ARB]		#I starting positions for the fields
+int	nfields			#I the number of fields
+int	xfield			#I the field number of the x coordinate column
+int	yfield			#I the field number of the y coordinate column
+double	xt			#I the transformed x coordinate
+double	yt			#I the transformed y coordinate
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the x column
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the y column
+int	nsdig_x			#I the number of significant digits in x
+int	nsdig_y			#I the number of significant digits in y
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	num_field, width, op
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize output pointer.
+	op = 1
+
+	do num_field = 1, nfields {
+	    width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+	    if (num_field == xfield) {
+	        call li_format_fieldd (xt, Memc[field], maxch, xformat,
+		    nsdig_x, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else if (num_field == yfield) {
+		call li_format_fieldd (yt, Memc[field], maxch, yformat,
+		    nsdig_y, width, min_sigdigits)
+	    } else {
+	        # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+		call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+	    }
+
+	    # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+	    if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+		outbuf[op] = ' '
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+	    op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+	}
+
+	outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_APPEND_LINE -- Fields are appened to the input buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings and added to the end of the input buffer.
+
+procedure li_append_lined (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, xt, yt, xformat, yformat,
+	nsdig_x, nsdig_y, min_sigdigits)
+
+char	inbuf[ARB]		#I the input string buffer
+char	outbuf[maxch]		#O the output string buffer
+int	maxch			#I the maximum size of the output buffer
+double	xt			#I the transformed x coordinate
+double	yt			#I the transformed y coordinate
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the x column
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output format for the y column
+int	nsdig_x			#I the number of significant digits in x
+int	nsdig_y			#I the number of significant digits in y
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	ip, op
+pointer	sp, field
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+		break
+	    outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	# Add two blanks.
+	op = op + gstrcpy ("  ", outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+	# Format and add the the two extra fields with a blank between.
+	call li_format_fieldd (xt, Memc[field], SZ_LINE, xformat,
+	    nsdig_x, 0, min_sigdigits)
+	op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = ' '
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	call li_format_fieldd (yt, Memc[field], SZ_LINE, yformat,
+	    nsdig_y, 0, min_sigdigits)
+	op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+	# Add a newline.
+	if (op <= maxch) {
+	    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	outbuf[op] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_FORMAT_FIELD -- A transformed coordinate is written into a string
+# buffer.  The output field is of (at least) the same width and significance
+# as the input list entry.
+
+procedure li_format_fieldd (fval, wordbuf, maxch, format, nsdig, width,
+	min_sigdigits)
+
+double	fval			#I the input value to be formatted
+char	wordbuf[maxch]		#O the output formatted string
+int	maxch			#I the maximum length of the output string
+char	format[ARB]		#I the output format
+int	nsdig 			#I the number of sig-digits in current value
+int	width			#I the width of the curent field
+int	min_sigdigits		#I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int	fdigits, fwidth
+begin
+	if (format[1] == EOS) {
+	    fdigits = max (min_sigdigits, nsdig)
+	    fwidth = max (width, fdigits + 1)
+	    call sprintf (wordbuf, maxch, "%*.*g")
+	        call pargi (fwidth)
+	        call pargi (fdigits)
+	        call pargd (fval)
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (wordbuf, maxch, format)
+		call pargd (fval)
+	}
+end
+
+# LI_NPACK_LINE -- Fields are packed into the outbuf buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings; other fields are copied from
+# the input line to output buffer.
+
+procedure li_npack_lined (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+        vfields, values, nsdigits, nvalues, vformats, sz_fmt, min_sigdigits)
+
+char    inbuf[ARB]              #I the input string buffer
+char    outbuf[maxch]           #O the output string buffer
+int     maxch                   #I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int     field_pos[ARB]          #I starting positions for the fields
+int     nfields                 #I the number of fields
+int     vfields[ARB]            #I the fields to be formatted
+double   values[ARB]             #I the field values to be formatted
+int     nsdigits[ARB]           #I the number of field significant digits
+int     nvalues                 #I the number of fields to be formatted
+char    vformats[sz_fmt,ARB]    #I the field formats
+int     sz_fmt                  #I the size of the format string
+int     min_sigdigits           #I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+bool    found
+int     op, num_field, num_var, width
+pointer sp, field
+int     gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Initialize output pointer.
+        op = 1
+
+        do num_field = 1, nfields {
+            width = field_pos[num_field + 1] - field_pos[num_field]
+
+            found = false
+            do num_var = 1, nvalues {
+                if (num_field == vfields[num_var]) {
+                    found = true
+                    break
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (found) {
+                call li_format_fieldd (values[num_var], Memc[field],
+                    maxch, vformats[1,num_var], nsdigits[num_var], width,
+                    min_sigdigits)
+            } else {
+                # Put "width" characters from inbuf into field
+                call strcpy (inbuf[field_pos[num_field]], Memc[field], width)
+            }
+
+            # Fields must be delimited by at least one blank.
+            if (num_field > 1 && !IS_WHITE (Memc[field])) {
+                outbuf[op] = ' '
+                op = op + 1
+            }
+
+            # Copy "field" to output buffer.
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch)
+        }
+
+        outbuf[op] = '\n'
+        outbuf[op+1] = EOS
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# LI_NAPPEND_LINE -- Fields are appened to the input buffer.  Transformed
+# fields are converted to strings and added to the end of the input buffer.
+
+procedure li_nappend_lined (inbuf, outbuf, maxch, field_pos, nfields, 
+        vfields, values, nsdigits, nvalues, vformats, sz_fmt, min_sigdigits)
+
+char    inbuf[ARB]              #I the input string buffer
+char    outbuf[maxch]           #O the output string buffer
+int     maxch                   #I the maximum size of the output buffer
+int     field_pos[ARB]          #I starting positions for the fields
+int     nfields                 #I the number of fields
+int     vfields[ARB]            #I the fields to be formatted
+double   values[ARB]             #I the field values to be formatted
+int     nsdigits[ARB]           #I the number of field significant digits
+int     nvalues                 #I the number of fields to be formatted
+char    vformats[sz_fmt,ARB]    #I the field formats
+int     sz_fmt                  #I the size of the format string
+int     min_sigdigits           #I the minimum number of significant digits
+
+int     num_var, ip, op, index
+pointer sp, field, nvfields
+int     gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate some working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (field, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (nvfields, nvalues, TY_INT)
+        do num_var = 1, nvalues
+            Memi[nvfields+num_var-1] = num_var
+        call rg_qsorti (vfields, Memi[nvfields], Memi[nvfields], nvalues)
+
+        # Copy the input buffer into the output buffer minus the newline.
+        op = 1
+        for (ip = 1; ip <= maxch; ip = ip + 1) {
+            if (inbuf[ip] == '\n' || inbuf[ip] == EOS)
+                break
+            outbuf[op] = inbuf[ip]
+            op = op + 1
+        }
+
+        # Add two blanks.
+        op = op + gstrcpy ("  ", outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+
+        do num_var = 1, nvalues {
+            index = Memi[nvfields+num_var-1]
+            call li_format_fieldd (values[index], Memc[field], SZ_LINE,
+                vformats[sz_fmt,index], nsdigits[index], 0, min_sigdigits)
+            op = op + gstrcpy (Memc[field], outbuf[op], maxch - op + 1)
+            if (num_var == nvalues) {
+                if (op <= maxch) {
+                    outbuf[op] = '\n'
+                    op = op + 1
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (op <= maxch) {
+                    outbuf[op] = ' '
+                    op = op + 1
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        outbuf[op] = EOS
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/mkpkg b/pkg/images/lib/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd55f750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# Library for the IMAGES package containing routines used by tasks in
+# different subpackages
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update	libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+generic:
+        $set    GEN = "$$generic -k"
+
+        $ifolder (geofit.x,geofit.gx)
+            $(GEN) geofit.gx -o geofit.x $endif
+        $ifolder (geogmap.x,geogmap.gx)
+            $(GEN) geogmap.gx -o geogmap.x $endif
+        $ifolder (geograph.x,geograph.gx)
+            $(GEN) geograph.gx -o geograph.x $endif
+
+        $ifolder (liststr.x, liststr.gx)
+	    $(GEN) liststr.gx -o liststr.x $endif
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+        $ifeq (USE_GENERIC, yes) $call generic $endif
+
+	# used by imcopy, lineclean tasks
+	imcopy.x	<imhdr.h>
+
+	# used by xregister, psfmatch tasks
+	rgbckgrd.x	<mach.h> <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h>
+	rgcontour.x	<error.h> <mach.h> <gset.h> <config.h> <xwhen.h> \
+			<fset.h>
+	rgfft.x
+
+	# used by geoxytran and other list reading and writing tasks
+	liststr.x	<ctype.h>
+
+	# geomap, ccmap, and other tasks?, should be fmtio routine which is
+	# the reverse of strdic
+	rgwrdstr.x
+
+	# used by ccmap, ccsetwcs, cctran, skyxymatch, skyctran, imcctran
+	# ccxymatch tasks
+	# put in xtools at some point ?
+	#skywcs.x	<imhdr.h> <imio.h> <math.h> <mwset.h> \
+	#		"skywcs.h" "skywcsdef.h"
+
+	# used by ccmap, ccxymatch
+	rgccwcs.x	<imhdr.h> <math.h> <mwset.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+	# used by xyxymatch, ccxymatch, imtile tasks
+	rgsort.x
+
+	# used by skyxymatch and imctran tasks, include in skywcs.x ?
+	rglltran.x	<math.h> <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+	# used by skyxymatch, wcsxymatch, imcctran tasks
+	rgxymatch.x	<mwset.h>
+
+	# used by ccxymatch, xyxymatch tasks
+	rgmerge.x       <mach.h> <plset.h> "xyxymatch.h"
+	rgtransform.x   <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h> "xyxymatch.h"
+        xymatch.x       "xyxymatch.h"
+
+	# used by ccmap, geomap tasks
+        geofit.x        <mach.h> <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h> "geomap.h"
+        geogmap.x       <error.h> <math.h> <math/gsurfit.h> "geomap.h" \
+			"geogmap.h"
+        geograph.x      <mach.h> <math.h> <gset.h> <math/gsurfit.h> \
+                        <pkg/gtools.h> "geomap.h" "geogmap.h"
+	geoset.x	"geomap.h"
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgbckgrd.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgbckgrd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..feef4fd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgbckgrd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+
+
+# RG_BORDER -- Fetch the border pixels from a 2D subraster.
+
+int procedure rg_border (buf, nx, ny, pnx, pny, ptr)
+
+real	buf[nx,ARB]	#I the input data subraster
+int	nx, ny		#I the dimensions of the input subraster
+int	pnx, pny	#I the size of the data region
+pointer	ptr		#I the pointer to the output buffer
+	
+int	j, nborder, wxborder, wyborder, index
+
+begin
+	# Compute the size of the array
+	nborder = nx * ny - pnx * pny
+	if (nborder <= 0) {
+	    ptr = NULL
+	    return (0)
+	} else if (nborder >= nx * ny) {
+	    call malloc (ptr, nx * ny, TY_REAL)
+	    call amovr (buf, Memr[ptr], nx * ny)
+	    return (nx * ny)
+	} else
+	    call malloc (ptr, nborder, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Fill the array.
+	wxborder = (nx - pnx) / 2
+	wyborder = (ny - pny) / 2
+	index = ptr
+	do j = 1, wyborder {
+	    call amovr (buf[1,j], Memr[index], nx)
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+	do j = wyborder + 1, ny - wyborder {
+	    call amovr (buf[1,j], Memr[index], wxborder) 
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	    call amovr (buf[nx-wxborder+1,j], Memr[index], wxborder)
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	}
+	do j = ny - wyborder + 1, ny {
+	    call amovr (buf[1,j], Memr[index], nx)
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	return (nborder)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SUBTRACT -- Subtract a plane from the data.
+
+procedure rg_subtract (data, nx, ny, zero, xslope, yslope)
+
+real	data[nx,ARB]		#I/O the input/output data array
+int	nx, ny			#I the dimensions of the input data array
+real	zero			#I the input zero point
+real	xslope			#I the input x slope
+real	yslope			#I the input y slope
+
+int	i, j
+real	ydelta
+
+begin
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    ydelta = yslope * j
+	    do i = 1, nx
+		data[i,j] = data[i,j] - zero - xslope * i - ydelta
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_APODIZE -- Apply a cosine bell to the data. The operation can be
+# performed in place
+
+procedure rg_apodize (data, nx, ny, apodize, forward)
+
+real    data[nx,ARB]            #I the input data array
+int     nx, ny                  #I the size of the input array
+real    apodize                 #I the percentage of the end to apodize
+int     forward                 #I YES for forward, NO for reverse
+
+int     i, j, nxpercent, nypercent, iindex, jindex
+real    f
+
+begin
+        nxpercent = apodize * nx
+        nypercent = apodize * ny
+
+        if (forward == YES) {
+            do j = 1, ny {
+                do i = 1, nxpercent {
+                    iindex = nx - i + 1
+                    f = (1.0 - cos (PI * real (i-1) / real(nxpercent))) / 2.0
+                    data[i,j] =  f * data[i,j]
+                    data[iindex,j] = f * data[iindex,j]
+                }
+            }
+            do i = 1, nx {
+                do j = 1, nypercent {
+                    jindex = ny - j + 1
+                    f = (1.0 - cos (PI * real (j-1) / real(nypercent))) / 2.0
+                    data[i,j] =  f * data[i,j]
+                    data[i,jindex] = f * data[i,jindex]
+                }
+            }
+	} else {
+            do j = 1, ny {
+                do i = 1, nxpercent {
+                    iindex = nx - i + 1
+                    f = (1.0 - cos (PI * real (i-1) / real(nxpercent))) / 2.0
+                    if (f < 1.0e-3)
+                        f = 1.0e-3
+                    data[i,j] =  data[i,j] / f
+                    data[iindex,j] = data[iindex,j] / f
+                }
+            }
+            do i = 1, nx {
+                do j = 1, nypercent {
+                    jindex = ny - j + 1
+                    f = (1.0 - cos (PI * real (j-1) / real(nypercent))) / 2.0
+                    if (f < 1.0e-3)
+                        f = 1.0e-3
+                    data[i,j] =  data[i,j] / f
+                    data[i,jindex] = data[i,jindex] / f
+                }
+            }
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_ZNSUM -- Compute the mean and number of good points in the array with
+# one optional level of rejections.
+
+int procedure rg_znsum (data, npts, mean, lcut, hcut)
+
+real	data[ARB]	#I the input data array
+int	npts		#I the number of data points
+real	mean		#O the mean of the data
+real	lcut, hcut	#I the good data limits
+
+int	i, ngpts
+real	dif, sigma, sum, sumsq, lo, hi
+real	asumr(), assqr()
+
+begin
+	# Get the mean.
+	if (npts == 0) {
+	    mean = INDEFR
+	    return (0)
+	} else if (npts == 1) {
+	    mean = data[1]
+	    return (1)
+	} else {
+	    sum = asumr (data, npts)
+	    mean = sum / npts
+	}
+
+	# Quit if the rejection flags are not set.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(lcut) && IS_INDEFR(hcut))
+	    return (npts)
+
+	# Compute sigma
+	sumsq = assqr (data, npts)
+	sigma = sumsq / (npts - 1) - mean * sum / (npts - 1)
+	if (sigma <= 0.0)
+	    sigma = 0.0
+	else
+	    sigma = sqrt (sigma)
+	if (sigma <= 0.0)
+	    return (npts)
+
+	# Do the k-sigma rejection.
+	if (IS_INDEF(lcut))
+	    lo = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    lo = -lcut * sigma
+	if (IS_INDEFR(hcut))
+	    hi = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    hi = hcut * sigma
+
+	# Reject points.
+	ngpts = npts
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    dif = (data[i] - mean)
+	    if (dif >= lo && dif <= hi)
+	        next
+	    ngpts = ngpts - 1
+	    sum = sum - data[i]
+	    sumsq = sumsq - data[i] ** 2
+	}
+
+	# Get the final mean.
+	if (ngpts == 0) {
+	    mean = INDEFR
+	    return (0)
+	} else if (ngpts == 1) {
+	    mean = sum
+	    return (1)
+	} else
+	    mean = sum / ngpts
+
+	return (ngpts)
+end
+
+
+# RG_ZNMEDIAN -- Compute the median and number of good points in the array
+# with one level of rejection.
+
+int procedure rg_znmedian (data, npts, median, lcut, hcut)
+
+real	data[ARB]	#I the input data array
+int	npts		#I the number of data points
+real	median		#O the median of the data
+real	lcut, hcut	#I the good data limits
+
+int	i, ngpts, lindex, hindex
+pointer	sp, sdata
+real	mean, sigma, dif, lo, hi
+real	amedr()
+
+begin
+	if (IS_INDEFR (lcut) && IS_INDEFR(hcut))  {
+	    median = amedr (data, npts)
+	    return (npts)
+	}
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (sdata, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call asrtr (data, Memr[sdata], npts)
+	if (mod (npts, 2) == 0)
+	    median = (Memr[sdata+(1+npts)/2-1] + Memr[sdata+(1+npts)/2]) / 2.0
+	else
+	    median = Memr[sdata+(1+npts)/2-1]
+
+	# Compute the sigma.
+	call aavgr (Memr[sdata], npts, mean, sigma)
+	if (sigma <= 0.0) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return (npts)
+	}
+
+	# Do rejection.
+	ngpts = npts
+	if (IS_INDEFR(lo))
+	    lo = -MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    lo = -lcut * sigma
+	if (IS_INDEFR(hi))
+	    hi = MAX_REAL
+	else
+	    hi = hcut * sigma
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    lindex = i
+	    dif = Memr[sdata+i-1] - median
+	    if (dif >= lo)
+		break
+	}
+	do i = npts, 1, -1 {
+	    hindex = i
+	    dif = Memr[sdata+i-1] - median
+	    if (dif <= hi)
+		break
+	}
+
+	ngpts = hindex - lindex + 1
+	if (ngpts <= 0)
+	    median = INDEFR
+	else if (mod (ngpts, 2) == 0)
+	    median = (Memr[sdata+lindex-1+(ngpts+1)/2-1] + Memr[sdata+lindex-1+
+	        (ngpts+1)/2]) / 2.0
+	else
+	    median = Memr[sdata+lindex-1+(ngpts+1)/2-1]
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (ngpts)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SLOPE -- Subtract a slope from the data to be psf matched.
+
+int procedure rg_slope (gs, data, npts, nx, ny, wxborder, wyborder, loreject,
+	hireject)
+
+pointer	gs			#I the pointer to surfit structure
+real	data[ARB]		#I/O the input/output data
+int	npts			#I the number of points
+int	nx, ny			#I dimensions of the original data
+int	wxborder, wyborder	#I the x and y width of the border
+real	loreject, hireject	#I the rejection criteria
+
+int	i, stat, ier
+pointer	sp, x, y, w, zfit
+real	lcut, hcut, sigma
+int	rg_reject(), rg_breject()
+real	rg_sigma(), rg_bsigma()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, nx, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, nx, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (w, nx, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (zfit, nx, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, nx
+	    Memr[x+i-1] = i
+	call amovkr (1.0, Memr[w], nx)
+
+	# Accumulate the fit.
+	call gszero (gs)
+	if (npts >= nx * ny)
+	    call rg_gsaccum (gs, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], data, nx, ny)
+	else
+	    call rg_gsborder (gs, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], data, nx, ny,
+		wxborder, wyborder)
+
+	# Solve the surface.
+	call gssolve (gs, ier)
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return (ERR)
+	}
+
+	# Perform the rejection.
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(loreject) || ! IS_INDEFR(hireject)) {
+	    if (npts >= nx * ny)
+		sigma = rg_sigma (gs, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], Memr[zfit],
+		    data, nx, ny)
+	    else
+		sigma = rg_bsigma (gs, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], Memr[zfit],
+		    data, nx, ny, wxborder, wyborder)
+	    if (sigma <= 0.0) {
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return (OK)
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(loreject))
+		lcut  = -loreject * sigma
+	    else
+		lcut = -MAX_REAL
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(hireject))
+		hcut  = hireject * sigma
+	    else
+		hcut = MAX_REAL
+	    if (npts >= nx * ny)
+		stat = rg_reject (gs, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], Memr[zfit],
+		    data, nx, ny, lcut, hcut)
+	    else
+		stat = rg_breject (gs, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], Memr[zfit],
+		    data, nx, ny, wxborder, wyborder, lcut, hcut)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_GSACCUM -- Accumulate the points into the fits assuming the data is in the
+# form of a two-dimensional subraster.
+
+procedure rg_gsaccum (gs, x, y, w, data, nx, ny)
+
+pointer	gs		#I pointer to the surface fitting structure
+real	x[ARB]		#I the input x array
+real	y[ARB]		#I the input y array
+real	w[ARB]		#I the input weight array
+real	data[ARB]	#I the input data array
+int	nx, ny		#I the size of the input data array
+
+int	i, index
+
+begin
+	index = 1
+	do i = 1, ny {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsacpts (gs, x, y, data[index], w, nx, WTS_USER)
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_GSBORDER -- Procedure to accumulate the points into the fit assuming
+# that a border has been extracted
+
+procedure rg_gsborder (gs, x, y, w, data, nx, ny, wxborder, wyborder)
+
+pointer	gs			#I pointer to the surface fitting structure
+real	x[ARB]			#I the input x array
+real	y[ARB]			#I the input y array
+real	w[ARB]			#I the input weight array
+real	data[ARB]		#I the input data array
+int	nx, ny			#I the dimensions of the input data
+int	wxborder, wyborder	#I the width of the border
+
+int	i, index, nborder
+
+begin
+	nborder = nx * ny - (nx - wxborder) * (ny - wyborder)
+
+	index = 1
+	do i = 1, wyborder {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsacpts (gs, x, y, data[index], w, nx, WTS_USER)
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	index = nx * wyborder + 1
+	do i = wyborder + 1, ny - wyborder {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsacpts (gs, x, y, data[index], w, wxborder, WTS_USER)
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	    call gsacpts (gs, x[1+nx-wxborder], y[1+nx-wxborder],
+	        data[index], w[1+nx-wxborder], wxborder, WTS_USER)
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	}
+
+	index = 1 + nborder - nx * wyborder
+	do i = ny - wyborder + 1, ny {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsacpts (gs, x, y, data[index], w, nx, WTS_USER)
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+end
+
+
+# RG_SIGMA -- Compute sigma assuming the data is in the form of a
+# two-dimensional subraster.
+
+real procedure rg_sigma (gs, x, y, w, zfit, data, nx, ny)
+
+pointer	gs		#I the pointer to the surface fitting structure
+real	x[ARB]		#I the input x array
+real	y[ARB]		#I the input y array
+real	w[ARB]		#I the input w array
+real	zfit[ARB]	#O the output fitted data
+real	data[ARB]	#I/O the input/output data array
+int	nx, ny		#I the dimensions of the output data
+
+int	i, j, index, npts
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	npts = 0
+	index = 1
+	sum = 0.0
+
+	do i = 1, ny {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, nx)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, nx)
+	    do j = 1, nx {
+		if (w[j] > 0.0) {
+		    sum = sum + zfit[j] ** 2
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	return (sqrt (sum / npts))
+end
+
+
+# RG_BSIGMA -- Procedure to compute sigma assuming a border has been
+# extracted from a subraster.
+
+real procedure rg_bsigma (gs, x, y, w, zfit, data, nx, ny, wxborder, wyborder)
+
+pointer	gs			#I the pointer to the surface fitting structure
+real	x[ARB]			#I the input x array
+real	y[ARB]			#I the output y array
+real	w[ARB]			#I the output weight array
+real	zfit[ARB]		#O the fitted z array
+real	data[ARB]		#I/O the input/output data array
+int	nx, ny			#I the dimensions of original subraster
+int	wxborder, wyborder	#I the width of the border
+
+int	i, j, npts, nborder, index
+real	sum
+
+begin
+	nborder = nx * ny - (nx - wxborder) * (ny - wyborder)
+	npts = 0
+	index = 1
+	sum = 0.0
+
+	do i = 1, wyborder {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, nx)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, nx)
+	    do j = 1, nx {
+		if (w[j] > 0.0) {
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		    sum = sum + zfit[j] ** 2
+		}
+	    }
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	index = nx * wyborder + 1
+	do i = wyborder + 1, ny - wyborder {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, wxborder)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, wxborder)
+	    do j = 1, wxborder {
+		if (w[j] > 0.0) {
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		    sum = sum + zfit[j] ** 2
+		}
+	    }
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	    call gsvector (gs, x[1+nx-wxborder], y[1+nx-wxborder], zfit,
+	        wxborder)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, wxborder)
+	    do j = 1, wxborder {
+		if (w[j] > 0.0) {
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		    sum = sum + zfit[j] ** 2
+		}
+	    }
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	}
+
+	index = 1 + nborder - nx * wyborder
+	do i = ny - wyborder + 1, ny {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, nx)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, nx)
+	    do j = 1, nx {
+		if (w[j] > 0.0) {
+		    npts = npts + 1
+		    sum = sum + zfit[j] ** 2
+		}
+	    }
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	return (sqrt (sum / npts))
+end
+
+
+# RG_REJECT -- Reject points from the fit assuming the data is in the form of a
+# two-dimensional subraster.
+
+int procedure rg_reject (gs, x, y, w, zfit, data, nx, ny, lcut, hcut)
+
+pointer	gs		#I the pointer to the surface fitting structure
+real	x[ARB]		#I the input x array
+real	y[ARB]		#I the input y array
+real	w[ARB]		#I the input w array
+real	zfit[ARB]	#O the fitted data
+real	data[ARB]	#I/O the input/output data array
+int	nx, ny		#I the dimensions of the data
+real	lcut, hcut	#I the lo and high side rejection criteria
+
+int	i, j, index, ier
+
+begin
+	index = 1
+
+	do i = 1, ny {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, nx)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, nx)
+	    do j = 1, nx {
+		if (zfit[j] < lcut || zfit[j] > hcut)
+		    call gsrej (gs, x[j], y[j], data[index+j-1], w[j], WTS_USER)
+	    }
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	call gssolve (gs, ier)
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else
+	    return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_BREJECT -- Reject deviant points from the fits assuming a border has
+# been extracted from the subraster.
+
+int procedure rg_breject (gs, x, y, w, zfit, data, nx, ny, wxborder,
+	wyborder, lcut, hcut)
+
+pointer	gs			#I the pointer to the surface fitting structure
+real	x[ARB]			#I the input x array
+real	y[ARB]			#I the input y array
+real	w[ARB]			#I the input weight array
+real	zfit[ARB]		#O the fitted z array
+real	data[ARB]		#I/O the input/output data array
+int	nx, ny			#I the dimensions of the original subraster
+int	wxborder, wyborder	#I the width of the border
+real	lcut, hcut		#I the low and high rejection criteria
+
+int	i, j, nborder, index, ier
+
+begin
+	nborder = nx * ny - (nx - wxborder) * (ny - wyborder)
+	index = 1
+
+	do i = 1, wyborder {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, nx)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, nx)
+	    do j = 1, nx {
+		if (zfit[j] < lcut || zfit[j] > hcut)
+		    call gsrej (gs, x[j], y[j], data[index+j-1], w[j],
+		        WTS_USER)
+	    }
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	index = nx * wyborder + 1
+	do i = wyborder + 1, ny - wyborder {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, wxborder)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, wxborder)
+	    do j = 1, wxborder {
+		if (zfit[j] < lcut || zfit[j] > hcut) 
+		    call gsrej (gs, x[j], y[j], data[index+j-1], w[j],
+		        WTS_USER)
+	    }
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	    call gsvector (gs, x[1+nx-wxborder], y[1+nx-wxborder], zfit,
+	        wxborder)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, wxborder)
+	    do j = 1, wxborder {
+		if (zfit[j] < lcut || zfit[j] > hcut)
+		    call gsrej (gs, x[j], y[j], data[index+j-1], w[j],
+		        WTS_USER)
+	    }
+	    index = index + wxborder
+	}
+
+	index = 1 + nborder - nx * wyborder
+	do i = ny - wyborder + 1, ny {
+	    call amovkr (real (i), y, nx)
+	    call gsvector (gs, x, y, zfit, nx)
+	    call asubr (data[index], zfit, zfit, nx)
+	    do j = 1, nx {
+		if (zfit[j] < lcut || zfit[j] > hcut)
+		    call gsrej (gs, x[j], y[j], data[index+j-1], w[j], 
+		        WTS_USER)
+	    }
+	    index = index + nx
+	}
+
+	call gssolve (gs, ier)
+	if (ier == NO_DEG_FREEDOM)
+	    return (ERR)
+	else
+	    return (OK)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgccwcs.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgccwcs.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..519c2cb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgccwcs.x
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+
+# RG_CELTOSTD - Convert the longitude / latitude coordinates to standard
+# coordinates given the position of the reference point and the form of
+# the projection.
+
+procedure rg_celtostd (projection, lngref, latref, xi, eta, npts, reflng,
+        reflat, lngunits, latunits)
+
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the projection type
+double  lngref[ARB]             #I the input ra / longitude coordinates
+double  latref[ARB]             #I the input dec / latitude coordinates
+double  xi[ARB]                 #O the output ra / longitude std coordinates
+double  eta[ARB]                #O the output dec / latitude std coordinates
+int     npts                    #I the number of data points
+double  reflng                  #I the ra / longitude reference point
+double  reflat                  #I the dec / latitude reference point
+int     lngunits                #I the ra / longitude units
+int     latunits                #I the dec / latitude units
+
+
+double  tlngref, tlatref
+int     i
+pointer mw, ct
+pointer rg_projwcs(),  mw_sctran()
+errchk  mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+        # Initialize the projection transformation.
+        mw = rg_projwcs (projection, reflng, reflat, lngunits, latunits)
+
+        # Compile the transformation.
+        ct = mw_sctran (mw, "world", "logical", 03B)
+
+        # Evaluate the standard coordinates.
+        do i = 1, npts {
+
+            switch (lngunits) {
+            case SKY_DEGREES:
+                tlngref = lngref[i]
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                tlngref = RADTODEG(lngref[i])
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                tlngref = 15.0d0 * lngref[i]
+            default:
+                tlngref = lngref[i]
+            }
+
+            switch (latunits) {
+            case SKY_DEGREES:
+                tlatref = latref[i]
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                tlatref = RADTODEG(latref[i])
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                tlatref = 15.0d0 * latref[i]
+            default:
+                tlatref = latref[i]
+            }
+
+            call mw_c2trand (ct, tlngref, tlatref, xi[i], eta[i])
+        }
+
+        call mw_close (mw)
+
+end
+
+
+# RG_STDTOCEL - Convert the longitude / latitude coordinates to standard
+# coordinates given the position of the reference point and the form of
+# the projection.
+
+procedure rg_stdtocel (projection, xi, eta, lngfit, latfit, npts, reflng,
+        reflat, lngunits, latunits)
+
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the sky projection geometry
+double  xi[ARB]                 #I the output ra / longitude std coordinates
+double  eta[ARB]                #I the output dec / latitude std coordinates
+double  lngfit[ARB]             #O the input ra / longitude coordinates
+double  latfit[ARB]             #O the input dec / latitude coordinates
+int     npts                    #I the number of data points
+double  reflng                  #I the ra / longitude reference point
+double  reflat                  #I the dec / latitude reference point
+int     lngunits                #I the ra / longitude units
+int     latunits                #I the dec / latitude units
+
+double  tlngref, tlatref
+int     i
+pointer mw, ct
+pointer rg_projwcs(), mw_sctran()
+errchk  mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+        # Initialize the projection transformation.
+        mw = rg_projwcs (projection, reflng, reflat, lngunits, latunits)
+
+        # Compile the transformation.
+        ct = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", "world", 03B)
+
+        # Evaluate the standard coordinates.
+        do i = 1, npts {
+
+            call mw_c2trand (ct, xi[i], eta[i], tlngref, tlatref)
+
+            switch (lngunits) {
+            case SKY_DEGREES:
+                lngfit[i] = tlngref
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                lngfit[i] = DEGTORAD(tlngref)
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                lngfit[i] = tlngref / 15.0d0
+            default:
+                lngfit[i] = tlngref
+            }
+
+            switch (latunits) {
+            case SKY_DEGREES:
+                latfit[i] = tlatref
+            case SKY_RADIANS:
+                latfit[i] = DEGTORAD(tlatref)
+            case SKY_HOURS:
+                latfit[i] = tlatref / 15.0d0
+            default:
+                latfit[i] = tlatref
+            }
+
+        }
+
+        call mw_close (mw)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PROJWCS -- Set up a projection wcs given the projection type, the
+# coordinates of the reference point, and the reference point units.
+
+pointer procedure rg_projwcs (projection, reflng, reflat, lngunits, latunits)
+
+char    projection[ARB]         #I the projection type
+double  reflng                  #I the ra / longitude reference point
+double  reflat                  #I the dec / latitude reference point
+int     lngunits                #I the ra / longitude units
+int     latunits                #I the dec / latitude units
+
+int     ndim
+pointer sp, projstr, projpars, wpars, ltm, ltv, cd, r, w, mw, axes
+pointer mw_open()
+
+begin
+        ndim = 2
+
+        # Allocate working space.
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (projstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (projpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (wpars, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (ltm, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (ltv, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (cd, ndim * ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (r, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (w, ndim, TY_DOUBLE)
+        call salloc (axes, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+
+        # Open the wcs.
+        mw = mw_open (NULL, ndim)
+
+        # Set the axes and projection type.
+        Memi[axes] = 1
+        Memi[axes+1] = 2
+        if (projection[1] == EOS)
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, "linear", "")
+        else {
+            call sscan (projection)
+                call gargwrd (Memc[projstr], SZ_FNAME)
+                call gargstr (Memc[projpars], SZ_LINE)
+            call sprintf (Memc[wpars], SZ_LINE,
+                "axis 1: axtype = ra %s axis 2: axtype = dec %s")
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+                call pargstr (Memc[projpars])
+            call mw_swtype (mw, Memi[axes], ndim, Memc[projstr], Memc[wpars])
+        }
+
+
+        # Set the lterm.
+        call mw_mkidmd (Memd[ltm], ndim)
+        call aclrd (Memd[ltv], ndim)
+        call mw_sltermd (mw, Memd[ltm], Memd[ltv], ndim)
+
+        # Set the wterm.
+        call mw_mkidmd (Memd[cd], ndim)
+        call aclrd (Memd[r], ndim)
+        switch (lngunits) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            Memd[w] = reflng
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            Memd[w] = RADTODEG(reflng)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            Memd[w] = 15.0d0 * reflng
+        default:
+            Memd[w] = reflng
+        }
+        switch (latunits) {
+        case SKY_DEGREES:
+            Memd[w+1] = reflat
+        case SKY_RADIANS:
+            Memd[w+1] = RADTODEG(reflat)
+        case SKY_HOURS:
+            Memd[w+1] = 15.0d0 * reflat
+        default:
+            Memd[w+1] = reflat
+        }
+        call mw_swtermd (mw, Memd[r], Memd[w], Memd[cd], ndim)
+
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+
+        return (mw)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgcontour.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgcontour.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62ed1934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgcontour.x
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
+include	<error.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<config.h>
+include	<xwhen.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+
+
+define	DUMMY		6
+define	XCEN		0.5
+define	YCEN		0.52
+define	EDGE1		0.1
+define	EDGE2		0.93
+define	SZ_LABEL	10
+define	SZ_FMT		20
+
+
+# RG_CONTOUR -- Produce a contour plot of a subrasteer.
+
+procedure rg_contour (gp, htitle, btitle, data, ncols, nlines)
+
+pointer	gp			#I pointer to graphics stream
+char	htitle[ARB]		#I the plot header title
+char	btitle[ARB]		#I the plot trailer title
+real	data[ncols,ARB]		#I input data
+int	ncols, nlines		#I dimensions of data
+
+bool	perimeter
+int	tcojmp[LEN_JUMPBUF]
+int	epa, status, wkid
+int	nset, ncontours, dashpat, nhi, old_onint
+int	isizel, isizem, isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, ioffd
+int	ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm, first
+pointer	sp, label, temp
+real	interval, floor, ceiling, dmin, dmax, zero, finc, ybot
+real	vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2, wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2
+real	first_col, last_col, first_row, last_row
+real	xlt, ybt, side, ext, hold[5]
+
+extern	rg_onint()
+
+common	/tcocom/ tcojmp
+common  /conflg/ first
+common  /noaolb/ hold
+common  /conre4/ isizel, isizem , isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, ioffd,
+	ext, ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm, xlt, ybt, side
+
+begin
+	# Return if the pointer is NULL.
+	if (gp == NULL)
+	    return
+	call greactivate (gp, 0)
+
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (label, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (temp, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+
+	# First of all, intialize conrec's block data before altering any
+	# parameters in common.
+	first = 1
+	call conbd
+
+	# Set the local variables.
+	zero	= 0.0
+	floor	= INDEFR
+	ceiling	= INDEFR
+	nhi	= -1
+	dashpat	= 528
+
+	# Suppress the contour labelling by setting the common
+	# parameter "ilab" to zero.
+	ilab = 0
+
+	# User can specify either the number of contours or the contour
+	# interval, or let conrec pick a nice number.  Set ncontours to 0
+	# and encode the FINC param expected by conrec.
+
+	ncontours = 0
+	if (ncontours <= 0) {
+	    interval = 0.0
+	    if (interval <= 0.0)
+		finc = 0
+	    else
+		finc = interval
+	} else
+	    finc = - abs (ncontours)
+
+	# Define the data limits.
+
+	first_col = 1.0
+	last_col = real (ncols)
+	first_row = 1.0
+	last_row = real (nlines)
+
+	# The floor and ceiling are in absolute units, but the zero shift is
+	# applied first, so correct the numbers for the zero shift.  Zero is
+	# a special number for the floor and ceiling, so do not change value
+	# if set to zero.
+
+	call alimr (data, ncols * nlines, dmin, dmax) 
+	if (IS_INDEFR(floor))
+	    floor = dmin
+	floor = floor - zero
+	if (IS_INDEFR (ceiling))
+	    ceiling = dmax
+	ceiling = ceiling - zero
+
+	# Make a copy of the image and contour this.
+	call amovr (data,  Memr[temp], nlines * ncols)
+
+	# Apply the zero point shift.
+	if (abs (zero) > EPSILON)
+	    call asubkr (Memr[temp], zero, Memr[temp], ncols * nlines)
+
+	# Open device and make contour plot.
+	call gopks (STDERR)
+	wkid = 1
+	call gclear (gp)
+	call gopwk (wkid, DUMMY, gp)
+	call gacwk (wkid)
+
+	# Always draw the perimeter.
+	perimeter = true
+
+	# The viewport can be set by the user.  If not, the viewport is
+	# assumed to be centered on the device.  In either case, the
+	# viewport to window mapping is established in rg_map_viewport
+	# and conrec's automatic mapping scheme is avoided by setting nset=1.
+	vx1 = 0.0
+	vx2 = 0.0
+	vy1 = 0.0
+	vy2 = 0.0
+	call rg_map_viewport (gp, ncols, nlines, vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2, false,
+	    perimeter)
+	nset = 1
+
+	# Supress conrec's plot label generation.
+	ioffm = 1
+
+	# Install interrupt exception handler.
+	call zlocpr (rg_onint, epa)
+	call xwhen (X_INT, epa, old_onint)
+
+	# Make the contour plot.  If an interrupt occurs ZSVJMP is reeentered
+	# with an error status.
+	call zsvjmp (tcojmp, status)
+	if (status == OK) {
+	    call conrec (Memr[temp], ncols, ncols, nlines, floor, ceiling,
+	        finc, nset, nhi, -dashpat)
+	} else {
+	    call gcancel (gp)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	}
+
+	# Now find window and output text string title.  The window is
+	# set to the full image coordinates for labelling.
+	if (perimeter) {
+
+	    call gswind (gp, first_col, last_col, first_row, last_row)
+	    call rg_perimeter (gp)
+
+	    call ggview (gp, wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_WCS, 0)
+	    ybot = min (wy2 + .06, 0.99)
+	    call gtext (gp, (wx1 + wx2) / 2.0, ybot, htitle,
+	        "h=c;v=t;f=b;s=.7")
+
+	    # Add system id banner to plot
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CLIP, NO)
+	    ybot = max (wy1 - 0.08, 0.01)
+	    call gtext (gp, (wx1 + wx2) / 2.0, ybot, btitle, "h=c;v=b;s=.5")
+	
+	    call sprintf (Memc[label], SZ_LINE, 
+	        "contoured from %g to %g, interval = %g")
+	        call pargr (hold(1))
+	        call pargr (hold(2))
+	        call pargr (hold(3))
+	    ybot = max (wy1 - 0.06, .03)
+	    call gtext (gp, (wx1 + wx2) / 2.0, ybot, Memc[label],
+	        "h=c;v=b;s=.6")
+	}
+
+	call gswind (gp, first_col, last_col, first_row, last_row)
+	call gamove (gp, last_col, last_row)
+	call gflush (gp)
+
+	call gdawk (wkid)
+	call gclks ()
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_ONINT -- Interrupt handler for the task contour.  Branches back to ZSVJMP
+# in the main routine to permit shutdown without an error message.
+
+procedure rg_onint (vex, next_handler)
+
+int	vex		#I virtual exception
+int	next_handler	#U not used
+
+int	tcojmp[LEN_JUMPBUF]
+common	/tcocom/ tcojmp
+
+begin
+	call xer_reset()
+	call zdojmp (tcojmp, vex)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PERIMETER -- draw and annotate the axes drawn around the perimeter
+# of the image pixels.  The viewport and window have been set by 
+# the calling procedure.  Plotting is done in window coordinates.
+# This procedure is called by both crtpict and the ncar plotting routines
+# contour and hafton.
+
+procedure rg_perimeter (gp)
+
+pointer	gp			#I graphics descriptor
+
+real	xs, xe, ys, ye
+int	i, first_col, last_col, first_tick, last_tick, bias
+int	nchar, dummy, first_row, last_row, cnt_step, cnt_label
+pointer	sp, label, fmt1, fmt2, fmt3, fmt4
+real	dist, kk, col, row, dx, dy, sz_char, cw, xsz, label_pos
+real	xdist, ydist, xspace, yspace, k[3]
+data 	k/1.0,2.0,3.0/
+
+bool	ggetb()
+int	itoc()
+real 	ggetr()
+errchk	ggwind, gseti, gctran, gline, gtext, itoc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (label, SZ_LABEL, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmt1, SZ_FMT, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmt2, SZ_FMT, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmt3, SZ_FMT, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmt4, SZ_FMT, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# First, get window coordinates and turn off clipping
+	call ggwind (gp, xs, xe, ys, ye)
+	call gseti (gp, G_CLIP, NO)
+
+	# A readable character width seems to be about 1.mm.  A readable
+	# perimeter seperation seems to be about .80mm.  If the physical
+	# size of the output device is contained in the graphcap file, the
+	# NDC sizes of these measurements can be determined.  If not, 
+	# the separation between perimeter axes equals one quarter character
+	# width or one quarter percent of frame, which ever is larger, and 
+	# the character size is set to 0.40.
+
+	cw = max (ggetr (gp, "cw"), 0.01)
+	if (ggetb (gp, "xs")) {
+	    xsz = ggetr (gp, "xs")
+	    dist = .80 / (xsz * 1000.)
+	    sz_char = dist / cw
+	} else {
+	    # Get character width and calculate perimeter separation.
+	    dist = cw * 0.25
+	    sz_char = 0.40
+	}
+
+	# Convert distance to user coordinates
+	call ggscale (gp, xs, ys, dx, dy)
+	xdist = dist * dx
+	ydist = dist * dy
+
+	# Generate four possible format strings for gtext
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmt1], SZ_LINE, "h=c;v=t;s=%.2f")
+	    call pargr (sz_char)
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmt2], SZ_LINE, "h=c;v=b;s=%.2f")
+	    call pargr (sz_char)
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmt3], SZ_LINE, "h=r;v=c;s=%.2f")
+	    call pargr (sz_char)
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmt4], SZ_LINE, "h=l;v=c;s=%.2f")
+	    call pargr (sz_char)
+
+	# Draw inner and outer perimeter
+	kk = k[1]
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    xspace = kk * xdist
+	    yspace = kk * ydist
+	    call gline (gp, xs - xspace, ys - yspace, xe + xspace, ys - yspace)
+	    call gline (gp, xe + xspace, ys - yspace, xe + xspace, ye + yspace)
+	    call gline (gp, xe + xspace, ye + yspace, xs - xspace, ye + yspace)
+	    call gline (gp, xs - xspace, ye + yspace, xs - xspace, ys - yspace)
+	    kk = k[2]
+	}
+
+	# Now draw x axis tick marks, along both the bottom and top of
+	# the picture.  First find the endpoint integer pixels.
+
+	first_col = int (xs)
+	last_col = int (xe)
+
+	# Determine increments of ticks and tick labels for x axis
+	cnt_step  = 1
+	cnt_label = 10
+	if (last_col - first_col > 256) {
+	    cnt_step = 10
+	    cnt_label = 100
+	} else if (last_col - first_col < 26) {
+	    cnt_step = 1
+	    cnt_label = 1
+	}
+
+	first_tick = first_col
+	bias = mod (first_tick, cnt_step)
+	last_tick = last_col + bias
+
+	do i = first_tick, last_tick, cnt_step {
+	    col = real (i - bias)
+	    call gline (gp, col, ys - k[1] * ydist, col, ys - k[2] * ydist)
+	    call gline (gp, col, ye + k[1] * ydist, col, ye + k[2] * ydist)
+
+	    if (mod ((i - bias), cnt_label)  == 0) {
+		# Label tick mark; calculate number of characters needed
+		nchar = 3
+		if (int (col) == 0)
+		    nchar = 1
+		if (int (col) >= 1000)
+		    nchar = 4
+
+		dummy = itoc (int(col), Memc[label], nchar)
+
+		# Position label slightly below outer perimeter.  Seperation
+		# is twenty percent of a character width, in WCS.
+		label_pos = ys - (k[2] * ydist + (cw * 0.20 * dy))
+		call gtext (gp, col, label_pos, Memc[label], Memc[fmt1])
+
+		# Position label slightly above outer perimeter
+		label_pos = ye + (k[2] * ydist + (cw * 0.20 * dy))
+		call gtext (gp, col, label_pos, Memc[label], Memc[fmt2])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Label the y axis tick marks along the left and right sides of the
+	# picture.  First find the integer pixel endpoints.
+	
+	first_row = int (ys)
+	last_row = int (ye)
+
+	# Determine increments of ticks and tick labels for y axis
+	cnt_step  = 1
+	cnt_label = 10
+	if (last_row - first_row > 256) {
+	    cnt_step = 10
+	    cnt_label = 100
+	} else if (last_row - first_row < 26) {
+	    cnt_step = 1
+	    cnt_label = 1
+	}
+
+	first_tick = first_row 
+	bias = mod (first_tick, cnt_step)
+	last_tick = last_row + bias
+
+	do i = first_tick, last_tick, cnt_step {
+	    row = real (i - bias)
+	    call gline (gp, xs - k[1] * xdist, row, xs - k[2] * xdist, row)
+	    call gline (gp, xe + k[1] * xdist, row, xe + k[2] * xdist, row)
+
+	    if (mod ((i - bias), cnt_label) == 0) {
+		# Label tick mark; calculate number of characters needed
+		nchar = 3
+		if (int (row) == 0)
+		    nchar = 1
+		else if (int (row) >= 1000)
+		    nchar = 4
+		
+	        dummy = itoc (int(row), Memc[label], nchar)
+
+		# Position label slightly to the left of outer perimeter.
+		# Separation twenty percent of a character width, in WCS.
+		label_pos = xs - (k[2] * xdist + (cw * 0.20 * dx))
+	        call gtext (gp, label_pos, row, Memc[label], Memc[fmt3])
+
+		# Position label slightly to the right of outer perimeter
+		label_pos = xe + (k[2] * xdist + (cw * 0.20 * dx))
+	        call gtext (gp, label_pos, row, Memc[label], Memc[fmt4])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MAP_VIEWPORT -- set device viewport for contour and hafton plots.  If not
+# specified by user, a default viewport centered on the device is used.
+
+procedure rg_map_viewport (gp, ncols, nlines, ux1, ux2, uy1, uy2, fill,
+	perimeter)
+
+pointer	gp			#I graphics stream descriptor
+int	ncols			#I number of image cols
+int	nlines			#I number of image lines
+real	ux1, ux2, uy1, uy2	#I/O NDC coordinates of requested viewort
+bool	fill			#I fill viewport
+bool	perimeter		#I draw the perimeter
+
+real	ncolsr, nlinesr, ratio, aspect_ratio, xcen, ycen
+real	x1, x2, y1, y2, ext, xdis, ydis
+bool	fp_equalr()
+real	ggetr()
+data    ext /0.0625/
+
+begin
+	ncolsr = real (ncols)
+	nlinesr = real (nlines)
+
+	if (fp_equalr (ux1, 0.0) && fp_equalr (ux2, 0.0) && 
+	    fp_equalr (uy1, 0.0) && fp_equalr (uy2, 0.0)) {
+
+	    if (fill && ! perimeter) {
+		x1 = 0.0
+		x2 = 1.0
+		y1 = 0.0
+		y2 = 1.0
+		xcen = 0.5
+		ycen = 0.5
+	    } else {
+	        x1 = EDGE1
+	        x2 = EDGE2
+	        y1 = EDGE1
+	        y2 = EDGE2
+		xcen = XCEN
+		ycen = YCEN
+	    }
+
+	    # Calculate optimum viewport, as in NCAR's conrec, hafton
+	    if (! fill) {
+	        ratio = min (ncolsr, nlinesr) / max (ncolsr, nlinesr)
+	        if (ratio >= ext) {
+		    if (ncols > nlines) 
+		        y2 = (y2 - y1) * nlinesr / ncolsr + y1
+		    else 
+		        x2 = (x2 - x1) * ncolsr / nlinesr + x1
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    xdis = x2 - x1
+	    ydis = y2 - y1
+
+	    # So far, the viewport has been calculated so that equal numbers of
+	    # image pixels map to equal distances in NDC space, regardless of 
+	    # the aspect ratio of the device.  If the parameter "fill" has been
+	    # set to no, the user wants to compensate for a non-unity aspect 
+	    # ratio and make equal numbers of image pixels map to into the same 
+	    # physical distance on the device, not the same NDC distance.
+
+	    if (! fill) {
+	        aspect_ratio = ggetr (gp, "ar")
+	        if (fp_equalr (aspect_ratio, 0.0))
+	            aspect_ratio = 1.0
+		if (aspect_ratio < 1.0)
+	            xdis = xdis * aspect_ratio
+		else if (aspect_ratio > 1.0)
+	            ydis = ydis / aspect_ratio
+	    }
+
+	    ux1 = xcen - (xdis / 2.0)
+	    ux2 = xcen + (xdis / 2.0)
+	    uy1 = ycen - (ydis / 2.0)
+	    uy2 = ycen + (ydis / 2.0)
+	}
+
+	# Set window and viewport for WCS 1
+	call gseti  (gp, G_WCS, 1)
+	call gsview (gp, ux1, ux2, uy1, uy2)
+	call gswind (gp, 1.0, ncolsr, 1.0, nlinesr)
+	call set (ux1, ux2, uy1, uy2, 1.0, ncolsr, 1.0, nlinesr, 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgfft.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgfft.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b986a9d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgfft.x
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+
+# RG_SZFFT -- Compute the size of the required FFT given the dimension of the
+# image the window size and the fact that the FFT must be a power of 2.
+
+int procedure rg_szfft (npts, window)
+
+int	npts			#I the number of points in the data
+int	window			#I the width of the valid cross correlation
+
+int	nfft, pow2
+
+begin
+	nfft = npts + window / 2
+
+	pow2 = 2
+	while (pow2 < nfft)
+	    pow2 = pow2 * 2
+
+	return (pow2)
+end
+
+
+# RG_RLOAD -- Procedure to load a real array into the real part of a complex
+# array.
+
+procedure rg_rload (buf, ncols, nlines, fft, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real    buf[ARB]        	#I the input data buffer
+int     ncols, nlines   	#I the size of the input buffer
+real    fft[ARB]        	#O the out array to be fft'd
+int     nxfft, nyfft    	#I the dimensions of the fft
+
+int     i, dindex, findex
+
+begin
+        # Load the reference and image data.
+        dindex = 1
+        findex = 1
+        do i = 1, nlines {
+            call rg_rweave (buf[dindex], fft[findex], ncols)
+            dindex = dindex + ncols
+            findex = findex + 2 * nxfft
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_ILOAD -- Procedure to load a real array into the complex part of a complex
+# array.
+
+procedure rg_iload (buf, ncols, nlines, fft, nxfft, nyfft)
+
+real    buf[ARB]        	#I the input data buffer
+int     ncols, nlines   	#I the size of the input buffer
+real    fft[ARB]        	#O the output array to be fft'd
+int     nxfft, nyfft    	#I the dimensions of the fft
+
+int     i, dindex, findex
+
+begin
+        # Load the reference and image data.
+        dindex = 1
+        findex = 1
+        do i = 1, nlines {
+            call rg_iweave (buf[dindex], fft[findex], ncols)
+            dindex = dindex + ncols
+            findex = findex + 2 * nxfft
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_RWEAVE -- Weave a real array into the real part of a complex array.
+# The output array must be twice as long as the input array.
+
+procedure rg_rweave (a, b, npts)
+
+real    a[ARB]          	#I input array
+real    b[ARB]          	#O output array
+int     npts            	#I the number of data points
+
+int     i
+
+begin
+        do i = 1, npts
+            b[2*i-1] = a[i]
+end
+
+
+# RG_IWEAVE -- Weave a real array into the complex part of a complex array.
+# The output array must be twice as long as the input array.
+
+procedure rg_iweave (a, b, npts)
+
+real    a[ARB]          	#I the input array
+real    b[ARB]          	#O the output array
+int     npts            	#I the number of data points
+
+int     i
+
+begin
+        do i = 1, npts
+            b[2*i] = a[i]
+end
+
+
+# RG_FOURN -- Replaces datas by its n-dimensional discreter Fourier transform,
+# if isign is input as 1. NN is an integer array of length ndim containing
+# the lengths of each dimension (number of complex values), which must all
+# be powers of 2. Data is a real array of length twice the product of these
+# lengths, in which the data are stored as in a multidimensional complex
+# Fortran array. If isign is input as -1, data is replaced by its inverse
+# transform times the product of the lengths of all dimensions.
+
+procedure rg_fourn (data, nn, ndim, isign)
+
+real    data[ARB]               #I/O input data and output fft
+int     nn[ndim]                #I array of dimension lengths
+int     ndim                    #I number of dimensions
+int     isign                   #I forward or inverse transform
+
+int     idim, i1, i2, i3, ip1, ip2, ip3, ifp1, ifp2, i2rev, i3rev, k1, k2
+int     ntot, nprev, n, nrem, pibit
+double  wr, wi, wpr, wpi, wtemp, theta
+real    tempr, tempi
+
+begin
+        ntot = 1
+        do idim = 1, ndim
+            ntot = ntot * nn[idim]
+
+        nprev = 1
+        do idim = 1, ndim {
+
+            n = nn[idim]
+            nrem = ntot / (n * nprev)
+            ip1 = 2 * nprev
+            ip2 = ip1 * n
+            ip3 = ip2 * nrem
+            i2rev = 1
+
+	    do i2 = 1, ip2, ip1 {
+
+                if (i2 < i2rev) {
+                    do i1 = i2, i2 + ip1 - 2, 2 {
+                        do i3 = i1, ip3, ip2 {
+                            i3rev = i2rev + i3 - i2
+                            tempr = data [i3]
+                            tempi = data[i3+1]
+                            data[i3] = data[i3rev]
+                            data[i3+1] = data[i3rev+1]
+                            data[i3rev] = tempr
+                            data[i3rev+1] = tempi
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                pibit = ip2 / 2
+                while ((pibit >= ip1) && (i2rev > pibit)) {
+                    i2rev = i2rev - pibit
+                    pibit = pibit / 2
+                }
+
+                i2rev = i2rev + pibit
+            }
+
+    	    ifp1 = ip1
+            while (ifp1 < ip2) {
+
+                ifp2 = 2 * ifp1
+                theta = isign * 6.28318530717959d0 / (ifp2 / ip1)
+                wpr = - 2.0d0 * dsin (0.5d0 * theta) ** 2
+                wpi = dsin (theta)
+                wr = 1.0d0
+                wi = 0.0d0
+
+                do i3 = 1, ifp1, ip1 {
+                    do i1 = i3, i3 + ip1 - 2, 2 {
+                        do i2 = i1, ip3, ifp2 {
+                            k1 = i2
+                            k2 = k1 + ifp1
+                            tempr = sngl (wr) * data[k2] - sngl (wi) *
+                                data[k2+1]
+                            tempi = sngl (wr) * data[k2+1] + sngl (wi) *
+                                data[k2]
+                            data[k2] = data[k1] - tempr
+                            data[k2+1] = data[k1+1] - tempi
+                            data[k1] = data[k1] + tempr
+                            data[k1+1] = data[k1+1] + tempi
+                        }
+                    }
+                    wtemp = wr
+                    wr = wr * wpr - wi * wpi + wr
+                    wi = wi * wpr + wtemp * wpi + wi
+                }
+
+                ifp1 = ifp2
+            }
+            nprev = n * nprev
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_FSHIFT -- Center the array after doing the FFT.
+
+procedure rg_fshift (fft1, fft2, nx, ny)
+
+real    fft1[nx,ARB]            #I input fft array
+real    fft2[nx,ARB]            #O output fft array
+int     nx, ny                  #I fft array dimensions
+
+int     i, j
+real    fac
+
+begin
+        fac = 1.0
+        do j = 1, ny {
+            do i = 1, nx, 2 {
+                fft2[i,j] = fac * fft1[i,j]
+                fft2[i+1,j] = fac * fft1[i+1,j]
+                fac = -fac
+            }
+            fac = -fac
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_MOVEXR -- Extract the portion of the FFT for which the computed lags
+# are valid. The dimensions of the the FFT are a  power of two
+# and the 0 frequency is in the position nxfft / 2 + 1, nyfft / 2 + 1.
+
+procedure rg_movexr (fft, nxfft, nyfft, xcor, xwindow, ywindow)
+
+real    fft[ARB]                #I the input fft
+int     nxfft, nyfft            #I the dimensions of the input fft
+real    xcor[ARB]   	        #O the output cross-correlation function
+int     xwindow, ywindow        #I the cross-correlation function window
+
+int     j, ix, iy, findex, xindex
+
+begin
+        # Compute the starting index of the extraction array.
+        ix = 1 + nxfft  - 2 * (xwindow / 2)
+        iy = 1 + nyfft / 2 - ywindow / 2
+
+        # Copy the real part of the Fourier transform into the
+        # cross-correlation array.
+        findex = ix + 2 * nxfft * (iy - 1)
+	xindex = 1
+        do j = 1, ywindow {
+            call rg_extract (fft[findex], xcor[xindex], xwindow)
+            findex = findex + 2 * nxfft
+	    xindex = xindex + xwindow
+        }
+end
+
+
+# RG_EXTRACT -- Extract the real part of a complex array.
+
+procedure rg_extract (a, b, npts)
+
+real    a[ARB]          #I the input array
+real    b[ARB]          #O the output array
+int     npts            #I the number of data points
+
+int     i
+
+begin
+        do i = 1, npts
+            b[i] = a[2*i-1]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rglltran.x b/pkg/images/lib/rglltran.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..890cec0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rglltran.x
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+include <math.h>
+include <pkg/skywcs.h>
+
+# RG_LLTRANSFORM -- Transform the reference image world coordinates to the
+# input image world coordinate system.
+
+procedure rg_lltransform (cooref, cooin, rxlng, rylat, ixlng, iylat, npts)
+
+pointer	cooref		#I pointer to the reference image coordinate structure
+pointer	cooin		#I pointer to the input image coordinate structure
+double	rxlng[ARB]	#I the x refererence image world coordinates (degrees)
+double	rylat[ARB]	#I the y refererence image world coordinates (degrees)
+double	ixlng[ARB]	#O the x refererence image world coordinates (degrees)
+double	iylat[ARB]	#O the y refererence image world coordinates (degrees)
+int	npts		#I the number of coordinates
+
+int	i
+double	ilng, ilat, olng, olat
+int	sk_stati()
+
+begin
+	if (sk_stati (cooref, S_PLNGAX) < sk_stati (cooref, S_PLATAX)) {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        ilng = DEGTORAD (rxlng[i])
+	        ilat = DEGTORAD (rylat[i])
+	        call sk_lltran (cooref, cooin, ilng, ilat, INDEFD,
+		    INDEFD, 0.0d0, 0.0d0, olng, olat)
+	        ixlng[i] = RADTODEG (olng)
+	        iylat[i] = RADTODEG (olat)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        ilng = DEGTORAD (rylat[i])
+	        ilat = DEGTORAD (rxlng[i])
+	        call sk_lltran (cooref, cooin, ilng, ilat, INDEFD,
+		    INDEFD, 0.0d0, 0.0d0, olng, olat)
+	        ixlng[i] = RADTODEG (olat)
+	        iylat[i] = RADTODEG (olng)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgmerge.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgmerge.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e218bd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgmerge.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1023 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include <plset.h>
+include "xyxymatch.h"
+
+# RG_MATCH -- Compute the intersection of two lists using a pattern matching
+# algorithm. This algorithm is based on one developed by Edward Groth
+# 1986 A.J. 91, 1244. The algorithm matches pairs of coordinates from
+# two lists based on the triangles that can be formed from triplets of
+# points in each list. The algorithm is insensitive to coordinate translation,
+# rotation, magnification, or inversion and can tolerate distortions and
+# random errors.
+
+int procedure rg_match (xref, yref, nref, xin, yin, nin, reftri, reftrirat,
+	nreftri, nrmaxtri, nrefstars, intri, intrirat, nintri, ninmaxtri,
+	nliststars, tolerance, ptolerance, ratio, nreject)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the reference x coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the reference y coordinates
+int	nref			#I the number of reference coordinates
+real	xin[ARB]		#I the input x coordinates
+real	yin[ARB]		#I the input y coordinates
+int	nin			#I the number of input coordinates
+int	reftri[nrmaxtri,ARB]	#U list of reference triangles
+real	reftrirat[nrmaxtri,ARB]	#U list of reference triangle parameters
+int	nreftri			#U number of reference triangles
+int	nrmaxtri		#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	nrefstars		#I the number of reference stars
+int	intri[ninmaxtri,ARB]	#U list of input triangles
+real	intrirat[ninmaxtri,ARB]	#U list of input triangle parameters
+int	nintri			#U number of input triangles
+int	ninmaxtri		#I maximum number of input triangles
+int	nliststars		#I the number of input stars
+real	tolerance		#I the reference triangles matching tolerance
+real	ptolerance		#I the input triangles matching tolerance
+real	ratio			#I the maximum ratio of triangle sides
+int	nreject			#I maximum number of rejection iterations
+
+int	i, nmerge, nkeep, nmatch, ncheck
+pointer	sp, rindex, lindex
+int	rg_tmerge(), rg_treject(), rg_tvote(), rg_triangle
+
+begin
+	# Match the triangles in the input list to those in the reference list.
+	if (nreftri < nintri)
+	    nmerge = rg_tmerge (reftri, reftrirat, nreftri, nrmaxtri, intri,
+	        intrirat, nintri, ninmaxtri)
+	else
+	    nmerge = rg_tmerge (intri, intrirat, nintri, ninmaxtri, reftri,
+	        reftrirat, nreftri, nrmaxtri)
+	if (nmerge <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Perform the rejection cycle.
+	nkeep = rg_treject (reftri, reftrirat, nreftri, nrmaxtri,
+	    intri, intrirat, nintri, ninmaxtri, nmerge, nreject)
+	if (nkeep <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Match the coordinates.
+	nmatch = rg_tvote (reftri, nrmaxtri, nrefstars, intri, ninmaxtri,
+	    nliststars, nkeep)
+	if (nmatch <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+	else if (nmatch <= 3 && nkeep < nmerge)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# If all the coordinates were not matched then make another pass
+	# through the triangles matching algorithm. If the number of
+	# matches decreases as a result of this then all the matches were
+	# not true matches and declare the list unmatched.
+	if (nmatch < min (nref, nin) && nmatch > 2) {
+
+	    # Find the indices of the matched points.
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (rindex, nmatch, TY_INT)
+	    call salloc (lindex, nmatch, TY_INT)
+	    do i = 1, nmatch {
+		Memi[rindex+i-1] = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+		Memi[lindex+i-1] = intri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    }
+
+	    # Recompute the triangles.
+	    nreftri = rg_triangle (xref, yref, Memi[rindex], nmatch, reftri,
+		reftrirat, nrmaxtri, nrefstars, tolerance, ratio)
+	    nintri = rg_triangle (xin, yin, Memi[lindex], nmatch, intri,
+		intrirat, ninmaxtri, nliststars, ptolerance, ratio)
+
+	    # Rematch the triangles.
+	    if (nreftri < nintri)
+	        nmerge = rg_tmerge (reftri, reftrirat, nreftri, nrmaxtri, intri,
+	            intrirat, nintri, ninmaxtri)
+	    else
+	        nmerge = rg_tmerge (intri, intrirat, nintri, ninmaxtri, reftri,
+	            reftrirat, nreftri, nrmaxtri)
+
+	    # Reperform the rejection cycle.
+	    if (nmerge > 0)
+	        nkeep = rg_treject (reftri, reftrirat, nreftri, nrmaxtri,
+	            intri, intrirat, nintri, ninmaxtri, nmerge, nreject)
+
+	    # Reperform the vote.
+	    if (nkeep > 0) {
+	        ncheck = rg_tvote (reftri, nrmaxtri, nrefstars, intri,
+	            ninmaxtri, nliststars, nkeep)
+		if (ncheck <= 3 && nkeep < nmerge)
+		    ncheck = 0
+	    } else
+		ncheck = 0
+
+	    if (ncheck < nmatch)
+		nmatch = 0
+	    else
+		nmatch = ncheck
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+
+	return (nmatch)
+end
+ 
+
+# RG_TRIANGLE -- Construct all the the possible triangles from
+# an input coordinate list. The triangles are constructed in such a way
+# that the shortest side of the triangle lies between vertices 1 and 2 and the
+# longest side between vertices 1 and 3. The parameters of each triangle
+# including the log of the perimeter, the ratio of the longest to shortest
+# side, the cosine of the angle at vertex 1, the tolerances in the ratio
+# and cosine and the sense of the triangle (clockwise or anti-clockwise)
+# are also computed. Triangles with a ratio greater than maxratio are
+# rejected as are triangles with vertices closer together than tolerance.
+
+int procedure rg_triangle (xref, yref, refindex, nrefstars, reftri, tripar,
+	nmaxtri, maxnpts, tolerance, maxratio)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I y reference coordinates
+int	refindex[ARB]		#I the reference list sort index
+int	nrefstars		#I number of reference stars
+int	reftri[nmaxtri,ARB]	#O reference triangles
+real	tripar[nmaxtri,ARB]	#O triangle parameters
+int	nmaxtri			#I maximum number of triangles
+int	maxnpts			#I the maximum number of points
+real	tolerance		#I matching tolerance
+real	maxratio		#I maximum ratio of triangle sides
+
+int	i, j, k, nsample, npts, ntri
+real	rij, rjk, rki, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3, r1, r2sq, r2, r3sq, r3
+real	ratio, cosc, cosc2, sinc2, tol2, tol
+
+begin
+	# Create the tolerance.
+	tol2 = tolerance ** 2
+	nsample = max (1, nrefstars / maxnpts) 
+	npts = min (nrefstars, nsample * maxnpts)
+
+	# Construct the triangles.
+	ntri = 1
+	do i = 1, npts - 2 * nsample, nsample {
+	    do j = i + nsample, npts - nsample, nsample {
+		do k = j + nsample, npts, nsample {
+
+		    # Compute the lengths of the three sides of the triangle,
+		    # eliminating triangles with sides that are less than
+		    # tolerance.
+		    rij = (xref[refindex[i]] - xref[refindex[j]]) ** 2 +
+		        (yref[refindex[i]] - yref[refindex[j]]) ** 2
+		    if (rij <= tol2)
+		        next
+		    rjk = (xref[refindex[j]] - xref[refindex[k]]) ** 2 +
+		        (yref[refindex[j]] - yref[refindex[k]]) ** 2
+		    if (rjk <= tol2)
+			next
+		    rki = (xref[refindex[k]] - xref[refindex[i]]) ** 2 +
+		        (yref[refindex[k]] - yref[refindex[i]]) ** 2
+		    if (rki <= tol2)
+			next
+
+		    # Order the vertices with the shortest side of the triangle
+		    # between vertices 1 and 2 and the intermediate side between
+		    # vertices 2 and 3.
+		    reftri[ntri,RG_INDEX] = ntri
+		    if (rij <= rjk) {
+	                if (rki <= rij) {
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X1] = refindex[k]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X2] = refindex[i]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X3] = refindex[j]
+	    		} else if (rki >= rjk) {
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X1] = refindex[i]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X2] = refindex[j]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X3] = refindex[k]
+	    		} else {
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X1] = refindex[j]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X2] = refindex[i]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X3] = refindex[k]
+	    	        }
+		    } else {
+	    	        if (rki <= rjk) {
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X1] = refindex[i]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X2] = refindex[k]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X3] = refindex[j]
+	    	        } else if (rki >= rij) {
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X1] = refindex[k]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X2] = refindex[j]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X3] = refindex[i]
+	    	        } else {
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X1] = refindex[j]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X2] = refindex[k]
+			    reftri[ntri,RG_X3] = refindex[i]
+	    	        }
+		    }
+
+		    # Compute the lengths of the sides.
+		    dx1 = xref[reftri[ntri,RG_X3]] - xref[reftri[ntri,RG_X2]]
+		    dy1 = yref[reftri[ntri,RG_X3]] - yref[reftri[ntri,RG_X2]]
+		    dx2 = xref[reftri[ntri,RG_X2]] - xref[reftri[ntri,RG_X1]]
+		    dy2 = yref[reftri[ntri,RG_X2]] - yref[reftri[ntri,RG_X1]]
+		    dx3 = xref[reftri[ntri,RG_X3]] - xref[reftri[ntri,RG_X1]]
+		    dy3 = yref[reftri[ntri,RG_X3]] - yref[reftri[ntri,RG_X1]]
+
+		    # Compute the ratio of the longest side of the triangle
+		    # to the shortest side.
+		    r1 = sqrt (dx1 ** 2 + dy1 ** 2)
+		    r2sq = dx2 ** 2 + dy2 ** 2
+		    r2 = sqrt (r2sq)
+		    r3sq = dx3 ** 2 + dy3 ** 2
+		    r3 = sqrt (r3sq)
+		    if (r2 <= 0.)
+	    	        next
+		    ratio = r3 / r2
+		    if (ratio > maxratio)
+	    		next
+
+		    # Compute the cos, cos ** 2 and sin ** 2 of the angle at 
+		    # vertex 1.
+		    cosc = (dx3 * dx2 + dy3 * dy2) / (r3 * r2)
+		    cosc2 = max (0.0, min (1.0, cosc * cosc))
+		    sinc2 = max (0.0, min (1.0, 1.0 - cosc2))
+
+		    # Determine whether the triangles vertices are arranged
+		    # clockwise of anticlockwise.
+		    if ((dx2 * dy1 - dy2 * dx1) > 0.0)
+			reftri[ntri,RG_CC] = YES
+		    else
+			reftri[ntri,RG_CC] = NO
+
+		    # Compute the tolerances.
+		    tol = (1.0 / r3sq - cosc / (r3 * r2) + 1.0 / r2sq)
+		    tripar[ntri,RG_TOLR] = 2.0 * ratio ** 2 * tol2 * tol 
+		    tripar[ntri,RG_TOLC] = 2.0 * sinc2 * tol2 * tol + 3.0 *
+		        cosc2 * tol2 ** 2 * tol * tol
+
+		    # Compute the perimeter.
+		    tripar[ntri,RG_LOGP] = log (r1 + r2 + r3)
+		    tripar[ntri,RG_RATIO] = ratio
+		    tripar[ntri,RG_COS1] = cosc
+
+		    ntri = ntri + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	ntri = ntri - 1
+
+	# Sort the triangles in increasing order of ratio.
+	call rg_qsortr (tripar[1,RG_RATIO], reftri[1,RG_INDEX],
+	    reftri[1,RG_INDEX], ntri)
+
+	return (ntri)
+end
+
+
+# RG_TMERGE -- Compute the intersection of two sorted files of triangles
+# using the tolerance parameter.
+
+int procedure rg_tmerge (reftri, rtripar, nrtri, nmrtri, listri, ltripar,
+	nltri, nmltri)
+
+int	reftri[nmrtri,ARB]	#U list of reference triangles
+real	rtripar[nmrtri,ARB]	#I reference triangle parameters
+int	nrtri			#I number of reference triangles
+int	nmrtri			#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	listri[nmltri,ARB]	#U list of reference triangles
+real	ltripar[nmltri,ARB]	#I reference triangle parameters
+int	nltri			#I number of reference triangles
+int	nmltri			#I maximum number of reference triangles
+
+int	rp, blp, lp, ninter, rindex, lindex, mindex
+real	rmaxtol, lmaxtol, maxtol, dr, dr2, mdr2, dcos2, mdcos2, dtolr, dtolc 
+
+begin
+	# Find the maximum tolerance for each list.
+	call alimr (rtripar[1,RG_TOLR], nrtri, maxtol, rmaxtol)
+	call alimr (ltripar[1,RG_TOLR], nltri, maxtol, lmaxtol)
+	maxtol = sqrt (rmaxtol + lmaxtol)
+
+	# Define the beginning of the search range for each triangle.
+	blp = 1
+
+	# Loop over all the triangles in the reference list.
+	ninter = 0
+	for (rp = 1; rp <= nrtri; rp = rp + 1) {
+
+	    # Get the index for the reference triangle.
+	    rindex = reftri[rp,RG_INDEX]
+
+	    # Move to the first triangle in the input list that satisfies the
+	    # ratio tolerance requirement.
+	    for  (; blp <= nltri; blp = blp + 1) {
+		lindex = listri[blp,RG_INDEX]
+		dr = rtripar[rindex,RG_RATIO] - ltripar[lindex,RG_RATIO]
+		if (dr <= maxtol)
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	    # If the beginning of the search range becomes greater than
+	    # the length of the list then there is no match.
+	    if (blp > nltri)
+		break
+
+	    # If the first triangle in the list is past the tolerance
+	    # limit skip to the next reference triangle
+	    if (dr < -maxtol)
+		next
+
+	    # Search through the appropriate range of triangles for the 
+	    # closest fit.
+
+	    # Initialize the tolerances.
+	    mindex = 0
+	    mdr2 = 0.5 * MAX_REAL
+	    mdcos2 = 0.5 * MAX_REAL
+
+	    for (lp = blp; lp <= nltri; lp = lp + 1) {
+
+		# Quit the loop if the next triangle is out of match range.
+		lindex = listri[lp,RG_INDEX]
+		dr = rtripar[rindex,RG_RATIO] - ltripar[lindex,RG_RATIO]
+		if (dr < -maxtol)
+		    break
+
+		# Compute the tolerances for the two triangles.
+		dr2 = dr * dr
+		dcos2 = (rtripar[rindex,RG_COS1] - ltripar[lindex,RG_COS1]) ** 2
+		dtolr = rtripar[rindex,RG_TOLR] + ltripar[lindex,RG_TOLR]
+		dtolc = rtripar[rindex,RG_TOLC] + ltripar[lindex,RG_TOLC] 
+
+		# Find the best of all possible matches.
+		if (dr2 <= dtolr && dcos2 <= dtolc) {
+		    if ((dr2 + dcos2) < (mdr2 + mdcos2)) {
+			mindex = lindex
+			mdr2 = dr2
+			mdcos2 = dcos2
+		    }
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    # Add the match to the list.
+	    if (mindex > 0) {
+		ninter = ninter + 1
+		reftri[ninter,RG_MATCH] = rindex
+		listri[ninter,RG_MATCH] = mindex
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (ninter)
+end
+
+
+# RG_TREJECT -- Remove false matches from the list of matched triangles.
+
+int procedure rg_treject (reftri, rtripar, nrtri, nmrtri, listri, ltripar,
+	nltri, nmltri, nmatch, maxiter)
+
+int	reftri[nmrtri,ARB]	#U list of reference triangles
+real	rtripar[nmrtri,ARB]	#I reference triangle parameters
+int	nrtri			#I number of reference triangles
+int	nmrtri			#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	listri[nmltri,ARB]	#U list of reference triangles
+real	ltripar[nmltri,ARB]	#I reference triangle parameters
+int	nltri			#I number of reference triangles
+int	nmltri			#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	nmatch			#I initial number of matches
+int	maxiter			#I maximum number of rejection iterations
+
+double	dif, mode, sum, sumsq
+int	i, nrej, nplus, nminus, ntrue, nfalse, npts, ncount, niter, rindex
+int	lindex
+pointer	sp, adif
+real	sigma, factor, locut, hicut
+double	rg_moded()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (adif, nmatch, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Accumulate the number of same sense and number of opposite sense
+	# matches as well as the log perimeter statistics.
+	sum = 0.0d0
+	sumsq = 0.0d0
+	nplus = 0
+	do i = 1, nmatch {
+	    rindex = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    lindex = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    dif = (rtripar[rindex,RG_LOGP] - ltripar[lindex,RG_LOGP])
+	    Memd[adif+i-1] = dif
+	    sum = sum + dif
+	    sumsq = sumsq + dif * dif
+	    if (reftri[rindex,RG_CC] == listri[lindex,RG_CC])
+		nplus = nplus + 1
+	}
+	nminus = nmatch - nplus
+
+	# Compute the mean, mode, and sigma of the logP distribution,
+	ntrue = abs (nplus - nminus)
+	nfalse = nplus + nminus - ntrue
+	#mean = sum / nmatch
+	if (nmatch <= 1)
+	    sigma = 0.0
+	else
+	    sigma = (sumsq - (sum / nmatch) * sum) / (nmatch - 1)
+	if (sigma <= 0.0) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return (nmatch)
+	} else
+	    sigma = sqrt (sigma)
+	call asrtd (Memd[adif], Memd[adif], nmatch)
+        #if (mod (nmatch,2) == 1)
+            #median = Memd[adif+nmatch/2]
+        #else
+	    #median = (Memd[adif+nmatch/2] + Memd[adif+(nmatch-1)/2]) / 2.0d0
+	mode = rg_moded (Memd[adif], nmatch, 10, 1.0d0, 0.1d0 * sigma,
+	    0.01d0 * sigma)
+	if (nfalse > ntrue)
+	    factor = 1.0
+	else if ((0.1 * ntrue) > nfalse)
+	    factor = 3.0
+	else
+	    factor = 2.0
+
+	# Begin the rejection cycle.
+	npts = nmatch
+	niter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    ncount = 0
+	    nrej = 0
+	    locut = mode - factor * sigma
+	    hicut = mode + factor * sigma
+
+	    # Reject matched triangles which are too far from the mean logP.
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		rindex = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+		lindex = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+		dif = rtripar[rindex,RG_LOGP] - ltripar[lindex,RG_LOGP]
+		if (dif < locut || dif > hicut) {
+		    sum = sum - dif
+		    sumsq = sumsq - dif * dif
+	    	    if (reftri[rindex,RG_CC] == listri[lindex,RG_CC])
+			nplus = nplus - 1
+		    else
+			nminus = nminus - 1
+		    nrej = nrej + 1
+		} else {
+		    Memd[adif+ncount] = dif
+		    ncount = ncount + 1
+		    reftri[ncount,RG_MATCH] = rindex
+		    listri[ncount,RG_MATCH] = lindex
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # No more points were rejected.
+	    npts = ncount
+	    if (nrej <= 0)
+		break
+
+	    # All the points were rejected.
+	    if (npts <= 0)
+		break
+
+	    # The rejection iteration limit was reached.
+	    niter = niter + 1
+	    if (niter >= maxiter)
+		break
+
+	    # Compute the new mean and sigma of the logP distribution.
+	    #mean = sum / npts
+	    if (npts <= 1)
+	        sigma = 0.0
+	    else
+	        sigma = (sumsq - (sum / npts) * sum) / (npts - 1)
+	    if (sigma <= 0.0)
+		break
+	    sigma = sqrt (sigma)
+	    call asrtd (Memd[adif], Memd[adif], npts)
+            #if (mod (npts,2) == 1)
+                #median = Memd[adif+npts/2]
+            #else
+		#median = (Memd[adif+npts/2] + Memd[adif+(npts-1)/2]) / 2.0d0
+	    mode = rg_moded (Memd[adif], npts, 10, 1.0d0, 0.10d0 * sigma,
+	        0.01d0 * sigma)
+
+	    # Recompute the ksigma rejection criterion based on the number of
+	    # same and opposite sense matches.
+	    ntrue = abs (nplus - nminus)
+	    nfalse = nplus + nminus - ntrue
+	    if (nfalse > ntrue)
+	        factor = 1.0
+	    else if ((0.1 * ntrue) > nfalse)
+	        factor = 3.0
+	    else
+	        factor = 2.0
+	}
+
+	# One last iteration to get rid of opposite sense of matches.
+	if (npts <= 0)
+	    npts = 0
+	else if (nplus > nminus) {
+	    ncount = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        rindex = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	        lindex = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    	if (reftri[rindex,RG_CC] == listri[lindex,RG_CC]) {
+		    ncount = ncount + 1
+		    reftri[ncount,RG_MATCH] = rindex
+		    listri[ncount,RG_MATCH] = lindex
+		}
+	    }
+	    npts = ncount
+	} else {
+	    ncount = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        rindex = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	        lindex = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    	if (reftri[rindex,RG_CC] != listri[lindex,RG_CC]) {
+		    ncount = ncount + 1
+		    reftri[ncount,RG_MATCH] = rindex
+		    listri[ncount,RG_MATCH] = lindex
+		}
+	    }
+	    npts = ncount
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# RG_TVOTE -- Count the number a times a particular pair of
+# coordinates is matched in the set of matched triangles. If a particular
+# pair of points occurs in many triangles it is much more likely to be
+# a true match than if it occurs in very few. Since this vote array
+# may be quite sparsely occupied, use the PLIO package to store and
+# maintain the list.
+
+int procedure rg_tvote (reftri, nmrtri, nrefstars, listri, nmltri, nliststars,
+	nmatch)
+
+int	reftri[nmrtri,ARB]		#U reference triangles
+int	nmrtri				#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	nrefstars			#I number of reference stars
+int	listri[nmltri,ARB]		#U input list triangles
+int	nmltri				#I maximum number of list triangles
+int	nliststars			#I number of list stars
+int	nmatch				#I number of match triangles
+
+int	i, j, rp, lp, vp, pixval, tminvote, tmaxvote, minvote, maxvote, hmaxvote
+int	ninter, axes[2], laxes[2], pvp
+pointer	sp, vote, vindex, pl, lmatch, rmatch
+bool	pl_linenotempty()
+pointer	pl_create()
+
+begin
+	# Open the pixel list.
+	axes[1] = nliststars
+	axes[2] = nrefstars
+	pl = pl_create (2, axes, 16)
+
+	# Acumulate the votes.
+	do i = 1, nmatch {
+	    rp = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    lp = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    laxes[1] = listri[lp,RG_X1]
+	    laxes[2] = reftri[rp,RG_X1]
+	    if (! pl_linenotempty (pl, laxes))
+	        call pl_point (pl, laxes[1], laxes[2], PIX_SET + PIX_VALUE(1))
+	    else {
+		call pl_glpi (pl, laxes, pixval, 16, 1, PIX_SRC)
+		pixval = pixval + 1
+	        call pl_point (pl, laxes[1], laxes[2], PIX_SET +
+		    PIX_VALUE(pixval))
+	    }
+	    laxes[1] = listri[lp,RG_X2]
+	    laxes[2] = reftri[rp,RG_X2]
+	    if (! pl_linenotempty (pl, laxes))
+	        call pl_point (pl, laxes[1], laxes[2], PIX_SET + PIX_VALUE(1))
+	    else {
+		call pl_glpi (pl, laxes, pixval, 16, 1, PIX_SRC)
+		pixval = pixval + 1
+	        call pl_point (pl, laxes[1], laxes[2], PIX_SET +
+		    PIX_VALUE(pixval))
+	    }
+	    laxes[1] = listri[lp,RG_X3]
+	    laxes[2] = reftri[rp,RG_X3]
+	    if (! pl_linenotempty (pl, laxes))
+	        call pl_point (pl, laxes[1], laxes[2], PIX_SET + PIX_VALUE(1))
+	    else {
+		call pl_glpi (pl, laxes, pixval, 16, 1, PIX_SRC)
+		pixval = pixval + 1
+	        call pl_point (pl, laxes[1], laxes[2], PIX_SET +
+		    PIX_VALUE(pixval))
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Allocate temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vote, axes[1], TY_INT)
+	call salloc (vindex, axes[1], TY_INT)
+	call salloc (lmatch, axes[1], TY_INT)
+	call salloc (rmatch, axes[2], TY_INT)
+	call amovki (NO, Memi[lmatch], axes[1])
+	call amovki (NO, Memi[rmatch], axes[2])
+
+	# Find the maximum value in the mask.
+	minvote = MAX_INT
+	maxvote = -MAX_INT
+	do i = 1, axes[2] {
+	    laxes[1] = 1
+	    laxes[2] = i
+	    if (! pl_linenotempty (pl, laxes))
+		next
+	    call pl_glpi (pl, laxes, Memi[vote], 16, axes[1], PIX_SRC)
+	    call alimi (Memi[vote], axes[1], tminvote, tmaxvote)
+	    minvote = min (minvote, tminvote)
+	    maxvote = max (maxvote, tmaxvote)
+	}
+	if (maxvote < 0) {
+	    maxvote = 0
+	    hmaxvote = 0
+	} else
+	    hmaxvote = maxvote / 2
+
+	# Vote on the matched pairs.
+	ninter = 0
+	if (maxvote > 0) {
+	    do j = 1, axes[2] {
+
+	        # Sort the vote array.
+	        do i = 1, axes[1]
+		    Memi[vindex+i-1] = i
+	        laxes[1] = 1
+	        laxes[2] = j
+	        call pl_glpi (pl, laxes, Memi[vote], 16, axes[1], PIX_SRC)
+	        call rg_qsorti (Memi[vote], Memi[vindex], Memi[vindex],
+		    axes[1])
+
+	        # Reject points which have no votes, which have only a
+		# single vote if the maximum number of votest is > 1,
+		# less or equal to half the  maximum number of votes,
+		# the same number of votes as the next largest index,
+		# or which have already been matched.
+
+		vp = Memi[vindex+axes[1]-1]
+		pvp = Memi[vindex+axes[1]-2]
+	        if (Memi[vote+vp-1] <= 0)
+		    next
+		if (Memi[vote+vp-1] == Memi[vote+pvp-1])
+		    next
+		if (Memi[vote+vp-1] <= hmaxvote)
+		    next
+		if (Memi[lmatch+vp-1] == YES || Memi[rmatch+j-1] == YES)
+		    next
+	        if (Memi[vote+vp-1] == 1 && (maxvote > 1 || nmatch > 1))
+		    next
+
+		ninter = ninter + 1
+		reftri[ninter, RG_MATCH] = j
+		listri[ninter,RG_MATCH] = vp
+		Memi[rmatch+j-1] = YES
+		Memi[lmatch+vp-1] = YES
+	    }
+	} else if (maxvote > 0) {
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call pl_close (pl)
+
+	return (ninter)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MLINCOEFF -- Compute the coefficients of a new linear transformation
+# using the first one to three matched stars as input.
+
+int procedure rg_mlincoeff (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, reftri, nmrtri, listri,
+	nmltri, nmatch, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the y list coordinates
+int	reftri[nmrtri,ARB]	#I list of reference triangles
+int	nmrtri			#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	listri[nmltri,ARB]	#I list of reference triangles
+int	nmltri			#I maximum number of list triangles
+int	nmatch			#I number of matches
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O the new computed coefficients
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+int	i, rindex, lindex, stat
+pointer	sp, xr, yr, xin, yin
+int	rg_lincoeff()
+
+begin
+	if (nmatch <= 0)
+	    return (ERR)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xr, nmatch, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yr, nmatch, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xin, nmatch, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yin, nmatch, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Load the points to be fit.
+	do i = 1, nmatch {
+	    rindex = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    lindex = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    Memr[xr+i-1] = xref[rindex] 
+	    Memr[yr+i-1] = yref[rindex] 
+	    Memr[xin+i-1] = xlist[lindex]
+	    Memr[yin+i-1] = ylist[lindex]
+	}
+
+	# Compute the new coefficients.
+	stat = rg_lincoeff (Memr[xr], Memr[yr], Memr[xin], Memr[yin],
+	    nmatch, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (stat)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MWRITE -- Write out the intersection of the two matched pixel lists to the
+# output file.
+
+procedure rg_mwrite (ofd, xref, yref, rlineno, xlist, ylist, ilineno,
+	reftri, nmrtri, listri, nmltri, nmatch, xformat, yformat)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the y reference coordinates
+int	rlineno[ARB]		#I the reference coordinate line numbers
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the y list coordinates
+int	ilineno[ARB]		#I the input list line numbers
+int	reftri[nmrtri,ARB]	#I list of reference triangles
+int	nmrtri			#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	listri[nmltri,ARB]	#I list of reference triangles
+int	nmltri			#I maximum number of list triangles
+int	nmatch			#I number of matches
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output x column format
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output y column format
+
+int	i, lindex, rindex
+pointer	sp, fmtstr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Construct the format string.
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %%5d %%5d\n")
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+
+	do i = 1, nmatch {
+	    rindex = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    lindex = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    call fprintf (ofd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call pargr (xref[rindex])
+		call pargr (yref[rindex])
+		call pargr (xlist[lindex])
+		call pargr (ylist[lindex])
+		call pargi (rlineno[rindex])
+		call pargi (ilineno[lindex])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LMWRITE -- Write out the intersection of the matched celestial coordinate
+# and pixel lists to the output file.
+
+procedure rg_lmwrite (ofd, lngref, latref, rlineno, xlist, ylist, ilineno,
+	reftri, nmrtri, listri, nmltri, nmatch, lngformat, latformat,
+	xformat, yformat)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+double	lngref[ARB]		#I the x reference coordinates
+double	latref[ARB]		#I the y reference coordinates
+int	rlineno[ARB]		#I the reference coordinate line numbers
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the y list coordinates
+int	ilineno[ARB]		#I the input list line numbers
+int	reftri[nmrtri,ARB]	#I list of reference triangles
+int	nmrtri			#I maximum number of reference triangles
+int	listri[nmltri,ARB]	#I list of reference triangles
+int	nmltri			#I maximum number of list triangles
+int	nmatch			#I number of matches
+char	lngformat[ARB]		#I the output longitude column format
+char	latformat[ARB]		#I the output latitude column format
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output x column format
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output y column format
+
+int	i, lindex, rindex
+pointer	sp, fmtstr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Construct the format string.
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %%5d %%5d\n")
+	if (lngformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (lngformat)
+	if (latformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (latformat)
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+
+	do i = 1, nmatch {
+	    rindex = reftri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    lindex = listri[i,RG_MATCH]
+	    call fprintf (ofd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		call pargd (lngref[rindex])
+		call pargd (latref[rindex])
+		call pargr (xlist[lindex])
+		call pargr (ylist[lindex])
+		call pargi (rlineno[rindex])
+		call pargi (ilineno[lindex])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# RG_FACTORIAL -- Compute the combinatorial function which is defined as
+# n! / ((n - ngroup)! * ngroup!).
+
+int procedure rg_factorial (n, ngroup)
+
+int	n		#I input argument
+int	ngroup		#I combinatorial factor
+
+int	i, fac, grfac
+
+begin
+	if (n <= 0)
+	    return (1)
+
+	fac = n
+	do i = n - 1, n - 3 + 1, -1
+	    fac = fac * i
+
+	grfac = ngroup
+	do i = ngroup - 1, 2, -1
+	    grfac = grfac * i
+
+	return (fac / grfac)
+end
+
+
+# RG_MODED -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+# with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+# pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+# bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+# The input array must be sorted.
+
+double procedure rg_moded (a, npts, nmin, zrange, fzbin, fzstep)
+
+double  a[npts]                 #I the sorted input data array
+int     npts                    #I the number of points
+int     nmin                    #I the minimum number of points
+double  zrange                  #I fraction of pixels around median to use
+double  fzbin                   #I the bin size for the mode search
+double  fzstep                  #I the step size for the mode search
+
+int     x1, x2, x3, nmax
+double  zstep, zbin, y1, y2, mode
+bool    fp_equald()
+
+begin
+        # If there are too few points return the median.
+        if (npts < nmin) {
+            if (mod (npts,2) == 1)
+                return (a[1+npts/2])
+            else
+                return ((a[npts/2] + a[1+npts/2]) / 2.0d0)
+        }
+
+        # Compute the data range that will be used to do the mode search.
+        # If the data has no range then the constant value will be returned.
+        x1 = max (1, int (1.0d0 + npts * (1.0d0 - zrange) / 2.0d0))
+        x3 = min (npts, int (1.0d0 + npts * (1.0d0 + zrange) / 2.0d0))
+        if (fp_equald (a[x1], a[x3]))
+            return (a[x1])
+
+
+        # Compute the bin and step size. The bin size is based on the
+        # data range over a fraction of the pixels around the median
+        # and a bin step which may be smaller than the bin size.
+
+        zstep = fzstep #* (a[x3] - a[x1])
+        zbin = fzbin #* (a[x3] - a[x1])
+
+        nmax = 0
+        x2 = x1
+        for (y1 = a[x1]; x2 < x3; y1 = y1 + zstep) {
+            for (; a[x1] < y1; x1 = x1 + 1)
+                ;
+            y2 = y1 + zbin
+            for (; (x2 < x3) && (a[x2] < y2); x2 = x2 + 1)
+                ;
+            if (x2 - x1 > nmax) {
+                nmax = x2 - x1
+                if (mod (x2+x1,2) == 0)
+                    mode = a[(x2+x1)/2]
+                else
+                    mode = (a[(x2+x1)/2] + a[(x2+x1)/2+1]) / 2.0d0
+            }
+        }
+
+        return (mode)
+end
+
+
+#define  NMIN    10        # Minimum number of pixels for mode calculation
+#define  ZRANGE  0.8d0     # Fraction of pixels about median to use
+#define  ZSTEP   0.01d0    # Step size for search for mode
+#define  ZBIN    0.1d0     # Bin size for mode.
+#
+## RG_MODED -- Compute mode of an array.  The mode is found by binning
+## with a bin size based on the data range over a fraction of the
+## pixels about the median and a bin step which may be smaller than the
+## bin size.  If there are too few points the median is returned.
+## The input array must be sorted.
+#
+#double	procedure rg_moded (a, n)
+#
+#double  a[n]                    # Data array
+#int     n                       # Number of points
+#
+#int     i, j, k, nmax
+#real    z1, z2, zstep, zbin
+#double  mode
+#bool    fp_equald()
+#
+#begin
+#        if (n < NMIN)
+#            return (a[n/2])
+#
+#        # Compute the mode.  The array must be sorted.  Consider a
+#        # range of values about the median point.  Use a bin size which
+#        # is ZBIN of the range.  Step the bin limits in ZSTEP fraction of
+#        # the bin size.
+#
+#	i = 1 + n * (1. - ZRANGE) / 2.0d0
+#        j = 1 + n * (1. + ZRANGE) / 2.0d0
+#        z1 = a[i]
+#        z2 = a[j]
+#        if (fp_equald (z1, z2)) {
+#            mode = z1
+#            return (mode)
+#        }
+#
+#        zstep = ZSTEP * (z2 - z1)
+#        zbin = ZBIN * (z2 - z1)
+#
+#        z1 = z1 - zstep
+#        k = i
+#        nmax = 0
+#        repeat {
+#            z1 = z1 + zstep
+#            z2 = z1 + zbin
+#            for (; i < j && a[i] < z1; i=i+1)
+#                ;
+#            for (; k < j && a[k] < z2; k=k+1)
+#                ;
+#            if (k - i > nmax) {
+#                nmax = k - i
+#                mode = a[(i+k)/2]
+#            }
+#        } until (k >= j)
+#
+#        return (mode)
+#end
+#
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgsort.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgsort.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..afaab085
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgsort.x
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+
+define	LOGPTR		20			# log2(maxpts) (1e6)
+
+# RG_QSORTR -- Vector quicksort a real array. In this version the index array
+# is sorted not the data array. The input and output index arrays may be the
+# same.
+
+procedure rg_qsortr (data, a, b, npix)
+
+real	data[ARB]		#I the input data array
+int	a[ARB]			#I the input index array
+int	b[ARB]			#O the output index array
+int	npix			#I the number of pixels
+
+int	i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp
+real	pivot
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the indices for an inplace sort.
+	call amovi (a, b, npix)
+
+	p = 1
+	lv[1] = 1
+	uv[1] = npix
+	while (p > 0) {
+
+	    # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line.
+	    if (lv[p] >= uv[p])
+		p = p - 1
+	    else {
+		i = lv[p] - 1
+		j = uv[p]
+		pivot = data[b[j]]
+
+		while (i < j) {
+		    for (i=i+1;  data[b[i]] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+			;
+		    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+			if (data[b[j]] <= pivot)
+			    break
+		    if (i < j) {		# out of order pair
+			temp = b[j]		# interchange elements
+			b[j] = b[i]
+			b[i] = temp
+		    }
+		}
+
+		j = uv[p]			# move pivot to position i
+		temp = b[j]			# interchange elements
+		b[j] = b[i]
+		b[i] = temp
+
+		if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) {	# stack so shorter done first
+		    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+		    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+		    lv[p] = i + 1
+		} else {
+		    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+		    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+		    uv[p] = i - 1
+		}
+
+		p = p + 1			# push onto stack
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_QSORTI -- Vector quicksort an integer array. In this version the index
+# array is actually sorted not the data array. The input and output index
+# arrays may be the same.
+
+procedure rg_qsorti (data, a, b, npix)
+
+int	data[ARB]		# data array
+int	a[ARB]			# input index array
+int	b[ARB]			# output index array
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+
+int	i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp, pivot
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the indices for an inplace sort.
+	call amovi (a, b, npix)
+
+	p = 1
+	lv[1] = 1
+	uv[1] = npix
+	while (p > 0) {
+
+	    # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line.
+	    if (lv[p] >= uv[p])
+		p = p - 1
+	    else {
+		i = lv[p] - 1
+		j = uv[p]
+		pivot = data[b[j]]
+
+		while (i < j) {
+		    for (i=i+1;  data[b[i]] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+			;
+		    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+			if (data[b[j]] <= pivot)
+			    break
+		    if (i < j) {		# out of order pair
+			temp = b[j]		# interchange elements
+			b[j] = b[i]
+			b[i] = temp
+		    }
+		}
+
+		j = uv[p]			# move pivot to position i
+		temp = b[j]			# interchange elements
+		b[j] = b[i]
+		b[i] = temp
+
+		if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) {	# stack so shorter done first
+		    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+		    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+		    lv[p] = i + 1
+		} else {
+		    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+		    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+		    uv[p] = i - 1
+		}
+
+		p = p + 1			# push onto stack
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_SQSORT -- Sort two real arrays of data in increasing order using a
+# secondary key. The data is assumed to have been already sorted on
+# the primary key. The input and output index arrays may be the same.
+
+procedure rg_sqsort (sdata, pdata, a, b, npix)
+
+real	sdata[npix]		#I the secondary key
+real	pdata[npix]		#I the primary key
+int	a[npix]			#I the sorted index from the primary key
+int	b[npix]			#O the sorted output index
+int	npix			#I number of pixels
+
+int	i, ndup, first
+
+begin
+	# Copy the index array.
+	call amovi (a, b, npix)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	ndup = 0
+	for (i = 2; i <= npix; i = i + 1) {
+	    if (pdata[b[i]] <= pdata[b[i-1]])
+		ndup = ndup + 1 
+	    else if (ndup > 0) {
+		first = i - 1 - ndup
+		call rg_qsortr (sdata, b[first], b[first], ndup + 1)
+		ndup = 0
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgtransform.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgtransform.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da9f8210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgtransform.x
@@ -0,0 +1,947 @@
+include <math.h>
+include <math/gsurfit.h>
+include "xyxymatch.h"
+
+# RG_GETREFTIE -- Get the reference pixel coordinate tie points by reading
+# the image cursor or a file.
+
+int procedure rg_getreftie (fd, xreftie, yreftie, ntie, file_type, interactive)
+
+int	fd			#I the input file descriptor
+real	xreftie[ARB]		#O the output x coordinates of the tie points
+real	yreftie[ARB]		#O the output y coordinates of the tie points
+int	ntie			#I the number of tie points
+int	file_type		#I the input file type
+bool	interactive		#I the 
+
+int	nref, wcs, key
+pointer	sp, str
+int	clgcur(), fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Print the prompt string.
+	if (interactive) {
+
+	    # Issue prompt.
+	    if (file_type == RG_REFFILE) {
+	        call printf (
+	            "\nMark 1-%d reference objects on the display\n")
+	    } else {
+	        call printf (
+	            "\nMark the same %d input objects on the display\n")
+	    }
+		call pargi (ntie)
+
+	    # Mark the points
+	    nref = 0
+	    while (clgcur ("icommands", xreftie[nref+1], yreftie[nref+1],
+	        wcs, key, Memc[str], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+	        nref = nref + 1
+	        if (file_type == RG_REFFILE) {
+		    call printf ("    Reference coordinate %d %0.3f %0.3f\n")
+			call pargi (nref)
+			call pargr (xreftie[nref])
+			call pargr (yreftie[nref])
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("    Input coordinate %d %0.3f %0.3f\n")
+			call pargi (nref)
+			call pargr (xreftie[nref])
+			call pargr (yreftie[nref])
+		}
+	        if (nref >= ntie)
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Issue prompt.
+	    if (fd == STDIN) {
+	        if (file_type == RG_REFFILE) {
+	            call printf (
+	            "\nEnter coordinates of 1-%d reference objects\n")
+	        } else {
+	            call printf (
+	            "Enter coordinates of %d corresponding input objects\n")
+	        }
+		    call pargi (ntie)
+	    }
+
+	    nref = 0
+	    while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+		call gargr (xreftie[nref+1])
+		call gargr (yreftie[nref+1])
+		if (nscan() < 2)
+		    break
+		nref = nref + 1
+		if (nref >= ntie)
+		    break
+		call gargr (xreftie[nref+1])
+		call gargr (yreftie[nref+1])
+		if (nscan() < 4)
+		    break
+		nref = nref + 1
+		if (nref >= ntie)
+		    break
+		call gargr (xreftie[nref+1])
+		call gargr (yreftie[nref+1])
+		if (nscan() < 6)
+		    break
+		nref = nref + 1
+		break
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nref)
+end
+
+
+# RG_GETREFCEL -- Get the reference pixel coordinate tie points by reading
+# the image cursor or a file.
+
+int procedure rg_getrefcel (fd, xreftie, yreftie, ntie, projection,
+	reflng, reflat, lngunits, latunits, file_type)
+
+int	fd			#I the input file descriptor
+real	xreftie[ARB]		#O the output x coordinates of the tie points
+real	yreftie[ARB]		#O the output y coordinates of the tie points
+int	ntie			#I the number of tie points
+char	projection[ARB]		#I the sky projection geometry
+double	reflng			#I the ra / longitude of the reference point
+double	reflat			#I the dec / latitude of the reference point
+int	lngunits		#I the ra / longitude units
+int	latunits		#I the dec / latitude units
+int	file_type		#I the input file type
+
+int	nref
+pointer	sp, dxref, dyref, str
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate temporary space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (dxref, ntie, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (dyref, ntie, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Issue prompt.
+	if (fd == STDIN) {
+	    if (file_type == RG_REFFILE) {
+	        call printf (
+	            "\nEnter coordinates of 1-%d reference objects\n")
+	    } else {
+	        call printf (
+	            "Enter coordinates of %d corresponding input objects\n")
+	    }
+	        call pargi (ntie)
+	}
+
+	# Read in the tie point.
+	nref = 0
+	while (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+	    call gargd (Memd[dxref+nref])
+	    call gargd (Memd[dyref+nref])
+	    if (nscan() < 2)
+	        break
+	    nref = nref + 1
+	    if (nref >= ntie)
+	        break
+	    call gargd (Memd[dxref+nref])
+	    call gargd (Memd[dyref+nref])
+	    if (nscan() < 4)
+	        break
+	    nref = nref + 1
+	    if (nref >= ntie)
+	        break
+	    call gargd (Memd[dxref+nref])
+	    call gargd (Memd[dyref+nref])
+	    if (nscan() < 6)
+	        break
+	    nref = nref + 1
+	    break
+	}
+
+	# Convert to standard coordinates.
+	if (nref > 0) {
+	    call rg_celtostd (projection, Memd[dxref], Memd[dyref],
+	        Memd[dxref], Memd[dyref], nref, reflng, reflat, lngunits,
+		latunits)
+	    call amulkd (Memd[dxref], 3600.0d0, Memd[dxref], nref)
+	    call amulkd (Memd[dyref], 3600.0d0, Memd[dyref], nref)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[dxref], xreftie, nref)
+	    call achtdr (Memd[dyref], yreftie, nref)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nref)
+end
+
+
+# RG_PLINCOEFF -- Print the computed transformation on the standard output.
+
+procedure rg_plincoeff (xlabel, ylabel, xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie,
+	coeff, ncoeff)
+
+char	xlabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+char	ylabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input  y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x input coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y input coordinates
+int	ntie			#I number of tie points
+real	coeff[ARB]		#I the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+int	i
+real	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot
+
+begin
+	# List the tie points on the standard output.
+	if (ntie > 0) {
+	    do i = 1, ntie {
+	        call printf (
+	        "    tie point: %3d  ref: %9.3f %9.3f  input: %9.3f %9.3f\n")
+	            call pargi (i)
+		    call pargr (xref[i])
+		    call pargr (yref[i])
+		    call pargr (xlist[i])
+		    call pargr (ylist[i])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+
+	# Print the transformation coefficients to the standard output.
+	call printf ("Initial linear transformation\n")
+	call printf ("    %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (xlabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[1])
+	    call pargr (coeff[2])
+	call printf ("    %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (ylabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (coeff[4])
+	    call pargr (coeff[5])
+	call rg_ctogeo (coeff[1], -coeff[2], -coeff[4], coeff[5], xmag, ymag,
+	    xrot, yrot)
+	call printf (
+	"    dx: %0.2f dy: %0.2f xmag: %0.3f ymag: %0.3f xrot: %0.1f yrot: %0.1f\n")
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (xmag)
+	    call pargr (ymag)
+	    call pargr (xrot)
+	    call pargr (yrot)
+	call printf ("\n")
+end
+
+
+# RG_PMLINCOEFF -- Print the computed transformation on the standard output.
+
+procedure rg_pmlincoeff (xlabel, ylabel, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+char	xlabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+char	ylabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+real	coeff[ARB]		#I the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+real	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot
+
+begin
+	# Write the matched transformation coefficients to the standard output.
+	call printf ("Matched triangles transformation\n")
+	call printf ("    %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (xlabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[1])
+	    call pargr (coeff[2])
+	call printf ("    %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (ylabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (coeff[4])
+	    call pargr (coeff[5])
+	call rg_ctogeo (coeff[1], -coeff[2], -coeff[4], coeff[5], xmag, ymag,
+	    xrot, yrot)
+	call printf (
+	"    dx: %0.2f dy: %0.2f xmag: %0.3f ymag: %0.3f xrot: %0.1f yrot: %0.1f\n")
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (xmag)
+	    call pargr (ymag)
+	    call pargr (xrot)
+	    call pargr (yrot)
+	call printf ("\n")
+end
+
+
+# RG_WLINCOEFF -- Write the computed transformation to the output file.
+
+procedure rg_wlincoeff (fd, xlabel, ylabel, xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie,
+	coeff, ncoeff)
+
+int	fd			#I pointer to the output file
+char	xlabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+char	ylabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input  y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x input coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y input coordinates
+int	ntie			#I number of tie points
+real	coeff[ARB]		#I the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+int	i
+real	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot
+
+begin
+	# List the tie points.
+	if (ntie > 0) {
+	    do i = 1, ntie {
+	        call fprintf (fd,
+	        "#     tie point: %3d  ref: %9.3f %9.3f  input: %9.3f %9.3f\n")
+	            call pargi (i)
+		    call pargr (xref[i])
+		    call pargr (yref[i])
+		    call pargr (xlist[i])
+		    call pargr (ylist[i])
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (fd, "#\n")
+	}
+
+	# Write the transformation coefficients to the output file.
+	call fprintf (fd, "# Initial linear transformation\n")
+	call fprintf (fd,
+	    "#     %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (xlabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[1])
+	    call pargr (coeff[2])
+	call fprintf (fd,
+	    "#     %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (ylabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (coeff[4])
+	    call pargr (coeff[5])
+	call rg_ctogeo (coeff[1], -coeff[2], -coeff[4], coeff[5], xmag, ymag,
+	    xrot, yrot)
+	call fprintf (fd,
+	"# dx: %0.2f dy: %0.2f xmag: %0.3f ymag: %0.3f xrot: %0.1f yrot: %0.1f\n")
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (xmag)
+	    call pargr (ymag)
+	    call pargr (xrot)
+	    call pargr (yrot)
+	call fprintf (fd, "#\n")
+end
+
+
+# RG_WMLINCOEFF -- Print the computed transformation on the standard output.
+
+procedure rg_wmlincoeff (ofd, xlabel, ylabel, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+char	xlabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+char	ylabel[ARB]		#I the x equation label
+real	coeff[ARB]		#I the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+real	xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot
+
+begin
+	# Write the matched transformation coefficients to the output file.
+	call fprintf (ofd, "# Matched triangles transformation\n")
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "#     %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (xlabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[1])
+	    call pargr (coeff[2])
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	    "#     %4.4s[tie] = %10g + %10g * x[tie] + %10g * y[tie]\n")
+	    call pargstr (ylabel)
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (coeff[4])
+	    call pargr (coeff[5])
+	call rg_ctogeo (coeff[1], -coeff[2], -coeff[4], coeff[5], xmag, ymag,
+	    xrot, yrot)
+	call fprintf (ofd,
+	"# dx: %0.2f dy: %0.2f xmag: %0.3f ymag: %0.3f xrot: %0.1f yrot: %0.1f\n")
+	    call pargr (coeff[3])
+	    call pargr (coeff[6])
+	    call pargr (xmag)
+	    call pargr (ymag)
+	    call pargr (xrot)
+	    call pargr (yrot)
+	call fprintf (ofd, "#\n")
+end
+
+
+# RG_LINCOEFF -- Compute the transformation given one to three tie points.
+
+int procedure rg_lincoeff (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input  y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x input coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y input coordinates
+int	ntie			#I number of tie points
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+int	ier, xier, yier, nfcoeff
+pointer	sp, wts, fcoeff, sx, sy
+real	xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax
+int	rg_onestar(), rg_twostar(), rg_threestar()
+
+begin
+	switch (ntie) {
+	case 0:
+	    ier = ERR
+	case 1:
+	    ier = rg_onestar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie, coeff, ncoeff)
+	case 2:
+	    ier = rg_twostar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie, coeff, ncoeff)
+	case 3:
+	    ier = rg_threestar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie,
+	        coeff, ncoeff)
+	default:
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (fcoeff, 3, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (wts, ntie, TY_REAL)
+	    call alimr (xlist, ntie, xmin, xmax)
+	    call alimr (ylist, ntie, ymin, ymax)
+	    call gsinit (sx, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call gsinit (sy, GS_POLYNOMIAL, 2, 2, GS_XNONE, xmin, xmax,
+	        ymin, ymax)
+	    call amovkr (1.0, Memr[wts], ntie)
+	    call gsfit (sx, xlist, ylist, xref, Memr[wts], ntie, WTS_UNIFORM,
+		xier)
+	    call gsfit (sy, xlist, ylist, yref, Memr[wts], ntie, WTS_UNIFORM,
+		yier)
+	    if (xier == OK && xier == OK) {
+	        call gscoeff (sx, Memr[fcoeff], nfcoeff)
+		coeff[3] = Memr[fcoeff]
+		coeff[1] = Memr[fcoeff+1]
+		coeff[2] = Memr[fcoeff+2]
+	        call gscoeff (sy, Memr[fcoeff], nfcoeff)
+		coeff[6] = Memr[fcoeff]
+		coeff[4] = Memr[fcoeff+1]
+		coeff[5] = Memr[fcoeff+2]
+		ier = OK
+	    } else
+		ier = ERR
+	    call gsfree (sx)
+	    call gsfree (sy)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+
+	return (ier)
+end
+
+
+# RG_COMPUTE -- Transform the input list coordinates. The transformation
+# may be done in place.
+
+procedure rg_compute (xlist, ylist, xtrans, ytrans, nstars, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y coordinates
+real	xtrans[ARB]		#O the output x transformed coordinates
+real	ytrans[ARB]		#O the output y transformed coordinates
+int	nstars			#I the number of points
+real	coeff[ARB]		#I the input coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+int	i
+real	xval, yval
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nstars {
+	    xval = xlist[i]
+	    yval = ylist[i]
+	    xtrans[i] = coeff[1] * xval + coeff[2] * yval + coeff[3]
+	    ytrans[i] = coeff[4] * xval + coeff[5] * yval + coeff[6]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_INTERSECT -- Compute the intersection of two sorted lists given a
+# matching tolerance.
+
+int procedure rg_intersection (ofd, xref, yref, refindex, rlineno, nrefstars,
+	xlist, ylist, xtrans, ytrans, listindex, ilineno, nliststars,
+	tolerance, xformat, yformat)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input y reference coordinates
+int	refindex[ARB]		#I the input reference coordinates sort index
+int	rlineno[ARB]		#I the input reference coordinate line numbers
+int	nrefstars		#I the number of reference stars
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y list coordinates
+real	xtrans[ARB]		#I the input x transformed list coordinates
+real	ytrans[ARB]		#I the input y transformed list coordinates
+int	listindex[ARB]		#I the input list sort index
+int	ilineno[ARB]		#I the input input line numbers
+int	nliststars		#I the number of input stars
+real	tolerance		#I the matching tolerance
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output x coordinate format
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output y coordinate format
+
+int	blp, rp, rindex, lp, lindex, rmatch, lmatch, ninter
+pointer	sp, fmtstr
+real	dx, dy, tol2, rmax2, r2
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Construct the fromat string
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %%5d %%5d\n")
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+
+	# Initialize the intersection routine.
+	tol2 = tolerance ** 2
+	blp = 1
+	ninter = 0
+
+	# Loop over the reference list stars.
+	for (rp = 1; rp <= nrefstars; rp = rp + 1)  {
+
+	    # Get the index of the reference star in question.
+	    rindex = refindex[rp]
+
+	    # Compute the start of the search range.
+	    for (; blp <= nliststars; blp = blp + 1) {
+		lindex = listindex[blp]
+	        dy = yref[rindex] - ytrans[lindex]
+		if (dy < tolerance)
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	    # Break if the end of the input list is reached.
+	    if (blp > nliststars)
+		break
+
+	    # If one is outside the tolerance limits skip to next reference
+	    # object.
+	    if (dy < -tolerance)
+		next
+
+	    # Find the closest match to the reference object.
+	    rmax2  = tol2
+	    rmatch = 0
+	    lmatch = 0
+	    for (lp = blp; lp <= nliststars; lp = lp + 1) {
+
+		# Compute the distance between the two points.
+		lindex = listindex[lp]
+		dy = yref[rindex] - ytrans[lindex]
+	        if (dy < -tolerance)
+		    break
+	        dx = xref[rindex] - xtrans[lindex]
+	        r2 = dx ** 2 + dy ** 2
+
+	        # A match has been found.
+	        if (r2 <= rmax2) {
+		    rmax2 = r2
+		    rmatch = rindex
+		    lmatch = lindex
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # A match was found so write the results to the output file.
+	    if (rmatch > 0 && lmatch > 0) {
+		ninter = ninter + 1
+		call fprintf (ofd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		    call pargr (xref[rmatch])
+		    call pargr (yref[rmatch])
+		    call pargr (xlist[lmatch])
+		    call pargr (ylist[lmatch])
+		    call pargi (rlineno[rmatch])
+		    call pargi (ilineno[lmatch])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (ninter)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LLINTERSECT -- Compute the intersection of two sorted lists given a
+# matching tolerance.
+
+int procedure rg_llintersect (ofd, lngref, latref, xref, yref, refindex,
+        rlineno, nrefstars, xlist, ylist, xtrans, ytrans, listindex, ilineno,
+	nliststars, tolerance, lngformat, latformat, xformat, yformat)
+
+int	ofd			#I the output file descriptor
+double	lngref[ARB]		#I the input ra/longitude reference coordinates
+double	latref[ARB]		#I the input dec/latitude reference coordinates
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input y reference coordinates
+int	refindex[ARB]		#I the input reference coordinates sort index
+int	rlineno[ARB]		#I the input reference coordinate line numbers
+int	nrefstars		#I the number of reference stars
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y list coordinates
+real	xtrans[ARB]		#I the input x transformed list coordinates
+real	ytrans[ARB]		#I the input y transformed list coordinates
+int	listindex[ARB]		#I the input list sort index
+int	ilineno[ARB]		#I the input input line numbers
+int	nliststars		#I the number of input stars
+real	tolerance		#I the matching tolerance
+char	lngformat[ARB]		#I the output ra / longitude coordinate format
+char	latformat[ARB]		#I the output dec / latitude coordinate format
+char	xformat[ARB]		#I the output x coordinate format
+char	yformat[ARB]		#I the output y coordinate format
+
+int	blp, rp, rindex, lp, lindex, rmatch, lmatch, ninter
+pointer	sp, fmtstr
+real	dx, dy, tol2, rmax2, r2
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Construct the fromat string
+	call sprintf (Memc[fmtstr], SZ_LINE, "%s %s  %s %s  %%5d %%5d\n")
+	if (lngformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (lngformat)
+	if (latformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (latformat)
+	if (xformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (xformat)
+	if (yformat[1] == EOS)
+	    call pargstr ("%13.7g")
+	else
+	    call pargstr (yformat)
+
+	# Initialize the intersection routine.
+	tol2 = tolerance ** 2
+	blp = 1
+	ninter = 0
+
+	# Loop over the reference list stars.
+	for (rp = 1; rp <= nrefstars; rp = rp + 1)  {
+
+	    # Get the index of the reference star in question.
+	    rindex = refindex[rp]
+
+	    # Compute the start of the search range.
+	    for (; blp <= nliststars; blp = blp + 1) {
+		lindex = listindex[blp]
+	        dy = yref[rindex] - ytrans[lindex]
+		if (dy < tolerance)
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	    # Break if the end of the input list is reached.
+	    if (blp > nliststars)
+		break
+
+	    # If one is outside the tolerance limits skip to next reference
+	    # object.
+	    if (dy < -tolerance)
+		next
+
+	    # Find the closest match to the reference object.
+	    rmax2  = tol2
+	    rmatch = 0
+	    lmatch = 0
+	    for (lp = blp; lp <= nliststars; lp = lp + 1) {
+
+		# Compute the distance between the two points.
+		lindex = listindex[lp]
+		dy = yref[rindex] - ytrans[lindex]
+	        if (dy < -tolerance)
+		    break
+	        dx = xref[rindex] - xtrans[lindex]
+	        r2 = dx ** 2 + dy ** 2
+
+	        # A match has been found.
+	        if (r2 <= rmax2) {
+		    rmax2 = r2
+		    rmatch = rindex
+		    lmatch = lindex
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # A match was found so write the results to the output file.
+	    if (rmatch > 0 && lmatch > 0) {
+		ninter = ninter + 1
+		call fprintf (ofd, Memc[fmtstr])
+		    call pargd (lngref[rmatch])
+		    call pargd (latref[rmatch])
+		    call pargr (xlist[lmatch])
+		    call pargr (ylist[lmatch])
+		    call pargi (rlineno[rmatch])
+		    call pargi (ilineno[lmatch])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (ninter)
+end
+
+
+# RG_LMKCOEFF -- Given the geometry of a linear transformation compute
+# the coefficients required to tranform from the input to the reference
+# system.
+
+procedure rg_lmkcoeff (xin, yin, xmag, ymag, xrot, yrot, xout, yout,
+	coeff, ncoeff)
+
+real	xin, yin		#I the origin of the input coordinates
+real	xmag, ymag		#I the input x and y scale factors
+real	xrot, yrot		#I the iput x and y rotation factors
+real	xout, yout		#I the origin of the reference coordinates
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the  number of coefficients
+
+begin
+	# Compute the x fit coefficients.
+	coeff[1] = xmag * cos (DEGTORAD(xrot))
+	coeff[2] = -ymag * sin (DEGTORAD(yrot))
+	coeff[3] = xout - coeff[1] * xin - coeff[2] * yin
+
+	# Compute the y fit coefficients.
+	coeff[4] = xmag * sin (DEGTORAD(xrot))
+	coeff[5] = ymag * cos (DEGTORAD(yrot))
+	coeff[6] = yout - coeff[4] * xin - coeff[5] * yin
+end
+
+
+# RG_ONESTAR -- Compute the transformation coefficients for a simple
+# shift operation.
+
+int procedure rg_onestar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y list coordinates
+int	ntie			#I the number of tie points
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the  number of coefficients
+
+begin
+	# Compute the x transformation.
+	coeff[1] = 1.0
+	coeff[2] = 0.0
+	coeff[3] = xref[1] - xlist[1]
+
+	# Compute the y transformation.
+	coeff[4] = 0.0
+	coeff[5] = 1.0
+	coeff[6] = yref[1] - ylist[1]
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_TWOSTAR -- Compute the transformation coefficients of a simple shift,
+# magnification, and rotation.
+
+int procedure rg_twostar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y list coordinates
+int	ntie			#I the number of tie points
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+real	rot, mag, dxlis, dylis, dxref, dyref, cosrot, sinrot
+real	rg_posangle()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the deltas.
+	dxlis = xlist[2] - xlist[1]
+	dylis = ylist[2] - ylist[1]
+	dxref = xref[2] - xref[1]
+	dyref = yref[2] - yref[1]
+
+	# Compute the rotation angle.
+	rot = rg_posangle (dxref, dyref) - rg_posangle (dxlis, dylis)
+	cosrot = cos (rot)
+	sinrot = sin (rot)
+
+	# Compute the magnification factor.
+	mag = dxlis ** 2 + dylis ** 2
+	if (mag <= 0.0)
+	    mag = 0.0
+	else
+	    mag = sqrt ((dxref ** 2 + dyref ** 2) / mag)
+
+	# Compute the transformation coefficicents.
+	coeff[1] = mag * cosrot
+	coeff[2] = - mag * sinrot
+	coeff[3] = xref[1] - mag * cosrot * xlist[1] + mag * sinrot * ylist[1]
+	coeff[4] = mag * sinrot
+	coeff[5] = mag * cosrot
+	coeff[6] = yref[1] - mag * sinrot * xlist[1] - mag * cosrot * ylist[1]
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_THREESTAR -- Compute the transformation coefficients using a simple
+# shift, magnification in x and y, rotation, and skew.
+
+int procedure rg_threestar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie, coeff, ncoeff)
+
+real	xref[ARB]		#I the input x reference coordinates
+real	yref[ARB]		#I the input y reference coordinates
+real	xlist[ARB]		#I the input x list coordinates
+real	ylist[ARB]		#I the input y list coordinates
+int	ntie			#I the number of tie points
+real	coeff[ARB]		#O the output coefficient array
+int	ncoeff			#I the number of coefficients
+
+real	dx23, dx13, dx12, dy23, dy13, dy12, det
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	rg_twostar()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the deltas.
+	dx23 = xlist[2] - xlist[3]
+	dx13 = xlist[1] - xlist[3]
+	dx12 = xlist[1] - xlist[2]
+	dy23 = ylist[2] - ylist[3]
+	dy13 = ylist[1] - ylist[3]
+	dy12 = ylist[1] - ylist[2]
+
+	# Compute the determinant.
+	det = xlist[1] * dy23 - xlist[2] * dy13 + xlist[3] * dy12
+	if (fp_equalr (det, 0.0))
+	    return (rg_twostar (xref, yref, xlist, ylist, ntie,
+	        coeff, ncoeff))
+
+	# Compute the x transformation.
+	coeff[1] = (xref[1] * dy23 - xref[2] * dy13 + xref[3] * dy12) / det
+	coeff[2] = (-xref[1] * dx23 + xref[2] * dx13 - xref[3] * dx12) / det
+	coeff[3] = (xref[1] * (xlist[2] * ylist[3] - xlist[3] * ylist[2]) +
+	    xref[2] * (ylist[1] * xlist[3] - xlist[1] * ylist[3]) +
+	    xref[3] * (xlist[1] * ylist[2] - ylist[1] * xlist[2])) / det
+
+	# Compute the y transformation.
+	coeff[4] = (yref[1] * dy23 - yref[2] * dy13 + yref[3] * dy12) / det
+	coeff[5] = (-yref[1] * dx23 + yref[2] * dx13 - yref[3] * dx12) / det
+	coeff[6] = (yref[1] * (xlist[2] * ylist[3] - xlist[3] * ylist[2]) +
+	    yref[2] * (ylist[1] * xlist[3] - xlist[1] * ylist[3]) +
+	    yref[3] * (xlist[1] * ylist[2] - ylist[1] * xlist[2])) / det
+
+	return (OK)
+end
+
+
+# RG_POSANGLE -- Compute the position angle of a 2D vector. The angle is
+# measured counter-clockwise from the positive x axis.
+
+real procedure rg_posangle (x, y)
+
+real	x		#I the x vector component
+real	y		#I the y vector component
+
+real	theta
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	if (fp_equalr (y, 0.0)) {		# 0-valued y component
+	    if (x > 0.0)
+		theta = 0.0
+	    else if (x < 0.0)
+		theta = PI
+	    else
+		theta = 0.0
+	} else if (fp_equalr (x, 0.0)) {	# 0-valued x component
+	    if (y > 0.0)
+		theta = PI / 2.0
+	    else if (y < 0.0)
+		theta = 3.0 * PI / 2.0
+	    else
+		theta = 0.0
+	} else if (x > 0.0 && y > 0.0) {	# 1st quadrant
+	    theta = atan (y / x)
+	} else if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0) {	# 4th quadrant
+	    theta = 2.0 * PI + atan (y / x)
+	} else if (x < 0.0 && y > 0.0) {	# 2nd quadrant
+	    theta = PI + atan (y / x)
+	} else if (x < 0.0 && y < 0.0) {	# 3rd quadrant
+	    theta = PI + atan (y / x)
+	}
+
+	return (theta)
+end
+
+
+# RG_CTOGEO -- Transform the linear transformation coefficients to useful
+# geometric parameters.
+
+procedure rg_ctogeo (a, b, c, d, xscale, yscale, xrot, yrot)
+
+real	a		#I the x coefficient of the x coordinate fit
+real	b		#I the y coefficient of the x coordinate fit
+real	c		#I the x coefficient of the y coordinate fit
+real	d		#I the y coefficient of the y coordinate fit
+real	xscale		#I output x scale
+real	yscale		#I output y scale
+real	xrot		#I rotation of point on x axis
+real	yrot		#I rotation of point on y axis
+
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	xscale = sqrt (a * a + c * c)
+	yscale = sqrt (b * b + d * d)
+
+	# Get the x and y axes rotation factors.
+        if (fp_equalr (a, 0.0) && fp_equalr (c, 0.0))
+            xrot = 0.0
+        else
+            xrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (-c, a))
+        if (xrot < 0.0)
+            xrot = xrot + 360.0
+
+        if (fp_equalr (b, 0.0) && fp_equalr (d, 0.0))
+            yrot = 0.0
+        else
+            yrot = RADTODEG (atan2 (b, d))
+        if (yrot < 0.0)
+            yrot = yrot + 360.0
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgwrdstr.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgwrdstr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c3cee28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgwrdstr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+
+# RG_WRDSTR -- Search a dictionary string for a given string index number.
+# This is the opposite function of strdic(), that returns the index for
+# given string.  The entries in the dictionary string are separated by
+# a delimiter character which is the first character of the dictionary
+# string.  The index of the string found is returned as the function value.
+# Otherwise, if there is no string for that index, a zero is returned.
+
+int procedure rg_wrdstr (index, outstr, maxch, dict)
+
+int	index			#I String index
+char	outstr[ARB]		#O Output string as found in dictionary
+int	maxch			#I Maximum length of output string
+char	dict[ARB]		#IDictionary string
+
+int	i, len, start, count
+
+int	strlen()
+
+begin
+	# Clear the output string.
+	outstr[1] = EOS
+
+	# Return if the dictionary is not long enough.
+	if (dict[1] == EOS)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Initialize the counters.
+	count = 1
+	len   = strlen (dict)
+
+	# Search the dictionary string. This loop only terminates
+	# successfully if the index is found. Otherwise the procedure
+	# returns with and error condition.
+	for (start = 2; count < index; start = start + 1) {
+	    if (dict[start] == dict[1])
+		count = count + 1
+	    if (start == len)
+		return (0)
+	}
+
+	# Extract the output string from the dictionary.
+	for (i = start; dict[i] != EOS && dict[i] != dict[1]; i = i + 1) {
+	    if (i - start + 1 > maxch)
+		break
+	    outstr[i - start + 1] = dict[i]
+	}
+	outstr[i - start + 1] = EOS
+
+	# Return index for output string.
+	return (count)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/rgxymatch.x b/pkg/images/lib/rgxymatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b2b45cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/rgxymatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+include <mwset.h>
+
+# RG_RXYL -- Compute the grid of logical coordinates.
+
+procedure rg_rxyl (xl, yl, nx, ny, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+double	xl[ARB]			#O array of output x coordinates
+double	yl[ARB]			#O array of output y coordinates
+int	nx			#I the size of the grid in x
+int	ny			#I the size of the grid in y
+double	x1			#I the lower limit of the grid in x
+double	x2			#I the upper limit of the grid in x
+double	y1			#I the lower limit of the grid in y
+double	y2			#I the upper limit of the grid in y
+
+double	xstep, ystep, x, y
+int	i, j, npts
+
+begin
+	if (nx == 1)
+	    xstep = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    xstep = (x2 - x1) / (nx - 1)
+	if (ny == 1)
+	    ystep = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    ystep = (y2 - y1) / (ny - 1)
+	npts = 0
+
+	y = y1
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    x = x1
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		npts = npts + 1
+		xl[npts] = x
+		yl[npts] = y
+		x = x + xstep
+	    }
+	    y = y + ystep
+	}
+end
+
+
+# RG_XYTOXY -- Compute the world coordinate list give the wcs descriptor
+# and the logical coordinates.
+
+pointer procedure rg_xytoxy (mw, xl, yl, xw, yw, npts, inwcs, outwcs, ax1, ax2)
+
+pointer	mw			#I the wcs descriptor
+double	xl[ARB]			#I the input logical x coordinate
+double	yl[ARB]			#I the input logical y coordinate
+double	xw[ARB]			#O the output world x coordinate
+double	yw[ARB]			#O the output world y coordinate
+int	npts			#I the number of coordinates.
+char	inwcs[ARB]		#I the input wcs
+char	outwcs[ARB]		#I the output wcs
+int	ax1			#I the logical x axis
+int	ax2			#I the logical y axis
+
+int	i, axbits
+pointer	ct
+double	mw_c1trand()
+int	mw_stati()
+pointer	mw_sctran()
+errchk	mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	# Compile the transformation.
+	if (mw == NULL) {
+	    ct = NULL
+	} else if (mw_stati (mw, MW_NDIM) >= 2) {
+	    axbits = 2 ** (ax1 - 1) + 2 ** (ax2 - 1)
+	    iferr (ct = mw_sctran (mw, inwcs, outwcs, axbits))
+	        ct = NULL
+	} else {
+	    axbits = 2 ** (ax1 - 1)
+	    iferr (ct = mw_sctran (mw, inwcs, outwcs, axbits))
+	        ct = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Compute the world coordinates.
+	if (ct == NULL) {
+	    call amovd (xl, xw, npts)
+	    call amovd (yl, yw, npts)
+	} else if (mw_stati (mw, MW_NDIM) == 2) {
+	    do i = 1, npts
+		call mw_c2trand (ct, xl[i], yl[i], xw[i], yw[i])
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		xw[i] = mw_c1trand (ct, xl[i])
+		yw[i] = yl[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (ct)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/xymatch.x b/pkg/images/lib/xymatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96907578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/xymatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+include "xyxymatch.h"
+
+# RG_RDXYI -- Read in the x and y coordinates from a file and set the
+# line number index.
+
+int procedure rg_rdxyi (fd, x, y, lineno, xcolumn, ycolumn)
+
+int	fd			#I the input file descriptor
+pointer	x			#U pointer to the x coordinates
+pointer	y			#U pointer to the y coordinates
+pointer	lineno			#U pointer to the line numbers
+int	xcolumn			#I column containing the x coordinate
+int	ycolumn			#I column containing the y coordinate
+
+int	i, ip, bufsize, npts, lnpts, maxcols
+pointer	sp, str
+real	xval, yval
+int	fscan(), nscan(), ctor()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	bufsize = DEF_BUFSIZE
+	call malloc (x, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (y, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (lineno, bufsize, TY_INT)
+	maxcols = max (xcolumn, ycolumn)
+
+	npts = 0
+	lnpts = 0
+	while (fscan(fd) != EOF) {
+
+	    lnpts = lnpts + 1
+	    xval = INDEFR
+	    yval = INDEFR
+	    do i = 1, maxcols {
+		call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		if (i != nscan())
+		    break
+		ip = 1
+		if (i == xcolumn) {
+		    if (ctor (Memc[str], ip, xval) <= 0)
+			xval = INDEFR
+		} else if (i == ycolumn) {
+		    if (ctor (Memc[str], ip, yval) <= 0)
+			yval = INDEFR
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(xval) || IS_INDEFR(yval))
+		next
+
+	    Memr[x+npts] = xval
+	    Memr[y+npts] = yval
+	    Memi[lineno+npts] = lnpts
+	    npts = npts + 1
+	    if (npts >= bufsize) {
+		bufsize = bufsize + DEF_BUFSIZE
+		call realloc (x, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+		call realloc (y, bufsize, TY_REAL)
+		call realloc (lineno, bufsize, TY_INT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (npts)
+end
+
+
+# RG_SORT --  If the coordinates are not already sorted, sort the coordinates
+# first in y then in x. Remove points which are close together than a given
+# tolerance, if the coincident point remove flag is on.
+
+int procedure rg_sort (xcoord, ycoord, rsindex, npts, tolerance, sort, coincid)
+
+real	xcoord[ARB]		#I pointer to the x coordinates
+real	ycoord[ARB]		#I pointer to the y coordinates
+int	rsindex[ARB]		#I pointer to sort index
+int	npts			#I the number of objects
+real	tolerance		#I coincidence tolerance in pixels
+int	sort			#I sort the pixels ?
+int	coincid			#I remove coincident points
+
+int	i, ndif
+int	rg_xycoincide()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the sort index.
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    rsindex[i] = i
+
+	# Sort the pixels in y and then x if the arrays are unsorted.
+	if (sort == YES) {
+	    call rg_qsortr (ycoord, rsindex, rsindex, npts)
+	    call rg_sqsort (xcoord, ycoord, rsindex, rsindex, npts)
+	}
+
+	# Remove objects that are closer together than tolerance.
+	if (coincid == NO)
+	    ndif = npts
+	else
+	    ndif = rg_xycoincide (xcoord, ycoord, rsindex, rsindex, npts,
+	        tolerance)
+
+	return (ndif)
+end
+
+
+# RG_XYCOINCIDE -- Remove points from a list which are closer together than
+# a specified tolerance. The arrays are assumed to be sorted first in y then
+# in x.
+
+int procedure rg_xycoincide (xcoord, ycoord, a, b, npts, tolerance)
+
+real	xcoord[ARB]		#I the input x coordinate values
+real	ycoord[ARB]		#I the input y coordinate values
+int	a[ARB]			#I the input sort index
+int	b[ARB]			#O the output sort index
+int	npts			#I the  number of points
+real	tolerance		#I the coincidence tolerace
+
+int	iprev, i, nunique
+real	tol2, r2
+
+begin
+	tol2 = tolerance ** 2
+	nunique = npts
+
+	iprev = 1
+	repeat {
+
+	    do i = iprev + 1, npts {
+
+		# Jump to the next object if this one has been deleted
+		# since all comparisons are then invalid.
+		if (a[iprev] == 0)
+		    break
+
+		# Skip to the next object if this one has been deleted.
+		if (a[i] == 0)
+		    next
+
+	        # Check the tolerance limit in y and step to the next object
+	        # if the bounds are exceeded.
+	        r2 = (ycoord[a[i]] - ycoord[a[iprev]]) ** 2
+	        if (r2 > tol2)
+		    break
+
+	        # Check the tolerance limit.
+	        r2 = r2 + (xcoord[a[i]] - xcoord[a[iprev]]) ** 2
+	        if (r2 <= tol2) {
+		    a[i] = 0
+		    nunique = nunique - 1
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    iprev = iprev + 1
+
+	} until (iprev >= npts)
+
+	# Reorder the index array.
+	if (nunique < npts) {
+	    iprev = 0
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+		if (a[i] != 0) {
+		    iprev = iprev + 1
+		    b[iprev] = a[i]
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (nunique)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/xyxymatch.h b/pkg/images/lib/xyxymatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50e44e74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/xyxymatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# The definitions file for the LINXYMATCH task
+
+# Define the matching algorithms
+
+define	RG_MATCHSTR	"|tolerance|triangles|"
+define	RG_TOLERANCE	1	# Match by tolerance only
+define	RG_TRIANGLES	2	# Match by triangles
+
+# Define the reference and input files types
+
+define	RG_REFFILE	1	# The input reference coordinate file
+define	RG_INFILE	2	# The input coordinate file
+
+# Define some useful constants
+
+define	MAX_NTIE	3	# Maximum number of tie points
+define	MAX_NCOEFF	6       # Maximum number of coefficients
+define	DEF_BUFSIZE	1000	# The default buffer size
+define	SZ_TRIINDEX	6	# Number of triangle indices to save.
+define	SZ_TRIPAR	5	# Number of triangle parameters
+
+# Define the structure of the internal arrays used by the trangles algorithm
+
+define	RG_INDEX	1	# Sort index
+define	RG_X1		2	# Vertex 1
+define	RG_X2		3	# Vertex 2
+define	RG_X3		4	# Vertex 3
+define	RG_CC		5	# Counterclockwise ?
+define	RG_MATCH	6	# Match index
+
+define	RG_LOGP		1	# Log of the perimeter
+define	RG_RATIO	2	# Ratio of longest to shortest side
+define	RG_COS1		3	# Cos of angle at vertex 1
+define	RG_TOLR		4	# Tolerance in the ratio
+define	RG_TOLC		5	# Tolerance in the cosine
diff --git a/pkg/images/lib/zzdebug.x b/pkg/images/lib/zzdebug.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d80be43f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/lib/zzdebug.x
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+
+# Simples IMIO test routines.
+
+task	mkimage		= t_mkimage,
+	mktest		= t_mktest,
+	cube		= t_cube,
+	maxmin		= t_maxmin,
+	gsubras		= t_gsubras,
+	dump		= t_dump
+
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<printf.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+
+
+define	NTYPES		7
+
+# MKIMAGE -- Make a new two dimensional image of a specified size
+# and datatype.  The image pixels are all set to zero.
+
+procedure t_mkimage()
+
+int	dtype
+real	pixval
+int	ncols, nlines
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+char	title[SZ_LINE]
+short	ty_code[NTYPES]
+
+real	clgetr()
+char	clgetc(), ch
+int	clgeti(), stridx()
+
+string	types "usilrdx"			# Supported pixfile datatypes
+data	ty_code /TY_USHORT, TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG, TY_REAL,
+	TY_DOUBLE, TY_COMPLEX/
+begin
+	call clgstr ("image", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	ncols  = clgeti ("ncols")
+	nlines = clgeti ("nlines")
+	ch = clgetc ("datatype")
+	dtype  = ty_code[stridx(ch,types)]
+	pixval = clgetr ("pixval")
+	call clgstr ("title", title, SZ_LINE)
+
+	call immake2 (imname, ncols, nlines, dtype, pixval, title)
+end
+
+
+# IMMAKE2 -- Make a two dimensional image of datatype [usilr] with all pixels
+# set to the given value.
+
+procedure immake2 (imname, ncols, nlines, dtype, pixval, title)
+
+char	imname[ARB]		# name of new image
+int	ncols, nlines		# image size
+int	dtype			# datatype
+real	pixval			# constant pixel value
+char	title[ARB]		# image title
+
+int	i
+pointer	im, buf
+pointer	immap(), impl2r()
+
+begin
+	im = immap (imname, NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im) = dtype
+	IM_LEN(im,1)   = ncols
+	IM_LEN(im,2)   = nlines
+	call strcpy (title, IM_TITLE(im), SZ_IMTITLE)
+
+	# Write out the lines.
+
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+	    buf = impl2r (im, i)
+	    call amovkr (pixval, Memr[buf], ncols)
+	}
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+# MKTEST -- Make a test image.
+
+procedure t_mktest()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	ndim, dim[IM_MAXDIM]
+int	i, j, k, scalar
+long	offset
+int	clgeti(), nscan(), clscan(), stridx()
+pointer	buf, im, immap(), impl3l()
+
+int	dtype
+string	types "usilrdx"			# Supported pixfile datatypes
+char	ty_code[7], clgetc()
+data	ty_code /TY_USHORT, TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG, TY_REAL,
+	TY_DOUBLE, TY_COMPLEX, EOS/
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("image_name", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	dtype = ty_code[stridx (clgetc ("datatype"), types)]
+	ndim = clgeti ("ndim")
+
+	call amovki (1, dim, 3)
+	if (clscan ("axis_lengths") != EOF) {
+	    do i = 1, ndim
+		call gargi (dim[i])
+	    if (nscan() < ndim)
+		call error (1, "Insufficient dimensions")
+	}
+
+	im = immap (imname, NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im) = dtype
+	do i = 1, ndim
+	    IM_LEN(im,i) = dim[i]
+
+	do k = 1, dim[3]
+	    do j = 1, dim[2] {
+		buf = impl3l (im, j, k)
+
+		# Pixel value eq pixel coords.
+		offset = 1
+		if (ndim > 1) {
+		    if (dim[1] < 100)
+			scalar = 100
+		    else
+			scalar = 1000
+		    offset = offset + j * scalar
+		}
+
+		if (ndim > 2)
+		    offset = offset + k * (scalar ** 2)
+
+		# Avoid integer overflow if large type short image.
+		if (IM_PIXTYPE(im) == TY_SHORT)
+		    offset = min (MAX_SHORT, offset - dim[1])
+
+		# Initialize line of pixels.
+		do i = 0, dim[1]-1
+		    Meml[buf+i] = offset + i
+	    }
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+# CUBE -- Get a subraster from an image, and print out the pixel values
+# on the standard output.
+
+define	MAXDIM		3
+
+procedure t_cube()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME], fmt
+int	i, nx, ny, nz, ndim
+int	vs[IM_MAXDIM], ve[IM_MAXDIM]
+pointer	im, ras, imgs3r(), immap()
+int	clscan(), nscan()
+char	clgetc()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("image_name", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	fmt = clgetc ("numeric_format")
+
+	im = immap (imname, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# Get the coordinates of the subraster to be extracted.  Determine
+	# dimensionality of subraster.
+
+	if (clscan ("subraster_coordinates") != EOF) {
+	    for (ndim=1;  ndim <= MAXDIM;  ndim=ndim+1) {
+		switch (fmt) {
+		case FMT_DECIMAL:
+		    call gargi (vs[ndim])
+		    call gargi (ve[ndim])
+		case FMT_OCTAL:
+		    call gargrad (vs[ndim], 8)
+		    call gargrad (ve[ndim], 8)
+		case FMT_HEX:
+		    call gargrad (vs[ndim], 16)
+		    call gargrad (ve[ndim], 16)
+		}
+
+		if (nscan() < ndim * 2) {
+		    ndim = nscan() / 2
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (ndim == 0)
+	    return
+
+	for (i=ndim+1;  i <= MAXDIM;  i=i+1) {
+	    vs[i] = 1
+	    ve[i] = 1
+	}
+
+	# Extract subraster from image.  Print table on the standard
+	# output.
+
+	ras = imgs3r (im, vs[1], ve[1], vs[2], ve[2], vs[3], ve[3])
+	call imbln3 (im, nx, ny, nz)
+
+	call print_cube (STDOUT, Memr[ras], nx, ny, nz, vs, ve, fmt)
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+# PRINT_CUBE -- Print a cube of pixels of type REAL on a file.
+
+procedure print_cube (fd, cube, nx, ny, nz, vs, ve, fmt)
+
+char	fmt
+int	fd, nx, ny, nz
+real	cube[nx,ny,nz]
+int	vs[MAXDIM], ve[MAXDIM], vinc[MAXDIM]
+int	i, j, k
+errchk	fprintf, pargi, pargr
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, MAXDIM				# loop increments
+	    if (vs[i] <= ve[i])
+		vinc[i] = 1
+	    else
+		vinc[i] = -1
+
+	# Print table of pixel values on the standard output.  Label bands,
+	# lines, and columns.
+
+	do k = 1, nz {
+	    call fprintf (fd, "Band %0.0*:\n")
+		call pargc (fmt)
+		call pargi (vs[MAXDIM] + (k-1) * vinc[MAXDIM])
+
+	    call fprintf (fd, "%9w")
+	    do i = 1, nx {				# label columns
+		call fprintf (fd, "%9*   ")
+		    call pargc (fmt)
+		    call pargi (vs[1] + (i-1) * vinc[1])
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (fd, "\n")
+
+	    do j = 1, ny {
+		call fprintf (fd, "%5*  ")
+		    call pargc (fmt)
+		    call pargi (vs[2] + (j-1) * vinc[2])
+		do i = 1, nx {				# print pixels
+		    call fprintf (fd, "%12*")
+			call pargc (fmt)
+			call pargr (cube[i,j,k])
+		}
+		call fprintf (fd, "\n")
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (fd, "\n")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAXMIN -- Compute the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image.
+# Works for images of any dimensionality, size, or datatype.
+
+procedure t_maxmin()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+real	minval, maxval
+long	v[IM_MAXDIM], clktime()
+pointer	im, buf, immap(), imgnlr()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("imname", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v, IM_MAXDIM)		# start vector
+
+	im = immap (imname, READ_WRITE, 0)
+
+	# Only calculate minimum, maximum pixel values if the current
+	# values are unknown, or if the image was modified since the
+	# old values were computed.
+
+	if (IM_LIMTIME(im) < IM_MTIME(im)) {
+	    IM_MIN(im) = MAX_REAL
+	    IM_MAX(im) = -MAX_REAL
+
+	    while (imgnlr (im, buf, v) != EOF) {
+		call alimr (Memr[buf], IM_LEN(im,1), minval, maxval)
+		IM_MIN(im) = min (IM_MIN(im), minval)
+		IM_MAX(im) = max (IM_MAX(im), maxval)
+	    }
+
+	    IM_LIMTIME(im) = clktime (long(0))
+	}
+
+	call clputr ("minval", IM_MIN(im))
+	call clputr ("maxval", IM_MAX(im))
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+define	MAXDIM		3
+
+# GSUBRAS -- Get a type short subraster from an image, and print out the
+# minimum and maximum pixel values on the standard output.
+
+procedure t_gsubras()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME], fmt
+int	i, nx, ny, nz, ndim
+int	vs[IM_MAXDIM], ve[IM_MAXDIM]
+short	minval, maxval
+pointer	im, ras
+pointer	imgs1s(), imgs2s(), imgs3s(), immap()
+int	clscan(), nscan()
+char	clgetc()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("image_name", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	fmt = clgetc ("numeric_format")
+
+	im = immap (imname, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# Get the coordinates of the subraster to be extracted.  Determine
+	# dimensionality of subraster.
+
+	if (clscan ("subraster_coordinates") != EOF) {
+	    for (ndim=1;  ndim <= MAXDIM;  ndim=ndim+1) {
+		switch (fmt) {
+		case FMT_DECIMAL:
+		    call gargi (vs[ndim])
+		    call gargi (ve[ndim])
+		case FMT_OCTAL:
+		    call gargrad (vs[ndim], 8)
+		    call gargrad (ve[ndim], 8)
+		case FMT_HEX:
+		    call gargrad (vs[ndim], 16)
+		    call gargrad (ve[ndim], 16)
+		}
+
+		if (nscan() < ndim * 2) {
+		    ndim = nscan() / 2
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	    ndim = min (MAXDIM, ndim)
+	}
+
+	if (ndim == 0)
+	    return
+
+	for (i=ndim+1;  i <= MAXDIM;  i=i+1) {
+	    vs[i] = 1
+	    ve[i] = 1
+	}
+
+	# Extract subraster from image.  Print table on the standard
+	# output.
+
+	switch (ndim) {
+	case 1:
+	    ras = imgs1s (im, vs[1], ve[1])
+	    call imbln1 (im, nx)
+	    ny = 1
+	    nz = 1
+	case 2:
+	    ras = imgs2s (im, vs[1], ve[1], vs[2], ve[2])
+	    call imbln2 (im, nx, ny)
+	    nz = 1
+	case 3:
+	    ras = imgs3s (im, vs[1], ve[1], vs[2], ve[2], vs[3], ve[3])
+	    call imbln3 (im, nx, ny, nz)
+	}
+
+	minval = MAX_SHORT
+	maxval = -MAX_SHORT
+	call alims (Mems[ras], nx * ny * nz, minval, maxval)
+
+	call printf ("min = %0.0*, max = %0.0*\n")
+	    call pargc (fmt)
+	    call pargs (minval)
+	    call pargc (fmt)
+	    call pargs (maxval)
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+# DUMP -- Dump the user area of an image header for diagnostic purposes.
+# Blanks are rendered into underscores to make them visible.  This is a
+# throwaway task.
+
+procedure t_dump()
+
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]
+int	i
+pointer	ip, im
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("image", image, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (image, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# Print ruler.
+	do i = 1, 80
+	    if (mod(i,10) == 0)
+		call putci (STDOUT, TO_DIGIT(i/10))
+	    else
+		call putci (STDOUT, ' ')
+	call putci (STDOUT, '\n')
+
+	do i = 1, 80
+	    call putci (STDOUT, TO_DIGIT(mod(i,10)))
+	call putci (STDOUT, '\n')
+
+	# Map blanks into underscores.
+	for (ip = IM_USERAREA(im);  Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1)
+	    if (Memc[ip] == ' ')
+		Memc[ip] = '_'
+
+	# Dump user area.
+	call putline (STDOUT, Memc[IM_USERAREA(im)])
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/mkpkg b/pkg/images/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6c6df18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Make the IMAGES package
+
+$call	relink
+$exit
+
+update:
+	@tv
+	@immatch/src/imcombine/src/mkpkg
+	$call	relink
+	$call	install
+	;
+
+relink:
+	$set LIBS1 = "-limc -lxtools -lcurfit -lsurfit -lgsurfit -liminterp"
+	$set LIBS2 = "-lnlfit -lslalib -lncar -lgks"
+	$update	libpkg.a
+	$omake	x_images.x
+	$link	x_images.o libpkg.a $(LIBS1) $(LIBS2) -o xx_images.e
+	;
+
+install:
+	$move	xx_images.e bin$x_images.e
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@imcoords
+	@imfilter
+	@imfit
+	@imgeom
+	@immatch
+	@imutil
+	@lib
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/notes b/pkg/images/notes
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03a97c7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/notes
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+
+Doug,
+
+   I have finished the initial IMAGES package reorganization. The following
+notes should give a pretty good sumary of what I have done to date.
+
+						   Lindsey
+
+IMAGES PACKAGE REORGANIZATION
+
+I. GENERAL COMMENTS
+
+The first version of the revised IMAGES package is now available for review.
+At present the revised package is called IMAGESX annd can be loaded and
+executed on tucana by creating the following environment and package
+definitions.
+
+	set imagesx = /d1/davis/imagesx/
+	task imagesx.pkg = imagesx$imagesx.cl
+
+IMAGESX is not an external package so the help database has not been built.
+However all the .hd, .men, and .hlp files should have proper entries and
+be in their proper places.
+
+The old TV subpackage is not yet installed in IMAGESX as I did not alter
+its organization or appearance to the user.
+
+II. PACKAGE STRUCTURE AND SUBPACKAGE NAMES
+
+IMAGESX contains 83 (29 are new to the images package) tasks divided into
+the following 8 logical subpackages.
+
+IMALGEBRA - Image expression evaluation package	     # e.g. imarith, imexpr
+ IMCOORDS - Image coordinates package		     # e.g. ccmap, ccsetwcs
+    IMFIT - Image fitting package	             # e.g. fit1d, imsurfit
+ IMFILTER - Image filtering package		     # e.g. boxcar, gauss
+IMGEOTRAN - Image geometric transformation package   # e.g. rotate, magnify
+  IMMATCH - Image matching and combining package     # e.g. xregister, imcombine
+     IMTV - Image display utilities package          # e.g. display, imexamine
+   IMUTIL - Image utilities package                  # e.g. hedit, imcopy
+
+The subpackage names have been prefixed with IM for consistency and to
+minimize possible name conflicts with tasks in other packages (e.g. IMMATCH
+and MATCH, IMGEOTRAN and GEOTRAN, IMCOORDS and COORDS) and for consistency
+with other package names (IMUTIL and ASTUTIL). They were also chosen to avoid
+conflict with the names of existing tasks. These names should be reviewed
+carefully as we want to live with them for awhile.
+
+Using the IM prefix implies that the existing images subpackage TV should be
+renamed to IMTV in the new scheme.
+
+The only subpackage name conflict I am aware of is that of IMMATCH with the
+CTIO.IMMATCH task which is a 1D version of the current XREGISTER task.
+
+
+III. PACKAGE DIRECTORY STRUCTURE
+
+The main IMAGESX directory stucture currently looks like the following
+
+drwxr-xr-x  4 davis         512 Jan 22 10:39 imalgebra
+drwxr-xr-x  4 davis         512 Jan 20 15:18 imcoords
+drwxr-xr-x  4 davis         512 Jan 13 14:30 imfilter
+drwxr-xr-x  4 davis         512 Jan 13 09:36 imfit
+drwxr-xr-x  4 davis         512 Jan 23 13:53 imgeotran
+drwxr-xr-x  4 davis        1024 Jan 23 14:06 immatch
+drwxr-xr-x  2 davis         512 Jan 23 14:29 imtv
+drwxr-xr-x  4 davis        1024 Jan 23 14:06 imutil
+drwxr-xr-x  2 davis        1024 Jan 20 12:22 lib
+
+The subdirectory names mimic the names of the subpackages with the exception
+of LIB which contains source that is either used by tasks in more than one
+subpackage or is of sufficiently general interest that it might make an XTOOLS
+package or routine at some point.
+
+IV. PACKAGE EXECUTABLE
+
+All the tasks except the IMTV tasks (which are not hooked up yet) are
+currently in the same executable as is the case for the current IMAGES
+package.
+
+
+V. REORGANIZATION RELATED CHANGES TO EXISTING IMAGES PACKAGE TASKS
+
+The undocumented tasks in the IMDEBUG package have been removed. These
+are CUBE, DUMP, GSUBRAS, MAXMIN, MKIMAGE, and MKTEST. All of these tasks except
+DUMP have been superseded by tasks in the IMAGES or ARTDATA packages. 
+DUMP is occasionally useful for diagnosing problems with pathological image
+headers and could be documented and moved to PROTO.
+
+The script task REGISTER (a simple script task on top of GEOTRAN) has
+been renamed GREGISTER to indicate is close ties to GEOMAP/GEOTRAN and
+to make it look less generic when listed with other REGISTRATION tasks like
+XREGISTER (x-correlation registration) and SREGISTER (celestial coordinate
+wcs registration).
+
+
+VI. SUBPACKAGES
+
+The tasks in each subpackage are described below. New tasks are starred and
+their origins described in the notes section.
+
+In some cases a task appears in the listing for more than one subpackage. For
+example WCSCOPY appears in IMMATCH but is also included in IMCOORDS because
+it is part of the image matching process but can also be a useful utility.
+In all cases where this occurs there is only one version of the parameter file.
+
+VI.I IMALGEBRA
+
+This subpackage contains various image arithmetic, function, and expression
+evaluation routines. This package should eventually include the image
+calculator is also a good place to put various other simple image operator
+routines as they are written.
+
+images.imalgebra:
+
+    imarith - Simple image arithmetic
+   imdivide - Image division with zero checking and rescaling
+     imexpr - Evaluate a general image expression
+*imfunction - Apply a single argument function to a list of images
+      imsum - Compute the sum, average, or median of a set of images
+
+Notes:
+
+[1] IMFUNCTION is the PROTO package task of the same name. I have included it
+here because provides a very simple interface for doing things like computing
+the square or square root of an image amd hence complements the IMEXPR task
+as IMARITH does. 
+[2] I chose the subpackage name IMALGEBRA instead of IMCALC to avoid
+conflicts with the existing IMCALC tasks (in XRAY and STSDAS) and to leave
+the name open for the eventual definitive version of the IMCALC task.
+
+VI.II IMCOORDS
+
+This subpackage contains tasks for setting, editing, and transforming image
+coordinate systems, and for transforming coordinate lists from one
+coordinate system to another using the image coordinate system. All these
+tasks are new and either derive from the IMMATCH or PROTO packages. I thought
+IMCOORDS was a reasonable name for the subpackage but IMWCS is another
+possibility.
+
+images.imcoords:
+
+*     ccmap - Compute image plate solutions using matched coordinate lists
+*  ccsetwcs - Create an image celestial wcs from the ccmap plate solution
+*    cctran - Transform coordinate lists using the ccmap plate solution
+* ccxymatch - Match celestial and pixel coordinate lists
+*  imcctran - Transform image header from one celestial wcs to another
+*  skyctran - Transform coordinates from one celestial wcs to another
+*   wcscopy - Replace the  wcs of one image with that of another
+*  wcsctran - Transform coordinates from one iraf image wcs to another
+*   wcsedit - Edit an image wcs parameter
+*  wcsreset - Reset the specified image wcs
+
+Notes:
+
+[1]. WCSRESET and WCSEDIT are the PROTO package tasks of the same name. They
+are very general tasks and work on images of any size and any supported wcs
+type. WCSRESET in particular is very useful for removing a world or physical
+wcs.
+[2]. The remaining tasks were all part of the current IMMATCH package.
+[3]. WCSCOPY also appears in immatch package
+
+VI.III IMFILTER
+
+This subpackage contains the image filtering tasks. I expect this package
+could grow in the future. All of the tasks are in the current IMAGES
+package although some like the ring median filters will be new with 2.11.
+
+images.imfilter:
+
+     boxcar - Boxcar smooth a list of 1 or 2-D images
+   convolve - Convolve a list of 1 or 2-D images with a rectangular filter
+    fmedian - Quantize and box median filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+      fmode - Quantize and box modal filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+   frmedian - Quantize and ring median filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+     frmode - Quantize and ring modal filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+      gauss - Convolve a list of 1 or 2-D images with an elliptical Gaussian
+   gradient - Convolve a list of 1 or 2-D images with a gradient operator
+    laplace - Laplacian filter a list of 1 or 2-D images
+     median - Median box filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+       mode - Modal box filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+    rmedian - Ring median filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+      rmode - Ring modal filter a list of 1D or 2D images
+
+VI.IV IMFIT
+
+This subpackage contains the current line and surface fitting tasks. This is
+a small package but one which could grow substantially in the future. Examples
+of new tasks are a more sophisticated background fitting and surface fitting
+tasks, etc.
+
+images.imfit:
+
+      fit1d - Fit a function to image lines or columns
+   imsurfit - Fit a surface to a 2-D image
+  lineclean - Replace deviant pixels in image lines
+
+
+VI.V IMGEOTRAN
+
+This subpackage contains a set of geometric tranformation operatores which
+move pixel and may alter their values via image interpolation. All these
+tasks update the wcs information as well.
+
+imgeotran:
+
+      blkavg - Block average or sum a list of N-D images
+      blkrep - Block replicate a list of N-D images
+     geotran - Geometrically transform a list of 1-D or 2-D images
+   imlintran - Linearly transform a list of 2-D images
+     imshift - Shift a list of 1-D or 2-D images
+ imtranspose - Transpose a list of 2-D images
+*   im3dtran - Transpose a list of 3-D images
+     magnify - Magnify a list of 1-D or 2-D images
+      rotate - Rotate and shift a list of 2-D images
+  shiftlines - Shift the lines of a list of N-D images
+
+Notes:
+
+[1]. GEOTRAN also appears in the IMMATCH package.
+[2]. IM3DTRAN comes from Steve Rook's VOL package. I added mwcs support.  
+
+
+VI.VI IMMATCH
+
+This subpackage contains tasks for registering or combining images spatially
+and for match their psfs and intensity scales.
+
+
+images.immatch:
+
+     geomap - Compute geometric transforms using matched coordinate lists
+    geotran - Transform 1-D or 2-D images using the [geo|sky|wcs]map transforms
+* geoxytran - Transform coordinate lists using the geomap transforms
+  gregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using the geomap transforms
+*   imalign - Align and register 2-D images using a reference x-y list
+*imcentroid - Compute and print relative shifts for a list of 2-D images
+  imcombine - Combine images pixel-by-pixel using various algorithms
+*  linmatch - Match the linear intensity scales of 1-D or 2-D images
+*  psfmatch - Match the point-spread functions of 1-D or 2-D images
+*    skymap - Compute geometric transforms using the image celestial wcs
+*skyxymatch - Generate matched x-y lists using the image celestial wcs
+* sregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using the image celestial wcs
+*   wcscopy - Copy the wcs from one image to another
+*    wcsmap - Compute geometric transforms using the image wcs
+*wcsxymatch - Generate matched x-y lists using the image wcs
+* wregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using the image wcs 
+* xregister - Register 1-D or 2-D images using x-correlation techniques
+* xyxymatch - Match pixel coordinate lists 
+
+Notes:
+
+[1]. Most of the new tasks come from the IMMATCH package. IMCENTROID and
+IMALIGN are the PROTO package image registration tasks of the same name
+which I have modified slightly and included in the IMMATCH package as
+they offer a useful alternative to XREGISTER.
+[2]. The registration tasks (GREGISTER, SREGISTER, and WREGISTER) are
+script tasks which call the GEOTRAN task to compute the output image. 
+They set up the transformation in different ways depending on whether
+a matched pixel list, a celestial coordinate system image wcs, or a general
+image wcs is to be used. SREGISTER in particular is capable of registering
+images which have coordinate systems at different epochs (e.g. 1950 and 2000)
+or in different systems (e.g. equatorial and galactic). 
+[3]. WCSCOPY also appears in the IMCOORDS package.
+
+
+VI.VII IMTV
+
+This subpackage contains tasks which load and/or interact with the image
+display.  The package is unchanged except for being called IMTV in the new
+scheme.
+
+images.imtv
+
+  display - Load an image or image section into the display
+      iis - IIS image display control package
+   imedit - Examine and edit pixels in images
+imexamine - Examine images using image display, graphics, and text
+   tvmark - Mark objects on the image display
+   wcslab - Overlay a displayed image with a world coordinat
+
+VI.VIII IMUTIL
+
+This subpackage contains the basic images utilities package.
+
+images.imutil
+
+    chpixtype - Change the pixel type of a list of images
+        hedit - Header editor
+      hselect - Select a subset of images satisfying a boolean expression
+       imcopy - Copy an image
+     imdelete - Delete a list of images
+       imgets - Return the value of an image header parameter as a string
+     imheader - Print an image header
+  imhistogram - Compute and plot or print an image histogram
+*      imjoin - Join images along a given dimension
+     imrename - Rename one or more images
+*   imreplace - Replace a range of pixel values with a constant
+      imslice - Slice images into images of lower dimension
+      imstack - Stack images into a single image of higher dimension
+*      imtile - Tile same sized 2D images into a 2D mosaic
+ imstatistics - Compute and print statistics for a list of images
+   listpixels - Convert an image section into a list of pixels
+       minmax - Compute the minimum and maximum pixel values in an image
+     sections - Expand an image template on the standard output
+
+
+Notes:
+
+[1]. IMJOIN comes from Steve Rooke's VOL package. It joins images of the
+same dimension efficiently and complements the IMSTACK task. The wcs of
+the resulting image is the wcs of the first image.
+[2]. IMREPLACE is the proto package task of the same name. It is a simple
+general purpose task that is very useful.
+[3]. IMTILE is the old IRMOSAIC task with the database code removed making
+it a simple useful 2D image mosaicing task. Often used for combining
+before and after pictures of the same field or a time sequence of small images. 
+
+
+VII. TASK NAME CONFLICTS WITH EXTERNAL PACKAGES
+
+The only task name conflict that I am aware concerns the SKYMAP task. There
+is a SKYMAP task in STSDAS.GRAPHICS.STPLOT which basically creates a sky
+chart for the GSC. Since I would really like to maintain the use
+of MAP for my transformation computing tasks (e.g. GEOMAP),  I wonder
+whether STSDAS would mind renaming this task to SKYCHART... I ran into the name
+conflict when I had IMMATCH and GASP loaded at the same time, as GASP uses
+the STSDAS version of SKYMAP in some scripts.
+
+
+VIII. WORK STILL TO BE DONE
+
+I still need to review and if possible implement some changes to the
+CCMAP and GEOTRAN tasks requested by Frank. These are mosaic support
+related changes. (COMPLETED 8/2/97)
+
+When and if the new wcs function drivers are installed I will need
+to release the contraints I currently have on the CCXYMATC, CCMAP, CCSETWCS,
+IMCTRAN, CCTRAN, etc tasks ability to handle various sky projections. At
+present only tan, sin, and arc are fully supported. In general
+this involves changing parameter file constraints and documentation.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/Revisions b/pkg/images/tv/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51c49bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,996 @@
+.help revisions Jun88 images.tv
+.help revisions Nov93 nmisc
+.nf
+
+tv/imedit/epstatistics.x
+    The 'x', 'y', and 'z' pointers were declared as TY_INT instead of TY_REAL
+    (5/4/13, MJF)
+
+imexamine/imexam.h
+    The coordinates arrays in the main structure were improperly indexed
+    with the P2R macro (2/10/11, MJF)
+
+imexamine/t_imexam.x
+    Removed some accidental code that was causing the frame number to
+    be prompted for.  (12/4/08, MJF)
+
+display/t_display.x
+    The change of 8/16/07 results in the ocolors parameter being used
+    in place of the bpcolors parameter.
+    (8/26/08, Valdes)
+
+display/dspmmap.x
+    This was originally a copy of the code from xtools.  This is now a
+    simple interface calling yt_mappm.  This supports the new WCS
+    pixel mask matching.
+    (1/9/08, Valdes)
+
+=============
+V2.12.4-V2.14
+=============
+
+doc/bpmedit.hlp
+doc/imedit.hlp
+imedit/bpmedit.cl
+imedit/bpmedit.key
+imedit/epcolon.x
+imedit/epix.h
+imedit/epmask.x
+imedit/epreplace.gx
+imedit/epreplace.x
+imedit/epsetpars.x
+imedit/imedit.key
+    Added new parameters to specify a range of values that may be modified.
+    This is mainly useful with bpmedit to selected mask values to be
+    modified.  (11/16/07, Valdes)
+
+
+display/maskcolor.x
+display/t_display.x
+display/ace.h
+display/mkpkg
+doc/display.hlp
+    The overlay colors may now be set with expressions as well as with
+    the earlier syntax.  (8/16/07, Valdes)
+
+
+imedit/bpmedit.cl	+
+doc/bpmedit.hlp		+
+./imedit/bpmedit.key	+
+tv.cl
+tv.hd
+    A new script task for editing masks using imedit as the editing
+    engine was added.  (8/9/07, Valdes)
+
+imedit/t_imedit.x
+imedit/epgcur.x
+./imedit/epreplace.gx	+
+./imedit/imedit.key	+
+doc/imedit.hlp
+mkpkg
+tv.cl
+    1.	A new option to do vector constant replacement was added.  This is
+	particularly useful for editing bad pixel masks.
+    2.  New options '=', '<', and '>' to replace all pixels with values
+    	==, <=, or >= to the value at the cursor with the constant value
+	was added.  This is useful for editing object masks.
+    3.	The '?' help page is now set by an environment variable rather than
+    	hardcoded to a file in lib$src.  The environment variable is
+	imedit_help and is set in tv.cl to point to the file in the
+	source directory.
+    (8/9/07, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/maskcolor.x
+    There was an error that failed to parse the color string as required.
+    (8/10/07, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/sigm2.x
+    Buffers were allocated as TY_SHORT but used and TY_INT.  (8/9/07, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/maskcolors.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/sigl2.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/sigm2.x
+pkg/images/tv/doc/display.x
+    1. Overlay masks are now read as integer to preserve dynamic range.
+    2. Mapped color values less than 0 are transparent.
+    3. A color name of transparent is allowed.
+    (4/10/07, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.12.2
+=======
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+    The image may be specified as a template provided it match only one
+    image.  (9/11/03, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+    The selection of a point to get a first estimation of the FWHM in
+    stf_fit did not check for the case of a zero value.  This could cause
+    a floating divide by zero.  (5/5/03, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+    The subpixel evaluation involves fitting an image interpolator to a
+    subraster.  To avoid attempting to evaluate a point outside the center
+    of the edge pixels, which is a requirement of the image interpolators,
+    the interpolator is fit to the full data raster and the evaluations
+    exclude the boundary pixels.  (5/5/03, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegnfr.x
+    The test for the number of frames needed to check imd_wcsver to avoid
+    trying to use more than four frames with DS9.  (1/24/03, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+    Added some missing braces so that if a display is not used it doesn't
+    check for the number of frames to use.  This is only cosmetic at this
+    time.  (1/24/03, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.12.1
+=======
+
+pkg/images/tv/doc/display.hlp
+    Clarified what "non-zero" means in the context of masks and images
+    used as masks.  (7/29/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+    Removed an unused extern declaration for ds_errfcn() which was causing
+    a link failure on the alpha (6/12/02, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mktools.x
+pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkoutname.x
+    Fixed a bug in the default output image name code that would result in
+    hidden images with names like .snap.1, .snap.2, etc being written
+    if the display image name included a kernel or pixel section.
+    Davis (3/21/02)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapping.x
+    Added a check for the image name being "dev$pix" and if so prevented
+    this from being expanded to the full node!prefix pathname.  Previously
+    the WCS would be written with a path like 'tucana!/iraf/iraf/dev/pix'
+    and would trigger an ambiguous image name error in clients like IMEXAM
+    which need to readback the image name with a WCS query. (3/4/02, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    When imexmaine fails to map the image name returned by the display
+    server it uses the frame buffer.  Previously there was no warning
+    message about failing to map the image.  Now there is a warning.
+    This is only given once until there is no error or the error message
+    changes either by going to a new frame buffer or doing a new display.
+    (3/4/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+    When the frame buffer is used as the image source (when the image name
+    in the display frame cannot be mapped) the final imunmap would
+    attempt to unmap the same descriptor twice.  (3/1/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    The 'p' was not properly updated for the multiple WCS changes.
+    (2/26/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    The changes to support multiple WCS per frame involved keeping track of
+    the full WCS frame id (i.e. 101) rather than just the frame number.
+    There was a minor error in this bookkeeping when incrementing the
+    the next display frame to be used.  (2/19/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/sigm2.x
+    The routine to compute the maximum value as the interpolated quantity
+    was incorrect because the size of the input and output arrays were
+    treated as the same when they are not.  This is used for overlay
+    display which produced the symptom of horizontal lines.  (2/5/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Added the feature that the bad pixel mask or overlay mask may be
+    specified by a keyword value with the syntax !<keyword>.  This is
+    important for multiextension files where various masks are set
+    as keywords.  The new task OBJMASKS also writes the object mask name
+    that is created for an image in the header.  Use of !objmask then
+    allows the object mask to be used for the bad pixel mask (to set
+    the scaling using only sky pixels) and for overlay.  (2/5/02, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/epimcopy.x
+    Added a missing TY_USHORT branch to the image copy routines.
+    (10/10/01, LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdgetwcs.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdputwcs.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdsetwcs.x
+    Modified to allow read/write of the additional mapping information
+    during WCS i/o.  If the iis_version flag is non-zero and a valid mapping
+    exists, the set/put wcs routines will automatically format the WCS text
+    to include this information, otherwise it writes the old WCS text.  If
+    iis_version is non-zero and a server query returns mapping information
+    this will be stored in the iis common for later retrieval by the
+    imd_getmapping() routine.  (06/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcsver.x
+	Removed 'frame' number argument form the procedure.  The procedure
+    will now map frame one if no connection is already opened and query the
+    WCS.  Returns non-zero if the server is capable of using the new mapping
+    structures.  Required to be called explicitly by programs using mappings
+    to initialize the imd interface for this functionality.  (06/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+	Removed earlier addition of ds_setwcs() function since this is now
+    handled by the standard imd_putwcs() interface.  Mapping information
+    is set prior to the WCS write with imd_setmapping().  (06/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/mkpkg
+	Updated dependencies (06/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapping.x		+
+	New routines imd_[sg]etmapping() allow a program to set the
+    mapping to be sent with the next imd_putwcs() call, or retrieve the
+    mapping info sent by the server with the last wcs query.  The calls
+    are no-ops if the connected server doesn't know about the new
+    mappings, imd_getmapping() is an integer function which returns
+    non-zero if a valid mapping is available.  A new imd_query_map() is
+    available to return the mapping information for a given WCS number.
+    The intent is that the mapping can be obtained for a wcs returned by a
+    cursor read, e.g. to get the image name associated with the mapping.
+    (6/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/iis.com
+	Added new variables to the IIS common to hold the mapping
+    information for each WCS write.  In order to preserve the imd interfaces
+    it was necessary to save the mappings in the common, along with a flag
+    indicating whether the connected server can use them. (06/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/iisopn.x
+    Added initialization of the iis_version value at device open time
+    (6/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/gwindow.h
+    Removed struct element W_WCSVER added earlier, no longer needed.
+    (6/21/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+    Replaced call to alogr with direct call to log10 to avoid having to
+    define and error function for the vops operator.  (6/15/01, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/sigm2.x
+    Removed extra arguments in amaxr call.  (6/15/01, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Added missing arguments to mw_ctrand.  (6/15/01, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Fixed problems with ds_match.  The new version is more robust and
+    correct.  A bad pixel for the displayed image is the maximum of all
+    pixels in the pixel mask which fall within the display pixel.   This
+    version still does not allow any relative rotations but does allow
+    non-integer offsets.  (4/24/01, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdgetwcs.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcsver.x
+pkg/images/tv/display/iis.h
+    Compatability fixes for the new WCS strings and "old" servers.  The
+    WCS version query is now carried out with a read request using the old
+    WCS data size (320) to avoid blocked reads from old servers not sending
+    the 1024-char data.  imd_getwcs() was modified to query the server for
+    the version before the actual wcs query and the request is made with the
+    appropriate size.  In the case of a WCS query the IIS 'x' register is
+    used to signal that the new format is being used, the WCS version is
+    passed back if the 'y' register is non-zero.  Neither of these registers
+    was used by the old protocol, the new ximtool checks these registers and
+    responds by using the correct WCS buffer size.  (03/12/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+    Removed the code which stripped the path-prefix and section from
+    the image name displayed in the title string.  This was originally
+    done to save space but confuses tasks like IMEXAM which rely on
+    this to map the image.  (02/26/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/iis.h	
+    Somehow the SZ_WCSTEXT value got reset to 320, this was causing
+    a problem with TVMARK redrawing the display.  Reset to 1024.
+    (02/26/01, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+    Changes to detect and use new WCS strings (12/04/00, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/gwindow.h
+    Added struct element W_WCSVER (12/04/00, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/iis.h
+    Added definitions for 16-frame support, increased the size of
+    the SZ_WCSTEXT to 1024 (12/04/00, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/mkpkg 
+pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcsver.x     	+
+    Added a routine which does a WCS query with the X register set
+    to check whether the server can handle the new WCS strings.  If
+    the reply is "version=<num>" we use the new stuff, otherwise it's
+    a no-op and we use the old format strings. (12/04/00, MJF)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
+    Fixed an off-by-one error in WCS sent to the display when the display
+    buffer is smaller than the image.  (9/5/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/timexam.x	+
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iecolon.x
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/mkpkg
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine.par
+pkg/images/tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+lib/scr/imexamine.key
+    Added new key 't' to ouput an image section centered on the cursor.
+    (9/2/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Masks were being copied internally in short which would truncate masks
+    having larger values.  (5/16/00, Valdes)
+
+=========
+V2.11.3p2
+=========
+
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/t_imedit.x
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/epimcopy.x
+    Added some errchks.  In particular, even though the output and working
+    images can be mapped without an error there could be an error in the
+    first I/O as when the imdir directory is not available/writeable.
+    (1/18/00, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/t_imedit.x
+    The use of a temporary image causes the output image type to be
+    set by "imtype" instead of any explicit extension.  Changed to
+    use the xt_mkimtemp routine which tries to create a temporary image
+    of the desired output image type.  (10/1/99, Valdes)
+
+pkg/images/tv/display/mkpkg
+pkg/images/tv/wcslab/mkpkg
+pkg/images/tv/imedit/mkpkg
+pkg/images/tv/imexamine/mkpkg
+    Added some missing file dependencies and removed some unecessary ones
+    from the package mkpkg files.
+    (9/21/99 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.h
+    Added an entry for tnx to the list of supported projection types.
+    tnx image sometimes produced garbled plots, especially for ra ~0.0.
+    (9/17/99 LED)
+
+pkg/images/tv/wcslab/t_wcslab.x
+pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.x
+    Fixed a couple of bugs in the wcslab task that were causing it to fail with
+    the message "ERROR: MWCS: coordinate system not defined (physical)" on the
+    Dec Alpha when the usewcs parameter was set to yes, and on Sun systems when
+    the input image was undefined. The problems were a bad call to the
+    routine mw_swtype in the routine wl_decode_ctype and a missing check
+    for the image = "" case. (8/28/99 LED)
+
+=======
+V2.11.2
+=======
+
+images$tv/display/sigm2.x
+    An argument to sigm2_setup was being changed by the routine and this
+    changed argument was then incorrectly used by the calling program.
+    The argument was made input only.  (6/15/99, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iepos.x
+    The output of the 'x' and 'y' keys was not being written to the log
+    file because of a typo.  (5/7/99, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/t_display.x
+    Added checks for a data range of zero, or which rounds to zero for
+    short data, to avoid floating divide by zero errors.  Rather than
+    resort to a unitary transformation in this case the requested
+    data range minimum is decreased by one and the maximum is increased
+    by one.  (8/11/98, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+    The logic in STF_FIT for determining the points to fit and the point
+    to use for the initial width estimate was faulty allowing some bad
+    cases to get through.  (7/31/98, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imedit/epix.h
+images$tv/imedit/t_imedit.x
+images$tv/imedit/epcolon.x
+images$tv/doc/imedit.hlp
+    The temporary editing buffer image was made into a unique temporary
+    image rather than the fixed name of "epixbuf".  (6/30/98, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.11.1
+=======
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iepos.x
+     Added missing argument in fprintf call.  (8/29/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+     There was a bug in the code which gives "Warning: PLIO: reference out
+     of bounds on mask".  This was introduced with the changes to allow
+     masks and images to have different binning.  (8/21/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ieqrimexam.x	+
+images$tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+images$tv/imexamine/iegcur.x
+images$tv/imexamine/iecolon.x
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+lib/scr/imexamine.key
+    Added two new keystrokes, ',' and '.', that do what 'a' and 'r' do
+    except they don't do the enclosed flux and direct FWHM measurements nor
+    iterate on the fitting radius.  Also the output format is the same as
+    the previous version of IMEXAM.  (6/12/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+    1.  The background is now set to zero if there are no background points.
+    2.  Fixed an error recovery bug (attempting to free a pointer which
+	was not set).
+    (6/11/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+    The background widths needed to be passed to the PSF measuring routines
+    even if the background is turned off for the fitting in the 'a' and 'r'
+    keys.  (6/11/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/doc/display.hlp
+    Added some more information about the colors.  (5/30/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    Improved to allow different binning between masks and images.
+    (5/21/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/zscale.x
+    Fixed to work with 1D images.  (5/21/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/zscale.x
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x
+    1. Now works with higher dimensional images (displays the first band)
+       and with image sections.
+    2. Now ignores error when the image has an unknown WCS type.  The
+       WCS is mapped to determine the physical coordinate transformation
+       for use with masks but this failed when someone imported an image
+       with the CAR projection type. (4/30/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+    Reversed the order of the version and task in the revisions section.
+    (4/22/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/tvmark/mkmark.x
+    Made sure that object the label was set to "" in the call to the
+    mk_onemark procedure inside the a keystroke command. The lack
+    of initialization was causing tvmark to fail when the coordinates
+    file did not exist at task startup time and the label parameter
+    was set to "yes". (4/17, LED)
+
+images$tv/imedit/epgsfit.x
+    The earlier change failed to setup the x/y arrays for the surface fitting.
+    This was fixed.  (4/15/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iejimexam.x
+images$tv/imexamine/iecolon.x
+images$tv/kimexam.par +
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+images$tv/tv.cl
+    Added a pset for the 'k' key rather than sharing with the 'j' key.  This
+    was confusing to users since it was the only key without it's own pset.
+    Also there may be some reason to have the fitting parameters be
+    different along lines and columns.  (4/11/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+images$doc/imexamine.hlp
+    The log output for 'a' or 'r' has one line per measurement as in
+    previous versions.  The standard output, however, uses two lines to
+    print nicely on 80 column windows.  (4/1/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/rimexam.par
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+    Changed the zero point of the magnitude scale from 30.0 to 25.0.
+    (3/31/97, Davis)
+
+images$tv/display.par
+images$tv/display/t_display.x
+images$tv/display/zscale.x
+images$tv/display/sigm2.x	+
+images$tv/display/maskcolor.x	+
+images$tv/display/dspmmap.x	+
+images$tv/display/display.h
+images$tv/display/gwindow.h
+images$tv/display/mkpkg
+images$tv/doc/display.hlp
+    1.  Improved the structure of DISPLAY.
+    2.  Fixed coordinate system errors.
+    3.  Added parameters to display bad pixel masks and overlay masks.
+    4.  The z scaling sampling may use a pixel mask or image section.
+    5.  The z scaling excludes bad pixels.
+    (3/20/97, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/imdmapfr.x
+images$tv/display/imdputwcs.x +
+    Added two routines to hide knowledge of the channel structure and
+    other details from the calling routines.  (12/11/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/iishdr.x
+images$tv/display/iisers.x
+    Replaces SPP int -> short assignments by calls to achtiu because of
+    overflow problems with some VMS fortran compilers.
+    (12/6/96, Valdes as reported by Zarate)
+
+images$tv/display/t_display.x
+    1.  Fixed numerous problems with the coordinate system.
+    2.  Fixed a bug in how ztrans=log was done.
+    (12/5/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/display/sigm2.x	+
+    Added a version of the spatial interpolation routines that allows masks
+    to interpolate the input across bad pixels. (12/5/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imedit/epgsfit.x
+images$tv/imedit/epcolon.x
+images$tv/doc/imedit.hlp
+images$tv/imedit/imedit.par
+    Added a median background if the xorder or yorder is zero.
+    (11/22/96, Valdes)
+
+wcslab$t_wcslab.x
+doc$wcslab.hlp
+    Added an "overplot" option to append to a plot but with a different
+    viewport.  (11/06/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+    No change but the date got updated.  (10/14/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+    Fixed bug in evaluation of enclosed flux profile in which the scaled
+    radius was used for the gaussian subtraction stage instead of pixels.
+    This does not currently affect IMEXAM because the scale is fixed
+    at 1.  (8/29/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+    Removed reference to pset for kimexam.  (5/31/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+images$tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+    Fixed incorrect datatype declaration "real np" -> "int np" in various
+    related places.  (4/9/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imedit/epsearch.x
+images$tv/imedit/epgcur.x
+    1.  The search algorithm produced incorrect results if part of the aperture
+    	was off the edge (negative image coordinates).
+    2.  The rounding was incorrect when part of the aperture was off the
+	edge (negative image coordinates).
+    3.  A floating operand error occurs when a key is given without
+	coordinates.
+    (3/26/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iecolon.x
+images$tv/imexamine/starfocus.h
+images$tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+images$tv/rimexam.par
+images$doc/imexamine.hlp
+lib$scr/imexamine.key
+    The radial profile fitting and width measurements now have an option to
+    use a Gaussian or Moffat profile model.  The model is selected by a
+    new "fittype" parameter.  A new "beta" parameter may be specified as
+    INDEF to be determined from the fit or have a fixed value.  The Moffat
+    profile model does better in producing consistent FWHM values so
+    this is the default.  There is also a new "iterations" parameter
+    to allow iteratively adjusting the fitting radius.
+    The STARFOCUS code used to compute other parameters was updated to
+    use a Moffat model and a new method for measuring the FWHM directly
+    from the radially average profile.  (3/22/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/rimexam.par
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+    Changed the defaults to radius=5, buffer=5, width=5.  A related change
+    is being made to STARFOCUS, PSFMEASURE, KPNOFOCUS to attempt to
+    produce similar values by default.  (3/13/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iejimexam.x
+images$tv/jimexam.par
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+    Bug 330: There were several errors in this which only show up when
+    using a world WCS.  The parameter prompt and help now indicate the
+    initial sigma value is in pixels even when fitting in world
+    coordinates.  (2/27/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iemw.x
+    The inverse WCS function was incorrect and is fixed.  (2/27/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+images$tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x +
+images$tv/imexamine/starfocus.h +
+images$tv/imexamine/mkpkg
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+lib$src/imexamine.key
+    New FWHM estimates based on the enclosed flux and a direct measurement
+    were added to the 'a' and 'r' keys.  The weights for the Gaussian
+    fit were modified to reduce the influence of pixels outside the
+    half-maximum radius.  The ? help and help page were revised to
+    described the new output and algorithms.  (11/9/95+12/8/95+3/14/96, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imedit/t_imedit.x
+images$doc/imedit.hlp
+    The 'j', 'k', 'n', and 'u' keys were added to those recorded in the
+    logfile.  (4/11/95, Valdes)
+
+images$doc/imexamine.hlp
+    Fixed a typo in the equation for ellipticity.  (4/10/95, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iejimexam.x
+    Fixed a pointer addressing error found by Zarate.  (2/16/95, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iecolon.x
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.imh
+lib$src/imexamine.key
+    1.	The "label" parameter was incorrectly attributed to the surface plot
+	instead of the contour plot.
+    2.  The "axes" parameter for the surface plot was missing in the code
+	though noted in the help.
+    3.	Updated the help and key file to show the label parameter belongs
+	to the e plot and to show the axes parameter.
+    (11/8/94, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/tvmark/mkmark.x
+    Replaced a seek to EOF call with a flush call in the the tvmark task add
+    object procedure. On SunOS systems the seek to EOF was apparently forcing
+    the flush while on Solaris systems it was not, resulting in the added
+    objects never being written to the coordinate file.
+    (10/3/94, Davis)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+    World coordinates printed in the 'r' profile graph are now formated.
+    (8/2/94, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/wcslab/wcslab.x
+    Fixed an initialization bug in wcslab that was causing the axis labels
+    of the plot to be drawn incorrectly the first time wcslab was run. 
+    This was only a bug under 2.10.3
+    (26/7/94 Davis)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iestatistics.x
+    Changed the statistics routine to compute quantities in double precision.
+    (3/10/93, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
+images$tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
+    The simple gaussian fitting was inadequate and gave biased answers.
+    Replaced this algorithm with NLFIT version.  It is still just a two
+    parameter fit with the center and sky being determined and then fixed
+    as before.  (3/2/93, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/wcslab/wcslab.h
+images$tv/wcslab/wcs_desc.h
+images$tv/wcslab/wcslab.x
+images$tv/wcslab/wlwcslab.x
+    Removed a dependency on the file gio.h from the wcslab task.
+		(2/11/93 LED)
+
+images$tv/wcslab/wcs_desc.h
+images$tv/wcslab/wcslab.h
+images$tv/wcslab/wcslab.x
+images$tv/wcslab/wlwcslab.x
+    Removed several dependences on the file gio.h which were no longer
+    required. There is still one remaining dependency. (2/11/93, Davis)
+
+images$tv/wcslab/wcslab.x
+    Fixed a bug in the axis mapping code in wcslab which was causing the
+    task to fail in some circumstances if the input image was a section
+    of a higher dimensioned parent image. (1/28/93, Davis)
+
+=======
+V2.10.2
+=======
+
+images$imexamine/iejimexam.x
+    Changed aint to nint.  (8/10/92, Valdes)
+
+images$imexamine/iegdata.x
+    For some reason (typo?) the test for out-of-bounds pixels was such that
+    a single column or line at the edge of the image was considered out of
+    bounds.  The >= test was changed to >.  (7/31/92, Valdes)
+
+=======
+V2.10.1
+=======
+
+=======
+V2.10.0
+=======
+
+=======
+V2.10
+=======
+
+images$*imexam.par
+images$imexamine/*
+images$doc/imexamine.e
+    Made modifications to use coordinate formating in graphs and in
+    cursor readback.  Also the WCS label will be used if label="wcslabel".
+    Two paramters were added to the main PSET, xformat and yformat.
+    (4/10/92, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/wcslab.x
+    Wcslab was failing if an image larger than the frame buffer was
+    displayed with fill=no.
+    (3/25/92, Davis)
+
+images$tv/imexamine/iemw.x
+    The logical coordinate of an excluded axis is 1 and not axval+1.
+    (3/9/92, Valdes)
+
+images$tv/wcslab/wlwcslab.x
+    Replaced the routine wl_unused_wcs which searched for an unused wcs
+    with some code to save and replace the current wcs.
+
+    (2/18/92, Davis)
+
+images$tv/
+    Moved all the .keys files from the noao$lib/scr/ and proto$tvmark/ 
+    directories to the iraf$lib/scr/ directory.
+
+    (1/29/92, Davis)
+
+images$tv/wcslab/
+    Added the new task WCSLAB developed at ST by Jonathan Eisenhammer
+    and modified at NOAO to the TV package.
+
+    (1/24/92, Davis)
+
+images$tv/
+    
+    New version of the TV package created.
+
+    The IMEDIT, IMEXAMINE, and TVMARK tasks were removed from the old
+    NOAO.PROTO package and added to the IMAGES.TV package. See below
+    for list of previous revisions to these tasks.
+
+    The IIS dependent tasks BLINK, CV, CVL, ERASE, FRAME, LUMATCH,
+    MONOCHROME, PSEUDOCOLOR, RGB, WINDOW and ZOOM were removed from
+    the TV package and placed in the new subpackage TV.IIS.
+
+    The directory structure of the IIS package was modified.
+
+    (1/24/92, Davis)
+
+======================
+Package reorganization
+======================
+
+noao$proto/
+proto$imexamine/ievimexam.x
+    Corrected an error in the column limits computation in the routine
+    ie_get_vector that caused occasional glitches in vectors plotted
+    using the 'v' key. This bug may also explain occasional unrepeatable
+    bus errors which occurred after using the 'v' key. (12/11/91, Davis)
+
+proto$imedit/epcolon.x
+    Two calls to pargr changed to pargi.  (11/13/91, Valdes)
+
+proto$tvmark/t_tvmark.x
+proto$tvmark/mkcolon.x
+    Removed extra argument to mk_sets() calls. (11/13/91, Davis)
+
+proto$tvmark/mkppars.x
+    Changed two clputi calls to clputb calls. (11/13/91, Davis)
+
+proto$jimexam.par
+proto$proto.cl
+proto$mkpkg
+proto$imexamine/iejimexam.x
+proto$imexamine/iecolon.x
+proto$imexamine/t_imexam.x
+proto$imexamine/iegcur.x
+proto$imexamine/mkpkg
+proto$doc/imexamine.hlp
+noao$lib/scr/imexamine.key
+    Added new options for fitting 1D gaussians to lines and columns.
+    (9/2/91, Valdes)
+
+proto$imexamine/iemw.x +
+proto$imexamine/iecimexam.x
+proto$imexamine/iecolon.x
+proto$imexamine/iegimage.x
+proto$imexamine/ielimexam.x
+proto$imexamine/iepos.x
+proto$imexamine/ierimexam.x
+proto$imexamine/imexam.h
+proto$imexamine/mkpkg
+proto$imexamine/t_imexam.x
+proto$imexamine.par
+proto$doc/imexamine.hlp
+    Modified IMEXAMINE to use WCS information in axis labels and coordinate
+    readback.  (8/13/91, Valdes)
+
+proto$tvmark/mkonemark.x
+    Moved the two salloc routines to the top of the mk_onemark routine
+    where they cannot be called more than once.
+    (7/22/91, Davis)
+
+proto$tvmark.par
+    Modified the description of the pointsize parameter.
+    (7/17/91, Davis)
+
+proto$imexamine/iesimexam.x
+    Add code for checking and warning if data is all constant, all above the
+    specified ceiling, or all below the specified floor when making surface
+    plots.  (10/3/90, Valdes)
+
+proto$imedit/epmask.x
+    Added some protective changes so that if a radius of zero with a circular
+    aperture is used then round off will be less likely to cause missing
+    the pixel.  (9/23/90, Valdes)
+
+proto$tvmark/tvmark.key
+proto$tvmark/mkmark.x
+proto$tvmark/doc/tvmark.hlp
+    At user request changed the 'd' keystroke command  which marks an object
+    with a dot to the '.' and the 'u' keystroke command which deletes a
+    point to 'd'. (9/14/90 Davis)
+
+====
+V2.9
+====
+
+noao$proto/imedit/epgcur.x
+    Valdes, June 6, 1990
+    The fixpix format input was selecting interpolation across the longer
+    dimension instead of the shorter.  This meant that complete columns
+    or lines did not work at all.
+
+====
+V2.8
+====
+
+noao$proto/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+    Valdes, Mar 29, 1990
+    Even when use_display=no the task was trying to check the image display
+    for the name.  This was fixed by adding a check for this flag in the
+    relevant if statement.
+
+noao$proto/imexamine/ievimexam.x
+    Valdes, Mar 22, 1990
+    The pset was being closed without indicating this in the data structure.
+    The clcpset statement was removed.
+
+noao$proto/imedit/epgcur.x
+    Valdes, Mar 15, 1990
+    The EOF condition was being screwed up for two keystroke commands leading
+    to a possible infinite loop when using a cursor file input.  The fix
+    is to change the "nitems=nitems+clgcur" incrementing to simply
+    "nitems=clgcur".
+
+noao$proto/imedit/epbackground.x
+noao$proto/imedit/epgcur.x
+    Valdes, Mar 9, 1990
+    1. The surfit pointer was incorrectly declared as real in ep_bg causing the
+    'b' key to do nothing.  This appears to be SPARC dependent.
+    2. Fixed some more problems with cursor strings having missing coordinates
+    causing floating overflow errors.
+
+noao$proto/imexamine/iecolon.x
+    Valdes, Feb 16, 1990
+    Fixed a mistake in the the datatype of a parg call.
+
+noao$proto/imedit.par
+noao$proto/imedit/epcolon.x
+noao$proto/imedit/epmask.x
+    Valdes, Jan 17, 1990
+    1. Fixed typo in prompt string for y background order.
+    2. Wrong datatype in clput for order parameters resulting in setting
+       the user parameter file value to 0.
+    3. Bug fix in epmask.  The following is the correct line:
+       line 130:    call amovi (Memi[line], Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+
+noao$proto/imedit/epdisplay.x
+    Valdes, Jan 7, 1990
+    Added initialization to the zoom state.  Without the intialization
+    starting IMEDIT without display and then turning display on followed by
+    a 'r' would cause an error (very obscure but found in a demo).
+
+noao$proto/tvmark/t_tvmark.x
+noao$proto/tvmark/mkmark.x
+noao$proto/tvmark/tvmark.key
+noao$proto/doc/tvmark.hlp
+    Valdes, Jan 4, 1990
+    Added filled rectangle command 'f'.
+
+noao$proto/tvmark/t_tvmark.x
+noao$proto/tvmark/mktools.x
+noao$proto/tvmark/mkshow.x
+noao$proto/tvmark/mkcolon.x
+noao$proto/tvmark/mkfind.x
+noao$proto/tvmark/mkremove.x
+    Davis, Dec 12, 1989
+    1. Tvmark has been modified to permit deletion as well as addition of
+    objects to the coordinate file. Objects to be deleted are marked
+    with the cursor and must be within a given tolerance of an
+    object in the coordinate list to be deleted.
+    2. The help screen no longer comes up in the text window when the task
+    is invoked for the sake of uniformity with all other IRAF tasks.
+    3. The coordinate file is opened read_only in batch mode. In interactive
+    mode a warning message is issued if the user tries to append or delete
+    objects from a file which does not have write permission and no action
+    is taken.
+
+noao$proto/imexamine/t_imexam.x
+noao$proto/imexamine/iegimage.x
+    Valdes, Nov 30, 1989
+    The default display frame when not using an input list was changed from
+    0 to 1.
+
+noao$proto/imeidt/epgcur.x
+    Valdes, Oct 30, 1989
+    1. There was no check against INDEF cursor coordinates.  Such coordinates
+    will occur when reading a previous logfile output and cursor input
+    where the shorthand ":command" is used.  The actual error occured when
+    attempting to add 0.5 to INDEF.
+
+noao$proto/imedit/epstatistics.x
+noao$proto/imedit/epmove.x
+noao$proto/imedit/epgsfit.x
+noao$proto/imedit/epnoise.x
+noao$proto/imedit/epbackground.x
+noao$proto/imedit/t_imedit.x
+    Valdes, Aug 17, 1989
+    1. Added errchk to main cursor loop to try and prevent loss of the
+       user's changes if an error occurs.
+    2. If no background points are found an error message is now printed
+       instead of aborting.
+
+noao$proto/tvmark/mkbmark.x
+    Davis, Aug 4, 1989
+    Modified tvmark so that drawing to the frame buffer is more efficient
+    in batch mode. This involved removing a number of imflush calls
+    which were unnecessarily flushing the output buffer to disk and
+    recoding the basic routines which draw concentric circles and rectangles.
+
+===========
+Version 2.8
+===========
+
+noao$proto/imexamine/* +
+noao$proto/imexamine.par +
+noao$proto/?imexam.par +
+noao$proto/doc/imexamine.hlp +
+noao$proto/proto.cl
+noao$proto/proto.men
+noao$proto/proto.hd
+noao$proto/x_proto.x
+noao$proto/mkpkg
+noao$lib/scr/imexamine.key
+    Valdes, June 13, 1989
+    New task IMEXAMINE added to the proto package.
+
+noao$proto/tvmark/
+    Davis, June 6, 1989
+    Fixed a bug in tvmark wherein circles were not being drawn if they
+    were partially off the image in the x dimension.
+
+noao$proto/tvmark/
+    Davis, June1, 1989
+    A labeling capability has been added to tvmark. If the label parameter
+    is turned on tvmark will label objects with the string in the third
+    column of the coordinate file.
+
+noao$proto/tvmark/
+    Davis,  May 25, 1989
+    The problem reported by phil wherein TVMARK would go into an infinite
+    loop if it encountered a blank line has been fixed.
+
+noao$proto/tvmark
+    Davis,  May 22, 1989
+    The new task TVMARK was added to the proto package.
+
+noao$proto/imedit/
+    Davis,  May 22, 1989
+    The new task IMEDIT was added to the proto package.
+
+======================
+Package reorganization
+======================
+
+===========
+Release 2.2
+===========
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/_dcontrol.par b/pkg/images/tv/_dcontrol.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..451548c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/_dcontrol.par
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+type,s,h,frame,,,"Display type (frame, rgb)"
+map,s,h,mono,,,"Display map (mono, psuedo, 8color, cycle)"
+red_frame,i,h,1,1,4,Red frame
+green_frame,i,h,2,1,4,Green frame
+blue_frame,i,h,3,1,4,Blue frame
+frame,i,h,1,1,4,Display frame
+alternate,s,h,0,,,Alternate frame or frames
+erase,b,h,no,,,Erase display
+window,b,h,no,,,Window display frame
+rgb_window,b,h,no,,,Window RGB frames
+cursor,b,h,no,,,Print cursor position
+blink,b,h,no,,,Blink display frame with alternate frame
+match,b,h,no,,,Match display frame window with alternate frame
+roam,b,h,no,,,Roam display
+zoom,i,h,2,1,4,Zoom factor
+rate,r,h,1.,,,Blink rate (sec per frame)
+coords,*imcur,h,,,,Coordinate list
+device,s,h,"stdimage",,,Display device
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/cimexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/cimexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbba22c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/cimexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"wcslabel",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Pixel Value",,,"Y-axis label"
+
+naverage,i,h,1,,,Number of columns to average
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+pointmode,b,h,no,,,plot points instead of lines?
+marker,s,h,"plus",,,point marker character?
+szmarker,r,h,1.,,,marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,log scale x-axis
+logy,b,h,no,,,log scale y-axis
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display.par b/pkg/images/tv/display.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04001e8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display.par
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Parameter file for DISPLAY
+
+image,f,a,,,,image to be displayed
+frame,i,a,1,1,4,frame to be written into
+bpmask,f,h,"BPM",,,bad pixel mask
+bpdisplay,s,h,"none","none|overlay|interpolate",,bad pixel display (none|overlay|interpolate)
+bpcolors,s,h,"red",,,bad pixel colors
+overlay,f,h,"",,,overlay mask
+ocolors,s,h,"green",,,overlay colors
+erase,b,h,yes,,,erase frame
+border_erase,b,h,no,,,erase unfilled area of window
+select_frame,b,h,yes,,,display frame being loaded
+repeat,b,h,no,,,repeat previous display parameters
+fill,b,h,no,,,scale image to fit display window
+zscale,b,h,yes,,,display range of greylevels near median
+contrast,r,h,0.25,,,contrast adjustment for zscale algorithm
+zrange,b,h,yes,,,display full image intensity range
+zmask,f,h,"",,,sample mask
+nsample,i,h,1000,100,,maximum number of sample pixels to use
+xcenter,r,h,0.5,0,1,display window horizontal center
+ycenter,r,h,0.5,0,1,display window vertical center
+xsize,r,h,1,0,1,display window horizontal size
+ysize,r,h,1,0,1,display window vertical size
+xmag,r,h,1.,,,display window horizontal magnification
+ymag,r,h,1.,,,display window vertical magnification
+order,i,h,0,0,1,"spatial interpolator order (0=replicate, 1=linear)"
+z1,r,h,,,,minimum greylevel to be displayed
+z2,r,h,,,,maximum greylevel to be displayed
+ztrans,s,h,linear,,,greylevel transformation (linear|log|none|user)
+lutfile,f,h,"",,,file containing user defined look up table
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/README b/pkg/images/tv/display/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f31a6aa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/README
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+DISPLAY -- Prototype routines for loading and controlling the image display.
+The lower level code is device dependent.
+
+	display		loads the display
+	dcontrol	adjusts the display (frame select, window, etc.)
+
+The basic strategy is that the image display device is interfaced to IRAF 
+file i/o as a binary file.  IMIO is then used to access the image or graphics
+planes of the device as a disk resident imagefile would be referenced.
+Each image plane of each image device is a separate "imagefile", and has a
+distinct image header file in the directory "dev$".
+
+This package uses the ZFIOGD (binary graphics device) device driver, the
+source for which is in host$gdev.  It is this driver which implements physical
+i/o to the device (actually, to the host system device driver for the device).
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/ace.h b/pkg/images/tv/display/ace.h
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..4c4f40bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/ace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+define	NUMSTART		11	# First object number
+
+# Mask Flags.
+define	MASK_NUM	000777777B	# Mask number
+define	MASK_GRW	001000000B	# Grow pixel
+define	MASK_SPLIT	002000000B	# Split flag
+define	MASK_BNDRY	004000000B	# Boundary flag
+define	MASK_BP		010000000B	# Bad pixel
+define	MASK_BPFLAG	020000000B	# Bad pixel flag
+define	MASK_DARK	040000000B	# Dark flag
+
+define	MSETFLAG	ori($1,$2)
+define	MUNSETFLAG	andi($1,noti($2))
+
+define	MNUM		(andi($1,MASK_NUM))
+define	MNOTGRW		(andi($1,MASK_GRW)==0)
+define	MGRW		(andi($1,MASK_GRW)!=0)
+define	MNOTBP		(andi($1,MASK_BP)==0)
+define	MBP		(andi($1,MASK_BP)!=0)
+define	MNOTBPFLAG	(andi($1,MASK_BPFLAG)==0)
+define	MBPFLAG		(andi($1,MASK_BPFLAG)!=0)
+define	MNOTBNDRY	(andi($1,MASK_BNDRY)==0)
+define	MBNDRY		(andi($1,MASK_BNDRY)!=0)
+define	MNOTSPLIT	(andi($1,MASK_SPLIT)==0)
+define	MSPLIT		(andi($1,MASK_SPLIT)!=0)
+define	MNOTDARK	(andi($1,MASK_DARK)==0)
+define	MDARK		(andi($1,MASK_DARK)!=0)
+
+# Output object masks types.
+define	OM_TYPES		"|boolean|numbers|colors|all|\
+				 |bboolean|bnumbers|bcolors|"
+define	OM_BOOL		1	# Boolean (0=sky, 1=object+bad+grow)
+define	OM_ONUM		2	# Object number only
+define	OM_COLORS	3	# Bad=1, Objects=2-9
+define	OM_ALL		4	# All values
+define	OM_BBOOL	6	# Boolean (0=sky, 1=object+bad+grow)
+define	OM_BONUM	7	# Object number only
+define	OM_BCOLORS	8	# Bad=1, Objects=2-9
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/display.h b/pkg/images/tv/display/display.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa89a479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/display.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Display modes:
+
+define	RGB		1	# True color mode
+define	FRAME		2	# Single frame mode
+
+# Color selections:
+
+define	BLUE		1B	# BLUE Select
+define	GREEN		2B	# GREEN Select
+define	RED		4B	# RED Select
+define	MONO		7B	# RED + GREEN + BLUE
+
+# Size limiting parameters.
+
+define	MAXCHAN		2
+define	SAMPLE_SIZE	600
+
+# If a logarithmic greyscale transformation is desired, the input range Z1:Z2
+# will be mapped into the range 1.0 to 10.0 ** MAXLOG before taking the log
+# to the base 10.
+
+define	MAXLOG		3
+
+# The following parameter is used to compare display pixel coordinates for
+# equality.  It determines the maximum permissible magnification.  The machine
+# epsilon is not used because the computations are nontrivial and accumulation
+# of error is a problem.
+
+define	DS_TOL		(1E-4)
+
+# These parameters are needed for user defined transfer functions.
+
+define	U_MAXPTS	4096
+define	U_Z1		0
+define	U_Z2		4095
+
+# BPDISPLAY options:
+
+define	BPDISPLAY	"|none|overlay|interpolate|"
+define	BPDNONE		1	# Ignore bad pixel mask
+define	BPDOVRLY	2	# Overlay bad pixels
+define	BPDINTERP	3	# Interpolate bad pixels
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/dsmap.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/dsmap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a5f7e9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/dsmap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <fset.h>
+
+# DSMAP -- Map the display, i.e., open the display device as an imagefile.
+
+pointer procedure dsmap (frame, mode, color, chan)
+
+int	frame
+int	mode
+int	color
+int	chan[ARB]
+
+pointer	ds
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+int	imstati(), fstati(), envgets(), imdopen()
+extern	imdopen()
+pointer	imdmap()
+errchk	imdmap
+
+begin
+	if (envgets ("stdimage", device, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    call error (1, "variable `stdimage' not defined in environment")
+
+	ds = imdmap (device, mode, imdopen)
+	chan[1] = fstati (imstati (ds, IM_PIXFD), F_CHANNEL)
+	chan[2] = color
+
+	return (ds)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e20689f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/dspmmap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# DS_PMMAP -- Open a pixel mask READ_ONLY.
+
+pointer procedure ds_pmmap (pmname, refim)
+
+char	pmname[ARB]		#I Pixel mask name
+pointer	refim			#I Reference image pointer
+
+pointer	sp, mname
+pointer	im, yt_mappm()
+errchk	yt_mappm
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (mname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	im = yt_mappm (pmname, refim, "pmmatch", Memc[mname], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (im)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/dsulut.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/dsulut.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2069bd68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/dsulut.x
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"display.h"
+
+# DS_ULUTALLOC -- Generates a look up table from data supplied by user.
+# The data is read from a two column text file of intensity, greyscale values.
+# The input data are sorted, then mapped to the x range [0-4095].  A 
+# piecewise linear look up table of 4096 values is then constructed from 
+# the (x,y) pairs given.  A pointer to the look up table, as well as the z1 
+# and z2 intensity endpoints, is returned.
+
+pointer procedure ds_ulutalloc (fname, z1, z2)
+
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]		# Name of file with intensity, greyscale values
+real	z1			# Intensity mapped to minimum gs value
+real	z2			# Intensity mapped to maximum gs value
+
+pointer	lut, sp, x, y
+int	nvalues, i, j, x1, x2, y1
+real	delta_gs, delta_xv, slope
+errchk	ds_ulutread, ds_ulutsort, malloc		
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, U_MAXPTS, TY_REAL)	
+	call salloc (y, U_MAXPTS, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Read intensities and greyscales from the user's input file.  The
+	# intensity range is then mapped into a standard range and the 
+	# values sorted.
+
+	call ds_ulutread (fname, Memr[x], Memr[y], nvalues)
+	call alimr (Memr[x], nvalues, z1, z2)
+	call amapr (Memr[x], Memr[x], nvalues, z1, z2, real(U_Z1), real(U_Z2))
+	call ds_ulutsort (Memr[x], Memr[y], nvalues)
+
+	# Fill lut in straight line segments - piecewise linear
+	call malloc (lut, U_MAXPTS, TY_SHORT)	
+	do i = 1, nvalues-1 {
+	    delta_gs = Memr[y+i] - Memr[y+i-1]
+	    delta_xv = Memr[x+i] - Memr[x+i-1]
+	    slope = delta_gs / delta_xv
+	    x1 = int (Memr[x+i-1]) 
+	    x2 = int (Memr[x+i])
+	    y1 = int (Memr[y+i-1])
+	    do j = x1, x2
+		Mems[lut+j] = y1 + slope * (j-x1)
+	}
+	Mems[lut+U_MAXPTS-1] = y1 + (slope * U_Z2)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (lut)
+end
+
+
+# DS_ULUTFREE -- Free the lookup table allocated by DS_ULUT.
+
+procedure ds_ulutfree (lut)
+
+pointer	lut
+
+begin
+	call mfree (lut, TY_SHORT)
+end
+
+
+# DS_ULUTREAD -- Read text file of x, y, values.
+
+procedure ds_ulutread (utab, x, y, nvalues)
+
+char	utab[SZ_FNAME]		# Name of list file
+real	x[U_MAXPTS]		# Array of x values, filled on return
+real	y[U_MAXPTS]		# Array of y values, filled on return
+int	nvalues			# Number of values in x, y vectors - returned
+
+int	n, fd
+pointer	sp, lbuf, ip
+real	xval, yval
+int	getline(), open()
+errchk	open, sscan, getline, salloc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (fd = open (utab, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE))
+	    call error (1, "Error opening user lookup table")
+
+	n = 0
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[lbuf]) != EOF) {
+	    # Skip comment lines and blank lines.
+	    if (Memc[lbuf] == '#')
+		next
+	    for (ip=lbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the points to be plotted.
+	    call sscan (Memc[ip])
+		call gargr (xval)
+		call gargr (yval)
+
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n > U_MAXPTS)
+	        call error (2,
+		    "Intensity transformation table cannot exceed 4096 values")
+
+	    x[n] = xval
+	    y[n] = yval
+	}
+
+	nvalues = n
+	call close (fd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DS_ULUTSORT -- Bubble sort of paired arrays.  
+
+procedure ds_ulutsort (xvals, yvals, nvals)
+
+real	xvals[nvals]		# Array of x values
+real	yvals[nvals]		# Array of y values
+int	nvals			# Number of values in each array
+
+int	i, j
+real	temp
+define	swap	{temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+
+begin
+	for (i=nvals;  i > 1;  i=i-1)
+	    for (j=1;  j < i;  j=j+1) 
+		if (xvals[j] > xvals[j+1]) {
+		    # Out of order; exchange y values
+		    swap (xvals[j], xvals[j+1])
+		    swap (yvals[j], yvals[j+1])
+		}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/findz.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/findz.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1f0f73e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/findz.x
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# FINDZ -- Estimate the range of greylevels Z1 to Z2 containing a specified
+# fraction of the greylevels in the image.  The technique is to sample the
+# image at some interval, computing the values of the greylevels a fixed
+# distance either side of the median.  Since it is not necessary to compute
+# the full histogram we do not need to know the image zmin, zmax in advance.
+# Works for images of any dimensionality, size, or datatype.
+
+procedure findz (im, z1, z2, zfrac, maxcols, nsample_lines)
+
+pointer	im
+real	z1, z2, zfrac
+int	maxcols, nsample_lines
+
+real	rmin, rmax
+real	frac
+int	imin, imax, ncols, nlines
+int	i, n, step, sample_size, imlines
+
+pointer	sp, buf
+pointer	imgl2r()
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (buf, ncols, TY_REAL)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Try to include a constant number of pixels in the sample
+	# regardless of the image size.  The entire image is used if we
+	# have a small image, and at least sample_lines lines are read
+	# if we have a large image.
+
+	sample_size = iis_ydim * nsample_lines
+	imlines = min(nlines, max(nsample_lines, sample_size / ncols))
+	step = nlines / (imlines + 1)
+
+	frac = (1.0 - zfrac) / 2.
+	imin = frac * (ncols - 1)
+	imax = (1.0 - frac) * (ncols - 1)
+	rmin = 0.0
+	rmax = 0.0
+	n = 0
+
+	do i = 1 + step, nlines, max (1, step) {
+	    call asrtr (Memr[imgl2r (im, i)], Memr[buf], ncols)
+	    rmin = rmin + Memr[buf + imin]
+	    rmax = rmax + Memr[buf + imax]
+	    n = n + 1
+	}
+
+	z1 = rmin / n
+	z2 = rmax / n
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/gwindow.h b/pkg/images/tv/display/gwindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae91e2ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/gwindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# Window descriptor structure.
+
+define	LEN_WDES	(210+(W_MAXWC+1)*LEN_WC)
+define	LEN_WC		10			# 4=[XbXeYbYe]+2=tr_type[xy]
+define	W_MAXWC		5			# max world coord systems
+define	W_SZSTRING	99			# size of strings
+define	W_SZIMSECT	W_SZSTRING		# image section string
+
+define	W_DEVICE	Memi[$1]
+define	W_FRAME		Memi[$1+1]		# device frame number
+define	W_XRES		Memi[$1+2]		# device resolution, x
+define	W_YRES		Memi[$1+3]		# device resolution, y
+define	W_BPDISP	Memi[$1+4]		# bad pixel display option
+define	W_BPCOLORS	Memi[$1+5]		# overlay colors
+define	W_OCOLORS	Memi[$1+6]		# badpixel colors
+define	W_IMSECT	Memc[P2C($1+10)]	# image section
+define	W_OVRLY		Memc[P2C($1+60)]	# overlay mask
+define	W_BPM		Memc[P2C($1+110)]	# bad pixel mask
+define	W_ZPM		Memc[P2C($1+160)]	# Z scaling pixel mask
+define	W_WC		($1+$2*LEN_WC+210)	# ptr to coord descriptor
+
+# Fields of the WC coordinate descriptor, a substructure of the window
+# descriptor.  "W_XB(W_WC(w,0))" is the XB field of wc 0 of window W.
+
+define	W_XS		Memr[P2R($1)]		# starting X value
+define	W_XE		Memr[P2R($1+1)]		# ending X value
+define	W_XT		Memi[$1+2]		# X transformation type
+define	W_YS		Memr[P2R($1+3)]		# starting Y value
+define	W_YE		Memr[P2R($1+4)]		# ending Y value
+define	W_YT		Memi[$1+5]		# Y transformation type
+define	W_ZS		Memr[P2R($1+6)]		# starting Z value (greyscale)
+define	W_ZE		Memr[P2R($1+7)]		# ending Z value
+define	W_ZT		Memi[$1+8]		# Z transformation type
+define	W_UPTR		Memi[$1+9] 		# LUT when ZT=USER
+
+# WC types.
+
+define	W_NWIN		0	# Display window in NDC coordinates
+define	W_DWIN		1	# Display window in image pixel coordinates
+define	W_WWIN		2	# Display window in image world coordinates
+define	W_IPIX		3	# Image pixel coordinates (in pixels)
+define	W_DPIX		4	# Display pixel coordinates (in pixels)
+
+# Types of coordinate and greyscale transformations.
+
+define	W_UNITARY	0			# values map without change
+define	W_LINEAR	1			# linear mapping
+define	W_LOG		2			# logarithmic mapping
+define  W_USER		3			# user specifies transformation
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iis.com b/pkg/images/tv/display/iis.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b367132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iis.com
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Common for IIS display
+
+int	iischan			# the device channel used by FIO
+int	iisnopen		# number of times the display has been opened
+int	iisframe		# frame number at iisopn time (kludge).
+int	iis_xdim, iis_ydim	# frame size, pixels
+int	iis_config		# frame size configuration
+int	iis_server		# device is actually a display server
+bool	packit			# byte pack data for i/o
+bool	swap_bytes		# byte swap the IIS header
+short	hdr[LEN_IISHDR]		# header
+
+int	iis_version		# WCS version
+int	iis_valid		# valid mapping info flag
+char	iis_region[SZ_FNAME]	# region name
+real	iis_sx,  iis_sy		# source raster offset
+int	iis_snx, iis_sny	# source raster size
+int	iis_dx,  iis_dy		# dest raster offset
+int	iis_dnx, iis_dny	# dest raster size
+char	iis_objref[SZ_FNAME]	# object reference
+
+common	/iiscom/ iischan, iisnopen, iisframe, iis_xdim, iis_ydim, iis_config,
+	iis_server, packit, swap_bytes, hdr, iis_version, iis_valid,
+	iis_region, iis_sx, iis_sy, iis_snx, iis_sny,
+	iis_dx, iis_dy, iis_dnx, iis_dny, iis_objref
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iis.h b/pkg/images/tv/display/iis.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdd4f33a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+# This file contains the hardware definitions for the iis model 70/f
+# at Kitt Peak.
+
+# Define header
+define  LEN_IISHDR      8               # Length of IIS header
+
+define  XFERID            $1[1]         # transfer id
+define  THINGCT           $1[2]         # thing count
+define  SUBUNIT           $1[3]         # subuint select
+define  CHECKSUM          $1[4]         # check sum
+define  XREG              $1[5]         # x register
+define  YREG              $1[6]         # y register
+define  ZREG              $1[7]         # z register
+define  TREG              $1[8]         # t register
+
+
+# Transfer ID definitions
+define  IREAD             100000B
+define  IWRITE                 0B
+define  PACKED             40000B
+define  SAMPLE             40000B
+define  BYPASSIFM          20000B
+define  BYTE               10000B
+define  ADDWRITE            4000B
+define  ACCUM               2000B
+define  BLOCKXFER           1000B
+define  VRETRACE             400B
+define  MUX32                200B
+define  IMT800               100B       # [IMTOOL SPECIAL]
+
+# Subunits
+define  REFRESH                 1
+define  LUT                     2
+define  OFM                     3
+define  IFM                     4
+define  FEEDBACK                5
+define  SCROLL                  6
+define  VIDEOM                  7
+define  SUMPROC                 8
+define  GRAPHICS                9
+define  CURSOR                  10
+define  ALU                     11
+define  ZOOM                    12
+define  IMCURSOR                20B
+define  WCS	                21B
+
+# Command definitions
+define  COMMAND           100000B
+define  ADVXONTC          100000B               # Advance x on thing count
+define  ADVXONYOV          40000B               # Advance x on y overflow
+define  ADVYONXOV         100000B               # Advance y on x overflow
+define  ADVYONTC           40000B               # Advance y on thing count
+define  ERASE             100000B               # Erase
+
+# 4 - Button Trackball
+define  PUSH               40000B
+define  BUTTONA              400B
+define  BUTTONB             1000B
+define  BUTTONC             2000B
+define  BUTTOND             4000B
+
+# Display channels
+define  CHAN1                  1B
+define  CHAN2                  2B
+define  CHAN3                  4B
+define  CHAN4                 10B
+define  CHAN5                 20B
+define  CHAN6                 40B
+define  CHAN7                100B
+define  CHAN8                200B
+define  CHAN9                400B
+define  CHAN10              1000B
+define  CHAN11              2000B
+define  CHAN12              4000B
+define  CHAN13             10000B
+define  CHAN14             20000B
+define  CHAN15             40000B
+define  CHAN16            100000B
+define  GRCHAN            100000B
+
+define  LEN_IISFRAMES          16
+define  IISFRAMES       CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, CHAN5, CHAN6, CHAN7, CHAN8, CHAN9, CHAN10, CHAN11, CHAN12, CHAN13, CHAN14, CHAN15, CHAN16
+
+# Colors
+
+define  BLUE                   1B
+define  GREEN                  2B
+define  RED                    4B
+define  MONO                   7B
+
+# Bit plane selections
+define  BITPL0                 1B
+define  BITPL1                 2B
+define  BITPL2                 4B
+define  BITPL3                10B
+define  BITPL4                20B
+define  BITPL5                40B
+define  BITPL6               100B
+define  BITPL7               200B
+define  ALLBITPL             377B
+
+# IIS Sizes
+define  IIS_XDIM              512
+define  IIS_YDIM              512
+define  MCXSCALE               64       # metacode x scale
+define  MCYSCALE               64       # metacode y scale
+define  SZB_IISHDR             16       # size of IIS header in bytes
+define  SZB_IMCURVAL          160       # size of imcursor value buffer, bytes
+define  LEN_ZOOM                3       # zoom parameters
+define  LEN_CURSOR              3       # cursor parameters
+define  LEN_SPLIT              12       # split screen
+define  LEN_LUT               256       # look up table
+define  LEN_OFM              1024       # output function look up table
+define	SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT	      320	# old max WCS text chars
+define	SZ_WCSTEXT	     1024	# max WCS text chars
+
+# IIS Status Words
+define  IIS_FILSIZE             (IIS_XDIM * IIS_YDIM * SZB_CHAR)
+define  IIS_BLKSIZE             1024
+define  IIS_OPTBUFSIZE          (IIS_XDIM * SZB_CHAR)
+define  IIS_MAXBUFSIZE          32768
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisblk.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisblk.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ff81d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisblk.x
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISBLK -- Blink IIS display frames at millisecond time resolution.
+
+procedure iisblk (chan1, chan2, chan3, chan4, nframes, rate)
+
+int	chan1[ARB]
+int	chan2[ARB]
+int	chan3[ARB]
+int	chan4[ARB]
+int	nframes
+real	rate
+
+int	msec, status, xcur, ycur
+int	and()
+
+begin
+	status = 0
+	msec = int (rate * 1000.)
+
+	while (and (status, PUSH) == 0) {
+	    call zwmsec (msec)
+	    call iisrgb (chan1, chan1, chan1)
+	    call zwmsec (msec)
+	    call iisrgb (chan2, chan2, chan2)
+	    if (nframes >= 3) {
+	        call zwmsec (msec)
+	        call iisrgb (chan3, chan3, chan3)
+	    }
+	    if (nframes == 4) {
+	        call zwmsec (msec)
+	        call iisrgb (chan4, chan4, chan4)
+	    }
+	    call iisrcr (status, xcur, ycur)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iiscls.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiscls.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71da6c35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiscls.x
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <knet.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISCLS -- Close IIS display.
+
+procedure iiscls (chan, status)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	status
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (iisnopen == 1) {
+	    call zclsgd (iischan, status)
+	    iisnopen = 0
+	} else if (iisnopen > 1) {
+	    iisnopen = iisnopen - 1
+	} else
+	    iisnopen = 0
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisers.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisers.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de276a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisers.x
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# IISERS -- Erase IIS frame.
+
+procedure iisers (chan)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	erase
+
+int	status, tid
+int	iisflu(), andi()
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call achtiu (andi (ERASE, 0177777B), erase, 1)
+
+	# IMTOOL special - IIS frame bufrer configuration code.
+	tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+BLOCKXFER
+	tid = tid + max (0, iis_config - 1)
+
+	call iishdr (tid, 1, FEEDBACK, ADVXONTC, ADVYONXOV, iisflu(chan),
+	    ALLBITPL)
+	call iisio (erase, SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisflu.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisflu.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3fee9d63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisflu.x
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# IISFLU -- IIS frame look up table.
+
+int procedure iisflu (chan)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	frame
+int	iisframe[LEN_IISFRAMES]
+data	iisframe/IISFRAMES/
+
+begin
+	frame = chan[1] - IIS_CHAN * DEVCODE
+	if (frame < 1)
+	    return (iisframe[1])
+	else if (frame > LEN_IISFRAMES)
+	    return (GRCHAN)
+	else
+	    return (iisframe[frame])
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisgop.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisgop.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c33f21d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisgop.x
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISGOP -- Open IIS graphics display.
+
+procedure iisgop (frame, mode, chan)
+
+int	frame, mode, chan[ARB]
+
+begin
+	call iisopn (frame + LEN_IISFRAMES, mode, chan)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iishdr.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iishdr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38ea733d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iishdr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+# IISHDR -- Form IIS header.
+
+procedure iishdr (id, count, subunit, x, y, z, t)
+
+int	id, count, subunit, x, y, z, t
+int	i, sum
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call achtiu (id, XFERID(hdr), 1)
+	call achtiu (count, THINGCT(hdr), 1) 
+	call achtiu (subunit, SUBUNIT(hdr), 1)
+	call achtiu (x, XREG(hdr), 1)
+	call achtiu (y, YREG(hdr), 1)
+	call achtiu (z, ZREG(hdr), 1)
+	call achtiu (t, TREG(hdr), 1)
+	CHECKSUM(hdr) = 1
+	 
+	if (THINGCT(hdr) > 0)
+	    THINGCT(hdr) = -THINGCT(hdr)
+	sum = 0
+	for (i = 1; i <= LEN_IISHDR; i = i + 1)
+	    sum = sum + hdr[i]
+	call achtiu (-sum, CHECKSUM(hdr), 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisio.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad3902ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <knet.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISIO -- Synchronous i/o to the IIS.
+
+procedure iisio (buf, nbytes, status)
+
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+int	status
+
+int	xferid
+int	and()
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iiswt (iischan, status)
+	xferid = XFERID(hdr)
+
+	if (swap_bytes)
+	    call bswap2 (hdr, 1, hdr, 1, SZB_IISHDR)
+	call zawrgd (iischan, hdr, SZB_IISHDR, 0)
+	call iiswt (iischan, status)
+
+	if (and (xferid, IREAD) != 0) {
+	    call zardgd (iischan, buf, nbytes, 0) 
+	    call iiswt (iischan, status)
+	    if (swap_bytes && and(xferid,PACKED) == 0)
+		call bswap2 (buf, 1, buf, 1, nbytes)
+	} else {
+	    if (swap_bytes && and(xferid,PACKED) == 0)
+		call bswap2 (buf, 1, buf, 1, nbytes)
+	    call zawrgd (iischan, buf, nbytes, 0)
+	    call iiswt (iischan, status)
+	}
+
+	if (status <= 0)
+	    status = EOF
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iismtc.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iismtc.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d6eb2cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iismtc.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISMTC -- Match channel lut to frame2.
+
+procedure iismtc (chan1, chan2)
+
+int	chan1[ARB], chan2[ARB]
+short	lut[LEN_LUT]
+
+int	iisflu()
+
+begin
+	if (iisflu (chan2) == GRCHAN)
+	    return
+	call iisrlt (chan1, lut)
+	call iiswlt (chan2, lut)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisofm.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisofm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24259fd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisofm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# These procedures have been modified to limit the maximum output level.
+
+define	NIN	256			# Number of input levels
+define	NOUT	1024			# Number of output levels
+
+# IISOFM -- Output color mapping.
+
+procedure iisofm (map)
+
+char	map[ARB]		# type of mapping
+
+int	i
+short	lutr[LEN_OFM]
+short	lutg[LEN_OFM]
+short	lutb[LEN_OFM]
+
+begin
+	if (map[1] == 'm') {				# MONO
+	    do i = 1, LEN_OFM
+		lutr[i] = min ((i - 1) * NOUT / NIN, NOUT)
+	    call iiswom (MONO, lutr)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call aclrs (lutr, LEN_OFM)
+	call aclrs (lutg, LEN_OFM)
+	call aclrs (lutb, LEN_OFM)
+
+	if (map[1] == 'l') {				# LINEAR
+	    call iislps (lutb, lutg, lutr)
+
+	} else if (map[1] == '8') {			# 8COLOR
+	    do i = 33, 64 {
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	    do i = 65, 96
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    do i = 97, 128 {
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	    do i = 129, 160
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    do i = 161, 192 {
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	    do i = 193, 224
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    do i = 225, 256 {
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	    do i = 257, LEN_OFM {
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }	
+
+	} else if (map[1] == 'r') {			# RANDOM
+	    do i = 2, LEN_OFM, 8 {
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	    do i = 3, LEN_OFM, 8
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    do i = 4, LEN_OFM, 8 {
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	    do i = 5, LEN_OFM, 8
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    do i = 6, LEN_OFM, 8 {
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	    do i = 7, LEN_OFM, 8
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    do i = 8, LEN_OFM, 8 {
+		lutr[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutg[i] = NOUT - 1
+		lutb[i] = NOUT - 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call iiswom (RED, lutr)
+	call iiswom (GREEN, lutg)
+	call iiswom (BLUE, lutb)
+end
+
+
+# IISWOM -- Write output color look up table.
+
+procedure iiswom (color, lut)
+
+int	color
+short	lut[ARB]
+int	status
+
+begin
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_OFM, OFM, ADVXONTC, ADVYONXOV,
+	    color, 0)
+	call iisio (lut, LEN_OFM * SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
+
+
+# IISROM -- Read color look up table.
+
+procedure iisrom (color, lut)
+
+int	color
+short	lut[ARB]
+int	status
+
+begin
+	call iishdr (IREAD+VRETRACE, LEN_OFM, LUT, ADVXONTC, ADVYONXOV,
+	    color, 0)
+	call iisio (lut, LEN_OFM * SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
+
+
+# Linear Pseudocolor Modelling code.
+
+define	BCEN	64
+define	GCEN	128
+define	RCEN	196
+
+# IISLPS -- Load the RGB luts for linear pseudocolor.
+
+procedure iislps (lutb, lutg, lutr)
+
+short	lutb[ARB]		# blue lut
+short	lutg[ARB]		# green lut
+short	lutr[ARB]		# red lut
+
+begin
+	# Set the mappings for the primary color bands.
+	call iislps_curve (lutb, NIN, BCEN, NOUT - 1, NIN/2)
+	call iislps_curve (lutg, NIN, GCEN, NOUT - 1, NIN/2)
+	call iislps_curve (lutr, NIN, RCEN, NOUT - 1, NIN/2)
+
+	# Add one half band of white color at the right.
+	call iislps_curve (lutb, NIN, NIN, NOUT - 1, NIN/2)
+	call iislps_curve (lutg, NIN, NIN, NOUT - 1, NIN/2)
+	call iislps_curve (lutr, NIN, NIN, NOUT - 1, NIN/2)
+end
+
+
+# IISLPS_CURVE -- Compute the lookup table for a single color.
+
+procedure iislps_curve (y, npts, xc, height, width)
+
+short	y[npts]			# output curve
+int	npts			# number of points
+int	xc			# x center
+int	height, width
+
+int	i
+real	dx, dy, hw
+
+begin
+	hw = width / 2.0
+	dy = height / hw * 2.0
+
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    dx = abs (i - xc)
+	    if (dx > hw)
+		;
+	    else if (dx > hw / 2.0)
+		y[i] = max (int(y[i]), min (height, int((hw - dx) * dy)))
+	    else
+		y[i] = height
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisopn.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisopn.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a310e168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisopn.x
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <knet.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# MODIFIED VERSION OF IISOPN.X FOR IMTOOL -- DO NOT DELETE.
+# Referenced by the Sun/IRAF special file list: see hlib$mkpkg.sf.
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# IISOPN -- Open IIS display.
+
+procedure iisopn (devinfo, mode, chan)
+
+char	devinfo[ARB]		# device info for zopen (packed)
+int	mode			# access mode
+int	chan[ARB]		# receives IIS descriptor
+
+int	delim
+char	resource[SZ_FNAME]
+char	node[SZ_FNAME]
+bool	first_time
+data	first_time /true/
+int	ki_gnode(), strncmp()
+include	"iis.com"
+include	"imd.com"
+define	quit_ 91
+
+begin
+	if (first_time) {
+	    iisnopen = 0
+	    iis_version = 0
+	    first_time = false
+	}
+
+	# We permit multiple opens but only open the physical device once.
+	if (iisnopen == 0) {
+	    call zopngd (devinfo, mode, iischan)
+
+	    # Initialize imd_gcur.
+	    call strcpy (devinfo, imd_devinfo, SZ_LINE)
+	    imd_mode = mode
+	    imd_magic = -1
+	}
+
+	if (iischan != ERR) {
+	    iisnopen = iisnopen + 1
+	    chan[1] = FRTOCHAN(iisframe)
+
+	    # The following code is DEVICE DEPENDENT (horrible kludge, but
+	    # it simplifies things and this is throw away code).
+
+	    # Byte pack i/o if the device is on a remote node since the i/o
+	    # bandwidth is the limiting factor; do not bytepack if on local
+	    # node since cpu time is the limiting factor.
+
+	    call strupk (devinfo, resource, SZ_FNAME)
+	    packit = (ki_gnode (resource, node, delim) != 0)
+	    if (!packit)
+		packit = (strncmp (resource[delim+1], "imt", 3) == 0)
+
+	    # Enable byte swapping if the device is byte swapped but the
+	    # local host is not (assumes that if there is an IIS it is on
+	    # a byte swapped VAX - this should be done in graphcap instead).
+
+	    swap_bytes = (strncmp (resource[delim+1], "iis", 3) == 0 &&
+		BYTE_SWAP2 == NO)
+
+	    # Initialize zoom.
+	    call iiszm (1, 0, 0)
+
+	} else
+	    chan[1] = ERR
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iispio.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iispio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81e2512d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iispio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <knet.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISPIO -- Asynchronous pixel i/o to the IIS.
+
+procedure iispio (buf, nx, ny)
+
+short	buf[nx,ny]		# Cell array
+int	nx, ny			# length, number of image lines
+
+pointer	iobuf
+bool	first_time
+int	xferid, status, nbytes, szline, i
+int	and()
+include	"iis.com"
+data	first_time /true/
+
+begin
+	if (first_time) {
+	    if (packit)
+		i = IIS_MAXBUFSIZE
+	    else
+		i = IIS_MAXBUFSIZE * (SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR)
+	    call malloc (iobuf, i, TY_SHORT)
+	    first_time = false
+	}
+
+	# Wait for the last i/o transfer.
+	call iiswt (iischan, status)
+	if (status == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	# Disable interrupts while transmitting to or receiving data from
+	# the display, to avoid loss of synch on the datastream and resulting
+	# loss of communications with the device.
+
+	call intr_disable()
+	xferid = XFERID(hdr)
+
+	# Transmit the packet header.
+	if (swap_bytes)
+	    call bswap2 (hdr, 1, hdr, 1, SZB_IISHDR)
+	call zawrgd (iischan, hdr, SZB_IISHDR, 0)
+	call iiswt  (iischan, status)
+	if (status == ERR) {
+	    call intr_enable()
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Read or write the data block.
+	nbytes = ny * iis_xdim
+	szline = iis_xdim
+
+	if (packit)
+	    szline = szline / (SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR)
+	else
+	    nbytes = nbytes * (SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# Transmit the data byte-packed to increase the i/o bandwith
+	# when using network i/o.
+
+	if (and (xferid, IREAD) != 0) {
+	    # Read from the IIS.
+
+	    call zardgd (iischan, Mems[iobuf], nbytes, 0)
+	    call iiswt  (iischan, status)
+
+	    # Unpack and line flip the packed data.
+	    if (packit) {
+		do i = 0, ny-1
+		    call achtbs (Mems[iobuf+i*szline], buf[1,ny-i], iis_xdim)
+	    } else {
+		do i = 0, ny-1
+		    call amovs  (Mems[iobuf+i*szline], buf[1,ny-i], szline)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Write to the IIS.
+
+	    # Bytepack the image lines, doing a line flip in the process.
+	    if (packit) {
+		do i = 0, ny-1
+		    call achtsb (buf[1,ny-i], Mems[iobuf+i*szline], iis_xdim)
+	    } else {
+		do i = 0, ny-1
+		    call amovs  (buf[1,ny-i], Mems[iobuf+i*szline], szline)
+	    }
+
+	    call zawrgd (iischan, Mems[iobuf], nbytes, 0)
+	}
+
+	call intr_enable()
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrcr.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrcr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53119d06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrcr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+define	DELAY	30		# milliseconds between cursor reads
+
+
+# IISRCR -- Read cursor from display.  Note that the position is 1 indexed.
+
+procedure iisrcr (status, xcur, ycur)
+
+int	status, xcur, ycur
+short	cursor[LEN_CURSOR]
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iishdr(IREAD+VRETRACE, LEN_CURSOR, COMMAND+CURSOR, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+
+	call zwmsec (DELAY)
+
+	call iisio (cursor, LEN_CURSOR * SZB_CHAR, status)
+	if (status <= 0) {
+	    status = EOF
+	    return
+	}
+
+	status = cursor[1]
+	xcur = MCXSCALE * mod (cursor[2] + 31, iis_xdim)
+	ycur = MCYSCALE * mod (cursor[3] + 31, iis_ydim)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrd.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3421a71f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISRD -- Read data from IIS.
+
+procedure iisrd (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+long	off1, off2
+int	nchars, thing_count, tid, y1, y2, x
+int	or(), iisflu()
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Convert to chars and clip at the top of the display.
+	off1 = (offset - 1) / SZB_CHAR + 1
+	off2 = min (iis_xdim * iis_ydim, (offset + nbytes - 1) / SZB_CHAR) + 1
+	nchars = off2 - off1
+
+	x  = 0
+	y1 = (off1-1           ) / iis_xdim
+	y2 = (off2-1 - iis_xdim) / iis_xdim
+	y2 = max (y1, y2)
+
+	if (packit)
+	    tid = IREAD+PACKED
+	else
+	    tid = IREAD
+	thing_count = nchars
+
+	call iishdr (tid, thing_count, REFRESH, or(x,ADVXONTC),
+	    or(iis_ydim-y2-1, ADVYONXOV), iisflu(chan), ALLBITPL)
+
+	call iispio (buf, iis_xdim, y2 - y1 + 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrgb.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrgb.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9dcc38cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisrgb.x
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISRGB -- Enable RGB display.
+
+procedure iisrgb (red_chan, green_chan, blue_chan)
+
+int	red_chan[ARB], green_chan[ARB], blue_chan[ARB]
+
+int	i, frm, status
+short	split[LEN_SPLIT]
+int	iisflu()
+
+begin
+	frm = iisflu (blue_chan)
+	do i = 1, 4
+	    split[i] = frm
+
+	frm = iisflu (green_chan)
+	do i = 5, 8
+	    split[i] = frm
+
+	frm = iisflu (red_chan)
+	do i = 9, 12
+	    split[i] = frm
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_SPLIT, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (split, LEN_SPLIT * SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iissfr.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iissfr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6e92013
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iissfr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IIS_SETFRAME -- Set the frame number for IISOPN.  This is a kludge to pass
+# this number to IISOPN via the iis common.
+
+procedure iis_setframe (frame)
+
+int	frame
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	iisframe = frame
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iisstt.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisstt.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86474d25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iisstt.x
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISSTT -- IIS status.
+# [OBSOLETE - NO LONGER USED (see zsttim)]
+
+procedure iisstt (chan, what, lvalue)
+
+int	chan[ARB], what
+long	lvalue
+
+begin
+	switch (what) {
+	case FSTT_FILSIZE:
+	    lvalue = IIS_FILSIZE
+	case FSTT_BLKSIZE:
+	    lvalue = IIS_BLKSIZE
+	case FSTT_OPTBUFSIZE:
+	    lvalue = IIS_OPTBUFSIZE
+	case FSTT_MAXBUFSIZE:
+	    lvalue = IIS_MAXBUFSIZE
+	default:
+	    lvalue = ERR
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswcr.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswcr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3970f230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswcr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWCR -- Write cursor to display.  Note that the position is 1 indexed.
+
+procedure iiswcr (status, xcur, ycur)
+
+int	status, xcur, ycur
+short	cursor[LEN_CURSOR]
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, 2, COMMAND+CURSOR, 1+ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	cursor[2] = mod (xcur / MCXSCALE - 32, iis_xdim)
+	cursor[3] = mod (ycur / MCYSCALE - 32, iis_ydim)
+	call iisio (cursor[2], 2 * SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswnd.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswnd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e906cc1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswnd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWND -- Window IIS display frame with the trackball.
+
+procedure iiswnd3 (chan1, chan2, chan3)
+
+int	chan1[ARB], chan2[ARB], chan3[ARB]
+
+int	i, j
+real	x, y
+short	lut[LEN_LUT]
+int	status, xcur, ycur, lutval
+int	iisflu(), and()
+
+begin
+	if (iisflu(chan1) == GRCHAN)
+	    return
+	call iisrlt (chan1, lut)
+
+	# Starting point at lut[2] because lut[1] is background
+	for (i=3;  (i < 257) && (lut[i] == lut[2]);  i=i+1)
+	    ; 		
+	i = i - 1
+
+	for (j=255;  (j > i) && (lut[j] == lut[256]);  j=j-1)
+	    ; 
+	j = j + 1
+
+	if ((i == j) || (lut[i] == lut[j])) {
+	    xcur = 256
+	    ycur = 384
+	} else {
+	    y = real (lut[j] - lut[i]) / (j - i)
+	    xcur = 2 * (i - 1) - (2 * lut[i] - 256) / y + 1
+	    if (y > 1)
+		y = 2 - (1 / y)
+	    if (y < -1)
+		y = -2 - (1 / y)
+	    ycur = 128 * y + 256.5
+	}
+
+	xcur = xcur * MCXSCALE
+	ycur = ycur * MCYSCALE
+	call iiswcr (status, xcur, ycur)
+	status = 0
+
+	while (and (status, PUSH) == 0) {
+	    call iisrcr (status, xcur, ycur)
+	    if (status == EOF)
+		break
+
+	    xcur = xcur / MCXSCALE
+	    ycur = ycur / MCYSCALE
+	    x = xcur / 2
+	    y = (ycur - 255.5) / 128.
+
+	    if (y > 1)
+		y = 1. / (2 - y)
+	    if (y < - 1)
+		y = -1. / (2 + y)
+	    do i = 1, 256 {
+		lutval = y * (i - 1 - x) + 127.5
+		lut[i] = max (0, min (255, lutval))
+	    }
+
+	    lut[1] = 0			# Make background black
+	    if ((chan1[1] == chan2[1]) && (chan1[1] == chan3[1]))
+	        call iiswlt (chan1, lut)
+	    else {
+		call iiswlt (chan1, lut)
+		call iiswlt (chan2, lut)
+		call iiswlt (chan3, lut)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IISWLT -- Write monochrome look up table.
+
+procedure iiswlt (chan, lut)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	lut[ARB]
+
+int	status
+int	iisflu()
+
+begin
+	if (iisflu (chan) == GRCHAN)
+	    return
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_LUT, LUT, ADVXONTC, 0, chan[2],
+	    iisflu (chan))
+	call iisio (lut, LEN_LUT * SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
+
+
+# IISRLT -- Read monochrome look up table.
+
+procedure iisrlt (chan, lut)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	lut[ARB]
+
+int	status
+int	iisflu()
+
+begin
+	if (iisflu (chan) == GRCHAN)
+	    return
+	call iishdr (IREAD+VRETRACE, LEN_LUT, LUT, ADVXONTC, 0, 0,
+	    iisflu (chan))
+	call iisio (lut, LEN_LUT * SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswr.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68a1a583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWR -- Write pixel data to IIS.  Writes are limited to entire display lines.
+# The data is line-flipped, causing the first line to be displayed at the bottom
+# of the screen.
+
+procedure iiswr (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]		# io channel
+short	buf[ARB]		# pixels
+int	nbytes			# length of pixel array in bytes
+long	offset			# pixel offset in image display
+
+long	off1, off2
+int	nchars, thing_count, tid, y1, y2, x
+int	or(), iisflu()
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Convert to chars and clip at the top of the display.
+	off1 = (offset - 1) / SZB_CHAR + 1
+	off2 = min (iis_xdim * iis_ydim, (offset + nbytes - 1) / SZB_CHAR) + 1
+	nchars = off2 - off1
+
+	x  = 0
+	y1 = (off1-1           ) / iis_xdim
+	y2 = (off2-1 - iis_xdim) / iis_xdim
+	y2 = max (y1, y2)
+
+#call eprintf ("iiswr: %d bytes at %d, x=%d, y=[%d:%d]\n")
+#call pargi(nbytes); call pargi(offset)
+#call pargi(x); call pargi(y1); call pargi(y2)
+
+	if (packit)
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+BLOCKXFER+BYTE+PACKED
+	else
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM
+	thing_count = nchars
+
+	call iishdr (tid, thing_count, REFRESH, or(x,ADVXONTC),
+	    or(iis_ydim-y2-1, ADVYONXOV), iisflu(chan), ALLBITPL)
+
+	call iispio (buf, iis_xdim, y2 - y1 + 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswt.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswt.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae18ebff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiswt.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <knet.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWT -- Wait for IIS display.
+
+procedure iiswt (chan, nbytes)
+
+int	chan[ARB], nbytes
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call zawtgd (iischan, nbytes)
+	if (packit)
+	    nbytes = nbytes * (SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/iiszm.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiszm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d207f47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/iiszm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISZM -- Zoom IIS window.
+
+procedure iiszm (zfactor, x, y)
+
+int	zfactor, x, y
+short	zoom[LEN_ZOOM]
+int	status
+
+begin
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_ZOOM, ZOOM, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	zoom[1] = zfactor - 1
+	zoom[2] = x / MCXSCALE
+	zoom[3] = y / MCYSCALE
+	call iisio (zoom, LEN_ZOOM * SZB_CHAR, status)
+end
+
+
+# IISRM -- Roam IIS display.
+
+procedure iisrm (zfactor)
+
+int	zfactor
+int	status, xcur, ycur
+int	and()
+
+begin
+	status = 0
+	while (status != EOF && and (status, PUSH) == 0) {
+	    call iisrcr (status, xcur, ycur)
+	    call iiszm (zfactor, xcur, ycur)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imd.com b/pkg/images/tv/display/imd.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9738e89b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imd.com
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# IMD.COM -- Common for the IMD routines.
+
+int	imd_magic		# set to -1 when initialized
+int	imd_mode		# display access mode
+char	imd_devinfo[SZ_LINE]	# device information for zopngd
+
+common	/imdcom/ imd_magic, imd_mode, imd_devinfo
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdgcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdgcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f8cf658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdgcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<knet.h>
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# IMD_GCUR -- This is functionally equivalent to CLGCUR and should be used in
+# place of the latter routine in programs which directly map the display.
+# Its function is to close off the display at a low level in order to free
+# the display device for access by the CL process for the cursor read.
+
+int procedure imd_gcur (param, wx, wy, wcs, key, strval, maxch)
+
+char	param[ARB]		# parameter to be read  [not used]
+real	wx, wy			# cursor coordinates
+int	wcs			# wcs to which coordinates belong
+int	key			# keystroke value of cursor event
+char	strval[ARB]		# string value, if any
+int	maxch
+
+int	status
+bool	devopen
+int	clgcur()
+include	"iis.com"
+include	"imd.com"
+
+begin
+	devopen = (iisnopen > 0)
+	if (imd_magic == -1 && devopen)
+	    call zclsgd (iischan, status)
+
+	status = clgcur (param, wx, wy, wcs, key, strval, maxch)
+
+	if (imd_magic == -1 && devopen)
+	    call zopngd (imd_devinfo, imd_mode, iischan)
+
+	return (status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdgetwcs.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdgetwcs.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57f432bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdgetwcs.x
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# IMD_GETWCS -- Get the saved WCS for the given frame of the given display
+# device.  (No great attempt at generality here).
+# [INTERNAL ROUTINE - RESTRICTED USE].
+#
+# Example:
+#
+#	dev$pix - m51  B  600s
+#	1. 0. 0. -1. 1. 512. 36. 320.0713 1
+#
+# The file format is the image title, followed by a line specifying the
+# coordinate transformation matrix (6 numbers: a b c d tx ty) and the
+# greyscale transformation (z1 z2 zt).
+#
+# The procedure returns OK if the WCS for the frame is sucessfully accessed,
+# or ERR if the WCS cannot be read.  In the latter case the output WCS will
+# be the default unitary WCS.
+
+int procedure imd_getwcs (frame, server, image, sz_image, title, sz_title,
+	a, b, c, d, tx, ty)
+
+int	frame			#I frame (wcs) number of current device
+int	server			#I device is a display server
+char	image[ARB]		#O image name
+int	sz_image		#I max image name length
+char	title[ARB]		#O image title string
+int	sz_title		#I max image title length
+real	a, d			#O x, y scale factors
+real	b, c			#O cross terms (rotations)
+real	tx, ty			#O x, y offsets
+
+char	ch
+int	fd, chan, status, wcs_status, zt
+real	z1, z2
+pointer	sp, dir, device, fname, wcstext
+int	envfind(), strncmp(), open(), fscan(), nscan(), stropen(), iisflu()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dir, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (device, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wcstext, SZ_WCSTEXT, TY_CHAR)
+
+	wcs_status = OK
+
+	# Retrieve the WCS text and open a file descriptor on it.
+
+	if (server == YES) {
+	    # Retrieve the WCS information from a display server.
+	    chan = iisflu(FRTOCHAN(frame))
+
+	    # Cannot use iisio here as the data is byte packed and cannot be
+	    # swapped (while the header still has to be swapped).
+
+	    if (iis_version > 0) {
+		iis_valid = NO
+	        call iishdr (IREAD+PACKED, SZ_WCSTEXT, WCS, 1, 0, chan, 0)
+	        call iisio (Memc[wcstext], SZ_WCSTEXT, status)
+	        if (status > 0)
+		    call strupk (Memc[wcstext], Memc[wcstext], SZ_WCSTEXT)
+
+	        iferr (fd = stropen (Memc[wcstext], SZ_WCSTEXT, READ_ONLY))
+		    fd = NULL
+
+	    } else {
+	        call iishdr (IREAD+PACKED, SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT, WCS, 0, 0, chan, 0)
+	        call iisio (Memc[wcstext], SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT, status)
+	        if (status > 0)
+		    call strupk (Memc[wcstext], Memc[wcstext], SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT)
+
+	        iferr (fd = stropen (Memc[wcstext], SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT, READ_ONLY))
+		    fd = NULL
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # Construct the WCS filename, "dir$device_frame.wcs".  (Copied from
+	    # the make-WCS code in t_display.x).
+
+	    if (envfind ("wcsdir", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME) <= 0)
+		if (envfind ("WCSDIR", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME) <= 0)
+		    if (envfind ("uparm", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME) <= 0)
+			call strcpy ("tmp$", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+	    if (envfind ("stdimage", Memc[device], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("display", Memc[device], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Get the WCS file filename.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME, "%s%s_%d.wcs")
+		call pargstr (Memc[dir])
+		if (strncmp (Memc[device], "imt", 3) == 0)
+		    call pargstr ("imtool")
+		else
+		    call pargstr (Memc[device])
+		call pargi (frame)
+
+	    if (sz_image > 0)
+		image[1] = EOS
+	    if (sz_title > 0)
+		title[1] = EOS
+
+	    # Get the saved WCS.
+	    iferr (fd = open (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE))
+		fd = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Decode the WCS from the WCS text.
+	if (fd != NULL) {
+	    image[1] = EOS
+	    title[1] = EOS
+
+	    if (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+		# Decode "image - title".
+		if (sz_image > 0)
+		    call gargwrd (image, sz_image)
+		if (sz_title > 0) {
+		    call gargwrd (title, sz_title)
+		    repeat {
+			call gargc (ch)
+		    } until (!IS_WHITE(ch))
+		    title[1] = ch
+		    call gargstr (title[2], sz_title - 1)
+		}
+
+		# Decode the WCS information.
+		if (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+		    call gargr (a)
+		    call gargr (b)
+		    call gargr (c)
+		    call gargr (d)
+		    call gargr (tx)
+		    call gargr (ty)
+		    call gargr (z1)
+		    call gargr (z2)
+		    call gargi (zt)
+		    if (nscan() == 9)
+			wcs_status = OK
+
+	            if (iis_version > 0) {
+			if (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+		            call gargstr (iis_region, SZ_FNAME)
+		            call gargr (iis_sx)
+		            call gargr (iis_sy)
+		            call gargi (iis_snx)
+		            call gargi (iis_sny)
+		            call gargi (iis_dx)
+		            call gargi (iis_dy)
+		            call gargi (iis_dnx)
+		            call gargi (iis_dny)
+			}
+		        if (nscan() == 9) {
+			    if (fscan (fd) != EOF)
+		                call gargstr (iis_objref, SZ_FNAME)
+		            if (nscan() == 1)
+			        iis_valid = YES
+			} else
+			    iis_valid = NO
+	            } else {
+		        if (nscan() != 9) {
+			    # Set up the unitary transformation if we
+			    # cannot retrieve the real one.
+			    a  = 1.0
+			    b  = 0.0
+			    c  = 0.0
+			    d  = 1.0
+			    tx = 1.0
+			    ty = 1.0
+			    wcs_status = ERR
+			}
+	            }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	if (fd != NULL)
+	    call close (fd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (wcs_status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapfr.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapfr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..745febe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapfr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"display.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# IMD_MAPFRAME -- Open the given frame of the stdimage display device on an
+# IMIO image descriptor.
+
+pointer procedure imd_mapframe (frame, mode, select_frame)
+
+int	frame			#I frame to be opened [1:N]
+int	mode			#I access mode
+int	select_frame		#I make frame the display frame
+
+pointer	ds
+int	chan[MAXCHAN]
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	imdmap()
+extern	imdopen()
+int	imstati(), fstati(), envgets()
+errchk	imdmap, imseti
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (envgets ("stdimage", device, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    call error (1, "variable `stdimage' not defined in environment")
+
+	# Pass frame number into IIS code.
+	call iis_setframe (frame)
+
+	# Map the frame onto an image descriptor.
+	ds = imdmap (device, mode, imdopen)
+	# call imseti (ds, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	chan[1] = fstati (imstati (ds, IM_PIXFD), F_CHANNEL)
+	chan[2] = MONO
+
+	# Pick up the frame size.
+	iis_xdim   = IM_LEN(ds,1)
+	iis_ydim   = IM_LEN(ds,2)
+	iis_config = IM_LEN(ds,3)
+
+	# Optimize for sequential i/o.
+	call imseti (ds, IM_ADVICE, SEQUENTIAL)
+
+	# Display frame being loaded?
+	if (select_frame == YES)
+	    call zfrmim (chan)
+
+	return (ds)
+end
+
+# IMD_MAPFRAME1 -- Open the given frame of the stdimage display device on an
+# IMIO image descriptor.
+# This differs from imd_mapframe only in the addition of the erase option.
+
+pointer procedure imd_mapframe1 (frame, mode, select_frame, erase)
+
+int	frame			#I frame to be opened [1:N]
+int	mode			#I access mode
+int	select_frame		#I make frame the display frame
+int	erase			#I erase frame
+
+pointer	ds
+int	chan[MAXCHAN]
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	imdmap()
+extern	imdopen()
+int	imstati(), fstati(), envgets()
+errchk	imdmap, imseti
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (envgets ("stdimage", device, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    call error (1, "variable `stdimage' not defined in environment")
+
+	# Pass frame number into IIS code.
+	call iis_setframe (frame)
+
+	# Map the frame onto an image descriptor.
+	ds = imdmap (device, mode, imdopen)
+	# call imseti (ds, IM_CLOSEFD, YES)
+	chan[1] = fstati (imstati (ds, IM_PIXFD), F_CHANNEL)
+	chan[2] = MONO
+
+	# Pick up the frame size.
+	iis_xdim   = IM_LEN(ds,1)
+	iis_ydim   = IM_LEN(ds,2)
+	iis_config = IM_LEN(ds,3)
+
+	# Optimize for sequential i/o.
+	call imseti (ds, IM_ADVICE, SEQUENTIAL)
+
+	# Display frame being loaded?
+	if (select_frame == YES)
+	    call zfrmim (chan)
+
+	# Erase frame being loaded?
+	if (erase == YES)
+	    call zersim (chan)
+
+	return (ds)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapping.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapping.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..049bef1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdmapping.x
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <ctype.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "zdisplay.h"
+
+.help imd_setmapping, imd_getmapping, imd_query_map
+.nf ____________________________________________________________________________
+
+	Interface routines for setting and getting display server mappings.
+
+	  imd_setmapping  (region, sx,sy,snx,sny, dx,dy,dnx,dny, objref)
+ status = imd_getmapping  (region, sx,sy,snx,sny, dx,dy,dnx,dny, objref)
+  status = imd_query_map  (wcs, region, sx,sy,snx,sny, dx,dy,dnx,dny, objref)
+
+The imd_setmapping() procedure should be called prior to an imd_putwcs()
+if the mapping information is to be sent with the next WCS write.  The
+imd_getmapping() function returns a non-zero status if the last WCS query
+returned valid mapping information during the read.  Both routines depend
+upon a previous call to imd_wcsver() (imdmapping.x) to initialize the common
+to query the server for this new capability.  The imd_query_map() function
+returns a non-zero status if a valid mapping is available for the given WCS
+number (e.g. the wcs number returned by a cursor read can be entered and
+information such as the image name can be returned for the associated mapping).
+
+.endhelp _______________________________________________________________________
+
+
+# IMD_SETMAPPING --  Set the mapping information to be sent with the next
+# SETWCS command.
+
+procedure imd_setmapping (reg, sx, sy, snx, sny, dx, dy, dnx, dny, objref)
+
+char	reg[SZ_FNAME]				#i region name
+real	sx, sy					#i source raster
+int	snx, sny
+int	dx, dy					#i destination raster
+int	dnx, dny
+char	objref[SZ_FNAME]			#i object reference
+
+bool	streq()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call strcpy (reg, iis_region, SZ_FNAME)
+	iis_sx  = sx
+	iis_sy  = sy
+	iis_snx = snx
+	iis_sny = sny
+	iis_dx  = dx
+	iis_dy  = dy
+	iis_dnx = dnx
+	iis_dny = dny
+
+        if (streq (objref, "dev$pix"))
+	    call fpathname ("dev$pix.imh", iis_objref, SZ_FNAME)
+        else
+            call strcpy (objref, iis_objref, SZ_FNAME)
+
+	iis_valid = YES
+end
+
+
+# IMD_GETMAPPING --  Get the mapping information returned with the last
+# GETWCS command.
+
+int procedure imd_getmapping (reg, sx, sy, snx, sny, dx, dy, dnx, dny, objref)
+
+char	reg[SZ_FNAME]				#o region name
+real	sx, sy					#o source raster
+int	snx, sny
+int	dx, dy					#o destination raster
+int	dnx, dny
+char	objref[SZ_FNAME]			#o object reference
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (iis_valid == YES) {
+	    call strcpy (iis_region, reg, SZ_FNAME)
+	    sx  = iis_sx
+	    sy  = iis_sy
+	    snx = iis_snx
+	    sny = iis_sny
+	    dx  = iis_dx
+	    dy  = iis_dy
+	    dnx = iis_dnx
+	    dny = iis_dny
+	    call strcpy (iis_objref, objref, SZ_FNAME)
+	}
+	return (iis_valid)
+end
+
+
+# IMD_QUERY_MAP --  Return the mapping information in the server for the
+# specified WCS number.
+
+int procedure imd_query_map (wcs, reg, sx,sy,snx,sny, dx,dy,dnx,dny, objref)
+
+int	wcs					#i WCS number of request
+char	reg[SZ_FNAME]				#o region name
+real	sx, sy					#o source raster
+int	snx, sny
+int	dx, dy					#o destination raster
+int	dnx, dny
+char	objref[SZ_FNAME]			#o object reference
+
+pointer	sp, wcstext, ip, ds
+int	fd, frame, chan, status, wcs_status, nl
+
+int	fscan(), stropen(), iisflu()
+pointer	imd_mapframe1()
+
+include "iis.com"
+define	done_	91
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (wcstext, SZ_WCSTEXT, TY_CHAR)
+	call aclrc (Memc[wcstext], SZ_WCSTEXT)
+
+	wcs_status = ERR
+        iis_valid = NO
+	frame = wcs / 100
+	ds = NULL
+
+	if (iis_version > 0) {
+
+	    # If the channel isn't currently open, map the frame temporarily
+	    # so we get a valid read.
+	    if (iisnopen == 0)
+		ds = imd_mapframe1 (frame, READ_ONLY, NO, NO)
+
+            # Retrieve the WCS information from a display server.
+            chan = iisflu(FRTOCHAN(frame))
+
+	    # Query the server using the X register to indicate this is 	
+	    # a "new form" of the WCS query, and pass the requested WCS in
+	    # the T register (which is normally zero).
+
+            call iishdr (IREAD+PACKED, SZ_WCSTEXT, WCS, 1, 0, chan, wcs)
+            call iisio (Memc[wcstext], SZ_WCSTEXT, status)
+            if (status > 0)
+                call strupk (Memc[wcstext], Memc[wcstext], SZ_WCSTEXT)
+            else
+		goto done_
+
+
+	    # Skip the wcs part of the string, we only want the mapping.
+	    nl = 0
+	    for (ip=wcstext ; Memc[ip] != NULL; ip=ip+1) {
+		if (Memc[ip] == '\n')
+		    nl = nl + 1
+		if (nl == 2)
+		    break
+	    }
+	    ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Open the string for reading.
+            iferr (fd = stropen (Memc[ip], SZ_WCSTEXT, READ_ONLY))
+                fd = NULL
+
+            # Decode the Mapping from the WCS text.
+            if (fd != NULL) {
+                if (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+                    call gargwrd (reg, SZ_FNAME)
+                    call gargr (sx)
+                    call gargr (sy)
+                    call gargi (snx)
+                    call gargi (sny)
+                    call gargi (dx)
+                    call gargi (dy)
+                    call gargi (dnx)
+                    call gargi (dny)
+
+                    if (fscan (fd) != EOF) {
+                        call gargstr (objref, SZ_FNAME)
+			wcs_status = OK
+            		iis_valid = YES
+                    }
+                }
+	    }
+
+	    # Close any temporary connection to the server.
+	    if (ds != NULL)
+		call imunmap (ds)
+	}
+
+done_   if (fd != NULL)
+            call close (fd)
+        call sfree (sp)
+	return (wcs_status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdopen.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdopen.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85950270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdopen.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <knet.h>
+
+# IMDOPEN -- Open the image display device as a binary file.
+
+int procedure imdopen (fname, access_mode) 
+
+char	fname[ARB]
+int	access_mode, fopnbf()
+extern	zopnim(), zclsim(), zardim(), zawrim(), zawtim(), zsttim()
+
+begin
+	return (fopnbf (fname, access_mode,
+		zopnim, zardim, zawrim, zawtim, zsttim, zclsim))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdputwcs.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdputwcs.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7b55c8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdputwcs.x
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"display.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+
+# IMD_PUTWCS -- Write WCS.
+
+procedure imd_putwcs (ds, frame, str1, str2, a, b, c, d, tx, ty, z1, z2, ztr)
+pointer	ds			#I IMIO descriptor for image display.
+int	frame			#I Frame number for which WCS is to be set.
+char	str1[ARB]		#I First title string (image name).
+char	str2[ARB]		#I Second title string (image title).
+real    a, d                    #I x, y scale factors.
+real    b, c                    #I cross terms (rotations).
+real    tx, ty                  #I x, y offsets.
+real	z1, z2			#I min and maximum grey scale values.
+int	ztr			#I greyscale transformation code.
+
+pointer	sp, old_wcs, mapping, wcstext, dir, fname, ftemp, device
+int	wcsfile, server, chan[MAXCHAN]
+int	fstati(), imstati(), envfind(), open(), strncmp()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (old_wcs, SZ_WCSTEXT, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (mapping, SZ_WCSTEXT, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (wcstext, SZ_WCSTEXT, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Format the WCS text.
+        call sprintf (Memc[old_wcs], SZ_WCSTEXT,
+            "%s - %s\n%g %g %g %g %g %g %g %g %d\n")
+            call pargstr (str1)
+            call pargstr (str2)
+            call pargr (a)
+            call pargr (b)
+            call pargr (c)
+            call pargr (d)
+            call pargr (tx)
+            call pargr (ty)
+            call pargr (z1)
+            call pargr (z2)
+            call pargi (ztr)
+
+        # Add the mapping information if it's valid and we have a capable
+	# server.
+	if (iis_version > 0 && iis_valid == YES) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[mapping], SZ_WCSTEXT,
+	        "%s %g %g %d %d %d %d %d %d\n%s\n")
+		call pargstr (iis_region)
+		call pargr (iis_sx)
+		call pargr (iis_sy)
+		call pargi (iis_snx)
+		call pargi (iis_sny)
+		call pargi (iis_dx)
+		call pargi (iis_dy)
+		call pargi (iis_dnx)
+		call pargi (iis_dny)
+		call pargstr (iis_objref)
+
+	    call sprintf (Memc[wcstext], SZ_WCSTEXT, "%s%s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[old_wcs])
+		call pargstr (Memc[mapping])
+        } else
+            call strcpy (Memc[old_wcs], Memc[wcstext], SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT)
+
+
+        # If we are writing to a display server (device has the logical
+        # cursor capability), output the WCS text via the datastream,
+        # else use a text file.  The datastream set-WCS is also used to
+        # pass the frame buffer configuration to server devices.
+
+	server = IM_LEN (ds, 4)
+
+	if (server == YES) {
+            chan[1] = fstati (imstati (ds, IM_PIXFD), F_CHANNEL)
+	    chan[2] = MONO
+	    call imd_setwcs (chan, Memc[wcstext])
+
+	    # Invalidate the mapping once it's been sent.
+	    iis_valid = NO
+
+        } else {
+	    # Construct the WCS filename, "dir$device_frame.wcs".
+	    call salloc (dir,    SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call salloc (fname,  SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call salloc (ftemp,  SZ_PATHNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call salloc (device, SZ_FNAME,    TY_CHAR)
+
+	    if (envfind ("wcsdir", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME) <= 0)
+		if (envfind ("WCSDIR", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME) <= 0)
+		    if (envfind ("uparm", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME) <= 0)
+			call strcpy ("tmp$", Memc[dir], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+	    if (envfind ("stdimage", Memc[device], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("display", Memc[device], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	    # Get a temporary file in the WCS directory.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[ftemp], SZ_PATHNAME, "%swcs")
+		call pargstr (Memc[dir])
+	    call mktemp (Memc[ftemp], Memc[ftemp], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+	    # Make the final WCS file filename.
+	    call sprintf (Memc[fname], SZ_PATHNAME, "%s%s_%d.wcs")
+		call pargstr (Memc[dir])
+		if (strncmp (Memc[device], "imt", 3) == 0)
+		    call pargstr ("imtool")
+		else
+		    call pargstr (Memc[device])
+		call pargi (frame)
+
+            # Update the WCS file.
+            iferr (wcsfile = open (Memc[ftemp], TEMP_FILE, TEXT_FILE))
+                call erract (EA_WARN)
+            else {
+                # Now delete the old file, if any, and write the new one.
+                # To avoid process race conditions, create the new file as an
+                # atomic operation, first writing a new file and then renaming
+                # it to create the WCS file.
+
+                iferr (call delete (Memc[fname]))
+                    ;
+
+                # Output the file version.
+                call putline (wcsfile, Memc[wcstext])
+                call close (wcsfile)
+
+                # Install the new file.
+                iferr (call rename (Memc[ftemp], Memc[fname]))
+                    call erract (EA_WARN)
+            }
+        }
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdrcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdrcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34148b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdrcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <ctype.h>
+
+# IMDRCUR -- Read the logical image cursor of the named image display device.
+# opened with IMDOPEN).  This is a high level cursor read, returning image
+# pixel coordinates and relying upon the display server to use the keyboard or
+# mouse to terminate the cursor read.  Nonblocking reads and frame buffer
+# coordinates are available as options.  The user is expected to select the
+# frame for which coordintes are to be returned; the frame number is returned
+# in the encoded WCS.  The cursor key is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure imdrcur (device, x, y, wcs, key, strval, maxch, in_wcs, pause)
+
+char    device[ARB]             #I image display device
+real    x, y                    #O cursor coords given WCS
+int     wcs                     #O WCS of coordinates (frame*100+in_wcs)
+int     key                     #O keystroke which triggered cursor read
+char    strval[maxch]           #O optional string value
+int     maxch                   #I max chars out
+int     in_wcs                  #I desired wcs: 0=frame, 1=image
+int     pause                   #I blocking cursor read? (YES|NO)
+
+char    ch
+int     fd, op
+pointer sp, curval, devname, tty, dd, ip
+
+bool    streq()
+pointer ttygdes()
+int     imdopen(), ttygets(), envgets(), nscan(), stg_getline()
+
+string  eof "EOF\n"
+string  stdimage "stdimage"
+errchk  ttygdes, imdopen, imdrcuro
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (devname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (curval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (dd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Get the logical device name.
+        if (streq (device, stdimage)) {
+            if (envgets (stdimage, Memc[devname], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+                call strcpy (device, Memc[devname], SZ_FNAME)
+        } else
+            call strcpy (device, Memc[devname], SZ_FNAME)
+
+        # Get the DD kernel driver string for the device.
+        tty = ttygdes (Memc[devname])
+        if (ttygets (tty, "DD", Memc[dd], SZ_LINE) <= 0)
+            call strcpy (Memc[devname], Memc[dd], SZ_FNAME)
+
+        # Open the device and read the logical image cursor.
+        fd = imdopen (Memc[dd], READ_WRITE)
+        call imdrcuro (tty, Memc[curval], SZ_LINE, in_wcs, pause)
+
+        # Decode the formatted cursor value string.
+        if (streq (Memc[curval], eof)) {
+            key = EOF
+        } else {
+            call sscan (Memc[curval])
+                call gargr (x)
+                call gargr (y)
+                call gargi (wcs)
+                call gargc (ch)
+		call gargstr (Memc[curval], SZ_LINE)
+
+            key = ch
+            if (nscan() < 4)
+                key = ERR
+
+	    ip = curval
+	    if (nscan() < 5)
+		Memc[curval] = EOS
+	    else {
+		while (IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]) || Memc[ip] == '\n')
+		    ip = ip + 1
+	    }
+        }
+
+        # In this implementation, string input for colon commands is via the
+        # terminal to avoid the complexities of character i/o to the display.
+	# Note that the lower level code can return the string value if it
+	# chooses to (must be a nonnull string).
+
+        strval[1] = EOS
+        if (key == ':') {
+	    # String value not already set by imdrcuro?
+	    if (Memc[ip] == EOS) {
+		call stg_putline (STDOUT, ":")
+		if (stg_getline (STDIN, Memc[curval]) == EOF)
+		    Memc[curval] = EOS
+		else
+		    for (ip=curval;  IS_WHITE (Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+			;
+	    }
+
+	    # Copy to the output string argument.
+	    op = 1
+	    while (Memc[ip] != '\n' && Memc[ip] != EOS) {
+		strval[op] = Memc[ip]
+		op = min (op + 1, maxch)
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    }
+	    strval[op] = EOS
+        }
+
+        # Map ctrl/d and ctrl/z onto EOF.
+        if (key == '\004' || key == '\032')
+            key = EOF
+
+        call close (fd)
+        call ttycdes (tty)
+
+        return (key)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdrcuro.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdrcuro.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2296fd03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdrcuro.x
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <chars.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+define	NEXT_FRAME	'\006'
+define	PREV_FRAME	'\022'
+define	TOGGLE_MARK	'\015'
+
+# IMDRCURO -- Read the logical image cursor from an already opened image
+# display device (opened with IMDOPEN).  This is a high level cursor read,
+# returning image pixel coordinates and relying upon the display server to use
+# the keyboard or mouse to terminate the cursor read.  Nonblocking reads and
+# frame buffer coordinates are available as options.  The cursor value is
+# returned as an ascii string encoded as follows:
+#
+#       wx wy wcs key [strval]
+#
+# where WX,WY are the cursor coordinates in the coordinate system defined by
+# WCS (= framenumber*100 + wcs, wcs=0 for frame buffer coordinates, wcs=1 for
+# image pixel coordinates, the default), KEY is the keystroke used to terminate
+# the cursor read, and STRVAL is the string value of the cursor, if key=':'
+# (a colon command).  Nonprintable keys are returned as octal escapes.
+
+procedure imdrcuro (tty, outstr, maxch, wcs, pause)
+
+pointer	tty			#I graphcap descriptor for device
+char    outstr[maxch]           #O formatted output cursor value
+int     maxch                   #I max chars out
+int     wcs                     #I desired wcs: 0=framecoords, 1=imagecoords
+int     pause                   #I blocking cursor read? (YES|NO)
+
+short	cursor[3]
+char	key, str[1]
+short	split[LEN_SPLIT]
+pointer	sp, strval, imcurval
+real	a, b, c, d, tx, ty, wx, wy
+int     status, frame, tid, z, n, keystat, sx, sy, ip, chan, i
+
+bool	mark_cursor
+data	mark_cursor /false/
+
+bool	ttygetb()
+int	rdukey(), ttygeti(), cctoc(), iisflu(), imd_getwcs()
+define	again_ 91
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (strval, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imcurval, SZB_IMCURVAL, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (ttygetb (tty, "LC")) {
+	    # Logical image cursor read; the display server supports the
+	    # logical image cursor read as an atomic operation, via the
+	    # logical subunit IMCURSOR (an IRAF special extension to the
+	    # regular IIS datastream protocol).
+
+	    if (pause == NO)
+		tid = IREAD + SAMPLE
+	    else
+		tid = IREAD
+
+	    call iishdr (tid, SZB_IMCURVAL, COMMAND+IMCURSOR, 0,0, wcs, 0)
+
+	    call iisio (Memc[imcurval], SZB_IMCURVAL, status)
+	    if (status <= 0)
+		call strcpy ("EOF\n", outstr, maxch)
+	    else
+		call strupk (Memc[imcurval], outstr, maxch)
+
+	} else {
+	    # IIS compatible cursor read.  Implement the logical cursor read
+	    # using only the primitive IIS cursor functions and the terminal
+	    # driver, accessing the WCS file directly to get the coordinate
+	    # transformation from IIS device coords to image pixel coords.
+
+	    # Pick up the frame size and configuration number.
+	    iis_xdim   = ttygeti (tty, "xr")
+	    iis_ydim   = ttygeti (tty, "yr")
+	    iis_config = ttygeti (tty, "cn")
+again_
+	    if (pause == YES) {
+		# Enable cursor blink to indicate cursor read in progress.
+		call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE,1,COMMAND+CURSOR, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+		cursor[1] = 57B
+		call iisio (cursor, SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR, status)
+
+		# Wait for the user to type a key on the keyboard.  The value
+		# is returned as a newline delimited string.
+
+		keystat = rdukey (Memc[strval], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    } else {
+		Memc[strval] = '\n'
+		Memc[strval+1] = EOS
+		keystat = 1
+	    }
+
+	    # Sample the cursor position.
+	    call iisrcr (status, sx, sy)
+	    sx = sx / MCXSCALE
+	    sy = sy / MCYSCALE
+
+	    # Determine which frame was being displayed.
+	    call iishdr (IREAD, LEN_SPLIT, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	    call iisio (split, LEN_SPLIT * SZB_CHAR, status)
+
+	    z = split[1]
+	    if (z == 0)
+		z = 1
+	    for (n=1;  and(z,1) == 0;  z = z / 2)
+		n = n + 1
+	    frame = max(1, min(4, n))
+	    chan = FRTOCHAN(frame)
+
+	    if (pause == YES) {
+		# Turn off cursor blink.
+		call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE,1,COMMAND+CURSOR, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+		cursor[1] = 47B
+		call iisio (cursor, SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR, status)
+	    }
+
+	    # Decode the trigger keystroke.
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (cctoc (Memc[strval], ip, key) <= 0)
+		key = 0
+
+	    # Check for the builtin pseudo "cursor mode" commands.
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case NEXT_FRAME:
+		# Display the next frame in sequence.
+		frame = frame + 1
+		if (frame > 4)
+		    frame = 1
+		chan = IIS_CHAN * DEVCODE + frame
+		call iisrgb (chan, chan, chan)
+		goto again_
+	    case PREV_FRAME:
+		# Display the previous frame.
+		frame = frame - 1
+		if (frame <= 0)
+		    frame = 1
+		chan = IIS_CHAN * DEVCODE + frame
+		call iisrgb (chan, chan, chan)
+		goto again_
+	    case TOGGLE_MARK:
+		# Toggle the mark cursor enable.
+		mark_cursor = !mark_cursor
+		goto again_
+	    }
+
+	    # Mark the cursor position by editing the frame buffer.
+	    if (mark_cursor && keystat > 1 && key != '\004' && key != '\032') {
+		do i = 1, 3
+		    cursor[i] = 1
+		call achtsb (cursor, cursor, 3)
+		
+		call iishdr (IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+PACKED+VRETRACE, 3, REFRESH,
+		    or(sx-1,ADVXONTC), or(sy-1,ADVYONXOV),
+		    iisflu(chan), ALLBITPL)
+		call iisio (cursor, 3, status)
+
+		call iishdr (IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+PACKED+VRETRACE, 3, REFRESH,
+		    or(sx-1,ADVXONTC), or(sy,ADVYONXOV),
+		    iisflu(chan), ALLBITPL)
+		call iisio (cursor, 3, status)
+
+		call iishdr (IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+PACKED+VRETRACE, 3, REFRESH,
+		    or(sx-1,ADVXONTC), or(sy+1,ADVYONXOV),
+		    iisflu(chan), ALLBITPL)
+		call iisio (cursor, 3, status)
+	    }
+
+	    # Perform the transformation to image pixel coordinates.
+	    if (wcs != 0) {
+		if (imd_getwcs (frame,NO, str,0,str,0, a,b,c,d,tx,ty) == ERR) {
+		    call eprintf ("Warning: cannot retrieve WCS for frame %d\n")
+			call pargi (frame)
+		}
+		if (abs(a) > .001)
+		    wx = sx * a + tx
+		if (abs(d) > .001)
+		    wy = sy * d + ty
+	    } else {
+		wx = sx
+		wy = sy
+	    }
+
+	    # Format the output cursor value string.
+	    if (keystat == EOF)
+		call strcpy ("EOF\n", outstr, maxch)
+	    else {
+		call sprintf (outstr, maxch, "%.6g %.6g %d %s")
+		    call pargr (wx)
+		    call pargr (wy)
+		    call pargi (frame * 100 + wcs)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[strval])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdsetwcs.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdsetwcs.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98e8afdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdsetwcs.x
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <knet.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IMD_SETWCS -- Pass the WCS for the indicated reference frame to a display
+# server.  The frame buffer configuration is also passed.
+
+procedure imd_setwcs (chan, wcstext)
+
+int	chan			#I display channel code (frame)
+char	wcstext[ARB]		#I wcs text
+
+pointer	sp, pkwcs
+int	status, count
+int	strlen(), iisflu()
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	count = strlen (wcstext) + 1
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (pkwcs, count, TY_CHAR)
+	call strpak (wcstext, Memc[pkwcs], count)
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+PACKED, count, WCS, iis_version, 0, iisflu(chan),
+	    max(0,iis_config-1))
+	call iisio (Memc[pkwcs], count, status)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcs.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcs.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66d6b4b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcs.x
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+.help imdwcs
+.nf -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+IMDWCS -- Simple interim WCS package for the display interface.  This is a
+restricted use interface which will be obsoleted by a future interface.
+
+	   iw = iw_open (ds, frame, imname, sz_imname, status)
+	       iw_fb2im (iw, fb_x,fb_y, im_x,im_y)
+	       iw_im2fb (iw, im_x,im_y, fb_x,fb_y)
+	       iw_close (iw)
+
+
+This facility uses the WCSDIR file mechanism to retrieve the WCS information
+for a display frame.  The display name is given by the current value of the
+'stdimage' environment variable.  Although the WCSDIR info supports a full
+2D rotation matrix we recognize only scale and shift terms here.
+
+NOTE -- The frame buffer coordinates used here are defined in the coordinate
+system of the DISPLAY program, IMD_MAPFRAME, etc., i.e., the origin is at the
+lower left corner of the frame, and the system is one-indexed.  The WCS file,
+on the other hand, stores device frame buffer coordinates, which are zero
+indexed with the origin at the upper left.
+.endhelp --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+define	LEN_IWDES	6
+
+define	IW_A		Memr[P2R($1)]	# x scale
+define	IW_B		Memr[P2R($1+1)]	# cross term (not used)
+define	IW_C		Memr[P2R($1+2)]	# cross term (not used)
+define	IW_D		Memr[P2R($1+3)]	# y scale
+define	IW_TX		Memr[P2R($1+4)]	# x shift
+define	IW_TY		Memr[P2R($1+5)]	# y shift
+
+
+# IW_OPEN -- Retrieve the WCS information for the given frame of the stdimage
+# display device.  If the WCS for the frame cannot be accessed for any reason
+# a unitary transformation is returned and wcs_status is set to ERR.  Note that
+# this is not a hard error, i.e., a valid descriptor is still returned.
+
+pointer procedure iw_open (ds, frame, imname, sz_imname, wcs_status)
+
+pointer	ds		#I display image descriptor
+int	frame		#I frame number for which WCS is desired
+char	imname[ARB]	#O receives name of image loaded into frame (if any)
+int	sz_imname	#I max chars out to imname[].
+int	wcs_status	#O ERR if WCS cannot be accessed, OK otherwise
+
+pointer	iw
+int	server
+char	junk[1]
+int	imd_getwcs()
+errchk	calloc
+
+begin
+	call calloc (iw, LEN_IWDES, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Get the WCS.
+	server = IM_LEN(ds,4)
+	wcs_status = imd_getwcs (frame, server, imname, sz_imname, junk,0,
+	    IW_A(iw), IW_B(iw), IW_C(iw), IW_D(iw), IW_TX(iw), IW_TY(iw))
+ 
+	# Avoid divide by zero problems if invalid WCS.
+	if (abs(IW_A(iw)) < .0001 || abs(IW_D(iw)) < .0001) {
+
+	    IW_A(iw)  = 1.0;  IW_D(iw)  = 1.0
+	    IW_TX(iw) = 0.0;  IW_TY(iw) = 0.0
+	    wcs_status = ERR
+
+	} else {
+	    # Convert hardware FB to display FB coordinates.
+	    IW_TY(iw) = IW_TY(iw) + (IW_D(iw) * (IM_LEN(ds,2)-1))
+	    IW_D(iw)  = -IW_D(iw)
+	}
+
+	return (iw)
+end
+
+
+# IW_FB2IM -- Convert frame buffer coordinates to image pixel coordinates.
+
+procedure iw_fb2im (iw, fb_x,fb_y, im_x,im_y)
+
+pointer	iw		#I imd wcs descriptor
+real	fb_x,fb_y	#I frame buffer X,Y coordinates
+real	im_x,im_y	#O image pixel X,Y coordinates
+
+begin
+	im_x = (fb_x - 1) * IW_A(iw) + IW_TX(iw)
+	im_y = (fb_y - 1) * IW_D(iw) + IW_TY(iw)
+end
+
+
+# IW_IM2FB -- Convert image pixel coordinates to frame buffer coordinates.
+
+procedure iw_im2fb (iw, im_x,im_y, fb_x,fb_y)
+
+pointer	iw		#I imd wcs descriptor
+real	im_x,im_y	#I image pixel X,Y coordinates
+real	fb_x,fb_y	#O frame buffer X,Y coordinates
+
+begin
+	fb_x = (im_x - IW_TX(iw)) / IW_A(iw) + 1
+	fb_y = (im_y - IW_TY(iw)) / IW_D(iw) + 1
+end
+
+
+# IW_CLOSE -- Close the IW descriptor.
+
+procedure iw_close (iw)
+
+pointer	iw		#I imd wcs descriptor
+
+begin
+	call mfree (iw, TY_STRUCT)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcsver.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcsver.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8fd9a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/imdwcsver.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "iis.h"
+include "zdisplay.h"
+
+# IMD_WCSVER -- Query the server for the WCS version supported.  A zero
+# will be returned for the "old" wcs format used, otherwise the server  
+# will return a version identifier.
+
+int procedure imd_wcsver ()
+
+pointer	ds
+int     chan, status, frame, ip
+char	wcstext[SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT]
+
+int     strncmp(), ctoi(), iisflu()
+pointer	imd_mapframe1()
+bool	envgetb()
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	iis_valid = NO				# initialize
+
+	# Check the environment for a flag to disable the new WCS info.
+        if (envgetb ("disable_wcs_maps")) {
+            iis_version = 0
+	    return (iis_version)
+	}
+
+	# Open a temporary connection to the server if needed.
+	ds = NULL
+	if (iisnopen == 0)
+	    ds = imd_mapframe1 (1, READ_ONLY, NO, NO)
+
+        # Send a WCS query with the X and Y register set.  This tells a
+	# knowledgeable server to reply with a WCS version string, 
+	# otherwise it is a no-op and we get the normal WCS response
+	# indicating the old format.
+
+	frame = 1
+        chan = iisflu (FRTOCHAN(frame))
+        call aclrc (wcstext, SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT)
+        call iishdr (IREAD+PACKED, SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT, WCS, 1, 1, chan, 0)
+        call iisio (wcstext, SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT, status)
+        if (status > 0)
+            call strupk (wcstext, wcstext, SZ_OLD_WCSTEXT)
+	else {
+            iis_version = 0
+	    call imunmap (ds)
+	    return (iis_version)
+	}
+
+        # Decode the version from the WCS text.
+        if (strncmp (wcstext, "version=", 8) == 0) {
+            ip = 9
+            status = ctoi (wcstext, ip, iis_version)
+        } else
+            iis_version = 0
+
+
+	if (ds != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (ds)
+        return (iis_version)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/maskcolor.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/maskcolor.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa78d77b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/maskcolor.x
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<evvexpr.h>
+include	"ace.h"
+
+define	COLORS	"|black|white|red|green|blue|yellow|cyan|magenta|transparent|"
+define	DEFCOLOR	 203
+
+
+# MASKCOLOR_MAP -- Create the mask colormap object.
+
+pointer procedure maskcolor_map (colorstring)
+
+char	colorstring		#I Color specification string
+pointer	colors			#O Mask colormap object
+
+int	i, j, ip, ncolors, token, lasttoken, maskval1, maskval2, color, offset
+int	strdic(), ctoi(), nowhite()
+pointer	sp, str, op
+
+int	coltrans[9]
+data	coltrans/202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,-1/
+
+define	err_	10
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If the colorstring is an expression just save the string
+	# and set the number of colors to 0.
+	i = nowhite (colorstring, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[str] == '(') {
+	    call malloc (colors, SZ_LINE, TY_INT)
+	    call malloc (op, LEN_OPERAND, TY_STRUCT)
+	    Memi[colors] = 0
+	    Memi[colors+1] = op
+	    call strcpy (colorstring, Memc[P2C(colors+2)], SZ_LINE)
+	    O_TYPE(op) = TY_INT
+	    O_VALP(op) = NULL
+	    O_FLAGS(op) = O_FREEOP
+	    # Check expression here.
+	    return (colors)
+	}
+
+	# Allocate memory for the colormap object.
+	call malloc (colors, 4*10, TY_INT)
+
+	# Initialize
+	ncolors = 1
+	maskval1 = INDEFI
+	maskval2 = INDEFI
+	color = DEFCOLOR
+	offset = NO
+
+	Memi[colors] = ncolors
+	Memi[colors+2] = color
+	Memi[colors+3] = offset
+
+	# Parse the color specification.
+	token = 0
+	call sscan (colorstring)
+	repeat {
+	    lasttoken = token
+	    call gargtok (token, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    switch (token) {
+	    case TOK_IDENTIFIER:
+		call strlwr (Memc[str])
+		i = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_LINE, COLORS)
+		if (i == 0)
+		    goto err_
+		color = coltrans[i]
+	    case TOK_NUMBER:
+		if (lasttoken == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		    if (Memc[str] != '-')
+			goto err_
+		    ip = 2
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[str], ip, maskval2) == 0)
+			goto err_
+		} else {
+		    if (Memc[str] == '+') {
+			offset = YES
+			ip = 2
+		    } else if (Memc[str] == '-') {
+			offset = YES
+			ip = 1
+		    } else
+			ip = 1
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[str], ip, color) == 0)
+			goto err_
+		    if (lasttoken != TOK_OPERATOR)
+			maskval2 = color
+		}
+	    case TOK_OPERATOR:
+		if (Memc[str] != '=' || lasttoken != TOK_NUMBER)
+		    goto err_
+		maskval1 = min (color, maskval2)
+		maskval2 = max (color, maskval2)
+
+		if (Memc[str+1] == '+') {
+		    call gargtok (token, Memc[str+2], SZ_LINE)
+		    offset = YES
+		    ip = 3
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[str], ip, color) == 0)
+			goto err_
+		} else if (Memc[str+1] == '-') {
+		    call gargtok (token, Memc[str+2], SZ_LINE)
+		    offset = YES
+		    ip = 2
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[str], ip, color) == 0)
+			goto err_
+		}
+	    case TOK_PUNCTUATION, TOK_EOS:
+		if (Memc[str] != ',' && Memc[str] != EOS)
+		    goto err_
+		if (!IS_INDEFI(maskval1)) {
+		    do i = 2, ncolors {
+			j = 4 * i - 4
+			if (Memi[colors+j] == maskval1 &&
+			    Memi[colors+j+1] == maskval2)
+			    break
+		    }
+		    if (i > ncolors) {
+			if (mod (ncolors, 10) == 0)
+			    call realloc (colors, 4*(ncolors+10), TY_INT)
+			ncolors = ncolors + 1
+		    }
+		    j = 4 * i - 4
+		    Memi[colors+j] = maskval1
+		    Memi[colors+j+1] = maskval2
+		    Memi[colors+j+2] = color
+		    Memi[colors+j+3] = offset
+		} else {
+		    Memi[colors+2] = color
+		    Memi[colors+3] = offset
+		}
+		if (token == TOK_EOS)
+		    break
+		maskval1 = INDEFI
+		maskval2 = INDEFI
+		offset = NO
+	    default:
+		goto err_
+	    }
+	}
+
+	Memi[colors] = ncolors
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (colors)
+
+err_
+	call mfree (colors, TY_INT)
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call error (1, "Error in color specifications")
+end
+
+
+# MASKCOLOR_FREE -- Free the mask color object.
+
+procedure maskcolor_free (colors)
+
+pointer	colors			#I Mask colormap object
+
+begin
+	if (Memi[colors] == 0)
+	    call evvfree (Memi[colors+1])
+	call mfree (colors, TY_INT)
+end
+
+
+# MASKCOLOR -- Return a color for a mask value.
+
+int procedure maskcolor (colors, maskval)
+
+pointer	colors			#I Mask colormap object
+int	maskval			#I Mask value
+int	color			#O Color value
+
+int	i, j, offset
+
+begin
+	# If there is no color array return the mask value.
+	if (Memi[colors] == 0)
+	    return (maskval)
+
+	color = Memi[colors+2]
+	offset = Memi[colors+3]
+	do i = 2, Memi[colors] {
+	    j = 4 * i - 4
+	    if (maskval >= Memi[colors+j] && maskval <= Memi[colors+j+1]) {
+		color = Memi[colors+j+2]
+		offset = Memi[colors+j+3]
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (offset == YES)
+	    color = maskval + color
+	return (color)
+end
+
+
+procedure maskexprn (colors, maskvals, nmaskvals)
+
+pointer	colors			#I Mask colormap object
+pointer	maskvals		#O Pointer to mask values (TY_INT)
+int	nmaskvals		#I Number of mask values
+
+int	i
+pointer	op, o, evvexpr()
+errchk	evvexpr
+
+int	locpr
+extern	maskoperand, maskfunc
+
+begin
+	if (Memi[colors] > 0)
+	    return
+
+	op = Memi[colors+1]
+	O_LEN(op) = nmaskvals
+	O_VALP(op) = maskvals
+
+	o = evvexpr (Memc[P2C(colors+2)], locpr(maskoperand), op,
+	    locpr(maskfunc), NULL, O_FREEOP)
+
+	#call amovi (Memi[O_VALP(o)], Memi[maskvals], nmaskvals)
+	switch (O_TYPE(o)) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    do i = 0, O_LEN(o) {
+	        if (Memi[maskvals+i] > 0)
+		    Memi[maskvals+i] = max (0, Mems[O_VALP(o)+i])
+	    }
+	case TY_BOOL, TY_INT:
+	    do i = 0, O_LEN(o) {
+	        if (Memi[maskvals+i] > 0)
+		    Memi[maskvals+i] = max (0, Memi[O_VALP(o)+i])
+	    }
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    do i = 0, O_LEN(o) {
+	        if (Memi[maskvals+i] > 0)
+		    Memi[maskvals+i] = max (0, nint(Memr[O_VALP(o)+i]))
+	    }
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    do i = 0, O_LEN(o) {
+	        if (Memi[maskvals+i] > 0)
+		    Memi[maskvals+i] = max (0, nint(Memd[O_VALP(o)+i]))
+	    }
+	}
+	    
+	call evvfree (o)
+end
+
+
+# MASKOPERAND -- Handle mask expression operands.
+
+procedure maskoperand (op, operand, o)
+
+pointer	op			#I Input operand pointer
+char	operand[ARB]		#I Operand name
+pointer	o			#O Operand object
+
+char	str[10]
+int	i, coltrans[9], strdic()
+data	coltrans/202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,-1/
+
+begin
+	if (operand[1] == '$') {
+	    call xvv_initop (o, O_LEN(op), O_TYPE(op))
+	    call amovi (Memi[O_VALP(op)], Memi[O_VALP(o)], O_LEN(op))
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call strcpy (operand, str, 11)
+	call strlwr (str)
+	i = strdic (str, str, 11, COLORS)
+	if (i > 0) {
+	    call xvv_initop (o, 0, TY_INT)
+	    O_VALI(o) = coltrans[i]
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call xvv_error1 ("Unknown mask operand %s", operand)
+end
+
+
+define	KEYWORDS "|acenum|colors|"
+
+define	F_ACENUM	1	# acenum (maskcodes,[flags])
+define	F_COLORS	2	# colors (maskcodes,[col1,col2,col3])
+
+# MASKFUNC -- Special processing functions.
+
+procedure maskfunc (data, func, args, nargs, val)
+
+pointer	data			#I client data
+char	func[ARB]		#I function to be called
+pointer	args[ARB]		#I pointer to arglist descriptor
+int	nargs			#I number of arguments
+pointer	val			#O output operand (function value)
+
+char	str[12]
+int	i, j, c1, c2, c3
+int	iresult, optype, oplen, opcode, v_nargs
+double	dresult
+
+bool	strne()
+int	strdic(), btoi(), andi()
+errchk	malloc
+
+begin
+	# Lookup the function name in the dictionary.  An exact match is
+	# required (strdic permits abbreviations).  Abort if the function
+	# is not known.
+
+	opcode = strdic (func, str, 12, KEYWORDS)
+	if (strne (func, str))
+	    call xvv_error1 ("unknown function `%s' called", func)
+
+	# Verify correct number of arguments.
+	switch (opcode) {
+	case F_ACENUM, F_COLORS:
+	    v_nargs = -1
+	default:
+	    v_nargs = 1
+	}
+
+	if (v_nargs > 0 && nargs != v_nargs)
+	    call xvv_error2 ("function `%s' requires %d arguments",
+		func, v_nargs)
+	else if (v_nargs < 0 && nargs < abs(v_nargs))
+	    call xvv_error2 ("function `%s' requires at least %d arguments",
+		func, abs(v_nargs))
+
+	# Group some common operations.
+	switch (opcode) {
+	case F_ACENUM:
+	    # Check types of arguments.
+	    if (O_TYPE(args[1]) != TY_INT)
+		call xvv_error1 ("error in argument types for function `%s'",
+		    func)
+	    if (nargs > 1) {
+		if (O_TYPE(args[2]) != TY_CHAR)
+		    call xvv_error1 (
+		        "error in argument types for function `%s'", func)
+	    }
+	    optype = TY_INT
+	    oplen = O_LEN(args[1])
+	    if (oplen > 0)
+		call malloc (iresult, oplen, TY_INT)
+	case F_COLORS:
+	    # Check types of arguments.
+	    do i = 1, nargs {
+		if (O_TYPE(args[i]) != TY_INT)
+		    call xvv_error1 ("function `%s' requires integer arguments",
+			func)
+	    }
+	    optype = TY_INT
+	    oplen = O_LEN(args[1])
+	    if (oplen > 0)
+		call malloc (iresult, oplen, TY_INT)
+	}
+
+	# Evaluate the function.
+	switch (opcode) {
+	case F_ACENUM:
+	    if (nargs == 1)
+	       call strcpy ("BDEG", str, 12)
+	    else
+	       call strcpy (O_VALC(args[2]), str, 12)
+	    call strupr (str)
+	    c1 = 0; c2 = 0
+	    for (i=1; str[i]!=EOS; i=i+1) {
+		switch (str[i]) {
+		case 'B':
+		    c1 = c1 + MASK_BP
+		case 'D':
+		    c2 = c2 + MASK_GRW + MASK_SPLIT
+		case 'E':
+		    c1 = c1 + MASK_BNDRY
+		case 'F':
+		    c1 = c1 + MASK_BPFLAG
+		case 'G':
+		    c1 = c1 + MASK_GRW
+		case 'S':
+		    c1 = c1 + MASK_SPLIT
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (oplen == 0) {
+		i = O_VALI(args[1])
+		if (i > 10) {
+		    if (andi(i,c1)!=0 && andi(i,c2)==0)
+		        i = MNUM(i)
+		    else
+		        i = -1
+		} else
+		    i = 0
+		iresult = i
+	    } else {
+	        do j = 0, oplen-1 {
+		    i = Memi[O_VALP(args[1])+j]
+		    if (i > 10) {
+			if (andi(i,c1)!=0)
+			    i = MNUM(i)
+			else if (c2 != 0 && i <= MASK_NUM)
+			    i = MNUM(i)
+			else
+			    i = -1
+		    } else
+		        i = 0
+		    Memi[iresult+j] = i
+		}
+	    }
+	case F_COLORS:
+	    c1 = 0; c2 = 204; c3 = 217
+	    if (nargs > 1)
+	        c1 = O_VALI(args[2])
+	    if (nargs > 2) {
+	        c2 = O_VALI(args[3])
+		c3 = c2
+	    }
+	    if (nargs > 3)
+	        c3 = O_VALI(args[4])
+	    if (c3 < c2) {
+	        i = c2; c2 = c3; c3 = i
+	    }
+	    c3 = c3 - c2 + 1
+
+	    optype = TY_INT
+	    oplen = O_LEN(args[1])
+	    if (oplen == 0) {
+		i = O_VALI(args[1])
+		if (i == 0)
+		    i = c1
+		else if (i > 0)
+		    i = c2 + mod (i-1, c3)
+		iresult = i
+	    } else {
+	        do j = 0, oplen-1 {
+		    i = Memi[O_VALP(args[1])+j]
+		    if (i == 0)
+			i = c1
+		    else if (i > 0)
+			i = c2 + mod (i-1, c3)
+		    Memi[iresult+j] = i
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Write the result to the output operand.  Bool results are stored in
+	# iresult as an integer value, string results are stored in iresult as
+	# a pointer to the output string, and integer and real/double results
+	# are stored in iresult and dresult without any tricks.
+
+	call xvv_initop (val, oplen, optype)
+	if (oplen == 0) {
+	    switch (optype) {
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		O_VALI(val) = btoi (iresult != 0)
+	    case TY_CHAR:
+		O_VALP(val) = iresult
+	    case TY_INT:
+		O_VALI(val) = iresult
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		O_VALR(val) = dresult
+	    case TY_DOUBLE:
+		O_VALD(val) = dresult
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    O_VALP(val) = iresult
+	    O_FLAGS(val) = O_FREEVAL
+	}
+
+	# Free any storage used by the argument list operands.
+	do i = 1, nargs
+	    call xvv_freeop (args[i])
+
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/maxmin.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/maxmin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30f281f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/maxmin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# MAXMIN -- Get the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image.  If valid
+# header values are available they are used, otherwise the image is sampled
+# on an even grid and the min and max values of this sample are returned.
+
+procedure maxmin (im, zmin, zmax, nsample_lines)
+
+pointer	im
+real	zmin, zmax		# min and max intensity values
+int	nsample_lines		# amount of image to sample
+
+int	step, ncols, nlines, sample_size, imlines, i
+real	minval, maxval
+pointer	imgl2r()
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Only calculate minimum, maximum pixel values if the current
+	# values are unknown, or if the image was modified since the
+	# old values were computed.
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (IM_LIMTIME(im) >= IM_MTIME(im)) {
+	    # Use min and max values in image header if they are up to date.
+	    zmin = IM_MIN(im)
+	    zmax = IM_MAX(im)
+
+	} else {
+	    zmin = MAX_REAL
+	    zmax = -MAX_REAL
+
+	    # Try to include a constant number of pixels in the sample
+	    # regardless of the image size.  The entire image is used if we
+	    # have a small image, and at least sample_lines lines are read
+	    # if we have a large image.
+
+	    sample_size = iis_xdim * nsample_lines
+	    imlines = min(nlines, max(nsample_lines, sample_size / ncols))
+	    step = nlines / (imlines + 1)
+
+	    do i = 1 + step, nlines, max (1, step) {
+		call alimr (Memr[imgl2r(im,i)], ncols, minval, maxval)
+		zmin = min (zmin, minval)
+		zmax = max (zmax, maxval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/display/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d6d8885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+# Make the DISPLAY libraries.
+
+$checkout libds.a lib$
+$update   libds.a
+$checkin  libds.a lib$
+$exit
+
+zzdebug:
+zzdebug.e:
+	$omake  zzdebug.x <imhdr.h>
+	$link   zzdebug.o -lds -lstg -o zzdebug.e
+	;
+
+libds.a:
+	dsmap.x		<fset.h> <imset.h> <mach.h>
+	dspmmap.x	<ctype.h> <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h> \
+			<pmset.h>
+	dsulut.x	<ctype.h> display.h <error.h>
+	findz.x		iis.com iis.h <imhdr.h>
+	iisblk.x	iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iiscls.x	iis.com iis.h <knet.h> <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisers.x	iis.com iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisflu.x	iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisgop.x	iis.h <mach.h>
+	iishdr.x	iis.com iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisio.x		iis.com iis.h <knet.h> <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iismtc.x	iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisofm.x	iis.h <mach.h> <math.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisopn.x	iis.com iis.h imd.com <knet.h> <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iispio.x	iis.com iis.h <knet.h> <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisrcr.x	iis.com iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisrd.x		iis.com iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iisrgb.x	iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iissfr.x	iis.com iis.h
+	iisstt.x	<fio.h> iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iiswcr.x	iis.com iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iiswnd.x	iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iiswr.x		iis.com iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iiswt.x		iis.com iis.h <knet.h> <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	iiszm.x		iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	imdgcur.x	iis.com iis.h imd.com <knet.h>
+	imdgetwcs.x	<ctype.h> iis.com iis.h zdisplay.h
+	imdmapfr.x	display.h <fset.h> iis.com iis.h <imhdr.h> <imset.h> \
+			<mach.h>
+	imdmapping.x	<ctype.h> iis.com iis.h zdisplay.h
+	imdopen.x	<knet.h>
+	imdputwcs.x	display.h <error.h> <fset.h> iis.com iis.h <imhdr.h> \
+			<imset.h>
+	imdrcuro.x	<chars.h> <ctype.h> iis.com iis.h <mach.h> zdisplay.h
+	imdrcur.x	<ctype.h>
+	imdsetwcs.x	iis.com iis.h <knet.h> <mach.h>
+	imdwcsver.x	iis.com iis.h zdisplay.h
+	imdwcs.x	<imhdr.h>
+	maskcolor.x	ace.h <ctotok.h> <evvexpr.h>
+	maxmin.x	iis.com iis.h <imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+	sigl2.x		<error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	sigm2.x		<error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	t_dcontrol.x	display.h <fset.h> iis.com iis.h zdisplay.h
+	t_display.x	display.h <error.h> gwindow.h iis.h \
+			<imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h> <pmset.h>
+	zardim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zawrim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zawtim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zblkim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zclrim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zclsim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zersim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zfrmim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zmapim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zmtcim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zopnim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zrcrim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zrgbim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zrmim.x		zdisplay.h
+	zscale.x	<ctype.h> <imhdr.h> <imio.h> <imset.h> <pmset.h>
+	zsttim.x	<fio.h> iis.com iis.h <knet.h>
+	zwndim.x	zdisplay.h
+	zzdebug.x	<imhdr.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/sigl2.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/sigl2.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbc465ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/sigl2.x
@@ -0,0 +1,976 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+.help sigl2, sigl2_setup
+.nf ___________________________________________________________________________
+SIGL2 -- Get a line from a spatially scaled 2-dimensional image.  This procedure
+works like the regular IMIO get line procedure, but rescales the input
+2-dimensional image in either or both axes upon input.  If the magnification
+ratio required is greater than 0 and less than 2 then linear interpolation is
+used to resample the image.  If the magnification ratio is greater than or
+equal to 2 then the image is block averaged by the smallest factor which
+reduces the magnification to the range 0-2 and then interpolated back up to
+the desired size.  In some cases this will smooth the data slightly, but the
+operation is efficient and avoids aliasing effects.
+
+	si =	sigl2_setup (im, x1,x2,nx,xblk, y1,y2,ny,yblk, order)
+		sigl2_free (si)
+	ptr =	sigl2[sr] (si, linenumber)
+
+SIGL2_SETUP must be called to set up the transformations after mapping the
+image and before performing any scaled i/o to the image.  SIGL2_FREE must be
+called when finished to return buffer space.
+.endhelp ______________________________________________________________________
+
+# Scaled image descriptor for 2-dim images
+
+define	SI_LEN		16
+define	SI_MAXDIM	2		# images of 2 dimensions supported
+define	SI_NBUFS	3		# nbuffers used by SIGL2
+
+define	SI_IM		Memi[$1]	# pointer to input image header
+define	SI_GRID		Memi[$1+1+$2-1]	# pointer to array of X coords
+define	SI_NPIX		Memi[$1+3+$2-1]	# number of X coords
+define	SI_BAVG		Memi[$1+5+$2-1]	# X block averaging factor
+define	SI_INTERP	Memi[$1+7+$2-1]	# interpolate X axis
+define	SI_BUF		Memi[$1+9+$2-1]	# line buffers
+define	SI_ORDER	Memi[$1+12]	# interpolator order, 0 or 1
+define	SI_TYBUF	Memi[$1+13]	# buffer type
+define	SI_XOFF		Memi[$1+14]	# offset in input image to first X
+define	SI_INIT		Memi[$1+15]	# YES until first i/o is done
+
+define	OUTBUF		SI_BUF($1,3)
+
+define	SI_TOL		(1E-5)		# close to a pixel
+define	INTVAL		(abs ($1 - nint($1)) < SI_TOL)
+define	SWAPI		{tempi=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempi}
+define	SWAPP		{tempp=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempp}
+define	NOTSET		(-9999)
+
+# SIGL2_SETUP -- Set up the spatial transformation for SIGL2[SR].  Compute
+# the block averaging factors (1 if no block averaging is required) and
+# the sampling grid points, i.e., pixel coordinates of the output pixels in
+# the input image.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2_setup (im, px1,px2,nx,xblk, py1,py2,ny,yblk, order)
+
+pointer	im			# the input image
+real	px1, px2		# range in X to be sampled on an even grid
+int	nx			# number of output pixels in X
+int	xblk			# blocking factor in x
+real	py1, py2		# range in Y to be sampled on an even grid
+int	ny			# number of output pixels in Y
+int	yblk			# blocking factor in y
+int	order			# interpolator order (0=replicate, 1=linear)
+
+int	npix, noldpix, nbavpix, i, j
+int	npts[SI_MAXDIM]		# number of output points for axis
+int	blksize[SI_MAXDIM]	# block averaging factor (npix per block)
+real	tau[SI_MAXDIM]		# tau = p(i+1) - p(i) in fractional pixels
+real	p1[SI_MAXDIM]		# starting pixel coords in each axis
+real	p2[SI_MAXDIM]		# ending pixel coords in each axis
+real	scalar, start
+pointer	si, gp
+
+begin
+	iferr (call calloc (si, SI_LEN, TY_STRUCT))
+	    call erract (EA_FATAL)
+
+	SI_IM(si) = im
+	SI_NPIX(si,1) = nx
+	SI_NPIX(si,2) = ny
+	SI_ORDER(si) = order
+	SI_INIT(si) = YES
+
+	p1[1] = px1			# X = index 1
+	p2[1] = px2
+	npts[1] = nx
+	blksize[1] = xblk
+
+	p1[2] = py1			# Y = index 2
+	p2[2] = py2
+	npts[2] = ny
+	blksize[2] = yblk
+
+	# Compute block averaging factors if not defined.
+	# If there is only one pixel then the block average is the average
+	# between the first and last point.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    if ((blksize[i] >= 1) && !IS_INDEFI (blksize[i])) {
+	        if (npts[i] == 1)
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+	        else
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    } else {
+		if (npts[i] == 1) {
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+		    blksize[i] = int (p2[i] - p1[i] + 1)
+	        } else {
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    	    if (tau[i] >= 2.0) {
+
+			# If nx or ny is not an integral multiple of the block
+			# averaging factor, noldpix is the next larger number
+			# which is an integral multiple.  When the image is
+			# block averaged pixels will be replicated as necessary
+			# to fill the last block out to this size.  
+
+			blksize[i] = int (tau[i])
+			npix = p2[i] - p1[i] + 1
+			noldpix = (npix+blksize[i]-1) / blksize[i] * blksize[i]
+			nbavpix = noldpix / blksize[i]
+			scalar = real (nbavpix - 1) / real (noldpix - 1)
+			p1[i] = (p1[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			p2[i] = (p2[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+		    } else
+			blksize[i] = 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	SI_BAVG(si,1) = blksize[1]
+	SI_BAVG(si,2) = blksize[2]
+
+	if (IS_INDEFI (xblk))
+	    xblk = blksize[1]
+	if (IS_INDEFI (yblk))
+	    yblk = blksize[2]
+
+	# Allocate and initialize the grid arrays, specifying the X and Y
+	# coordinates of each pixel in the output image, in units of pixels
+	# in the input (possibly block averaged) image.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    # The X coordinate is special.  We do not want to read entire
+	    # input image lines if only a range of input X values are needed.
+	    # Since the X grid vector passed to ALUI (the interpolator) must
+	    # contain explicit offsets into the vector being interpolated,
+	    # we must generate interpolator grid points starting near 1.0.
+	    # The X origin, used to read the block averaged input line, is
+	    # given by XOFF.
+
+	    if (i == 1) {
+		SI_XOFF(si) = int (p1[i])
+		start = p1[1] - int (p1[i]) + 1.0
+	    } else
+	    	start = p1[i]
+
+	    # Do the axes need to be interpolated?
+	    if (INTVAL(start) && INTVAL(tau[i]))
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = NO
+	    else
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = YES
+
+	    # Allocate grid buffer and set the grid points.
+	    iferr (call malloc (gp, npts[i], TY_REAL))
+		call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    SI_GRID(si,i) = gp
+	    if (SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) {
+		do j = 0, npts[i]-1
+		    Memr[gp+j] = int (start + (j * tau[i]) + 0.5)
+	    } else {
+		do j = 0, npts[i]-1
+		    Memr[gp+j] = start + (j * tau[i])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (si)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2_FREE -- Free storage associated with an image opened for scaled
+# input.  This does not close and unmap the image.
+
+procedure sigl2_free (si)
+
+pointer	si
+int	i
+
+begin
+	# Free SIGL2 buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_NBUFS
+	    if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+
+	# Free GRID buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM
+	    if (SI_GRID(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_GRID(si,i), TY_REAL)
+
+	call mfree (si, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2S -- Get a line of type short from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2s (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, buf_y[2], new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blkavgs()
+errchk	si_blkavgs
+
+begin
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Determine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blkavgs (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_SHORT)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_SHORT
+		buf_y[i] = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_SHORT)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == buf_y[i]) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == buf_y[altbuf]) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (buf_y[1], buf_y[2])
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blkavgs (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, new_y[i],
+			SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO) {
+		    call amovs (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) {
+		    call si_samples (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		} else {
+		    call aluis (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		buf_y[i] = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from buf_y[1] to buf_y[2] is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - buf_y[1])
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else if (weight_2 < SI_TOL || SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else {
+	    call awsus (Mems[SI_BUF(si,1)], Mems[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Mems[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLKAVGS -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type short.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blkavgs (im, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, a, b
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, i, j
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+pointer	imgs2s()
+errchk	imgs2s
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1)
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blkavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (imgs2s (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, y, y))
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: block number out of range")
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_LONG)
+	    call aclrl (Meml[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = imgs2s (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, i, i)
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		call abavs (Mems[a], Mems[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    sum = 0.0
+		    count = 0
+		    do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			sum = sum + Mems[a+j-1]
+			count = count + 1
+		    }
+		    Mems[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		do j = 0, nblks_x-1
+		    Meml[b+j] = Meml[b+j] + Mems[a+j]
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    do i = 0, nblks_x-1
+		Mems[a+i] = Meml[b+i] / real(nlines_in_sum)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SI_SAMPLES -- Resample a line via nearest neighbor, rather than linear
+# interpolation (ALUI).  The calling sequence is the same as for ALUIS.
+
+procedure si_samples (a, b, x, npix)
+
+short	a[ARB], b[ARB]		# input, output data arrays
+real	x[ARB]			# sample grid
+int	npix, i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    b[i] = a[int(x[i])]
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2I -- Get a line of type int from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2i (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, buf_y[2], new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blkavgi()
+errchk	si_blkavgi
+
+begin
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Determine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blkavgi (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_INT)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_INT
+		buf_y[i] = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_INT)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == buf_y[i]) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == buf_y[altbuf]) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (buf_y[1], buf_y[2])
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blkavgi (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, new_y[i],
+			SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO) {
+		    call amovi (Memi[rawline], Memi[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) {
+		    call si_samplei (Memi[rawline], Memi[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		} else {
+		    call aluii (Memi[rawline], Memi[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		buf_y[i] = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from buf_y[1] to buf_y[2] is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - buf_y[1])
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else if (weight_2 < SI_TOL || SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else {
+	    call awsui (Memi[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memi[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memi[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLKAVGI -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type integer.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blkavgi (im, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, a, b
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, i, j
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+pointer	imgs2i()
+errchk	imgs2i
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1)
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blkavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (imgs2i (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, y, y))
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: block number out of range")
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_LONG)
+	    call aclrl (Meml[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = imgs2i (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, i, i)
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		call abavi (Memi[a], Memi[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    sum = 0.0
+		    count = 0
+		    do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			sum = sum + Memi[a+j-1]
+			count = count + 1
+		    }
+		    Memi[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		do j = 0, nblks_x-1
+		    Meml[b+j] = Meml[b+j] + Memi[a+j]
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    do i = 0, nblks_x-1
+		Memi[a+i] = Meml[b+i] / real(nlines_in_sum)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SI_SAMPLEI -- Resample a line via nearest neighbor, rather than linear
+# interpolation (ALUI).  The calling sequence is the same as for ALUII.
+
+procedure si_samplei (a, b, x, npix)
+
+int	a[ARB], b[ARB]		# input, output data arrays
+real	x[ARB]			# sample grid
+int	npix, i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    b[i] = a[int(x[i])]
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2R -- Get a line of type real from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2r (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, buf_y[2], new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blkavgr()
+errchk	si_blkavgr
+
+begin
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Deterine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blkavgr (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_REAL)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_REAL
+		buf_y[i] = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_REAL)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == buf_y[i]) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == buf_y[altbuf]) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (buf_y[1], buf_y[2])
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blkavgr (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, new_y[i],
+			SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO) {
+		    call amovr (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) {
+		    call si_sampler (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		} else {
+		    call aluir (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		buf_y[i] = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from buf_y[1] to buf_y[2] is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - buf_y[1])
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else if (weight_2 < SI_TOL || SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else {
+	    call awsur (Memr[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memr[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memr[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLKAVGR -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type real.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blkavgr (im, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, i, j
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, a, b
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1)
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blkavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (imgs2r (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, y, y))
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: block number out of range")
+
+	call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call aclrr (Memr[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = imgs2r (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, i, i)
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		call abavr (Memr[a], Memr[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    sum = 0.0
+		    count = 0
+		    do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			sum = sum + Memr[a+j-1]
+			count = count + 1
+		    }
+		    Memr[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		call aaddr (Memr[a], Memr[b], Memr[b], nblks_x)
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1)
+	    call adivkr (Memr[b], real(nlines_in_sum), Memr[a], nblks_x)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SI_SAMPLER -- Resample a line via nearest neighbor, rather than linear
+# interpolation (ALUI).  The calling sequence is the same as for ALUIR.
+
+procedure si_sampler (a, b, x, npix)
+
+real	a[ARB], b[ARB]		# input, output data arrays
+real	x[ARB]			# sample grid
+int	npix, i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    b[i] = a[int(x[i])]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/sigm2.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/sigm2.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41a3b5da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/sigm2.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+.help sigm2, sigm2_setup
+.nf ___________________________________________________________________________
+SIGM2 -- Get a line from a spatially scaled 2-dimensional image.  This procedure
+works like the regular IMIO get line procedure, but rescales the input
+2-dimensional image in either or both axes upon input.  If the magnification
+ratio required is greater than 0 and less than 2 then linear interpolation is
+used to resample the image.  If the magnification ratio is greater than or
+equal to 2 then the image is block averaged by the smallest factor which
+reduces the magnification to the range 0-2 and then interpolated back up to
+the desired size.  In some cases this will smooth the data slightly, but the
+operation is efficient and avoids aliasing effects.
+
+	si =	sigm2_setup (im,pm, x1,x2,nx,xblk, y1,y2,ny,yblk, order)
+		sigm2_free (si)
+	ptr =	sigm2[sr] (si, linenumber)
+
+SIGM2_SETUP must be called to set up the transformations after mapping the
+image and before performing any scaled i/o to the image.  SIGM2_FREE must be
+called when finished to return buffer space.
+
+The SIGM routines are like SIGL routines except for the addition of
+interpolation over bad pixels and order=-1 takes the maximum rather
+than the average when doing block averaging or interpolation.
+.endhelp ______________________________________________________________________
+
+# Scaled image descriptor for 2-dim images
+
+define	SI_LEN		19
+define	SI_MAXDIM	2		# images of 2 dimensions supported
+define	SI_NBUFS	3		# nbuffers used by SIGL2
+
+define	SI_IM		Memi[$1]	# pointer to input image header
+define	SI_FP		Memi[$1+1]	# pointer to fixpix structure
+define	SI_GRID		Memi[$1+2+$2-1]	# pointer to array of X coords
+define	SI_NPIX		Memi[$1+4+$2-1]	# number of X coords
+define	SI_BAVG		Memi[$1+6+$2-1]	# X block averaging factor
+define	SI_INTERP	Memi[$1+8+$2-1]	# interpolate X axis
+define	SI_BUF		Memi[$1+10+$2-1]# line buffers
+define	SI_BUFY		Memi[$1+13+$2-1]# Y values of buffers
+define	SI_ORDER	Memi[$1+15]	# interpolator order
+define	SI_TYBUF	Memi[$1+16]	# buffer type
+define	SI_XOFF		Memi[$1+17]	# offset in input image to first X
+define	SI_INIT		Memi[$1+18]	# YES until first i/o is done
+
+define	OUTBUF		SI_BUF($1,3)
+
+define	SI_TOL		(1E-5)		# close to a pixel
+define	INTVAL		(abs ($1 - nint($1)) < SI_TOL)
+define	SWAPI		{tempi=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempi}
+define	SWAPP		{tempp=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempp}
+define	NOTSET		(-9999)
+
+# SIGM2_SETUP -- Set up the spatial transformation for SIGL2[SR].  Compute
+# the block averaging factors (1 if no block averaging is required) and
+# the sampling grid points, i.e., pixel coordinates of the output pixels in
+# the input image.
+
+pointer procedure sigm2_setup (im, pm, px1,px2,nx,xblk, py1,py2,ny,yblk, order)
+
+pointer	im			# the input image
+pointer	pm			# pixel mask
+real	px1, px2		# range in X to be sampled on an even grid
+int	nx			# number of output pixels in X
+int	xblk			# blocking factor in x
+real	py1, py2		# range in Y to be sampled on an even grid
+int	ny			# number of output pixels in Y
+int	yblk			# blocking factor in y
+int	order			# interpolator order (0=replicate, 1=linear)
+
+int	npix, noldpix, nbavpix, i, j
+int	npts[SI_MAXDIM]		# number of output points for axis
+int	blksize[SI_MAXDIM]	# block averaging factor (npix per block)
+real	tau[SI_MAXDIM]		# tau = p(i+1) - p(i) in fractional pixels
+real	p1[SI_MAXDIM]		# starting pixel coords in each axis
+real	p2[SI_MAXDIM]		# ending pixel coords in each axis
+real	scalar, start
+pointer	si, gp, xt_fpinit()
+
+begin
+	iferr (call calloc (si, SI_LEN, TY_STRUCT))
+	    call erract (EA_FATAL)
+
+	SI_IM(si) = im
+	SI_FP(si) = xt_fpinit (pm, 1, INDEFI)
+	SI_NPIX(si,1) = nx
+	SI_NPIX(si,2) = ny
+	SI_ORDER(si) = order
+	SI_INIT(si) = YES
+
+	p1[1] = px1			# X = index 1
+	p2[1] = px2
+	npts[1] = nx
+	blksize[1] = xblk
+
+	p1[2] = py1			# Y = index 2
+	p2[2] = py2
+	npts[2] = ny
+	blksize[2] = yblk
+
+	# Compute block averaging factors if not defined.
+	# If there is only one pixel then the block average is the average
+	# between the first and last point.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    if ((blksize[i] >= 1) && !IS_INDEFI (blksize[i])) {
+	        if (npts[i] == 1)
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+	        else
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    } else {
+		if (npts[i] == 1) {
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+		    blksize[i] = int (p2[i] - p1[i] + 1 + SI_TOL)
+	        } else {
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    	    if (tau[i] >= 2.0) {
+
+			# If nx or ny is not an integral multiple of the block
+			# averaging factor, noldpix is the next larger number
+			# which is an integral multiple.  When the image is
+			# block averaged pixels will be replicated as necessary
+			# to fill the last block out to this size.  
+
+			blksize[i] = int (tau[i] + SI_TOL)
+			npix = p2[i] - p1[i] + 1
+			noldpix = (npix+blksize[i]-1) / blksize[i] * blksize[i]
+			nbavpix = noldpix / blksize[i]
+			scalar = real (nbavpix - 1) / real (noldpix - 1)
+			p1[i] = (p1[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			p2[i] = (p2[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+		    } else
+			blksize[i] = 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	SI_BAVG(si,1) = blksize[1]
+	SI_BAVG(si,2) = blksize[2]
+
+#	if (IS_INDEFI (xblk))
+#	    xblk = blksize[1]
+#	if (IS_INDEFI (yblk))
+#	    yblk = blksize[2]
+
+	# Allocate and initialize the grid arrays, specifying the X and Y
+	# coordinates of each pixel in the output image, in units of pixels
+	# in the input (possibly block averaged) image.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    # The X coordinate is special.  We do not want to read entire
+	    # input image lines if only a range of input X values are needed.
+	    # Since the X grid vector passed to ALUI (the interpolator) must
+	    # contain explicit offsets into the vector being interpolated,
+	    # we must generate interpolator grid points starting near 1.0.
+	    # The X origin, used to read the block averaged input line, is
+	    # given by XOFF.
+
+	    if (i == 1) {
+		SI_XOFF(si) = int (p1[i] + SI_TOL)
+		start = p1[1] - int (p1[i] + SI_TOL) + 1.0
+	    } else
+	    	start = p1[i]
+
+	    # Do the axes need to be interpolated?
+	    if (INTVAL(start) && INTVAL(tau[i]))
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = NO
+	    else
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = YES
+
+	    # Allocate grid buffer and set the grid points.
+	    iferr (call malloc (gp, npts[i], TY_REAL))
+		call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    SI_GRID(si,i) = gp
+	    if (SI_ORDER(si) <= 0) {
+		do j = 0, npts[i]-1
+		    Memr[gp+j] = int (start + (j * tau[i]) + 0.5 + SI_TOL)
+	    } else {
+		do j = 0, npts[i]-1
+		    Memr[gp+j] = start + (j * tau[i])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (si)
+end
+
+
+# SIGM2_FREE -- Free storage associated with an image opened for scaled
+# input.  This does not close and unmap the image.
+
+procedure sigm2_free (si)
+
+pointer	si
+int	i
+
+begin
+	# Free fixpix structure.
+	call xt_fpfree (SI_FP(si))
+
+	# Free SIGM2 buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_NBUFS
+	    if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+
+	# Free GRID buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM
+	    if (SI_GRID(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_GRID(si,i), TY_REAL)
+
+	call mfree (si, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# SIGM2S -- Get a line of type short from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigm2s (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	nraw, npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blmavgs()
+errchk	si_blmavgs
+
+begin
+	nraw = IM_LEN(SI_IM(si),1)
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Determine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blmavgs (SI_IM(si), SI_FP(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2), SI_ORDER(si)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_SHORT)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_SHORT
+		SI_BUFY(si,i) = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_SHORT)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == SI_BUFY(si,i)) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == SI_BUFY(si,altbuf)) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (SI_BUFY(si,1), SI_BUFY(si,2))
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blmavgs (SI_IM(si), SI_FP(si), x1, x2,
+			new_y[i], SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2), SI_ORDER(si))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO) {
+		    call amovs (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) == 0) {
+		    call si_samples (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) == -1) {
+		    call si_maxs (Mems[rawline], nraw,
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else {
+		    call aluis (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		SI_BUFY(si,i) = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from SI_BUFY(si,1) to SI_BUFY(si,2) is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - SI_BUFY(si,1))
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else if (weight_2 < SI_TOL || SI_ORDER(si) == 0) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else if (SI_ORDER(si) == -1) {
+	    call amaxs (Mems[SI_BUF(si,1)], Mems[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Mems[OUTBUF(si)], npix)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	} else {
+	    call awsus (Mems[SI_BUF(si,1)], Mems[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Mems[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLMAVGS -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type short.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blmavgs (im, fp, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg, order)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	fp			# fixpix structure
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+int	order			# averaging option
+
+real	sum
+short	blkmax
+pointer	sp, a, b
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, blk1, blk2, i, j, k
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+pointer	xt_fps()
+errchk	xt_fps
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1) - xoff + 1
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blmavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blmavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (xt_fps (fp, im, y, NULL) + xoff - 1)
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blmavg: block number out of range")
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_LONG)
+	    call aclrl (Meml[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = xt_fps (fp, im, i, NULL) + xoff - 1
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		if (order == -1) {
+		    blk1 = a
+		    do j = 1, nfull_blks {
+			blk2 = blk1 + xbavg
+			blkmax = Mems[blk1]
+			do k = blk1+1, blk2-1
+			    blkmax = max (blkmax, Mems[k])
+			Mems[a+j-1] = blkmax
+			blk1 = blk2
+		    }
+		} else
+		    call abavs (Mems[a], Mems[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    if (order == -1) {
+			blkmax = Mems[blk1]
+			do k = blk1+1, a+npix-1
+			    blkmax = max (blkmax, Mems[k])
+			Mems[a+j-1] = blkmax
+		    } else {
+			sum = 0.0
+			count = 0
+			do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			    sum = sum + Mems[a+j-1]
+			    count = count + 1
+			}
+			Mems[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		if (order == -1) {
+		    do j = 0, nblks_x-1
+			Meml[b+j] = max (Meml[b+j], long (Mems[a+j]))
+		} else {
+		    do j = 0, nblks_x-1
+			Meml[b+j] = Meml[b+j] + Mems[a+j]
+		    nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    if (order == -1) {
+		do i = 0, nblks_x-1
+		    Mems[a+i] = Meml[b+i]
+	    } else {
+		do i = 0, nblks_x-1
+		    Mems[a+i] = Meml[b+i] / real(nlines_in_sum)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SI_MAXS -- Resample a line via maximum value.
+
+procedure si_maxs (a, na, x, b, nb)
+
+short	a[na]                   # input array
+int	na                      # input size
+real	x[nb]                   # sample grid
+short	b[nb]                   # output arrays
+int	nb                      # output size
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nb
+	    b[i] = max (a[int(x[i])], a[min(na,int(x[i]+1))])
+end
+
+
+# SIGM2I -- Get a line of type short from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigm2i (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	nraw, npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blmavgi()
+errchk	si_blmavgi
+
+begin
+	nraw = IM_LEN(SI_IM(si),1)
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Determine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blmavgi (SI_IM(si), SI_FP(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2), SI_ORDER(si)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_INT)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_INT
+		SI_BUFY(si,i) = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_INT)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == SI_BUFY(si,i)) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == SI_BUFY(si,altbuf)) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (SI_BUFY(si,1), SI_BUFY(si,2))
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blmavgi (SI_IM(si), SI_FP(si), x1, x2,
+			new_y[i], SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2), SI_ORDER(si))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO) {
+		    call amovi (Memi[rawline], Memi[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) == 0) {
+		    call si_samplei (Memi[rawline], Memi[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) == -1) {
+		    call si_maxi (Memi[rawline], nraw,
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], Memi[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else {
+		    call aluii (Memi[rawline], Memi[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		SI_BUFY(si,i) = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from SI_BUFY(si,1) to SI_BUFY(si,2) is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - SI_BUFY(si,1))
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else if (weight_2 < SI_TOL || SI_ORDER(si) == 0) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else if (SI_ORDER(si) == -1) {
+	    call amaxi (Memi[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memi[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memi[OUTBUF(si)], npix)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	} else {
+	    call awsui (Memi[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memi[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memi[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLMAVGI -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type integer.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blmavgi (im, fp, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg, order)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	fp			# fixpix structure
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+int	order			# averaging option
+
+real	sum
+int	blkmax
+pointer	sp, a, b
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, blk1, blk2, i, j, k
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+pointer	xt_fpi()
+errchk	xt_fpi
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1) - xoff + 1
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blmavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blmavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (xt_fpi (fp, im, y, NULL) + xoff - 1)
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blmavg: block number out of range")
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_LONG)
+	    call aclrl (Meml[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = xt_fpi (fp, im, i, NULL) + xoff - 1
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		if (order == -1) {
+		    blk1 = a
+		    do j = 1, nfull_blks {
+			blk2 = blk1 + xbavg
+			blkmax = Memi[blk1]
+			do k = blk1+1, blk2-1
+			    blkmax = max (blkmax, Memi[k])
+			Memi[a+j-1] = blkmax
+			blk1 = blk2
+		    }
+		} else
+		    call abavi (Memi[a], Memi[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    if (order == -1) {
+			blkmax = Memi[blk1]
+			do k = blk1+1, a+npix-1
+			    blkmax = max (blkmax, Memi[k])
+			Memi[a+j-1] = blkmax
+		    } else {
+			sum = 0.0
+			count = 0
+			do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			    sum = sum + Memi[a+j-1]
+			    count = count + 1
+			}
+			Memi[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		if (order == -1) {
+		    do j = 0, nblks_x-1
+			Meml[b+j] = max (Meml[b+j], long (Memi[a+j]))
+		} else {
+		    do j = 0, nblks_x-1
+			Meml[b+j] = Meml[b+j] + Memi[a+j]
+		    nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    if (order == -1) {
+		do i = 0, nblks_x-1
+		    Memi[a+i] = Meml[b+i]
+	    } else {
+		do i = 0, nblks_x-1
+		    Memi[a+i] = Meml[b+i] / real(nlines_in_sum)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SI_MAXI -- Resample a line via maximum value.
+
+procedure si_maxi (a, na, x, b, nb)
+
+int	a[na]                   # input array
+int	na                      # input size
+real	x[nb]                   # sample grid
+int	b[nb]                   # output arrays
+int	nb                      # output size
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nb
+	    b[i] = max (a[int(x[i])], a[min(na,int(x[i]+1))])
+end
+
+
+# SIGM2R -- Get a line of type real from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigm2r (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	nraw, npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blmavgr()
+errchk	si_blmavgr
+
+begin
+	nraw = IM_LEN(SI_IM(si))
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Deterine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blmavgr (SI_IM(si), SI_FP(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2), SI_ORDER(si)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_REAL)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_REAL
+		SI_BUFY(si,i) = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_REAL)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == SI_BUFY(si,i)) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == SI_BUFY(si,altbuf)) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (SI_BUFY(si,1), SI_BUFY(si,2))
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blmavgr (SI_IM(si), SI_FP(si), x1, x2,
+			new_y[i], SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2), SI_ORDER(si))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO) {
+		    call amovr (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) == 0) {
+		    call si_sampler (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		} else if (SI_ORDER(si) == -1) {
+		    call si_maxr (Memr[rawline], nraw,
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		} else {
+		    call aluir (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		SI_BUFY(si,i) = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from SI_BUFY(si,1) to SI_BUFY(si,2) is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - SI_BUFY(si,1))
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else if (weight_2 < SI_TOL || SI_ORDER(si) == 0) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else if (SI_ORDER(si) == -1) {
+	    call amaxr (Memr[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memr[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memr[OUTBUF(si)], npix)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	} else {
+	    call awsur (Memr[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memr[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memr[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLMAVGR -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type short.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blmavgr (im, fp, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg, order)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	fp			# fixpix structure
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+int	order			# averaging option
+
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, blk1, blk2, i, j, k
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+real	sum, blkmax
+pointer	sp, a, b
+pointer	xt_fpr()
+errchk	xt_fpr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1) - xoff + 1
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blmavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blmavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (xt_fpr (fp, im, y, NULL) + xoff - 1)
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blmavg: block number out of range")
+
+	call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call aclrr (Memr[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = xt_fpr (fp, im, i, NULL) + xoff - 1
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		if (order == -1) {
+		    blk1 = a
+		    do j = 1, nfull_blks {
+			blk2 = blk1 + xbavg
+			blkmax = Memr[blk1]
+			do k = blk1+1, blk2-1
+			    blkmax = max (blkmax, Memr[k])
+			Memr[a+j-1] = blkmax
+			blk1 = blk2
+		    }
+		} else
+		    call abavr (Memr[a], Memr[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    if (order == -1) {
+			blkmax = Memr[blk1]
+			do k = blk1+1, a+npix-1
+			    blkmax = max (blkmax, Memr[k])
+			Memr[a+j-1] = blkmax
+		    } else {
+			sum = 0.0
+			count = 0
+			do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			    sum = sum + Memr[a+j-1]
+			    count = count + 1
+			}
+			Memr[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		if (order == -1)
+		    call amaxr (Memr[a], Memr[b], Memr[b], nblks_x)
+		else {
+		    call aaddr (Memr[a], Memr[b], Memr[b], nblks_x)
+		    nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    if (order == -1)
+		call amovr (Memr[b], Memr[a], nblks_x)
+	    else
+		call adivkr (Memr[b], real(nlines_in_sum), Memr[a], nblks_x)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SI_MAXR -- Resample a line via maximum value.
+
+procedure si_maxr (a, na, x, b, nb)
+
+real	a[na]                   # input array
+int	na                      # input size
+real	x[nb]                   # sample grid
+real	b[nb]                   # output arrays
+int	nb                      # output size
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nb
+	    b[i] = max (a[int(x[i])], a[min(na,int(x[i]+1))])
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/t_dcontrol.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/t_dcontrol.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b68a66b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/t_dcontrol.x
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <syserr.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "display.h"
+include "zdisplay.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# DCONTROL -- Control functions for the image display device.  This has been
+# cleaned up to eliminate unecessary operations and make it more efficient,
+# but is only a throwaway program which breaks a few rules.  This file contains
+# some explicitly IIS dependent code.
+
+procedure t_dcontrol()
+
+real	rate
+int	zoom, type, status
+pointer	sp, device, devinfo, tty
+bool	erase, window, rgb_window, blink, match, roam
+int	red_frame, green_frame, blue_frame, prim_frame, alt_frame, nframes
+int	red_chan[2], green_chan[2], blue_chan[2], prim_chan[2], alt_chan[2]
+char	type_string[SZ_FNAME], map_string[SZ_FNAME]
+int	chan[2], alt1[2], alt2[2] alt3[2] alt4[2]
+
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	ttygdes()
+bool	clgetb(), streq(), ttygetb()
+int	clgeti(), clscan(), nscan(), envgets(), ttygets(), ttygeti(), btoi()
+string	stdimage "stdimage"
+include	"iis.com"
+define	err_ 91
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (device, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (devinfo, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get display parameters.
+
+	call clgstr ("type", type_string, SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("map",  map_string,  SZ_FNAME)
+
+	red_frame   = clgeti ("red_frame")
+	green_frame = clgeti ("green_frame")
+	blue_frame  = clgeti ("blue_frame")
+	prim_frame  = clgeti ("frame")
+	alt_frame   = clgeti ("alternate")
+
+	zoom        = clgeti ("zoom")
+	rate        = clgetr ("rate")
+	erase       = clgetb ("erase")
+	window      = clgetb ("window")
+	rgb_window  = clgetb ("rgb_window")
+	blink       = clgetb ("blink")
+	match       = clgetb ("match")
+	roam        = clgetb ("roam")
+
+	# Remember current frame.
+	call clputi ("frame", prim_frame)
+	call iis_setframe (prim_frame)
+
+	# Get device information.
+	call clgstr ("device", Memc[device], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (streq (device, stdimage)) {
+	    if (envgets (stdimage, Memc[device], SZ_FNAME) <= 0)
+		call syserrs (SYS_ENVNF, stdimage)
+	}
+	tty = ttygdes (Memc[device])
+	if (ttygets (tty, "DD", Memc[devinfo], SZ_LINE) <= 0)
+	    call error (1, "no `DD' entry in graphcap entry for device")
+
+	# Pick up the frame size and configuration number.
+	iis_xdim   = ttygeti (tty, "xr")
+	iis_ydim   = ttygeti (tty, "yr")
+	iis_config = ttygeti (tty, "cn")
+	iis_server = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "LC"))
+
+	# Verify operation is legal on device.
+	if (iis_server == YES) {
+	    if (!streq (type_string, "frame"))
+		goto err_
+	    if (!streq (map_string, "mono"))
+		goto err_
+	    if (erase)
+		;
+	    if (roam)
+		goto err_
+	    if (window)
+		goto err_
+	    if (rgb_window)
+		goto err_
+	    if (blink)
+		goto err_
+	    if (match) {
+err_		call eprintf ("operation not supported for display device %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[device])
+		call ttycdes (tty)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Access display.
+	call strpak (Memc[devinfo], Memc[devinfo], SZ_LINE)
+	call iisopn (Memc[devinfo], READ_WRITE, chan)
+	if (chan[1] == ERR)
+	    call error (2, "cannot open display")
+
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	red_chan[1]   = FRTOCHAN(red_frame)
+	green_chan[1] = FRTOCHAN(green_frame)
+	blue_chan[1]  = FRTOCHAN(blue_frame)
+	prim_chan[1]  = FRTOCHAN(prim_frame)
+	alt_chan[1]   = FRTOCHAN(alt_frame)
+
+	red_chan[2]   = MONO
+	green_chan[2] = MONO
+	blue_chan[2]  = MONO
+	prim_chan[2]  = MONO
+	alt_chan[2]   = MONO
+
+	# Execute the selected control functions.
+	if (streq (type_string, "rgb")) {
+	    type = RGB
+	    call zrgbim (red_chan, green_chan, blue_chan)
+	} else if (streq (type_string, "frame")) {
+	    type = FRAME
+	    call zfrmim (prim_chan)
+	} else
+	    call error (3, "unknown display type")
+
+	# Set display mapping.
+	call zmapim (prim_chan, map_string)
+
+	if (erase) {
+	    switch (type) {
+	    case RGB:
+	        call zersim (red_chan)
+	        call zersim (green_chan)
+	        call zersim (blue_chan)
+	    case FRAME:
+		call zersim (prim_chan)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    if (roam) {
+		call printf ("Roam display and exit by pushing any button\n")
+		call zrmim (prim_chan, zoom)
+	    }
+
+	    if (window) {
+	        call printf ("Window display and exit by pushing any button\n")
+	        call zwndim (prim_chan)
+	    }
+
+	    if (rgb_window) {
+	        call printf ("Window display and exit by pushing any button\n")
+		call zwndim3 (red_chan, green_chan, blue_chan)
+	    }
+
+	    if (match)
+		call zmtcim (alt_chan, prim_chan)
+
+	    if (blink) {
+		if (clscan ("alternate") != EOF) {
+		    call gargi (alt1[1])
+		    call gargi (alt2[1])
+		    call gargi (alt3[1])
+		    call gargi (alt4[1])
+		    nframes = nscan()
+
+		    alt1[1] = FRTOCHAN(alt1[1])
+		    alt2[1] = FRTOCHAN(alt2[1])
+		    alt3[1] = FRTOCHAN(alt3[1])
+		    alt4[1] = FRTOCHAN(alt4[1])
+
+		    alt1[2] = MONO
+		    alt2[2] = MONO
+		    alt3[2] = MONO
+		    alt4[2] = MONO
+
+		    call printf ("Exit by pushing any button\n")
+		    call zblkim (alt1, alt2, alt3, alt4, nframes, rate)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Close display.
+	call zclsim (chan[1], status)
+	call ttycdes (tty)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4156f39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/t_display.x
@@ -0,0 +1,885 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<pmset.h>
+include	"display.h"
+include	"gwindow.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# DISPLAY - Display an image.  The specified image section is mapped into
+# the specified section of an image display frame.  The mapping involves
+# a linear transformation in X and Y and a linear or logarithmic transformation
+# in Z (greyscale).  Images of all pixel datatypes are supported, and there
+# no upper limit on the size of an image.  The display device is interfaced
+# to FIO as a file and is accessed herein via IMIO as just another imagefile.
+# The physical characteristics of the display (i.e., X, Y, and Z resolution)
+# are taken from the image header.  The display frame buffer is the pixel
+# storage "file".
+
+procedure t_display()
+
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]		# Image to display
+int	frame			# Display frame
+int	erase			# Erase frame?
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, wdes, im, ds
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti(), btoi(), imd_wcsver(), imtlen(), imtgetim()
+pointer	immap(), imd_mapframe1(), imtopenp()
+errchk	immap, imd_mapframe1
+errchk	ds_getparams, ds_setwcs, ds_load_display, ds_erase_border
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (wdes, LEN_WDES, TY_STRUCT)
+	call aclri (Memi[wdes], LEN_WDES)
+
+	# Open input imagefile.
+	im = imtopenp ("image")
+	if (imtlen (im) != 1)
+	    call error (1, "Only one image may be displayed")
+	i = imtgetim (im, image, SZ_FNAME)
+	call imtclose (im)
+	#call clgstr ("image", image, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (image, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	if (IM_NDIM(im) <= 0)
+	    call error (1, "image has no pixels")
+
+        # Query server to get the WCS version, this also tells us whether
+	# we can use the all 16 supported frames.
+        if (imd_wcsver() == 0)
+	    call clputi ("display.frame.p_max", 4)
+	else
+	    call clputi ("display.frame.p_max", 16)
+
+
+	# Open display device as an image.
+	frame = clgeti ("frame")
+	W_FRAME(wdes)  = frame
+
+	erase = btoi (clgetb ("erase"))
+	if (erase == YES)
+	    ds = imd_mapframe1 (frame, WRITE_ONLY,
+		btoi (clgetb ("select_frame")), erase)
+	else
+	    ds = imd_mapframe1 (frame, READ_WRITE,
+		btoi (clgetb ("select_frame")), erase)
+
+	# Get display parameters and set up transformation.
+	call ds_getparams (im, ds, wdes)
+
+	# Compute and output the screen to image pixel WCS.
+	call ds_setwcs (im, ds, wdes, image, frame)
+
+	# Display the image and zero the border if necessary.
+	call ds_load_display (im, ds, wdes)
+	if (!clgetb ("erase") && clgetb ("border_erase"))
+	    call ds_erase_border (im, ds, wdes)
+
+	# Free storage.
+	call maskcolor_free (W_OCOLORS(wdes))
+	call maskcolor_free (W_BPCOLORS(wdes))
+	do i = 0, W_MAXWC
+	    if (W_UPTR(W_WC(wdes,i)) != NULL)
+		call ds_ulutfree (W_UPTR(W_WC(wdes,i)))
+	call imunmap (ds)
+	call imunmap (im)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DS_GETPARAMS -- Get the parameters controlling how the image is mapped
+# into the display frame.  Set up the transformations and save in the graphics
+# descriptor file.  If "repeat" mode is enabled, read the graphics descriptor
+# file and reuse the transformations therein.
+
+procedure ds_getparams (im, ds, wdes)
+
+pointer	im, ds, wdes		#I Image, display, and graphics descriptors
+
+bool	fill, zscale_flag, zrange_flag, zmap_flag
+real	xcenter, ycenter, xsize, ysize
+real	xmag, ymag, xscale, yscale, pxsize, pysize
+real	z1, z2, contrast
+int	nsample, ncols, nlines
+pointer	wnwin, wdwin, wwwin, wipix, wdpix, zpm, bpm
+pointer	sp, str, ztrans, lutfile
+
+int	clgeti(), clgwrd(), nowhite()
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	maskcolor_map(), ds_pmmap(), zsc_pmsection()
+pointer	ds_ulutalloc()
+bool	streq(), clgetb()
+errchk	maskcolor_map, ds_pmmap, zsc_pmsection, mzscale
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ztrans, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get overlay mask and colors.
+	call clgstr ("overlay", W_OVRLY(wdes), W_SZSTRING)
+	call clgstr ("ocolors", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	W_OCOLORS(wdes) = maskcolor_map (Memc[str])
+
+	# Get bad pixel mask.
+	call clgstr ("bpmask", W_BPM(wdes), W_SZSTRING)
+	W_BPDISP(wdes) = clgwrd ("bpdisplay", Memc[str], SZ_LINE, BPDISPLAY)
+	call clgstr ("bpcolors", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	W_BPCOLORS(wdes) = maskcolor_map (Memc[str])
+
+	# Determine the display window into which the image is to be mapped
+	# in normalized device coordinates.
+
+	xcenter = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("xcenter")))
+	ycenter = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("ycenter")))
+	xsize   = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("xsize")))
+	ysize   = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("ysize")))
+
+	# Set up a new graphics descriptor structure defining the coordinate
+	# transformation used to map the image into the display frame.
+
+	wnwin = W_WC(wdes,W_NWIN)
+	wdwin = W_WC(wdes,W_DWIN)
+	wwwin = W_WC(wdes,W_WWIN)
+	wipix = W_WC(wdes,W_IPIX)
+	wdpix = W_WC(wdes,W_DPIX)
+
+	# Determine X and Y scaling ratios required to map the image into the
+	# normalized display window.  If spatial scaling is not desired filling
+	# must be disabled and XMAG and YMAG must be set to 1.0 in the
+	# parameter file.  Fill mode will always produce an aspect ratio of 1;
+	# if nonequal scaling is required then the magnification ratios must
+	# be set explicitly by the user.
+
+	fill = clgetb ("fill")
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	if (fill) {
+	    # Compute scale in units of window coords per data pixel required
+	    # to scale image to fit window.
+
+	    xmag = (IM_LEN(ds,1) * xsize) / ncols
+	    ymag = (IM_LEN(ds,2) * ysize) / nlines
+
+	    if (xmag > ymag)
+		xmag = ymag
+	    else
+		ymag = xmag
+
+	} else {
+	    # Compute scale required to provide image magnification ratios
+	    # specified by the user.  Magnification is specified in units of
+	    # display pixels, i.e, a magnification ratio of 1.0 means that
+	    # image pixels will map to display pixels without scaling.
+
+	    xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	    ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	}
+
+	xscale = 1.0 / (IM_LEN(ds,1) / xmag)
+	yscale = 1.0 / (IM_LEN(ds,2) / ymag)
+
+	# Set device window limits in normalized device coordinates.
+	# World coord system 0 is used for the device window.
+
+	W_XS(wnwin) = xcenter - xsize / 2.0
+	W_XE(wnwin) = xcenter + xsize / 2.0
+	W_YS(wnwin) = ycenter - ysize / 2.0
+	W_YE(wnwin) = ycenter + ysize / 2.0
+
+	# Set pixel coordinates of window.
+	# If the image is too large to fit in the window given the scaling
+	# factors XSCALE and YSCALE, the following will set starting and ending
+	# pixel coordinates in the interior of the image.  If the image is too
+	# small to fill the window then the pixel coords will reference beyond
+	# the bounds of the image.  Note that the 0.5 is because NDC has
+	# the screen corner at 0 while screen pixels have the corner at 0.5.
+
+	pxsize = xsize / xscale
+	pysize = ysize / yscale
+
+	W_XS(wdwin) = (ncols / 2.0) - (pxsize / 2.0) + 0.5
+	W_XE(wdwin) = W_XS(wdwin) + pxsize
+	W_YS(wdwin) = (nlines / 2.0) - (pysize / 2.0) + 0.5
+	W_YE(wdwin) = W_YS(wdwin) + pysize
+
+	# Compute X and Y magnification ratios required to map image into
+	# the device window in device pixel units.
+
+	xmag = (W_XE(wnwin)-W_XS(wnwin))*IM_LEN(ds,1)/(W_XE(wdwin)-W_XS(wdwin))
+	ymag = (W_YE(wnwin)-W_YS(wnwin))*IM_LEN(ds,2)/(W_YE(wdwin)-W_YS(wdwin))
+
+	# Compute the coordinates of the image section to be displayed.
+	# Round down if upper pixel is exactly at one-half.
+
+	W_XS(wipix) = max (1, nint(W_XS(wdwin)))
+	W_XE(wipix) = min (ncols, nint(W_XE(wdwin)-1.01))
+	W_YS(wipix) = max (1, nint(W_YS(wdwin)))
+	W_YE(wipix) = min (nlines, nint(W_YE(wdwin)-1.01))
+
+	# Now compute the image and display pixels to be used.
+	# The image may be truncated to fit in the display window.
+	# These are integer coordinates at the pixel centers.
+
+	pxsize = W_XE(wipix) - W_XS(wipix) + 1
+	pysize = W_YE(wipix) - W_YS(wipix) + 1
+	xcenter = (W_XE(wnwin) + W_XS(wnwin)) / 2.0 * IM_LEN(ds,1) + 0.5
+	ycenter = (W_YE(wnwin) + W_YS(wnwin)) / 2.0 * IM_LEN(ds,2) + 0.5
+
+	#W_XS(wdpix) = max (1, nint (xcenter - (pxsize/2.0*xmag) + 0.5))
+	W_XS(wdpix) = max (1, int (xcenter - (pxsize/2.0*xmag) + 0.5))
+	W_XE(wdpix) = min (IM_LEN(ds,1), nint (W_XS(wdpix)+pxsize*xmag - 1.01))
+	#W_YS(wdpix) = max (1, nint (ycenter - (pysize/2.0*ymag) + 0.5))
+	W_YS(wdpix) = max (1, int (ycenter - (pysize/2.0*ymag) + 0.5))
+	W_YE(wdpix) = min (IM_LEN(ds,2), nint (W_YS(wdpix)+pysize*ymag - 1.01))
+
+	# Now adjust the display window to be consistent with the image and
+	# display pixels to be used.
+
+	W_XS(wdwin) = W_XS(wnwin) * IM_LEN(ds,1) + 0.5
+	W_XE(wdwin) = W_XE(wnwin) * IM_LEN(ds,1) + 0.5
+	W_YS(wdwin) = W_YS(wnwin) * IM_LEN(ds,2) + 0.5
+	W_YE(wdwin) = W_YE(wnwin) * IM_LEN(ds,2) + 0.5
+	W_XS(wdwin) = (W_XS(wipix)-0.5) + (W_XS(wdwin)-(W_XS(wdpix)-0.5))/xmag
+	W_XE(wdwin) = (W_XS(wipix)-0.5) + (W_XE(wdwin)-(W_XS(wdpix)-0.5))/xmag
+	W_YS(wdwin) = (W_YS(wipix)-0.5) + (W_YS(wdwin)-(W_YS(wdpix)-0.5))/ymag
+	W_YE(wdwin) = (W_YS(wipix)-0.5) + (W_YE(wdwin)-(W_YS(wdpix)-0.5))/ymag
+
+	# Order of interpolator used for spatial transformation.
+	W_XT(wdwin) = max(0, min(1, clgeti ("order")))
+	W_YT(wdwin) = W_XT(wdwin)
+
+	# Determine the greyscale transformation.
+	call clgstr ("ztrans", Memc[ztrans], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "log"))
+	    W_ZT(wdwin) = W_LOG
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "linear"))
+	    W_ZT(wdwin) = W_LINEAR
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "none"))
+	    W_ZT(wdwin) = W_UNITARY
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "user")) {
+	    W_ZT(wdwin) = W_USER
+	    call salloc (lutfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call clgstr ("lutfile", Memc[lutfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	    W_UPTR(wdwin) = ds_ulutalloc (Memc[lutfile], z1, z2)
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Bad greylevel transformation '%s'\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[ztrans])
+	    W_ZT(wdwin) = W_LINEAR
+	}
+
+	# The zscale, and zrange parameters determine the algorithms for
+	# determining Z1 and Z2, the range of input z values to be mapped
+	# into the fixed range of display greylevels.  If sampling and no
+	# sample mask is given then create one as a subsampled image section.
+	# If greyscale mapping is disabled the zscale and zrange options are
+	# disabled.  Greyscale mapping can also be disabled by turning off
+	# zscale and zrange and setting Z1 and Z2 to the device greyscale min
+	# and max values, producing a unitary transformation.
+
+	if (W_ZT(wdwin) == W_UNITARY || W_ZT(wdwin) == W_USER) {
+	    zscale_flag = false
+	    zrange_flag = false
+	    zmap_flag   = false
+	} else {
+	    zmap_flag = true
+	    zscale_flag = clgetb ("zscale")
+	    if (!zscale_flag)
+		zrange_flag = clgetb ("zrange")
+	}
+
+	if (zscale_flag || (zrange_flag && IM_LIMTIME(im) < IM_MTIME(im))) {
+	    call clgstr ("zmask", W_ZPM(wdes), W_SZSTRING)
+	    nsample = max (100, clgeti ("nsample"))
+	    if (nowhite (W_ZPM(wdes), W_ZPM(wdes), W_SZSTRING) > 0) {
+		if (W_ZPM(wdes) == '[')
+		    zpm = zsc_pmsection (W_ZPM(wdes), im)
+		else
+		    zpm = ds_pmmap (W_ZPM(wdes), im)
+	    } else
+		zpm = NULL
+	    iferr (bpm = ds_pmmap (W_BPM(wdes), im)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		bpm = NULL
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (zscale_flag) {
+	    # Autoscaling is desired.  Compute Z1 and Z2 which straddle the
+	    # median computed by sampling a portion of the image.
+
+	    contrast = clgetr ("contrast")
+	    call mzscale (im, zpm, bpm, contrast, nsample, z1, z2)
+	    if (zpm != NULL)
+		call imunmap (zpm)
+	    if (bpm != NULL)
+		call imunmap (bpm)
+
+	} else if (zrange_flag) {
+	    # Use the limits in the header if current otherwise get the
+	    # minimum and maximum of the sample mask.
+	    if (IM_LIMTIME(im) >= IM_MTIME(im)) {
+		z1 = IM_MIN(im)
+		z2 = IM_MAX(im)
+	    } else {
+		call mzscale (im, zpm, bpm, 0., nsample, z1, z2)
+		if (zpm != NULL)
+		    call imunmap (zpm)
+		if (bpm != NULL)
+		    call imunmap (bpm)
+	    }
+
+	} else if (zmap_flag) {
+	    z1 = clgetr ("z1")
+	    z2 = clgetr ("z2")
+	} else {
+	    z1 = IM_MIN(ds)
+	    z2 = IM_MAX(ds)
+	}
+
+	W_ZS(wdwin) = z1
+	W_ZE(wdwin) = z2
+
+	call printf ("z1=%g z2=%g\n")
+	    call pargr (z1)
+	    call pargr (z2)
+	call flush (STDOUT)
+
+	# The user world coordinate system should be set from the CTRAN
+	# structure in the image header, but for now we just make it equal
+	# to the pixel coordinate system.
+
+	call amovi (Memi[wdwin], Memi[wwwin], LEN_WC)
+	W_UPTR(wwwin) = NULL		# should not copy pointers!!
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DS_SETWCS -- Compute the rotation matrix needed to convert screen coordinates
+# (zero indexed, y-flipped) to image pixel coordinates, allowing both for the
+# transformation from screen space to the image section being displayed, and
+# from the image section to the physical input image.
+#
+# NOTE -- This code assumes that the display device is zero-indexed and
+# y-flipped; this is usually the case, but should be parameterized in the
+# graphcap.  This code also assumes that the full device screen is being used,
+# and that we are not assigning multiple WCS to different regions of the screen.
+
+procedure ds_setwcs (im, ds, wdes, image, frame)
+
+pointer	im, ds, wdes		# image, display, and coordinate descriptors
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]		# image section name
+int	frame			# frame
+
+real	a, b, c, d, tx, ty
+int	ip, i, j, axis[2]
+real	sx, sy
+int	dx, dy, snx, sny, dnx, dny
+pointer	sp, imname, title, wnwin, wdwin
+pointer	src, dest, region, objref
+long	lv[IM_MAXDIM], pv1[IM_MAXDIM], pv2[IM_MAXDIM]
+
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title,  SZ_LINE,  TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (region, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (objref, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Compute the rotation matrix needed to transform screen pixel coords
+	# to image section coords.
+
+	wnwin = W_WC(wdes,W_NWIN)
+	wdwin = W_WC(wdes,W_DWIN)
+
+	# X transformation.
+	a  = (W_XE(wdwin)-W_XS(wdwin))/((W_XE(wnwin)-W_XS(wnwin))*IM_LEN(ds,1))
+	c  = 0.0			# not rotated, cross term is zero
+	tx = W_XS(wdwin) - a * (W_XS(wnwin) * IM_LEN(ds,1))
+
+	# Y transformation.
+	b  = 0.0			# not rotated, cross term is zero
+	d  = (W_YE(wdwin)-W_YS(wdwin))/((W_YE(wnwin)-W_YS(wnwin))*IM_LEN(ds,2))
+	ty = W_YS(wdwin) - d * (W_YS(wnwin) * IM_LEN(ds,2))
+
+	# Now allow for the Y-flip (origin at upper left in display window).
+	d = -d
+	ty = W_YE(wdwin) - d * ((1.0 - W_YE(wnwin)) * IM_LEN(ds,2))
+
+	# Now translate the screen corner to the center of the screen pixel.
+	tx = tx + 0.5 * a
+	ty = ty + 0.5 * d
+
+	# Determine the logical to physical mapping by evaluating two points.
+	# and determining the axis reduction if any.  pv1 will be the
+	# offset and pv2-pv1 will be the scale.
+
+	call aclrl (pv1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call aclrl (lv, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call imaplv (im, lv, pv1, 2)
+	call amovkl (long(1), lv, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call aclrl (pv2, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call imaplv (im, lv, pv2, 2)
+
+	i = 1
+	axis[1] = 1;  axis[2] = 2
+	do j = 1, IM_MAXDIM
+	    if (pv1[j] != pv2[j]) {
+		axis[i] = j
+		i = i + 1
+	    }
+
+	pv2[axis[1]] = (pv2[axis[1]] - pv1[axis[1]])
+	pv2[axis[2]] = (pv2[axis[2]] - pv1[axis[2]])
+
+	# These imply a new rotation matrix which we won't bother to work out
+	# separately here.  Multiply the two rotation matrices and add the
+	# translation vectors to get the overall transformation from screen
+	# coordinates to image coordinates.
+	a = a * pv2[axis[1]]
+	d = d * pv2[axis[2]]
+	tx = tx * pv2[axis[1]] + pv1[axis[1]]
+	ty = ty * pv2[axis[2]] + pv1[axis[2]]
+
+	# Get the image name (minus image section) and
+	# title string (minus any newline.
+	call ds_gimage (im, image, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+	call strcpy (IM_TITLE(im), Memc[title], SZ_LINE)
+	for (ip=title;  Memc[ip] != '\n' && Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1)
+	    ;
+	Memc[ip] = EOS
+
+
+	# Define the mapping from the image pixels to frame buffer pixels.
+        src  = W_WC(wdes,W_IPIX)
+	sx   = W_XS(src)
+	sy   = W_YS(src)
+	snx  = (W_XE(src) - W_XS(src) + 1)
+	sny  = (W_YE(src) - W_YS(src) + 1)
+
+        dest = W_WC(wdes,W_DPIX)
+	dx   = W_XS(dest)
+	dy   = W_YS(dest)
+	dnx  = (W_XE(dest) - W_XS(dest) + 1)
+	dny  = (W_YE(dest) - W_YS(dest) + 1)
+
+	# For a single image display the 'region' is fixed. The object ref
+	# is the fully defined image node!prefix path, including any sections.
+        # We need a special kludge to keep backward compatability with the
+        # use of "dev$pix" as the standard test image name.
+        call strcpy ("image", Memc[region], SZ_FNAME)
+        if (streq (image, "dev$pix"))
+            call fpathname ("dev$pix.imh", Memc[objref], SZ_PATHNAME)
+        else
+            call fpathname (image, Memc[objref], SZ_PATHNAME)
+
+	# Add the mapping info to be written with the WCS.
+	call imd_setmapping (Memc[region], sx, sy, snx, sny,
+	    dx, dy, dnx, dny, Memc[objref])
+
+	# Write the WCS.
+	call imd_putwcs (ds, frame, Memc[imname], Memc[title],
+	    a, b, c, d, tx, ty, W_ZS(wdwin), W_ZE(wdwin), W_ZT(wdwin))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DS_GIMAGE -- Convert input image section name to a 2D physical image section.
+
+procedure ds_gimage (im, input, output, maxchar)
+
+pointer	im			#I IMIO pointer
+char	input[ARB]		#I Input image name
+char	output[maxchar]		#O Output image name
+int	maxchar			#I Maximum characters in output name.
+
+int	i, fd
+pointer	sp, section, lv, pv1, pv2
+
+int	stropen(), strlen()
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (pv1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (pv2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Get endpoint coordinates in original image.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[lv], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call aclrl (Meml[pv1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call imaplv (im, Meml[lv], Meml[pv1], 2)
+	call amovl (IM_LEN(im,1), Meml[lv], IM_NDIM(im))
+	call aclrl (Meml[pv2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call imaplv (im, Meml[lv], Meml[pv2], 2)
+
+	# Set image section.
+	fd = stropen (Memc[section], SZ_FNAME, NEW_FILE)
+	call fprintf (fd, "[")
+	do i = 1, IM_MAXDIM {
+	    if (Meml[pv1+i-1] != Meml[pv2+i-1])
+		call fprintf (fd, "*")
+	    else if (Meml[pv1+i-1] != 0) {
+		call fprintf (fd, "%d")
+		call pargi (Meml[pv1+i-1])
+	    } else
+		break
+	    call fprintf (fd, ",")
+	}
+	call close (fd)
+	i = strlen (Memc[section])
+	Memc[section+i-1] = ']'
+
+	if (streq ("[*,*]", Memc[section]))
+	    Memc[section] = EOS
+
+	# Strip existing image section and add new section.
+#	call imgimage (input, output, maxchar)
+#	call strcat (Memc[section], output, maxchar)
+	
+	if (Memc[section] == EOS)
+	    call imgimage (input, output, maxchar)
+	else
+	    call strcpy (input, output, maxchar)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DS_LOAD_DISPLAY -- Map an image into the display window.  In general this
+#   involves independent linear transformations in the X, Y, and Z (greyscale)
+#   dimensions.  If a spatial dimension is larger than the display window then
+#   the image is block averaged.  If a spatial dimension or a block averaged
+#   dimension is smaller than the display window then linear interpolation is
+#   used to expand the image.  Both the input image and the output device appear
+#   to us as images, accessed via IMIO.  All spatial scaling is 
+#   handled by the "scaled input" package, i.e., SIGM2[SR].  Our task is to
+#   get lines from the scaled input image, transform the greyscale if necessary,
+#   and write the lines to the output device.
+
+procedure ds_load_display (im, ds, wdes)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	ds			# output image
+pointer	wdes			# graphics window descriptor
+
+real	z1, z2, dz1, dz2, px1, px2, py1, py2
+int	i, order, zt, wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2, wy, nx, ny, xblk, yblk, color
+pointer	wdwin, wipix, wdpix, ovrly, bpm, pm, uptr
+pointer	in, out, si, si_ovrly, si_bpovrly, ocolors, bpcolors, rtemp
+bool	unitary_greyscale_transformation
+short	lut1, lut2, dz1_s, dz2_s, z1_s, z2_s
+
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	imstati(), maskcolor()
+pointer	ds_pmmap(), imps2s(), imps2r()
+pointer	sigm2s(), sigm2i(), sigm2r(), sigm2_setup()
+errchk	ds_pmmap, imps2s, imps2r, sigm2s, sigm2i, sigm2r, sigm2_setup
+errchk	maskexprn
+
+begin
+	wdwin = W_WC(wdes,W_DWIN)
+	wipix = W_WC(wdes,W_IPIX)
+	wdpix = W_WC(wdes,W_DPIX)
+
+	# Set image and display pixels.
+	px1 = nint (W_XS(wipix))
+	px2 = nint (W_XE(wipix))
+	py1 = nint (W_YS(wipix))
+	py2 = nint (W_YE(wipix))
+	wx1 = nint (W_XS(wdpix))
+	wx2 = nint (W_XE(wdpix))
+	wy1 = nint (W_YS(wdpix))
+	wy2 = nint (W_YE(wdpix))
+
+	z1 = W_ZS(wdwin)
+	z2 = W_ZE(wdwin)
+	zt = W_ZT(wdwin)
+	uptr = W_UPTR(wdwin)
+	order = max (W_XT(wdwin), W_YT(wdwin))
+
+	# Setup scaled input and masks.
+	si = NULL
+	si_ovrly = NULL
+	si_bpovrly = NULL
+	nx = wx2 - wx1 + 1
+	ny = wy2 - wy1 + 1
+	xblk = INDEFI
+	yblk = INDEFI
+
+	ocolors = W_OCOLORS(wdes)
+	iferr (ovrly = ds_pmmap (W_OVRLY(wdes), im)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    ovrly = NULL
+	}
+	if (ovrly != NULL) {
+	    xblk = INDEFI
+	    yblk = INDEFI
+	    si_ovrly = sigm2_setup (ovrly, NULL, px1,px2,nx,xblk,
+		py1,py2,ny,yblk, -1)
+	}
+
+	bpcolors = W_BPCOLORS(wdes)
+	switch (W_BPDISP(wdes)) {
+	case BPDNONE:
+	    si = sigm2_setup (im, NULL, px1,px2,nx,xblk, py1,py2,ny,yblk, order)
+	case BPDOVRLY:
+	    si = sigm2_setup (im, NULL, px1,px2,nx,xblk, py1,py2,ny,yblk, order)
+	    iferr (bpm = ds_pmmap (W_BPM(wdes), im))
+		bpm = NULL
+	    if (bpm != NULL)
+		si_bpovrly = sigm2_setup (bpm, NULL, px1,px2,nx,xblk,
+		    py1,py2,ny,yblk, -1)
+	case BPDINTERP:
+	    iferr (bpm = ds_pmmap (W_BPM(wdes), im))
+		bpm = NULL
+	    if (bpm != NULL)
+		pm = imstati (bpm, IM_PMDES)
+	    else
+		pm = NULL
+	    si = sigm2_setup (im, pm, px1,px2,nx,xblk, py1,py2,ny,yblk, order)
+	}
+
+	# The device IM_MIN and IM_MAX parameters define the acceptable range
+	# of greyscale values for the output device (e.g., 0-255 for most 8-bit
+	# display devices).  Values Z1 and Z2 are mapped linearly or
+	# logarithmically into IM_MIN and IM_MAX.
+
+	dz1 = IM_MIN(ds)
+	dz2 = IM_MAX(ds)
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    z1 = z1 - 1
+	    z2 = z2 + 1
+	}
+
+	# If the user specifies the transfer function, verify that the
+	# intensity and greyscale are in range.
+
+	if (zt == W_USER) {
+	    call alims (Mems[uptr], U_MAXPTS, lut1, lut2)
+	    dz1_s = short (dz1)
+	    dz2_s = short (dz2)
+	    if (lut2 < dz1_s || lut1 > dz2_s)
+		call eprintf ("User specified greyscales out of range\n")
+	    if (z2 < IM_MIN(im) || z1 > IM_MAX(im))
+		call eprintf ("User specified intensities out of range\n")
+	}
+
+	# Type short pixels are treated as a special case to minimize vector
+	# operations for such images (which are common).  If the image pixels
+	# are either short or real then only the ALTR (greyscale transformation)
+	# vector operation is required.  The ALTR operator linearly maps
+	# greylevels in the range Z1:Z2 to DZ1:DZ2, and does a floor ceiling
+	# of DZ1:DZ2 on all pixels outside the range.  If unity mapping is
+	# employed the data is simply copied, i.e., floor ceiling constraints
+	# are not applied.  This is very fast and will produce a contoured
+	# image on the display which will be adequate for some applications.
+
+	if (zt == W_UNITARY) {
+	    unitary_greyscale_transformation = true
+	} else if (zt == W_LINEAR) {
+	    unitary_greyscale_transformation =
+		(fp_equalr(z1,dz1) && fp_equalr(z2,dz2))
+	} else
+	    unitary_greyscale_transformation = false
+
+	if (IM_PIXTYPE(im) == TY_SHORT && zt != W_LOG) {
+	    z1_s = z1;  z2_s = z2
+	    if (z1_s == z2_s) {
+		z1_s = z1_s - 1
+		z2_s = z2_s + 1
+	    }
+
+	    for (wy=wy1;  wy <= wy2;  wy=wy+1) {
+		in  = sigm2s (si, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		out = imps2s (ds, wx1, wx2, wy, wy)
+
+		if (unitary_greyscale_transformation) {
+		    call amovs (Mems[in], Mems[out], nx)
+		} else if (zt == W_USER) {
+		    dz1_s = U_Z1; dz2_s = U_Z2
+		    call amaps (Mems[in],Mems[out],nx, z1_s,z2_s, dz1_s,dz2_s)
+		    call aluts (Mems[out], Mems[out], nx, Mems[uptr])
+		} else {
+		    dz1_s = dz1; dz2_s = dz2
+		    call amaps (Mems[in],Mems[out],nx, z1_s,z2_s, dz1_s,dz2_s)
+		}
+
+		if (si_ovrly != NULL) {
+		    in = sigm2i (si_ovrly, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		    call maskexprn (ocolors, in, nx)
+		    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+			if (Memi[in+i] != 0) {
+			    color = maskcolor (ocolors, Memi[in+i])
+			    if (color >= 0)
+				Mems[out+i] = color
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (si_bpovrly != NULL) {
+		    in = sigm2i (si_bpovrly, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		    call maskexprn (bpcolors, in, nx)
+		    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+			if (Memi[in+i] != 0) {
+			    color = maskcolor (bpcolors, Memi[in+i])
+			    if (color >= 0)
+				Mems[out+i] = color
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} else if (zt == W_USER) {
+	    call salloc (rtemp, nx, TY_REAL)
+
+	    for (wy=wy1;  wy <= wy2;  wy=wy+1) {
+		in  = sigm2r (si, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		out = imps2s (ds, wx1, wx2, wy, wy)
+
+		call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[rtemp], nx, z1, z2, 
+		    real(U_Z1), real(U_Z2))
+		call achtrs (Memr[rtemp], Mems[out], nx)
+		call aluts (Mems[out], Mems[out], nx, Mems[uptr])
+
+		if (si_ovrly != NULL) {
+		    in = sigm2i (si_ovrly, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		    call maskexprn (ocolors, in, nx)
+		    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+			if (Memi[in+i] != 0) {
+			    color = maskcolor (ocolors, Memi[in+i])
+			    if (color >= 0)
+				Mems[out+i] = color
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (si_bpovrly != NULL) {
+		    in = sigm2i (si_bpovrly, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		    call maskexprn (bpcolors, in, nx)
+		    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+			if (Memi[in+i] != 0) {
+			    color = maskcolor (bpcolors, Memi[in+i])
+			    if (color >= 0)
+				Mems[out+i] = color
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    for (wy=wy1;  wy <= wy2;  wy=wy+1) {
+		in  = sigm2r (si, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		out = imps2r (ds, wx1, wx2, wy, wy)
+
+		if (unitary_greyscale_transformation)  {
+		    call amovr (Memr[in], Memr[out], nx)
+		} else if (zt == W_LOG) {
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[out], nx,
+			z1, z2, 1.0, 10.0 ** MAXLOG)
+                    do i = 0, nx-1
+                        Memr[out+i] = log10 (Memr[out+i])
+		    call amapr (Memr[out], Memr[out], nx,
+			0.0, real(MAXLOG), dz1, dz2)
+		} else
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[out], nx, z1, z2, dz1, dz2)
+
+		if (si_ovrly != NULL) {
+		    in = sigm2i (si_ovrly, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		    call maskexprn (ocolors, in, nx)
+		    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+			if (Memi[in+i] != 0) {
+			    color = maskcolor (ocolors, Memi[in+i])
+			    if (color >= 0)
+				Memr[out+i] = color
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (si_bpovrly != NULL) {
+		    in = sigm2i (si_bpovrly, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		    call maskexprn (bpcolors, in, nx)
+		    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+			if (Memi[in+i] != 0) {
+			    color = maskcolor (bpcolors, Memi[in+i])
+			    if (color >= 0)
+				Memr[out+i] = color
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sigm2_free (si)
+	if (si_ovrly != NULL)
+	    call sigm2_free (si_ovrly)
+	if (si_bpovrly != NULL)
+	    call sigm2_free (si_bpovrly)
+	if (ovrly != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (ovrly)
+	if (bpm != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (bpm)
+end
+
+
+# DS_ERASE_BORDER -- Zero the border of the window if the frame has not been
+# erased, and if the displayed section does not occupy the full window.
+# It would be more efficient to do this while writing the greyscale data to
+# the output image, but that would complicate the display procedures and frames
+# are commonly erased before displaying an image.
+
+procedure ds_erase_border (im, ds, wdes)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	ds			# output image (display) 
+pointer	wdes			# window descriptor
+
+int	wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2		# section of display window filled by image data
+int	dx1,dx2,dy1,dy2		# coords of full display window in device pixels
+int	i, nx
+pointer	wdwin, wdpix
+pointer	imps2s()
+errchk	imps2s
+
+begin
+	wdwin = W_WC(wdes,W_DWIN)
+	wdpix = W_WC(wdes,W_DPIX)
+
+	# Set display pixels and display window pixels.
+	wx1 = nint (W_XS(wdpix))
+	wx2 = nint (W_XE(wdpix))
+	wy1 = nint (W_YS(wdpix))
+	wy2 = nint (W_YE(wdpix))
+	dx1 = max (1, nint (W_XS(wdwin)))
+	dx2 = min (IM_LEN(ds,1), nint (W_XE(wdwin) - 0.01))
+	dy1 = max (1, nint (W_YS(wdwin)))
+	dy2 = min (IM_LEN(ds,2), nint (W_YE(wdwin) - 0.01))
+	nx = dx2 - dx1 + 1
+
+	# Erase lower margin.
+	for (i=dy1;  i < wy1;  i=i+1)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[imps2s (ds, dx1, dx2, i, i)], nx)
+
+	# Erase left and right margins.  By doing the right margin of a line
+	# immediately after the left margin we have a high liklihood that the
+	# display line will still be in the FIO buffer.
+
+	for (i=wy1;  i <= wy2;  i=i+1) {
+	    if (dx1 < wx1)
+		call aclrs (Mems[imps2s (ds, dx1, wx1-1, i, i)], wx1 - dx1)
+	    if (wx2 < dx2)
+		call aclrs (Mems[imps2s (ds, wx2+1, dx2, i, i)], dx2 - wx2)
+	}
+
+	# Erase upper margin.
+	for (i=wy2+1;  i <= dy2;  i=i+1)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[imps2s (ds, dx1, dx2, i, i)], nx)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zardim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zardim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e09c4b10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zardim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZARDIM -- Read data from a binary file display device.
+
+procedure zardim (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisrd (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zawrim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zawrim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7219b07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zawrim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZAWRIM -- Write data to a binary file display device.
+
+procedure zawrim (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iiswr (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zawtim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zawtim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13756adc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zawtim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZAWTIM -- Wait for an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zawtim (chan, nbytes)
+
+int	chan[ARB], nbytes
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iiswt (chan, nbytes)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zblkim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zblkim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55041809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zblkim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZBLKIM -- Blink binary file display device (millisecond time resolution).
+
+procedure zblkim (chan1, chan2, chan3, chan4, nframes, rate)
+
+int	chan1[ARB]
+int	chan2[ARB]
+int	chan3[ARB]
+int	chan4[ARB]
+int	nframes
+real	rate
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan1[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisblk (chan1, chan2, chan3, chan4, nframes, rate)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zclrim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zclrim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..268123cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zclrim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZCLRIM -- Color window binary file display device.
+
+procedure zclrim (chan)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisclr (chan)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zclsim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zclsim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f3f34b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zclsim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZCLSIM -- Close an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zclsim (chan, status)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	status
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iiscls (chan, status)
+	default:
+	    status = ERR
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zdisplay.h b/pkg/images/tv/display/zdisplay.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b55b94dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zdisplay.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Display devices defined by OS
+
+define	IIS		"/dev/iis"	# IIS display device
+define	IIS_CHAN	1		# Device channel identifier
+define	DEVCODE		100		# Channel = DEVCODE * DEVCHAN
+define	FRTOCHAN	(IIS_CHAN*DEVCODE+($1))
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zersim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zersim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1b280e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zersim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZERSIM -- Erase binary file display device.
+
+procedure zersim (chan)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisers (chan)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zfrmim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zfrmim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de2bfee2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zfrmim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZFRMIM -- Set FRAME display.
+
+procedure zfrmim (chan)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisrgb (chan, chan, chan)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zmapim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zmapim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c3e663a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zmapim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZMAPIM -- Set display map.
+
+procedure zmapim (chan, maptype)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+char	maptype[ARB]
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisofm (maptype)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zmtcim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zmtcim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11dddb65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zmtcim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZMTCIM -- Match lut to frame.
+
+procedure zmtcim (chan1, chan2)
+
+int	chan1[ARB], chan2[ARB]
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan1[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iismtc (chan1, chan2)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zopnim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zopnim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ddd18d3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zopnim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZOPNIM -- Open an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zopnim (devinfo, mode, chan)
+
+char	devinfo[ARB]		# packed devinfo string
+int	mode			# access mode
+int	chan
+
+int	iischan[2]		# Kludge
+
+begin
+	call iisopn (devinfo, mode, iischan)
+	chan = iischan[1]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zrcrim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zrcrim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f4f939b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zrcrim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZRCRIM -- Read Cursor from binary file display device.
+
+procedure zrcrim (chan, xcur, ycur)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	status, xcur, ycur
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisrcr (status, xcur, ycur)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zrgbim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zrgbim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04c0e147
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zrgbim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZRGBIM -- Set RGB display.
+
+procedure zrgbim (red_chan, green_chan, blue_chan)
+
+int	red_chan[ARB], green_chan[ARB], blue_chan[ARB]
+
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = red_chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisrgb (red_chan, green_chan, blue_chan)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zrmim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zrmim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f26ee6ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zrmim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZRMIM -- Zoom and roam display.
+
+procedure zrmim (chan, zfactor)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	zfactor
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iisrm (zfactor)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zscale.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zscale.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..abbf2ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zscale.x
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<pmset.h>
+include	<imio.h>
+
+# User callable routines.
+# ZSCALE -- Sample an image and compute greyscale limits.
+# MZSCALE -- Sample an image with pixel masks and compute greyscale limits.
+# ZSC_PMSECTION -- Create a pixel mask from an image section.
+# ZSC_ZLIMITS -- Compute Z transform limits from a sample of pixels.
+
+
+# ZSCALE -- Sample an image and compute greyscale limits.
+# A sample mask is created based on the input parameters and then
+# MZSCALE is called.
+
+procedure zscale (im, z1, z2, contrast, optimal_sample_size, len_stdline)
+
+pointer	im			# image to be sampled
+real	z1, z2			# output min and max greyscale values
+real	contrast		# adj. to slope of transfer function
+int	optimal_sample_size	# desired number of pixels in sample
+int	len_stdline		# optimal number of pixels per line
+
+int	nc, nl
+pointer	sp, section, zpm, zsc_pmsection()
+errchk	zsc_pmsection, mzscale
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Make the sample image section.
+	switch (IM_NDIM(im)) {
+	case 1:
+	    call sprintf (Memc[section], SZ_FNAME, "[*]")
+	default:
+	    nc = max (1, min (IM_LEN(im,1), len_stdline))
+	    nl = max (1, min (IM_LEN(im,2), optimal_sample_size / nc))
+	    call sprintf (Memc[section], SZ_FNAME, "[*:%d,*:%d]")
+		call pargi (IM_LEN(im,1) / nc)
+		call pargi (IM_LEN(im,2) / nl)
+	}
+
+	# Make a mask and compute the greyscale limits.
+	zpm = zsc_pmsection (Memc[section], im)
+	call mzscale (im, zpm, NULL, contrast, optimal_sample_size, z1, z2)
+	call imunmap (zpm)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MZSCALE -- Sample an image with pixel masks and compute greyscale limits.
+# The image is sampled through a pixel mask.  If no pixel mask is given
+# a uniform sample mask is generated.  If a bad pixel mask is given
+# bad pixels in the sample are eliminated.  Once the sample is obtained
+# the greyscale limits are obtained using the ZSC_ZLIMITS algorithm.
+
+procedure mzscale (im, zpm, bpm, contrast, maxpix, z1, z2)
+
+pointer	im			#I image to be sampled
+pointer	zpm			#I pixel mask for sampling
+pointer	bpm			#I bad pixel mask
+real	contrast		#I contrast parameter
+int	maxpix			#I maximum number of pixels in sample
+real	z1, z2			#O output min and max greyscale values
+
+int	i, ndim, nc, nl, npix, nbp, imstati()
+pointer	sp, section, v, sample, zmask, bp, zim, pmz, pmb, buf
+pointer	zsc_pmsection(), imgnlr()
+bool	pm_linenotempty()
+errchk	zsc_pmsection, zsc_zlimits
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (v, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (sample, maxpix, TY_REAL)
+	zmask = NULL
+	bp = NULL
+
+	ndim = min (2, IM_NDIM(im))
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Generate a uniform sample mask if none is given.
+	if (zpm == NULL) {
+	    switch (IM_NDIM(im)) {
+	    case 1:
+		call sprintf (Memc[section], SZ_FNAME, "[*]")
+	    default:
+		i = max (1., sqrt ((nc-1)*(nl-1) / real (maxpix)))
+		call sprintf (Memc[section], SZ_FNAME, "[*:%d,*:%d]")
+		    call pargi (i)
+		    call pargi (i)
+	    }
+	    zim = zsc_pmsection (Memc[section], im)
+	    pmz = imstati (zim, IM_PMDES)
+	} else
+	    pmz = imstati (zpm, IM_PMDES)
+
+	# Set bad pixel mask.
+	if (bpm != NULL)
+	    pmb = imstati (bpm, IM_PMDES)
+	else
+	    pmb = NULL
+
+	# Get the sample up to maxpix pixels.
+	npix = 0
+	nbp = 0
+	call amovkl (long(1), Memi[v], IM_MAXDIM)
+	repeat {
+	    if (pm_linenotempty (pmz, Meml[v])) {
+		if (zmask == NULL)
+		    call salloc (zmask, nc, TY_INT)
+		call pmglpi (pmz, Meml[v], Memi[zmask], 0, nc, 0)
+		if (pmb != NULL) {
+		    if (pm_linenotempty (pmb, Meml[v])) {
+			if (bp == NULL)
+			    call salloc (bp, nc, TY_INT)
+			call pmglpi (pmb, Meml[v], Memi[bp], 0, nc, 0)
+			nbp = nc
+		    } else
+			nbp = 0
+
+		}
+		if (imgnlr (im, buf, Meml[v]) == EOF)
+		    break
+		do i = 0, nc-1 {
+		    if (Memi[zmask+i] == 0)
+			next
+		    if (nbp > 0)
+			if (Memi[bp+i] != 0)
+			    next
+		    Memr[sample+npix] = Memr[buf+i]
+		    npix = npix + 1
+		    if (npix == maxpix)
+			break
+		}
+		if (npix == maxpix)
+		    break
+	    } else {
+		do i = 2, ndim {
+		    Meml[v+i-1] = Meml[v+i-1] + 1
+		    if (Meml[v+i-1] <= IM_LEN(im,i))
+			break
+		    else if (i < ndim)
+			Meml[v+i-1] = 1
+		}
+	    }
+        } until (Meml[v+ndim-1] > IM_LEN(im,ndim))
+
+	if (zpm == NULL)
+	    call imunmap (zim)
+
+	# Compute greyscale limits.
+	call zsc_zlimits (Memr[sample], npix, contrast, z1, z2)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_PMSECTION -- Create a pixel mask from an image section.
+# This only applies the mask to the first plane of the image.
+
+pointer procedure zsc_pmsection (section, refim)
+
+char	section[ARB]		#I Image section
+pointer	refim			#I Reference image pointer
+
+int	i, j, ip, ndim, temp, a[2], b[2], c[2], rop, ctoi()
+pointer	pm, im, mw, dummy, pm_newmask(), im_pmmapo(), imgl1i(), mw_openim()
+define  error_  99
+
+begin
+        # Decode the section string.
+	call amovki (1, a, 2)
+	call amovki (1, b, 2)
+	call amovki (1, c, 2)
+	ndim = min (2, IM_NDIM(refim))
+	do i = 1, ndim
+	    b[i] = IM_LEN(refim,i)
+
+        ip = 1
+        while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+            ip = ip + 1
+        if (section[ip] == '[') {
+            ip = ip + 1
+
+	    do i = 1, ndim {
+		while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+		    ip = ip + 1
+
+		# Get a:b:c.  Allow notation such as "-*:c"
+		# (or even "-:c") where the step is obviously negative.
+
+		if (ctoi (section, ip, temp) > 0) {                 # a
+		    a[i] = temp
+		    if (section[ip] == ':') {
+			ip = ip + 1
+			if (ctoi (section, ip, b[i]) == 0)             # a:b
+			    goto error_
+		    } else
+			b[i] = a[i]
+		} else if (section[ip] == '-') {                    # -*
+		    temp = a[i]
+		    a[i] = b[i]
+		    b[i] = temp
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    if (section[ip] == '*')
+			ip = ip + 1
+		} else if (section[ip] == '*')                      # *
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		if (section[ip] == ':') {                           # ..:step
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    if (ctoi (section, ip, c[i]) == 0)
+			goto error_
+		    else if (c[i] == 0)
+			goto error_
+		}
+		if (a[i] > b[i] && c[i] > 0)
+		    c[i] = -c[i]
+
+		while (IS_WHITE(section[ip]))
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		if (i < ndim) {
+		    if (section[ip] != ',')
+			goto error_
+		} else {
+		    if (section[ip] != ']')
+			goto error_
+		}
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# In this case make the values be increasing only.
+	do i = 1, ndim
+	    if (c[i] < 0) {
+		temp = a[i]
+		a[i] = b[i]
+		b[i] = temp
+		c[i] = -c[i]
+	    }
+
+	# Make the mask.
+	pm = pm_newmask (refim, 16)
+
+	rop = PIX_SET+PIX_VALUE(1)
+	if (c[1] == 1 && c[2] == 1)
+	    call pm_box (pm, a[1], a[2], b[1], b[2], rop)
+
+	else if (c[1] == 1)
+	    for (i=a[2]; i<=b[2]; i=i+c[2])
+		call pm_box (pm, a[1], i, b[1], i, rop)
+
+	else
+	    for (i=a[2]; i<=b[2]; i=i+c[2])
+		for (j=a[1]; j<=b[1]; j=j+c[1])
+		    call pm_point (pm, j, i, rop)
+
+	i = IM_NPHYSDIM(refim)
+	IM_NPHYSDIM(refim) = ndim
+	im = im_pmmapo (pm, refim)
+	IM_NPHYSDIM(refim) = i
+	dummy = imgl1i (im)		# Force I/O to set header
+	ifnoerr (mw = mw_openim (refim)) {		# Set WCS
+	    call mw_saveim (mw, im)
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	}
+
+	return (im)
+
+error_
+        call error (1, "Error in image section specification")
+end
+
+
+.help zsc_zlimits
+.nf ___________________________________________________________________________
+ZSC_ZLIMITS -- Compute limits for a linear transform that best samples the
+the histogram about the median value.  This is often called to compute
+greyscale limits from a sample of pixel values.
+
+If the number of pixels is too small an error condition is returned.  If
+the contrast parameter value is zero the limits of the sample are
+returned.  Otherwise the sample is sorted and the median is found from the
+central value(s).  A straight line is fitted to the sorted sample with
+interative rejection.  If more than half the pixels are rejected the full
+range is returned.  The contrast parameter is used to adjust the transfer
+slope about the median.  The final limits are the extension of the fitted
+line to the first and last array index.
+.endhelp ______________________________________________________________________
+
+define	MIN_NPIXELS	5		# smallest permissible sample
+define	MAX_REJECT	0.5		# max frac. of pixels to be rejected
+define	GOOD_PIXEL	0		# use pixel in fit
+define	BAD_PIXEL	1		# ignore pixel in all computations
+define	REJECT_PIXEL	2		# reject pixel after a bit
+define	KREJ		2.5		# k-sigma pixel rejection factor
+define	MAX_ITERATIONS	5		# maximum number of fitline iterations
+
+
+# ZSC_ZLIMITS -- Compute Z transform limits from a sample of pixels.
+
+procedure zsc_zlimits (sample, npix, contrast, z1, z2)
+
+real	sample[ARB]	#I Sample of pixel values (possibly resorted)
+int	npix		#I Number of pixels
+real	contrast	#I Contrast algorithm parameter
+real	z1, z2		#O Z transform limits
+
+int	center_pixel, minpix, ngoodpix, ngrow, zsc_fit_line()
+real	zmin, zmax, median
+real	zstart, zslope
+
+begin
+	# Check for a sufficient sample.
+	if (npix < MIN_NPIXELS)
+	    call error (1, "Insufficient sample pixels found")
+
+	# If contrast is zero return the range.
+	if (contrast == 0.) {
+	    call alimr (sample, npix, z1, z2)
+	    return
+	}
+	    
+	# Sort the sample, compute the range, and median pixel values.
+	# The median value is the average of the two central values if there 
+	# are an even number of pixels in the sample.
+
+	call asrtr (sample, sample, npix)
+	zmin = sample[1]
+	zmax = sample[npix]
+
+	center_pixel = (npix + 1) / 2
+	if (mod (npix, 2) == 1)
+	    median = sample[center_pixel]
+	else
+	    median = (sample[center_pixel] + sample[center_pixel+1]) / 2
+
+	# Fit a line to the sorted sample vector.  If more than half of the
+	# pixels in the sample are rejected give up and return the full range.
+	# If the user-supplied contrast factor is not 1.0 adjust the scale
+	# accordingly and compute Z1 and Z2, the y intercepts at indices 1 and
+	# npix.
+
+	minpix = max (MIN_NPIXELS, int (npix * MAX_REJECT))
+	ngrow = max (1, nint (npix * .01))
+	ngoodpix = zsc_fit_line (sample, npix, zstart, zslope,
+	    KREJ, ngrow, MAX_ITERATIONS)
+
+	if (ngoodpix < minpix) {
+	    z1 = zmin
+	    z2 = zmax
+	} else {
+	    if (contrast > 0)
+		zslope = zslope / contrast
+	    z1 = max (zmin, median - (center_pixel - 1) * zslope)
+	    z2 = min (zmax, median + (npix - center_pixel) * zslope)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_FIT_LINE -- Fit a straight line to a data array of type real.  This is
+# an iterative fitting algorithm, wherein points further than ksigma from the
+# current fit are excluded from the next fit.  Convergence occurs when the
+# next iteration does not decrease the number of pixels in the fit, or when
+# there are no pixels left.  The number of pixels left after pixel rejection
+# is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure zsc_fit_line (data, npix, zstart, zslope, krej, ngrow, maxiter)
+
+real	data[npix]		# data to be fitted
+int	npix			# number of pixels before rejection
+real	zstart			# Z-value of pixel data[1]	(output)
+real	zslope			# dz/pixel			(output)
+real	krej			# k-sigma pixel rejection factor
+int	ngrow			# number of pixels of growing
+int	maxiter			# max iterations
+
+int	i, ngoodpix, last_ngoodpix, minpix, niter
+real	xscale, z0, dz, x, z, mean, sigma, threshold
+double	sumxsqr, sumxz, sumz, sumx, rowrat
+pointer	sp, flat, badpix, normx
+int	zsc_reject_pixels(), zsc_compute_sigma()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	if (npix <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+	else if (npix == 1) {
+	    zstart = data[1]
+	    zslope = 0.0
+	    return (1)
+	} else
+	    xscale = 2.0 / (npix - 1)
+
+	# Allocate a buffer for data minus fitted curve, another for the
+	# normalized X values, and another to flag rejected pixels.
+
+	call salloc (flat, npix, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (normx, npix, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (badpix, npix, TY_SHORT)
+	call aclrs (Mems[badpix], npix)
+
+	# Compute normalized X vector.  The data X values [1:npix] are
+	# normalized to the range [-1:1].  This diagonalizes the lsq matrix
+	# and reduces its condition number.
+
+	do i = 0, npix - 1
+	    Memr[normx+i] = i * xscale - 1.0
+
+	# Fit a line with no pixel rejection.  Accumulate the elements of the
+	# matrix and data vector.  The matrix M is diagonal with
+	# M[1,1] = sum x**2 and M[2,2] = ngoodpix.  The data vector is
+	# DV[1] = sum (data[i] * x[i]) and DV[2] = sum (data[i]).
+
+	sumxsqr = 0
+	sumxz = 0
+	sumx = 0
+	sumz = 0
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    x = Memr[normx+i-1]
+	    z = data[i]
+	    sumxsqr = sumxsqr + (x ** 2)
+	    sumxz   = sumxz + z * x
+	    sumz    = sumz + z
+	}
+
+	# Solve for the coefficients of the fitted line.
+	z0 = sumz / npix
+	dz = sumxz / sumxsqr
+
+	# Iterate, fitting a new line in each iteration.  Compute the flattened
+	# data vector and the sigma of the flat vector.  Compute the lower and
+	# upper k-sigma pixel rejection thresholds.  Run down the flat array
+	# and detect pixels to be rejected from the fit.  Reject pixels from
+	# the fit by subtracting their contributions from the matrix sums and
+	# marking the pixel as rejected.
+
+	ngoodpix = npix
+	minpix = max (MIN_NPIXELS, int (npix * MAX_REJECT))
+
+	for (niter=1;  niter <= maxiter;  niter=niter+1) {
+	    last_ngoodpix = ngoodpix
+
+	    # Subtract the fitted line from the data array.
+	    call zsc_flatten_data (data, Memr[flat], Memr[normx], npix, z0, dz)
+
+	    # Compute the k-sigma rejection threshold.  In principle this
+	    # could be more efficiently computed using the matrix sums
+	    # accumulated when the line was fitted, but there are problems with
+	    # numerical stability with that approach.
+
+	    ngoodpix = zsc_compute_sigma (Memr[flat], Mems[badpix], npix,
+		mean, sigma)
+	    threshold = sigma * krej
+
+	    # Detect and reject pixels further than ksigma from the fitted
+	    # line.
+	    ngoodpix = zsc_reject_pixels (data, Memr[flat], Memr[normx],
+		Mems[badpix], npix, sumxsqr, sumxz, sumx, sumz, threshold,
+		ngrow)
+
+	    # Solve for the coefficients of the fitted line.  Note that after
+	    # pixel rejection the sum of the X values need no longer be zero.
+
+	    if (ngoodpix > 0) {
+		rowrat = sumx / sumxsqr
+		z0 = (sumz - rowrat * sumxz) / (ngoodpix - rowrat * sumx)
+		dz = (sumxz - z0 * sumx) / sumxsqr
+	    }
+
+	    if (ngoodpix >= last_ngoodpix || ngoodpix < minpix)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Transform the line coefficients back to the X range [1:npix].
+	zstart = z0 - dz
+	zslope = dz * xscale
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_FLATTEN_DATA -- Compute and subtract the fitted line from the data array,
+# returned the flattened data in FLAT.
+
+procedure zsc_flatten_data (data, flat, x, npix, z0, dz)
+
+real	data[npix]		# raw data array
+real	flat[npix]		# flattened data  (output)
+real	x[npix]			# x value of each pixel
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+real	z0, dz			# z-intercept, dz/dx of fitted line
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    flat[i] = data[i] - (x[i] * dz + z0)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_COMPUTE_SIGMA -- Compute the root mean square deviation from the
+# mean of a flattened array.  Ignore rejected pixels.
+
+int procedure zsc_compute_sigma (a, badpix, npix, mean, sigma)
+
+real	a[npix]			# flattened data array
+short	badpix[npix]		# bad pixel flags (!= 0 if bad pixel)
+int	npix
+real	mean, sigma		# (output)
+
+real	pixval
+int	i, ngoodpix
+double	sum, sumsq, temp
+
+begin
+	sum = 0
+	sumsq = 0
+	ngoodpix = 0
+
+	# Accumulate sum and sum of squares.
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    if (badpix[i] == GOOD_PIXEL) {
+		pixval = a[i]
+		ngoodpix = ngoodpix + 1
+		sum = sum + pixval
+		sumsq = sumsq + pixval ** 2
+	    }
+
+	# Compute mean and sigma.
+	switch (ngoodpix) {
+	case 0:
+	    mean = INDEF
+	    sigma = INDEF
+	case 1:
+	    mean = sum
+	    sigma = INDEF
+	default:
+	    mean = sum / ngoodpix
+	    temp = sumsq / (ngoodpix - 1) - sum**2 / (ngoodpix * (ngoodpix - 1))
+	    if (temp < 0)		# possible with roundoff error
+		sigma = 0.0
+	    else
+		sigma = sqrt (temp)
+	}
+
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_REJECT_PIXELS -- Detect and reject pixels more than "threshold" greyscale
+# units from the fitted line.  The residuals about the fitted line are given
+# by the "flat" array, while the raw data is in "data".  Each time a pixel
+# is rejected subtract its contributions from the matrix sums and flag the
+# pixel as rejected.  When a pixel is rejected reject its neighbors out to
+# a specified radius as well.  This speeds up convergence considerably and
+# produces a more stringent rejection criteria which takes advantage of the
+# fact that bad pixels tend to be clumped.  The number of pixels left in the
+# fit is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure zsc_reject_pixels (data, flat, normx, badpix, npix,
+				 sumxsqr, sumxz, sumx, sumz, threshold, ngrow)
+
+real	data[npix]		# raw data array
+real	flat[npix]		# flattened data array
+real	normx[npix]		# normalized x values of pixels
+short	badpix[npix]		# bad pixel flags (!= 0 if bad pixel)
+int	npix
+double	sumxsqr,sumxz,sumx,sumz	# matrix sums
+real	threshold		# threshold for pixel rejection
+int	ngrow			# number of pixels of growing
+
+int	ngoodpix, i, j
+real	residual, lcut, hcut
+double	x, z
+
+begin
+	ngoodpix = npix
+	lcut = -threshold
+	hcut = threshold
+
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    if (badpix[i] == BAD_PIXEL)
+		ngoodpix = ngoodpix - 1
+	    else {
+		residual = flat[i]
+		if (residual < lcut || residual > hcut) {
+		    # Reject the pixel and its neighbors out to the growing
+		    # radius.  We must be careful how we do this to avoid
+		    # directional effects.  Do not turn off thresholding on
+		    # pixels in the forward direction; mark them for rejection
+		    # but do not reject until they have been thresholded.
+		    # If this is not done growing will not be symmetric.
+
+		    do j = max(1,i-ngrow), min(npix,i+ngrow) {
+			if (badpix[j] != BAD_PIXEL) {
+			    if (j <= i) {
+				x = normx[j]
+				z = data[j]
+				sumxsqr = sumxsqr - (x ** 2)
+				sumxz = sumxz - z * x
+				sumx = sumx - x
+				sumz = sumz - z
+				badpix[j] = BAD_PIXEL
+				ngoodpix = ngoodpix - 1
+			    } else
+				badpix[j] = REJECT_PIXEL
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zsttim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zsttim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc6c91f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zsttim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <knet.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# ZSTTIM -- Return status on binary file display device.
+
+procedure zsttim (chan, what, lvalue)
+
+int	chan[ARB], what
+long	lvalue
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call zsttgd (iischan, what, lvalue)
+		
+	if (what == FSTT_MAXBUFSIZE) {
+	    # Return the maximum transfer size in bytes.
+	    if (lvalue == 0)
+		lvalue = FSTT_MAXBUFSIZE
+	    if (!packit)
+		lvalue = min (IIS_MAXBUFSIZE, lvalue) * 2
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zwndim.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zwndim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d27027cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zwndim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"zdisplay.h"
+
+# ZWNDIM -- Window binary file display device.
+
+procedure zwndim (chan)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iiswnd3 (chan, chan, chan)
+	}
+end
+
+procedure zwndim3 (chan1, chan2, chan3)
+
+int	chan1[ARB], chan2[ARB], chan3[ARB]
+int	device
+
+begin
+	device = chan1[1] / DEVCODE
+	switch (device) {
+	case IIS_CHAN:
+	    call iiswnd3 (chan1, chan2, chan3)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/display/zzdebug.x b/pkg/images/tv/display/zzdebug.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb642d42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/display/zzdebug.x
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+task	mktest	= t_mktest,
+	sigl2	= t_sigl2,
+	wrimage = t_wrimage,
+	zscale	= t_zscale,
+	rcur	= t_rcur
+
+define	TWOPI	6.23
+
+
+# MKTEST -- Make a test image containing a circularly symetric sinusoid.
+
+procedure t_mktest()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	nx, ny
+int	i, j
+real	period, xcen, ycen, radius
+pointer	im, line
+
+int	clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	immap(), impl2r()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("imname", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (imname, NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+
+	nx = clgeti ("nx")
+	ny = clgeti ("ny")
+	period = clgetr ("period")
+
+	IM_LEN(im,1) = nx
+	IM_LEN(im,2) = ny
+
+	xcen = (nx + 1) / 2.0
+	ycen = (ny + 1) / 2.0
+
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    line = impl2r (im, j)
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		radius = sqrt ((i - xcen) ** 2 + (j - ycen) ** 2)
+		Memr[line+i-1] = sin ((radius / period) * TWOPI) * 255.0
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+# READ -- Benchmark scaled input procedure.
+
+procedure t_sigl2 ()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+pointer	im, si, buf
+int	i, nx, ny, xblk, yblk
+pointer	sigl2_setup(), sigl2s(), immap()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("imname", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (imname, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	nx = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	ny = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	xblk = INDEFI
+	yblk = INDEFI
+	si = sigl2_setup (im, 1.0,real(nx),nx,xblk, 1.0,real(ny),ny,yblk,0)
+
+	do i = 1, ny
+	    buf = sigl2s (si, i)
+
+	call sigl2_free (si)
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+# WRIMAGE -- Benchmark image output as used in the display program.
+
+procedure t_wrimage ()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	i, ncols, nlines
+pointer	im, buf
+int	clgeti()
+pointer	immap(), imps2s()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("imname", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (imname, NEW_IMAGE, 0)
+
+	ncols  = clgeti ("ncols")
+	nlines = clgeti ("nlines")
+
+	IM_LEN(im,1) = ncols
+	IM_LEN(im,2) = nlines
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im) = TY_SHORT
+
+	do i = 1, nlines
+	    buf = imps2s (im, 1, ncols, i, i)
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+end
+
+
+# ZSCALE -- Test the zscale procedure, used to determine the smallest range of
+# greyscale values which preserves the most information in an image.
+
+procedure t_zscale()
+
+char	imname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	sample_size, len_stdline
+real	z1, z2, contrast
+int	clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	im, immap()
+
+begin	
+	call clgstr ("imname", imname, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (imname, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	sample_size = clgeti ("npix")
+	len_stdline = clgeti ("stdline")
+	contrast    = clgetr ("contrast")
+
+	call zscale (im, z1, z2, contrast, sample_size, len_stdline)
+	call printf ("z1=%g, z2=%g\n")
+	    call pargr (z1)
+	    call pargr (z2)
+end
+
+
+# RCUR -- Try reading the image cursor.
+
+procedure t_rcur()
+
+real	x, y
+int	wcs, key
+int	wci, pause
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+char	strval[SZ_LINE]
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	btoi(), clgeti(), imdrcur()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	wci = clgeti ("wcs")
+	pause = btoi (clgetb ("pause"))
+
+	while (imdrcur (device, x,y,wcs,key,strval,SZ_LINE, wci,pause) != EOF) {
+	    call printf ("%8.2f %8.2f %d %o %s\n")
+		call pargr (x)
+		call pargr (y)
+		call pargi (wcs)
+		call pargi (key)
+		call pargstr (strval)
+	    if (key == 'q')
+		break
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/doc/Tv.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/doc/Tv.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c48bbe2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/doc/Tv.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+.helpsys dcontrol Feb84 "Image Display Control"
+.ce
+\fBImage Display Control Software\fR
+.ce
+Technical Specifications
+.ce
+February 17, 1984
+
+
+.nh
+Virtual Display Characteristics
+
+    The display device is assumed to have N image memories or frames,
+where N is at least one.  All frames are assumed to be the same size and depth.
+The frame size and depth (number of bits per pixel) are constant for a device.
+There should be at least one graphics frame.  The virtual interface associates
+one graphics frame with each image frame, but at the device level the graphics
+may be or-ed together and displayed on a single plane, if necessary.
+A lookup table is associated with each image frame buffer and with each
+color gun.  The input of a color gun is the sum of the outputs of zero
+or more frame buffers.  There must be at least one cursor.
+
+.nh 2
+Basic Functions
+
+    The virtual display device is assumed to provide the following
+minimal set of basic functions.
+.ls 4
+.ls [1]
+Read or write an image frame buffer.  Random addressability of pixels
+is not assumed; writes may be aligned on image lines if necessary.
+The ability to write more than one image line in a single transfer is assumed.
+.le
+.ls [2]
+Erase an entire image frame buffer.
+.le
+.ls [3]
+Read or write an image frame lookup table.
+.le
+.ls [4]
+Read or write the pseudocolor lookup table.
+.le
+.ls [5]
+Connect the output of one or more image frame lookup tables to a
+color gun (used to select the frame to be displayed, etc.).
+.le
+.ls [6]
+Read or write the position of a cursor.
+.le
+.ls [7]
+Read, write, or "or into" a graphics overlay bit plane.  A one bit
+graphics plane is associated with each image frame.  Graphics planes
+may be erased and turned on and off independently of each other and
+the image planes.  A read or write operation may reference any combination
+of graphics planes simultaneously, permitting multicolor vector graphics.
+A single lookup table is used to assign a color to each graphics plane.
+.le
+.le
+
+
+The following functions are supported but are not required.
+.ls
+.ls [8]
+Zoom and pan.
+.le
+.ls [9]
+Split screen: simultaneous display of any two frames, horizontal or vertical
+split through the center of the display.
+.le
+.le
+
+
+Blinking of two or more image frames is provided in software.  Character and
+vector generation in the graphics overlays is only provided in software in the
+current interface.
+
+.nh 2
+Lookup Tables
+
+    A monochrome lookup table is associated with each image frame and with
+each of the three color guns (red, green, and blue).  A lookup table may be
+read and written independently of any other lookup table or image frame.
+The image frame lookup tables are used principally for window stretch
+enhancement (contrast and dc offset), and the color lookup tables are used
+for pseudocolor.
+
+Our model assumes that the input of each color gun may be connected to the
+sum of the lookup table outputs of zero or more image frames.  Furthermore,
+each color gun assignment may be specified independently of that for any
+other color gun.  The more common display modes are shown below.  The table
+illustrates the assignment of image frames to color guns.  If only one image
+frame combination appears in the list, that one combination is taken to be
+assigned to each gun.  Thus, "RGB = 123" indicates that the \fIsum\fR of the
+outputs of frames 1, 2, and 3 is assigned to \fIeach\fR of the three color guns.
+
+.nf
+	RGB = 1		single frame monochrome, pseudocolor, etc.
+	RGB = 1,2,3	true color (R=1, G=2, B=3)
+	RGB = 123	multi frame monochrome, pseudocolor, etc.
+.fi
+
+On many displays, there will be restrictions on the ways in which frames
+may be assigned to guns.  For example, many displays will not permit a gun
+to be assigned to more than one frame.
+
+Our model also associates a single monochrome lookup table with each of
+the three color guns.  By feeding the same input into each of the guns,
+but loading a different lookup table into each gun, many types of
+pseudocolor enhancement are possible.  If monochrome enhancement or
+true color is desired, the color lookup tables are normally all set to
+provide a one to one mapping, effectively taking them out of the circuit.
+
+.nh 2
+Cursors
+
+    Each image display device is assumed to have at least one cursor,
+with the following associated control functions:
+.ls 4
+.ls [1]
+Read cursor position.  The one-indexed coordinates of the center of the
+visible cursor are returned.  The origin is assumed to be consistent
+with that used for reading and writing image data, but is otherwise
+undefined.  A read should return immediately (sample mode), rather than
+wait for some external event to occur (event mode).
+.le
+.ls [2]
+Write cursor position.  A read followed by a write does not move the
+cursor.  Cursor motions do not affect image data in any way.
+.le
+.ls [3]
+Disable cursor (invisible cursor).
+.le
+.ls [4]
+Enable cursor.
+.le
+.ls [5]
+Blink cursor.
+.le
+.le
+
+.nh
+Display Control Software
+
+    A single executable process contains all display control functions.
+A separate process (executable image) is provided for each display device.
+All display control processes behave identically at the CL level.  The STDIMAGE
+environment variable is used to select the particular display control process
+to be run.
+
+
+.ks
+.nf
+		user interface
+			display control process
+				virtual device interface
+					physical device
+.fi
+
+.ce
+Structure of the Display Control Software
+.ke
+
+
+The display control process consists of a device independent part and a
+device dependent part.  The device dependent part provides the virtual
+device control and data functions identified in section 1.
+The specifications of the virtual device interface have not yet been written,
+though a prototype interface has been implemented for the IIS model 70.
+In the long run, the virtual device interface may be provided by an
+extension to GKS (the Graphical Kernel System).
+
+.nh 2
+User Interfaces
+
+    At least two user interfaces are planned for display control.  The first,
+and most transportable, interface will be a conventional CL level command
+interface.  Separate commands will be provided for frame selection,
+enhancement selection, frame erase, windowing, blinking, etc.  The second
+interface will be a menu driven interface run on a dedicated terminal
+with touch screen overlay for input.  This latter interface will run
+asynchronously with the user terminal, and will therefore provide access
+to the display at all times, as well as increased functionality and
+interactiveness.  Both user interfaces will use the same virtual device
+interface.
+
+.nh 3
+The Display Control Package
+
+    The command oriented image display control interface will be implemented
+as a set of CL callable tasks in the package \fBimages.dcontrol\fR.
+The new \fBdcontrol\fR package will include the \fBdisplay\fR program,
+used to load images into the image display device, and any other programs
+specifically concerned with the image display device.
+The specifications for the package are given below (excluding the \fBdisplay\fR
+program, which is documented elsewhere).  All control functions operate
+independently of each other, i.e., without side effects, unless otherwise noted.
+
+
+.ks
+.nf
+      blink         dsave         initdisplay   rgb           
+      contour       frame         lumatch       splitscreen   
+      display       grclear       monochrome    window        
+      drestore      imclear       pseudocolor   zoom          
+.fi
+
+.ce
+The \fBDcontrol\fR Package
+.ke
+
+
+The basic \fBdcontrol\fR package is shown above, and further documentation
+is given below.  Additional routines will be added in the future.
+These will include:
+.ls
+.ls [1]
+An display routine wherein the image histogram is computed and plotted,
+then the user interactively marks the intensity region to be mapped into
+the display, using the graphics cursor.
+.le
+.ls [2]
+A routine for reading out a monochrome display into an imagefile,
+which is then plotted on a hardcopy device (i.e., the Dicomed).
+.le
+.ls [3]
+A routine for drawing vectors, marks, and text strings into a graphics
+overlay.
+.le
+.le
+
+The display status should not be modified upon entry to the package, i.e.,
+the display should not change except under control of the user.
+For example, if a new user logs on and a previous user's image is still
+loaded and being displayed in pseudocolor, the control software should not
+suddenly change the display mode to RGB, merely because the new user left
+the display in RGB mode when they last logged off.  The physical display
+device is the important reference frame. 
+[N.B.: See also \fBdsave\fR and \fBdrestore\fR].
+
+.ls
+.ls \fBblink\fR (frame1, frame2 [, ... frameN] [, rate=1])
+The indicated frames are blinked at a rate given by the hidden parameter
+\fIrate\fR.  The positional arguments are the frame numbers;
+a variable number of arguments are permitted.  The order of the arguments
+determines the order in which the frames are displayed.  The same frame
+may appear any number of times in the list, permitting different frames
+to be displayed for various lengths of time.
+.le
+.ls \fBcontour\fR ([frame])
+The operation of this routine is very similar to that of \fBwindow\fR.
+A cursor device is interactively used to control the spacing and width
+of black contour lines, written with equal spacing into the image
+lookup table.  The window transfer function is not changed, other than
+to black out the regions where the contour bands fall.  Since only the
+image frame lookup table is affected, this routine may be used with any
+form of enhancement (i.e., pseudocolor).
+.le
+.ls \fBdsave\fR (save_file [, image=1234, graphics=1234])
+The full control status of the display, and optionally the image and
+graphics memories, are saved in the named savefile for later restoration by
+\fBdrestore\fR.  By default all image and graphics memories are saved;
+the hidden parameters \fBimage\fR and \fBgraphics\fR may be used to
+indicate the specific image frames or graphics planes to be saved,
+if desired.
+.le
+.ls \fBdrestore\fR (savefile)
+The display device is restored to a previously saved state from the named
+savefile.
+.le
+.ls \fBframe\fR (frame_number)
+Select single frame mode and display the indicated frame.  Frame enhancement
+is not affected.  This command will clear any multiple frame modes
+(rgb, blink, split screen, etc.) previously in effect.
+.le
+.ls \fBgrclear\fR (frame)
+The specified graphics frame is cleared.  If the frame number is zero,
+all graphics frames are cleared.
+.le
+.ls \fBimclear\fR (frame)
+The specified image frame is cleared.  If the frame number is zero,
+all image frames are cleared.
+.le
+.ls \fBinitdisplay\fR
+Initializes the image display to a default (device dependent) state.
+All image and graphics memories are cleared, all lookup tables are
+set to a default mapping (usually one-to-one), the cursor is centered
+and enabled, single frame monochrome enhancement is selected, zoom,
+blink, etc. are disabled, and frame one is selected for display.
+.le
+.ls \fBmonochrome\fR
+Select monochrome enhancement (black and white).
+.le
+.ls \fBlumatch\fR (frame, reference_frame)
+The image frame lookup table of the first frame is matched to that of
+the reference frame.
+.le
+.ls \fBpseudocolor\fR (type_of_pseudocolor [, ncolors=64])
+Select one of the many possible pseudocolor enhancement modes.  A single
+string type argument selects the type of enhancement to be displayed.
+The hidden parameter \fBncolors\fR controls the maximum number of
+colors to be displayed; permissible values are limited to powers of
+two.  Pseudocolor is a contrast enhancement technique, and is most useful for
+smooth images.  The types of pseudocolor enhancement currently implemented
+are the following:
+.ls
+.ls linear
+The full range of greylevels are uniformly mapped into a spectrum of colors
+ranging from blue through red.
+.le
+.ls random
+A randomly selected color is assigned to each output greylevel.
+This mode provides maximum discrimination between successive greylevels.
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+Selecting a pseudocolor or monochrome enhancement mode does not change the
+windowing.  After selecting an enhancement mode, \fBwindow\fR may be used
+to control the number and range of color or grey levels in the image.
+The number of greylevels or colors actually displayed will depend on the
+smoothness of the input frames, and on how the input frames are windowed.
+.le
+.ls \fBrgb\fR [red=1, green=2, blue=3]
+True color mode is selected, i.e., the specified red frames are mapped
+to the red gun, the green frames are mapped to the green gun, and so on.
+The hidden parameters \fIred\fR, \fIgreen\fR, and \fIblue\fR define
+the mapping of image frames to guns.  On some displays, it may be possible
+to additively assign more than one frame to a single gun, i.e., "red=123"
+would assign the sum of frames 1 through 3 to the red gun.
+If pseudocolor enhancement was previously in effect it may or may not
+be cleared, depending on the display characteristics.
+.le
+.ls \fBsplitscreen\fR (frame, frame [, vertical=yes])
+Two images are displayed simultaneously, one on either half of the image.
+The two images may be split either horizontally or vertically.
+.le
+.ls \fBwindow\fR [frame] [, ...frame]
+This command causes a linear mapping function to be repetitively loaded
+into the lookup table for one or more image frames.  If no frame
+arguments are given, the frame or frames currently displayed are windowed.
+In RGB mode, for example, all frames are simultaneously windowed by
+default.  The \fBhjklHJKL\fR keys on the terminal, the trackball,
+or some other analog input device associated with the display, may be used
+to interactively adjust the mapping.  As the mapping is changed, the cursor
+will be seen to move on the display.  Vertical motions control the contrast
+and whether or not a positive or negative image is displayed; the highest
+contrast lies furthest from the center.  Horizontal motions adjust the dc
+offset. [N.B.: Initialize the cursor position to reflect the current mapping
+before entering the loop, to avoid any abrupt changes in the windowing.]
+.le
+.ls \fBzoom\fR (scale_factor)
+The current display is magnified by the indicated scale factor, which
+is normally limited to small powers of two (i.e., 1, 2, 4, and 8).
+While in zoom mode, the cursor controls the position of the viewport window 
+on the full image.
+.le
+.le
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/doc/bpmedit.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/doc/bpmedit.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2350b846
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/doc/bpmedit.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+.help bpmedit Aug07 images.tv
+.ih
+NAME
+bpmedit -- examine and edit bad pixel masks associated with images
+.ih
+USAGE
+bpmedit images
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls images
+List of images whose bad pixel masks are to be edit.  The images must
+contain the keyword BPM whose value is an existing bad pixel mask to
+be edit.  If the keyword is missing or the mask does not exit a warning
+is issued and the task proceeds to the next image.
+.le
+.ls bpmkey = "BPM"
+The mask to be edited is defined by the value of this keyword.
+.le
+.ls frame = 1
+The display frame where the image with the mask overlay is shown.
+.le
+.ls refframe = 2
+The display frame with the image without the mask is shown.
+.le
+.ls command = "display ..."
+Command for displaying and updating the mask overlay.  This is the
+command used with \fBimedit\fR.  This should be changed with care.
+In the string the following changes are made:
+
+.nf
+    $image -- substitute the image
+     $mask -- substitute the mask being edited
+    $frame -- substitute the value of the frame parameter
+    $erase -- substituted by imedit
+.fi
+.le
+
+.ls display = yes
+Use the task interactively with the display?  This sets the behavior
+of \fBimedit\fR as described for the parameter of the same name.
+.le
+.ls cursor = ""
+Image cursor input.  This is normally either a null string for interactive
+display editing or the value of a file with cursor commands to edit
+non-interactively.  See the help for \fBimedit\fR for more information.
+.le
+
+.ih
+ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS
+
+This task calls \fBdisplay\fR to load the image display and \fBimedit\fR
+to do the editing.  The current default parameters are used from those
+tasks except the image names, frames, and the display command are set by
+this task.  Also the search radius is set to zero (i.e. no centering).
+Also the \fIdisplay\fR and \fIcursor\fR parameters override the
+values of the parameters of the same name in \fBimedit\fR.  Of particular
+note is the default value for imedit.value which defines the mask value to
+be set initially.  This value may be changed interactively in \fBimedit\fR.
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+\fBBpmedit\fR is a variant of \fBimedit\fR.  It displays the input images
+with the masks overlaid.  The mask is defined
+by the value of the keyword keywords specified by the \fIbpmkey\fR
+parameter.  The editing commands apply to the mask overlay and not the
+image pixels.  In this application the edited values should be integer mask
+values.  In the usual case where zero indicates good pixels and non-zero
+indicates bad pixels one can set and unset values by changing current
+replacement value with ":value".  Two useful parameters, ":minvalue"
+and ":maxvalue", are useful in this context to allow editing only
+specific ranges of mask values.  Note that many of the imedit options are
+not useful for mask editing.  The '?' keystroke prints a list of the
+useful cursor and colon commands.  This list is also shown below.
+
+Because it is common to want to see the image pixels to which the
+mask values apply this task loads two image display frames.  In one the
+mask is overlaid and changes to the mask are updated with the
+redisplay options of imedit (note the options to turn on and off
+automatic redisplay).  In the second the image without the mask is
+displayed.  The editing commands may be given in either frame but the
+mask updates will appear only in the mask overlay frame.
+
+This task also provides the parameters \fIdisplay\fR and \fIcursor\fR
+to use \fBimedit\fR in a non-interactive manner as described for that
+task.  Because only the setting and clearing of rectangles, circles,
+or vectors makes sense with this task this may not be of great use.
+Also there are many other tasks that can be used to edit masks
+non-interactively.
+
+Please read the help for \fBimedit\fR for details of the editing
+process.
+
+.nf
+		BPMEDIT CURSOR KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+
+    The following are the useful commands for BPMEDIT.  Note all
+    the commands for IMEDIT are available but only those shown
+    here should be used for editing pixel masks.
+     
+	?	Print help
+	:	Colon commands (see below)
+	i	Initialize (start over without saving changes)
+	q	Quit and save changes
+	r	Redraw image display
+	+	Increase radius by one
+	-	Decrease radius by one
+	I	Interrupt task immediately
+	Q	Quit without saving changes
+
+    The following editing options are available.  Rectangular
+    and vector regions are specified with two positions and
+    aperture regions are specified by one position.  The current
+    aperture type (circular or square) is used in the latter
+    case.  All the following substitute the new value set for
+    the "value" parameter (see :value).  Some replace all pixels
+    within the mask that have the same pixel value as the value
+    at the cursor position.
+
+	d 	Set rectangle to "value"
+	e 	Set aperture to "value"
+	u	Undo last change (see also 'i', 'j', and 'k')
+	v       Set vector to "value"
+	=	Replace pixels = to "cursor value" to "value"
+	<	Replace pixels < or = to "cursor value" to "value"
+	>	Replace pixels > than or = to "cursor value" to "value"
+
+
+		BPMEDIT COLON COMMANDS
+
+    The colon either print the current value of a parameter when
+    there is no value or set the parameter to the specified
+    value.
+
+    aperture [type]	 Aperture type (circular|square)
+    autodisplay [yes|no] Automatic image display?
+    command [string]	 Display command
+    display [yes|no]	 Display image?
+    eparam		 Edit parameters
+    radius [value]	 Aperture radius
+    value [value]	 Constant substitution value
+    minvalue [value]	 Minimum value for modification (INDEF=minimum)
+    maxvalue [value]	 Maximum value for modification (INDEF=maximum)
+    write [name]	 Write changes to name
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1.  Interactively edit a mask.
+ 
+.nf
+    cl> bpmedit wpix
+.fi
+ 
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+imedit, display, badpiximage, text2mask, mskexpr, mskregions, imexpr
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/doc/display.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/doc/display.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e8670c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/doc/display.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+.help display Mar97 images.tv
+.ih
+NAME
+display -- Load and display images in an image display
+.ih
+USAGE
+display image frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+Image to be loaded.
+.le
+.ls frame
+Display frame to be loaded.
+.le
+
+.ls bpmask = "BPM"
+Bad pixel mask.  The bad pixel mask is used to exclude bad pixels from the
+automatic intensity mapping algorithm.  It may also be displayed as an
+overlay or to interpolate the input image as selected by the \fIbpdisplay\fR
+parameter.  The bad pixel mask is specified by a pixel list image
+(.pl extension) or an regular image.  Values greater than zero define the
+bad pixels.  The special value "BPM" may be specified to select a pixel list
+image defined in the image header under the keyword "BPM".  If the
+bad pixel mask cannot be found a warning is given and the bad pixel mask
+is not used in the display.
+.le
+.ls bpdisplay = "none" (none|overlay|interpolate)
+Type of display for the bad pixel mask.  The options are "none" to not
+display the mask, "overlay" to display as an overlay with the colors given
+by the \fIbpcolors\fR parameter, or "interpolate" to linearly interpolate
+across the bad pixels in the displayed image.  Note that the bad is still
+used in the automatic intensity scaling regardless of the type of display
+for the bad pixel mask.
+.le
+.ls bpcolors = "red"
+The mapping between bad pixel values and display colors or intensity values
+when the bad pixels are displayed as an overlay.  There are two forms,
+explicit color assignments for values or ranges of values, and expressions.
+These is described in the OVERLAY COLOR section.
+.le
+
+.ls overlay = ""
+Overlay mask to be displayed.  The overlay mask may be a pixel list image
+(.pl extension) or a regular image.  Overlay pixels are identified by
+values greater than zero.  The overlay values are displayed with a mapping
+given by the \fIocolors\fR parameter.  If the overlay cannot be found a
+warning is given and the overlay is not displayed.
+.le
+.ls ocolors = "green"
+The mapping between bad pixel values and display colors or intensity values
+when the bad pixels are displayed as an overlay.  There are two forms,
+explicit color assignments for values or ranges of values, and expressions.
+These is described in the OVERLAY COLOR section.
+.le
+
+.ls erase = yes
+Erase frame before loading image?
+.le
+.ls border_erase = no
+Erase unfilled area of window in display frame if the whole frame is not
+erased?
+.le
+.ls select_frame = yes
+Select the display frame to be the same as the frame being loaded?
+.le
+.ls repeat = no
+Repeat the previous spatial and intensity transformations?
+.le
+.ls fill = no
+Interpolate the image to fit the display window?
+.le
+.ls zscale = yes
+Apply an automatic intensity mapping algorithm when loading the image?
+.le
+.ls contrast = 0.25
+Contrast factor for the automatic intensity mapping algorithm.
+If a value of zero is given then the minimum and maximum of the
+intensity sample is used.
+.le
+.ls zrange = yes
+If not using the automatic mapping algorithm (\fIzscale = no\fR) map the
+full range of the image intensity to the full range of the display?  If the
+displayed image has current min/max values defined these will be used to
+determine the mapping, otherwise the min/max of the intensity sample will
+be used.  The \fIMINMAX\fR task can be used to update the min/max values in
+the image header.
+.le
+.ls zmask = ""
+Pixel mask selecting the sample pixels for the automatic or range intensity
+mapping algorithm.  The pixel mask may be a pixel list image (.pl
+extension), a regular image, or an image section.  The sample pixels are
+identified by values greater than zero in the masks and by the region specified
+in an image section.  If no mask specification is given then a uniform sample
+of approximately \fInsample\fR good pixels will be used.  The \fInsample\fR
+parameter also limits the number of sample pixels used from a mask.  Note that
+pixels identified by the bad pixel mask will be excluded from the sample.
+.le
+.ls nsample = 1000 (minimum of 100)
+The number of pixels from the image sampled for computing the automatic
+intensity scaling.  This number will be uniformly sampled from the image
+if the default \fIzmask\fR is used otherwise the first \fInsample\fR
+pixels from the specified mask will be used.
+.le
+.ls xcenter = 0.5, ycenter = 0.5
+Horizontal and vertical centers of the display window in normalized
+coordinates measured from the left and bottom respectively.
+.le
+.ls xsize = 1, ysize = 1
+Horizontal and vertical sizes of the display window in normalized coordinates.
+.le
+.ls xmag = 1., ymag = 1.
+Horizontal and vertical image magnifications when not filling the display
+window.  Magnifications greater than 1 map image pixels into more than 1
+display pixel and magnifications less than 1 map more than 1 image pixel
+into a display pixel.
+.le
+.ls order = 0
+Order of the interpolator to be used for spatially interpolating the image.
+The current choices are 0 for pixel replication, and 1 for bilinear
+interpolation.
+.le
+.ls z1, z2
+Minimum and maximum image intensity to be mapped to the minimum and maximum
+display levels.  These values apply when not using the automatic or range
+intensity mapping methods.
+.le
+.ls ztrans = "linear"
+Transformation of the image intensity levels to the display levels.  The
+choices are:
+.ls "linear"
+Map the minimum and maximum image intensities linearly to the minimum and
+maximum display levels.
+.le
+.ls "log"
+Map the minimum and maximum image intensities linearly to the range 1 to 1000,
+take the logarithm (base 10), and then map the logarithms to the display
+range.
+.le
+.ls "none"
+Apply no mapping of the image intensities (regardless of the values of
+\fIzcale, zrange, z1, and z2\fR).  For most image displays, values exceeding
+the maximum display value are truncated by masking the highest bits.
+This corresponds to applying a modulus operation to the intensity values
+and produces "wrap-around" in the display levels.
+.le
+.ls "user"
+User supplies a look up table of intensities and their corresponding
+greyscale values.  
+.le
+.le
+.ls lutfile = ""
+Name of text file containing the look up table when \fIztrans\fR = user.
+The table should contain two columns per line; column 1 contains the
+intensity, column 2 the desired greyscale output.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The specified image and overlay mask are loaded into the specified frame of
+the standard image display device ("stdimage").  For devices with more than
+one frame it is possible to load an image in a frame different than that
+displayed on the monitor.  An option allows the loaded frame to become the
+displayed frame.  The previous contents of the frame may be erased (which
+can be done very quickly on most display devices) before the image is
+loaded.  Without erasing, the image replaces only those pixels in the frame
+defined by the display window and spatial mapping described below.  This
+allows displaying more than one image in a frame.  An alternate erase
+option erases only those pixels in the defined display window which are not
+occupied by the image being loaded.  This is generally slower than erasing
+the entire frame and should be used only if a display window is smaller
+than the entire frame.
+
+The image is mapped both in intensity and in space.  The intensity is
+mapped from the image pixel values to the range of display values in the
+device.  Spatial interpolation maps the image pixel coordinates into a part
+of the display frame called the display window.  Many of the parameters of
+this task are related to these two transformations.
+
+A bad pixel mask may be specified to be displayed as an overlay or to
+interpolate the displayed image.  It is also used to exclude bad pixels
+from the automatic intensity scaling.  The bad pixel mask is specified by
+the parameter \fIbpmask\fR and the display mode by the \fIbpdisplay\fR
+parameter.  The overlay display option uses the \fIbpcolors\fR parameters
+to specify a color mapping as described in the OVERLAY COLOR section.
+Interpolation consists of linear interpolation across columns if the mask
+value is one, across lines if the mask value is two, or across the shortest
+direction for other values.  This interpolation is done on the input data
+before any spatial interpolation and filling is done.  It does not modify
+the input data.  The task \fBfixpix\fR provides the same algorithm to fix
+the data in the image.
+
+An overlay mask may be specified by the \fIoverlay\fR parameter.  Any
+value greater than zero in the overlay mask will be displayed in the color or
+intensity specified by the \fIocolor\fR parameter (see the OVERLAY COLOR
+section).
+
+Note that bad pixel masks in "pixel list" format are constrained to
+non-negative values.  When an image is used instead of a pixel list the
+image is internally converted to a pixel list.  Negative values are
+set to zero or good pixels and positive real values are truncated to
+the nearest integer.
+
+A display window is defined in terms of the full frame.  The lower left
+corner of the frame is (0, 0) and the upper right corner is (1, 1) as
+viewed on the monitor.  The display window is specified by a center
+(defaulted to the center of the frame (0.5, 0.5)) and a size (defaulted to
+the full size of the frame, 1 by 1).  The image is loaded only within the
+display window and does not affect data outside the window; though, of
+course, an initial frame erase erases the entire frame.  By using different
+windows one may load several images in various parts of the display frame.
+
+If the option \fIfill\fR is selected the image and overlay mask are
+spatially interpolated to fill the display window in its largest dimension
+(with an aspect ratio of 1:1).  When the display window is not
+automatically filled the image is scaled by the magnification factors
+(which need not be the same) and centered in the display window.  If the
+number of image pixels exceeds the number of display pixels in the window
+only the central portion of the image which fills the window is loaded.  By
+default the display window is the full frame, the image is not interpolated
+(no filling and magnification factors of 1), and is centered in the frame.
+The spatial interpolation algorithm is described in the section MAGNIFY AND
+FILL ALGORITHM.
+
+There are several options for mapping the pixel values to the display values.
+There are two steps; mapping a range of image intensities to
+the full display range and selecting the mapping function or
+transformation.  The mapping transformation is set by the parameter
+\fIztrans\fR.  The most direct mapping is "none" which loads the
+image pixel values directly without any transformation or range
+mapping.  Most displays only use the lowest bits resulting in a
+wrap-around effect for images with a range exceeding the display range.
+This is sometimes desirable because it produces a contoured image which
+is not saturated at the brightest or weakest points.
+This is the fastest method of loading the display.  Another
+transformation, "linear", maps the selected image range linearly to the full
+display range.  The logarithmic transformation, "log", maps the image range
+linearly between 1 and 1000 and then maps the logarithm (base 10) linearly
+to the full display range.  In the latter transformations pixel values
+greater than selected maximum display intensity are set to the maximum
+display value and pixel values less than the minimum intensity
+are set to the minimum display value.
+
+Methods for setting of the range of image pixel values, \fIz1\fR and
+\fIz2\fR, to be mapped to the full display range are arranged in a
+hierarchy from an automatic mapping which gives generally good result for
+typical astronomical images to those requiring the user to specify the
+mapping in detail.  The automatic mapping is selected with the parameter
+\fIzscale\fR.  The automatic mapping algorithm is described in the section
+ZSCALE ALGORITHM and has three parameters, \fIzmask\fR, \fInsample\fR and
+\fIcontrast\fR.
+
+When \fIztrans\fR = user, a look up table of intensity values and their
+corresponding greyscale levels is read from the file specified by the
+\fIlutfile\fR parameter.  From this information, a piecewise linear
+look up table containing 4096 discrete values is composed.  The text
+format table contains two columns per line; column 1 contains the
+intensity, column 2 the desired greyscale output.  The greyscale values
+specified by the user must match those available on the output device.
+Task \fIshowcap\fR can be used to determine the range of acceptable
+greyscale levels.  When \fIztrans\fR = user, parameters \fIzscale\fR,
+\fIzrange\fR and \fIzmap\fR are ignored.
+
+If the zscale algorithm is not selected the \fIzrange\fR parameter is
+examined.  If \fIzrange\fR is yes then the minimum and maximum pixel values
+in the image are taken from the image header or estimated from the
+intensity sample and \fIz1\fR and \fIz1\fR are set to those values,
+respectively.  This insures that the full range of the image is displayed
+but is generally slower than the zscale algorithm (because all the image
+pixels must be examined) and, for images with a large dynamic range, will
+generally show only the brightest parts of the image.
+
+Finally, if the zrange algorithm is not selected the user specifies the
+values of \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR directly.
+
+Often several images are to be loaded with the same intensity and spatial
+transformations.  The option \fIrepeat\fR repeats the transformations from
+the previous image loaded.
+.ih
+ZSCALE ALGORITHM
+The zscale algorithm is designed to display the image values near the median
+image value without the time consuming process of computing a full image
+histogram.  This is particularly useful for astronomical images which
+generally have a very peaked histogram corresponding to the background
+sky in direct imaging or the continuum in a two dimensional spectrum.
+
+The sample of pixels, specified by values greater than zero in the sample mask
+\fIzmask\fR or by an image section, is selected up to a maximum of
+\fInsample\fR pixels.  If a bad pixel mask is specified by the \fIbpmask\fR
+parameter then any pixels with mask values which are greater than zero are not
+counted in the sample.  Only the first pixels up to the limit are selected
+where the order is by line beginning from the first line.  If no mask is
+specified then a grid of pixels with even spacing along lines and columns
+that make up a number less than or equal to the maximum sample size is
+used.
+
+If a \fIcontrast\fR of zero is specified (or the \fIzrange\fR flag is
+used and the image does not have a valid minimum/maximum value) then
+the minimum and maximum of the sample is used for the intensity mapping
+range.
+
+If the contrast is not zero the sample pixels are ranked in brightness to
+form the function I(i) where i is the rank of the pixel and I is its
+value.  Generally the midpoint of this function (the median) is very near
+the peak of the image histogram and there is a well defined slope about the
+midpoint which is related to the width of the histogram.  At the ends of
+the I(i) function there are a few very bright and dark pixels due to
+objects and defects in the field.  To determine the slope a linear function
+is fit with iterative rejection;
+
+        I(i) = intercept + slope * (i - midpoint)
+
+If more than half of the points are rejected then there is no well defined
+slope and the full range of the sample defines \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR.
+Otherwise the endpoints of the linear function are used (provided they are
+within the original range of the sample):
+
+.nf
+        z1 = I(midpoint) + (slope / contrast) * (1 - midpoint)
+        z2 = I(midpoint) + (slope / contrast) * (npoints - midpoint)
+.fi
+
+As can be seen, the parameter \fIcontrast\fR may be used to adjust the contrast
+produced by this algorithm.
+.ih
+MAGNIFY AND FILL ALGORITHM
+The spatial interpolation algorithm magnifies (or demagnifies) the image
+(and the bad pixel and overlay masks) along each axis by the desired
+amount.  The fill option is a special case of magnification in that the
+magnification factors are set by the requirement that the image just fit
+the display window in its maximum dimension with an aspect ratio (ratio of
+magnifications) of 1.  There are two requirements on the interpolation
+algorithm; all the image pixels must contribute to the interpolated image
+and the interpolation must be time efficient.  The second requirement means
+that simple linear interpolation is used.  If more complex interpolation is
+desired then tasks in the IMAGES package must be used to first interpolate
+the image to the desired size before loading the display frame.
+
+If the magnification factors are greater than 0.5 (sampling step size
+less than 2) then the image is simply interpolated.  However, if the
+magnification factors are less than 0.5 (sampling step size greater
+than 2) the image is first block averaged by the smallest amount such
+that magnification in the reduced image is again greater than 0.5.
+Then the reduced image is interpolated to achieve the desired
+magnifications.  The reason for block averaging rather than simply
+interpolating with a step size greater than 2 is the requirement that
+all of the image pixels contribute to the displayed image.  If this is
+not desired then the user can explicitly subsample using image
+sections.  The effective difference is that with subsampling the
+pixel-to-pixel noise is unchanged and small features may be lost due to
+the subsampling.  With block averaging pixel-to-pixel noise is reduced
+and small scale features still contribute to the displayed image.
+.ih
+OVERLAY COLORS
+The masks specified by the \fIbpmask\fR and \fIoverlay\fR parameters may be
+displayed as color overlays on the image data.  The non-zero pixels in the
+mask are assigned integer display values.  The values may fall in the same
+range, 1 to 200, as the mapped image pixel data values and will behave the
+same way as the pixel values when the display map is interactively adjusted.
+Values of 0 and 201 to 255 may be used and depend on the display server and
+display resource definitions.  The expected or standard server behavior is
+that 0 is the background color and 201 to 255 are various colors with the
+lower numbers being the more standard primary colors.  The expected colors
+are:
+
+.nf
+        Value   Color               Value   Color
+        201     white (cursor)      210     coral
+        202     black (background)  211     maroon
+        203     white               212     orange
+        204     red                 213     khaki
+        205     green               214     orchid
+        206     blue                215     turquoise
+        207     yellow              216     violet
+        208     cyan                217     wheat
+        209     magenta
+.fi
+
+The values 201 and 202 are tied to the cursor and background resource
+colors.  These are generally white and black respectively.  Values above 217
+are not defined and depend on the current state of the color table for the
+window system.
+
+The mapping between mask values and overlay colors are specified
+by the \fIbpcolors\fR and \fIocolors\fR parameters.  There are two mapping
+syntax, a list and an expression.
+
+The list syntax consists of
+a comma delimited set of values and assignments with one of the following
+forms.
+
+.nf
+    color
+    maskvalue=color
+    maskvalue-maskvalue=color
+.fi
+
+where color may be a color name, a color value, or value to be added or
+subtracted to the mask value to yield a color value.  Color names may be
+black, white, red, green, blue, yellow, cyan, magenta, or transparent with
+case ignored and abbreviations allowed.  Transparent does the obvious of
+being invisible.  These values are based on the default resource colors for
+the display servers (as shown above) and any custom definitions may result
+in incorrect colors.
+
+The color values are unsigned integers (no '+' or '-') or values to be added
+or subtracted are given as signed integers.  The first form provides the
+default intensity or color for all mask values.  Note that if no default
+color is specified the default will be white.  The other forms map a mask
+value or range of mask values to a color.  In a list the last color defined
+for the default or mask value will be used.
+
+The addition or subtraction from mask values provides a mechanism to have
+the bad pixel or overlay masks encode a variety of overlay colors.  Note
+that to display the mask values directly as colors one would use the color
+value "+0".  Subtraction may produce values less than zero which then
+are not visible; i.e. equivalent to "transparent".
+
+The following examples illustrate the features of the syntax.
+
+.nf
+    ocolors=""          Display in default white
+    ocolors="red"       Display in red
+    ocolors="+0"        Display mask values as color values
+    ocolors="+200"      Display mask values offset by 200
+
+    ocolors="205,1=red,2=yellow,10-20=cyan,30-40=+100,50-100=transparent"
+.fi
+
+The last example has a default color of 205, mask values of 1 are
+red, mask values of 2 are yellow, mask values of 10 to 20 are cyan,
+and mask values of 30 to 40 are displayed as intensities 130 to 140.
+
+Expressions are identified by being enclosed in parentheses.
+This uses the general IRAF expression syntax (see \fBexpressions\fR).
+The mask values are referenced by the character $.  The same named
+colors (black, white, red, green, blue, yellow, cyan, magenta,
+and transparent) may be used in place of color values. Expressions
+must evaluate to integer values.  To avoid needing special handling of
+input mask values of zero, all pixels with input mask values of zero
+are not shown regardless of the expression value.
+
+There are currently two function extensions, "colors" and "acenum".
+In both functions the first and only required argument, arg1, is an integer
+value.  Typically this will '$' or a function based on '$'.
+
+The "colors" function maps input values with a modulus type behavior.  The
+optional second argument, arg2, is a color value for mapping zero.  As noted
+above, if the input mask value is zero it will not be displayed.  However,
+functions applied to non-zero input mask values may return a value of zero
+which may then be displayed with the specified color.  The default is
+transparent.  The next two optional arguments (arg3 and arg4) define a color
+range with defaults of 204 to 217.  If only arg3 is specified then
+arg4 takes the value of arg3, thus having the effect of a constant
+output color.  Positive values of the first argument are mapped to a color
+value by
+
+.nf
+    if arg1 is 0:       result = arg2
+    if arg1 greater 0:  result = arg3 + mod ($-1, arg4-arg3+1)
+    otherwise:          result = arg1
+.fi
+
+This function is primarily used to make colorful displays of regions
+defined with different mask values.
+
+The "acenum" function handles \fBace\fR package object detection masks
+which include bit flags.  Each object in the mask has an object number
+with value greater than 10.  Values less than 10 are passed along during
+detection and generally identify detector or saturated bad pixels.
+Along with the object number there may be zero or more bit flags
+set.  This function removes the bit flags and returns the mask number.
+The optional second argument, arg2, is a string of letters which selects
+pixels with certain sets of bit flags.  The bit flags are:
+
+.nf
+    B -- a bad pixel treated as a good for detection
+    D -- original detection (i.e. without G or S flag)
+    E -- edge pixel used for displaying detection isophotes
+    F -- object contains a bad pixel
+    G -- grown pixel
+    S -- pixel not assigned to an object during splitting
+.fi
+
+The default of arg2 is "BDEG" which essentially returns all pixels
+in an object.
+
+The acenum function also returns 0 for the pixels with values between
+one and ten and -1 for the pixels not selected by the flags.  The value
+of zero may be made visible using the colors function.  The two functions
+are often used in concert:
+
+.nf
+    (colors(acenum($)))
+    (colors(acenum($),black))
+    (colors(acenum($,'E'),red,green)
+.fi
+
+Note that when filling and anti-aliasing the behavior of the overlay
+colors may be different than intended.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+For the purpose of these examples we assume a display with four frames,
+512 x 512 in size, and a display range of 0 to 255.  Also consider two
+images, image1 is 100 x 200 with a range 200 to 2000 and image2 is
+2000 x 1000 with a range -1000 to 1000.  To load the images with the
+default parameters:
+
+.nf
+        cl> display image1 1
+        cl> display image2 2
+.fi
+
+The image frames are first erased and image1 is loaded in the center of
+display frame 1 without spatial interpolation and with the automatic intensity
+mapping.  Only the central 512x512 area of image2 is loaded in display frame 2
+
+To load the display without any intensity transformation:
+
+        cl> cvl image1 1 ztrans=none
+
+The next example interpolates image2 to fill the full 512 horizontal range
+of the frame and maps the full image range into the display range.  Note
+that the spatial interpolation first block averages by a factor of 2 and then
+magnifies by 0.512.
+
+        cl> display image2 3 fill+ zscale-
+
+The next example makes image1 square and sets the intensity range explicitly.
+
+        cl> display image1 4 zscale- zrange- z1=800 z2=1200 xmag=2
+
+The next example loads the two images in the same frame side-by-side.
+
+.nf
+        cl> display.xsize=0.5
+        cl> display image1 fill+ xcen=0.25
+        cl> display image2 erase- fill+ xcen=0.75
+.fi
+.ih
+REVISIONS
+.ls DISPLAY V2.11
+The bad pixel mask, overlay mask, sample mask, and overlay colors
+parameters and functionality have been added.  The "nsample_lines"
+parameter is now an "nsample" parameter.
+
+Bugs in the coordinate system sent to the image display for cursor
+readback were fixed.
+.le
+.ih
+BUGS
+The "repeat" option is not implemented.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cvl, magnify, implot, minmax, fixpix
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/doc/imedit.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/doc/imedit.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66b113af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/doc/imedit.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+.help imedit Aug07 images.tv
+.ih
+NAME
+imedit -- examine and edit pixels in images
+.ih
+USAGE
+imedit input output
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+List of images to be edited.  Images must be two dimensional.
+.le
+.ls output
+List of output images.  The list must match the input list or be empty.
+In the latter case the output image is the same as the input image; i.e.
+the edited image replaces the input image.
+.le
+.ls cursor = ""
+The editing commands are entered via a cursor list.  When the task is
+run interactively this will normally be the standard image cursor
+(stdimcur) specified by a null string.  Commands may be read from
+a file.  The file format may be cursor values including the command
+keys, a simple list of positions with the default command given
+by the \fIdefault\fR parameter, and a regions file, as used in
+the task \fBfixpix\fR and the \fBccdred\fR package, selected by
+the \fIfixpix\fR parameter.
+.le
+.ls logfile = ""
+File in which to record the editing commands which modify the images.
+The display and statistics commands which don't modify the images are
+not recorded.  This file may be used for keeping a record of the
+modifications.  It may also be used as cursor input for other images
+to replicate the same editing operations.
+.le
+.ls display = yes
+Display the image during editing?  If yes then the display command,
+given by the parameter \fIcommand\fR, is used to display the image.
+Normally the display is used when editing interactively and turned
+off when using file input.
+.le
+.ls autodisplay = yes
+Automatically redisplay the image after each change?  If the display
+of the image is rapid enough then each change can be displayed as
+it is made by setting this parameter to yes.  However, it is faster
+to accumulate changes and then explicitly redisplay the image.
+When the parameter is no then the image is only redisplayed by
+explicit command.
+.le
+.ls autosurface = no
+Automatically display surface plots after each change?  In addition
+to the image display command, the task can display a before and after
+surface plot of the modified region.  This can be done by explicit
+command or automatically after each change.
+.le
+.ls aperture = "circular"
+Aperture for aperture editing.  Some commands specify the region to
+be edited by a center and radius.  The shape of the aperture is selected
+by this parameter.  The choices are "circular" and "square".  Note that
+this does not apply to commands in which a rectangle is specified by
+selecting the corners.
+.le
+.ls radius = 2.
+Radius of the aperture for commands selecting an aperture.  For circular
+apertures this is the radius while for square apertures it is half of the
+side of the square.  Note that partial pixels are not used so that a
+circular aperture is not perfectly circular; i.e. if  the center of a
+pixel is within this distance of the center pixel it is modified and
+otherwise it is not.  A radius of zero may be used to select a single
+pixel (with either aperture type).
+.le
+.ls search = 2.
+Search radius for adjusting the position of the region to be edited.
+This applies to both aperture regions and rectangular regions.  The
+center pixel of the region is searched within this radius for the
+maximum or minimum pixel value.  If the value is zero then no searching
+is done and the specified region is used directly.  If the value is
+positive then the specified region is adjusted to be centered on a
+relative maximum.  A relative minimum may be found if the value is
+negative with the absolute value used as the search radius.
+.le
+.ls buffer = 1.
+Background buffer width.  A buffer annulus separates the region to be
+edited from a background annulus used for determining the background.
+It has the same shape as the region to be edited; i.e. circular, square,
+rectangular, or line.
+.le
+.ls width = 2.
+Width of background annulus.  The pixels used for background determinations
+is taken from an annulus of the same shape as the region to be edited and
+with the specified width in pixels.
+.le
+.ls xorder = 2, yorder = 2
+Orders (number of terms) of surface polynomial fit to background pixels
+for statistics and background subtraction.  The orders should generally
+be low with orders of 2 for a plane background.  If either order is
+zero then a median background is used.
+.le
+.ls value = 0.
+Value for constant substitution.  One editing command is replacement of
+a region by this value.
+.le
+.ls minvalue = INDEF, maxvalue = INDEF
+Range of values which may be modified.  Value of INDEF map to the minimum
+and maximum possible values.
+.le
+.ls sigma = INDEF
+Sigma of noise to be added to substitution values.  If less than or
+equal to zero then no noise is added.  If INDEF then pixel values from
+the background region are randomly selected after subtracting the
+fitted background surface or median.  Finally if a positive value is given than
+a gaussian noise distribution is added.
+.le
+.ls angh = -33., angv = 25.
+Horizontal and vertical viewing angles (in degrees) for surface plots.
+.le
+.ls command = "display $image 1 erase=$erase fill=yes order=0 >& dev$null"
+Command for displaying images.  This task displays images by executing a
+standard IRAF command.  Two arguments may be substituted by the appropriate
+values; the image name specified by "$image" and the boolean erase
+flag specified by "$erase".  Except for unusual cases the \fBtv.display\fR
+command is used with the fill option.  The fill option is required to
+provide a zoom feature.  See the examples for another possible command.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+Graphics device used for surface plots.  Normally this is the standard
+graphics device "stdgraph" though other possibilities are "stdplot"
+and "stdvdm".  Note the standard graphics output may also be
+redirected to a file with ">G file" where "file" is any file name.
+.le
+.ls default = "b"
+Default command option for simple position list input.  If the input
+is a list of column and line positions (x,y) then the command executed
+at each position is given by this parameter.  This should be one of
+the aperture type editing commands, the statistics command, or the
+surface plotting command.  Two keystroke commands would obviously 
+be incorrect.  \fIThis parameter is ignored in "fixpix" mode\fR.
+.le
+.ls fixpix = no
+Fixpix style input?  This type of input consists of rectangular regions
+specified by lines giving the starting and ending column and starting
+and ending line.  This is the same input used by \fBfixpix\fR and in
+the \fBccdred\fR package.  The feature to refer to "untrimmed" images
+in the latter package is not available in this task.  When selected
+the editing consists of interpolation across the narrowest dimension
+of the region and the default key is ignored.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Regions of images are examined and edited.  This may be done interactively
+using an image display and cursor or non-interactively using a list of
+positions and commands.  There are a variety of display and editing
+options.  A list of input images and a matching list of output images
+are specified.  The output images are only created if the input image
+is modified (except by an explicit "write" command).  If no output
+list is specified (an empty list given by "") then the modified images
+are written back to the input images.  The images are edited in
+a temporary buffer image beginning with "imedit".
+ 
+Commands are given via a cursor list.  When the task is run
+interactively this will normally be the standard image cursor
+(stdimcur).  Commands may be read from a file.  The file format may be
+cursor values including the command keys, a simple list of positions
+with the default command given by the \fIdefault\fR parameter, and a
+regions file, as used in the task \fBfixpix\fR and the \fBccdred\fR
+package, selected by the \fIfixpix\fR parameter.
+ 
+The commands which modify the image may be written to a log file specified
+by parameter \fIlogfile\fR.  This file can be used as a record of the
+pixels modified.  The format of this file is also suitable for input
+as a cursor list.  This allows the same commands to be applied to other
+images.  \fIBe careful not to have the cursor input and logfile have the
+same name!\fR
+ 
+When the \fIdisplay\fR parameter is set the command given by the parameter
+\fIcommand\fR is executed.  Normally this command loads the image display
+though it could also create a contour map or other graph whose x and y
+coordinates are the same as the image coordinates.  The image is displayed
+when editing interactively and the standard image cursor (which can
+be redefined to be the standard graphics cursor) is used to select
+regions to be edited.  When not editing interactively the display
+flag should be turned off.
+ 
+It is nice to see changes to the image displayed immediately.  This is
+possible using the \fIautodisplay\fR option.  Note that this requires
+the display parameter to also be set.  If the autodisplay flag is set
+the display command is repeated after each change to the image.  The
+drawback to this is that the full image (or image section) is reloaded
+and so can be slow.  If not set it is still possible to explicitly give
+a redisplay command, 'r', after a number of changes have been made.
+ 
+Another display option is to make surface graphs to the specified
+graphics device (normally the standard graphics terminal).  This may
+be done by the commands 'g' and 's' and automatically after each
+change if the \fIautosurface\fR parameter is set.  The two types of
+surface plots are a single surface of the image at the marked position
+and before and after plots for a change.
+ 
+Regions of the image to be examined or edited are selected by one
+or two cursor commands.  The single cursor commands define the center
+of an aperture.  The shape of the aperture, circular or square, is
+specified by the \fIaperture\fR parameter and the radius (or half
+the edge of a square) is specified by the \fIradius\fR parameter.
+The radius may be zero to select a single pixel.  The keys '+' and
+'-' may be used to quickly increment or decrement the current radius.
+The two keystroke commands either define the corners of a rectangular
+region or the endpoints of a line.
+ 
+Because it is sometimes difficult to mark cursor position precisely
+the defined region may be shifted so that the center is either
+a local maximum or minimum.  This is usually desired for editing
+cosmicrays, bad pixels, and stars.  The center pixel of the aperture
+is moved within a specified search radius given by parameter
+\fIsearch\fR.  If the search radius is zero then the region defined
+by the cursor is not adjusted.  The sign of the search radius
+selects whether a maximum (positive value) or a minimum (negative value)
+is sought.  The special key 't' toggles between the two modes
+in order to quickly edit both low sensitivity bad pixels and
+cosmicrays and stars.
+ 
+Once a region has been defined a background region may be required
+to estimate the background for replacement.  The background
+region is an annulus of the same shape separated by a buffer width,
+given by the parameter \fIbuffer\fR, and having a width given by
+the parameter \fIwidth\fR.
+ 
+The replacement options are described below as is a summary of all the
+commands.  Two commands requiring a little more description are the
+space and 'p' commands.  These print the statistics at the cursor
+position for the current aperture and background parameters.  The
+printout gives the x and y position of the aperture center (after the
+search if any), the pixel value (z) at that pixel, the mean background
+subtracted flux in the aperture, the number of pixels in the aperture,
+the mean background "sky", the sigma of the background residuals from
+the background fit, and the number of pixels in the background region.
+The 'p' key additionally prints the pixel values in the aperture.
+Beware of apertures with radii greater than 5 since they will wrap
+around in an 80 column terminal.
+ 
+When done editing or examining an image exit with 'q' or 'Q'.  The
+former saves the modified image in the output image (which might be
+the same as the input image) while the latter does not save the
+modified image.  Note that if the image has not been modified then
+no output occurs.  After exiting the next image in the input
+list is edited.  One may also change input images using the
+":input" command.  Note that this command sets the output to be the
+same as the input and a subsequent ":output" command should be
+used to define a different output image name.  A final useful
+colon command is ":write" which forces the current editor buffer
+to be written.  This can be used to save partial changes.
+.ih
+REPLACEMENT ALGORITHMS
+The parameters "minvalue" and "maxvalue" are may be used to limit the
+range of values modified.  The default is to modify all pixels which
+are selected as described below.
+
+.ls a, b
+Replace rectangular or aperture regions by background values.  A background
+surface is fit the pixels in the background annulus if the x and y orders
+are greater than zero otherwise a median is computed.  The x and y orders
+of the surface function are given by the \fIxorder\fR and \fIyorder\fR
+parameters.  The median is used or the surface is evaluated for the pixels
+in the replacement region.  If a positive sigma is specified then gaussian
+noise is added.  If a sigma of INDEF is specified then the residuals of the
+background pixels are sorted, the upper and lower 10% are excluded, and the
+remainder are randomly selected as additive noise.
+.le
+.ls c, f, l
+Replace rectangular or line regions by interpolation from the nearest
+background column or line.  The 'f' line option interpolates across the
+narrowest dimension; i.e. for lines nearer to the line axis interpolation
+is by lines while for those  nearer to the column axis interpolation is
+by columns.  The buffer region applies but only the nearest background
+pixel at each line or column on either side of the replacement region
+is used for interpolation.  Gaussian noise may be added but background
+sampling is not available.  This method is similar to the method used
+in \fBfixpix\fR or \fBccdred\fR with no buffer.  For "fixpix" type
+input the type of interpolation is automatically selected for the
+narrower dimension with column interpolation for square regions.
+.le
+.ls d, e, v
+Replace rectangular, aperture, or vector regions by the specified
+constant value.  This may be used to flag pixels or make masks.
+The vector option makes a line between two points with a width
+set by the radius value.
+.le
+.ls j, k
+Replace rectangular or aperture regions in the editor buffer by the data
+from the input image.  This may be used to undo any change.  Note that
+the 'i' command can be used to completely reinitialize the editor
+buffer from the input image.
+.le
+.ls m, n
+Replace an aperture region by another aperture region.  There is no
+centering applied in this option.  The aperture region to copy is
+background subtracted using the background annulus for median or surface
+fitting.  This data may then be added to the destination aperture or
+replace the data in the destination aperture.  In the latter case the
+destination background surface is also computed and added.
+.le
+.ls u
+Undo the last change.  When a change is made the before and after data
+are saved.  An undo exchanges the two sets of data.  Note that it is
+possible to undo an undo to restore a change.  If any other command is
+used which causes data to be read (including the statistics and surface
+plotting) then the undo is lost.
+.le
+.ls =, <, >
+The all pixels with a value equal to that of the pixel at the cursor
+position are replaced by the specified constant value.  This is intended
+for editing detection masks where detected objects have specific mask
+values.
+.le
+.ih
+COMMANDS
+.ce
+		IMEDIT CURSOR KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+ 
+.nf
+	?	Print help
+	:	Colon commands (see below)
+	<space>	Statistics
+	g	Surface graph
+	i	Initialize (start over without saving changes)
+	q	Quit and save changes
+	p	Print box of pixel values and statistics
+	r	Redraw image display
+	s	Surface plot at cursor
+	t	Toggle between minimum and maximum search
+	+	Increase radius by one
+	-	Decrease radius by one
+	I	Interrupt task immediately
+	Q	Quit without saving changes
+.fi
+
+The following editing options are available.  Rectangular, line, and
+vector regions are specified with two positions and aperture regions
+are specified by one position.  The current aperture type (circular or
+square) is used in the latter case.  The move option takes two positions,
+the position to move from and the position to move to.
+
+.nf
+	a 	Background replacement (rectangle)
+	b 	Background replacement (aperture)
+	c 	Column interpolation (rectangle)
+	d 	Constant value substitution (rectangle)
+	e 	Constant value substitution (aperture)
+	f	Interpolation across line (line)
+	j	Replace with input data (rectangle)
+	k	Replace with input data (aperture)
+	l 	Line interpolation (rectangle)
+	m	Copy by replacement (aperture)
+	n	Copy by addition (aperture)
+	u	Undo last change (see also 'i', 'j', and 'k')
+	v	Constant value substitution (vector)
+	=	Constant value substitution of pixels equal
+		    to pixel at the cursor position
+	<	Constant value substitution of pixels less than or equal
+		    to pixel at the cursor position
+	>	Constant value substitution of pixels greater than or equal
+		    to pixel at the cursor position
+.fi
+ 
+When the image display provides a fill option then the effect of zoom
+and roam is provided by loading image sections.  This is a temporary
+mechanism which will eventually be replaced by a more sophisticated
+image display interface.
+ 
+.nf
+	E	Expand image display
+	P	Pan image display
+	R	Redraw image display
+	Z	Zoom image display
+	0	Redraw image display with no zoom
+	1-9	Shift display
+.fi
+ 
+ 
+.ce
+IMEDIT COLON COMMANDS
+ 
+The colon either print the current value of a parameter when there is
+no value or set the parameter to the specified value.
+ 
+.nf
+angh [value]		Horizontal viewing angle (degrees)
+angv [value]		Vertical viewing angle (degrees)
+aperture [type]		Aperture type (circular|square)
+autodisplay [yes|no]	Automatic image display?
+autosurface [yes|no]	Automatic surface plots?
+buffer [value]		Background buffer width
+command [string]	Display command
+display [yes|no]	Display image?
+eparam			Edit parameters
+graphics [device]	Graphics device
+input [image]		New input image to edit (output name = input)
+output [image]		New output image name
+radius [value]		Aperture radius
+search [value]		Search radius
+sigma [value]		Noise sigma (INDEF for histogram replacement)
+value [value]		Constant substitution value
+minvalue [value]	Minimum value for modification (INDEF=minimum)
+maxvalue [value]	Maximum value for modification (INDEF=maximum)
+width [value]		Background annulus width
+write [name]		Write changes to name (default current output) 
+xorder [value]		X order for background fitting
+yorder [value]		Y order for background fitting
+.fi
+.ih
+KEYWORDS
+None
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1.  Interactively edit an image.
+ 
+	cl> imedit raw002 ed002
+ 
+2.  Edit pixels non-interactively from an x-y list.  Replace the original images
+    by the edited images.
+ 
+.nf
+	cl> head bad
+	20 32
+	40 91
+	<etc>
+	cl> imedit raw* "" cursor=bad display-
+.fi
+ 
+3.  It is possible to use a contour plot for image display.  This is really
+    not very satisfactory but can be used in desperation.
+ 
+.nf
+	cl> reset stdimcur=stdgraph
+	cl> display.command="contour $image >& dev$null"
+	cl> imedit raw002 ed002
+.fi
+ 
+4.  Use a "fixpix" file (without trim option).
+ 
+.nf
+	cl> head fixpix
+	20 22 30 80
+	99 99 1 500
+	<etc>
+	cl> imedit raw* %raw%ed%* cursor=fixpix fixpix+ display-
+.fi
+.ih
+REVISIONS
+.ls IMEDIT V2.13
+The 'v' option was added to allow vector replacement.
+The '=', '<', '>' options were added to replace values matching the pixel
+at the cursor.
+.le
+.ls IMEDIT V2.11.2
+The temporary editor image was changed to use a unique temporary image
+name beginning with "imedit" rather than the fixed name of "epixbuf".
+.le
+.ls IMEDIT V2.11
+If xorder or yorder are zero then a median background is computed
+for the 'a' and 'b' keys.
+.le
+.ls IMEDIT V2.10.4
+The 'u', 'j', 'k', and 'n' keys were added to those recorded in the
+log file.
+.le
+.ls IMEDIT V2.8
+This task is a first version of what will be an evolving task.
+Additional features and options will be added as they are suggested.
+It is also a prototype using a very limited display interface; execution
+of a separate display command.  Much better interaction with a variety
+of image displays will be provided after a planned "image display
+interface" is implemented.  Therefore any deficiencies in this area
+should be excused.
+ 
+The zoom and roam features provided here are quite useful.  However,
+they depend on a feature of the tv.display program which fills the
+current image display window by pixel replication or interpolation.
+If this is left out of the display command these features will not
+work.  The trick is that this task displays sections of the editor
+buffer whose size and position is based on an internal zoom and
+center and the display program expands the section to fill the
+display.
+ 
+The surface plotting is done using an imported package.  The limitations
+of this package (actually limitations in the complexity of interfacing
+the application to this sophisticated package) mean that the
+surface plots are always scaled to the range of the data and that
+it is not possible to label the graph or use the graphics cursor to
+point at features for the task.
+.le
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ccdred.instruments proto.fixpix
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/doc/imexamine.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14dbb59d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/doc/imexamine.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,1043 @@
+.help imexamine Mar96 images.tv
+.ih
+NAME
+imexamine -- examine images using image display, plots, and text
+.ih
+USAGE
+imexamine [input [frame]]
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+Optional list of images to be examined.  If specified, images are examined
+in turn, displaying them automatically.  If no images are specified the
+images currently loaded into the image display are examined.
+.le
+.ls output = ""
+Rootname for output images created with the 't' key.  If no name is specified
+then the name of the input image is used.  A three digit number is appended
+to the rootname, such as ".001", starting with 1 until no image is found with
+that name.  Thus, successive output images with the same rootname will be
+numbered sequentially.
+.le
+.ls ncoutput = 101, nloutput = 101
+Size of the output image created with the 't' key which is centered on the
+position of the cursor.
+.le
+.ls frame = 1
+During program execution, a query parameter specifying the frame to be loaded.
+May also be specified on the command line when \fIimexamine\fR is used as a
+task to display a new image, to specify the frame to be loaded.
+.le
+.ls image
+Query parameter for selecting images to be loaded.
+.le
+.ls logfile = ""
+Logfile filename in which to record output of the commands producing text.
+If no filename is given then no logfile will be kept.
+.le
+.ls keeplog = no
+Log output results initially?  Logging can be toggled interactively during
+program execution.
+.le
+.ls defkey = "a"
+Default key for cursor x-y input list.  This key is applied to input
+cursor lists which do not have a cursor key specified.  It is used
+to repetitively apply a cursor command to a list of positions typically
+obtained from another task.
+.le
+.ls autoredraw = yes
+Automatically redraw graphs after a parameter change?  If no then graphs
+are only drawn when a graph or redraw command is given.
+If yes then colon commands which modify a parameter of the last graph
+will automatically redraw the graph.  A common example of this would
+be changing the graph limits.
+.le
+.ls allframes = yes
+Use all frames for displaying images?  If set, images from the input list
+are loaded cycling through the available frames.  If not set the last frame
+loaded is reused.
+.le
+.ls nframes = 0
+Number of display frames.  When automatically loading images from the input
+list only this number of frames will be used.  This should, of course,
+not exceed the number of frames provided by the display device.
+If the number of frames is set to 0 then the task will query the display
+device to determine how many frames are currently allocated.  New frames may
+be allocated during program execution by displaying images with the 'd' key.
+.le
+.ls ncstat = 5, nlstat = 5
+The statistics command computes values from a box centered on the
+specified cursor position with the number of columns and lines
+given by these parameters.
+.le
+.ls graphcur = ""
+Graphics cursor input.  If null the standard graphics cursor is used whenever
+graphics cursor input is requested.  A cursor file in the appropriate
+format may be substituted by specifying the name of the file.
+.le
+.ls imagecur = ""
+Image display cursor input.  If null the standard image display cursor is
+used whenever image cursor input is requested.  A cursor file in the
+appropriate format may be substituted by specifying the name of the file.
+Also the image cursor may be changed to query the graphics device or
+the terminal by setting the environment parameter "stdimcur"
+to "stdgraph" or "text" respectively.
+.le
+.ls wcs = "logical"
+The world coordinate system (\fIwcs\fR) to be used for axis labeling when
+input is from images.
+The following standard world systems are predefined.
+.ls logical
+Logical coordinates are image pixel coordinates relative to the image currently
+being displayed.
+.le
+.ls physical
+The physical coordinate system is invariant with respect to linear
+transformations of the physical image matrix.  For example, if the reference
+image was created by extracting a section of another image, the physical
+coordinates of an object in the reference image will be the pixel coordinates
+of the same object in the original image.  The physical coordinate system
+thus provides a consistent coordinate system (a given object always has the
+same coordinates) for all images, regardless of whether any user world
+coordinate systems have been defined.
+.le
+.ls world
+The "world" coordinate system is the \fIcurrent default WCS\fR.
+The default world system is the system named by the environment variable
+\fIdefwcs\fR if defined in the user environment and present in the reference
+image WCS description, else it is the first user WCS defined for the image
+(if any), else physical coordinates are returned.
+.le
+.ls xformat = "", yformat = ""
+The numerical format for the world coordinate labels in the line and column
+plots and the format for printing world coordinates.  The values may be ""
+(an empty string), %f for decimal format, %h and %H for xx:xx:xx format, and
+%m and %M for xx:xx.x format.  The upper case %H and %M convert degrees
+to hours.  Images sometimes include recommended coordinate formats as
+WCS attributes.  These are used if the format specified by these parameters
+is "".  Any other value will override the image attribute.
+.le
+
+In addition to these three reserved WCS names, the name of any user WCS
+defined for the reference image may be given.  A user world coordinate system
+may be any linear or nonlinear world system.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+Graphics output device.  Normally this is the standard graphics device
+specified by the environment variable "stdgraph".
+.le
+.ls display = "display(image='$1',frame=$2)"
+Command template used to display an image.  The image to be displayed is
+substituted for argument $1 and the frame for argument $2.  Any display task
+may be used for image display by modifying this template.
+.le
+.ls use_display = yes
+Use the image display?  Set to no to disable all interaction with the
+display device, e.g., when working at a terminal that does not provide image
+display capabilities.
+.le
+.ih
+ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS
+The various graphs and the aperture sum command have parameters defined in
+additional parameter sets.  The parameter sets are hidden tasks with
+the first character being the cursor command graph key that uses the
+parameters followed by "imexam".  The parameter sets are:
+
+.nf
+    cimexam    Parameters for column plots
+    eimexam    Parameters for contour plots
+    himexam    Parameters for histogram plots
+    jimexam    Parameters for line 1D gaussian fit plots
+    kimexam    Parameters for column 1D gaussian fit plots
+    limexam    Parameters for line plots
+    rimexam    Parameters for radial profile plots and aperture sums
+    simexam    Parameters for surface plots
+    vimexam    Parameters for vector plots (centered and endpoint)
+.fi
+
+The same  parameters dealing with graph formats occur in many of the parameter
+sets while some are specific only to one parameter set.  In the
+summary below those common to more than one parameter set are shown
+only once.  The characters in parenthesis are the graph key prefixes
+for the parameter sets in which the parameter occurs.
+
+.ls angh = -33., angv = 25.		(s)
+Horizontal and vertical viewing angles (degrees) for surface plots.
+.le
+.ls autoscale = yes			(h)
+In the case of integer data, automatically adjust \fInbins\fR and
+\fIz2\fR to avoid aliasing effects.
+.le
+.ls axes = yes				(s)
+Draw axes along edge of surface plots?
+.le
+.ls background = yes			(jkr.)
+Fit and subtract a background for aperture sums, 1D gaussian fits, and
+radial profile plots?
+.le
+.ls banner = yes 			 (cehjklrsv.)
+Add a standard banner to a graph?  The standard banner includes the
+IRAF user and host identification and time, the image name and title,
+and graph specific parameters.
+.le
+.ls beta = INDEF			(ar.)
+Beta value to use for Moffat profile fits.  If the value is INDEF
+the value will be determine as part of the fit otherwise the parameter
+will be fixed at the specified value.
+.le
+.ls boundary = "constant"		(v)
+Boundary extension for vector plots in which the averaging width might
+go outside of the image.
+.le
+.ls box = yes 				(cehjklrv.)
+Draw graph box and axes?
+.le
+.ls buffer = 5.				(r.)
+Buffer distance from object aperture of background annulus for aperture sums
+and radial profile plots.
+.le
+.ls ceiling = INDEF			(es)
+Ceiling data value for contour and surface plots.  A value of INDEF does
+not apply a ceiling.  (In contour plots a value of 0. also does not
+apply a ceiling.)
+.le
+.ls center = yes			(jkr.)
+Apply a centering algorithm for doing aperture sums, 1D gaussian fits,
+and radial profile plots?
+.le
+.ls constant = 0.			(v)
+Boundary extension constant for vector plots in which the averaging width
+might go outside of the image.
+.le
+.ls dashpat = 528			(e)
+Dash pattern for negative contours.
+.le
+.ls fill = no				(e)
+Fill the output viewport regardless of the device aspect ratio?
+.le
+.ls fitplot = yes			(r.)
+Overplot the profile fit on the radial profile data?
+.le
+.ls fittype = "moffat"			(ar.)
+Profile type to fit the radial profile data?  The choices are "gaussian"
+and "moffat".
+.le
+.ls floor = INDEF			(es)
+Floor data value for contour and surface plots.  A value of INDEF does
+not apply a floor.  (In contour plots a value of 0. also does not
+apply a floor.)
+.le
+.ls interval = 0			(e)
+Contour interval.  If 0, a contour interval is chosen which places 20 to 30
+contours spanning the intensity range of the image.
+.le
+.ls iterations = 3			(ar)
+Number of iterations to adjust the fitting radius.
+.le
+.ls label= no				(e)
+Label the major contours in the contour plot?
+.le
+.ls logx = no, logy = no		(chjklrv.)
+Plot the x or y axis logarithmically?  The default for histogram plots is
+to plot the y axis logarithmically.
+.le
+.ls magzero = 25.			(r.)
+Magnitude zero point for aperture sums.
+.le
+.ls majrx=5, minrx=5, majry=5, minry=5	(cehjklrv.)
+Maximum number of major tick marks on each axis and number of minor tick marks
+between major tick marks.
+.le
+.ls marker = "box"			(chjklrv.)
+Marker to be drawn if \fBpointmode\fR = yes.  Markers are "point", "box", 
+"cross", "plus", "circle", "hebar", "vebar", "hline", "vline" or "diamond".
+.le
+.ls naverage = 1			(cjklv)
+Number of lines, columns, or width perpendicular to a vector to be averaged.
+.le
+.ls nbins = 512				(h)
+The number of bins in, or resolution of, histogram plots.
+.le
+.ls ncolumns = 21, nlines = 21		(ehs)
+Number of columns and lines used in contour, histogram, and surface plots.
+.le
+.ls ncontours = 5			(e)
+Number of contours to be drawn.  If 0, the contour interval may be specified,
+otherwise 20-30 nicely spaced contours are drawn.  A maximum of 40 contours
+can be drawn.
+.le
+.ls nhi = -1				(e)
+If -1, highs and lows are not marked.  If 0, highs and lows are marked
+on the plot.  If 1, the intensity of each pixel is marked on the plot.
+.le
+.ls pointmode = no			(chlv)
+Plot points or marks instead of lines?
+.le
+.ls pointmode = yes			(jkr.)
+Plot points or marks instead of lines?  For radial profile plots point
+mode should always be yes.
+.le
+.ls radius = 5.				(r.)
+Radius of aperture for aperture sums and centering.
+.le
+.ls round = no				(cehjklrv.)
+Extend the axes up to "nice" values?
+.le
+.ls rplot = 8.				(jkr.)
+Radius to which the radial profile or 1D profile fits are plotted.
+.le
+.ls sigma = 2.				(jk)
+Initial guess for 1D gaussian fits.  The value is in pixels even if the fitting
+is done in world coordinates.  This must be close to the true value
+for convergence.  Also the four times the initial sigma is used to define
+the distance to the background region for the initial background estimate.
+.le
+.ls szmarker = 1			(chjklrv.)
+Size of mark (except for points).  A positive size less than 1 specifies
+a fraction of the device size.  Values of 1, 2, 3, and 4 signify
+default sizes of increasing size.
+.le
+.ls ticklabels = yes			(cehjklrv.)
+Label the tick marks?
+.le
+.ls title = ""				(cehjklrsv.)
+User title.  This is independent of the standard banner title.
+.le
+.ls top_closed = no			(h)
+Include z2 in the top histogram bin?  Each bin of the histogram is a
+subinterval that is half open at the top.  \fITop_closed\fR decides whether
+those pixels with values equal to z2 are to be counted in the histogram.  If
+\fBtop_closed\fR is yes, the top bin will be larger than the other bins.
+.le
+.ls width = 5.				(jkr.)
+Width of background region for background subtraction in aperture sums,
+1D profile fits, and radial profile plots.
+.le
+.ls wcs = "physical"
+World coordinate system for axis labeling and coordinate readback.
+.le
+.ls x1 = INDEF, x2 = INDEF, y1 = INDEF, y2 = INDEF	(chjklrv.)
+Range of graph along each axis.  If INDEF the range is determined from
+the data range plus a buffer.  The default y1 for histogram plots is 0.
+.le
+.ls xformat, yformat
+Set world image coordinate formats.  Any format changes take effect on the next
+usage; i.e. there is no automatic redrawing.
+.le
+.ls xlabel, ylabel			(cehjklrv.)
+Axis labels.  Each graph type has an appropriate default.  If the label
+value is "wcslabel" then the coordinate label from the image WCS
+will be used if defined.
+.le
+.ls xorder = 0				(jk)
+Order for 1D gaussian background.  If 0 then a median is computed.  If
+1 then a constant background is fit simultaneously with the other gaussian
+parameters.  If 2 then a linear background is fit simultaneously with the
+other gaussian parameters.
+.le
+.ls xorder = 0, yorder = 0		(r.)
+If either parameter is zero then the median value of the
+background annulus is used for background subtraction in aperture sums and
+radial profile plots.  Values greater than zero define polynomial
+surface orders for background subtraction.  The orders are actually the
+number of polynomial terms.  An order of 1 is a constant an order of 2
+is a plane.
+.le
+.ls zero = 0.				(e)
+Greyscale value of the zero contour, i.e., the value of a zero point shift
+to be applied to the image data before plotting.  Does not affect the values
+of the floor and ceiling parameters.
+.le
+.ls z1 = INDEF, z2 = INDEF		(h)
+Range of pixel values to be used in histogram.  INDEF values default to
+the range in the region being histogramed.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Images are examined using an image display, various types of plots, and
+text output.  Commands are given using the image display cursor and/or
+graphics cursor.  This task brings together many of the features of the
+IRAF image display and graphics facilities with some simple image
+analysis capabilities.
+
+IMAGE DISPLAY
+
+If \fIuse_display\fR is yes the image display is used to examine images.
+When no input list is specified images may be loaded with the 'd' key,
+frames selected with 'n', 'p', and ":select", and the scaled contents
+of the display frame buffer examined if the image itself is not available.
+
+When an input list is specified the 'n', 'p', and ":select" allow
+moving about the list and new images may be added to the end of the
+list with 'd'.  Images are automatically loaded as they are selected if
+not currently loaded.  Two parameters control how the frames are
+loaded.  The \fInframes\fR parameter determines which frames are
+available.  Within the available frames images may be loaded by cycling
+through them if \fIallframes\fR is yes or in the last loaded frame
+(initially frame 1) if it is no.
+
+When reading the image cursor the frame and the name of the image in
+the frame are determined.  Therefore images may also be selected
+by changing the frame externally or if the image cursor input is
+changed from the standard image display to text or file input.
+
+The 'd' command displays an image using the template CL command given
+by parameter \fIdisplay\fR.  Usually this is the standard
+IRAF \fBtv.display\fR command though in some circumstances other commands
+like \fBplot.contour\fR may be used.  This command may be used to
+display an image even if \fIuse_display\fR is no.
+
+This task is generally intended for interactive use with an image
+display.  However it is possible to disable use of the image display
+and change the image cursor input to a graphics cursor, a file,
+or typed in by the user.  In this case an input image list is most
+appropriate but if one is missing, a query will be issued each time
+a command requiring an image is given.
+
+CURSOR INPUT
+
+Commands are given using cursor input.  Generally the image cursor is
+used to select points in the images to be examined and the key typed
+selects a particular operation.  In addition to the image cursor the
+graphics cursor is sometimes useful.  First, it gives access to the
+graphics cursor mode commands (see \fBcursors\fR) such as annotating,
+saving or printing a graph, expanding and roaming, and printing cursor
+positions.  Second, it can give a better perspective on the data for
+cursor positions than the image cursor.  And lastly, it may be needed
+when an image display is not available.  The commands 'g' and 'i'
+select between the graphics and image cursors.  Initially the image
+cursor is read.
+
+Interpretation of the graph coordinate in terms of an image coordinate
+depends on the type of graph as described below.
+
+.ls contour plot
+This gives image coordinates directly and both the x and y cursor values
+are used.
+.le
+.ls column plot
+The x cursor position gives the line coordinate and the column coordinate
+used for the plot (that specified before averaging) gives the column
+coordinate.
+.le
+.ls line plot
+The x cursor position gives the column coordinate and the line coordinate
+used for the plot (that specified before averaging) gives the line
+coordinate.
+.le
+.ls vector plot
+The x cursor position defines a column and line coordinate along the vector
+plotted.
+.le
+.ls surface plot
+No cursor information is available in this plot and the cursor position
+used to make the surface plot (the center of the surface) is used again.
+.le
+.ls histogram plot
+No cursor information is available in this plot and the cursor position
+used to make the histogram (the center of the box) is used again.
+.le
+.ls radial profile plot
+No cursor information is available in this plot and the cursor position
+used to define the center is used again.
+.le
+
+There are some special features associated with cursor input in IRAF
+which might be useful in some circumstances.  The image display cursor
+can be reset to be a text cursor, graphics cursor, or image cursor by
+setting the environment variable "stdimcur" to "text", "stdgraph",
+or "stdimage" respectively.  Text cursor input consists of the x and
+y coordinates, a frame number, and the key or colon command.  Another
+form of text input is to set the value of the cursor input parameter
+to a file containing cursor commands.  There are two special features
+dealing with text cursor input.  If only x and y are entered the default
+key parameter \fIdefkey\fR determines the command.  This is particularly
+useful if one has a list of pixel positions prepared by some other
+program.  The second feature is that for commands not requiring coordinates
+they may be left out and the command key or colon command entered.
+
+TEXT OUTPUT
+
+The following commands produce text output which may also be appended to
+a logfile.
+
+.ls a, ','
+Circular aperture photometry is performed at the position of the cursor.
+If the centering option is selected the cursor position is used as the
+initial point for computing the central moments of the marginal
+distributions in x and y.  The marginal distributions are obtained from a
+square aperture with edge dimensions of twice the aperture radius
+parameter.  Only the pixels above the mean are used in computing the
+central moments.  If the central moments are in a different pixel than that
+used for extracting the marginal distributions the computation is repeated
+using the new center.
+
+The radius of the photometry and fitting aperture is specified by the
+\fIradius\fR parameter and the \fIiteration\fR parameter.  Iteration of the
+fitting radius and printing of the final radius is only done for the 'a'
+key.  If the number of iterations is one then the radius is not adjusted.
+If it is greater than one then the direct FWHM (described) below is used to
+adjust the radius.  At each iteration the new radius is set to three times
+the direct FWHM (which is six times the radius at half-maximum).  The
+radius is printed as part of the output.
+
+If the background subtraction option is selected a concentric circular
+annulus is defined.  The inner edge is separated from the object
+aperture by a specified buffer distance and the outer edge is defined
+by a width for the annulus.  The type of background used is determined
+by the parameters \fIxorder\fR and \fIyorder\fR.  If either parameter
+is zero then a median of the background annulus is determined.
+If 1 or greater a polynomial surface of the specified number of terms
+is fit.  Typically the orders are 1 for a constant or 2 for a plane.
+The median or fitted surface values within the object aperture are then
+subtracted.
+
+The flux within the circular aperture is computed by simply summing the
+pixel values with centers within the specified radius of the center
+position.  No partial pixel adjustments are made.  If the flux is
+positive a magnitude is computed as
+
+	magnitude = magzero - 2.5 * log10 (flux)
+
+where the magnitude zero point is a user defined parameter.
+
+In addition to the flux, the second intensity moments are used to compute
+an ellipticity and position angle.  The equations defining the moments and
+related parameters are:
+
+.nf
+	Mxx = sum (x * x * I) / sum (I)
+	Myy = sum (y * y * I) / sum (I)
+	Mxy = sum (x * y * I) / sum (I)
+	e = sqrt ((Mxx - Myy) ** 2 + (2 * Mxy) ** 2) / (Mxx + Myy)
+	pa = 0.5 * atan (2 * Mxy / (Mxx - Myy))
+.fi
+
+A nonlinear least squares profile of fixed center and zero background is
+fit to the radius and flux values of the background subtracted pixels to
+determine a peak intensity and FWHM.  The profile type is set by the
+\fIfittype\fR parameter.  The choices are "gaussian" and "moffat".  If the
+profile type is "moffat" there is an additional parameter "beta".  This
+value may be specified to fix it or given as INDEF to also be determined.
+The profile equations are:
+
+.nf
+	I = Ic exp (-0.5 * (r / sigma)**2)	(fittype = "gaussian")
+	I = Ic (1 + (r / alpha)**2)**(-beta)	(fittype = "moffat")
+.fi
+
+where Ic is the peak value, r is the radius, and the parameters are
+sigma, alpha, and beta.  The sigma and alpha values are converted to
+FWHM in the reported results.
+
+Weights which are the inverse square of the pixel radius are used.  This
+has the effect of giving equal weight to all parts of the profile instead
+of being overwhelmed by the larger number of pixels are larger radii.  An
+additional weighting factor is used for pixels outside the half-maximum
+radius (as determined using the algorithm described below).  The weights
+are
+
+.nf
+	wt = exp (-(r/rhalf - 1)**2)  for r/rhalf > 1
+.fi
+
+where rhalf is the radius at half-maximum.  This has the effect
+of reducing the contribution of the profile wings.
+
+The above fit is done to the individual pixel values with a radius measured
+to the center of the pixel.  For the 'a' key two additional measurements
+are made on a azimuthally averaged radial profile with a finer sampling of
+the radial bins.  This uses the same algorithms for centering, background
+estimation, and FWHM measurement as in the task \fBpsfmeasure\fR.  The
+centering is essentially the same as described above but the background
+estimation is a mode of the sky annulus pixels.  Note that the centering
+and background subtraction are done for these measurements regardless of
+the the \fIcenter\fR and \fIbackground\fR parameters which apply only to
+the photometry and profile fitting to the individual pixel values.
+
+To form the radially smoothed profile an image interpolator function is fit
+to the region containing the object.  The enclosed flux profile (total flux
+within a particular radius) is computed.  The sampling is done at a much
+finer resolution than individual pixels.  The subsampling scheme is that
+described in \fBpsfmeasure\fR and is such that the center of the profile is
+more finely sampled than the edges of the profile.
+
+Because the image interpolator function may not be very good for narrow
+profiles a second iteration is done if the radius enclosing half the flux
+is less than two pixels.  In this second iteration an analytic, radially
+symmetric Gaussian profile is subtracted from the image raster and the
+interpolation function is fit to the residuals.  Subpixel values are then
+computed by evaluating the analytic function plus the interpolated residual
+value.
+
+There are two FWHM measurements computed using the enclosed flux
+radial profile.  One is to fit a Gaussian or Moffat profile to the
+enclosed flux profile.  The type is selected by the same \fIfittype\fR
+parameter used to select the profile to fit to the individual pixel
+values.  As with the direct fit the Moffat beta value may be fixed or
+included in the fit.  The FWHM of the fit is then printed on the
+status line, terminal output, and log file.
+
+The other FWHM measurement directly measure the FWHM independent of a
+profile model.  The derivative of the enclosed flux profile is computed.
+This derivative is the azimuthally averaged radial profile with the radial
+bin sampling mentioned above.  The peak of this profile is found and the
+FWHM is twice the radius of the profile at half the peak value.  This
+"direct FWHM" is part of the output and is also used for the iterative
+adjustment of the fitting radius as noted above.
+
+.ls a
+The output consists of the image line and column, the coordinates, the
+final radius used for the photometry and fitting, magnitude, flux, mean
+background, peak value of the profile fit, e, pa (in degrees between -90
+and +90 with 0 along the x axis), the Moffat beta value if a Moffat profile
+is fit, and three measures of the FWHM.  The coordinates are those
+specified by the \fIwcs\fR and formatted by the format parameters.  For the
+logical wcs the coordinates will be the same as the column and line
+values.  If a value is numerically undefined then INDEF is printed.  The
+FWHM values are, in order, the profile fit to the enclosed flux, the
+profile fit to the individual pixels, and the direct measurement from the
+derivative of the enclosed flux profile.  Note that except for the direct
+method, the other estimates are not really measurements of the FWHM but are
+quantities which give the correct FWHM for the specified profile type.
+.le
+.ls ','
+The output consists of the image line and column, magnitude, flux, number
+of pixels within the aperture, mean background, r (moment FWHM), e, pa (in
+degrees between -90 and +90 with 0 along the x axis), and the peak value
+and FWHM of the profile fit.  The label GFWHM indicates a Gaussian fit
+while the label MFWHM indicates a Moffat profile fit.  If a quantity is
+numerically undefined then INDEF is printed.
+.le
+
+This aperture photometry and FWHM tool is intended only for general image
+analysis and quick look measurements.  The background fitting, photometry,
+and FWHM techniques used are not intended for serious astronomical
+photometry; other packages, e.g., \fInoao.digiphot.apphot\fR, should be
+used if precise results are desired.
+.le
+.ls b
+The integer pixel coordinates defining a region of the image are printed.
+Two cursor positions are used to select the range of columns and lines.
+The output format consists of the starting and ending column
+coordinates and the starting and ending line coordinates.  This format is
+used as input by some tasks and can be used to generate image sections if
+desired.
+.le
+.ls j, k
+The fitted gaussian center, peak, sigma, full width at half maximum, and
+background at the center is computed and printed.
+.le
+.ls m
+Statistics of a rectangular region centered on the cursor position are
+computed and printed.  The size of the statistics box is set by the
+parameters \fIncstat\fR and \fInlstat\fR.  The output format consists
+of the image section, the number of pixels, the mean, the median, the
+standard deviation, the minimum, and the maximum.
+.le
+.ls x, y
+The cursor x and y coordinates and the pixel value nearest this position
+are printed.  The 'y' key may be used define a relative origin.  If
+an origin is defined (is not 0,0) then additional quantities are printed.
+These quantities are origin coordinates, the delta x and delta y distances,
+the radial distance, and the position angle (in degrees counterclockwise from
+the x axis).
+.le
+.ls z
+A 10x10 grid of pixel values is printed.  The integer coordinates are
+also printed around the grid.
+.le
+
+GRAPHICS OUTPUT
+
+The following commands produce graphics output to the specified graphics
+device (normally the graphics terminal).
+
+.ls c
+A plot of a column or average of columns is made with the line number as
+the ordinate and the pixel value as the abscissa.  The averaging number
+and various graph options are specified by the parameters from the
+\fBcimexam\fR parameter set.
+.le
+.ls e
+A contour plot of a region centered on the cursor is made.  The
+size of the region and various contouring and labeling options are
+specified by the parameters from the \fBeimexam\fR parameter set.
+.le
+.ls h
+A histogram of a region centered on the cursor is made.  The size
+of the region and various binning parameters are specified by
+the parameters from the \fBhimexam\fR parameter set.
+.le
+.ls l
+A plot of a line or average of lines is made with the column number as
+the ordinate and the pixel value as the abscissa.  The averaging number
+and various graph options are specified by the parameters from the
+\fBlimexam\fR parameter set.
+.le
+.ls r, '.'
+A radial profile plot is made.  As with 'a'/',' there are options for centering
+and background subtraction.  There are also graphics option to set the
+radius to be plotted (\fIrplot\fR) and to overplot the profile fit
+(\fIfitplot\fR).  The measurement algorithms are those described for the
+'a'/',' key and the output is the same except that there is no header line and
+the object center is given in the graph title rather than on the graphics
+status line.  The aperture sum and graph options are specified by the
+parameters from the \fBrimexam\fR parameter set.
+.le
+.ls s
+A surface plot of a region centered on the cursor is made.  The size
+of the region and various surface and labeling options are
+specified by the parameters from the \fBsimexam\fR parameter set.
+.le
+.ls u, v
+A plot of a vector defined by two cursor positions is made.  The 'u'
+plot uses the first cursor position to define the center of the vector
+and the second position to define the endpoint.  The vector is extended
+an equal distance in the opposite direction and the graph x coordinates
+are the radial distance from the center position.  The 'v' plot
+uses the two cursor positions as endpoints and the coordinates are
+the radial distance from the first cursor position.  The vector may
+be averaged over a specified number of parallel vectors.  The
+averaging number and various graph options are specified by the parameters
+from the \fBvimexam\fR parameter set.
+.le
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
+
+The following commands control useful features of the task.
+
+.ls d
+The display command given by the parameter \fIdisplay\fR is given
+with appropriate image name.  By default this loads the image
+display using the \fBtv.display\fR task.  When using an input image
+list this operation also appends new images to the list for subsequent
+'n' and 'p' commands.
+.le
+.ls f
+Redraw the last graph.  If the \fIautoredraw\fR parameter is no then
+this is used to redraw a graph after making parameter changes with
+colon commands.  If the parameter is yes then any colon command which
+affects the current plot will execute a redraw automatically.
+.le
+.ls g, i
+Cursor input may be selected to be from the graphics cursor (g) or
+image display cursor (i).
+.le
+.ls n, p
+Go to the next or previous image in the image list or display frames.
+.le
+.ls o
+Overplot the next graph.  This generally only makes sense with the
+line, column, and histogram plots.
+.le
+.ls q
+Quit the task.
+.le
+.ls t
+Output an image centered on the cursor position with name and size set
+by the \fIoutput\fR, \fIncoutput\fR and \fInloutput\fR parameters.
+Note that the cursor input might be from a contour, surface, or other
+plot as well as from the image display.
+.le
+.ls w
+Toggle output to the logfile.  If no logfile is specified this has no
+effect except to print a message.  If the logfile is specified a message
+is printed indicating that the logfile has been opened or closed.
+Every time the logfile is opened the current image name and title is
+entered as well as when the image is changed.  The logfile name may
+be set or changed by a colon command.
+.le
+.ls :select
+Select an image.  If an input image list is used the specified index
+number selects an image from the list.  If an input image list is not
+used and the image display is used then the specified display frame
+is selected.  If the new image is different from the previous image
+an identification line is inserted in the logfile if it is open.
+.le
+.ls :eparam, :unlearn
+These colon commands manipulate the various parameter sets as
+described below.
+.le
+.ls :c<#>, :l<#>
+Special colon commands to plot specific columns or lines, symbolically
+shown as <#>, rather than use a cursor position.
+.le
+.ls :<column> <line> <key>
+Special colon command syntax to explicitly give image coordinates for
+a cursor command key.
+.le
+
+COLON COMMANDS
+
+Sometimes one wants to explicitly enter the coordinates for a command.
+This may be done with a colon command having the following syntax:
+
+	:<column> <line> <key>
+
+where column and line are the coordinates and key is the command.
+If the line is not given then <column> = <line>.  For the frequently
+used line and column plots there is also the simple syntax:
+
+.nf
+	:c<column> 	or	:l<line>
+.fi
+
+with no space, e.g., ":l64".
+
+Every parameter except the input image list and the display command
+may be queried or set by a
+colon command.  In addition the parameter sets for the various graphs
+and aperture sum algorithm may be edited using the \fBeparam\fR editor
+and reinitialized to default values using the \fBunlearn\fR command.
+There are a large number of parameters as well as many graph types /
+parameter sets.  To achieve some consistency and order as well as
+simplify the colon commands several things have been done.
+
+Many parameters occur in more than one graph type.  This includes things
+like graph labeling, tickmarks, and so forth.  When issuing a colon
+command for one of these parameters the current graph type is assumed
+to be the one affected.  If the graph type is wrong or no graph has
+been made then a warning is given.
+
+If the parameter only occurs in one parameter set then the colon command
+may be used with any current graph.  However, if the parameter affects the
+current graph and the automatic redraw option is set then the graph will
+be redrawn.
+
+The eparam and unlearn commands also apply by default to the parameters
+for the current graph.  However, they may take the keystroke character
+for the graph as an argument to override this.  If the current graph
+parameters are changed and the automatic redraw option is set then
+the graph will be redrawn.
+
+The important colon commands 'x' and 'y' affect the x1, y1, x2, y2
+parameters in most of the graphs.  They are frequently used to override
+the automatic graph scaling.  If no arguments are given the window
+limits are set to INDEF resulting in plotting the full range of the
+data plus a buffer.  If two values are given then only that range of
+the data will be plotted.
+
+.ih
+COMMANDS
+
+.ce
+Cursor Keys
+
+.nf
+?	Print help
+a	Aperture sum, moment parameters, and profile fit
+b	Box coordinates for two cursor positions - c1 c2 l1 l2
+c	Column plot
+d	Load the image display
+e	Contour plot
+f	Redraw the last graph
+g	Graphics cursor
+h	Histogram plot
+i	Image cursor
+j	Fit 1D gaussian to image lines
+k	Fit 1D gaussian to image columns
+l	Line plot
+m	Statistics
+	    image[section] npixels mean median stddev min max
+n	Next frame or image
+o	Overplot
+p	Previous frame or image
+q	Quit
+r	Radial profile plot with fit and aperture sum values
+s	Surface plot
+t	Output image centered on cursor (parameters output, ncoutput, nloutput)
+u	Centered vector plot from two cursor positions
+v	Vector plot between two cursor positions
+w	Toggle write to logfile
+x	Print coordinates
+	    col line pixval [xorign yorigin dx dy r theta]
+y	Set origin for relative positions
+z	Print grid of pixel values - 10 x 10 grid
+,	Quick Gaussian/Moffat photometry
+.	Quick Gaussian/Moffat radial profile plot and fit
+.fi
+
+.ce
+Colon Commands
+
+Explicit image coordinates may be entered using the colon command syntax:
+
+	:<column> <line> <key>
+
+where column and line are the image coordinates and the key is one
+of the cursor keys.  A special syntax for line or column plots is also
+available as :c# or :l# where # is a column or line and no space is
+allowed.
+
+Other colon commands set or show parameters governing the plots and other
+features of the task.  Each graph type has it's own set of parameters.
+When a parameter applies to more than one graph the current graph is assumed.
+If the current graph is not applicable then a warning is given.  The
+"eparam" and "unlearn" commands may be used to change many parameters and
+without an argument the current graph parameters are modified while with
+the graph key as an argument the appropriate parameter set is modified.
+In the list below the graph key(s) to which a parameter applies are shown.
+
+.nf
+allframes               Cycle through all display frames to display images
+angh        s           Horizontal angle for surface plot
+angv        s           Vertical angle for surface plot
+autoredraw  cehlrsuv    Automatically redraw graph after colon command?
+autoscale   h           Adjust number of histogram bins to avoid aliasing
+axes        s           Draw axes in surface plot?
+background  jkr         Subtract background for radial plot and photometry?
+banner      cehjklrsuv  Include standard banner on plots?
+beta        ar		Moffat beta parameter (INDEF to fit or value to fix)
+boundary    uv          Boundary extension type for vector plots
+box         cehjklruv   Draw box around graph?
+buffer      r           Buffer distance for background subtraction
+ceiling     es          Data ceiling for contour and surface plots
+center      jkr         Find center for radial plot and photometry?
+constant    uv          Constant value for boundary extension in vector plots
+dashpat     e           Dash pattern for contour plot
+eparam      cehjklrsuv  Edit parameters
+fill        e           Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+fitplot     r           Overplot profile fit on data?
+fittype     ar          Profile fitting type (gaussian|moffat)
+floor       es          Data floor for contour and surface plots
+interval    e           Contour interval (0 for default)
+iterations  ar          Iterations on fitting radius
+label       e           Draw axis labels for contour plot?
+logfile                 Log file name
+logx        chjklruv    Plot x axis logarithmically?
+logy        chjklruv    Plot y axis logarithmically?
+magzero     r           Magnitude zero for photometry
+majrx       cehjklruv   Number of major tick marks on x axis
+majry       cehjklruv   Number of major tick marks on y axis
+marker      chjklruv    Marker type for graph
+minrx       cehjklruv   Number of minor tick marks on x axis
+minry       cehjklruv   Number of minor tick marks on y axis
+naverage    cjkluv      Number of columns, lines, vectors to average
+nbins       h           Number of histogram bins
+ncolumns    ehs         Number of columns in contour, histogram, or surface plot
+ncontours   e           Number of contours (0 for default)
+ncoutput                Number of columns in output image
+ncstat                  Number of columns in statistics box
+nhi         e           hi/low marking option for contours
+nlines      ehs         Number of lines in contour, histogram, or surface plot
+nloutput                Number of lines in output image
+nlstat                  Number of lines in statistics box
+output			Output image root name
+pointmode   chjkluv     Plot points instead of lines?
+radius      r           Radius of object aperture for radial plot and photometry
+round       cehjklruv   Round axes to nice values?
+rplot       jkr         Radius to plot in 1D and radial profile plots
+select                  Select image or display frame
+sigma       jk          Initial sigma for 1D gaussian fits
+szmarker    chjklruv    Size of marks for point mode
+ticklabels  cehjklruv   Label ticks?
+title       cehjklrsuv  Optional title for graph
+top_closed  h           Close last bin of histogram
+unlearn     cehjklrsuv  Unlearn parameters to default values
+wcs                     World coordinate system for axis labels and readback
+width       jkr         Width of background region
+x [min max] chjklruv    Range of x to be plotted (no values for autoscaling)
+xformat			Coordinate format for column world coordinates
+xlabel      cehjklrsuv  Optional label for x axis
+xorder      jkr         X order of surface for background subtraction
+y [min max] chjklruv    Range of y to be plotted (no values for autoscaling)
+yformat			Coordinate format for line world coordinates
+ylabel      cehjklrsuv  Optional label for y axis
+yorder      r           Y order of surface for background subtraction
+z1          h           Lower intensity value limit of histogram
+z2          h           Upper intensity value limit of histogram
+zero        e           Zero level for contour plot
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+The following  example illustrates many of the features in a descriptive
+way using the standard image dev$pix.
+
+.nf
+  cl> imexam dev$pix nframes=2
+  [The image is loaded in the display if not already loaded]
+  <Image cursor> l          # Make a line plot
+  <Image cursor> e          # Make a contour plot
+  <image cursor> d          # Load a new image
+  image name: saga
+  display frame (1:) (1): 2
+  <Image cursor> e          # Make a contour plot
+  <Image cursor> g          # Switch to graphics cursor
+  <Graph cursor> u          # Mark the center of a vector
+  <Graph cursor> u          # Mark endpoint make a vector plot
+  <Graph cursor> i          # Go back to display
+  <Image cursor> r          # Select star and make radial plot
+  <Image cursor> :rplot 10  # Set radius of plot
+  <Image cursor> :epar      # Set radius plot parameters
+  <Image cursor> c          # Make column plot
+  <Image cursor> :100 l     # Line 100 of image 1
+  <Image cursor> :20 30 e   # Contour plot at (20,30)
+  <Image cursor> p          # Go to previous image
+  <Image cursor> n          # Go to next image
+  <Image cursor> :sel 1     # Select image 1
+  <Image cursor> :log log   # Set log file
+  <Image cursor> w          # Begin logging
+  Log file log is open
+  <Image cursor> a          # Do aperture sum on star 1
+  <Image cursor> a          # Do aperture sum on star 2
+  <Image cursor> a          # Do aperture sum on star 3
+  <Image cursor> a          # Do aperture sum on star 4
+  <Image cursor> w          # Close log file
+  Log file log is closed
+  <Image cursor> y          # Mark position of galaxy center
+  <Image cursor> x          # Print position relative to center
+  <Image cursor> x          # Print position relative to center
+  <Image cursor> s          # Make surface plot
+  <Image cursor> q          # Quit
+.fi
+.ih
+BUGS
+If an operation is interrupted, e.g., an image display or surface plot,
+\fIimexamine\fR is terminated rather than the operation in progress.
+
+When used on a workstation \fIimexamine\fR attempts to always position the
+cursor to the window (text, image, or graphics) from which input is being
+taken.  Moving the mouse manually while the program is also trying to move
+it can cause the mouse to be positioned to the wrong window, requiring that
+it be manually moved to the window from which input is currently being taken.
+
+When entering a colon command in image cursor mode, if one types too fast
+the characters typed before the mouse is moved to the input window
+will be lost.  To avoid this, pause a moment after typing the colon, before
+entering the command, and verify that the mouse has been moved to the correct
+window.  In the future colon command input will be entered without moving
+the mouse out of the image window, which will avoid the problem.
+.ih
+REVISIONS
+.ls IMEXAMINE V2.11.4
+('t'): A new cursor key to create an output image.
+.le
+.ls IMEXAMINE V2.11
+('a' and 'r'): The fit to the radial profile points now includes both a
+Gaussian and a Moffat profile.  The Moffat profile exponent parameter,
+beta, may be fixed or left free to be fit.
+
+('a' and 'r'): New estimates of the FWHM were added to the 'a' and 'r'
+keys.  These include the Moffat profile fit noted above, a direct
+measurement of the FWHM from the radially binned profile, and a Gaussian or
+Moffat fit to the radial enclosed flux profile.  The output from these keys
+was modified to include the new information.
+
+('a' and 'r'): The direct FWHM may be used to iteratively adjust the
+fitting radius to lessen the dependence on the initial fitting
+radius value.
+
+(',' and '.'): New keys to do the Gaussian or Moffat fitting without
+iteration or the enclosed flux and direct measurements.  The output
+format is the same as the previous version.
+
+('k'): Added a kimexam parameter set.
+.le
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cursors, eparam, unlearn, plot.*, tvmark, digiphot.*, apphot.*,
+implot, splot, imedit, radplt, imcntr, imhistogram, imstatistics, display
+psfmeasure.
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/doc/tvmark.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/doc/tvmark.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6611b22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/doc/tvmark.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+.help tvmark Dec89 images.tv
+.ih
+NAME
+tvmark -- mark objects on the image display 
+.ih
+USAGE
+tvmark frame coords
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame
+The frame or image plane number of the display to be marked. 
+.le
+.ls coords 
+The text file containing the coordinates of objects to be
+marked, one object per line with x and y in columns 1 and 2 respectively.
+An optional label may be read out of the third column.
+If \fIcoords\fR = "", the coordinate file is undefined.
+.le
+.ls logfile = ""
+The text file in which image cursor commands typed in interactive mode
+are logged. If \fIlogfile\fR = "" no commands are logged.
+If automatic logging is enabled, all cursor commands
+are logged, otherwise the user must use the interactive keep keystroke
+command to select specific cursor commands for logging.
+Commands are not logged in non-interactive mode.
+.le
+.ls autolog = no
+Automatically log all cursor commands in interactive mode.
+.le
+.ls outimage = ""
+The name of the output snapshot image.
+If tvmark is run in non-interactive mode and no command file is specified,
+a copy of the frame buffer
+is automatically written to the IRAF image \fIoutimage\fR after tvmark
+terminates execution.
+If \fIoutimage\fR = "" no output image is written.
+In interactive mode or in non-interactive mode if a command file
+is specified, the user can make snapshots of the frame buffer
+with the interactive colon  write command.  In this case the name of the output
+snapped image will be in order of priority, the name specified
+by the user in the colon write ommand,  "outimage.snap.version",  or,
+"imagename.snap.version".
+.le
+.ls deletions = ""
+The extension of the output file containing objects which were deleted
+from the coordinate file in interactive or command file mode.
+By default no output deletions file is written.
+If \fIdeletions\fR is not equal to the null string (""), then deleted
+objects are written to a file called \fIcoords.deletions\fR. For
+example if \fIcoords\fR = "nite1" and \fIdeletions\fR = "del", then the
+deletions file will be called "nite1.del".
+.le
+.ls commands = ""
+The text file containing the marking commands.
+In interactive mode if \fIcommands\fR = "", 
+\fIcommands\fR is the image cursor.  In non-interactive mode
+cursor commands may be read from a text file, by setting \fIcommands\fR =
+"textfile".  This file may be a user
+created command file, or the \fIlogfile\fR from a previous run of tvmark.
+If \fIcommands\fR = "" in non-interactive mode, the default mark is drawn
+on the display at the positions of all the objects in \fIcoords\fR.
+.le
+.ls mark = "point"
+The default mark type.  The options are:
+.ls point
+A point.  To ensure legibility \fIpoint\fR is actually a square dot whose
+size is specified by \fIpointsize\fR.
+.le
+.ls plus
+A plus sign.  The shape of the plus sign is determined by the raster font
+and its size is specified by \fItxsize\fR.
+.le
+.ls cross
+An x.  The shape of the x is determined by the raster font and its size is
+is specified by \fItxsize\fR.
+.le
+.ls circle
+A set of concentric circles whose radii are specified by the \fIradii\fR
+parameter.  The radii are in image pixel units.  If the magnifications
+used by display are not equal in x and y circles will become ellipses
+when drawn.
+.le
+.ls rectangle
+A set of concentric rectangles whose lengths and width/length ratio are
+specified by the \fIlengths\fR parameter.  The lengths are specified in
+image pixel units.  If the magnifications used by the display are not
+equal in x and y then squares will become rectangles when drawn.
+.le
+.le
+.ls radii = "0"
+If the default mark type is "circle" than concentric circles of radii
+"r1,r2,...rN" are drawn around each selected point.
+.le
+.ls lengths = "0"
+if the default mark type is "rectangle" then concentric rectangles of
+length and width / length ratio "l1,l2,...lN ratio" are drawn around
+each selected point.  If ratio is not supplied, it defaults to 1.0
+and squares are drawn.
+.le
+.ls font = "raster"
+The name of the font.  At present only a simple raster font is supported.
+.le
+.ls color = 255
+The numerical value or  color of the marks drawn.
+Any number between 0 and 255 may be specified.
+The meaning of the color is device dependent.
+In the current version of the Sun/IRAF IMTOOL numbers between 202
+and 217 may be used to display graphics colors.  The current color
+assignments for IMTOOL are summarized later in this help page.
+.le
+.ls label = no
+Label the marked coordinates with the string in the third column of
+the text file \fIcoords\fR.  \fIlabel\fR overrides \fInumber\fR.
+.le
+.ls number = no
+Label the marked objects with their sequence number in the coordinate
+list \fIcoords\fR.
+.le
+.ls nxoffset = 0, nyoffset = 0
+The x and y offset in display pixels of the numbers to be drawn.
+Numbers are drawn by default with the lower left corner of the first
+digit at the coordinate list position.
+.le
+.ls pointsize = 3
+The size of the default mark type "point". Point size will be rounded up
+to the nearest odd number.
+.le
+.ls txsize = 1
+The size of text, numbers and the plus and cross marks to be written.
+The size is in font units which are 6 display pixels wide and 7 display 
+pixels high.
+.le
+.ls tolerance = 1.5
+Objects marked by the cursor for deletion from the coordinate list
+\fIcoords\fR must be less than or equal to \fItolerance\fR pixels
+from the cursor position to be deleted. If 1 or more objects
+is closer than \fItolerance\fR, the closest object is deleted.
+.le
+.ls interactive = no
+Interactive mode.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TVMARK marks objects on the display by writing directly into
+the frame buffer specified by \fIframe\fR.  TVMARK can draw on
+any devices supported by the IRAF \fIdisplay\fR program.
+After marking, the
+contents of the frame buffer may be written out to the IRAF image
+\fIoutimage\fR.  The output image is equal in size and intensity
+to the contents of the frame buffer displayed at the time of writing.
+
+In interactive mode objects to be marked may be selected interactively
+using the image cursor or read from the text file \fIcoords\fR.
+Objects in the coordinate list
+may be selected individually by number,
+in groups by specifying a range of numbers, or the entire list may
+be read.  New objects may be added to the list interactively
+using the append keystroke command.  In batch mode cursor commands
+may be read from a text file by setting \fIcommands\fR to the name
+of the text file.  This may be a user created file of cursor
+commands or a log file from a previous interactive run of TVMARK.
+If no command file is specified then all the objects in the coordinate
+list are marked with the default mark type /fImark/fR.
+
+The mark commands entered in interactive mode can be saved in the text
+file \fIlogfile\fR.  If \fIautolog\fR
+is enabled and \fIlogfile\fR is defined all cursor commands
+are automatically logged.  If \fIautolog\fR is turned off then the user
+can select which commands are to be logged interactively using the
+interactive keep keystroke.
+
+The default mark type are currently "none", "point", "plus", "cross",
+"circle", a
+list of concentric circles, and "rectangles", a list of concentric rectangles.
+The size of the "point" mark is set using the parameter \fIpointsize\fR
+while the sizes of the "plus" and "cross" mark types are set by the
+\fItxsize\fR parameter.  Txsize is in font units which for the simple raster
+font currently implemented is six display pixels in x and seven display 
+pixels in y.
+The \fIradii\fR and \fIlengths\fR parameters
+describe the concentric circles and concentric rectangles to be drawn
+respectively.
+If \fInumber=yes\fR then objects in the coordinate list will be automatically
+numbered as well as marked.  The position of the number can be altered
+with the \fInxoffset\fR and \fInyoffset\fR parameters.
+
+In interactive mode tvmark maintains a scratch buffer.  The user opens
+the scratch buffer by issuing a save command which saves the current
+contents of the frame buffer in a temporary IRAF image.
+The user can continue marking and if unsatisfied with the results
+restore the last saved copy of the frame buffer with the restore
+command. Subsections of the saved frame buffer can be restored to the
+current frame buffer with the erase keystroke command.
+Finally a snapshot of the frame buffer can be saved permanently by
+using the write command. These snapped images can be redisplayed
+by setting the display task parameter \fIztrans\fR = "none".
+.ih
+CURSOR COMMANDS
+
+.nf
+              Interactive TVMARK Keystroke/Colon Commands
+
+The following keystroke commands are available.
+
+    ?	    Print help
+    +       Mark the cursor position with +
+    x       Mark the cursor position with x
+    .       Mark the cursor position with a dot
+    c       Draw defined concentric circles around the cursor position
+    r       Draw defined concentric rectangles around the cursor position
+    s	    Draw line segments, 2 keystrokes
+    v       Draw a circle, 2 keystrokes
+    b       Draw a rectangle, 2 keystrokes
+    f       Draw filled rectangle, 2 keystrokes
+    e	    Mark region to be erased and restored, 2 keystrokes
+
+    -       Move to previous object in the coordinate list
+    m       Move to next object in the coordinate list
+    p	    Mark the previous object in the coordinate list
+    n       Mark next object in the coordinate list	
+    l	    Mark all the objects in the coordinate list
+    o       Rewind the coordinate list
+    a       Append object at cursor position to coordinate list and mark
+    d	    Delete object nearest the cursor position in the coordinate list
+	    and mark
+
+    k       Keep last cursor command
+    q       Exit tvmark
+
+The following colon commands are available.
+
+   :show		     List the tvmark parameters
+   :move N	       	     Move to Nth object in coordinate list
+   :next N M                 Mark objects N to M in coordinate list
+   :text      [string]       Write text at the cursor position
+   :save		     Save the current contents of frame buffer
+   :restore                  Restore last saved frame buffer
+   :write     [imagename]    Write the contents of frame buffer to an image
+
+The following parameters can be shown or set with colon commands.
+
+   :frame             [number]
+   :outimage	      [imagename]
+   :coords	      [filename]
+   :logfile	      [filename]
+   :autolog           [yes/no]
+   :mark              [point|line|circle|rectangle|cross|plus]
+   :radii             [r1,...,rN]
+   :lengths           [l1,...,lN] [width]
+   :font	      [raster]
+   :color             [number]
+   :number            [yes/no]
+   :label	      [yes/no]
+   :txsize	      [1,2,..]
+   :pointsize	      [1,3,5...]
+.fi
+
+.ih
+CURRENT IMTOOL COLORS
+
+.nf
+	  0 = sunview background color (normally white)
+      1-200 = frame buffer data values, windowed
+	201 = cursor color (white)
+
+	202 = black
+	203 = white
+	204 = red
+	205 = green
+	206 = blue
+	207 = yellow
+	208 = cyan
+	209 = magenta
+	210 = coral
+	211 = maroon
+	212 = orange
+	213 = khaki
+	214 = orchid
+	215 = turquoise
+	216 = violet
+	217 = wheat
+
+    218-254 = reserved for use by other windows
+	255 = black (sunview foreground color)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+1. Display an image,  mark all the objects in the coordinate file 
+m92.coo.1 with red dots, and save the contents of the frame buffer
+in the iraf image m92r.snap. Redisplay the marked image.
+
+.nf
+    cl> display m92r 1
+    cl> tvmark 1 m92.coo.1 outimage=m92r.snap col=204
+    cl> display m92r.snap 2 ztrans="none"
+.fi
+
+2. Execute the same command only number the objects in the coordinate
+list instead of marking them.
+
+.nf
+    cl> display m92r 1
+    cl> tvmark 1 m92.coo.1 outimage=m92r.snap mark=none\
+    >>>   number+ col=204
+    cl> display m92r.snap 2 ztrans="none"
+.fi
+
+3. Display an image and draw concentric circles with radii of 5, 10 and
+20 pixels corresponding to an aperture radius and inner and outer
+sky annulus around the objects in the coordinate list. 
+
+.nf
+    cl> display m92r 1
+    cl> tvmark 1 m92.coo.1 mark=circle radii="5,10,20" col=204
+.fi
+
+4. Display an image, mark objects in a coordinate list with dots
+and append new objects to the coordinate file.
+
+.nf
+    cl> display m92r 1
+
+    cl> tvmark 1 m92.coo.1 interactive+
+	... type q to quit the help menu ...
+	... type :number yes to turn on numbering ...
+	... type l to mark all objects in the coordinate file
+	... move cursor to desired unmarked objects and type a
+	... type :write to take a snap shot of the frame buffer
+	... type q to quit
+.fi
+
+5. Make a finder chart of a region containing 10 stars by drawing
+a box around the field, marking each of the 10 stars with a dot,
+labeling each with an id and finally labeling the whole field.
+Save all the keystroke commands in a log file.
+
+.nf
+    cl> display m92r 1 log=m92r.log auto+
+
+    cl> tvmark 1 "" interactive+
+
+	... type q to quit the help menu ...
+
+	... to draw a box around the finder field move the cursor to the
+	    lower left corner of the finder field and type b, move the
+	    cursor the upper right corner of the field and type b again
+
+	... to mark and label each object move to the position of the
+	    object and type ., next move slightly away from the object
+	    and type :text id 
+
+	... to label the chart with a title first type :txsize 2 for
+	    bigger text then move the cursor to the position where
+	    the title should begin and type :text title
+
+	... save the marked image with :write
+
+	... type q to quit the program
+.fi
+
+6. Edit the log file created above to remove any undesired commands
+and rerun tvmark redirecting cursor input to the log file.
+
+.nf
+    cl> display m92r 1
+    cl> tvmark 1 "" commands=logfile inter-
+.fi
+
+7. Draw a box on the display with a lower left corner of 101,101 and an
+upper right corner of 200,200 using a simple cursor command file.
+Note than in interactive mode the b key is the one that draws a box.
+
+.nf
+The command file contains the following 3 lines
+
+    101.0 101.0 101 b
+    200.0 200.0 101 b
+    200.0 200.0 101 q
+
+    cl> display m92r 1
+    cl> tvmark 1 "" commands=commandfile inter-
+.fi
+.ih
+BUGS
+Tvmark is a prototype task which can be expected to undergo considerable
+modification and enhancement in the future. The current version of this
+task does not produce publication quality graphics.
+In particular aliasing is easily visible in the code which draws circles
+and lines.
+
+Input from the coordinate list is sequential. No attempt has been made
+to arrange the objects to be marked in order for efficiency of input and
+output.
+
+Note that the move command does not currently physically move the image
+cursor. However the next mark drawn will be at the current coordinate
+list position.
+
+Users may wish to disable the markcur option in the imtool setup window
+before running tvmark.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+display, imedit, imexamine
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/doc/wcslab.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/doc/wcslab.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0095c68c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/doc/wcslab.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,698 @@
+.help wcslab Dec91 images.tv
+
+.ih
+NAME
+wcslab -- overlay a labeled world coordinate grid on an image
+
+.ih
+USAGE
+wcslab image
+
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+
+.ls image 
+The name of the image to be labeled. If image is "", the parameters
+in wcspars will be used to draw a labeled coordinate grid.
+.le
+.ls frame
+The display frame buffer displaying the image to be labeled.
+.le
+.ls usewcs = no
+Use the world coordinate system specified by the parameters in the wcspars
+parameter set in place of the image world coordinate system  or if
+image is "" ?
+.le
+.ls wcspars = ""
+The name of the parameter set defining the world coordinate system
+to be used if image is "" or if usewcs = "yes".  The wcspars parameters
+are described in more detail below.
+.le
+.ls wlpars = "" 
+The name of the parameter set which controls the
+detailed appearance of the plot. The wlpars parameters are described
+in more detail below.
+.le
+.ls fill = yes
+If fill is no, wcslab tries to
+create a square viewport with a maximum size dictated by the viewport
+parameters.  If fill is yes, then wcslab
+uses the viewport exactly as specified.
+.le
+.ls vl = INDEF, vr = INDEF, vb = INDEF, vt = INDEF
+The left, right, bottom, and top edges of the viewport in NDC (0-1)
+coordinates. If any of vl, vr, vb, or vt are  INDEF,
+wcslab computes a default value. To overlay the plot
+with a displayed image, vl, vr, vb, and vt must use the same viewport used
+by the display task to load the image into the frame buffer.
+.le
+.ls overplot = no
+Overplot to an existing plot?  If yes, wcslab will not erase the
+current plot.  This differs from append in that a new viewport
+may be defined.  Append has priority if both
+append and overwrite are yes.
+.le
+.ls append = no
+Append to an existing plot?  If no, wcslab resets the
+graphics to a new viewport/wcs for each new plot.  Otherwise, it uses
+the scaling from a previous plot. If append=yes but no plot was drawn, it
+will behave as if append=no.   This differs from overplot in that
+the same viewport is used.  Append has priority if both
+append and overwrite are yes.
+.le
+.ls device = "imd"
+The graphics device. To create an overlay plot, device must be set
+to one of the imdkern devices listed in dev$graphcap. To create a 
+plot of the coordinate grid in the
+graphics window, device should be set to "stdgraph".
+.le
+
+.ih
+WCSPARS PARAMETERS
+
+.ls ctype1 = "linear", ctype2 = "linear"
+The coordinate system type of the first and second axes.
+Valid coordinate system types are:
+"linear", and "xxx--tan", "xxx-sin", and "xxx-arc", where "xxx" can be either
+"ra-" or "dec".
+.le
+.ls crpix1 = 0.0, crpix2 = 0.0
+The X and Y coordinates of the reference point in pixel space that
+correspond to the reference point in world space.
+.le
+.ls crval1 = 0.0, crval2 = 0.0
+The X and Y coordinate of the reference point in world space that
+corresponds to the reference point in pixel space.
+.le
+.ls cd1_1 = 1.0, cd1_2 = 0.0
+The FITS CD matrix elements [1,1] and [1,2] which describe the x-axis
+coordinate transformation.  These elements usually have the values
+<xscale * cos (angle)> and, <-yscale * sin (angle)>, or, for ra/dec systems
+<-xscale * cos (angle)> and <yscale * sin (angle)>.
+.le
+.ls cd2_1 = 0.0, cd2_2 = 1.0
+The FITS CD matrix elements [2,1] and [2,2] which describe the y-axis
+coordinate transformation. These elements usually have the values
+<xscale * sin (angle)> and <yscale * cos (angle)>.
+.le
+.ls log_x1 = 0.0, log_x2 = 1.0, log_y1 = 0.0, log_y2 = 1.0
+The extent in pixel space over which the transformation is valid.
+.le
+
+
+.ih
+WLPARS PARAMETERS
+
+.ls major_grid = yes
+Draw a grid instead of tick marks at the position of the major
+axes intervals?  If yes, lines of constant axis 1 and axis 2 values
+are drawn.  If no, tick marks are drawn instead.  Major grid
+lines / tick marks are labeled with the appropriate axis values.
+.le
+.ls minor_grid = no
+Draw a grid instead of tick marks at the position of the
+minor axes intervals?  If yes, lines of constant axis 1 and axis 2 values
+are drawn between the major grid lines / tick
+marks.  If no, tick marks are drawn instead. Minor grid lines / tick
+marks are not labeled.
+.le
+.ls dolabel = yes
+Label the major grid lines or tick marks?
+.le
+.ls remember = no
+Modify the wlpars parameter file when done?  If yes, parameters that have
+been calculated by the task are written back to the parameter file.
+If no, the default, the parameter file is left untouched by the task.
+This option is useful for fine-tuning the appearance of the graph.
+.le
+.ls axis1_beg = ""
+The lowest value of axis 1 in world coordinates units
+at which a major grid line / tick mark will be drawn.
+If axis1_beg = "", wcslab  will compute this quantity.
+Axis1_beg will be ignored if axis1_end and axis1_int are undefined.
+.le
+.ls axis1_end = ""
+The highest value of axis 1 in world coordinate
+units at which a major grid line / tick mark will be drawn.
+If axis1_end = "", wcslab will compute this quantity.
+Axis1_end will be ignored if axis1_beg and axis1_int are undefined.
+.le
+.ls axis1_int = ""
+The interval in world coordinate units at which
+major grid lines / tick marks will be drawn along axis 1.
+If axis1_int = "", wcslab will compute this quantity.
+Axis1_int will be ignored if axis1_beg and axis1_end are undefined.
+.le
+.ls axis2_beg = ""
+The lowest value of axis 2 in world coordinates units
+at which a major grid line / tick mark will be drawn.
+If axis2_beg = "", wcslab  will compute this quantity.
+Axis2_beg will be ignored if axis2_end and axis2_int are undefined.
+.le
+.ls axis2_end = ""
+The highest value of axis 2 in world coordinate
+units at which a major grid line / tick mark will be drawn.
+If axis2_end = "", wcslab will compute this quantity.
+Axis2_end will be ignored if axis2_beg and axis2_int are undefined.
+.le
+.ls axis2_int = ""
+The interval in world coordinate units at which
+major grid lines / tick marks will be drawn along axis 2.
+If axis2_int = "", wcslab will compute this quantity.
+Axis2_int will be ignored if axis1_beg and axis1_end are undefined.
+.le
+.ls major_line = "solid"
+The type of major grid lines to be plotted.
+The permitted values are "solid", "dotted", "dashed", and "dotdash".
+.le
+.ls major_tick = .03
+Size of major tick marks relative to the size of the viewport.
+By default the major tick marks are .03 times the size of the
+viewport.
+.le
+.ls axis1_minor = 5
+The number of minor grid lines / tick marks that will appear between major 
+grid lines / tick marks for axis 1.
+.le
+.ls axis2_minor = 5
+The number of minor grid lines / tick marks that will appear between major
+grid lines / tick marks for axis 2.
+.le
+.ls minor_line = "dotted"
+The type of minor grid lines to be plotted.
+The permitted values are "solid", "dotted", "dashed", and "dotdash".
+.le
+.ls minor_tick = .01
+Size of minor tick marks relative to the size of the viewport.
+BY default the minor tick marks are .01 times the size of the
+viewport.
+.le
+.ls tick_in = yes
+Do tick marks point into instead of away from the graph ?
+.le
+.ls axis1_side = "default"
+The list of viewport edges, separated by commas, on which to place the axis
+1 labels.  If axis1_side is "default", wcslab will choose a side.
+Axis1_side may contain any combination of "left", "right",
+"bottom", "top", or "default".
+.le
+.ls axis2_side = "default"
+The list of viewport edges, separated by commas, on which to place the axis
+2 labels.  If axis2_side is "default", wcslab will choose a side.
+Axis2_side may contain any combination of "left", "right",
+"bottom", "top", or "default".
+.le
+.ls axis2_dir = ""
+The axis 1 value at which the axis 2 labels will be written for polar graphs. 
+If axis2_dir is "", wcslab will compute this number.
+.le
+.ls justify = "default"
+The direction with respect to axis 2 along which the axis 2
+labels will be drawn from the point they are labeling on polar graphs.
+If justify = "", then wcslab will calculate this quantity.  The permitted
+values are "default", "left", "right", "top", and "bottom".
+.le
+.ls labout = yes
+Draw the labels outside the axes ?  If yes, the labels will be drawn
+outside the image viewport.  Otherwise, the axes labels will be drawn inside
+the image border.  The latter option is useful if the image fills the
+display frame buffer.
+.le
+.ls full_label = no
+Always draw all the labels in full format (h:m:s or d:m:s) if the world
+coordinate system of the image is in RA and DEC ?  If full_label = no, then
+only certain axes will be labeled in full format. The remainder will
+be labeled in minutes or seconds as appropriate.
+.le
+.ls rotate = yes
+Permit the labels to rotate ?
+If rotate = yes, then labels will be written
+at an angle to match that of the major grid lines that are being
+labeled.  If rotate = no, then labels are always written
+"normally", that is horizontally. If labout = no, then rotate is
+set to "no" by default.
+.le
+.ls label_size = 1.0
+The size of the characters used to draw the major grid line labels.
+.le
+.ls title = "imtitle"
+The graph title. If title = "imtitle", then a default title containing
+the image name and title is created.
+.le
+.ls axis1_title = ""
+The title for axis 1. By default no axis title is drawn.
+.le
+.ls axis2_title = ""
+The title for axis 2. By default no axis title is drawn.
+.le
+.ls title_side = "top"
+The side of the plot on which to place the title.
+The options are "left", "right", "bottom", and "top".
+.le
+.ls axis1_title_side = "default"
+The side of the plot on which to place the axis 1 title.
+If axis1_title_side = "default", wcslab will choose a side for the title.
+The permitted values are "default", "right", "left", "top", and
+"bottom".
+.le
+.ls axis2_title_side = "default"
+The side of the plot on which to place the axis 2 title.
+If axis2_title_side = "default", wcslab will choose a side for the title.
+The permitted values are "default", "right", "left", "top", and
+"bottom".
+.le
+.ls title_size = 1.0
+The size of characters used to draw the title.
+.le
+.ls axis_title_size = 1.0
+The size of the characters used to draw the axis titles.
+.le
+.ls graph_type = "default"
+The type of graph to be drawn.  If graph_type = "default", wcslab will
+choose an appropriate graph type.  The permitted values are "normal", "polar",
+and "near_polar".
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+WCSLAB draws a labeled world coordinate grid on the graphics device
+\fIdevice\fR using world coordinate system (WCS)
+information stored in the header of the IRAF image \fIimage\fR if
+\fIusewcs\fR is "no", or
+in \fIwcspars\fR if \fIusewcs\fR is "yes" or \fIimage\fR is "".
+WCSLAB currently supports the following coordinate system types 1)
+the tangent plane, sin, and arc sky projections in right ascension
+and declination and 2) any linear coordinate system.
+
+By default WCSLAB draws on the image display device, displacing
+the currently loaded image pixels with graphics pixels. Therefore in order
+to register the coordinate grid plot with the image, the image must
+loaded into the image display with the DISPLAY task, prior to
+running WCSLAB.
+
+If the viewport parameters \fIvl\fR, \fIvr\fR, \fIvb\fR, and
+\fIvt\fR are left undefined, WCSLAB will try to match the viewport
+of the coordinate grid plot with the viewport of the currently
+displayed image in the selected frame \fIframe\fR. 
+This scheme works well in the case where \fIimage\fR is smaller
+than the display frame buffer, and in the case where \fIimage\fR is
+actually a subsection of the image currently loaded into the display frame
+buffer.  In the case where \fIimage\fR
+fills or overflows the image display frame buffer, WCSLAB 
+draws the appropriate coordinate grid but is not able to draw the
+titles and labels which would normally appear outside the plot.
+In this case the user must, either adjust the DISPLAY parameters
+\fIxmag\fR, and \fIymag\fR so that the image will fit in the frame
+buffer,  or change the DISPLAY viewport parameters \fIxsize\fR and
+\fIysize\fR so as to display only a fraction of the image.
+
+WCSLAB can create a new plot each time it is run, \fIappend\fR = no
+and \fIoverplot\fR = no,  add a new graph to an existing plot
+if \fIoverplot\fR = yes and \fIappend\fR=no,
+or append to an existing plot if \fIappend\fR = yes. 
+For new or overplots WCSLAB computes the viewport and window, otherwise it
+uses the viewport and window of a previously existing plot. If \fIdevice\fR
+is "stdgraph", then WCSLAB will clear the screen between each new plot.
+This is not possible if \fIdevice\fR is one of the "imd" devices
+since the image display graphics kernel writes directly into the display
+frame buffer. In this case the user must redisplay the image and rerun
+WCSLAB for each new plot.
+
+The parameters controlling the detailed appearance of the plot
+are contained in the parameter set specified by \fIwlpars\fR.
+
+.ih
+THE USER-DEFINED WCS
+
+The parameters in WCSPARS are used to define the world
+coordinate system  only if,  1) the parameter \fIusewcs\fR is "yes"
+or, 2) the input image is undefined.
+This user-defined WCS specifies the transformation from the logical coordinate
+system, e.g.  pixel units, to a world system, e.g. ra and dec.
+
+Currently IRAF supports two types of world coordinate systems:
+1) linear, which provides a linear mapping from pixel units to
+the world coordinate system 2) and the sky projections which provide
+a mapping from pixel units to ra and dec.  The parameters
+\fIctype1\fR and \fIctype2\fR define which coordinate system will be in
+effect.  If a linear system is
+desired, both \fIctype1\fR and \fIctype2\fR must be "linear".
+If the tangent plane sky projection is desired,
+and the first axis is ra and the
+second axis is dec, then \fIcypte1\fR and \fIctype2\fR
+must be "ra---tan" and "dec--tan" respectively.
+To obtain the sin or arc projections "tan" is replaced with "sin" or
+"arc" respectively.
+
+The scale factor and rotation between the logical and world coordinate
+system is described by the CD matrix.  Using matrix
+multiplication, the logical coordinates are multiplied by the CD
+matrix to produce the world coordinates.  The CD matrix is represented in
+the parameters as follows:
+
+.nf
+
+                |---------------|
+                | cd1_1  cd1_2  |
+                |               |
+                | cd2_1  cd2_2  |
+                |---------------|
+
+.fi
+
+To construct a typical CD matrix, the following definitions of the
+individual matrix elements may be used:
+
+.nf
+
+        cd1_1 =  xscale * cos (ROT)
+        cd1_2 = -yscale * sin (ROT)
+        cd2_1 =  xscale * sin (ROT)
+        cd2_2 =  yscale * cos (ROT)
+
+.fi
+
+where xscale and yscale are the scale factors from the logical to world
+systems, e.g. degrees per pixel, and ROT is the angle of rotation between
+the two systems, where positive rotations are counter-clockwise.
+
+The ra/dec transformation is a special case.  Since by convention ra
+increases "to the left", opposite of standard convention, the first axis
+transformation needs to be multiplied by -1.  This results in the
+following formulas: 
+
+.nf
+
+        cd1_1 = -xscale * cos (ROT)
+        cd1_2 =  yscale * sin (ROT)
+        cd2_1 =  xscale * sin (ROT)
+        cd2_2 =  yscale * cos (ROT)
+
+.fi
+
+Finally, the origins of the logical and world systems must be defined.
+The parameters \fIcrpix1\fR and \fIcrpix2\fR define the coordinate in
+the logical space that corresponds to the coordinate in world space
+defined by the parameters \fIcrval1\fR and \fIcrval2\fR. The coordinates
+(crpix1, crpix2) in logical space, when transformed to world space,
+become (crval1, crval2).
+
+The last set of parameters, log_x1, log_x2, log_y1, log_y2, define the
+region in the logical space, e.g. in pixels,  over which the transformation
+is valid.
+
+.ih
+AXIS SPECIFICATION
+
+For all \fIlinear\fR transformations axis 1 and axis 2 specify which axis in
+the image is being referred to.
+For example in a 2-dimensional image, the FITS image header keywords
+CTYPE1, CRPIX1, CRVAL1, CDELT1,
+CD1_1, and CD1_2 define the world coordinate transformation for axis 1.
+Similarly the FITS image header keywords
+CTYPE2, CRPIX2, CRVAL2, CDELT2,
+CD2_1, CD2_2, define the world coordinate transformation for axis 2.
+
+THIS RULE DOES NOT APPLY TO THE TANGENT PLANE, SIN, and ARC SKY
+PROJECTION WCS'S.
+For this type of WCS axis 1 and axis 2 
+always refer to right ascension and declination respectively,
+and WCSLAB assumes that all axis 1 parameters refer to right
+ascension and all axis 2 parameters refer to declination, regardless of
+which axis in the image WCS actually specifies right ascension and declination.
+
+.ih
+GRID DRAWING 
+
+There are two types of grid lines / tick marks, "major" and
+"minor".  The major grid lines / tick marks are the lines / ticks
+that will be labeled.  The minor grid lines / tick marks are plotted
+between the major marks.  Whether lines or tick marks are drawn is
+determined by the boolean parameters \fImajor_grid\fR and \fIminor_grid\fR.
+If yes, lines are drawn; if no, tick marks are drawn.  How the lines
+appear is controlled by the parameters \fImajor_line\fR and \fIminor_line\fR.
+
+The spacing of minor marks is controlled by the parameters \fIaxis1_minor\fR
+and \fIaxis2_minor\fR. These parameters specify the number of minor marks
+that will appear between the major marks along the axis 1
+and axis 2 axes.
+
+Spacing of major marks is more complicated.  WCSLAB tries to
+present major marks only along "significant values" in the
+coordinate system.  For example, if the graph spans several hours of
+right ascension,  the interval between major marks will in general be an
+hour and the major marks will appear at whole hours within the graph.
+If what WCSLAB chooses is unacceptable, the interval and range can
+be modified by the parameters \fIaxis1_int\fR, \fIaxis1_beg\fR,
+\fIaxis1_end\fR for the axis 1, and \fIaxis2_int\fR, \fIaxis2_beg\fR,
+and \fIaxis2_end\fR for axis 2. All three parameters must be specified for
+each axis in order for the new values to take affect
+
+.ih
+GRAPH APPEARANCE
+
+WCSLAB supports three types of graph: normal, polar, and near_polar.
+
+A normal graph is the usual Cartesian graph where lines of constant
+axis 1 or 2 values cross at least two different sides of the graph.
+WCSLAB will by default plot a normal type graph for any image 1)
+which has no defined WCS 2) which has a linear WCS 3) where the sky
+projection WCS approximates a Cartesian system.
+
+A polar graph is one in which the north or south pole of the
+coordinate system actually appears on the graph.
+Lines of constant declination are no longer approximately
+straight lines, but are circles which may not intersect any
+of the edges of the graph. In this type of graph, axis 1 values
+are labeled all the way around the graph. 
+Axis 2 values are labeled within the graph
+next to each circle.  An attempt is made to label as many circles as
+possible.  However, if the WCSLAB's defaults are not agreeable,
+the parameters, \fIaxis2_dir\fR and \fIjustify\fR, can be modified
+to control how this labeling is done.
+\fIAxis2_dir\fR specifies along which axis 1 value the
+axis 2 labels should be written.  \fIJustify\fR specifies on which side of
+this value the label should appear.
+
+The near_polar graph is a cross between the normal graph and the polar
+graph.  In this case the pole is not on the graph, but is close enough
+to significantly affect the appearance of the plot.  The near_polar graph
+is handled like a polar graph.
+
+The parameter \fIgraph_type\fR can be used to force WCSLAB
+to plot a graph of the type specified, although in this case it
+may be necessary to modify the values of other WLPARS parameters to
+obtain pleasing results. For example trying to plot a polar graph as
+Cartesian may producing a strange appearing graph.
+
+.ih
+GRAPH LABELING
+
+Due to the variety of graph types that can be plotted (see above), and
+the arbitrary rotation that any WCS can have, the task of labeling
+the major grid lines in a coherent and pleasing manner is not trivial.
+
+The basic model used is the Cartesian or normal graph.  Labels
+normally appear on the left and bottom edges of the graph with a side
+devoted solely to one of the WCS coordinate axis.  For example, right
+ascension might be labeled only along the bottom edge of the graph
+and declination only along the left edge, or vice versa. 
+
+If the defaults chosen by WCSLAB are unacceptable, the
+parameters \fIaxis1_side\fR and \fIaxis2_side\fR, can be used to specify which
+side (or sides) the labels for axis 1 and axis 2 will appear.
+Either a single side or a list of sides can be specified for either
+axis.  If a list is specified, labels will appear on each side listed,
+even if the same side appears in both of the parameters.  In this way,
+labels can be made to appear on the same side of the graph.
+
+.ih
+LABEL APPEARANCE
+
+Due to coordinate rotations, lines of constant axis 1 or axis 2 value
+may not intersect the edges
+of the graph perpendicularly.  To help clarify which line belongs to
+which label, the labels will be drawn at an angle equal to that of the
+line which is being labeled.  If this is not desired, 
+the parameter \fIrotate\fR may be set to no, and labels will always appear
+"normal", i.e.  the text will not be rotated in any way.
+
+By default, all labels will be shortened to the smallest unit
+needed to indicate the value of the labeled line.  For example, if the
+graph spans about 30 seconds of declination, the interval between the
+labels will be approximately 5 or 10 seconds. The first label will contain the
+full specification, i.e. -22:32:20.  But the rest of the labels will
+only be the seconds, i.e. 30, 40, 50.  However, at the change in
+minutes, the full format would be used again, -22:33:00, but then
+again afterwards only seconds will be displayed, i.e. 10, 20, etc.
+If this shortening of labels is undesirable, it
+can be turned off by setting the parameter \fIfull_label\fR to yes.  This
+forces every label to use the full specification.
+
+Finally, the parameter \fIlabel_size\fR can be used to adjust the size of the
+characters used in the axis labels.
+
+.ih
+TITLES
+
+A graph title may specified using the parameter \fItitle\fR. If \fItitle\fR
+= "imtitle" a default title constructed from the image name and title
+is used. The location and size of the graph title are controlled by
+the parameters \fItitle_side\fR and \fItitle_size\fR.
+Similarly the content, placement and size of the axis titles are
+controlled by the parameters \fIaxis1_title\fR, \fIaxis2_title\fR,
+\fIaxis1_title_side\fR, \fIaxis2_title_side\fR,  and
+\fIaxis_title_size\fR.
+
+.ih
+OUTPUT FORMATS
+
+If \fIremember\fR = yes, the coordinates are output to the parameter set
+WLPARS in a form suitable for the type of system the coordinates
+represent.  For example right
+ascensions are output in HH:MM:SS (hours:minutes:seconds) and
+declinations are output in DD:MM:SS (degrees:minutes:seconds).
+If the input parameters are changed, for example axis1_int, their values
+must be input in the same format.
+If the WCS is linear, then the parameters will not be formatted in any special
+way; i.e. no assumptions are made about units, etc.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Display the 512 pixel square IRAF test image dev$pix in an 800 square
+display window and overlay it with a labeled coordinate grid.  Since
+dev$pix  does not have a defined WCS a pixel coordinate grid will appear.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display  dev$pix 1
+
+	    ... display the image in frame 1
+
+	cl> wcslab dev$pix 1
+
+	    ... the coordinate grid in green will be plotted on the display
+.fi
+
+2. Redisplay the previous image and by overlay the labeled
+coordinate grid on the inner 100 by 400 pixels in x and y.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display dev$pix 1
+
+	    ... erase the graphics by redisplaying the image
+
+	cl> wcslab dev$pix[100:400,100:400] 1
+.fi
+
+3. Display an 800 square image which has a defined linear WCS in an 800 square
+display window and overlay it with the coordinate grid. Reduce
+the display viewport in order to leave space around the edge of the
+displayed image for the labels and titles.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display image 1 xsize=0.8 ysize=0.8 fill+
+	cl> wcslab image 1 vl=.1 vr=.9 vb=.1 vt=.9
+.fi
+
+4. Repeat the previous example using a different combination of display
+and wcslab parameters to achieve the same goal.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display image 1 xmag=0.8 ymag=0.8
+	cl> wcslab image 1
+.fi
+
+5. Display a section of the previous image and overlay it with a
+coordinate grid. Note that the same section should be specified in
+both cases.
+
+.nf
+	cl> display image[101:700,101:700] 1
+	cl> wcslab image[101:700,101:700] 1
+.fi
+
+6. Display a 512 square image with a defined tangent plane sky projection
+in an 800 square frame buffer and overlay the labeled coordinate grid. The 
+standard FITS keywords shown below define the WCS. This WCS is
+approximately correct for the IRAF test image dev$pix.
+
+.nf
+	# IRAF image header keywords which define the WCS
+
+	CRPIX1  =               257.75
+	CRPIX2  =               258.93
+	CRVAL1  =      201.94541667302		# RA is stored in degrees !
+	CRVAL2  =             47.45444
+	CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+	CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+	CDELT1  =        -2.1277777E-4
+	CDELT2  =         2.1277777E-4
+
+
+	cl> display dev$pix 1
+
+	cl> wcslab dev$pix 1
+.fi
+
+7. Display a  512 square image with a defined tangent plane sky projection
+approximately centered on the north celestial pole in an 800 square frame
+buffer. The FITS keywords shown below define the WCS.
+
+
+.nf
+	# IRAF image header keywords which define the WCS
+
+	CRPIX1  =               257.75
+	CRPIX2  =               258.93
+	CRVAL1  =      201.94541667302	    # RA is stored in degrees !
+	CRVAL2  =             90.00000
+	CTYPE1  = 'RA---TAN'
+	CTYPE2  = 'DEC--TAN'
+	CDELT1  =        -2.1277777E-4
+	CDELT2  =         2.1277777E-4
+
+	cl> display northpole 1
+
+	cl> wcslab northpole 1
+.fi
+
+8.  Display and label a 512 square image which has no WCS information
+using the values of the parameters in wcspars. The center pixel (256.0, 256.0)
+is located at (9h 22m 30.5s, -15o 05m 42s), the pixels are .10 
+arcseconds in size, and are rotated 30.0 degrees counter-clockwise.
+
+.nf
+
+	cl> lpar wcspars
+
+	    ctype1 = 'ra---tan'
+	    ctype2 = 'dec--tan'
+	    crpix1 = 256.0
+	    crpix2 = 256.0
+	    crval1 = 140.62708
+	    crval2 = -15.09500
+	    cd1_1  = -2.405626e-5
+	    cd1_2  = 1.388889e-5
+	    cd2_1  = 1.388889e-5
+	    cd2_2  = 2.405626e-5
+            log_x1 = 1.
+            log_x2 = 512.
+            log_y1 = 1.
+            log_y2 = 512.
+
+	cl> display image 1
+
+	cl> wcslab image usewcs+
+
+.fi
+.ih
+AUTHORS
+The WCSLAB task was written by members of the STScI SDAS programming group
+and integrated into the IRAF DISPLAY package by members of the IRAF
+programming group for version 2.10 IRAF.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+display, gcur, imdkern
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/eimexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/eimexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a67e4322
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/eimexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"Column",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Line",,,"Y-axis label"
+
+ncolumns,i,h,21,2,,Number of columns
+nlines,i,h,21,2,,Number of lines
+floor,r,h,INDEF,,,"minimum value to be contoured (0 if none)"
+ceiling,r,h,INDEF,,,"maximum value to be contoured (0 if none)"
+zero,r,h,0.,,,"greyscale value of zero contour"
+ncontours,i,h,5,,,"number of contours to be drawn (0 for default)"
+interval,r,h,0.,,,"contour interval (0 for default)"
+nhi,i,h,-1,,,"hi/low marking option: -1=omit, 0=mark h/l, 1=mark each pix"
+dashpat,i,h,528,,,"bit pattern for generating dashed lines"
+label,b,h,no,,,"label major contours with their values?"
+
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
+fill,b,h,no,,,fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/himexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/himexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a35a911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/himexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"Pixel Bin",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Count",,,"Y-axis label"
+
+ncolumns,i,h,21,2,,Number of columns
+nlines,i,h,21,2,,Number of lines
+nbins,i,h,512,1,,Number of bins in histogram
+z1,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum histogram intensity
+z2,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum histogram intensity
+autoscale,b,h,yes,,,Adjust nbins and z2 for integer data?
+top_closed,b,h,no,,,Include z2 in the top bin?
+
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+y1,r,h,0.,,,Y-axis window limit
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+pointmode,b,h,no,,,plot points instead of lines?
+marker,s,h,"plus",,,point marker character?
+szmarker,r,h,1.,,,marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,log scale x-axis
+logy,b,h,yes,,,log scale y-axis
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/README b/pkg/images/tv/iis/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1562fd6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/README
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+CV -- Control video package.  This is a prototype package, used to load images
+into the image display (currently only the IIS), as well as to control the
+display and read the display memory.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5cc437e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#{ BLINK -- Blink 2, 3, or 4 frames.
+
+# frame1,i,a,,,,Frame1
+# frame2,i,a,,,,Frame2
+# frame3,i,a,,,,Frame3
+# frame4,i,a,,,,Frame4
+# rate,r,h,1.,,,Blink rate (sec per frame)
+
+{
+	if ($nargs == 3) {
+	    _dcontrol (alternate = frame1 // " " // frame2 // " " //
+		frame3, blink+, rate=rate)
+	} else if ($nargs == 4) {
+	    _dcontrol (alternate = frame1 // " " // frame2 // " " //
+		frame3 // " " // frame4, blink+, rate=rate)
+	} else {
+	    _dcontrol (alternate = frame1 // " " // frame2, blink+, rate=rate)
+	}
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bccfa8f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.par
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+frame1,i,a,,,,Frame1
+frame2,i,a,,,,Frame2
+frame3,i,a,,,,Frame3
+frame4,i,a,,,,Frame4
+rate,r,h,1.,,,Blink rate (sec per frame)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/cv.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cv.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c33dd032
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cv.par
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Package parameters for CV.
+
+snap_file,f,a,,,,output file for snap image
+textsize,r,a,1.0,,,character size
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/cvl.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cvl.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2eb9fab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cvl.par
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Package parameters for CVL.
+# All  are from "display.par"
+
+image,f,a,,,,image to be displayed
+frame,i,a,1,1,4,frame to be written into
+border_erase,b,h,no,,,erase unfilled area of window
+erase,b,h,yes,,,display frame being loaded
+select_frame,b,h,yes,,,display frame being loaded
+#repeat,b,h,no,,,repeat previous display parameters
+fill,b,h,no,,,scale image to fit display window
+zscale,b,h,yes,,,display range of greylevels near median
+contrast,r,h,0.25,,,contrast adjustment for zscale algorithm
+zrange,b,h,yes,,,display full image intensity range
+nsample_lines,i,h,5,,,number of sample lines
+xcenter,r,h,0.5,0,1,display window horizontal center
+ycenter,r,h,0.5,0,1,display window vertical center
+xsize,r,h,1,0,1,display window horizontal size
+ysize,r,h,1,0,1,display window vertical size
+xmag,r,h,1.,,,display window horizontal magnification
+ymag,r,h,1.,,,display window vertical magnification
+z1,r,h,,,,minimum greylevel to be displayed
+z2,r,h,,,,maximum greylevel to be displayed
+ztrans,s,h,linear,,,greylevel transformation (linear|log|none)
+lutfile,f,h,"",,,name of textfile with user's transformation table
+version,s,h,"14May85"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/Cv.spc.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/Cv.spc.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b30ae1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/Cv.spc.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+.help cv Jan86 tv.cv
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+\fIframe 1\fR while \fBf42\fR means \fIframes 4\fR
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+
+.ls \fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.le
+.ls \fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.le
+.ls \fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command turns specified frames on (or off).
+Turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.le
+.ls \fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.le
+.ls \fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.le
+.ls \fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.le
+.ls \fBoffset\fR C N
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.le
+.ls \fBpan\fR (F)
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.le
+.ls \fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.le
+.ls \fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.le
+.ls \fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.le
+.ls \fBsnap\fR (C)
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.le
+.ls \fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.le
+.ls \fBtell\fR
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.le
+.ls \fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.le
+.ls \fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.le
+.ls \fBzoom\fR N (F)
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
+.le
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/blink.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/blink.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1440ebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/blink.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.help blink Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+blink -- Blink frames in the image display
+.ih
+USAGE
+blink frame1 frame2 [frame3 [frame4]]
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame1
+First frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls frame2
+Second frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls frame3
+Third frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls frame4
+Fourth frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls rate = 1.
+Blink rate in seconds per frame.  May be any fraction of a second.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Two or more frames are alternately displayed on the image display monitor
+("stdimage") at a specified rate per frame.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To blink two frames:
+
+	cl> blink 1 2
+
+To blink three frames at a rate of 2 seconds per frame:
+
+	cl> blink 3 1 2 rate=2
+.ih
+BUGS
+The blink rate is measured in
+software and, therefore, will not be exactly even in a time sharing
+environment.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.doc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d34ccaa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+.TL
+The "cv" Display Package
+.AU
+Richard Wolff
+.DA
+.PP
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+.PP
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+.I "frame 1"
+while \fBf42\fR means
+.I "frames 4"
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+.PP
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+.PP
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+.sp
+.SH
+\fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+.IP
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.SH
+\fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+.IP
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.SH
+\fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command turns specified frames on (or off).
+Turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.SH
+\fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.SH
+\fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+.IP
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.SH
+\fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+.IP
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.SH
+\fBoffset\fR C N
+.IP
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.SH
+\fBpan\fR (F)
+.IP
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.SH
+\fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+.IP
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+.IP
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+.IP
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+.sp
+.KS
+.PS
+B: box
+move
+G: box
+move
+R: box
+move to B.sw left 0.375
+line dotted to B.nw
+line dashed to B.s
+move to G.sw
+line dashed to G.n
+line dashed to G.se
+move to R.s
+line dashed to R.ne
+line dotted to R.se right 0.375
+"blue" at B.s below
+"green" at G.s below
+"red" at R.s below
+.PE
+.sp
+.KE
+.IP
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.SH
+\fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+.IP
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.SH
+\fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+.IP
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.SH
+\fBsnap\fR (C)
+.IP
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+.IP
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+.IP
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.SH
+\fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+.IP
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+.IP
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.SH
+\fBtell\fR
+.IP
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.SH
+\fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+.IP
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.SH
+\fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+.IP
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.SH
+\fBzoom\fR N (F)
+.IP
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f90d74d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+.help cv Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+cv -- Control image device and take snapshots
+.ih
+USAGE
+cv
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls snap_file
+Output file for snap image.
+.le
+.ls textsize
+Character size for added text strings.
+.le
+.ih
+COMMANDS
+The following commands are available.  This list is also available when
+running the task with the commands h(elp) or ?.
+
+.nf
+--- () : optional; [] : select one; N : number; C/F/Q : see below
+b(link) N F (C Q) (F (C Q)..)	blink	(N = 10 is one second)
+c(ursor) [on off F]		cursor
+di F (C Q) [on off]		display image
+dg C (F Q) [on off]		display graphics
+e(rase) [N a(ll) g(raphics) F]	erase (clear)
+m(atch) (o) F (C) (to) (F) (C)	match (output) lookup table
+o(ffset)  C N			offset color (N: 0 to +- 4095)
+p(an) (F) 			pan images
+ps(eudo) (o) (F C) (rn sn)	pseudo color mapping
+				rn/sn: random n/seed n
+r(ange) N (C) (N C ...)		scale image (N: 1-8)
+re(set) [r i t a]		reset display
+				registers/image/tables/all
+sn(ap) (C)			snap a picture
+s(plit) [c o px,y nx,y]		split picture
+t(ell)				tell display state
+w(indow) (o) (F C)		window (output) frames
+wr(ite) [F C] text		write text to frame/graphics
+z(oom) N (F) 			zoom frames (N: 1-8)
+x   or   q			exit/quit
+--- C: letter c followed by r/g/b/a or, for snap r,g,b,m,bw,rgb,
+---   or for dg r/g/b/y/p/m/w, as 'cr', 'ca', or 'cgb'
+--- F: f followed by a frame number or 'a' for all
+--- Q: q followed by quadrant number or t,b,l,r for top, bottom,...
+.fi
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+\fIframe 1\fR while \fBf42\fR means \fIframes 4\fR
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+
+.ls \fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.le
+.ls \fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.le
+.ls \fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command selects frames to be displayed on the
+monitor.  If neither \fIon\fR or \fIoff\fR is given, the specified frames
+are turned on and all others are turned off.  Turning a frame on with
+the \fIon\fR specification displays the frames along with whatever else
+is present; that is the new frame is added to the display.  Note that
+turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.le
+.ls \fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.le
+.ls \fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.le
+.ls \fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.le
+.ls \fBoffset\fR C N
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.le
+.ls \fBpan\fR (F)
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.le
+.ls \fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.le
+.ls \fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.le
+.ls \fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.le
+.ls \fBsnap\fR (C)
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.le
+.ls \fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.le
+.ls \fBtell\fR
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.le
+.ls \fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.le
+.ls \fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.le
+.ls \fBzoom\fR N (F)
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
+.le
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cvl
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.ms b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.ms
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d34ccaa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.ms
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+.TL
+The "cv" Display Package
+.AU
+Richard Wolff
+.DA
+.PP
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+.PP
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+.I "frame 1"
+while \fBf42\fR means
+.I "frames 4"
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+.PP
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+.PP
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+.sp
+.SH
+\fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+.IP
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.SH
+\fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+.IP
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.SH
+\fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command turns specified frames on (or off).
+Turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.SH
+\fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.SH
+\fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+.IP
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.SH
+\fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+.IP
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.SH
+\fBoffset\fR C N
+.IP
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.SH
+\fBpan\fR (F)
+.IP
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.SH
+\fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+.IP
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+.IP
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+.IP
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+.sp
+.KS
+.PS
+B: box
+move
+G: box
+move
+R: box
+move to B.sw left 0.375
+line dotted to B.nw
+line dashed to B.s
+move to G.sw
+line dashed to G.n
+line dashed to G.se
+move to R.s
+line dashed to R.ne
+line dotted to R.se right 0.375
+"blue" at B.s below
+"green" at G.s below
+"red" at R.s below
+.PE
+.sp
+.KE
+.IP
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.SH
+\fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+.IP
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.SH
+\fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+.IP
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.SH
+\fBsnap\fR (C)
+.IP
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+.IP
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+.IP
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.SH
+\fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+.IP
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+.IP
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.SH
+\fBtell\fR
+.IP
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.SH
+\fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+.IP
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.SH
+\fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+.IP
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.SH
+\fBzoom\fR N (F)
+.IP
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cvl.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cvl.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cda07b07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cvl.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+.help cvl Jul87 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+cvl -- load images in image display
+.ih
+USAGE
+cvl image frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+Image to be loaded.
+.le
+.ls frame
+Display frame to be loaded.
+.le
+.ls erase = yes
+Erase frame before loading image?
+.le
+.ls border_erase = no
+Erase unfilled area of window in display frame if the whole frame is not
+erased?
+.le
+.ls select_frame = yes
+Display the frame to be loaded?
+.le
+.ls fill = no
+Interpolate or block average the image to fit the display window?
+.le
+.ls zscale = yes
+Apply an automatic intensity mapping algorithm when loading the image?
+.le
+.ls contrast = 0.25
+Contrast factor for the automatic intensity mapping algorithm.
+.le
+.ls zrange = yes
+If not using the automatic mapping algorithm (\fIzscale = no\fR) map the
+full range of the image intensity to the full range of the display?
+.le
+.ls nsample_lines = 5
+Number of sample lines to use in the automatic intensity mapping algorithm.
+.le
+.ls xcenter = 0.5, ycenter = 0.5
+Horizontal and vertical centers of the display window in normalized
+coordinates measured from the left and bottom respectively.
+.le
+.ls xsize = 1, ysize = 1
+Horizontal and vertical sizes of the display window in normalized coordinates.
+.le
+.ls xmag = 1., ymag = 1.
+Horizontal and vertical image magnifications when not filling the display
+window.  Magnifications greater than 1 map image pixels into more than 1
+display pixel and magnifications less than 1 map more than 1 image pixel
+into a display pixel.
+.le
+.ls z1, z2
+Minimum and maximum image intensity to be mapped to the minimum and maximum
+display levels.  These values apply when not using the automatic or range
+intensity mapping methods.
+.le
+.ls ztrans = "linear"
+Transformation of the image intensity levels to the display levels.  The
+choices are:
+.ls "linear"
+Map the minimum and maximum image intensities linearly to the minimum and
+maximum display levels.
+.le
+.ls "log"
+Map the minimum and maximum image intensities linearly to the range 1 to 1000,
+take the logarithm (base 10), and then map the logarithms to the display
+range.
+.le
+.ls "none"
+Apply no mapping of the image intensities (regardless of the values of
+\fIzscale, zrange, z1, and z2\fR).  For most image displays, values exceeding
+the maximum display value are truncated by masking the highest bits.
+This corresponds to applying a modulus operation to the intensity values
+and produces "wrap-around" in the display levels.
+.le
+.ls "user"
+User supplies a look up table of intensities and their corresponding
+greyscale values.  
+.le
+.le
+.ls lutfile = ""
+Name of text file containing the look up table when \fIztrans\fR = user.
+The table should contain two columns per line; column 1 contains the
+intensity, column 2 the desired greyscale output.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The specified image is loaded into the specified frame of the standard
+image display device ("stdimage").  For devices with more than one
+frame it is possible to load an image in a frame different than that
+displayed on the monitor.  An option allows the loaded frame to become
+the displayed frame.  The previous contents of the frame may be erased
+(which can be done very quickly on most display devices) before the
+image is loaded.  Without erasing, the image replaces only those pixels
+in the frame defined by the display window and spatial mapping
+described below.  This allows displaying more than one image in a
+frame.  An alternate erase option erases only those pixels in the
+defined display window which are not occupied by the image being
+loaded.  This is generally slower than erasing the entire frame and
+should be used only if a display window is smaller than the entire
+frame.
+
+The image is mapped both in intensity and in space.  The intensity is
+mapped from the image pixel values to the range of display values in
+the device.  Spatial interpolation maps the image pixel coordinates
+into a part of the display frame called the display window.  Many of
+the parameters of this task are related to these two transformations.
+
+A display window is defined in terms of the full frame.  The lower left
+corner of the frame is (0, 0) and the upper right corner is (1, 1) as viewed on
+the monitor.  The display window is specified by a center (defaulted to the
+center of the frame (0.5, 0.5)) and a size (defaulted to the full size of
+the frame, 1 by 1).  The image is loaded only within the display window and
+does not affect data outside the window; though, of course, an initial
+frame erase erases the entire frame.  By using different windows one may
+load several images in various parts of the display frame.
+
+If the option \fIfill\fR is selected the image is spatially interpolated
+to fill the display window in its largest dimension (with an aspect
+ratio of 1:1).  When the display window is not automatically filled
+the image is scaled by the magnification factors (which need not be
+the same) and centered in the display window.  If the number of image
+pixels exceeds the number of display pixels in the window only the central
+portion of the image which fills the window is loaded.  By default
+the display window is the full frame, the image is not interpolated
+(no filling and magnification factors of 1), and is centered in the frame.
+The spatial interpolation algorithm is described in the section
+MAGNIFY AND FILL ALGORITHM.
+
+There are several options for mapping the pixel values to the display
+values.  There are two steps; mapping a range of image intensities to
+the full display range and selecting the mapping function or
+transformation.  The mapping transformation is set by the parameter
+\fIztrans\fR.  The most direct mapping is "none" which loads the image
+pixel values directly without any transformation or range mapping.
+Most displays only use the lowest bits resulting in a wrap-around
+effect for images with a range exceeding the display range.  This is
+sometimes desirable because it produces a contoured image which is not
+saturated at the brightest or weakest points.  This transformation is
+also the fastest.  Another transformation, "linear", maps the selected
+image range linearly to the full display range.  The logarithmic
+transformation, "log", maps the image range linearly between 1 and 1000
+and then maps the logarithm (base 10) linearly to the full display
+range.  In the latter transformations pixel values greater than
+selected maximum display intensity are set to the maximum display value
+and pixel values less than the minimum intensity are set to the minimum
+display value.
+
+Methods for setting of the range of image pixel values, \fIz1\fR and
+\fIz2\fR, to be mapped to the full display range are arranged in a
+hierarchy from an automatic mapping which gives generally good result
+for typical astronomical images to those requiring the user to specify
+the mapping in detail.  The automatic mapping is selected with the
+parameter \fIzscale\fR.  The automatic mapping algorithm is described
+in the section ZSCALE ALGORITHM and has two parameters,
+\fInsample_lines\fR and \fIcontrast\fR.
+
+When \fIztrans\fR = user, a look up table of intensity values and their
+corresponding greyscale levels is read from the file specified by the
+\fIlutfile\fR parameter.  From this information, a piecewise linear
+look up table containing 4096 discrete values is composed.  The text
+format table contains two columns per line; column 1 contains the
+intensity, column 2 the desired greyscale output.  The greyscale values
+specified by the user must match those available on the output device.
+Task \fIshowcap\fR can be used to determine the range of acceptable
+greyscale levels.  When \fIztrans\fR = user, parameters \fIzscale\fR,
+\fIzrange\fR and \fIzmap\fR are ignored.
+
+If the zscale algorithm is not selected the \fIzrange\fR parameter is
+examined.  If \fIzrange\fR is yes then \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR are set to
+the minimum and maximum image pixels values, respectively.  This insures
+that the full range of the image is displayed but is generally slower
+than the zscale algorithm (because all the image pixels must be examined)
+and, for images with a large dynamic range, will generally show only the
+brightest parts of the image.
+
+Finally, if the zrange algorithm is not selected the user specifies the
+values of \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR directly.
+.ih
+ZSCALE ALGORITHM
+The zscale algorithm is designed to display the image values near the median
+image value without the time consuming process of computing a full image
+histogram.  This is particularly useful for astronomical images which
+generally have a very peaked histogram corresponding to the background
+sky in direct imaging or the continuum in a two dimensional spectrum.
+
+A subset of the image is examined.  Approximately 600 pixels are
+sampled evenly over the image.  The number of lines is a user parameter,
+\fInsample_lines\fR.  The pixels are ranked in brightness to
+form the function I(i) where i is the rank of the pixel and I is its value.
+Generally the midpoint of this function (the median) is very near the peak
+of the image histogram and there is a well defined slope about the midpoint
+which is related to the width of the histogram.  At the ends of the
+I(i) function there are a few very bright and dark pixels due to objects
+and defects in the field.  To determine the slope a linear function is fit
+with iterative rejection;
+
+	I(i) = intercept + slope * (i - midpoint)
+
+If more than half of the points are rejected
+then there is no well defined slope and the full range of the sample
+defines \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR.  Otherwise the endpoints of the linear
+function are used (provided they are within the original range of the
+sample):
+
+.nf
+	z1 = I(midpoint) + (slope / contrast) * (1 - midpoint)
+	z2 = I(midpoint) + (slope / contrast) * (npoints - midpoint)
+.fi
+
+As can be seen, the parameter \fIcontrast\fR may be used to adjust the contrast
+produced by this algorithm.
+.ih
+MAGNIFY AND FILL ALGORITHM
+The spatial interpolation algorithm magnifies (or demagnifies) the
+image along each axis by the desired amount.  The fill option is a
+special case of magnification in that the magnification factors are set
+by the requirement that the image just fit the display window in its
+maximum dimension with an aspect ratio (ratio of magnifications) of 1.
+There are two requirements on the interpolation algorithm; all the
+image pixels must contribute to the interpolated image and the
+interpolation must be time efficient.  The second requirement means that
+simple linear interpolation is used.  If more complex interpolation is
+desired then tasks in the IMAGES package must be used to first
+interpolate the image to the desired size before loading the display
+frame.
+
+If the magnification factors are greater than 0.5 (sampling step size
+less than 2) then the image is simply interpolated.  However, if the
+magnification factors are less than 0.5 (sampling step size greater
+than 2) the image is first block averaged by the smallest amount such
+that magnification in the reduced image is again greater than 0.5.
+Then the reduced image is interpolated to achieve the desired
+magnifications.  The reason for block averaging rather than simply
+interpolating with a step size greater than 2 is the requirement that
+all of the image pixels contribute to the displayed image.  If this is
+not desired then the user can explicitly subsample using image
+sections.  The effective difference is that with subsampling the
+pixel-to-pixel noise is unchanged and small features may be lost due to
+the subsampling.  With block averaging pixel-to-pixel noise is reduced
+and small scale features still contribute to the displayed image.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+For the purpose of these examples we assume a display with four frames,
+512 x 512 in size, and a display range of 0 to 255.  Also consider two
+images, image1 is 100 x 200 with a range 200 to 2000 and image2 is
+2000 x 1000 with a range -1000 to 1000.  To load the images with the
+default parameters:
+
+.nf
+	cl> cvl image1 1
+	cl> cvl image2 2
+.fi
+
+The image frames are first erased and image1 is loaded in the center of
+display frame 1 without spatial interpolation and with the automatic intensity
+mapping.  Only the central 512x512 area of image2 is loaded in display frame 2
+
+To load the display without any intensity transformation:
+
+	cl> cvl image1 1 ztrans=none
+
+The next example interpolates image2 to fill the full 512 horizontal range
+of the frame and maps the full image range into the display range.  Note
+that the spatial interpolation first block averages by a factor of 2 and then
+magnifies by 0.512.
+
+	cl> cvl image2 3 fill+ zscale-
+
+The next example makes image1 square and sets the intensity range explicitly.
+
+	cl> cvl image1 4 zscale- zrange- z1=800 z2=1200 xmag=2
+
+The next example loads the two images in the same frame side-by-side.
+
+.nf
+	cl> cvl.xsize=0.5
+	cl> cvl image1 fill+ xcen=0.25
+	cl> cvl image2 erase- fill+ xcen=0.75
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+display, magnify
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/erase.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/erase.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a3548e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/erase.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.help erase Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+erase -- erase display frame
+.ih
+USAGE
+erase frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame
+Frame to be erased.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The specified frame in the image display ("stdimage") is erased.
+Note that the erased frame can be different than the frame currently
+being displayed on the monitor.  The graphics frame is not erased.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To erase frame 3:
+
+	cl> erase 3
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/frame.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/frame.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec3a9059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/frame.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+.help frame Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+frame -- select frame to be displayed on the image display
+.ih
+USAGE
+frame frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame
+Frame to be displayed.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The specified frame is displayed on the image display monitor ("stdimage").
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To display frame 3:
+
+	cl> frame 3
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/lumatch.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/lumatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95e6f800
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/lumatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+.help lumatch Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+lumatch -- match lookup tables for two display frames
+.ih
+USAGE
+lumatch frame ref_frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame
+Frame whose lookup table is to be adjusted.
+.le
+.ls ref_frame
+Frame whose lookup table is to be matched.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The lookup tables mapping the display frame values to the grey levels
+on the display monitor are matched in one frame to a reference frame.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To match the lookup tables in frame 3 to those in frame 1:
+
+	cl> lumatch 3 1
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/monochrome.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/monochrome.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70cc7aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/monochrome.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+.help monochrome Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+monochrome -- select monochrome enhancement
+.ih
+USAGE
+monochrome
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Set the display monitor to display monochrome grey levels by setting
+the lookup tables for each color gun to the same values.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+	cl> monochrome
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/pseudocolor.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/pseudocolor.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c7bb70a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/pseudocolor.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+.help pseudocolor Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+pseudocolor -- select pseudocolor enhancement
+.ih
+USAGE
+pseudocolor
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls enhancement
+Type of pseudocolor enhancement.  The types are:
+.ls "random"
+A randomly chosen color is assigned to each display level.
+.le
+.ls "linear"
+The display levels are mapped into a spectrum.
+.le
+.ls "8color"
+Eight colors are chosen at random over the range of the display levels.
+.le
+.le
+.ls window = yes
+Window the lookup table for the frame after enabling the pseudocolor?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The display levels from the lookup table are mapped into various saturated
+colors to enhance an image.  There is a choice of three color mappings.
+After the pseudocolor enhancement is enabled on the display monitor the
+user may, optionally, adjust the frame lookup table.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.nf
+	cl> pseudocolor random
+	cl> pseudocolor 8color
+	cl> pseudocolor linear
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/rgb.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/rgb.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bd9aa13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/rgb.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+.help rgb Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+rgb - select true color mode (red, green, and blue frames)
+.ih
+USAGE
+rgb red_frame green_frame blue_frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls red_frame
+Frame to use for the red component.
+.le
+.ls green_frame
+Frame to use for the green component.
+.le
+.ls blue_frame
+Frame to use for the blue component.
+.le
+.ls window = no
+Window the rgb lookup tables?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Set the display monitor to display rgb colors by using three frames to
+drive the red, green, and blue guns of the color display monitor.
+Optionally, window the rgb lookup tables.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+	cl> rgb 1 2 3
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/window.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/window.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f98130c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/window.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+.help window Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+window -- adjust the contrast and dc offset of the current frame
+.ih
+USAGE
+window
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The lookup table between the display frame values and the values sent
+to the display monitor is adjusted interactively to enhance the display.
+The mapping is linear with two adjustable parameters; the intercept
+and the slope.  The two values are set with the image display cursor
+in the two dimensional plane of the display.  The horizontal position
+of the cursor sets the intercept or zero point of the transformation.
+Moving the cursor to the left lowers the zero point while moving the cursor to
+the right increases the zero point.  The vertical position of the cursor
+sets the slope of the transformation.  The middle of the display is zero
+slope (all frame values map into the same output value) while points above
+the middle have negative slope and points below the middle have positive
+slope.  Positions near the middle have low contrast while positions near
+the top and bottom have very high contrast.  By changing the slope from
+positive to negative the image may be displayed as positive or negative.
+
+The interactive loop is exited by pressing any button on the cursor control.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.nf
+	cl> window
+	Window the display and push any button to exit:
+.fi
+.ih
+BUGS
+It may be necessary to execute FRAME before windowing.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/zoom.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/zoom.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85a0b604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/zoom.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+.help zoom Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+zoom - zoom in on the image (change magnification)
+.ih
+USAGE
+zoom
+.ls zoom_factor
+Zoom factor by the display is to be expanded.  The factors are powers
+of 2; 1 = no zoom, 2 = factor of 2, 3 = factor of 4, and 4 = factor of 8.
+.le
+.ls window = no
+Window the enlarged image?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The display is zoomed by the specified factor.  A zoom factor of 1 is no
+magnification and higher factors correspond to factors of 2.  The zoom
+replicates pixels on the monitor and only a part of the display frame
+centered on the display cursor is visible.  The window option allows
+the user to adjust interactively with the cursor the part of the zoomed
+frame.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To magnify the displayed frame by a factor of 2:
+
+	cl> zoom 2
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4da666bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#{ ERASE -- Erase a greyscale display frame.
+
+# frame,i,a,1,1,4,frame to be erased
+# saveframe,i,h
+
+{
+	saveframe = _dcontrol.frame
+	_dcontrol (frame=frame, erase=yes)
+	_dcontrol (frame = saveframe)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f84180f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.par
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+frame,i,a,1,1,4,frame to be erased
+saveframe,i,h
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/frame.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/frame.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1252f7da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/frame.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#{ FRAME -- Select the frame to be displayed.
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (type="frame", frame=frame)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/giis.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/giis.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e000c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/giis.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+input,s,a,,,,input metacode file
+device,s,h,"stdimage",,,output device
+generic,b,h,no,,,ignore remaining kernel dependent parameters
+debug,b,h,no,,,print decoded graphics instructions during processing
+verbose,b,h,no,,,"print elements of polylines, cell arrays, etc. in debug mode"
+gkiunits,b,h,no,,,print coordinates in GKI rather than NDC units
+txquality,s,h,"normal","normal|low|medium|high",,character generator quality
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Imdis.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Imdis.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ddd46e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Imdis.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+.help imdis Dec84 "Image Display I/O"
+.ce
+\fBImage display I/O Design\fR
+.ce
+Richard Wolff
+.ce
+May 1985
+.sp 1
+.nh
+Introduction
+
+    The image display i/o interface uses the features of the GIO interface
+to provide for the reading and writing of images and for the control of
+the various subunits of a typical image display device.  The cell array
+calls of GIO are used for the image data, while the text and polyline
+functions handle the text and line generation.  Cursor reads are also
+done with standard GIO calls.  However, all the other display functions
+are implemented through a series of GIO escape sequences, which are
+described in this document.
+.sp
+.nh
+Escape sequences
+
+    Each sequence is described here, giving first a line with the count
+of the number of words in the escape "instruction", followed by the data.
+Since most of the data items might be more rationally considered arrays,
+they are so indicated here.  This means that in most cases, the number of
+words in the escape instruction cannot be determined until run-time; an
+indication of this is the use of "sizeof(arrays)" to indicate the number
+of words in all the pseudo arrays.
+.sp
+Escape 10  --  reset
+.ls
+.tp 5
+1 hard/medium/soft
+.ls
+.nf
+hard		Clear image and graphics planes
+medium		reset all (lookup) tables to linear
+soft		reset scroll, zoom, cursor, alu, etc.
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is used to preform various reset commands.  These are not
+done at GKOPENWS time because the user will not necessarily want to
+upset the existing display when the image kernel is started up.
+.sp
+Escape 11  --  set image plane
+.ls
+.tp 4
+sizeof(arrays) IFA IBPL
+.ls
+.nf
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+IBPL(i)		image bit plane array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is essentially a header to the getcell/putcell calls.  It
+identifies both the frame(s) and bit plane(s) to be read or written.  IFA
+is an array of (short) integers, each of which specifies a plane (using
+one indexing), the last element of the array being the integer IDS_EOD
+to flag the End Of Data.  IDS_EOD is a defined to be (-2).  IBPL represents
+the bit planes that are to be read or written for all the frames in IFA.
+The data is IBPL is terminated with IDS_EOD.  If the first element of IFA (or
+IBPL) is IDS_EOD, all image frames (all bit planes) are involved in the I/O.
+All "array" data are expected to be terminated with IDS_EOD, and the general
+convention is maintained that IDS_EOD with no preceding data implies all
+"frames", "colors", or whatever.
+.sp
+Escape 12  --  set graphics plane
+.ls
+.tp 4
+sizeof(arrays) GFA GBPL
+.ls
+.nf
+GFA(i)		graphics frame array
+GBPL(i)		graphics bit plane array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is identical to escape 11, but refers to graphics planes
+instead of image planes.  Generally, each graphics bit plane will refer to
+a particular color, or perhaps, to a particular image plane.  But there is
+no enforced correspondence between graphics planes and image planes or colors.
+The GFA specifies a set of graphics planes, and is probably unnecessary as the
+bitplane array carries adequate information.  Including it, however, retains
+symmetry with escape 11.  Thus, GFA cannot be omitted, for otherwise the
+kernel would not know where GBPL started, but is set to IDS_EOD, and the
+kernel can then find and ignore it.
+.sp
+Escape 13  --  display image
+.ls
+.tp 6
+1+sizeof(arrays) ON/OFF IFA ICOLOR IQUAD
+.ls
+.nf
+ON/OFF		turn frame on or off
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+ICOLOR(i)	image color array
+IQUAD(i)	image quadrant array (for split screen mode)
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+The specified image planes are all to be displayed in all the colors given
+by ICOLOR.  If ICOLOR(1) is IDS_EOD, a full color display is implied.
+The quadrant value specifies which quadrant the frames are
+to appear in--this is needed only when the split screen mode is in effect;
+otherwise, IQUAD[1] = IDS_EOD.
+.sp
+Escape 14  --  display graphics
+.ls
+.tp 6
+1+sizeof(arrays) ON/OFF GBPL GCOLOR GQUAD
+.ls
+.nf
+ON/OFF		turn referenced planes on or off
+GBPL(i)		graphics bit plane array
+GCOLOR(i)	graphics color array
+GQUAD(i)	graphics quadrant array (for split screen mode)
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is identical to escape 13, except for the substitution of
+a bitplane array for frames, since graphics are usually treated bit by bit.
+[With the IIS systems, for instance, this call requires manipulation of
+the color-graphics lookup table.]
+.sp
+Escape 15  --  save device state
+.ls
+.tp 5
+1+sizeof(arrays) FD IFA GFA
+.ls
+.nf
+FD		file descriptor for save file
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+GFA(i)		graphics frame array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+Saves the specified image frames and graphics planes and all the device
+dependent status information in the file referenced by FD.  Not implemented
+in the Kernel (yet).
+.sp
+Escape 16  --  restore device state
+.ls
+.tp 5
+1+sizeof(arrays) FD IFA GFA
+.ls
+.nf
+FD		file descriptor for restore file
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+GFA(i)		graphics frame array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+Restores the specified image frames and graphics planes and all the device
+dependent status information from the file referenced by FD.  Not implemented
+in the Kernel (yet).
+.sp
+Escape 17  --  control
+.ls
+.tp 9
+4+sizeof(arrays) REG RW N FRAME COLOR OFFSET DATA
+.ls
+.nf
+REG(i)		control register or function
+RW(i)		read or write (write is 0, read 1, wait/read is 2)
+N(i)		Number of data values
+FRAME(i)	frame array
+COLOR(i)	color array
+OFFSET(i)	offset or other datum
+DATA(Ni)	array of data
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+Escape 18 is a very general sequence for writing any device
+control register.  Such "registers" include such generally available
+capabilities as look-up tables, as well as specifics, such as min/max
+registers. The upper level code may have to consult an "imagecap"
+file to determine what it can request.
+
+FRAME, OFFSET, and COLOR, may not be needed for a particular operation,
+but these arrays cannot be omitted; rather, use a one element array with
+the value IDS_EOD.  Should additional information be needed for an operation,
+it can be transmitted in DATA.
+.sp
+.nh
+Examples
+
+.sp
+To clear all frames, one would issue the following sequence
+.ls
+.tp 4
+.nf
+GKI_ESCAPE  11  IFA[1] = IDS_EOD  IBPL[1] = IDS_EOD
+GKI_CLEARWS
+GKI_ESCAPE  12  IFA[1] = IDS_EOD  IBPL[1] = IDS_EOD
+GKI_CLEARWS
+.fi
+.le
+.sp
+To write an image to frame 2 ( IIS internal frame number 1 )
+.ls
+.tp 2
+.nf
+GKI_ESCAPE  11  IFA[1] = 2  IFA[2] = IDS_EOD  IBPL[1] = IDS_EOD
+GKI_PCELL   data
+.fi
+.le
+.sp
+To activate frame 1 in red and green
+.ls
+.tp 2
+.nf
+GKI_ESCAPE  13  IFA[1] = 1  IFA[2] = IDS_EOD  ICOLOR[1] = IDS_RED
+		ICOLOR[2] = IDS_GREEN  ICOLOR[3] = IDS_EOD
+		IQUAD[1] = IDS_EOD
+.fi
+.le
+.sp
+.bp
+.nh
+Defines
+
+This section presents the value and intended use of each of the various
+defined constants.  This list is likely to expand.
+
+.nf
+define	IDS_EOD         (-2)		# flag for end of data
+
+define	IDS_RESET	10		# escape 10
+define	IDS_R_HARD	 0		# hard reset
+define	IDS_R_MEDIUM	 1		# medium
+define	IDS_R_SOFT	 2
+define	IDS_R_SNAPDONE	 3		# end snap
+
+define	IDS_SET_IP	11		# escape 11
+define	IDS_SET_GP	12		# escape 12
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_I	13		# escape 13
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_G	14		# escape 14
+define	IDS_SAVE	15		# escape 15
+define	IDS_RESTORE	16		# escape 16
+
+# max sizes
+
+define	IDS_MAXIMPL	16		# maximum number of image planes
+define	IDS_MAXGRPL	16		# maximum number of graphics planes
+define	IDS_MAXBITPL	16		# maximum bit planes per frame
+define	IDS_MAXGCOLOR	 8		# maximum number of colors (graphics)
+define	IDS_MAXDATA   8192		# maximum data structure in display
+
+define	IDS_RED		 1
+define	IDS_GREEN	 2
+define	IDS_BLUE	 3
+define	IDS_YELLOW	 4
+define	IDS_RDBL	 5
+define	IDS_GRBL	 6
+define	IDS_WHITE	 7
+define	IDS_BLACK	 8
+
+define	IDS_QUAD_UR	 1		# upper right quad.: split screen mode
+define	IDS_QUAD_UL	 2
+define	IDS_QUAD_LL	 3
+define	IDS_QUAD_LR	 4
+
+define	IDS_CONTROL	17		# escape 17
+define	IDS_CTRL_LEN	 6
+define	IDS_CTRL_REG	 1		# what to control
+define	IDS_CTRL_RW	 2		# read/write field in control instr.
+define	IDS_CTRL_N	 3		# count of DATA items
+define	IDS_CTRL_FRAME	 4		# pertinent frame(s)
+define	IDS_CTRL_COLOR	 5		#   and color
+define	IDS_CTRL_OFFSET	 6		# generalized "register"
+define	IDS_CTRL_DATA	 7		# data array
+
+define	IDS_WRITE	 0		# write command
+define	IDS_READ	 1		# read command
+define	IDS_READ_WT	 2		# wait for action, then read
+define	IDS_OFF		 1		# turn whatever off
+define	IDS_ON		 2
+define	IDS_CBLINK	 3		# cursor blink
+define	IDS_CSHAPE	 4		# cursor shape
+
+define	IDS_CSTEADY	 1		# cursor blink - steady (no blink)
+define	IDS_CFAST	 2		# cursor blink - fast
+define	IDS_CMEDIUM	 3		# cursor blink - medium
+define	IDS_CSLOW	 4		# cursor blink - slow
+
+define	IDS_FRAME_LUT	 1		# look-up table for image frame
+define	IDS_GR_MAP	 2		# graphics color map...lookup table per
+					# se makes little sense for bit plane
+define	IDS_INPUT_LUT	 3		# global input lut
+define	IDS_OUTPUT_LUT	 4		# final lut
+define	IDS_SPLIT	 5		# split screen coordinates
+define	IDS_SCROLL	 6		# scroll coordinates
+define	IDS_ZOOM	 7		# zoom magnification
+define	IDS_OUT_OFFSET	 8		# output bias
+define	IDS_MIN		 9		# data minimum
+define	IDS_MAX		10		# data maximum
+define	IDS_RANGE	11		# output range select
+define	IDS_HISTOGRAM	12		# output data histogram
+define	IDS_ALU_FCN	13		# arithmetic feedback function
+define	IDS_FEEDBACK	14		# feedback control
+define	IDS_SLAVE	15		# auxiliary host or slave processor
+
+define	IDS_CURSOR	20		# cursor control - on/off/blink/shape
+define	IDS_TBALL	21		# trackball control - on/off
+define	IDS_DIGITIZER	22		# digitizer control - on/off
+
+define	IDS_BLINK	23		# for blink request
+define	IDS_SNAP	24		# snap function
+define	IDS_MATCH	25		# match lookup tables
+
+# snap codes ... just reuse color codes from above.
+define	IDS_SNAP_RED	 IDS_RED	# snap the blue image
+define	IDS_SNAP_GREEN	 IDS_GREEN	# green
+define	IDS_SNAP_BLUE	 IDS_BLUE	# blue
+define	IDS_SNAP_RGB	 IDS_BLACK	# rgb image --- do all three
+define	IDS_SNAP_MONO	 IDS_WHITE	# do just one
+
+# cursor parameters
+
+define	IDS_CSET	128		# number of cursors per "group"
+
+define	IDS_CSPECIAL	4097		# special "cursors"
+			# must be > (IDS_CSET * number of cursor groups)
+define	IDS_CRAW	IDS_CSPECIAL	# raw cursor read
+define	IDS_BUT_RD	4098		# "cursor number" for read buttons cmd
+define	IDS_BUT_WT	4099		# wait for button press, then read
+define	IDS_CRAW2	4100		# a second "raw" cursor
+.fi
+.nh
+Explanation
+
+    Most of the control functions of an image display do not fit within
+the standard GIO protocols, which is why the escape function is provided.
+However, image displays exhibit a wide range of functionality, and some
+balance must be achieved between code portability/device independence and
+use of (possibly peculiar) capabilities of a particular device.  The control
+functions (such as IDS_FRAME_LUT, IDS_CURSOR, IDS_SLAVE) "selected" here
+are, for the most part, general functions, but the code was written with
+the IIS Model 70 at hand (and in mind), and some "defines" reflect this.
+
+    The model of the display is a device with some number of image frames,
+each of which has associated with it an INPUT look-up table, used for
+scaling or bit selection as data is written into the image frame;
+a FRAME look-up table for each of the three primary colors, used to
+alter the video stream from the image frame; combining logic that sums the
+output of the various FRAME tables, forming three data streams, one for
+each color; an OUTPUT look-up table that forms a final transformation
+on each color prior to the data being converted to analog form; and
+possibly, bias (OUT_OFFSET) and RANGE scaling applied somewhere in the
+data stream (most likely near the OUTPUT look-up tables).
+
+    Each image plane can be SCROLLed and ZOOMed independently (though
+of course, not all devices can do this), and there may be SPLIT screen
+capability, with the possibility of displaying parts of four images
+simultaneously.
+
+    Hooks have been provided in case there is a ALU or FEEDBACK hardware,
+or there is a SLAVE processor, but use of these functions is likely to
+be quite device dependent.  The IIS can return to the user the MINimum
+and MAXimum of a color data stream, and can also run a histogram on
+selected areas of the display:  There are "defines" pointing to these
+functions, but their use is not yet specified and there is not yet
+a clean way, within the GIO protocols, for reading back such data.
+
+    Three functions that not so hardware oriented have "defines":
+BLINK, MATCH and SNAP.  The first is used if the hardware supports
+blink.  MATCH allows the kernel code to copy look-up tables---something
+the upper level code could do were there a well defined mechanism for
+reading non-image data back.  SNAP is used to set-up the kernel so that
+a subsequent set of get_cellarray calls can be used to return a data
+stream that represents the digital data arriving at the
+digital-to-analog converters:  the kernel mimics the hardware and so
+provides a digital snapshot of the image display screen.
+
+    Images are loaded by a series of put_cellarray calls, preceded
+by one IDS_SET_IP escape to configure the kernel to write the put_cell
+data into the correct image planes (and optionally, specific bit planes).
+The graphics planes are written to in the same manner, except that
+IDS_SET_GP is used.  It is not guaranteed that the SET_IP and SET_GP
+are independent, and so the appropriate one should be given before
+each put_cell sequence.  Put_cells can be done for any arbitrary
+rectangular array; they are turned into a series of writes to a
+sequence of image rows by the GIO interface code.
+
+    Calls to put_cell require the mapping of pixel coordinates
+to NDC, which is made more complex than one might first
+guess by the fact that the cell array operations are specified
+by *inclusive* end points...See the write-up in "Note.pixel".
+
+    Images planes are erased by the standard GIO gclear call, which
+must be preceded by a SET_IP (or SET_GP for graphics).  This is
+perceived as reasonably consistent with the image loading as erasure
+is loading with zeros, but presumably can be done far more efficiently
+in most devices than with a series of put_cell calls.
+
+    Images planes are turned on and off with IDS_DISPLAY_I, and graphics
+planes with IDS_DISPLAY_G.  Color and quadrant information must be
+supplied as mentioned in the descriptions for escapes 13 and 14.
+
+    The look-up tables are specified to the lower level code by giving
+the end points of the line segments which describe the table function.
+The end points are specified in NDC.  This makes for a
+simple, and device independent, upper level code.  However, there is no
+obvious (to the writer at least) code to invert the process, and return
+end points for the simplest line segments that would describe a given
+look-up table.  (Moreover, there is no mechanism to return such information
+to the upper level.)  Therefore, the kernel code is asymmetric, in that
+writes to the tables are fed data in the form of end points, but reads from
+the tables (needed for the kernel implementation of SNAP) return the
+requested number data values as obtained from the hardware.
+
+    The control sequence for the ZOOM function requires, in addition to
+the usual frame/color information, a zoom power followed by the GKI
+coordinates of the pixel to be placed at the screen center.  Likewise,
+the SCROLL and SPLIT screen functions require GKI center coordinates.
+
+    The OFFSET and RANGE sequences provide for bias and scaling of the
+image data.  Where they take effect is not specified.  Offset requires
+a signed number to be added to the referenced data; range is specified
+by a small integer which selects the "range" of the data.
+
+    Control of hardware cursors, trackballs, etc is provided:  CURSOR
+can be used to select cursor shape, blink rate, etc.  Devices such as
+(trackball) buttons are interrogated as if they are cursors, with a
+cursor number that is greater than to IDS_CSPECIAL.  The "key" value
+returned by a "read" call to devices such as the trackball buttons will
+be zero if no button was pressed or some positive number to represent
+the activated device.  Any "read" may be instructed to return
+immediately (IDS_READ) or wait for some action (IDS_READ_WT); for
+buttons, there are special IDS_BUT_RD/IDS_BUT_WT.
+
+    Cursors are read and written through the standard GIO interface.
+The cursor number ranges from 1 up through IDS_CSPECIAL-1.  Each
+frame has a set of set of cursors associated with it: frame n has
+cursors numbered n, IDS_CSET+n, 2*IDS_CSET+n, etc.  Currently,
+IDS_CSPECIAL is 4097, and IDS_CSET is 128, so there can be 128
+different frames, each with 32 cursors.  The coordinates associated
+with a given cursor, and hence frame, are NDC for the pixel on which
+the cursor is positioned.  If a frame is not being displayed, a cursor
+read for that frame will return NDC for the pixel that would appear at
+the current cursor position if the frame were enabled.  Note that the
+NDC used in the cursor_set and cursor_read calls are relative to
+the image planes in the display device; the fact the image data may
+have come from a much larger user "world" is not, and can not be,
+of any concern to the kernel code.
+
+    Cursor 0 is special, and is not associated with a particular frame;
+rather, the kernel is allowed to choose which frame to associate with
+each cursor zero read or write.  The IIS code picks the lowest numbered
+frame that is on (being displayed).  With split screen activated, a
+frame can be "on" and not be seen; for cursor zero, what matters is
+whether the frame video is active, not whether the split position
+happens to be hiding the frame.  The "key" value returned by the cursor
+read routine is the frame number selected by the kernel.  Cursor
+IDS_CSPECIAL is also unusual, since it refers to the screen coordinates
+and returns NDC for the screen.  It is referred in the code as IDS_CRAW
+(a "raw" cursor) and is needed for positioning the cursor at specific
+points of the screen.
+
+    The MATCH function requires that the frame and color information
+of the control escape sequence point to the reference table; the
+tables to be changed are given in the "data" part with the (IDS_EOD
+terminated) frame sequence preceding the color information.  The RW
+field specifies which type of look-up table is to be changed.
+.sp
+.nh
+Interface Routines
+
+    The routines listed here are those used to implement the video
+control package, and are found in the file "cvutil.x".
+Arguments relating to image frames, image colors, display quadrants,
+offset, range, and look-up table data are short integer arrays,
+terminated by IDS_EOD.  Cursor position (x and y) are NDC (hence, real).
+All other arguments are integers.
+
+.ls cvclearg (frame, color)
+Clears (erases) the given color (or colors) in the graphics frame given
+by the argument "frame".  For the IIS display, the "frame" argument
+is not relevant, there being only one set of graphics frames.
+.le
+.ls cvcleari (frames)
+Clears (erases) all bits in the given image display frames.
+.le
+.ls cv_rdbut
+Reads the buttons on whatever device the kernel code associates with
+this call, and returns an integer representing the button most recently
+pressed.  If none pressed, returns zero.
+.le
+.ls cv_wtbut
+Same as cv_rdbut, but if no button pressed, waits until one is.  This
+routine will, therefore, always return a non-zero (positive) integer.
+.le
+.ls cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+Reads the cursor "cnum" returning the NDC coordinates in x and y.  The
+mapping of cursor number to frame is described in the preceding
+section: for cursors with numbers below IDS_CSET (128), the cursor
+refers to the frame (cnum equal 5 means frame 5).
+.le
+.ls cv_scur (cnum, x, y)
+Sets the cursor to the NDC given by x and y for the frame referenced by
+cnum.
+.le
+.ls cv_scraw (x, y)
+Sets the "raw cursor" to position (x,y).
+.le
+.ls cv_rcraw (x, y)
+Reads the "raw cursor" position in (screen) NDC.
+.le
+.ls cvcur (cmd)
+Turns the cursor on (cmd is IDS_ON) or off (IDS_OFF).
+.le
+.ls cvdisplay (instruction, device, frame, color, quad)
+Turns on ("instruction" equals IDS_ON) image plane ("device" equals
+IDS_DISPLAY_I) frame (or frames) in specified colors and quadrants.
+Turn them off if "instruction" equals IDS_OFF.  Manipulates graphics
+planes instead if "device" equals IDS_DISPLAY_G.
+.le
+.ls cvmatch (type, refframe, refcolor, frames, color)
+Copies the reference frame and reference color into the given frames
+and color.  For the IIS, "type" is either IDS_FRAME_LUT, referring to the
+look-up tables associated with each frame, or IDS_OUTPUT_LUT, referring
+to the global Output Function Memory tables.
+.le
+.ls cvoffset (color, data)
+Sets the offset constants for the specified colors to values given in
+"data"; if there are more colors given than corresponding data items,
+the kernel will reuse the last data item as often as necessary.
+.le
+.ls cvpan (frames, x, y)
+Moves the given frames so that the NDC position (x,y) is at the center
+of the display.
+.le
+.ls cvrange (color, range)
+Scales the output for the given colors; if there are more colors given
+than corresponding range items, the kernel will reuse the last data item
+as often as necessary.  Range is a small number which specifies which
+range the data is to be "put" in.  For the IIS, there are only 4 useful
+values (1,2,4, and 8); the kernel will map the requested value to the
+next smallest legitimate one.
+.le
+.ls cvreset (code)
+Resets the part of the display referenced by "code".  For the IIS, a code
+of IDS_R_HARD refers to (erasing) the image and graphics planes, IDS_R_MEDIUM
+resets the various look-up tables, and IDS_R_SOFT resets the various registers
+(such as zoom, scroll, range, split screen, and so forth).
+.le
+.ls cvsnap (filename, snap_color)
+Creates an IRAF image file, named "filename", which represents the image
+display video output for the specified color (IDS_SNAP_RED, IDS_SNAP_MONO,
+etc).  "filename" is a "char" array.  The image is of the full display,
+though, since the data is obtained from the kernel line by line via
+get_cellarray calls, partial snapshots can be implemented easily.
+.le
+.ls cvsplit (x,y)
+Sets the split screen point at NDC position (x,y).
+.le
+.ls cvtext (x, y, text, size)
+Writes the given text at NDC position (x,y) in the specified size.
+Currently, font and text direction are set to NORMAL.
+.le
+.ls cvwhich (frame)
+Tells which frames are on.  In the current implementation, this relies
+on reading cursor 0:  in this special case, the cursor variable passed
+to ggcur() is changed by the kernel to reflect which frame it selected
+(or ERR if no frame is active).
+.le
+.ls cvwlut (device, frames, color, data, n)
+Writes the look-up tables associated with "frames" and "color".  "device"
+is IDS_FRAME_LUT or IDS_OUTPUT_LUT.  The data to be written is given as
+a series of line segments, and hence is described as a series of GKI
+(x,y) pairs representing the line end points.  For connected lines,
+the first pair gives the first line segment starting coordinates, and all
+following pairs the endpoints.  The variable "n" gives the number of
+values in "data"; there is no terminating IDS_EOD.
+.le
+.ls cvzoom (frames, power, x, y)
+Zooms, to the given power, the specified frames with each frame
+centered, after the zoom, at the given NDC position.
+.le
+
+    The following two support routines are included in the interface
+package.
+.ls cv_move (in, out)
+Copies the short array "in" into the short array "out", up to and
+including a trailing IDS_EOD.  This procedure returns the number of
+items copied.
+.le
+.ls cv_iset (frames)
+Implements the image display escape sequence, with the bitplane
+argument to that escape sequence set to "all".
+.le
+.ls cv_gset (colors)
+Implements the graphics display escape sequence, with the image
+argument to that escape sequence set to "all".
+.le
+.sp
+.nh
+Example
+
+    The following code is used to pan (scroll) the image in response
+to a changing cursor position.  It is assumed that the "frame" array
+consists of a list of frames to be panned together, terminated, as
+is almost everything in this code, by IDS_EOD.
+.nf
+
+# Pan subroutine
+
+procedure pansub (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]			# frames to pan
+
+int	button
+int	cnum, cv_rdbut()
+real	x,y, xc, yc
+real	oldx, oldy
+
+begin
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons by reading them
+	call eprintf ("Press any button when done\n")
+
+	# Where is cursor now?
+	# cv_rcraw uses the "RAW CURSOR" which reads and writes in
+	# screen (NDC) coordinates instead of image NDC.
+
+	call cv_rcraw (xc,yc)
+
+	# Pixel to NDC transformation is discussed in the file 
+	# "Note.pixel"
+
+	x = x_screen_center_in_NDC
+	y = y_screen_center_in_NDC
+
+	call cv_scraw (x, y)	# put cursor at screen center
+
+	# Select a cursor---at least one per frame (conceptually at least)
+
+	cnum = frames[1]
+
+	# If cnum == IDS_EOD, the calling code did not select a frame.  So,
+	# if cnum is 0, the kernel will select an active frame as the
+	# one to use when mapping NDC cursor positions to screen
+	# coordinates.
+
+	if (cnum == IDS_EOD)
+	    cnum = 0
+
+	# Determine NDC at screen center (where cursor was moved to)
+	# for frame of interest
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+	# Restore cursor to original position
+	call cv_scraw (xc, yc)
+
+	repeat {
+	    oldx = xc
+	    oldy = yc
+	    repeat {
+	        call cv_rcraw (xc, yc)
+	        button = cv_rdbut()
+	    } until ( (xc != oldx) || (yc != oldy) || (button > 0))
+	    # Determine change and reflect it about current screen
+	    # center so image moves in direction cursor moves.
+	    x = x - (xc - oldx)
+	    y = y - (yc - oldy)
+	    # If x or y are <0 or > 1.0, add or subtract 1.0
+	    "adjust x,y"
+	    call cvpan (frames, x, y)
+	} until (button > 0)
+end
+.fi
+    [The call to cvpan may in fact need to be a series of calls, with
+the array "frames" specifying one frame at a time, and (x,y) being the
+new cursor position for that particular frame, so that differently panned
+frames retain their relative offsets.]
+    The cursor and button routines are given here.
+.nf
+
+# CV_RDBUT -- read button on trackball (or whatever)
+# if none pressed, will get zero back
+
+int procedure cv_rdbut()
+
+int	oldcnum
+real	x, y
+int	button
+int	gstati
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, button)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	return(button)
+end
+
+# CV_RCUR -- read cursor.  The cursor read/set routines do not restore
+# the cursor number...this to avoid numerous stati/seti calls that
+# usually are not needed.
+
+procedure cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+int	junk
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, junk)
+end
+
+# CV_SCUR -- set cursor
+
+procedure cv_scur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call gscur (cv_gp, x, y)
+end
+
+# CV_SCRAW -- set raw cursor
+
+procedure cv_scraw (x, y)
+
+real	x,y
+
+begin
+	call cv_scur (IDS_CRAW, x, y)
+end
+.fi
+
+    The routine cv_move copies its first argument to the second up through
+the required IDS_EOD termination, returning the number of items copied.
+"cv_stack" is a pointer to a pre-allocated stack area that is used to
+build the data array passed to the GIO escape function.
+
+.nf
+# cvpan -- move the image(s) around
+
+procedure cvpan (frames, x, y)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+real	x,y					# position in NDC
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SCROLL		# Control Unit
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE		# Read/Write
+
+	# Three is the number of data items (two coordinates) plus the
+	# terminating IDS_EOD.  In many escape sequences, this number
+	# must be determined from the data rather than known in advance.
+
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 3
+
+	# Move the frame data, which is of "unknown" length
+
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+
+	# Color is unimportant here, but the color data must exist.  The
+	# simplest solution is to use IDS_EOD by itself.
+
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = IDS_EOD	# default to all colors
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	Mems[cv_stack+5+count] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+6+count] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+7+count] = IDS_EOD	# for all frames
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+8)
+end
+.fi
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.misc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.misc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b3a22de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.misc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+To implement a full device save/restore, we need:
+zdev_restore(fd)
+zdev_save(fd)
+zim_save(fd,ipl)
+zgr_save(fd,gpl)
+zim_restore(fd,ipl)
+zgr_restore(fd,gpl)
+...zgr are just entry points into zim_{save,restore}(fd,pl)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.pixel b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.pixel
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91c0338f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.pixel
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+	Herein is described how pixel coordinates should be encoded into
+GKI metacode units and how this data is then converted back to pixel numbers
+by the "lower level" code.  For concreteness, the discussion is based on
+a 512 x 512 display, where the pixels are numbered from 1 to 512 (one-based)
+or 0 to 511 ( zero based).  Only the X axis is discussed, the Y axis
+being treated identically.
+	GKI metacode ranges from 0 through 32767, for a total of 32768
+values.  In NDC coordinates, the range is from 0.0 through 1.0.
+These coordinates are show in the diagram following.
+.sp
+.nf
+last GKI coordinate of pixel
+	       63    127   191   255   319        32703  32767(!)
+pixel	        |     |     |     |     |           |      |
+extent--   |<-->||<-->||<-->||<-->||<-->|| ... |<-->||<--->|
+		|     |     |     |     |           |      |
+the	   |-----|-----|-----|-----|-----| ... |-----|-----|
+pixels	   |     |     |     |     |     | ... |     |     |
+	   |-----|-----|-----|-----|-----| ... |-----|-----|
+num-  (1-b)  1      2     3     4     5          511   512
+bers  (0-b)  0      1     2     3     4          510   511
+	   |     |     |     |     |     | ... |     |     |
+GKI	   0    64    128   192   256   320   32640 32704 32767(!)
+	   |     |     |     |     |     | ... |     |     |
+NDC	  0.0  1/512 2/512 3/512 4/512 5/512      511/512 1.0
+.fi
+.sp
+	The pixels are not points, but rather, in GKI/NDC space, have
+"physical" extent.  In NDC coordinates, the pixel boundaries are
+easily calculated as (left boundary = zero-based pixel number / 512)
+and (right boundary = 1-based pixel number / 512).  In GKI coordinates,
+each pixel spans 64 GKI units, with the left boundary given by
+"zero-based pixel number times 64".  The right boundary is then the
+left boundary plus 64 and then actually references the next pixel.
+That is, the left boundary is included in the pixel, while the right
+boundary is not.
+(Pixel 0 goes from 0 through 63, pixel one from 64 through 127, etc.)
+This works for all pixels except the last one, which would have a
+right boundary of 32768; in this special case, the right boundary
+is defined to be 32767.  As will be seen later on, this should cause
+no difficulties.
+	Explicit reference to a particular pixel should, in GKI
+coordinates, refer to the pixel's left (or for Y, lower) edge.  Thus,
+pixel 7 (one-based system) is, in GKI, 6*64 or 384.
+	Cell arrays are denoted by their lower-left and upper-right
+corners, with the understanding that all pixels WITHIN this rectangle
+are to be read/written.  Thus, an array that covers (one-based)
+(4,10) to (18, 29) implies that, in X, pixels 4 through 17 are referenced.
+Therefore, the GKI coordinate range is from 3*64 up to 17*64, where
+3*64 is the GKI coordinate for the left edge of pixel 4 and 17*64 is
+the GKI coordinate for the right edge of pixel 17.  (Remember, the
+right edge of pixel 512 is 32767, not 32768.)
+	The (real) NDC coordinate that is then passed to the interface code
+is determined by dividing the GKI coordinate by 32767.  The interface
+code will, ultimately, multiply by 32767 to give the GKI coordinates
+passed to the lower level.
+	The lower level code translates the GKI coordinate values into
+zero-based pixel numbers by multiplying by 512/32768 ( not 32767).
+The (real) pixel numbers so determined are then truncated,  and become
+the ones to scroll to, zoom to, or put the cursor on.  Therefore,
+when refering to single pixels for such operations, use the left
+boundary of the pixel as the desired GKI/NDC coordinate.
+	Pixel computation for cell arrays is somewhat more complicated.
+The right boundary of a cell array can be the left boundary for
+an adjacent cell array; if the simple truncation scheme were used, that
+coordinate would be included in both cell array operations, which is not
+acceptable (especially for hard copy devices where the resultant overplotting
+would be, at best, objectionable).  This problem gives rise to the following
+algorithm.  Left (and lower) positions are rounded up to the next pixel
+boundary if the fractional position is greater than or equal 0.5.  Right
+(and upper) positions are rounded down to the next pixel boundary if the
+fractional position is less than 0.5; since a fractional pixel value of 0.0
+is less than 0.5, the right/upper pixel will be decreased even if it is
+already on a boundary.  The truncated values are then used as the
+INCLUSIVE range of pixels to read or write.  (If the positions lie
+within the same pixel, that pixel becomes the X (or Y) range.  If the
+positions are in adjacent pixels, the right pixel operation is
+not done if the left pixel moves into the same pixel as the right one.)
+	With this algorithm, the right edge of the display (NDC=1.0,
+GKI=32767) becomes position 511.98, which is not rounded down as the
+fractional part is >= 0.5, and, which, when truncated, turns into 511
+which is what is desired as the (last) included pixel in the range.
+
+	For zoomed (image) displays, fractional pixel coordinates are
+possible in the sense that, for a zoom of 4, pixels 16.0, 16.25,
+16.50, and 16.75, all refer to the same datum.  When setting the cursor,
+the lower level code must distinguish all these cases, which have GKI
+values (from a one-based coordinate system) 960, 976, 992, and 1008.
+The lower level code will return these fractional pixel values when reading
+the cursor, but the integral value is the real reference to the data
+point.  However, calls to the getcell and putcell routines should use
+16 (aka 960) or the cell array rounding will interfere with what is
+wanted. This does restrict getcell calls from starting/ending in the middle
+of a zoomed (replicated) pixel, but makes the behavior of getcell
+the same as putcell, which cannot write into the middle of a zoomed pixel.
+
+	In summary, users should reference individual pixels by
+specifying their left (or lower) boundaries in GKI/NDC.  For cursor
+reference on zoomed displays, fractional (in the sense outlined above)
+pixels may be referenced.  Right (or upper) boundaries are used only
+for cell arrays, and except for the very right-most, are determined by
+the user in an operation similar to that for the left boundaries.  GKI
+coordinates that are a little too large (not more than 31 units for a
+512 resolution device) will be rounded/truncated to the desired
+coordinate.  For cell array operations only, ones a little too small
+will still address the correct pixel.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/file.doc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/file.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..504a8330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/file.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+Some notes on the fio system.
+    Binary files.
+	open the binary file with
+    fio_fd = fopnbf(dev_name, mode, zopn_dev, zard_dev, zawr_dev,
+		zawt_dev, zstt_dev, zcl_dev)
+	where dev_name is a char string, terminated with EOS,
+	mode is READ_ONLY, READ_WRITE, WRITE_ONLY, NEW_FILE, APPEND,
+		TEMP_FILE, NEW_COPY
+	and the z routines are for open, read, write, wait, get status,
+	and close ( see system interface reference manual).
+    
+    The fio_fd that is returned is then used in calls to read, write, and flush.
+    They have the form   write(fio_fd, buffer, #_of_chars)
+			 read (fio_fd, buffer, #_of_chars)
+			 flush(fio_fd)
+			 seek (fio_fd, loffset)
+		long =   note (fio_fd)
+    The output data will be buffered in a buffer of CHAR size as set by
+    a kernel call to zstt().  This can be overridden by
+	fsetl(fio_fd, F_BUFSIZE, buffer_size_in_char)
+    Partially filled buffers can be forced out by "flush".
+    Input data is buffered up before being made available to the
+    user;  if an i/o call is needed to fill the buffer and it returns with
+    an inadequate number of data items, then the read returns with fewer
+    than requested itmes.
+    The file system can be made to use an external (local) buffer by
+	fseti(fio_fd, F_BUFPTR, new_buffer)
+    For general image i/o, it is desirable to set the ASYNC parameter to YES
+	fseti(fio_fd, F_ASYNC, YES)
+    If the device has a specific block size, this can be set by
+	fseti(fio_fd, F_BLKSIZE, value);
+    the file system will use this value for checking validity of block offsets
+    in reads and writes.  If the value is zero, the device is considered a
+    "streaming" device, and no checks are done.
+
+(from Doug)
+The device block size parameter is set at open time by all call to ZSTT__.
+FIO is permissive and allows one to set almost anything with FSET, but some
+of the parameters are best considered read only.  This is documented at the
+parameter level in <fset.h>.
+
+Image displays are NOT streaming devices, they are random access, block
+structured devices.  If you wish to defeat block alignment checking then
+ZSTT__ may return a block size of 1 char.  Note that not all image displays
+are addressable at the pixel level.  Even those that are are may be most
+efficiently accessed using line at a time i/o (block size equals 1 line).
+
+If the block size is set to 1 FIO will still access the device in chunks
+the size of the FIO buffer.  The file area is partitioned up into a series
+of "pages" the size of the FIO buffer and FIO will fault these pages in and
+out when doing i/o.  The only advantages of a block size of 1 are that the
+FIO buffers may be any size (not much of an advantage), and more significantly,
+AREAD and AWRITE calls may be used to randomly access the device.  The latter
+are asynchronous and are not buffered, and are the lowest level of i/o
+provided by FIO.
+
+    The form for the z routines is
+	zopn_dev(dev_name, mode, channel)
+	zard_dev(channel, buffer, length, offset)
+	zawr_dev(channel, buffer, length, offset)
+	zawt_dev(channel, bytes_read/written)
+	zstt_dev(channel, what, lvalue)
+	zcl_dev (channel, status)
+
+    where channel is some number to be used however the z routines want, but
+    in the simplest case and under UNIX, would be the file descriptor of the
+    open file as determined by zopn_dev, or, in case of error, is ERR.
+    length and offset are in BYTES.  zstt_dev() will be handled locally.
+
+Bytes, yes, but the file offsets are one-indexed.  See the System Interface
+reference manual.
+ 
+    Each of the z*_dev routines above, with the exception of zstt_dev, will
+    ultimately result in a call to one of the system z routines for binary
+    files: zopnbf, zardbf, zawrbf, zawtbf, zclsbf.  These routines take
+    the same arguments as the z*_dev routines, with the exception that
+    unix_fd is to be substituted for channel.  "unix_fd" is the actual
+    file descriptor that results from the "real" open of the device by
+    zopnbf.  It does not need to be visible above the z*_dev routines.
+
+The FIO z-routines for a device do not necessarily resolve into calls to the
+ZFIOBF driver.  It is desirable to structure things this way if we can since
+it reduces the size of the kernel, but if necessary the z-routines can be
+system dependent.  Since the IIS is data driven and is interfaced in UNIX
+as a file we were able to use the existing ZFIOBF driver, resulting in a
+very clean interface.  New devices should also be interfaced this way if
+possible.  For various reasons a data stream interface is almost always
+preferable to a control interface (like Sebok's Peritek driver).  I would
+seriously consider adding a layer on a control driven device driver to make
+it appear to be data driven, if the driver itself could not be modified.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/iis.doc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/iis.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..450de91a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/iis.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+.TL
+The IIS Image Display
+.AU
+Richard Wolff
+.br
+Central Computer Services
+National Optical Astronomy Observatories
+Tucson, Arizona 
+.DA
+.PP
+The International Imaging Systems (IIS) Model 70f is a reasonably
+flexible image display with some more advanced capabilities than the IPPS,
+(and, sad to say, some less advanced ones as well).  This note describes
+the hardware so that the user can use the device to best advantage.
+The Model 75, which is in use at CTIO, is more elaborate still, but its
+fundamental properties are the same as the 70f boxes in use at NOAO.
+.PP
+The image display has four image planes (frames, memories), each of which
+can hold a 512 x 512 8 bit image.  (The hardware can support 12 such planes,
+but only four are installed in the NOAO units.)  These planes are loaded
+directly from the host computer;  while there is hardware to support a
+13-bit input/8-bit output mapping during load, this is not currently used
+at NOAO.  The frames are numbered 1 through 4 and there is nothing to
+distinguish one from another.  More than one image plane may be displayed
+at one time; this may create a rather messy screen image, but, of course,
+the hardware doesn't care.
+.PP
+The image is generated by hardware that
+addresses each pixel in turn, and sends the data at that location to the
+video display.  Panning (scrolling/roaming) is accomplished simply by
+starting the address generation somewhere other than at the normal starting
+place.
+Each plane has its own starting address, which just means that each
+plane can be panned independently.  In contrast, on the model 70,
+all planes zoom together.  Zooming is done by pixel replication:
+The master address generator
+"stutters", duplicating an address 2, 4, or 8 times before moving on to
+the next pixel (and duplicating each line 2, 4, or 8 times--an additional
+complication, but a necessary one, which is of interest only to hardware types).
+The master address is then added to the per-image start address
+and the resulting address streams are used to generate
+the per-image data streams, which are added together to form the final image.
+The net result of this is an image on the screen, with user control of the
+placement of each image plane, and with one overall "magnification" factor.
+.PP
+If more than one image is active, the pixel values for a given screen
+position are \fBadded\fR together.  Thus, with four image planes, each of
+which has pixels that can range in value from 0 through 255, the output
+image can have pixel values that range from 0 through 3060.  Unfortunately,
+the output hardware can handle only values from 0 through 1023.  But,
+fortunately, hardware has been included to allow the use to offset and
+scale the data back to the allowed output range.  We will look at that
+in more detail later.
+.PP
+The hardware that determines which frames are to be displayed consists
+of "gates" that enable or disable the frame output to the image screen.
+These "gates" are controlled by various data bits in the hardware.
+Conceptually, given the description in the previous paragraphs, one can
+imagine one bit (on or off) for each image frame, and it is these
+bits that the \fBdi\fR command turns on and off.  However, there are
+complications, one of which is the split screen mode.  Split screen
+hardware allows the user to specify a point, anywhere on the screen,
+where the screen will be divided into (generally, unequally sized) quadrants.
+The display control bits specify not only which images will be active,
+but in which of the four quadrants they will be active.
+There are four control bits per image plane, and so, any image can
+be displayed in any number of quadrants (including none, which means the
+image is "off").
+.PP
+If one imagines the split screen point in the middle of the screen, then
+four quadrants are visible, number 1 being the upper right, number 4 the bottom
+right, etc.  As the split screen point is moved to the upper left, quadrant
+four increases in size and the other three decrease.  When the split point
+reaches the top left corner (\fIIRAF\fR coordinate (1,512)), only quadrant
+four is left.  Due to a hardware decision, this is the normal, non-split,
+screen configuration, the one you get when you type the \fBs o\fR command.
+It would make more sense to set the non-split position so the screen was
+filled with quadrant one, but the hardware won't allow it.  So, be
+warned, if you have a split screen display,
+and then reset the split point to the "unsplit" point,
+what you see will be only what you had displayed in quadrant 4.
+.PP
+The model 70f is a color display, not monochrome, and this adds more
+complexity.  What happens is that the data from each enabled image plane
+is replicated and sent to three \fIcolor pipelines\fR,
+one for the \fIred\fR gun of the monitor, one for the \fIgreen\fR,
+and one for the \fIblue\fR.  If the pipeline data streams are
+the same, we get a black and white image.  If they differ, the
+final screen image is colored.  Since there are really three data streams
+leaving each image plane, it should not be surprising that there are
+display control bits for each color, as well as each quadrant, of each
+image.  Thus (and finally) there are 12 control bits, three colors in each
+of four quadrants, for each image plane.  One can set up a display with
+different images in different quadrants, and each colored differently!
+Of course, the coloration is somewhat primative as the choices are limited
+to red on or off, green on or off, both red and green on (yellow), blue on
+or off, etc.  More control comes with look-up tables.
+.PP
+The data from the combined image planes is added together in the pipelines.
+There are offset and range registers for each pipeline which allow you to
+bias and scale the data.  Offset allows you to add or subtract a 13 bit
+number (+-4095) and range scales the data by a factor of 1,2,4, or 8.
+These are of interest mostly when more than one image is combined; in this
+case, the resulting stream of data should be adjusted so that it
+has its most interesting data in the range 0 through 1023.
+.PP
+Why 1023?  The reason is that after offset and range have taken their
+toll, the data is "passed through" a 10 bit in/10 bit out look-up table.
+Look-up tables are digital functions in which each input datum is used
+as an index into a table and the resultant value that is thus "looked-up"
+replaces the datum in the data stream.  The look-up tables here
+are known as the \fIoutput\fR
+tables (or, as IIS would have it, the "Output Function Memories").
+There is one for
+each of the three pipelines, and each accepts an input value of 10 bits,
+which limits the data stream to 0 through 1023,
+If the image data in the three pipelines are the same, and the output
+tables are too, then a black and white image results.  If, however, the
+pipelines are identical but the tables are different, a colored image
+results.  Since this image is not a true color image,
+but simply results from manipulating the three identical color
+pipelines in differing ways, the result is called a pseudo-color image.
+.PP
+The simplest look-up table is a linear function, whose input values run
+from 0 through 1023 and whose output values do the same.  The trouble
+with such a linear output table is that the usual case is a single image
+being displayed, in which case the pipeline data is never more than 255.
+With the unit slope table, the maximum output would be 255, which is
+one-quarter of full intensity.  A better table in this case would be one of
+slope 4, so 255 would map to 1023 (maximum output).  This is what the
+default is, and above 255 input, all values are mapped to 1023.  If,
+however, two images are being displayed, then data values may be larger
+than 255 (at overlap points), and as these all map to 1023, only full white
+results.  The range/offset registers may be of use here, or a different
+output table should be used.
+.PP
+The output of the "output" tables is combined with the graphics and cursor
+data and sent to the display screen.  The graphics planes are one bit
+deep; there are seven of them, and together with the cursor, they form
+an "image" 8 bits deep.  In this sense, the graphics planes are just
+like image data, and in particular, they pan and zoom just as the
+image planes do.  Of course, the cursor is different.  The graphics
+planes are sent through a look-up table of their own, which determines
+what happens when one graphics plane crosses/overlaps others and/or the
+cursor.  The resultant data replaces the pipeline data.  The graphics
+data can be added to the pipeline data instead of replacing it, but this
+feature is not available in \fIcv\fR at this time.  The cursor is really
+a writable 46x64 bit array; thus, its shape can be changed, a feature
+that may be made available to users.  Note that there is no quadrant/split
+screen control for the graphics planes.
+.PP
+The final complication, at least as far as the current software is
+concerned, is that each image plane has its own set of three look-up
+tables, one for each color.  Thus, there are 4x3 frame look-up tables
+and three output tables.  The image tables affect only the data from
+the associated image plane.  It is the output of these tables that
+forms the input to the three color pipelines.  Each table is an 8 bit in/9
+bit out table, with the output being treated as a signed number (255 to
+-256).  (Combining 12 9 bit numbers (a full model 70f) can produce a 13 bit
+number, which is why the offset hardware accepts 13 bit numbers.)  In
+the \fIcv\fR software, only positive numbers are used as output from
+the tables.  Typically, the image tables are loaded with linear
+functions of varying slope and intercept.
+.PP
+With the two sets of tables, image and output, it is possible to create
+all sorts of interesting pseudo-color images.  One possibility is to
+place the appropriate three mappings in the output tables so as to create
+the color (for instance, red can be used only for pixels with large
+values, blue for low values, green for middling ones).  Then the image
+tables can be set to adjust the contrast/stretch of the each image
+individually, producing, one assumes, useful and/or delightful
+pseudo-color images.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec1b0ec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.com
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+# CHRTAB -- Table of strokes for the printable ASCII characters.  Each character
+# is encoded as a series of strokes.  Each stroke is expressed by a single
+# integer containing the following bitfields:
+#
+#	2                   1
+#	0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 
+#	          | | | |         | |         |
+#		  | | | +---------+ +---------+
+#		  | | |      |           |
+#		  | | |      X           Y
+#		  | | |
+#	          | | +-- pen up/down
+#                 | +---- begin paint (not used at present)
+#                 +------ end paint (not used at present)
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Define the database.
+
+short	chridx[96]		# character index in chrtab
+short	chrtab[800]		# stroke data to draw the characters
+
+# Index into CHRTAB of each printable character (starting with SP).
+
+data    (chridx(i), i=01,05) /   1,   3,  12,  21,  30/
+data    (chridx(i), i=06,10) /  45,  66,  79,  85,  92/
+data    (chridx(i), i=11,15) /  99, 106, 111, 118, 121/
+data    (chridx(i), i=16,20) / 128, 131, 141, 145, 154/
+data    (chridx(i), i=21,25) / 168, 177, 187, 199, 203/
+data    (chridx(i), i=26,30) / 221, 233, 246, 259, 263/
+data    (chridx(i), i=31,35) / 268, 272, 287, 307, 314/
+data    (chridx(i), i=36,40) / 327, 336, 344, 352, 359/
+data    (chridx(i), i=41,45) / 371, 378, 385, 391, 398/
+data    (chridx(i), i=46,50) / 402, 408, 413, 425, 433/
+data    (chridx(i), i=51,55) / 445, 455, 468, 473, 480/
+data    (chridx(i), i=56,60) / 484, 490, 495, 501, 506/
+data    (chridx(i), i=61,65) / 511, 514, 519, 523, 526/
+data    (chridx(i), i=66,70) / 529, 543, 554, 563, 574/
+data    (chridx(i), i=71,75) / 585, 593, 607, 615, 625/
+data    (chridx(i), i=76,80) / 638, 645, 650, 663, 671/
+data    (chridx(i), i=81,85) / 681, 692, 703, 710, 723/
+data    (chridx(i), i=86,90) / 731, 739, 743, 749, 754/
+data    (chridx(i), i=91,95) / 759, 764, 776, 781, 793/
+data    (chridx(i), i=96,96) / 801/
+
+# Stroke data.
+
+data	(chrtab(i), i=001,005) /    36,  1764,   675, 29328,   585/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=006,010) / 21063, 21191, 21193, 21065, 29383/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=011,015) /  1764,   355, 29023,   351, 29027/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=016,020) /   931, 29599,   927, 29603,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=021,025) /   603, 29066,   842, 29723,  1302/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=026,030) / 28886,   143, 29839,  1764,   611/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=031,035) / 29256,    78, 20810, 21322, 21581/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=036,040) / 21586, 21334, 20822, 20569, 20573/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=041,045) / 20833, 21345, 29789,  1764,   419/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=046,050) / 20707, 20577, 20574, 20700, 20892/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=051,055) / 21022, 21025, 20899,  1187, 28744/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=056,060) /   717, 21194, 21320, 21512, 21642/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=061,065) / 21645, 21519, 21327, 21197,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=066,070) /  1160, 20700, 20704, 20835, 21027/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=071,075) / 21152, 21149, 20561, 20556, 20744/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=076,080) / 21192, 29841,  1764,   611, 21023/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=081,085) / 21087, 21155, 21091,  1764,   739/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=086,090) / 21087, 21018, 21009, 21068, 29384/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=091,095) /  1764,   547, 21151, 21210, 21201/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=096,100) / 21132, 29192,  1764,    93, 29774/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=101,105) /   608, 29259,    78, 29789,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=106,110) /   604, 29260,    84, 29780,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=111,115) /   516, 21062, 21065, 21001, 21000/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=116,120) / 21064,  1764,    84, 29780,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=121,125) /   585, 21063, 21191, 21193, 21065/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=126,130) / 21191,  1764,    72, 29859,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=131,135) /   419, 20573, 20558, 20872, 21320/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=136,140) / 21646, 21661, 21347, 20899,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=141,145) /   221, 21155, 29320,  1764,    95/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=146,150) / 20835, 21411, 21663, 21655, 20556/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=151,155) / 20552, 29832,  1764,    95, 20899/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=156,160) / 21347, 21663, 21658, 21334, 29270/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=161,165) /   854,  5266, 21644, 21320, 20872/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=166,170) / 28749,  1764,   904, 21411, 21283/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=171,175) / 20561, 20559, 21391,   911, 13455/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=176,180) /  1764,   136, 21320, 21645, 21652/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=181,185) / 21337, 20889, 20565, 20579, 29859/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=186,190) /  1764,    83, 20888, 21336, 21651/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=191,195) / 21645, 21320, 20872, 20557, 20563/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=196,200) / 20635, 29347,  1764,    99, 21667/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=201,205) / 29064,  1764,   355, 20575, 20570/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=206,210) / 20822, 20562, 20556, 20808, 21384/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=211,215) / 21644, 21650, 21398, 20822,   918/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=216,220) /  5274, 21663, 21411, 20835,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=221,225) /   648, 21584, 21656, 21662, 21347/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=226,230) / 20899, 20574, 20568, 20883, 21331/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=231,235) / 21656,  1764,   602, 21210, 21207/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=236,240) / 21079, 21082, 21207,   592, 21069/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=241,245) / 21197, 21200, 21072, 21197,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=246,250) /   602, 21146, 21143, 21079, 21082/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=251,255) / 21143,   585, 21132, 21136, 21072/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=256,260) / 21071, 21135,  1764,   988, 20628/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=261,265) / 29644,  1764,  1112, 28824,   144/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=266,270) / 29776,  1764,   156, 21460, 28812/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=271,275) /  1764,   221, 20704, 20899, 21218/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=276,280) / 21471, 21466, 21011, 21007,   521/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=281,285) / 20999, 21127, 21129, 21001, 21127/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=286,290) /  1764,   908, 20812, 20560, 20571/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=291,295) / 20831, 21407, 21659, 21651, 21521/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=296,300) / 21393, 21331, 21335, 21210, 21018/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=301,305) / 20887, 20883, 21009, 21201, 21331/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=306,310) /  1764,    72, 20963, 21219, 29768/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=311,315) /   210,  5074,  1764,    99, 21411/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=316,320) / 21663, 21658, 21398, 20566,   918/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=321,325) /  5266, 21644, 21384, 20552, 20579/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=326,330) /  1764,  1165, 21320, 20872, 20557/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=331,335) / 20574, 20899, 21347, 29854,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=336,340) /    99, 21347, 21662, 21645, 21320/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=341,345) / 20552, 20579,  1764,    99, 20552/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=346,350) / 29832,    86, 13078,    99, 29859/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=351,355) /  1764,    99, 20552,    86, 13078/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=356,360) /    99, 29859,  1764,   722, 21650/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=361,365) / 29832,  1165,  4936, 20872, 20557/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=366,370) / 20574, 20899, 21347, 29854,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=371,375) /    99, 28744,    85,  5269,  1160/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=376,380) / 29859,  1764,   291, 29603,   611/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=381,385) /  4680,   328, 29576,  1764,    77/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=386,390) / 20872, 21256, 21581, 29795,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=391,395) /    99, 28744,  1160, 20887,    82/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=396,400) / 13475,  1764,    99, 20552, 29832/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=401,405) /  1764,    72, 20579, 21077, 21603/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=406,410) / 29768,  1764,    72, 20579, 21640/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=411,415) / 29859,  1764,    94, 20899, 21347/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=416,420) / 21662, 21645, 21320, 20872, 20557/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=421,425) / 20574,   862, 29859,  1764,    72/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=426,430) / 20579, 21411, 21663, 21656, 21396/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=431,435) / 20564,  1764,    94, 20557, 20872/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=436,440) / 21320, 21645, 21662, 21347, 20899/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=441,445) / 20574,   536, 29828,  1764,    72/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=446,450) / 20579, 21411, 21663, 21657, 21398/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=451,455) / 20566,   918, 13448,  1764,    76/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=456,460) / 20808, 21384, 21644, 21649, 21397/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=461,465) / 20822, 20570, 20575, 20835, 21411/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=466,470) / 29855,  1764,   648, 21155,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=471,475) / 29923,  1764,    99, 20557, 20872/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=476,480) / 21320, 21645, 29859,  1764,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=481,485) / 21064, 29795,  1764,    99, 20808/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=486,490) / 21141, 21448, 29923,  1764,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=491,495) / 29832,    72, 29859,  1764,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=496,500) / 21079, 29256,   599, 13411,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=501,505) /    99, 21667, 20552, 29832,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=506,510) /   805, 20965, 20935, 29447,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=511,515) /    99, 29832,  1764,   421, 21221/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=516,520) / 21191, 29063,  1764,   288, 21091/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=521,525) / 29600,  1764,     3, 29891,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=526,530) /   547, 29341,  1764,   279, 21207/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=531,535) / 21396, 21387, 21127, 20807, 20555/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=536,540) / 20558, 20753, 21201, 21391,   907/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=541,545) / 13447,  1764,    99, 28744,    76/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=546,550) /  4424, 21256, 21516, 21523, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=551,555) / 20823, 20563,  1764,   981, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=556,560) / 20823, 20563, 20556, 20808, 21256/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=561,565) / 29642,  1764,  1043,  4887, 20823/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=566,570) / 20563, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=571,575) /  1032, 29731,  1764,    80,  5136/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=576,580) / 21523, 21271, 20823, 20563, 20556/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=581,585) / 20808, 21256, 29707,  1764,   215/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=586,590) / 29591,   456, 20958, 21153, 21409/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=591,595) / 29727,  1764,    67, 20800, 21248/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=596,600) / 21508, 29719,  1043, 21271, 20823/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=601,605) / 20563, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=606,610) /  1764,    99, 28744,    83,  4439/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=611,615) / 21271, 21523, 29704,  1764,   541/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=616,620) / 21019, 21147, 21149, 21021, 21147/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=621,625) /   533, 21077, 29256,  1764,   541/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=626,630) / 21019, 21147, 21149, 21021, 21147/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=631,635) /   533, 21077, 21058, 20928, 20736/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=636,640) / 28802,  1764,    99, 28744,    84/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=641,645) / 29530,   342, 13320,  1764,   483/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=646,650) / 21089, 21066, 29384,  1764,    87/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=651,655) / 28744,   584, 21076,    84,  4375/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=656,660) / 20951, 21076, 21207, 21399, 21588/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=661,665) / 29768,  1764,    87, 28744,    83/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=666,670) / 20823, 21271, 21523, 29704,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=671,675) /    83, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=676,680) / 21523, 21271, 20823, 20563,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=681,685) /    87, 28736,    83, 20823, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=686,690) / 21523, 21516, 21256, 20808, 20556/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=691,695) /  1764,  1047, 29696,  1036, 21256/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=696,700) / 20808, 20556, 20563, 20823, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=701,705) / 21523,  1764,    87, 28744,    83/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=706,710) / 20823, 21271, 29716,  1764,    74/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=711,715) / 20808, 21256, 21514, 21518, 21264/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=716,720) / 20816, 20562, 20565, 20823, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=721,725) / 21461,  1764,   279, 29591,   970/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=726,730) / 21320, 21128, 21002, 21025,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=731,735) /    87, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=736,740) /  1032, 29719,  1764,   151, 21064/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=741,745) / 29719,  1764,    87, 20808, 21077/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=746,750) / 21320, 29783,  1764,   151, 29704/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=751,755) /   136, 29719,  1764,    87, 21064/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=756,760) /   320, 29783,  1764,   151, 21527/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=761,765) / 20616, 29704,  1764,   805, 21157/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=766,770) / 21026, 21017, 20951, 20822, 20949/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=771,775) / 21011, 21001, 21127, 21255,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=776,780) /   611, 29273,   594, 29256,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=781,785) /   485, 21093, 21218, 21209, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=786,790) / 21398, 21269, 21203, 21193, 21063/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=791,795) / 29127,  1764,    83, 20758, 20950/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=796,800) / 21265, 21457, 29844,  1764,     0/
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c33dc6ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# NCAR font definitions.
+
+define	CHARACTER_START 	32
+define	CHARACTER_END 		126
+define	CHARACTER_HEIGHT 	26
+define	CHARACTER_WIDTH 	17
+
+define	FONT_LEFT 		0
+define	FONT_CENTER 		9
+define	FONT_RIGHT 		27
+define	FONT_TOP 		36
+define	FONT_CAP 		34
+define	FONT_HALF 		23
+define	FONT_BASE 		9
+define	FONT_BOTTOM 		0
+define	FONT_WIDTH 		27
+define	FONT_HEIGHT 		36
+
+define	COORD_X_START 		7
+define	COORD_Y_START 		1
+define	COORD_PEN_START 	13
+define	COORD_X_LEN 		6
+define	COORD_Y_LEN 		6
+define	COORD_PEN_LEN 		1
+
+define	PAINT_BEGIN_START	14
+define	PAINT_END_START 	15
+define	PAINT_BEGIN_LEN 	1
+define	PAINT_END_LEN 		1
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscancel.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscancel.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b03aac61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscancel.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<fset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CANCEL -- Cancel any buffered output.
+
+procedure ids_cancel (dummy)
+
+int	dummy			# not used at present
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if (i_kt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Just cancel any output in the FIO stream
+	call fseti (i_out, F_CANCEL, OK)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idschars.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idschars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a53ad56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idschars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDSCHARS -- Write characters in the current plane
+
+procedure idschars (xs, ys, data, length, size, orien)
+
+int	xs, ys			# starting coordinates, GKI
+char	data[ARB]		# the characters
+int	length			# how many
+int	size			# how big
+int	orien			# character orientation
+
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Not implemented yet.
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclear.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclear.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b6488d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclear.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CLEAR -- Clear an image frame. 
+
+procedure ids_clear (dummy)
+
+int	dummy			# not used at present
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if (i_kt == NULL)
+	    return
+	call zclear(Mems[IDS_FRAME(i_kt)], Mems[IDS_BITPL(i_kt)], i_image)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclose.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclose.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d77ade09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclose.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CLOSE -- Close the image display kernel.
+# Free up storage.
+
+procedure ids_close()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	call close(i_out)
+	call mfree (IDS_FRAME(i_kt), TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (IDS_BITPL(i_kt), TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (IDS_SBUF(i_kt), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (i_kt, TY_STRUCT)
+	i_kt = NULL
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclosews.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclosews.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..40f7e40e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclosews.x
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CLOSEWS -- Close the named workstation.
+
+procedure ids_closews (devname, n)
+
+short	devname[n]		# device name (not used)
+int	n			# length of device name
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	call ids_flush(0)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscround.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscround.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc70a813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscround.x
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+
+# IDS_CROUND  --  coordinate rounding.  Since putcell and other similar
+# calls are defined to include both the lower-left corner and the upper-right
+# corners of the desired rectangle, it is necessary to "round" the
+# coordinates so that adjacent rectangles do not have overlapping edges.
+# This could have been done by agreeing that the top and right edges of the
+# rectangle are not part of it, but this was not done in the GKI definition.
+# Hence, here, we adopt the notion that if (for example) the upper y coordinate
+# is in the top half of a pixel, that pixel is included and if the lower y
+# coordinate is in the bottom half of a pixel, likewise, that pixel is included.
+# Otherwise, the pixels are excluded from putcell.  The x coordinates are
+# treated similarly.
+# The code depends on the fact that lower is <= upper, that upper will be
+# at most GKI_MAXNDC, and that the device resolution will never be as much
+# as (GKI_MAXNDC+1)/2.  The last requirement stems from the fact that if
+# the resolution were that high, each pixel would be 2 GKI units and 
+# the "rounding" based on whether or not we are in the upper or lower half
+# of a pixel would probably fail due to rounding/truncation errors.
+
+procedure ids_cround(lower, upper, res)
+
+int	lower, upper
+real	res				# device resolution
+
+real	low, up
+real	factor
+
+begin
+	factor = res/(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	low = real(lower) * factor
+	up  = real(upper) * factor
+
+	# if boundaries result in same row, return
+	if ( int(low) == int(up) )
+	    return
+
+	# if low is in upper half of device pixel, round up
+	if ( (low - int(low)) >= 0.5 ) {
+	    low = int(low) + 1
+	    # don't go to or beyond upper bound
+	    if ( low < up ) {
+		# low already incremented;
+	        # ... 0.2 just for "rounding protection"
+		lower = (low + 0.2)/factor
+	        # if now reference same cell, return
+		if ( int(low) == int(up) )
+		    return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# if "up" in bottom half of pixel, drop down one.  Note that
+	# due to two "==" tests above, upper will not drop below lower.
+	# 0.2 means drop partway down into pixel below; calling code will
+	# truncate.
+	if ( (up - int(up)) < 0.5 )
+	    upper = (real(int(up)) - 0.2)/factor
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsdrawch.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsdrawch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8372fac2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsdrawch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<math.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	"font.h"
+
+define	ITALIC_TILT	0.30	# fraction of xsize to tilt italics at top
+
+
+# IDS_DRAWCHAR -- Draw a character of the given size and orientation at the
+# given position.
+
+procedure ids_drawchar (ch, x, y, xsize, ysize, orien, font)
+
+char	ch			# character to be drawn
+int	x, y			# lower left GKI coords of character
+int	xsize, ysize		# width, height of char in GKI units
+int	orien			# orientation of character (0 degrees normal)
+int	font			# desired character font
+
+real	px, py, sx, sy, coso, sino, theta
+int	stroke, tab1, tab2, i, pen
+int	bitupk()
+include	"font.com"
+
+begin
+	if (ch < CHARACTER_START || ch > CHARACTER_END)
+	    i = '?' - CHARACTER_START + 1
+	else
+	    i = ch  - CHARACTER_START + 1
+
+	# Set the font.
+	call ids_font (font)
+
+	tab1 = chridx[i]
+	tab2 = chridx[i+1] - 1
+
+	theta = -DEGTORAD(orien)
+	coso = cos(theta)
+	sino = sin(theta)
+
+	do i = tab1, tab2 {
+	    stroke = chrtab[i]
+	    px  = bitupk (stroke, COORD_X_START,   COORD_X_LEN)
+	    py  = bitupk (stroke, COORD_Y_START,   COORD_Y_LEN)
+	    pen = bitupk (stroke, COORD_PEN_START, COORD_PEN_LEN)
+
+	    # Scale size of character.
+	    px = px / FONT_WIDTH  * xsize
+	    py = py / FONT_HEIGHT * ysize
+
+	    # The italic font is implemented applying a tilt.
+	    if (font == GT_ITALIC)
+		px = px + ((py / ysize) * xsize * ITALIC_TILT)
+
+	    # Rotate and shift.
+	    sx = x + px * coso + py * sino
+	    sy = y - px * sino + py * coso
+
+	    # Draw the line segment or move pen.
+	    if (pen == 0)
+		call ids_point (short(sx), short(sy), false)
+	    else
+		call ids_vector (short(sx), short(sy))
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsescape.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsescape.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c0c404f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsescape.x
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_ESCAPE -- Pass a device dependent instruction on to the kernel.  
+# Most of the display control work is done here.
+
+procedure ids_escape (fn, instruction, nwords)
+
+int	fn				# function code
+short	instruction[ARB]		# instruction data words
+int	nwords				# length of instruction
+
+pointer p,q
+int	ids_dcopy()
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# storage for frame data
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]		# ditto for color
+short	bitpl[IDS_MAXBITPL+1]		# ditto for graphics bit plane
+short	quad[5]				# 4 quadrant information
+int	count, count2, total
+int	junk
+
+short	gki[GKI_ESCAPE_LEN]
+data	gki[1] /BOI/, gki[2] /GKI_ESCAPE/
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	switch(fn) {
+	    
+	    case IDS_RESET:
+		call ids_reset(instruction[1])
+
+	    case IDS_SET_IP:
+		p = IDS_FRAME(i_kt)
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[1], Mems[p])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[p],i_maxframes, true)
+		q = IDS_BITPL(i_kt)
+		junk = ids_dcopy ( instruction[count+1], Mems[q])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[q],IDS_MAXBITPL, false)
+		i_image = true
+		call zsetup (Mems[p], Mems[q], i_image)
+
+	    case IDS_SET_GP:
+		p = IDS_FRAME(i_kt)
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[1], Mems[p])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[p],i_maxgraph, false)
+		q = IDS_BITPL(i_kt)
+		junk = ids_dcopy ( instruction[count+1], Mems[q])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[q],IDS_MAXBITPL, false)
+		i_image = false
+		call zsetup (Mems[p], Mems[q], i_image)
+
+	    case IDS_DISPLAY_I:
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[2], frames[1])
+		call ids_expand(frames[1], i_maxframes, true)
+		count2 = ids_dcopy (instruction[2+count], color[1])
+		call ids_expand(color[1], IDS_MAXGCOLOR, false)
+		total = count + count2
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[total+2], quad[1])
+		call ids_expand(quad[1], 4, false)
+		call zdisplay_i(instruction[1], frames[1], color, quad)
+
+	    case IDS_DISPLAY_G:
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[2], bitpl[1])
+		call ids_expand(bitpl[1], i_maxgraph, false)
+		count2 = ids_dcopy (instruction[2+count], color[1])
+		call ids_expand(color[1], IDS_MAXGCOLOR, false)
+		total = count + count2
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[total+2], quad[1])
+		call ids_expand(quad[1], 4, false)
+		call zdisplay_g(instruction[1], bitpl, color, quad)
+
+	    case IDS_SAVE:
+		call idssave(instruction[1], nwords)
+
+	    case IDS_RESTORE:
+		call idsrestore(instruction[1], nwords)
+
+	    case IDS_CONTROL:
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[IDS_CTRL_FRAME], frames[1])
+		call ids_expand(frames[1], i_maxframes, true)
+		count2 = ids_dcopy (instruction[IDS_CTRL_FRAME+count], color[1])
+		call ids_expand(color[1], IDS_MAXGCOLOR, false)
+		total = count + count2
+		call zcontrol(instruction[IDS_CTRL_REG],
+			instruction[IDS_CTRL_RW],
+			frames[1], color[1],
+			instruction[total+IDS_CTRL_FRAME],
+			instruction[IDS_CTRL_N],
+			instruction[total+IDS_CTRL_FRAME+1] )
+		# if a read, would like to return the information in gki format
+		# but no mechanism (yet?) for that
+	}
+end
+
+# IDS_DCOPY -- copy frame and bitplane information; return the number of
+# items copied, including the IDS_EOD (whose presence is required and assumed).
+
+int procedure ids_dcopy(from, to)
+
+short	from[ARB]		# from this storage
+short	to[ARB]			# to this area
+
+int	i			# count
+
+begin
+	i = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    to[i] = from[i]
+	} until ( to[i] == IDS_EOD )
+	return (i)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfa.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfa.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2d162c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfa.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FILLAREA -- Fill a closed area.
+
+procedure ids_fillarea (p, npts)
+
+short	p[ARB]			# points defining line
+int	npts			# number of points, i.e., (x,y) pairs
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Not implemented yet.
+	call ids_polyline (p, npts)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfaset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfaset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8807766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfaset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FASET -- Set the fillarea attributes.
+
+procedure ids_faset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+pointer	fa
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	fa = IDS_FAAP(i_kt)
+	FA_STYLE(fa) = gki[GKI_FASET_FS]
+	FA_COLOR(fa) = gki[GKI_FASET_CI]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsflush.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsflush.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd177d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsflush.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FLUSH -- Flush output.
+
+procedure ids_flush (dummy)
+
+int	dummy			# not used at present
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if (i_kt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# We flush the FIO stream.
+	call flush (i_out)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfont.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfont.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3109f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfont.x
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FONT -- Set the character font.  The roman font is normal.  Bold is
+# implemented by increasing the vector line width; care must be taken to
+# set IDS_WIDTH so that the other vector drawing procedures remember to
+# change the width back.  The italic font is implemented in the character
+# generator by a geometric transformation.
+
+procedure ids_font (font)
+
+int	font			# code for font to be set
+int	pk1, pk2, width
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	pk1 = GKI_PACKREAL(1.0)
+	pk2 = GKI_PACKREAL(2.0)
+
+	width = IDS_WIDTH(i_kt)
+
+	if (font == GT_BOLD) {
+	    if (width != pk2) {
+		# Name collision with ids_open !!
+		# call ids_optn (*"inten", *"high")
+		width = pk2
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (GKI_UNPACKREAL(width) > 1.5) {
+		# Name collision with ids_open !!
+		# call ids_optn (*"inten", *"low")
+		width = pk1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) = width
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcell.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcell.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ba8245f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcell.x
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_GETCELLARRAY -- Fetch a cell array, i.e., two dimensional array of pixels
+# (greylevels or colors).
+
+procedure ids_getcellarray (nc, nr, ax1,ay1, ax2,ay2)
+
+int	nc, nr			# number of pixels in X and Y
+int	ax1, ay1		# lower left corner of input window
+int	ax2, ay2		# upper right corner of input window
+
+int	x1, y1, x2, y2
+int	nx,ny			# number of device pixels in x and y
+real	px1, px2, py1, py2
+
+real	skip_x, skip_y, sx, sy
+real	blockx, blocky, bcy
+int	i, j, startrow, element
+real	xres, yres
+pointer	sp, cell
+pointer	mp			# final data pointer to "array" m
+bool	ca, use_orig, new_row
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+
+	# determine if can do real cell array.
+
+	ca = (IDS_CELLARRAY(i_kt) != 0)
+	if ( !ca )
+	     return
+
+	skip_x = 1.0
+	skip_y = 1.0
+	blockx = 1.0
+	blocky = 1.0
+
+	xres = real(i_xres)
+	yres = real(i_yres)
+
+	# adjust pixels for edges
+	x1 = ax1
+	x2 = ax2
+	y1 = ay1
+	y2 = ay2
+	call ids_cround(x1,x2,xres)
+	call ids_cround(y1,y2,yres)
+
+	# find out how many real pixels we have to fetch
+
+	px1 = real(x1) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py1 = real(y1) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	px2 = real(x2) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py2 = real(y2) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	nx = int( px2 ) - int( px1 ) + 1
+	ny = int( py2 ) - int( py1 ) + 1
+
+	# if too many data points in input, set skip.  If skip is close
+	# enough to one, set it to one.
+	# set block replication factors - will be > 1.0 if too few input points.
+	# cannot set to 1.0 if "close" enough, since, if > 1.0, we don't have
+	# enough points and so *some* have to be replicated.
+
+	if ( nx > nc ) {
+	    skip_x = real(nx)/nc
+	    if ( (skip_x - 1.0)*(nc-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_x = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blockx = real(nc)/nx
+
+	if ( ny > nr ) {
+	    skip_y = real(ny)/nr
+	    if ( (skip_y - 1.0)*(nr-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_y = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blocky = real(nr)/ny
+
+	# initialize counters
+
+	call smark(sp)
+
+	# allocate storage for output
+
+	call salloc (mp, nc*nr, TY_SHORT)
+	sy = 0
+	bcy = blocky
+	startrow = 1
+
+	# see if we can use original data ... no massaging
+	# also set the initial value of the new_row flag, which tells
+	# if we have to rebuild the row data
+	# note that if blockx > 1.0, skip_x must be 1.0, and vv
+
+	if ( (skip_x == 1.0) && (blockx == 1.0) ) {
+	    use_orig = true
+	} else {
+	    use_orig = false
+	    # allocate storage for a row of pixels.
+	    call salloc ( cell, nx, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+	new_row = true
+
+	# do it
+
+	for ( i = 1; i <= nr ; i = i + 1) {
+
+	# fetch the row data.  The reading routine will figure out
+	# how to read from the various individual frames and bitplanes.
+
+	    if ( new_row) {
+		if (!i_snap)
+		    call zseek (i_out, int(px1), int(py1)+int(sy+0.5))
+	        if ( use_orig )
+		    # just copy it in
+		    if (i_snap)
+		        call do_snap (Mems[mp+startrow-1], nx, int(px1),
+	        	    int(py1)+int(sy+0.5))
+		    else
+			call read (i_out, Mems[mp+startrow-1], nx)
+	        else
+		    # into Mems for rework
+		    if (i_snap)
+		        call do_snap (Mems[cell], nx, int(px1),
+	        	    int(py1)+int(sy+0.5))
+		    else
+			call read (i_out, Mems[cell], nx)
+	    }
+
+	# rework the row data
+
+	    if ( !use_orig && new_row ) {
+		if ( skip_x == 1.0)
+		    call ids_blockit(Mems[cell], Mems[mp+startrow-1], nc,
+		    		blockx)
+		else {
+	            sx = 0
+	            for ( j = 1; j <= nc; j = j + 1) {
+		        element = int(sx+0.5)
+		        Mems[mp+startrow-1+j-1] = Mems[cell + element]
+		        sx = sx + skip_x
+	            }
+		}
+	    }
+	# if don't need new row of input data, duplicate the
+	# previous one by copying within the "m" array
+	    if ( ! new_row )
+		call amovs (Mems[mp+startrow-1-nc], Mems[mp+startrow-1], nc)
+
+	#advance a row
+
+	    startrow = startrow + nc
+	    if ( bcy <= real(i) ) {
+		sy = sy + skip_y
+	        bcy = bcy + blocky
+		new_row = true
+	    } else {
+		new_row = false
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call gki_retcellarray (i_in, Mems[mp], nr * nc)
+	call sfree(sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3c0a1c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_GETCURSOR -- Get the position of a cursor.  This is the low level
+# cursor read procedure.  Reading the image cursor is only possible when
+# the ids kernel is run interactively, i.e., when the kernel is linked
+# into the CL process, which owns the terminal.  A raw binary read is required.
+# The cursor value is returned as a GKI structure on the stream "i_in",
+# i.e., it is sent back to the process which requested it.
+
+procedure ids_getcursor (cursor)
+
+int	cursor
+
+int	cur
+int	x, y, key
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	cur = cursor
+	if ( cur > IDS_CSPECIAL ) {
+	    switch( cur ) {
+		case IDS_BUT_RD, IDS_BUT_WT:
+	            call iisbutton( cur, x, y, key)
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call zcursor_read (cur, x, y, key)
+
+	call gki_retcursorvalue (i_in, x, y, key, cur)
+	call flush (i_in)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsinit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsinit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ac925a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsinit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_INIT -- Initialize the ids data structures from the graphcap entry
+# for the device.  Called once, at OPENWS time, with the TTY pointer already
+# set in the common.
+
+procedure ids_init (tty, devname)
+
+pointer	tty			# graphcap descriptor
+char	devname[ARB]		# device name
+
+pointer	nextch
+int	maxch, i
+real	char_height, char_width, char_size
+
+bool	ttygetb()
+real	ttygetr()
+int	ttygeti(), btoi(), gstrcpy()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the ids descriptor and the string buffer.
+	if ( i_kt == NULL) {
+	    call calloc (i_kt, LEN_IDS, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call malloc (IDS_SBUF(i_kt), SZ_SBUF, TY_CHAR)
+	    call malloc (IDS_BITPL(i_kt), IDS_MAXBITPL+1, TY_SHORT)
+	} else {
+	    call mfree (IDS_FRAME(i_kt), TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+
+	# Init string buffer parameters.  The first char of the string buffer
+	# is reserved as a null string, used for graphcap control strings
+	# omitted from the graphcap entry for the device.
+
+	IDS_SZSBUF(i_kt) = SZ_SBUF
+	IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt) = IDS_SBUF(i_kt) + 1
+	Memc[IDS_SBUF(i_kt)] = EOS
+
+	# get the device resolution from the graphcap entry.
+
+	i_xres = ttygeti (tty, "xr")
+	if (i_xres <= 0)
+	    i_xres = 512
+	i_yres = ttygeti (tty, "yr")
+	if (i_yres <= 0)
+	    i_yres = 512
+
+
+	# Initialize the character scaling parameters, required for text
+	# generation.  The heights are given in NDC units in the graphcap
+	# file, which we convert to GKI units.  Estimated values are
+	# supplied if the parameters are missing in the graphcap entry.
+
+	char_height = ttygetr (tty, "ch")
+	if (char_height < EPSILON)
+	    char_height = 1.0 / 35.0
+	char_height = char_height * GKI_MAXNDC
+
+	char_width = ttygetr (tty, "cw")
+	if (char_width < EPSILON)
+	    char_width = 1.0 / 80.0
+	char_width = char_width * GKI_MAXNDC
+
+	# If the device has a set of discreet character sizes, get the
+	# size of each by fetching the parameter "tN", where the N is
+	# a digit specifying the text size index.  Compute the height and
+	# width of each size character from the "ch" and "cw" parameters
+	# and the relative scale of character size I.
+
+	IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt) = min (MAX_CHARSIZES, ttygeti (tty, "th"))
+	nextch = IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt)
+
+	if (IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt) <= 0) {
+	    IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt) = 1
+	    IDS_CHARSIZE(i_kt,1) = 1.0
+	    IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,1) = char_height
+	    IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,1)  = char_width
+	} else {
+	    Memc[nextch+2] = EOS
+	    for (i=1;  i <= IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt);  i=i+1) {
+		Memc[nextch] = 't'
+		Memc[nextch+1] = TO_DIGIT(i)
+		char_size = ttygetr (tty, Memc[nextch])
+		IDS_CHARSIZE(i_kt,i)   = char_size
+		IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,i) = char_height * char_size
+		IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,i)  = char_width  * char_size
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the output parameters.  All boolean parameters are stored
+	# as integer flags.  All string valued parameters are stored in the
+	# string buffer, saving a pointer to the string in the ids
+	# descriptor.  If the capability does not exist the pointer is set to
+	# point to the null string at the beginning of the string buffer.
+
+	IDS_POLYLINE(i_kt)   = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "pl"))
+	IDS_POLYMARKER(i_kt) = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "pm"))
+	IDS_FILLAREA(i_kt)   = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "fa"))
+	IDS_FILLSTYLE(i_kt)  =       ttygeti (tty, "fs")
+	IDS_ROAM(i_kt)	     = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "ro"))
+	IDS_CANZM(i_kt)	     = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "zo"))
+	IDS_ZRES(i_kt)	     =       ttygeti (tty, "zr")
+	IDS_CELLARRAY(i_kt)  = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "ca"))
+	IDS_SELERASE(i_kt)   = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "se"))
+
+	# how many image frames and graph (bit)planes do we get to play with?
+
+	i_maxframes = ttygeti(tty, "ip")
+	if ( i_maxframes < 1 )
+	    i_maxframes = 1
+	i_maxgraph  = ttygeti(tty, "gp")
+	i_maxframes = min(int(i_maxframes), IDS_MAXIMPL)
+	i_maxgraph  = min(int(i_maxgraph),  IDS_MAXGRPL)
+
+	# allocate space for the frame descriptors
+	# the "2" accounts for possible graphics channel ( see ids_expand.x)
+	# and the trailing IDS_EOD
+
+	call malloc (IDS_FRAME(i_kt), max(i_maxframes,i_maxgraph)+2, TY_SHORT)
+
+	# Initialize the input parameters: last cursor used.
+
+	IDS_LCURSOR(i_kt)     = 1
+
+	# Save the device string in the descriptor.
+	nextch = IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt)
+	IDS_DEVNAME(i_kt) = nextch
+	maxch = IDS_SBUF(i_kt) + SZ_SBUF - nextch + 1
+	nextch = nextch + gstrcpy (devname, Memc[nextch], maxch) + 1
+	IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt) = nextch
+
+end
+
+
+# IDS_GSTRING -- Get a string value parameter from the graphcap table,
+# placing the string at the end of the string buffer.  If the device does
+# not have the named capability return a pointer to the null string,
+# otherwise return a pointer to the string.  Since pointers are used,
+# rather than indices, the string buffer is fixed in size.  The additional
+# degree of indirection required with an index was not considered worthwhile
+# in this application since the graphcap entries are never very large.
+
+pointer procedure ids_gstring (cap)
+
+char	cap[ARB]		# device capability to be fetched
+pointer	strp, nextch
+int	maxch, nchars
+int	ttygets()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	nextch = IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt)
+	maxch = IDS_SBUF(i_kt) + SZ_SBUF - nextch + 1
+
+	nchars = ttygets (i_tty, cap, Memc[nextch], maxch)
+	if (nchars > 0) {
+	    strp = nextch
+	    nextch = nextch + nchars + 1
+	} else
+	    strp = IDS_SBUF(i_kt)
+
+	IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt) = nextch
+	return (strp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsline.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsline.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecc63d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsline.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_LINE  set the line type option in the nspp world
+
+procedure ids_line(index)
+
+int	index		# index for line type switch statement
+
+int	linetype
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	    switch (index) {
+		case GL_CLEAR:
+		    linetype = 0
+		case GL_DASHED:
+		    linetype = 0FF00X
+		case GL_DOTTED:
+		    linetype = 08888X
+		case GL_DOTDASH:
+		    linetype = 0F040X
+		default:
+		    linetype = 0FFFFX	# GL_SOLID and default
+	    }
+	    i_linemask = linetype
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idslutfill.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idslutfill.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be42c774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idslutfill.x
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+
+# IDSLUTFILL -- Fill a lookup table from a set of line end points
+
+procedure idslfill (in, icount, out, lenlut, lutmin, lutmax)
+
+short	in[ARB]			# input: line end points
+int	icount			# number of input data items
+short	out[ARB]		# output: the lookup table
+int	lenlut			# lut size
+int	lutmin,lutmax		# inclusive range for lut values
+
+int	i,j
+int	xs, ys, xe, ye
+real	slope
+
+begin
+	# xs and xe are zero based coordinates
+	xs = real(in[1]) * (lenlut - 1)/GKI_MAXNDC. + 0.5
+	ys = real(in[2]) * (lutmax - lutmin)/GKI_MAXNDC. + lutmin + 0.5
+	do i = 3, icount, 2 {
+	    xe = real(in[i]) * (lenlut - 1)/GKI_MAXNDC. + 0.5
+	    ye = real(in[i+1]) * (lutmax - lutmin)/GKI_MAXNDC. + lutmin + 0.5
+	    if (xe != xs) {
+	        slope = real(ye - ys) / (xe - xs)
+	        do j = xs, xe {
+	            out[j+1] = ys + (j - xs) * slope
+	        }
+	    }
+	    xs = xe
+	    ys = ye
+	}
+	out[1] = 0			# keep background at zero
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopen.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopen.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cee1aebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopen.x
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_OPEN -- Install the image kernel as a kernel device driver.
+# The device table DD consists of an array of the entry point addresses for
+# the driver procedures.  If a driver does not implement a particular
+# instruction the table entry for that procedure may be set to zero, causing
+# the interpreter to ignore the instruction.
+
+procedure ids_open (devname, dd)
+
+char	devname[ARB]		# nonnull for forced output to device
+int	dd[ARB]			# device table to be initialized
+
+int	locpr()
+extern	ids_openws(), ids_closews(), ids_clear(), ids_cancel()
+extern	ids_flush(), ids_polyline(), ids_polymarker(), ids_text()
+extern	ids_fillarea(), ids_putcellarray(), ids_plset()
+extern	ids_pmset(), ids_txset(), ids_faset()
+extern	ids_escape()
+extern	ids_setcursor(), ids_getcursor(), ids_getcellarray()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Flag first pass.  Save forced device name in common for OPENWS.
+
+	i_kt = NULL
+	call strcpy (devname, i_device, SZ_IDEVICE)
+
+	# Install the device driver.
+	dd[GKI_OPENWS]		= locpr (ids_openws)
+	dd[GKI_CLOSEWS]		= locpr (ids_closews)
+	dd[GKI_DEACTIVATEWS]	= 0
+	dd[GKI_REACTIVATEWS]	= 0
+	dd[GKI_MFTITLE]		= 0
+	dd[GKI_CLEAR]		= locpr (ids_clear)
+	dd[GKI_CANCEL]		= locpr (ids_cancel)
+	dd[GKI_FLUSH]		= locpr (ids_flush)
+	dd[GKI_POLYLINE]	= locpr (ids_polyline)
+	dd[GKI_POLYMARKER]	= locpr (ids_polymarker)
+	dd[GKI_TEXT]		= locpr (ids_text)
+	dd[GKI_FILLAREA]	= locpr (ids_fillarea)
+	dd[GKI_PUTCELLARRAY]	= locpr (ids_putcellarray)
+	dd[GKI_SETCURSOR]	= locpr (ids_setcursor)
+	dd[GKI_PLSET]		= locpr (ids_plset)
+	dd[GKI_PMSET]		= locpr (ids_pmset)
+	dd[GKI_TXSET]		= locpr (ids_txset)
+	dd[GKI_FASET]		= locpr (ids_faset)
+	dd[GKI_GETCURSOR]	= locpr (ids_getcursor)
+	dd[GKI_GETCELLARRAY]	= locpr (ids_getcellarray)
+	dd[GKI_ESCAPE]		= locpr (ids_escape)
+	dd[GKI_SETWCS]		= 0
+	dd[GKI_GETWCS]		= 0
+	dd[GKI_UNKNOWN]		= 0
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopenws.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopenws.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd25b260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopenws.x
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_OPENWS -- Open the named workstation.  Once a workstation has been
+# opened we leave it open until some other workstation is opened or the
+# kernel is closed.  Opening a workstation involves initialization of the
+# kernel data structures. Initialization of the device itself is left to
+# an explicit reset command.
+
+procedure ids_openws (devname, n, mode)
+
+short	devname[ARB]		# device name
+int	n			# length of device name
+int	mode			# access mode
+
+long	filesize
+bool	need_open, same_dev
+pointer	sp, buf, devinfo
+
+long	fstatl()
+pointer	ttygdes()
+bool	streq(), ttygetb()
+int	fopnbf(), ttygets()
+extern	zopnim(), zardim(), zawrim(), zawtim(), zsttim(), zclsim()
+errchk	ttygdes
+int	oldmode
+data	oldmode /-1/
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (buf, max (SZ_FNAME, n), TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (devinfo, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If a device was named when the kernel was opened then output will
+	# always be to that device (i_device) regardless of the device named
+	# in the OPENWS instruction.  If no device was named (null string)
+	# then unpack the device name, passed as a short integer array.
+
+	if (i_device[1] == EOS) {
+	    call achtsc (devname, Memc[buf], n)
+	    Memc[buf+n] = EOS
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (i_device, Memc[buf], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# find out if first time, and if not, if same device as before
+	# note that if (i_kt == NULL), then same_dev is false.
+
+	same_dev = false
+	need_open = true
+	if ( i_kt != NULL ) {
+	    same_dev = (streq(Memc[IDS_DEVNAME(i_kt)], Memc[buf]))
+	    if ( !same_dev  || ( oldmode != mode))
+		call close(i_out)
+	    else
+		need_open = false
+	}
+	oldmode = mode
+
+	# Initialize the kernel data structures.  Open graphcap descriptor
+	# for the named device, allocate and initialize descriptor and common.
+	# graphcap entry for device must exist.
+
+	if (need_open) {
+	    if ((i_kt != NULL) && !same_dev)
+		call ttycdes (i_tty)
+	    if (!same_dev) {
+	        i_tty = ttygdes (Memc[buf])
+		if (ttygetb (i_tty, "LC"))
+		    call error (1, "operation not supported on device")
+	    }
+
+	    if (ttygets (i_tty, "DD", Memc[devinfo], SZ_LINE) <= 0)
+		call strcpy (Memc[buf], Memc[devinfo], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    # Open the output file.  The device is connected to FIO as a 
+	    # binary file.  mode must be READ_WRITE or WRITE_ONLY
+	    # for image display!
+
+	    iferr (i_out = fopnbf (Memc[devinfo], mode, zopnim, zardim,
+	        zawrim, zawtim, zsttim, zclsim)) {
+
+	        call ttycdes (i_tty)
+	        call erract (EA_ERROR)
+	    }
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_ADVICE, SEQUENTIAL)
+
+	}
+
+	# Initialize data structures.
+	# Device specific initialization will be done in the zinit call
+	# from ids_init().
+
+	if (!same_dev) {
+	    call ids_init (i_tty, Memc[buf])
+
+	    # Now set the file size to allow mapping of all control registers
+	    # as well as all image and graphics planes.  The call to fstatl
+	    # returns the size of an image plane (!!).  zinit does whatever
+	    # device work it needs to do, and uses its arguments to determine
+	    # the total file size, which it returns.
+	    # This feature need not be used (and is not for the IIS display).
+	    #
+	    # We also set the F_ASYNC parameter to YES.
+
+	    i_frsize = fstatl(i_out, F_FILESIZE)
+	    filesize = i_frsize
+	    call zinit(i_maxframes, i_maxgraph, filesize)
+	    call fseti(i_out, F_ASYNC, YES)
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspcell.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspcell.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d678b286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspcell.x
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# number of grey scale symbols
+define NSYMBOL	11
+define TSIZE	(1.0/2.0)
+
+# IDS_PUTCELLARRAY -- Draw a cell array, i.e., two dimensional array of pixels
+# (greylevels or colors).
+
+procedure ids_putcellarray (m, nc, nr, ax1,ay1, ax2,ay2)
+
+short	m[ARB]			# cell array
+int	nc, nr			# number of pixels in X and Y
+				# (number of columns[x], rows[y]
+int	ax1, ay1		# lower left corner of output window
+int	ax2, ay2		# upper right corner of output window
+
+int	x1,y1,x2,y2
+real	px1, py1, px2, py2
+int	nx, ny
+real	skip_x, skip_y, sx, sy
+real	blockx, blocky, bcy
+int	i, j, startrow, element
+real	xres, yres
+pointer	sp, cell
+bool	ca, use_orig, new_row
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# determine if can do real cell array.
+
+	ca = (IDS_CELLARRAY(i_kt) != 0)
+	if ( !ca )
+	     return
+
+	skip_x = 1.0
+	skip_y = 1.0
+	blockx = 1.0
+	blocky = 1.0
+
+	xres = real(i_xres)
+	yres = real(i_yres)
+
+	# adjust pixels for edges
+	x1 = ax1
+	x2 = ax2
+	y1 = ay1
+	y2 = ay2
+	call ids_cround(x1,x2,xres)
+	call ids_cround(y1,y2,yres)
+
+	# find out how many real pixels we have to fill
+
+	px1 = real(x1) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py1 = real(y1) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	px2 = real(x2) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py2 = real(y2) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	nx = int( px2 ) - int( px1 ) + 1
+	ny = int( py2 ) - int( py1 ) + 1
+
+	# if too many data points in input, set skip.  If skip is close
+	# enough to one, set it to one.
+	# set block replication factors - will be > 1.0 if too few input points.
+	# cannot set to 1.0 if "close" enough, since, if > 1.0, we don't have
+	# enough points and so *some* have to be replicated.
+
+	if ( nc > nx ) {
+	    skip_x = real(nc)/nx
+	    if ( (skip_x - 1.0)*(nx-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_x = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blockx = real(nx)/nc
+
+	if ( nr > ny ) {
+	    skip_y = real(nr)/ny
+	    if ( (skip_y - 1.0)*(ny-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_y = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blocky = real(ny)/nr
+
+	# initialize counters
+
+	call smark(sp)
+	sy = skip_y
+	bcy = blocky
+	startrow = 1
+	element = startrow
+
+	# see if we can use original data ... no massaging
+	# also set the initial value of the new_row flag, which tells
+	# if we have to rebuild the row data
+	# note that if blockx > 1.0, skip_x must be 1.0, and vv
+
+	if ( (skip_x == 1.0) && (blockx == 1.0) ) {
+	    use_orig = true
+	    new_row  = false
+	} else {
+	    use_orig = false
+	    new_row  = true
+	    # allocate storage for a row of pixels.
+	    call salloc ( cell, nx, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+	# do it
+
+	for ( i = 1; i <= ny ; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # Build the row data.
+
+	    if (!use_orig && new_row) {
+		if ( skip_x == 1.0)
+		    call ids_blockit(m[element], Mems[cell], nx, blockx)
+		else {
+	            sx = skip_x
+	            for ( j = 1; j <= nx; j = j + 1) {
+		        Mems[cell+j-1] = m[element]
+		        element = startrow + int(sx+0.5)
+		        sx = sx + skip_x
+	            }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Send the row data.  The writing routine will figure out
+	    # how to send to the various individual frames and bitplanes.
+
+	    call zseek (i_out, int(px1), int(py1)+i-1)
+	    if (use_orig)
+		call write (i_out, m[element], nx)
+	    else
+		call write (i_out, Mems[cell], nx)
+
+	    # Advance a row.
+
+	    element = startrow
+	    if ( bcy <= real(i) ) {
+		startrow = 1 + nc * int(sy+0.5)
+		element = startrow
+		sy = sy + skip_y
+	        bcy = bcy + blocky
+		new_row = true
+	    } else {
+		new_row = false
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree(sp)
+end
+
+
+# IDS_BLOCKIT -- block replication of data
+
+procedure ids_blockit( from, to, count, factor)
+
+short	from[ARB]			# input data
+short	to[ARB]				# output data
+int	count				# number of output pixels
+real	factor				# blocking factor
+
+int	i, j
+real	bc
+
+begin
+	bc = factor
+	j = 1
+	for ( i = 1; i <= count ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    to[i] = from[j]
+	    if ( bc <= real(i) ) {
+		j = j + 1
+		bc = bc + factor
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspl.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspl.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77ac3bc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspl.x
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# nspp particulars
+# base width of line
+define	BASELW		8
+
+# IDS_POLYLINE -- Draw a polyline.  The polyline is defined by the array of
+# points P, consisting of successive (x,y) coordinate pairs.  The first point
+# is not plotted but rather defines the start of the polyline.  The remaining
+# points define line segments to be drawn.
+
+procedure ids_polyline (p, npts)
+
+short	p[ARB]			# points defining line
+int	npts			# number of points, i.e., (x,y) pairs
+
+pointer	pl
+int	i, len_p
+int	linewidth
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( npts <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	len_p = npts * 2
+
+	# Update polyline attributes if necessary.
+
+	pl = IDS_PLAP(i_kt)
+
+	if (IDS_TYPE(i_kt) != PL_LTYPE(pl)) {
+	    call ids_line(PL_LTYPE(pl))
+	    IDS_TYPE(i_kt) = PL_LTYPE(pl)
+	}
+	if (IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) != PL_WIDTH(pl)) {
+	    linewidth = int(real(BASELW) * GKI_UNPACKREAL(PL_WIDTH(pl)))
+	    i_linewidth = max(1,linewidth)
+	    IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) = PL_WIDTH(pl)
+	}
+	if (IDS_COLOR(i_kt) != PL_COLOR(pl)) {
+	    i_linecolor = PL_COLOR(pl)
+	    IDS_COLOR(i_kt) = PL_COLOR(pl)
+	}
+
+	# Move to the first point.  point() will plot it, which is
+	# ok here, and vector may well plot it again.
+
+	call ids_point(p[1], p[2], true)
+
+	# Draw the polyline.
+
+	for (i=3;  i <= len_p;  i=i+2) {
+	    call ids_vector ( p[i], p[i+1])
+
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsplset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsplset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf49ea1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsplset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_PLSET -- Set the polyline attributes.  The polyline width parameter is
+# passed to the encoder as a packed floating point number, i.e., int(LWx100).
+
+procedure ids_plset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+pointer	pl
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	pl = IDS_PLAP(i_kt)
+	PL_LTYPE(pl) = gki[GKI_PLSET_LT]
+	PL_WIDTH(pl) = gki[GKI_PLSET_LW]
+	PL_COLOR(pl) = gki[GKI_PLSET_CI]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b165b7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# nspp particulars
+# base width of line
+define	BASELW		8
+
+# IDS_POLYMARKER -- Draw a polymarker.  The polymarker is defined by the array
+# of points P, consisting of successive (x,y) coordinate pairs.  The first point
+# is not plotted but rather defines the start of the polyline.  The remaining
+# points define line segments to be drawn.
+
+procedure ids_polymarker (p, npts)
+
+short	p[ARB]			# points defining line
+int	npts			# number of points, i.e., (x,y) pairs
+
+pointer	pm
+int	i, len_p
+int	linewidth
+short	x,y
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( npts <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	len_p = npts * 2
+
+	# Update polymarker attributes if necessary.
+
+	pm = IDS_PMAP(i_kt)
+
+	if (IDS_TYPE(i_kt) != PM_LTYPE(pm)) {
+	    call ids_line(PM_LTYPE(pm))
+	    IDS_TYPE(i_kt) = PM_LTYPE(pm)
+	}
+	if (IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) != PM_WIDTH(pm)) {
+	    linewidth = int(real(BASELW) * GKI_UNPACKREAL(PM_WIDTH(pm)))
+	    i_linewidth = max(1,linewidth)
+	    IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) = PM_WIDTH(pm)
+	}
+	if (IDS_COLOR(i_kt) != PM_COLOR(pm)) {
+	    i_linecolor = PM_COLOR(pm)
+	    IDS_COLOR(i_kt) = PM_COLOR(pm)
+	}
+
+	for (i=1;  i <= len_p;  i=i+2) {
+	    x = p[i]
+	    y = p[i+1]
+	    call ids_point (real(x)/GKI_MAXNDC, real(y)/GKI_MAXNDC, true)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspmset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspmset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be46ede8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspmset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_PMSET -- Set the polymarker attributes.
+
+procedure ids_pmset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+pointer	pm
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	pm = IDS_PMAP(i_kt)
+	PM_LTYPE(pm) = gki[GKI_PMSET_MT]
+	PM_WIDTH(pm) = gki[GKI_PMSET_MW]
+	PM_COLOR(pm) = gki[GKI_PMSET_CI]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspoint.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspoint.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2addb635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspoint.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_POINT -- Plot a point in the current plane at given (GKI) coordinates.
+
+procedure ids_point (ax,ay,flag)
+
+short	ax,ay			# point coordinates, GKI
+bool	flag			# true if should plot point, false if just a
+				# pen move
+int	xp, yp
+int	bufsize
+int	fstati()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# convert to device coords, plot max value, then record in i_pt
+	xp = real(ax) * i_xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	yp = real(ay) * i_yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	# if flag is true, we plot the point.  If false, we just want
+	# to record the points (a pen move), so skip the plot commands
+
+	if (flag) {
+	    # set buffer to size one
+	    bufsize = fstati (i_out, F_BUFSIZE)
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_BUFSIZE, 1)
+
+	    # plot it
+	    call zseek (i_out, xp, yp)
+	    call write(i_out, short(IDS_ZRES(i_kt)-1), 1)
+
+	    # restore buffer
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	}
+	i_pt_x = xp
+	i_pt_y = yp
+end
+
+
+# IDS_RPOINT - Plot a point in the current plane at given (device coord) offsets
+# from current point.
+
+procedure ids_rpoint (dx,dy)
+
+short	dx,dy			# DEVICE coordinate increments from cur. pos.
+
+int	xp, yp
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	xp = i_pt_x + dx
+	yp = i_pt_y + dy
+
+	call zseek (i_out, xp, yp)
+	call write(i_out, short(IDS_ZRES(i_kt)-1), 1)
+
+	i_pt_x = xp
+	i_pt_y = yp
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsreset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsreset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..627b3d4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsreset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_RESET -- Reset the state of the transform common, i.e., in response to
+# a clear or a cancel.  Initialize all attribute packets to their default
+# values and set the current state of the device to undefined, forcing the
+# device state to be reset when the next output instruction is executed.
+# Clear the image, graphics, and luts only if reset is "hard" enough.
+
+procedure ids_reset(hardness)
+
+short	hardness
+
+pointer	pl, pm, fa, tx
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Set pointers to attribute substructures.
+	pl = IDS_PLAP(i_kt)
+	pm = IDS_PMAP(i_kt)
+	fa = IDS_FAAP(i_kt)
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+
+	# Initialize the attribute packets.
+	PL_LTYPE(pl)	= 1
+	PL_WIDTH(pl)	= GKI_PACKREAL(1.)
+	PL_COLOR(pl)	= 1
+	PM_LTYPE(pm)	= 1
+	PM_WIDTH(pm)	= GKI_PACKREAL(1.)
+	PM_COLOR(pm)	= 1
+	FA_STYLE(fa)	= 1
+	FA_COLOR(fa)	= 1
+	TX_UP(tx)	= 90
+	TX_SIZE(tx)	= GKI_PACKREAL(1.)
+	TX_PATH(tx)	= GT_RIGHT
+	TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)	= GT_LEFT
+	TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)	= GT_BOTTOM
+	TX_FONT(tx)	= GT_ROMAN
+	TX_COLOR(tx)	= 1
+	TX_SPACING(tx)	= 0.0
+
+	# Set the device attributes to undefined, forcing them to be reset
+	# when the next output instruction is executed.
+
+	IDS_TYPE(i_kt)		= -1
+	IDS_WIDTH(i_kt)		= -1
+	IDS_COLOR(i_kt)		= -1
+	IDS_TXSIZE(i_kt)	= -1
+	IDS_TXFONT(i_kt)	= -1
+
+	call zreset(hardness)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsrestore.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsrestore.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..246631c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsrestore.x
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_RESTORE -- Restore the control state of the display, together with
+# zero to all of the image and graphics planes.
+
+procedure ids_restore (data, n)
+
+short	data[ARB]		# instruction data words
+short	n			# number of data words
+
+int	fd			# binary file output descriptor
+short	i, j
+short	frame[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]	# frames to save
+short	graph[IDS_MAXGRPL+1]	# graph planes to save
+short	buffer[IDS_MAXDATA]	# for data storage
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# determine file descriptor to read (opened by upper end)
+	# ( assume upper end has retrieved whatever data it stored and
+	#   leaves fd pointing at control information offset)
+	# then retrieve the frame data
+
+	fd = data[1]
+
+	# image data
+
+	call read(fd, i, SZ_SHORT)
+	call read(fd, buffer, i)
+	j = 0
+	i = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    frame[j] = buffer[i]
+	} until ( (buffer[i] == IDS_EOD) || ( j == i_maxframes) )
+	frame[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# graph data
+
+	call read(fd, i, SZ_SHORT)
+	call read(fd, buffer, i)
+	i = 0
+	j = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    graph[j] = buffer[i]
+	} until ( (buffer[i] == IDS_EOD) || ( j == i_maxgraph) )
+	graph[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# get all control information
+
+	call zdev_restore(fd)
+
+	# get image data
+
+	if ( frame[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxframes ; i = i + 1)
+		frame[i] = i
+	    frame[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( frame[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; frame[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zim_restore (fd, frame[i])
+	}
+
+	# get graphics data
+
+	if ( graph[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxgraph ; i = i + 1)
+		graph[i] = i
+	    graph[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( graph[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; graph[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zgr_restore (fd, graph[i])
+	}
+
+	# upper end to close file
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idssave.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idssave.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a66ebc00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idssave.x
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_SAVE -- Save the control state of the display, together with
+# zero to all of the image and graphics planes.
+
+procedure ids_save (data, n)
+
+short	data[ARB]		# instruction data words
+short	n			# count of data words
+
+int	fd			# binary file output descriptor
+short	i, j
+short	frame[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]	# frames to save
+short	graph[IDS_MAXGRPL+1]	# graph planes to save
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# do we need to check n ??
+
+	# determine file descriptor to write (opened by upper end)
+	# ( assume upper end has saved whatever data it wanted and
+	#   leaves fd pointing at control information offset)
+	# then squirrel away the frame data
+
+	fd = data[1]
+
+	# image data
+
+	i = 1
+	j = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    frame[j] = data[i]
+	} until ( data[i] == IDS_EOD )
+	call write(fd, j, SZ_SHORT)
+	call write(fd, frame[1], j*SZ_SHORT)
+
+	# graph data
+
+	j = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    graph[j] = data[i]
+	} until ( data[i] == IDS_EOD )
+	call write(fd, j, SZ_SHORT)
+	call write(fd, graph[1], j*SZ_SHORT)
+
+	# get all control information
+
+	call zdev_save(fd)
+
+	# get image data
+
+	if ( frame[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxframes ; i = i + 1)
+		frame[i] = i
+	    frame[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( frame[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; frame[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zim_save (fd, frame[i])
+	}
+
+	# get graphics data
+
+	if ( graph[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxgraph ; i = i + 1)
+		graph[i] = i
+	    graph[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( graph[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; graph[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zgr_save (fd, graph[i])
+	}
+
+	# upper end to close file
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsscur.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsscur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ec48c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsscur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# IDS_SETCURSOR -- Set the position of a cursor.
+
+procedure ids_setcursor (x, y, cursor)
+
+int	x, y			# new position of cursor
+int	cursor			# cursor to be set
+
+begin
+	call zcursor_set(cursor, x, y)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsstream.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsstream.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb7360b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsstream.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_GRSTREAM -- Set the FD of the graphics/image stream, to which
+# we return cell arrays and cursor values.
+
+procedure ids_grstream (stream)
+
+int stream
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	i_in = stream
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstx.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstx.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7209d00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstx.x
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<math.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	BASECS_X	12	# Base (size 1.0) char width in GKI coords.
+define	BASECS_Y	12	# Base (size 1.0) char height in GKI coords.
+
+
+# IDS_TEXT -- Draw a text string.  The string is drawn at the position (X,Y)
+# using the text attributes set by the last GKI_TXSET instruction.  The text
+# string to be drawn may contain embedded set font escape sequences of the
+# form \fR (roman), \fG (greek), etc.  We break the input text sequence up
+# into segments at font boundaries and draw these on the output device,
+# setting the text size, color, font, and position at the beginning of each
+# segment.
+
+procedure ids_text (xc, yc, text, n)
+
+int	xc, yc			# where to draw text string
+short	text[ARB]		# text string
+int	n			# number of characters
+
+real	x, y, dx, dy, tsz
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2, orien
+int	x0, y0, ids_dx, ids_dy, ch, cw
+int	xstart, ystart, newx, newy
+int	totlen, polytext, font, seglen 
+pointer	sp, seg, ip, op, tx, first
+int	stx_segment()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+real	i_dx, i_dy		# scale GKI to window coords
+int	i_x1, i_y1		# origin of device window
+int	i_x2, i_y2		# upper right corner of device window
+data	i_dx /1.0/, i_dy /1.0/
+data	i_x1 /0/, i_y1 /0/, i_x2 /GKI_MAXNDC/, i_y2 / GKI_MAXNDC/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (seg, n + 2, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set pointer to the text attribute structure.
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+
+	# Set the text size and color if not already set.  Both should be
+	# invalidated when the screen is cleared.  Text color should be
+	# invalidated whenever another color is set.  The text size was
+	# set by ids_txset, and is just a scaling factor.
+
+	IDS_TXSIZE(i_kt) = TX_SIZE(tx)
+	# For display, have 32767 sizes, so just scale the the base sizes.
+	tsz = GKI_UNPACKREAL(TX_SIZE(tx))	# scale factor
+	ch = IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,1) * tsz
+	cw = IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,1) * tsz
+
+	if (TX_COLOR(tx) != IDS_COLOR(i_kt)) {
+	    # Should do something like   call ids_color (TX_COLOR(tx))
+	    # But that requires some association of color with hardware
+	    # and what that should be is not clear.
+	    IDS_COLOR(i_kt) = TX_COLOR(tx)
+	}
+
+	# Set the linetype to a solid line, and invalidate last setting.
+	call ids_linetype (GL_SOLID)
+	IDS_TYPE(i_kt) = -1
+
+	# Break the text string into segments at font boundaries and count
+	# the total number of printable characters.
+
+	totlen = stx_segment (text, n, Memc[seg], TX_FONT(tx))
+
+	# Compute the text drawing parameters, i.e., the coordinates of the
+	# first character to be drawn, the step between successive characters,
+	# and the polytext flag (GKI coords).
+
+	call stx_parameters (xc,yc, totlen, x0,y0, ids_dx,ids_dy, polytext,
+	    orien)
+
+	# Draw the segments, setting the font at the beginning of each segment.
+	# The first segment is drawn at (X0,Y0).  The separation between
+	# characters is DX,DY.  A segment is drawn as a block if the polytext
+	# flag is set, otherwise each character is drawn individually.
+
+	x  = x0 * i_dx + i_x1
+	y  = y0 * i_dy + i_y1
+	dx = ids_dx * i_dx
+	dy = ids_dy * i_dy
+
+	for (ip=seg;  Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+	    # Process the font control character heading the next segment.
+	    font = Memc[ip]
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	    
+	    # Draw the segment.
+	    while (Memc[ip] != EOS) {
+		# Clip leading out of bounds characters.
+		for (;  Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+		    x1 = x; x2 = x1 + cw
+		    y1 = y; y2 = y1 + ch
+
+		    if (x1 >= i_x1 && x2 <= i_x2 && y1 >= i_y1 && y2 <= i_y2)
+			break
+		    else {
+			x = x + dx
+			y = y + dy
+		    }
+
+		    if (polytext == NO) {
+			ip = ip + 1
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Coords of first char to be drawn.
+		xstart = x
+		ystart = y
+
+		# Move OP to first out of bounds char.
+		for (op=ip;  Memc[op] != EOS;  op=op+1) {
+		    x1 = x; x2 = x1 + cw
+		    y1 = y; y2 = y1 + ch
+
+		    if (x1 <= i_x1 || x2 >= i_x2 || y1 <= i_y1 || y2 >= i_y2)
+			break
+		    else {
+			x = x + dx
+			y = y + dy
+		    }
+
+		    if (polytext == NO) {
+			op = op + 1
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Count number of inbounds chars.
+		seglen = op - ip
+
+		# Leave OP pointing to the end of this segment.
+		if (polytext == NO)
+		    op = ip + 1
+		else {
+		    while (Memc[op] != EOS)
+			op = op + 1
+		}
+
+		# Compute X,Y of next segment.
+		newx = xstart + (dx * (op - ip))
+		newy = ystart +  dy
+
+		# Quit if no inbounds chars.
+		if (seglen == 0) {
+		    x = newx
+		    y = newy
+		    ip = op
+		    next
+		}
+
+		# Output the inbounds chars.
+
+		first = ip
+		x = xstart
+		y = ystart
+
+		while (seglen > 0 && (polytext == YES || ip == first)) {
+		    call ids_drawchar (Memc[ip], nint(x), nint(y), cw, ch,
+			orien, font)
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    seglen = seglen - 1
+		    x = x + dx
+		    y = y + dy
+		}
+
+		x = newx
+		y = newy
+		ip = op
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# STX_SEGMENT -- Process the text string into segments, in the process
+# converting from type short to char.  The only text attribute that can
+# change within a string is the font, so segments are broken by \fI, \fG,
+# etc. font select sequences embedded in the text.  The segments are encoded
+# sequentially in the output string.  The first character of each segment is
+# the font number.  A segment is delimited by EOS.  A font number of EOS
+# marks the end of the segment list.  The output string is assumed to be
+# large enough to hold the segmented text string.
+
+int procedure stx_segment (text, n, out, start_font)
+
+short	text[ARB]		# input text
+int	n			# number of characters in text
+char	out[ARB]		# output string
+int	start_font		# initial font code
+
+int	ip, op
+int	totlen, font
+
+begin
+	out[1] = start_font
+	totlen = 0
+	op = 2
+
+	for (ip=1;  ip <= n;  ip=ip+1) {
+	    if (text[ip] == '\\' && text[ip+1] == 'f') {
+		# Select font.
+		out[op] = EOS
+		op = op + 1
+		ip = ip + 2
+
+		switch (text[ip]) {
+		case 'B':
+		    font = GT_BOLD
+		case 'I':
+		    font = GT_ITALIC
+		case 'G':
+		    font = GT_GREEK
+		default:
+		    font = GT_ROMAN
+		}
+
+		out[op] = font
+		op = op + 1
+
+	    } else {
+		# Deposit character in segment.
+		out[op] = text[ip]
+		op = op + 1
+		totlen = totlen + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Terminate last segment and add null segment.
+
+	out[op] = EOS
+	out[op+1] = EOS
+
+	return (totlen)
+end
+
+
+# STX_PARAMETERS -- Set the text drawing parameters, i.e., the coordinates
+# of the lower left corner of the first character to be drawn, the spacing
+# between characters, and the polytext flag.  Input consists of the coords
+# of the text string, the length of the string, and the text attributes
+# defining the character size, justification in X and Y of the coordinates,
+# and orientation of the string.  All coordinates are in GKI units.
+
+procedure stx_parameters (xc, yc, totlen, x0, y0, dx, dy, polytext, orien)
+
+int	xc, yc			# coordinates at which string is to be drawn
+int	totlen			# number of characters to be drawn
+int	x0, y0			# lower left corner of first char to be drawn
+int	dx, dy			# step in X and Y between characters
+int	polytext		# OK to output text segment all at once
+int	orien			# rotation angle of characters
+
+pointer	tx
+int	up, path
+real	dir, ch, cw, cosv, sinv, space, sz
+real	xsize, ysize, xvlen, yvlen, xu, yu, xv, yv, p, q
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+
+	# Get character sizes in GKI coords.
+	sz = GKI_UNPACKREAL (TX_SIZE(tx))
+	ch = IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,1) * sz
+	cw = IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,1) * sz
+
+	# Compute the character rotation angle.  This is independent of the
+	# direction in which characters are drawn.  A character up vector of
+	# 90 degrees (normal) corresponds to a rotation angle of zero.
+
+	up = TX_UP(tx)
+	orien = up - 90
+
+	# Determine the direction in which characters are to be plotted.
+	# This depends on both the character up vector and the path, which
+	# is defined relative to the up vector.
+
+	path = TX_PATH(tx)
+	switch (path) {
+	case GT_UP:
+	    dir = up
+	case GT_DOWN:
+	    dir = up - 180
+	case GT_LEFT:
+	    dir = up + 90
+	default:		# GT_NORMAL, GT_RIGHT
+	    dir = up - 90
+	}
+
+	# ------- DX, DY ---------
+	# Convert the direction vector into the step size between characters.
+	# Note CW and CH are in GKI coordinates, hence DX and DY are too.
+	# Additional spacing of some fraction of the character size is used
+	# if TX_SPACING is nonzero.
+
+	dir = -DEGTORAD(dir)
+	cosv = cos (dir)
+	sinv = sin (dir)
+
+	# Correct for spacing (unrotated).
+	space = (1.0 + TX_SPACING(tx))
+	if (path == GT_UP || path == GT_DOWN)
+	    p = ch * space
+	else
+	    p = cw * space
+	q = 0
+
+	# Correct for rotation.
+	dx =  p * cosv + q * sinv
+	dy = -p * sinv + q * cosv
+
+	# ------- XU, YU ---------
+	# Determine the coordinates of the center of the first character req'd
+	# to justify the string, assuming dimensionless characters spaced on
+	# centers DX,DY apart.
+
+	xvlen = dx * (totlen - 1)
+	yvlen = dy * (totlen - 1)
+
+	switch (TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    xu = - (xvlen / 2.0)
+	case GT_RIGHT:
+	    # If right justify and drawing to the left, no offset req'd.
+	    if (xvlen < 0)
+		xu = 0
+	    else
+		xu = -xvlen
+	default:		# GT_LEFT, GT_NORMAL
+	    # If left justify and drawing to the left, full offset right req'd.
+	    if (xvlen < 0)
+		xu = -xvlen
+	    else
+		xu = 0
+	}
+
+	switch (TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    yu = - (yvlen / 2.0)
+	case GT_TOP:
+	    # If top justify and drawing downward, no offset req'd.
+	    if (yvlen < 0)
+		yu = 0
+	    else
+		yu = -yvlen
+	default:		# GT_BOTTOM, GT_NORMAL
+	    # If bottom justify and drawing downward, full offset up req'd.
+	    if (yvlen < 0)
+		yu = -yvlen
+	    else
+		yu = 0
+	}
+
+	# ------- XV, YV ---------
+	# Compute the offset from the center of a single character required
+	# to justify that character, given a particular character up vector.
+	# (This could be combined with the above case but is clearer if
+	# treated separately.)
+
+	p = -DEGTORAD(orien)
+	cosv = cos(p)
+	sinv = sin(p)
+
+	# Compute the rotated character in size X and Y.
+	xsize = abs ( cw * cosv + ch * sinv)
+	ysize = abs (-cw * sinv + ch * cosv)
+
+	switch (TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    xv = 0
+	case GT_RIGHT:
+	    xv = - (xsize / 2.0)
+	default:		# GT_LEFT, GT_NORMAL
+	    xv = xsize / 2
+	}
+
+	switch (TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    yv = 0
+	case GT_TOP:
+	    yv = - (ysize / 2.0)
+	default:		# GT_BOTTOM, GT_NORMAL
+	    yv = ysize / 2
+	}
+
+	# ------- X0, Y0 ---------
+	# The center coordinates of the first character to be drawn are given
+	# by the reference position plus the string justification vector plus
+	# the character justification vector.
+
+	x0 = xc + xu + xv
+	y0 = yc + yu + yv
+
+	# The character drawing primitive requires the coordinates of the
+	# lower left corner of the character (irrespective of orientation).
+	# Compute the vector from the center of a character to the lower left
+	# corner of a character, rotate to the given orientation, and correct
+	# the starting coordinates by addition of this vector.
+
+	p = - (cw / 2.0)
+	q = - (ch / 2.0)
+
+	x0 = x0 + ( p * cosv + q * sinv)
+	y0 = y0 + (-p * sinv + q * cosv)
+
+	# ------- POLYTEXT ---------
+	# Set the polytext flag.  Polytext output is possible only if chars
+	# are to be drawn to the right with no extra spacing between chars.
+
+	if (abs(dy) == 0 && dx == cw)
+	    polytext = YES
+	else
+	    polytext = NO
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstxset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstxset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c9529da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstxset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_TXSET -- Set the text drawing attributes.
+
+procedure ids_txset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+
+pointer	tx
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+	TX_UP(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_UP] 
+	TX_PATH(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_P ] 
+	TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_HJ] 
+	TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_VJ] 
+	TX_FONT(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_F ]
+	TX_QUALITY(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_Q ] 
+	TX_COLOR(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_CI] 
+
+	TX_SPACING(tx)	= GKI_UNPACKREAL (gki[GKI_TXSET_SP])
+	TX_SIZE(tx)     = gki[GKI_TXSET_SZ]
+
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsvector.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsvector.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d1ec502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsvector.x
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+define MAXC	10000		# just a largish int here
+
+# IDS_VECTOR -- Plot a line in the current plane; the starting coordinates
+# are in ids.com: i_pt_x, i_pt_y.  The end points are the arguments
+# to vector.
+# the code is Bresenham's algorithm, as taken from the line drawing
+# routine in Forth-11 image display code.
+
+procedure ids_vector (ax,ay)
+
+short	ax,ay			# vector end coordinates, GKI
+
+short	x,y
+short	xe ,ye			# end coordinates, device
+short	dx,dy,dd
+short	xi,yi, xid,yid		# increments
+short	total, e		# total change and error
+int	bufsize			# file i/o buffersize
+int	fstati()
+int	count, cmax
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	x = ax
+	y = ay
+
+	bufsize = fstati(i_out, F_BUFSIZE)
+
+	# convert x,y to device coords.
+	xe = real(x) * i_xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	ye = real(y) * i_yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	# determine delta x and y, and x/y increments
+
+	dx = xe - i_pt_x
+	dy = ye - i_pt_y
+
+	# set movement increments, take absolute value of dx, dy
+	if ( dy >= 0 )
+	    yi = 1
+	else {
+	    yi = -1
+	    dy = -dy
+	}
+	if ( dx >= 0 )
+	    xi = 1
+	else {
+	    xi = -1
+	    dx = -dx
+	}
+
+	# set diagonal movement increments
+	xid = xi
+	yid = yi
+
+	# if, for instance, pos. slope less than 45 degrees, most movement
+	# is in x, so then set (the ususal) y increment to zero
+	if ( dy >= dx )
+	    xi = 0
+	else
+	    yi = 0
+
+	# Set up for buffer of one, and let code find best buffering
+	cmax = 0
+	call fseti(i_out, F_BUFSIZE, 1)
+	count = 0
+
+	# Plot the first point
+	call ids_rpoint (0, 0)
+
+	# Is there anything to do?  determine total increments to plot; if
+	# zero, quit
+	total = dx + dy
+	if ( total == 0 ) {
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	    return
+	}
+	
+	# set error to zero, determine difference in x,y change.
+	e = 0
+	dd = dy - dx
+	if ( dd >= 0 ) {
+	    dd = -dd
+	    dy = dx
+	}
+
+	# plot the line
+	repeat {
+	    dx = dd + e
+	    if ( (dy + e + dx) >= 0 ) {
+	    # diagonal plot, accounts for two units of increment
+		if ( count > cmax ) {
+		# leaving current (x) line, so determine how many points
+		# have plotted on line and use this (maximum) as line
+		# buffering size
+		    call fseti(i_out, F_BUFSIZE, count)
+		    cmax = count
+		    count = 0
+		}
+		call ids_rpoint ( xid, yid )
+		total = total - 2
+		e = dx
+	    } else {
+	        # move in x (or y) only; for the small positive slope line, 
+	        # real line will move up and finally over line being plotted,
+	        # hence e increases.
+		call ids_rpoint ( xi, yi )
+		total = total - 1
+		e = e + dy
+	        count = count + 1
+	    }
+	} until ( total <= 0 )
+	# restore original buffer size
+	call fseti(i_out, F_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79778100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# Make the CV package library.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	idscancel.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <fset.h>
+	idschars.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsclear.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsclose.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsclosews.x	../lib/ids.h   ../lib/ids.com
+	idscround.x	../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsdrawch.x	font.com font.h <gki.h> <gset.h> <math.h>
+	idsescape.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsfa.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsfaset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsflush.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsfont.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idsgcell.x	<mach.h> ../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idsgcur.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsinit.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <ctype.h> <gki.h> <mach.h>
+	idsline.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gset.h>
+	idslutfill.x	<gki.h>
+	idsopen.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsopenws.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <error.h> <gki.h>\
+			<fset.h> <mach.h>
+	idspcell.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idspl.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsplset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idspm.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idspmset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idspoint.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <fset.h> <gki.h>
+	idsreset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gset.h> <gki.h>
+	idsrestore.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idssave.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsscur.x	
+	idsstream.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idstx.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h> <math.h>
+	idstxset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idsvector.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <fset.h> <gki.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/README b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31198b43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/README
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This is junk code which I think should be thrown away. I will leave it here
+for the time just in case. (LED 22/4/91)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/box.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/box.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3c1d22b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/box.x
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a box test image
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key
+real	x[30],y[30]
+real	lb,ub,mid
+int	mod()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	# now set up boxes
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IMD_EOD
+	set_image[3] = IMD_BLUE
+	set_image[4] = IMD_EOD
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_SET_GP, set_image, 4)
+        lb = 0.0
+        ub = 1.0
+	mid = (lb + ub)/2.
+	for ( i = 1; i <= 5 ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    if ( mod(i-1,2) == 0 ) {
+		x[1] = lb
+		y[1] = mid
+		x[2] = mid
+		y[2] = ub
+		x[3] = ub
+		y[3] = mid
+		x[4] = mid
+		y[4] = lb
+		x[5] = lb
+		y[5] = mid
+	    } else {
+		x[1] = (mid-lb)/2 + lb
+		y[1] = x[1]
+		x[2] = x[1]
+		# x[2] = x[1] - .05
+		y[2] = y[1] + mid - lb
+		x[3] = y[2]
+		y[3] = y[2]
+		# y[3] = y[2] - .05
+		x[4] = y[2]
+		y[4] = x[1]
+		x[5] = x[1]
+		y[5] = y[1]
+		lb = x[1]
+		ub = y[2]
+	    }
+	    call gpline ( gp, x, y, 5)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/boxin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/boxin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e854935f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/boxin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a box test image
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key, j
+real	x[30],y[30]
+real	lb,ub,mid
+int	mod()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+
+	# enable the blue plane
+	set_image[1] = IDS_ON
+	set_image[2] = IDS_EOD		# all graphics frames
+	set_image[3] = IDS_BLUE		# color
+	set_image[4] = IDS_EOD
+	set_image[5] = IDS_EOD		# all quadrants
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_G, set_image, 5)
+
+	# set which plane to write into
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IDS_EOD		# first graphics frame
+	set_image[3] = IDS_BLUE		# color
+	set_image[4] = IDS_EOD
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_SET_GP, set_image, 4)
+
+	# now set up boxes
+        lb = 0.0
+        ub = 1.0
+	mid = (lb + ub)/2.
+	for ( i = 1; i <= 5 ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    if ( mod(i-1,2) == 0 ) {
+		x[1] = lb
+		y[1] = mid
+		x[2] = mid
+		y[2] = ub
+		x[3] = ub
+		y[3] = mid
+		x[4] = mid
+		y[4] = lb
+		x[5] = lb
+		y[5] = mid
+	    } else {
+		x[1] = (mid-lb)/2 + lb
+		y[1] = x[1]
+		x[2] = x[1]
+		y[2] = y[1] + mid - lb
+		x[3] = y[2]
+		y[3] = y[2]
+		x[4] = y[2]
+		y[4] = x[1]
+		x[5] = x[1]
+		y[5] = y[1]
+		lb = x[1]
+		ub = y[2]
+	    }
+	    do j = 1,5 {
+		x[j] = x[j] * 32768. / 32767.
+		if (x[j] > 1.0)
+		    x[j] = 1.0
+		y[j] = y[j] * 32768. / 32767.
+		if (y[j] > 1.0)
+		    y[j] = 1.0
+	    }
+	    call gpline ( gp, x, y, 5)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/crin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/crin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9d27279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/crin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i, data[DIM+1]
+int	key, but, fnum
+real	x, y
+real	xjunk, yjunk
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	i = 1
+	repeat {
+	    call eprintf("set zoom and zoom center\n")
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, x, y, but)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	    call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+	    call zm(gp, but, x, y)
+	    call eprintf("set frame, 4 to exit\n")
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, fnum)
+	    if ( fnum == 4)
+		break
+	    call iset(gp, fnum)
+	    repeat {
+	        call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	        call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, but)
+	        call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, fnum)
+	        call rpc(gp, x, y, key)
+		call ggcell (gp, data, 1, 1, x, y, x, y)
+		call eprintf("frame %d, datum: %d\n")
+		   call pargi (fnum)
+		   call pargs (data[1])
+	    } until ( but == 4)
+	} until ( i == 0 )
+
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+# rpcursor --- read and print cursor
+
+procedure rpc(gp, sx, sy, key)
+
+pointer	gp
+real	sx,sy
+int 	key
+
+begin
+	call ggcur (gp, sx, sy, key)
+	call eprintf("cursor: (%f,%f) (%d,%d) key %d\n")
+	    call pargr (sx)
+	    call pargr (sy)
+	    call pargi ( int(sx*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi ( int(sy*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi (key)
+end
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure zm(gp, pow, x, y)
+
+int	pow
+pointer	gp
+real	x, y
+
+short	data[9]
+
+begin
+	    data[1] = IDS_ZOOM
+	    data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	    data[3] = 3
+	    data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[6] = 0
+	    data[7] = 2**(pow-1)
+	    data[8] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[9] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gescape ( gp, IDS_CONTROL, data[1], 9)
+end
+
+# set image plane for operation
+
+procedure iset (gp, frame)
+
+int	frame
+pointer	gp
+
+short	data[10]
+
+begin
+	data[1] = frame
+	data[2] = IDS_EOD
+	data[3] = IDS_EOD	# all bitplanes
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_SET_IP, data, 3)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grey.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grey.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7e16b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grey.x
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a grey scale test image, using frames 1 and 2, and 
+# position the cursor in the upper right quadrant.
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	display[6]
+short	set_image[3]
+real	y, sx, sy
+int	key
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	data[1] = IMD_R_HARD
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_RESET, data, 1)
+	# display all frames off
+	display[1] = IMD_OFF
+	display[2] = IMD_EOD	# all frames
+	display[3] = IMD_EOD	# all colors
+	display[4] = IMD_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	# display frames 1, 2 on -- 1 red, 2 green
+	display[1] = IMD_ON
+	display[2] = 1
+	display[3] = IMD_EOD
+	display[4] = IMD_RED
+	display[5] = IMD_EOD
+	display[6] = IMD_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	display[1] = IMD_ON
+	display[2] = 2
+	display[3] = IMD_EOD
+	display[4] = IMD_GREEN
+	display[5] = IMD_EOD
+	display[6] = IMD_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+
+	# now set up grey scale changing upward in frame 1
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IMD_EOD
+	set_image[3] = IMD_EOD	# all planes
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	for ( i = 1; i <= DIM ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    call amovks ( i-1, data, DIM)
+	    y = real(i-1)/(DIM-1)
+	    call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., y, 1., y)
+	}
+
+	# grey scale changing horizontally in frame 2
+	set_image[1] = 2
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	do i = 1, DIM
+	    data[i] = i
+	call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., 0., 1., 1.)
+
+	# set the cursor
+	call gscur ( gp, 0.0, 1.0)
+
+	# read cursor
+	# call ggcur( gp, sx, sy, key)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b76e58b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "ids.h"
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a grey scale test image, using frames 1 and 2, and 
+# position the cursor in the upper right quadrant.
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	open()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	display[6]
+short	set_image[3]
+real	y, sx, sy
+int	key
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream(STDIMAGE)
+
+	data[1] = IDS_R_HARD
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_RESET, data, 1)
+	# display all frames off
+	display[1] = IDS_OFF
+	display[2] = IDS_EOD	# all frames
+	display[3] = IDS_EOD	# all colors
+	display[4] = IDS_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	# display frames 1, 2 on -- 1 red, 2 green
+	display[1] = IDS_ON
+	display[2] = 1
+	display[3] = IDS_EOD
+	display[4] = IDS_RED
+	display[5] = IDS_EOD
+	display[6] = IDS_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	display[1] = IDS_ON
+	display[2] = 2
+	display[3] = IDS_EOD
+	display[4] = IDS_GREEN
+	display[5] = IDS_EOD
+	display[6] = IDS_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+
+	# now set up grey scale changing upward in frame 1
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IDS_EOD
+	set_image[3] = IDS_EOD	# all planes
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	for ( i = 1; i <= DIM ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    call amovks ( i-1, data, DIM)
+	    y = real(i-1)/(DIM-1)
+	    call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., y, 1., y)
+	}
+
+	# grey scale changing horizontally in frame 2
+	set_image[1] = 2
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	do i = 1, DIM
+	    data[i] = i-1
+	call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., 0., 1., 1.)
+
+	# set the cursor
+	call gscur ( gp, 0.0, 1.0)
+
+	# read cursor
+	call ggcur (gp, sx, sy, key)
+	call eprintf("cursor read as : (%f,%f) (%d,%d), key %d\n")
+	    call pargr (sx)
+	    call pargr (sy)
+	    call pargi ( int(sx*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi ( int(sy*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi (key)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose (gp)
+	call ids_close
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scr.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec4821cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+include <gset.h>
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# scroll
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	call cl_button
+	call scroll(0,0)
+	call cursor(128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call scroll(128,195)
+	call cursor(128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(4,128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call cursor(128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(1,205,205)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
+
+procedure scroll(x,y)
+
+int x,y
+
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+short	data[8]
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IMD_SCROLL
+	data[2] = IMD_WRITE
+	data[3] = 2
+	data[4] = IMD_EOD
+	data[5] = IMD_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[8] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IMD_CONTROL, data, 8)
+end
+
+procedure cursor(x,y)
+
+int	x,y
+pointer	gp
+real	xr, yr
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	xr = real((x-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	yr = real((y-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	call gscur(gp, xr, yr)
+end
+
+procedure wt_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_WT)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure cl_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure zm(power, x,y)
+
+int	power
+int	x,y
+
+short	data[9]
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IMD_ZOOM
+	data[2] = IMD_WRITE
+	data[3] = 3
+	data[4] = IMD_EOD
+	data[5] = IMD_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = power
+	data[8] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[9] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IMD_CONTROL, data, 9)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scrin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scrin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a704fe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scrin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gset.h>
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# scroll
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	call cl_button
+	call scroll(1,1)
+	call cursor(129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call scroll(129,195)
+	call cursor(129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(4,129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call cursor(129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(1,205,205)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+procedure scroll(x,y)
+
+int x,y
+
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+short	data[8]
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IDS_SCROLL
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 2
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[8] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 8)
+end
+
+procedure cursor(x,y)
+
+int	x,y
+pointer	gp
+real	xr, yr
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	xr = real((x-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	yr = real((y-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	call gscur(gp, xr, yr)
+end
+
+procedure wt_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure cl_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure zm(power, x,y)
+
+int	power
+int	x,y
+
+short	data[9]
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IDS_ZOOM
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 3
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = power
+	data[8] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[9] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 9)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/sn.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/sn.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebce47c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/sn.x
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# snap
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+char	cjunk[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+int	key, fnum, zfac
+int	ps, pe
+real	x, y
+real	xjunk, yjunk
+int	clgeti
+bool	image, clgetb
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	repeat {
+	    if (clgetb ("done?"))
+		break
+
+	    zfac = clgeti ("zoom factor")
+
+	    call clgstr ("Set zoom center, press <cr>", cjunk, SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	    call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+	    call zm(gp, zfac, x, y)
+
+	    image = clgetb("Do you want a picture?")
+	    if (image)
+		call snapi (gp)
+	    else {
+	        repeat {
+		    ps = clgeti ("starting line")
+		    if ( ps == -1)
+		        break
+		    pe = clgeti ("ending line")
+	            call snap (gp, ps, pe)
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure zm(gp, pow, x, y)
+
+int	pow
+pointer	gp
+real	x, y
+
+short	data[9]
+
+begin
+	    data[1] = IDS_ZOOM
+	    data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	    data[3] = 3
+	    data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[6] = 0
+	    data[7] = 2**(pow-1)
+	    data[8] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[9] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gescape ( gp, IDS_CONTROL, data[1], 9)
+end
+
+procedure snap (gp, ps, pe)
+
+pointer	gp
+int	ps, pe
+
+real	y
+short	data[7]
+pointer	sp
+pointer	sndata
+int	i,j
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	data[1] = IDS_SNAP
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 1
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = IDS_SNAP_RGB
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 7)
+
+	if (pe < ps) {
+	    call eprintf("Can't handle ending position < start \n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call salloc ( sndata, DIM, TY_SHORT)
+	call eprintf ("snapping from %d through %d\n")
+	    call pargi (ps)
+	    call pargi (pe)
+	call eprintf ("data values 0-5 255 256 511\n")
+	do i = ps, pe {
+	    y = real(i)*MCYSCALE / GKI_MAXNDC.
+	    call ggcell (gp, Mems[sndata], DIM, 1, 0.0, y, 1.0, y)
+	    call eprintf ("r%3d data:")
+		call pargi (i)
+	    call eprintf (" %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d\n")
+		do j = 0, 5
+	            call pargs (Mems[sndata+j])
+	        call pargs (Mems[sndata+255])
+	        call pargs (Mems[sndata+256])
+	        call pargs (Mems[sndata+511])
+	}
+	
+	data[1] = IDS_R_SNAPDONE
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_RESET, data, 1)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+procedure snapi (gp)
+
+pointer	gp
+
+real	y
+short	data[7]
+pointer	im, immap(), impl2s()
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	i
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("file", fname, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap(fname, NEW_FILE, 0)
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im) = TY_SHORT
+	IM_LEN(im,1) = DIM
+	IM_LEN(im,2) = DIM
+
+	data[1] = IDS_SNAP
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 1
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = IDS_SNAP_RGB
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 7)
+
+	do i = 0, 511 {
+	    if ( mod(i,52) == 0) {
+		call eprintf ("%d ")
+		    call pargi (100*i/DIM)
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+	    }
+	    y = real(i)*MCYSCALE / GKI_MAXNDC.
+	    call ggcell (gp, Mems[impl2s(im,i+1)], 512, 1, 0.0, y, 1.0, y)
+	}
+	call eprintf ("\n")
+	
+	call imunmap(im)
+	data[1] = IDS_R_SNAPDONE
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_RESET, data, 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/t_giis.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/t_giis.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..601bc17b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/t_giis.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include <gki.h>
+
+# GIIS -- Graphics kernel for image output to the IIS.
+# The whole package is copied as much as possible from the stdgraph package.
+
+procedure t_giis()
+
+int	fd, list
+pointer	gki, sp, fname, devname
+int	dev[LEN_GKIDD], deb[LEN_GKIDD]
+int	debug, verbose, gkiunits
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clpopni(), clgfil(), open(), btoi()
+int	gki_fetch_next_instruction()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (devname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open list of metafiles to be decoded.
+	list = clpopni ("input")
+
+	# Get parameters.
+	call clgstr ("device", Memc[devname], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (clgetb ("generic")) {
+	    debug = NO
+	    verbose = NO
+	    gkiunits = NO
+	} else {
+	    debug    = btoi (clgetb ("debug"))
+	    verbose  = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+	    gkiunits = btoi (clgetb ("gkiunits"))
+	}
+
+	# Open the graphics kernel.
+	call ids_open (Memc[devname], dev)
+	call gkp_install (deb, STDERR, verbose, gkiunits)
+
+	# Process a list of metacode files, writing the decoded metacode
+	# instructions on the standard output.
+
+	while (clgfil (list, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    # Open input file.
+	    iferr (fd = open (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Process the metacode instruction stream.
+	    while (gki_fetch_next_instruction (fd, gki) != EOF) {
+		if (debug == YES)
+		    call gki_execute (Mems[gki], deb)
+		call gki_execute (Mems[gki], dev)
+	    }
+
+	    call close (fd)
+	}
+
+	call gkp_close()
+	call ids_close()
+	call clpcls (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dff01cbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key
+real	x[30],y[30]
+int	xjunk, yjunk
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	# now zoom after reading button presses
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	for ( i = 1 ; i < 5 ; i = i + 1) {
+	    call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	    data[11] = IMD_ZOOM
+	    data[12] = IMD_WRITE
+	    data[13] = 3
+	    data[14] = IMD_EOD
+	    data[15] = IMD_EOD
+	    data[16] = 0
+	    data[17] = 4
+	    data[18] = (((i-1)* 128)-1) * MCXSCALE
+	    data[19] = (((i-1)* 128)-1) * MCYSCALE
+	    call gescape ( gp, IMD_CONTROL, data[11], 9)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zmin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zmin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..676a72f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zmin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key
+real	x[30],y[30]
+real	xjunk, yjunk
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# now zoom after reading button presses
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	for ( i = 1 ; i < 5 ; i = i + 1) {
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	    call rpc(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	    data[11] = IDS_ZOOM
+	    data[12] = IDS_WRITE
+	    data[13] = 3
+	    data[14] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[15] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[16] = 0
+	    data[17] = 4
+	    data[18] = min(((i-1)* 128) * MCXSCALE, GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    data[19] = min(((i-1)* 128) * MCYSCALE, GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    call gescape ( gp, IDS_CONTROL, data[11], 9)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+# rpcursor --- read and print cursor
+
+procedure rpc(gp, sx, sy, key)
+
+pointer	gp
+real	sx,sy
+int 	key
+
+begin
+	call ggcur (gp, sx, sy, key)
+	call eprintf("cursor: (%f,%f) (%d,%d) key %d\n")
+	    call pargr (sx)
+	    call pargr (sy)
+	    call pargi ( int(sx*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi ( int(sy*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi (key)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zztest.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zztest.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..599b7103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zztest.x
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+
+define	XS	0.216
+define	XE	0.719
+define	YS	0.214
+define	YE	0.929
+
+task test = t_test
+
+# T_TEST -- Test program for graphics plotting.  A labelled grid is output.
+
+procedure t_test ()
+
+bool	redir
+pointer	sp, gp
+char	command[SZ_LINE], image[SZ_FNAME], word[SZ_LINE]
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	cmd, input_fd, stat, fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	fstati(), open(), getline()
+
+begin
+	# If the input has been redirected, input is read from the named
+	# command file.  If not, each image name in the input template is
+	# plotted.
+	
+	if (fstati (STDIN, F_REDIR) == YES) {
+call eprintf ("Input has been redirected\n")
+	    redir = true
+	    cmd = open (STDIN, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	} 
+
+	# Loop over commands until EOF
+	repeat {
+	    if (redir) {
+		if (getline (STDIN, command, SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		    break
+		call sscan (command)
+		    call gargwrd (word, SZ_LINE)
+		if (!streq (word, "plot")) {
+		    # Pixel window has been stored as WCS 2
+		    call gseti (gp, G_WCS, 2)
+		    call gscan (command)
+		    next
+		} else 
+		    call gargwrd (image)
+	    } 
+
+	    call clgstr ("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (!streq (output, "")) {
+	        call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	        fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	    } else
+		fd = open ("dev$crt", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	    call clgstr ("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	    gp = gopen (device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+		
+	    call gseti (gp, G_XDRAWGRID, 1)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_YDRAWGRID, 1)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_NMAJOR, 21)
+	    call glabax (gp, "TEST", "NDC_X", "NDC_Y")
+	    call gline (gp, XS, YS, XE, YS)
+	    call gline (gp, XE, YS, XE, YE)
+	    call gline (gp, XE, YE, XS, YE)
+	    call gline (gp, XS, YE, XS, YS)
+	    call gmark (gp, 0.5, 0.5, GM_CROSS, 3.0, 3.0)
+	    call gtext (gp, XS, YS-0.1, "DICOMED crtpict film area")
+	    call gclose  (gp)
+	    call close   (fd)
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (input_fd)
+	call sfree   (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..becb72c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+plot
+
+#{ IIS -- The IIS Image Display Control package.
+
+package	iis
+
+set	iis		= "images$tv/iis/"
+
+task	cv,
+	cvl		= "iis$x_iis.e"
+
+task	blink		= "iis$blink.cl"
+task	erase		= "iis$erase.cl"
+task	$frame		= "iis$frame.cl"
+task	lumatch		= "iis$lumatch.cl"
+task	$monochrome	= "iis$monochrome.cl"
+task	pseudocolor	= "iis$pseudocolor.cl"
+task	rgb		= "iis$rgb.cl"
+task	$window		= "iis$window.cl"
+task	zoom		= "iis$zoom.cl"
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.hd b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0be19f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Help directory for the IIS package
+
+$doc		= "images$tv/iis/doc/"
+$iis		= "images$tv/iis/"
+
+blink		hlp=doc$blink.hlp,		src=iis$blink.cl
+cv		hlp=doc$cv.hlp			src=iis$src/cv.x
+cvl		hlp=doc$cvl.hlp
+erase		hlp=doc$erase.hlp,		src=iis$erase.cl
+frame		hlp=doc$frame.hlp,		src=iis$frame.cl
+lumatch		hlp=doc$lumatch.hlp,		src=iis$lumatch.cl
+monochrome	hlp=doc$monochrome.hlp,		src=iis$monochrome.cl
+pseudocolor	hlp=doc$pseudocolor.hlp,	src=iis$pseudocolor.cl
+rgb		hlp=doc$rgb.hlp,		src=iis$rgb.cl
+window		hlp=doc$window.hlp,		src=iis$window.cl
+zoom		hlp=doc$zoom.hlp,		src=iis$zoom.cl
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.men b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08123e61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.men
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+	  blink - Blink two frames
+	     cv - Control image device, display "snapshot"
+	    cvl - Load image display (newer version of 'display')
+	  erase - Erase an image frame
+	  frame - Select the frame to be displayed
+	lumatch - Match the lookup tables of two frames
+     monochrome - Select monochrome enhancement
+    pseudocolor - Select pseudocolor enhancement
+	    rgb - Select true color mode (red, green, and blue frames)
+	 window - Adjust the contrast and dc offset of the current frame
+	   zoom - Zoom in on the image (change magnification)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db706f09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Apr91"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/README b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05f01307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+IISM70 -- Device dependent interface subroutines for the IIS Model 70 image
+display device.  This package uses the ZFIOGD device driver, which is
+responsible for physical i/o to the device.  The source for the ZFIOGD driver
+is in host$gdev; this driver must be compiled and installed in a system library
+(libsys.a) before i/o to the IIS will work correctly.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/idsexpand.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/idsexpand.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da2a172d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/idsexpand.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# IDS_EXPAND -- expand FRAME/BITPL if first element is IDS_EOD
+# if the frames are not counted in order, as on the Model 75,
+# that should be dealt with here (use the "flag" boolean).
+
+procedure ids_expand(data, max, flag)
+
+short	data[ARB]			# data
+short	max				# max number of frames/bitplanes
+bool	flag				# true if frames ... e.g. for Model 75
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	if ( data[1] != IDS_EOD )
+	    return
+	do i = 1, max {
+	    data[i] = i
+	}
+	if ( flag) {
+	    data[1+max] = GRCHNUM
+	    data[2+max] = IDS_EOD
+	} else
+	   data[1+max] = IDS_EOD
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25a69d38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.com
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Common for IIS display
+
+int	iischan			# The device channel used by FIO
+int	iisnopen		# Number of times the display has been opened
+int	iframe, iplane		# frame, bitplanes to read/write
+int	i_frame_on		# Which frame is on...cursor readback
+short	hdr[LEN_IISHDR]		# Header
+short	zoom[16]		# zoom for each plane
+short	xscroll[16]		# scroll position for each plane
+short	yscroll[16]
+common	/iiscom/iischan, iisnopen, iframe, iplane, i_frame_on,
+		hdr, zoom, xscroll, yscroll
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96bb8b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# This file contains the hardware definitions for the iis model 70/f
+# at Kitt Peak.
+
+# Define header
+define	LEN_IISHDR	8		# Length of IIS header
+
+define	XFERID		  $1[1]		# transfer id
+define	THINGCT		  $1[2]		# thing count
+define	SUBUNIT		  $1[3]		# subuint select
+define	CHECKSUM		  $1[4]		# check sum
+define	XREG		  $1[5]		# x register
+define	YREG		  $1[6]		# y register
+define	ZREG		  $1[7]		# z register
+define	TREG		  $1[8]		# t register
+
+# Transfer ID definitions
+define	IREAD		  100000B
+define	IWRITE		       0B
+define	PACKED		   40000B
+define	BYPASSIFM	   20000B
+define	BYTE		   10000B
+define	ADDWRITE	    4000B
+define	ACCUM		    2000B
+define	BLOCKXFER	    1000B
+define	VRETRACE	     400B
+define	MUX32		     200B
+
+# Subunits
+define	REFRESH			1
+define	LUT			2
+define	OFM			3
+define	IFM			4
+define	FEEDBACK		5
+define	SCROLL			6
+define	VIDEOM			7
+define	SUMPROC			8
+define	GRAPHICS		9
+define	CURSOR		       10
+define	ALU		       11
+define	ZOOM		       12
+define	IPB		       15
+
+# Command definitions
+define	COMMAND		  100000B
+define	ADVXONTC	  100000B		# Advance x on thing count
+define	ADVXONYOV	   40000B		# Advance x on y overflow
+define	ADVYONXOV	  100000B		# Advance y on x overflow
+define	ADVYONTC	   40000B		# Advance y on thing count
+define	ERASE		  100000B		# Erase
+
+# 4 - Button Trackball
+define	PUSH		   40000B
+define	BUTTONA		     400B
+define	BUTTONB		    1000B
+define	BUTTONC		    2000B
+define	BUTTOND		    4000B
+
+# Display channels
+define	CHAN1		       1B
+define	CHAN2		       2B
+define	CHAN3		       4B
+define	CHAN4		      10B
+define	ALLCHAN		      17B
+define	GRCHAN		  100000B
+define	GRCHNUM		      16
+
+define	LEN_IISFRAMES		4
+define	IISFRAMES	CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4
+
+# Center coordinates for zoom/scroll
+define	IIS_XCEN	      256
+define	IIS_YCEN	      255
+# Inverted Y center is just IIS_YDIM - IIS_YCEN
+define	IIS_YCEN_INV	      256
+
+# Colors
+
+# these are bit plane mappings
+define	BLUE		       1B
+define	GREEN		       2B
+define	RED		       4B
+define	MONO		       7B
+# next colors used by snap code ... used as array indexes.
+define	BLU			1
+define	GR			2
+define	RD			3
+
+
+# Bit plane selections
+define	BITPL0		       1B
+define	BITPL1		       2B
+define	BITPL2		       4B
+define	BITPL3		      10B
+define	BITPL4		      20B
+define	BITPL5		      40B
+define	BITPL6		     100B
+define	BITPL7		     200B
+define	ALLBITPL	     377B
+
+# IIS Sizes
+define	IIS_XDIM	      512
+define	IIS_YDIM	      512
+define	MCXSCALE      	       64	# Metacode x scale
+define	MCYSCALE      	       64	# Metacode y scale
+define	SZB_IISHDR	       16	# Size of IIS header in bytes
+define	LEN_ZOOM		3	# Zoom parameters
+define	LEN_CURSOR		3	# Cursor parameters
+define	LEN_SELECT	       12	# frame select
+define	LEN_LUT		      256	# Look up table
+define	LEN_OFM		     1024	# Output function look up table
+define	LEN_IFM		     8192	# Input function look up table
+define	LEN_VIDEOM	     2048	# videometer output memory
+define	LEN_GRAM	      256	# graphics ram
+define	MAXX		      512	# maximum x register + 1
+
+# IIS Status Words
+define	IIS_FILSIZE		(IIS_XDIM * IIS_YDIM * SZB_CHAR)
+define	IIS_BLKSIZE		1
+define	IIS_OPTBUFSIZE		32768
+define	IIS_MAXBUFSIZE		32768
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisbutton.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisbutton.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50dfff7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisbutton.x
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISBUTTON -- Read, button status
+
+procedure iisbutton (cnum, x, y, key)
+
+int	cnum			# cursor number
+int	x,y			# coordinates
+int	key			# key pressed
+
+short	status
+int	and()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iishdr (IREAD, 1, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (status, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	if ( cnum == IDS_BUT_WT ) {
+	    while ( and (int(status), PUSH) == 0 ) {
+		call tsleep(1)
+		call iisio (status, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( and ( int(status), PUSH) == 0 )
+	    key = 0
+	else {
+	    status = and ( int(status), 7400B) / 256
+	    switch(status) {
+		case 4:
+		    status = 3
+		
+		case 8:
+		    status = 4
+	    }
+	    key = status
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscls.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscls.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c717f636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscls.x
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+define	LEN_HID	5
+
+# IISCLS -- Close IIS display.
+
+procedure iiscls (chan, status)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	status
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# first we need to tuck away the constants for zoom and scroll
+	# as we cannot read them on the model 70.  Would that there were
+	# somewhere to put them.  Alas not.  So just drop them on the floor.
+
+	if (iisnopen == 1) {
+	    call zclsgd (iischan, status)
+	    iisnopen = 0
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscursor.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscursor.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ffc9131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscursor.x
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# cscale makes 0-32767 range from 0-62.  The 62 results from the need
+# to describe a cursor with a center, and hence an ODD number of points.
+# Thus, we pretend the cursor ranges from 0-62 rather than 0-63, and
+# the center is at (31,31).
+# cwidth describes the (cursor) ram width, which is 64 ( by 64).
+
+define	CSCALE	528
+define	CWIDTH	 64
+define	CSIZE	4096
+
+# IISCURSOR -- Read, Write cursor shape, turn cursor on/off
+
+procedure iiscursor (rw, cur, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	cur			# cursor number ... ignored for IIS M70
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+short	command, len
+short	shape[CSIZE]
+short	status
+int	rate
+int	i,j,index
+int	mod(), and(), or(), andi()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	len = 1
+	if (data[1] != IDS_CSHAPE) {
+	    call iishdr (IREAD, len, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (status, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	}
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE)
+	    command = andi (IWRITE+VRETRACE, 177777B)
+	else
+	    command = andi (IREAD+VRETRACE, 177777B)
+
+	if (data[1] != IDS_CSHAPE){
+	    if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	        switch (data[1]) {
+		    case IDS_OFF:
+		        status = and(int(status), 177776B)
+
+		    case IDS_ON:
+		        status = or (int(status), 1)
+
+		    case IDS_CBLINK:
+		        rate = mod (int(data[2])-1, 4) * 8
+		        status = or (rate, and (int(status),177747B))
+	        }
+	        call iishdr (command, len, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	        call iisio (status, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    } else {
+		if ( data[1] == IDS_CBLINK )
+		    data[2] = ( and (int(status), 30B) / 8 ) + 1
+		else if ( and ( int(status), 1) == 0 )
+		    data[1] = IDS_OFF
+		else
+		    data[1] = IDS_ON
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # deal with cursor shape.
+
+	    len = CSIZE
+	    if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	        call aclrs (shape, CSIZE)
+	        for ( i = 2 ; i <= n-1 ; i = i + 2 ) {
+	    # given GKI data pairs for x,y cursor_on bits, set shape datum
+	    # the first value is x, then y
+		    if (data[i] == IDS_EOD)
+			break
+		    j = data[i]/CSCALE
+		    index = (data[i+1]/CSCALE) * CWIDTH + j + 1
+		    shape[index] = 1
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    call iishdr (command, len, CURSOR, ADVXONTC, ADVYONXOV, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (shape, len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	    # if read command, return all set bits as GKI x,y pairs
+	    if ( rw != IDS_WRITE) {
+		i = 2
+		for ( j = 1 ;  j <= CSIZE ; j = j + 1 ) {
+		    if ( shape[j] != 0 ) {
+			data[i] = mod(j,CWIDTH) * CSCALE
+			data[i+1] = (j/CWIDTH) * CSCALE
+			i = i + 2
+			if ( i > n-1 )
+			    break
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( i <= n ) 
+		    data[i] = IDS_EOD
+		n = i
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishdr.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishdr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf22d493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishdr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISHDR -- Form IIS header.
+
+procedure iishdr (id, count, subunit, x, y, z, t)
+
+int	id, count, subunit, x, y, z, t
+int	i, sum
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	XFERID(hdr) = id
+	THINGCT(hdr) = count
+	SUBUNIT(hdr) = subunit
+	XREG(hdr) = x
+	YREG(hdr) = y
+	ZREG(hdr) = z
+	TREG(hdr) = t
+	CHECKSUM(hdr) = 1
+
+	if (THINGCT(hdr) > 0)
+	    THINGCT(hdr) = -THINGCT(hdr)
+
+	sum = 0
+	for (i = 1; i <= LEN_IISHDR; i = i + 1)
+	    sum = sum + hdr[i]
+	CHECKSUM(hdr) = -sum
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishisto.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishisto.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..374342a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishisto.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISHISTO -- Activate, Read histogram.
+
+procedure iishisto (rw, color, offset, a_n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color(s) to write
+short	offset			# offset into histogram table
+short	a_n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	n, command, off, len, x, y, z
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	n = a_n
+	if (n < 1) 
+	    return
+
+	# set the area to be histogrammed ... in data[1], currently
+	# device very specific  ( 2 == whole region) .  Need to fix this
+	# perhaps via specific graph plane filled with gkifill command to
+	# depict area desired.
+	# n must be twice the number of datum values.  Upper level code
+	# must know this to leave enough room.  Would be better if upper
+	# code could ignore this (fact).
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    x = 0
+	    y = 0
+	    z = 0
+	    len = 1
+	    data[1] = 2
+	    call iishdr (command, len, VIDEOM+COMMAND, x, y, z, 0)
+	    call iisio (data[1], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	off = offset
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	len = min (n, LEN_VIDEOM-off+1)
+	off = min (LEN_VIDEOM, off) - 1
+	y = off/MAXX + ADVYONXOV
+	x = mod (off, MAXX) + ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr (command, len, VIDEOM, x, y, z, 0)
+	call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisifm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisifm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef04a1be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisifm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LUT_IMAX	255
+
+# IISIFM -- Read and Write INPUT look up table.
+# Written data is from line end points, read data
+# is full array.
+
+procedure iisifm (rw, offset, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	offset			# offset into lut
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x,y
+pointer	sp, idata
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if (n < 4)
+	        return
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (idata, LEN_IFM, TY_SHORT)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[idata], LEN_IFM)
+
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    call idslfill (data, int(n), Mems[idata], LEN_IFM, 0, LUT_IMAX)
+	    len = LEN_IFM
+	} else {
+	    len = n
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	}
+
+	y = ADVYONXOV
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr (command, len, IFM, x, y, 0, 0)
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    call iisio (Mems[idata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	} else
+	    call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisio.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8e005c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISIO -- Read/Write to IIS.
+
+procedure iisio (buf, nbytes)
+
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+
+int	nbites
+int	and()
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iiswt (iischan, nbites)
+	if (nbites == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	call zawrgd (iischan, hdr, SZB_IISHDR, 0)
+	call iiswt (iischan, nbites)
+	if (nbites == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	if (and (int(XFERID(hdr)), IREAD) != 0)
+	    call zardgd (iischan, buf, nbytes, 0)
+	else
+	    call zawrgd (iischan, buf, nbytes, 0)
+
+	call iiswt (iischan, nbites)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iislut.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iislut.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07819247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iislut.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LUT_LMAX	255
+
+# IISLUT -- Read and Write look up table.
+# NOTE the ASYMMETRY ... written data is derived from end
+# points, but read data is the full array (see zsnapinit,
+# for instance, for read usage.)
+
+procedure iislut (rw, frame, color, offset, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame array
+short	color[ARB]		# color array
+short	offset			# offset into lut
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x,y,z,t
+short	iispack()
+int	mapcolor()
+pointer	sp, ldata
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	z = mapcolor (color)
+	t = iispack(frame)
+	if (t == GRCHAN) {
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if ( n < 4)
+	        return
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+
+	    # data space for manipulating lut information
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (ldata, LEN_LUT, TY_SHORT)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[ldata], LEN_LUT)
+
+	    # We could have negative lut values, but don't bother for now
+	    call idslfill (data, int(n), Mems[ldata], LEN_LUT, 0, LUT_LMAX)
+
+	    len = LEN_LUT
+	} else {
+	    len = n
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	}
+
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	y = 0
+
+	call iishdr (command, len, LUT, x, y, z, t)
+
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    call iisio (Mems[ldata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	} else
+	    call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iismatch.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iismatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2435fdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iismatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISMATCH -- copy (match) a set of look up tables to a given table;
+# frames/color specify the given table, data gives frame/color for
+# set to be changed.
+
+procedure iismatch (code, frames, color, n, data)
+
+short	code			# which table type
+short	frames[ARB]		# reference frame
+short	color[ARB]		# reference color
+short	n			# count of data items
+short	data[ARB]		# frame/color to be changed.
+
+pointer	sp, ldata
+int	len, x,y,z,t
+int	unit, i
+int	mapcolor(), ids_dcopy()
+short	temp[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	iispack()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	switch (code) {
+	    case IDS_FRAME_LUT:
+		len = LEN_LUT
+		x = ADVXONTC
+		y = 0
+		z = mapcolor (color)
+		t = iispack (frames)
+		if (t == GRCHAN)
+		    return
+		unit = LUT
+
+	    case IDS_OUTPUT_LUT:
+		len = LEN_OFM
+		x = ADVXONTC
+		y = ADVYONXOV
+		z = mapcolor (color)
+		t = 0
+
+	    default:
+		return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ldata, len, TY_SHORT)
+
+	call iishdr (IREAD+VRETRACE, len, unit, x, y, z, t)
+	call iisio (Mems[ldata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	i = ids_dcopy (data, temp)
+	switch (code) {
+	    case IDS_FRAME_LUT:
+		call ids_expand (temp, i_maxframes, true)
+		t = iispack (temp)
+		i = ids_dcopy (data[i+1], temp)
+		call ids_expand (temp, 3, false)	# 3...max colors
+		z = mapcolor (temp)
+
+	    case IDS_OUTPUT_LUT:
+		i = ids_dcopy (data[i+1], temp)
+		call ids_expand (temp, 3, false)
+		z = mapcolor (temp)
+	}
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, len, unit, x, y, z, t)
+	call iisio (Mems[ldata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisminmax.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisminmax.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22a3062e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisminmax.x
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LEN_MM	6
+
+# IISMIN -- Read minimum registers
+
+procedure iismin (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,x
+short	const[LEN_MM]
+int	i,j
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE)
+	    return
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr(command, LEN_MM, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (const, LEN_MM * SZB_CHAR)
+	j = 1
+	for ( i = 1 ; i <= n ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    switch(color[j]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    data[i] = const[5]
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    data[i] = const[3]
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    data[i] = const[1]
+	    }
+	    j = j+1
+	    if ( color[j] == IDS_EOD )
+	        j = j - 1
+	}
+end
+
+# IISMAX -- Read maximum registers
+
+procedure iismax (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,x
+short	const[LEN_MM]
+int	i,j
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE)
+	    return
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr(command, LEN_MM, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (const, LEN_MM * SZB_CHAR)
+	j = 1
+	for ( i = 1 ; i <= n ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    switch(color[j]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    data[i] = const[6]
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    data[i] = const[4]
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    data[i] = const[2]
+	    }
+	    j = j+1
+	    if ( color[j] == IDS_EOD )
+		j = j - 1
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisoffset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisoffset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7f618dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisoffset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LEN_CONST	3
+
+# IISOFFSET -- Read and Write output bias registers
+
+procedure iisoffset (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x
+short	const[3]
+int	i,j
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	x = 8 + ADVXONTC
+	len = LEN_CONST
+	call iishdr(command, len, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (const, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    j = 1
+	    for ( i =1 ; color[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1) {
+		switch(color[i]) {
+		    case IDS_RED:
+			const[3] = data[j]
+
+		    case IDS_GREEN:
+			const[2] = data[j]
+
+		    case IDS_BLUE:
+			const[1] = data[j]
+		}
+		if ( j < n)
+		    j = j + 1
+	    }
+	    call iishdr (command, len, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (const, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	} else {
+	    j = 1
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= n ; i = i + 1 ) {
+		switch(color[j]) {
+		    case IDS_RED:
+			data[i] = const[3]
+
+		    case IDS_GREEN:
+			data[i] = const[2]
+
+		    case IDS_BLUE:
+			data[i] = const[1]
+		}
+		j = j+1
+		if ( color[j] == IDS_EOD )
+		    j = j - 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisofm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisofm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c19c117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisofm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LUT_OMAX	1023
+
+# IISOFM -- Read and Write OUTPUT look up table.
+# Written data is from end points, read data is full
+# array.
+
+procedure iisofm (rw, color, offset, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color(s) to write
+short	offset			# offset into lut
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x,y,z
+int	mapcolor()
+pointer	sp, odata
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	z = mapcolor (color)
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if (n < 4)
+	        return
+	
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (odata, LEN_OFM, TY_SHORT)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[odata], LEN_OFM)
+
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    call idslfill (data, int(n), Mems[odata], LEN_OFM, 0, LUT_OMAX)
+	    len = LEN_OFM
+	}
+	else {
+	    len = n
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	}
+	y = ADVYONXOV
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr (command, len, OFM, x, y, z, 0)
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    call iisio (Mems[odata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	} else
+	    call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisopn.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisopn.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29335c62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisopn.x
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISOPN -- Open IIS display.
+
+procedure iisopn (devinfo, mode, chan)
+
+char	devinfo[ARB]		# device info for zopen
+int	mode			# access mode
+int	chan[ARB]		# receives IIS descriptor
+
+bool	first_time
+data	first_time /true/
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (first_time) {
+	    iisnopen = 0
+	    first_time = false
+	}
+
+	# We permit multiple opens but only open the physical device once.
+	if (iisnopen == 0)
+	    call zopngd (devinfo, mode, iischan)
+
+	if (iischan == ERR)
+	    chan[1] = ERR
+	else {
+	    iisnopen = iisnopen + 1
+	    chan[1]  = iischan
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispack.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispack.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c2c70f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispack.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISPACK -- Pack color or frame data into a single word.
+
+short procedure iispack (data)
+
+short	data[ARB]
+int	value, bit, i
+int	or()
+
+begin
+	value = 0
+	for (i=1;  data[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+	    bit = data[i] - 1
+	    value = or (value, 2 ** bit)
+	}
+
+	return (value)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispio.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8c57138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISPIO -- Pixel i/o to the IIS.
+
+procedure iispio (buf, ny)
+
+short	buf[IIS_XDIM,ny]	# Cell array
+int	ny			# number of image lines
+
+pointer	iobuf
+bool	first_time
+int	xferid, status, npacked, szline, i
+int	and()
+include	"iis.com"
+data	first_time /true/
+
+begin
+	if (first_time) {
+	    call malloc (iobuf, IIS_MAXBUFSIZE, TY_CHAR)
+	    first_time = false
+	}
+
+	# Wait for the last i/o transfer.
+	call iiswt (iischan, status)
+	if (status == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	# Transmit the packet header.
+	call zawrgd (iischan, hdr, SZB_IISHDR, 0)
+	call iiswt  (iischan, status)
+	if (status == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	# Read or write the data block.
+	npacked = ny * IIS_XDIM
+	szline  = IIS_XDIM / (SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# Transmit the data byte-packed to increase the i/o bandwith
+	# when using network i/o.
+
+	xferid = XFERID(hdr)
+	if (and (xferid, IREAD) != 0) {
+	    # Read from the IIS.
+
+	    call zardgd (iischan, Memc[iobuf], npacked, 0)
+	    call iiswt  (iischan, status)
+
+	    # Unpack and line flip the packed data.
+	    do i = 0, ny-1
+		call achtbs (Memc[iobuf+i*szline], buf[1,ny-i], IIS_XDIM)
+
+	} else {
+	    # Write to the IIS.
+
+	    # Bytepack the image lines, doing a line flip in the process.
+	    do i = 0, ny-1
+		call achtsb (buf[1,ny-i], Memc[iobuf+i*szline], IIS_XDIM)
+
+	    call zawrgd (iischan, Memc[iobuf], npacked, 0)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrange.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrange.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fad856b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrange.x
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LEN_RANGE	1
+
+# IISRANGE -- Read and write range scaling registers
+# Input data is of form 1-->range "0", 2,3 --> "1", 4-7 --> "2"
+# and anything beyond 7 --> "4".  This is just like zoom.
+# However, on readback, the actual range values are returned.  If
+# this should change, the zsnapinit code must change too (the only
+# place where a range read is done).
+
+procedure iisrange (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+short	range
+int	i, j
+int	command, x, itemp, ival
+int	and(), or()
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (data[1] == IDS_EOD)
+	    return
+
+	command = IREAD
+	x = ADVXONTC
+
+	call iishdr (command, LEN_RANGE, OFM+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (range, LEN_RANGE * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    j = 1
+	    for (i=1;  color[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+		switch (data[j]) {
+		case 1,2:
+		    ival = data[j]-1
+		case 3:
+		    ival = 1
+		case 4,5,6,7:
+		    ival = 2
+
+		default:
+		    if (ival < 0)
+			ival = 0
+		    else
+			ival = 3
+		}
+
+		itemp = range
+		switch(color[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    range = or (ival*16, and (itemp, 17B))
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    range = or (ival*4, and (itemp, 63B))
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    range = or (ival, and (itemp, 74B))
+		}
+
+		if ( j < n)
+		    j = j + 1
+	    }
+
+	    call iishdr (command, LEN_RANGE, OFM+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (range, LEN_RANGE * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	} else {
+	    # Return a  range value
+	    j = 1
+	    for (i=1;  i <= n;  i=i+1) {
+		itemp = range
+		switch (color[j]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    data[i] = and (itemp, 60B) / 16
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    data[i] = and (itemp, 14B) / 4
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    data[i] = and (itemp, 3B)
+		}
+		j = j+1
+		if (color[j] == IDS_EOD)
+		    j = j - 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrd.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20e99cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISRD -- Read data from IIS.  Reads are packed when can.
+# The data is line-flipped.
+
+procedure iisrd (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+long	off1, off2 
+int	nchars, thing_count, tid, y1, y2, x
+int	or()
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Convert to chars and clip at the top of the display.
+	off1 = (offset - 1) / SZB_CHAR + 1
+	off2 = min (IIS_XDIM * IIS_YDIM, (offset + nbytes - 1) / SZB_CHAR) + 1
+	nchars = off2 - off1
+
+	y1 = (off1-1           ) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = (off2-1 - IIS_XDIM) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = max (y1,y2)
+
+	# Pack only if start at x=0
+	x = (off1 - 1) - y1 * IIS_XDIM
+	if ( x == 0 )
+	    tid = IREAD+PACKED
+	else
+	    tid = IREAD
+
+	# If only a few chars, don't pack...have trouble with count of 1
+	# and this maeks code same as iiswr.x
+	if ( nchars < 4 )
+	    tid = IREAD
+
+	thing_count = nchars
+
+	call iishdr (tid, thing_count, REFRESH,
+	     or (x, ADVXONTC), or (IIS_YDIM-1-y2, ADVYONXOV), iframe, iplane)
+	if ( tid == IREAD)
+	    call iisio (buf, nbytes)
+	else
+	    call iispio (buf, y2 - y1 + 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisscroll.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisscroll.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a583e4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisscroll.x
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISSCROLL -- Read and Write scroll registers
+# We scroll multiple frames to multiple centers; if there are not
+# enough data pairs to match the number of frames, use the last
+# pair repeatedly.
+
+procedure iisscroll (rw, frame, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame data
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	z
+short	iispack()
+int	i,total, pl, index
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	total = n/2
+	if ( rw != IDS_WRITE) {
+	    # Scroll registers are write only
+	    do i = 1, total {
+		pl = frame[i]
+		if (pl == IDS_EOD)
+		    break
+		data[2*i-1] = xscroll[pl] * MCXSCALE
+		data[2*i]   = yscroll[pl] * MCYSCALE
+	    }
+
+	    if (2*total < n)
+		data[2*total+1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Set all the scroll offsets.
+	index = 1
+	for (i=1;  frame[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+	    pl = frame[i]
+	    xscroll[pl] = data[2*index-1] / MCXSCALE
+	    yscroll[pl] = data[2*index  ] / MCYSCALE
+	    if (i < total)
+		index = index + 1
+	}
+
+	# Now do the scrolling.
+	for (i=1;  frame[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+	    pl = frame[i]
+	    if (i == total) {
+		z = iispack (frame[i])
+		call do_scroll (z, xscroll[pl], yscroll[pl])
+		break
+	    } else
+		call do_scroll (short(2**(pl-1)), xscroll[pl], yscroll[pl])
+	}
+end
+
+
+procedure do_scroll (planes, x, y)
+
+short	planes				# bit map for planes
+short	x,y				# where to scroll
+
+short	command
+short	scr[2]
+short	xs,ys
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	xs = x
+	ys = y
+	command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	scr[1] = xs
+	scr[2] = ys
+
+	# If x/y scroll at "center", scr[1/2] are now IIS_[XY]CEN
+	# y = 0 is at top for device while y = 1 is bottom for user
+	# so for y, center now moves to IIS_YCEN_INV !!
+
+	scr[2] = IIS_YDIM - 1 - scr[2]
+
+	# Scroll is given for center, but hardware wants corner coords.
+	scr[1] = scr[1] - IIS_XCEN
+	scr[2] = scr[2] - IIS_YCEN_INV
+
+	if (scr[1] < 0)
+	    scr[1] = scr[1] + IIS_XDIM
+	if (scr[2] < 0)
+	    scr[2] = scr[2] + IIS_YDIM
+
+	call iishdr (command, 2, SCROLL, ADVXONTC, 0, int(planes), 0)
+	call iisio (scr, 2 * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iissplit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iissplit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2badb7cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iissplit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	X_SPLIT	12
+
+# IISSPLIT -- Read and Write split screen coordinates
+
+procedure iissplit (rw, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x
+short	coord[2]
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	len = min (int(n), 2)
+	if ( len < 1) {
+	    data[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if (data[1] == IDS_EOD)
+	        return
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    coord[1] = data[1] / MCXSCALE
+
+
+	    # Split screen will display the full screen from one lut ONLY
+	    # if the split coordinate is zero.  Setting the split to 511
+	    # means that all the screen BUT the last pixel is from one lut.
+	    # Hence the y coordinate for full screen in one quad is 
+	    # (device) 0 , (user) 511.  If the user requests split at (0,0),
+	    # we honor this as a (device) (0,0).  This will remove the
+	    # ability to split the screen with just the bottom line
+	    # in the "other" lut, which shouldn't bother anyone.
+
+	    if (len == 2)
+		coord[2] = (IIS_YDIM - 1) - data[2]/MCYSCALE
+
+	    if (coord[2] == IIS_YDIM - 1)
+		coord[2] = 0
+
+	} else
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+
+	# at most, read/write the x,y registers
+	x = X_SPLIT + ADVXONTC
+
+	call iishdr (command, len, LUT+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (coord, len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	if ( rw != IDS_WRITE ) {
+	    data[1] = coord[1] * MCXSCALE
+	    if ( len == 2 ) {
+		if ( coord[2] == 0)
+		    coord[2] = IIS_YDIM - 1
+		data[2] = (IIS_YDIM - 1 - coord[2] ) * MCYSCALE
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iistball.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iistball.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebcc6566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iistball.x
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISTBALL -- Read, Write tball status to turn tball on/off
+
+procedure iistball (rw, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len
+short	status
+int	and(), or()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	len = 1
+	call iishdr (IREAD, len, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (status, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    switch (data[1]) {
+	        case IDS_OFF:
+		    status = and (int(status), 177771B)
+
+	        case IDS_ON:
+		    status = or ( int(status), 6)
+	        }
+	        call iishdr (command, 1, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	        call iisio (status, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+	} else {
+	    if ( and ( int(status), 6) == 0 )
+		data[2] = IDS_OFF
+	    else
+		data[2] = IDS_ON
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswr.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11bb2803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWR -- Write pixel data to IIS.  Writes are packed with full lines only.
+# The data is line-flipped, causing the first line to be displayed at the bottom
+# of the screen.
+
+procedure iiswr (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+long	off1, off2
+int	nchars, thing_count, tid, y1, y2, x
+int	or()
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Convert to chars and clip at the top of the display.
+	off1 = (offset - 1) / SZB_CHAR + 1
+	off2 = min (IIS_XDIM * IIS_YDIM, (offset + nbytes - 1) / SZB_CHAR) + 1
+	nchars = off2 - off1
+
+	y1 = (off1-1           ) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = (off2-1 - IIS_XDIM) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = max (y1,y2)
+
+	# Pack only if full lines
+	x = (off1 - 1) - y1 * IIS_XDIM
+	if ( x == 0 )
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+PACKED+BLOCKXFER+BYTE
+	else
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM
+
+	# If only a few chars, don't pack (BLOCKXFER needs nchar>=4)
+	if ( nchars < 4 )
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM
+
+	thing_count = nchars
+
+	call iishdr (tid, thing_count, REFRESH,
+	     or (x, ADVXONTC), or (IIS_YDIM-1-y2, ADVYONXOV), iframe, iplane)
+	if ( tid == IWRITE+BYPASSIFM)
+	    call iisio (buf, nbytes)
+	else
+	    call iispio (buf, y2 - y1 + 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswt.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswt.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93f1e04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswt.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWT -- Wait for IIS display.
+
+procedure iiswt (chan, nbytes)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call zawtgd (iischan, nbytes)
+	nbytes = nbytes * SZB_CHAR
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiszoom.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiszoom.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d703beec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiszoom.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISZOOM -- Read and Write zoom magnification and coordinates.
+# the zoom coordinates give the point that should appear in the
+# center of the screen.  For the I2S model 70, this requires a
+# scroll.  In order for the scroll to be "determinable", we always
+# set the I2S "zoom center" to (IIS_XCEN,IIS_YCEN_INV).  The IIS_YCEN_INV
+# results from specifying IIS_YCEN for y center and then having to "invert" y
+# to put GKI(y) = 0 at bottom.
+# This routine implements a command of the form "zoom these frames
+# to the coordinates given, with each triple of data setting a
+# zoom factor and a zoom center for the corresponding frame".
+# If there are excess frames (rel. to "n"), use the last triple.
+
+procedure iiszoom (rw, frames, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	frames[ARB]		# which frames to zoom
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,x
+int	i, total,pl,index
+short	zm,temp[4]
+short	scroll[2*IDS_MAXIMPL + 1]
+short	center[3]
+# magnification, and "zoom center"
+data	temp /0,IIS_XCEN,IIS_YCEN_INV, 0/
+# center in GKI x=256  y=255
+data	center/ 16384, 16320, 0/
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	total = n/3
+
+	if ( rw != IDS_WRITE) {
+	    # hardware is write only
+	    do i = 1, total {
+		index = (i-1) * 3 + 1
+		pl = frames[i]
+		if ( pl == IDS_EOD)
+		    break
+		data[index] = zoom[pl]
+		data[index+1] = xscroll[pl] * MCXSCALE
+		data[index+2] = yscroll[pl] * MCYSCALE
+	    }
+	    if ( 3*total < n)
+		data[index+3] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# can't have in data statements as IDS_EOD == (-2) and
+	# fortran won't allow () in data statements!!!
+
+	temp[4] = IDS_EOD
+	center[3] = IDS_EOD
+        command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	x = ADVXONTC
+
+	# the model 70 zooms all frames together.  So ignore "frames"
+	# argument here, though needed for subsequent scroll.
+
+	zm = data[1]
+	if ( zm <= 1 )
+	    zm = 0
+	else if (zm >= 8)
+	    zm = 3
+	else
+	    switch(zm) {
+		case 2,3:
+		    zm = 1
+		
+		case 4,5,6,7:
+		    zm = 2
+	    }
+	call amovks(short(2**zm), zoom, 16)
+	temp[1] = zm
+	call iishdr (command, 3, ZOOM, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (temp, 3 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# now we have to scroll to the desired location (in GKI).
+	# If zoom is zero, don't do anything: this will leave the
+	# various images panned to some previously set place, but
+	# that is what is wanted when doing split screen and we pan
+	# some of the images.
+
+	if (zm != 0) {
+	    do i = 1, total
+	        call amovs (data[i * 3 - 1 ], scroll[i*2-1], 2)
+	    scroll[total*2+1] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iisscroll(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, short(total*2+1), scroll)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9944d732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Makelib file for the image display interface.  An image display device is
+# accessed by high level code via the GKI interface.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	idsexpand.x	<gki.h>  ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	iisbutton.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iiscls.x	<mach.h> iis.h iis.com <knet.h>
+	iiscursor.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iishdr.x	<mach.h> iis.h iis.com
+	iishisto.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisifm.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisio.x		<mach.h> iis.h  iis.com <knet.h>
+	iislut.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h  iis.com
+	iismatch.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h ../lib/ids.com
+	iisminmax.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisoffset.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisofm.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisopn.x	<mach.h> iis.h iis.com <knet.h>
+	iispack.x	../lib/ids.h
+	iispio.x	<mach.h> iis.h <knet.h> iis.com
+	iisrange.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisrd.x		<mach.h> iis.h iis.com
+	iisscroll.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iissplit.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iistball.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iiswr.x		<mach.h> iis.h iis.com
+	iiswt.x		<mach.h> iis.h iis.com <knet.h>
+	iiszoom.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	zardim.x	iis.h
+	zawrim.x
+	zawtim.x	<mach.h> iis.h  iis.com
+	zclear.x	<mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zclsim.x
+	zcontrol.x	../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zcursor_read.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	zcursor_set.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	zdisplay_g.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h
+	zdisplay_i.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h ../lib/ids.com iis.com
+	zinit.x		<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h ../lib/ids.com iis.com
+	zopnim.x
+	zreset.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h iis.com
+	zrestore.x	<mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zsave.x		<mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zseek.x		<fset.h> <mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+
+	zsetup.x	<fset.h> <mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h ../lib/ids.com\
+			iis.com
+	zsnap.x		<fset.h> <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h zsnap.com iis.com\
+			../lib/ids.com
+	zsnapinit.x	<fset.h> <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h zsnap.com iis.com\
+			../lib/ids.com
+	zsttim.x	<knet.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zardim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zardim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6811840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zardim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# ZARDIM -- Read data from a binary file display device.
+
+procedure zardim (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+begin
+	    call iisrd (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawrim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawrim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e5fa266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawrim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# ZAWRIM -- Write data to a binary file display device.
+
+procedure zawrim (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+begin
+	call iiswr (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawtim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawtim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef857bdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawtim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# ZAWTIM -- Wait for an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zawtim (chan, nbytes)
+
+int	chan[ARB], nbytes
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iiswt (chan, nbytes)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclear.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclear.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a03d429c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclear.x
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZCLEAR -- Erase IIS frame.
+
+procedure zclear (frame, bitplane, flag)
+
+short	frame[ARB]			# frame array
+short	bitplane[ARB]			# bitplane array
+bool	flag				# true if image plane
+
+int	z, t
+short	erase
+int	and(), andi()
+short	iispack()
+
+begin
+	if (flag) {
+	    z = iispack (frame)
+	    z = and (z, ALLCHAN)
+	} else
+	    z = GRCHAN
+
+	t = iispack (bitplane)
+	erase = andi (ERASE, 177777B)
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+BLOCKXFER, 1, FEEDBACK,
+	    ADVXONTC, ADVYONXOV, z, t)
+	call iisio (erase, SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclsim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclsim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2bd2029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclsim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# ZCLSIM -- Close an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zclsim (chan, status)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	status
+
+begin
+	call iiscls (chan, status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcontrol.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcontrol.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56d8caeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcontrol.x
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZCONTROL -- call the device dependent control routines
+
+procedure zcontrol(device, rw, frame, color, offset, n, data)
+
+short	device			# which device/register to control
+short	rw			# write/read/wait,read
+short	frame[ARB]		# array of image frames
+short	color[ARB]		# array of color
+short	offset			# generalized offset or datum
+short	n			# count of items in data array
+short	data[ARB]		# data array
+
+begin
+	switch(device) {
+	    case IDS_FRAME_LUT:
+		call iislut(rw, frame, color, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_GR_MAP:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_INPUT_LUT:
+		call iisifm(rw, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_OUTPUT_LUT:
+		call iisofm(rw, color, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_SPLIT:
+		call iissplit(rw, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_SCROLL:
+		call iisscroll(rw, frame, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_ZOOM:
+		call iiszoom(rw, frame, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_OUT_OFFSET:
+		call iisoffset(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_MIN:
+		call iismin(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_MAX:
+		call iismax(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_RANGE:
+		call iisrange(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_HISTOGRAM:
+		call iishisto(rw, color, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_ALU_FCN:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_FEEDBACK:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_SLAVE:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_CURSOR:
+		call iiscursor(rw, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_TBALL:
+		call iistball(rw, data)
+
+	    case IDS_DIGITIZER:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_BLINK:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP:
+		call zsnap_init(data[1])
+
+	    case IDS_MATCH:
+		call iismatch (rw, frame, color, n, data)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAPCOLOR - modify the color array to map rgb for iis
+
+int procedure mapcolor(color)
+
+short	color[ARB]			# input data
+
+int	i
+int	val, result
+int	or()
+
+begin
+	result = 0
+	for ( i = 1; color[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    val = color[i]
+	    switch (val) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    val = RED
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    val = GREEN
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    val = BLUE
+
+		default:
+		    val = 2**(val-1)
+	    }
+	    result = or (result, val)
+	}
+	return (result)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_read.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_read.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6de5bc8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_read.x
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# ZCURSOR_READ -- Read cursor from display.  This assumes that the cursor
+# is centered at  (31,31)
+
+procedure zcursor_read (cnum, xcur, ycur, key)
+
+int	cnum			# cursor number
+int	xcur, ycur		# cursor position...GKI coordinates
+int	key			# key pressed
+
+short	cursor[2]		# local storage
+real	x,y
+int	frame
+real	zm
+int	mod(), and()
+define	exit_	10
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Computations must be done in floating point when zoomed
+	# or values are off by a pixel.  Also, want fractional
+	# pixel returned values in the zoomed case.
+
+	call iishdr(IREAD, 2, COMMAND+CURSOR, 1+ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (cursor, 2 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# which frame is the cursor relative to?  We assume that cnum
+	# mod IDS_CSET refers to the image plane (graphics fits in
+	# here as an image plane for iism70), and cnum / IDS_CSET
+	# sets which cursor.
+	# If cursor is #0, then take lowest numbered frame that is
+	# being displayed.
+	# Return frame number as the "key".
+
+	if (cnum == 0) {
+	    frame = i_frame_on
+	    if ((frame == ERR) || (frame < 1) ) {
+		key = ERR
+		return
+	    }
+	} else if (cnum != IDS_CRAW) {
+	    frame = mod(cnum-1, IDS_CSET) + 1
+	} else {
+	    zm = 1.
+	    frame = 0			# return unusual frame num. if raw read
+	}
+
+	# deal with cursor offset--hardware fault sometimes adds extra
+	# bit, so chop it off with and().
+	x = mod (and (int(cursor[1]), 777B)+ 31, 512)
+	y = mod (and (int(cursor[2]), 777B)+ 31, 512)
+
+	if (cnum == IDS_CRAW)
+	    goto exit_
+
+	# x,y now in device coordinates for screen but not world.
+	# next, we determine number of pixels from screen center.
+
+	zm = zoom[frame]
+	x = x/zm - IIS_XCEN./zm
+	y = y/zm - IIS_YCEN_INV./zm
+
+	# Now add in scroll offsets, which are to screen center.
+	x = x + xscroll[frame]
+
+	# Note that the Y one is inverted
+	y = y + (IIS_YDIM-1) - yscroll[frame]
+
+	if (x < 0)
+	    x = x + IIS_XDIM
+	else if (x > IIS_XDIM)
+	    x = x - IIS_XDIM
+
+	if (y < 0)
+	    y = y + IIS_YDIM
+	else if (y > IIS_YDIM)
+	    y = y - IIS_YDIM
+exit_
+	# invert y for user
+	y = (IIS_YDIM -1) - y
+
+	# The Y inversion really complicates things...
+	y = y + 1.0 - (1.0/zm)
+
+	# convert to GKI
+	xcur = x * MCXSCALE
+	ycur = y * MCYSCALE
+	key = frame
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_set.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_set.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50b1d446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_set.x
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZCURSOR_SET -- Write cursor to display.  This code assumes the standard
+# cursor which is centered on (31,31).
+
+procedure zcursor_set (cnum, xcur, ycur)
+
+int	cnum			# cursor number
+int	xcur, ycur		# GKI x,y cursor position
+
+short	cursor[2]		# local storage
+real	x,y,zm
+int	xedge
+int	yedge, frame
+int	mod()
+define	output	10
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# which frame does cursor refer to?  ( see zcursor_read() for
+	# more information. )
+
+	if (cnum == IDS_CRAW) {
+	    x = real(xcur)/MCXSCALE
+	    y = real(ycur)/MCYSCALE
+	    zm = 1
+	    xedge = 0
+	    yedge = 0
+	    goto output
+	}
+
+	if (cnum == 0) {
+	    frame = i_frame_on
+	    if ((frame == ERR) || (frame < 1))
+		return			# WHAT SHOULD WE DO?
+	} else
+	    frame = mod( cnum-1, IDS_CSET) + 1
+	zm = zoom[frame]
+
+	# Find the left/upper edge of the display
+	# xedge is real as we can't drop the fraction of IIS_XCEN/zm
+	# (This was true when XCEN was 255; now is 256 so can use int
+	# since 256 is a multiple of all possible values of zm.)
+
+	xedge = xscroll[frame] - IIS_XCEN/zm
+	if (xedge < 0)
+	    xedge = xedge + IIS_XDIM
+	yedge = ( (IIS_YDIM-1) - yscroll[frame]) - int(IIS_YCEN_INV/zm)
+	if (yedge < 0)
+	    yedge = yedge + IIS_YDIM
+
+	# xcur, ycur are in gki.  Check if value too big...this will
+	# happen if NDC = 1.0, for instance which should be acceptable
+	# but will be "out of range".
+
+	x = real(xcur)/MCXSCALE
+	if ( x > (IIS_XDIM - 1.0/zm) )
+	    x = IIS_XDIM - 1.0/zm
+	y = real(ycur)/MCYSCALE
+	if ( y > (IIS_YDIM - 1.0/zm) )
+	    y = IIS_YDIM - 1.0/zm
+
+	# Invert y value to get device orientation; account for
+	# fractional pixels
+
+output
+	y = (IIS_YDIM - 1.0/zm) - y
+
+	# Account for the mod 512 nature of the display
+
+	if (x < xedge)
+	    x = x + IIS_XDIM
+	if (y < yedge)
+	    y = y + IIS_YDIM
+
+	# Are we still on screen ?
+
+	if ((x >= (xedge + IIS_XDIM/zm)) || (y >= (yedge + IIS_YDIM/zm)) ) {
+	    call eprintf("cursor set off screen -- ignored\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Calculate cursor positioning coordinates.
+
+	cursor[1] = int ((x-real(xedge)) * zm ) - 31
+	if ( cursor[1] < 0 )
+	    cursor[1] = cursor[1] + IIS_XDIM
+	cursor[2] = int ((y-real(yedge)) * zm ) - 31
+	if ( cursor[2] < 0 )
+	    cursor[2] = cursor[2] + IIS_YDIM
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, 2, COMMAND+CURSOR, 1+ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (cursor, 2 * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_g.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_g.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21cf9e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_g.x
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+define	INSERT		100000B
+
+# ZDISPLAY_G -- Display the referenced graphics bitplanes in the given color(s)
+
+procedure zdisplay_g (sw, bitpl, color, quad )
+
+short	sw			# on or off
+short	bitpl[ARB]		# bitpl list
+short	color[ARB]		# color list
+short	quad[ARB]		# quadrants to activate
+
+short	gram[LEN_GRAM]
+bool	off
+int	i, lbound, val
+short	mask[7]
+short	fill
+# red a bit weak so have contrast with cursor
+#colors of graph: blue  grn   red    yellow  rd-bl   gn-bl  white
+data	mask    /37B, 1740B, 74000B, 77740B, 74037B, 1777B, 77777B/
+
+begin
+	if ( sw == IDS_OFF ) 
+	    off = true
+	else {
+	    off = false
+	}
+
+	# ignore bitpl argument since only one set of them and "color"
+	# fully specifies them.
+	# ignore quad for now
+	# much manipulation of color graphics ram table required!!
+	# strictly speaking, when we turn a plane off, we ought to be
+	# sure that any plane which is on, and "beneath", is turned on;
+	# this is a lot of trouble, so for starters, we don't.
+	# first find out what is on
+
+	call iishdr(IREAD+VRETRACE, LEN_GRAM, GRAPHICS, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (gram, LEN_GRAM * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# Check for red graphics plane for cursor
+
+	if ( gram[LEN_GRAM/2+1] != 176000B )
+	    call amovks ( short(176000B), gram[LEN_GRAM/2+1], LEN_GRAM/2)
+
+	for ( i = 1 ;  color[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    # Bit plane 8 reserved for cursor
+	    if ( color[i] > 7 )
+		next
+	    # map IDS colors to IIS bit planes -- one-based.
+	    switch (color[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    val = RD
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    val = GR
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    val = BLU
+		default:
+		    val = color[i]
+	    }
+	    lbound = 2 ** (val - 1)
+	    if ( off ) 
+		call aclrs ( gram[lbound+1], lbound)
+	    else
+		call amovks ( short(INSERT+mask[val]), gram[lbound+1], lbound)
+	}
+	gram[1] = 0
+
+	# If a bit plane is off, reset it with next "lower" one, thus
+	# uncovering any planes masked by the one turned off.
+
+	if (off) {
+	    fill = 0
+	    do i = 2, LEN_GRAM/2 {
+		if (gram[i] == 0 )
+		    gram[i] = fill
+		else
+		    fill = gram[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Write out the data
+
+	call iishdr(IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_GRAM, GRAPHICS, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (gram, LEN_GRAM * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_i.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_i.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e08db8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_i.x
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZDISPLAY_I -- Display the referenced image planes in the given color(s)
+# and in the given quadrants of the screen.
+
+procedure zdisplay_i (sw, frames, color, quad)
+
+short	sw			# on or off
+short	frames[ARB]		# frame list
+short	color[ARB]		# color list
+short	quad[ARB]		# quadrant list
+
+
+bool	off
+short	channels
+short	select[LEN_SELECT]
+int	q,c,index, temp
+int	mq			# mapped quadrant
+int	mapquad()
+short	iispack()
+int	and(), or(), xor()
+
+include	"iis.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"	# for i_maxframes! only
+
+begin
+	if ( sw == IDS_ON ) {
+	    off = false
+	} else
+	    off = true
+
+	# first find out what is on
+	call iishdr(IREAD+VRETRACE, LEN_SELECT, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (select, LEN_SELECT * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# then add in/remove frames
+	channels = iispack(frames)
+
+	for ( q = 1 ; quad[q] != IDS_EOD ; q = q + 1 ) {
+	    mq = mapquad(quad[q])
+	    if ( ! off ) {
+	        for ( c =1 ; color[c] != IDS_EOD ; c = c + 1 ) {
+		    switch ( color[c] ) {
+		        case IDS_RED:
+			    index = mq + 8
+
+		        case IDS_GREEN:
+			    index = mq + 4
+
+		        case IDS_BLUE:
+			    index = mq
+		    }
+		    select[index] = or ( int(channels), int(select[index]) )
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        for ( c =1 ; color[c] != IDS_EOD ; c = c + 1 ) {
+		    switch ( color[c] ) {
+		        case IDS_RED:
+			    index = mq + 8
+
+		        case IDS_GREEN:
+			    index = mq + 4
+
+		        case IDS_BLUE:
+			    index = mq
+		    }
+		    select[index] = and ( xor ( 177777B, int(channels)),
+		   			 int(select[index]))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Record which frame is being displayed for cursor readback.
+	temp = 0
+	do q = 1, LEN_SELECT
+	    temp = or (temp, int(select[q]))
+
+	if ( temp == 0)
+	    i_frame_on = ERR
+	else {
+	    do q = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if (and (temp, 2**(q-1)) != 0) {
+		    i_frame_on = q
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	call iishdr(IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_SELECT, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (select, LEN_SELECT * SZB_CHAR)
+end
+
+
+# MAPQUAD -- map user quadrant to device ... returns ONE-based quadrant
+# if prefer ZERO-based, add one to "index" computation above.
+
+int procedure mapquad (quadrant)
+
+short quadrant
+
+int	mq
+
+begin
+	switch ( quadrant ) {
+	    case 1:
+		mq = 2
+
+	    case 2:
+		mq = 1
+
+	    case 3:
+		mq = 3
+	    
+	    case 4:
+		mq = 4
+	    
+	    default:
+		mq = 1		# should never happen
+	}
+	return (mq)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zinit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zinit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e03fd57c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zinit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZINIT -- initialize for IIS operation
+# in general case, would use nfr and ngr to determine maximum file size
+# which would encompass all the images and graphics planes and all the
+# devices too.  Then, file mapped i/o could move most of the device indep.
+# code to the reading and writing routines.
+# not done for IIS
+
+procedure zinit (nfr, ngr, filesize)
+
+short	nfr			# maximum number of image frames
+short	ngr			# maximum number of graphics bit planes
+long	filesize		# returned value
+
+short	pl[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]
+short	zm[4]
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	i_snap = false
+	# we have no place to store all the zoom and scroll information.
+	# so we initialize to zoom = 1 and scroll = center for all planes
+	pl[1] = IDS_EOD
+	call ids_expand(pl, i_maxframes, true)
+	zm[1] = 1
+	zm[2] = IIS_XCEN * MCXSCALE
+	zm[3] = IIS_YCEN * MCYSCALE
+	zm[4] = IDS_EOD
+	call iiszoom(short(IDS_WRITE), pl, short(4), zm)
+	call iisscroll(short(IDS_WRITE), pl, short(3), zm[2])
+
+	# We also need to set the i_frame_on variable (iis.com), which
+	# we do with a "trick":  We call zdisplay_i with quad == EOD;
+	# this is a "nop" for the display code, but will set the variable.
+
+	call zdisplay_i (short(IDS_ON), short(IDS_EOD), short(IDS_EOD),
+			short(IDS_EOD))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zopnim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zopnim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25df2f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zopnim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# ZOPNIM -- Open an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zopnim (devinfo, mode, chan)
+
+char	devinfo[ARB]		# packed devinfo string
+int	mode			# access mode
+int	chan
+
+int	iischan[2]		# Kludge
+
+begin
+	call iisopn (devinfo, mode, iischan)
+	chan = iischan[1]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zreset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zreset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d067d04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zreset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# cfactor is conversion from integer to NDC coordinates (max 32767) for cursor
+# see iiscursor.x
+# The "hardness" notion is now somewhat obsolete...a range of reset values
+# would be better, especially if better named.
+
+define	CFACTOR	528
+
+# ZRESET -- reset IIS 
+
+procedure zreset (hardness)
+
+short	hardness			# soft, medium, hard
+
+short	data[LEN_IFM]
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	quad[5]
+int	i,j
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( hardness == IDS_R_SNAPDONE ) {
+	    call zsnap_done
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# mark all frames
+	do i = 1,IDS_MAXIMPL
+	    frames[i] = i
+	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1] = IDS_EOD
+	# mark all colors
+	do i = 1, IDS_MAXGCOLOR
+	    colors[i] = i
+	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1] = IDS_EOD
+	# all quadrants
+	do i = 1,4
+	    quad[i] = i
+	quad[5] = IDS_EOD
+
+	if ( hardness == IDS_R_SOFT) {
+	    # all coordinates are NDC ( 0 - 32767 )
+	    # Reseting the "soft" parameters: scroll, constant offsets,
+	    # split point, alu, zoom; turn cursor and tball on.
+	    	
+	    # constants
+	    call aclrs (data,3)
+	    call iisoffset(short(IDS_WRITE), colors, short(3), data)
+
+	    # range
+	    data[1] = 1
+	    call iisrange (short(IDS_WRITE), colors, short(1), data)
+
+	    # split point
+	    call aclrs ( data, 2)
+	    call iissplit(short(IDS_WRITE), short(2), data)
+
+	    # alu
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    call iishdr(IWRITE, 1, ALU+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (data, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	    # graphics status register
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    call iishdr(IWRITE, 1, GRAPHICS+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (data, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	    # zoom
+	    data[1] = 1
+	    data[2] = IIS_XCEN * MCXSCALE		# gki mid point
+	    data[3] = IIS_YCEN * MCYSCALE
+	    data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iiszoom(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, short(4), data)
+
+	    # scroll -- screen center to be centered
+	    # zoom does affect scroll if zoom not power==1
+	    # so to be safe, do scroll after zoom.
+	    data[1] = IIS_XCEN * MCXSCALE
+	    data[2] = IIS_YCEN * MCYSCALE
+	    data[3] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iisscroll(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, short(3), data)
+
+	    # cursor and tball; no blink for cursor
+	    data[1] = IDS_ON
+	    call iiscursor(short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(1), data)
+	    call iistball (short(IDS_WRITE), data)
+	    data[1] = IDS_CBLINK
+	    data[2] = IDS_CSTEADY
+	    call iiscursor(short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(1), data)
+    
+	    # standard cursor shape
+	    data[1] = IDS_CSHAPE
+	    j = 2
+	    # don't use last line/column so have a real center
+	    for ( i = 0 ; i <= 62 ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	        # make the puka in the middle
+	        if ( (i == 30) || (i == 31) || (i == 32) )
+		    next
+	        # fill in the lines
+	        data[j] = 31 * CFACTOR
+	        data[j+1] = i * CFACTOR 
+	        j = j + 2
+	        data[j] = i * CFACTOR
+	        data[j+1] = 31 * CFACTOR
+	        j = j + 2
+	    }
+	    data[j] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iiscursor ( short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(j), data)
+
+	    return
+	}
+    
+	if ( hardness == IDS_R_MEDIUM) {
+	    # reset all tables to linear--ofm, luts, ifm
+	    # ofm  (0,0) to (0.25,1.0) to (1.0,1.0)
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    data[2] = 0
+	    data[3] = 0.25 * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[5] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[6] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call iisofm(short(IDS_WRITE), colors, short(1), short(6), data)
+
+	    # luts
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    data[2] = 0
+	    data[3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call iislut(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, colors, short(1),
+	             short(4), data)
+
+	    # ifm (0,0) to (1/32, 1.0) to (1.,1.)
+	    # ifm is length 8192, but output is only 255.  So map linearly for
+	    # first 256, then flat.  Other possibility is ifm[i] = i-1 ( for
+	    # i = 1,8192) which relies on hardware dropping high bits.
+
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    data[2] = 0
+	    data[3] = (1./32.) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[5] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[6] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call iisifm(short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(6), data)
+
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (hardness == IDS_R_HARD) {
+	    # clear all image/graph planes, and set channel selects to
+	    # mono
+	    call zclear(frames, frames, true)
+	    call zclear(frames, frames, false)
+	    # reset all to no display 
+	    call zdisplay_i(short(IDS_OFF), frames, colors, quad)
+	    call zdisplay_g(short(IDS_OFF), frames, colors, quad)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zrestore.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zrestore.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed478a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zrestore.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# restore device, image, graphics data
+
+procedure zdev_restore(fd)
+
+int	fd			# file descriptor to read from
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zim_restore(fd, frame)
+
+int	fd
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame numbers to restore
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zgr_restore(fd, plane)
+
+int	fd
+short	plane[ARB]
+
+begin
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsave.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsave.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..666f1b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsave.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# save device, image, graphics data
+
+procedure zdev_save(fd)
+
+int	fd			# file descriptor to write to
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zim_save(fd, frame)
+
+int	fd
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame numbers to save
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zgr_save(fd, plane)
+
+int	fd
+short	plane[ARB]
+
+begin
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zseek.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zseek.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f3fed25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zseek.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZSEEK -- Seek for an image frame
+
+procedure zseek (fd, x, y)
+
+int	fd				# file to write
+int	x, y				# device coordinates
+
+long	offset
+
+begin
+	offset = max (1, 1 + (x + y * IIS_XDIM) * SZ_SHORT)
+
+	call seek (fd, offset)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsetup.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsetup.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0803ac3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsetup.x
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZSETUP -- Setup up common block information for read/write
+
+procedure zsetup (frame, bitpl, flag)
+
+short	frame[ARB]			# frame information
+short	bitpl[ARB]			# bitplane information
+bool	flag				# true if image, false if graphics
+
+short	iispack()
+int	mapcolor()
+
+include "iis.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# If don't flush, then last line of "previous" frame
+	# may get steered to wrong image plane
+	call flush (i_out)
+	call fseti (i_out, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	if ( flag ) {
+	    iframe = iispack ( frame )
+	    iplane = iispack ( bitpl )
+	} else {
+	    iframe = GRCHAN
+	    iplane = mapcolor( bitpl )
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8dd6796c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.com
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# snap common block
+int	sn_fd					# device file descriptor
+int	sn_frame, sn_bitpl			# save current iframe, iplane
+int	zbufsize				# fio buffer size--save here
+pointer	lutp[3,LEN_IISFRAMES]			# look up table storage
+pointer	ofmp[3]					# rgb ofm tables
+pointer	grp[3]					# graphics tables
+pointer	result[3]				# rgb results
+pointer	answer					# final answer
+pointer	input					# input data
+pointer	zs					# zoom/scrolled data; scratch
+pointer	grbit_on				# graphics bit on
+bool	gr_in_use				# graphics RAM not all zeroes
+bool	on[LEN_IISFRAMES]			# if frames on at all
+bool	multi_frame				# snap using >1 frame
+short	range[3]				# range and offset for rgb
+short	offset[3]
+short	left[3,2,LEN_IISFRAMES]			# left boundary of line
+short	right[3,2,LEN_IISFRAMES]		# right boundary of line
+short	ysplit					# split point for y
+short	prev_y					# previous line read
+short	sn_start, sn_end			# color range to snap
+
+common	/ zsnap / sn_fd, sn_frame, sn_bitpl, zbufsize, lutp, ofmp, grp,
+	result, answer, input, zs, grbit_on, gr_in_use, on, multi_frame,
+	range, offset, left, right, ysplit, prev_y, sn_start, sn_end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0f9b230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# DO_SNAP -- Return a line of the active image display, as seen
+# by the viewer.
+
+procedure do_snap (buf, nchar, xpos, ypos)
+
+short	buf[ARB]			# buffer to read into
+int	nchar				# how many to read
+int	xpos, ypos			# and from where
+
+int	y, yindex, xs, xe
+int	line, previous
+int	i,j
+int	yedge
+int	zm, count
+bool	first
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+include "iis.com"
+include "zsnap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Check if read is for one line only
+
+	if (nchar > IIS_XDIM) {
+	    call eprintf("ZSNAP -- too many pixels (%d) requested.\n")
+	        call pargi (nchar)
+	    call aclrs (buf, nchar)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Determine x and y coordinates on screen.
+
+	y = IIS_YDIM - 1 - ypos
+	xs = xpos
+	xe = xs + nchar - 1
+	count = nchar
+
+	# See if we are dealing with (a part of only) one line
+
+	if (xe >= IIS_XDIM) {
+	    call eprintf("ZSNAP -- line overlap error (xend is %d).\n")
+		call pargi (xe)
+	    call aclrs (buf, nchar)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Determine whether above or below split point.
+
+	if (y < ysplit)
+	    yindex = 1
+	else
+	    yindex = 2
+
+	# Clear accumulators
+
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end
+	    call aclrs (Mems[result[j]], IIS_XDIM)
+
+	# Fetch and massage data for each active frame
+
+	first = true
+	previous = -1		# a bit of safety if no frames on
+	do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+	    if (on[i]) {
+		# If frame not active in any color for this half of screen,
+		# ignore it
+		if (sn_start != sn_end) {
+		    if ((left[BLU, yindex, i] == -1) &&
+		        (left[GR , yindex, i] == -1) &&
+		        (left[RD , yindex, i] == -1) )
+		         next
+		} else if (left[sn_start, yindex, i] == -1)
+		    next
+
+		zm = zoom[i]
+		iplane = 377B			# all bit planes
+		iframe = 2**(i-1)
+
+		# y edge of frame (top) [ see zcursor_set for more information]
+		yedge = IIS_YCEN - yscroll[i] + IIS_YCEN_INV - IIS_YCEN_INV/zm
+		if (yedge < 0)
+		    yedge = yedge + IIS_YDIM
+
+		# Desired y (screen) coordinate
+		line = yedge + y/zm
+		if (line >= IIS_YDIM)
+	    	    line = line - IIS_YDIM
+	        # If have done this line before, just return the same answer
+
+		if (first) {
+		    if (line == prev_y) {
+	    	        call amovs (Mems[answer], buf, nchar)
+	    	        return
+		    }
+		    previous = line
+		    first = false
+		}
+
+		# Turn line into file position.
+		line = IIS_YDIM - 1 - line
+		if (multi_frame)
+		    call fseti (sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+		call zseek (sn_fd, xs, line)
+		call read (sn_fd, Mems[input], count)
+		call zmassage (zm, xscroll[i], yindex, i, xs, xe)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply scaling
+
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    # Note...xs, xe are zero-based indices
+	    if ( offset[j] != 0)
+	        call aaddks (Mems[result[j]+xs], offset[j],
+		             Mems[result[j]+xs], count)
+	    if ( range[j] != 1)
+	        call adivks (Mems[result[j]+xs], range[j],
+	   		     Mems[result[j]+xs], count)
+	    call aluts (Mems[result[j]+xs], Mems[result[j]+xs], count,
+			Mems[ofmp[j]])
+	}
+
+	# Or in the graphics ... use of "select" (asel) depends on design
+	# decision in zdisplay_g.x
+
+	if (gr_in_use) {
+	    iframe = GRCHAN
+	    iplane = 177B		# ignore cursor plane
+	    zm = zoom[GRCHNUM]
+
+	    yedge = IIS_YCEN - yscroll[GRCHNUM] + IIS_YCEN_INV - IIS_YCEN_INV/zm
+	    if (yedge < 0)
+	        yedge = yedge + IIS_YDIM
+
+	    line = yedge + y/zm
+	    if (line >= IIS_YDIM)
+	        line = line - IIS_YDIM
+	    line = IIS_YDIM - 1 - line
+
+	    if (multi_frame)
+		call fseti (sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+
+	    call zseek (sn_fd, xs, line)
+	    call read (sn_fd, Mems[input], count)
+	    call zmassage (zm, xscroll[GRCHNUM], yindex, GRCHNUM, xs, xe)
+
+	    do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	        call aluts (Mems[input+xs], Mems[zs], count, Mems[grp[j]])
+
+	        # Build boolean which says if have graphics on
+	        call abneks (Mems[zs], short(0), Memi[grbit_on], count) 
+
+	        # With INSERT on: replace data with graphics.
+	        call asels (Mems[zs], Mems[result[j]+xs], Mems[result[j]+xs],
+		    Memi[grbit_on], count)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# The answer is:
+
+	if (sn_start != sn_end) {
+	    call aadds (Mems[result[BLU]], Mems[result[GR]],
+	        Mems[answer], IIS_XDIM)
+	    call aadds (Mems[answer], Mems[result[RD]], Mems[answer], IIS_XDIM)
+	    call adivks (Mems[answer], short(3), Mems[answer], IIS_XDIM)
+	} else {
+	    # Put in "answer" so repeated lines are in known location
+	    call amovs (Mems[result[sn_start]], Mems[answer], nchar)
+	}
+
+	# Set the previous line and return the answer
+
+	prev_y = previous
+	call amovs (Mems[answer], buf, nchar)
+end
+
+
+# ZMASSAGE --- do all the boring massaging of the data: zoom, scroll, look
+# up tables.
+
+procedure zmassage (zm, xscr, yi, i, xstart, xend)
+
+int	zm			# zoom factor
+short	xscr			# x scroll
+int	yi			# y-index
+int	i			# frame index
+int	xstart, xend		# indices for line start and end
+
+int	lb, count		# left bound, count of number of items
+int	j, x1, x2, itemp
+include	"zsnap.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( (xscr != IIS_XCEN) || (zm != 1)) {
+	    if (xscr == IIS_XCEN)
+		# Scrolling not needed
+		call amovs (Mems[input], Mems[zs], IIS_XDIM)
+	    else {
+		# Scroll the data
+		lb = xscr - IIS_XCEN
+		if ( lb < 0 )
+		    lb = lb + IIS_XDIM
+		count = IIS_XDIM - lb
+		call amovs (Mems[input+lb], Mems[zs], count)
+		call amovs (Mems[input], Mems[zs+count], lb)
+	    }
+	    # Now zoom it
+	    if (zm == 1)
+		call amovs (Mems[zs], Mems[input], IIS_XDIM)
+	    else
+		call ids_blockit (Mems[zs+IIS_XCEN-IIS_XCEN/zm], Mems[input],
+		              IIS_XDIM, real(zm))
+	}
+
+	if (i == GRCHNUM)
+	    return
+
+	# With the aligned data, perform the lookup.  Note that left is
+	# 0 based, right is (0-based) first excluded value.
+
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    if (left[j, yi, i] == -1)
+		next
+	    itemp = left[j,yi,i]
+	    x1 = max (itemp, xstart)
+	    itemp = right[j,yi,i]
+	    x2 = min (itemp - 1, xend)
+	    call aluts (Mems[input+x1], Mems[zs], x2-x1+1, Mems[lutp[j,i]])
+	    call aadds (Mems[zs], Mems[result[j]+x1], Mems[result[j]+x1],
+	   		x2-x1+1)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnapinit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnapinit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48ed083c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnapinit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	XSPLIT	LEN_SELECT+1
+define	YSPLIT	LEN_SELECT+2
+
+# ZSNAP_INIT -- initialize snap data structures.
+
+procedure zsnap_init(kind)
+
+short	kind
+
+pointer	ptr
+short	gram[LEN_GRAM]
+short	select[LEN_SELECT+2]			# include split points
+short	color[4]
+short	frame[2]
+short	cds, off, num
+short	xsplit, x_right
+
+int	i, j, k, temp
+int	khp, val, frame_count
+bool	used, mono
+int	and(), or(), fstati()
+
+include	"zsnap.com"
+include "iis.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	i_snap = true
+	sn_frame = iframe
+	sn_bitpl = iplane
+	sn_fd = i_out
+	call flush(sn_fd)
+	call fseti(sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	prev_y = -1
+
+	# Determine what snap range to do
+	if (kind == IDS_SNAP_MONO)
+	    mono= true
+	else
+	    mono = false
+
+	switch (kind) {
+	    case IDS_SNAP_RGB:
+		# Note: BLU < RD and covers full color range
+	        sn_start = BLU
+	        sn_end   = RD
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP_MONO, IDS_SNAP_BLUE:
+	        sn_start = BLU
+	        sn_end   = BLU
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP_GREEN:
+		sn_start = GR
+		sn_end	 = GR
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP_RED:
+		sn_start = RD
+		sn_end	 = RD
+	}
+
+	# Find out which planes are active -- any quadrant
+
+	call iishdr (IREAD, LEN_SELECT+2, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (select, (LEN_SELECT+2)*SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# record split point.  Adjust x_split so 511 becomes
+	# 512. This is so the "right" side of a quadrant is given by one
+	# plus the last used point.
+
+	ysplit = select[YSPLIT]
+	xsplit = select[XSPLIT]
+	x_right = xsplit
+	if (x_right == IIS_XDIM-1)
+	    x_right = IIS_XDIM
+
+
+	# For certain split positions, some quadrants don't appear at all.
+
+	if (xsplit == 0)
+	    call nullquad (0, 2, select)
+	else if (xsplit == IIS_XDIM-1)
+	    call nullquad (1, 3, select)
+	if (ysplit == 0)
+	    call nullquad (0, 1, select)
+	else if (ysplit == IIS_YDIM-1)
+	    call nullquad (2, 3, select)
+
+	# Which frames are active, in any quadrant?
+
+	temp = 0
+	do i = 1, LEN_SELECT
+	    temp = or (temp, int(select[i]))
+	do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+	    if ( and (temp, 2**(i-1)) != 0)
+		on[i] = true
+	    else
+		on[i] = false
+	}
+
+	# Find out where each active plane starts and stops.  Split points
+	# are screen coordinates, not picture coordinates.  Graphics does
+	# not split (!).  left coord is inclusive, right is one beyond end.
+	# left/right dimensions: color, above/below_ysplit, image_plane.
+	# Frame_count counts frames in use.  Could be clever and only count
+	# active frames whose pixels are on the screen (pan/zoom effects).
+
+	frame_count = 0
+	do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+	    if ( !on[i] )
+	        next
+	    else
+		frame_count = frame_count + 1
+	    do j = sn_start, sn_end {	# implicit BLUE  (GREEN  RED)
+		# quadrants for IIS are UL:0, UR:1, LL:2, LR:3
+		do k = 0, 3 {
+		    temp = select[(j-1)*4 + k + 1]
+		    used = (and(temp, 2**(i-1)) != 0)
+		    khp = k/2 + 1
+		    switch (k) {
+			case 0, 2:
+			    if (used) {
+				left[j,khp,i] = 0
+				right[j,khp,i] = x_right
+			    } else {
+				left[j,khp,i] = -1
+			    }
+			
+			case 1, 3:
+			    if (used) {
+				if ( left[j,khp,i] == -1)
+				    left[j,khp,i] = xsplit
+				right[j,khp,i] = IIS_XDIM
+			    }
+		    }   # end switch
+		}       # end k ( quad loop)
+	    }		# end j ( color loop)
+	}		# end i ( frame loop)
+
+	# now do range and offset
+
+	cds = IDS_READ
+	num = 3
+	color[1] = IDS_BLUE
+	color[2] = IDS_GREEN
+	color[3] = IDS_RED
+	color[4] = IDS_EOD
+	call iisrange(cds, color, num, range)
+	call iisoffset(cds, color, num, offset)
+	do i = sn_start, sn_end
+	    range[i] = 2**range[i]
+
+	# now allocate memory for all the various tables
+
+	call malloc (input,  IIS_XDIM, TY_SHORT)
+	call malloc (answer, IIS_XDIM, TY_SHORT)
+	call malloc (zs,     IIS_XDIM, TY_SHORT)
+	# for each color:
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    call malloc (result[j], IIS_XDIM,   TY_SHORT)
+	    call malloc (ofmp[j],   LEN_OFM,    TY_SHORT)
+	    call malloc (grp[j],    LEN_GRAM/2, TY_SHORT)
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if ( on[i] )
+		    call malloc (lutp[j,i], LEN_LUT, TY_SHORT)
+	    }
+	}
+	call malloc (grbit_on, IIS_XDIM, TY_INT)
+
+	# fill these up
+
+	cds = IDS_READ
+	off = 1
+	frame[2] = IDS_EOD
+	color[2] = IDS_EOD
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    if (j == BLU)
+	        color[1] = IDS_BLUE
+	    else if ( j == GR)
+	        color[1] = IDS_GREEN
+	    else
+	        color[1] = IDS_RED
+	    num = LEN_OFM
+	    call iisofm (cds, color, off, num, Mems[ofmp[j]])
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if (on[i]) {
+	            frame[1] = i
+		    num = LEN_LUT
+		    call iislut (cds, frame, color, off, num, Mems[lutp[j,i]])
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# the graphics planes ... assume insert mode!!
+	# Note if any graphics mapping ram is in use...if no graphics on,
+	# snap can run faster.
+
+	call iishdr (IREAD, LEN_GRAM, GRAPHICS, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (gram, LEN_GRAM * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	gr_in_use = false
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end
+	    call aclrs(Mems[grp[j]], LEN_GRAM/2)
+	# Leave first one 0; don't mess with cursor plane
+	do i = 2, LEN_GRAM/2 {
+	    temp = and (77777B, int(gram[i]))
+	    if (temp != 0)
+		gr_in_use = true
+	    if (! mono) {
+		do j = sn_start, sn_end
+		    switch (j) {
+			case RD:
+	                    Mems[grp[RD]+i-1]  = and (temp,76000B)/32
+			case GR:
+	                    Mems[grp[GR]+i-1]  = and (temp, 1740B)
+			case BLU:
+	                    Mems[grp[BLU]+i-1] = and (temp, 37B)*32
+		    }
+	    } else {
+		# All graphics planes
+		val = or ( and (temp, 76000B)/32, and (temp, 1740B))
+		val = or ( and (temp, 37B)*32, val)
+		Mems[grp[sn_start]+i-1] = val
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (gr_in_use)
+	    frame_count = frame_count + 1
+	if (frame_count > 1) {
+	    multi_frame = true
+	    # set buffer to size of one line
+	    zbufsize = fstati (sn_fd, F_BUFSIZE)
+	    call fseti (sn_fd, F_BUFSIZE, IIS_XDIM)
+	} else
+	    multi_frame = false
+
+	# Now adjust look up tables for fact that they do 9 bit 2's complement
+	# arithmetic!
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if (on[i]) {
+		    ptr = lutp[j,i]
+		    do k = 1, LEN_LUT {
+			if (Mems[ptr+k-1] > 255 )
+			    Mems[ptr+k-1] = Mems[ptr+k-1] - 512
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# NULLQUAD -- zero out lut mapping for quadrants that cannot appear on
+# screen
+
+procedure nullquad (q, p, sel)
+
+int	q, p			# two quadrants to eliminate, zero based
+short	sel[ARB]		# the mapping array
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 0,2 {
+	    sel[i*4 + q + 1] = 0
+	    sel[i*4 + p + 1] = 0
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ZSNAP_DONE -- reset paramters
+
+procedure zsnap_done()
+
+int	i,j
+
+include	"iis.com"
+include "zsnap.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( ! i_snap )
+	    return
+	i_snap = false
+	call fseti(sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	if (multi_frame) {
+	    # restore buffering
+	    call fseti (sn_fd, F_BUFSIZE, zbufsize)
+	}
+	iframe = sn_frame
+	iplane = sn_bitpl
+
+	# release storage
+	call mfree (grbit_on, TY_INT)
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    call mfree (result[j], TY_SHORT)
+	    call mfree (ofmp[j],   TY_SHORT)
+	    call mfree (grp[j],    TY_SHORT)
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if ( on[i] )
+		    call mfree (lutp[j,i], TY_SHORT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (zs,     TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (answer, TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (input,  TY_SHORT)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsttim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsttim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f441ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsttim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <knet.h>
+
+# ZSTTIM -- Return status on binary file display device.
+
+procedure zsttim (chan, what, lvalue)
+
+int	chan[ARB], what
+long	lvalue
+
+begin
+	call zsttgd (chan, what, lvalue)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd6bc086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.com
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# IDS common.  A common is necessary since there is no graphics descriptor
+# in the argument list of the kernel procedures.  The data structures
+# are designed along the lines of FIO: a small common is used to hold the time
+# critical data elements, and an auxiliary dynamically allocated descriptor is
+# used for everything else.
+
+pointer	i_kt				# kernel image display descriptor
+pointer	i_tty				# graphcap descriptor
+int	i_in, i_out			# input file, output file
+int	i_xres, i_yres			# desired device resolution
+long	i_frsize			# frame size in chars
+short	i_maxframes, i_maxgraph		# max num. of image frames, gr. planes
+int	i_linemask			# current linemask
+int	i_linewidth			# current line width
+int	i_linecolor			# current line color
+short	i_pt_x, i_pt_y			# current plot point, device coords
+int	i_csize				# text character size
+int	i_font				# text font
+bool	i_snap				# true if a snap in progress
+bool	i_image				# frame/bitplane data is for image
+char	i_device[SZ_IDEVICE]		# force output to named device
+
+common	/idscom/ i_kt, i_tty, i_in, i_out, i_xres, i_yres, i_frsize,
+	i_maxframes, i_maxgraph, i_linemask, i_linewidth, i_linecolor,
+	i_pt_x, i_pt_y, i_csize, i_font, i_snap, i_image, i_device
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbf36392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# IDS definitions.
+
+define	MAX_CHARSIZES	10			# max discreet device char sizes
+define	SZ_SBUF		1024			# initial string buffer size
+define	SZ_IDEVICE	31			# maxsize forced device name
+
+# The IDS state/device descriptor.
+
+define	LEN_IDS		81
+
+define	IDS_SBUF	Memi[$1]		# string buffer
+define	IDS_SZSBUF	Memi[$1+1]		# size of string buffer
+define	IDS_NEXTCH	Memi[$1+2]		# next char pos in string buf
+define	IDS_NCHARSIZES	Memi[$1+3]		# number of character sizes
+define	IDS_POLYLINE	Memi[$1+4]		# device supports polyline
+define	IDS_POLYMARKER	Memi[$1+5]		# device supports polymarker
+define	IDS_FILLAREA	Memi[$1+6]		# device supports fillarea
+define	IDS_CELLARRAY	Memi[$1+7]		# device supports cell array
+define	IDS_ZRES	Memi[$1+8]		# device resolution in Z
+define	IDS_FILLSTYLE	Memi[$1+9]		# number of fill styles
+define	IDS_ROAM	Memi[$1+10]		# device supports roam
+define	IDS_CANZM	Memi[$1+11]		# device supports zoom
+define	IDS_SELERASE	Memi[$1+12]		# device has selective erase
+define	IDS_FRAME	Memi[$1+13]		# pointer to frames area
+define	IDS_BITPL	Memi[$1+14]		# pointer to bitplane area
+	# extra space
+define	IDS_FRCOLOR	Memi[$1+18]		# frame color
+define	IDS_GRCOLOR	Memi[$1+19]		# graphics color
+define	IDS_LCURSOR	Memi[$1+20]		# last cursor accessed
+define	IDS_COLOR	Memi[$1+21]		# last color set
+define	IDS_TXSIZE	Memi[$1+22]		# last text size set
+define	IDS_TXFONT	Memi[$1+23]		# last text font set
+define	IDS_TYPE	Memi[$1+24]		# last line type set
+define	IDS_WIDTH	Memi[$1+25]		# last line width set
+define	IDS_DEVNAME	Memi[$1+26]		# name of open device
+define	IDS_CHARHEIGHT	Memi[$1+30+$2-1]	# character height
+define	IDS_CHARWIDTH 	Memi[$1+40+$2-1]	# character width
+define	IDS_CHARSIZE	Memr[P2R($1+50+$2-1)]	# text sizes permitted
+define	IDS_PLAP	($1+60)			# polyline attributes
+define	IDS_PMAP	($1+64)			# polymarker attributes
+define	IDS_FAAP	($1+68)			# fill area attributes
+define	IDS_TXAP	($1+71)			# default text attributes
+
+# Substructure definitions.
+
+define	LEN_PL		4
+define	PL_STATE	Memi[$1]		# polyline attributes
+define	PL_LTYPE	Memi[$1+1]
+define	PL_WIDTH	Memi[$1+2]
+define	PL_COLOR	Memi[$1+3]
+
+define	LEN_PM		4
+define	PM_STATE	Memi[$1]		# polymarker attributes
+define	PM_LTYPE	Memi[$1+1]
+define	PM_WIDTH	Memi[$1+2]
+define	PM_COLOR	Memi[$1+3]
+
+define	LEN_FA		3			# fill area attributes
+define	FA_STATE	Memi[$1]
+define	FA_STYLE	Memi[$1+1]
+define	FA_COLOR	Memi[$1+2]
+
+define	LEN_TX		10			# text attributes
+define	TX_STATE	Memi[$1]
+define	TX_UP		Memi[$1+1]
+define	TX_SIZE		Memi[$1+2]
+define	TX_PATH		Memi[$1+3]
+define	TX_SPACING	Memr[P2R($1+4)]
+define	TX_HJUSTIFY	Memi[$1+5]
+define	TX_VJUSTIFY	Memi[$1+6]
+define	TX_FONT		Memi[$1+7]
+define	TX_QUALITY	Memi[$1+8]
+define	TX_COLOR	Memi[$1+9]
+
+define	IDS_EOD         (-2)		# flag for end of data
+
+define	IDS_RESET	10		# escape 10
+define	IDS_R_HARD	 0		# hard reset
+define	IDS_R_MEDIUM	 1		# medium
+define	IDS_R_SOFT	 2
+define	IDS_R_SNAPDONE	 3		# end snap
+
+define	IDS_SET_IP	11		# escape 11
+define	IDS_SET_GP	12		# escape 12
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_I	13		# escape 13
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_G	14		# escape 14
+define	IDS_SAVE	15		# escape 15
+define	IDS_RESTORE	16		# escape 16
+
+# max sizes
+
+define	IDS_MAXIMPL	16		# maximum number of image planes
+define	IDS_MAXGRPL	16		# maximum number of graphics planes
+define	IDS_MAXBITPL	16		# maximum bit planes per frame
+define	IDS_MAXGCOLOR	 8		# maximum number of colors (graphics)
+define	IDS_MAXDATA   8192		# maximum data structure in display
+
+define	IDS_RED		 1
+define	IDS_GREEN	 2
+define	IDS_BLUE	 3
+define	IDS_YELLOW	 4
+define	IDS_RDBL	 5
+define	IDS_GRBL	 6
+define	IDS_WHITE	 7
+define	IDS_BLACK	 8
+
+define	IDS_QUAD_UR	 1		# upper right quad.: split screen mode
+define	IDS_QUAD_UL	 2
+define	IDS_QUAD_LL	 3
+define	IDS_QUAD_LR	 4
+
+define	IDS_CONTROL	17		# escape 17
+define	IDS_CTRL_LEN	 6
+define	IDS_CTRL_REG	 1		# what to control
+define	IDS_CTRL_RW	 2		# read/write field in control instr.
+define	IDS_CTRL_N	 3		# count of DATA items
+define	IDS_CTRL_FRAME	 4		# pertinent frame(s)
+define	IDS_CTRL_COLOR	 5		#   and color
+define	IDS_CTRL_OFFSET	 6		# generalized "register"
+define	IDS_CTRL_DATA	 7		# data array
+
+define	IDS_WRITE	 0		# write command
+define	IDS_READ	 1		# read command
+define	IDS_READ_WT	 2		# wait for action, then read
+define	IDS_OFF		 1		# turn whatever off
+define	IDS_ON		 2
+define	IDS_CBLINK	 3		# cursor blink
+define	IDS_CSHAPE	 4		# cursor shape
+
+define	IDS_CSTEADY	 1		# cursor blink - steady (no blink)
+define	IDS_CFAST	 2		# cursor blink - fast
+define	IDS_CMEDIUM	 3		# cursor blink - medium
+define	IDS_CSLOW	 4		# cursor blink - slow
+
+define	IDS_FRAME_LUT	 1		# look-up table for image frame
+define	IDS_GR_MAP	 2		# graphics color map...lookup table per
+					# se makes little sense for bit plane
+define	IDS_INPUT_LUT	 3		# global input lut
+define	IDS_OUTPUT_LUT	 4		# final lut
+define	IDS_SPLIT	 5		# split screen coordinates
+define	IDS_SCROLL	 6		# scroll coordinates
+define	IDS_ZOOM	 7		# zoom magnification
+define	IDS_OUT_OFFSET	 8		# output bias
+define	IDS_MIN		 9		# data minimum
+define	IDS_MAX		10		# data maximum
+define	IDS_RANGE	11		# output range select
+define	IDS_HISTOGRAM	12		# output data histogram
+define	IDS_ALU_FCN	13		# arithmetic feedback function
+define	IDS_FEEDBACK	14		# feedback control
+define	IDS_SLAVE	15		# auxillary host or slave processor
+
+define	IDS_CURSOR	20		# cursor control - on/off/blink/shape
+define	IDS_TBALL	21		# trackball control - on/off
+define	IDS_DIGITIZER	22		# digitizer control - on/off
+define	IDS_BLINK	23		# for blink request
+define	IDS_SNAP	24		# snap function
+define	IDS_MATCH	25		# match lookup tables
+
+# snap codes ... just reuse color codes from above.
+define	IDS_SNAP_RED	 IDS_RED	# snap the blue image
+define	IDS_SNAP_GREEN	 IDS_GREEN	# green
+define	IDS_SNAP_BLUE	 IDS_BLUE	# blue
+define	IDS_SNAP_RGB	 IDS_BLACK	# rgb image --- do all three
+define	IDS_SNAP_MONO	 IDS_WHITE	# do just one
+
+# cursor parameters
+
+define	IDS_CSET	128		# number of cursors per "group"
+
+define	IDS_CSPECIAL	4097		# special "cursors"
+			# must be > (IDS_CSET * number of cursor groups)
+define	IDS_CRAW	IDS_CSPECIAL	# raw cursor read
+define	IDS_BUT_RD	4098		# "cursor number" for read buttons cmd
+define	IDS_BUT_WT	4099		# wait for button press, then read
+define	IDS_CRAW2	4100		# A second "raw" cursor
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1890152b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#{ LUMATCH -- Match the lookup tables for two frames.
+
+# frame,i,a,,1,4,frame to be adjusted
+# ref_frame,i,a,,1,4,reference frame
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (frame=frame, alternate=ref_frame, match=yes)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60e3b7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+frame,i,a,,1,4,frame to be adjusted
+ref_frame,i,a,,1,4,frame to be matched
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b45b437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Make the CV (Control Video) display load and control package.
+
+$call	relink
+$exit
+
+update:
+	$call	relink
+	$call	install
+	;
+
+relink:
+	$update	libpkg.a
+	$omake	x_iis.x
+	$link	x_iis.o libpkg.a -o xx_iis.e
+	;
+
+install:
+	$move	xx_iis.e bin$x_iis.e
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@ids
+	@iism70
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/monochrome.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/monochrome.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91de948f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/monochrome.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#{ MONOCHROME -- Set monochrome enhancement on display.
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (map="mono")
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74d66a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#{ PSEUDOCOLOR -- Select pseudocolor enhancement.
+
+# enhancement,s,a,linear,,,"type of pseudocolor enhancement:\n\
+#     linear - map greyscale into a spectrum\n\
+#     random - one randomly chosen color is assigned each greylevel\n\
+#     8color - eight random colors\n\
+# enter selection"
+# window,b,h,yes,,,window display after enabling pseudocolor
+# enhance,s,h
+
+{
+	# Query for enchancement and copy into local param, otherwise each
+	# reference will cause a query.
+	enhance = enhancement
+
+	if (enhance == "linear")
+	    _dcontrol (map = "linear", window=window)
+	else if (enhance == "random")
+	    _dcontrol (map = "random", window=window)
+	else if (enhance == "8color")
+	    _dcontrol (map = "8color", window=window)
+	else
+	    error (0, "unknown enhancement")
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e99d8d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+enhancement,s,a,random,,,"type of pseudocolor enhancement:\n\
+    linear - map greyscale into a spectrum\n\
+    random - a randomly chosen color is assigned to each greylevel\n\
+    8color - use eight colors chosen at random\n\
+enter selection"
+window,b,h,yes,,,window display after enabling pseudocolor
+enhance,s,h
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4fada018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#{ RGB -- Select rgb display mode.
+
+# red_frame,i,a,1,1,4,red frame
+# green_frame,i,a,2,1,4,green frame
+# blue_frame,i,a,3,1,4,blue frame
+# window,b,h,no,,,window RGB frames
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (type="rgb", red_frame=red_frame, green_frame=green_frame,
+	    blue_frame=blue_frame, rgb_window=window)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86d11871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.par
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+red_frame,i,a,1,1,4,red frame
+green_frame,i,a,2,1,4,green frame
+blue_frame,i,a,3,1,4,blue frame
+window,b,h,no,,,window RGB frames
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/blink.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/blink.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc176f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/blink.x
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# BLINK -- blink the display.
+
+procedure blink()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, count, rate
+int	sets, button, i
+int	ctoi(), ip
+pointer	sp, setp, ptr
+int	cv_rdbut()
+int	val, nchar
+
+define	errmsg	10
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# get rate for blink
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	if (tok != TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call eprintf ("Bad blink rate: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	ip = 1
+	count = ctoi(token, ip, rate)
+	if (rate < 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("negative rate not legal\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	# The "3" is to hold frame/color/quad for one frame;
+	# the "2" is to allow duplication of each frame so that
+	# some frames can stay "on" longer.  The extra "1" is for graphics.
+	call salloc (setp, 2 * 3 * (cv_maxframes+1), TY_POINTER)
+	sets = 0
+
+	# which frames to blink
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	while ( (sets <= cv_maxframes+1) && (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) ) {
+	    sets = sets + 1
+	    ptr = setp + (3 * (sets-1))
+	    call salloc (Memi[ptr], IDS_MAXIMPL+1, TY_SHORT)
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	            call cv_frame (token[2], Mems[Memi[ptr]])
+	            if (Mems[Memi[ptr]] == ERR) {
+			call sfree (sp)
+	    	        return
+		    }
+	        }
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		ip = 1
+		nchar = ctoi (token[1], ip, val)
+		if ( (val < 0) || (val > cv_maxframes)) {
+		    call eprintf ("illegal frame value: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return
+		}
+		Mems[Memi[ptr]] = val
+		Mems[Memi[ptr]+1] = IDS_EOD
+	    } else {
+errmsg
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+	    ptr = ptr + 1
+	    call salloc (Memi[ptr], IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1, TY_SHORT)
+	    call salloc (Memi[ptr+1], 5, TY_SHORT)
+	    Mems[Memi[ptr]] = IDS_EOD		# default all colors
+	    Mems[Memi[ptr+1]] = IDS_EOD		# default all quads
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if ( (tok != TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (tok != TOK_NEWLINE))
+		goto errmsg
+	    if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'c')) {
+		call cv_color (token[2], Mems[Memi[ptr]])
+		if (Mems[Memi[ptr]] == ERR) {
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return
+		}
+		call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		call strlwr (token)
+	    }
+	    if ( (tok != TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (tok != TOK_NEWLINE))
+		goto errmsg
+	    if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'q')) {
+		call cv_quad (token[2], Mems[Memi[ptr+1]])
+		if (Mems[Memi[ptr+1]] == ERR) {
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return
+		}
+		call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		call strlwr (token)
+	    }
+	}	# end while
+
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear any buttons pressed
+	call eprintf ("Press any button to terminate blink\n")
+	repeat {
+	    do i = 1, sets {
+		ptr = setp + 3 * (i-1)
+		call cvdisplay (IDS_ON, IDS_DISPLAY_I, Mems[Memi[ptr]],
+		     Mems[Memi[ptr+1]], Mems[Memi[ptr+2]])
+		# Delay for "rate*100" milliseconds
+		call zwmsec (rate * 100)
+
+		# Leave something on screen when button pushed
+	        button = cv_rdbut()
+		if (button > 0)
+		    break
+		call cvdisplay (IDS_OFF, IDS_DISPLAY_I, Mems[Memi[ptr]],
+		     Mems[Memi[ptr+1]], Mems[Memi[ptr+2]])
+	    }
+	} until (button > 0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/clear.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/clear.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60cf69eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/clear.x
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# CLEAR -- clear certain frames in the display
+
+procedure clear()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+
+define	nexttok	10
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+
+	while ( (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) || (tok == TOK_NUMBER) ) {
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+		switch (token[1]) {
+		    case 'a', 'g':
+			# all colors
+			call cvclearg (short(IDS_EOD), short (IDS_EOD))
+			if (token[1] == 'g')
+			    goto nexttok
+			frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+		    case 'f':
+			call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+		}
+	    } else
+		call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+
+	    call cvcleari (frames)
+	    if (token[1] == 'a')
+		return
+
+	    # get next token
+nexttok
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec9c70e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.com
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# common block for cv
+
+pointer	cv_gp				# file descriptor to write
+pointer	cv_stack			# working space for escape sequences
+int	cv_maxframes			# device max frames
+int	cv_maxgraph			# device max graph planes
+int	cv_xcen, cv_ycen		# user pixel coords of center of dev.
+int	cv_xres, cv_yres		# device resolution
+int	cv_zres				# device z resolution
+real	cv_xcon, cv_ycon		# conversion from NDC to GKI
+int	cv_grch				# graphics channel
+real	cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc		# cursor position for window command
+
+common	/cvcom/ cv_gp, cv_stack, cv_maxframes, cv_maxgraph, cv_xcen, cv_ycen,
+	cv_xres, cv_yres, cv_zres, cv_xcon, cv_ycon, cv_grch,
+	cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80f3016b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# constants for cv package...should come from a graphcap entry
+
+# These are one based.
+define	CV_XCEN	     257
+define	CV_YCEN	     256
+
+define	CV_XRES	     512
+define	CV_YRES	     512
+define	CV_ZRES	     256
+
+define	CV_MAXF	       4
+define	CV_MAXG	       7
+
+define	CV_GRCHNUM    16
+
+# CVLEN is just the *estimated* never to be exceeded amount of storage needed
+# to set up the escape sequence.  It could be determined dynamically by
+# changing cv_move to count elements instead of moving them.  Then the known
+# counts would be used with amovs to hustle the elements into the "salloc'ed"
+# space.  Instead, with a static count, we can salloc once upon entering
+# the cv program and free up at exit.
+
+define	CVLEN	128
+
+# Following are from "display.h"... only SAMPLE_SIZE and MAXLOG needed
+# as of May, 1985.  But we might incorporate other programs from "tv",
+# so leave them.
+
+# Size limiting parameters.
+
+define	MAXCHAN		2
+define	SAMPLE_SIZE	600
+
+# If a logarithmic greyscale transformation is desired, the input range Z1:Z2
+# will be mapped into the range 1.0 to 10.0 ** MAXLOG before taking the log
+# to the base 10.
+
+define	MAXLOG		3
+
+# The following parameter is used to compare display pixel coordinates for
+# equality.  It determines the maximum permissible magnification.  The machine
+# epsilon is not used because the computations are nontrivial and accumulation
+# of error is a problem.
+
+define	DS_TOL		(1E-4)
+
+# These parameters are needed for user defined transfer functions.
+
+define	SZ_BUF		4096
+define	STARTPT		0.0E0
+define	ENDPT		4095.0E0
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a169a402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.x
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <ctotok.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "cv.h"
+
+# Captain Video
+
+procedure t_cv()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+char	command[SZ_LINE]
+
+pointer	gopen(), sp
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+int	scan, tok, envgets()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cv_stack, CVLEN, TY_SHORT)
+
+	if (envgets ("stdimage", device, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    call error (EA_FATAL,
+		"variable 'stdimage' not defined in environment")
+
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, READ_WRITE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# to do:
+	# initialize local variables: image display size, etc
+	# instead of defines such as MCXSCALE, etc
+	cv_maxframes = CV_MAXF
+	cv_maxgraph  = CV_MAXG
+	cv_xcen	     = CV_XCEN
+	cv_ycen	     = CV_YCEN
+	cv_xres	     = CV_XRES
+	cv_yres	     = CV_YRES
+	cv_zres	     = CV_ZRES
+	cv_gp	     = gp
+	cv_xcon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_XRES
+	cv_ycon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_YRES
+	cv_grch	     = CV_GRCHNUM
+	cv_xwinc     = -1.			# Flag: Don't know what lut is
+
+        repeat {
+	    call printf (":-) ")
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	    if (scan() == EOF)
+		break
+	    call gargtok(tok, command, SZ_LINE)
+	    if ((tok == TOK_EOS) || (tok == TOK_NEWLINE))
+		next
+	    # decode next command
+	    call strlwr(command)
+	    switch (command[1]) {
+	        case 'x', 'q':
+		    break
+		    
+		
+		case 'b':
+		    call blink
+
+		case 'c':
+		    if (command[2] == 'l')
+		        call clear
+		    else
+		        call rdcur
+		    
+		case 'd':
+		    call display(command[2])
+
+		case 'e':		# erase means clear
+		    call clear
+
+		case 'h', '?':
+		    call help
+
+		# case 'l':
+		#   call load
+
+		case 'm':
+		    call match
+
+		case 'o':
+		    call offset
+
+		case 'p':
+		    if ( command[2] == 's')
+			call map(command[2])		# pseudo color
+		    else
+		        call pan
+
+		case 'r':
+		    if (command[2] == 'e')
+			call reset
+		    else
+		        call range
+
+		case 's':
+		    if (command[2] == 'n')
+		        call snap
+		    else
+		        call split
+		
+		case 't':
+		    call tell
+
+		case 'w':
+		    if (command[2] == 'r')
+			call text
+		    else
+		        call window
+
+		case 'z':
+		    call zoom
+		    
+		default:
+		    call eprintf("unknown command: %s\n")
+		        call pargstr(command[1])
+			     
+	    }  # end switch statement
+
+	} # end repeat statment
+
+	# all done
+
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HELP -- print informative message
+
+procedure help()
+
+begin
+	call eprintf ("--- () : optional; [] : select one; N : number; C/F/Q : see below\n")
+	call eprintf ("b(link) N F (C Q) (F (C Q)..)	blink		N = 10 is one second\n")
+	call eprintf ("c(ursor) [on off F]		cursor\n")
+	call eprintf ("di F (C Q) [on off]		display image\n")
+	call eprintf ("dg C (F Q) [on off]		display graphics\n")
+	call eprintf ("e(rase) [N a(ll) g(raphics) F]	erase (clear)\n")
+	#call eprintf ("l(oad)				load a frame\n")
+	call eprintf ("m(atch) (o) F (C) (to) (F) (C)	match (output) lookup table\n")
+	call eprintf ("o(ffset)  C N			offset color	N: 0 to +- 4095\n")
+	call eprintf ("p(an) (F) 			pan images\n")
+	call eprintf ("ps(eudo) (o) (F C) (rn sn)	pseudo color mapping   rn/sn: random n/seed n\n")
+	call eprintf ("r(ange) N (C) (N C ...)		scale image	N: 1-8\n")
+	call eprintf ("re(set) [r i t a]		reset display	registers/image/tables/all\n")
+	call eprintf ("sn(ap) (C)			snap a picture\n")
+	call eprintf ("s(plit) [c o px,y nx,y]		split picture\n")
+	call eprintf ("t(ell)				tell display state\n")
+	call eprintf ("w(indow) (o) (F C)		window (output) frames\n")
+	call eprintf ("wr(ite) [F C] text		write text to frame/graphics\n")
+	call eprintf ("z(oom) N (F) 			zoom frames	N: 1-8\n")
+	call eprintf ("x   or   q			exit/quit\n")
+	call eprintf ("--- C: letter c followed by r/g/b/a or, for snap r,g,b,m,bw,rgb,\n")
+	call eprintf ("---   or for dg r/g/b/y/p/m/w, as 'cr', 'ca', or 'cgb'\n")
+	call eprintf ("--- F: f followed by a frame number or 'a' for all\n")
+	call eprintf ("--- Q: q followed by quadrant number or t,b,l,r for top, bottom,...\n")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvparse.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvparse.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46aba66b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvparse.x
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include <ctype.h>
+
+# CVPARSE -- parsing routines for the cv package
+
+# CV_FRAME -- parse a frame specification
+
+procedure cv_frame(str, result)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# input string
+short	result[ARB]		# result string
+
+int	ip
+int	op
+int	i
+int	used[IDS_MAXIMPL]
+int	gused
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (str[1] == 'a') {
+	    result[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+	call aclrs(used,IDS_MAXIMPL)
+	gused = 0
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; str[ip] != EOS; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (!IS_DIGIT(str[ip])) {
+		if (str[ip] == 'g')
+		    gused = 1
+		else {
+	            call eprintf("unknown frame specifier: %c\n")
+		        call pargc(str[ip])
+		}
+		next
+	    } 
+	    i = TO_INTEG (str[ip])	# fail if > than 9 planes! use ctoi()
+	    if ((i < 1) || (i > cv_maxframes) ) {
+		call eprintf ("out of bounds frame: %d\n")
+		    call pargi(i)
+		next
+	    } else
+		used[i] = 1
+	}
+	do i= 1,IDS_MAXIMPL
+	    if (used[i] != 0) {
+		result[op] = i
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	if (gused != 0) {
+	    result[op] = cv_grch
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	if (op > 1)
+	    result[op] = IDS_EOD
+	else
+	    result[op] = ERR
+end
+
+
+# CV_COLOR -- parse a color specification
+
+procedure cv_color(str, result)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# input string
+short	result[ARB]		# result string
+
+int	ip
+int	op
+int	i
+short	val
+short	used[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (str[1] == 'a') {
+	    result[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+	call aclrs (used, IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1)
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; str[ip] != EOS; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    switch (str[ip]) {
+		case 'r':
+		    val = IDS_RED
+
+		case 'g':
+		    val = IDS_GREEN
+
+		case 'b':
+		    val = IDS_BLUE
+
+		case 'y':
+		    val = IDS_YELLOW
+
+		case 'w':
+		    val = IDS_WHITE
+
+		case 'p':
+		    val = IDS_RDBL
+
+		case 'm':
+		    val = IDS_GRBL
+
+		default:
+		    call eprintf("unknown color: %c\n")
+			call pargc(str[ip])
+		    next
+	    }
+	    used[val] = 1
+	}
+	do i = 1, IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1
+	    if (used[i] != 0) {
+		result[op] = i
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	if (op > 1)
+	    result[op] = IDS_EOD
+	else
+	    result[op] = ERR
+end
+
+
+# CV_QUAD -- parse a quad specification
+
+procedure cv_quad(str, result)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# input string
+short	result[ARB]		# result string
+
+int	ip
+int	op
+int	i
+short	used[4]
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (str[1] == 'a') {
+	    result[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+	call aclrs(used, 4)
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; str[ip] != EOS; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (!IS_DIGIT(str[ip])) {
+		switch(str[ip]) {
+		    case 'a':
+			call amovks (1, used, 4)
+
+		    case 't':
+			used[1] = 1
+			used[2] = 1
+
+		    case 'b':
+			used[3] = 1
+			used[4] = 1
+
+		    case 'l':
+			used[2] = 1
+			used[3] = 1
+
+		    case 'r':
+			used[1] = 1
+			used[4] = 1
+		    
+		    default:
+	                call eprintf("unknown quad specifier: %c\n")
+		            call pargc(str[ip])
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        i = TO_INTEG (str[ip])
+	        if ((i < 1) || (i > 4)) {
+		    call eprintf ("out of bounds quad: %d\n")
+		        call pargi(i)
+		    next
+	        } else
+		    used[i] = 1
+	    }
+	}
+	do i = 1,4 {
+	    if (used[i] != 0) {
+		result[op] = i
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	}
+	if (op > 1)
+	    result[op] = IDS_EOD
+	else
+	    result[op] = ERR
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvulut.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvulut.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..683c9500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvulut.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"cv.h"
+
+# CV_ULUT -- Generates a look up table from data supplied by user.  The
+# data is read from a two column text file of intensity, greyscale values.
+# The input data are sorted, then mapped to the x range [0-4096].  A 
+# piecewise linear look up table of 4096 values is then constructed from 
+# the (x,y) pairs given.  A pointer to the look up table, as well as the z1 
+# and z2 intensity endpoints, is returned.
+
+procedure cv_ulut (fname, z1, z2, lut)
+
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]		# Name of file with intensity, greyscale values
+real	z1			# Intensity mapped to minimum gs value
+real	z2			# Intensity mapped to maximum gs value
+pointer	lut			# Look up table - pointer is returned
+
+pointer	sp, x, y
+int	nvalues, i, j, x1, x2, y1
+real	delta_gs, delta_xv, slope
+errchk	cv_rlut, cv_sort, malloc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, SZ_BUF, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, SZ_BUF, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Read intensities and greyscales from the user's input file.  The
+	# intensity range is then mapped into a standard range and the 
+	# values sorted.
+
+	call cv_rlut (fname, Memr[x], Memr[y], nvalues)
+	call alimr (Memr[x], nvalues, z1, z2)
+	call amapr (Memr[x], Memr[x], nvalues, z1, z2, STARTPT, ENDPT)
+	call cv_sort (Memr[x], Memr[y], nvalues)
+
+	# Fill lut in straight line segments - piecewise linear
+	call malloc (lut, SZ_BUF, TY_SHORT)
+	do i = 1, nvalues-1 {
+	    delta_gs = Memr[y+i] - Memr[y+i-1]
+	    delta_xv = Memr[x+i] - Memr[x+i-1]
+	    slope = delta_gs / delta_xv
+	    x1 = int (Memr[x+i-1]) 
+	    x2 = int (Memr[x+i])
+	    y1 = int (Memr[y+i-1])
+	    do j = x1, x2-1
+		Mems[lut+j-1] = y1 + slope * (j-x1)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CV_RLUT -- Read text file of x, y, values.
+
+procedure cv_rlut (utab, x, y, nvalues)
+
+char	utab[SZ_FNAME]		# Name of list file
+real	x[SZ_BUF]		# Array of x values, filled on return
+real	y[SZ_BUF]		# Array of y values, filled on return
+int	nvalues			# Number of values in x, y vectors - returned
+
+int	n, fd
+pointer	sp, lbuf, ip
+real	xval, yval
+int	getline(), open()
+errchk	open, sscan, getline, malloc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (fd = open (utab, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE))
+	    call error (0, "Error opening user table")
+
+	n = 0
+
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[lbuf]) != EOF) {
+	    # Skip comment lines and blank lines.
+	    if (Memc[lbuf] == '#')
+		next
+	    for (ip=lbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the points to be plotted.
+	    call sscan (Memc[ip])
+		call gargr (xval)
+		call gargr (yval)
+
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n > SZ_BUF) 
+	        call error (0,
+		    "Intensity transformation table cannot exceed 4096 values")
+
+	    x[n] = xval
+	    y[n] = yval
+	}
+
+	nvalues = n
+	call close (fd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CV_SORT -- Bubble sort of paired arrays.  
+
+procedure cv_sort (xvals, yvals, nvals)
+
+real	xvals[nvals]		# Array of x values
+real	yvals[nvals]		# Array of y values
+int	nvals			# Number of values in each array
+
+int	i, j
+real	temp
+define	swap	{temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+
+begin
+	for (i = nvals; i > 1; i = i - 1)
+	    for (j = 1; j < i; j = j + 1) 
+		if (xvals[j] > xvals[j+1]) {
+		    # Out of order; exchange y values
+		    swap (xvals[j], xvals[j+1])
+		    swap (yvals[j], yvals[j+1])
+		}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvutil.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvutil.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81721081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvutil.x
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"cv.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# CVUTIL -- utility control routines for cv package
+
+############ CLEAR display ############
+# CVCLEARG -- clear all of graphics (bit) planes
+
+procedure cvclearg (frame, color)
+
+short	frame[ARB]
+short	color[ARB]
+
+int	count
+int	cv_move()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	count = cv_move (frame, Mems[cv_stack])
+	count = count + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+count])
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_SET_GP, Mems[cv_stack], count)
+	call gclear (cv_gp)
+end
+
+# CVCLEARI -- clear specified image frames
+
+procedure cvcleari (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call cv_iset (frames)
+	call gclear (cv_gp)
+end
+
+############ CURSOR and BUTTON ############
+# CV_RDBUT -- read button on trackball (or whatever)
+# if none pressed, will get zero back
+
+int procedure cv_rdbut()
+
+int	oldcnum
+real	x, y
+int	button
+int	gstati
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, button)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	return(button)
+end
+
+# CV_WTBUT -- wait for button to be pressed, then read it
+
+int procedure cv_wtbut()
+
+int	oldcnum
+real	x, y
+int	button
+int	gstati
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, button)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	return(button)
+end
+
+# CV_RCUR -- read cursor.  The cursor read/set routines do not restore
+# the cursor number...this to avoid numerous stati/seti calls that
+# usually are not needed.
+
+procedure cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+int	junk
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, junk)
+end
+
+# CV_SCUR -- set cursor
+
+procedure cv_scur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call gscur (cv_gp, x, y)
+end
+
+
+# CV_RCRAW -- read the raw cursor (return actual screen coordinates).
+
+procedure cv_rcraw (x, y)
+
+real	x,y
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call cv_rcur (IDS_CRAW, x, y)
+end
+
+# CV_SCRAW -- set raw cursor
+
+procedure cv_scraw (x, y)
+
+real	x,y
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call cv_scur (IDS_CRAW, x, y)
+end
+
+
+# cvcur -- turn cursor on or off
+
+procedure cvcur (instruction)
+
+int	instruction
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack]   = IDS_CURSOR
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 1
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+4] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+5] = 1
+	Mems[cv_stack+6] = instruction
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], 7)
+end
+
+############ DISPLAY ############
+# cvdisplay
+
+procedure cvdisplay (instruction, device, frame, color, quad)
+
+int	instruction
+int	device
+short	frame, color, quad
+
+int	i
+int	cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = instruction
+	i = cv_move (frame, Mems[cv_stack+1])
+	i = i + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+1+i])
+	i = i + cv_move (quad, Mems[cv_stack+1+i])
+	call gescape (cv_gp, device, Mems[cv_stack], 1+i)
+end
+
+############ MATCH ############
+# cvmatch -- build match escape sequence
+
+procedure cvmatch (lt, fr, cr, frames, color)
+
+int	lt			# type
+short	fr[ARB]			# reference frame and color
+short	cr[ARB]
+short	frames[ARB]		# frames to be changed
+short	color[ARB]		# and colors
+
+int 	count, n
+int	cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_MATCH
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = lt
+	count = cv_move (fr, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	count = count + cv_move (cr, Mems[cv_stack+3+count])
+	n = count
+	Mems[cv_stack+count+3] = 0		# unused offset
+	count = count + cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+4+count])
+	count = count + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+4+count])
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = count - n
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+4)
+end
+
+############ OFFSET ############
+# cvoffset -- set offset registers
+
+procedure cvoffset( color, data)
+
+short	color[ARB]
+short	data[ARB]
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+int	i
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_OUT_OFFSET
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD	# no-op the frames slot
+	count = cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+4])
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1	# (unused) offset
+	i = cv_move (data, Mems[cv_stack+5+count])
+	i = i - 1			# don't include EOD of "data"
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = i
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], i+count+5)
+end
+
+############ PAN ############
+# cvpan -- move the image(s) around
+# The x,y coordinates are NDC that, it is assumed, came from a cursor
+# read, and therefore are of the form
+#     ((one_based_pixel-1)/(resolution)) *(GKI_MAXNDC+1)  /  GKI_MAXNDC
+# The division by GKI_MAXNDC turns into NDC what was GKI ranging from
+# 0 through 511*64 (for IIS) which conforms to the notion of specifying
+# each pixel by its left/bottom GKI boundary.
+
+procedure cvpan (frames, x, y)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+real	x,y		# position in NDC
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SCROLL
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 3
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = IDS_EOD	# all colors
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	Mems[cv_stack+5+count] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+6+count] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+7+count] = IDS_EOD	# for all frames
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+8)
+end
+
+############ RANGE ############
+# cvrange -- scale ouput before final look up table
+
+procedure cvrange ( color, range)
+
+short	color[ARB]
+short	range[ARB]
+
+int	cv_move(), count, i
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_RANGE
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD		# all frames
+	count = cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+4])
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	i = cv_move (range, Mems[cv_stack+5+count])
+	i = i - 1 				# don't include EOD of "range"
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = i
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], i+count+5)
+end
+
+############ RESET display ############
+# cvreset -- reset display
+#  SOFT   -- everything but lookup tables and image/graphics planes
+# MEDIUM  -- everything but image/graphics planes
+#  HARD   -- everything...planes are cleared, all images OFF
+
+procedure cvreset (hardness)
+
+int	hardness
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = hardness
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_RESET, Mems[cv_stack], 1)
+end
+
+
+############ SNAP a picture ############
+# cvsnap -- takes a full picture of image display
+
+procedure cvsnap (fname, snap_color)
+
+char	fname[ARB]		# image file name
+int	snap_color
+
+pointer	im, immap(), impl2s()
+int	i, factor
+real	y
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	im = immap(fname, NEW_FILE, 0)
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im) = TY_SHORT
+	IM_LEN(im,1) = cv_xres
+	IM_LEN(im,2) = cv_yres
+
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SNAP
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 1		# frame, color are not relevant
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+4] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+5] = 0
+	Mems[cv_stack+6] = snap_color
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], 7)
+
+	factor = cv_yres/10 + 1
+	call eprintf ("  (%% done: ")
+	call flush (STDERR)
+	do i = 0, cv_yres-1 {
+	    if ( mod(i,factor) == 0) {
+		call eprintf ("%d ")
+		    call pargi (int(10*i/cv_yres)*10)
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+	    }
+	    y = real(i)*cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC.
+	    call ggcell (cv_gp, Mems[impl2s(im,i+1)], cv_xres, 1, 0.0,
+	                  y, 1.0, y)
+	}
+	call eprintf ("100)\n")
+	
+	call imunmap(im)
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_R_SNAPDONE
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_RESET, Mems[cv_stack], 1)
+end
+
+############ SPLIT ############
+# cvsplit -- set split screen position
+
+procedure cvsplit (x, y)
+
+real	x,y			# NDC coordinates
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SPLIT
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 2
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD		# no-op frame and color
+	Mems[cv_stack+4] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+5] = 1			# (unused) offset
+	# NOTE multiplacation by MAXNDC+1 ... x, and y, are never == 1.0
+	#    ( see split.x)
+	# and truncation effects will work out just right, given what the
+	# image display kernel does with these numbers
+	Mems[cv_stack+6] = x * (GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	Mems[cv_stack+7] = y * (GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], 8)
+end
+
+############ TEXT ############
+# Write text
+
+procedure cvtext (x, y, text, size)
+
+real	x, y, size
+char	text[ARB]
+
+char	format[SZ_LINE]
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call sprintf (format, SZ_LINE, "s=%f")
+	    call pargr (size)
+	call gtext (cv_gp, x, y, text, format)
+end
+
+############ WHICH ############
+# Tell which frames are one.  The best we can do now is
+# tell if any, and if so, which is the "first"
+
+procedure cvwhich (fr)
+
+short	fr[ARB]
+
+real	x,y
+int	cnum, oldcnum
+int	gstati
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Use here the fact that if cursor number is zero, the
+	# kernel will return the number of the first displayed
+	# frame, or "ERR" if none.
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	cnum = 0
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, cnum)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	fr[1] = cnum
+	fr[2] = IDS_EOD
+end
+
+############ WLUT ############
+# cvwlut ... change lookup tables
+# the data is in form of line endpoints.
+
+procedure cvwlut (device, frames, color, data, n)
+
+int	device
+short	frames[ARB]
+short	color[ARB]
+short	data[ARB]
+int	n
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Device had better refer to a look-up table, or who knows
+	# what will happen!
+	Mems[cv_stack] = device
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = n
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	count = count + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+3+count])
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	call amovs (data, Mems[cv_stack+count+4],n)
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], n+count+4)
+end
+
+############ ZOOM ############
+# cvzoom -- zoom the image
+# See comment under PAN about x and y.
+
+procedure cvzoom (frames, power, x, y)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+int	power
+real	x,y
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_ZOOM
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 3
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = IDS_EOD		# (unused) color
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = IDS_EOD		# (unused) offset
+	Mems[cv_stack+5+count] = power
+	Mems[cv_stack+6+count] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+7+count] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+8)
+end
+
+############ SUBROUTINES ##############
+# CV_MOVE -- transfer an array into the escape data array; returns number
+# of items transfered.
+
+int procedure cv_move (in, out)
+
+short	in[ARB]
+short	out[ARB]
+
+int	count
+
+begin
+	count = 0
+	repeat {
+	    count = count + 1
+	    out[count] = in[count]
+	} until (in[count] == IDS_EOD)
+	return (count)
+end
+
+# CV_ISET -- Tell the image kernel that i/o is to be done for the
+# specified frame/frames.
+
+procedure cv_iset (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+
+short	idata[30]
+int	i, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	i = cv_move (frames, idata)
+	idata[i+1] = IDS_EOD			# all bit planes
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_SET_IP, idata, i+1)
+end
+
+# CV_GSET -- Tell the image kernel that i/o is to be done for the
+# specified colors.
+
+procedure cv_gset (colors)
+
+short	colors[ARB]
+
+short	idata[30]
+int	i, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	idata[1] = IDS_EOD			# all "frames"
+	i = cv_move (colors, idata[2])
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_SET_GP, idata, i+1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/display.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/display.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d04b1365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/display.x
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# DISPLAY -- Turn frames on or off
+
+procedure display(command)
+
+char	command[ARB]
+
+int	tok
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	quad[5]
+short	instruction
+int	escape
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (command[1] == 'i')
+	    escape = IDS_DISPLAY_I
+	else if (command[1] == 'g')
+	    escape = IDS_DISPLAY_G
+	else {
+	    call eprintf ("Only 'di' or 'dg' are understood\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	instruction = ERR
+	frames[1] = ERR
+	color[1] = ERR
+	quad[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	repeat {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if ( tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        switch (token[1]) {
+		    case 'c':
+		        call cv_color (token[2], color)
+		        if (color[1] == ERR)
+		            return
+	    	
+		    case 'f':
+		        call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+		        if (frames[1] == ERR)
+			    return
+
+			
+		    case 'o':
+			if (token[2] == 'n')
+			    instruction = IDS_ON
+			else if (token[2] == 'f')
+			    instruction = IDS_OFF
+		
+		    case 'q':
+		        call cv_quad (token[2], quad)
+		        if (quad[1] == ERR)
+			    return
+	        }
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+		if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    }
+	} until ( tok == TOK_NEWLINE )
+
+
+	# Require a frame number, but allow default of color and quad to "all".
+	# But, for graphics, default the frame and require a color.
+	# In either case, for OFF, allow all defaults.
+	if (escape == IDS_DISPLAY_I) {
+	    if ((instruction == IDS_OFF) && (frames[1] == ERR))
+		frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    if ( color[1] == ERR)
+	        color[1] = IDS_EOD
+	} else {
+	    if ((instruction == IDS_OFF) && ( color[1] == ERR) )
+		color[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    if ( frames[1] == ERR)
+	        frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+
+	if (frames[1] == ERR) {
+	    call eprintf ("Frame specification required\n")
+	    return
+	}
+	if (color[1] == ERR) {
+	    call eprintf ("Color specification required\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# if neither "on" nor "off", then turn off all, and turn
+	# on the specified frames
+	if (instruction == ERR) {
+	    call cvdisplay (IDS_OFF , escape, short(IDS_EOD),
+	      short(IDS_EOD), short(IDS_EOD))
+	    instruction = IDS_ON
+	}
+	call cvdisplay (instruction, escape, frames, color, quad)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/gwindow.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/gwindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5050b304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/gwindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Window descriptor structure.
+
+define	LEN_WDES	(5+(W_MAXWC+1)*LEN_WC+80)
+define	LEN_WC		10			# 4=[XbXeYbYe]+2=tr_type[xy]
+define	W_MAXWC		5			# max world coord systems
+define	W_SZIMSECT	79			# image section string
+
+define	W_DEVICE	Memi[$1]
+define	W_FRAME		Memi[$1+1]		# device frame number
+define	W_XRES		Memi[$1+2]		# device resolution, x
+define	W_YRES		Memi[$1+3]		# device resolution, y
+define	W_WC		($1+$2*LEN_WC+5)	# ptr to coord descriptor
+define	W_IMSECT	Memc[($1+65-1)*SZ_STRUCT+1]
+
+# Fields of the WC coordinate descriptor, a substructure of the window
+# descriptor.  "W_XB(W_WC(w,0))" is the XB field of wc 0 of window W.
+
+define	W_XS		Memr[P2R($1)]		# starting X value
+define	W_XE		Memr[P2R($1+1)]		# ending X value
+define	W_XT		Memi[$1+2]		# X transformation type
+define	W_YS		Memr[P2R($1+3)]		# starting Y value
+define	W_YE		Memr[P2R($1+4)]		# ending Y value
+define	W_YT		Memi[$1+5]		# Y transformation type
+define	W_ZS		Memr[P2R($1+6)]		# starting Z value (greyscale)
+define	W_ZE		Memr[P2R($1+7)]		# ending Z value
+define	W_ZT		Memi[$1+8]		# Z transformation type
+define	W_UPTR		Memi[$1+9] 		# LUT when ZT=USER
+
+# Types of coordinate and greyscale transformations.
+
+define	W_UNITARY	0			# values map without change
+define	W_LINEAR	1			# linear mapping
+define	W_LOG		2			# logarithmic mapping
+define  W_USER		3			# user specifies transformation
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load1.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load1.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c33cc1dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load1.x
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+####  load1.x  (from load.x)  ####
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"gwindow.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include	"cv.h"
+
+# LOAD - Load an image.  The specified image section is mapped into
+# the specified section of an image display frame.  The mapping involves
+# a linear transformation in X and Y and a linear or logarithmic transformation
+# in Z (greyscale).  Images of all pixel datatypes are supported, and there
+# no upper limit on the size of an image.  The display device is interfaced
+# via GIO metacode.
+
+procedure t_load()
+
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]
+short	frame[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+bool	frame_erase, border_erase
+pointer	im, wdes, sp
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+int	envgets()
+short	clgets()
+bool	clgetb()
+pointer	immap(), gopen()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+errchk	immap, imunmap, ds_getparams
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cv_stack, CVLEN, TY_SHORT)
+	call salloc (wdes, LEN_WDES, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	if (envgets ("stdimage", device, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    call error (EA_FATAL,
+		"variable 'stdimage' not defined in environment")
+
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	# Need READ_WRITE so can call cvdisplay
+	gp = gopen ( device, READ_WRITE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# to do:
+	# initialize local variables: image display size, etc
+	# instead of defines such as MCXSCALE, etc
+
+	cv_maxframes = CV_MAXF
+	cv_maxgraph  = CV_MAXG
+	cv_xcen	     = CV_XCEN
+	cv_ycen	     = CV_YCEN
+	cv_xres	     = CV_XRES
+	cv_yres	     = CV_YRES
+	cv_zres	     = CV_ZRES
+	cv_gp	     = gp
+	cv_xcon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_XRES
+	cv_ycon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_YRES
+	cv_grch	     = CV_GRCHNUM
+	cv_xwinc     = -1.			# Flag: Don't know what lut is
+
+	# Open input imagefile.
+	call clgstr ("image", image, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (image, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# Ultimately, we should get a sequence of frames, all of which get
+	# loaded with the same image.
+
+	frame[1] = clgets ("frame")
+	frame[2] = IDS_EOD
+	frame_erase = clgetb ("erase")
+
+	# Optimize for sequential i/o.
+	call imseti (im, IM_ADVICE, SEQUENTIAL)
+
+	# The frame being displayed does not necessarily change when a new
+	# frame is loaded.  (We might consider letting user select via the
+	# cv package)
+
+	if (clgetb ("select_frame")) {
+	    call cvdisplay (IDS_OFF, IDS_DISPLAY_I, short(IDS_EOD),
+		  short(IDS_EOD), short(IDS_EOD))
+	    call cvdisplay (IDS_ON, IDS_DISPLAY_I, frame, short(IDS_EOD),
+		  short(IDS_EOD))
+	}
+
+	if (frame_erase)
+	    call cvcleari (frame)
+
+	# Tell GIO what frame(s) to write
+	call cv_iset (frame)
+
+	# Done with all possible read/write calls to cv package.  Fix up so
+	# don't read device if we erase the frame, so need WRITE_ONLY mode.
+	# fseti on STDIMAGE didn't work.
+
+	if (frame_erase) {
+	    call gclose (gp)
+	    call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	    gp = gopen ( device, WRITE_ONLY, STDIMAGE)
+	    cv_gp = gp
+	    call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	    call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	}
+
+	# Get display parameters and set up transformation.
+	call ds_getparams (im, wdes, image, frame)
+
+	# Erase the border (space between displayed image section and edge of
+	# window) only if screen was not erased and border erasing is enabled.
+
+	if (frame_erase)
+	    border_erase = false
+	else
+	    border_erase = clgetb ("border_erase")
+
+	# Display the image.
+	call ds_load_display (im, wdes, border_erase)
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+
+	# All done.
+	call gclose (gp)
+	call ids_close()
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DS_GETPARAMS -- Get the parameters controlling how the image is mapped
+# into the display frame.  Set up the transformations and save in the graphics
+# descriptor file.
+
+procedure ds_getparams (im, wdes, image, frame)
+
+pointer	im, wdes		# Image and graphics descriptors
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]		# Should be determined from im
+short	frame[ARB]
+
+bool	fill, zscale_flag, zrange_flag, zmap_flag
+real	xcenter, ycenter
+real	xsize, ysize, pxsize, pysize
+real	xmag, ymag, xscale, yscale
+real	z1, z2, contrast
+int	nsample_lines, ncols, nlines, len_stdline
+pointer	sp, w, ztrans, lut, lutfile
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+bool	streq()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ztrans, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set up a new graphics descriptor structure defining the coordinate
+	# transformation used to map the image into the display frame.
+
+	call strcpy (image, W_IMSECT(wdes), W_SZIMSECT)
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# The fill, zscale, and zrange parameters determine the algorithms to
+	# be used to scale the image in the spatial and greyscale dimensions.
+	# If greyscale mapping is disabled the zscale and zrange options are
+	# disabled.  Greyscale mapping can also be disabled by turning off
+	# zscale and zrange and setting Z1 and Z2 to the device greyscale min
+	# and max values, producing a unitary transformation.
+
+	fill = clgetb ("fill")
+	call clgstr ("ztrans", Memc[ztrans], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "none") || streq (Memc[ztrans], "user")) {
+	    zscale_flag = false
+	    zrange_flag = false
+	    zmap_flag   = false
+	} else {
+	    zmap_flag = true
+	    zscale_flag = clgetb ("zscale")
+	    if (!zscale_flag)
+		zrange_flag = clgetb ("zrange")
+	}
+
+	# Determine Z1 and Z2, the range of input greylevels to be mapped into
+	# the fixed range of display greylevels.
+
+	if (zscale_flag) {
+	    # Autoscaling is desired.  Compute Z1 and Z2 which straddle the
+	    # median computed by sampling a portion of the image.
+
+	    contrast = clgetr ("contrast")
+	    nsample_lines = clgeti ("nsample_lines")
+	    len_stdline = SAMPLE_SIZE / nsample_lines
+	    call zscale (im, z1, z2, contrast, SAMPLE_SIZE, len_stdline)
+
+	} else if (zrange_flag) {
+	    nsample_lines = clgeti ("nsample_lines")
+	    call maxmin (im, z1, z2, nsample_lines)
+
+	} else if (zmap_flag) {
+	    z1 = clgetr ("z1")
+	    z2 = clgetr ("z2")
+	}
+
+	# Determine the display window into which the image is to be mapped
+	# in normalized device coordinates.
+
+	xcenter = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("xcenter")))
+	ycenter = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("ycenter")))
+	xsize   = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("xsize")))
+	ysize   = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("ysize")))
+
+	# Determine X and Y scaling ratios required to map the image into the
+	# normalized display window.  If spatial scaling is not desired filling
+	# must be disabled and XMAG and YMAG must be set to 1.0 in the
+	# parameter file.  Fill mode will always produce an aspect ratio of 1;
+	# if nonequal scaling is required then the magnification ratios must
+	# be set explicitly by the user.
+
+	if (fill) {
+	    # Compute scale in units of window coords per data pixel required
+	    # to scale image to fit window.
+
+	    xscale = xsize / max (1, (ncols  - 1))
+	    yscale = ysize / max (1, (nlines - 1))
+
+	    if (xscale < yscale)
+		yscale = xscale
+	    else
+		xscale = yscale
+
+	} else {
+	    # Compute scale required to provide image magnification ratios
+	    # specified by the user.  Magnification is specified in units of
+	    # display pixels, i.e, a magnification ratio of 1.0 means that
+	    # image pixels will map to display pixels without scaling.
+
+	    xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	    ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	    xscale = 1.0 / ((cv_xres - 1) / xmag)
+	    yscale = 1.0 / ((cv_yres - 1) / ymag)
+	}
+
+	# Set device window limits in normalized device coordinates.
+	# World coord system 0 is used for the device window.
+
+	w = W_WC(wdes,0)
+	W_XS(w) = xcenter - xsize / 2.0
+	W_XE(w) = xcenter + xsize / 2.0
+	W_YS(w) = ycenter - ysize / 2.0
+	W_YE(w) = ycenter + ysize / 2.0
+
+	# Set pixel coordinates of window, world coordinate system #1.
+
+	w = W_WC(wdes,1)
+	pxsize = xsize / xscale
+	pysize = ysize / yscale
+
+	# If the image is too large to fit in the window given the scaling
+	# factors XSCALE and YSCALE, the following will set starting and ending
+	# pixel coordinates in the interior of the image.  If the image is too
+	# small to fill the window then the pixel coords will reference beyond
+	# the bounds of the image.
+
+	W_XS(w) = (ncols  - 1) / 2.0 + 1 - (pxsize / 2.0)
+	W_XE(w) = W_XS(w) + pxsize
+	W_YS(w) = (nlines - 1) / 2.0 + 1 - (pysize / 2.0)
+	W_YE(w) = W_YS(w) + pysize
+
+	# All spatial transformations are linear.
+	W_XT(w) = W_LINEAR
+	W_YT(w) = W_LINEAR
+
+	# Determine whether a log or linear greyscale transformation is
+	# desired.
+	if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "log"))
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_LOG
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "linear"))
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_LINEAR
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "none"))
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_UNITARY
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "user")) {
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_USER
+	    call salloc (lutfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call clgstr ("lutfile", Memc[lutfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call cv_ulut (Memc[lutfile], z1, z2, lut)
+	    W_UPTR(w) = lut
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Bad greylevel transformation '%s'\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[ztrans])
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_LINEAR
+	}
+
+	# Set up the greyscale transformation.
+	W_ZS(w) = z1
+	W_ZE(w) = z2
+
+	# Tell the user what values were used.
+	call printf ("cvl: z1 %6.1f, z2 %6.1f\n")
+	    call pargr (z1)
+	    call pargr (z2)
+
+	# The user world coordinate system should be set from the CTRAN
+	# structure in the image header, but for now we just make it equal
+	# to the pixel coordinate system.
+
+	call amovi (Memi[w], Memi[W_WC(wdes,2)], LEN_WC)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load2.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load2.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5372907f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load2.x
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+#### load2.x (from load.x) ####
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"gwindow.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include	"cv.h"
+
+# DS_LOAD_DISPLAY -- Map an image into the display window.  In general this
+#   involves independent linear transformations in the X, Y, and Z (greyscale)
+#   dimensions.  If a spatial dimension is larger than the display window then
+#   the image is block averaged.  If a spatial dimension or a block averaged
+#   dimension is smaller than the display window then linear interpolation is
+#   used to expand the image.  Both the input image and the output device appear
+#   to us as images, accessed via IMIO.
+#
+# World coordinate system 0 (WCS 0) defines the position and size of the device
+#   window in NDC coordinates (0-1 in either axis).  WCS 1 assigns a pixel
+#   coordinate system to the same window.  If we convert the NDC coordinates of
+#   the window into device coordinates in pixels, then the ratios of the window
+#   coordinates in pixels to the image coordinates in pixels defines the real
+#   magnification factors for the two spatial axes.  If the pixel coordinates
+#   are out of bounds then the image will be displayed centered in the window
+#   with zero fill at the edges.  If the frame has not been erased then the fill
+#   areas must be explicitly zeroed.
+
+procedure ds_load_display (im, wdes, border_erase)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	wdes			# graphics window descriptor
+bool	border_erase
+
+int	wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2	# device window to be filled with image data
+real	px1, px2, py1, py2	# image coords in fractional image pixels
+real	pxsize, pysize		# size of image section in fractional pixels
+real	wxcenter, wycenter	# center of device window in frac device pixels
+real	xmag, ymag		# x,y magnification ratios
+pointer	w0, w1			# world coord systems 0 (NDC) and 1 (pixel)
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Compute pointers to WCS 0 and 1.
+	w0 = W_WC(wdes,0)
+	w1 = W_WC(wdes,1)
+
+	# Compute X and Y magnification ratios required to map image into
+	# the device window in device pixel units.
+
+	xmag = (W_XE(w0) - W_XS(w0)) * cv_xres / (W_XE(w1) - W_XS(w1))
+	ymag = (W_YE(w0) - W_YS(w0)) * cv_yres / (W_YE(w1) - W_YS(w1))
+
+	# Compute the coordinates of the image section to be displayed.
+	# This is not necessarily the same as WCS 1 since the WCS coords
+	# need not be inbounds.
+
+	px1 = max (1.0,		 W_XS(w1))
+	px2 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,1)), W_XE(w1))
+	py1 = max (1.0,		 W_YS(w1))
+	py2 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,2)), W_YE(w1))
+
+	# Now compute the coordinates of the image section to be written in
+	# device pixel units.  This section must lie within or on the device
+	# window.
+	# This computation for I2S will give 257, which does differ by one
+	# for the Y center (due to inversion in I2S).  This should not matter,
+	# but if it does, this comment will change!
+
+	pxsize = px2 - px1
+	pysize = py2 - py1
+	wxcenter = (W_XE(w0) + W_XS(w0)) / 2.0 * cv_xres + 1
+	wycenter = (W_YE(w0) + W_YS(w0)) / 2.0 * cv_yres + 1
+
+	wx1 = max (1, int (wxcenter - (pxsize / 2.0 * xmag)))
+	wx2 = max (wx1, min (cv_xres, int (wx1 + (pxsize * xmag))))
+	wy1 = max (1, int (wycenter - (pysize / 2.0 * ymag)))
+	wy2 = max (wy1, min (cv_yres, int (wy1 + (pysize * ymag))))
+
+	# Display the image data, ignoring zero filling at the boundaries.
+
+	call ds_map_image (im, px1,px2,py1,py2, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2,
+	    W_ZS(w1), W_ZE(w1), W_ZT(w1), W_UPTR(w1))
+
+	# Zero the border of the window if the frame has not been erased,
+	# and if the displayed section does not occupy the full window.
+
+	if (border_erase)
+	    call ds_erase_border (im, wdes, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2)
+end
+
+
+# DS_MAP_IMAGE -- Map an image section from the input image to a section
+# (window) of the output image (the display device).  All spatial scaling is 
+# handled by the "scaled input" package, i.e., SIGL2[SR].  Our task is to
+# get lines from the scaled input image, transform the greyscale if necessary,
+# and write the lines to the output device.
+
+procedure ds_map_image (im, px1,px2,py1,py2, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2, z1,z2,zt, uptr)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+real	px1,px2,py1,py2		# input section
+int	wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2		# output section
+real	z1,z2			# range of input greylevels to be mapped.
+int	zt			# log or linear greylevel transformation
+pointer uptr			# pointer to user transformation table
+
+bool	unitary_greyscale_transformation
+short	lut1, lut2, z1_s, z2_s, dz1_s, dz2_s
+real	dz1, dz2
+int	wy, nx, ny, xblk, yblk
+pointer	in, out, si
+pointer	sigl2s(), sigl2r(), sigl2_setup()
+errchk	sigl2s, sigl2r, sigl2_setup
+real	xs, xe, y
+pointer	sp, outr
+bool    fp_equalr()
+real	if_elogr()
+extern	if_elogr
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Set up for scaled image input.
+
+	nx = wx2 - wx1 + 1
+	ny = wy2 - wy1 + 1
+	xblk = INDEFI
+	yblk = INDEFI
+	si = sigl2_setup (im, px1,px2,nx,xblk, py1,py2,ny,yblk)
+
+	# Output array, and limiting x values in NDC
+
+	call salloc (out, nx, TY_SHORT)
+	xs = real(wx1 - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	# Don't subtract 1 from wx2 as we want it to be first one not filled
+	xe = real(wx2) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	if ( xe > 1.0)
+	    xe = 1.0
+
+	# The device ZMIN and ZMAX parameters define the acceptable range
+	# of greyscale values for the output device (e.g., 0-255 for most 8-bit
+	# display devices).  For the general display, we use 0 and the
+	# device "z" resolution.  Values Z1 and Z2 are mapped linearly or
+	# logarithmically into these.
+
+	dz1 = 0
+	dz2 = cv_zres-1
+
+	# If the user specified the transfer function, see that the
+	# intensity and greyscale values are in range.
+
+	if (zt == W_USER) {
+	    call alims (Mems[uptr], SZ_BUF, lut1, lut2)
+	    dz1_s = short (dz1)
+	    dz2_s = short (dz2)
+	    if (lut2 < dz1_s || lut1 > dz2_s)
+		call eprintf ("User specified greyscales out of range\n")
+	    if (z2 < IM_MIN(im) || z1 > IM_MAX(im))
+		call eprintf ("User specified intensities out of range\n")
+	}
+
+	# Type short pixels are treated as a special case to minimize vector
+	# operations for such images (which are common).  If the image pixels
+	# are either short or real then only the ALTR (greyscale transformation)
+	# vector operation is required.  The ALTR operator linearly maps
+	# greylevels in the range Z1:Z2 to DZ1:DZ2, and does a floor ceiling
+	# of DZ1:DZ2 on all pixels outside the range.  If unity mapping is
+	# employed the data is simply copied, i.e., floor ceiling constraints
+	# are not applied.  This is very fast and will produce a contoured
+	# image on the display which will be adequate for some applications.
+
+	if (zt == W_UNITARY)
+	    unitary_greyscale_transformation = true
+	else
+	    unitary_greyscale_transformation =
+		(fp_equalr (dz1,z1) && fp_equalr (dz2,z2)) || fp_equalr (z1,z2)
+
+	if (IM_PIXTYPE(im) == TY_SHORT && zt != W_LOG) {
+
+	    # Set dz1_s and dz2_s depending on transformation
+	    if (zt != W_USER) {
+	        dz1_s = short (dz1)
+	        dz2_s = short (dz2)
+	    } else {
+	        dz1_s = short (STARTPT)
+	        dz2_s = short (ENDPT)
+	    }
+	    z1_s = short (z1)
+	    z2_s = short (z2)
+
+	    for (wy=wy1;  wy <= wy2;  wy=wy+1) {
+		in  = sigl2s (si, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		y = real(wy-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+		if (unitary_greyscale_transformation)
+		    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[in], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y) 
+		else if (zt == W_USER) {
+		    call amaps (Mems[in], Mems[out], nx, z1_s,z2_s, dz1_s,dz2_s)
+		    call aluts (Mems[out], Mems[out], nx, Mems[uptr])
+		    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[out], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y) 
+		} else {
+		    call amaps (Mems[in], Mems[out], nx, z1_s,z2_s, dz1_s,dz2_s)
+		    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[out], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y) 
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    call salloc (outr, nx, TY_REAL)
+	    for (wy=wy1;  wy <= wy2;  wy=wy+1) {
+		in  = sigl2r (si, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		y = real(wy - 1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+
+		if (zt == W_LOG) {
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[outr], nx,
+			z1, z2, 1.0, 10.0 ** MAXLOG)
+		    call alogr (Memr[outr], Memr[outr], nx, if_elogr)
+		    call amapr (Memr[outr], Memr[outr], nx,
+			1.0, real(MAXLOG), dz1, dz2)
+		    call achtrs (Memr[outr], Mems[out], nx)
+		} else if (unitary_greyscale_transformation) {
+		    call achtrs (Memr[in], Mems[out], nx)
+		} else if (zt == W_USER) {
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[outr], nx, z1,z2, STARTPT,ENDPT) 
+		    call achtrs (Memr[outr], Mems[out], nx)
+		    call aluts (Mems[out], Mems[out], nx, Mems[uptr])
+		} else {
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[outr], nx, z1, z2, dz1, dz2)
+		    call achtrs (Memr[outr], Mems[out], nx)
+		}
+		call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[out], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call sigl2_free (si)
+end
+
+
+# DS_ERASE_BORDER -- Zero the border of the window if the frame has not been
+# erased, and if the displayed section does not occupy the full window.
+# It would be more efficient to do this while writing the greyscale data to
+# the output image, but that would complicate the display procedures and frames
+# are commonly erased before displaying an image.
+
+procedure ds_erase_border (im, wdes, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	wdes			# window descriptor
+int	wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2		# section of display window filled by image data
+
+int	dx1,dx2,dy1,dy2		# coords of full display window in device pixels
+int	j, n, n1
+pointer	w0
+pointer	sp, zero
+real	xls, xle, xrs, xre, y
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zero, cv_xres, TY_SHORT)
+	call aclrs (Mems[zero], cv_xres)
+
+	# Compute device pixel coordinates of the full display window.
+	w0 = W_WC(wdes,0)
+	dx1 = W_XS(w0) * (cv_xres - 1) + 1
+	dx2 = W_XE(w0) * (cv_xres - 1) + 1
+	dy1 = W_YS(w0) * (cv_yres - 1) + 1
+	dy2 = W_YE(w0) * (cv_yres - 1) + 1
+
+	# Determine left and right (exclusive), start and end, x values in NDC
+	# for pixels not already filled.
+	# If, say, dx1 < wx1, we want to clear dx1 through wx1-1, which means
+	# that for gpcell, we want the (right) end points to be the first
+	# pixel not cleared.
+	xls = real(dx1 - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	xle = real(wx1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	if (xle > 1.0)
+	    xle = 1.0
+	xre = real(dx2 - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	xrs = real(wx2) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	if (xre > 1.0)
+	    xre = 1.0
+
+	# Erase lower margin.
+	n = dx2 - dx1 + 1
+	for (j=dy1;  j < wy1;  j=j+1) {
+	    y = real(j-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n, 1, xls, y, xre, y)
+	}
+
+	# Erase left and right margins.  By doing the right margin of a line
+	# immediately after the left margin we have a high liklihood that the
+	# display line will still be in the FIO buffer.
+
+	n = wx1 - dx1
+	n1 = dx2 - wx2
+	for (j=wy1;  j <= wy2;  j=j+1) {
+	    y = real(j-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	    if (dx1 < wx1)
+		call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n, 1, xls, y, xle, y)
+	    if (wx2 < dx2)
+		call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n1, 1, xrs, y, xre, y)
+	}
+
+	# Erase upper margin.
+	n = dx2 - dx1 + 1
+	for (j=wy2+1;  j <= dy2;  j=j+1) {
+	    y = real(j-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n, 1, xls, y, xre, y)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELOG -- The error function for log10. Note that MAX_EXPONENT is
+# currently an integer so it is converted to the appropriate data type
+# before being returned.
+
+real procedure if_elogr (x)
+
+real   x                               # the input pixel value
+
+begin
+        return (real(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/map.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/map.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ea7c230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/map.x
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# MAP -- set fixed or variable LUT mapping
+
+procedure map(command)
+
+char	command[ARB]
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR]
+int	device
+short	pcolor[2]
+real	limit
+long	seed
+real	urand(), xfactor
+int	ctoi()
+int	i, ip, iseed, level, nchar
+bool	triangle
+pointer	sp, rdata, gdata, bdata, rp, gp, bp
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Find out if want to change output tables
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (( tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'o' )) {
+	        device = IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+	} else {
+	    device = IDS_FRAME_LUT
+	    # reset input pointers; same as having pushed back token
+	    call reset_scan
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# Default to all frames, all colors
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	colors[1] = IDS_EOD
+	triangle = true		# default to simple three function type
+	seed = -1
+	level = 8
+
+	# which frames to change, colors, etc
+
+	repeat {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	            call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	            if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+	        } else if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		    call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+		    if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+		} else if (token[1] == 'r') {	# (random) level count
+		    ip = 2
+		    nchar = ctoi (token, ip, level)
+		    if (nchar <= 0) {
+			call eprintf ("Incorrect random count: %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (token[2])
+			return
+		    }
+		    if (level < 4)
+			level = 4
+		    else if (level > 128)
+			level = 128
+		    triangle = false
+		} else if (token[1] == 's') {	# seed
+		    ip = 2
+		    nchar = ctoi (token, ip, iseed)
+		    if (nchar <= 0) {
+			call eprintf ("Incorrect seed: %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (token[2])
+			return
+		    }
+		    seed = iseed
+		    triangle = false
+	        } else {
+		    call eprintf ("Unknown map argument: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		    return
+		}
+	    } else if (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected map input: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		return
+	    }
+	} until ( tok == TOK_NEWLINE)
+
+	pcolor[2] = IDS_EOD
+	# Sorry, but we "know" that ofm shouldn't go beyond first
+	# 256 for common NOAO use.
+	if ( device == IDS_FRAME_LUT)
+	    limit = 1.0
+	else
+	    limit = 0.25
+
+	# Build the three functions and load them.
+	# First, expand colors if using all
+
+	if (colors[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    colors[1] = IDS_RED
+	    colors[2] = IDS_GREEN
+	    colors[3] = IDS_BLUE
+	    colors[4] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+
+	# if standard pseudocolor, let kodak do it
+
+	if (triangle) {
+	    call kodak (device, frames, colors, limit)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Not standard pseudo color -- do random one
+	# First, set up arrays
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (rdata, level*4, TY_SHORT)
+	call salloc (gdata, level*4, TY_SHORT)
+	call salloc (bdata, level*4, TY_SHORT)
+
+	if (seed == -1)
+	    seed = level
+
+	call aclrs (Mems[rdata], level*4)
+	call aclrs (Mems[gdata], level*4)
+	call aclrs (Mems[bdata], level*4)
+
+	xfactor = real(GKI_MAXNDC)/level * limit
+
+	# set first data points to zero (0,0) to (1/level,0)
+	Mems[rdata+2] = xfactor
+	Mems[gdata+2] = xfactor
+	Mems[bdata+2] = xfactor
+	# Set last segment to white ((level-1)/level,1.0) to (1.0,1.0)
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-4] = real(level-1) * xfactor
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-4] = real(level-1) * xfactor
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-4] = real(level-1) * xfactor
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+
+	# Do the intermediate ones
+	do i=2, level-1 {
+	    rp = rdata + (i-1)*4
+	    gp = gdata + (i-1)*4
+	    bp = bdata + (i-1)*4
+	    Mems[rp] = real(i-1) * xfactor
+	    Mems[gp] = real(i-1) * xfactor
+	    Mems[bp] = real(i-1) * xfactor
+	    Mems[rp+1] = urand(seed) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    Mems[gp+1] = urand(seed) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    Mems[bp+1] = urand(seed) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    Mems[rp+2] = real(i) * xfactor
+	    Mems[gp+2] = real(i) * xfactor
+	    Mems[bp+2] = real(i) * xfactor
+	    Mems[rp+3] = Mems[rp+1]
+	    Mems[gp+3] = Mems[gp+1]
+	    Mems[bp+3] = Mems[bp+1]
+	}
+
+	# If color requested, do it
+	for ( i = 1; colors[i] != IDS_EOD; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    pcolor[1] = colors[i]
+	    switch (colors[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+	    	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, Mems[rdata], level*4)
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+	    	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, Mems[gdata], level*4)
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+	    	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, Mems[bdata], level*4)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# KODAK -- provides three variable width and variable center triangular
+# color mapping functions.
+
+procedure kodak (device, frames, colors, limit)
+
+int	device				# IDS_FRAME_LUT or IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+short	frames[ARB]			# frames to change
+short	colors[ARB]			# colors to affect
+real	limit				# factor to apply to limit x range
+
+short	wdata[20], pcolor[2]
+real	center, width
+int	n, ksub(), button, i
+int	cv_rdbut(), cv_wtbut()
+
+begin
+	pcolor[2] = IDS_EOD
+	for (i = 1; colors[i] != IDS_EOD; i = i + 1) {
+	    pcolor[1] = colors[i]
+	    switch (colors[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    n = ksub (1.0, 0.5, wdata, limit)
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    n = ksub (0.5, 0.5, wdata, limit)
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    n = ksub (0.0, 0.5, wdata, limit)
+	    }
+
+	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, wdata, n)
+	}
+
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons
+	repeat {
+	    call eprintf ("Press A, B, C for red, green, blue; D to exit\n")
+	    button = cv_wtbut()
+	    if (button == 4)
+		break
+	    switch (button) {
+		case 1:
+	    	    pcolor[1] = IDS_RED
+
+		case 2:
+	    	    pcolor[1] = IDS_GREEN
+
+		case 3:
+	    	    pcolor[1] = IDS_BLUE
+	    }
+	    
+	    # Loop, reading cursor and modifying the display for the
+	    # selected color.
+
+	    repeat {
+		call cv_rcraw(center, width)
+		width = width * 2.		# flatten it
+		n = ksub (center, width, wdata, limit)
+		call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, wdata, n)
+		button = cv_rdbut()
+	    } until (button != 0)
+	}
+end
+
+# KSUB -- determines data points for a triangular mapping function
+# Returns number of points in data array.
+
+int procedure ksub (center, width, data, limit)
+
+real	center, width, limit
+short	data[ARB]
+
+int	n
+real	xs, xe, ys, ye, xscale
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	n = 0
+	xscale = GKI_MAXNDC * limit
+	if (width < (1.0/cv_yres))
+	    width = 1.0/cv_yres
+	
+	if (center > 0.) {
+	    xs = center - width
+	    if (xs < 0.)
+		xs = 0.
+	    else if (xs > 0.) {
+		data[1] = 0.
+		data[2] = 0.
+		n = n + 2
+	    }
+	    ys = (xs - center)/width + 1.0
+	    data[n+1] = xs * xscale
+	    data[n+2] = ys * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[n+3] = center * xscale
+	    data[n+4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    n = n + 4
+	}
+
+	if (center < 1.0) {
+	    xe = width + center
+	    if (xe > 1.0)
+		xe = 1.0
+	    ye = (center - xe)/width + 1.0
+	    data[n+1] = center * xscale
+	    data[n+2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[n+3] = xe * xscale
+	    data[n+4] = ye * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    n = n + 4
+	    if (xe < 1.0) {
+		data[n+1] = xscale
+		data[n+2] = 0
+		n = n + 2
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Extend last value to end
+	if (limit != 1.0) {
+	    data[n+1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[n+2] = data[n]
+	    n = n + 2
+	}
+
+	return (n)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/match.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/match.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebbe523d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/match.x
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# MATCH -- Match look up tables.  The command reads
+#	match this_one (to) that one
+
+procedure match
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	f_ref[2]
+short	c_ref[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	nextcolor
+int	nchar, i, val, ctoi()
+int	ltype
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if ( (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'o') ) {
+	    ltype = IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+	} else {
+	    ltype = IDS_FRAME_LUT
+	    # "Push back" the token
+	    call reset_scan
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# All this parsing tells us why YACC and LEX were invented
+	# Use "i" to tell if have parsed something useful
+
+	i = -1
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'f')) {
+	    i = 1
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+	        return
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    i = 1
+	    nchar = ctoi (token, i, val)
+	    if ((val < 1) || (val > cv_maxframes)) {
+	        call eprintf ("Invalid frame specification: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (val)
+	        return
+	    } else {
+		frames[1] = val
+		frames[2] = IDS_EOD
+	    }
+	} else if (ltype == IDS_FRAME_LUT) {
+	    call eprintf ("missing frame arguement\n")
+	    return
+	} else
+	    frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# default first color argument to all colors for both FRAME and OUTPUT
+	# tables...means make all colors the same.
+
+	colors[1] = IDS_EOD		# default all colors
+
+	# Advance if previous token was useful
+
+	if ( i != -1 ) {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+
+	# Look for a color
+
+	if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'c')) {
+	    call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+	    if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+
+	# look for fill word "to"
+
+	if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 't')) {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+
+	# if FRAME LUT, we default frame to first frame to be changed.
+	# if OUTPUT LUT, frame is irrelevant
+
+	i = -1
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] == 'f')
+		i = 2
+	    else if (token[1] != 'c') {
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected argument: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		return
+	    }
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER)
+	    i = 1
+
+	# if ltype is OUTPUT lut, don't care about frame type, but can't
+	# omit it...so default to EOD
+
+	f_ref[1] = IDS_EOD
+	f_ref[2] = IDS_EOD
+	if (ltype == IDS_FRAME_LUT) {
+	    if (i == -1) {
+		f_ref[1] = frames[1]
+	    } else {
+	        nchar = ctoi (token, i, val)
+		if ((val < 1) || (val > cv_maxframes)) {
+	            call eprintf ("Invalid frame specification: %d\n")
+		        call pargi (val)
+	            return
+	        }
+		f_ref[1] = val
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Only thing left should be the reference color.
+	# If found a frame before, advance the token.
+
+	if (i != -1) {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+	if ((tok != TOK_NEWLINE) && (tok != TOK_IDENTIFIER)) {
+	    call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	c_ref[1] = IDS_EOD
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] != 'c') {
+	        call eprintf ("Unexpected input (color required): %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+	        return
+	    } else {
+	        call cv_color (token[2], c_ref)
+	        if (c_ref[1] == ERR)
+	            return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (c_ref[1] != IDS_EOD)
+	    call cvmatch (ltype, f_ref, c_ref, frames, colors)
+	else {
+	    # No specific color for reference.  If no color specified
+	    # to copy into, do all.
+	    c_ref[2] = IDS_EOD
+	    if ( colors[1] == IDS_EOD ) {
+		colors[1] = IDS_RED
+		colors[2] = IDS_GREEN
+		colors[3] = IDS_BLUE
+		colors[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    }
+	    # Match for each color given in "colors"
+	    for ( i = 1 ; colors[i] != IDS_EOD; i = i + 1) {
+		nextcolor = colors[i+1]
+		colors[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+		c_ref[1] = colors[i]
+		call cvmatch (ltype, f_ref, c_ref, frames, colors[i])
+		colors[i+1] = nextcolor
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/maxmin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/maxmin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d16874e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/maxmin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# MAXMIN -- Get the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image.  If valid
+# header values are available they are used, otherwise the image is sampled
+# on an even grid and the min and max values of this sample are returned.
+
+procedure maxmin (im, zmin, zmax, nsample_lines)
+
+pointer	im
+real	zmin, zmax		# min and max intensity values
+int	nsample_lines		# amount of image to sample
+
+int	step, ncols, nlines, sample_size, imlines, i
+real	minval, maxval
+pointer	imgl2r()
+
+begin
+	# Only calculate minimum, maximum pixel values if the current
+	# values are unknown, or if the image was modified since the
+	# old values were computed.
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (IM_LIMTIME(im) >= IM_MTIME(im)) {
+	    # Use min and max values in image header if they are up to date.
+	    zmin = IM_MIN(im)
+	    zmax = IM_MAX(im)
+
+	} else {
+	    zmin = MAX_REAL
+	    zmax = -MAX_REAL
+
+	    # Try to include a constant number of pixels in the sample
+	    # regardless of the image size.  The entire image is used if we
+	    # have a small image, and at least sample_lines lines are read
+	    # if we have a large image.
+
+	    sample_size = 512 * nsample_lines
+	    imlines = min(nlines, max(nsample_lines, sample_size / ncols))
+	    step = nlines / (imlines + 1)
+
+	    do i = 1 + step, nlines, max (1, step) {
+		call alimr (Memr[imgl2r(im,i)], ncols, minval, maxval)
+		zmin = min (zmin, minval)
+		zmax = max (zmax, maxval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34ee515c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Make the CV display load and control package.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	blink.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	clear.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	cv.x		cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <error.h> <fio.h>\
+			<fset.h> <gki.h>
+	cvparse.x	cv.com ../lib/ids.h <ctype.h>
+	cvulut.x	cv.h <ctype.h> <error.h>
+	cvutil.x	cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h> <imhdr.h>\
+			cv.com
+	display.x	../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	load1.x		cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <error.h> <gki.h> gwindow.h\
+			<fio.h> <fset.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h>
+	load2.x		cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <error.h> <gki.h> gwindow.h\
+			cv.com <fio.h> <fset.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h>
+	map.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	match.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> cv.com
+	maxmin.x	<imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+	offset.x	../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	pan.x		cv.com ../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h>
+	range.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	rdcur.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com <gki.h>
+	reset.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	sigl2.x		<error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	snap.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com <gki.h>\
+			<imhdr.h>
+	split.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	tell.x		../lib/ids.h cv.com
+	text.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h>
+	window.x	../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	zoom.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	zscale.x	<imhdr.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/offset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/offset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..356ae55f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/offset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# OFFSET -- Change the bias (offset) for certain colors
+
+procedure offset()
+
+int	tok, i, nchar, ip
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	offsetdata[4]			# extra space for cvmove EOD
+int	count, ctoi()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# In principle, we should be able to accept input for color group
+	# followed by offset value(s) or "vice versa" or for a series of
+	# color/offset pairs.  We try for most of that.
+	color[1] = ERR
+	offsetdata[1] = ERR
+	count = 1
+	# anything but TOK_NEWLINE
+	tok = TOK_NUMBER
+	repeat {
+	    if (tok == TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Insufficient offset specification\n")
+		return
+	    }
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		call cv_color (token[2], color)
+		if (color[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		ip = 1
+		nchar = ctoi (token, ip, i)
+		if ( count <= 3) {
+		    offsetdata[count] = i
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	} until ( (color[1] != ERR) && (offsetdata[1] != ERR) &&
+		  (tok == TOK_NEWLINE) )
+
+	offsetdata[count] = IDS_EOD		# mark end
+
+	call cvoffset (color, offsetdata)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/pan.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/pan.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8929510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/pan.x
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# PAN -- pan some or all of the frames
+
+procedure pan()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# frames, graphics, EOD
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD		# default all frames
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call pansub (frames)
+end
+
+
+# PANSUB -- Pan subroutine, handles code common to pan and zoom
+
+procedure pansub (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]			# frames to pan
+
+int	button
+int	cnum, cv_rdbut()
+real	x,y, xc, yc
+real	oldx, oldy
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons by reading them
+	call eprintf ("Press any button when done\n")
+
+	# Where is cursor now?
+
+	call cv_rcraw (xc,yc)
+
+	# Calculate NDC screen center and cursor number.
+	# x,y are NDC, but always < 1.0  The transformation applied here
+	# insures that the correct pixel is calculated by the kernel
+	# after passing x,y through the gio cursor routines.
+	x = real(cv_xcen - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	y = real(cv_ycen - 1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	cnum = frames[1]
+	if (cnum == IDS_EOD)
+	    cnum = 0
+	call cv_scraw (x, y)	# put cursor at screen center
+
+	# Determine NDC there for frame of interest
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+	# Restore cursor
+	call cv_scraw (xc, yc)
+
+	repeat {
+	    oldx = xc
+	    oldy = yc
+	    repeat {
+	        call cv_rcraw (xc, yc)
+	        button = cv_rdbut()
+	    } until ( (xc != oldx) || (yc != oldy) || (button > 0))
+	    # Determine change and reflect it about current screen
+	    # center so image moves in direction cursor moves.
+	    x = x - (xc - oldx)
+	    y = y - (yc - oldy)
+	    if (x > 1.0)
+		x = x - 1.0
+	    else if (x < 0)
+		x = x + 1.0
+	    if (y > 1.0)
+		y = y - 1.0
+	    else if (y < 0)
+		y = y + 1.0
+	    call cvpan (frames, x, y)
+	} until (button > 0)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/range.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/range.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..664e3ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/range.x
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# RANGE -- set the scaling (range) registers
+
+procedure range()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, i, nchar, ip
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	rdata[4]			# extra space for cvmove EOD
+int	count, ctoi()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# In principle, we should be able to accept input for color group
+	# followed by range value(s) or "vice versa" or for a series of
+	# color/range pairs.  We try for most of that.
+	color[1] = IDS_EOD
+	rdata[1] = ERR
+	count = 1
+	# anything but TOK_NEWLINE
+	tok = TOK_NUMBER
+	repeat {
+	    if (tok == TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Insufficient range specification\n")
+		return
+	    }
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		call cv_color (token[2], color)
+		if (color[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		ip = 1
+		nchar = ctoi (token, ip, i)
+		if (i < 1) {
+		    call eprintf ("bad range specification: %d\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    return
+		}
+		if ( count <= 3) {
+		    rdata[count] = i
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	} until ( (rdata[1] != ERR)  && (tok == TOK_NEWLINE ))
+
+	rdata[count] = IDS_EOD			# mark end
+
+	call cvrange ( color, rdata)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/rdcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/rdcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d27097e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/rdcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# RDCUR -- read cursor and datum
+
+procedure rdcur()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE], ch
+int	tok, cnum, px, py
+int	junk, ip, fx, fy
+real	x,y
+short	datum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# frames, one graphics, EOD
+int	scan(), ctoi(), mod(), and()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	cnum = ERR
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    ip = 1
+	    junk = ctoi (token, ip, cnum)
+	    frames[1] = cnum
+	    frames[2] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	else if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] == 'o') {
+		if (token[2] == 'n')
+		    call cvcur(IDS_ON)
+		else if (token[2] == 'f')
+		    call cvcur(IDS_OFF)
+		else {
+		    call eprintf ("Unrecognized cursor command: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		}
+		return
+	    }
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    cnum = frames[1]
+	    if ( cnum == IDS_EOD) {
+	        call eprintf ("Please specify a particular frame\n")
+	        return
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( (cnum == ERR) || (cnum < 1) ) {
+	    call eprintf ("bad cursor number: %d\n")
+		call pargi (cnum)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# set kernel to do i/o on specified frames (for ggcell routine)
+	call cv_iset (frames)
+
+	call eprintf ("Press <cr> for each read; any key but <sp>, and then <cr>, to exit\n")
+	repeat {
+	    if (scan() != EOS)
+		break
+	    repeat {
+		call scanc (ch)
+	    } until (ch != ' ')
+	    if (ch != '\n')
+		break
+	    call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+	    call ggcell (cv_gp, datum, 1, 1, x, y, x, y)
+	    x = x * GKI_MAXNDC / cv_xcon + 1.
+	    y = y * GKI_MAXNDC / cv_ycon + 1.
+	    px = int(x)
+	    py = int(y)
+	    # Only allow fractions to 1/8 as that is max zoom for IIS
+	    x = real (int((x - px)*8))/8.
+	    y = real (int((y - py)*8))/8.
+	    # Print minimum number of decimal places, but do x and y the same
+	    call eprintf ("frame %d, pixel (")
+	        call pargi (cnum)
+	    fx = x * 8
+	    fy = y * 8
+	    if ((fx == 0) && (fy == 0)) {
+		call eprintf ("%d,%d")
+		    call pargi (px)
+		    call pargi (py)
+		junk = 0
+	    } else {
+		call eprintf ("%.*f,%.*f")
+
+		if ( (mod(fx,4) == 0) && (mod(fy,4) == 0) )
+		    junk = 1
+		else if ( (and(fx,1) != 0) || (and(fy,1) != 0) )
+		    junk = 3
+		else
+		    junk = 2
+
+		    call pargi (junk)
+		    call pargr (px+x)
+		    call pargi (junk)
+		    call pargr (py+y)
+	    }
+	    if (junk == 0)
+		junk = 8
+	    else
+		junk = 6 - 2 * junk
+	    call eprintf ("): %*w%4d\n")
+		call pargi (junk)
+	        call pargs (datum)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/reset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/reset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a2e60e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/reset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# RESET -- reset the display
+
+procedure reset()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    switch(token[1]) {
+		case 'r':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_SOFT)
+
+		case 't':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_MEDIUM)
+
+		case 'i':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_HARD)
+
+		case 'a':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_SOFT)
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_MEDIUM)
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_HARD)
+
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/sigl2.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/sigl2.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..226d4f5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/sigl2.x
@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+.help sigl2, sigl2_setup
+.nf ___________________________________________________________________________
+SIGL2 -- Get a line from a spatially scaled 2-dimensional image.  This procedure
+works like the regular IMIO get line procedure, but rescales the input
+2-dimensional image in either or both axes upon input.  If the magnification
+ratio required is greater than 0 and less than 2 then linear interpolation is
+used to resample the image.  If the magnification ratio is greater than or
+equal to 2 then the image is block averaged by the smallest factor which
+reduces the magnification to the range 0-2 and then interpolated back up to
+the desired size.  In some cases this will smooth the data slightly, but the
+operation is efficient and avoids aliasing effects.
+
+	si =	sigl2_setup (im, x1,x2,nx, y1,y2,ny)
+		sigl2_free (si)
+	ptr =	sigl2[sr] (si, linenumber)
+
+SIGL2_SETUP must be called to set up the transformations after mapping the
+image and before performing any scaled i/o to the image.  SIGL2_FREE must be
+called when finished to return buffer space.
+.endhelp ______________________________________________________________________
+
+# Scaled image descriptor for 2-dim images
+
+define	SI_LEN		15
+define	SI_MAXDIM	2		# images of 2 dimensions supported
+define	SI_NBUFS	3		# nbuffers used by SIGL2
+
+define	SI_IM		Memi[$1]	# pointer to input image header
+define	SI_GRID		Memi[$1+1+$2-1]	# pointer to array of X coords
+define	SI_NPIX		Memi[$1+3+$2-1]	# number of X coords
+define	SI_BAVG		Memi[$1+5+$2-1]	# X block averaging factor
+define	SI_INTERP	Memi[$1+7+$2-1]	# interpolate X axis
+define	SI_BUF		Memi[$1+9+$2-1]	# line buffers
+define	SI_TYBUF	Memi[$1+12]	# buffer type
+define	SI_XOFF		Memi[$1+13]	# offset in input image to first X
+define	SI_INIT		Memi[$1+14]	# YES until first i/o is done
+
+define	OUTBUF		SI_BUF($1,3)
+
+define	SI_TOL		(1E-5)		# close to a pixel
+define	INTVAL		(abs ($1 - nint($1)) < SI_TOL)
+define	SWAPI		{tempi=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempi}
+define	SWAPP		{tempp=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempp}
+define	NOTSET		(-9999)
+
+# SIGL2_SETUP -- Set up the spatial transformation for SIGL2[SR].  Compute
+# the block averaging factors (1 if no block averaging is required) and
+# the sampling grid points, i.e., pixel coordinates of the output pixels in
+# the input image.
+#
+# Valdes - Jan 9, 1985:
+#    Nx or ny can be 1 and blocking factors can be specified.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2_setup (im, px1, px2, nx, xblk, py1, py2, ny, yblk)
+
+pointer	im			# the input image
+real	px1, px2		# range in X to be sampled on an even grid
+int	nx			# number of output pixels in X
+int	xblk			# blocking factor in x
+real	py1, py2		# range in Y to be sampled on an even grid
+int	ny			# number of output pixels in Y
+int	yblk			# blocking factor in y
+
+int	npix, noldpix, nbavpix, i, j
+int	npts[SI_MAXDIM]		# number of output points for axis
+int	blksize[SI_MAXDIM]	# block averaging factor (npix per block)
+real	tau[SI_MAXDIM]		# tau = p(i+1) - p(i) in fractional pixels
+real	p1[SI_MAXDIM]		# starting pixel coords in each axis
+real	p2[SI_MAXDIM]		# ending pixel coords in each axis
+real	scalar, start
+pointer	si, gp
+
+begin
+	iferr (call calloc (si, SI_LEN, TY_STRUCT))
+	    call erract (EA_FATAL)
+
+	SI_IM(si) = im
+	SI_NPIX(si,1) = nx
+	SI_NPIX(si,2) = ny
+	SI_INIT(si) = YES
+
+	p1[1] = px1			# X = index 1
+	p2[1] = px2
+	npts[1] = nx
+	blksize[1] = xblk
+
+	p1[2] = py1			# Y = index 2
+	p2[2] = py2
+	npts[2] = ny
+	blksize[2] = yblk
+
+	# Compute block averaging factors if not defined.
+	# If there is only one pixel then the block average is the average
+	# between the first and last point.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    if ((blksize[i] >= 1) && !IS_INDEFI (blksize[i])) {
+	        if (npts[i] == 1)
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+	        else
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    } else {
+		if (npts[i] == 1) {
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+		    blksize[i] = int (p2[i] - p1[i] + 1)
+	        } else {
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    	    if (tau[i] >= 2.0) {
+
+			# If nx or ny is not an integral multiple of the block
+			# averaging factor, noldpix is the next larger number
+			# which is an integral multiple.  When the image is
+			# block averaged pixels will be replicated as necessary
+			# to fill the last block out to this size.  
+
+			blksize[i] = int (tau[i])
+			npix = p2[i] - p1[i] + 1
+			noldpix = (npix+blksize[i]-1) / blksize[i] * blksize[i]
+			nbavpix = noldpix / blksize[i]
+			scalar = real (nbavpix - 1) / real (noldpix - 1)
+			p1[i] = (p1[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			p2[i] = (p2[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+		    } else
+			blksize[i] = 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	SI_BAVG(si,1) = blksize[1]
+	SI_BAVG(si,2) = blksize[2]
+
+	if (IS_INDEFI (xblk))
+	    xblk = blksize[1]
+	if (IS_INDEFI (yblk))
+	    yblk = blksize[2]
+
+	# Allocate and initialize the grid arrays, specifying the X and Y
+	# coordinates of each pixel in the output image, in units of pixels
+	# in the input (possibly block averaged) image.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    # The X coordinate is special.  We do not want to read entire
+	    # input image lines if only a range of input X values are needed.
+	    # Since the X grid vector passed to ALUI (the interpolator) must
+	    # contain explicit offsets into the vector being interpolated,
+	    # we must generate interpolator grid points starting near 1.0.
+	    # The X origin, used to read the block averaged input line, is
+	    # given by XOFF.
+
+	    if (i == 1) {
+		SI_XOFF(si) = int (p1[i])
+		start = p1[1] - int (p1[i]) + 1.0
+	    } else
+		start = p1[i]
+
+	    # Do the axes need to be interpolated?
+	    if (INTVAL(start) && INTVAL(tau[i]))
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = NO
+	    else
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = YES
+
+	    # Allocate grid buffer and set the grid points.
+	    iferr (call malloc (gp, npts[i], TY_REAL))
+		call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    SI_GRID(si,i) = gp
+	    do j = 0, npts[i]-1
+		Memr[gp+j] = start + (j * tau[i])
+	}
+
+	return (si)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2_FREE -- Free storage associated with an image opened for scaled
+# input.  This does not close and unmap the image.
+
+procedure sigl2_free (si)
+
+pointer	si
+int	i
+
+begin
+	# Free SIGL2 buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_NBUFS
+	    if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+
+	# Free GRID buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM
+	    if (SI_GRID(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_GRID(si,i), TY_REAL)
+
+	call mfree (si, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2S -- Get a line of type short from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2s (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, buf_y[2], new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blkavgs()
+errchk	si_blkavgs
+
+begin
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Determine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blkavgs (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_SHORT)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_SHORT
+		buf_y[i] = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_SHORT)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == buf_y[i]) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == buf_y[altbuf]) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (buf_y[1], buf_y[2])
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blkavgs (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, new_y[i],
+			SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO)
+		    call amovs (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		else {
+		    call aluis (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		buf_y[i] = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from buf_y[1] to buf_y[2] is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - buf_y[1])
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_2 < SI_TOL) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else {
+	    call awsus (Mems[SI_BUF(si,1)], Mems[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Mems[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLKAVGS -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type short.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blkavgs (im, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+
+short	temp_s
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, i, j
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, a, b
+pointer	imgs2s()
+errchk	imgs2s
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1)
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blkavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (imgs2s (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, y, y))
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: block number out of range")
+
+	call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_SHORT)
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call aclrs (Mems[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = imgs2s (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, i, i)
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		call abavs (Mems[a], Mems[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    sum = 0.0
+		    count = 0
+		    do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			sum = sum + Mems[a+j-1]
+			count = count + 1
+		    }
+		    Mems[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		call aadds (Mems[a], Mems[b], Mems[b], nblks_x)
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    temp_s = nlines_in_sum
+	    call adivks (Mems[b], temp_s, Mems[a], nblks_x)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2R -- Get a line of type real from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2r (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, buf_y[2], new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blkavgr()
+errchk	si_blkavgr
+
+begin
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Deterine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blkavgr (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_REAL)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_REAL
+		buf_y[i] = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_REAL)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == buf_y[i]) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == buf_y[altbuf]) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (buf_y[1], buf_y[2])
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blkavgr (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, new_y[i],
+			SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO)
+		    call amovr (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		else {
+		    call aluir (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		buf_y[i] = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from buf_y[1] to buf_y[2] is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - buf_y[1])
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_2 < SI_TOL) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else {
+	    call awsur (Memr[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memr[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memr[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLKAVGR -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type short.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blkavgr (im, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, i, j
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, a, b
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1)
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blkavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (imgs2r (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, y, y))
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: block number out of range")
+
+	call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call aclrr (Memr[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = imgs2r (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, i, i)
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		call abavr (Memr[a], Memr[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    sum = 0.0
+		    count = 0
+		    do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			sum = sum + Memr[a+j-1]
+			count = count + 1
+		    }
+		    Memr[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		call aaddr (Memr[a], Memr[b], Memr[b], nblks_x)
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1)
+	    call adivkr (Memr[b], real(nlines_in_sum), Memr[a], nblks_x)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/snap.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/snap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12694568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/snap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# SNAP -- Take a picture!!
+
+procedure snap()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	snap_color
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	snap_color = IDS_SNAP_MONO		# default color for snap
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] != 'c') {
+	        call eprintf ("unknown snap argument: %s\n")
+	           call pargstr (token)
+	        return
+	    } else {
+		# snap colors: r, g, b, rgb, m (monochrome) == bw (black/white)
+		switch (token[2]) {
+		    case 'm':
+			snap_color = IDS_SNAP_MONO
+
+		    case 'r':
+			if ((token[3] == 'g') && (token[4] == 'b') )
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_RGB
+			else
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_RED
+
+		    case 'g':
+			snap_color = IDS_SNAP_GREEN
+
+		    case 'b':
+			if (token[3] == 'w')
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_MONO
+			else
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_BLUE
+		    
+		    default:
+			call eprintf ("Unknown snap color: %c\n")
+			    call pargc (token[2])
+			return
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+	    call eprintf ("unexpected argument to snap: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	
+	call clgstr("snap_file", fname, SZ_FNAME)
+	call cvsnap (fname, snap_color)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/split.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/split.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..393fc218
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/split.x
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# SPLIT -- set the split screen point
+
+procedure split()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+int	nchar, ctoi()
+int	i, x, y
+real	xr, yr
+int	ctor()
+bool	a_real
+
+define	errmsg	10
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	a_real = false
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    switch(token[1]) {
+		case 'c':
+		    x = cv_xcen
+		    y = cv_ycen
+
+		case 'o':
+		    x = 1
+		    y = 1
+
+		case 'n', 'p':		# n: ndc, p: pixel 
+		    if (token[1] == 'n')
+			a_real = true
+		    if (IS_DIGIT(token[2]))
+			i = 2
+		    else {
+			call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+			if (tok != TOK_NUMBER) {
+errmsg
+			    call eprintf ("bad split pixel: %s\n")
+				call pargstr (token)
+			    return
+			} else
+			    i = 1
+		    }
+		    if (a_real)
+			nchar = ctor (token, i, xr)
+		    else
+		        nchar = ctoi (token, i, x)
+		    if (nchar == 0) {
+			call eprintf ("No conversion, ")
+			goto errmsg
+		    }
+		    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		    if (tok == TOK_PUNCTUATION)
+			call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		    i = 1
+		    if (a_real)
+			nchar = ctor (token, i, yr)
+		    else
+		        nchar = ctoi (token, i, y)
+		    if (nchar == 0) {
+			call eprintf ("No conversion, ")
+			goto errmsg
+		    }
+
+		default:
+		    call eprintf ("unknown split code: %c\n")
+			call pargc (token[1])
+		    return
+	    }
+	}
+	# Convert to NDC,  BUT note, that as x and y range from 1 through
+	# cv_[xy]res, xr and yr will never be 1.0---and they must not be
+	# (see cvsplit())
+	if (!a_real ) {
+	    xr = real(x-1) / cv_xres
+	    yr = real(y-1) / cv_xres
+	}
+	if ( xr < 0 )
+	    xr = 0
+	if ( yr < 0 )
+	    yr = 0
+	if ( xr >= 1.0 )
+	    xr = real(cv_xres-1)/cv_xres
+	if ( yr >= 1.0 )
+	    yr = real(cv_yres-1)/cv_yres
+	call cvsplit (xr, yr)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/tell.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/tell.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cce4987e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/tell.x
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# TELL -- Tell user about display state
+
+procedure tell()
+
+short	f[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# Ultimately, want an array terminated
+					# with IDS_EOD as usual
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# We don't know much, do we?
+
+	call cvwhich(f)
+	if ( f[1] > 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("Frame %d, at least, is on.\n")
+		call pargs (f[1])
+	} else 
+	    call eprintf ("No frames are on.\n")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/text.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/text.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32623786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/text.x
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# TEXT -- put text into image planes or graphics bit planes
+
+procedure text()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, ip, cnum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR]
+real	x, y
+int	button, cv_wtbut()
+char	line[SZ_LINE]
+real	size, clgetr()
+
+begin
+	frames[1] = ERR
+	colors[1] = ERR
+
+	# which frames for text
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	        call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	        if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+		if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    }
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+		if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	}
+	if ( (frames[1] == ERR) && (colors[1] == ERR)) {
+	    call eprintf ("Inadequate text specification: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call gargstr (line, SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Prompt user to set cursor
+
+	call eprintf ("Set cursor to desired location, then press any button\n")
+	button = cv_wtbut()
+
+	# Set up kernel for write
+	if (frames[1] != ERR) {
+	    cnum = frames[1]
+	    call cv_iset (frames)
+	} else {
+	    cnum = 16		# SORRY, is IIS specific - we should do better
+	    call cv_gset (colors)
+	}
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+	size = clgetr("textsize")
+	ip = 1
+	while (IS_WHITE(line[ip]))
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	call cvtext (x, y, line[ip], size)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/window.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/window.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3523a90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/window.x
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# WINDOW -- window the display.
+
+procedure window()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, cnum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR]
+real	x, y
+real	xold, yold
+int	device, button, cv_rdbut()
+short	wdata[16]
+int	n, first, last
+real	istart, iend, slope
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Find out if want to change output tables
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (( tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'o')) {
+	        device = IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+		slope = 4.0			# Device dependent !!
+	} else {
+	    device = IDS_FRAME_LUT
+	    slope = 1.0
+	    # reset input pointers; same as having pushed back token
+	    call reset_scan
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# Default to all frames, all colors
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	colors[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# which frames to window
+
+	repeat {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	            call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	            if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+	        } else if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		    call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+		    if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+	        } else {
+		    call eprintf ("Unknown window argument: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		    return
+		}
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+		if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected window input: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		return
+	    }
+	} until ( tok == TOK_NEWLINE)
+
+	# rememeber current cursor postion
+
+	cnum = 0
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, xold, yold)
+
+	# Now set up loop to window display;  we need to read back
+	# display but cannot, so for now, use "common" variables
+	# If first time, use defaults.
+
+	if (cv_xwinc == -1) {
+	    if (slope == 1.0) {
+	        cv_xwinc = 0.25
+	        cv_ywinc = .75
+	    } else {
+		cv_xwinc = .0625
+		cv_ywinc = .9375
+	    }
+	}
+	call cv_scraw (cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc)
+
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons by reading them
+	call eprintf ("Press any button when done\n")
+
+	# The mapping equation is  table value = 0.25 + y * (i-x)
+	# where i runs from 0 to 1.0, x ranges from 0. to 1.0 and y
+	# from 0 to large.
+
+	repeat {
+	    call cv_rcraw (cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc)
+	    x = cv_xwinc
+	    y = (cv_ywinc - 0.5) * 4
+	    # Keep y from equalling 2 or -2 :
+	    if (y >= 2.)
+		y = 1.99
+	    else if ( y <= -2.0)
+		y = -1.99
+	    if (y > 1.)
+		y = 1. / (2. - y)
+	    else if (y < -1.)
+		y = -1. / (2. + y)
+
+	    if ( y == 0.0) {
+		iend = 1.0
+		istart = 0.0
+		first = 0
+		last = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    } else if ( y > 0.) {
+		istart = x - 0.25/y
+		iend = 1.0/y + istart
+		first = 0
+		last = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    } else {
+		iend = x - 0.25/y
+		istart = 1.0/y + iend
+		first = GKI_MAXNDC
+		last = 0
+	    }
+	    if (istart < 0.)
+	        istart = 0.
+	    if (iend > 1.0)
+		iend = 1.0
+	    if (istart > 1.0)
+		istart = 1.0
+	    if (iend < istart)
+		iend = istart
+	    wdata[1] = 0
+	    if ( istart > 0.) {
+		    wdata[2] = first
+		    wdata[3] = istart * GKI_MAXNDC
+		    wdata[4] = first
+		    n = 5
+	    } else {
+		wdata[2] = (0.25 -x*y) * GKI_MAXNDC
+		n = 3
+	    }
+	    wdata[n] = iend * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    if ( iend < 1.0) {
+		# In this case, we reach max/min y value before end of table, so
+		# extend it horizontally to end
+		wdata[n+1] = last
+	    	wdata[n+2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+		wdata[n+3] = last
+		n = n + 3
+	    } else {
+	        wdata[n+1] = (0.25 + y * (1.0 - x)) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	        n = n + 1
+	    }
+	    call cvwlut (device, frames, colors, wdata, n)
+	    button = cv_rdbut()
+	} until (button > 0)
+
+	# Restore old cursor position
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, xold, yold)
+
+	# Tell the user what final mapping was
+	call printf ("window: from (%5.3f,%5.3f) to (%5.3f,%5.3f)\n")
+	    call pargr (istart)
+	    if (istart > 0.)
+	        call pargr (real(first)/GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    else
+	        call pargr (real(wdata[2])/GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    call pargr (iend)
+	    if (iend < 1.0)
+	        call pargr (real(last)/GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    else
+	        call pargr (real(wdata[n])/GKI_MAXNDC)
+
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zoom.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zoom.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7e7bff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zoom.x
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# ZOOM -- zoom, then pan, the display.  If zoom power == 1, then
+# don't bother panning.
+
+procedure zoom()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, count, power, cnum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+real	x, y
+int	ctoi, ip
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# get power for zoom
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	if (tok != TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call eprintf ("Bad zoom power: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	ip = 1
+	count = ctoi(token, ip, power)
+
+	# which frames to zoom
+
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD		# default all frames
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# where to zoom ... find which frame to read cursor position from
+
+	cnum = frames[1]
+	if (cnum == IDS_EOD)
+	    cnum = 0
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+	call cvzoom (frames, power, x, y)
+	call pansub (frames)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zscale.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zscale.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfb0b116
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zscale.x
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+.help zscale
+.nf ___________________________________________________________________________
+ZSCALE -- Compute the optimal Z1, Z2 (range of greyscale values to be
+displayed) of an image.  For efficiency a statistical subsample of an image
+is used.  The pixel sample evenly subsamples the image in x and y.  The entire
+image is used if the number of pixels in the image is smaller than the desired
+sample.
+
+The sample is accumulated in a buffer and sorted by greyscale value.
+The median value is the central value of the sorted array.  The slope of a
+straight line fitted to the sorted sample is a measure of the standard
+deviation of the sample about the median value.  Our algorithm is to sort
+the sample and perform an iterative fit of a straight line to the sample,
+using pixel rejection to omit gross deviants near the endpoints.  The fitted
+straight line is the transfer function used to map image Z into display Z.
+If more than half the pixels are rejected the full range is used.  The slope
+of the fitted line is divided by the user-supplied contrast factor and the
+final Z1 and Z2 are computed, taking the origin of the fitted line at the
+median value.
+.endhelp ______________________________________________________________________
+
+define	MIN_NPIXELS	5		# smallest permissible sample
+define	MAX_REJECT	0.5		# max frac. of pixels to be rejected
+define	GOOD_PIXEL	0		# use pixel in fit
+define	BAD_PIXEL	1		# ignore pixel in all computations
+define	REJECT_PIXEL	2		# reject pixel after a bit
+define	KREJ		2.5		# k-sigma pixel rejection factor
+define	MAX_ITERATIONS	5		# maximum number of fitline iterations
+
+
+# ZSCALE -- Sample the image and compute Z1 and Z2.
+
+procedure zscale (im, z1, z2, contrast, optimal_sample_size, len_stdline)
+
+pointer	im			# image to be sampled
+real	z1, z2			# output min and max greyscale values
+real	contrast		# adj. to slope of transfer function
+int	optimal_sample_size	# desired number of pixels in sample
+int	len_stdline		# optimal number of pixels per line
+
+int	npix, minpix, ngoodpix, center_pixel, ngrow
+real	zmin, zmax, median
+real	zstart, zslope
+pointer	sample, left
+int	zsc_sample_image(), zsc_fit_line()
+
+begin
+	# Subsample the image.
+	npix = zsc_sample_image (im, sample, optimal_sample_size, len_stdline)
+	center_pixel = max (1, (npix + 1) / 2)
+
+	# Sort the sample, compute the minimum, maximum, and median pixel
+	# values.
+
+	call asrtr (Memr[sample], Memr[sample], npix)
+	zmin = Memr[sample]
+	zmax = Memr[sample+npix-1]
+
+	# The median value is the average of the two central values if there 
+	# are an even number of pixels in the sample.
+
+	left = sample + center_pixel - 1
+	if (mod (npix, 2) == 1 || center_pixel >= npix)
+	    median = Memr[left]
+	else
+	    median = (Memr[left] + Memr[left+1]) / 2
+
+	# Fit a line to the sorted sample vector.  If more than half of the
+	# pixels in the sample are rejected give up and return the full range.
+	# If the user-supplied contrast factor is not 1.0 adjust the scale
+	# accordingly and compute Z1 and Z2, the y intercepts at indices 1 and
+	# npix.
+
+	minpix = max (MIN_NPIXELS, int (npix * MAX_REJECT))
+	ngrow = max (1, nint (npix * .01))
+	ngoodpix = zsc_fit_line (Memr[sample], npix, zstart, zslope,
+	    KREJ, ngrow, MAX_ITERATIONS)
+
+	if (ngoodpix < minpix) {
+	    z1 = zmin
+	    z2 = zmax
+	} else {
+	    if (contrast > 0)
+		zslope = zslope / contrast
+	    z1 = max (zmin, median - (center_pixel - 1) * zslope)
+	    z2 = min (zmax, median + (npix - center_pixel) * zslope)
+	}
+
+	call mfree (sample, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_SAMPLE_IMAGE -- Extract an evenly gridded subsample of the pixels from
+# a two-dimensional image into a one-dimensional vector.
+
+int procedure zsc_sample_image (im, sample, optimal_sample_size, len_stdline)
+
+pointer	im			# image to be sampled
+pointer	sample			# output vector containing the sample
+int	optimal_sample_size	# desired number of pixels in sample
+int	len_stdline		# optimal number of pixels per line
+
+int	ncols, nlines, col_step, line_step, maxpix, line
+int	opt_npix_per_line, npix_per_line
+int	opt_nlines_in_sample, min_nlines_in_sample, max_nlines_in_sample
+pointer	op
+pointer	imgl2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Compute the number of pixels each line will contribute to the sample,
+	# and the subsampling step size for a line.  The sampling grid must
+	# span the whole line on a uniform grid.
+
+	opt_npix_per_line = min (ncols, len_stdline)
+	col_step = (ncols + opt_npix_per_line-1) / opt_npix_per_line
+	npix_per_line = (ncols + col_step-1) / col_step
+
+	# Compute the number of lines to sample and the spacing between lines.
+	# We must ensure that the image is adequately sampled despite its
+	# size, hence there is a lower limit on the number of lines in the
+	# sample.  We also want to minimize the number of lines accessed when
+	# accessing a large image, because each disk seek and read is expensive.
+	# The number of lines extracted will be roughly the sample size divided
+	# by len_stdline, possibly more if the lines are very short.
+
+	min_nlines_in_sample = max (1, optimal_sample_size / len_stdline)
+	opt_nlines_in_sample = max(min_nlines_in_sample, min(nlines,
+	    (optimal_sample_size + npix_per_line-1) / npix_per_line))
+	line_step = max (1, nlines / (opt_nlines_in_sample))
+	max_nlines_in_sample = (nlines + line_step-1) / line_step
+
+	# Allocate space for the output vector.  Buffer must be freed by our
+	# caller.
+
+	maxpix = npix_per_line * max_nlines_in_sample
+	call malloc (sample, maxpix, TY_REAL)
+
+# call eprintf ("sample: x[%d:%d:%d] y[%d:%d:%d]\n")
+# call pargi(1);call pargi(ncols); call pargi(col_step)
+# call pargi((line_step+1)/2); call pargi(nlines); call pargi(line_step)
+
+	# Extract the vector.
+	op = sample
+	do line = (line_step + 1) / 2, nlines, line_step {
+	    call zsc_subsample (Memr[imgl2r(im,line)], Memr[op],
+		npix_per_line, col_step)
+	    op = op + npix_per_line
+	    if (op - sample + npix_per_line > maxpix)
+		break
+	}
+
+	return (op - sample)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_SUBSAMPLE -- Subsample an image line.  Extract the first pixel and
+# every "step"th pixel thereafter for a total of npix pixels.
+
+procedure zsc_subsample (a, b, npix, step)
+
+real	a[ARB]
+real	b[npix]
+int	npix, step
+int	ip, i
+
+begin
+	if (step <= 1)
+	    call amovr (a, b, npix)
+	else {
+	    ip = 1
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		b[i] = a[ip]
+		ip = ip + step
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_FIT_LINE -- Fit a straight line to a data array of type real.  This is
+# an iterative fitting algorithm, wherein points further than ksigma from the
+# current fit are excluded from the next fit.  Convergence occurs when the
+# next iteration does not decrease the number of pixels in the fit, or when
+# there are no pixels left.  The number of pixels left after pixel rejection
+# is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure zsc_fit_line (data, npix, zstart, zslope, krej, ngrow, maxiter)
+
+real	data[npix]		# data to be fitted
+int	npix			# number of pixels before rejection
+real	zstart			# Z-value of pixel data[1]	(output)
+real	zslope			# dz/pixel			(output)
+real	krej			# k-sigma pixel rejection factor
+int	ngrow			# number of pixels of growing
+int	maxiter			# max iterations
+
+int	i, ngoodpix, last_ngoodpix, minpix, niter
+real	xscale, z0, dz, x, z, mean, sigma, threshold
+double	sumxsqr, sumxz, sumz, sumx, rowrat
+pointer	sp, flat, badpix, normx
+int	zsc_reject_pixels(), zsc_compute_sigma()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	if (npix <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+	else if (npix == 1) {
+	    zstart = data[1]
+	    zslope = 0.0
+	    return (1)
+	} else
+	    xscale = 2.0 / (npix - 1)
+
+	# Allocate a buffer for data minus fitted curve, another for the
+	# normalized X values, and another to flag rejected pixels.
+
+	call salloc (flat, npix, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (normx, npix, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (badpix, npix, TY_SHORT)
+	call aclrs (Mems[badpix], npix)
+
+	# Compute normalized X vector.  The data X values [1:npix] are
+	# normalized to the range [-1:1].  This diagonalizes the lsq matrix
+	# and reduces its condition number.
+
+	do i = 0, npix - 1
+	    Memr[normx+i] = i * xscale - 1.0
+
+	# Fit a line with no pixel rejection.  Accumulate the elements of the
+	# matrix and data vector.  The matrix M is diagonal with
+	# M[1,1] = sum x**2 and M[2,2] = ngoodpix.  The data vector is
+	# DV[1] = sum (data[i] * x[i]) and DV[2] = sum (data[i]).
+
+	sumxsqr = 0
+	sumxz = 0
+	sumx = 0
+	sumz = 0
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    x = Memr[normx+i-1]
+	    z = data[i]
+	    sumxsqr = sumxsqr + (x ** 2)
+	    sumxz   = sumxz + z * x
+	    sumz    = sumz + z
+	}
+# call eprintf ("\t%10g %10g %10g\n")
+# call pargd(sumxsqr); call pargd(sumxz); call pargd(sumz)
+
+	# Solve for the coefficients of the fitted line.
+	z0 = sumz / npix
+	dz = sumxz / sumxsqr
+
+# call eprintf ("fit: z0=%g, dz=%g\n")
+# call pargr(z0); call pargr(dz)
+
+	# Iterate, fitting a new line in each iteration.  Compute the flattened
+	# data vector and the sigma of the flat vector.  Compute the lower and
+	# upper k-sigma pixel rejection thresholds.  Run down the flat array
+	# and detect pixels to be rejected from the fit.  Reject pixels from
+	# the fit by subtracting their contributions from the matrix sums and
+	# marking the pixel as rejected.
+
+	ngoodpix = npix
+	minpix = max (MIN_NPIXELS, int (npix * MAX_REJECT))
+
+	for (niter=1;  niter <= maxiter;  niter=niter+1) {
+	    last_ngoodpix = ngoodpix
+
+	    # Subtract the fitted line from the data array.
+	    call zsc_flatten_data (data, Memr[flat], Memr[normx], npix, z0, dz)
+
+	    # Compute the k-sigma rejection threshold.  In principle this
+	    # could be more efficiently computed using the matrix sums
+	    # accumulated when the line was fitted, but there are problems with
+	    # numerical stability with that approach.
+
+	    ngoodpix = zsc_compute_sigma (Memr[flat], Mems[badpix], npix,
+		mean, sigma)
+	    threshold = sigma * krej
+
+	    # Detect and reject pixels further than ksigma from the fitted
+	    # line.
+	    ngoodpix = zsc_reject_pixels (data, Memr[flat], Memr[normx],
+		Mems[badpix], npix, sumxsqr, sumxz, sumx, sumz, threshold,
+		ngrow)
+
+	    # Solve for the coefficients of the fitted line.  Note that after
+	    # pixel rejection the sum of the X values need no longer be zero.
+
+	    if (ngoodpix > 0) {
+		rowrat = sumx / sumxsqr
+		z0 = (sumz - rowrat * sumxz) / (ngoodpix - rowrat * sumx)
+		dz = (sumxz - z0 * sumx) / sumxsqr
+	    }
+
+# call eprintf ("fit: z0=%g, dz=%g, threshold=%g, npix=%d\n")
+# call pargr(z0); call pargr(dz); call pargr(threshold); call pargi(ngoodpix)
+
+	    if (ngoodpix >= last_ngoodpix || ngoodpix < minpix)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Transform the line coefficients back to the X range [1:npix].
+	zstart = z0 - dz
+	zslope = dz * xscale
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_FLATTEN_DATA -- Compute and subtract the fitted line from the data array,
+# returned the flattened data in FLAT.
+
+procedure zsc_flatten_data (data, flat, x, npix, z0, dz)
+
+real	data[npix]		# raw data array
+real	flat[npix]		# flattened data  (output)
+real	x[npix]			# x value of each pixel
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+real	z0, dz			# z-intercept, dz/dx of fitted line
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    flat[i] = data[i] - (x[i] * dz + z0)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_COMPUTE_SIGMA -- Compute the root mean square deviation from the
+# mean of a flattened array.  Ignore rejected pixels.
+
+int procedure zsc_compute_sigma (a, badpix, npix, mean, sigma)
+
+real	a[npix]			# flattened data array
+short	badpix[npix]		# bad pixel flags (!= 0 if bad pixel)
+int	npix
+real	mean, sigma		# (output)
+
+real	pixval
+int	i, ngoodpix
+double	sum, sumsq, temp
+
+begin
+	sum = 0
+	sumsq = 0
+	ngoodpix = 0
+
+	# Accumulate sum and sum of squares.
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    if (badpix[i] == GOOD_PIXEL) {
+		pixval = a[i]
+		ngoodpix = ngoodpix + 1
+		sum = sum + pixval
+		sumsq = sumsq + pixval ** 2
+	    }
+
+	# Compute mean and sigma.
+	switch (ngoodpix) {
+	case 0:
+	    mean = INDEF
+	    sigma = INDEF
+	case 1:
+	    mean = sum
+	    sigma = INDEF
+	default:
+	    mean = sum / ngoodpix
+	    temp = sumsq / (ngoodpix - 1) - sum**2 / (ngoodpix * (ngoodpix - 1))
+	    if (temp < 0)		# possible with roundoff error
+		sigma = 0.0
+	    else
+		sigma = sqrt (temp)
+	}
+
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_REJECT_PIXELS -- Detect and reject pixels more than "threshold" greyscale
+# units from the fitted line.  The residuals about the fitted line are given
+# by the "flat" array, while the raw data is in "data".  Each time a pixel
+# is rejected subtract its contributions from the matrix sums and flag the
+# pixel as rejected.  When a pixel is rejected reject its neighbors out to
+# a specified radius as well.  This speeds up convergence considerably and
+# produces a more stringent rejection criteria which takes advantage of the
+# fact that bad pixels tend to be clumped.  The number of pixels left in the
+# fit is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure zsc_reject_pixels (data, flat, normx, badpix, npix,
+				 sumxsqr, sumxz, sumx, sumz, threshold, ngrow)
+
+real	data[npix]		# raw data array
+real	flat[npix]		# flattened data array
+real	normx[npix]		# normalized x values of pixels
+short	badpix[npix]		# bad pixel flags (!= 0 if bad pixel)
+int	npix
+double	sumxsqr,sumxz,sumx,sumz	# matrix sums
+real	threshold		# threshold for pixel rejection
+int	ngrow			# number of pixels of growing
+
+int	ngoodpix, i, j
+real	residual, lcut, hcut
+double	x, z
+
+begin
+	ngoodpix = npix
+	lcut = -threshold
+	hcut = threshold
+
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    if (badpix[i] == BAD_PIXEL)
+		ngoodpix = ngoodpix - 1
+	    else {
+		residual = flat[i]
+		if (residual < lcut || residual > hcut) {
+		    # Reject the pixel and its neighbors out to the growing
+		    # radius.  We must be careful how we do this to avoid
+		    # directional effects.  Do not turn off thresholding on
+		    # pixels in the forward direction; mark them for rejection
+		    # but do not reject until they have been thresholded.
+		    # If this is not done growing will not be symmetric.
+
+		    do j = max(1,i-ngrow), min(npix,i+ngrow) {
+#call eprintf ("\t\t%d->%d\tcheck\n");call pargi(j); call pargs(badpix[j])
+			if (badpix[j] != BAD_PIXEL) {
+			    if (j <= i) {
+				x = normx[j]
+				z = data[j]
+#call eprintf ("\treject [%d:%6g]=%6g sum[xsqr,xz,z]\n")
+#call pargi(j); call pargd(x); call pargd(z)
+#call eprintf ("\t%10g %10g %10g\n")
+#call pargd(sumxsqr); call pargd(sumxz); call pargd(sumz)
+				sumxsqr = sumxsqr - (x ** 2)
+				sumxz = sumxz - z * x
+				sumx = sumx - x
+				sumz = sumz - z
+#call eprintf ("\t%10g %10g %10g\n")
+#call pargd(sumxsqr); call pargd(sumxz); call pargd(sumz)
+				badpix[j] = BAD_PIXEL
+				ngoodpix = ngoodpix - 1
+			    } else
+				badpix[j] = REJECT_PIXEL
+#call eprintf ("\t\t%d->%d\tset\n");call pargi(j); call pargs(badpix[j])
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/window.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/window.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25f00c65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/window.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#{ WINDOW -- Adjust the lookup tables for the current frame.
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (type="frame", window+)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/x_iis.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/x_iis.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06813f75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/x_iis.x
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# Driver for image control
+
+task cv  = t_cv,
+     cvl = t_load
+     #giis = t_giis
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9aa48959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#{ ZOOM -- Zoom in on a portion of the display.
+
+# zoom_factor,i,a,2,1,4,factor by which image scale is to be expanded
+# window,b,h,no,,,window enlarged image
+
+{
+	if (window)
+	    _dcontrol (zoom=zoom_factor, roam=yes, window=yes)
+	else
+	    _dcontrol (zoom=zoom_factor, roam=yes)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..849c3439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.par
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+zoom_factor,i,a,2,1,4,factor by which image scale is to be expanded
+window,b,h,no,,,window enlarged image
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit.par b/pkg/images/tv/imedit.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f23ea1c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit.par
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+input,s,a,,,,Images to be edited
+output,s,a,,,,Output images
+cursor,*imcur,h,"",,,Cursor input
+logfile,s,h,"",,,Logfile for record of cursor commands
+display,b,h,yes,,,Display images?
+autodisplay,b,h,yes,,,Automatic image display?
+autosurface,b,h,no,,,Automatic surface plots?
+aperture,s,h,"circular","|circular|square|",,Aperture type
+radius,r,h,2.,,,Substitution radius
+search,r,h,2.,,,Search radius
+minvalue,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum value to modify
+maxvalue,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum value to modify 
+buffer,r,h,1.,0.,,Background buffer width
+width,r,h,2.,1.,,Background width
+xorder,i,h,2,0,,Background x order
+yorder,i,h,2,0,,Background y order
+value,r,h,0.,,,Constant value substitution
+sigma,r,h,INDEF,,,Added noise sigma
+angh,r,h, -33.,,,Horizontal viewing angle (degrees)
+angv,r,h,25.,,,Vertical viewing angle (degrees)
+command,s,h,"display $image 1 erase=$erase fill=yes order=0 >& dev$null",,,Display command
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,Graphics device
+default,s,h,"b",,,Default option for x-y input
+fixpix,b,h,no,,,Fixpix style input?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/bpmedit.cl b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/bpmedit.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01d5f7aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/bpmedit.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# BPMEDIT -- Edit BPM masks.
+
+procedure bpmedit (images)
+
+string	images		{prompt="List of images"}
+string	bpmkey = "BPM"	{prompt="Keyword with mask name"}
+int	frame = 1	{prompt="Display frame with mask overlay"}
+int	refframe = 2	{prompt="Display frame without mask overlay"}
+string	command = "display $image $frame over=$mask erase=$erase ocol='1-10=red,green' fill-"		{prompt="Display command"}
+bool	display = yes	{prompt="Interactive display?"}
+string	cursor = ""	{prompt="Cursor input"}
+
+struct	*fd
+
+begin
+	int	i1
+	file	im, bpm, temp
+	struct	dispcmd
+
+	set imedit_help = "tv$imedit/bpmedit.key"
+
+	temp = mktemp ("tmp$iraf")
+
+	sections (images, option="fullname", > temp)
+
+	fd = temp
+	while (fscan (fd, im) != EOF) {
+	    bpm = ""; hselect (im, bpmkey, yes) | scan (bpm)
+	    if (bpm == "") {
+		printf ("WARNING: No %s keyword (%s)\n", bpmkey, im)
+		next
+	    }
+	    if (imaccess(bpm)==NO) {
+		printf ("WARNING: Can't access mask (%s)\n", bpm)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    if (display) {
+	        # Override certain display parameters.
+		display.bpdisplay="none"
+		display.fill = no
+
+		# Set display command.
+		dispcmd = command
+		i1 = strstr ("$image", dispcmd)
+		if (i1 > 0)
+		    dispcmd = substr (dispcmd, 1, i1-1) // im //
+			substr (dispcmd, i1+6, 1000)
+		i1 = strstr ("$frame", dispcmd)
+		if (i1 > 0)
+		    dispcmd = substr (dispcmd, 1, i1-1) // frame //
+			substr (dispcmd, i1+6, 1000)
+		i1 = strstr ("$mask", dispcmd)
+		if (i1 > 0)
+		    dispcmd = substr (dispcmd, 1, i1-1) // "$image" //
+			substr (dispcmd, i1+5, 1000)
+		i1 = strstr (">", dispcmd)
+		if (i1 == 0)
+		    dispcmd += " >& dev$null"
+
+		display (im, refframe, over="", >& "dev$null")
+		imedit (bpm, "", command=dispcmd, display=display,
+		    cursor=cursor, search=0)
+	    } else
+		imedit (bpm, "", command=dispcmd, display=display,
+		    cursor=cursor, search=0)
+	}
+	fd = ""; delete (temp, verify-)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/bpmedit.key b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/bpmedit.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d660732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/bpmedit.key
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+	    BPMEDIT CURSOR KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+
+The following are the useful commands for BPMEDIT.  Note all
+the commands for IMEDIT are available but only those shown
+here should be used for editing pixel masks.
+ 
+    ?	Print help
+    :	Colon commands (see below)
+    i	Initialize (start over without saving changes)
+    q	Quit and save changes
+    r	Redraw image display
+    +	Increase radius by one
+    -	Decrease radius by one
+    I	Interrupt task immediately
+    Q	Quit without saving changes
+
+The following editing options are available.  Rectangular
+and vector regions are specified with two positions and
+aperture regions are specified by one position.  The current
+aperture type (circular or square) is used in the latter
+case.  All the following substitute the new value set for
+the "value" parameter (see :value).  Some replace all pixels
+within the mask that have the same pixel value as the value
+at the cursor position.
+
+    d 	Set rectangle to "value"
+    e 	Set aperture to "value"
+    u	Undo last change (see also 'i', 'j', and 'k')
+    v       Set vector to "value"
+    =	Replace pixels = to "cursor value" to "value"
+    <	Replace pixels < or = to "cursor value" to "value"
+    >	Replace pixels > than or = to "cursor value" to "value"
+
+
+	    BPMEDIT COLON COMMANDS
+
+The colon either print the current value of a parameter when
+there is no value or set the parameter to the specified
+value.
+
+aperture [type]		Aperture type (circular|square)
+autodisplay [yes|no]	Automatic image display?
+command [string]	Display command
+display [yes|no]	Display image?
+eparam			Edit parameters
+radius [value]		Aperture radius
+value [value]		Constant substitution value
+minvalue [value]	Minimum value for modification (INDEF=minimum)
+maxvalue [value]	Maximum value for modification (INDEF=maximum)
+write [name]		Write changes to name
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epbackground.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epbackground.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..339de946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epbackground.x
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+
+# EP_BACKGROUND -- Replace aperture by background values.
+# The aperture is first centered.  The background is determined from a
+# annulus buffered from the aperture and of a specified width.  The
+# background is obtained by fitting a surface.  Noise may be added
+# using a gaussian or by histogram sampling.
+
+procedure ep_background (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+
+pointer ep			# EPIX structure
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture coordinates
+
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	mask, x, y, w, gs
+
+begin
+	i = max (5.,
+	    abs (EP_SEARCH(ep)) + EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep) + 1)
+	x1 = min (xa, xb) - i
+	x2 = max (xa, xb) + i
+	y1 = min (ya, yb) - i
+	y2 = max (ya, yb) + i
+	call ep_gdata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (mask, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_INT)
+	    call malloc (x, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (y, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (w, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+
+	    call ep_search (ep, Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep),
+		ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_gsfit (ep, Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memi[mask], Memr[x],
+		Memr[y], Memr[w], EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep), gs)
+	    call ep_bg (Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memi[mask],
+		Memr[x], Memr[y], EP_NPTS(ep), gs)
+	    call ep_noise (EP_SIGMA(ep), Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		Memi[mask], Memr[x], Memr[y], EP_NPTS(ep), gs)
+
+	    call mfree (mask, TY_INT)
+	    call mfree (x, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (y, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (w, TY_REAL)
+	    call gsfree (gs)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# EP_BG -- Replace aperture pixels by the background surface fit values.
+
+procedure ep_bg (data, mask, x, y, npts, gs)
+
+real	data[npts]		# Data subraster
+int	mask[npts]		# Mask subraster
+real	x[npts], y[npts]	# Coordinates
+int	npts			# Number of points
+pointer	gs			# Surface pointer
+
+int	i
+real	gseval()
+
+begin
+	if (gs == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (mask[i] == 1)
+		data[i] = gseval (gs, x[i], y[i])
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epcol.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epcol.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e71d5e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epcol.x
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_COL -- Replace aperture by column interpolation from background annulus.
+# The aperture is first centered.  The interpolation is across columns
+# from the nearest pixel in the background annulus.  Gaussian Noise may
+# be added.
+ 
+procedure ep_col (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture coordinates
+ 
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	mask, gs
+ 
+begin
+	i = abs (EP_SEARCH(ep)) + EP_BUFFER(ep) + 1
+	x1 = min (xa, xb) - i
+	x2 = max (xa, xb) + i
+	y1 = min (ya, yb)
+	y2 = max (ya, yb)
+	call ep_gdata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (mask, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_INT)
+ 
+	    call ep_search (ep, Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep),
+		EP_NY(ep), ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_col1 (Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memi[mask], EP_NX(ep),
+		EP_NY(ep))
+	    if (!IS_INDEF (EP_SIGMA(ep)))
+	        call ep_noise (EP_SIGMA(ep), Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		    Memi[mask], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		    EP_NPTS(ep), gs)
+ 
+	    call mfree (mask, TY_INT)
+	}
+end
+ 
+ 
+# EP_COL1 -- Do column interpolation.
+ 
+procedure ep_col1 (data, mask, nx, ny)
+ 
+real	data[nx,ny]		# Data subraster
+int	mask[nx,ny]		# Mask subraster
+int	nx, ny			# Number of points
+ 
+int	i, j, xa, xb, xc, xd
+real	a, b
+ 
+begin
+	do i = 1, ny {
+	    for (xa=1; xa<=nx && mask[xa,i]!=1; xa=xa+1)
+		;
+	    if (xa > nx)
+		next
+	    for (xb=nx; xb>xa && mask[xb,i]!=1; xb=xb-1)
+		;
+	    for (xc=xa; xc>=1 && mask[xc,i]!=2; xc=xc-1)
+		;
+	    for (xd=xb; xd<=nx && mask[xd,i]!=2; xd=xd+1)
+		;
+	    if (xc < 1 && xd > nx)
+		next
+	    else if (xc < 1)
+		do j = xa, xb
+		    data[j,i] = data[xd,i]
+	    else if (xd > nx)
+		do j = xa, xb
+		    data[j,i] = data[xc,i]
+	    else {
+		a = data[xc,i]
+		b = (data[xd,i] - a) / (xd - xc)
+		do j = xa, xb
+		    data[j,i] = a + b * (j - xc)
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epcolon.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epcolon.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51765889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epcolon.x
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# List of colon commands.
+define	CMDS "|angh|angv|aperture|autodisplay|autosurface|buffer|command|\
+	|display|eparam|graphics|input|output|radius|search|sigma|\
+	|value|minvalue|maxvalue|width|write|xorder|yorder|"
+ 
+define	ANGH		1	# Horizontal viewing angle
+define	ANGV		2	# Vertical viewing angle
+define	APERTURE	3	# Aperture type
+define 	AUTODISPLAY	4	# Automatic display?
+define	AUTOSURFACE	5	# Automatic surface graph?
+define	BUFFER		6	# Background buffer width
+define	COMMAND		7	# Display command
+define	DISPLAY		9	# Display image?
+define	EPARAM		10	# Eparam
+define	GRAPHICS	11	# Graphics device
+define	INPUT		12	# Input image
+define	OUTPUT		13	# Output image
+define	RADIUS		14	# Aperture radius
+define	SEARCH		15	# Search radius
+define	SIGMA		16	# Noise sigma
+define	VALUE		18	# Constant substitution value
+define	MINVALUE	19	# Minimum value for replacement
+define	MAXVALUE	20	# Maximum value for replacement
+define	WIDTH		21	# Background width
+define	WRITE		22	# Write output
+define	XORDER		23	# X order
+define	YORDER		24	# Y order
+ 
+# EP_COLON -- Respond to colon commands.
+# The changed parameters are written to the parameter file and
+# to the optional log file.
+ 
+procedure ep_colon (ep, cmdstr, newimage)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX structure
+char	cmdstr[ARB]		# Colon command
+int	newimage		# New image?
+ 
+int	ival, ncmd
+real	rval
+bool	bval
+pointer	sp, cmd
+ 
+bool	strne()
+int	nscan(), strdic(), btoi(), imaccess()
+pointer	immap()
+ 
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+ 
+	# Scan the command string and get the first word.
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, CMDS)
+ 
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case ANGH:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("angh %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_ANGH(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_ANGH(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("angh", EP_ANGH(ep))
+	    }
+	case ANGV:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("angv %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_ANGV(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_ANGV(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("angv", EP_ANGV(ep))
+	    }
+	case APERTURE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("aperture %s\n")
+		    switch (EP_APERTURE(ep)) {
+		    case APCIRCULAR:
+			call pargstr ("circular")
+		    case APSQUARE:
+			call pargstr ("square")
+		    }
+	    } else {
+		ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, APTYPES)
+		if (ncmd > 0) {
+		    EP_APERTURE(ep) = ncmd
+		    call clpstr ("aperture", Memc[cmd])
+		    if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+			call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":aperture %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    }
+		} else
+		    call printf ("Unknown aperture type\n")
+	    }
+	case AUTODISPLAY:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		if (EP_AUTODISPLAY(ep) == YES)
+	            call printf ("autodisplay yes\n")
+		else
+	            call printf ("autodisplay no\n")
+	    } else {
+		EP_AUTODISPLAY(ep) = btoi (bval)
+	        call clputb ("autodisplay", bval)
+	    }
+	case AUTOSURFACE:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		if (EP_AUTOSURFACE(ep) == YES)
+	            call printf ("autosurface yes\n")
+		else
+	            call printf ("autosurface no\n")
+	    } else {
+		EP_AUTOSURFACE(ep) = btoi (bval)
+	        call clputb ("autosurface", bval)
+	    }
+	case BUFFER:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("buffer %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_BUFFER(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_BUFFER(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("buffer", EP_BUFFER(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":buffer %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_BUFFER(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case COMMAND:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("command %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (EP_COMMAND(ep))
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], EP_COMMAND(ep), EP_SZLINE)
+	        call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	        call strcat (Memc[cmd], EP_COMMAND(ep), EP_SZFNAME)
+	        call clpstr ("command", EP_COMMAND(ep))
+	    }
+	case DISPLAY:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		if (EP_DISPLAY(ep) == YES)
+	            call printf ("display yes\n")
+		else
+	            call printf ("display no\n")
+	    } else {
+		EP_DISPLAY(ep) = btoi (bval)
+	        call clputb ("display", bval)
+	    }
+	case EPARAM:
+	    call clcmdw ("eparam imedit")
+	    call ep_setpars (ep)
+	case GRAPHICS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("graphics %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (EP_GRAPHICS(ep))
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], EP_GRAPHICS(ep), EP_SZFNAME)
+	        call clpstr ("graphics", EP_GRAPHICS(ep))
+	    }
+	case INPUT:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("input %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (EP_INPUT(ep))
+	    } else if (strne (Memc[cmd], EP_INPUT(ep))) {
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], EP_INPUT(ep), SZ_LINE)
+		newimage = YES
+	    }
+	case OUTPUT:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("output %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (EP_OUTPUT(ep))
+	    } else if (strne (Memc[cmd], EP_INPUT(ep))) {
+	    	if (imaccess (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY) == YES) {
+		    call eprintf ("%s: Output image %s exists\n")
+		        call pargstr (EP_INPUT(ep))
+		        call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		} else
+		    call strcpy (Memc[cmd], EP_OUTPUT(ep), EP_SZFNAME)
+	    }
+	case RADIUS:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("radius %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_RADIUS(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_RADIUS(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("radius", EP_RADIUS(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":radius %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_RADIUS(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case SEARCH:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("search %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_SEARCH(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_SEARCH(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("search", EP_SEARCH(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":search %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_SEARCH(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case SIGMA:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("sigma %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_SIGMA(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_SIGMA(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("sigma", EP_SIGMA(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":sigma %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_SIGMA(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case VALUE:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("value %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_VALUE(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_VALUE(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("value", EP_VALUE(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":value %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_VALUE(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case MINVALUE:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("minvalue %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_MINVALUE(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_MINVALUE(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("minvalue", EP_MINVALUE(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":minvalue %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_MINVALUE(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case MAXVALUE:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("maxvalue %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_MAXVALUE(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_MAXVALUE(ep) = rval
+	        call clputr ("maxvalue", EP_MAXVALUE(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":maxvalue %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_MAXVALUE(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case WIDTH:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1 || rval < 1.) {
+	        call printf ("width %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_WIDTH(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_WIDTH(ep) = max (1., rval)
+	        call clputr ("width", EP_WIDTH(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":width %g\n")
+			call pargr (EP_WIDTH(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case WRITE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    ival = YES
+	    if (nscan() == 1)
+		call strcpy (EP_OUTPUT(ep), Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    else if (strne (Memc[cmd], EP_INPUT(ep))) {
+	    	if (imaccess (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY) == YES) {
+		    call eprintf ("Image %s exists\n")
+		        call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    ival = NO
+		}
+	    }
+ 
+	    if (ival == YES) {
+	        call printf ("output %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		if (imaccess (Memc[cmd], READ_ONLY) == YES)
+		    call imdelete (Memc[cmd])
+		call imunmap (EP_IM(ep))
+	        call ep_imcopy (EP_WORK(ep), Memc[cmd])
+		EP_IM(ep) = immap (EP_WORK(ep), READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    }
+	case XORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("xorder %d\n")
+		    call pargi (EP_XORDER(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_XORDER(ep) = max (0, ival)
+	        call clputi ("xorder", EP_XORDER(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":xorder %d\n")
+			call pargi (EP_XORDER(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	case YORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+	        call printf ("yorder %d\n")
+		    call pargi (EP_YORDER(ep))
+	    } else {
+		EP_YORDER(ep) = max (0, ival)
+	        call clputi ("yorder", EP_YORDER(ep))
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), ":yorder %d\n")
+			call pargi (EP_YORDER(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Unrecognized or ambiguous command\007")
+	}
+ 
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epconstant.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epconstant.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a168a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epconstant.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_CONSTANT -- Replace aperture by constant value.
+# The aperture is first centered.
+ 
+procedure ep_constant (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture coordinates
+ 
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	mask
+ 
+begin
+	i = max (5., abs (EP_SEARCH(ep)) + 1)
+	x1 = min (xa, xb) - i
+	x2 = max (xa, xb) + i
+	y1 = min (ya, yb) - i
+	y2 = max (ya, yb) + i
+	call ep_gdata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (mask, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_INT)
+ 
+	    call ep_search (ep, Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep),
+		    EP_NY(ep), ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_constant1 (Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memi[mask], EP_NPTS(ep),
+		    EP_VALUE(ep))
+ 
+	    call mfree (mask, TY_INT)
+	}
+end
+ 
+ 
+# EP_CONSTANT1 -- Replace aperture by constant value.
+ 
+procedure ep_constant1 (data, mask, npts, value)
+ 
+real	data[npts]		# Data subraster
+int	mask[npts]		# Mask subraster
+int	npts			# Number of points
+real	value			# Substitution value
+ 
+int	i
+ 
+begin
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (mask[i] == 1)
+		data[i] = value
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epdisplay.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epdisplay.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b76e5b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epdisplay.x
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_DISPLAY -- Display an image using the specified command.
+# This is a temporary image display interface using CLCMDW to call
+# the standard display task.  Image sections and the fill option
+# can be used to simulate zoom.  One complication is that we have to
+# close the image to avoid multiple access to the image.  This
+# requires saving the original input subraster to allow undoing
+# a change after display.
+ 
+procedure ep_display (ep, image, erase)
+ 
+pointer	ep		# EPIX structure
+char	image[ARB]	# Image
+bool	erase		# Erase
+ 
+pointer	temp, immap(), imgs2r(), imps2r()
+ 
+begin
+	# If the output has been modified save and restore the original
+	# input subraster for later undoing.
+ 
+	if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (temp, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call amovr (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memr[temp], EP_NPTS(ep))
+	    call imunmap (EP_IM(ep))
+	    call ep_command (ep, image, erase)
+	    erase = false
+	    EP_IM(ep) = immap (image, READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    EP_OUTDATA(ep) = imps2r (EP_IM(ep), EP_X1(ep),
+		EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep))
+	    EP_INDATA(ep) = imgs2r (EP_IM(ep), EP_X1(ep),
+		EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep))
+	    call amovr (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		EP_NPTS(ep))
+	    call amovr (Memr[temp], Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], EP_NPTS(ep))
+	    call mfree (temp, TY_REAL)
+	} else {
+	    call imunmap (EP_IM(ep))
+	    call ep_command (ep, image, erase)
+	    erase = false
+	    EP_IM(ep) = immap (image, READ_WRITE, 0)
+	}
+end
+ 
+ 
+define	PARAMS	"|$image|$erase|"
+define	IMAGE	1
+define	ERASE	2
+ 
+# EP_COMMAND -- Format a command with argument substitution.  This
+# technique allows use of some other display command (such as CONTOUR).
+ 
+procedure ep_command (ep, image, erase)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX structure
+char	image[ARB]		# Image name
+bool	erase			# Erase?
+ 
+int	i, j, k, nscan(), strdic(), stridxs()
+pointer	sp, cmd, word
+ 
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (word, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+ 
+	call sscan (EP_COMMAND(ep))
+ 
+	Memc[cmd] = EOS
+	do i = 1, 100 {
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[word], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() != i)
+		break
+	    j = stridxs ("$", Memc[word]) - 1
+	    if (j >= 0) {
+	        k = strdic (Memc[word+j], Memc[word+j], SZ_LINE, PARAMS)
+	        switch (k) {
+	        case IMAGE:
+		    call sprintf (Memc[word+j], SZ_LINE-j, "%s%s")
+			call pargstr (image)
+			call pargstr (EP_SECTION(ep))
+		case ERASE:
+		    call sprintf (Memc[word+j], SZ_LINE-j, "%b")
+			call pargb (erase)
+	        }
+	    }
+	    call strcat (Memc[word], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call strcat (" ", Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	}
+ 
+	if (i > 1) {
+	    call clcmdw (Memc[cmd])
+	    erase = false
+	}
+ 
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+ 
+ 
+# EP_ZOOM -- Set an image section centered on the cursor for possible zooming.
+# Zoom is simulated by loading a subraster of the image.  If the image display
+# supports fill the frame this will give the effect of a zoom.
+ 
+procedure ep_zoom (ep, xa, ya, xb, yb, key, erase)
+ 
+pointer	ep		# EPIX structure
+int	xa, ya		# Cursor
+int	xb, yb		# Cursor
+int	key		# Cursor key
+bool	erase		# Erase?
+ 
+real	zoom
+int	nc, nl, nx, ny, zx, zy, x1, x2, y1, y2
+data	zoom/1./
+ 
+begin
+	erase = true
+ 
+	switch (key) {
+	case '0':
+	    zoom = 1.
+	case 'E':
+	    nc = IM_LEN(EP_IM(ep),1)
+	    nl = IM_LEN(EP_IM(ep),2)
+	    nx = abs (xa - xb) + 1
+	    ny = abs (ya - yb) + 1
+	    zoom = max (1., min (nc / real (nx), nl / real (ny)))
+	    zx = (xa + xb) / 2.
+	    zy = (ya + yb) / 2.
+	case 'P':
+	    zoom = max (1., zoom / 2)
+	    zx = xa
+	    zy = ya
+	case 'Z':
+	    zoom = 2 * zoom
+	    zx = xa
+	    zy = ya
+	}
+ 
+	if (zoom == 1.) {
+	    EP_SECTION(ep) = EOS
+	    return
+	}
+ 
+	nc = IM_LEN(EP_IM(ep),1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(EP_IM(ep),2)
+	nx = nc / zoom
+	ny = nl / zoom
+ 
+	switch (key) {
+	case '1':
+	    zx = zx + .4 * nx
+	    zy = zy + .4 * ny
+	case '2':
+	    zy = zy + .4 * ny
+	case '3':
+	    zx = zx - .4 * nx
+	    zy = zy + .4 * ny
+	case '4':
+	    zx = zx + .4 * nx
+	case '5', 'r', 'R':
+	    erase = false
+	case '6':
+	    zx = zx - .4 * nx
+	case '7':
+	    zx = zx + .4 * nx
+	    zy = zy - .4 * ny
+	case '8':
+	    zy = zy - .4 * ny
+	case '9':
+	    zx = zx - .4 * nx
+	    zy = zy - .4 * ny
+	}
+ 
+	# Insure the section is in bounds.
+	x1 = max (1, zx - nx / 2)
+	x2 = min (nc, x1 + nx)
+	x1 = max (1, x2 - nx)
+	y1 = max (1, zy - ny / 2)
+	y2 = min (nl, y1 + ny)
+	y1 = max (1, y2 - ny)
+ 
+	zx = (x1 + x2) / 2
+	zy = (y1 + y2) / 2
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+ 
+	# Format the image section.
+	call sprintf (EP_SECTION(ep), EP_SZFNAME, "[%d:%d,%d:%d]")
+	    call pargi (x1)
+	    call pargi (x2)
+	    call pargi (y1)
+	    call pargi (y2)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epdosurface.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epdosurface.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70866bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epdosurface.x
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_DOSURFACE -- Display surface plots.
+# There are two modes.  If there is no output subraster then just
+# display the input subraster otherwise display both.  The orientation
+# is given by the user.
+ 
+procedure ep_dosurface (ep)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX structure
+pointer	gp, gopen()
+ 
+begin
+	if (EP_INDATA(ep) == NULL && EP_OUTDATA(ep) == NULL) {
+	    call eprintf ("No region defined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+	
+	gp = gopen (EP_GRAPHICS(ep), NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+ 
+	if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) == NULL) {
+	    call gsview (gp, 0.03, 0.98, 0.03, 0.98)
+	    call ep_surface (gp, Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep),
+		EP_ANGH(ep), EP_ANGV(ep))
+	} else {
+	    call gsview (gp, 0.03, 0.48, 0.03, 0.98)
+	    call ep_surface (gp, Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep),
+		EP_ANGH(ep), EP_ANGV(ep))
+	    call gsview (gp, 0.53, 0.98, 0.03, 0.98)
+	    call ep_surface (gp, Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep),EP_NY(ep),
+		EP_ANGH(ep), EP_ANGV(ep))
+	}
+ 
+	call gclose (gp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e424a65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+
+# EP_GCUR -- Get EPIX cursor value.
+# This is an interface between the standard cursor input and EPIX.  It
+# returns an aperture consisting of an aperture type and the two integer
+# pixel corners containing the aperture.  This interface also provides
+# for interpreting the FIXPIX type files.  A default key may be
+# supplied which allows simple X-Y files to be read.
+
+int procedure ep_gcur (ep, ap, x1, y1, x2, y2, key, strval, maxch)
+
+pointer	ep			# EPIX structure
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	x1, y1, x2, y2		# Corners of aperture
+int	key			# Keystroke value of cursor event
+char	strval[ARB]		# String value, if any
+int	maxch
+
+real	a, b, c, d, e
+pointer	sp, buf, ip
+int	nitems, wcs
+int	ctor(), clglstr(), clgcur()
+
+begin
+	# FIXPIX format consists of a rectangle with column and line ranges.
+	# The key returned is for interpolation across the narrow dimension
+	# of the rectangle.
+
+	if (EP_FIXPIX(ep) == YES) {
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (buf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	    # Read the list structured string.
+	    if (clglstr ("cursor", Memc[buf], SZ_LINE) == EOF) {
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	        return (EOF)
+	    }
+
+	    ip = buf
+	    nitems = 0
+	    if (ctor (Memc, ip, a) > 0)
+	        nitems = nitems + 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc, ip, b) > 0)
+	        nitems = nitems + 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc, ip, c) > 0)
+	        nitems = nitems + 1
+	    if (ctor (Memc, ip, d) > 0)
+	        nitems = nitems + 1
+
+	    e = max (a, b)
+	    a = min (a, b)
+	    b = e
+	    e = max (c, d)
+	    c = min (c, d)
+	    d = e
+	    x1 = nint(a)
+	    y1 = nint(c)
+	    x2 = nint(b)
+	    y2 = nint(d)
+	    ap = APRECTANGLE
+	    if (x2 - x1 <= y2 - y1)
+		key = 'c'
+	    else
+		key = 'l'
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return (nitems)
+	}
+
+	# The standard cursor value is read for centered apertures and
+	# for two values are read for rectangular apertures.  The
+	# returned coordinates are properly defined.
+
+	key = EP_DEFAULT(ep)
+	strval[1] = EOS
+	nitems = clgcur ("cursor", a, b, wcs, key, strval, maxch)
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'a', 'c', 'd', 'l', 'f', 'j', 'v':
+	    call printf ("again:")
+	    nitems = clgcur ("cursor", c, d, wcs, key, strval, SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(a))
+	        x1 = nint (a)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(b))
+	        y1 = nint (b)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(c))
+	        x2 = nint (c)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(d))
+	        y2 = nint (d)
+	    if (key == 'f' || key == 'v') {
+	        if (abs (x2-x1) > abs (y2-y1))
+	            ap = APLDIAG
+	        else
+	            ap = APCDIAG
+	    } else
+	        ap = APRECTANGLE
+	case 'b', 'e', 'k', 'm', 'n', 'p', 's', ' ':
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(a)) {
+	        x1 = nint (a - EP_RADIUS(ep))
+	        x2 = nint (a + EP_RADIUS(ep))
+	    }
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(b)) {
+	        y1 = nint (b - EP_RADIUS(ep))
+	        y2 = nint (b + EP_RADIUS(ep))
+	    }
+	    ap = EP_APERTURE(ep)
+	case 'E':
+	    call printf ("again:")
+	    nitems = clgcur ("cursor", c, d, wcs, key, strval, SZ_LINE)
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(a))
+	        x1 = nint (a)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(b))
+	        y1 = nint (b)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(c))
+	        x2 = nint (c)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(d))
+	        y2 = nint (d)
+	default:
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(a))
+	        x1 = nint (a)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(b))
+	        y1 = nint (b)
+	}
+
+	return (nitems)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgdata.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgdata.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..163d7478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgdata.x
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_GDATA -- Get input and output image subrasters with boundary checking.
+# Null pointer are returned if entirely out of bounds.
+ 
+procedure ep_gdata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2		# Subraster limits
+ 
+int	nc, nl
+pointer	im, imgs2r(), imps2r()
+ 
+begin
+	im = EP_IM(ep)
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+ 
+	if (x2 < 1 || x1 >= nc || y2 < 1 || y1 >= nl) {
+	    call eprintf ("Pixel out of bounds\n")
+	    EP_INDATA(ep) = NULL
+	    EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+	    return
+	}
+	
+	EP_X1(ep) = max (1, x1)
+	EP_X2(ep) = min (nc, x2)
+	EP_Y1(ep) = max (1, y1)
+	EP_Y2(ep) = min (nl, y2)
+	EP_NX(ep) = EP_X2(ep) - EP_X1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NY(ep) = EP_Y2(ep) - EP_Y1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NPTS(ep) = EP_NX(ep) * EP_NY(ep)
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = imps2r (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep))
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = imgs2r (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep))
+	call amovr (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NPTS(ep))
+end
+ 
+ 
+# EP_GINDATA -- Get input image data only with boundary checking.
+# A null pointer is returned if entirely out of bounds.
+ 
+procedure ep_gindata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2		# Subraster limits
+ 
+int	nc, nl
+pointer	im, imgs2r()
+ 
+begin
+	im = EP_IM(ep)
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+ 
+	if (x2 < 1 || x1 >= nc || y2 < 1 || y1 >= nl) {
+	    call eprintf ("Pixel out of bounds\n")
+	    EP_INDATA(ep) = NULL
+	    return
+	}
+	
+	EP_X1(ep) = max (1, x1)
+	EP_X2(ep) = min (nc, x2)
+	EP_Y1(ep) = max (1, y1)
+	EP_Y2(ep) = min (nl, y2)
+	EP_NX(ep) = EP_X2(ep) - EP_X1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NY(ep) = EP_Y2(ep) - EP_Y1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NPTS(ep) = EP_NX(ep) * EP_NY(ep)
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = imgs2r (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgsfit.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgsfit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..976af322
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epgsfit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+include	<math/gsurfit.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_GSFIT -- Fit the background annulus.
+ 
+procedure ep_gsfit (ep, data, mask, x, y, w, nx, ny, gs)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX structure
+real	data[nx,ny]		# Data subraster
+int	mask[nx,ny]		# Mask subraster
+real	x[nx,ny]		# X positions
+real	y[nx,ny]		# Y positions
+real	w[nx,ny]		# Weights
+int	nx, ny			# Subraster size
+pointer	gs			# Surface pointer (returned)
+ 
+int	i, j, n, npts, xo, yo
+pointer	sp, work
+real	amedr()
+ 
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (work, nx * ny, TY_REAL)
+
+	gs = NULL
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	if (EP_XORDER(ep) == 0 || EP_YORDER(ep) == 0) {
+	    n = 0
+	    do j = 1, ny {
+		do i = 1, nx {
+		    if (mask[i,j] == 2) {
+			Memr[work+n] = data[i,j]
+			n = n + 1
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    call amovkr (amedr (Memr[work], n), Memr[work], npts)
+	    xo = 1
+	    yo = 1
+	} else {
+	    call amovr (data, Memr[work], npts)
+	    xo = EP_XORDER(ep)
+	    yo = EP_YORDER(ep)
+	}
+
+	n = 0
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+		x[i,j] = i
+		y[i,j] = j
+		if (mask[i,j] == 2) {
+		    w[i,j] = 1.
+		    n = n + 1
+		} else
+		    w[i,j] = 0.
+	    }
+	}
+ 
+	if (n > 7) {
+	    repeat {
+		call gsinit (gs, GS_POLYNOMIAL, xo, yo, YES,
+		    1., real (nx), 1., real (ny))
+		call gsfit (gs, x, y, Memr[work], w, npts, WTS_USER, n)
+		if (n == OK)
+		    break
+		xo = max (1, xo - 1)
+		yo = max (1, yo - 1)
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call eprintf ("ERROR: Insufficient background points\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epimcopy.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epimcopy.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb0094eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epimcopy.x
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+ 
+# EP_IMCOPY -- Copy an image.  Use sequential routines to permit copying
+# images of any dimension.  Perform pixel i/o in the datatype of the image,
+# to avoid unnecessary type conversion.
+ 
+procedure ep_imcopy (image1, image2)
+ 
+char	image1[ARB]			# Input image
+char	image2[ARB]			# Output image
+ 
+int	npix, junk
+pointer	buf1, buf2, im1, im2
+long	v1[IM_MAXDIM], v2[IM_MAXDIM]
+ 
+int	imgnls(), imgnli(), imgnll(), imgnlr(), imgnld(), imgnlx()
+int	impnls(), impnli(), impnll(), impnlr(), impnld(), impnlx()
+pointer	immap()
+errchk	immap
+errchk	imgnls, imgnli, imgnll, imgnlr, imgnld, imgnlx
+errchk	impnls, impnli, impnll, impnlr, impnld, impnlx
+ 
+begin
+	# Map images.
+	im1 = immap (image1, READ_ONLY, 0)
+	im2 = immap (image2, NEW_COPY, im1)
+ 
+	# Setup start vector for sequential reads and writes.
+	call amovkl (long(1), v1, IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), v2, IM_MAXDIM)
+ 
+	# Copy the image.
+	npix = IM_LEN(im1, 1)
+	switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im1)) {
+	case TY_SHORT:
+	    while (imgnls (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnls (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovs (Mems[buf1], Mems[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_USHORT, TY_INT:
+	    while (imgnli (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnli (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovi (Memi[buf1], Memi[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_LONG:
+	    while (imgnll (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnll (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovl (Meml[buf1], Meml[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    while (imgnlr (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnlr (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_DOUBLE:
+	    while (imgnld (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+		junk = impnld (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovd (Memd[buf1], Memd[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	case TY_COMPLEX:
+	    while (imgnlx (im1, buf1, v1) != EOF) {
+	        junk = impnlx (im2, buf2, v2)
+		call amovx (Memx[buf1], Memx[buf2], npix)
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call error (1, "unknown pixel datatype")
+	}
+ 
+	# Unmap the images.
+	call imunmap (im2)
+	call imunmap (im1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epinput.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epinput.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b8e9c4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epinput.x
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_INPUT -- Replace aperture by data from original input image.
+# The aperture is first centered.
+ 
+procedure ep_input (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture coordinates
+ 
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	mask, indata, im, immap(), imgs2r()
+ 
+begin
+	i = max (5., abs (EP_SEARCH(ep)) + 1)
+	x1 = min (xa, xb) - i
+	x2 = max (xa, xb) + i
+	y1 = min (ya, yb) - i
+	y2 = max (ya, yb) + i
+	call ep_gdata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (mask, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_INT)
+ 
+	    call ep_search (ep, Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep),
+		    EP_NY(ep), ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+ 
+	    im = immap (EP_INPUT(ep), READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    indata = imgs2r (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep))
+	    call ep_input1 (Memr[indata], Memi[mask], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		EP_NPTS(ep))
+	    call imunmap (im)
+ 
+	    call mfree (mask, TY_INT)
+	}
+end
+ 
+ 
+# EP_INPUT1 -- Replace aperture by input data.
+ 
+procedure ep_input1 (indata, mask, outdata, npts)
+ 
+real	indata[npts]		# Data subraster
+int	mask[npts]		# Mask subraster
+real	outdata[npts]		# Input buffer data
+int	npts			# Number of points
+ 
+int	i
+ 
+begin
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (mask[i] == 1)
+		outdata[i] = indata[i]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epix.h b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epix.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d794ac8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# Parameter data structure
+ 
+define	EP_SZFNAME	99			# Length of file name
+define	EP_SZLINE	199			# Length of line
+define	EP_LEN		379			# Length of EP structure
+ 
+define	EP_INPUT	Memc[P2C($1)]		# Input image name
+define	EP_OUTPUT	Memc[P2C($1+50)]	# Output image name
+define	EP_WORK		Memc[P2C($1+100)]	# Working image name
+define	EP_SECTION	Memc[P2C($1+150)]	# Image section
+define	EP_GRAPHICS	Memc[P2C($1+200)]	# Graphics device
+define	EP_COMMAND	Memc[P2C($1+250)]	# Display command
+ 
+define	EP_ANGH		Memr[P2R($1+350)]	# Horizontal viewing angle
+define	EP_ANGV		Memr[P2R($1+351)]	# Vertical viewing angle
+define	EP_APERTURE	Memi[$1+352]		# Aperture type
+define	EP_AUTODISPLAY	Memi[$1+353]		# Automatic image display?
+define	EP_AUTOSURFACE	Memi[$1+354]		# Automatic surface plots?
+define	EP_BUFFER	Memr[P2R($1+355)]	# Background buffer width
+define	EP_DEFAULT	Memi[$1+356]		# Default edit option
+define	EP_DISPLAY	Memi[$1+357]		# Display images?
+define	EP_FIXPIX	Memi[$1+358]		# Fixpix input?
+define	EP_RADIUS	Memr[P2R($1+359)]	# Aperture radius
+define	EP_SEARCH	Memr[P2R($1+360)]	# Search radius
+define	EP_SIGMA	Memr[P2R($1+361)]	# Added noise sigma
+define	EP_VALUE	Memr[P2R($1+362)]	# Substitution value
+define	EP_MINVALUE	Memr[P2R($1+363)]	# Minimum value for edit
+define	EP_MAXVALUE	Memr[P2R($1+364)]	# Maximum value for edit
+define	EP_WIDTH	Memr[P2R($1+365)]	# Background width
+define	EP_XORDER	Memi[$1+366]		# Background xorder
+define	EP_YORDER	Memi[$1+367]		# Background xorder
+ 
+define	EP_LOGFD	Memi[$1+368]		# Log file descriptor
+define	EP_IM		Memi[$1+369]		# IMIO pointer
+define	EP_INDATA	Memi[$1+370]		# Input data pointer
+define	EP_OUTDATA	Memi[$1+371]		# Output data pointer
+define	EP_NX		Memi[$1+372]		# Number of columns in subraster
+define	EP_NY		Memi[$1+373]		# Number of lines in subraster
+define	EP_NPTS		Memi[$1+374]		# Number of pixels in subraster
+define	EP_X1		Memi[$1+375]		# Starting column of subraster
+define	EP_Y1		Memi[$1+376]		# Starting line of subraster
+define	EP_X2		Memi[$1+377]		# Ending column of subraster
+define	EP_Y2		Memi[$1+378]		# Ending line of subraster
+ 
+define	APTYPES		"|circular|square|"	# Aperture types
+define	APRECTANGLE	0			# Rectangular aperture
+define	APCIRCULAR	1			# Circular aperture
+define	APSQUARE	2			# Square aperture
+define	APCDIAG		3			# Diagonal with column interp
+define	APLDIAG		4			# Diagonal with column interp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epline.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epline.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2644beb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epline.x
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_LINE -- Replace aperture by line interpolation from background annulus.
+# The aperture is first centered.  The interpolation is across lines
+# from the nearest pixel in the background annulus.  Gaussian noise may
+# be added.
+ 
+procedure ep_line (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture coordinates
+ 
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	mask, gs
+ 
+begin
+	i = abs (EP_SEARCH(ep)) + EP_BUFFER(ep) + 1
+	x1 = min (xa, xb)
+	x2 = max (xa, xb)
+	y1 = min (ya, yb) - i
+	y2 = max (ya, yb) + i
+	call ep_gdata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (mask, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_INT)
+ 
+	    call ep_search (ep, Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep),
+		EP_NY(ep), ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_line1 (Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memi[mask],
+		EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep))
+	    if (!IS_INDEF (EP_SIGMA(ep)))
+	        call ep_noise (EP_SIGMA(ep), Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		    Memi[mask], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		    EP_NPTS(ep), gs)
+ 
+	    call mfree (mask, TY_INT)
+	}
+end
+ 
+ 
+# EP_LINE1 -- Interpolate across lines.
+ 
+procedure ep_line1 (data, mask, nx, ny)
+ 
+real	data[nx,ny]		# Data subraster
+int	mask[nx,ny]		# Mask subraster
+int	nx, ny			# Number of points
+ 
+int	i, j, ya, yb, yc, yd
+real	a, b
+ 
+begin
+	do i = 1, nx {
+	    for (ya=1; ya<=ny && mask[i,ya]!=1; ya=ya+1)
+		;
+	    if (ya > ny)
+		next
+	    for (yb=ny; yb>ya && mask[i,yb]!=1; yb=yb-1)
+		;
+	    for (yc=ya; yc>=1 && mask[i,yc]!=2; yc=yc-1)
+		;
+	    for (yd=yb; yd<=ny && mask[i,yd]!=2; yd=yd+1)
+		;
+	    if (yc < 1 && yd > ny)
+		next
+	    else if (yc < 1)
+		do j = ya, yb
+		    data[i,j] = data[i,yd]
+	    else if (yd > ny)
+		do j = ya, yb
+		    data[i,j] = data[i,yc]
+	    else {
+		a = data[i,yc]
+		b = (data[i,yd] - a) / (yd - yc)
+		do j = ya, yb
+		    data[i,j] = a + b * (j - yc)
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epmask.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epmask.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12fd8fc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epmask.x
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_MASK -- Make a mask array with 1=aperture and 2=background annulus.
+#
+# Exclude values outside a specified range.
+ 
+procedure ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+pointer	mask			# Mask pointer
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture
+ 
+int	xc, yc, i, j
+real	rad, r, a, b, c, d, minv, maxv
+int	x1a, x1b, x1c, x2a, x2b, x2c, y1a, y1b, y1c, y2a, y2b, y2c
+pointer	sp, line, ptr1, ptr2
+ 
+begin
+	rad = max (0.5, EP_RADIUS(ep))
+
+	switch (ap) {
+	case APCIRCULAR:
+	    xc = nint ((xa + xb) / 2.)
+	    yc = nint ((ya + yb) / 2.)
+ 
+	    a = rad ** 2
+	    b = (rad + EP_BUFFER(ep)) ** 2
+	    c = (rad + EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep)) ** 2
+ 
+	    ptr1 = mask
+	    do j = EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep) {
+	        d = (j - yc) ** 2
+	        do i = EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep) {
+		    r = d + (i - xc) ** 2
+		    if (r <= a)
+		        Memi[ptr1] = 1
+		    else if (r >= b && r <= c)
+		        Memi[ptr1] = 2
+		    else
+		        Memi[ptr1] = 0
+		    ptr1 = ptr1 + 1
+	        }
+	    }
+	case APCDIAG:
+	    a = rad
+	    b = rad + EP_BUFFER(ep)
+	    c = rad + EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep)
+ 
+	    if (yb - ya != 0)
+	        d = real (xb - xa) / (yb - ya)
+	    else
+		d = 1.
+ 
+	    ptr1 = mask
+	    do j = EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep) {
+		xc = xa + d * (j - ya)
+		do i = EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep) {
+		    r = abs (i - xc)
+		    if (r <= a)
+			Memi[ptr1] = 1
+		    else if (r >= b && r <= c)
+			Memi[ptr1] = 2
+		    else
+			Memi[ptr1] = 0
+		    ptr1 = ptr1 + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	case APLDIAG:
+	    a = rad
+	    b = rad + EP_BUFFER(ep)
+	    c = rad + EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep)
+ 
+	    if (xb - xa != 0)
+	        d = real (yb - ya) / (xb - xa)
+	    else
+		d = 1.
+ 
+	    ptr1 = mask
+	    do j = EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep) {
+		do i = EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep) {
+		    yc = ya + d * (i - xa)
+		    r = abs (j - yc)
+		    if (r <= a)
+			Memi[ptr1] = 1
+		    else if (r >= b && r <= c)
+			Memi[ptr1] = 2
+		    else
+			Memi[ptr1] = 0
+		    ptr1 = ptr1 + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (line, EP_NX(ep), TY_INT)
+ 
+	    x1a = max (EP_X1(ep), min (xa, xb))
+	    x1b = max (EP_X1(ep), int (x1a - EP_BUFFER(ep)))
+	    x1c = max (EP_X1(ep), int (x1a - EP_BUFFER(ep) - EP_WIDTH(ep)))
+	    x2a = min (EP_X2(ep), max (xa, xb))
+	    x2b = min (EP_X2(ep), int (x2a + EP_BUFFER(ep)))
+	    x2c = min (EP_X2(ep), int (x2a + EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep)))
+ 
+	    y1a = max (EP_Y1(ep), min (ya, yb))
+	    y1b = max (EP_Y1(ep), int (y1a - EP_BUFFER(ep)))
+	    y1c = max (EP_Y1(ep), int (y1a - EP_BUFFER(ep) - EP_WIDTH(ep)))
+	    y2a = min (EP_Y2(ep), max (ya, yb))
+	    y2b = min (EP_Y2(ep), int (y2a + EP_BUFFER(ep)))
+	    y2c = min (EP_Y2(ep), int (y2a + EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep)))
+ 
+	    ptr1 = line - EP_X1(ep)
+	    ptr2 = mask - EP_Y1(ep) * EP_NX(ep)
+ 
+	    for (i=EP_X1(ep); i<x1c; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 0
+	    for (; i<x1b; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 2
+	    for (; i<x1a; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 0
+	    for (; i<=x2a; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 1
+	    for (; i<=x2b; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 0
+	    for (; i<=x2c; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 2
+	    for (; i<=EP_X2(ep); i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 0
+	    do i = y1a, y2a
+	        call amovi (Memi[line], Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+ 
+	    for (i=x1a; i<=x2a; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 0
+	    for (i=y1b; i<y1a; i=i+1)
+	        call amovi (Memi[line], Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+	    for (i=y2a+1; i<=y2b; i=i+1)
+	        call amovi (Memi[line], Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+ 
+	    for (i=x1b; i<=x2b; i=i+1)
+	        Memi[ptr1+i] = 2
+	    for (i=y1c; i<y1b; i=i+1)
+	        call amovi (Memi[line], Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+	    for (i=y2b+1; i<=y2c; i=i+1)
+	        call amovi (Memi[line], Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+ 
+	    for (i=EP_Y1(ep); i<y1c; i=i+1)
+	        call aclri (Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+	    for (i=y2c+1; i<=EP_Y2(ep); i=i+1)
+	        call aclri (Memi[ptr2+i*EP_NX(ep)], EP_NX(ep))
+ 
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+
+	# Exclude data values.
+	ptr2 = EP_OUTDATA(ep)
+	if (ptr2 == NULL ||
+	    (IS_INDEFR(EP_MINVALUE(ep)) && IS_INDEFR(EP_MAXVALUE(ep))))
+	    return
+
+	minv = EP_MINVALUE(ep)
+	maxv = EP_MAXVALUE(ep)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(minv))
+	    minv = -MAX_REAL
+	if (IS_INDEFR(maxv))
+	    maxv = MAX_REAL
+	ptr1 = mask
+	do j = EP_Y1(ep), EP_Y2(ep) {
+	    do i = EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep) {
+	        if (Memi[ptr1] != 0) {
+		    if (Memr[ptr2] < minv || Memr[ptr2] > maxv)
+		        Memi[ptr1] = 0
+		}
+		ptr1 = ptr1 + 1
+		ptr2 = ptr2 + 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epmove.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epmove.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..687a200e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epmove.x
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+
+# EP_MOVE -- Replace the output aperture by the data in the input aperture.
+# There is no centering.  A background is fit to the input data and subtracted
+# and then a background is fit to the output aperture and added to the
+# input aperture data.
+
+procedure ep_move (ep, ap, xa1, ya1, xb1, yb1, xa2, ya2, xb2, yb2, key)
+
+pointer ep			# EPIX structure
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa1, ya1, xb1, yb1	# Aperture coordinates
+int	xa2, ya2, xb2, yb2	# Aperture coordinates
+int	key			# Key
+
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	bufdata, mask, x, y, w
+
+begin
+	i = EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep) + 1
+	x1 = min (xa1, xb1) - i
+	x2 = max (xa1, xb1) + i
+	y1 = min (ya1, yb1) - i
+	y2 = max (ya1, yb1) + i
+	call ep_gindata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (EP_INDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (bufdata, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (mask, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_INT)
+	    call malloc (x, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (y, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (w, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+
+	    call amovr (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memr[bufdata], EP_NPTS(ep))
+	    call ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa1, ya1, xb1, yb1)
+	    i = EP_BUFFER(ep) + EP_WIDTH(ep) + 1
+	    x1 = min (xa2, xb2) - i
+	    x2 = max (xa2, xb2) + i
+	    y1 = min (ya2, yb2) - i
+	    y2 = max (ya2, yb2) + i
+	    i = EP_NPTS(ep)
+	    call ep_gdata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	    if (i != EP_NPTS(ep)) {
+		call eprintf ("Raster sizes don't match\n")
+		EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+	    }
+	    if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+		switch (key) {
+		case 'm':
+	            call ep_movem (ep, Memr[bufdata], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		        Memi[mask], Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w],
+			EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep))
+		case 'n':
+	            call ep_moven (ep, Memr[bufdata], Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)],
+		        Memi[mask], Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w],
+			EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call mfree (bufdata, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (mask, TY_INT)
+	    call mfree (x, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (y, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (w, TY_REAL)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# EP_MOVEM -- Move the input aperture to the output.
+
+procedure ep_movem (ep, indata, outdata, mask, x, y, w, nx, ny)
+
+pointer	ep			# EPIX structure
+real	indata[nx,ny]		# Input data subraster
+real	outdata[nx,ny]		# Output data subraster
+int	mask[nx,ny]		# Mask subraster
+real	x[nx,ny], y[nx,ny]	# Coordinates
+real	w[nx,ny]		# Weights
+int	nx, ny			# Size of subraster
+
+int	i, j
+real	gseval()
+pointer	gsin, gsout
+
+begin
+	call ep_gsfit (ep, indata, mask, x, y, w, nx, ny, gsin)
+	if (gsin == NULL)
+	    return
+	call ep_gsfit (ep, outdata, mask, x, y, w, nx, ny, gsout)
+	if (gsout == NULL) {
+	    call gsfree (gsin)
+	    return
+	}
+	do j = 1, ny
+	    do i = 1, nx
+	        if (mask[i,j] == 1)
+		    outdata[i,j] = indata[i,j] - gseval (gsin, x[i,j], y[i,j]) +
+		        gseval (gsout, x[i,j], y[i,j])
+	call gsfree (gsin)
+	call gsfree (gsout)
+end
+
+
+# EP_MOVEN -- Add the input aperture to the output.
+
+procedure ep_moven (ep, indata, outdata, mask, x, y, w, nx, ny)
+
+pointer	ep			# EPIX structure
+real	indata[nx,ny]		# Input data subraster
+real	outdata[nx,ny]		# Output data subraster
+int	mask[nx,ny]		# Mask subraster
+real	x[nx,ny], y[nx,ny]	# Coordinates
+real	w[nx,ny]		# Weights
+int	nx, ny			# Size of subraster
+
+int	i, j
+real	gseval()
+pointer	gs
+
+begin
+	call ep_gsfit (ep, indata, mask, x, y, w, nx, ny, gs)
+	if (gs == NULL)
+	    return
+	do j = 1, ny
+	    do i = 1, nx
+	        if (mask[i,j] == 1)
+		    outdata[i,j] = indata[i,j] - gseval (gs, x[i,j], y[i,j]) +
+		        outdata[i,j]
+	call gsfree (gs)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epnoise.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epnoise.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..796e5038
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epnoise.x
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+# EP_NOISE -- Add noise.
+# If the sigma is zero add no noise.  If a nonzero sigma is given then
+# add gaussian random noise.  If the sigma is INDEF then use histogram
+# sampling from the background.  The background histogram is corrected
+# for a background function.  The histogram is sampled by sorting the
+# background values and selecting uniformly from the central 80%.
+
+procedure ep_noise (sigma, data, mask, x, y, npts, gs)
+
+real	sigma			# Noise sigma
+real	data[npts]		# Image data
+int	mask[npts]		# Mask (1=object, 2=background)
+real	x[npts], y[npts]	# Coordinates
+int	npts			# Number of pixels in subraster
+pointer	gs			# Background surface
+
+int	i, j, nbg
+real	a, b, urand(), gseval(), ep_gauss()
+pointer	bg
+
+long	seed
+data	seed /1/
+
+begin
+	# Add gaussian random noise.
+	if (!IS_INDEF (sigma)) {
+	    if (sigma <= 0.)
+		return
+	    do i = 1, npts {
+	        if (mask[i] == 1)
+	            data[i] = data[i] + sigma * ep_gauss (seed)
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+		
+	# Add background sampling with background slope correction.
+
+	if (gs == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	call malloc (bg, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	nbg = 0
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    if (mask[i] == 2) {
+	        Memr[bg+nbg] = data[i] - gseval (gs, x[i], y[i])
+	        nbg = nbg + 1
+	    }
+	}
+	if (nbg < 10) {
+	    call mfree (bg, TY_REAL)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call asrtr (Memr[bg], Memr[bg], nbg)
+	a = .1 * nbg - 1
+	b = .8 * nbg
+
+	do i = 1, npts
+	    if (mask[i] == 1) {
+		j = a + b * urand (seed)
+	        data[i] = data[i] + Memr[bg + j]
+	    }
+
+	call mfree (bg, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# EP_GAUSS -- Gaussian random number generator based on uniform random number
+# generator.
+
+real procedure ep_gauss (seed)
+
+long	seed		# Random number seed
+
+real	a, b, c, d, urand()
+int	flag
+data	flag/NO/
+
+begin
+	if (flag == NO) {
+	    repeat {
+	        a = 2. * urand (seed) - 1.
+	        b = 2. * urand (seed) - 1.
+	        c = a * a + b * b
+	    } until (c <= 1.)
+
+	    d = sqrt (-2. * log (c) / c)
+	    flag = YES
+	    return (a * d)
+	} else {
+	    flag = NO
+	    return (b * d)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epreplace.gx b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epreplace.gx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df09e50b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epreplace.gx
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+
+
+# EP_REPLACE -- Replace all pixels that are ==, <=, or >= to the value at the
+# reference pixel.  Since this allocates and gets sections this may result in
+# the entire image being put into memory with potential memory problems.  It
+# is intended for use with masks that have regions of constant values.
+#
+# Note that this version assumes the pixel values may be ACE object masks.
+
+$for (ir)
+procedure ep_replace$t (ep, x, y, key)
+
+pointer	ep			#I EPIX pointer
+int	x, y			#I Reference pixel
+int	key			#I Key
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, x1, x2, y1, y2
+real	minv, maxv
+PIXEL	val, ival, oval
+pointer	im, buf
+
+$if (datatype == i)
+int	andi()
+$endif
+pointer	imgs2$t(), imps2$t()
+errchk	imgs2$t, imps2$t
+
+begin
+	im = EP_IM(ep)
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = NULL
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+	if (x < 1 || x > nc || y < 1 || y > nl) {
+	    call eprintf ("Pixel out of bounds\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get reference pixel value and replacement value.
+	buf = imgs2$t (im, x, x, y, y)
+	$if (datatype == i)
+	ival = andi (Mem$t[buf], 0777777B)
+	$else
+	ival = Mem$t[buf]
+	$endif
+	oval = EP_VALUE(ep)
+	minv = EP_MINVALUE(ep)
+	maxv = EP_MAXVALUE(ep)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(minv))
+	    minv = -MAX_REAL
+	if (IS_INDEFR(maxv))
+	    minv = MAX_REAL
+
+	# This requires two passes to fit into the subraster model.
+	# First pass finds the limits of the change and the second
+	# makes the change.
+
+	x1 = x+1; x2 = x-1; y1 = y+1; y2 = y-1
+	do j = 1, nl {
+	    buf = imgs2$t (im, 1, nc, j, j)
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case '=':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    $if (datatype == i)
+		    val = andi (Mem$t[buf+i-1], 0777777B)
+		    $else
+		    val = Mem$t[buf+i-1]
+		    $endif
+		    if (val != ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    case '<':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    $if (datatype == i)
+		    val = andi (Mem$t[buf+i-1], 0777777B)
+		    $else
+		    val = Mem$t[buf+i-1]
+		    $endif
+		    if (val > ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    case '>':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    $if (datatype == i)
+		    val = andi (Mem$t[buf+i-1], 0777777B)
+		    $else
+		    val = Mem$t[buf+i-1]
+		    $endif
+		    if (val < ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# No pixels to change.
+	if (x2 < x1 || y2 < y1)
+	    return
+
+	# Set the rasters and change the pixels.
+	EP_X1(ep) = x1
+	EP_X2(ep) = x2
+	EP_Y1(ep) = y1
+	EP_Y2(ep) = y2
+	EP_NX(ep) = EP_X2(ep) - EP_X1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NY(ep) = EP_Y2(ep) - EP_Y1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NPTS(ep) = EP_NX(ep) * EP_NY(ep)
+
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = imps2$t (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep),
+	    EP_Y2(ep))
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = imgs2$t (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep),
+	    EP_Y2(ep))
+
+	buf = EP_OUTDATA(ep)
+	call amov$t (Mem$t[EP_INDATA(ep)], Mem$t[buf], EP_NPTS(ep))
+	switch (key) {
+	case '=':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		$if (datatype == i)
+		val = andi (Mem$t[buf], 0777777B)
+		$else
+		val = Mem$t[buf]
+		$endif
+		if (val == ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Mem$t[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	case '<':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		$if (datatype == i)
+		val = andi (Mem$t[buf], 0777777B)
+		$else
+		val = Mem$t[buf]
+		$endif
+		if (val <= ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Mem$t[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	case '>':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		$if (datatype == i)
+		val = andi (Mem$t[buf], 0777777B)
+		$else
+		val = Mem$t[buf]
+		$endif
+		if (val >= ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Mem$t[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
+$endfor
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epreplace.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epreplace.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c79b943f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epreplace.x
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+
+
+# EP_REPLACE -- Replace all pixels that are ==, <=, or >= to the value at the
+# reference pixel.  Since this allocates and gets sections this may result in
+# the entire image being put into memory with potential memory problems.  It
+# is intended for use with masks that have regions of constant values.
+#
+# Note that this version assumes the pixel values may be ACE object masks.
+
+
+procedure ep_replacei (ep, x, y, key)
+
+pointer	ep			#I EPIX pointer
+int	x, y			#I Reference pixel
+int	key			#I Key
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, x1, x2, y1, y2
+real	minv, maxv
+int	val, ival, oval
+pointer	im, buf
+
+int	andi()
+pointer	imgs2i(), imps2i()
+errchk	imgs2i, imps2i
+
+begin
+	im = EP_IM(ep)
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = NULL
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+	if (x < 1 || x > nc || y < 1 || y > nl) {
+	    call eprintf ("Pixel out of bounds\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get reference pixel value and replacement value.
+	buf = imgs2i (im, x, x, y, y)
+	ival = andi (Memi[buf], 0777777B)
+	oval = EP_VALUE(ep)
+	minv = EP_MINVALUE(ep)
+	maxv = EP_MAXVALUE(ep)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(minv))
+	    minv = -MAX_REAL
+	if (IS_INDEFR(maxv))
+	    minv = MAX_REAL
+
+	# This requires two passes to fit into the subraster model.
+	# First pass finds the limits of the change and the second
+	# makes the change.
+
+	x1 = x+1; x2 = x-1; y1 = y+1; y2 = y-1
+	do j = 1, nl {
+	    buf = imgs2i (im, 1, nc, j, j)
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case '=':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    val = andi (Memi[buf+i-1], 0777777B)
+		    if (val != ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    case '<':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    val = andi (Memi[buf+i-1], 0777777B)
+		    if (val > ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    case '>':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    val = andi (Memi[buf+i-1], 0777777B)
+		    if (val < ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# No pixels to change.
+	if (x2 < x1 || y2 < y1)
+	    return
+
+	# Set the rasters and change the pixels.
+	EP_X1(ep) = x1
+	EP_X2(ep) = x2
+	EP_Y1(ep) = y1
+	EP_Y2(ep) = y2
+	EP_NX(ep) = EP_X2(ep) - EP_X1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NY(ep) = EP_Y2(ep) - EP_Y1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NPTS(ep) = EP_NX(ep) * EP_NY(ep)
+
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = imps2i (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep),
+	    EP_Y2(ep))
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = imgs2i (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep),
+	    EP_Y2(ep))
+
+	buf = EP_OUTDATA(ep)
+	call amovi (Memi[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memi[buf], EP_NPTS(ep))
+	switch (key) {
+	case '=':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		val = andi (Memi[buf], 0777777B)
+		if (val == ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Memi[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	case '<':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		val = andi (Memi[buf], 0777777B)
+		if (val <= ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Memi[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	case '>':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		val = andi (Memi[buf], 0777777B)
+		if (val >= ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Memi[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+procedure ep_replacer (ep, x, y, key)
+
+pointer	ep			#I EPIX pointer
+int	x, y			#I Reference pixel
+int	key			#I Key
+
+int	i, j, nc, nl, x1, x2, y1, y2
+real	minv, maxv
+real	val, ival, oval
+pointer	im, buf
+
+pointer	imgs2r(), imps2r()
+errchk	imgs2r, imps2r
+
+begin
+	im = EP_IM(ep)
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = NULL
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+	if (x < 1 || x > nc || y < 1 || y > nl) {
+	    call eprintf ("Pixel out of bounds\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get reference pixel value and replacement value.
+	buf = imgs2r (im, x, x, y, y)
+	ival = Memr[buf]
+	oval = EP_VALUE(ep)
+	minv = EP_MINVALUE(ep)
+	maxv = EP_MAXVALUE(ep)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(minv))
+	    minv = -MAX_REAL
+	if (IS_INDEFR(maxv))
+	    minv = MAX_REAL
+
+	# This requires two passes to fit into the subraster model.
+	# First pass finds the limits of the change and the second
+	# makes the change.
+
+	x1 = x+1; x2 = x-1; y1 = y+1; y2 = y-1
+	do j = 1, nl {
+	    buf = imgs2r (im, 1, nc, j, j)
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case '=':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    val = Memr[buf+i-1]
+		    if (val != ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    case '<':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    val = Memr[buf+i-1]
+		    if (val > ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    case '>':
+		do i = 1, nc {
+		    val = Memr[buf+i-1]
+		    if (val < ival || val == oval || val < minv || val > maxv)
+		        next
+		    x1 = min (x1, i)
+		    x2 = max (x2, i)
+		    y1 = min (y1, j)
+		    y2 = max (y2, j)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# No pixels to change.
+	if (x2 < x1 || y2 < y1)
+	    return
+
+	# Set the rasters and change the pixels.
+	EP_X1(ep) = x1
+	EP_X2(ep) = x2
+	EP_Y1(ep) = y1
+	EP_Y2(ep) = y2
+	EP_NX(ep) = EP_X2(ep) - EP_X1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NY(ep) = EP_Y2(ep) - EP_Y1(ep) + 1
+	EP_NPTS(ep) = EP_NX(ep) * EP_NY(ep)
+
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = imps2r (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep),
+	    EP_Y2(ep))
+	EP_INDATA(ep) = imgs2r (im, EP_X1(ep), EP_X2(ep), EP_Y1(ep),
+	    EP_Y2(ep))
+
+	buf = EP_OUTDATA(ep)
+	call amovr (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memr[buf], EP_NPTS(ep))
+	switch (key) {
+	case '=':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		val = Memr[buf]
+		if (val == ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Memr[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	case '<':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		val = Memr[buf]
+		if (val <= ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Memr[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	case '>':
+	    do i = 1, EP_NPTS(ep) {
+		val = Memr[buf]
+		if (val >= ival && val >= minv && val <= maxv)
+		    Memr[buf] = oval
+		buf = buf + 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsearch.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsearch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..814d9a3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsearch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_SEARCH -- Search input data for maximum or minimum pixel in search radius.
+# Return the new aperture positions.  The magnitude of the search radius
+# defines the range to be searched (bounded by the raster dimension) and
+# the sign of the radius determines whether a minimum or maximum is sought.
+ 
+procedure ep_search (ep, data, nx, ny, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+ 
+pointer	ep			# EPIX pointer
+real	data[nx,ny]		# Subraster
+int	nx, ny			# Subraster size
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture (initial and final)
+ 
+real	xc, yc, search2, dj2, r2, dmax
+int	i, j, i1, i2, j1, j2, imax, jmax
+ 
+begin
+	if (EP_SEARCH(ep) == 0.)
+	    return
+ 
+	search2 = abs (EP_SEARCH(ep))
+
+	xa = xa - EP_X1(ep) + 1
+	xb = xb - EP_X1(ep) + 1
+	xc = (xa + xb) / 2.
+	i1 = max (1., xc - search2)
+	i2 = min (real(nx), xc + search2)
+	imax = nint (xc)
+ 
+	ya = ya - EP_Y1(ep) + 1
+	yb = yb - EP_Y1(ep) + 1
+	yc = (ya + yb) / 2.
+	j1 = max (1., yc - search2)
+	j2 = min (real(ny), yc + search2)
+	jmax = nint (yc)
+
+	dmax = data[imax,jmax]
+	switch (ap) {
+	case 1:
+	    search2 = EP_SEARCH(ep) ** 2
+	    do j = j1, j2 {
+	        dj2 = (j - yc) ** 2
+	        do i = i1, i2 {
+		    r2 = dj2 + (i - xc) ** 2
+		    if (r2 > search2)
+		        next
+ 
+		    if (EP_SEARCH(ep) > 0.) {
+		        if (data[i,j] > dmax) {
+		            dmax = data[i,j]
+		            imax = i
+		            jmax = j
+		        }
+		    } else {
+		        if (data[i,j] < dmax) {
+		            dmax = data[i,j]
+		            imax = i
+		            jmax = j
+		        }
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+	default:
+	    do j = j1, j2 {
+	        do i = i1, i2 {
+		    if (EP_SEARCH(ep) > 0.) {
+		        if (data[i,j] > dmax) {
+		            dmax = data[i,j]
+		            imax = i
+		            jmax = j
+		        }
+		    } else {
+		        if (data[i,j] < dmax) {
+		            dmax = data[i,j]
+		            imax = i
+		            jmax = j
+		        }
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+ 
+	xa = xa + (imax - xc) + EP_X1(ep) - 1
+	xb = xb + (imax - xc) + EP_X1(ep) - 1
+	ya = ya + (jmax - yc) + EP_Y1(ep) - 1
+	yb = yb + (jmax - yc) + EP_Y1(ep) - 1
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsetpars.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsetpars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4101ff5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsetpars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+include	<error.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+# EP_SETPARS -- Set the parameter values in the EPIX structure.
+# If a logfile is given record selected parameters.
+ 
+procedure ep_setpars (ep)
+ 
+pointer	ep		# EPIX structure
+ 
+int	fd, clgeti(), btoi(), clgwrd(), nowhite(), open()
+char	clgetc()
+bool	clgetb()
+real	clgetr()
+pointer	sp, aperture, logfile
+errchk	open
+ 
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (aperture, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (logfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+ 
+	EP_ANGH(ep) = clgetr ("angh")
+	EP_ANGV(ep) = clgetr ("angv")
+	EP_APERTURE(ep) = clgwrd ("aperture", Memc[aperture], SZ_FNAME, APTYPES)
+	EP_AUTODISPLAY(ep) = btoi (clgetb ("autodisplay"))
+	EP_AUTOSURFACE(ep) = btoi (clgetb ("autosurface"))
+	EP_BUFFER(ep) = clgetr ("buffer")
+	EP_DEFAULT(ep) = clgetc ("default")
+	EP_DISPLAY(ep) = btoi (clgetb ("display"))
+	EP_FIXPIX(ep) = btoi (clgetb ("fixpix"))
+	EP_RADIUS(ep) = clgetr ("radius")
+	EP_SEARCH(ep) = clgetr ("search")
+	EP_SIGMA(ep) = clgetr ("sigma")
+	EP_VALUE(ep) = clgetr ("value")
+	EP_MINVALUE(ep) = clgetr ("minvalue")
+	EP_MAXVALUE(ep) = clgetr ("maxvalue")
+	EP_WIDTH(ep) = clgetr ("width")
+	EP_XORDER(ep) = clgeti ("xorder")
+	EP_YORDER(ep) = clgeti ("yorder")
+	call clgstr ("command", EP_COMMAND(ep), EP_SZLINE)
+	call clgstr ("graphics", EP_GRAPHICS(ep), EP_SZFNAME)
+ 
+	if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL)
+	    call close (EP_LOGFD(ep))
+	EP_LOGFD(ep) = NULL
+	call clgstr ("logfile", Memc[logfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (nowhite (Memc[logfile], Memc[logfile], SZ_FNAME) > 0) {
+	    iferr {
+		EP_LOGFD(ep) = open (Memc[logfile], APPEND, TEXT_FILE)
+		fd = EP_LOGFD(ep)
+		call fprintf (fd, ":aperture %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[aperture])
+		call fprintf (fd, ":search %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_SEARCH(ep))
+		call fprintf (fd, ":radius %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_RADIUS(ep))
+		call fprintf (fd, ":buffer %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_BUFFER(ep))
+		call fprintf (fd, ":width %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_WIDTH(ep))
+		call fprintf (fd, ":value %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_VALUE(ep))
+		call fprintf (fd, ":sigma %g\n")
+		    call pargr (EP_SIGMA(ep))
+		call fprintf (fd, ":xorder %d\n")
+		    call pargi (EP_XORDER(ep))
+		call fprintf (fd, ":yorder %d\n")
+		    call pargi (EP_YORDER(ep))
+	    } then
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	}
+ 
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epstatistics.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epstatistics.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7f075ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epstatistics.x
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+include	"epix.h"
+
+# EP_STATISTICS -- Compute and print statistics for the input aperture.
+
+procedure ep_statistics (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb, box)
+
+pointer ep			# EPIX structure
+int	ap			# Aperture type
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture coordinates
+int	box			# Print box?
+
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	mask, x, y, w, gs
+
+begin
+	i = max (5., abs (EP_SEARCH(ep))+EP_BUFFER(ep)+EP_WIDTH(ep)+1)
+	x1 = min (xa, xb) - i
+	x2 = max (xa, xb) + i
+	y1 = min (ya, xb) - i
+	y2 = max (ya, yb) + i
+	EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+	call ep_gindata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (EP_INDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+	    call malloc (mask, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_INT)
+	    call malloc (x, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (y, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (w, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+
+	    call ep_search (ep, Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep),
+		EP_NY(ep), ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_mask (ep, mask, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+	    call ep_gsfit (ep, Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memi[mask],
+		Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep), gs)
+	    call ep_statistics1 (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], Memi[mask],
+		EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep), EP_X1(ep), EP_Y1(ep),
+		(xa+xb)/2, (ya+yb)/2, gs)
+	    if (box == YES)
+	        call ep_box (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)], EP_NX(ep), EP_NY(ep),
+		    EP_X1(ep), EP_Y1(ep), xa, ya, xb, yb)
+
+	    call mfree (mask, TY_INT)
+	    call mfree (x, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (y, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (w, TY_REAL)
+	    call gsfree (gs)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# EP_STATISTICS1 -- Compute and print statistics.
+
+procedure ep_statistics1 (data, mask, nx, ny, x1, y1, x, y, gs)
+
+real	data[nx,ny]		# Input data subraster
+int	mask[nx,ny]		# Mask subraster
+int	nx, ny			# Size of subraster
+int	x1, y1			# Origin of subraster
+int	x, y			# Center of object
+pointer	gs			# GSURFIT pointer
+
+int	i, j, area, nsky
+real	flux, sky, sigma, d, gseval()
+
+begin
+	flux = 0.
+	area = 0
+	sky = 0.
+	sigma = 0.
+	nsky = 0
+
+	do j = 1, ny {
+	    do i = 1, nx {
+	        if (mask[i,j] == 1) {
+		    d = data[i,j]
+		    if (gs != NULL)
+		        d = d - gseval (gs, real (i), real (j))
+		    flux = flux + d
+		    area = area + 1
+	        } else if (mask[i,j] == 2) {
+		    d = data[i,j] - gseval (gs, real (i), real (j))
+		    sky = sky + data[i,j]
+		    sigma = sigma + d * d
+		    nsky = nsky + 1
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call printf ("x=%d y=%d z=%d mean=%g area=%d")
+	    call pargi (x)
+	    call pargi (y)
+	    call pargr (data[x-x1+1,y-y1+1])
+	    call pargr (flux / area)
+	    call pargi (area)
+
+	if (nsky > 0) {
+	    call printf (" sky=%g sigma=%g nsky=%d")
+		call pargr (sky / nsky)
+		call pargr (sqrt (sigma / nsky))
+		call pargi (nsky)
+	}
+
+	call printf ("\n")
+end
+
+
+# EP_BOX -- Print box of pixel values.
+
+procedure ep_box (data, nx, ny, xo, yo, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+
+real	data[nx,ny]		# Input data subraster
+int	nx, ny			# Size of subraster
+int	xo, yo			# Origin of subraster
+int	xa, ya, xb, yb		# Aperture
+
+int	i, j, x1, x2, y1, y2, x, y
+
+begin
+	x1 = min (xa, xb)
+	x2 = max (xa, xb)
+	y1 = min (ya, yb)
+	y2 = max (ya, yb)
+	if (x2 - x1 + 1 <= 10) {
+	    x1 = max (xo, x1 - 1)
+	    x2 = min (xo + nx - 1, x2 + 1)
+	}
+	y1 = max (yo, y1 - 1)
+	y2 = min (yo + ny - 1, y2 + 1)
+
+	call printf ("%4w") 
+	do x = x1, x2 {
+	    call printf (" %4d ")
+		call pargi (x)
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	do y = y2, y1, -1 {
+	    call printf ("%4d")
+		call pargi (y)
+	    j = y - yo + 1
+	    do x = x1, x2 {
+		i = x - xo + 1
+		call printf (" %5g")
+		    call pargr (data[i,j])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsurface.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsurface.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..289c814f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/epsurface.x
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+define	DUMMY	6
+ 
+# EP_SURFACE -- Draw a perspective view of a surface.  The altitude
+# and azimuth of the viewing angle are variable.
+ 
+procedure ep_surface(gp, data, ncols, nlines, angh, angv)
+ 
+pointer	gp			# GIO pointer
+real	data[ncols,nlines]	# Surface data to be plotted
+int	ncols, nlines		# Dimensions of surface
+real	angh, angv		# Orientation of surface (degrees)
+ 
+int	wkid
+pointer	sp, work
+ 
+int	first
+real	vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+common  /frstfg/ first
+common  /noaovp/ vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+ 
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (work, 2 * (2 * ncols * nlines + ncols + nlines), TY_REAL)
+ 
+	# Initialize surface common blocks
+	first = 1
+	call srfabd()
+ 
+	# Define viewport.
+	call ggview (gp, vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2) 
+ 
+	# Link GKS to GIO
+	wkid = 1
+	call gopks (STDERR)
+	call gopwk (wkid, DUMMY, gp)
+	call gacwk (wkid)
+ 
+	call ezsrfc (data, ncols, nlines, angh, angv, Memr[work])
+ 
+	call gdawk (wkid)
+	# We don't want to close the GIO pointer.
+	#call gclwk (wkid)
+	call gclks ()
+ 
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/imedit.key b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/imedit.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..211ad94c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/imedit.key
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+			IMEDIT CURSOR KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+ 
+	?	Print help
+	:	Colon commands (see below)
+	<space>	Statistics
+	g	Surface graph
+	i	Initialize (start over without saving changes)
+	q	Quit and save changes
+	p	Print box of pixel values and statistics
+	r	Redraw image display
+	s	Surface plot at cursor
+	t	Toggle between minimum and maximum search
+	+	Increase radius by one
+	-	Decrease radius by one
+	I	Interrupt task immediately
+	Q	Quit without saving changes
+ 
+The following editing options are available.  Rectangular and line regions
+are specified with two positions and aperture regions are specified by
+one position.  The current aperture type (circular or square) is used
+in the latter case.  The move option takes two positions, the position
+to move from and the position to move to.
+ 
+	a 	Background replacement (rectangle)
+	b 	Background replacement (aperture)
+	c 	Column interpolation (rectangle)
+	d 	Constant value substitution (rectangle)
+	e 	Constant value substitution (aperture)
+	f	Interpolation across line (line)
+	j	Replace with input data (rectangle)
+	k	Replace with input data (aperture)
+	l 	Line interpolation (rectangle)
+	m	Copy by replacement (aperture)
+	n	Copy by addition (aperture)
+	u	Undo last change (see also 'i', 'j', and 'k')
+	v	Constant value substitution (vector)
+	=	Constant value substitution of pixels equal
+		    to pixel at the cursor position
+	<	Constant value substitution of pixels less than or equal
+		    to pixel at the cursor position
+	>	Constant value substitution of pixels greater than or equal
+		    to pixel at the cursor position
+ 
+When the image display provides a fill option then the effect of zoom
+and roam is provided by loading image sections.  This is a temporary
+mechanism which will eventually be replaced by a more sophisticated
+image display interface.
+ 
+	E	Exapnd image display
+	P	Pan image display
+	R	Redraw image display
+	Z	Zoom image display
+	0	Redraw image display with no zoom
+	1-9	Shift display
+ 
+ 
+			IMEDIT COLON COMMANDS
+ 
+The colon either print the current value of a parameter when there is
+no value or set the parameter to the specified value.
+ 
+angh [value]		Horizontal viewing angle (degrees) for surface plots
+angv [value]		Vertical viewing angle (degrees) for surface plots
+aperture [type]		Aperture type (circular|square)
+autodisplay [yes|no]	Automatic image display?
+autosurface [yes|no]	Automatic surface plots?
+buffer [value]		Background buffer width
+command [string]	Display command
+display [yes|no]	Display image?
+eparam			Edit parameters
+graphics [device]	Graphics device
+input [image]		New input image to edit (output is same as input)
+output [image]		New output image name
+radius [value]		Aperture radius
+search [value]		Search radius
+sigma [value]		Noise sigma (INDEF for histrogram replacement)
+value [value]		Constant substitution value
+minvalue [value]	Minimum value for modification (INDEF=minimum)
+maxvalue [value]	Maximum value for modification (INDEF=maximum)
+width [value]		Background annulus width
+write [name]		Write changes to name (default current output name) 
+xorder [value]		X order for background fitting
+yorder [value]		Y order for background fitting
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..438a8752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# IMEDIT
+ 
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+generic:
+        $ifolder (epreplace.x, epreplace.gx)
+            $generic -k epreplace.gx -o epreplace.x
+        $endif
+        ;
+ 
+libpkg.a:
+	$ifeq (USE_GENERIC, yes) $call generic $endif
+
+	epbackground.x	epix.h
+	epcol.x		epix.h
+	epcolon.x	epix.h
+	epconstant.x	epix.h
+	epdisplay.x	epix.h <imhdr.h>
+	epdosurface.x	epix.h
+	epgcur.x	epix.h
+	epgdata.x	epix.h <imhdr.h>
+	epgsfit.x	epix.h <math/gsurfit.h>
+	epimcopy.x	<imhdr.h>
+	epinput.x	epix.h
+	epline.x	epix.h
+	epmask.x	epix.h
+	epmove.x	epix.h
+	epnoise.x
+	epreplace.x	epix.h <imhdr.h>
+	epsearch.x	epix.h <mach.h>
+	epsetpars.x	epix.h <error.h>
+	epstatistics.x	epix.h
+	epsurface.x
+	t_imedit.x	epix.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imedit/t_imedit.x b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/t_imedit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..984ce86b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imedit/t_imedit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"epix.h"
+ 
+define	HELP		"imedit_help$"
+define	PROMPT		"imedit options"
+ 
+# T_IMEDIT -- Edit image pixels.
+# This task provides selection of pixels to be edit via cursor or file
+# input.  The regions to be edited may be defined as a rectangle or a
+# center and radius for a circular or square aperture.  The replacement
+# options include constant substitution, background substitution, column
+# or line interpolation, and moving one region to another.  In addition
+# this task can be used to select and display regions in surface perspective
+# and to print statistics.  The image display interface temporarily
+# used simple calls to a user specified display task (such as TV.DISPLAY).
+# The editing is done in a temporary image buffer.  The commands which
+# alter the input image may be logged if a log file is given.
+ 
+procedure t_imedit ()
+ 
+int	inlist		# List of input images
+int	outlist		# List of output images
+ 
+int	i, key, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb, x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	change, changes, newdisplay, newimage
+bool	erase
+pointer	sp, ep, cmd, temp
+pointer	im
+ 
+bool	streq()
+pointer	immap(), imgl2r(), impl2r()
+int	imtopenp(), imtlen(), imtgetim(), imaccess(), ep_gcur()
+errchk	immap, imdelete, ep_imcopy, ep_setpars, imgl2r, impl2r
+ 
+define	newim_	99
+ 
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Allocate and initialize imedit descriptor.
+	call salloc (ep, EP_LEN, TY_STRUCT)
+	call aclri (Memi[ep], EP_LEN)
+ 
+	# Check the input and output image lists have proper format.
+	inlist = imtopenp ("input")
+	outlist = imtopenp ("output")
+	if (imtlen (outlist) > 0 && imtlen (outlist) != imtlen (inlist))
+	    call error (1, "Input and output lists are not the same length")
+ 
+	# Set the rest of the task parameters.
+	call ep_setpars (ep)
+ 
+	# Repeat on each input image.
+	while (imtgetim (inlist, EP_INPUT(ep), EP_SZFNAME) != EOF) {
+	    if (imtgetim (outlist, EP_OUTPUT(ep), EP_SZFNAME) == EOF)
+		call strcpy (EP_INPUT(ep), EP_OUTPUT(ep), EP_SZFNAME)
+	    else if (imaccess (EP_OUTPUT(ep), READ_ONLY) == YES) {
+		call eprintf ("%s: Output image %s exists\n")
+		    call pargstr (EP_INPUT(ep))
+		    call pargstr (EP_OUTPUT(ep))
+		next
+	    }
+ 
+	    # The editing takes place in a temporary editing image buffer.
+newim_	    call strcpy (EP_OUTPUT(ep), EP_WORK(ep), EP_SZFNAME)
+	    call xt_mkimtemp (EP_OUTPUT(ep), EP_WORK(ep), EP_OUTPUT(ep),
+		EP_SZFNAME)
+	    iferr (call ep_imcopy (EP_INPUT(ep), EP_WORK(ep))) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    EP_IM(ep) = immap (EP_WORK(ep), READ_WRITE, 0)
+	    EP_INDATA(ep) = NULL
+	    EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+ 
+	    if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), "# Input image %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (EP_INPUT(ep))
+	    }
+ 
+	    if (EP_DISPLAY(ep) == YES) {
+		key = '0'
+		call ep_zoom (ep, xa, ya, xb, yb, key, erase)
+	        call ep_command (ep, EP_WORK(ep), erase)
+	    }
+ 
+ 
+	    # Enter the cursor loop.  The apertures and commands are
+	    # returned by the EP_GCUR procedure.
+ 
+	    newimage = NO
+	    changes = 0
+	    while (ep_gcur (ep,ap,xa,ya,xb,yb,key,Memc[cmd],SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+	        newdisplay = NO
+	        change = NO
+ 
+		iferr {
+		    switch (key) {
+		    case '?':	# Print help
+			call pagefile (HELP, PROMPT)
+		    case ':':	# Process colon commands
+			call ep_colon (ep, Memc[cmd], newimage)
+			if (newimage == YES)
+			    break
+		    case 'a', 'b':	# Background replacement
+			call ep_background (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case 'c':	# Column interpolation
+			call ep_col (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case 'd', 'e', 'v':	# Constant value
+			call ep_constant (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case 'f':	# Diagonal aperture
+			if (ap == APCDIAG)
+			    call ep_col (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+			else
+			    call ep_line (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case '=', '<', '>':	# Replace
+			if (IM_PIXTYPE(EP_IM(ep)) == TY_INT)
+			    call ep_replacei (ep, xa, ya, key)
+			else
+			    call ep_replacer (ep, xa, ya, key)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case 'i':	# Initialize
+			call imunmap (EP_IM(ep))
+			goto newim_
+		    case 'j', 'k':	# Replace with input
+			call ep_input (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case 'l':	# Line interpolation
+			call ep_line (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case 'm', 'n':	# Move
+			    i = ep_gcur (ep, ap, x1, y1, x2, y2, key,
+				Memc[cmd],SZ_LINE)
+			call ep_move (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb, x1, y1, x2, y2,
+			    key)
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    change = YES
+			    changes = changes + 1
+			}
+		    case 'g':	# Surface graph
+			call ep_dosurface (ep)
+		    case ' ':	# Statistics
+			call ep_statistics (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb, NO)
+		    case 'p':
+			call ep_statistics (ep, ap, xa, ya, xb, yb, YES)
+		    case 't':
+			EP_SEARCH(ep) = -EP_SEARCH(ep)
+			call ep_colon (ep, "search", newimage)
+		    case '+':
+			EP_RADIUS(ep) = EP_RADIUS(ep) + 1.
+			call ep_colon (ep, "radius", newimage)
+		    case '-':
+			EP_RADIUS(ep) = max (0., EP_RADIUS(ep) - 1.)
+			call ep_colon (ep, "radius", newimage)
+		    case 's':	# Surface plot
+			i = max (5.,
+			    abs (EP_SEARCH(ep))+EP_BUFFER(ep)+EP_WIDTH(ep)+1)
+			x1 = min (xa, xb) - i
+			x2 = max (xa, xb) + i
+			y1 = min (ya, yb) - i
+			y2 = max (ya, yb) + i
+			call ep_gindata (ep, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+			EP_OUTDATA(ep) = NULL
+			call ep_dosurface (ep)
+		    case 'q':	# Quit and save
+		    case 'u':	# Undo
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL && EP_INDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    call malloc (temp, EP_NPTS(ep), TY_REAL)
+			    call amovr (Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], Memr[temp],
+				EP_NPTS(ep))
+			    call amovr (Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)],
+				Memr[EP_OUTDATA(ep)], EP_NPTS(ep))
+			    call amovr (Memr[temp], Memr[EP_INDATA(ep)],
+				EP_NPTS(ep))
+			    call mfree (temp, TY_REAL)
+			    change = YES
+			} else
+			    call eprintf ("Can't undo last change\007\n")
+		    case 'r', 'E', 'P', 'R', 'Z', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5',
+			'6', '7', '8', '9':
+			if (EP_DISPLAY(ep) == YES) {
+			    call ep_zoom (ep, xa, ya, xb, yb, key, erase)
+			    newdisplay = YES
+			}
+		    case 'Q':	# Quit and no save
+			changes = 0
+		    case 'I':	# Immediate interrupt
+			    call imdelete (EP_WORK(ep))
+			call fatal (1, "Interrupt")
+		    default:
+			call printf ("\007")
+		    }
+		} then
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+		if (key == 'q' || key == 'Q')
+		    break
+ 
+		if (change == YES && EP_AUTOSURFACE(ep) == YES)
+		    call ep_dosurface (ep)
+ 
+		if (change == YES && EP_AUTODISPLAY(ep) == YES)
+		    newdisplay = YES
+		if (newdisplay == YES && EP_DISPLAY(ep) == YES)
+		    call ep_display (ep, EP_WORK(ep), erase)
+ 
+		# Log certain commands.  Note that this is done after
+		# centering.
+		if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL) {
+		    switch (key) {
+		    case 'a', 'c', 'd', 'f', 'j', 'l', 'v':
+			call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), "%d %d 1 %c\n")
+			    call pargi (xa)
+			    call pargi (ya)
+			    call pargi (key)
+			call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), "%d %d 1 %c\n")
+			    call pargi (xb)
+			    call pargi (yb)
+			    call pargi (key)
+		    case 'b', 'e', 'k':
+			call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), "%d %d 1 %c\n")
+			    call pargi ((xa+xb)/2)
+			    call pargi ((ya+yb)/2)
+			    call pargi (key)
+		    case 'u':
+			if (EP_OUTDATA(ep) != NULL) {
+			    call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), "%c\n")
+				call pargi (key)
+			}
+		    case 'm', 'n':
+			call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), "%d %d 1 %c\n")
+			    call pargi ((xa+xb)/2)
+			    call pargi ((ya+yb)/2)
+			    call pargi (key)
+			call fprintf (EP_LOGFD(ep), "%d %d 1 %c\n")
+			    call pargi ((x1+x2)/2)
+			    call pargi ((y1+y2)/2)
+			    call pargi (key)
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+ 
+	    call imunmap (EP_IM(ep))
+	    # Only create the output if the input has been changed.
+	    if (changes > 0) {
+		if (streq (EP_INPUT(ep), EP_OUTPUT(ep))) {
+		    EP_IM(ep) = immap (EP_OUTPUT(ep), READ_WRITE, 0)
+		    im = immap (EP_WORK(ep), READ_ONLY, 0)
+		    do i = 1, IM_LEN(EP_IM(ep),2)
+		        call amovr (Memr[imgl2r(im,i)],
+			    Memr[impl2r(EP_IM(ep),i)], IM_LEN(im,1))
+		    call imunmap (im)
+		    call imunmap (EP_IM(ep))
+		    call imdelete (EP_WORK(ep))
+		} else {
+		    if (imaccess (EP_OUTPUT(ep), READ_ONLY) == YES)
+			call imdelete (EP_OUTPUT(ep))
+		    call imrename (EP_WORK(ep), EP_OUTPUT(ep))
+		}
+	    } else
+	        call imdelete (EP_WORK(ep))
+ 
+	    # Check for a new image based on a colon command.  This case
+	    # always uses the input image name as output.
+	    if (newimage == YES) {
+		call strcpy (EP_INPUT(ep), EP_OUTPUT(ep), EP_SZFNAME)
+		goto newim_
+	    }
+	}
+ 
+	# Finish up.
+	if (EP_LOGFD(ep) != NULL)
+	    call close (EP_LOGFD(ep))
+	call imtclose (inlist)
+	call imtclose (outlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine.par b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc409b45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine.par
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+input,s,a,,,,images to be examined
+output,s,h,"",,,output root image name
+ncoutput,i,h,101,1,,Number of columns in image output
+nloutput,i,h,101,1,,Number of lines in image output
+frame,i,q,1,1,,display frame
+image,s,q,,,,image name
+logfile,s,h,"",,,logfile
+keeplog,b,h,no,,,log output results
+defkey,s,h,"a",,,default key for cursor list input
+autoredraw,b,h,yes,,,automatically redraw graph
+allframes,b,h,yes,,,use all frames for displaying new images
+nframes,i,h,0,,,number of display frames (0 to autosense)
+ncstat,i,h,5,1,,number of columns for statistics
+nlstat,i,h,5,1,,number of lines for statistics
+graphcur,*gcur,h,"",,,graphics cursor input
+imagecur,*imcur,h,"",,,image display cursor input
+wcs,s,h,"logical",,,Coordinate system
+xformat,s,h,"",,,X axis coordinate format
+yformat,s,h,"",,,Y axis coordinate format
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,graphics device
+display,s,h,"display(image='$1',frame=$2)",,,display command template
+use_display,b,h,yes,,,enable direct display interaction
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iecimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iecimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bcc6d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iecimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+ 
+# IE_CIMEXAM -- Column plot
+# If the input column is INDEF use the last column.
+
+procedure ie_cimexam (gp, mode, ie, x)
+
+pointer	gp		# GIO pointer
+int	mode		# Mode
+pointer	ie		# Structure pointer
+real	x		# Column
+
+real	xavg, junk
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, npts
+pointer	sp, title, im, data, ptr, xp, yp
+
+real	asumr()
+int	clgpseti()
+pointer	clopset(), ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+errchk	clcpset, clopset
+
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+	    call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	IE_PP(ie) = clopset ("cimexam")
+
+	if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	    IE_X1(ie) = x
+
+	nx = clgpseti (IE_PP(ie), "naverage")
+	x1 = IE_X1(ie) - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = IE_X1(ie) + nx / 2 + 0.5
+	xavg = (x1 + x2) / 2.
+	y1 = INDEFI
+	y2 = INDEFI
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xp, ny, TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, ny
+	    call ie_mwctran (ie, xavg,  real(i), junk, Memr[xp+i-1])
+
+	if (nx > 1) {
+	    ptr = data
+	    call salloc (yp, ny, TY_REAL)
+	    do i = 1, ny {
+		Memr[yp+i-1] = asumr (Memr[ptr], nx)
+	        ptr = ptr + nx
+	    }
+	    call adivkr (Memr[yp], real (nx), Memr[yp], ny)
+	} else
+	    yp = data
+
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, "%s: Columns %d - %d\n%s")
+	    call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	    call pargi (x1)
+	    call pargi (x2)
+	    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+
+	call ie_graph (gp, mode, IE_PP(ie), Memc[title], Memr[xp],
+	    Memr[yp], ny, IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_YFORMAT(ie))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iecolon.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iecolon.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72925500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iecolon.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1038 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+ 
+# List of boundary types, marker types, and colon commands.
+
+define	BTYPES	"|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|project|"
+define	MTYPES	"|point|box|plus|cross|circle|hebar|vebar|hline|vline|diamond|"
+define	CMDS	"|angh|angv|background|banner|boundary|box|buffer|ceiling|\
+		|center|constant|dashpat|defkey|eparam|fill|floor|interval|\
+		|label|logfile|logx|logy|magzero|majrx|majry|marker|minrx|\
+		|minry|naverage|ncolumns|ncontours|ncstat|nhi|nlines|nlstat|\
+		|pointmode|radius|round|rplot|select|szmarker|ticklabels|\
+		|title|width|x|xlabel|xorder|y|ylabel|yorder|zero|unlearn|\
+		|autoredraw|nbins|z1|z2|autoscale|top_closed|allframes|wcs|\
+		|xformat|yformat|fitplot|sigma|axes|fittype|beta|iterations|\
+		|output|ncoutput|nloutput|"
+ 
+define	ANGH		 1
+define	ANGV		 2
+define	BACKGROUND	 3
+define	BANNER		 4
+define	BOUNDARY	 5
+define	BOX		 6
+define	BUFFER		 7
+define	CEILING		 8
+
+define	CENTER		10
+define	CONSTANT	11
+define	DASHPAT		12
+define	DEFKEY		13
+define	EPARAM		14
+define	FILL		15
+define	FLOOR		16
+define	INTERVAL	17
+
+define	LABEL		19
+define	LOGFILE		20
+define	LOGX		21
+define	LOGY		22
+define	MAGZERO		23
+define	MAJRX		24
+define	MAJRY		25
+define	MARKER		26
+define	MINRX		27
+
+define	MINRY		29
+define	NAVERAGE	30
+define	NCOLUMNS	31
+define	NCONTOURS	32
+define	NCSTAT		33
+define	NHI		34
+define	NLINES		35
+define	NLSTAT		36
+
+define	POINTMODE	38
+define	RADIUS		39
+define	ROUND		40
+define	RPLOT		41
+define	SELECT		42
+define	SZMARKER	43
+define	TICKLABELS	44
+
+define	TITLE		46
+define	WIDTH		47
+define	X		48
+define	XLABEL		49
+define	XORDER		50
+define	Y		51
+define	YLABEL		52
+define	YORDER		53
+define	ZERO		54
+define	UNLEARN		55
+
+define	AUTOREDRAW	57
+define	NBINS		58
+define	Z1		59
+define	Z2		60
+define	AUTOSCALE	61
+define	TOP_CLOSED	62
+define	ALLFRAMES	63
+define	WCS		64
+
+define	XFORMAT		66
+define	YFORMAT		67
+define	FITPLOT		68
+define	SIGMA		69
+define	AXES		70
+define	FITTYPE		71
+define	BETA		72
+define	ITERATIONS	73
+
+define	OUTPUT		75
+define	NCOUTPUT	76
+define	NLOUTPUT	77
+
+ 
+# IE_COLON -- Respond to colon commands.
+ 
+procedure ie_colon (ie, cmdstr, gp, redraw)
+ 
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM data structure
+char	cmdstr[ARB]		# Colon command
+pointer	gp			# GIO pointer
+int	redraw			# Redraw graph?
+ 
+char	gtype
+bool	bval
+real	rval1
+int	ival, ncmd
+pointer	sp, cmd, pp
+ 
+bool	clgetb(), clgpsetb()
+char	clgetc()
+real	clgetr(), clgpsetr()
+int	nscan(), strdic(), clgeti()
+pointer	clopset()
+errchk	clopset, clppsetb, clppsetr, clputb, clputi, clputr
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+ 
+	# Scan the command string and get the first word.
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, CMDS)
+	if (ncmd == 0) {
+	    call printf ("Unrecognized or ambiguous command\007")
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	gtype = IE_GTYPE(ie)
+	pp = IE_PP(ie)
+
+	# Special optimization for the a key.
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case BACKGROUND, CENTER, NAVERAGE, RPLOT, XORDER, WIDTH:
+	    if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) == 'a') {
+	       gtype = 'r'
+	       pp = clopset ("rimexam")
+	    }
+	    if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) == ',') {
+	       gtype = '.'
+	       pp = clopset ("rimexam")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Switch on the command and possibly read further arguments.
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case ANGH:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("angh %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("simexam.angh"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("simexam.angh", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 's')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case ANGV:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("angv %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("simexam.angv"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("simexam.angv", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 's')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case BACKGROUND:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'j', 'k', 'r', '.':
+		call gargb (bval)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("background %b\n")
+			call pargb (clgpsetb (pp, "background"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "background", bval)
+		    if (pp == IE_PP(ie))
+			redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case BANNER:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargb (bval)
+	        if (nscan() == 2) {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "banner", bval)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case BOUNDARY:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, BTYPES)
+	    if (ncmd == 0) {
+		call printf ("Boundary types are %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (BTYPES)
+	    } else
+		call clpstr ("vimexam.boundary", Memc[cmd])
+	case BOX:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargb (bval)
+	        if (nscan() == 2) {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "box", bval)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case BUFFER:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("buffer %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("rimexam.buffer"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("rimexam.buffer", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'r' || gtype == '.')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case CEILING:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 's', 'e':
+	        call gargr (rval1)
+	        if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("ceiling %g\n")
+		        call pargr (clgpsetr (pp, "ceiling"))
+	        } else {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "ceiling", rval1)
+		    redraw = YES
+	        }
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case CENTER:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'j', 'k', 'r', '.':
+		call gargb (bval)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("center %b\n")
+			call pargb (clgpsetb (pp, "center"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "center", bval)
+		    if (pp == IE_PP(ie))
+			redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case CONSTANT:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("constant %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("vimexam.constant"))
+	    } else
+		call clputr ("vimexam.constant", rval1)
+	case DASHPAT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("dashpat %g\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("eimexam.dashpat"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputi ("eimexam.dashpat", ival)
+		if (gtype == 'e')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case DEFKEY:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("defkey %c\n")
+		    call pargc (clgetc ("defkey"))
+	    } else
+		call clputc ("defkey", Memc[cmd])
+	case EPARAM:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1)
+		Memc[cmd] = gtype
+
+	    switch (Memc[cmd]) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 's', 'h', '.':
+		call gdeactivate (gp, 0)
+	        switch (Memc[cmd]) {
+	        case 'c':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam cimexam")
+	        case 'j':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam jimexam")
+	        case 'k':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam kimexam")
+	        case 'l':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam limexam")
+	        case 'r', '.':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam rimexam")
+	        case 's':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam simexam")
+	        case 'u', 'v':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam vimexam")
+	        case 'e':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam eimexam")
+	        case 'h':
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam himexam")
+		}
+		if (Memc[cmd] == gtype)
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case FILL:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("fill %b\n")
+		    call pargb (clgetb ("eimexam.fill"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputb ("eimexam.fill", bval)
+		if (gtype == 'e')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case FLOOR:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 's', 'e':
+	        call gargr (rval1)
+	        if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("floor %g\n")
+		        call pargr (clgpsetr (pp, "floor"))
+	        } else {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "floor", rval1)
+		    redraw = YES
+	        }
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case INTERVAL:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("interval %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("eimexam.interval"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("eimexam.interval", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'e')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case LABEL:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 2) {
+		call clputb ("eimexam.label", bval)
+		if (gtype == 'e')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+
+	case LOGFILE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call strcpy (IE_LOGFILE(ie), Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+		if (IE_LOGFD(ie) == NULL) {
+		    call printf ("logfile %s [closed]\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("logfile %s [open]\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		}
+	    } else {
+		call clpstr ("logfile", Memc[cmd])
+		if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+		    call close (IE_LOGFD(ie))
+		    IE_LOGFD(ie) = NULL
+		}
+
+		call clgstr ("logfile", IE_LOGFILE(ie), SZ_LINE)
+		if (clgetb ("keeplog"))
+		    iferr (call ie_openlog (ie))
+			call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    }
+
+	case LOGX:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargb (bval)
+	        if (nscan() == 2) {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "logx", bval)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case LOGY:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargb (bval)
+	        if (nscan() == 2) {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "logy", bval)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case MAGZERO:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("magzero %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("rimexam.magzero"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("rimexam.magzero", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'r' || gtype == '.')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case AUTOREDRAW:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("autoredraw %b\n")
+		    call pargb (clgetb ("autoredraw"))
+	    } else
+		call clputb ("autoredraw", bval)
+	default:
+	    call ie_colon1 (ie, ncmd, gp, pp, gtype, redraw)
+	}
+ 
+	if (pp != IE_PP(ie))
+	    call clcpset (pp)
+	if (redraw == YES && !clgetb ("autoredraw"))
+	    redraw = NO
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_COLON1 -- Subprocedure to get around too many strings error in xc.
+
+procedure ie_colon1 (ie, ncmd, gp, pp, gtype, redraw)
+ 
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM data structure
+int	ncmd			# Command number
+pointer	gp			# GIO pointer
+pointer	pp			# Pset pointer
+char	gtype			# Graph type
+int	redraw			# Redraw graph?
+ 
+int	ival
+real	rval1, rval2
+bool	bval
+pointer	sp, cmd, im
+ 
+real	clgetr(), clgpsetr()
+pointer	ie_gimage()
+int	nscan(), strdic(), clgeti(), clgpseti()
+errchk	ie_gimage, clppseti
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case MAJRX:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("majrx %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "majrx"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "majrx", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case MAJRY:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("majry %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "majry"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "majry", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case MARKER:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	        ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, MTYPES)
+	        if (ncmd == 0) {
+		    call printf ("Marker types are %s\n")
+		        call pargstr (MTYPES)
+	        } else {
+		    call clppset (pp, "marker", Memc[cmd])
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case MINRX:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("minrx %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "minrx"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "minrx", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case MINRY:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("minry %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "minry"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "minry", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case NAVERAGE:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'v':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("naverage %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "naverage"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "naverage", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case NCOLUMNS:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 's', 'e', 'h':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("ncolumns %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "ncolumns"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "ncolumns", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case NCONTOURS:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("ncontours %g\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("eimexam.ncontours"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputi ("eimexam.ncontours", ival)
+		if (gtype == 'e')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case NCSTAT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("ncstat %g\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("ncstat"))
+	    } else
+		call clputi ("ncstat", ival)
+	case NHI:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("nhi %g\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("eimexam.nhi"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputi ("eimexam.nhi", ival)
+		if (gtype == 'e')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case NLINES:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 's', 'e', 'h':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("nlines %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "nlines"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "nlines", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case NLSTAT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("nlstat %g\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("nlstat"))
+	    } else
+		call clputi ("nlstat", ival)
+	case POINTMODE:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargb (bval)
+	        if (nscan() == 2) {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "pointmode", bval)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case RADIUS:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("radius %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("rimexam.radius"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("rimexam.radius", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'r' || gtype == '.')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case ROUND:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargb (bval)
+	        if (nscan() == 2) {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "round", bval)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case RPLOT:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'j', 'k', 'r', '.':
+		call gargr (rval1)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("rplot %g\n")
+			call pargr (clgpsetr (pp, "rplot"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "rplot", rval1)
+		    if (pp == IE_PP(ie))
+			redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case SELECT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () > 1) {
+		if (IE_LIST(ie) != NULL)
+		    IE_INDEX(ie) = ival
+		else
+		    IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = ival
+		IE_MAPFRAME(ie) = 0
+		iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, YES))
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    }
+	case SZMARKER:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("szmarker %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "szmarker"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "szmarker", ival)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case TICKLABELS:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargb (bval)
+	        if (nscan() == 2) {
+		    call clppsetb (pp, "ticklabels", bval)
+		    redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case TITLE:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 's', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+		Memc[cmd] = EOS
+		call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+		call clppset (pp, "title", Memc[cmd])
+		redraw = YES
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case WIDTH:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'j', 'k', 'r', '.':
+		call gargr (rval1)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("width %g\n")
+			call pargr (clgpsetr (pp, "width"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "width", rval1)
+		    if (pp == IE_PP(ie))
+			redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case X:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargr (rval1)
+	        call gargr (rval2)
+	        if (nscan() < 3) {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "x1", INDEF)
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "x2", INDEF)
+		} else {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "x1", rval1)
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "x2", rval2)
+		}
+		redraw = YES
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case XLABEL:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+		Memc[cmd] = EOS
+		call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+		call clppset (pp, "xlabel", Memc[cmd])
+		redraw = YES
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case XORDER:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'j', 'k', 'r', '.':
+		call gargi (ival)
+		if (nscan() == 1) {
+		    call printf ("xorder %d\n")
+			call pargi (clgpseti (pp, "xorder"))
+		} else {
+		    call clppseti (pp, "xorder", ival)
+		    if (pp == IE_PP(ie))
+			redraw = YES
+		}
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case Y:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'h', '.':
+	        call gargr (rval1)
+	        call gargr (rval2)
+	        if (nscan() < 3) {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "y1", INDEF)
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "y2", INDEF)
+		} else {
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "y1", rval1)
+		    call clppsetr (pp, "y2", rval2)
+		}
+		redraw = YES
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	default:
+	    call ie_colon2 (ie, ncmd, gp, pp, gtype, redraw)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_COLON2 -- Subprocedure to get around too many strings error in xc.
+
+procedure ie_colon2 (ie, ncmd, gp, pp, gtype, redraw)
+ 
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM data structure
+int	ncmd			# Command number
+pointer	gp			# GIO pointer
+pointer	pp			# Pset pointer
+char	gtype			# Graph type
+int	redraw			# Redraw graph?
+ 
+int	ival
+real	rval1
+bool	bval
+pointer	sp, cmd
+ 
+real	clgetr()
+bool	clgetb()
+int	nscan(), clgeti(), btoi(), strdic()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case YLABEL:
+	    switch (gtype) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 'h', '.':
+		Memc[cmd] = EOS
+		call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+		call clppset (pp, "ylabel", Memc[cmd])
+		redraw = YES
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case YORDER:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("yorder %d\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("rimexam.yorder"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputi ("rimexam.yorder", ival)
+		if (gtype == 'r' || gtype == '.')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case ZERO:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("zero %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("eimexam.zero"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("eimexam.zero", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'e')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case UNLEARN:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1)
+		Memc[cmd] = gtype
+
+	    switch (Memc[cmd]) {
+	    case 'c', 'u', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'r', 'v', 'e', 's', 'h', '.':
+	        switch (Memc[cmd]) {
+	        case 'c':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn cimexam")
+	        case 'j':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn jimexam")
+	        case 'k':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn jimexam")
+	        case 'l':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn limexam")
+	        case 'r', '.':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn rimexam")
+	        case 's':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn simexam")
+	        case 'u', 'v':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn vimexam")
+	        case 'e':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn eimexam")
+	        case 'h':
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn himexam")
+		}
+		if (Memc[cmd] == gtype)
+		    redraw = YES
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Parameter does not apply to current graph\007\n")
+	    }
+	case NBINS:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("nbins %d\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("himexam.nbins"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputi ("himexam.nbins", ival)
+		if (gtype == 'h')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case Z1:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("z1 %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("himexam.z1"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("himexam.z1", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'h')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case Z2:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("z2 %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("himexam.z2"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("himexam.z2", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'h')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case AUTOSCALE:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("autoscale %b\n")
+		    call pargb (clgetb ("himexam.autoscale"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputb ("himexam.autoscale", bval)
+		if (gtype == 'h')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case TOP_CLOSED:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("top_closed %b\n")
+		    call pargb (clgetb ("himexam.top_closed"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputb ("himexam.top_closed", bval)
+		if (gtype == 'h')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case ALLFRAMES:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("allframes %b\n")
+		    call pargb (clgetb ("allframes"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputb ("allframes", bval)
+		IE_ALLFRAMES(ie) = btoi (bval)
+	    }
+	case WCS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("wcs %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (IE_WCSNAME(ie))
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], IE_WCSNAME(ie), SZ_FNAME)
+		call ie_mwinit (ie)
+		redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case XFORMAT:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1)
+		call clpstr ("xformat", "")
+	    else
+		call clpstr ("xformat", Memc[cmd])
+	case YFORMAT:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1)
+		call clpstr ("yformat", "")
+	    else
+		call clpstr ("yformat", Memc[cmd])
+	case FITPLOT:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("fitplot %b\n")
+		    call pargb (clgetb ("rimexam.fitplot"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputb ("rimexam.fitplot", bval)
+		if (gtype == 'r')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case SIGMA:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("sigma %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("jimexam.sigma"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("jimexam.sigma", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'j' || gtype == 'k')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case AXES:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 2) {
+		call clputb ("simexam.axes", bval)
+		if (gtype == 's')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case FITTYPE:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call clgstr ("rimexam.fittype", Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+		call printf ("fittype %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    } else {
+		ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE,
+		    "|gaussian|moffat|")
+		if (ncmd == 0) {
+		    call printf ("Profile fit types are %s\n")
+			call pargstr ("|gaussian|moffat|")
+		} else {
+		    call clpstr ("rimexam.fittype", Memc[cmd])
+		    if (gtype == 'r' || gtype == '.')
+			redraw = YES
+		}
+	    }
+	case BETA:
+	    call gargr (rval1)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("beta %g\n")
+		    call pargr (clgetr ("rimexam.beta"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputr ("rimexam.beta", rval1)
+		if (gtype == 'r' || gtype == '.')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+	case ITERATIONS:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("iterations %d\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("rimexam.iterations"))
+	    } else {
+		call clputi ("rimexam.iterations", ival)
+		if (gtype == 'r')
+		    redraw = YES
+	    }
+
+	case OUTPUT:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call clgstr ("output", Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+		call printf ("output `%s'\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    } else
+		call clpstr ("output", Memc[cmd])
+	case NCOUTPUT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("ncoutput %g\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("ncoutput"))
+	    } else
+		call clputi ("ncoutput", ival)
+	case NLOUTPUT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("nloutput %g\n")
+		    call pargi (clgeti ("nloutput"))
+	    } else
+		call clputi ("nloutput", ival)
+
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Ambiguous or unrecognized command\007\n")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iedisplay.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iedisplay.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4015bca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iedisplay.x
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+
+# IE_DISPLAY -- Display an image.  For the sake of convenience in this
+# prototype program we do this by calling a task via the cl.  This is an
+# interface violation which we try to mitigate by using a CL parameter to
+# hide the knowledge of how to format the command (as well as make it easy
+# for the user to control how images are displayed).
+
+procedure ie_display (ie, image, frame)
+
+pointer	ie			#I imexamine descriptor
+char	image[ARB]		#I image to be displayed
+int	frame			#I frame in which to display image
+
+int	nchars
+pointer	sp, d_cmd, d_args, d_template, im
+int	gstrcpy(), strmac(), ie_getnframes()
+pointer	immap()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (d_cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (d_args, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (d_template, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Verify that the named image or image section exists.
+	iferr (im = immap (image, READ_ONLY, 0)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	} else
+	    call imunmap (im)
+
+	# Get the display command template.
+	call clgstr ("display", Memc[d_template], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Construct the macro argument list, a sequence of EOS delimited
+	# strings terminated by a double EOS.
+
+	call aclrc (Memc[d_args], SZ_LINE)
+	nchars = gstrcpy (image, Memc[d_args], SZ_LINE) + 1
+	call sprintf (Memc[d_args+nchars], SZ_LINE-nchars, "%d")
+	    call pargi (frame)
+
+	# Expand the command template to form the CL command.
+	nchars = strmac (Memc[d_template], Memc[d_args], Memc[d_cmd], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Send the command off to the CL and wait for completion.
+	call clcmdw (Memc[d_cmd])
+	nchars = ie_getnframes (ie)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieeimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieeimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..059721ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieeimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<config.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<xwhen.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+
+# IE_EIMEXAM -- Contour map
+# This is an interface to the NCAR CONREC routine.
+
+procedure ie_eimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	gp			# GIO pointer
+int	mode			# Mode
+pointer	ie			# IE pointer
+real	x, y			# Center
+
+bool	banner
+int	nset, ncontours, dashpat, nhi
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, npts, wkid
+real	vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2, xs, xe, ys, ye
+real	interval, floor, ceiling, zero, finc, zmin, zmax
+pointer	sp, title, hostid, user, xlabel, ylabel, im, data, data1
+
+pointer	pp, clopset(), ie_gdata(), ie_gimage()
+bool	clgpsetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgpseti(), btoi()
+real	clgpsetr()
+
+int	isizel, isizem, isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, ioffd
+int	ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm
+real	xlt, ybt, side, ext, hold[5]
+common  /conre4/ isizel, isizem , isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, 
+            ioffd, ext, ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm, xlt, ybt, side
+int	first
+common  /conflg/ first
+common  /noaolb/ hold
+
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	pp = IE_PP(ie)
+	if (pp != NULL)
+	    call clcpset (pp)
+	pp = clopset ("eimexam")
+	IE_PP(ie) = pp
+
+	if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	    IE_X1(ie) = x
+	if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	    IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	nx = clgpseti (pp, "ncolumns")
+	ny = clgpseti (pp, "nlines")
+	x1 = IE_X1(ie) - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = IE_X1(ie) + nx / 2 + 0.5
+	y1 = IE_Y1(ie) - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = IE_Y1(ie) + ny / 2 + 0.5
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+	xs = x1
+	xe = x2
+	ys = y1
+	ye = y2
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	banner = false
+	if (mode == NEW_FILE) {
+	    call gclear (gp)
+
+	    # Set the WCS
+	    call gswind (gp, xs, xe, ys, ye)
+
+	    if (!clgpsetb (pp, "fill"))
+	        call gsetr (gp, G_ASPECT, real (ny-1) / real (nx-1))
+
+	    call gseti (gp, G_ROUND, btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "round")))
+
+	    if (clgpsetb (pp, "box")) {
+	        # Get number of major and minor tick marks.
+	        call gseti (gp, G_XNMAJOR, clgpseti (pp, "majrx"))
+	        call gseti (gp, G_XNMINOR, clgpseti (pp, "minrx"))
+	        call gseti (gp, G_YNMAJOR, clgpseti (pp, "majry"))
+	        call gseti (gp, G_YNMINOR, clgpseti (pp, "minry"))
+
+	        # Label tick marks on axes?
+	        call gseti (gp, G_LABELTICKS,
+		    btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "ticklabels")))
+
+		# Labels
+		call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+		call salloc (hostid, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		call salloc (user, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		call salloc (xlabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+		call salloc (ylabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+		banner = clgpsetb (pp, "banner")
+		if (banner) {
+		    call sysid (Memc[hostid], SZ_LINE)
+		    # We must postpone the parameter line until after conrec.
+		    call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, "%s\n\n%s")
+			call pargstr (Memc[hostid])
+			call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+		} else
+		    Memc[title] = EOS
+
+		call clgpset (pp, "title", Memc[user], SZ_LINE)
+		if (Memc[user] != EOS) {
+		    call strcat ("\n", Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+		    call strcat (Memc[user], Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+		}
+		call clgpset (pp, "xlabel", Memc[xlabel], SZ_LINE)
+		call clgpset (pp, "ylabel", Memc[ylabel], SZ_LINE)
+
+	        call glabax (gp, Memc[title], Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# First of all, intialize conrec's block data before altering any
+	# parameters in common.
+	first = 1
+	call conbd
+
+	# Set contour parameters
+	zero	= clgpsetr (pp, "zero")
+	floor	= clgpsetr (pp, "floor")
+	ceiling	= clgpsetr (pp, "ceiling")
+	nhi	= clgpseti (pp, "nhi")
+	dashpat	= clgpseti (pp, "dashpat")
+
+	# Resolve INDEF limits.
+	if (IS_INDEF (floor) || IS_INDEF (ceiling)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[data], npts, zmin, zmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEF (floor))
+	        floor = zmin
+	    if (IS_INDEF (ceiling))
+	        ceiling = zmax
+	}
+
+	# Apply the zero point shift.
+	if (abs (zero) > EPSILON) {
+	    call salloc (data1, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call asubkr (Memr[data], zero, Memr[data1], npts)
+	    floor = floor - zero
+	    ceiling = ceiling - zero
+	} else
+	    data1 = data
+
+	# Avoid conrec's automatic scaling.
+	if (floor == 0.)
+	    floor = EPSILON
+	if (ceiling == 0.)
+	    ceiling = EPSILON
+
+	# The user can suppress the contour labelling by setting the common
+	# parameter "ilab" to zero.
+	if (btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "label")) == NO)
+	    ilab = 0
+	else
+	    ilab = 1
+
+	# User can specify either the number of contours or the contour
+	# interval, or let conrec pick a nice number.  Get params and
+	# encode the FINC param expected by conrec.
+
+	ncontours = clgpseti (pp, "ncontours")
+	if (ncontours <= 0) {
+	    interval = clgpsetr (pp, "interval")
+	    if (interval <= 0)
+		finc = 0
+	    else
+		finc = interval
+	} else
+	    finc = - abs (ncontours)
+
+	# Open device and make contour plot.
+	call gopks (STDERR)
+	wkid = 1
+	call gopwk (wkid, 6, gp)
+	call gacwk (wkid)
+
+	# Make the contour plot.
+	nset = 1	# No conrec viewport
+	ioffm = 1	# No conrec box
+	call gswind (gp, 1., real (nx), 1., real (ny))
+	call ggview (gp, vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2)
+	call set (vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2, 1.0, real (nx), 1.0, real (ny), 1)
+	call conrec (Memr[data1], nx, nx, ny, floor,
+	    ceiling, finc, nset, nhi, -dashpat)
+
+	call gdawk (wkid)
+	call gclks ()
+
+	call gswind (gp, xs, xe, ys, ye)
+	if (banner) {
+	    if (fp_equalr (hold(5), 1.0)) {
+	        call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, 
+    "%s\n%s: Contoured from %g to %g, interval = %g\n%s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[hostid])
+		    call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	            call pargr (hold(1))
+	            call pargr (hold(2))
+	            call pargr (hold(3))
+		    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, 
+    "%s\n%s:contoured from %g to %g, interval = %g, labels scaled by %g\n%s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xlabel])
+		    call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	            call pargr (hold(1))
+	            call pargr (hold(2))
+	            call pargr (hold(3))
+		    call pargr (hold(5))
+		    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+	    }
+
+	    if (Memc[user] != EOS) {
+		call strcat ("\n", Memc[user], IE_SZTITLE)
+		call strcat (Memc[user], Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+	    }
+
+	    call gseti (gp, G_DRAWAXES, NO)
+	    call glabax (gp, Memc[title], "", "")
+
+	} else
+	    call gtext (gp, xs, ys, "", "")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b76cee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+ 
+# IE_GCUR -- Get IMEXAM cursor value.
+# This is an interface between the standard cursor input and IMEXAM.
+# It reads the appropriate cursor, determines the image index or frame
+# type, makes the appropriate default coordinate conversions when using
+# graphics cursor input, and gets any further cursor reads needed.
+# Missing coordinates default to the last coordinates.
+ 
+int procedure ie_gcur (ie, curtype, x, y, key, strval, maxch)
+ 
+pointer	ie			#I IMEXAM structure
+int	curtype			#I cursor type (0=image, 1=graphics, 2=text)
+real	x, y			#O cursor position
+int	key			#O keystroke value of cursor event
+char	strval[ARB]		#O string value, if any
+int	maxch			#I max chars out
+ 
+char	ch
+real	x1, y1, x2, y2, dx, dy, r, cosa, sina
+int	temp, k[2], nitems, wcs, ip, i
+
+bool	streq()
+char	clgetc()
+int	clgcur(), imd_gcur(), ctor(), cctoc()
+errchk	clgcur, imd_gcur
+ 
+begin
+	# Save last cursor value.
+	x1 = x;  y1 = y
+	strval[1] = EOS
+	k[1] = clgetc ("defkey")
+
+	# Get one or more cursor values from the desired cursor parameter.
+	# Check for missing coordinates and substitute the last value.
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    switch (curtype) {
+	    case 'i':
+		nitems = imd_gcur ("imagecur", x, y, wcs, k[i], strval, maxch)
+		if (IS_INDEF(x))
+		    x = x1
+		if (IS_INDEF(y))
+		    y = y1
+		IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = wcs
+		if (IE_DFRAME(ie) <= 0)
+		    IE_DFRAME(ie) = IE_NEWFRAME(ie)
+
+	    case 'g':
+		nitems = clgcur ("graphcur", x, y, wcs, k[i], strval, maxch)
+
+		# Make any needed default coordinate conversions from the
+		# graphic coordinates.
+
+		switch (IE_GTYPE(ie)) {
+		case 'c', 'k':	# Column plot
+		    y = x
+		    x = IE_X1(ie)
+
+		    if (IS_INDEF(y))
+			y = y1
+		    else if (IE_MW(ie) != NULL) {
+			if (streq (IE_WCSNAME(ie), "logical"))
+			    ;
+			else if (streq (IE_WCSNAME(ie), "physical"))
+			    call ie_imwctran (ie, x, y, dx, y)
+			else {
+			    r = y
+			    y = IM_LEN(IE_IM(ie),2)
+			    call ie_mwctran (ie, x, 1., dx, y1)
+			    call ie_mwctran (ie, x, y, dx, y2)
+			    dy = y
+			    while (dy > .001) {
+				dy = dy / 2
+				if (r > y1) {
+				    if (r < y2)
+					y = y - dy
+				    else
+					y = y + dy
+				} else {
+				    if (r < y2)
+					y = y + dy
+				    else
+					y = y - dy
+				}
+				call ie_mwctran (ie, x, y, dx, y2)
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		case 'e':	# Contour plot
+		    if (IS_INDEF(x))
+			x = x1
+		    if (IS_INDEF(y))
+			y = y1
+		case 'j', 'l':	# Line plot
+		    y = IE_Y1(ie)
+
+		    if (IS_INDEF(x))
+			x = x1
+		    else if (IE_MW(ie) != NULL) {
+			if (streq (IE_WCSNAME(ie), "logical"))
+			    ;
+			else if (streq (IE_WCSNAME(ie), "physical"))
+			    call ie_imwctran (ie, x, y, x, dy)
+			else {
+			    r = x
+			    x = IM_LEN(IE_IM(ie),1)
+			    call ie_mwctran (ie, 1., y, x1, dy)
+			    call ie_mwctran (ie, x, y, x2, dy)
+			    dx = x
+			    while (dx > .001) {
+				dx = dx / 2
+				if (r > x1) {
+				    if (r < x2)
+					x = x - dx
+				    else
+					x = x + dx
+				} else {
+				    if (r < x2)
+					x = x + dx
+				    else
+					x = x - dx
+				}
+				call ie_mwctran (ie, x, y, x2, dy)
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		case 'r','.':	# Radial profile plot
+		    x = IE_X1(ie)
+		    y = IE_Y1(ie)
+		case 'h', 's':	# Surface plot
+		    x = IE_X1(ie)
+		    y = IE_Y1(ie)
+		case 'u':	# Vector plot
+		    if (IS_INDEF(x))
+			x = x1
+		    y = x * sina + (IE_Y1(ie) + IE_Y2(ie)) / 2
+		    x = x * cosa + (IE_X1(ie) + IE_X2(ie)) / 2
+		case 'v':	# Vector plot
+		    if (IS_INDEF(x))
+			x = x1
+		    y = x * sina + IE_Y1(ie)
+		    x = x * cosa + IE_X1(ie)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    key = k[1]
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case 'v', 'u':
+		if (i == 1) {
+		    x1 = x
+		    y1 = y
+		    call printf ("again:")
+		} else {
+		    x2 = x
+		    y2 = y
+		    r = sqrt (real ((y2-y1)**2 + (x2-x1)**2))
+		    if (r > 0.) {
+		        cosa = (x2 - x1) / r
+		        sina = (y2 - y1) / r
+		    } else {
+		        cosa = 0.
+		        sina = 0.
+		    }
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		    switch (key) {
+		    case 'v':
+		        x = x1
+		        y = y1
+		    case 'u':
+			x = 2 * x1 - x2
+			y = 2 * y1 - y2
+		    }
+		    IE_X2(ie) = x2
+		    IE_Y2(ie) = y2
+		    break
+		}
+	    case 'b':
+		if (i == 1) {
+		    IE_IX1(ie) = x + 0.5
+		    IE_IY1(ie) = y + 0.5
+		    call printf ("again:")
+		} else {
+		    IE_IX2(ie) = x + 0.5
+		    IE_IY2(ie) = y + 0.5
+		    call printf ("\n")
+		    temp = IE_IX1(ie)
+		    IE_IX1(ie) = min (IE_IX1(ie), IE_IX2(ie))
+		    IE_IX2(ie) = max (temp, IE_IX2(ie))
+		    temp = IE_IY1(ie)
+		    IE_IY1(ie) = min (IE_IY1(ie), IE_IY2(ie))
+		    IE_IY2(ie) = max (temp, IE_IY2(ie))
+		    break
+		}
+	    default:
+		break
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Map numeric colon sequences (: x [y] key strval) to make them appear
+	# as ordinary "x y key" type cursor reads.  This makes it possible for
+	# the user to access any command using typed in rather than positional
+	# cursor coordinates.  Special treatment is also given to the syntax
+	# ":lN" and ":cN", provided for compatibility with IMPLOT for simple
+	# line and column plots.
+
+	if (key == ':') {
+	    for (ip=1;  IS_WHITE(strval[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    if (IS_DIGIT(strval[ip])) {
+		if (ctor (strval, ip, x) <= 0)
+		    ;
+		if (ctor (strval, ip, y) <= 0)
+		    y = x
+		for (;  IS_WHITE(strval[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		    ;
+		if (cctoc (strval, ip, ch) > 0)
+		    key = ch
+		call strcpy (strval[ip], strval, maxch)
+
+	    } else if (strval[ip] == 'l' && IS_DIGIT(strval[ip+1])) {
+		ip = ip + 1
+		if (ctor (strval, ip, x) > 0) {
+		    y = x
+		    key = 'l'
+		}
+	    } else if (strval[ip] == 'c' && IS_DIGIT(strval[ip+1])) {
+		ip = ip + 1
+		if (ctor (strval, ip, x) > 0) {
+		    y = x
+		    key = 'c'
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+ 
+	return (nitems)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegdata.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegdata.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e1f7e91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegdata.x
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+ 
+# IE_GDATA -- Get image data with boundary checking.
+ 
+pointer procedure ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+ 
+pointer	im			# IMIO pointer
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2		# Subraster limits (input and output)
+ 
+int	i, nc, nl
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+ 
+begin
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (IS_INDEFI (x1))
+	    x1 = 1
+	if (IS_INDEFI (x2))
+	    x2 = nc
+	if (IS_INDEFI (y1))
+	    y1 = 1
+	if (IS_INDEFI (y2))
+	    y2 = nl
+ 
+	i = max (x1, x2)
+	x1 = min (x1, x2)
+	x2 = i
+	i = max (y1, y2)
+	y1 = min (y1, y2)
+	y2 = i
+
+	if (x2 < 1 || x1 > nc || y2 < 1 || y1 > nl)
+	    call error (1, "Pixels out of bounds")
+	
+	x1 = max (1, x1)
+	x2 = min (nc, x2)
+	y1 = max (1, y1)
+	y2 = min (nl, y2)
+
+	return (imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegimage.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0fda919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegimage.x
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+# IE_GIMAGE -- Get input image name and return IMIO pointer.
+# If examining a list of images access the indexed image, displaying it if
+# not already displayed.  Otherwise the image loaded into the current display
+# frame is displayed, if it can be accessed, or the image frame buffer itself
+# is examined.  If there is neither a list of images nor display access the
+# user is queried for the name of the image to be examined.
+# This procedure uses a prototype display interface (IMD/IW).
+ 
+pointer procedure ie_gimage (ie, select)
+ 
+pointer	ie			#I IMEXAM pointer
+int	select			#I select frame?
+
+char	errstr[SZ_FNAME]
+int	frame, i, j, k
+pointer	sp, image, dimage, imname, im
+
+int	imtrgetim(), fnldir(), errget()
+bool	strne(), streq()
+pointer	imd_mapframe(), immap()
+errchk	imd_mapframe, immap, ie_display, ie_mwinit
+
+ 
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (dimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get image name, and display image if using display.  If we are
+	# examining a list of images, the list and the current index into
+	# the list determine the image to be examined.  If there is no list
+	# we examine the currently displayed images, if any, else the
+	# contents of the image display frame buffers are examined as images.
+
+	if (IE_LIST(ie) != NULL) {
+	    # Get image name.
+	    IE_INDEX(ie) = max(1, min(IE_LISTLEN(ie), IE_INDEX(ie)))
+	    if (imtrgetim (IE_LIST(ie), IE_INDEX(ie), Memc[image],
+		SZ_FNAME) == EOF)
+		call error (1, "Reference outside of image list")
+
+	    # Display image.
+	    if (IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) == YES) {
+		# Is named image currently loaded into the image display?
+		frame = 0
+		if (streq (Memc[image], IE_IMAGE(ie)))
+		    frame = IE_MAPFRAME(ie)
+		else {
+		    if (IE_DS(ie) == NULL)
+			IE_DS(ie) = imd_mapframe (max (1, IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100),
+			    READ_WRITE, NO)
+
+		    do i = 1, IE_NFRAMES(ie) {
+			if (i == IE_MAPFRAME(ie)/100)
+			    next
+			do j = 1, 99 {
+			   k = i * 100 + j
+			   iferr (call ie_imname (IE_DS(ie), k,
+			       Memc[dimage], SZ_FNAME))
+			       break
+			    if (streq (Memc[image], Memc[dimage])) {
+				frame = k
+				break
+			    }
+			}
+			if (frame != 0)
+			    break
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Load image into display frame if not already loaded.
+		# If the allframes option is specified cycle through the
+		# available display frames, otherwise resuse the same frame.
+
+		if (frame == 0) {
+		    if (IE_DS(ie) != NULL) {
+			if (IE_IM(ie) == IE_DS(ie))
+			    IE_IM(ie) = NULL
+			call imunmap (IE_DS(ie))
+		    }
+
+		    frame = 100 * max (1, IE_DFRAME(ie) / 100) + 1
+		    call ie_display (ie, Memc[image], frame/100)
+
+		    IE_MAPFRAME(ie) = 0
+		    if (IE_ALLFRAMES(ie) == YES) {
+			IE_DFRAME(ie) = frame + 100
+			if (IE_DFRAME(ie)/100 > IE_NFRAMES(ie))
+			    IE_DFRAME(ie) = 101
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Map and display-select the frame.
+		if (frame != IE_MAPFRAME(ie) || frame != IE_NEWFRAME(ie)) {
+		    if (IE_DS(ie) != NULL) {
+			if (IE_IM(ie) == IE_DS(ie))
+			    IE_IM(ie) = NULL
+			call imunmap (IE_DS(ie))
+		    }
+		    IE_DS(ie) = imd_mapframe (frame/100, READ_WRITE, select)
+		    IE_MAPFRAME(ie) = frame
+		    IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = frame
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} else if (IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) == YES) {
+	    # Map the new display frame.
+	    if (IE_NEWFRAME(ie) != IE_MAPFRAME(ie)) {
+		if (IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100 != IE_MAPFRAME(ie)/100) {
+		    if (IE_DS(ie) != NULL) {
+			if (IE_IM(ie) == IE_DS(ie))
+			    IE_IM(ie) = NULL
+			call imunmap (IE_DS(ie))
+		    }
+		    IE_DS(ie) = imd_mapframe (IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100, READ_WRITE,
+			select)
+		}
+		IE_MAPFRAME(ie) = IE_NEWFRAME(ie)
+	    }
+
+	    # Get the image name.
+	    call ie_imname (IE_DS(ie), IE_MAPFRAME(ie), Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	} else
+	    call clgstr ("image", Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Check if the image has not been mapped and if so map it.
+	# Possibly log any change of image.  Always map the physical image,
+	# not a section, since we do everything in image coordinates.
+
+	if (IE_IM(ie) == NULL || strne (Memc[image], IE_IMAGE(ie))) {
+
+	    # Strip the path.
+	    call imgcluster (Memc[image], Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+	    i = fnldir (Memc[imname], Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[image+i], IE_IMNAME(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+
+	    # Map the image.
+	    iferr (im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)) { 
+		# Warn user once.
+		i = errget (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (strne (Memc[imname], errstr)) {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    call strcpy (Memc[imname], errstr, SZ_FNAME)
+		}
+
+		# Access the display frame buffer as the data image.
+		if (IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) == YES && IE_LIST(ie) == NULL) {
+		    if (IE_IM(ie) != NULL && IE_IM(ie) != IE_DS(ie))
+			iferr (call imunmap (IE_IM(ie)))
+			    ;
+		    IE_IM(ie) = IE_DS(ie)
+		    call sprintf (IE_IMAGE(ie), IE_SZFNAME, "Frame.%d(%s)")
+			call pargi (IE_MAPFRAME(ie))
+			call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+		    call strcpy ("Contents of raw image frame buffer\n",
+			IM_TITLE(IE_IM(ie)), SZ_IMTITLE)
+		} else
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    
+	    } else {
+		# Adjust image sections.
+		call ie_gimage1 (im, Memc[image], Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (strne (Memc[image], Memc[imname])) {
+		   call imunmap (im)
+		   im = immap (Memc[imname], READ_ONLY, 0)
+		}
+
+		# Make the new image the current one.
+		errstr[1] = EOS
+		call strcpy (Memc[image], IE_IMAGE(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+		if (IE_IM(ie) != NULL && IE_IM(ie) != IE_DS(ie))
+		    iferr (call imunmap (IE_IM(ie)))
+			;
+		if (IE_MW(ie) != NULL)
+		    call mw_close (IE_MW(ie))
+		IE_IM(ie) = im
+		if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "# [%d] %s - %s\n")
+			call pargi (IE_INDEX(ie))
+			call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+			call pargstr (IM_TITLE(IE_IM(ie)))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call ie_mwinit (ie)
+	
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (IE_IM(ie))
+end
+
+
+# IE_GIMAGE1 -- Convert input image section name to a 2D physical image section.
+
+procedure ie_gimage1 (im, input, output, maxchar)
+
+pointer	im			#I IMIO pointer
+char	input[ARB]		#I Input image name
+char	output[maxchar]		#O Output image name
+int	maxchar			#I Maximum characters in output name.
+
+int	i, fd
+pointer	sp, section, lv, pv1, pv2
+
+int	stropen(), strlen()
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (section, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lv, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (pv1, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (pv2, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	# Get endpoint coordinates in original image.
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[lv], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call aclrl (Meml[pv1], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call imaplv (im, Meml[lv], Meml[pv1], 2)
+	call amovl (IM_LEN(im,1), Meml[lv], IM_NDIM(im))
+	call aclrl (Meml[pv2], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call imaplv (im, Meml[lv], Meml[pv2], 2)
+
+	# Set image section.
+	fd = stropen (Memc[section], SZ_FNAME, NEW_FILE)
+	call fprintf (fd, "[")
+	do i = 1, IM_MAXDIM {
+	    if (Meml[pv1+i-1] != Meml[pv2+i-1])
+		call fprintf (fd, "*")
+	    else if (Meml[pv1+i-1] != 0) {
+		call fprintf (fd, "%d")
+		call pargi (Meml[pv1+i-1])
+	    } else
+		break
+	    call fprintf (fd, ",")
+	}
+	call close (fd)
+	i = strlen (Memc[section])
+	Memc[section+i-1] = ']'
+
+	if (streq ("[*,*]", Memc[section]))
+	    Memc[section] = EOS
+
+	# Strip existing image section and add new section.
+	call imgimage (input, output, maxchar)
+	call strcat (Memc[section], output, maxchar)
+	
+#	if (Memc[section] == EOS)
+#	    call imgimage (input, output, maxchar)
+#	else
+#	    call strcpy (input, output, maxchar)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegnfr.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegnfr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a8fb30d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegnfr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "imexam.h"
+
+# IE_GETNFRAMES -- Determine the number of image display frames.  If the
+# display can be accessed at all we assume there is always at least one
+# frame; beyond that presence of a valid WCS is used to test whether we
+# are interested in looking at a frame.
+
+int procedure ie_getnframes (ie)
+
+pointer	ie			#I imexamine descriptor
+
+pointer	sp, imname, ds, iw
+int	server, nframes, status, i
+
+int	clgeti(), strncmp(), imd_wcsver()
+pointer	imd_mapframe(), iw_open()
+errchk	imd_mapframe, clgeti
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	nframes = clgeti ("nframes")
+	if (nframes == 0) {
+	    # Try to automatically determine the number of frames.
+	    ds = IE_DS(ie)
+	    if (ds == NULL)
+		ds = imd_mapframe (1, READ_WRITE, NO)
+	    
+	    # If we are talking to a simple image display we assume the device
+	    # has 4 frames (until more general display interfaces come along).
+	    # Servers are more complicated because the number of frames is
+	    # dynamically configurable, even while imexamine is running.
+	    # We use the WCS query to try to count the current number of
+	    # allocated frames in the case of a server device.
+
+	    server = IM_LEN(ds,4)
+	    if (server == YES && imd_wcsver() != 0) {
+		nframes = 1
+		do i = 1, MAX_FRAMES {
+		    iferr (iw = iw_open (ds, i, Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, status))
+			next
+		    call iw_close (iw)
+		    if (strncmp (Memc[imname], "[NOSUCHFRAME]", 3) != 0)
+			nframes = max (nframes, i)
+		}
+	    } else
+		nframes = 4
+
+	    if (IE_DS(ie) == NULL)
+		call imunmap (ds)
+	}
+
+	IE_NFRAMES(ie) = max (nframes, IE_DFRAME(ie)/100)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nframes)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegraph.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegraph.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..edfa28c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iegraph.x
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gset.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+define	MTYPES	"|point|box|plus|cross|circle|hebar|vebar|hline|vline|diamond|"
+define	IE_GBUF		0.10	# Buffer around data
+define	IE_SZTITLE	512	# Size of multiline title
+ 
+
+# IE_GRAPH -- Make a graph
+# This procedure is used by most of the different graph types to provide
+# consistency in features and parameters.  The parameters are read using
+# the pset pointer.
+
+procedure ie_graph (gp, mode, pp, param, x, y, npts, label, format)
+
+pointer	gp		# GIO pointer
+int	mode		# Mode
+pointer	pp		# PSET pointer
+char	param[ARB]	# Parameter string
+real	x[npts]		# X data
+real	y[npts]		# Y data
+int	npts		# Number of points
+char	label		# Default x label
+char	format		# Default x format
+
+int	i, marks[10], linepattern, patterns[4], clgpseti(), btoi(), strdic()
+pointer	sp, title, xlabel, ylabel
+real	x1, x2, y1, y2, wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2, temp, szmarker
+real	clgpsetr(), ie_iformatr()
+bool	clgpsetb(), streq()
+
+data	patterns/GL_SOLID, GL_DASHED, GL_DOTTED, GL_DOTDASH/
+data	marks/GM_POINT, GM_BOX, GM_PLUS, GM_CROSS, GM_CIRCLE, GM_HEBAR,
+	GM_VEBAR, GM_HLINE, GM_VLINE, GM_DIAMOND/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xlabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If a new graph setup all the axes and labeling options and then
+	# make the graph.
+
+	if (mode == NEW_FILE) {
+	    call gclear (gp)
+
+	    linepattern = 0
+
+	    x1 = ie_iformatr (clgpsetr (pp, "x1"), format)
+	    x2 = ie_iformatr (clgpsetr (pp, "x2"), format)
+	    y1 = clgpsetr (pp, "y1")
+	    y2 = clgpsetr (pp, "y2")
+
+	    if (IS_INDEF (x1) || IS_INDEF (x2))
+	        call gascale (gp, x, npts, 1)
+	    if (IS_INDEF (y1) || IS_INDEF (y2))
+	        call gascale (gp, y, npts, 2)
+
+	    call gswind (gp, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	    call ggwind (gp, wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2)
+
+	    temp = wx2 - wx1
+	    if (IS_INDEF (x1))
+	        wx1 = wx1 - IE_GBUF * temp
+	    if (IS_INDEF (x2))
+	        wx2 = wx2 + IE_GBUF * temp
+
+	    temp = wy2 - wy1
+	    if (IS_INDEF (y1))
+	        wy1 = wy1 - IE_GBUF * temp
+	    if (IS_INDEF (y2))
+	        wy2 = wy2 + IE_GBUF * temp
+
+	    call gswind (gp, wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2)
+	    call gsetr (gp, G_ASPECT, 0.)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_ROUND, btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "round")))
+
+	    i = GW_LINEAR
+	    if (clgpsetb (pp, "logx"))
+		i = GW_LOG
+	    call gseti (gp, G_XTRAN, i)
+	    i = GW_LINEAR
+	    if (clgpsetb (pp, "logy"))
+		i = GW_LOG
+	    call gseti (gp, G_YTRAN, i)
+
+	    if (clgpsetb (pp, "box")) {
+	        # Get number of major and minor tick marks.
+	        call gseti (gp, G_XNMAJOR, clgpseti (pp, "majrx"))
+	        call gseti (gp, G_XNMINOR, clgpseti (pp, "minrx"))
+	        call gseti (gp, G_YNMAJOR, clgpseti (pp, "majry"))
+	        call gseti (gp, G_YNMINOR, clgpseti (pp, "minry"))
+
+	        # Label tick marks on axes?
+		call gsets (gp, G_XTICKFORMAT, format)
+	        call gseti (gp, G_LABELTICKS,
+		    btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "ticklabels")))
+
+	        # Fetch labels and  plot title string. 
+		call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+		call salloc (ylabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+		if (clgpsetb (pp, "banner")) {
+		    call sysid (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+		    call strcat ("\n", Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+		    call strcat (param, Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+		} else
+		    Memc[title] = EOS
+
+		call clgpset (pp, "title", Memc[xlabel], SZ_LINE)
+		if (Memc[xlabel] != EOS) {
+		    call strcat ("\n", Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+		    call strcat (Memc[xlabel], Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+		}
+		call clgpset (pp, "xlabel", Memc[xlabel], SZ_LINE)
+		call clgpset (pp, "ylabel", Memc[ylabel], SZ_LINE)
+
+		if (streq ("wcslabel", Memc[xlabel]))
+		    call strcpy (label, Memc[xlabel], SZ_LINE)
+
+	        call glabax (gp, Memc[title], Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Draw the data.
+	if (clgpsetb (pp, "pointmode")) {
+	    call clgpset (pp, "marker", Memc[xlabel], SZ_LINE)
+	    i = strdic (Memc[xlabel], Memc[xlabel], SZ_LINE, MTYPES)
+	    if (i == 0)
+		i = 2
+	    if (marks[i] == GM_POINT)
+		szmarker = 0.0
+	    else
+		szmarker = clgpsetr (pp, "szmarker")
+	    call gpmark (gp, x, y, npts, marks[i], szmarker, szmarker)
+	} else {
+	    linepattern = min (4, linepattern + 1)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, patterns[linepattern])
+	    call gpline (gp, x, y, npts)
+	}
+	call gflush (gp)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iehimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iehimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a0fd150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iehimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+define	HGM_TYPES	"|line|box|"
+define	HGM_LINE	1		# line vectors for histogram plot
+define	HGM_BOX		2		# box vectors for histogram plot
+
+# IE_HIMEXAM -- Compute and plot or list a histogram.
+# If the GIO pointer is NULL list the histogram otherwise make a graph.
+
+procedure ie_himexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+
+pointer	gp		# GIO pointer (NULL for histogram listing)
+int	mode		# Mode
+pointer	ie		# Structure pointer
+real	x, y		# Center coordinate
+
+real	z1, z2, dz, zmin, zmax
+int	i, j, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, npts, nbins, nbins1, nlevels, nwide
+pointer	pp, sp, hgm, title, im, data, xp, yp
+
+int	clgpseti()
+real	clgpsetr()
+bool	clgpsetb(), fp_equalr()
+pointer	clopset(), ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+
+begin
+	# Get the image and return on error.
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Use last graph coordinate if redrawing.  Close last graph pset
+	# pointer if making new graph.
+
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	        IE_X1(ie) = x
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	        IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	    z1 = IE_X1(ie)
+	    z2 = IE_Y1(ie)
+
+	    if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+		call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	} else {
+	    z1 = x
+	    z2 = y
+	}
+
+	# Get the data.
+	pp = clopset ("himexam")
+	nx = clgpseti (pp, "ncolumns")
+	ny = clgpseti (pp, "nlines")
+	x1 = z1 - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = z1 + nx / 2 + 0.5
+	y1 = z2 - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = z2 + ny / 2 + 0.5
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	# Get default histogram resolution.
+	nbins = clgpseti (pp, "nbins")
+
+	# Get histogram range.
+	z1 = clgpsetr (pp, "z1")
+	z2 = clgpsetr (pp, "z2")
+
+	# Use data limits for INDEF limits.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(z1) || IS_INDEFR(z2)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[data], npts, zmin, zmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(z1))
+		z1 = zmin
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(z2))
+		z2 = zmax
+	}
+
+	if (z1 > z2) {
+	    dz = z1;  z1 = z2;  z2 = dz
+	}
+
+	# Adjust the resolution of the histogram and/or the data range
+	# so that an integral number of data values map into each
+	# histogram bin (to avoid aliasing effects).
+
+	if (clgpsetb (pp, "autoscale")) {
+	    switch (IM_PIXTYPE(im)) {
+	    case TY_SHORT, TY_USHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		nlevels = nint (z2) - nint (z1)
+		nwide = max (1, nint (real (nlevels) / real (nbins)))
+		nbins = max (1, nint (real (nlevels) / real (nwide)))
+		z2 = nint (z1) + nbins * nwide
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Test for constant valued image, which causes zero divide in ahgm.
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    call eprintf ("Warning: Image `%s' has no data range.\n")
+		call pargstr (IE_IMAGE(ie))
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# The extra bin counts the pixels that equal z2 and shifts the
+	# remaining bins to evenly cover the interval [z1,z2].
+	# Note that real numbers could be handled better - perhaps
+	# adjust z2 upward by ~ EPSILONR (in ahgm itself).
+
+	nbins1 = nbins + 1
+
+	# Initialize the histogram buffer and image line vector.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (hgm,  nbins1, TY_INT)
+	call aclri  (Memi[hgm], nbins1)
+
+	call ahgmr (Memr[data], npts, Memi[hgm], nbins1, z1, z2)
+
+	# "Correct" the topmost bin for pixels that equal z2.  Each
+	# histogram bin really wants to be half open.
+
+	if (clgpsetb (pp, "top_closed"))
+	    Memi[hgm+nbins-1] = Memi[hgm+nbins-1] + Memi[hgm+nbins1-1]
+
+	# List or plot the histogram.  In list format, the bin value is the
+	# z value of the left side (start) of the bin.
+
+	dz = (z2 - z1) / real (nbins)
+
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    # Draw the plot.
+	    if (clgpsetb (pp, "pointmode")) {
+		nbins1 = nbins
+		call salloc (xp, nbins1, TY_REAL)
+	        call salloc (yp, nbins1, TY_REAL)
+	        call achtir (Memi[hgm], Memr[yp], nbins1)
+		Memr[xp] = z1 + dz / 2.
+		do i = 1, nbins1 - 1
+		    Memr[xp+i] = Memr[xp+i-1] + dz
+	    } else {
+		nbins1 = 2 * nbins
+		call salloc (xp, nbins1, TY_REAL)
+	        call salloc (yp, nbins1, TY_REAL)
+		Memr[xp] = z1
+		Memr[yp] = Memi[hgm]
+		j = 0
+		do i = 1, nbins - 1 {
+		    Memr[xp+j+1] = Memr[xp+j] + dz
+		    Memr[yp+j+1] = Memr[yp+j]
+		    j = j + 1
+		    Memr[xp+j+1] = Memr[xp+j]
+		    Memr[yp+j+1] = Memi[hgm+i]
+		    j = j + 1
+		}
+		Memr[xp+j+1] = Memr[xp+j] + dz
+		Memr[yp+j+1] = Memr[yp+j]
+	    }
+
+	    call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	    call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE,
+		"%s[%d:%d,%d:%d]: Histogram from z1=%g to z2=%g, nbins=%d\n%s")
+	        call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+		call pargi (x1)
+		call pargi (x2)
+	        call pargi (y1)
+	        call pargi (y2)
+		call pargr (z1)
+		call pargr (z2)
+		call pargi (nbins)
+	        call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+	    call ie_graph (gp, mode, pp, Memc[title], Memr[xp],
+		Memr[yp], nbins1, "", "")
+
+	    IE_PP(ie) = pp
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, nbins {
+		call printf ("%g %d\n")
+		    call pargr (z1 + (i-1) * dz)
+		    call pargi (Memi[hgm+i-1])
+	    }
+	   call clcpset (pp)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieimname.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieimname.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b1bd5e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieimname.x
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# IE_IMNAME -- Get the name of the image displayed in a display frame.
+
+procedure ie_imname (ds, frame, imname, maxch)
+
+pointer	ds			#I display descriptor
+int	frame			#I display frame
+char	imname[maxch]		#O image name
+int	maxch			#I max chars out
+
+int	snx, sny, dx, dy, dnx, dny, status, imd_query_map()
+real	sx, sy
+pointer	sp, reg, dname, iw
+pointer	iw_open()
+errchk	imd_query_map, iw_open
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (reg, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (dname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (imd_query_map (frame, Memc[reg], sx, sy, snx, sny, dx, dy, dnx, dny,
+	    Memc[dname]) == ERR) {
+	    iw = iw_open (ds, frame/100, Memc[dname], SZ_FNAME, status)
+	    call iw_close (iw)
+	}
+
+	# call imgimage (Memc[dname], imname, maxch)
+	call strcpy (Memc[dname], imname, maxch)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iejimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iejimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46a4c910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iejimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+
+# IE_JIMEXAM -- 1D profile plot and gaussian fit parameters.
+# If no GIO pointer is given then only the fit parameters are printed.
+# The fitting uses a Levenberg-Marquardt nonlinear chi square minimization.
+
+procedure ie_jimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y, axis)
+
+pointer	gp
+pointer	ie
+int	mode
+real	x, y
+int	axis
+
+int	navg, order, clgpseti()
+bool	center, background, clgpsetb()
+real	sigma, width, rplot, clgpsetr()
+
+int	i, j, k, nx, ny, x1, x2, y1, y2, nfit, flag[5]
+real	xc, yc, bkg, r, dr, fit[5], xfit, yfit, asumr(), amedr()
+pointer	sp, title, avstr, im, pp, data, xs, ys, ptr
+pointer	clopset(), ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+
+errchk	ie_gdata, mr_solve
+
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get parameters
+	if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+	    call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	if (axis == 1)
+	    IE_PP(ie) = clopset ("jimexam")
+	else
+	    IE_PP(ie) = clopset ("kimexam")
+	pp = IE_PP(ie)
+	navg = clgpseti (pp, "naverage")
+	center = clgpsetb (pp, "center")
+	background = clgpsetb (pp, "background")
+	sigma = clgpsetr (pp, "sigma")
+	rplot = clgpsetr (pp, "rplot")
+	if (background) {
+	    order = clgpsetr (pp, "xorder")
+	    width = clgpsetr (pp, "width")
+	}
+
+	# If the initial center is INDEF then use the previous value.
+	if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	    IE_X1(ie) = x
+	if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	    IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	if (axis == 1) {
+	    xc = IE_X1(ie)
+	    yc = IE_Y1(ie)
+	} else {
+	    xc = IE_Y1(ie)
+	    yc = IE_X1(ie)
+	}
+
+	# Get data
+	r = max (rplot, 8 * sigma + width)
+	x1 = xc - r
+	x2 = xc + r
+	y1 = nint (yc) - (navg - 1) / 2
+	y2 = nint (yc) + navg / 2
+	iferr {
+	    if (axis == 1)
+		data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	    else
+		data = ie_gdata (im, y1, y2, x1, x2)
+	} then {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute average vector
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	yc = (y1 + y2) / 2.
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xs, nx, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ys, nx, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (avstr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	ptr = data
+	if (axis == 1) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[avstr], SZ_LINE, "Lines %d-%d")
+		call pargi (y1)
+		call pargi (y2)
+	    call amovr (Memr[ptr], Memr[ys], nx) 
+	    ptr = ptr + nx
+	    do i = 2, ny {
+		call aaddr (Memr[ptr], Memr[ys], Memr[ys], nx)
+		ptr = ptr + nx
+	    }
+	    call adivkr (Memr[ys], real (ny), Memr[ys], nx)
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[avstr], SZ_LINE, "Columns %d-%d")
+		call pargi (y1)
+		call pargi (y2)
+	    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+		Memr[ys+i] = asumr (Memr[ptr], ny) / ny
+		ptr = ptr + ny
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Set default background
+	bkg = 0.
+	if (background) {
+	    r = 4 * sigma
+	    ptr = xs
+	    do i = 0, nx-1 {
+		if (abs (xc - x1 - i) > r) {
+		    Memr[ptr] = Memr[ys+i]
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (ptr > xs)
+		bkg = amedr (Memr[xs], ptr-xs)
+	}
+
+	# Convert to WCS
+	if (axis == 1) {
+	    call ie_mwctran (ie, xc, yc, xfit, yfit)
+	    call ie_mwctran (ie, xc+sigma, yc, r, yfit)
+	    dr = abs (xfit - r)
+	    do i = 0, nx-1
+		call ie_mwctran (ie, real(x1+i), yc, Memr[xs+i], yfit)
+	} else {
+	    call ie_mwctran (ie, yc, xc, yfit, xfit)
+	    call ie_mwctran (ie, yc, xc+sigma, yfit, r)
+	    dr = abs (xfit - r)
+	    do i = 0, nx-1
+		call ie_mwctran (ie, yc, real(x1+i), yfit, Memr[xs+i])
+	}
+
+	# Set initial fit parameters
+	k = max (0, nint (xc - x1))
+	fit[1] = bkg
+	fit[2] = 0.
+	fit[3] = Memr[ys+k] - fit[1]
+	fit[4] = xfit
+	fit[5] = dr
+
+	# Do fitting.
+	nfit = 1
+	flag[1] = 3
+
+	# Add centering if desired
+	if (center) {
+	    nfit = nfit + 1
+	    flag[nfit] = 4
+	    call ie_gfit (Memr[xs], Memr[ys], nx, fit, flag, nfit)
+	}
+
+	# Add sigma
+	nfit = nfit + 1
+	flag[nfit] = 5
+	call ie_gfit (Memr[xs], Memr[ys], nx, fit, flag, nfit)
+
+	# Now add background if desired
+	if (background) {
+	    if (order == 1) {
+		nfit = nfit + 1
+		flag[nfit] = 1
+		call ie_gfit (Memr[xs], Memr[ys], nx, fit, flag, nfit)
+	    } else if (order == 2) {
+		nfit = nfit + 2
+		flag[nfit-1] = 1
+		flag[nfit] = 2
+		call ie_gfit (Memr[xs], Memr[ys], nx, fit, flag, nfit)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Plot the profile and overplot the gaussian fit.
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, "%s: %s\n%s")
+	    call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	    call pargstr (Memc[avstr])
+	    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+
+	j = max (0, int (xc - x1 - rplot))
+	k = min (nx-1, nint (xc - x1 + rplot))
+	if (axis == 1)
+	    call ie_graph (gp, mode, pp, Memc[title],
+		Memr[xs+j], Memr[ys+j], k-j+1, IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_XFORMAT(ie))
+	else
+	    call ie_graph (gp, mode, pp, Memc[title],
+		Memr[xs+j], Memr[ys+j], k-j+1, IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_YFORMAT(ie))
+
+	call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, 2)
+	xfit = min (Memr[xs+j], Memr[xs+k])
+	r = (xfit - fit[4]) / fit[5]
+	dr = abs ((Memr[xs+k] - Memr[xs+j]) / (k - j))
+	if (abs (r) < 7.)
+	    yfit = fit[1] + fit[2] * xfit + fit[3] * exp (-r**2 / 2.)
+	else
+	    yfit = fit[1] + fit[2] * xfit
+	call gamove (gp, xfit, yfit)
+	repeat {
+	    xfit = xfit + 0.2 * dr
+	    r = (xfit - fit[4]) / fit[5]
+	    if (abs (r) < 7.)
+		yfit = fit[1] + fit[2] * xfit + fit[3] * exp (-r**2 / 2.)
+	    else
+		yfit = fit[1] + fit[2] * xfit
+	    call gadraw (gp, xfit, yfit)
+	} until (xfit >= max (Memr[xs+j], Memr[xs+k]))
+	call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, 1)
+
+	# Print the fit values
+	call printf ("%s: center=%7g peak=%7g sigma=%7.4g fwhm=%7.4g bkg=%7g\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[avstr])
+	    call pargr (fit[4])
+	    call pargr (fit[3])
+	    call pargr (fit[5])
+	    call pargr (2.35482*fit[5])
+	    call pargr (fit[1]+fit[2]*fit[4])
+
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+	    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie),
+		"%s: center=%7g peak=%7g sigma=%5.3f fwhm=%5.3f bkg=%7g\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[avstr])
+		call pargr (fit[4])
+		call pargr (fit[3])
+		call pargr (fit[5])
+		call pargr (2.35482*fit[5])
+		call pargr (fit[1]+fit[2]*fit[4])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GFIT -- 1D Gaussian fit.
+
+procedure ie_gfit (xs, ys, nx, fit, flag, nfit)
+
+real	xs[nx], ys[nx]		# Vector to be fit
+int	nx			# Number of points
+real	fit[5]			# Fit parameters
+int	flag[nfit]		# Flag for parameters to be fit
+int	nfit			# Number of parameters to be fit
+
+int	i
+real	chi1, chi2, mr
+
+begin
+	chi2 = MAX_REAL
+	mr = -1.
+	i = 0
+	repeat {
+	    call mr_solve (xs, ys, nx, fit, flag, 5, nfit, mr, chi1)
+	    if (chi2 - chi1 > 1.)
+		i = 0
+	    else
+		i = i + 1
+	    chi2 = chi1
+	} until (i == 3)
+	mr = 0.
+	call mr_solve (xs, ys, nx, fit, flag, 5, nfit, mr, chi1)
+
+	fit[5] = abs (fit[5])
+end
+
+
+# DERIVS -- Compute model and derivatives for MR_SOLVE procedure.
+#
+#	I(x) = A1 + A2 * x + A3 exp {-[(x - A4) / A5]**2 / 2.}
+#
+# where the params are A1-A5.
+
+procedure derivs (x, a, y, dyda, na)
+
+real	x		# X value to be evaluated
+real	a[na]		# Parameters
+real	y		# Function value
+real	dyda[na]	# Derivatives
+int	na		# Number of parameters
+
+real	arg, ex, fac
+
+begin
+	arg = (x - a[4]) / a[5]
+	if (abs (arg) < 7.)
+	    ex = exp (-arg**2 / 2.)
+	else
+	    ex = 0.
+	fac = a[3] * ex * arg
+
+	y = a[1] + a[2] * x + a[3] * ex
+
+	dyda[1] = 1.
+	dyda[2] = x
+	dyda[3] = ex
+	dyda[4] = fac / a[5]
+	dyda[5] = fac * arg / a[5]
+end
+
+
+# MR_SOLVE -- Levenberg-Marquardt nonlinear chi square minimization.
+#
+# Use the Levenberg-Marquardt method to minimize the chi squared of a set
+# of paraemters.  The parameters being fit are indexed by the flag array.
+# To initialize the Marquardt parameter, MR, is less than zero.  After that
+# the parameter is adjusted as needed.  To finish set the parameter to zero
+# to free memory.  This procedure requires a subroutine, DERIVS, which
+# takes the derivatives of the function being fit with respect to the
+# parameters.  There is no limitation on the number of parameters or
+# data points.  For a description of the method see NUMERICAL RECIPES
+# by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky, and Vetterling, p523.
+
+procedure mr_solve (x, y, npts, params, flags, np, nfit, mr, chisq)
+
+real	x[npts]			# X data array
+real	y[npts]			# Y data array
+int	npts			# Number of data points
+real	params[np]		# Parameter array
+int	flags[np]		# Flag array indexing parameters to fit
+int	np			# Number of parameters
+int	nfit			# Number of parameters to fit
+real	mr			# MR parameter
+real	chisq			# Chi square of fit
+
+int	i
+real	chisq1
+pointer	new, a1, a2, delta1, delta2
+
+errchk	mr_invert
+
+begin
+	# Allocate memory and initialize.
+	if (mr < 0.) {
+	    call mfree (new, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (a1, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (a2, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (delta1, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (delta2, TY_REAL)
+
+	    call malloc (new, np, TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (a1, nfit*nfit, TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (a2, nfit*nfit, TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (delta1, nfit, TY_REAL)
+	    call malloc (delta2, nfit, TY_REAL)
+
+	    call amovr (params, Memr[new], np)
+	    call mr_eval (x, y, npts, Memr[new], flags, np, Memr[a2],
+	        Memr[delta2], nfit, chisq)
+	    mr = 0.001
+	}
+
+	# Restore last good fit and apply the Marquardt parameter.
+	call amovr (Memr[a2], Memr[a1], nfit * nfit)
+	call amovr (Memr[delta2], Memr[delta1], nfit)
+	do i = 1, nfit
+	    Memr[a1+(i-1)*(nfit+1)] = Memr[a2+(i-1)*(nfit+1)] * (1. + mr)
+
+	# Matrix solution.
+	call mr_invert (Memr[a1], Memr[delta1], nfit)
+
+	# Compute the new values and curvature matrix.
+	do i = 1, nfit
+	    Memr[new+flags[i]-1] = params[flags[i]] + Memr[delta1+i-1]
+	call mr_eval (x, y, npts, Memr[new], flags, np, Memr[a1],
+	    Memr[delta1], nfit, chisq1)
+
+	# Check if chisq has improved.
+	if (chisq1 < chisq) {
+	    mr = max (EPSILONR, 0.1 * mr)
+	    chisq = chisq1
+	    call amovr (Memr[a1], Memr[a2], nfit * nfit)
+	    call amovr (Memr[delta1], Memr[delta2], nfit)
+	    call amovr (Memr[new], params, np)
+	} else
+	    mr = 10. * mr
+
+	if (mr == 0.) {
+	    call mfree (new, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (a1,  TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (a2,  TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (delta1, TY_REAL)
+	    call mfree (delta2, TY_REAL)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MR_EVAL -- Evaluate curvature matrix.  This calls procedure DERIVS.
+
+procedure mr_eval (x, y, npts, params, flags, np, a, delta, nfit, chisq)
+
+real	x[npts]			# X data array
+real	y[npts]			# Y data array
+int	npts			# Number of data points
+real	params[np]		# Parameter array
+int	flags[np]		# Flag array indexing parameters to fit
+int	np			# Number of parameters
+real	a[nfit,nfit]		# Curvature matrix
+real	delta[nfit]		# Delta array
+int	nfit			# Number of parameters to fit
+real	chisq			# Chi square of fit
+
+int	i, j, k
+real	ymod, dy, dydpj, dydpk
+pointer	sp, dydp
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (dydp, np, TY_REAL)
+
+	do j = 1, nfit {
+	   do k = 1, j
+	       a[j,k] = 0.
+	    delta[j] = 0.
+	}
+
+	chisq = 0.
+	do i = 1, npts {
+	    call derivs (x[i], params, ymod, Memr[dydp], np)
+	    dy = y[i] - ymod
+	    do j = 1, nfit {
+		dydpj = Memr[dydp+flags[j]-1]
+		delta[j] = delta[j] + dy * dydpj
+		do k = 1, j {
+		    dydpk = Memr[dydp+flags[k]-1]
+		    a[j,k] = a[j,k] + dydpj * dydpk
+		}
+	    }
+	    chisq = chisq + dy * dy
+	}
+
+	do j = 2, nfit
+	    do k = 1, j-1
+		a[k,j] = a[j,k]
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+	    
+
+# MR_INVERT -- Solve a set of linear equations using Householder transforms.
+
+procedure mr_invert (a, b, n)
+
+real	a[n,n]		# Input matrix and returned inverse
+real	b[n]		# Input RHS vector and returned solution
+int	n		# Dimension of input matrices
+
+int	krank
+real	rnorm
+pointer	sp, h, g, ip
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (h, n, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (g, n, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ip, n, TY_INT)
+
+	call hfti (a, n, n, n, b, n, 1, 1E-10, krank, rnorm,
+	    Memr[h], Memr[g], Memi[ip])
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ielimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ielimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b1c490d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ielimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+ 
+# IE_LIMEXAM -- Make a line plot
+# If the line is INDEF then use the last line.
+
+procedure ie_limexam (gp, mode, ie, y)
+
+pointer	gp		# GIO pointer
+int	mode		# Mode
+pointer	ie		# Structure pointer
+real	y		# Line
+
+real	yavg, junk
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, npts
+pointer	sp, title, im, data, ptr, xp, yp
+
+int	clgpseti()
+pointer	clopset(), ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+	    call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	IE_PP(ie) = clopset ("limexam")
+
+	if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	    IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	ny = clgpseti (IE_PP(ie), "naverage")
+	x1 = INDEFI
+	x2 = INDEFI
+	y1 = IE_Y1(ie) - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = IE_Y1(ie) + ny / 2 + 0.5
+	yavg = (y1 + y2) / 2.
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xp, nx, TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, nx
+	    call ie_mwctran (ie, real(i), yavg, Memr[xp+i-1], junk)
+
+	if (ny > 1) {
+	    ptr = data
+	    call salloc (yp, nx, TY_REAL)
+	    call amovr (Memr[ptr], Memr[yp], nx)
+	    do i = 2, ny {
+	        ptr = ptr + nx
+	        call aaddr (Memr[ptr], Memr[yp], Memr[yp], nx)
+	    }
+	    call adivkr (Memr[yp], real (ny), Memr[yp], nx)
+	} else
+	    yp = data
+
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, "%s: Lines %d - %d\n%s")
+	    call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	    call pargi (y1)
+	    call pargi (y2)
+	    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+
+	call ie_graph (gp, mode, IE_PP(ie), Memc[title], Memr[xp],
+	    Memr[yp], nx, IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_XFORMAT(ie))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iemw.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iemw.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..185cfbaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iemw.x
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mwset.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+
+# IE_MWINIT -- Initialize MWCS
+
+procedure ie_mwinit (ie)
+
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM descriptor
+
+int	i, j, wcsdim, mw_stati(), nowhite(), stridxs()
+pointer	im, mw, ctlw, ctwl, mw_openim(), mw_sctran()
+pointer	sp, axno, axval, str1, str2
+bool	streq()
+errchk	mw_openim, mw_sctran
+
+begin
+	im = IE_IM(ie)
+	mw = IE_MW(ie)
+
+	if (mw != NULL) {
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	    IE_MW(ie) = mw
+	}
+
+	IE_XLABEL(ie) = EOS
+	IE_YLABEL(ie) = EOS
+	call clgstr ("xformat", IE_XFORMAT(ie), IE_SZFORMAT)
+	call clgstr ("yformat", IE_YFORMAT(ie), IE_SZFORMAT)
+	i = nowhite (IE_XFORMAT(ie), IE_XFORMAT(ie), IE_SZFORMAT)
+	i = nowhite (IE_YFORMAT(ie), IE_YFORMAT(ie), IE_SZFORMAT)
+
+	if (im == NULL || im == IE_DS(ie))
+	    return
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (axno, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (axval, IM_MAXDIM, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (str1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str2, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	mw = mw_openim (im)
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+	wcsdim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NDIM)
+	call mw_gaxmap (mw, Memi[axno], Memi[axval], wcsdim)
+	IE_P1(ie) = 1
+	IE_P2(ie) = 2
+	do i = 1, wcsdim {
+	    j = Memi[axno+i-1]
+	    if (j == 0)
+		IE_IN(ie,i) = 1
+	    else if (j == 1)
+		IE_P1(ie) = i
+	    else if (j == 2)
+		IE_P2(ie) = i
+	}
+	ctlw = mw_sctran (mw, "logical", IE_WCSNAME(ie), 0)
+	ctwl = mw_sctran (mw, IE_WCSNAME(ie), "logical", 0)
+
+	# Set coordinate labels and formats
+	i = IE_P1(ie)
+	j = IE_P2(ie)
+	if (streq (IE_WCSNAME(ie), "logical")) {
+	    call strcpy ("Column (pixels)", IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	    call strcpy ("Line (pixels)", IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	} else if (streq (IE_WCSNAME(ie), "physical")) {
+	    if (i == 1)
+		call strcpy ("Column (pixels)", IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	    else if (i == 2)
+		call strcpy ("Line (pixels)", IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy ("Pixels", IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	    if (j == 1)
+		call strcpy ("Column (pixels)", IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	    else if (j == 2)
+		call strcpy ("Line (pixels)", IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	    else
+		call strcpy ("Pixels", IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	} else {
+	    ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, i, "label", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)) {
+		ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, i, "units", Memc[str2],SZ_LINE)) {
+		    call sprintf (IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME, "%s (%s)")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+			call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (IE_XLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME, "%s")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (IE_XFORMAT(ie) != '%')
+		ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, i, "format", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE))
+		    call strcpy (Memc[str1], IE_XFORMAT(ie), IE_SZFORMAT)
+
+	    ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, j, "label", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE)) {
+		ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, j, "units", Memc[str2],SZ_LINE)) {
+		    call sprintf (IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME, "%s (%s)")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+			call pargstr (Memc[str2])
+		} else {
+		    call sprintf (IE_YLABEL(ie), IE_SZFNAME, "%s")
+			call pargstr (Memc[str1])
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (IE_YFORMAT(ie) != '%')
+		ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, j, "format", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE))
+		    call strcpy (Memc[str1], IE_YFORMAT(ie), IE_SZFORMAT)
+
+	    # Check for equitorial coordinate and reversed formats.
+	    ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, i, "axtype", Memc[str1], SZ_LINE))
+		if ((streq(Memc[str1],"ra")&&stridxs("hm",IE_XFORMAT(ie))>0) ||
+		    (streq(Memc[str1],"dec")&&stridxs("HM",IE_XFORMAT(ie))>0)) {
+		    call strcpy (IE_XFORMAT(ie), Memc[str1], IE_SZFORMAT)
+		    call strcpy (IE_YFORMAT(ie), IE_XFORMAT(ie),IE_SZFORMAT)
+		    call strcpy (Memc[str1], IE_YFORMAT(ie), IE_SZFORMAT)
+		}
+	}
+
+	IE_MW(ie) = mw
+	IE_CTLW(ie) = ctlw
+	IE_CTWL(ie) = ctwl
+	IE_WCSDIM(ie) = wcsdim
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_MWCTRAN -- Evaluate MWCS coordinate
+
+procedure  ie_mwctran (ie, xin, yin, xout, yout) 
+
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM descriptor
+real	xin,  yin		# Input coordinate
+real	xout, yout		# Output coordinate
+
+begin
+	if (IE_MW(ie) == NULL) {
+	    xout = xin
+	    yout = yin
+	    return
+	}
+
+	IE_IN(ie,IE_P1(ie)) = xin
+	IE_IN(ie,IE_P2(ie)) = yin
+	call mw_ctranr (IE_CTLW(ie), IE_IN(ie,1), IE_OUT(ie,1), IE_WCSDIM(ie))
+	xout = IE_OUT(ie,IE_P1(ie))
+	yout = IE_OUT(ie,IE_P2(ie))
+end
+
+
+# IE_IMWCTRAN -- Evaluate inverse MWCS coordinate
+
+procedure  ie_imwctran (ie, xin, yin, xout, yout) 
+
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM descriptor
+real	xin,  yin		# Input coordinate
+real	xout, yout		# Output coordinate
+
+begin
+	if (IE_MW(ie) == NULL) {
+	    xout = xin
+	    yout = yin
+	    return
+	}
+
+	IE_OUT(ie,IE_P1(ie)) = xin
+	IE_OUT(ie,IE_P2(ie)) = yin
+	call mw_ctranr (IE_CTWL(ie), IE_OUT(ie,1), IE_IN(ie,1), IE_WCSDIM(ie))
+	xout = IE_IN(ie,IE_P1(ie))
+	yout = IE_IN(ie,IE_P2(ie))
+end
+
+
+# IE_IFORMATR -- Determine the inverse formatted real value
+# This temporary routine is used to account for scaling of the H and M formats.
+
+real procedure ie_iformatr (value, format)
+
+real	value			# Value to be inverse formated
+char	format[ARB]		# Format
+
+int	strldxs()
+
+begin
+	if (!IS_INDEF(value) && strldxs ("HM", format) > 0)
+	    return (value * 15.)
+	else
+	    return (value)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieopenlog.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieopenlog.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08f754f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieopenlog.x
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+
+# IE_OPENLOG -- Open the log file.
+
+procedure ie_openlog (ie)
+
+pointer	ie		#I imexamine descriptor
+
+int	nowhite(), open()
+errchk	open, close
+
+begin
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+	    call close (IE_LOGFD(ie))
+	    IE_LOGFD(ie) = NULL
+	}
+
+	if (nowhite (IE_LOGFILE(ie), IE_LOGFILE(ie), SZ_FNAME) > 0) {
+	    iferr {
+		IE_LOGFD(ie) = open (IE_LOGFILE(ie), APPEND, TEXT_FILE)
+		call printf ("Log file %s open\n")
+		    call pargstr (IE_LOGFILE(ie))
+
+		if (IE_IM(ie) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "# [%d] %s - %s\n")
+			call pargi (IE_INDEX(ie))
+			call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+			call pargstr (IM_TITLE(IE_IM(ie)))
+		}
+
+	    } then
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iepos.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iepos.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7253816b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iepos.x
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<math.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+ 
+# IE_POS -- Print cursor position and pixel value or set new origin.
+# If the origin is not (0,0) print additional fields.
+ 
+procedure ie_pos (ie, x, y, key)
+ 
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM structure
+real	x, y			# Center of box
+int	key			# Key ('x' positions, 'y' origin)
+ 
+pointer	im, data
+real	dx, dy, r, t, wx, wy, xo, yo
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+ 
+begin
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'x':	# Print position and pixel value
+	    iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	        call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        return
+	    }
+
+	    x1 = x + 0.5
+	    x2 = x + 0.5
+	    y1 = y + 0.5
+	    y2 = y + 0.5
+	    iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	        call erract (EA_WARN)
+	        return
+	    }
+
+	    call printf ("%7.2f %7.2f %7g")
+	        call pargr (x)
+	        call pargr (y)
+	        call pargr (Memr[data])
+
+	    # Print additional fields
+	    if (IE_XORIGIN(ie) != 0. || IE_YORIGIN(ie) != 0.) {
+	        dx = x - IE_XORIGIN(ie)
+	        dy = y - IE_YORIGIN(ie)
+	        r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+	        t = mod (360. + RADTODEG (atan2 (dy, dx)), 360.)
+	        call printf (" %7.f %7.2f %7.2f %7.2f %7.2f %5.1f")
+		    call pargr (IE_XORIGIN(ie))
+		    call pargr (IE_YORIGIN(ie))
+	            call pargr (dx)
+	            call pargr (dy)
+	            call pargr (r)
+	            call pargr (t)
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	case 'y':	# Set new origin
+	    IE_XORIGIN(ie) = x
+	    IE_YORIGIN(ie) = y
+	    call printf ("Origin: %.2f %.2f\n")
+		call pargr (IE_XORIGIN(ie))
+		call pargr (IE_YORIGIN(ie))
+	}
+
+	# Print to logfile if needed.
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) { 
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case 'x':
+	        call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%7.2f %7.2f %7g")
+	            call pargr (x)
+	            call pargr (y)
+	            call pargr (Memr[data])
+	        if (IE_XORIGIN(ie) != 0. || IE_YORIGIN(ie) != 0.) {
+	            dx = x - IE_XORIGIN(ie)
+	            dy = y - IE_YORIGIN(ie)
+	            r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+	            t = mod (360. + RADTODEG (atan2 (dy, dx)), 360.)
+	            call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie),
+			" %7.f %7.2f %7.2f %7.2f %7.2f %5.1f")
+		        call pargr (IE_XORIGIN(ie))
+		        call pargr (IE_YORIGIN(ie))
+	                call pargr (dx)
+	                call pargr (dy)
+	                call pargr (r)
+	                call pargr (t)
+	        }
+	        call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "\n")
+	    case 'y':	# Set new origin
+		IE_XORIGIN(ie) = x
+		IE_YORIGIN(ie) = y
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "Origin: %.2f %.2f\n")
+		    call pargr (IE_XORIGIN(ie))
+		    call pargr (IE_YORIGIN(ie))
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Print in WCS if necessary.
+	call ie_mwctran (ie, x, y, wx, wy)
+	if (x == wx && y == wy)
+	    return
+	call ie_mwctran (ie, IE_XORIGIN(ie), IE_YORIGIN(ie), xo, yo)
+
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'x':	# Print position and pixel value
+	    if (IE_XFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		call printf (IE_XFORMAT(ie))
+	    else
+		call printf ("%7g")
+	        call pargr (wx)
+	    call printf (" ")
+	    if (IE_YFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		call printf (IE_YFORMAT(ie))
+	    else
+		call printf ("%7g")
+	        call pargr (wy)
+	    call printf (" %7g")
+	        call pargr (Memr[data])
+
+	    # Print additional fields
+	    if (IE_XORIGIN(ie) != 0. || IE_YORIGIN(ie) != 0.) {
+	        dx = wx - xo
+	        dy = wy - yo
+	        r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+	        t = mod (360. + RADTODEG (atan2 (dy, dx)), 360.)
+	        call printf (" %7g %7g %7g %7g %7g %5.1f")
+		    call pargr (xo)
+		    call pargr (yo)
+	            call pargr (dx)
+	            call pargr (dy)
+	            call pargr (r)
+	            call pargr (t)
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	case 'y':	# Set new origin
+	    call printf ("Origin: %7g %7g\n")
+		call pargr (xo)
+		call pargr (yo)
+	}
+
+	# Print to logfile if needed.
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) { 
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case 'x':
+		if (IE_XFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), IE_XFORMAT(ie))
+		else
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%7g")
+		    call pargr (wx)
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " ")
+		if (IE_YFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), IE_YFORMAT(ie))
+		else
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%7g")
+		    call pargr (wy)
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " %7g")
+		    call pargr (Memr[data])
+
+	        if (IE_XORIGIN(ie) != 0. || IE_YORIGIN(ie) != 0.) {
+	            dx = wx - xo
+	            dy = wy - yo
+	            r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+	            t = mod (360. + RADTODEG (atan2 (dy, dx)), 360.)
+	            call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie),
+			" %7g %7g %7g %7g %7g %5.1f")
+		        call pargr (xo)
+		        call pargr (yo)
+	                call pargr (dx)
+	                call pargr (dy)
+	                call pargr (r)
+	                call pargr (t)
+	        }
+	        call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "\n")
+	    case 'y':	# Set new origin
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "Origin: %7g %7g\n")
+		    call pargr (xo)
+		    call pargr (yo)
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieprint.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieprint.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a7a7602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieprint.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+ 
+# IE_PRINT -- Print box of pixel values
+ 
+procedure ie_print (ie, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM structure
+real	x, y			# Center of box
+ 
+int	i, j, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx
+pointer	im, data, ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+ 
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	x1 = x - 5 + 0.5
+	x2 = x + 5 + 0.5
+	y1 = y - 5 + 0.5
+	y2 = y + 5 + 0.5
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+
+	call printf ("%4w") 
+	do i = x1, x2 {
+	    call printf (" %4d ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+ 
+	do j = y2, y1, -1 {
+	    call printf ("%4d")
+		call pargi (j)
+	    do i = x1, x2 {
+		call printf (" %5g")
+		    call pargr (Memr[data+(j-y1)*nx+(i-x1)])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+	    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%4w") 
+	    do i = x1, x2 {
+	        call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " %4d ")
+		    call pargi (i)
+	    }
+	    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "\n")
+ 
+	    do j = y2, y1, -1 {
+	        call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%4d")
+		    call pargi (j)
+	        do i = x1, x2 {
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " %5g")
+			call pargr (Memr[data+(j-y1)*nx+(i-x1)])
+	        }
+	        call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "\n")
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieqrimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieqrimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68388874
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ieqrimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<math.h>
+include	<math/gsurfit.h>
+include	<math/nlfit.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+define	FITTYPES	"|gaussian|moffat|"
+define	FITGAUSS	1
+define	FITMOFFAT	2
+
+
+# IE_QRIMEXAM -- Radial profile plot and photometry parameters.
+# If no GIO pointer is given then only the photometry parameters are printed.
+# First find the center using the marginal distributions.  Then subtract
+# a fit to the background.  Compute the moments within the aperture and
+# fit a gaussian of fixed center and zero background.  Make the plot
+# and print the photometry values.
+
+procedure ie_qrimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+
+pointer	gp
+pointer	ie
+int	mode
+real	x, y
+
+bool	center, background, medsky, fitplot, clgpsetb()
+real	radius, buffer, width, magzero, rplot, beta, clgpsetr()
+int	fittype, xorder, yorder, clgpseti(), strdic()
+
+int	i, j, ns, no, np, nx, ny, npts, x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	plist[3], nplist
+real	bkg, xcntr, ycntr, mag, e, pa, zcntr, wxcntr, wycntr
+real	params[3]
+real	fwhm, dfwhm
+pointer	sp, fittypes, title, coords, im, data, pp, ws, xs, ys, zs, gs, ptr, nl
+double	sumo, sums, sumxx, sumyy, sumxy
+real	r, r1, r2, r3, dx, dy, gseval(), amedr()
+pointer	clopset(), ie_gimage(), ie_gdata(), locpr()
+extern	ie_gauss(), ie_dgauss(), ie_moffat(), ie_dmoffat()
+errchk	nlinit, nlfit
+
+string	glabel "#\
+   COL    LINE    RMAG     FLUX      SKY   N  RMOM ELLIP    PA     PEAK GFWHM\n"
+string	mlabel "#\
+   COL    LINE    RMAG     FLUX      SKY   N  RMOM ELLIP    PA     PEAK MFWHM\n"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fittypes, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (coords, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Open parameter set.
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+		call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	}
+	pp = clopset ("rimexam")
+
+	center = clgpsetb (pp, "center")
+	background = clgpsetb (pp, "background")
+	radius = clgpsetr (pp, "radius")
+	buffer = clgpsetr (pp, "buffer")
+	width = clgpsetr (pp, "width")
+	xorder = clgpseti (pp, "xorder")
+	yorder = clgpseti (pp, "yorder")
+	medsky = (xorder <= 0 || yorder <= 0)
+
+	magzero = clgpsetr (pp, "magzero")
+	rplot = clgpsetr (pp, "rplot")
+	fitplot = clgpsetb (pp, "fitplot")
+	call clgpseta (pp, "fittype", Memc[fittypes], SZ_FNAME)
+	fittype = strdic (Memc[fittypes], Memc[fittypes], SZ_FNAME, FITTYPES)
+	if (fittype == 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("WARNING: Unknown profile fit type `%s'.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fittypes])
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	beta = clgpsetr (pp, "beta")
+
+	# If the initial center is INDEF then use the previous value.
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	        IE_X1(ie) = x
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	        IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	    xcntr = IE_X1(ie)
+	    ycntr = IE_Y1(ie)
+	} else {
+	    xcntr = x
+	    ycntr = y
+	}
+
+	# Center
+	if (center)
+	    iferr (call ie_center (im, radius, xcntr, ycntr)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	# Crude estimage of FHWM.
+	dfwhm = radius
+
+	# Get data including a buffer and background annulus.
+	if (!background) {
+	    buffer = 0.
+	    width = 0.
+	}
+	r = max (rplot, radius + buffer + width)
+	x1 = xcntr - r
+	x2 = xcntr + r
+	y1 = ycntr - r
+	y2 = ycntr + r
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	call salloc (xs, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ys, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ws, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Extract the background data if background subtracting.
+	ns = 0
+	if (background && width > 0.) {
+	    call salloc (zs, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	    r1 = radius ** 2
+	    r2 = (radius + buffer) ** 2
+	    r3 = (radius + buffer + width) ** 2
+
+	    ptr = data
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+	        dy = (ycntr - j) ** 2
+	        do i = x1, x2 {
+		    r = (xcntr - i) ** 2 + dy
+		    if (r <= r1)
+		        ;
+		    else if (r >= r2 && r <= r3) {
+		        Memr[xs+ns] = i
+		        Memr[ys+ns] = j
+		        Memr[zs+ns] = Memr[ptr]
+		        ns = ns + 1
+		    }
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+ 
+	# Accumulate the various sums for the moments and the gaussian fit.
+	no = 0
+	np = 0
+	zcntr = 0.
+	sumo = 0.; sums = 0.; sumxx = 0.; sumyy = 0.; sumxy = 0.
+	ptr = data
+	gs = NULL
+
+	if (ns > 0) {		# Background subtraction
+
+	    # If background points are defined fit a surface and subtract
+	    # the fitted background from within the object aperture. 
+
+	    if (medsky)
+		bkg = amedr (Memr[zs], ns)
+	    else {
+		repeat {
+		    call gsinit (gs, GS_POLYNOMIAL, xorder, yorder, YES,
+			real (x1), real (x2), real (y1), real (y2))
+		    call gsfit (gs, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[zs], Memr[ws], ns,
+			WTS_UNIFORM, i)
+		    if (i == OK)
+			break
+		    xorder = max (1, xorder - 1)
+		    yorder = max (1, yorder - 1)
+		    call gsfree (gs)
+		}
+		bkg = gseval (gs, real(x1), real(y1))
+	    }
+
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+	        dy = j - ycntr
+	        do i = x1, x2 {
+		    dx = i - xcntr
+		    r = sqrt (dx ** 2 + dy ** 2)
+		    r3 = max (0., min (5., 2 * r / dfwhm - 1.))
+
+		    if (medsky)
+			r2 = bkg
+		    else {
+			r2 = gseval (gs, real(i), real(j))
+			bkg = min (bkg, r2)
+		    }
+		    r1 = Memr[ptr] - r2
+
+		    if (r <= radius) {
+			sumo = sumo + r1
+			sums = sums + r2
+			sumxx = sumxx + dx * dx * r1
+			sumyy = sumyy + dy * dy * r1
+			sumxy = sumxy + dx * dy * r1
+			zcntr = max (r1, zcntr)
+			if (r <= rplot) {
+			    Memr[xs+no] = r
+			    Memr[ys+no] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+no] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			    no = no + 1
+			} else {
+			    np = np + 1
+			    Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+			    Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+npts-np] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			}
+		    } else if (r <= rplot) {
+		        np = np + 1
+		        Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+		        Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+		    }
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (gs != NULL)
+	        call gsfree (gs)
+
+	} else {		# No background subtraction
+	    bkg = 0.
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+	        dy = j - ycntr
+	        do i = x1, x2 {
+		    dx = i - xcntr
+		    r = sqrt (dx ** 2 + dy ** 2)
+		    r3 = max (0., min (5., 2 * r / dfwhm - 1.))
+		    r1 = Memr[ptr]
+
+		    if (r <= radius) {
+			sumo = sumo + r1
+			sumxx = sumxx + dx * dx * r1
+			sumyy = sumyy + dy * dy * r1
+			sumxy = sumxy + dx * dy * r1
+			zcntr = max (r1, zcntr)
+			if (r <= rplot) {
+			    Memr[xs+no] = r
+			    Memr[ys+no] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+no] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			    no = no + 1
+			} else {
+			    np = np + 1
+			    Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+			    Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+npts-np] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			}
+		    } else if (r <= rplot) {
+		        np = np + 1
+		        Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+		        Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+		    }
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (np > 0) {
+	    call amovr (Memr[xs+npts-np], Memr[xs+no], np)
+	    call amovr (Memr[ys+npts-np], Memr[ys+no], np)
+	    call amovr (Memr[ws+npts-np], Memr[ws+no], np)
+	}
+	if (rplot <= radius) {
+	    no = no + np
+	    np = no - np 
+	} else
+	    np = no + np
+	    
+
+	# Compute the photometry and gaussian fit parameters.
+
+	switch (fittype) {
+	case FITGAUSS:
+	    plist[1] = 1
+	    plist[2] = 2
+	    nplist = 2
+	    params[2] = dfwhm**2 / (8 * log(2.))
+	    params[1] = zcntr
+	    call nlinitr (nl, locpr (ie_gauss), locpr (ie_dgauss), 
+		params, params, 2, plist, nplist, .001, 100)
+	    call nlfitr (nl, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[ws], no, 1, WTS_USER, i)
+	    if (i == SINGULAR || i == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call eprintf ("WARNING: Gaussian fit did not converge\n")
+		call tsleep (5)
+		zcntr = INDEF
+		fwhm = INDEF
+	    } else {
+		call nlpgetr (nl, params, i)
+		if (params[2] < 0.) {
+		    zcntr = INDEF
+		    fwhm = INDEF
+		} else {
+		    zcntr = params[1]
+		    fwhm = sqrt (8 * log (2.) * params[2])
+		}
+	    }
+	case FITMOFFAT:
+	    plist[1] = 1
+	    plist[2] = 2
+	    if (IS_INDEF(beta)) {
+		params[3] = -3.0
+		plist[3] = 3
+		nplist = 3
+	    } else {
+		params[3] = -beta
+		nplist = 2
+	    }
+	    params[2] = dfwhm / 2. / sqrt (2.**(-1./params[3]) - 1.)
+	    params[1] = zcntr
+	    call nlinitr (nl, locpr (ie_moffat), locpr (ie_dmoffat), 
+		params, params, 3, plist, nplist, .001, 100)
+	    call nlfitr (nl, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[ws], no, 1, WTS_USER, i)
+	    if (i == SINGULAR || i == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call eprintf ("WARNING: Moffat fit did not converge\n")
+		call tsleep (5)
+		zcntr = INDEF
+		fwhm = INDEF
+		beta = INDEF
+	    } else {
+		call nlpgetr (nl, params, i)
+		if (params[2] < 0.) {
+		    zcntr = INDEF
+		    fwhm = INDEF
+		    beta = INDEF
+		} else {
+		    zcntr = params[1]
+		    beta = -params[3]
+		    fwhm = abs (params[2])*2.*sqrt (2.**(-1./params[3]) - 1.)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	mag = INDEF
+	r = INDEF
+	e = INDEF
+	pa = INDEF
+	if (sumo > 0.) {
+	    mag = magzero - 2.5 * log10 (sumo)
+	    r2 = sumxx + sumyy
+	    if (r2 > 0.) {
+		switch (fittype) {
+		case FITGAUSS:
+		    r = 2 * sqrt (log (2.) * r2 / sumo)
+		case FITMOFFAT:
+		    if (beta > 2.)
+			r = 2 * sqrt ((beta-2.)*(2.**(1./beta)-1) * r2 / sumo)
+		}
+	        r1 =(sumxx-sumyy)**2+(2*sumxy)**2
+		if (r1 > 0.)
+		    e = sqrt (r1) / r2
+	        else
+		    e = 0.
+	    }
+	    if (e < 0.01)
+		e = 0.
+	    else
+		pa = RADTODEG (0.5 * atan2 (2*sumxy, sumxx-sumyy))
+	}
+
+	call ie_mwctran (ie, xcntr, ycntr, wxcntr, wycntr)
+	if (xcntr == wxcntr && ycntr == wycntr)
+	    call strcpy ("%.2f %.2f", Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+	else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, "%s %s")
+		if (IE_XFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		    call pargstr (IE_XFORMAT(ie))
+		else
+		    call pargstr ("%g")
+		if (IE_YFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		    call pargstr (IE_YFORMAT(ie))
+		else
+		    call pargstr ("%g")
+	}
+	call sprintf (Memc[coords], IE_SZTITLE, Memc[title])
+	    call pargr (wxcntr)
+	    call pargr (wycntr)
+
+	# Plot the radial profile and overplot the fit.
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE,
+		"%s: Radial profile at %s\n%s")
+	        call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	        call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+	        call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+
+	    call ie_graph (gp, mode, pp, Memc[title], Memr[xs], Memr[ys],
+		np, "", "")
+
+	    if (fitplot && !IS_INDEF (fwhm)) {
+		np = 51
+		dx = rplot / (np - 1)
+		do i = 0, np - 1
+		    Memr[xs+i] = i * dx
+		call nlvectorr (nl, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], np, 1)
+		call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, 2)
+		call gpline (gp, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], np)
+		call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, 1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) != ',') {
+	    switch (fittype) {
+	    case FITGAUSS:
+	        call printf (glabel)
+	    case FITMOFFAT:
+	        call printf (mlabel)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Print the photometry values.
+	call printf (
+	    "%7.2f %7.2f %7.2f %8.1f %8.2f %3d %5.2f %5.3f %5.1f %8.2f %5.2f\n")
+	    call pargr (xcntr)
+	    call pargr (ycntr)
+	    call pargr (mag)
+	    call pargd (sumo)
+	    call pargd (sums / no)
+	    call pargi (no)
+	    call pargr (r)
+	    call pargr (e)
+	    call pargr (pa)
+	    call pargr (zcntr)
+	    call pargr (fwhm)
+	if (gp == NULL) {
+	    if (xcntr != wxcntr || ycntr != wycntr) {
+		call printf ("%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (IE_WCSNAME(ie))
+		    call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+	    if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) != ',') {
+		switch (fittype) {
+		case FITGAUSS:
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), glabel)
+		case FITMOFFAT:
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), mlabel)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie),
+	    "%7.2f %7.2f %7.2f %8.1f %8.2f %3d %5.2f %5.3f %5.1f %8.2f %5.2f\n")
+	        call pargr (xcntr)
+	        call pargr (ycntr)
+	        call pargr (mag)
+	        call pargd (sumo)
+	        call pargd (sums / no)
+	        call pargi (no)
+	        call pargr (r)
+	        call pargr (e)
+	        call pargr (pa)
+	        call pargr (zcntr)
+	        call pargr (fwhm)
+	    if (xcntr != wxcntr || ycntr != wycntr) {
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%s: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (IE_WCSNAME(ie))
+		    call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (gp == NULL)
+	   call clcpset (pp)
+	else
+	    IE_PP(ie) = pp
+
+	call nlfreer (nl)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f76ff507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ierimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,752 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<math.h>
+include	<math/gsurfit.h>
+include	<math/nlfit.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+define	FITTYPES	"|gaussian|moffat|"
+define	FITGAUSS	1
+define	FITMOFFAT	2
+
+
+# IE_RIMEXAM -- Radial profile plot and photometry parameters.
+# If no GIO pointer is given then only the photometry parameters are printed.
+# First find the center using the marginal distributions.  Then subtract
+# a fit to the background.  Compute the moments within the aperture and
+# fit a gaussian of fixed center and zero background.  Make the plot
+# and print the photometry values.
+
+procedure ie_rimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+
+pointer	gp
+pointer	ie
+int	mode
+real	x, y
+
+bool	center, background, medsky, fitplot, clgpsetb()
+real	radius, buffer, width, magzero, rplot, beta, clgpsetr()
+int	nit, fittype, xorder, yorder, clgpseti(), strdic()
+
+int	i, j, ns, no, np, nx, ny, npts, x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	coordlen, plist[3], nplist, strlen()
+real	bkg, xcntr, ycntr, mag, e, pa, zcntr, wxcntr, wycntr
+real	params[3]
+real	fwhm, dbkg, dfwhm, gfwhm, efwhm
+pointer	sp, fittypes, title, coords, im, data, pp, ws, xs, ys, zs, gs, ptr, nl
+double	sumo, sums, sumxx, sumyy, sumxy
+real	r, r1, r2, r3, dx, dy, gseval(), amedr()
+pointer	clopset(), ie_gimage(), ie_gdata(), locpr()
+extern	ie_gauss(), ie_dgauss(), ie_moffat(), ie_dmoffat()
+errchk	stf_measure, nlinit, nlfit
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fittypes, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (coords, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Open parameter set.
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+		call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	}
+	pp = clopset ("rimexam")
+
+	center = clgpsetb (pp, "center")
+	background = clgpsetb (pp, "background")
+	radius = clgpsetr (pp, "radius")
+	buffer = clgpsetr (pp, "buffer")
+	width = clgpsetr (pp, "width")
+	xorder = clgpseti (pp, "xorder")
+	yorder = clgpseti (pp, "yorder")
+	medsky = (xorder <= 0 || yorder <= 0)
+	nit = clgpseti (pp, "iterations")
+
+	magzero = clgpsetr (pp, "magzero")
+	rplot = clgpsetr (pp, "rplot")
+	fitplot = clgpsetb (pp, "fitplot")
+	call clgpseta (pp, "fittype", Memc[fittypes], SZ_FNAME)
+	fittype = strdic (Memc[fittypes], Memc[fittypes], SZ_FNAME, FITTYPES)
+	if (fittype == 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("WARNING: Unknown profile fit type `%s'.\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[fittypes])
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+	beta = clgpsetr (pp, "beta")
+
+	# If the initial center is INDEF then use the previous value.
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	        IE_X1(ie) = x
+	    if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	        IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	    xcntr = IE_X1(ie)
+	    ycntr = IE_Y1(ie)
+	} else {
+	    xcntr = x
+	    ycntr = y
+	}
+
+	# Center
+	if (center)
+	    iferr (call ie_center (im, radius, xcntr, ycntr)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+
+	# Do the enclosed flux and direct FWHM measurments using the
+	# PSFMEASURE routines.
+
+	call stf_measure (im, xcntr, ycntr, beta, 0.5, radius, nit, buffer,
+	    width, INDEF, NULL, NULL, dbkg, r, dfwhm, gfwhm, efwhm)
+	if (fittype == FITGAUSS)
+	    efwhm = gfwhm
+
+	# Get data including a buffer and background annulus.
+	if (!background) {
+	    buffer = 0.
+	    width = 0.
+	}
+	r = max (rplot, radius + buffer + width)
+	x1 = xcntr - r
+	x2 = xcntr + r
+	y1 = ycntr - r
+	y2 = ycntr + r
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	call salloc (xs, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ys, npts, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ws, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Extract the background data if background subtracting.
+	ns = 0
+	if (background && width > 0.) {
+	    call salloc (zs, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	    r1 = radius ** 2
+	    r2 = (radius + buffer) ** 2
+	    r3 = (radius + buffer + width) ** 2
+
+	    ptr = data
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+	        dy = (ycntr - j) ** 2
+	        do i = x1, x2 {
+		    r = (xcntr - i) ** 2 + dy
+		    if (r <= r1)
+		        ;
+		    else if (r >= r2 && r <= r3) {
+		        Memr[xs+ns] = i
+		        Memr[ys+ns] = j
+		        Memr[zs+ns] = Memr[ptr]
+		        ns = ns + 1
+		    }
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+ 
+	# Accumulate the various sums for the moments and the gaussian fit.
+	no = 0
+	np = 0
+	zcntr = 0.
+	sumo = 0.; sums = 0.; sumxx = 0.; sumyy = 0.; sumxy = 0.
+	ptr = data
+	gs = NULL
+
+	if (ns > 0) {		# Background subtraction
+
+	    # If background points are defined fit a surface and subtract
+	    # the fitted background from within the object aperture. 
+
+	    if (medsky)
+		bkg = amedr (Memr[zs], ns)
+	    else {
+		repeat {
+		    call gsinit (gs, GS_POLYNOMIAL, xorder, yorder, YES,
+			real (x1), real (x2), real (y1), real (y2))
+		    call gsfit (gs, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[zs], Memr[ws], ns,
+			WTS_UNIFORM, i)
+		    if (i == OK)
+			break
+		    xorder = max (1, xorder - 1)
+		    yorder = max (1, yorder - 1)
+		    call gsfree (gs)
+		}
+		bkg = gseval (gs, real(x1), real(y1))
+	    }
+
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+	        dy = j - ycntr
+	        do i = x1, x2 {
+		    dx = i - xcntr
+		    r = sqrt (dx ** 2 + dy ** 2)
+		    r3 = max (0., min (5., 2 * r / dfwhm - 1.))
+
+		    if (medsky)
+			r2 = bkg
+		    else {
+			r2 = gseval (gs, real(i), real(j))
+			bkg = min (bkg, r2)
+		    }
+		    r1 = Memr[ptr] - r2
+
+		    if (r <= radius) {
+			sumo = sumo + r1
+			sums = sums + r2
+			sumxx = sumxx + dx * dx * r1
+			sumyy = sumyy + dy * dy * r1
+			sumxy = sumxy + dx * dy * r1
+			zcntr = max (r1, zcntr)
+			if (r <= rplot) {
+			    Memr[xs+no] = r
+			    Memr[ys+no] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+no] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			    no = no + 1
+			} else {
+			    np = np + 1
+			    Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+			    Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+npts-np] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			}
+		    } else if (r <= rplot) {
+		        np = np + 1
+		        Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+		        Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+		    }
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (gs != NULL)
+	        call gsfree (gs)
+
+	} else {		# No background subtraction
+	    bkg = 0.
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+	        dy = j - ycntr
+	        do i = x1, x2 {
+		    dx = i - xcntr
+		    r = sqrt (dx ** 2 + dy ** 2)
+		    r3 = max (0., min (5., 2 * r / dfwhm - 1.))
+		    r1 = Memr[ptr]
+
+		    if (r <= radius) {
+			sumo = sumo + r1
+			sumxx = sumxx + dx * dx * r1
+			sumyy = sumyy + dy * dy * r1
+			sumxy = sumxy + dx * dy * r1
+			zcntr = max (r1, zcntr)
+			if (r <= rplot) {
+			    Memr[xs+no] = r
+			    Memr[ys+no] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+no] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			    no = no + 1
+			} else {
+			    np = np + 1
+			    Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+			    Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+			    Memr[ws+npts-np] = exp (-r3**2) / max (.1, r**2)
+			}
+		    } else if (r <= rplot) {
+		        np = np + 1
+		        Memr[xs+npts-np] = r
+		        Memr[ys+npts-np] = r1
+		    }
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (np > 0) {
+	    call amovr (Memr[xs+npts-np], Memr[xs+no], np)
+	    call amovr (Memr[ys+npts-np], Memr[ys+no], np)
+	    call amovr (Memr[ws+npts-np], Memr[ws+no], np)
+	}
+	if (rplot <= radius) {
+	    no = no + np
+	    np = no - np 
+	} else
+	    np = no + np
+	    
+
+	# Compute the photometry and profile fit parameters.
+
+	switch (fittype) {
+	case FITGAUSS:
+	    plist[1] = 1
+	    plist[2] = 2
+	    nplist = 2
+	    params[2] = dfwhm**2 / (8 * log(2.))
+	    params[1] = zcntr
+	    call nlinitr (nl, locpr (ie_gauss), locpr (ie_dgauss), 
+		params, params, 2, plist, nplist, .001, 100)
+	    call nlfitr (nl, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[ws], no, 1, WTS_USER, i)
+	    if (i == SINGULAR || i == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call eprintf ("WARNING: Gaussian fit did not converge\n")
+		call tsleep (5)
+		zcntr = INDEF
+		fwhm = INDEF
+	    } else {
+		call nlpgetr (nl, params, i)
+		if (params[2] < 0.) {
+		    zcntr = INDEF
+		    fwhm = INDEF
+		} else {
+		    zcntr = params[1]
+		    fwhm = sqrt (8 * log (2.) * params[2])
+		}
+	    }
+	case FITMOFFAT:
+	    plist[1] = 1
+	    plist[2] = 2
+	    if (IS_INDEF(beta)) {
+		params[3] = -3.0
+		plist[3] = 3
+		nplist = 3
+	    } else {
+		params[3] = -beta
+		nplist = 2
+	    }
+	    params[2] = dfwhm / 2. / sqrt (2.**(-1./params[3]) - 1.)
+	    params[1] = zcntr
+	    call nlinitr (nl, locpr (ie_moffat), locpr (ie_dmoffat), 
+		params, params, 3, plist, nplist, .001, 100)
+	    call nlfitr (nl, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[ws], no, 1, WTS_USER, i)
+	    if (i == SINGULAR || i == NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+		call eprintf ("WARNING: Moffat fit did not converge\n")
+		call tsleep (5)
+		zcntr = INDEF
+		fwhm = INDEF
+		beta = INDEF
+	    } else {
+		call nlpgetr (nl, params, i)
+		if (params[2] < 0.) {
+		    zcntr = INDEF
+		    fwhm = INDEF
+		    beta = INDEF
+		} else {
+		    zcntr = params[1]
+		    beta = -params[3]
+		    fwhm = abs (params[2])*2.*sqrt (2.**(-1./params[3]) - 1.)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	mag = INDEF
+	r = INDEF
+	e = INDEF
+	pa = INDEF
+	if (sumo > 0.) {
+	    mag = magzero - 2.5 * log10 (sumo)
+	    r2 = sumxx + sumyy
+	    if (r2 > 0.) {
+		switch (fittype) {
+		case FITGAUSS:
+		    r = 2 * sqrt (log (2.) * r2 / sumo)
+		case FITMOFFAT:
+		    if (beta > 2.)
+			r = 2 * sqrt ((beta-2.)*(2.**(1./beta)-1) * r2 / sumo)
+		}
+	        r1 =(sumxx-sumyy)**2+(2*sumxy)**2
+		if (r1 > 0.)
+		    e = sqrt (r1) / r2
+	        else
+		    e = 0.
+	    }
+	    if (e < 0.01)
+		e = 0.
+	    else
+		pa = RADTODEG (0.5 * atan2 (2*sumxy, sumxx-sumyy))
+	}
+
+	call ie_mwctran (ie, xcntr, ycntr, wxcntr, wycntr)
+	if (xcntr == wxcntr && ycntr == wycntr)
+	    call strcpy ("%.2f %.2f", Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+	else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, "%s %s")
+		if (IE_XFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		    call pargstr (IE_XFORMAT(ie))
+		else
+		    call pargstr ("%g")
+		if (IE_YFORMAT(ie) == '%')
+		    call pargstr (IE_YFORMAT(ie))
+		else
+		    call pargstr ("%g")
+	}
+	call sprintf (Memc[coords], IE_SZTITLE, Memc[title])
+	    call pargr (wxcntr)
+	    call pargr (wycntr)
+
+	# Plot the radial profile and overplot the gaussian fit.
+	if (gp != NULL) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE,
+		"%s: Radial profile at %s\n%s")
+	        call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	        call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+	        call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+
+	    call ie_graph (gp, mode, pp, Memc[title], Memr[xs], Memr[ys],
+		np, "", "")
+
+	    if (fitplot && !IS_INDEF (fwhm)) {
+		np = 51
+		dx = rplot / (np - 1)
+		do i = 0, np - 1
+		    Memr[xs+i] = i * dx
+		call nlvectorr (nl, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], np, 1)
+		call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, 2)
+		call gpline (gp, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], np)
+		call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, 1)
+	    }
+	    call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, 2)
+
+	    call printf ("%6.2f %6.2f %7.4g %7.4g %7.4g %4.2f %4d")
+		call pargr (radius)
+	        call pargr (mag)
+	        call pargd (sumo)
+	        call pargd (sums / no)
+	        call pargr (zcntr)
+	        call pargr (e)
+	        call pargr (pa)
+	    switch (fittype) {
+	    case FITGAUSS:
+		call printf (" %4w %8.2f %8.2f %6.2f\n")
+		    call pargr (efwhm)
+		    call pargr (fwhm)
+		    call pargr (dfwhm)
+	    case FITMOFFAT:
+		call printf (" %4.2f %8.2f %8.2f %6.2f\n")
+		    call pargr (beta)
+		    call pargr (efwhm)
+		    call pargr (fwhm)
+		    call pargr (dfwhm)
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) != 'a') {
+		coordlen = max (11, strlen (Memc[coords]))
+		call printf ("# %5s %7s %-*s\n# %5s %6s %7s %7s %7s %4s %4s")
+		    call pargstr ("COL")
+		    call pargstr ("LINE")
+		    call pargi (coordlen)
+		    call pargstr ("COORDINATES")
+		    call pargstr ("R")
+		    call pargstr ("MAG")
+		    call pargstr ("FLUX")
+		    call pargstr ("SKY")
+		    call pargstr ("PEAK")
+		    call pargstr ("E")
+		    call pargstr ("PA")
+		switch (fittype) {
+		case FITGAUSS:
+		    call printf (" %4w %8s %8s %6s\n")
+			call pargstr ("ENCLOSED")
+			call pargstr ("GAUSSIAN")
+			call pargstr ("DIRECT")
+		case FITMOFFAT:
+		    call printf (" %4s %8s %8s %6s\n")
+			call pargstr ("BETA")
+			call pargstr ("ENCLOSED")
+			call pargstr ("MOFFAT")
+			call pargstr ("DIRECT")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call printf (
+		"%7.2f %7.2f %-*s\n %6.2f %6.2f %7.4g %7.4g %7.4g %4.2f %4d")
+		call pargr (xcntr)
+		call pargr (ycntr)
+		call pargi (coordlen)
+		call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+		call pargr (radius)
+	        call pargr (mag)
+	        call pargd (sumo)
+	        call pargd (sums / no)
+	        call pargr (zcntr)
+	        call pargr (e)
+	        call pargr (pa)
+	    switch (fittype) {
+	    case FITGAUSS:
+		call printf (" %4w %8.2f %8.2f %6.2f\n")
+		    call pargr (efwhm)
+		    call pargr (fwhm)
+		    call pargr (dfwhm)
+	    case FITMOFFAT:
+		call printf (" %4.2f %8.2f %8.2f %6.2f\n")
+		    call pargr (beta)
+		    call pargr (efwhm)
+		    call pargr (fwhm)
+		    call pargr (dfwhm)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+	    if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) != 'a') {
+		coordlen = max (11, strlen (Memc[coords]))
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie),
+		    "# %5s %7s %-*s %6s %6s %7s %7s %7s %4s %4s")
+		    call pargstr ("COL")
+		    call pargstr ("LINE")
+		    call pargi (coordlen)
+		    call pargstr ("COORDINATES")
+		    call pargstr ("R")
+		    call pargstr ("MAG")
+		    call pargstr ("FLUX")
+		    call pargstr ("SKY")
+		    call pargstr ("PEAK")
+		    call pargstr ("E")
+		    call pargstr ("PA")
+		switch (fittype) {
+		case FITGAUSS:
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " %4w %8s %8s %6s\n")
+			call pargstr ("ENCLOSED")
+			call pargstr ("GAUSSIAN")
+			call pargstr ("DIRECT")
+		case FITMOFFAT:
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " %4s %8s %8s %6s\n")
+			call pargstr ("BETA")
+			call pargstr ("ENCLOSED")
+			call pargstr ("MOFFAT")
+			call pargstr ("DIRECT")
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie),
+		"%7.2f %7.2f %-*s %6.2f %6.2f %7.4g %7.4g %7.4g %4.2f %4d")
+		call pargr (xcntr)
+		call pargr (ycntr)
+		call pargi (coordlen)
+		call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+		call pargr (radius)
+	        call pargr (mag)
+	        call pargd (sumo)
+	        call pargd (sums / no)
+	        call pargr (zcntr)
+	        call pargr (e)
+	        call pargr (pa)
+	    switch (fittype) {
+	    case FITGAUSS:
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " %4w %8.2f %8.2f %6.2f\n")
+		    call pargr (efwhm)
+		    call pargr (fwhm)
+		    call pargr (dfwhm)
+	    case FITMOFFAT:
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), " %4.2f %8.2f %8.2f %6.2f\n")
+		    call pargr (beta)
+		    call pargr (efwhm)
+		    call pargr (fwhm)
+		    call pargr (dfwhm)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (gp == NULL)
+	   call clcpset (pp)
+	else
+	    IE_PP(ie) = pp
+
+	call nlfreer (nl)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_CENTER -- Find the center of gravity from the marginal distributions.
+
+procedure ie_center (im, radius, xcntr, ycntr)
+
+pointer	im
+real	radius
+real	xcntr, ycntr
+
+int	i, j, k, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, npts
+real	xlast, ylast
+real	mean, sum, sum1, sum2, sum3, asumr()
+pointer	data, ptr, ie_gdata()
+errchk	ie_gdata
+
+begin
+	# Find the center of a star image given approximate coords.  Uses
+	# Mountain Photometry Code Algorithm as outlined in Stellar Magnitudes
+	# from Digital Images.
+
+	do k = 1, 3 {
+	    # Extract region around center
+	    xlast = xcntr
+	    ylast = ycntr
+	    x1 = xcntr - radius + 0.5
+	    x2 = xcntr + radius + 0.5
+	    y1 = ycntr - radius + 0.5
+	    y2 = ycntr + radius + 0.5
+	    data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+	    nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	    npts = nx * ny
+
+	    # Find center of gravity for marginal distributions above mean.
+	    sum = asumr (Memr[data], npts)
+	    mean = sum / nx
+	    sum1 = 0.
+	    sum2 = 0.
+
+	    do i = x1, x2 {
+	        ptr = data + i - x1
+		sum3 = 0.
+		do j = y1, y2 {
+		    sum3 = sum3 + Memr[ptr]
+		    ptr = ptr + nx
+		}
+		sum3 = sum3 - mean
+		if (sum3 > 0.) {
+		    sum1 = sum1 + i * sum3
+		    sum2 = sum2 + sum3
+		}
+	    }
+	    xcntr = sum1 / sum2
+
+	    ptr = data
+	    mean = sum / ny
+	    sum1 = 0.
+	    sum2 = 0.
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+		sum3 = 0.
+		do i = x1, x2 {
+		    sum3 = sum3 + Memr[ptr]
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+		sum3 = sum3 - mean
+		if (sum3 > 0.) {
+		    sum1 = sum1 + j * sum3
+		    sum2 = sum2 + sum3
+		}
+	    }
+	    ycntr = sum1 / sum2
+
+	    if (int(xcntr) == int(xlast) && int(ycntr) == int(ylast))
+		break
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IE_GAUSS -- Gaussian function used in NLFIT.  The parameters are the
+# amplitude and sigma squared and the input variable is the radius.
+
+procedure ie_gauss (x, nvars, p, np, z)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+
+real	r2
+
+begin
+	r2 = x[1]**2 / (2 * p[2])
+	if (abs (r2) > 20.)
+	    z = 0.
+	else
+	    z = p[1] * exp (-r2)
+end
+
+
+# IE_DGAUSS -- Gaussian function and derivatives used in NLFIT.  The parameters
+# are the amplitude and sigma squared and the input variable is the radius.
+
+procedure ie_dgauss (x, nvars, p, dp, np, z, der)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+real	dp[np]			#I Dummy array of parameters increments
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+real	der[np]			#O Derivatives
+
+real	r2
+
+begin
+	r2 = x[1]**2 / (2 * p[2])
+	if (abs (r2) > 20.) {
+	    z = 0.
+	    der[1] = 0.
+	    der[2] = 0.
+	} else {
+	    der[1] = exp (-r2)
+	    z = p[1] * der[1]
+	    der[2] = z * r2 / p[2]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IE_MOFFAT -- Moffat function used in NLFIT.  The parameters are the
+# amplitude, alpha squared, and beta and the input variable is the radius.
+
+procedure ie_moffat (x, nvars, p, np, z)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+
+real	y
+
+begin
+	y = 1 + (x[1] / p[2]) ** 2
+	if (abs (y) > 20.)
+	    z = 0.
+	else
+	    z = p[1] * y ** p[3]
+end
+
+
+# IE_DMOFFAT -- Moffat function and derivatives used in NLFIT.  The parameters
+# are the amplitude, alpha squared, and beta and the input variable is the
+# radius.
+
+procedure ie_dmoffat (x, nvars, p, dp, np, z, der)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+real	dp[np]			#I Dummy array of parameters increments
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+real	der[np]			#O Derivatives
+
+real	y
+
+begin
+	y = 1 + (x[1] / p[2]) ** 2
+	if (abs (y) > 20.) {
+	    z = 0.
+	    der[1] = 0.
+	    der[2] = 0.
+	    der[3] = 0.
+	} else {
+	    der[1] = y ** p[3]
+	    z = p[1] * der[1]
+	    der[2] = -2 * z / y * p[3] / p[2] * (x[1] / p[2]) ** 2
+	    der[3] = z * log (y)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iesimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iesimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..292364ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iesimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+define	CSIZE		24
+
+
+# IE_SIMEXAM -- Draw a perspective view of a surface.  The altitude
+# and azimuth of the viewing angle are variable.
+ 
+procedure ie_simexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	gp			# GIO pointer
+int	mode			# Mode
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM pointer
+real	x, y			# Center
+
+real	angh, angv		# Orientation of surface (degrees)
+real	floor, ceiling		# Range limits
+ 
+int	wkid
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, npts
+pointer	pp, sp, title, str, sdata, work, im, data, ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+
+bool	clgpsetb()
+int	clgpseti()
+real	clgpsetr()
+pointer	clopset()
+ 
+int	first
+real	vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+common  /frstfg/ first
+common  /noaovp/ vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+ 
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	pp = IE_PP(ie)
+	if (pp != NULL)
+	    call clcpset (pp)
+	pp = clopset ("simexam")
+	IE_PP(ie) = pp
+
+	nx = clgpseti (pp, "ncolumns")
+	ny = clgpseti (pp, "nlines")
+	angh = clgpsetr (pp, "angh")
+	angv = clgpsetr (pp, "angv")
+	floor = clgpsetr (pp, "floor")
+	ceiling = clgpsetr (pp, "ceiling")
+
+	if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	    IE_X1(ie) = x
+	if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	    IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	x1 = IE_X1(ie) - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = IE_X1(ie) + nx / 2 + 0.5
+	y1 = IE_Y1(ie) - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = IE_Y1(ie) + ny / 2 + 0.5
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Take floor and ceiling if enabled (nonzero).
+	if (IS_INDEF (floor) && IS_INDEF (ceiling))
+	    sdata = data
+	else {
+	    call salloc (sdata, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call amovr (Memr[data], Memr[sdata], npts)
+	    if (!IS_INDEF (floor) && !IS_INDEF (ceiling)) {
+		floor = min (floor, ceiling)
+		ceiling = max (floor, ceiling)
+	    }
+	}
+	iferr (call ie_surf_limits (Memr[sdata], npts, floor, ceiling)) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (mode != APPEND) {
+	    call gclear (gp)
+
+	    # Set the viewport.
+	    call gsview (gp, 0.1, 0.9, 0.1, 0.9)
+
+	    call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	    call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	    if (clgpsetb (pp, "banner")) {
+		call sysid (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE,
+		    "%s\n%s: Surface plot of [%d:%d,%d:%d]\n%s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+		    call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+		    call pargi (x1)
+		    call pargi (x2)
+		    call pargi (y1)
+		    call pargi (y2)
+		    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+	    } else
+		Memc[title] = EOS
+
+	    call clgpset (pp, "title", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[str] != EOS) {
+	        call strcat ("\n", Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+	        call strcat (Memc[str], Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE)
+	    }
+
+	    call gseti (gp, G_DRAWAXES, NO)
+	    call glabax (gp, Memc[title], "", "")
+	}
+
+	# Open graphics device and make plot.
+	call gopks (STDERR)
+	wkid = 1
+	call gopwk (wkid, 6, gp)
+	call gacwk (wkid)
+
+	first = 1
+	call srfabd()
+	call ggview (gp, vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2)
+	call set (vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2, 1.0, 1024., 1.0, 1024., 1)
+	call salloc (work, 2 * (2*nx*ny+nx+ny), TY_REAL)
+	call ezsrfc (Memr[sdata], nx, ny, angh, angv, Memr[work])
+
+	if (mode != APPEND) {
+	    if (clgpsetb (pp, "axes")) {
+	        call gswind (gp, real (x1), real (x2), real (y1), real (y2))
+	        call gseti (gp, G_CLIP, NO)
+	        call ie_perimeter (gp, Memr[sdata], nx, ny, angh, angv)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call gdawk (wkid)
+	call gclks ()
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_PERIMETER -- draw and label axes around the surface plot.
+
+procedure ie_perimeter (gp, z, ncols, nlines, angh, angv)
+
+pointer	gp			# Graphics pointer
+int	ncols			# Number of image columns
+int	nlines			# Number of image lines
+real	z[ncols, nlines]	# Array of intensity values
+real	angh			# Angle of horizontal inclination
+real	angv			# Angle of vertical inclination
+
+pointer	sp, x_val, y_val, kvec
+char	tlabel[10]
+real	xmin, ymin, delta, fact1, flo, hi, xcen, ycen
+real	x1_perim, x2_perim, y1_perim, y2_perim, z1, z2
+real	wc1, wc2, wl1, wl2, del
+int	i, j, junk
+int	itoc()
+data  	fact1 /2.0/
+real	vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+common	/noaovp/ vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x_val,   ncols + 2,  TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y_val,  nlines + 2, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (kvec, max (ncols, nlines) + 2, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get window coordinates set up in calling procedure.
+	call ggwind (gp, wc1, wc2, wl1, wl2)
+
+	# Set up window, viewport for output.  The coordinates returned
+	# from trn32s are in the range [1-1024].
+	call set (vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2, 1.0, 1024., 1.0, 1024., 1)
+
+	# Find range of z for determining perspective 
+	flo = MAX_REAL
+	hi = -flo
+	do j = 1, nlines {
+	    call alimr (z[1,j], ncols, z1, z2)
+	    flo = min (flo, z1)
+	     hi = max (hi, z2)
+	}
+
+	# Set up linear endpoints and spacing as used in surface.
+
+        delta = (hi-flo) / (max (ncols,nlines) -1.) * fact1
+        xmin = -(real (ncols/2)  * delta + real (mod (ncols+1, 2))  * delta)
+        ymin = -(real (nlines/2) * delta + real (mod (nlines+1, 2)) * delta)
+	del = 2.0 * delta
+
+	# The perimeter is separated from the surface plot by the 
+	# width of delta.  
+
+	x1_perim = xmin - delta
+	y1_perim = ymin - delta
+	x2_perim = xmin + (real (ncols)  * delta)
+	y2_perim = ymin + (real (nlines) * delta)
+	# Set up linear arrays over full perimeter range
+	do i = 1, ncols + 2
+	    Memr[x_val+i-1] = x1_perim + (i-1) * delta
+	do i = 1, nlines + 2
+	    Memr[y_val+i-1] = y1_perim + (i-1) * delta
+
+	# Draw and label axes and tick marks.
+	# It is important that frame has not been called after calling srface.
+	# First to draw the perimeter.  Which axes get drawn depends on the
+	# values of angh and angv.  Get angles in the range [-180, 180].
+
+	if (angh > 180.)
+	    angh = angh - 360.
+	else if (angh < -180.)
+	    angh = angh + 360.
+
+	if (angv > 180.)
+	    angv = angv - 360.
+	else if (angv < -180.)
+	    angv = angv + 360.
+
+	# Calculate positions for the axis labels
+	xcen = 0.5 * (x1_perim + x2_perim)
+	ycen = 0.5 * (y1_perim + y2_perim)
+
+	if (angh >= 0) {
+	    if (angv >= 0) {
+		# Case 1: xy rotation positive, looking down from above mid Z
+
+		# First draw x axis
+		call amovkr (y2_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[x_val+1], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (xcen, y2_perim+del, flo, "X-AXIS", -1, -2)
+		call ie_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y2_perim, y2_perim+delta, 
+		    flo, ncols)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (xmin, y2_perim+del, flo, tlabel, -1, -2)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y2_perim+del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, -1, -2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis
+		call amovkr (x2_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val+1], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, -1)
+		call ie_draw_ticksy (x2_perim, x2_perim+delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, -1)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x2_perim+del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, -1)
+	    } else {
+		# Case 2: xy rotation positive, looking up from below mid Z
+		# First draw x axis
+		call amovkr (y1_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[x_val], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (xcen, y1_perim-del, flo, "X-AXIS", -1, 2)
+		call ie_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y1_perim, y1_perim-delta, 
+		    flo, ncols)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (xmin, y1_perim-del, flo, tlabel, -1, 2)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y1_perim-del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, -1, 2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis
+		call amovkr (x1_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, 1)
+		call ie_draw_ticksy (x1_perim, x1_perim-delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, 1)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x1_perim-del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, 1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (angh < 0) {
+	    if (angv > 0) {
+		# Case 3: xy rotation negative, looking down from above  mid Z 
+		# (default).  First draw x axis
+		call amovkr (y1_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[x_val+1], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (xcen, y1_perim-del, flo, "X-AXIS", 1, 2)
+		call ie_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y1_perim, y1_perim-delta, 
+		    flo, ncols)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (xmin, y1_perim-del, flo, tlabel, 1, 2)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y1_perim-del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, 1, 2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis
+		call amovkr (x2_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, -1)
+		call ie_draw_ticksy (x2_perim, x2_perim+delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, -1)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x2_perim+del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, -1)
+	    } else {
+		# Case 4: xy rotation negative, looking up from below mid Z
+		# First draw x axis
+		call amovkr (y2_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[x_val], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (xcen, y2_perim+del, flo, "X-AXIS", 1, -2)
+		call ie_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y2_perim, y2_perim+delta,
+		    flo, ncols)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (xmin, y2_perim+del, flo, tlabel, 1, -2)
+		junk = itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y2_perim+del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, 1, -2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis
+		call amovkr (x1_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call ie_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val+1], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call ie_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, 1)
+		call ie_draw_ticksy (x1_perim, x1_perim-delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, 1)
+		junk = itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10)
+		call ie_label_axis (x1_perim-del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, 1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flush plotit buffer before returning
+	call plotit (0, 0, 2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ??
+
+procedure ie_draw_axis (xvals, yvals, zval, nvals)
+
+int	nvals
+real	xvals[nvals]
+real	yvals[nvals]
+real	zval
+pointer	sp, xt, yt
+int	i
+real	dum
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xt, nvals, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yt, nvals, TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, nvals 
+	    call trn32s (xvals[i], yvals[i], zval, Memr[xt+i-1], Memr[yt+i-1], 
+		dum, 1)
+
+	call gpl (nvals, Memr[xt], Memr[yt])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# ??
+
+procedure ie_label_axis (xval, yval, zval, sppstr, path, up)
+
+real	xval
+real	yval
+real	zval
+char	sppstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	path
+int	up
+
+int	nchars
+int	strlen()
+%	character*64 fstr
+
+begin
+	nchars = strlen (sppstr)
+
+%	call f77pak (sppstr, fstr, 64)
+    	call pwrzs (xval, yval, zval, fstr, nchars, CSIZE, path, up, 0)
+end
+
+
+# ??
+
+procedure ie_draw_ticksx (x, y1, y2, zval, nvals)
+
+int	nvals
+real	x[nvals]
+real	y1, y2
+real	zval
+
+int	i
+real	tkx[2], tky[2], dum
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nvals {
+	    call trn32s (x[i], y1, zval, tkx[1], tky[1], dum, 1)
+	    call trn32s (x[i], y2, zval, tkx[2], tky[2], dum, 1)
+	    call gpl (2, tkx[1], tky[1])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ??
+
+procedure ie_draw_ticksy (x1, x2, y, zval, nvals)
+
+int	nvals
+real	x1, x2
+real	y[nvals]
+real	zval
+
+int	i
+real	tkx[2], tky[2], dum
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nvals {
+	    call trn32s (x1, y[i], zval, tkx[1], tky[1], dum, 1)
+	    call trn32s (x2, y[i], zval, tkx[2], tky[2], dum, 1)
+	    call gpl (2, tkx[1], tky[1])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# IE_SURF_LIMITS -- Apply the floor and ceiling constraints to the subraster.
+# If either value is exactly zero, it is not applied.
+
+procedure ie_surf_limits (ras, m, floor, ceiling)
+
+real	ras[m]
+int	m
+real	floor, ceiling
+real	val1_1			# value at ras[1]
+int	k
+bool	const_val		# true if data are constant
+bool	bad_floor		# true if no value is above floor
+bool	bad_ceiling		# true if no value is below ceiling
+
+begin
+	const_val = true		# initial values
+	bad_floor = true
+	bad_ceiling = true
+	val1_1 = ras[1]
+
+	do k = 1, m
+	    if (ras[k] != val1_1) {
+		const_val = false
+		break
+	    }
+	if (!IS_INDEF(floor)) {
+	    do k = 1, m {
+		if (ras[k] <= floor)
+		    ras[k] = floor
+		else
+		    bad_floor = false
+	    }
+	}
+	if (!IS_INDEF(ceiling)) {
+	    do k = 1, m {
+		if (ras[k] >= ceiling)
+		    ras[k] = ceiling
+		else
+		    bad_ceiling = false
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (bad_floor && !IS_INDEF(floor))
+	    call error (1, "entire image is below (or at) specified floor")
+	if (bad_ceiling && !IS_INDEF(ceiling))
+	    call error (1, "entire image is above (or at) specified ceiling")
+	if (const_val)
+	    call error (1, "all data values are the same; can't plot it")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iestatistics.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iestatistics.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3ac5f22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/iestatistics.x
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+ 
+# IE_STATISTICS -- Compute and print statistics.
+ 
+procedure ie_statistics (ie, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	ie			# IMEXAM structure
+real	x, y			# Aperture coordinates
+ 
+double	mean, median, std
+int	ncstat, nlstat, x1, x2,y1, y2, npts, clgeti()
+pointer	sp, imname, im, data, sortdata, ie_gimage(), ie_gdata()
+string	label "\
+#            SECTION     NPIX     MEAN   MEDIAN   STDDEV      MIN      MAX\n"
+ 
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	ncstat = clgeti ("ncstat")
+	nlstat = clgeti ("nlstat")
+	x1 = x - (ncstat-1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = x + ncstat / 2 + 0.5
+	y1 = y - (nlstat-1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = y + nlstat / 2 + 0.5
+	iferr (data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+	npts = (x2-x1+1) * (y2-y1+1)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sortdata, npts, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	call achtrd (Memr[data], Memd[sortdata], npts)
+	call asrtd (Memd[sortdata], Memd[sortdata], npts)
+	call aavgd (Memd[sortdata], npts, mean, std)
+	if (mod (npts, 2) == 0)
+	    median = (Memd[sortdata+npts/2-1] + Memd[sortdata+npts/2]) / 2
+	else
+	    median = Memd[sortdata+npts/2]
+
+	call sprintf (Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME, "[%d:%d,%d:%d]")
+	    call pargi (x1)
+	    call pargi (x2)
+	    call pargi (y1)
+	    call pargi (y2)
+
+	if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) != 'm')
+	    call printf (label)
+
+	call printf ("%20s %8d %8.4g %8.4g %8.4g %8.4g %8.4g\n")
+	    call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+	    call pargi (npts)
+	    call pargd (mean)
+	    call pargd (median)
+	    call pargd (std)
+	    call pargd (Memd[sortdata])
+	    call pargd (Memd[sortdata+npts-1])
+
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+	    if (IE_LASTKEY(ie) != 'm')
+		call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), label)
+
+	    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie),
+		"%20s %8d %8.4g %8.4g %8.4g %8.4g %8.4g\n")
+	        call pargstr (Memc[imname])
+	        call pargi (npts)
+	        call pargd (mean)
+	        call pargd (median)
+	        call pargd (std)
+	        call pargd (Memd[sortdata])
+	        call pargd (Memd[sortdata+npts-1])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ietimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ietimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..869eaa4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ietimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+
+# IE_TIMEXAM -- Extract a subraster image.
+# This routine does not currently update the WCS but it does clear it.
+
+procedure ie_timexam (ie, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	ie			# IE pointer
+real	x, y			# Center
+
+int	i, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny
+pointer	sp, root, extn, output
+pointer	im, out, data, outbuf, mw
+
+int	clgeti(), fnextn(), iki_validextn(), strlen(), imaccess()
+pointer	ie_gimage(), ie_gdata(), immap(), impl2r(), mw_open()
+errchk	impl2r
+
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (root, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (extn, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get parameters.
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[root], SZ_FNAME)
+	nx = clgeti ("ncoutput")
+	ny = clgeti ("nloutput")
+
+	# Strip the extension.
+	call imgimage (Memc[root], Memc[root], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[root] == EOS)
+	    call strcpy (IE_IMAGE(ie), Memc[root], SZ_FNAME)
+	i = fnextn (Memc[root], Memc[extn+1], SZ_FNAME)
+	Memc[extn] = EOS
+	if (i > 0) {
+	    call iki_init()
+	    if (iki_validextn (0, Memc[extn+1]) != 0) {
+		Memc[root+strlen(Memc[root])-i-1] = EOS
+		Memc[extn] = '.'
+	    }
+	}
+
+	do i = 1, ARB {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[output], SZ_FNAME, "%s.%03d%s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[root])
+		call pargi (i)
+		call pargstr (Memc[extn])
+	    if (imaccess (Memc[output], 0) == NO)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Set section to be extracted.
+	if (!IS_INDEF(x))
+	    IE_X1(ie) = x
+	if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	    IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	x1 = IE_X1(ie) - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = IE_X1(ie) + nx / 2 + 0.5
+	y1 = IE_Y1(ie) - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = IE_Y1(ie) + ny / 2 + 0.5
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+
+	# Set output.
+	iferr (out = immap (Memc[output], NEW_COPY, im)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+	IM_NDIM(out) = 2
+	IM_LEN(out,1) = nx
+	IM_LEN(out,2) = ny
+
+	# Extract the section.
+	iferr {
+	    do i = y1, y2 {
+	        data = ie_gdata (im, x1, x2, i, i)
+		outbuf = impl2r (out, i-y1+1)
+		call amovr (Memr[data], Memr[outbuf], nx)
+	    }
+	    mw = mw_open (NULL, 2)
+	    call mw_saveim (mw, out)
+	    call imunmap (out)
+	} then {
+	    call imunmap (out)
+	    iferr (call imdelete (Memc[output]))
+		;
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call printf ("%s[%d:%d,%d:%d] -> %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (IE_IMAGE(ie))
+	    call pargi (x1)
+	    call pargi (x2)
+	    call pargi (y1)
+	    call pargi (y2)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[output])
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+	    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%s[%d:%d,%d:%d] -> %s\n")
+		call pargstr (IE_IMAGE(ie))
+		call pargi (x1)
+		call pargi (x2)
+		call pargi (y1)
+		call pargi (y2)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ievimexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ievimexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a75ac2bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/ievimexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <math/iminterp.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+
+define	BTYPES		"|constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|project|"
+define	SZ_BTYPE	8	# Length of boundary type string
+define	NLINES		16	# Number of image  lines in the buffer
+
+
+# IE_VIMEXAM -- Plot the vector of image data between two pixels.
+# There are two types of plot selected by the key argument.  The
+# second cursor position is passed in the IMEXAM data structure.
+# The first position is either the middle of the vector or the starting
+# point.
+
+procedure ie_vimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y, key)
+
+pointer	gp		# GIO pointer
+int	mode		# Graph mode
+pointer	ie		# IMEXAM pointer
+real	x, y		# Starting or center coordinate
+int	key		# 'u' centered vector, 'v' two endpoint vector
+
+int	btype, nxvals, nyvals, nzvals, width
+pointer	sp, title, boundary, im, x_vec, y_vec, pp
+real	x1, y1, x2, y2, zmin, zmax, bconstant
+
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	clgpseti(), clgwrd(), clopset()
+real	clgpsetr()
+pointer	ie_gimage()
+errchk	malloc
+
+begin
+	iferr (im = ie_gimage (ie, NO)) {
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, IE_SZTITLE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (boundary, SZ_BTYPE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get boundary extension parameters.
+	if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+	    call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	IE_PP(ie) = clopset ("vimexam")
+	pp = IE_PP(ie)
+	btype  = clgwrd ("vimexam.boundary", Memc[boundary], SZ_BTYPE, BTYPES)
+	bconstant = clgpsetr (pp, "constant")
+
+	nxvals = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nyvals = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (!IS_INDEF (x))
+	    IE_X1(ie) = x
+	if (!IS_INDEF(y))
+	    IE_Y1(ie) = y
+
+	x1 = IE_X1(ie)
+	x2 = IE_X2(ie)
+	y1 = IE_Y1(ie)
+	y2 = IE_Y2(ie)
+	width = clgpseti (pp, "naverage")
+
+	# Check the boundary and compute the length of the output vector.
+	x1 = max (1.0, min (x1, real (nxvals)))
+	x2 = min (real(nxvals), max (1.0, x2))
+	y1 = max (1.0, min (y1, real (nyvals)))
+	y2 = min (real(nyvals), max (1.0, y2))
+	nzvals = int (sqrt ((x2 - x1) * (x2 - x1) + (y2 - y1) * (y2 - y1))) + 1
+
+	# Check for cases which should be handled by pcols or prows.
+	call malloc (x_vec, nzvals, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (y_vec, nzvals, TY_REAL)
+	if (fp_equalr (x1, x2))
+	    call ie_get_col (im, x1, y1, x2, y2, nzvals, width, btype,
+	        bconstant, Memr[x_vec], Memr[y_vec], zmin, zmax)
+	else if (fp_equalr (y1, y2))
+	    call ie_get_row (im, x1, y1, x2, y2, nzvals, width, btype,
+	        bconstant, Memr[x_vec], Memr[y_vec], zmin, zmax)
+	else
+	    call ie_get_vector (im, x1, y1, x2, y2, nzvals, width, btype,
+	        bconstant, Memr[x_vec], Memr[y_vec], zmin, zmax)
+
+	# Convert endpoint plot coordinates to centered coordinates.
+	if (key == 'u') {
+	    zmin = (IE_X1(ie) + IE_X2(ie)) / 2
+	    zmax = (IE_Y1(ie) + IE_Y2(ie)) / 2
+	    zmin = sqrt ((zmin-x1)**2 + (zmax-y1)**2)
+	    call asubkr (Memr[x_vec], zmin, Memr[x_vec], nzvals)
+	}
+
+	call sprintf (Memc[title], IE_SZTITLE, 
+	    "%s: Vector %.1f,%.1f to %.1f,%.1f naverage: %d\n%s")
+	    call pargstr (IE_IMNAME(ie))
+	    call pargr (x1)
+	    call pargr (y1)
+	    call pargr (x2)
+	    call pargr (y2)
+	    call pargi (width)
+	    call pargstr (IM_TITLE(im))
+
+	call ie_graph (gp, mode, pp, Memc[title], Memr[x_vec], Memr[y_vec],
+	    nzvals, "", "")
+       
+        # Finish up
+	call mfree (x_vec, TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (y_vec, TY_REAL)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GET_VECTOR -- Average a strip perpendicular to a given vector and return
+# vectors of point number and average pixel value. Also returned is the min
+# and max value in the data vector.
+
+procedure ie_get_vector (im, x1, y1, x2, y2, nvals, width, btype,
+        bconstant, x_vector, y_vector, zmin, zmax)
+
+pointer im		# pointer to image header
+real	x1, y1		# starting pixel of vector
+real	x2, y2		# ending pixel of pixel
+real	bconstant	# Boundary extension constant
+int	btype		# Boundary extension type
+int	nvals		# number of samples along the vector
+int	width		# width of strip to average over
+real	x_vector[ARB]	# Pixel numbers
+real	y_vector[ARB]	# Average pixel values (returned)
+real	zmin, zmax 	# min, max of data vector
+
+double	dx, dy, dpx, dpy, ratio, xoff, yoff, noff, xv, yv
+int	i, j, k, nedge, col1, col2, line1, line2
+int	colb, colc, line, linea, lineb, linec
+pointer sp, oxs, oys, xs, ys, yvals, msi, buf
+real	sum , lim1, lim2, lim3, lim4
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	msiinit
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (oxs, width, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (oys, width, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xs, width, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ys, width, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yvals, width, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Determine sampling perpendicular to vector.
+	dx = (x2 - x1) / (nvals - 1)
+	dy = (y2 - y1) / (nvals - 1)
+	if (x1 < x2) {
+	    dpx = -dy
+	    dpy =  dx
+	} else {
+	    dpx =  dy
+	    dpy = -dx
+	}
+
+	# Compute offset from the nominal vector to the first sample point.
+	ratio = dx / dy
+	nedge  = width + 1
+	noff = (real (width) - 1.0) / 2.0
+	xoff = noff * dpx
+	yoff = noff * dpy
+
+	# Initialize the interpolator and the image data buffer.
+	call msiinit (msi, II_BILINEAR)
+	buf = NULL
+
+	# Set the boundary.
+	col1 = int (min (x1, x2)) - nedge
+	col2 = nint (max (x1, x2)) + nedge
+	line1 = int (min (y1, y2)) - nedge
+	line2 = nint (max (y2, y1)) + nedge
+	call ie_setboundary (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, btype, bconstant)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	xv = x1 - xoff
+	yv = y1 - yoff
+	do j = 1, width { 
+	    Memr[oxs+j-1] = double (j - 1) * dpx
+	    Memr[oys+j-1] = double (j - 1) * dpy
+	} 
+
+	# Loop over the output image lines.
+	do i = 1, nvals { 
+	    x_vector[i] = real (i)
+	    line = yv
+
+	    # Get the input image data and fit an interpolator to the data.
+	    # The input data is buffered in a section of size NLINES + 2 *
+	    # NEDGE.
+
+	    if (dy >= 0.0 && (buf == NULL || line > (linea))) {
+		linea = min (line2, line + NLINES - 1)
+		lineb = max (line1, line - nedge)
+		linec = min (line2, linea + nedge)
+		lim1 = xv
+		lim2 = lim1 + double (width - 1) * dpx
+		lim3 = xv + double (linea - line + 1) * ratio
+		lim4 = lim3 + double (width - 1) * dpx
+		colb = max (col1, int (min (lim1, lim2, lim3, lim4)) - 1)
+		colc = min (col2, nint (max (lim1, lim2, lim3, lim4)) + 1)
+		buf = imgs2r (im, colb, colc, lineb, linec)
+		call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], colc - colb + 1, linec - lineb +
+		    1, colc - colb + 1)
+
+	    } else if (dy < 0.0 && (buf == NULL || line < linea)) {
+		linea = max (line1, line - NLINES + 1)
+		lineb = max (line1, linea - nedge)
+		linec = min (line2, line + nedge)
+		lim1 = xv
+		lim2 = lim1 + double (width - 1) * dpx
+		lim3 = xv + double (linea - line - 1) * ratio
+		lim4 = lim3 + double (width - 1) * dpx
+		colb = max (col1, int (min (lim1, lim2, lim3, lim4)) - 1)
+		colc = min (col2, nint (max (lim1, lim2, lim3, lim4)) + 1)
+		buf = imgs2r (im, colb, colc, lineb, linec)
+		call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], colc - colb + 1, linec - lineb +
+		    1, colc - colb + 1)
+	    }
+
+	    # Evaluate the interpolant.
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[oxs], real (xv - colb + 1), Memr[xs], width)
+	    call aaddkr (Memr[oys], real (yv - lineb + 1), Memr[ys], width)
+	    call msivector (msi, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[yvals], width)
+
+	    if (width == 1)
+		y_vector[i] = Memr[yvals]
+	    else {
+		sum = 0.0
+		do k = 1, width
+		    sum = sum + Memr[yvals+k-1]
+		y_vector[i] = sum / width
+	    }
+
+	    xv = xv + dx 
+	    yv = yv + dy
+	}	
+
+	# Compute min and max values.
+	call alimr (y_vector, nvals, zmin, zmax)
+	 
+	# Free memory .
+	call msifree (msi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GET_COL -- Average a strip perpendicular to a column vector and return
+# vectors of point number and average pixel value. Also returned is the min
+# and max value in the data vector.
+
+procedure ie_get_col (im, x1, y1, x2, y2, nvals, width, btype,
+        bconstant, x_vector, y_vector, zmin, zmax)
+
+pointer im		# pointer to image header
+real	x1, y1		# starting pixel of vector
+real	x2, y2		# ending pixel of pixel
+int	nvals		# number of samples along the vector
+int	width		# width of strip to average over
+int	btype		# Boundary extension type
+real	bconstant	# Boundary extension constant
+real	x_vector[ARB]	# Pixel numbers
+real	y_vector[ARB]	# Average pixel values (returned)
+real	zmin, zmax 	# min, max of data vector
+
+real	sum
+int	line, linea, lineb, linec
+pointer sp, xs, ys, msi, yvals, buf
+double	dx, dy, xoff, noff, xv, yv
+int	i, j, k, nedge, col1, col2, line1, line2
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	msiinit
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xs, width, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ys, width, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yvals, width, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the interpolator and the image data buffer.
+	call msiinit (msi, II_BILINEAR)
+	buf = NULL
+
+	# Set the boundary.
+	nedge  = max (2, width / 2 + 1)
+	col1 = int (x1) - nedge
+	col2 = nint (x1) + nedge
+	line1  = int (min (y1, y2)) - nedge
+	line2 =  nint (max (y1, y2)) + nedge
+	call ie_setboundary (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, btype, bconstant)
+
+	# Determine sampling perpendicular to vector.
+	dx = 1.0d0
+	if (nvals == 1)
+	    dy = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    dy = (y2 - y1) / (nvals - 1)
+
+	# Compute offset from the nominal vector to the first sample point.
+	noff = (real (width) - 1.0) / 2.0
+	xoff = noff * dx
+	xv = x1 - xoff
+	do j = 1, width
+	    Memr[xs+j-1] = xv + double (j - col1)
+	yv = y1
+
+	# Loop over the output image lines.
+	do i = 1, nvals { 
+	    x_vector[i] = real (i)
+	    line = yv
+
+	    # Get the input image data and fit an interpolator to the data.
+	    # The input data is buffered in a section of size NLINES + 2 *
+	    # NEDGE.
+
+	    if (dy >= 0.0 && (buf == NULL || line > (linea))) {
+		linea = min (line2, line + NLINES - 1)
+		lineb = max (line1, line - nedge)
+		linec = min (line2, linea + nedge)
+		buf = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, lineb, linec)
+		call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], col2 - col1 + 1, linec - lineb +
+		    1, col2 - col1 + 1)
+	    } else if (dy < 0.0 && (buf == NULL || line < linea)) {
+		linea = max (line1, line - NLINES + 1)
+		lineb = max (line1, linea - nedge)
+		linec = min (line2, line + nedge)
+		buf = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, lineb, linec)
+		call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], col2 - col1 + 1, linec - lineb +
+		    1, col2 - col1 + 1)
+	    }
+
+	    # Evaluate the interpolant.
+	    call amovkr (real (yv - lineb + 1), Memr[ys], width)
+	    call msivector (msi, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[yvals], width)
+
+	    if (width == 1)
+		y_vector[i] = Memr[yvals]
+	    else {
+		sum = 0.0
+		do k = 1, width
+		    sum = sum + Memr[yvals+k-1]
+		y_vector[i] = sum / width
+	    }
+
+	    yv = yv + dy
+	}	
+
+	# Compute min and max values.
+	call alimr (y_vector, nvals, zmin, zmax)
+	 
+	# Free memory .
+	call msifree (msi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_GET_ROW -- Average a strip parallel to a row vector and return
+# vectors of point number and average pixel value. Also returned is the min
+# and max value in the data vector.
+
+procedure ie_get_row (im, x1, y1, x2, y2, nvals, width, btype, bconstant,
+	x_vector, y_vector, zmin, zmax)
+
+pointer im		# pointer to image header
+real	x1, y1		# starting pixel of vector
+real	x2, y2		# ending pixel of pixel
+int	nvals		# number of samples along the vector
+int	width		# width of strip to average over
+int	btype		# Boundary extension type
+real	bconstant	# Boundary extension constant
+real	x_vector[ARB]	# Pixel numbers
+real	y_vector[ARB]	# Average pixel values (returned)
+real	zmin, zmax 	# min, max of data vector
+
+double	dx, dy, yoff, noff, xv, yv
+int	i, j, nedge, col1, col2, line1, line2
+int	line, linea, lineb, linec
+pointer sp, oys, xs, ys, yvals, msi, buf
+errchk	imgs2r, msifit, msiinit
+pointer	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (oys, width, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (xs, nvals, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (ys, nvals, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yvals, nvals, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Initialize the interpolator and the image data buffer.
+	call msiinit (msi, II_BILINEAR)
+	buf = NULL
+
+	# Set the boundary.
+	nedge  = max (2, width / 2 + 1)
+	col1 = int (min (x1, x2)) - nedge
+	col2 = nint (max (x1, x2)) + nedge
+	line1 = int (y1) - nedge
+	line2 = nint (y1) + nedge
+	call ie_setboundary (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, btype, bconstant)
+
+	# Determine sampling perpendicular to vector.
+	if (nvals == 1)
+	    dx = 0.0d0
+	else
+	    dx = (x2 - x1) / (nvals - 1)
+	dy = 1.0
+
+	# Compute offset from the nominal vector to the first sample point.
+	noff = (real (width) - 1.0) / 2.0
+	xv = x1 - col1 + 1
+	do i = 1, nvals {
+	    Memr[xs+i-1] = xv
+	    xv = xv + dx
+	}
+	yoff = noff * dy
+	yv = y1 - yoff
+	do j = 1, width
+	    Memr[oys+j-1] = yv + double (j - 1)
+
+	# Clear the accululator.
+	call aclrr (y_vector, nvals)
+
+	# Loop over the output image lines.
+	do i = 1, width { 
+	    line = yv
+
+	    # Get the input image data and fit an interpolator to the data.
+	    # The input data is buffered in a section of size NLINES + 2 *
+	    # NEDGE.
+
+	    if (dy >= 0.0 && (buf == NULL || line > (linea))) {
+		linea = min (line2, line + NLINES - 1)
+		lineb = max (line1, line - nedge)
+		linec = min (line2, linea + nedge)
+		buf = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, lineb, linec)
+		if (buf == NULL)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], col2 - col1 + 1, linec - lineb +
+		    1, col2 - col1 + 1)
+	    } else if (dy < 0.0 && (buf == NULL || line < linea)) {
+		linea = max (line1, line - NLINES + 1)
+		lineb = max (line1, linea - nedge)
+		linec = min (line2, line + nedge)
+		buf = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, lineb, linec)
+		if (buf == NULL)
+		    call error (0, "Error reading input image.")
+		call msifit (msi, Memr[buf], col2 - col1 + 1, linec - lineb +
+		    1, col2 - col1 + 1)
+	    }
+
+	    # Evaluate the interpolant.
+	    call amovkr (real (Memr[oys+i-1] - lineb + 1), Memr[ys], nvals)
+	    call msivector (msi, Memr[xs], Memr[ys], Memr[yvals], nvals)
+
+	    if (width == 1)
+		call amovr (Memr[yvals], y_vector, nvals)
+	    else 
+		call aaddr (Memr[yvals], y_vector, y_vector, nvals)
+
+	    yv = yv + dy
+	}	
+
+	# Compute the x and y vectors.
+	do i = 1, nvals
+	    x_vector[i] = real (i)
+	if (width > 1)
+	    call adivkr (y_vector, real (width), y_vector, nvals)
+
+	# Compute min and max values.
+	call alimr (y_vector, nvals, zmin, zmax)
+	 
+	# Free memory .
+	call msifree (msi)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_SETBOUNDARY -- Set boundary extension.
+
+procedure ie_setboundary (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, btype, bconstant)
+
+pointer	im			# IMIO pointer
+int	col1, col2		# Range of columns
+int	line1, line2		# Range of lines
+int	btype			# Boundary extension type
+real	bconstant		# Constant for constant boundary extension
+
+int	btypes[5]
+int	nbndrypix
+data	btypes /BT_CONSTANT, BT_NEAREST, BT_REFLECT, BT_WRAP, BT_PROJECT/
+
+begin
+	nbndrypix = 0
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, 1 - col1)
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, col2 - IM_LEN(im, 1))
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, 1 - line1)
+	nbndrypix = max (nbndrypix, line2 - IM_LEN(im, 2))
+
+	call imseti (im, IM_TYBNDRY, btypes[btype])
+	call imseti (im, IM_NBNDRYPIX, nbndrypix + 1)
+	if (btypes[btype] == BT_CONSTANT)
+	    call imsetr (im, IM_BNDRYPIXVAL, bconstant)
+end
+
+
+# IE_BUFL2R -- Maintain buffer of image lines.  A new buffer is created when
+# the buffer pointer is null or if the number of lines requested is changed.
+# The minimum number of image reads is used.
+
+procedure ie_bufl2r (im, col1, col2, line1, line2, buf)
+
+pointer	im		# Image pointer
+int	col1		# First image column of buffer
+int	col2		# Last image column of buffer
+int	line1		# First image line of buffer
+int	line2		# Last image line of buffer
+pointer	buf		# Buffer
+
+pointer	buf1, buf2
+int	i, ncols, nlines, nclast, llast1, llast2, nllast
+errchk	malloc, realloc, imgs2r
+pointer	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols = col2 - col1 + 1
+	nlines = line2 - line1 + 1
+
+	# If the buffer pointer is undefined then allocate memory for the
+	# buffer.  If the number of columns or lines requested changes
+	# reallocate the buffer.  Initialize the last line values to force
+	# a full buffer image read.
+
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+	    call malloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	} else if ((nlines != nllast) || (ncols != nclast)) {
+	    call realloc (buf, ncols * nlines, TY_REAL)
+	    llast1 = line1 - nlines
+	    llast2 = line2 - nlines
+	}
+
+	# Read only the image lines with are different from the last buffer.
+
+	if (line1 < llast1) {
+	    do i = line2, line1, -1 {
+		if (i > llast1)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		    
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	} else if (line2 > llast2) {
+	    do i = line1, line2 {
+		if (i < llast2)
+		    buf1 = buf + (i - llast1) * ncols
+		else
+		    buf1 = imgs2r (im, col1, col2, i, i)
+		    
+		buf2 = buf + (i - line1) * ncols
+		call amovr (Memr[buf1], Memr[buf2], ncols)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Save the buffer parameters.
+
+	llast1 = line1
+	llast2 = line2
+	nclast = ncols
+	nllast = nlines
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/imexam.h b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/imexam.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1fe00d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/imexam.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# IMEXAM.H -- IMEXAMINE global definitions.
+
+define	MAX_FRAMES	16			# max display frames
+
+# IMEXAMINE data structure.
+ 
+define	IE_LEN		370			# length of IE structure
+define	IE_SZFNAME	99			# length of file name
+define	IE_SZFORMAT	9			# length of format strings
+define	IE_SZTITLE	512			# length of multiline title
+ 
+define	IE_IM		Memi[$1]		# IMIO pointer
+define	IE_MW		Memi[$1+1]		# MWCS pointer
+define	IE_CTLW		Memi[$1+2]		# CT-MWCS pointer (L -> W)
+define	IE_CTWL		Memi[$1+3]		# CT-MWCS pointer (W -> L)
+define	IE_DS		Memi[$1+4]		# display frame pointer
+define	IE_GP		Memi[$1+5]		# GIO pointer
+define	IE_PP		Memi[$1+6]		# pset pointer
+define	IE_LIST		Memi[$1+7]		# image list
+define	IE_LISTLEN	Memi[$1+8]		# number of images in list
+define	IE_USEDISPLAY	Memi[$1+9]		# use image display?
+define	IE_INDEX	Memi[$1+10]		# image index
+define	IE_DFRAME	Memi[$1+11]		# frame used to display images
+define	IE_MAPFRAME	Memi[$1+12]		# mapped display frame
+define	IE_NEWFRAME	Memi[$1+13]		# new (current) display frame
+define	IE_NFRAMES	Memi[$1+14]		# number of image frames
+define	IE_ALLFRAMES	Memi[$1+15]		# use all frames for display?
+define	IE_LOGFD	Memi[$1+16]		# log file descriptor
+define	IE_MAGZERO	Memr[P2R($1+17)]	# magnitude zero point
+define	IE_XORIGIN	Memr[P2R($1+18)]	# X origin
+define	IE_YORIGIN	Memr[P2R($1+19)]	# Y origin
+define	IE_GTYPE	Memi[$1+20]		# current graph type
+define	IE_X1		Memr[P2R($1+21)]	# current graph x1
+define	IE_X2		Memr[P2R($1+22)]	# current graph x2
+define	IE_Y1		Memr[P2R($1+23)]	# current graph y1
+define	IE_Y2		Memr[P2R($1+24)]	# current graph y2
+define	IE_IX1		Memi[$1+25]		# image section coordinate
+define	IE_IX2		Memi[$1+26]		# image section coordinate
+define	IE_IY1		Memi[$1+27]		# image section coordinate
+define	IE_IY2		Memi[$1+28]		# image section coordinate
+define	IE_P1		Memi[$1+29]		# Physical axis for logical x
+define	IE_P2		Memi[$1+30]		# Physical axis for logical y
+define	IE_IN		Memr[P2R($1+31)+$2-1]	# Input coordinate vector
+define	IE_OUT		Memr[P2R($1+38)+$2-1]	# Output coordinate vector
+define	IE_WCSDIM	Memi[$1+45]		# WCS dimension
+define	IE_LASTKEY	Memi[$1+46]		# last type of keyed output
+	# (available)
+define	IE_IMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+50)]	# full image name
+define	IE_IMNAME	Memc[P2C($1+100)]	# short image name for labels
+define	IE_LOGFILE	Memc[P2C($1+150)]	# logfile name
+define	IE_WCSNAME	Memc[P2C($1+200)]	# WCS name
+define	IE_XLABEL	Memc[P2C($1+250)]	# WCS label
+define	IE_YLABEL	Memc[P2C($1+300)]	# WCS label
+define	IE_XFORMAT	Memc[P2C($1+350)]	# WCS format
+define	IE_YFORMAT	Memc[P2C($1+360)]	# WCS format
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/imexamine.par b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/imexamine.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc409b45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/imexamine.par
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+input,s,a,,,,images to be examined
+output,s,h,"",,,output root image name
+ncoutput,i,h,101,1,,Number of columns in image output
+nloutput,i,h,101,1,,Number of lines in image output
+frame,i,q,1,1,,display frame
+image,s,q,,,,image name
+logfile,s,h,"",,,logfile
+keeplog,b,h,no,,,log output results
+defkey,s,h,"a",,,default key for cursor list input
+autoredraw,b,h,yes,,,automatically redraw graph
+allframes,b,h,yes,,,use all frames for displaying new images
+nframes,i,h,0,,,number of display frames (0 to autosense)
+ncstat,i,h,5,1,,number of columns for statistics
+nlstat,i,h,5,1,,number of lines for statistics
+graphcur,*gcur,h,"",,,graphics cursor input
+imagecur,*imcur,h,"",,,image display cursor input
+wcs,s,h,"logical",,,Coordinate system
+xformat,s,h,"",,,X axis coordinate format
+yformat,s,h,"",,,Y axis coordinate format
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,graphics device
+display,s,h,"display(image='$1',frame=$2)",,,display command template
+use_display,b,h,yes,,,enable direct display interaction
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38c3fef7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# IMEXAMINE
+ 
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+standalone:
+	$set   LIBS1 = "-lds -liminterp -lncar -lgks -lxtools"
+	$set   LIBS2 = "-lgsurfit -lnlfit -lcurfit -lllsq"
+	$update libpkg.a
+	$omake	x_imexam.x
+	$link	x_imexam.o libpkg.a $(LIBS1) $(LIBS2) -o xx_imexam.e
+	;
+ 
+libpkg.a:
+	iecimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	iecolon.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	iedisplay.x     <error.h>	
+	ieeimexam.x	imexam.h <config.h> <error.h> <fset.h> <gset.h>\
+			<imhdr.h> <mach.h> <xwhen.h>
+	iegcur.x	imexam.h <imhdr.h> <ctype.h> <mach.h>
+	iegdata.x	<imhdr.h>
+	iegimage.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	iegnfr.x	imexam.h <imhdr.h>
+	iegraph.x	imexam.h <gset.h>
+	iehimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	ieimname.x
+	iejimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h> <gset.h> <mach.h>
+	ielimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	iemw.x		imexam.h <imhdr.h> <mwset.h>
+	ieopenlog.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	iepos.x		imexam.h <error.h> <math.h>
+	ieprint.x	imexam.h <error.h>
+	ieqrimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h> <gset.h> <math.h>\
+			<math/gsurfit.h> <math/nlfit.h>
+	ierimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <gset.h> <imhdr.h> <math.h>\
+			<math/gsurfit.h> <math/nlfit.h>
+	iesimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <gset.h> <imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+	iestatistics.x	imexam.h <error.h>
+	ietimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	ievimexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <gset.h> <imhdr.h> <mach.h>\
+			<imset.h> <math.h> <math/iminterp.h>
+	stfmeasure.x	starfocus.h <error.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <math/nlfit.h>
+	stfprofile.x	starfocus.h <imhdr.h> <mach.h>\
+			<math.h> <math/nlfit.h> <math/iminterp.h>
+	t_imexam.x	imexam.h <error.h> <gset.h> <imhdr.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/starfocus.h b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/starfocus.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf397e50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/starfocus.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+# STARFOCUS
+
+# Types of coordinates
+define	SF_TYPES	"|center|mark1|markall|"
+define	SF_CENTER	1		# Star at center of image
+define	SF_MARK1	2		# Mark stars in first image
+define	SF_MARKALL	3		# Mark stars in all images
+
+# Task type
+define	STARFOCUS	1
+define	PSFMEASURE	2
+
+# Radius types
+define	SF_WTYPES	"|Radius|FWHM|GFWHM|MFWHM|"
+
+define	SF_RMIN		16		# Minimum centering search radius
+define	MAX_FRAMES	8		# Maximum number of display frames
+
+# Data structures for STARFOCUS
+
+define	NBNDRYPIX	0		# Number of boundary pixels
+define	TYBNDRY		BT_REFLECT	# Type of boundary extension
+define	SAMPLE		.2		# Subpixel sampling size
+define	SF_SZFNAME	79		# Length of file names
+define	SF_SZWTYPE	7		# Length of width type string
+
+# Main data structure
+define	SF		40
+define	SF_TASK		Memi[$1]	 # Task type
+define	SF_WTYPE	Memc[P2C($1+1)]	 # Width type string
+define	SF_WCODE	Memi[$1+5]	 # Width code
+define	SF_BETA		Memr[P2R($1+6)]	 # Moffat beta
+define	SF_SCALE	Memr[P2R($1+7)]	 # Pixel scale
+define	SF_LEVEL	Memr[P2R($1+8)]	 # Profile measurement level
+define	SF_RADIUS	Memr[P2R($1+9)]	 # Profile radius
+define	SF_SBUF		Memr[P2R($1+10)] # Sky region buffer
+define	SF_SWIDTH	Memr[P2R($1+11)] # Sky region width
+define	SF_SAT		Memr[P2R($1+12)] # Saturation
+define	SF_NIT		Memi[$1+13]	 # Number of iterations for radius
+define	SF_OVRPLT	Memi[$1+14]	 # Overplot the best profile?
+define	SF_NCOLS	Memi[$1+15]	 # Number of image columns
+define	SF_NLINES	Memi[$1+16]	 # Number of image lines
+define	SF_XF		Memr[P2R($1+17)] # X field center
+define	SF_YF		Memr[P2R($1+18)] # Y field center
+define	SF_GP		Memi[$1+19]	 # GIO pointer
+define	SF_F		Memr[P2R($1+20)] # Best focus
+define	SF_W		Memr[P2R($1+21)] # Width at best focus
+define	SF_M		Memr[P2R($1+22)] # Brightest star magnitude
+define	SF_XP1		Memr[P2R($1+23)] # First derivative point to plot
+define	SF_XP2		Memr[P2R($1+24)] # Last derivative point to plot
+define	SF_YP1		Memr[P2R($1+25)] # Minimum of derivative profile
+define	SF_YP2		Memr[P2R($1+26)] # Maximum of derivative profile
+define	SF_N		Memi[$1+27]	 # Number of points not deleted
+define	SF_NSFD		Memi[$1+28]	 # Number of data points
+define	SF_SFDS		Memi[$1+29]	 # Pointer to data structures
+define	SF_NS		Memi[$1+30]	 # Number of stars not deleted
+define	SF_NSTARS	Memi[$1+31]	 # Number of stars
+define	SF_STARS	Memi[$1+32]	 # Pointer to star groups
+define	SF_NF		Memi[$1+33]	 # Number of focuses not deleted
+define	SF_NFOCUS	Memi[$1+34]	 # Number of different focus values
+define	SF_FOCUS	Memi[$1+35]	 # Pointer to focus groups
+define	SF_NI		Memi[$1+36]	 # Number of images not deleted
+define	SF_NIMAGES	Memi[$1+37]	 # Number of images
+define	SF_IMAGES	Memi[$1+38]	 # Pointer to image groups
+define	SF_BEST		Memi[$1+39]	 # Pointer to best focus star
+
+define	SF_SFD		Memi[SF_SFDS($1)+$2-1]
+define	SF_SFS		Memi[SF_STARS($1)+$2-1]
+define	SF_SFF		Memi[SF_FOCUS($1)+$2-1]
+define	SF_SFI		Memi[SF_IMAGES($1)+$2-1]
+
+# Basic data structure.
+define	SFD		94
+define	SFD_IMAGE	Memc[P2C($1)]	 # Image name
+define	SFD_DATA	Memi[$1+40]	 # Pointer to real image raster
+define	SFD_RADIUS	Memr[P2R($1+41)] # Profile radius
+define	SFD_NP		Memi[$1+42]	 # Number of profile points
+define	SFD_NPMAX	Memi[$1+43]	 # Maximum number of profile points
+define	SFD_X1		Memi[$1+44]	 # Image raster limits
+define	SFD_X2		Memi[$1+45]
+define	SFD_Y1		Memi[$1+46]
+define	SFD_Y2		Memi[$1+47]
+define	SFD_ID		Memi[$1+48]	 # Star ID
+define	SFD_X		Memr[P2R($1+49)] # Star X position
+define	SFD_Y		Memr[P2R($1+50)] # Star Y position
+define	SFD_F		Memr[P2R($1+51)] # Focus
+define	SFD_W		Memr[P2R($1+52)] # Width to use
+define	SFD_M		Memr[P2R($1+53)] # Magnitude
+define	SFD_E		Memr[P2R($1+54)] # Ellipticity
+define	SFD_PA		Memr[P2R($1+55)] # Position angle
+define	SFD_R		Memr[P2R($1+56)] # Radius at given level
+define	SFD_DFWHM	Memr[P2R($1+57)] # Direct FWHM
+define	SFD_GFWHM	Memr[P2R($1+58)] # Gaussian FWHM
+define	SFD_MFWHM	Memr[P2R($1+59)] # Moffat FWHM
+define	SFD_ASI1	Memi[$1+60]	 # Pointer to enclosed flux profile
+define	SFD_ASI2	Memi[$1+61]	 # Pointer to derivative profile
+define	SFD_YP1		Memr[P2R($1+62)] # Minimum of derivative profile
+define	SFD_YP2		Memr[P2R($1+63)] # Maximum of derivative profile
+define	SFD_FWHM	Memr[P2R($1+$2+63)] # FWHM vs level=0.5*i (i=1-19)
+define	SFD_BKGD	Memr[P2R($1+83)] # Background value
+define	SFD_BKGD1	Memr[P2R($1+84)] # Original background value
+define	SFD_MISO	Memr[P2R($1+85)] # Moment isophote
+define	SFD_SIGMA	Memr[P2R($1+86)] # Moffat alpha
+define	SFD_ALPHA	Memr[P2R($1+87)] # Moffat alpha
+define	SFD_BETA	Memr[P2R($1+88)] # Moffat beta
+define	SFD_STATUS	Memi[$1+89]	 # Status
+define	SFD_NSAT	Memi[$1+90]	 # Number of saturated pixels
+define	SFD_SFS		Memi[$1+91]	 # Pointer to star group
+define	SFD_SFF		Memi[$1+92]	 # Pointer to focus group
+define	SFD_SFI		Memi[$1+93]	 # Pointer to image group
+
+
+# Structure grouping data by star.
+define	SFS		($1+7)
+define	SFS_ID		Memi[$1]	# Star ID
+define	SFS_F		Memr[P2R($1+1)]	# Best focus
+define	SFS_W		Memr[P2R($1+2)]	# Best width
+define	SFS_M		Memr[P2R($1+3)]	# Average magnitude
+define	SFS_N		Memi[$1+4]	# Number of points used
+define	SFS_NF		Memi[$1+5]	# Number of focuses
+define	SFS_NSFD	Memi[$1+6]	# Number of data points
+define	SFS_SFD		Memi[$1+$2+6]	# Array of data structures
+
+
+# Structure grouping stars by focus values.
+define	SFF		($1+5)
+define	SFF_F		Memr[P2R($1)]	# Focus
+define	SFF_W		Memr[P2R($1+1)]	# Average width
+define	SFF_N		Memi[$1+2]	# Number in average
+define	SFF_NI		Memi[$1+3]	# Number of images
+define	SFF_NSFD	Memi[$1+4]	# Number of data points
+define	SFF_SFD		Memi[$1+$2+4]	# Array of data structures
+
+
+# Structure grouping stars by image.
+define	SFI		($1+42)
+define	SFI_IMAGE	Memc[P2C($1)]	# Image
+define	SFI_N		Memi[$1+40]	# Number in imagE
+define	SFI_NSFD	Memi[$1+41]	# Number of data points
+define	SFI_SFD		Memi[$1+$2+41]	# Array of data structures
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7390bf1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfmeasure.x
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+include	<error.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<imset.h>
+include	<math/nlfit.h>
+include	"starfocus.h"
+
+
+# STF_MEASURE -- PSF measuring routine.
+# This is a stand-alone routine that can be called to return the FWHM.
+# It is a greatly abbreviated version of starfocus.
+
+procedure stf_measure (im, xc, yc, beta, level, radius, nit,
+	sbuffer, swidth, saturation, gp, logfd,
+	bkg, renclosed, dfwhm, gfwhm, mfwhm)
+
+pointer	im		#I Image pointer
+real	xc		#I Initial X center
+real	yc		#I Initial Y center
+real	beta		#I Moffat beta
+real	level		#I Measurement level
+real	radius		#U Profile radius
+int	nit		#I Number of iterations on radius
+real	sbuffer		#I Sky buffer (pixels)
+real	swidth		#I Sky width (pixels)
+real	saturation	#I Saturation
+pointer	gp		#I Graphics output if not NULL
+int	logfd		#I Log output if not NULL
+real	bkg		#O Background used
+real	renclosed	#O Enclosed flux radius
+real	dfwhm		#O Direct FWHM
+real	gfwhm		#O Gaussian FWHM
+real	mfwhm		#O Moffat FWHM
+
+int	i
+bool	ignore_sat
+pointer	sp, str, sf, sfd, sfds
+
+int	strdic()
+real	stf_r2i()
+errchk	stf_find, stf_bkgd, stf_profile, stf_widths, stf_fwhms, stf_organize
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (sf, SF, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (sfd, SFD, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (sfds, 1, TY_POINTER)
+	call aclri (Memi[sf], SF)
+	call aclri (Memi[sfd], SFD)
+	Memi[sfds] = sfd
+
+	# Initialize parameters.
+	SF_TASK(sf) = PSFMEASURE
+	SF_WCODE(sf) = strdic ("FWHM", SF_WTYPE(sf), SF_SZWTYPE, SF_WTYPES)
+	SF_SCALE(sf) = 1.
+	SF_LEVEL(sf) = level
+	SF_BETA(sf) = beta
+	SF_RADIUS(sf) = radius
+	SF_SBUF(sf) = sbuffer
+	SF_SWIDTH(sf) = swidth
+	SF_SAT(sf) = saturation
+	SF_NIT(sf) = nit
+	SF_OVRPLT(sf) = NO
+	SF_NCOLS(sf) = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	SF_NLINES(sf) = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	SF_XF(sf) = (IM_LEN(im,1) + 1) / 2.
+	SF_YF(sf) = (IM_LEN(im,2) + 1) / 2.
+	ignore_sat = false
+
+	call imstats (im, IM_IMAGENAME, SFD_IMAGE(sfd), SF_SZFNAME)
+	SFD_ID(sfd) = 1
+	SFD_X(sfd) = xc
+	SFD_Y(sfd) = yc
+	SFD_F(sfd) = INDEF
+	SFD_STATUS(sfd) = 0
+	SFD_SFS(sfd) = NULL
+	SFD_SFF(sfd) = NULL
+	SFD_SFI(sfd) = NULL
+
+	if (SF_LEVEL(sf) > 1.)
+	    SF_LEVEL(sf) = SF_LEVEL(sf) / 100.
+	SF_LEVEL(sf) = max (0.05, min (0.95, SF_LEVEL(sf)))
+
+	# Evaluate PSF data.
+	iferr {
+	    do i = 1, SF_NIT(sf) {
+		if (i == 1)
+		    SFD_RADIUS(sfd) = SF_RADIUS(sf)
+		else
+		    SFD_RADIUS(sfd) = 3. * SFD_DFWHM(sfd)
+		SFD_NPMAX(sfd) = stf_r2i (SFD_RADIUS(sfd)) + 1
+		SFD_NP(sfd) = SFD_NPMAX(sfd)
+		call stf_find (sf, sfd, im)
+		call stf_bkgd (sf, sfd)
+		if (SFD_NSAT(sfd) > 0 && i == 1) {
+		    if (ignore_sat)
+			call error (0,
+			"Saturated pixels found - ignoring object")
+		    else
+			call eprintf (
+			    "WARNING: Saturated pixels found.\n")
+		}
+		call stf_profile (sf, sfd)
+		call stf_widths (sf, sfd)
+		call stf_fwhms (sf, sfd)
+	    }
+
+	    # Set output results.
+	    radius = SFD_RADIUS(sfd)
+	    bkg = SFD_BKGD(sfd)
+	    renclosed = SFD_R(sfd)
+	    dfwhm = SFD_DFWHM(sfd)
+	    mfwhm = SFD_MFWHM(sfd)
+	    gfwhm = SFD_GFWHM(sfd)
+
+	    call asifree (SFD_ASI1(sfd))
+	    call asifree (SFD_ASI2(sfd))
+	} then
+	    call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+	# Finish up
+	call stf_free (sf)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# STF_FREE -- Free the starfocus data structures.
+
+procedure stf_free (sf)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Starfocus structure
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, SF_NSTARS(sf)
+	    call mfree (SF_SFS(sf,i), TY_STRUCT)
+	do i = 1, SF_NFOCUS(sf)
+	    call mfree (SF_SFF(sf,i), TY_STRUCT)
+	do i = 1, SF_NIMAGES(sf)
+	    call mfree (SF_SFI(sf,i), TY_STRUCT)
+	call mfree (SF_STARS(sf), TY_POINTER)
+	call mfree (SF_FOCUS(sf), TY_POINTER)
+	call mfree (SF_IMAGES(sf), TY_POINTER)
+	SF_NSTARS(sf) = 0
+	SF_NFOCUS(sf) = 0
+	SF_NIMAGES(sf) = 0
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfprofile.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfprofile.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d26c085d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/stfprofile.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1189 @@
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<math.h>
+include	<math/iminterp.h>
+include	<math/nlfit.h>
+include	"starfocus.h"
+
+
+# STF_FIND      -- Find the object and return the data raster and object center.
+# STF_BKGD      -- Compute the background.
+# STF_PROFILE   -- Compute enclosed flux profile, derivative, and moments.
+# STF_NORM      -- Renormalized enclosed flux profile
+# STF_WIDTHS    -- Set widths.
+# STF_I2R       -- Radius from sample index.
+# STF_R2I       -- Sample index from radius.
+# STF_R2N       -- Number of subsamples from radius.
+# STF_MODEL     -- Return model values.
+# STF_DFWHM     -- Direct FWHM from profile.
+# STF_FWHMS     -- Measure FWHM vs level.
+# STF_RADIUS    -- Measure the radius at the specified level.
+# STF_FIT       -- Fit model.
+# STF_GAUSS1    -- Gaussian function used in NLFIT.
+# STF_GAUSS2    -- Gaussian function and derivatives used in NLFIT.
+# STF_MOFFAT1   -- Moffat function used in NLFIT.
+# STF_MOFFAT2   -- Moffat function and derivatives used in NLFIT.
+
+
+# STF_FIND -- Find the object and return the data raster and object center.
+# Centering uses centroid of marginal distributions of data above the mean.
+
+procedure stf_find (sf, sfd, im)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Starfocus pointer
+pointer	sfd			#I Object pointer
+pointer	im			#I Image pointer
+
+long	lseed
+int	i, j, k, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx, ny, npts
+real	radius, buffer, width, xc, yc, xlast, ylast, r1, r2
+real	mean, sum, sum1, sum2, sum3, asumr(), urand()
+pointer	data, ptr, imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+
+begin
+	radius = max (3., SFD_RADIUS(sfd))
+	buffer = SF_SBUF(sf)
+	width = SF_SWIDTH(sf)
+
+	xc = SFD_X(sfd)
+	yc = SFD_Y(sfd)
+	r1 = radius + buffer + width
+	r2 = radius
+
+	# Iterate on the center finding.
+	do k = 1, 3 {
+
+	    # Extract region around current center.
+	    xlast = xc
+	    ylast = yc
+
+	    x1 = max (1-NBNDRYPIX, nint (xc - r2))
+	    x2 = min (IM_LEN(im,1)+NBNDRYPIX, nint (xc + r2))
+	    nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    y1 = max (1-NBNDRYPIX, nint (yc - r2))
+	    y2 = min (IM_LEN(im,2)+NBNDRYPIX, nint (yc + r2))
+	    ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	    npts = nx * ny
+	    data = imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+	    # Find center of gravity of marginal distributions above mean.
+	    npts = nx * ny
+	    sum = asumr (Memr[data], npts)
+	    mean = sum / nx
+	    sum1 = 0.
+	    sum2 = 0.
+
+	    do i = x1, x2 {
+		ptr = data + i - x1
+		sum3 = 0.
+		do j = y1, y2 {
+		    sum3 = sum3 + Memr[ptr]
+		    ptr = ptr + nx
+		}
+		sum3 = sum3 - mean
+		if (sum3 > 0.) {
+		    sum1 = sum1 + i * sum3
+		    sum2 = sum2 + sum3
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (sum2 <= 0)
+		call error (1, "Centering failed to converge")
+	    xc = sum1 / sum2
+	    if (xlast - xc > 0.2 * nx)
+		xc = xlast - 0.2 * nx
+	    if (xc - xlast > 0.2 * nx)
+		xc = xlast + 0.2 * nx
+
+	    ptr = data
+	    mean = sum / ny
+	    sum1 = 0.
+	    sum2 = 0.
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+		sum3 = 0.
+		do i = x1, x2 {
+		    sum3 = sum3 + Memr[ptr]
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+		sum3 = sum3 - mean
+		if (sum3 > 0.) {
+		    sum1 = sum1 + j * sum3
+		    sum2 = sum2 + sum3
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (sum2 <= 0)
+		call error (1, "Centering failed to converge")
+	    yc = sum1 / sum2
+	    if (ylast - yc > 0.2 * ny)
+		yc = ylast - 0.2 * ny
+	    if (yc - ylast > 0.2 * ny)
+		yc = ylast + 0.2 * ny
+
+	    if (nint(xc) == nint(xlast) && nint(yc) == nint(ylast))
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Get a new centered raster if necessary.
+	if (nint(xc) != nint(xlast) || nint(yc) != nint(ylast) || r2 < r1) {
+	    x1 = max (1-NBNDRYPIX, nint (xc - r1))
+	    x2 = min (IM_LEN(im,1)+NBNDRYPIX, nint (xc + r1))
+	    nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    y1 = max (1-NBNDRYPIX, nint (yc - r1))
+	    y2 = min (IM_LEN(im,2)+NBNDRYPIX, nint (yc + r1))
+	    ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	    npts = nx * ny
+	    data = imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	}
+
+	# Add a dither for integer data.  The random numbers are always
+	# the same to provide reproducibility.
+
+	i = IM_PIXTYPE(im)
+	if (i == TY_SHORT || i == TY_INT || i == TY_LONG) {
+	    lseed = 1
+	    do i = 0, npts-1
+		Memr[data+i] = Memr[data+i] + urand(lseed) - 0.5
+	}
+
+	SFD_DATA(sfd) = data
+	SFD_X1(sfd) = x1
+	SFD_X2(sfd) = x2
+	SFD_Y1(sfd) = y1
+	SFD_Y2(sfd) = y2
+	SFD_X(sfd) = xc
+	SFD_Y(sfd) = yc
+end
+
+
+# STF_BKGD -- Compute the background.
+# A mode is estimated from the minimum slope in the sorted background pixels
+# with a bin width of 5%.
+
+procedure stf_bkgd (sf, sfd)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Parameter structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star structure
+
+int	i, j, x1, x2, y1, y2, xc, yc, nx, ny, npts, ns, nsat
+real	sat, bkgd, miso
+real	r, r1, r2, r3, dx, dy, dz
+pointer	sp, data, bdata, ptr
+
+begin
+	data = SFD_DATA(sfd)
+	x1 = SFD_X1(sfd)
+	x2 = SFD_X2(sfd)
+	y1 = SFD_Y1(sfd)
+	y2 = SFD_Y2(sfd)
+	xc = SFD_X(sfd)
+	yc = SFD_Y(sfd)
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	ns = 0
+	nsat = 0
+	r1 = SFD_RADIUS(sfd) ** 2
+	r2 = (SFD_RADIUS(sfd) + SF_SBUF(sf)) ** 2
+	r3 = (SFD_RADIUS(sfd) + SF_SBUF(sf) + SF_SWIDTH(sf)) ** 2
+	sat = SF_SAT(sf)
+	if (IS_INDEF(sat))
+	    sat = MAX_REAL
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (bdata, npts, TY_REAL)
+
+	ptr = data
+	do j = y1, y2 {
+	    dy = (yc - j) ** 2
+	    do i = x1, x2 {
+		dx = (xc - i) ** 2
+		r = dx + dy
+		if (r <= r1) {
+		    if (Memr[ptr] >= sat)
+			nsat = nsat + 1
+		} else if (r >= r2 && r <= r3) {
+		    Memr[bdata+ns] = Memr[ptr]
+		    ns = ns + 1
+		}
+		ptr = ptr + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (ns > 9) {
+	    call asrtr (Memr[bdata], Memr[bdata], ns)
+	    r = Memr[bdata+ns-1] - Memr[bdata]
+	    bkgd = Memr[bdata] + r / 2
+	    miso = r / 2
+
+	    j = 1 + 0.50 * ns
+	    do i = 0, ns - j {
+		dz = Memr[bdata+i+j-1] - Memr[bdata+i]
+		if (dz < r) {
+		    r = dz
+		    bkgd = Memr[bdata+i] + dz / 2
+		    miso = dz / 2
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    bkgd = 0.
+	    miso = 0.
+	}
+
+	SFD_BKGD1(sfd) = bkgd
+	SFD_BKGD(sfd) = bkgd
+	SFD_MISO(sfd) = miso
+	SFD_NSAT(sfd) = nsat
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# STF_PROFILE -- Compute enclosed flux profile, derivative, direct FWHM, and
+# profile moments..
+# 1.  The flux profile is normalized at the maximum value.
+# 2.  The radial profile is computed from the numerical derivative of the
+#     enclose flux profile.
+
+procedure stf_profile (sf, sfd)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Parameter structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star structure
+
+int	np
+real	radius, xc, yc
+
+int	i, j, k, l, m, ns, nx, ny, x1, x2, y1, y2
+real	bkgd, miso, sigma, peak
+real	r, r1, r2, r3, dx, dy, dx1, dx2, dy1, dy2, dz, xx, yy, xy, ds, da
+pointer	sp, data, profile, ptr, asi, msi, gs
+int	stf_r2n()
+real	asieval(), msieval(), gseval(), stf_i2r(), stf_r2i()
+errchk	asiinit, asifit, msiinit, msifit, gsrestore
+
+real	gsdata[24]
+data	gsdata/ 1., 4., 4., 1., 0., 0.6726812, 1., 2., 1.630641, 0.088787,
+		0.00389378, -0.001457133, 0.3932125, -0.1267456, -0.004864541,
+		0.00249941, 0.03078612, 0.02731274, -4.875850E-4, 2.307464E-4,
+		-0.002134843, 0.007603908, -0.002552385, -8.010564E-4/
+
+begin
+	data = SFD_DATA(sfd)
+	x1 = SFD_X1(sfd)
+	x2 = SFD_X2(sfd)
+	y1 = SFD_Y1(sfd)
+	y2 = SFD_Y2(sfd)
+	xc = SFD_X(sfd)
+	yc = SFD_Y(sfd)
+	bkgd = SFD_BKGD(sfd)
+	miso = SFD_MISO(sfd)
+	radius = SFD_RADIUS(sfd)
+	np = SFD_NP(sfd)
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+
+	# Use an image interpolator fit to the data.
+	call msiinit (msi, II_BISPLINE3)
+	call msifit (msi, Memr[data], nx, ny, nx)
+
+	# To avoid trying to interpolate outside the center of the
+	# edge pixels, a requirement of the interpolator functions,
+	# we reset the data limits.
+	x1 = x1 + 1
+	x2 = x2 - 1
+	y1 = y1 + 1
+	y2 = y2 - 1
+
+	# Compute the enclosed flux profile, its derivative, and moments.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (profile, np, TY_REAL)
+	call aclrr (Memr[profile], np)
+
+	xx = 0.
+	yy = 0.
+	xy = 0.
+	do j = y1, y2 {
+	    ptr = data + (j-y1+1)*nx + 1
+	    dy = j - yc
+	    do i = x1, x2 {
+		dx = i - xc
+
+		# Set the subpixel sampling which may be a function of radius.
+		r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+		ns = stf_r2n (r)
+		ds = 1. / ns
+		da = ds * ds
+		dz = 0.5 + 0.5 * ds
+
+		# Sum the interpolator values over the subpixels and compute
+		# an offset to give the correct total for the pixel.
+
+		r2 = 0.
+		dy1 = dy - dz
+		do l = 1, ns {
+		    dy1 = dy1 + ds
+		    dy2 = dy1 * dy1
+		    dx1 = dx - dz
+		    do k = 1, ns {
+			dx1 = dx1 + ds
+			dx2 = dx1 * dx1
+			r1 = msieval (msi, dx1+xc-x1+2, dy1+yc-y1+2)
+			r2 = r2 + r1
+		    }
+		}
+
+		r1 = Memr[ptr] - bkgd
+		ptr = ptr + 1
+		r2 = r1 - r2 * da
+
+		# Accumulate the enclosed flux over the sub pixels.
+		dy1 = dy - dz
+		do l = 1, ns {
+		    dy1 = dy1 + ds
+		    dy2 = dy1 * dy1
+		    dx1 = dx - dz
+		    do k = 1, ns {
+			dx1 = dx1 + ds
+			dx2 = dx1 * dx1
+			r = max (0., sqrt (dx2 + dy2) - ds / 2)
+			if (r < radius) {
+			    r1 = da * (msieval (msi, dx1+xc-x1+2, dy1+yc-y1+2) +
+				r2)
+
+			    # Use approximation for fractions of a subpixel.
+			    for (m=stf_r2i(r)+1; m<=np; m=m+1) {
+				r3 = (stf_i2r (real(m)) - r) / ds
+				if (r3 >= 1.)
+				    break
+				Memr[profile+m-1] = Memr[profile+m-1] + r3 * r1
+			    }
+
+			    # The subpixel is completely within these radii.
+			    for (; m<=np; m=m+1)
+				Memr[profile+m-1] = Memr[profile+m-1] + r1
+
+			    # Accumulate the moments above an isophote.
+			    if (r1 > miso) {
+				xx = xx + dx2 * r1
+				yy = yy + dy2 * r1
+				xy = xy + dx1 * dy1 * r1
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call msifree (msi)
+
+	# Compute the ellipticity and position angle from the moments.
+	r = (xx + yy)
+	if (r > 0.) {
+	    r1 = (xx - yy) / r
+	    r2 = 2 * xy / r
+	    SFD_E(sfd) = sqrt (r1**2 + r2**2)
+	    SFD_PA(sfd) = RADTODEG (atan2 (r2, r1) / 2.)
+	} else {
+	    SFD_E(sfd) = 0.
+	    SFD_PA(sfd) = 0.
+	}
+
+	# The magnitude and profile normalization is from the max enclosed flux.
+	call alimr (Memr[profile], np, r, SFD_M(sfd))
+	if (SFD_M(sfd) <= 0.)
+	    call error (1, "Invalid flux profile")
+	call adivkr (Memr[profile], SFD_M(sfd), Memr[profile], np)
+
+	# Fit interpolator to the enclosed flux profile.
+	call asiinit (asi, II_SPLINE3)
+	call asifit (asi, Memr[profile], np)
+	SFD_ASI1(sfd) = asi
+
+	# Estimate a gaussian sigma (actually sqrt(2)*sigma) and if it is
+	# it is small subtract the gaussian so that the image interpolator
+	# can more accurately estimate subpixel values.
+
+	#call stf_radius (sf, sfd, SF_LEVEL(sf), r)
+	#sigma = r / sqrt (log (1/(1-SF_LEVEL(sf))))
+	call stf_radius (sf, sfd, 0.8, r)
+	r = r / SF_SCALE(sf)
+	sigma = 2 * r * sqrt (log(2.) / log (1/(1-0.8)))
+	if (sigma < 5.) {
+	    if (sigma <= 2.) {
+		call gsrestore (gs, gsdata)
+		dx = xc - nint (xc)
+		dy = yc - nint (yc)
+		r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+		dx = 1.
+		ds = abs (sigma - gseval (gs, r, dx))
+		for (da = 1.; da <= 2.; da = da + .01) {
+		    dz = abs (sigma - gseval (gs, r, da))
+		    if (dz < ds) {
+			ds = dz
+			dx = da
+		    }
+		}
+		sigma = dx
+		call gsfree (gs)
+	    }
+
+	    sigma = sigma / (2 * sqrt (log(2.)))
+	    sigma = sigma * sigma
+
+	    # Compute the peak that gives the correct central pixel value.
+	    i = nint (xc)
+	    j = nint (yc)
+	    dx = i - xc
+	    dy = j - yc
+	    r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+	    ns = stf_r2n (r)
+	    ds = 1. / ns
+	    da = ds * ds
+	    dz = 0.5 + 0.5 * ds
+
+	    r1 = 0.
+	    dy1 = dy - dz
+	    do l = 1, ns {
+		dy1 = dy1 + ds
+		dy2 = dy1 * dy1
+		dx1 = dx - dz
+		do k = 1, ns {
+		    dx1 = dx1 + ds
+		    dx2 = dx1 * dx1
+		    r2 = (dx2 + dy2) / sigma
+		    if (r2 < 25.)
+			r1 = r1 + exp (-r2)
+		}
+	    }
+	    ptr = data + (j - y1 + 1) * nx + (i - x1 + 1)
+	    peak = (Memr[ptr] - bkgd) / (r1 * da)
+
+	    # Subtract the gaussian from the data.
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+		ptr = data + (j - y1 + 1) * nx + 1
+		dy = j - yc
+		do i = x1, x2 {
+		    dx = i - xc
+		    r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+		    ns = stf_r2n (r)
+		    ds = 1. / ns
+		    da = ds * ds
+		    dz = 0.5 + 0.5 * ds
+
+		    r1 = 0.
+		    dy1 = dy - dz
+		    do l = 1, ns {
+			dy1 = dy1 + ds
+			dy2 = dy1 * dy1
+			dx1 = dx - dz
+			do k = 1, ns {
+			    dx1 = dx1 + ds
+			    dx2 = dx1 * dx1
+			    r2 = (dx2 + dy2) / sigma
+			    if (r2 < 25.)
+				r1 = r1 + peak * exp (-r2)
+			}
+		    }
+		    Memr[ptr] = Memr[ptr] - r1 * da
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Fit the image interpolator to the residual data.
+	    call msiinit (msi, II_BISPLINE3)
+	    call msifit (msi, Memr[data], nx, ny, nx)
+
+	    # Recompute the enclosed flux profile and moments
+	    # using the gaussian plus image interpolator fit to the residuals.
+
+	    call aclrr (Memr[profile], np)
+
+	    xx = 0.
+	    yy = 0.
+	    xy = 0.
+	    do j = y1, y2 {
+		ptr = data + (j - y1 + 1) * nx + 1
+		dy = j - yc
+		do i = x1, x2 {
+		    dx = i - xc
+		    r = sqrt (dx * dx + dy * dy)
+		    ns = stf_r2n (r)
+		    ds = 1. / ns
+		    da = ds * ds
+		    dz = 0.5 + 0.5 * ds
+
+		    # Compute interpolator correction.
+		    r2 = 0.
+		    dy1 = dy - dz
+		    do l = 1, ns {
+			dy1 = dy1 + ds
+			dx1 = dx - dz
+			do k = 1, ns {
+			    dx1 = dx1 + ds
+			    r1 = msieval (msi, dx1+xc-x1+2, dy1+yc-y1+2)
+			    r2 = r2 + r1
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    r1 = Memr[ptr] - bkgd
+		    ptr = ptr + 1
+		    r2 = r1 - r2 * da
+
+		    # Accumulate the enclosed flux and moments.
+		    dy1 = dy - dz
+		    do l = 1, ns {
+			dy1 = dy1 + ds
+			dy2 = dy1 * dy1
+			dx1 = dx - dz
+			do k = 1, ns {
+			    dx1 = dx1 + ds
+			    dx2 = dx1 * dx1
+			    r3 = (dx2 + dy2) / sigma
+			    if (r3 < 25.)
+				r3 = peak * exp (-r3)
+			    else
+				r3 = 0.
+			    r = max (0., sqrt (dx2 + dy2) - ds / 2)
+			    if (r < radius) {
+				r1 = msieval (msi, dx1+xc-x1+2, dy1+yc-y1+2)
+				r1 = da * (r1 + r2 + r3)
+
+				for (m=stf_r2i(r)+1; m<=np; m=m+1) {
+				    r3 = (stf_i2r (real(m)) - r) / ds
+				    if (r3 >= 1.)
+					break
+				    Memr[profile+m-1] = Memr[profile+m-1] +
+					r3 * r1
+				}
+				for (; m<=np; m=m+1)
+				    Memr[profile+m-1] = Memr[profile+m-1] + r1
+
+				if (r1 > miso) {
+				    xx = xx + dx2 * r1
+				    yy = yy + dy2 * r1
+				    xy = xy + dx1 * dy1 * r1
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    call msifree (msi)
+
+	    # Recompute the moments, magnitude, normalized flux, and interp.
+	    r = (xx + yy)
+	    if (r > 0.) {
+		r1 = (xx - yy) / r
+		r2 = 2 * xy / r
+		SFD_E(sfd) = sqrt (r1**2 + r2**2)
+		SFD_PA(sfd) = RADTODEG (atan2 (r2, r1) / 2.)
+	    } else {
+		SFD_E(sfd) = 0.
+		SFD_PA(sfd) = 0.
+	    }
+
+	    call alimr (Memr[profile], np, r, SFD_M(sfd))
+	    if (SFD_M(sfd) <= 0.)
+		call error (1, "Invalid flux profile")
+	    call adivkr (Memr[profile], SFD_M(sfd), Memr[profile], np)
+
+	    call asifit (asi, Memr[profile], np)
+	    SFD_ASI1(sfd) = asi
+	}
+
+	# Compute derivative of enclosed flux profile and fit an image
+	# interpolator.
+
+	dx = 0.25
+	Memr[profile] = 0.
+	ns = 0
+	do i = 1, np {
+	    r = stf_i2r (real(i))
+	    r2 = stf_r2i (r + dx)
+	    if (r2 > np) {
+		k = i
+		break
+	    }
+	    r1 = stf_r2i (r - dx)
+	    if (r1 < 1) {
+		if (i > 1) {
+		    dy = asieval (asi, real(i)) / r**2
+		    Memr[profile] = (ns * Memr[profile] + dy) / (ns + 1)
+		    ns = ns + 1
+		}
+		j = i
+	    } else {
+		dy = (asieval (asi, r2) - asieval (asi, r1)) /
+		    (4 * r * dx)
+		Memr[profile+i-1] = dy
+	    }
+	}
+	do i = 2, j
+	    Memr[profile+i-1] = (Memr[profile+j] - Memr[profile]) / j *
+		(i - 1) + Memr[profile]
+	do i = k, np
+	    Memr[profile+i-1] = Memr[profile+k-2]
+
+	call adivkr (Memr[profile], SF_SCALE(sf)**2, Memr[profile], np)
+	call alimr (Memr[profile], np, SFD_YP1(sfd), SFD_YP2(sfd))
+	call asiinit (asi, II_SPLINE3)
+	call asifit (asi, Memr[profile], np)
+	SFD_ASI2(sfd) = asi
+	#SF_XP1(sf) = j+1
+	SF_XP1(sf) = 1
+	SF_XP2(sf) = k-1
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# STF_NORM -- Renormalize the enclosed flux profile.
+
+procedure stf_norm (sf, sfd, x, y)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Parameter structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star structure
+real	x			#I Radius
+real	y			#I Flux
+
+int	npmax, np
+pointer	asi
+
+int	i, j, k
+real	r, r1, r2, dx, dy
+pointer	sp, profile
+real	asieval(), stf_i2r(), stf_r2i()
+errchk	asifit
+
+begin
+	npmax = SFD_NPMAX(sfd)
+	np = SFD_NP(sfd)
+	asi = SFD_ASI1(sfd)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (profile, npmax, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Renormalize the enclosed flux profile.
+	if (IS_INDEF(x) || x <= 0.) {
+	    dy = SFD_BKGD(sfd) - SFD_BKGD1(sfd)
+	    SFD_BKGD(sfd) = SFD_BKGD(sfd) - dy
+	    do i = 1, npmax
+		Memr[profile+i-1] = asieval (asi, real(i)) +
+		    dy * stf_i2r(real(i)) ** 2
+	    call alimr (Memr[profile], np, r1, r2)
+	    call adivkr (Memr[profile], r2, Memr[profile], npmax)
+	} else if (IS_INDEF(y)) {
+	    r = max (1., min (real(np), stf_r2i (x)))
+	    r2 = asieval (asi, r)
+	    if (r2 <= 0.)
+		return
+	    do i = 1, npmax
+		Memr[profile+i-1] = asieval (asi, real(i))
+	    call adivkr (Memr[profile], r2, Memr[profile], npmax)
+	} else {
+	    r = max (1., min (real(np), stf_r2i (x)))
+	    r1 = asieval (asi, r)
+	    dy = (y - r1) / x ** 2
+	    SFD_BKGD(sfd) = SFD_BKGD(sfd) - dy
+	    do i = 1, npmax
+		Memr[profile+i-1] = asieval (asi, real(i)) +
+		    dy * stf_i2r(real(i)) ** 2
+	}
+
+	call asifit (asi, Memr[profile], npmax)
+	SFD_ASI1(sfd) = asi
+
+	# Compute derivative of enclosed flux profile and fit an image
+	# interpolator.
+
+	dx = 0.25
+	do i = 1, npmax {
+	    r = stf_i2r (real(i))
+	    r2 = stf_r2i (r + dx)
+	    if (r2 > np) {
+		k = i
+		break
+	    }
+	    r1 = stf_r2i (r - dx)
+	    if (r1 < 1) {
+		if (i > 1) {
+		    dy = asieval (asi, real(i)) / r**2
+		    Memr[profile] = dy
+		}
+		j = i
+	    } else {
+		dy = (asieval (asi, r2) - asieval (asi, r1)) /
+		    (4 * r * dx)
+		Memr[profile+i-1] = dy
+	    }
+	}
+	do i = 2, j
+	    Memr[profile+i-1] = (Memr[profile+j] - Memr[profile]) / j *
+		(i - 1) + Memr[profile]
+	do i = k, npmax
+	    Memr[profile+i-1] = Memr[profile+k-2]
+
+	call adivkr (Memr[profile], SF_SCALE(sf)**2, Memr[profile], np)
+	call alimr (Memr[profile], np, SFD_YP1(sfd), SFD_YP2(sfd))
+	asi = SFD_ASI2(sfd)
+	call asifit (asi, Memr[profile], np)
+	SFD_ASI2(sfd) = asi
+	#SF_XP1(sf) = min (j+1, np)
+	SF_XP1(sf) = 1
+	SF_XP2(sf) = min (k-1, np)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# STF_WIDTHS -- Set the widhts.
+
+procedure stf_widths (sf, sfd)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Main data structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star data structure
+
+errchk	stf_radius, stf_dfwhm, stf_fit
+
+begin
+	call stf_radius (sf, sfd, SF_LEVEL(sf), SFD_R(sfd))
+	call stf_dfwhm (sf, sfd)
+	call stf_fit (sf, sfd)
+
+	switch (SF_WCODE(sf)) {
+	case 1:
+	    SFD_W(sfd) = SFD_R(sfd)
+	case 2:
+	    SFD_W(sfd) = SFD_DFWHM(sfd)
+	case 3:
+	    SFD_W(sfd) = SFD_GFWHM(sfd)
+	case 4:
+	    SFD_W(sfd) = SFD_MFWHM(sfd)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# STF_I2R -- Compute radius from sample index.
+
+real procedure stf_i2r (i)
+
+real	i			#I Index
+real	r			#O Radius
+
+begin
+	if (i < 20)
+	    r = 0.05 * i
+	else if (i < 30)
+	    r = 0.1 * i - 1
+	else if (i < 40)
+	    r = 0.2 * i - 4
+	else if (i < 50)
+	    r = 0.5 * i - 16
+	else
+	    r = i - 41
+	return (r)
+end
+
+
+# STF_R2I -- Compute sample index from radius.
+
+real procedure stf_r2i (r)
+
+real	r			#I Radius
+real	i			#O Index
+
+begin
+	if (r < 1)
+	    i = 20 * r
+	else if (r < 2)
+	    i = 10 * (r + 1)
+	else if (r < 4)
+	    i = 5 * (r + 4)
+	else if (r < 9)
+	    i = 2 * (r + 16)
+	else
+	    i = r + 41
+	return (i)
+end
+
+
+# STF_R2N -- Compute number of subsamples from radius.
+
+int procedure stf_r2n (r)
+
+real	r			#I Radius
+int	n			#O Number of subsamples
+
+begin
+	if (r < 1)
+	    n = 20
+	else if (r < 2)
+	    n = 10
+	else if (r < 4)
+	    n = 5
+	else if (r < 9)
+	    n = 2
+	else
+	    n = 1
+	return (n)
+end
+
+
+# STF_MODEL -- Return model value.
+
+procedure stf_model (sf, sfd, r, profile, flux)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Main data structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star data structure
+real	r			#I Radius at level
+real	profile			#I Profile value
+real	flux			#I Enclosed flux value
+
+real	x, x1, x2, r1, r2, dr
+
+begin
+	dr = 0.25 * SF_SCALE(sf)
+	r1 = r - dr
+	r2 = r + dr
+	if (r1 < 0.) {
+	    r1 = dr
+	    r2 = r1 + dr
+	}
+
+	switch (SF_WCODE(sf)) {
+	case 3:
+	    x = r**2 / (2. * SFD_SIGMA(sfd)**2)
+	    if (x < 20.)
+		flux = 1 - exp (-x)
+	    else
+		flux = 0.
+
+	    x1 = r1**2 / (2. * SFD_SIGMA(sfd)**2)
+	    x2 = r2**2 / (2. * SFD_SIGMA(sfd)**2)
+	    if (x2 < 20.) {
+		x1 = 1 - exp (-x1)
+		x2 = 1 - exp (-x2)
+	    } else {
+		x1 = 1.
+		x2 = 1.
+	    }
+	    if (r <= dr) {
+		x1 = x1 / dr ** 2
+		x2 = x2 / (4 * dr ** 2)
+		profile = (x2 - x1) / dr * r + x1
+	    } else {
+		profile = (x2 - x1) / (4 * r * dr)
+	    }
+	default:
+	    x = 1 + (r / SFD_ALPHA(sfd)) ** 2
+	    flux = 1 - x ** (1 - SFD_BETA(sfd))
+
+	    x1 = 1 + (r1 / SFD_ALPHA(sfd)) ** 2
+	    x2 = 1 + (r2 / SFD_ALPHA(sfd)) ** 2
+	    x1 = 1 - x1 ** (1 - SFD_BETA(sfd))
+	    x2 = 1 - x2 ** (1 - SFD_BETA(sfd))
+	    if (r <= dr) {
+		x1 = x1 / dr ** 2
+		x2 = x2 / (4 * dr ** 2)
+		profile = (x2 - x1) / dr * r + x1
+	    } else {
+		profile = (x2 - x1) / (4 * r * dr)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# STF_DFWHM -- Direct FWHM from profile.
+
+procedure stf_dfwhm (sf, sfd)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Main data structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star data structure
+
+int	np
+real	r, rpeak, profile, peak, asieval(), stf_i2r()
+pointer	asi
+
+begin
+	asi = SFD_ASI2(sfd)
+	np = SFD_NP(sfd)
+
+	rpeak = 1.
+	peak = 0.
+	for (r=1.; r <= np; r = r + 0.01) {
+	    profile = asieval (asi, r)
+	    if (profile > peak) {
+		rpeak = r
+		peak = profile
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	peak = peak / 2.
+	for (r=rpeak; r <= np && asieval (asi, r) > peak; r = r + 0.01)
+	    ;
+
+	SFD_DFWHM(sfd) = 2 * stf_i2r (r) * SF_SCALE(sf)
+end
+
+
+# STF_FWHMS -- Measure FWHM vs level.
+
+procedure stf_fwhms (sf, sfd)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Main data structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star data structure
+
+int	i
+real	level, r
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, 19 {
+	    level = i * 0.05
+	    call stf_radius (sf, sfd, level, r)
+	    switch (SF_WCODE(sf)) {
+	    case 3:
+		SFD_FWHM(sfd,i) = 2 * r * sqrt (log (2.) / log (1/(1-level)))
+	    default:
+		r = r / sqrt ((1.-level)**(1./(1.-SFD_BETA(sfd))) - 1.)
+		SFD_FWHM(sfd,i) = 2 * r * sqrt (2.**(1./SFD_BETA(sfd))-1.)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# STF_RADIUS -- Measure the radius at the specified level.
+
+procedure stf_radius (sf, sfd, level, r)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Main data structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star data structure
+real	level			#I Level to measure
+real	r			#O Radius
+
+int	np
+pointer	asi
+real	f, fmax, rmax, asieval(), stf_i2r()
+
+begin
+	np = SFD_NP(sfd)
+	asi = SFD_ASI1(sfd)
+
+	for (r=1; r <= np && asieval (asi, r) < level; r = r + 0.01)
+	    ;
+	if (r > np) {
+	    fmax = 0.
+	    rmax = 0.
+	    for (r=1; r <= np; r = r + 0.01) {
+		f = asieval (asi, r)
+		if (f > fmax) {
+		    fmax = f
+		    rmax = r
+		}
+	    }
+	    r = rmax
+	}
+	r = stf_i2r (r) * SF_SCALE(sf)
+end
+
+
+# STF_FIT -- Fit models to enclosed flux.
+
+procedure stf_fit (sf, sfd)
+
+pointer	sf			#I Main data structure
+pointer	sfd			#I Star data structure
+
+int	i, j, n, np, pfit[2]
+real	beta, z, params[3]
+pointer	asi, nl
+pointer	sp, x, y, w
+
+int	locpr()
+real	asieval(), stf_i2r()
+extern	stf_gauss1(), stf_gauss2(), stf_moffat1(), stf_moffat2()
+errchk	nlinitr, nlfitr
+
+data	pfit/2,3/
+
+begin
+	np = SFD_NP(sfd)
+	asi = SFD_ASI1(sfd)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, np, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, np, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (w, np, TY_REAL)
+
+	n = 0
+	j = 0
+	do i = 1, np {
+	    z = 1. - max (0., asieval (asi, real(i)))
+	    if (n > np/3 && z < 0.5)
+		break
+	    if ((n < np/3 && z > 0.01) || z > 0.5)
+		j = n
+
+	    Memr[x+n] = stf_i2r (real(i)) * SF_SCALE(sf)
+	    Memr[y+n] = z
+	    Memr[w+n] = 1.
+	    n = n + 1
+	}
+
+	# Gaussian.
+	np = 1
+	params[2] = Memr[x+j] / sqrt (2. * log (1./min(0.99,Memr[y+j])))
+	params[1] = 1
+	call nlinitr (nl, locpr (stf_gauss1), locpr (stf_gauss2),
+	    params, params, 2, pfit, np, .001, 100)
+	call nlfitr (nl, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], n, 1, WTS_USER, i)
+	if (i != SINGULAR && i != NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call nlpgetr (nl, params, i)
+	    if (params[2] < 0.)
+		params[2] = Memr[x+j] / sqrt (2. * log (1./min(0.99,Memr[y+j])))
+	}
+	SFD_SIGMA(sfd) = params[2]
+	SFD_GFWHM(sfd) = 2 * SFD_SIGMA(sfd) * sqrt (2. * log (2.))
+
+	# Moffat.
+	if (SF_BETA(sf) < 1.1) {
+	    call nlfreer (nl)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    call error (1, "Cannot measure FWHM - Moffat beta too small")
+	}
+
+	beta = SF_BETA(sf)
+	if (IS_INDEFR(beta)) {
+	    beta = 2.5
+	    np = 2
+	} else {
+	    np = 1
+	}
+	params[3] = 1 - beta
+	params[2] = Memr[x+j] / sqrt (min(0.99,Memr[y+j])**(1./params[3]) - 1.)
+	params[1] = 1
+	call nlinitr (nl, locpr (stf_moffat1), locpr (stf_moffat2),
+	    params, params, 3, pfit, np, .001, 100)
+	call nlfitr (nl, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[w], n, 1, WTS_USER, i)
+	if (i != SINGULAR && i != NO_DEG_FREEDOM) {
+	    call nlpgetr (nl, params, i)
+	    if (params[2] < 0.) {
+		params[3] = 1. - beta
+		params[2] = Memr[x+j] /
+		    sqrt (min(0.99,Memr[y+j])**(1./params[3]) - 1.)
+	    }
+	}
+	SFD_ALPHA(sfd) = params[2]
+	SFD_BETA(sfd) = 1 - params[3]
+	SFD_MFWHM(sfd) = 2 * SFD_ALPHA(sfd) * sqrt (2.**(1./SFD_BETA(sfd))-1.)
+
+	call nlfreer (nl)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# STF_GAUSS1 -- Gaussian function used in NLFIT.  The parameters are the
+# amplitude and sigma and the input variable is the radius.
+
+procedure stf_gauss1 (x, nvars, p, np, z)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+
+real	r2
+
+begin
+	r2 = x[1]**2 / (2 * p[2]**2)
+	if (abs (r2) > 20.)
+	    z = 0.
+	else
+	    z = p[1] * exp (-r2)
+end
+
+
+# STF_GAUSS2 -- Gaussian function and derivatives used in NLFIT.  The parameters
+# are the amplitude and sigma and the input variable is the radius.
+
+procedure stf_gauss2 (x, nvars, p, dp, np, z, der)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+real	dp[np]			#I Dummy array of parameters increments
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+real	der[np]			#O Derivatives
+
+real	r2
+
+begin
+	r2 = x[1]**2 / (2 * p[2]**2)
+	if (abs (r2) > 20.) {
+	    z = 0.
+	    der[1] = 0.
+	    der[2] = 0.
+	} else {
+	    der[1] = exp (-r2)
+	    z = p[1] * der[1]
+	    der[2] = z * 2 * r2 / p[2]
+	}
+end
+
+
+# STF_MOFFAT1 -- Moffat function used in NLFIT.  The parameters are the
+# amplitude, alpha squared, and beta and the input variable is the radius.
+
+procedure stf_moffat1 (x, nvars, p, np, z)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+
+real	y
+
+begin
+	y = 1 + (x[1] / p[2]) ** 2
+	if (abs (y) > 20.)
+	    z = 0.
+	else
+	    z = p[1] * y ** p[3]
+end
+
+
+# STF_MOFFAT2 -- Moffat function and derivatives used in NLFIT.  The
+# parameters are the amplitude, alpha squared, and beta and the input
+# variable is the radius.
+
+procedure stf_moffat2 (x, nvars, p, dp, np, z, der)
+
+real	x[nvars]		#I Input variables
+int	nvars			#I Number of variables
+real	p[np]			#I Parameter vector
+real	dp[np]			#I Dummy array of parameters increments
+int	np			#I Number of parameters
+real	z			#O Function return
+real	der[np]			#O Derivatives
+
+real	y
+
+begin
+	y = 1 + (x[1] / p[2]) ** 2
+	if (abs (y) > 20.) {
+	    z = 0.
+	    der[1] = 0.
+	    der[2] = 0.
+	    der[3] = 0.
+	} else {
+	    der[1] = y ** p[3]
+	    z = p[1] * der[1]
+	    der[2] = -2 * z / y * p[3] / p[2] * (x[1] / p[2]) ** 2
+	    der[3] = z * log (y)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..089e74fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/t_imexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"imexam.h"
+ 
+define	HELP		"iraf$lib/scr/imexamine.key"
+define	PROMPT		"imexamine options"
+define	SZ_IMLIST	512
+
+ 
+# T_IMEXAMINE -- Examine images using image display, graphics, and text output. 
+ 
+procedure t_imexamine ()
+ 
+real	x, y
+pointer	sp, cmd, imname, imlist, gp, ie, im
+int	curtype, key, redraw, mode, nframes, nargs
+ 
+bool	clgetb()
+pointer	gopen(), ie_gimage(), imtopen()
+int	imd_wcsver(), ie_gcur(), ie_getnframes()
+int	btoi(), clgeti(), imtlen()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ie, IE_LEN, TY_STRUCT)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (imlist, SZ_IMLIST, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the imexamine descriptor.
+	call aclri (Memi[ie], IE_LEN)
+
+	# Determine if we will be accessing the image display, and if so,
+	# the maximum number of frames to be accessed.
+
+	IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) = btoi (clgetb ("use_display"))
+	if (IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) == YES) {
+	    if (imd_wcsver() == 0)
+		;
+	    iferr (nframes = ie_getnframes (ie)) {
+		call eprintf ("cannot access display\n")
+		IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) = NO
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get the list of images to be examined, if given on the command
+	# line.  If no images are explicitly listed use the display to
+	# determine the images to be examined.
+
+	nargs = clgeti ("$nargs")
+	if (nargs > 0) {
+	    call clgstr ("input", Memc[imlist], SZ_IMLIST)
+	    IE_LIST(ie) = imtopen (Memc[imlist])
+	    IE_LISTLEN(ie) = imtlen (IE_LIST(ie))
+	    IE_INDEX(ie) = 1
+
+	    if (nargs >= 1) {
+		# Set user specified display frame.
+		IE_DFRAME(ie) = 100 * clgeti ("frame") + 1
+		IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = IE_DFRAME(ie)
+		if (IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) == YES) {
+		    nframes = max (IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100, nframes)
+		    IE_NFRAMES(ie) = nframes
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# If we have to display an image and no frame was specified,
+		# default to frame 1 (should use the current display frame
+		# but we don't have a cursor read yet to tell us what it is).
+
+		IE_DFRAME(ie) = 101
+		IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = 101
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    IE_INDEX(ie) = 1
+	    IE_DFRAME(ie) = 101
+	    IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = 101
+	}
+ 
+	# Set the wcs, logfile and graphics.
+	call clgstr ("wcs", IE_WCSNAME(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	IE_LOGFD(ie) = NULL
+	call clgstr ("logfile", IE_LOGFILE(ie), IE_SZFNAME)
+	if (clgetb ("keeplog"))
+	    iferr (call ie_openlog (ie))
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+
+	call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	gp = gopen (Memc[cmd], NEW_FILE+AW_DEFER, STDGRAPH)
+
+	# Initialize the data structure.
+	IE_IM(ie) = NULL
+	IE_DS(ie) = NULL
+	IE_PP(ie) = NULL
+	IE_MAPFRAME(ie) = 0
+	IE_NFRAMES(ie) = nframes
+	IE_ALLFRAMES(ie) = btoi (clgetb ("allframes"))
+	IE_GTYPE(ie) = NULL
+	IE_XORIGIN(ie) = 0.
+	IE_YORIGIN(ie) = 0.
+
+	# Access the first image.  If an image list was specified and the
+	# display is being used, this will set the display frame to the first
+	# image listed, or display the first image if not already loaded into
+	# the display.
+
+	if (IE_LIST(ie) != NULL)
+	    im = ie_gimage (ie, YES)
+ 
+	# Enter the cursor loop.  The commands are returned by the
+	# IE_GCUR procedure.
+ 
+	x = 1.
+	y = 1.
+	redraw = NO
+	curtype = 'i'
+	mode = NEW_FILE
+
+	while (ie_gcur (ie, curtype, x,y, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+	    # Check to see if the user has changed frames on us while in
+	    # examine-image-list mode.
+
+	    if (IE_USEDISPLAY(ie) == YES && IE_LIST(ie) != NULL &&
+		IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100 != IE_MAPFRAME(ie)/100) {
+		call ie_imname (IE_DS(ie), IE_NEWFRAME(ie), Memc[imname],
+		    SZ_FNAME)
+		call ie_addimage (ie, Memc[imname], imlist)
+	    }
+
+	    # Set workstation state.
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case 'a', 'b', 'd', 'm', 't', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', ',':
+		call gdeactivate (gp, 0)
+	    }
+ 
+	    # Act on the command key.
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case '?':	# Print help
+		call gpagefile (gp, HELP, PROMPT)
+	    case ':':	# Process colon commands
+		call ie_colon (ie, Memc[cmd], gp, redraw)
+		if (redraw == YES) {
+		    x = INDEF
+		    y = INDEF
+		}
+	    case 'f':	# Redraw frame
+		redraw = YES
+		x = INDEF
+		y = INDEF
+	    case 'a':	# Aperture photometry
+		call ie_rimexam (NULL, NULL, ie, x, y)
+	    case ',':	# Aperture photometry
+		call ie_qrimexam (NULL, NULL, ie, x, y)
+
+	    case 'b':	# Print image region coordinates
+		call printf ("%4d %4d %4d %4d\n")
+		    call pargi (IE_IX1(ie))
+		    call pargi (IE_IX2(ie))
+		    call pargi (IE_IY1(ie))
+		    call pargi (IE_IY2(ie))
+
+		if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL) {
+		    call fprintf (IE_LOGFD(ie), "%4d %4d %4d %4d\n")
+			call pargi (IE_IX1(ie))
+			call pargi (IE_IX2(ie))
+			call pargi (IE_IY1(ie))
+			call pargi (IE_IY2(ie))
+		}
+
+	    case 'c','e','h','j','k','s','l','r','u','v','.': # Graphs
+		IE_GTYPE(ie) = key
+		redraw = YES
+
+	    case 'd':	# Load the display.
+		# Query the user for the frame to be loaded, the current
+		# display frame being the default.
+
+		call clgstr ("image", Memc[imname], SZ_FNAME)
+		call clputi ("frame", IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100)
+		IE_DFRAME(ie) = 100 * clgeti ("frame") + 1
+		IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = IE_DFRAME(ie)
+
+		if (IE_LIST(ie) != NULL)
+		    call ie_addimage (ie, Memc[imname], imlist)
+		else
+		    call ie_display (ie, Memc[imname], IE_DFRAME(ie)/100)
+
+	    case 'g':	# Graphics cursor
+		curtype = 'g'
+	    case 'i':	# Image cursor
+		curtype = 'i'
+	    case 'm':	# Image statistics
+		call ie_statistics (ie, x, y)
+
+	    case 'n':	# Next frame
+		if (IE_LIST(ie) != NULL) {
+		    IE_INDEX(ie) = IE_INDEX(ie) + 1
+		    if (IE_INDEX(ie) > IE_LISTLEN(ie))
+			IE_INDEX(ie) = 1
+		} else {
+		    IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = 100 * (IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100 + 1) + 1
+		    if (IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100 > IE_NFRAMES(ie))
+			IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = 101
+		}
+		im = ie_gimage (ie, YES)
+
+	    case 'o':	# Overplot
+		mode = APPEND
+
+	    case 'p':	# Previous frame
+		if (IE_LIST(ie) != NULL) {
+		    IE_INDEX(ie) = IE_INDEX(ie) - 1
+		    if (IE_INDEX(ie) <= 0)
+			IE_INDEX(ie) = IE_LISTLEN(ie)
+		} else {
+		    IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = 100 * (IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100 - 1) + 1
+		    if (IE_NEWFRAME(ie)/100 <= 0)
+			IE_NEWFRAME(ie) = 100 * IE_NFRAMES(ie) + 1
+		}
+		im = ie_gimage (ie, YES)
+
+	    case 'q':	# Quit
+		break
+
+	    case 't':	# Extract a section.
+		call ie_timexam (ie, x, y)
+
+	    case 'w':	# Toggle logfile
+		if (IE_LOGFD(ie) == NULL) {
+		    if (IE_LOGFILE(ie) == EOS)
+			call printf ("No log file defined\n")
+		    else {
+		        iferr (call ie_openlog (ie))
+			    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    call close (IE_LOGFD(ie))
+		    IE_LOGFD(ie) = NULL
+		    call printf ("Logfile %s closed\n")
+			call pargstr (IE_LOGFILE(ie))
+		}
+
+	    case 'x', 'y':	# Positions
+		call ie_pos (ie, x, y, key)
+	    case 'z':	# Print grid
+		call ie_print (ie, x, y)
+	    case 'I':	# Immediate interrupt
+		call fatal (1, "Interrupt")
+	    default:	# Unrecognized command
+		call printf ("\007")
+	    }
+
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case '?', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'm', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', ',':
+		IE_LASTKEY(ie) = key
+	    }
+
+	    # Draw or overplot a graph.
+	    if (redraw == YES) {
+		switch (IE_GTYPE(ie)) {
+		case 'c':	# column plot
+		    call ie_cimexam (gp, mode, ie, x)
+		case 'e':	# contour plot
+		    call ie_eimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+		case 'h':	# histogram plot
+		    call ie_himexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+		case 'j':	# line plot
+		    call ie_jimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y, 1)
+		case 'k':	# line plot
+		    call ie_jimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y, 2)
+		case 'l':	# line plot
+		    call ie_limexam (gp, mode, ie, y)
+		case 'r':	# radial profile plot
+		    call ie_rimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+		case 's':	# surface plot
+		    call ie_simexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+		case 'u', 'v':	# vector cut plot
+		    call ie_vimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y, IE_GTYPE(ie))
+		case '.':	# radial profile plot
+		    call ie_qrimexam (gp, mode, ie, x, y)
+		}
+		redraw = NO
+		mode = NEW_FILE
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Finish up.
+	call gclose (gp)
+	if (IE_IM(ie) != NULL && IE_IM(ie) != IE_DS(ie))
+	    call imunmap (IE_IM(ie))
+	if (IE_MW(ie) != NULL)
+	    call mw_close (IE_MW(ie))
+	if (IE_PP(ie) != NULL)
+	    call clcpset (IE_PP(ie))
+	if (IE_DS(ie) != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (IE_DS(ie))
+	if (IE_LOGFD(ie) != NULL)
+	    call close (IE_LOGFD(ie))
+	if (IE_LIST(ie) != NULL)
+	    call imtclose (IE_LIST(ie))
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IE_ADDIMAGE -- Add an image to the image list if not already present in
+# the list, and display the image.
+
+procedure ie_addimage (ie, image, imlist)
+
+pointer	ie			#I imexamine descriptor
+char	image[ARB]		#I image name
+pointer	imlist			#I image list
+
+int	i
+bool	inlist
+pointer	im, sp, lname
+pointer	ie_gimage(), imtopen()
+int	imtrgetim(), imtlen()
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Is image already in list?
+	inlist = false
+	do i = 1, IE_LISTLEN(ie) {
+	    if (imtrgetim (IE_LIST(ie), i, Memc[lname], SZ_FNAME) > 0)
+		if (streq (Memc[lname], image)) {
+		    inlist = true
+		    IE_INDEX(ie) = i
+		    break
+		}
+	}
+
+	# Add to list if missing.
+	if (!inlist) {
+	    call strcat (",", Memc[imlist], SZ_IMLIST)
+	    call strcat (image, Memc[imlist], SZ_IMLIST)
+	    call imtclose (IE_LIST(ie))
+	    IE_LIST(ie) = imtopen (Memc[imlist])
+	    IE_LISTLEN(ie) = imtlen (IE_LIST(ie))
+	    IE_INDEX(ie) = IE_LISTLEN(ie)
+	}
+
+	# Display the image.
+	im = ie_gimage (ie, YES)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/x_imexam.x b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/x_imexam.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..100a6756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/imexamine/x_imexam.x
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+task	imexamine = t_imexamine
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/jimexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/jimexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96acb75a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/jimexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"wcslabel",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Pixel Value",,,"Y-axis label"
+
+naverage,i,h,5,1,,"Number of liness or columns to average"
+center,b,h,yes,,,"Solve for center?"
+background,b,h,yes,,,"Solve for background?"
+sigma,r,h,1.,0.1,,"Initial sigma (pixels)"
+width,r,h,10.,1.,,Background width (pixels)
+xorder,i,h,0,0,2,Background terms to fit (0=median)
+
+rplot,r,h,10.,1.,,"Plotting radius (pixels)"
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+pointmode,b,h,yes,,,plot points instead of lines?
+marker,s,h,"plus",,,point marker character?
+szmarker,r,h,1.,,,marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,log scale x-axis
+logy,b,h,no,,,log scale y-axis
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/kimexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/kimexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96acb75a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/kimexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"wcslabel",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Pixel Value",,,"Y-axis label"
+
+naverage,i,h,5,1,,"Number of liness or columns to average"
+center,b,h,yes,,,"Solve for center?"
+background,b,h,yes,,,"Solve for background?"
+sigma,r,h,1.,0.1,,"Initial sigma (pixels)"
+width,r,h,10.,1.,,Background width (pixels)
+xorder,i,h,0,0,2,Background terms to fit (0=median)
+
+rplot,r,h,10.,1.,,"Plotting radius (pixels)"
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+pointmode,b,h,yes,,,plot points instead of lines?
+marker,s,h,"plus",,,point marker character?
+szmarker,r,h,1.,,,marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,log scale x-axis
+logy,b,h,no,,,log scale y-axis
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/limexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/limexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdec3493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/limexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"wcslabel",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Pixel Value",,,"Y-axis label"
+
+naverage,i,h,1,,,Number of lines to average
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+pointmode,b,h,no,,,plot points instead of lines?
+marker,s,h,"plus",,,point marker character?
+szmarker,r,h,1.,,,marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,log scale x-axis
+logy,b,h,no,,,log scale y-axis
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ad9be17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# TV package.
+
+$call	relink
+$exit
+
+update:
+	$ifeq (USE_IIS, yes) @iis $endif
+	$call relink
+	$call install
+	;
+
+relink:
+	$set   LIBS1 = "-liminterp -lncar -lgks -lds -lxtools"
+	$set   LIBS2 = "-lgsurfit -lnlfit -lcurfit -lllsq -liminterp"
+	$checkout libds.a lib$
+	$update libds.a
+	$checkin  libds.a lib$
+	$update libpkg.a
+	$omake	x_tv.x
+	$link	x_tv.o libpkg.a $(LIBS1) $(LIBS2) -o xx_tv.e
+	;
+
+install:
+	$move xx_tv.e bin$x_tv.e
+	;
+
+libds.a:
+	@display
+	@wcslab
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@imedit
+	@imexamine
+	@tvmark
+	@wcslab
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/rimexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/rimexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2dddf15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/rimexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"Radius",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Pixel Value",,,"Y-axis label"
+fitplot,b,h,yes,,,"Overplot profile fit?"
+fittype,s,h,"moffat","gaussian|moffat",,"Profile type to fit"
+
+center,b,h,yes,,,"Center object in aperture?"
+background,b,h,yes,,,"Fit and subtract background?"
+radius,r,h,5.,1.,,"Object radius"
+buffer,r,h,5.,0.,,Background buffer width
+width,r,h,5.,1.,,Background width
+iterations,i,h,3,1,,"Number of radius adjustment iterations"
+xorder,i,h,0,0,,Background x order
+yorder,i,h,0,0,,Background y order
+magzero,r,h,25.,,,Magnitude zero point
+beta,r,h,INDEF,,,Moffat beta parameter
+
+rplot,r,h,8.,1.,,"Plotting radius"
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+pointmode,b,h,yes,,,plot points instead of lines?
+marker,s,h,"plus",,,point marker character?
+szmarker,r,h,1.,,,marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,log scale x-axis
+logy,b,h,no,,,log scale y-axis
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/simexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/simexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ccdde3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/simexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+axes,b,h,yes,,,Draw axes?
+
+ncolumns,i,h,21,2,,"Number of columns"
+nlines,i,h,21,2,,"Number of lines"
+angh,r,h, -33.,,,Horizontal viewing angle (degrees)
+angv,r,h,25.,,,Vertical viewing angle (degrees)
+floor,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum value to be plotted
+ceiling,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum value to be plotted
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tv.cl b/pkg/images/tv/tv.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b136fff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tv.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#{ TV -- Image Display Control package.
+
+set	tv		= "images$tv/"
+set	iis		= "tv$iis/"
+
+package	tv
+
+set	imedit_help	= "tv$imedit/imedit.key"
+
+# Tasks.
+
+task	_dcontrol,
+	display,
+	imedit,
+	imexamine,
+	tvmark,
+	wcslab		= "tv$x_tv.e"
+
+task	bpmedit		= "tv$imedit/bpmedit.cl"
+
+# Sub-packages.
+
+task	iis.pkg		= "iis$iis.cl"
+
+# Imexamine psets.
+
+task    cimexam = tv$cimexam.par;    hidetask cimexam
+task    eimexam = tv$eimexam.par;    hidetask eimexam
+task    himexam = tv$himexam.par;    hidetask himexam
+task    jimexam = tv$jimexam.par;    hidetask jimexam
+task    kimexam = tv$kimexam.par;    hidetask kimexam
+task    limexam = tv$limexam.par;    hidetask limexam
+task    rimexam = tv$rimexam.par;    hidetask rimexam
+task    simexam = tv$simexam.par;    hidetask simexam
+task    vimexam = tv$vimexam.par;    hidetask vimexam
+
+# Wcslab psets.
+
+task    wcspars = tv$wcspars.par;    hidetask wcspars
+task     wlpars = tv$wlpars.par;     hidetask wlpars
+
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tv.hd b/pkg/images/tv/tv.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d04a92f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tv.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Help directory for the TV package
+
+$doc		= "images$tv/doc/"
+$display	= "images$tv/display/"
+$imedit		= "images$tv/imedit/"
+$imexamine	= "images$tv/imexamine/"
+$tvmark		= "images$tv/tvmark/"
+$wcslab		= "images$tv/wcslab/"
+$iis		= "images$tv/iis/"
+
+_dcontrol	hlp=doc$dcontrol.hlp,		sys=..
+bpmedit		hlp=doc$bpmedit.hlp,		src=imedit$bpmedit.cl
+display		hlp=doc$display.hlp,		src=display$t_display.x
+imedit		hlp=doc$imedit.hlp,		src=imedit$t_imedit.x
+imexamine	hlp=doc$imexamine.hlp,		src=imexamine$t_imexam.x
+tvmark		hlp=doc$tvmark.hlp,		src=tvmark$t_tvmark.x
+wcslab		hlp=doc$wcslab.hlp,		src=wcslab$t_wcslab.x
+revisions	sys=Revisions
+
+iis		men=iis$iis.men,
+		hlp=..,
+		src=iis$iis.cl,
+		pkg=iis$iis.hd
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tv.men b/pkg/images/tv/tv.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3485447f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tv.men
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+        bpmedit - examine and edit bad pixel masks associated with images
+	display - Load an image or image section into the display
+	    iis - IIS image display control package
+         imedit - Examine and edit pixels in images
+      imexamine - Examine images using image display, graphics, and text
+	 tvmark - Mark objects on the image display
+         wcslab - Overlay a displayed image with a world coordinate grid 
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tv.par b/pkg/images/tv/tv.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db706f09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tv.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Apr91"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark.par b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28d69fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark.par
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# TVMARK
+
+frame,i,a,1,,,Default frame number for display
+coords,f,a,,,,Input coordinate list
+logfile,f,h,"",,,Output log file
+autolog,b,h,no,,,Automatically log each marking command
+outimage,f,h,"",,,Output snapped image
+deletions,f,h,"",,,Output coordinate deletions list 
+commands,*imcur,h,"",,,"Image cursor: [x y wcs] key [cmd]"
+mark,s,h,"point","point|circle|rectangle|line|plus|cross|none",,The mark type
+radii,s,h,"0",,,Radii in image pixels of concentric circles
+lengths,s,h,"0",,,Lengths and width in image pixels of concentric rectangles
+font,s,h,"raster",,,Default font
+color,i,h,255,,,Gray level of marks to be drawn
+label,b,h,no,,,Label the marked coordinates
+number,b,h,no,,,Number the marked coordinates
+nxoffset,i,h,0,,,X offset in display pixels of number
+nyoffset,i,h,0,,,Y offset in display pixels of number
+pointsize,i,h,3,,,Size of mark type point in display pixels
+txsize,i,h,1,,,Size of text and numbers in font units
+tolerance,r,h,1.5,,,Tolerance for deleting coordinates in image pixels
+interactive,b,h,no,,,Mode of use
+mode,s,h,'ql'
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/asciilook.inc b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/asciilook.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68974d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/asciilook.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+data	(asciilook[i], i=1,7)     / 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=8,14)    / 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=15,21)   / 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=22,28)   / 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=29,35)   / 449, 449, 449, 449, 001, 008, 015 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=36,42)   / 022, 029, 036, 043, 050, 057, 064 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=43,49)   / 071, 078, 085, 092, 099, 106, 113 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=50,56)   / 120, 127, 134, 141, 148, 155, 162 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=57,63)   / 169, 176, 183, 190, 197, 204, 211 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=64,70)   / 218, 225, 232, 239, 246, 253, 260 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=71,77)   / 267, 274, 281, 288, 295, 302, 309 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=78,84)   / 316, 323, 330, 337, 344, 351, 358 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=85,91)   / 365, 372, 379, 386, 393, 400, 407 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=92,98)   / 414, 421, 428, 435, 442, 449, 232 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=99,105)  / 239, 246, 253, 260, 267, 274, 281 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=106,112) / 288, 295, 302, 309, 316, 323, 330 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=113,119) / 337, 344, 351, 358, 365, 372, 379 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=120,126) / 386, 393, 400, 407, 449, 449, 449 /
+data	(asciilook[i], i=127,128) / 449, 449/
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkbmark.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkbmark.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ece5d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkbmark.x
@@ -0,0 +1,561 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+# MK_BMARK -- Procedure to mark symbols in the frame buffer given a coordinate
+# list and a mark type.
+
+procedure mk_bmark (mk, im, iw, cl, ltid, fnt)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# frame image descriptor
+pointer iw		# pointer to the wcs structure
+int	cl		# coordinate file descriptor
+int	ltid		# current number in the list
+int	fnt		# font file descriptor
+
+int	ncols, nlines, nr, nc, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	sp, str, lengths, radii, label
+real	x, y, fx, fy, ofx, ofy, xmag, ymag, lmax, lratio, rmax, ratio
+int	fscan(), nscan(), mk_stati(), itoc()
+int	mk_plimits(), mk_llimits(), mk_rlimits(), mk_climits()
+pointer	mk_statp()
+real	mk_statr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (label, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Get the magnification factors.
+	call mk_mag (im, iw, xmag, ymag)
+
+	# Define the rectangles in terms of device coordinates.
+	if (mk_stati (mk, MKTYPE) == MK_RECTANGLE) {
+	    nr = mk_stati (mk, NRECTANGLES)
+	    call salloc (lengths, nr, TY_REAL) 
+	    if (xmag <= 0.0) {
+	        lmax = 0.0
+	        call amovkr (0.0, Memr[lengths], nr)
+	    } else {
+	        call adivkr (Memr[mk_statp(mk,RLENGTHS)], xmag, Memr[lengths],
+		    nr)
+	        lmax = Memr[lengths+nr-1] 
+	    }
+	    if (ymag <= 0.)
+	        lratio = 0.0
+	    else
+	        lratio = mk_statr (mk, RATIO) * xmag / ymag
+	}
+
+	# Define the circles in terms of device coordinates.
+	if (mk_stati (mk, MKTYPE) == MK_CIRCLE) {
+	    nc = mk_stati (mk, NCIRCLES)
+	    call salloc (radii, nc, TY_REAL)
+	    if (xmag <= 0) {
+	        rmax = 0.0
+	        call amovkr (0.0, Memr[radii], nc)
+	    } else {
+	        call adivkr (Memr[mk_statp(mk,RADII)], xmag, Memr[radii], nc)
+	        rmax = Memr[radii+nc-1]
+	    }
+	    if (ymag <= 0.0)
+	        ratio = 0.0
+	    else
+	        ratio = xmag / ymag
+	}
+
+	# Run through the coordinate list sequentially plotting the
+	# points, circles or rectangles. Speed it up later by reading
+	# all the points in first, sorting and accessing the frame
+	# buffer sequentially instead of randomly.
+
+	ofx = INDEFR
+	ofy = INDEFR
+	while (fscan (cl) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Get the x and y coords (possibly add an id number later).
+	    call gargr (x)
+	    call gargr (y)
+	    if (nscan() < 2)
+		next
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y))
+		next
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[label], SZ_LINE)
+	    call iw_im2fb (iw, x, y, fx, fy)
+
+	    switch (mk_stati (mk, MKTYPE)) {
+
+	    case MK_POINT:
+		if (mk_plimits (fx, fy, mk_stati (mk, SZPOINT),
+		    ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2) == YES)
+		    call mk_drawpt (im, x1, x2, y1, y2, mk_stati (mk,
+		        GRAYLEVEL))
+
+	    case MK_LINE:
+		if (! IS_INDEFR(ofx) && ! IS_INDEFR(ofy)) {
+		    if (mk_llimits (ofx, ofy, fx, fy, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+			y1, y2) == YES)
+		        call mk_drawline (im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2,
+		            mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+		}
+
+	    case MK_RECTANGLE:
+		if (mk_rlimits (fx, fy, lmax, lratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+		    y1, y2) == YES) {
+		    call mk_drawbox (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, Memr[lengths],
+		        lratio, nr, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+		}
+
+	    case MK_CIRCLE:
+		if (mk_climits (fx, fy, rmax, ratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+		    y1, y2) == YES) {
+		    call mk_drawcircles  (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2,
+		        Memr[radii], ratio, nc, mk_stati (mk,
+			GRAYLEVEL))
+	            call imflush (im)
+		}
+
+	    case MK_PLUS:
+		call mk_textim (im, "+", nint (fx), nint (fy), mk_stati (mk,
+		    SIZE), mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL), YES)
+	        call imflush (im)
+
+	    case MK_CROSS:
+		call mk_textim (im, "x", nint (fx), nint (fy), mk_stati (mk,
+		    SIZE), mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL), YES)
+	        call imflush (im)
+
+	    default:
+	    }
+
+	    # Number the text file.
+	    ltid = ltid + 1
+	    if (mk_stati (mk, LABEL) == YES) {
+		if (Memc[label] != EOS) {
+		    call mk_textim (im, Memc[label], nint (fx) +
+		        mk_stati(mk, NXOFFSET), nint (fy) + mk_stati (mk,
+			NYOFFSET), mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, SIZE),
+			mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL), NO)
+		    call imflush (im)
+		}
+	    } else if (mk_stati (mk, NUMBER) == YES) {
+		if (itoc (ltid, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) > 0) {
+		    call mk_textim (im, Memc[str], nint (fx) +
+		        mk_stati(mk, NXOFFSET), nint (fy) + mk_stati (mk,
+			NYOFFSET), mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, SIZE),
+			mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL), NO)
+		    call imflush (im)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    ofx = fx
+	    ofy = fy
+	}
+
+	call imflush (im)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MK_DRAWPT -- Procedure to draw a  point into the frame buffer.
+
+procedure mk_drawpt (im, x1, x2, y1, y2, graylevel)
+
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame image
+int	x1, x2		# column limits
+int	y1, y2		# line limits
+int	graylevel	# color of dot to be marked
+
+int	i, npix
+pointer	vp
+pointer	imps2s()
+
+begin
+	npix = (x2 - x1 + 1) * (y2 - y1 + 1)
+	vp = imps2s (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    Mems[vp+i-1] = graylevel
+end
+
+
+# MK_PLIMITS -- Compute the extent of a dot.
+
+int procedure mk_plimits (fx, fy, szdot, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+real	fx, fy		# frame buffer coordinates of point
+int	szdot		# size of a dot
+int	ncols, nlines	# dimensions of the frame buffer
+int	x1, x2		# column limits
+int	y1, y2		# line limits
+
+begin
+	x1 = nint (fx) - szdot
+	x2 = x1 + 2 * szdot
+	if (x1 > ncols || x2 < 1)
+	    return (NO)
+	x1 = max (1, min (ncols, x1))
+	x2 = min (ncols, max (1, x2))
+
+	y1 = nint (fy) - szdot
+	y2 = y1 + 2 * szdot 
+	if (y1 > nlines || y2 < 1)
+	    return (NO)
+	y1 = max (1, min (nlines, y1))
+	y2 = min (nlines, max (1, y2))
+
+	return (YES)
+end
+
+
+# MK_DRAWLINE -- Procedure to draw lines.
+
+procedure mk_drawline (im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, graylevel)
+
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer image
+real	ofx, ofy	# previous coordinates
+real	fx, fy		# current coordinates
+int	x1, x2		# column limits
+int	y1, y2		# line limits
+int	graylevel	# picture gray level
+
+int	i, j, ix1, ix2, npix, itemp
+pointer	vp
+real	m, b
+pointer	imps2s()
+
+begin
+	# Compute the slope and intercept.
+	if (x2 == x1) {
+	    vp = imps2s (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	    npix = y2 - y1 + 1
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Mems[vp+i-1] = graylevel
+	} else if (y2 == y1) {
+	    vp = imps2s (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	    npix = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Mems[vp+i-1] = graylevel
+	} else {
+	    m = (fy - ofy ) / (fx - ofx)
+	    b = ofy - m * ofx
+	    #if (m > 0.0)
+		#b = y1 - m * x1
+	    #else
+		#b = y2 - m * x1
+	    do i = y1, y2 {
+		if (i == y1) {
+		    ix1 = nint ((i - b) / m)
+		    ix2 = nint ((i + 0.5 - b) / m)
+		} else if (i == y2) {
+		    ix1 = nint ((i - 0.5 - b) / m)
+		    ix2 = nint ((i - b) / m)
+		} else {
+		    ix1 = nint ((i - 0.5 - b) / m)
+		    ix2 = nint ((i + 0.5 - b) / m)
+		}
+		itemp = min (ix1, ix2)
+		ix2 = max (ix1, ix2)
+		ix1 = itemp
+		if (ix1 < x1 || ix2 > x2)
+		    next
+	        vp = imps2s (im, ix1, ix2, i, i)
+		npix = ix2 - ix1 + 1
+		do j = 1, npix
+		    Mems[vp+j-1] = graylevel
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_LLIMITS -- Compute the limits of a line segment.
+
+int procedure mk_llimits (ofx, ofy, fx, fy, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+real	ofx, ofy	# previous coordinates
+real	fx, fy		# current coordinates
+int	ncols, nlines	# number of lines
+int	x1, x2		# column limits
+int	y1, y2		# line limits
+
+begin
+	x1 = nint (min (ofx, fx))
+	x2 = nint (max (ofx, fx))
+	if (x2 < 1 || x1 > ncols)
+	    return (NO)
+	x1 = max (1, min (ncols, x1))
+	x2 = min (ncols, max (1, x2))
+
+	y1 = nint (min (ofy, fy))
+	y2 = nint (max (ofy, fy))
+	if (y2 < 1 || y1 > nlines)
+	    return (NO)
+	y1 = max (1, min (nlines, y1))
+	y2 = min (nlines, max (1, y2))
+
+	return (YES)
+end
+
+
+# MK_DRAWCIRCLES -- Draw concentric circles around a point.
+
+procedure mk_drawcircles (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, cradii, ratio, ncircles,
+	graylevel)
+
+pointer	im			# pointer to frame buffer image
+real	fx, fy			# center of circle
+int	x1, x2			# column limits
+int	y1, y2			# line limits
+real	cradii[ARB]		# sorted list of radii
+real	ratio			# ratio of the magnifications
+int	ncircles		# number of circles
+int	graylevel		# gray level for marking
+
+int	i, j, k, ix1, ix2, npix
+pointer	ovp
+real	dy2, dym, dyp, r2, dx1, dx2
+pointer	imps2s()
+
+begin
+	if (ratio <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	npix = x2 - x1 + 1
+
+	do i = y1, y2 {
+
+	    dy2 = (i - fy) ** 2
+	    if (i >= fy) {
+	        dym = ((i - .5 - fy) / ratio) ** 2
+	        dyp = ((i + .5 - fy) / ratio) ** 2
+	    } else {
+	        dyp = ((i - .5 - fy) / ratio) ** 2
+	        dym = ((i + .5 - fy) / ratio) ** 2
+	    }
+
+	    do j = 1, ncircles {
+
+		r2 = cradii[j] ** 2
+		if (r2 < dym )
+		    next
+
+		dx1 = r2 - dym
+		if (dx1 >= 0.0)
+		    dx1 = sqrt (dx1)
+		else
+		    dx1 = 0.0
+		dx2 = r2 - dyp
+		if (dx2 >= 0.0)
+		    dx2 = sqrt (dx2)
+		else
+		    dx2 = 0.0
+
+		ix1 = nint (fx - dx1)
+		ix2 = nint (fx - dx2)
+		if (ix1 <= IM_LEN(im,1) && ix2 >= 1) {
+		    ix1 = max (1, ix1)
+		    ix2 = min (ix2, IM_LEN(im,1))
+		    ovp = imps2s (im, ix1, ix2, i, i)
+		    do k = 1, ix2 - ix1 + 1
+		        Mems[ovp+k-1] = graylevel
+		}
+
+		ix1 = nint (fx + dx1)
+		ix2 = nint (fx + dx2)
+		if (ix2 <= IM_LEN(im,1) && ix1 >= 1) {
+		    ix2 = max (1, ix2)
+		    ix1 = min (ix1, IM_LEN(im,1))
+		    ovp = imps2s (im, ix2, ix1, i, i)
+		    do k = 1, ix2 - ix1 + 1
+		        Mems[ovp+k-1] = graylevel
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+end
+
+
+# MK_CLIMITS -- Compute the extent of a circle.
+
+int procedure mk_climits (fx, fy, rmax, ratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+real	fx, fy			# center of rectangle
+real	rmax			# maximum half length of box
+real	ratio			# ratio of the magnifications
+int	ncols, nlines		# dimension of the image
+int	x1, x2			# column limits
+int	y1, y2			# line limits
+
+begin
+	x1 = nint (fx - rmax)
+	x2 = nint (fx + rmax)
+	if (x1 > ncols || x2 < 1)
+	    return (NO)
+	x1 = max (1, min (ncols, x1))
+	x2 = min (ncols, max (1, x2))
+
+	y1 = nint (fy - rmax * ratio)
+	y2 = nint (fy + rmax * ratio)
+	if (y1 > nlines || y2 < 1)
+	    return (NO)
+	y1 = max (1, min (nlines, y1))
+	y2 = min (nlines, max (1, y2))
+
+	return (YES)
+end
+
+
+# MK_DRAWBOX -- Procedure to draw a box into the frame buffer.
+
+procedure mk_drawbox (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, length, ratio, nbox,
+	graylevel)
+
+pointer	im			# pointer to frame buffer image
+real	fx, fy			# center of rectangle
+int	x1, x2			# column limits
+int	y1, y2			# line limits
+real	length[ARB]		# list of rectangle lengths
+real	ratio			# ratio of width/length
+int	nbox			# number of boxes
+int	graylevel		# value of graylevel
+
+int	i, j, k, npix, ydist, bdist, ix1, ix2
+pointer	ovp
+real	hlength
+pointer	imps2s()
+
+begin
+	if (x1 == x2) {
+	    ovp = imps2s (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	    npix = y2 - y1 + 1
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Mems[ovp+i-1] = graylevel
+	} else if (y1 == y2) {
+	    ovp = imps2s (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	    npix = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    do i = 1, npix
+		Mems[ovp+i-1] = graylevel
+	} else {
+	    npix = x2 - x1 + 1
+	    do i = y1, y2 {
+		ydist = nint (abs (i - fy))
+		do j = 1, nbox {
+		    hlength = length[j] / 2.0
+		    bdist = nint (hlength * ratio)
+		    if (ydist > bdist)
+			next
+		    ix1 = max (x1, nint (fx - hlength))
+		    ix2 = min (x2, nint (fx + hlength))
+		    if (ix1 < 1 || ix1 > IM_LEN(im,1) || ix2 < 1 ||
+		        ix2 > IM_LEN(im,1))
+			next
+		    if (ydist == bdist) {
+			ovp = imps2s (im, ix1, ix2, i, i)
+			do k = 1, ix2 - ix1 + 1
+			    Mems[ovp+k-1] = graylevel
+		    } else {
+			ovp = imps2s (im, ix1, ix1, i, i)
+			Mems[ovp] = graylevel
+			ovp = imps2s (im, ix2, ix2, i, i)
+			Mems[ovp] = graylevel
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_RLIMITS -- Compute the extent of a rectangle.
+
+int procedure mk_rlimits (fx, fy, lmax, lratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+real	fx, fy			# center of rectangle
+real	lmax			# maximum half length of box
+real	lratio			# ratio of width to length
+int	ncols, nlines		# dimension of the image
+int	x1, x2			# column limits
+int	y1, y2			# line limits
+
+real	hlmax, wmax
+
+begin
+	hlmax = lmax / 2.0
+	wmax = lmax * lratio
+
+	x1 = nint (fx - hlmax)
+	x2 = nint (fx + hlmax)
+	if (x1 > ncols || x2 < 1)
+	    return (NO)
+	x1 = max (1, min (ncols, x1))
+	x2 = min (ncols, max (1, x2))
+
+	y1 = fy - wmax
+	y2 = fy + wmax
+	if (y1 > nlines || y2 < 1)
+	    return (NO)
+	y1 = max (1, min (nlines, y1))
+	y2 = min (nlines, max (1, y2))
+
+	return (YES)
+end
+
+
+# MK_PBOX -- Plot a box
+
+procedure mk_pbox (im, x1, x2, y1, y2, graylevel)
+
+pointer	im			# pointer to the image
+int	x1, x2			# column limits
+int	y1, y2			# line limits
+int	graylevel		# line value
+
+int	i, j, npix
+pointer	ovp
+pointer	imps2s()
+
+begin
+	do i = y1, y2 {
+	    if (i == y1) {
+		npix = x2 - x1 + 1
+		ovp = imps2s (im, x1, x2, i, i)
+		do j = 1, npix
+		    Mems[ovp+j-1] = graylevel
+	    } else if (i == y2) {
+		npix = x2 - x1 + 1
+		ovp = imps2s (im, x1, x2, i, i)
+		do j = 1, npix
+		    Mems[ovp+j-1] = graylevel
+	    } else {
+		ovp = imps2s (im, x1, x1, i, i)
+		Mems[ovp] = graylevel
+		ovp = imps2s (im, x2, x2, i, i)
+		Mems[ovp] = graylevel
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_BLIMITS -- Procedure to compute the boundary limits for drawing
+# a box.
+
+procedure mk_blimits (ofx, ofy, fx, fy, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+real	ofx, ofy		# first point
+real	fx, fy			# second point
+int	ncols, nlines		# dimensions of the image
+int	x1, x2			# column limits
+int	y1, y2			# line limits
+
+begin
+    	x1 = nint (min (ofx, fx))
+	x1 = max (1, min (x1, ncols))
+    	x2 = nint (max (ofx, fx))
+	x2 = min (ncols, max (x2, 1))
+
+    	y1 = nint (min (ofy, fy))
+	y1 = max (1, min (y1, nlines))
+    	y2 = nint (max (ofy, fy))
+	y2 = min (nlines, max (y2, 1))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkcolon.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkcolon.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4dfe01a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkcolon.x
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+# MK_COLON -- Procedure to process immark colon commands.
+
+procedure mk_colon (mk, cmdstr, im, iw, sim, log, cl, ltid, dl)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the immark structure
+char	cmdstr[ARB]	# command string
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer
+pointer	iw		# pointer to the wcs information
+pointer	sim		# pointer to a scratch image
+int	log		# log file descriptor
+int	cl		# coords file descriptor
+int	ltid		# coords file sequence number
+int	dl		# deletions file descriptor
+
+bool	bval
+real	rval
+pointer	sp, cmd, str, outim, deletions, ext
+int	ncmd, mark, font, ival, ip, nchars, wcs_status
+
+real	mk_statr()
+bool	itob(), streq()
+pointer	immap(), imd_mapframe(), iw_open()
+int	open(), strdic(), nscan(), mk_stati(), btoi(), ctowrd()
+errchk	imd_mapframe(), iw_open(), immap(), imunmap(), open()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (deletions, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ext, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the command.
+	ip = 1
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, MKCMDS)
+	switch (ncmd) {
+	case MKCMD_IMAGE:
+
+	case MKCMD_OUTIMAGE:
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		nchars = ctowrd (Memc[cmd], ip, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		call mk_sets (mk, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str])
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_DELETIONS:
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, DELETIONS, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_DELETIONS)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		nchars = ctowrd (Memc[cmd], ip, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		call mk_sets (mk, DELETIONS, Memc[str])
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_SNAP:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call mk_stats (mk, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (Memc[str] == EOS)
+		    call mk_stats (mk, IMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+		call mk_imname (Memc[str], "", "snap", Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+	    }
+
+	    iferr {
+		outim = immap (Memc[cmd], NEW_COPY, im)
+		call printf ("Creating image: %s - ")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+		call mk_imcopy (im, outim)
+		call imunmap (outim)
+	    } then {
+		call printf ("\n")
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+	    } else {
+		call printf ("done\n")
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_COORDS:
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, COORDS, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_COORDS)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		nchars = ctowrd (Memc[cmd], ip, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		if (cl != NULL) {
+		    call close( cl)
+		    call close (dl)
+		    cl = NULL
+		    dl = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    if (Memc[str] != EOS) {
+		        iferr (cl = open (Memc[str], READ_WRITE, TEXT_FILE)) {
+			    cl = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+			    call close (cl)
+			    cl = open (Memc[str], READ_WRITE, TEXT_FILE)
+			    call mk_stats (mk, DELETIONS, Memc[ext], SZ_FNAME)
+			    call sprintf (Memc[deletions], SZ_FNAME, "%s.%s")
+				call pargstr (Memc[str])
+			    if (Memc[ext] == EOS)
+				call pargstr ("del")
+			    else
+				call pargstr (Memc[ext])
+			}
+		    }
+		} then {
+		    cl = NULL
+		    dl = NULL
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    call mk_sets (mk, COORDS, "")
+		} else {
+		    call mk_sets (mk, COORDS, Memc[str])
+		}
+		ltid = 0
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_LOGFILE:
+	    call gargstr (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, LOGFILE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS || streq (Memc[cmd], Memc[str])) {
+		call printf ("%s:  %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_LOGFILE)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    } else {
+		nchars = ctowrd (Memc[cmd], ip, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		if (log != NULL) {
+		    call close (log)
+		    log = NULL
+		}
+		iferr {
+		    if (Memc[str] != EOS)
+		        log = open (Memc[str], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		} then {
+		    log = NULL
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    call mk_sets (mk, LOGFILE, "")
+		    call printf ("Log file is undefined.\n")
+		} else
+		    call mk_sets (mk, LOGFILE, Memc[str])
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_AUTOLOG:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_AUTOLOG)
+		    call pargb (itob (mk_stati (mk, AUTOLOG)))
+	    } else
+		call mk_seti (mk, AUTOLOG, btoi (bval))
+
+	case MKCMD_FRAME:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_FRAME)
+		    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, FRAME))
+	    } else if (ival != mk_stati (mk, FRAME)) {
+		call iw_close (iw)
+		call imunmap (im)
+		iferr {
+		    im = imd_mapframe (ival, READ_WRITE, YES)
+		    iw = iw_open (im, ival, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, wcs_status)
+		    call mk_sets (mk, IMAGE, Memc[str])
+		} then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    im = imd_mapframe (mk_stati(mk,FRAME), READ_WRITE, YES)
+		    iw = iw_open (im, mk_stati(mk,FRAME),
+			Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, wcs_status)
+		    call mk_sets (mk, IMAGE, Memc[str])
+		} else 
+		    call mk_seti (mk, FRAME, ival)
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_FONT:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call mk_stats (mk, FONT, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	        call printf ("%s = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_FONT)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    } else {
+		font = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, MKFONTLIST)
+		if (font > 0)
+		    call mk_sets (mk, FONT, Memc[cmd])
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_LABEL:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_LABEL)
+		    call pargb (itob (mk_stati (mk, LABEL)))
+	    } else
+		call mk_seti (mk, LABEL, btoi (bval))
+
+	case MKCMD_NUMBER:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_NUMBER)
+		    call pargb (itob (mk_stati (mk, NUMBER)))
+	    } else
+		call mk_seti (mk, NUMBER, btoi (bval))
+
+	case MKCMD_NXOFFSET:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_NXOFFSET)
+		    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, NXOFFSET))
+	    } else
+		call mk_seti (mk, NXOFFSET, ival)
+
+	case MKCMD_NYOFFSET:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_NYOFFSET)
+		    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, NYOFFSET))
+	    } else
+		call mk_seti (mk, NYOFFSET, ival)
+
+	case MKCMD_GRAYLEVEL:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_GRAYLEVEL)
+		    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	    } else
+		call mk_seti (mk, GRAYLEVEL, ival)
+
+	case MKCMD_SZPOINT:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_SZPOINT)
+		    call pargi (2 * mk_stati (mk, SZPOINT) + 1)
+	    } else {
+		if (mod (ival, 2) == 0)
+		    ival = ival + 1
+		ival = ival / 2
+		call mk_seti (mk, SZPOINT, ival)
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_SIZE:
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_SIZE)
+		    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, SIZE))
+	    } else
+		call mk_seti (mk, SIZE, ival)
+
+	case MKCMD_TOLERANCE:
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan () == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_TOLERANCE)
+		    call pargr (mk_statr (mk, TOLERANCE))
+	    } else
+		call mk_setr (mk, TOLERANCE, rval)
+
+	case MKCMD_MARK:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call mk_stats (mk, MARK, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	        call printf ("%s = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_MARK)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    } else {
+		mark = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, MKTYPELIST)
+		if (mark > 0) {
+		    call mk_seti (mk, MKTYPE, mark)
+		    call mk_sets (mk, MARK, Memc[cmd])
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_CIRCLES:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call mk_stats (mk, CSTRING, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	        call printf ("%s = %s %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_CIRCLES)
+		    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS)
+			call pargstr ("0")
+		    else
+		        call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargstr ("pixels")
+	    } else
+		call mk_sets (mk, CSTRING, Memc[cmd])
+
+	case MKCMD_RECTANGLES:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call mk_stats (mk, RSTRING, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	        call printf ("%s = %s %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (KY_RECTANGLE)
+		    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS)
+			call pargstr ("0")
+		    else
+		        call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (mk_statr (mk, RATIO))
+	    } else {
+		call mk_sets (mk, RSTRING, Memc[cmd])
+		if (nscan () < 3)
+		    call mk_setr (mk, RATIO, 1.0)
+		else
+		    call mk_setr (mk, RATIO, rval)
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_SHOW:
+	    call mk_show (mk)
+
+	case MKCMD_SAVE:
+	    iferr {
+
+		# Check that the sizes agree.
+		if (sim == NULL) {
+		    call mktemp ("scratch", Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+		    sim = immap (Memc[cmd], NEW_COPY, im)
+		} else if (IM_LEN(im,1) != IM_LEN(sim,1) || IM_LEN(im,2) !=
+		    IM_LEN(sim,2)) {
+		    call strcpy (IM_HDRFILE(sim), Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call imunmap (sim)
+		    call imdelete (Memc[cmd])
+		    call mktemp ("scratch", Memc[cmd], SZ_FNAME)
+		    sim = immap (Memc[cmd], NEW_COPY, im)
+		}
+
+		# Copy the image.
+		call printf ("Saving frame: %d - ")
+		    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, FRAME))
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+		call mk_imcopy (im, sim)
+
+	    } then {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		call printf ("\n")
+	    } else {
+		call printf ("done\n")
+	    }
+
+	case MKCMD_RESTORE:
+	    if (sim == NULL) {
+		call printf ("Use :save to define a scratch image.\n")
+	    } else if (IM_LEN(sim,1) != IM_LEN(im,1) || IM_LEN(sim,2) !=
+	        IM_LEN(im,2)) {
+		call printf (
+		    "Scatch image and the frame buffer have different sizes.\n")
+	    } else {
+	        iferr {
+		    call printf ("Restoring frame: %d - ")
+		        call pargi (mk_stati (mk, FRAME))
+		    call flush (STDOUT)
+		    call mk_imcopy (sim, im)
+	        } then {
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		    call printf ("\n")
+	        } else {
+		    call printf ("done\n")
+	        }
+	    }
+	    
+
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Unrecognized or ambiguous colon command.\7\n")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkfind.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkfind.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5824422a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkfind.x
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+include <mach.h>
+
+# MK_FIND -- Procedure to detect the object in a file closest to the
+# input cursor position.
+
+int procedure mk_find (cl, xcur, ycur, xlist, ylist, label, id, ltid, tol)
+
+int	cl		# coordinates file descriptor
+real	xcur, ycur	# x and y cursor position
+real	xlist, ylist	# x and y  list position
+char	label[ARB]	# label string
+int	id		# sequence number of detected object in list
+int	ltid		# current sequence number in the list
+real	tol		# tolerance for detection
+
+real	x, y, dist2, ldist2, tol2
+int	fscan(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	if (cl == NULL)
+	    return (0)
+	call seek (cl, BOF)
+	ltid = 0
+
+	# Initialize
+	id = 0
+	dist2 = MAX_REAL
+	tol2 = tol ** 2
+
+	# Fetch the coordinates.
+	while (fscan (cl) != EOF) {
+	    call gargr (x)
+	    call gargr (y)
+	    call gargwrd (label, SZ_LINE)
+	    if (nscan () < 2)
+		next
+	    if (nscan () < 3)
+		label[1] = EOS
+	    ltid = ltid + 1
+	    ldist2 = (x - xcur) ** 2 + (y - ycur) ** 2
+	    if (ldist2 > tol2)
+		next
+	    if (ldist2 > dist2)
+		next
+	    xlist = x
+	    ylist = y
+	    dist2 = ldist2
+	    id = ltid
+	}
+
+	return (id)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgmarks.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgmarks.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46e9bf05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgmarks.x
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+include <lexnum.h>
+include <ctype.h>
+
+# MK_GMARKS -- Procedure to extract mark values from a string
+
+int procedure mk_gmarks (str, marks, max_nmarks)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# string
+real	marks[ARB]		# number of marks
+int	max_nmarks		# maximum number of marks
+
+int	fd, nmarks
+int	open(), mk_rdmarks(), mk_decmarks()
+errchk	open(), close()
+
+begin
+	nmarks = 0
+
+	iferr {
+	    fd = open (str, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    nmarks = mk_rdmarks (fd, marks, max_nmarks)
+	    call close (fd)
+	} then {
+	    nmarks = mk_decmarks (str, marks, max_nmarks)
+	}
+
+	return (nmarks)
+end
+
+
+# MK_RDMARKS -- Procedure to read out the marks listed one per line
+# from a file.
+
+int procedure mk_rdmarks (fd, marks, max_nmarks)
+
+int	fd		# aperture list file descriptor
+real	marks[ARB]	# list of marks
+int	max_nmarks	# maximum number of apertures
+
+int	nmarks
+pointer	sp, line
+int	getline(), mk_decmarks()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	nmarks = 0
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF && nmarks < max_nmarks) {
+	    nmarks = nmarks + mk_decmarks (Memc[line], marks[1+nmarks],
+	        max_nmarks - nmarks)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nmarks)
+end
+
+
+# MK_DECAPERTS -- Procedure to decode the mark string.
+
+int procedure mk_decmarks (str, marks, max_nmarks)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# aperture string
+real	marks[ARB]		# aperture array
+int	max_nmarks		# maximum number of apertures
+
+char	outstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	nmarks, ip, op, ndecode, nmk
+real	mkstart, mkend, mkstep
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	gctor()
+
+begin
+	nmarks = 0
+
+	for (ip = 1; str[ip] != EOS && nmarks < max_nmarks;) {
+
+	    mkstart = 0.0
+	    mkend = 0.0
+	    mkstep = 0.0
+	    ndecode = 0
+
+	    # Skip past white space and commas.
+	    while (IS_WHITE(str[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    if (str[ip] == ',')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Get the number.
+	    op = 1
+	    while (IS_DIGIT(str[ip]) || str[ip] == '.') {
+		outstr[op] = str[ip]
+		ip = ip + 1
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	    outstr[op] = EOS
+
+	    # Decode the starting aperture.
+	    op = 1
+	    if (gctor (outstr, op, mkstart) > 0) {
+	        mkend = mkstart
+	        ndecode = 1
+	    } else
+		mkstart = 0.0
+
+	    # Skip past white space and commas.
+	    while (IS_WHITE(str[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    if (str[ip] == ',')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Get the ending aperture
+	    if (str[ip] == ':') {
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+		# Get the ending aperture.
+		op = 1
+		while (IS_DIGIT(str[ip]) || str[ip] == '.') {
+		    outstr[op] = str[ip]
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    op = op + 1
+		}
+		outstr[op] = EOS
+
+	        # Decode the ending aperture.
+	        op = 1
+	        if (gctor (outstr, op, mkend) > 0) {
+	            ndecode = 2
+	            mkstep = mkend - mkstart
+		}
+	     }
+
+	    # Skip past white space and commas.
+	    while (IS_WHITE(str[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    if (str[ip] == ',')
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+	    # Get the step size.
+	    if (str[ip] == ':') {
+		ip = ip + 1
+
+		# Get the step size.
+		op = 1
+		while (IS_DIGIT(str[ip]) || str[ip] == '.') {
+		    outstr[op] = str[ip]
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    op = op + 1
+		}
+		outstr[op] = EOS
+
+		# Decode the step size.
+		op = 1
+		if (gctor (outstr, op, mkstep) > 0) {
+		    if (fp_equalr (mkstep, 0.0))
+			mkstep = mkend - mkstart
+		    else
+			ndecode = (mkend - mkstart) / mkstep + 1
+		    if (ndecode < 0) {
+			ndecode = -ndecode
+			mkstep = - mkstep
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Negative apertures are not permitted.
+	    if (mkstart <= 0.0 || mkend <= 0.0)
+		break
+
+	    # Fill in the apertures.
+	    if (ndecode == 0) {
+		;
+	    } else if (ndecode == 1) {
+		nmarks = nmarks + 1
+		marks[nmarks] = mkstart
+	    } else if (ndecode == 2) {
+		nmarks = nmarks + 1
+		marks[nmarks] = mkstart
+		if (nmarks >= max_nmarks)
+		    break
+		nmarks = nmarks + 1
+		marks[nmarks] = mkend
+	    } else {
+		for (nmk = 1; nmk <= ndecode && nmarks < max_nmarks;
+		    nmk = nmk + 1) {
+		    nmarks = nmarks + 1
+		    marks[nmarks] = mkstart + (nmk - 1) * mkstep
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (nmarks)
+end
+
+
+# GCTOR -- Procedure to convert a character variable to a real number.
+# This routine is just an interface routine to the IRAF procedure gctod.
+
+int procedure gctor (str, ip, rval)
+
+char	str[ARB]	# string to be converted
+int	ip		# pointer to the string
+real	rval		# real value
+
+double	dval
+int	nchars
+int	gctod()
+
+begin
+	nchars = gctod (str, ip, dval)
+	rval = dval
+	return (nchars)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgpars.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgpars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..095ed3f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgpars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+# MK_GPARS -- Fetch the parameters required for the imark task from the cl.
+
+procedure mk_gpars (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the immark structure
+
+int	mark, dotsize, ip
+pointer	sp, str
+real	ratio
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgwrd(), clgeti(), nscan(), btoi(), mk_stati()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the immark structure.
+	call mk_init (mk)
+
+	# Get the mark parameters.
+	mark = clgwrd ("mark", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, MKTYPELIST)
+	if (mark > 0) {
+	    call mk_sets (mk, MARK, Memc[str])
+	    call mk_seti (mk, MKTYPE, mark)
+	} else {
+	    call mk_sets (mk, MARK, "point")
+	    call mk_seti (mk, MKTYPE, MK_POINT)
+	}
+
+	# Get the circles descriptor.
+	call clgstr ("radii", Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	call mk_sets (mk, CSTRING, Memc[str])
+
+	# Get the rectangles descriptor.
+	ip = 1
+	call clgstr ("lengths", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call sscan (Memc[str])
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call mk_sets (mk, RSTRING, Memc[str])
+	call gargr (ratio)
+	if (nscan () < 2 || mk_stati (mk, NRECTANGLES) < 1)
+	    call mk_setr (mk, RATIO, 1.0)
+	else
+	    call mk_setr (mk, RATIO, ratio)
+
+	# Get the rest of the parameters.
+	call mk_seti (mk, NUMBER, btoi (clgetb ("number")))
+	call mk_seti (mk, LABEL, btoi (clgetb ("label")))
+	call mk_seti (mk, SIZE, clgeti ("txsize"))
+	dotsize = clgeti ("pointsize")
+	if (mod (dotsize, 2) == 0)
+	    dotsize = dotsize + 1
+	call mk_seti (mk, SZPOINT, dotsize / 2)
+	call mk_seti (mk, GRAYLEVEL, clgeti ("color"))
+	call mk_seti (mk, NXOFFSET, clgeti ("nxoffset"))
+	call mk_seti (mk, NYOFFSET, clgeti ("nyoffset"))
+	call mk_setr (mk, TOLERANCE, clgetr ("tolerance"))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgscur.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgscur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..529ccc9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkgscur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <fset.h>
+
+# MK_GSCUR -- Procedure to fetch x and y positions from a file and move
+# the cursor to those positions.
+
+int procedure mk_gscur (sl, gd, xcur, ycur, label, prev_num, req_num, num)
+
+pointer	sl		# pointer to text file containing cursor coords
+pointer	gd		# pointer to graphics stream
+real	xcur, ycur	# x cur and y cur
+char	label[ARB]	# label string
+int	prev_num	# previous number
+int	req_num		# requested number
+int	num		# list number
+
+int	stdin, nskip, ncount
+pointer	sp, fname
+int	fscan(), nscan(), strncmp()
+errchk	greactivate, gdeactivate, gscur
+
+begin
+	if (sl == NULL)
+	    return (EOF)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Find the number of objects to be skipped.
+	call fstats (sl, F_FILENAME, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (strncmp ("STDIN", Memc[fname], 5) == 0) {
+	    stdin = YES
+	    nskip = 1
+	} else {
+	    stdin = NO
+	    if (req_num <= prev_num) {
+		call seek (sl, BOF)
+		nskip = req_num
+	    } else
+		nskip = req_num - prev_num
+	}
+
+	ncount = 0
+	num = prev_num
+	repeat {
+
+	    # Print the prompt if file is STDIN.
+	    if (stdin == YES) {
+		call printf ("Type object x and y coordinates: ")
+		call flush (STDOUT)
+	    }
+
+	    # Fetch the coordinates.
+	    if (fscan (sl) != EOF) {
+		call gargr (xcur)
+		call gargr (ycur)
+		call gargwrd (label, SZ_LINE)
+		if (nscan () >= 2) {
+		    ncount = ncount + 1
+		    num = num + 1
+		}
+	    } else 
+		ncount = EOF
+
+	    # Move the cursor.
+	    if (gd != NULL && (ncount == nskip || ncount == EOF)) {
+		iferr {
+		    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+	            call gscur (gd, xcur, ycur)
+		    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		} then
+		    ;
+	    }
+
+	} until (ncount == EOF || ncount == nskip)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	if (ncount == EOF) {
+	    return (EOF)
+	} else if (nskip == req_num) {
+	    num = ncount
+	    return (ncount)
+	} else {
+	    return (num)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkmag.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkmag.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..956f50b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkmag.x
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+# MK_MAG -- Procedure to compute the x and y magnification factors.
+
+procedure mk_mag (im, iw, xmag, ymag)
+
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer
+pointer	iw		# pointer to the wcs structure
+real	xmag, ymag	# x and y magnifications
+
+real	xll, yll, xur, yur
+
+begin
+	# Compute the x and y magnification.
+	call iw_fb2im (iw, 1.0, 1.0, xll, yll)
+	call iw_fb2im (iw, real (IM_LEN(im,1)), real (IM_LEN(im,2)), xur, yur)
+
+	xmag = abs (xur - xll) / (IM_LEN(im,1) - 1)
+	ymag = abs (yur - yll) / (IM_LEN(im,2) - 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkmark.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkmark.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72583fcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkmark.x
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+define	HELPFILE	"iraf$lib/scr/tvmark.key"
+
+# MK_MARK -- Procedure to mark symbols in the frame buffer interactively.
+
+int procedure mk_mark (mk, im, iw, cl, dl, log, fnt, autolog, interactive)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# frame image descriptor
+pointer	iw		# pointer to the wcs structure
+int	cl		# coordinate file descriptor
+int	dl		# pointer to the deletions file
+int	log		# output log file descriptor
+int	fnt		# font file descriptor
+int	autolog		# automatic logging enabled
+int	interactive	# interactive mode
+
+int	ncmd, ncols, nlines, nc, nr
+int	wcs, bkey, skey, vkey, ekey, fkey, okey, key
+int	id, ltid, ndelete, req_num, lreq_num, prev_num, newlist
+pointer	sim, sp, scratchim, cmd, str, keepcmd, label
+real	cwx, cwy, wx, wy, owx, owy, fx, fy, ofx, ofy
+real	xlist, ylist, oxlist, oylist, rmax
+
+int	imd_gcur(), mk_stati(), strdic(), mk_gscur(), nscan(), mk_new()
+int	mk_find(), fstati()
+real	mk_statr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (scratchim, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (keepcmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (label, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	sim = NULL
+
+	# Reinitialize.
+	ekey = ' '
+	fkey = ' '
+	okey = ' '
+	skey = ' '
+	vkey = ' '
+	bkey = ' '
+	ltid = 0
+	ndelete = 0
+	newlist = NO
+	owx = INDEFR
+	owy = INDEFR
+	Memc[cmd] = EOS
+	Memc[keepcmd] = EOS
+
+	while (imd_gcur ("commands", wx,wy,wcs,key,Memc[cmd],SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Save current cursor coordinates.
+	    cwx = wx
+	    cwy = wy
+
+	    # Check for new object.
+	    if (mk_new (wx, wy, owx, owy, xlist, ylist, newlist) == YES)
+		;
+
+	    # Transform to frame buffer coordinates.
+	    call iw_im2fb (iw, wx, wy, fx, fy)
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    # Print the help page.
+	    case '?':
+		if (interactive == YES)
+		    call pagefile (HELPFILE, "Type ? for help, q to quit")
+
+	    # Quit the task.
+	    case 'q':
+		break
+
+	    # Keep the previous cursor command.
+	    case 'k':
+		if (log != NULL)
+		    if (autolog == YES)
+			call printf ("Automatic logging is already enabled.\n")
+		    else
+		        call mk_logcmd (log, Memc[keepcmd])
+		else {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+		        call printf ("The log file is undefined.\n")
+		}
+
+	    # Rewind the coordinate list.
+	    case 'o':
+	        if (cl != NULL) {
+		    call seek (cl, BOF)
+		    oxlist = INDEFR
+		    oylist = INDEFR
+		    ltid = 0
+	        } else if (interactive == YES)
+		    call printf ("Coordinate list is undefined.\n")
+
+	    # Move to the previous object.
+	    case '-':
+		if (cl != NULL) {
+		    prev_num = ltid
+		    req_num = ltid - 1
+		    if (req_num < 1) {
+			if (interactive == YES)
+			    call printf ("Requested object is less than 1.\n")
+		    } else if (mk_gscur (cl, NULL, xlist, ylist, Memc[label],
+		        prev_num, req_num, ltid) != EOF) {
+			if (interactive == YES)
+			    call printf ("Moved to object: %d  %g  %g\n")
+				call pargi (ltid)
+				call pargr (xlist)
+				call pargr (ylist)
+			newlist = YES
+		    } else if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf (
+			    "End of coordinate list, type o to rewind.\n")
+		} else if (interactive == YES) 
+		    call printf ("Coordinate file is undefined.\n")
+
+	    # Mark the previous object.
+	    case 'p':
+		if (cl != NULL) {
+		    prev_num = ltid
+		    req_num = ltid - 1
+		    if (req_num < 1) {
+			if (interactive == YES)
+			    call printf ("Requested object is less than 1.\n")
+		    } else if (mk_gscur (cl, NULL, xlist, ylist, Memc[label],
+		        prev_num, req_num, ltid) != EOF) {
+			call mk_onemark (mk, im, iw, xlist, ylist, oxlist,
+			    oylist, Memc[label], ltid)
+			newlist = YES
+		    } else if (interactive == YES) {
+			call printf (
+			    "End of coordinate list, type o to rewind.\n")
+		    }
+		} else if (interactive == YES) 
+		    call printf ("Coordinate file is undefined.\n")
+
+	    # Move to the next object.
+	    case 'm':
+		if (cl != NULL) {
+		    prev_num = ltid
+		    req_num = ltid + 1
+		    if (mk_gscur (cl, NULL, xlist, ylist, Memc[label],
+		        prev_num, req_num, ltid) != EOF) {
+			if (interactive == YES)
+			    call printf ("Moved to object: %d  %g  %g\n")
+				call pargi (ltid)
+				call pargr (xlist)
+				call pargr (ylist)
+			newlist = YES
+		    } else if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf (
+			    "End of coordinate list, type o to rewind.\n")
+		} else if (interactive == YES) 
+		    call printf ("Coordinate file is undefined.\n")
+
+	    # Mark the next object.
+	    case 'n':
+		if (cl != NULL) {
+		    prev_num = ltid
+		    req_num = ltid + 1
+		    if (mk_gscur (cl, NULL, xlist, ylist, Memc[label],
+		        prev_num, req_num, ltid) != EOF) {
+			call mk_onemark (mk, im, iw, xlist, ylist, oxlist,
+			    oylist, Memc[label], ltid)
+			newlist = YES
+		    } else if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf (
+			    "End of coordinate list, type o to rewind.\n")
+		} else if (interactive == YES) 
+		    call printf ("Coordinate file is undefined.\n")
+
+	    # Mark the entire list.
+	    case 'l':
+	        if (cl != NULL) {
+		    call seek (cl, BOF)
+		    ltid = 0
+		    call mk_bmark (mk, im, iw, cl, ltid, fnt)
+	        } else if (interactive == YES)
+		    call printf ("Coordinate list is undefined.\n")
+
+	    # Append to the coordinate list.
+	    case 'a':
+		if (cl == NULL) {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+		        call printf ("Coordinate file is undefined.\n")
+		} else if (fstati (cl, F_MODE) != READ_WRITE) {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf (
+			"No write permission on coordinate file.\n")
+		} else  {
+
+		    # Move to the end of the list.
+		    prev_num = ltid
+		    req_num = ltid + 1
+		    while (mk_gscur (cl, NULL, xlist, ylist, Memc[label],
+		        prev_num, req_num, ltid) != EOF) {
+			prev_num = ltid
+			req_num = ltid + 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Add the object.
+		    call fprintf (cl, "%g %g\n")
+			call pargr (wx)
+			call pargr (wy)
+		    call flush (cl)
+		    ltid = ltid + 1
+		    #call seek (cl, EOF)
+
+		    # Mark the object.
+		    call mk_onemark (mk, im, iw, wx, wy, oxlist, oylist, "",
+		        ltid)
+
+		} 
+
+	    # Delete an object.
+	    case 'd':
+		if (cl == NULL) {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+		        call printf ("Coordinate file is undefined.\n")
+		} else if (fstati (cl, F_MODE) != READ_WRITE) {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf (
+			"No write permission on coordinate file.\n")
+		} else {
+
+		    # Find the nearest object to the cursor and delete.
+		    if (mk_find (cl, wx, wy, xlist, ylist, Memc[label], id,
+		        ltid, mk_statr (mk, TOLERANCE)) > 0) {
+		        call fprintf (dl, "%d\n")
+			    call pargi (id)
+		        ndelete = ndelete + 1
+		        call mk_onemark (mk, im, iw, xlist, ylist, oxlist,
+			    oylist, Memc[label], ltid)
+		    } else if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf ("Object not in coordinate list.\n")
+
+		}
+
+	    # Draw a dot.
+	    case '.':
+		call mk_dmark (mk, im, fx, fy) 
+
+	    # Draw a plus sign.
+	    case '+':
+		call mk_tmark (mk, im, "+", fx, fy, YES)
+
+	    # Draw a cross.
+	    case 'x':
+		call mk_tmark (mk, im, "x", fx, fy, YES)
+
+	    # Mark and erase a region.
+	    case 'e':
+		if (sim != NULL) {
+		    if ((key == ekey) && (okey == 'e' || okey == 'k')) {
+			call mk_imsection (mk, sim, im, nint (ofx), nint (fx),
+			    nint (ofy), nint (fy))
+			ekey = ' '
+		    } else {
+		        if (interactive == YES)
+		            call printf ("Type e again to define region.\n")
+		        ekey = key
+		        ofx = fx
+		        ofy = fy
+		    }
+		} else if (interactive == YES)
+		    call printf ("Define a scratch image with :save.\n")
+
+	    # Fill region
+	    case 'f':
+		if ((key == fkey) && (okey == 'f' || okey == 'k')) {
+		    call mk_imsection (mk, NULL, im, nint (ofx), nint (fx),
+			nint (ofy), nint (fy))
+		    fkey = ' '
+		} else {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+		        call printf ("Type f again to define region.\n")
+		    fkey = key
+		    ofx = fx
+		    ofy = fy
+		}
+
+	    # Mark a single circle.
+	    case 'v':
+		if ((key == vkey) && (okey == 'v' || okey == 'k')) {
+		    rmax = sqrt ((fx - ofx) ** 2 + (fy - ofy) ** 2)
+		    call mk_ocmark (mk, im, iw, ofx, ofy, rmax)
+		    vkey = ' '
+		} else {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+		        call printf ("Type v again to draw circle.\n")
+		    vkey = key
+		    ofx = fx
+		    ofy = fy
+		}
+
+	    # Draw concentric circles.
+	    case 'c':
+		nc = mk_stati (mk, NCIRCLES)
+		if (nc > 0) {
+		    call mk_cmark (mk, im, iw, fx, fy)
+		} else if (interactive == YES)
+		    call printf ("Use :radii to specifiy radii.\n")
+
+	    # Draw concentric rectangles.
+	    case 'r':
+		nr = mk_stati (mk, NRECTANGLES)
+		if (nr > 0) {
+		    call mk_rmark (mk, im, iw, fx, fy)
+		} else if (interactive == YES)
+		    call printf ("Use :lengths to specify box lengths.\n")
+
+	    # Draw a vector segment.
+	    case 's':
+		if ((skey == key) && (okey == 's' || okey == 'k'))
+		    call mk_lmark (mk, im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy)
+		if (interactive == YES)
+		    call printf ("Type s again to draw line segment.\n")
+		ofx = fx
+		ofy = fy
+		skey = key
+
+	    # Draw a box
+	    case 'b':
+		if ((key == bkey) && (okey == 'b' || okey == 'k')) {
+		    call mk_xmark (mk, im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy)
+		    bkey = ' '
+		} else {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+		        call printf ("Type b again to draw box.\n")
+		    bkey = key
+		    ofx = fx
+		    ofy = fy
+		}
+
+	    # Execute the colon command.
+	    case ':':
+		call sscan (Memc[cmd])
+		    call gargwrd (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		ncmd = strdic (Memc[str], Memc[str], SZ_LINE, MKCMDS2)
+
+		if (ncmd <= 0)
+		    call mk_colon (mk, Memc[cmd], im, iw, sim, log, cl, ltid,
+		        dl)
+
+		else if (ncmd == MKCMD2_WTEXT) {
+		    call gargstr (Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+		    if (Memc[str] != EOS)
+			call mk_tmark (mk, im, Memc[str], fx, fy, NO)
+
+		} else if (ncmd == MKCMD2_MOVE) {
+		    if (cl != NULL) {
+		        call gargi (req_num)
+			prev_num = ltid
+			if (nscan () < 2)
+			    req_num = ltid + 1
+			if (req_num < 1) {
+			    if (interactive == YES)
+				call printf (
+				"Requested object is less than 1.\n")
+		        } else if (mk_gscur (cl, NULL, xlist, ylist,
+			    Memc[label], prev_num, req_num, ltid) != EOF) {
+			    if (interactive == YES)
+			        call printf ("Moved to object: %d  %g  %g\n")
+				    call pargi (ltid)
+				    call pargr (xlist)
+				    call pargr (ylist)
+			    newlist = YES
+		        } else if (interactive == YES) {
+			    call printf (
+			    	"End of coordinate list, type o to rewind.\n")
+			}
+		    } else if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf ("Coordinate file is undefined.\n")
+
+		} else if (ncmd == MKCMD2_NEXT) {
+		    if (cl != NULL) {
+			call gargi (req_num)
+			call gargi (lreq_num)
+			prev_num = ltid
+			if (nscan () < 2) {
+			    req_num = ltid + 1
+			    lreq_num = req_num
+			} else if (nscan () < 3)
+			    lreq_num = req_num
+		        while (mk_gscur (cl, NULL, xlist, ylist, Memc[label],
+			    prev_num, req_num, ltid) != EOF) {
+			    if (ltid > lreq_num)
+				break
+			    call mk_onemark (mk, im, iw, xlist, ylist, oxlist,
+			        oylist, Memc[label], ltid)
+			    newlist = YES
+			    prev_num = ltid
+			    req_num = ltid + 1
+			}
+		    } else if (interactive == YES)
+			call printf ("Coordinate field is undefined.\n")
+		}
+
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Unrecognized keystroke command.\7\n")
+	    }
+
+	    # Encode and log the last cursor command. Do not encode any
+	    # keep commands if autologging is turned off.
+
+	    if (autolog == YES) {
+	        call mk_encodecmd (wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], Memc[keepcmd])
+		if (log == NULL) {
+		    if (interactive == YES)
+		        call printf ("The logfile is undefined.\n")
+		} else
+		    call mk_logcmd (log, Memc[keepcmd])
+	    } else if (key != 'k')
+	        call mk_encodecmd (wx, wy, wcs, key, Memc[cmd], Memc[keepcmd])
+
+	    # Get set up for next cursor command.
+	    owx = cwx
+	    owy = cwy
+	    okey = key
+	    Memc[cmd] = EOS
+	    if (newlist == YES) {
+	        oxlist = xlist
+	        oylist = ylist
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Delete scratch image.
+	if (sim != NULL) {
+	    call strcpy (IM_HDRFILE(sim), Memc[scratchim], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call imunmap (sim)
+	    call imdelete (Memc[scratchim])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (ndelete)
+end
+
+
+# MK_ENCODECMD -- Encode the cursor command.
+
+procedure mk_encodecmd (wx, wy, wcs, key, cmd, keepcmd)
+
+real	wx, wy		# cursor position
+int	wcs		# world coordinate system
+int	key		# cursor keystroke command
+char	cmd[ARB]	# command
+char	keepcmd[ARB]	# encode cursor command
+
+begin
+	call sprintf (keepcmd, SZ_LINE,  "%g  %g  %d  %c  %s")
+	    call pargr (wx)
+	    call pargr (wy)
+	    call pargi (wcs)
+	    call pargi (key)
+	    call pargstr (cmd)
+end
+
+
+# MK_LOGCMD -- Log the command.
+
+procedure mk_logcmd (log, cmd)
+
+int	log		# logfile descriptor
+char	cmd[ARB]	# command
+
+begin
+	call fprintf (log, "%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (cmd)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mknew.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mknew.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..27a5a3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mknew.x
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# MK_NEW -- Procedure to determine whether the current star is the same as
+# the previous star and/or whether the current star belongs to the coordinate
+# list or not.
+
+int procedure mk_new (wx, wy, owx, owy, xlist, ylist, newlist)
+
+real	wx		# x cursor coordinate
+real	wy		# y cursor coordinate
+real	owx		# old x cursor coordinate
+real	owy		# old y cursor coordinate
+real	xlist		# x list coordinate
+real	ylist		# y list coordinate
+int	newlist		# integer new list
+
+int	newobject
+real	deltaxy
+bool	fp_equalr()
+
+begin
+	deltaxy = 1.0
+
+	if (newlist == NO) {
+            if (! fp_equalr (wx, owx) || ! fp_equalr (wy, owy))
+		newobject = YES
+	    else
+		newobject = NO
+	} else if ((abs (xlist - wx) <= deltaxy) &&
+	        (abs (ylist - wy) <= deltaxy)) {
+	    wx = xlist
+	    wy = ylist
+	    newobject = NO
+	} else if (fp_equalr (wx, owx) && fp_equalr (wy, owy)) {
+	    wx = xlist
+	    wy = ylist
+	    newobject = NO
+	} else {
+	    newlist = NO
+	    newobject = YES
+	}
+
+	return (newobject)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkonemark.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkonemark.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91bd9ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkonemark.x
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+# MK_ONEMARK -- Procedure to mark symbols in the frame buffer given a
+# coordinate list and a mark type.
+
+procedure mk_onemark (mk, im, iw, wx, wy, owx, owy, label, ltid)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# frame image descriptor
+pointer	iw		# pointer to the wcs structure
+real	wx, wy		# coordinates of current list object
+real	owx, owy	# coordinates of previous list member
+char	label[ARB]	# current label
+int	ltid		# list sequence number
+
+int	ncols, nlines, nr, nc, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	sp, str, lengths, radii
+real	fx, fy, ofx, ofy, xmag, ymag, lmax, lratio, rmax, ratio
+int	mk_stati(), itoc()
+int	mk_plimits(), mk_llimits(), mk_rlimits(), mk_climits()
+pointer	mk_statp()
+real	mk_statr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (lengths, MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+	    call salloc (radii, MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Convert from image to frame buffer coordinates.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(owx) || IS_INDEFR(owy)) {
+	    owx = INDEFR
+	    owy = INDEFR
+	} else
+	    call iw_im2fb (iw, owx, owy, ofx, ofy)
+	call iw_im2fb (iw, wx, wy, fx, fy)
+	call mk_mag (im, iw, xmag, ymag)
+
+	switch (mk_stati (mk, MKTYPE)) {
+
+	case MK_POINT:
+	    if (mk_plimits (fx, fy, mk_stati (mk, SZPOINT),
+	        ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2) == YES) {
+	        call mk_drawpt (im, x1, x2, y1, y2, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+		call imflush (im)
+	    }
+
+	case MK_LINE:
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(ofx) && ! IS_INDEFR(ofy)) {
+		 if (mk_llimits (ofx, ofy, fx, fy, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+		     y1, y2) == YES) {
+		     call mk_drawline (im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2,
+		        mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+		    call imflush (im)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case MK_RECTANGLE:
+	    nr = mk_stati (mk, NRECTANGLES)
+	    if (xmag <= 0.0) {
+		lmax = 0.0
+		call amovkr (0.0, Memr[lengths], nr)
+	    } else {
+		call adivkr (Memr[mk_statp(mk,RLENGTHS)], xmag, Memr[lengths],
+		    nr)
+	        lmax = Memr[lengths+nr-1]
+	    }
+	    if (ymag <= 0.0)
+		lratio = 0.0
+	    else
+	        lratio = mk_statr (mk, RATIO) * xmag / ymag
+	    if (mk_rlimits (fx, fy, lmax, lratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+		y1, y2) == YES) {
+	        call mk_drawbox (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, Memr[lengths],
+		    lratio, nr, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+		call imflush (im)
+	    }
+
+	case MK_CIRCLE:
+	    nc = mk_stati (mk, NCIRCLES)
+	    if (xmag <= 0.0) {
+		rmax = 0.0
+		call amovkr (0.0, Memr[radii], nc)
+	    } else {
+		call adivkr (Memr[mk_statp(mk, RADII)], xmag, Memr[radii], nc)
+	        rmax = Memr[radii+nc-1]
+	    }
+	    if (ymag <= 0.0)
+		ratio = 0.0
+	    else
+	        ratio = xmag / ymag
+	    if (mk_climits (fx, fy, rmax, ratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+	        y1, y2) == YES) {
+	        call mk_drawcircles  (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2,
+		    Memr[radii], ratio, nc, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+		call imflush (im)
+	    }
+
+	case MK_PLUS:
+	    call mk_textim (im, "+", nint (fx), nint (fy), mk_stati (mk, SIZE),
+	        mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL), YES)
+	    call imflush (im)
+
+	case MK_CROSS:
+	    call mk_textim (im, "*", nint (fx), nint (fy), mk_stati (mk, SIZE),
+	        mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL), YES)
+	    call imflush (im)
+
+	default:
+	    # Do nothing gracefully
+	}
+
+	# Number the text file.
+	if (mk_stati (mk, LABEL) == YES) {
+	    if (label[1] != EOS) {
+		call mk_textim (im, label, nint (fx) + mk_stati (mk,
+		    NXOFFSET), nint (fy) + mk_stati (mk, NYOFFSET),
+		    mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk,
+		    GRAYLEVEL), NO)
+		call imflush (im)
+	    }
+	} else if (mk_stati (mk, NUMBER) == YES) {
+	    if (itoc (ltid, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME) > 0) {
+		call mk_textim (im, Memc[str], nint (fx) + mk_stati (mk,
+		    NXOFFSET), nint (fy) + mk_stati (mk, NYOFFSET),
+		    mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk,
+		    GRAYLEVEL), NO)
+		call imflush (im)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MK_DMARK -- Mark a dot.
+
+procedure mk_dmark (mk, im, fx, fy)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# pointer to the  frame buffer
+real	fx, fy		# real coordinates
+
+int	ncols, nlines, x1, y1, x2, y2
+int	mk_stati(), mk_plimits()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	if (mk_plimits (fx, fy, mk_stati (mk, SZPOINT), ncols, nlines,
+	    x1, x2, y1, y2) == YES) {
+	    call mk_drawpt (im, x1, x2, y1, y2, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	    call imflush (im)
+	}
+
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X1, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y1, y1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X2, x2)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y2, x2)
+end
+
+
+# MK_CMARK -- Mark concentric circle(s).
+
+procedure mk_cmark (mk, im, iw, fx, fy)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer image
+pointer	iw		# pointer to the wcs structure
+real	fx, fy		# center of circle
+
+int	nc, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2
+pointer	sp, radii
+real	xmag, ymag, rmax, ratio
+int	mk_stati(), mk_climits()
+pointer	mk_statp()
+
+begin
+	nc = mk_stati (mk, NCIRCLES)
+	if (nc <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	call mk_mag (im, iw, xmag, ymag)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (radii, nc, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (xmag <= 0.0) {
+	    rmax = 0.0
+	    call amovkr (0.0, Memr[radii], nc)
+	} else {
+	    call adivkr (Memr[mk_statp(mk,RADII)], xmag, Memr[radii], nc)
+	    rmax = Memr[radii+nc-1]
+	}
+	if (ymag <= 0.0)
+	    ratio = 0.0
+	else
+	    ratio = xmag / ymag
+
+	if (mk_climits (fx, fy, rmax, ratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+	    y1, y2) == YES) {
+	    call mk_drawcircles (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, Memr[radii],
+	        ratio, nc, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	    call imflush (im)
+	}
+
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X1, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y1, y1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X2, x2)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y2, y2)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MK_OCMARK -- Mark one circle.
+
+procedure mk_ocmark (mk, im, iw, fx, fy, rmax)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer image
+pointer	iw		# pointer to the wcs structure
+real	fx, fy		# center of circle
+real	rmax		# maximum radius
+
+int	ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	mk_climits(), mk_stati()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (mk_climits (fx, fy, rmax, 1.0, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+	    y1, y2) == YES) {
+	    call mk_drawcircles (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, rmax,
+	        1.0, 1, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	    call imflush (im)
+	}
+
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X1, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y1, y1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X2, x2)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y2, y2)
+end
+
+
+# MK_LMARK -- Mark s line segment
+
+procedure mk_lmark (mk, im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer
+real	ofx, ofy	# coords of first point
+real	fx, fy		# coords of second point
+
+int	ncols, nlines, x1, y1, x2, y2
+int	mk_stati(), mk_llimits()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (mk_llimits (ofx, ofy, fx, fy, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+	    y1, y2) == YES) {
+	    call mk_drawline (im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2,
+	         mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	    call imflush (im)
+	}
+
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X1, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y1, y1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X2, x2)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y2, y2)
+end
+
+
+# MK_TMARK -- Mark a text string
+
+procedure mk_tmark (mk, im, str, fx, fy, center)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer image
+char	str[ARB]	# character string to be drawn
+real	fx, fy		# lower left coords of string
+int	center		# center the string
+
+int	ncols, nlines
+#int	x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	mk_stati()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	call mk_textim (im, str, nint (fx), nint (fy), mk_stati (mk, SIZE),
+	    mk_stati(mk, SIZE), mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL), center)
+	call imflush (im)
+
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X1, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y1, y1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X2, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y2, y2)
+end
+
+
+# MK_RMARK -- Mark concentric rectangles.
+
+procedure mk_rmark (mk, im, iw, fx, fy)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer
+pointer	iw		# pointer to the wcs structure
+real	fx, fy		# x and y center coordinates
+
+int	nr, ncols, nlines, x1, y1, x2, y2
+pointer	sp, lengths
+real	xmag, ymag, lmax, lratio
+int	mk_stati(), mk_rlimits()
+pointer	mk_statp()
+real	mk_statr()
+
+begin
+	nr = mk_stati (mk, NRECTANGLES)
+	if (nr <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	call mk_mag (im, iw, xmag, ymag)
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lengths, nr, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (xmag <= 0.0) {
+	    lmax = 0.0
+	    call amovkr (0.0, Memr[lengths], nr)
+	} else {
+	    lmax = Memr[mk_statp(mk, RLENGTHS)+nr-1] / xmag
+	    call adivkr (Memr[mk_statp(mk,RLENGTHS)], xmag, Memr[lengths], nr)
+	}
+	if (ymag <= 0.0)
+	    lratio = 0.0
+	else
+	    lratio = mk_statr (mk, RATIO) * xmag / ymag
+
+	if (mk_rlimits (fx, fy, lmax, lratio, ncols, nlines, x1, x2,
+		y1, y2) == YES) {
+	    call mk_drawbox (im, fx, fy, x1, x2, y1, y2, Memr[lengths],
+		lratio, nr, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	    call imflush (im)
+	}
+
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X1, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y1, y1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X2, x2)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y2, y2)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MK_XMARK --  Procedure to mark a box.
+
+procedure mk_xmark (mk, im, ofx, ofy, fx, fy)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	im		# pointer to the frame buffer image
+real	ofx, ofy	# first corner coordinates
+real	fx, fy		# second corner coordinates
+
+int	ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2
+int	mk_stati()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	call mk_blimits (ofx, ofy, fx, fy, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	call mk_pbox (im, x1, x2, y1, y2, mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	call imflush (im)
+
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X1, x1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y1, y1)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, X2, x2)
+	#call mk_seti (mk, Y2, y2)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkoutname.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkoutname.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4ec4f22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkoutname.x
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+# MK_OUTNAME -- Procedure to construct an daophot output file name.
+# If output is null or a directory a name is constructed from the root
+# of the image name and the extension. The disk is searched to avoid
+# name collisions.
+#
+#procedure mk_outname (image, output, ext, name, maxch)
+#
+#char	image[ARB]		# image name
+#char	output[ARB]		# output directory or name
+#char	ext[ARB]		# extension
+#char	name[ARB]		# output name
+#int	maxch			# maximum size of name
+#
+#int	ndir
+#pointer	sp, root
+#int	fnldir(), strlen(), mk_imroot()
+#
+#begin
+#	call smark (sp)
+#	call salloc (root, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+#	call imgimage (image, Memc[root], maxch)
+#
+#	ndir = fnldir (output, name, maxch)
+#	if (strlen (output) == ndir) {
+#	    ndir = ndir + mk_imroot (Memc[root], name[ndir+1], maxch)
+#	    call sprintf (name[ndir+1], maxch, ".%s.*")
+#		call pargstr (ext)
+#	    call mk_version (name, name, maxch)
+#	} else
+#	    call strcpy (output, name, maxch)
+#
+#	call sfree (sp)
+#end
+
+
+# MK_IMROOT -- Procedure to fetch the root image name minus the directory
+# specification and the section notation. The length of the root name is
+# returned.
+#
+#int procedure mk_imroot (image, root, maxch)
+#
+#char	image[ARB]		# image specification
+#char	root[ARB]		# rootname
+#int	maxch			# maximum number of characters
+#
+#int	nchars
+#pointer	sp, str
+#int	fnldir(), strlen()
+#
+#begin
+#	call smark (sp)
+#	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+#
+#	call imgimage (image, root, maxch)
+#	nchars = fnldir (root, Memc[str], maxch)
+#	call strcpy (root[nchars+1], root, maxch)
+#
+#	call sfree (sp)
+#	return (strlen (root))
+#end
+
+
+# MK_VERSION -- Routine to compute the next available version number of a given
+# file name template and output the new files name.
+#
+#procedure mk_version (template, filename, maxch)
+#
+#char	template[ARB]			# name template
+#char	filename[ARB]			# output name
+#int	maxch				# maximum number of characters
+#
+#char	period
+#int	newversion, version, len, ip
+#pointer	sp, list, name
+#int	fntgfnb() strldx(), ctoi()
+#pointer	fntopnb()
+#
+#begin
+#	# Allocate temporary space
+#	call smark (sp)
+#	call salloc (name, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+#	period = '.'
+#	list = fntopnb (template, NO)
+#	len = strldx (period, template)
+#
+#	# Loop over the names in the list searchng for the highest version.
+#	newversion = 0
+#	while (fntgfnb (list, Memc[name], maxch) != EOF) {
+#	    len = strldx (period, Memc[name])
+#	    ip = len + 1
+#	    if (ctoi (Memc[name], ip, version) <= 0)
+#		next
+#	    newversion = max (newversion, version)
+#	}
+#
+#	# Make new output file name.
+#	call strcpy (template, filename, len)
+#	call sprintf (filename[len+1], maxch, "%d")
+#	    call pargi (newversion + 1)
+#
+#	call fntclsb (list)
+#	call sfree (sp)
+#end
+
+
+# MK_IMNAME -- Procedure to construct an output image name.
+# If output is null or a directory a name is constructed from the root
+# of the image name and the extension. The disk is searched to avoid
+# name collisions.
+
+procedure mk_imname (image, output, ext, name, maxch)
+
+char    image[ARB]              # image name
+char    output[ARB]             # output directory or name
+char    ext[ARB]                # extension
+char    name[ARB]               # output name
+int     maxch                   # maximum size of name
+
+int     ndir, nimdir, clindex, clsize
+pointer sp, root, str
+int     fnldir(), strlen()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (root, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+        call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        ndir = fnldir (output, name, maxch)
+        if (strlen (output) == ndir) {
+            call imparse (image, Memc[root], SZ_FNAME, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME,
+                Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, clindex, clsize)
+            nimdir = fnldir (Memc[root], Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+            if (clindex >= 0) {
+                call sprintf (name[ndir+1], maxch, "%s%d.%s.*")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[root+nimdir])
+                    call pargi (clindex)
+                    call pargstr (ext)
+            } else {
+                call sprintf (name[ndir+1], maxch, "%s.%s.*")
+                    call pargstr (Memc[root+nimdir])
+                    call pargstr (ext)
+            }
+            call mk_oimversion (name, name, maxch)
+        } else
+            call strcpy (output, name, maxch)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MK_OIMVERSION -- Routine to compute the next available version number of
+# a given file name template and output the new files name.
+
+procedure mk_oimversion (template, filename, maxch)
+
+char    template[ARB]                   # name template
+char    filename[ARB]                   # output name
+int     maxch                           # maximum number of characters
+
+char    period
+int     newversion, version, len
+pointer sp, list, name
+int     imtopen(), imtgetim(), strldx(), ctoi()
+
+begin
+        # Allocate temporary space
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (name, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+        period = '.'
+        list = imtopen (template)
+
+        # Loop over the names in the list searchng for the highest version.
+        newversion = 0
+        while (imtgetim (list, Memc[name], maxch) != EOF) {
+            len = strldx (period, Memc[name])
+            Memc[name+len-1] = EOS
+            len = strldx (period, Memc[name])
+            len = len + 1
+            if (ctoi (Memc[name], len, version) <= 0)
+                next
+            newversion = max (newversion, version)
+        }
+
+        # Make new output file name.
+        len = strldx (period, template)
+        call strcpy (template, filename, len)
+        call sprintf (filename[len+1], maxch, "%d")
+            call pargi (newversion + 1)
+
+        call imtclose (list)
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+
+# MK_IMNAME -- Procedure to construct an daophot output image name.
+# If output is null or a directory a name is constructed from the root
+# of the image name and the extension. The disk is searched to avoid
+# name collisions.
+#
+#procedure mk_imname (image, output, ext, name, maxch)
+#
+#char	image[ARB]		# image name
+#char	output[ARB]		# output directory or name
+#char	ext[ARB]		# extension
+#char	name[ARB]		# output name
+#int	maxch			# maximum size of name
+#
+#int	ndir
+#pointer	sp, root
+#int	fnldir(), strlen(), mk_imroot()
+#
+#begin
+#	call smark (sp)
+#	call salloc (root, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+#	call imgimage (image, Memc[root], maxch)
+#
+#	ndir = fnldir (output, name, maxch)
+#	if (strlen (output) == ndir) {
+#	    ndir = ndir + mk_imroot (Memc[root], name[ndir+1], maxch)
+#	    call sprintf (name[ndir+1], maxch, ".%s.*")
+#		call pargstr (ext)
+#	    call mk_imversion (name, name, maxch)
+#	} else
+#	    call strcpy (output, name, maxch)
+#
+#	call sfree (sp)
+#end
+
+
+# MK_VERSION -- Routine to compute the next available version number of a given
+# file name template and output the new files name.
+#
+#procedure mk_imversion (template, filename, maxch)
+#
+#char	template[ARB]			# name template
+#char	filename[ARB]			# output name
+#int	maxch				# maximum number of characters
+#
+#char	period
+#int	newversion, version, len, ip
+#pointer	sp, list, name
+#int	fntgfnb() strldx(), ctoi()
+#pointer	fntopnb()
+#
+#begin
+#	# Allocate temporary space
+#	call smark (sp)
+#	call salloc (name, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+#	period = '.'
+#	list = fntopnb (template, NO)
+#	len = strldx (period, template)
+#
+#	# Loop over the names in the list searchng for the highest version.
+#	newversion = 0
+#	while (fntgfnb (list, Memc[name], maxch) != EOF) {
+#	    len = strldx (period, Memc[name])
+#	    Memc[name+len-1] = EOS
+#	    len = strldx (period, Memc[name])
+#	    ip = len + 1
+#	    if (ctoi (Memc[name], ip, version) <= 0)
+#		next
+#	    newversion = max (newversion, version)
+#	}
+#
+#	# Make new output file name.
+#	call strcpy (template, filename, len)
+#	call sprintf (filename[len+1], maxch, "%d")
+#	    call pargi (newversion + 1)
+#
+#	call fntclsb (list)
+#	call sfree (sp)
+#end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0fb0af3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Make the TVMARK package
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+
+libpkg.a:
+	mkbmark.x	"tvmark.h" <imhdr.h>
+	mkcolon.x	"tvmark.h" <imhdr.h> <fset.h> <error.h>
+	mkgmarks.x	<ctype.h> <lexnum.h>
+	mkgpars.x	<ctype.h> "tvmark.h"
+	mkgscur.x	<gset.h>  <fset.h>
+	mkremove.x
+	mkfind.x	<mach.h>
+	mkppars.x	<ctype.h> "tvmark.h"
+	mkmag.x		<imhdr.h>
+	mkmark.x	<imhdr.h> <fset.h> "tvmark.h"
+	mknew.x
+	mkonemark.x	<imhdr.h> "tvmark.h"
+	mkoutname.x
+	mkshow.x	"tvmark.h"
+	mktext.x	"pixelfont.inc"  "asciilook.inc"  <imhdr.h>  <mach.h>
+	mktools.x	<ctype.h> "tvmark.h"
+	t_tvmark.x	<imhdr.h>  <imset.h> <fset.h>  <gset.h>  "tvmark.h"
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkppars.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkppars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16fdf8c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkppars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+# MK_PPARS -- Store the IMMARK parameters.
+
+procedure mk_ppars (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the immark structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	itob()
+int	mk_stati()
+real	mk_statr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Store the mark type.
+	call mk_stats (mk, MARK, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("mark", Memc[str])
+
+	# Store the circle and rectangles descriptors.
+	call mk_stats (mk, CSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("radii", Memc[str])
+	call mk_stats (mk, RSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	call clpstr ("lengths", Memc[str])
+
+	call clputb ("number", itob (mk_stati (mk, NUMBER)))
+	call clputb ("label", itob (mk_stati (mk, LABEL)))
+	call clputi ("txsize", mk_stati (mk, SIZE))
+	call clputi ("pointsize", 2 * mk_stati (mk, SZPOINT) + 1)
+	call clputi ("color", mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+	call clputi ("nxoffset", mk_stati (mk, NXOFFSET))
+	call clputi ("nyoffset", mk_stati (mk, NYOFFSET))
+	call clputr ("tolerance", mk_statr (mk, TOLERANCE))
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkremove.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkremove.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..589fc039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkremove.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# MK_REMOVE -- Check the deletions for uniqueness and delete unwanted objects
+# from the coordinates file.
+
+procedure mk_remove (coords, deletions, cl, dl, ndelete)
+
+char	coords[ARB]	# coordinate file name
+char	deletions[ARB]	# deletions file name
+int	cl		# coordinate file descriptor
+int	dl		# deletions file descriptor
+int	ndelete		# number of deletions
+
+int	i, ndel, nobj, obj, tcl, tdl, stat
+pointer	sp, id, tclname, tdlname, line
+real	xval, yval
+int	fscan(), nscan(), open(), getline()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (id, ndelete, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (tclname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tdlname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Rewind both files to the beginning.
+	call seek (cl, BOF)
+	call seek (dl, BOF)
+
+	# Read in the ids of objects to be deleted.
+	ndel = 0
+	while (fscan (dl) != EOF) {
+	    call gargi (Memi[id+ndel])
+	    ndel = ndel + 1
+	}
+
+	# Sort the id numbers.
+	call asrti (Memi[id], Memi[id], ndelete)
+
+	# Remove id numbers that are not unique.
+	ndel = 1
+	do i = 2, ndelete {
+	    if (Memi[id+i-1] == Memi[id+i-2])
+		next
+	    ndel = ndel + 1
+	    Memi[id+ndel-1] = Memi[id+i-1]
+	}
+
+	# Open two temporary files.
+	call mktemp ("tcl", Memc[tclname], SZ_FNAME)
+	call mktemp ("tdl", Memc[tdlname], SZ_FNAME)
+	tcl = open (Memc[tclname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	tdl = open (Memc[tdlname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	nobj = 0
+	do i = 1, ndel {
+
+	    obj = Memi[id+i-1]
+
+	    repeat {
+
+		stat = getline (cl, Memc[line])
+		if (stat == EOF)
+		    break
+
+		call sscan (Memc[line])
+	        call gargr (xval)
+	        call gargr (yval)
+	        if (nscan () < 2) {
+		    call putline (tcl, Memc[line])
+		    next
+		}
+
+	        nobj = nobj + 1
+		if (nobj < obj)
+		    call putline (tcl, Memc[line])
+		else
+		    call putline (tdl, Memc[line])
+
+	    } until (nobj >= obj)
+	}
+
+	# Copy the remainder of the file.
+	while (getline (cl, Memc[line]) != EOF)
+	    call putline (tcl, Memc[line])
+
+	# Cleanup the coords file.
+	call close (cl)
+	call close (tcl)
+	call delete (coords)
+	call rename (Memc[tclname], coords)
+
+	# Cleanup the delete file.
+	call close (dl)
+	call close (tdl)
+	call delete (deletions)
+	call rename (Memc[tdlname], deletions)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkshow.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkshow.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd48992b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mkshow.x
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+# MK_SHOW -- Procedure to show the immark parameters
+
+procedure mk_show (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the immark structure
+
+pointer	sp, str
+bool	itob()
+int	mk_stati()
+real	mk_statr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Print a blank line.
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	# Print the frame info.
+	call printf ("%s: %d  %s: %s\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_FRAME)
+	    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, FRAME))
+	    call pargstr (KY_COORDS)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, COORDS, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	# Print the output info.
+	call printf ("    %s: %s  %s: %s  %s: %b\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_OUTIMAGE)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, OUTIMAGE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call mk_stats (mk, LOGFILE, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (KY_LOGFILE)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call pargstr (KY_AUTOLOG)
+	    call pargb (itob (mk_stati (mk, AUTOLOG)))
+	    
+	# Print the deletions file info.
+	call printf ("    %s: %s  %s: %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_DELETIONS)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, DELETIONS, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call pargstr (KY_TOLERANCE)
+	    call pargr (mk_statr (mk, TOLERANCE))
+
+	# Print the font info.
+	call printf ("    %s: %s  %s: %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_FONT)
+	    call mk_stats (mk, FONT, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call pargstr (KY_GRAYLEVEL)
+	    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL))
+
+	# Print the mark type info.
+	call printf ("    %s: %s  ")
+	    call pargstr (KY_MARK)
+	call mk_stats (mk, MARK, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	call printf ("%s: %s  ")
+	    call pargstr (KY_CIRCLES)
+	call mk_stats (mk, CSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+
+	call printf ("%s: %s %g\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_RECTANGLE)
+	call mk_stats (mk, RSTRING, Memc[str], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call pargstr (Memc[str])
+	    call pargr (mk_statr (mk, RATIO))
+
+	call printf ("    %s: %d  %s: %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_SZPOINT)
+	    call pargi (2 * mk_stati (mk, SZPOINT) + 1)
+	    call pargstr (KY_SIZE)
+	    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, SIZE))
+
+	call printf ("    %s: %b  ")
+	    call pargstr (KY_LABEL)
+	    call pargb (itob (mk_stati (mk, LABEL)))
+	call printf ("%s: %b  ")
+	    call pargstr (KY_NUMBER)
+	    call pargb (itob (mk_stati (mk, NUMBER)))
+	call printf ("  %s: %d  %s: %d\n")
+	    call pargstr (KY_NXOFFSET)
+	    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, NXOFFSET))
+	    call pargstr (KY_NYOFFSET)
+	    call pargi (mk_stati (mk, NYOFFSET))
+
+	# Print a blank line.
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mktext.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mktext.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06a99b37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mktext.x
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+include <mach.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+define	FONTWIDE	6
+define	FONTHIGH	7
+define	SZ_LOOKUP	128
+define	SZ_FONT		455
+define	SZ_PIXARY	5
+
+# MK_TEXTIM -- Write a text string into an image using a pixel font for speed.
+# Characters are made twice as big as the font by doubling in both axes.
+
+procedure mk_textim (im, s, x, y, xmag, ymag, value, center)
+
+pointer	im				# image to put the text in.
+char	s[ARB]				# text to put in the image.
+int	x, y				# x, y position in the image.
+int	xmag, ymag			# x, y magnification values.
+int	value				# value to use in image for text.
+int	center				# center the string
+
+int	numrow, numcol, numchars, fonthigh, fontwide, xinit, yinit
+int	i, l, ch, nchar, line, ip, pixary[SZ_PIXARY]
+pointer	lineget, lineput
+
+int	strlen()
+pointer	imgl2s(), impl2s()
+errchk	imgl2s, impl2s
+
+begin
+	# Find the length of the string.
+	numchars = strlen (s)
+	if (numchars <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	# Calculate height and width of magnified font.
+	fonthigh = FONTHIGH * ymag
+	fontwide = FONTWIDE * xmag
+
+	# Check for row/col out of bounds.
+	numcol= IM_LEN(im,1)
+	numrow = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Compute the initial position of the string truncating characters
+	# is necessary.
+	if (center == YES)
+	    xinit = x - fontwide * numchars / 2
+	else
+	    xinit = x
+	for (ip = 1; ip <= numchars; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (xinit >= 1)
+		break
+	    xinit = xinit + fontwide 
+	}
+
+	# Return if beginning of string is off image.
+	if (xinit < 1 || xinit > numcol)
+	    return
+
+	# Truncate the string.
+	if (xinit > numcol - fontwide * (numchars - ip + 1)) {
+	    numchars = int ((numcol - xinit) / fontwide)
+	    if (numchars <= 0)
+	        return
+	}
+
+	# Return if the text does not fit in the image.
+	if (center == YES)
+	    yinit = y - fonthigh * numchars / 2
+	else
+	    yinit = y
+	if ((yinit <= 0) || (yinit > numrow - fonthigh))
+	    return
+
+	# For each line of the text (backward).
+	for (i = 1; i <= 7; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    line = yinit + (i-1) * ymag
+
+	    do l = 1, ymag {
+
+	        # Get and put the line of the image.
+	        lineput = impl2s (im, line+(l-1))
+	        lineget = imgl2s (im, line+(l-1))
+	        call amovs (Mems[lineget], Mems[lineput], numcol)
+
+	        # Put out the font.
+	        do ch = ip, numchars {
+	            nchar = int (s[ch])
+		    call mk_pixbit (nchar, 8 - i, pixary)
+		    call mk_putpix (pixary, Mems[lineput], numcol,
+			xinit+(ch-1)*fontwide, value, xmag)
+	        }
+
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_PIXBIT -- Look up which bits should be set for this character on this line.
+
+procedure mk_pixbit (code, line, bitarray)
+
+int	code		# character we are writing
+int	line		# line of the character we are writing
+int	bitarray[ARB]	# bit-array to receive data
+
+int	pix, i
+short	asciilook[SZ_LOOKUP], font[SZ_FONT]
+int	bitupk()
+
+include	"pixelfont.inc"
+include	"asciilook.inc"
+
+begin
+	pix = font[asciilook[code+1]+line-1]
+	bitarray[5] = bitupk (pix, 1, 1)
+	bitarray[4] = bitupk (pix, 4, 1)
+	bitarray[3] = bitupk (pix, 7, 1)
+	bitarray[2] = bitupk (pix, 10, 1)
+	bitarray[1] = bitupk (pix, 13, 1)
+end
+
+
+# MK_PUTPIX -- Put one line of one character into the data array.
+
+procedure mk_putpix (pixary, array, size, position, value, xmag)
+
+int	pixary[ARB]		# array of pixels in character
+int	size, position		# size of data array
+short	array[size]		# data array in which to put character line
+int	value			# value to use for character pixels
+int	xmag			# x-magnification of text
+
+int	i, k, x
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, 5 {
+	    if (pixary[i] == 1) {
+		x = position + (i-1) * xmag
+		do k = 1, xmag
+		    array[x+(k-1)] = value
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_TLIMITS -- Compute the column and line limits of a text string.
+
+procedure mk_tlimits (str, x, y, xmag, ymag, ncols, nlines, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# string to be written to the image
+int	x, y			# starting position of the string
+int	xmag, ymag		# magnification factor
+int	ncols, nlines		# dimensions of the image
+int	x1, x2			# column limits
+int	y1, y2			# line limits
+
+begin
+	x1 = max (1, min (y, ncols))
+	x2 = min (ncols, max (1, y + 5 * xmag))
+	y1 = max (1, min (y, nlines))
+	y2 = min (nlines, max (1, y + 6 * ymag))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mktools.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mktools.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33f1424b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/mktools.x
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+#  MK_INIT -- Procedure to initialize the image marking code.
+
+procedure mk_init (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+
+begin
+	call malloc (mk, LEN_MARKSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Initialize the mark type parameters.
+	MK_MARK(mk) = EOS
+	MK_CSTRING(mk) = EOS
+	MK_RSTRING(mk) = EOS
+	MK_MKTYPE(mk) = 0
+	MK_NCIRCLES(mk) = 0
+	MK_NELLIPSES(mk) = 0
+	MK_NSQUARES(mk) = 0
+	MK_NRECTANGLES(mk) = 0
+	MK_NXOFFSET(mk) = 0
+	MK_NYOFFSET(mk) = 0
+
+	# Initialize the mark shape parameters.
+	MK_RATIO(mk) = 1.0
+	MK_ELLIPTICITY(mk) = 0.0
+	MK_RTHETA(mk) = 0.0
+	MK_ETHETA(mk) = 0.0
+
+	# Initialize the pointers.
+	MK_RADII(mk) = NULL
+	MK_AXES(mk) = NULL
+	MK_SLENGTHS(mk) = NULL
+	MK_RLENGTHS(mk) = NULL
+
+	MK_X1(mk) = INDEFI
+	MK_Y1(mk) = INDEFI
+	MK_X2(mk) = INDEFI
+	MK_Y2(mk) = INDEFI
+
+	# Initialize actual drawing parameters.
+	MK_NUMBER(mk) = NO
+	MK_LABEL(mk) = NO
+	MK_FONT(mk) = EOS
+	MK_GRAYLEVEL(mk) = 0
+	MK_SIZE(mk) = 1
+	MK_SZPOINT(mk) = 1
+
+	# Initialize file parameters strings.
+	MK_IMAGE(mk) = EOS
+	MK_OUTIMAGE(mk) = EOS
+	MK_COORDS(mk) = EOS
+	MK_DELETIONS(mk) = EOS
+	MK_LOGFILE(mk) = EOS
+	MK_AUTOLOG(mk) = NO
+
+	# Initilize the display command parameters.
+	MK_FRAME(mk) = 1
+	MK_TOLERANCE(mk) = 1.0
+
+	# Initialize the buffers.
+	call mk_rinit (mk)
+end
+
+
+#  MK_RINIT -- Procedure to initialize the immark structure.
+
+procedure mk_rinit (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+
+begin
+	call mk_rfree (mk)
+	call malloc (MK_RADII(mk), MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (MK_AXES(mk), MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (MK_SLENGTHS(mk), MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (MK_RLENGTHS(mk), MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# MK_INDEFR -- Procedure to reinitialize the size dependent buffers.
+
+procedure mk_indefr (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark
+
+int	ncircles, nsquares, nellipses, nrectangles
+int	mk_stati()
+
+begin
+	ncircles = mk_stati (mk, NCIRCLES)
+	nellipses = mk_stati (mk, NELLIPSES)
+	nsquares = mk_stati (mk, NSQUARES)
+	nrectangles = mk_stati (mk, NRECTANGLES)
+
+	if (ncircles > 0)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_RADII(mk)], ncircles)
+	if (nellipses > 0)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_AXES(mk)], nellipses)
+	if (nsquares > 0)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_SLENGTHS(mk)], nsquares)
+	if (nrectangles > 0)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_RLENGTHS(mk)], nrectangles)
+
+end
+
+
+#  MK_REALLOC -- Procedure to reallocate regions buffers.
+
+procedure mk_realloc (mk, ncircles, nellipses, nsquares, nrectangles)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	ncircles	# number of circles
+int	nellipses 	# number of ellipses
+int	nsquares	# number of squares
+int	nrectangles	# number of rectangles
+
+int	nc, ne, ns, nr
+int	mk_stati()
+
+begin
+	if (ncircles > 0)
+	    call realloc (MK_RADII(mk), ncircles, TY_REAL)
+	else {
+	    call mfree (MK_RADII(mk), TY_REAL)
+	    MK_RADII(mk) = NULL
+	}
+
+	if (nellipses > 0) 
+	    call realloc (MK_AXES(mk), nellipses, TY_REAL)
+	else {
+	    call mfree (MK_AXES(mk), TY_REAL)
+	    MK_AXES(mk) = NULL
+	}
+
+	if (nsquares > 0)
+	    call realloc (MK_SLENGTHS(mk), nsquares, TY_REAL)
+	else {
+	    call mfree (MK_SLENGTHS(mk), TY_REAL)
+	    MK_SLENGTHS(mk) = NULL
+	}
+
+	if (nrectangles > 0)
+	    call realloc (MK_RLENGTHS(mk), nrectangles, TY_REAL)
+	else {
+	    call mfree (MK_RLENGTHS(mk), TY_REAL)
+	    MK_RLENGTHS(mk) = NULL
+	}
+
+	nc = mk_stati (mk, NCIRCLES)
+	ne = mk_stati (mk, NELLIPSES)
+	ns = mk_stati (mk, NSQUARES)
+	nr = mk_stati (mk, NRECTANGLES)
+
+	if (ncircles > nc)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_RADII(mk)+nc], ncircles - nc)
+	if (nellipses > ne)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_AXES(mk)+ne], nellipses - ne)
+	if (nsquares > ns)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_SLENGTHS(mk)+ns], nsquares - ns)
+	if (nrectangles > nr)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[MK_RLENGTHS(mk)+nr], nrectangles - nr)
+end
+
+
+# MK_FREE -- Procedure to free the immark structure.
+
+procedure mk_free (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+
+begin
+	call mk_rfree (mk)
+	call mfree (mk, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# MK_RFREE -- Procedure to free the regions portion of the immark structure.
+
+procedure mk_rfree (mk)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+
+begin
+	if (MK_RADII(mk) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (MK_RADII(mk), TY_REAL)
+	MK_RADII(mk) = NULL
+	if (MK_AXES(mk) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (MK_AXES(mk), TY_REAL)
+	MK_AXES(mk) = NULL
+	if (MK_SLENGTHS(mk) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (MK_SLENGTHS(mk), TY_REAL)
+	MK_SLENGTHS(mk) = NULL
+	if (MK_RLENGTHS(mk) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (MK_RLENGTHS(mk), TY_REAL)
+	MK_RLENGTHS(mk) = NULL
+end
+
+
+# MK_STATI -- Procedure to fetch the value of an immark integer parameter.
+
+int procedure mk_stati (mk, param)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case AUTOLOG:
+	    return (MK_AUTOLOG(mk))
+	case NUMBER:
+	    return (MK_NUMBER(mk))
+	case LABEL:
+	    return (MK_LABEL(mk))
+	case GRAYLEVEL:
+	    return (MK_GRAYLEVEL(mk))
+	case SIZE:
+	    return (MK_SIZE(mk))
+	case SZPOINT:
+	    return (MK_SZPOINT(mk))
+	case FRAME:
+	    return (MK_FRAME(mk))
+	case NCIRCLES:
+	    return (MK_NCIRCLES(mk))
+	case NELLIPSES:
+	    return (MK_NELLIPSES(mk))
+	case NSQUARES:
+	    return (MK_NSQUARES(mk))
+	case NRECTANGLES:
+	    return (MK_NRECTANGLES(mk))
+	case MKTYPE:
+	    return (MK_MKTYPE(mk))
+	case X1:
+	    return (MK_X1(mk))
+	case Y1:
+	    return (MK_Y1(mk))
+	case X2:
+	    return (MK_X2(mk))
+	case Y2:
+	    return (MK_Y2(mk))
+	case NXOFFSET:
+	    return (MK_NXOFFSET(mk))
+	case NYOFFSET:
+	    return (MK_NYOFFSET(mk))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_STATI: Unknown integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_STATP -- Procedure to fetch the value of a pointer parameter.
+
+pointer procedure mk_statp (mk, param)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RADII:
+	    return (MK_RADII(mk))
+	case AXES:
+	    return (MK_AXES(mk))
+	case SLENGTHS:
+	    return (MK_SLENGTHS(mk))
+	case RLENGTHS:
+	    return (MK_RLENGTHS(mk))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_STATP: Unknown pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_STATR -- Procedure to fetch the value of a real parameter.
+
+real procedure mk_statr (mk, param)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RATIO:
+	    return (MK_RATIO(mk))
+	case ELLIPTICITY:
+	    return (MK_ELLIPTICITY(mk))
+	case RTHETA:
+	    return (MK_RTHETA(mk))
+	case ETHETA:
+	    return (MK_ETHETA(mk))
+	case TOLERANCE:
+	    return (MK_TOLERANCE(mk))
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_STATR: Unknown real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_STATS -- Procedure to fetch the value of a string parameter.
+
+procedure mk_stats (mk, param, str, maxch)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+char	str[ARB]	# output string
+int	maxch		# maximum number of characters
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (MK_IMAGE(mk), str, maxch)
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (MK_OUTIMAGE(mk), str, maxch)
+	case COORDS:
+	    call strcpy (MK_COORDS(mk), str, maxch)
+	case DELETIONS:
+	    call strcpy (MK_DELETIONS(mk), str, maxch)
+	case LOGFILE:
+	    call strcpy (MK_LOGFILE(mk), str, maxch)
+	case FONT:
+	    call strcpy (MK_FONT(mk), str, maxch)
+	case MARK:
+	    call strcpy (MK_MARK(mk), str, maxch)
+	case CSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (MK_CSTRING(mk), str, maxch)
+	case RSTRING:
+	    call strcpy (MK_RSTRING(mk), str, maxch)
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_STATS: Unknown string parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_SETI -- Procedure to set the value of an integer parameter.
+
+procedure mk_seti (mk, param, value)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+int	value		# value of the integer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case AUTOLOG:
+	    MK_AUTOLOG(mk) = value
+	case NUMBER:
+	    MK_NUMBER(mk) = value
+	case LABEL:
+	    MK_LABEL(mk) = value
+	case GRAYLEVEL:
+	    MK_GRAYLEVEL(mk) = value
+	case SIZE:
+	    MK_SIZE(mk) = value
+	case SZPOINT:
+	    MK_SZPOINT(mk) = value
+	case FRAME:
+	    MK_FRAME(mk) = value
+	case NCIRCLES:
+	    MK_NCIRCLES(mk) = value
+	case NELLIPSES:
+	    MK_NELLIPSES(mk) = value
+	case NSQUARES:
+	    MK_NSQUARES(mk) = value
+	case NRECTANGLES:
+	    MK_NRECTANGLES(mk) = value
+	case MKTYPE:
+	    MK_MKTYPE(mk) = value
+	case X1:
+	    MK_X1(mk) = value
+	case Y1:
+	    MK_Y1(mk) = value
+	case X2:
+	    MK_X2(mk) = value
+	case Y2:
+	    MK_Y2(mk) = value
+	case NXOFFSET:
+	    MK_NXOFFSET(mk) = value
+	case NYOFFSET:
+	    MK_NYOFFSET(mk) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_SETI: Unknown integer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_SETP -- Procedure to set the value of a pointer parameter.
+
+procedure mk_setp (mk, param, value)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+pointer value		# value of the pointer parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RADII:
+	    MK_RADII(mk) = value
+	case AXES:
+	    MK_AXES(mk) = value
+	case SLENGTHS:
+	    MK_SLENGTHS(mk) = value
+	case RLENGTHS:
+	    MK_RLENGTHS(mk) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_SETP: Unknown pointer parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_SETR -- Procedure to set the value of a real parameter.
+
+procedure mk_setr (mk, param, value)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+real	value		# real parameter
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case RATIO:
+	    MK_RATIO(mk) = value
+	case ELLIPTICITY:
+	    MK_ELLIPTICITY(mk) = value
+	case RTHETA:
+	    MK_RTHETA(mk) = value
+	case ETHETA:
+	    MK_ETHETA(mk) = value
+	case TOLERANCE:
+	    MK_TOLERANCE(mk) = value
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_SETR: Unknown real parameter.")
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MK_SETS -- Procedure to set the value of a string parameter.
+
+procedure mk_sets (mk, param, str)
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to immark structure
+int	param		# parameter to be fetched
+char	str[ARB]	# output string
+
+int	rp, ntemp
+pointer	sp, rtemp
+int	fnldir(), mk_gmarks()
+
+begin
+	switch (param) {
+	case IMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (str, MK_IMAGE(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	case OUTIMAGE:
+	    call strcpy (str, MK_OUTIMAGE(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	case COORDS:
+	    rp = fnldir (str, MK_COORDS(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (str[rp+1], MK_COORDS(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	case DELETIONS:
+	    rp = fnldir (str, MK_DELETIONS(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (str[rp+1], MK_DELETIONS(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	case LOGFILE:
+	    rp = fnldir (str, MK_LOGFILE(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (str[rp+1], MK_LOGFILE(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	case FONT:
+	    rp = fnldir (str, MK_FONT(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+	    call strcpy (str[rp+1], MK_FONT(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	case MARK:
+	    call strcpy (str, MK_MARK(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+
+	case CSTRING:
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (rtemp, MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+	    ntemp = mk_gmarks (str, Memr[rtemp], MAX_NMARKS)
+	    if (ntemp > 0) {
+	        call strcpy (str, MK_CSTRING(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+		MK_NCIRCLES(mk) = ntemp
+		call realloc (MK_RADII(mk), ntemp, TY_REAL)
+		call amovr (Memr[rtemp], Memr[MK_RADII(mk)], ntemp)
+		call asrtr (Memr[MK_RADII(mk)], Memr[MK_RADII(mk)], ntemp)
+	    }
+	    call sfree (sp)
+
+	case RSTRING:
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (rtemp, MAX_NMARKS, TY_REAL)
+	    ntemp = mk_gmarks (str, Memr[rtemp], MAX_NMARKS)
+	    if (ntemp > 0) {
+	        call strcpy (str, MK_RSTRING(mk), SZ_FNAME)
+		MK_NRECTANGLES(mk) = ntemp
+		call realloc (MK_RLENGTHS(mk), ntemp, TY_REAL)
+		call amovr (Memr[rtemp], Memr[MK_RLENGTHS(mk)], ntemp)
+		call asrtr (Memr[MK_RLENGTHS(mk)], Memr[MK_RLENGTHS(mk)], ntemp)
+	    }
+	    call sfree (sp)
+
+	default:
+	    call error (0, "MK_SETS: Unknown string parameter.")
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/pixelfont.inc b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/pixelfont.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92216e6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/pixelfont.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+data	(font[i], i=1,7)      / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B /    # (space)
+
+data	(font[i], i=8,14)     / 00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B /    # !
+
+data	(font[i], i=15,21)    / 01010B,
+				01010B,
+				01010B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B /    # "
+
+data	(font[i], i=22,28)    / 01010B,
+				01010B,
+				11111B,
+				01010B,
+				11111B,
+				01010B,
+				01010B /    # #
+
+data	(font[i], i=29,35)    / 00100B,
+				01111B,
+				10100B,
+				01110B,
+				00101B,
+				11110B,
+				00100B /    # $
+
+data	(font[i], i=36,42)    / 11000B,
+				11001B,
+				00010B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B,
+				10011B,
+				00011B /    # %
+
+data	(font[i], i=43,49)    / 01000B,
+				10100B,
+				10100B,
+				01000B,
+				10101B,
+				10010B,
+				01101B /    # &
+
+data	(font[i], i=50,56)    / 00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B /    # '
+
+data	(font[i], i=57,63)    / 00100B,
+				01000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				01000B,
+				00100B /    # (
+
+data	(font[i], i=64,70)    / 00100B,
+				00010B,
+				00001B,
+				00001B,
+				00001B,
+				00010B,
+				00100B /    # )
+
+data	(font[i], i=71,77)    / 00100B,
+				10101B,
+				01110B,
+				00100B,
+				01110B,
+				10101B,
+				00100B /    # *
+
+data	(font[i], i=78,84)    / 00000B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				11111B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00000B /    # +
+
+data	(font[i], i=85,91)    / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B /    # ,
+
+data	(font[i], i=92,98)    / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				11111B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B /    # -
+
+data	(font[i], i=99,105)   / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B /    # .
+
+data	(font[i], i=106,112)  / 00000B,
+				00001B,
+				00010B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B,
+				10000B,
+				00000B /    # /
+
+data	(font[i], i=113,119)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10011B,
+				10101B,
+				11001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # 0
+
+data	(font[i], i=120,126)  / 00100B,
+				01100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				01110B /    # 1
+
+data	(font[i], i=127,133)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				00001B,
+				00110B,
+				01000B,
+				10000B,
+				11111B /    # 2
+
+data	(font[i], i=134,140)  / 11111B,
+				00001B,
+				00010B,
+				00110B,
+				00001B,
+				10001B,
+				11111B /    # 3
+
+data	(font[i], i=141,147)  / 00010B,
+				00110B,
+				01010B,
+				11111B,
+				00010B,
+				00010B,
+				00010B /    # 4
+
+data	(font[i], i=148,154)  / 11111B,
+				10000B,
+				11110B,
+				00001B,
+				00001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # 5
+
+data	(font[i], i=155,161)  / 00111B,
+				01000B,
+				10000B,
+				11110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # 6
+
+data	(font[i], i=162,168)  / 11111B,
+				00001B,
+				00010B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B,
+				01000B,
+				01000B /    # 7
+
+data	(font[i], i=169,175)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # 8
+
+data	(font[i], i=176,182)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01111B,
+				00001B,
+				00010B,
+				11100B /    # 9
+
+data	(font[i], i=183,189)  / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B /    # :
+
+data	(font[i], i=190,196)  / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B /    # ;
+
+data	(font[i], i=197,203)  / 00010B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B,
+				10000B,
+				01000B,
+				00100B,
+				00010B /    # <
+
+data	(font[i], i=204,210)  / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				11111B,
+				00000B,
+				11111B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B /    # =
+
+data	(font[i], i=211,217)  / 01000B,
+				00100B,
+				00010B,
+				00001B,
+				00010B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B /    # >
+
+data	(font[i], i=218,224)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				00010B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B /    # ?
+
+data	(font[i], i=225,231)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10101B,
+				10111B,
+				10110B,
+				10000B,
+				01111B /    # @
+
+data	(font[i], i=232,238)  / 00100B,
+				01010B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11111B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B /    # A
+
+data	(font[i], i=239,245)  / 11110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11110B /    # B
+
+data	(font[i], i=246,252)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # C
+
+data	(font[i], i=253,259)  / 11110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11110B /    # D
+
+data	(font[i], i=260,266)  / 11111B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				11110B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				11111B /    # E
+
+data	(font[i], i=267,273)  / 11111B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				11110B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B /    # F
+
+data	(font[i], i=274,280)  / 01111B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10011B,
+				10001B,
+				01111B /    # G
+
+data	(font[i], i=281,287)  / 10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11111B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B /    # H
+
+data	(font[i], i=288,294)  / 01110B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				01110B /    # I
+
+data	(font[i], i=295,301)  / 00001B,
+				00001B,
+				00001B,
+				00001B,
+				00001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # J
+
+data	(font[i], i=302,308)  / 10001B,
+				10010B,
+				10100B,
+				11000B,
+				10100B,
+				10010B,
+				10001B /    # K
+
+data	(font[i], i=309,315)  / 10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				11111B /    # L
+
+data	(font[i], i=316,322)  / 10001B,
+				11011B,
+				10101B,
+				10101B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B /    # M
+
+data	(font[i], i=323,329)  / 10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11001B,
+				10101B,
+				10011B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B /    # N
+
+data	(font[i], i=330,336)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # O
+
+data	(font[i], i=337,343)  / 11110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11110B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B,
+				10000B /    # P
+
+data	(font[i], i=344,350)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10101B,
+				10010B,
+				01101B /    # Q
+
+data	(font[i], i=351,357)  / 11110B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				11110B,
+				10100B,
+				10010B,
+				10001B /    # R
+
+data	(font[i], i=358,364)  / 01110B,
+				10001B,
+				10000B,
+				01110B,
+				00001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # S
+
+data	(font[i], i=365,371)  / 11111B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B /    # T
+
+data	(font[i], i=372,378)  / 10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01110B /    # U
+
+data	(font[i], i=379,385)  / 10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01010B,
+				00100B /    # V
+
+data	(font[i], i=386,392)  / 10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B,
+				10101B,
+				10101B,
+				11011B,
+				10001B /    # W
+
+data	(font[i], i=393,399)  / 10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01010B,
+				00100B,
+				01010B,
+				10001B,
+				10001B /    # X
+
+data	(font[i], i=400,406)  / 10001B,
+				10001B,
+				01010B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B,
+				00100B /    # Y
+
+data	(font[i], i=407,413)  / 11111B,
+				00001B,
+				00010B,
+				00100B,
+				01000B,
+				10000B,
+				11111B /    # Z
+
+data	(font[i], i=414,420)  / 11111B,
+				11000B,
+				11000B,
+				11000B,
+				11000B,
+				11000B,
+				11111B /    # [
+
+data	(font[i], i=421,427)  / 00000B,
+				10000B,
+				01000B,
+				00100B,
+				00010B,
+				00001B,
+				00000B /    # \
+
+data	(font[i], i=428,434)  / 11111B,
+				00011B,
+				00011B,
+				00011B,
+				00011B,
+				00011B,
+				11111B /    # ]
+
+data	(font[i], i=435,441)  / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00100B,
+				01010B,
+				10001B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B /    # ^
+
+data	(font[i], i=442,448)  / 00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				00000B,
+				11111B /    # _
+
+data	(font[i], i=449,455)  / 11111B,
+				10001B,
+				11011B,
+				10101B,
+				11011B,
+				10001B,
+				11111B /    # (unknown)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/t_tvmark.x b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/t_tvmark.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1485ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/t_tvmark.x
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include "tvmark.h"
+
+define	TV_NLINES	128
+
+# T_TVMARK -- Mark dots circles and squares on the image in the image display
+# with optional numbering.
+
+procedure t_tvmark ()
+
+pointer	image	               	# pointer to name of the image
+pointer	outimage 		# pointer to output image
+pointer	coords			# pointer to coordinate file
+pointer	deletions		# the name of the deletions file
+pointer	logfile			# pointer to the log file
+pointer	font			# pointer to the font
+int	autolog			# automatically log commands
+int	interactive		# interactive mode
+
+pointer	sp, mk, im, iw, outim, cfilename, tmpname
+int	cl, dl, log, ft, frame, ltid, wcs_status, ndelete, bufsize
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	access(), btoi(), clgeti(), imstati(), mk_mark()
+int	imd_wcsver()
+pointer	immap(), open(), imd_mapframe(), iw_open()
+
+begin
+	# Set standard output to flush on newline.
+	call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (coords, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (deletions, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (logfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (font, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc  (cfilename, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (tmpname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+        # Query server to get the WCS version, this also tells us whether
+        # we can use the all 16 supported frames.
+        if (imd_wcsver() == 0)
+            call clputi ("tvmark.frame.p_max", 4)
+        else
+            call clputi ("tvmark.frame.p_max", 16)
+
+	frame = clgeti ("frame")
+	call clgstr ("coords", Memc[coords], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("outimage", Memc[outimage], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("deletions", Memc[deletions], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("logfile", Memc[logfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("font", Memc[font], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("commands.p_filename", Memc[cfilename], SZ_FNAME)
+	autolog = btoi (clgetb ("autolog"))
+	interactive = btoi (clgetb ("interactive"))
+
+	# Fetch the marking parameters.
+	call mk_gpars (mk)
+	
+	# Open the frame as an image.
+	im = imd_mapframe (frame, READ_WRITE, YES)
+	bufsize = max (imstati (im, IM_BUFSIZE), TV_NLINES *
+	    int (IM_LEN(im,1)) * SZ_SHORT) 
+	call imseti (im, IM_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	iw = iw_open (im, frame, Memc[image], SZ_FNAME, wcs_status)
+	call mk_sets (mk, IMAGE, Memc[image])
+	call mk_seti (mk, FRAME, frame)
+
+	# Open the coordinate file.
+	if (Memc[coords] != EOS) {
+	    if ((interactive == NO) && (Memc[cfilename] == EOS)) {
+		cl = open (Memc[coords], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		dl = NULL
+	    } else {
+		if (access (Memc[coords], READ_WRITE, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+		    cl = open (Memc[coords], READ_WRITE, TEXT_FILE)
+		else if (access (Memc[coords], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) == YES) {
+		    cl = open (Memc[coords], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+		    call printf ("Warning: File %s is read only.\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+		} else {
+		    cl = open (Memc[coords], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		    call close (cl)
+		    cl = open (Memc[coords], READ_WRITE, TEXT_FILE)
+	        }
+		call sprintf (Memc[tmpname], SZ_FNAME, "%s.%s")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[coords])
+		if (Memc[deletions] == EOS)
+		    call pargstr ("del")
+		else
+		    call pargstr (Memc[deletions])
+		dl = open (Memc[tmpname], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+		call close (dl)
+		dl = open (Memc[tmpname], READ_WRITE, TEXT_FILE)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    cl = NULL
+	    dl = NULL
+	}
+	call mk_sets (mk, COORDS, Memc[coords])
+	call mk_sets (mk, DELETIONS, Memc[deletions])
+
+	# Save the output mage name
+	call mk_sets (mk, OUTIMAGE, Memc[outimage])
+
+	# Open the font file.
+	#if (Memc[font] != EOS)
+	    #ft = open (Memc[font], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	#else
+	    ft = NULL
+	call mk_sets (mk, FONT, Memc[font])
+
+	# Mark the image frame.
+	if (interactive == NO) {
+	    if (Memc[cfilename] != EOS)
+		ndelete = mk_mark (mk, im, iw, cl, dl, NULL, ft, autolog, NO)
+
+	    else {
+
+	    	# Open the output image.
+		if (Memc[outimage] != EOS)
+	    	    outim = immap (Memc[outimage], NEW_COPY, im)
+		else
+	    	    outim = NULL
+
+		# Do the marking.
+		ltid = 0
+		if (cl != NULL)
+	            call mk_bmark (mk, im, iw, cl, ltid, ft)
+
+		# Copy / close image.
+	        if (outim != NULL) {
+		    call mk_imcopy (im, outim)
+	            call imunmap (outim)
+		}
+
+		ndelete = 0
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Open the log file.
+	    if (Memc[logfile] != EOS)
+	        log = open (Memc[logfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	    else
+	        log = NULL
+	    call mk_sets (mk, LOGFILE, Memc[logfile])
+	    call mk_seti (mk, AUTOLOG, autolog)
+
+	    ndelete = mk_mark (mk, im, iw, cl, dl, log, ft, autolog, YES)
+
+	    if (log != NULL)
+	        call close (log)
+	}
+
+	# Close up the file lists and free memory.
+	call iw_close (iw)
+	call imunmap (im)
+	if (ft != NULL)
+	    call close (ft)
+	if (ndelete > 0) {
+	    call mk_remove (Memc[coords], Memc[tmpname], cl, dl, ndelete)
+	    if (Memc[deletions] == EOS)
+		call delete (Memc[tmpname])
+	} else {
+	    if (dl != NULL) {
+	        call close (dl)
+	        call delete (Memc[tmpname])
+	    }
+	    if (cl != NULL)
+	        call close (cl)
+	}
+
+	# Free immark structure.
+	call mkfree (mk)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MK_IMCOPY -- Make a snap of the frame buffer.
+
+procedure mk_imcopy (in, out)
+
+pointer	in		# pointer to the input image
+pointer	out		# pointe to the output image
+
+int	i, ncols, nlines
+pointer	sp, vin, vout, inbuf, outbuf
+pointer	imgnls(), impnls()
+errchk	imgnls(), impnls()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (vin, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+	call salloc (vout, IM_MAXDIM, TY_LONG)
+
+	ncols = IM_LEN(in, 1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(in, 2)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vin], IM_MAXDIM)
+	call amovkl (long(1), Meml[vout], IM_MAXDIM)
+
+	do i = 1, nlines {
+	    if (impnls (out, outbuf, Meml[vout]) == EOF)
+	        call error (0, "Error writing output image.\n")
+	    if (imgnls (in, inbuf, Meml[vin]) == EOF)
+	        call error (0, "Error reading frame buffer.\n")
+	    call amovs (Mems[inbuf], Mems[outbuf], ncols)
+	}
+
+	call imflush (out)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# MK_IMSECTION -- Restore a section of an image to an image of the same
+# size.
+
+procedure mk_imsection (mk, in, out, x1, x2, y1, y2) 
+
+pointer	mk		# pointer to the mark structure
+pointer	in		# input image
+pointer	out		# output image
+int	x1, x2		# column limits
+int	y1, y2		# line limits
+
+short	value
+int	i, ix1, ix2, iy1, iy2, ncols, nlines, mk_stati()
+pointer	ibuf, obuf
+pointer	imps2s(), imgs2s()
+
+begin
+	ncols = IM_LEN(out,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(out,2)
+
+	ix1 = min (x1, x2)
+	ix2 = max (x1, x2)
+	ix1 = max (1, min (ncols, ix1)) 
+	ix2 = min (ncols, max (1, ix2))
+
+	iy1 = min (y1, y2)
+	iy2 = max (y1, y2)
+	iy1 = max (1, min (ncols, iy1)) 
+	iy2 = min (ncols, max (1, iy2))
+
+	if (in == NULL) {
+	    value = mk_stati (mk, GRAYLEVEL)
+	    do i = iy1, iy2 {
+	        obuf = imps2s (out, ix1, ix2, i, i)
+	        call amovks (value, Mems[obuf], ix2 - ix1 + 1)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = iy1, iy2 {
+	        obuf = imps2s (out, ix1, ix2, i, i)
+	        ibuf = imgs2s (in, ix1, ix2, i, i)
+	        call amovs (Mems[ibuf], Mems[obuf], ix2 - ix1 + 1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call imflush (out)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/tvmark.h b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/tvmark.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ff484e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/tvmark/tvmark.h
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+# IMMARK Task Header File
+
+# define IMMARK structure
+
+define	LEN_MARKSTRUCT  (40 + 10 * SZ_FNAME + SZ_LINE + 11)
+
+define	MK_AUTOLOG	Memi[$1]	# Enable auto logging
+define	MK_NUMBER	Memi[$1+1]	# Number coordinate list entries
+define	MK_LABEL	Memi[$1+2]	# Label coordinate list entries
+define	MK_GRAYLEVEL	Memi[$1+3]	# Gray level of marks
+define	MK_SIZE		Memi[$1+4]	# Size of numbers and text
+define	MK_FRAME	Memi[$1+5]	# Frame number for display
+define	MK_NCIRCLES	Memi[$1+6]	# Number of circles
+define	MK_NELLIPSES	Memi[$1+7]	# Number of ellipses
+define	MK_NSQUARES	Memi[$1+8]	# Number of squares
+define	MK_NRECTANGLES	Memi[$1+9]	# Number of rectangles
+define	MK_MKTYPE	Memi[$1+10]	# Type of mark
+define	MK_SZPOINT	Memi[$1+11]	# Size of point
+define	MK_NXOFFSET	Memi[$1+12]	# X offset of number
+define	MK_NYOFFSET	Memi[$1+13]	# X offset of number
+
+define	MK_RADII	Memi[$1+14]	# Pointer to list of radii
+define	MK_AXES		Memi[$1+15]	# Pointer to list of semi-major axes
+define	MK_SLENGTHS	Memi[$1+16]	# Pointer to list of square lengths
+define	MK_RLENGTHS	Memi[$1+17]	# Pointer to list of rectangle lengths
+
+define	MK_RATIO	Memr[P2R($1+18)] # Ratio of width/length rectangles
+define	MK_ELLIPTICITY	Memr[P2R($1+19)] # Ellipticity of ellipses
+define	MK_RTHETA	Memr[P2R($1+20)] # Position angle of rectangle
+define	MK_ETHETA	Memr[P2R($1+21)] # Position angle of ellipse
+
+define	MK_X1		Memi[$1+22]	# LL corner x coord
+define	MK_Y1		Memi[$1+23]	# LL corner y coord
+define	MK_X2		Memi[$1+24]	# UR corner x coord
+define	MK_Y2		Memi[$1+25]	# UR corner y coord
+
+define	MK_TOLERANCE	Memr[P2R($1+26)] # Tolerance for deleting objects
+
+define	MK_IMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+40)]		# Image name
+define	MK_OUTIMAGE	Memc[P2C($1+40+SZ_FNAME+1)]	# Output image
+define	MK_COORDS	Memc[P2C($1+40+2*SZ_FNAME+2)]	# Coordinate file
+define	MK_DELETIONS	Memc[P2C($1+40+3*SZ_FNAME+3)]	# Deletions files
+define	MK_LOGFILE	Memc[P2C($1+40+4*SZ_FNAME+4)]	# Log file
+define	MK_FONT		Memc[P2C($1+40+5*SZ_FNAME+5)]	# Font
+define	MK_MARK		Memc[P2C($1+40+6*SZ_FNAME+6)]	# Default mark
+define	MK_CSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+40+7*SZ_FNAME+7)]	# Default circles
+define	MK_RSTRING	Memc[P2C($1+40+8*SZ_FNAME+8)]	# Default rectangles
+
+# define IMMARK ID's
+
+define	AUTOLOG		1
+define	NUMBER		2
+define	GRAYLEVEL	3
+define	SIZE		4
+define	FRAME		5
+define	NCIRCLES	6
+define	NELLIPSES	7
+define	NSQUARES	8
+define	NRECTANGLES	9
+define	MKTYPE		10
+define	RADII		11
+define	AXES		12
+define	SLENGTHS	13
+define	RLENGTHS	14
+define	RATIO		15
+define	ELLIPTICITY	16
+define	RTHETA		17
+define	ETHETA		18
+define	IMAGE		19
+define	OUTIMAGE	20
+define	COORDS		21
+define	LOGFILE		22
+define	FONT		23
+define	MARK		25
+define	CSTRING		26
+define	RSTRING		27
+define	SZPOINT		28
+define	X1		29
+define	Y1		30
+define	X2		31
+define	Y2		32
+define	NXOFFSET	33
+define	NYOFFSET	34
+define	LABEL		35
+define	TOLERANCE	36
+define	DELETIONS	37
+
+# define mark types
+
+define	MKTYPELIST	"|point|circle|rectangle|line|plus|cross|none|"
+
+define	MK_POINT	1
+define	MK_CIRCLE	2
+define	MK_RECTANGLE	3
+define	MK_LINE		4
+define	MK_PLUS		5
+define	MK_CROSS	6
+define	MK_NONE		7
+
+# define the fonts
+
+define	MKFONTLIST	"|raster|"
+
+# define IMMARK commands
+
+define	MKCMD_IMAGE		1
+define	MKCMD_OUTIMAGE		2
+define	MKCMD_COORDS		3
+define	MKCMD_LOGFILE		4
+define	MKCMD_AUTOLOG		5
+define	MKCMD_FRAME		6
+define	MKCMD_FONT		7
+define	MKCMD_NUMBER		8
+define	MKCMD_GRAYLEVEL		9
+define	MKCMD_SIZE		10
+define	MKCMD_SZPOINT		11
+define	MKCMD_MARK		12
+define	MKCMD_CIRCLES		13
+define	MKCMD_RECTANGLES	14
+define	MKCMD_SHOW		15
+define	MKCMD_SNAP		16
+define	MKCMD_NXOFFSET		17
+define	MKCMD_NYOFFSET		18
+define	MKCMD_SAVE		19
+define	MKCMD_RESTORE		20
+define	MKCMD_LABEL		21
+define	MKCMD_TOLERANCE		22
+define	MKCMD_DELETIONS		23
+
+define	MKCMD2_WTEXT		1
+define	MKCMD2_MOVE		2
+define	MKCMD2_NEXT		3
+
+
+# define IMMARK keywords
+
+define	KY_IMAGE		"image"
+define	KY_OUTIMAGE		"outimage"
+define	KY_COORDS		"coords"
+define	KY_LOGFILE		"logfile"
+define	KY_AUTOLOG		"autolog"
+define	KY_FRAME		"frame"
+define	KY_FONT			"font"
+define	KY_NUMBER		"number"
+define	KY_GRAYLEVEL		"color"
+define	KY_SIZE			"txsize"
+define	KY_SZPOINT		"pointsize"
+define	KY_MARK			"mark"
+define	KY_CIRCLES		"radii"
+define	KY_RECTANGLE		"lengths"
+define	KY_NXOFFSET		"nxoffset"
+define	KY_NYOFFSET		"nyoffset"
+define	KY_RATIO		"ratio"
+define	KY_LABEL		"label"
+define	KY_TOLERANCE		"tolerance"
+define	KY_DELETIONS		"deletions"
+
+
+define	MKCMDS	"|junk|outimage|coords|logfile|autolog|frame|font|number|color|txsize|pointsize|mark|radii|lengths|show|write|nxoffset|nyoffset|save|restore|label|tolerance|deletions|"
+
+define	MKCMDS2 "|text|move|next|"
+
+# miscellaneous
+
+define	MAX_NMARKS		100
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/vimexam.par b/pkg/images/tv/vimexam.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e77fb54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/vimexam.par
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+banner,b,h,yes,,,"Standard banner"
+title,s,h,"",,,"Title"
+xlabel,s,h,"Vector Distance",,,"X-axis label"
+ylabel,s,h,"Pixel Value",,,"Y-axis label"
+naverage,i,h,1,1,,"averaging width of strip"
+boundary,s,h,"constant",constant|nearest|reflect|wrap|project,,"type of boundary extension to use"
+constant,r,h,0.,,,"the constant for constant-valued boundary extension"
+
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,X-axis window limit
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Y-axis window limit
+pointmode,b,h,no,,,plot points instead of lines?
+marker,s,h,"plus",,,point marker character?
+szmarker,r,h,1.,,,marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,log scale x-axis
+logy,b,h,no,,,log scale y-axis
+box,b,h,yes,,,draw box around periphery of window
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,label tick marks
+majrx,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,round axes to nice values?
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab.par b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6407cc5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab.par
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Parameter file for WCSLAB
+
+image,f,a,,,,"Input image"
+frame,i,a,1,,,"Default frame number for image display"
+usewcs,b,h,no,,,"Use the world coordinate system definition parameters"
+wcspars,pset,h,"",,,"World coordinate system definition parameters"
+wlpars,pset,h,"",,,"World coordinate system labeling parameters"
+fill,b,h,yes,,,"Fill the viewport ?"
+vl,r,h,INDEF,0.0,1.0,"Left edge of viewport (0.0:1.1)"
+vr,r,h,INDEF,0.0,1.0,"Right edge of viewport (0.0:1.0)"
+vb,r,h,INDEF,0.0,1.0,"Bottom edge of viewport (0.0:1.0)"
+vt,r,h,INDEF,0.0,1.0,"Top edge of viewport (0.0:1.0)"
+overplot,b,h,no,,,"Overplot to an existing plot?"
+append,b,h,no,,,"Append to an existing plot?"
+device,s,h,"imd",,,"Graphics device"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e88e46cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# WCSLAB 
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ../
+$checkout libds.a ../
+$update libds.a
+$checkin libds.a ../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	t_wcslab.x	<gset.h> <imhdr.h>
+	;
+
+libds.a:
+	wlutil.x	<imio.h> <imhdr.h> <gset.h> <math.h>
+	wcslab.x	<gset.h> <imhdr.h> <mwset.h> <math.h> "wcslab.h"\
+			"wcs_desc.h" <ctype.h>
+	wlwcslab.x	<gio.h> <gset.h> "wcslab.h" "wcs_desc.h"
+	wlsetup.x	<gset.h> <mach.h> <math.h> <math/curfit.h>\
+			"wcslab.h" "wcs_desc.h"
+	wlgrid.x	<gset.h> <math.h> "wcslab.h" "wcs_desc.h"
+	wllabel.x	<gset.h> <math.h> "wcslab.h" "wcs_desc.h"
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/t_wcslab.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/t_wcslab.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53d5f352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/t_wcslab.x
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+
+# T_WCSLAB -- Procedure to draw labels and grids in sky projection coordinates.
+#
+# Description
+#  T_wcslab produces a labelling and grid based on the MWCS of a 
+#  specified image.  This is the task interface to the programmer interface
+#  wcslab.  See wcslab.x for more information.
+#
+# Bugs 
+#  Can only handle sky projections for Right Ascension/Declination.   This
+#  should be able to deal with any of the projections for this system, but
+#  has only been tested with the Tangent projection.
+#
+
+procedure t_wcslab()
+
+pointer image           # I: name of the image
+int	frame		# I: display frame containing the image
+bool	do_fill         # I: true if the graph fills the specified viewport
+int	mode            # I: the graphics stream mode 
+pointer	device          # I: the name of the graphics device
+real	vl, vr, vb, vt  # I: the edges of the graphics viewport
+
+pointer	sp, title, gp, im, mw
+real	c1, c2, l1, l2
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti(), strncmp()
+pointer	gopen(), immap(), mw_openim()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Get memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (device, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Since all the MWCS information comes from an image open it.
+	call clgstr ("image", Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	if (Memc[image] != EOS) {
+
+	    # Open the image.
+	    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	    # Quit if the image is not 2-dimensional.
+	    if (IM_NDIM(im) != 2) {
+	        call eprintf ("Image: %s is not 2-dimensional\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[image])
+	        call sfree (sp)
+	        return
+	    }
+
+	    # Set the default input image column and line limits.
+	    c1 = 1.0
+	    c2 = real (IM_LEN(im,1))
+	    l1 = 1.0
+	    l2 = real (IM_LEN(im,2))
+
+	    # Open the WCS.
+	    mw = mw_openim (im)
+
+	    # Set up the default image title.
+	    call strcpy (Memc[image], Memc[title], SZ_LINE)
+	    call strcat (": ", Memc[title], SZ_LINE)
+	    call strcat (IM_TITLE(im), Memc[title], SZ_LINE)
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Set the image information to undefined. All this will
+	    # be determined in wcslab.
+	    Memc[title] = EOS
+	    im = NULL
+	    mw = NULL
+	    c1 = 0.0
+	    c2 = 1.0
+	    l1 = 0.0
+	    l2 = 1.0
+	}
+
+	# Set the graphics mode depending on whether we are appending to a plot
+	# or starting a new plot.
+	do_fill = clgetb ("fill")
+	if (clgetb ("overplot")) 
+	    mode = APPEND
+	else
+	    mode = NEW_FILE
+
+	# Open graphics.
+	call clgstr ("device", Memc[device], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# If we are appending, get the previous viewing parameters.
+	if (clgetb ("append")) {
+
+	    gp = gopen (Memc[device], APPEND, STDGRAPH)
+	    call ggview (gp, vl, vr, vb, vt)
+	    do_fill = true
+
+	# If drawing on the image display device try to match viewports.
+	} else if (strncmp (Memc[device], "imd", 3) == 0) {
+
+	    frame = clgeti ("frame")
+	    vl = clgetr ("vl")
+	    vr = clgetr ("vr")
+	    vb = clgetr ("vb")
+	    vt = clgetr ("vt")
+	    if (im != NULL)
+	        call wl_imd_viewport (frame, im, c1, c2, l1, l2, vl, vr, vb, vt)
+	    gp = gopen (Memc[device], mode, STDGRAPH)
+
+	# Otherwise set up a standard viewport.
+	} else {
+	    vl = clgetr ("vl")
+	    vr = clgetr ("vr")
+	    vb = clgetr ("vb")
+	    vt = clgetr ("vt")
+	    gp = gopen (Memc[device], mode, STDGRAPH)
+	}
+
+	# Set the viewport.
+	call gseti (gp, G_WCS, 1)
+	call wl_map_viewport (gp, c1, c2, l1, l2, vl, vr, vb, vt, do_fill)
+
+	# All reading from CL parameters is now done.  Everything necessary to
+	# do the plotting is in the WCSLAB descriptor.  Do it.
+	call wcslab (mw, c1, c2, l1, l2, gp, Memc[title])
+
+	# Release the memory.
+	call gclose (gp) 
+	if (mw != NULL)
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	if (im != NULL)
+	    call imunmap (im) 
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcs_desc.h b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcs_desc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f6b2a30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcs_desc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+# WCS_DESC - The definition of the WCSLAB descriptor memory structure.
+#
+# Description
+#   This include file defines the memory structures and macros needed to
+#   access elements of a WCSLAB descriptor.  The descriptor provides all
+#   the necessary elements for the routine wcslab to produce a labeled
+#   graph.
+#
+# History
+#   9May91 - Created the descriptor.  Jonathan D. Eisenhamer, STScI.
+#  15May91 - Modified the descriptor to contain only pointers to arrays.
+#            Two routines, wcs_create and wcs_destroy are required to
+#            create the arrays that are pointed to in the descriptor. 
+#            Also seperated the include file from the wcslab.h file. jde
+#  12Jun91 - Rewrote some of the labelling parameters. jde
+#  20Jun91 - Redesigned much of the parameters. jde
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Value of opposite axis that polar labels should appear along.
+define WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION   Memd[P2D($1)]
+
+# The rotation between the Logical and World coordinate systems.
+define WL_ROTA                   Memd[P2D($1+2)]
+
+# Size of the axis titles.
+define WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIZE        Memr[P2R($1+4)]
+
+# The offset required to properly calculate positions in the image display.
+define WL_IMAGE_X_OFF            Memr[P2R($1+5)]
+define WL_IMAGE_Y_OFF            Memr[P2R($1+6)]
+
+# Size of the grid labels.
+define WL_LABEL_SIZE             Memr[P2R($1+7)]
+
+# Major tick mark size.
+define WL_MAJ_TICK_SIZE          Memr[P2R($1+8)]
+
+# Minor tick mark size.
+define WL_MIN_TICK_SIZE          Memr[P2R($1+9)]
+
+# Magnification of the text size for the title.
+define WL_TITLE_SIZE             Memr[P2R($1+10)]
+
+# The side in polar/near-polar plots not to put Axis 1 labels.
+define WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE         Memi[$1+11]
+
+# The type of graph that will be produced.  The possible value are:
+#
+#   UNKNOWN    -> Graph type will be determined
+#   NORMAL     -> Approximate a cartesian grid
+#   POLAR      -> Graph center on a pole
+#   NEAR_POLAR -> Graph very close to a pole
+
+define WL_GRAPH_TYPE             Memi[$1+12]
+
+# Number of segments each line should be broken into to plot it.
+define WL_LINE_SEGMENTS          Memi[$1+13]
+
+# The grid line type for major grids.  The possible values are to standard 
+# IRAF GIO polyline types.
+define WL_MAJ_LINE_TYPE          Memi[$1+14]
+
+# The grid line type for minor grids.  The possible values are to standard 
+# IRAF GIO polyline types.
+define WL_MIN_LINE_TYPE          Memi[$1+15]
+
+# The number of label points.
+define WL_N_LABELS               Memi[$1+16]
+
+# The graphic WCS that is set to NDC units.
+define WL_NDC_WCS                Memi[$1+17]
+
+# The graphic WCS used to plot the grid lines.
+define WL_PLOT_WCS               Memi[$1+18]
+
+# The direction of the latitude labelling on polar graphs. Possible values are:
+#
+#   BOTTOM -> Towards the bottom of the graph.
+#   TOP -> Towards the top of the graph.
+#   RIGHT -> Towards the right of the graph.
+#   LEFT -> Towards the left of the graph.
+
+define WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION  Memi[$1+19]
+
+# The possible axis types.  The possible values are:
+#
+#   RA_DEC_TAN - The tangential display in right ascension and declination.
+#   LINEAR     - General linear systems.
+
+define WL_SYSTEM_TYPE            Memi[$1+20]
+
+# Define which side of the graph will have the title.
+define WL_TITLE_SIDE             Memi[$1+21]
+
+# True if the axis mapping has reversed the order of the axis relative
+# to the logical system.
+define WL_AXIS_FLIP              Memi[$1+22]
+
+# TRUE if the labels should always be printed in full form.
+define WL_ALWAYS_FULL_LABEL      Memi[$1+23]
+
+# TRUE if the grid labels should rotate with the grid lines.
+define WL_LABEL_ROTATE           Memi[$1+26]
+
+# True if coordinate labels are to be written.
+define WL_LABON                  Memi[$1+27]
+
+# True if we are to write labels outside the window borders.  Else, write 
+# them inside.
+define WL_LABOUT                 Memi[$1+28]
+
+# True if we are to draw the major grid lines.
+define WL_MAJ_GRIDON             Memi[$1+29]
+
+# True if we are to draw the minor grid lines.
+define WL_MIN_GRIDON             Memi[$1+30]
+
+# True if the graph parameters should be written back out to the 
+# parameter file.
+define WL_REMEMBER               Memi[$1+31]
+
+# TRUE if tick marks should point into the graph.
+define WL_TICK_IN                Memi[$1+32]
+
+# Titles to label each axis.
+define WL_AXIS_TITLE_PTR         Memi[$1+33]
+define WL_AXIS_TITLE             Memc[WL_AXIS_TITLE_PTR($1)+(($2-1)*SZ_LINE)] 
+
+# The sides the axis titles will appear.
+define WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE_PTR    Memi[$1+34]
+define WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE        Memi[WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# Beginning values to start labeling the axes.
+define WL_BEGIN_PTR              Memi[$1+35]
+define WL_BEGIN                  Memd[WL_BEGIN_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The name of the graphics device.
+#define WL_DEVICE_PTR             Memi[$1+36]
+#define WL_DEVICE                 Memc[WL_DEVICE_PTR($1)]
+
+# Value to stop labeling the axes.
+define WL_END_PTR                Memi[$1+37]
+define WL_END                    Memd[WL_END_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The graphics descriptor.
+define WL_GP                     Memi[$1+38]
+
+# The angle of text at this label point.
+define WL_LABEL_ANGLE_PTR        Memi[$1+40]
+define WL_LABEL_ANGLE            Memd[WL_LABEL_ANGLE_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# Which axis the label represents.
+define WL_LABEL_AXIS_PTR         Memi[$1+41]
+define WL_LABEL_AXIS             Memi[WL_LABEL_AXIS_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The positions of tick mark/grid labels.
+define WL_LABEL_POSITION_PTR     Memi[$1+42]
+define WL_LABEL_POSITION         Memd[WL_LABEL_POSITION_PTR($1)+$2-1+(($3-1)*MAX_LABEL_POINTS)]
+#
+# NOTE:  If the axis are transposed, the positions represented here are
+#        the corrected, transposed values.
+
+# The sides the labels for each axis should appear on.
+define WL_LABEL_SIDE_PTR         Memi[$1+43]
+define WL_LABEL_SIDE             Memb[WL_LABEL_SIDE_PTR($1)+$2-1+(($3-1)*N_SIDES)]
+
+# The value of the label.
+define WL_LABEL_VALUE_PTR        Memi[$1+44]
+define WL_LABEL_VALUE            Memd[WL_LABEL_VALUE_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The center of the transformations in the logical system.  
+define WL_LOGICAL_CENTER_PTR     Memi[$1+45]
+define WL_LOGICAL_CENTER         Memd[WL_LOGICAL_CENTER_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The coordinate transformation from Logical to World.
+define WL_LWCT                   Memi[$1+46]
+
+# Major grid intervals for the axis.
+define WL_MAJ_I_PTR              Memi[$1+47]
+define WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL         Memd[WL_MAJ_I_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The minor intervals for the axis.
+define WL_MIN_I_PTR              Memi[$1+48]
+define WL_MINOR_INTERVAL         Memi[WL_MIN_I_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# Remember the extent of the labels around the plot box.
+define WL_NV_PTR                 Memi[$1+49]
+define WL_NEW_VIEW               Memr[WL_NV_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The MWL structure.
+define WL_MW                     Memi[$1+50]
+
+# The values of the sides of the screen.  The indexes are defined as follows:
+#
+#   TOP -> Y-axis value at the top of display.
+#   BOTTOM -> Y-axis value at bottom of display
+#   RIGHT  -> X-axis value at right of display.
+#   LEFT   -> X-axis value at left of display.
+#
+define WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY_PTR    Memi[$1+51]
+define WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY        Memd[WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The title that will be placed on the plot.
+define WL_TITLE_PTR              Memi[$1+52]
+define WL_TITLE                  Memc[WL_TITLE_PTR($1)]
+
+# The coordinate transformation from World to Logical.
+define WL_WLCT                   Memi[$1+53]
+
+# The center of the transformations in the world system.
+define WL_WORLD_CENTER_PTR       Memi[$1+54]
+define WL_WORLD_CENTER           Memd[WL_WORLD_CENTER_PTR($1)+$2-1]
+
+# The length of this structure.
+define WL_LEN                    55+1
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# End of wcs_desc
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.h b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d458d8da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Definitions file for WCSLAB
+
+# Define various important dimensions
+
+define MAX_DIM		10   # Maximum number of dimensions
+define N_DIM 		2    # Dimensionality of plotting space 
+define N_SIDES    	4    # Number of sides to a window
+define MAX_LABEL_POINTS 100  # The maximum number of possible label points
+define N_EDGES    	20   # Number of edges being examined from the window
+
+# Define the types of graphs possible.
+
+define GRAPHTYPES	"|normal|polar|near_polar|"
+define NORMAL     	1
+define POLAR      	2
+define NEAR_POLAR	3
+
+# Define the graph sides. The ordering matches the calls to the GIO package.
+
+define	GRAPHSIDES	"|left|right|bottom|top|"
+define	LEFT   1
+define	RIGHT  2
+define	BOTTOM 3
+define	TOP    4
+
+# Define which index refers to the X-axis and which refers to the Y-axis.
+
+define X_DIM 1
+define Y_DIM 2
+define AXIS1 1
+define AXIS2 2
+
+# Define which axis is longitude and which axis is latitude.
+
+define LONGITUDE 1
+define LATITUDE  2
+
+# Define the available precisions for labelling
+
+define HOUR        1
+define DEGREE      1
+define MINUTE      2
+define SECOND      3
+define SUBSEC_LOW  4
+define SUBSEC_HIGH 5
+
+# Define the possible MWCS transformation types.
+
+define	RA_DEC_DICTIONARY	"|tan|arc|sin|tnx|"
+define	LINEAR_DICTIONARY	"|linear|"
+
+define NUMBER_OF_SUPPORTED_TYPES 2
+define RA_DEC                    1
+define LINEAR                    2
+
+define AXIS 3B			# transform all axes in any MWCS call
+
+# Some useful graphics definitions and defaults
+
+define NDC_WCS		0	    # the base graphics WCS
+define POLE_MARK_SHAPE	4           # the pole mark is a cross
+define POLE_MARK_SIZE	3.0         # the half-size of the cross
+define DISTANCE_TO_POLE 0.1	    # % distance to pole for lines of longitude
+define LINE_SIZE	1.	    # line width for lines and ticks
+define MIN_ANGLE	10.	    # minimum angle for text rotation
+define BOTTOM_LEFT	.1	    # default bottom left corner of viewport
+define TOP_RIGHT	.9	    # default top right corner of viewport
+
+# Units conversion macros
+
+define  RADTOST    (240*RADTODEG($1))      # Radians to seconds of time
+define  RADTOSA    (3600*RADTODEG($1))     # Radians to seconds of arc
+define  STTORAD    (DEGTORAD(($1)/240))    # Seconds of time to radians
+define  SATORAD    (DEGTORAD(($1)/3600))   # Seconds of arc to radians
+define  RADTOHRS   (RADTODEG(($1)/15))     # Radians to hours
+define  HRSTORAD   (DEGTORAD(15*($1)))     # Hours to radians
+define  DEGTOST    (240*($1))              # Degrees to seconds of time.
+define  STTODEG    (($1)/240)              # Seconds of time to degrees.
+define  DEGTOSA    (3600*($1))             # Degrees to seconds of arc.
+define  SATODEG    (($1)/3600)             # Seconds of arc to degrees.
+define  HRSTODEG   (($1)*15)               # Hours to degrees.
+define  DEGTOHRS   (($1)/15)               # Degrees to hours.
+define  STPERDAY   86400                   # Seconds per day
+
+# Other useful macros
+
+define INVERT ($1 < 45 || $1 > 315 || ( $1 > 135 && $1 < 225 ))
+
+# Define the latitudes of the north and south poles
+
+define	NORTH_POLE_LATITUDE 90.0D0
+define	SOUTH_POLE_LATITUDE -90.0D0
+
+# Define sections of a circle
+
+define QUARTER_CIRCLE 90.0D0
+define HALF_CIRCLE    180.0D0
+define FULL_CIRCLE    360.0D0
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a084ae91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wcslab.x
@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <mwset.h>
+include "wcslab.h"
+include "wcs_desc.h"
+include <ctype.h>
+
+
+# WCSLAB -- Procedure to draw labels and grids in sky projection coordinates.
+#
+# Description
+#  Wcslab produces a labelling and grid based on the MWCS of a 
+#  specified image.
+#
+#  The only things necessary to run this routine are:
+#    1) Open an image and pass the image descriptor in im.
+#    2) Open the graphics device and set the desired viewport (with a
+#       gsview call).
+#    3) Make sure that the wlpars pset is available.
+#
+#  Upon return, the graphics system will be in the state that it had been
+#  left in and a "virtual viewport" will be returned in the arguments
+#  left, right, bottom, top.  This viewport defines the region where labels
+#  and/or titles were written.  If any graphics is performed within this
+#  region, chances are that something will be overwritten.  If any other
+#  graphics remain outside this region, then what was produced by this
+#  subroutine will remain untouched.
+#
+# Bugs 
+#  Can only handle sky projections for Right Ascension/Declination.   This
+#  should be able to deal with any of the projections for this system, but
+#  has only been tested with the Tangent projection.
+
+procedure wcslab (mw, log_x1, log_x2, log_y1, log_y2, gp, title)
+
+pointer	mw                        # I:   the wcs descriptor
+real    log_x1, log_x2            # I/O: the viewport
+real    log_y1, log_y2            # I/O: the viewport
+pointer gp                        # I:   the graphics descriptor
+char    title[ARB]                # I:   the image title
+
+pointer	wd
+real	junkx1, junkx2, junky1, junky2 
+bool	clgetb()
+pointer wl_create()
+errchk	clgstr
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the descriptor.
+	wd = wl_create()
+
+	# Set the title name.
+	call strcpy (title, WL_TITLE(wd), SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Set the WCS descriptor. If the descriptor is NULL or if
+	# the use_wcs parameter is yes, retrieve the parameter 
+	# specified wcs.
+	if (mw == NULL)
+	    call wl_wcs_params (mw, log_x1, log_x2, log_y1, log_y2)
+	else if (clgetb ("usewcs")) {
+	    call mw_close (mw)
+	    call wl_wcs_params (mw, junkx1, junkx2, junky1, junky2)
+	}
+	WL_MW(wd) = mw
+
+	# Determine axis types.
+	call wl_get_system_type (WL_MW(wd), WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd),
+            WL_LOGICAL_CENTER(wd,1), WL_WORLD_CENTER(wd,1), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd))
+	if (IS_INDEFI(WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd)))
+    	    call error (0, "WCSLAB: Image WCS is unsupported\n")
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	call wl_gr_inparams (wd)
+
+	# Copy the graphics descriptor.
+	WL_GP(wd) = gp
+
+	# Set the plot window in pixels (the logical space of the WCS).
+	WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT) = log_x1
+	WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT) = log_x2
+	WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM) = log_y1
+	WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP) = log_y2
+
+	# Plot and label the coordinate grid.
+	call wl_wcslab (wd)
+
+	# Return the possibly modified graphics descriptor and viewport.
+	gp = WL_GP(wd)
+	call gsview (gp, WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,LEFT), WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,RIGHT),
+	    WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,BOTTOM), WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,TOP))
+
+	# Save the current parameters.
+	if (WL_REMEMBER(wd) == YES)
+	    call wl_gr_remparams (wd)
+
+  	# Release the memory.
+  	call wl_destroy (wd)
+end
+
+
+# WL_CREATE -- Create a WCSLAB descriptor and initialize it.
+#
+# Description
+#   This routine allocates the memory for the WCSLAB descriptor and
+#   subarrays and initializes values.
+#
+# Returns
+#   the pointer to the WCSLAB descriptor.
+
+pointer procedure wl_create()
+
+int	i,j
+pointer	wd
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the descriptor memory.
+	call malloc (wd, WL_LEN, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Allocate the subarrays.
+	call malloc (WL_AXIS_TITLE_PTR(wd), SZ_LINE * N_DIM, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE_PTR(wd), N_SIDES * N_DIM, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (WL_BEGIN_PTR(wd), N_DIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_END_PTR(wd), N_DIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_LABEL_ANGLE_PTR(wd), MAX_LABEL_POINTS, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_LABEL_AXIS_PTR(wd), MAX_LABEL_POINTS, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (WL_LABEL_POSITION_PTR(wd), N_DIM * MAX_LABEL_POINTS,
+	    TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_LABEL_SIDE_PTR(wd), N_DIM * N_SIDES, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (WL_LABEL_VALUE_PTR(wd), MAX_LABEL_POINTS, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_LOGICAL_CENTER_PTR(wd), N_DIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_MAJ_I_PTR(wd), N_DIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_MIN_I_PTR(wd), N_DIM, TY_INT)
+	call malloc (WL_NV_PTR(wd), N_SIDES, TY_REAL)
+	call malloc (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY_PTR(wd), N_SIDES, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call malloc (WL_TITLE_PTR(wd), SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (WL_WORLD_CENTER_PTR(wd), N_DIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Initialize the simple values (should be the same as the parameter
+	# file).
+	WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION(wd) = INDEF
+	WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIZE(wd) = 1.5
+	WL_LABEL_SIZE(wd) = 1.0
+	WL_MAJ_TICK_SIZE(wd) = .03
+	WL_MIN_TICK_SIZE(wd) = .01
+	WL_TITLE_SIZE(wd) = 2.0
+	WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) = INDEFI
+	WL_MAJ_LINE_TYPE(wd) = GL_SOLID
+	WL_MIN_LINE_TYPE(wd) = GL_DOTTED
+	WL_TITLE_SIDE(wd) = TOP
+	WL_ALWAYS_FULL_LABEL(wd) = NO
+	WL_LABEL_ROTATE(wd) = YES
+	WL_LABON(wd) = YES
+	WL_LABOUT(wd) = YES
+	WL_MAJ_GRIDON(wd) = YES
+	WL_MIN_GRIDON(wd) = NO
+	WL_REMEMBER(wd) = NO
+	WL_TICK_IN(wd) = YES
+
+	# Initialize any strings.
+	call strcpy ("imtitle", WL_TITLE(wd), SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Initialize the axis dependent values.
+	do i = 1, N_DIM {
+	    WL_AXIS_TITLE(wd,i) = EOS
+	    WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,i) = INDEFI
+	    WL_BEGIN(wd,i) = INDEFD
+	    WL_END(wd,i) = INDEFD
+	    WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,i) = INDEFD
+	    WL_MINOR_INTERVAL(wd,i) = 5
+    	    do j = 1, N_SIDES
+      	        WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,j,i) = false
+	}
+
+        # Return the descriptor.
+	return (wd) 
+end
+
+
+# WL_WCS_PARAMS -- Read the WCS descriptor from the parameters.
+#
+# Description
+#  This procedure returns the WCS descriptor created from task parameters
+#  and the logical space that will be graphed.
+#
+# Bugs
+#  This only deals with two axes.
+
+procedure wl_wcs_params (mw, log_x1, log_x2, log_y1, log_y2)
+
+pointer mw              # O: The MWCS descriptor.
+real    log_x1, log_x2, # O: The extent of the logical space to graph.
+real	log_y1, log_y2
+
+real    cd[2,2], r[2], w[2]
+pointer sp, input, pp
+pointer clopset(), mw_open()
+real    clgpsetr()
+
+begin
+        call smark (sp)
+        call salloc (input, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the pset.
+	pp = clopset ("wcspars")
+
+        # Create an MWCS descriptor.
+        mw = mw_open (NULL, 2)
+
+        # Get the types.
+        call clgpset (pp, "ctype1", Memc[input], SZ_LINE)
+        call wl_decode_ctype (mw, Memc[input], 1)
+        call clgpset (pp, "ctype2", Memc[input], SZ_LINE)
+        call wl_decode_ctype (mw, Memc[input], 2)
+
+        # Get the reference coordinates.
+        r[1] = clgpsetr (pp, "crpix1")
+        r[2] = clgpsetr (pp, "crpix2")
+        w[1] = clgpsetr (pp, "crval1")
+        w[2] = clgpsetr (pp, "crval2")
+
+        # Get the CD matrix.
+        cd[1,1] = clgpsetr (pp, "cd1_1")
+        cd[1,2] = clgpsetr (pp, "cd1_2")
+        cd[2,1] = clgpsetr (pp, "cd2_1")
+        cd[2,2] = clgpsetr (pp, "cd2_2")
+
+        # Set the Wterm.
+        call mw_swtermr (mw, r, w, cd, 2)
+
+        # Get the extent of the logical space.
+        log_x1 = clgpsetr (pp, "log_x1")
+        log_x2 = clgpsetr (pp, "log_x2")
+        log_y1 = clgpsetr (pp, "log_y1")
+        log_y2 = clgpsetr (pp, "log_y2")
+
+	# Close the pset.
+	call clcpset (pp)
+
+        call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_DECODE_CTYPE -- Decode the ctype string into axis type and system type.
+#
+# Description
+#   The CTYPE is what is found in FITS keywords CTYPEn.  The value may
+#   contain two pieces of information, always the system type and possibly
+#   an individual axis type.  For systems such as plain old linear systems
+#   just a system type is defined.  However, for celestial systems, both
+#   types are defined in the form "axistype-systemtype".  There may be
+#   any number of '-' in between the values.
+
+procedure wl_decode_ctype (mw, input, axno)
+
+pointer mw              # I: the MWCS descriptor
+char    input[ARB]      # I: the string input
+int     axno            # I: the axis being worked on
+
+int     i, input_len, axes[2]
+int     strncmp(), strldx(), strlen()
+string  empty ""
+
+begin
+        input_len = strlen (input)
+
+        # Fix some characters.
+        do i = 1, input_len {
+          if (input[i] == ' ' || input[i] == '\'')
+            break
+          else if (IS_UPPER(input[i]))
+            input[i] = TO_LOWER(input[i])
+          else if (input[i] == '_')
+            input[i] = '-'
+        }
+
+        # Determine the type of function on this axis.
+        if (strncmp (input, "linear", 6) == 0) {
+          call mw_swtype (mw, axno, 1, "linear", empty)
+
+        } else if (strncmp (input, "ra--", 4) == 0) {
+	  axes[1] = axno
+	  if (axno == 1)
+	    axes[2] = 2
+	  else
+	    axes[2] = 1
+          i = strldx ("-", input) + 1
+          call mw_swtype (mw, axes, 2, input[i],
+	      "axis 1: axtype = ra axis 2: axtype=dec")
+
+	# This is dealt with in the ra case.
+        } else if (strncmp (input, "dec-", 4) == 0) {
+	  ;
+
+        } else {
+          # Since we have to be able to read any FITS header, we have
+          # no control over the value of CTYPEi.  If the value is
+          # something we don't know about, assume a LINEAR axis, using
+          # the given value of CTYPEi as the default axis label.
+          call mw_swtype (mw, axno, 1, "linear", empty)
+          call mw_swattrs (mw, axno, "label", input)
+        }
+        
+end
+
+
+# WL_GET_SYSTEM_TYPE -- Determine type of transformation the MWCS represents.
+#
+# Note
+#   For some systems, the axis mapping reverses the order to make
+#   the rest of the code tractable.  The only problem is that when graphing,
+#   the graph routines need to "fix" this reversal.  Also note that this
+#   occurs only for systems that have distinct axis types, such as RA and
+#   DEC.
+#
+# Bugs
+#   A potential problem:  For a WCS that has more axes than necessary
+#   for the sky projections, those axis are set such that during
+#   transformations, the first index position is used.  For the one
+#   example I have seen, the "third" axis is time and this interpretation
+#   works.  But, I am sure something will fall apart because of this.
+
+procedure wl_get_system_type (mw, system_type, logical_center, world_center,
+	flip)
+
+pointer mw                    # I: the MWCS descriptor.
+int	system_type           # O: the transformation type:
+                              #    RA_DEC     -> tan, sin, or arc projection
+                              #                  in right ascension and
+			      #                  declination
+                              #    LINEAR     -> any regular linear system
+                              #    INDEFI     -> could not be determined
+double  logical_center[N_DIM] # O: the center point in the logical system.
+double  world_center[N_DIM]   # O: the center point in the world system.
+int	flip                  # O: true if the order of the axes have been
+                              #    changed by axis mappins
+
+double	tmp_logical[MAX_DIM], tmp_world[MAX_DIM]
+int	wcs_dim, axis, index_sys1, index_sys2, found_axis
+int	axno[MAX_DIM], axval[MAX_DIM], found_axis_list[N_DIM]
+pointer	sp, axtype, cd, cur_type
+int	mw_stati(), strncmp(), strdic()
+errchk	mw_gwattrs
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (axtype, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cur_type, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cd, MAX_DIM, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Get the dimensionality of the WCS.
+	call mw_seti (mw, MW_USEAXMAP, NO)
+	wcs_dim = mw_stati (mw, MW_NDIM)
+
+	# Initialize the two dimensions.
+	index_sys1 = INDEFI
+	index_sys2 = INDEFI
+
+	# Look through the possible supported axis types.  When a type has
+	# exactly N_DIM axes defined, that will be the one used.
+
+	for (system_type = 1; system_type <= NUMBER_OF_SUPPORTED_TYPES;
+	    system_type = system_type + 1) {
+
+	    # Determine the string that should be looked for.
+	    switch (system_type)  {
+	    case RA_DEC:
+	        call strcpy (RA_DEC_DICTIONARY, Memc[cur_type], SZ_LINE)
+	    case LINEAR:
+	        call strcpy (LINEAR_DICTIONARY, Memc[cur_type], SZ_LINE)
+	    }
+
+	    # Initialize the number of found axis.
+	    found_axis = 0
+
+	    # Examine each axis to determine whether the current axis type is
+	    # the one to use.
+	    for (axis = 1; axis <= wcs_dim; axis = axis + 1) {
+
+		# If the current physical axis is not mapped, ignore it.
+		# This statement is causing a problem in 2.10.3, not sure
+		# why but am removing it for now.
+		#if (axno[axis] == 0)
+		    #next
+
+	        ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs( mw, axis, "wtype", Memc[axtype],
+	            SZ_LINE)) {
+        	    call strlwr (Memc[axtype]) 
+
+		    # If this axis type matches the one being looked for, add
+		    # it to the axis list. If there are too many axis of the
+		    # current type found, don't add to the found axis list.
+
+		    if (strdic (Memc[axtype], Memc[axtype], SZ_LINE,
+                         Memc[cur_type]) > 0) {
+		        found_axis = found_axis + 1
+		        if (found_axis <= N_DIM)
+			    found_axis_list[found_axis] = axis
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Check to see whether we have the right number axes.
+	    if (found_axis == N_DIM)
+		break
+
+	}
+
+	# If any axes were found, then further check axis types.
+	# Depending on the axis type, there may be need to distinguish
+	# between the two possible axis further.
+
+	if  (found_axis == N_DIM) 
+	    switch (system_type) {
+	    case RA_DEC:
+	        for (axis = 1; axis <= N_DIM; axis = axis + 1)
+		    ifnoerr (call mw_gwattrs (mw, found_axis_list[axis], 
+                        "axtype", Memc[axtype], SZ_LINE)) {
+		    call strlwr( Memc[axtype] )
+		    if (strncmp (Memc[axtype], "ra", 2) == 0)
+			index_sys1 = found_axis_list[axis]
+		    else if (strncmp (Memc[axtype], "dec", 3) == 0)
+			index_sys2 = found_axis_list[axis]
+		}
+
+	    # The "default" seems to be the LINEAR case for MWCS.
+	    # Since no other information is provided, this is all we know.
+	    default:
+		index_sys1 = found_axis_list[1]
+		index_sys2 = found_axis_list[2]
+	    }
+
+	# If either axis is unknown, something is wrong.  If the WCS has two
+	# axes defined, then make some grand assumptions.  If not, then there
+	# is nothing more to be done.
+
+	if (IS_INDEFI (index_sys1) || IS_INDEFI (index_sys2)) {
+	    if (wcs_dim >= N_DIM) {
+	        index_sys1 = 1
+	        index_sys2 = 2
+	    } else
+	        call error (0, "Wcslab: Fewer than two defined axes")
+	}
+
+	# Zero the axis values and set any "unknown" axis to always use the
+	# "first" position in that axis direction.  This will more than likely
+	# be a problem, but no general solution comes to mind this second.
+
+	call amovki (0, axno, wcs_dim)
+	call amovki (0, axval, wcs_dim)
+
+	# Setup so that the desired axes are set as the X and Y axis.
+	axno[index_sys1] = X_DIM
+	axno[index_sys2] = Y_DIM
+	call mw_saxmap (mw, axno, axval, wcs_dim)
+
+	# Recover the center points of the Logical and World systems.
+	call mw_gwtermd (mw, tmp_logical, tmp_world, Memd[cd], wcs_dim)
+
+	logical_center[X_DIM] = tmp_logical[index_sys1]
+	logical_center[Y_DIM] = tmp_logical[index_sys2]
+	world_center[X_DIM] = tmp_world[index_sys1]
+	world_center[Y_DIM] = tmp_world[index_sys2]
+
+	# Check for reversal of axes
+	if (index_sys1 > index_sys2)
+	    flip = YES
+	else
+	    flip = NO
+
+	# Release the memory.
+	call sfree (sp) 
+end
+
+
+# WL_GR_INPARAMS -- Read in the graphics parameters for wcslab.
+#	
+# Description
+#  Read all the parameters in and make some decisions about what
+#  will be done.
+
+procedure wl_gr_inparams (wd) 
+
+pointer wd                       # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+pointer sp, aline, pp
+bool	clgpsetb(), streq()
+double	wl_string_to_internal()
+int	btoi(), strdic(), wl_line_type(), clgpseti()
+pointer	clopset()
+real	clgpsetr()
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (aline, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the pset.
+	pp = clopset ("wlpars")
+
+	# Get the title if other than the default.
+	call clgpset (pp, "title", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	if (! streq (Memc[aline], "imtitle"))
+	    call strcpy (Memc[aline], WL_TITLE(wd), SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Get the axis titles.
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis1_title", WL_AXIS_TITLE(wd,AXIS1), SZ_LINE)
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis2_title", WL_AXIS_TITLE(wd,AXIS2), SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	WL_ALWAYS_FULL_LABEL(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp,"full_label"))
+	WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIZE(wd) = clgpsetr (pp, "axis_title_size")
+	WL_LABEL_ROTATE(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "rotate"))
+	WL_LABEL_SIZE(wd) = clgpsetr (pp, "label_size")
+	WL_LABON(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "dolabel"))
+	WL_LABOUT(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "labout"))
+	WL_MAJ_GRIDON(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "major_grid"))
+	WL_MAJ_TICK_SIZE(wd) = clgpsetr (pp, "major_tick")
+	WL_MIN_GRIDON(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "minor_grid"))
+	WL_MINOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1) = clgpseti (pp, "axis1_minor")
+	WL_MINOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2) = clgpseti (pp, "axis2_minor")
+	WL_MIN_TICK_SIZE(wd) = clgpsetr (pp, "minor_tick")
+	WL_REMEMBER(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "remember"))
+	WL_TICK_IN(wd) = btoi (clgpsetb (pp, "tick_in"))
+	WL_TITLE_SIZE(wd) = clgpsetr (pp, "title_size")
+
+	# Set what type of graph will be plotted.
+	call clgpset (pp, "graph_type", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (Memc[aline])
+	WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) = strdic (Memc[aline], Memc[aline], SZ_LINE,
+	    GRAPHTYPES)
+	if (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) <= 0)
+	    WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) = INDEFI
+
+	# Get which sides labels will appear on.
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis1_side", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (Memc[aline])
+	call wl_label_side (Memc[aline], WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,1,AXIS1))
+
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis2_side", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (Memc[aline])
+	call wl_label_side (Memc[aline], WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,1,AXIS2))
+
+	# Get the polar justification direction.
+	call clgpset (pp, "justify", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (Memc[aline])
+	WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) = strdic (Memc[aline], Memc[aline],
+	    SZ_LINE, GRAPHSIDES)
+	if (WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) <= 0)
+	    WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) = INDEFI
+
+  	# Decode the graphing parameters.
+  	call clgpset (pp, "axis1_int", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1) = wl_string_to_internal (Memc[aline], 
+            WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS1)
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis1_beg", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS1) = wl_string_to_internal (Memc[aline],
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS1)
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis1_end", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_END(wd,AXIS1) = wl_string_to_internal (Memc[aline],
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS1)
+
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis2_int", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2) = wl_string_to_internal (Memc[aline], 
+            WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS2)
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis2_beg", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2) = wl_string_to_internal(Memc[aline],
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS2 )
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis2_end", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_END(wd,AXIS2) = wl_string_to_internal (Memc[aline],
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS2)
+
+	# Get the polar label position.
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis2_dir", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION(wd) = wl_string_to_internal( Memc[aline],
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS1)
+
+	# Get the axis titles.
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis1_title_side", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (Memc[aline])
+	WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS1) = strdic (Memc[aline], Memc[aline],
+	    SZ_LINE, GRAPHSIDES)
+	if (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS1) <= 0)
+	    WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS1) = INDEFI
+
+	call clgpset (pp, "axis2_title_side", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE) 
+	call strlwr (Memc[aline])
+	WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2) = strdic (Memc[aline], Memc[aline],
+	    SZ_LINE, GRAPHSIDES)
+	if (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2) <= 0)
+	    WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2) = INDEFI
+
+	# Decode the grid line types.
+	call clgpset (pp, "major_line", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_MAJ_LINE_TYPE(wd) = wl_line_type (Memc[aline])
+	call clgpset (pp, "minor_line", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	WL_MIN_LINE_TYPE(wd) = wl_line_type (Memc[aline])
+
+	# Get the title side.
+	call clgpset (pp, "title_side", Memc[aline], SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (Memc[ aline])
+	WL_TITLE_SIDE(wd) = strdic (Memc[aline], Memc[aline], SZ_LINE,
+	    GRAPHSIDES)
+
+	# Close the pset.
+	call clcpset (pp)
+
+	# Free memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_GR_REMPARAMS -- Write out the graphing parameters.
+
+procedure wl_gr_remparams (wd)
+
+pointer wd  		# I: the WCSLAB descriptor.
+
+pointer sp, output, pp
+pointer	clopset()
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the pset.
+	pp = clopset ("wlpars")
+
+	# Set the graph type.
+	switch (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd)) {
+	case NORMAL:
+	    call clppset (pp, "graph_type", "normal")
+	case POLAR:
+	    call clppset (pp, "graph_type", "polar")
+	case NEAR_POLAR:
+	    call clppset (pp, "graph_type", "near_polar")
+	default:
+	    call clppset (pp, "graph_type", "default")
+	}
+
+	# Write back the labelling parameters.
+	call wl_internal_to_string (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1),
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS1, Memc[output])
+	call clppset (pp, "axis1_int", Memc[output])
+	call wl_internal_to_string (WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS1), WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), 
+	    AXIS1, Memc[output])
+	call clppset (pp, "axis1_beg", Memc[output])
+	call wl_internal_to_string (WL_END(WD,AXIS1), WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), 
+            AXIS1, Memc[output])
+	call clppset (pp, "axis1_end", Memc[output])
+	call wl_internal_to_string (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2),
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS2, Memc[output])
+	call clppset (pp, "axis2_int", Memc[output])
+	call wl_internal_to_string (WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2), WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), 
+            AXIS2, Memc[output])
+	call clppset (pp, "axis2_beg", Memc[output])
+	call wl_internal_to_string (WL_END(wd,AXIS2), WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), 
+            AXIS2, Memc[output])
+	call clppset (pp, "axis2_end", Memc[output])
+	call wl_internal_to_string (WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION(wd),
+	    WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), AXIS1, Memc[output])
+	call clppset (pp, "axis2_dir", Memc[output])
+
+	# Write back labelling justification.
+	call wl_side_to_string (WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd), Memc[output],
+	    SZ_LINE)
+	call clppset (pp, "justify", Memc[output])
+
+	# Put the axis title sides out. 
+	call wl_side_to_string (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS1), Memc[output],
+	    SZ_LINE)
+	call clppset (pp, "axis1_title_side", Memc[output])
+	call wl_side_to_string (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2), Memc[output],
+	    SZ_LINE )
+	call clppset (pp, "axis2_title_side", Memc[output])
+
+	# Put the label sides out.
+	call wl_put_label_sides (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,1,AXIS1), Memc[output],
+	    SZ_LINE )
+	call clppset (pp, "axis1_side", Memc[output])
+	call wl_put_label_sides (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,1,AXIS2), Memc[output],
+	    SZ_LINE)
+	call clppset (pp, "axis2_side", Memc[output])
+
+	# Close the pset.
+	call clcpset (pp)
+
+	# Free memory.
+	call sfree (sp) 
+end
+
+
+# WL_DESTROY -- Deallocate the WCSLAB descriptor.
+
+procedure wl_destroy (wd)
+
+pointer wd  	# I: the WCSLAB descriptor to be destroyed
+
+begin
+	# Deallocate all the subarrays.
+	call mfree (WL_WORLD_CENTER_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_TITLE_PTR(wd), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_NV_PTR(wd), TY_REAL)
+	call mfree (WL_MIN_I_PTR(wd), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (WL_MAJ_I_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_LOGICAL_CENTER_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_LABEL_VALUE_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_LABEL_SIDE_PTR(wd), TY_BOOL)
+	call mfree (WL_LABEL_POSITION_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_LABEL_AXIS_PTR(wd), TY_INT)
+	call mfree (WL_LABEL_ANGLE_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_END_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_BEGIN_PTR(wd), TY_DOUBLE)
+	call mfree (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE_PTR(wd), TY_BOOL)
+	call mfree (WL_AXIS_TITLE_PTR(wd), TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Now deallocate the structure.
+	call mfree (wd, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# WL_LABEL_SIDE -- Decode string into set of booleans  sides.
+
+procedure wl_label_side (input, flag)
+
+char	input[ARB]     # I: string listing the sides to be labeled
+bool	flag[N_SIDES]  # O: the flags indicating which sides wll be labeled
+
+int	i 
+int	strmatch()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize all the flags to false.
+	do i = 1, N_SIDES
+	    flag[i] = false
+
+	# Now set each side that is in the list.
+	if (strmatch (input, "right") != 0)
+	    flag[RIGHT] = true
+	if (strmatch (input, "left") != 0)
+	    flag[LEFT] = true
+	if (strmatch (input, "top") != 0)
+	    flag[TOP] = true
+	if (strmatch (input, "bottom") != 0)
+	    flag[BOTTOM] = true
+end
+
+
+# WL_STRING_TO_INTERVAL -- Convert from a string to a number.
+#
+# Description
+#  Since (ideally) the wcslab task should be able to handle any sky
+#  map transformation, there are a number of potential units that can be
+#  transformed from.  The specification of coordinates in these systems
+#  are also quite varied.  Thus, for input purposes, coordinates are entered
+#  as strings.  This routine decodes the strings to a common unit (degrees)
+#  based on the type of system being graphed.
+#
+# Function Returns
+#  This returns the single coordinate value converted to a base system 
+#  (degrees).
+
+double procedure wl_string_to_internal (input, axis_type, which_axis)
+
+char	input[ARB]	# I; the string containing the numerical value
+int	axis_type   	# I: the type of wcs
+int	which_axis	# I: the axis number
+
+double	value
+int	strlen(), nscan()
+
+begin
+	# It is possible that the value was not defined.
+	if (strlen (input)  <= 0)
+	    value = INDEFD
+
+	# Decode based on the system.
+	else
+	    switch (axis_type) {
+
+	    # The RA and DEC systems.
+	    case RA_DEC:
+
+	        # Since SPP FMTIO can handle the HH:MM:SS format, just let it
+		# read in the value.  However, there is no way to distinquish
+		# H:M:S from D:M:S. If the axis being read is RA, assume that
+		# it was H:M:S.
+
+	        call sscan (input)
+	            call gargd (value)
+
+		# If the axis is Longitude == RA, then convert the hours to
+		# degrees.
+		if (nscan() < 1) {
+		    value = INDEFD
+		} else {
+		    if  (which_axis == AXIS1)
+		        value = HRSTODEG (value)
+		}
+
+	    # Default- unknown system, just read the string as a double
+	    # precision and return it.
+	    default:
+		call sscan (input)
+		    call gargd (value)
+		if (nscan() < 1)
+		    value = INDEFD
+	    }
+
+	return (value)
+end
+
+
+# WL_LINE_TYPE -- Decode a string into an IRAF GIO polyline type.
+
+int procedure wl_line_type (line_type_string)
+
+char	line_type_string[ARB]  # I: the string specifying the line type
+                               #      "solid" -> GL_SOLID
+                               #      "dotted" -> GL_DOTTED
+                               #      "dashed" -> GL_DASHED
+                               #      "dotdash" -> GL_DOTDASH
+int	type
+bool	streq()
+
+begin
+	if (streq (line_type_string, "solid"))
+	    type = GL_SOLID
+	else if (streq (line_type_string, "dotted"))
+	    type = GL_DOTTED
+	else if  (streq( line_type_string, "dashed"))
+	    type = GL_DASHED
+	else if  (streq (line_type_string, "dotdash"))
+	    type = GL_DOTDASH
+	else {
+	    call eprintf ("Pattern unknown, using 'solid'.\n")
+	    type = GL_SOLID
+	}
+
+	return (type)
+end
+
+
+# WL_INTERNAL_TO_STRING - Convert internal representation to a string.
+
+procedure wl_internal_to_string (value, system_type, which_axis, output)
+
+double	value          # I: the value to convert
+int	system_type    # I: the wcs type
+int	which_axis     # I: the axis
+char	output[ARB]    # O: the output string
+
+begin
+	# If the value is undefined, write an empty string.
+	if (IS_INDEFD (value))
+	    output[1] = EOS
+
+	# Else, convert the value depending on the axis types.
+	else
+	    switch (system_type)  {
+
+	    # Handle the RA, DEC
+	    case RA_DEC:
+
+		# If this is Axis1 == Right Ascension, then convert to hours.
+		if  (which_axis == AXIS1)
+		    value = value / 15.0D0
+
+		call sprintf (output, SZ_LINE, "%.6h")
+		    call pargd (value)
+
+	    # Else, just write a value.
+	    default:
+		call sprintf (output, SZ_LINE, "%.7g")
+		call pargd (value)
+	    }
+
+end
+
+
+# WL_SIDE_TO_STRING -- Convert a side to its string representation.
+
+procedure wl_side_to_string (side, output, max_len)
+
+int	side              # I: the side to convert
+char	output[max_len]   # O: the string representation of the side
+int	 max_len          # I: the maximum length of the output string
+
+begin
+	switch (side) {
+	case RIGHT:
+	    call strcpy ("right", output, max_len)
+	case LEFT:
+	    call strcpy ("left", output, max_len)
+	case TOP:
+	    call strcpy ("top", output, max_len)
+	case BOTTOM:
+	    call strcpy ("bottom", output, max_len)
+	default:
+	    call strcpy ("default", output, max_len)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WL_PUT_LABEL_SIDES -- Create a string containing the sides specified.
+
+procedure wl_put_label_sides (side_flags, output, max_len)
+
+bool	side_flags[N_SIDES]  # I: the boolean array of sides
+char	output[ARB]          # O: the output comma separated list of sides
+int	max_len              # I: maximum length of the output string
+
+int	i
+pointer sp, side
+int	strlen()
+
+begin
+	# Get memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (side, max_len, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Build the list.
+	output[1] = EOS
+	do i = 1, N_SIDES
+	    if (side_flags[i]) {
+	        if (strlen (output) != 0)
+                    call strcat (",", output, max_len)
+		call wl_side_to_string (i, Memc[side], max_len)
+		call strcat (Memc[side], output, max_len)
+	    }
+
+	if (strlen (output) == 0)
+	    call strcat ("default", output, max_len)
+
+	# Free memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlgrid.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlgrid.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f457af4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlgrid.x
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <math.h>
+include "wcslab.h"
+include "wcs_desc.h"
+
+
+# WL_GRID -- Put the grid lines/tick marks on the plot.
+#
+# Description
+#  Based on previously determined parameters., draw the grid lines and/or
+#  tick marks onto the graph.  While in the process of doing this, create
+#  a list of possible label points for use by the label_grid routine.
+
+procedure wl_grid (wd)
+
+pointer wd		# I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+double	current, tmp_begin, tmp_end, tmp_minor_interval
+int	old_type, old_n_labels, min_counter
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the label counter.
+	WL_N_LABELS(wd) = 0
+
+	# Remember what line type is currently active.
+	old_type = gstati (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE)
+
+	# Determine integer range for axis 1.
+	tmp_minor_interval = WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1) / 
+	    double (WL_MINOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1))
+
+	# If near-polar, the lines should go all the way to the poles.
+	if (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == NEAR_POLAR)
+	    if (abs (WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2)) < abs (WL_END(wd,AXIS2))) {
+	        tmp_begin = WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2)
+	        tmp_end = NORTH_POLE_LATITUDE
+	    } else {
+	        tmp_begin = SOUTH_POLE_LATITUDE
+	        tmp_end = WL_END(wd,AXIS2)
+	    }
+	else {
+	    tmp_begin = WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2)
+	    tmp_end = WL_END(wd,AXIS2)
+	}
+
+	# Plot lines of constant value in axis 1.
+	current = WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS1)
+	min_counter = 0
+	repeat {
+
+	    if  (mod (min_counter, WL_MINOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1)) == 0) {
+	        call gseti  (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE, WL_MAJ_LINE_TYPE(wd))
+	        call wl_graph_constant_axis1 (wd, current, tmp_begin, tmp_end, 
+	            WL_MAJ_GRIDON(wd), WL_LABON(wd), WL_MAJ_TICK_SIZE(wd))
+	    } else {
+	        call gseti  (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE, WL_MIN_LINE_TYPE(wd))
+	        call wl_graph_constant_axis1 (wd, current, tmp_begin, tmp_end,
+	            WL_MIN_GRIDON(wd), NO, WL_MIN_TICK_SIZE(wd))
+	    }
+
+	    min_counter = min_counter + 1
+	    current = WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS1) + tmp_minor_interval * min_counter
+
+	} until  (real (current) > real (WL_END(wd,AXIS1)))
+
+	# Determine the interval range for the second axis.
+	tmp_minor_interval = WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2) / 
+	    double (WL_MINOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2))
+
+	# Plot lines of constant value in axis 2.
+	if  (WL_END(wd,AXIS2) < WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2)) {
+	    current = WL_END(wd,AXIS2)
+	    tmp_minor_interval = -tmp_minor_interval
+	    tmp_end = WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2)
+	} else {
+	    current = WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2)
+	    tmp_end = WL_END(wd,AXIS2)
+	}
+
+	min_counter = 0
+	tmp_begin = current 
+	repeat {
+	    if  (mod (min_counter, WL_MINOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2)) == 0) {
+
+	        call gseti  (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE, WL_MAJ_LINE_TYPE(wd))
+	        old_n_labels = WL_N_LABELS(wd)
+	        call wl_graph_constant_axis2 (wd, current, WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS1), 
+	            WL_END(wd,AXIS1), WL_MAJ_GRIDON(wd), WL_LABON(wd), 
+	            WL_MAJ_TICK_SIZE(wd))
+
+	        # If this is a polar or near_polar plot, the latitudes
+		# should be placed near the line, not where it crosses the
+		# window boundary.
+
+	        if  (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == POLAR &&
+	            (WL_MAJ_GRIDON(wd) == YES) && (WL_LABON(wd) == YES)) {
+	    	    WL_N_LABELS(wd) = old_n_labels + 1
+	    	    call wl_w2ld (WL_WLCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), 
+	                WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION(wd), current,
+	                WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd),X_DIM),
+	                WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd),Y_DIM), 1)
+	    	    WL_LABEL_VALUE(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) = current
+	    	    WL_LABEL_AXIS(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) = AXIS2
+	        }
+
+	    } else {
+	        call gseti  (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE, WL_MIN_LINE_TYPE(wd))
+	        call wl_graph_constant_axis2 (wd, current, WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS1),
+		    WL_END(wd,AXIS1), WL_MIN_GRIDON(wd), NO,
+		    WL_MIN_TICK_SIZE(wd)) 
+	    }
+
+	    # Increment and continue
+	    min_counter = min_counter + 1
+	    current = tmp_begin + tmp_minor_interval * min_counter
+
+	} until  (real (current) > real (tmp_end))
+
+	# Set the line type back to the way it was.
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE, old_type)
+end
+
+
+# WL_GRAPH_CONSTANT_AXIS1 - Graph lines of constant X-axis values.
+#
+# Description
+#  Because projections are rarely linear, the basic GIO interface to draw
+#  lines cannot be used.  Instead, this routine handles the line drawing.
+#  Also, possible label points are found and added to a label list array.
+#
+# CLUDGE! Finding labels here is WRONG.  Ideally, crossing points (where the
+# line crosses a screen boundary) should be determined analytically.  However,
+# the MWCS interface lacks the required "cross-transformations".  It can
+# still be done, but requires a total bypassing of MWCS.  Instead, this
+# simplistic approach is used.
+
+procedure wl_graph_constant_axis1 (wd, x, ymin, ymax, gridon, label, tick_size)
+
+pointer wd          	# I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+double  x               # I: X value to hold constant
+double  ymin, ymax      # I: Y values to vary between
+int	gridon          # I: true if gridding is on
+int     label           # I: true if the points should be labelled
+real    tick_size       # I: size of tick marks
+
+bool	done
+double	lastx, lasty, lx, ly, y, yinc
+real	rlx, rly
+
+begin
+	# Determine the scale at which Y should be incremented.
+	yinc =  (ymax - ymin) / WL_LINE_SEGMENTS(wd)
+
+	# Now graph the line segments.
+	y = ymin
+	call wl_w2ld (WL_WLCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), x, y, lastx, lasty, 1)
+
+	rlx = lastx
+	rly = lasty
+	call gamove (WL_GP(wd), rlx, rly)
+
+	repeat {
+	    call wl_w2ld (WL_WLCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), x, y, lx, ly, 1)
+	    call wl_point_to_label (wd, lastx, lasty, lx, ly, AXIS1, x, gridon,
+	        label, tick_size)
+	    if (gridon == YES) {
+		rlx = lx
+		rly = ly
+	        call gadraw (WL_GP(wd), rlx, rly)
+	    }
+	    if (yinc < 0.)
+	        done = y < ymax
+	    else
+	        done = y > ymax
+	    y = y + yinc
+	    lastx = lx
+	    lasty = ly
+	} until  (done)
+end
+
+
+# WL_GRAPH_CONSTANT_AXIS2 -- Graph lines of constant Y-axis values.
+#
+# Description
+#  Because projections are rarely linear, the basic GIO interface to draw
+#  lines cannot be used.  Instead, this routine handles the line drawing.
+#  Also, possible label points are found and added to an label list array.
+#
+# CLUDGE! Finding labels here is WRONG.  Ideally, crossing points (where the
+# line crosses a screen boundary) should be determined analytically.  However,
+# the MWCS interface lacks the required "cross-transformations".  It can
+# still be done, but requires a total bypassing of MWCS.  Instead, this
+# simplistic approach is used.
+
+procedure wl_graph_constant_axis2 (wd, y, xmin, xmax, gridon, label, tick_size)
+
+pointer wd              # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+double  y               # I: Y value to hold constant
+double  xmin, xmax      # I: X values to vary between
+int	gridon          # I: true if gridding is on
+int	label           # I: true if points should be labelled
+real    tick_size       # I: tick mark size
+
+bool	done
+double	lx, ly, lastx, lasty, x, xinc
+real	rlx, rly
+
+begin
+	# Determine the scale at which X should be incremented.
+	xinc =  (xmax - xmin) / WL_LINE_SEGMENTS(wd)
+
+	# Now graph the line segments.
+	x = xmin
+	call wl_w2ld (WL_WLCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), x, y, lastx, lasty, 1)
+
+	rlx = lastx
+	rly = lasty
+	call gamove (WL_GP(wd), rlx, rly)
+
+	repeat {
+	    call wl_w2ld (WL_WLCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), x, y, lx, ly, 1)
+	    call wl_point_to_label (wd, lastx, lasty, lx, ly, AXIS2, y, gridon,
+	        label, tick_size)
+	    if  (gridon == YES) {
+		rlx = lx
+		rly = ly
+	        call gadraw (WL_GP(wd), rlx, rly)
+	    }
+	    if  (xinc < 0.)
+	        done = x < xmax
+	    else
+		done = x > xmax
+	    lastx = lx
+	    lasty = ly
+	    x = x + xinc
+	} until  (done)
+end
+
+
+# Define the inside and outside of the window.
+
+define OUT (($1<=WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT))||($1>=WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT))||($2<=WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM))||($2>=WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP)))
+
+define IN (($1>WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT))&&($1<WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT))&&($2>WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM))&&($2<WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP)))
+
+
+# WL_POINT_TO_LABEL - Record a points position along a window boundary.
+#
+# Description
+#  Since the MWCS interface lacks "cross-transformations", i.e. If given
+#  RA and and X axis location, find DEC and Y axis, we need a different
+#  method of determining when lines of constant Axis 1/Axis 2 cross
+#  the window boundary.  Since each line is drawn by small increments, each
+#  increment is watched to see if a window boundary has been crossed.  This
+#  is what this routine does:  Confirms that a boundary has been crossed,
+#  records this position and label value.  Tick marks are also drawn here
+#  because all the necessary information is known at this point.
+#
+# NOTE: THIS WAY IS A CLUDGE !  A more formal method of finding
+# cross-transformations is needed- most likely an iterative method.  This
+# way was just "convenient at the time".
+
+procedure wl_point_to_label (wd, x1, y1, x2, y2, axis, axis_value, gridon, 
+	label, tick_size)
+
+pointer wd                  # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+double  x1, y1, x2, y2      # I: the two possible points to label
+int     axis                # I: which axis are we dealing with ?
+double  axis_value          # I: the value of the axis at this point
+int	gridon              # I: true if gridding is on
+int	label               # I: true if this point should have a label
+real    tick_size           # I: size of the tick mark
+
+double	nx, ny, tick_x, tick_y
+double	wl_vector_angle()
+
+begin
+	# Determine whether the two points straddle a window boundary. If they 
+	# do, then this is the point to label.
+	if  (OUT (x1, y1) && IN (x2, y2)) {
+
+	    call wl_axis_on_line (x1, y1, x2, y2, WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1),
+	        nx, ny)
+
+	    if  (gridon == NO) {
+	        call wl_mark_tick (WL_GP(wd), WL_NDC_WCS(wd), tick_size, 
+	            WL_TICK_IN(wd), x1, y1, x2, y2, nx, ny, tick_x, tick_y)
+	        if (WL_TICK_IN(wd) != WL_LABOUT(wd)) {
+	            nx = tick_x
+	            ny = tick_y
+	        }
+	    } 
+
+	    if  ((label == YES) && WL_N_LABELS(wd) < MAX_LABEL_POINTS) {
+	        WL_N_LABELS(wd) = WL_N_LABELS(wd) + 1
+	        WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd),AXIS1) = nx
+	        WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd),AXIS2) = ny
+	        WL_LABEL_VALUE(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) = axis_value
+	        WL_LABEL_AXIS(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) = axis
+	    	WL_LABEL_ANGLE(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) =
+		    wl_vector_angle (WL_GP(wd), x1, y1, x2, y2)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if  (IN (x1, y1) && OUT (x2, y2)) {
+
+	    call wl_axis_on_line (x2, y2, x1, y1, WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1), 
+	        nx, ny)
+
+	    if  (gridon == NO) {
+	        call wl_mark_tick (WL_GP(wd), WL_NDC_WCS(wd), tick_size, 
+	            WL_TICK_IN(wd), x2, y2, x1, y1, nx, ny, tick_x, tick_y)
+	        if (WL_TICK_IN(wd) != WL_LABOUT(wd)) {
+	      	    nx = tick_x
+	      	    ny = tick_y
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    if  ((label == YES) && WL_N_LABELS(wd) < MAX_LABEL_POINTS) {
+		WL_N_LABELS(wd) = WL_N_LABELS(wd) + 1
+		WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd),AXIS1) = nx
+		WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd),AXIS2) = ny
+		WL_LABEL_VALUE(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) = axis_value
+		WL_LABEL_AXIS(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) = axis
+		WL_LABEL_ANGLE(wd,WL_N_LABELS(wd)) =
+		    wl_vector_angle (WL_GP(wd), x1, y1, x2, y2)
+	    }
+	}
+
+end
+
+
+# WL_MARK_TICK - Draw the tick mark at the point.
+#
+# Description
+#  Draw a tick mark rooted at (sx,sy), whose direction is defined by
+#  the vector (x0,y0) to (x1,y1). The other end of the tick mark is
+# returned in (tick_x,tick_y).
+
+procedure wl_mark_tick (gp, wcs, tick_size, in, x0, y0, x1, y1, sx, sy,
+	tick_x, tick_y)
+
+pointer gp              # I: the graphics pointer
+int     wcs             # I: the WCS to use to draw the tick marks
+real    tick_size       # I: size of the tick mark
+int	in              # I: true if ticks should be into the graph
+double  x0, y0, x1, y1  # I: the points defining the tick direction
+double	sx, sy		# I: the root point of the tick mark
+double  tick_x, tick_y  # O: the end point of the tick mark
+
+int	old_line, old_wcs
+real	dx, dy, t, ndc_x0, ndc_y0, ndc_x1, ndc_y1, ndc_x2, ndc_y2
+real	ndc_sx, ndc_sy
+int	gstati()
+real	wl_distancer()
+
+begin
+	# Change graphics coordinates to NDC.
+	old_wcs = gstati (gp, G_WCS)
+	old_line = gstati (gp, G_PLTYPE)
+	call gseti (gp, G_WCS, wcs)
+	call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+
+	# Convert the points to NDC coordinates.
+	ndc_x2 = real (sx)
+	ndc_y2 = real (sy)
+	call gctran (gp, ndc_x2, ndc_y2, ndc_sx, ndc_sy, old_wcs, wcs)
+	ndc_x2 = real (x0)
+	ndc_y2 = real (y0)
+	call gctran (gp, ndc_x2, ndc_y2, ndc_x0, ndc_y0, old_wcs, wcs)
+	ndc_x2 = real (x1)
+	ndc_y2 = real (y1)
+	call gctran (gp, ndc_x2, ndc_y2, ndc_x1, ndc_y1, old_wcs, wcs)
+
+	# Determine the parameterized line parameters.
+	dx = ndc_x1 - ndc_x0
+	dy = ndc_y1 - ndc_y0
+
+	# Determine how large in "time" the tick mark is.
+	t = tick_size / wl_distancer (ndc_x0, ndc_y0, ndc_x1, ndc_y1)
+
+	# If tick marks are to point out of the graph, reverse the sign of t.
+	# Also need to turn clipping off for the ticks appear.
+	if (in == NO) {
+	  t = -t
+	  call gseti (gp, G_CLIP, NO)
+	}
+
+	# Determine the end point of the tick mark.
+	ndc_x2 = t * dx + ndc_sx
+	ndc_y2 = t * dy + ndc_sy
+
+	# Now draw the tick mark.
+	call gamove (gp, ndc_sx, ndc_sy)
+	call gadraw (gp, ndc_x2, ndc_y2)
+
+	# Restore clipping if necessary.
+	if (in == NO)
+	  call gseti (gp, G_CLIP, YES)
+
+	# Restore previous settings.
+	call gseti (gp, G_WCS, old_wcs)
+	call gseti (gp, G_PLTYPE, old_line)
+
+	# Transform the end of the tick mark.
+	call gctran (gp, ndc_x2, ndc_y2, dx, dy, wcs, old_wcs)
+	tick_x = double (dx)
+	tick_y = double (dy)
+end
+
+
+# WL_VECTOR_ANGLE -- Return the angle represented by the given vector.
+#
+# Returns
+#   The angle of the given vector.
+
+double procedure wl_vector_angle (gp, x1, y1, x2, y2)
+
+pointer gp                  # I: the graphics descriptor
+double  x1, y1, x2, y2      # I: the end points of the vector
+
+double	dangle
+real	angle, delx, dely, ndc_x1, ndc_x2, ndc_y1, ndc_y2
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	gstati()
+
+begin
+	# Translate the input points to NDC coordinates.
+	ndc_x1 = real (x1)
+	ndc_x2 = real (x2)
+	ndc_y1 = real (y1)
+	ndc_y2 = real (y2)
+	call gctran (gp, ndc_x1, ndc_y1, ndc_x1, ndc_y1, gstati (gp, G_WCS), 
+	    NDC_WCS)
+	call gctran (gp, ndc_x2, ndc_y2, ndc_x2, ndc_y2, gstati (gp, G_WCS), 
+	    NDC_WCS)
+
+	dely = ndc_y2 - ndc_y1
+	delx = ndc_x2 - ndc_x1
+	if (fp_equalr (delx, 0.) && fp_equalr (dely, 0.))
+	    angle = 0.0
+	else
+	    angle = RADTODEG (atan2 (dely, delx))
+	dangle = angle
+
+	return (dangle)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wllabel.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wllabel.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33e86878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wllabel.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1077 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <math.h>
+include "wcslab.h"
+include "wcs_desc.h"
+
+
+# Define the offset array.
+define OFFSET Memr[$1+$2-1]
+
+# WL_LABEL  -- Place the labels on the grids.
+#
+# Description
+#  Format and write the labels for the grid/tick marks.  Much of this
+#  is wading through conditions to decide whether a label should be
+#  written or not.
+
+procedure wl_label (wd)
+
+pointer wd                  # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+bool	no_side_axis1, no_side_axis2
+int	i, axis1_side, axis2_side
+pointer	sp, offset_ptr
+real	offset
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (offset_ptr, N_SIDES, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, N_SIDES
+	    OFFSET(offset_ptr,i) = 0.
+
+	# Decide whether any sides were specified for either axis.
+	no_side_axis1 = true
+	no_side_axis2 = true
+	do i = 1, N_SIDES {
+	    if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,i,AXIS1))
+	        no_side_axis1 = false
+	    if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,i,AXIS2))
+	        no_side_axis2 = false
+	}
+
+	# If polar, then label the axis 2's next to their circles on the
+	# graph and allow the Axis 1s to be labeled on all sides of the graph.
+
+	if  (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == POLAR) {
+
+	    call wl_polar_label (wd)
+
+	    if (no_side_axis1) {
+	        do i = 1, N_SIDES {
+	          WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,i,AXIS1) = true
+	        }
+	        if (IS_INDEFI (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(WD,AXIS1)))
+	    	    WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(WD,AXIS1) = BOTTOM
+	    }
+
+	# If we are near-polar, label the Axis 2 as if polar, and label
+	# Axis1 on all sides except the side closest to the pole.
+
+	} else if  (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == NEAR_POLAR) {
+
+	    if (no_side_axis1) {
+	        WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd),AXIS1) = true
+	        if (IS_INDEFI (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS1)))
+	    	    WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS1) = WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd)
+	    }
+
+	    if (no_side_axis2) {
+	        WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd),AXIS2) = true
+	        if (IS_INDEFI (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2)))
+	        WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2) = WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd)
+	    }
+
+	# Final case- adjacent sides should be labelled.
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Determine the best sides for labelling.
+	    if  (INVERT (WL_ROTA(wd))) {
+	        axis1_side = LEFT
+	        axis2_side = BOTTOM
+	    } else {
+	        axis1_side = BOTTOM
+	        axis2_side = LEFT
+	    }
+
+	    # If no sides were specified, use the calculated ones above.
+	    if (no_side_axis1)
+	        WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,axis1_side,AXIS1) = true
+	    if (no_side_axis2)
+	        WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,axis2_side,AXIS2) = true
+	}
+
+	# Now draw the labels for axis 1.
+	do i = 1, N_SIDES {
+
+	    if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,i,AXIS1)) {
+	        call wl_lab_edges (wd, AXIS1, i, offset)
+	        if (IS_INDEFI (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(WD,AXIS1)))
+	  	    WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(WD,AXIS1) = i
+	    } else
+	        offset = 0.
+
+	  # Modify the bounding box for the new viewport.
+	  if (abs (offset) > abs (OFFSET(offset_ptr,i)))
+	    OFFSET(offset_ptr,i) = offset
+	}
+
+	# Draw the labels for axis 2.
+	if (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) != POLAR) 
+	    do i = 1, N_SIDES {
+
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,i,AXIS2)) {
+	      	    call wl_lab_edges (wd, AXIS2, i, offset)
+	      	    if (IS_INDEFI (WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2)))
+	            WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2) = i
+	        } else
+	    	    offset = 0.
+
+	        # Modify the bounding box for the new viewport.
+	        if (abs (offset) > abs (OFFSET(offset_ptr,i)))
+	    	    OFFSET(offset_ptr,i) = offset
+	    }
+
+	# Set the bounding box.
+	do i = 1, N_SIDES
+	    WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,i) = WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,i) + OFFSET(offset_ptr,i)
+
+	# Now write the graph title.
+	call wl_title (WL_GP(wd), WL_AXIS_TITLE(wd,AXIS1), 
+	    WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS1), WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIZE(wd),
+	    WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,1))
+	if (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) != POLAR)
+	    call wl_title (WL_GP(wd), WL_AXIS_TITLE(wd,AXIS2), 
+	        WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIDE(wd,AXIS2), WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIZE(WD),
+		WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,1))
+	if (! IS_INDEFI (WL_TITLE_SIDE(wd)))
+	    call wl_title (WL_GP(wd), WL_TITLE(wd), WL_TITLE_SIDE(wd),
+	        WL_TITLE_SIZE(wd), WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,1))
+
+	# Release memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# Define what is in the screen.
+
+define IN (($1>WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT))&&($1<WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT))&&($2>WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM))&&($2<WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP)))
+
+# WL_POLAR_LABEL -- Place Latitude labels next to Latitude circles.
+#
+# Description
+#  Since Lines of constant Latitude on a polar graph are usually circles
+#  around the pole, the lines may never cross edges.  Instead, the labels
+#  are placed next to circles.  The grid-drawing routines should setup
+#  the label position array such that each line has only one label point.
+
+procedure wl_polar_label (wd)
+
+pointer wd            # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+int	i, prec
+pointer sp, label, units, label_format, units_format
+real	char_height, char_width, ndc_textx, ndc_texty, old_text_size
+real	textx, texty
+int	wl_precision()
+real	gstatr(), ggetr()
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (label, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (units, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (label_format, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (units_format, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the character height and width.  This is used to ensure that we
+	# have moved the label strings off the border.
+
+	char_height = ggetr (WL_GP(wd), "ch") * gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE) /
+	    2.
+	char_width = ggetr (WL_GP(wd), "cw") * gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE) /
+	    2.
+
+	# Get the text size and cut it in half for on the plot labelling.
+	old_text_size = gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE)
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE, old_text_size)
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE, old_text_size * 0.80)
+
+	# Determine the precision of the output.
+	prec = wl_precision (wd, AXIS2)
+
+	# Place the labels.
+	for  (i = 1; i <= WL_N_LABELS(wd); i = i + 1)
+	    if  (WL_LABEL_AXIS(wd,i) == AXIS2) {
+
+	        # Decode the coordinate into a text string.
+	        call wl_dms (WL_LABEL_VALUE(wd,i), Memc[label], Memc[units],
+	            SZ_LINE, prec, true)
+
+	        # Convert text position from "unknown" coordinates to NDC.
+	        call gctran (WL_GP(wd), real (WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,i,AXIS1)), 
+	            real (WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,i,AXIS2)), ndc_textx, ndc_texty,
+		    WL_PLOT_WCS(wd), WL_NDC_WCS(wd))
+
+	        # Determine the text justification.
+	        switch  (WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd)) {
+	        case BOTTOM: 
+	            call strcpy ("h=c;v=t", Memc[label_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            call strcpy ("h=c;v=c", Memc[units_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            ndc_texty = ndc_texty - char_height
+	        case TOP: 
+	            call strcpy ("h=c;v=c", Memc[label_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            call strcpy ("h=c;v=b", Memc[units_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            ndc_texty = ndc_texty + char_height
+	        case LEFT: 
+	            call strcpy ("h=r;v=c", Memc[label_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            call strcpy ("h=r;v=b", Memc[units_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            ndc_textx = ndc_textx - char_width
+	        case RIGHT: 
+	            call strcpy ("h=l;v=c", Memc[label_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            call strcpy ("h=l;v=b", Memc[units_format], SZ_LINE)
+	            ndc_textx = ndc_textx + char_width
+	        }
+
+	        # Convert the text position from NDC back to the "unknown"
+		# system.
+	        call gctran (WL_GP(wd), ndc_textx, ndc_texty, textx, texty, 
+	            WL_NDC_WCS(wd), WL_PLOT_WCS(wd))
+	  
+	        # Print the label.
+	        if (IN (textx, texty)) {
+	    	    call gtext (WL_GP(wd), textx, texty, Memc[label], 
+	                Memc[label_format])
+	    	    call gtext (WL_GP(wd), textx, texty, Memc[units], 
+	                Memc[units_format])
+	        }
+
+	    }
+
+	# Set the text size back.
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE, old_text_size)
+
+	# Release memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+end
+
+
+# Memory management for labels
+
+define LABEL_LIST Memi[labels+$1-1]
+
+# WL_LAB_EDGES  -- Place labels along the edges of the window.
+#
+# Description
+#  Place labels on the specified side of the graph.
+
+procedure wl_lab_edges (wd, axis, side, offset)
+
+pointer wd      	# I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+int     axis    	# I: the type of axis being labeled
+int     side    	# I: the side to place the labels
+real    offset  	# O: offset in NDC units for titles
+
+bool	do_full
+double	angle, tangle
+int	i, full_label, nlabels, old_wcs, prec
+pointer sp, labels 
+real	ndc_textx, ndc_texty, old_text_size, textx, texty
+
+int	wl_full_label_position(), wl_find_side()
+double	wl_string_angle(), wl_angle()
+int	gstati(), wl_precision()
+real	gstatr()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# All label placement is done in NDC coordinates.
+	old_wcs = gstati (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, WL_NDC_WCS(wd))
+
+	# Set text labelling size.
+	old_text_size = gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE)
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE, WL_LABEL_SIZE(wd))
+
+	# Get the precision of the axis interval.
+	prec = wl_precision (wd, axis)
+
+	# Initialize string size.
+	offset = 0.
+
+	# Build a list of possible labels for this side. The conditions are
+	# that the label should be for the current axis and that it lies on
+	# the current side.
+
+	call salloc (labels, WL_N_LABELS(wd), TY_INT)
+	nlabels = 0
+	for (i = 1; i <= WL_N_LABELS(wd); i = i + 1)
+	    if  (WL_LABEL_AXIS(wd,i) == axis && 
+	        wl_find_side (WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,i,AXIS1),
+	        WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,i,AXIS2), 
+	        WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1)) == side) {
+	        nlabels = nlabels + 1
+	        LABEL_LIST(nlabels) = i
+	    }  
+	
+	# If no labels found, then just forget it.  If labels found, well
+	# write them out.
+
+	if (nlabels != 0) {
+
+	    # Determine which label should be written out in full.
+	    full_label = wl_full_label_position (wd, Memi[labels], nlabels,
+	        axis, side, prec)
+
+	    # Determine the angle that all the labels will be written at.
+	    if ((WL_LABOUT(wd) == NO) && (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) != NORMAL) &&
+	        (WL_LABEL_ROTATE(wd) == YES))
+		angle = INDEFR
+	    else if ((WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == NORMAL) && ((WL_LABEL_ROTATE(wd) ==
+		YES) || ((WL_LABOUT(wd) == NO) && (WL_MAJ_GRIDON(wd) == YES))))
+	        angle = wl_angle (wd, Memi[labels], nlabels)
+	    else
+		angle = 0.0
+
+	    # Place the labels.
+	    for  (i = 1; i <= nlabels; i = i + 1) {
+	
+	        # Save some pertinent information.
+	        textx = real (WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,LABEL_LIST(i),AXIS1))
+	        texty = real (WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,LABEL_LIST(i),AXIS2))
+	        do_full =  ((LABEL_LIST(i) == full_label) ||
+	    	    (WL_ALWAYS_FULL_LABEL(wd) == YES))
+	
+	        # Transform the "unknown" coordinate system to a known
+		# coordinate system, NDC, for text placement.
+	        call gctran (WL_GP(wd), textx, texty, ndc_textx, ndc_texty, 
+	            old_wcs, WL_NDC_WCS(wd))
+
+		# If angle is undefined, determine the angle for each label.
+		if (IS_INDEFR(angle))
+		    tangle = wl_string_angle (WL_LABEL_ANGLE(wd,
+		        LABEL_LIST(i)), WL_LABOUT(wd))
+		else
+		    tangle = angle
+	
+	        # Format and write the label.
+	        call wl_write_label (wd, WL_LABEL_VALUE(wd,LABEL_LIST(i)), 
+	            side, ndc_textx, ndc_texty, tangle, axis, prec, do_full,
+		    offset)
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	# Reset the graphics WCS.
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE, old_text_size)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, old_wcs)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_TITLE - Write the title of the graph.
+
+procedure wl_title (gp, title, side, size, viewport)
+
+pointer gp                 # I: the graphics descriptor
+char    title[ARB]         # I: the title to write
+int     side               # I: which side the title will go
+real    size               # I: the character size to write the title
+real    viewport[N_SIDES]  # I: the viewport in NDC to keep the title out of
+
+int	old_wcs
+real	char_height, char_width, left, right, top, bottom, old_rotation
+real	old_text_size, x, y
+int	gstati(), strlen()
+real	ggetr(), gstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Make sure there is a title to write.  If not, then punt.
+	if (strlen (title) <= 0)
+	  return
+
+	# Get/Set pertinent graphics info.
+	call ggview (gp, left, right, bottom, top)
+
+	old_text_size = gstatr (gp, G_TXSIZE)
+	call gsetr (gp, G_TXSIZE, size)
+	old_rotation = gstatr (gp, G_TXUP)
+
+	char_height = ggetr (gp, "ch") * size
+	char_width = ggetr (gp, "cw") * size
+
+	old_wcs = gstati (gp, G_WCS)
+	call gseti (gp, G_WCS, NDC_WCS)
+
+	# Depending on side, set text position and rotation.
+	switch (side) {
+	case TOP:
+	    call gsetr (gp, G_TXUP, 90.)
+	    x =  (right + left) / 2.
+	    y = viewport[TOP] +  (2 * char_height)
+	    viewport[TOP] = y +  (char_height / 2.)
+	case BOTTOM:
+	    call gsetr (gp, G_TXUP, 90.)
+	    x =  (right + left) / 2.
+	    y = viewport[BOTTOM] -  (2 * char_height)
+	    viewport[BOTTOM] = y -  (char_height / 2.)
+	case RIGHT:
+	    call gsetr (gp, G_TXUP, 180.)
+	    x = viewport[RIGHT] +  (2 * char_width)
+	    y =  (top + bottom) / 2.
+	    viewport[RIGHT] = x +  (char_width / 2.)
+	case LEFT:
+	    call gsetr (gp, G_TXUP, 180.)
+	    x = viewport[LEFT] -  (2 * char_width)
+	    y =  (top + bottom) / 2.
+	    viewport[LEFT] = x -  (char_width / 2.)
+	}
+
+	# Write the puppy out.
+	call gtext (gp, x, y, title, "h=c;v=c")
+
+	# Set the graphics state back.
+	call gseti (gp, G_WCS, old_wcs)
+	call gsetr (gp, G_TXSIZE, old_text_size)
+	call gsetr (gp, G_TXUP, old_rotation)
+end
+
+
+# WL_PRECISION -- Determine the precision of the interval.
+
+int procedure wl_precision (wd, axis)
+
+pointer wd    	  # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+int     axis      # I: which axis is being examined ?
+
+int	prec 
+
+begin
+	# Handle the sky coordinates.
+	if (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd) == RA_DEC)
+
+	    if (axis == AXIS1) {
+	        if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1) >= STTODEG (3600.0D0))
+	    	    prec = HOUR
+	        else if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1) >= STTODEG (60.0D0))
+	    	    prec = MINUTE
+	        else if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1) >= STTODEG (1.0D0))
+	    	    prec = SECOND
+	        else if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1) >= STTODEG (.01D0))
+	    	    prec = SUBSEC_LOW
+	        else
+	    	    prec = SUBSEC_HIGH
+	    } else {
+	        if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2) >= SATODEG (3600.0D0))
+	    	    prec = DEGREE
+	        else if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2) >= SATODEG (60.0D0))
+	    	    prec = MINUTE
+	        else if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2) >= SATODEG (1.0D0))
+	    	    prec = SECOND
+	        else if (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2) >= SATODEG (.01D0))
+	    	    prec = SUBSEC_LOW
+	        else
+	    	    prec = SUBSEC_HIGH
+	    }
+
+	# Handle other coordinate types.
+	else
+	    prec = INDEFI
+
+	return (prec)
+
+end
+
+
+# Define some value constraints.
+
+define LOW_ACCURACY .01
+define HIGH_ACCURACY .0001
+
+# WL_HMS -- Convert value to number in hours, minutes, and seconds.
+
+procedure wl_hms (rarad, hms, units, maxch, precision, all)
+
+double  rarad            # I: the value to format into a string (degrees)
+char    hms[ARB]         # O: string containing formatted value
+char    units[ARB]       # O: string containing formatted units
+int     maxch            # I: the maximum number of characters allowed
+int     precision        # I: how precise the output should be
+bool    all              # I: true if all relevent fields should be formatted
+
+double  accuracy, fraction
+int	sec, h, m, s
+pointer sp, temp_hms, temp_units 
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (temp_hms, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (temp_units, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+
+	units[1] = EOS
+	hms[1]   = EOS
+
+	# Define how close to zero is needed.
+	accuracy = LOW_ACCURACY
+	if (precision == SUBSEC_HIGH)
+	    accuracy = HIGH_ACCURACY
+
+	# Seconds of time.
+	fraction = double (abs(DEGTOST (rarad)))
+	if (precision == SUBSEC_LOW || precision == SUBSEC_HIGH) {
+	    sec = int (fraction)
+	    fraction = fraction - double (sec)
+	} else {
+	    sec = int (fraction + 0.5)
+	    fraction = 0.
+	}
+
+	# Range:  0 to 24 hours.
+	if (sec < 0)
+	    sec = sec + STPERDAY
+	else if (sec >= STPERDAY)
+	    sec = mod (sec, STPERDAY)
+
+	# Separater fields.
+	s = mod (sec, 60)
+	m = mod (sec / 60, 60)
+	h = sec / 3600
+
+	# Format fields.
+
+	# Subseconds.
+	if (precision == SUBSEC_LOW || precision == SUBSEC_HIGH) {
+	    fraction = s + fraction
+	    if (precision == SUBSEC_LOW) {
+	        call sprintf (hms, 6, "%05.2f")
+	    	    call pargd (fraction)
+	        call strcpy ("  s  ", units, maxch)
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (hms, 8, "%07.4f")
+	    	    call pargd (fraction)
+	        call strcpy ("  s    ", units, maxch)
+	    }
+	    if (!all)
+	        all =  (fraction < accuracy)
+
+	# Seconds
+	} else if (precision == SECOND) {
+
+	    # NOTE: The all is not part of the if statement because if
+	    # SUBSEC's have been printed, then seconds have already been
+	    # dealt with.  If SUBSEC's have not been dealt with, then this
+	    # is the first field to be checked anyways.
+
+	    call sprintf (hms, 3, "%02d ")
+	        call pargi (s)
+	    call strcpy ("  s", units, maxch)
+	    if (! all) 
+		all =  (s == 0)
+	}
+
+	# Minutes.
+	if (precision == MINUTE ||  (precision > MINUTE && all)) {
+	    if (all) {
+	        call strcpy (hms, Memc[temp_hms], maxch)
+	        call strcpy (units, Memc[temp_units], maxch)
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (hms, 3, "%02d ")
+		call pargi (m)
+	    call strcpy ("  m", units, maxch)
+	    if (all) {
+	        call strcat (Memc[temp_hms], hms, maxch)
+	        call strcat (Memc[temp_units], units, maxch)
+	    } else
+	        all =  (m == 0)
+	}
+
+	# Non-zero hours.
+	if  (precision == HOUR || all) {
+	    if (all) {
+	        call strcpy (hms, Memc[temp_hms], maxch)
+	        call strcpy (units, Memc[temp_units], maxch)
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (hms, 3, "%2.2d ")
+		call pargi (h)
+	    call strcpy("  h", units, maxch)
+	    if (all) {
+		call strcat (Memc[temp_hms], hms, maxch)
+	        call strcat (Memc[temp_units], units, maxch)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Release memory
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_DMS - Convert value to number in degrees, minutes, and seconds.
+
+procedure wl_dms (arcrad, dms, units, maxch, precision, all)
+
+double  arcrad           # I: the value to format into a string (degrees)
+char    dms[ARB]         # O: string containing formatted value
+char    units[ARB]       # O: string containing formatted units
+int     maxch            # I: the maximum number of characters allowed
+int     precision        # I: how precise the output should be ?
+bool    all              # I: true if all relavent fields should be formatted
+
+double  accuracy, fraction 
+int	sec, h, m, s
+pointer sp, temp_dms, temp_units
+int	strlen()
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (temp_dms, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (temp_units, maxch, TY_CHAR)
+
+	units[1] = EOS
+	dms[1]   = EOS
+
+	# Define how close to zero is needed.
+	accuracy = LOW_ACCURACY
+	if (precision == SUBSEC_HIGH)
+	    accuracy = HIGH_ACCURACY
+
+	# Seconds of time.
+	fraction = double (abs (DEGTOSA (arcrad)))
+	if (precision == SUBSEC_LOW || precision == SUBSEC_HIGH) {
+	    sec = int (fraction)
+	    fraction = fraction - double (sec)
+	} else {
+	    sec = nint  (fraction)
+	    fraction = 0.
+	}
+
+	# Separater fields.
+	s = mod (abs(sec), 60)
+	m = mod (abs(sec) / 60, 60)
+	h = abs(sec) / 3600
+
+	# Format fields
+	#
+	# Subseconds.
+	if (precision == SUBSEC_LOW || precision == SUBSEC_HIGH) {
+
+	    fraction = s + fraction
+	    call strcpy (dms, Memc[temp_dms], maxch)
+	    call strcpy (units, Memc[temp_units], maxch)
+	    if (precision == SUBSEC_LOW) {
+	        call sprintf (dms, 6, "%05.2f\"")
+	    	    call pargd (fraction)
+	        call strcpy ("      ", units, maxch)
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (dms, 8, "%07.4f\"")
+	            call pargd (fraction)
+	        call strcpy ("        ", units, maxch)
+	    }
+	    if (! all)
+	        all =  (fraction < accuracy)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_dms], dms, maxch)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_units], units, maxch)
+
+	# Seconds
+	} else if (precision == SECOND) {
+
+	    # NOTE: The all is not part of the if statement because if
+	    # SUBSEC's have been printed, then seconds have already been
+	    # dealt with.  If SUBSEC's have not been dealt with, then this
+	    # is the first field to be checked anyways.
+
+	    call strcpy (dms, Memc[temp_dms], maxch)
+	    call strcpy (units, Memc[temp_units], maxch)
+	    call sprintf (dms, 3, "%02d\"")
+		call pargi (s)
+	    call strcpy ("   ", units, maxch)
+	    if (! all) 
+	    	all =  (s == 0)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_dms], dms, maxch)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_units], units, maxch)
+	}
+
+	# Minutes.
+	if (precision == MINUTE ||  (precision > MINUTE && all)) {
+	    call strcpy (dms, Memc[temp_dms], maxch)
+	    call strcpy (units, Memc[temp_units], maxch)
+	    call sprintf (dms, 3, "%02d'")
+		call pargi (m)
+	    call strcpy ("   ", units, maxch)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_dms], dms, maxch)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_units], units, maxch)
+	    if (! all)
+	        all =  (m == 0)
+	}
+
+	# Hours.
+	if (precision == DEGREE || all) {
+	    call strcpy (dms, Memc[temp_dms], maxch)
+	    call strcpy (units, Memc[temp_units], maxch)
+	    if (sec + fraction < accuracy)
+	        call strcpy (" 0 ", dms, maxch)
+	    else if (arcrad < 0.) {
+	        call sprintf (dms, 4, "-%d ")
+	    	    call pargi (h)
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (dms, 4, "+%d ")
+	    	    call pargi (h)
+	    }
+	    call sprintf(units, 4, "%*wo")
+		call pargi (strlen (dms) - 1)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_dms], dms, maxch)
+	    call strcat (Memc[temp_units], units, maxch)
+	}
+
+	# Release memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_FULL_LABEL_POSTION -- Find the position where the full label should be.
+#
+# Description
+#   This routine returns the index to the label that should be printed
+#   in its full form, regardless of its value.  This is so there is always
+#   at least one labelled point with the full information.  This point is
+#   choosen by examining which label is the closest to the passed point
+#   (usually one of the four corners of the display).
+#
+# Returns
+#   Index into the labell arrays of the label to be fully printed.
+#   If the return index is 0, then there are no labels for the given
+#   side.
+
+int procedure wl_full_label_position (wd, labels, nlabels, axis, side,
+	precision)
+
+pointer wd                   # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+int     labels[nlabels]      # I: array of indexes of labels to be printed
+int     nlabels              # I: the number of labels in labels
+int     axis                 # I: the axis being dealt with
+int     side                 # I: the side being dealt with
+int	precision	     # I: precision of the label
+
+bool	all
+double	cur_dist, dist
+int	i, cur_label, xside, yside
+pointer	sp, temp1
+double	wl_distanced()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (temp1, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize.
+	xside = INDEFI
+	yside = INDEFI
+
+	# Determine which corner will have the full label.
+	if (side == TOP || side == BOTTOM) {
+	    yside = side
+	    if (axis == AXIS1) {
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,RIGHT,AXIS2))
+	    	    xside = RIGHT
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,LEFT,AXIS2))
+	    	    xside = LEFT
+	    } else {
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,RIGHT,AXIS1))
+	    	    xside = RIGHT
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,LEFT,AXIS1))
+	    	    xside = LEFT
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFI (xside))
+	    	xside = LEFT
+	} else {
+	    xside = side
+	    if (axis == AXIS1) {
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,TOP,AXIS2))
+	    	    yside = TOP
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,BOTTOM,AXIS2))
+	    	    yside = BOTTOM
+	    } else {
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,TOP,AXIS1))
+	    	    yside = TOP
+	        if (WL_LABEL_SIDE(wd,BOTTOM,AXIS1))
+	    	    yside = BOTTOM
+	    }
+	    if (IS_INDEFI (yside))
+	        yside = BOTTOM
+	}
+
+	# Find the full label.
+	cur_label = labels[1]
+	cur_dist = wl_distanced (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,xside), 
+	    WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,yside),
+	    WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,cur_label,AXIS1),
+	    WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,cur_label,AXIS2))
+	
+	# Now go through the rest of the labels to find a closer label.
+	for (i = 2; i <= nlabels; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # Check to see if the label would be written in full anyways.
+	    all = false
+	    if (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd) == RA_DEC) {
+		if (WL_LABEL_AXIS(wd, labels[i]) == LONGITUDE)
+		    call wl_hms (WL_LABEL_VALUE(wd, labels[i]),
+		        Memc[temp1], Memc[temp1], SZ_LINE, precision, all)
+		else
+		    call wl_dms (WL_LABEL_VALUE(wd, labels[i]),
+		        Memc[temp1], Memc[temp1], SZ_LINE, precision, all)
+	    }
+
+	    # If so, don't figure out which label should be full, there
+	    # will be one someplace.
+	    if (all) {
+		cur_label = INDEFI
+		break
+	    }
+
+	    dist = wl_distanced (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,xside), 
+	        WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,yside), 
+	        WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,labels[i],AXIS1), 
+	        WL_LABEL_POSITION(wd,labels[i],AXIS2))
+	    if (dist < cur_dist) {
+	        cur_dist = dist
+	        cur_label = labels[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Release memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Return the label index.
+	return (cur_label)
+end
+
+
+# WL_WRITE_LABEL - Write the label in the format specified by the WCS type.
+
+procedure wl_write_label (wd, value, side, x, y, angle, axis, precision,
+	do_full, offset)
+
+pointer wd                   # I:   the WCSLAB descriptor
+double  value                # I:   the value to use as the label
+int     side                 # I:   the side the label is going on
+real    x, y                 # I:   position of the label in NDC coordinates
+double  angle                # I:   the angle the text should be written at
+int     axis                 # I:   which axis is being labelled
+int     precision            # I:   level of precision for labels
+bool    do_full              # I:   true if the full label should be printed
+real    offset               # I/O: offset for titles in NDC units
+
+int	tside
+pointer	sp, label, label_format, units, units_format
+real	char_height, char_width, in_off_x, in_off_y, length
+real	lx, ly, new_offset, rx, ry, text_angle
+real	unit_off_x, unit_off_y, ux, uy
+
+bool	fp_equalr()
+double	wl_string_angle()
+int	wl_opposite_side(), strlen()
+real	ggetr(), gstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (label, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (units, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (label_format, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (units_format, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get character size.  This info is used to move the character string
+	# by the appropriate amounts.
+
+	char_height = ggetr (WL_GP(wd), "ch") * gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE)
+	char_width = ggetr (WL_GP(wd), "cw") * gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE)
+
+	# Determine the "corrected" angle to write text in.
+	text_angle = wl_string_angle (angle, WL_LABOUT(wd))
+
+	# Determine the units offset.
+	call wl_rotate (0., char_height / 2., 1, text_angle - 90., unit_off_x, 
+	    unit_off_y)
+
+	# If the labels are to appear inside the graph and the major grid lines
+	# have been drawn, then determine the necessary offset to get the label
+	# off the line.
+
+	if ((WL_LABOUT(wd) == NO) && (WL_MAJ_GRIDON(wd) == YES))
+	    call wl_rotate (0., 0.75 * char_height, 1, text_angle - 90.,
+	        in_off_x, in_off_y)
+	else {
+	    in_off_x = 0.
+	    in_off_y = 0.
+	}
+
+	# Decode the coordinate into a text string.
+	switch (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd)) {
+	case RA_DEC:
+	    if  (axis == LONGITUDE)
+	        call wl_hms (value, Memc[label], Memc[units], SZ_LINE,
+		    precision, do_full)
+	    else 
+	        call wl_dms (value, Memc[label], Memc[units], SZ_LINE,
+		    precision, do_full)
+	default:
+	    call sprintf (Memc[label], SZ_LINE, "%.2g")
+	    call pargd (value)
+	}
+
+	# Set the text justification.
+	call sprintf (Memc[label_format], SZ_LINE, "h=c;v=c;u=%f")
+	    call pargr (text_angle)
+	call sprintf (Memc[units_format], SZ_LINE, "h=c;v=c;u=%f")
+	    call pargr (text_angle)
+
+	# Determine offset needed to rotate text about the point of placement.
+	# NOTE: The STDGRAPH kernel messes up rotate text placement.  Try to
+	# accomodate with extra offset.
+
+	length = .5 * char_width *  (2 + strlen (Memc[label]))
+	call wl_rotate (length, 0., 1, text_angle - 90., rx, ry)
+	rx = abs (rx)
+	ry = abs (ry)
+
+	# If labels are to appear inside the graph, then justification should
+	# appear as if it were done for the opposite side.
+	if (WL_LABOUT(wd) == YES)
+	    tside = side
+	else
+	    tside = wl_opposite_side (side)
+
+	# Now add the offsets appropriately.
+	switch (tside) {
+	case TOP:
+	    ly = y + ry + in_off_y + unit_off_y
+	    if (fp_equalr (text_angle, 90.)) {
+	        lx = x
+	        ly = ly + unit_off_y
+	    } else if (text_angle < 90.)
+	        lx = x - rx
+	    else
+	        lx = x + rx
+	    lx = lx + in_off_x
+	    new_offset = ry + ry
+
+	case BOTTOM:
+	    ly = y - ry - in_off_y - unit_off_y
+	    if (fp_equalr (text_angle, 90.)) {
+	        lx = x
+	        ly = ly - unit_off_y
+	    } else if (text_angle < 90.)
+	        lx = x + rx
+	    else
+	        lx = x - rx
+	    lx = lx - in_off_x
+	    new_offset = ry + ry
+
+	case LEFT:
+	    lx = x - rx - abs (unit_off_x)
+	    if (text_angle < 90.) {
+	        ly = y + ry - in_off_y
+	        lx = lx - in_off_x
+	    } else {
+	        ly = y - ry + in_off_y
+	        lx = lx + in_off_x
+	    }
+	    new_offset = rx + rx + abs (unit_off_x)
+
+	case RIGHT:
+	    lx = x + rx + abs (unit_off_x)
+	    if (text_angle < 90.) {
+	        ly = y - ry + in_off_y
+	        lx = lx + in_off_x
+	    } else {
+	        ly = y + ry - in_off_y
+	        lx = lx - in_off_x
+	    }
+	    new_offset = rx + rx + abs (unit_off_x)
+	}
+
+	lx = lx - (unit_off_x / 2.)
+	ly = ly - (unit_off_y / 2.)
+	ux = lx + unit_off_x
+	uy = ly + unit_off_y
+	  
+	# Print the label.
+	call gtext (WL_GP(wd), lx, ly, Memc[label], Memc[label_format])
+
+	# Print the units (if appropriate).
+	if (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd) == RA_DEC)
+	    call gtext (WL_GP(wd), ux, uy, Memc[units], Memc[units_format])
+
+	# Determine new maximum string size.
+	if  ((WL_LABOUT(wd) == YES) &&  (abs (offset) < new_offset))
+	    if (side == LEFT || side == BOTTOM)
+	        offset = -new_offset
+	    else
+	        offset = new_offset
+
+	# Release memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_STRING_ANGLE -- Produce the angle that a label string should be written to.
+#
+# Description
+#   Fixes the input angle so that the output angle is in the range 0 to 180.
+#
+# Returns
+#   the angle that the label should be written as.
+
+double procedure wl_string_angle (angle, right_to_up)
+
+double	angle            # I: the input angle in degrees
+int	right_to_up      # I: true if angle near horizontal/vertical are fixed
+
+double	output_angle
+
+begin
+	# Try to ensure that the angle is "upright", i.e. the string will not
+	# be printed upside-down.
+
+	output_angle = angle
+	if (output_angle > QUARTER_CIRCLE)
+	    output_angle = output_angle - HALF_CIRCLE
+	if (output_angle < -QUARTER_CIRCLE)
+	    output_angle = output_angle + HALF_CIRCLE
+
+	# If the angle is close to parallel with one of the axis, then just
+	# print it normally.
+
+	if ((right_to_up == YES) && ((mod (abs (output_angle),
+	    QUARTER_CIRCLE) < MIN_ANGLE) || (QUARTER_CIRCLE -
+	    mod (abs (output_angle), QUARTER_CIRCLE) < MIN_ANGLE)))
+	    output_angle = 0.
+
+	# Return the angle modified for the idiocincracy of GIO text angle
+	# specification.
+
+	return (output_angle + QUARTER_CIRCLE)
+end
+
+
+# WL_ANGLE -- Return the average angle of the labels in the list.
+#
+# Returns
+#  Average angle
+#
+# Description
+#  So that labels on a side are uniform (in some sense), the average angle
+#  of all the labels is taken and is defined as the angle that all the labels
+#  will be printed at.
+
+double procedure wl_angle (wd, labels, nlabels)
+
+pointer wd                   # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+int     labels[nlabels]      # I: the indexes of the labels to be printed out
+int     nlabels              # I: the number of indexes in the list
+
+double	total, average
+int	i
+
+begin
+	total = 0.0
+	for (i = 1; i <= nlabels; i = i + 1)
+	    total = total + WL_LABEL_ANGLE(wd,labels[i])
+	average = real (total / nlabels)
+
+	return (average)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlsetup.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlsetup.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c37e24ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlsetup.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1000 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include <math.h>
+include <math/curfit.h>
+include "wcslab.h"
+include "wcs_desc.h"
+
+# WL_SETUP -- Determine all the basic characteristics of the plot.
+#
+# Description
+#  Determine basic characteristics of the plot at hand.  This involved
+#  "discovering" what part of the world system covers the screen, the
+#  orientation of the world to logical systems, what type of graph will
+#  be produced, etc.  Many of the parameters determined here can be 
+#  over-ridden by user-specified values.
+
+procedure wl_setup (wd)
+
+pointer wd                       # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+bool	north
+double	array[N_EDGES,N_DIM], max_value[N_DIM], min_value[N_DIM]
+double	range[N_DIM], pole_position[N_DIM], view_edge[N_EDGES,N_DIM]
+double	wl_coord_rotation()
+pointer mw_sctran()
+string	logtran "logical"
+string	wrldtran "world"
+
+begin
+	# Calculate the transformations from the Logical (pixel space) system
+	# to the World (possibly anything) system and back.
+	WL_LWCT(wd) = mw_sctran (WL_MW(wd), logtran, wrldtran, AXIS)
+	WL_WLCT(wd) = mw_sctran (WL_MW(wd), wrldtran, logtran, AXIS)
+
+	# Indicate whether the center of the transformation is north.
+	if (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd) == RA_DEC)
+	    north = (WL_WORLD_CENTER(wd,LATITUDE) > 0.0D0)
+
+	# Determine the poles position.
+	if (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd) == RA_DEC)
+	    call wl_pole_position (WL_WLCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), 
+	        WL_WORLD_CENTER(wd,LONGITUDE), north, WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd),
+		pole_position)
+
+	# Determine graph type based on the system type.
+	call wl_determine_graph_type (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd), pole_position,
+	    WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1), WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd))
+
+	# Now find the extent of the WCS the window views, by constructing
+	# x,y vectors containing evenly spaced points around the edges of
+	# the viewing window.
+
+	call wl_construct_edge_vectors (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1),
+	    view_edge[1,X_DIM], view_edge[1,Y_DIM], N_EDGES)
+	
+	# Find the range of the axes over the graphics viewport.
+	call wl_l2wd (WL_LWCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), view_edge[1,X_DIM], 
+	     view_edge[1,Y_DIM], array[1,AXIS1], array[1,AXIS2], N_EDGES)
+	call alimd (array[1,AXIS1], N_EDGES, min_value[AXIS1], max_value[AXIS1])
+	call alimd (array[1,AXIS2], N_EDGES, min_value[AXIS2], max_value[AXIS2])
+	range[AXIS1] = abs (max_value[AXIS1] - min_value[AXIS1])
+	range[AXIS2] = abs (max_value[AXIS2] - min_value[AXIS2])
+
+	# The above isn't good enough for the sky projections.  Deal with those.
+	if (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd) == RA_DEC)
+	    call wl_sky_extrema (wd, array[1,AXIS1], N_EDGES, pole_position,
+	        north, min_value[AXIS1], max_value[AXIS1], range[AXIS1],
+		min_value[AXIS2], max_value[AXIS2], range[AXIS2])
+
+	# Determine the rotation between the systems.
+	WL_ROTA(wd) = wl_coord_rotation (WL_WLCT(wd), WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd),
+	    WL_WORLD_CENTER(wd,AXIS1), max_value[AXIS2],
+	    WL_WORLD_CENTER(wd,AXIS1), min_value[AXIS2])
+
+	# Round the intervals.  This is done to make the labelling "nice" and
+	# to smooth edge effects.
+	if (IS_INDEFD (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS1)) ||
+	    IS_INDEFD (WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS1)) || IS_INDEFD (WL_END(wd,AXIS1)))
+	    call wl_round_axis (wd, AXIS1, min_value[AXIS1], max_value[AXIS1],
+	        range[AXIS1])
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD (WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,AXIS2)) ||
+	    IS_INDEFD (WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2)) || IS_INDEFD (WL_END(wd,AXIS2)))
+	    call wl_round_axis (wd, AXIS2, min_value[AXIS2], max_value[AXIS2],
+	        range[AXIS2])
+end
+
+
+# WL_POLE_POSITION -- Determine logical coordinates of a pole.
+#
+# Description
+#  Calculate the pole's position in the Logical system.
+#
+# Bugs
+#  Can only deal with Right Ascension/Declination.
+
+procedure wl_pole_position (wlct, flip, longitude, north, system_type, 
+	pole_position)
+
+pointer wlct                  # I: the world-to-logical transformation
+int	flip                  # I: true if the axes are transposed
+double  longitude             # I: the longitude to determine latitude
+bool    north                 # I: true if the pole is in the north
+int     system_type           # I: type of system being examined
+double  pole_position[N_DIM]  # O: the pole's logical coordinates
+
+double	sgn
+
+begin
+	switch (system_type) {
+
+	# For Right Ascension/Declination, the pole is at any longitude but
+	# at only 90 degrees (north) or -90 degrees (south) latitude.
+	case RA_DEC:
+	    if  (north)
+		sgn = NORTH_POLE_LATITUDE
+	    else
+		sgn = SOUTH_POLE_LATITUDE
+	    call wl_w2ld (wlct, flip, longitude, sgn, pole_position[X_DIM],
+                pole_position[Y_DIM], 1)
+	}
+
+	# Sanity check on the pole position.  It is very likely that there is
+	# no valid position in pixel space for the pole.  This is checked for
+	# by looking for extremely large numbers.
+	if  (abs (pole_position[X_DIM]) > abs (double (MAX_INT)))
+	    pole_position[X_DIM] = real (MAX_INT)
+	if  (abs (pole_position[Y_DIM]) > abs (double (MAX_INT)))
+	    pole_position[Y_DIM] = real (MAX_INT)
+end
+
+
+# How close can the pole be to the center of the screen to be near-polar.
+define	HOW_CLOSE	3.
+
+# WL_DETERMINE_GRAPH_TYPE -- Determine the actual graph type.
+
+procedure wl_determine_graph_type (system_type, pole_position,
+	screen_boundary, graph_type)
+
+int	system_type               # I: the type of WCS being dealt with
+double	pole_position[N_DIM]      # I: the location of the pole
+double	screen_boundary[N_SIDES]  # I: the edges of the display
+int	graph_type                # O: the graph type
+
+double	max_dist, pole_dist, xcen, ycen
+
+begin
+	# Determine graph type based on axis type.
+	switch (system_type) {
+
+	# If the pole is on the graph then force a graph_type of polar.
+	case RA_DEC:
+
+	    xcen = (screen_boundary[LEFT] + screen_boundary[RIGHT]) / 2.
+	    ycen =  (screen_boundary[BOTTOM] + screen_boundary[TOP]) / 2.
+	    max_dist = min ((screen_boundary[LEFT] - xcen) ** 2,
+	        (screen_boundary[TOP] - ycen)**2)
+	    pole_dist = (pole_position[X_DIM] - xcen) ** 2 +
+	        (pole_position[Y_DIM] - ycen) ** 2
+	
+	    # Check to see whether the graph is "polar", "near_polar"
+	    # or "normal".  If the pole lies within middle part of the
+	    # viewport, then the graph is "polar". If the pole is within
+	    # a certain maximum distance then it is "near_polar".
+	    # Otherwise it is normal.
+
+	    switch (graph_type) {
+	    case NORMAL:
+		# do nothing
+	    case POLAR:
+		# do nothing
+	    case NEAR_POLAR:
+		# do nothing
+	    default:
+	        if (pole_dist < max_dist)
+	            graph_type = POLAR
+	        else if  (pole_dist < HOW_CLOSE * max_dist)
+	            graph_type = NEAR_POLAR
+	        else
+	            graph_type = NORMAL
+	    }
+
+	# For all other cases, explicitely set this to normal.
+	default:
+	    graph_type = NORMAL
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WL_CONSTRUCT_EDGE_VECTORS -- Construct vectors of values along window's edge.
+#
+# Description
+#  This routines filles two arrays, with the x-values and y-values of
+#  evenly spaced points along the edges of the screen.  This is used to
+#  make transformation of the logical edges into the world system
+#  more convenient.
+
+procedure wl_construct_edge_vectors (screen_boundary, x, y, vector_size)
+
+double	screen_boundary[N_SIDES]       # I: the side values
+double	x[vector_size], y[vector_size] # O: the edge vector points
+int	vector_size                    # I: the number of edge vector points
+
+double	current, interval
+int	i, left_over, offset1, offset2, side_length
+
+begin
+	# Divide the vectors into equal amounts for each side.
+	side_length = vector_size / N_SIDES
+	left_over = mod (vector_size, N_SIDES)
+
+	# Calculate the horizontal components.
+	interval =  (screen_boundary[RIGHT] - screen_boundary[LEFT]) /
+	    side_length
+	current = screen_boundary[LEFT]
+	offset1 = side_length
+	for  (i = 1; i <= side_length; i = i + 1) {
+	    x[i] = current + interval
+	    y[i] = screen_boundary[BOTTOM]
+	    x[i+offset1] = current
+	    y[i+offset1] = screen_boundary[TOP]
+	    current = current + interval 
+	}
+
+	# Calculate the verticle components.
+	interval = (screen_boundary[TOP] - screen_boundary[BOTTOM]) /
+	    side_length
+	current = screen_boundary[BOTTOM]
+	offset1 = 2 * side_length
+	offset2 = 3 * side_length
+	for  (i = 1; i <= side_length; i = i + 1) {
+	    x[i+offset1] = screen_boundary[LEFT]
+	    y[i+offset1] = current
+	    x[i+offset2] = screen_boundary[RIGHT]
+	    y[i+offset2] = current + interval
+	    current = current + interval 
+	}
+
+	# Fill in the left over with a single point.
+	offset1 = 4 * side_length
+	for  (i = 1; i <= left_over; i = i + 1) {
+	    x[i+offset1] = screen_boundary[LEFT]
+	    y[i+offset1] = screen_boundary[BOTTOM]
+	}
+
+end
+
+
+# WL_SKY_EXTREMA -- Determine what range the view window covers in the sky.
+# This routine is only called if the WCS RA,DEC.
+#
+# Description
+#   Because of the different graph types and the fact that axis 1 usually
+#   wraps, more work needs to be done to determine what part of the sky
+#   is covered by the viewing window.
+
+procedure wl_sky_extrema (wd, ax1_array, n_points, pole_position, north,
+	ax1min, ax1max, ax1ran, ax2min, ax2max, ax2ran)
+
+pointer	wd                         # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+double  ax1_array[n_points]        # I: the axis 1 edge vector
+int     n_points                   # I: the length of the edge vector
+double  pole_position[N_DIM]       # I: the pole position
+bool    north                      # I: is the pole in the north ?
+double  ax1min, ax1max, ax1ran     # I/O: the minimum, maximum, range in axis 1
+double  ax2min, ax2max, ax2ran     # I/O: the minimum, maximum, range in axis 2
+
+bool	is_pole
+double	nx, ny, xcen, ycen
+int	wl_direction_from_axis1(), wl_find_side(), wl_opposite_side()
+
+begin
+	# Is the pole on the graph ?
+	if ((pole_position[X_DIM] < WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT))   ||
+	    (pole_position[X_DIM] > WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT))  ||
+	    (pole_position[Y_DIM] < WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM)) ||
+	    (pole_position[Y_DIM] > WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP)))
+	    is_pole = false
+	else
+	    is_pole = true
+
+	# If so adjust the RA and DEC ranges appropriately.
+	if (is_pole) {
+
+	    # Set the RA range.
+	    ax1min = 0.0D0
+	    ax1max = 359.9D0
+	    ax1ran = 360.0D0
+
+	    # Set the dec range.
+	    if (north)
+	        ax2max = NORTH_POLE_LATITUDE - ((NORTH_POLE_LATITUDE -
+		    ax2min) * DISTANCE_TO_POLE )
+	    else
+	        ax2min = SOUTH_POLE_LATITUDE + ((NORTH_POLE_LATITUDE +
+		    ax2max) * DISTANCE_TO_POLE)
+	    ax2ran = abs (ax2max - ax2min)
+
+	    # Mark the pole.
+	    call gmark (WL_GP(wd), real (pole_position[X_DIM]),
+		real (pole_position[Y_DIM]), POLE_MARK_SHAPE, POLE_MARK_SIZE,
+		POLE_MARK_SIZE)
+
+	} else {
+	     # Only the RA range needs adjusting.
+	     call wl_ra_range (ax1_array, n_points, ax1min, ax1max, ax1ran)
+	}
+
+	# Adjust the labelling characteristics appropritatley for various
+	# types of graphs.
+
+	if  (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == POLAR) {
+
+	    # Determine which direction the axis 2's will be labeled on polar
+	    # graphs.
+	    if (IS_INDEFD (WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION(wd))) {
+	        call wl_get_axis2_label_direction (WL_LWCT(wd),
+		    WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), pole_position, WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1),
+		    WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION(wd), WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd))
+	    } else {
+	        WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd) = wl_direction_from_axis1 (WL_WLCT(wd),
+	            WL_AXIS_FLIP(wd), pole_position, north,
+		    WL_POLAR_LABEL_POSITION(wd), WL_BEGIN(wd,AXIS2),
+	            WL_END(wd,AXIS2), WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1))
+		if (IS_INDEFI (WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd)))
+		    WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd) = BOTTOM
+	    }
+
+	    # If the graph type is polar, then determine how to justify
+	    # the labels.
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFI (WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd)))
+	        WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) =
+	            wl_opposite_side (WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd))
+
+	# If the graph_type is near-polar, then handle the directions a bit
+	# differently.
+	} else if (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == NEAR_POLAR) {
+
+	    # Find the side that the pole is on.  
+	    xcen = (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT) +
+	        WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT)) / 2.
+	    ycen = (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM) +
+	        WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP)) / 2.
+	    call wl_axis_on_line (xcen, ycen, pole_position[X_DIM],
+	        pole_position[Y_DIM], WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1), nx, ny)
+
+	    if (IS_INDEFD(nx) || IS_INDEFD(ny)) {
+		WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd) = BOTTOM
+		WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) = LEFT
+	    } else {
+	        WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd) = wl_find_side (nx, ny,
+	            WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,1))
+	        if (WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd) == LEFT || WL_BAD_LABEL_SIDE(wd) ==
+	            RIGHT)
+		    if (abs (ny - WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM)) <
+	                abs (ny - WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP)))
+		        WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) = BOTTOM
+		    else
+		        WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) = TOP
+	        else
+		    if (abs (nx - WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT)) <
+	                abs (nx - WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT)))
+		        WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) = LEFT
+		    else
+		        WL_POLAR_LABEL_DIRECTION(wd) = RIGHT
+	    }
+
+	}
+end
+
+
+# WL_COORD_ROTATION -- Determine "rotation" between the coordinate systems.
+#
+# Description
+#  This routine takes the world-to-logical coordinate transformation and
+#  two points in the world system which should define the positive verticle
+#  axis in the world system.  These points are translated into the logical
+#  system and the angle between the logical vector and its positive verticle
+#  vector is calculated and returned.  The rotation angle is returned
+#  in degrees and is always positive.
+
+double	procedure wl_coord_rotation (wlct, flip, wx1, wy1, wx2, wy2)
+
+pointer	wlct               # I: the world-to-logical transformation
+int	flip               # I: true if the coordinates are transposed
+double	wx1, wy1, wx2, wy2 # I: points in world space to figure rotation from
+
+double	delx, dely, rota, x1, y1, x2, y2
+bool	fp_equald()
+
+begin
+	# Transform the points to the logical system.
+	call wl_w2ld (wlct, flip, wx1, wy1, x1, y1, 1)
+	call wl_w2ld (wlct, flip, wx2, wy2, x2, y2, 1)
+
+	# Determine the rotation.
+	delx = x2 - x1
+	dely = y2 - y1
+	if (fp_equald (delx, 0.0D0) && fp_equald (dely, 0.0D0))
+	    rota = 0.
+	else
+	    rota = RADTODEG (atan2 (dely, delx))
+
+	if  (rota < 0.0D0)
+	    rota = rota + FULL_CIRCLE
+
+	return (rota)
+end
+
+
+# Define how many axis one should go for.
+
+define RA_NUM_TRY         6
+define DEC_NUM_TRY        6
+define DEC_POLAR_NUM_TRY  4
+
+# WL_ROUND_AXIS - Round values for the axis.
+
+procedure wl_round_axis (wd, axis, minimum, maximum, range)
+
+pointer wd                       # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+int     axis                     # I: the axis being worked on
+double  minimum, maximum, range  # I: raw values to be rounded
+
+int	num_try
+
+begin
+	# Depending on axis type, round the values.
+	switch (WL_SYSTEM_TYPE(wd)) {
+	case RA_DEC:
+	    if (axis == LONGITUDE)
+	        call wl_round_ra (minimum, maximum, range, RA_NUM_TRY,
+	            WL_BEGIN(wd,LONGITUDE), WL_END(wd,LONGITUDE),
+		    WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,LONGITUDE))
+	    else {
+	        if (WL_GRAPH_TYPE(wd) == POLAR)
+	            num_try = DEC_POLAR_NUM_TRY
+	        else
+	            num_try = DEC_NUM_TRY
+	        call wl_round_dec (minimum, maximum, range, num_try,
+	            WL_BEGIN(wd,LATITUDE), WL_END(wd,LATITUDE), 
+	            WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,LATITUDE))
+	    }
+
+	default:
+	    call wl_generic_round (minimum, maximum, range, WL_BEGIN(wd,axis),
+	        WL_END(wd,axis), WL_MAJOR_INTERVAL(wd,axis))
+	}
+
+end
+
+
+# WL_GET_AXIS2_LABEL_DIRECTION -- Dertermine label direction for latitides.
+#
+# Description
+#  Determine from which edge of the graph the axis 2 labels are to
+#  appear.  This (in general) is the opposite edge from which the pole
+#  is nearest to.  Move the pole to the closest edges, determine which
+#  side it is, then chose the direction as the opposite.  Also determines
+#  the Axis 1 at which the Axis 2 labels will appear.
+
+procedure wl_get_axis2_label_direction (lwct, flip, pole_position, 
+	screen_boundary, pole_label_position, bad_label_side)
+
+pointer lwct                      # I: logical-to-world transformation
+int	flip                      # I: true if the axis are transposed
+double  pole_position[N_DIM]      # I: the position of the pole
+double  screen_boundary[N_SIDES]  # I: the edges of the screen
+double  pole_label_position       # O: the axis 1 that axis 2 labels should
+	                          #    appear for polar|near-polar graphs
+int     bad_label_side            # O: side not to place axis 1 labels
+
+double	dif, tdif, dummy
+
+begin
+	# Determine which direction, up or down, the axis 2's will be labelled.
+	dif = abs (screen_boundary[TOP] - pole_position[AXIS2])
+	bad_label_side= TOP
+	tdif = abs (screen_boundary[BOTTOM] - pole_position[AXIS2])
+	if (tdif < dif) {
+	  dif = tdif
+	  bad_label_side = BOTTOM
+	}
+
+	# Determine at what value of Axis 1 the Axis 2 labels should appear.
+	switch (bad_label_side) {
+	case TOP: 
+	    call wl_l2wd (lwct, flip, pole_position[AXIS1],
+	        screen_boundary[BOTTOM], pole_label_position, dummy, 1)
+	case BOTTOM: 
+	    call wl_l2wd (lwct, flip, pole_position[AXIS1],
+	        screen_boundary[TOP], pole_label_position, dummy, 1)
+	case LEFT: 
+	    call wl_l2wd (lwct, flip, screen_boundary[RIGHT],
+	        pole_position[AXIS2], pole_label_position, dummy, 1)
+	case RIGHT:  
+	    call wl_l2wd (lwct, flip, screen_boundary[LEFT],
+	        pole_position[AXIS2], pole_label_position, dummy, 1)
+	}
+
+end
+
+
+# WL_DIRECTION_FROM_AXIS1 -- Determine axis 2 label direction from axis 1.
+#
+# Function Returns
+#   This returns the side where Axis 1 should not be labelled.
+
+int procedure wl_direction_from_axis1 (wlct, flip, pole_position, north,
+	polar_label_position, lbegin, lend, screen_boundary)
+
+pointer wlct                      # I: world-to-logical transformation
+int	flip                      # I: true if the axes are transposed
+double  pole_position[N_DIM]      # I: the pole position
+bool    north                     # I: true if the pole is the north pole
+double  polar_label_position      # I: the axis 1 where axis 2 will be 
+	                          #    marked
+double  lbegin                    # I: low end of axis 2
+double  lend                      # I: high end of axis 2
+double  screen_boundary[N_SIDES]  # I: the window boundary
+
+double	nx, ny, cx, cy
+int	wl_find_side()
+
+begin
+	# Determine the point in logical space where the axis 1 and the
+	# minimum axis 2 meet.
+
+	if (north)
+	    call wl_w2ld (wlct, flip, polar_label_position, lbegin, nx, ny, 1)
+	else
+	    call wl_w2ld (wlct, flip, polar_label_position, lend, nx, ny, 1)
+
+	# This line should cross a window boundary.  Find that point.
+
+	call wl_axis_on_line (pole_position[X_DIM], pole_position[Y_DIM],
+	    screen_boundary, nx, ny, cx, cy)
+
+	# Get the side that the crossing point is. This is the axis 2 labelling
+	# direction.
+
+	if (IS_INDEFD(cx) || IS_INDEFD(cy))
+	    return (INDEFI)
+	else
+	    return (wl_find_side (cx, cy, screen_boundary))
+end
+
+
+# WL_OPPOSITE_SIDE - Return the opposite of the given side.
+#
+# Returns
+#   The opposite side of the specified side as follows:
+#           RIGHT  -> LEFT
+#           LEFT   -> RIGHT
+#           TOP    -> BOTTOM
+#           BOTTOM -> TOP
+
+int procedure wl_opposite_side (side)
+
+int	side		# I: the side to find the opposite of
+
+int	new_side
+
+begin
+	switch (side) {
+	case LEFT:
+	    new_side = RIGHT
+	case RIGHT:
+	    new_side = LEFT
+	case TOP:
+	    new_side = BOTTOM
+	case BOTTOM:
+	    new_side = TOP
+	}
+
+	return (new_side)
+end
+
+
+# Define whether things are on the screen boundary or on them.
+
+define IN (($1>=screen_boundary[LEFT])&&($1<=screen_boundary[RIGHT])&&($2>=screen_boundary[BOTTOM])&&($2<=screen_boundary[TOP]))
+
+
+# WL_AXIS_ON_LINE - Determine intersection of line and a screen boundary.
+#
+# Description
+#  Return the point where the line defined by the two input points 
+#  crosses a screen boundary.  The boundary is choosen by determining
+#  which one is between the two points.
+
+procedure wl_axis_on_line (x0, y0, x1, y1, screen_boundary, nx, ny)
+
+double	x0, y0, x1, y1            # I: random points in space
+double	screen_boundary[N_SIDES]  # I: sides of the window
+double	nx, ny                    # O: the closest point on a window boundary
+
+double	x_val[N_SIDES], y_val[N_SIDES], tx0, ty0, tx1, ty1, w[2]
+int	i
+pointer	cvx, cvy
+double	dcveval()
+
+begin
+	# Get the line parameters.
+	x_val[1] = x0
+	x_val[2] = x1
+	y_val[1] = y0
+	y_val[2] = y1
+
+	iferr (call dcvinit (cvx, CHEBYSHEV, 2, min (x0, x1), max (x0, x1)))
+	    cvx = NULL
+	else {
+	    call dcvfit (cvx, x_val, y_val, w, 2, WTS_UNIFORM, i)
+	    if (i != OK)
+	        call error (i, "wlaxie: Error solving on X")
+	}
+
+	iferr (call dcvinit (cvy, CHEBYSHEV, 2, min (y0, y1), max (y0, y1)))
+	    cvy = NULL
+	else {
+	    call dcvfit (cvy, y_val, x_val, w, 2, WTS_UNIFORM, i)
+	    if (i != OK)
+	        call error (i, "wlaxie: Error solving on Y")
+	}
+
+	# Solve for each side.
+	x_val[LEFT] = screen_boundary[LEFT]
+	if (cvx == NULL)
+	    y_val[LEFT] = screen_boundary[LEFT]
+	else
+	    y_val[LEFT] = dcveval (cvx, x_val[LEFT])
+
+	x_val[RIGHT] = screen_boundary[RIGHT]
+	if (cvx == NULL )
+	    y_val[RIGHT] = screen_boundary[RIGHT]
+	else
+	    y_val[RIGHT] = dcveval (cvx, x_val[RIGHT])
+
+	y_val[TOP] = screen_boundary[TOP]
+	if (cvy == NULL)
+	    x_val[TOP] = screen_boundary[TOP]
+	else
+	    x_val[TOP] = dcveval (cvy, y_val[TOP])
+
+	y_val[BOTTOM] = screen_boundary[BOTTOM]
+	if (cvy == NULL)
+	    x_val[BOTTOM] = screen_boundary[BOTTOM]
+	else
+	    x_val[BOTTOM] = dcveval (cvy, y_val[BOTTOM])
+
+	# Rearrange the input points to be in ascending order.
+	if  (x0 < x1) {
+	    tx0 = x0
+	    tx1 = x1
+	} else {
+	    tx0 = x1
+	    tx1 = x0
+	}
+
+	if  (y0 < y1) {
+	    ty0 = y0
+	    ty1 = y1
+	} else {
+	    ty0 = y1
+	    ty1 = y0
+	}
+
+	# Now find which point is between the two given points and is within
+	# the viewing area.
+	# NOTE: Conversion to real for the check- if two points are so close
+	# for double, any of them would serve as the correct answer.
+
+	nx = INDEFD
+	ny = INDEFD
+	for  (i = 1; i <= N_SIDES; i = i + 1)
+	    if  (real (tx0) <= real (x_val[i]) && 
+	        real (x_val[i]) <= real (tx1)  &&
+	        real (ty0) <= real (y_val[i])  && 
+	        real (y_val[i]) <= real (ty1)  &&
+	        IN (x_val[i], y_val[i]) ) {
+	        nx = x_val[i]
+	        ny = y_val[i]
+	    }
+
+	# Release the curve fit descriptors.
+	if (cvx != NULL)
+	    call dcvfree (cvx)
+	if (cvy != NULL)
+	    call dcvfree (cvy)
+end
+
+
+# WL_FIND_SIDE -- Return the side that the given point is lying on.
+#
+# Function Returns
+#  Return the side, TOP, BOTTOM, LEFT, or RIGHT, that the specified
+#  point is lying on.  One of the coordinates must be VERY CLOSE to one of 
+#  the sides or INDEFI will be returned.
+
+int procedure wl_find_side (x, y, screen_boundary)
+
+double x, y                      # I: the point to inquire about
+double screen_boundary[N_SIDES]  # I: the edges of the screen
+
+double	dif, ndif
+int	side
+
+begin
+	dif = abs (x - screen_boundary[LEFT])
+	side = LEFT
+
+	ndif = abs (x - screen_boundary[RIGHT])
+	if  (ndif < dif) {
+	  side = RIGHT
+	  dif = ndif
+	}
+	
+	ndif = abs (y - screen_boundary[BOTTOM])
+	if  (ndif < dif) {
+	  side = BOTTOM
+	  dif = ndif
+	}
+	
+	ndif = abs (y - screen_boundary[TOP])
+	if  (ndif < dif)
+	  side = TOP
+
+	return (side)
+end
+
+
+# WL_RA_RANGE -- Determine the range in RA given a list of possible values.
+#
+# Description
+#  Determine the largest range in RA from the provided list of values.
+#  The problem here is that it is unknown which way the graph is oriented.
+#  To simplify the problem, it is assume that the graph range does not extend
+#  beyond a hemisphere and that all distances in RA is less than a hemisphere.
+#  This assumption is needed to decide when the 0 hour is on the graph.
+
+procedure wl_ra_range (ra, n_values, min, max, diff)
+
+double	ra[ARB]		# I:   the possible RA values
+int	n_values	# I:   the number of possible RA values
+double	min		# I/O: the minimum RA
+double	max		# I/O: the maximum RA
+double	diff		# I/O: the difference between minimum and maximum
+
+bool	wrap
+int	i, j, n_diffs
+pointer	sp, max_array, min_array, ran_array
+int	wl_max_element_array()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (max_array, n_values * n_values, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (min_array, n_values * n_values, TY_DOUBLE)
+	call salloc (ran_array, n_values * n_values, TY_DOUBLE)
+
+	# Check whether the RA is wrapped or not.
+	n_diffs = 0
+	do i = 1, n_values {
+	    if (ra[i] >= min && ra[i] <= max)
+		next
+	    n_diffs = n_diffs + 1
+	}
+	if (n_diffs > 0)
+	    wrap = true
+	else
+	    wrap = false
+
+	n_diffs = 0
+	for  (i = 1; i <= n_values; i = i + 1) {
+	    for  (j = i + 1; j <= n_values; j = j + 1) {
+	        n_diffs = n_diffs + 1
+	        call wl_getradif (ra[i], ra[j], Memd[min_array+n_diffs-1],
+		    Memd[max_array+n_diffs-1], Memd[ran_array+n_diffs-1],
+		    wrap)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	i = wl_max_element_array (Memd[ran_array], n_diffs)
+	min = Memd[min_array+i-1]
+	max = Memd[max_array+i-1]
+	diff = Memd[ran_array+i-1]
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_GETRADIFF -- Get differences in RA based on degrees.
+#
+# Description
+#  This procedure determines, given two values in degrees, the minimum,
+#  maximum, and difference of those values.  The assumption is that no
+#  difference should be greater than half a circle.  Based on this assumption,
+#  a difference is found and the minimum and maximum are determined.  The
+#  maximum can be greater than 360 degrees.
+
+procedure wl_getradif (val1, val2, min, max, diff, wrap)
+
+double	val1, val2  # I: the RA values
+double	min, max    # O: the min RA and max RA (possibly > 360.0)
+double	diff        # O: the min, max difference
+bool	wrap	    # I: is the ra wrapped ?
+
+begin
+	if (! wrap && (abs (val1 - val2) > HALF_CIRCLE))
+	    if (val1 < val2) {
+	        min = val2
+	        max = val1 + FULL_CIRCLE
+	    } else {
+	        min = val1
+	        max = val2 + FULL_CIRCLE
+	    }
+	else
+	    if (val1 < val2) {
+		min = val1
+		max = val2
+	    } else {
+		min = val2
+		max = val1
+	    }
+	diff = max - min
+end
+
+
+define	NRAGAP    26
+
+# WL_ROUND_RA -- Modify the RA limits and calculate an interval to label.
+#
+# Description
+#  The RA limits determine by just the extremes of the window ususally do
+#  not fall on "reasonable" boundaries; i.e. essentially they are random
+#  numbers.  However, for labelling purposes, it is nice to have grids and
+#  tick marks for "rounded" numbers-  For RA, this means values close to
+#  whole hours, minutes, or seconds.  For example, if the span across the
+#  plot is a few hours, the marks and labels should represent simply whole
+#  hours.  This routine determines new RA limits based on this and some 
+#  interval to produce marks between the newly revised limits.
+
+procedure wl_round_ra (longmin, longmax, longran, num_try, minimum, maximum, 
+	major_interval)
+
+double	longmin          # I: longitude minimum
+double	longmax          # I: longitude maximum
+double	longran          # I: longitude range
+int	num_try          # I: the number of intervals to try for
+double	minimum          # O: the minimum RA value (in degrees)
+double	maximum          # O: the maximum RA value (in degrees)
+double	major_interval   # O: the appropriate interval (in degrees) for the
+	                 #    major line marks.
+
+double  ragap[NRAGAP]
+double	wl_check_arrayd(), wl_round_upd()
+data	ragap / 1.0D-4, 2.0D-4, 5.0D-4,  1.0D-3,  2.0D-3,  5.0D-3,
+	        0.01D0, 0.02D0, 0.05D0, 0.1D0,  0.2D0,  0.5D0,   1.0D0,
+		2.0D0,   5.0D0, 10.0D0, 20.0D0, 30.0D0, 60.0D0, 120.0D0,
+		300.0D0, 600.0D0,  1.2D3,  1.8D3,  3.6D3,  7.2D3 /
+
+
+begin
+	major_interval = wl_check_arrayd (DEGTOST (longran) / num_try, 
+	    ragap, NRAGAP)
+	minimum = STTODEG (wl_round_upd (DEGTOST (longmin), major_interval) - 
+	    major_interval)
+	maximum = STTODEG (wl_round_upd (DEGTOST (longmax), major_interval))
+	major_interval = STTODEG (major_interval)
+end
+
+
+define	NDECGAP    28
+
+# WL_ROUND_DEC -- Modify the DEC limits and calculate an interval to label.
+#
+# Description
+#  The DEC limits determine by just the extremes of the window ususally do
+#  not fall on "reasonable" boundaries; i.e. essentially they are random
+#  numbers.  However, for labelling purposes, it is nice to have grids and
+#  tick marks for "rounded" numbers-  For DEC, this means values close to
+#  whole degrees, minutes, or seconds.  For example, if the span across the
+#  plot is a few degrees, the marks and labels should represent simply whole
+#  degrees.  This routine determines new DEC limits based on this and some 
+#  interval to produce marks between the newly revised limits.
+
+procedure wl_round_dec (latmin, latmax, latran, num_try, minimum, maximum, 
+	major_interval)
+
+double latmin              # I: the latitude minimum
+double latmax              # I: the latitude maximum
+double latran              # I: the latitude range
+int    num_try             # I: number of intervals to try for
+double minimum             # O: the DEC minimum
+double maximum             # O: the DEC maximum
+double major_interval      # O: the labelling interval to use for major lines
+
+double  decgap[NDECGAP]
+double	wl_check_arrayd(), wl_round_upd()
+data	decgap / 1.0D-4, 2.0D-4,  5.0D-4, 1.0D-3, 2.0D-3,  5.0D-3,
+	         0.01D0, 0.02D0,  0.05D0, 0.1D0,  0.2D0,   0.5D0,   1.0D0,
+		 2.0D0, 5.0D0, 10.0D0,20.0D0, 30.0D0, 60.0D0, 120.0d0,
+		 300.0D0, 600.0D0, 1.2D3, 1.8D3, 3.6D3, 7.2D3, 1.8D4, 3.6D4 /
+
+begin
+	major_interval = wl_check_arrayd (DEGTOSA (latran) / num_try, 
+	    decgap, NDECGAP)
+	minimum = SATODEG (wl_round_upd (DEGTOSA (latmin), major_interval) -
+	    major_interval)
+	maximum = SATODEG (wl_round_upd (DEGTOSA (latmax), major_interval))
+	major_interval = SATODEG (major_interval)
+
+	# Make sure that the grid marking does not include the pole.
+	maximum = min (maximum, NORTH_POLE_LATITUDE - major_interval)
+	minimum = max (minimum, SOUTH_POLE_LATITUDE + major_interval)
+end
+
+
+# WL_GENERIC_ROUND -- Round the values (if possible).
+#
+# History
+#   7Feb91 - Created by Jonathan D. Eisenhamer, STScI.
+
+procedure wl_generic_round (minimum, maximum, range, lbegin, lend, interval)
+
+double	minimum, maximum, range  # I: the raw input values
+double	lbegin, lend             # O: the begin and end label points
+double	interval                 # O: the major label interval
+
+double	amant, diff
+int	iexp, num
+double	wl_round_upd()
+
+begin
+	diff = log10 (abs (range) / 4.D0)
+	iexp = int (diff)
+	if (diff < 0)
+	    iexp = iexp - 1
+
+	amant = diff - double (iexp)
+	if (amant < 0.15D0)
+	  num = 1
+	else if (amant < 0.50D0)
+	  num = 2
+	else if (amant < 0.85D0)
+	  num = 5
+	else
+	  num = 10
+
+	interval = double (num) * 10.0D0 ** iexp
+	lbegin = wl_round_upd (minimum, interval) - interval
+	lend = wl_round_upd (maximum, interval)
+end
+
+
+#  WL_ROUND_UPD -- Round X up to nearest whole multiple of Y.
+
+double procedure wl_round_upd (x, y)
+
+double	x		# I: value to be rounded
+double	y		# I: multiple of X is to be rounded up in
+
+double	z, r
+
+begin
+	if (x < 0.0D0)
+	    z = 0.0D0
+	else
+	    z = y
+	r = y * double (int ((x + z) / y))
+
+	return (r)
+end
+
+
+
+#  WL_CHECK_ARRAYD -- Check proximity of array elements to each other.
+#
+# Description
+#  Returns the element of the array arr(n) which is closest to an exact
+#  value EX.
+
+double procedure wl_check_arrayd (ex, arr, n)
+
+double	ex		# I: the exact value
+double	arr[ARB]	# I: the array of rounded values
+int	n		# I: dimension of array  of rounded values
+
+int	j
+
+begin
+	for (j = 1;  j < n && (ex - arr[j]) > 0.0D0;  j = j + 1)
+	    ;
+	if (j > 1 && j < n)
+	    if (abs (ex - arr[j-1]) < abs (ex - arr[j])) 
+		j = j - 1
+
+	return (arr[j])
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlutil.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlutil.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c79b8f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlutil.x
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <imio.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include <math.h>
+
+# WL_IMD_VIEWPORT -- Map the viewport and window of the image display.
+
+procedure wl_imd_viewport (frame, im, c1, c2, l1, l2, vl, vr, vb, vt)
+
+int	frame			# I:   display frame to be overlayed
+pointer	im			# I:   pointer to the input image
+real	c1, c2, l1, l2		# I/O: input/output window
+real	vl, vr, vb, vt		# I/O: input/output viewport
+
+int	wcs_status, dim1, dim2, step1, step2
+pointer	sp, frimage, frim, iw
+real	x1, x2, y1, y2, fx1, fx2, fy1, fy2, junkx, junky
+real	vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2, nx1, nx2, ny1, ny2
+pointer	imd_mapframe(), iw_open()
+
+
+begin
+	# If all of the viewport parameters were defined by the user
+	# use the default viewport and window.
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(vl) && ! IS_INDEFR(vr) && ! IS_INDEFR(vb) &&
+	    ! IS_INDEFR(vt))
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (frimage, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open the requested display frame and get the loaded image name.
+	# If this name is blank, use the default viewport and window.
+
+	frim = imd_mapframe (frame, READ_ONLY, YES)
+	iw = iw_open (frim, frame, Memc[frimage], SZ_FNAME, wcs_status)
+	if (Memc[frimage] == EOS || wcs_status == ERR) {
+	    call iw_close (iw)
+	    call imunmap (frim)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Find the beginning and end points of the requested image section.
+	# We already know at this point that the input logical image is
+	# 2-dimensional. However this 2-dimensional section may be part of
+	# n-dimensional image.
+
+	# X dimension.
+	dim1 = IM_VMAP(im,1)
+	step1 = IM_VSTEP(im,1)
+	if (step1 >= 0) {
+	    x1 = IM_VOFF(im,dim1) + 1
+	    x2 = x1 + IM_LEN(im,1) - 1
+	} else {
+	    x1 = IM_VOFF(im,dim1) - 1
+	    x2 = x1 - IM_LEN(im,1) + 1
+	}
+
+	# Y dimension.
+	dim2 = IM_VMAP(im,2)
+	step2 = IM_VSTEP(im,2)
+	if (step2 >= 0) {
+	    y1 = IM_VOFF(im,dim2) + 1
+	    y2 = y1 + IM_LEN(im,2) - 1
+	} else {
+	    y1 = IM_VOFF(im,dim2) - 1
+	    y2 = y1 - IM_LEN(im,2) + 1
+	}
+
+	# Get the frame buffer coordinates corresponding to the lower left
+	# and upper right corners of the image section.
+
+	call iw_im2fb (iw, x1, y1, fx1, fy1)
+	call iw_im2fb (iw, x2, y2, fx2, fy2)
+	if (fx1 > fx2) {
+	    junkx = fx1
+	    fx1 = fx2 
+	    fx2 = junkx
+	}
+	if (fy1 > fy2) {
+	    junky = fy1
+	    fy1 = fy2 
+	    fy2 = junky
+	}
+
+	# Check that some portion of the input image is in the display.
+	# If not select the default viewport and window coordinates.
+	if (fx1 > IM_LEN(frim,1) || fx2 < 1.0 || fy1 > IM_LEN(frim,2) ||
+	    fy2 < 1.0) {
+	    call iw_close (iw)
+	    call imunmap (frim)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Compute a new viewport and window for X.
+	if (fx1 >= 1.0) {
+	    vx1 = max (0.0, min (1.0, (fx1 - 0.5) / IM_LEN(frim,1)))
+	    nx1 = 1.0
+	} else {
+	    vx1 = 0.0
+	    call iw_fb2im (iw, 1.0, 1.0, junkx, junky)
+	    if (step1 >= 0)
+	        nx1 = max (1.0, junkx - x1 + 1.0)
+	    else
+	        nx2 = max (1.0, junkx - x2 + 1.0)
+	}
+	if (fx2 <= IM_LEN(frim,1)) {
+	    vx2 = max (0.0, min (1.0, (fx2 + 0.5) / IM_LEN(frim,1)))
+	    nx2 = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	} else {
+	    vx2 = 1.0
+	    call iw_fb2im (iw, real(IM_LEN(frim,1)), real (IM_LEN(frim,2)),
+	        junkx, junky)
+	    if (step1 >= 0)
+	        nx2 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,1)),  junkx - x1 + 1.0)
+	    else
+	        nx1 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,1)),  junkx - x2 + 1.0)
+	}
+
+	# Compute a new viewport and window for Y.
+	if (fy1 >= 1.0) {
+	    vy1 = max (0.0, min (1.0, (fy1 - 0.5) / IM_LEN(frim,2)))
+	    ny1 = 1.0
+	} else {
+	    vy1 = 0.0
+	    call iw_fb2im (iw, 1.0, 1.0, junkx, junky)
+	    if (step2 >= 0)
+	        ny1 = max (1.0, junky - y1 + 1)
+	    else
+	        ny2 = max (1.0, junky - y2 + 1)
+	}
+	if (fy2 <= IM_LEN(frim,2)) {
+	    vy2 = max (0.0, min (1.0, (fy2 + 0.5)  / IM_LEN(frim,2)))
+	    ny2 = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	} else {
+	    vy2 = 1.0
+	    call iw_fb2im (iw, real (IM_LEN(frim,1)), real (IM_LEN(frim,2)),
+	        junkx, junky)
+	    if (step2 >= 0)
+	        ny2 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,2)), junky - y1 + 1.0)
+	    else
+	        ny1 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,2)), junky - y2 + 1.0)
+	}
+
+	# Define a the new viewport and window. 
+	if (IS_INDEFR(vl)) {
+	    vl = vx1
+	    c1 = nx1
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(vr)) {
+	    vr = vx2
+	    c2 = nx2
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(vb)) {
+	    vb = vy1
+	    l1 = ny1
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(vt)) {
+	    vt = vy2
+	    l2 = ny2
+	}
+
+	# Clean up.
+	call iw_close (iw)
+	call imunmap (frim)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define  EDGE1  0.1
+define  EDGE2  0.9
+define  EDGE3  0.12
+define  EDGE4  0.92
+
+# WL_MAP_VIEWPORT -- Set device viewport wcslab plots. If not specified by
+# user, a default viewport centered on the device is used.
+
+procedure wl_map_viewport (gp, c1, c2, l1, l2, ux1, ux2, uy1, uy2, fill)
+
+pointer	gp			# I:   pointer to graphics descriptor
+real	c1, c2, l1, l2		# I:   the column and line limits
+real	ux1, ux2, uy1, uy2	# I/O: NDC coordinates of requested viewort
+bool	fill			# I:   fill viewport (vs preserve aspect ratio)
+
+int	ncols, nlines
+real	xcen, ycen, ncolsr, nlinesr, ratio, aspect_ratio
+real	x1, x2, y1, y2, ext, xdis, ydis
+bool	fp_equalr()
+real	ggetr()
+data	ext /0.0625/
+
+begin
+	ncols = nint (c2 - c1) + 1
+	ncolsr = real (ncols)
+	nlines = nint (l2 - l1) + 1
+	nlinesr = real (nlines)
+
+	# Determine the standard window sizes.
+	if (fill) {
+    	    x1 = 0.0;  x2 = 1.0
+    	    y1 = 0.0;  y2 = 1.0
+	} else {
+    	    x1 = EDGE1;  x2 = EDGE2
+    	    y1 = EDGE3;  y2 = EDGE4
+	}
+
+	# If any values were specified, then replace them here.
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(ux1))
+	    x1 = ux1
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(ux2))
+	    x2 = ux2
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(uy1))
+	    y1 = uy1
+	if (! IS_INDEFR(uy2))
+	    y2 = uy2
+
+	# Calculate optimum viewport, as in NCAR's conrec, hafton.
+	if (! fill) {
+    	    ratio = min (ncolsr, nlinesr) / max (ncolsr, nlinesr)
+    	    if (ratio >= ext) {
+      	        if (ncols > nlines) 
+        	    y2 = (y2 - y1) * nlinesr / ncolsr + y1
+      		else 
+                    x2 = (x2 - x1) * ncolsr / nlinesr + x1
+    	    }
+	}
+
+	xdis = x2 - x1
+	ydis = y2 - y1
+	xcen = (x2 + x1) / 2.
+	ycen = (y2 + y1) / 2.
+
+	# So far, the viewport has been calculated so that equal numbers of
+	# image pixels map to equal distances in NDC space, regardless of 
+	# the aspect ratio of the device.  If the parameter "fill" has been
+	# set to no, the user wants to compensate for a non-unity aspect 
+	# ratio and make equal numbers of image pixels map to into the same 
+	# physical distance on the device, not the same NDC distance.
+
+	if (! fill) {
+	    aspect_ratio = ggetr (gp, "ar")
+	    if (fp_equalr (aspect_ratio, 0.0))
+	        aspect_ratio = 1.0
+
+            if (aspect_ratio < 1.0)
+                # Landscape
+                xdis = xdis * aspect_ratio
+            else if (aspect_ratio > 1.0)
+                # Portrait
+                ydis = ydis / aspect_ratio
+        }
+
+	ux1 = xcen - (xdis / 2.0)
+	ux2 = xcen + (xdis / 2.0)
+	uy1 = ycen - (ydis / 2.0)
+	uy2 = ycen + (ydis / 2.0)
+
+	call gsview (gp, ux1, ux2, uy1, uy2)
+	call gswind (gp, c1, c2, l1, l2)
+end
+
+
+# WL_W2LD -- Transform world coordinates to logical coordinates.
+
+procedure wl_w2ld (wlct, flip, wx, wy, lx, ly, npts)
+
+pointer wlct                # I: the MWCS coordinate transformation descriptor
+int	flip                # I: true if the axes are transposed
+double  wx[npts], wy[npts]  # I: the world coordinates
+double  lx[npts], ly[npts]  # O: the logical coordinates
+int     npts                # I: the number of points to translate
+
+begin
+	if (flip == YES)
+	    call mw_v2trand (wlct, wx, wy, ly, lx, npts)
+	else
+	    call mw_v2trand (wlct, wx, wy, lx, ly, npts)
+end
+
+
+# WL_L2WD -- Transform logical coordinates to world coordinates.
+
+procedure wl_l2wd (lwct, flip, lx, ly, wx, wy, npts)
+
+pointer lwct                # I: the MWCS coordinate transformation descriptor
+int	flip                # I: true if the axes are transposed
+double  lx[npts], ly[npts]  # I: the logical coordinates
+double  wx[npts], wy[npts]  # O: the world coordinates
+int     npts                # I: the number of points to translate
+
+begin
+	if (flip == YES)
+	    call mw_v2trand (lwct, ly, lx, wx, wy, npts)
+	else
+	    call mw_v2trand (lwct, lx, ly, wx, wy, npts)
+end
+
+
+# WL_MAX_ELEMENT_ARRAY -- Return the index of the maximum array element.
+#
+# Description
+#  This function returns the index of the maximum value of the input array.
+
+int procedure wl_max_element_array (array, npts)
+
+double	array[ARB] 	 # I: the array to look through for the maximum
+int	npts             # I: the number of points in the array
+
+int	i, maximum
+
+begin
+	maximum = 1
+	for (i = 2; i <= npts; i = i + 1)
+	    if (array[i] > array[maximum])
+		maximum = i
+
+	return (maximum)
+end
+
+
+# WL_DISTANCED - Determine the distance between two points.
+
+double procedure wl_distanced (x1, y1, x2, y2)
+
+double	x1, y1		# I: coordinates of point 1
+double	x2, y2		# I: coordinates of point 2
+
+double	a, b
+
+begin
+	a = x1 - x2
+	b = y1 - y2
+	return (sqrt ((a * a) + (b * b)))
+end
+
+
+# WL_DISTANCER -- Determine the distance between two points.
+
+real procedure wl_distancer (x1, y1, x2, y2)
+
+real	x1, y1		# I: coordinates of point 1
+real	x2, y2		# I: coordinates of point 2
+
+real a, b
+
+begin
+	a = x1 - x2
+	b = y1 - y2
+	return (sqrt ((a * a) + (b * b)))
+end
+
+
+# The dimensionality.
+define N_DIM 2
+
+# Define some memory management.
+define ONER Memr[$1+$2-1]
+
+# WL_ROTATE -- Rotate a vector.
+
+procedure wl_rotate (x, y, npts, angle, nx, ny)
+
+real	x[npts], y[npts]    # I: the vectors to rotate
+int	npts                # I: the number of points in the vectors
+real	angle               # I: the angle to rotate (radians)
+real	nx[npts], ny[npts]  # O: the transformed vectors
+
+pointer sp, center, mw
+pointer mw_open(), mw_sctran()
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (center, N_DIM, TY_REAL)
+
+	mw = mw_open (NULL, N_DIM)
+	ONER(center,1) = 0.
+	ONER(center,2) = 0.
+	call mw_rotate (mw, -DEGTORAD( angle ), ONER(center,1), 3b)
+	call mw_v2tranr (mw_sctran (mw, "physical", "logical", 3b),
+            x, y, nx, ny, npts)
+
+	call mw_close (mw)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlwcslab.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlwcslab.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1547f568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/wlwcslab.x
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+include <gio.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "wcslab.h"
+include "wcs_desc.h"
+
+# Define the memory structure for saving the graphics wcs.
+define SAVE_BLOCK_SIZE  16
+define OLD_NDC_VIEW     Memr[P2R(wcs_save_block-1+$1)]
+define OLD_NDC_WIND     Memr[P2R(wcs_save_block+3+$1)]
+define OLD_PLT_VIEW     Memr[P2R(wcs_save_block+7+$1)]
+define OLD_PLT_WIND     Memr[P2R(wcs_save_block+11+$1)]
+
+# WL_WCSLAB -- Label using a defined wcs.
+#
+# Description
+#   This routine uses the information in the WCSLAB descriptor to perform
+#   labelling.
+#
+#   Before this routine can be called, several things must have already
+#   occured.  They are as follows:
+#      1 A call to wl_create must be made to create the WCSLAB descriptor.
+#      2 The WCS_MW component must be set to the MWCS object of the
+#        desired transformations.
+#      3 A call to wl_get_system_type must be made.
+#      4 The graphics device must have been opened and the window defined.
+#        The WCS_GP component of the WCSLAB descriptor must be set to the
+#        graphics window descriptor.
+#
+#   When done with this routine, the WL_GP and WL_MW components must be
+#   deallocated seperately.  Then only wlab_destroy need be called to
+#   remove the WCSLAB descriptor.
+#
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure wl_wcslab (wd)
+
+pointer wd 	 # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+int	old_clip, old_pltype, old_txquality, old_wcs
+pointer	sp, wcs_save_block
+real	old_plwidth, old_txsize, old_txup
+int	gstati()
+real	gstatr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark(sp)
+	call salloc(wcs_save_block, SAVE_BLOCK_SIZE, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Store certain graphics parameters.
+	old_plwidth = gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_PLWIDTH)
+	old_txsize = gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE)
+	old_txup = gstatr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXUP)
+	old_clip = gstati (WL_GP(wd), G_CLIP)
+	old_pltype = gstati (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE)
+	old_txquality= gstati (WL_GP(wd), G_TXQUALITY)
+	old_wcs = gstati (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS)
+
+	# Choose two other graphics wcs' for internal use.  Save the wcs for
+	# later restoration.
+	if( old_wcs < MAX_WCS - 2 ) {
+	    WL_NDC_WCS(wd) = old_wcs + 1
+	    WL_PLOT_WCS(wd) = WL_NDC_WCS(wd) + 1
+	} else {
+	    WL_NDC_WCS(wd) = old_wcs - 1
+	    WL_PLOT_WCS(wd) = WL_NDC_WCS(wd) - 1
+	}
+	call gseti(WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, WL_NDC_WCS(wd))
+	call ggview(WL_GP(wd), OLD_NDC_VIEW(LEFT), OLD_NDC_VIEW(RIGHT),
+	    OLD_NDC_VIEW(BOTTOM), OLD_NDC_VIEW(TOP))
+	call ggwind(WL_GP(wd), OLD_NDC_WIND(LEFT), OLD_NDC_WIND(RIGHT),
+	    OLD_NDC_WIND(BOTTOM), OLD_NDC_WIND(TOP))
+	call gseti(WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, WL_PLOT_WCS(wd))
+	call ggview(WL_GP(wd), OLD_PLT_VIEW(LEFT), OLD_PLT_VIEW(RIGHT),
+	    OLD_PLT_VIEW(BOTTOM), OLD_PLT_VIEW(TOP))
+	call ggwind(WL_GP(wd), OLD_PLT_WIND(LEFT), OLD_PLT_WIND(RIGHT),
+	    OLD_PLT_WIND(BOTTOM), OLD_PLT_WIND(TOP))
+
+	# Set the graphics device the way wcslab requires it.
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, old_wcs)
+	call wl_graphics (wd)
+
+	# Determine basic characteristics of the plot.
+	call wl_setup (wd) 
+
+	# Plot the grid lines.
+	call wl_grid (wd)
+
+	# Put the grid labels on the lines.
+	if (WL_LABON(wd) == YES)
+	    call wl_label (wd)
+
+	# Restore the original graphics wcs.
+        call gseti(WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, WL_NDC_WCS(wd))
+        call gsview(WL_GP(wd), OLD_NDC_VIEW(LEFT), OLD_NDC_VIEW(RIGHT),
+	    OLD_NDC_VIEW(BOTTOM), OLD_NDC_VIEW(TOP))
+        call gswind(WL_GP(wd), OLD_NDC_WIND(LEFT), OLD_NDC_WIND(RIGHT),
+            OLD_NDC_WIND(BOTTOM), OLD_NDC_WIND(TOP))
+        call gseti(WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, WL_PLOT_WCS(wd))
+        call gsview(WL_GP(wd), OLD_PLT_VIEW(LEFT), OLD_PLT_VIEW(RIGHT),
+            OLD_PLT_VIEW(BOTTOM), OLD_PLT_VIEW(TOP))
+        call gswind(WL_GP(wd), OLD_PLT_WIND(LEFT), OLD_PLT_WIND(RIGHT),
+            OLD_PLT_WIND(BOTTOM), OLD_PLT_WIND(TOP))
+
+	# Restore original graphics state.
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_PLWIDTH, old_plwidth)
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXSIZE, old_txsize)
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_TXUP, old_txup)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_CLIP, old_clip)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE, old_pltype)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_TXQUALITY, old_txquality)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, old_wcs)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# WL_GRAPHICS -- Setup the graphics device appropriate for the occasion.
+
+procedure wl_graphics (wd)
+
+pointer wd		  # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+real	relative_size, vl, vr, vb, vt
+real	ggetr()
+
+begin
+	# Setup a graphics WCS that mimics the NDC coordinate WCS,
+	# but with clipping.
+	call ggview (WL_GP(wd), vl, vr, vb, vt)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, WL_NDC_WCS(wd))
+	call gsview (WL_GP(wd), vl, vr, vb, vt)
+	call gswind (WL_GP(wd), vl, vr, vb, vt)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_CLIP, YES)
+
+	# Setup the initial viewport.
+	WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,LEFT) = vl
+	WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,RIGHT) = vr
+	WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,BOTTOM) = vb
+	WL_NEW_VIEW(wd,TOP) = vt
+
+	# Setup some parameters.
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_PLWIDTH, LINE_SIZE)
+
+	# Draw the edges of the viewport.
+	call gamove (WL_GP(wd), vl, vb)
+	call gadraw (WL_GP(wd), vr, vb)
+	call gadraw (WL_GP(wd), vr, vt)
+	call gadraw (WL_GP(wd), vl, vt)
+	call gadraw (WL_GP(wd), vl, vb)
+
+	# Determine the tick mark size.
+	relative_size = max (abs (vr - vl), abs (vt - vb ))
+	WL_MAJ_TICK_SIZE(wd) = relative_size * WL_MAJ_TICK_SIZE(wd)
+	WL_MIN_TICK_SIZE(wd) = relative_size * WL_MIN_TICK_SIZE(wd)
+
+	# Determine various character sizes.
+	WL_TITLE_SIZE(wd) = WL_TITLE_SIZE(wd) * relative_size
+	WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIZE(wd) = WL_AXIS_TITLE_SIZE(wd) * relative_size
+	WL_LABEL_SIZE(wd) = WL_LABEL_SIZE(wd) * relative_size
+
+	# Now setup the general plotting WCS.
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_WCS, WL_PLOT_WCS(WD))
+	call gsview (WL_GP(wd), vl, vr, vb, vt)
+	vl = real (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,LEFT))
+	vr = real (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,RIGHT))
+	vb = real (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,BOTTOM))
+	vt = real (WL_SCREEN_BOUNDARY(wd,TOP))
+	call gswind (WL_GP(wd), vl, vr, vb, vt)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_CLIP, YES)
+
+	# Set some characteristics of the graphics device.
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_TXQUALITY, GT_HIGH)
+	call gseti (WL_GP(wd), G_CLIP, YES)
+	call gsetr (WL_GP(wd), G_PLWIDTH, LINE_SIZE)
+
+	# Determine the number of segments a "line" should consist of.
+	WL_LINE_SEGMENTS(wd) = int (min (ggetr (WL_GP(wd), "xr"), 
+	    ggetr (WL_GP(wd), "yr")) / 5)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/zz.x b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/zz.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6d0224f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcslab/zz.x
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include <math.h>
+
+
+# Define the offset array.
+define OFFSET Memr[$1+$2-1]
+
+procedure wl_label (wd)
+
+pointer wd                  # I: the WCSLAB descriptor
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, offset_ptr
+
+begin
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (offset_ptr, N_SIDES, TY_REAL)
+	do i = 1, N_SIDES
+	    OFFSET(offset_ptr,i) = 0.
+
+ 	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wcspars.par b/pkg/images/tv/wcspars.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4ed61d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wcspars.par
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# WCSPARS pset for WCSLAB containing user WCS
+
+ctype1,s,h,"linear",,,"X axis type"
+ctype2,s,h,"linear",,,"Y axis type"
+
+crpix1,r,h,0.,,,"X reference coordinate in the logical system"
+crpix2,r,h,0.,,,"Y reference coordinate in the logical system"
+crval1,r,h,0.,,,"X reference coordinate in the world system"
+crval2,r,h,0.,,,"Y reference coordinate in the world system"
+
+cd1_1,r,h,1.,,,"CD matrix"
+cd1_2,r,h,0.,,,"CD matrix"
+cd2_1,r,h,0.,,,"CD matrix"
+cd2_2,r,h,1.,,,"CD matrix"
+
+log_x1,r,h,0.,,,"The lower X-extent of the logical space"
+log_x2,r,h,1.,,,"The upper X-extent of the logical space"
+log_y1,r,h,0.,,,"The lower Y-extent of the logical space"
+log_y2,r,h,1.,,,"The upper Y-extent of the logical space"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/wlpars.par b/pkg/images/tv/wlpars.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35bf757b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/wlpars.par
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# WLPARS pset containing plotting parameters for WCSLAB
+
+major_grid,b,h,yes,,,"Plot major grid lines instead of tick marks ?"
+minor_grid,b,h,no,,,"Plot minor grid lines instead of tick marks ?"
+dolabel,b,h,yes,,,"Label major grid lines / tick marks?"
+remember,b,h,no,,,"Update wlpars after the plot ?"
+
+axis1_beg,s,h,"",,,"First major axis 1 value to plot"
+axis1_end,s,h,"",,,"Final major axis 1 value to plot"
+axis1_int,s,h,"",,,"Axis 1 interval to plot"
+axis2_beg,s,h,"",,,"First major axis 2 value to plot"
+axis2_end,s,h,"",,,"Final major axis 2 value to plot"
+axis2_int,s,h,"",,,"Axis 2 interval to plot"
+major_line,s,h,"solid","solid|dotted|dashed|dotdash",,"Major grid line type"
+major_tick,r,h,.03,0.,1.,"Major tick size in percent of screen"
+
+axis1_minor,i,h,5,,,"Number of minor ticks for axis 1"
+axis2_minor,i,h,5,,,"Number of minor ticks for axis 2"
+minor_line,s,h,"dotted","solid|dotted|dashed|dotdash",,\
+	"Line type (solid|dotted|dashed|dotdash)"
+minor_tick,r,h,.01,0.,1.,"Minor tick size (percent of screen)"
+tick_in,b,h,yes,,,"Should tick marks point into the graph ?"
+
+axis1_side,s,h,"default",,,"Axis 1 label side"
+axis2_side,s,h,"default",,,"Axis 2 label side"
+axis2_dir,s,h,"",,,"Axis 1 value at which to label axis 2 (polar)"
+justify,s,h,"default","top|bottom|left|right|default",,\
+	"Axis 2 side at which to label axis 2 (polar)"
+labout,b,h,yes,,,"Draw labels outside axes ?"
+rotate,b,h,yes,,,"Allow labels to rotate ?"
+full_label,b,h,no,,,"Draw full format labels ?"
+label_size,r,h,1.,0.,,"Axis label size"
+
+title,s,h,"imtitle",,,"Graph title"
+axis1_title,s,h,"",,,"Axis 1 title"
+axis2_title,s,h,"",,,"Axis 2 title"
+title_side,s,h,"top","top|bottom|left|right",,"Title side"
+axis1_title_side,s,h,"default","top|bottom|left|right|default",,\
+	"Axis 1 title side"
+axis2_title_side,s,h,"default","top|bottom|left|right|default",,\
+	"Axis 2 title side"
+title_size,r,h,1.,0.,,"Title size"
+axis_title_size,r,h,1.0,0.,,"Size of the axes titles"
+
+graph_type,s,h,"default","normal|polar|near_polar|default",,"Graph type"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/x_tv.x b/pkg/images/tv/x_tv.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4ae5ead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/x_tv.x
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# Display process.
+
+task	display		= t_display,
+	dcontrol 	= t_dcontrol,
+	imedit		= t_imedit,
+	imexamine	= t_imexamine,
+	tvmark		= t_tvmark,
+	wcslab		= t_wcslab
diff --git a/pkg/images/x_images.x b/pkg/images/x_images.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..455b335f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/x_images.x
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# Images package process.
+
+task	blkavg		= t_blkavg,
+	blkrep		= t_blkrep,
+	boxcar		= t_boxcar,
+	ccfind		= t_ccfind,
+	ccget		= t_ccget,
+	ccmap		= t_ccmap,
+	ccsetwcs	= t_ccsetwcs,
+	ccstd		= t_ccstd,
+	cctran		= t_cctran,
+	ccxymatch	= t_ccxymatch,
+	chpixtype	= t_chpixtype,
+	convolve	= t_convolve,
+	fit1d		= t_fit1d,
+	fmedian		= t_fmedian,
+	fmode		= t_fmode,
+	frmedian	= t_frmedian,
+	frmode		= t_frmode,
+	gauss		= t_gauss,
+	geomap		= t_geomap,
+	geotran		= t_geotran,
+	geoxytran	= t_geoxytran,
+	gradient	= t_gradient,
+	hedit		= t_hedit,
+	hpctran		= t_hpctran,
+	hselect		= t_hselect,
+	imarith		= t_imarith,
+	imaxes		= t_imaxes,
+	imcctran	= t_imcctran,
+	imcentroid	= t_imcentroid,
+	imcombine	= t_imcombine,
+	imcopy		= t_imcopy,
+	imdelete	= t_imdelete,
+	imdivide	= t_imdivide,
+	imexpr		= t_imexpr,
+	imfunction	= t_imfunction,
+	imgets		= t_imgets,
+	imheader	= t_imheader,
+	imhistogram	= t_imhistogram,
+	imjoin		= t_imjoin,
+	imrename	= t_imrename,
+	imreplace	= t_imrep,
+	imshift		= t_imshift,
+	imslice		= t_imslice,
+	imstack		= t_imstack,
+	imstatistics	= t_imstatistics,
+	imsum		= t_imsum,
+	imsurfit	= t_imsurfit,
+	imtile		= t_imtile,
+	imtranspose	= t_imtranspose,
+	im3dtran	= t_im3dtran,
+	laplace		= t_laplace,
+	linmatch	= t_linmatch,
+	lineclean	= t_lineclean,
+	listpixels	= t_listpixels,
+	magnify		= t_magnify,
+	median		= t_median,
+	minmax		= t_minmax,
+	mode		= t_mode,
+	nhedit		= t_nhedit,
+	psfmatch	= t_psfmatch,
+	rmedian		= t_rmedian,
+	rmode		= t_rmode,
+	runmed		= t_runmed,
+	sections	= t_sections,
+	shiftlines	= t_shiftlines,
+	skyctran	= t_skyctran,
+	skyxymatch	= t_skyxymatch,
+	starfind	= t_starfind,
+	wcscopy		= t_wcscopy,
+	wcsctran	= t_wcsctran,
+	wcsedit		= t_wcsedit,
+	wcsreset	= t_wcsreset,
+	wcsxymatch	= t_wcsxymatch,
+	xregister	= t_xregister,
+	xyxymatch	= t_xyxymatch
+